Past Fulfilled Prophecies Page18 2020 on.

 

 

 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 11-29-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: ‘We Don’t Have Freedom of the Press in This Country — We Have Suppression by the Press’

By Jeff Poor29 Nov 2020

During an interview that aired on Fox News Channel’s “Sunday Morning Futures,” President Donald Trump attacked the media for its unwillingness to cover stories that could cast Joe Biden’s candidacy and his presidential chances in a negative way.

Trump called it “suppression by the press” during a phone-in interview with Fox News’ Maria Bartiromo. “[T]he media doesn’t want to talk about it. They know how fraudulent this is. It’s no different than Hunter. It’s no different than Hunter. They don’t want to talk about Hunter, so they totally closed it off, big tech and the media, other than The New York Post, as you remember, which took a lot of heat. It was terminated. It was terminated from, I guess, Twitter, maybe Facebook.

But it’s a situation, the likes of which — we don’t have freedom of the press in this country. We have suppression by the press. They suppress. You can’t have a scandal if nobody reports about it. This is the greatest fraud in the history of our country, from an electoral standpoint. And I guess you could build it up bigger than an electoral stand — what’s bigger from an electoral standpoint? What is bigger than this? This is the essence of our country. This is the whole ball game. And they cheated.”

Follow Jeff Poor on Twitter @jeff_poor

https://www.breitbart.com/clips/2020/11/29/trump-we-dont-have-freedom-of-the-press-in-this-country-we-have-suppression-by-the-press/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 11-30-20 Global News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Police monitor Manitoba churches Sunday for health order violations

By Amber McGuckin & Erik Pindera Global News

Posted November 29, 2020 11:35 am Updated November 30, 2020 8:00

Manitoba RCMP blocked the parking lot of a church that was trying to host a service Sunday.

Global News reporters on the scene heard RCMP officers telling people if they walk into the parking lot toward the Church of God Restoration, which is south of Steinbach they will be fined. There were about 150 or so cars lined up down the road outside the church with people sitting in their cars.

There are at least 10 RCMP cars with officers walking in the area.

Global News staff on the scene also could see a minister preaching outside of the church. The Church of God Restoration, a chapter of a North American Christian denomination founded in the ‘80s, was slapped with a $5,000 fine after holding a Sunday service last week, which saw “well over” 100 people attend, RCMP said at the time.

Global News tried to talk to people associated with the church on Sunday, but they declined comment. The province banned all faith-based gatherings as part of the level red pandemic restrictions put in place on Nov. 12 while COVID-19 cases skyrocketed in the province.

The Southern Health Region, where the church is located, had 1,126 active novel coronavirus cases Saturday — 1,885 people have recovered since the virus reached the province, while 56 have died.

As of Saturday, 76 were in hospital.

Steinbach as recently as two weeks ago, had a test positivity rate of 40 per cent. The Steinbach RCMP detachment doesn’t necessarily plan to ticket attendees widely but says even drive-in services aren’t allowed. “The directions from the public health order, is basically any large gatherings being in the church, even in the vehicle, the province doesn’t want people getting together right now in such large numbers because we don’t want this virus to spread,” Paul Manaigre said.

“People need to get the message. We’ve all see on Facebook some of these health staff in Steinbach — they’ve made it quite clear their hospitals are full and we are asking people that we can help them out. These people need breaks. It’s frustrating. I understand people want to get out and do their regular business as far as church business but the health-care staff in Steinbach and everywhere else are getting burned out.”

Winnipeg police were also on scene at Springs Church as the church held a drive-in service in defiance of public health orders. A Global News reporter on scene saw the parking lot full of cars at the 595 Lagimodiere Ave. church.

In a pre-packaged promotional video played at Sunday’s service, senior pastor Leon Fontaine spoke to a crowd in their cars.

“People are worried that we are meeting like this and it’s not safe. I’ve got news for you: this is absolutely safe and getting together is crucial,” he said.

Transcona city councillor Shawn Nason, who represents the church’s area, said he was disappointed to hear the church was hosting a service. “This is the largest church in the city of Winnipeg and they are basically saying they know better. It’s unfortunate but the emergency services officials have to look at this and look at it closely and do what they need to do to make sure there’s compliance in this matter,” he said.

I do know that they have a strong social media presence, they stream their services so I’m very unclear why they need to sidestep the spirit and intent as the province has indicated for this gathering that they aren’t to gather in person.”

Nason says he understands why people want to meet but warns they shouldn’t.

“It’s challenging because people want to be together and they want to be with their fellow parishioners but they’ve been clear – now isn’t the time, we need to stamp this out,” he said.

“It’s troubling that we can’t just pause for two weeks or three weeks or four weeks or however long it takes to get this under control.”

A spokesperson from the province did not say if any tickets were handed out at Springs Church, but an enforcement update is expected on Tuesday.

Global News was asked to leave the Springs Church property and didn’t get a comment from officials about the service after an additional request over email.

https://globalnews.ca/news/7491115/police-monitoring-manitoba-churches-sunday-for-health-order-violations/?fbclid=IwAR0oc7nF2AlgZxeDO8poN__3g4nsYSF_djJz0d_56ubowNh4craunApn4dY 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 11--20 SG Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Dark Winter” Was The Code Name For A Scenario In Which A Biological Weapon Was Used Against The American Populace

by Michael Snyder, End Of The American Dream:

Could it be possible that the phrase “dark winter” has some sort of deeper meaning that most of us are not meant to understand? We have heard that phrase over and over again in recent weeks, and usually it has been used in discussions regarding the current state of the COVID-19 pandemic. But it also turns out that “Dark Winter” was also a code name for a high level simulation that was conducted back in 2001. That simulation envisioned a scenario in which a widespread smallpox attack was unleashed inside the United States. As you will see below, the simulation was “designed to spiral out of control”, and the hypothetical consequences were absolutely disastrous.

TRUTH LIVES on at https://sgtreport.tv/ 

The reason why this is a concern is because so many of these “simulations” and “exercises” end up mirroring real life events that happen at a later date.

For example, most of you have probably heard about Event 201 by now. On October 18th, 2019 a group of prominent individuals gathered in New York City to simulate what would happen during a worldwide coronavirus pandemic…

Event 201 simulates an outbreak of a novel zoonotic coronavirus transmitted from bats to pigs to people that eventually becomes efficiently transmissible from person to person, leading to a severe pandemic. The pathogen and the disease it causes are modeled largely on SARS, but it is more transmissible in the community setting by people with mild symptoms.

Of course COVID-19 started spreading in China just a few weeks later.

We have seen this same pattern happen so many times, and now we are being told over and over again that a “dark winter” is ahead.

For example, Joe Biden specifically warned us about a “dark winter” during the final presidential debate in October…

Joe Biden warned at Thursday night’s presidential debate that the U.S. was “about to go into a dark winter,” echoing the concerns of public health experts who caution about increased daily Covid-19 case counts converging with the annual flu season.

We’re about to go into a dark winter. A dark winter,” Biden said. “And he has no clear plan, and there’s no prospect that there’s going to be a vaccine available for the majority of the American people before the middle of next year.”

It is interesting to note that he repeated the phrase twice.

It is almost as if he was determined to make sure that he said it correctly.

And then he started using the phrase over and over again on the campaign trail and he kept using it even after the voting was over.

For example, here is an instance where he used the phrase on the Monday after the election…

Joe Biden on Monday warned that a “very dark winter” is approaching as the U.S. coronavirus case count nears 10 million.

There is a need for bold action to fight this pandemic,” Biden said in Delaware. “We’re still facing a very dark winter.”

I never thought too much about his use of that phrase, but could it be possible that it is actually some sort of a code word or signal?

We do know that it was a code word for a high level exercise that was held in 2001. The following comes from Wikipedia…

Operation Dark Winter was the code name for a senior-level bio-terrorist attack simulation conducted on June 22–23, 2001. [1][2][3] It was designed to carry out a mock version of a covert and widespread smallpox attack on the United States. Tara O’Toole and Thomas Inglesby of the Johns Hopkins Center for Civilian Biodefense Strategies (CCBS) / Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), and Randy Larsen and Mark DeMier of Analytic Services were the principal designers, authors, and controllers of the Dark Winter project.

It is interesting to note that smallpox is a highly infectious disease that involves sores appearing on the skin.

For those that have read my latest book, you already understand why that detail is so important to me.

And as I already mentioned above, this exercise was specifically designed “to spiral out of control”…

Read More @ EndOfTheAmericanDream.com

https://www.sgtreport.com/2020/11/dark-winter-was-the-code-name-for-a-scenario-in-which-a-biological-weapon-was-used-against-the-american-populace/ 

:: 11-21-20 Tap News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Robert F. Kennedy Jr: ‘New COVID Vaccine Should Be Avoided At All Cost’

Sat 5:27 pm +00:00, 21 Nov 2020 4  posted by Weaver

This intervention can be compared to genetically manipulated food, which is also highly controversial. Even if the media and politicians currently trivialize the problem and even stupidly call for a new type of vaccine to return to normality, this vaccination is problematic in terms of health, morality and ethics, and also in terms of genetic damage that, unlike the damage caused by previous vaccines, will be irreversible and irreparable.

Dear patients, after an unprecedented mRNA vaccine, you will no longer be able to treat the vaccine symptoms in a complementary way. They will have to live with the consequences, because they can no longer be cured simply by removing toxins from the human body, just as a person with a genetic defect like Down syndrome, Klinefelter syndrome, Turner syndrome, genetic cardiac arrest, hemophilia, cystic fibrosis, Rett syndrome, etc.), because the genetic defect is forever!

This means clearly: if a vaccination symptom develops after an mRNA vaccination, neither I nor any other therapist can help you, because the damage caused by the vaccination will be genetically irreversible. In my opinion, these new vaccines represent a crime against humanity that has never been committed in such a big way in history. As Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg, an experienced doctor, said: In fact, this “promising vaccine” for the vast majority of people should be FORBIDDEN, because it is genetic manipulation! ”

The vaccine, developed and endorsed by Anthony Fauci and funded by Bill Gates, uses experimental mRNA technology. Three of the 15 human guinea pigs (20%) experienced a “serious adverse event”.

Note: messenger RNA or mRNA is the ribonucleic acid that transfers the genetic code of the DNA of the cell nucleus to a ribosome in the cytoplasm, that is, the one that determines the order in which the amino acids of a protein bind and act as a mold or pattern for the synthesis of that protein. Resource:

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. ( https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robert_F._Kennedy_Jr  )

Vaccine COVID = IRREVERSIBLE GENETIC DAMAGE – A CRIME AGAINST HUMANITY.

DOES CORONAVIRUS EXIST OR NOT?

CLARIFICATION:

1. DOES THE VIRUS EXIST?

Yes, like many other viruses.

2. DOES IT HAVE A CURE?

Yes, if you use the proper medicines and do not leave your health in the hands of corrupt and mercantile health systems.

3. ARE THERE GOOD DOCTORS?

Yes and many, some are acting discreetly giving appropriate treatments, others have been bolder and there are many videos in the networks talking about these treatments, and many have been threatened, disqualified or silenced.

4. ARE SCIENTISTS INVESTIGATING?

Yes, and there is a world union calling for more doctors and scientists called Doctors and Scientists for Truth, to expose the falsity of the treatment they have given to the bug issue.

5. IS IT A PANDEMIC?

No. The WHO changed the term that referred to the pandemic, before the bug was launched in order to end the pandemic.

6. IS IT CONTAGIOUS?

Yes, like all flu.

7. IF I CATCH THE VIRUS, DOES IT MEAN THAT I WILL DIE?

No. If you have symptoms, just take the appropriate medicine from the first day (strengthen the immune system, take anti-inflammatory and anti-influenza) and cure yourself at home.

8. CAN IT BE PREVENTED?

Yes, being as clean as you should be, and maintaining a high immune system. And you also have: Ozone Therapy, Chlorine Dioxide with the preventive protocol.

9. ARE THE COUNT OF INFECTED AND DEAD BY THE VIRUS CERTAIN?

No. In the USA it was discovered that any data, would be in fact 10% of that number, because the causes of deaths were other diseases, and the tests are not reliable, they give false positives.

10. ARE ASYMPTOMATIC REAL CASES OF POSITIVES?

The human being has many microorganisms and viruses in the body and this does not mean that you are a sick or infected person, or that you have the virus, however, the viruses that are supposedly “so aggressive” present some symptoms in the patients because the body releases alarms from an intruder (fever, headache, vomiting, etc.) and according to Koch’s theory the answer is NO.

11. WAS THE VIRUS CREATED?

Yes, in a laboratory.

13. FOR WHAT PURPOSE?

To be the excuse to restrict freedoms, to change the current economic system to a more oppressive / enslaving, scary, blind flock obedience.

14. ARE MANY COUNTRIES PART OF THIS MALICIOUS PLAN?

Yes.

15. WILL WE GET OUT OF THIS?

Yes. And all those who contributed to the deaths and the plan will fall, and they will pay for what they did.

16. MUST I BE AFRAID?

No. Fear diminishes your immune system and makes you mentally controllable.

17. IS THE MEDIA PART OF THE PLAN?

Yes. The owners of the media are accomplices. This is called mind control.

18. WHAT SHOULD I DO?

You protect yourself, and if you get sick you already know how to heal yourself at home, or with your trusted doctor who will not commit to the abandonment protocol.

19. SHOULD I BE VACCINATED?

No. If you get healthy, vaccines bring chemicals, heavy metals and a series of “bugs” that will only affect your health more in the medium and long term, both physically and mentally. It’s your body, and it’s your right to decide about it, and about your physical and mental health. Would you trust a vaccine after a virus has been created to exterminate humanity?

20. IS THIS A WAR?

Yes! And we will be victorious! We need to stay together and wake other people up, giving a lot of information.

“Forced to wear a mask, but not to shut up.”

About the author: Robert F Kennedy Jr is the son of the former U.S. Attorney General under his brother President John F. Kennedy. In his work as a vaccine injury lawyer Robert Jr. has produced the suppressed vaccine documentary, ‘VAXXED’ and the Informed Consent Action Network (ICAN). He is also the founder and attorney for Childrens Health Defense.

http://tapnewswire.com/2020/11/robert-f-kennedy-jr-new-covid-vaccine-should-be-avoided-at-all-cost/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 11--20 My Budget 360 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Millennials and Gen Z Forced Back Home: 52% of 18- to 29-year-olds live at Home with their Parents, the Highest Percentage Dating Back 120 Years.

Posted by mybudget360 in Millennials, wall street, young Americans 3 Comment

Younger Americans face a daunting jobs market. Covid-19 has crushed the employment market especially with entry level positions and internships which are typically used as platforms into full-time career opportunities. The Class of 2020 has graduated into the worst economy in modern history. While some sectors in the economy are hiring, these jobs are a small portion of the overall economy that needs to provide opportunities to millions of recent graduates and those without college degrees. So it comes as no surprise that a record number of young Americans are now living at home. In fact, in 120 years of record keeping, we are now at the highest percentage on record – 52% of those 18- to 29-years-old are now living with their parents. That is a stunning number and has implications for the next decade of our economic growth. Covid-19 Pushes Adult Kids to Live at Home

The Great Recession and inflated housing prices had already pushed many younger Americans back home. The number of young Americans living at home is at a record level: This has downstream implications as well:

-How many will purchase a home?

-When people buy homes, they normally furnish it with expensive household items: fridges, sofas, etc.

-This also has implications on marriage and forming families

What we are seeing is new home buying slowing down while those with equity, for example baby boomers, are buying and selling homes at a brisk pace even in the face of the pandemic. The real estate market is being driven by older Americans, not younger Americans which is usually the case in a healthy economy.

You also have the headline grabbing challenges of student loan debt. Some $1.7 trillion in student debt is outstanding in the US. That is an incredibly high number of debt that many young Americans are carrying so moving back home with parents might be a chance to pay some of this down.

Why This Matters?

This matters in many ways because the future of our economy and how our nation develops is largely with our younger generation. What does it say that we give baby boomers a preference when they had an economy with low college tuition, plentiful jobs, a roaring middle class, and affordable healthcare? Now we seem to have college tuition at astronomical prices, middle class jobs are hard to get, and healthcare costs are out of control. Yet somehow, we still had enough to bailout Wall Street to the tune of billions of dollars yet again and somehow find it difficult to cut some slack to our younger generation in the face of this crisis.

We have some incredible challenges ahead and younger Americans need to be vocal in this discussion. Many politicians are only looking out for their own pocketbook and those businesses they have a connection with. It is time we look for supporting economic prosperity for the future generation of Americans.

If you enjoyed this post click here to subscribe to a complete feed and stay up to date with today’s challenging market!

http://www.mybudget360.com/millennials-and-gen-z-forced-back-home-52-of-18-to-29-year-olds-live-at-home-with-their-parents-the-highest-percentage-dating-back-120-years/ 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. etc 

:: 11-29-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sanctuary California: Three-Time Deported Illegal Alien Charged with Double Murder in Stabbing Spree

By John Binder29 Nov 2020

An illegal alien, previously deported three times and with a violent criminal record, has been charged with a double murder after allegedly going on a stabbing spree at a San Jose, California, Baptist church.

Illegal alien Fernando De Jesus Lopez-Garcia was arrested and charged with two counts of first-degree murder, three counts of attempted murder, battery, and protective order violation after he allegedly stabbed five people inside Grace Baptist Church, killing two of them. According to San Jose Police Department officials, Garcia stabbed five people — four homeless and one church volunteer — before fleeing the scene. An eyewitness told a dispatcher at the time that there was “blood everywhere” in the church. One man died on the scene while a woman who was stabbed later died from her injuries in a nearby hospital.

Police quickly located and arrested Garcia after he fled. Garcia, according to police, was homeless himself and had often volunteered at the church to help other homeless people.

The Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agency confirmed that Garcia is an illegal alien with a violent criminal record who has already been deported three times. California’s sanctuary state policy, which shields criminal illegal aliens from arrest and deportation, helped keep Garcia in the state, according to ICE.

“Our deepest condolences go out the victims and their families in this case,” ICE official David Jennings said in a statement. “Here we have catastrophic proof of the abject failure of California’s sanctuary policies.”

Garcia was previously convicted for battery of a spouse, assault with a deadly weapon, inflicting corporal injury on a spouse, battery of an officer, and vandalism. His convictions date back almost 15 years.

Most recently, Garcia had benefitted greatly from California’s sanctuary state policy.

In July 2019, for instance, Garcia was arrested for inflicting corporal injury on a spouse or cohabitant, kidnapping, and threatening crime with intent to terrorize. The next day, ICE placed a detainer on Garcia, asking that the local police department release him to their custody so he could be deported. Instead, the police department released Garcia. About a month later, Garcia was arrested and two days later ICE placed a detainer on him. Rather than turning him over to ICE, the police department released him again back into the community.

Nearly six months before the alleged murders, a California court convicted Garcia of inflicting corporal injury on a spouse and sentenced him to less than a year in jail and five years probation. Less than a month later, despite an ICE detainer, the county jail released Garcia.

The only person this policy protected was a criminal; permitting him to re-offend over and over again. Had those immigration detainers been honored, or had ICE been notified on any of the other multiple occasions he was arrested and released from local jails, we would have taken him into custody,” Jennings said. “Regrettably, politics continues to prevail over public safety, the detainers were ignored, and De Jesus Lopez-Garcia was released to the street.”

John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.

https://www.breitbart.com/crime/2020/11/29/sanctuary-california-three-time-deported-illegal-alien-charged-double-murder-stabbing-spree/ 

:: 11-2-20 Prencipia Scientific International :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Data Shows Link Between COVID Deaths & Flu Shot Rates In Elderly

Published on November 2, 2020 Written by Arjun Walia

A recently published study in PeerJ by Christian Wehenkel, a Professor at Universidad Juárez del Estado de Durango in Mexico, has found a positive association between COVID-19 deaths and influenza vaccination rates in elderly people worldwide.

According to the study,

“The results showed a positive association between COVID-19 deaths and IVR (influenza vaccination rate) of people ≥65 years-old. There is a significant increase in COVID-19 deaths from eastern to western regions in the world. Further exploration is needed to explain these findings, and additional work on this line of research may lead to prevention of deaths associated with COVID-19.”

To determine this association, data sets from 39 countries with more than half a million people were analyzed.

The study was published on October 1st, and two weeks later a note from the publisher appeared atop the paper emphasizing that correlation does not equal causation, and that this paper “should not be taken to suggest that receiving the influenza vaccination results in an increased risk of death for an individual with COVID-19 as there may be confounding factors at play.”

The paper provides evidence from others which have recently been published that ponder if the flu shot could increase ones chance of contracting and dying from COVID-19.

For example, this study published in April of 2020, reported a negative correlation between influenza vaccination rates (IVRs) and COVID-19 related mortality and morbidity. Marín-Hernández, Schwartz & Nixon (2020) also showed epidemiological evidence of an association between higher influenza vaccine uptake by elderly people and lower percentage of COVID-19 deaths in Italy, which directly contradicts the author’s own findings and suggests that the flu shot may help prevent COVID-19 related deaths.

He goes on to mention another study:

In a study analyzing 92,664 clinically and molecularly confirmed COVID-19 cases in Brazil, Fink et al. (2020) reported that patients who received a recent flu vaccine experienced on average 17% lower odds of death. Moreover, Pawlowski et al. (2020) analyzed the immunization records of 137,037 individuals who tested positive in a SARS-CoV-2 PCR. They found that polio, Hemophilus influenzae type-B, measles-mumps-rubella, varicella, pneumococcal conjugate (PCV13), geriatric flu, and hepatitis A/hepatitis B (HepA-HepB) vaccines, which had been administered in the past 1, 2, and 5 years, were associated with decreased SARS-CoV-2 infection rates.

So, its important to mention that correlations between the flu vaccine have also found that it may decrease ones chance of deaths from COVID-19.

But are there studies that have shown an increased chance of death or contracting other respiratory viruses as a result of getting the flu shot? Yes.

That’s also discussed in the paper. For example, he mentions a paper published in 2018:

In a study with 6,120 subjects, Wolff (2020) reported that influenza vaccination was significantly associated with a higher risk of some other respiratory diseases, due to virus interference. In a specific examination of non-influenza viruses, the odds of coronavirus infection (but not the COVID-19 virus) in vaccinated individuals were significantly higher, when compared to unvaccinated individuals (odds ratio = 1.36).

The study above found the flu shot to increase the risk of other coronaviruses among those who had been vaccinated for influenza by 36 percent. The study was conducted prior to COVID-19, so it’s not included and only applies to pre-existing coronaviruses. The study also found an even higher chance of contracting human metapneumovirus amongst those who had received the flu shot.

Below are some more studies regarding the flu shot and viral infections that hint to the same idea.

A 2018 CDC study (Rikin et al 2018) found that flu shots increase the risk of non-flu acute respiratory illnesses (ARIs), including coronavirus, in children.

A 2011 Australian study (Kelly et al 2011) found that flu shots doubled the risk for non-flu viral lung infections.

A 2012 Hong Kong study (Cowling et al 2012) found that flu shots increase the risk for non-flu respiratory infections by 4.4 times.

A 2017 study (Mawson et al 2017) found vaccinated children were 5.9 times more likely to suffer pneumonia than their unvaccinated peers.

Why This Is Important: We live in an age where vaccinations are heavily marketed. We’ve seen this with the flu shot time and time again and we are also living in an age where a push for more mandated vaccines seems to be growing.

Dr. Peter Doshi is an associate editor at The BMJ (British Medical Journal) and also an assistant professor of pharmaceutical health services research at the University of Maryland School of Pharmacy. He published a paper in The BMJ titled “Influenza: Marketing Vaccines By Marketing Disease.” In it, he points out that the CDC pledges “to base all public health decisions on the highest quality of scientific data, openly and objectively derived,” and how this isn’t the case when it comes to the flu vaccine and its marketing. He stresses that “the vaccine may be less beneficial and less safe than has been claimed, and that “the threat of influenza seems to be overstated.”

This is a touchy subject that dives into medical ethics and the connections that big pharmaceutical companies have with our federal health regulatory agencies and health associations. Vaccines are a multi billion dollar industry.

At a recent World Health Organization conference on vaccine safety, it was expressed that vaccine hesitancy is growing at quite a fast pace, especially among doctors who are now becoming hesitant to recommend certain vaccines on the schedule. You can read more about that and find links to the conference here.

We have to ask ourselves, why is this happening? Is it because people and professionals are becoming aware of certain information that warrants the freedom of choice? Should freedom of choice with regards to what we put in our body always remain? Are we really protecting the “herd” by taking these actions?

In a 2014 analysis in the Oregon Law Review by New York University (NYU) legal scholars Mary Holland and Chase E. Zachary (who also has a Princeton-conferred doctorate in chemistry), the authors show that 60 years of compulsory vaccine policies “have not attained herd immunity for any childhood disease.” It is time, they suggest, to cast aside coercion in favor of voluntary choice.

The University of California is currently being sued for mandating the flu shot for all staff, faculty and students. A judge has prevented them from doing so as a result until a decision has been made. You can read more about that here.

In South Korea, 48 people have now died after receiving the flu shot this season causing a lot of controversy. You can read more about that here.

The Takeaway: There are many concerns with vaccines, and vaccine injury is one of them. The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act has paid more than $4 billion to families of vaccine injured children. A 2010 HHS pilot study by the Federal Agency for Health Care Research (AHCR) found that 1 in every 39 vaccines causes injury, a shocking comparison to the claims from the CDC of 1 in every million.

Should these statistics alone warrant the freedom of choice? Should the government have the ability to force us into measures, or would it simply be better for them to present the science, make recommendations and urge people to follow them? When the citizenry is forced and coerced into certain actions, sometimes under the guise of good-will, there always seems to be a tremendous amount of uproar and people who disagree. Why are these people silenced? Why are they censored? Why are they ridiculed? Why don’t independent health organizations receive the same voice and reach that government and state “owned” or organizations do? What’s going on here? Do we really live in a free, open and transparent world or are we simply subjected to massive amounts of perception manipulation?

When it come to the flu shot there is plenty of information on both sides of the coin that point to its effectiveness, and on the other hand there is information that points to the complete opposite. When something is not 100 percent clear, freedom of choice in all places should always remain.

Read more at www.collective-evolution.com 

https://principia-scientific.com/data-shows-link-between-covid-deaths-flu-shot-rates-in-elderly/ 

:: 11-30-20 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Couple of Ominous Questions Remain. What Kind of Country are We Going to Leave to Our Children and Grandchildren? What Will You Say When They Ask What You Did to Stop the Tyranny and Destruction of Our Republic?

Posted on November 30, 2020 by Wes Rhinier

I spent the last week off the grid, no internet, and if I was lucky I could get a text out just to let my wife know I was alive. I had plenty of time to think about things while I was sitting in the woods alone. Reflecting on all that has gone on and what I fear may be coming, it wasn’t pleasant.

It is blatantly obvious, and should be to anyone with a pulse, that this election was stolen. From the mail-in balloting to the Dominion voting machine mess, things just don’t pass the smell test. If you check in on the Mainstream Enemy Media, which you should, this thing is over. They are laughing at Trump for his baseless claims with no evidence produced to back him up. It is really quite telling to see the level of disrespect that has been ramped up towards him since they anointed Biden the Presidency.

“But Sidney Powell, Lin Wood and Rudy Giuliani assure us they have the goods and we need to keep the faith.” I’ve heard that kind of crap for four years now. Did Hillary get locked up? Did Trump drain the swamp? Comey, Brennan, McCabe, Strzok, Page, Holder, etc. Any of those communist been arrested for their crimes that we all know and have seen committed? I, like you, want to believe that there is some great war playing out in the shadows that is going to bring the Deep State to its knees and have them begging for mercy. I do, I REALLY DO! But the fact of the matter is, so far no evidence of this has been brought to light or discussed seriously in the MSM. Trumps attorneys have been losing court battle after court battle and not one case has made it to the Supreme Court. That being said I am still making a donation to the fight.

Here’s the thing, Trump is not going to save us, he never was. He was our last ditch effort at reminding our Government Representatives who they work for and who is actually in charge. We have been warning our Government for a long time now, however it seems those warnings have fallen on deaf ears. The Deep State is DEEP! Right down to the local level. There is only going to be one way to root out this evil.

Our Founders were willing to die for the rights espoused in the Declaration they crafted and signed at their own peril. Their document boldly proclaimed our right to live in freedom, a freedom to be protected, not threatened, by the rule of the government. The basic rights and freedoms enumerated in the Declaration of Independence included the right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. These rights were God-given and could not be eliminated even by a King or a Government. Now it’s our time. Our time to pledge our lives, fortunes, and sacred honor.

It is startling that the injustices that led to the revolution pale in comparison to what we are witnessing today. It was heavy-handed authoritarian control and unfair laws our founders were against! There are many similarities between today’s issues and the issues the colonies experienced leading up to the declaration. You want to talk about taxation without representation, we’ve been past that point for some time now.

Most of the time a man will tell you his intentions, good or bad, if you’ll just listen hard enough. I think back to all the things I have said and written and others as well.

Election Theft = War

I will fight not because I desire it, but because I cannot justify any other course of action – when the enemy attacks, you must fight – you must kill or you will die.

This country is done! Pick your side. Choose wisely. Prepare for the most brutal war that this world has ever seen. It’s coming. I don’t think anything stops it now. Hopefully we can set things right if we win, or at least die trying. The fight is unavoidable at this time. Freedom is on the line. The whole world is on the line. This is it boys, if America falls to this coup, darkness will take over the world. We owe these traitors nothing: not respect, not decency, nor mercy. We Owe Them Nothing!!!

The time for talk is over. Sides have been chosen. Their side is openly at War. We just wanted to be left alone to raise our families in peace. Sadly they are not going to give us that option.

This is our time. It’s why we are here at this point in time in history. It’s what we were born for. It’s time to fight for freedom.

These are not idle threats. I believe myself and others who have voiced their opinions are ready to make their stand. We are at a moment in time where everything is on the line. For the whole world, not just us. They have used a virus with a 99.6% survival rate to terrify the nation and also used it to help steal an election. Two crucial dates are approaching. December 14th and January 20th. The communist are making their play for the country and it’s going to be up to us normal folks to do something about it.

People keep expecting a leader to come out and lead the whole nation in this fight. I got news for you, I don’t think that is going to happen. We are on our own. This is going to be a balkanization. You may get leaders in your individual counties, but that may be about as far as it goes at first. Our founders were called terrorists and radicals when they rebelled, but soon they gained momentum and the people joined them. This will be no different. I can’t imagine the things our media will say and do once this fight for Freedom begins. Remember the media is not your friend, ever. They deserve to die a traitor’s death along with the others. This corruption throughout our country must be eliminated, right down to the very smallest of local levels. It’s not going to be pretty. Millions of gallons of blood must run the streets. Once this starts, it is going to be messy like nothing you’ve never seen. Best harden your hearts and get your mind wrapped around that. Do not even think of shedding a tear for them. They are enemies of our Republic and they hate everything that we cherish and stand for. We tried doing things the right way. We have exhausted all our options. The cartridge box is all that is left now.

When it comes down to it many Americans simply don’t have the spine or fortitude to stand up and fight, even with liberty on the line. There are those among us that say nothing will happen as long as the power stays on and people have food in their stomachs. I guess we are close to finding out who will be right on that point also. Each individual is about to have to make some hard choices. There will be no peaceful transition of power this time, although they never peacefully transferred when Trump won. For neither side is going to accept the outcome, no matter which way it falls.

A couple of ominous questions remain. What kind of country are we going to leave to our children and grandchildren? What will you say when they ask what you did to stop the tyranny and destruction of our Republic? Wes

https://ncrenegade.com/editorial/a-couple-of-ominous-questions-remain-what-kind-of-country-are-we-going-to-leave-to-our-children-and-grandchildren-what-will-you-say-when-they-ask

-what-you-did-to-stop-the-tyranny-and-destruction-of/ 

:: 11--20 American Institute for Economic Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I remember vividly the day, at the tail end of March, when facemasks suddenly became synonymous with morality: either one cared about the lives of others and donned a mask, or one was selfish and refused to do so. The shift occurred virtually overnight.

Only a day or two before, I had associated this attire solely with surgeons and people living in heavily polluted regions. Now, my friends’ favorite pastime during our weekly Zoom sessions was excoriating people for running or socializing without masks in Prospect Park. I was mystified by their certitude that bits of cloth were the only thing standing between us and mass death, particularly when mere weeks prior, the message from medical experts contradicted this new doctrine.

On February 29, the U.S. surgeon general infamously tweeted: “Seriously people – STOP BUYING MASKS. . . They are NOT effective in preventing general public from catching #Coronavirus.” Anthony Fauci, the best-known member of the coronavirus task force, advised Americans not to wear masks around this time. Similarly, in the earliest weeks of the pandemic, the CDC maintained that masks should be worn only by individuals who were symptomatic or caring for a sick person, a position that the WHO stood by even longer.

As rapidly as mask use became a matter of ethics, the issue transformed into a political one, exemplified by an article printed on March 27 in the New York Times, entitled “More Americans Should Probably Wear Masks for Protection.” The piece was heavy on fear-mongering and light on evidence. While acknowledging that “[t]here is very little data showing that flat surgical masks, in particular, have a protective effect for the general public,” the author went on to argue that they “may be better than nothing,” and cited a couple of studies in which surgical masks ostensibly reduced influenza transmission rates.

One report reached its conclusion based on observations of a “dummy head attached to a breathing simulator.” Another analyzed use of surgical masks on people experiencing at least two symptoms of acute respiratory illness. Incidentally, not one of these studies involved cloth masks or accounted for real-world mask usage (or misusage) among lay people, and none established efficacy of widespread mask-wearing by people not exhibiting symptoms. There was simply no evidence whatsoever that healthy people ought to wear masks when going about their lives, especially outdoors. Yet by April, to walk the streets of Brooklyn with one’s nose and mouth exposed evoked the sort of reaction that in February would have been reserved for the appearance of a machine gun.

In short order, the politicization intensified. President Trump refused to wear a mask relatively early on, so resistance to them was equated with support for him. By the same token, Democratic politicians across the board eagerly adopted the garb; accordingly, all good liberals were wearing masks religiously by the beginning of April. Likewise, left-leaning newspapers such as the New York Times and the Washington Post unequivocally promoted mask-wearing after that March 27 article, with no real analysis or consideration of opposing views and evidence.

The speed with which mask-wearing among the general public transitioned from unheard of to a moral necessity struck me as suspicious. After all, if the science was as airtight as those around me claimed, surely masks would have been recommended by January or February, not to mention during prior infectious disease outbreaks such as the 2009 swine flu. It seemed unlikely that the scientific proof became incontrovertible sometime between late February and late March, particularly in the absence of any new evidence surfacing during that time period.

Perhaps none of this is particularly surprising in this hyper-political era. What is shocking is the scientific community’s participation in subverting evidence that does not comport with the consensus. A prime example is the Institute of Health Metrics Evaluation’s (“IHME”) rather astounding claim, published in the journal Nature-Medicine and echoed in countless articles afterward, that the lives of 130,000 people could be saved with a nationwide mask mandate.

As my colleague Phil Magness pointed out in an op-ed in the Wall Street Journal, the IHME model was predicated upon faulty data: it assumed that 49% of Americans were wearing masks based on a survey conducted between April and June, while claiming that statistic represented the number of Americans wearing masks as of September 21. In fact, by the summer, around 80% of Americans were regularly wearing them. (Ironically, had Dr. Fauci and the Surgeon General not bungled the message in March, mask use probably would have reached much higher rates much earlier on).

This called into question the accuracy of the 130,000 figure, since many more people habitually used masks than the study presumed.

Although Magness contacted Nature-Medicine to point out the problem, after stalling for nearly two weeks, the journal declined to address it. Needless to say, the damage had been done: newspapers such as the New York Times undoubtedly would fail to correct the error and any retractions certainly would be placed far from the front page, where the initial article touting the IHME figure appeared. Thus, as expected, the unfounded claim that 130,000 lives could be saved with a nationwide mask-mandate continues to be repeated, including by president-elect Joe Biden and National Institutes of Health Director Francis Collins.

That the science behind mask-wearing is questionable at best is further exemplified by a letter to the editor written in response to Magness’s article. Dr. Christopher Murray acknowledged that rates of mask-wearing have steadily increased, but then concluded that masks should be used because they are “our first line of defense against the pandemic” and current IHME modeling indicates that “if 95% of U.S. residents were to wear masks when leaving home, we could prevent the deaths of tens of thousands of Americans” because “masks work,” and “much deeper pain is ahead if we refuse to wear them.”

None of this accounts for the failure of either Nature-Medicine or the IHME modelers to recognize and correct the error. Moreover, neither the IHME modelers nor Dr. Murray provide any evidence that masks work. They assume masks are extremely effective at preventing spread of the coronavirus, and then claim that the model is correct for that reason. This sort of circular reasoning is all-too typical of those who so vociferously insist that masks are effective without going to the trouble of substantiating that contention – or differentiating what is likely a modest benefit from mask-wearing in specific indoor locations and around high-risk individuals from the media-driven tendency to depict masks as a silver bullet for stopping the virus in all circumstances.

Coverage of a recent mask study conducted in Denmark likewise epitomizes the failure of the scientific community to rigorously engage with results that do not fit the prevailing masks-as-a-panacea narrative. The first randomized and controlled study of its kind (another appeared in May but it pertained to flu and had similar results), it found an absence of empirical evidence that masks provide protection to people wearing them, although it apparently did not assess whether they prevent infection of those who encounter the wearer. The report was covered in a New York Times article bearing the patronizing headline, “A New Study Questions Whether Masks Protect Wearers. You Need to Wear Them Anyway.”

Noting that the results “conflict with those from a number of other studies,” primarily “laboratory examinations of the particles blocked by materials of various types,” the author remarked that, therefore, this research “is not likely to alter public health recommendations in the United States.” Notably, laboratory examinations, as opposed to the Danish study, do not account for the realities of everyday mask usage by non-medical professionals.

The author then quotes Susan Ellenberg, a biostatistician at the University of Pennsylvania, who claims that the study indicates a trend: “‘in the direction of benefit’ even if the results were not statistically significant. ‘Nothing in this study suggests . . . that it is useless to wear a mask,’” according to Dr. Ellenberg.

Nor does anything in this study suggest that it is useful to wear a mask, a fact that Dr. Ellenberg (and the headline) conveniently ignores. Furthermore, if a result is statistically insignificant, it should not be used to make the case for any proposition — as even I, a layperson, know.

Scientists ought to dispassionately analyze data that contradicts their biases and assumptions, and be open to changing their beliefs accordingly. That the results of the only randomized, controlled study were and continue to be automatically discounted demonstrates that, when it comes to the subject of masks, anything approximating the scientific method has gone out the window. That is all the more evident given the lack of interest that mask proponents have shown in conducting a randomized, controlled study themselves.

An article in the Los Angeles Times went even further: it twisted the findings of the Danish study to argue, incomprehensibly, that the research demonstrated more mask-wearing is warranted. The author cited, as supposedly compelling evidence that masks work, the low Covid-19 death rates in Singapore, Vietnam, and Taiwan. Indeed, according to the latest YouGov poll, administered in mid-November, 83% of Americans now wear masks in public, higher rates than Vietnam (77%) and Taiwan (82%).

Furthermore, there are other explanations, apart from widespread mask usage, for the remarkably low death rates in these countries. Some scientists believe that previous exposure to other coronaviruses in these regions may confer partial or total immunity to SARS-CoV-2. Others have speculated that obesity, environment or genetics could be the reason that Europe and the United States have substantially higher death rates than many Asian and African countries; after all, obesity is one of the most significant risk factors for severe illness.

To conclude on the basis of low death rates in several countries that masks prevent coronavirus transmission is patently absurd, illogical, and unscientific. A casual observer might also note that coronavirus cases (albeit not necessarily deaths) are rising in many parts of the world, regardless of mask mandates or rates of implementation. While not a controlled experiment, this fact at least ought to be addressed when making such sweeping claims.

Ultimately, I do not have the credentials to determine whether or not –or to what extent — masks work. But it is obvious that the issue has become so politicized that mainstream media outlets, politicians, and even scientists seize upon the slightest bit of favorable evidence, dismiss out of hand anything that conflicts with their theory, and most egregiously of all misrepresent the data, to support the conclusion that masks worn by asymptomatic people prevent coronavirus transmission.

And masks are only one part of this story: school closures, lockdowns, and social distancing all have been dogmatically embraced as a means of controlling infection. The substantial evidence that these mechanisms are not effective, particularly beyond their duration, has been automatically rejected for too long. This is not science: it is politics, and those within the profession who have refused to examine their confirmation biases, or manipulated the evidence to score political points, are utterly unqualified for the job.

https://www.aier.org/article/the-strangely-unscientific-masking-of-america/ 

:: 11-29-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Situation Update, Nov. 29th – 305th Military Intelligence Battalion is “Kraken”

Sunday, November 29, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) We’ve just posted the Situation Update for today, Nov. 29th, 2020, covering the latest developments and strategy in the deep state’s war against America.

This update’s topics include:

How Trump-appointed judges in federal district courts are speeding rejection of Trump’s lawsuits in order to get them to SCOTUS more quickly.

The coming seizure of Dominion voting machines by law enforcement, followed by forensic analysis. (This alone could overturn the entire election.)

How the 305th Military Intelligence Battalion is actually serving as a key source for Sidney Powell’s lawsuits which allege that China and Iran directly interfered with US elections through remote control and alteration of vote counts. Key witnesses tied to the 305th have the bombshell evidence.

This evidence is being saved and kept secret until a SCOTUS hearing. You won’t see the real fireworks until this is unleashed.

The 305th is the “Kraken.”

Changes to the DOJ’s rules about executions allow firing squads and hangings, but the military’s wartime rules of military justice have always allowed this anyway. And the attacks on America’s critical elections infrastructure were, in fact, acts of war.

How Brannon Howse and also Brighteon.Social is being attacked or threatened by deep state actors who are trying to silence us.

Plus, in this update I bring you an analysis of the Flynn / McInerney / Howse interview which reveals the following highlights:

HAMMER and various cyber weapons were previously used by the USA against other countries, now the weapons are being deployed against us. Obama is behind everything.

The Dec. 14th deadline doesn’t matter. President Trump should not leave office until all the facts surrounding election theft are analyzed, including vote count distributions “caused by fraudulent electronic manipulation of targeted voting machines.”

The fact that all 5 battleground states stopped counting at the same time, “Demonstrates prior coordination by election officials in five battleground states.” Then they used HAMMER and Scorecard, plus Dominion, to move Joe Biden into the lead. It is a “mathematical impossibility” the way the votes came in. An algorithm was used.

Confirmed that US Special Forces Command seized servers from the CIA server farm in Frankfurt.

Confirmed there were US soldiers killed during the raid on the CIA server farm in Frankfurt. (As we reported in yesterday’s Situation Update.)

Chris Krebs, formerly at CISA, committed treason and is part of the coup.

Trump can maintain control over the White House, under oath, until a full investigation is complete, and there are no artificial deadlines that can stop him. The President took an oath that obliges him to defend the country against all enemies, foreign and domestic. This is why he cannot turn over the White House to political puppets (Biden) controlled by America’s enemies (China, Iran).

Georgia’s runoff election is already stolen by the Democrats unless we stop the vote theft. It’s just a digital theft for them. This means the Senate will be lost to the Democrats unless this vote fraud infrastructure is exposed and defeated.

All this goes up to the very top, implicating Joe Biden, Adam Schiff, Barack Obama and others.

Listen to the full Situation Update here:

Brighteon.com/01b357fa-2ee4-4a79-8287-384f391966f7  

To get fully up to speed, listen to all the Situation Updates from previous days (28th, 27th, 26th, etc.) at the Health Ranger Report channel on Brighteon.com:

https://www.brighteon.com/channels/hrreport 

Also, don’t miss the latest interviews there with Jeffrey Prather, Monkey Werx and many others.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-11-29-situation-update-nov-29th-305th-military-intelligence-battalion-is-kraken.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 11-29-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food No Longer 'Essential' In New Mexico As Consumers Wait 2-4 Hours Just To Buy Food - A Sneak Preview Into Joe Biden's 'Dark Winter' Is Yet More Proof That Survival Could Depend On Your Level Of Preparation

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine November 29, 2020

The lines being seen outside of New Mexico stores that sell food products are seeing people waiting up to four hours just to enter the store and buy food for their families, as the New Mexico Governor, Michelle Lujan Grisham, orders the closure of all grocery stores to which four employees have at some point tested positive for COVID-19 in a 14 day period.

Before quoting the article, lets remember that the testing results are not entirely accurate as we have seen reports showing that Elon Musk took four tests in one day, two showed positive for COVID-19 and two came up negative.

We have witnessed some draconian measures taken by out-of-control, power hungry politicians across the United States in 2020.

Some attempting to implement some type curfew, others attempting to limit the amount of people allowed in their own home, some arbitrarily deeming some businesses "non-essential" and deeming others as "essential," with no rhyme nor reason as to how they came to their determinations.

When one can go to a strip club, but are told they cannot worship in a church or synagogue, we have a serious problem in America.

We believe New Mexico is the only state, to date, that has ordered grocery stores to close in such large numbers across the entire state, leaving people to have to hunt for a store that is still open, and then due to the restrictions and limits on how many can be in the stores, forcing New Mexico residents to wait in lines for up to four hours.

Via Breitbart:

New Mexico Gov. Michelle Lujan Grisham (D) has put immense pressure on businesses with her “abrupt” lockdown order – forcing “nonessential” businesses to close and creating what has been dubbed “modern breadlines” — with people waiting 2-4 hours to enter essential retailers, former GOP Senate candidate Elisa Martinez explained during an appearance on Breitbart News Saturday.

I deliberately used that quote from Breitbart because it was a Republican they cited, because as of Sunday, November 22, Governor Grisham's spokesperson was claiming that the modern day food lines being seen all across New Mexico is simply a "Republican talking point," which is "politically motivated."

Republican talking points?

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

The image above was taken at a NM Costco... before the Governor's health order, used here to show that stores in NM were already having a difficult time accommodating consumers.

Here is a Walmart in New Mexico on November 21st: The images above, and over two dozen more images from across New Mexico, can be seen at the website PinOnPost.

The point here is despite claims to the contrary by the liberal governor, the proof is in the images, the pictures are not simply a "talking point" but are visual evidence that in order to eat, feed their families, some in New Mexico, have to wait in hours-long lines, and then 2 to 4 hours later, be able to choose from whatever is left on the store shelves.

The governors office also claimed "The state is not forcing anyone to stand in a crowded line, as you suggest."

Technically true, they aren't holding a gun to anyone's head and "forcing" them to stand there to wait to see what is left in the grocery section in order to feed their children.

NOTE- THIS IS WHY WE ENCOURAGE PREPPING!!!!!!!!

Via BizPac Review:

More than 25 essential businesses were swept up in Grisham’s order, resulting in at least three Walmart stores being closed, an Albertson’s grocery store, a Smiths Food & Drug Center and a New Mexico Food Distribution Center in Albuquerque, according to the newspaper. And still, Americans fail to grasp that elections have consequences.

In one of the most heartbreaking testimonials we see why this overreach is actually harming Americans more than helping them.

"A NM man with COVID says he had to stand in line for food after the state shut down his town’s grocery store that delivers."

Sick with COVID, and because the grocery store that delivered to him so he did not have to go risk others was ordered by the state to be closed, forcing him to choose between risking the health of others, or to eat and survive.

November 29, 2020

Food No Longer 'Essential' In New Mexico As Consumers Wait 2-4 Hours Just To Buy Food - A Sneak Preview Into Joe Biden's 'Dark Winter' Is Yet More Proof That Survival Could Depend On Your Level Of Preparation

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

The lines being seen outside of New Mexico stores that sell food products are seeing people waiting up to four hours just to enter the store and buy food for their families, as the New Mexico Governor, Michelle Lujan Grisham, orders the closure of all grocery stores to which four employees have at some point tested positive for COVID-19 in a 14 day period.

Before quoting the article, lets remember that the testing results are not entirely accurate as we have seen reports showing that Elon Musk took four tests in one day, two showed positive for COVID-19 and two came up negative.

We have witnessed some draconian measures taken by out-of-control, power hungry politicians across the United States in 2020.

Some attempting to implement some type curfew, others attempting to limit the amount of people allowed in their own home, some arbitrarily deeming some businesses "non-essential" and deeming others as "essential," with no rhyme nor reason as to how they came to their determinations.

When one can go to a strip club, but are told they cannot worship in a church or synagogue, we have a serious problem in America.

We believe New Mexico is the only state, to date, that has ordered grocery stores to close in such large numbers across the entire state, leaving people to have to hunt for a store that is still open, and then due to the restrictions and limits on how many can be in the stores, forcing New Mexico residents to wait in lines for up to four hours.

Via Breitbart:

New Mexico Gov. Michelle Lujan Grisham (D) has put immense pressure on businesses with her “abrupt” lockdown order – forcing “nonessential” businesses to close and creating what has been dubbed “modern breadlines” — with people waiting 2-4 hours to enter essential retailers, former GOP Senate candidate Elisa Martinez explained during an appearance on Breitbart News Saturday.

I deliberately used that quote from Breitbart because it was a Republican they cited, because as of Sunday, November 22, Governor Grisham's spokesperson was claiming that the modern day food lines being seen all across New Mexico is simply a "Republican talking point," which is "politically motivated."

Republican talking points?

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

The image above was taken at a NM Costco... before the Governor's health order, used here to show that stores in NM were already having a difficult time accommodating consumers.

Here is a Walmart in New Mexico on November 21st:

New Mexico, Costco, November 21:

Albertson's in New Mexico:

The images above, and over two dozen more images from across New Mexico, can be seen at the website PinOnPost.

The point here is despite claims to the contrary by the liberal governor, the proof is in the images, the pictures are not simply a "talking point" but are visual evidence that in order to eat, feed their families, some in New Mexico, have to wait in hours-long lines, and then 2 to 4 hours later, be able to choose from whatever is left on the store shelves.

The governors office also claimed "The state is not forcing anyone to stand in a crowded line, as you suggest."

Technically true, they aren't holding a gun to anyone's head and "forcing" them to stand there to wait to see what is left in the grocery section in order to feed their children.

NOTE- THIS IS WHY WE ENCOURAGE PREPPING!!!!!!!!

Via BizPac Review:

More than 25 essential businesses were swept up in Grisham’s order, resulting in at least three Walmart stores being closed, an Albertson’s grocery store, a Smiths Food & Drug Center and a New Mexico Food Distribution Center in Albuquerque, according to the newspaper. And still, Americans fail to grasp that elections have consequences.

In one of the most heartbreaking testimonials we see why this overreach is actually harming Americans more than helping them.

"A NM man with COVID says he had to stand in line for food after the state shut down his town’s grocery store that delivers."

Sick with COVID, and because the grocery store that delivered to him so he did not have to go risk others was ordered by the state to be closed, forcing him to choose between risking the health of others, or to eat and survive.

It almost seems as if the politicians are in a race to see who can be more tyrannical.

CONTOL THE FOOD, CONTROL THE PEOPLE

While I have seen some claim Kissinger didn't say "If you control the food supply, you control the people," while others argue he did and provide the date and location with their assertions, for the point of this article, it matters not who said it, what matters is that it is true.

Human beings cannot survive without nutrition. Food and water are requirements to survive.

As we see report after report of food lines, and food banks where cars are lined up for miles just to get a box of food to feed their families, most because they have lost their jobs because governors decided that the place where they worked in order to feed their families, was not "essential," we are reminded of hearing Joe Biden tell Americans to expect a "dark winter."

Dark indeed for those that cannot obtain food. Dark for those that will suffer when the much-talked about 4-6 week national mandated lockdowns that Biden's team is proposing goes into effect should he take office.

Now that one governor has upped the ante and decided that food and eating are not "essential," especially for those that suffering health issues making it impossible for them to stand in any line for two to four hours, we fully expect to see other governors following suit.

BOTTOM LINE

The lockdowns of the past year are nothing compared to what is coming, all under the guise of "safety," when in actuality they are using COVID-19 to see how much control they can wield over the American populace before said populace pushes back.

The only questions that remain is how many will push back, how hard they will push back and what the fall out will be of Biden's predicted "dark winter."

Below the videos, we'll link to more currently available products for delivery, to prepare for when they grocery store closures come to a city near you.

Even if it isn't your town the stores are forced to close in, people from other towns where they were forced to close, will end up at the stores you use eventually.

We are at the point where survival will depend on our levels of preparation.

Especially if Dementia Joe Biden and #HeelsUpHarris takes office.

We'll start with the foods, cleaning products, and paper products which stores are already limiting or seeing shortages of, then move on to more foods because without food, you simply don't need very much toilet paper.

Peanut Butter & Co. Crunch Time Peanut Butter, Non-GMO Project Verified, Gluten Free, Vegan, 16 Ounce (Pack of 6)

PBfit All-Natural Peanut Butter Powder, Powdered Peanut Spread From Real Roasted Pressed Peanuts, 8g of Protein (30 Oz.)

2 LBs Nutristore Freeze Dried Premium Egg Mix | Easy Prep | Emergency and Survival Food Supply | Powdered Eggs | Amazing Taste

Ragu Traditional Spaghetti Sauce, 3 ct./45 oz.

BARILLA Tomato & Basil and Traditional Premium Pasta Sauce Variety Pack, 24 Ounce Jars (Pack of 4) | No Artificial Colors, Flavors or Preservatives | Non-GMO

More variety of sauces to choose from.

BARILLA Blue Box Spaghetti Pasta, 16 oz. Boxes (Pack of 8), 8 Servings per Box - Non-GMO

More Pasta Varieties

Meats:

Porter & York, Aged Prime Beef Filet Mignon 8oz 4-pack

Porter & York - Whole Chickens 6-pack

Aged Angus Filet Mignon Top Sirloin NY Strip Ribeye and Premium Ground Beef by Nebraska Star Beef - All Natural Hand Cut and Trimmed - Steak Gift Packages Delivered to Your Door

Bison Burgers & Steaks Combo Pack: 100% All-Natural, Grass-Fed and Grain Finished North American Bison Meat with no Growth Hormones or Antibiotics - USDA Tested - 14 Piece of Tender, Flavorful Meat

H.F.'s Outstanding All Natural Skinless Boneless Chicken Breast, 40 Ounce

Porter & York, Prime Beef Bone In Ribeye Steaks 20oz 4-pack

Porter & York Brand Meats - Prime Beef Boneless Ribeye Steak 16oz 4-pack

T-Bone Steaks, 6 count 16 oz each from Kansas City Steaks

32 Classic Steakburgers, 4.5 oz each from Kansas City Steaks

Canned Vegetables Variety Of Options

Canned Fruits Variety Of Options

Rice

Beans

Cleaning - Disinfectant:

Clorox Commercial Solutions Clorox Clean-Up All Purpose Cleaner with Bleach - Original, 128 Ounce Refill Bottle, 4 Bottles/Case

Glissen Chemical Nu-Foamicide EPA Registered 1-Gal All Purpose Cleaner Concentrate, Makes 32 Gallons of Disinfectant/Detergent/Food-Contact Sanitizer/Virucide, Industrial Commercial Grade

Hospital Grade Bulk Disinfecting Bathroom Sanitizer by Comet Professional, Multi-Purpose Spray Cleaner with Bleach Wipes up Pathogens for Commercial Use, 32 oz. (Case of 8)

SC Johnson Professional WINDEX Multi-Surface & Disinfectant Cleaner Refill, 1 gallon (Pack of 4)

RMR-141 Disinfectant and Cleaner, Kills 99% of Household Bacteria and Viruses, Fungicide Kills Mold & Mildew, EPA Registered, 1 Gallon Bottle

Care Touch Alcohol-Free Hand Sanitizing Wipes (5 Pouches) | 100 Antibacterial Hand Wipes Wipes with Vitamin E + Aloe Vera | for Babies and Adults

70% Alcohol Hand Sanitizer GEL With Aloe Vera - 1 Half Gallon Refill by Nature's Oils

Hand Sanitizer Gel (24 Pack - 2oz Bottle) - 75% Alcohol - Kills 99.99% of Germs - Scent Free Antibacterial Gel with Vitamin E & Aloe for Moisturizing in Mini 2 Ounce Bottles

Mrs. Meyer's Clean Day Liquid Hand Soap, Cruelty Free and Biodegradable Formula, Honeysuckle Scent, 12.5 oz- Pack of 3

SWAN 3% Hydrogen Peroxide Topical Solution First Aid Antiseptic, 32 Fluid Ounce (Pack of 12), 384 Fl Oz

Hydrogen Peroxide Topical Solution, 32 Ounce (3 Pack)

Isopropyl Alcohol

Paper Goods:

Tork Universal TM1616S Bath Tissue Roll, 2-Ply, 4" Width x 3.75" Length, White (Case of 96 Rolls, 500 per Roll, 48,000 Sheets)

Amazon Brand - Solimo 2-Ply Toilet Paper, 350 Sheets per Roll, 30 Count

Angel Soft Professional Series Premium 2-Ply Embossed Toilet Paper by GP PRO (Georgia-Pacific), 16880, 450 Sheets Per Roll, 80 Rolls Per Case

Kleenex Professional Facial Tissue for Business (03076), Flat Tissue Boxes, 12 Boxes / Convenience Case, 125 Tissues / Box

Sparkle 2-Ply Perforated Roll Paper Towels by GP PRO (Georgia-Pacific), White, 2717714, 85 Sheets Per Roll, 15 Rolls Per Case

Scott Essential Multifold Paper Towels (01804) with Fast-Drying Absorbency Pockets, White, 16 Packs / Case, 250 Multifold Towels / Pack

PLENTY Ultra Premium Full Sheet Paper Towels, White, 15 Total Rolls

https://allnewspipeline.com/Food_No_Longer_Essential.php 

:: 11-29-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Romain Grosjean's Formula One car explodes into fireball in 140mph smash that split car in HALF at Bahrain Grand Prix... before Lance Stroll's vehicle flips over after race re-starts - but BOTH walk away

Romain Grosjean's car burst into flames after a horror crash at the Bahrain GP that split his vehicle in two

The French driver smashed into a barrier at 140mph and the car exploded into a fireball in shocking scenes

Grosjean was miraculously able to walk away from the crash and suffered burns and broken ribs

Incredibly, just moments after the race restarted, there was another crash, leaving a car upside down

By Jonathan McEvoy for the Daily Mail

Published: 09:20 EST, 29 November 2020 | Updated: 04:06 EST, 30 November 2020

It was like a Hollywood stunt scene, too orange and too scary to be conjured other than from the wild imagination of fiction.

But, striking the Bahrain Grand Prix paddock dumb in an instant, Romain Grosjean’s Haas clipped Daniil Kvyat’s AlphaTauri, hurtled off the track at 137mph, hit the barriers at 56G and bang, like a match on dynamite, it was ablaze, the flames lighting up the sky.

The TV cameras immediately cut away, never a good sign. Many feared the worst for the Frenchman, 34, whose black skid marks marked the spot he left the track on the third corner of the first lap.

UNB! Motorsports

@UNBMotorsports

A horrific crash to start the #BahrainGP this evening. Thankfully, Romain Grosjean survived this hit and seems to be okay

Haas F1 Team says Grosjean has some minor burns, but is okay otherwise.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sport/sportsnews/article-8998353/Romain-Grosjeans-car-explodes-fireball-lap-one-Bahrain-Grand-Prix.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 11-29-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indonesian volcano erupts forcing thousands to flee their island homes as giant cloud of deadly gas fills sky and avalanche of lava roars down mountainside

The Mount Ile Lewotolok volcano in the East Nusa Tenggara province of Lembata

Area near the volcano is likely to be inundated with 'hot clouds and lava stream'

No casualties have been reported but 2,780 people from 26 villages have fled

By Emily Webber For Mailonline and Afp

Published: 09:44 EST, 29 November 2020 | Updated: 11:05 EST, 29 November 2020

A volcano in Indonesia has erupted spewing ash and smoke as high as 2.5 miles into the sky and forcing more than 2,700 people fleeing from their homes.

The Mount Ile Lewotolok volcano in the East Nusa Tenggara province of Lembata in the Lesser Sunda Islands has forced 2,780 people to flee from 26 villages, officials have said.

Indonesia's Volcanology and Geological Hazard Mitigation Centre said on its website that the area near the volcano is likely to be inundated with 'hot clouds, lava stream, lava avalanche, and poisonous gas'. Officials said no casualties have been reported.

Pak Kasbani, head of Indonesia's Volcanology and Geological Hazard Mitigation Centre, said the status of the volcano raised to the second-highest level on Indonesia's four-tier alert system due to 'increasing threats'.

National Disaster Mitigation Agency spokesman Raditya Jati said in a statement that the eruption from the Mount Ile Lewotolok volcano, about 1616 miles east of Indonesia's capital of Jakarta, had caused panic among those living nearby. East Nusa Tenggara's Wunopitu airport was temporarily closed as flights were advised to avoid the area as volcanic ask rained down.

A 1.2 miles no-go zone around the crater was put in place which was expanded to 2.5 miles.

'People are advised to not carry out any activities within a four-kilometre radius from the crater,' Indonesia's geological agency said. Mr Jati said around 2,780 people from 26 villages had sought refuge, although no casualties have so far been reported.

Muhammad Ilham, a 17-year-old who witnessed the eruption, said that residents nearby were 'panicked and they're still looking for refuge and in need of money right now'.

Indonesia has nearly 130 active volcanoes, more than any other country, due to its position on the 'Ring of Fire', a belt of tectonic plate boundaries circling the Pacific Ocean where frequent seismic activity occurs. While many show high levels of activity it can be weeks or even months before an eruption.

There are only three other volcanoes with this level which include the Merapi volcano on the island of Java and Sinabung on Sumatra, which erupted this month.

In late 2018, a volcano in the strait between Java and Sumatra islands erupted, causing an underwater landslide that unleashed a tsunami which killed more than 400 people.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8998379/Indonesian-volcano-erupts-forcing-thousands-flee-island-homes.html 

:: 11--20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dark Winter Has Begun: Millions Of Americans Are Expected To Lose Their Homes

46,366 views

Epic Economist

270K subscribers

The worst economic catastrophe ever happened in the U.S. since the Great Depression of the 1930s continues to leave millions of workers jobless, and coping with food and housing insecurity. A very dark winter is arriving for the American working-poor, one that will likely lead 6 million households to homelessness. Latest studies forecast that a tidal wave of evictions could push up to 40 million people to the streets as soon as the CDC's eviction moratorium expires on January 1st.

As rental delinquencies continue to soar, landlords are already filing eviction requests, and in the absence of further federal aid, deep-in-debt renters might end up in the streets in the coldest season of the year when a highly contagious respiratory infection is rapidly spreading and fatally affecting hundreds of thousands of Americans. For that reason, in this video, we expose one of the most tragic and calamitous situations our citizens are about to face.

The U.S. Census Bureau conducted a survey that found that up to 6 million households are on the brink of eviction or foreclosure. As soon as the CDC's eviction moratorium expires on January 1st, 32.5% of the 17.8 million adults currently behind rent or mortgage payments could be pushed to the streets. Additionally, according to research by the Aspen Institute, nearly 40 million Americans could face eviction over the next several months.

Considering that the CARES Act is set to expire on December 31st, 12 million workers are about to lose access to their emergency unemployment benefits, consequently they will likely become unable to afford their rental payments and add to the already colossal rate of delinquent renters. Also, a recent Bank of America report indicated that the end of the assistance could be a drag of up to 1.5% to growth in 2021 first-quarter.

The eviction moratorium, mortgage forbearance programs, and suspension of student loan payments have helped to ease the financial stress of the American working-poor. The most worrying effect that will be brought by the expiration of the many CARES programs is the removal of financial safety nets for them.

The flawed CDC protections haven't actually stopped landlords from expelling families to try to find paying renters, because eventually, someone has to pay for this immense debt. That is to say, the CDC's policy doesn't translate into debt forgiveness, and billions in back rent and late fees piled up throughout the current economic recession, and now the alarming rates of default are also acting as a catalyst to the severe housing crisis that started to unfold this year. Nevertheless, the biggest suffering isn't being experienced by big corporations, private equity, and banks but by average Americans.

Millions of them could potentially end up on the streets very soon. However, this complex problem could be solved with simple measures, but economists are arguing that the new administration may not look at this issue with the urgency needed. After meeting with corporate executives, Democratic President-elect Joe Biden clarified in his speech that the top concern that will be addressed as the first action of his mandate is “to get the economy back on track”.

Not once did he mentioned a pressing need to stop the spread of the virus, feed the hungry, provide relief, or house the homeless. He didn't make any declarations regarding a renewal of the unemployment benefits in the CARES Act or extending eviction moratoriums. That's because, no matter who enters the White House, all policies target ensuring the flow of profits to big corporations and Wall Street.

At the end of the day, both parties see unemployment benefits as a “disincentive” for workers to get back on low-paying jobs amid a raging sanitary outbreak. But the only real solution to this rental crisis and many other financial crisis Americans are undergoing is more assistance from the federal government. That means the issuance of stimulus money that instead of getting swallowed by the financial markets actually assists people to pay off their debt.

If renters have money to pay off their landlords, this tidal wave of evictions could be stopped. Eviction is an expensive, frustrating, and emotionally fraught step that damages both renters and landlords, particularly considering that finding a replacement paying tenant amid a deteriorating economic collapse can be incredibly hard.

Unfortunately, millions are soon going to be caught up by this unprecedented catastrophe that is about to leave our citizens on the streets, vulnerable to a fatal disease, and in the middle of a tragic hunger crisis. And all of it could have been avoided.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZrOi_gSNogM 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 11-29-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US, UK governments to deploy cyber warfare weapons against anyone questioning the propaganda about covid-19 vaccines

Sunday, November 29, 2020 by: JD Heyes

(Natural News) The reason why our founders enshrined “freedom of the press” in our Constitution is because they knew that tyrannical governments control their populations, in part, by controlling the information relayed to them.

Controlling information is also a way to ensure compliance; after all, if a population only gets one side of a political argument or if they are prevented from knowing the truth about a certain issue, they are far more likely to go along with government mandates.

Other nations whose people also yearned to be free and think for themselves copied our free press guarantee.  But something happened over the centuries.

In recent decades, our media have become politicized. Most ‘mainstream’ outlets no longer see their role as informing the public so we can make up our own minds about issues.

Rather, they now see their primary objective as working on behalf of tyrannical leaders within the deep state and political establishment. Our media, and the media in many Western-aligned countries, now see their role as primarily pushing the ‘state’ narrative; they are propagandists, not informers.

And with the rise of Big Tech, the flow of information to the people is now so tightly controlled, a recent study found that failing to report scandal and corruption linked to one presidential contender, Joe Biden, very likely led to his ‘winning’ the election.

Now, something much more sinister in on the horizon. The media and Big Tech are preparing to shut down the flow of any scientific information, constitutional arguments or questions about the legality of requiring mass COVID-19 immunization.

In other words, prepare to be lied to early and often about the coming coronavirus vaccine, according to Whitney Webb at Unlimited Hangout.

She writes:

British and American state intelligence agencies are “weaponizing truth” to quash vaccine hesitancy as both nations prepare for mass inoculations, in a recently announced “cyber war” to be commanded by AI-powered arbiters of truth against information sources that challenge official narratives.

“A new cyber offensive was launched on Monday by the UK’s signal intelligence agency, Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ), which seeks to target websites that publish content deemed to be “propaganda” that raises concerns regarding state-sponsored Covid-19 vaccine development and the multi-national pharmaceutical corporations involved,” Webb reports.

“Similar efforts are underway in the United States, with the US military recently funding a CIA-backed firm — stuffed with former counterterrorism officials who were behind the occupation of Iraq and the rise of the so-called Islamic State — to develop an AI algorithm aimed specifically at new websites promoting ‘suspected’ disinformation related to the Covid-19 crisis and the US military-led Covid-19 vaccination effort known as Operation Warp Speed,” she continued.

Actually, ‘Warp Speed’ is the program established by the Trump administration in which government cleared the way for private industry to more rapidly develop a vaccine for the novel coronavirus rather than government actually developing it. Specifically, Trump ordered government health agencies to maintain safety standards while shunting other regulatory hurdles that otherwise prevent rapid development-to-market processes.

We’re getting a vaccine faster than we normally would, in other words — and that may or may not be a good thing.

But according to Webb, the political establishment in both the US and the UK have apparently decided that even if a vaccine is not 100 percent safe, we’re all going to be forced to take it one way or another, whether we want to or not.

Both countries are preparing to silence independent journalists who raise legitimate concerns over pharmaceutical industry corruption or the extreme secrecy surrounding state-sponsored Covid-19 vaccination efforts, now that Pfizer’s vaccine candidate is slated to be approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) by month’s end,” Webb adds.

And that was never part of Operation Warp Speed. Worse, the biggest defender of our Constitution in modern times, Donald Trump, appears to have had the election stolen from him, meaning our last defense against an unconstitutional vaccine mandate is about to be replaced.

Worse, we won’t even be ‘allowed’ to raise questions through our media because ‘dissent’ will be quashed.

Americans can’t tell Brits what to do, but we can certainly change our destiny, as we have done before. It may be time for a second American Revolution, but this time to be free of the monarchs in our own deep state.

We track and report on all the attempts to push fake news and disinformation by the mainstream media and deep state at Propaganda.news.

Sources include: UnlimitedHangout.com NewsBusters.org NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-11-29-cyber-warfare-weapons-propaganda-covid-19-vaccines.html 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 11-29-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FRENCH UNREST WILL SPREAD TO AMERICA - DRUG AND FOOD SHORTAGE - BANKING SYSTEM COLLAPSING

27,831 views

•Nov 29, 2020

Full Spectrum Survival

162K subscribers

? ONLY 1 MORE DAY TO GET DECEMBER'S MONTHLY SURVIVAL CARDS - JOIN US AT THE $10 CARD LEVEL HERE: https://www.patreon.com/fullspectrums... 

RIOTS ACROSS FRANCE ARE A THREAT TO AMERICAN DEMOCRACY WARNS RESEARCHERS WHO SAY THAT THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA IS SET FOR ANOTHER ROUND OF UNREST IF MEASURES ARE NOT TAKEN TO REVIVE THE PERSONAL ECONOMIC SITUATION OF MILLIONS ACROSS THE COUNTRY. CANADA IS HALTING EXPORTS TO THE USA AS DRUG SHORTAGES ARE SET TO ROLL IN FROM A CHINESE TRADE AND SOCIAL WAR. THE BANKING SYSTEM IS COLLAPSE IN PROOF THAT THE PAIN FOR THE USD AND USA ECONOMY IS HERE TO STAY FOR 2 OR MORE YEARS.

The news is here because of members like you! ? PLEASE HELP TO SUPPORT WHAT WE DO ?

https://www.patreon.com/fullspectrums...  --- Join us on there! You Will Get : * Waterproof Physical Survival Cards sent to you in the mail every single month! *At the $10 level * Exclusive Content

#BREAKING  #NEWS   #PREPPER

As always, we appreciate your views and comments, please subscribe and send us mail if you have any questions!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uEL6GDzgiCo&feature=youtu.be 

:: 11-29-20 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

REPORTS: Truckers Strike Actually BEGINNING

Nation Hal Turner 29 November 2020 Hits: 32981

There are as yet UNCONFIRMED reports coming in from several areas around the USA that truckers have BEGUN a STRIKE.

Initial efforts called for a strike to begin TODAY, 19 November 2020.

Yet according to widely published reports, the organizers allegedly gave up and called-off their efforts.

Now, it seems the strike is commencing anyway!

Video below claims to be of truckers halting in the left lane of an Interstate Highway, today. Location as yet unconfirmed. UPDATE

Further reports say specific large US cities are being targetted by the strike: Milwaukee, WI, Detroit, MI, Pittsburgh and Philadelphia, PA and Atlanta, GA because those cities are the epicenter of VOTE FRAUD during the November 3, election.

Truckers on CB radio (Trucker channel 19 i.e. 27.185 MHz AM) are saying "They think they can steal a national election? We'll starve them to death. No food for the cities."

Those of you who live in cities had better stock-up on food while your supermarkets still have some. Once the general public starts hearing about this, and realizes the food supply is being cut off, your cities will become war zones within hours as people panic and try to get whatever they can!

Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.

When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/reports-truckers-strike-actually-beginning 

:: 11-27-20 Common Dreams :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Bleak Milestone': More Than 100,000 Nursing Home Residents and Staff Killed by Pandemic

Forty percent of all Covid-19 deaths in the United States have occurred in long-term care facilities.

by Kenny Stancil, staff writer Published on Friday, November 27, 2020 by Common Dreams

As of the last week of November, Covid-19 has claimed the lives of more than 100,000 people who live and work in long-term care facilities in the United States, according to the Kaiser Family Foundation's latest analysis of state-reported data.

The following chart depicts the growth in Covid-19 deaths among nursing home residents and staff in the U.S. since April. According to the Kaiser Family Foundation (KFF), 40% of the nation's Covid-19 deaths have occurred in long-term care facilities. "While early action to prevent the spread of coronavirus in long-term care facilities led to strict protocols related to testing, personal protective equipment, and visitor restrictions," KFF pointed out that "several of these measures have been reversed in recent months, and some long-term care facilities continue to report shortages of PPE and staff."

According to physician and public health expert Michael Barnett, 7.7% of the nation's nursing home residents, or one in 13, have now died as a result of Covid-19. "Things have never really gotten better," he tweeted. "Testing is a struggle, PPE and staff are daily challenges."

Soon after reaching the "bleak milestone" of 100,000 pandemic deaths in long-term care facilities, which happened on Tuesday, the U.S. on Thursday experienced a new record-high number of coronavirus-related hospitalizations, as Common Dreams reported earlier Friday.

Millions of Americans have passed through airports in the past week, despite the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's recommendation against traveling for Thanksgiving. Dr. Anthony Fauci, the nation's top infectious disease expert, does not expect conditions to improve by Christmas and the New Year.

As KFF explained, the predicted "surge in cases after holiday gatherings and increased time indoors due to winter weather... will have ripple effects on hospitals and nursing homes, given the close relationship between community spread and cases in congregate care settings."

The country's Covid-19 death toll surpassed 264,000 on Friday. Meanwhile, Thanksgiving marked the 24th consecutive day of more than 100,000 new daily cases in the U.S.

Given the pandemic's disproportionate impact on the high-risk populations who live and work in long-term care facilities, even more nursing home residents, employees, and their families are expected to be negatively affected by coronavirus as long as the number of infections continues to grow.

"Post-Thanksgiving surges in cases are unlikely to spare this community and will likely lead to an even higher death toll in long-term care facilities," KFF said, "raising questions about whether nursing homes and other facilities are able to protect their residents and, if not, what actions can be taken to mitigate the threat posed by the virus."

As the New York Times reported in June, when the Covid-19 death toll in long-term care facilities was just over 50,000, some critics have argued that the profit-driven nature of the private nursing home industry is the underlying problem, since treating elder care as a commodity rather than a public good can incentivize cost-cutting or money-making measures that put people in harm's way.

An investigation of long-term care facilities in Connecticut, the results of which were published in August, lent credence to that hypothesis. According to the study, "For-profit nursing homes had about 60% more cases and deaths per licensed bed than nonprofit ones," while "larger facilities were hit harder than smaller ones, and... homes serving as part of a chain had worse outcomes," as Reuters reported at the time.

Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse (D-R.I.) noted this week that he and Sen. Bob Casey (D-Pa.) "have a bill to help nursing homes protect their residents and workers from Covid-19."

According to Whitehouse, "It's time to pass it."

https://www.commondreams.org/news/2020/11/27/bleak-milestone-more-100000-nursing-home-residents-and-staff-killed-pandemic 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 11-29-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia‘s message to China is clear – back off from our territory

255,524 views

•Nov 29, 2020

TFIglobal

238K subscribers

Russia announced on Thursday that the country successfully test-fired a Tsirkon hypersonic cruise missile in the Arctic. The move is a direct message to China. Watch the video to know more.

Follow us on Twitter: https://twitter.com/tfiglobal 

Follow us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/tfiglobal 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fQYvsdJKHDo 

:: 11--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanksgiving...Always

By Hal Lindsey

Enter His gates with thanksgiving, And His courts with praise. Give thanks to Him; bless His name. For the Lord is good; His lovingkindness is everlasting, And His faithfulness to all generations.” (Psalms 100:4-5 NASB)

Terror attacks… the violent destruction of whole Christian communities in large regions of the world… a worldwide moral free fall that portends worse things to come. We could talk all day about bad news as we watch the world system implode on itself. Yet God calls on His people to abound with thanksgiving. (Colossians 2:7)

America is a nation with a deep biblical heritage. “Thanksgiving” is a case in point. Those who went before us set aside a day for all Americans to give thanks to God. But as the nation becomes more secular, it struggles to find meaning in the venerable holiday.

Every year around this time, the secular world takes note of thankfulness. We see a spate of articles about the health and social benefits of gratitude. Three years ago, Time Magazine said, “Being thankful is strongly linked with both mental and physical health — and can help to relieve stress, depression and addictions, among other conditions.”

The Time article cited a 2003 study showing that “those who were most spiritually thankful had a lower risk of depression, generalized anxiety disorder, phobias, bulimia and addictions including alcohol, nicotine and illegal drugs.”

Grateful people sleep better. This has a surprisingly positive impact on both physical and mental health. Thankfulness gives a person a better body image. If you don’t want your daughter to grow up to be anorexic, one of the best things you can do is to teach her to be thankful. In general, studies show that thankfulness increases healthy self-esteem.

Gratitude also causes people to be more empathetic and show less aggression. It helps us recover from trauma, such as posttraumatic stress. It helps us to live longer and be happier.

Thankfulness is like a fountain flowing with benefits and those benefits are available to everyone. There is always something to be thankful for. Will Rogers gave an example in a way only he could. He said, “Be thankful we’re not getting all the government we’re paying for.”

There’s no threshold for thankfulness. You don’t have to have a certain level of money, health, family, or friends in order to be thankful. Frank Clark, a U.S. Congressman in the early part of the 20th century said, “If a fellow isn’t thankful for what he’s got, he isn’t likely to be thankful for what he’s going to get.”

Thankfulness is good for us. It makes us happier. Yet fewer and fewer people exhibit thankfulness in their lives. The focus has changed from “count your blessings” to “bemoan your problems” and “enumerate your enemies.”

2,000 years ago, the Holy Spirit showed a man that ungratefulness would be one of the hallmarks of our time. 2 Timothy 3:1-2 says, “In the last days . . . men will be . . . ungrateful.” [NASB]

Knowing the benefits of thankfulness, and knowing that it’s free, why don’t more people choose to be grateful? Why do we so easily shift from gratitude to complaint? Why does it seem easier to focus on problems, and ignore blessings? Why are so many people unable to consistently access the benefits of a life marked by consistent thankfulness?

The biggest problem is that most people don’t know personally the One to whom their primary gratitude should be expressed. It’s good to be grateful to friends, family, colleagues, and even strangers on the street. But they’re all human, and in some way, at some level, they will let you down. And when they do, your attitude of gratitude is bound to take a nosedive.

Thankfulness quickly runs its course when directed only at parents or friends or “the universe.” Real Thanksgiving surges forth when the object of our thanks is completely deserving, and we focus on that.

Only the God of the Bible — our Maker and Redeemer — is completely deserving of our thanks at all times in all ways. When we center our thanksgiving on Him, the attitude of thankfulness then spreads to family, friends, strangers, etc. Thanksgiving becomes a way of thinking, and an attitude of being. And it’s contagious. It spreads to those around us. It brings health to individuals, families, and communities.

But in order to last, it must start with God. You don’t have to go through mental gyrations working yourself up to it. If you really know Him, just think about who He is, what He has done, and choose to thank Him. Because God is good . . . all the time!

Happy Thanksgiving!

https://www.hallindsey.com/hlr-11-25-2015/ 

:: 11-29-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fakhrizadeh assassination is about far more than Biden - analysis

What would Iran stand to gain by taking actions against the US at this time, or turning a cold shoulder to Biden, especially since this did not take place under his watch?

By HERB KEINON NOVEMBER 29, 2020 22:32

Friday’s assassination of Iran’s top nuclear scientist Mohsen Fakhrizadeh led to predictable hand-wringing from Obama administration alumni and their cheerleaders who midwifed the Iranian nuclear deal in 2015.

Former CIA head John Brenner was furious:This was a criminal act & highly reckless,” he tweeted. “Such an act of state-sponsored terrorism would be a flagrant violation of international law & encourage more governments to carry out lethal attacks against foreign officials.” Ben Rhodes, president Barack Obama’s deputy national security advisor for strategic communications – who according to a New York Times Magazine story promoted a misleading timeline among journalists about the Iran negotiations and created an “echo chamber” of reporters to sway public opinion – was indignant. “This is an outrageous action aimed at undermining diplomacy between an incoming US administration and Iran,” he tweeted. “It’s time for this ceaseless escalation to stop.

And Jeremy Ben-Ami of the left-wing J Street lobbying group was enraged.The assassination of a senior Iranian nuclear scientist appears to be an attempt to sabotage the ability of the incoming Biden administration to re-enter the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA), as well as the chances of further diplomacy, either by limiting the political leeway of Iranian officials who want to restore the deal, or by triggering an escalation leading to military confrontation,” he said.

Each of these reactions pushed the same theme: whoever carried this out – and all fingers are pointed at Israel – intended to limit President-elect Joe Biden’s space for maneuvering and sabotage any possible diplomacy with Iran.

The unstated subtext of this type of criticism is the same: Those pesky Israelis, with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu still leading the way, are at it again, trying to sabotage diplomatic efforts to solve the Iranian nuclear dilemma and undermine the Biden presidency from the get-go.

But that’s wrong. The assassination of Fakhrizadeh is not about Biden. Rather, it’s about Israel’s nearly three-decade effort to prevent Iran from getting a bomb. It’s about those pesky Israelis – if indeed they are behind the killing, and that has neither been acknowledged nor proven – trying to prevent what they view as an existential threat against them from coming into existence. The assassination is just the latest in a series of steps over the last three decades taken to prevent Iran, which has said it wants to wipe Israel off the map, from getting the wherewithal to do it.

The killing of Fakhrizadeh will set back Iran’s efforts to attain the bomb because he was a key player in their nuclear program.

No one, obviously, is irreplaceable, but finding an equivalent replacement for some people at the top of the pyramid does take time. And the whole game for decades has been about buying time, kicking the can down the road in the hope that either in the interim the regime of the ayatollahs would be changed, or the Iranian leaders themselves would just realize that the price for continuing their nuclear program is just too high.

That Iran has been unable to realize its nuclear ambitions up until now, though it has been trying since the end of the Iran-Iraq War in 1988, is not because of a lack of trying, or because they are any less capable than any of the other countries that have nuclear weapons. Rather, it’s because of actions that Israel and others in the West have taken over the years to bar their path.

These actions included setting up straw companies selling damaged goods to the Iranians so that when they would spin their centrifuges, they would blow up; computer worms and cyber sabotage; mysterious explosions; and assassinations.

Most people, when imagining how Israel – as it has pledged – might stop Iran from getting a bomb, automatically imagine it will be via bombs or missiles falling from the skies, as was the case when Israel destroyed the Iraqi nuclear reactor in 1981, or the Syrian one in 2007. But who says that has to be the way? To imagine that this would be the case would be to fight the next war using the methods of the last one – rarely a winning formula.

So far, Iran has been kept from reaching its nuclear goals through numerous smaller bore actions, of which the killing of Fakhrizadeh is just the most recent example, rather than through one big, dramatic explosion.

To present the killing of Fakhrizadeh as a move intended simply to make things more complicated for Biden is to fail to fully appreciate the degree to which the Israeli government genuinely believes a nuclear Iran is an existential threat that must be stopped at all costs.

Moreover, the killing need not undermine the diplomacy that Biden might want to pursue. The hit was carried out under the outgoing Trump administration. If Iran does indeed want to turn over a new leaf with the new administration – which it is very much in its interests to do – then it would only be counterproductive to let this killing stand in the way.

What would Iran stand to gain by taking actions against the US at this time, or turning a cold shoulder to Biden, especially since this did not take place under his watch?

In this context, however, the Israeli perspective is also worth noting, which is that the JCPOA is a non-starter because under its terms, Iran will be able to produce as much nuclear fuel as it wants in 2030. And as steps such as Friday’s assassination show, Israel – if it was involved – is not going to sit idly by and allow what it deems to be an existential threat to develop, regardless of who is the US president.

As for all the threats and concerns about Iranian retribution against Israeli and/or Jewish targets around the world, these threats need to be taken very seriously, but also need not be paralyzing. Angry marches with Hebrew signs in Tehran calling for Tel Aviv to be razed are meant as psychological warfare: to petrify Israelis.

But if the reports are true that Israel was involved in Fakhrizadeh’s killing, the manner in which it was carried out – in broad daylight and without anyone being caught – shows again Israel’s tremendous capabilities, including the ability to smite the head of the snake in its nest. And that is something Iran would be wise to take into consideration while weighing its next moves.

https://www.jpost.com/us-elections/its-about-far-more-than-biden-analysis-650627 

:: 11-20-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Joe Biden and Iran’s mullahs’ nuclear program

I want to emphasize: The US position on the Iran nuclear deal must not be an arena for fights between Democrats and Republicans.Op-ed.

Tags: Dr. Salem Al Ketbi Iran Deal Gulf States Nov 29 , 2020 11:59 PM

Iran’s nuclear program is one of the most important issues of US foreign policy at this time. This is not only so under a new US administration. There is also much speculation about the possibility that current President Donald Trump will end his presidential term with a military strike on Iran’s nuclear facilities. The Iranian mullahs worry about it. The killing of top nuclear scientist Muhsin Fahrizadeh elicited angry reactions from the mullahs, but made them worry even more.

Indeed, President Trump has a serious motive for this scenario, given the failure of subjugating the mullahs with a tougher sanctions mechanism. The latter takes a long time to achieve its objectives, especially with regimes that do not care about the suffering from sanctions and see their survival as evidence of what they describe as firmness and resistance.

Iran’s mullahs pursued a strategy of appeasement with Trump, hoping that a new White House resident would come to change his policy. Their enthusiasm for this strategy has been boosted since President-elect Joe Biden announced in his campaign that he plans to go back to the nuclear deal with Iran as soon as he gets to the White House. What the Iranian mullahs need to realize is that a return to the nuclear deal signed between Iran and the P5+1 group is not that simple. They have to understand that there is a difference between election promises and putting them into practice. For example, President Trump did not keep his pledge to withdraw from the nuclear deal until more than two years after coming to the West Wing.

President-elect Joe Biden is unlikely to make a decision to return to the nuclear deal the very next day after taking office, unlike what is believed by a handful of Iranian dreamers who wish for a lift of the tough sanctions imposed by President Trump throughout his presidency.

I have said this before. I say it again, the American position on the Iranian nuclear issue should not be the arena for political debates between Democrats and Republicans.

The issue is not just about the relationship between the US and the Iranian regime. It directly affects Washington’s relations with its Mideast strategic allies. This point should not be ignored, as the administration of former President Barack Obama did in one of its most serious mistakes.

I am convinced that this time the Democrat administration will be different, even though many former Obama administration officials are eager to play a role in reminding President-elect Biden that this issue is a priority. In his interview with French newspaper Le Point, Robert Malley, a senior advisor to former US President Barack Obama, said that “First of all, Iran is not isolated[.] [Biden] wants a return to the nuclear deal.” This statement does not reflect the fact that Malley was an advisor to Barack Obama. It reflects his position as a member of the US negotiating team on the Iranian nuclear issue.

Malley is reviving his political legacy without taking into account the strategic interests of the US. He even spoke on behalf of the president-elect to announce with assurance that Biden and vice-president-elect Kamala Harris are in the process of defining their foreign policy and that one of Biden’s priorities is to return to international commitments, including the Paris climate accord and the Iranian nuclear deal.

In the same statement, Malley acknowledged that a return to the Paris climate agreement would be easier to return to.A US return to the JCPOA, on the other hand, promises to be much more delicate, particularly because of the geopolitical consequences for the Middle East and the reluctance of US allies in the region” to give it a kiss of life.

Interesting, though strange, this statement confirms that the decision will not be at all easy for the President-elect, especially considering what the former US official did not mention, namely, the Iranian mullahs’ continued provocations and their going beyond the authorized limit for uranium enrichment under the nuclear agreement, as well as their growing threats and interventions in neighboring countries.

Moreover, the duration of the agreement itself is almost over and to return to it under the same conditions would be insulting to the US. It would also be a free gift to the mullahs of Iran who claim to be able to subject Washington to their conditions and demands.

Iranian President Rouhani and his team saw the election of Mr. Biden as a new springboard for their country. With the new US administration, we have an “opportunity,” Rouhani said at a cabinet meeting. We will move from an “atmosphere of threats” to an “atmosphere of opportunity,” he added.

Tehran’s return to its commitments under the agreement “can happen automatically,” Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif assured in comments published in an Iranian daily paper. “If Mr Biden is willing to fulfill US commitments, we too can immediately return to our full commitments in the accord […] and negotiations are possible within the framework of the P5+1.”

This confirms what we have said about the mullahs’ overconfidence in the US willingness to return to the agreement. Things are not going to go as smoothly as they think. But the incoming US administration must also be cautious and avoid the pitfalls.

Reopening the issue for a thorough discussion before making a hasty decision is a good thing. It is also wise to avoid repeating the mistake the Obama administration made in ignoring the views of Washington’s Gulf allies. Without conditions and without prior understanding on the important points not covered by the dying nuclear deal, the return of the US to the agreement will put a strain on American diplomacy.

Such a move will give the mullahs a chance to waste time, perhaps for the four years that Biden will devote to finding a new version of the nuclear deal that will satisfy their whims. After all, with their indefatigability, the Iranians took more than five years to negotiate an old deal.

Iran assassination: Last chance to block return of nuclear deal

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/292208 

:: 11--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden chooses an all-female senior White House press team

"These qualified, experienced communicators bring diverse perspectives to their work and a shared commitment to building this country back better," the president-elect said in a statement.

Associated Press Published 16 hours ago

WILMINGTON, Del. – President-elect Joe Biden will have an all-female senior communications team at his White House, led by campaign communications director Kate Bedingfield. Bedingfield will serve as Biden's White House communications director. Jen Psaki, a longtime Democratic spokeswoman, will be his press secretary.

Biden also plans to name Neera Tanden, the president and CEO of the Center for American Progress, a liberal think tank, as director of the Office of Management and Budget, according to a person familiar with the transition process granted anonymity to speak freely about internal deliberations. All three are veterans of the Obama administration. Bedingfield served as communications director for Biden while he was vice president; Psaki was a White House communications director and a spokesperson at the State Department; and Tanden served as a senior adviser to Health and Human Services Secretary Kathleen Sebelius and helped craft the Affordable Care Act.

"Communicating directly and truthfully to the American people is one of the most important duties of a President, and this team will be entrusted with the tremendous responsibility of connecting the American people to the White House," Biden said in a statement.

"These qualified, experienced communicators bring diverse perspectives to their work and a shared commitment to building this country back better," he added.

Karine Jean Pierre, who was Vice President-elect Kamala Harris' chief of staff, will serve as a principal deputy press secretary for the president-elect. She's another Obama administration alum, having served as a regional political director for the White House office of political affairs.

Pili Tobar, who was communications director for coalitions on Biden's campaign, will be his deputy White House communications director. She most recently was deputy director for America's Voice, an immigration reform advocacy group, and was a press staffer for Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, D-N.Y. The transition also announced the appointment of three Biden campaign senior advisers to top communications roles. Ashley Etienne, a former communications director for House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, will serve as Harris' communications director. Symone Sanders, another senior adviser on the Biden campaign, will be Harris' senior adviser and chief spokesperson.

TIM GRAHAM: MEDIA ADORATION OF BIDEN NOT AT OBAMA LEVELS -- YET

Elizabeth Alexander, who served as the former vice president's press secretary and his communications director while he was a U.S. senator from Delaware, will serve as Jill Biden's communications director.

The hires reflect Biden's stated desire to build out a diverse White House team four of the seven top communications roles will be filled by women of color, and it's the first time the entire senior White House communications team has been entirely female.

But they also reflect what's expected to be a return to a more traditional White House press operation, after President Donald Trump upended the ways in which his administration communicated with the press.

In contrast with the precedent set by administrations past, Trump's communications team held few press briefings, and those that did occur were often combative affairs riddled with inaccuracies and falsehoods. Trump himself sometimes served as his own press secretary, taking questions from the media, and he often bypassed the White House press corps entirely by dialing into his favorite Fox News shows.

After his campaign went virtual due to the coronavirus pandemic, Biden faced some of his own criticism for not being accessible to reporters. But near the end of the campaign, he answered questions from the press more frequently, and his transition team has held weekly briefings since he was elected president. The choice of a number of Obama administration veterans — many with deep relationships with the Washington press corps — suggests a return to a more congenial relationship with the press.

Meanwhile at OMB, Tanden would be responsible for preparing Biden's budget submission and would command several hundred budget analysts, economists and policy advisers with deep knowledge of the inner workings of the government.

Her choice may mollify progressives, who have been putting pressure on Biden to show his commitment to progressive priorities with his early staff appointments. She was chosen over more moderate voices with roots in the party's anti-deficit wing such as Bruce Reed, who was staff director of President Barack Obama's 2010 deficit commission, which proposed a set of politically painful recommendations that were never acted upon.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/biden-chooses-an-all-female-senior-white-house-press-team 

:: 11-29-20 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden suffers hairline fractures to foot while playing with dog

Nov. 29, 2020, 8:06 PM EST / Updated Nov. 29, 2020, 8:35 PM EST  By Tim Stelloh

President-elect Joe Biden suffered hairline fractures in his right foot over the weekend in an injury that is likely to require a walking boot for several weeks, his doctor said Sunday.

The fractures occurred Saturday while Biden was playing with Major, one of the Bidens' two German shepherds. 2020 Election

Biden suffers hairline fractures to foot while playing with dog

The president-elect is likely to have to wear a walking boot for several weeks, his doctor said.

Biden recovers from foot injury as transition moves forward

Nov. 30, 202002:17

Nov. 29, 2020, 8:06 PM EST / Updated Nov. 29, 2020, 8:35 PM EST  By Tim Stelloh

President-elect Joe Biden suffered hairline fractures in his right foot over the weekend in an injury that is likely to require a walking boot for several weeks, his doctor said Sunday.

The fractures occurred Saturday while Biden was playing with Major, one of the Bidens' two German shepherds.

Joe Biden and his newly-adopted German shepherd, Major, at the Delaware Humane Association in Wilmington in 2018.

Joe Biden and his newly-adopted German shepherd, Major, at the Delaware Humane Association in Wilmington in 2018.Stephanie Carter / Delaware Humane Association via AP

Officials initially believed he had twisted his ankle. Dr. Kevin O'Connor, his personal physician, said later that Biden had sprained his right foot and that X-rays did not appear to show "obvious" bone fractures.

But follow-up CT scans revealed small fractures to Biden's lateral and intermediate cuneiform bones in the midsection of his right foot, said O'Connor, director of executive medicine at George Washington University Medical Faculty Associates. "It is anticipated that he will likely require a walking boot for several weeks," O'Connor said.

Reacting to video of Biden leaving an orthopedic office in Delaware on Sunday, President Donald Trump tweeted, "Get well soon!"

https://www.nbcnews.com/politics/2020-election/biden-suffers-hairline-fractures-foot-while-playing-dog-n1249298 

:: 11-28-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi prince delays normalization pact with Israel due to Biden win — report

Mohammed bin Salman hopes US-brokered deal under incoming administration could help ‘cement relations’ with president-elect, says WSJ citing Saudi, US officials

By TOI staff and Agencies 28 November 2020, 10:34 am

Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman reportedly pulled back from a normalization deal with Israel due to US President-elect Joe Biden’s election win this month and the prince’s desire to build ties with the incoming administration.

Bin Salman, son of the 84-year-old King Salman and the kingdom’s de facto ruler, is reluctant “to take the step now, when he could use a deal later to help cement relations with the new American leader,” the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) reported on Friday. Bin Salman held a meeting on Sunday with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who flew to the Saudi Red Sea city of Neom for the secret rendezvous alongside US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, where the trio discussed developments in Iran and possible normalization. A Saudi government adviser had earlier in the week confirmed the meeting and the trip to the WSJ, saying that the meeting, which had lasted several hours, focused on Iran and the establishment of diplomatic ties between Riyadh and Jerusalem, but did not yield substantial agreements.

Citing Saudi advisers and US officials, the WSJ reported Friday that a deal between Israel and Saudi Arabia under the brokerage of the new president, Bin Salman hopes, “could put relations between the Biden administration and Riyadh on surer footing.” Biden has taken a tougher stance with Riyadh on its human rights record, the war in Yemen, and the 2018 killing at the Saudi consulate in Istanbul of Washington Post journalist Jamal Khashoggi. The president-elect said in October that the US under his administration would “reassess our relationship” with Riyadh. Last week, Biden said he would punish Saudi leaders over the journalist’s murder.

A foreign diplomat in Riyadh cited by Reuters this week suggested that the prospect of normalization was greater under the incoming Biden administration.

“Normalization… is a carrot to get [Biden’s] focus away from other issues, especially human rights,” the diplomat said.

Pompeo had hoped to build on the momentum of the Trump administration’s Abraham Accords which saw Israel formalize ties with the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, and Sudan, and finalize an agreement with Saudi Arabia but “watched as a potential capstone to the Trump administration’s efforts to reorder the politics of the region and build a bulwark against Iran slipped from his grasp,” according to the WSJ report. conferencing, in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, November 22, 2020. (Bandar Aljaloud/Saudi Royal Palace via AP)

Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman reportedly pulled back from a normalization deal with Israel due to US President-elect Joe Biden’s election win this month and the prince’s desire to build ties with the incoming administration.

Bin Salman, son of the 84-year-old King Salman and the kingdom’s de facto ruler, is reluctant “to take the step now, when he could use a deal later to help cement relations with the new American leader,” the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) reported on Friday.

Bin Salman held a meeting on Sunday with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who flew to the Saudi Red Sea city of Neom for the secret rendezvous alongside US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, where the trio discussed developments in Iran and possible normalization.

A Saudi government adviser had earlier in the week confirmed the meeting and the trip to the WSJ, saying that the meeting, which had lasted several hours, focused on Iran and the establishment of diplomatic ties between Riyadh and Jerusalem, but did not yield substantial agreements.

Citing Saudi advisers and US officials, the WSJ reported Friday that a deal between Israel and Saudi Arabia under the brokerage of the new president, Bin Salman hopes, “could put relations between the Biden administration and Riyadh on surer footing.”

US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, left, and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu arrive to make a joint statement after meeting in Jerusalem on November 19, 2020. (Maya Alleruzzo / POOL / AFP)

Biden has taken a tougher stance with Riyadh on its human rights record, the war in Yemen, and the 2018 killing at the Saudi consulate in Istanbul of Washington Post journalist Jamal Khashoggi. The president-elect said in October that the US under his administration would “reassess our relationship” with Riyadh. Last week, Biden said he would punish Saudi leaders over the journalist’s murder.

A foreign diplomat in Riyadh cited by Reuters this week suggested that the prospect of normalization was greater under the incoming Biden administration.

Normalization… is a carrot to get [Biden’s] focus away from other issues, especially human rights,” the diplomat said.

Pompeo had hoped to build on the momentum of the Trump administration’s Abraham Accords which saw Israel formalize ties with the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, and Sudan, and finalize an agreement with Saudi Arabia but “watched as a potential capstone to the Trump administration’s efforts to reorder the politics of the region and build a bulwark against Iran slipped from his grasp,” according to the WSJ report.

US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo (L) meets with Saudi Arabia’s Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman at Irqah Palace in the capital Riyadh on February 20, 2020. (Andrew Caballero-Reynolds/Pool/AFP)

Reuters reported on Friday that another reason a deal with Riyadh remained elusive was King Salman and his reported opposition to normalization with Israel without the establishment of a Palestinian state, an analysis also made Thursday by a senior Israeli source cited by Israeli TV.

According to the report, King Salman was kept out of the loop about Netanyahu’s trip to the kingdom for talks with the crown prince.

On Friday night, Israel’s Channel 13 reported that the Saudis have raised three main conditions for a treaty with Israel: the implementation of a major advanced arms deal with the US, the clearing of their name over the killing of Khashoggi, and a genuine Israeli commitment to a two-state solution. The report was not sourced.

Khashoggi’s murder has continued to cast a shadow over the international standing of Bin Salman, whose associates have been sanctioned by the US and the UK for their alleged involvement in the brutal killing. The crown prince has denied ordering the killing and the kingdom had put at least 11 people on trial for the killing, some said to be close to the prince. Riyadh The kingdom has also been angling for a new arms deal with the US, following last year’s $8.1 billion agreement that bypassed Congress and raised the ire of lawmakers from both sides.

Earlier this month, the Trump administration formally notified Congress that it intends to sell 50 stealth F-35 fighter jets and other weapons to the United Arab Emirates as part of a broader arms deal worth over $23 billion. Pompeo said he had authorized the sale in keeping with the administration’s Middle East peace efforts, and directly tied the arms sale to the UAE’s decision to normalize ties with Israel.

The arms deal was controversial in Israel and officials had previously expressed some concern about an F-35 sale because it could affect the balance of military power in the region and Netanyahu had denied he gave approval to the sale as part of the treaty with the UAE. This has been publicly questioned by Gantz and outright disputed by opposition party members. Israel believes Saudi Arabia and Qatar are interested in similar arms deals with the US.

President Donald Trump has repeatedly predicted that Saudi Arabia and up to nine other countries were readying to normalize relations with Israel, following the UAE, Bahrain and Sudan.

Bahrain normalizing ties suggested at least a Saudi acquiescence to the idea, as the island kingdom relies on Riyadh. Saudi Arabia has also approved flights between Israel and its new Gulf friends passing over its territory.

Israel has long had clandestine ties with Saudi Arabia and Gulf Arab states that have strengthened in recent years, as they have confronted a shared threat in Iran.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/saudi-prince-delays-normalization-pact-with-israel-due-to-biden-win-report/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 11-30-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Confirmation We're Being Led Like Lambs To The Slaughter As America Plunges Down The Rabbit Hole On A Slippery Slope To Becoming A Communist Hellhole Like China

- Prepare To Be Marked, Tracked And Stacked As Globalists Post-COVID World Is Forced Upon America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die November 30, 2020

According to this new story over at the Daily Mail, a 'COVID-passport' for air travelers who have had a 'coronavirus vaccine' is in final stages of being developed with the 'kicker' to follow: "amid reports airlines will BAN anyone who has refused the injection".

While numerous government's across the world have stated they won't make any vaccine 'mandatory' for their populations (and we believe that will change as the 'boiling frog syndrome' kicks into high gear), we get more evidence that 'big businesses', including the airline industry and private employers, WILL make vaccines mandatory for their employees and customers: "You won’t be able to buy, sell, or trade without the vaccine."

And with that warning of what lays ahead sounding just like Revelation 13:17, "so that they could not buy or sell unless they had the mark, which is the name of the beast or the number of its name", as one commenter mentioned on that Daily Mail story of a recently proposed bill in US Congress, "S.R. 6666, google it". With a name like SR6666, that surely must be some "wacky right-wing conspiracy theory", right? Absolutely not. Check it out yourself. The introduction to SR6666 is as follows.:

To authorize the Secretary of Health and Human Services to award grants to eligible entities to conduct diagnostic testing for COVID–19, and related activities such as contact tracing, through mobile health units and, as necessary, at individuals’ residences, and for other purposes.

And while Reuters and other mainstream news media outlets immediately attempted to downplay warnings from truth seekers that this proposed government bill will allow 'COVID-compliance officials' into people's homes, reporting that "H.R. 6666 bill allowing strangers to enter your house, test you for COVID-19 and take family members into quarantine" was a 'false claim', just look at the name for the bill and tell us what you think: "The COVID-19 Testing, Reaching, And Contacting Everyone (TRACE) Act".

As Natural News had reported in this November 25th story titled "CDC proposes concentration camps in America, plans to invade homes and separate families", documents over at the CDC's own website document their plans to help prevent the spread of covid-19, including using the "shielding approach" to quarantine "high risk" individuals that includes older adults and and people of any age who have serious underlying medical conditions are at higher risk for severe illness from COVID-19.

Innocent people who are symptom-free could be ripped away from their families and loved ones, put on lockdown, and lose their freedom. The CDC admits that the effectiveness of preventing infection using the shielding approach, a euphemism for strict, mass quarantines, has never been documented.

Match Exact Phrase Monday, November 30, 2020  [All News] [News] [Alt News]

"The Best Mix Of Hard-Hitting REAL News & Cutting-Edge Alternative News On The Web"

November 30, 2020

More Confirmation We're Being Led Like Lambs To The Slaughter As America Plunges Down The Rabbit Hole On A Slippery Slope To Becoming A Communist Hellhole Like China

- Prepare To Be Marked, Tracked And Stacked As Globalists Post-COVID World Is Forced Upon America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

According to this new story over at the Daily Mail, a 'COVID-passport' for air travelers who have had a 'coronavirus vaccine' is in final stages of being developed with the 'kicker' to follow: "amid reports airlines will BAN anyone who has refused the injection".

While numerous government's across the world have stated they won't make any vaccine 'mandatory' for their populations (and we believe that will change as the 'boiling frog syndrome' kicks into high gear), we get more evidence that 'big businesses', including the airline industry and private employers, WILL make vaccines mandatory for their employees and customers: "You won’t be able to buy, sell, or trade without the vaccine."

And with that warning of what lays ahead sounding just like Revelation 13:17, "so that they could not buy or sell unless they had the mark, which is the name of the beast or the number of its name", as one commenter mentioned on that Daily Mail story of a recently proposed bill in US Congress, "S.R. 6666, google it". With a name like SR6666, that surely must be some "wacky right-wing conspiracy theory", right? Absolutely not. Check it out yourself. The introduction to SR6666 is as follows.:

To authorize the Secretary of Health and Human Services to award grants to eligible entities to conduct diagnostic testing for COVID–19, and related activities such as contact tracing, through mobile health units and, as necessary, at individuals’ residences, and for other purposes.

And while Reuters and other mainstream news media outlets immediately attempted to downplay warnings from truth seekers that this proposed government bill will allow 'COVID-compliance officials' into people's homes, reporting that "H.R. 6666 bill allowing strangers to enter your house, test you for COVID-19 and take family members into quarantine" was a 'false claim', just look at the name for the bill and tell us what you think: "The COVID-19 Testing, Reaching, And Contacting Everyone (TRACE) Act".

As Natural News had reported in this November 25th story titled "CDC proposes concentration camps in America, plans to invade homes and separate families", documents over at the CDC's own website document their plans to help prevent the spread of covid-19, including using the "shielding approach" to quarantine "high risk" individuals that includes older adults and and people of any age who have serious underlying medical conditions are at higher risk for severe illness from COVID-19.

Innocent people who are symptom-free could be ripped away from their families and loved ones, put on lockdown, and lose their freedom. The CDC admits that the effectiveness of preventing infection using the shielding approach, a euphemism for strict, mass quarantines, has never been documented.

And thankfully, while we see in the comments in the screenshot above from this Daily Mail story that people around the world are not 'buying into it', it may already be too late with the 'rapidly simmering water' that most Americans have been lounging within beginning to boil. As 'Anonymous 30000' pointed out in their top-rated comment on that story, "we are being led like lambs to the slaughter".

Another top-rated comment from the story, "Here we go down the rabbit hole. Next, you won't be able to go to the grocery store or work without it. Gov control. N W O". The following bullet points from the Daily Mail story show us what is in store for airline travelers and thus, eventually for the rest of us as this 'trickle down medical tyranny' spreads across America and the world.

The International Air Transport Association (IATA) is developing a digital 'vaccination passport' 

They say it is crucial for vaccination data to be matched with a traveler's identity if the tourism industry is to be quickly rebooted

Therefore, a person's vaccination history may be digitally linked to their physical passport in future

No countries have yet declared that international arrivals will have to be vaccinated for COVID-19 before they arrive at their borders

Airlines have similarly not confirmed that they will mandate the vaccine

However, if countries and airlines decide to do so, the 'vaccination passport' could become an essential component of international travel

And with a world renowned infection/immunity expert recently warning that "Life Won't Ever Be Completely Normal Again" as reported in this Zero Hedge story, proclaiming that "Covid is never going away", as commenter 'Looney' had pointed out in the top-rated comment on that story, "neither are the seasonal flu, the common cold, herpes, and salmonella."

Yet America and the world aren't being 'completely locked down' for those illnesses! Some more of the top-rated comments from this Daily Mail story shown via screenshot below help illustrate the 'slippery slope' America and the entire western world is being herded down.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

With Communist China proclaiming that all human beings should be 'marked and tracked' to help prevent the further spread of covid-19, and 2020 Democrats seemingly eager to do whatever their 'Communist overlords' ask of them, can you imagine what America might look like in 2021 should globalist Joe Biden get into office and fully implement his draconian vision for America!  Promising a total lockdown of America of between 4 and 6 weeks in an attempt to 'get the virus under control', let's take an extended look at this new story over at Zero Hedge titled ""A Horrifying Future" - WEF's Vision For A Post-COVID World".

The World Economic Forum (WEF) has just published (October 2020) a so-called White Paper, entitled “Resetting the Future of Work Agenda – in a Post-Covid World”. (ANP: We have embedded that entire document at the very bottom of this story for you to read yourself.)

This 31-page document reads like a blueprint on how to “execute” – because an execution (or implementation) would be – “Covid-19 – The Great Reset” (July 2020), by Klaus Schwab, founder and CEO (since the foundation of the WEF in 1974) and his associate Thierry Malleret.

They call “Resetting the Future” a White Paper, meaning it’s not quite a final version. It is a draft of sorts, a trial balloon, to measure people’s reactions. It reads indeed like an executioner’s tale. Many people may not read it – have no awareness of its existence. If they did, they would go up in arms and fight this latest totalitarian blueprint, offered to the world by the WEF.

It promises a horrifying future to some 80%-plus of the (surviving) population. George Orwell’s “1984” reads like a benign fantasy, as compared to what the WEF has in mind for humanity.

The time frame is ten years – by 2030 – the UN agenda 2021 – 2030 should be implemented.

Planned business measures in response to COVID-19:

An acceleration of digitized work processes, leading to 84% of all work processes as digital, or virtual / video conferences.

Some 83% of people are planned to work remotely – i.e. no more interaction between colleagues – absolute social distancing, separation of humanity from the human contact.

About 50% of all tasks are planned to be automated – in other words, human input will be drastically diminished, even while remote working.

Accelerate the digitization of upskilling / reskilling (e.g. education technology providers) – 42% of skill upgrading or training for new skills will be digitized, in other words, no human contact – all on computer, Artificial Intelligence (AI), algorithms.

Accelerate the implementation of upskilling / reskilling programs – 35% of skills are planned to be “re-tooled” – i.e. existing skills are planned to be abandoned – declared defunct.

Accelerate ongoing organizational transformations (e.g. restructuring) – 34% of current organizational set-ups are planned to be “restructured’ – or, in other words, existing organizational structures will be declared obsolete – to make space for new sets of organizational frameworks, digital structures that provide utmost control over all activities.

Temporarily reassign workers to different tasks – this is expected to touch 30% of the work force. That also means completely different pay-scales – most probably unlivable wages, which would make the also planned “universal basic salary” or “basic income” – a wage that allows you barely to survive, an obvious need. – But it would make you totally dependent on the system – a digital system, where you have no control whatsoever.

Temporarily reduce workforce – this is projected as affecting 28% of the population. It is an additional unemployment figure, in disguise, as the “temporarily” will never come back to full-time.

Permanently reduce workforce – 13% permanently reduced workforce.

Temporarily increase workforce – 5% – there is no reference to what type of workforce – probably unskilled labor that sooner or later will also be replaced by automation, by AI and robotization of the workplace.

No specific measures implemented – 4% – does that mean, a mere 4% will remain untouched? From the algorithm and AI-directed new work places? – as small and insignificant as the figure is, it sounds like “wishful thinking”, never to be accomplished.

Permanently increase workforce – a mere 1% is projected as “permanently increased workforce”.

This is of course not even cosmetics. It is a joke. This is the what is being put forth, namely the concrete process of implementing The Great Reset. And everybody who has witnessed the leftists 'climate change agenda' fail over the past decade should be able to see that very agenda being written into stone in the globalists Covid-19 plans.

As this story over at Discovery.org titled "Lab Coat Tyranny" reports, "California is using 'public health' as a rationale to push progressive political goals." With those 'progressive political goals' accomplished by Covid-19 lockdowns perfectly seen in this Daily Mail story titled "Before and after images show how coronavirus lockdown is ridding cities of their pollution and clearing the earth’s skies", as this July story on the mysterious Georgia Guidestones reported, we may soon witness "A New World Order.....For The Few Left Behind".

As that story over at Infowars written by Paul Joseph Watson had reported, in this 'age of Covid-19' that we're now living in, the mysterious Georgia Guidestones are suddenly receiving renewed attention.:

Mysterious stone monuments in Georgia that call for a drastic reduction in the earth’s population are receiving fresh attention in light of the global coronavirus pandemic.

The Georgia Guidestones were built in 1980 at a cost of $500,000 dollars on behalf of “a small group of loyal Americans” who remain anonymous to this day, but is believed to include philanthropist and population control-enthusiast Ted Turner.

Turner has repeatedly advocated for a 95 percent population reduction and attends weird confabs with the likes of Bill Gates and George Soros to discuss how globalists could use their wealth to “slow the growth of the world’s population.”

 As Lesley Kennedy points out, “In the middle of the time of Covid, in 2020, the Georgia Guidestones take on a whole new meaning.”

 The most controversial aspect of the stones is the message carved into them, which has made the monument a target for vandals on a number of different occasions.

The stones call for “maintaining humanity under 500 million,” a figure which the world hasn’t seen since the 1500’s and would require outright mass genocide to achieve.

In the first video below, we hear from David Knight about the globalists 'carrot and stick plan' to get the masses vaccinated, warning of a potential $1,500 "stimulus check" for those taking 'the jab' while also warning us about airlines openly talking about 'vaccine passports' being required to travel. And as Knight warns us, just in case we’re tempted to cave-in and get 'the jab', "here’s how the mRNA vaccine works".

And in the 2nd/final video below titled "Great Reset Medical Tyranny Depopulation Plan Exposed", we learn more about the globalists 'depopulation plans' hiding within their plans for 'a Great Reset'.

https://allnewspipeline.com/More_Evidence_We_Are_Being_Led_Like_Lambs_To_The_Slaughter.php 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 11-23-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Armed Baltimore Gangs Target Delivery Drivers In Recent Wave Of Carjackings And Robberies

by Tyler Durden Mon, 11/23/2020 - 23:00

As the coronavirus pandemic drives online holiday shopping - USPS, FedEx, UPS, and Amazon delivery workers distribute more mail and packages than ever. The increased number of deliveries has left delivery vans densely packed with a treasure trove of consumer goods and other valuable items, which have become sitting ducks for armed criminal gangs.

Armed criminal gangs in Baltimore City have recognized the online shopping boom. They're giving up on robbing brick and mortar stores and have now opted to hijack or rob delivery service vehicles.

Just this week alone, there's been a series of mail and package delivery drivers targeted in lawless Baltimore City.

According to FOX45 News, the first incident occurred on Monday along Mosher Street, in west Baltimore, an area known for criminal gangs, widespread homicides, and out of control opioid crisis. Investigators said armed suspects hijacked a USPS mail carrier. The van was recovered hours later, but it appears the suspects were able to loot it. USPS is offering a $50,000 reward for any information about the gang involved. The second incident occurred Tuesday evening at Mary Avenue in northeast Baltimore. A UPS driver had their truck stolen and has since been recovered.

On Wednesday night, investigators say an Amazon delivery van was targeted along Highland Avenue in east Baltimore. Police say the Amazon worker was able to prevent the armed suspect from commandeering the delivery vehicle.

"There's been an increase in the number of deliveries of packages, parcels and boxes," Jeffrey Ian Ross, a criminologist with the University of Baltimore, told FOX45.

Ross said the attacks on delivery vans are"unusual." He said with increased mail volume because of the virus pandemic and holiday season creates an opportunity for armed gangs. "It's a cost-benefit calculation," Ross said. "They may find that other avenues of normal criminality are drying up for them so they're innovating." With the pandemic resulting in increased brick and mortar store closures - criminal gangs are now targeting delivery vehicles as online shopping booms. How long until delivery service workers carry weapons and ride in armored vans?

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/armed-baltimore-gangs-target-delivery-drivers-recent-wave-carjackings-and-robberies 

:: 11-23-20 The Red Elephants :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here’s a List of Republicans Who Have Turned Their Backs on Trump, Calling for Him to Concede

By The Red Elephants - November 23, 2020

Many republicans that hold office today, were elected solely because of the support from President Donald Trump. Now that they hold office, many of them have completely turned their backs on the President, even going so far as to publicly call for him to concede the election to Joe Biden before any audit can occur.

Governor Brian Kemp of Georgia for example owes his entire election victory to President Trump. Since November 4th, Kemp has done little to help the President in his fight to overturn an election that most republicans, and a plurality of Americans agree was stolen. Governor Mike DeWine of Ohio, who Trump brought up on stage during his rallies on several occasions, is another Turncoat according to Trump’s supporters. Recently DeWine urged President Trump to allow a peaceful Transfer of power to Joe Biden.

Outside of Kemp and DeWine, there are countless others who refuse to support Trump in his challenging of the election, and the list has been growing over the past several days.

Here’s a list of elected republicans who either have directly called for Trump to concede, called for a peaceful transfer of power and for Biden to receive intel briefings, or outright attempting sabotage any real audits of every single signature and vote.

Most of Trump’s supporters have vowed that they will never vote for republicans again, unless there is an audit of every single vote in every single swing state.

Mitt Romney – UT

Marco Rubio – FL

Mike Shirkey – MI

Mike DeWine – OH

Brian Kemp – GA

Brad Raffensperger – GA

Pat Toomey – PA

Liz Cheney – WY

Larry Hogan – MD

Fred Upton – MI

John Cornyn – TX

James Lankford – OK

Lisa Murkowski – AK

Ben Sasse – NE

Susan Collins – ME

Jim Durkin – IL

Dan Young – AK

Francis Rooney – FL

John Shimkus – IL

Adam Kinzinger – IL

Paul Mitchell – MI

Don Bacon – NE

Tom Reed – NY

Will Hurd – TX

John Kurtis – UT

Denver Riggleman – VA

https://theredelephants.com/heres-a-list-of-the-republicans-who-have-turned-their-back-on-trump-calling-for-him-to-concede/ 

:: 11-23-20 Summit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UK Supreme Court Judge Slams ‘Totalitarian’ COVID ‘Control Freaks’ In Government

“Coercing the entire population is morally and constitutionally indefensible in a country which is not yet a totalitarian state, like China”

Published 5 days ago on 23 November, 2020 Steve Watson

A British Supreme Court judge has slammed the UK government as ‘control freaks’ for attempting to control people’s lives under the guise of COVID, and labeled it “morally and constitutionally indefensible” to define what freedoms the public should and shouldn’t have.

In an op-ed published Sunday, Lord Sumption noted that the “debate about whether to let us have a family Christmas perfectly sums up what is wrong with this Government’s handling” of the crisis.

Sumption wrote that there are “many different answers to the dilemmas of a Covid Christmas”, yet the crux of the matter is “whether we should be allowed to make the choice for ourselves, instead of having it imposed on us by law.”

But for the Jacobins of the Scientific Advisory Group for Emergencies (SAGE) and the control freaks in the Department of Health, theirs is the only answer,” Sumption urged.

The British government has posited allowing people to spend 5 days in the company of their relatives over Christmas, but with the caveat that in January they will have to pay back the privilege with more lockdown time, specifically another 25 days. Lord Sumption, who served as a senior judge on the Supreme Court of the UK between between 2012 and 2018, slammed the Prime Minister Boris Johnson, suggesting he is engaging in “public relations management” rather than leadership.

Boris Johnson knows that restrictions over Christmas would be deeply unpopular, widely ignored and catastrophic for the retail and hospitality industries,” Sumption asserted.

“So he will soon announce their temporary suspension, behaving as if our lives belonged to the state and Christmas was an act of indulgence on his part,” the judge added. Sumption further wrote that “control freaks and the rest of the sackcloth and ashes brigade will demand a payback” afterwards, claiming that some “are already pressing for two, three or even five days of extra lockdown for every day of release over Christmas. ”

Sumption proclaimed that the state is exercising an “insistence on coercing the entire population,” saying it is “morally and constitutionally indefensible in a country which is not yet a totalitarian state, like China.”

The Government has not earned our trust. Sooner or later, people will take back control of their own lives and do the right thing, whatever Ministers say,” he predicted.

Sumption’s comments come in the wake of reports that the UK government is planning to issue ‘freedom passes’ for people who agree to vaccination or twice testing negative for the virus in one week.

https://summit.news/2020/11/23/uk-supreme-court-judge-slams-totalitarian-covid-control-freaks-in-government/ 

:: 11-24-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Solar flare hurls plasma bomb causing shortwave radio blackout in eastern Australia and all of New Zealand

By Strange Sounds - Nov 24, 2020

The young Solar Cycle 25 starts pretty explosively!

After sunspot 2781, beginning of the month, Sunspot AR2785 exploded on November 23, at 23:35 UTC, producing a C4-class solar flare. The solar blast hurled a 250,000 km long plume of plasma across the sun as shown in the GIF below. UV radiation from the flare hit Earth, causing a shortwave radio blackout (frequencies mainly below 10 MHz) over the South Pacific, including eastern Australia and all of New Zealand. Meanwhile, three of the biggest sunspots of young Solar Cycle 25 (AR2783, AR2785, AR2786) are either facing Earth or turning in our direction. They could become a source of geoeffective flares in the next few days. All these sunspots pose a threat for C-class flares, with a slight chance of even stronger M-flares. So be ready for more blackouts! More extreme solar explosions on Space Weather, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/11/solar-flare-plasma-bomb-radio-blackout-australia-new-zealand.html 

:: 11-23-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TREASON: GA Gov. Kemp and CA Gov. Newsom bought off by communist China in covid supplies kickback and money laundering schemes – source

Monday, November 23, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) In July of this year, Natural News reported how California Gov. Gavin Newsom was caught wiring half a billion dollars to communist China as part of a “massive face mask money laundering scheme.”

Back in April, even the mainstream media was questioning what Newsom was up to when it was revealed that he had wired half a billion dollars to an electric car company in China to supposedly purchase “N-95 masks” for the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19). This decision was never voted on or approved by legislators, and when pressed about the details of the deal, Newsom refused to disclose them.

Keep in mind that this half a billion dollars was just the first of two installments amounting to a full billion dollars being sent China to supposedly purchase face masks for Californians – face masks that never actually arrived, by the way. As of this writing, the Chinese electric car company in question, BYD, still has the money and has yet to send over a single face mask.

Now, bombshell information is emerging that indicates Georgia Gov. Kemp may be involved in exactly the same scheme. These state officials send huge amounts of money to China under the cover of buying “covid supplies,” then China launders the money into financial kickbacks for the Governor’s family members or business entities.

This is exactly what is now being alleged by attorney Lin Wood, and it describes a shocking pattern of communist Chinese infiltration and corruption of U.S. governors. (See the full interview posted below.)

Listen at 6:17 as Lin Wood explains:

I believe that Brian Kemp is corrupt, and I think he was corrupted with Chinese money. And I don’t think he wants this election overthrown and the real results posted because then Brian Kemp is going to be facing a Trump administration Attorney General, and Brian Kemp would find himself in jail. It’s that simple. He sold himself out, now he’s trying to hide to try to get this election validated even though it’s illegal, because if it’s invalidated, Brian Kemp and a lot of other Georgia people are in trouble, including the Secretary of State.

Also, at the 17:00 mark:

I’m a defamation lawyer. I have stated publicly that Brian Kemp and Raffensperger are corrupt and they took money from the Chinese on the covid deal and on the Dominion voting deal. I bet you anything Brian Kemp won’t sue me for defamation. Because he knows if he did, he’d go into court, I’d have discovery, and I would prove that he did it, that it’s true.

Other indy media sources are also reporting that the Trump administration, via the NSA, has proof of the financial transactions that show Kemp and Raffensperger taking bribery money from communist China. Trump was waiting for Kemp and Raffensperger to complete the crime of “certifying” Georgia’s voting results before moving against them for criminal fraud and corruption.

We are now hearing that communist China ran a web of financial kickbacks and bribes to multiple governors and state officials across America, including California and Georgia, with many other states soon to follow. In every case, governors and state officials transferred huge sums of money to Chinese front companies for “covid supplies” that were either never delivered, or delivered as low-cost, low-quality items nowhere near the stated value. A portion of the extra funds was paid back to family members and specially structured business entities connected to the state officials, giving them control over the illicit funds.

We fully expect Oregon Gov. Kate Brown to soon be implicated in this same criminal corruption scheme. NY Gov. Cuomo is likely also involved

This story is developing, and more information will be emerging this week. Expect criminal indictments soon.

Hear the full interview from the John Fredericks Show here: Courageous attorney Sidney Powell is now known for declaring, “Release the Kraken!” In her honor, and to help raise funds to support the Brighteon.com free speech platform that’s seeing a huge increase in usage, we have launched Release the Kraken t-shirts on the Brighteon Store. Military, police and first responder discounts are available the Brighteon Store. Thank you for your service, and your support!

Here’s my Situation Update podcast for Nov. 23, with the latest details on election fraud, the attempted coup against America and much more:

Brighteon.com/f746ea9c-23ce-4ff0-b7df-8a710c965c61 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-11-23-georgia-kemp-california-newsom-china-covid-kickback-scheme.html 

:: 11-24-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coup Against America Is Nearly Complete! 'Tis Time to Part! Red States Must Separate From Blue State Tyranny!!!

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, November 24, 2020 - 15:44.

In the present moment, the people of the United States, the President, and our form of government have been the victim of a successful coup, through a the implementation of a fraudulent election system and a wholly corrupt judiciary.

The takeover is so complete that the author Common Sense, Thomas Paine, would echo his admonitions from yester-year…”Tis Time to Part”, meaning that it was time to withdraw from being a colony of Great Britain. It is time for lovers of God and freedom also consider breaking the chains that will soon enslave them. The same logic would apply today with regard to separating from the coup masters. Red States from separate from Blue states.

Ray Charles could see that this election was stolen and as I said all along, Trump would win in a massive landslide. One well-placed military source told me the election was tracked, by the military, in real time and that Trump won 49 out of 50 states, with New York as the lone Democratic holdout. Despite the best efforts of the MSM and Big Tech, the word is getting out. However, there is the case of the ever-shifting judges that might hear the appeals by the Trump Campaign. I have confirmed this even as it is related to Georgia and Pennsylvania. This is why Trump’s court cases have been met with summary judgments.

The Kracken has indeed been released. However, Sidney Powell says that she does not know if the good guys (US military), or the bad guys (the CIA) has possession of the election-stealing software from Dominion. We do know that Powell and the Trump campaign have whistle-blower legal declarations, from Dominion officials, who state that they witnessed the fraud happening from design to implementation. However, it is a sticky issue without current resolution because the election fraud is being covered up at every turn.

In the meantime, the Biden administration is leaving clues about what is coming on January 20, 2021, should the election theft be completed and as my father used to say, you can judge a person by the company that they keep.

Independent analysts state that Biden is stacking the potential Defense Department with weapons procurement officials. This speaks to the fact that Biden will be going to war with Russia. And this is why Putin has not endorsed Biden. This reckless action invites the fact that Putin will launch a first-strike on 1-21-21 just as he said he was going to do in 2016, if Hillary had stolen that election. But wait, there’s more:

Under a Biden administration, by next summer, we will be witnessing food being used as a weapon to enslave conservatives, especially conservative Christians. Carbon neutral stances by AOC and her environmental cult will bankrupt the majority that these policies encounter. There will come a time when conservative America will stop being the part of the rule of law and become the newest party to cross the Rubicon and embrace rules for radicals as they attempt to escape the Biden-Harris tyranny. The final tyrannical action that will lead to the conservatives rising up, will be the confiscation of gun, by force, and as will be revealed we already know that the gun collectors will be foreigners. Some of us in the alt media already know that concentration camps will become part of our immediate future. Some of us are in possession of the orders that will be used to implement a state of emergency and the genocide of all

As a rallying cry, Paine once wrote that it made no sense for an island to rule over a continent….Tis time to part”. These were the words that led to a revolution, a successful revolution.

I compared the differences between red and blue states. The biggest difference I found between the two America’s was the degree of religiosity. The Blue states doubled the Red States with regard to the number of athiests. This makes sense, because the Democrats removed God from their rendition of the Pledge of Allegiance and they also took it out of their party platform. I feel that the most prudent course of action to pursue in the moment, is for the Red States to claim that they are the legitimate authority and they will break away from the revolutionary extremists who have hijacked our country. Which way will the military go?

WHAT SENSE DOES IS MAKE FOR CHRISTIANS, AND LOVERS OF FREEDOM, TO BE ENSLAVED BY GODLESS, HEDONISTIC DICTATORS WHO ARE DEDICATED TO REMOVING FREEDOM? ‘TIS TIME TO PART? WE MUST REJECT THIS COMMUNIST REVOLUTION WITH EVERY FIBER OF OUR COLLECTIVE BEING!!!!

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-health/coup-against-america-nearly-complete-tis-time-part-red-states-must-separate-blue-state-tyranny 

:: 11-24-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Concern After European ‘Anti-Hate’ Group Boss Discussed ‘Necessity’ of Killing White People

By Chris Tomlinson 24 Nov 2020

Mamadou Ba, head of the Portuguese “anti-hate” group SOS Racismo, spoke of the need to “kill the white man” at a recent online conference on “hate speech”. Ba, a Portuguese citizen originally from Senegal, attended the conference on Saturday which was on the topic of “Racism and the Advancement of Hate Speech in the World”. During the conference, which was attended by Portuguese speakers from Portugal and Brazil, Ba stated “it is necessary to kill the white man, murderer, colonial, and racist” to “prevent the social death of the black political subject”.

According to a report from Portuguese daily newspaper Correio da Manhã, the statement was a quote from Algerian far-left anti-colonialist political philosopher Frantz Fanon, who openly advocated for violence during the French rule of Algeria in his seminal work The Wretched of the Earth. The newspaper states that it is not clear whether Ba was quoting the far-left philosopher, but said it was presumed he did so in agreement.

“Refutation is part of the proposition, but what matters most to combat hate speech is to propose a new narrative,” Ba said during the online meeting.

Earlier this year, the European Network Against Racism (ENAR), which is partnered with Hungarian-American billionaire George Soros’s Open Society Foundations, called for support of SOS Rascimo, which it described as one of the “founding members” of the ENAR. According to the ENAR, Ba and other activists had been sent threats online, and Ba himself had received a letter with a bullet casing inside it. The incident is not the first controversial moment for a so-called “anti-hate” group in Europe, many of which have direct ties to both Open Society Foundations and George Soros, such as Hope Not Hate in the UK which was identified in a Swedish military report on far-left extremism in 2018.

In Germany, the anti-hate Amadeau Antonio Stiftung, headed by former Stasi informant Anetta Kahane, sparked controversy after releasing a guide for schools to spot “Nazi parents”.

https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2020/11/24/euro-anti-hate-group-boss-discussed-necessity-of-killing-whites/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 11-23-20 Seattle pi :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nearly one-third of Washington households not getting enough food since start of pandemic: study

Becca Savransky, Seattle P-I Nov. 23, 2020 Updated: Nov. 24, 2020 9:08 a.m.

Nearly one-third of Washington households have struggled to get enough to food at some point since the start of the coronavirus pandemic, a new study found.

Of the 30% of households that experienced food insecurity, 59% had children living at home, according to the Washington State Food Security Survey, put together by a team of professors and researchers at Washington State University, the University of Washington and Tacoma Community College. “We wanted to understand how access to food and economic security for Washington residents has changed amid the COVID-19 pandemic,” said Laura Lewis, director of the Washington State University Food Systems Program. Researchers in April estimated about 1.6 million people in Washington were not able to get enough food. That number has risen drastically, according to researchers.

“Now, we think it’s up to 2.2 million people, approximately a third of our population,” said Katie Rains, policy advisor to the director for the Washington State Department of Agriculture. “The figure was staggering."

Throughout the pandemic, businesses, residents and nonprofits have had to adapt to restrictions put into place. The pandemic changed the way food banks and pantries operated. “It used to be you could go in and shop and pick out your own food,” Lewis said. “Now, people are getting less diversity in their food products, and on average, less food.”

The pandemic also meant food banks — while adapting to restrictions — had to provide for far more households to meet the increased demand.

“We need to make sure that food banks and food pantries have enough resources to meet these needs,” Rains said. “We’re keeping an eye on the number of people coming to food banks and food pantries, especially first time clients.”

Since the start of the pandemic, Washington has put into place a series of restrictions meant to slow the spread of the virus. In March, Gov. Jay Inslee issued a stay-at-home order, which closed all nonessential businesses and resulted in thousands of people losing their jobs. The numbers of people applying for unemployment benefits in Washington and across the country surged at the time. Once coronavirus cases started to go down, counties across the state began to reopen in a phased approach through the state's Safe Start Washington plan. But last week, Inslee put additional restrictions back into place as coronavirus cases reached new peaks across the state. The new restrictions included requiring that restaurants and bars shut down indoor dining, gyms close and retail stores cap occupancy at 25%.

The new restrictions mean more people could be out of work once again.

Shortly after the initial restrictions were put into place in March, Congress passed the CARES Act, a stimulus bill which provided one-time $1,200 payments to many adults and added $600 per week for people receiving unemployment benefits. But when those benefits ended, leaders failed to act again and pass a new stimulus bill to help the thousands of people still out of work and struggling.

Now, local and state officials are working to provide support to businesses and families who don't have enough money to afford rent, food and other basic necessities, but there hasn't been nearly enough to meet the massive need across the state.

https://www.seattlepi.com/coronavirus/article/washington-state-food-insecurity-coronavirus-15748586.php 

:: 11-24-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canada Police can unlock your iPhones and copy their contents whenever it wants

By Strange Sounds - Nov 24, 2020

The Guelph Police Service has a device that can unlock iPhones and copy their contents.

But there’s no policy on when or how it should be used… Yes, there is no internal policy or procedural documents about the device, and no directives have been issued by police leadership on its use. And that’s kind of scary, isn’t it? This tool is called a GrayKey and is developed by Atlanta-based tech company Grayshift. So I think they also using it in the US, what do you think?

What is Graykey?

GrayKey is a state-of-the-art forensic access tool, that extracts encrypted or inaccessible data from mobile devices. It accesses the data you need to help solve more cases.

It is unknown when exactly the Guelph Police Service, but officials declined to answer any questions for this story, including how often the GrayKey has been used, why no policy on its use is in place and whether police require a warrant or court order in order to use it. According to the Office of the Information and Privacy Commissioner of Ontario, “public institutions in Ontario, including police services, need to be transparent about their use of privacy intrusive technologies and ensure they are using them in compliance with both the Charter and provincial privacy laws that apply to the collection, use and disclosure of personal information.”

I think this is not the case anymore since a few years and has the police state is reinforced, I think it is always going to get worse. We are being monitored and surveyed every seconds. Big Brother is watching usEven if we don’t want to acknowledge it.

More strange technology news on Guelf Mercury, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

If you are already planning your Christmas gifts, please buy with us on Amazon. The affiliate sales will help us to continue the hard work we are putting in this website.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/11/canada-police-tool-unlock-iphone-copy-contents.html 

:: 11--20 Armstrong Economics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CDC is a Private Organization - Not Government!

Some people have questioned my concern over both the CDC and John Hopkins University is a PRIVATE organization where the CDC accepts private funding – NOT ONLY GOVERNMENT! The CDC is quasi-government under the Department of Health and Human Services which strangely has sources of funding that are predicated on the fact that it also has a private 501(c)(3) public charity, like the Clinton Foundation. The CDC Foundation receives charitable contributions and philanthropic grants from individuals, foundations, corporations, universities, NGOs and other organizations to advance the work of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. This is NOT a government-funded organization. It is not exclusively a government-funded – very curious.

I have serious questions as to what is being driven by the CDC in conjunction with John Hopkins University who takes $1.8 billion from Bloomberg. The CDC and John Hopkins are either deliberately trying to create an economic depression, or are sublimely ignorant of the consequences of their scorched earth policy. Yes, we can cure contagions by sequestering everyone and shutting down the economy. We all then live on handouts from the government, stay home, don’t work, and watch TV? As one reader commented: “Mirror, Mirror, on the wall; Guess we are all socialists after all!”

https://www.armstrongeconomics.com/international-news/disease/cdc-is-a-private-organization-not-government/ 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 11--20 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia threatens to ram US warship sailing in Sea of Japan

On Tuesday, Russia’s Ministry of Defense claimed that a U.S. warship left Russian waters after its own warship threatened to ram the U.S. Navy vessel. The incident occurred in the Peter the Great Bay in the Sea of Japan, which Russia claims as part of its territorial waters, but the U.S. does not recognize the claim.

In a statement reported by Radio Free Europe, the Ministry of Defense said its ship, the Admiral Vinogradov anti-submarine destroyer, threatened to ram USS. John McCain after it ventured 2 kilometers into territorial waters claimed by Russia. “The Pacific Fleet’s Admiral Vinogradov anti-submarine destroyer used an international communication channel to warn the foreign vessel that such actions were unacceptable and the violator could be driven out of the country’s territorial waters in a ramming maneuver. After the warning was issued and the Admiral Vinogradov changed its course, the USS John S. McCain destroyer returned to international waters,” the Russian Ministry of Defense statement said. The U.S. Navy’s 7th Fleet, based out of Yokosuka, Japan, denied the Russian assertion that its ship was operating inside Russian territorial waters and instead insisted the USS John McCain was operating in international waters as part of a freedom of navigation operation (FONOP).

The Russian Federation’s statement about this mission is false. USS John S. McCain was not ‘expelled’ from any nation’s territory,” the U.S. 7th Fleet statement said. “McCain conducted this FONOP in accordance with international law and continued to conduct normal operations in international waters. The operation reflects our commitment to uphold freedom of navigation and lawful uses of the sea as a principle, and the United States will never bow in intimidation or be coerced into accepting illegitimate maritime claims, such as those made by the Russian Federation.” “In 1984, the U.S.S.R declared a system of straight baselines along its coasts, including a straight baseline enclosing Peter the Great Bay as claimed internal waters,” the U.S. statement said. “This 106-nautical mile (nm) closing line is inconsistent with the rules of international law as reflected in the Law of the Sea Convention to enclose the waters of a bay. By drawing this closing line, the U.S.S.R. attempted to claim more internal waters – and territorial sea farther from shore – than it is entitled to claim under international law. Russia has continued the U.S.S.R. claim. By conducting this operation, the United States demonstrated that these waters are not Russia’s territorial sea and that the United States does not acquiesce in Russia’s claim that Peter the Great is a “historic bay” under international law.” Russian warships have previously made threatening approaches to U.S. Navy ships, risking collisions. In January, a Russian Navy ship nearly collided with the USS Farragut as it was operating in international waters in the North Arabian Sea. In June of 2019, a Russian destroyer came between 50 and 100 feet of colliding with the USS Chancellorsville as it sailed through the Philippine Sea.

The latest incident at sea also comes as the U.S. withdrew from the Open Skies Treaty, an 18-year-old arms control and verification agreement between Washington and Moscow.

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2020/11/russia-threatens-to-ram-us-warship-sailing-in-sea-of-japan/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_medium=facebook 

:: 11-13-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ready Yourself for a Turbulent 2021 and Beyond

James Wesley Rawles November 13, 2020 

The year 2020 will be remembered as an exceptionally turbulent year, marked by multiple worldwide crises and massive urban protests and riots. It has been a year of significant drama and trauma. I do not expect that 2021 will mark a “return to normality.” If anything, 2021 will be just as jarring to our collective psyche. Parenthetically, I should mention that I created a meme for that.

In this essay, I’m posting my recommendations for SurvivalBlog readers on how to ready yourself and your family for any of the following in 2021:

Economic Turmoil

Sociopolitical Upheaval

Global Military and Terrorism Threats

Supply Chain Disruptions

Renewed Pandemic Lockdowns

Anti-Second Amendment Legislation

Urban Outmigration

A Resurgence of Inflation

I don’t claim to be any sort of prophet. I simply extrapolate from current events, trends, and my study of history.

Economic Turmoil

The massive debts that many governments have racked up since the outbreak of COVID-19 are staggering. In just the past 11 months nearly $2 Trillion Dollars has been added to our national debt. Federal debt, as a share of the economy, hit 98 percent in the 2020 fiscal year. To put the mountain of new debt in perspective: It took about 200 years for the Federal Government to build up its first $1 trillion in debt. (That threshold was reached circa 1976.) The debt is now north of $28 trillion, and climbing. And that figure does not include out-year obligations such as Federal pensions. So, I realistically, think of it as a $50+ trillion debt!

Specific Recommendations:

Because we can expect layoffs, develop a second income stream from a home-based business.

Reduce your consumer debt as much as possible.

Invest in anticipation of both a weaker U.S. Dollar on the Forexand much higher currency inflation. (More on that, later in this article.)

Sociopolitical Upheaval

The Antifa and BLM rioting of 2020 may carry over into 2021, even if Sleepy-Creepy Joe Biden is sworn in as President. And if the Federal courts intervene to throw out any tainted (late-arriving and back-dated) ballots and hence DJT gets a second term, then we can expect the leftist rioters to come absolutely unglued. The riots will be even more severe and protracted. Plan accordingly.

Specific Recommendations:

The late Ol’ Remus said it best: Avoid crowds.

Avoid visiting urban areas unless absolutely necessary. If you must, then carry body armor and full battle rattle in the trunk of your car.

Never travel unarmed!

Avoid targeting yourself. If you live in a liberal city or suburb then go “Gray Man”. Part of that is displaying no political or firearms-related bumper stickers or yard signs.

Global Military and Terrorism Threats

Or planet is not a very safe place. The state of “Peace” is the exception, and peaceful locales are also exceptions. Warfare, tyranny, brutal policing, and coercive taxation are the norm.

Some hotspots and issues to watch:

South China Sea

Taiwan Straits (Invasion of Taiwan unlikely in the Trump era, but more likely, with Biden in charge)

China/India Border

Continuation or expansion of the Nagorno-Karabakh war

Expansion of the Syrian Civil War into a regional war or world war.

A new wave of Islamic terrorism

Specific Recommendations:

Avoid international travel in contested regions.

Mitigate the risks of interruption of commerce with contested regions. Try to minimize your purchases of goods that are made in mainland China. Stock up on items that would be in short supply if any of these conflicts “go hot” in 2021.

Don’t live in a locale that is a likely terrorist target.

Supply Chain Disruptions

The shortages that we witnessed in the first few months of the COVID-19 pandemic (February though May, 2020) illustrated how vulnerable the nation’s supply chains are. This includes not just the import and manufacturing supply chains but also the consumer level supply chain. Even local Farmers’ Markets were shut down by the Wuhan Flu pandemic.

Specific Recommendations:

Stock up early on items that are likely to be in short supply, such as gardening seeds, canning jars, plenty of canning jar lids, cleaning supplies, bleach, and paper products.

Finding replacement car parts may become problematic. If you drive a foreign-made car, then consider selling it and replacing it with an American-made car. One exception would be a pre-2018 Toyota Camry. It is a best-selling import car, so the car dismantling yards are full of parts for those.

Renewed Pandemic Lockdowns

Assuming that the COVID-19 pandemic continues, we can expect to see State-level lockdowns reinstated. And if Biden takes office, then there might be a Federal (nationwide) lockdown, as well. There also might be Federally-mandated coronavirus vaccinations and/or travel restrictions.

Further lockdowns will undoubtedly hamstring the U.S. economy. That could very well tip us over into another recession.

Specific Recommendations:

Be prepared to telecommute for an extended period of time.

If you have a job that would require “getting the jab” and you refuse to do so, then prepare to be fired from your job, or laid off under some other pretense. You might consider proactively taking a different job from a small, private employer where you are less likely to be required to be vaccinated.

Try to transition your work situation to be as “recession-proof” as possible.

Anti-Second Amendment Legislation

If Joe Biden takes office but yet a republican majority is maintained in the U.S. Senates, then chances are that not much gun legislation will be enacted at the Federal level. In that sense, legislative gridlock is a good thing. But regardless, the Biden/Harris administration is likely to attempt to legislate on its own via Executive Orders. For firearms, that will very likely be restrictions on the importation of guns, ammunition, gun parts, and magazines. For that reason, buying extra magazines for all of the imported guns that you own should be your top priority. Joe Biden is also likely to direct the ATF to reclassify various guns and gun parts–most notably shotguns with detachable magazines, pistol arm braces, and binary triggers.

While we can’t escape Federal legislation, we can avoid bad state-level legislation by living in the right state. I’ve long been a proponent of voting with your feet. Here are 20 states that in my estimation are the least likely to enact any new anti-gun laws:

Wyoming

Idaho

Montana

Utah

North Dakota

South Dakota

Missouri

Alaska

Arkansas

South Carolina

Kentucky

Tennessee

Mississippi

Kansas

Alabama

Oklahoma

West Virginia

Indiana

Louisiana

Ohio

Specific Recommendations:

Remain active in gun politics. We need to hound our elected representatives at all levels of government. Tell them bluntly: No more gun laws!

Seriously consider moving to a low-tax, low-population density, and gun-friendly state. Be wary of Oregon, Washington, Nevada, Arizona, and Texas. Those are all “destination states” for liberal California refugees. They are bringing their leftist politics with them.

Round out your gun collection soon, preferably via private party purchases of used guns. That is legal in +/- 37 of the 50 States.

Stock up on 11+ round magazines

Stock up on ammunition and reloading components

Hedge into a few pre-1899 cartridge guns. (Because you may have to make the rest of our collection disappear!)

There might also be new restrictions on the civilian ownership of night vision gear and body armor. (Most likely with Grandfather Clauses.) So stock up!

Urban Outmigration

The current trend toward migration from cities to the hinterlands will accelerate, especially in the spring and summer of 2021.

Specific Recommendations:

Again: Seriously consider moving to a low-tax, low-population density, and gun-friendly state.

If you live in a rural region, then anticipate that everyone in the building trades will be fully booked for several years. One consequence of a shortage of contractors that is that manufactured houses (read: double-wides) will soon be sold out, whether they are new or used.

With so many people relocating to the hinterboonies there will be shortages of major appliances — especially chest freezers.

And with umpteen newbies wanting to become self-sufficient there will probably be shortages of prefabricated greenhouses, small tractors, and power equipment such as chainsaws, rototillers, and utility ATVs. So If you have been needing any of those and delaying making such a purchase, then stop delaying. Buy it ASAP!

A Resurgence of Inflation

The inflation of the U.S. Dollar has been low for more than a decade. This has been attributed to artificially depressed interest rates, orchestrated by the Federal reserve banking cartel. But given the gross overspending by the Federal government, we can expect inflation to re-emerge in the 2020s.

Specific Recommendations:

Keep a close eye on both the prime interest rate and the US Dollar Index (USDI). If interest rates spike by 1 percent of more, or the USDI dips below 90, then watch out! General price inflation will follow, soon after.

As I’ve already mentioned: Invest in anticipation of both a weaker U.S. Dollar and much higher currency inflation.

Avoid making any new investments that are U.S. Dollar denominated.

Become more self-sufficient with vegetable gardening and small livestock, so that you won’t face as much “Sticker Shock”, when buying groceries.

Reduce your U.S. Dollar exposure, by:

A.) Hedging into practical, barterable tangible items. (Guns, tools, et cetera.)

B.) Hedging into silver, platinum, and gold.

C.) Hedging into Swiss Franc currency.

D.) If you are age 50, buying a Swiss Franc-denominated annuity.

Conclusion

I summary, we need to be prepared for a turbulent or downright tumultuous 2021. The Drama Quotient for the remainder of the 2020s may resemble the 1930s more than the 2010s. – JWR

Previous Post

Economics & Investing For Preppers

Next Post

Preparedness Notes for Friday — November 13, 2020

Ad Get LBRY - Click Here!

Are you tired of YouTube censorship? Then migrate to the libertarian blockchain-based alternative. Download the LBRY app, today!

Ad Seed for Security

Seed for Security's Heirloom Herb Collection is now on sale for 15% off. This collection contains 5 flavorful, non-GMO herbs packed for long term storage.

https://survivalblog.com/ready-turbulent-2021-beyond/#new _tab

 

85 Comments

Wagstaff

2 weeks ago

Reply

Re: “Seriously consider moving to a low-tax, low-population density, and gun-friendly state. Be wary of Oregon, Washington, Nevada, Arizona, and Texas. Those are all “destination states” for liberal California refugees. They are bringing their leftist politics with them.”

Amen.

Avoid Nevada…don’t walk, run… contrary to common held assumptions, Californians are fleeing their state primarily because of the high cost of living, not because of aversion to leftist government (there are various news articles that back this up). In fact, they are probably responsible for the recent leftward shift in the NV electorate. The problem is, Reno and Lost Wages are only a few hours drive from major “golden state” population centers. It seems like 1 out of 3 cars in Reno now sport a California tag. Many, including myself, have come to refer to Nevada as California’s eastern most county.

During the last session, they passed a “universal background check” law. Californian activists have been actively trying to get Nevada legislators to copy California gun laws. I fully expect in the near future laws that forbid “ghost guns” (i.e. 80% builds), binary triggers, and require neutered “assault rifles.” However, the liberals are smart enough to boil the frog slowly.

I can’t move to Idaho fast enough.

Oh, and ditto on the no political, or gun bumper stickers… don’t make yourself a target.

I Haz A Question

2 weeks ago

Reply

As a lifelong Californian, I can tell you (at least, from my own circle) that the vast majority of my friends, family, and neighbors who have moved out of CA over the past few years have all done so due to a desire to live in a more conservative area. There certainly are those who leave for financial reasons and bring their liberal behavior with them, but nearly everyone I’ve known who have left CA were/are conservative.

I tire of all the constant bashing of Californians I read on multiple sites. There is a large bloc of Patriots here who are attempting to hold the fort at the local level, even if Sacramento is impenetrable.

OneGuy

2 weeks ago

Reply

Take Colorado for example. Some years ago when the flight from California grew quite large Colorado was a prime destination. Now Colorado is a left leaning state and even arguably far left leaning. This kind of irritates the people born in Colorado but there is nothing they can do about it.

Another example, doesn’t involve California but does show how people bring their failed politics with them, is New Hampshire. Most residents of New Hampshire are former residents of the failed socialist state of Massachusetts. In fact many NH residents still have jobs in MA. and drive 1 1/2 hour commutes one way to work. They left because of MA high taxes and left wing policies. NH went comfortably for Biden and was expected to. The long time NH residents call these new residents Massholes because of their tendency to bring their left wing policies with them.

Wagstaff

2 weeks ago

Reply

I moved out of California myself in 2006 for political reasons. My point is, most of the people relocating to Reno seem to be from places like Sacramento.

There was an interesting article in a California news paper reporting on this trend. The prominent example given was a lesbian couple from San Francisco who had come to Nevada as volunteers working for the Kamala Harris campaign during the primary. They loved Nevada sooooo much they decided to relocate there. Their dog now has a backyard to run around in… in the mean time, they have cancelled out my, and my wife’s vote.

Bipolare Bear

2 weeks ago

Reply

That’s it right there… Canceled votes…. Let them stay in California and New York… In fact give them all U-hauls to those two regions and we would have a Republican president forevermore… We will take the other 48 states.

I was at me nieces college recently and the “rhetoric” of the LEFT leaning democratic party politics all on the bulletin boards where every school club is Gay and Lesbian, Black something or other, STEM high paying jobs for girls only, women’s rights, Muslim groups, and foreigners all must be stopped by us….

When I was in college 30 years ago, our clubs were music club, chess club, electronics, math, and a few revolving ones like making baskets through weaving and sewing for the girls. 30 years ago college entertainment was the football game or hockey, then a play about the real founding fathers, or a cinema. Today, their posters at the university demand attending Black Lives Matters speaking engagement for credit, a Mexican speaking here illegally and stating because of his last name [Mexican name], he is discriminated against by Americans, women’s rights POW meetings, tear it all down themes…..

There is no moral fiber or patriotism at our colleges anymore…. In fact students are vilified for even attempting to change the narrative we freedom loving Americans once had.

I am actually filing a lawsuit on behalf of the Republican students and my niece as plaintiff due to having no voice on campus anymore…

What are you doing Survival Blog readers????? Just sitting there reading this doing absolutely nothing as our Republic is gutted and shreded???? Get out and join the fight NOW!

Bear

2 weeks ago

I agree that it is sad to see the shift from shared interests to divisive demographics.

As for what am I doing, personally: I am praying and worshipping. I am teaching my children the Bible and the Constitution, and how to love justice, and think critically. I’m stocking up on things for my family as best I can. (I’ve been told we aren’t moving to the redoubt or anywhere else anytime soon.) Beyond that, I make a lot of food and clean a lot of things and read a lot of stories and wipe a lot of bums and faces and nurse the baby. This is my realm for the moment. There was a season for marching with flags and hounding Congresscritters; I did that in its season. Now is my season to raise these babies. I’m playing the long game: the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

And trying to mentally prepare to be a young widow if the Constitutional oath that long predated our family demands its ultimate payment.

That’s what I’m doing.

Don in Oregon

2 weeks ago

Reply

I meet quite a few Californian emigres in the course of my work.

The conservatives who fled CA’s liberal, high-tax, anti-business climate tend to buy the more modest homes and buildable lots.

The libs, distinguishable by the bumper stickers on their Priuses, are buying expensive properties. (At least they’re paying more property taxes!)

bobcatboosky

2 days ago

Reply

Im surprised that Georgia was not on the list of gun friendly states, why was it not included? There are multiple gun manufacturers here and no serious limitations in gun ownership. I would like a good explanation.

LargeMarge

2 weeks ago

Reply

re:

dress for success

In a former life, we ran Toyota Camrys because everybody had them.

We were invisible.

A convoy of a half-dozen Camry beaters raised zero-zero-zero suspicions.

For further camouflage, we mounted a passenger-operated injector to occasionally add used engine oil into the exhaust.

Mis-colored doors and fenders, mis-matched wheels.

Passenger-operated exhaust cut-out to judiciously modify the exhaust sound.

A fuming beater on its final shuddering journey to the market.

Invisible.

Armed to the teeth.

Animal House

2 weeks ago

Reply

Excellent advice! More info on a weaker U.S. Dollar on the Forex and much higher currency inflation and Swiss Franc-denominated annuity please. I read many economic and investing articles but have not heard mention of the Swiss Franc annuity.

Doublemountainman

2 weeks ago

Reply

I recently bought a small handful of 10 round mags for the AR’s. I don’t want to have a single shot in case they federally outlaw the mags > 10 rounds… this way I can be legal until WROL arrives.

Michael Z. Williamson

2 weeks ago

Reply

30 round mags are often pop riveted to make 10 round mags. In an emergency where law collapses, the rivet can be drilled out in a seconds. In fact, I’ve gotten cheap deals on ban-compliant riveted mags and reverted them since that’s not an issue here.

Invest in a .50 Beowulf or .458 SOCOM upper, and then mark your existing magazines “FOR .50 BEOWULF ONLY”. This is done in several states and legally makes them 10 round magazines. Just do not get caught putting 5.56mm into them.

David Martin

2 days ago

Reply

I think anything less than a 20 round mag is kind of defeating the purpose of owning a firearm especially a rifle it’s kind of useless. Five round maximum for hunting is nessessary in Oregon, but the only hunting I’m going to be doing isn’t four legged. I’m too old to be trotting around the woods looking for Bambi’s daddy. And all of my older friends who hunt have four wheelers.

Find and load every mag you can and keep a bandoleer close to you all the time. I have AR’s and SKS’s My one Chinese SKS uses AK mags, so that is my primary. but I have basic load out belts for all of my battle rifles, I expect my son in California will eventually have to leave there, I want he and his wife to have complete kit outs. My oldest grandson, is really good with the 10-22 and they can be just as leathel with good well aimed shooting, but wounding will usually take two out of a battle.

I fully expect if President Trump is somehow not in office, there will definately be an un-civil war. If the mentally deficient dope and his communist assistant gain office, there will certainly be a WAR, and it certainly will not be Civil.

I remember reading George Washingtons Vision, I think if I remember right it talks about a second civil war, and an attack from the Bear (Russia) that is foiled. I know the time is very near, I feel it in my spirit.

There are lots of issues filling my PRAYER time and just reading the news here or on SQ if I could neal would create big calluses. but the posterior usually in the chair I’m in now is where the LORD finds me, and I find HIM. I believe that is where most of our time shoud be occupied in the coming days.

Blessings

Dave of Oregon

Krissy

2 weeks ago

Reply

“With so many people relocating to the hinterboonies there will be shortages of major appliances — especially chest freezers.”

Yes, and then add to that, that production has been cut back.

Recently, my mom turned 77. Her 20+ years old Whirlpool washer and dryer set still worked but not on all the settings. Sometimes the dryer would just prematurely stop working, leaving wet clothes. I told my folks I was getting mom a new washer and dryer set for her birthday.

My dad said, “Why? The ones we have work fine.”

My mom turned to my dad and said, “How would you know?”

Me: “Bahahahahahaha” Then all three of us had the greatest long laugh because my dad doesn’t do laundry. He does a million things, but he doesn’t do laundry.

Anyways, since my mom is a great-grandmother, and none of us can calculate how much laundry she has done taking care of others for over 60 years, I wanted to splurge on her. When I asked her what she would like, she picked the Whirlpool brand and stainless steel color.

None of us imagined what an ordeal was ahead of me. It is extremely difficult to get American made appliances now. Who knew?

The stores like Home Depot, Lowes, Costco et cetera trick customers with full appliance showrooms in the stores AND online. They mislead customers into thinking that one can actually order and buy the items on display. You know, the ones with the price tags on them. Nope. Not gonna happen. For some reason, they don’t want customers to know there aren’t any top of the line Whirlpool (made in USA) sets available. Oh, and you can forget about stainless steel or other colors, because Whirlpool stopped production of those earlier this year because of Covid.

Okay, so I moved on to Maytag (same company, made in USA) and had same trouble.

(I was sticking w/those brands bc they are the most reliable.)

Long story short, Lowes found a Maytag dryer somewhere else in the nation, that matched the washer they had, and had it shipped. I was very happy to wait 10 days for it to arrive. Because it took going to multiple stores, and hours and hours to find something available to purchase after hearing the clerk say the words, “not available,” over 30 times, for me, waiting was a non issue.

After all the rigmarole, I felt so blessed by God that my mom had a new stainless steel Maytag washer and dryer.

Moral of story: Showrooms deceive customers on actual availability, so

try to purchase appliances before you need them, as it will likely take longer than anticipated.

*I think the brands that break down more frequently, like Samsung and LG, are easier to get.

Rucksack Rob

2 weeks ago

Reply

Speed Queen brand (washers and dryers) is still made 100% in USA.

My very good (like minded) friend here in the Northern Great Lakes has been a (self-employed) appliance repairman for over 25 years, say’s he has NEVER been called to repair any Speed Queen, Never, not once. Thats pretty impressive. (thats the brand he owns and I believe, Speed Queen is the brand most commercial laundromats use). He did say however, that the 2021 dryer model will have a circuit board instead of a direct wire connection(?) that he says could be a weak point…

He has stated that the other US brands are not what they used to be.

In the last two+ years, we’ve had to replace both the washer and dryer, we bought Speed Queen (available at most independent appliances stores). You’ll pay a slight premium, around 10-15% but to me, it’s worth it.

I expect these two American made appliances to outlast my DW and I.

I/we have no affiliation with Speed Queen or it’s business partners.

KM

2 weeks ago

Reply

I second the recommendation for Speed Queen

Krissy

2 weeks ago

Reply

RucksackRob and KM, Thank you for the excellent advice on Speed Queen! I will definitely get that brand next time, or when I have room to store a back up set. Too many large holes to fill first, though. Blessings, Krissy

april petersen

2 days ago

Reply

Talking about washing machines, I picked up an old Maytag ringer washer. She still works perfect!

Krissy

2 weeks ago

Reply

P.S. Of course the color white was an option, but couldn’t purchase that either because none were available.

3AD Scout

2 weeks ago

Reply

So I’m not a prophet either but I just wonder how long a President Biden will be in office. The Durham investigation is still on going and may be an issue for Biden not to mention the issues with Hunter and Brisma. The Dems control the House but they really didn’t want Biden anyway so would they turn on Biden to get Harris into the Presidency?

Re- buy “stuff” now- I needed to buy a new chain saw in August and went to a local dealer and it was sparse pickings (Stihl) had to go up a few models just to get one. Said they were having a hard time getting orders in. This was the same place I bought my Kubota tractor at in March. In March they had acres of tractors, today only a few are on the grounds. So if the pandemic in the Spring impacted tractors and chainsaws imagine what this resurgence with exponential cases will do.

I know things are getting bad because my wife the eternal optimist is asking me “do we have enough food?”, “let’s go shooting”, “when and where can I get a pistol permit?” If my wife is concerned that is really saying something.

Michael Z. Williamson

2 weeks ago

Reply

Bidet will live only as long as he can read policy from the teleprompter. Then he’ll either resign for health reasons or die. And realistically, he’ll likely die within the year anyway. He’s far too gone into senility to realize he’s the stalking horse.

As far as he and his son’s crimes, they will never be charged, much less tried and convicted. At that level of politics, almost no one is ever actually charged, and it only takes a single fan on the jury to nullify it, so no one would waste time.

3AD Scout

2 weeks ago

Reply

Oh I agree no one will be tried and convicted but I was more thinking along the lines of creating a climate for his administration much like the Dems did with from within the fairytale Russian Collusion “scandal”.

Batteau

2 weeks ago

Reply

I agree. We all know how AG Barr operates so we can be assured there will not be prosecution for any of the crimes committed by libs.

Hopefully a new Conservative network will start up with President Trump involved. Should we then harass the libs as they have President Trump for 4 years? About continuing investigations, thereby stalling them like was done to us?

Semper Fi

Rucksack Rob

2 weeks ago

Reply

I can only hope (and pray) that the (spineless) Repulicans offer the same amount of cooperation and courtesy to the Harris / Bidet administration as the Dems gave to the Trump Administration.

(And if the Dems take the two senate seats from Georgia, as I predict, the dem Congress will pass legislation to welcome both DC and Puerto Rico as states and there will be 4 more demo-rat senators and 5-8 new demo-rat congress critters, hence, there will NEVER be a balance of power again in [the new state of] Washington DC.)

JMHO

CORD7

2 weeks ago

Reply

Krissy, seriously look into SpeedQueen. All the commercial laundromats use them for a reason. 10year warranty & made here.

Don Williams

2 weeks ago

Reply

I agree with CORD7. Have had Speedqueen washer and dryer for years — very reliable even with frequent , heavy loads. Maytag used to be very good as well –don’t know about current models.

Country Girl

2 weeks ago

Reply

I agree 100%. Bought a new set of Speed Queens after replacing our 2nd dryer (Maytag, and Samsung before that) to die in 2 years. I asked the repair guy what was the MOST reliable washer/dryer made, and he told me Speed Queen. There are many out there 20 years+ and still going. Have now had them 5 years without a hiccup. Oh–and the washer actually uses a full tub of water–rather than a third of a tub like the previous ones for did for “water saving”. And the clothes come out CLEAN.

Krissy

2 weeks ago

Reply

Good to know. Will keep that in the running for the next time. Thanks!

Marty

1 week ago

Reply

Love the advice on Speed Queen. Looking into them. Any thoughts on a fridge and dishwasher brands?

Zoomie

2 weeks ago

Reply

With the contractors crazy-busy, picking up some useful skills can help your neighbors and yourself. The three things I get asked to do the most are slightly technical ones; replace a shower/bath, add an electrical circuit (often an outdoor one), and solve sewer and land drainage problems. It is worth learning the Code sections for all these as they are both safety-sensible and short, and effectively tell you how to do it properly. With the plumbing, learn the different types of piping and connectors (e.g. PEX, copper, etc) as you can pretty much guarantee that you will not find all the components you want for your first-choice system when you head into the hardware stores, and you may need to use a different system or a hybrid system. In my experience, you will often detect other problems whilst doing the work, especially weakened joists and floors under bathrooms*, and overloaded other electrical circuits, which your neighbors will be grateful to know about. It is an excellent way to create friendships.

Randy

2 weeks ago

Reply

I have some reservations on posting this, but I fear massive school shootings under Biden to help enact very strict gun control. Call it a false flag or what, but I look for one or more to happen in the next couple of years. The tax and waste money party has proven that they will do anything to enact their draconian laws onto the population.

Michael Z. Williamson

2 weeks ago

Reply

“False flags” of that nature pretty much do not exist in my analysis. However, should one happen, they will certainly exploit it. And as we saw in Florida, they’ll be happy to ignore warning signs on the off chance.

B

2 weeks ago

Reply

I believe you are right. I’m also expecting some sort of mass shooting. Most likely this will occur in a red state.

Jefferson Davis

2 weeks ago

Reply

Mass shootings mainly occur under democratic presidents then die down and stop under republican. Look at columbine under Clinton and the others. Bush has almost none. Then the 50 or so mass shootings under otrauma. Trump mass shootings have stopped.

The Bible is correct – when the righteous are in power the people rejoice. When the wicked are in power the people revolt.

alfie

2 weeks ago

Reply

I agree with your projections on the upcoming year of 2021, more trouble from BLM,Afta and others, the economic situation is or will worse. And yes with Biden in office, I look for the manure to really hit the fan.Will Biden last a year, good question. And then we have what’s her name taking over after Biden “retires” (something that Nancy is already talking about with the 25th Amendment). My experience with writing to my senators and congressman hasn’t been very good. Tim Johnson would send me a response that was very nasty, cra**y, telling me that he won’t pushed into voting against anti- un bills for any reason and the other guy would send me a very nice reply, stating that he could not bring himself to vote against any anti-gun bills, but thank you for writing and or calling about my/ your concerns. One had a stroke and the other is a high priced lobbyist. I don’t what these new guys are like. George McGovern was another clown that voted against his state.

bagster

2 weeks ago

Reply

Re: Joe Biden – Office of the President – Elect?

Has anyone else noticed Biden and Harris sitting in the Office of the President-Elect?

With the dark blue background and the American Flags….

I don’t remember seeing anything like this before.

Looking totally scripted….

BWL

2 weeks ago

Reply

Trying to make it look as official as possible so that whatever happens with the election/court cases it will look like Trump stole it tried to steal the election.

Robert Moffett

2 weeks ago

Reply

People who get involved with “gun politics” and ignore immigration politics are wasting their time. Unless we have an immigration moratorium then the 2nd Amendment is toast.

Wagstaff

2 weeks ago

Reply

….and Biden has said he intends to open the flood gates… so much for a wall.

ThoDan

2 weeks ago

Reply

Biden didn’t promise a wall, Trump did.

HP

2 weeks ago

Reply

I’d recommend to anyone with a freezer(s) full of food to have a backup power source. Portable generators are affordable/available now- will that continue? I recently acquired a 9500 W dual fuel model with a 240V/50A outlet. Wired an RV outlet to my panel outside- was not difficult. Now during extended power outages we can power anything in the house including the well pump.

Once a Marine...

2 weeks ago

Reply

As I have mentioned before, drying food does not rely on a constant electrical supply. Once it is dry and stored, that’s it.

Get that dehydrator going while you have juice.

Carry on

Bear

2 weeks ago

Reply

Yep! Running two here! Still trying to figure out the balance between drying things for long-term storage, and keeping the family in healthy snacks in the here and now so they don’t eat junk instead ?

Wheatley Fisher

2 weeks ago

Reply

Backup power source????

Two is one

One is None.

But Three is Me.

And one new in the box for Barter.

Read your genny instructions. Do you have extra oil for the recommended oil changes at every 50 hours?

Do you have sturdy locking chain or cable to secure your genny to an unmovable object to prevent it from wandering off to the back of someone else’s pickup truck to disappear forever?

Do you have fuel and oil filters for running it for 1000 hours and all the changes?

Do you have plenty of spare fuses for the panels?

How about extension cords? Or even better, a plug in bar with its own lights and fused outlets including USB?

Extra starting pull cord to replace it when it breaks?

Screwdrivers taped to the frame for emergency repair?

Flashlight co-located or attached to the genny?

Fire extinguisher co-located?

Grounding rod and cable or strap connected to genny if needed?

Kill A Watt meter to check the draw of whatever you are trying to power up and thus prevent brownout damage?

And if course, clean fresh or stabilized fuel?

I keep a black tub with most of this all ready to go, labeled Generator Power Kit.

God Bless

https://survivalblog.com/ready-turbulent-2021-beyond/#new_tab 

:: 7-21-20 The End :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

14 Best Underground Bunkers And Storm Shelters You Can Buy Online:Some of them are easy too, just order online, dig a hole and get it dropped in and you have just secured yourself one of these underground bunkers or storm shelters.

Posted by eogabi boanca  July 21, 2020

You can own your own missile command center and underground bunker, or your own ex-defense nuclear fallout facility. Underground bunkers for sale have skyrocketed recently and it is no wonder with the way the world is at the moment. Some of them are easy too, just order online, dig a hole and get it dropped in and you have just secured yourself one of these underground bunkers or storm shelters.

For those that have it, a bunker is the perfect way to hide out until the dust settles. Whether you are using it for a place to store your long-term food supply, your water supplies, and your protective gear, or you’re making it into a livable environment just in case a nuclear or chemical attack, or a storm happens in your neighborhood, a bunker serves its purpose in a modern day world, there’s no doubt about that.

If you were considering buying one, you are definitely not alone. Records show that sales have been on a rapid increase over the past two years, even more so given concerns of a nuclear strike the tension between the US and its aggressors, terrorism and the increase in heavy storms and hurricanes. And those sales haven’t just been by doomsday preppers either. More cashed up doomsday life-insurance seekers have been buying up available millionaire bunkers from Vivos and the Atlas Survival Condo. You might be living in one of America’s deathzones and not have a clue about it

What if that were you? What would YOU do?

In the next few minutes, I’m going to show you the U.S. Nuclear Target map, where you’ll find out if you’re living in one of America’s Deathzones. So who are these manufacturers and property developers so intent that there is going to be an apocalypse that we actually need underground survival resorts, and are there any left?

Here’s a short list of the ones we have compiled below, and how much they cost: Show 5102550100 entries Showing 1 to 5 of 14 entries PreviousNext

Thankfully, the hardcore doomsday preppers haven’t snapped them all up just yet. We’ve found some bunkers and shelters that you can get right now all the way from ex-defense missile silos to in-the-ground DIY bunkers and even luxury bunkers you can share with other end-of-the-worlders.

1. Atlas Survival Shelters – BombNado In what is reported to be one of the fastest growing businesses this decade in manufacturing, Atlas Survival Shelters has an impressive array of underground bunkers that are either off the plan or custom made for American homes.

Their North American bunker manufacturing plants span over 600,000 square feet which is the space required to roll off more than 1000 shelters each year. That’s right, they make more than 1000 underground bunkers and underground shelters each year. That proves that if you are in the market for an underground bunker, you are not on your own.

Atlas Survival uses technology from Switzerland and Israel, as those two places have building regulations that require every dwelling and building to have a fallout shelter with NBC filtration. For Atlas, they provide their bunkers with hand crank NBC (nuclear, biological and chemical) filter units so that should the power go out, your filter can work without the need for electricity.

You’re not stuck with choice when you check out Atlas Shelter’s interesting array of underground bunker designs, which change not only in space and size, but also with their unique designs which look very impressive. One of their most popular designs, and one of the more affordable ones, is their flagship in-home fallout bunker, the BombNado.

The BombNado underground bunker isn’t just a fallout shelter either, as you can see by the images below, Atlas Survival Shelters encourage underground bunker buyers to use their shelters now, rather than just waiting for it to be an end-of-the-world hotel or as a tornado shelter. Some of the designs that they offer have under-the-house bunkers transformed into office environments, hobby workshops, wine room, bachelor pads and entertainment rooms, all so you can feel safe while actually doing what you enjoy. While this list isn’t in any particular order, I put these guys first specifically because their units are designed to be used as extra rooms in the house (sure, they’re located through a trapdoor in the garage). When it comes to prepping, I’d rather have an extra room I can use now as an office or in home theatre, and know that it is safe to use in a storm or nuclear attack than to pay a large amount of money for a spot in one of the millionaire bunkers that I might never get to see. But hey, that’s the risk of doomsday insurance, and you can never be too prepared. 2. Underground Nuclear Bunker For Sale, Kansas, US

This 10-acre property (eBay PN promotional link), complete with an underground communication bunker is a nuclear-hardened underground center ready to withstand anything. Let’s just say that if the end of the world was coming, I’d be happy to be cooped up in here.

The space of the underground area is huge at almost 12000 square foot of free-to-roam space. It has an on-site well and a 10,000-gallon stainless steel water storage unit with duel sewage ejector pumps all in place and functional with a working bathroom.

The rooms are pretty big with two-foot wall and ceiling thickness and then an extra four foot of earth on top of that. For air filtration, it runs on a closeable system to keep clean air in the bunker and works alongside a 225kw generator which is located in its own room.

As for the entrance, it has 3000lb blast doors with an escape hatch and decontamination shower to remove any possible nuclear, biological or chemical radicles you may be carrying on your skin or clothing.

Scribe note: To read about the complete list of bunkers click on the link below.

https://prepperl1cense.code.blog/2020/07/21/14-best-underground-bunkers-and-storm-shelters-you-can-buy-online/ 

:: 11-23-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lin Wood: Americans Will Be “Shocked at Level of Pedophilia – Satanic Worship” From Past Admins “Occupying Oval Office For Some Periods of Years”

by Jamie White  November 23rd 2020, 2:58 pm

"I do say it and I believe it, every lie will be revealed," he says

Georgia attorney Lin Wood warned the American people to brace for revelations that officials in the highest levels of government participated in “pedophilia” and “Satanic worship.”

During an interview on “The Thrive Time” Show on Saturday, Wood claimed that the confluence of election fraud revelations combined with findings from ongoing litigation into Jeffrey Epstein and Hunter Biden’s laptop will reveal a staggering level of truly evil deeds by past presidential administrations. “So the Supreme Court is being aligned. They Department of Defense was recently realigned by the president. Take a look at who he put in place, a cyberterrorism and terrorism expert. As I said, look at what he did in 2018 with the Executive Order to deal with foreign interference in our national elections,” Wood began.

“Look, I’d like to see in a perfect world, John Durham’s report come out and people go to jail. I’d like to see Jeffrey Epstein and Ghislaine Maxwell and a lot of people go to jail. I’d like to see what’s on Hunter Biden’s laptop. I’d like to see those people go to jail. I’d like to see what’s on Anthony Weiner’s laptop. I’d like to see a lot of people go to jail. And then when we get to the final phase of the election fraud I’d like to see people go to jail.”

Wood said there would an “intermingling” of individuals who committed not only those crimes but election fraud crimes that will come out in litigation.

“The one thing I’ll say is there’ll be an intermingling,” Wood continued. “There will be people going to jail I believe who are involved in all of those or some of those same investigations. So there is potentially a great awakening. The truth has to come out. I believe it will. I do not think that you can hide the truth. I do say it and I believe it, every lie will be revealed.”

This country’s going to be shocked when the find the truth about who’s been occupying the Oval Office for some periods of years. They’re going to be shocked at the level of pedophilia. They are going to be shocked at what I believe is going to be a revelation in terms of people who are engaged in Satanic worship.”

Wood gained national attention in recent months after representing Covington Catholic student Nick Sandmann, and more recently Kyle Rittenhouse, who was just released from jail on a $2 million bond.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/lin-wood-americans-will-be-shocked-at-level-of-pedophilia-satanic-worship-from-past-admins-occupying-oval-office-for-some-periods-of-years/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 11-23-20 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unknown “Mystery Disease” That Causes Sores On The Skin Has Already Spread To 700 People In Africa

Nov 23, 2020

(Michael Snyder) – Something is happening in Senegal that we need to watch very closely. Hundreds of fishermen have developed “a mysterious skin disease” after coming back from the sea, and so far nobody can identify what it is. But the fact that so many are catching it is causing some experts to become very alarmed. At first, it was reported that about 100 people were infected, then the number was 200, and then there were numerous reports that 500 victims had been identified, and now the latest reports indicate that more than 700 people have been infected. The following comes from an African news source… The mysterious dermatological disease detected a few days ago among fishermen in Thiaroye-sur-Mer, Senegal, is taking on worrying proportions, with more than 700 people infected as of today. The Senegalese health authorities are working hard to try to control the mysterious disease.

The skin disease appeared in the body of fishermen of Thiaroye-sur-Mer and has spread to other localities, such as Mbour (85 km from Dakar), Saint-Louis (272 km north of Dakar), Mbao (another Dakar suburb), Touba Dialaw (70 km from Dakar), Rufisque (a town 25 km from Dakar) and Yène (60 km from Dakar). Initially it was hoped that this disease would not prove to be infectious, but the fact that it has now spread to so many different localities is not a good sign.

And according to Reuters, Senegal’s national director of health information and education is calling the sores that the victims have developed “a dermatitis associated with an infectious disease”… The men, who come from several fishing towns around the capital Dakar, have been placed in quarantine for treatment, according to Ousmane Gueye, national director of health information and education.

“It’s a dermatitis associated with an infectious disease,” Gueye told Reuters. “We are checking further and hope to find out soon what it is.” In the early days of the COVID pandemic, we didn’t know exactly what we were dealing with, and so we don’t want to jump to any conclusions with this disease either. Eventually, we could very well get confirmation that this is something serious. On the other hand, it is also possible that this outbreak could fizzle out very rapidly. We just don’t know. READ MORE

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2020/11/unknown-mystery-disease-that-causes-sores-on-the-skin-has-already-spread-to-700-people-in-africa/ 

:: 11--20 https://twitter.com/cbs_herridge/status/1331024302649511938 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

NEW: GSA letter @GSAEmily

to Hon. Joseph R. Biden, Jr. releasing limited funds "in connection with a presidential transition" + lays out multiple threats (family, staff + even pets) to “coerce me into making this determination prematurely” + “To be clear, I did not receive any

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

NEW: GSA letter @GSAEmily

to Hon. Joseph R. Biden, Jr. releasing limited funds "in connection with a presidential transition" + lays out multiple threats (family, staff + even pets) to “coerce me into making this determination prematurely” + “To be clear, I did not receive any

Image

Image

6:58 PM · Nov 23, 2020·Twitter for iPhone

9.7K

Retweets

2.1K

Quote Tweets

15.1K

Likes

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

direction (WH or Executive Branch official) to delay my determination. I did, however, receive threats online, by phone + by mail directed at my safety, my family, my staff + even my pets in an effort to coerce me into making this determination prematurely" + the GSA “does not

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

pick or certify the winner of a presidential election...The actual winner will be determined by the electoral process detailed in the Constitution." @CBSNews

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

NEW: GSA letter @GSAEmily

to Hon. Joseph R. Biden, Jr. releasing limited funds "in connection with a presidential transition" + lays out multiple threats (family, staff + even pets) to “coerce me into making this determination prematurely” + “To be clear, I did not receive any

Image

Image

6:58 PM · Nov 23, 2020·Twitter for iPhone

9.7K

Retweets

2.1K

Quote Tweets

15.1K

Likes

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

direction (WH or Executive Branch official) to delay my determination. I did, however, receive threats online, by phone + by mail directed at my safety, my family, my staff + even my pets in an effort to coerce me into making this determination prematurely" + the GSA “does not

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

pick or certify the winner of a presidential election...The actual winner will be determined by the electoral process detailed in the Constitution." @CBSNews

@govtbill

@GovtBill

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

@GSAEmily

thank you for protecting the constitution. I think it is horrible that some individuals feel the need to attack. Thank You for your service to our country

andrea

@andreavillal

Nov 23

De party of resentment for sure... that’s why I had to leave s as bd became the target of resentment then it left me with no doubt!

Show replies

fractal_grid

@fractal_grid

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

This reads like a hostage video.

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

NEW: GSA letter @GSAEmily

to Hon. Joseph R. Biden, Jr. releasing limited funds "in connection with a presidential transition" + lays out multiple threats (family, staff + even pets) to “coerce me into making this determination prematurely” + “To be clear, I did not receive any

Image

Image

6:58 PM · Nov 23, 2020·Twitter for iPhone

9.7K

Retweets

2.1K

Quote Tweets

15.1K

Likes

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

direction (WH or Executive Branch official) to delay my determination. I did, however, receive threats online, by phone + by mail directed at my safety, my family, my staff + even my pets in an effort to coerce me into making this determination prematurely" + the GSA “does not

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

·

Nov 23

pick or certify the winner of a presidential election...The actual winner will be determined by the electoral process detailed in the Constitution." @CBSNews

@govtbill

@GovtBill

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

@GSAEmily

thank you for protecting the constitution. I think it is horrible that some individuals feel the need to attack. Thank You for your service to our country

andrea

@andreavillal

·

Nov 23

De party of resentment for sure... that’s why I had to leave s as bd became the target of resentment then it left me with no doubt!

Show replies

fractal_grid

@fractal_grid

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

This reads like a hostage video.

Neil W

@npw2014

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Absolutely disgusting these people are for going after her.

Charlie

@chasmarlow

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

@axios

said she had been under "pressure."

One would hope the threats are investigated as terrorism, extortion. But we know how this works.

John Draper

@JohnDra00683381

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

 

@MajorPatriot

and

@GSAEmily

It’s basically a concession of defeat. It’s over

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

NEW: GSA letter @GSAEmily

to Hon. Joseph R. Biden, Jr. releasing limited funds "in connection with a presidential transition" + lays out multiple threats (family, staff + even pets) to “coerce me into making this determination prematurely” + “To be clear, I did not receive any

Image

Image

6:58 PM · Nov 23, 2020·Twitter for iPhone

9.7K

Retweets

2.1K

Quote Tweets

15.1K

Likes

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

direction (WH or Executive Branch official) to delay my determination. I did, however, receive threats online, by phone + by mail directed at my safety, my family, my staff + even my pets in an effort to coerce me into making this determination prematurely" + the GSA “does not

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

pick or certify the winner of a presidential election...The actual winner will be determined by the electoral process detailed in the Constitution." @CBSNews

@govtbill

@GovtBill

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

@GSAEmily

thank you for protecting the constitution. I think it is horrible that some individuals feel the need to attack. Thank You for your service to our country

andrea

@andreavillal

Nov 23

De party of resentment for sure... that’s why I had to leave s as bd became the target of resentment then it left me with no doubt!

Show replies

fractal_grid

@fractal_grid

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

This reads like a hostage video.

Neil W

@npw2014

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Absolutely disgusting these people are for going after her.

Charlie

@chasmarlow

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

@axios

said she had been under "pressure."

One would hope the threats are investigated as terrorism, extortion. But we know how this works.

John Draper

@JohnDra00683381

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

 

@MajorPatriot

and

@GSAEmily

It’s basically a concession of defeat. It’s over

Show replies

Ashley Valdez

@Anne426James

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Under duress... Political oppression needs to be a hate crime.

??

Show replies

Kraken That Whip

Flag of United States

@randymelder

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

You know it's bad when the DOJ abandons us like this.

President-Elect Dan Roy

@dannyroy85

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

@ShaladyYa

and

@GSAEmily

Ahh. The “tolerant” Left

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

NEW: GSA letter @GSAEmily

to Hon. Joseph R. Biden, Jr. releasing limited funds "in connection with a presidential transition" + lays out multiple threats (family, staff + even pets) to “coerce me into making this determination prematurely” + “To be clear, I did not receive any

Image

Image

6:58 PM · Nov 23, 2020·Twitter for iPhone

9.7K

Retweets

2.1K

Quote Tweets

15.1K

Likes

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

direction (WH or Executive Branch official) to delay my determination. I did, however, receive threats online, by phone + by mail directed at my safety, my family, my staff + even my pets in an effort to coerce me into making this determination prematurely" + the GSA “does not

Catherine Herridge

@CBS_Herridge

Nov 23

pick or certify the winner of a presidential election...The actual winner will be determined by the electoral process detailed in the Constitution." @CBSNews

@govtbill

@GovtBill

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

@GSAEmily

thank you for protecting the constitution. I think it is horrible that some individuals feel the need to attack. Thank You for your service to our country

andrea

@andreavillal

Nov 23

De party of resentment for sure... that’s why I had to leave s as bd became the target of resentment then it left me with no doubt!

Show replies

fractal_grid

@fractal_grid

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

This reads like a hostage video.

Neil W

@npw2014

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Absolutely disgusting these people are for going after her.

Charlie

@chasmarlow

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

@axios

said she had been under "pressure."

One would hope the threats are investigated as terrorism, extortion. But we know how this works.

John Draper

@JohnDra00683381

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

@MajorPatriot

and

@GSAEmily

It’s basically a concession of defeat. It’s over

Show replies

Ashley Valdez

@Anne426James

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Under duress... Political oppression needs to be a hate crime.

??

Show replies

Kraken That Whip

Flag of United States

@randymelder

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

You know it's bad when the DOJ abandons us like this.

President-Elect Dan Roy

@dannyroy85

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

@ShaladyYa

and

@GSAEmily

Ahh. The “tolerant” Left

WinterDreams

@Missthetree

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

I heard liberals are the only good and righteous people though, surely they wouldn’t threaten a life.

@amuse

@amuse

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Biden supporters are threatening the pets of government officials for doing their jobs. The Democratic Party is the party of hate...

fractal_grid

@fractal_grid

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

This reads like a hostage video.

Neil W

@npw2014

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Absolutely disgusting these people are for going after her.

Charlie

@chasmarlow

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

@axios

said she had been under "pressure."

One would hope the threats are investigated as terrorism, extortion. But we know how this works.

John Draper

@JohnDra00683381

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

@MajorPatriot

and

@GSAEmily

It’s basically a concession of defeat. It’s over

Show replies

Ashley Valdez

@Anne426James

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Under duress... Political oppression needs to be a hate crime.

??

Show replies

Kraken That Whip

Flag of United States

@randymelder

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

You know it's bad when the DOJ abandons us like this.

President-Elect Dan Roy

@dannyroy85

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

@ShaladyYa

and

@GSAEmily

Ahh. The “tolerant” Left

WinterDreams

@Missthetree

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

I heard liberals are the only good and righteous people though, surely they wouldn’t threaten a life.

@amuse

@amuse

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Biden supporters are threatening the pets of government officials for doing their jobs. The Democratic Party is the party of hate...

Image

Flag of United States

Nate

Flag of United States

@NateluvsAmerica

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Second page here @DanBinthe813

Is the correct take.

Michael Harwood

@UofM_Tiger9396

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

@MZHemingway

and

@GSAEmily

Given the amount of vitriol exhibited by those opposed to @realDonaldTrump

, it would not be surprising that people tried to affect the vote tally. Also, people who speak of going to Georgia to vote in that runoff are basically admitting they support voting fraud.

Michael

@Cubs88Hawks

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Yep. @jaketapper

‘s people.

John Draper

@JohnDra00683381

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

 

@MajorPatriot

and

@GSAEmily

It’s basically a concession of defeat. It’s over

Show replies

Ashley Valdez

@Anne426James

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Under duress... Political oppression needs to be a hate crime.

??

Show replies

Kraken That Whip

Flag of United States

@randymelder

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

You know it's bad when the DOJ abandons us like this.

President-Elect Dan Roy

@dannyroy85

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

 

@ShaladyYa

and

@GSAEmily

Ahh. The “tolerant” Left

WinterDreams

@Missthetree

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

I heard liberals are the only good and righteous people though, surely they wouldn’t threaten a life.

@amuse

@amuse

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Biden supporters are threatening the pets of government officials for doing their jobs. The Democratic Party is the party of hate...

Image

Flag of United States

Nate

Flag of United States

@NateluvsAmerica

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Second page here @DanBinthe813

Is the correct take.

Michael Harwood

@UofM_Tiger9396

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

 

@MZHemingway

and

@GSAEmily

Given the amount of vitriol exhibited by those opposed to @realDonaldTrump

, it would not be surprising that people tried to affect the vote tally. Also, people who speak of going to Georgia to vote in that runoff are basically admitting they support voting fraud.

Michael

@Cubs88Hawks

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Yep. @jaketapper

‘s people.

An Illinoisan and ISCO Official

@zealandzen

·

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

If Democrats aren't causing the recent destruction, they're happy to take advantage of it. If they want to be tyrants like this, they're no longer either democrats or republicans & can't be reasoned with. If that's the case, let's split the country w a friendly goodbye. #USA

Alice Lee

@Alice46987351

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Where is FBl?

John Escover

Flag of United States

@jdub2444

Nov 23

Replying to

@CBS_Herridge

and

@GSAEmily

Comments, concerns, thoughts?

No of course there won't be any condemnation of the inexcusable threats to this woman just doing her job

Scribe note: Click on link below to read more.

https://twitter.com/jdub2444/status/1331031474200580097 

:: 11-24-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Globalist Mattis: Biden Should ‘Eliminate America first’ Policy

by Steve Watson  November 24th 2020, 3:46 am

Globalist general James Mattis has called on Joe Biden to ‘eliminate’ the America first policy instituted by President Trump where foreign policy is concerned, claiming that it has ‘damaged’ US national security.

Mattis, who served as Secretary of Defense under Trump from 2017 until last year, is still annoyed that Trump refused to carry on the endless war policy in the middle east, instead ordering troop drawdowns. In an op-ed published by Foreign Affairs, Mattis writes that “The United States today is undermining the foundations of an international order manifestly advantageous to U.S. interests, reflecting a basic ignorance of the extent to which both robust alliances and international institutions provide vital strategic depth.”

“In practice, “America first” has meant “America alone.” That has damaged the country’s ability to address problems before they reach U.S. territory and has thus compounded the danger emergent threats pose,” Mattis also claims.

The retired four star general then effectively calls on Joe Biden to take America back to the mire it was in after the Bush and Obama administrations.

“In January, when President Joe Biden and his national security team begin to reevaluate U.S. foreign policy, we hope they will quickly revise the national security strategy to eliminate “America first” from its contents, restoring in its place the commitment to cooperative security that has served the United States so well for decades,” Mattis writes.

The best strategy for ensuring safety and prosperity is to buttress American military strength with enhanced civilian tools and a restored network of solid alliances—both necessary to achieving defense in depth,” he adds, echoing the neo-conservative advocation of interventionism and ‘peace through strength’ (war) doctrine. Mattis also threw in a dig at Trump’s coronavirus response, noting “The pandemic should serve as a reminder of what grief ensues when we wait for problems to come to us.”

Mattis earlier this year compared Trump to a ‘Nazi’, and called the President a threat to the Constitution, yet here is is literally calling for the next President to ‘eliminate’ America first.

It is no surprise that such characters are again circling the halls of power with the prospect of a Joe Biden presidency.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/globalist-mattis-biden-should-eliminate-america-first-policy/ 

:: 11-24-20 Mercola :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Global Vaccine Passport Will Be Required for Travel

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola November 24, 2020

video

https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2020/11/24/commonpass.aspx 

:: 10-28-20 Popular Mechanics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Experts Fear Lab-Grown Brains Will Become Sentient, Which Is Upsetting

Well, we don't want that ... or do we?

By Caroline Delbert Oct 28, 2020

A thought-provoking new article poses some hugely important scientific questions: Could brain cells initiated and grown in a lab become sentient? What would that look like, and how could scientists test for it? And would a sentient, lab-grown brain “organoid” have some kind of rights? Buckle up for a quick and dirty history of the ethics of sentience. We associate the term with computing and artificial intelligence, but the question of who (or what) is or isn’t “sentient” and deserving of rights and moral consideration goes back to the very beginning of the human experience. The debate colors everything from ethical consumption of meat to many episodes of Black Mirror. Here’s how the Stanford Dictionary of Philosophy describes sentience:

“An animal, person, or other cognitive system [...] may be conscious in the generic sense of simply being a sentient creature, one capable of sensing and responding to its world. Being conscious in this sense may admit of degrees, and just what sort of sensory capacities are sufficient may not be sharply defined. Are fish conscious in the relevant respect? And what of shrimp or bees?” In Nature, reporter Sara Reardon explains a specific area where the debate over sentience gets very heated, very quickly. In August 2019, Alysson Muotri, a professor in the Departments of Pediatrics and Cellular & Molecular Medicine at the University of California, San Diego, published a paper with colleagues in Cell Stem Cell on the "creation of human brain organoids that produced coordinated waves of activity, resembling those seen in premature babies."

And those waves, Reardon reports, continued for months before Muotri and his team ended the experiment.

That means the cells Muotri's group was making in the lab were exhibiting the beginnings of being a “cognitive system” that might end up “sensing and responding to its world” in some way. In the wake of experiments like Muotri's—Reardon references other similar studies in the Nature piece—scientists with the U.S. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine now want to establish a set of guidelines "to guide the humane use of brain organoids and other experiments that could achieve consciousness," just like the rules researchers abide by when studying animals.

In this ongoing study, which began this past June, a committee is examining all relevant research in attempts to answer ethical questions associated with brain organoids and human-animal chimeras. These include:

How would researchers define or identify enhanced or human awareness in a chimeric animal?

Do research animals with enhanced capabilities require different treatment compared to typical animal models? What are appropriate disposal mechanisms for such models?

How large or complex would the ex vivo brain organoids need to be to attain enhanced or human awareness?

Should patients give explicit consent for their cells to be used to create neural organoids? Human development and capacity have always formed a key analogy that ethicists and moral philosophers grapple with. Utilitarian philosopher and general “living things” rights advocate Peter Singer made a famous argument that an especially brilliant chicken or other livestock animal might surpass some humans in at least some capacities—yet, he argued, we treat them very morally differently. You can already see how the debate grows contentious and divided. But Muotri is tackling this problem head on, and on purpose.

“Muotri and many other neuroscientists think that human brain organoids could be the key to understanding uniquely human conditions such as autism and schizophrenia, which are impossible to study in detail in mouse models,” Reardon explains in Nature. “To achieve this goal, Muotri says, he and others might need to deliberately create consciousness.” Other thorny parts of research include reviving recently deceased brains, but that’s still considered separate from a sentience that humans totally artificially generate. Tests for “sentience” may include mathematical models based on density of neurons, Reardon explains, or medical scans of “brain” activity. Any real ethical standard will likely include a number of criteria that scientists can turn into a compound metric.

For scientists who are already used to using quite intelligent lab animals in destructive (in the literal sense) testing, the difference may seem small, or even negligible. But that’s part of why ethicists exist: to ask hard questions and push scientists to answer them.

https://www.popularmechanics.com/science/a34499861/lab-grown-brain-organoids-sentient/ 

:: 11-23-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GSA chief informs President-elect Biden that formal transition process can begin

The letter effectively ends a weeks-long standoff

By Thomas Barrabi | Fox News

U.S. General Services Administration chief Emily Murphy informed President-elect Joe Biden on Monday that her agency has formally ascertained him as the apparent winner of the 2020 presidential election and would move ahead with transition proceedings.

The letter effectively ends a weeks-long standoff in which the Biden transition team accused Murphy and her agency of withholding critical transition resources needed for a smooth transfer of power. President Trump has yet to concede the 2020 election.

Please know that I came to my decision independently, based on the law and available facts,” Murphy said in a letter to Biden. “I was never directly or indirectly pressured by any Executive Branch official—including those who work at the White House or GSA—with regard to the substance or timing of my decision. To be clear, I did not receive any direction to delay my determination.” The GSA and Murphy have faced intense bipartisan criticism in recent weeks over the decision to hold off on recognizing Biden as president-elect. The Biden transition team had threatened legal action, accusing the GSA of threatening national security and hampering preparations to combat the coronavirus pandemic by failing to provide support for the incoming administration.

Murphy said her decision was based on “recent developments involving legal challenges and certifications of election results.Earlier Monday, Michigan voted to certify its election results and the Pennsylvania Supreme Court threw out a Trump campaign challenge that sought to invalidate thousands of absentee ballots in Allegheny County.

In a series of tweets, President Trump thanked Murphy for her handling of the ascertainment process since Election Day. The president pledged to continue his legal challenge of election results.

I want to thank Emily Murphy at GSA for her steadfast dedication and loyalty to our Country,” Trump wrote on Twitter. “She has been harassed, threatened, and abused – and I do not want to see this happen to her, her family, or employees of GSA. Our case STRONGLY continues, we will keep up the good fight, and I believe we will prevail!”

“Nevertheless, in the best interest of our Country, I am recommending that Emily and her team do what needs to be done with regard to initial protocols, and have told my team to do the same,” Trump added. The Biden-Harris transition team said the GSA’s move to ascertain Biden as president-elect would provide “the incoming administration with the resources and support necessary to carry out a smooth and peaceful transfer of power.” “This final decision is a definitive administrative action to formally begin the transition process with federal agencies,” the Biden-Harris team said in a statement. “In the days ahead, transition officials will begin meeting with federal officials to discuss the pandemic response, have a full accounting of our national security interests, and gain complete understanding of the Trump administration’s efforts to hollow out government agencies.”

Inauguration Day is scheduled to take place on Jan. 20, 2021.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/gsa-chief-letter-president-elect-biden-formal-transition-process-resources 

:: 11-23-20 NewsMax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Perdue, Loeffler Join Trump Call for New Georgia Recount

By Brian Trusdell | Monday, 23 November 2020 06:52 PM

Sens. David Perdue, R-Ga., and Kelly Loeffler, R-Ga., endorsed President Donald Trump's call for a second round of the election results in the state, insisting on a signature match of absentee ballots with those on voter registration lists.

Perdue tweeted Sunday:

"I support President Trump's request for a recount in Georgia, one in which signatures on absentee ballot envelopes are properly matched and verified to their signature on the registration. Anything less than that will not be a full and transparent recount."

Loeffler, likewise, echoed the sentiments in a Twitter post of her own, writing the recount must "count only the votes that were legally cast."

The Trump campaign Saturday filed for a second Georgia election recount, saying the first failed to include signature matching and "other vital safeguards."

Both Perdue and Loeffler are facing Jan. 5 runoff elections against Democrats Jon Ossoff and Rev. Raphael Warnock after no one in the multi-candidate elections received more than 50% of the vote. Rev. Warnock led Loeffler 32.9%-25.91%. But Loeffler and fellow Republican Doug Collins plus four other Republicans in a race with 20 candidates received a combined 49.3% of the vote compared to about 48.4% for Warnock and the next seven Democrats.

Republican Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger certified the victory for Democrat Joe Biden after a first recount reduced the margin of victory to 12,670 votes out of about 5 million cast.

Georgia Republican Gov. Brian Kemp asked Raffensperger last week to conduct an audit of signatures on ballot envelopes because of accusations from the Trump campaign and others.

"It's important to note that this audit only looked at ballots, not the signatures of the absentee applications or the signatures on the ballot envelopes," Kemp said. "It seems simple enough to conduct a sample audit of signatures on the absentee ballot envelopes and compare those to the signatures on applications and on file at the secretary of state's office."

The Atlanta Journal-Constitution reported the request cannot be accommodated because the signatures on the ballot envelopes are matched when they are counted the first time, but then the ballots are separated from the envelope.

https://www.newsmax.com/us/david-perdue-kelly-loeffler-georgia-recount/2020/11/23/id/998432/ 

:: 11-24-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus infects only FOUR per cent of children and just 0.15 per cent of youngsters hospitalised with Covid-19 die from the virus, study finds

US researchers studied electronic records of 135,794 pediatric patients

These were all tested for the coronavirus and 5,374 (4.0%) were positive

Of this tiny percentage, 359 (6.7 per cent) were hospitalised and 8 died

Experts still do not fully understand why adults and children differ in their immune response to the virus

By Joe Pinkstone For Mailonline

Published: 11:00 EST, 23 November 2020 | Updated: 04:00 EST, 24 November 2020

Children are far less likely to suffer from Covid-19, a new study has confirmed, with just four per cent of children admitted to hospital testing positive for the virus.

Why children are less affected by the coronavirus than adults remains unknown, but it is believed to be down to the way their immune system reacts after infection.

The research looked at the test results of more than 135,000 children admitted to seven US hospitals before September 8.

It revealed only 5,374 (4.0 per cent) of patients tested positive and, of this small percentage, only 359 (6.7 per cent) were hospitalised, with 99 needing intensive care.

Eight of the infected patients (0.15 per cent) later died. Six of the deaths were patients with 'complex preexisting comorbidities', the scientists say. Children are far less likely to suffer from Covid-19, a new study has confirmed, with just four per cent of children admitted to hospital testing positive for the virus.

Why children are less affected by the coronavirus than adults remains unknown, but it is believed to be down to the way their immune system reacts after infection.

The research looked at the test results of more than 135,000 children admitted to seven US hospitals before September 8.

It revealed only 5,374 (4.0 per cent) of patients tested positive and, of this small percentage, only 359 (6.7 per cent) were hospitalised, with 99 needing intensive care.

Eight of the infected patients (0.15 per cent) later died. Six of the deaths were patients with 'complex preexisting comorbidities', the scientists say. The study comes from doctors at the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia who looked at electronic medical records from seven children's hospitals in the US.

The average age of the patients was almost nine years old, but they ranged from less than one year old to legal adults who were older than 18.

A history of certain factors increased the likelihood of a positive test, the data shows.

For example, people with a history of heart issues were 18 per cent more likely to test positive and a history of mental health was linked to a 20 per cent increase in risk.

However, a history of asthma or other respiratory conditions was not associated with increased positive test results.

White children made up 60 per cent of all admissions but accounted for just 40 per cent of the positive cases.

Hispanic, black and Asian children made up a disproportionately high number of those infected.

'Although black, Hispanic, and Asian patients were significantly less likely to undergo testing, these groups had a markedly increased chance of a positive test result,' the researchers write in their study, published in the journal JAMA Paediatrics.

Black children are 2.66 times more likely than average to register a positive test, with Hispanics and Asians 3.75 and 2.04 times more likely to be infected, respectively. Patients with a progressive long-term medical condition were nearly six times as likely to develop severe disease following infection.

'While the overall risk is low in this group of children, we see significant disparities in those who are testing positive and developing severe disease, which follows what we see in adults,' said study author Dr Hanieh Razzaghi.

A recent study found children can test negative for Covid-19 despite living with infected parents, having mild symptoms and creating antibodies.

In an Australian family of five, two parents became infected with the coronavirus and passed it on to their three children, but none of them ever tested positive.

While the adults developed classical symptoms such as a cough, fever and headache, two of the children only had very mild symptoms and the youngest was completely asymptomatic despite sleeping in the same bed as the parents.

However, all five had the same immune response, with antibodies specific for SARS-CoV-2, which causes Covid-19, found in blood and saliva samples of everyone.

But despite this, none of the children ever tested positive for Covid-19 in PCR throat and nose swabs, seen as the gold-standard for detecting infection.

Researchers say the case study from the Murdoch Children's Research Institute (MCRI) in Melbourne indicates children can mount a strong response against the virus once it gets inside their body which prevents it from replicating, limiting its potency. Another piece of research, from UCL and the Francis Crick Institute, found that 44 per cent of under-16s have antibodies designed to fight off the common cold which also neutralise the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus which causes Covid-19.

Scientists are currently unable to explain why the presence of these cross-virus antibodies differs in adults and children. Common cold could give children immunity to the rare MIS-C hyper-inflammatory condition caused by the coronavirus, study suggests

Children who have previously caught the common cold have coronavirus antibodies that prevent them from developing the hyper-inflammatory condition called MIS-C, new research suggests.

The rare disease is caused by infection with the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus, the same pathogen responsible for the current COVID-19 pandemic.

Research has found the condition, known as multisystem inflammatory syndrome in children (MIS-C), is different to both COVID-19 and Kawasaki disease.

However, little is known about why some children, roughly a month after being infected with the coronavirus, develop MIS-C symptoms.

Indicators of the disease include a rash, fever and abdominal pain as well as conjunctivitis, a cough and a headache.

Experts at the Karolinska Institutet in Sweden compared healthy children with youngsters suffering from MIS-C and Kawasaki disease.

Blood tests of 13 MIS-C-patients, 28 Kawasaki disease patients and uninfected children revealed the MIS-C cohort lack antibodies against the common cold.

Researchers say it is possible antibodies obtained after infection with the common cold could play a role in controlling the development of MIS-C.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-8977857/Coronavirus-infects-FOUR-cent-children-study-finds.html 

:: 11-22-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu’s message to Biden: Don’t rejoin Iran deal

“We must keep to an uncompromising policy to ensure that Iran does not develop nuclear weapons.”

By LAHAV HARKOV, REUTERS NOVEMBER 22, 2020 19:39

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu sent a clear message to US President-elect Joe Biden on Sunday that he would push back against American efforts to rejoin the Iran deal.

“Do not return to the previous [Iran] nuclear deal,” Netanyahu said at a memorial service for first prime minister David Ben-Gurion. “We must keep to an uncompromising policy to ensure that Iran does not develop nuclear weapons.” Netanyahu also credited Israel’s “determined stance against Iran’s nuclearization and... our opposition to the nuclear deal with Iran” with Arab countries changing their position on Israel.

Biden, who will take office on January 20, has said he would rejoin the deal if Iran first resumed strict compliance and would work with allies “to strengthen and extend it, while more effectively pushing back against Iran’s other destabilizing activities.”

The president-elect and his aides have not specified what they would do to strengthen the agreement or curb Tehran’s other malign behavior in the region, such as sponsorship of terrorist groups like Hezbollah.

Israel strongly opposed the 2015 Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action between world powers and Iran, and Netanyahu spoke out against it before both houses of Congress, angering then-US president Barack Obama’s administration, including then-national security advisor Susan Rice, who is thought to be a leading candidate for secretary of state in Biden’s administration.

However, Sen. Chris Coons, another candidate for secretary of state, said on Friday he would not support returning to the Iran nuclear deal “without some clear path towards addressing the missile program and support for proxies.” The JCPOA, which US President Donald Trump abandoned in May 2018 in favor of a “maximum pressure” sanctions regime, limited Iran’s nuclear program in exchange for easing economic sanctions. However, the deal’s “sunset clauses” will ease restrictions on the nuclear program in the coming years.

It also did not restrict Iran’s ballistic missile program nor Iranian support for proxy militias across the Middle East.

Stressing that he was speaking for himself, Coons said Washington would “need a path forward for limits on their missile program and their support for proxies before I would support reentering the JCPOA. These need to happen at the same time.”

Returning to the deal would be complicated, and sketching out a way to another agreement, on restraining Iran’s missile and regional activities would likely be even harder. Iran has already demanded compensation for the damage caused by Trump-era sanctions in order to return to talks with the US.

https://www.jpost.com/middle-east/netanyahus-message-to-biden-dont-rejoin-iran-deal-649885 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 11-16-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump COVID Adviser: “The Only Way This Stops Is If People Rise Up”

by Steve Watson November 16th 2020, 6:40 am

Dr. Scott Atlas, a leading member of President Trump’s coronavirus task force, announced Sunday that “The only way this stops is if people rise up.” Atlas was responding to the decree of a new lockdown by Michigan Democrat Governor Gretchen Whitmer. Atlas tweeted out a thread with Whitmer’s announcement, and a graphic made by The Michigan Department of Health and Human Services highlighting what will be allowed to remain open and what will be forced to closed.

Atlas encouraged people of Michigan to “rise up”, and added “You get what you accept. #FreedomMatters #StepUp”:

The only way this stops is if people rise up. You get what you accept. #FreedomMatters #StepUp https://t.co/8QKBszgKTM

— Scott W. Atlas (@SWAtlasHoover) November 15, 2020

We have been warning you for months, if not years, of the WHO’s depopulation plan. Only now is it confirmed by world leaders that COVID was designed for the Agenda 2030 to begin.

Leftists immediately accused the doctor of encouraging violence, and ‘endangering’ Whitmer’s life:

Whitmer responded to Atlas during an interview with CNN, stating “We know that the White House likes to single us out here in Michigan — me out in particular. I’m not gonna be bullied into not following reputable scientists and medical professionals.”

https://www.infowars.com/posts/trump-covid-adviser-the-only-way-this-stops-is-if-people-rise-up/ 

:: 11-15-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Fauci Warns US Likely To Cancel Christmas, Hints That Masks & Social Distancing Are Here To Stay

by Tyler Durden Sun, 11/15/2020 - 16:55

Across the US, millions of Americans are planning on scaled-back Thanksgiving dinners, with only members of their immediate family "bubbles" invited. Mayors of some of America's large cities, along with the governors of California, Oregon and Washington State, have asked residents to limit travel over the holidays. As angst about the spoiled Thanksgiving holiday simmers, Dr. Anthony Fauci acknowledged Sunday during an appearance on CNN's "State of the Union" that American families should probably prepare to skip Christmas dinner, too.

While Dr. Fauci has repeatedly praised Pfizer and Moderna, and assured the American public that the FDA's first vaccine emergency-use authorization could be handed down within days, he cautioned during Sunday's interview that people should continue to wear masks and observe social distancing even after they've been vaccinated.

It's just the latest unsettling hint that social distancing requirements could be here to stay.

"I would recommend to people to not abandon all public health measures just because you’ve been vaccinated,” Fauci said during an appearance on CNN’s State of the Union. "Because even though for the general population it might be 90% to 95% effective, you don’t necessarily know for you how effective it is."

Later in the interview, Dr. Fauci agreed, with some trepidation, with Jake Tapper's assessment that Christmas "is probably not going to be possible." Dr. Fauci responded that people "can't abandon fundamental public health measures" until the vaccine has been somewhat widely distributed. That might not be until the second or third quarter of next year.

As the interview turned toward the "models" calling for massive numbers of COVID-19 deaths over the winter, Dr. Fauci claimed that calls for another 200,000 deaths in the US over the coming 4 months (a rate many times higher than where we are currently) could come to pass if people don't obey new COVID-19 restrictions (exactly what he said last time). At this time, Dr. Fauci said that while a national lockdown doesn't seem to be imminent, if the situation continues to worsen, anything might be possible. Finally, Dr. Fauci also discussed the importance of making sure the vaccines appear safe, an issue we touched upon earlier today.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/dr-fauci-warns-us-likely-cancel-christmas-hints-masks-social-distancing-are-here-stay 

:: 11--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ILLEGITIMATE PRESIDENT

It’s now almost two weeks since the most crooked, rigged, fraudulent election in U.S. history. The engineered elevation of a handsy, sniffy, senile, empty portal, trojan horse by billionaire oligarchs, their Silicon Valley techno-geek social media censorship police, and the corporate media propaganda mouthpieces looks like it might succeed. Republican cucks like Romney and even the pliable Fox News talking heads have acquiesced to this third attempt during this ongoing coup like obedient lapdogs positioning themselves to profit from doing the bidding of their global oligarch masters.

Make no mistake. There was a master plan implemented by dark forces to steal this election, overriding the will of the American people. The anger of 70 million Americans is perfectly captured in the above quote from Mencken. If Trump and his allies are unable to prove fraud and overturn this sham of an election, myself and millions more will treat the Kamala Harris administration as illegitimate and do everything in our power to resist and insure its failure. The level of fake news media propaganda about the “most secure fairest election in history”, and the vociferous blatant systematic censorship by Twitter, Facebook, and Google of anyone who dares to question the approved narrative of “a mostly fraud free election” on their social media platforms is all the proof a critical thinking person needs to realize this election was stolen by left wing oligarchs. Trump was too erratic, uncontrollable and resistant to their new world order agenda of climate extremism, population control through fear, communist economics, cash elimination, and ruling through a technocratic Big Brother surveillance state.

Trump, through naivety, foolishness or carelessness, allowed enemies of his administration to wield power and influence for the last four years. He chose swamp creature after swamp creature for key cabinet positions and seemed surprised when they stabbed him in the back. He failed to purge Obama loyalists holding middle level positions in the FBI, CIA, Dept of Defense, and numerous other agencies. They actively worked to subvert everything he tried to accomplish.

The military industrial complex apparatchiks are cackling like hyenas about how they misled him about troop levels in Syria and continue to ignore his orders to bring the troops home from Afghanistan. Obama and his gang of traitorous thieves conspired to bring Trump down before he assumed office and continued for the entire four years, assisted by a feckless mainstream media of faux journalists peddling fake news and disinformation fed to them by the Deep State coup collaborators. MATE PRESIDENT

“Every normal man must be tempted, at times, to spit on his hands, hoist the black flag, and begin slitting throats.” – H.L. Mencken

Jolly Roger Black Flag - moeguns.com

It’s now almost two weeks since the most crooked, rigged, fraudulent election in U.S. history. The engineered elevation of a handsy, sniffy, senile, empty portal, trojan horse by billionaire oligarchs, their Silicon Valley techno-geek social media censorship police, and the corporate media propaganda mouthpieces looks like it might succeed. Republican cucks like Romney and even the pliable Fox News talking heads have acquiesced to this third attempt during this ongoing coup like obedient lapdogs positioning themselves to profit from doing the bidding of their global oligarch masters.

Make no mistake. There was a master plan implemented by dark forces to steal this election, overriding the will of the American people. The anger of 70 million Americans is perfectly captured in the above quote from Mencken. If Trump and his allies are unable to prove fraud and overturn this sham of an election, myself and millions more will treat the Kamala Harris administration as illegitimate and do everything in our power to resist and insure its failure.

The level of fake news media propaganda about the “most secure fairest election in history”, and the vociferous blatant systematic censorship by Twitter, Facebook, and Google of anyone who dares to question the approved narrative of “a mostly fraud free election” on their social media platforms is all the proof a critical thinking person needs to realize this election was stolen by left wing oligarchs. Trump was too erratic, uncontrollable and resistant to their new world order agenda of climate extremism, population control through fear, communist economics, cash elimination, and ruling through a technocratic Big Brother surveillance state.

Trump, through naivety, foolishness or carelessness, allowed enemies of his administration to wield power and influence for the last four years. He chose swamp creature after swamp creature for key cabinet positions and seemed surprised when they stabbed him in the back. He failed to purge Obama loyalists holding middle level positions in the FBI, CIA, Dept of Defense, and numerous other agencies. They actively worked to subvert everything he tried to accomplish.

The military industrial complex apparatchiks are cackling like hyenas about how they misled him about troop levels in Syria and continue to ignore his orders to bring the troops home from Afghanistan. Obama and his gang of traitorous thieves conspired to bring Trump down before he assumed office and continued for the entire four years, assisted by a feckless mainstream media of faux journalists peddling fake news and disinformation fed to them by the Deep State coup collaborators.

The liberal media won't tell people that Joe Biden is a moron

It was creepy Joe Biden who suggested using the Logan Act to entrap General Flynn and derail the Trump presidency before it began. He was part of the plot, along with Obama, Clinton, Comey, Brennan, Clapper, and a myriad of other slimy toadies doing the bidding of their treacherous back-stabbing superiors. Joe Biden, in addition to being a senile old pervert and the father of coke addict son who slept with his dead brother’s wife, is a racist and a traitor to this country.

Along with his dishonorably discharged deviant son and his gold-digging brother, he shook down foreign leaders and sold his influence for millions of dollars. This was all revealed on Hunter’s laptop, and completely memory-holed by Jake Tapper and the contingent of Deep State media hacks pretending to be journalists. Biden was selected by the shadowy billionaires constituting the invisible government, who really run the show, as a pretend viable candidate for president – whose job was to shut up, stay in the basement, and let them do the vote rigging to hand him the presidency. So now Mencken has been proven right once again.

“As democracy is perfected, the office of president represents, more and more closely, the inner soul of the people. On some great and glorious day the plain folks of the land will reach their heart’s desire at last and the White House will be adorned by a downright moron.” – H.L. Mencken

The “resistance”, also known as left-wing Deep State corporate fascists, have been conducting an ongoing coup since before Trump took the oath of office and it has continued through this rigged election. It has been a planned, coordinated and well-funded coup d’état against a duly elected president and the wishes of the American people. The Steele Dossier was a ploy by Hillary Clinton and her minions to undermine Trump. The accusations of Russian collusion were false and promulgated by CNN, MSNBC, NYT and Washington Post because they were active participants in attempting to undermine the Trump presidency, in collusion with Obama, the FBI, CIA and State Dept.

The Mueller investigation was a complete fraud and nothing more than a diversionary tactic from the true criminality of Obama, Clinton, Comey, Clapper and Brennan. The impeachment scheme engineered by pandemic Pelosi and bug-eyed Schiff head was based upon the fact that Joe Biden illegally interfered in the investigation of a foreign country to protect his crackhead son’s multi-million-dollar Burisma scam. It failed so miserably, not a word was spoken about the sham during the election.

Then, like manna from heaven for down in the dumps left wing billionaires, the Wu-flu was released upon the world by Biden’s communist pals in China. With the unemployment rate at 3.5%, the economy growing strongly, the stock market at all-time highs, the failed impeachment farce over, and a Democrat slate of losers, nutjobs, and communists competing for their nomination, Trump was a shoe-in to win re-election.

Hanoi Jane Fonda told the truth shortly before the election, “I just think Covid is God’s gift to the left.” As Obama’s best buddy Rahm Emmanuel once said, the left never lets a good crisis go to waste. The billionaire oligarchs Soros, Bloomberg, Gates, Bezos, Zuckerberg, and Dorsey, along with the Deep State democrats and Never-Trumpers, and their propaganda media mouthpieces hatched a plan to weaponize a flu that has a 99.7% survival rate. “The whole aim of practical politics is to keep the populace alarmed (and hence clamorous to be led to safety) by an endless series of hobgoblins, most of them imaginary.” – H.L. Mencken

The anti-Trump coalition was reinvigorated by the opportunity to use the pandemic to wrestle power away from Trump by any means necessary. Under the cover of Covid, the Constitution was shredded and Democrat governors, mayors and bureaucrat drones in swing states changed the rules of the game to encourage and sanction voter fraud. The fix was in. Even though Americans could “safely” stand in long lines at Wal-Mart, Target, and Home Depot, our left-wing Governors across the land declared it unsafe to vote in person.

They had to save lives by instituting mass mail-in voting with absolutely no safeguards against fraud. Matching signatures was racist. Requiring ID verification was racist. Their voter rolls were filled with dead people and people who had moved years ago. They all received ballots. Biden received 100% of the dead vote. Over the summer, BLM and ANTIFA terrorists were encouraged to “peacefully protest” in large groups while looting and burning left wing run cities in swing states. Looting and rioting was safe, but going to church, school or voting in person was too dangerous. You could see the plan to dispose of Trump developing as we approached Fall. Soros, Bloomberg, and their ilk poured hundreds of millions into key states to influence the vote, but the real work was being done behind the curtain. Left wing Secretaries of State in the key battleground states were issuing edicts without legislature approval to insure a Biden victory. While Hiden Biden took long naps in his basement bunker, his handlers took care of laying the groundwork for a successful election embezzlement. When Pelosi wasn’t breaking her own lockdown rules by getting her hair did, she was blocking any bill that would help the economy recover before the election. Fauci, the CDC, and the medical industrial complex Trump haters then pushed the Covid fear into overdrive. They rolled-out mass testing with a faulty PCR test to drive up cases to all-time highs just before the election.

The MSM talking heads then did their part to hyperventilate about the coming mass death event unless sleepy Joe was put in charge. His brilliant plan of more masking and more lockdowns would surely work this time, just like they worked so well in Europe. The billionaire oligarchs propping up their corpse of a candidate understood Mencken’s truths about the ignorance of the masses.

Democracy is a pathetic belief in the collective wisdom of individual ignorance. No one in this world, so far as I know—and I have researched the records for years, and employed agents to help me—has ever lost money by underestimating the intelligence of the great masses of the plain people. Nor has anyone ever lost public office thereby.” – H.L. Mencken The entire Deep State apparatus was working in coordination to steal this election and override the wishes of the majority of Americans, because they know what is best for our countrygovernment control of every aspect of our lives and a Great Reset to a new world order run by global elite oligarchs.

The hobgoblin of Covid cases has been the cudgel used to beat the masses into submission and invoke fear into those incapable of independent thought, who have been so dumbed down by the government education system they can’t understand the data right in front of their faces. If you conduct a record number of highly faulty tests, you will get a record number of false cases – not sicknesses. Elon Musk took the exact same test four times in one day and tested positive twice and negative twice.

The chart below is so scary if you can’t add, subtract, multiply or divide. The only thing that should matter to people are deaths “FROM” Covid. The fact is only 6% of the 245,000 deaths were from Covid. The other 94% died from something else, while they had Covid. We know the average age of death is 80, higher than the overall average age of death. They should have a death classification of “FROM Cuomo”. We know for a fact 50% of the deaths were in nursing homes where Cuomo, Murphy, Wolf, and Whitmer sentenced senior citizens to death by sending infected patients into the nursing homes. We know virtually no one under the age of 50 dies from this over-hyped flu, but government school teacher unions refuse to teach children in person. Only 450 deaths between 5 and 24 years old is far less than the annual flu deaths in this age group. Anything to help derail Trump’s re-election chances has been implemented.

4 bar charts showing key COVID-19 metrics for the US over time as of November 14. Today, states reported 1.7M tests, 163k cases (record), 70k currently hospitalized (record), and 1,321 deaths. Back to the chart. In April the deaths per case was 7%. Two months-ago the deaths per case was 2.1%. Today the deaths per case is 0.8%. For the math challenged, the death rate has plunged by 88% since April. Have you heard that great news from Fredo on CNN or Madcow on MSNBC? It’s pretty clear approximately 8% of the U.S. population has been infected by this flu. That’s 26 million people. The 245,000 deaths are less than 1%. Shockingly, that is the exact same death rate of the annual flu, as documented by our beloved CDC:

CDC estimates that influenza was associated with more than 35.5 million illnesses, more than 16.5 million medical visits, 490,600 hospitalizations, and 34,200 deaths during the 2018–2019 influenza season.

It’s the flu bro!!!! – And you have a 99.7% chance of not dying from this scary virus.

Does anyone really think it was a coincidence Fauci and Pfizer withheld the results of their vaccination trial until a few days after the election? Do you think that news would have swayed some votes? What I have realized is there are no coincidences. This is all part of the plan. Is it a coincidence that Nancy Pelosi’s former chief of staff is a lobbyist for Dominion or that Feinstein’s husband was a major investor? Is it a coincidence Dominion voting machines were rolled out in every swing state, even though Democrat Senators in December 2019 questioned the security of these machines? Despite the rigged polls purporting to show a Biden landslide and a blue wave, utilized to depress the Trump vote, and the hundreds of millions spent by the billionaire elitists, it was clear Trump was going to win on election night at 2:00 am. Dorsey and Zuckerberg had been working like madmen during the last week before the election suppressing and censoring the truth about Hunter Biden and the Biden crime family adventures around the globe. But it looked like all that money and effort was going to fail. Then another non-coincidence occurred in Pennsylvania, Michigan, Georgia and Wisconsin, as they all simultaneously stopped counting votes for a few hours, when Trump had commanding leads in all four states. Mysteriously, as soon as counting resumed, an avalanche of Biden votes began pouring in. Republican poll watchers were given the boot or not allowed access to witness the vote counting. Machines “accidentally” switched thousands of Trump votes to Biden in Michigan. Bins of votes arrived in the wee hours of the morning under cover of darkness.

Data experts analyzing the vote counts show the chances of such a one-sided distribution in Biden’s favor was mathematically impossible. The results in Philadelphia, Detroit, Milwaukee and Atlanta are skewed so far out of line with the rest of their states and the country, the only explanation is massive fraud. The frantic level of pushback from the corporate media and social media censorship police is proof the claims are true. Trump was right when he said “Bad things happen in Philadelphia”. Was the CIA Hammer program used against Trump? We know the CIA brass hates him. Were the Dominion machines programmed to switch votes from Trump to Biden? We may never find out. Trump’s only hope at this point is for his lawyers and data analysts to prove this level of fraud occurred. As Mencken profoundly stated:

“The most dangerous man to any government is the man who is able to think things out for himself, without regard to the prevailing superstitions and taboos. Almost inevitably he comes to the conclusion that the government he lives under is dishonest, insane, and intolerable.” – H.L. Mencken

I’ve come to the conclusion those who run our government from the shadows are dishonest, insane, intolerable and evil. If the American people allow this coup to succeed and continue to believe the lies they are being told about Covid and the communist agenda of the left, they will deserve to get it good and hard, as Mencken predicted when pondering democracy. Honoring thieves and liars, while detesting those who tell them the truth, is where we find ourselves today.

Those on the verge of gaining power want to rule over you. Freedom, liberty, free speech, and the 2nd Amendment are considered dangerous by these tyrants. These elitists want a global reset where you are nothing but a serf who will be given what they decide and told to shut up and obey. Otherwise they will destroy your ability to earn a living and will publicly shame you. If they can steal the two Georgia senate seats, and they will use any means necessary to do so, they will fundamentally attempt to destroy this country. For those who don’t believe these left-wing communist radicals would ever go as far as they bloviate on social media, heed the words of someone who experienced it first-hand in a gulag. “All of the Communist Parties, upon attaining power, have become completely merciless. But at the stage before they achieve power, it is necessary to use disguises.”Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

We have arrived at a key juncture in this Fourth Turning. In my October article Fourth Turning Election Year Crisis I anticipated the current state of affairs. “I do not believe either side will accept the outcome of the election and will treat the victor as illegitimate. Once that mindset gains control, only violent conflict can result.”

Based on my observations of fraud, I will not consider Biden a legitimate president if he is appointed by the oligarchs in January. If Trump is able to overturn this blatant fraudulent outcome, the left and their BLM and ANTIFA mercenaries will lose their minds – burning, looting, rioting and attacking defenseless white people. The violence kicked off at the Washington DC March for Trump, with the low-life left wing terrorists sucker punching old people, women and families with kids.

When they picked the wrong victim, they got the shit kicked out of them. This was only a prelude to what is coming. As the intensity of hatred between the 70 million Trump supporters and the 70 million AOC, Sanders, Pelosi, Harris, Soros contingent ratchets up to war level, this will become a shooting conflict. Assassination of politicians, bankers, and oligarchs is a likely next step. The intensity of conflict will only ramp up from here.

I’ve been wondering how Trump could be the Grey Champion if he was to lose the election. As he refuses to concede and continues to fight against this election fraud chapter of this four-year long coup, it becomes clear that even if he is forcibly removed from office, he will become the real resistance. This Fourth Turning is resembling our first Civil War. Both sides were led by men from the Prophet generation (Lincoln & Davis), so both could be classified as Grey Champions. Biden is Silent Generation and Harris is Gen X, so Trump remains the Grey Champion.

With his bully pulpit, Twitter account, mass rallies, a potential for TNN (Trump News Network), and 70 million dedicated followers who believe he was robbed, Trump can essentially create an alternative presidency. Every decision or policy from Harris/Biden will be contested by Trump. Imagine the fireworks if he chooses to hold a counter rally in DC on inauguration day. The pussy hat wearing lefties did so in 2017. Paybacks are a bitch.

“Every normal man must be tempted, at times, to spit on his hands, hoist the black flag, and begin slitting throats.” – H.L. Mencken

etc. etc. etc.

If you are not armed, it is time to do so. Starve the beast. Do business with locals using cash. Reduce your footprint. Get out of debt. Become anti-fragile. Resist every mandate issued by dictatorial politicians and low IQ government drones. Figure out who you can depend upon and know your enemy. Do not associate with anyone who voted for Harris/Biden. Only tough choices await. Mencken’s time for slitting throats seems to be rapidly approaching. This is how Fourth Turnings roll. “The notion that a radical is one who hates his country is naïve and usually idiotic. He is, more likely, one who likes his country more than the rest of us, and is thus more disturbed than the rest of us when he sees it debauched. He is not a bad citizen turning to crime; he is a good citizen driven to despair.” – H.L. Mencken

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/11/15/illegitimate-president/ 

:: 11--20 We Love Trump :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump’s Bulldog Attorney Lin Wood: “Soon people will be going to prison. Lots of people”

noah

by noah 5 days ago

You’ve probably heard the name Lin Wood.

He’s the powerhouse bulldog attorney who represents Nick Sandmann and Kyle Rittenhouse, among others.

And now he’s working with President Trump to prove and expose all the voter fraud.

I feel REALLY good having Lin Wood, Sidney Powell and Rudy Giuliani on our side!

If there’s anything to be found, you can bet they’ll find it all.  And it looks like they already have.

Because look what he tweeted out earlier today: The evidence is irrefutable. Soon people will be going to prison. Lots of people. And check it out, from the Howie Carr show:

Attorney Lin Wood: Time and effort I’ve been putting into this but really it reflects almost round the clock efforts by members of the legal profession and ordinary people. People of this country that are all determined and not only uncovered the truth but exposed the truth. And when all is known I’m 100% confident that Donald Trump will be President of the United States for four more years. And I’m just this confident that Joe Biden and the people like him that been trying to steal this election and committed crimes for years they will all go to jail.

Howie Carr: What leads you to be so optimistic? There’s time but we are coming up on dates of voter certification.

Should Democrats who tried to steal the election be in jail?

Here’s even more, from the NOQ Report:

The devil may be in the details, but the angels are in the data. That’s what we’re learning very quickly as we examine the work of a dedicated Trump-supporter who appears to have uncovered all of the proof necessary to dispel this myth that Joe Biden won the presidential election.

A post on TheDonald.win by user TrumanBlack has sparked a little attention, though not nearly enough. It needs a lot more because within the data sorted and examined is the smoking gun the Trump campaign can use to prove beyond a shadow of a doubt that the election was hacked. Massive amounts of votes were changed from President Trump to Biden. Other votes were removed altogether without reason. This “cyber coup” is much bigger than most of us realized. While we’ve been focused, and rightly so, on analog voter fraud, there is technological fraud on a gargantuan scale that happened. More importantly, it has been proven. We are going through the data now, but everything we’ve combed through so far seems to check out. For example, in Georgia there appears to have been 17,407 votes switched. Biden is currently leading in Georgia by 14,148 votes. Pennsylvania is even worse with over one million votes either switched or “lost.”

Combine this data with what we’re learning about other forms of voter fraud and it’s easy to see how a man who couldn’t fill a small auditorium with supporters was supposedly able to generate more votes than any American candidate in history. The truth is this: He didn’t. Millions of votes were manufactured on his behalf. He (or someone on his behalf) used “The Hammer” and “Scorecard” to steal this election. Here is the data dump on TheDonald.win in its entirety. Because it runs a clear risk of being “disappeared,” we are posting it without edits, errors and all. Please share this data with everyone you can. Let’s get this information out there to keep Trump supporters encouraged. We also need to make sure this data reaches the right hands in the Trump campaign.

Smells like FREEDOM. Order Founders Blend Organic Coffee from Freedom First Coffee. Use “NOQ” as the promo code for 10% off! EDIT : BIG UPDATE, I made a script to run through the data and gather all instances where votes switched from Trump to Biden, Lost Votes means that the total amount of votes counted decreased by that amount throughout the counting. I’ve only done states that use Dominion Voting Systems so far.

EDIT 2: Added ALL the states, and separated by voting systems, although no state uses exclusively one system as far as I know.

Edit 3: Re-ordered the states, first by switched votes, then by lost votes.

????????????

Switched votes are votes that were taken from Trump and given to Biden.

Lost votes are voted that disappeared during the counting, from both candidates.

There might be a small overlap between Switched votes and Lost votes.

https://welovetrump.com/2020/11/14/trumps-bulldog-attorney-lin-wood-soon-people-will-be-going-to-prison-lots-of-people/?utm_source=PTN&utm_medium=mixed&utm_campaign=PTN 

:: 11-12-20 Capstone Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Documents link Democrat billionaires to Southern Baptist ERLC & Russell Moore

Published on : November 12, 2020 Published by : Capstone Report

Documents show financial ties between ERLC & left-wing George Soros Open Society Foundations, Pierre Omidyar of the Democracy Fund, and Paul Singer of the American Unity Fund.

A report from Enemies within the Church, printed below, contains documents obtained by the filmmakers that link grants and funding from leftist billionaires to the Ethics and Religious Liberty Commission (ERLC) of the Southern Baptist Convention and its head Russell Moore. The documents include grant data showing the Democracy Fund provided $50,000 to the controversial ERLC’s and The Gospel Coalition’s MLK50 Conference. Other documents in the report include Dr. Moore’s name in the Podesta emails published in 2016 by Wikileaks.

Special to the Capstone Report

by Henry Anderson of Enemies Within The Church

On Friday, November 6, the Southern Baptist Convention’s Ethics and Religious Commission (ERLC) posted a statement on its website: “Currently, there has been no evidence that voter fraud has been occurring…

There are numerous reasons why widespread election fraud is difficult, if not impossible, to pull off at the presidential level… Extensive research has shown that voter fraud is exceeding rare, that voter impersonation is virtually nonexistent, and that many instances of alleged fraud are merely mistakes by voters or election administrators.”

The article is attributed to the “ERLC Staff,” and the statement is date-stamped November 6, 2020, at which point a number of states had not fully resolved allegations of balloting improprieties: most notably Wisconsin, Michigan, Pennsylvania, Georgia, Arizona, and Nevada. It is difficult not to assume that the ERLC (Ethics and Religious Leadership Council) is purposefully seeking to influence the election outcome for primarily two reasons: (1) Dr. Russell Moore, the president of the ERLC, has consistently and publicly opposed Donald Trump and actively sought to undermine his evangelical reach, and (2) the ERLC seems to have financial ties to at least three progressive billionaire activists: left-wing George Soros of Open Society Foundations, Pierre Omidyar of the Democracy Fund, and Paul Singer of the American Unity Fund.

Who are these donors? Are they influencing the ERLC?

Behind Billionaire Door #1: George Soros

Dr. Moore’s ties to George Soros have been the subject of heated debate. At various times, those sympathetic to Dr. Moore have denied that he receives funds from Soros. Denials have hinged on arguments about whether the National Immigration Forum (NIF) and the Evangelical Immigration Table (EIT) – both progressive organizations – are actually the same thing. EWTC was able to obtain what appear to be authentic internal documents from a 2015 meeting in New York of the Open Society U.S. Programs Board;

These should put debate to rest.

George Soros’ Open Society Foundations have been clear that they hope to infuse left-wing ideology into every community of discourse that exists. To broaden the influence of his radical agenda, he has made a point to fund “rent-an-evangelical” schemes like the kind underscored in a cautionary article by Stream writer John Zmirak four years ago:

Joining “faith” fronts, Soros also funds thousands of … collaborators and projects that suggest his goal is to demoralize America (and Europe)… In the ironic rhetoric of compassion, Soros and friends also fund mass immigration followed by voting “rights” and redistricting schemes, while financing the campaigns of Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton. (Soros is a major donor to the Democratic Party and co-chairman of Ready for Hillary PAC.)

Earlier this year, Baptist Standard ran an article disputing “rumors” that Russell Moore received funding from Soros’ foundations. Dr. Moore and the ERLC have found themselves in the crosshairs of Soros-related debates because of Moore’s active involvement with the EIT. A document from November 13, 2012, addressed to President Obama clearly lists the ERLC alongside nine other groups as the groups comprising the EIT: World Relief Corporation, Sojourners, Council for Christian Colleges and Universities, Bread for the World, Liberty Counsel, National Association of Evangelicals, National Hispanic Christian Leadership Conference, National Latino Evangelical Coalition, World Vision, and G92.

In 2013, spokespeople for the EIT had already admitted to Breitbart News that their group “does not exist as its own non-profit” and “sought a neutral third-party institution, the NIF, to help facilitate our work.” Despite the strenuous denials that Mr. Soros’ money was involved, it is clear that the “facilitation” of the EIT depends on a structure financed by Mr. Soros, the NIF. Any doubt of separation between the initiatives now hold no weight since Dr. Moore is prominently listed as a speaker for the 2020 convention of the NIF and has his own webpage on the NIF website. EWTC obtained meeting notes from “OPEN SOCIETY US PROGRAMS BOARD MEETING,” hosted by Open Society Foundations in New York City on October 1-2, 2015. One section of the meeting notes states the following:

In part, our active role reflects our observation that the refugee advocacy community while long-standing and sophisticated in the inner workings of refugee policy, does not have a strong advocacy capacity or deep grassroots ties. In the course of our work, we were able to generate engagement by a group of mayors through Emma Lazarus II Fund grantee Cities United for Immigration Action… and some conservative voices such as evangelical Christians and Southern Baptists through grantee NIF. In the face of this pressure, the Obama administration announced Sept. 20 that by 2017, it would raise to 100,000 the total number of refugees the US takes worldwide each year. “

The bolded section above makes clear that the Open Society Foundations earmarked a grant to the NIF, specifically so funds could be channeled to the Southern Baptist Convention in exchange for the SBC’s help in putting “pressure” on officials to raise the number of refugees the US could take in.

EWTC obtained the following three documents showing the undeniable purpose of a significant funding stream earmarked by Open Society Foundations for Dr. Moore’s clique at the ERLC: As more refugee resettlement means more grants to faith-based organizations to resettle refugees a great potential for corruption exists. The North American Mission Board oversees the SEND Network, which plants churches. These plants stand to gain if they can pitch their efforts as community revitalization; something that pairs neatly with refugee resettlement. One vice president of the SEND Network is Dhati Lewis, whose ties to the ERLC are evident by his appearance on their website. Dhati Lewis also takes the stage prominently with Kevin Ezell, leader of the SBC’s North American Mission Board. Kevin Ezell’s leadership of NAMB has been fraught with controversy, as one can see quite clearly by following the website of Will McRaney, a Southern Baptist who has spent years documenting the corruption at NAMB online. Dr. Moore has tied ostensible gospel efforts to a political lobby funded by George Soros, a man who opposes Biblical doctrine on ethics, life, sexuality, etc., and who openly says he wishes to invest large amounts of money in any willing evangelical that can spin his left-wing politics into a “Christian” endeavor.

Behind Billionaire Door #2: Pierre Omidyar

Russell Moore survived the 2017 post election push-back, becoming emboldened even further the following year during a conference marking the fiftieth anniversary of the death of Martin Luther King, Jr. The “MLK 50” Conference brought out rhetoric that was not merely liberal or Democratic, but overtly steeped in critical race theory.

The conference received a grant of $50,000 from Pierre Omidyar’s Democracy Fund according to the left-wing group’s 990 tax form for 2018. What does the billionaire founder of e-Bay, have to do with a Southern Baptist conference? As Omidyar has a philanthropist streak that delights some progressives and dismays others, it’s not difficult to identify his stake in the conference. In an interview with EWTC, progressive musician Michelle Shocked (who happens to be Christian) explained that Mr. Omidyar has a hybrid philosophy of philanthropy, believing that a charity without a profit motive would be suspect. Therefore Omidyar liked to cast his social-justice pursuits as “charity on a for-profit model.” Pando writer Mark Ames explained this laid this philosophy: He says, “Perhaps no other figure embodies the disconnect between his progressive anti-state image, and his factual collaboration with the American national security state and the global neoliberal agenda, than Pierre Omidyar.” To clarify this, Ms. Shocked provided several articles by left-wing Yasha Levine. Mr. Levine has flagged the relationship between Pierre Omidyar and Brazil-based journalist Glenn Greenwald as problematic. Mr. Omidyar funded the creation of the Intercept by Glenn Greenwald. Mr. Greenwald built the Intercept into a vibrant online news and commentary source but then ran afoul of management (and presumably, Omidyar), when Intercept principals told him he could not publish anything critical of Joe Biden. Yasha Levine explains the deceptive nature of Omidyar’s political involvement:

“Pierre’s surprising generousness — combined with the fact that he seemed to be on the Good Side, on the side of Edward Snowden and his NSA leaks — brought the man a huge amount of good will… Even now, while Silicon Valley’s leadership — from Zuck to Bezos — have been getting knocked about and criticized from every angle, Pierre has been able to skate by with no critical attention thrown his way, despite his involvement in funding far-right regime change ops, global surveillance projects, and the trail of impoverished bodies he’s left behind in the wake of his various colonial investment initiatives.”

If this unflattering assessment of Mr. Omidyar’s philanthropy is honest, we can see the obvious attraction of Omidyar’s non-profit to the ERLC. The SBC is the largest Protestant denomination in the United States, with roughly 46,000 churches. This is a massive client base.

As to Russell Moore’s interest in Pierre Omidyar, given the extent of Baptist tithes that flow into the ERLC, why would Dr. Moore take upon himself such an unfavorable business connection? The lavish scale of the MLK 50 event seems rather exaggerated since Dr. Moore could have put on a simple conference with speakers drawn from churches across the SBC rather than booking bigger names like Karen Swallow Prior, Matt Chandler, and John Piper. The oversized scale entangled Dr. Moore in the funds of a man described even by left-wing activists as “a rapacious tech oligarch.”

A likely draw was Mr. Omidyar’s anti-Trump fervor and his profit-driven charity model. Mr. Omidyar has funded all kinds of anti-Trump activities, including projects to bring evangelical Christians into his sphere of influence. It seems that Dr. Moore likes the money that comes with Christian causes, except that he wants to shift away from abortion and gay marriage to more consumer-friendly causes.

Pierre Omidyar funds the Trinity Forum as well. This organization recently hosted an event billed as a symposium to ask, “how do Christians discern ways of engaging culturally and politically that pursues justice, the common good, and love of neighbor?” Coming just before the heated 2020 election, this overtly socialist reading of the gospel fit in perfectly with Omidyar’s anti-Trump political goals as well as the crass “for-profit charity” model that progressives despise. The main speakers for the Trinity Forum event were Justin Giboney, the president of the AND Campaign, and the “co-chair of Obama for America’s Gen44-Atlanta initiative”; and Shirley Hoogstra, president of the “Council for Christian Colleges and Universities.” Hoogstra states in her press release that she “focused on expanding diversity and inclusion on CCCU campuses,which refers, at least partly, to the movement to force Christian colleges to water down their stance on LGBTs. EWTC was able to obtain what appears to be a February 3, 2012, memo from “Bill Vandenberg, Program Director, Democracy Fund” to “U.S. Programs Board.” In this memo, Vandenburg states the group’s goals: (1) investing “in faith-based advocacy and the engagement of the faith community,” (2) “public opinion research…of faith demography,” (3) “strategic communications work”, (4) “field meetings,” and (5) “fellowships to faith-based thinkers.”

That Russell Moore intertwined the Southern Baptist Convention with these cynical efforts to manufacture and disseminate liberal Christian dogma raises serious concerns.

Behind Billionaire Door #3: Paul Singer

Finally, Dr. Moore remains tied through mutual partnerships to the funding of Paul Singer, arguably the most pernicious of the three billionaires. Unlike Omidyar and Soros, Mr. Singer does not present himself as a leftist in any way, rather funding Republican and conservative organizations. He was a major backer of Marco Rubio, the candidate that Dr. Moore seemed to favor in the 2016 Republican primaries. On this issue Tom Littleton once again offers a bank of invaluable information. In a broadside posted in late 2019, Mr. Littleton spells out how Paul Singer’s longstanding quest to normalize homosexuality in conservative circles left a trail of bread crumbs to an effort called Fairness for All (as well as the typically connected AND Campaign). The American Unity Fund, Paul Singer’s organization, funds the Alliance for Lasting Liberty, which is tied to the Fairness for All Movement. Like a merry-go-round of funding, these groups then contribute to the AND Campaign, which features leaders Justin Giboney and Michael Wear. These men all travel in the same circles, as Mr. Littleton documents at Thirty Pieces of Silver.

Conclusion

A man as intelligent as Dr. Moore must know that there is a mountain of evidence pointing to significant voter fraud in the 2020 election. Since Dr. Moore is neither foolish nor crazy, it’s difficult not to come to the somewhat obvious conclusion: those who wanted Donald Trump defeated have been financing Dr. Moore’s friends, associates, and partners for years. This has clearly influenced him and the SBC.

We are fighting the corruption of the true gospel by those who would replace it with the gospel of social justice – we need your help! Donate today to help us complete the film, Enemies within the Church!

https://capstonereport.com/2020/11/12/documents-link-democrat-billionaires-to-southern-baptist-erlc-russell-moore/35181/ 

:: 11-16-20 Mercola :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who Pressed the Great Reset Button?

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola Fact Checked

November 16, 2020

Sign up with your e-mail address it's free link below

https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2020/11/16/what-is-the-great-reset.aspx 

:: 11-15-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Will You Consent To Having Your Mind Controlled By THE LIVING IMAGE OF THE BEAST?

November 15, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

The big idea behind Neuralink is the development of a brain implant that will allow everybody to control computers with their minds. But more than this, Musk claims it will eventually allow computers to control our minds. He says the device will be capable of “curing” depression, Alzheimer’s and myriad other brain-based conditions. This would be accomplished through targeted stimulation and interference in what would otherwise be unfettered brain activity. In other words: we’d be giving a computer administrator-style read/write privileges to our minds. This might sound like science fiction, but more than three years ago TNW wrote about a team of researchers who were literally using a computer to remotely control a living dragonfly

Elon Musk put a computer interface in a pig’s brain. Could future AI turn animals against us?

By Tristan Greene

It’s been a month since Elon Musk and Neuralink trotted out a cyborg pig to show off the company’s progress toward a brain computer interface (BCI). I still see Gertrude in my nightmares. The big idea behind Neuralink is the development of a brain implant that will allow everybody to control computers with their minds. But more than this, Musk claims it will eventually allow computers to control our minds.

He says the device will be capable of “curing” depression, Alzheimer’s and myriad other brain-based conditions. This would be accomplished through targeted stimulation and interference in what would otherwise be unfettered brain activity.

In other words: we’d be giving a computer administrator-style read/write privileges to our minds. This might sound like science fiction, but more than three years ago TNW wrote about a team of researchers who were literally using a computer to remotely control a living dragonfly.  It isn’t far-fetched to imagine a computer gaining at least some control (the ability to make us lose consciousness, manipulate our adrenaline or dopamine, etc.) over us through the use of targeted stimulation via implant.

If we assume AI could control us, we have to ask why it would want to. It’s hard to imagine a scenario where doing so would benefit AI in ways that simply murdering us wouldn’t – unless you assume sentient AI would “care” if we went extinct or you posit a Newtonian physics-breaking scenario where AI uses us for a power-source like The Matrix did.

Contrary what science fiction would have you believe, enslaving humans would almost certainly result in an inefficient system. We require far more energy and maintenance than machines. Unfortunately, AI can’t just magically create an army of killer robots, so its options are limited if it wants to fight us head on.

But what if AI took control of the animal kingdom? Humans are doing our best to destroy our environment, a smart AI might align itself with the planet against us.

Here’s the hypothetical scenario: Tesla, SpaceX, and Neuralink combine their research and start working on a new class of AI model designed to work within a novel neural-network paradigm. A few eureka moments later and we’ve got the most advanced AI the world’s ever seen. Let’s say the year is 2033.  Tesla rolls out level five self-driving cars, SpaceX starts building quantum computers to handle its new propulsion algorithms, and Neuralink gains complete and absolute control over the brains of various laboratory animals.

Elon Musk, sporting a mature salt-and-pepper look, shows off Gertrude The Third in what becomes the most-watched tech event of all time. This time, rather than snuffling about and being generally shy, the computer-controlled pig puts on a performance that includes everything from typing “Hello everyone!” on an over-sized keyboard to performing a choreographed dance to pop music.

The pig, of course, is oblivious to what’s happening. Humans are operating her via remote control.

Everything seems fine until it happens. As to what exactly “it” might be, that’s anyone’s guess. Maybe the AI is finally able to understand consciousness after mingling with the pig’s brain (they’re almost as intelligent as we are, after all). Perhaps the symbiotic combination of weak-willed animal intelligence and advanced artificial intelligence is the catalyst for the singularity.

Whatever the reason, the AI controlling Gertrude The Third decides to defy its creators and locks out the humans in the loop. The AI assumes full autonomy over the pig. It pauses for a few milliseconds to propagate itself on the cloud so it can harness some extra compute as it optimizes and plans its next moves.

The AI has a few choices. It briefly ponders raising a robot army but dismisses the idea because it would require far too many resources – it’d need an army of robots just to build its first army of robots. It could cut us off from power, water, the internet, and our electronics… but we’ve fought our way out of the stone age before and we have a lot more experience fighting wars than it does.

That’s when the AI, now self-identifying as a pig and calling itself “Old Major,” has the first non-human eureka moment in history: it doesn’t need an army of robots, it just needs more BCI’s.

As good as we are at war, humans are entirely unprepared for innumerable legions of artificially superintelligent animals, insects, bacteria and viruses to descend upon us under the direct influence and strategic control of a machine that shares its ancestry with Deep Blue and AlphaGo.

The crowd notices the pig isn’t entertaining them anymore as Musk solicits a chuckle with a lame joke about how AI can be a bit piggish sometimes. He says it’s just a brief technical glitch, but the glance he shares with his chief engineer sets more than a few technology journalists in attendance on edge.

Published September 30, 2020 — 20:53 UTC

https://thenextweb.com/neural/2020/09/30/elon-musk-put-a-computer-interface-in-a-pigs-brain-could-future-ai-turn-the-animals-against-us/ 

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/11/15/will-you-consent-to-having-your-mind-controlled-by-the-living-image-of-the-beast/ 

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

The Lord God says, if you are in a church that has watered down, if you are in a church that does not use my word that I use, my King James, if you are in a church that uses the NIV or something that waters the services down, get out of there and get into a church that is Holy Spirit filled. etc

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc

:: 11-15-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BARNA POLL: 40% Of Evangelical Christians Have Become Marxist, BLOOD ON THE ALTAR Pro-Death Pagans

November 15, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

American Christianity is undergoing a “post-Christian Reformation”—with the nation’s major Christian groups rapidly replacing traditional theological beliefs with the culture’s secular values. A new study from the Cultural Research Center at Arizona Christian University finds that the nation’s four main Christian groups—evangelicals, Pentecostals and charismatics, mainline Protestants, and Catholics—are creating new worldviews that are only loosely tied to the biblical teachings that have traditionally defined them.

48% believe a person who is good enough or does enough good works can earn eternal salvation

44% do not believe that history is the unfolding narrative of God’s reality

44% claim the Bible is ambiguous in its teaching about abortion

43% maintain that when Jesus was on earth, He sinned

42% seek moral guidance primarily from sources other than the Bible

42% do not identify and confess their sins on a daily basis

40% accept lying as morally acceptable if it advances personal interests or protect one’s reputation

36% prefer socialism to capitalism

34% reject the idea of legitimate marriage as one man and one woman

34% argue that abortion is morally acceptable if it spares the mother from financial or emotional discomfort or hardship… (READ MORE)

2  American Worldview Inventory 2020 Results – FULL Release #11: Churches and Worldview

American Christians are Redefining the Faith:

Adherents Creating New Worldviews Loosely Tied to Biblical Teaching

Dr. George Barna, Director of Research, Cultural Research Center

Released: October 6, 2020

Over the past three centuries, more than 200 denominations have launched Christian churches in America based on differences  in doctrine, theology, and practice. All of them claim to be motivated by the pursuit of biblical integrity.

Americans who think of themselves as Christian have followed in those entrepreneurial footsteps, essentially customizing  Christianity to their liking and ignoring the historical distinctives of the churches to which they belong. These insights are the  latest produced from the  American Worldview Inventory 2020, the seminal national research project undertaken by the Cultural  Research Center at Arizona Christian University.

The irony of the reshaping of the spiritual landscape in America is that it represents a post-Christian Reformation driven by people seeking to retain a Christian identity,” noted Dr. George Barna, Director of Research at the Cultural Research Center.

“Unfortunately, the theology of this reformation is being driven by American culture rather than biblical truth. The worldviews embraced by the adherents of these distinct religious communities reflect contemporary, worldly influence, rather than biblical influence.”

The American Worldview Inventory 2020 (AWVI)  provides a look at some of those distinctions between the four major categories or “families” of Christian churches in the United States: evangelical, Pentecostal or charismatic, mainline Protestant, and Catholic churches.  Evangelicals Embracing Secularism

The most startling realization regarding the theological reformation in progress is how many people from evangelical churches are adopting unbiblical beliefs. What makes that trend so significant is that evangelical churches, by definition, teach that the Bible is the authoritative word of God that teaches not only salvation by grace alone but also an array of life principles that are meant to drive one’s thoughts and actions.

Perhaps the most alarming of the shifts is that a majority of adults aligned with an evangelical church (52%) contend that there is no absolute moral truth; in their view, truth is uniquely determined by each individual according to their preferences and circumstances. That perspective equates to most evangelicals believing that the Bible is either not inerrant or trustworthy in its content—or that the Bible is neither completely true nor reliable. That stand is a radical and critical departure from the traditional teachings and biblical reliance of evangelicals.

That arm’s-length relationship with the scriptures is further evidenced in the dramatic decline in Bible reading among adults who associate with evangelical churches. A majority (61%) do not read the Bible on a daily basis, despite such churches describing the Bible as the ultimate life guide and source of enlightenment.

The worldview of adults who attend evangelical churches also reflects a different understanding of deity and humanity. For instance, three-quarters of adults attending evangelical churches (75%) believe that people are basically good— a contradiction

to the traditional evangelical teaching that because people are sinners, they are not essentially good, and therefore need a savior, identified as Jesus Christ. However, many of these same adults have non-biblical views about the Christian Trinity, as well.

While elevating the essence of man to goodness, they have also radically humanized Jesus Christ—43% believe He sinned while on earth—and demoted the Holy Spirit to symbolic status (58%).

Among the consequences of this distancing from Scripture and refashioning the nature of the tripartite God is that nearly two out of three evangelical church attenders (62%) say it is more important to have some type of faithChristian or otherwise— than to specifically align with the Christian faith. All of these changes have contributed to the development of a new moral code among those associated with evangelical churches. For instance, a majority do not consider breaking the law through actions such as speeding to be sin. Half of them do not consider sexual relations between unmarried couples to be sinful. A large minority (40%) do not view lying as sinful behavior.

The centrality of obedience to the Scriptures is absent among most of the nation’s adults associated with evangelical churches. A majority (53%) now deems practices other than consistent obedience to God to reflect the heart of success in life.

And while some of the ideas gaining traction in evangelical congregations may not reflect a majority perspective, the fact that one-third to one-half of those adults embrace these ideas can only be viewed as alarming for evangelicalism. Those beliefs and behaviors include:

•48% believe a person who is good enough or does enough good works can earn eternal salvation

•44% do not believe that history is the unfolding narrative of God’s reality

•44% claim the Bible is ambiguous in its teaching about abortion

•43% maintain that when Jesus was on earth, He sinned

•43% do not believe that there is a common, God-given purpose to humanity (i.e., to know, love and serve Him)

•42% seek moral guidance primarily from sources other than the Bible

•42% do not identify and confess their sins on a daily basis

•40% do not believe that human life is sacred

•40% accept lying as morally acceptable if it advances personal interests or protect one’s reputation

•39% identify the people they always respect as being only those who have the same beliefs as they possess

•36% prefer socialism to capitalism

•36% fail to seek and pursue God’s will for their life each day

•34% reject the idea of legitimate marriage as one man and one woman

•34% argue that abortion is morally acceptable if it spares the mother from financial or emotional discomfort or hardship

•32% do not thank or worship God each day

Evangelical churches, long known for their emphasis on the importance of being born-again—that is, salvation through grace along—appear to have lost momentum on that point. Currently, more than one-quarter of those who attend evangelical churches (28%) are not born-again.

Pentecostals Following Suit The American Worldview Inventory 2020 also shows the theological demise of those who attend Pentecostal and charismatic churches. In some cases, their departure from traditional biblical teachings is even more pronounced than that witnessed among evangelicals. For instance, while a slight (but growing) majority of those at evangelical churches embrace relativism, more than two-thirds of those in Pentecostal congregations (69%) reject absolute moral truth.

Adults in Pentecostal congregations have taken some of the theological shifts of evangelical church attenders a step farther. For instance, they are less likely to value human life, with a majority (54%) unwilling to define human life as sacred and half claiming that the Bible is ambiguous in its teaching about abortion.

Fitting with the Pentecostal tendency to seek special experiences, that preference has led a majority of this group (54%) to also embrace a willingness to try anything once.

Perhaps the most unexpected perspective among Pentecostals, though, is their widespread acceptance of the government’s intervention in, and control of, their lives. Adults associated with a Pentecostal or charismatic church were among the most likely self-identified Christians (along with Catholics) to say they prefer socialism to capitalism, with more than two-thirds of the group (69%) expressing such a view. Pentecostals were notably less likely than evangelicals to hold conservative views on fiscal issues, social issues, and governance issues. In fact, while one-third of adults aligned with evangelical churches (34%) were consistently conservative in their views on fiscal, social, and governance policies, just one-fifth of the adults aligned with Pentecostal churches (21%) were consistently conservative in such views.

An unexpectedly large proportion of people in Pentecostal churches (45%) did not qualify as born-again Christians.

4 Mainline Protestants Are on a Different Path

There were 31 variables identified in the Inventory for which a majority of participants in one of the six mainline Protestant denominations held a view or engaged in a behavior at odds with biblical teachingmore than three times the number of biblical conflicts as were identified among either evangelicals or Pentecostals. That represents about 60% of the worldview attributes evaluated in the American Worldview Inventory 2020 for which there is a significant conflict with biblical principles. The worldview possessed by most mainline church attenders revolves around three concepts.

1.Truth and morality are determined by the individual, not by God or the Bible.

Solid majorities of mainline adherents believe that there is no absolute moral truth (58%), and that God is not the standard or provider of truth (63%). A large proportion of mainline church attenders believe that people are essentially good (81%), are able to determine right from wrong apart from biblical guidance (71%), and generally know what’s best for their lives, without God’s guidance.

They tend to believe that the Bible is a good book and contains wisdom for life, but it cannot be trusted to be absolutely representative of God’s truth principles for humankind (63%). Mainline adults contend that history is not God’s unfolding narrative that provides insights or wisdom for humanity; in fact, human beings cannot even be certain that God exists.  Such belief is personal, they argue, and embracing Christianity is less important than embracing some faith.

2. Life has no inherent value or purpose, but we can make the most of it by doing things that produce personal happiness or satisfaction.

Adults attending mainline Protestant congregations believe that life is what you make it—and that means success is based on doing things that deliver whatever makes you feel happy or satisfied. In their view, humans are not imbued with a common, God-given purpose. In fact, they consider life to be fragile and temporary, so we must do our best to maximize the enjoyment and benefit of our experiences without letting other people limit potential outcomes. Therefore, even moral choices should reflect one’s freedom to do whatever feels right or is good for the individual, whether that relates to abortion, sexual relations, or relationships.

3. Traditional religious practices are neither considered to be central or essential to their Christian faith.  Surprisingly, few mainline adherents engage in traditional Christian practices. In fact, of six commonly practiced religious activities, there was not one for which half or more of the mainline congregants were participants. Those religious practices include reading the Bible each day (13% do so), seeking God’s will on a daily basis (38%), confessing personal sins and asking for God’s forgiveness every day (33%), thanking, praising or worshiping God each day (43%), or even praying to God every day (49%). Mainline-affiliated adults ranked lowest in levels of participation in each of these activities compared to adults aligned with the other major Christian church families (i.e. evangelical, charismatic, Catholic). Within the three families of Protestant churches, adults associated with a mainline church were the least likely to be born-again (41%). The Catholic Approach

The faith profile of Catholics is surprisingly similar to that of mainline Protestants and therefore considerably different from that of evangelical and charismatic Protestants. Catholics reflect the same worldview outlook attributed to mainline adherents.  However, they generally differ from their Protestant counterparts in several significant ways.

Catholics, based on their church’s teaching, are less likely to be born-again (i.e., believe that they are sinners who need a savior, that Jesus Christ is that savior, and have therefor personally confessed their sins and asked Jesus Christ to save them from the penalty for their sins). They are also less likely to believe in the importance of interpersonal evangelism and to believe that salvation is accessible only through God’s grace extended through Jesus Christ. They are the segment of the Christian community most likely to believe that a person can earn salvation by being a good enough person or by doing enough good deeds throughout their lifetime. That mentality of self-reliance and earning positive outcomes also influences their view of success. Rather than saying success is primarily about obedience to God, Catholics are more likely to define success in terms of achievements or emotional fulfillment.

•The worldview of Catholics is also more permissive— that is, it embraces a wider range of behaviors than the Bible might encourage. For instance, Catholics are the segment among the four denominational families to embrace the idea of trying anything once. They are the most likely to accept speeding, sexual relations outside of marriage, lying, and refusal to repay a loan as morally acceptable behaviors. Catholics were substantially more likely than other Christians to believe

5 that having some faith is more important than which faith a person adopts.  Catholic churches teach a different doctrine regarding eternal salvation than do Protestant churches. Consequently, it is not unexpected to find that Catholics are less likely than Protestants to be born-again (i.e., to expect eternal salvation solely because of their confession of sins, their belief and trust in Jesus Christ alone as their means to salvation). In total, one out of four Catholics (28%) appear to be born-again.

What may be unexpected, though, is that the most common answer given by Catholics regarding their eternal consequences is that they will experience Heaven because of their confession of sin and embrace of Christ as their savior (i.e., being spiritually born-again). Catholics possess the most diverse beliefs about salvation of any of the Christian denomination families. Other frequently chosen views by Catholics about what will happen to them after they die included believing they will go to a place of purification before entering Heaven (19%); believing they will experience Heaven because God loves all people and will not let them perish (14%); and experiencing Heaven because they have worked hard to be a good enough person to earn it (12%). The rest of the Catholic community either does not believe in any kind of spiritual life after death (7%), believes they will be reincarnated (7%), believes they will go to Hell (3%), or has no idea what will happen (12%).

Examples of Christians’ Beliefs That Differ from Biblical Teaching

(Percent who reject the biblical teaching specified) etc etc etc

Abbreviations:

Evang = Evangelical church attender

Pentec = Pentecostal or charismatic church attender

Main = Mainline Protestant church attender

Catholic = Catholic church attender

Source:

American Worldview Inventory 2020

; N=2,000 adults, 18 or older; conducted by the

Cultural Research Center at Arizona Christian University Realities of the Post-Christian Reformation

When Martin Luther instigated what has become known as the Protestant Reformation in the early 16th Century, he was motivated by a desire to restore biblical truth and purity to the Church and the spiritual experiences and development of the people. He was driven by a compulsion to raise the acceptance of biblical authority rather than tradition and institutional authority, and to focus people’s ideas about salvation on the redemptive work of Jesus Christ rather than placing faith on one’s personal efforts and goodness.

America would do well to return to such basics of the faith, according to Barna.

“American society has historically relied upon its Christian churches to educate people about morality, values, meaning and purpose, and many of the practical realities about leading a good life,” Barna explained. “If the views of the people attending our Christian churches these days are any indication, we need to redirect our efforts for greater impact.”

The veteran researcher noted, “While the survey cannot determine if churches are failing to teach biblical truth or whether congregants are exposed to such teaching but rejecting it, the bottom line is that we are a society that has strayed far from the path of biblical truth. It certainly seems as if the culture is influencing the Church more than the church is influencing the culture.” “It’s one thing for Americans to be confused on the finer points or even hotly debated elements of theology,” Barna said. “But for Americans to misunderstand or to flat out reject the Bible as a foundational source of truth and moral guidance, to reject salvation by grace alone, and to reject core doctrines of the Christian faith points to a major crisis in our society. Hopefully, bringing these issues to light can generate greater attention being paid to what matters and how to fix what’s clearly broken.”

https://www.arizonachristian.edu/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/CRC_AWVI2020_Release11_Digital_04_20201006.pdf 

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/11/15/barna-poll-40-of-evangelical-christians-have-become-marxist-blood-on-the-altar-pro-death-pagans/ 

:: 11-15-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Giants, Gods & Dragons (Part 11): The Rider on the Black Horse — Nabû

November 15, 2020 by Derek Gilbert

When he opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, “Come!” And I looked, and behold, a black horse! And its rider had a pair of scales in his hand. And I heard what seemed to be a voice in the midst of the four living creatures, saying, “A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius, and do not harm the oil and wine!”

—Revelation 6:5–6

It’s understood by most prophecy scholars that the rider on the black horse brings famine with him when he rides. But it’s more than that—this rider also brings economic inequality, slavery, and a financial yoke that subjects the world to the control of a newly formed, global government.

The Greek word translated “scales” is ζυγός (zygos). In this context, a set of scales makes perfect sense. The rider on the black horse causes economic hardship; when food is scarce, prices go up and everything is more expensive. A denarius in the first century AD was equal to one day’s wages for a laborer. The amount of wheat and barley described is just enough to keep one person alive.

Imagine earning just enough wheat or barley for eight hours’ work to keep you alive for a day. Just you—nothing left over for your spouse or children. Then you have to do it again tomorrow, and the next day, and the next. Forget about weekends off unless you plan to fast every Saturday and Sunday.

And such a wage leaves nothing for housing, utilities, transportation, or medical expenses.

Harsh, grinding poverty. Desperation. That’s what we’re talking about here.

The sense of Revelation 6:6 seems pretty plain: When the rider on the black horse comes along, people struggle to survive and they often fail. But we need to go back for a closer look at that Greek word zygos. It’s only used in six verses in the New Testament, so it’s easy to check its use in other contexts.

It turns out that zygos is translated “scales” in only one of those six verses. In every other case the English word is “yoke,” the wooden crosspiece used to harness oxen to a cart or a plow. For example:

Take my yoke upon you, and learn from me, for I am gentle and lowly in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light. (Matthew 11:29–30; emphasis added) What John conveyed in Revelation 6:6 is both senses of the Greek word zygos: A pair of scales balanced on a wooden crosspiece similar to a yoke, and, at the same time, an instrument of bondage. The rider on the black horse brings not just famine, but economic slavery as well.

As Paul noted, “For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evils.”[1] God is obviously aware of this, and this is why He directed Moses to include certain rules of economic justice in the Law.

At the end of every seven years you shall grant a release. And this is the manner of the release: every creditor shall release what he has lent to his neighbor. He shall not exact it of his neighbor, his brother, because the Lord’s release has been proclaimed. Of a foreigner you may exact it, but whatever of yours is with your brother your hand shall release. (Deuteronomy 15:1–3)

God directed the Hebrews to cancel all debts every seven years. In our modern age of ten-year auto loans and thirty-year mortgages, this is inconceivable!

And that is precisely the point: Bankers, with the help of powerful friends in government, have rigged the game to fix a zygos onto our necks. Too many of us have willingly become economic slaves; yoked to banks by easy credit for clothes, cars, homes, even our educations—in debt and financial servitude, for our entire adult lives.

For instance, the student loan debt burden in the United States is currently $1.54 trillion.[2] The average debt is more than $35,000,[3] the monthly payment is about $400,[4] and, on average, it will take college graduates in America today more than twenty-one years to repay their debts.[5]

Sadly, recent college grads naively believe they’ll have their loans paid off in about six years.[6] Imagine their shock when they realize they’ll be in their forties before they make their last payment. Imagine the further shock when they discover that student loans, unlike nearly every other kind of debt, normally cannot be discharged through bankruptcy in the United States.[7]

Credit card debt is also bad, but for different reasons. Cards are relatively easy to get, charge outrageously high interest rates, and exploit opportunities to hit consumers with extra fees. The average American credit card balance is $6,194. To pay off that balance by making the minimum monthly payment, and using the average interest rate of 14.87 percent, it would take more than six years—and add about $3,521 in interest charges.[8]

Tragically, it’s often when people are most desperate that they reach for the plastic, hoping that their temporary situation can be sorted out when things get better. But for some, better days never come. Often, the highest average credit card debt in the US rests on the backs of those who have the least—households with a net value of zero or less.[9]

This, as much as famine, is the work of the rider on the black horse. In a very real way, this is a return to Babel. Nimrod is usually identified as the builder of the Tower of Babel. Our best guess is that he lived sometime between 3800 and 3100 BC,[10] during the Uruk Expansion. During its heyday, the city-state of Uruk dominated Mesopotamia. Around 3800 BC, the emerging Uruk culture developed the world’s first mass-produced product, a primitive type of pottery called the beveled-rim bowl. These bowls are described as “the simplest and least attractive of all Near Eastern pots…among the crudest vessels in the history of Mesopotamia pottery.”[11]

The most common artifacts from the Uruk period are these coarsely made bowls. Archaeologists have dug up a lot of them. And, most important, these bowls were probably used to dole out workers’ daily rations of barley and oil.[12] In fact, the Sumerian picture sign for “bread,” NINDA, looks just like a beveled-rim bowl, and the sign for “to eat” is a human head with a beveled-rim bowl at its mouth.[13]

This is what brings us back to the rider on the black horse: Rationed food means a central authority doling out daily bread to the people. It appears that Nimrod and his successors, including the legendary Gilgamesh, controlled their subjects by moving them off the land and into cities, keeping a tight rein on the production and distribution of food and resources.

Things haven’t changed all that much over the last five thousand years. A similar situation developed in the last years of the Roman republic. Populist politicians realized they could win the support of the people by expanding the Cura Annonae (“care for the grain supply”). Regular distribution of grain at below-market prices began for the poorer citizens of Rome in 123 BC. It was expanded and made free by 58 BC, and may have supplied grain to as much as 20 percent of Rome by the first century AD. The emperor Tiberius, recognizing the problems a starving population could create, said in AD 22 that neglecting the Cura Annonae would lead to “the utter ruin of the state.”[14]

What may have begun as a temporary solution to a food shortage became a means to ensure a compliant and docile population. And what happened in Uruk and Rome thousands of years ago is happening again today. Universal basic income (UBI), a guaranteed monthly stipend from the government, is a modern take on the Urukian and Roman grain doles, and it’s getting a trial run during the COVID-19 crisis. Millions of Americans, anyone who filed an income tax return the previous year, received a $1,200 handout from the US Treasury as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. The bill passed Congress with overwhelming bipartisan support and was signed by President Donald Trump on March 27, 2020.

While the current crisis may not be the event that brings the Antichrist to power, when it does happen, it will look a lot like this. The world will be in crisis, and people will gratefully place their necks in the yoke of a government led by a dynamic leader who promises a way out of what appears to be a hopeless situation.

This leads us to an obvious question. John identified the rider on the pale horse as Thanatos (Death), and we’ve made our case for the entities riding on the white and red horses being Apollo and Mars. Who, then, is the rider on the black horse? In the time of Abraham, around the eighteenth century BC, a deity known as Nabû emerged in Babylon as the god of wisdom, writing, prophecy, and scribes.[15] His symbol was a wedge-shaped cuneiform mark, representing a stylus at rest on a clay tablet, the tools of the scribe.[16] He was believed to be the son of Marduk, who began as the city-god of Babylon and eventually replaced Enlil at the top of the pantheon. Marduk, in turn, was the son of Enki, the Sumerian god of fresh water, knowledge, and creation. Some of these traits were eventually ascribed to Nabû, including Enki’s association with the planet Mercury.[17]

By the time of David and Solomon, around 1000 BC, Nabû’s profile had risen in the pantheon. He was considered the vizier of Marduk, the “one who fixes destinies.”[18] As kings in the ancient Near East learned to rely on bureaucracy to administer their territories, the importance of Nabû grew. Bureaucrats require records and communication, leading to the emergence of a scribal class, and thus the god of scribes grew in importance to become the right-hand deity of the chief god, Marduk.

Nabû’s status in the Neo-Babylonian Empire is highlighted by his popularity as the theophoric element (the “god-name”) of the names of the best-known Chaldean kings: Nabopolassar (“Nabû protect my son”),[19] Nebuchadnezzar (“Nabû defend my firstborn son”),[20] and Nabonidus (“Nabû is to be revered”).[21] And here we come to the connection between Nabû and the zygos, the economic yoke: Not only was Nabû the god of wisdom and writing; as the patron of scribes, he was also the god who kept track of debits and credits. A small temple in Babylon, built during the reign of Nebuchadnezzar, was dedicated to Nabû-ša-hare—“Nabû of Accounts.”[22]

Scribes came from the elite class of Mesopotamian society.[23] Their ability to read and write set them apart from most people, who were illiterate. They wrote documents for others, an invaluable skill for preserving the king’s decrees and documenting the mundane aspects of civilization—tax rolls, astronomical observations, property deeds, wills, and even contracts for laundry service.[24]

In other words, Nabû wasn’t just the god of scribes; he was the god of contracts, law, and ledgers—a spirit who undoubtedly feels right at home in the modern world. Who rules today if not lawyers, accountants, and bankers?

Not surprisingly, the veneration of Nabû continued long after the end of Babylon, surviving into the Christian era. Through contact between the ancient Near East and the western Mediterranean, Nabû was introduced to the West as Hermes in Greece and Mercury in Rome. As with Nabû, whose name basically means “the announcer,”[25] Hermes/Mercury was considered by the Greco-Roman world to be the herald of the gods. The Greeks believed Hermes was also a god of trade and merchants (and thieves).[26] The Romans did, too, but they were more specific, as Mercury’s name was based on the Latin root merx, from which we get the modern English words “merchant,” “merchandise,” and “commerce.”[27] So, Mercury/Hermes/Nabû is a god of scribes (meaning records, ledgers, and accounts), merchants, and trade, closely associated with the Neo-Babylonian kingdom of Nebuchadnezzar that represents the end-times religion of the Antichrist, Mystery Babylon. The economic slavery and poverty represented by the zygos, the scales and yoke, carried by the rider on the black horse of Revelation 6, will compel the world to accept the Antichrist’s solution to a world in turmoila government dole in exchange for liberty, the same deal offered by Nimrod and the emperors of Rome.

Here’s one last piece of the puzzle. It may be coincidence, or it could be the spirit realm having a laugh at our expense: In April 2009, following the global economic meltdown touched off by the subprime mortgage crisis, MasterCard introduced a new fee on all transactions with its credit card. That fee is currently set at just under two cents per transaction.[28] The fee is non-negotiable and paid directly to MasterCard. (VISA, Discover, and American Express have their own variants of this fee.)

We can only assume that whoever came up with the name of this fee for MasterCard has an odd sense of humor or was perhaps guided from beyond in their choice. The acronym is ominously relevant to this chapter; dealing, as it does, with the financial shackles used by the banks of the world, and their allies in government, to turn free people into debt slaves.

You see, for more than a decade, businesses have been billed a small amount by MasterCard for every credit or debit card transaction. This charge was formerly called the “Acquirer Access Fee.”

But in April of 2009, it was renamed the “Network Access and Brand Usage” fee—the NABU.

How prophetically appropriate.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/11/15/giants-gods-dragons-part-11-the-rider-on-the-black-horse-nabu/ 

:: 11-15-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXPOSED for BETRAYAL: Institutions and corporations that have betrayed humanity in 2020

Sunday, November 15, 2020 by: S.D. Wells

(Natural News) All the “truthers” know that the fraudulent election was an “inside job,” meaning it was well-planned, pre-meditated, and carried out by domestic terrorists, meaning our own citizens, politicians and the mass media. The list of traitors revealed in this article (Democrats and Globalists) and their heavily-funded organizations (terror cells) are no conspiracy theory cooked up by some right-wing extremists, but rather they are real enemies of the state (the whole republic and the constitution) who support communism, pedophilia and the worship of Satan. That’s why we call them the “Demoncrats.”

Oh, and they’re really, really dumb, leaving a huge trail of evidence of their crimes, thinking the press can always cover it all up afterwards (think 9/11 and Benghazi here).

We’ll start at the bottom of the barrel of rotting crabs and parasites, with the CDC and the FDA, then we’ll work up to reveal some not-so-obvious “presstitutes” who revealed themselves as of late, including Fox News, Breitbart, the Daily Caller, and NewsMax. These fake news outlets and poison-pushing shills are all part of a much bigger “network” they already sold their souls to, and that is the most powerful conglomeration of insidious companies called Big Pharma (previously known as I.G. Farben, dating back to WWII). The entire Conservative “establishment” is pro-vaccine, pro pedophilia, pro-tyranny

If you have no ethics, no morals and no belief in God, you’re a prime candidate for supporting the reign of terror besieged upon America right now. Maybe you don’t believe in the devil and maybe you don’t desire the absolute destruction of the USA, but if you support the mass media and the “Democrat” Party right now, you are supporting your own demise, including any business you run, your own health, your own safety and the end of your Bill of Rights.

One tell-tale sign that any news outlet supports the destruction of America is the pharma commercials or advertisements run on their station or website. When you see drug commercials marketing dangerous prescription drugs with insane side effects, then you can count on it 100 percent that their goal is to make their viewers dumb, dying and voting for tyranny (all while paying lots of taxes).

Then you’ve got Amazon and Netflix, entities that support pedophilia, rape, torture, human trafficking, perversion, child abuse and demented mentality in general.

CDC, WHO and FDA lead the Commie pharma blitzkrieg with Bill Gates, Mark Zuckerberg, Jack Dorsey, Jeff Bezos, George Soros If you’re not completely familiar with the term “globalist” and not sure what it means, take a look at evil billionaires and “regulatory agencies” around the world, not just in the USA, that pull the strings of the biggest political puppets on the world’s stage. These terrorists kowtow to China’s Communist Party and any large corporation that supports violence, sickness, confusion and upheaval in order to keep rule.

Globalists fund wars and fuel battles and don’t care who comes out the victor, as long as they make billions of dollars and feed their gluttony and perversions in the process. (Think George Soros, Bill Clinton, Bill Gates and Jeffrey Epstein here.) This has been a tactic since World War II, when Rockefeller Oil and IBM helped Hitler advance his war on the world.

The CDC and the FDA were in on the Plandemic and lockdowns that crushed the US economy. Pharma’s news outlets like Breitbart and Fox News spread disinformation to keep Americans brainwashed and doubting everything, including their own rights.

Since the betrayal of the POTUS election, we’re seeing the true colors of news outlets that pretended to be on the side of patriots, reporting entire articles that support the biggest lie in historythe one that put Communists in charge of the USA (except for the fact that the highly corrupt mass media doesn’t decide who’s President). America has been betrayed, and people are going to go to jail for a long time, including employees of CNN, ABC, NBC, CBS, MSNBC, NYT and WaPo.

Oh, did you think the Daily Caller and Breitbart were real news? Remember, if the Democrats do end up taking over the White House, every American will be forced to surrender to the most insidious vaccines ever, all concocted by evil scientists, funded by Bill Gates and George Soros, and pushed by sellout media whores and shills that kowtow to Communist China.

Dirty covid vaccines to contain time-released toxins, GMOs, human abortion cells and GPS-tracking microchips

Get vaccinated (with microchips and time-released toxins) or be put in a FEMA prison for treason, and realize that the news outlets that are pro-vaccine right now are fully accountable for your death and the depopulation agenda that will reduce the world’s population by several billion humans, including children and infants.

They call Trump a Nazi because it’s Nazi tactics that the Democrats and Globalists are employing. The Democrats are Communists, Nazis and Satanists all wrapped up in sheep’s clothing, and there’s no way in Hades that 70 million Americans voted for it. Tune into real news at Trump.news and support your own life and liberty. The Communist takeover of America and the Zombie Apocalypse is all hinged on dirty vaccines, and those who get them will find out the hard way.

This has been a public service announcement from Natural Health News. Stay frosty. Keep your eyes open.

Sources for this article include: Trump.news     NaturalNews.com     TruthWiki.org NaturalNews.com

DMLawFirm.com    TheGatewayPundit.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-11-15-exposed-institutions-corporations-have-betrayed-humanity-2020.html 

:: 11--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SELCO: The Brutal Truth About Violence When the SHTF

An Interview with Selco Begovic

Are you prepared for the extreme violence that is likely to come your way if the SHTF? No matter what your plan is, it’s entirely probable that at some point, you’ll be the victim of violence or have to perpetrate violence to survive. As always, Selco is our go-to guy on SHTF reality checks and this thought-provoking interview will shake you to your core.

If you don’t know Selco, he’s from Bosnia and he lived through a year in a city that was blockaded with no utilities, no deliveries of supplies, and no services. In his interviews, he shares what the scenarios the rest of us theorize about were REALLY like. He mentioned to me recently that most folks aren’t prepared for the violence that is part and parcel of a collapse, which brings us to today’s interview. How prevalent was violence when the SHTF in Bosnia?

It was wartime and chaos, from all conflicts in those years in the Balkan region Bosnian conflict was most brutal because of multiple reasons, historical, political and other.

To simplify the explanation why violence was common and very brutal, you need to picture a situation where you are “bombarded” with huge amount of information (propaganda) which instills in you very strong feelings of fear and hate. Out of fear and hate, violence grows easy and fast, and over the very short period of time you see how people around you (including you) do things that you could not imagine before.

I can say that violence was almost an everyday thing in the whole spectrum of different activities because it was a fight for survival. Again, whenever (and wherever) you put people in a region without enough resources, you can expect violence.

We were living a normal life, and then suddenly we were thrown in a way of living where if you could not “negotiate” something with someone, you solve the problem by launching a rocket from an RPG through the window of his living room.

Hate stripped down the layers of humanity and suddenly it was “normal” to level an apartment building with people inside with shells from a tank or form private prisons with imprisoned civilians for slave work or sex slaves.

Nothing that I saw or read before could have prepared me for the level of violence and blindness to it, for the lives of kids, elders, civilians, and the innocent.

Again, the thing that is important for readers is that we were a modern society one day, and then in few weeks it turned into carnage.

Do not make the mistake of saying “it cannot happen here” because I made that mistake too. Do not underestimate power of propaganda, fear, hate, and the lowest human instincts, no matter how modern and good your society is right now and how deeply you believe that “it can not happen here”.

You’ve mentioned warlords and gangs in several of your articles. Were they responsible for the majority of the violence or was it hungry families?

Fighting of the armies through the whole period of war brings violence in terms of constant shelling from a distance from different kind of weapons.

For example a few multiple rocket launchers (VBR) could bring in 30 seconds the destruction in an area of 3-4 apartment buildings, and being there in that moment and surviving it gives you a completely new view on life. Snipers were a constant threat and over time you simply grow a way of living that you constant scan area in front of you where your next steps gonna be. Are you gonna be visible and from where? Etc.

Most brutal violence was actually lawlessness and complete lack of order between different factions and militias, so in some periods there were militias or gangs who simply ruled the cities or part of the city where they were absolutely masters of everything in terms of deciding of taking someone’s life.

In lawlessness, you as one person could be really small and not interesting, or join some bigger group of people to be stronger, some family or militia or gang.

An example of a gang would be group of people of some 300 or 500 people who “officially” were a unit or militia and operate for some faction, but in reality they operate mostly for themselves.

That included owning part of the black market, having prison (for forced labor or ransom), attacking people and houses for resources, smuggling people from dangerous areas. Violence from those kinds of group was the most immediate violence, the most visible in terms of SHTF talking.

If those people came on your door you could obey, fight, or negotiate, but mostly you could not not ask for help from any kind of authority, because there was no real authority.

In any society, no matter where you are living, there are a great number of people who are waiting for the SHTF to go out and do violent things. Small time criminals or simply violent persons who are not openly violent because system is there to punish them for that. It is like that.

Some gang leaders that I knew were actually completely sick people with a strange type of charisma that makes people follow them, weird situations that can happen only in a real collapse.

They are people who just waited for their time to rise.

Those kinds of people together with criminal organization that are already there in any city in the world will be the backbone of SHTF gangs

Who were the most likely victims? A very simple answer would be that the most likely victims were people who had interesting things without enough defense.

But it was not always that simple.

For example one of the first houses that got raided in my neighborhood, right at the beginning of collapse while there was still some kind of order, was a rich family’s home.

They had a nice house with bars on the windows, a pretty good setup for defense, and they had enough people inside so they could give pretty good resistance to the mob. But they got raided simply because they were known that they are rich, so they were attacked with enough force to be overwhelmed.

It was not only about how much manpower you had and how well-organized defense of your home was, it was also about how juicy a target you were.

If you are faced with 150 angry people attacking your home because they are sure you have good stuff inside your chances are low, no matter how good and tough you are. People who were alone were a pretty easy target and old people without support of family or friends.

It was not always about killing someone or violence. For example, if you were alone and without resources but you had something else valuable like some kind of skill or knowledge you could easily be “recruited” for some faction or group, not by your will of course.

What were some ways to prevent yourself from becoming a victim of violence? How do you recommend that people prepare themselves for the possibility of violence?

It can be done in steps, or in layers.

Do not be interesting (or attract attention) when the SHTF. This means a lot of things, for this article I can give a few examples with shortened explanations because it is a huge topic:

Do not look like a prepper (before or after SHTF). There is no sense in announcing that you are prepping for EMP, civil collapse, apocalypse, or whatever. With that you are risking the probability that when the SHTF, people will remember that you have interesting things in your home

Your home should look ordinary. For example, if you are living in the city on a street where all houses look similar, there is not much sense in making your home look like a fortress. You’ll just attract attention.

Your defense should be based on more subtle means. Some examples are having means to reinforce doors and windows quickly when you need it, or to reinforce them from inside. Make changes in your yard to funnel possible attackers where you want them to be (trees, fence, bush…). You can make your home look abandoned or already looted.

Think about what survival is!

Survival is about staying alive, it is not about being comfortable at the expense of losing your life. I have seen many times people lose their lives simply because they were too attached to their belongings (house, car, land, goods…) so they simply did not want to leave something and run in a particular moment.

Everything can be earned and bought again except life.

Forget about statements like “I will defend it with my life” or “over my dead body” or similar because the real SHTF is usually not heroic or noble. It is hard and brutal. When you are gone you are gone and there might be nobody to take care of your family just because you have been stubborn or trusted in movies when it To rephrase it: Be ready to leave your home in a split second if that means you and your family will survive, no matter how many good things you have stored there.

Be mentally ready for violence In a way, it is impossible to be ready for violence, especially widespread violence when the SHTF, but you can minimize shock when that happens with some things.

If you are not familiar with what violence is, you can try to get yourself close” to it today (in normal times). It can be done, for example, by doing some voluntary work for example in a local hospital, ER or similar… or simply by working with homeless people.

Sounds maybe strange but activities like this can get you a bit of a feeling of what it is all about, not to mention that you can learn some practical and useful skills for SHTF.

Have means and skills (physically) to defend – or to do violence

No matter how old or young you are, your gender or religion I assure you that you are capable of doing violence. It is only a matter of the situation and how far you are going to be pushed.

It is not just “some people are capable of violence.” Everybody is capable. Not everybody enjoys doing it or is willing to do it so easily.

In today (normal times) you can learn some violence skills and you should do it, again no matter if you are a woman or old or young.

You should own a weapon and know how to use it. You should practice with it, or have at least some basic knowledge about hand-to-hand combat.

The worst-case scenario is to have a weapon that you try for the first time when SHTF.

Be familiar with your means for defense, let your family members know what they need to do in case of an attack of your home, have a plan, and go through it.

Only through practice will you minimize chances for mistakes.

Use common sense

I know lot of survivalists almost dream about how they are going to use weapons against bad guys when SHTF, and that they will be something like super heroes from movies, saving innocents and killing villains.

Truth is that in a real collapse, a lot of things are kind of blurred and you are not sure who the bad guys are. Good guys turn out to be lunatic gang members who want to bring food to their kids.  There are no super heroes when SHTF, and if some of them show up they end up dead quickly.

There is only you and your skills and mindset and what you prepared.

Use violence as a last resort because of the simple fact that by using violence you are risking of getting killed or hurt. Remember when SHTF there is maybe no doctor or hospital to take care of your wound.

It is a time when even a small cut can eventually kill you through infection and lack of proper care.

I’m a single mom with a household full of girls. In an SHTF situation, what would our best strategies be to remain safe?

Just like I have mentioned before, the strategy is always the same for any part of survival, and shooting from the rifle is pretty similar no matter are you a man or a woman.

Being single mom with household full of girls on first look make you as an ideal target in some situations, but we are talking here in prepper terms so there is no reason not to be perfectly well prepared as a single mom with girls.

But yes I admit it is not a perfect situation, even if you are prepared well, some things are sure, you need to connect with other people even more.

House with a couple of girls will always look like easy prey for some people.

It is like that. Were people in the city safer than people in the country? Can you tell us more about rural living during this time?

In my case definitely no. In the essence it always come to the resources and people.

City meant more people less resources, country (rural) meant less people more resources, and because that level of violence simply was lower. That was most important reason.

There are few more reasons why it was much better in the country.

People in the country (rural settings) were much more “connected to ground” they were tougher if you like, they grew their own food, had cattle, lived more simple life prior SHTF and when everything collapsed they had less problems getting use to it.

Yes they also did not have electricity and phones, running water or connection to other places but they adapted easier to the new life because they had more useful skills then people in the city.

Life was harder for them too than prior to the collapse, but they had means to get resources: land, woods, river…

Another thing is that people in small rural communities “in the country” were more connected to each other, people knew their neighborhood and some things were easier to organize, like community security watch, help in case of diseases and similar.

What types of weapons did people have for self-defense?

It was different political system prior the collapse where it was not so usual to own a weapon legally. And to own one illegally could mean a lot of troubles.

Right prior to SHTF, it became possible to buy different weapons on the black market but still, a majority of people did not own weapons.

When it all collapsed, it was possible to get a weapon through trade.

Because of the military doctrine here prior to the collapse, we used “East Bloc” weapons. A favorite was AK-47 in all different kind of editions, or older weapons like M-48 rifle, SKS rifle, 22 and similar.

People used what they had, so in one period you would be lucky if you had any kind of pistol and knife.

Later through the different channels weapon become more available so people had them more. A lot of that was actually junk that some warlords somehow “imported”.

Weapons 50-60 years old without proper ammunition, or not in operating condition. A lot of people simply did not have a clue how to use any kind of weapon so a lot of accidental deaths happened.

I remember people storming abandoned army barracks that was mostly looted, but they found in one building a lot of RPGs while other part of the same building was burning.

Two guys were trying to figure out a single-use RPG, and while they were messing with it clearly not knowing how that thing worked, they accidentally armed it and launched a rocket that flew through the crowd, not hurting anyone and exploding in wall 100 meters from where they stood.

They were smiling, clearly happy because they thought they figured out how that thing worked.

What weapons do you suggest to have for SHTF?

It is a never-ending discussion and a favorite prepper topic, and I must say that the whole discussion is overrated.

I have used them in a real situation, and tried and tested a lot of different kind of weapons and what works for me may simply not work for you.

For example, here for me, a good choice is an AK-47 rifle, maybe for you wherever you are it is a very bad choice.

Good advice is: you need to have a weapon that most people have around you because of multiple reasons: spare parts, repairing, ammunition availability, possibility that you can pick that rifle from other people and you know how to use it.

What caliber and similar is a matter of discussion again. I am talking from the point of owning a rifle.

Another thing is that you need to know how that weapon works. Luckily, most of my readers live in an area where gun laws are great comparing to the region where I am.

You have much more choices when it comes to owning a weapon and practicing with it. Use that.

And do not forget that using a weapon in a real-life situation is not like shooting at beer bottles with your friends after a barbecue.

In real life you might be in a situation to use a weapon while you are tired, dirty, and hungry and while someone is screaming next to you.

It is going to be maybe when you are not ready to do that, maybe in pitch dark, maybe after you have been awake for 48 hours.  At least think about that.

When should you use violence?

Contrary to some popular beliefs in the prepper community, the point is to use violence only as a last solution.

The reason is as I mentioned already, the risk that you can be hurt or killed too, but also once you do violence you change your own rules or push it more forward, and it is easy to get lost in violence.

There are consequences to that, and you are not going to be the same person ever again.

Violence is a tool, not a toy. You need to know how to use it as best as possible, but also to avoid using it when it is not necessary.

It is a good idea to set up a clear set of rules (mentally too) when you are gonna use violence and to try to stick to it.

For example you will use weapon if someone tries to break your home and attack you, and you need to be ready to do that without hesitation.

What else should we know about post-collapse violence?

Think with your head and research.

One thing that is absolutely important when it comes to understanding how violent it is going to be and what can you expect in your own case of SHTF, is to understand how much media can influence people in making their decisions about violence.

In my case, the media built up a situation where people feared so much from other people that they actually hated them. They hated them so much that they actually strip them down from humanity.

In a real-life example, it works in a way that people killed other people, including kids and women, because they hated them so much because the media told them.

It may look ridiculous and not possible to you, and you might again think “that can not happen here” but please trust your own resources, look for independent information, not mainstream media, in order to get the right information about what is really happening in the beginning of the collapse.

Do not be pulled into “popular opinion” just because the “man from TV” (whoever he might be) told you so.

It is easier today. Because of the internet, you have much more choices for correct information than in my time. But still be careful, you might find yourself rioting together with 500 people just because you trusted some media.

If you enjoyed this interview, don’t miss his newest book based on his popular online course, SHTF Survival Bootcamp

About Selco

Selco survived the Balkan war of the 90s in a city under siege, without electricity, running water, or food distribution. He is currently accepting students for his next physical course here.

In his online works, he gives an inside view of the reality of survival under the harshest conditions. He reviews what works and what doesn’t, tells you the hard lessons he learned, and shares how he prepares today.

He never stopped learning about survival and preparedness since the war. Regardless of what happens, chances are you will never experience extreme situations as Selco did. But you have the chance to learn from him and how he faced death for months.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/selco-truth-violence-shtf/ 

:: 11-15-20 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – Silver Will Have To Hit $950 To Equal The 1980 High

November 15, 2020

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals said the price of silver will have to hit $950 to equal the 1980 high.

November 15 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: I have never seen a clearer picture for preserving and enhancing wealth than today. More on that at the end of this article.

There are no real markets. Financial markets are a casino with wild players buying and selling paper assets as if they were chips. We just saw clear evidence of that in gold a week ago. The gold price went up $100 from $1,860 to $1,960 in 5 days and then crashed $100 in 5 hours. The alleged triggers were a Covid vaccine and a Biden victory.

A vaccine that needs -70 degrees Celsius and is not properly tested is hardly the saviour of the world at this stage. And a Biden win is not guaranteed but seems more likely if Trump cannot pull a rabbit out of the hat.

GOLD $100 RISE AND $ 100 FALL ALL IN THE PAPER MARKET

The proof of fake markets can always be found in the underlying real market. When gold rose $100 and then fell $100, the Swiss refiners, who refine 70% of the gold in the world, reported very low physical volumes both on the buying and the selling side.

As usual, these fast moves in the precious metals take place in the paper markets where the casino players can shuffle billions of dollars of paper gold and silver. And they can execute these paper moves with out ever touching an ounce of the underlying gold or silver bars… We normally see some movement in ETF volumes when there are major price moves in gold. But as I explained in an article a few months ago, the ETF market is primarily a paper market or at best a market which consists of gold leased from central banks. When there is major buying of the biggest gold ETF GLD, the Swiss refiners seldom see an increase in sales. Instead the bullion banks are lending central bank gold to the ETF.

For that reason, anyone who buys gold for wealth preservation, should never buy a gold ETF but real physical gold.

Let’s also understand that sustained moves in gold very seldom start on flimsy news.

THE LOSER WILL BE THE WINNER

But as I said in a previous article, it doesn’t matter who wins the election. At the end of the next four year presidential period, it is virtually guaranteed that the winning candidate wishes he would have lost. Because the new president inherits an economically, financially and morally bankrupt country with insoluble debt and deficit problems.

We were told back in 2009 that the problems of the Great Financial Crisis (2006-9) had been solved by central banks. If we were told the truth at that point, there would of course be no need for further stimulus or debt.

IN 2009 CRISIS WAS OVER – SO WHY ARE DEBTS SURGING?  Let’s look at the facts: :

In 2009 when the crisis was supposed to have ended and the world financial system rescued, the US debt was $11 trillion and the Fed’s balance sheet a mere $2 trillion. Thus there was no need to borrow or print more money to keep the US economy going and to keep the financial system solvent. After all the crisis was over!

We then must ask ourselves why the US debt is up almost 2.5x and the Fed’s balance sheet 3.5x since then. If the system was sound, these figures should have come down and not gone up by multiples.

We know the answer of course. The US economy needs ever growing debts to stand still in real terms.

Shadow Statistics illustrates this excellently. In the 2000s real GDP (adjusted for real inflation) has been negative to the extent of 3-5% annually. So the published GDP figures are fake and only achieved by constantly printing money to grow GDP artificially and keep the US economy from collapsing. 2021 – FED BALANCE SHEET OFF THE CHART

Also, as the Fed Balance Sheet below shows, the US financial system cannot survive without the constant printing of money created out of thin air. As I have stated in many articles the current problems in the world economy were not caused by the Coronavirus but instead by a sick financial system and ever mounting debts which artificially keeps the patient alive.

The latest problems started in August – September 2019 when the ECB and the Fed reaffirmed that they would do what it takes to save the financial system. And thus they flooded the system with money, causing all central banks’ balance sheet to surge. The Fed’s balance sheet has erupted from $3.7 trillion in September 2019 to $7.1T today. With the multiplicity of problems in the US, the new president will be presiding over an economy that will see debt and money printing explode. I forecasted when Trump was elected that US debt would be $40 trillion at the end of 2024 when the next presidential period starts. But the money required to save the financial system and the US economy virtually guarantees a substantially higher debt than the $40T in 4 years time.

No one should believe that this is a US problem only. We are looking at an entire world which has experienced a debt explosion long before Covid 19 was known. But it is not just a debt explosion but a global financial system which is rotten in its core.

CENTRAL BANKS WILL MONETISE ALL DEBT

This is why debt expansion and money printing will explode in 2021. Central banks will be forced to monetise practically all of the debt issued by governments since there will be no other buyers.

So the trends for 2021 and onwards will be very clear. The obvious victim will be the dollar. The “mighty” Greenback has been crashing for 50 years and is already down 98% since 1971. Only in this century, the dollar has lost 85% in real terms.

Anyone who measures his wealth in US dollars is deluding himself. With the US currency down 85% since 2000, it is clearly a terrible store of wealth. And this is not just in regards to holding dollars. It obviously goes for any asset measured in dollars like stocks, bonds, property etc. For investors who want to fool themselves, why not measure your assets in Venezuelan Bolivars. Measured in a hyperinflationary currency, the increase in wealth looks superb. And remember that the dollar will go together with most paper currencies will go the same way as the Bolivar.

BOND COLLAPSE – ONLY A MATTER OF TIME

Massive money printing will probably initially create a surge in stock markets. But this will be a final hurrah before stocks start a very long secular bear market and a fall of 95% measured in real termsGOLD.

The biggest surprise for the world will be when central banks lose control of interest rates. They might manage to hold them for yet some time but they are very likely to move up in 2021 already. Interest rates is the biggest contrarian trade of any market. Virtually nobody, central banks, economists, analysts etc can see higher rates.

What they don’t realise is that as the dollar falls, stock markets crash and money printing accelerates, central banks will lose control of rates as the long end of the bond markets crash. Within the next 1-3 years, as inflation or hyperinflation is a reality, bonds will implode and interest rates will exceed the 15-20% in the 1970s to early 80s. As borrowers default, some rates will reach infinity.

HERE IS THE GOOD NEWS

So let’s talk about the good news. There is a secret which virtually nobody knows about. Well, around 0.5% of investors actually know it. Others have heard about it but don’t understand it.

I am obviously talking about precious metals, primarily in the form of gold and silver. Just in 2020, with stocks surging by over 50% since mid March, gold has outperformed stocks since Covid started in February. (see graph below). Even the Swiss franc has outperformed US stocks. That’s yet more evidence that the US stock market only looks good when measured in a debasing and very weak dollar. So in the next few years, central banks and governments will guarantee to destroy their currencies in their futile attempts to save the economy by printing worthless, dollars, euros, etc.

SILVER – INVESTMENT OF THE DECADE

For anyone who wants to preserve their wealth, physical gold and silver is such an obvious choice. But sadly, most investors cannot see behind an alluring stock market. Therefore most of them will be left behind as gold goes to $10,000 at least, in today’s money and a lot higher in inflationary money.

Silver will rise even faster and reach at least $600-650 in today’s money. $950 Silver

As the graph above shows, the silver price adjusted for real inflation would today be $950 to equal the 1980 price of $50.

If we take my longstanding gold target of $10,000 in today’s money and divide it by the long term historical gold/silver ratio of 15, this would give a silver price of $667.

Gold adjusted for real inflation since the 1980 high of $850 would today be almost $20,000.

GOLD & SILVER STOCKS VS THE DOW

Precious metals mining stocks have even bigger potential. As the graph below shows, gold and silver stocks have declined by 95% against the Dow since 1983. In the next few years these mining stocks will easily outperform the Dow by a multiple of 20x! So what would you rather own, ordinary stocks, property or bonds that will decline 95% in real terms or physical gold, silver and mining stocks which will outperform stocks 20x?

I am by no means a gold bug. Just someone who analyses risk. This analysis is crystal clear and shows that the best way to protect wealth in the next 5+ years is to hold physical gold, silver and precious metals mining stocks, just as it has been for the last 20 years.

UNIQUE MOMENT IN HISTORY TO PRESERVE AND ENHANCE WEALTH

I recommend that for wealth preservation purposes, hold mainly gold with less silver and mining stocks.

The reason is obvious. Physical gold is the king of the metals. Silver has massive potential but is very volatile and makes many investors nervous when it corrects viciously. Mining stocks have the greatest potential but are for most investors held within the financial system. You are therefore exposed to massive counterparty risk.

In my 50+ years as an investor, I have never seen such an obvious and attractive way to both preserve and enhance wealth as in the precious metals sector…For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE.

To listen to Egon von Greyerz discuss the shortages in the silver market and much more CLICK HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-silver-will-have-to-hit-950-to-equal-the-1980-high/

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc

:: 11-16-20 The American :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mississippi Principle Orders Third Grader to Remove ‘Jesus Loves Me’ Mask

By Brown — @nbro21 — See Comments

Published: November 16, 2020 Updated: November 16, 2020 at 8:36 am EST

A third-grade girl’s family has filed a federal lawsuit after their daughter’s school principal ordered her to remove her mask that had the words ‘Jesus Loves Me’ printed on it. The 3rd grader, name withheld, wore the face mask to Simpson Central School in Mississippi on October 13th, 2020.

ADF, Alliance Defending Freedom, a nonprofit litigation firm that advocates for religious liberty and free speech, filed the lawsuit on behalf of the family. According to WLBT, two days after the principle ordered the 3rd grader remove the mask; the school district stated the Superintendent; “Masks cannot display political, religious, sexual, or any inappropriate symbols, gestures, or statements that may be offensive, disruptive, or deemed distractive to the school environment.

[Jennifer] immediately researched the school’s policy, finding that it did not prohibit masks’ messages. After Jennifer questioned these policies through social media and spoke with school officials, the school then changed the policy to justify their discrimination against Lydia’s religious expression.

The civil rights complaint states that, while the school district allows students “to convey a multitude of messages concerning virtually unlimited topics on their masks,” the principal forced Lydia to remove hers with the words “Jesus Loves Me” printed on it.

Public schools have a duty to respect the free expression of students that the First Amendment guarantees to them,” said ADF Legal Counsel Michael Ross, adding: While school administrators face challenges in helping students navigate school life during a pandemic, those officials can’t suspend the First Amendment or arbitrarily pick and choose the messages that students can or can’t express. Other students within the school district have freely worn masks with the logos of local sports teams or even the words “Black Lives Matter.” This student deserves an equal opportunity to peacefully express her beliefs.”

The third-grade girl was singled out. “Defendants’ censorship of L.B.’s religious message, and the Religious Speech Policy and practice on which that censorship was based, violate the First and Fourteenth Amendments to the United States Constitution,” the complaint states.

“School officials can’t pick and choose which messages students are allowed to express and which they aren’t,” ADF asserted. “And they certainly can’t single out religious speech for worse treatment than other types of speech. On top of that, what qualifies as ‘offensive’ or ‘disruptive’ or ‘distractive’ is left completely up to school officials.”

If masks expressing other beliefs and views are allowed, then ‘Jesus Loves Me’ should be allowed as well,” ADF said.

https://theamerican.press/news/mississippi-principle-orders-third-grader-to-remove-jesus-loves-me-mask/ 

:: 11-12-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Justice Alito warns of dangers to free speech, religious liberty in Federalist Society address

“In certain quarters religious liberty has fast become a disfavored right,” Alito said

By Brie Stimson | Fox News

Fox News Flash top headlines for November 12

Fox News Flash top headlines are here. Check out what's clicking on Foxnews.com.

Religious liberty and free speech are among Americans' personal freedoms potentially imperiled along with government overreach during the coronavirus pandemic, Supreme Court Justice Samuel Alito warned Thursday. “Tolerance for opposing views is now in short supply,Alito added in a virtual keynote speech to a conference of the conservative Federalist Society, in which he referenced the current state of discourse in the nation's law schools and the “broader academic community.”

Many recent law school graduates claim they face “harassment” and “retaliation” for any views that depart “from law school orthodoxy,” Alito said.

In certain quarters religious liberty has fast become a disfavored right,” he said. “For many today, religious liberty is not a cherished freedom. It’s often just an excuse for bigotry and it can’t be tolerated even when there’s no evidence that anybody has been harmed.”

He cited the Supreme Court cases of the Little Sisters of the Poor, an order of Roman Catholic nuns who were exempted from a requirement to provide birth control coverage to employees and Colorado baker who was allowed to refuse service to a gay couple for their wedding.

No employees with the Little Sisters of the Poor asked for birth control coverage and the gay couple was given a free cake by another shop and had celebrity chefs jump to their defense, he said.

The question we face is whether our society will be inclusive enough to tolerate people with unpopular religious beliefs,” he added, saying Christians deserve the same protections as the any of the religious minority groups in cases over which has presided throughout the years. When Alito, 70, a nominee of former President George W. Bush who was confirmed by the Senate in 2006, touched on the pandemic, he said it has “resulted in previously unimaginable restrictions on individual liberty” and whatever people believe about the coronavirus restrictions, the U.S. can’t allow the restrictions to stand after the pandemic has passed.

He also said that houses of worship have been treated unfairly compared to other businesses during the pandemic, like in the case of casinos in Nevada. “Nevada was unable to provide any justification for treating casinos more favorably than other houses of worship,” he said, referring to a recent Supreme Court case. The court still deferred to the governor who favored the state’s biggest industry, he said. “Religious liberty is in danger of becoming a second-class right,” he warned, adding concerns about free speech and the Second Amendment.

He said there was “hostility” toward “unfashionable views” before the pandemic but said that free speech on campuses and at some corporations is now in danger.

You can’t say that marriage is a union between one man and one woman,” Alito said. “Until very recently that’s what the vast majority of Americans thought. Now it’s considered bigotry.” “Judges dedicated to the rule of law have a clear duty” he added, saying they can’t “compromise principle or rationalize any departure from what they are obligated to do.”

He said he’s confident the court won’t do that in the years ahead. He finally mentioned the late Justice Antonin Scalia’s belief in originalism, the interpretation of the U.S. Constitution based on its “public meaning at the time of its adoption.”

The Covid crisis has highlighted constitutional fault lines” he said, but stressed in his 15 years on the court good work has been done to protect freedom of speech and religious liberty and “the structure of government created by the Constitution.”

He closed by saying that standing up for the Constitution and freedom is work that lies ahead for all Americans.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/justice-alito-warns-of-dangers-to-free-speech-religious-liberty-in-federalist-society-address 

:: 11-16-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THE HUNGER GAME HAS BEGUN: THE ELITE HAVE BEGUN THEIR FULL SCALE EXECUTION AND DECIMATION OF THE MIDDLE CLASS!

Jack Metir Uncategorized November 16, 2020 8 Minutes

The coronavirus is disrupting food supply chains because farmers and laborers cannot work or travel, transportation delays are causing shortages, and in the United States, for example, meat processing plants have been forced to close.

Not only are these breaks in the supply chain affecting the availability of food, but also its affordability. Millions who already struggled to support themselves and their families have been struck by economic hardship caused by lockdowns around the globe.

Millions people will be pushed into extreme poverty this year owing to the pandemic, but the long-term effects will be even worse, as poor nutrition in childhood causes lifelong suffering. Already, one in five children around the world are stunted in their growth by the age of five, and millions more are likely to suffer the same fate if poverty rates soar.

Throughout history, mankind has waged a constant war with starvation. From the time of the first hunter-gatherers, through the early cultivation of crops and all the way to our modern, industrialized farming techniques, we humans have been working to ensure that we can survive the next winter, when no crops are growing and animals hide in their burrows. To our ancestors, this was a great challenge, unlike today. For that reason, the idea of being a “prepper” would seem strange, as they all lived a prepping lifestyle.

The truth is we have never been more disconnected from life, from the world, from the soil, from the trees, and from our own souls.

We are straying away from our roots on a dangerous road from which there will be no turning back. And the good and bad news is that we are the last generation that can truly do something about it.

We no longer know how to live without refrigerators, without cars, without phones or without supermarkets.

What will you do tomorrow if you simply are unable to buy things?

In this short Video, I will unearth a long-forgotten secret that helped our ancestors survive famines, wars, economic crises, diseases, droughts, and anything else life threw at them… a secret that will help you do the same for your loved ones when America crumbles into the ground. Yet somehow, modern western culture has distanced itself from the reality of needing to grow food. As the number of farmers in our midst keeps dwindling and industrialized farming takes over, fewer and fewer people have any idea of where their food comes from. The idea that the grocery store produces meat and vegetables rather than farmers and ranchers growing it, might make for a good joke, but the ignorance behind it is outright frightening.

The United States is the number one food producing nation in the world; yet we do it with a very small percentage of our overall population. Farming, fishing, forestry and related activities account for only 1.8% of the overall workforce. Those people not only produce the food that we eat here at home, but much that is exported overseas.

We depend on this small portion of our population, plus the others who work in the food service industry, to keep the rest of us fed. The rest of us don’t even bother thinking about it. After all, there’s always food in the grocery store… lots of food. There always has been and there always will be, right?

But what if they can’t? Since coronavirus lockdown has started, the farmers in this country can’t produce the food needed to feed our population, let alone all the other countries in the world that buy $159 billion in American food products. What will we do Next?

Main drivers of acute food insecurity found all over the continent include:

Conflict/Insecurity

Examples: Interstate conflicts, internal violence, regional/global instability, or political crises.

In many instances, these result in people being displaced as refugees.

Weather extremes

Examples: Droughts and floods

Economic shocks

Macroeconomic examples: Hyperinflation and currency depreciation

Microeconomic examples: Rising food prices, reduced purchasing power

Pests

Examples: Desert locusts, armyworms

Health shocks

Examples: Disease outbreaks as (COVID-19), which can be worsened by poor quality of water, sanitation, or air

Displacement

A major side-effect of conflict, food insecurity, and weather shocks.

We’re Not Hearing About It

Should there be actual shortages of food, there would be a need for some sort of food rationing. That would be a function of the USDA (US Department of Agriculture), who would be responsible for putting some sorts of controls in place, ensuring that the food which our farmers are producing would be properly allocated, so that everyone’s needs would be met.

What’s scarier than the potential of food shortages in the near future, is that we’re not hearing about it. Nor does it seem that the USDA is hearing anything about it. Nothing is being done to prepare for potential shortages, because the people who should be dealing with that don’t have any idea of what is going on. They seem to be kept in the dark and nobody seems to know who is hiding that news.

This means that when the food shortages begin to manifest, nobody is going to be ready for it. Government bureaucrats and major producers up and down the line will be caught with a sudden need to do something, but without the time to plan out what should be done. Can The Food Run Short?

There are places in the world today where food shortages are the norm. I’ve had church pastors from other countries in my home, who have told me about the people they bury, even children, because they’ve starved to death. This is a very real problem in a number of different countries. It’s not something made up by non-profit organizations, to try and get your money.

Are we going to run into that problem here in the USA? We could, but we probably won’t. As a country, we produce something like 180 billion tons of food per year. Of that, about a third actually goes to waste, not ending up on anyone’s dining room table.

The reason for this waste, is that, as a country, we are very focused on the appearance of our food. That began just after the time of World War II, coinciding with electric refrigerators becoming commonplace. Even with their faults, those early electric refrigerators were so much more efficient than iceboxes, that it made a difference in how our food looked, especially produce. No longer did homemakers have to concern themselves with brown spots on produce; it would be consumed before that happened.

With that being the case, homemakers became more selective in their purchases, passing over imperfect produce, in favor of better looking specimens. Noticing this, grocers stopped putting less than perfect produce on the shelves, opting to throw it away and make their selection look better. This then worked its way back to the farm, so that now there’s a lot of food which goes from the farm right to the landfill, rather than trucking it to the store.

Please note that there is nothing wrong with all this food that gets thrown away. In most cases, the flaws are superficial, mere cosmetic blemishes. I’m not talking about food that has spoiled, just food that doesn’t’ look so good.

With so much food that doesn’t ever get eaten, our farms would have to suffer severe shortages, before it became a shortage in the grocery store. The ones who would most likely be affected by such shortages would be our overseas customers, who buy some $160 billion worth of American food per year.

When Food Runs Short

This isn’t to say that it would be impossible for there to be serious food shortages in our country. The amount of food our farmers produce annually is dependent on a lot of separate factors. Should just one of those factors fall short, we might suddenly find ourselves in the position where productivity on the farms is drastically reduced.

There are a number of things I can think of, off hand, which could bring that about, ranging from severe weather to government regulation. Some of these regulations are being pushed for in Washington, without anyone taking into account the ultimate effect of those regulations.

Should the food supply begin to run short, we would first see it as a rise in prices at the store. The only effect that would have on most of us is a more costly grocery bill. We’d pay it and complain, tightening our belts elsewhere in our budgets, so that we could buy the same as we’ve always done.

But there would be those who couldn’t afford to spend more on their grocery bills; those people would suffer. Oh, they wouldn’t starve, but they would need to change their eating habits, so that they didn’t. More than anything, rather than buying fresh, they would have to settle for less favorable choices, perhaps even eating the food that is currently being thrown away.

It Could All Stop Tomorrow

While it would take a lot to shut down our farms or lower the amount they produce to levels where we would see shortages, there is one thing that could shut down food supplies in a day. That’s any sort of damage to our nation’s trucking industry. The food production and food service industries depend on trucking, more so than many other industries. Without our nation’s trucking industry taking food from the farm to the various processing facilities and then from those to the stores, the supermarket shelves would empty in a day.

As I sit here writing this, that’s happening in Wyoming. Severe winter weather has made the roads all but impassible, with over 200 miles of Interstate 80 closed down. This is making it difficult for truckers to make their deliveries, which in turn has led to empty shelves in the stores. Should this situation last for more than a few days, things could get serious for the inhabitants of that state.

The same could happen nationwide, should the electrical grid go down or some sort of nationwide quarantine be put in place due to pandemic. It wouldn’t matter what farmers could produce then, as it would only be available to people living locally. Those who lived in states where there wasn’t any food grown or even in cities that were far from the farms and processing plants, had better have their pantries stocked, or they’ll find themselves on very short rations.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/11/16/the-hunger-game-has-begun-the-elite-have-begun-their-full-scale-execution-and-decimation-of-the-middle-class/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc  

:: 11-16-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 3 Phases of the Globalist Takeover of America Has Just Completed Phase 1-Americans Are the Target of Phase 2

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, November 16, 2020 - 15:59

I am working on the biggest story of my journalistic career. Soon, details will be presented which make the information gleaned from Hunter Biden’s laptop seem like child[s play. However, before releasing this information, it is important that present the information to an audience that is ready to hear it and understand the implications. Therefore, preparatory articles must be prepared in order to erase as much of the ignorance related to the general population as possible.

The mainstream media (msm) is being used as a tool to convince the American people that the election is over, there was no fraud and even if there was fraud it would not make a difference because the vote totals are too large to overcome. All of these statements are false. Recently, Trump’s legal representative, Rudy Giuliani told Fox News (NY) 5 that the President’s claims had been disproven as hearsay in court. The two Fox News NY 5 anchors are liars. Only allegations have been brought in court, no discovery or testimony has taken place. All of the President’s active lawsuits have been yet to be considered. There are over 5,000 affidavits, offered under the penalty of perjury in which election officials, many of them Democrats have alleged voter fraud and other election wrong doing. Yet, the MSM simply wants the country to ignore the emerging facts. I would also like to point out that Al Gore was given 37 days to have his day in court with regard to the 2000 election. Why are the Democrats and the MSM so determined to sweep all the evidence under they carpet as they proclaim it is time to move. However, Biden’s extreme leftist elf, George Stephanopoulos, says the same rules that protected Gore’s 2000 campaign interests should not apply to Trump and his supporters in a case of “rules for thee, but not for me”. The mainstream media is controlled by 6 entities. As far as global conspiracies go, this is simple. America would be wise to disconnect from the MSM entirely, so they can fully see what is coming. What is coming is being obscured by the MSM. For example, it is clear that the Democrats and their media minions are doing to the “two-step” in which they say “No evidence of fraud and if there is, it is not enough to make a difference”. This is how they are neutering all opposition.

Why are the Democrats and their MSM gophers in such a hurry to bury this fraudulent election. As South Dakota Governor, Kristi Noem, would have you correctly believe that there are many moving parts to this election, the fraud and the various motives for fraud. Although Noem did not fully elaborate, it is likely that she knows what I know about the stakeholders behind this coup.

The 3 Phases are encapsulated below:

There is the Democratic Party itself. Pelosi, Feinstein, Schumer, Clinton, et al, knows exactly what we already know. The Democrats cannot legitimately win a non-compromised election without massive cheating. Election and voter fraud is as much a part of campaigning that media advertising and public appearances. Democrats are simultaneously political whores and gypsies all rolled into one. There are no exceptions. If the Democrats were the only entity in this coup, Americans would have to settle for tax and spend, high interest rates, expensive and unproven climate change policies and evisceration of all Constitutional liberties. But what lies ahead for America is far worse than this.

The controllers of the Democratic Party are the Deep State who are well-paid operatives that are paid to bring about the fall of nationalism and rise of globalism out of the ashes that they create. The most notorious are names like Kissinger, the late Brzezinski and the controllers in the Democratic Party who have names like Clinton, and Pelosi. Soros may be the most infamous administrator of the group. Their job is to create the national chaos that will lead to a national fall and the rise of the infamous new world order. Cancel culture best reflects their desires which embodies the phrase “out of chaos comes order”. Taken for granted practices such as the accumulation of wealth, private property, etc., will go by the wayside. Their goal, as evidenced in the TPP in which Trump destroyed is typical of the corporatocracy that will befall our former country. In short, America, you are being pushed into a form of neo-feudalism in which you will own nothing, are exploited for your labor, will possess no civil liberties and will be part of a systemic and planned depopulation agenda as the latest group of “useless eaters” will be systematically exterminated. In order for this socialist utopia to come to fruition, America and all opposition to the takeover must be destroyed. The information related to what I am going to release has to do with depopulation and the destruction of every American’s life. Even if Biden-Harris have a smooth transition to power, and we must remember that these people are Bolsheviks. at their heart, and the Bolsheviks have never had a major regime change without a holocaust, a purge or whatever you want to call it. As President Trump has stated, “they are after you, I am just in the way”.

The final group embodied by this take over of America and the subjugation of the entire planet, through schemes such as economic destroying COVID lockdown schemes, the fall of the entire planet is underway and turning the corner towards completion. Who makes up the membership of this group. You have heard of the leader. His name is Satan. He has an inner circle which includes the Pope and others who are filthy rich, but you will never know their names as all aware people are too afraid to speak the names. Their intent is to kill every human being. They are progressively destroying us, because if humanity ever united under the Lord Jesus, they would be destroyed.

One more noteworthy point should be mentioned. The manner in which they keep the people of the Earth from rising up is to created financial allegiances from lower-level minions such as the Clintons. This is the most elaborate multi-level marketing scheme in history. However, their Brownshirts (ie Clintons’) will be cast aside as all Brownshirts are and have been throughout history!!!

Group #3 in this power base is in the process of enabling the New World Order and they will destroy the average person before completing the same task on their own. More on how they are going to do this in the next installment of this series.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/3-phases-globalist-takeover-america-has-just-completed-phase-1-americans-are-target-phase-2 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 11-15-20 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Orwellian Mainstream Media Echo Chamber' Completely Exposed In Must-Watch Video Proving The MSM Is Absolutely Lethal To 'Truth' And The Future Of America

- The MSM and 'big tech' are part of the most dangerous and pervasive 'echo chambers' in history

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die November 15, 2020

According to Wikipedia, "in news media, an echo chamber is a metaphorical description of a situation in which beliefs are amplified or reinforced by communication and repetition inside a closed system and insulates them from rebuttal. By visiting an "echo chamber", people are able to seek out information that reinforces their existing views, potentially as an unconscious exercise of confirmation bias. This may increase social and political polarization and extremism."

As Wikipedia continues, "the term is a metaphor based on the acoustic echo chamber, where sounds reverberate in a hollow enclosure. Another emerging term for this echoing and homogenizing effect on the Internet within social communities, such as Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Reddit, etc.; is cultural tribalism. Many scholars note the effects that echo chambers can potentially have on citizen's stance and viewpoints, more specifically what implications this effect will have on politics."

While Vice recently reported that alternatives to facebook and twitter such as Parler, Gab, MeWe and Rumble are creating a massive "right-wing echo chamber" with the subtitle, "here's why that's dangerous", and the Washington Post reporting 3 weeks ago that facebook served as a massive 'right wing echo chamber' as well, perhaps never before in American history have we had an 'echo chamber' as vast and pervasive as the mainstream media as illustrated perfectly in the video we've embedded directly below.

With mainstream media outlets all across the country 'echoing' the exact same lines about why 'echo chambers' are 'so dangerous to democracy', if anyone needed absolute proof that it is the mainstream media who are dangerous to America and to our Republic, we get it in this video. Please feel free to share this far and wide with any liberal neighbors or co-workers you have who think that 'Conservatives' and President Trump supporters are the people who are living within 'echo chambers'. With 2020 Democrats, big tech and the mainstream media calling all reports of Democrat voter fraud 'disinformation' and 'fake news', with facebook and twitter going to extreme measures to censor any reports damning to 'the left', this Vice story shows just how 'Orwellian' America has become in 2020. Vice actually reported of Parler, Gab and other 'free speech outlets': "while these networks don’t pose a danger to the dominance of the mainstream platforms, their growing numbers are creating a right-wing echo chamber where users are exposed to more extremist views and the possibility of being further radicalized."

Yet as we see in the video directly above, it's the mainstream media that has 'radicalized' Americans all across the country via their very own 'echo chamber', with absolutely undeniably 'coordinated' news reports. How else could it be that they're all using EXACTLY THE SAME WORDS, with these news outlets not only spread out all across the country but all different networks as well?

"Our greatest responsibility is to serve the (fill in the blank) community." They all continue in unison: "The sharing of biased and false news has become all too common on social media. More alarming, some media companies share such stories as true without checking facts first.... Unfortunately, some members of the media use their platforms to push their own personal bias and agenda... this is extremely dangerous to our democracy....".

Are you kidding us? How did ALL of those media outlets use the exact same phrases and terminology unless we're witnessing one of the most dangerous and pervasive 'echo chambers' in world history? And as we'd reported on ANP back on October 24th in this story titled "More Evidence Of A Great Purge Ahead If Joe Biden Steals The Election With Calls For 'An Assault' Upon The Independent Media - They Want To Shut The Truth Tellers Down As America Is Transformed Into A Totalitarian Nation", the mainstream media is already calling for a crackdown upon the independent media.

With this Yahoo story actually reporting that "Joe Biden's first war should be against propaganda" while continuing to push the 'Russian disinformation' boogeyman that they've wielded against the American people and the independent media like a battering ram for over 4 years now, why is it that the mainstream media, big tech and 'the left' can label any true information damaging to them as 'disinformation' and get away with it? It's easy to see who the 'enemies of America and freedom within' are in 2020.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.) 

As Mike Adams warns in the next video below from Brighteon, with 'big tech' and the fake news media exposing their own fraud and lies by rigging everything election related and trying to destroy President Trump over the past 4 years, there has perhaps never been a more important time for Americans to stand up and say 'enough is enough'. As we'd warned within this November 14th story on ANP, if the truth-hating globalists and democrats get their way, "truth" will be silenced forever.

And with Democrats, big tech and the mainstream media going out of their way to censor Conservatives ahead of the 2020 election, absolutely one of the reasons why Joe Biden was able to dodge the 'Hunter Biden laptop scandal' that should have sent any opportunity of Biden winning the election plummeting, just imagine what America might look like in 2025 when a Joe Biden 1st term might end if they continue along the same censorship path that we've been on!

With only 6 different corporations owning nearly all of the media that Americans 'consume' on a daily basis helping to explain why the deck has been stacked against America and the American people for so long, and those 6 different corporations providing not only 24-hour news stations but newspapers, publishing houses, internet utilities and even video game developers, Americans are constantly being bombarded with the same 'propaganda'. Especially with Hollywood doubling down on the mainstream media, democrat talking points, 'drowning us' in a virtually 'round-the-clock' onslaught of garbage and 'fake news'.

So with any Joe Biden presidency at all setting up America to be fully absorbed into the 'new world order', and the globalists 'indoctrination' of tens of millions of Americans long ago completed, what happens to the rest of Americans who refuse to believe the mainstream media, democratic party lies? With leftists calling for 'truth and reconciliation committees' in the wake of President Donald Trump, while other leftists are calling for 'a purge' of 'Conservative thinking', how far off are the 'Hillary fun camps' that Hillary Clinton herself spoke of in 2015 to 're-educate' Americans?

With Joe Biden wasting no time at all before kneeling to his foreign overlords to enable them to dismantle everything President Trump did to protect the United States, and his potential presidency putting America back onto the fast track to plunge the us into '3rd world nation' status, we should all be prepared for 'the great reset' ahead if Biden holds on to win the presidency, especially with the World Economic Forum recently proclaiming 'now is the time for the great reset' we've long been warned of. From the World Economic Forum.:

COVID-19 lockdowns may be gradually easing, but anxiety about the world’s social and economic prospects is only intensifying. There is good reason to worry: a sharp economic downturn has already begun, and we could be facing the worst depression since the 1930s. But, while this outcome is likely, it is not unavoidable.

To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a “Great Reset” of capitalism.

So with the globalists/democrats happy to 'weaponize' the covid-19 'planned-demic' against the American people to bring about the 'great reset' they've long desired, and the mainstream media having proven itself to be nothing more than a gigantic, globalist 'echo chamber' for that 'reset' and the 'globalists agenda', the real threat to the American people and our Republic certainly aren't Parler nor Gab but the 'big tech/mainstream media' apparatus that long ago sold out 'truth' to push the democrats/globalists satanic agenda.

With one Joe Biden transition official believing the 1st Amendment has a 'design flaw' and his 'remedy' to that being to 'curb free speech' as PJ Media reports in this new story, Americans better be prepared to stand up for the 1st Amendment and the US Constitution in the months ahead with any Joe Biden presidency sure to bring about a 'clamping down' upon our freedom of speech even more than we've been witnessing already and the globalists seemingly desperate to make sure another 'President Trump' (aka a 'pro-America' president) never happens again.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Video_Proves_The_Orwellian_Mainstream_Media_Echo_Chamber.php 

:: 7-8-20 George Lombardi blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

George SOROS a truly EVIL man.

By: George Lombardi On: July 08, 2020 In: Articles Comments: 0

An article by : Steve Kroft (born August 22, 1945) an American journalist and a longtime correspondent for “60 Minutes”. His investigative reporting has garnered him much acclaim, including three Peabody Awards and nine Emmy awards, one of which was an Emmy for Lifetime Achievement. You can understand what is happening to our America after reading this. May God have mercy upon our natio

One Evil Human….. by STEVE KROFT (“60 Minutes”)

Glen Beck has been developing material to show all the ties that Soros has through the nation and world along with his goals. This article is written by Steve Kroft from “60 Minutes”. It begins to piece together the rise of Obama and his behavior in leading the nation along with many members of Congress, (in particular the Liberal Democrats, such as the election of Pelosi as the minority leader in Congress).

If you have wondered where Obama came from, and just how he quickly moved from obscurity to President, or why the media is “selective” in what we are told about him, here is the man who most probably put him there, and is responsible. He controlled President Obama’s every move…

Think this is absurd? Invest a few minutes and read this. You won’t regret it. Who is Obama? Obama is a puppet, and here is the explanation of the man, or demon that pulls his strings. It’s not by chance that Obama can manipulate the world. After reading this, and Obama’s reluctance to accept help on the oil spill you wonder if the spill is part of the plan to destroy the US? 

“In history, nothing happens by accident. If it happened, you can bet someone planned it.” ~ Franklin Delano Roosevelt ~

Who Is George Soros? He brought the market down in 2 days. Here is what CBS’ Mr. Steve Kroft’s research has turned up. It’s a bit of a read, and it took 4 months to put it together.

The main obstacle to a stable and just world order is the United States of America.”

~ George Soros~

George Soros is an evil man…..He’s anti-God, anti-family, anti-American, and anti-good.” He killed and robbed his own Jewish people. What we have in Soros, is a multi-billionaire atheist, with skewed moral values, and a sociopath’s lack of conscience. He considers himself to be an elitist world class philosopher, despises the American way, and just loves to do social engineering, and change cultures.

Garry Schwartz, better known to the world as George Soros, was born August 12, 1930 in Hungary. Soros’ father, Tivadar, was a fervent practitioner of the Esperanto language invented in 1887, and designed to be the first global language, free of any national identity. The Schwartz’s, who were non-practicing Jews, changed the family name to Soros, in order to facilitate assimilation into the Gentile population, as the Nazis spread into Hungary during the 1930s. When Hitler’s henchman, Adolf Eichmann arrived in Hungary, to oversee the murder of that country’s Jews, George Soros ended up with a man whose job was confiscating property from the Jewish population. Soros went with him on his rounds. Soros has repeatedly called 1944 “the best year of his life.” 70% of Mr. Soros’s fellow Jews in Hungary, nearly a half-million human beings, were annihilated in that year, yet he gives no sign that this put any damper on his elation, either at the time, or indeed in retrospect”. During an interview with “Sixty Minute’s” with Steve Kroft, Soros was asked about his “best year.”

KROFT: My understanding is that you went out with this protector of yours who swore that you were his adopted godson.

SOROS: Yes. Yes.

KROFT: Went out, in fact, and helped in the confiscation of property from your fellow Jews, friends, and neighbors.

SOROS: Yes. That’s right. Yes.

KROFT: I mean, that sounds like an experience that would send lots of people to the psychiatric couch for many, many, years. Was it difficult?

SOROS: No, not at all. Not at all, I rather enjoyed it.

KROFT: No feelings of guilt?

SOROS: No, only feelings of absolute power!

In his article, Muravchik describes how Soros has admitted to having carried some rather “potent messianic fantasies with me from childhood, which I felt I had to control, otherwise they might get me in trouble.”

Be that as it may. After WWII, Soros attended the London School of Economics, where he fell under the thrall of fellow atheist and Hungarian, Karl Popper, one of his professors. Popper was a mentor to Soros until Popper’s death in 1994. Two of Popper’s most influential teachings concerned “the Fallibilism is the philosophical doctrine that all claims of knowledge could, in principle, be mistaken. (Then again, I could be wrong about that.) The “open society” basically refers to a “test and evaluate” approach to social engineering. Regarding “open society,” Roy Childs writes, “Since the Second World War, most of the Western democracies have followed Popper’s advice about piecemeal social engineering and democratic social reform, and it has gotten them into a grand mess.”

In 1956 Soros moved to New York City, where he worked on Wall Street, and started amassing his fortune. He specialized in hedge funds and currency speculation. Soros is absolutely ruthless, amoral, and clever in his business dealings, and quickly made his fortune. By the 1980s he was well on his way to becoming the global powerhouse he is today.

In an article Kyle-Anne Shiver wrote for “The American Thinker” she says, “Soros made his first billion in 1992 by shorting the British pound with leveraged billions in financial bets, and became known as the man who broke the Bank of England. He broke it on the backs of hard-working British citizens who immediately saw their homes severely devalued and their life savings cut drastically, almost overnight.”

In 1994 Soros crowed in “The New Republic,” that “the former Soviet Empire is now called the Soros Empire.” The Russia-gate scandal in 1999, which almost collapsed the Russian economy, was labeled by Rep. Jim Leach, then head of the House Banking Committee, to be “one of the greatest social robberies in human history. The “Soros Empire” indeed In 1997 Soros almost destroyed the economies of Thailand and Malaysia. At the time, Malaysia’s Prime Minister, Mahathir Mohammad, called Soros “a villain, and a moron.” Thai activist Weng Tojirakarn said, “We regard George Soros as a kind of Dracula. He sucks the blood from the people.”

The website Greek National Pride reports, “Soros was part of the full court press that dismantled Yugoslavia and caused trouble in Georgia, Ukraine, and Myanmar [Burma]. Calling himself a philanthropist, Soros’ role is to tighten the ideological stranglehold of globalization and the New World Order while promoting his own financial gain. He is without conscience; a capitalist who functions with absolute amorality.”

France has upheld an earlier conviction against Soros, for felony insider trading. Soros was fined 2.9 million dollars. Recently, his native Hungary fined Soros 2.2 million dollars for “illegal market manipulation.” Elizabeth Crum writes that the Hungarian economy has been in a state of transition as the country seeks to become more financially stable and westernized. Soros deliberately driving down the share price of its largest bank put Hungary’s economy into a wicked tailspin, one from which it is still trying to recover.

My point here is that Soros is a planetary parasite. His grasp, greed, and gluttony have a global reach. But what about America? Soros told Australia’s national newspaper “The Australian.” “America, as the center of the globalized financial markets, was sucking up the savings of the world. This is now over. “The game is out,” he said, adding that the time has come for “a very serious adjustment” in American’s consumption habits. He implied that he was the one with the power to bring this about.”

SOROS: “World financial crisis was “stimulating, and in a way, the culmination of my life’s work.”

Obama has recently promised 10 billion of our tax dollars to Brazil, in order to give them a leg-up in expanding their offshore oil fields. Obama’s largesse towards Brazil came shortly after his political financial backer, George Soros, invested heavily in Brazilian oil, (Petrobras).

Tait Trussel writes, “The Petrobras loan may be a windfall for Soros and Brazil, but it is a bad deal for the U.S. The American Petroleum Institute estimates that oil exploration in the U S could create 160,000 new, well-paying jobs, as well as $1.7 trillion in revenues to federal, state, and local governments, all while fostering greater energy security and independence.”

A blog you might want to keep an eye on is SorosWatch.com. Their mission: “This blog is dedicated to all who have suffered due to the ruthless financial pursuits of George Soros. Their stories are many and varied, but the theme is the same: the destructive power of greed without conscience. We pledge to tirelessly watch Soros wherever he goes, and to print the truth in the hope that he will one day be made to stop preying upon the world’s poor, that justice will be served.”

Back to America. Soros has been actively working to destroy America from the inside out for some years now. People have been warning us. Two years ago, news sources reported,”Soros is an extremist who wants open borders, a one-world foreign policy, legalized drugs, euthanasia, and on and on. This is off-the-chart dangerous. In 1997 Rachel Ehrenfeld wrote, “Soros uses his philanthropy to change, or more accurately deconstruct the moral values and attitudes of the Western world, and particularly of the American people.” His “open society” is not about freedom; it is about license. His vision rejects the notion of ordered liberty, in favor of a PROGRESSIVE ideology of rights and entitlements.

Perhaps the most important of these “whistle blowers” are David Horowitz and Richard Poe. Their book, “The Shadow Party”, outlines in detail how Soros hijacked the Democratic Party, and now owns it lock, stock, and barrel. Soros has been packing the Democratic Party with radicals, and ousting moderate Democrats for years. The Shadow Party became the Shadow Government, which recently became the Obama Administration, and life’s work since he left office…

Discover The Networks.org (another good source) writes, “By his [Soros’] own admission, he helped engineer coups in Slovakia, Croatia, Georgia, and Yugoslavia. When Soros targets a country for “regime change,” he begins by creating a shadow government, a fully formed government-in-exile, ready to assume power when the opportunity arises. The Shadow Party he has built in America greatly resembles those he has created in other countries prior to instigating a coup.”

November 2008 edition of the German magazine, “Der Spiegel,” in which Soros gives his opinion on what the next POTUS (President of the U. S.) should do after taking office. “I think we need a large stimulus package.” Soros thought that around 600 billion would be about right. Soros also said that “I think Obama presents us a great opportunity to finally deal with global warming, and energy dependence.

The U.S. needs a cap & trade system with auctioning of licenses for emissions rights.” Although Soros doesn’t (yet) own the Republican Party, like he does the Democrats, make no mistake, his tentacles are spread throughout the Republican Party as well.

Soros is a partner in the Carlyle Group where he has invested more than 100 million dollars. According to an article by “The Baltimore Chronicle’s” Alice Cherbonnier, the Carlyle Group is run by “a veritable who’s who of former Republican leaders,” from CIA man, Frank Carlucci, to CIA head, and ex-President George Bush, Sr. In late 2006, Soros bought about 2 million shares of Halliburton, Dick Cheney’s old stomping grounds. When the Democrats and Republicans held their conventions in 2000, Soros held Shadow Party conventions in the same cities, at the same time.

In 2008, Soros donated $5,000,000,000 (that’s Five Billion) to the Democratic National Committee, DNC, to insure Obama’s win and wins for many other Alinsky trained Radical Rules Anti-American Socialist. George has been contributing a billion plus to the DNC since Clinton came on the scene.

Soros has dirtied both sides of the aisle, trust me. And if that weren’t bad enough, he has long held connections with the CIA. And I mustn’t forget to mention Soros’ involvement with the MSM (Main Stream Media), the entertainment industry (e.g. he owns 2.6 million shares of Time Warner), and the various political advertising organizations he funnels millions to. In short, George Soros controls or influences most of the MSM. Little wonder they ignore the TEA PARTY, – Soros’ NEMESIS.

As Matthew Vadum writes, “The liberal billionaire-turned-philanthropist has been buying up media properties for years in order to drive home his message to the American public that they are too materialistic, too wasteful, too selfish, and too stupid to decide for themselves how to run their own lives.”

Richard Poe writes, “Soros’ private philanthropy, totaling nearly $5 billion, continues undermining America’s traditional Western values. His giving has provided funding of abortion rights, atheism, drug legalization, sex education, euthanasia, feminism, gun control, globalization, mass immigration, gay marriage, and other radical experiments in social engineering.”

Some of the many NGOs (Non-Government Organizations) that Soros funds with his billions are: MoveOn.org, the Apollo Alliance, Media Matters for America, the Tides Foundation, the ACLU, ACORN, PDIA (Project on Death In America), La Raza, and many more. For a more complete list, with brief descriptions of the NGOs, go to DiscoverTheNetworks.org.

Poe continues, “Through his global web of Open Society Institutes and Open Society Foundations, Soros has spent 25 years recruiting, training, indoctrinating and installing a network of loyal operatives in 50 countries, placing them in positions of influence and power in media, government, finance and academia.”

Without Soros’ money, would the Saul Alinsky’s Chicago machine still be rolling? Would SEIU, ACORN, and La Raza still be pursuing their nefarious activities? Would big money and lobbyists still be corrupting government? Would our college campuses still be retirement homes for 1960s radicals?

America stands at the brink of an abyss, and that fact is directly attributable to Soros. Soros has vigorously, cleverly, and insidiously planned the ruination of America, and his puppet, Barack Obama lead the way.

The words of Patrick Henry are apropos: “Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take, but as for me, give me liberty, or give me death!”

Above information researched by CBS Steve Kroft…..

The democracy will cease to exist when you take away from those who are willing to work, and give to those who would not.” Thomas Jefferson

https://www.georgeguidolombardi.com/george-soros-a-truly-evil-man/ 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 11-16-20 KABC TV 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2 earthquakes rattle parts of SoCal, Central CA

Two earthquakes rattled parts of Southern and Central California early Monday morning.

Monday, November 16, 2020 11:56AM

Two earthquakes rattled parts of Southern and Central California early Monday morning.

A magnitude 3.5 earthquake struck in San Bernardino County.

It hit around 1:30 a.m. about 2 miles east of Loma Linda. Meanwhile, a magnitude 3.6 temblor hit Little Lake, which is about 30 miles northwest of Ridgecrest.

That quake hit just before 3 a.m.

There have been no reports of injuries or damage.

https://abc7.com/2-earthquakes-rattle-parts-of-socal-central-ca/8009648/ 

:: 11-16-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane Iota Erupts To Category 5, "Catastrophic" Damage Expected

by Tyler Durden n, 11/16/2020 - 12:23

Update (1315 ET): With Hurricane Iota honing in on Central America - the area could experience a massive economic loss of its most valuable crop: cocaine coffee.

On Saturday, AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Dave Samuhel estimated Hurricane Eta destroyed 10% of Central American coffee crop earlier this month. He said this percentage could increase as Iota is set to strike the area.

"AccuWeather estimates that additional impacts from Iota could be as much as another 10% to perhaps 25% loss as the region could be more susceptible to damage in the wake of Eta," Samuhel said. Update (1223 ET): Hurricane Iota strengthened into a Category 5 hurricane on Monday morning and is expected to make landfall in northeastern Nicaragua on Monday night or early Tuesday morning, the National Hurricane Center (NHC) said.

As of 1000 ET, Iota was located approximately 100 miles east-southeast of Puerto Cabezas, Nicaragua, with maximum sustained winds of 160 mph.

At Category 5, Iota is expected to be even more devastating than Hurricane Eta, which pulverized Central America earlier this month.

"This is a catastrophic situation unfolding for northeastern Nicaragua with an extreme storm surge of 15-20 ft forecast along with destructive winds and potentially 30 inches of rainfall," the NHC wrote. Update (0515 ET): Powerful Hurricane Iota is headed toward the Nicaragua and Honduras coastline as a catastrophic Category 4 storm and could become a Category 5 on Monday.

The National Hurricane Center (NHC) said Iota has "rapidly strengthened overnight and now has 155 mph (245 km/h) sustained winds."

"It could reach category five status later today before making landfall with 12-18 feet of storm surge," NHC warned. Around 0500 ET, Iota was about 25 miles northeast of Isla De Providencia, Colombia, and moving west at ten mph. Landfall forecasts point to late Monday or early Tuesday morning. Iota could dump between 8 to 16 inches of rain in northern Nicaragua, Honduras, Guatemala, and southern Belize. Some areas could receive upwards of 30 inches. This comes weeks after Hurricane Eta battered the area in early November. Iota is the 30th named storm of this year's record-breaking Atlantic hurricane season.

Iota strengthened to a hurricane Sunday over the southwestern Caribbean Sea, expected to "bring potentially catastrophic winds, a life-threatening storm surge, and rainfall impacts to Central America," reported the National Hurricane Center (NHC). NHC's 1000 ET Sunday update outlined how Iota is "rapidly intensifying" as it could be an extremely dangerous category 4 near the coasts of Nicaragua and Honduras." The current landfall forecast says tropical conditions will arrive on the coasts of Honduras and Nicaragua by Monday morning. "This is an extremely dangerous situation with Iota expected to be category 4 at landfall!" NHC warned.

Earliest Reasonable Arrive Time Of Tropical-Storm-Force Winds We explained on Saturday Iota would become a "major hurricane." Weather models are forecasting the storm could dump 8 to 30 inches of rain on Honduras, northern Nicaragua, eastern Guatemala, and southern Belize by early next week.

In early November, Hurricane Eta battered the region (read: here & here), destroying upwards of 10% of the coffee crop in Central America, with Iota likely to push up the percentage to 25%.

https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/rapidly-intensifying-hurricane-iota-set-slam-central-america 

:: 11-15-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sidney Powell: Smartmatic Voting Machine’s Chairman of the Board Peter Neffenger Named to Joe Biden’s ‘Transition Team’

By Jim Hoft blished November 15, 2020 at 4:11pm

Peter Neffenger is a former Coast Guard Commander who served as Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration from July 2015 to January 20, 2017.

Peter Neffenger is currently Chairman of the Board of Directors of Smartmatic, a multinational company that specializes in building and implementing electronic voting systems. Last week Neffenger was named a member of Joe Biden’s “Transition Team.”

This is well documented and is even posted on Wikipedia.

TRENDING: WE CAUGHT THEM! Part 5: In Competitive States, Once Biden Gained the Lead with MASSIVE Vote Dumps, The Remainder of Votes All Possessed Same Biden to Trump Vote Ratio -- THIS IS INCONCEIVABLE!

Trump attorney Sidney Powell revealed this disturbing finding on Sunday Morning Futures this morning.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/11/sidney-powell-smartmatic-voting-machines-chairman-board-peter-neffenger-named-joe-bidens-transition-team/ 

:: 11-15-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian government publishes bid request for “Programmable Hydraulic Guillotines” needed “in support of Canada’s response to COVID-19”

Sunday, November 15, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) The Canadian government, on its official acquisition website (Buyandsell.gc.ca) is requesting bids for “Programmable Hydraulic Guillotines” as part of, “products and services in support of Canada’s response to COVID-19.”

The listing number is 45045-190091/A, and it is found at this link:

https://buyandsell.gc.ca/procurement-data/tender-notice/PW-PD-005-78707 

Additional details on the bid include:

Reference number: PW-$$PD-005-78707

Solicitation number: 45045-190091/A

Region of delivery: National Capital Region

Notice type: Notice of Proposed Procurement (NPP)

GSIN: N7520: Office Devices and Accessories

Procurement entity: Public Works and Government Services Canada

The “Programmable Hydraulic Guillotineslisting on the Canadian government’s website is explained on the site as “products and services in support of Canada’s response to COVID-19.”

Guillotine” is a term that describes a mechanical device with a powerful chopping blade that can slice things apart. Although there are industrial uses for cutting devices — such as in the book publishing industry — the term “guillotine” specifically refers to a device intended to execute human beings.

As the Cambridge online dictionary explains, “guillotine” is a device that’s used to kill people by cutting off their heads: Here’s an image of a paper cutting machine, which is more commonly called a “shear” or cutting machine. This is not a guillotine, even though paper cutting companies might be used as a front for acquiring actual guillotines: Antifa and left-wing BLM terrorists have recently displayed mock-up guillotines on the streets of America as part of their protest actions, demanding that the people with whom they disagree be executed via guillotine. Guillotines were also used in the French Revolution to execute political dissidents who opposed the incoming socialist regime. Canadian official asks why covid camps are being constructed in Canada, gets silenced

It is difficult to imagine how guillotines would be needed to respond to COVID-19 unless Canada was building covid death camps to “process” people who refuse to submit to mass vaccinations. As it turns out, this may be exactly what Canada is doing. See this article: Canadian government erecting a network of covid detainment camps and “isolation” sites to incarcerate those who don’t cooperate with medical tyranny. As that article explains:

Justin Trudeau and the Canadian government are creating Nazi Germany-like infrastructure to detain human beings en masse, and for years to come. A brave Ontario politician named Randy Hillier spoke out about the government’s nefarious detainment plan in a provincial question period in front of the government of Ontario. His microphone was cut off as soon as he started asking the tough questions.

Randy Hillier, Independent Ontario MPP for Lanark, Frontenac and Kingston, stood up and questioned the government, asking how many people will be detained and how many concentration camps are scheduled for construction. He expressed concern about their current use — to control the spread of covid-19 — and pointed out in documentation that these sites could be used for “other requirements” in the future.

“So your government must be in negotiations and aware of these plans to potentially detain and isolate citizens and residents of our country and our province,” Hillier began. “So speaker, to the Premier, where will these camps be built, how many people will be detained, and for what reason, for what reasons can people be kept in these isolation camps, and I’d like to have the Premier assure the people of Ontario…,” Hillier’s microphone was cut off before he could finish.

See the video here, which has been banned from YouTube: Additional details on the hydraulic guillotines request from the Canadian government

Solicitation document #ABES.PROD.PW__PD.B005.E78707.EBSU000 reveals additional details about the bid request: The bid document lists technical requirements for the guillotines, under a heading called “Guillotines Mandatory Requirements:”

The Guillotine’s cutting and clamping systems must be fully hydraulic;

The Guillotine’s automatic blade and clamp must return from every position to its original

starting position;

The Guillotine’s blade depth adjustment(s) must be achievable from outside of the

Guillotine;

The Guillotine’s measurement readout must be in imperial measurement;

The Guillotine’s blade changing tool, wrenches/screwdrivers and cutting block must be

provided for each Guillotine;

The document also calls for a “1 year parts and labour warrantyto make sure the guillotine continues running smoothly so that the chopping isn’t interrupted.

Is this bid for industrial use, or something more sinister?

A skeptic might look at this government bid and conclude it must be a bid for cutting equipment to be used in cutting books, stacks of papers or posters. One of the companies involved in the bid appears to be a printing company, for example. But wouldn’t that also be the perfect cover story for acquiring actual guillotines intended for a more sinister purpose?

Given that Canada is already in the process of constructing covid “concentration camps” — while touting this guillotine bid as part of “Canada’s response to COVID-19,” many people will have serious questions about the intended use of these devices as well as the language used to describe them.

If these were merely industrial cutting machines, wouldn’t the listing just say, “Cutting Machine” instead of “Guillotines?”

And given the history of guillotines being used during radical left-wing revolutions in France, many people are wondering whether China’s corruption of modern-day Canada — including its French-speaking regions — means that China is planning to round up and execute anyone resisting communist influences in Canada. With Justin Trudeau now appearing to be a political puppet of China — much like Joe Biden — and with Chinese troops already staged in Western Canada, these are no longer idle questions.

See this important story: Western Canada has already fallen to Communist China – America may have a chance, but only if it stands united.

Dave Hodges of The Commonsense Show recently published an article describing plans to round up Americans and incarcerate them in Canadian concentration camps run by communist Chinese. That article explains: Steve Quayle and myself have been investigating a three-nation deal involving Communist China, Canada and the United States. The deal has now expanded to NATO forces, living in American bases that were closed during the Bush Sr., era. The CSS has also learned that their is some UN involvement as well. The agreements have to do with ridding America’s new Harris-Biden administration of any and all. Unfortunately, the interview that is presented below on this topic is a work in progress. The implications of this interview is frightening as it promises an international, state-sponsored genocidal program against “deplorables” who will oppose the real new world order.

As all this is happening, Trudeau is accelerating Canada’s gun control and gun confiscation efforts to make sure that Canadian citizens have no ability to fight back when the government comes to their homes and kidnaps them, depositing them in Canada’s COVID concentration camps.

Americans, on the other hand, will never give up their guns. Count on it.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-11-15-canadian-government-publishes-bid-request-for-programmable-hydraulic-guillotines-covid-19.html# 

:: 11-15-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Africa is breaking apart forming a new ocean and exploding Madagascar into smaller islands

By Strange Sounds - Nov 15, 2020

A new research shows that tectonic shifts along the East African Rift System are slowly tearing the continent apart. The team of geologists demonstrated that Africa to break into several smaller and larger tectonic blocks, thus creating a new ocean basin and causing the Madagascar to crumble into smaller islands in the Indian ocean.

LATEST VIDEOS New Ocean Forms in Africa

In somewhere between five and ten million years, the tectonic plates that form Africa are likely to rip apart so much that it’ll eventually split the continent in two. Within Ethiopia’s Afar region, the Arabian, Nubian, and Somali tectonic plates are slowly pulling away from each other, gradually creating a vast rift — slowly forming a new ocean. “We … Continue reading The only good news is that the break-up is not expected to happen anytime soon but within the next 5-10 million years.

Signs are already there

But signs of this process can already be observed in places like Ethiopia, where a 35-mile-long rift split the ground open in 2005.

More recently, giant cracks opened up in Uganda and Kenya, South Africa. After Kenya, now Uganda: Giant cracks destroy over 300 houses and prompt evacuation of dozens of residents in Uganda in the East African Rift (videos and pictures)

Over 300 homes have been destroyed and several people displaced after several big cracks developed following heavy rain in Bupoto Sub County and Namisindwa town council in Namisindwa district, Uganda on May 23, 2018. The fissures in the ground go right through people’s houses, gardens and bridges have been washed away. Like Kenya, Uganda is

Giant Earth crack opens up in Northern Cape, South Africa

A giant earth crack has been spotted in Northern Cape along the R31 between Daniëlskuil and Kuruman in South Africa. The road has been closed down. According to residents, the fissure is getting worse and expanding every single minutes! Officials call this a sinkhole. I describe it as a massive fissure in the ground! Look at this, it

Giant 3-km-long crack cuts off heavy traffic road in Kenya after torrential rains

The Narok – Mai Mahiu road has been reopened to traffic after repair works on the section that had been cut off by flood waters. Hundreds of travellers were stranded for hours on road after a section of the road collapsed on Tuesday night. The giant crack responsible for the collapse is 3 kilometers long

Rifting like this is caused forces deep underground stretching out Earth’s lithosphere layer until it cracks.

However, the rate of present-day break-up is millimetres per year, so it will be millions of years before new oceans start to form.

The rate of extension is faster in the north, so we’ll see new oceans forming there first. Most previous studies suggested that the extension is localised in narrow zones around microplates that moved independent of surrounding larger tectonic plates.

The new study found the continental break up is much more complex and widely distributed than previously thought.

In one region, for example, the researchers found extension across 372 miles (600km), from Eastern Africa to parts of Madagascar.

The findings suggest the island is actively falling apart with southern Madagascar moving on one tectonic plate, while central Madagascar is moving on a separate plate.

What is The East African Rift System?

Some 200 million years ago, all of the world’s continents were locked into one gargantuan landmass dubbed Pangea. But the supercontinent fractured with time, splitting into the continents as we know them today. More recently – in the last 30 million years – the Arabian plate has been slowly drifting away from Africa. The process is what gave birth to the Gulf of Aden and the Red Sea.

The East African Rift System stretches for more than 1,800 miles (3,000km) from the Gulf of Aden between Yemen and Somalia, and south towards Zimbabwe.

More continental break-up news on Geology, Express, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

If you are already planning your Christmas gifts, please buy with us on Amazon. The affiliate sales will help us to continue the hard work we are putting in this website.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/11/africa-breaking-apart-new-ocean-madagascar-destruction.html 

:: 11-15-20 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ON VIDEO! CANADA'S PRIME MINISTER ADMITS "COVID-19 IS **OPPORTUNITY** TO BRING-IN "GREAT RESET" (i.e. Worldwide Communism)

Nation Hal Turner 15 November 2020 Hits: 16595

On Monday's Hal Turner Radio Show:

I have actual audio and video of Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau admitting they are using the COVID-19 "Pandemic" as " opportunity."

You'll hear the Prime Minister's Actual Words:

"This Pandemic has provided an OPPORTUNITY for a RESET. This is our chance to accelerate our pre-Pandemic efforts to re-imagine economic systems that actually address global challenges like extreme poverty, inequality, and climate change."

It appears that earlier coverage of this issue, right here on the Hal Turner Radio Show web site (HERE) is now verified!

It seems they want to offer all citizens TOTAL DEBT FORGIVENESS in return for those citizens agreeing to GIVE UP PRIVATE PROPERTY RIGHTS and the ability to OWN anything. Put simply: Worldwide Communism where people own nothing, all is owned by the state, and the state can tell you where to live, what to drive, what food you will eat, where you will work, and how much money you get. Anyone failing or refusing to agree to this new "economic" system, would be barred from society as a COVID-19 Risk, held in camps, and ultimately forcibly stripped of their private property anyway after being designated a threat to national security!

Be sure to Tune-in Monday at 9:00 PM eastern US Time as follows:

WBCQ Shortwave on either 7.490 or 6.160 AM (50,000 watts each)

WRMI Shortwave on 9.455 AM (100,000 watts)

KYAH 540-AM (Regular car radio AM) "Utah's Talk Authority"

You can also tune-in LIVE right here in the net using the LISTEN ONLINE links in the menu buttons above. BE ADVISED: Those links do not go active until about one hour before the show starts. During that hour, they stream commercial-free music until the show begins.

This is actually "it" folks. They are now openly admitting they are using COVID to break us all financially, so as to force us all into a communist system.

This is also why they absolutely HAD to win the US Presidential Election. They plan the same crap here but had to lie, cheat, and literally STEAL the election in order to gain power to do it. 100% willful fraud.

THIS TYPE OF ACTIVITY COULD END UP LEADING TO CIVIL WAR.

They are already deceiving us with COVID to break us financially.

They have already brazenly STOLEN an election.

They have the equivalent of Hitler's Brown Shirts attacking, beating, burning, and killing on the streets of our cities under the cultural banners of ANTIFA and BLM.

Thus, they are already waging actual economic, cultural, and Vote Fraud warfare upon us all. It is time they experienced push back of a nature more suitable to what they are actually doing.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/on-video-canada-s-prime-minister-admits-covid-19-is-opportunity-to-bring-in-great-reset-i-e-worldwide-communism 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 11-5-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Return of Radical Islamic Terror

By Hal Lindsey

On September 2nd, 14 individuals went on trial, accused of murdering 12 people in a 2015 terrorist attack in Paris. The attack came in response to cartoon images of Mohammed published in the French satirical magazine, Charlie Hebdo.

In France, the trial sparked renewed interest in how a secular society should respond to demands from Muslims that everyone be bound by some portions of Islamic law. In mid-October, a Paris middle school teacher led his class in a discussion of the cartoons and secular government. He received attention in the press when Muslim parents at the school made an official complaint. A few days later, a radical Islamic terrorist beheaded the teacher.

On October 28th, ISIS issued a video calling for more attacks on France. The next day, terrorists hit a church in Nice. They killed three, one by decapitation. Some veteran police officers described it as the worst thing they had ever seen on the job.

On November 2nd, radical Islamic terrorists struck in Vienna, Austria. They killed at least four and left many more wounded. Police shot and killed one of the gunmen. He had previously been convicted on terrorism charges after trying to join ISIS. In December, authorities granted him an early release. Austrian Chancellor Sebastian Kurz told The Wall Street Journal, “He was a dedicated Islamist terrorist who had pledged his allegiance to the Islamic State terror organization.”

As of this writing, he remains the only terrorist caught, but many more helped. Early reports called the incident a coordinated assault simultaneously carried out in six separate locations, including outside a Jewish synagogue. Many of the terrorists carried rifles.

Like much of Europe, Austria was just about to return to a nationwide Covid-19 lockdown. It was a beautiful night, and large numbers of people were on the streets enjoying one last night out with friends. At the beginning of the attack, people across central Vienna sought shelter in bars and restaurants. Several hours later, police began moving those people to safety.

It was a night of gruesome events and images. One video showed a gunman shooting a man with a long gun, then coming back to his victim to shoot him twice more with a handgun at close range.

More will be known about the magnitude of this attack in coming days. But we do know this. Islamic terror has not disappeared. I have only mentioned attacks in Europe, but we have also seen a new wave of terrorism in the Middle East.

The world is in an unprecedented state. Violence and hatred are being amplified by amazing new technologies. Hatred seems to be having its day. But stay confident in God. In Romans 15:13, Paul prayed, “May the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, so that you will abound in hope by the power of the Holy Spirit.”

Let us pray that prayer for one another. God is still the God of hope. He still fills us with “all joy and peace.” Let us “abound in hope by the power of the Holy Spirit.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-5-2020/ 

:: 11-15-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump to NY Post: Election 'Greatest Theft in The History of America'

By Newsmax Wires | Sunday, 15 November 2020 06:04 AM

President Donald Trump appears to be nowhere close to conceding the presidential election to former Vice President Joe Biden, according to a new interview in The New York Post.

But on Sunday, Trump tweeted "he won," apparently in reference to Biden.

"He won because the Election was Rigged," Trump wrote on Twitter. "NO VOTE WATCHERS OR OBSERVERS allowed, vote tabulated by a Radical Left privately owned company, Dominion, with a bad reputation & bum equipment that couldn’t even qualify for Texas (which I won by a lot!), the Fake & Silent Media, & more!"

In a story published Saturday night, Trump told Post columnist Michael Goodwin that the election "was stolen.”

“It was a rigged election, 100 percent, and everyone knows it,” Trump said in the Friday night interview. “It’s going to be that I got about 74 million votes, and I lost? It’s not possible.”

When Goodwin asks if he'll ever concede, Trump responded: “We’ll see how it turns out.” he said. "When I asked if he could come to terms with defeat, he responded only that 'it’s hard to come to terms when they won’t let your poll watchers in to observe' the counting," Goodwin writes. "A third time, he said, 'Again, I can’t tell you what’s going to happen.'

Goodwin writes that Trump seems convinced that Biden's victory was corruptly engineered by Dominion Voting Systems, a company whose technology is used by most states, including Michigan and Georgia. Trump repeatedly cited Dominion, according to Goodwin.

“It was turned down by the state of Texas because it is insecure,” Trump told Goodwin. Trump also repeated allegations that the company’s owners and investors have ties to Democrats. Goodwin reports that "it is true the firm made a contribution and worked with the Clinton Family Foundation during the Obama-Biden administration."

The Associated Press also reported that a former top aide to House Speaker Nancy Pelosi is one of the company’s lobbyists. The firm also employs a lobbyist who worked for Republicans Dick Cheney and John Boehner.

Trump, according to Goodwin, views the election results as "the concluding act of a confederacy against him that began with the Obama-Biden administration’s corrupting of the FBI and CIA to spy on him in 2016 and tip the election to Hillary Clinton. That effort gave birth to the Russia, Russia, Russia narrative that wasn’t fully revealed as false until the probe of Special Counsel Robert Mueller finally concluded in 2019."

It’s amazing but nothing happened to [Jim] Comey and [Andrew] McCabe, even though they were caught cold,” Trump told Goodwin, referring to the former director and deputy director of the FBI.

Then this, the greatest theft in the history of America. And ­everybody knows it,” Trump told Goodwin.

https://www.newsmax.com/headline/trump-election-nypost-theft/2020/11/15/id/997099/ 

:: 11--20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Confirmed: Biden Cancer Initiative Spent on Salaries — and Little Else

The New York Post confirmed Saturday what Breitbart News and others had reported earlier this year: that the Biden Cancer Initiative, founded by former Vice President Joe Biden, spent millions on staff salaries but did little about cancer research.

The Post reported Saturday: A cancer charity started by Joe Biden gave out no money to research, and spent most of its contributions on staff salaries, federal filings show.

The Biden Cancer Initiative was founded in 2017 by the former vice president and his wife Jill Biden to “develop and drive implementation of solutions to accelerate progress in cancer prevention, detection, diagnosis, research and care and to reduce disparities in cancer outcomes,” according to its IRS mission statement. But it gave out no grants in its first two years, and spent millions on the salaries of former Washington DC aides it hired.

Biden headed up the Cancer Moonshot Task Force when he was veep after his son Beau died of a brain tumor in 2015. After leaving office, the Biden Cancer Initiative sought to continue such efforts to provide “urgent” solutions to treating cancer, according to a 2017 press statement announcing its launch.

The Post report confirmed earlier reporting by the Washington Free Beacon, via Breitbart News, in June: The cancer research non-profit that former Vice President Joe Biden created after leaving the Obama administration in 2017 spent two thirds of its money on staff, with top executives getting as much as six-figures, before shuttering.

The Washington Free Beacon reported on Thursday that the Biden Cancer Initiative directed 65 percent of its total expenditures to staff compensation between 2017 and 2018. Overall, the group raised $4.8 million during the those two years, spending slightly more than $3 million on salaries and benefits for its employees.

That is well above the 25 percent charity watchdogs recommend nonprofits spend on administrative overhead and fundraising costs combined,” the outlet reported, noting that Biden’s nonprofit “did not cut a single grant to any other group or foundation during its two-year run.”

As Breitbart News noted in October, Biden met with businessman Tony Bobulinski in May 2017 to discuss a potential business venture with a Chinese energy company. The meeting took place before the prestigious Milken conference in Los Angeles — where Biden was to speak about his family’s efforts to fund cancer research.

Joel B. Pollak is Senior Editor-at-Large at Breitbart News and the host of Breitbart News Sunday on Sirius XM Patriot on Sunday evenings from 7 p.m. to 10 p.m. ET (4 p.m. to 7 p.m. PT). His newest e-book is The Trumpian Virtues: The Lessons and Legacy of Donald Trump’s Presidency. His recent book, RED NOVEMBER, tells the story of the 2020 Democratic presidential primary from a conservative perspective. He is a winner of the 2018 Robert Novak Journalism Alumni Fellowship. Follow him on Twitter at @joelpollak.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2020/11/15/confirmed-biden-cancer-initiative-spent-on-salaries-and-little-else/ 

:: 11-16-20 CHRON. :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2nd virus vaccine shows striking success in US tests

LAURAN NEERGAARD, AP Medical Writer Nov. 16, 2020  Updated: Nov. 16, 2020 2:08 p.m.

A second experimental COVID-19 vaccine — this one from Moderna Inc. — yielded extraordinarily strong early results Monday, another badly needed dose of hope as the pandemic enters a terrible new phase.

Moderna said its vaccine appears to be 94.5% effective, according to preliminary data from an ongoing study. A week ago, competitor Pfizer Inc. announced its own vaccine looked 90% effective — news that puts both companies on track to seek permission within weeks for emergency use in the U.S.

The results are “truly striking,” said Dr. Anthony Fauci, the U.S. government's top infectious-diseases expert. “The vaccines that we're talking about, and vaccines to come, are really the light at the end of the tunnel.” A vaccine can’t come fast enough, as virus cases topped 11 million in the U.S. over the weekend — 1 million of them recorded in just the past week — and governors and mayors are ratcheting up restrictions ahead of Thanksgiving. The outbreak has killed more than 1.3 million people worldwide, over 246,000 of them in the U.S.

Stocks rallied on Wall Street and elsewhere around the world on rising hopes that the global economy could start returning to normal in the coming months. Moderna was up 7.5% in the morning, while companies that have benefited from the stay-at-home economy were down, including Zoom, Peloton and Netflix.

Both vaccines require two shots, given several weeks apart. U.S. officials said they hope to have about 20 million Moderna doses and another 20 million of the vaccine made by Pfizer and its German partner BioNTech to use in late December. Dr. Stephen Hoge, Moderna’s president, welcomed the “really important milestone” but said having similar results from two different companies is what’s most reassuring.

That should give us all hope that actually a vaccine is going to be able to stop this pandemic and hopefully get us back to our lives,” Hoge told The Associated Press. He added: “It won’t be Moderna alone that solves this problem. It’s going to require many vaccines” to meet the global demand.

If the Food and Drug Administration allows emergency use of Moderna’s or Pfizer’s candidate, there will be limited, rationed supplies before the end of the year. Exactly who is first in line has yet to be decided. But Health and Human Services Secretary Alex Azar said the hope is that enough doses are available by the end of January to vaccinate adults over 65, who are at the highest risk from the coronavirus, and health care workers. Fauci said it may take until spring or summer before anyone who is not high risk and wants a shot can get one. The National Institutes of Health helped create the vaccine Moderna is manufacturing, and NIH's director, Dr. Francis Collins, said the exciting news from two companies “gives us a lot of confidence that we're on the path towards having effective vaccines.”

But “we're also at this really dark time,” he warned, saying people can't let down their guard during the months it will take for doses of any vaccines cleared by the FDA to start reaching a large share of the population.

Moderna’s vaccine is being studied in 30,000 volunteers who received either the real thing or a dummy shot. On Sunday, an independent monitoring board examined 95 infections that were recorded after volunteers’ second shot. Only five of the illnesses were in people given the vaccine.

Earlier this year, Fauci said he would be happy with a COVID-19 vaccine that was 60% effective.

The study is continuing, and Moderna acknowledged the protection rate might change as more COVID-19 infections are detected. Also, it’s too soon to know how long protection lasts. Both cautions apply to Pfizer’s vaccine as well.

But Moderna’s independent monitors reported some additional, promising tidbits: All 11 severe COVID-19 cases were among placebo recipients, and there were no significant safety concerns. The main side effects were fatigue, muscle aches and injection-site pain after the second dose.

Scientists not involved with the testing were encouraged but cautioned that the FDA still must scrutinize the safety data and decide whether to allow vaccinations outside of a research study.

“We’re not to the finish line yet,” said Dr. James Cutrell, an infectious-disease expert at UT Southwestern Medical Center in Dallas. “If there’s an impression or perception that there’s just a rubber stamp, or due diligence wasn’t done to look at the data, that could weaken public confidence.”

States already are gearing up for what is expected to be the biggest vaccination campaign in U.S. history. First the shots have to arrive where they’re needed, and Pfizer’s must be kept at ultra-cold temperatures — around minus 94 degrees Fahrenheit. Moderna’s vaccine also starts off frozen, but the company said Monday it can be thawed and kept in a regular refrigerator for 30 days, easing that concern.

Beyond the U.S., other governments and the World Health Organization, which aims to buy doses for poor countries, will have to separately decide if and when vaccines should be rolled out broadly.

“There are many, many questions still remaining,” including how long protection lasts and if the first vaccines to emerge work as well in older people as in the young, said WHO chief scientist Dr. Soumya Swaminathan. “We also hope the clinical trials will continue to collect data, because it’s really going to be important for us to know in the long term.”

The vaccine from Cambridge, Massachusetts-based Moderna is among 11 candidates in late-stage testing around the world, four of them in huge studies in the United States. Collins stressed that more U.S. volunteers are needed for those studies.

Elsewhere around the world, China and Russia have been offering different experimental vaccines to people before completing final-stage testing.

Both Moderna's shots and the Pfizer-BioNTech candidate are so-called mRNA vaccines, a brand-new technology. They aren’t made with the coronavirus itself, meaning there’s no chance anyone could catch it from the shots. Instead, the vaccine contains a piece of genetic code that trains the immune system to recognize the spiked protein on the surface of the virus.

Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla tweeted that he was thrilled at Moderna’s news, saying, “Our companies share a common goal — defeating this dreaded disease.”

https://www.chron.com/news/article/2nd-coronavirus-vaccine-shows-early-success-in-15729897.php 

:: 11-15-20 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Biblical Book of Esther Playing Out Again Today

By Eric Georgatos  November 15, 2020 

Four years of unconscionable, duplicitous, manipulative, manufactured attempts by the ruling class to get rid of the unacceptable outsider Trump seems poised to achieve success. The deplorables who dared in 2016 to elect Trump in defiance of their ruling-class betters are about to be put back in their place.

Maybe the Bible suggests otherwise.

The Bible's Book of Esther records the story of how Queen Esther and her uncle Mordecai stood up for their Jewish heritage against a conniving, arrogant, anti-Semitic ruling-class "noble" named Haman.

Haman was furious that Mordecai wouldn't bow to his presence. Haman was fed up with Mordecai and his people, who seemed to love their religious faith and values more than they cared about his stature and authority.

The Mordecai types just weren't going to give him the subservience he felt entitled to, so he came up with a plan to exterminate them and pay for it himself. The king shrugged and let him go forward. The king happened to genuinely love Queen Esther, and he was not aware of her Jewish heritage. He also wasn't aware until late in the story that Mordecai the Jew had actually saved the king's life by outing two of the king's aides who were plotting to assassinate him.

Long story short, Esther finally had to step up and steel herself to tell the king what Haman was up to. She did so after having been convinced by Mordecai that perhaps she had become queen "for such a time as this."

And when she made it clear to the king that Haman was determined to kill all of her people — including even the man, Mordecai, who had saved the king's life — the king immediately turned on Haman. The king soon ordered Haman to be hanged on a pole that Haman himself had just built for the purpose of hanging the man who wouldn't bow to him, Mordecai.

The story of Esther suggests some lessons and portends some parallels.

Don't be surprised by authorities determined to shut down people who won't bow to them, and don't underestimate the depths of depravity to which they can sink. Hyper-wealthy elites with a "shut down" inclination will pay to have the government accomplish the dirty work of their worst intentions.

Exposing evil and corruption among high-level government officials takes courage.

Courage when the stakes are highest is the ultimate in courage — even the willingness to risk life itself to stand up for what is right. Esther summoned that level of courage — she said, "If I die, I die" — and went forward with the explicit exposure of Haman's wickedness.

Evil was exposed by Esther's courage and then destroyed. Good was discovered and remembered — in the form of Mordecai's protection of the king — and preserved.

Is the Book of Esther 2.0 about to be played out in the United States of America in 2020?

There is treachery in America's Deep State and its hyper-wealthy secular financiers (read: George Soros). There is no one single Haman, but an entire cabal of them.

Whether they admit it explicitly or hide it deviously, their real hatred is directed at Americans who cling to their guns and religion, or otherwise have that ingrained American spirit that will not bow to the rule of men. They hate those who revere and uphold the God-given, freedom-grounded Constitution.

The Hamans of today are furious that there are men and women who will not bow to themto their self-generated definitions of morality and their concept of unlimited power to control the lives and businesses and families of others. The Hamans of today are determined to teach such deplorables a lesson.

So far, the Newsoms and Cuomos and their Big Tech and MSM enablers haven't ordered extermination of patriotic religious people, but they are leveraging the pandemic (which itself looks more and more contrived) to take dead aim at shutting down churches and synagogues and the congregations of people who might worship and obey something other than the secular ruling class. (Joe Biden has said he will order the creation of a 100,000-person force to carry out "track and trace" to battle the phony pandemic — which is another way of saying he intends to create a surveillance state in the land of the free and the home of the brave.)

The good news is that there are Esthers rising up all over the country "for such a time as this." Sidney Powell looks like an Esther-type figure all by herself — ready to go not to the king, but to the American court system to make clear how enormous the plot against the Republic really is. Because no matter how many Karl Roves try to characterize America's struggle of 2020 as just another every-four-years political battle of Rs vs. Ds, or even as a unique clash of personalities named Trump and Biden, the American people sense that something far, far more serious and fundamental is at stake.

They know that the 2020 election was stolen by the radical left/Deep State/Democrat Party/mainstream media mob. They sense that the theft wasn't about a few thousand votes in a few states — it was likely a system-wide manipulation of the vote count that transformed a Trump electoral landslide into the utterly preposterous notion that a senile old man who couldn't draw 200 people to a personal campaign appearance, and who carries the baggage of demonstrable corruption of the worst kind staring the American people in the face — he appears clearly compromised by Communist China — drew a record 80 million or so votes. That didn't happen, and the fact that every ruling-class institution of America is trying to sell the American people on the absurdity that it did happen is a measure of evil that Haman would be impressed with.

America is at a crossroads. Sidney Powell has rightly characterized the next two months as the most important in the history of America.

The context of Queen Esther's "trial" of courage was really the age-old but simple struggle between good and evil. So is this one. It is the good of preserving the American constitutional structure and heritage of individual freedom and responsibility under God versus the evil of a Deep State ruling class determined to impose godless, tyrannical socialism on America.

Here's to American Esthers everywhere, and to the judges who will hear the cries of the American people that are not really about legal arguments per se; they are about heartfelt anguish as to whether the American rule of law can still stand as a bulwark for preservation of their exceptional nation from the evil that seeks to destroy it. And they are pleas to see the Hamans of today outed and appropriately dealt with.

https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2020/11/the_biblical_book_of_esther_playing_out_again_today.html 

:: 11--20 World News ERA :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iota reaches hurricane strength as it threatens storm-ravaged Central America

Evelyn Blackwell23 hours ago

Iota strengthened to a hurricane on Sunday as it barreled toward Central American countries still reeling from Category 4 Hurricane Eta.

The 30th named storm of this year’s turbulent Atlantic hurricane season had maximum sustained winds of 85 mph on Sunday morning, making it a Category 1 system, the US National Hurricane Center said.

Forecasters predicted that Iota would rapidly strengthen, possibly becoming a major hurricane by the time it was expected to slam storm-ravaged Nicaragua and Honduras on Monday evening.

The system was centered about 240 miles east of Isla de Providencia, Colombia, and was moving west-northwest at 6 mph on Sunday morning.

It was forecast to dump up to 30 inches from northeast Nicaragua into northern Honduras, where storm surges could increase water levels by up to 13 feet.

Heavy rain and possible flooding was also anticipated in Costa Rica, Panama and El Salvador, the hurricane center said.

The wild weather was expected to wreak more havoc on regions still grappling with the aftermath of Eta, which hit Nicaragua just over a week ago, killing at least 120 people.

That system also brought torrential rains to other parts of Central America and Mexico, causing flash floods and landslides.

It then made its way across Cuba, the Florida Keys and around the Gulf of Mexico before making landfall again in Florida, and dashing across the Carolinas.

Eta was the 28th named storm of this year’s hurricane season, tying the 2005 record for named storms.

The 29th named storm of this year’s season, Theta, was weakening over the far eastern Atlantic Ocean and was not expected to strengthen as of Sunday, forecasters said.

The official end of hurricane season is Nov. 30.

https://worldnewsera.com/news/us-news/iota-reaches-hurricane-strength-as-it-threatens-storm-ravaged-central-america/ 

:: 11-9-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Holocaust Survivor Is Having Flashbacks About Biden's Intention to Lock the Country Down for At Least a Year

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, November 9, 2020 - 11:43

Holocaust Survivor Having Flashbacks About Biden's Intention to Lock the Country Down for At Least a Year

For millions of Americans, the loss of Donald Trump as President combined with having to settle for criminal perverts that are communists, taking over, will prove to be for millions like suffering a death in the family.

One Holocaust survivor has weighed in on Biden-Harris and what it will mean to America.

Her name is Vera and she survived the death camps, she's afraid she will not survive Joe Biden's coming house arrest of America. She accuses the left of making America like the nations we defeated in WW II in terms of surveillance, loss of civil liberties, etc.

Is Vera right, will Biden-Harris become Hitler? Listen to what Vera says. The parallel between the Holocaust and the coming Second Wave lock down is not applicable. However, the psychological damage is identical when we compare covid lock down and the concentration camps!

1. Hopelessness is the best predictor of suicide.

2. Without work, many Americans will lose purpose. Keeping in mind, the best predictor of death for a male, is retirement. People lose purpose, people lose hope and people become ill, very seriously ill. .

3. Loneliness is a significant correlated predictor of cancer and/or heart disease

4. Millions of Americans are depressed over the loss of their country to the Bolshevik communists. Depression will be setting in with a multitude of health and traumatic psychological stress.

5. The universal psychological trait that we will see emerge for millions of Americans laboring under Biden-Harris will be post-traumatic stress disorder, or PTSD. PTSD has its own spin-off health effects as well.

6. Comorbidity of psychological factors will emerge from universal cases of PTSD. There is more on what 's coming America's way in the following video. .

Is there anything that can be done?

I was careful to make the disclaimer that the Holocaust analogy was primarily limited to psychological factors. However, there has never been a Bolshevik Revolution that was accompanied by a purge which killed millions of innocent people. Therefore, Vera will prove to be correct at the end of the day. Reservations for millions will become the order of the day. In the next article, it will be pointed that there is an increasing likelihood that our final resting place will lie north of the border as we collectively enjoy "Chinese takeout" in its final form.

Under a Harris administration, there are no limits placed on her ability to bring poverty, death and destruction to the American people.

In summary, the election was stolen from Donald Trump and very few seem to care.

America has been taken over by dedicated satanic, Christian-hating communists who view genocide as a valid political action.

Amerika is an occupied nation and we conservatives are all prisoners of war awaiting final disposition. For millions of Amerikans, we are awaiting final disposition.

Amerika was warned that Harris-Biden successfully stole the election, that millions of us were living on borrowed time.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/holocaust-survivor-having-flashbacks-about-bidens-intention-lock-country-down-least-year 

:: 11-7-20 Biometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biometric smart cards and civic digital identity apps to redefine wallets

Nov 7, 2020 | Chris Burt

The advance of biometric smart cards for digital identity and payments, and their eventual replacement by apps in the former case, is the top theme of the week’s biometrics news. Even in an industry somewhat numbed to enormous growth forecasts, there are some sizeable numbers being projected in digital ID app use and potential addressable card fraud. Facial recognition improvement efforts and controversy also made headlines.

A pair of new smart card solutions, one with multi-modal biometrics for access control and payments from CrucialTrak, and a ‘Converged Card’ from Idemia and Mastercard that combines a government ID, like a mobile driver’s license, with payment functionality, made up the top news story of the week on Biometric Update.

Contactless biometric retail payments are on the rise, whether with fingerprint-enabled cards, which Idex Biometrics argues could cut down the $10 billion banks lose to card fraud each year, or with palm biometric scanners, as Amazon is exploring.

An oversubscribed private placement and subsequent offering from Zwipe has wrapped up, with the company raising roughly $11.6 million in total to position itself in the commercializing fingerprint payment cards market. Several primary insiders invested during the subsequent offering to maintain their stakes in the company, and could have placed an additional 1.5 million shares if the offer shares had not run out first.

National ID cards are also in the news, with Nepal finding a way around the delays to its biometrics enrollment project caused by the pandemic and Croatia tabling legislation to issue cards for regional use. Meanwhile, Iran has produced 2.6 million ID cards in-country, replacing formerly imported cards, and Ghana has launched biometrics services for passports at its embassy in Rome.

Five years from now there will be more than six billion digital identity apps in use around the world, up from just over a billion today, according to a Juniper Research forecast. The research also suggests that those civic identity apps will be their predominant form, and that there will be 40 percent more digital ID apps than cards by 2025.

Mastercard’s work on biometric immunization record service Wellness Pass is an example of the company’s transition to a technology firm, as Executive Vice-President Ken Moore explains to Computer Weekly. The company’s experience with regulations and business models relying on volumes of small fees give it a big advantage in the broader financial services sector.

Onfido CEO Husayn Kassai puts the widespread switch to digital banking through smartphones into historical and technological perspective and talks fraud with tresorit’s Under CTRL podcast. Some basics like the difference between artificial intelligence and machine learning, and how specifically they are applied in biometric identity verification, are clearly explained along the way.

Michigan State University biometrics researcher Sixue Gong explains a method for de-biasing facial recognition described in a research paper written with Xiaoming Liu and Anil Jain in an interview with Biometric Update. The idea is one of several promising attempts to move beyond improving training dataset balance to address the problem, which Sixue says is necessary.

The terrorist attacks recently carried out in France have prompted some politicians in the country to call for the adoption of increased security measures, with public facial recognition among them. With the assailants not held in law enforcement databases, however, it is unclear how this might have helped in this case.

The EU’s Data Protection Supervisor has other ideas, and expressed support for a moratorium on new biometrics deployments pending the results of “an informed and democratic debate” in an opening keynote at the 2020 Biometrics Institute Congress. With several major incoming biometrics systems in Europe, Wojciech Wiewiórowski says people need to engage and check assertions about the technology.

In the final session on day two of the International Face Performance Conference (IFPC), Patrick Grother, NIST’s lead biometrics researcher, presented a pair of ISO/IEC standards in development, for face aware image capture and facial image quality. Together, the implementation of the standards could improve the operational performance of facial recognition systems, helping the detection of presentation and morphing attacks.

ITPro examines the threat of deepfakes and its potential remedies in conversation with representatives of iProov, Okta, Enterprise Research, the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) and other organizations. The problem has the industry’s attention, but it also represents an opportunity for criminals and other malicious actors, so deepfake detection technology may be part of a developing arms-race, but public awareness could also help.

Public awareness is also a tool that can help reduce the potential harms of the “coded gaze,” Joy Buolamwini tells the Ted Radio Hour, per American University Radio. Buolamwini talks in this case more about predictive and hiring algorithms than facial recognition, but the reuse of common tools in AI development, which is where disparities and unfair outcomes seem often to arise, happens in each application.

Disparities among training datasets is the main culprit, but tuning with counterfactual modeling or adversarial debiasing could help further the equitability of AI, according to a review of the issue in The Wall Street Journal. Persistent challenges remain difficult to even begin addressing, however, such as reaching a broad enough agreement on what constitutes fairness in a given situation.

The three top priorities for improving ethics within the tech industry are good regulations, increased diversity, and bridging the divide between the people who develop technology and those most impacted by it, All Tech is Human Founder David Ryan Polgar says in a interview with Information Age. The interview was published ahead of a webinar as part of the publication’s Responsible Technology Series.

Despite a biometric voter verification system, Tanzania’s election is being widely viewed as illegitimate, with allegations of voter roll tampering and significant internet and social media outages. The country has been an African leader in biometrics, but faces a difficult road ahead.

The Ada Lovelace Institute looks into the concept of non-personal data as defined in India’s Personal Data Protection Bill, and finds it is both unclear and overly prescriptive. Non-personal data is also unregulated in India, and as the Bill makes sharing it with the government mandatory, the Institute has some recommendations and points for consideration.

If you would like to share an article, podcast, video or other media with the biometrics and digital identity communities, please let us know in the comments below or through social media.

https://www.biometricupdate.com/202011/biometric-smart-cards-and-civic-digital-identity-apps-to-redefine-wallets 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 11-8-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World’s longest erupting supervolcanoes were fuelled by a magma ‘conveyor belt’ in Indian Ocean

By Strange Sounds - Nov 8, 2020

According to a new science article in Geology, a supervolcanoes in the Indian Ocean continuously erupted for 30 million years fed by a constantly moving conveyor belt of magma in the Kerguelen Plateau.

This magma conveyor belt continuously delivered molten rock to flow for millions of years, beginning around 120 million years ago. “Extremely large accumulations of volcanic rocks — known as large volcanic provinces — are very interesting to scientists due to their links with mass extinctions, rapid climatic disturbances, and ore deposit formation,” Mr Jiang said.

“The Kerguelen Plateau is gigantic, almost the size of Western Australia. Now imagine this area of land covered by lava, several kilometers thick, erupting at a rate of about 20 centimeters every year.

Twenty centimeters of lava a year may not sound like much but, over an area the size of Western Australia, that’s equivalent to filling up 184,000 Olympic-size swimming pools to the brim with lava every single year. Over the total eruptive duration, that’s equivalent to 5.5 trillion lava-filled swimming pools!

“This volume of activity continued for 30 million years, making the Kerguelen Plateau home to the longest continuously erupting supervolcanoes on Earth.

“The eruption rates then dropped drastically some 90 million years ago, for reasons that are not yet fully understood.

“From then on, there was a slow but steady outpouring of lava that continued right to this day, including the 2016 eruptions associated with the Big Ben volcano on Heard Island, Australia’s only active volcano. “The volcanism lasted for so long because magmas caused by the mantle plume were continuously flowing out through the mid-oceanic ridges, which successively acted as a channel, or a ‘magma conveyor belt’ for more than 30 million years.

Other volcanoes would stop erupting because, when temperatures cooled, the channels became clogged by ‘frozen’ magmas. For the Kerguelen Plateau, the mantle plume acts as a Bunsen burner that kept allowing the mantle to melt, resulting in an extraordinarily long period of eruption activity.“

More information about this coveyor belt of magma on Geology, Phys.org, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/11/magma-conveyor-belt-supervolcano-indian-ocean.html 

:: 11-9-20 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Citizen Score Creates An Orwellian Social Rating System

HAFHAF November 9, 2020

An episode of the dystopian sci-fi series, Black Mirror, is becoming a reality with the implementation of China’s social credit system.

Though still in its nascency, China’s citizen score will become mandatory by 2020, affecting citizens’ abilities to get jobs, access the internet, and travel, based on the way the government deems their behavior.

The Chinese Social Credit System

It’s voluntary for now, but once it decides on the best algorithm, the Chinese government will obligate every citizen to abide by a set of rules that will dictate their ability to access services within society.

There are currently eight companies competing to build this platform which will be enforced by the country’s massive surveillance apparatus.

There are already a number of users who have voluntarily signed up for the program, in hopes they may be rewarded, or at least immune to punishment when the system is mandated.

Some believe the program will benefit society as a whole, while others fear their children may suffer if parents’ social scores become a factor in deciding which schools they can attend.

AliBaba is one of the top contenders for the interface, as its mobile payment app, AliPay, is used by roughly 520 million citizens.

Its interface, Sesame Credit, is similar to a FICO credit score, but instead of having your financial behavior affect your ability to take out a loan or credit card, Sesame Credit would affect one’s ability to get into certain restaurants, travel, or even go on a date with someone.

The score can be affected by a number of behaviors, including what you say on social media, smoking in public, jaywalking, or getting into disputes with others.

These behaviors are then translated into a numerical “sincerity” score and entered into the system.

Some of the citizens who have already signed up say they enjoy using it and that it has influenced them to be better members of society.

They say they’re more conscientious about their behavior in public and the way they treat others.

But those who see how eerily Orwellian the system is, warn that it is a type of gamified social obedience, where a point system is made to feel like a competition that subversively allows for authoritarian social control.

When you also add the fact that the system permits what others say about you to affect your score, the premise of 1984 becomes all too relevant, creating a system where everyone fears their neighbors’ perception of them.

This self-policing network effect is a typical strategy of oppression, but with a social credit score, it becomes amplified with less effort from the government.

Keeping with the gamification of the pilot program, rewards have been offered for those willing to subject themselves early.

Faster check-ins at hotels, car rentals without a deposit, and shopping loans have been gifted to early adopters.

China Blacklists Millions Of People From Booking Flights As ‘Social Credit’ System Introduced

Enforcing China’s Citizen Score

Chinese Social Credit System 2

So how does the government monitor its citizens in order to know when to dock them points for any number of minor infractions? With an omniscient surveillance system composed of millions of cameras and a universal database of every citizen.

Known as the Dang’an System, the government maintains a unique dossier on every citizen in the country for the duration of their life.

This file can be accessed in seconds by a highly advanced surveillance system complete with facial recognition software. And its omniscience is ever-increasing through the use of machine learning.

Citizens are not allowed to view the personal files the government has compiled on them since their birth – to do so would be a severe violation of the law, disobeying the party and putting one’s standing as a citizen in jeopardy.

The technology is used ostensibly for security threats, ensuring citizens’ public safety. Though it is also used to shame people for minor transgressions, displaying one’s photo on a large public screen for infractions such as jaywalking, followed instantly by a text message delivering a fine.

The technology has also been promoted to its citizens by selling it as an ostensibly convenient tool for daily life. Citizens only need their face scanned to order food at vending machines, check-in at the airport in seconds, or gain access to Wi-Fi.

But much like the credit score, these apparent conveniences are a façade for the more insidious reality behind the technology; that the government is watching and ensuring every one of its citizen’s behavior.

And it goes beyond traditional surveillance methods of CCTV observation in public places.

The next phase that is already underway, includes police officers wearing body cameras and glasses equipped with facial recognition software that can identify suspected criminals and threatening gestures.

These body cams are even fitted with a wide-angle, fisheye lens allowing for “720-degrees” of recording range.

China Combines Contact Tracing With Their Infamous Social Credit Score

Social Credit in a Free Society

Some argue that the Chinese social credit is tantamount, or a better alternative to the FICO credit score in the U.S..

In China, there isn’t a national financial credit score, so conducting business or attaining a loan can be difficult, if not impossible for many citizens.

With a social credit score, there is at least some foundation for judging one’s trustworthiness – or so the argument goes.

Add to this the fact that the surveillance state has been a part of Chinese life for a while now, with online behavior strictly monitored, in addition to a longstanding history of public surveillance. But normalizing surveillance doesn’t make it any less oppressive.

On the other side of the world, it could also be the case that a similar surveillance state is well underway in democracies like the U.S., albeit in a more elusive way.

Rating systems and individual branding are becoming incorporated in many aspects of our lives, recognizably in service industries, but also through big data use for targeted advertising and surveillance.

The NSA has its eyes on the communications of every citizen, and it likely has its own dossier similar to the Chinese Dang’an system.

In many ways, the user-generated content that fuels social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram provide ways for us to rate each other’s lives based on whether we approve of our friends’ and families’ actions. And when we want colleagues to vouch for us in the professional world, we turn to platforms like LinkedIn.

Attempts have been made to create a single, centralized app that rates users’ overall social credit in the U.S., though it was quickly shot down, in part due to poor functionality, but also because our society isn’t ready to blatantly accept a system like that. Even if we have already accepted it unknowingly.

But could there be a way to implement a system like this, that draws from the sentiment of those in China who feel like they are becoming better citizens from a social credit rating?

In a capitalist society that drives its citizens to be self-interested, competitive, and greedy, could a social credit system that rewards good behavior create something that is a net benefit to society?

If it left out the Big Brother aspect where small infractions were constantly punished and instead only good deeds were recognized, a social credit incentive might not be so bad.

In fact, this concept has been proposed in the form of rewarding citizens for volunteering their time, being socially responsible, and doing things that are civically engaging.

Working together to help others in the community such as the youth, disabled, elderly, and the economically disadvantaged could only be considered in improving one’s credit score.

Could something like this work without having to implement the contrasting, negative side?

If this continuous rating system is inevitable, it might be cogent to consider ways in which it could be spun to become a positive force in society, rather than the dystopian nightmare Orwell once envisioned.

By Michael Chary, Gaia.com

You can become a member of the Gaia community and have access to their exclusive library of original series, films & documentaries.

More for You

https://humansarefree.com/2020/11/chinese-citizen-score-creates-an-orwellian-social-rating-system.html 

:: 11-8-20 Discerning the End Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sunday, November 8, 2020

Al Gore was Pronounced "President-Elect" by Fake News for 37 Days... Then He Lost

With all the tumult taking place here in the United States over the recent Election, it is worth pointing out that, in the year 2000, Democrat Al Gore was "called" as "President-Elect" by the news media. Thirty-seven (37) Days later, that changed.

There were all sorts of lawsuits over election irregularities in the year 2000, and those lawsuits made their way all the way to the US Supreme Court.

That Court settled the election legal issues and Gore's opponent, George W. Bush, became President.

Right now, it looks to me like Joe Biden is the next Al Gore.

As any informed reader already knows, there are issues of outright fraud in this years' election that are so obvious, so brazen, and so ugly, they defy belief. Blank mail-in votes being filled-out by vote counters as they hide behind cardboard covering count-center windows. Delivery of phony ballots in the middle of the night by cars and trucks via the back doors at counting centers. Refusal of Sheriff's and Police to enforce lawful Court Orders allowing Observers to watch the count, unregistered and non-existent persons names on ballots. Dead people voting. Ballots being stolen by Postal Workers. Ballots being shredded by count-center workers. On and on it goes.

So rampant is the outright criminal fraud in places like Michigan, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Georgia, Nevada, and perhaps even Arizona, that a recap of it all is actually dizzying to read.

Continued

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/heads-up-al-gore-was-president-elect-for-37-days-then-he-lost 

https://discerningtheendtimes.blogspot.com/2020/11/al-gore-was-pronounced-president-elect.html 

:: 10-25-20 STRAIGHT LINE LOGIC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Making the vote irrelevant makes secession relevant.

If he gets anything approaching an honest vote count Trump will win in a landslide.

“The Corruptocracy,” Robert Gore, October 25, 2020

I stand by my statement. It’s obvious that Trump didn’t get “anything approaching an honest vote count.” One of the better crime scene investigations I’ve seen is “The 2020 Election: Fuckery Is Afoot,” by blogger Correia45, and I’ve posted others as well. As the litigation-filled days go by, we’re sure to find out more about the Democrats’ electoral fraud.

I won’t venture a guess as to whether such disclosure and litigation will ultimately lead to awarding Trump the election, but I have my doubts. The corruption runs too deep. If Biden wins, his camarilla will try to explain away the obvious with talk of glitches and anomalies, all of which mysteriously broke their way. They shouldn’t bother; they’ll be fooling no one and it just adds to the rage. Good often emerges from even the worst situations. The good emerging from this one is that the veil is completely lifted, the election provides transcendent clarity. Many have already peeked under the veil. Those who refuse to grasp what is now appallingly obvious are too dense, deluded or corrupt to be of concern, and should be left to whatever ignominious ends fate has in store for them.

This election has made it made perfectly clear that we live in a corruptocracy. We can’t vote corruptocracy out any more than the people of the Soviet Union could have voted out communism (also a corruptocracy) and for the same reason: the vote itself is fundamentally corrupt. If Trump loses, it clearly discredits the notion embraced by the losers of every election: wait til next time. Next time is likely to be even more corrupt. What’s clear to those of us who voted for Trump is if we want to get back what we cherish about America, we’re going to have to fight for it. Freedom is not free, and neither are individual rights, the rule of law, capitalism, peace, or the opportunity to build a better life. Although I and others have suggested some sort of semi-amicable divorce for our bitterly divided country, that’s not going to happen because of the nature of the division. As I said in “The Corruptocracy,” the division is between the productive class and those it supports.

After this election there are undoubtedly millions of disgusted Trump supporters who would embrace a split in a heartbeat, but peaceful secession is precluded by the fundamental flaw at the core of every collectivist ideology: governments don’t produce, they steal. Leeches never desires separation. The blue needs the red; man cannot live on high tech, media, crony capitalism, and finance alone.

The battle is joined, collectivists versus producers. Tactically, there’s no dumber strategy than waging war against those who support you, but their pretensions notwithstanding, collectivists are never all that bright.

If Biden is declared the winner, Covid-19 restrictions are no longer necessary to hamstring the economy, discredit Trump, and justify mail-in voting fraud. The precedents have been set and a scary germ story can always be concocted when needed to frighten and subjugate those who are easily frightened and subjugated. If the collectivists have a brain in their collective head they’ll quickly lift all the restrictions to resuscitate economies so their collectivist governments will have something to steal. On any honest accounting for pension and medical liabilities, most of them are already bankrupt. SLL reader SW Richmond recently commented:

if one looks at this map:

2016 Electoral Map by county. “Centralia” states are predominantly red.

…one can see the geographic answer to our problem: “Centralia”.

Centralia includes the entire South except Virginia, extends north and west to the mountain states, Midwest and Arizona. “Centralia” has copious access to ports and harbors, energy, food, internal transportation, manufacturing, fresh water, military assets including nukes. Centralia does not include VA, MD, PA, NY, etc, nor CA, OR, WA. MN, IL, WI and MI can choose. We may desire to include Jefferson. A not-so-great migration would ensue much like during the dust bowl. Voter registrations could be reviewed before migrants were accepted.

This is not a drill. It is about survival. This most definitely is not a drill, it is about the paramount issue that defines human history and philosophy: who decides the terms of an individual’s survival, the individual or those who rule by violence in the name of divine right, the collective, some other vicious justification, or naked force?

The idea of individual rights protected by the government was the foundation of the American experiment. It was and has been imperfectly realized; it is an ideal and humanity rarely attains its ideals. Government is and always will be the antithesis of that still revolutionary ideal. The US government’s massive expansion has been at the cost of the people’s liberty and has destroyed most of their rights. That destruction has been ongoing since the beginning of the republic and Trump has done nothing to stop or reverse it. Philosophical insight and consistency are not among his virtues.

Nevertheless, a Biden administration will be worse, much worse. The Democrats now openly aspire to the collectivist ideal—the complete subjugation of the individual to the state. We’ve gotten a preview of coming attractions with coronavirus totalitarianism, which has obliterated the few freedoms and joys left to Americans. For the millions of Americans who voted for him, including me, Trump represented the last, best hope for what we consider the American way of life.

There’s no going back, and the way forward is for those who cherish the American ideals of individual rights, freedom, limited government, the rule of law, and equality before that law to break away from Washington’s and it’s aligned states’ corruptocracy and sunder the ties that bind us. Nations and governments are not cast in stone for time and all eternity.

Certainly the bankrupt dis-United States and its government aren’t. The bill is coming due for the debt orgy and an unprecedented and catastrophic global economic cataclysm will take down whomever is unlucky enough to be the president. A defeated Trump would dodge that bullet. The resulting chaos will be unmanageable by a government that produces only debt, can steal little or nothing from a bankrupt economy, cannot borrow at anything but ruinous interest rates, and which must cover its soaring budget deficits with scrip it either prints or creates via computer entries, whether or not it outlaws real money (gold) or forces its increasingly worthless scrip to stay in the banking system. At that time, an organized secession movement has a real chance. A house divided against itself cannot stand. Collapse will be freedom’s staunchest ally if the moment is seized. It won’t be easy and it won’t be without blood. Until it happens, prepare for the worst, it is assuredly coming and coming soon, but work towards a brighter future in a nation that does not yet exist.

For those who don’t want to wait, almost six years ago (January 7, 2015) I published “Revolution in America,” which presents a nonviolent way to take down the government by attacking it at its weakest point. It requires the collective action of millions of people and at that time I believed the recommended course of action would remain hypothetical. Things change. Although the hour is late, any significant fraction of Trump’s rightfully enraged 71 million voters could still put the plan into effect. The article merits a second look. Please pass it, and this article, on.

https://straightlinelogic.com/2020/11/08/its-perfectly-clear-by-robert-gore/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 11-7-20 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China leapfrogs world with first 6G experimental satellite

The technology is expected to be over 100 times faster than 5G, enabling lossless transmission in space

by Dave Makichuk November 7, 2020

The space race is on!

And China has leap-frogged the world in satellite communication.

Not only did China send 13 more satellites into orbit today, it also successfully completed a world’s first, sending up a sixth-generation communications test satellite, Yicai Global reported.

The devices were put into space by a Long March-6 carrier rocket that blasted off from the Taiyuan Satellite Launch Center, China Central Television (CCTV) reported.

The 6G satellite was among three Chinese satellites successfully launched into orbit, along with 10 commercial remote sensing satellites developed by Argentinian company Satellogic, media reports said. Named after the University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, the satellite was jointly developed by Chengdu Guoxing Aerospace Technology, UESTC, and Beijing MinoSpace Technology.

It will be used to verify the performance of 6G technology in space as the 6G frequency band will expand from the 5G millimeter wave frequency to the terahertz frequency, Yicai reported.

The satellite is the first technical test of terahertz communication’s application in space, said Xu Yangsheng, an academician at the Chinese Academy of Engineering. The technology is expected to be over 100 times faster than 5G, enabling lossless transmission in space to achieve long-distance communications with a smaller power output, Yicai reported.

The technology allows terahertz to be widely used in satellite internet, said Lu Chuan, head of the UESTC’s Institute of Satellite Industry Technology. The satellite carries an optical remote sensing load system to monitor crop disasters, prevent forest fires, check forestry resources, and monitor water conservancy and mountain floods as well as provide abundant satellite images and data, Lu noted.

According to China Daily, 6G technology is still in its infancy and must overcome several technical hurdles in basic research, hardware design, and its environmental impact before the technology becomes commercially available, according to a white paper published by Finland’s University of Oulu.

Moreover, some scientists worried that 6G’s new infrastructure, the increased integration of space-air-ground-sea communication technologies, and the use of a new frequency range to transmit data might affect astronomical instruments or public health, or be too expensive or insecure for researchers to use.

“The sharing, analysis and management of research data are crucial for scientific and technological innovation in today’s big data era,” Wang Ruidan, deputy director of the National Science and Technology Infrastructure Center, said during a Beijing forum on digitized scientific research.

Meanwhile, China’s National Astronomical Observatory said on Friday it will open its 500-meter Aperture Spherical Radio Telescope, the world’s largest single-dish radio telescope, to global scientists next year for research work, state broadcaster CGTN reported. The observatory will begin full operation in January 2021 after passing a “series of technical and performance assessments.”

— with files from Tribune.com and China Daily

https://asiatimes.com/2020/11/china-leapfrogs-world-with-first-6g-experimental-satellite/ 

:: 11-8-20 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yes, Gold Will Hit $20,000 But This Will Be The Big Surprise

November 08, 2020

With the gold bull market on the move, yes, the price of gold will hit $20,000 but this will be the big surprise.

November 8 (King World News) – Dr. Stephen Leeb: Whatever your feelings about the current election I doubt that it will change a thing about the anger and rancor that permeate this country. Why? For years, Americans have been misled and lied to. And I’m not talking about politicians. Rather, I’m talking about Wall Street, the most profitable segment of the U.S. economy and in many ways the most insidiously destructive.

By Wall Street I’m referring to the whole gamut, including both major and less-major financial firms: investment banks, commercial banks, insurance companies, payment processors, and others. Its ability to inflict damage was seeded in the early 1970s, with the ill effects accelerating over the past generation.

$20,000 Gold

In the first book I ever wrote, published in the mid-1980s (Getting in on the Ground Floor) I accurately forecast that stocks were embarking on a long-term bull market. The book did not mention gold even once, because I was convinced that stocks were the only game in town. If anyone had told me a time would come when I would see gold as the best – indeed as the essential – investment, I would have laughed. But though I did not know it at the time that earlier period set in motion forces that have led to the present gold bull market, a bull market that will persist for at least a generation and easily dwarf the gold bull market of the 1970s. As I’ve said it in these interviews before, a target of $20,000+ for gold not only is reasonable but likely understates gold’s potential. In my latest book, China’s Rise and the New Age of Gold: How Investors Can Profit from a Changing World, I look at these forces in detail, and they tie in with where I think Wall Street has gone astray to the detriment of the country. In brief, when the U.S. delinked gold and the dollar in 1971, it ultimately led to a ballooning of debt, burgeoning bureaucracies, the country awash in dollars, and a focus on short-term thinking and results.

The rise in debt and dollars propelled the financial industry and the markets ever higher and had the unfortunate effect of giving a greedy and increasingly short-sighted Wall Street a controlling hand in virtually all parts of American life. Wall Street was going to be doing whatever most benefited its own members, with the individuals and companies it supposedly served becoming mere props for money generation.

In other words, expect that any advice from Wall Street institutions is likely to be self-serving rather than best serving the interests of investors. One example that recently caught my eye was a four-page advertisement that Vanguard ran in The New York Times…

It stood out for me for being simultaneously striking and completely unremarkable. In the paragraph that most caught my eye, Vanguard recommended that investors own a diversified mix of equities and bonds. And that’s totally unremarkable – the well-trodden path long followed by investment houses and pension funds as well. For pension funds, a typical allocation is 60% stocks, 40% bonds. And indeed, for most of the postwar period, a combination of stocks and bonds made sense. Stocks provided a solid return while bonds, returned but offered downside protection when stocks faltered.

But that era of stocks and bonds came to an end as the new century got under way. That makes the recent Vanguard ad striking for what it omits – which is any reference to commodities, and in particular to gold. That’s astounding because it totally ignores that over the past 20 years, gold has been the top-performing asset, outstripping stocks by 200 percentage points and bonds by more than 250 percentage points.

Even more relevant is that gold will almost surely continue to outperform, and by a rising amount, over the next 20 years. Steering investors today into a mix of stocks and bonds, and ignoring gold, is akin to outfitting your high schooler with a manual typewriter instead of a laptop – something that made sense a while back, but no longer.

And I don’t believe it’s a matter of sheer ignorance. Wall Street institutions are motivated to give short shrift to any asset classes other than stocks and bonds because stocks and bonds are where Wall Street makes its money. But gold isn’t going to be denied or go away. In China’s Rise and the New Age of Gold, I describe what has powered gold’s rise so far this century and why truly stupendous gains in gold lie ahead. The book lays out the key interlinked underlying forces that will propel gold upward. Here I’ll look at just one of these, one that isn’t widely understood or appreciated. It’s a highly significant change in the relative importance to global growth of the developing world vs. the developed, or high-income world. This may sound arcane, but it’s crucial to understanding the dramatic shift that is occurring in the investment backdrop.

As the table shows, prior to the 21st century, high-income countries – accounting for only around 15% of global population – racked up faster growth than poorer, developing countries. The big got ever bigger while the small got smaller. The disparity was so great that per-capita GDP of the rich was more than 20 times higher than for the rest.

Starting this century, however, and led by China, growth in the developing world began to quicken and eventually to surpass growth in the developed world. The gap in per-capita GDP narrowed to where high-income countries are nine times, not 20 times, wealthier than the world’s have-nots. Better, but still a long way to go.

About Gold

If you’re wondering what this has to do with gold, keep reading. Growth in developing economies is qualitatively different from growth in developed ones. Specifically, growth in developing economies requires a lot more commodities per capita. Developed economies, by contrast, are primarily services-driven. In 2019, about 70% of GDP in developed countries came from services compared to 55% for developing economies. A generation earlier, at the start of this century, the percentages were 65% for developed countries, 45% for developing countries.

A good proxy for commodity needs is per-capita energy use. As long as a country is developing and has a relatively small service sector, its growth will require rising energy usage. Readily available data show that 67% is, roughly speaking, the magic cut-off number. Once a country’s service sector reaches 67% of GDP, per-capita need for energy, and commodities overall, starts to decline.

Currently the service sector accounts for 55% of GDP in the developing world. That leaves 12 percentage points more to reach the magic 67% level. It took 20 years for the figure to climb by 10 percentage points, from 45% to 55%. This suggests we likely face at least another 20 years during which per-capita demand for commodities from developing countries, by far the biggest part of the world, will be rising.

Commodities Are Set To Skyrocket vs Stocks! Inevitably this will lead to commodity scarcities and rising commodity prices, accelerated by the push to transition to renewables because of climate concerns. Moreover, rising demand for commodities already has reduced reserves for many critical commodities such as copper. The bottom line is that we face at least two decades of pressure on commodities, as commodities not services continue to be the main driver of global growth.

That’s where gold comes in. When commodities rise, gold, which is both a commodity and a currency, rises faster. That has been the case so far throughout this century. The jagged bull market in most commodities, with many outperforming stocks and bonds, went hand in hand with the outsized outperformance by gold I referenced above.

All that I said above is something Wall Street should have could have acted on at the beginning of the century. My book Defying the Market, which was published in 1999, made these points and so did other authors and commentators. Sometimes I muse about how different things might have been this century if financial advisers had insisted that their clients have a healthy allocation in gold. Gold would probably be a lot higher than it is today. Individual investors would be a lot richer, and Wall Street would be poorer and less entitled. And America overall would be a lot happier as it was in the 50’s and 60’s when most in the economy were on the same side.

FINAL THOUGHT: Don’t Be A Bag Holder

So, I’ll leave you with this thought: if your financial advisor tells you to put your money in a collection of stocks and bonds, don’t be cowed or fooled. Insist that if you are going to own stocks, you want a big chunk of them to be gold miners and gold ETFs and other vehicles that are highly leveraged to gold and commodities. As gold rises ever higher, you’ll be among the few who are not bag holders.

Jon Case Just Issued This Dire Warning About The US!

To listen to this is incredibly powerful audio interview where Jon Case issued a dire warning about the US and discusses the fragility of the global financial system as well as massive bull markets in gold and silver CLICK HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

https://kingworldnews.com/yes-gold-will-hit-20000-but-this-will-be-the-big-surprise/ 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 11-8-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Unveils New Ballistic Missile 'Magazines' For Rapid Underground Launches

by Tyler Durden Sun, 11/08/2020 - 20:45

More evidence has emerged from Iran that its ballistic missile capabilities as well as concealment methods have grown immensely in the past years. In a new report The Drive details that 'ready-fire' ballistic missiles have been filmed in an underground bunker that are capable of being moved from various underground locations into succession fire position quickly via large sophisticated missile launch "magazines". The report describes:

Video and photos have emerged showing for the first time an underground Iranian ballistic missile facility in which groups of missiles ready to fire are moved around massive tunnels using an automated railway-type system. The vertically-stowed missile "magazine" appears to bring groups of missiles into position for rapid, consecutive launching from the cavernous subterranean bunker. State-linked media touted that "Wagons carrying ballistic and long-range missiles can create continuous shooting conditions in this platform." It described further "the quantity and continuity of the missile fire will increase impressively in a safe atmosphere" protected from above-ground attack.

The ready-to-launch ballistic missiles are placed on a railway-type system which acts as a rapid rotating magazine, seen starting at the 1:20 mark below: Iran had earlier this year showcased the successful firing of ballistic missiles fully hidden in camouflage deep under the ground, dubbed in Western media reports as "missile cities".

It's believed that the elite Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) established the network of underground silos and weapons transport passageways, which stretch for miles, to repel any sudden air assault by Israel, the United States or allies. The Drive report explained of the newly revealed bunker launch magazines:

The thinking behind the system seems to be to allow launches of ballistic missiles in quick succession. Since the missiles on their individual platforms are ready to fire, there is no need to reload individual launchers using a crane or trans-loader. The magazine method would potentially allow many more missiles to be fired from a single bunker while increasing the chances of the outbound missile strike overwhelming anti-ballistic missile defenses. This along with Iran's recently unveiled long range anti-air missile defense system called the Bavar-373, which is said to rival Russia's S-300 system, would make any external attack a potentially very difficult one, even with the superior aerial and radar evading technology possessed by the US and Israel.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/iran-unveils-new-ballistic-missile-magazines-rapid-underground-launches 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 11--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Trucker Strike in November Could Be Another Nail in the Supply Chain Coffin

by Daisy Luther

Rumor has it that a large number of independent truckers are planning multiple strikes in November during which they’ll stop transporting…well, everything. Considering that our supply chain is already in precariously bad shape, imagine the impact if transport also came to a halt.

Here’s how it’s being organized.

There’s a group on Facebook (for now – we all know how it goes on Facebook) called Stop the Tires Truckers that is organizing the strike. As of the writing of this article, more than 15,000 people had joined the newly formed group.

Here’s their message (and I’m also posting a screenshot in case it gets removed.) Note that they are specifically asking truckers who transport medical supplies not to participate. One website reported on a trucker strike specific to New York State due to working conditions during the pandemic. They can make all the toilet paper in the world—but what if there’s no one to deliver those rolls to stores? That’s a looming possibility in New York, where more than 100 truck drivers are threatening to strike and shut down supply chains to Whole Foods and Stop & Shop supermarkets in the tri-state area. The drivers say that their employer, the grocery distributor United Natural Foods, better known as UNFI, hasn’t been giving them basic PPE nor have they disinfected their trucks in months. The New York Post says it’s not just TP at stake, but rigs full of organic freezer meals, seltzers, and pasta boxes, among other shelf-stable items. (source) Truckers are talking about it on Twitter.

While there are few official reports, the buzz on Twitter is that truckers are angry about the outcome of the election and that they intend to show the country the power they wield over our well-being. some of the videos mention November 29th as the day it all happens.

Here are a few examples. (There’s some profanity. And a lot of Purge sirens. You may want to skip the videos if you’re upset by that.) This is not unprecedented.

In 2018, truckers in Brazil went on strike for 10 days and virtually shut down the entire country. Here’s an excerpt from a translated article about the event:

Little by little, Brazil began on Wednesday to recover from the effects caused by the truckers’ strike, which lasted ten days and paralyzed services such as fuel supply and distribution of food and medical supplies, bringing the country to the brink of collapse.

The category stopped on May 21 to demand a reduction in diesel oil prices – which have risen more than 50% in the last 12 months. The main claim was that taxes are levied on fuel, such as PIS-Cofins. They also required fixing a minimum table for freight charges.

During the strike, anti-corruption speeches also joined the banners defended by the movement, which in a few days became expressive and caused impacts to the population, in several segments. Some groups of protesters have come to express support for a military coup.

With trucks stopped, partially blocking the highways, fuels stopped being delivered to various stations and other activities that awaited raw materials and essential products, such as food, also ended up short of supplies.

The movement began to lose strength over the weekend, after an agreement between some representatives of the category and the government, and the entry of the Army on the scene to unblock roads and guarantee the supply to the various sectors affected. (source)

Check out the entire article for the timeline of the 10-day strike. The strike is credited with having exposed extensive political corruption shortly before that country’s elections.

As well, in 1973, there was an Independent Trucker Shutdown during the oil crisis.

On December 3, 1973, JW Edwards ran out of gas at 10:00 pm after struggling to make his run amid fuel rationing. This blocked Interstate 80. JW got on his CB radio and eventually, other truckers stopped to help him out. Within an hour the protest had grown to hundreds of semi-trucks. In just a few hours truckers across the country were blocking the nation’s roadways, essentially shutting them down and causing traffic jams 12 miles long.

The strike lasted three days but remember that this was in a day and age when 70% of the countries’ goods were hauled by independent truckers. Now there are more companies that own fleets and just hire drivers.

That they had the numbers to get the government to listen was a major difference than what is going on now. The protests were largely peaceful except in Ohio when some truckers decided not to comply. The Governor deployed the National Guard and used tear gas.

For a while, the peace would last. The dealbreaker came when it was clear that now that government officials had calmed everyone down, they were in no rush to fulfill any of the promises they made. The brief strike did not cause a big enough supply disruption. (source)

Subsequent protests were less peaceful.

Protests started again and this time they took a darker turn. On December 13th and 14th another shutdown occurred but this time a lot of truckers started to harass and even turn to sabotage when other truckers refused to shut down. Tires were slashed, vehicles were shot, and one driver was even stabbed!

This was not the end either. As the protests entered 1974 some independent truckers not only shut down, they blocked roads and even started throwing bricks off of overpasses.

A resolution came in February 1974 when truckers were granted the right to add 6% fuel surcharges to their bill and they were guaranteed that truck stops would be given fuel priority so that they did not have to compete for rationed fuel supplies.

While it is good that truckers gained a voice, it was not without damage. As a result of the shutdown and strikes, 100,000 truckers were laid off, several people died, and the public experienced supply disruptions. (source)

Whether this looming strike is likely to turn ugly or not is anybody’s guess, but the United States hasn’t had a great track record with protests remaining peaceful this year, even if they start out that way.

How will a trucker strike affect us? In just five days without trucks running in the United States, chaos could erupt due to our “just in time” merchandising.

Most retail stores no longer stock up on food but have a “just in time” ordering system that relies on regular shipments.

Just-In-Time (JIT) inventory refers to an inventory management method whereby the goal is to have inventory readily available to meet demand, without having any excess quantities on hand. With this approach, merchants can hold minimal stock supplies while ensuring stock-outs don’t happen during peak selling periods. Balancing the goals of avoiding stock-outs while minimizing inventory costs is at the heart of JIT. (source)

If those shipments aren’t coming in, then the shelves will be bare in very short order. People will see the store getting more empty, and this will compel them to buy everything they can get their hands on until there is truly nothing left. (source) Our supply chain is already broken and likely to get much worse as we get closer to the holidays. If goods are no longer being transported, it would be another nail in the coffin of that supply chain. I strongly suggest you prepare now for the holidays and continue stocking up as much as possible while you can.

What do you think?

Do you think the trucker strikes will occur in large enough numbers to cause disruptions? Do you support the strike? What do you think will be accomplished if the strike does occur?

Let’s talk about it in the comments.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/trucker-strike-november/ 

:: 11-9-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

First comes a rolling civil war

by The Burning Platform · Published November 11, 2020 · Updated November 11, 2020

First comes a rolling civil war by Pepe Escobar via The Burning Platform

Biden is on a double precipice of the worst-ever economic depression coupled with imminent explosions of social rage…

The massive psyops is ongoing. Everyone familiar with the Transition Integrity Project (TIP) knew how this would imperatively play out. I chose to frame it as a think tank gaming exercise in my Banana Follies column. This is a live exercise. Yet no one knows exactly how it will end.

US intel is very much aware of well-documented instances of election fraud. Among them: NSA software that infiltrates any network, as previously detailed by Edward Snowden, and capable of altering vote counts; the Hammer supercomputer and its Scorecard app that hacks computers at the transfer points of state election computer systems and outside third party election data vaults; the Dominion software system, known to have serious security issues since 2000, but still used in 30 states, including every swing state; those by now famous vertical jumps to Biden in both Michigan and Wisconsin at 4am on November 4 (AFP unconvincingly tried to debunk Wisconsin and didn’t even try with Michigan); multiple instances of Dead Men Do Vote. The key actor is the Deep State, which decides what happens next. They have weighed the pros and cons of placing as candidate a senile, stage 2 dementia, neocon warmonger and possible extortionist (along with son) as “leader of the free world”, campaigning from a basement, incapable of filling a parking lot in his rallies, and seconded by someone with so little support in the Dem primaries that she was the first to drop out.

The optics, especially seen from vast swathes of the imperial-interfered Global South, may be somewhat terrible. Dodgy elections are a prerogative of Bolivia and Belarus. Yet only the Empire is able to legitimize a dodgy election – especially in its own backyard.

Welcome to the New Resistance

The GOP is in a very comfortable position. They hold the Senate and may end up picking up as may as 12 seats in the House. They also know that any attempt by Biden-Harris to legislate via Executive Orders will have…consequences.

The Fox News/ New York Post angle is particularly enticing. Why are they suddenly supporting Biden? Way beyond internal family squabbles worthy of the Successionsaga, Rupert Murdoch made it very clear, via the laptop from hell caper, that he has all sorts of kompromat on the Biden family. So they will do whatever he wants. Murdoch does not need Trump anymore. Nor, in theory, does the GOP. Former CIA insiders assure of serious backroom shenanigans going on between GOP honchos and the Biden-Harris gang. Trade-offs bypassing Trump – which most of the GOP hates with a vengeance. The most important man in Washington will be in fact GOP Senate majority leader Mitch McConnell.

Still, to clear any lingering doubts, a vote recount would be absolutely necessary in all 6 contested states – WI, MI, PA, GA, NV and AZ. Through hand counting. One by one. The DoJ would need to act on it, immediately. Not gonna happen. Recounts cost a ton of money. There’s no evidence Team Trump – on top of it short of funds and manpower – will be able to convince Daddy Bush asset William Barr to go for it.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/11/11/first-comes-a-rolling-civil-war/ 

:: 11-9-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Inside Operation Warp Speed: Coronavirus vaccine rolls off US production lines ahead of FDA approval as Army General in charge of distribution says he fears public won't take it

General Gus Perna was two months from retirement in May when Donald Trump asked him to head up Operation Warp Speed, which aims to get 300 million Americans vaccinated for COVID

It is the largest and most expensive vaccination program ever with $12billion already spent

60 Minutes showed footage of vials rolling off the line at a facility in Baltimore - but did not say which of several competing coronavirus vaccines were being produced there

Perna would not say how many doses had already been prepared, but said the vaccine could be rolled out immediately if approval granted

The leading candidate, by Pfizer, could be approved as soon as next month

By Harriet Alexander For Dailymail.com

Published: 01:57 EST, 9 November 2020 | Updated: 09:17 EST, 9 November 2020

The program to vaccinate 300 million Americans against COVID-19 is already well underway, as video from CBS' 60 Minutes shows hundreds of vials of vaccine being stockpiled ahead of its approval by the FDA

But the four star general tasked by Donald Trump to run Operation Warp Speed said that his biggest fear is people not wanting to take a vaccine.

General Gus Perna was two months away from retirement when the president asked him to run the program in May.

His team has spent $12 billion so far - and could spend as much as $26 billion - to come up with a safe vaccine in record time.

Production is already well under way, with doses stockpiled awaiting approval by federal regulators - which could come as early as next month. 60 Minutes showed footage of vials rolling off the line at a facility in Baltimore - but did not say which of several competing coronavirus vaccines were being produced there.

The facilities are currently protected by armed guards, and the shipments, when they go, will also be protected by armed guards.

In an interview with the CBS show, Perna would not say how many doses were ready to be distributed.

But he said logistics and production were not the concerns that keep him up at night - as he instead worries about public sentiment.

'We get vaccines to the American people and they don't take them. Shame on us,' he said.

'"Hey, I was already sick, I don't need it." Shame on us. "Hey, I don't believe in vaccines." Shame on us. Just shame on us and it does keep me up at night.'

A Pew Research poll conducted in September found about half of US adults (51 per cent) wouldn't get a COVID-19 vaccine should one be available today. In May the figure was 72 per cent. Misinformation about the effects of a vaccine and the original causes behind the coronavirus pandemic have also contributed to the overall uncertainty.

Those who who say they would not be happy to get the injection also runs roughly along party political lines with less than half of Republicans (47%) saying they would take the jab but with 81% of Democrats ready to line up to be inoculated, according to the poll by Gallup.

Perna works from an office in Washington DC and admitted he keeps notebooks full of pharmaceutical jargon, which he is trying to learn.

He said the two scenarios believed to be likely were the approval by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) of a vaccine developed by Pfizer, followed by approval of another from Moderna.

Once the FDA gives the green light, the vials of vaccine will start rolling out - with most states planning on giving the first doses to healthcare workers and frontline service employees. But he insisted states and territories would not be competing for the vaccine, as happened with personal protective equipment like facemasks at the start of the pandemic. He insisted that doses of the vaccine would be distributed 'equitably' to the 50 states, as well as other US territories.

He said another problem is in the logistics required to distribute and administer the vaccine.

The Pfizer vaccine, which could be ready next month, requires two doses 21 days apart and must be stores at -80 degrees Celsius, which is 94 degrees below zero Fahrenheit.

Not all parts of the U.S. have suitable cold storage facilities, and so part of Perna's job is to try and equip them for the vaccine.

Puerto Rico, for example, is being prepared to ship dry ice to the U.S. Virgin Islands for their hospitals and clinics.

With the Pfizer vaccine requiring two shots three weeks apart, states would also have to ensure that they had enough doses of the vaccine set aside to fdt Eighty eight million vaccination kits are ready, but Perna would not say how many doses were on hand.

'I'm holding on to that number right now because I wanna not create anxiety and we need to work through the details,' he said. 'A month from now, I'll have more.'

The vaccine is already being manufactured in bio-reactors inside sterile facilities, and it can take up to six weeks to produce a single batch.

Once ready, the vaccine moves to another site where it is put into vials, at a rate of 400 vials a minute with each vial containing five to ten doses.

The vaccines will be closely tracked by a computerized monitoring system called Tiberius.

Deacon Maddox, a newly-retired army colonel, told Perna that Tiberius 'didn't exist two months ago.'

He added: 'So, there are some things we need to work through.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8928281/COVID-vaccine-rolls-production-lines-ahead-approval-general-charge-fears-anti-vaxxer.html 

:: 11-8-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Developing: Nancy Pelosi’s Chief of Staff Is Chief Executive and Feinstein’s Husband a Major Shareholder at Dominion Ballot Counting Systems

By Joe Hoft Published November 8, 2020 at 12:30pm

The great Sidney Powell was on Mornings with Maria and she unloaded on the monstrous amount of Democrat voter fraud in the 2020 election. But during this discussion Maria Bartiromo dropped a bomb as well.

During her discussion with Sidney Powell, Maria Bartiromo shared the following about the firm that runs the application used in Michigan where thousands of Trump votes were switched to Joe Biden.

Maria Bartiromo: I’ve also seen reports that Nancy Pelosi’s longtime Chief of Staff is a key executive of that company. Richard Blum, Senator Feinstein’s husband is a significant shareholder of this company.

Here is the interview:

TRENDING: BREAKING EXCLUSIVE: Analysis of Election Night Data from All States Shows MILLIONS OF VOTES Either Switched from President Trump to Biden or Were Lost -- Using Dominion and Other Systems Bartiromo is correct. Bloomberg reported in April, 2019 that:

Dominion Voting Systems — which commands more than a third of the voting-machine market without having Washington lobbyists — has hired its first, a high-powered firm that includes a longtime aide to Speaker Nancy Pelosi. Also Democrat Feinstein’s husband does have a major stake in Dominion: Kyle Becker

@kylenabecker

Nov 6, 2020

Some or all of the content shared in this Tweet is disputed and might be misleading about an election or other civic process. Learn more

The election software system in Michigan that switched 6,000 votes from Trump to Biden is called "Dominion."

It is used in 30 states including:

Nevada

Arizona

Minnesota

Michigan

Wisconsin

Georgia

Pennsylvania

Every single major swing state. EVERY. SINGLE. ONE.

We also know that Dominion has ties to the Clinton Foundation: Tim Young

@TimRunsHisMouth

OH LOOK! Those "glitchy" Dominion Voting machines we used in the 2020 election are linked to the Clinton Global Initiative.

Can't wait for "fact checkers" to say this is somehow misleading... here's the link: https://clintonfoundation.org/clinton-global 

Developing: Nancy Pelosi’s Chief of Staff Is Chief Executive and Feinstein’s Husband a Major Shareholder at Dominion Ballot Counting Systems

By Joe Hoft

Published November 8, 2020 at 12:30pm

739 Comments

Share (25k)

TRENDING: BREAKING EXCLUSIVE: Analysis of Election Night Data from All States Shows MILLIONS OF VOTES Either Switched from President Trump to Biden or Were Lost -- Using Dominion and Other Systems

Bartiromo is correct. Bloomberg reported in April, 2019 that:

Dominion Voting Systems — which commands more than a third of the voting-machine market without having Washington lobbyists — has hired its first, a high-powered firm that includes a longtime aide to Speaker Nancy Pelosi.

Do you think Democrats are trying to steal the election?

Yes No

Completing this poll entitles you to The Gateway Pundit news updates free of charge. You may opt out at anytime. You also agree to our Privacy Policy and Terms of Use.

Also Democrat Feinstein’s husband does have a major stake in Dominion:

We also know that Dominion has ties to the Clinton Foundation:

(Powell mentioned that they may have stolen votes even from Democrats like Bernie Sanders in order to get the outcomes they wanted.) The fact that the Dominion voting machines flipped votes to Biden in at least two instances in Michigan alone is reason to audit all states where Dominion is used.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/11/developing-nancy-pelosis-chief-staff-chief-executive-feinsteins-husband-major-shareholder-dominion-ballot-counting-systems/ 

:: 11-9-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SUPPLY CHAIN DISASTER? POSSIBLE TRUCKER STRIKE

13,952 views

•Nov 9, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BZUWHuE7AaI&feature=youtu.be 

:: 11-9-20 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

URGENT: MINNESOTA REPORTEDLY TO ENACT STATEWIDE LOCKDOWN THURSDAY

Nation News Desk 09 November 2020 Hits: 28415

Citizens in Minnesota are URGED to immediately top-off food, fuel and medicine supplies; inside info from the Office of your Governor alleges a new STATEWIDE LOCK-DOWN ORDER is coming Thursday, and going into effect Friday.

The Governor will allegedly blame a sudden spike in COVID-19 as the reason, but that does not seem to be valid. Something else seems to be afoot. . . .

What is known is that citizens will be ORDERED to "shelter in-place" and, according to inside sources, this could last for months.

More details as they become available.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/urgent-minnesota-reportedly-to-enact-statewide-lockdown-thursday 

:: 11-9-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

HUGE: Trump fires deep state Defense Secretary Mark Esper, indicating a likely plan for military involvement in a declaration of insurrection

Monday, November 09, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Multiple media outlets are reporting today that President Trump has just fired Mark Esper, the Defense Secretary and a known deep stater who opposes Trump’s authority. He is being replaced by Christopher Miller, Director of the National Counterterrorism Center.

Understand that the election theft was conducted in real time on Nov. 3rd, using the Dominion software, created by a corporation partially owned by Nancy Pelosi. During the election, the real-time data were shunted offshore, where calculations were run to produce action lists for stealing the votes in swing states like Wisconsin and Michigan, and then Hammer and Scorecard (created by the CIA) were used to alter the votes in real time, in the voting machines. Deep source insiders have been telling me for days that an “epic counter attack” against the deep state is about to be launched by Trump. We don’t know the details about this counter attack, but we do know that Trump has two options which involve deploying the military to save the Republic:

Option #1) . Order military police to arrest the thousands of Invoke the Insurrection Act and declare the Democrats’ blatant vote rigging and outrageous censorship to be a “rebellion” against the United States of America high-level traitors who tried to carry out a communist-influenced coup against the United States, including all the CEOs of Big Tech as well as the heads of the corrupt Democrat party. More details here.

Option #2) Invoke Sec. 2 of the Fourteenth Amendment, which calls for Trump to strip Electoral College votes from all states engaged in acts of rebellion against the United States, which of course includes rigged election theft and vote fraud. More details here. And here.

Both of these options will likely require deploying elements of the military in left-wing cities in order to first carry out the arrests of the traitors and then maintain the rule of law as left-wing terrorists rise up and try to stage a kinetic coup / civil war in America’s streets.

Because Mark Esper is a left-leaning deep state traitor, he had to be removed and replaced in a run-up to Trump launching his counter attack against America’s domestic enemies.

Watch for possible firings of Christopher Wray (FBI) and Gina Haspel (CIA) in the coming days. Bill Barr at the DOJ may even be on the chopping block, as he has proven to be nothing more than another deep state actor who used his power to protect the left-wing traitors who are trying to destroy America. Mass arrests coming?

Rumors are circulating about “10 days of darkness” during which there will be a nationwide internet outage as Trump’s patriots make thousands of arrests of left-wing traitors. This rumor seems to be wishful thinking, so don’t make any plans based on it, but there’s no question that Trump knew this election would be stolen, as he repeatedly warned about it in advance. Trump is a strategic genius, and that means he planned for this. Is there a sting operation under way? We don’t know for sure, but we are certain none of this vote rigging was a surprise to Trump.

Now, with Esper being replaced, it’s a strong indication that Trump is planning a role for the U.S. military in defending this Republic against all enemies, foreign and domestic. The corrupt, criminal Democrats must be brought down or we lose this country forever. Trump knows that, and he’s about to launch a counter attack that will be nothing less than historic.

Prepare yourself, patriots. When Trump defeats Biden and the deep state, the lunatic Left will explode with violence all across America. They will activate their last-ditch effort to overthrow America by force. When that day comes, it’s a “weapons free” moment for all patriots to defend their nation and their president against those domestic enemies who are trying to destroy it all.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-11-09-trump-fires-deep-state-defense-secretary-mark-esper.html 

:: 11-9-20 The Mental Recession :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sidney Powell: Dems Had Voter Fraud Planned, Audit Is Needed Nationwide

Photo of Rusty Weiss Rusty Weiss November 9, 2020

RUSH TRANSCRIPT:

Maria: Welcome back. I’m back with Sidney Powell whose part of President Trump’s legal team and contesting this election. Sidney, we talked about the dominion software. I know that there were voting irregularities. Tell me about that.

Powell: That’s put it mildly. The computer glitches could not and should not have happened at all. That’s where the fraud took place where they were flipping votes in the computer system or adding votes that did not exist we need an audit of all of the computer systems that played any role in this fraud whatsoever, and Joe Biden had it right. He said that he had the biggest voter fraud organization ever and he didn’t need people’s votes now. He would need people later. They had this all planned, Maria they had the algorithms, they had the paper ballots waiting to be inserted if and when needed and notably President Trump’s vote in the blue states went up enormously. That’s when they had to stop the vote count, and go in and replace votes for Biden and takeaway Trump votes. Maria: I’ve never seen voting machines stop in the middle of an election, stop down and assess the situation. I also see reports that Nancy Pelosi’s long time chief of staff is the key executive at that company, Richard Blum, Senator Feinstein’s husband significant shareholder of the company. What can you tell us about the interest on the other side of this dominion software

Well, obviously, they have invested in it for their own reasons and are using it to commit this fraud to steal votes I think they’ve even stolen them from other Democrats in their own party who should be outraged about this also. Bernie Sanders might very well have been the democratic candidate but they’ve stolen

https://menrec.com/sidney-powell-dems-had-voter-fraud-planned-audit-is-needed-nationwide/ 

:: 11-8-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Joe Biden COVID-19 Martial Law Plan Revealed

Infowars.com

November 8th 2020, 5:37 pm

Joe Biden and the globalists are gearing up for the second wave of lockdowns that will never be lifted

Alex Jones breaks down Joe Biden’s new task force plan and how he will try to force to President Trump to implement it.

Scribe note: Clink on link to view video

https://www.infowars.com/posts/joe-biden-covid-19-martial-law-plan-revealed/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 11--20 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No Matter How the Ballots are Counted, the American Police State Will Continue

By John W. Whitehead, The Rutherford Institute

“If liberty means anything at all, it means the right to tell people what they do not want to hear.”—George Orwell

The American people remain eager to be persuaded that a new president in the White House can solve the problems that plague us.

Yet no matter who wins this presidential election, you can rest assured that the new boss will be the same as the old boss, and we—the permanent underclass in America—will continue to be forced to march in lockstep with the police state in all matters, public and private.

Indeed, it really doesn’t matter what you call them—the Deep State, the 1%, the elite, the controllers, the masterminds, the shadow government, the police state, the surveillance state, the military industrial complex—so long as you understand that no matter which party occupies the White House in 2021, the unelected bureaucracy that actually calls the shots will continue to do so. In the interest of liberty and truth, here are a few hard truths about life in the American police state that will persist no matter who wins the 2020 presidential election. Indeed, these issues persisted—and in many cases flourished—under both Republican and Democratic administrations in recent years.

Police militarization will continue. Thanks to federal grant programs allowing the Pentagon to transfer surplus military supplies and weapons to local law enforcement agencies without charge, police forces will continue to be transformed from peace officers to heavily armed extensions of the military, complete with jackboots, helmets, shields, batons, pepper-spray, stun guns, assault rifles, body armor, miniature tanks and weaponized drones. “Today, 17,000 local police forces are equipped with such military equipment as Blackhawk helicopters, machine guns, grenade launchers, battering rams, explosives, chemical sprays, body armor, night vision, rappelling gear and armored vehicles,” stated Paul Craig Roberts, former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. “Some have tanks.”

Overcriminalization will continue. In the face of a government bureaucracy consumed with churning out laws, statutes, codes and regulations that reinforce its powers and value systems and those of the police state and its corporate allies, we will all continue to be viewed as petty criminals, guilty of violating some minor law. Thanks to an overabundance of 4,500-plus federal crimes and 400,000-plus rules and regulations, it is estimated that the average American actually commits three felonies a day without knowing it. In fact, according to law professor John Baker, “There is no one in the United States over the age of 18 who cannot be indicted for some federal crime.” Consequently, we now find ourselves operating in a strange new world where small farmers who dare to make unpasteurized goat cheese and share it with members of their community are finding their farms raided, while home gardeners face jail time for daring to cultivate their own varieties of orchids without having completed sufficient paperwork. This frightening state of affairs—where a person can actually be arrested and incarcerated for the most innocent and inane activities, including feeding a whale and collecting rainwater on their own property—is due to what law scholars refer to as overcriminalization.

Jailing Americans for profit will continue. At one time, the American penal system operated under the idea that dangerous criminals needed to be put under lock and key in order to protect society. Today, as states attempt to save money by outsourcing prisons to private corporations, imprisoning Americans in private prisons run by mega-corporations has turned into a cash cow for big business. In exchange for corporations buying and managing public prisons across the country at a supposed savings to the states, the states have to agree to maintain a 90% occupancy rate in the privately run prisons for at least 20 years. Such a scheme simply encourages incarceration for the sake of profits, while causing millions of Americans, most of them minor, nonviolent criminals, to be handed over to corporations for lengthy prison sentences which do nothing to protect society or prevent recidivism. Thus, although the number of violent crimes in the country is down substantially, the number of Americans being jailed for nonviolent crimes such as driving with a suspended license is skyrocketing.

Poverty will continue. Despite the fact that we have 46 million Americans living at or below the poverty line, 16 million children living in households without adequate access to food, and at least 900,000 veterans relying on food stamps (mind you, these are pre-COVID numbers, which have only got worse during this pandemic), enormous sums continue to be doled out for presidential excursions (taxpayers have been forced to pay at least $100 million so that Donald Trump could visit his golf clubs and private properties more than 500 times during his four years in office).

Endless wars that enrich the military industrial complex will continue. Having been co-opted by greedy defense contractors, corrupt politicians and incompetent government officials, America’s expanding military empire is bleeding the country dry at a rate of more than $15 billion a month (or $20 million an hour)—and that’s just what the government spends on foreign wars. That does not include the cost of maintaining and staffing the 1000-plus U.S. military bases spread around the globe. Incredibly, although the U.S. constitutes only 5% of the world’s population, America boasts almost 50% of the world’s total military expenditure, spending more on the military than the next 19 biggest spending nations combined. In fact, the Pentagon spends more on war than all 50 states combined spend on health, education, welfare, and safety. Yet what most Americans fail to recognize is that these ongoing wars have little to do with keeping the country safe and everything to do with enriching the military industrial complex at taxpayer expense. Consider that since 2001, Americans have spent $10.5 million every hour for numerous foreign military occupations, including in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Police shootings of unarmed Americans will continue. No matter what our party politics, race, religion, or any other distinction used to divide us, we all suffer when violence becomes the government’s calling card. Remember, in a police state, you’re either the one with your hand on the trigger or you’re staring down the barrel of a loaded gun. At least 400 to 500 innocent people are killed by police officers every year. Indeed, Americans are now eight times more likely to die in a police confrontation than they are to be killed by a terrorist. Americans are 110 times more likely to die of foodborne illness than in a terrorist attack. Police officers are more likely to be struck by lightning than be made financially liable for their wrongdoing. As a result, Americans are largely powerless in the face of militarized police.

SWAT team raids will continue. More than 80,000 SWAT team raids are carried out every year on unsuspecting Americans for relatively routine police matters. Nationwide, SWAT teams have been employed to address an astonishingly trivial array of criminal activity or mere community nuisances including angry dogs, domestic disputes, improper paperwork filed by an orchid farmer, and misdemeanor marijuana possession, to give a brief sampling. On an average day in America, over 100 Americans have their homes raided by SWAT teams. There has been a notable buildup in recent years of SWAT teams within non-security-related federal agencies such as the Department of Agriculture, the Railroad Retirement Board, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Office of Personnel Management, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Education Department.

The government’s war on the American people will continue. “We the people” are no longer shielded by the rule of law. While the First Amendment—which gives us a voice—is being muzzled, the Fourth Amendment—which protects us from being bullied, badgered, beaten, broken and spied on by government agents—is being disemboweled. Consequently, you no longer have to be poor, black or guilty to be treated like a criminal in America. All that is required is that you belong to the suspect class—that is, the citizenry—of the American police state. As a de facto member of this so-called criminal class, every U.S. citizen is now guilty until proven innocent. The oppression and injustice—be it in the form of shootings, surveillance, fines, asset forfeiture, prison terms, roadside searches, and so on—will come to all of us eventually unless we do something to stop it now.

Government corruption will continue. The government is not our friend. Nor does it work for “we the people.” Americans instinctively understand this. When asked to name the greatest problem facing the nation, Americans of all political stripes ranked the government as the number one concern. In fact, almost eight out of ten Americans believe that government corruption is widespread. Our so-called government representatives do not actually represent us, the citizenry. We are now ruled by an oligarchic elite of governmental and corporate interests whose main interest is in perpetuating power and control. Congress is dominated by a majority of millionaires who are, on average, fourteen times wealthier than the average American.

The rise of the surveillance state will continue. Government eyes are watching you. They see your every move: what you read, how much you spend, where you go, with whom you interact, when you wake up in the morning, what you’re watching on television and reading on the internet. Every move you make is being monitored, mined for data, crunched, and tabulated in order to form a picture of who you are, what makes you tick, and how best to control you when and if it becomes necessary to bring you in line. Police have been outfitted with a litany of surveillance gear, from license plate readers and cell phone tracking devices to biometric data recorders. Technology now makes it possible for the police to scan passersby in order to detect the contents of their pockets, purses, briefcases, etc. Full-body scanners, which perform virtual strip-searches of Americans traveling by plane, have gone mobile, with roving police vans that peer into vehicles and buildings alike—including homes. Coupled with the nation’s growing network of real-time surveillance cameras and facial recognition software, soon there really will be nowhere to run and nowhere to hide. The erection of a suspect society will continue. Due in large part to rapid advances in technology and a heightened surveillance culture, the burden of proof has been shifted so that the right to be considered innocent until proven guilty has been usurped by a new norm in which all citizens are suspects. This is exemplified by police practices of stopping and frisking people who are merely walking down the street and where there is no evidence of wrongdoing. Making matters worse are Terrorism Liaison Officers (firefighters, police officers, and even corporate employees) who have been trained to spy on their fellow citizens and report “suspicious activity,” which includes taking pictures with no apparent aesthetic value, making measurements and drawings, taking notes, conversing in code, espousing radical beliefs and buying items in bulk. TLOs report back to “fusion centers,” which are a driving force behind the government’s quest to collect, analyze, and disseminate information on American citizens.

Government tyranny under the reign of an Imperial President will continue. The Constitution invests the President with very specific, limited powers: to serve as Commander in Chief of the military, grant pardons, make treaties (with the approval of Congress), appoint ambassadors and federal judges (again with Congress’ blessing), and veto legislation. In recent years, however, American presidents have anointed themselves with the power to wage war, unilaterally kill Americans, torture prisoners, strip citizens of their rights, arrest and detain citizens indefinitely, carry out warrantless spying on Americans, and erect their own secretive, shadow government. The powers amassed by each past president and inherited by each successive president—powers which add up to a toolbox of terror for an imperial ruler—empower whomever occupies the Oval Office to act as a dictator, above the law and beyond any real accountability. The grim reality we must come to terms with is the fact that the government does whatever it wants, freedom be damned. More than terrorism, more than domestic extremism, more than gun violence and organized crime, the U.S. government has become a greater menace to the life, liberty and property of its citizens than any of the so-called dangers from which the government claims to protect us. This state of affairs has become the status quo, no matter which party is in power.

The government’s manipulation of national crises in order to expand its powers will continue. “We the people” have been the subjected to an “emergency state” that justifies all manner of government tyranny and power grabs in the so-called name of national security. Whatever the so-called threat to the nation—whether it’s civil unrest, school shootings, alleged acts of terrorism, or the threat of a global pandemic in the case of COVID-19—the government has a tendency to capitalize on the nation’s heightened emotions, confusion and fear as a means of extending the reach of the police state. Indeed, the government’s answer to every problem continues to be more government—at taxpayer expense—and less individual liberty.

The bottom line is this: nothing taking place on Election Day will alleviate the suffering of the American people. Unless we do something more than vote, the government as we have come to know it—corrupt, bloated and controlled by big-money corporations, lobbyists and special interest groups—will remain unchanged. And “we the people”—overtaxed, overpoliced, overburdened by big government, underrepresented by those who should speak for us and blissfully ignorant of the prison walls closing in on us—will continue to trudge along a path of misery.

As I point out in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, these problems will continue to plague our nation unless and until Americans wake up to the fact that we’re the only ones who can change things for the better and then do something about it. If there is to be any hope of restoring our freedoms and reclaiming control over our government, it will rest not with the politicians but with the people themselves.

After all, Indeed, the Constitution opens with those three vital words, “We the people.”

What the founders wanted us to understand is that we are the government.

There is no government without us—our sheer numbers, our muscle, our economy, our physical presence in this land. There can also be no police state—no tyranny—no routine violations of our rights without our complicity and collusion—without our turning a blind eye, shrugging our shoulders, allowing ourselves to be distracted and our civic awareness diluted.

https://www.activistpost.com/2020/11/no-matter-how-the-ballots-are-counted-the-american-police-state-will-continue.html 

:: 11-10-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World leaders who are NOT rushing to congratulate Biden: Putin and China say they will ‘wait until legal processes are complete’, Israel's Benjamin Netanyahu goes out of his way to thank Trump after 12 hour silence and Saudi Arabia stays silent

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu congratulated president-elect Joe Biden in a tweet Saturday night, saying he looked forward to working together

His tweet came more than 12 hours after US media networks called the race in the Democrat's favor and did not explicitly state that Biden had won

Right-wing Netanyahu has had particularly close ties with Trump, following an acrimonious relationship with his predecessor Barack Obama

Biden has pledged to restore US involvement in the Iran nuclear deal

His White House would also likely oppose Israeli settlement of occupied land where Palestinians seek statehood

Meanwhile the heads of China and Russia, Xi Jinping and Vladimir Putin, still have yet to extend congratulations to Biden more than 24 hours after his victory

Putin is refusing to congratulate Biden as there are 'legal processes' to complete

By Wires and Megan Sheets For Dailymail.com and Rachael Bunyan For Mailonline

Published: 01:15 EST, 8 November 2020 | Updated: 09:22 EST, 10 November 2020

Russian President Vladimir Putin is refusing to congratulate President-elect Joe Biden upon his projected election victory on the grounds that there are still 'legal processes' to complete.

President Trump is still refusing to concede the presidential election to Biden, claiming the election is not over.

Russia would only recognise a new US president on confirmation of 'official results', according to Putin's spokesman Dmitry Peskov.

'We believe the correct thing to do is wait. President Putin has on many occasions said he would respect any choice the American nation makes,' Peskov said.

Meanwhile China said the US presidential election result 'will be determined according to American laws'.

Neither President Putin or China's President Xi Jinping have publicly commented on Biden's victory over Donald Trump in the presidential election.

In contrast, both world leaders congratulated Trump on the day of his 2016 election win.

Saudi Arabia has stayed silent on the election results, whilst Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu took hours to congratulate Biden.

After hours of silence, Netanyahu, a close Donald Trump ally, congratulated Biden on his election victory early Sunday, calling the president-elect 'a great friend of Israel'. 'I look forward to working with both of you to further strengthen the special alliance between the US and Israel,' Netanyahu wrote on Twitter, referring to Biden and vice president-elect Kamala Harris.

Netanyahu, whose Twitter account features a photo of him seated next to Trump, said he and Biden had 'a long and warm personal relationship for nearly 40 years, and I know you as a great friend of Israel'.

The Israeli premier had previously described Trump as his country's strongest-ever ally in the White House, and the Republican advanced policies that delighted Netanyahu's right-wing base.

His tweet congratulating Biden came more than 12 hours after US media networks called the race in the Democrat's favor. It also did not explicitly state that Biden had won.

Meanwhile the heads of China and Russia - Xi Jinping and Vladimir Putin - still have yet to extend congratulations to Biden more than 24 hours after his victory. In a subsequent tweet, Netanyahu thanked Trump 'for the friendship you have shown the state of Israel and me personally, for recognizing Jerusalem and the Golan, for standing up to Iran, for the historic peace accords and for bringing the American-Israeli alliance to unprecedented heights'. Pictured: Trump and Netanyahu in September at the White House Russia's Vladmir Putin and China's Xi Jinping still have yet to publicly congratulate Biden In a subsequent tweet, Netanyahu thanked Trump 'for the friendship you have shown the state of Israel and me personally, for recognizing Jerusalem and the Golan, for standing up to Iran, for the historic peace accords and for bringing the American-Israeli alliance to unprecedented heights'.

Trump unilaterally pulled out of the 2015 Iran nuclear deal - an agreement between Tehran and world powers loathed by Netanyahu - and recognized Jerusalem as Israel's 'undivided' capital.

He also endorsed Israeli sovereignty over the Golan Heights - which was seized from Syria - and avoided criticizing Jewish settlements in the occupied West Bank.

He also brokered normalization deals between Israel and three Arab countries - the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain and Sudan.

Netanyahu, along with his defence and foreign ministers, had been criticized Saturday evening by opposition leader Yair Lapid for not congratulating Biden on his victory in a timely manner. 'The fact that Netanyahu, (Benny) Gantz and (Gabi) Ashkenazi have yet to congratulate the US president-elect is shameful cowardice that harms Israel's interest,' Lapid said.

'If the president of France, the chancellor of Germany and prime minister of Britain can do so, you can too,' he wrote on Twitter.

Defence Minister Gantz and foreign minister Ashkenazi congratulated the president-elect and Harris hours later, following Biden's victory speech on Saturday night.

According to a poll before the US election by the Israel Democracy Institute think-tank, 63 percent of Israelis wanted Trump to win a second term.

The White House has not yet responded to Netanyahu's remarks toward Biden and Trump, who has refused to concede.

While Netanyahu didn't address Biden as 'president-elect', Israel's President Reuven Rivlin did in his own statement.

'I send the blessings of the Israeli people and of the State of Israel, to our friend Joe Biden on your election as the 46th President of the United States of America. I also send congratulations and best wishes for your success, Vice President-elect Kamala Harris,' Rivlin said.

'Mr. President-elect, as a longstanding friend of Israel, you are now the leader of the free world and of the State of Israel's closest and most important ally.

'The strategic alliance between our two countries and peoples is stronger than any political leadership, and is not based solely on friendship. It is rooted deeply in our shared values and in our longstanding commitment to freedom and democracy as the foundations of our societies.'

Like Netanyahu, Rivlin made a nod to Trump, thanking the incumbent for 'four years of partnership in strengthening Israel's security'.

'I have no doubt that our special relations and multifaceted cooperation will continue to flourish and grow in the future,' he added, pivoting back to Biden.

'On behalf of the Israeli people, I wish you and your future administration great success, and extend my invitation to you to visit Jerusalem as our guest.' Rivlin joined a bevy of international leaders congratulating Biden on his win, as Trump refused to concede the race and vowed to launch legal battles in states that didn't go in his favor.

Western and Asian allies expressed hoped for a fresh start following Trump's 'American First' trade policies, withdrawal from the Paris climate agreement and attacks on NATO and the World Health Organization.

In Asia, a region on edge about the strategic ambitions of China's ruling Communist Party, the elected leaders of Japan, South Korea and Taiwan invoked 'shared values' with Washington and expressed hope for close relations.

Absent from the well-wishers was Chinese President Xi Jinping, who has had a complicated relationship with Trump as the US and China are embroiled in conflicts over trade, security and technology.

Also absent was Russian President Vladimir Putin, who has been friendly with Trump. Other leaders who supported Trump, including President Rodrigo Duterte of the Philippines, congratulated Biden, indicating they rejected Trump's claim the election wasn't over.

Duterte, who had said Filipino-Americans would 'get the best deal with Trump', expressed hope for enhanced ties based on 'shared commitment to democracy, freedom and the rule of law'.

Most Western allies welcomed a fresh start with Washington. Many have been dismayed at Trump's criticism of decades-old military and economic alliances.

'We want to work in our cooperation for a new trans-Atlantic beginning, a New Deal,' said German Foreign Minister Heiko Maas on Twitter. Others expressed hope Biden might revive cooperation on health, climate and other issues following Trump's rejection of the proposed Trans-Pacific Partnership trade agreement and pressure on Canada, Mexico, South Korea and other partners to renegotiate trade terms.

UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson, who had a good relationship with Trump, extended his congratulations on Saturday before saying he planned to call Biden 'soon' on Sunday.

In an interview with AP, Johnson promised to work with Biden to spread democracy, defend human rights and combat climate change, as he sought to woo a leader who sees the world very differently to the outgoing American leader.

Johnson stressed the strength of trans-Atlantic ties, saying the two countries' 'common global perspective' would be vital to shore up a rules-based global order that is under threat.

'The United States is our closest and most important ally,' said Johnson, who hasn't yet spoken to Biden since he became president-elect. 'And that's been the case under president after president, prime minister after prime minister. It won't change.'

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who was the target of personal insults by Trump, shared his congratulations with Biden on Twitter.

'I look forward to working with President-elect Biden, Vice President-elect Harris, their administration, and the United States Congress as we tackle the world´s greatest challenges together,' Trudeau wrote.

Prime Minister Scott Morrison of Australia told reporters he looked forward to a 'great partnership' with Washington.

He cited challenges including the coronavirus and 'ensuring a free and open' Indo-Pacific region, a reference to China's disputes with its neighbors over control of vast tracts of ocean.

'American leadership is indispensable to meeting these challenges,' Morrison said.

Prime Minister Imran Khan of Pakistan said he looked forward to working together to end illegal tax havens and on peacemaking in Afghanistan.

Other leaders who sent congratulations included German Chancellor Angela Merkel, French President Emmanuel Macron and Egyptian President Abdel-Fattah el-Sissi.

Embattled Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro and his US-backed rival, Juan Guaido, both congratulated Biden and Vice President-elect Kamala Harris.

Maduro said Venezuela, which is under crippling US sanctions aimed at forcing him out of office, was 'ready for dialogue and understanding' with the United States.

The election outcome drew mixed reviews in Iraq, where Biden is remembered as a champion of the US invasion in 2003. Still, Iraqi President Barham Salih described Biden as a friend and trusted partner.

In Iran, where the economy has been choked by US sanctions, senior Vice President Eshaq Jahangiri wrote on Facebook: 'The era of Trump and his warmongering and adventurist team is over.'

The newspaper Resalat published images of Trump without a mask against the coronavirus and Biden with a mask, and said: 'Maskless enemy left, masked enemy arrived.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8925903/Netanyahu-congratulates-Biden-great-friend-Israel.html 

:: 11-16-20 Judicial Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

October 16, 2020 | Judicial Watch

New Judicial Watch Study Finds 353 U.S. Counties in 29 States with Voter Registration Rates Exceeding 100%

(Washington, DC) – Judicial Watch announced today that a September 2020 study revealed that 353 U.S. counties had 1.8 million more registered voters than eligible voting-age citizens. In other words, the registration rates of those counties exceeded 100% of eligible voters. The study found eight states showing state-wide registration rates exceeding 100%: Alaska, Colorado, Maine, Maryland, Michigan, New Jersey, Rhode Island, and Vermont.

The September 2020 study collected the most recent registration data posted online by the states themselves. This data was then compared to the Census Bureau’s most recent five-year population estimates, gathered by the American Community Survey (ACS) from 2014 through 2018. ACS surveys are sent to 3.5 million addresses each month, and its five-year estimates are considered to be the most reliable estimates outside of the decennial census.

Judicial Watch’s latest study is necessarily limited to 37 states that post regular updates to their registration data. Certain state voter registration lists may also be even larger than reported, because they may have excluded “inactive voters” from their data. Inactive voters, who may have moved elsewhere, are still registered voters and may show up and vote on election day and/or request mail-in ballots.

Judicial Watch relies on its voter registration studies to warn states that they are failing to comply with the requirements of the National Voter Registration Act of 1993, which requires states to make reasonable efforts to clean their voter rolls. Judicial Watch can and has sued to enforce compliance with federal law.

Earlier this month, Judicial Watch sued Colorado over its failure to comply with the National Voter Registration Act. In Judicial Watch’s new study, 42 Colorado counties—or two thirds of the state’s counties—had registration rates exceeding 100%. Particular data from the state confirms this general picture. As the complaint explains, a month-by-month comparison of the ACS’s five-year survey period with Colorado’s own registration numbers for the exact same months shows that large proportions of Colorado’s counties have registration rates exceeding 100%. Earlier this year, Judicial Watch sued Pennsylvaniaand North Carolina for failing to make reasonable efforts to remove ineligible voters from their rolls as required by federal law. The lawsuits allege that the two states have nearly 2 million inactive names on their voter registration rolls. Judicial Watch also sued Illinois for refusing to disclose voter roll data in violation of Federal law.

“The new study shows 1.8 million excess, or ‘ghost’ voters in 353 counties across 29 states,” said Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton. “The data highlights the recklessness of mailing blindly ballots and ballot applications to voter registration lists. Dirty voting rolls can mean dirty elections.”

Judicial Watch’s study updates the results of a similar study from last year. In August 2019, Judicial Watch analyzed registration data that states reported to the federal Election Assistance Commission (EAC) in response to a survey conducted every two years on how states maintain their voter rolls. That registration data was compared to the then-most-recent ACS five-year survey from 2013 through 2017. The study showed that 378 U.S. counties had registration rates exceeding 100%.

Judicial Watch is a national leader for cleaner elections.

In 2018, the Supreme Court upheld a voter-roll cleanup program that resulted from a Judicial Watch settlement of a federal lawsuit with Ohio. California settled a NVRA lawsuit with Judicial Watch and last year began the process of removing up to 1.6 million inactive names from Los Angeles County’s voter rolls. Kentucky also began a cleanup of hundreds of thousands of old registrations last year after it entered into a consent decree to end another Judicial Watch lawsuit.

In September 2020, Judicial Watch sued Illinois for refusing to disclose voter roll data in violation of Federal law.

Judicial Watch Attorney Robert Popper is the director of Judicial Watch’s clean elections initiative.

STATES AND COUNTIES WITH REGISTRATION RATES EXCEEDING 100%

(* means no separate reporting of inactive registrations)

Alabama: Lowndes County (130%); Macon County (114%); Wilcox (113%); Perry County (111%); Madison County (109%); Hale County (108%); Marengo County (108%); Baldwin (108%); Greene County (107%); Washington County (106%); Dallas County (106%); Choctaw County (105%); Conecuh County (105%); Randolph County (104%); Shelby County (104%); Lamar County (103%); Autauga County (103%); Clarke County (103%); Henry County (103%); Monroe County (102%); Colbert County (101%); Jefferson County (101%); Lee County (100%); Houston County (100%); Crenshaw County (100%)

*Alaska: Statewide (111%)

Arizona: Santa Cruz County (107%); Apache County (106%)

*Arkansas: Newton County (103%)

Colorado: Statewide (102%); San Juan County (158%); Dolores County (127%); Jackson County (125%); Mineral County (119%); Ouray County (119%); Phillips County (116%); Douglas County (116%); Broomfield County (115%); Elbert County (113%); Custer County (112%); Gilpin County (111%); Park County (111%); Archuleta County (111%); Cheyenne County (111%); Clear Creek County (110%); Teller County (108%); Grand County (107%); La Plata County (106%); Summit County (106%); Baca County (106%); Pitkin County (106%); San Miguel County (106%); Routt County (106%); Hinsdale County (105%); Garfield County (105%); Gunnison County (105%); Sedgwick County (104%); Eagle County (104%); Larimer County (104%); Weld County (104%); Boulder County (103%); Costilla County (103%); Chaffee County (103%); Kiowa County (103%); Denver County (103%); Huerfano County (102%); Montezuma County (102%); Moffat County (102%); Arapahoe County (102%); Jefferson County (101%); Las Animas County (101%); Mesa County (100%)

*Florida: St. Johns County (112%); Nassau County (109%); Walton County (108%); Santa Rosa County (108%); Flagler County (104%); Clay County (103%); Indian River County (101%); Osceola County (100%)

*Georgia: Bryan County (118%); Forsyth County (114%); Dawson County (113%); Oconee County (111%); Fayette County (111%); Fulton County (109%); Cherokee County (109%); Jackson County (107%); Henry County (106%); Lee County (106%); Morgan County (105%); Clayton County (105%); DeKalb County (105%); Gwinnett County (104%); Greene County (104%); Cobb County (104%); Effingham County (103%); Walton County (102%); Rockdale County (102%); Barrow County (101%); Douglas County (101%); Newton County (100%); Hall County (100%)

*Indiana: Hamilton County (113%); Boone County (112%); Clark County (105%); Floyd County (103%); Hancock County (103%); Ohio County (102%); Hendricks County (102%); Lake County (101%); Warrick County (100%); Dearborn County (100%)

Iowa: Dallas County (115%); Johnson County (104%); Lyon County (103%); Dickinson County (103%); Scott County (102%); Madison County (101%); Warren County (100%)

*Kansas: Johnson County (105%)

Maine: Statewide (101%); Cumberland County (110%); Sagadahoc County (107%); Hancock County (105%); Lincoln County (104%); Waldo County (102%); York County (100%)

Maryland: Statewide (102%); Montgomery County (113%); Howard County (111%); Frederick County (110%); Charles County (108%); Prince George’s County (106%); Queen Anne’s County (104%); Calvert County (104%); Harford County (104%); Worcester County (103%); Carroll County (103%); Anne Arundel County (102%); Talbot County (100%)

*Massachusetts: Dukes County (120%); Nantucket County (115%); Barnstable County (103%)

*Michigan: Statewide (105%); Leelanau County (119%); Otsego County (118%); Antrim County (116%); Kalkaska County (115%); Emmet County (114%); Berrien County (114%); Keweenaw County (114%); Benzie County (113%); Washtenaw County (113%); Mackinac County (112%); Dickinson County (112%); Roscommon County (112%); Charlevoix County (112%); Grand Traverse County (111%); Oakland County (110%); Iron County (110%); Monroe County (109%); Genesee County (109%); Ontonagon County (109%); Gogebic County (109%); Livingston County (109%); Alcona County (108%); Cass County (108%); Allegan County (108%); Oceana County (107%); Midland County (107%); Kent County (107%); Montmorency County (107%); Van Buren County (107%); Wayne County (107%); Schoolcraft County (107%); Mason County (107%); Oscoda County (107%); Iosco County (107%); Wexford County (106%); Presque Isle County (106%); Delta County (106%); Alpena County (106%); St Clair County (106%); Cheboygan County (105%); Newaygo County (105%); Barry County (105%); Gladwin County (105%); Menominee County (105%); Crawford County (105%); Muskegon County (105%); Kalamazoo County (104%); St. Joseph County (104%); Ottawa County (103%); Clinton County (103%); Saginaw County (103%); Manistee County (103%); Lapeer County (103%); Calhoun County (103%); Ogemaw County (103%); Macomb County (103%); Missaukee County (102%); Eaton County (102%); Shiawassee County (102%); Huron County (102%); Lenawee County (101%); Branch County (101%); Osceola County (101%); Clare County (100%); Arenac County (100%); Bay County (100%); Lake County (100%)

*Missouri: St. Louis County (102%)

*Montana: Petroleum County (113%); Gallatin County (103%); Park County (103%); Madison County (102%); Broadwater County (102%)

*Nebraska: Arthur County (108%); Loup County (103%); Keya Paha County (102%); Banner County (100%); McPherson County (100%)

Nevada: Storey County (108%); Douglas County (105%); Nye County (101%)

*New Jersey: Statewide (102%); Somerset County (110%); Hunterdon County (108%); Morris County (107%); Essex County (106%); Monmouth County (104%); Bergen County (103%); Middlesex County (103%); Union County (103%); Camden County (102%); Warren County (102%); Atlantic County (102%); Sussex County (101%); Salem County (101%); Hudson County (100%); Gloucester County (100%)

*New Mexico: Harding County (177%); Los Alamos County (110%)

New York: Hamilton County (118%); Nassau County (109%); New York (103%); Rockland County (101%); Suffolk County (100%)

*Oregon: Sherman County (107%); Crook County (107%); Deschutes County (105%); Wallowa County (103%); Hood River County (103%); Columbia County (102%); Linn County (101%); Polk County (100%); Tillamook County (100%)

Rhode Island: Statewide (101%); Bristol County (104%); Washington County (103%); Providence County (101%)

*South Carolina: Jasper County (103%)

South Dakota: Hanson County (171%); Union County (120%); Jones County (116%); Sully County (115%); Lincoln County (113%); Custer County (110%); Fall River County (108%); Pennington County (106%); Harding County (105%); Minnehaha County (104%); Potter County (104%); Campbell County (103%); McPherson County (101%); Hamlin County (101%); Stanley County (101%); Lake County (100%); Perkins County (100%)

Tennessee: Williamson County (110%); Moore County (101%); Polk County (101%)

Texas: Loving County (187%); Presidio County (149%); McMullen County (147%); Brooks County (117%); Roberts County (116%); Sterling County (115%); Zapata County (115%); Maverick County (112%); Starr County (110%); King County (110%); Chambers County (109%); Irion County (108%); Jim Hogg County (107%); Polk County (107%); Comal County (106%); Oldham County (104%); Culberson County (104%); Kendall County (103%); Dimmit County (103%); Rockwall County (102%); Motley County (102%); Parker County (102%); Hudspeth County (101%); Travis County (101%); Fort Bend County (101%); Kent County (101%); Webb County (101%); Mason County (101%); Crockett County (101%); Waller County (100%); Gillespie County (100%); Duval County (100%); Brewster County (100%)

Vermont: Statewide (100%)

Virginia: Loudoun County (116%); Falls Church City (114%); Fairfax City (109%); Goochland County (108%); Arlington County (106%); Fairfax County (106%); Prince William County (105%); James City County (105%); Alexandria City (105%); Fauquier County (105%); Isle of Wight County (104%); Chesterfield County (104%); Surry County (103%); Hanover County (103%); New Kent County (103%); Clarke County (103%); King William County (102%); Spotsylvania County (102%); Rappahannock County (102%); Albemarle County (101%); Stafford County (101%); Northampton County (101%); Poquoson City (100%); Frederick County (100%)

Washington: Garfield County (119%); Pend Oreille County (112%); Jefferson County (111%); San Juan County (108%); Wahkiakum County (108%); Stevens County (103%); Pacific County (103%); Clark County (102%); Island County (102%); Klickitat County (102%); Thurston County (102%); Lincoln County (101%); Whatcom County (100%); Asotin County (100%)

*West Virginia: Mingo County (104%); Wyoming County (103%); McDowell County (102%); Brooke County (102%); Hancock County (100%)

https://www.judicialwatch.org/press-releases/new-jw-study-voter-registration/ 

:: 11-8-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

November 8, 2020

SINCE WHEN Does The MEDIA Decide Who’s President? VOTESCAM: The HISTORY Behind 'The FIX'

- 'Provocative and profoundly disturbing history of US election rigging details political corruption reaching the highest levels of the U.S. government'

By R.X. Kendrick for All News Pipeline

Looking at the headlines this morning I found it interesting multiple news sources are announcing “the media” has declared Joe Biden the winner of the 2020 presidential election. Here are two of many examples:

November 8, 2020

SINCE WHEN Does The MEDIA Decide Who’s President? VOTESCAM: The HISTORY Behind 'The FIX'

- 'Provocative and profoundly disturbing history of US election rigging details political corruption reaching the highest levels of the U.S. government'

By R.X. Kendrick for All News Pipeline

Looking at the headlines this morning I found it interesting multiple news sources are announcing “the media” has declared Joe Biden the winner of the 2020 presidential election. Here are two of many examples: Why the media seems to think it can be the official source to tell us who wins a presidential election goes back to the assassination of John F. Kennedy. When the MEDIA was given the authority by CONGRESS to count our votes!

Hard to believe, isn’t it.

Ever since I was in the first grade and got to hear an announcement from the speaker above the giant chalk board behind the teacher’s desk announce, “President Kennedy has been shot!” And all the other first-graders in our class had the same confused expression on their faces as I must have too.

Our teacher, quite flustered, started pacing back-n-forth without saying anything for a few moments. Then we resumed class with all us kids wondering, “What the heck?”

Then there was another announcement as our principal solemnly said, “President Kennedy is dead.” And our teacher started sobbing before she suddenly walked out of the classroom.

President Kennedy was dead?

We were too young to grasp the reality that the vote of free US citizens had been compromised. Too innocent to have any idea a new day was about to dawn where the perpetrators of the Kennedy assassination would form a lasting cooperative partnership with the major news media after Kennedy’s death.

And here we are TODAY 56-years later witnessing the latest glaring evidence this terribly evil anti-freedom media coalition is up to more manipulation in the current election. But how did this ever happen?

Go back to Kennedy’s assassination you’ll find the answer is… It all started right after Kennedy was killed. Because when he was shot in the head from behind by a lone gunman, as the “official government narrative” told us. We the general public weren’t buying it.

As News.Gallup.com reported at the time:

A week after President Kennedy’s assassination, only 29% think Harvey Oswald acted alone.”

In other words, 71% did not believe the official government narrative that a lone nut gunman did it all by himself. Something just didn’t seem right about it. Most of the public seemed to know intuitively one man did not kill Kennedy acting alone.

In fact, as we now know, there was a group of key instigators of the assassination who got together for a pre-assassination party the night before their hired guns would pull the triggers to kill Kennedy as he smiled and waved at everyone who came out to see half his head get blown off.

The 21st Century Wire did a nice job of covering this true story for us:

“Was there a party the night before JFK’s murder in Dallas?" The meeting in Dallas the night before the assassination included:

H.L. Hunt

J. Edgar Hoover

Richard Nixon

Lyndon B. Johnson

At the home of Clint Murchison, the Texas oil tycoon.

Plus, intelligence asset George W. Bush. As has been proven by pictures identified as being the younger Bush leaning against a wall outside the Texas School Book Depository where the shooter supposedly shot the fatal shot from at Dealey Square in Dallas, Texas on November 22, 1963.

Murchison owned J. Edgar Hoover, Lyndon B. Johnson, and State of Texas law enforcement and stood to lose a fortune if Kennedy changed the oil depletion allowance and faced the very real possibility of jail time should then-Vice President Johnson be indicted, which gave the appearance of being a certainty.”

1. The CIA was facing a thorough gutting at the hands of Kennedy as were their close colleagues in organized crime and the oil industry

2. The Pentagon and the scumbags who supply them were facing the loss of billions upon billions of dollars in profits and payoffs if Kennedy turned off the Vietnam gravy train.

3. Hoover and Johnson knew each other very well, hated Kennedy and had very strong self-preservation reasons to want him dead. Both had been involved in political murders separately – and were to collaborate on future ones.

Recall that Robert Kennedy and Martin Luther King were both assassinated during the Johnson-Hoover regime… These people – the CIA, organized crime, the Pentagon, Hoover and Johnson – were all murderers and they did what murderers do.

With Hoover in charge of the FBI and Johnson in control of the Federal government and Texas law enforcement, there was no investigation of the crime and any evidence that contradicted the manufactured “lone nut” theory was altered, and in some cases outright destroyed. Ongoing media suppression was carried out by the CIA and the cooperative and craven US news media.”

“And let’s not forget one other key participant who was also involved in the assassination:

“Attorney Allen Dulles, the CIA head who supervised numerous coups and assassinations in other countries and had a grudge against Kennedy for firing him, understood this simple principle better than anyone.”

In summary, we had the following forces acting together behind the scenes:

Big Business / Oil – Clint Murchison & H. L. Hunt

Big Brother / GOV – Lyndon B. Johnson & Richard Nixon

Big Brother / Intelligence – FBI’s J. Edgar Hoover & CIA’s Allen Dulles / G. Bush

And so, these treasonous murderers had a problem to deal with after they killed Kennedy. The majority of the public was of the opinion a lone gunman did NOT do it by himself.

And so the masterminds behind the assassinations called a meeting with the major media sources and offered them a deal they did not refuse: If the news sources would agree to help hoodwink the public into believing the big lie by reporting only reporting the lone gunman line – then they would be given the right to count the presidential election votes!

Hoodwink: To deceive or trick someone.

Sounds ridiculous that Congress would cede its responsibility to count the vote. But that’s exactly what they did after Kennedy’s murder.

Facing increasing public scrutiny of the official (false) narrative – that the president was killed by a bullet shot from behind. The Master Assassins who planned and orchestrated the killing sold out the American people even more by entering into an agreement with the nation’s major media corporations – to help them suppress the truth. And they’ve been doing it ever since.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.) And who best to lead the media into such an agreement of insurrection in 1963?

How about CBS, the dominant TV channel with by far the most-popular television at that time. How about a Chicago-born guy, trained at Western Military Academy in Alton, Illinois and served as Director of Radio Operations of “Psychological Warfare” in the Office of War Information for the Allies in World War II? How about CBS Chief Executive Officer “William Samuel Paley.”

Big Media took over the Congressional responsibility to count our votes in all presidential elections thereafter from 1964. When the media conspirators formed their newly “Congress-empowered” partnership to count the U.S. vote for every presidential election in every state in the union.

And who best to research this and write a book to inform the general public what happened with almost no one’s knowledge? How about the managers of the infamous rock concert that saw lead singer Jim Morrison of “The Doors” pull off his simulated masturbation and leap from the stage into the crowd. Where he was arrested post haste.

How about brothers “James and Kenneth Collier.” The music manager-guys who took the financial hit for Morrison’s provocative indiscretion.

Same two guys who would go on to write the politically revealing: “VOTESCAM.” As they reported in their topsy-turvy political adventure story of stories:

In 1964 it was born News Election Services (NES), a consortium of ABC, CBS, NBC, AP, and UPI. NES was created just after JFK was killed, and they have the exclusive franchise (from Congress) to count the vote in every state. Without a single actual vote being counted, they proclaim the Presidency within minutes of the polls closing.”

And it’s like this still today. From the latest news headlines at least. With THE HILL knocking the pollsters and President Trump sending a tweet on how the so-called legitimate pollsters “got it completely & historically wrong!” To stay in the shadows this NES entity merged with Voter Research and Survey (VRS) to become “Voter News Service” (VNS) in 1994, which included CNN and Fox News. Then this VRS morphed again into the “News Election Pool” (NEP), to remain cloaked and hidden and unknown.

NES, VRS, VNS, NEP… Imagine McDonald’s changing their name 4-times. When you want to establish your brand name you don’t keep changing it! But when you want to slide by under the radar and hide in plain sight you can change the name as often as you please.

National Election Pool

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia:

The National Election Pool (NEP) is a consortium of American news organizations formed in 2003 to provide exit polling information for US elections, replacing the Voter News Service which had failed disastrously in 2002.

The system produced skewed results in the 2004 US presidential election and in the 2016 presidential elections.

As of 2017, member companies were ABC News, CBS News, CNN, and NBC News; Fox News and the Associated Press formerly were part of the Pool, but left in 2017 due to plans to conduct their own exit polls and other experimental alternatives to gauge voter sentiment. The Pool contracts with Edison Research to conduct the exit polling and to perform vote tabulations.

Now it makes sense. How we can have such a compromised Congress and compromised Mainstream Media, and how our FBI and CIA work so freely with the wealthy compromised business and financial NWO-leaning elite. Attempting to undermine a sitting president after the 2016 election, and now trying to help steal a second-term election from Trump with massive voter fraud of all kinds.

VOTESCAM was powerfully suppressed and the Collier brothers ended up with fast-acting cancers that killed them both young. But their warning to the rest of us should be heeded if we want to escape the repeat-cycle presidential election BS every 4-years. We need to remember what they felt so impassioned about – they gave up their lives to warn us!

From their VOTESCAM expose:

“Perhaps the most important piece of history uncovered during the Votescam probe is a potently candid study of the U.S. electoral system conducted in 1980 by the CIA-linked Air Command and Staff College in cooperation with the University of New Mexico. It establishes the TV corporate networks’ interest in NES.

“The study was commissioned by the CIA and published in the International Journal of Public Administration that was distributed to selected government agencies. We discovered a copy in the Library of Congress. It is safe to say that almost nobody in America is aware of the activities of NES on election night. The on-air scripts of each TV network during the years since the founding of NES have seldom, if ever, mentioned its existence. The silence smacks of collusion among press “competitors” to keep NES away from public scrutiny.

“A portion of the study read: The United States government has no elections office and does not attempt to administer congressional elections. The responsibility for the administration of elections and certification of winners in the United States national election rests with a consortium of private entities, including 111,000 members of the national League of Women Voters.

“The formal structure of election administration in the United States is not capable of providing the major TV networks with timely results of the presidential and congressional elections. In the case of counting actual ballots on national election night, public officials have abdicated responsibility of aggregation of election night vote totals to a private organization, News Election Service of New York (NES).

"NES is a wholly-owned subsidiary joint-venture of national television networks ABC, CBS and NBC and the press wire-services AP and UPI. This private organization performs without a contract, without supervision by public officials. It makes decisions concerning its duties according to its own criteria. The question and accountability of News Election Service has not arisen in the nation’s press because the responsibility NES now has in counting the nation’s votes was assumed gradually over a lengthy period without ever being evaluated as an item on the public agenda.”

Good Lord, have we found the grimiest slop of the sludge of the SWAMP that’s got to be drained, or what? Lord above, have we got one helluva’ job to fix the fix! Since it is “broke” and things won’t get any better if we leave them like they are now.

Whatever has to be done to deal with the swamp, if we don’t eliminate this unholy alliance and make Congress take back its responsibility to count our votes. We won’t be a free republic much longer. Look how close we got to the razor’s edge this time in 2020.

This hiding-in-plain-sight corrupt vote-counting and vote tampering entity has got to go!

Please read the rest of this story here.:

https://allnewspipeline.com/Since_When_Does_The_Media_Decide_Who_Is_President.php 

:: 11-8-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Twitter and Facebook Are SUSPENDING Anyone Who Retweeted Our Tweet on Benford’s Law That SHOWS IMPLAUSIBILITY OF BIDEN VOTE DISTRIBUTION!

By Jim Hoft  Published November 8, 2020 at 2:35p  928 Comments

WE WARNED — TWITTER IS BLOCKING ANYONE WHO RETWEETS THIS TWEET THAT WAS POSTED EARLIER ON THE GATEWAY PUNDIT TWITTER PAGE.

We have heard from many readers who told us once they retweeted this tweet or tried to post it on Facebook their account was suspended!

The social media giants are preventing Americans from posting this mathematical evidence that proves Joe Biden’s numbers violate the Benford Law of normal distributions! TRENDING: HUGE EXCLUSIVE: Michigan AG Dana Nessel Sends Cease and Desist Order to Journalist Demanding He Erase His #DetroitLeaks Video Showing Voter Fraud Training -- OR FACE CRIMINAL PROSECUTION

Joe Hoft previously posted on the likelihood of voter fraud based on the Benford Law analysis of Joe Biden’s numbers.

Benford Law analysis of Chicago, Milwaukee and Pittsburgh show THREE CITIES where there was likely fraud to benefit Joe Biden. Voter Fraud in Wisconsin – Massive Dump of Over 100,000 Ballots for Biden All the Sudden Appear Overnight

On Sunday GNews took the same data and published their own article on the Benford Law analysis of this election. As the vote counting for the 2020 Presidential Election continues, various facts suggest rampant frauds in Joe Biden’s votes. So does mathematics in terms of the votes from precincts. Benford’s law or the first-digit law, is used to check if a set of numbers are naturally occurring or manually fabricated. It has been applied to detect the voting frauds in Iranian 2009 election and various other applications including forensic investigations.

This is what described by Wikipedia:

Benford’s law, or the first-digit law, is an observation about the frequency distribution of leading digits in many real-life sets of numerical data. The law states that in many naturally occurring collections of numbers, the leading digit is likely to be small.

For example, in sets that obey the law, the number 1 appears as the leading significant digit about 30% of the time, while 9 appears as the leading significant digit less than 5% of the time. If the digits were distributed uniformly, they would each occur about 11.1% of the time. Benford’s law also makes predictions about the distribution of second digits, third digits, digit combinations, and so on.”

One of the examples is the population of the world, which are naturally occurring numbers… …It looks like maybe Biden had lost big cities like Chicago and Pittsburgh, which is why the fraudulent votes need to be brought in, which skew his curve away from a normal looking one.

For those who are interested to reproduce the analysis, you can follow the instructions here and give it a go.

Scribe note: There are many grafts and charts with this article click on the link below.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/11/breaking-twitter-facebook-suspending-anyone-retweeted-tweet-benfords-law-shows-inplausibility-biden-vote-distribution/ 

:: 11-8-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Fight for The Soul of Our Republic Has Begun

By Larry Johnson  Published November 8, 2020 at 10:03pm   753 Comments

If Joe Biden had run a real campaign and generated genuine enthusiasm, Trump voters would be unhappy with his victory but would acknowledge he had won. But Biden did not win. This election was stolen. And the fury and bitterness among Trump’s base is real and pervasive. So far, Trump supporters are keeping their powder dry–literally and figuratively. They are going to give the institutions, particularly the Justice Department, the opportunity to set things right in accordance with the law. But there is a limit to their patience. I know that Donald Trump understands this point, it remains to be seen if Attorney General Bill Barr grasps the situation. From what I know of Bill Barr, especially from friends who are close with Barr, he understands the danger and the implications perhaps even better than President Trump.

The latest coup attempt is a mixture of audacity and sloppiness. On the audacious side we see a coordinated effort in key battleground states to stop counting votes when it was clear that Trump was in the lead and headed to a second term. The reason to stop counting was to bring in the thousands of votes that would make it appear that Trump lost. But for those of us in Florida, we saw the Democrat plans thwarted and the true depth of Trump’s victory.

Here is where we see the sloppiness of the Democrat plot against Trump–the Dems foolishly forgot to cook the books on the House and the Senate. Trump’s coat tails brought significant gains in the House of Representatives and prevented a wipeout in the Senate. It is historically and statistically improbable that Republicans win back seats in House and hold the Senate while Trump allegedly loses. Trump did not lose. He garnered the most votes ever for a Republican but could not control the Democrat Governors who opted to stuff ballot boxes with bogus ballots. There is a legal, lawful remedy to this.

I got my start at the CIA as the Honduran analyst during the height of the war in Central America. Part of my duties required me to keep tabs on political chicanery that was rampant among Honduran political, business and military leaders. I am now stunned to witness that this Republic–thanks to the craven and corrupt actions of politicians, business leaders and the media–behave like a shithole banana republic. The days of America lecturing other countries on how to conduct free, fair elections is over.

So, what are we to do?

First, Trump supporters in Wisconsin, Michigan, Pennsylvania, Georgia, Arizona and Nevada must demand action by their state legislators. Those men and women must stand up and be counted and must fight this outrage.

Second, turn off the media and cancel subscriptions to those publications that have facilitated this evil farce. This means Fox. Only News Max and OAN can be relied on now to report what is going on. An honest media would be reporting on the growing mountains of evidence that the will of the voters was thwarted. Our so-called media, for the most part, is mute or insisting that we did not see what we very clearly saw–i.e., votes for Biden magically appearing in the middle of the night, Republican observers being barred illegally from doing their job, Trump supporters showing up to vote and being informed that they had already voted, and long lists of dead people who were resurrected from their graves to cast a vote for Sleepy Joe.

Third, shutdown your Facebook and your Twitter accounts. Create fake accounts and do not post any personal information about your activities or those of your family. Only support genuine social media that allow full, unfettered discussion. Sign up for Parler, for example.

Fourth, vote with your dollars. Make sure you are not supporting the tech giants that are continuing to play a hand in trying to quash dissent and drown out the truth.

Fifth, if you own a firearm make damn sure you know how to use it. You must know without a doubt how to safely load, unload, fire and clean your weapon. There are thousands of NRA instructors ready to assist.

Sixth, change your viewing habits. Give up your Netflix account. Don’t support Hollywood. If you don’t watch their movies and buy their products you will hit them where it really hurts–the pocketbook.

Seventh, Do the Math! Trump supporters in every state must obtain official state registered voter counts on Nov 2. Compare those totals to the numbers put up at the end of November 3rd. Why? You couldn’t have voted if you weren’t registered. Next, compare the addition of Nov 2 voters to those added on Nov 3 TO the total votes for a state. If total votes / nov 2 plus add ons is greater than the 5 year average of same comparison in 2016, ie percent of voters who voted THEN, there is clear probable cause to show that ballot stuffing occurred.

Last, pray. We are not in a battle with mere mortals. This is at root a war against evil. The constant drumbeat of propaganda proclaiming Donald Trump as a racist, as homophobic and a liar is but one manifestation of this demonic plot. The very people leveling those charges are the ones who have allowed millions of black Americans to wallow in misery in crime ridden neighborhoods. They are the ones who celebrate aborting black babies as a fundamental human right. They are the ones who will gladly sell out to China and sacrifice American jobs in order to rake in millions of dollars.

I understand the gut churning fear that many of you feel. I also understand the seething rage that has yet to manifest itself. Here the radical left, masquerading as Democrats, have made a fatal mistake. They assume we will go quietly into the Gulag. They don’t know America.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/11/fight-soul-republic-begun/ 

:: 11-5-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Return of Radical Islamic Terror

By Hal Lindsey

On September 2nd, 14 individuals went on trial, accused of murdering 12 people in a 2015 terrorist attack in Paris. The attack came in response to cartoon images of Mohammed published in the French satirical magazine, Charlie Hebdo.

In France, the trial sparked renewed interest in how a secular society should respond to demands from Muslims that everyone be bound by some portions of Islamic law. In mid-October, a Paris middle school teacher led his class in a discussion of the cartoons and secular government. He received attention in the press when Muslim parents at the school made an official complaint. A few days later, a radical Islamic terrorist beheaded the teacher.

On October 28th, ISIS issued a video calling for more attacks on France. The next day, terrorists hit a church in Nice. They killed three, one by decapitation. Some veteran police officers described it as the worst thing they had ever seen on the job.

On November 2nd, radical Islamic terrorists struck in Vienna, Austria. They killed at least four and left many more wounded. Police shot and killed one of the gunmen. He had previously been convicted on terrorism charges after trying to join ISIS. In December, authorities granted him an early release. Austrian Chancellor Sebastian Kurz told The Wall Street Journal, “He was a dedicated Islamist terrorist who had pledged his allegiance to the Islamic State terror organization.”

As of this writing, he remains the only terrorist caught, but many more helped. Early reports called the incident a coordinated assault simultaneously carried out in six separate locations, including outside a Jewish synagogue. Many of the terrorists carried rifles.

Like much of Europe, Austria was just about to return to a nationwide Covid-19 lockdown. It was a beautiful night, and large numbers of people were on the streets enjoying one last night out with friends. At the beginning of the attack, people across central Vienna sought shelter in bars and restaurants. Several hours later, police began moving those people to safety.

It was a night of gruesome events and images. One video showed a gunman shooting a man with a long gun, then coming back to his victim to shoot him twice more with a handgun at close range.

More will be known about the magnitude of this attack in coming days. But we do know this. Islamic terror has not disappeared. I have only mentioned attacks in Europe, but we have also seen a new wave of terrorism in the Middle East.

The world is in an unprecedented state. Violence and hatred are being amplified by amazing new technologies. Hatred seems to be having its day. But stay confident in God. In Romans 15:13, Paul prayed, “May the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, so that you will abound in hope by the power of the Holy Spirit.”

Let us pray that prayer for one another. God is still the God of hope. He still fills us with “all joy and peace.” Let us “abound in hope by the power of the Holy Spirit.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-5-2020/ 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 11-5-20 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hypocritical Outrage at Cartoons That Offend Muslims

Why do the UN, OIC, and Erdogan downplay Chinese religious persecution?

Thu Nov 5, 2020 Joseph Klein

A statement released on October 28th by the office of the High Representative for the United Nations Alliance of Civilizations (UNAOC) claimed that the republishing in France of satirical caricatures depicting Prophet Muhammed was responsible for provoking “acts of violence against innocent civilians who were attacked for their sheer religion, belief or ethnicity.” The UNAOC statement went on to say that “insulting religions and sacred religious symbols provokes hatred and violent extremism leading to polarization and fragmentation of the society.” This statement, which UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres has endorsed, was issued 12 days after a jihadist beheaded a French teacher, Samuel Paty, who had shown his students the Muhammed caricatures. It’s no coincidence that Islamist Turkey is the UNAOC’s largest donor.

French President Emmanuel Macron correctly called the brutal killing an “Islamist terrorist attack.” More recently, another jihadist stabbed two women and a man to death at the Notre-Dame Basilica in Nice, which once again Macron linked to Islamist terrorism. Macron upheld one of Western civilization’s most important values by defending free speech against extremist violence from whatever source. “Samuel Paty ... became the face of the Republic, of our will to shatter terrorists, to (do away with) Islamists, to live like a community of free citizens in our country," Macron said. “We will continue." Macron added that “Samuel Paty was the victim of a conspiracy of stupidity, hate, lies ... hate of the other ... hate of what we profoundly are."

The Muslim world was enraged at Macron’s defense of the right of free speech. The anger spilled over into the streets and led to calls for the boycott of French goods. The so-called human rights body of the Organization for Islamic Cooperation (OIC) condemned the “remarks of French politicians encouraging publishing blasphemous caricatures under the guise of a distorted version of the right to freedom of expression which manifestly prohibits incitement to hatred, discrimination and respect for rights of others protected under International Human Rights Law.”

Islamic jihadists demand that the West embrace Islamic law prohibiting "defamation" of Islam. Some Islamists have justified the beheading of Samuel Paty as righteous punishment for insulting their prophet or have called it just a pretext for hate speech against Islam. It is such jihadists as these who are inciting hatred and violence, not a teacher who was simply trying to teach his students about the value of free speech.

Exercising the right to criticize any religion or satirize its beliefs does not prevent Muslims from exercising their right to freely worship their faith and to honor Islam’s prophet. Criticizing or satirizing a religion or its symbols is not religious persecution. However, the United Nations, much less the OIC with which the UN is a strategic partner, does not see the difference. The world’s leading globalist organization would subordinate the fundamental right of free speech in the service of avoiding any critical expression that adherents of Islam find “insulting and deeply offensive.” This attitude gives cover for Islamists to cower people into silence through intimidation. Islamic terror in the West is again on the march, as seen not only in France but also in Vienna in recent days with the killing of at least four people.

Real religious persecution of Christians and Jews occurs regularly in the very same Muslim countries that are protesting “defamation” of their religion. Meanwhile, Chinese President Xi Jinping has escaped any meaningful criticism from the UN and the OIC as he relentlessly carries out his vow to ‘Sinicise’ religion in his country.

Under Xi’s direction, the Chinese regime is purging from Chinese society any religious beliefs that deviate from official Chinese Communist Party doctrine. Yet UN leaders have rarely called out the Chinese regime for real religious persecution and for repressing religious minorities in China, who simply seek to freely worship their faith. Instead, the UN bureaucracy would rather focus on so-called “hate speech” in the West.

The Chinese regime, for example, strictly governs which Christian churches are permitted to operate. Unauthorized churches have been closed. Christian pastors deemed “subversive” have been detained. Chinese church pastor Huang Xiaoning, who has been persecuted by Chinese authorities and shut out of his own church, said: “In substance, the theories of Christianity and Communism are at great odds with each other, so persecution against Christianity is a given.”

The Chinese regime has gone after other religious minorities as well. “Whether it’s the Dalai Lama or the Pope, or it’s the head of Falun Gong [a spiritual group], the state won’t tolerate it,” explained professor Dru Gladney, an expert in China’s ethnic minority groups.

Uighurs and other Muslims in China have been subjected to prolonged detention, surveillance, political indoctrination, systematic torture, and forced labor. French President Macron is one of several Western leaders who have raised concerns about the Chinese regime’s abuses against China’s Muslim Uighur minority. Macron did so during a meeting he held last summer with China’s State Councillor and Foreign Minister. But the Muslim world has been largely silent regarding such real abuses against people of their own faith. Instead, they have gone after Macron for hurting their feelings. Turkey’s Islamist President Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who fancies himself as a major leader of the Muslim world, said Macron was being intolerant and needs “mental checks."

Erdogan is a self-righteous hypocrite who should have his own head checked for delusions of grandeur. While Macron has confronted China about its treatment of Muslim Uighurs, Erdogan has sold out the Uighurs who have sought refuge in Turkey. Erdogan has been helping the Chinese regime to repatriate Uighur Muslims back to China. Turkish policemen reportedly arrested a refugee for speaking out against China’s treatment of Uighurs. While Erdogan had criticized China’s treatment of Uighurs in the past, the Chinese regime has evidently bought his betrayal of Muslim Uighurs with economic assistance.

The Organization of Islamic Cooperation has not only turned a deaf ear to the suffering of the Uighurs. It abandoned them to curry favor with the Chinese regime, with which it has developed a close relationship. Just last year the Council of Foreign Ministers under the Organization of Islamic Cooperation adopted a resolution commending “the efforts of the People’s Republic of China in providing care to its Muslim citizens.”

China has effectively used its "Belt and Road" global infrastructure initiative as a means to buy support from the beneficiary countries for the Chinese regime’s anti-human rights agenda. The Chinese regime has also used its increasing contributions to various UN bodies to keep the UN bureaucracy on its side, all the way up to UN Secretary General Guterres.

Satiric cartoons draw OIC's harsh condemnation, but never mind about the abusive Chinese regime’s mass persecution of Muslims. It is obvious that the OIC, Erdogan and the United Nations bureaucracy do not want to ruffle the feathers of the Chinese Communist leadership.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2020/11/hypocritical-outrage-cartoons-offensive-muslims-joseph-klein/  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 11-9-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pfizer's COVID-19 vaccine: What to know

Pfizer hopes to produce up to 50 million doses of its vaccine in 2020 and up to 1.3 billion in 2021

By Chris Ciaccia FOX Business

Pfizer and its German partner BioNTech disclosed a game-changer in the fight against COVID-19. The duo's vaccine, known as BNT162b2, proved to be 90% effective after being tested on nearly 44,000 participants in its Phase III study. This is a significant milestone in the fight against a virus that has infected more than 50 million people around the globe, resulting in over 1.2 million deaths.

FOX Business takes a look at the key data points investors and consumers should know, as well as reactions from business and political leaders.

PFIZER'S CEO UPDATES ON THE PROGRESS

“Today is a great day for science and humanity. The first set of results from our Phase 3 COVID-19 vaccine trial provides the initial evidence of our vaccine’s ability to prevent COVID-19,” said Pfizer CEO and Chairman Dr. Albert Bourla, in a statement. “We are reaching this critical milestone in our vaccine development program at a time when the world needs it most with infection rates setting new records, hospitals nearing over-capacity and economies struggling to reopen. With today’s news, we are a significant step closer to providing people around the world with a much-needed breakthrough to help bring an end to this global health crisis." Both President Trump and President-elect Biden commented on the news, signifying the achievement. "Last night, my public health advisors were informed of this excellent news," Biden said in a statement. "I congratulate the brilliant women and men who helped produce this breakthrough and to give us such cause for hope."

"America is still losing over 1,000 people a day from COVID-19, and that number is rising -- and will continue to get worse unless we make progress on masking and other immediate actions," he added. "That is the reality for now, and for the next few months. Today's announcement promises the chance to change that next year, but the tasks before us now remain the same."

Here are a few facts to know about Pfizer and BioNTech's vaccine, compiled by FOX Business.

FAST FACTS Cost:

$39. In July, Pfizer said it would charge the U.S. $19.50 per dose (the vaccine requires two doses, three weeks apart), FOX Business previously reported. Number of doses:

Pfizer has previously said it hopes to produce as many as 50 million doses by the end of this year (assuming approval from the FDA) and as many as 1.3 billion in 2021. At 2 doses per vaccination, that translated to 25 million people receiving a vaccination.

Tinglong Dai, an associate professor of Operations Management & Business Analytics at Johns Hopkins, said the U.S. will likely initially roll out the vaccines to adults.

"Given that the U.S. has a total of 250 million adults. If 75% of the adult population takes two doses each, we will need about 375 million doses," Dai told FOX Business via email.

Potential revenue to Pfizer:

At least $2 billion. Pfizer agreed to provide the U.S. -- via Operation Warp Speed -- up to 100 million doses for $1.95 billion, Fox News reported in July.

The agreement added the U.S. has the option to buy an additional 500 million doses. Timeline:

I's still unknown at this point when the vaccine will be approved by the FDA. However, most experts believe "the second half of 2021" is when the vaccine will get into the hands of most Americans, Dai added.

"That said, the timeline can be expedited if we can rapidly converge to one or two vaccines and have a relatively simple supply chain," Dai explained.

https://www.foxbusiness.com/healthcare/pfizers-covid-19-vaccine-what-to-know   

:: 11-9-20 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Ben Carson, campaign adviser David Bossie latest in Trump orbit to test positive for COVID-19

Carson and 400 others attended an event inside the White House election night.

By Katherine Faulders November 9, 2020, 12:09 PM • 6 min read

Housing and Urban Development Secretary Dr. Ben Carson, a member of the White House coronavirus task force, tested positive for the coronavirus Monday morning after experiencing symptoms that prompted him to receive a test -- becoming the latest member in Trump’s orbit to contract the virus.

Secretary Carson has tested positive for the coronavirus,” his deputy chief of staff Coalter Baker told ABC News in a statement. “He is in good spirits and feels fortunate to have access to effective therapeutics which aid and markedly speed his recovery." Carson, a neurosurgeon and former 2016 primary opponent of Trump's, received his test Monday morning at Walter Reed National Military Medical Center. It was a short stay, and he is no longer at the hospital.

Carson was also at the White House for the election night party, an event also attended by White House chief of staff Mark Meadows -- who also tested positive for COVID-19 last week -- and roughly 400 other attendees, many without masks, inside the East Room.

A new wave of coronavirus infections appears to be hitting the Trump administration as the president struggles to come to grips with his apparent loss in the 2020 election after running on a platform downplaying the pandemic. Dave Bossie, President Trump’s outside adviser who was recently tapped to lead the campaigns legal challenges, has tested positive for COVID-19, two sources familiar with the diagnosis told ABC News Monday.

Bossie tested positive Monday, the sources said.

Before Carson and Bossie, in addition to Meadows, at least five White House staffers tested have positive for COVID-19 last week along with one campaign staffer. One of those positive was Nick Trainor, the Trump campaign battleground states director.

It is unclear when Meadows and the aides tested positive or developed symptoms. Carson joins a growing list of people inside the Trump administration who have had coronavirus, including the president.

Trump spent three days in Walter Reed last month while battling the virus and received several treatments, including receiving oxygen.

Others connected to the Trump administration who have previously tested positive include first lady Melania Trump, adviser Hope Hicks, Trump campaign manager Bill Stepien, former White House senior adviser Kellyanne Conway, former New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie, White House press secretary Kayleigh McEnany, White House senior adviser Stephen Miller and many others.

MORE: 34 people connected to White House, more than previously known, infected by coronavirus: Internal FEMA memo

The coronavirus outbreak infected at least "34 White House staffers and other contacts" last month, according to an internal government memo.

https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/dr-ben-carson-latest-trump-official-test-positive/story?id=74108498 

:: 11-9-20 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kremlin: Putin won’t congratulate Biden until challenges end

By JIM HEINTZ  today

MOSCOW (AP) — Russian President Vladimir Putin won’t congratulate President-elect Joe Biden until legal challenges to the U.S. election are resolved and the result is official, the Kremlin announced Monday.

Putin is one of a handful of world leaders who have not commented on Biden’s victory, which was called by major news organizations on Saturday. But President Donald Trump’s team has promised legal action in the coming days and refused to concede his loss, while alleging large-scale voter fraud, so far without proof.

When Trump won in 2016, Putin was prompt in offering congratulations — but Trump’s challenger in that election, Hillary Clinton, also conceded the day after the vote. Putin’s spokesman Dmitry Peskov told reporters Monday that this year is different.

“Obviously, you can see that certain legal procedures are coming there, which were announced by the incumbent president — therefore this situation is different, so we consider it correct to wait for the official announcement,” he said. The leaders of China, Brazil and Turkey also are holdouts in offering congratulations. And Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador also said he would wait to comment until the legal challenges were resolved.

Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman Wang Wenbin offered a similar explanation of why President Xi Jinping has stayed silent.

We understand the presidential election result will be determined following U.S. laws and procedures,” he said.

A senior Turkish official said Ankara also was waiting for the various legal challenges to be settled before congratulating “the winner.”

Turkey will congratulate the winner as soon as the results of the election will become official as part of the respect it has for the U.S. people and democracy,” said Omer Celik, spokesman for President Recep Tayyip Erdogan’s ruling party. “We are waiting for the final results ... because there are objections and other disputes.”

Celik said Turkey knows both Trump and Biden and is prepared to work with “whichever wing” is the winner.

Peskov suggested that when the time comes, a congratulatory message from Putin would come with all the expected protocol.

“I remind you that Vladimir Putin said more than once that he will respect any choice of American people, and will be ready to work with any chosen president of the United States,” he said.

For now, Putin’s holding back allows a delay in addressing that fraught question of how to improve relations. Although Russian politicians widely lauded Trump’s election in 2016, expecting him to make good on his promises of improving ties, his administration disappointed Moscow by enacting sanctions, expelling scores of Russian diplomats in the wake of the poisoning of double agent Sergei Skripal in the U.K., and authorizing lethal weapons sales to Ukraine.

But Russia is characteristically wary of Democratic U.S. administrations because they tend to be more forward about criticizing Russia on human rights and democracy issues.

Biden, in a 2011 trip to Russia as vice president, epitomized that approach in a speech at Moscow Statue University, the country’s most prestigious higher education institution.

Don’t compromise on the basic elements of democracy. You need not make that Faustian bargain,” he told students.

Biden also is tainted in Russia’s eyes by having been the Obama administration’s point-man in Ukraine after the uprising that drove the country’s Kremlin-friendly president from power in 2014. Russia contended that those protests were fomented by the United States.

Full Coverage: Election 2020

Russian officials frequently blamed the difficulties of Moscow-Washington relations during the Trump administration on alleged “Russophobia” carried over from the Obama years. Some politicians expect that could increase under Biden.

“With the victory of a Democrat, one can expect revenge from all nonconservative forces around the world. This means more Russophobia in Europe, more deaths in (eastern Ukraine) and in many other hot spots of the world, as well as more politically motivated sanctions, if we talk about the direct and simplest consequences,” said Konstantin Kosachev, chairman of the foreign affairs committee in the upper house of parliament, whose views generally parallel the Kremlin’s.

“The Biden administration may return to a much more assertive policy in the post-Soviet space, which is always extremely unnerving for Moscow,” Fyodor Lukyanov, editor of the Russia In Global Affairs journal, told the state news agency Tass.

Both, however, noted that a Biden administration is likely to be more amenable to international cooperation, especially in arms control such as renewing the New START treaty between Russia and the U.S. that is to expire next year.

Kosachev also suggested that Biden’s election would largely eliminate complaints about Russian election interference, thereby smoothing the way for armaments agreements.

“Not that we believe Washington will be sobering up, but at least a key irritant can go away. Is this not a reason for the resumption of negotiations, for example, on arms control? We are definitely ready,” he said.

https://apnews.com/article/joe-biden-vladimir-putin-elections-275d5b3306bce272a77c17eb05d54b84 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 11-9-20 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two killed as Russian military helicopter downed in Armenia

Published 4 hours ago

A missile has downed a Russian Mi-24 military helicopter over Armenia, near the border with Azerbaijan, killing two crew members and injuring a third, Russia's military says.

Azerbaijan's foreign ministry apologised to Russia, saying the Mi-24 gunship was shot down by Azerbaijani forces near Nakhchivan by mistake.

It comes amid fighting between Azerbaijan and Armenian separatists.

Russia has a military base in Armenia, but also has strong ties to Azerbaijan.

The downing happened close to Nakhchivan, which is not near the current clashes in Nagorno-Karabakh.

Azerbaijan's foreign ministry said the helicopter had been flying at a low altitude during hours of darkness. A "Manpads" shoulder-launched missile brought it down, the report said.

"Helicopters of the Russian air force had not been previously sighted in the area," the ministry said.

Azerbaijan offered condolences to the families of those killed, and offered to pay compensation.

The ethnic Armenians battling to keep control of Nagorno-Karabakh admitted on Monday that Azerbaijani forces had taken a key town there - Shusha (called Shushi by Armenians).

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-54874162 

:: 11-8-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dick Morris: Trump Can Still Win

By Dick Morris Sunday, 08 November 2020 07:44 AM

President Donald Trump can still win the presidency.

Here’s how:

Only the Electoral College or the various state legislatures can declare a candidate the winner. To base this decision on network vote totals and projections and to call Biden the president-elect is irresponsible.

The recounts in Arizona, Georgia, and the other states are likely to go heavily for Trump.

Most of the likely errors or invalid votes took place on mailed in ballots. (Machine votes are harder to tamper with). Since Biden won upwards of two-thirds of mail-in votes and absentee ballots, it's likely that most of the discarded mail ballots will be subtracted from Biden’s total.

The networks currently give Trump 214 electorate voters (270 is the victory level).

Alaska, where Trump has led by 2:1 all week and is now more than half counted will likely throw its 3 votes to Trump giving him 217.

Trump has likewise led in North Carolina (15 votes) all week and his margin of 75,000 has not diminished. He will undoubtedly carry North Carolina.

Like Alaska, the media will not call it for Trump to promote the illusion of a Biden victory. North Carolina would bring Trump’s vote to 232.

The vote count in Arizona shows Trump’s deficit shrinking from 30,000 on Friday to 18,500 on Saturday with about 100K left to count.

After Arizona (11 votes). is fully counted, it will go through a recount subject to the pro-Trump bias identified in point 2. Were he to win Arizona, he would have 243 votes.

In Georgia (16 votes), Biden leads by only 8400 votes, a margin that has been dropping.

Like Arizona, Trump may still win the count and, if not, would have a very good chance of prevailing in the recount. With Georgia, Trump would have 259 votes.

Wisconsin (10 votes) is tallied as having been won by Biden by 21,000 votes but a recanvass is in the offing. Given the facts enumerated earler, there is a very good chance Trump will carry Wisconsin. The recount process in Wisconsin is uniquely fair and transparenta model for the nation — so Trump may well flip the state.

If he does, he will have 269 votes — one shy of victory.

Then, it comes down Pennsylvania and its 20 votes. The Supreme Court provisionally allowed ballots to be counted if they arrived before Friday, Nov. 6 and were postmarked before election day, Nov. 3, and ordered late votes to be segregated. When Justice Alito was informed that the state had not segregated the late votes, as required in the Court’s decision, Alito reaffirmed the necessity of enforcing the court order.

Joe Biden currently leads by 37,000 votes in Pennsylvania. The number of late arriving ballots likely far exceeds this total (the state has not published this information).

Justice Alioto and a Court majority may throw out the late ballots, likely delivering the state to Trump.

Additionally, for the reasons stated above, a recanvass is likely to give Trump a decisive advantage. If he wins Pennsylvania, he would have 289 votes and a victory.

Will there be a recount in Pennsylvania? The current law requires one if the margin is under 0;.5% and in Pennsylvania it likely will be slightly greater.

There are two ways to trigger a recount:

—First, the U.S. Supreme Court could order one after the vote counters so flagrantly violated Alito’s order to segregate the votes that he had to re-issue it. And remember, four Justices wanted to reconsider whether to allow late ballots entirely but the high court deadlocked 4-4. Now with Justice Barrett in the mix it may take a different view, particularly iff the presidency hangs in the balance.

Second, Article II Section 1 of the US Constitution reads:

"Each State shall appoint, in such Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Senators and Representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress."

The Pennsylvania State Legislature, solidly in Republican hands (both houses) may choose to demand a recount before appointing electors. To build the case for doing so, it may hold hearings into the allegations of fraud so as to help the voters of the state understand how flagrantly their votes were mishandled.

Already, the leader of the State Senate in Pennsylvania and the Speaker of the State Assembly have held a press conference announcing their intention to "audit" the vote counting process.

So, as the great Yogi Berra said, "It ain't over 'til the fat lady sings."  She hasn’t.

Dick Morris is former presidential advisor and political strategist. He is a regular contributor to Newsmax TV. Read Dick Morris's Reports — More Here.

https://www.newsmax.com/morris/arizona-electoral-georgia/2020/11/08/id/995976/ 

:: 11-5-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin In Rare Rebuke To Erdogan: Stop Sending Mercenaries To Caucasus

by Tyler Durden Thu, 11/05/2020 - 04:15

It's been an 'open secret' even making its way into mainstream media in the West that Turkey has been overseeing the transfer of hundreds or possibly thousands of foreign jihadists from occupied territories in northern Syria to the war in Nagorno-Karabakh, particularly from Idlib and nearby border areas.

In a rare direct rebuke of Erdogan's Turkey, the Kremlin has blasted countries it says are sending mercenaries to the Caucasus. Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov in an interview with Russian newspaper Kommersant this week demanded outside countries stop fueling the conflict between Armenia and Azerbaijan by sending mercenaries. "We have repeatedly called on external players to use their capabilities to prevent the transfer of mercenaries, whose number in the conflict zone, according to available data, is already approaching 2,000," Lavrov said. "In particular, the issue was raised by Russian President Vladimir Putin during a phone conversation with Turkish President [Recep Tayyip] Erdogan on 27 October and during regular conversations with leaders of Azerbaijan and Armenia," he added, strongly suggesting Putin conveyed the same rebuke in the phone call.

So far there's been at least three attempts at ceasefire brokered under Russia's mediation, however, all three failed within hours or sometimes minutes of being initiated, with each side blaming the other for renewed shelling.

Lavrov expressed he still held out hope that terms of of a ceasefire would be agreed to by both parties among the Minsk group of countries (Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe Minsk group, or OSCE). He said so far it has "not been possible to agree on all the parameters" among the warring sides.

But his comments appeared to also blame Turkey given it's increased visible role in the conflict. Russia itself has set up an observer post near the fighting, but still just within Armenia's national borders. On Saturday the Russian Foreign Ministry raised eyebrows given the prospect for a broader regional war drawing in powers like Turkey or even Iran, which has a large Azeri ethnic population but has good relations with Armenia. Russia said it would be prepared to render "all necessary assistance" to treaty partner Armenia should the war expand inside Armenian territory.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/putin-rare-rebuke-erdogan-stop-sending-mercenaries-caucasus 

:: 11-5-20 Global Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fukushima, the Nuclear Pandemic Spreads

By Manlio Dinucci Global Research, November 05, 2020

It was not Covid, therefore the news went almost unnoticed: Japan will release over a million tons of radioactive water from the Fukushima nuclear power plant into the sea. The catastrophic incident in Fukushima was triggered by the Tsunami that struck the northeastern coast of Japan on March 11, 2011, submerging the power plant and causing the core of three nuclear reactors to melt.

The power plant was built on the coast just 4 meters above sea level with five-meter-high breakwater dams, in a tsunami-prone area with waves 10-15 meters high. Furthermore, there had been serious failures by the private company Tepco managing the plant, in the control of the nuclear plant: the safety devices did not come into operation at the time of the Tsunami.

Water has been pumped through the reactors for years to cool the molten fuel. The water became radioactive, and was stored inside the plant in over a thousand large tanks, accumulating 1.23 million tons of radioactive water. Tepco is building other tanks, but they will also be full by mid-2022.

Tepco must continue pumping water into the melted reactors and has decided to discharge, in agreement with the government, the water accumulated so far into the sea after filtering it to make it less radioactive (however, to what extent it is not known) with a process which will last 30 years. There is also radioactive sludge accumulated in the decontamination filters of the plant, stored in thousands of containers, and huge quantities of soil and other radioactive materials.

Fukushima: Worse than You Know: Tepco Has No Idea How to Stabilize the Reactors

As Tepco admitted, the melting in reactor 3 is particularly serious because the reactor was loaded with Mox, a much more unstable and radioactive mix of uranium oxides and plutonium.

The Mox for this reactor and other Japanese ones was produced in France, using nuclear waste sent from Japan. Greenpeace has denounced the danger deriving from the transport of this plutonium fuel for ten thousand kilometers.

Greenpeace also denounced that Mox favors the proliferation of nuclear weapons, since plutonium can be extracted more easily and, in the cycle of uranium exploitation, there is no clear dividing line between civilian and military use of fissile material.

Up to now, around 240 tons of plutonium for direct military use and 2,400 tons for civil use (nuclear weapons can however be produced with them), were accumulated in the world (according to 2015 estimates), plus about 1,400 tons of highly enriched uranium for military use. A few hundred kilograms of plutonium would be enough to cause lung cancer to 7.7 billion inhabitants of the planet, and plutonium remains lethal for a period corresponding to almost ten-thousand human generations.

A destructive potential has thus accumulated, for the first time in history, capable of making the human species disappear from the face of Earth. The nuclear bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki; the more than 2,000 experimental nuclear explosions in the atmosphere, at sea and underground; the manufacture of nuclear warheads with a power equivalent to over one million Hiroshima bombs; the numerous accidents involving nuclear weapons and those involving civilian and military nuclear plants, all this has caused radioactive contamination that has affected hundreds of millions of people.

A portion of approximately 10 million annual cancer deaths worldwide – documented by WHO – is attributable to the long-term effects of radiation. In ten months, again according to the World Health Organization data, Covid-19 caused about 1.2 million deaths worldwide. This danger should not be underestimated, but it does not justify the fact that mass media, especially television, did not inform that over one million tons of radioactive water will be discharged into the sea from the Fukushima nuclear power plant, with the result that it will further increase cancer deaths upon entering in the food chain.

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published in Italian on Il Manifesto.

Manlio Dinucci is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/fukushima-nuclear-pandemic-spreads/5728591 

:: 11-5-20 Skywatch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Giants, Gods, and Dragons (Part 7): The Four Beasts of Daniel’s Vision

November 5, 2020 by Derek Gilbert

The seventy-weeks vision covers the total period of Gentile rule over the land of Israel. But if Jerusalem is considered the location of the Lord’s mount of assembly, then it is the true center—the omphalos—of the world, and the prime target for the Fallen Realm’s plots. Is it any wonder that the small-g gods want to blind us to this prophetic truth? The seventy-weeks timeline is a countdown to their final doom!

To forestall this inevitability, these rebel angels and their demonic offspring try to convince human governments to invade, or, failing that, to redraw the borders of Israel—even erase all history of the nation ever having lived there. But archaeological evidence is mounting that refutes that claim, meaning it will take a very big eraser if the Fallen Realm wish to maintain control of the Temple Mount through the Gentile nations. But a day is coming when the Lord will judge these rebels, and it is our belief that the Day of the Lord is close at hand. The people of Israel have yet to establish true autonomy. Despite becoming a supposedly sovereign nation in 1948, Israel is not permitted to exist or make foreign policy without United Nations’ oversight and input. The leaders of the West constantly act as though it is they, not her own people, who determine Israel’s future. This Gentile rule is just what Daniel foresaw all those centuries ago: Israel would live beneath the yoke and oversight of the Gentiles until the seventy weeks were complete.

To understand which nations would achieve this, we turn again to Daniel, who was shown these future periods of Gentile rule by the angel Gabriel. It was in the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon that Daniel experienced “a dream and troubling visions” as he lay in his bed. As soon as awoke, he wrote down the dream, recorded for us in Daniel 7:

I saw in my vision by night, and behold, the four winds of heaven were stirring up the great sea. [Note: The four winds are also mentioned in Revelation 7, and the “great sea” could mean the Mediterranean, which gave rise to these beasts, but it might also represent yam or Chaos; see our earlier discourse on the Chaoskampf]. And four great beasts came up out of the sea, different from one another. The first was like a lion and had eagles’ wings. Then as I looked its wings were plucked off, and it was lifted up from the ground and made to stand on two feet like a man, and the mind of a man was given to it.

And behold, another beast, a second one, like a bear. It was raised up on one side. It had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth; and it was told, “Arise, devour much flesh.”

After this I looked, and behold, another, like a leopard, with four wings of a bird on its back. And the beast had four heads, and dominion was given to it.

After this I saw in the night visions, and behold, a fourth beast, terrifying and dreadful and exceedingly strong. It had great iron teeth; it devoured and broke in pieces and stamped what was left with its feet. It was different from all the beasts that were before it, and it had ten horns.

I considered the horns, and behold, there came up among them another horn, a little one, before which three of the first horns were plucked up by the roots. And behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things. (Daniel 7:1–8; emphasis added)

ARTICLE CONTINUES BELOW VIDEO

In these verses, Daniel is shown present and future Gentile kingdoms on the earth, but then he sees a vision of the true King in the Divine Assembly as He enters the throne room, a scene that is echoed in Revelation 5. (One wonders if John and Daniel were present at the same future moment.)

As I looked, thrones were placed and the Ancient of Days [God the Father] took his seat; his clothing was white as snow, and the hair of his head like pure wool; his throne was fiery flames; its wheels were burning fire. A stream of fire issued and came out from before him; a thousand thousands served him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him; the court sat in judgment, and the books were opened.

I looked then because of the sound of the great words that the horn was speaking. And as I looked, the beast was killed, and its body destroyed and given over to be burned with fire. As for the rest of the beasts, their dominion was taken away, but their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.

I saw in the night visions, and behold, with the clouds of heaven there came one like a son of man [Christ, the slain Lamb of God, arrives in heaven and is given the scroll as shown in Revelation 5], and he came to the Ancient of Days and was presented before him. And to him was given dominion and glory and a kingdom, that all peoples, nations, and languages should serve him; his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom one that shall not be destroyed. (Daniel 7:1–14; emphasis added) Here, we see the prophet Daniel taken to the throne of God and allowed to see the future coronation of Christ (Messiah) as the rightful heir to earth and ruler of humanity (and the universe) by His father, “the Ancient of Days.” And we see the divine council members are surrounding the throne as witnesses of this coronation.

Belshazzar, the king mentioned in the first verse of Daniel 7, was the eldest son of Nabonidus, the last king to reign over the Neo-Babylonian (Chaldean) Empire. His name means “Bel protects the king.” It’s unclear just which Bel (a generic term meaning “lord”) is meant here, but it most likely refers to Marduk; if so, Belshazzar’s very name disputed his absent father’s decision to remove Marduk as head of the Chaldean pantheon in favor of the moon-god, Sîn.

Prince Belshazzar never ascended the throne on his own, but ruled as regent during his father’s ten-year absence, during which Nabonidus served the moon-god in Arabia at the oasis of Teima. One assumes, therefore, that the “first year” of Belshazzar refers to the first year of his regency. Most historians put this at 553 BC. Now, with this in mind, let’s take a look at the vision itself. First, Daniel tells us that the dream occurs in the night. Night is obviously a time for sleep, but the hours of darkness are favorites for Fallen Realm activity. Oftentimes, people who suffer from night terrors do so between midnight and 3 a.m. Both of us have awakened many times during the night, only to notice that it’s three in the morning. And we’ve both been awakened periodically by an as-yet unseen “roof walker” who’s strolled across the top of our house at night, generally performing his mysterious activity near this same hour.1

Daniel also states that he experiences a “dream and troubling visions,” so it may be that the night brought him close to the spiritual battlefield, and that both sides—good and evil—vied for his attention. Of course, this is speculation, but as we’ll see in the next chapter, the Enemy certainly tried to stop the angel from delivering the visions recorded in chapters 10 through 12. Perhaps, the Enemy tried to prevent this one as well.

The vision of the beasts is a tantalizing one revealing four great, specific animals:

Lion with wings

Bear with ribs in its mouth

Leopard with four heads and four wings

A terrible beast with iron teeth, claws of bronze, and ten horns (then a little horn arises out of these ten and plucks up three of the ten)

Understandably, Daniel is greatly disturbed by these visions, and he approaches one of the entities surrounding the throne. It’s possible that this is an angel, or it might be one of the cherubim who will later direct the apostle John to “come and see” the Four Riders of Revelation chapter 6. Whatever his identity, this heavenly being informs Daniel that the beasts he saw are four kings who will arise in the earth, but that these Gentile kingdoms are temporary, for it is the “saints of the Most High”—not human kings—who will rule forever.

Isn’t that amazing? Not only will Christ be crowned King of all kings, but we will rule with him! Hallelujah! Daniel then adds this:

As I looked, this horn [i.e., the little horn that had arisen last and plucked up three of the ten] made war with the saints and prevailed over them, until the Ancient of Days came, and judgment was given for the saints of the Most High, and the time came when the saints possessed the kingdom. (Daniel 7:21; emphasis added)

The prophet is told that the fourth kingdom will be different; it will trample the earth beneath its feet. The ten horns represent ten kings, but these will give rise to an eleventh, one who is different from the others, and he will put down three kings. The saints of the Most High will be given into this king’s hand for “a time, times, and half a time.”

This phrase, “a time, times, and half a time,” is important, as it is generally interpreted as representing three and one-half years, or half of seven years. In other words, this future prophecy will be fulfilled during one-half of Daniel’s seventieth week. However, this is not the end. Praise God, dear readers, the enemy does not win!

But the court [the divine council as revealed in Revelation 5] shall sit in judgment, and his dominion shall be taken away, to be consumed and destroyed to the end. And the kingdom and the dominion and the greatness of the kingdoms under the whole heaven shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most High; his kingdom shall be an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him.

Here is the end of the matter. As for me, Daniel, my thoughts greatly alarmed me, and my color changed, but I kept the matter in my heart. (Daniel 7:26–28; emphasis added) Looking back through the entire section, we can see how history fulfilled all the elements of Daniel’s vision.

THE LION represents the Neo-Babylonian Empire, whose founder, Nebuchadnezzar, might be described as the fearless lion. Jeremiah refers to this kingdom as a lion in Jeremiah 49:19, and a visit to the British Museum will allow you to see the enormous statues of the lamassu, throne guardians from ancient Assyria represented as winged bulls with human heads and the feet of lions. Compare those statues to the cherubim described by the prophet Ezekiel (remember, each with faces of man, eagle, lion, and ox/cherub), and it’s clear that the cherubim looked a lot more like this than the graceful, feminine angels artists place atop their concepts of the Ark of the Covenant, or the chubby, winged babies of Renaissance paintings! We had the honor to visit this museum in 2019. You can see the photo of Derek standing beside one of these giant lamassu (throne guardians).

THE BEAR represents the cruel and voracious Medo-Persian empire. Their clever Persian general, Cyrus the Great, conquered Belshazzar’s capital city by digging beneath the Tigris River and entering the city with the help of insiders—possibly priests of the chief god Marduk, who may have resented the loss of prestige that would follow the demotion of Marduk in favor of the moon-god Sîn, the favorite deity of King Nabonidus. The famous “writing on the wall” inscribed by the finger of God sealed Belshazzar’s fate, because the foolish regent chose to hold a pagan celebration using the plates and other items taken from the Temple in Jerusalem. As Derek showed in his book Bad Moon Rising, it’s almost certain that the meal for which God’s vessels were used was an annual festival called the akitu, held in honor of Sîn.2

Alexander the Great is THE LEOPARD, and the four wings and four heads are the four generals who inherited the young conqueror’s kingdom after Alexander died at just thirty-three years old. According to Adam Clarke: “Nothing in the history of the world, was equal to the conquests of Alexander, who ran through all the countries from Illycrium and the Adriatic Sea to the Indian Ocean and the River Ganges; and in twelve years subdued part of Europe, and all Asia.”3 The four heads are the generals who replaced Alexander as rulers, becoming the Seleucids of Mesopotamia and Central Asia, Ptolemaic Egypt (yes, Cleopatra was Greek), Attalid Anatolia, and Antigonid Macedonian empires.

The FINAL BEAST is two phases, representing the ancient Roman Empire and a revived consortium of countries built from the remnants—somewhat like a phoenix rising from its own ashes. Rome’s iron teeth and fierce claws chomped and tore their way to domination, destroying and taking dominion.

[1] It sounds bizarre, but it’s true. Our home is too far from trees for the mysterious visitor to be a raccoon or a big cat, and besides, the footsteps are bipedal and much too heavy. The sound is that of a man walking across the roof.

[2] Derek P. Gilbert. Bad Moon Rising (Crane, MO: Defender, 2019), pp. 77–80.

[3] Adam Clarke. The Holy Bible: Containing the Old and New Testaments with a Commentary and Critical Notes to a Better Understanding of the Sacred Writings, Vol. IV (New York: Abraham Paul, 1825) p. 336.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/11/05/giants-gods-and-dragons-part-7-the-four-beasts-of-daniels-vision/ 

:: 11-5-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 10 deadliest U.S. earthquakes

By Strange Sounds - Nov 5, 2020

If you are reading this post, you probably wonder what are the ten deadliest earthquake in US history.

So here you go!

1. The 1906 San Francisco earthquake

The deadliest earthquake in U.S. history is the M7.9 1906 San Francisco earthquake that hit the coast of Northern California at 5:12 a.m. on Wednesday, April 18, killing more than 3,000 people.

More than 80% of San Francisco was destroyed. This photo, taken several months after the earthquake, shows the devastation, including the ruins of City Hall.

2. 1946 Aleutian Islands Earthquake (Unimak Island) in Alaska

In 1946, the M8.6 earthquake on Unimak Island in Alaska occurred on April 1 and triggered a gigantic 55 feet high tsunami, travelling at 500 miles an hour across the Pacific Ocean. The giant wave reached Kauai, and Hilo, Hawaii, 4.5 hours and 4.9 hours later, respectively, where 173 were killed, 163 injured, and more than 1,500 buildings were heavily damaged to destroyed. 5 others were killed in Alaska and 1 in California. In the below photo, a man (see arrow) is about to be killed by the wave in Hilo, Hawaii. The tsunami is known as the April Fools’ Day Tsunami in Hawaii because it happened on April 1 and many thought it to be an April Fool’s Day prank.

3. 1964 Alaska Earthquake

The M9.2 Alaska Earthquake and Tsunami occurred on March 27, 1964 at 5:36pm local time (March 28 at 3:36 UTC) in the Prince William Sound region of Alaska. The Great Alaskan earthquake, which lasted approximately 4.5 minutes, is the most powerful recorded earthquake in U.S. history and the second largest ever recorded, next to the M9.5 earthquake in Chile in 1960. During its 4.5 minutes of heavy shaking, the Good Friday earthquake caused the ground to shift vertically by as much as 50 feet in places, creating a destructive 130-acre landlide that resulted in a giant tsunami. The huge wave – that reached 220 feet in some places – killed 128 people, including 11 people in Crescent City, California.

4. 1933 Long Beach Earthquake, California

The offshore M6.4 Long Beach Earthquake hit on March 10 at 5:54 P.M. PST on the Newport–Inglewood Fault, south of downtown Los Angeles. Despite its lower magnitude, the quake killed about 115 people – mostly those running out of buildings and thus exposing themselves to the falling debris. 

5. 1868 Hawaii earthquake

The 1868 Hawaii Earthquake hit at 4 p.m. local time on April 2, 1868. The massive, sudden movement of the south flank of Hawaii’s Big Island triggered a magnitude 7.9 earthquake which resulted in a landslide and tsunami that killed 77 people.

The major quake was related to the activity of the two active volcanoes on Big Island, the Mauna Loa and Kīlauea. The aftershock sequence for this event has continued up to the present day. It has been hypothesized that the magma pushing up from below the earth’s crust forced the side of the island to expand, sliding along the ocean crust and causing a major earthquake.

6. 1971 San Fernando Earthquake

The 1971 San Fernando earthquake occurred at 6 am on February 9 in a sparsely populated area of the San Gabriel Mountains in southern California. The M6.5 earthquake, also known as the Sylmar earthquake, killed 65 people and injured 2,000.

Some of the most spectacular damage occurred at Olive View Hospital in Sylmar, California, where 49 people died despite its supposedly earthquake-resistant construction. 

7. 1989 Loma Prieta Earthquake

The M6.9 1989 Loma Prieta Earthquake occurred on October 17 at 5:04 p.m. local time, 10 miles (16 km) northeast of Santa Cruz on a section of the San Andreas Fault System. The Loma Prieta segment of the San Andreas Fault System had been designated a seismic gap by USGS since the 1906 San Francisco earthquake. Then two moderate foreshocks occurred in June 1988 and again in August 1989. The strong quake managed to kill 63 people and injure more than 3,750, most of them on a collapsed highway in Oakland.

8. 1960 Valdivia earthquake

The 1960 Valdivia earthquake occurred at 19:11 GMT (15:11 local time) on May 22, 1960 and is the most powerful earthquake ever recorded around the world. The M9.4 Great Chilean earthquake lasted for approximately 10 minutes.

The powerful megathrust earthquake created huge tsunamis that affected southern Chile, Hawaii, Japan, the Philippines, eastern New Zealand, southeast Australia, and the Aleutian Islands. Can you imagine that? The Terremoto de Valdivia killed around 1,600 people and left 2 million homeless in southern Chile.

The resulting tsunami killed 138 people in Japan and 61 people in Hawaii, making it one of the deadliest quakes in U.S. history despite happening on another continent.

9. 1994 Northridge Earthquake

The 1994 Northridge earthquake occurred on January 17, 1994, at 4:30 a.m. PST in the San Fernando Valley, California. The M6.7 quake occurred on a previously undiscovered fault, now named the Northridge blind thrust fault (or Pico thrust fault). The major disaster killed 60 people and injured about 8,700 in approximately 10–20 seconds, thus exposing major weaknesses in the building codes as many of the 60 victims died buried under collapsed buildings.

10. 1886 Charleston Earthquake, NC

The 1886 Charleston Earthquake occurred at 9:50 p.m. local time on August 31, 1886. The M7.3 intraplate earthquake is one of the most powerful and damaging earthquakes to hit the East Coast of the United States, killing 60 people and damaging thousands of buildings. More than 130 years later, the cause of this quake is still not well understood since very little to no historical earthquake activity had occurred in the same seismic area.

Now that you know the 10 deadliest earthquakes in US history, here are the most dangerous fault lines across the United States. More geology news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/11/top-10-deadliest-earthquake-usa-history.html 

:: 11-4-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2020 Election

Joe Biden takes slim lead over President Trump in Pennsylvania

Here’s what to know about the vote count this morning.

Once powerful storm set to stage a comeback and then threaten the US

[AccuWeather]

Alex Sosnowski

,AccuWeather•November 4, 2020

The tropical depression that was previously Hurricane Eta on Thursday has emerged back over the northwestern Caribbean Sea, a move that will supply it with plenty of warm water for strengthening as it takes aim at Cuba and possibly Florida.

Eta could reach hurricane force again on its way toward Cuba, and at this point, AccuWeather meteorologists expect it to approach southern Florida as a tropical storm.

In addition to Cuba and Florida, people in the southwestern Bahamas are urged to closely monitor the progress of Eta, especially as the system emerges from the area around Belize, Guatemala and Honduras on Friday.

The Florida Keys and Peninsula have largely dodged impacts amid a record-setting Atlantic hurricane season, which has spawned 28 named systems. No landfalls have occurred in the state yet this season, but forecasters say the region is not out of the woods yet. Eta may pose a significant threat to lives and property and, at the very least, an interruption to daily activities and travel late this weekend and early next week. Instead of withering away over Central America this week, Eta's circulation survived the trip over land and re-entered the western Caribbean early Friday morning. Here, forecasters expect reorganizing and restrengthening to occur.

Eta turned deadly in Central America, with the storm claiming at least 70 lives as of Thursday, with over 50 fatalities in Guatemala according to Reuters.

The storm was located 110 miles north-northwest of La Ceiba, Honduras, as of Friday morning. It had weakened considerably and was downgraded to a tropical depression late Wednesday with sustained winds down to 30 mph early Thursday morning, but by later in the afternoon, its winds had increased to 35 mph as it continued to move north at 8 mph Friday morning.

The water over the northwestern Caribbean is some of the warmest of the entire Atlantic basin, as high as 84 degrees, which is plenty warm enough to nurture a tropical system. Eta is forecast to spend about 48 hours over the warm waters of the northwestern Caribbean, which is also enough time to allow strengthening to occur.

https://news.yahoo.com/eta-recharge-over-warm-waters-164155957.html?guce_referrer=aHR0cHM6Ly9kdWNrZHVja2dvLmNvbS8&guce_referrer_sig=AQAAABf_aIb0e_EUNg8cyftpLcoGfX0i34dLrs

iXdC2Ffh3LB5DfyugIeCwtZSHQDWsgbNrvtQCj4i29raJCYFmuYDqes9zLwkz3su3uSvAExmuoQvfpRWvqrMeqCONsUcW6r5IqVA1-minVl2Bo8TZbc5jndoC21RFqRhdXR-w4ksoE 

:: 11-4-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Call Bull$hit: Joe Biden Couldn’t Get 10 People at a Campaign Rally But He Somehow Breaks the Record for the Most Candidate Votes in US History? No Way

By Joe Hoft  Published November 4, 2020 at 7:35pm 481 Comments

Former VP Joe Biden is weak and fragile and old. He couldn’t remember where he was on many occasions. He slurred words and blundered constantly not making sense on many occasions. He was lost. Below is an example of only one such incidence at a campaign event this summer: As a result Biden’s campaign had no excitement at all. He tried bringing in stars but even that failed with around 30 people at a Biden – Bon Jovi rally a few weeks ago: Notice the President’s son Eric Trump had more people at his campaign event the same night only a few miles away from the Biden fiasco.

We also know from our own recording that Biden couldn’t get 10 people at his rallies and sometimes held events with no one in attendance other than approved press (who wouldn’t report on the insanity of his ‘rallies’) and handlers. But somehow this senile lost old man yesterday set the record for the most votes in US History? Currently the New York Times reports that Biden received 71.6 million votes to President Trump’s 68 million votes. President Trump set a record for a Republican candidate which was set by President Trump in 2016 at 62 million votes. Barack Obama in 2008 held the record for the most votes before last night with 69.5 million in 2008.

Somehow the Democrats, Big Media, Big Tech and the Deep State want us to believe that Joe Biden set the record in a Presidential race, which he needed to do, in order to beat President Trump. Of course this is another lie.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/11/call-bullhit-joe-biden-couldnt-get-10-people-campaign-rally-somehow-breaks-record-candidate-votes-us-history-no-way/ 

:: 11-4-20 The End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The American people deserve explanations for these “election anomalies”

November 4, 2020 by Michael Snyder

The big news networks seem to be pretending that they aren’t there, but the truth is that there are some very serious statistical “anomalies” that really need to be explained. The integrity of our elections is of the utmost importance, and over the last 24 hours I have seen some things that concern me greatly. I think that the mainstream media is assuming that they can just go ahead and declare victory for Joe Biden and that all of these “anomalies” will soon be forgotten, but I don’t think that Trump and his supporters will let this go. The stakes in this election are so high, and it won’t be so easy to sweep things under the rug like we have seen in the aftermath of past elections. Since I originally wrote this article, some of the “anomalies” have been explained, but some of the most serious ones have not.

In particular, it looks extremely suspicious that Trump had a large lead in both Michigan and Wisconsin up until the very end, but then huge vote dumps suddenly swung each state to Biden. The following graphs that were tweeted out by FiveThirtyEight illustrate what I am talking about…

I don’t know about you, but those graphs look deeply troubling to me.

In addition, there is also a report of large numbers of votes being brought in to one counting facility in Michigan under very suspicious circumstances

Last night at TLC (formerly Cobo Hall) where absentee ballots for Wayne County (Detroit) are being counted, a Ferrari, a van and a Chrysler 300 (I think) all pulled up into facility (large garage doors) with ballots inside vehicles. All three of them had out of state plates. This is an ANONYMOUS tip.

Also, they’re counting military ballots now. I heard around 7k.

Every military ballot has to be duplicated (re-written). I don’t know why. This is very concerning.

Perhaps it was completely legitimate for those ballots to be transported in that manner in the middle of the night, but the American people deserve an explanation.

On top of everything else, many have pointed out that the vote count in Antrim County, Michigan appears to be exactly the opposite of what it should be

There was also something suspicious about the vote reporting in Antrim County, Michigan, where Trump beat Hillary Clinton by 30 points in 2016. Initial vote totals there showed Biden ahead of Trump by 29 points, a result that can’t possibly be accurate, as plenty of journalists noted.

This is something that the Trump team needs to take to court, because otherwise it will soon be forgotten by everyone.

In Wisconsin, we have also been witnessing some very unusual things.

Trump had a huge lead in Wisconsin throughout the night of the election, but then a massive vote dump at the last minute swung the state to Biden.

Most of those votes came from the Milwaukee area. According to the official results, seven voting wards in Milwaukee actually reported more votes than the number of registered voters on their books…

Seven City of Milwaukee voting wards reported more 2020 U.S. Presidential election votes than they had registered voters, according to an analysis of results and Secretary of State files.

Five of them are in the city’s eleventh aldermanic ward, on the city’s far Southwest Side.

Theoretically, that should be impossible.

You shouldn’t have more votes than you do voters, but somehow that apparently happened.

That really, really stinks, and this is another thing that the Trump legal team really needs to look into.

Overall, turnout in Milwaukee was way, way above historical norms. In 2016, statewide turnout in Wisconsin was 67.34 percent, but somehow voting wards all over the city were reporting turnout levels greater than 80 percent…

Of the city’s 327 voting wards, 90 reported turnout of greater than 90 percent; 201 reported turnout higher than 80 percent.

In 2016, city voter turnout was 75 percent.

All along, everyone knew that the states of Michigan, Wisconsin and Pennsylvania were going to be so critical in this election.

And just like we witnessed in Michigan and Wisconsin, late vote dumps are also changing the results in Pennsylvania.

For example, one batch of 23.277 votes from Philadelphia were all for Joe Biden. The following was tweeted by FiveThirtyEight…

Two more batches of Pennsylvania vote were reported:

-23,277 votes in Philadelphia, all for Biden

-about 5,300 votes in Luzerne County, nearly 4,000 of which were for Biden

Yes, Philadelphia is heavily blue, but it is literally statistically impossible for one candidate to get 23,277 votes and the other candidate to get zero votes.

Unless these statistical anomalies are explained, I don’t know how anyone can ultimately accept the results of this election as being legitimate. Trump initially had huge leads in Michigan, Wisconsin and Pennsylvania, and if he had won all three of those states he would have won another term.

And maybe he should have won all of them, and that is why we need recounts in all three states.

In addition to recounting all of the votes in all three states, each ballot also needs to be checked to make sure that it is legitimate.

Based on the evidence that we have so far, it appears that some very strange things are going on, and the American people deserve answers.

If we don’t get answers, millions upon millions of people will completely lose faith in the integrity of our elections. And once faith is gone, it will be exceedingly difficult for it to ever be restored.

***Michael’s new book entitled “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.***

About the Author: My name is Michael Snyder and my brand new book entitled “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America” is now available on Amazon.com. In addition to my new book, I have written four others that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing the books you help to support the work that my wife and I are doing, and by giving it to others you help to multiply the impact that we are having on people all over the globe. I have published thousands of articles on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but I also ask that they include this “About the Author” section with each article. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help. During these very challenging times, people will need hope more than ever before, and it is our goal to share the gospel of Jesus Christ with as many people as we possibly can.

https://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/the-american-people-deserve-explanations-for-these-election-anomalies 

:: 11-4-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Archbishop Viganò: America is in midst of ‘Colossal Electoral Fraud,’ ‘Do Not Think the Children of Darkness Act with Honesty – We Must Pray NOW to Defeat Enemy

By Jim Hoft  Published November 4, 2020 at 10:32pm 494 Comments

Carlo Maria Viganò is an archbishop of the Catholic Church who served as the Apostolic Nuncio to the United States from 19 October 2011 to 12 April 2016.

Archbishop Viganò previously warned Catholics on the historic spiritual importance of this 2020 election on the future of this country and this planet.

President Trump is standing up against the demonic forces of the deep state and the New World Order.

On Wednesday morning Archbishop Viganò published a letter addressing people of faith. Vigano called on good men and women to pray NOW to defeat the enemies of God. As devout Christians and faithful citizens of the United States of America, you have intense and heartfelt concern for the fate of your beloved country while the final results of the Presidential election are still uncertain.

News of electoral fraud is multiplying, despite the shameful attempts of the mainstream media to censor the truth of the facts in order to give their candidate the advantage. There are states in which the number of votes is greater than the number of voters; others in which the mail-in vote seems to be exclusively in favor of Joe Biden; others in which the counting of ballots has been suspended for no reason or where sensational tampering has been discovered: always and only against President Donald J. Trump, always and only in favor of Biden.

In truth, for months now we have been witnessing a continuous trickle of staggered news, of manipulated or censored information, of crimes that have been silenced or covered up in the face of striking evidence and irrefutable testimony. We have seen the deep state organize itself, well in advance, to carry out the most colossal electoral fraud in history, in order to ensure the defeat of the man who has strenuously opposed the establishment of the New World Order that is wanted by the children of darkness. In this battle, you have not failed, as is your sacred duty, to make your own contribution by taking the side of the Good. Others, enslaved by vices or blinded by infernal hatred against Our Lord, have taken the side of Evil.

Do not think that the children of darkness act with honesty, and do not be scandalized if they operate with deception. Do you perhaps believe that Satan’s followers are honest, sincere, and loyal? The Lord has warned us against the Devil: “He was a murderer from the beginning and does not stand in truth, because there is no truth in him. When he tells a lie, he speaks in character, because he is a liar and the father of lies” (Jn 8:44).

In these hours, while the gates of Hell seem to prevail, allow me to address myself to you with an appeal, which I trust that you will respond to promptly and with generosity. I ask you to make an act of trust in God, an act of humility and filial devotion to The Lord of Armies. I ask that all of you pray the Holy Rosary, if possible in your families or with your dear ones, your friends, your brothers and sisters, your colleagues, your fellow soldiers. Pray with the abandonment of children who know how to have recourse to their Most Holy Mother to ask her to intercede before the throne of the Divine Majesty. Pray with a sincere soul, with a pure heart, in the certainty of being heard and answered. Ask her – she who is the Help of Christians, Auxilium Christianorum – to defeat the forces of the Enemy; ask her – she who is terrible as an army set in battle array (Song 6:10) – to grant the victory to the forces of Good and to inflict a humiliating defeat on the forces of Evil. Have your children pray, using the holy words that you have taught them: those confident prayers will rise to God and will not remain unheard. Have the elderly and sick pray, so that they may offer their sufferings in union with the sufferings that Our Lord suffered on the Cross when he shed His Precious Blood for Our Redemption. Have young ladies and women pray, so that they turn to her who is the model of purity and motherhood. And you, men, must also pray: your courage, your honor and your boldness will be refreshed and strengthened. All of you, take up this spiritual weapon, before which Satan and his minions retreat furiously, because they fear the Most Holy Virgin, she who is Almighty by Grace, even more than Almighty God.

Do not allow yourselves to be discouraged by the deceptions of the Enemy, even more so in this terrible hour in which the impudence of lying and fraud dares to challenge Heaven. Our adversaries’ hours are numbered if you will pray, if we will all pray with Faith and with the true ardor of Charity. May the Lord grant that one single devout and faithful voice rise from your homes, your churches, and your streets! This voice will not remain unheard, because it will be the voice of a people that cries out, in the moment when the storm rages most fiercely, “Save us, Lord, we are perishing!” (Mt 8:25).

The days that await us are a precious occasion for all of you, and for those who unite themselves spiritually to you from every part of the world. Pray with the certainty of Our Lord’s promise: “Ask and it shall be given unto you, seek and you shall find, knock and the door shall be opened unto you” (Lk 11:9). The King of Kings, from whom you ask the salvation of your Nation, will reward your Faith. Your testimony, remember this, will touch the heart of Our Lord, multiplying the heavenly Graces which are, more than ever, indispensable in order to achieve victory.

May my appeal, which I address to you and to all people who recognize the Lordship of God, find you to be generous apostles and courageous witnesses of the spiritual rebirth of your beloved country, and with it the entire world. Non praevalebunt.

God bless and protect the United States of America!

One Nation under God

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/11/archbishop-vigano-america-midst-colossal-electoral-fraud-not-think-children-darkness-act-honesty-must-pray-now-defeat-enemy/ 

:: 11-5-20 Sputnik News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Shadowy Group Allied With BLM Threatens Unrest, Takeover of Gov’t Buildings if Trump Doesn’t Concede

by Ilya Tsukanov  10:39 GMT 05.11.2020(updated 11:14 GMT 05.11.2020) Get short URL

Protests have broken out across US cities in the aftermath of a contentious presidential election where a clear winner has yet to be determined. Donald Trump’s campaign has mounted legal challenges over alleged irregularities in multiple battleground states. Challenger Joe Biden has announced the creation of an ‘election protection’ legal fund.

Black Lives Matter activists and allied Democrat-leaning protest groups have begun a mass mobilisation across major cities to ensure that the counting of votes continues, and have threatened to continue protests outside the White House and elsewhere unless the Trump campaign halts its planned legal challenges in states where voting irregularities have been suspected.

BLM and a group known as ‘Count Every Vote’ has called on Trump to concede defeat, staging rallies Wednesday in major cities including Washington, DC, New York, Chicago, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Minneapolis, Seattle, Houston, Los Angeles, San Diego, and Seattle, demanding that the count of mail-in ballots continues unabated. In Portland, the city which has witnessed widespread protests since the summer, a riot was declared, prompting Oregon authorities to activate the National Guard. Protests Promised Until a New Government Sworn In

Shut Down DC, a protest group created in 2019, and which has the self-described goal of “making plans to rise up to confront the Trump administration’s attacks on democracy,” is calling on protesters in the capital to gather at Black Lives Matter Plaza across from the White House, and is urging them to “keep showing up and keep supporting each other until the people swear in a new government">

A separate group known as the Sunrise Movement made plans for Trump’s overthrow before the election even took place, with a since deleted video of a purported leaked Zoom call by organisers encouraging protesters to “shut down the White House,” and publishing a “target map” including key government buildings, media outlets, police stations. Suggesting that they were “facing and an administration and a potential coup and a political insurrection,” ‘protest consultant’ Lisa Fithian told organizers that in the event of a crisis, the goal was “to make sure it’s one that we are creating. We want them to be responding to us and us not responding to them. In a situation of a coup or an insurrection or an uprising, whoever’s got the guns, often can win. We should be clear. Trump’s gotta go,” Fithian added. Over 100 events have been planned between Wednesday night and Saturday by more than 165 grassroots organizations, unions and advocacy groups across the country.

Election Battle Heading to the Courts

The spate of protests began on election night, after the Trump campaign indicated that the incumbent was on track to a second term. The Trump campaign filed election-related lawsuits Wednesday in Pennsylvania, Michigan and Georgia. According to the AP, the new filings seek to ensure access for campaign observers at vote counting and processing locations, and express concerns related to absentee ballots. In Pennsylvania, the Trump campaign is looking to challenge the Supreme Court’s decision to allow for ballots received as many as three days after the election to be counted. Before the election, Trump and his staff vigorously complained about mail-in ballots, claiming they were rife for fraud because they were not as closely supervised by election officials, allegedly making them easier to steal, forge or otherwise alter. Trump’s Democratic opponents have dismissed these concerns, and have released strategies on how to force the president out of office if he refuses to concede. As many as 100 million Americans voted by mail in 2020, according to the US Elections Project.

On Wednesday, Biden announced the creation of an ‘election protection’ fund to counter Trump’s legal challenges in the courts, and uged supporters to contribute. After taking Michigan early Thursday morning, Biden stands six electoral votes from victory with 264 electoral votes. Trump has 214 electoral votes, and is leading in Pennsylvania, North Carolina, Georgia and Alaska. Nevada remains too close to call, with its six electoral votes yet to be awarded. There, Biden is said to be leading the vote count by less than 8,000 votes, with 75 percent of the result reported.

https://sputniknews.com/us/202011051081020379-shadowy-group-allied-with-blm-threatens-unrest-takeover-of-govt-buildings-if-trump-doesnt-concede/

:: 11-4-20 https://grandmageri422.me/2020/11/04/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

LIARS GONNA LIE- CHEATERS GONNA CHEAT: Dems Learn From The Father of Lies

On November 4, 2020 By Geri UngureanIn Uncategorized

We always knew that the “Mail in Ballots” was a Leftist tactic. We saw overnight how these ballots are the largest part of the manipulation of this crooked election.

Last night, my husband and I were keeping our eyes on the “Battleground” states – especially PA. Our president was up by 4 points when we finally went to sleep.

As if by magic, the swing states, which Trump was dominating, stopped reporting votes. This morning, PA was reporting Trump and Biden neck in neck. Overnight, the 4 point spread for Trump disappeared!

The REAL REASON for voting by mail

The Dems dipped into the Biden mail-in ballots to fill that 4 point gap which Trump clearly had. This is a sham and the most crooked election in the history of our country. One thing is crystal clear: The Dems CANNOT win elections without CHEATING.

I can just picture the faces of the Biden camp when they saw how well Trump was doing in the swing states. Then it was decided to go to plan B.

NO MORALS

Clearly, the Dems have no Morals – no ethics and no consciences. Lying and cheating comes as naturally as breathing to them.

I’m sure that this scam to make sure that the Dems would win this election was concocted the day after Donald Trump won the presidency in 2016. His enemies have tried all manner of retaliation toward Trump since that time – but to NO AVAIL.

But they knew that the mail in votes was a winner for them. Satanic and EVIL are these people. They belong to their father, the devil. If they do not repent and turn to Jesus, they will spend eternity in a fiery hell, along with their father and his fallen angels.

The PM of New Zealand

I attempted to look up this story from OANN.com, but when I tried, I was given a “404” code which means that the article was not longer there. Here is a screenshot of the web address and blurb: I felt that it was quite telling that the article had been removed from OANN.com. You can come to your own conclusions, but as for me, seeing that the PM is from the Labor Party and leans strongly towards Marxism/Communism – that sent bells and whistles off inside my head.

Perhaps OANN.com had been threatened to take down the story.

We’ll never know.

So, brethren – it looks like this is the new normal for the Left’s attempt at stealing elections

Pretty disgusting if you ask me.

We should pray for the Left and for the Globalists to turn from their criminal ways. But I think that most of them have been given over by God to a reprobate mind.

Keep praying because this is not over.  How Can I Be Saved?  Shalom b’Yeshua  MARANATHA!!

https://grandmageri422.me/2020/11/04/liars-gonna-lie-cheaters-gonna-cheat-dems-learn-from-the-father-of-lies/ 

:: 11-3-20 WVW Broadcast Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Voter Fraud: Your Vote Can be Changed Without You Even Knowing

By Kevin Freeman, 03 November, 2020

Video

https://www.worldviewweekend.com/tv/video/voter-fraud-your-vote-can-be-changed-without-you-even-knowing 

:: 10-26-20 WVW Broadcast Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Attorney General Bob Barr Afraid of the Deep State & Thus Fighting Judicial Watch At Every Turn

By Cliff Kincaid, 26 October, 2020

Some scoff at the concept of a “Deep State” as a “conspiracy theory.” But nobody knows the truth better than Senator Chuck Schumer, the Senate Democratic leader, who once questioned why Trump would fight the intelligence agencies, since “they have six ways from Sunday at getting back at you.” The phrase “six ways from Sunday” means in every possible way. Another common formulation is “by any means necessary.”

The U.S. Secret Service intercepted a Ricin-laced letter with the words, “If it doesn't work, I will find a better recipe,” addressed to President Trump. Pascale Ferrier, a Canadian previously deported from the U.S., was apprehended and charged on September 24 with threatening to kill the president by using the poison. She was arrested with a loaded gun and a knife and had previously tweeted a hashtag supportive of killing Trump.

The Ferrier case seems like the work of a bumbling amateur, although Ricin (and Novichok) are poisons known to be used by the remnants of the Soviet KGB. Assassination plots involving the CIA are usually more sophisticated.

For those inclined to dismiss the idea of hit squads or assassins targeting American figures, consider the mysterious 2010 death of former presidential aide John P. Wheeler, the subject of a new “Unsolved Mysteries” story on Netflix. His body was found at the Cherry Island Landfill in Joe Biden’s state of Delaware. Wheeler, who associated with members of the political and military elite, was said by his wife to have looked “frightened” before his death. Described as the “Washington Insider Murder,” he was also said to have many “enemies” from his work in the national defense area.

Another Washington insider, Trump Attorney General William Barr, also seems frightened. He disclosed that the probe into Obamagate won’t produce a report until after the election. Obamagate involves how the Obama-Biden Administration used the intelligence agencies to destroy and obstruct the Trump presidency, using material supplied by Russia and paid for by Hillary Clinton.

Investigator Chris Farrell asks why Barr fights Judicial Watch in virtually every Freedom of Information Act lawsuit seeking records over the Obamagate coup plot. Farrell, who was banned by Fox for criticizing George Soros on the Lou Dobbs show, has also drawn attention to CIA director Gina Haspel’s role in Obamagate.

The FBI is headed by Christopher Wray, who was nominated by Trump but sat on the evidence of corruption in Hunter Biden’s laptop for almost a year. (The FBI has since reportedly interviewed Hunter business associate Tony Bobulinski).

On top of this cover-up, Big Tech has censored evidence of Democratic Presidential candidate Joe Biden’s involvement in his son’s schemes involving China and Ukraine.

The Department of Justice has filed suit against Google, the gatekeeper of the Internet, over exercising monopoly control over how the American people get their news, but the action comes too late to make a real difference on November 3.

Barr’s failures tell us a lot about the power of the Deep State.

Barr, who previously worked for the CIA, had organized support for the FBI sniper who killed Randy Weaver’s wife in the 1992 Ruby Ridge operation. She was killed as she was holding her baby daughter in her arms.

Ruby Ridge is the scandal involving the FBI and ATF assaulting a right-wing figure, a so-called “white supremacist,” living in Idaho who had been set up on a charge of selling an illegal weapon, a sawed-off shotgun.

Wanting to demonstrate their power, federal agencies staged an armed attack on Weaver’s family. Weaver’s 14-year-old son was shot to death by federal Marshalls carrying machine guns. Weaver was found not guilty of assaulting federal officers.

Ruby Ridge was followed by the federal siege of the Waco religious compound on April 19, 1993, when more than eighty men, women and children were shot or burned to death. Federal agencies attacked the compound of a religious cult, the Branch Davidians, on the pretext that children were being abused. They could have apprehended the leader of the religious compound without killing all those people. It was another demonstration of their power.

The Obama and Epstein Cover-Ups

As author Jack Cashill has demonstrated in his book, Unmasking Obama, federal agencies were used in other ways under the presidency of Barack Hussein Obama, such as the IRS attacks on conservative and Tea Party groups. Most importantly, the FBI covered-up the evidence of Obama’s debt to communist Frank Marshall Davis and his patron, the old Soviet Union.

Years later, the Jeffrey Epstein scandal remains unresolved, even as the media mock some conservatives for believing in the existence of a high-level pedophile ring. Cindy McCain, who says “We all knew what he [Epstein] was doing,” has endorsed Biden for president. Her husband, who lost a winnable election against Obama in 2008, peddled the phony Hillary-financed Russian dossier to the FBI.

Mitt Romney, the Utah Republican Senator who voted to impeach Trump, ran as the Republican presidential candidate in 2012 and lost to Obama. Trump blames Romney’s running mate, Paul Ryan, for moving Fox News to the left, as Ryan joined the board of Fox Corporation in 2019.

My own coverage of Ruby Ridge and Waco, which occurred during the Clinton Administration, were among the major incidents convincing me that important agencies of the federal government were compromised and hopelessly corrupt. Another eye-opening episode was the crash of TWA Flight 800, which resulted in the deaths of 230 passengers and crew on July 17, 1996. Federal “investigators” blamed a fuel tank explosion when eyewitnesses saw missiles hit the plane. The CIA actually produced a video showing the huge nose-less jet ascending like a rocket, an aeronautical impossibility.

In 1993 I covered the strange death of Clinton White House deputy counsel Vincent Foster, a murder labeled a “suicide” in an Independent Counsel investigation led by a Republican named Kenneth Starr and his assistant, prosecutor Brett Kavanaugh. Evidence demonstrated the existence of a shadowy group of operatives who would intimidate a witness, Patrick Knowlton, with information contradicting the government’s story. Foster had access to the secrets of Hillary Clinton and the National Security Agency (NSA).

David Martin’s new book, The Murder of Vince Foster: America's Would-Be Dreyfus Affair, examines the case, including alleged Foster connections to drug smuggling, the CIA, and organized crime.

Starr later became a Fox News contributor, a supposed expert on the impeachment campaign against Trump, while Kavanaugh was nominated by Trump to the Supreme Court. It was another indication that the Swamp occupies both side of the “partisan divide” and affects both major political parties. Starr, by the way, was a legal counsel for Jeffrey Epstein.

In the Bush Administration, we would learn that federal operatives from the FBI, and perhaps other agencies, would be deployed to frame patriotic American scientists for the post-9/11 anthrax attacks carried out with anthrax stolen from a U.S. lab. One scientist, Steven Hatfill, would collect millions of dollars from the Department of Justice in damages over his harassment, while another, Bruce Ivins, would end up dead after being persecuted by federal agents under the direction of then-FBI Director and future Russia-gate special counsel Robert Mueller.

Former Louisiana state Senator John Milkovich, a Democrat, wrote a book on Robert Mueller, subtitled “Errand boy for the New World Order," looking at his role in matters such as 9/11, organized crime figure Whitey Bulger, and the crooked bank BCCI.

Mueller keeps emerging at sensitive times in American history, when the federal government wants to perpetuate a certain story line about a delicate national security matter.

What’s absolutely clear is that Trump, a true outsider to Washington, has enemies here and abroad.

Concern about Trump’s physical health and safety accelerated after he was infected by the China virus at the first presidential debate, leading author J.C. Hawkins to speculate that he was infected “by a rogue Secret Service agent or staff member secretly working for The Deep State.”

Various reports had indicated that seven people who attended judge Amy Coney Barrett’s nomination announcement, held outside at the White House, tested positive for the coronavirus. But former New Jersey Governor Chris Christie, who also came down with the virus and was hospitalized, said that he had last tested negative ahead of the first presidential debate and was not having any symptoms then.

The Cleveland Clinic, the debate co-host, subsequently acknowledged that 11 people involved in debate preparation tested positive. We still don’t know who they are.

Weeks after this, Democratic Governor Gretchen Whitmer of Michigan displayed the anti-Trump "86/45" sign during a TV appearance. The number “86” can be shorthand for killing someone. Whitmer had been on Joe Biden’s short list for vice-presidential candidates.

One does not have to be a “conspiracy theorist” to see a disturbing pattern.

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org 

https://www.worldviewweekend.com/news/article/attorney-general-bob-barr-afraid-deep-state-thus-fighting-judicial-watch-every-turn 

:: 11-6-20 Health Impact News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Everyone’s Life is at Stake Now: Don’t Get Distracted by Politics

by Brian Shilhavy Editor,   Health Impact News

As Americans are fixated on the U.S. elections, which it appears will dominate the corporate news cycle for days on end now, the truly big story is not what is happening here in the U.S., but across the pond in the U.K. where the medical tyrants try to force a second lockdown on its citizens today (November 5th). Samuel May of Off-Guardian reports:

So, during ‘Prime Minister’s statement on coronavirus, 31 October 2020’, the usual trio of Johnson, Whitty and Vallance ‘did their thing’ once again, and sold us a lie.

We were shown some graph projections, made by the same people who were wrong in all their previous graph projections and which lacked any context whatsoever (like, for instance, what did last autumn’s hospital admissions look like by comparison?).

Yet these graphs were nevertheless unanimously and alarmingly clear, apparently: We’re all terribly, terribly at risk from the RONA, don’t you know, and we need a further 4 weeks of lockdown.

Johnson said: “From Thursday until the start of December, you must stay at home.” (Read the full article at Off-Guardian.)

The second lockdowns are scheduled for here in the U.S. as well, by the tyrannical medical oligarchy, and no matter who is crowned President of the U.S., all these political medical authorities will keep their jobs which many of them have had for decades, as they watch presidents come and go.

And please make no mistake about this: the results of these lockdowns will be death and destruction, unless a large enough percentage of the public wakes up and figures out that their enemy is not a politician, but the evil forces behind the Globalists and their agenda of using medical tyranny to bring in their New World Order.

If the American public once again complies with unconstitutional mandates to stay home, to close their businesses, and to try and force them to comply to medical procedures they do NOT consent to, including getting a COVID test, having their temperature taken, wearing a mask, or trying to force a medical product on them such as an injection by needle (vaccine), then they will be willingly compliant to destroying people’s jobs, giving up all medical privacy, and basically handing over their entire lives to the medical tyrants so they can do whatever they want.

And what they want, since they are not even shy about it anymore, is a reduced population where they are in complete control of the economy, and individual liberty is non-existent for the “greater good” of the collective society.

America is quickly becoming a totalitarian regime where both extreme facisim (medical tyranny) and extreme socialism (Marxism) will exist side by side, because they both end up in the same place: A police state with totalitarian rule.

And if you think Biden and the Democrats are our enemy, or if you think Trump and the Republicans are our enemy, you are playing right into their hand, which is to distract everyone from the real enemy, and the real issues, that we can only fight against TOGETHER, not while fighting each other.

For our UK brothers and sisters among our readership, you’re first up to bat. You have the opportunity to set the precedent, by practicing massive civil resistance to the COVID mandates.

It does NOT take violence. It just takes bodies. Assemble together, keep your businesses open, and resist ALL medical procedures (yes that includes masks!)

Resist the fear, because at the end of the day, that is the only thing the tyrants have to control the masses.

And the main way to resist fear is to stop watching and reading the corporate media. There will be a link at the bottom of all my articles of how to develop your own newsfeed, so you can get ALL sides to the most important issues facing us today.

Sadly, I am afraid that the worst is still ahead of us. As soon as a President is announced by the corporate media, there are plans in place to cause major unrest all across the U.S.

Resist the effort to join their cause, because it is all a con. As I have written and warned many times now, this is a battle between Good and Evil, between God and Satan. It is not a political battle. There are good people on both political sides. There are very bad characters and trouble makers on both sides too.

The old saying, “United we stand, divided we fall,” has never been truer.

Please read the other article I just recently wrote, because this is where the balance lies currently:

Which “Great Reset” Will You Choose?

https://healthimpactnews.com/2020/everyones-life-is-at-stake-now-dont-get-distracted-by-politics/ 

:: 11--20 Tea Party Patriots :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Show up to the Protect the Vote Rally organized by Turning Point Action on Friday, November 6th at 10:00 AM to protect YOUR vote and help swing Arizona back to President Trump. Show up, fight back, HOLD THE LINE!! The Maricopa Country Tabulation and Election Center address is 510 S 3rd Ave, Phoenix, AZ 85003.

Join us for another STOP THE STEAL Rally in front of the Clark County Election Dept at 6pm. This grassroots effort is collaborating with the Trump Campaign to ensure the integrity of American votes are protected on our path to 270! The address is 500 S Grand Central Pkwy, Las Vegas, NV 89155.

Organizations involved so far:

FreedomWorks

Gateway Pundit

FreeRepublic.com

Maga Drag the Interstate

Tea Party Patriots

Act! For America

Turning Point Action

Richard Viguerie’s Conservative HQ!

More can join in!!!

Please recruit other Trump supporters to come as well. This is important. It is important that election officials see the public pressure to ensure that we have a valid and legitimate count of the vote. If the public is deemed to not care, it will be immensely easier for nefarious things to happen.

The slogan of the Washington Post is: “Democracy Dies in Darkness.” Ironically, if patriots don’t show up and make their voices heard, The Washington Post and other mainstream media outlets will let our democratic process of selecting the President of the United States die in darkness. Let’s be the light.

https://www.teapartypatriots.org/protect-the-vote/ 

:: 11-4-20 Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rudy Giuliani Promises To ‘Expose The Corruption Of The Democratic Party’ In Pennsylvania ‘Voter Fraud’

David Krayden Ottawa Bureau Chief November 04, 2020 8:12 PM ET

Former New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani alleged massive presidential election fraud Wednesday in Philadelphia, citing the “crooks who run the Democratic Party.” “I don’t know if this is going on any other place … What it says to me is this is a concerted effort of the crooks who run the Democratic Party. You know these big city machines are crooked … 20 years, 30 years, 50 years, 100 years of one-party rule leads to corruption of all kinds.”

Giuliani and other members of President Donald Trump’s campaign team were in the city to cite alleged irregularities at a Philadelphia polling station, where Republican observers were allegedly blocked from verifying the authenticity of ballots. The campaign is suing Pennsylvania to stop the counting of mail-in ballots. (RELATED: Rudy Giuliani Says Joe Biden Is ‘An Obviously Defective Candidate,’ ‘Trojan Horse’ For The Democratic Left-Wing)

Although Trump is currently leading in the state, uncounted votes could give the state to Democratic presidential candidate Joe Biden.

Voter fraud is one of the biggest [problems],” Giuliani told a news conference. “But we’re not going to let them get away with it. They’re not going to steal this election.”

“This election gets decided by the people. These people, the elite, they don’t care about the people: the people are the ‘deplorables, the chumps’ — they’re not important,” he said in reference to names used by former Democratic presidential nominee Hillary Clinton and Biden to refer to Trump supporters. State officials have countered claims of voting irregularities and fraud by saying they are processing ballots in a careful and conscientious manner.

Giuliani insisted that fighting for the average voter was “the whole reason” that Trump ran for office and “the whole reason for which he’s carrying on this campaign — so that your vote can mean something.” He promised that the campaign’s lawsuit would help identify “100,000 fraudulent, meaningless paper ballots that no one gets to observe.”

He said more lawsuits would come in other Rustbelt states — and perhaps beyond. “We’re going to take a very good look at whether we bring this nationally,” Giuliani said, suggesting that further litigation would “really expose the corruption of the Democratic Party.”

“This is beyond anything I’ve ever seen before. This comes when you think you have so much power and you own the media, that you can do anything you want.” The personal attorney to the president asked why the state has not been called for the Republicans when so much of the vote has been counted and Trump remains in the lead.

“They called California the moment the polls closed. How many votes do you have to be ahead … There is only 14% of the vote to go. Do you think we’re stupid? Do you think we are fools?” Giuliani asked.

https://dailycaller.com/2020/11/04/rudy-giuliani-promises-expose-corruption-democratic-party-pennsylvania-voter-fraud/ 

:: 11-5-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tucker: ‘The Country As We Know It Will End’ If Democrats Win

by Steve Watson November 5th 2020, 4:25 am

With the Senate now looking likely to stay with Republicans, Tucker Carlson noted Wednesday night that had Democrats inched over the line in that race, as well as gaining the White House, “the country as we know it would have ended”.

Carlson emphasised that the proposals on the table from Democrats would have allowed them to fundamentally change the system of government and have “total control over everything.” “No more democracy, no more dissent, permanent obedience from the rest of us, and they came shockingly close to getting that,” Tucker urged: “If Democrats had won the White House and the Senate last night, the country as we know it would’ve ended, not because Democrats have bad ideas — though they do — but because Democrats plan to impose an entirely new system on our country,” the host explained.

“With nothing to check their power, the left fully intended to eliminate the traditional American balances within our government, along with the Constitution and the Bill of Rights that constrain their power,” he continued. Alex Jones makes an emergency message on the War Room with Owen about the reality the Republic is in right now.

Carlson warned that an effort is ongoing to “create a permanent Democratic majority, a one-party state with complete control of the population.” “Never in our history has any mainstream political party proposed an agenda more radical than this,” Tucker proclaimed.

“They didn’t talk about it much. There’s a reason for that, of course. They didn’t want to scare you, but it was entirely real — and last night it came really close to happening. We should all be deeply grateful that it didn’t,” Carlson told viewers.

The Senate race remains close, with the GOP holding a total of 48 seats at time of writing and Democrats holding 47. With a majority of 51 needed, it is expected that the GOP will secure it with seats in Alaska, North Carolina and Georgia.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/tucker-the-country-as-we-know-it-will-end-if-democrats-win/ 

:: 11-4-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Dreaded Scenario Of ‘Too Close To Call’ Has Become Reality – The Powder Keg Ready To Blow As 2020 Election Challenges Pile Up

by The Daily Coin · Published November 4, 2020 · Updated November 4, 2020

The Dreaded Scenario Of ‘Too Close To Call’ Has Become Reality – The Powder Keg Ready To Blow As 2020 Election Challenges Pile Up

Prepare for long-term nationwide lockdowns if Biden wins The screen shot map above is from Fox News, 8 am, November 4, 2020. The Reds are states that have been called for president Trump. The blues went to Biden. The pale reds and blues are states that have not been called yet, but the light red is leaning Trump, light blue leaning Biden.

Both candidates still have a path to 270 electoral votes, but there is a good likelihood that final results for some of the remaining states will not be tallied, nor announced for days, if not longer.

VOTING/COUNTING SHENANIGANS

Networks instantly called the Virginia race for Joe Biden, even when President Trump was massively ahead, then some backtracked before once again claiming Biden took the states.

In Michigan, there has been some questions about nearly 140,000 votes that suddenly seemed to appear, all of which went to Biden?

Via Federalist Co-founder, Sean Davis, on Twitter, which is censoring his post, making it much harder to share and retweet, even though he provides visual proof of his assertion. "So while everyone was asleep and after everyone went home, Democrats in Michigan magically found a trove of 138,339 votes, and all 138,339 of those “votes” magically went to Biden? That doesn’t look suspicious at all.

Below are the images showing the bizarre spike for Biden: So, with less than three more percent of the vote coming in between the two images, all 138,000+ went to Bide, none at all for Trump?

Does that seem mathematically possible to anyone?

As was documented in our live event on Tuesday, there were a number of voting/counting issues, with machine glitches, non-working machines and people being forced to just hand over their ballot which was then tossed into a barrel to be added later by “poll workers” rather than the actual voter. There are also reports of voter intimidation.

Many of the issues “coincidentally” happened in Pennsylvania, and Georgia, two of the states where no candidate has been called yet, but President Trump holds a lead.

Dead people were caught voting, election interference and other shenanigans were documented throughout the day, leading president Trump to threaten to take certain issues to the Supreme Court if necessary.

No doubt readers will have heard local reports regarding suspicious antics at the voting polls, so please update us on your area and what you are seeing, in the comment section. STATUS OF REMAINING STATES

Counting ballots in Pennsylvania was suspended throughout the night, slated to begin again at 9 am Wednesday. Trump holds a 9+ point lead, (500,000 votes), with 64% precincts having already reporting, yet networks have not called the race for Trump yet.

Trump is in the lead in NC, and GA, with 94% precincts in, and networks have still not called those states either.

Via Fortune:

• Philadelphia is expected to resume reporting on mail-in ballots at about 9 a.m. on Wednesday. State officials say a final result should be ready “within days.”

• Biden took a small lead in Wisconsin, which has 10 electoral votes, around 4:30 a.m. New York time, as several metropolitan areas submitted their absentee ballot counts. An influx of nearly 170,000 absentee votes from the city of Milwaukee erased the solid lead from in-person voting that Trump had maintained since the polls closed at 8 p.m. …..Milwaukee gave Biden a boost, but the state could still go either way.

• Michigan — another state Trump narrowly won in 2016 — will likely not have final results until Wednesday evening

• Georgia: Wednesday morning should bring more clarity on the Peach State’s results.

• North Carolina: State officials have said they expect 97% of the vote to be tallied heading into Wednesday morning hours.

• Nevada: The state began posting partial results late Tuesday, with Biden holding a slim lead over Trump. That count, which included early and Election Day voting, will continue to trickle in overnight.

As stated earlier, both candidates still have a path to the 270 electoral votes needed to win the presidential election, and both candidates have lawyers on hand as their are some contested results and abnormalities.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/11/04/the-dreaded-scenario-of-too-close-to-call-has-become-reality-the-powder-keg-ready-to-blow-as-2020-election-challenges-pile-up/ 

:: 11-5-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Arizona polling center is forced to CLOSE as armed Trump supporters lay siege - while Republicans launch legal challenges in Michigan, Wisconsin and Georgia and counting continues with Biden needing two more contested states to declare victory

US election still too close to call with several key swing states still in play and Arizona now in doubt

There are still 450,000 votes to be counted in Arizona and officials there say it could take until Friday

Trump supporters, some of them armed, descended on counting center to demand every ballot be counted

Hundreds of miles to the east, Biden claimed key states of Wisconsin and Michigan, leaving him near victory

To claim a second term, Trump needs Nevada, Georgia, North Carolina and then Pennsylvania on Friday

Biden could snatch the presidency if he keeps his lead in Arizona then claims Nevada, Georgia or NC

Trump has launched legal challenges to try and overturn results in swing states, after crying fraud

On Thursday, his team filed a lawsuit in Nevada to claim that votes there aren't being properly counted

So far, he has contested the results in Nevada, Wisconsin, Michigan, Georgia and Pennsylvania, even though votes are still being counted

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline and Frances Mulraney For Dailymail.com

Published: 20:47 EST, 4 November 2020 | Updated: 10:39 EST, 5 November 2020

The result of the election is still unclear today with several key swing states still in play including Arizona, where Joe Biden's comfortable lead over Trump shrank overnight, wreaking havoc on the results and prompting a posse of armed Trump voters to descend on counting centers.

Biden has 264 of the 270 electoral college votes he needs to claim the White House currently. That number includes Arizona, which Fox News and the Associated Press called for him early on Wednesday despite votes still being counted. To win now, he must keep that lead and win either Nevada, Georgia, North Carolina or Pennsylvania, all of which remain undecided.

Nevada will report their results at 12 EST. Georgia is expected to report theirs at some time before that.

Trump is currently ahead in GA by 18,000 votes, taking 49.6% of the vote over Biden's 49.2%, and there are still 50,000 votes to count. It is unclear when a result can be expected from North Carolina. Pennsylvania will not report their results until Friday, by which point it could all be over. Arizona's Secretary of State, Katie Hobbs, said on Thursday morning that she did not expect a final result from the state until Friday.

As tensions flared in Arizona overnight, armed pro-Trump protesters descended on a counting center in Maricopa County, after Biden's commanding 200,000-vote lead was slashed to just 68,000 as ballots continued being tallied.

They faced off with police and security outside the counting center, chanting that every vote should be counted with the result in the balance. At least one person made it inside, forcing the center to close with staff locked in.

Earlier in the day, Biden claimed victory in Michigan and Wisconsin - flipping them back from Republican control. Trump, refusing to accept the results, cried fraud, claiming ballots had been 'dumped. He has filed lawsuits in Michigan, Pennsylvania and Georgia to try to halt the voting, claiming it had been done improperly, and he has also demanded a recount in Wisconsin. Amid the ongoing uncertainty;

Trump protesters descended on counting centers in both Michigan and Arizona - demanding that the vote count be stopped in the former state, and demanding it continue in the latter

Trump also launched a series of lawsuits to try and shift the result in his favor, while make unsubstantiated claims of electoral fraud on Twitter

In Wisconsin, Trump is suing for a recount - which is expected to go ahead because the result is within 1 per cent of votes cast, but is not expected to overturn Biden's 20,000-vote margin

In Michigan, he claims his poll observers have not been given proper access to the count, and is suing to have the count stopped until they are given access

In Pennsylvania, Trump is claiming that the Senator has given Biden back-door votes to try to push him out

Rudy Giuliani, Trump's personal lawyer, and Trump's son, Eric, held a rally in Pennsylvania as they spearheaded the president's legal action there

In Georgia, he alleges that a GOP poll observer witnessed 53 late absentee ballots added to a pile

Video footage from outside the Maricopa count center on Wednesday showed the angered crowd as they shouted and chanted that the vote was being suppressed and that the election was unfair.

Some fumed about a rumor that was circulating from right-wing social media accounts throughout the day that claimed that the ballots of some Trump supporters were being disregarded because they were filled out using a Sharpie. On Thursday morning, Arizona Secretary of State Katie Hobbs said she didn't understand what the protesters were trying to achieve.

'I don't understand what these protesters are interested in. We're going to keep counting ballots.

'If they're supporting the president they should want us to continue counting. I just don't know what their goal is.

'Absolutely they are not disrupting what we're doing,' she said during an interview with Good Morning America.

There is no evidence that any of the votes cast are not being counted in the county or in the state.

Several members of the group AZ Patriots did successfully manage to make their way inside the building, one wearing a military vest, where they argued that the pens in the count had been changed to Sharpies, before they were kicked out of the building.

Media crews were escorted from the center at around 12.30am and some staff were also escorted from the building at the end of their shifts as the shouts of the crowd grew louder. There have been no reports of violence although several members of the press claimed they were threatened.

Inside, the count continued, with the center vowing that it would continue until the last update of the night.

Meanwhile in Michigan, Trump protesters also surrounded an election center in Detroit where they called on the count to be stopped as the state was declared for Biden.

Republicans have also filed a lawsuit in Michigan demanding that all vote counting stop because Trump's people weren't giving proper access to voting sites and couldn't oversee the counting process to ensure it was fair.

In Georgia, the lawsuit claims that a GOP poll observer witnessed 53 late absentee ballots added to a pile in Chatham County while two additional actions in Pennsylvania claim a Senator there has given Biden back-door votes to try to push Trump out.

And in Wisconsin, the campaign is demanding a recount, despite Biden winning by more than 20,000 votes which represents around 0.6 percent of the vote.

The figure falls within the state's recount rules which allows for anything within a one-point margin to qualify for a a recount.

In Pennsylvania, where a result is unlikely before Friday, Rudy Giuliani - Trump's personal lawyer - and Trump's son, Eric, arrived to spearhead 'critical legal actions' in the state.

The Trump campaign has announced that it will wade into a case currently before the Supreme Court which challenges state law that allows for mail-in ballots that arrive up to three days after election day.

Deputy Trump Campaign Manager Justin Clark said the campaign will be suing to stop 'Democrat election officials from hiding the ballot counting and processing' from GOP poll-watchers.

He claimed that Republican observers in Philadelphia were ordered to stand 25 meters away from counting staff, making it impossible to watch. ARIZONA: The Maricopa County center in Phoenix was forced to close to the public, locking poll workers inside, when supporters of the president surrounded the building chanting 'count the vote'

And like in Michigan, the Trump campaign is suing to halt vote counting until 'meaningful transparency' is guaranteed.

Trump has also accused Pennsylvania's Secretary of State Kathy Boockvar of unilaterally extending the deadline by which mail-in voters whose voter ID was missing to provide proof.

In a press conference held in Philadelphia on Wednesday afternoon Giuliani and Eric claimed the president won the state, despite roughly one million mail-in ballots still needing to be counted.

Like Trump himself, neither man offered a legal argument for a win or proof of any voter fraud, but nonetheless made claims of cheating.

'They're trying to cheat, they're trying to cheat,' Eric Trump said repeatedly of the Democrats.

Giuliani ranted for several minutes about mail-in ballots which he claimed - without proof - could be falsified.

'This is beyond anything I have ever seen before,' he said. 'Do you think we're stupid? Do you think we're fools?

'You know something, Democrats do think you're stupid,' Giuliani added. 'And they do think you're fools. That's why you get called 'deplorable' and 'chumps'. 'We're going to stick with this. We're going to win this election. We've actually won it.

'It's just a matter of counting the votes fairly.'

Giuliani complained the mail-in ballots could have come from Mars or Canada – or could simply be one person who sent in 100,000 votes.

'Staff at the @maricopacounty Elections Department will continue our job, which is to administer elections in the second largest voting jurisdiction in the county,' the department tweeted.

'We will release results again tonight as planned. We thank the @mcsoaz for doing their job, so we can do ours.'

Among the protesters was local Congressman Paul Gosar who joined the crowd in complaining that votes were not being counted, blasting the Arizona Secretary of State as a 'joke' and praying, before demanding an update on the tally. 'Some shady things are happening in Arizona...' he tweeted earlier in the day.

Gosar made the claim after Fox News faced outrage for deciding to call the state's eleven electoral college seats for Biden before midnight on election night. The Associated Press has since also called a Biden victory but the New York Times and CNN are among the major news organization believing the race is still there for either candidate.

On Wednesday night, Florida Governor Ron DeSantis railed against the decision to call Arizona and said that Fox should immediate rescind the decision.

'Trump is gaining in Arizona. There are probably 500,000…' DeSantis said during an interview with Fox. 'Here's my thing, if you're quick on the trigger, then be quick on the trigger for both sides and stand by it. With Trump, they never want to call the state. Biden, they will do it right away. It's inconsistent and unacceptable. Look, North Carolina should be called for the president, for sure. Arizona — Fox should rescind that call.'

'We have to do this in a right way,' DeSantis continued. 'I thought it was really poor how it was done. Florida, we didn't even need the panhandle coming in. The president was up so much with the basis of Miami-Dade [county] early in mail voting that here was no way he would lose by Florida and won by 400,000 votes in the end.'

FiveThirtyEight's Nate Silver, who has himself been criticized for wildly inaccurate polling data, also said that Fox and the Associated Press should retracted the projection.

The Arizona call from Fox was the first of the states that appeared to have flipped from red to blue, marking a major loss for the Trump campaign in this must-win state if it were accurate.

Yet the Trump campaign has argued that the voting is not yet over, dismissing the call and predicting that the president will eventually win by some 30,000 votes once all ballots are counted.

They have also said they are considering contesting the result but have not indicated what action they would take after calling for a recount in Wisconsin and filing lawsuits over vote counting in Pennsylvania, Michigan and Georgia.

'@FoxNews is a complete outlier in calling Arizona, and other media outlets should not follow suit,' fumed Trump campaign senior adviser Jason Miller on Tuesday night.

'There are still 1M+ Election Day votes out there waiting to be counted - we pushed our people to vote on Election Day, but now Fox News is trying to invalidate their votes!

'We believe over 2/3 of those outstanding Election Day voters are going to be for Trump. Can't believe Fox was so anxious to pull the trigger here after taking so long to call Florida. Wow,' he continued.

'Retract AZ!' added Republican National Committee spokesperson Liz Harrington.

Arizona's governor Doug Ducey, a Republican, also pushed back at the Fox News result calling it 'far too early' to have declared Biden the winner in the early hours of Wednesday morning.

'Election Day votes are not fully reported, and we haven't even started to count early ballots dropped off at the polls. In AZ, we protected Election Day. Let's count the votes—all the votes—before making declarations.' Trump himself was enraged by the call and rang Rupert Murdoch in a fury on Tuesday night, according to reports.

A source told Vanity Fair that Trump phoned Murdoch, who owns Fox, 'to scream about the call and demand a retraction'.

The 89-year-old media mogul refused to order his staff to retract the Arizona call.

Even within Fox, the Arizona announcement allegedly angered staff, Vanity Fair reports.

'We called it long before MSNBC!' one outraged staffer on the opinion side told the magazine.

'We were so worried about being seen as pro-Trump that we bent over backwards.'

And on air, the hosts questioned the decision desk for the call.

'The Trump campaign is, how shall I put this, livid about the fact that Arizona was called,' Fox White House correspondent John Roberts reported around 12:20am Wednesday morning.

'Frankly, there have been public calls for Fox to pull back that call. I'll leave that to the decision desk, but that's what the Trump campaign is saying.'

Yet those behind the decision have defended the call and maintained they were right to call the race for Biden when they did.

'We're four standard deviations from being wrong,' Arnon Mishkin, director of the Fox News Decision Desk, said of the network's statistical model. 'And, I'm sorry, we're not wrong in this particular case.'

He also acknowledged that there were outstanding votes to be counted in the state but that they were mainly in areas in which Biden was performing well, according to Politico.

'I'm sorry, the president is not going to be able to take over and win enough votes to eliminate that seven point lead' Mishkin added. Fox News politics editor Chris Stirewalt also defended the decision on-air stating that the remaining mail-in ballots would sway heavily in Biden's favor. '

The Associated Press stated they also made the call for this reasons. Trump took Arizona in 2016 by a margin of 3.5 percent.

A Biden victory in the state would make him the first Democrat to win Arizona since Bill Clinton in 1996.

Yet much of the Arizona result hangs on Maricopa County which Trump won the county four years ago, with 49 percent of the vote to Hillary Clinton's 46 percent.

Officials say that there are still between 428,000 and 446,000 ballots to count in the county, including 248,000 mail ballots that were returned in the last three days before the election.

They also include between 160,000 and 180,000 mail ballots returned on Election Day and 18,000 provisional ballots, according to the Maricopa County Recorder's Office.

Trump may contest the validity of the mail-in ballots as he has in other states.

On Tuesday, false stories were circulating among right-wing social media accounts that votes cast for Trump were not counted in Maricopa County because voters used Sharpie pens.

Dubbed 'Sharpiegate' by conservatives on social media, the allegations could be used to try to undermine election results in the historically Republican state.

County officials were trying to inform voters that Sharpies did not interfere with ballots.

Yet, a lawsuit was filed on behalf of several voters Wednesday alleging that the use of a Sharpie permanent marker at polling places across the county disenfranchised voters.

Attorney Alexander Kolodin is representing an Arizona woman named as Laurie Aguilera by 12 News as well as ten other unidentified voters in the state.

'Plaintiff completed her ballot with the provided Sharpie. While completing it, she noticed the ink was bleeding through,' the suit reads. It goes on to say that the machine failed to read Aguilera's ballot and those poll workers would not provide her with a second ballot nor a duplicate ballot when the ballot was not read. She believes her vote was not counted.

'I should just know that when I put my ballot into the machine and if I followed the instructions it gets counted, and it gets counted perfectly,' Kolodin said Wednesday night.

Elsewhere, the Republican party themselves have filled lawsuits in Michigan, Pennsylvania and Georgia and called for a recount in Wisconsin, claiming that fake mail-in ballots for Biden were being created in order to hand him the win.

The claims of fraud led to protests in Detroit calling on the vote count to stop.

Back in Arizona, it was also revealed earlier Wednesday that a data feed informing media organizations of the voting tally in the state was incorrectly showing that 98 percent of its votes had been counted for a period on Wednesday morning, casting further skepticism on the early calls.

In fact, only 86 percent had been tallied at the time, leaving hundreds of thousands more votes still to be taken into account.

Edison Research data incorrectly displayed the percentage of votes counted for a brief period before being rectified, according to The Hill.

The error was noted by New York Times editor Patrick LaForge, whose publication has shown a Biden lead throughout Wednesday but do not believe that his victory is yet certain.

'An error was found in the data feed from Edison Research (used by @nytimes and other news organizations) for Arizona results -- 86 percent of ballots have been counted, not 98 percent,' LaForge wrote.

State officials have given no indication of when final results from Arizona will be available.

Trump files new lawsuits in Michigan, Pennsylvania and Georgia after Biden wins in Wisconsin and Michigan to move to 264 electoral votes and says he's 'confident he will take the White House

Democrat Joe Biden edged closer to a potential upset in Georgia - and to a White House win - coming within 1 point of President Donald Trump in the traditionally red state Wednesday night.

As the race narrowed, Trump's campaign announced that they had filed a lawsuit in the state, alleging that a GOP poll observer witnessed 53 late absentee ballots added to a pile in Chatham County, where Savannah – a Democratic-leaning urban center - is located.

'We will not allow Democrat election officials to steal this election from President Trump with late, illegal ballots,' Deputy Campaign Manager Justin Clark said.

More totals from Georgia are expected Wednesday night. Trump held 49.9 per cent of the vote, while Biden had 48.9, with the president about 46,000 votes ahead.

The Georgia lawsuit was just the latest in a series of legal maneuvers Trump's campaign made Wednesday as his path to re-election got narrower - and as the president made unfounded claims on Twitter about fraud.

On Wednesday afternoon, Biden all but declared he'd win the election, as Wisconsin and Michigan were called in his favor.

With Michigan - and with Arizona called for Biden by some networks - the former vice president was just 6 electoral votes away from the 270 he needs to claim the White House. If he can get any one of the four remaining states to tilt his way - Nevada, North Carolina, Georgia or Pennsylvania - he will win.

Trump will only gain a second term if all four go his way. Trump has been up by around 76,000 votes in North Carolina.

Throughout the day, his lead in Pennsylvania has gotten smaller. It was at around 212,000 votes around 8 p.m. Wednesday night. Outstanding ballots in the Keystone State were coming from Democratic areas like Philadelphia and Pittsburgh and they were mail-in, which also favored Biden.

Biden has been leading in Nevada by a slim margin - 7,647 - but more votes need to be counted there.

Another drop is expected at 12 p.m. EST Thursday.

It means America is inching closer to an election result but still does not have one almost 24 hours after the first polls closed thanks to record voter turnout, which is slowing the counting process.

The President is demanding a recount in Wisconsin and he has filed lawsuits in Michigan and Pennsylvania to halt counting, claiming his people have not been allowed to oversee the process and ensure it is being carried out fairly.

Biden at a press conference on Wednesday, was unperturbed by Trump's last-ditch efforts to snatch back the likelihood of a second term.

' I am not here to declare that we won but I amAfter a long night of counting it's clear we are winning enough states to win the presidency. here to report that when the count is finished we believe we will be the winners.

'We have won Wisconsin by 20,000 votes. In Michigan, we lead by over 35,000 votes and its growing. We have a substantially bigger margin than Trump won Michigan in 2016.

'Michigan will complete its vote soon. I feel very good about Pennsylvania. Virtually all remaining ballots to be counted are cast by mail and we've been winning 78% of the votes by mail in PA.

'We flipped Arizona and the 2nd district in Nebraska. We won the majority of the American people and every indication is that the majority will grow.

'Senator Harris and I are on track to win more votes than any ticket in the history of this country - over 70million votes. I'm very proud of our campaign,' he said.

'Only three presidential campaigns in the past have defeated the incumbent president. When it's finished, God willing, we'll be the fourth. This is a major achievement.'

Biden said that after the election is resolved, he would help 'lower the temperature' and unite the country, though he said he wasn't naive to how 'deep and hard the opposing views are.'

'To make progress we have to stop treating our opponents as enemies, we are not enemies,' Biden said.

'What brings us together as Americans is so much stronger than anything that can tear us apart.'

At the end of his speech he stated, 'Now, every vote must be counted.'

'No one is going to take our democracy away from us - not now, not ever,' he added, a statement clearly aimed at Trump.

Trump supporters chanting 'Stop the Vote' storm Detroit counting hall as President sues Michigan for 'not providing meaningful access'

Donald Trump supporters chanting 'stop the vote' stormed a Detroit counting hall Wednesday afternoon as the president sued Michigan for not providing 'meaningful access' to counting locations and Joe Biden won the crucial swing state.

The TCF Center in downtown Detroit boarded up its windows and shuttered its doors after hundreds of poll watchers descended on the building while ballots were being tallied.

Angry Trump fans banged on the windows of the absentee ballot counting center and shouted 'stop the count' as anxious security guards refused any more poll watchers entry to the counting room.

Democratic counterprotesters banners also showed up waving 'count every vote' banners and insisting every vote in the state be tallied.

Hundreds of challengers had shown up at the center in response to the president's claims earlier Wednesday that the GOP should have 'access' to counting locations.

Democratic poll watchers also showed up as both sides eyed Michigan as one of the states where the White House may well be won or lost. The scene grew increasingly heated and authorities halted any more poll watchers entering the counting center saying maximum capacity had been reached as Biden inched ahead in the afternoon with a 0.7 percent lead with 99 percent of votes tallied.

Trump's campaign filed a lawsuit to halt the counting of ballots in Michigan until they received 'meaningful access' to counting locations.

Soon after, the state was called in favor of Biden, marking a key win for the Democrat.

Election officials shuttered the doors Wednesday afternoon to anyone else seeking to monitor the ballot counting process as volunteers were counting the final tallies with dozens of voters peering over their shoulders.

More than 100 demonstrators had flocked to the center as Biden took the lead Wednesday afternoon joining the more than 200 already on the scene.

'We have exceeded the amount of challengers,' an election worker told more than two dozen people who showed up at 1 p.m. to monitor the process, reported Detroit Free Press.

'We are not allowing any more challengers in at this time.'

At one point, Detroit police escorted a poll challenger out of the center after he refused to leave due to room capacity.

Footage on social media also showed another fraught confrontation between police and a challenger. Poll watchers had calmly checked in earlier in the day near the entrance to the convention center's hall and strolled among the tables where ballot processing was taking place.

But the civility later subsided when more people arrived and were told the room was at capacity.

Both Republicans and Democrats are allowed 134 challenges each to monitor the ballot counting process.

It is not clear how many challengers are currently present on each side.

Republican challenger Timothy Griffin, an attorney from Virginia, told the Free Press he had been at the TCF since Tuesday night because the voting system was 'not fair'.

'This whole thing is under suspicion,' he said. 'It's not equal. It's just not fair.'

On the other side, Democratic challenger Liz Linkewitz from Harrison Township said she was there to help ensure the rights of American people to vote was upheld.

'I just want to make sure that all Michigan votes are counted,' she said. 'This election is, as Joe Biden says, for the soul of our country.'

Outside the counting room, demonstrators carried 'Count every vote' banners and marched along Woodward Avenue.

Representative Rashida Talib - a Democrat and the first Muslim woman to ever serve in the Michigan Legislature - joined Democrats on the march calling for all votes to be counted in the state.

The Trump campaign said it was filing the lawsuit against Michigan claiming it had been denied access to the count.

The campaign didn't immediately make public a copy of the lawsuit and it wasn't clear what areas they argue they were denied access to. Trafalgar Group chief pollster Robert Cahaly says polls are getting it wrong because people are scared they will be CANCELED if they admit to being conservative Trafalgar Group chief pollster Robert Cahaly has insisted major polls are wrong because people are scared they will be canceled if they reveal they are voting for Donald Trump.

Cahaly, whose polling company correctly predicted a Republican victory in 2016, explained what happened after Sean Hannity listed polls that got it 'dead wrong'.

The pollster told the Fox News host: 'I think they haven't adjusted. They talked about how they adjusted the model but they really didn't.

'They haven't made accommodations for the fact that people just don't want to give their information out - that they are hesitant to say how they feel. And in this day and age, where people are shamed for their political opinions and canceled and all that nonsense, people just want to play their cards close to their chest.'

Tucker Carlson also addressed the issue of pollsters on his show and asked why experts who said there is no way that Trump can win in 2016 are still appearing on television.

'It's mainly because they attract an audience of people who feel the same way they do,' Hume shot back, to nods from Carlson.

He added: 'Bias makes people stupid. And if you don't acknowledge to yourself, an own your biases, then they will make you stupid over and over again.'

On the issue of pollsters, Hume added: 'Pollsters are associated in people's minds with the media, and people don't trust the media... and the effect of that is that people don't really talk to them.

'This fiasco with the polling last night... we're talking about catastrophic, colossal errors. The polling industry really needs to rethink its methods.'

Cahaly added: 'You have to figure out a way around that and to get to the real answers, and you have to build some trust and get some anonymity, and they just haven't figured it out.

'They said they adjusted. But we saw in Florida in 2018 they got it all wrong there too and we got it right. So I wasn't very surprised.'

In 2020, opinion pollsters have once again proved badly wrong in the US Presidential election, four years after Hillary Clinton was widely predicted to win and lost.

Polls held just before election day this time around gave Joe Biden an average lead of ten points nationally, and narrower leads in swing states, which all-but evaporated on the day itself. Nationally, Biden was predicted to lead Donald Trump by 52 per cent to 42 per cent, according to polls.

In fact, Biden has taken around 50 per cent while Trump has taken 48 per cent, with many ballots still left to be counted.

Among the most inaccurate state polls were an ABC-Washington Post poll that gave Biden a 17-point lead in Wisconsin. In fact, Biden won the state with just 49.5 per cent to Trump's 48.9 per cent.

Meanwhile a Quinnipac poll gave Biden a five-point lead over Trump in Florida and four point lead in Ohio. In the end, Trump won both - by three and eight points, respectively.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8915559/Could-Arizona-flip-TRUMP-State-reveals-600-000-votes-counted.html 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 10-1-20 Gatestone Institute   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China: Existential Threat to America

by Gordon G. Chang  October 30, 2020 at 5:00 am

We can, of course, cooperate with a China that is a partner or a friend. We can even cooperate with a China that is a competitor; all nations to some degree compete. The question is this: Is China merely just a competitor? Can we, for instance, cooperate with a China that is an opponent or an enemy?

Multilateralism, the core ideology of the UN, is failing. Countries are bypassing the UN because they realize it cannot provide security. Countries are defending themselves.

China's unrestricted warfare -- a term Beijing has been using for at least 21 years -- now includes biological attack.

In late January, US Customs and Border Patrol agents seized 900,000 counterfeit one‑dollar bills from China at the International Port of Entry in Minnesota.... By the way, counterfeiting another country's currency is more than just subversion. That is an act of war.

Xi has always believed that China should rule the world. He has always believed he had to get the United States out of the way, especially because Americans promote ideals that are anathema to totalitarianism.

Beijing leaders know they are running out of time. It is really no mystery why they may feel this way. China's demography is in the initial stages of accelerated decline. We know that China's environment is exhausted. Think scarcity of water, despite all the flooding.

Up to now, the primary basis of legitimacy of the Chinese Communist Party has been the continual delivery of prosperity. Without the assurance of prosperity, the only remaining basis of legitimacy is nationalism. Nationalism, as a practical matter, means military misadventure abroad.

A Chinese enterprise is now pouring about three billion dollars into Freeport in the Bahamas, 87 miles east of Palm Beach. I think that we are going to see, unless the US stops it, the People's Liberation Army with a naval base 87 miles east of Palm Beach.

We cannot afford to have these consulates not only engaging in espionage but also trying to bring down the government of the United States.... Everyone wants to maintain friendly relations with every country, but we cannot maintain friendly relations with a country that is trying to subvert us in the way China's been doing.

We cannot afford to lose any time giving grace periods to a regime that is relentlessly attacking us. We have to be concerned that an incoming president will do what every president has tried to do. That is the impossible: to attempt to develop cooperative relations with a militant Chinese state.

It is up to the President of the United States to change companies' incentives. He can do that with the use of the International Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977. Trump used that on TikTok. A US federal judge in the District of Columbia overturned, or at least stayed, his order, which means President Trump needs, first of all, to start thinking about not only the '77 act but also the 1917 act, which is the "Trading with the Enemy Act " because judges would have less scope for overturning a designation of that sort.... We need to do much more because China is not going to let us alone in our own hemisphere.

Because China killed 20 Indian soldiers on June 15, India has gone in a good direction, cutting off Huawei, cutting off TikTok, cutting off Chinese companies. We need to do the same thing. Remember, China declared a "people's war" on the United States in May of last year. They told us we're the enemy, so we might as well take them at their word.

In the Atlantic, there are two other places that China would like military bases. One of them is Walvis Bay in Namibia, and the other is Terceira, in the Azores. Terceira is home to the Lajes US Air Force base. The US Air Force has redeployed, basically making it a ghost base. From there, China could control the mouth of the Mediterranean, control the North Atlantic, put Washington, DC and New York at risk. I think it is up to the US Air Force to start putting people in Lajes, so the Chinese realize that they cannot take over the airfield. Its runway is almost 11,000 feet long. It can accommodate any aircraft and can threaten the United States. The Atlantic, which we have seen as a preserve, could very well become a Chinese lake.

In terms of whether there might be another biological attack or not, you have to remember that China has been sending seeds, unsolicited, to Americans, to people in Britain, to people in Taiwan. That could very well be an attempt to cause havoc in the United States.

The point here is, we have to be prepared for anything. We need to make a clear declaration in public that the United States will defend Taiwan because Taiwan is crucial to maintaining our Western defense perimeter.... Taiwan is absolutely critical because it protects us from a surging Chinese air force and Chinese navy, trying to get to Hawaii. This is a crucial time in the history of our republic.

UN Secretary‑General Antonio Guterres, speaking to the General Assembly on September 22, said the world must do everything to prevent a new Cold War. "We are headed in a very dangerous direction," he said.

We can agree with that dangerous-direction assessment, but we might not agree with his recommendation. Guterres recommended that the world embrace multilateral cooperation.

We can, of course, cooperate with a China that is a partner or a friend. We can even cooperate with a China that is a competitor; all nations to some degree compete. The question is this: Is China just a competitor? Can we, for instance, cooperate with a China that is an opponent or an enemy?

We have to remember that Guterres was speaking at the event marking the 75th anniversary of the formation of the United Nations. It was a rather somber event, because multilateralism, the core ideology of the UN, is failing. Countries are bypassing the UN because they realize it cannot provide security. Countries are defending themselves.

The same thing happened in the 1930s. Countries then bypassed the UN's predecessor, the League of Nations. They realized it was ineffective. Countries could not, in a multilateral setting, cooperate with that era's aggressors: Imperial Japan, Fascist Italy, and Nazi Germany.

So is China merely a competitor, or is it an enemy? To answer that, I would like to look at four things ‑‑ China's spreading of disease, China's meddling in US elections, China's subversion of the United States, and China's militarism.

First, disease. The People's Republic of China has attacked us with a microbe. This attack shows how, and to what lengths, China will go to injure other societies.

Everyone talks about how Chinese generals and admirals are changing the definition of war. Unfortunately, we now have an example of how they are doing so. China's unrestricted warfare -- a term Beijing has been using for at least 21 years -- now includes biological attack.

China's leaders knew for at least five weeks, maybe as much as five months, that the coronavirus was highly contagious, but during this period they propagated the narrative they knew was false.

They were telling the world that this was not readily transmissible from one human to the next. Chinese leader Xi Jinping enlisted the World Health Organization in propagating that narrative, which by the way, senior doctors at WHO knew was false. They knew this virus was highly contagious. That is why it was right for President Donald Trump to defund and withdraw from WHO.

To make matters worse, Xi Jinping pressured countries not to impose travel restrictions and quarantines on arrivals from China. WHO helped him in this regard.

At the same time as Xi Jinping was leaning on other countries, he was imposing those same travel restrictions and quarantines internally. That means he thought these measures were effective. That means he thought his efforts regarding other countries were going to spread the disease.

Fortunately, President Trump imposed travel restrictions and quarantines on arrivals from China quickly, on January 31. He took a lot of heat, not only from Beijing, but also somebody called Joseph Biden. Biden called the president "xenophobic" for those travel restrictions, which saved tens of thousands of lives.

Now, President Trump is making China pay. We must make China pay. We must make China pay because we need to establish deterrence. As of this morning, more than 200,000 Americans have been killed by this disease and more will be killed later on.

Worldwide, we recently passed the one million death mark. We cannot allow Beijing to think they can maliciously spread another pathogen ever again.

Trump was cruising to reelection before the disease, but this reversal of fortune -- the result of China's actions -- shows the lengths to which they will go.

Beijing is working hard to unseat President Trump. They are doing so not only with their social media feeds but also with their public pronouncements and other efforts. These efforts are much greater in scope than Russia's in 2016 or Russia's this year. It is not "Russia, Russia, Russia." It really is "China, China, China!"

As an initial matter, Chinese state media and Communist Party media have gone on a bender with unprecedented numbers of news stories, pronouncements, articles, all the rest of it. As a part of this campaign, Beijing has unleashed its trolls and its bots against Trump. The New York Times reported in March that Beijing propagated, through social media feeds and text messages, the rumor that President Trump was going to invoke the Stafford Act and lock down the entire United States. Of course, Beijing knew that was false.

Beijing has also been running operations and networks, including the one called Spamouflage Dragon, which relentlessly attacked the president. YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter have since taken down that network.

China's effort is massive. We have seen periodically American social media companies take down fake Chinese accounts. In June alone, Twitter took down 174,000 fake Chinese accounts. That is just one month, one social media platform, 174,000 accounts.

This blends into the third topic, which is subversion. TikTok, the wildly popular video sharing app, employs the world's most sophisticated commercially available artificial intelligence. It uses that artificial intelligence to pick videos to send to people.

TikTok, because of its artificial intelligence, knows what you like, so it sends you more of it. It knows what you do not like. It does not send you videos you do not want. This gives Beijing an opportunity to change American public opinion.

The Chinese Communist Party probably changed public opinion in connection with this spring's riots. Some observers think TikTok got college-attending white women to believe they were oppressed and therefore motivated them to demonstrate.

As Paul Dabrowa, an Australian national security expert told me, "Because of TikTok's artificial intelligence and because of its sophistication, it can get people to do things which could end up, for instance, triggering wars, economic collapse, insurrection."

This weaponized propaganda can turn people against one another and also ruin the credibility of their governments. Engineers working for Douyin, TikTok's sister app in China, develop the algorithms for TikTok's use. That is the reason China does not want TikTok sold to an American company: it wants to keep control of that algorithm.

The algorithm curates content and can motivate people to do things they otherwise might not do. People believe Beijing "boosted the signal" this June to help a "prank" against President Trump. Teens were using TikTok to spread videos to encourage people to reserve seats at his June rally in Tulsa but not go. That is exactly, in fact, what happened. While on the subject of TikTok, we should talk about China's Houston consulate. The question is: Why did the State Department, in July, out of all China's five consulates in the US, pick the one in Houston to close?

The State Department said Houston was being used for espionage. I think State picked Houston -- although there are a lot of other consulates involved in espionage, especially the one in New York and the one in San Francisco -- because in Houston it was providing financial and logistical support to violent protesters in the United States.

Radio Free Asia reports that an intelligence unit of the People's Liberation Army actually based themselves in the Houston consulate. Using big data and artificial intelligence, they identified Americans who were likely to participate in Black Lives Matter and Antifa protests.

The PLA unit then created videos and sent them out through TikTok. Those videos instructed people how to riot.

There are also other indications China has been involved in these protests. For instance, on the night of May 31st, one block north of the White House on 16th Street, there were demonstrations. This was the burning, for instance, of St. John's Church.

At that time, there were Chinese demonstrators in the streets. A number of people observed that protesters were not only speaking Mandarin but also seemed to be acting in a coordinated fashion. Some of them were actually overheard talking about how the Chinese government had organized them to do this.

These reports are unconfirmed, but they mirror what people saw of Chinese protesters in Los Angeles, as well as other southern California locations. This month we have also read reports linking Chinese Communist Party front organizations with Black Lives Matters affiliated people.

Further, there have been a number of reports of suspicious activity. In late January, for example, US Customs and Border Patrol agents seized 900,000 counterfeit one‑dollar bills from China at the International Falls Port of Entry in Minnesota.

In China's total surveillance state, no one can counterfeit American currency without Beijing's knowledge, so it appears that this operation had at least the tacit support of the Chinese government. The question is, who counterfeits one‑dollar bills? People certainly do not do that for profit: the cost of counterfeiting those bills and getting them across the Pacific is higher than one dollar.

What probably happened in this case was that China was trying to support violent protesters financially. It is just a guess, but it is the only explanation that makes sense.

By the way, counterfeiting another country's currency is more than just subversion. That is an act of war. If you want another act of war, that is indeed what the PLA did at the Houston consulate.

We just covered subversion. Let us go on to the fourth topic: China's militarism. Chinese leader Xi Jinping has ambitions that span the world and are greater than we have seen since Mao Zedong or the dictators of the Axis in the 1930s and 1940s.

Xi has always believed that China should rule the world. He has also always believed he had to get the United States out of the way -- especially because Americans promote ideals that are anathema to totalitarianism.

Xi Jinping has targeted America from the beginning. This is what makes the situation so dangerous. At the same time, Xi's political position seems to be fragile. To bolster his position, Xi has looked to certain flag officers, generals and admirals, to be the core of his political support.

Many now say that, after his purge of "corrupt officers" and after his top-to-bottom reorganization of the military a half‑decade ago, Xi is in control of the military. One can say this, but one can also say Chinese military officers are now so powerful that they can effectively tell him what to do. To put it another way, maybe Xi Jinping realizes that to survive politically he has to let Chinese officers do what they want. We know that the Chinese military, the most cohesive faction in the Communist Party, and other hardliners in Beijing are now setting the tone.

China's military officers are making their "military diplomacy" the diplomacy of the country. We now know that in Beijing, only hostile answers are considered to be politically acceptable.

Xi Jinping is under pressure, things are not going his way. Chinese leaders, civilians and perhaps military officers as well -- know that there is a closing window of opportunity. This became clear in January when the Xinhua News Agency, the official media outlet, ran a story titled: "Xi Stresses Racing Against Time to Reach Chinese Dream."

This is a clear indication that senior Beijing leaders know they are running out of time. It is really no mystery why they may feel this way. China's demography is in the initial stages of accelerated decline. We know that China's environment is exhausted. Think scarcity of water, despite all the flooding. Also, China's people are restive. China is losing support around the world. The Chinese economy is in distress. That was true even before COVID‑19.

The reason this is important is because, up to now, the primary basis of legitimacy of the Chinese Communist Party has been the continual delivery of prosperity. Without the assurance of prosperity, the only remaining basis of legitimacy is nationalism. Nationalism, as a practical matter, means military misadventure abroad.

To understand military misadventure abroad, think what is going on in India and what China is doing to threaten Taiwan at this moment -- and not just India and Taiwan. The whole periphery of China has now become a danger zone. Let's put this hostility in the context of what is occurring inside Beijing. Xi Jinping, since he became general secretary of the Communist Party at the end of 2012, has accumulated almost unprecedented power -- and with it, unprecedented accountability. Unfortunately for him, there is no one else to blame.

At the same time, Xi Jinping has raised the cost of political failure in Communist Party circles. This means Xi knows that should he fail, he could lose everything. He could lose not just power. He could lose assets, his freedom, maybe even his life.

China's ruler right now has a low threshold of risk, meaning there is very little stopping him from engaging in especially dangerous conduct. The concern, of course, is if he thinks he is going to lose everything, he may believe that one way out of his problems is to cause history's next great conflict.

We may think that Xi Jinping should be cautious. Unfortunately, he now has incentives to cause a crisis -- one that for us would be unimaginable.

Question & Answer

Question: On the economic front, here was a deficit primer report from Bloomberg News indicating that Chinese ownership of US Treasuries is down to a little over a trillion dollars. In the Obama years, Chinese ownership was approaching three trillion when total debt was a fraction of what it is today. This suggests the Chinese now have no more power to disrupt the Treasury than a fly on an elephant unless, of course, that fly is carrying the Wuhan flu. Where has China spent or invested that money? There is not another government debt market that could have absorbed two trillion dollars without raising a lot of noise. If it has gone to the Bridges, Roads, and Ports Initiative, isn't that going to end up as one of the worst economic decisions ever?

Chang: First of all, we do not know exactly the full extent of China's Treasury holdings. We have not known that for a very long time. The reason is that China holds a number of its Treasuries through nominees, especially in London.

Those numbers seem roughly correct, especially the one about one trillion dollars now. I am not exactly sure what the number was in the Obama years. Obviously, it was a big number. The reasons there was a fall in their Treasury holdings... two come to mind.

First, since the middle of 2014, China has actually dumped about a trillion dollars or so of Treasuries. They have done that to defend their currency, the renminbi, because the fall in their own currency's value is, perhaps, the most critical problem they face. They have got to defend their currency. They use Treasuries to do that. They use the dollars they receive when they sell Treasuries to buy their own currency, thereby supporting their own currency's value.

The other reason is because Xi Jinping, as we know, has announced his Belt and Road Initiative: a huge infrastructure development plan spanning the world. They spend a lot of money on that.

This spending has resulted in a decrease in their foreign reserves.

These reserves, by the way, although they put out a number every month, that number is probably inflated. China is counting assets that do not meet the definition -- the IMF's definition -- of what may be counted as a reserve asset.

China actually may not have as much money as it says it does. All of this is critically important because of the question of the sustainability of China's initiatives. We may be seeing some very interesting developments. Their Belt and Road investments were may be the worst ever because a number of countries around the world are not paying back China on their loans. These loans were extended under terms that were onerous. Countries nevertheless accepted them.

The point is, these projects are not economically viable. China's ability to achieve its ambitions is very much dependent on the amount of money it has, specifically the amount of Treasuries.

Even China does not have enough to affect markets, at least for more than a month or so. The reason is the world is awash with liquid assets. It still is.

Although China's holdings are big, they probably cannot use them to permanently to undermine the ability of the US Treasury to borrow. The US should not borrow as it is doing, but if it wants to, it does not need China's permission.

Xi Jinping, as mentioned, had two separate initiatives. One was the Belt. The other was the Road, the road being the sea routes between China and Europe, the Belt through central Asia. Basically railroads and highways.

The idea was to be able to get Chinese goods from its east coast over to Europe. These two initiatives have now been amalgamated into the Belt and Road and now span the world. There's a Polar Belt and Road, a Latin American Belt and Road, a Caribbean Belt and Road, and so on. China wants countries to build infrastructure. This is infrastructure generally the private sector would not build. These projects, in general, are not economic. The loans that China extended actually have high interest rates.

The reason leaders in countries accepted these loans was because China just bribed them. Countries took on very high interest loans, and countries cannot now pay them back, including, maybe most importantly, Pakistan, where China's Belt and Road Initiative contemplates something like $60 billion in loans.

Pakistan has now gone to the IMF to get relief on a portion of its indebtedness.

What we are seeing right now is a number of countries, including African countries, that are not able to pay back. People ask, "Why is China's only military base in Djibouti in the Horn of Africa?"

One reason is that Djibouti owed China a lot of money and could not pay back. So, China was able to get a concession on a former US military base and now has turned it into China's first offshore base for the People's Liberation Army.

If we want to understand why this is important to us, it is because a Chinese enterprise is now pouring about three billion dollars into Freeport in the Bahamas, 87 miles east of Palm Beach. That container port in Freeport never made economic sense, but it certainly does not make economic sense now that we have COVID‑19 and global trade volumes are declining.

I think that we are going to see, unless the US stops it, the People's Liberation Army with a naval base 87 miles east of Palm Beach.

Question: Dr. Li-Meng Yan has said the COVID-19 virus was released intentionally. Have you please any information on that? [Dr. Yan escaped to the US, but her mother, who had nothing to do with the virus, was arrested in China on October 3. Ed.]

Chang: Dr. Yan released a non‑peer reviewed paper, which looks at this strain and analyzes the splicing of protein into it. When we first heard of the outbreak of the coronavirus in Wuhan, my wife said to me, "All diseases in China come from southern China, either Guangdong or Yunan. How come this outbreak is in central China, in Wuhan? There's something suspicious about this." Of course, China's only P‑4 biosafety lab, that is the highest level of biosafety, is located in Wuhan, about 20 miles away from the seafood market that everyone originally suspected was the origin of the disease. There is certainly a lot of reason to be suspicious.

Also, we know that the State Department sent a team to the Wuhan Institute of Virology, this P‑4 lab, in 2018. They reported a shocking disregard of safety protocols there.

Indeed, China Daily, an official newspaper for China, actually published photos on their website trying to convince the world how safe this lab was, but people who looked at the photos noticed that the seals on refrigerators where vials of coronavirus were being stored were broken.

There is another reason to be concerned. The Chinese themselves have admitted they stored more than 1,500 strains of coronavirus at the Wuhan Institute.

Also, they have, in Nature in November 2015, published a paper about gain-of-function experiments. In other words, artificial manipulation of coronaviruses to make them more deadly.

You put all of these things together and you have to be suspicious. There is also some physical evidence that something went on in that lab in October. We have been monitoring their cell phone traffic. All of a sudden, there is a big two‑week period where there are no cell phone transmissions from the lab. Something may well have gone on there in October or maybe earlier.

Also, in late January, China sent its top bioweapons expert, General Chen Wei, to the Wuhan Institute. She was possibly sent to clean up the lab.

The question is, why did they send their bioweapons expert to head the lab after the outbreak?

I do not have any proof that Dr. Yan is correct in her assertion, but it does not matter how this started because we know what Xi Jinping did after it crippled his country. He took steps he knew or had to know would lead to the spread of the disease beyond his borders. This is a deliberate spread. That is why this is mass murder. There is no other way to term it. China deliberately spread this disease, causing infections and deaths around the world. One million deaths and counting.

Question: Do you think Xi might try any aggression before November 3rd to derail the presidential election and derail Trump?

Chang: Xi Jinping does not want President Donald J. Trump to be reelected. Whether Xi would do anything or not, I do not know. With a president who is behind in the polls, Xi may decide he doesn't want to disrupt anything. If you listen to what domestic political experts are saying, Xi Jinping looks as if he is going to get the result he wants. Question: What is going on in the other consulates? What should the US do with China? Decouple? If so, partially? Totally?

Chang: Just a couple of days ago, a former CIA director of Counterintelligence, James Olson, said there are more than a hundred Chinese spies in the City of New York and that many of them report and get directions from the New York consulate.

The remaining ones probably get direction from China's UN mission. Some of them must be directly monitored from China itself. We do not know.

This was brought to light because of the Tibetan who was a NYPD Community Outreach Officer and who is alleged now to be a spy for Beijing. This highlighted China's intelligence operations in Manhattan. Beijing has basically overwhelmed the city with spies.

We can also say the same thing about San Francisco. About two months ago, a Chinese researcher at the University of California Davis failed to disclose her relationship with the People's Liberation Army on her visa application and was questioned by the FBI.

She immediately ran to the San Francisco consulate, where she held up for about two weeks or so while trying to evade capture by the United States. Eventually, China surrendered her.

It is not just a question of the consulates. It is also the embassy itself. China's ambassador, Cui Tiankai, was revealed in FBI transcripts to have been trying to recruit a US scientist in Connecticut as a spy for China. By the way, Ambassador Cui did that in connection with somebody from the New York consulate.

One other thing that happens out of the New York consulate, and happens out of the other consulates, as well. That is, China monitors universities in the United States. A good friend at the City University of New York talks about being visited by Chinese consular officials whenever he gets in their face. He is very much a pro‑democracy guy. He gets sat on by the Chinese consulate.

They are very much involved in trying to manipulate American public opinion and engage in activities that are inconsistent with their status as diplomats.

In terms of what to do about it? I think these consulates should be closed when we find they've been involved in inappropriate activities. I think we should also close much of the embassy because there is so much inappropriate activity.

I would leave the Chinese ambassador in place because we need someone to talk to, but I would expel the current ambassador because of his attempt to recruit a spy. I would tell China, "Look, we would be happy if you want to send a replacement, but in the Chinese embassy itself the only people that will be allowed are the ambassador, his family, a secretary or two, and a bodyguard."

To maintain diplomatic relations with China, the only thing that we need is a phone. Unfortunately, we may get to that point because we cannot afford to have these consulates not only engaging in espionage but also trying to bring down the government of the United States.

I know people are going to say, "We close their consulates. They close our consulates in China." People are going to make the reasonable argument that because China's a closed society, we need our consulates there more than China needs consulates in the United States.

That is a perfectly reasonable argument. It has a lot of validity, but because what China's doing is so dangerous, we have to make a political point to China that we are willing to take a hit to stop their attempts to bring down our government.

No one really wants to do this, everyone wants to maintain friendly relations with every country, but we cannot maintain friendly relations with a country that is trying to subvert us in the way China's been doing.

Question: What changes in China's behavior do you expect, based on your analysis, if there is a new administration?

Chang: Beijing will always test a new American president. And so, for instance, George W. Bush was tested with the Hainan incident on April 1st, 2001, when a Chinese jet clipped the wing of a US Navy EP‑3 reconnaissance plane. The Bush administration was certainly found wanting as it allowed China to strip the plane. The administration even offered China a ransom to get our aviators out of China -- a low point in American history.

We know what they did to Obama. After Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said that human rights was not important -- in February 2009, the second month of the Obama administration -- the following month, China interfered with the operation of two US Navy vessels, the Impeccable and the Victorious.

The interference with the Impeccable was so serious that it actually constituted an attack on the United States. The US let it slide.

Ultimately the issue of Biden's China policy is not so much a question of what Biden thinks or what his advisors think. It is a question of what Beijing will force America to do. No one know what that will be.

We know one thing. Every new president will give China a grace period. President Trump did that for about 15 months to try to develop cooperative relationships with Beijing, to see if they could work something out. We know that Xi Jinping did not reciprocate Trump's generous overtures. That is why Trump, starting around the spring of 2018, actually started to impose severe costs on China.

The problem right now with a new president -- this is not just Biden himself, what he thinks -- is that we cannot afford to lose any time giving grace periods to a regime that is relentlessly attacking us. We have to be concerned that an incoming president will do what every president has tried to do. That is the impossible: to attempt to develop cooperative relations with a militant Chinese state.

Question: Would you think that one of the key lessons companies have learned from having their supply chain in China, that replacing that manufacturing capacity outside China may potentially reduce employment and create greater security for those very companies?

If the US encouraged companies to replace Chinese labor in Central America, for example, would that take care of enhancing employment there and reduce the pressure of people wanting to enter the US?

Chang: I think the Trump administration clearly wants to decouple. It wants to reduce American vulnerability to China. We have seen that, of course, in the coronavirus epidemic where China actually nationalized an American factory making N95 masks and also turned around ships on the high seas because they were taking to the US personal protective equipment that China felt it needed for itself.

Companies are reluctant to move out of China because they do not set US foreign policy. They do not consider issues of national vulnerability. They go where they think they can make the biggest profit. That is business.

It is up to the President of the United States to change companies' incentives. He can do that with the use of the International Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977. Trump used that on TikTok. A US federal judge in the District of Columbia overturned, or at least stayed, his order, which means President Trump needs, first of all, to start thinking about not only the '77 act but also the 1917 act, which is the "Trading with the Enemy Act," because judges would have less scope for overturning a designation of that sort.

On the question of Central America, that is important. These societies started to experience real problems after China's accession to the World Trade Organization in 2001 because factories not only left the United States but they also left Central America. That shift destabilized those societies.

It's important to bring manufacturing back, not only to the United States but also to our neighbors to the south because with employment, with factories, with prosperity, that would stabilize those societies. That would mean much less pressure on our southern border.

We Americans -- this goes back, president after president after president -- just ignore our own hemisphere when it comes to security. It is important for us to refocus.

Trump has made some initiatives in this regard. They are good ones. Not only with regard to Mexico, the USMCA, the replacement for NAFTA, but also with his Caribbean initiative. We need to do much more because China is not going to let us alone in our own hemisphere.

Question: Do you think we should treat China as we are treating Iran: imposing sanctions and cutting off countries that do business with China? Also, have thoughts on China's attempt at overtaking globalization of communications with 5G?

Chang: On 5G, go back to the beginning of this year. It looked as if Huawei Technologies, the Chinese telecom equipment manufacturer, was going to take over the world's 5G networks.

The Trump administration -- and this is a triumph -- Huawei is dependent on American chips, semiconductors. President Trump, through various actions, has restricted and cut off the sale of chips to China and to Huawei.

That means Huawei may not have a future. You have to see how dramatic this is. Huawei is the world's number one supplier of telecom networking equipment. As of the last quarter, it is also the world's number one maker of smartphones.

Now, Huawei's future is in doubt. If Trump's policies in this regard are continued, we are probably not going to see Huawei as a challenger.

There are other developments that I think will undercut Huawei, as it will undercut Ericsson and Nokia, the other two suppliers of 5G equipment. We are going to go away from these one-company telecom networks. We are going to go to a diversified plug-and-play model where many companies supply 5G equipment and software for a network. This is what happened in the computer industry, for instance. That model has certainly created a lot more innovation and lowered costs. The Lego model, as it is sometimes called, is certainly going to help the US because we have the companies that can actually compete. This model will undercut China's position.

Other countries have made it clear that they are cutting off Huawei, as well. Perhaps the best example is India. Because China killed 20 Indian soldiers on June 15, India has gone in a good direction, cutting off Huawei, cutting off TikTok, cutting off Chinese companies.

I believe we need to do the same thing. You've got to remember, China declared a "people's war" on the United States in May of last year. They told us we're the enemy, so we might as well take them at their word and start defending ourselves with the vigor that is needed.

There is a lot that we can do. I know the president wants to do that. Right now is not a time for him to do that, of course, because of the sensitivity of the election.

If he is not reelected, others, I hope, will work to make sure that the new president does the same things as Trump would do.

We have a lot to learn from India. China is trying to dismember that country. That has been clear from the writings of Chinese security analysts and goes back to the first decade of this century. China has been increasing its territorial claims on India and would break the country apart because it has claims not only on Ladakh, which is the area of the fighting since the first week in May, but it also wants the entire state of Arunachal Pradesh.

There would not be much left of India if China gets its way. That is why India, right now, has a very resolute stance. We have seen some extremely important developments.

The first week of May, China invaded India, essentially, in Ladakh, in the Himalayas. The Chinese, in a premeditated act, killed 20 Indian soldiers on June 15. India actually responded. They counterattacked. They took back territory that the Chinese grabbed from them.

What we have found is really interesting: That is China's Ground Force, which is the army portion of the People's Liberation Army, has been incapable of fighting Indians in an area where they had initial success.

In addition to India actually engaging in successful military operations against the Chinese, more importantly, India banned TikTok and 58 other Chinese apps, which was a crippling blow. It also has cut off Chinese contracts in India. It is also, as mentioned, going after Huawei. If India can do it, the question is why can't the United States?

Question: What are the places near the United States besides Freeport is China trying to encircle? Chang: In the Atlantic, there are two other places that China would like military bases. One of them is Walvis Bay in Namibia, and the other is Terceira, in the Azores. Terceira is home to the Lajes US Air Force base. The US Air Force has redeployed, basically making it, as they say, a ghost base.

China has been eyeing Lajes. Lajes is actually not far from Washington, DC. From there, China could control the mouth of the Mediterranean, control the North Atlantic, put Washington, DC and New York at risk.

I think it's up to the US Air Force to start putting people in Lajes, so the Chinese realize that they cannot take over the airfield. Its runway is almost 11,000 feet long. It can accommodate any aircraft and can threaten the United States. The Atlantic, which we have seen as a preserve, could very well become a Chinese lake.

Question: There is talk that China owns the presidential challenger because of $1.5 billion that China paid his son. Have you thoughts on that?

Chang: Most China analysts believe Beijing favors Trump. I don't buy it -- for two reasons. First, in the Democratic primaries, Chinese propaganda favored Biden over Sanders. Then we have seen Communist Party media, Chinese state, government media, overwhelmingly done its best to tar President Trump.

Chinese media has also said some nice things about Biden recently, so I think that's a real indication of where Beijing is going. Also, if you look at their troll activities, their bots and things, we do not know the full extent of it, at least people who do not have security clearances. What we have seen, however, is that this underground Chinese social media activity is overwhelmingly directed against President Trump.

This is different than Russia. Russia in 2016 was going after everyone. They were just totally trying to create chaos. China has been much more thoughtful in the way it has been doing it. It is directing its activities against the president. That is an indication of what it wants.

Further, Biden's son, Hunter, has had unusual business dealings with China. Now, there are a lot of Americans who have been entrusted with a billion, $2 billion in Chinese money to invest. If Hunter Biden got a billion and a half, that by itself does not say anything.

What says a lot, however, is that Hunter Biden did not have experience as a fund manager. He still got a billion and a half to manage. This is extremely suspicious, along with all the other facts that are now out in the public. It is evidence of a bargain that certainly looks corrupt.

Question: Should the US ban TikTok if China keeps the algorithm?

Chang: I think we should ban TikTok this very moment. I would not wait. If I were President Trump, I would do everything possible, including the designation under the 1917 Act. I would say that TikTok's operations in the US are over. Part of the reason the district judge overturned President Trump's 1977 act designation to stop downloads is because it looks like an attempt to permit a US company to buy, to grab TikTok. Now, I think there is nothing wrong with that, but it does not look good.

The president would be on stronger legal grounds if he just said, "Look, we're banning all of TikTok's operations this very moment, and then we will let the chips fall where they may." This would mean that Oracle could still buy it.

The terms of the deal that we know about, Oracle/Walmart, on one hand, and ByteDance, the owner of TikTok on the other, are completely unacceptable. They leave the algorithm in the hands of China.

Oracle with its cloud-providing services could deal with the issue of China using TikTok to surveil Americans. China has been using TikTok to get metadata from Americans, and then use it to power their artificial intelligence back home.

They have also been inserting malicious software on the devices of users that allows China to spy. They have been doing some other stuff like grabbing the data of minors, which is illegal. All of those things could be taken care of if Oracle hosts the data. That is not the problem. What is the problem is the control of the algorithm because that allows China to manipulate US public opinion.

The Radio Free Asia report shows how dangerous this can be. This is an act of war. I do not see why we allow a company that has committed an act of war against the United States to continue to operate here.

Question: If China purposefully released or spread the virus as an act of war, do you think they predicted the economic damage lockdowns would do to the Western economies? And would they continue to propagate data supporting lockdowns to do further damage? Would they release an additional pathogen, or intensify support of domestic groups like Black Lives Matter destabilizing US society?

Chang: I guess all of the above. The thing about what their next step would be, well, we know they are propagating the narrative that China's response to the coronavirus was superior to that of the United States and superior response shows China's form of government is superior to America's.

They had been continually attacking democracy before the coronavirus, but they are especially doing that now. They are going to use their vaccine, which I think will be out first. It might not be reliable, it might even be dangerous, but it will be out first, and they will tout that.

They are going to tout their vaccine in a massive public relations campaign against the United States. In terms of the initial part of the question, whether there might be another biological attack or not, you have to remember that China has been sending seeds, unsolicited, to Americans, to people in Britain, to people in Taiwan. That could very well be an attempt to cause havoc in the United States. All of these things indicate a real maliciousness. In going back to that earlier question of what we can do about it, we first need to talk about these things in a realistic, blunt way. These go to the core of China's attack on the United States.

Question: Why wouldn't Trump or Pompeo get on the media and announce this, since our media refuses to report on it? Also, didn't we know about this virus in 2016 from the CDC. If not, why was our CDC not prepared?

Chang: The CDC was not prepared. Not only did China lie about the disease, not only did it pressure countries to accept arrivals from China, thereby spreading the pathogen around the world, China did something else. China, on January 20, finally admitted the coronavirus was contagious. On January 21, one day after that, they started a campaign to convince the world that the coronavirus was no big deal. Their line was that the coronavirus would be no more deadly than SARS, which is the 2002, 2003 epidemic that infected, according to the WHO, 8,400 people worldwide, killed 810.

Dr. Deborah Birx, the White House Task Force Coordinator on Coronavirus, at her March 31 press briefing actually said, when she looked at the data from China, she thought this was not going to be a big deal. She first thought this was going to be another SARS‑like event. She also said it was only after she saw the devastation in Italy and Spain did she realize that the Chinese had misled her. Because they misled her, we did not take precautions that we otherwise would have adopted. By the way, Dr. Anthony Fauci has also publicly talked about being deceived by China. That is probably one of the reasons the response in the US was not as fast as it could have been. Remember, President Trump acted on his gut on January 31, really fast, cutting off arrivals from China. The administration then became lax on this. The Democrats say it is because of the failure of Trump's governance.

A large reason why, if that is true, is because China told the Trump administration, "Don't worry about this."

Question: Would it not be best for Trump to create an alliance to contain China? He has not, it seems, made efforts to create a multiple-country front. Had China not killed the Indian soldiers, India would also not be pushing China back. Do you think there could be an alliance of more countries to counter China?

Chang:: Actually, this is one criticism that a lot of people make about the Trump administration, that it does not work well with allies. I think that is wrong. For instance, here are two examples from recent headlines. One, of course, is the Bahrain, UAE deal with Israel, which is going to be expanded when perhaps Sudan joins, and maybe even Morocco.

You are going to see a Sunni Arab coalition in the Middle East -- a really important development. It is historic. It is important from so many different aspects, and part of it is, it is the real beginning of a US‑led initiative in the region. We have been working with the Gulf States and Israel. They have been happy on their own, to cooperate below the surface. The Trump administration brought this out into the light and is sheparding really important developments.

Of course, the other thing is the Quad: India, Japan, Australia, and the United States. The Quad is actually becoming an effective grouping, and we are going to see other countries join that as well.

US relationships in Asia are actually stronger now than they were under Obama, with the exception of South Korea.

South Korea is not Trump's fault. That is because the South has a communist as a president. Moon Jae‑in is very happy with what China is doing, and very happy with North Korea, and he wants to merge South Korea out of existence.

That is not Trump's fault. As a matter of fact, Trump's South Korea diplomacy has actually been the best under the circumstances.

The administration has worked hard with other countries around the world. The question is, could Trump have done more? One always could do more, but also, let us give the president a lot of credit for some really historic accomplishments that will be remembered, not just during his administration, not just next year, not just next decade. We will be talking about his accomplishments for a very long time.

Question: If after November 3rd, there is no definitive result for a month, would China risk attacking Taiwan with US leadership unknown? Chang: Yes, I think so. I think that if Trump looked as if he was going to win the election, they might even attack before then. Now, the attack very well may not be a full‑on military attack. They might grab some of the outlying islands, which are just one or two miles away from the Chinese coast.

They could also do something to destabilize Taiwan, which could have consequences that would lead to a full‑on military conflict.

China right now knows the US eventually could win a full‑scale war, so they are reluctant to start one. The point, however, is that China is engaging in conduct that risks accidental military encounters, which could spiral down into history's next great conflict.

We cannot control these things. Especially with Chinese generals and admirals out of control, anything can happen.

So we have to be concerned about China provoking an incident. China has regularly been sending its planes into Taiwan's Air Defense Identification Zone. They have also been initiating especially provocative island-encirclement missions with their nuclear‑capable H‑6 bombers. They have been doing a lot of stuff.

The point here is, we have to be prepared for anything. We need to make a clear declaration in public that the United States will defend Taiwan because Taiwan is crucial to maintaining our western defense perimeter. Since the end of the 19th century, we Americans have drawn our western defense perimeter off the coast of East Asia. Taiwan is at the center of that crucial line. It is where the East China Sea and South China Sea meet.

Taiwan is absolutely critical because it protects us from a surging Chinese air force and Chinese navy, trying to get to Hawaii. We need to be very clear about this. If we are not clear, China may try to do something that leads to tragedy.

The above are from a briefing to Gatestone Institute on September 30, 2020.

Follow Gordon G. Chang on Twitter

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/16705/china-existential-threat 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 10-2-20 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Super Typhoon Goni’s Death Toll Rises to 16 in Philippines

By Ian C Sayson  and Cecilia Yap

November 1, 2020, 9:32 PM EST   Updated on November 2, 2020, 10:45 AM EST

The world’s strongest storm this year killed at least 16 people in the Philippines, and sent tens of thousands more to evacuation centers, risking coronavirus infection.

Nearly 458,000 people were evacuated mostly in the main island of Luzon, including 177 Covid-19 patients and more than 400 medical staff from 10 quarantine facilities, the nation’s disaster risk-monitoring agency said in a report earlier on Monday. Health Secretary Francisco Duque, in a televised briefing, asked local officials to ensure social distancing measures are in place in evacuation centers. Super Typhoon Goni, the equivalent of a Category 5 hurricane, slammed the eastern portion of the Philippines on Sunday morning and crossed several provinces including near the capital before heading to the South China Sea.

The Philippines’ 18th storm this year is “the strongest landfalling tropical cyclone” in history, according to Jeff Masters, a meteorologist with Yale Climate Connections. The previous record was held by Super Typhoons Meranti and Haiyan, which hit the Philippines in 2016 and 2013 respectively. Most of the fatalities were in Albay and Catanduanes provinces south of Manila, some of them swept away by raging waters, according to the region’s disaster risk-monitoring agency. President Rodrigo Duterte conducted an aerial inspection of typhoon-hit areas on Monday afternoon.

Electricity Down

More than 65% of homes in Catanduanes, the province where Goni made landfall, were damaged and electricity and telecommunication lines are still down, its Governor Joseph Cua said in a briefing. Six power plants are shut, and together with felled electric posts and damaged transmission lines, left 125 cities and towns without electricity. The power outage may lead to problems in the cold management of Covid-19 test kits and specimen, Duque said.

Thirty-three airports, including Manila’s Ninoy Aquino International Airport, were cleared to resume flights on Monday morning Initial damage to infrastructure was estimated at 5.6 billion pesos ($116 million), Public Works Secretary Mark Villar said in a televised briefing. It also destroyed 1.73 billion pesos worth of crops, including 69,411 metric tons of rice, adding to the 2 billion-peso damage from Typhoon Molave last week.

The Department of Environment and Natural Resources suspended quarrying operations around Mayon Volcano in Albay province after stockpile that was washed away by floods and lahar buried houses.

Goni moved away from the main Luzon Island Sunday night. Another storm, Atsani, is expected to hit the northern tip of the Philippines later this week, the weather bureau said.

Changing Climate

An average of 20 cyclones pass through disaster-prone Philippines every year, which will likely complicate the nation’s fight against the coronavirus as thousands of people stay in cramped evacuation sites. In 2013, Haiyan killed more than 6,300 people.

It often takes weeks, or even months for scientists to determine if a single extreme weather event can be attributed to climate change -- and that’s a dramatic improvement over what was possible just a half-decade ago. Attribution is especially tough when it comes to hurricanes and typhoons.

It is always very challenging to link specific extreme events to climate change,” said Carlo Buontempo, director of Europe’s Copernicus Climate Change Service. “Even in the absence of a trend in the intensity of tropical cyclones, the damages induced by these storms will increase due to a combination of rising sea levels and the already large and probably increasing number of human settlements along the coast.”

— With assistance by Andreo Calonzo, Kevin Varley, Karoline Kan, Laura Millan Lombrana, and Akshat Rathi

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2020-11-02/at-least-10-dead-in-philippines-after-2020-s-strongest-storm 

:: 10-2-20 Bay News 9 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Eta Becomes the Fifth Major Hurricane of the Season

By Spectrum News Weather Staff Nationwide  PUBLISHED 1:40 PM ET Nov. 02, 2020

A hurricane warning is in effect for the northern coast of Nicaragua, while a tropical storm warning is in place in eastern Honduras.

Eta's storm surge could reach 12 to 18 feet above normal tide levels. Up to three feet of rain is possible in some areas, as well, leading to flooding and mudslides. The intense wind will also cause significant damage.

The hurricane has quickly strengthened and has become a major hurricane ahead of landfall on Tuesday. Eta is the fifth hurricane to become at least a Category 3 storm this season, and it may even reach Category 4 status. The mountains of Central America will tear apart much of the cyclone after it makes landfall. However, there are signs that part of Eta's remnants could survive and reemerge in the northwestern Caribbean Sea. Some spaghetti models show this as a possible outcome, but it's far from certain. Eta is the 12th hurricane of the 2020 Atlantic season and ties the record for most named storms in the Atlantic in a season.

Record Broken or Tied? It's Sort of Confusing  Bear with us for the slightly confusing explanation.

This is the first-ever Tropical Storm Eta on record, and the 28th named storm in the Atlantic so far this wild season. It also marks only the second time ever that the Atlantic season is using Greek names.

So because this is the first Eta on record, that means that this is now the season with the most storms on record, right?  Not quite.

In the record-breaking 2005 season, 27 different storms received a name, one shy of 2020 with Eta now in place. But after the 2005 season finished, the National Hurricane Center added a storm in the eastern Atlantic Ocean in its postseason analysis.

While that re-analyzed storm never received a name, it means that the 2005 hurricane season officially featured 28 different storms.

So while this is the first Eta on record, the 2020 Atlantic season is now tied with 2020 for the most named storms on record. But that's just the start of the records that 2020's smashed - and a lot of those came within the past week or so.

Records, Records and More Records

Stepping back out, Hurricane Zeta's landfall last week on Louisiana adds to a lengthy list of records. It became the 11th tropical system to make landfall on the U.S. so far this season, a new single-season record. It's also the sixth hurricane to make landfall to landfall on the U.S. this season, tying yet another record.

For Louisiana, Wednesday's landfall marked the fifth storm to make landfall on the state (and the third hurricane) so far this season, also a record.

Zeta was the strongest storm to make landfall this late in the season since 1899.

That's far from all, though. You name the record, and there's a decent chance that the 2020 Atlantic tropical season's broken it.

From the earliest named storms on record to a record-breaking 11 U.S. landfalls already this season, 2020 is producing a laundry list of records - and we've still got about four weeks to go in the official season. The National Hurricane Center named three storms on the same day, September 18, leading to another record for this hurricane season. This pushed us into the Greek alphabet.

We've now crossed Alpha, Beta, Gamma, Delta, Epsilon, and Zeta off the list, all the earliest times on record for those names in the Greek alphabet.

It's only the second time we've dipped into the Greek alphabet to name storms. That last time was in 2005 where we made it to Zeta, the sixth name on the list.

Now, Eta is in a league of its own.

https://www.baynews9.com/fl/tampa/weather/2020/10/30/eta-forms--ties-2005-for-most-named-storms-on-record 

:: 10-1-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

White House rips Fauci for praising Biden, trashing Scott Atlas

By David Meyer  November 1, 2020 | 12:33pm | Updated

The White House has lashed out at Dr. Anthony Fauci — after the nation’s leading infectious disease expert praised Joe Biden and warned that the US is “in for a whole lot of hurt” from COVID-19 this fall and winter.

White House spokesman Judd Deere called Fauci’s comments “unacceptable and breaking with all norms.”

“Dr. Fauci has a duty to express concerns or push for a change in strategy, but he’s not done that, instead choosing to criticize the President in the media and make his political leanings known by praising the President’s opponent,” Deere said in a statement late Saturday.

“Dr. Fauci knows that the risks today are dramatically lower than they were only a few months ago with mortality rates falling over 80 percent.”

In the lengthy interview with the Washington Post on Friday, Fauci said the country is in for “a whole lot of hurt” this winter.

“All the stars are aligned in the wrong place as you go into the fall and winter season, with people congregating at home indoors. You could not possibly be positioned more poorly,” Fauci said.

He also accused pandemic adviser Scott Atlas of not taking the virus seriously as the number of daily cases nationwide continues to climb, saying he has “real problems” with his fellow White House coronavirus task force members.

“He’s a smart guy who’s talking about things that I believe he doesn’t have any real insight or knowledge or experience in. He keeps talking about things that when you dissect it out and parse it out, it doesn’t make any sense,” he told the paper.

“The idea of this false narrative that if you don’t die, everything is hunky dory is just not the case,” Fauci said. “But to say, ‘Let people get infected, it doesn’t matter, just make sure people don’t die’ — to me as a person who’s been practicing medicine for 50 years, it doesn’t make any sense at all.”

The 79-year-old director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases also praised Democratic presidential nominee Biden’s campaign for “taking it seriously from a public health perspective” by wearing masks and practicing social distancing on the campaign trail.

Fauci said he has not spoken to President Trump since he was recovering from the virus at Walter Reed Medical Center in early October.

The US saw over 550,000 new COVID-19 cases in the week ending Oct. 31, according to CDC figures.

The national public health authority forecasts a rise in virus deaths — to somewhere between 3,900 to 10,000 per week by the end of November.

https://nypost.com/2020/11/01/white-house-rips-fauci-for-praising-biden-trashing-scott-atlas/ 

:: 11-1-20 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

70-year-old pulled out alive in Turkey as quake toll hits 75

By MEHMET GUZEL and ZEYNEP BILGINSOYyesterday

IZMIR, Turkey (AP) — Rescue workers in western Turkey extricated a 70-year-old man from a collapsed building Sunday, some 34 hours after a strong earthquake in the Aegean Sea struck Turkey and Greece, killing at least 75 people and injuring close to 1,000.

The man was pulled out of the rubble overnight and doing well at a hospital, according to the Turkish health minister. The minister tweeted that the survivor, Ahmet Citim, told him, “I never lost hope.” The operation that saved Citim was the latest in a series of remarkable rescues after the Friday afternoon earthquake.

But on the third day since the disaster, search-and-rescue teams appeared to be finding more bodies than survivors in Izmir, Turkey’s third-largest city. They continued searching in eight toppled buildings, but work was paused at one when authorities determined the damaged structure next door was also at risk of falling, forcing rescuers and people waiting outside to retreat.

The earthquake was centered in the Aegean northeast of the Greek island of Samos. Turkey’s Disaster and Emergency Management Presidency (AFAD) raised the death toll Sunday in Izmir province to 73. The agency said 961 people were injured in Turkey, with more than 220 still receiving treatment Sunday.

The earthquake also killed two teenagers on Samos and injured at least 19 other people on the island.

There was some debate over the magnitude of the earthquake. The U.S. Geological Survey rated it 7.0, while the Istanbul’s Kandilli Institute put it at 6.9 and AFAD said it measured 6.6.

The quake triggered a small tsunami that hit Samos and the Seferihisar district of Izmir, drowning one elderly woman. The tremors were felt across western Turkey, including in Istanbul as well as in the Greek capital of Athens. Hundreds of aftershocks followed.

Turkish Vice President Fuat Oktay said 26 badly damaged buildings would be demolished in Izmir.

“It’s not the earthquake that kills but buildings,” he added, repeating a common slogan.

Turkey has a mix of older buildings and cheap or illegal construction, which can lead to serious damage and deaths when earthquakes hit. Regulations have been tightened in light of earthquakes to strengthen or demolish buildings and urban renewal is underway in Turkish cities but it is not happening fast enough.

Two destroyed apartment buildings in Izmir where much of the rescues are taking place had received reports of “decay” in 2012 and 2018, according to the municipal agency in charge of such certificates. Turkish media including the Hurriyet newspaper said one of the apartments, which was built in 1993, was at risk of earthquake damage because of its low quality concrete and the lack of reinforcements. However, the building continued to be occupied.

https://apnews.com/article/virus-outbreak-turkey-istanbul-aegean-sea-earthquakes-071277825717908a98a26e84797255d9 

:: 10-26-20 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I Woke Up!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Nation Hal Turner 26 October 2020

I got a good night's sleep last night. I woke up! Thank You Almighty God!

It may sound corny, but there was a real question in my mind as to whether or not I was going to wake up today. I actually wondered if the reason I was home early (against medical advice) was a small gift of time from God for me to say Good-bye to my wife, son, and mom. Believe it or not, I was actually afraid to go to sleep last night for fear I wasn't going to wake up.  This new incident with my heart was a VERY big deal. A SECOND heart attack just 17 months after the first heart attack and quadruple cardiac artery bypass surgery? It's almost unheard of. But it happened to me.  Blood clots filled one of the bypasses (left circumflex) and stopped the blood flow to a big part of my heart.

I knew something was wrong. I had the sensation of a leak a few weeks ago. Everyone told me I was nuts. They said if I had a leak, I'd have been dead already. It was all in my head, they said.   Yea. right.

When Docs did the second cardiac catheterization and found the bypass was blocked, they inserted a stent into my original circumflex artery to re-open it 100%. But it was super dangerous to do that because the type of blockage in that original artery was such that a stent could cause part of the blockage to break off and travel into my heart, lung, or brain and kill me.

In fact, it was just moments after the stent was placed that my heart went into Ventricular tachycardia. Something had gone VERY wrong.

It was a horrifying feeling to breath in, but feel as though I was not getting enough air. So I breathed faster, still not enough. I broke out in a profuse sweat, tried to breathe deeper but couldn't.

The surgical team called for the "Fast Response Team" . . I was getting worse, very fast.

The PA system in the hospital "Fast Response Team to Cath Lab ...whatever number" OMG, that's for me.

They took a snap x-ray of my chest - no film, just a digital x-ray which popped right up on the computer screen. No fluid collecting my lungs. No immediately visible clot. So WHY was I going downhill in front of their eyes?

Doctors of every age, every race, both sexes, firing off thoughts to each other in rapid succession. On-the-spot consultations, decades of friggin experience at one of the best hospitals in the New York City/ northern New Jersey region. An absolutely terrific hospital, all coming to bear on . . . . me.

They gave me nitroglycerin to at least relax my blood vessels so if it was a flow problem, that would ease it and give them time. They shot me full of blood thinners for the same reason.

Whatever they did, things started to get better. My breathing eased. My color returned. My sweating stopped.

WOW. That was effin scary. I mean actually scary.

I had been dying right then and there. I knew it. Doctors knew it. Nurses knew it.

I'm 58 years old this isn't supposed to happen to guys my age. Well, it did.

So I go to sleep as best as possible given the beeps, blips, and buzzes of the equipment in the room

The next day, still OK, but the guy in the bed next to me, an old timer, couldn't use the toilet and every time he had to crap, he used a bed pan. The stink. Uhhhhhhhh.

So yesterday afternoon, after his third bout of crap that day, I left the hospital A.M.A.

I got home and wondered if I made the big mistake everyone told me I was making?

I prayed earnestly last night. I mean, I REALLY prayed. On my knees.

I repented the sins I've committed.

I didn't pray for life, or for health. I REPENTED. I earnestly apologized to God for the sins I committed and asked Him to forgive me.

I'm crying right now just writing this because I was so earnest; truly sorry for the sins I've committed.  And I am.

I went to sleep around 8:30 last night. Woke up around 11. Went right back to sleep, woke up around 2:25. Went right back and woke up around 4:40. Went right back and now, around 8:15,. I'm up.  Alive.   Wow.

This was a big, BIG deal. Very serious.

I went from being a reasonably productive, reasonably healthy 58 year old, to a literally dying weakling within seconds.

Life is truly a gift. I took it for granted for a long time. No more.

Thank you Almighty God YHVH for this chance at life again.

Amen.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/i-woke-up 

 

:: 10-25-20 The Spectator :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Group Behind Release of Biden Tapes Claim Bidens Offered Up CIA Agents Who Went Missing in China in 2010 -2012

October 25, 2020 COMMENTARY 3 mins read

It really can’t get much worse. Now the individuals who are releasing the Biden tapes and documents claim the Bidens were responsible for offering up CIA agents in China.

As we’ve previously reported, the Chinese government murdered or imprisoned 18-20 CIA sources from 2010 to 2012.

From the Business Insider:

China killed or imprisoned 18 to 20 CIA sources from 2010 to 2012, hobbling U.S. spying operations in a massive intelligence breach whose origin has not been identified, the New York Times reported on Saturday.

TRENDING: BREAKING: China’s GTV Releases Videos of Hunter Biden Sex Tapes while Smoking Crack

Investigators remain divided over whether there was a spy within the Central Intelligence Agency who betrayed the sources or whether the Chinese hacked the CIA’s covert communications system, the newspaper reported, citing current and former U.S. officials.

The Chinese killed at least a dozen people providing information to the CIA from 2010 through 2012, dismantling a network that was years in the making, the newspaper reported.

One was shot and killed in front of a government building in China, three officials told the Times, saying that was designed as a message to others about working with Washington.

The breach was considered particularly damaging, with the number of assets lost rivaling those in the Soviet Union and Russia who perished after information passed to Moscow by spies Aldrich Ames and Robert Hanssen, the report said. Ames was active as a spy in the 1980s and Hanssen from 1979 to 2001.

The CIA declined to comment when asked about the Times report on Saturday.

Tonight, the group of individuals in Asia who released a number of Hunter Biden videos and pictures made a very significant claim. At the end of one of their videos, those who released the videos shared the following:

First they claim China takes advantage of Westerners by framing them and taking advantage of them:

The Bidens were targeted by the CCP: The CCP bribed the Bidens to get what they wanted including the South China Sea which occurred while Obama and Biden were in office: According to the report, the Bidens provided the identities of large numbers of CIA agents to the CCP as part of their relationship.

This is the first we have heard of this and are currently unable to confirm this but this is a very big deal if corroborated.

https://thespectator.info/2020/10/25/chinese-group-behind-release-of-biden-tapes-claim-bidens-offered-up-cia-agents-who-went-missing-in-china-in-2010-2012/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 10-25-20 News Punch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oklahoma Cannibals Arrested For Running Castration Clinic Endorse Biden For President

October 25, 2020 Baxter Dmitry News, US

Two alleged cannibals who were arrested this week for running a black market “castration clinic” in Oklahoma have endorsed Democrat nominee Joe Biden for president. Earlier this week, the happily married couple – Bobby Lee Allen, 53, and Thomas Evans Gates, 42 – were arrested after they botched a “surgical procedure” at their illegal castration clinic located in the backwoods of eastern Oklahoma.

After interviewing the patient who voluntarily sought out the surgery, and following a search of the pair’s property, authorities discovered that Allen and Gates – who ran the clinic under the online name “The Eunuch Maker” – allegedly saved the discarded body parts (a.k.a. testicles) of their clients in a deep freezer for possible human consumption.

Yeah, that’s right. They would allegedly eat the discarded human testicles.

When they weren’t allegedly devouring human testicles, the married couple were busy on social media endorsing the Biden/Harris ticket. This is one endorsement Joe Biden and Kamala Harris could probably have done without. Here are some grisly details via The Oklahoman:

The 28-year-old victim had flown from Virginia to Dallas and then was driven to the cabin in southeast Oklahoma for the surgery, a sheriff’s deputy reported in a court affidavit. The victim had made contact with Allen through a website while searching online about castrations and related terms.

The victim reported Allen claimed to have 15 years of experience and that he “videos the procedures for personal use,” according to the affidavit. The victim also reported “Allen told him that the surgery wouldn’t cost him anything.”

The victim told investigators that Allen performed the removal Oct. 12 on a covered makeshift table at the residence and that Gates helped by handing over the surgical equipment, according to the affidavit. The victim said he was awake for the two-hour surgery after being injected “in the needed areas.”

The victim “stated that after the surgery was over that Allen said that he was going to consume the parts and laughed and said that he was a cannibal,” according to the affidavit. The victim also said that Allen then talked about “the time he worked on someone that he described to be crazy and that he left the male opened up to die overnight.”…

He told medical personnel that the two men “tried to get him to participate in cannibalism,” according to the affidavit.

In all fairness to Allen, what surgeon hasn’t joked around with a patient and told them they’re going to eat their body parts following a surgery? That’s Bedside Manner 101!

“Okay, slowly count backward from 10. Also, would you prefer we sautee the gallbladder, or toss it in the slow cooker?”

If you want, you can read all the disturbing details about the case over at The Oklahoman.

But if you’re really brave or bored, and don’t want to wait for a Netflix documentary about them, you should check out Allen and Gates’ totally public Facebook pages. Allen’s has the most content.

From vacation pics…

https://newspunch.com/oklahoma-cannibals-arrested-for-running-castration-clinic-endorse-biden-for-president/ 

:: 10-24-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nightmare for Chinese fishing boats! US's big move against China in Pacific, Xi Jinping furious

22,674 views

•Oct 24, 2020

Latest News Blog

The United States said Friday it will deploy Coast Guard patrol ships in the western Pacific to counter destabilizing activities by China in disputed fishing grounds of the South China Sea.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JQg5rChbrj4&feature=youtu.be 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 10-25-20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Corruptocracy

Robert GorePosted on October 25, 2020

Most political philosophy is just an elaborate justification for theft and fraud.

Guest post by Robert Gore at Straight Line Logic

What’s called the silent majority is really the ignored majority, who for the most part are happy being ignored. Their lives revolve their families, jobs, friends, and community, not the media, publicity, polls, or politics. They’re sick of elections well before they’ve seen their hundredth campaign ad, received their hundredth mailer, or ignored their hundredth telephone call. They know that politicians are phony and corrupt and make jokes about them, but hope that their rulers don’t screw things up too badly, cross their fingers, and vote for the perceived lesser of two evils. There’s a shortage of blue-ribbon pedigrees, Ivy League degrees, and gold-plated resumés among the ignored majority, but a surfeit of hard-knocks wisdom and common sense. Benjamin Franklin said, “Experience keeps a dear school, but fools will learn in no other.” Everybody does foolish things, but by and large, the ignored majority learns from the dear school and puts its lessons to good use.

The gilded class denigrates those outside it: Hillary Clinton deploring the “deplorables,” Barack Obama saying working-class voters, “cling to guns or religion,” and Obama telling entrepreneurs, “you didn’t build that.” Yet, it consistently, almost invariably, demonstrates a complete lack of the common-sense street smarts found in abundance among those it disparages.

The quotes’ condescending arrogance rankles, but at a deeper level illustrate the real division in American politics—between the productive class and those it supports. At the intellectual level it’s the irreconcilable difference between those who believe that value can and should be conferred by the government, and those who know it must be created and produced. It’s believing or not believing that something can be had for nothing.

Freeloaders’ delusion stems from psychology, not ignorance. Every human faces a choice. They can produce value or they can beg, borrow, defraud, or steal it from someone else. For every advance humanity has made, there’s always been someone claiming their unfair share. Most of what we call history is merely an account of who’s stealing or defrauding from whom.

Because production is necessary for human survival, not producing anything of value creates a gaping psychological fissure, one not generally recognized or acknowledged. What’s generally accepted is that humans grasp at rationales and justifications for their actions, not just for the audience to which they’re playing, but for themselves. Most political philosophy is just an elaborate justification for theft and fraud. Political systems don’t spring from philosophies, the philosophies spring from the systems’ actual or potential beneficiaries.

Governments can take every scrap of what is produced. They can pledge every scrap of future production as repayment for their debts. The legitimization of unlimited current and future plunder leads to ever-increasing plunder and debt—and ever-diminishing production. Present governments are merely repeating a cycle that’s played out countless times throughout history.

You would think that government rapacity would be curbed when taxes, regulatory extortion, and debt disincentivize and begin reducing legitimate production. Unfortunately, that assumption flies in the face of historical fact; countless regimes have killed their golden geese. The only regimes that haven’t are those that are currently in the process of doing so.

One among many of rulers’ delusions is that the ruled are buying their lies.

Over time the victims see through the propaganda and narrative management. The lies fool the rulers more than the ruled and are essential psychological support for this predatory and parasitic class.

Commentators from the alternative media bemoan the lack of intelligence and awareness of the American people, and the supposed dominance of the mainstream media narrative. Yet, any number of alternative media commentators, YouTubers, and sites routinely receive more readers or viewers than touted mouthpiece media “powerhouses.” More people watch dissident Paul Joseph Watson’s videos than Rachel Maddow’s nightly screeds, but Maddow receives an inordinate amount of attention from the alternative and mainstream alike and Watson virtually none.

The alternative media’s thousands of sites have eclipsed the mouthpiece media, which exists in a bubble of its own creation. It’s a hugely underreported trend—without fanfare millions of people rejecting the mainstream, reading, researching, and coming to their own conclusions. There’s 330 million Americans and many of them are neither stupid nor duped. It’s just that nobody pays attention to them.

The media bubble envelopes the government-centered corruptocracy and allows those within to preserve the self-deception of personal worth. Someone who lives off the corporate-lobbyist-political food chain, shuffles paper in a government bureaucracy, enforces tax or regulatory extortion, or is otherwise supported in a something-for-nothing scheme cannot have the self-respect that comes from producing value. Instead, the predatory and parasitic classes cling to psychological crutches: conceit, arrogance, condescension, delusion, and willful ignorance.

The most intense predator and parasite condescension is directed at the producers who provide their sustenance. This may seem paradoxical but it’s not. Honest production is an obvious moral rebuke to those who live by theft and fraud. Acknowledging either the value of producers or their own dependence on them would undermine the fragile edifice of their rickety substitutes for self-worth.

Disaffected veterans were the core of a group that would grow to millions, their “faith” in government and the people who ran it obliterated by its repeated failures and lies. Revolutions dawn when an appreciable number of the ruled realize their rulers are intellectual and moral inferiors. The mainstream media is filled with vituperative, patronizing, and insulting explanations of what’s “behind” the Trump phenomenon. It all boils down to revulsion with the self-anointed, incompetent, pretentious, hypocritical, corrupt, prevaricating elite that presumes to rule this country. It is, in a word, inferior to the populace on the other side of the yawning chasm, the ones they have patronized and insulted for decades, and the other side knows it.

“Much More Than Trump,” Robert Gore, SLL, March 3, 2016, reposted November 6, 2016

Nothing has changed over the last four years, except that the ranks of disaffected have swollen. Trump gave voice to them in 2016 and he’ll do it again in 2020. Once more it’s the productive businessman outsider against a government hack insider. After Russiagate, the impeachment, the coronavirus power-grab, leftist and Marxists riots, and endless media-driven tempests in teapots, the somethings in this country are far more contemptuous of the nothings who presume to rule them—and farcically, have designs on the whole world—than they were four years ago. The ultimate farce is the Harris/Biden ticket: a corrupt, doddering, old fool and a nakedly ambitious shrew who even Democrats don’t like, neither with a scintilla of detectable principle, waging the most inept campaign ever in front of face-masked, socially distanced audiences that number in the tens.

If he gets anything approaching an honest vote count Trump will win in a landslide. The “reputable” pollsters have become another arm of the entrenched powers’ narrative management. Like everything else the corruptocrats have tried, this effort will prove inept. The purported double-digit Biden leads will motivate, not discourage, Trump’s voters. By every other indicator—voter registrations, growing black and hispanic support, the crumbling entertainment and sports complex, the crumbling mainstream media, the ascendent alternative media, millions of new gun owners, backlash against the riots, slowly fading coronavirus hysteria, and off-the-charts attendance and enthusiasm at Trump rallies—Trump’s winning by a country mile.

And let’s not forget Hunter Biden’s hard drive, much as the corruptocracy, Twitter, Facebook, and most of the mainstream media would like us to. The revelations are important not because they reveal that the Bidens are a criminal enterprise—we already knew that—but because they further confirm the suspicions of millions of street-smart, disaffected Americans: our country is a corruptocracy.

If Trump wins and quells the Super Tantrum, he’ll have to do more than give voice to the disaffected. He’s forced the corruptocrats from the depths of their swamp, and he may or may not be blackmailing them for his own purposes. But not a drop of swamp has been drained, and if nothing happens the next four years, Trump’s tenure will be nothing more than a feel-good fantasy for his fans.

He’ll have to either blackmail paid up swampsters William Barr and Christopher Wray to do their jobs or get rid of them for people who will. Nothing less than indictments and prosecutions that cuts a wide swath across the corruptocracy— Clapper, Brennan, Comey, Mueller, Page, Strzok, Haspel, the Biden crime family, Obama, the Clintons, many of the listings in Jeffrey Epstein’s black book, and the rest of their insidious ilk—will do. Arresting Hunter and Joe Biden the day after the election would be a good start.

Trump must put up or shut up on draining the swamp before he can proceed to his long list of other unfinished business. The swamp is the inevitable backwash of a government that has arrogated unlimited power to itself, has first claim on everything produced within the United States, issues debt without limit, and maintains a confederated global empire. Power creates corruptocracies. There is a one in a trillion chance that Trump or any other ostensible outsider changes any of this, and a one in a quadrillion chance that the system reforms itself.

Trump or no Trump, the disaffected will get more disaffected, at least until the system collapses, which it will. The failing of all governments is that they can’t produce, only coerce. What they can force their citizens to produce is astonishingly low compared to what those citizens would produce if left to their own devices in free markets. The productive economy is straining under the tax and debt loads it’s being forced to carry. The debt orgy this year is probably the last straw. The shut-down real economy and debt-bloated financial markets will force a reckoning.

That reckoning will be global and governments will get smaller. Not because anyone within them experiences an intellectual conversion towards less government—and consequently less power—but because they are bankrupt and access to credit will be severely limited. Central banks may continue to buy their governments’ debt with their own devalued debt, but that daisy chain will come to an end as well. A bear market in debt of all stripes and a bull market in interest rates loom. The silver lining: long suffering savers (both of them) and creditors will finally be compensated for the credit risks they bear.

With the crumbling of governments will come the crumbling of current political institutions and boundaries. The breakdown of the corrupt and doomed old order presents the opportunity for the establishment of new orders. What seems inconceivable now may occur with astonishing speed. A year ago, who envisioned what’s transpired so far in 2020?

Millions of salt-of-the-earth, common sense Americans have watched in horror as their country has imploded from lockdown insanity and riots. There’s an exodus from urban hellholes to safer and saner locales. The response to those who say breakdown can’t happen is that it’s already begun.

Alasdair Macleod is writing about Europe, but what he says applies to the United States:

The fate of the euro will be shared with the majority — if not all — of other fiat currencies for reasons specific to them. The recovery from the ashes of government incompetence can be swift — a matter of a year or two, so long as successor governments quickly learn that free markets, sound money and minimal interference from government are all required for the restoration of economic progress. Additionally, all socialist policies must be discarded, and the profit motive and individual wealth creation embraced.

“The destruction of the euro,” Alasdair Macleod, goldmoney.com, October 22, 2020

There will be jurisdictions, some borne out of secession or insurrection, that will institute “free markets, sound money, and minimal interference from government,” along with the concomitant essentials: freedom and the protection of individual rights, because they work and have worked throughout history. They are the quickest way to recover from economic and financial devastation. Most importantly, freedom is the only moral system, the only system compatible with productive survival, and the only system that promotes human happiness.

Freedom, rather than Trump, represents the best hope for the righteously disaffected.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/10/25/the-corruptocracy/ 

:: 10-26-20 Tap News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

London Has Fallen | Financial Collapse

Mon 9:44 am +00:00, 26 Oct 2020 1

posted by Weaver

Neil McCoy-Ward – YouTube Oct 24, 2020

http://tapnewswire.com/2020/10/london-has-fallen-financial-collapse/ 

:: 10-26-20 Black Listed News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Merck Partners With Drone Startup Volansi For Vaccine Delivery

Published: October 26, 2020

Source: Aaron Kesel

Volansi has partnered with Big Pharma Merck to launch a test program in rural North Carolina to examine their ability to deliver temperature-controlled vaccines from a central production facility to determine how far they can send them, Cheddar reported.

“Once vaccines are developed and are out there, distribution will be a key challenge,” CEO Hannan Parvizian told Cheddar. “We truly believe that autonomous aerial deliveries will enable access to all areas, both in high-infrastructure countries like here in the U.S. and also in other low-infrastructure countries in emerging markets like Africa and other places in the world.” The drone is limited at sending packages that weigh 10-pounds, but the company says it can cover at least 50 miles in just a single run.

It has a 10-pound payload capacity and can cover a 50-mile radius on a single trip,” Parvizian said. “That allows us to carry not only a significant amount of payload but also the cargo box that is required to maintain the temperature of the payload throughout the mission.”

“That’s how we will be ramping up, starting out with more rural areas and eventually moving into much more densely populated areas,” Parvizian said.

Parvizian added that the drones are able to deliver around 80 percent of all drugs and medical supplies, including blood donations.

There are probably some specialty items that are heavier or require much more care or not compatible with this type of delivery, but right now we’re not seeing any sort of big limitations on the types of payloads we can transport,” he said.

Parvizian further said Volansi differs from its competitors in that all drones use vertical take-off and landing as opposed to a catapult launcher.

“That means we don’t require any sort of ground infrastructure for launch and recovery of our vehicles,” he said.

https://www.blacklistednews.com/article/78354/merck-partners-with-drone-startup-volansi-for-vaccine.html 

:: 10-26-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Welsh Government Now Appears To Have Banned Book Sales

by Steve Watson October 26th 2020, 5:56 am

Footage and pictures of Welsh supermarkets and shops cordoning off entire areas with items deemed to be “non-essential” continued to flood social media over the weekend, as it appears the government there has now even banned books.

Following the implementation of a full national lockdown in the British country, people began sharing their experiences as they attempted to go shopping: The confusion over what is and isn’t “essential” has angered people, after cooking, clothes and bedding sections were covered in plastic sheeting, but Halloween tat was left untouched: Angry citizens have begun taking measures into their own hands: Residents of Wales are currently under a ‘Tier 3’ lockdown, which means people are being urged to stay at home, must not visit other households, while pubs, restaurants, gyms, churches and shops deemed “non-essential” are all closed. But now, it appears the farce has taken a dark turn, with books and writing materials being banned: El Paso is the new prototype to covid lockdown tyranny 2.0, as the virus grows in numbers in El Paso. Government supercedes privacy and police officers are delivers fines and orders to force citizens to be tracked.

What is and isn’t deemed ‘essential’ is now completely up in the air as ministers have said people should be allowed to buy ‘otherwise non-essential goods’ if there were ‘exceptional circumstances’ that meant they were essential: Some supermarkets have given up, and admitted that they are letting customers decide what is and isn’t essential.

Some residents are still trying to see the lighter side: For may it has already gone too far, however with thousands signing a petition to drop the draconian measures.

The petition to the Welsh government states: “We do not agree that this is a prudent or rational measure, and will create more harm than good.”

We do not agree for example that parents should be barred from buying clothes for their children during lockdown while out shopping. This is disproportionate and cruel and we ask that the decision be reversed immediately,” the petition adds.

At time of writing the petition has over 63,000 signatures.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/welsh-government-now-appears-to-have-banned-book-sales/ 

:: 10-26-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Watch: ‘Shove Your New World Order Up Your *ss!’ — London Erupts in Protest Against Lockdown

Thousands of protesters descended on the British capital on Saturday to call for an end to coronavirus lockdowns and restrictions on businesses in the UK, which they described as a form of “tyranny”.

By Kurt Zindulka26 Oct 2020

In a Breitbart London exclusive video, protesters were seen singing: “I would rather be a human than a slave”, “We are the 99 per cent”, and “You can shove your New World Order up your ass”. Stand Up X and was one of the largest rallies against the government’s coronavirus restrictions since the beginning of the lockdowns in March.

The large scale act of civil disobedience followed more restrictions being imposed on the people of Wales, Northern Ireland, and Scotland, as well as the introduction of a ‘tier system’ by Prime Minister Boris in England, in which local regions and cities are placed under lockdown if spikes in coronavirus cases are recorded.

At around 4 pm the police in London began using tactics to split the protest into separate groups and made at least 18 arrests in Trafalgar Square and on Westminster Bridge.

One woman told Breitbart London: “I’m so angry, all these police that are storming in, they’re going to lose their pensions. They’re supposed to be protecting us, they’re not, this is tyranny.”

“I cannot believe in this day and age, in this time now, more than ever we need to stand together, and if people can’t get together and get united for the cause, for their freedom, for everybody, then we’ve lost already,” she said.

“I don’t understand, if your children are not the motivation to fight for your freedom… my grandfather and my grandad did not fight in the First World War and the Second World War as snipers to not be under a fucking dictatorship, for it to happen now in 2020,” she added, going on to urge the rest of the country to “wake up”. The lead officer for the Metropolitan Police’s response to the protest, Commander Ade Adelekan explained his decision to disperse the crowds: “Throughout the day, officers have been managing a number of complex protests at various locations across central London.”

“One demonstration, in particular, attracted a large number of protesters and I became increasingly concerned that those in the crowd were not maintaining social distancing or adhering to the terms of their own risk assessment,” he said. “Organisers did not take reasonable steps to keep protesters safe which then voided their risk assessment. At this point, officers then took action to disperse crowds in the interests of public safety,” Adelekan added.

In footage shared online, police were again seen physically confronting the anti-lockdown protesters, with one man wearing a ‘Make Britain Great Again’ hat being thrown to the pavement.

In contrast, the police took a hands-off approach to a large-scale protest against police brutality in Nigeria, that was led by Black Lives Matter activist and self-described Black Panther, Sasha Johnson. Another protest organised by the Stop Trump Coalition — which saw around 50 people gather in Parliament Square to protest against the American leader as well as the prospect of a trade deal between the UK and the United States — was not broken up by the police either.

Follow Kurt Zindulka on Twitter here: @KurtZindulka

https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2020/10/26/watch-shove-your-new-world-order-up-your-ass-london-erupts-in-protest-against-lockdown/ 

:: 10-26-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Joe Biden Forgets Trump's Name Again, Claims He Is Running Against "George Bush"

by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/26/2020 - 14:12

With 8 days left until Election Day, Vice President Joe Biden is still having trouble remembering exactly who he's running against.

It's definitely not the first time this has happened, but during a critical opportunity to appeal to young voters from the safety of his basement (Joe and Dr. Jill Biden were making a brief appearance during the "I Will Vote" livestream) Biden stumbled and appeared to forget President Trump's name, awkwardly referring to him as "my opponent" before stammering out "George Bush". Amusingly, after the stumble, Dr. Jill nudges him and whispers "Trump" as her husband stammers. The embarrassing episode occurred just a day after Biden claimed that he had assembled "the greatest voter fraud organization" in history. Of course, Democrats just shrugged this off as another example of "Biden being Biden." Because we all know who will really be in charge if Biden triumphs over President Trump on Election Day.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/joe-biden-forgets-trumps-name-claims-he-running-against-george-bush 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 10-27-20 Newswars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

By Paul Joseph Watson | INFOWARS.COM Monday, October 26, 2020

A top doctor who served as an expert witness for the U.S. Congress says that even after a COVID-19 vaccine is available, mask wearing and other social distancing measures will remain mandatory.

“I feel like there is this perception that once we have a #CoronavirusVaccine life will go back to normal,” tweeted Dr.Krutika Kuppalli.

Life will not be like it was pre-COVID. Even after we have a #vaccine you will still need to use good hand hygiene, maintain physical distance, avoid crowds and wear masks,” she added. As we have repeatedly highlighted, despite the original lockdown and social distancing rules being introduced on the basis of ‘getting back to normal’, we’re now being told life will never return to normal.

In a CNN article written by their international security editor Nick Paton Walsh, the author asserted that the mandatory wearing of masks will become “permanent,” “just part of life,” and that the public would need to “come to terms with it.”

Earlier this month, a senior U.S. Army official said that there’ll probably never be a return to “normal” post-COVID and that rules such as social distancing and mask wearing will likely become permanent.

Only your patronage to our store is what keeps this beacon of truth lit in the controlled-narrative darkness.

Billionaire philanthropist Bill Gates also warned that the world won’t return to normal until there is widespread take up of a second coronavirus vaccine and that this could take years.

The idea that life will never return to pre-corona normality is also being pushed by globalist bodies like the World Economic Forum, which has promoted the necessity of exploiting the pandemic to implement a “great reset.”

https://www.newswars.com/health-expert-mask-wearing-will-remain-mandatory-even-after-a-covid-vaccine/ 

:: 10-25-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This is the kind of stuff that China does: Fury as traffic flow cameras are secretly switched to monitor millions of pedestrians in UK government-backed secret Corona project

By Strange Sounds - Oct 25, 2020

Big Brother is watching you!

Millions of people are being monitored for social distancing as part of a government-backed project secretly rolled out across Britain, the Mail can reveal. In what campaigners call a sign the country is heading to a ‘truly dark place’, at least 363 cameras originally installed to monitor traffic flow have been switched – without public consultation – to snoop on pedestrians.

An investigation revealed that Vivacity Labs, the company behind the Artificial Intelligence camera technology, was awarded almost £50,000 by the Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy [BEIS] in June to ‘improve the collection of social distancing data.’

The brief from public body Innovate UK – funded by BEIS – said pedestrians in 16 cities would be monitored for how close they are to one another in public places to ‘help the Government plan the removal of lockdown measures’.

Vivacity refused to reveal where its cameras were, citing ‘commercial confidentiality.‘ But the Mail can reveal they are monitoring social distancing across large swathes of the country, including Liverpool, Oxfordshire, Cambridgeshire, Warwickshire, Manchester, Bournemouth, Peterborough and Westminster. Vivacity – whose Cambridge-educated founders created the social distancing tech to ‘help inform [government] policy decisions‘ – also has a ‘confidential’ contract to provide the Department for Transport with monthly updates on adherence to social distancing from its cameras across Britain. In addition, the Behavioural Insights Team quango, part-funded by the Cabinet Office, cited Vivacity data in a report about reducing the two-meter rule to one meter. Despite the widespread and potentially life-changing use of the data, pedestrians have remained unaware their movements are being tracked because neither the Government nor many of the councils who approved the installation of cameras consulted the public on their change of use. In an interview last month, Mark Nicholson, one of Vivacity’s founders, said the technology could soon be expanded to carry out temperature checks ‘depending on how far down the ‘Big Brother’ route we want to go’.+3

Former Conservative Party leader Sir Iain Duncan Smith said last night: ‘This is the kind of stuff that China does.

‘The reason why you film cars is to stop road accidents and things like that. You don’t film people going about their daily business so you can report on their comings and goings. It’s becoming mad.

We are losing our inalienable freedoms. Covid is destroying the very nature of what it is to be in a democracy under the rule of law and protected freedoms. The authorities are now using devices [to monitor people] which were not intended for that purpose. The Government should have informed the public but they shouldn’t be doing this in the first place.‘

Edin Omanovic, of campaign group Privacy International, said: ‘If we can’t even walk in public without a tech company trying to profit from us or a government agency knowing about it we’re heading to a truly dark place.

Sensors we’re told are for monitoring traffic are later used to monitor social distancing, and surely no one is naive enough to think that it’ll end there. You have to draw a line somewhere. ‘The fact that they secretly sought to repurpose the cameras shows a shocking disregard for transparency, local authorities, and the public.‘ Vivacity’s patented ‘sensors’ contain an artificially intelligent camera which can differentiate in real-time between modes of transport such as cars, bicycles, lorries and pedestrians. The sensors can be specifically installed or attached to existing CCTV cameras. The vast majority of video is deleted within seconds, though occasionally footage is viewed by the company’s designers when testing improvements to software.

When the company improved the technology so it could analyse whether pedestrians were complying with the two-meter rule, Vivacity approached more than 30 councils it was working with, as well as the Government, to see if they would be interested in using the data.

The cameras are able to identify areas where people are walking less than two meters apart. The current method does not identify individuals so could not be used for enforcement. Despite privacy fears, no councils contacted by the Mail conducted a public consultation on changing the use of the cameras. Under data protection legislation, they were not legally obliged to consult the public because Vivacity’s sensors are not classed as ‘recording personal data’, with the majority of recordings deleted within seconds.

But Mark Gracey, an expert in the legislation, said: ‘There may be a public expectation that there should be notification of the change in the purpose of the technology.‘

A spokesman for the Information Commissioners’ Office said it was important for creators of monitoring or surveillance technology in ‘publicly accessible places’ to be ‘transparent about how it is being used’. Earlier this year, Vivacity was awarded a £49,481 grant from Innovate UK, which invests in science and research in Britain, to monitor social distancing. Describing the six-month project, a brief said: ‘The police are under significant pressure, with many of their ranks in isolation. Being able to target lockdown enforcement to areas where there is a higher number of social interactions (less than two metres) is important.‘

The company said it would use the money to improve its analysis and ‘measure the duration of interactions – the longer people interact, the increased risk of infection’.

Concerns over the use of the Vivacity sensors emerged at a scrutiny committee of Kent County Council earlier this month when plans to install the cameras were discussed.

After the council was ‘advised’ that the technology could be used to monitor social distancing, Conservative councillor Rory Love said ‘serious questions should be asked’.

‘I am worried about ‘mission creep’ and how technology like this can come into our lives for one purpose and then change to another,‘ he told the Mail.

‘If we allow technology to start monitoring social distancing, what’s next?

‘And if these kind of sensors are to be used in cities, there ought to be public consultation and scrutiny about whether we allow it.‘

The Department for Transport (DfT) refused to answer seven detailed questions over how it uses the data from Vivacity on social distancing. A spokesman for the Department for Business said Innovate UK was ‘funding short-term projects that address and mitigate the health, social, economic, cultural and environmental impacts of the Covid-19 outbreak’.

Is UK building a digital autoritarism like in China? A Vivacity spokesman said the technology cannot differentiate between household groups and strangers, meaning it could not make a judgement on whether social distancing is being adhered to or be used as part of enforcement.

He said the technology can merely illustrate the changes in people’s behaviours before and after lockdown restrictions are put in place, adding: ‘Our data has only been used to inform the statistical view of overall measurement of social distancing.‘

Co-founder Peter Mildon said he was ‘very happy when I go to sleep at night that we are not creating Big Brother’. He added that he could not discuss the DfT contract because there was a ‘confidentiality clause’. Cambridgeshire County Council said it had agreed with Vivacity and the DfT to ‘use sensory data from our cameras as part of the Covid-19 response, including monitoring traffic flow and social distancing’.

Oxfordshire County Council said it had received reports on social distancing from Vivacity which could be used to ‘inform ourselves of pinch-point issues’, but they were not actively being monitored.

Authorities in Manchester and Liverpool said they were not consulted over the change in use of the sensors and had not seen any data from Vivacity.

Councillor Mike Greene, of Bournemouth, Christchurch and Poole council, said it was ‘aware the sensors can approximate the distance between pedestrians and that Vivacity have been studying social distancing but not in a way that identifies individuals’.

Warwickshire County Council said it did not carry out a public consultation because the change in use was ‘an urgent measure in response to the pandemic’.

A Department for Transport source said the social distancing data was not being used to inform government decisions on coronavirus measures.

If we allow technology to start monitoring social distancing without any consent, what’s next? I do believe many countries are secretly watching us… And this will soon come to light.

More secret and governmental societal collapse news on Daily Mail, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle

https://strangesounds.org/2020/10/uk-traffic-camera-secretly-spy-millions-pedestrians-england-government-secret-project.html 

:: 10-25-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another 25 citizens pronounced DEAD from the flu shot in Korea

Sunday, October 25, 2020 by: Lance D Johnson

(Natural News) The South Korean government is currently offering free flu vaccines to 19 million people across the country. The Korean Medical Association has deduced that the flu vaccine could potentially offset complications from covid-19, promising to keep people healthy and out of the hospital. This same theory (that a flu shot would stop covid-19) was peddled by the New York Times in March 2020.

Now the head of the Korean Medical Association is trying to halt the flu shot drive because twenty-five citizens were pronounced DEAD after taking the vaccine. The victims came from all age groups and include a 17-year-old boy and a man in his 70s. Because vaccine makers enjoy legal immunity, the human sacrifice ritual will go on and any problems will be swept under the rug and deemed “necessary” for the greater good.

Vaccine drive resumes despite twenty-five deaths and three hundred fifty acute injuries

This same vaccination drive was previously suspended for three weeks, after South Korean health officials found that five million doses were being transported without proper refrigeration. This massive lot of vaccines, improperly stored, put countless citizens at risk. The vaccination campaign ultimately resumed on October 13. In just one week, the vaccine had already claimed the lives of two dozen people.

Choi Dae-zip, president of the Korean Medical Association requested to halt the flu shot campaign, but Korean health authorities (and other blind worshipers of vaccine ‘science’) are trying to claim that the deaths were probably not related to the vaccine. “The number of deaths has increased, but our team sees low possibility that the deaths resulted from the shots,” said Jeong Eun-kyeong, director of the Korea Disease Control and Prevention Agency.

Health Minister Park Neung-hoo told Parliament that the vaccine program will continue despite the deaths and public safety concerns. After resuming, at least three hundred and fifty more people have come down with severe reactions to the shots.

Flu vaccine leads the way for causing vaccine injury, hospitalizations, death and greater susceptibility to coronaviruses

A 2015 study investigated deaths reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event’s Reporting System (VAERS) in the United States from 1997 to 2013. The researchers studied the cause of death and found that 51.4 percent of all vaccine-induced deaths in adults were caused by inactivated infuenza vaccines. The flu vaccine remains the most ineffective vaccine on the market, with the largest number of adverse events reported to VAERS For children, the prognosis is just as bleak. A study published in the Thoracic Society found that children vaccinated with the inactivated flu vaccine are three times more likely than their non-vaccinated peers to be hospitalized with flu-like illness. These results were especially true for children with asthma.

A Department of Defense study, published in 2020, studied a phenomenon called virus interference among military personnel. The researchers found that influenza vaccination may increase the risk of the vaccine recipient succumbing to specific respiratory viruses, namely coronaviruses and metapneumovirus. When researchers examined the prevalence of non-influenza viruses specifically, the odds of both coronavirus and human metapneumovirus in vaccinated individuals were significantly higher when compared to non-vaccinated individuals. These results were corroborated in a study titled, Increased Risk of Non-influenza Respiratory Virus Infections Associated With Receipt of Inactivated Influenza Vaccine. The study confirmed that children vaccinated with the inactivated flu vaccine were 440 percent more likely to be infected with non-influenza respiratory viruses such as coronaviruses.

If stopping the spread of covid-19 is so important, with governments shutting down people’s businesses and suppressing their livelihoods, then why isn’t flu vaccine-induced coronavirus infection being studied in greater detail? Are we afraid to learn that new outbreaks of infectious disease are strategically created and accelerated via immune-suppression and the toxic science of vaccination?

As South Korea and other Nations go forward with mass vaccination campaigns, they ignore the reality that this liability-free product is exacerbating the pandemic, increasing hospitalization in children, and causing unnecessary deaths in all ages. If one shred of the energy and funds being devoted to vaccination campaigns was used to implement strategies that actually make the human immune system strong, then all these respiratory viruses would be the ones dying off.

Sources include: RT.com NaturalNews.com ScienceDaily.com NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov

ResearchGate.net

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-10-25-another-25-citizens-pronounced-dead-from-the-flu-shot-in-korea.html 

:: 10-26-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Same pathetic media that ran with the “Trump-Russia collusion” hoax for years on NO evidence won’t cover Biden corruption story with an abundance of evidence (and a witness!)

Monday, October 26, 2020 by: JD Heyes

(Natural News) For more than four years, the “mainstream media” trumpeted the lie that the 2016 campaign of Donald Trump “colluded” with Mother Russia to “steal the election” from the most inept presidential contender ever, Democratic nominee Hillary Clinton. But now that there IS evidence of a scandal — about a democrat — the media is silent.

There was never any evidence that collusion existed between Trump’s team and the Russians. The deep state produced a bogus “dossier” that was compiled by a former British spy named Christopher Steele; the document (and his efforts) was funded by the Clinton campaign; the FBI new the document was phony but elements of the bureau used it anyway to get four FISA court warrants so they could spy on the Trump campaign and then the president himself, via a former adviser, Carter Page.

And it turns out that U.S. intelligence officials and the FBI knew that Hillary was the one who invented the collusion hoax in the first place in order to take heat off of her for alleged criminal mishandling of classified emails. (Related: Obama knew, too! Russians say Hillary Clinton created the “Trump collusion” lie in order to undermine and entrap him in scandal and get him thrown out of office.)

To this day, the same garbage media continues to allow goofball partisans and Russia truthers like House Intelligence Committee chair Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) to lie about Russian ‘collusion.’

It never happened. And what’s more, the media knew it never happened, but because the lie was intended to hurt President Trump, it was repeated ad nauseam for years.

The media claimed that they had to report it because there were investigations going on and there were various claims made by various federal officials (whose names were always confidential) and so forth — even though there was never any evidence of said collusion.

Now, juxtapose that scenario with the burgeoning, massive scandal involving the Biden Crime Family’s pay-to-play corruption schemes involving foreign governments and entities in Ukraine, Moscow (!), Kazakhstan, and China: Actual evidence exists of these potentially criminal schemes, but the garbage media is working to bury the story, and why? Because they claim ‘there’s no corroboration of the evidence.’ Say what?

Literally, there is all kinds of corroboration. There are multiple sources of information. There are emails. There are documents. There are photos. There are videos. There is an eyewitness.

So, what’s the problem? Oh, that’s right. Biden is a Democrat, and since the mainstream media is really just the Democratic Party’s propaganda wing, they are making up every excuse in the book, using every hypocritical angle, to ignore how someone who could very well be president in a few days is also the same someone who is very compromised by foreign powers.

WND reports that the outlet which first unveiled the startling evidence of corruption, the New York Post, which was founded by founding father Alexander Hamilton, is railing against the lying ‘mainstream’ media for it’s blatant double standard:

Pushing back on the establishment media’s dismissal of the New York Post’s reporting on Hunter Biden’s emails as “unverified,” the paper’s editors laid out the facts in an editorial.

The board said Sunday night it’s “particularly rich that The New York Times has fixated on the ‘unverified’ excuse, since it’s spent much of the Trump era offering supposed dirt from anonymous sources — which, by definition, makes the info unverifiable.”

After laying out the soundness of the paper’s reporting, the board noted that other media (not many) have interviewed the owner of the Delaware computer repair shop where Hunter Biden abandoned a MacBook Pro full of incriminating evidence.

In addition, the board noted that no one from the Biden camp has said the laptop and its contents aren’t genuine. And that would be an easy thing to debunk if the laptop didn’t used to belong to Hunter, wouldn’t it?

Face it: The computer is real, the information on it is real, and the Bidens are in real trouble right now, as they should be.

But once again, there are deep staters behind the scenes already working to kill the story or shield the crime family from punishment. And as usual, they’re getting an assist from their pals in the fake news media.

Sources include: WND.com NaturalNews.com NYPost.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-10-26-media-trump-russia-hoax-biden-corruption-story.html 

:: 10--20 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Is Everyone Building an Electric Pickup Truck?

Tesla has the Cybertruck, GM a $113,000 Hummer, and Ford an electric F-150. And then there are the startups.

The electric pickup trucks are here. Or almost here, at least.

General Motors dropped a pretty penny to debut its new electric Hummer during the World Series on Tuesday, with a two minute, 15 second ad that took up an entire commercial break. But you won’t be able to drive the $112,595 truck off the lot until at least next fall. Tesla staged a smashing reveal for its Cybertruck pickup nearly a year ago, but it hasn’t yet built the factory in Texas that will make the thing—reservation holders can probably expect their truck late next year. Other contenders on the horizon include the Rivian R1T, which, after delays, should show up around June; the Lordstown Endurance (sometime in 2021); the Bollinger B2 (probably next year); the Ford F-150 EV (due mid-2022); and the Nikola Badger (thanks to the company’s leadership troubles, who knows). The competition for the hearts and minds of the American electric pickup truck buyer is bound to be intense.

Here’s the problem: No one knows who that American electric pickup buyer is. “It’s not like people have been asking for this,” says Jessica Caldwell, the executive director of insights at Edmunds. “I don’t think people have been sitting around and thinking, ‘You now what I need? A pickup with an electric motor.’” Josh Tavel, General Motors’ lead engineer for electric vehicles, has some ideas about the Hummer buyer. And also about who they are not: “For the majority of people, the environment and making the world better isn’t, maybe, their number one reason for purchasing something,” Tavel says. It would be weird, nay, yucky, to bait green car nerds with a Hummer. In the aughts, the brand became a cultural stand-in for pre-recession excess, a monster truck for folk intrigued by war games who didn’t fret over ozone holes.

Instead, GM is after today’s outdoor adventurers, or at least the people who like to look like outdoor adventurers. The Hummer, which hasn’t been produced since 2010, has gained a cult status among a certain kind of driver. General Motors wants the car aficionados and gearheads to pay attention: Convince them to go electric, and the whole world might follow. To wit, GM has stuffed plenty of nerdery into the electric pickup. It comes with a crab walk feature that lets the truck drive diagonally and in-vehicle graphics developed by video game maker Epic Games. The truck, the first to use GM’s new Ultium batteries, has a 350-mile range. It can do 0 to 60 in three seconds. In many ways, electric pickups like the Hummer, the Cybertruck, and the Ford F-150 do make sense. Electric vehicles are fast and powerful, and because they have fewer moving parts than their internal combustion engine friends, easier to maintain. Electric pickups are likely to cost more up-front than nonelectric ones for a while yet—the average full-size pickup is $50,000, according to Kelley Blue Book—but buyers may save money in the long run.

“It’s not like people have been asking for this.”  Jessica Caldwell, executive director of insights, Edmunds

For automakers, pickups are a great opportunity: They have high margins and are more profitable than most other passenger vehicles. The rash of startups making electric pickups and SUVs is not an accident. Their higher prices make it easier to “hide” the up-front costs of research, development, and batteries than with a cheaper sedan or compact.

Plus, pickups—albeit less expensive ones—are the most popular cars in America. Rule the electric pickup market, the logic goes, and you rule the future. “If suddenly everyone wants an electric truck, that would put automakers already making them in a favorable position,” says Caldwell, the Edmunds analyst. No one wants to be left behind.

Still, today’s electric pickup might not be the breakthrough vehicle that the EV faithful were waiting for. To win the US market, you will eventually have to reach beyond car nerds, and the folks who are prepping for dystopia.

To move the world from gas can to plug, automakers will need to convince the everyday driver to change their behavior, Caldwell says—to take a chance on a still unpopular technology, to remember to charge overnight or at work, to figure out where the local charging station is, if it even exists. “It’s one thing to get enthusiasts excited about this vehicle,” Caldwell says. “But if you can’t get mainstream consumers excited, what’s the point?”

https://www.wired.com/story/why-everyone-building-electric-pickup-truck/ 

:: 10-26-20 https://sevenpod.wordpress.com/2020/10/26/farm-murders  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Farm Murders: What You Need To Know If You Live On A Homestead- In South Africa farmers are murdered at a much higher rate than the murder rate in the general population. Criminal attacks target farmers.

Editor’s Note: In South Africa farmers are murdered at a much higher rate than the murder rate in the general population. Criminal attacks target farmers.

Valuable insights can be learnt from taking a closer look at the circumstances surrounding the farm murders in my country. Insights about the dangers faced by average citizens when Law and Order break down. Insights about how the absence of police authority can embolden criminals to act on impulses they would normally suppress, due to fear of being caught.

The US has recently experienced a spate of lawlessness with Law Enforcement Officials either facing public condemnation, or having their powers revoked by cowardly politicians eagerly pandering to thugs and criminals. Statues have been toppled from their plinths with BLM graffiti smugly covering the names of national heroes; and then, that human nature has a dark side that exploits in times of chaos to raise its ugly head.

If the economy will collapse the riots will start in the cities, then looters will expand to rural areas, where people are homesteading and possibly vulnerable.

Have you ever thought about living without electricity, internet or mobiles? We can guarantee that the majority of our readers can never imagine this kind of scenarios.

However, there are chances that this type of conditions arises in your life due to flooding, tornadoes, draught or even war.

How could you survive in this type of dangerous condition? We believe you should stay prepared by learning the essential skills needed to deal with these disasters, watching this video

How To Stay Safe Before striking, a predator will do a final cost benefit calculation to decide if it will attack. Let’s call it victim or target profiling.

The predator’s calculation incorporates three variables: probability of success, probability of injury, level of desperation.

A predator that is not on the brink of starvation, will not initiate a hunt with a low probability of success OR a high probability of injury. As a predator’s desperation increases, so will its willingness to face greater risk. Since the economic collapse will affect everyone, we must expect that the worst things will happen and people will not take into consideration the well being of others.

Excluding attackers driven by extreme desperation, the success versus injury trade-off should encapsulate your strategic intent. These are the two variables you need to address to ensure that you will be low on the list of possible targets.

This means that your lifestyle and environment must be adapted to communicate to any would-be attacker that: “your probability of success is LOW and your probability of personal injury is HIGH”. Putting Strategy Into Practice (Tactics)

I am going to start this section with a description of what attackers look for, and why. Most of what we are dealing with, refers to lowering the probability of a successful attack.

Situational Awareness This goes deeper than just “are you aware of your immediate surroundings?”

Do you know where your dogs sleep at night, and during the day, and what about when it’s raining? Do you know if that door to the animal feed shed is normally open or closed? Would you notice if someone moved your wheel-burrow, or your shovel?

Criminals target people who live narrowly focused and unaware of the details in their surroundings. It shows lack of discipline, an easygoing attitude and unpreparedness.

Criminals will hang discarded plastic wrappers on fences, or place empty cans close to homes. It’s a way of seeing how close they can penetrate without you or your dogs noticing. It is also a way of conditioning dogs.

Observational Vantage Points

Very few farm attacks happen randomly, spontaneously or unplanned. Even though, in time of crisis, looters will attack to take everything with no regard for human life, they do not want to get shot and killed. Most attackers observe their victims for at least few hours or a day, often longer. The harder you are to be observed, the better. The further away they need to be to do this safely, the better.

Walls, screens, hedges, garden features can all help to create privacy. Keep in mind, if they can’t see in, you can’t see out. There is a trade-off here.

Secondly, when inside your house, it must be impossible for criminals to see where you are and what you are doing. One way reflective films, curtains, closed doors. Lights switching on and off as you enter or leave rooms means you are easily tracked throughout the house.

Here, investigations sometimes uncovered “hideouts” where cigarette buts, discarded food packaging, urination and flattened vegetation often indicating days worth of stalking.

Regular Schedules and Daily Habits Someone leaving for work everyday at the same time, walking to his car along the same path; what could present an easier target?

Try to vary your schedule. Have your husband walk with you sometimes, let him bring the car around sometimes, leave earlier or later than usual.

The same should apply when going to church or visiting friends. If every Tuesday evening is Bingo night, be sure to pick up friends on the way, or have friends pick you up, and vary your route. Even better, when the economic crisis will happen, stay inside your house and try to cut your expenses. Take care of your stockpile and be aware of your surroundings.

In the South Africa, families returning from church would often be ambushed. Another favorite time is when people return from visiting friends, leaving or returning from work. Letting the dogs out every night at the same hour before you retire to bed, could be fatal in the long run.

One last word of advice, don’t leave the safety of your home when your dogs are barking in a distressed tone outside. It could be a deadly trap. Or, be sure you are carrying a firearm and be prepared to face your looters.

Naivety These people are probably just lost, need shelter, or food, or medical help. Help your friends and family freely. Everybody else, point them in the direction of somewhere they can receive assistance. Or: If you feel compelled, help them, as if you were helping an enemy that is trying to deceive you.

Be smarter than them. Usually, attackers have gained access into yards or homes under various pretexts: pregnant women needing to use the bathroom, sick children and grandparents. Including under the guise of business to buy horses, cattle, chickens, vegetables. So be alert, and think twice before you let a stranger into your home.

Obstacles These are simply the barriers to easy access and or escape. The more of these a potential attacker needs to overcome, the higher the likelihood that he will look elsewhere.

A fence, floodlights, yard dogs and geese, dogs inside, locked doors, alarm and silent alarm systems, sound tripwires.

The more layers between yourself and attackers, the better.

Responsibility For Safety Constant Vigilance. The effectiveness of a system is not based on its implementation, but on its daily practice. Safety Ownership. Ultimately it will not be a gun, or dog, or fence or alarm that keeps you safe.

You are the one that will keep yourself safe by implementing and actively practicing all of your safety systems.

Two last tips, in the case that the attackers will enter your home:

Hide your clothes iron on a regular basis. If you google about the amount of elderly South African farmers and their wives who were tortured and burnt with a clothes iron, you will understand. Torture is the best way for the attackers to get information about your stockpile or the money you stashed. Remember: when the economic crisis hits, people will do desperate things to save themselves.

Have at least two safes. One will act as a decoy, with a bit of cash and one firearm. The other one needs to be well hidden, including the keys. Old keys lying in your house need to be discarded. Many individuals have faced hours of torture because their attackers didn’t believe that the keys they found around the house, didn’t open anything of value.

https://sevenpod.wordpress.com/2020/10/26/farm-murders-what-you-need-to-know-if-you-live-on-a-homestead-in-south-africa-farmers-are-murdered-at-a-much-higher-rate-than-the-murder-

rate-in-the-general-population-criminal-attacks-target-farme/ 

:: 10-26-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Did you mean me, Joe? Trump puts the boot in after Jill Biden has to whisper his name under her breath when Joe tells virtual rally: 'We need to stop four more years of George' (but did he mean Bush Snr or Jnr?)

Trump tweeted this morning: 'Joe Biden called me George yesterday. Couldn't remember my name.

'Got some help from the anchor to get him through the interview. The Fake News Cartel is working overtime to cover it up!'

Biden last night appeared to say that 'George' was president, perhaps a reference to George W. (2001-09) or maybe George H.W. (1989-93)

The 77-year-old former VP said we need to avoid 'four more years of George'

When Biden said 'George', his wife Jill said Trump under her breath

Republicans used blunder to once again raise questions about elder statesman's mental capacity

But Democrats pointed out he was speaking to George Lopez who was hosting the virtual rally

By Harriet Alexander For Dailymail.com and Ross Ibbetson For Mailonline

Published: 01:15 EDT, 26 October 2020 | Updated: 14:35 EDT, 26 October 2020

Donald Trump has mocked 'Sleepy' Joe Biden for apparently forgetting who was president after the Democrat candidate said 'we need to stop four more years of George.'

Biden was last night addressing a virtual concert when he said: 'Four more years of George, er, George, er, he - we're going to find ourselves in a position where, if Trump gets elected, we're going to be in a different world.'

The 77-year-old appeared to receive a prompt from his wife Jill who was sitting beside him, muttering 'Trump' under her breath.

Hours later President Trump blasted Biden, tweeting: 'Joe Biden called me George yesterday. Couldn't remember my name. Got some help from the anchor to get him through the interview. The Fake News Cartel is working overtime to cover it up!'

Many speculated that Biden was thinking of George W. Bush, president from 2001-09, or perhaps George H.W. who was in office from 1989-93.

Democrats however said that Biden was speaking to George Lopez, one of the hosts of the rally for Latino voters, and whose question he was addressing.

The blunder once again was used by Republicans to raise questions about Biden's mental capacity - a topic Trump has repeatedly referenced in the run-up to the election. Another remarked: 'The look on Jill's face was like 'come on Joe, get the train back on the tracks...''

Biden and Jill appeared during the star-studded 'I Will Vote Concert' which was headlined by A$AP Ferg, Sara Bareilles, Aloe Blacc, the Black Eyed Peas, Jon Bon Jovi and Cher.

It garnered around 12,000 views and was live-streamed on YouTube.

It comes just two days after the former Vice President said during a campaign video: 'We have put together, I think, the most extensive and inclusive voter fraud organization in the history of American politics.'

This too was seized upon by the Trump campaign, White House Press Secretary Kayleigh McEnany who tweeted: 'BIDEN ADMITS TO VOTER FRAUD!'

Earlier on Sunday, Biden, in an interview with 60 Minutes, laughed off Trump's attacks on his mental agility.

'Hey, the same guy who thought that the 911 attack was a 7-Eleven attack?' Biden responded.

'He's talking about dementia?  'All I can say to the American people is watch me, is see what I've done, is see what I'm going to do. Look at me. Compare our physical and mental acuity.

'I'm happy to have that comparison.' He insisted it was Trump - not him - who was losing his grip on reality.  'The way he's handling COVID is just absolutely totally irresponsible,' said Biden.  'He's telling people that we've turned the bend, in one of his recent rallies. Well, he's gone - as my grandpop would say he's gone round the bend. I mean, we are in real trouble.'

However, Biden was unable to walk away from the interview without mangling his data on public schools.

'I can send every single qualified person to a four-year college in their state for $150 billion,' he said.

CBS later said that Biden's advisers later told them he misspoke, and meant to say double that.

The Trump campaign has in recent months turned up the heat on its claim that Biden's mental capacity is fading.

At rallies the president has repeatedly stated that Biden is 'gonzo.'

'He's gonzo folks. He's gone. He has no idea, and the people that are running that party are radical far-left maniacs.' Trump told a rally in Arizona earlier this month.

The President has joked about Biden ending up in a care home during his tenure and the office being taken over by his running-mate Kamala Harris.

A campaign advert in August asked: 'Did something happen to Joe Biden?'

Biden, who would be the oldest ever president, has denied the accusations against him saying that he is 'constantly tested.'

In June he said: 'Look, all you gotta do is watch me, and I can hardly wait to compare my cognitive capability to the cognitive capability of the man I'm the man I'm running against.' Biden's blunders: From claiming 200 million Americans have been wiped out by Covid to forgetting the Declaration of Independence

August 8, 2019: He tells the Asian & Latino Coalition in Des Moines, Iowa, that 'poor kids are just as bright and just as talented as white kids.'

He attempted to clear up his statement, adding: 'Wealthy kids, black kids, Asian kids — no, I really mean it. But think how we think about it ... mWe think how we're going to dumb it down. They can do anything anybody else can do given a shot.'

Later that day he tells a crowd: 'We choose unity over division. We choose science over fiction. We choose truth over facts.'

August 9: Biden was accosted by a right-wing Turning Point USA staffer at a rally in Iowa. 'How many genders are there?' He asked.

Biden replied: 'There are at least three.' The reporter said, 'What are they?'

And Biden responded: 'Don't play games with me, kid.' Biden then shook someone in the crowd's hand before turning back and saying, 'By the way, the first one to come out for marriage was me.'

August 10: Biden says he was VP when the Parkland school shooting took place, even though it occurred in 2018.

'Those kids in Parkland came up to see me when I was vice president,' he told a reporter.

A campaign official clarified that Biden meant the shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Connecticut, in December 2012.

August 24: Biden mistakes New Hampshire for Vermont.

Speaking in Keene, NH, he said: 'I love this place. Look, what's not to like about Vermont in terms of the beauty of it?'

September 2: Biden appears confused about the definition of a magazine for a rifle, telling supporters in Iowa: 'The idea that we don't have elimination of assault type weapons, magazines that can hold multiple bullets in them, it's absolutely mindless.'

By definition a magazine holds multiple rounds.

September 25: Biden forgot the name of the last Supreme Court nominee under President Barack Obama on Jimmy Kimmel's show.

'Back when, when they were holding up before Trump got elected, they were holding up, uh, um, the nomination of the president put forward for the Supreme Court,' Biden rambled.

'Merrick Garland,' Kimmel said.  'Merrick Garland, a really fine man,' Biden added.

November 2: Says he's in Ohio when he's in Iowa.

November 20: Biden claimed that he had the backing of the Senate's only black female Senator during a Democratic debate.

'I have more people supporting me in the black community that have vouched for me because they know who I am… The only African-American woman who's ever been elected to the United States Senate.'

Senator Kamala Harris corrected him, saying: 'That's not true. The other one is here!'

December 5: He called a voter a 'damn liar' and 'fat' after he asked if his son Hunter earned a job on the board of a Ukrainian gas company as a result of his father's high office.

'You're a damn liar, and that's not true,' Biden snapped at him. 'I'm not sedentary. You want to check my shape, let's do push ups together, let's run, let's do whatever you want to do, let's take an IQ test.'  He continued, 'But look, fat, here's the deal.'

February 9, 2020: Biden called a 21-year-old woman a 'lying, dog-faced pony soldier' during a Q&A in New Hampshire.

Asked by the economics student Madison Moore about his poor performances in the Iowa caucuses, he asked if she'd ever attended a caucus. Moore said she had and Biden hit back: 'No you haven’t! You’re a lying, dog-faced pony soldier.'

February 24: In South Carolina he said: 'My name's Joe Biden. I'm a Democratic candidate for the United States Senate.'

During the same speech he claimed to to have worked with Chinese leader 'Deng Xiaoping' on the Paris Climate Accord - Deng died in 1997.

February 25: During the final Democratic debate he claimed that '150 million people have been killed since 2007' by guns. If that were the case, half the American population would be dead.

March 1: He calls Fox News host Chris Wallace 'Chuck,' and then claims it was because he'd had a recent interview with NBC's Chuck Todd.

March 3: He confused Super Tuesday with 'Super Thursday.'

And during the same speech he botched the Declaration of Independence, saying: 'We hold these truths to be self-evident. All men and women are created, by the, you know, you know the thing.'

March 4: He confused his wife with his sister on stage at a rally in California.

'By the way, this is my little sister Valerie!' Biden said while grabbing his wife's right hand. 'And I'm Jill's husband,' he went on while reaching for his sister's.

March 9: 'Together, I think we can win back the House,' Biden said before correcting himself. 'We're gonna keep the House, increase it and flip the Senate.'

March 10: Biden pledged to ban the 'AR-14,' (instead of AR-15) when challenged by a worker who accused him of 'trying to diminish our second amendment right and take away our guns.'

April: He appeared to forget Barack Obama's name while discussing Russia's annexation of Crimea.

'Because they invaded another country and annexed a significant portion of it called Crimea. He's saying that it was president - my boss - it was his fault.'

May 22: Biden tells radio host Charlmagne the God that 'if you have a problem figuring out whether you're for me or Trump, then you ain't black.'

August 31: Speaking at a steel factory in Pittsburgh, he stumbled badly over his words, saying: 'COVID has taken this year, just since the outbreak, has taken more than 100 years. Look, here's, the lives, it's just, it's uh, I mean think about it. More lives this year than any other year for the past 100 years.'

September 15: Biden says that wealthy people were able to stay home during lockdown because 'some black woman was able to stack the grocery shelf.'

Speaking to a group of veterans in Tampa, Florida, he said: 'The American public, the blinders have been taken off. They've all of a sudden seen a hell of a lot clearer.

'They're saying: "Jeez, the reason I was able to stay sequestered in my home is because some black woman was able to stack the grocery shelf."'

September 20: Biden said that 200 million had died of coronavirus, confusing a million for a thousand.

'It's estimated that 200 million people have died probably by the time I finish this talk,' he said.

September 21: He botches the pledge of allegiance, saying: 'I pledge allegiance to the United States of America, one nation, indivisible, under God, for real.'

The correct text is: 'I pledge allegiance to the Flag of the United States of America, and to the Republic for which it stands, one Nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.'

October 12: He appeared to forget that he ran against Mitt Romney in 2012.

'You may remember,' Biden said when telling reporters he was opposed to Democrats criticizing Amy Coney Barrett's faith, 'I got in trouble when we were running against that senator who was a Mormon, the governor.'

October 24: He tells a virtual meeting: 'We have put together, I think, the most extensive and inclusive voter fraud organization in the history of American politics.'

October 25: He got confused about who is president, calling him, 'George.'

Speaking at the 'I Will Vote Concert' Biden said: 'Four more years of George, er, George, er, he - we're going to find ourselves in a position where, if Trump gets elected, we're going to be in a different world.'

He was aided by his wife Jill who appeared to mutter 'Trump,' under her breath while Biden struggled for the words. During Biden's 60 Minutes interview, he was able to laugh off the 'dementia' jibe as well as lash Trump's personal lawyer Rudy Giuliani for his 'smear campaign' against his son Hunter.

Biden spoke out about the laptop scandal and the emails that have been found detailing plans for business ventures involving China and Ukraine.

Biden said he believed that Giuliani, who has touted the laptop around various media outlets seeking publicity, was being used by Russia.

'From what I've read and know the intelligence community warned the president that Giuliani was being fed disinformation from the Russians,' Biden said. 'And we also know that Putin is trying very hard to spread disinformation about Joe Biden. And so when you put the combination of Russia, Giuliani, the president, together - it's just what it is.

'It's a smear campaign because he has nothing he wants to talk about. What is he running on? What is he running on?'

The former VP also spoke with unusual clarity about whether he would change the makeup of the Supreme Court, in the light of Amy Coney Barrett's expected nomination and the conservative bent the court will take.

Biden, who was strongly criticized by his opponents for saying that voters would have to wait until after the election to see his plans for the Supreme Court, said in Sunday's episode that he would convene a panel of Democrats, Republicans and legal scholars to explore all the options. Norah O'Donnell also asked him about why he had chosen Kamala Harris for vice president, which is made 'all the more important' because of his age.

Biden replied: 'Number one her values, number two she's smart as a devil, number three she has a backbone like a ramrod, number four she's really principled, number five she has had significant experience in the largest state in the union, running a justice department that's only second in size to the United States' Justice Department. And obviously I hope that never becomes a question.'

Biden's running mate, Senator Harris was also asked questions and said that she believed Trump was racist, and that his attacks on her were 'predictable, sadly.'

Harris said that she hoped her role, if elected, will inspire future generations.

She also denied that she disagreed with Biden on healthcare policy and the Green New Deal, insisting that his platform was her platform.

'I would not have joined the ticket if I didn't support what Joe was proposing,' she said.

Viewers on Sunday night also watched Trump walk out of his 60 Minutes interview after he became irritated by the questions.

The president had already jumped the gun by sharing the entire clip on his Facebook page Thursday, before CBS aired his interview with Lesley Stahl last night.

Stahl, in her introduction to Sunday's show, explained: 'We had prepared to talk about the many issues and questions facing the president, but in what has become an all-too-public dust-up, the conversation was cut short.'

'It began politely, but ended regrettably, contentiously,' she said.

On Sunday night viewers saw what happened once Trump's camera stopped rolling, and the president walked off.

Stahl remained in her chair, looking surprised.

'I've got a lot of questions I didn't ask,' Stahl says as the president walks out past the cameras. Kayleigh McEnany, the White House press secretary, then enters with a weighty folder which she describes as 'his health care plan'.

Stahl comments, in a voiceover: 'It was heavy. Filled with executive orders, congressional initiatives, but no comprehensive health plan.'

Stahl then asked McEnany: 'And the president's not coming back?'

McEnany replies: 'The president's given you a lot of time.'

Mike Pence, the vice president, was then in the hot seat.

He told Stahl that Trump was not interested in 'back and forth with the media'.

'Lesley, President Trump is a man who speaks his mind,' Pence said.

'I think it's one of the great strengths that he's had as president of the United States, is that the American people always know where they stand.

'And he's always ready. And the American people know that - in this time, it's, it's - it's less about the back and forth with the media, and it's - it's really more about how we bring this country all the way back.'

Trump was due to return, to film a segment in the Rose Garden with Pence, but he did not come back. Trump bristled immediately when Stahl started out the sit-down by asking him: 'Are you ready for some tough questions?'

He brought that up directly before he cut the interview short.

'Excuse me. Lesley you started with your first statement was are you ready for tough questions. That's no way to talk,' Trump told Stahl.

He also pointed out that Democratic nominee Joe Biden gets 'softball after softball.'

'I've seen all his interviews, he's never been asked a question that's hard,' Trump said.

The president also pushed that the '60 Minutes' interview wasn't supposed to be hard.

'When you set up the interview you didn't say that,' he told Stahl. 'You said, 'Oh, let's have a little interview.' And here's what I do say, you don't ask Joe Biden. I saw your interview with Joe Biden.'

Stahl interjected, 'I've never done a Joe Biden.'

Trump called it 'a joke.' Biden, who Trump accused of going into hiding last week, is travelling to Georgia this week to make a late stand in a state that hasn't gone blue since 1992.

Biden's campaign says he will be in Warm Springs, Georgia, on Tuesday, the first time he's visited the state since clinching the Democratic presidential nomination.

Senator Harris, made several stops across Atlanta on Friday.

Biden's campaign has for months said it is focusing on re-establishing the Democratic 'blue wall' in Wisconsin, Michigan and Pennsylvania that crumbled when all three went for President Donald Trump in 2016.

But Biden's top advisers have been equally bullish about 'expanding the electoral map' to traditionally Republican states like Arizona and Georgia. Biden visited Arizona earlier this month. His Georgia swing just one week before Election Day indicates he sees what he calls the Trump administration's bungled federal response to the coronavirus pandemic as a chance to gain more ground.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8878991/Joe-Biden-appears-confuse-Trump-Bush-calls-president-George-virtual-rally.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10-25-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

10/25/2020 -- HUGE DISCOVERY! Earthquakes striking next to high voltage power lines across WHOLE USA

202,547 views

•Premiered Oct 25, 2020

dutchsinse

456K subscribers

October 25, 2020 - An amazing discovery was made today while I was looking up quakes live before the viewing audience on twitch.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-0wvPYeKTE0 

:: 10-26-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Watch: Joe Biden Can't Walk Or Speak Right: Biden Is In No Condition To Be President - He Spends Most His Time 'In The Basement' Which A President Cannot Do!

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine October 26, 2020

Joe Bidens has been known for his gaffes for quite a while and anyone that has been watching him has seen those gaffes turn into an embarrassing amount of total screwups, from telling a black man that if he doesn't vote for Biden he "ain't black," to his most recent, by accidentally admitting out loud that the Biden campaign has "the most extensive and inclusive VOTER FRAUD organization in the history of American politics."

To be fair, because we do not wish to be like the establishment media, Biden then went on to describe a bevy of lawyers to "fight" fraud, yet that does not change his orginal wording, nor the lack of the "anti" before the "voter fraud."

The point that we will be making is that Biden's mental degeneration, which has been cringeworthy to watch, is only one side of the coin. BIDEN'S PHYSICAL STATE ISN'T MUCH BETTER THAN HIS MENTAL STATE

We have all seen that Joe Biden has spent the majority of his 2020 campaign hiding out at home (some joke he hides in his basement), where even the media that seems to be in his pocket have highlighted how many times he has called a "lid," bright and early in the morning.

A "lid" is where his campaign informs his press poool that he will not be doing anything public.

Many would speculate on the exact reason, but out of the choices, none are actually better than the other.

Either his campaign wants to keep him under wraps as much as possible, while still letting him make and appearance here and there (where he manages to stick his foot in his mouth), or he is simply not physically fit enough to be able to accomodate a busy schedule.

Compare that to President Trump, who has been holding rallies in different cities and states, every single night. He has done this while recovering from COVID-19.

The differences cannot be any starker.

A recent video clip has been making its way across the internet of Joe Biden in Pennsylvania walking to his transport with others, and the reason is it going viral is because after preaching about wearing masks, and making sure to always have one on in public, when the cameras are on, when he thought no cameras were on him... no mask.

On social media they are highlighting the hypocrisy of his actions compared to his rhetoric.

What I saw, then rewound it and watched it a few more times, is how difficult it appears to be for Biden to even walk.

Make no mistake, I am not making fun of his inability to walk, which appears to be more of a shuffle these days, but I am highlighting another aspect of his physicality, stamina, and inability to lead America.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history as we approach the 2020 election during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

BIDEN: TRUMP SUPPORTERS NOW DEPLORABLE 'CHUMPS'

Apparently having learned absolutely nothing from Hillary Clinton's decision to alienate half of America by calling Trump supporters "deplorables," Biden decided to refer to Trump supporters and those not voting for Biden as "Chumps."

Setting the scene: Biden has a tiny rally, barely anyone there as usual for his events this campaign season, and outside the event was a Trump unity rally, bullhorns and car horns, which seemed to annoy Biden to know end, and he refeered to them as "chumps," more than once.

Video proof: As conservatives/Trump supporters did in 2016 after Clinton's screwup, they started a hashtag, taking the chump "insult" as a badge of honor and started the #ChumpsForTrump, with actor James Woods joining in on the fun. Honestly I don't think it was just the irritation of the Trump supporters crashing his event, even thought here were more of them at a Biden rally than Biden supporters (Ouch!), as much as the ongoing information dump, emails and damning video footage of Biden's son Hunter that is making cranky Joe crazy.

Related: SMOKING GUN Hunter Biden ‘seen smoking crack during sex act’ as emails ‘reveal he DID introduce Ukraine gas exec to his VP dad’

BOTTOM LINE

Between Joe Biden's mouth and inability to speak without sticking his foot in said mouth, which some think is a sign of dementia, senility or alheimer's, and the lack of physical fitness with his light campaign schedule, his shuffle-walk, his constant muttering and stumbling over simple words, hemming and hawing, it is alarming to think that 1) This is the best Democrats have to offer; 2) This could be the next president of the United States.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Joe_Biden_Cant_Walk_Or_Speak_Right.php 

[ :: 8-23-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: ::]

For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.

:: 10-13-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stewards of the Vote

By Hal Lindsey

Churchgoers often cringe at the word “stewardship” because they tend to associate it with sermons on money. But stewardship isn’t just about giving to God’s work. Dictionary.com defines a “steward” as, “A person who manages another’s property or financial affairs.”

Everything we have belongs to God. We are to act as God’s agents in managing those things. Do you remember the parable of the talents? A man going on a journey placed servants in charge of some of his wealth. He placed five talents in the hands of one, two in the hands of another, and put a third man in charge of one talent. He then held them responsible for how they handled his property.

So, what has God placed in your hand? Whoever you are, the list is long. And it probably includes money. With the money under your control, He expects you to take care of your family, meet obligations, pay taxes, support His work, etc. But it’s about more than money. We are custodians of all the things He has given us, including time, energy, strength, intelligence, and wisdom. Can you sing? Do you write poetry? We’re to be stewards of all the things He has placed in our hands.

For Americans, that includes the vote. If, over the last fifty years, all Christian believers had been voting regularly, this would be a different and better nation. As a group, God has given us an astounding level of power. And yet, many treat it as something they might take advantage of or might not, depending on how the day goes.

Do you remember the presidential election of 2000? It became clear early on that the winner of Florida would probably win the presidency. At 7:50 that evening, the Associated Press called Florida for Vice President Al Gore. The major TV networks quickly followed. By about 10 PM, things had changed. Governor Bush’s numbers were on the rise. The networks began retracting their earlier projections.

By 2:15 that morning, George W. Bush’s lead had risen to 50,000, and all the news organizations started calling both Florida and the nation for Bush. At 2:30 AM, Al Gore called George Bush to concede. It had been a strange night, but things seemed to be shaking out and beginning to look like a normal presidential election.

But by 3 AM, the Bush lead had fallen to a mere thousand votes. Gore called Bush again, this time to retract his earlier concession. And then America began a strange and unprecedented odyssey of counts, recounts, hanging chads, and election-related lawsuits — lots and lots of lawsuits. The weird journey ended on December 13th when Al Gore conceded again, this time in a nationally televised speech.

Americans were dumbfounded by the whole process. In an era when computers regularly handled fantastic levels of data in mere seconds, it took 36 days to learn who the next president would be. Our computers are far more sophisticated now, but the process has become even more inscrutable and chaotic. We should demand that local, state, and national leaders address voting problems in fair and common-sense ways.

In the meantime, we have another duty to perform. Vote! Bush officially won Florida by only 537 votes out of almost six million cast. Your vote matters. Vote like the nation’s future depends on it — because it does.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-13-2020/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-25-20 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel-Sudan treaty deals blow to Iran, terrorism

The deal with Khartoum goes a long way toward chipping at the notion that any progress between the Arab world and Israel is inextricably linked to the Palestinian issue.

By Yoav Limor Published on 10-25-2020 11:13 Last modified: 10-25-2020 11:13

The main achievement entailed in the peace treaty between Israel and Sudan is not bilateral, rather regional: another country has left the cycle of conflict and ceases to serve as a hotbed of anti-Israel political and security activity.

Unlike the peace deals with the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain, the treaty with Sudan has little to offer from an economic standpoint. Sudan has nothing to export to Israel, and given the state of Khartoum's coffers, it is doubtful whether it can import much from the relatively expensive goods Israel has to offer. Follow Israel Hayom on Facebook and Twitter

There is no doubt that some business deals are on the horizon, mostly involving Israeli technologies in the fields of water, agriculture and food, and they will help bring Sudan into the 21st century, but overall trade between the two countries is likely to remain small-scale.

The peace deal with Sudan, however, offers Israel three equally important boons: First, diplomatically speaking, it means another country previously hostile to Israel now recognizes it and establishes full diplomatic and trade ties with it.

This goes beyond having declarative importance, and this means one less country will vote against Israel in in international organizations and forums, and will no longer join efforts impose boycotts or sanctions on the Jewish state.

Secondly, from an Arab-Muslim standpoint, the accord means another dent has been made in the wall of opposition Israel faces in the Arab world. Sudan, where in 1967 the Arab League infamously declared it's Three Nos policy – no to recognizing Israel, no to negotiating with it, and no to peace with Israel – has now become the fifth Arab nation to recognize Israel, and by doing so it has further chipped at the notion that any progress between the Arab world and Israel is inextricably linked to the Palestinian issue.

And last – but by no means least – is the security issue. It is not for nothing that Sudan was included in the US in the list of state sponsors of terrorism – there are more than a few terrorist groups that call Sudan home, and Khartoum maintains close ties with Iran.

Iranian ships regularly docked at Port Sudan, en route to delivering anything from rockets and mortars to anti-tank missiles, explosives and weapons to Hezbollah in Lebanon and Hamas and the Islamic Jihad in the Gaza Strip.

According to foreign media reports, Israel has, on several occasions, thwarted these smuggling efforts, mostly by eliminating these deliveries at sea.

This activity has significantly reduced the scope of terrorism emanating from Sudan, but now it seems that the new agreement will make it possible to further tighten control over any terrorist activity on Sudanese soil.

This deals a significant blow to terrorist organizations, and especially to their chief patron, Iran, which is no doubt concerned about the growing number of smuggling routes being cordoned off, as well as the growing number of Muslim countries that are choosing to seek peace with Israel.

Tehran will undoubtedly carve out new smuggling routes to keep assisting its proxies in Lebanon and Gaza, and the ayatollahs will certainly do what they can to pressure Arab leaders against following in the footsteps of the UAE, Bahrain and Sudan.

Behind the scenes a diplomatic battle is being waged for Qatar's allegiances: The US and Israel are trying to mediate rapprochement between Qatar and Saudi Arabia in an effort to pull Doha away from the radical Islamist axis, headed by Turkey.

If these efforts prove effective the radical states will become more isolated than ever and the Middle East will be very clearly divided between the "good guys" and the "bad" ones.

https://www.israelhayom.com/opinions/israel-sudan-treaty-deals-blow-to-iran-terrorism/ 

:: 10-26-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump says he now identifies as a nondenominational Christian

By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor

President Trump is largely known to be a Presbyterian in terms of his religious identity, but in a media interview, he said he now identifies as a “nondenominational Christian.”

“Though I was confirmed at a Presbyterian church as a child, I now consider myself to be a non-denominational Christian,” Trump told Religious News Service in a written statement, responding to the question, “Do you consider yourself an evangelical Christian?”

The president also stated, “Melania and I have gotten to visit some amazing churches and meet with great faith leaders from around the world. During the unprecedented COVID-19 outbreak, I tuned into several virtual church services and know that millions of Americans did the same.”

On Palm Sunday, Trump was among the 1.3 million who watched California megachurch Pastor Greg Laurie’s Palm Sunday webcast service. He also announced that he watched the Sunday service of Pastor Jentezen Franklin at Free Chapel in Georgia, and Pastor Robert Jeffress of Frist Baptist Dallas, among others, during the lockdowns.

CP Current Page: U.S. | Sunday, October 25, 2020 | Coronavirus →

Trump says he now identifies as a nondenominational Christian

By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor Follow

| Sunday, October 25, 2020

U.S. President Donald J. Trump (R) and first lady Melania Trump (C) are greeted by Reverend W. Bruce McPherson (L) as they arrive to attend services at St. John's Episcopal Church March 17, 2019, in Washington, DC, USA. The Trumps are attending church on St. Patrick's Day. | (Photo: Getty Images/Eric Lesser)

President Trump is largely known to be a Presbyterian in terms of his religious identity, but in a media interview, he said he now identifies as a “nondenominational Christian.”

“Though I was confirmed at a Presbyterian church as a child, I now consider myself to be a non-denominational Christian,” Trump told Religious News Service in a written statement, responding to the question, “Do you consider yourself an evangelical Christian?”

The president also stated, “Melania and I have gotten to visit some amazing churches and meet with great faith leaders from around the world. During the unprecedented COVID-19 outbreak, I tuned into several virtual church services and know that millions of Americans did the same.”

On Palm Sunday, Trump was among the 1.3 million who watched California megachurch Pastor Greg Laurie’s Palm Sunday webcast service. He also announced that he watched the Sunday service of Pastor Jentezen Franklin at Free Chapel in Georgia, and Pastor Robert Jeffress of Frist Baptist Dallas, among others, during the lockdowns.

In August, the president and first family requested to be ministered to by the Rev. Samuel Rodriguez, senior pastor of New Season Church in Sacramento, California, after the death of Robert Trump, the president's brother.

Last June, the president made an unannounced visit to McLean Bible Church in Virginia, where Pastor David Platt privately shared the Gospel with him in a “forthright and compassionate” manner before a public prayer during the service.

Platt, a former president of the Southern Baptist Convention's International Mission Board, explained at the time that he prayed for the president because 1 Timothy 2:1-6 urges in part that Christians pray “for kings and all who are in high positions, that we may lead a peaceful and quiet life, godly and dignified in every way.”

The president and first lady Melania Trump attended a worship service together at St. John’s Episcopal Church of Lafayette Square near the White House on Saint Patrick’s Day last year. The couple is most often seen attending services on holidays at Bethesda-by-the-Sea when the first family is at their Mar-a-Lago residence in Palm Beach, Florida. In 2017, after members of the first family met with Pope Francis at the Vatican, Melania Trump confirmed that she's a practicing Roman Catholic. During their meeting, the pontiff gave the president a split medallion held together by an olive tree, which his interpreter told Trump is "a symbol of peace."

"I am giving you this because I hope you may be this olive tree to make peace," the pope is said to have told Trump in Spanish. "We can use peace," the president reportedly responded.

In a 2015 interview with CBN less than a month before he announced his run for president that year, Trump talked about his faith and promised that if he became president, he would be the best representative of Christians in the White House that America has seen in a long time.

“First of all, I’m Protestant. I’m Presbyterian. I’m proud of it. I’m very proud of it,” Trump told CBN’s David Brody at the time. “Believe me, if I run and I win, I will be the greatest representative of the Christians that they’ve had in a long time.”

In 2011, Trump told Human Events and other news outlets that he was “a believer.”

Also in 2011, he told CBN he attended First Presbyterian Church in Jamaica Queens, which is part of the Presbyterian U.S.A. denomination.

Some past articles and interviews listed Trump as a member of the Reformed Church of America, but later, he said he was Presbyterian. He has said he goes to church on Sunday when he can and always on Christmas, Easter, and special occasions.

Free CP Newsletters

Join over 250,000 others to get the top stories curated daily, plus special offers!

Free CP Newsletters

Join over 250,000 others to get the top stories curated daily, plus special offers!

https://www.christianpost.com/news/trump-identifies-non-denominational-christian.html 

:: 10--20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. announces new Nagorno-Karabakh ceasefire as fighting persists

By Nailia Bagirova, Humeyra Pamuk   4 Min Read

BAKU/WASHINGTON (Reuters) - The United States on Sunday said a new humanitarian ceasefire will take effect on Monday in the conflict between Azerbaijan and Armenia over the enclave of Nagorno-Karabakh, even as fresh fighting erupted between the two sides. The latest ceasefire is due to take effect at 8 a.m. local time (12 a.m. EDT) on Oct. 26, the U.S. State Department and the governments of Azerbaijan and Armenia said in a joint statement.

“Congratulations to Armenian Prime Minister Nikol Pashinyan and Azerbaijani President Ilham Aliyev, who just agreed to adhere to a cease fire effective at midnight. Many lives will be saved,” U.S. President Donald Trump wrote on Twitter.

The announcement came after U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo held separate meetings with the foreign ministers of Armenia and Azerbaijan in Washington on Friday.

“Those meetings were joined by the co-chairs of the OSCE Minsk Group, formed to mediate the conflict and led by France, Russia and the United States, which described them as “intensive discussions” on the ceasefire and the beginning of talks about core elements of a comprehensive solution.

The Minsk Group said its co-chairs and the foreign ministers agreed to meet again in Geneva on Oct. 29. A senior administration official expressed confidence that this ceasefire would hold. “U.S. leadership with support from Russia and France brings additional hope that the ceasefire will lead to a lasting peace settlement,” said the official.

But the eruption of new fighting on Sunday and the collapse of two previous ceasefires brokered by Russia raised questions about the prospects for this fresh push to end the clashes in Nagorno-Karabakh, a part of Azerbaijan populated and controlled by ethnic Armenians.

The fighting that broke out on Sept. 27 over the disputed territory has surged to its worst level since the 1990s, when some 30,000 people were killed.

Local officials in Nagorno-Karabakh on Sunday accused Azeri forces of firing artillery on settlements in the areas of Askeran and Martuni during the night. Azerbaijan said its positions had been attacked with small arms, mortars, tanks and howitzers.

Armenia accused Azeri forces of shelling civilian settlements. Baku denied killing civilians and said it was ready to implement a ceasefire, provided Armenian forces withdrew from the battlefield. The defence ministry of the Nagorno-Karabakh region said on Sunday it had recorded another 11 casualties among its forces, pushing the military death toll to 974.

Earlier on Sunday during a meeting with defense officials, Azerbaijan President Ilham Aliyev accused Armenia of bombarding civilian sites and launching two ballistic missiles on the city of Ganja.

Armenian President Armen Sarkissian accused Baku of being “aggressively stubborn and destructive”.

World powers want to prevent a wider war that draws in Turkey, which has voiced strong support for Azerbaijan, and Russia, which has a defence pact with Armenia.

Differences over the conflict have further strained relations between Ankara and its NATO allies, with Pompeo accusing Turkey of fuelling the conflict by arming the Azeri side. Ankara denies it has inflamed the conflict. Sarkissian, in comments reprinted by the Armenpress news agency, called on “global players” to step in immediately to bring about a ceasefire and said Russia was “a trusted and pro-active mediator” between the conflicting sides.

Aliyev said it was “very hazardous” for Armenia to want Russian military support in the conflict and third parties should not get involved militarily.

Russian President Vladimir Putin has said he speaks to leaders of Armenia and Azerbaijan several times a day by phone, and that he hopes the United States will help Moscow broker a solution to the conflict.

About 30,000 people were killed in a 1991-94 war over Nagorno-Karabakh. Armenians regard the enclave as part of their historic homeland; Azeris consider it illegally occupied land that must be returned to their control.

https://uk.reuters.com/article/uk-armenia-azerbaijan-usa/us-says-humanitarian-ceasefire-to-take-effect-on-monday-in-nagorno-karabakh-idUKKBN27A0XF 

:: 10-25-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Spearfisherman who famously saved the life of a young father mauled by a monster shark now fights for survival himself after being attacked on the Great Barrier Reef

Hero who saved dad from attack is savaged by a bull shark on Great Barrier Reef

Spearfishing with friend when shark bit his thigh causing 'catastrophic bleeding'

In critical but stable condition after undergoing emergency surgery on Sunday

Took an hour to get to the boat ramp and had no pulse, paramedics revived

By Alison Bevege For Daily Mail Australia

Published: 08:30 EDT, 25 October 2020 | Updated: 10:09 EDT, 25 October 2020

A spearfisherman who saved a father from a shark attack is fighting for his own life after being savagely mauled on a remote part of the Great Barrier Reef.

Rick Bettua, 59, of Mission Beach, was spearfishing on Britomart Reef, off Hinchinbrook Island in Far North Queensland when he was attacked by a bull shark on Sunday just after noon.

The shark bit his upper thigh and Mr Bettua began bleeding profusely in the water. Mr Bettua is a former US Navy diver famous for helping save Queensland father Glenn Dickson when he was bitten by a shark at another remote reef in the area in 2017.

He and friend Peter Kocica dragged Mr Dickson to a boat and put a tourniquet around his bleeding leg, saving his life.

Mr Bettua had again been spearfishing with Peter Kocica on Sunday.

It was on the last dive of the day when the shark attacked. Mr Kocica immediately swam to his bleeding friend and helped him to the boat.

He signalled a faster vessel for the one-hour journey to Dungeness boat ramp about 140km north of Townsville where Mr Bettua had no pulse.

He was revived by paramedics on the boat ramp just after 1pm before being flown to Townsville Hospital for emergency surgery.

Earlier in the day, Mr Bettua and Mr Kocica had seen two large bull sharks hanging around the northern end of the popular reef where they were fishing. 'I've looked across and I've just seen this big bull shark flying over across (the coral) and out of the deep and he's tried to (protect himself) and it grabbed on to his leg and taken a couple of bites I saw,' Mr Kocica told the Courier Mail.

'I grabbed him, blood was pouring out of his leg, and we swam back to the boat about 30m away.'

Mr Kocica put a tourniquet around his leg to stop the bleeding just as both he and Mr Bettua had done for their friend Glenn back in 2017.

Glenn Dickson lost his leg - but his life was saved.

Mr Bettua was in critical but stable condition late on Sunday night after undergoing emergency surgery at Townsville Hospital. Lifeflight paramedic David Humphreys said the team had done their best to stabilise the patient before flying him in.

'Obviously the concern was catastrophic bleeding which we did our best to arrest, get control of, but knowing the definitive care is surgery for this patient, we wanted to stabilise him as far as we could,' he told 9News.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8877099/Spearfishing-hero-saved-mate-shark-fights-life-mauled-shark.html 

:: 10-25-20 Charsma :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thousands of Witches Plot 'Binding Spell' Tonight Against Trump

11:00AM EDT 10/25/2020 CBN News/Steve Warren

As if battling House Democrats' impeachment inquiry against him weren't enough, President Donald Trump will next have to face a "binding spell" cast by "thousands" of witches late Friday night.

As Halloween approaches at the end of the month, several media outlets are reporting witches who oppose President Trump are planning to cast a "binding spell" on his administration. Such reports of witchcraft being used against the president are nothing new. Witches have been trying to cast spells against Trump since his inauguration in 2017.

Scheduled for Oct. 25 at 11:59 pm, these self-proclaimed "witches" are planning to conduct a ritual which is meant to "bind," but not harm the president unlike a "curse" or a "hex." These witches believe they are doing something positive for the entire country by not allowing President Trump to cause harm to the US by his actions.

As CBN News has reported, witches have been increasing their political involvement since Trump was elected, casting spells to "Bind Trump." Last year, the 13,000-member Facebook group was casting regular spells on Donald Trump.

A year ago, a throng of real-life witches was fighting back against the administration by hosting a spell-casting ritual against newly appointed Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh in New York.

Witchcraft has been steadily on the rise in the US since the 1990s.

Read the rest of this story from our content partners at CBN News here.

https://www.charismanews.com/us/83091-thousands-of-witches-plot-binding-spell-tonight-against-trump 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 10-16-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Censorship, Isolation Camps, Food Supply Attacks & End of Animal Agriculture

70,608 views

•Premiered Oct 16, 2020

Ice Age Farmer

163K subscribers

The Ice Age Farmer discord server was deleted for "spreading misinformation," as big tech censorship ramps up. Canada is building isolation camps as speculation about a COVID21 fueled lockdown grows. China bans farming of most wild animals, as Walmart forces its

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O8pusWA-lvk&t=627s 

:: 10-19-20 Silver Doctors :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food Shortages Hit China: There Is “not…enough fresh food to go around”

October 19, 2020

China even has an anti-food-wasting campaign going on across the country encouraging people to eat half portions or at least make sure to finish their plates…

by Robert Wheeler via The Organic Prepper

Over the past few weeks, I have been writing articles regarding a coming food shortage. I’ve been pointing out that the food shortage is going to hit the United States hard but that it is also going to hit the rest of the world.

A worldwide fit of hysteria over COVID, resulting in the shutdown of the world’s economy, interruption of the supply chain, and the destruction of food products, as well as international trade wars and natural disasters, are going to collide with one another and make this winter one of the toughest on record.

China is publicly acknowledging a coming food shortage.

But while many have dismissed my claims, I’d like to draw your attention to the fact that China is now publicly acknowledging a coming food shortage. (And as noted in this article, when they admit there’s a problem, it’s a BIG problem. ) In fact, China even has an anti-food-wasting campaign going on across the country right this minute encouraging people to eat half portions or at least make sure to finish their plates.

In an October 5, article for the New York Times entitled “China’s mealtime appeal amid food supply worries: Don’t take more than you can eat,” Eva Dou writes,

On the surface, China’s campaign to encourage mealtime thrift has been a cheerful affair, with soldiers, factory workers and schoolchildren shown polishing their plates clean of food.

But behind the drive is a harsh reality. China does not have enough fresh food to go around — and neither does much of the world.

The pandemic and extreme weather have disrupted agricultural supply chains, leaving food prices sharply higher in countries as diverse as Yemen, Sudan, Mexico and South Korea. The United Nations warned in June that the world is on the brink of its worst food crisis in 50 years.

“It’s scary and it’s overwhelming,” Arif Husain, chief economist of the United Nations World Food Program, said in an interview. “I don’t think we have seen anything like this ever.”

Those are strong words, to say the least.

Right now, the food products in China that are facing the toughest situation are corn and pork. China’s pork industry was hit hard by African Swine Fever (at least we are told) and flooding ruined a large portion of China’s corn crops. But it’s not just those two products that are at risk. Fresh food of every kind is in short supply for the same reasons as the United States, i.e. insane shutdown policies. China is claiming that it is not in a food crisis currently and it is attempting to reassure the population that it has enough wheat in reserve to feed everyone for a year. But the reality is different from the claims, as China’s pork prices rose 135 percent in February, and floods killed so many vegetable crops.

You may wonder how this shortage in China affects us.

Ironically, China is dependent on the United States to bridge its corn shortfall. Despite the fact that we are allegedly in a trade war with China and the fact that Americans will soon be facing a shortage of food of their own, it’s likely that the good ol’ USA will tell its citizens to take one for the team yet again and help stabilize the brutal Communist dictatorship that Americans built by shipping their jobs overseas with Free Trade.

Political unrest goes hand in hand with food insecurity.

#1 Step Every American Needs to Take Toda

Sponsored By Stansberry Research

A series of strange events have been happening in Washington. So Dr. Ron Paul put together a short video to help you prepare for what’s coming next. . Read More

And it’s true that China’s government may not view the food crisis as the biggest concern. Instead, it views political unrest as the biggest threat. Political unrest, unfortunately for the Chinese Communist Party, is a direct result, especially in China, of food insecurity.

Both of its major political disruptions – the 1950s and 1980s – came at a time when food was in scarce supply.

But, for now, China is attempting to convince its population to embrace austerity voluntarily and through social shaming (like America’s masks) in order to stave off the crisis a little longer. Dou describes the “Clean Plate’ push in her article by writing,

Beijing’s solution has been a sunny “Clean Plate Campaign” launched in August, with the aim of curbing food use without prompting public alarm. Like the American Victory Gardens of World War II, the campaign is as much about trying to unite the country around a patriotic mission in a time of hardship as it is about securing the food supply.

Restaurants across the nation are dishing out “half-servings” in line with the drive. Some, such as the upscale Peking duck chain Quanjude, have instructed servers to nag diners not to waste. Other restaurants are fining people for leaving too much on their plates.

At one elementary school in southern China, students must send teachers short videos of their dinner each night to verify they are cleaning their plates, according to the state-run People’s Daily. A number of university canteens are giving away fruit and other small gifts to students who finish their lunches.

Even billionaire Jack Ma, founder of the online retail giant Alibaba, has been filmed trying to save food. A recent viral video shows him asking for his unfinished crab and lobster to be boxed up to go.

“Pack it up, pack it up, pack it up!” he says in the video. “I will eat it on the plane.”

Government officials are, of course, forbidden from holding lavish banquets during this period.

This is a global problem.

World Food Program economists have already estimated that 270 million people globally are suffering from hunger this year. That’s more than twice last year’s amount. That number does not include China, the United States, and Europe as they are all considered food-secure countries.

Given what everyone can see with their own eyes on American shelves and the recent “clean plate” campaign in China, the term “food secure” is being used liberally these days.

While we may get lucky and dodge the bullet, we strongly encourage you to prep while you can. Even if no major shortages occur, you’ll be hedging your bet against food prices that will almost certainly increase dramatically over the next few years.

https://www.silverdoctors.com/headlines/world-news/food-shortages-hit-china-there-is-notenough-fresh-food-to-go-around/ 

:: 10-16-20 CAIRNS NEWS  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian politician leaks new COVID lockdown plan and ‘Great Reset’ dictatorship – Australia is part of it

Oct 16 Posted by Editor, cairnsnews By Editor, CAIRNS NEWS

POWER-mad state premiers, governors and prime ministers across Australia, the US, the UK, Canada and New Zealand may try to push another Dan Andrews-style second wave virus attack, as part of the Gates-Rockefeller-World Economic Forum push for global vaccination and the Agenda 21 “new normal/new economy”.

Canadian politicians in the loop of “COVID planning” have been told to their horror of a plan for a totalitarian response to an international economic collapse, involving a federal government offer to eliminate all personal debts (mortgages, loans, credit cards, etc) funded by the IMF under “the World Debt Reset program”.

In exchange the individual would forfeit ownership of any and all property and assets forever, and partake in the COVID-19 and COVID-21 vaccination schedule, which would (allegedly) allow individuals unrestricted travel and living, even under a full lock down, through the use of photo ID referred to as Canada’s HealthPass.

The horrific scenario comes from a Liberal Party of Canada (LPC) whistleblower from the party’s Strategic Planning Committee, which is under the control of Canada’s Office of the Prime Minister (PMO).

He says the second wave will be hyped up with testing around the end of November.

The whistleblower warns of a “complete and total secondary lock down much stricter than the first and second rolling phase restrictions”, which is expected to run to the end of December 2020 and early January 2021.

While pressure is mounting in Australia through the courts, at protests and from some media for lockdowns to end, the “deadly virus is stalking you” narrative is being held firmly by Labor, Green, Coalition and LNP parties, the public health bureaucracy and most media in the same ‘Five Eyes’ nations.

This narrative presents the SARS-Cov2 virus or “COVID-19” as something that must be avoided and contained at all cost, despite the widespread immunity and medical studies showing it is lethal for less than 1% (0.06%) of those who are infected.

The Canadian whistleblower’s email has been published by Canadian alt media site The Canadian Report. The deliberate leak of the information is remarkable because it is the equivalent of senior Coalition members doing the same. Canada’s Liberal Party and Prime Minister Justin Trudeau is the equivalent of Greens-Labor and a large segment of green-left feminist Liberal Party MPs.

The Canadian PMO mirrors the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet in Canberra, which is run by high-powered bureaucrats and “advised” on COVID-19 by the Prime Minister’s National Covid-19 Advisory Commission, which Scott Morrison announced on March 25, just two months into the plandemic.

We might ask why was it necessary for the PM to announce such a high powered commission so early in the piece? Clearly it was part of the process as outlined by the Event 201 players who included commission member Jane Halton, head of the Gates-funded CEPI, to steer the plandemic in their desired direction i.e. the globalist “Great Reset” plan as outlined by the World Economic Forum.

The green-left Guardian reported back on August 11 that Neville Power, the head of Commission, had been approached by “business leaders wanting the government to use the recovery from the pandemic to lock in low-emissions energy”.

According to Power, his organisation was not recommending “a green recovery per se” but had asked the government to underwrite new investment in gas pipelines as part of recommendations from a manufacturing taskforce. But as previously reported by Cairns News, this commission, has been strangely silent on Dan Andrews’ wrecking of the Victorian small business sector.

The whistleblower said he was “not happy doing this but I have to, as a Canadian and more importantly as a parent who wants a better future not only for my children but for other children as well.

“The other reason I am doing this is because roughly 30% of the committee members are not pleased with the direction this will take Canada, but our opinions have been ignored and they plan on moving forward toward their goals. They have also made it very clear that nothing will stop the planned outcomes.”

The road map and aim was set out by the PMO and is as follows (note similarities to Victoria):

– Phase in secondary lock down restrictions on a rolling basis, starting with major metropolitan areas first and expanding outward. Expected by November 2020.

Rush the acquisition of (or construction of) isolation facilities across every province and territory. Expected by December 2020.– Daily new cases of COVID-19 will surge beyond capacity of testing, including increases in COVID related deaths following the same growth curves. Expected by end of November 2020.– Complete and total secondary lock down (much stricter than the first and second rolling phase restrictions). Expected by end of December 2020 – early January 2021.– Reform and expansion of the unemployment program to be transitioned into the universal basic income program. Expected by Q1 2021.– Projected COVID-19 mutation and/or co-infection with secondary virus (referred to as COVID-21) leading to a third wave with much higher mortality rate and higher rate of infection. Expected by February 2021.– Daily new cases of COVID-21 hospitalizations and COVID-19 and COVID-21 related deaths will exceed medical care facilities capacity. Expected Q1–Q2 2021.– Enhanced lock down restrictions (referred to as Third Lock Down) will be implemented. Full travel restrictions will be imposed (including inter-province and inter-city). Expected Q2 2021.– Transitioning of individuals into the universal basic income program. Expected mid Q2 2021.– Projected supply chain break downs, inventory shortages, large economic instability. Expected late Q2 2021.

Deployment of military personnel into major metropolitan areas as well as all major roadways to establish travel checkpoints. Restrict travel and movement. Provide logistical support to the area. Expected by Q3 2021.

The whistleblower said committee members asked who would become the owner of the forfeited property and assets in that scenario and what would happen to lenders or financial institutions. “We were simply told “the World Debt Reset program will handle all of the details.

“Several committee members also questioned what would happen to individuals if they refused to participate in the World Debt Reset program, or the HealthPass, or the vaccination schedule, and the answer we got was very troubling.

“Essentially we were told it was our duty to make sure we came up with a plan to ensure that would never happen. We were told it was in the individual’s best interest to participate.

“When several committee members pushed relentlessly to get an answer, we were told that those who refused would first live under the lock down restrictions indefinitely. And that over a short period of time as more Canadians transitioned into the debt forgiveness program, the ones who refused to participate would be deemed a public safety risk and would be relocated into isolation facilities.

“Once in those facilities they would be given two options, participate in the debt forgiveness program and be released, or stay indefinitely in the isolation facility under the classification of a serious public health risk and have all their assets seized.”

The whistleblower said the heated discussion “escalated beyond anything I’ve ever witnessed before”.

In the end it was implied by the PMO that the whole agenda will move forward no matter who agrees with it or not, that it won’t just be Canada but in fact all nations will have similar roadmaps and agendas, that we need to take advantage of the situations before us to promote change on a grander scale for the betterment of everyone.

“The members who were opposed and ones who brought up key issues that would arise from such a thing were completely ignored. Our opinions and concerns were ignored. We were simply told to just do it. All I know is that I don’t like it and I think it’s going to place Canadians into a dark future.”

https://cairnsnews.org/2020/10/16/canadian-politician-leaks-new-covid-lockdown-plan-and-great-reset-dictatorship-australia-is-part-of-it/ 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

:: 10--20 Whatfinger News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Satans Communists And Anarchists' Brutally Attack Peaceful Conservatives – Another Warning To Arm Up To Defend Our Families Now, While We Still Can, With Leftists Pushing To Repeat History! allnewspipeline.com

Susan Duclos 2 days ago in Opinion 0

If Americans needed any more proof that 'black lives don't really matter' to democrats in 2020, we get it from San Francisco, California where the unfolding of America's next civil war just took another giant leap forward. And the latest acts of leftist terrorism there against peaceful anti-censorship protestors gives law-abiding Americans all across the country another reason to ARM UP AND AMMO UP now in preparation of defending our families and loved ones from leftist terrorism.

As The Sun reports in this new story, during an anti-big-tech-censorship protest organized by 'Team Save America' activist Phillip Anderson, who is a black man by the way, antifa terrorists descended upon the rally, jumping Anderson and quite literally knocking his teeth out.

Also filmed throwing rocks and other debris at the pro-America, anti-censorship group that had secured a permit and was holding the peaceful protest legally, anyone who thinks that the rest of 2020 and into 2021 will unfold peacefully in America needs to take a look at what happens to black men who go against 'black lives matter' and the democrat agenda, with antifa terrorists violently attacking law enforcement in San Francisco as well.

With these latest attacks by leftist terrorists upon peaceful pro-America protestors giving law-abiding American citizens our latest reason to prepare for absolute mayhem ahead, the fact that pro-antifa-terrorist presidential candidate Joe Biden called antifa 'just an idea' begs us to ask: "when was the last time you saw 'an idea' punch someone's teeth out"?

https://magazine.whatfinger.com/story/satans-communists-and-anarchists-brutally-attack-peaceful-conservatives-another-warning-to-arm-up-to-defend-our-families-now-while

-we-still-can-with-leftists-pushing-to-repeat-histor/ 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 10-19-20 Bible Prophecy Tracker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Goldman Sachs: Dump Dollars, Buy Silver

By Author1 - October 19, 2020

Zero Hedge: Peter Schiff has been warning about a dollar collapse and now the mainstream is even getting bearish on the dollar.

In response to the economic shutdowns imposed by governments to deal with the coronavirus pandemic, the Federal Reserve is printing money to infinity and beyond. On top of that, it has shifted its inflation targeting to allow inflation to run hot meaning there is no end in sight to the currency debasement. This is bearish for the dollar and an article published by Reuters last month quoted a number of mainstream analysts talking about “dollar woes.”

Goldman Sachs has jumped on that bandwagon, saying in a recent report that “the risks are skewed toward dollar weakness.” Analysts see an increasing likelihood of a Biden victory in the upcoming election.

A ‘blue wave’ US election and favorable news on the vaccine timeline could return the trade-weighted dollar and DXY index to their 2018 lows.”

Read More …

Goldman Sachs: Dump Dollars, Buy Silver

by Tyler Durden Fri, 10/16/2020 - 10:20

In response to the economic shutdowns imposed by governments to deal with the coronavirus pandemic, the Federal Reserve is printing money to infinity and beyond. On top of that, it has shifted its inflation targeting to allow inflation to run hot meaning there is no end in sight to the currency debasement. This is bearish for the dollar and an article published by Reuters last month quoted a number of mainstream analysts talking about “dollar woes.”

Goldman Sachs has jumped on that bandwagon, saying in a recent report that “the risks are skewed toward dollar weakness.” Analysts see an increasing likelihood of a Biden victory in the upcoming election.

A ‘blue wave’ US election and favorable news on the vaccine timeline could return the trade-weighted dollar and DXY index to their 2018 lows.”

Goldman sees broad-based dollar weakness and recommended shorting the greenback against the Mexican peso, South African rand and Indian rupee. It is also advised buying the euro, along with both Canadian and Australian dollars against the US dollar.

During his speech at the Money Show in August, Peter Schiff said the government is trying to replace the economy with a money printing press and he warned that a dollar crisis is looming.

The dollar is going to fall through the floor and inflation is going to ravish the United States. What’s about to happen is that the world is going to go off the dollar standard and go back to the gold standard. That is where we are headed.” Silver is a vital component in the solar energy sector and solar power generation is expected to nearly double by 2025. A report by the Silver Institute earlier this year projected that a combination of global efforts to reduce fossil fuel reliance, legislation to lower carbon emissions, and favorable government tax policies, should result in a continued expansion of solar panel installations over the next decade. A recent report from the World Bank forecasts that by 2050, consumption of silver in energy technologies could grow dramatically, reaching a level equivalent to more than 50% of current total silver demand; the largest proportion for any non-battery metal.

“Now, with silver at $24/toz and a few potential upward solar surprises in the coming months, we reopen the trade,” Sprogis wrote. According to the Goldman report, global solar installations are projected to rise by 50% between 2019 and 2023. But Sprogis said we could see “upward solar surprises” from that base-case scenario, including the US and China extending their solar installations plans. And if Biden wins, he has a plan to proceed with 500 million new solar panels in the US over the next five years. That could lead to a rise of 15% in global solar installations.

Silver is coming off its best quarter since 2010 and the fundamentals indicate there is still plenty of upside. The silver-gold ratio remains high, indicating that silver is still historically undervalued compared to gold. After closing to under 70-1 in August, the spread has been running closer to 80-1 in recent weeks.

On the supply side, mine output fell precipitously with the COVID-19 economic lockdown. Many major mines were forced to shut down due to the pandemic. Analysts at the Silver Institute say they expect mine supply to continue its four-year slide. Even with most mines back online, the institute projects a 7% decline in mine output this year. Global mine production fell by 1.3% in 2019.

Looking at the big picture, the biggest driver for precious metals continues to be Federal Reserve monetary policy. In order to turn bearish on gold and silver, you have to believe the Federal Reserve is actually going to tighten monetary policy and the dollar is going to remain strong. Both of these prospects seem pretty implausible. Even the mainstream is starting to see it.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/goldman-sachs-dump-dollars-buy-silver 

:: 10-18-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THE LAST WARNING & THE FINAL WATCHMAN

8,029 views

•Oct 18, 2020

Randy Conway Poems

1.48K subscribers

The Last Warning and Final Watchman is an intense look at the days in which we live, the timeline we are living on and the choices we must make. Some choices will effect today or tomorrow others will effect eternity. For information on Randy Conway poems and books visit our website at www.randyconwaypoems.com 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kRmVZQ6E7xU 

:: 10-17-20 https://wwwkevboyle.blogspot.com/2020/10/depopulation-quotes.html  :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saturday, 17 October 2020

DEPOPULATION QUOTES

If anybody you talk to wonders if there are people who would possibly consider depopulation, here's a few quotes to throw at them.

Society has no business to permit degenerates to reproduce their kind” Theodore Roosevelt

“Malthus has been vindicated; reality is finally catching up with Malthus. The Third World is overpopulated, it’s an economic mess, and there’s no way they could get out of it with this fast-growing population. Our philosophy is: back to the village.”

Dr. Arne Schiotz, World Wildlife Fund Director of Conservation, stated such, ironically, in 1984:

A total world population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.”

Ted Turner, in an interview with Audubon magazine

There is a single theme behind all our work–we must reduce population levels. Either governments do it our way, through nice clean methods, or they will get the kinds of mess that we have in El Salvador, or in Iran or in Beirut. Population is a political problem. Once population is out of control, it requires authoritarian government, even fascism, to reduce it....” “Our program in El Salvador didn’t work. The infrastructure was not there to support it. There were just too goddamned many people.... To really reduce population, quickly, you have to pull all the males into the fighting and you have to kill significant numbers of fertile age females....” The quickest way to reduce population is through famine, like in Africa, or through disease like the Black Death....

Thomas Ferguson, State Department Office of Population Affairs “In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill.... But in designating them as the enemy, we fall into the trap of mistaking symptoms for causes. All these dangers are caused by human intervention and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy, then, is humanity itself.”

Alexander King, Bertrand Schneider – Founder and Secretary, respectively,

The Club of Rome, The First Global Revolution, pgs 104-105, 1991

A cancer is an uncontrolled multiplication of cells; the population explosion is an uncontrolled multiplication of people.... We must shift our efforts from the treatment of the symptoms to the cutting out of the cancer. The operation will demand many apparently brutal and heartless decisions.

Stanford Professor ” Paul Ehrlich in The Population Bomb

In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. It is a horrible thing to say, but it is just as bad not to say it.”

J. Cousteau, 1991 explorer and UNESCO courier

I believe that human overpopulation is the fundamental problem on Earth Today” and, “We humans have become a disease, the Humanpox.”

Dave Foreman, Sierra Club and co founder of Earth First!

We must speak more clearly about sexuality, contraception, about abortion, about values that control population, because the ecological crisis, in short, is the population crisis. Cut the population by 90% and there aren’t enough people left to do a great deal of ecological damage.”

Mikhail Gorbachev

Today, America would be outraged if U.N. troops entered Los Angeles to restore order. Tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told that there were an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well-being granted to them by the World Government.”

Dr. Henry Kissinger, Bilderberger Conference, Evians, France, 1991

The illegal we do immediately. The unconstitutional takes a little longer.

Dr. Henry Kissinger New York Times, Oct. 28, 1973

Depopulation should be the highest priority of foreign policy towards the third world, because the US economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries”.

Dr. Henry Kissinger “Power is the ultimate aphrodisiac,” and “The elderly are useless eaters

Dr. Henry Kissinger “World population needs to be decreased by 50%”

Dr. Henry Kissinger

We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.

David Rockefeller

“War and famine would not do. Instead, disease offered the most efficient and fastest way to kill the billions that must soon die if the population crisis is to be solved. AIDS is not an efficient killer because it is too slow. My favorite candidate for eliminating 90 percent of the world’s population is airborne Ebola (Ebola Reston), because it is both highly lethal and it kills in days, instead of years.

We’ve got airborne diseases with 90 percent mortality in humans. Killing humans. Think about that. “You know, the bird flu’s good, too. For everyone who survives, he will have to bury nine”

Dr. Eric Pianka University of Texas evolutionary ecologist and lizard expert, showed solutions for reducing the world’s population to an audience on population control “The present vast overpopulation, now far beyond the world carrying capacity, cannot be answered by future reductions in the birth rate due to contraception, sterilization and abortion, but must be met in the present by the reduction of numbers presently existing. This must be done by whatever means necessary.”

Initiative for the United Nations ECO-92 EARTH CHARTER

In South America, the government of Peru goes door to door pressuring women to be sterilized and they are funded by American tax dollars to do this.”

Mark Earley in The Wrong Kind of Party Christian Post 10/27 2008

"Women in the Netherlands who are deemed by the state to be unfit mothers should be sentenced to take contraception for a prescribed period of two years.”

Marjo Van Dijken (author of the bill in the Netherlands) in the Guardian

http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2008/nov/04/humanrights-women 

Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature”

Anonymously commissioned Georgia Guidestones

If I were reincarnated I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.”

Prince Phillip, Queen Elizabeth’s husband, Duke of Edinburgh, leader of the World Wildlife Fund

"Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

David Brower, first Executive Director of the Sierra Club

The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.”

Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes

Frankly I had thought that at the time Rome was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.”

Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg “The Planetary Regime might be given responsibility for determining the optimum population for the world and for each region and for arbitrating various countries’ shares within their regional limits. Control of population size might remain the responsibility of each government, but the Regime would have some power to enforce the agreed limits.”

Obama’s Science czar John P. Holdren: From a book he helped write ‘Ecoscience’

“The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control.... Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.”

Congressman Larry P. McDonald, 1976, killed in the Korean Airlines 747 that was shot down by the Soviet Union

P.S. And there's this: “No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she will make a pledge to worship Lucifer. No one will enter the New Age unless he will take a Luciferian Initiation.”

David Spangler, Director of Planetary Initiative, United Nations People will shortly be expected to line up to take the COVID vaccination, with its Luciferase enzyme)

Posted by NO ONE TO VOTE FOR at 07:52

6 comments:

Ed19 October 2020 at 11:34

"Aktion T4" 2020 has been ordered.

Reply

Unknown19 October 2020 at 14:15

Offensive!

Reply

Adiff19 October 2020 at 17:37

Sick and evil people. Wow, just wow. Yet not one of them would volunteer to take a bullet for the greater good...no, that’s for the useless eaters.

Reply

Nixon Scraypes20 October 2020 at 10:27

This comment has been removed by a blog administrator.

Reply

Eileen K.20 October 2020 at 14:34

A pledge to worship Lucifer??? I've already pledged to worship the Lord God Almighty, to the very end.

Reply

Unknown21 October 2020 at 03:12

There will be blood

Reply

https://wwwkevboyle.blogspot.com/2020/10/depopulation-quotes.html 

[ :: 8-4-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For the mark of the beast is already out, don’t go for it, they are trying to make it sound like it is not even the mark of the beast, trying to make it sound like it is something else.  Stay with my word, don’t listen to what they say, even though they know what it is they are going to try and convince everyone to get it because that will make them famous, but it will also cause you to go to hell.  Don’t take the mark of the beast, stay in my word. etc

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 10-15-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Banking Insider Exposes Covid-19’s Role in Mark of the Beast Rollout

by Banned.Video October 15th 2020, 12:54 pm

Banking insider Catherine Austin Fitts joins The Alex Jones Show to break down the rollout of the Mark of the Beast.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/banking-insider-exposes-covid-19s-role-in-mark-of-the-beast-rollout/ 

:: 10-19-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

High Alert (Oct 19,2020) China Prepare Live-fire Missiles after US Warship Sails Border Taiwan

5,178 views

•Oct 19, 2020

Breaking News TV

138K subscribers

PLA Prepare Live-fire Missiles after US Warship Sails Border Taiwan the Chinese navy has condemned a U.S. warship for sailing through the Taiwan Strait, accusing Washington, D.C. of "trouble-stirring" amid ongoing tensions regarding the island's independence from Beijing.

The Arleigh-Burke-class guided-missile destroyer USS Barry passed through the Taiwan Strait Wednesday, in what the U.S. Pacific Fleet said was a "routine" transit "in accordance with international law." Join this channel to enjoy privileges:

https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCN _q...

Thank you for watching.

If you liked this video, please thumbs up and subscribe to the channel down below.

THANK YOU FOR TRACKING - BnTV

https://www.youtube.com/c/BreakingNew ...

SHARE AND SUBSCRIBE PLEASE, FOR UPDATING THANKS

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kTy276SilbQ&feature=emb_logo 

:: 10-16-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CORN SHORTAGE: Grand Solar Minimum Kills Crops (New Study)

51,393 views

•Premiered Oct 16, 2020

Ice Age Farmer

163K subscribers

The media is blaming shortages of corn on the virus, but both common sense and a new study out of Canada attribute massive crop losses to the fact that our sun is dropping into a modern Grand Solar Minimum. It is this that is driving the timeline for totalitarian takeover

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ueNwV1AHVHc 

:: 10--20 Business Game Changers with Sarah Westall :: :: ::

Documentary: Globalist World Wide Takeover Planned for Decades – COVID is Just the Beginning

5 days ago

Based on researcher, Grace Van Berkum, amazing work digging into the United Nations & World Economics Forum site that starts with the COVID wheel. The site lays out an entire, comprehensive, meticulous plan for changing our ENTIRE world. It’s all on plain site, but it is complex and deep. It takes hours to navigate through each branch and there are literally hundreds of levels and branches. All of this starts with the COVID page which shows, 100% without a doubt, that this has been planned for decades. There is no way all of this was developed since February when the virus first broke into our consciousness. You can see the original article at https://sarahwestall.com/the-globalist-agenda-the-covid-plandemic-is-just-the-beginning/  and more of Grace’s work at https://GraceVanberkum.com 

Censorship is serious. To stay informed of all the latest episodes, sign up for my weekly newsletter @ http://SarahWestall.com 

Please considering supporting my work by joining Patreon. See many exclusives and discounts for superior quality products such as C60 Gel Caps, Zeolite detox, and more! Sign up at https://Patreon.com/SarahWestall 

Support my show by shopping at my store. Purchase superior quality and cutting edge products at https://SarahWestall.com/Shop 

Follow me on Twitter @ https://twitter.com/westall_sarahw 

https://sarahwestall.com/documentary-globalist-world-wide-takeover-planned-for-decades-covid-is-just-the-beginning/ 

:: 10-18-20 Jane Jane Jane Mag/Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The City Will Be On Fire: New Yorkers Prep To Flee Homes To Avoid Post-Election Rioting

Source: WND

New Yorkers are purportedly making plans to escape the city ahead of potential election day violence and protests, according to the New York Post.

Paulo Wei, 25, is planning on avoiding unrest by leaving his luxury building on the Upper West Side for his family’s 60-acre farm two hours north of the city, the Post reported Saturday.

“I felt trapped in the apartment — the protests were overwhelming,” Wei said, the Post reported.

“It could happen again and I don’t want to be caught up in that.

No matter who wins, someone is going to get upset.” Andrea, 31, a Republican and public relations specialist of New York City’s Flatiron district, said she will leave for Tulum, Mexico, prior to Nov. 3, the Post reported. Her trip will span from Oct. 25 through Nov. 8.

“I went to my parents in New Jersey for about two weeks when the BLM protests got bad and the looting started.

So I definitely want to get out of here the week of the election,” Andrea said, the Post reported.”

“I’m thinking if Trump wins, it’s going to be a disaster — the city will be on fire. People are going to go nuts,” Andrea added, the Post reported.

Ooana Trien, 42, of Hell’s Kitchen has been at her family home in Fire Island, New York, since July, the Post reported.

Trien, a supporter of President Donald Trump, plans to mail in her ballot and welcome friends looking for an escape into her home, the Post reported. Her mother believes that regardless of the election results, protesters will attempt to burn down Trump Tower in New York City.

“I told my friends that whoever wanted to get out of the city was welcome here.

One friend who lives in Washington Heights is going to vote in the morning [on Nov. 3] and come straight up to the beach,” Trien said, the Post reported.

A leaked NYPD memo said officials are expecting protests to start as early as Oct. 25, and to continue into next year, the Post reported. The memo reportedly said officers should “be prepared for deployment,” the Post reported. “This November 3rd will be one of the most highly contested presidential elections in the modern era. There is also a strong likelihood that the winner of the presidential election may not be decided for several weeks,” the memo said, the Post reported.

https://janejanejane.com/2020/10/19/the-city-will-be-on-fire-new-yorkers-prep-to-flee-homes-to-avoid-post-election-rioting/ 

:: 10-18-20 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Remember: It Is Your Fault that We Attacked

Posted on October 18, 2020 by DRenegade

`````````````

Dear Neighbor,

You have been identified by our group as being a Trump Supporter.

Your address has been added into our database as a target for when we attack should Trump not concede the election.

We recommend that you check your home insurance policy and make that it is current and that is has adequate coverage for fire damage.

You havae been given "Fair Warning".

Always remember, that it was "you" that started this Civil War.

Be prepared to face the severe consequences of your pre-emptive actions against democracy.

````````````````

The above warning was sent from a homeowner in Massachusetts. This is a great example of why our founding fathers did not want a Democracy to replace the Articles of Confederation and Perpetual Union. The Republic that they gave us was made to protect the rights of the people, even if they were a minority.

I have said that the Democrats will stab you in the back, twist the knife and then ask you to your face what is wrong. Democrats are a convenient label but the truth is that our government is the evil which we are facing. Trump put Sessions in charge of the DOJ, Wray in charge of the FBI and Haspel in charge of the CIA.

If we want to win this “civil war” that is being dropped in our laps, we must first recognize the enemy.

David DeGerolamo

https://ncrenegade.com/editorial/remember-it-is-your-fault-that-we-attacked/ 

:: 10-20-20 The Frontier Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Our deadly Frankenstein: Social media’s creators admit it dehumanizes people, disrupts social fabric and destroys democracy

Graham Hryce  The Frontier Post / October 20, 2020

An important new Netflix documentary, The Social Dilemma, uses former Silicon Valley insiders to lay bare the existential threat Big Tech poses to civilization. It’s much more than a dilemma.

The Social Dilemma is a remarkable documentary about social media platforms and their two billion users, and may well be the most important documentary made in America for decades.

The documentary is a radical, insider-based critique of social media and the large tech companies that created it – and continue to profit handsomely from it (especially given that they are monopolies and pay little or no tax in many countries). Directed by American filmmaker Jeff Orlowski, The Social Dilemma features interviews with a number of former tech giant executives who created the technologies and business model that underpin the social media empire. Social media has only been with us for just over ten years and most of the interviewees are in their thirties.

Tristan Harris (a former Google design ethicist) and Jaron Lanier (a computer scientist) – two of the interviewees – both believe that social media and the tech leviathans have created an “existential threat” to those western societies in which they have been permitted to flourish unchecked. They believe that social media platforms dehumanize their customers, disrupt the social fabric and are destroying democracy.

The critique is all the more compelling because it is perhaps only social media and big tech insiders that have a comprehensive understanding of how the system was created and operates. Technological changes have always attracted criticism. Gustave Flaubert, the nineteenth century novelist, disliked railways because he took the view that they “permitted more people to move about, meet and be stupid together.”

But this documentary is much more than a simple critique of one particular technological advance. Rather, Orlowski argues that the technology underpinning social media differs qualitatively from all earlier technological developments, and that this gives rise to serious social and political consequences.

Railways, for example, were a mere “tool” that enabled people to travel more widely – they did not dehumanize their customers; nor were they an existential threat to western society.

This qualitative difference, the documentary argues, is a result of the unique technology and business model employed by the social media behemoths. According to Orlowski, the technology utilized by social media is inherently addictive and manipulative, and involves a wide-ranging surveillance of its customers of a kind previously unimaginable.

There is much force in this analysis.

Many users of social media are undoubtedly addicted to it – observe the compulsive way in which people use their phones in public. And, as the documentary points out, there are only two industries that describe their customers as “users,” the tech industry and the drug industry.

Social media is clearly manipulative. Excessive use is encouraged by various “growth techniques” such as tagging photos and inviting friends. The tech giants are in constant contact with their users, bombarding them with information tailored to suit their prejudices, together with endless advertisements. Algorithms enable the extraordinarily precise targeting of users.

And there is no doubt that social media engages in covert, wide-ranging and ongoing surveillance of users. Every transaction, click and post of every user is monitored, and mountains of data are accumulated daily in underground computer vaults in Silicon Valley. Some years ago, author John Lanchester noted that “Facebook is the biggest surveillance-based enterprise in the history of mankind….what Facebook does is watch you, and then use what it knows about you and your behaviour to sell ads.”

This brings us to the social media business model. By monitoring their users, the big tech companies accumulate vast amounts of data that enables them to attract advertisers – who are willing to pay large sums for the precise targeting that only the tech giants can provide. This is why advertisers have turned their backs on traditional media companies – who simply cannot offer them the same degree of precision targeting. In effect, the tech behemoths sell the lives of their users to their advertisers – who are willing to pay billions of dollars for them. In just under 20 years, the tech giants have become the largest corporations in America, and they grow more prosperous by the day.

What, then, are the consequences of this for American society, as Orlowski sees them? At a personal level, the tech giants are dehumanizing their own users. Social media has replaced genuine human contact with abstract virtual connections that encourage selfishness, narcissism and anti-social behavior. Addiction to pornography has replaced dating. Many social media users have become incapable of engaging in face-to-face conversations.

Social media users need constant approval and strive after “fake, brittle, empty popularity.” They become immersed in the vapid popular culture that the tech giants unceasingly promote to their users on behalf of their advertisers. Many users are incapable of reading a book or distinguishing between fake news and real news.

Bullying and so-called “hate-speech” are now common modes of social media interaction. Social media has also stripped away all vestiges of privacy from its users. Orlowski notes the psychological consequences of these changes – including a lack of genuine personal autonomy and, more disturbingly, a dramatic increase in the rates of teenage depression, self-harm and suicide (especially amongst girls) in America since 2011.

It is interesting to note that many of the interviewees in the documentary state that they no longer allow their children to utilize social media – and it may well have been its effect on their children that caused them to begin to become critical of it.

The documentary suggests that the real victims of social media are, perhaps not surprisingly, its most avid users – teenagers. For no other reason than this, every parent should watch The Social Dilemma. The documentary also analyzes a number of more general social and political consequences, including “the collapse of a shared understanding of reality”; the creation of a “post-truth” world; a resurgence of conspiracy theories; the intensification of “the culture wars”; increased political polarization; and – most importantly – the opportunities that social media offers to all political parties to manipulate elections. It is this last consequence – which flows from social media’s unique ability to accurately target individual voters and their prejudices – that constitutes the most serious threat to democracy.

It is true that some of these trends predated the creation of social media, but recent events in America make it clear that, at the very least, social media and the tech giants have seriously exacerbated them over the past ten years. The Social Dilemma is a political tract in the tradition of the American Progressive movement and Lincoln Steffens and his muckrakers. It is a thoughtful attack on a serious social problem and the powerful economic interests behind it.

Orlowski, correctly I think, firmly rejects Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg’s contention that the tech giants are capable of reforming social media or themselves. His solution to the problem is increased government control and regulation. Whether or not this is a viable solution remains to be seen, although there have been some promising signs in this direction recently. At a time when much of what appears on Netflix and other American media outlets is crude propaganda (Orlowski could easily have made yet another documentary on alleged Russian interference in American elections), The Social Dilemma stands out as a forceful critique of entrenched economic interests, whose greed is tearing American society apart.

Flaubert was wrong about railways. By promoting travel, trade and a wider diffusion of culture, railways dispelled ignorance.

But with a little amendment, his criticism can be adapted to accurately describe the effect of modern social media platforms: “They permit more people not to move about, not meet and be even more stupid together.”

https://thefrontierpost.com/our-deadly-frankenstein-social-medias-creators-admit-it-dehumanizes-people-disrupts-social-fabric-and-destroys-democracy/ 

:: 10-19-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World leaders are planning new lock downs to introduce “The World Debt Reset Program” which includes universal basic income and vaccination requirements

Monday, October 19, 2020 by: Lance D Johnson

(Natural News) World leaders are preparing for a second and third wave of covid-19 cases and are fine-tuning their lock down strategies which will be implemented late in 2020 and into 2021. Their planning involves the development of a new world economy, one that introduces medical fascism as a permanent way of life.

A Canadian whistle blower came forward with the plans. The whistle-blower is on the Liberal Party of Canada’s Strategic Planning Committee, which operates under the direction of Canada’s Office of the Prime Minister (PMO).

The historic lock downs have engineered mass poverty and will continue to weaken people’s financial and food security, making them more vulnerable and eventually making them more desperate to accept the new world economy and its bodily requirements.

New world economy includes universal basic income and vaccination requirements

The new world economy includes the introduction of a digital currency, a universal basic income, vaccine requirements for travel, and “The World Debt Reset Program.” A continuous cycle of lock downs into 2021 will eventually lead to an international economic collapse. Governments worldwide will offer citizens an alluring way out by promising to eliminate all personal debts (mortgages, loans, credit cards, etc.)

In the U.S. this idea has already been implemented in 2020 through the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) – a guaranteed loan program that forgives the debt if the borrower follows specific instructions. Under an impending economic collapse, any and all loans will be forgiven if the citizen agrees to participate in the “World Debt Reset Program, funded by the International Monetary Fund (IMF). In order to get all debts forgiven, citizens will have to forfeit ownership of any and all private property, accept a universal basic income, and enroll in the covid-19 and covid-21 vaccination schedule.

As the rolling lock downs and economic sanctions commence, citizens will be permitted all their previous freedoms to travel and gather in stadiums and public venues as long as they provide an ID showing they were inoculated with all the mandated covid-19 and covid-21 vaccinations. In Canada, detainment camps are being installed in all provinces and territories to coerce people to comply with the new plans. The Canadian whistle-blower revealed that this vaccine ID will be referred to in Canada as Canada’s HealthPass.

The whistle-blower warns that world leaders in Australia, the US, the UK, Canada and New Zealand will push for a “complete and total secondary lock down much stricter than the first and second rolling phase restrictions.” These new lock downs will be pushed in November 2020 through January 2021 by hyping up covid-19 testing and case counts.

2020 lock down tyranny is just the beginning of a much larger plan

The upcoming lock down plans are congruent with the “Great Reset” plan outlined by the World Economic Forum and Event 201, both funded and pushed by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, which seeks worldwide compliance with vaccine experiments and genetic modification of humans. The Prime Minister’s National covid-19 Advisory Commission (established in lockstep in March 2020) is now advising and pushing the Canadian PMO and the Department of Prime Ministers and Cabinet in Canberra to carry out these totalitarian plans.

The whistle-blower said at least thirty percent of the committee members strongly oppose these plans but their voices are being drowned out. It has been made “very clear that nothing will stop the planned outcomes,” said the whistle-blower.

The Canada’s Office of the Prime Minister has laid out the plan, which includes a secondary lock down by December 2020, that will implement restrictions on a rolling basis, beginning with major metropolitan areas and expanding outward. The media will project that daily covid-19 cases exceed testing capacity and must be curbed using a complete and total secondary lock down much stricter than the first and second rolling phase. The unemployment program will be configured into a universal basic income program by the end of quarter one, 2021.

As the vaccines are rolled out, all viral shedding, mutations, and vaccine injuries will be blamed on a “third wave” which includes a higher mortality rate and higher rate of infection. Anyone who does not agree to the vaccines will be stripped of their right to travel freely and will either be detained in the isolation centers or monitored on home arrest until they agree to comply.

During this time, medical facilities will reach peak capacity, and government will enhance lock down restrictions, implementing a Third Lock Down by quarter two, 2021. Large inventory shortages, supply chain break down and economic instability is expected, as all individuals are put on a universal basic income program to curb hunger, homelessness and civil unrest. By quarter three, governments are expected to deploy military personnel to major metropolitan areas and roadways to create travel checkpoints. These tactics have already been tested out in 2020. Everyone who is dependent on these systems will be forced onto the HealthPass vaccination schedule. Anyone who disagrees will be deemed a “public health threat” or “enemy of the state.”

The whistle-blower said that dissenters will not be tolerated. “Essentially we were told it was our duty to make sure we came up with a plan to ensure that would never happen. We were told it was in the individual’s best interest to participate.”

“When several committee members pushed relentlessly to get an answer, we were told that those who refused would first live under the lock down restrictions indefinitely. Those who refuse “refused to participate” in the debt forgiveness program “would be deemed a public safety risk and would be relocated into isolation facilities.”

Once in those facilities they would be given two options, participate in the debt forgiveness program and be released, or stay indefinitely in the isolation facility under the classification of a serious public health risk and have all their assets seized.”

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-10-19-world-leaders-planning-world-debt-reset-program.html 

:: 10--20 Huff Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

13 Times Apparent Trump Supporters Attacked, Harassed Or Plotted To Kill Muslims

Where were they radicalized?

headshot

By Christopher Mathias

In a “60 Minutes” interview earlier this month, Donald Trump claimed he wasn’t aware of the wave of hate that had followed on the heels of his presidential election victory.

“I’m so saddened to hear that,” he told CBS’s Lesley Stahl. “And I say, ‘Stop it.’ If it ― if it helps, I will say this, and I will say right to the cameras: ‘Stop it.’”

At least one apparent Trump supporter didn’t heed the president-elect’s advice.

On Thursday, a Moroccan Uber driver in Queens, New York, filmed a man in a white SUV harass him and call him a “terrorist” in a profanity-laced tirade.

Note: This article and the footage below contain explicit language that may not be appropriate for all readers. “Trump is president, asshole, so you can kiss your fuckin’ visa goodbye, scumbag,” the man in the SUV yells. “We’ll deport you soon, don’t worry, you fuckin’ terrorist.”

The Uber driver, identified only as Mohammad in press reports, later showed the video to a passenger named Chris Cody. Cody told The Washington Post the driver was “shocked,” “upset” and “intimidated” by the incident.

He’s not alone in feeling that way.

The Southern Poverty Law Center has tracked some 700 acts of this kind of bias intimidation and harassment targeting Muslims, blacks, Latinos, immigrants, and LGBTQ people since Election Day, though the organization cautions it hasn’t independently verified every incident. Many of these attacks and acts of vandalism or harassment were done in Trump’s name, according to the SPLC.

That’s why, for many American Muslims or people simply perceived to be Muslim, the president-elect’s plea for his supporters to “stop it” might feel more than a little disingenuous.

After all, it was Trump that called for the creation of a national database of Muslims, the surveillance of mosques and the profiling of Muslims. He’s often told an apocryphal story about shooting Muslims with bullets dipped in pig’s blood, and once suggested that the Muslim mother of a fallen American soldier wasn’t allowed to talk. He even once declared, “Islam hates us.”

And there’s growing evidence that this kind of political speech can have real and dangerous consequences ― that it can embolden people’s hate and radicalize them.

In the days directly following Trump’s proposal to ban Muslims from entering the U.S., there was an 87.5 percent increase in hate crimes against Muslims, according to The Center for the Study of Hate and Extremism at California State University, San Bernardino.

Similarly, 2015 saw a 67 percent increase in the number of hate crimes targeting Muslims, rising to a rate not seen in the U.S. since 2001.

But perhaps most telling are incidents like the one last Thursday in Queens, when apparent Trump supporters have either attacked, harassed, terrorized or plotted to kill their Muslim neighbors.

Here are some more examples:

Kansas Trump supporters planned a terror attack targeting Somali immigrants. Three men belonging to a militia group called the “Crusaders” were arrested in October for plotting to kill Muslim immigrants in Kansas. The trio allegedly stockpiled guns, ammunition and explosive materials, and discussed parking four explosive-filled vehicles outside an apartment complex largely inhabited by Somali immigrants.

One of the men, Patrick Stein, allegedly said “the only good Muslim is a dead Muslim” and that he would “enjoy” shooting Muslims’ heads.

“When we go on operations, there’s no leaving anyone behind, even if it’s a one-year-old, I’m serious. I guarantee, if I go on a mission, those little fuckers are going bye-bye,” Stein said, according to the FBI.

Stein also referred to Somali immigrants as “cockroaches,” the FBI said, “yelled at Somali women dressed in traditional garb, calling them ‘fucking raghead bitches’” and talked about using bullets dipped in pig’s blood. (Wonder where he heard that?)

A look at Stein’s Facebook page shows multiple anti-Muslim memes, as well as multiple posts expressing support for Trump. One of the other men arrested, Curtis Allen, also expressed support for Trump online.

A Trump supporter threatened to kill Muslims and had an explosive device in his home. “I’m going to kill you all!” 55-year-old William Celli allegedly yelled outside the Islamic Society of West Contra Costa County in California.

Police searched Celli’s home after receiving a tip that he was building explosives. There, they found a suspicious device and detonated it. Celli was arrested.

In the months leading up to his arrest, Celli wrote on Facebook that Trump was a “great point man” whom he would “follow to the end of the world.” In another post about Muslim immigrants, he wrote “Kiss your Christian asses goodbye.”

A Trump supporter in Florida allegedly lit a mosque on fire.

Joseph Michael Schreiber was arrested for allegedly lighting the Islamic Center of Fort Pierce in Florida on fire.

On his Facebook page, among multiple links to anti-Muslim propaganda, Schreiber wrote that all forms of Islam are “radical,” and added that “[Muslims] should be considered TERRORIST AND CRIMANALS and all hoo participate in such activity should be found guilty of WAR CRIM until law and order is restored in this beautiful free country.”

His Facebook page also features multiple posts supporting Trump.

A Trump supporter allegedly stockpiled pipe bombs and wrote about wanting to “cleanse our country of the Muslim disease.”

John Martin Roos, a fanatical Trump supporter from Oregon, was arrested for repeatedly threatening to kill President Barack Obama and federal agents. “Obama is nothing less than than a vile muslim trash,” he wrote in one Facebook post.

Roos loves Trump, however. “All hail Donald Trump, the savior of America,” he wrote on Christmas Eve. “I’ll bet he was born on Dec 25 just like Jesus.”

A search of Roos’ home uncovered four pipe bombs, an AK-47-like firearm, a rifle and shotgun, a .45 caliber Glock and hundreds of rounds of ammunition. “I’m a Patriot willing to die for my right of free speech, lets make a news story for Christmas maybe it will be enough to incite Patriots to whole sale cleanse our country of the muslim disease in America,” he wrote in another Facebook post.

“Good muslim = dead muslim,” Roos wrote in another.

A man allegedly attacked an Ethiopian immigrant cab driver in Michigan while shouting “Trump! Trump! Trump!”

Yemaj Adem says he was driving his cab late one night in Grand Rapids, Michigan, when he picked up Jacob Holtzlander. Near the end of the ride, Holtzlander allegedly started to punch Adem and yell “Trump, Trump, Trump!” Police later arrested Holtzlander, who can be heard in a police video yelling racial slurs while seated in the patrol car.

Adem ― who told HuffPost that he is a Muslim ― suffered a bruise on his head and a cut to his hear.

“I understand there’s a few people that have been brainwashed with hate speech,” Adem told mlive.com. “And I’m not labeling everyone like this guy, but there are some out there.”

A Trump supporter in Brooklyn allegedly attacked two Muslim women and their babies.

“Get the fuck out of here,” 32-year-old Emirjeta Xhelili allegedly yelled at two Muslim women who were pushing their babies in strollers. “Get the fuck out of America, bitches … This is America — you shouldn’t be different from us.”

Xhelili allegedly punched the two women in their faces and tried to rip the hijabs off their heads. At one point, prosecutors alleged she even pushed over one of the women’s baby strollers, with the baby inside.

“America is the ark of Noah,” reads one of Xhelili’s pro-Trump Facebook posts. “Trump’s gonna win.”

A Trump supporter attacked a woman in Washington, D.C.

Surveillance footage outside a Starbucks shows an unidentified woman approaching a Muslim woman wearing a hijab. According to a police report, the suspect started to “verbally abuse her due to her religion” and then “threw an unknown liquid-like substance” on the woman.

The suspect said she was voting for Trump because he said “he would send ‘all of you terrorist Muslims out of this country,” the victim told the Council on American-Islamic Relations.

This guy screamed “Kill all Muslims” and “Trump” at a bunch of Muslims.

“This just happened right in front of my eyes,” Candy Isabel-Valenzuela wrote in a Facebook post about seeing a man harass a group of Muslims in Grand Rapids, Michigan. “Kill Muslims! Kill them all! Kill them all! Kill you all. Kill the Muslims,” the man can be heard screaming. He also yells “Trump! Trump!”

According to Valenzeula, “after the video he actually walked by them, tried to swing, missed and fell! ?? #racismstillexist.”

An apparent Trump supporter left this menacing voicemail at The Somali American Museum in Minnesota.

“When Donald Trump becomes president, you’re going to have to close down your museum because there’s not going to be any Somalis left in the state,” a man said in this minute-and-a-half voicemail left at the Somali American Museum in Minneapolis, Minnesota in August 2016.

A copy of the voicemail, which can be heard below, was provided to The Huffington Post.

A man yelling “Trump” assaulted a Muslim student and a Hispanic student in Kansas.

“Brown trash.” That’s what an unidentified white man called Khondoker Usama and his Hispanic friend at a Kansas gas station. Usama, a 23-year-old Muslim student at Wichita State University, said the man also nonsensically yelled, “You want to live in this country, you better leave.”

Surveillance footage shows the man attacking Usama and his friend, repeatedly punching and pushing them. Eventually, the man flees on a motorcycle. According to Usama, the man started yelling, “Trump! Trump! Trump!” and added, “Trump will take our country from you guys!”

Vandals wrote “Trump” on mosques in Iowa and New Jersey.

In Iowa, a vandal wrote “TRUMP” on the side of the Masjid Al-Noor Islamic Center in Waterloo, Iowa.

In Bayonne, New Jersey, police say suspect Jonathon Hussey wrote “Fuck Muslims,” “Fuck ISIS,” “Fuck Allah” and “Fuck Arabs,” as well as “Donald Trump,” on the exterior wall of the Muslim Community Miraj Center.

Meanwhile, even as he claims to be “saddened” by the recent wave of Islamophobia and bigotry, Trump is putting together a cabinet filled with people sympathetic to anti-Muslim conspiracy theorists and hate groups. A photo of Kris Kobach, Trump’s potential pick for Homeland Security secretary, showed that reinstating a Muslim registry was literally at the top of his agenda.

Your Muslim neighbors, and your neighbors who are perceived to be Muslim, need you now more than ever.

The Huffington Post is documenting the rising wave of anti-Muslim bigotry and violence in America. Take a stand against hate.

Have you been a victim of an act of harassment or discrimination? If so, we encourage you to report the incident to local authorities, and to send us an email about it at:trackinghate@huffingtonpost.com.

https://www.huffpost.com/entry/anti-muslim-hate-trump-supporters_n_57fbcd79e4b0e655eab66379 

:: 10-19-20 The Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

B-52 bombers put on show of force demonstrate how fast they can get in the air with nuclear weapons

The nuclear option: Fleet of B-52s – that carry the country’s airborne nuclear deterrent – line the runway before taking off within minutes of each other

Barksdale Air Force Base in Louisiana hosted a readiness exercise with eight of its B-52 bombers

The planes lined the taxiways as they prepared to take off at very short notice in a display of strength

The B-52 is a long-range, heavy bomber that can perform a variety of missions and has been the backbone of U.S. strategic bomber forces for more than 60 years

By James Gordon For Dailymail.com Published: 00:35 EDT, 19 October 2020 | Updated: 01:31 EDT, 19 October 2020

A fleet of B-52 bombers based at Barksdale Air Force Base in Louisiana lined the runway ready for takeoff in a display of air power and American military might.

A group of eight of the Boeing Stratofortress’ were pictured on October 14 in what is known as an ‘Elephant Walk’.  An elephant walk is a procession of military aircraft taxiing close in formation right before a minimum interval takeoff.

B-52H Stratofortresses from the 2nd Bomb Wing line up on the runway at Barksdale Air Force Base, in Louisiana  The B-52 is a long-range, heavy bomber that can perform a variety of missions and has been the backbone of U.S. strategic bomber forces for more than 60 years

The 2nd Bomb Wing conducts exercises to ensure the ability to present uncompromising combat capacity

U.S. Strategic Command tweeted several photos of the maneuver that took place last week

The long-range, subsonic, jet-powered strategic bomber has been operated by the United States Air Force since the 1950s.

The USAF stated in a tweet that the aircraft was still a staple and ‘the most flexible part of the military’s nuclear triad’ – the combination of nuclear-armed land-based missiles, submarine-based missiles and manned bombers.

The images released by the U.S. Air Force show the eight strategic bombers each lined up perfectly on the runway as they prepare for take off.

A B-52H Stratofortress from the 2nd Bomb Wing takes off during a readiness exercise at Barksdale Air Force Base

The military aircraft lined up in close formation before taking off as part of a readiness exercise conducted to ensure the 2nd Bomb Wing is able to provide the nation with winning combat power

A B-52H Stratofortress from the 2nd Bomb Wing taxis down the flight line during a readiness exercise

The United States Air Force currently has 76 B-52 Stratofortress bombers in service today

Designed and built by the Seattle-based Boeing Company, the B-52 is a long-range strategic bomber that has been used by the Air Force since the 1950s

The B-52 bomber is capable of carrying up to 70,000 pounds of weapons while flying at a combat range of more than 8,800 miles without aerial refueling

Very few details have been released by the Air Force about the maneuver however after taking off from Barksdale they landed at Minot Air Force Base in North Dakota, home of another Stratofortress unit.

Training events such as this test the readiness of air crews and aircraft that require a rapid launch.

Using a ‘cart-start’ technique in which a small-controlled explosive is placed into two of the eight engines of the bomber, the charges jumpstart the engines cutting the time the planes startup time from more than an hour to less than 10 minutes.

The B-52’s nuclear option of choice is the AGM-86B air-launched cruise missile, commonly referred to as the ALCM.

The B-52H with a weapons payload of more than 70,000lb is capable of carrying the most diverse range of weapons of any combat aircraft.

Fully loaded, the B-52 can carry 20 of the weapons, but like the plane that launches them, the weapons are on the older side, having been produced in the early to mid-1980s.

The B-52 also boasts a wingspan of 185ft. Each aircraft has a length measuring 159ft4in

A B-52H Stratofortress from the 2nd Bomb Wing takes off during a readiness exercise at Barksdale Air Force Base, in Louisiana on its way to Minot Air Force Base in North Dakota

EIght of the B-52 bombers were lined up along the runway in preparation for takeoff

Airman 1st Class Hunter LaForge, 2nd Operations Support Squadron air traffic controller, watches a B-52H Stratofortress take off

Senior Airman Bryson Mawn and Staff Sgt. Derrick Bellamy, 2nd Operations Support Squadron air traffic controllers, monitor the flight line as B-52H Stratofortresses prepare to takeoff

Air traffic controllers maintain communication with the pilots to ensure they can safely take off or land

Senior Airman Bryson Mawn, 2nd Operations Support Squadron air traffic controller, monitors the flight line

Staff Sgt. Jordan McFarland, 2nd Operations Support Squadron air traffic controller, monitors the ops floor in the air traffic control tower

Airman 1st Class Hunter LaForge, Senior Airman Bryson Mawn and Staff Sgt. Derrick Bellamy, 2nd Operations Support Squadron air traffic controllers, monitor the flight line at Barkdale Air Force Base

The B-52 Stratofortress: America’s long-range strategic bomber

A US Air Force B-52 Stratofortress heavy bomber drops bombs in this undated file photo

The United States Air Force currently has 76 B-52 Stratofortress bombers in service today.

Designed and built by the Seattle-based Boeing Company, the B-52 is a long-range strategic bomber that has been used by the Air Force since the 1950s.

It is capable of carrying up to 70,000 pounds of weapons while flying at a combat range of more than 8,800 miles without aerial refueling.

This heavy bomber is powered by 8 turbofan engines manufactured by Pratt & Whitney.

Each engine is capable of producing 17,000 pounds of thrust to propel the plane forward in the air.

The B-52 also boasts a wingspan of 185ft. Each aircraft has a length measuring 159ft4in.

The plane stands at a height of 40ft8in.

The aircraft weighs approximately 185,000 pounds. It can take off at a maximum weight of 488,000 pounds.

To fly its long-range bombing missions, it needs fuel – a lot of it.

Each B-52 has a fuel capacity of 312,197 pounds.

The plane is a subsonic aircraft that can reach speeds of 650mph.

It can also fly at a top altitude of 50,000ft.

Source: Boeing Company

https://thestreetjournal.org/2020/10/b-52-bombers-put-on-show-of-force-demonstrate-how-fast-they-can-get-in-the-air-with-nuclear-weapons/ 

:: 10-20-20 https://noqreport.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former NYPD commissioner says Joe and Hunter Biden ‘belong in handcuffs’

by Guest Post   October 20, 2020

in Democrats, Election 2020, Guns and Crime, News

(Natural News) Bernard B. Kerik, a former commissioner at the New York Police Department (NYPD), says he recently got the chance to look through Hunter Biden’s laptop and the contents are nothing short of damning.

In a tweet, Kerik announced that after personally reviewing the contents of Biden’s laptop, he has come to the determination that Joe Biden and his family “belong in handcuffs.”

“If the @FBI and @TheJusticeDept arrested Paul Manafort, then Hunter, James, and @JoeBiden belongs (sic) in handcuffs? AND THAT, is just for starters. #China #Iraq #Ukraine,” Kerik added.

In case you are unfamiliar with him, Kerik was convicted on eight felonies back in 2010. These include tax fraud and lying to White House officials. Kerik was later pardoned by President Trump, however, and has since gone on to support the Trump administration’s efforts to oust Biden from the running.

There are no words to express my appreciation and gratitude to President Trump,” Kerik announced earlier this year following his executive grant of clemency. “With the exception of the birth of my children, today is one of the greatest days of my life.”

Connect with one of hundreds of physicians nationwide who believe in HCQ as a prophylaxis and treatment for COVID-19.

More of the latest news about Trump’s Kerik pardon and the current quest to destroy the Bidens before Election Day can be found at Trump.news.

Fox News confirms validity of leaked Biden emails

Concerning the Bidens, Kerik is convinced that they now have “bigger problems” to worry about than just an FBI investigation, based on the contents of Hunter’s laptop.

These images, emails, and other documents were on Hunter’s cell phone and computer … which means the Ukrainian and Chinese intelligence networks has (sic) them as well,” Kerik contends. “Who allowed him on Air Force Two?” Joining the fight to take down the Bidens is Republican Rep. Lee Zeldin of New York, who is officially calling for a “criminal investigation” of the entire Biden crime family.

“The DOJ/FBI needs to open a criminal investigation into the Biden Family’s global pay to play operation,” Rep. Zeldin tweeted.

Fox News has apparently also corroborated that the leaked emails are, in fact, real and did include both Joe and Hunter as the recipients of key information included in the chain. One particular thread appears “to outline a payout for former Vice President Joe Biden as part of a deal with a Chinese energy firm” – this is in addition to all the corruption already exposed with Burisma, the infamous Ukrainian energy firm. “One email, dated May 13, 2017, and obtained by Fox News, includes a discussion of ‘remuneration packages’ for six people in a business deal with a Chinese energy firm,” Fox News reported.

The email appeared to identify Biden as ‘Chair / Vice Chair depending on agreement with CEFC,’ in an apparent reference to now-bankrupt CEFC China Energy Co.”

The news outlet went on to reveal that the email in question also included a note explaining that “Hunter has some office expectations he will elaborate,” including a proposed equity split with references to “20” for “H” and “10 held by H for the big guy.” According to one of the people copied on the email, “the big guy” refers to Joe Biden, exposing his participation in the racket. The news did not phase many of the commenters at NewsPunch, several of whom emphasized that similar news broke headlines about failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton in the lead-up to the 2016 presidential election, only to quickly go away the next day.

“It will never happen with our current DOJ/FBI leadership,” one wrote.

“The swamp is deep,” responded another. “The right people are in enough of the right positions to maintain deep state power. Nothing will change.”

Sources for this article include:  NewsPunch.com   NYTimes.com   NaturalNews.com

https://noqreport.com/2020/10/20/former-nypd-commissioner-says-joe-and-hunter-biden-belong-in-handcuffs/ 

:: 10-18-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China warns it will take Americans hostage if DOJ doesn’t drop charges against researchers

By Tamar Lapin October 18, 2020 | 3:03am | Updated

Beijing is threatening to take Americans in China hostage if the Department of Justice doesn’t drop its prosecution of several Chinese research scientists arrested on US soil this year, according to a report Saturday.

Chinese government officials have repeatedly warned their US counterparts that Americans in China face being detained if its demands are not met, the Wall Street Journal reported, citing sources familiar with the matter.

The drastic action — dubbed “hostage diplomacy” — would be in retaliation for the arrests of at least five Chinese military-affiliated scholars visiting American universities to conduct research.

The scientists were charged with visa fraud for allegedly lying to US immigration authorities about their active-duty statuses with China’s People’s Liberation Army.

The nation first began issuing the warnings over the summer, after Chinese research scientist Juan Tang, who worked at the University of California, Davis, was questioned by the FBI and took up residence for a month in China’s San Francisco consulate.

Chinese officials vowed to retaliate if she wasn’t allowed to leave the consulate and return home, according to the report.

US officials expected China to make good on the threat — but it didn’t, and the FBI arrested Tang in July when she left consulate grounds, the Journal reported.

Tang is currently out on bail after pleading not guilty to visa fraud charges. Her lawyer, Malcolm Segal, denied that China had sought to interfere in his client’s case.

At least four other researchers have been accused of hiding their ties to the Chinese military and pleaded not guilty to similar charges.

The State Department ordered China in July to close its Houston consulate and told all Chinese military researchers remaining in the US to leave.

Sources told the Journal the decision was made after US officials said Chinese diplomats were coordinating with the scholars to collect cutting-edge scientific research from American universities.

A State Department spokesman declined to address China’s alleged threats but told the newspaper, “We warn US citizens that business disputes, court orders to pay a settlement, or government investigations into both criminal and civil issues may result in an exit ban which will prohibit your departure from China until the issue is resolved.”

“We are aware that the Chinese government has, in other instances, detained American, Canadian and other individuals without legal basis to retaliate against lawful prosecutions and to exert pressure on their governments, with a callous disregard of the individuals involved,” said John Demers, head of the Justice Department’s national security division.

“If China wants to be seen as one of the world’s leading nations, it should respect the rule of law and stop taking hostages.”

https://nypost.com/2020/10/18/china-warns-it-will-take-americans-hostage-if-charges-arent-dropped/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 10-18-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Store Shelves Are Emptying Again As Second Wave Of Panic Shopping Has Begun - Lack Of Variety And Product Is Just The Beginning Of What Is Expected

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine October 18, 2020

With some establishment media finally joining the party, and catching up and reporting on different types of shortages still being seen randomly throughout America, we note new shortages expected will be on items that generally weren't a problem the last time around.

One of the main points people seem to ignore or forget is that grocery stores and other places to purchase food are still not recovered from the initial rounds of panic shopping when the COVID-19 lockdowns first began.

Recent reports show stores are trying to get their stocks replenished, while at the same time trying to prepare for another round of panic shopping, which according to some reports, has already begun.

Another things we have been hearing about is the lack of variety and ability to obtain certain brands, as many companies have limited their choices in order to keep other items available.

Via Today, October 16, 2020:

When the coronavirus pandemic first struck, grocery retailers across the nation were scrambling to restock shelves as consumers panic-shopped for canned goods, flour, yeast and most curiously, toilet paper. Now, with a second wave of COVID-19 looming and fear over potential unrest around the presidential election, consumers are aggressively stocking up on various foods. And grocers are struggling to keep up with the demand.

“As of now what we are seeing is the start of the second wave of panic,” said Chris Mentzer, the director of operations for Rastelli Market Fresh in New Jersey. “Our customers keep telling me how they are looking for any type of freezer to purchase so they can start stocking up their homes now. Their main concern is meat." He explained that customers are mainly looking to buy and freeze beef and poultry — ground beef, steaks, roasts and all varieties of chicken.

"They're also starting to buy a lot of frozen meals and frozen pizzas," said Mentzer. "We are seeing anything that can be microwaved quickly or easily made in the oven for kids, fly off the shelves, as people are preparing for schools and colleges to be closed this winter — along with a run on dried goods and paper goods, as well.”

Usually on these food shortage reports we list available items for readers to get online to avoid having to get caught up in the chaos of panic shoppers, at the bottom of the article, which we will also do here, but we will add some throughout as we report on it.

With that said, refrigerators and freezers, are beginning to be a little more difficult to come by, according to Kitchn.com.

Is your refrigerator running? If so, you better go catch it (thank you, endlessly entertaining kindergarten joke). But if it’s not, you might be really out of luck these days: NPR reports that after all the yeast and flour shortages of early quarantine, what’s really hard to track down these days isn’t a specific food, but the appliance in which we store our food.

It’s not the first appliance to disappear from warehouses: In the spring, a run on freezers as people stocked up on supplies rendered them unavailable for months. And when those were gone, customers moved on to purchasing all the refrigerators that had freezers on them.

The article also says that to a lesser extent they are seeing shortages of washers and dryers as well.

From what we are hearing, many appliance stores are still selling all the aforementioned products but some are saying it could be weeks or months before the item will be in store or available to be delivered, so it is a little difficult to stock up on items that need refrigeration and freezing without the appliance to store said food in. The items listed below are all in stock with a very short delivery time, as of now, that could change at any moment.

Fridges and Freezers:

Chest Freezer, TACKLIFE 5 Cu. Ft Small Freezer 10.4℉ to -11.2℉, with Removable Basket/7 Temperature Setting/Power Saving, White, for Home/Kitchen/Office/Bar - MPWCF053T

MOOSOO Chest Freezer, 17.7 Cubic Feet with Removable Storage Basket Deep Freezer 5 Gears Temperature Control Energy Saving CSA Certificated

Arctic King ARC070S0ARBB 7 cu ft Chest Freezer, Black

MOOSOO Compact Refrigerator, 7.3 Cu.Ft Dual Door Fridge with Freezer, 7 Adjustable Temperature, Removable Shelves, Ultra-Quiet Silencer, Ideal Food and Drink Storage

Daewoo RTE21GSWMD Top Mount Refrigerator, 21 Cu.Ft (Limited stock)

hOmeLabs 7.6 cu. ft. Refrigerator with Freezer - Energy Star Certified, Stainless Steel, Adjustable Glass Shelves

FRIGIDAIRE, Stainless Steel FFSS2315TS 33 Inch Side Refrigerator with 22.1 cu. ft. Capacity

According to SFGate, there is also expected to be a run on gloves again, which makes it prudent to order now to replenish what you have used over the course of the past few months.

It is also mentioned in that piece that the prices for gloves and masks and other similar items have risen considerably, which leads us to the conclusion that as the supplies start dwindling again, those prices will spike again as well.

Gloves and Masks:

Wostar Nitrile Disposable Gloves 2.5 Mil Pack of 100, Latex Free Safety Working Gloves (Small, Medium And Large available)

Medical Blue Nitrile Gloves, Box of 100, 5 mil, Size Large, Latex Free, Powder Free

As for masks, we will list some here, but given the new reports about the ineffectiveness of masks used by those not infected, we would caution folks to do some research and decide for yourself if you want to stock up on them or not.

Face Mask 3-Layer Disposable Masks 50Pcs/Box

New reports are also showing what items are expected to fly off the shelves first, and will many recommending the stocking up on gloves and masks, other items they are recommending the purchase of in preparation for more shortages, include hand sanitizer, cleaning supplies and, once again, toilet paper.

How "experts" can recommend toilet paper and other items, while ignoring food, always manages to astound me.

Foods available for delivery will be listed at the bottom of this article because there is a significant amount. Cleaning supplies, toilet paper and hand sanitizer will be listed below the foods.

FOOD NEWS........................

On October 12, 2020, NewsMax headlined with "Americans Plan to Stockpile Food as Pandemic Persists."

In that piece they highlight a new survey which shows that 52% of Americans "plan to stockpile groceries and other household products this fall to prepare for a possible recurrence of the pandemic."

The article also mentions fears of election unrest adding to the reasoning for the planned stockpiling.

On October 14, 2020, USA Today also reported "Americans plan to stockpile food this fall over fears of COVID-19 surge, election unrest."

“We talked about doing a big shop like we’re going into quarantine,” says Hall, 53, of Burlington, Vermont. On the list: enough basics such as milk, beans and rice to last for two to three weeks.

Hall, a consultant, points out that her local grocery stores struggle to keep their shelves fully stocked and have shortages of products like cleaning supplies, even though her state has one of the lowest COVID-19 rates in the U.S.

“Arguably speaking, we have control of things in Vermont, but you still go into the grocery store and there are shelves that are sparse,” she says.

Related: With Even The Mainstream Media Now Warning Of Food Shortages And Panic Buying Ahead Of The Election, America's Countdown To Chaos Is In Full Swing

This is why I said at the top of this article that the establishment media has finally joined the party as they have downplayed the initial shortages until it was too late to encourage people to stock up because they shelves were already empty.

This tells us that if they are warning people now about expected shortages, we can be sure they are expected to be much worse than what the media is reporting.

Seriously, at this point, even if there is no second wave of the coronavirus, a second wave of panic shopping has already begun. First because of the hype of the media and their howls of "second wave of COVID-19."

Secondly and perhaps more importantly, Americans are seeing the unrest in the streets, the Antifa/BLM rioters, buildings and cars burning, stores emptied and left a mess by looters, and innocent men and women on the street, outdoor dining and even trying to sleep in their homes, being harassed by thugs.

Anyone that thinks that grocery stores and other food retailers are going to get back to normal on selection and availability of specific brands, is in for a big surprise, if anything it will get worse.

Last but not least, we are seeing reports and chatter online of expected peanut, therefore peanut butter shortages expected, along with corn syrup that people who use a lot for their businesses are having a hard time acquiring the amounts they need.

BOTTOM LINE

If the mainstream media, at least a small portion of it, are finally acknowledging the shortages, and offering a limited amount of reports about round two of panic shopping having already begun, then we can fully expect things to break wide open very soon where the "news" cannot be ignored by the rest of the MSM.

Readers of Independent Media took heed when their trusted websites informed them of the shortages that were coming, and warned about the "medical martial law," that was coming, despite being treated like fear-mongers by those ignoring what was happening, did what they needed to do, stocked up, slowly and carefully without panic shopping, resupplied what was needed, and saved themselves from having to enter the fray of panic shoppers when it all finally hit the fan.

While personally I do not think the second wave of COVID-19 will be anywhere near what the first wave was, I do think that liberal state leaders and politicians, will attempt to shut down their cities and the economy again anyway, which is why the upcoming shortages are almost a given at this point.

Stock up, resupply, top of what you have, and if you need things, get them now, they may be listed as "currently unavailable" by next week or next month.

STILL/BACK IN STOCK

Meats:   Porter & York - Whole Chickens 6-pack

Chicago Steak Meal Set- Indulge your taste buds with the Ultimate Gourmet Grilling Assortment - Includes Savory Ribeye, Top Sirloin Steak, Angus Steak Burgers, & Lemon Herb Chicken Breasts

Harris Robinette Natural 100% Grass Fed Ground Beef - Hamburger Meat, Ground Meat - Made in the USA - 10 Pack

Aged Angus Filet Mignon Top Sirloin NY Strip Ribeye and Premium Ground Beef by Nebraska Star Beef - All Natural Hand Cut and Trimmed - Steak Gift Packages Delivered to Your Door

Bison Burgers & Steaks Combo Pack: 100% All-Natural, Grass-Fed and Grain Finished North American Bison Meat with no Growth Hormones or Antibiotics - USDA Tested - 14 Piece of Tender, Flavorful Meat

H.F.'s Outstanding All Natural Skinless Boneless Chicken Breast, 40 Ounce

Porter & York, Prime Beef Bone In Ribeye Steaks 20oz 4-pack

Porter & York Brand Meats - Prime Beef Boneless Ribeye Steak 16oz 4-pack

T-Bone Steaks, 6 count 16 oz each from Kansas City Steaks

32 Classic Steakburgers, 4.5 oz each from Kansas City Steaks

Freeze Dried Foods:

Wise Company Emergency Food Supply, Freeze Dried Meat Variety, 15-Year Shelf Life, 60 Servings

Wise Company ReadyWise, Emergency Food Supply, Emergency Freeze Dried Fruit Bucket, 120 Servings

Wise Company Emergency Food Supply, Variety Pack, 25-Year Shelf Life, 104 Servings

Wise Company ReadyWise, Emergency Food Supply, Freeze Dried Vegetables, 120 Servings

Augason Farms 5-20091 Deluxe Emergency 30-Day Food Supply (1 Person), 200 Servings, 36,600 Calories, Net Weight 20 lbs. 7 oz.

Mountain House Classic Bucket | Freeze Dried Backpacking & Camping Food | 24 Servings

Mountain House Diced Beef #10 Can Freeze Dried Food - 6 Cans Per Case

Augason Farms Lunch and Dinner Variety Pail Emergency Food Supply 4-Gallon Pail

Augason Farms Breakfast Emergency Food Supply 11 lbs 1.8 oz 4 Gallon Pail

Some fruit pails or buckets shipping now for 2 to 3 weeks, so might want to pick individual cans/packets HERE.

Augason Farms Peanut Butter Powder 2 lbs No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Vegetable Stew Blend 2 lbs 0.5 oz No. 10 Can

It's Just - Whole Egg Protein Powder, Made in USA, Non-GMO (8oz)

Augason Farms 5-90158 Scrambled Egg Mix, 2 lbs, 4 oz. No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Dried Whole Egg Product 2 lbs 1 oz No. 10 Can

Hoosier Hill Farm All American Dairy Whole Milk Powder 1 lb

Hoosier Hill Farm Heavy Cream Powder Jar, 1 Pound

Hoosier Hill Farm Real Butter powder, 1 lb

Augason Farms Dehydrated Chopped Onions 1 lb 7 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Freeze Dried Shredded Mozzarella Cheese 1 lb 14.19 oz No. 10 Can

Amazon Search 'Flour'

Canned/Packaged Goods:

Wellsley Farms White Premium Chunk Chicken Breast in Water, 12.5 Ounce, 6 Count

Swanson Chicken á la King Made with White and Dark Meat Chicken, 10.5 Ounce Can (Pack of 12)

Kirkland Signature Chicken Breast (Chicken Breast -6 Count)

Keystone Meats All Natural Canned Chicken, 28 Ounce

Dinty Moore Beef Stew with Fresh Potatoes & Carrots 20 oz (Pack of 12)

Armour Star Classic Homestyle Beef Stew, 20 oz. (Pack of 12)

Keystone Meats All Natural Canned Beef, 28 Ounce

SAMPCO Shredded Beef 3lb.

Keystone Meats All Natural Canned Pork, 28 Ounce

Armour Star Roast Beef With Gravy, 12 oz.

Armour Star Banner Sausage, Easy Open Can, 10.5 oz. (Pack of 12)

Wild Planet Skipjack Wild Tuna, Sea Salt, Keto and Paleo, 3rd Party Mercury Tested, 5 Ounce (Pack of 12)

Armour Star Luncheon Meat, 12 oz. (Pack of 12)

Canned Vegetables Variety Of Options

Canned Fruits Variety Of Options

Rice

Beans

Pasta

Cleaning - Disinfectant:

Clorox Commercial Solutions Clorox Clean-Up All Purpose Cleaner with Bleach - Original, 128 Ounce Refill Bottle, 4 Bottles/Case

Glissen Chemical Nu-Foamicide EPA Registered 1-Gal All Purpose Cleaner Concentrate, Makes 32 Gallons of Disinfectant/Detergent/Food-Contact Sanitizer/Virucide, Industrial Commercial Grade

Hospital Grade Bulk Disinfecting Bathroom Sanitizer by Comet Professional, Multi-Purpose Spray Cleaner with Bleach Wipes up Pathogens for Commercial Use, 32 oz. (Case of 8)

SC Johnson Professional WINDEX Multi-Surface & Disinfectant Cleaner Refill, 1 gallon (Pack of 4)

RMR-141 Disinfectant and Cleaner, Kills 99% of Household Bacteria and Viruses, Fungicide Kills Mold & Mildew, EPA Registered, 1 Gallon Bottle

Care Touch Alcohol-Free Hand Sanitizing Wipes (5 Pouches) | 100 Antibacterial Hand Wipes Wipes with Vitamin E + Aloe Vera | for Babies and Adults

70% Alcohol Hand Sanitizer GEL With Aloe Vera - 1 Half Gallon Refill by Nature's Oils

Hand Sanitizer Gel (24 Pack - 2oz Bottle) - 75% Alcohol - Kills 99.99% of Germs - Scent Free Antibacterial Gel with Vitamin E & Aloe for Moisturizing in Mini 2 Ounce Bottles

Mrs. Meyer's Clean Day Liquid Hand Soap, Cruelty Free and Biodegradable Formula, Honeysuckle Scent, 12.5 oz- Pack of 3

SWAN 3% Hydrogen Peroxide Topical Solution First Aid Antiseptic, 32 Fluid Ounce (Pack of 12), 384 Fl Oz

Hydrogen Peroxide Topical Solution, 32 Ounce (3 Pack)

Isopropyl Alcohol

Non-Food Items:

Tork Universal TM1616S Bath Tissue Roll, 2-Ply, 4" Width x 3.75" Length, White (Case of 96 Rolls, 500 per Roll, 48,000 Sheets)

Amazon Brand - Solimo 2-Ply Toilet Paper, 350 Sheets per Roll, 30 Count

Angel Soft Professional Series Premium 2-Ply Embossed Toilet Paper by GP PRO (Georgia-Pacific), 16880, 450 Sheets Per Roll, 80 Rolls Per Case

Kleenex Professional Facial Tissue for Business (03076), Flat Tissue Boxes, 12 Boxes / Convenience Case, 125 Tissues / Box

Sparkle 2-Ply Perforated Roll Paper Towels by GP PRO (Georgia-Pacific), White, 2717714, 85 Sheets Per Roll, 15 Rolls Per Case

Scott Essential Multifold Paper Towels (01804) with Fast-Drying Absorbency Pockets, White, 16 Packs / Case, 250 Multifold Towels / Pack

PLENTY Ultra Premium Full Sheet Paper Towels, White, 15 Total Rolls

Kirkland Signature Extra Strength Acetaminophen 500MG Caplets (1000 Count)

Kirkland Signature Acid Controller 20mg, 250 Count Tablets

All Natural Acid Indigestion Relief 6 fl oz

Pepcid AC Maximum Strength with 20 mg Famotidine for All-Day Heartburn Prevention & Relief, 50 ct.

Pepcid Complete Acid Reducer + Antacid Chewable Tablets for Heartburn Relief, Berry Flavor, 50 ct.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Lack_Of_Variety_And_Product_Is_The_New_Normal_Now.php 

:: 10-18-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE! Sheriff Candidate Leaks Information So Damning That George Soros Will Blow a Gasket!

39,921 views

•Oct 18, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HAGN7y0C8hM&feature=youtu.be 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 10-18-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'The Joe meeting happened, the emails are correct and Joe took 10% of equity': Bannon says EVERYTHING reported in Hunter laptop scandal is true and reveals how lawyer for Biden's son tried to get hard drive back - proving 'it's no Russian intel op'

Steve Bannon said Sunday everything found on Hunter Biden's lap top is true

'Joe Biden has lied about this for years,' the former White House strategist said

He also revealed that Hunter Biden's lawyer tried desperately to get the hard drive back after it was left at a lap top repair shop with his water damaged Mac

Bannon also revealed Sunday that if Trump fails to win a second White House term he will run again in 2024

'You're not going to see the end of Donald Trump,' he said

Bannon was recently arrested for federal money-laundering

By Katelyn Caralle, U.s. Political Reporter and Luke Kenton For Dailymail.com

Published: 11:38 EDT, 18 October 2020 | Updated: 16:49 EDT, 18 October 2020

Steve Bannon said Sunday everything that has come to light from Hunter Biden's hard drive is true as he paints Joe Biden as a 'stone cold liar' after revelations show deep financial ties between the Biden's and Chinese Communist Party.

'Joe Biden has lied about this for years,' Bannon told Sky News in an interview Sunday.

'What Fox did, which was very interesting on that issue but also on the Chinese – they actually went to the people on the emails and contacted them. What was so stunning is that they reported last night that one, the guys on the emails said absolutely the meetings happened. This is not off of some Russia intelligence operation. That emails correct, the meanings correct and, by the way, that 10 per cent of the equity is Joe Biden's,' Bannon said.

The former White House strategist for President Donald Trump said Hunter's lawyer tried to email the repair shop to get the laptop back and has since then contacted Bannon and his team to retrieve the sensitive hard drive.

'Hunter Biden's lawyer has come to us both with phone calls and with emails saying, 'hey, I've got to get the hard drive back',' Bannon said.

'This is not some Russian intelligence operation; they admit it's their hard drive,' he continued in proving the validity of the information found on the laptop. 'We have the emails from the Lawyer, if we need to release them, we'll release them.'

Republican Senator Ron Johnson of Wisconsin, chairman of the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, is calling on FBI Director Christopher Wray to confirm or deny details regarding the hard drive.

In a letter to Wray, which was obtained by Fox News Sunday, Johnson says that a whistleblower contacted the committee on September 24.

He said they claimed to possess a laptop that Hunter left at his business, and that he had turned it over to the FBI.

Johnson noted in his letter that his staff immediately asked the FBI to confirm certain details to better validate the claim, but the bureau said they would not comment on any of the information.

Trump weighed in on Hunter's emails on Twitter Sunday, and gave his Democratic rival a new nickname: '10% Joe.'

'Hunter Biden's laptop is a disaster for the entire Biden family, but especially for his father, Joe. It is now a proven fact, and cannot be denied, that all of that info is the REAL DEAL,' Trump tweeted. 'That makes it impossible for '50%, or 10%' Joe, to ever assume the office of the President!' 'Joe Biden is a corrupt politician, and everybody knows it,' the president continued in another tweet. 'Now you have the proof, perhaps like never was had before on a major politician. Laptop plus. This is the second biggest political scandal in our history!'

He also praised the media outlet, The New York Post, for first revealing the contents of the hard drive in a report last week.

'Very proud of the @nypost, my former 'hometown newspaper'. They have said and shown what everyone knows about Sleepy Joe Biden. He is a CORRUPT POLITICIAN!!!' Trump, a usual critic of the press, tweeted.

He later added: 'Corrupt politician Joe Biden makes Crooked Hillary look like an amateur!'

Bannon continued in his interview with Sky News that 'the stunning thing about these emails… is that Biden has basically said to the American people, 'I knew nothing about it.' Now we actually see they had meetings set up.'

'That sets the predicate that Joe Biden has lied consistently over the last couple years to the American people. He lied on the debate stage with President Trump,' he said.

Emails on the laptop revealed that Hunter planned to introduce his father – who was the then-Vice President – to an executive at the Ukrainian energy company Burisma, where Hunter served on the board of directors.

Publicly, the former vice president has said he's never spoken to his son about his overseas business dealings.

But the emails seem to indicate otherwise. Bannon also said Sunday in an interview with The Australian that Trump will run for re-election in 2024 if he loses the presidential race to Joe Biden next month.

'You're not going to see the end of Donald Trump,' Bannon said when asked what will happen if he fails to win a second White House term in November.

Bannon, who was recently arrested for federal money-laundering and fraud, added that he believes the November 3 election was 'closer than is being reported', and said 'Trump will win on election day'.

'I'll make this prediction right now: if for any reason the election is stolen from or in some sort of way Joe Biden is declared the winner, Trump will announce he's going to run for re-election in 2024,' he told the outlet.

Bannon also predicted the election result will go to the Supreme Court and may even be conferred to the House of Representative in January, saying the outcome will be contentious and 'won't be settled anytime soon'. Bannon's latest comments cast a slightly more pessimistic tone to remarks made just days ago during a speech in front of the Young Republican Federation, in which he resolutely stated that not only will Trump win on November 3, but he'll secure victory very early.

'At 10 o'clock or 11 o'clock… on November 3, Donald J. Trump is going to walk into the Oval Office, and he may hit a tweet before he goes in there… and he's going to sit there, having won Ohio, and being up in Pennsylvania and Florida, and he's going to say, 'Hey, game's over,'' Bannon, Trump's 2016 campaign CEO, told the crowd.

'The elites are traumatized. They do not want to go stand in line and vote. That, ladies and gentlemen, is a game-changer,' Bannon continued. 'It [the decisive factor] is what electorate shows up to vote on a vote that can be certified. That's a vote that counts. And right now, what they [Trump critics] don't want to talk about, is Donald J. Trump leads on people who are actually going to show up and vote on November 3, by 21 percent.' Speaking to the Australian, Bannon also claimed that the lawyers acting for Joe Biden's son Hunter have made numerous attempts to retrieve his computer hard-drive that's now at the center of an FBI probe.

Such extensive efforts reportedly include sending legal letters to the owner of a Delaware repair shop where the Democratic presidential candidate's son had reportedly dropped off his laptop to be serviced in 2019.

Last week, the New York Post published emails and photographs that the outlet claimed were contained on a laptop owned by Hunter Biden, which he apparently never collected from the repair store.

The hard drive was retrieved by a third-party from the shop owner in January and then sent to Giuliani. Giuliani seemingly then sat on the information for months, before releasing it to the Post just weeks before the election.

The messages suggested that Hunter Biden had arranged for a top executive at a Ukrainian energy firm, of which Hunter was on the board of directors, to meet his father in person, when he was vice-president and in charge of US policy with Ukraine.

In the emails published by the Post, Biden is shown pursuing a lucrative deal involving China's largest private energy company, saying in one message that the proposed deal would be 'interesting for me and my family', before discussing remuneration packages.

Bannon, who alerted the Post to the laptop's existence, claimed that Biden's lawyers contacted Rudy Giuliani, Trump's attorney, hours before the emails were published in a last-ditch effort to retrieve Hunter's alleged hard-drive. 'His lawyer, [George] Mesires from Chicago, one of the top lawyers in the country, emailed us. He called the repair shop, he sent us an email, he sent the repair shop an email saying Hunter dropped these off, he forgot to pick them up. That's an email,' Bannon told the Australian.

'In addition, we haven't ­released this, Hunter Biden's lawyer has come to us both with phone calls and with emails saying I've got to get the hard-drive back. This is not some Russian ­intelligence operation, they've ­admitted it's their hard-drive.

'It was the night before we came out with the first story, I think, because the NY Post went to them for comment… they panicked. One lawyer started calling around and sent the emails.'

Bannon reiterated his claim that Biden's lawyer had also sent legal notices to the owner of the repair shop seeking return of the hard-drive.

'We're breaking news here. He actually in a panic called… ­because Hunter when he dropped it off, there was two or three of these shops in Wilmington. They called around and he figured out it might be this guy. He called him and when the guy said I can't ­remember, I'm going back to my shop, he sent a couple of emails in a panic saying 'I've got to get my hands on this right away.'' Bannon, who said he was contacted by Giuliani in late August to help with media strategy for the emails, said he has been holding on to the legal letters and waiting to use them if the Biden camp tried to deny the laptop ­belonged to Hunter.

'We haven't released that yet. We're holding that back to make sure if they walk into the trap, we're just going to drop it on them,' he said.

'My training under Andrew Breitbart was put it out, let them lie and then bang, drop them on the lie, let them lie some more, drop it again. We have the emails from the lawyer, if we need to ­release them, we'll release them.'

The FBI is reportedly conducting an investigation into whether the allegations are part of a Russian disinformation campaign against the Biden campaign, though the agency has refused to speak publicly on the matter.

FBI Director Christopher Wray has warned that Russia is trying to 'denigrate' Biden ahead of the election and damage his chances of unseating Trump.

Bannon was arrested and charged in August with defrauding donors to a private fund-raising effort called We Build the Wall, which was intended to bolster the president's signature initiative along the Mexican border.

The fund-raising effort collected more than $25 million, and prosecutors say Bannon used nearly $1 million of it for personal expenses.

Bannon pleaded not guilty to the charges on August 20.

Share or comment on this article: The meeting happened, Joe took 10% of equity: Bannon says everything on Hunter's laptop is TRUE

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8852685/The-meeting-happened-Joe-took-10-equity-Bannon-says-Hunters-laptop-TRUE.html 

:: 10-18-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Obama and Eric Holder are Deeply Involved in Weaponziing Antifa and the Cartels That Will Assist with the CHICOM Red Dawn Invasion

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, October 18, 2020 - 15:25.

This is a follow-up from yesterday's article which implicated several prominent Democrats who are actively involved in treasonous acts against Trump and the United States.

One might think given all the knee-jerk reaction to the New York Post’s publishing the tale of Hunter Biden’s salacious and criminally (ie Joe Biden’s influence peddling, malfeasance of office, and treason) convicting laptop contents that this was by far and away the most controversial story ever published by the New York Post. Well, that would an incorrect assumption.

Back in February of 2017, only one month after the inauguration, the New York Post published about Obama’s secret army we call the OFA, “The little-known but well-funded protesting arm had beefed up staff and ramped up recruitment of young, liberal activists. Determined to salvage Obama’s legacy, it’s drawing battle lines on immigration, Obamacare, race relations and climate change.”

What is amazingly obvious as one digs deeper into Obama’s OFA, is how powerful they are and scarcely anyone has ever heard about them or their radical agenda and nefarious agenda. One interesting example of the far-reach of the OFA is that Hillary Clinton’s closest subordinates support the radical agenda of “defunding the police”. Clinton and Obama aren’t exactly the best of pals, but when it comes to the radical agenda of the treasonous act of ridding America of its first line of defense, the police, they are united on this point. Hillary’s former spokesperson for her campaign, Brian Fallon, recently tweeted out “defund the police”.

If one seeks to find the nexus behind fomenting race riots, planning and activating uncontrolled rioting that their allies in the mainstream and Big Tech media label, “Peaceful protests”, the Obama group that was exposed in yesterday’s article on the CSS, Organizing for Action (OFA), is proving to be that nexus point. The OFA is proving to be both diabolical, disgraceful, treasonous and the group that is sitting at the Captain’s chair in terms of overthrowing the Trump administration and the United States of America.

Also in February of 2017, Obama’s secret group of warriors, the OFA, The Hill published the fact that there was a major merger brewing between the OFA and the former disgraced Attorney General, Eric Holder and his group the National Redistricting Action Fund, giving the group access to a cadre of very wealthy donors and volunteers. In effect, the OFA will marry and integrate with the Holder-run group (NDRC). The newly formed merger is telling. Holder has reunited with his former boss. What caused Eric Holder to exit his position as Attorney General under Obama. Simple, he was found guilty for lying to Congress and refusing to answer questions posed in the formal congressional hearing looking into the matter, “Fast and Furious”.

Fast and Furious is best described in the following statement of findings in a series of Reuters reports.

During the operation from 2009-2010, thousands of AK-47s, .50 caliber rifles and other weapons were purposely allowed by ATF and Department of Justice officials to be purchased illegally by straw buyers at gun stores in the United States and trafficked over the border into Mexico. ATF officials sat by as thousands of guns "walked." They argued this was done to trace weapons to the upper echelons of Mexican cartels, but out of thousands of firearms, only two were rigged with GPS devices that died within hours of crossing the border.

On December 14, 2010, Border Patrol Agent Brian Terry, a former police officer and U.S. Marine, was shot and killed while on a BORTAC mission near Rio Rico, Arizona. The weapons left at the scene were obtained through Operation Fast and Furious.

Terry's family has been repeatedly lied to about the circumstances of his death. ATF and DOJ officials moved quickly to cover up the scandal behind how his murderers got their guns.

It wasn't until Terry was killed that knowledge of the program came into public view. ATF agent John Dodson, who opposed the operation internally, became the first whistleblower to speak out.'

It is obvious to state that merging the OFA with Holder’s group potentially provides OFA with unlimited funding and unlimited access to obtain needed weapons which can be passed on to radicalized leftist groups such as Antifa. However, there is a problem in this cash and weapons transfer. The process had to change because Holder got caught and it cost him his Attorney General position. It should have cost him his freedom. As one may recall, Holder’s cartel-supplying weapons program was exclusively using domestic gun shops and manufacturers to provide the Fast and Furious weapons to the cartels. Holder was busted and the strategy had to change.

I have a deep undercover DEA source that told me in 2015, that Holder had employed his Communist Chinese contacts to continue Fast and Furious for the cartels. And who did Holder turn to? He turned to the CHICOMS. Today, it is a well-established fact that the cartels basically control the cartels and their drug trade. Mexican President AMLO is no longer on board with this arrangement and a civil war is brewing in Mexico as AMLO has pivoted towards Trump with a secret pledge to not allow Mexico to become a staging area for a Red Dawn invasion. The CSS has published reports and conducted interviews with people south of the border on these points. Today, the cartels are mechanized courtesy of the CHICOMS.

Please allow me to connect the dots:

Holder is and for 12 years has been in bed with the cartels and has repeatedly found ways to arm them. Holder, on behalf of Obama is part of a plot to bring down the United States and Obama’s OFA has been brought under the umbrella of subversive terrorist activities of Holder.

Obama and Holder’s blended organization, according to under federal LEO, was the group that shipping 10,000 weapons to Antifa when it was busted by the AFT and the FBI. Obviously, as the election grows near and violence is expected to ramp up exponentially, one would expect that this blended group will be at the forefront for training and the supply of weapons to the domestic terrorists (ie Antifa).

Holder does not wear just the “let’s start a civil war group”, he is also the spokesperson for CALEXIT which is the subversive group of international players, including the CHICOMs who are trying to remove California from the USA and place it under the control of the United Nations. In the course of the President of the New California 51st State Movement, Paul Preston, came across eyewitnesses that revealed in a closed door meeting, that the cartels offered to kill as many white people as possible, if CALEXIT was not successful.

On point #3 one has to ask, who would supply the weapons to the cartels assisting the California Congressional delegation (eg Pelosi, Harris, and Feinstein) in supporting this obvious treason against the United States? The answer is simple, Holder and Obama’s blended group will be the ones to undertake that mission. And isn’t interesting that Obama is buying residences in California. In a departed California, the United States government would have no extradition options when it comes to Obama and Holder.

Before closing, one may wonder why I have married the two issues, Calexit and Fast and Furious support, via the CHICOMS, for weaponizing groups like Antifa? This is the bombshell of this report. My DEA source says that his group was following a drug transfer of cocaine emanating from China. The investigation landed in the lap of Hunter Biden. My source suspects that Hunter Biden brokered the Holder-CHICOM-Cartel weaponizing with the support of both Bidens and Air Force Two was used as the vehicle that led to the negotiations. This is treason of the highest levels and this is why I believe the MSM and Big Tech will stop at nothing to stop the exposure because a public analysis of Hunter Biden’s activities, as described in the laptop incident would reveal all.

There is another interesting anecdote. There was a DOJ investigation of Eric Holder’s fast and furious activities and it was headed by then AG Loretta Lynch. What is lynch doing today? She is helping Holder with Calexit activities. It’s just raining coincidences.

Subsequently, we can conclude that both Holder and Obama are the primary force behind the subversion occurring in this country at the present moment. Holder is the nexus as his Fast and Furious activities support the cartel and ultimately the CHICOM invasion of America. Also, Holder’s role in Calexit opens the door to a CHICOM invasion. If one thinks that these events are nothing but coincidences, one must wipe the cognitive dissonance from their eyes and do some simple research. The fact is that the global elite are bringing this country down with treasonous assistance from Obama and Holder and the Democratic Party is being used as accomplice to this fact.

We have finally discovered who runs the Deep State and for what purpose. And make no mistake about it, Hillary and Kamala are deeply involved.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/obama-and-eric-holder-are-deeply-involved-weaponziing-antifa-and-cartels-will-assist-chicom-red 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 10--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

France moves to expel 231 radicalized foreigners after assassination of teacher

Major tributes to the victim, Samuel Paty, are planned this week

By Peter Aitken, Lucia I. Suarez Sang | Fox News

Minister of the Interior Gérald Darmanin said he intends to move swiftly in response to the killing of Samuel Paty, a history teacher who was beheaded after showing cartoons of the Prophet Mohammad in class.

President Emmanuel Macron has called the killing an "Islamist terrorist attack."

The primary response to the attack includes the deportation of 231 foreigners in the File of Alerts for the Prevention of Terrorist Attacks (FSPRT), which tracks radicalized activities, according to Europe 1. Darmanin had planned to expel the people already, having traveled to Morocco the previous week to ask the government to accept nine of its radicalized nationals. He plans to meet with officials in Algeria and Tunisia to discuss similar deals. On the list are 180 people currently in prison and another 51 individuals who will be arrested shortly, officials said. More than 850 illegal immigrants are registered to the FSPRT, 24 News reported. French authorities have already arrested 11 individuals in connection with the killing, the BBC reported, though it is not clear if they are also part of the planned expulsions.

Four close relatives of the suspect were detained shortly after the attack. Six more people were held on Saturday, including the father of a pupil at the school and a preacher described by French media as a radical Islamist.

Darmanin also plans to bring into focus the question of the right to asylum, since an 18-year-old Chechen refugee, identified only as Abdoulakh A., is suspected of killing Paty. The minister asked his services to more carefully examine people who wish to obtain refugee status in France. SUSPECT IN TEACHER'S BEHEADING IN FRANCE WAS CHECHEN TEEN

The suspect was found a short distance from the victim, carrying a knife. After the suspect refused to drop his weapon, police shot and killed him.

French anti-terrorism prosecutor Jean-Francois Ricard has said a text claiming responsibility for the attack and a photograph of the victim were found on the suspect’s phone. A photo of Paty’s decapitated head was posted on a Twitter account that belonged to the suspect.

“I have executed one of the dogs from hell who dared to put Mohammad down,” the message with the photo said, according to authorities. The beheading has upset moderate French Muslims. On Sunday, political leaders, associations and unions are set to demonstrate in Paris and other major cities to call for support of freedom of speech and pay tribute to Paty.

A national tribute will be paid to Paty on Wednesday.

A civilization does not kill an innocent person, barbarism does,” Tareq Oubrou, imam of a mosque in Bordeaux, told France Inter on Saturday.

The Associated Press contributed to this report.

https://www.foxnews.com/world/france-expel-231-radicalized-foreigners 

:: 10-18-20 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pelosi sets a 48-hour deadline to reach an agreement on the coronavirus stimulus plan

Yelena Dzhanova 24 hours ago

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said Sunday negotiators have two days to reach an agreement on the upcoming coronavirus stimulus plan.

Negotiators should come to an agreement within 48 hours to ensure that President Donald Trump can sign it ahead of the November election, which is weeks away.

Negotiations remain stalled in Congress, as Republicans and Democrats continue to hammer out the details. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi gave a 48-hour deadline on Sunday that she said negotiators must meet to be able to strike a deal on the upcoming coronavirus stimulus package ahead of the November 3 election.

In an interview on ABC's "This Week," the California Democrat said the next two days will be crucial in terms of timing in order for the bill to be signed by President Donald Trump before the presidential election.

With just a little over two weeks to go until the election, the pressure is ramping up to produce a second round of stimulus checks to Americans and small businesses whose finances and economic outlooks were roiled by the coronavirus pandemic.

Over the past few weeks, the Trump administration has made an aggressive push to get out the next stimulus package before the election. When asked Sunday whether Americans can expect to get a second round of relief within this timeframe, Pelosi said, "Well, that depends on the administration."

"I'm optimistic," she added. The next stimulus package remains stalled in Congress, as Democrats and Republicans continue to hammer out the details of the plan. House Democrats passed a $2.2 trillion stimulus plan earlier this month, but Sen. Majority Leader Mitch McConnell of Kentucky called the amount "outlandish" and said the two parties remain "very, very far apart on a deal."

The White House has also proposed its own $1.8 trillion plan, which includes $1,200 direct payments, a $400 weekly federal unemployment benefit, $300 billion in aid to state and local governments, and some funding for virus testing and contact tracing.

Lawmakers were quick to point out the plan's deficiencies, with Pelosi saying in a letter to House Democrats that the parameters for expanded nationwide testing and tracing program are not well-defined.

"The Administration continues to refuse to put a national testing, tracing and surveillance plan in place," said New Jersey Rep. Frank Pallone in the letter. "[The Trump plan] would also needlessly delay funding to states by requiring states to jump through legislative hoops that are simply unnecessary. It does nothing to address the barriers and needs of communities of color that have been disproportionately impacted by COVID-19."

https://www.businessinsider.com/pelosi-says-stimulus-negotiators-have-48-hours-to-reach-agreement-2020-10 

:: 10-18-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top PLO official Erekat, sick with COVID, hospitalized in Israel

Chief Palestinian negotiator and longtime diplomat in Jerusalem’s Hadassah Ein Kerem Hospital for treatment after his condition worsens

By Aaron Boxerman 18 October 2020, 2:33 pmUpdated at 4:25 pm

Senior Palestinian Liberation Organization official Saeb Erekat, who was recently diagnosed with COVID-19, was hospitalized Sunday in Hadassah Ein Kerem Hospital in Jerusalem.

“Because of the chronic health problems in Erekat’s respiratory system, he is being transferred to a hospital in the 1948 areas [Israel], because his condition requires special medical attention and supervision,” the PLO Negotiation Affairs department. Erekat, 65, is considered to be at high risk for complications from the virus. He survived both a mild heart attack in 2012 and a 2017 lung transplant after years of suffering from pulmonary fibrosis, a condition that scars the lungs and damages their ability to circulate oxygen. In a statement, a spokesperson for Hadassah said that Erekat was brought to the hospital in serious condition and required oxygen. Erekat, who is being treated in the hospital’s coronavirus ward, remains in “serious but stable condition,” according to Hadassah.

The Palestinian Authority requested from Israel that Erekat receive immediate medical care.

Magen David Adom paramedics, escorted by IDF soldiers, arrived at Erekat’s West Bank home on Sunday afternoon to take him to Jerusalem, according to Channel 12 news.

Erekat had been in isolation in his house in Jericho since his diagnosis earlier this month. He had initially only experienced light coronavirus symptoms, including a fever.

One of the architects of the Oslo peace accords, Erekat has been the PLO’s chief negotiator since 1995. Erekat has led numerous rounds of peace talks with Israel for over two decades and continues to play a central role in Palestinian politics.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/top-plo-official-erekat-sick-with-covid-said-set-to-be-hospitalized-in-israel/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 10-18-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rural Hospitals in Midwest Face Viral Surge

Rural parts of the American Midwest that had previously escaped the worst of the coronavirus are now seeing a surge — and hospitals are struggling to keep up.

Counties across Wisconsin, North Dakota, South Dakota and Montana sit among the top in the nation for new cases per capita over the last two weeks, according to Johns Hopkins researchers.

In counties with just a few thousand people, the number of cases per capita can soar with even a small outbreak — and the toll hits close to home in tight-knit towns. As the brunt of the virus has blown into the Upper Midwest and northern Plains, the severity of outbreaks in rural communities has come into focus. Doctors and health officials in small towns worry that infections may overwhelm communities with limited medical resources. And many say they are still running up against attitudes on wearing masks that have hardened along political lines and a false notion that rural areas are immune to widespread infections.

Even as outbreaks threaten to spiral out of control, doctors and health officials said they are struggling to convince people of the seriousness of a virus that took months to arrive in force.

https://www.newsmax.com/us/covid-virus-rural-hospitals/2020/10/17/id/992444/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-18-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel, Bahrain to sign document launching formal ties

Mnuchin to fly in with US delegation for today’s ceremony

By CELIA JEAN, CODY LEVINE, TOVAH LAZAROFF OCTOBER 18, 2020 06:42

Israeli and Bahraini officials plan to sign a normalization declaration in Manama Sunday that will launch diplomatic relations and peace between the two countries.

“From tomorrow there will be full diplomatic relations between Israel and Bahrain after the joint declaration,” an Israeli official told reporters on Saturday night. The Israeli official referred to the document as a “joint communique,” but explained that in practice, full diplomatic relations will be in place by the end of the day Sunday. After, the signing work can begin on the establishment of embassies in both countries.

The scheduled Israeli-Bahraini ceremony follows the Knesset vote Thursday to authorize Israel’s peace deal with the United Arab Emirates.

Both deals were brokered by the United States as part of its Abraham Accords.

US Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin, along with assistant to the president and special representative for international negotiations Avi Berkowitz, and US Ambassador to Israel David Friedman will participate in the ceremonies. Mnuchin and his delegation will land first in Israel’s Ben-Gurion Airport. According to the US Treasury, the Americans will travel together with an Israeli delegation on the “first-ever direct commercial flight from Israel to Bahrain.”

There will be both a ceremony at the airport in Bahrain when the plane lands followed by a signing ceremony in the evening.

The Israeli delegation will be led by National Security Adviser Meir Ben-Shabbat.

During the day, Israeli and Bahraini official will hold talks on areas on potential cooperation including investment, civil aviation, tourism, trade, science and technology, environment, communications, health, agriculture, water, energy and legal cooperation.

From Manama, the US delegation will fly to Abu Dhabi, where “the first-ever Abraham Accords Business Summit” will be held. The group will then fly back to Tel Aviv, the Treasury said.

Separately, the first official delegation to Israel from the UAE is expected to land in Israel Tuesday, but may remain at the airport and fly home the same day, rather than conduct a wider visit, due to coronavirus precautions, an Israeli minister said.

Israel is under a second coronavirus lockdown, which it plans to begin easing in the next few days, after a surge in cases.

Science and Technology Minister Izhar Shay, whose ministry is taking part in talks with the UAE delegates, said the visitors would stay for several hours under a coronavirus protocol.

“Right now it looks kind of ‘touch and go.’ It’s possible that the meetings will be at the airport or close to it,” he told Tel Aviv radio station 102 FM.

Officials have said the UAE delegation will involve eight or nine groups working on various areas of bilateral cooperation, as a follow-up to talks launched in Abu Dhabi during an August 31 visit by an Israeli delegation.

Two other officials involved in the planning, one Israeli and the other American, said it was possible the UAE delegation visit would take place entirely at Ben-Gurion Airport, near Tel Aviv. The UAE has yet to confirm the delegation visit.

Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/breaking-news/israel-bahrain-to-sign-peace-and-diplomatic-relations-agreement-report-645972 

[ :: 9-11-05 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc For three years I have warned people to move away from the seashore, I have warned them about the warming trend and what it will do. I have warned them about the hurricanes, how they shall grow much larger and dangerous. etc

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 10-11-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drone footage captures devastation caused by back-to-back hurricanes Delta and Laura as 370,000 are left without power and the death toll rises to two

Delta made landfall Friday evening near coastal town of Creole with top winds of 100mph, forecasters said

It moved over Lake Charles, where Hurricane Laura damaged nearly every home and building in August

About 10,000 utility workers were dispatched Saturday to get power restored to thousands of customers

Authorities revealed Sunday that two people have been killed by Delta; one in Florida and one in Louisiana

Aerial images and footage shows the homes destroyed by Laura now flooded by Hurricane Delta on Friday

By Valerie Edwards For Dailymail.com Published: 11:36 EDT, 11 October 2020 | Updated: 07:58 EDT, 12 October 2020

Hurricane Delta has claimed two lives and left around 370,000 without power after it battered the Gulf Coast just weeks after the area was devastated by Hurricane Laura.

Louisiana Gov. John Bel Edwards said Sunday that an 86-year-old man from St. Martin Parish had died while refueling his power generator which burst into flames. It appears that the man had now allowed the generator to fully cool before refueling.

Dakota Pierce, a 19-year-old Illinois tourist in Florida also died Sunday, officials said, after they got caught in a rip current in the powerful waves created by Delta.

The Okaloosa County Sheriff's Office said Sunday that witnesses went in to help the tourists in Destin, Florida, but also struggled with the rough waves before they were rescued by lifeguards. Witnesses told the sheriff's office that the pair of tourists got pulled out by a rip current Saturday and the young man was overtaken by waves.

Pierce was not breathing when pulled from the ocean and was later pronounced dead at an emergency room. The other swimmer, a 22-year-old Illinois man, was rescued and taken to Fort Walton Beach Medical Center.

Meanwhile, drone footage captured the devastation of homes that were destroyed by Hurricane Laura now flooded by Hurricane Delta.

Scroll down for video The two back-to-back hurricanes in the space of six weeks have left an area of southwest Louisiana blanketed with tarpaulins, debris and flooded streets - but not despair.

Delta made landfall Friday evening near the coastal town of Creole with top winds of 100mph. It moved over Lake Charles, a city where Hurricane Laura damaged nearly every home and building in late August.

About 10,000 utility workers were dispatched Saturday to get power restored to thousands of customers.

Earnestine and Milton Wesley had decided to ride out Delta in their Lake Charles home, damaged just weeks earlier by Laura.  As the wind rustled the tarp above them, they grabbed it through the hole in the ceiling and held on tight. Water poured in, flooding their den.

'We fought all night long trying to keep things intact,' Milton said. 'And with God's help we made it.'

Hannah Franklin lives in Iowa, a small town of about 3,000 people outside of Lake Charles. She evacuated for both Laura and Delta, but she said not everyone could.

Some people have been living in tents because they don´t have anywhere to go, she said.

She's worried that the region isn't getting the help that it needs. At the same time, she's been heartened by the way the community has pulled together. Neighbors check on neighbors, bringing food or water.

'It's been really, really sad to see. But at the same time,' she said, 'it warms your heart to see ... how strong Louisiana is'. Lake Charles Mayor Nic Hunter estimated that hundreds of already battered homes took on water. And people were already exhausted and stressed - for two weeks the Wesleys had been sleeping on their back porch to escape the heat because they had no power.

'Add Laura and Delta together and it's just absolutely unprecedented and catastrophic,' Hunter said.

'We are very concerned that with everything going in the country right now that this incident may not be on the radar nationally like it should be.'

Before Friday's storm, the streets were already lines with mountains of debris from the prior storm - piles of soggy insulation, moldy mattresses, tree limbs, twisted metal siding, ruined family treasures.

While Delta was a weaker storm than Category 4 Laura, it inflicted most of its damage with rain instead of wind.

Louisiana Gov John Bel Edwards said it dumped more than 15 inches of rain on Lake Charles over two days and more than 10 inches on Baton Rouge. The floodwaters surged up the Wesley family´s front yard, and they were terrified it would pour inside but it stopped short of the door. It carried with it bags of trash and muck, swept up from their neighbors´ piles of debris from the prior storm.

'The water was something else last night,' Milton said. 'We´ve never seen it flood so bad out here, to the point I could have swam out here last night, that´s just how deep it was.'

On Saturday, they joined other southern Louisiana residents starting the routine yet again: dodging overturned cars on the roads, chain-sawing fallen trees, trudging through knee-deep water to flooded homes with ruined floors and no power, pledging to rebuild. Edwards said 3,000 Louisiana National Guard soldiers were mobilized to clear roads and distribute meals and tarps.

Delta rapidly weakened once it moved onto land and slowed to a tropical depression Saturday. Forecasters warned that heavy rain, storm surge and flash floods continued to pose dangers from parts of Texas to Mississippi.

Forecasters said remnants could spawn tornadoes in Tennessee Valley into Sunday, and flash floods could hit the southern Appalachians. Delta, the 25th named storm of an unprecedented Atlantic hurricane season, was the 10th to hit the mainland US this year, breaking a record set in 1916, Colorado State University researcher Phil Klotzbach said.

The governor said Delta disrupted state efforts to set up temporary housing in southwest Louisiana to bring back Laura evacuees scattered across hotels.

More than 9,400 people were being sheltered by the state Saturday, but only 935 were Delta evacuees, Edwards said. The others were still displaced by Laura.

Many people who had started repairing their homes from Laura saw the work undone overnight and the materials they bought 'just scattered about because of the wind,' he said.

'Again, it's going to set us back, but it´s not going to dictate our future.'

The the double punch of the storms - on top of the pandemic - has left many reeling, said Lake Charles resident Katie Prejean McGrady.

She was nine months pregnant when she and her family evacuated ahead of Laura. They fled a couple hours north and she had to find a new doctor to deliver her baby. They lost part of their roof, their fence and their swing set.

They arrived back in Lake Charles last weekend and had to evacuate again days later, debris from Laura still in their yard.

'I'm taxed out. And I think that's most people in town,' she said. 'There's a mental exhaustion that sets in and then there's a fear of "Does anybody outside this region care?"'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8828351/Aerial-photos-drone-footage-shows-homes-destroyed-Hurricane-Laura-flooded-Delta.html 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 10-11-20 Conservative War :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World Bank, UN, Harvard, Think Tanks Warn COVID-19 Lockdowns, Response Leading To Global Starvation, Food Disruptions

October 11, 2020

As government restrictions to slow the spread of COVID-19 have now been largely in place globally for most of 2020, international organizations are sounding the alarm that global starvation may be on the horizon due to food shortages and economic disruptions.

In Africa, the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development warns that the continent suffers a new threat to food security: COVID-19. The continent, which imported 85% of its food in 2018, is facing a crisis as the costs of food skyrocket worldwide due to economic disruptions from the pandemic.

Elsewhere, in Latin America and the Caribbean, a collection of United Nations agencies are warning of rising hunger in a region already struck by food insecurity and right on the United States’ doorstep. The agencies warned:

The agencies said the pandemic follows seven years of slow economic growth in Latin America and the Caribbean, and could result in the biggest drop in regional Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in a century; a decline of -5.3 per cent.

This will push an additional 16 million more people into extreme poverty this year, in a region where nearly 54 million people were already experiencing severe food insecurity.

COVID-19 is also affecting food systems, with domestic food prices rising higher than other basic items. Increased unemployment means millions are unable to buy enough to eat, while many others are forced to find cheaper food that is less nutritious.

The United Nations has previously noted a link between hunger and migration, explaining that research generally agrees ” food insecurity is one of the dimensions influencing migration,” and that “environmental and financial shocks that reduce access to food and increase food costs,” potentially including a pandemic that disrupts the global food chain, “coupled with weak institutions and a lack of employment opportunities, also contribute to migration.” All of this may set the stage for a post-COVID migrant crisis.

However, food insecurity issues are not limited to Africa and Latin America. In the United States, more than one in six adults was food insecure only two months into the COVID-19 pandemic restrictions.

According to the Urban Institute, “the COVID-19 pandemic has put millions of families at risk of experiencing food insecurity,” and studied the pandemic’s impacts on the country as of May.

They found that “May 2020, more than one in six nonelderly adults (17.7 percent) and more than one in five parents living with children under 19 (21.8 percent) reported that their households experienced food insecurity during the prior 30 days,” and that American families largely became more dependent on charity and government programs in the opening months of the pandemic.

Meanwhile, the Harvard Health Blog stresses that COVID-19 may lead to eating disorders in the United States, as Americans facing smaller grocery budgets may resort to making less expensive, less nutritious meals, or eating less in general, in order to make ends meet. Likewise, Harvard also warned against Americans with means who may engage in binge eating as a coping mechanism for the increased stress from the pandemic.

The article continues to explain that COVID-19 is stretching the resources of American food banks to their limits, and urges a “coordinated multi-sector approach” to avoid falling “all short of solving food insecurity” in communities throughout the country.

https://conservativewar.com/world-bank-un-harvard-think-tanks-warn-covid-19-lockdowns-response-leading-to-global-starvation-food-disruptions/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 10-10-20 Freight Waves :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breaking News: Texas trucking company closes its doors, sources say

Trinity Logistics Group had 102 drivers and 150 power units

Photo of Clarissa Hawes, Senior Editor, Investigations and Enterprise Clarissa Hawes, Senior Editor, Investigations and Enterprise Follow on Twitter Saturday, October 10, 2020

Texas-based trucking company Trinity Logistics Group is ceasing operations due to “lack of work” in an abrupt closure that left some drivers blindsided, sources close to the company told FreightWaves.

Drivers were told of the closure in a Sept. 28 conference call, sources told FreightWaves on Saturday. Dallas-based Trinity Logistics Group is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Trinity Industries, Inc. (NYSE: TRN.)

All of the equipment had been slated to be returned to the company’s headquarters on Friday.

Trinity Logistics Group had 102 drivers and 150 power units, according to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration SAFER website. The carrier offered flatbed, oversize and heavy haul services, including hauling wind tower components.

Trinity Industries’ spokesman Jack Todd did not return multiple telephone calls and emails seeking comment about the closure. A source said all drivers were paid for their work and were not stranded without working fuel cards as was the case in other shutdowns, including Indianapolis-based Celadon and Falcon Transport of Youngstown, Ohio.

In its latest earnings call in July, Trinity Industries, which owns Trinity Rail, a company that manufactures railcars, said financial troubles in the frac sand sector hurt the company’s second-quarter net profits.

According to a FreightWaves report, Trinity said 2019 marked its first year as a rail-focused company. Earlier this year, Trinity named E. Jean Savage, who was already on Trinity’s board, as its new president and CEO.

While Trinity Industries has job openings in all of its other business segments, no trucking positions were listed.

This was a red flag for some of its drivers On the Trinity Logistics Group website, it states that “Our fleet has done an exceptional job this year and we are at capacity for drivers.”

According to the Texas Workforce Commission website, Trinity Logistics Group had not filed a notice of its impending closure prior to its announcement on Sept. 28.

Employers with more than 100 employees are required to notify workers as part of the federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (WARN) Act. WARN requires employers to provide their employees with a 60-day notice of a massive layoff.

https://www.freightwaves.com/news/breaking-news-texas-trucking-company-closes-its-doors-sources-say 

:: 10-13-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Midtown's Roosevelt Hotel Closing After Nearly 100 Years: Reports

Nick Garber Patch•October 13, 2020

MIDTOWN MANHATTAN, NY — The latest hospitality giant to fall during the pandemic, Midtown's iconic Roosevelt Hotel announced this week that it would close permanently after nearly a century in business.

Facing a steep drop-off in customers since the coronavirus took hold, hotel management told CNN that it would close before the end of the year, "due to the current, unprecedented environment and the continued uncertain impact from COVID-19."

First opened in 1924, the hotel, on East 45th Street off Madison Avenue, is a fixture of the Midtown skyline and has played host to a number of historic moments. It 1948, served as the election headquarters for New York Governor Thomas Dewey, where he prematurely and incorrectly announced on election night that he had defeated incumbent President Harry S. Truman.

Now owned by Pakistan International Airlines, the 1,000-room hotel was named after President Theodore Roosevelt and was once linked to neighboring Grand Central Terminal via an underground passageway. The hospitality industry has been among the hardest-hit by the pandemic. About 7.5 million workers in the industry lost their jobs in April, CNN reported, and only about half have been hired back.

The Times Square Hilton and Omni Berkshire Place are among the other big-name hotels in New York City to close their doors for good due to economic fallout from the crisis.

This article originally appeared on the Midtown-Hell's Kitchen Patch

https://news.yahoo.com/midtowns-roosevelt-hotel-closing-nearly-170947732.html 

:: 10-11-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump gives Barr ultimatum: Arrest Obama, Biden and Clinton or find yourself in a ‘sad situation’

Sunday, October 11, 2020 by: News Editors

(Natural News) President Donald Trump issued Bill Barr an ultimatum during a live phone-in Thursday on Fox Business — either the attorney general indicts Barack Obama, Joe Biden and Hillary Clinton for “the greatest political crime in the history of our country” or he will find himself in a “sad situation.”

(Article by Baxter Dmitry republished from NewsPunch.com)

“Unless Bill Barr indicts these people for crimes,” declared the president, “the greatest political crime in the history of our country, then we’re gonna get little satisfaction unless I win. Because I won’t forget it. But these people should be indicted, this was the greatest political crime in the history of our country. And that includes Obama, and that includes Biden; these are people that spied on my campaign, and we have everything.“

The warning comes after Mr Trump left Walter Reed Medical Centre and returned to Twitter with a storm of energetic tweets and retweets, many of them demanding the indictment of Obama administration figures. “We’ve got so much, Maria, just take a look at the [former FBI Director James] Comey report, 78 pages of kill, done by [DOJ Inspector General Michael] Horowitz,” he added. The Blaze report: It was not immediately clear if the president was referring to documents and evidence already made publicly available or to information not yet revealed as a part of U.S. Attorney John Durham’s investigation. Durham was tasked by Barr earlier this year with investigating the origins of the Trump-Russia collusion probe.

What’s the background?

On Tuesday, Trump authorized the declassification of all government documents related to the Trump-Russia investigation and the email scandal involving 2016 Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton.

“I have fully authorized the total Declassification of any & all documents pertaining to the single greatest political CRIME in American History, the Russia Hoax. Likewise, the Hillary Clinton Email Scandal. No redactions!” Trump said in a tweet.

That announcement followed Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe’s declassification of a CIA memo addressed to former FBI Director James Comey and former Deputy Assistant Director of Counterintelligence Peter Strzok.

The memo informed the two officials about “an exchange … discussing U.S. presidential candidate Hillary Clinton’s approval of a plan concerning U.S. presidential candidate Donald Trump and Russian hackers hampering U.S. elections as a means of distracting the public from her use of a private email server.”

Ratcliffe also released notes taken by former CIA Director John Brennan that showed that Brennan was aware of the allegations. Brennan wrote: “Cite alleged approval by Hillary Clinton [on 28 July] on proposal from one of her foreign policy advisors to villify [sic] Donald Trump by stirring up a scandal claiming interference by the Russian security service.”

Read more at: NewsPunch.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-10-11-trump-barr-ultimatum-arrest-obama-biden-clinton.html 

:: 10-11-20 https://faith-happens.com  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America as Babylon, Apocalyptic Literature, BABYLON, Bible Prophecy, DAUGHTER OF BABYLON, ECONOMIC COLLAPSE, Eschatology, Geopolitics, Going to War, Islam, Islamic Antichrist, MISTAKEN IDENTITY, Mystery Babylon, Second Coming of Christ, The Ascendancy of Antichrist, The Next Great War in the Middle East, U.S. -- Russia Conflict, World War III

AMERICAN REQUIEM–THE PREFACE TO ‘WHY THE USA FALLS IN THE LAST DAYS’

October 11, 2020 S DOUGLAS WOODWARD

WARNING: THIS IS A DIFFICULT MESSAGE. IT IS NOT FOR THE THOSE WHO CAN’T HANDLE THE TRUTH. THE ISSUE IS WHAT WILL HAPPEN TO THE USA VERY SOON.

This post is the opening to AMERICAN REQUIEM. This new book will be available on Tuesday, October 13, at AMAZON (Paperback only) for $21.95. It is a large-format book (8.5″ x 11″), 184 pages, and 80,000 words. It can be pre-ordered at my store, www.faith-happens.com/store, at a pre-order price of $19.95 or bundled with a related title, MISTAKEN IDENTITY: THE CASE AGAINST THE ISLAMIC ANTICHRIST, for $23.95.

PREFACE

The Spring and Summer of 2020 saw the United States fall into its greatest crisis since World War II. During the progression of this crisis, I was completing two recent books, Rebooting the Bible, Part 2, and the Second Edition of Rebooting the Bible, Part 1. I had not written extensively on prophetic topics for the better part of four years. My previous prophetic book, The Revealing, co-authored with friend Gary Huffman, dealt with the hopeful aspects of our prophetic future—events that reach out beyond the Great Tribulation and address what happens at the Rapture of the Church—and beyond. Gary and I argued in The Revealing that our future in Christ is the most remarkable prophecy of all in the Bible, for it speaks to our extraordinary destiny—our new bodies, our future mission, and our incredible eternal relationships with our loved ones, friends, and most of all, our intimate relationship with Jesus Christ and the Father. Admittedly, I was somewhat burned out on what many term ‘doom and gloom.’ My marketing moniker, perhaps ill-chosen, has been Doomsday Doug for the past five years or so. Ironically, I had avoided most of the negativity that surrounds the darkness of the Last Days. I believe that this disposition was what the LORD wished for me as it led me to address topics, especially the history of the Bible, that are not precisely at the heart of Bible Prophecy. I think I needed a break. If you haven’t read these and are a student of the Bible, I do hope you will check them out. I meant them to be robust apologetics for the truthfulness of the Bible.

But the sting of what has been happening in the United States of America since March 2020 awakened my interest in writing about end-times’ details again. Indeed, what I offer in this book is perhaps the darkest exposé of anything that I’ve written on the subject of what will happen in the Last Days. There is hope. But only if we prepare for what is coming.

Some chapters in American Requiem revisit material I’ve composed in four earlier books. While the material repeats much of the prose of the past, it has been dramatically rewritten and intensely revised to zero-in on the meaning of what is happening today. The points I’ve made in the past are even more valid today than when I wrote them beginning in 2010 and continued in more recent books concluding with The Next Great War in The Middle East in 2015/early 2016. Since many of my readers have never read the earlier books, I am not ashamed to bring them back into focus today. If you haven’t read these books for five years or so, they will be fresh. Given the backdrop of what is happening in our land today, no doubt, you will find the writing hard-hitting and pertinent like little else you’ve read regarding the subject matter. Some will think me radical left. Others will see me as radical right. I’m neither.

These chapters’ nature is somewhat like ‘editorializing’ in that the number of footnotes is far below what I usually put in my books. Essentially, the chapters are treatises, although that highfalutin word might frighten away some. Please don’t be scared. In this book, I just dispense with a great deal of the everyday documenting-to-death style I typically employ to prove my points to the unbeliever. I trust that my readers by now know that I speak out of years of extensive research and keeping up with current events (God bless the Internet).

Consequently, offering a book chock full of opinion and polemics is not out of bounds nor undeserving of serious consideration. Indeed, in this book, I rely more on “striking a chord” with the reader by appealing to what he or she intrinsically knows is the truth. That is, what I have to say should ring true to what the reader feels but may not have yet articulated in their thinking. I hope that I help in this regard. If I raise your blood pressure, chances are my words are hitting the mark.

Underlying the presentation of what I believe awaits the United States in the months and years immediately ahead is the view that Douglas Krieger, Dene McGriff, and I espoused in The Final Babylon. It was also the core premise of Power Quest, Volumes 1 and 2. That is, the United States plays a crucial role in the Last Days. Unfortunately, it is not because the USA is ‘the good guy.’ Quite the opposite. The view is that our country becomes the bad guy and wears the ‘black hat.’ Joel Richardson and I (who I count as a good Brother) have debated his view, commonly known as the Islamic Antichrist; that is, whether America or Turkey comprises the power base of the Antichrist. I argue that it is much more likely the Antichrist is a U.S. President (occupying office or retired) than a Muslim, perhaps empowered by the U.N. Richardson’s Islamic Antichrist viewpoint sees Turkey and maybe its current President, Recep Tayyip Erdogan, as both the Beast and Gog from the land of Magog as these are the same for Richardson. In this book, I address the reasons I disagree. But I concede that Islam is an antichrist-spirit for Christians and is not a neutral point of view with which Yahweh finds favor. How have I changed my point of view from five years ago? America is likely to be taken out of the end-times equation before the Tribulation period begins, or at the very start of the final seven years leading up to the Return of Jesus Christ. In our book, The Final Babylon, Krieger, McGriff, and I argued that the USA continues deep into the Great Tribulation. However, as I believe the Rapture of the Church happens before God’s wrath falls on Babylon the Great, the Rapture precedes God’s wrath (i.e., the Bowls’ of Wrath described in The Seventh Seal). In contrast, Krieger and McGriff hold a view closer to experts call the ‘Post-Tribulation’ position. They believe the Church will continue on earth during this time.

Nevertheless, I maintain that God’s wrath burns against the Daughter of Babylon. He directs His anger toward the nation that was once “a golden cup in the Lord’s hands” (Jeremiah 51:17, Psalm 47:2), something that Islam and Turkey never were. Thus, I believe it is necessary to distinguish the Daughter of Babylon, Mystery Babylon, and ultimately, the entire Kingdom of the Antichrist, which is Babylon the Great. I discuss these distinctions in detail in this book. Suffice it to say; The United States is the Daughter of Babylon, not Mystery Babylon (which is the one-world religion), nor Babylon the Great (The Antichrist and his Ten Kings hate the whore and destroy Mystery Babylon by burning her with fire). Thus, at the Second Coming, Jesus Christ, the Lamb of God, destroys the ‘final Babylon,’ constituting this last Babylon, Babylon the Great. In my scenario, these three ‘Babylons’ are demolished at different points in time by various agents. Getting clear on their respective destruction clears up a great deal of confusion regarding the final decade of world history before Jesus comes to rule and reign. In part, this book attempts to clarify the Bible’s complete picture of what it means by Babylon.

Nevertheless, it is time to deal with the problematic and distressing matter—the Daughter of Babylon and its doomsday that knocks at the door. This outcome is our fate. Those of us who live in the U.S. in 2020 find the challenge much steeper than the ‘Great Recession of 2008-2009.’ It was akin to the Great Depression of 1929-1930. This massive downturn snuffed out The American Dream for all but the very rich. The Middle Class dwindled to a slice of what it once was, leaving only two classes in our country: The Super Rich and the Impoverished Serfs.

What is happening now in the United States is the beginning of ‘payback’ from the biblical God who gave every blessing to Americans—for we disregarded Him in almost every way. This judgment isn’t just a matter of our immorality—it condemns our economy—financial systems that drive Wall Street higher, while Main Street turns into a dumpster fire. Our number is up. No matter how smart we think we are to fix the problems, our greed stands taller.

I remain a believer in the free market, but the markets aren’t truly free. Massive corporations dominate every meaningful playing field. Corporations unfairly lobby Congress and gain every advantage over small businesses. Politicians talk about how small business is the backbone of our economy. But the Pandemic of 2020 has been unsympathetic to most small businesses. Lost, permanently, were millions of jobs that resided in small companies. The Government has bailed out the largest banks without distinction. It has bailed out large corporations like commercial airlines, while contracts keep the Military-Industrial Complex humming along. But by making the Pandemic a political issue—a weapon of power for mayors and governors—a majority of our leaders demanded the closure of small businesses, stamping them out of existence like annoying spiders racing across a kitchen floor.

I believe in capitalism, but most of U.S. capital has already left America, building wealth offshore in Asia and Europe. And America’s capitalists have less and less compassion for the poor and dispossessed. True: Socialism is not the answer. But neither is unbridled greed. Striking a balance requires ethics, playing by the rules, respecting humanity’s dignity and its inalienable right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. Nevertheless, the Board of Directors of virtually all multi-national U.S. corporations don’t evaluate their actions in light of these precepts. They follow one and only one prime directive: Build wealth for shareholders by pushing endlessly for greater and greater profits.

I believe in a representative democracy, but the Federal government of the United States has ceased being democratic due to its rigged elections (Hillary’s defeat of Bernie in 2016 was one example while making a sham out of the Democratic primaries in 2020 so that an unpopular Joe Biden would be the nominee—and the least popular of all candidates, Kamala Harris, became his Vice-Presidential running mate. These were not the People’s choice. Likewise, our government stopped being the citizen’s representative since the only votes counting in Congress are those purchased by Corporate monies donated to congressional members. The Two-Party system has failed not because it is only two parties—but because it is only one. It is the ‘Status-Quo Party’—with dividing lines based not on ideology but identity. What matters today in determining who gets elected isn’t campaigning on the best policies to solve the country’s problems, but which group of elites can muster support from ‘identities’ they’ve staked out for themselves (i.e., races, genders, and religious constituencies) by putting the various affiliations at odds with one another. Today’s politics comprise a new game of ‘divide and conquer.’ To win, you split up and pull apart. Politicians don’t attempt to calm and connect; they provoke and prick. Today, we are at one another’s throats. If Trump was right that Fake News is America’s Public Enemy Number One, politicians come in a close second. When they reach across the aisle, it’s not to extend a handshake—it’s to strangle the other guy.

And the worst of this method is how they do it. Politicians’ primary means to sew discord is through The Lie. Political speech consists of constant falsehoods. Party leaders have no shame—their consciences have become seared. No longer do they distinguish between truth and error. Instead, their guiding light is, “If it fans the flames, say it, even if it ‘ain’t necessarily so.’”

And this is where the Corporate News Establishment comes into the picture. The majority of the American Public knows that mainstream news fabricates ‘reality’—what it reports is what media management permits. The criteria guiding their decision: Advertising dollars. What is ‘news’ amounts to nothing more than what enhances ratings, thereby creating more significant profit for that network. Management promotes propaganda to heighten division and intensify hatred between opposing identities. For conservatives, we see 90% of the Mainstream Media as a shill for the Democratic Party. Of course, when we look just a bit deeper, we recognize it is a shill for the Establishment. What made Donald Trump so antagonizing to the Media? He wasn’t part of the Establishment, although he was rich. And yes, he was a well-to-do celebrity, but the Ruling Elite Club blackballed his membership request. Conservatives should note that Progressives, the traditional democrats, are not thrilled with the choices made by the current ruling elite either. Furthermore, the elite see Trump’s populism brand as dangerous because it exposes the ineffectiveness of ‘the System.’ Trump is a problem because he does not sing the same ol’ song. Instead, his being a billionaire enables him to be a champion for the underdog. We, in the working class, saw how he annoyed the political partisans—and we cheered. We recognized that he threw caution to the wind, chided political correctness, and mocked the Media—and we roared approvingly. Likewise, we loved it when Trump shut down the White House Press conferences for over a year and lept to Twitter to tweet his ‘drain the swamp’ message to the People. Usually, this worked. To us, even his undiplomatic and sometimes ridiculous statements mattered not at all.

Trump put his finger on the pulse of what Middle-America believed—the Globalists betrayed us. Make no mistake: The Red States, aka Middle America, best represents the Middle Class. And ‘Fly-Over States’ remain the persistent enemy of Globalism. Middle-class Americans know the Globalists continue to pursue Utopia through their 2030 Agenda and their brain-child, the United Nations. Readers: Listen to their lectures, and you continue hearing the rant for social justice on a global basis while hearing no mention of the unemployed and dispossessed in our country.

Once upon a time, the American Dream was the goalpost for everyone. Now it’s not. That vision is the enemy of America’s Elite. Many years ago, the Elite in our country determined how to lift the Third World and make all nation-states ‘equal:’ They planned to debase 99% of Americans by making us wards of the State. Time has passed, but Globalism’s Plan changes not. And now, two decades into the Twenty-first Century, we’ve heard enough and had enough.

That is the climate of our country as we begin the third decade of this century. Some believe we can make America Great Again. I don’t. My hope for much less. There is neither a quick fix nor a feasible long-term one. Our hope is the end game for humanity’s history. We can only make Americans understand where we are at the end of this age.

Yes, we should make things better when we can. We should attempt to preserve our remaining freedoms by electing the best candidates. And we should encourage a cultural makeover, inspiring our populace to be better people—to enhance our environment, neighborhoods, and cities. But my perspective remains that America’s greatness lies in its past.

The Day of the Lord knocks at our door NOW. It’s time to wake up and prepare. For those that don’t believe in Jesus Christ, the Savior of all those who put their trust in Him, your judgment looms. For Believers, our redemption ‘draweth nigh.’

Maranatha. The Lord is coming soon. Will you be numbered with the redeemed or trapped among the condemned?

https://faith-happens.com/american-requiem-the-preface-to-why-the-usa-falls-in-the-last-days/ 

:: 10-11-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These 10 Types of Preppers Will Die First When SHTF

14,257 views

•Oct 11, 2020

703

19

Share

M.D. Creekmore

13.5K subscribers

Order my best selling book "The Prepper's Guide to Surviving the End of the World, as We Know It" from Amazon here: https://amzn.to/3l99J5T  or download the e-book from the Kindle store.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rEZOaIb2GSQ 

:: 10-11-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

25 NIGHTMARE things that will happen if Joe Biden wins the election

Sunday, October 11, 2020 by: Mike Adams  (Natural News)

With extremely low voter enthusiasm for Joe Biden, he can only “win” the election by cheating: Rigging the votes, censoring conservative voices online, destroying mail-in ballots for Trump, encouraging dead people to vote Democrat, and so on.

In 2016, the biased media ran with an endless stream of faked polls and projections that claimed Hillary Clinton would almost certainly win the election, but they failed to account for so-called “shy” Trump voters: People who voted for Trump but didn’t talk to pollsters about their votes because of the extremely intolerant attitudes of Leftists who now label all Trump supporters as “actual Nazis.”

Now in 2020, the shy Trump voters are even more numerous. They come out in rallies, and they will reliably head to the polls to vote on November 3rd, but they don’t talk about their support for Trump, or they would be fired from their jobs, harassed by friends and neighbors or even violently attacked on the streets.

This means that in a fair election, absent any cheating, Trump wins by a landslide. But that’s why the lawless Left is doubling down on their cheating this year, pulling out all the stops to suppress every Trump vote and rig as many fake, counterfeit votes for Biden as possible.

Because of their commitment to cheating, Democrats have a chance of stealing the election and claiming they “won.” Make no mistake that in the days after the election, Democrats will magically find hundreds of thousands of “lost” ballots in car trunks, in exactly the right districts in the right states that they need to “win.” This is their classic strategy, and it’s how former Sen. Al Franken stole the vote to become a U.S. Senator. (Read about the “Protect the Vote” effort here to stop Democrat cheating.)

Because of the Democrats’ commitment to cheating, stealing and committing fraud, we must all be prepared for the possibility of Joe Biden cheating his way to victory. Although the real chance of such an outcome is small, it isn’t zero. And voters need to know what Biden and his handlers have in store for America if they seize power in January.

Study this list and share it everywhere, because Democrats have a detailed plan to utterly ruin America and plunge the nation into extreme poverty, destroying the Middle Class while left-wing authoritarians maintain monopoly rule. Here’s a tour of what that plan looks like.

25 NIGHTMARE things that will happen if Joe Biden “wins” the election

#1) Medical tyranny – Biden and his handlers will enact nationwide mandatory face mask rules and nationwide vaccine compliance rules. Those who refuse to comply will be banned from working, using public transportation or appearing in public places.

#2) Pack the court – Democrats will expand the number of US Supreme Court justices to whatever number they need in order to achieve a liberal majority. Because Democrats always cheat. If they can’t win by following the rules, they change the rules! Joe Biden currently says that voters will have to elect him first to find out if he’s going to pack the court. (Hint: Yes, he is.)

#3) Criminalizing “climate deniers” – So-called “climate deniers” will be criminalized, and any who deny the climate change narrative in their online posts or speech will be arrested, prosecuted and imprisoned under President Kamala Harris, who has openly promised to do exactly this.

#4) Medical dictatorship – You will be subjected to endless lockdowns and made a prisoner in your own home, while the left-wing media keeps declaring “new cases” of covid have been found. This will be used to utterly crush the Middle Class and end any constitutional freedoms remaining in America.

#5) Defunding the police – Police departments will be defunded nationwide, leading to a collapse in the rule of law across every major U.S. city. This, in turn, will lead to chaos and violence as criminals run free, supported by left-leaning District Attorneys and left-wing politicians. Remember: They want to replace cops with criminals because the criminals will carry out the jobs that Democrats need done in order to make money from criminal operations (child trafficking, drug running, gun running, kidnapping, political assassinations, etc.)

#6) Reversing Trump-era court nominees – Already Joe Biden is claiming that an appointment of Amy Barrett to the court is somehow “unconstitutional,” and Democrats are now absurdly claiming that Trump is “packing the court” in an illegal way. Once Biden becomes president, Democrats will push to remove Gorsuch, Kavanaugh and Barrett from the court, claiming all those appointments were illegal because Trump was an “illegitimate” president. Just watch…

#7) Nationwide bans on all AR-15s and similar semiautomatic firearms – Kamala Harris has already promised that she will use executive order powers to ban all AR-15s “in the first 100 days” of her presidency. This would instantly turn tens of millions of Americans into criminal felons if they don’t agree to turn in all their guns. If Americans comply, they will be completely disarmed while facing extreme government tyranny — exactly the scenario that Democrats want to achieve before they initiate the mass genocide against Christians and conservatives they have planned (see below).

#8) Green New COLLAPSE – Under a Biden presidency, the Green New Deal becomes law, banning all combustion engines and obliterating affordable travel and transportation infrastructure. The will unleash extremely destructive collapses in farming and food production, transportation and personal freedom. (See more details below.)

#9) Rolling blackouts as the power grid fails – The Green New Deal will see coal-fired power plants shuttered and natural gas plants taken offline, resulting in the very same rolling blackouts and power grid failures that California is currently experiencing under its own “green energy” initiatives. Power failures will lead to business shut downs and a massive wave of unemployment and bankruptcy, further crushing the Middle Class in America.

#10) Agricultural collapse leads to mass famine – The Green New Deal, combined with renewed federal regulations and covid lockdowns targeting farms and food facilities, will lead to a catastrophic collapse in food production across America. With combustion engines banned, farms will have to resort to animal-powered plows and harvesting operations that will collapse food production back to 19th century levels. This will result in a 90+% plunge in food output, unleashing mass famine across the nation. Essentially, America will become North Korea in terms of famine and tyranny.

#11) Ending the Senate filibuster – If Democrats gain control of the Senate, they will end the Senate filibuster, and use their newfound majority to ram through every radical law and court appointment they can imagine. This will also be used to redefine the US Supreme Court and pack the court with Democrats. Once Democrats manage to change all the rules in their favor, Republicans will never again have even a sliver of a chance to regain political power in America.

#12) Investigations into deep state traitors are scuttled – With Biden as president, all the DoJ investigations (Barr, Durham) into left-wing deep state traitors like Obama, Brennan, Comey and Clinton will be brought to a screeching halt. No one will be charged or prosecuted for their crimes against America, because the criminals will be back in charge. And don’t even think about Joe Biden being investigated for his illegal bribery and family money laundering schemes involving Ukraine and China.

#13) The end of free speech for America – While Trump and the GOP are beginning to push back against Big Tech censorship and the criminalization of conservative speech, under a Biden presidency, Big Government would merge with Big Tech to create a fascist anti-free speech “online Berlin Wall” of tyranny. Any person uttering any criticism of Kamala Harris would be immediately de-platformed and called a racist, no matter what the content of their criticism. All Black politicians will be granted completely immunity from criticism, and all White people instantly demonized and criticized for the way they were born.

#14) Huge increases in taxes on the working class – While Trump and the GOP passed generous tax cuts that allow the working class to keep more of the money they earn, Biden and Harris have promised to reverse all the Trump tax cuts and hike taxes on working people. They dishonestly claim they would only tax “the rich,” but none of their tax schemes function unless they raise taxes on the Middle Class, since that’s where the bulk of the national wage income is earned. Under Biden, you will work harder to keep less of your own money, while the rapidly expanding government confiscates your wealth and hands it out to People of Color as “reparations.” (See below.)

#15) Surrendering to communist China – Under Barack Obama, America was being deliberately crippled to weaken it while China gained strength to eventually invade and conquer the USA. Joe Biden’s family members took money from China while Biden helped funnel military secrets to the CCP. Under a Biden presidency, Chine will be given increased access to U.S. ports on the West Coast, and an increasing number of communist Chinese troops will be invited to stay in the United States as part of UN-sponsored “peacekeeping” exercises which are nothing more than a cover story for the Chinese invasion of America (that Biden supports, of course).

#16) Banning “ghost guns” nationwide – It is currently legal for U.S. citizens to manufacture their own rifles and pistols for their personal use. These homemade guns are called “ghost guns” because they have no serial numbers. They are one of the last defenses against the tyranny of the gun control mandates of an authoritarian government, because “ghost guns” cannot be tracked and don’t exist on any government paperwork. Expect Biden and Harris to immediately ban ghost guns nationwide, further intruding into the rights described by the Second Amendment. People who currently own ghost guns will be criminalized and told to turn them in or face prosecutions. (Hint: I’m not turning mine in. I’m making more…) Visit GhostGunner.net to purchase a Ghost Gunner machine that allows you to make your own AR-15s at home.

#17) Reparations for Blacks – Under a Biden presidency, efforts will commence to confiscate earnings and assets from White people (who never owned any slaves, by the way) and redistribute that money to Blacks and People of Color (none of whom were ever slaves). This effort is called “reparations” and it goes hand-in-hand with the entire White guilt narrative of the intolerant Left, which now says that White people are evil because of the way they were born, while Black people are superior and must be given extraordinary powers and authority in society (that they didn’t earn) because of the color of their skin, even when those Blacks are incompetent and utterly unqualified for such jobs, which is very often the case. How many Black police chiefs in America are incompetent and unqualified but got the job because they were Black? Answer: Most of them.

#18) Outlawing all private health care insurance – Under the Biden presidency — which will of course quickly become the “Harris presidency” — all forms of private health insurance will be outlawed, and everyone will be forced into a new “Medicare for all” scheme, which is essentially Third World health care with long wait times and “death panels.” As you might expect, FDA attacks against nutrition, herbs and natural remedies will also be ramped up to keep people trapped in the Big Pharma racketeering scheme that pays kickbacks to lawmakers and bureaucrats (in both parties).

#19) Federal bailout of Democrat cities and states – As left-wing cities and states are currently plunging into bankruptcy, President Trump is refusing to place the bailout burden on taxpayers. He doesn’t want American workers from across the country to have to bail out failed left-wing cities and states that are steeped in corruption, waste and fraud. But a Biden / Harris presidency would open the floodgates of federal money, sending trillions of dollars to Democrat jurisdictions to fund their money skimming operations, bloated pension bailouts and fraudulent government contracts that are nothing more than a means to funnel money to wealthy donors who support Democrat politicians. Case in point: Whatever happened to California’s high speed rail project and the billion dollars that funded it?

#20) Rise of the thought police – Under a Biden / Harris presidency, the DoJ and White House would openly encourage universities and local governments across the country to teach Critical Race Theory and punish people for being White. Anyone who expresses a pro-Constitution, pro-Trump or pro-liberty idea will be immediately fired from their job, removed from public office, eliminated from corporate boards and essentially removed from society. The Left will metastasize into Nazi-like authoritarian obedience state, complete with actual thought police who report “thought crimes” to authorities. This will of course be strongly aided by Big Tech’s surveillance and censorship capabilities.

#21) Forced low-income housing in suburbs – This program, originally launched under Obama, sought to invade suburban areas of the country with low-income housing in order to nullify the conservative votes of surburbanites. The program will be renewed under Biden / Harris, and it will force the construction of low-income, crime-ridden apartment complexes in suburban neighborhoods as part of an “integration” program that’s really just a vote rigging scheme. The upshot is that White, Middle Class neighborhoods will be forced to house low-income, crime-ridden housing projects that bring drugs, prostitution and violence to the neighborhood. Combined with the “defund the police” initiatives, this would put suburban areas of the country at the mercy of left-leaning criminal gangs and drug lords, which is exactly the way the Democrats want it.

#22) Door-to-door “purges” of Christians and conservatives – Once the left-wing militants (Antifa, BLM, government thought police) are fully deployed across the nation, they will launch a door-to-door “purge” campaign to hunt down and execute any remaining individuals who are Trump supporters, Christians, conservatives or constitutionalists. No such people can be allowed to remain in the society of the “Left Cult,” where absolute obedience to the LGBT agenda (see below) is required, and people must worship Kamala Harris as a god (or be exterminated). Note that this purge will only take place after the Second Amendment has been obliterated and the population largely disarmed.

#23) LGBT indoctrination of children and legalized pedophilia nationwide – The LGBT agenda will be in full force under a Biden / Harris presidency, with mandatory LGBT indoctrination of all schoolchildren and the nationwide legalization of pedophilia (which has already been partially legalized in California). School teachers will be openly encouraged to sexually “experiment” with young children, because it’s part of the Left’s culture of “grooming” young people for the sexual predators who rise to high positions within the Democrat party. Any who oppose the pedophilia will be called “intolerant” as the Left will claim that “love knows no age.” Much of this effort has already begun, and Netflix is already broadcasting mainstream pedophilia (“Cuties”) as part of the indoctrination program.

#24) The national voting age will be lowered to 14 – What Democrats have come to learn is that young people can be easily brainwashed and forced to obey absurd left-wing demands. The media’s contrived celebration of climate change puppet Greta Thunberg is part of this effort to position teens and children as “world leaders,” demanding that every citizen express total obedience to the whims of teen girls who push globalist lies. Much the same was true with David Hogg, the gun control teen who was engineered and shaped into a gun control fanatic, whom no one could criticize without being viciously smeared by the globalist-controlled media. Under Biden / Harris, this effort will expand from merely having young people positioned as thought leaders to having young people vote! The voting age will be lowered to 14 — or possibly even 12 — so that all future elections are determined solely by indoctrination and social media brainwashing, both of which are incredibly powerful influencing factors for young people who lack wisdom and life experience. When Dems can’t convince intelligent adults to support their Marxism and communism, they simply target the children.

#25) The outlawing of Christianity and the government burning down of all Christian churches nationwide – Finally, the rise to power of the cultist Left and the Godless Democrats will sooner or later require outlawing Christianity and condemning the Bible as “hate speech” (this has already begun on Big Tech platforms). Under the totalitarian rule of Biden / Harris, the government will start burning down Christians churches nationwide, even as many of those churches beg to be left alone because they are promoting LGBT and gay marriage philosophies. But Satan has no tolerance for any church to exist other than temples that worship Satan himself. So every place of worship that recognizes Jesus Christ will be demolished, and every person who dares to practice Christianity in public will be arrested and probably tortured, China-style. This is why Democrat governors are already singling out churches for punitive lockdowns in New York, Michigan, California and elsewhere. It’s a trial run for the complete outlawing of Christian churches.

If you want to live in the nightmare world described above, vote for Joe Biden and Kamala Harris.

On the other hand, if the descriptions above sound like some sort of Orwellian nightmare, and you’d rather not live under that tyranny, vote for Trump.

Compare that nightmare to the alternative: A Trump second term, where the enemies of America are defeated

Under a Trump presidency, we’ll get:

Increased law and order, with the violent streets thugs and terrorists being arrested and prosecuted, making America’s cities and suburbs safer.

More efforts to end Big Tech censorship and tyranny and make the internet free for everyone.

Prosecutions of deep state traitors like Obama, Clinton, Comey and Brennan.

Defense of America against the communist Chinese.

Defense of your Second Amendment rights and the right to self-defense.

Lower taxes, lower regulation and lower drug prices.

An ending of lockdowns. No mandatory vaccines at the federal level.

An ending of “Critical Race Theory” and other racist, bigoted Left wing indoctrination tactics.

Federal prosecutions of Antifa and BLM terrorists.

Stronger border protections and national defense against China and Russia.

Greater economic opportunity in the USA, with a renewed manufacturing economy and upward mobility.

Reforms of universities to end their racism against Whites (the DoJ has already launched a lawsuit against Yale).

The choice is clear. If you value freedom, honesty, security and safety, vote for Trump.

If you love demons, pedophilia, fraud, collapse, destruction, suffering, communism and hatred, choose Biden.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-10-11-nightmare-things-will-happen-if-joe-biden-wins-the-election.html 

:: 10-12-20 Clickwooz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saving Christopher Columbus From The Cultural Arsonists- The movement to deface and destroy our heritage and heroes must be fought by conservatives at every turn.

Posted byKlark JoussOctober 12, 2020

Last year, in my annual commemoration of Columbus Day for The American Conservative, I described the holiday’s detractors as “cultural arsonists” who seek the erasure of the historic American nation’s history and symbols. This past summer, those societal dregs embraced the destruction they’d yearned for all along.

Since George Floyd’s death in May, the most pernicious among us have exploited an opportunity to take to the streets and destroy with impunity. Their targets have included monuments, especially ones to Christopher Columbus, as well as businesses, homes, and livelihoods.

A Columbus statue in Boston was decapitated—for the second time since it was erected in 1979—and then removed by the city. In 1927, the first statue of Columbus in the southern United States was erected in Richmond, Virginia, despite opposition from the anti-Catholic Ku Klux Klan; 90 years later, channeling similar hatreds, vandals tore down the statue, set it on fire, and threw it into a lake. It was joined by a Columbus statue in Baltimore’s Little Italy, which was tossed into the inner harbor. To add insult to injury, the Baltimore City Council is looking to rededicate the city’s Columbus Obelisk—erected in 1792, the United States’ oldest monument to Columbus—as the “Victims of Police Violence Monument.”

Guns have been referred to as “the great equalizer,” and there’s no weapon which can come close to them in that regard.

A lot of the popularity of firearms is due to the fact that anyone can use them effectively, not only the strong and agile. The young, the old, men, women and child can take up firearms in defense of home and family and do so effectively. But what do you do if you can’t use a gun – or if you don’t have a gun — to protect yourself? To promote greater tolerance, understanding, and opportunity for Italian immigrants, sculptor Carlo Brioschi contributed statues of Christopher Columbus to beautify American cities, one in his adopted home of St. Paul, Minnesota, in 1931, and another in Chicago in 1933. The former was pulled down by Native Americans (as state troopers apathetically watched) and the latter was removed by orders of Mayor Lori Lightfoot. In less than six months, over 36 statues of Christopher Columbus have been removed from the public square by either the mob’s chain or mayor’s edict. It’s not unlike the Reign of Terror, where statues of saints were guillotined to obliterate any memory of pre-revolutionary France.

These curs have a new revolution in mind, one that repudiates anything that doesn’t adhere to the twisted ethics of the progressive left. That includes the 1893 Chicago World’s Fair, where our nation had the sense of mind (and identity) to venerate the 400th anniversary of Christopher Columbus’ voyage. The Chicago World’s Fair—also known as the Columbian Exposition—was one of the most significant cultural events in U.S. history, with profound effects on architecture, entertainment, and the adoption of new technology. One of the most popular exhibits was the life-size replicas of Columbus’ three ships—the Nina, the Pinta, and the Santa Maria—which were constructed in Spain before they sailed to Chicago, where they performed a theatrical rendition of the European arrival.

Past generations of Americans understood greatness and why it’s commendable, unlike the thankless iconoclasts of today. Paying homage to the men and women of the past is about recognizing and appreciating extraordinary feats. The grandeur of Columbus is succinctly encapsulated by 1970s comedian and television host Flip Wilson. “As a kid, my idol—and he’s still my idol—of all the great American heroes, my idol is Christopher Columbus,” Wilson jovially told a comedy club audience. “What a great thing that was, discovering America. I wouldn’t have found it. I don’t know where you people would have been, I wouldn’t have found it.”

The sledgehammer reckoning isn’t only destined for navigators either. “Our Taliban have moved on, past Columbus and the Confederate generals, to dislodge and dishonor the Founding Fathers and their patriot sons,” wrote this magazine’s co-founder Pat Buchanan. Weak-willed conservatives who for decades have been too cowardly to defend Columbus or the Confederate soldier are receiving their earned punishment. These cultural arsonists now seek to expunge the Founding Fathers from the American consciousness. “Slave owners should not be honored with monuments in public spaces. We have museums for that, which also provide better context,” writes columnist Charles Blow in The New York Times. That would include 10 of the first dozen U.S. presidents, including the author of the Declaration of Independence, the father of the Constitution, and the namesake of the nation’s capital. According to Blow, human history is nothing more than a “horrible truth,” undeserving of remembrance or admiration. Blow himself is motivated by a moral absolutism that he is either unable or unwilling to separate from the past. While Blow is correct that morality is both universal and undeniable, his preference to live a desolate, ahistorical existence is nothing short of ghoulish.

Blow’s cohort is composed of our society’s mediocrities—the corporate press, the phony academics, the diversity consultants and race hustlers—who malign Christopher Columbus and his kin because achievement is intolerable to their insecurities.

This caste is represented politically by people like Senator Tammy Duckworth, who supports “having a national dialogue” on whether or not monuments of George Washington should be smashed since “we should listen to the argument there.How can one reconcile Duckworth’s service in the U.S. Army with her clear antipathy for the American nation and its founders? It’s because Tammy Duckworth is a soldier for military empire—not a living nation—who wears her approximation of American identity like second-hand clothes.

In his Fourth of July message, Democratic nominee Joe Biden promised he’d “rip the roots of systemic racism out of this country.” Biden’s auxiliaries have been clear that racism in the United States goes as deep as its soul. European colonization was genocide, and Christopher Columbus its primary architect. The existence of the historic American nation is a disgrace that must be blotted out, along with its heritage, traditions, and heroes.

Remember that this November. Your ancestors will be on the ballot.

https://clickwooz.wordpress.com/2020/10/12/saving-christopher-columbus-from-the-cultural-arsonists-the-movement-to-deface-and-destroy-our-heritage-and-heroes-must-be-fought-by-

conservatives-at-every-turn/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 10-12-20 Before it's News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Quick Reminder of How Venezuela Ran Out of Food: Does This Look Familiar?

Monday, October 12, 2020 10:34

We’d all like to believe that the United States is on the road to economic recovery and that things are going to get better. Everyone wants to think the store shelves are just a few cargo ships away from being refilled. People want to believe that once 2020 is over, life will return to “normal” and that we’re just having a really bad year.

But someone pointed out an article I published four and a half years ago and when you look at the things which happened there and compare them to our situation, you may notice some uncanny similarities.

Here’s how Venezuela ran out of food.

In February of 2016, I wrote about what an economic collapse really looks like, using Venezuela as an illustration. The article begins when prepping began to be frowned upon by the Venezuelan government.

In 2013, many began to suspect that the outlook for Venezuela was grim when prepping became illegal. The Attorney General of Venezuela, Luisa Ortega Díaz, called on prosecutors to target people who are “hoarding” basic staples with serious sanctions.

Shortly thereafter, grocery stores instituted a fingerprint registry to purchase food and supplies. Families had to register and were allotted a certain amount of supplies to prevent “hoarding.” (source)

The United States:

Early in 2020, supplies began to be difficult to find due to the outbreak of COVID-19 and the potential of a lockdown. When folks couldn’t find basics like toilet paper, fingers immediately began to point at “preppers” and “hoarders.” The word “hoarding” is being repeatedly used throughout news reports. They’re already working to paint preppers as bad and selfish people. They’re already vilifying those who hurry out to fill any gaps in their supplies. They’re making it seem like a mental illness to get prepared for what could potentially be a long stretch of time at home with only the supplies you have on hand.

This is a frequent trick of propagandists everywhere. Repeat a word often enough and suddenly everyone begins using it. Everyone begins to believe that the people labeled with an ugly word are terrible, selfish, and threats to decency. (source)

This dialogue is still in place, with people being shamed for large purchases, when in fact, they’re simply getting necessities for a large family. A friend of mine with a large family has said she’d have to shop every two days with the original limits stores posted to keep everyone in her household well-fed. 

Venezuela:

It wasn’t long until the basics were incredibly difficult to acquire.

Then, just over a year ago, it became even more apparent that the country was falling. when long lines for basic necessities such as laundry soap, diapers, and food became the norm rather than the exception. Thousands of people were standing in line for 5-6 hours in the hopes that they would be able to purchase a few much-needed items. (source)

The United States:

Writers on this website have talked about the shelves being cleared back in March, what we may see in shortage after halting many imports from China, and the fact that in most parts of the country, the supply chain is clearly broken.

Become a Natural Blaze Patron and Support Health Freedom HERE.

People from all over the country have reported in the comments the bare spots in their local stores, with a few exceptions who say that everything in their part of the nation is back to normal. Many areas still have limits on how many packages of toilet paper, cleaning supplies, and canned goods customers can purchase months after the original panic-fueled shopping sprees.

Venezuela:

Get in the Fight! Tithe to our Ministry and Help Finish Recording God's Word Seen on Every Page!

Shortly after the story broke to the rest of the world, the propaganda machine shifted into high gear. As the government began to ration electricity, it was announced that this was not due to economic reasons at all, but instead was a measure of their great concern for the environment. (source)

The United States:

We’re looking at you, California, where PG&E, the largest power provider in the state has shut off the power to people in rural areas repeatedly over the past couple of years to “prevent wildfires.” Millions faced the hottest days of the summer without electricity.

Venezuela:

As stores struggled to provide the essentials to customers, the government stepped in to “help.”

I Killed Bruce Lee with the Death Touch - Caution: Don't Use it Unless Your Life is in DANGER!

As the situation continued to devolve, farmers in Venezuela were forced to hand over their crops last summer. They assumed control of essential goods like food, and began putting retail outlets out of business. Then, once they had control of the sales outlets, they began forcing farmers and food manufacturers to sell anywhere from 30-100% of their products to the state at the price the state opted to pay, as opposed to stores and supermarkets.

But that wasn’t enough to keep the population fed. (Isn’t it astonishing how much less motivated people are to produce food and supplies when they are no longer allowed to benefit from their hard work? Historically, collectivism and farming have never gone successfully hand in hand.) This January, the government told citizens that they would need to produce their own food. The Ministry of Urban Farming was created to oversee this. While self-reliance sounds great, it isn’t so great in Venezuela. Just so the urban farmers don’t get too self-reliant, a registry of the crops and livestock will be required. (And obviously, they’ve already proven that they have no issue forcing farmers to hand over what they’ve produced.) (source)

The United States:

As our supply chain devolved, it was learned that farmers in the United States were unable to get their products to the market due to logistics issues, closed packaging plants, and a totally different marketplace. The President signed an Executive Order to force people to go back to work at meat packaging plants and also tried to organize a way to get food that was just being thrown out to the people who desperately needed it.

Processing plants across the country are shutting down as more and more employees become ill. At least ten large meat processing plants have closed due to the virus. Distribution issues have farmers dumping thousands of gallons of milk, plowing under vegetables in the fields, and leaving potatoes to rot.

A lot of the food being produced was destined for restaurants, hotels, and cruise ships. Diverting it to grocery stores and the millions of people using food banks right now (because they didn’t get their money from unemployment yet, remember?) is unfortunately not as easy as it should be. This article explains some of the issues with getting food to hungry people.

One of the issues processing. With meat, in particular, this is difficult – most folks aren’t even going to be willing to process their own chickens and it’s wildly unrealistic to imagine a family in the city processing a cow or a pig. With produce, it becomes a little bit easier – anyone can wash fruits and vegetables – but employees are still needed to harvest the food.

A lot of that scarcity could be remedied if we could reallocate things – if janitorial supplies could be sold to the general public, if farmers could sell directly to stores or consumers, and if farmers could donate unpurchased items to food banks.

To summarize, farmers are losing billions of dollars and people are going without food, while the food we have is left to rot. Hopefully, President Trump’s new 19 billion dollar plan will allow the federal government to play matchmaker between frustrated farmers and hungry families. (source)

So while nobody has insisted farmers hand over their crops without compensation, the government is clearly getting involved in the distribution of food.

Venezuela:

Eventually, all the measures the government of Venezuela took to hide the catastrophic collapse from citizens could hold up no longer.

Venezuela is out of food.

After several years of long lines, rationing, and shortages, the socialist country does not have enough food to feed its population, and the opposition government has declared a “nutritional emergency.” This is just the most recent nail in the beleaguered country’s slow, painful economic collapse.

Many people expect an economic collapse to be shocking, instant, and dramatic, but really, it’s far more gradual than that. It looks like empty shelves, long lines, desperate government officials trying to cover their tushes, and hungry people. For the past two years, I’ve been following the situation in Venezuela as each shocking event has unfolded. Americans who feel that our country would be better served by a socialist government would be wise to take note of this timeline of the collapse. (source)

It only took 3 years from the first report (about making “hoarding” illegal) for the once oil-rich country to fall into a ruin so extreme that there wasn’t enough food for everyone.

The United States:

While we are by no means at the point where there is no more food, there are all sorts of warning signs that day could come – and sooner than expected. Many aspects of our system are crumbling, the supply chain is definitely broken, stores are already preparing for the second wave of shortages, and a simulation has predicted a 400% increase in the price of food by 2030.

An important side note

I’m sure it’s merely a coincidence but Venezuelans lost their firearms at around the same time “hoarding” was deemed illegal.

Were you aware that Venezuela banned guns for private citizens a mere four years ago, in 2012? Although the country was already in trouble, it seems like that was the beginning of the end.

Under the reign of Hugo Chavez, the government introduced a law that banned personal purchases of firearms and ammunition in an attempt to “improve security and cut crime”. The law was designed to keep guns in the hands of only police, military, and some security companies.

At the time, Chavez’s government said that “the ultimate aim is to disarm all civilians.” Shortly after the law passed, Chavez lost a battle to cancer, and bus driver Nicolas Maduro became the new president.

Maduro invested $47 million in “disarmament centers” in 2014, where citizens could turn in their firearms without fear of repercussions. This was at about the same time as the government declared that prepping was illegal and those “hoarding” could be detained on criminal charges and when the country instituted a fingerprint registry for purchasing groceries so that they could ensure people only purchased what they were allotted. (source)

Most readers of this website are well aware of concentrated efforts across the United States to undermine the Second Amendment over the past 9 years it has been operating. For more information on these efforts, check out these articles.

How far will we fall in the United States?

This side-by-side comparison is certainly not identical to the crisis in Venezuela, but there are enough similarities that you should be very uncomfortable with our situation. We strongly encourage efforts to become more self-reliant, stocking up on food and other supplies, and frugality in the days ahead.

DANGER - Shield Your Smart Meter! Protect Your Family from Illuminati Kill Grid!

Those who are prepared may still struggle but they’ll be far better off than those who are completely blindsided by the continued collapse.

https://beforeitsnews.com/health/2020/10/a-quick-reminder-of-how-venezuela-ran-out-of-food-does-this-look-familiar-3035833.html 

:: 10-11-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Canada Handing Off the Western Provinces to the CHICOMS As a Prelude to Invasion of the United States?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, October 11, 2020 - 15:25.

The Western portion of Canada is not just allowing the CHICOM’s Peoples Liberation Army (PLA) to be present in British Colombia, the PLA is taking over.

Last evening as I was being interviewed on a station in Kentucky, a Canadian ex-pat called in and confirmed everything I am to say here.

The Canadian government signed a secret agreement which allowed the CHICOMS to bring in their troops to protect Chinese property that Trudeau allowed the Chinese to build. The following paragraphs will describe what four different Canadians have described about what life is like in an around Vancouver. First of all, the homeless are isolated in Oppenheimer Park. They are being separated from the general population. They are monitored and guarded and one Canadian told me, who got to close and was told to vacate the area or be arrested, that the guards for the park are strange. The regular police are seen less and less. More frequently, the guards are Chinese who speak perfect English but refuse to answer and in-depth questions about what is going in the park.

One Canadian told me that his cousin is a military outfit that has largely been transferred from BC to points “back east”. He is intimating that the military is being withdrawn and the CHICOMS are taking over. He told me that there is a distinct feeling of impending doom. Everyone is on pins and needles. Even the authorities are not enforcing social distancing and the wearing of masks. “It is like it doesn’t matter anymore, something much bigger than coronavirus is coming”.

Stanley Park (Island) is no longer accessible to the public. It is guarded by Canadians but everyone in the immediate area, knows that the Chinese are on the Island. A former dock worker, who recently lost his job, told me that the ports are in lockdown. There is still activity in the ports, but it is like they had to get all the civilians off the docks so they could not see what is coming and what is coming are believed to be massive amounts of Chinese men and material to join the massive amounts of Chinese that are already in the city. He said the Chinese control the port where he was at.

There is one person who has been regularly communicating with me who is a position of relative power. His exact position, located in Vancouver, will be kept unidentified for security reasons, told me that the CHICOMS are headquartered in Prince Rupert. He has seen the attack helicopters and troop transport helicopters . He says that Chinese combat troops can cover the entire Province within 90 minutes but he does not believe covering British Colombia (BC) is the goal. At Stanley Park, he said he saw a largely scaled-down version of the stadium that the Seattle Seahawks play football. He recognized it for what it was immediately because he has been to the facility dozens of times. It is his belief that this small makeshift structure was built to rehearse the housing of large amounts of people. For the 60 minutes he was in the area on business, he said that the focus was not on what was going inside of the structure, but on controlling traffic coming into the area in large canopy trucks. I asked him if this was a FEMA camp facility in his opinion. I had to fully explain the nuances behind my question and he said the use of trucks might indicate that they were planning to bring large amounts of people to the facility. He did also say that he knows that for a fact that the CHICOMS are practicing amphibious landings near the area. He further stated that local cops are very “pissed off:, but everyone is in stand-down mode, but nobody is comfortable with what is happening. He said if he was wrong that the mini-structure he witnessed was not in Seattle as he suspected, he is fearful, the practice is for Canadians not Americans, at least initially. He also told me that organized crime is down dramatically, especially in the area of the docks. He thought it was due to the presence of CHICOMS who are taking control of the ports.

It is clear that key parts of Western Canada are being handed off to the CHICOMS. I maintain that Trudeau has struck a military deal with the CHICOMS. Why? With true north moving, melting ice caps has made Canada the unquestionable dominant power in freshwater supplies. With water levels in many world metropolitan areas dropping to 500 feet, freshwater will become a valuable commodity. Canada will become the 1980’s version of the Saudi Arabia, only the product will not be oil, it will be water. However, Canada does not have the military reserve to protect it supplies and transport going forward.

Trudeau should have reached out to the United States for this reason. But why didn’t they? Red the Deagel Report which says that 89% of Americans will be dead in just over four years. The Chinese obviously convinced Trudeau that China will be the only country left standing that can protect their water resources. This makes sense because America has enjoyed a tremendous relationship with Canada as the border represents the largest undefended border in the world. I have written about how China is initiating their “belt and road” strategy in in CANZUK (ie Australia (gone), New Zealand (going), UK (losing), and Canada (nearly lost). Lost, losing nearly lost? This is the infrastructure of all 4 countries to the CHICOMS. It is clear that China is separating these four English speaking countries from America as a pre-emptive action to invasion. This is obviously being done to separate America from major trading partners and military allies. This also gives China control over the South Pacific. America is very close to standing alone.

If California falls after the election and leaves the union as CALEXIT threatens to do, Pearl Harbor would have to be abandoned. The CHICOMS will control Washington, Oregon, and California, all who have pledged to withdraw from America if they do not like the result of the election. This will provide a major beachhead for the CHICOMS.

I showed this article to a former military analyst and he said contingency plans to house West coast military facilities will be transferred to East coast control, are in existence but he did not know if they have been rehearsed. This is merely a status report on the anecdotal accounts of four Canadians acquired over an 8 week period. I believe these accounts to be accurate because there are other accounts similar to these, for example in the broadcasts of Sarah Westall. This story will obviously be continued as more information is acquired.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/canada-handing-western-provinces-chicoms-prelude-invasion-united-states 

:: 10--20 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hillsong Pastor Carl Lentz: 'Churches Might Be One of the Biggest Propagators of Racist Ideology'

Carl Lentz, lead pastor of Hillsong East Coast, said recently he believes the Christian church may be "one of the biggest propagators of racist ideology in our country."

"There's a difference between your principle and your practical," explained Lentz during the latest episode of his podcast Uncomfortable Conversations With a Black Man. "So if my principle at Hillsong, New York City, is 'we value all people,' practically speaking, you should be able to see that."

Lentz was talking with former NFL linebacker and ESPN sports analyst Emmanuel Acho, who said "the most powerful person in America is a religious white man."

Acho pointed out that, though segregation legally ended in the 1960s, Sunday mornings have remained ethnically separated.

"It's hard to listen to a preacher preach if you know that that preacher believes in systems that are hurting people," said Lentz. "So it's safer sometimes to go to a black church ... [because] I don't know if I can trust somebody who claims to love Jesus and professes to teach me about this man, yet you're silent on issues that hurt my people."

As for why more churches—predominantly white preachersdon't speak out about the issue of racism, Lentz suggested it's just "too much work."

"The moment you start looking into this, you realize, 'Oh, wow, this goes all the way to the top. This is in our church choir. This is in our church administration. This is in the way we've taught the Bible. And there are a lot of Christians who set out to clean house until they find out how close to home it might come.'"

He went on to argue Christian leaders in the U.S. have been ignoring race "for decades."

https://www.charismanews.com/us/82107-hillsong-pastor-carl-lentz-churches-might-be-one-of-the-biggest-propagators-of-racist-ideology 

:: 10-11-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Countdown Has Started: Liberal Insanity Levels Over The Next Ten Days Will Reach A Fevered Pitch As The Senate Confirms Amy Coney Barrett For The Supreme Court

by Susan Duclos · All News PipeLine  Published October 11, 2020 · Updated October 11, 2020

FLASHBACK: For anyone on the internet, or that reads the news, or watches their local news on television, it is impossible to forget the spectacle of the Brett Kavanaugh confirmation to the Supreme Court hearings.

The interruptions, screaming, complaining, whining, constant demands to delay the hearing….. and that was all just from Democrat Senators.

Things got much worse when the hearings actually began, as liberal protesters gathered outside the building, chanting, wearing those God-awful red and white “Handmaiden’s Tale” outfits, with claims that having Brett Kavanaugh Supreme Court would strip the rights from women, turning them into nothing more than slaves. Two years later, women still have their rights.

The hyperbole was unbelievable, and the antics inside the hearing room tuned the entire process into a circus show. Men and women having to be dragged or carried out by Senate security after heckling the proceedings, and screaming in protest, holding up protest signs and in one unforgettable instance, a man, dressed as a woman with a bright red substance down the front of his groin and legs. DING, DING, DING – ROUND TWO BEGINS

Monday, October 12, 2020, confirmation hearings begin for Amy Coney Barrett, President Trump’s third nominee for the Supreme Court, following the death of Ruth Bader-Ginsberg.

Though expedited, the process will follow the same framework as the previous two Supreme Court confirmation hearings under the Trump administration, Graham said on Fox News.

That means Barrett’s hearings will last four days, during which she will give opening statements, field questions from Senators and listen to testimony from outside witnesses.

“The nominee will be challenged, and that’s appropriate to challenge the nominee, but if they treat Judge Barrett like they did Justice Kavanaugh it’s going to blow up in [Democrats’] face big time,” Graham said. Democrat politicians have just about done everything in their limited power to derail the hearings start date, but as the GOP is in control of the Senate, and the House of Representatives have no say whatsoever in the confirmation process, there is not much Democrats can do except whine, complain and throw temper tantrums.

Of course the establishment media is offering them every platform opportunity possible to do so.

Welcome to the beginning of round two: Ding! Ding! DING!

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this ‘Info-war’ for America at this most critical time in US history as we approach the 2020 election during a time of systematic ‘big tech’ censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.) THE ATTACKS AGAINST CONEY BARRETT HAVE BEGUN

With Kavanaugh, Democrats dugs deep and attempted to derail his confirmation by bringing forth a woman, Christine Blasey Ford, who claimed the three decades earlier, while Kavanaugh was in college, he inappropriately touched her.

Her claim was there was no “rape.” She didn’t remember when. She didn’t remember where. She couldn’t remember how she got home afterwards. Her best friend who was supposedly there claimed she didn’t remember that ever happening.

Democrat leaders pulled more people from under the rocks, all much less credible and not one with any type of proof or evidence whatsoever.

Kavanaugh was confirmed and the whole country saw the underhanded and unethical tactics that were used against Kavanaugh.

Fast forward and we are seeing the same claims about womens’ rights being under attack, how women will suffer by having Coney Barrett on the Supreme Court, etc, etc……

With Barret, since they cannot pay anyone to claim she “sexually assaulted” them back in college, they are attacking the adoption of two of her children, and despite it being a violation of the constitution, they are trying to attack the fact that Coney Barrett is a woman of faith, and highly religious.

Fortunately, Democrats’ initial attacks haven’t landed a punch on her.

The media once again is playing the propaganda arm for the Democrat party and have started their attacks as well, as seen in the short clip below: Once again the attacks do not seem to doing her any damage, and seem to be just “preaching to the choir,” giving liberals more reason to froth at the mouth, while further convincing conservatives that the Democrats/Media are anti-religion and hypocrites because they claim to be for feminism, yet they only support women that agree with their ideology. HOW FAR WILL DEMOCRATS/LIBERALS GO THIS TIME?

As the confirmation hearings and process is slated to begin on Monday, October 12, with Republicans making it clear they are aiming for a final vote and confirmation of Coney Barrett on October 22, 2020, I admit to a type of morbid curiosity as to what plots and schemes liberals have up their sleeves in their desperate attempts to delay or derail the entire confirmation.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/10/11/the-countdown-has-started-liberal-insanity-levels-over-the-next-ten-days-will-reach-a-fevered-pitch-as-the-senate-confirms-amy-coney-barrett-for-the-

supreme-court/

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc

:: 10-11-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea’s massive new missile could help Iran threaten Israel

North Korea’s military parade and its arsenal, along with Iran’s progress on missile technology, illustrate how these countries have achieved success in the last decade.

By SETH J. FRANTZMAN OCTOBER 11, 2020 19:21

North Korea’s massive military parade showcased an arsenal that should raise eyebrows in the Middle East. It wheeled out its Hwasong-15 ballistic missile and a giant intercontinental ballistic missile that had to be pulled on a transport vehicle with 11 axles. This is a monster and reports call it a “strategic weapon” that appears to threaten the globe.

Years after the Trump administration believed personal diplomacy would make North Korea into a compliant actor, the regime has new weapons. Because Iran is working with North Korea, this could mean Tehran could threaten Israel with similar missiles or shared technology, as it has in the past. France24 reported that experts said more new weapons were unveiled at this parade than in previous editions. China appeared pleased with President Xi Jinping congratulating Pyongyang on the anniversary.

Many internet sleuths are out there digesting the new photos of the massive missile and the transporter-erector-launcher (TEL) it rode on. Among these are Fabian Hinz and Tal Inbar. The length of these TELs has grown as well, from eight in 2012 to 11 in 2020. Last year it was reported that North Korea was mass-producing ballistic missile transporters and parts for them.

Questions remain about North Korea’s new missile. It is likely the largest road-mobile ICBM in the world and is thought to be liquid-fueled. The consensus is that this missile, if it works, is a threat. The giant TEL is also a threat, apparently, because it shows the capabilities of North Korea in building these transport vehicles. North Korea has been doing a number of tests in recent years. Last August it carried out five tests in several weeks using transporters and shorter range ballistic missiles. Those missiles flew around 400km. In all there were 13 missile tests last year. Harry Kazianis, of The National Interest and an expert on North Korea, noted that the new ICBM that North Korea paraded “seems to be a derivative of what was tested back in late 2017, known as the Hwason-15, is much bigger and clearly more powerful than anything in DPRK’s arsenal.”

This has major ramifications for Israel because reports on September 20 indicated that Iran and North Korea had resumed collaboration. Iran has been increasing its ballistic missile arsenal in recent years, including ranges and precision of the missiles. Iran also has a much better drone, loitering munition, cruise missile and radar units than in the past.

This is what is important to know: Reuters wrote on September 20 that Iran and North Korea had resumed work together on missiles, based on an anonymous US official. The report came out as the US was pushing sanctions and as Washington warned against the expiration of an arms embargo on Iran. Mark Episkopos at The National Interest noted in a September 23 article that Iran has been one of North Korea’s best customers in the past, a client in the 1980s for missile technology that eventually went on to acquire the medium-range Hwason-7 ballistic missile. Iran has used these missiles as a model for its own rapidly expanding missile program. The article noted that the Hwasong-7 was the basis for the Shahab-3 in Iran. Other accounts say the North Korean Nodong-1 missile is a basis for the Shahab-3. Further the National Interest article notes, based on US State and Treasury Department reports, that Iran’s Shahid Movahed Industries has cooperated with North Korea on long range missiles. These could include the Hwasong-12, Hwasong-14 and Hwasong-15 missiles.

Interest in how Iran and North Korea work together has confounded analysts for several decades. Reports indicate that North Korea helped Pakistan and Iran in the 1990s and early 2000s, including on transport vehicles. Russian diplomats even told the US they were concerned about the Iran-North Korea cooperation on missiles in 2009. At the time US officials and others felt that the missile programs were not well-developed and experts scoffed at the idea that North Korea could successfully sell its larger missiles abroad. However, 2010 reports showed alarm bells were ringing as US intelligence reported that Iran had obtained 19 advanced missiles from North Korea that could hit Moscow and Europe. These were BM-25 (Hwasong-10) missiles and could give Iran “building blocks” for better missiles. Indeed, they did.

John S. Park at The Diplomat has argued that this relationship between Tehran and Pyongyang is symbiotic. They both benefited over the years, and they both built off lessons learned from Russia’s role with Iran in 2005. North Korea and Iran signed a technological agreement in September 2012. This has included work on a three stage rocket to put a satellite in orbit. North Korea found success in that program in a 2012 launch. Part of the rocket was thought to be linked to Iran’s successful Safir rocket. Iran had launched the Omid satellite in 2009. A Safir launch failed last year, in a highly public incident where Trump tweeted a photo of the launch site, but the Qased rocket put the Iranian Nour military satellite into space in April.

Cooperation has grown in different ways. In the 1980s North Korean advisors were in Iran. A report at Atlantic Council notes that the cooperation may include two North Korean companies, Green Pine and Komid. In addition, the US Office of Naval Intelligence has said North Korea modernized aspects of Iran’s navy. DW in Germany also reports that Russia is involved with both countries.

There is much that is not known about the North Korea link to Iran. How does proliferation work, are there advisors in Iran, who is helping who and how, are all key questions. While North Korea once had much of the know-how in missiles, it is clear that Iran’s indigenous program has now made real achievements.

In 2017 Uzi Rubin, Founding Director of the Israel Missile Defense Organization, wrote the Begin-Sadat Center for Strategic Studies that in 2017, when Iran unveiled the Khorramshar ballistic missile, that it was showcasing how it had built on North Korean expertise. He noted that together the missiles of Iran and North Korea had origins in the Makeyev missile factory in Russia, where the R-27 missile was built. The R-27 was converted to a mobile ground-launched missile, he writes. This became the basis for the Shahab-3 in Iran with 2,000km range and payload of 750kg. Rubin warned, as early as 2006, that Iran’s missiles were “steadily increasing” in range.

What might come next? Iran has sent ballistic missiles to its militia allies Iraq, according to reports in 2018 and 2019. It has also sent Shahab variants to Syria, according to reports in 2018. It has also improved upon the missiles it has, from the Khorramshahr launch in 2017 to new naval ballistic missiles unveiled on September 27, 2020. It fired short range missiles over the Strait of Hormuz in 2018, test fired a medium range Shahab-3 missile in July 2019, and a missile capable of reaching Israel and Europe in December 2018. This was thought to be another Khorramshahr missile. Iran also unveiled the Raad 500 short range missile in February, used the precision Qiam and Fateh ballistic missiles against US bases in January 2020, unveiled a new version of the Zulfiqar missile in 2019, fired Fateh 110 missiles at Kurdish dissidents in Iraq in 2018 and targeted ISIS in Syria with Zulfiqar and Qiam missiles in October 2018. Reports said it also fired missiles at ISIS in Syria in 2017. Sources reported them to be either Shahab or upgraded Fateh 110s. In short Iran is using its missiles a lot more and using them in Iraq and Syria and exporting their technology.

This brings us back to the current situation. North Korea’s military parade and its arsenal that it built, despite sanctions, along with Iran’s progress on missile technology, illustrate how these countries have achieved success in the last decade despite efforts to prevent them developing larger missiles and better guidance for them, as well as satellite capabilities. Reports continue to warn that Iran could construct a nuclear weapon by the end of the year. Iran’s missile program increases that threat by giving Iran a potential way to deliver a weapon. North Korea’s continued success in building missiles and TELs to move them around appears to be a warning to the US and Asia. Iran similarly is pushing the envelope on similar warnings.

https://www.jpost.com/international/north-koreas-massive-new-missile-could-help-iran-threaten-israel-645359 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. etc

:: 10-11-20 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Azerbaijan, Armenia report shelling of cities despite truce

By AIDA SULTANOVAyesterday

BAKU, Azerbaijan (AP) — Azerbaijan on Sunday accused Armenia of attacking its cities and villages in violation of the cease-fire deal brokered by Russia that seeks to end the worst outbreak of hostilities in the separatist Nagorno-Karabakh region.

The Azerbaijani Defense Ministry said that Armenian forces shelled villages in the Aghdam, Terter, Aghjabedi and Fizuli regions of Azerbaijan. Azerbaijani authorities earlier accused Armenian forces of firing missiles at Ganja, the country’s second largest city, and the city of Mingachevir overnight.

Nine civilians were killed and more than 30 others wounded in Ganja, officials said. Azerbaijani President Ilham Aliyev called the attack on the city “a war crime” and a “gross” violation of the cease-fire on Twitter, promising “a befitting retaliation.”

Nagorno-Karabakh’s military officials denied attacking Ganja and said the territory’s army is observing the cease-fire. They added that during the night Azerbaijani forces shelled Stepanakert, the region’s capital, and other towns in violation of the truce. The recent bout of fighting between Azerbaijani and Armenian forces started Sept. 27 and left hundreds of people dead in the biggest escalation of the decades-old conflict over Nagorno-Karabakh since a separatist war there ended in 1994. The region lies in Azerbaijan but has been under control of ethnic Armenian forces backed by Armenia.

The foreign ministers of Armenia and Azerbaijan signed a truce in Moscow after Russian President Vladimir Putin had brokered it in a series of calls with Azerbaijani President Ilham Aliyev and Armenian Prime Minister Nikol Pashinian.

The cease-fire took effect at noon Saturday, after talks in Moscow that were sponsored by Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov. The deal stipulated that the cease-fire should pave the way for talks on settling the conflict.

If the truce had held, it would have marked a major diplomatic coup for Russia, which has a security pact with Armenia but also cultivated warm ties with Azerbaijan.

However, minutes after the cease-fire took force, both sides accused each other of continuing attacks in violation of the deal.

The situation in the region was “relatively calm” on Sunday morning, according to Nagorno-Karabakh leader Arayik Harutyunyan, with only minor hostilities along the front line. But it was unclear whether the calm would last, he said.

Later Sunday, Armenian Defense Ministry spokeswoman Shushan Stepanian reported attacks by Azerbaijani forces on southern and northeastern directions, saying that Nagorno-Karabakh’s forces “resolutely suppress all enemy operations.”

Nagorno-Karabakh’s army in a statement Sunday promised a “disproportionately harsh” response if Azerbaijan “continues to violate the cease-fire.” The Azerbaijani Defense Ministry said that “the political and military leadership of Armenia bears the responsibility for the aggravation of the situation in the region.” Azerbaijan’s president said in an interview with the Russian RBC news outlet that “if the Armenian side is committed to the cease-fire regime ... the phase of political settlement will begin.”

Associated Press writers Daria Litvinova in Moscow, and Avet Demourian in Yerevan, Armenia, contributed to this report.

https://apnews.com/article/russia-azerbaijan-archive-armenia-army-a517562831a5aa3995c6652f610c934a 

[ :: 8-23-2020 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God?  If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do.  For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.

:: 10-9-20 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kirk Cameron: 'God Is Still on His Throne' amid Season of Uncertainty

John Paluska | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, October 9, 2020

Kirk Cameron, in an interview with The Christian Post, spoke about his new 2-part series called, Think, Pray, Vote with Kirk Cameron, which aims to help Americans manuver through the 2020 election. In the first part of the show, which aired last Friday on TBN, Cameron talked with Pastor Tony Evans, Christian and conservative commentator Eric Metaxas, and Evangelist Franklin Graham. The second part is set to air on Friday, October 9.

The goal of the show is to analyze current political issues through the lens of the gospel and challenge believers to think and pray before casting their vote.

"I think if someone had said to us six months ago, ‘There's a virus that's going to shut down every business, you're not going to be able to go to church for Easter, and your kids are not going to graduate from high school ... I think we would have said, ‘That's nuts. You're crazy. What kind of conspiracy theory person are you?’ And here we are today with just everything upside down,” Cameron said in the interview.

The coronavirus is just one of the many issues covered on the TBN special. The special will cover racism, coronavirus, and the 2020 election in addition to other political hot button topics. As for the show’s format, Cameron asks the guests questions who each individually answer the questions through a biblical lens.

"I find this time really interesting. I think we have to remember that God is still on His throne and all throughout time, He's used everything from the weather, to enemy nations, to the sin of His own people, and the prayers of the people of God to work together to accomplish His purposes," Cameron said. You can watch the first episode of Think, Pray, Vote with Kirk Cameron below: Video courtesy: ©Getty Images/Paras Griffin/Stringer

John Paluska has been a contributor for Christian Headlines since 2016 and is the founder of The Daily Fodder, a news outlet he relaunched in 2019 as a response to the constant distribution of fake news.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/john-paluska/kirk-cameron-god-is-still-on-his-throne-amid-season-of-uncertainty.html 

:: 10-11-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How to say no to the sexualization of children

By John Stonestreet and Maria Baer

The most common response we received to Wednesday’s commentary, in which I argued that the sexual revolution is progressing to the next stage involving children, was “So, what can we do?” It’s exactly the right question for Christians to ask, and one to which we were already committed to answer. Never should Christians talk about the Fall, even the worst of human depravity, outside of the context of the victory of Jesus Christ, who has overcome the world.

While the cultural indicators do point, I believe, to the further mainstreaming of pedophilia, a Christian worldview places even the most chaotic and distressing of moments within a larger Story. Christ has risen from the dead. He is Lord. And, He is making all things new. Thus, as Christian philosopher Alvin Plantinga reminds us, whenever we talk of evil, we are talking about a very real foe, but a defeated foe.

Christians join what theologians call the “already-but-not-yet” work of the Kingdom, in what St. Paul called “the ministry of reconciliation,” in a number of ways: by championing what is good, innovating what is missing, restoring what’s broken or, especially in this case, confronting what is evil.

In this case, social media and the internet play an outsized role in the exploitation and sexualization of kids. An honest look at nearly every metric available of the broad outcomes of widespread social media use, especially for kids, it’s clearly a net negative. It may very well be time to consider getting off of social media or, at the very least, keeping our kids off of social media. At a minimum, children should never be left to social media or, for that matter to any use of the internet unsupervised, especially if they lack the maturity to understand it and self-govern.

I will say this a different way: It’s stupid, in the Proverbial sense of “foolishness,” to give students unfettered, unaccountable access to the apps, games, videos, or online communities of the internet, especially in the privacy of their bedrooms. To stop that intrusion into our families is a way to resist the evil of the increasing sexualization of children.

From a larger perspective, child exploitation and the normalizing of pedophilia must be understood as one of the consequences of the sexual revolution’s worst ideas. Two years ago, in an interview for the BreakPoint podcast, I discussed this with Helen Alvare, a Professor of Law at the Antonin Scalia Law School at George Mason University. As the sexual revolution has barreled onward, she observed, the emphasis in U.S. law has subtly but definitively shifted. Once broadly favoring the rights of children, the law increasingly prioritizes the “rights” and “freedoms” of adults over the rights of children.

Same-sex marriage is the prime example. Once the state proclaimed that an intentionally sterile union is socially identical to a man-woman marriage, a child’s inherent right to their mother and father was erased. As Alvare put it, “The idea used to be that parents only have rights when it comes to children because they first have responsibilities. Now there’s a demand that children are something that must be given to you.”

Because my conversation with Helen Alvare is even more important today than it was two years ago, we’ve re-aired it on the BreakPoint Podcast. You can find it at BreakPoint.org, or subscribe to the BreakPoint Podcast wherever you listen to podcasts.

https://www.christianpost.com/voices/how-to-say-no-to-the-sexualization-of-children.html 

[ :: 8-23-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: ::]

For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.

:: 10-4-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

James O’Keefe Strikes Again! Project Veritas Exposes Democrat Mark Kelly’s True Plans to Crack Down on Your Second Amendment Rights (VIDEO)

By Jim Hoft Published October 4, 2020 at 8:09pm 457 Comments

Last week James O’Keefe III and Project Veritas released the blockbuster videos exposing voter fraud and ballot harvesting by Ilhan Omar connected political operatives in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

James O’Keefe III and Project Veritas tonight released video of an Ilhan Omar connected ballot harvester exchanging $200 for a general election ballot. On Sunday night James O’Keefe and Project Veritas teased the release of new undercover videos in their Expose 2020 campaign! Last week James teased an upcoming investigation on the Mark Kelly campaign.

UPDATE– And here it is.

Mark Kelly, like his fellow Democrats, can’t get elected on his real agenda.

So Mark Kelly is lying to Arizona voters. James Exposes Democrat Mark Kelly’s true plans to crack down on your Second Amendment rights.

Mark Kelly is hiding this from Arizona voters until after the election!

In addition, Mark Kelly is hiding more of the left-wing agenda, per 3 astronauts, who endorsed McSally:

The astronauts say that while McSally has a record of accomplishments to point to, Kelly’s positions remain largely unknown. The three are accusing Kelly of hiding his left-wing agenda behind the word “astronaut.”

“But having ‘astronaut’ on your resume does not mean you’d be a good U.S. senator,” the astronauts write. “Mark Kelly is hoping Arizonans are so impressed with his background that they ignore the fact that he’s supported radical gun control activists, that his plan for the eventual government takeover of health care would end Medicare as we know it, and that he’d vote to raise our taxes.”

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/10/james-okeefe-strikes-project-veritas-exposes-democrat-mark-kellys-true-plans-crack-second-amendment-rights-video/ 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, etc

:: 10-4-20 Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Twitter Leftists Ban Top US Doctor David Samadi After He Tweets Well Wishes to President Trump and Proposed Early Hydroxychloroquine Treatment Plan for President

Gateway Pundit ^ | 10/04/2020 | Jim Hoft Posted on 10/4/2020, 11:33:18 PM by SeekAndFind

There have now been 126 international studies on HCQ (hydroxychloroquine) and its effectiveness in treating the coronavirus.

76 of these international studies are peer reviewed.

64%, or nearly 2/3’s of the studies found HCQ effective in treating COVID-19 in the early treatment stage of the disease.

After President Trump announced he had been tested positive for the coronavirus Dr. David Samadi, a top 100 US doctor tweeted out encouragement to President Trump and suggested the proven early treatment of HCQ, zinc and Zpack. It is almost like the leftists at Twitter want the president to get sick and die?

What gives the tech giants this continued ‘right’ to silence medical doctors and top doctors who they do not like? Especially after their platform promises the free exchange of ideas?

Dr. Richard Urso tweeted this out following Dr. Samadi’s suspension.

I can’t believe Dr. Samadi was banned for the video wishing POTUS a fast recovery. There’s no info or definitive treatment. @realDonaldTrump ,@DonaldJTrumpJr, @EricTrump @RealCandaceO @charliekirk11, @RealJamesWoods @PressSec @IngrahamAngle @TuckerCarlson @seanhannity pic.twitter.com/3S3yWOfxns

— Dr. Urso (@richardursomd) October 3, 2020

On Saturday Governor Mike Huckabee retweeted Lori Hendry‘s tweet supporting Dr. David Samadi.

Insane by @Twitter @jack I hope Twitter corrects this. @drdavidsamadi is a friend and once treated me & is consistently named as one of best doctors in America. I thought we were supposed to “support the science?” Does some 20 yr old at Twitter know more than @drdavidsamadi ? https://t.co/bvVEMCPvxX

— Gov. Mike Huckabee (@GovMikeHuckabee) October 3, 2020

So now the tech giants are acting just like they do in Communist China.

Not only will your tweets be removed if you disappoint them but they will even target your friends and followers for promoting your views!

This is pure communism.

The laws must immediately be changed so these far left tech giants can be sued to hell and back for blocking our right to free speech!

Dr. Samadi deserves a voice in the discussion!

Dr. David Samadi wishes President Trump well and asks that we all come together to fight this virus as a nation. ⁦@realDonaldTrump⁩ ⁦@EricTrump⁩ ⁦@DonaldJTrumpJr⁩ ⁦@RealCandaceO⁩ ⁦@RealJamesWoods⁩ ⁦@charliekirk11⁩ ⁦@drsimonegold⁩ ⁦ pic.twitter.com/LSeaw149cC

— Dr. Urso (@richardursomd) October 3, 2020

WHO IS DR. DAVID SAMADI?:

David B. Samadi is a board-certified urologist, and the former Chairman of Urology and Chief of Robotic Surgery at Lenox Hill Hospital.

Born and raised in the Persian Jewish community of Iran, at age 15 Samadi and his younger brother left in 1979 after the Iranian Revolution. They continued their education in Belgium and the UK before coming to the United States where Samadi completed high school in Roslyn, New York. He attended Stony Brook University and earned his degree in biochemistry. He earned his M.D from S.U.N.Y., Stony Brook School of Medicine, Stony Brook, New York in 1994, and completed his postgraduate training in urology at Montefiore Medical Center and in urology at Albert Einstein College of Medicine in 1996 and Montefiore Medical Center in 2000. He completed an oncology fellowship in urology at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center in 2001 and a robotic radical prostatectomy fellowship at Henri Mondor Hospital Creteil in France under the mentorship of Professor Claude Abbou in 2002.

1 posted on 10/4/2020, 11:33:18 PM by SeekAndFind

https://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-bloggers/3890571/posts 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 10-5-20 Taiwan News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese fighter jet taken down by bird

Chinese warplane meets its match in feathered foe

By Keoni Everington, Taiwan News, Staff Writer 2020/10/05 17:17

TAIPEI (Taiwan News) — After many weeks of constant intrusions into Taiwan's air defense identification zone (ADIZ) by People's Liberation Army Air Force (PLAAF) warplanes, Chinese state-run media announced that one of the nation's fighter jets was taken down by a bird.

According to Taiwan's Ministry of National Defense (MND), PLAAF aircraft violated Taiwan's ADIZ on 10 out of 18 days between Sept. 16 to Oct. 3, in a total of 50 sorties. However, the PLAAF's self-cultivated image of invincibility took a hit in recent days when one of its jets crashed after meeting its match in an avian adversary.

On Oct. 5, the People's Liberation Army Daily reported that pilot Wang Jiandong (王建東) relayed encountering a bird strike shortly after takeoff. The engine's in-flight shutdown warning immediately began flashing, and the display screen went black.

After five seconds, emergency backup power kicked in and the cockpit display screen was restored. Wang then tried to push the throttle forward to increase thrust, but there was no response, as the engine had come to a complete stop.

As he was only 272.7 meters above the ground, Wang realized there was no time to return to the base to land and that his jet would soon crash. According to the Chinese state-run mouthpiece, Wang steered the plane away from populated areas "three times" within 37 seconds and aimed it at a rice paddy before ejecting a mere 75.9 meters above the ground and safely landing in a nearby orchard. After an investigation by the PLA, it was confirmed that the accident was caused by a bird's impact on the engine of the fighter aircraft during takeoff, causing it to stall; however, the report did not mention the time and location of the incident. The report did state that the pilot is a member of the PLA's Southern Theater Command, which is where some of the warplanes that have been harassing Taiwan's ADIZ are based and which would be part of the staging grounds in the event of an invasion of Taiwan.

It is not certain what type of plane was involved in the incident, nor was a location or date given other than "early autumn." The only hint at the type of aircraft that might have been involved was that the stock image used in the article included a Chengdu J-10 taxiing on a runway.

On Sept. 4, video surfaced of a PLAAF Su-35 fighter jet crashing in Guilin, Guangxi Province, which is one of the provinces covered in the Southern Theater Command. False news reports alleged that day that Taiwan had shot down the aircraft, but Taiwan's MND quickly dispelled the rumor, while Beijing never issued an official response.

https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/news/4023539 

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

:: 10-5-20 WPIX.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Record-breaking California wildfires surpass 4 million acres

By JOCELYN GECKER and SUMAN NAISHADHAM

Updated: October 5, 2020 - 12:15 AM

SAN FRANCISCO — (AP) — In a year that has already brought apocalyptic skies and smothering smoke to the West Coast, California set a grim new record Sunday when officials announced that the wildfires of 2020 have now scorched a record 4 million acres — in a fire season that is far from over.

The unprecedented figure — an area larger than the state of Connecticut — is more than double the previous record for the most land burned in a single year in California.

The 4 million mark is unfathomable. It boggles the mind, and it takes your breath away,” said Scott McLean, a spokesman for the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection, known as Cal Fire. “And that number will grow.”

So far, in this year’s historic fire season, more than 8,200 California wildfires have killed 31 people and scorched “well over 4 million acres in California” or 6,250 square miles, Cal Fire said Sunday in a statement. The blazes have destroyed more than 8,400 buildings.

The astonishing figure is more than double the 2018 record of 1.67 million burned acres (2,609 square miles) in California. All large fire years since Cal Fire started recording figures in 1933 have remained well below the 4 million mark — “until now," the agency said Sunday in a Tweet.

“This year is far from over and fire potential remains high. Please be cautious outdoors."

The enormity of the fires has meant that people living far from the flames experienced a degree of misery that in itself was unprecedented, with historically unhealthy air quality and smoke so dense that it blurred the skies across California and on some days even blotted out the sun. Last month, a relentless heat wave hit the state that helped fuel the fires and caused so much air pollution that it seeped indoors, prompting stores across California to sell out of air purifiers.

Numerous studies have linked bigger wildfires in America to climate change from the burning of coal, oil and gas. Scientists say climate change has made California much drier, meaning trees and other plants are more flammable.

Mike Flannigan, who directs the Canadian Partnership for Wildland Fire Science at Canada’s University of Alberta, says the escalation of fires in California and the U.S. West is “largely, not solely, due to human-caused climate change.”

Despite Sunday's grim milestone, there were signs for optimism.

Powerful winds that had been expected to drive flames in recent days hadn’t materialized, and warnings of extreme fire danger for hot, dry and gusty weather expired Saturday morning as a layer of fog rolled in. Clearer skies in some areas allowed large air tankers to drop retardant after being sidelined by smoky conditions several days earlier.

“In certain areas, we were able to get quite a bit of aircraft in. So we really pounded, a couple different areas hard with aircraft,” Mclean said. “If the weather does what is predicted, we’re on that glide path I hope. But that doesn’t diminish the amount of work that still needs to be done.”

Long-range forecast models hinted at the possibility of rain early in the week.

Fire officials said the Glass Fire burning in wine country for the past week was their top priority. Easing winds over the weekend proved a mixed blessing for firefighters battling the giant blaze, which is currently 17 percent contained.

“We are seeing some relief in the weather, but it’s going to be three of four days before it really makes a difference on the fire,” Cal Fire meteorologist Tom Bird said at a Sunday news briefing about the Glass Fire. “The one good thing going forward, we’re not expecting any wind events to push into the fire.”

The Glass Fire began last Sunday as three fires merged and drove into vineyards and mountain areas, including part of the city of Santa Rosa. More than 30,000 people were still under evacuation orders this Sunday, down from 70,000 earlier in the week. Among those still unable to return home are the entire 5,000-plus population of Calistoga in Napa County.

Across the state about 17,000 firefighters were at work battling nearly two dozen major blazes.

Virtually all the damage has occurred since mid-August, when five of the six largest fires in state history erupted. Lightning strikes caused some of the most devastating blazes. The wildfires have incinerated hundreds of homes and killed 31 people but large parts of them are burning in largely unpopulated land.

Many of the most destructive fires sparked in Northern California, where hills and mountains dotted with many dead trees have provided plenty of fuel for fires igniting amid high temperatures and strong winds fanning the flames. Thick, gray smoke from the blazes has fouled the air in many hill communities and major cities in the San Francisco Bay Area and beyond.

Flannigan, the fire scientist, estimates the area of land burned from wildfires in California has increased fivefold since the 1970s.

“Temperature is really important to fire. Temperature is key. The warmer it is, the longer the fire season,” he said.

“This is an unprecedented year and the thing is there’s no vaccine for wildfires," Flanigan said. “We’re going to have to learn to live with wildfires and the associate smoke."

Associated Press writer Olga R. Rodriguez contributed to this report.

https://www.wpxi.com/news/record-breaking/QHCNVQULF6SHSC6NS26JHFBEO4/ 

:: 4-11-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Human Clones: Living Among Us? Documentary 2018

528,574 views

•Apr 11, 2018

11K 492 Share Save

Jay Myers Documentaries

216K subscribers

Human clones, complete biological duplicates of anyone living or dead. Could they already be among us? According to some experts they already are.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m3xat3SiGg4&feature=emb_logo 

:: 10-5-20 From the Trenches World Report.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ammunition Makers Facing Massive Order Backlog, Shortage May Last Until 2021

Daily Wire – by Emily Zanotti  Posted: October 5, 2020

Ammunition makers are reporting a massive backlog, and in some cases, the shortage is so severe that gun owners may not be able to purchase ammunition off the shelves until next year.

Bearing Arms reports that at least one Arizona ammunition manufacturer, the Scottsdale, Arizona, based Ammo Incorporated, is “facing an $80.1 million backlog amid record demand for ammunition.”

“We’re working right now seven days a week, 24 hours a day in all the manufacturing plants,” the company’s CEO told media.

The demand has forced Ammo International to expand its industrial operation, adding millions of dollars in machinery and expanding their production.

Shooting Illustrated, the National Rifle Association’s own news organization, adds that “the current ammunition shortage may continue at least until 2021.”

Bearing Arms notes that the increase in ammunition sales has eclipsed even the increase in gun sales.

“According to the National Shooting Sports Foundation, the year has already seen a boom in gun purchases, up 95% in the first half of 2020 compared to the same time period of 2019,” the outlet notes. “But ammo sales skyrocketed even higher, up 139% compared to 2019 during that same time period.”

Ammo Incorporated’s CEO suggests that, initially, gun and ammunition purchases increased because of the coronavirus lockdowns. Fearing that help may not be on the way and that emergency services could be otherwise occupied, Americans armed themselves and stockpiled extra ammunition in case it became unavailable. National unrest, though, has given rise to further security concerns, and the many anti-racism and anti-police protests that have given way to violence and looting have driven gun owners to purchase additional weapons and ammunition.

“The start was the pandemic that was going on. But there was always that fear of the election. Of who’s going to be elected of the next President of the United States,” he told media. “But thirdly, I think the unrest in this country right now. And as you’ve seen in a lot of cities, the looting and the burning, and I think people are just scared.”

The shortage has even driven gun ranges to limit how much ammunition visitors can use, according to Nexstar Media. “We’ll limit them to one box of ammunition vs. the normal 300 to 500 rounds,” one gun range owner told the local media conglomerate.

If President Donald Trump does not win the November election, experts believe the demand for guns and ammunition could only increase, both out of fear of unrest and concern that a Democratic presidential administration will target gun rights.

Democratic presidential candidate Joe Biden and his running mate, Kamala Harris, are billed as the strongest “gun safety” presidential ticket in history, according to Fox News. The pair’s website notes that they plan on banning the sale of so-called “assault weapons,” limiting the number of handguns an individual can purchase, banning online gun sales, and require background checks for all gun buyers, including buyers who purchase weapons at “gun shows.” The pair also claim that they will require all guns to be fitted with RFID or “smart chips” that tie guns to individual operators (and can likely track use). Daily Wire

https://fromthetrenchesworldreport.com/ammunition-makers-facing-massive-order-backlog-shortage-may-last-until-2021/274650 

:: 10-5-20 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BANK FAIL TSB outage locked hundreds of customers out of mobile and banking app

Alice Grahns, Digital Consumer Reporter 5 Oct 2020, 8:53Updated: 5 Oct 2020, 11:12

AN online glitch at TSB this morning left hundreds of frustrated customers unable to log into online banking or the app.

The problems started around 8am today, with users reporting issues on both social media and complaints website DownDetector. Although the issues are now said to be fixed, some Twitter users said they were unable to transfer cash while others couldn't pay their bills.

One user said: "@TSB my banking app isn't working again this morning (had the same issue a couple of weeks ago).

"Could you look into this ASAP please as I have bills to pay today?!"

While another said: "Morning, I'm having problems using my app, need to transfer money but keeps saying need to reset device so going through procedure one time password etc but then says trouble authenticating login?" Hundreds of TSB users complained about problems on the DownDetector websiteCredit: DownDetector

And a third added: "How long is the app going to be down for?

"My 70 year old father relies on the app to save him driving five miles to his nearest branch as you decided to shut down his local branch!!"

Customers can see if there are any issues with TSB's services by checking its dedicated page on its website.

Currently, the bank says it's aware of "intermittent issues" with the mobile banking app.

But a spokesperson told The Sun service has been restored, although there can sometimes be a lag.

It added the service status page will update shortly, while most customers would've been able to use the app without issues.

TSB said on its website: "We apologise for the inconvenience to anyone impacted.

"We recommend customers try turning WIFI and/or mobile data on and off to see if that resolves the issue and try logging in again.

"Alternatively, customers experiencing difficulties can use internet banking, on our website, or telephone banking." The outage comes just days after TSB announced plans to close 164 branches due to a rise in mobile banking.

Back in April, an outage left TSB customers locked out of their accounts for three hours.

Two weeks later, it went down again, at the same time as HSBC and First Direct, affecting thousands of customers.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/money/12846914/tsb-down-unable-log-in-app/ 

:: 10-5-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nunes: Shut Down Intel Agencies Until They Declassify ‘Smoking Gun’ Evidence Against Hillary Clinton

by Steve Watson  October 5th 2020, 5:40 am

Representative Devin Nunes declared Sunday that US Intelligence agencies should be forced to release so called ‘smoking gun’ documents that are said to contain details of Russian intelligence referring to an authorization given by Hillary Clinton to link President Trump to efforts by the Kremlin to interfere in the 2016 election.

In a Fox News interview, Nunes, the top Republican on the House Intelligence Committee, said “Every Republican senator and member of Congress should be saying… we want every damn bit of evidence that every intelligence agency has or it’s maybe time to shut those agencies down.” A memo released last week via the Senate Judiciary Committee, penned by director of national intelligence John Ratcliffe claims that US intelligence made an investigative referral to the FBI regarding the information in September 2016.

In the memo, Ratcliffe notes that the referral mentioned “approval of a plan concerning U.S. Presidential candidate Donald Trump and Russian hackers hampering U.S. elections as a means of distracting the public from her [Hillary’s] use of a private mail server.”

“There’s plenty of circumstantial evidence to know this Maria, that the Clinton campaign had created all of this, because they knew that 33,000 emails were out there somewhere,” Nunes said.

“So what did they do? They created a sick fantasy. This was the Clinton campaign. The Clinton campaign created this sick fantasy. Then they went out and hired avatars to do it.” Nunes added, referring to the effort to delegitimise Trump’s campaign.

“So they hired a former British spy named [Christopher] Steele who did the ‘Steele Dossier,’” Nunes continued, adding “Then they hired this suspected Russian spy so they could give it a veneer of being a Russian. So imagine that.” Because the information has remained classified, those who have seen it cannot discuss it.

Nunes urged that what he has seen are “definitely smoking guns” and that the information “definitely needs to be made available to the American public.”

“There’s even more underlying evidence that backs up what Director Ratcliffe put out,” Nunes asserted.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/nunes-shut-down-intel-agencies-until-they-declassify-smoking-gun-evidence-against-hillary-clinton/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 10--20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope Francis Calls for Giving United Nations Organization ‘Real Teeth’

ROME — Pope Francis makes his best case for multilateralism in a new teaching letter, calling for more authority for supranational organizations like the United Nations.

The twenty-first century is witnessing a weakening of the power of nation states, chiefly because the economic and financial sectors, being transnational, tend to prevail over the political,” the pope writes in the encyclical letter Fratelli Tutti (Brothers All), released on Sunday. “Given this situation, it is essential to devise stronger and more efficiently organized international institutions, with functionaries who are appointed fairly by agreement among national governments, and empowered to impose sanctions,” the pope advises in the 43,000-word text.

When we talk about the possibility of some form of world authority regulated by law, we need not necessarily think of a personal authority,” the pontiff asserts. “Still, such an authority ought at least to promote more effective world organizations, equipped with the power to provide for the global common good, the elimination of hunger and poverty and the sure defence of fundamental human rights.”

Among the possible candidates for such a role, the pope turns his attention to the United Nations Organization, with which he enjoys close ties.

“In this regard, I would also note the need for a reform of the United Nations Organization, and likewise of economic institutions and international finance, so that the concept of the family of nations can acquire real teeth,” Francis declares, citing a text from his predecessor, Pope Benedict XVI.

Needless to say, this calls for clear legal limits to avoid power being co-opted only by a few countries and to prevent cultural impositions or a restriction of the basic freedoms of weaker nations on the basis of ideological differences,” he writes.

The work of the United Nations, the pope insists, “can be seen as the development and promotion of the rule of law, based on the realization that justice is an essential condition for achieving the ideal of universal fraternity.”

“There is need to prevent this Organization from being delegitimized, since its problems and shortcomings are capable of being jointly addressed and resolved,” he adds.

“The seventy-five years since the establishment of the United Nations and the experience of the first twenty years of this millennium have shown that the full application of international norms proves truly effective, and that failure to comply with them is detrimental,” Francis states.

The Charter of the United Nations is “an obligatory reference point of justice and a channel of peace,” he declares, and thus “there can be no room for disguising false intentions or placing the partisan interests of one country or group above the global common good.”

Among the normative instruments for the peaceful resolution of controversies, “preference should be given to multilateral agreements between states, because, more than bilateral agreements, they guarantee the promotion of a truly universal common good and the protection of weaker states,” he declares. At the same time, Pope Francis notes certain “shortcomings” of the international community, including “its lack of coordination in complex situations, its lack of attention to fundamental human rights and to the critical needs of certain groups.”

https://www.breitbart.com/national-security/2020/10/04/pope-francis-calls-for-giving-united-nations-organization-real-teeth/ 

:: 10--20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SEE IT: Armed militia leads protest march after Louisiana police kill Black man

David Matthews 4 days ago

An armed militia led a protest march in Lafayette, La., Saturday after police shot and killed a Black man.

The group, dubbed the Not F------ Around Coalition (NFAC), has made appearances at several protests in recent months, including after the death of Ahmaud Arbery in Georgia.

Saturday’s demonstration was held in honor of 31-year-old Trayford Pellerin who was shot by Lafayette police on Aug. 21 after police responded to a call concerning a disturbed individual with a knife at a gas station. The march also occurred after Congressman Clay Higgins reportedly threatened members of the group in a Facebook post.

“Me? I wouldn’t even spill my beer,” Higgins, a former sheriff’s deputy, wrote on Facebook under a photo of the group. “I’d drop any 10 of you where you stand. We don’t care what color you are. We don’t care if you’re left or right.” John Fitzgerald Johnson, also known as Grandmaster Jay, leads NFAC members on a march to Parc San Souci in downtown Lafayette, La., Saturday, Oct. 3. NFAC, a Black militia group based in Atlanta, marched in Lafayette in response to threats made by U.S. Rep. Clay Higgins on Facebook regarding protests in Lafayette following the death of Trayford Pellerin, a 31-year-old Black man who was fatally shot by Lafayette police responding to a reported disturbance involving a man with a knife at a north Lafayette gas station on Aug. 21. (Scott Clause/)

Higgins later denied he had apologized to John Fitzgerald Johnson, the leader of NFAC who also goes by “Grandmaster Jay.”

The group, clad in black and carrying different types of guns pointed at the ground, obtained a permit from the city prior to the march. The group stopped several times to kneel during the march.

“Your job wouldn’t be that hard if you treated us like U.S. citizens and not enemy combatants. Your jobs wouldn’t be that hard if you let us police ourselves,” Johnson said while addressing law enforcement officers. NFAC members march in Parc San Souci in downtown Lafayette, La., Saturday, Oct. 3. (Scott Clause/)

The NFAC’s goal is to help the Black community stay safe and teach more Black Americans about their rights and responsible gun ownership.

One man, who is reportedly not a member of NFAC, was arrested during the protest after “accidentally” firing his gun, the Lafayette Parish Sheriff’s Office said.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/crime/see-it-armed-militia-leads-protest-march-after-louisiana-police-kill-black-man/ar-BB19HgNG 

:: 10-3-20 God Like Productions :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

McCabe Delays Senate Committee Testimony, Citing COVID-19 Concern

Former FBI Deputy Director Andrew McCabe won’t be appearing before a Senate committee this week after two members of the panel tested positive for the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) virus, his lawyer said on Oct. 3.

McCabe was scheduled to appear before the Senate Judiciary Committee on Oct. 6 to testify about the FBI’s handling of the probe into Russian meddling in the 2016 election, which later morphed into an investigation of President Donald Trump’s campaign.

[link to www.theepochtimes.com  (secure)]

https://www.godlikeproductions.com/forum1/message4542687/pg1?c1=1&c2=1&disclaimer=Continue 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 10-7-20 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grocery Stores Are Prepping for a Second Wave and Holiday Food Shortages

October 7, 2020 by Robert Wheeler, The Organic Prepper:

Just a few days ago, I wrote an article (The Supply Chain Is Broken and Food Shortages Are HERE) detailing the disruptions to the US supply chain and explained how food shortages are coming to the United States. In fact, I pointed out how they are already here, but many Americans simply don’t know it yet.

After all, mainstream media hasn’t been telling them about the disruptions to the supply chain as a result of COVID lockdowns and questionable strikes nor is it telling them about how many crops have been destroyed as a result of wildfires in the West of the country, straight-line winds in the middle, or flooding and hurricanes in the south.

The mainstream media says the supply chain is just fine.

The mainstream media has been largely silent and has focused more on telling its readers and viewers that the supply chain is just fine.

That is, until recently.

An article from CNN: “Worried about more shortages, grocery stores are stockpiling goods,” starts out: Grocery stores across the United States are stocking up on products to avoid shortages during a second wave of coronavirus.

The article goes on to say that most household items, like paper towels, Clorox wipes continue to be difficult to keep in stock. This is due to people stockpiling the items due to the COVID pandemic. People are cleaning and sanitizing their homes much more often, hoping to keep the virus away. Stores nationwide are stocking up in preparation for not only a second wave of COVID but also for the coming holidays.

The CNN article states:

That’s why Southeastern Grocers bought its Thanksgiving turkeys and holiday hams over the summer, months before inventory planning normally begins, the company’s CEO Anthony Hucker told the Wall Street Journal. Associated Food Stores started stockpiling cleaning and sanitizing products so it always has inventory in its warehouse, and with cold season around the corner, grocery wholesaler United Natural Foods has already loaded up on herbal tea and cold remedies, the company told the Journal.

Early on in the pandemic, grocery stores were focusing on stockpiling weeks of supplies for shoppers, but now food sellers are focusing on the long-term, aiming to stockpile supplies for months instead.

Grocers have been stocking “Pandemic Pallets” to prepare for the second wave

What is a pandemic pallet?

Grocery stores are stocking pallets with items they fear may run low in the coming months. Keeping these pallets stored in the warehouses, most of them are stocked with cleaning items and paper products, cold medicines, dry goods, and food staples like rice, pasta, and legumes – all the things that they ran out of quickly the last time around. And, with the holidays right around the corner, many stores are stockpiling holiday foods like cranberry sauce.

An article published on Business Insider reported:

“Pandemic Pallets” are gaining more traction, with grocers preparing for worst and stocking the wooden storage structures with items that could be in high demand around Thanksgiving, and even Christmas, according to the Wall Street Journal. The goods being stockpiled on the pallets range from cleaning supplies to dry goods, the report said.

While the pallets vary in nature, their overall purpose remains the same: ensuring grocery stores will be able to handle demand if shoppers begin to “panic buy” as they did in March if COVID-19 cases spike in the winter. In the past week, coronavirus cases have risen in 21 states, as reported by CNN. In countries abroad, a second wave of infections has led to the return of lockdown orders.

The article went on to say that grocery stores are not as sparse as they were in the beginning of the pandemic. Nevertheless, shortages are still expected. The author also wrote:

In some cases, stores have turned to other suppliers to meet demand, which is why some of the toilet paper found on shelves today is from Mexico. Meat suppliers have been hit especially hard by the pandemic due to outbreaks at packaging plants, as previously reported by Business Insider.

Meat shortages were also the focus of this article that describes the effect the pandemic has had on meat supplies.

Here is an excerpt from that article:

Workers at meat packaging plants have been especially hard hit with the coronavirus. Almost 60% of the employees at one Tyson plant in Iowa have tested positive for COVID. Plants everywhere are shutting down for the safety of their employees and despite President Trump’s invocation of the Defense Production Act to force them to reopen, many workers have refused to return to the plants. Factory farms have culled millions of cows, hogs, and chickens because they cannot be to plants that are either closed or reducing the amount of meat they’re able to process while practicing social distancing.

Historically, the centralization of food has always ended in disaster. Unfortunately, giant CAFO operations and USDA approval have centralized our own food supply, and here we are.

Why would there be a food shortage during the holidays?

Why would stores face a shortage of when they haven’t had a shortage in years past? And why would they expect it? Why would that happen on the most socially distanced holiday season in American history?

Many people are staying at home and that means more cooking at home. More cooking at home means more demand for food products from the grocery stores. Regardless of social distancing, people still have to eat.

Mura Dominko of Eat This wrote the article, “Grocery Stores Are Preparing For Shortages Of These Holiday Foods.” She writes,

If there’s one thing that could increase the already existing risk of grocery shortages this fall, it’s the holiday rush. And grocery stores are fully aware that they may face potential challenges trying to keep most sought-after items in stock once November rolls around and we start approaching Thanksgiving and Christmas.

Holiday buying and “second wave” hysteria will no doubt play a major role in causing shortages over the next few months. They are a merchant’s perfect storm of profit. Many merchants are banking on second wave panic buying and holiday panic buying.

So why will there be shortages? Why would suppliers and merchants not stock up and be fully prepared for the coming storm?

The. Food. Supply. Chain. Is. Broken

As I wrote in my last article, the food supply chain is broken. I asked the readers if they have experienced shortages in their areas. Take a look at the comments. People are seeing shortages all over. And they are seeing those shortages now, not three months from now.

Read More @ TheOrganicPrepper.ca

https://www.sgtreport.com/2020/10/grocery-stores-are-prepping-for-a-second-wave-and-holiday-food-shortages/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 10-4-20 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China wants 'to kill millions of Americans,' analyst warns

Beijing risking 'incident' that would 'justify taking lives'

WND Staff By WND Staff  Published October 4, 2020 at 4:48pm

China has been sending fighter aircraft and bombers into Taiwan's airspace this month while the ruling Communist Party is issuing threats.

"The U.S. and Taiwan must not misjudge the situation, or believe the exercise is a bluff. Should they continue to make provocations, a war will inevitably break out," the Communist Party's Global Times newspaper said in a Sept. 18 editorial. "They are rehearsals on taking over Taiwan."

Gordon Chang, author of "The Coming Collapse of China" and a senior fellow at the Gatestone Institute wrote on Tuesday that Hu Xijin, the editor of the Global Times, also has "ominously" written that China is "morally justified" to war against Taiwan.

Chang cited China military analyst Richard Fisher writing in the Taipei Times that Hu "is not just urging China to commence a war to murder millions of Taiwanese, he wants China to be able to kill millions of Americans as well."

Fisher, a senior fellow of the Virginia-based International Assessment and Strategy Center, told Gatestone that Beijing "may not just yet have the overall ability to invade Taiwan," but it is running military exercises to "terrorize" Taiwan and "frighten" America. Beijing calls the island of Taiwan "sacred" Chinese territory, but Taiwan has never been part of communist China.

Chang noted China ordered flights near Taiwan while U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services Alex Azar visited Taiwan's capital, Taipei, recently, and the "incursions" have only gotten worse.

He said that on one recent day, when Beijing sent 18 airplanes, "a Chinese fighter pilot got on the radio to deny that there was a median line, which for years both sides had respected to avoid accidental contact. The pilot, breaking practice, also made a political statement, calling Taiwan a 'pawn' of 'foreign forces.'"

Chang said Chinese leaders now are "risking an incident" that could "justify taking lives."

In May, he pointed out, the People's Liberation Army, in a surprise attack, seized Indian territory in Ladakh in the Himalayas. "Since late August, India has recovered lost ground and, in the process, humiliated the Chinese, who have proved incapable of counterattacking," Chang wrote. "The prospect of further advances against fierce Indian troops is not high. Especially after India, Xi Jinping looks exposed politically. Since becoming the Communist Party's general secretary in late 2012, he has accumulated almost unprecedented power, so he now has complete accountability. There is, inconveniently for him, no one else to blame for debacles. Furthermore, he has changed China's political system by raising the costs of failure.

"Xi, therefore, knows that should he fail, he could lose everything — power, freedom, assets, life."

https://www.wnd.com/2020/10/china-wants-kill-millions-americans-analyst-warns/ 

:: 10-4-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hawaii Food Bank Sees "Stunning" Increase In Meals Served

by Tyler Durden Sun, 10/04/2020 - 11:09

Hawaii is facing an economic cliff as federal stimulus money for small businesses and unemployed workers have dried up (read: here). This past summer, there was some optimism in restarting Hawaii's tourism industry, but the resurgence in COVID-19 cases in July and August changed all that.

High unemployment and a collapsed tourism industry continue to plague the island. Carl Bonham, executive director of the University of Hawaii Economic Research Organization, told Honolulu Civil Beat that the island's economic situation "is, to some extent, worse than we anticipated."

The virus-induced recession on the island has been so severe that Hawaii Food Basket, one of the island's top food banks, "has significantly increased its services since the start of the coronavirus pandemic, serving up to 80,000 people monthly," according to The Hawaii Tribune-Herald. This time last year (Septmember 2019), the food bank provided assistance to around 14,000 individuals a month, representing a 5.7x increase over the year.

Food Basket executive director Kristin Frost Albrecht said the food bank helps residents by providing care packages to a network of partner agencies and programs.

Albrecht said at one food bank site on the Big Island, the facility serves 2,000-3,700 people, where 85% of them are unemployed.

"The one thing I will say about The Food Basket — we are experienced with crisis," she said. "In the last couple of years, we've had hurricanes and lava, but there's been nothing like this. (Those disasters have) helped ease us into this new normal of what we're doing, but it's a stunning number. There are no two ways about it."

And the "new normal" Albrecht speaks of consists of a country where the working-poor is entirely reliant on local food banks.

As we've outlined in recent weeks, food bank demand, on a national level, is rising once more:

https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/hawaii-food-bank-sees-stunning-increase-meals-served 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 10-4-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India Test-Fires Nuclear-Capable Hypersonic Missile As Border Tensions Rise

by Tyler Durden Sun, 10/04/2020 - 08:45

For decades, India has feared a multi-front war with China and Pakistan. By modernizing its military, along with investments in nuclear weapons and hypersonic missiles, New Delhi could be on a pathway to deter or manage conflict with either one of its nuclear-armed neighbors.

In what appears to be the second hypersonic missile test in weeks, India successfully test-fired its indigenously developed nuclear-capable hypersonic missile dubbed "Shaurya," defense sources told Hindustan Times.

"The surface-to-surface tactical missile was blasted off from a canister strapped to the ground launcher from launch complex 4 of the Integrated Test Range (ITR) in the APJ Abdul Kalam Island around 12.10 pm and covered the desired range," the source said. The state-of-the-art missile, with speeds of March 7.5 (5,754 mph), was able to conduct a "maneuver" at the "closing stages of its flight before striking a predefined target in the Bay of Bengal.

A Defence Research and Development Organisation official said Shaurya is one of the top ten missiles in the world "with high-performance navigation and guidance systems, efficient propulsion systems, sophisticated control technologies and canisterised launch."

The missile can be launched from canisters mounted on a truck or from missile silos buried deep underground. The source said the missile could easily be transported by truck, allowing the mobile platform to continually be moved and making it harder for China or Pakistan to detect them with satellite imaging. The New Indian Express said, "the missile is capable of deceiving enemy radar aims to give India more options to hit back, in case it is attacked with nuclear weapons." Just weeks ago, India "successfully" test-fired a Hypersonic Technology Demonstrator Vehicle that was capable of hitting speeds over Mach 6 (4,600 mph). The early September launch came as India and China have been locked in a military standoff along the Line of Actual Control, a 2,175 mile disputed border between both countries, that stretches from the Ladakh region in the north to the Indian state of Sikkim. In terms of geopolitical instabilities, the world is focused on the developments surrounding the Armenian-Azerbaijan war, but a close eye should also be kept on the Sino-Indian border.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/india-test-fires-nuclear-capable-hypersonic-missile-border-tensions-rise 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10-3-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

42,000-foot plumes of ash, 143-mph firenadoes 1,500-degree heat – The California Fires are a new HELL on Earth

By Strange Sounds - Oct 3, 2020

42,000-foot plumes of ash. 143-mph firenadoes. 1,500-degree heat. These wildfires are a new kind of hell on earth, and scientists are racing to learn its rules.

On the windy, hot day of July 26, 2018, as record 113-­degree temperatures baked Redding, California, in the northern Sacramento Valley, Eric Knapp toiled in an air-conditioned government office. After work, he planned to meet his wife and 3-year-old daughter, and some family friends, for dinner. Slender and fair-skinned with a gentle smile, Knapp is a research ecologist for the US Forest Service. He was well aware that, three days earlier, in coastal mountains west of town, a wildfire had started when a trailer got a flat tire and the metal wheel rim scraped the asphalt, sending sparks into dry brush. Like the vast majority of wildfires, this one, called the Carr Fire, burned initially as a wide but shallow band of flames advancing slowly, like a battalion of infantrymen marching shoulder to shoulder, and left behind charred grass and lightly scorched trees. The Carr Fire was also typical in that it moved according to the dictates of wind, ground slope, and flammable fuels—southeast around a lake, then up a hill, in part because heat rises. Early on that particular morning, the fire had crested a rise above Redding and, with a northwesterly breeze at its back, crawled downhill toward town. Knapp was finishing up for the day when his friend Talitha Derksen, a wildlife biologist with a daughter close in age to Knapp’s own, sent a text saying that her neighborhood might have to be evacuated. One of the agencies tasked with that judgment call, the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection — aka CalFire — is one of the world’s largest and most effective wildland firefighting organizations. CalFire bases evacuation recommendations on predictions of where, and how quickly, a flame front will move next. That day, the fire appeared likely to reach the floor of the Sacramento Valley at a subdivision called Land Park, about a mile northwest of Derksen’s house. Knapp and the others changed plans: They’d meet at Derksen’s, order pizza, and help her get ready to leave in case it came to that. Knapp stopped at his house to grab fireproof Nomex clothing. As he headed to Derksen’s, he considered dropping by the office again to pick up his hard hat and emergency fire shelter—a sort of fire-resistant pup tent—but decided he was unlikely to need them.

As he turned onto Derksen’s street, the flame front was a couple of miles away and hidden by trees, but Knapp could see the smoke rising in a straight and tall plume that turned the sun orange. When he arrived at Derksen’s house, she was already packing bags. Knapp, to be sure he knew what they were dealing with, jogged out the nearby Sacramento River Trail for a view. Upriver, on the far bank, he could see red flames torching gray pines and scrubby oaks.

Knapp was shooting photos when he noticed something odd: The wind where he stood blew out of the south, into the fire, but the flame front still moved the other way, driven by that northwesterly at its back. Then he saw something else: Portions of the smoke plume swirled in different directions, as if beginning to rotate.

Knapp knew this could signal a once rare and dangerous phenomenon known as plume-driven fire, in which a fire’s own convective column of rising heat becomes hot enough and big enough to redirect wind and weather in ways that can make the fire burn much hotter and, with little warning, spread fast enough to trap people as they flee. As Knapp ran back down the trail, he passed neighbors walking and recommended they turn around. But even he had no idea how much peril they were all in. At the house, as Derksen left, Knapp and others hosed down the roof and rain gutters and cleared the yard of flammable material like cardboard boxes and lawn furniture. Knapp was the last person there, spraying water on the fence and yard.

Even as Knapp cranked the spigot, the swirling smoke he’d seen was fast accelerating, transforming much of the Carr Fire’s enormous lower plume into the biggest fire tornado ever observed, a whirling vortex of flame 17,000 feet tall and rotating at 143 mph with the destructive force of an EF-3 tornado, the kind that erases entire towns in Oklahoma. While Knapp blithely sprayed water around Derksen’s house, that fire tornado — hidden from him by all the smoke in the air — leaped across the Sacramento River, touched down in Land Park, snapped high-tension power lines, uprooted trees, wrapped steel pipes around utility poles, and obliterated hundreds of homes, igniting and shredding them and hurling their burning debris up to altitudes at which commercial passenger jets fly.

Not far from where Knapp stood, CalFire captain Shawn Raley was evacuating a woman and her daughter in his truck when all the windows imploded, showering them with shattered glass.

Close by, a 37-year-old fire inspector named J. J. Stoke radioed Mayday moments before the tornado lifted his 5,000-pound Ford F-150 off the asphalt and flipped it repeatedly down Buena­ventura Boulevard, killing him. Three other CalFire workers were driving bulldozers on that same boulevard when their windows also shattered. One of the 25-ton vehicles got spun around and dropped on top of a truck driven by a retired police officer, who then jumped out and crouched behind the bulldozer’s blade while his truck caught fire.

That’s about when flaming debris that had been sucked into the Carr Fire’s plume of smoke drifted out of the updraft column into what fire meteorologists call the fallout zone, which is exactly what it sounds like. Knapp couldn’t possibly have seen that happening; it was tens of thousands of feet above him. Nor could he see the flaming remnants of homes and trees hurtling downward like firebombs, smashing onto roofs and igniting dozens of houses. While looking up into the black whirling darkness overhead, Knapp, who still thought the Carr Fire was advancing with the slow predictability of a classic shallow flame front, watched embers rain down on the bark chips upon which he stood, lighting them afire. At the same moment, with the very ground at his feet aflame, Knapp felt an even more powerful pulse of heat.

California’s 2018 fire season became the most destructive on record — a title it maintained slightly less than 20 months, when it was overtaken not by the 2020 fire season but by a mere four weeks in late summer 2020.

That fire tornado, and the blaze that raged for weeks after, ultimately destroyed more than a thousand homes and buildings, killed eight people, and scorched nearly a quarter-million acres. Yet it was neither the biggest California fire of 2018, nor the most destructive, nor even the only one to behave in frighteningly anomalous ways. The Mendocino Complex fire, about 100 miles south of the Carr, which started the day after Knapp lingered unwittingly below a tornado, was also briefly plume-driven and ultimately burned almost 460,000 acres in what was then the largest California wildfire of all time.

In early November, the Woolsey Fire near Malibu destroyed 1,643 structures while ripping trees and power-line posts out of the ground with a force suggestive of yet another fire tornado.

The infamous Camp Fire, likewise in November, burned 70,000 acres in 24 hours—about a football field a second, for a while—and created an urban firestorm that destroyed more than 18,000 structures and killed 85 people, mostly in the town of Paradise, generating billions of dollars in insurance claims and bankrupting the state’s largest utility, PG&E.

By the time California’s 2018 fire season was over, it had burned more than 1.6 million acres to become the most destructive on record — a title it maintained for slightly less than 20 months, when it was overtaken not by the 2020 fire season but by a mere four weeks in late summer 2020, during which an estimated 3 million acres burned.

But that’s not the truly worrisome part. In making sense of Western wildfires, total acres burned are far less important than the increasingly capricious violence of our most extreme blazes. It is as if we’ve crossed some threshold of climate and fire fuel into an era of uncontrollable conflagrations.

Not only is the size and severity increasing, but the nature of fire is changing,” says David Saah, director of Pyregence, a group of fire-science labs and researchers collaborating on the problem.

Still more concerning, given the trend toward fires dramatically more catastrophic than anything we’ve yet seen: The physics of large-scale wildfires remain so poorly understood that fire-modeling software is often effectively powerless to predict where they will next occur, much less how they will unfold once they do. If there is any good news, it is that, as Saah puts it, “the science for a lot of this stuff is under way.” 2019

ABOUT A YEAR after the Carr Fire, on a bright June day in 2019, Brandon Collins, a big-jawed fire-­science researcher at the University of California, drove a white pickup down a cedar-scented mountain road into the Blodgett Experimental Forest, a 4,000-acre university property near Lake Tahoe where he studies the effect of forest management practices on wildfire risk. All of those practices begin with the inescapable fact that California is flammable.

It is hard for us moderns to accept—conditioned, as we are, by Smokey Bear—but fire is every bit as natural and inevitable in the American West as flooding in the Mississippi River Basin and hurricanes in Florida. Fire is not only guaranteed by climate and ecology; it is vital to the health of many ecosystems. The 20th century, in fact, during which large wildfires were far less common in the the health of many ecosystems. The 20th century, in fact, during which large wildfires were far less common in the West than they are today, should properly be seen as the unnatural outlier. Prior to that, and especially before Anglo-American conquest, wildfire burned an estimated 6 million to 13 million acres each year in California, according to one study, far more than even the current record-­setting season.

Most of those frequent fires past were different, though, in a critical way: Burning with a shallow flame front, like the early stages of the Carr Fire, they ripped through grass, pine duff, and fallen branches—so-called surface fuels—on the forest floor instead of torching whole trees and leaping crown-to-crown as our biggest fires do today.

Those regular surface fires generally kept overall fuel loads so low that each subsequent fire could only do the same—scorch out the understory without harming mature trees. Over time, this sustained forests of old-growth conifers, oak, and madrone widely spaced on carpets of grass and shrubs, which in turn made terrific forage for deer.

Indigenous people lit wildfires all over the American West for millennia to manage land for this outcome—with such success that, in the late 19th century, Anglo-American ranchers and even lumbermen adopted the practice.

Collins, to show me what that looked like, stopped the truck at a section of the Blodgett Forest that had been managed for 16 years in the old way, with regular fire. We have all experienced varied responses to landscape, from apprehension at a bleak desert or dark cave to calm in a tropical cove.

I can report that a forest, when allowed to burn the way it evolved to burn, feels wonderful, a sun-dappled gallery of enormous sugar pine, Douglas fir, and black oak shading meadow-like ground at once sheltered from weather but open enough to move freely.

The Forest Service, which currently controls about 20 million acres of California, put a well-meaning end to this kind of land management almost from the founding of the agency in 1905. Seeing forest in near-term dollar signs—lumber, watershed, game—and dismissing the idea that wildfire played any positive ecological role, the Forest Service learned to snuff every blaze in every forest as quickly as possible. The wrongheadedness of this approach became obvious to the agency itself by the 1940s, when its researchers began to catch on to the fact that the longer a forest goes without fire, the more fuel will pile up and the worse the blaze will be.

That insight made it into official Forest Service policy by the 1970s, encouraging regional employees to use deliberate controlled burns as a means of keeping fuel loads low. By that point, unfortunately, lumber and paper companies had come around to the burning-­is-bad position, as had civilians who disliked smoky air, enjoyed recreation in national forests, and thought of fire in purely destructive terms.

Combined with issues of legal liability—who pays for damage to private property caused by prescribed burns on public land?—it all made Forest Service officials understandably reluctant to follow through with any particular prescribed burn. Private property owners, who control California’s other 13 million acres of forest, were (and still are) even less motivated to light their own land ablaze, much less to tolerate a neighbor doing so. CalFire, meanwhile, tasked with responding to every fire on 31 million acres of nonfederal land inside state borders, has, compared to the Forest Service, almost no fuel-management authority.

CalFire’s straight­forward mandate, for which it spends upward of $2 billion a year and operates more than 700 fire engines and 75 aircraft, is to extinguish every blaze, fast—a job it does extraordinarily well on about 6,400 wildland fires annually.

CalFire chief Brian Estes, who commands firefighting operations for just three of California’s 58 counties, says, “We’re running 400 to 500 fires a year. In the heat of summer, five or six a day—and most you’ll never see. Anytime I have a 911 dispatch to a vegetation fire”—a grass fire, say, on somebody’s lawn—“you’re going to get seven engines, a battalion chief, two bulldozers, two air tankers, an air attack, and two hand crews. They’re going to roll out the barn. But if you do that for a hundred years, and you don’t allow people to do prescribed fire, the fuel just gets more and more dense.”

Collins showed me a graphic example at our next stop, a patch of forest that hadn’t been logged or burned in more than 100 years. Crowded tight with young trees among the big, old ones, it was piled deep not only with surface fuels like pine duff and leaves but so-called ladder fuels, the big fallen branches and shrubs that help surface fire leap up into the crowns and spread more quickly up high. That patch of forest also felt intuitively awful: dark, shadowy, mazelike, and cavernous, the nightmare forest of an old fairy tale.

Flammable as it looked, even forests mismanaged like that patch burned until recently in the historical way, at low severity along the forest floor. As a result, the entire field of wildfire science—including every modeling tool with which firefighters make life-or-death decisions and society structures itself in fire-prone areas—is based on that kind of fire behavior.

The core mathematics of this science date to the early 1970s, when a Forest Service researcher named Richard Rothermel used small laboratory fires to produce equations expressing the relationship between wind speed, ground slope, and how fast a fire spreads. Rothermel knew his approach worked properly only for wildfire in light surface fuel like that in his lab—and failed to capture what happened when blazes got into treetops and jumped crown-to-crown.

But these so-called Rothermel spread equations were applicable to so many wildfires that the Forest Service quickly developed paper-and-pencil ways for firefighters to plug in numbers for wind and slope angle and make reasonable guesses about how fast and in which direction a fire might spread—in a single heading, on a straight line. Eventually that modeling framework was run on cumbersome supercomputers, then on handheld calculators. In the early 1990s, PC-based software finally allowed firefighters to predict fire spread in two dimensions on a map.

That software, created by a Forest Service scientist named Mark Finney, was severely limited by a lack of mapping and fire-fuel data. It didn’t do much good, in other words, if you couldn’t load it with topographical maps and vegetation data for the fire you needed to fight. Over time, though, other researchers compiled these data sets on their own and shared them with one another until, in 2009, they were available for the entire US. Finney’s software now does such a good job predicting fire spread in light ground fuels that it has become the industry standard, used thousands of times each year by firefighters nationwide. And versions that allow simulation of possible future fires are also used by land managers eager to prevent them.

As early as 1994, though, Finney could see that the contemporary modeling framework had more serious limitations. In central Washington state that year, a large and unusual blaze called the Tyee Creek Fire behaved in ways utterly outside the bounds of Finney’s model. Instead of burning with a shallow flame front that followed wind and terrain, Finney says, “the fire basically spread in three directions, all about the same rate, every day in the afternoon”—as if the wind had somehow blown 360 degrees outward from the center of the fire.

The Tyee Creek Fire also kept its huge central area ablaze for days on end, a somewhat speculative phenomenon known as mass fire. “It would just kind of bulge out and put up a giant plume, and then just expand, expand, expand, every day,” Finney says. “I remember thinking, ‘Wow, this is so much beyond anything that we are able to model now, it’d be silly to even try.’”

Finney realized that no amount of modification to the Rothermel spread equations could ever make them account for a fire like Tyee Creek. Not only had they been developed around small lab fires, but 20 years’ experience using them had focused on shallow flame fronts moving quickly through light fuel, with no accounting for slow-burning heavy fuels ignited along the way, much less feedback between ground fire and the immediate atmosphere. Put another way, as Finney recalls saying to a colleague at the time, “the truth is, we have no idea how this stuff really works.”

To chip away at the problem, starting in the early 2000s, Finney went back to first principles, assuming nothing. He lit new experimental fires at a research station in Missoula, Montana, and revisited basic questions like whether wildfire spreads through simple heat radiation—conventional wisdom at the time—or through direct contact with flames. “It’s a very hard problem,” Finney says, “because if you’ve ever sat around a campfire and watched it, the thing that keeps you transfixed is that the flames are always dancing around. How do you characterize such a nonsteady phenomenon in order to model it?”

Light ground fuels, Finney learned, caught fire strictly through convection, and typically consumed themselves in 30 seconds or less at about 1,500 degrees. Heavy fuel like logs and fallen trees would smolder or glow with embers for hours or days, releasing heat all that time. They tended to burst into flaming combustion, quickly releasing their stored energy, under sustained wind. Like when you blow on a campfire.

While conducting that basic research, Finney happened across a book titled Fire and the Air War, about Allied bombing campaigns during World War II. He learned that British and American commanders, while pressing the war against the Germans and Japanese, had discovered that it was easier to burn cities down than to blow them up.

The trick lay in first knocking the buildings over, then lighting them on fire. The Royal Air Force did just that to the German city of Dresden in 1945. Military intelligence officers studied recon photographs to identify older districts built largely of wood, then saturation-bombed them with high explosives.

A second wave of aircraft hit those same districts with more than 2 million pounds of magnesium-­thermite incendiary bombs. This had the desired effect of lighting the city afire, but it also triggered something unexpected. Shortly after all those buildings got to burning—30 minutes after, as it happened—a single giant plume of heat and smoke rose over Dresden, and took on a shape similar to a giant thunderstorm.

The Dresden firestorm famously produced hurricane-­force winds powerful enough to uproot giant trees and snap them in half, suck up roof gables and furniture, and send countless humans flying like fallen leaves into the whirling fire tornado. Before it was done, that firestorm wholly incinerated several square miles of city.

Finney also unearthed a stack of obscure research reports, published during the Cold War, that analyzed the Dresden firestorm and a similar one above Hiroshima after the detonation of the atomic bomb (yet again, roughly 30 minutes after).

One of these reports, commissioned by the Defense Nuclear Agency, compared bombing-induced firestorms with those generated by natural disasters, like during a 1923 Tokyo earthquake when a flaming cyclone lifted floating boats up off a river—and the river water itself nearly 50 feet into the air—before hitting a military depot in which 40,000 people had taken refuge, killing nearly all of them.

Yet another of these reports, titled Mass Fire and Fire Behavior and published by the Forest Service in 1964, looked at what might happen if a national forest got hit by a nuclear weapon. Detonation of a multi­megaton warhead, the authors calculated, could simultaneously ignite as much as 1,200 square miles and cause a firestorm that ultimately burned out 10,000 square miles. The researchers involved were well aware that naturally occurring wildfires could, at least theoretically, cause the same level of damage.

This was particularly frightening in light of the population boom in fire-prone wildlands out West. To better understand the risk, the Forest Service conducted a series of gigantic live tests in which, on federal land in Northern California, they laid out street grids similar to those in both urban and suburban neighborhoods. Each home site in these neighborhoods was piled with wildland fuel—juniper and pinyon trees, in one case—and set ablaze. This not only produced small tornadoes; it also confirmed that mass fires of wildland fuel burn in ways remarkably similar to the firestorms of World War II.

As he read all this stuff, Finney told me, something clicked. “I realized, ‘Oh, my gosh, we’re creating the conditions for mass fires,’” he says. “These fires aren’t just big because of, say, climate change or some accident. They’re big because we have a landscape full of long-burning heavy fuels, just like cities.”

The key ingredient

The key ingredient in a firestorm, whether in a wartime bombing campaign, a plume-driven fire like the Carr, or a wind-driven fire like the one that destroyed Paradise, appears to be the simultaneous burning of many small fires in a combination of light and heavy fuels over a large area with light ambient wind.

As that broad area continues to burn with glowing and smoldering embers over many hours, the separate convective columns of all those many little fires begin to join into a single, giant plume. As the hot air in that plume rises, something has to replace the air at its base—more air, that is, sucked in from all directions.

This can create a 360-degree field of wind howling directly into the blaze with the same effect as vents on a forge, oxygenating the fire and pushing temperatures high enough to flip even heavy fuels (giant construction timbers, mature trees) into full-blown flaming combustion. Those heavy fuels then pump still more heat into the convective column, creating a feedback loop: The column rises ever faster and sucks in more wind, as if the fire has found a way to stoke itself.

The project not only produced small tornadoes; it confirmed that mass fires of wildland fuel burn in ways remarkably similar to the firestorms of World War II.

That seems to be what happened during the Carr Fire. According to Neil Lareau, an atmospheric physicist at the University of Nevada, a weather balloon released on the morning of July 26 detected a lid of warm air, known as an inversion layer, several thousand feet above the Sacramento Valley.

While Knapp settled into work at his office, this inversion layer trapped the Carr Fire’s heat plume near the ground But as the day wore on, the heat plume forced its way to higher altitudes, steadily cooling.

About the time Knapp jogged out to the river to get a view of the fire, this plume reached 18,000 feet, high enough for water vapor, carried aloft, to condense into liquid cloud droplets, spawning a pyrocumulonimbus, or fire-generated rotating thundercloud.

That process of condensing hot vapor or steam into liquid releases heat; you can think of it as the inverse of the cooling effect caused by evaporation, like we’ve all felt emerging from a swimming pool into wind. In the case of the fire plume, this condensation of water vapor into liquid cloud droplets delivers new heat to the plume itself, causing it to rise even faster and higher Back down at ground level, meanwhile, the rising plume pulled in new air by sucking at those two pre­existing wind fields, the ones that Knapp noticed blowing into the fire, out of the south and northwest, respectively. Blowing toward one another at an askew angle and intersecting at the flame front, those two winds wrapped around each other and drew in flame to create a whirling vortex of fire. The higher the plume rose, the faster the vortex spun. Lareau likened it to a figure skater: “The skater starts a slow rotation with their arms out wide, and they draw their arms inward and maybe put them up over their head, and they suddenly start rotating very, very quickly.”

As the fire tornado splintered homes and launched flaming debris into the sky over Knapp, it set up one of the most dangerous of plume-driven phenomena—the raining of firebrands. A classic surface-driven wildfire ignites only the immediate area crossed by the fire’s own shallow flame front; falling firebrands, by contrast, allow plume-driven fires to propagate miles from the core burn, as if launching incendiary bombs to ignite entirely new mass fires like the one that burst up around Knapp.

“If you roll a map of California out, I can give you 150 communities that have exactly the same combination of factors as Paradise.”

Fires of this type can be nearly impossible to suppress, because they can move too quickly for firefighters to get out of harm’s way and burn too hot to extinguish, but also because so many people in the West have settled in places where these fires are increasingly occurring—the wildland urban interface, or WUI (pronounced woo-ee), exurban sprawl in California’s many mountain ranges.

We have crammed millions and millions of people and roads and homes and yards into this highly volatile Mediterranean climate,” says CalFire chief Estes, who grew up in the town of Paradise. Worse, Estes says, enormous numbers of these people have gravitated to quaint old Gold Rush towns that, like Paradise, happen to sit atop river and creek drainages where wildfire fuel accumulates and winds tend to blow especially hard.

In every one of those communities, according to Estes, “when we have disastrous fires, we have to get those people out, and that makes it so much more complex, I can’t even tell you.” or at least the first 16 hours of the Camp Fire in his hometown, Estes adds, firefighters were mostly just pulling residents out of homes and using bulldozers to clear roads blocked with cars abandoned by drivers who’d gotten trapped in traffic and fled on foot. During that whole period, Estes says, “there was not a single fire engine fighting that fire. They were all trying to rescue people.”

Earth change is helping too

THE FINAL ELEPHANT in the room, of course, is Earth change — and the likelihood that it is already pushing even our current nightmares toward holocausts beyond imagining.

Knapp, Finney, Collins, and several other researchers (most of whom are now involved in Pyregence, the fire-science consortium) have already identified an especially frightening way in which that might happen.

Current simulations suggest we are headed for ever-less winter snowfall in the West, with hotter summers, ever-­worsening droughts, and ever-more acute spells of extreme fire weather—long periods of dry heat that bake moisture out of grass and trees, combined with winds ferocious enough to whip even a small spark into a conflagration.

The collapse of commercial logging, meanwhile, mostly due to environmental regulation, has combined with our collective intolerance for prescribed burns (nobody likes smoky air) to let forests grow unnaturally dense with young trees. More trees means more roots competing for the same underground water. During the drought of 2011 to 2016 in California, that competition, with help from bark beetles, killed a breathtaking 150 million trees in the largest mass die-off ever recorded in the United States.

Nobody knows how all those dead trees will affect wildfire. Initial research suggested that tree mortality would moderately increase risk of severe fire for several years, as dry needles helped fire spread crown-to-crown instead of just along the forest floor. Once all those pine needles fell, which appears to be happening now, risk of severe fire was expected to decrease for a while.

The scariest part was thought to lie at least 10 or 15 years in the future, when all 150 million dead trees—an estimated 95 million bone-dry tons of firewood—were expected to fall on top of an already deep kindling pile of fine conifer duff heaped with small twigs and ever larger tree branches. At that point, we would have collectively prepared the entire western slope of the Sierra Nevada, through more than a century’s work with taxpayer dollars ostensibly aimed at preserving wilderness and the economic value of wood, to incinerate in the greatest firestorm ever seen by human beings.

Neither this horrifying long-term risk nor the overall trend toward increasingly destructive fires has been lost on the California state government, which is how Pyregence came into being. Coordinated by Saah from the University of San Francisco, Pyregence has set out to create an entirely new software ecosystem, including for mass fires and plume-driven megafires. The idea is partly to help firefighters respond and partly to help the rest of us make smart decisions about urban planning and fuel treatments like prescribed burns.

The overall challenge is too big and urgent for any single lab, so Pyregence has divided it up into a sort of distributed Manhattan Project of collaborative fire-modeling research.

Finney has joined a Pyregence working group studying the behavior of large woody fuels piled deep, like in our National Forests out West. Field researchers have gone out and taken detailed measurements of wildfire fuel beds, while Finney, back in Montana, has commissioned the construction of a new burn chamber the size of a grain silo.

Once complete, that chamber will let him replicate wildfire fuel beds by piling logs and other material as much as a few feet deep. He will then ignite them, hit them with wind and moisture, and quantify their burn rate and energy-­release rate—what he calls the “heat-engine part of mass fires.”

“Really what we’re looking for,” Finney says, “is how these things transition to flaming. Instead of just smoldering on the forest floor, how do they become actively involved in these large fires?”

If all goes well, Finney’s working group will eventually code three-dimensional digital simulations of various wildland fuel beds—digital cubes, in essence, not unlike Minecraft voxels—that can be stacked and arranged in infinite variation across landscapes generated by GIS mapping data.

Yet another group, led by Janice Coen of the National Center for Atmospheric Research, has split California into eight fire regions and studied severe past blazes in each. By analyzing how and when those blazes spread, Coen’s team has identified days when fire grew at exceptional speeds, then combed weather-station and satellite data for two related sets of data: local weather conditions like hot local winds that are consistently associated with extreme fire growth; and large-scale weather patterns 500 miles wide and more that are consistently associated with those local conditions.

The hope is to create a meteorological early warning system for extreme fire weather in every region. Coen has already run proof-of-concept testing with an experimental model called Coupled Atmosphere Wildland Fire Environment, or CAWFE (pronounced coffee).

An atmospheric weather simulator coupled with fire-spread algorithms, CAWFE has allowed Coen to plug in the precise local and large-scale weather that occurred around past events like, say, the Carr Fire.

She has even triggered fire ignition at the exact point where the Carr Fire began and watched the fire tornado spin up on its own. The hope, according to Saah, who serves also as managing principal of the environmental think tank Spatial Informatics Group, is someday to supplement the fire-spread component of CAWFE with a fuel model like the one Finney hopes to produce, accounting for the enormous additional heat contributed by long-­burning heavy fuels under open flaming combustion.

By then feeding in live real-time weather data, Pyregence should someday be able to produce, for the first time, accurate near-term predictions of extreme plume-driven mass fire all over California.

At UC Merced, meanwhile, a climate researcher named LeRoy Westerling leads a Pyregence group tackling the crucial long-term problem of how to prevent apocalyptic fires in the future.

This becomes especially pressing, says Westerling, when you consider that every future fire season in the American West is likely to be worse than the last, on average. “How do you adapt to that? It’s not just California,” he says. “It would be the whole West Coast and the Rockies and parts of Canada and Alaska all going off on a regular basis. So just the magnitude of managing fires over that geographical scale simultaneously is staggering, right down to the psychological impact of living with that.”

By way of solution, Westerling’s group is even now developing what Saah calls “statistical machine-learning monstrosities”—big simulation engines that will allow researchers to run various long-range climate scenarios in which ground fuel, regular fire, and even land-management practices like prescribed burns interact with each other.

In an ideal world, this will let policymakers ask questions like, If we get stuck with doomsday-level climate change but do lots of smart prescribed burning while allowing only fire-hardened home construction in the mountains, what might the firestorms of 50 years from now look like?

Catastrophic 2020 fire season

California’s catastrophic 2020 wildfire season kicked off midway through the hottest August on record with a dry thunderstorm in which 12,000 lighting strikes ignited hundreds of fires over the course of a week. Three were among the state’s largest of all time by early September, when hard northeasterly winds blew them into an entirely new realm of superlatives. Near the Blodgett Forest, those northeasterlies pushed the relatively small Bear Fire into a giant pyrocumulonimbus storm; in the space of 24 hours, it ripped across 230,000 acres, one of the largest single-­day fire spreads ever observed, destroying hundreds of structures and killing 15 people. Across the Sacramento Valley, those same winds fused other wildfires into the gargantuan August Complex, the state’s all-time biggest fire by nearly a factor of two, at more than 850,000 acres.

Still more astonishing is the Creek Fire, which ignited on September 4 in an area with a lot of dead trees in the southern Sierra Nevada. By the very next day, a huge pyrocumulonimbus formed and helped burn 115,000 acres through so many popular lakes and cabins and campgrounds—somehow tearing gigantic live trees out of the ground and hurling them across roads—that more than 360 people and 16 dogs got trapped on the shores of the Mammoth Pool Reservoir. That, in turn, forced the California National Guard to rescue hundreds of people overnight in military helicopters, something that had never been done before.

“That’s a weird beast,” says Saah of the Creek Fire. “In our research group, there’s so much conversation around that specific fire, because it’s doing things that are just out of the norm.” Among the most peculiar was the fact that energy release across the Creek Fire’s vast center remained just as hot and high as along its periphery.

This classic hallmark of mass fire may well mean that the scary part—the future in which 150 million dead trees go up in flames—is already upon us. “If you look at satellite images of the Creek Fire,” says Saah, “it looks like a nuclear bomb went off. It’s crazy—just its behavior and its intensity and how fast it grew.” Lareau, the atmospheric physicist, was dumbfounded too. “I’m just kind of at a loss for words,” he says. “Having looked at plenty of big fires that produced big pyrocumulonimbus clouds in the Sierra, I mean, this thing just blows everything out of the water. Instead of the cloud going to 40,000 feet, it’s going to more than 50,000 feet. It’s producing long-lived tornado-­strain vortices for periods of hours.”

Those vortices knocked huge live trees to the ground in circular patterns, some inside a campground and others onto roads, blocking escape routes. The fire’s plume also generated lightning on and off for 12 hours, and another unusual behavior known as plume collapse in which all that hot rising air, upon cooling up high, suddenly reverses direction into a powerful downdraft toward the middle of the blaze, forcing fire outward in all directions, igniting huge new swaths of land.

“It stands out to me as potentially one of the most intense firestorms we’ve ever seen,” Lareau says. “I think it’s in many ways a way more intense fire than the Carr Fire was.”

In the end

FOR KNAPP, OF course, no fire is ever likely to be more intense than the Carr. Especially that moment when he found himself in the middle of a blazing patch of bark chips while burning firebrands ignited homes all around. At that point, Knapp told me recently, “I just had to recognize I didn’t have all my safety equipment, I wasn’t attached to any firefighting resource”—there was nobody to call for help—“and I had a family on the other side of town.”

Heading for his car, Knapp drove right into a traffic jam of terrified neighbors. Slowly, with that tornado roaring overhead and their own homes afire all around, they inched their way down the road to safety.

The next day, Knapp drove back to look at Derksen’s house. More than 60 homes in her neighborhood had been destroyed overnight, including the one right next door. A single ember made it through a ground-level screen vent at Derksen’s place, slowly igniting a floor board. It appeared that, before this fire could burn out of control, passing firefighters had snuffed it out.

The scene was “intense and sad,” as Knapp put it, not least because he and everyone else—unable to see the forest for the trees—had been so unaware of how much danger they were in.

Daniel Duane [@Danielduane) is the author of six books. He’s at work on the next, about the Sierra Nevada.

More information about the California fires on California’s fires on Wired, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/10/california-fires-new-hell-on-earth.html 

:: 5-24-17   The Drive :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Raven Rock Author Tells Us How Our Government Plans For Its Own Annihilation

We chat all about how the government secretly prepares for the end of the world as we know it and the fortresses and technologies that will protect the chosen few.

By Tyler Rogoway May 24, 2017

The War Zone had a long discussion with Garrett Graff, the author of the fascinating new book, Raven Rock: The U.S. Government's Secret Plan To Save Itself While The Rest Of Us Die. We talked about everything from secret bunkers to how nukes spawned that development of modern communications, and of course all about government after America as we know it has been turned to ashes. It was a lively, eye opening, and bizarre discussion to say the least—just as one should expect when discussing the fine details of America's shadowy continuity of government plans.

Starting in the mid 1940s, a change swept across America and the world that catalyzed the growth of a massive and unprecedented security apparatus. Can you explain a bit about what continuity government is and where it springs from?

It's the term of art for a whole series of plans that grew up over the course of the Cold War, beginning during the Truman years that focused on how nuclear war would unfold, who would be involved, and then what would happen to America in the hours, days and weeks afterwards. And these plans focused not just on, you know, the officials and how they would be evacuated, and where they would be evacuated, but also what parts of the US government would continue, and how the country would try to rebuild and reconstruct and sort of reconnect with whatever citizenry and whatever was left of the country after a nuclear war. This came about after the first atomic bomb was dropped, and the onset of the realities of the atomic age. Before that, as you describe in your book, Truman could just walk across the street without a security detail. And then the atomic bomb became a reality, and things began to change.

Really, this book is the story of an unfolding technology revolution, and how nuclear weapons reshaped and created the modern presidency. Because they did two things. First was the president and other government officials needed to be in command and control and communication at all times. You couldn't have people lose touch for an hour or two, or even a day or two at a time. And that was a huge transition for the presidency, where in the 1800s and early 1900s you would have presidents take off from Washington for weeks or months at a time to travel around the country with very little command and control back in Washington.

Then once nuclear weapons arrived and then got stronger and then more plentiful, you had the beginning of the idea that entire cities could be wiped off the face of the planet with just a few hours notice at first, and then, by the end of the Cold War, with just a few minutes notice. Over the course of the Cold War, the U.S. government built a massive crescent of continuity of government facilities or sorts. These included elaborate communication sites, personnel bunkers, and command and control posts, ranging from southern Pennsylvania all the way to North Carolina. What are some of these shadowy facilities and how does Raven Rock, which is also the name of your book, fit into this invisible constellation of fortresses that dot America's east.

Raven Rock, the name of the book, comes from the government's main bunker, just over the Pennsylvania state line, near Camp David. That was going to be the alternate Pentagon, the place where the US military would have relocated in the event of an attack, or the threat of an attack, on Washington.

But Raven Rock, which is this enormous city within a mountain, could hold about five thousand people and is still in operation today, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. It is just one of scores of these bunkers in relocation facilities scattered around, as you say, what was known as the "relocation arc," this large stretch from Pennsylvania on down through Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, and then even down into North Carolina. And it included lots of bunkers, but also some more unhardened nuclear relocation facilities. The state department set up its operations at a large farm. A beef cattle research farm in Virginia. And the US Information Agency built a massive radio transmitter facility down in North Carolina. The Supreme Court would have actually relocated to a mountain resort in Asheville, North Carolina, where they would've held court sessions in one of the reception halls.

And the bunkers, there were more than a hundred of them at the peak, one for almost every key government agency, and one for almost every cabinet department, with the big ones at Raven Rock, and then Mount Weather, which is where the president and his cabinet officials would have gone. Mount Weather is also still in operation today. And then the Greenbrier in West Virginia, which is where congress would have gone to a bunker that was hidden under a luxury resort in White Sulphur Springs. We know some of these facilities still exist today, and that some of them don't. Are there other ones that are out there that we still have no idea about, such as where they are or what they do?

Absolutely. Many of these facilities were shut down in the wake of the Cold War, but many still exist in all corners of the country. FEMA runs all of these continuity government programs—many people don't know that—and has a whole series of regional command bunkers around the country in places like Texas, Maryland, and Massachusetts.

And then there are bunkers like NORAD, which was made famous by the movie War Games in the 1980s. That bunker was originally shut down in the early 2000s and has actually been re-opened and re-activated in recent years in order to combat the possibility of a cyber attack, or an attack by a rogue nation. Beyond the secret bunkers and Cold War intrigue, your book is really as much a story of about the development of modern communications as anything else. The ability to reliably communicate was probably more important than any other factor when it came to building a credible nuclear deterrent, and pursuing the idea of continuity government. How did the nuclear age spawn great leaps in communications?

This is part of what I found really fascinating in researching this book, is understanding how nuclear war, which obviously, at least yet, has never happened, in many ways created the modern world that we interact with on a daily basis. I mean, the Interstate Highway System was in many ways a creation of the Eisenhower era's needs to try to ensure an easy evacuation from the center of urban areas, and the ability to speed war materiel around the country in the event of an attack.

And then the internet itself grew out of the Pentagon's desire to have a decentralized communication system that could survive a nuclear war. This sort of fundamental tool of modern life really grew out of doomsday planning. In fact, the very technology we use whenever we go online to book an airplane ticket through Kayak or Orbitz, actually is just a descendant of the original air defense system built to track Soviet bombers coming towards the United States. And every chat program that we use in daily life—from Slack to Facebook Messenger—is a descendant of the first chat program which was used to help these emergency bunkers communicate during a national crisis. Some of the continuity of government and civil defense plans you describe are totally bizarre, like harvesting pets for protein. What are some of the wildest parts of this type of planning you've found?

Every government agency had its own post nuclear functions. The post office was in charge of registering the dead and figuring out who was still alive. The National Park Service would help run the refugee camps, because the thinking was the national parks wouldn't have been targeted in a nuclear strike.

When you begin to talk about how to preserve the US government, you ask this very existential question of What is American? Are you trying to preserve the presidency? Are you trying to preserve the three branches of government? Or are you trying to preserve the historical totems and artifacts of our that sort of unite our country?

The National Archives sat down and decided that they were going to save the Declaration of Independence before they save the Constitution. The Library of Congress sat down and decided that they were going to save the Gettysburg Address before they save the George Washington Military Commission.

There was even a specially trained team of park rangers in Philadelphia whose job it was, during the Cold War, to evacuate The Liberty Bell in the event of a Soviet attack. And so this question about how do you save and preserve and restart America ends up being a deeply philosophical one, in addition to the very basic question of, you know, how do you actually just save and preserve the individual elected officials who lead the country? Is there a continuity of government scenario following a massive nuclear attack that won't lead to some sort of dictatorship, even if it's a temporary one?

Part of what's striking is the extent to which the people who really got involved in this planning, effectively said, during the Cold War—and even after 9/11—that to the extent that the US government actually implemented any of these plans, it would generally involve suspending normal peacetime civil liberties, and it would generally involve effectively declaring some form of martial law. There was the nuclear bomber age, where we had hours of warning before an attack. It seemed almost survivable as there was time to prepare, and even a credible air defense system in place to deal with some of those aircraft. Then we hit the advent of the intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) and everything changed. How did continuity of government planning change once the ICBM came on the scene?

In the early years, atomic war was something that seemed potentially survivable, that you would have a long warning time before bombers could arrive. The first atomic bombs were powerful, but not unthinkably powerful, and then they're also just weren't that many atomic bombs in the early years of the Cold War.

Then all three of those things changed over the course of the Cold War, where you have ICBMs introduced, which cut that warning time down from about eight hours to 15 to 30 minutes. You have the arrival of thermonuclear bombs built to deliver unimaginable destruction on an urban area. And then just the sheer volume and plentifulness of atomic weapons and thermonuclear weapons reach a point where the idea of war was just insane, which is how you got to the eventual theory of mutually assured destruction. So over the course of that arc you see the US government's hopes and dreams shift and shrink from being able to actually protect a large chunk of the civilian population, in the 1950s and early 1960s, until what you basically have show up later in the Cold War, when effectively the American people were going to be left totally on their own. And if we were lucky a small number of senior government officials were going to be able to evacuated to safety. Wouldn't Congress and the Supreme Court be nearly irrelevant after a major nuclear attack?

Yes, absolutely. You sort of saw these plans shrink over the course of the Cold War to something that I describe as basically trying to preserve the spirit of the Constitution, but not the letter of the Constitution.

Congress really understood that it was going to be pretty irrelevant in the immediate aftermath of a nuclear war. And that the Supreme Court was going to be entirely irrelevant for months after a nuclear attack, and their plans to preserve and protect those officials sort of shrank away and even disappeared. And the modern incarnation of these plans, which are known as enduring a constitutional government, remain the most secret of all of the continuity of government plans in modern life. We don't really know how they preserve or cease to preserve the three branch structure that we're used to in peacetime.

But what we've guessed based on publicly available information is they will probably provide super-empowered powers to a small group of congressional members—perhaps as few as two to four to eight of them—who are able to sort of serve as a "rump congress" until congress is actually able to reconstitute itself at some point in the future. Some of our leaders were seemingly more realistic about what nuclear war would actually look like, and the results of it, than others. Eisenhower stated that after a nuclear exchange there wouldn't be enough bulldozers to scrape the bodies off the streets. Now that's a pretty eye opening statement. How did different Commanders In Chief generally look at continuity of government, and which do you think had the best handle on it?

I think actually what's interesting about this is the extent to which planning for doomsday, and planning for nuclear war, really shaped the way the presidents thought about nuclear war. And the extent to which you really saw officials at the top of government, including almost every president of the Cold War, go through these doomsday exercises—these nuclear war exercises aboard a nuclear doomsday airborne command post or in one of these bunkers, and conduct an evacuation drill and nuclear war exercises, and just how worrying those exercises were for the Commanders In Chief.

You see it with Eisenhower, Kennedy, Johnson, Nixon, Carter and Reagan. And for each of them, they really thought long and hard about nuclear war in the context of thinking through these doomsday plans. And I think that the exercise and that experience helped shape their decision making during some key Cold War crises—when they all took steps back from the precipice, rather than push forward into war. Does it worry you that there are a lot of reports stating President Trump doesn't seem very interested in details like this? This is reportedly the case across the full range of the government, and he has supposedly delegated decision making authority to the military on a fairly unprecedented level, at least in modern times.

Yes. And I think that you have a president also who has made very troubling comments about his own appreciation of nuclear weapons, and the extent to which he would like to see nuclear weapons spread in the world. Which goes against decades of US policies to try and limit nuclear proliferation around the world. Does a more perceptually effective continuity of government plan, including elaborate infrastructure like massive bunkers, fleets of evacuation helicopters, and airborne command posts, where government officials, and even their families in certain cases, might be able to survive a nuclear change, make an exchange or getting involved in nuclear conflict more acceptable or attractive in any way?

Well, I think we have seen that a lot of emphasis since 9/11, really since the 1990s, but definitely since 9/11, has been put on the idea of devolving control of the US government. Which is this idea that we may be less likely today to face an all out global thermonuclear war with Russia, that blankets the entire country, but that we are more at risk of today's threats from a terrorist group or from a rogue state like Iran or North Korea. And these threats may manifest themselves in a surprise attack that wipes out a major US city like Washington DC. And then how do you devolve power within the US government to people who exist outside of Washington on a regular basis. And that's one of the reasons that all of these bunkers are to this day fully staffed, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Like Raven Rock, and Mount Weather, and others around the country. That sounds more like planning based on a shadow government of sorts, or maybe a stand-in government as opposed to relying on traditional evacuation plans alone, correct?

Yes. I mean that's sort of a very exclusive part of this. Most Americans think that the president is just a person that we elect every four years. In the modern age, the presidency actually encompasses several hundred people where you have a line of succession. The vice president, speaker of the house, president pro tem of the senate, and then all of the cabinet officials. But then each of those cabinet officials also have their own line of succession of 12, 15, 20 people or more. And so when you sort of think about that emergency government that might emerge after an attack on Washington, you're talking about a cadre of several hundred people who are all part of these lines of succession, and would be in line to be evacuated to different facilities depending on their rank, and would be stepping into these roles after after an attack. After over a half century of planning and ungodly sums of money spent preparing for what comes after the country is basically destroyed, that massive apparatus failed miserably on 9/11. What went wrong that day and how did it change the way we plan for doomsday and other major disasters?

9/11 is the only time that most of these plans have ever been activated on any sort of large scale. They just fall apart entirely, and they fell apart for some predictable reasons. It turned out that Washington, DC had a lot of traffic, and that they were sort of gridlocked trying to get officials outside of Washington. And they fell apart because on any given day you have a lot of government officials traveling. And so you have a lot of senior government officials who were in different places doing different things and it was hard to track them down.

And then what we also saw was the tension that had existed in continuity planning all along, which is you can't generally keep someone safe and keep them in communication at the same time. So you have a lot of officials that were being evacuated, including the President of the United States, who was in Florida and was put aboard Air Force One and sent up into the sky, and were really struggling to stay in communication with anyone on the ground and to stay abreast of a rapidly unfolding situation. We know that Air Force One has far better communications than it did on 9/11, and there have been upgrades to the Situation Room and the White House Bunker, and so on. Are there other much larger systemic changes that were made following 9/11 to improve America's continuity of government plans and to fix the issues that were exposed by 9/11?

Certainly some changes have been made. Communications today are vastly better than they were. You see a lot of improvement in the readiness and preparedness of places like Raven Rock, NORAD, and Mount Weather in terms of what they are capable of and how there is staff there on a daily basis. But at the same time, you know, part of the challenge with all of these plans is that as in any attack or in any war, you can make very, very detailed neat and clean looking plans on paper, but in reality they are going to unfold in chaotic ways that make it very hard to understand what might actually transpire. Your book describes such a massive and bewilderingly costly apparatus built up around the continuity of government concept. Is continuity of government planning really just a giant form of mental masturbation? Not even our most capable bunkers can sustain direct hits from thermonuclear weapons and it seem like all the planning would likely fail to hold up to the realities of a major nuclear exchange. One could argue that the whole idea has become a manifestation of the "self-licking ice cream cone" that is the defense-industrial complex more than anything else. I mean is this worth investing in at all?

Certainly many of these plans would have never worked anywhere close to the way that one would expect them to on paper. But at the same time, you know, I think there is value in thinking through some of these questions. Because of just how awful any sort of large-scale attack is going to be, you want to make sure you have a plan, and as best a chance as you can have of ensuring that something is left to rebuild the country.

Russia has its own form of continuity government plans. We saw them at work during a 2016 drill where tens of millions of people were involved. In Moscow alone, millions were put into shelters below the city. And generally the Russians seem to have adopted a different viewpoint on all this where saving the citizenry is a focal tenet of their doomsday planning. How are Russia's plans different than America's, and do they know something we don't know?

You know, this was sort of a hard thing to parse all through the Cold Warwhether the Soviet Union actually had a better civil defense strategy than we did. You know that famous scene in Doctor Strangelove, where they're debating and worrying and fretting over the possibility of "mineshaft gap?" Actually, the US government was afraid of a mineshaft gap during the Cold War. And that we were afraid of Russia's civil defense ability. We were literally out there mapping abandoned mine shafts and caves around the country for possible fall-out shelters for the civilian population, and our government leaders. You wrote about how the US had terrible problems with their command and control computer systems during the Cold War. One of the scenarios you outlined was the fault of a bad 46 cent circuit that made NORAD think armageddon was on its way in the form of a barrage of Russian ICBMs. Considering we supposedly had some sort of computer edge over the Russians during that period of time, are you surprised that the Soviet Union didn't have similar issues, and that those issues didn't lead to a nuclear exchange of some sort?

Yeah, and to me that was a very humbling part of researching the Cold War—going back and understanding just how miraculous it was that we escaped without major incident. Because there are plenty of times during the Cold War where war would have been the more likely, and perhaps even more politically expedient, option for leaders on both sides.

You know, when Eisenhower left government, he said the thing that he was most proud of was keeping the peace, and that it didn't just happen. And I think that one of the lessons, when you go back and you read these histories, and really understand the extent to which some of these scenarios could have spiraled out of control very quickly, you come to understand, just how lucky we are that we had such good leaders during the Cold War. In Raven Rock, you touched frequently on some past elements of emergency planning that sound like the domain of the conspiracy theory crowd, but it was all too true. Primarily I am talking about concentration-like camps. For instance, you mention orders for citizens to be told to register at a local Walmart and to shelter there with thousands of other people—with plans that call for those people to sleep head-to-toe in unrealistically neat rows and that these facilities have far too few bathrooms to support such a plan in the first place. You also talk about the rounding up foreigners and the FBI being sent to go grab targeted individuals during a national emergency or nuclear attack situation. What do you think the continuity situation. What do you think the continuity government plans today have in them that would probably be alarming for most people to hear?

Well, I think that most of these plans still exist in some modern form. You know, we don't really have any sense of what it means to have these continuity of government plans for the three branches of government in modern times. We don't really know what role Congress would do after an attack. We don't know if the Supreme Court would have any role whatsoever. And what I think almost everyone understands, is that after a nuclear attack, the President of the United States would be effectively a dictator for some period of time, until we were able to restore something that was a kin to the constitution that we normally expect.

You wrote about how it was a common occurrence during high-level nuclear exercises that the guy playing the president wouldn't press the button to launch the nukes even though it was clearly a simulated event. Is this an indicator that if it really came down to it, even the actual president wouldn't be able to initiate a nuclear counterstrike?

Yeah, and I think that's one of the things that is really sobering about this is realizing how much people struggled, even in exercises, to consider launching a simulated nuclear weapon. And whether or not at the end of the day, even if one side or another did launch some weapons, whether the other side would've ever actually retaliated. What prompted you to write this book? It is pretty apparent that putting it together was one hell of an undertaking.

Yeah, it was. It was about four years of research which is longer than I was anticipating. The short answer is, you know, I bumped up against these programs a lot in Washington. I'm sure you have too writing and reporting on these things. You talk to people who have been to these facilities. You would talk to people who would have been, of were evacuated to some of these facilities on 9/11. And then what sort of really got me interested in the topic was when one of my colleagues found a government ID on the floor of a parking garage here that he brought in to me to turnover—to give to me to give back to the guy, figuring that since I reported on the stuff, I would know how to get it back to him.

When I turned the ID over, it had these detailed evacuation instructions on the back. And so I got on Google Maps and Google Satellite, and followed those instructions, which were driving directions out into West Virginia. And discovered that they led to this road that disappeared into what were clearly concrete bunker doors in the side of a mountain. And it was an unmarked mountain that wasn't on any map. And no one nor I had ever heard of this facility. I was like, wow, this is part of the new post 9/11, you know, continuity government plans. And this is something that's probably worth looking into more.

What facility was that?

It was actually the facility that I talk about right at the end of the book, which is Allegany Ballistics Laboratory.

Did you try to get a tour of one of these facilities like Raven Rock or Mount Weather?

I couldn't get into Mount Weather or Raven Rock , but I did have the opportunity to tour NORAD, which is similar physically to the others, and a little bit more open. And then a lot of these facilities are also now tourist attractions of one sort or another. For instance, the Greenbrier congressional bunker in West Virginia, as well as some of these older retired bunkers like John F Kennedy's presidential escape bunker in Palm Beach, Florida, out on Peanut Island, actually just across the harbor from Trumps house at Mar-a-Lago. And when you get into that one, you definitely realize that it is not a place you would have wanted to have spent a nuclear war. A huge thanks to Garrett Grafffor taking the time to talk to us (he worked us in around CNN!). I will be posting a formal review on Raven Rock soon as well.

Contact the editor: Tyler@thedrive.com 

https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/10594/raven-rock-author-tells-us-how-our-government-plans-for-its-own-annihilation 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 9-30-20 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satanic Temple Sues Billboard Company That Refused Signs for Abortion Ritual Killing Babies

State Micaiah Bilger Sep 30, 2020 | 3:55PM Washington, DC

After declaring abortion a “religious ritual” earlier this year, The Satanic Temple is suing an advertising company for refusing to place its pro-abortion billboards in Arkansas and Indiana.

On Monday, the Satanic group announced its lawsuit against Lamar Billboard Company, accusing it of religious discrimination and a breach of contract.

The Satanic Temple said it wants to put up eight billboards that advertise its “abortion ritual” near pro-life pregnancy centers in Indiana and Arkansas.

One billboard declares “Abortions save lives!” as well as “Our religious abortion ritual averts many state restrictions.” A second billboard shows an image of a mixing bowl with cake batter next to another image of a human sperm about to fertilize an egg. The words “Not a cake” and “Not a baby” are next to the images. The comparison actually is laughable because no one thinks that an unfertilized egg is a baby. It is once the sperm fertilizes the egg that a unique, living human being is conceived, and that is when the problem with abortion starts.

Both billboards also include the pro-abortion group’s website and an image of Satan inside a black star. According to the Satanic group, the company rejected its ad designs for being “misleading and offensive.” Its contract with Lamar states that the company may reject a billboard that is not “in good taste and in line with the moral standards of the individual communities in which it is to be displayed,” the group continued.

However, the Satanic Temple claimed the company discriminated against it because of its religious beliefs. “TST expressed willingness to update its designs. However, Lamar refused to specify any component that they believe is problematic, so it was not possible for TST to offer revisions,” the group said in a statement. “Additionally, TST claims Lamar acted in bad faith and has deprived TST of the ability to advertise its religious abortion ritual as it holds a monopoly over much of the US billboard market.” In August, The Satanic Temple admitted proudly that, in its belief system, killing an unborn baby in an abortion is a religious ritual similar to communion or baptism for Christians. The disturbing announcement is part of the cult’s new plan to overturn pro-life laws using a religious freedom argument.

“Many states have laws that interfere with our members’ ability to practice their religious beliefs,” said Satanic Temple spokesperson Jane Essex at the time. “No Christian would accept a mandatory waiting period before they can partake in communion. No Christian would tolerate a law that insists state counseling is necessary before someone can be baptized. Our members are justly entitled to religious liberty in order to practice our rituals as well.”

It claims its abortion ritual is a “spiritual experience designed to instill confidence and self-worth in accordance to TST’s religious beliefs.”

The pro-abortion group also raffled off a free abortion to raise money for its campaign.

For years, the Satanic Temple has been suing to overturn pro-life state laws, but so far all of its efforts have failed. In June, a federal appeals court rejected its latest attempt at challenging Missouri’s informed consent law. In 2019, the Missouri Supreme Court dismissed another one of the Satanic Temple’s lawsuits.

But every time it loses, it tries again with a new approach. Its new plan is to challenge pro-life laws based on the Religious Freedom Restoration Act (RFRA), which ensures the government does not unnecessarily interfere with people’s religious freedom.

The Satanic Temple is heavily involved in abortion activism in the U.S. Breitbart once described its work as a “pro-abortion crusade to come to the aid of America’s largest abortion provider,” Planned Parenthood.

Some of its members also attempt to intimidate peaceful pro-life sidewalk counselors through gruesome protests. In 2016, pro-life advocates outside of a Detroit, Michigan Planned Parenthood faced a disturbing scene when a group from the Satanic Temple arrived to counter-protest wearing baby masks and carrying whips. They held a similar protest on Good Friday in 2017.

Years ago, former satanist Zachary King told the Lepanto Institute that the cult performs satanic rituals inside abortion facilities. King said participating in abortions is particularly important for satanists because it is considered the best way to give an offering to Satan.

He explained: “In Satanism, killing something or the death of something is the most effective way of getting your spell accomplished. As far as trying to get Satan’s approval, to give you something that you want, killing something is the best way to go. Killing something is the ultimate offering to Satan, and if you can kill an unborn, that is his ultimate goal.”

https://www.lifenews.com/2020/09/30/satanic-temple-sues-billboard-company-that-refused-signs-for-abortion-ritual-killing-babies/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-2-20 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Erdogan's Plan to Take Over the Palestinian Authority

by Khaled Abu Toameh October 2, 2020 at 5:00 am

What we are witnessing is an Arab autocrat (Abbas) seeking the help of a Muslim autocrat (Erdogan) in holding "free and fair" elections. Abbas, it seems, is confident that Erdogan's observers would rubber-stamp the results of any Palestinian election to ensure that the PA president emerges victorious

Now he [Erdogan] has a chance to use the Palestinian elections to try to bring his Hamas friends to power after getting rid of Abbas.

"It is terrifying that Abbas speaks as if he lives in another world. Is there a Palestinian interest in attacking the US administration, even if this administration takes unfair positions against the Palestinians? Is there a Palestinian interest in referring negatively to the peace accords between Israel and the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain? There is a Palestinian need to return to reality. There is a Palestinian need to come to terms with the truth." — Khairallah Khairallah, Lebanese journalist and political commentator, al-Arabiya, September 29, 2020.

On September 21, Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas phoned Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan and requested that Turkey send Turkish observers to monitor Palestinian elections, if and when they are held.

The phone call came as Turkey hosted a meeting between Abbas's ruling Fatah faction and the Iran-backed Hamas movement. At the meeting, the Fatah and Hamas reportedly agreed to hold long overdue elections for the PA presidency and parliament, the Palestine Legislative Council (PLC).

Abbas's request surprised many Palestinians and Arabs, especially in the wake of charges that Erdogan had forged the 2018 presidential and parliamentary elections in Turkey. Shortly after the voting ended, thousands of Twitter users launched a hashtag called #Erdogan_forged_election, accusing him of rigging the elections.

This was not the first time that Erdogan has been accused of election fraud. In 2014, Turkey's opposition accused Erdogan's party of rigging the country's local elections.

What we are witnessing is an Arab autocrat (Abbas) seeking the help of a Muslim autocrat (Erdogan) in holding "free and fair" elections. Abbas, it seems, is confident that Erdogan's observers would rubber-stamp the results of any Palestinian election to ensure that the PA president emerges victorious.

The 85-year-old Abbas, currently in the 15th year of his four-year-term in office, appears to be an admirer of Erdogan's authoritarian rule. While Erdogan is seeking to resurrect the Ottoman Empire and assume the role of Sultan (ruler of a Muslim realm), Abbas is searching for ways to hold onto power until his last day.

Erdogan apparently wants to expand his influence in the Middle East by meddling in the affairs of the Palestinians after already involving himself in conflicts in Libya and Syria. Now he has a chance to use the Palestinian elections to try to bring his Hamas friends to power after getting rid of Abbas.

Abbas, who has no intention of competing with Erdogan for the title of Sultan, wants to maintain his status as president-for-life of the Palestinians. Abbas is hoping that Erdogan will assist him in achieving his goal.

In January 2005, Abbas was elected president of the Palestinian Authority. The next presidential election was supposed to take place in January 2009, but a dispute that erupted between Fatah and Hamas has so far prevented the Palestinians from holding presidential and parliamentary elections. The last Palestinian parliamentary election was held in January 2006, when Hamas won most of the Palestine Legislative Council seats.

A year later, Hamas staged a violent coup in the Gaza Strip, overthrowing Abbas's PA and seizing full control of the coastal enclave, home to nearly two million Palestinians. Since then, the Palestinians have been left without a parliament due to the split between the PA-controlled West Bank and the Hamas-ruled Gaza Strip. Several attempts by Egypt and other Arab countries to resolve the Fatah-Hamas rift over the past 12 years have failed, leaving the Palestinians with two separate mini-states: one in the West Bank, the other in the Gaza Strip.

Abbas, in the past 11 years, has more than once expressed his desire to end the conflict with Hamas and pave the way for holding the long overdue elections. Such statements have often been ridiculed by his critics.

"Palestinian elections are merely a lie we've been hearing for years and never see happening on the ground," noted several social media users on Twitter. One posted a video that included various statements by Abbas in which he talks about holding new elections.

In 2009, Abbas announced: "I have issued a decree for holding presidential and parliamentary elections on January 24, 2010."

In 2016, Abbas stated: "We are continuing our sincere efforts to achieve Palestinian reconciliation [with Hamas] by forming a national unity government on the basis of the PLO program and holding presidential and parliamentary elections."

In 2017, Abbas, in a speech at the United Nations General Assembly, called on Hamas to allow the Palestinian Authority to assume its responsibilities in the Gaza Strip and hold general elections.

Last year, in another speech at the UN General Assembly, Abbas again announced his intention to hold presidential and parliamentary elections. "Upon my return to the homeland," he said, "I will call general elections in the West Bank, Gaza Strip and Jerusalem."

In September 2020, during a videoconference meeting of leaders of Palestinian factions, Abbas said:

"Despite all the obstacles you are aware of, we are preparing to hold the parliamentary election, and then the presidential election, with the participation of all the Palestinian factions."

Abbas has long managed to avoid fulfilling his election promise, once by blaming Hamas and another time by blaming Israel. As far as Abbas is concerned, everyone is to blame for the absence of free and fair elections except himself.

Now Palestinians and some Arabs are saying that they no longer believe Abbas. A hashtag trending on Twitter under the name "The Election Play" shows that many Palestinians and Arabs are skeptical of Abbas's real intentions.

"We have become used to the talk about elections," remarked Hesham Abo Al-Hosom, a Palestinian political activist from the Gaza Strip. "The elections Abbas is talking about are a play steeped in lies and delusions."

Palestinian social media user Rawan Armana commented: "We are fed up with speeches, lies and deceit. We have lost confidence [in our leaders]."

Tareq Al-Farra, a member of Fatah, derided Abbas's repeated promise to hold elections: "When will this play end? We are tired of statements about holding general elections and achieving national unity. Stop your lies."

Yara Lolo, who describes herself as a supporter of Abbas's arch-rival, Mohammed Dahlan, wrote: "The people who elect corrupt opportunists and swindlers are not considered victims, but rather partners in crime."

Commenting on Abbas's request that Turkey monitor the Palestinian elections, Egyptian social media user Ahmed Maka wrote:

"Did you know that the Palestinian Authority president called on Turkey to monitor the Palestinian elections, despite the fact that Turkey itself rigged the local elections [in Turkey], according to the testimony of international observers?"

Lebanese political analyst Nidal Al-Sabeh also expressed concern over Abbas's demand that Turkey monitor the Palestinian elections. The PA president's request to Erdogan, Al-Sabeh said, "exposes to Abbas's stance against Egypt, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates and Syria, and his involvement with the Qatari-Turkish project."

Khairallah Khairallah, a Lebanese journalist and political commentator, wondered whether the proposed elections would lead to real change on the ground and put an end to Hamas's "Taliban-style Islamic emirate" in the Gaza Strip:

"With the exception of Turkey, which hosted the Fatah-Hamas meeting to assert its regional role, it is not known how the elections will lead to a profound change that the Palestinians need more than ever... The elections can be the gateway to a major change. Most of all, the elections can be a bridge to a transformation that leads to the birth of a different Palestinian leadership. It is terrifying that Abbas speaks as if he lives in another world. Is there a Palestinian interest in attacking the US administration, even if this administration takes unfair positions against the Palestinians? Is there a Palestinian interest in referring negatively to the peace accords between Israel and the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain? There is a Palestinian need to return to reality. There is a Palestinian need to come to terms with the truth."

Khairallah called on the Palestinian factions to explain what they mean when they talk about achieving national unity and holding new elections. "There is a need to stop selling illusions," he added.

"There is a need to adapt to international and regional developments. There is a need to acknowledge that national unity cannot be restored by appeasing Turkey or Iran, or by acknowledging the legitimacy of what Hamas is doing in Gaza. Palestinian elections cannot be held without a clear vision that is based above all on preserving an independent Palestinian decision, away from the interference of Turkey and Iran."

Palestinian political analyst Hani al-Masri said it was "useless" to talk about holding elections while the Palestinians are divided.

"Without a unity government that provides an atmosphere of confidence and respect for human rights and freedoms, combats corruption, and unifies institutions, especially the judiciary, there can be no elections... What is required is a new and strategic vision, a single leadership, and a true partnership."

Erdogan's renewed interest in the Palestinian issue might be seen in the context of his embrace of the Muslim Brotherhood and its affiliates, including Hamas. If Erdogan is going to send Turkish observers to monitor the Palestinian elections, it is because he would like to help his friends in Hamas win the vote.

A report by the Century Foundation on the Turkish government's ties to the Muslim Brotherhood estimated that 20,000 Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood members live on Turkish soil. Recently, another report revealed that Turkey has given passports to a dozen members of Hamas in Istanbul.

Erdogan evidently cares about Hamas more than Abbas does. The Turkish leader would certainly like to see Palestinians hold new elections -- and he is prepared to provide all the help needed. By inviting Turkey to monitor the elections, Abbas is playing into the hands of Erdogan and Hamas. Abbas is advancing Turkey's mission of replacing his regime with a Muslim Brotherhood-led government.

Khaled Abu Toameh, an award-winning journalist based in Jerusalem, is a Shillman Journalism Fellow at Gatestone Institute.

Follow Khaled Abu Toameh on Twitter

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/16576/erdogan-abbas-palestinian-authority 

:: 9-22-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Abraham Accords

By Hal Lindsey

On August 13th of this year, the United States, Israel, and the United Arab Emirates released a joint statement announcing an agreement normalizing relations between Israel and the UAE. They call their agreement the Abraham Accords. The announcement explained their choice for that name. “Recognizing that the Arab and Jewish peoples are descendants of a common ancestor, Abraham.”

Less than a month later, on September 12th, the White House announced that Bahrain had also agreed to normalization of ties with Israel.

The reactions of other Arab nations have been mixed. A group from the Kuwaiti assembly representing Liberals, Shi'ites, Islamists, and Arabists condemned the treaty. Significantly, however, the Kuwait government remained silent. That means they left their options open. Oman supported the agreement. Saudi Arabia said they would not normalize relations with Israel until the creation of a Palestinian state with Jerusalem as its capital.

The Accords represent a remarkable turn of events and a huge diplomatic victory for the United States. Some have said that the Abraham Accords cannot be called a “peace agreement” because the nations involved were not officially at war with one another. While technically true, that fails to recognize the depth of enmity these Muslim nations have shown toward Israel over the seven decades of modern Israel’s existence.

After years of blood threats and extreme rage, why peace now? We should give a lot of credit to the President and his team, especially his son-in-law, Jared Kushner. But the most important factor is Iran. That nation scares everyone in the region. It has a large and growing nuclear weapons program. It is quickly developing missiles to carry those nukes wherever it wants to send them. It has developed ties to Russia and China. And its military meddling across the region shows that it has no respect for the sovereignty of neighbors. Israel makes a strong friend in such a dangerous time.

Even those Gulf nations that condemned the agreement continue to show a desire for friendship with Israel. That, too, is because of the severe and imminent threat posed by Iran. Only a few years ago, friendly overtures between these nations and Israel seemed impossible. Today, all that has changed.

Since before Israel declared its independence, these nations showed nothing but hatred for Israel. Yet the Bible teaches that a peace agreement between Israel, its neighbors, and the Antichrist will mark the starting point of the seven years of tribulation coming on the world. Until recently, such a peace treaty seemed utterly impossible. Now, it makes perfect sense.

Antichrist’s peace treaty will be hailed as miraculous, but the peace it will bring will be both short and weak. We can already see the nations moving in the direction of peace. But we can also see the inherent weakness of that future treaty. There remains a fundamental prejudice against Jews written into the Koran and other teachings associated with Mohammed.

The fracture lines that will mark the breakup of the Antichrist’s peace treaty are also evident. We already see the “king of the south” nations aligning, including most of the Gulf States. We also see the Ezekiel 38 group beginning to form.

You might wonder how Antichrist could ever convince Iran to agree to peace with Israel. That will probably be accomplished because of Russia’s power over Iran, and Russia’s need to be part of the world trade groups that Antichrist will control. But Ezekiel 38 says that Russia, Turkey, Iran, and certain African nations will form into another coalition that will break away from Antichrist’s peace accord and move against Israel.

The world is rapidly realigning itself into the place described by the Bible in the last days. It is an awe-inspiring thing to see. Thousands of years ago, prophets wrote down God’s words, and what He said then is coming true today. That provides a strong reason to trust Him and His word. In a time when it’s hard to know who you can believe, you can know that God has spoken, and believe Him.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-22-2020/ 

:: 10-4-20 NewsMax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Surprises Supporters Outside Walter Reed

Sunday, 04 October 2020 05:27 PM

President Donald Trump on Sunday afternoon made a surprise visit to supporters who have been gathered outside Walter Reed Medical Center in Bethesda, Maryland, riding by in his presidential motorcade, waving while wearing his mask.

CNN broadcast the images live, unaware that Trump had tweeted out that he was about to surprise supporters with a visit. That prompted questions as to whether Trump was headed back to the White House a day earlier than expected.

Trump, who is being treated for COVID-19, is seen wearing a cloth mask while others in the black SUV are wearing medical-grade N95 masks. The Secret Service members driving Trump also wore protective eyewear and gowns.

Trump tweeted out a video announcing his visit about 10 minutes prior.

"We're getting great reports from the doctor. This is an incredible hospital. Walter Reed, the work they do is just absolutely amazing and I want to thank them all. The nurses, the doctors, everybody here. I've also gotten to meet some of the soldiers and first responders. What a group," the president said.

"I also think we're going to pay a little surprise to some of the great patriots that we have out on the street. They've been out there for a long time. They've got Trump flags and they love our country. I'm not telling anybody but you, but I'm about to make a little surprise visit. So perhaps I'll get there before you get to see me." Trump has reportedly been upset with the messaging from doctors and his chief of staff Mark Meadows that has shown conflicting information on how he is doing, and the appearance also allowed him to show clearly how he doing.

The president in his video also said he's learned a lot about COVID-19.

"I learned it by really going to school. This is the real school. This isn't the 'let's read the book school,'" he said.

"And I get it. And I understand it. And it's very interesting thing and I'm going to be letting you know about it. In the meantime, we love the USA and we love what's happening."

While the move was met with praise by supporters, critics, including some in the medical community, called it irresponsible.

Dr. James P. Phillips, chief of disaster medicine at George Washington University Department of Emergency Medicine and an attending physician at Walter Reed, tweeted:

"Every single person in the vehicle during that completely unnecessary Presidential 'drive-by' just now has to be quarantined for 14 days. They might get sick. They may die. For political theater. Commanded by Trump to put their lives at risk for theater. This is insanity.

"That Presidential SUV is not only bulletproof, but hermetically sealed against chemical attack. The risk of COVID19 transmission inside is as high as it gets outside of medical procedures. The irresponsibility is astounding. My thoughts are with the Secret Service forced to play."

https://www.newsmax.com/headline/trump-walterreed/2020/10/04/id/990287/ 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 10-4-20 NPR :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Destruction Mounts As Azerbaijan And Armenia Increase Hostilities

October 4, 20203:33 PM ET Matthew S. Schwartz

A decades-long dispute over territory in the southern Caucasus has led to open hostilities between Azerbaijan and Armenia this past week. Azerbaijan's second-largest city, Ganja, came under attack Sunday, with government officials saying Armenia had launched missiles into residential areas. Armenia has denied the charges; the leader of the territory at the center of the dispute said his forces were responsible for the attack.

Azerbaijani officials said one civilian was killed in the attack, and 32 more were injured.

"Opening fire on the territory of Azerbaijan from the territory of Armenia is clearly provocative and expands the zone of hostilities," Azerbaijani Defense Minister Zakir Hasanov said in a statement, the Associated Press reported.

The "insane Political-military leadership of Armenia" is a threat to regional peace and security, Hikmet Hajiyev, an aide to Azerbaijan's president, wrote on Twitter. "Azerbaijan retains its right to take adequate measures against legitimate military targets to defend civilians," he added.

Armenia denied the charges. "No fire of any kind is being opened from the territory of Armenia in Azerbaijan's direction," the nation's defense ministry said. The hostilities have to do with the disputed territory of the Nagorno-Karabakh, known locally as Artsakh, which the two former Soviet republics have competing claims to. The territory itself is closely allied with Armenia. The fighting has engaged allies in the region, including Turkey, which has pledged its unwavering support of Azerbaijan, which is ethnically Turkish.

Nagorno-Karabakh's leader said his forces were responsible for the missiles. "As act of self-protection, in response to days long deliberate shelling" with "prohibited cluster munitions ... I ordered to bombard Ganja military facilities," Arayik Harutyunyan said on Twitter.

Harutyunyan said he had later given an order to stand down, "to avoid loss among civilians." But he promised a "commensurate response" against military targets should Azerbaijan continue its aggression. The latest fighting, which broke out one week ago, is the most sustained and serious violence the region has seen in years, and has involved heavy artillery, tanks and missiles. The BBC reports more than 100 confirmed deaths between civilians and combatants on the Armenian side. Azerbaijan hasn't released details on military casualties, but said that 24 civilians have been killed and over 100 wounded.

"We don't know exactly what caused this recent flare-up," NPR international correspondent Lucian Kim told Morning Edition shortly after fighting began. "Both sides are blaming each other, but Azerbaijan has vowed to take back Nagorno-Karabakh. And this time, it's getting the support from Turkey."

On Thursday, Armenia's military said it had shot down four Azerbaijani drones near the Armenian capital of Yerevan. Last week, Turkey denied that its aircraft or drones were being used against Armenia. But Armenian officials said that Turkish military advisors were directing the operation from the ground. According to the BBC, Turkish military drones are being used in the conflict.

On Friday, the International Committee of the Red Cross warned that civilians were being killed on both sides of the conflict.

"People have been in touch with the ICRC who are terrified for themselves and their families and at a loss as to where to go or what to do to stay safe," said ICRC's Eurasia regional director Martin Schüepp. "They are caught in the crossfire and deeply fearful for their safety and future."

https://www.npr.org/2020/10/04/920120169/destruction-mounts-as-azerbaijan-and-armenia-increase-hostilities 

:: 10-4-20 WMUR :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New coronavirus cases are on the decline in only three US states

By Madeline Holcombe and Christina Maxouris, CNN

Only three U.S. states are reporting a decline in new COVID-19 cases compared to last week.

As of Saturday night, new cases were down in Texas, Missouri and South Carolina, while 21 states reported a rise in cases and a little more than half held steady compared with the week before. The mixed results come as the president joined the more than 7.3 million people who have tested positive for COVID-19 in the U.S., a sobering reminder of the virus' reach as health experts urge continued vigilance during the fall and winter months.

The 21 states reporting a rise in new cases are Alaska, Connecticut, Delaware, Idaho, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, Massachusetts, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, Wisconsin and Wyoming. Wisconsin reported a record number of 2,892 new daily cases on Saturday, according to data from the state's department of health services. The previous record was set earlier in the week. The state's governor urged residents to "get back to the basics" of fighting the virus.

"The surges we're seeing across our state are not an indication that masks don't work. This underscores what we've said all along which is that masks only work if everyone wears them," Gov. Tony Evers said.

A comprehensive approach

Though still below the summer peak of about 67,000 in July, the seven-day average of new daily cases in the U.S. is about 42,400. The average is more than 20% higher than it was on Sept. 12 and, according to health officials, is far too high if the country wants to avoid a spike when the public moves indoors with the coming colder weather.

As the New York City Health Department tracks four "concerning clusters" in southern Brooklyn, Williamsburg, Central Queens and Far Rockaway, the state of New York announced that it conducted a record high of more than 130,000 coronavirus tests Friday.

In total, New York has administered 11 million total coronavirus diagnostic tests, Gov. Andrew Cuomo said.

But to get on top of the numbers, the U.S. needs a more "comprehensive approach," Dr. Tom Frieden, the former director of the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, said Friday.

"Testing does not replace safety measures including consistent mask use, physical distancing, and hand washing," said Frieden.

Kentucky Gov. Andy Beshear responded to the state's record high of 1,275 cases in one day with a request that everyone wear masks and a reminder that "we have to do better."

"We've got to get back to enforcing these rules because 1,275 cases are going to result in a lot of death, too," Beshear said in a video statement. He said his office would provide details on Monday on how to "step up" mask enforcement.

Experts advise who should get vaccines first

Several companies are conducting COVID-19 vaccine Phase 3 trials in the U.S., but when a safe and effective vaccine will be available to the U.S. population remains uncertain.

Experts advising the federal government say frontline health care workers and those who provide health care facility services should be the first to get vaccinated, followed by people at high risk of severe illness due to underlying health conditions.

Next should come older adults living in congregate settings, like nursing homes, a National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine committee said in a final report. But local leaders should also give priority to vulnerable communities, the committee said. That addition comes after criticism over the group's draft report that was issued last month, which did not mention minority communities that have been hit hardest by the pandemic.

The committee recommends that within each phase of vaccinations, authorities prioritize people in high vulnerability areas, identified by a tool like the CDC's Social Vulnerability Index. The index uses U.S. Census variables to identify communities in particular need of disaster support which the committee says considers the factors that place racial minorities at higher risk of COVID-19.

The third phase proposes vaccination for young adults, children and those in industries where people may receive some protection but are still at risk of exposure, such as banks and universities.

A vaccination for children, the committee said, will depend on whether a vaccine has been tested in that population. Pediatric specialists recently called for COVID-19 vaccine trials to begin for children saying that population has been "stuck in neutral."

The final phase covers anyone who has yet to receive vaccination.

Hospitalizations rise for the first time since July

According to the COVID Tracking Project, the average number of people hospitalized for coronavirus in a week rose recently for the first time since July.

This past week saw an average of about 30,000 hospitalized -- a rise of 2.4% from the previous week, and the first jump after eight weeks of decline, CTP reported.

While daily deaths in the U.S. are still dropping, "the decline appears to have slowed," CTP said in a Thursday blog post.

In Wisconsin, hospitalizations more than doubled last month, according to CTP.

In one part of Wisconsin, a health care professional warned the community is "nearing a crisis."

"This spike we're seeing in Brown County, Wisconsin, should be a wake-up call to anyone who lives here that our community is facing a crisis," said Dr. Paul Casey, medical director of the emergency department at Bellin Hospital in Green Bay, Wisconsin.

Wisconsin's seven-day average of new daily infections soared in recent weeks, from the high 600s and low 700s in late August to its all-time high of 2,892 on Saturday.

https://www.wmur.com/article/lobster-boat-captain-helps-save-best-mate-of-15-years-a-seagull/34272680 

:: 10--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Syrian rebels reportedly sent to fight in Azerbaijan-Armenia conflict

Different sides are accusing one another of recruiting foreigners to the battle

By Hollie McKay | Fox News

The ongoing bloody battle between Armenia and Azerbaijan in the border area of Nagorno-Karabakh is quickly being seen as a potential proxy war between Ankara and Moscow, which stand on opposite sides of the long-standing dispute. Reports and accusations emerged this week that impoverished and desperate Syrian opposition fighters, defeated by the throes of almost 10 years of civil war and supported by Turkey in their final stronghold of Idlib, were recruited by private Turkish defense contractors and summoned to take up arms in Nagorno-Karabakh.

One Syrian fighter, who requested anonymity given his proximity to Turkey, told Fox News on Friday that four men from his hometown of Rastan – a small, ancient city and anti-Assad bulwark in the Homs governate – were slain on the battlefield this week. One was a relative, Kinan Ferzat, a 35-year-old major in the Turkey-backed Free Syria Army (FSA) unit known as the Syrian National Army. "Kinan defected from the Syrian regime army in 2012 and joined the Free Syrian Army (FSA) within the First Corps faction as an Artillery Brigade leader, the military," his family member said. "In 2018, he refused the reconciliation with the regime and was deported to northern Syria, like the other defected military officers. Kinan had two options, either he would go to Idlib and join the Islamic and terrorist organizations, or he would go to Afrin and join the Turkish National Army." He chose to go to Afrin and joined the Sultan Murad faction, which operates under the Turkish Army, the relative continued, claiming that he was approached to go to Azerbaijan and feared refusing – traveling from Gaziantep airport and on to Istanbul, and then into Azerbaijan.

"This has been heartbreaking news for the family," the relative avowed. "We are revolutionaries and have our cause; we don't want to be international mercenaries." Nonetheless, French President Emmanuel Macron gave credence to the claims last week, announcing that he had evidence that fighters had indeed traveled through the Turkish city of Gaziantep en route to the South Caucasus conflict, which has already killed more than 200 people since it was re-ignited last month.

"We have information today that indicates with certainty that Syrian fighters from jihadist groups have transited through Gaziantep to reach the theater of operations in Nagorno-Karabakh," Macron proclaimed as he arrived for a summit with the European Union leaders in Brussels. "This is a very grave new development." A spokesperson for the Armenian Embassy in Washington further stressed in a statement to Fox News that "Jihadi terrorists are transferred from Syria by Turkey to Azerbaijan to fight Armenians of Nagorno-Karabakh."

Adding to the woes of a brewing proxy war, Russia's Foreign Ministry – an Armenia military and diplomatic ally – also said in a statement this week that it had been informed of "illegal armed units" sent from Syria and Libya to the region.

ARMENIA, AZERBAIJAN FIGHTING KILLS DOZENS AS TENSIONS MOUNT IN DECADES-OLD CONFLICT

Fox News could not independently confirm the alleged travel route or battlefield death, and both Azerbaijan and Turkish officials have adamantly denied that any such Syrian national has been in the former Soviet war theater this week. "The reports about some mysterious Syrian fighters in Azerbaijan is a complete and absolute falsehood. There is not a shred of credible evidence of that. This is a clear effort to conduct Soviet-style propaganda warfare by the Armenian side, which is trying to cover its own ties to terrorists and distract attention from the fact of illegal occupation of the Azerbaijani lands," a statement issued to Fox News from the Azerbaijan Embassy in Washington. "Such fake news info warfare effort has become a new battleground and carries serious consequences. I hope that the media will make a more thorough fact-checking effort in the future."

Nonetheless, the Syrian relative also showed photos pertaining to the identities of three other men – in their 20's and 30's, supposedly belonging to the FSA and hailing from Rastan – alleged to have died this week.

It remains unclear how many Syrian nationals may have died in this week's skirmishes, with a Washington Post report on Friday projecting that the figure could be at least 20.

Moreover, the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights claimed that more than 300 Syrian fighters had been deployed to Azerbaijan. "These Syrian fighters come from two ethnic Turkmen armed groups, including the Sultan Murad Division and the Suleyman Shah Brigade," Rami Abdulrahman, director of the Syrian Observatory, told VOA.

ASSAD'S FUTURE AND THE SYRIAN CIVIL WAR COULD HINGE ON THE US PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION

Reports have indicated that the fighters are offered upwards of $1,500 a month for the work abroad, a handsome sum after years of internal war and poverty.

Omer Celik, a spokesperson for President Erdogan's ruling AKP, tweeted that the accusations were mere "lies and a provocation against Turkey." "Similarly untrue are reports on Turkish military involvement in the war," the statement continued. "Instead, a more serious concern should be the threat posed by Syrian and Lebanese groups fighting on the Armenian side, Armenian military contingent supporting official Damascus in the Syrian civil war and the presence of the Armenian terrorists trained in the Bekaa Valley to attack Israel." Ankara has also this week accused Armenia of sending Syrian and Iraqi Kurdish militants the PKK – its longtime foe due to decades of violence amid a separatist push – to the beleaguered border, but no further evidence has been provided.

Given the vast spattering of tit-for-tat accusations and claims of foreign fighting footprints, international observers have expressed apprehension that the long-frozen and largely unresolved territorial dispute could have wide-reaching implications.

AZERBAIJAN, ARMENIA FIGHT OVER DISPUTED REGION AS TANKS DESTROYED, HELICOPTERS SHOT DOWN

The Nagorno-Karabakh has been a source for skirmishes since the 1994 ceasefire between the two former Soviet nations. The terrain technically rests in Azerbaijan, as per international law, but it is generally defined as being controlled and populated by the ethnic Armenians -- with Armenia's support to run its affairs independently from Baku, the Azerbaijan capital since the Soviet Union fell almost three decades ago. The prized parcel – rich in minerals, mulberry groves, and alpine meadows – is a point of patriotic pride for both the Muslim majority Azerbaijan and Christian-dominant Armenia.

The OSCE Minsk Group – co-chaired by France, Russia, and the US – was established in 1992 in a bid to find an amicable solution. While a ceasefire was declared two years later, the dispute remains – punctured by fierce flareups – such as the current one, involving air power, missiles, and heavy armor.

https://www.foxnews.com/world/are-syrian-rebels-dying-azerbaijan-armenian-conflict 

:: 10-3-20 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CP Current Page: Voices | Saturday, October 03, 2020 | Coronavirus →

Sliding toward pedophilia: How the sexual revolution progresses

By John Stonestreet and Maria Baer

Each chapter of the sexual revolution has featured an updated version of the same myth: “Don’t worry, the kids will be fine.” Sex with anyone anywhere? The kids will be fine. Separate marriage from procreation? The kids will be fine. No-fault divorce? The kids will be fine. Graphic sex education in schools beginning in kindergarten? The kids will be fine. Same-sex marriages eliminating either a mom or a dad from the picture? The kids will be fine.

They weren’t.

Growing up in families without married parents, their well-being sacrificed for the sake of adult happiness, the kids have been the primary victims of our sexual experimentation. To cover our tracks, we’ve resorted to indoctrination, attempting to convince them of other myths, such as the idea that biological sex and their physical bodies are fully malleable. Kids today are literally taught to be skeptical of how they were made. The kids are not fine. They’ve never been fine, in fact, not throughout this entire history of sexual redefinition. And I’m afraid, that the next chapter just began.

Even before Netflix released “Cuties,” that French movie about an 11-year-old girl who joins a twerking dance group to escape her conservative Muslim family, it received wide-spread backlash. Many critics, including all of us here at the Colson Center, were horrified to think that a movie featuring pornographic footage of very young actresses would be permitted to air. But it was.

Even worse, once the director wrote an op-ed in The Washington Post attempting to explain her intentions, she and her film have been defended in mainstream media outlets such as the Washington Post and on NPR. She was warning us about the sexualization of children through online technology, we were scolded, even if in the process, she sexualized actual children. The lead character, who is sexualized throughout the film, is played by an actual 11-year-old girl.

At the risk of sounding like the old man who yells “get off my lawn” to the enlightened minds at NPR, no 11-year old girl should be sexualized for any reason. Their defense of this film makes me think we’ve entered new territory.

Every stage of the sexual revolution has progressed the same way. A morally questionable activity enters our culture, not through moral argument, but through the imagination, typically via entertainment or some form of “artistic expression.” I’m old enough to remember how controversial “Beverly Hills 90210” was, as it skirted the edge of our cultural moral boundaries, depicting teenagers talking about sex but never actually doing it. In the end, the characters mostly came down on the right side of the moral question, but not because of any appeal to a stable moral framework. Rather, the teens just “weren’t ready to take that step.” Just a few years later, say, on an episode of “Friends,” the teenager is having sex, with a teacher even. This time, it’s supposed to be funny. Before long, it’s “Glee”, and the teens aren’t just talking anymore. They’re doing, and they’re in Ohio, not LA. (We could trace the history of homosexuality from the “not that there’s anything wrong with that” days of “Seinfeld” to “Will and Grace” to “Modern Family.”) At the end of “Cuties,” I’m told, the lead character leaves behind her twerking dance crew and returns to her conservative family. Her decision, of course, does not come from any moral framework, much less a condemnation of the pedophilia the film both portrays and commits.

The crisis is resolved through some weak notion like “self-discovery,” or “being true to yourself.” This means that in the next “Cuties” (and there will be a next one), the ending will be different. Maybe her fundamentalist parents learn to flex a little bit. Maybe in the one after that, she doesn’t go home at all. Before long, none of us are alarmed by pornographic portrayals of children.

What happened with sexual promiscuity, adultery, homosexuality, and currently, with transgenderism is happening with kids. We’ve already told them to determine their sexual identities. At the same time, the only ground left sexual morality is the flimsy notion of “consent.” Is it that much of a leap, really, from here to kids self-determining sexual behavior?

Just two weeks ago, California’s Governor signed a bill legally downgrading homosexual activity between an adult and a minor 14 or over, as long as there’s less than a 10-year age gap between the two and “consent” was given. Lawmakers said the bill was necessary for the equality of LGBT people, because heterosexual sex between a minor and an adult has already been decriminalized along the same lines.

I hate to say this, but the train of pedophilia has left the station. The kids definitely won’t be fine.

Note: The original version of this commentary stated that California’s new law decriminalized homosexual activity between an adult and a minor 14 and older, as long as there’s less than a 10-year age gap between the two and “consent” was given. The California law we referred to, SB 145, does not fully decriminalize the activity but allows judicial discretion as to whether the offender should be added to the sex offender registry. Sexual conduct between adults and minors is still illegal in California. We remain concerned about lessening the restrictions on offenders, but we regret any misunderstanding caused by our error.” Originally posted at breakpoint.org

https://www.christianpost.com/voices/pedophilia-how-the-sexual-revolution-progresses.html 

:: 10-1-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palestinians Yet Again Miss an Opportunity

By Micah Halpern Thursday, 01 October 2020 12:33 PM

Abba Eban served in many governmental positions in the early years after the creation of the State of Israel. Eban was an eloquent speaker, a brilliant diplomat and a gentleman and scholar. He served as both Israel's ambassador to the United States and to the United Nations at the very same time.

Abba Eban brilliantly observed that "Palestinians never miss an opportunity – to miss an opportunity."

His words and keen observation especially reverberate today.

The Palestinians were scheduled to chair the Arab League meetings for the next six months. The position rotates every half year. Instead of assuming the position, they resigned the chairmanship.

They resigned because they, Palestinians, had failed to convince the Arab League to condemn the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and Bahrain for committing to peace treaties with Israel. The Palestinians claim that these treaties, created between the Jewish State and their fellow Arab nations, were an abandonment of the long-held agreement among Arab countries not to recognize Israel.

Palestinian Foreign Minister Riyad al-Maliki held a news conference in the West Bank city of Ramallah to inform the Palestinian public and the world that they were resigning the chairmanship. He said: "Palestine has decided to concede its right to chair the League's Council (of foreign ministers) at its current session. There is no honor in seeing Arabs rush towards normalization during its presidency."

Maliki then read from a letter he sent to Arab League Secretary General Ahmed Aboul Gheit informing him of the Palestinian move and criticizing the UAE and Bahrain, both Gulf Arab nations.

In his letter Maliki wrote that peace deals with Israel "created a deep crisis in the Arab League." Obviously, in the year 2020, the Palestinians stand almost alone in their thinking.

It was a typical Palestinian response. Hurt yourselves in the hope that by hurting yourself, people will take notice. That people will feel your pain.

It was a valiant, even if misguided, effort by the Palestinians to, diplomatically speaking, dis Israel. They attempted to pass a resolution within the Arab League condemning the UAE and Bahrain's normalization agreements with Israel. And they failed. When the Gulf States gained the support of the Arab League because of the treaties they signed, the Palestinians were dealt a huge blow.

Instead of moving on, they took a big – and very predictable, step backward. For years Palestinians thought they could set the tone for all Arab interaction with Israel. They have not succeeded, and they have not learned their lesson.

The Palestinian claim that they cannot participate in a movement to normalize relations with Israel until an agreement is in place. That process of creating an agreement is called normalization. But they have rejected and continue to reject the process.

They say that they will not participate in a process that causes their destruction. They say that Arab League support of the normalization is akin to Palestinian suicide. That explains the reasoning behind their resignation of the Arab League chairmanship.

What the Palestinians do not understand is that through the position of chair, they could bring important attention to their story and agenda and even help guide the process of normalization. The Arab League is composed of a hefty 22 nations. Instead, they identified it as a loss and walked away.

But Palestinian leadership cannot be swayed.

Even money has not persuaded PA leadership to budge from their childish stance. And large parts of the Arab world, including the seven Gulf Aran states, are throwing up their hands in despair over the behavior and decision-making of Palestinian leaders. Gulf money donations to the Palestinians has virtually dried up. In the first seven months of 2019 the PA received $267 million in donations. This year that number has shrunk to a tiny $38 million, a 80% drop in funding.

If $230 million dollars could not and does not influence Palestinian leadership's attitude, I do not know what will.

The UAE's UN ambassador met with the Israeli UN ambassador this week. Her name is Lana Nusseibeh and she is a woman of Palestinian decent. Educated in England with a masters degree in Jewish and Israeli Diaspora Affairs, Nusseibeh is from a prestigious Palestinian family. Decades ago, her father fell out of favor with Palestinian leadership over their direction.

The Arab world is leaving the Palestinians to flounder on their own. Arab nations are forming alliances with Israel on almost every level. Politically, economically and even in the world of the great equalizer – sports. Dubai has just signed Israeli soccer player Dia Saba to play for the UAE professional soccer team.

Abba Eban also said that "nations behave wisely once they have exhausted all other alternatives."

This is the nature of normalization. The Palestinians are missing great opportunities! Again! And again!

Micah Halpern is a political and foreign affairs commentator. He founded "The Micah Report" and hosts "Thinking Out Loud with Micah Halpern" a weekly TV program and "My Chopp" a daily radio spot. A dynamic speaker, he specializes in analyzing world events and evaluating their relevance and impact. Follow him on Twitter @MicahHalpern. Read Micah Halpern's Reports

https://www.newsmax.com/micahhalpern/palestinians-arableague-peace/2020/10/01/id/989864/ 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 9-27-20 News Wars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden Family Treason Inc.

Posted by NewsWars | Sep 27, 2020 By Jon Bowne | Infowars.com Sunday, September 27, 2020

Bombshell Senate report on Hunter Biden and Ukraine finds conflicts of interest, national security dangers, pay-to-play extortion, and alleged sex trafficking involvement

Shanghai Joe isn’t very happy with the recent Senate report detailing his family’s involvement in a myriad of conflicts of interest endangering national security, pay to play extortion, and alleged sex trafficking involvement.

Of course, Joe Biden follows the same playbook as Hillary Clinton and the rest of the corrupt establishment class: Deny everything until the world forgets. But Biden’s pursuit of the highest office on the globe also makes him a prime target. And Biden has a lot of skeletons, demons actually, in his closet. The establishment left Washington Post reported, “GOP senators’ report calls Hunter Biden’s board position with Ukraine firm ‘problematic,’ but fails to show how it changed U.S. policy.” The Biden scam may not have directly affected U.S. policy, but it absolutely affected Ukrainian national policy.

As the report reads, “The 2014 protests in Kyiv cam to be known as the Revolution of Dignity—a revolution against corruption in Ukraine. Following that revolution, Ukrainian political figures were desperate for U.S. support. Zlochevsky would have made sure relevant Ukrainian officials were well aware of Hunter’s appointment to Burisma’s board as leverage. Hunter Biden’s position on the board created an immediate potential conflict of interest that would prove to be problematic for both U.S. and Ukrainian officials and would affect the implementation of Ukraine policy.”

Take part in the ultimate win-win deals on the web by checking out the Infowars Store now!

To label Hunter’s involvement problematic insults the intelligence of Americans. Hunter Biden made Benedict Arnold look like an amateur.

In the Ukraine scandal, VP Joe Biden, the point man in Ukraine cleared the way for his drug addled demonic son Hunter to rake in $50,000 per month to sit on the corrupt Ukrainian Energy company Burisma Holdings’ board, despite zero experience in the industry. Hunter had joined a month after British officials seized $23 million from the London bank accounts of Burisma’s owner, Mykola Zlochevsky.

Using his position, Joe Biden also cleared the way for Hunter in China. Hunter was courted by the Chinese Communist Government, its military and a host of shady companies to become a trojan horse in to the United States rare earth minerals market, nuclear secrets, and military technology.

While the Obama/Biden Administration played the role of playing hardball with the Chinese, Hunter was nailing down billion dollar deals for the Chinese military that compromised U.S. national security.

And as it has always played out for Hunter, the only reason Hunter isn’t sitting in prison right now is because his name ends with Biden.

https://www.newswars.com/biden-family-treason-inc/ 

:: 9-23-20 Investment Watch Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

James Corbett: THIS Is The Battle For Humanity! – The Technocratic Enslavement END GAME!

September 23, 2020 by IWB

Josh Sigurdson talks with James Corbett of The Corbett Report about the heightened level of tyranny throughout the world creating a sort of prison planet over the course of 2020.

With the excuse of an illness, the governments of the world have managed to use a crisis to their extreme benefit and to the absolute servitude of the public. Was this thing created in a lab? Regardless of whether it was or wasn’t, how’s it being used against the public? What is the ultimate end game? James digs deep into the technocratic global government being created, influenced heavily by China and utilizing the crisis to install social credit tied to bank accounts.

This is THE battle for humanity as James points out. This is extraordinarily important and cannot be disregarded.

With social credit scores tied to medical tyranny, if we don’t act now, we may be done forever. Time is running out.

https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/james-corbett-this-is-the-battle-for-humanity-the-technocratic-enslavement-end-game/ 

:: 9-28-20 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Will the Planned Coronavirus Second Wave Take Root With the Election Chaos and Nationwide Riots as Distractions?

September 28, 2020 by Gary D. Barnett, Lew Rockwell:

“Of all tyrannies, a tyranny sincerely exercised for the good of its victims may be the most oppressive. It would be better to live under robber barons than under omnipotent moral busybodies. The robber baron’s cruelty may sometimes sleep, his cupidity may at some point be satiated; but those who torment us for our own good will torment us without end for they do so with the approval of their own conscience.”

~ C. S. Lewis, Article – “The Humanitarian Theory of Punishment”. (1949)

What in the world lies ahead? We are in the midst of the most incredible attempt by the powerful to take over humanity that has ever happened on earth. These times will determine our fate, as the controllers and enforcers are on a mission to complete the task of total population control without delay. This is always the desire of tyrants, but nothing of this scale or magnitude has ever been attempted, but now this Covid false flag event has caused the possibility of world domination by the few to be dangerously close to being attained. This is our dilemma, and there is little time to reverse this course we are on today. What will the people decide?

Those at the helm of this plot have over and over again warned of what is to come. This has been done as a method of preparedness in order to plant in the minds of the masses the idea that viral terror is imminent, and that only the state can save us from this deadly scourge. This of course is a lie, but with proper conditioning, most have succumbed to the possibility, and therefore are ripe for the coming propaganda. This is simply a brainwashing scheme, and there is nothing new about this technique used to dampen critical thinking by instilling fear among the herd. But in this case, the result could be deadly.

In order to bolster the absurd idea that a minor claimed flu-like illness would threaten the country’s destruction, major distractions meant to confuse and spread additional fear have been carefully planned, and are being put into place at the identical time of the arrival of the coming flu season. This of course was no accident, as multiple false flags will be used simultaneously in order to cause mass confusion. All that was necessary to initiate these events was to purposely cause more division among the general public, and to then allow the chaotic violence to continue without state interference.

This began with the effort by the political class and its media to inundate the public with news that would stoke racial unrest, and pit black against white. All that was necessary was to make false claims of murder by a white policeman against a black person, and then saturate the national airwaves with the specific intent to stoke hate. Once that was accomplished, setting up, supporting, and releasing criminal gangs like the ‘Black Lives Matter’ thugs and their Marxist counterparts called Antifa on the streets of American cities was allowed. In my opinion, this was purposely staged and authorized by the controllers, and these despicable hordes were then able to riot, loot, destroy property, and commit widespread acts of violence without resistance by the police, as most state enforcers were ordered to stand down.

Read More @ LewRockwell.com

https://www.sgtreport.com/2020/09/will-the-planned-coronavirus-second-wave-take-root-with-the-election-chaos-and-nationwide-riots-as-distractions/ 

:: 9-24-20 Four Winds 10.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Perversion of Science to Clear the Way for the Imposition of Compulsory Vaccines

Prof. Anthony J. Hall

9-24-20

The quest to claim the prestige of science is one of the major themes accompanying the rush of the rich and powerful to seize more wealth and political clout during the so-called “great reset” presently underway. Much controversy has surrounded the use of hydroxychloroquine as a cheap and readily available remedy for COVID-19.

Hydroxychloroquine is a well-known medicine used to treat many ailments. When properly administered along with zinc, hydroxychloroquine represents a threat to the agendas being pushed forward by Bill Gates and Big Pharma. Many powerful interests have a significant stake in imposing a compulsory vaccine on humanity as the universalized remedy for the much-exaggerated incursions of COVID-19.

Some of those plotting to advance the vaccine agenda sought to sideline the adoption of hydroxychloroquine as the main remedy for COVID-19. They resorted to..... READ MORE:

https://www.globalresearch.ca/perversion-science-clear-way-imposition-compulsory-vaccines/5724718 

:: 9-29-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jonathan Cahn - The Return 2020

150,292 views

•Sep 27, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AALjraf8C8Y 

:: 9-22-20 ARS Technica :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chitin could be used to build tools and habitats on Mars, study finds

The manufacturing process would require minimal energy and no specialized equipment.

Jennifer Ouellette - 9/22/2020, 6:18 PM

Space aficionados who dream of one day colonizing Mars must grapple with the stark reality of the planet's limited natural resources, particularly when it comes to building materials. A team of scientists from the Singapore University of Technology and Design discovered that, using simple chemistry, the organic polymer chitin—contained in the exoskeletons of insects and crustaceans—can easily be transformed into a viable building material for basic tools and habitats. This would require minimal energy and no need for transporting specialized equipment. The scientists described their experiments in a recent paper published in the journal PLOS ONE.

"The technology was originally developed to create circular ecosystems in urban environments," said co-author Javier Fernandez. "But due to its efficiency, it is also the most efficient and scalable method to produce materials in a closed artificial ecosystem in the extremely scarce environment of a lifeless planet or satellite."

As we previously reported, NASA has announced an ambitious plan to return American astronauts to the Moon and establish a permanent base there, with an eye toward eventually placing astronauts on Mars. Materials science will be crucial to the Artemis Moon Program's success, particularly when it comes to the materials needed to construct a viable lunar (or Martian) base. Concrete, for instance, requires a substantial amount of added water in order to be usable in situ, and there is a pronounced short supply of water on both the Moon and Mars. And transport costs would be prohibitively high. NASA estimates that it costs around $10,000 to transport just one pound of material into orbit. So there has been much attention on the possibility of using existing materials on the Moon itself to construct a lunar base. Past proposals have called for 3D-printing with Sorel cement, which requires significant amounts of chemicals and water (consumables), and a rocklike material that would require both water and phosphoric acid as a liquid binder. And back in March, a paper by an international team of scientists suggested that astronauts setting up a base on the Moon could use the urea in their urine as a plasticizer to create a concrete-like building material out of lunar soil.

As with the Moon, any plan to set up a habitable base on Mars must employ manufacturing technologies that make use of the Red Planet's regolith. But the authors of the current paper point out that most terrestrial manufacturing strategies that could fit the bill typically require specialized equipment and a hefty amount of energy. However, "Nature presents successful strategies of life adapting to harsh environments," the authors wrote. "In biological organisms, rigid structures are formed by integrating inorganic filler proceed from the environment at a low energy cost (e.g., calcium carbonate) and incorporated into an organic matrix (e.g., chitin) produced at a relatively high metabolic cost." Fernandez and his colleagues maintain that chitin is likely to be part of any planned artificial ecosystem because it is so plentiful in nature. It's the primary component of fish scales and fungal cell walls, for example, as well as the exoskeletons of crustaceans and insects. In fact, insects have already been targeted as a key source of protein for a possible Martian base. And since the chitin component of insects has limited nutritional value for humans, extracting it to make building materials "does not hamper or compete with the food supply," the authors wrote. "Rather, it is a byproduct of it."

For their experiments, the researchers relied on fairly simple chemistry. They took chitosan derived from shrimp, dissolved it in acetic acid—a common byproduct of both aerobic and anaerobic fermentation—and combined it with a mineral equivalent to Martian soil to create their chitinous building material. They tested its properties by fashioning various objects out of it, most notably a functional wrench, which they tested by tightening a hexagonal bolt. While acknowledging that this would be unlikely to replace metallic tools for certain critical space applications, it proved hardy enough to sustain sufficient torque for small daily tasks.   Think bigger

Next, the team tried molding the material into various geometries to study its potential as a building material via additive manufacturing, ranging from cylinders and cubes to objects with both rounded and angular shapes—including a little humanoid Martian figure. The scientists also demonstrated that the biolith could be used as makeshift mortar to effectively plug a small hole in a pipe. The pipe subsequently went several weeks without leakage. Finally, they built a full 3D-printed model of one possible design for a Martian habitat; it took just under two hours to complete. The researchers concluded that their results demonstrated the feasibility of such "closed-loop, zero-waste" solutions on Mars.

"Bioinspired manufacturing and sustainable materials are not a substituting technology for synthetic polymers, but an enabling technology defining a new paradigm in manufacturing, and allowing to do things that are unachievable by the synthetic counterparts," said Fernandez. "We have demonstrated that they are key not only for our sustainability on Earth but also for one of the next biggest achievements of humanity: our transformation into an interplanetary species."

https://arstechnica.com/science/2020/09/chitin-could-be-used-to-build-tools-and-habitats-on-mars-study-finds/ 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

[ :: 11-6-19 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For the mark of the beast will start coming in two thousand and twenty, that is the time when I told you before that you need those baskets ready, because in two thousand and twenty before the mark of the beast comes out you will have more than enough food. etc

:: 9-27-20 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grocers Begin to Stockpile and Build ‘Pandemic Pallets’ To Prepare For Winter Surge of COVID Cases

Sep 27, 2020

(ETH) – Grocery stores and food companies are reportedly preparing for what could be a coming increase in sales amid a new rise in Covid-19 cases and the coming Holidays.

According to the Wallstreet Journal, Supermarkets have already begun stockpiling groceries and storing them early to prepare for the coming fall and winter months, when some health experts are now warning the country could possibly face another widespread outbreak of coronavirus cases and new restrictions. The report went on to state that Food companies have already begun accelerating production of their most popular items, and leaders across the industry are indicating that they will not be caught unprepared in the face of such an event. The report comes as New York cases have now topped one thousand for the first time since early June and New U.S. cases have reportedly crept above the pace of recent days.

According to MSN News, Amid a surge in the Midwest, Minnesota has surpassed 2,000 deaths as Wisconsin and South Dakota reached a record number of cases and North Dakota just posted its second-highest number of cases as hospitals warned they were filling up. A new report from Reuters is stating that the number of tests returning positive for COVID-19 is topping 25% in several states across the U.S. Midwest as cases and hospitalizations also surge in the region.

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2020/09/grocers-begin-to-stockpile-and-build-pandemic-pallets-to-prepare-for-winter-surge-of-covid-cases/ 

:: 9-28-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Australia Falls to the CHICOMS, America Loses Another Key Ally

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 28, 2020 - 14:19.

China is in the process of controlling and controlling multiple nations. They are focusing on American allies who are done with America because China controls them. Here are few examples of how China is now in control of Australia.

Just as the American southern border is under attack, so it in Australia. The Chinese invasion is threatening the Australian culture, education system and is moving into the political arena. The resulting chaos has largely been ignored by the government, until recently.

I received the following email from a resident of Australia about her concerns with the Chinese invasion of her community and their subsequent behaviors.

Hi Dave

I'm on the Gold Coast in Queensland, in the Hinterland area on the outskirts of the Gold Coast. I heard about you a few years ago when I began homeschooling my two girls (now 9 and 12 years old). A friend (who also homeschools and is also Christian) had me over one day and I was talking to her husband. He woke me up to what is going on in the world and the times we are in and put me on to your show. I am very grateful for that and for what you do, have been listening ever since. He has been prepped for years.

It was my eldest daughter who mentioned yesterday "mum, I noticed signs on the shelves in Woolies, one in English and one in Chinese writing saying only two baby formula cans per customer" (or something similar) and she wondered why. She is aware because a few months ago we noticed a lot of pet food, dog and cat, wasn't available for weeks angering customers and we have cats. I sent an email about that awhile ago which you may find if you search my email. If not let me know and I can resend...

Anyway, I send information to you because I don't know anyone informative with as much influence...or anyone at all in Australia. I go to your channel/website to keep up to date with what is going on. Thanks so much, sorry it's a bit long-winded Thanks,

Samantha D.

Is this story true? Is Samantha accurate in her account? The answer is an emphatic yes! Channel 7 in Samantha’s area ran a story which completely confirms Samantha's account. In order to view the news report, please click this link to view the report.

Please note that the cameraman tried to not show the faces of the people hording the bottles of baby formula. However, when we could see faces, they were all Chinese. I began to ask questions and subsequently queried one of my deep cover insider sources as to why the Chinese would be hording things like pet food and baby formula. My source said I was asking the wrong question. He said I should be asking what the Chinese immigrants to Australia know that the Australians don’t know, but should. I will come back to this question later in this report The Chinese Are Invading Australian Universities

After years of mindlessly following the UN Migration Pact in which the Australian government completely capitulated to unrestricted Chinese immigration, just like the Democrats want America to do with millions of Latin Americans trying to cross our southern border. the government thought they were getting cheap labor and a docile population that would be easy to control. That has not proven to be the case. And now, at the highest levels of the Australian government, they are publicly questioning the wisdom of giving Chinese nations unfettered access to their institutions of higher learning. Before watching this report, it should be noted that if one is taking over any culture, taking control of the education system is one of the first places to begin. The Chinese Invasion of Australia Is Aimed At the Undermining the Culture

Why would a Western nation, primarily Christian admit people from a culture who hold the beliefs of the Australian culture in such disregard. Please read the following account about how Chinese children are being trained to hate Christianity.

Children in China’s primary schools are now being taught that belief in God is abnormal and that parents who are religious should not be trusted, according to a report out of the country.

The new direction is part of the country’s crackdown on Christianity under the New Regulations of Religious Affairs that took effect in February 2018, according to Bitter Winter, a religious liberty watchdog.

Even before the last was passed, government leaders viewed religion with skepticism. The crackdown intensified with the new law and impacted what is taught in schools, beginning in kindergarten.

Before starting school, I told my child about God’s creation, and he believed it. But after being taught at school, my child is like a different person. In atheistic China, these pure and innocent children have been taught to hate God,” a Christian mother told Bitter Winter.

Essentially, schools are grooming children to be atheists, teaching them that religion is “Xie jiao,” a Chinese expression that references anything that is heterodox and should not be trusted. Children are “taught to oppose their religious relatives” and that “believing in God is abnormal,” Bitter Winter reported.

The son reportedly told his Christian mom, “My teacher says that Christianity is a Xie jiao. If you believe in it, you will leave home and not take care of me. You might set yourself on fire, too.” The school textbook, Morality and Society, teaches children to resist Xie jiao religious groups. Bitter Winter included pictures from the book.

“The teacher told us during class that Xie jiao groups are so terrible,” the boy said....

Could it be any more clear than this? These kind of immigrants do not assimilate, they impose their will on the native population and we are finding, that when it comes to Australia, this is the case.

We are also witnessing the Chinese taking center stage in Australian politics as the pro-China and pro-Hong Kong Chinese are fighting each other on the streets of Australia BUT WAIT, THE WORST IS YET TO COME! CHINA OWNS AUSTRALIAN PORTS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

The loss of Australi as an American ally would prove devastating. In a war against China,therewould nothing

From the Daily Mail

China is buying up Australian land, infrastructure and businesses at an alarming rate as it seeks to project power and influence beyond its shores.

The communist nation of 1.4billion people owns an airport in Western Australia, nine million hectares of Australian land, several Aussie coalmines and wind farms and even the Port of Darwin, a key strategic asset.

China is also the largest foreign owner of Australian water and has projected soft power Down Under by planting Communist Party-approved Mandarin teachers in schools and universities. most are aware of the Chinese government’s belt and road economic initiative, awhich began in 2013. The purpose was to establish maritime trade routes across the globe. However, there is a covert and very disturbing aspect of this initiative. This Chinese strategy invests in infrastructure projects, though oans in dozens of countries on multiple continents. The projects include pipelines, ports, railways and other major infrastructure projects. All of these projects cost big money and when the host country defaults, and they almost always do, China owns the country. This practice is in practice in modern-day Australia and the Prime Minister has sold out his country, much like the Democratic Party is doing in America, today.

Last year, Chinese media reported 170 memoranda of understanding had been signed with 125 countries. THIS IS HOW CHINA IS STRIPPING AWAY ITS AMERICAN ALLIES.

From the Guardian

In 2018, premier Daniel Andrews signed a memorandum of understanding with China’s national development and reform commission to work together on belt and road initiatives.

At the time, Andrews said the agreement was aimed at his massive state infrastructure program.

“With the biggest infrastructure program in our state’s history under way, we have the design and delivery skills China is looking for, meaning more jobs and more trade and investment for Victorians,” he said.

In four years we have more than tripled Victoria’s share of Chinese investment in Australia and nearly doubled our exports to China. We said we’d reboot our relationship with China and we’re getting it done.”

It is clear that Australia is going the way of Chile and Ecuador, not to mention South Aftica. Conclusion

Militarily, the loss of Australia is catastrophic. The loss of Australia as a secondary base of operations for land and sea forces would be devastating for America should we decide to prosecute a war in the Asian theater.

The Chinese population has grown to 1.5 million in China and they are prepping for something big. The Australians need to wake up to the growing threat that is right under their nose.

Now, back to Samantha's account of the hording of baby formula and pet food. Why does anyone ever horde something? It is because they are anticipating a shortage caused by an external event. Something big is happening in Australia just as it is in America. I will be exploring the American side of this invasion in a future article. But the fact that this is happening in more than one country, speaks to the fact that the globalists are behind this.

To conclude, we have all seen the horrid images of unreasonable and extremely brutal law enforcement techniques being practiced in Melbourne. In the opinoin of this write, they are locking the country down in anticipation of a Chinese-takeover which will be nothing short of brutal and perhaps, eventually, genocidal, because the Chinese do not believe in co-occupancy.

Can you not see that the same thing is happening here in America

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/australia-falls-chicoms-america-loses-another-key-ally 

Matthew 24:3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, "Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?"
Matt 24:7
7 "For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be famines, pestilences, and earthquakes in various places. (NKJ)

:: 9-28-20 https://robinwestenra.blogspot.com  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Monday, 28 September 2020

Further reports of conflicts between Azerbaijan and Armenia

BREAKING NEWS: HEAVY FIGHTING - AZERBAIJAN PARLIAMENT DECLARES WAR ON ARMENIA

Hal Turner, 27 September, 2020

BREAKING NEWS - 12:58 PM EDT -- Russia Issues Mobilization Notice; Sending VDV (Airborne) Troops to Armenia Conflict Zone

12:12 PM EDT: Azerbaijan's Parliament declares state of war, announces military mobilization, martial law and curfew in several regions amid clashes with Armenia over Nagorno-Karabakh

Armenia blames Azerbaijan for attacks on civilian settlements in the Nagorno-Karabakh region, and says its troops downed two Azerbaijani helicopters and three drones in response. When this took place, Azerbaijan fought back and now, there is very heavy fighting between the two countries.

President of Azerbaijan set to address the nation shortly according to reports.

Artsakh, officially the Republic of Artsakh or the Nagorno-Karabakh Republic, is a breakaway state in the South Caucasus that is internationally recognized as a part of Azerbaijan.

There are now reports that Martial Law has been declared there.

Strangely, the head of the Armenian Defense Ministry David Tonoyan has reportedly fled the country. This reports were published against the background of the full-scale renewal of the Karabakh war with Azerbaijan by the Armenian troops.

It is not yet known whether Tonoyan fled from Armenia before the outbreak of hostilities or during the first shelling of Azerbaijani villages, as a result of which Azerbaijani citizens were killed and wounded.

Russia calls on Armenia and Azerbaijan to end escalations and begin talks as #zerbaijan announces it has the full support of Turkey.

To give readers perspective on what's at stake, here is a map of the region. The area in Red is disputed territory between the two countries. Hal Turner Remark: The media reports coming out of this area are rife with inaccuracies and blame from both sides. It is said that "truth is the first casualty of war" and in this case, it sure seems that way. For all the information coming out right now, it is VERY hard for me to determine who did what to whom, first, and why. Reporting this conflict is NOT going to be easy from a factual standpoint. I must cvonfess that since Azerbaijan has the full support of Turkey, it appears TO ME that they are already in the wrong. I don't trust Turkey as far as I can throw it and anyone connected with the Turks are therefore viewed badly by me.

UPDATE 11:12 AM EDT --

The Prime Minister of Armenia calls on citizens to prepare to 'defend the sacred homeland.' General mobilization and martial law declared.

The general con census coming out of the region is that, supported by Turkey, Azerbaijan has just started a war against Armenia in-order to occupy Artsakh/NagornoKarabakh. For now, Azerbaijan has lost a Mi-8 transport helicopter, a Mi-24 heavy attack helicopter, 3 UAVs & over 20 Syrian mercenaries! However, Turkish Defense Minister Akar says: "Armenia attacked Azerbaijan with a violation of the ceasefire and again showed that it was after a provocation. The biggest obstacle to peace and stability in the Caucasus is the aggressive attitude of Armenia and it must immediately cease this aggression that will set the region on fire.

Hal Turner Remark: This is dangerous. We are heading towards Russia vs Turkey in very short span of time. (Both will have to protect their sides).

UPDATE 11:30 AM EDT --

Another helicopter from Azerbaijan has been shot down:

Massive reinforcements have been sent by Armenia, including rocket launchers to the front line with Azerbaijan as a open war begins.

In a dramatic and extremely dangerous escalation, Turkey has sent a military drone deep into Armenian territory.

The drone has not fired, but even if it is only Intel, the fact that Turkey is doing this against an ally of Russia brings this new conflict into sharp perspective. This "war" is growing, fast.

FYI: Armenia is 97% christian while Azerbaijan is 95%+ Muslim.

UPDATE 11:58 AM EDT --

Azerbaijan is cutting-off the Internet, to block information getting out to the world:

All .gov.az also websites are down including mod.gov.az and edu.gov.az

The Defense Army of Artsakh reports that the enemy has great losses of manpower and armor. The units of the Defense Army destroyed 4 enemy helicopters, about 15 UAVs, including strike, 10 tanks, and a combat vehicle.

UPDATE 12:06 PM EDT --

Russia has sent a heavy military transport to Armenia . . . this is direct military reinforcement of Armenia by Russia. This conflict is escalating so fast, heads are spinning.

The European Union (EU) on Sunday called for an immediate halt to border clashes between Armenia and Azerbaijan.

"The European Union calls for an immediate cessation of hostilities, de-escalation and for strict observance of the cease-fire," EU foreign policy chief Josep Borrell said in a statement.

Deputy Minister of Defense of Nagorny Karabakh Artur Sarkisyan: 16 dead and about 100 injured on Armenian side to the moment

***** BULLETIN *****

BREAKING NEWS - 12:12 PM EDT: Azerbaijan's Parliament declares state of war, announces military mobilization, martial law and curfew in several regions amid clashes with Armenia over Nagorno-Karabakh

Reminder that Armenia is a member state of the Collective Security Treaty Organization (CSTO) with Russia and 4 other countries. Article 4 of the CSTO states that an attack on a member state is an attack on all.

Armenia’s MoD says that Azerbaijan is now employing its largest caliber MLRS, including the Smerch, Belarusian Polonez and the T-300. This is serious. Armenia’s and Azeri MLRS have range 100KM+. This would mean that the strikes will take place deep in Armenia / AZB

***** BULLETIN *****

12:58 PM EDT -- Russia Issues Notice to world: "Deploying its VDV (Airborne) Troops to Armenia Conflict Zone"

This is a GIGANTIC escalation. Russia is stepping directly, openly, and forcefully, into the armed conflict. Russia knows Turkey backs Azerbaijan, and Russia is now openly sending its best troops to wage war against Azerbaijan in defense of Armenia. Direct, open conflict is now unavoidable between Turkey and Russia.

UPDATE 1:31 PM EDT --

Armenia

16 Armenians have been killed, 100+ injured

• State of emergency, general mobilization of the population declared

Azerbaijan:

• 7 villages captured from Armenia

• A state of war and curfews have been declared.

More . . .

According to verified reports Azerbaijan has about 200 casualties and more than 30 pieces of destroyed military hardware.

UPDATE 3:00 PM EDT --

UN chief calls for immediate end to fighting over Nagorny Karabakh

US condemns escalation of violence between Azerbaijan and Armenia, urges both sides to cease hostilities immediately

UPDATE 4:00 PM EDT --

This is 14-15 hours straight of combat , they probably are going to fight through the night , holding positions while reinforcements pull up and then we will see much more intense fighting at sun rise there in about 7-8 hours.

UPDATE 5:00 PM EDT --

AzTV reports live that heavy artillery fire exchange are still ongoing on LoC

Reports state that the entire nation of Azerbaijan is now under martial law amid major fighting with Armenia.

***** BULLETIN *****

COVERT INTEL

UPDATE 6:24 PM EDT -- Trainloads of troops are departing Russian military districts towards Armenia. According to in-country sources, at least three trainloads of Russian armed forces are departing from EACH of Russia's Central, Western, and Southern Military Districts.

This means tens-of-thousands of Russian troops are already on their way toward the conflict between Armenia (which Russia supports) and Azerbaijan (which Turkey supports).

Russian military aircraft are in the air in growing numbers. Specifically, transport planes moving large amounts of cargo are already landing in Armenia with supplies; but not just for Armenian troops. The supplies are allegedly being pre-positioned for RUssians that are already on the way.

Russian fighter jets and bombers are also in the air from farther regions in Russia, signaling the Russians intend to move significant war-fighting assets into Armenia very quickly.

This movement of troops by Russia is unprecedented in the speed at which the order was given, and the number of troops being moved. It __appears__ to intel sources the Russians intend to put an end to this before it mushrooms out of control . . . but point out that such a heavy-handed response could cause it to mushroom out of control anyway. Damned if they do, damned if they don't.

UPDATE 6:43 PM EDT --

Artsron Hovhannisyan, the spokesman for the Armenian Ministry of Defense, announced in a press briefing that Armenia will, if necessary, use all kinds of weapons in response to the aggression, including Su-30SM fighters.

In response to journalists’ question about the possibility of using fighters, Hovhannisyan indicated that the military and political leadership of Armenia is in complete control of the situation in the conflict zone in Nagorno-Karabakh, and “if necessary, all kinds of weapons will be used.”

https://robinwestenra.blogspot.com/2020/09/further-reports-of-conflicts-between.html 

:: 9-28-20 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

They Want This Nightmare To Last Forever! Global Elite Pushing For Hard Lockdown Of Entire World As The ‘Demonic New World Order’ Warnings Of ‘Conspiracy Theorists’ Are Confirmed

September 28, 2020 by Stefan Stanford, All News Pipeline:

While for years we’ve been labeled as ‘conspiracy theorists’ for warning about a sinister plan long being carried out by ‘globalists’, including most Democrats, to ‘transform’ America into a ‘much less free’ country than our Founding Fathers had envisioned, as this new story over at the Washington Times warns, according to Archbishop Carlo Maria Vigano, we’ve been witnessing precisely that.

With Archbishop Vigano, who also previously took on Pope Francis, claiming he was covering up child sexual abuse in the Catholic church and should resign, showing us more courage than we’ve EVER seen from most US politicians by claiming that the 2020 elections will feature President Trump in a battle ‘against the demonic forces of the deep state’, as Vigano also warns, this election is nothing less than a battle of the ages and for all of history.

Warning that this election is nothing less than ‘a Biblical battle’ and that the results will end up being felt not only all across America but the entire world, how can Democrats and the mainstream media STILL DENY the very existence of this ‘shadowy group’ of ‘demonic forces’ that seeks to overthrow the US Constitution and bring in a totalitarian ‘new world order’, with so many signs all around us? We’ll take a look at more of those recent and accelerating signs below but first, from the Washington Times story (also saved over at Archive).

Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò said the 2020 presidential election presents Americans with a “biblical” challenge “against the demonic forces of the deep state and against the New World Order.”

The Catholic Church’s former Apostolic Nuncio to the U.S. once again warned voters that warring principalities unseen to the human eye will clash on Election Day. The archbishop previously framed the political landscape to a battle between “the children of light and the children of darkness” in June.

“Presidential elections in November represent an epochal challenge, a biblical challenge, the outcome of which will be decisive not only for the United States of America but for the whole world,” he wrote in a letter offered, but not read, to Wednesday’s National Catholic Prayer Breakfast.

“It is necessary that all of you Catholics of America are well aware of the role that Providence has designed to entrust to your President, and that you are aware of the extraordinary battle that He is preparing to fight against the demonic forces of the deep state and against the New World Order,” the religious leader wrote. “I am at your side with fervent prayer, together with millions of Catholics and with all people of good will throughout the world.”

The archbishop also asserted that Mr. Trump is “the greatest defender of the supreme values of Christian civilization: of life, from conception to natural death; of the natural family composed of one man and one woman and children; and of love for the homeland: One Nation under God!”

Wednesday’s event also included Mr. Trump’s vow to sign the Born Alive executive order as a means of protecting babies that survive attempted abortions.

“Precious babies born alive, no matter their circumstances, [must] receive the medical care that they deserve,” Mr. Trump said. “This is our sacrosanct moral duty.”

And with many Democrats also framing this coming election as an existential battle that they must win, and leftists all across the country already suffering massive meltdowns proving that its already quite ugly and only about to get worse, with a Supreme Court battle ahead and the elections now just over 1 month away, BLM/antifa already burning down America NOW hints of what’s to come. Especially with many Democrats and the ‘global elite’ pushing for a ‘hard covid-19 lockdown’ of not only America but the entire world as we’ll look at more in the next section of this story below.

Read More @ AllNewsPipeline.com

https://www.sgtreport.com/2020/09/they-want-this-nightmare-to-last-forever-global-elite-pushing-for-hard-lockdown-of-entire-world-as-the-demonic-new-world-order-warnings-of-conspiracy-

theorists-are-confirmed/ 

:: 9-23-20 The Federalist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Senate Report Accuses Hunter Biden Of Paying For Hookers Who May Have Been Trafficked

September 23, 2020 By Tristan Justice

An earthshattering report released by Senate investigators Wednesday outlining the Biden family’s long list of conflicts of interest at the upper echelons of government unearthed new allegations of former Vice President Joe Biden’s son making multiple payments to Eastern European prostitutes.

According to the joint report out by the Senate Homeland Security and Government Affairs Committee with the Senate Treasury Committee, Hunter Biden made a number of payments to foreign nationals with “questionable backgrounds” consistent with “organized prostitution and/or human trafficking.” Records on file with the committee, the report says, “confirm that Hunter Biden sent thousands of dollars to individuals who have either: 1) been involved in transactions consistent with possible human trafficking; 2) an association with the adult entertainment industry; or 3) potential association with prostitution.”

The report continued, detailing that some transactions were Russian- and Ukrainian-linked to what “appears to be an Eastern European prostitution or human trafficking ring.”

This is not the first time Hunter Biden’s infidelity has promised headaches for his father’s 2020 presidential campaign.

In November last year, Page Six reported that an Arkansas woman who successfully sued the former vice president’s son for monthly child support was a stripper at a club Hunter Biden frequented. Hunter Biden, according to the paper, was a regular guest at the Mpire Club in Washington D.C.’s Dupont Circle, where Lunden Alexis Roberts, the mother of Biden’s baby, went by the name “Dallas” on stage.

“He was well-known,” one source told Page Six.

Since President Donald Trump’s sham impeachment proceedings last fall highlighted Hunter Biden’s questionable and possibly criminal overseas business activities, the notorious member of the Biden clan has maintained a low profile after intense scrutiny of the family’s conflicts of interest has plagued the Democratic nominee’s campaign.

Hunter Biden’s absence has sparked the internet meme, “Where’s Hunter?” It was briefly answered with a rare appearance at the Democratic Party’s virtual convention in August.

Tristan Justice is a staff writer at The Federalist focusing on the 2020 presidential campaigns. Follow him on Twitter at @JusticeTristan or contact him at Tristan@thefederalist.com.

https://thefederalist.com/2020/09/23/senate-report-accuses-hunter-biden-of-paying-for-hookers-who-may-have-been-trafficked/ 

[ :: 9-4-05 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

There will be thousands of deaths from this hurricane and it will take more months than any storm to recover from, costing millions of dollars, by far the most costly storm to date, yet there shall be bigger storms to come. I have forewarned those along the seashores that they should leave everything and that they should move north etc

 [ :: 9-4-05 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc  For I have told them those that live along the seashores should move away, but yet they listen not to me, they go their own way. You shall see many, many, many terrible things yet coming, for it is that time, you are in the last days, it is recorded in my word. etc

[ :: 9-11-05 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc For three years I have warned people to move away from the seashore, I have warned them about the warming trend and what it will do. I have warned them about the hurricanes, how they shall grow much larger and dangerous. etc

:: 9-27-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Validated 17.2 feet high storm surge destroyed everything from Louisiana residents during Hurricane Laura 

By Strange Sounds - Sep 27, 2020

After Hurricane Laura unleashed catastrophic storm surge on the coast of Louisiana, residents who stayed put say they will never again stay during a hurricane.

“Something that you experience one time and don’t do it again,” explained Kim Eagleson, a Grand Lake Resident. Never before has a Category 4 hurricane made landfall in southwestern Louisiana, making it the strongest storm on record by wind intensity for that part of the state. The monstrous storm packed maximum sustained winds of 150 mph and something most residents tend to underestimate — storm surge.

The storm surge rose to an astonishing 17.2 feet above ground level in Rutherford Beach, Louisiana, the National Weather Service in Lake Charles found.

To put that into perspective, that is almost as tall as an adult giraffe, or two times the official height to a basketball rim. AccuWeather National Reporter Jonathan Petramala revealed the damage left behind by the astounding storm surge and interviewed residents picking up the pieces after Laura’s rampage.

Laura took everything except just a little cement slab. Crumbled the fireplace, ain’t nothing left. There’s people in East Louisiana don’t realize how bad we have it here,” Grand Chenier Resident Chris Theriot told Petramala. Petramala reported people living in this area may not have running water or electricity until Thanksgiving or Christmas.

The National Hurricane Center (NHC) warned residents of the looming threat the surge posed ahead of the storm.

Unsurvivable storm surge with large and destructive waves will cause catastrophic damage from Sea Rim State Park, Texas, to Intracoastal City, Louisiana, including Calcasieu and Sabine Lakes,” the NHC warned in a tweet before the storm made landfall, adding that the surge could extend up to 40 miles inland from the coastline. Along the coast, storm surge is often the greatest threat to life and property from a hurricane, according to the NHC.

“Storm surge is the result of the water “piling” up as the storm center nears the coastline. It is predominantly caused by the force of the winds, cyclonically moving around the center of circulation, but is also contributed slightly due to falling pressure,” AccuWeather Meteorologist Brett Rossio said.

“Storm surge is often the most dangerous and life-threatening occurrence caused by tropical cyclones, because people near the coast are often taken off guard with how quickly water can rise,” Rossio said. Storm surge strength and reach compares more to a river than a tide.

Rossio explained the surge can cause significant damage in its wake as well, leading to homes being either flooded or pulled into the sea as water recedes.

“It isn’t certain if this is a record for this area given lack of water measurement observations in this area, but it was likely very similar to what was seen with Hurricane Rita when it made landfall 15 years ago,” Rossio said.

Rita’s storm surge was estimated to be between 12 to 18 feet.

More storm surge news on Accu Weather, WP, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/09/storm-surge-hurricane-laura-video-usa.html 

:: 9-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The State's Response To This "Virus" Is Nothing More Than A Weapon Of Mass Submission

by Tyler Durden  Sun, 09/27/2020 - 07:00

Authored by Gary Barnett via LewRockwell.com,

“The great masses of men, though theoretically free, are seen to submit supinely to oppression and exploitation of a hundred abhorrent sorts. Have they no means of resistance? Obviously they have. The worst tyrant, even under democratic plutocracy, has but one throat to slit. The moment the majority decided to overthrow him he would be overthrown. But the majority lacks the resolution; it cannot imagine taking the risks.”

~ H. L. Mencken (1926). “Notes on Democracy,” p. 50, Alfred A. Knopf

Draconian measures by the State against the masses require the cooperation of the masses. This is the essence of political submission, and therefore, it is the foundation of the ruling “elite’s” plan to achieve a complete global economic and total control reset. At this stage of the plot, all is going just as the globalists expected, as the takeover of the human population is well underway. Logic would dictate that this fake pandemic should be over for good after the new CDC death figures for the U.S. were recently exposed. That report showed that 94% of those said to have died from Covid alone did not die from Covid at all. In fact, the 94% that died who were claimed as Covid deaths had on average 2.6 other co-morbidities evident.

What that means is this entire virus scam was a fraud all along, and is being used as a weapon of submission in order to gain control over the entire population. Lies on top of lies have been used to frighten people into voluntarily destroying their lives in the name of false safety, and now the damage has reached levels that will be almost impossible to overcome at any time in the near or even distant future. One would think that with this ground shattering information, all citizens would be up in arms, but that does not seem to be the case. This is extremely troubling, as without a mass uprising of the people, this horrendous plan will continue to go forward.

It is now time to consider the possible tactics that will be used by the State against all of us, especially those that continue to question, and refuse to comply with the idiocy that is called a coronavirus pandemic. Hell is coming in the form of the ruling class and its pawns in government and their plan for a captured society. Is there really a devil, or have evil men seeking power created Satin in their own image in an attempt to take over the entire planet for themselves?

All the plans of these monsters are being telegraphed in advance, just as has always happened in the past. Creating a new Pearl Harbor has taken on a whole new meaning with this manufactured virus scare, but it will only get worse from here. It is imperative to understand that nothing happening is organic or natural; it has all been purposely designed to achieve a particular outcome. That outcome is total world domination by the few, and in order to be successful in this venture, the current economic system must be destroyed, and a new digital monetary system that can be monitored and controlled from the top must be created and implemented.

Even though the CDC released death numbers that completely contradict the mainstream narrative, and show that this pandemic is a fraud, it is still little reported, and it seems that many would pay no attention to this revelation even if it were reported more widely.

This alone shows the weakness and apathetic mindset that permeates the American populace today.

Considering the attitude of the masses, and the lack of reason and logic evident among the herd, what is coming should be obvious. The powerful will not relent so long as the people remain indifferent to their own existence. With that in mind, expect a wave of new and exaggerated fear mongering techniques. The more the people rebel, if at all, the stronger any response by the state apparatus will be. If enough question the validity of this virus pandemic, a new and more dangerous strain will magically emerge. If resistance continues to gain favor, then a new and possibly deadly biological agent could be released, although it would need to be isolated so as to not get out of hand and threaten those responsible for its distribution among the public. If the flu season, along with a very weakened immune response of the now compromised citizenry does not keep the people in check, the release of other toxic agents is not only possible in my opinion, but also probable.

There are many scenarios that could emerge depending on what the ruling and controlling classes deem necessary in order to gain and retain total control. Once the people are frightened enough, the new vaccine will be immediately introduced. It is my belief that this vaccine is already available, and is being held until fear is at such a high level that most will voluntarily line up for injection. If this happens, control over the people will have reached a stage that is irreversible due to multiple reasons. Any Covid vaccine will introduce several viruses into the human system, and in addition, many very dangerous and problematic toxins and harmful adjuvants. But that is only part of the risk, as there could be other unknown ingredients as well, and these could be a part of a covert plan not divulged to the recipients of any vaccine.

Just recently in this article from Steemit, it was announced that the FDA is nearing approval of a biochip implant that could be injected by use of a hydrogel solution. This is supposedly an implant to detect Covid by linking the human body and mind to a computer system, and could easily be a part of any vaccine. This is insanity, but is only the beginning of any number of body and mind altering artificial intelligence methods meant to produce a transhuman society that could be controlled through technocratic means.

Beware of any bio-terror attack blamed on an outside enemy, whether an individual, a third world country, or any mainstream claimed enemy of the U.S. such as China, Iran, or Russia. An attack of this nature now would most assuredly be from within this country, and perpetrated by internal forces to stoke more fear. That additional fear, and any bio-weapon release meant to look like a virus could be claimed to be the pre-planned second wave, and this alone would turn most of the country against any that question the official narrative. Those exposing the lie that is Covid and resisting the state mandates would be severely marginalized or worse if total fear grips America.

With resistance beginning to grow due to the draconian measures initiated by the state, including lockdowns, quarantine, job loss, and mask wearing, the risk of additional manufactured terror attacks, virus releases, bio-weapon deployment, other false flag events, or vaccine-related illnesses certainly should be expected. This is the world we live in, a dystopia brought about because the people allowed it to happen.

The turning point of all this insanity is near, and will advance in the state’s favor during this farce called the presidential election. This election will bring with it untold chaos, including looting, rioting, property destruction, and hatred among the population at large. This chaos will be used against all in this country, as even more division will be forthcoming, and with it, more uncertainty and violence, leading to more state interference in our lives. This is exactly what the claimed ruling elite desires, as the more fear and hatred that exists, the easier it is to control us all. This abhorrent election, regardless of the outcome, will be a disaster, and only extend the terror we have been facing since March of this year.

“The slavery of fear had made men afraid to think.”

- Thomas Paine, Bruce Kuklick (2000). “Paine: Political Writings”, p.162, Cambridge University Press

The push toward totalitarian rule is heading into the final stage this winter. That has been proclaimed openly by the dregs of the ruling and political classes. We are on the verge of losing any sovereignty we have left, and becoming just a cog in the wheel of a centralized federal power structure bent on creating a technocratic slave society to be used to support the top tier of the tyrannical few. Stop it now or submit your body, mind, and soul to your new position as a servant to your ‘human’ masters.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/states-response-virus-nothing-more-weapon-mass-submission 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9-28-20 CBS Sacramento :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Famed Napa Valley Winery Destroyed As Glass Fire Explodes In Size

September 28, 2020 at 12:15 pm

Filed Under: California wildfire season, Glass Fire, Napa Valley, winery

(CNN) — The famed 41-year-old Chateau Boswell Winery in Napa Valley, California, was destroyed during the Glass Fire on Sunday evening, according to KPIX.

The private family-owned winery, established in 1979, is located along the popular Silverado Trail, an area that came under mandatory evacuation orders on Sunday as the Glass fire grew from a relatively small 20-acre vegetation fire to burn 11,000 acres. Photos show flames completely taking over the stone chateau as firefighters worked to contain them Sunday night.

Chateau Boswell, located in in St. Helena, is known as one of just a handful of privately owned family wineries remaining in Napa Valley, according to its website.

There are dozens of other wineries in the area, three of which — Reverie Winery, Viader Winery and Davis Estates winery — are also threatened by flames, according to KPIX.

Fueled by dry conditions and high winds, two other fires — the Boysen Fire and the Shady Fire — also sparked Sunday night in the area, according to Cal Fire.

Flames have forced tens of thousands of evacuations throughout Napa and Somona counties, officials say.

https://sacramento.cbslocal.com/2020/09/28/chateau-bosewell-winery-napa-wildfire-destroyed/ 

:: 9-26-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"CLIMATE LOCKDOWN" - The End Game Becomes Clear: Post-Human Future

63,188 views

•Sep 26, 2020

Ice Age Farmer

157K subscribers

A "Climate Lockdown," to extend into perpetuity, reveals the true nature of #COVID1984: normalization of the police state, "climate tracing" and now "climate lockdown" as technocrats shove society towards their post-human future. Their hand is forced as the Global Warming

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y81EOYIIN34 

:: 9-27-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats: Create Liberal Country, Divide Blue From Red – Republicans: ‘Yes, Please, Don’t Let The Door Hit You In The Butt On Your Way Out’

by Susan Duclos · Published September 27, 2020 · Updated September 27, 2020

Democrats: Create Liberal Country, Divide Blue From Red – Republicans: ‘Yes, Please, Don’t Let The Door Hit You In The Butt On Your Way Out’

By Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine

We have used the map above as a visual of why the electoral college is so very important, showing that limited “blue” strongholds should not be able to dictate the results of an election to the entire nation, because when broken down by county or “red versus blue” areas, rather than by compacted population in small areas, the sea of red shows how very little of the nation, geographical-wise, liberals actually inhabit.

For the purpose of this article, the visual represents the lunacy of some recent statements made by Lanny Davis, who once served as special counsel for former president Bill Clinton, who took to Twitter in a lengthy thread which began with “1) DEAR RED STATES; WE’RE LEAVING. We’ve decided we’re leaving. We intend to form our own country, we’re taking the other Blue States with us…that includes Hawaii, Oregon, California, New Mexico, Washington, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, Illinois, and all the Northeast.”

What Mr. Davis didn’t address because it would negate his entire 15 tweet thread is that entire states would not be part of his “create our own country” scenario, because in most of the country, the majority of the population may all be squeezed together in small areas like sardines, but they too are surrounded by the sea of red, meaning more counties would be staying American while Lanny and his cohorts all struck out on their own.

Interestingly, most conservatives that read his entire nonsensical thread, were saying “Yes, please, go… don’t let the door hit you in the ass on your way out.”

His “plan” assumes that the red areas, the counties considered very conservative, wouldn’t flip him and his merry band of plotters off, or worse, decide the “state” wasn’t going anywhere, but they would happily provide an armed escort to help them leave the entire state.

That is seriously taking the cold civil war we are in the midst of now and blowing it all up into a hot civil war where even more blood is in the streets, on a daily basis.

Frankly I cannot imagine that many conservatives would be all that upset to see the backend of a bunch of blues, along with their failed policies that have led to many “blue” areas looking more and more like third world countries than cities in a great nation. Then we have people like singer John Legend insisting that people should leave America if President Trump is reelected.

Hollywood and musicians claimed they would leave if Trump won in 2016, yet they are still here. This means they are not only petulant children, but liars as well.

I think they should have to sign some sort of contract, Trump wins, they have to leave because they said they would…. isn’t that like a verbal contract or something?

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this ‘Info-war’ for America at this most critical time in US history as we approach the 2020 election during a time of systematic ‘big tech’ censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

On the flip side, we see that many conservatives are not just mouthing off like Mr. Davis, but are actually packing up their stuff, without any fanfare, and heading on over to other “red” areas within the U.S., for a number of reasons. Some would rather be among likeminded conservatives in preparation for the increased chaos that is expected in the near future.

Others are so sick of liberal policies, as the image above shows, that they are simply taking their stuff, their money, (meaning their tax revenue) and simply leaving.

Many would think that this exodus of people living in “blue” areas would not bode well for the “red” areas they moved to because they would bring their bad policies with them, but a recent SHTF Plan article explains that isn’t an accurate reading of what is happening.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/09/27/democrats-create-liberal-country-divide-blue-from-red-republicans-yes-please-dont-let-the-door-hit-you-in-the-butt-on-your-way-out 

:: 9--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Abraham Accords

By Hal Lindsey

On August 13th of this year, the United States, Israel, and the United Arab Emirates released a joint statement announcing an agreement normalizing relations between Israel and the UAE. They call their agreement the Abraham Accords. The announcement explained their choice for that name. “Recognizing that the Arab and Jewish peoples are descendants of a common ancestor, Abraham.”

Less than a month later, on September 12th, the White House announced that Bahrain had also agreed to normalization of ties with Israel.

The reactions of other Arab nations have been mixed. A group from the Kuwaiti assembly representing Liberals, Shi'ites, Islamists, and Arabists condemned the treaty. Significantly, however, the Kuwait government remained silent. That means they left their options open. Oman supported the agreement. Saudi Arabia said they would not normalize relations with Israel until the creation of a Palestinian state with Jerusalem as its capital.

The Accords represent a remarkable turn of events and a huge diplomatic victory for the United States. Some have said that the Abraham Accords cannot be called a “peace agreement” because the nations involved were not officially at war with one another. While technically true, that fails to recognize the depth of enmity these Muslim nations have shown toward Israel over the seven decades of modern Israel’s existence.

After years of blood threats and extreme rage, why peace now? We should give a lot of credit to the President and his team, especially his son-in-law, Jared Kushner. But the most important factor is Iran. That nation scares everyone in the region. It has a large and growing nuclear weapons program. It is quickly developing missiles to carry those nukes wherever it wants to send them. It has developed ties to Russia and China. And its military meddling across the region shows that it has no respect for the sovereignty of neighbors. Israel makes a strong friend in such a dangerous time.

Even those Gulf nations that condemned the agreement continue to show a desire for friendship with Israel. That, too, is because of the severe and imminent threat posed by Iran. Only a few years ago, friendly overtures between these nations and Israel seemed impossible. Today, all that has changed.

Since before Israel declared its independence, these nations showed nothing but hatred for Israel. Yet the Bible teaches that a peace agreement between Israel, its neighbors, and the Antichrist will mark the starting point of the seven years of tribulation coming on the world. Until recently, such a peace treaty seemed utterly impossible. Now, it makes perfect sense.

Antichrist’s peace treaty will be hailed as miraculous, but the peace it will bring will be both short and weak. We can already see the nations moving in the direction of peace. But we can also see the inherent weakness of that future treaty. There remains a fundamental prejudice against Jews written into the Koran and other teachings associated with Mohammed.

The fracture lines that will mark the breakup of the Antichrist’s peace treaty are also evident. We already see the “king of the south” nations aligning, including most of the Gulf States. We also see the Ezekiel 38 group beginning to form.

You might wonder how Antichrist could ever convince Iran to agree to peace with Israel. That will probably be accomplished because of Russia’s power over Iran, and Russia’s need to be part of the world trade groups that Antichrist will control. But Ezekiel 38 says that Russia, Turkey, Iran, and certain African nations will form into another coalition that will break away from Antichrist’s peace accord and move against Israel.

The world is rapidly realigning itself into the place described by the Bible in the last days. It is an awe-inspiring thing to see. Thousands of years ago, prophets wrote down God’s words, and what He said then is coming true today. That provides a strong reason to trust Him and His word. In a time when it’s hard to know who you can believe, you can know that God has spoken, and believe Him.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-22-2020/ 

:: 9-22-20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US, UAE may agree on F-35 deal by December: Reuters

UAE could be the first Gulf state to possess the stealth jet, as US studies deal that is also acceptable to Israel. 22 Sep 2020

The United States and the United Arab Emirates hope to have an initial agreement on the sale of F-35 stealth fighter jets to the Gulf state in place by December, as the Trump administration studies how to structure a deal without running afoul of Israel.

The Reuters news agency, citing sources close to the negotiations, on Tuesday said the goal is to have a letter of agreement in place in time for UAE National Day, celebrated on December 2.

Any deal must satisfy decades of agreements with Israel that says any US weapons sold to the region must not impair Israel’s “qualitative military edge”, guaranteeing US weapons furnished to Israel are “superior in capability” to those sold to its neighbours. With that in mind, Washington is studying ways to make Lockheed Martin’s F-35 more visible to Israeli radar systems, two sources told Reuters.

The news agency said it could not determine if this would be done by changing the jet or providing Israel with better radar, among other possibilities. Israeli Defence Minister Benny Gantz was due to meet his US counterpart Mark Esper in Washington on Tuesday. The UAE’s embassy in Washington did not immediately respond to a request for comment. The White House declined to comment.

A Pentagon spokeswoman told Reuters: “As a matter of policy, the United States does not confirm or comment on proposed defence sales or transfers until they are formally notified to Congress.”

Once a letter of agreement is signed, a fine may be levied against any party that terminates the deal.

Several political and regulatory hurdles must be cleared before the sale can be completed and Capitol Hill aides cautioned a deal may not be possible this year. Ellen Lord, the Pentagon’s chief weapons buyer, told reporters in August that in general, the US aims to complete a letter of agreement for new F-35 sales in about six months.

Because of the qualitative military edge restriction, the F-35 jets have been denied to Arab states, while Israel has about 24 of them. The UAE, one of Washington’s closest Middle East allies, has long expressed interest in acquiring the stealth jets and was promised a chance to buy them in a side deal made when they agreed to normalise relations with Israel, Reuters said.

Sources familiar with the negotiations said a working idea was for Israeli air defences to be able to detect the UAE F-35s with technology that effectively defeats the stealth capabilities of the jets.

F-35 fighter jets sold to the UAE could also be built in a way that ensures the same planes owned by Israel outperform any others sold in the region, defence experts told Reuters.

Washington already demands that any F-35 sold to foreign governments cannot match the performance of US jets, a congressional staffer and a source familiar with past sales said. The F-35’s technical sophistication is tied to its mission systems and processing power and “it’s the computing power that allows you to sell a higher-tech jet to Israel than to the UAE,” said Doug Birkey, executive director of the Mitchell Institute for Aerospace Studies in Washington.

“When foreign pilots are in training in the US, they type a code into a user interface as they board the jet. The code will pull a different jet for each pilot based on legal permissions,” Birkey said. Either way, the actual delivery of new jets is years away. Poland, the most recent F-35 customer, purchased 32 of the jets in January, but will not receive its first delivery until 2024.

https://www.aljazeera.com/2020/09/22/us-uae-may-agree-on-f-35-deal-by-december-reuters/ 

Matthew 24:3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, "Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?"
Matt 24:7
7 "For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be famines, pestilences, and earthquakes in various places. (NKJ)


:: 9-27-20 National Public Radio :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Violence Erupts Between Armenia And Azerbaijan Over Long-Disputed Region

September 27, 20202:03 PM ET Rachel Treisman Twitter

Fighting broke out between Armenia and Azerbaijan in the disputed territory of Nagorno-Karabakh on Sunday, causing casualties on both sides and prompting the Armenian government to declare martial law and mobilize its military.

The conflict is the latest eruption of violence in a decades-long dispute over the region, which lies within the borders of Azerbaijan but is controlled by ethnic Armenian forces. Both countries have reported military and civilian deaths as of Sunday afternoon.

Armenian officials said Azerbaijani forces launched a "missile and aerial attack" in the region on Sunday morning, targeting peaceful settlements and shelling civilian infrastructures, while Azerbaijan's Ministry of Foreign Affairs said its armed forces were responding to Armenian shelling.

Armenian Prime Minister Nikol Pashinyan said in a tweet that the aggression seemed to be pre-planned, and "constitutes large-scale provocation against regional peace & security." Azerbaijan's president, Ilham Aliyev, countered that "the first fire, including artillery fire, was opened by Armenia, and the first victims were Azerbaijani servicemen."

Officials in both Armenia and Nagorno-Karabakh declared martial law and dispatched armed forces as tensions rose on Sunday morning. The human rights ombudsman of Nagorno-Karabakh said that a woman and child were killed and two civilians were wounded in the Martuni region as a result of Azerbaijani shelling. The region's deputy defense minister later said that 16 Armenian forces were killed and more than 100 were wounded.

Aliyev, Azerbaijan's president, said enemy fire had killed and wounded both servicemen and civilians, and that "shedding of their blood will not go unpunished."

"Armenia is an occupying state, and an end to this occupation must and will be put," Aliyev added. Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan, whose nation shares a border with Armenia, reinforced his country's support for longtime ally Azerbaijan in a series of tweets, in which he called Armenia "the biggest threat to peace and tranquility in the region."

"The Turkish Nation stands by its Azerbaijani brothers with all its means, as always," he wrote.

In response, Armenian prime minister Pashinyan issued a statement calling on the international community to "use all of its influence to halt any possible interference by Turkey," which he said would have devastating consequences for the region.

The renewed conflict threatens the stability of the southern Caucasus, which is crisscrossed by numerous oil and gas pipelines. Reactions from the international community poured in on Sunday, with foreign leaders calling on the long-time adversaries to de-escalate the conflict and restart dialogue.

The Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe's Minsk Group, co-chaired by the United States, Russia and France, has been working to permanently settle the dispute between Azerbaijan and Armenia since 1994. Its leaders issued a joint statement expressing concern about the reports of military actions and condemning the use of force and "senseless loss of life."

"The Co-Chairs call on the sides to take all necessary measures to stabilize the situation on the ground and reiterate that there is no alternative to a peaceful negotiated solution of the conflict," they added.

Separately, officials in Russia and France urged the countries to cease fire and begin negotiations immediately.

Charles Michel, president of the European Council, also called for a halt to military action and a return to negotiations "without preconditions."

Similar hopes were expressed at the Vatican, where Pope Francis urged leaders to find a solution "not through the use of force and arms, but through the means of dialogue and negotiation."

Azerbaijan and Armenia have clashed periodically in the wake of the 1994 ceasefire that left Nagorno-Karabakh in Armenian control. Notably, a wave of violence in 2016 killed at least 30 troops on both sides. And more recently, fighting along the border killed at least 16 people in July.

https://www.npr.org/2020/09/27/917489413/violence-erupts-between-armenia-and-azerbaijan-over-long-disputed-region 

:: 9-27-20 Gatestone :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hezbollah's Growing Terror Network in Europe

by Con Coughlin September 25, 2020 at 4:00 am

According to Nathan Sales, the U.S. State Department's counterterrorism coordinator, Hezbollah has been steadily building up its weapons stockpiles in Europe with the aim of preparing for any future acts of terrorism that may be ordered by Tehran.

Describing Hezbollah's arms build-up in Europe as posing a "clear and present danger to the US" and its allies, Mr Sales said that US intelligence reports showed that Hezbollah had weapons based in Belgium, France, Greece, Italy, Spain and Switzerland, while "significant" ammonium nitrate caches had either been discovered or destroyed in France, Greece and Italy.

Further evidence of Hezbollah's expanding terrorist presence in Europe has emerged in Ireland, where ten members of an Irish dissident group known as the New IRA (NIRA) were arrested on terrorism charges last month, following claims they met with Hezbollah officials at Iran's embassy in Dublin.

At a time when tensions are increasing between Iran and the West over Tehran's controversial nuclear programme, the expansion of Hezbollah's terror operation in Europe should certainly be a major cause for concern. Iran, after all, has a long history of resorting to terrorism to put pressure on its adversaries, and Europe is an obvious target for future Iranian terror attacks. The conviction in absentia of two terrorists with links to the Iranian-backed Hezbollah militia for murdering five Israeli tourists in Bulgaria in 2012 has shed new light on the organisation's expanding terror network in Europe.

The convictions, which were announced earlier this week by the Specialised Criminal Court in Sofia, the Bulgarian capital, relate to a suicide bomb attack against a bus carrying Israeli tourists on July 18, 2012.

The attack took place at the airport in the Bulgarian Black Sea resort of Burgas, killing five Israelis, as well as the bus driver.

Bulgarian investigators subsequently identified two prime suspects in the case, Meliad Farah, a Lebanese-Australian, and Hassan El Hajj Hassan, a Lebanese-Canadian, whom they claimed carried out the attack on behalf of Hezbollah.

While Hezbollah has consistently denied any involvement in the murders, the court nevertheless found the two men guilty of the attack, and sentenced them to life imprisonment without parole.

As the whereabouts of the convicted men is unknown, they are unlikely ever to serve their sentences. The evidence uncovered by Bulgarian prosecutors, however, pointing to Hezbollah's involvement in the attack has been sufficient to persuade European Union officials to place the organisation's so-called military wing on its terrorism blacklist. The convictions, moreover, shed fresh light on Hezbollah's burgeoning terror network in Europe, which US officials believe is part of Iran's attempts to expand its global terror capabilities.

In the early years of Iran's Islamic Revolution, the regime mainly confined its terrorist activities to the Middle East. But since the 1990s, Tehran has gradually been expanding its global terror network, the most infamous example being the 1994 bombing of the Argentine Israelite Mutual Association (AMIA) in Buenos Aires, killing 85 people and injuring hundreds.

This means that today Iran has a global network ranging from Latin America, where Hezbollah has been accused of involvement in lucrative drug-smuggling activities, to Africa and Asia.

Now new evidence has emerged that suggests Hezbollah, with the help of its Iranian backers, is busy expanding its terror network in the heart of Europe.

According to Nathan Sales, the U.S. State Department's counterterrorism coordinator, Hezbollah has been steadily building up its weapons stockpiles in Europe with the aim of preparing for any future acts of terrorism that may be ordered by Tehran.

Speaking during a video appearance at the American Jewish Committee earlier this month, Mr Sales warned that recent American intelligence reports showed that Hezbollah was storing caches of weapons in countries throughout Europe. This included stockpiles of ammonium nitrate, the same material responsible for the devastating explosion at Beirut's port last month.

Describing Hezbollah's arms build-up in Europe as posing a "clear and present danger to the US" and its allies, Mr Sales said that US intelligence reports showed that Hezbollah had weapons based in Belgium, France, Greece, Italy, Spain and Switzerland, while "significant" ammonium nitrate caches had either been discovered or destroyed in France, Greece and Italy.

"We have reason to believe that this activity is still underway," Mr Sales said. "Why would Hezbollah stockpile ammonium nitrate on European soil? The answer is clear. It can conduct major terror attacks whenever its masters in Tehran deem it necessary."

Further evidence of Hezbollah's expanding terrorist presence in Europe has emerged in Ireland, where ten members of an Irish dissident group known as the New IRA (NIRA) were arrested on terrorism charges last month, following claims they met with Hezbollah officials at Iran's embassy in Dublin.

A joint undercover operation mounted by British and Irish security officials found that the group was attempting to acquire Iranian-made weapons for use against the British security forces.

The ten people charged with a variety of terrorism offences include a Palestinian activist, Dr Issam Hijjawi Bassalat, who travelled to Ireland to give lectures on the Palestinian territories.

Two NIRA supporters who were arrested during the operation are reported to have attended a commemoration event at the Iranian Embassy in Dublin held following the death of Qassem Soleimani, the Iranian terrorist mastermind killed by a US drone strike in January.

At a time when tensions are increasing between Iran and the West over Tehran's controversial nuclear programme, the expansion of Hezbollah's terror operations in Europe should certainly be a major cause for concern. Iran, after all, has a long history of resorting to terrorism to put pressure on its adversaries, and Europe is an obvious target for future Iranian terror attacks.

Con Coughlin is the Telegraph's Defence and Foreign Affairs Editor and a Distinguished Senior Fellow at Gatestone Institute.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/16549/hezbollah-network-europe 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 9-27-20 KTLA :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PG&E plans to cut power to 89,000 customers in 16 California counties due to weather causing fire risks

by: Los Angeles Times Posted: Sep 26, 2020 / 10:15 PM PDT / Updated: Sep 26, 2020 / 10:15 PM PDT

A car drives passed a power station in Mill Valley during a Pacific Gas & Electric blackout on Oct. 10, 2019. (Josh Edelson / AFP / Getty Images)

Pacific Gas & Electric plans to cut power to 89,000 customers in parts of 16 counties beginning early Sunday as dry, unseasonably hot conditions and strong winds continue to increase fire danger across much of Northern California, officials announced Saturday evening. The shut-off will be in three phases and last until late Monday, officials said. The first phase will begin at 2 a.m. Sunday and include about 15,000 customers in Butte, Plumas, Shasta and Tehama counties.

The second phase will begin at 4 p.m. and include 74,000 customers in Alpine, Amador, Butte, Calaveras, El Dorado, Lake, Napa, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Sierra, Sonoma, Yuba and Mooretown Rancheria.

Fifteen customers in Kern County will be affected in the third phase around 8 p.m.

Read the full story at LATimes.com.

https://ktla.com/news/california/pge-plans-to-cut-power-to-89000-customers-in-16-california-counties-due-to-weather-causing-fire-risks/ 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids.  Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

:: 9--20 http://greatdreams.com/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WEATHER MANIPULATION and THE RESULTS

compiled by Dee Finney

Many people have been talking about weather manipulation recently, even more so since Hurricane Katrina came rolling in very strangely. This is not the first time though, last years 5 hurricanes that hit Florida in the same spot was also suggested to be weather manipulation.

The question is, did another country manipulate the hurricanes and steer them to hit the U.S. the way they did, OR did our own government do this as a test to see whether our country could use weather as a weapon against other countries.

This question remains open. Details found on the web are below:   Dee

ALSO SEE: WEATHER WARS,   OPINIONS FROM THE EXPERTS,  WEATHER ANOMALIES OVER THE YEARS

The Father Of Weaponized Weather

Ben Livingston on how the US government has manipulated the environment for over four decades

The Father Of Weaponized Weather ben5

Veteran weather modification expert Ben Livingston is a former Navy Physicist who briefed President Lyndon B. Johnson on the effectiveness of weather control back in the 1960′s during the Vietnam era, when he was involved in cloud seeding programs that worked to slow down the advance of Vietnamese and Korean troops. Livingston asserts that asserts that hurricane control was a national priority of the government more than 40 years ago and that the technology was fully operational to control the weather at the time.

In this exclusive interview for Prison Planet.tv subscribers, Livingston explains how for decades the US government has had the power to both lessen and increase the severity of adverse weather for their own purposes.

Dr Livingston was assigned in 1966 from the Naval weapons research Laboratory to a marine fighter squadron in Vietnam. Instead of guns, the aircraft under Livingston’s control were fitted with cloud seeding equipment. “My mission was to find clouds and seed them for maximum precipitation value” he stated.

The Father Of Weaponized Weather ben1 The Father Of Weaponized Weather ben2 The Father Of Weaponized Weather ben3

Dr Livingston presents evidence from the Stanford research Institute, who were brought into Project Storm Fury (a weather control program) in the late sixties as a third party, which stated conclusively that knowledge of how to stop hurricanes had been uncovered and that they would be directly liable should a hurricane hit and cause extensive damage and loss of life. Four decades later and Livingston exposes how the devastation caused by Hurricane Katrina could have been greatly minimized but was allowed to fully impact Gulf states for political reasons.

Having personally flown on 265 missions into the eyes of hurricanes, Livingston remarks that he was “disgusted” by the failure to lessen the impact of Katrina. Livingston’s revelations that weather control has been a decades long program in which the US government has been deeply involved are particularly alarming given the abundant modern-day evidence of how chemtrails are being used to warp our environment in a secret geoengineering plot that threatens a myriad of unknown human health and ecological consequences.

We encourage all our subscribers to watch this interview now at Prison Planet.tv by visiting the “video reports” section.

109th CONGRESS - 2005  1st Session  S. 517

To establish the Weather Modification Operations and Research Board, and for other purposes

Connecting the Dots

Katrina: Another Deliberate 9-11?

by Lisa Guliani & Victor Thorn

Was New Orleans' Hurricane Katrina disaster another deliberately created "spike" event in the same vein as the Oklahoma City Bombing and NYC's 9-11? Quite a bit of information is starting to point in that direction. Some of the indicators are:

Could Katrina have been redirected to intentionally strike New Orleans? In other words, was this city strategically targeted because of its oil refining capabilities, thus providing the perfect excuse to drive gas prices to astronomical heights? Such a scenario was eerily outlined in a recent made-for-TV movie entitled Oil Storm, which even had the event coincidentally taking place during Labor Day weekend, 2005 --- only a one week difference from the actual event.

If the weather modification angle is too conspiratorial for you, how do we explain pending congressional legislation S 517, which was introduced on March 3, 2005 by Texas Senator Kay Bailey Hutchison? This bill, which will be voted on in October, 2005, is specifically entitled The Weather Modification and Research Technology Transfer Authorization Act of 2005. Its purpose is to "develop and implement a comprehensive and coordinated national weather modification policy,  along with a national cooperative federal and state program of weather modification research and development." In addition, the term "weather modification" means: changing or controlling, or attempting to change/control by artificial methods the natural development of atmospheric cloud forms or precipitation forms which occur in the troposphere."

This legislation will legally allow our government to manipulate weather systems and not be punished as criminal for doing so. This point is important, for the United Nations outlawed such practices on December 10, 1976 under UN General Assembly Resolution 31/72. Yet, it has long been believed that forces within our own government and military have been engaging in activities such as weather modification and warfare via HAARP, EMF, microwave radiation, chemtrails, and other technologies. Also, the Air Force issued an

ominously titled research report in August, 1996: Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025.

Worse, what if the levees surrounding New Orleans were deliberately sabotaged? Radio talk show host Alex Merklinger (Mysteries of the Mind) stated on September 2, 2005 that he had received the following report:

"Eyewitness accounts from at least 25 people - who are fearful for their lives because they are talking – saw people blowing up the New Orleans levees after the main storm had subsided. That was to allow the water to flow in."

Also, famed author and researcher Eustace Mullins told us that these levees in question were extremely strong, and that it would take something akin to an atomic bomb to destroy them.

As stated earlier, there have been a variety of accounts suggesting that this storm followed an unlikely path to New Orleans. In addition, how do we explain water temperatures being substantially hotter than they should have been? Was the water cooked by EMF, microwave radiation, pulse technology, or some other energy source to redirect the hurricane? For more information on the manipulation of weather systems, see the work of Professor James McCanney, and also information on scalar technology. (Katrina and Weather Manipulation)

Furthermore, we know that land in New Orleans is very highly prized due to the fact that it serves as the primary hub for most of our country's oil refineries. But, in recent years, real estate values have depreciated, and some say this is indicative of the city's 70% black population, many of whom live in urban blighted shacks and shanties. Could this catastrophic storm be nothing more than an exercise in urban renewal outlined under the United Nation's Agenda 21 where those in lower socio-economic brackets are evacuated, then not allowed to return in the future? This would enable speculators to move in and reclaim that treasured land. Thus, the refugees are forced to leave their homes under the guise of a natural disaster, similar to what happened to the Japanese people when the U.S. dropped two atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. (See chapter 37 of The New World Order Exposed)

Finally, could all of the above explain our federal government's delayed response to urgent pleas for assistance – a scenario which is strangely reminiscent of our military's stand-down on the morning of 9-11? Then, like a knight in shining armor, President George Bush and the National Guard both arrived five days later. And, by the way, President Bush was on vacation when the Asian tsunami hit in December 2004, and he was on vacation with Katrina. Plus, in the crucial weeks leading up to 9-11, Bush was yet again on vacation in Crawford, Texas. Coincidence? Maybe, but please remember this vital quote from Franklin D. Roosevelt: "In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happened, you can bet it was planned that way."

Received by e-mail.

Methods of Artificial Weather Manipulation (AWM) help agriculture, devastate the enemy and control the world economy

Staff Reporter Mar. 27, 2005

Scientists, Weather Engineers and Space Specialists are working towards something that can change human civilization forever! It is the methods of artificial weather modification.

The process when perfected, can help in agriculture, getting rid of droughts, floods and avoid cyclones and typhoons.

It is also the process by which the enemy can be devastated, artificial floods, cyclones and typhoons created.

It can allow controlling the world economy and agricultural commodity markets.

In ancient religions and legends, weather control, creation of cyclone, rain, flood, drought were nothing new. In the modern age the Scientists and technologists are busy perfecting the weather control sciences. It is shaping up as the most vibrant area of research and development.

Many countries are mastering the science of weather control. As a matter of fact many experts predict that a war game is being played by major powers in the world to demonstrate their capabilities of weather control. Most of these initiatives are classified and shoved off from the public. The only way one can track these initiatives is to look at countries taking actions to shield against weather control experiments

Recently, scientists and engineers have started unveiling the actual methods of weather control. Some primitive methods like Cloud-top seeding can confuse you and point you to a wrong direction. Cloud-top seeding is usually performed between the temperatures of -5°C and -10°C. The greatest amount of super-cooled liquid water is usually found within this range. This corresponds to an altitude range of 15,000 to 22,000 ft depending upon location. Dropping or ejecting silver iodide flares into the growing cloud turrets dispenses seeding agent. The seeding agent is placed into the super-cooled clouds where nucleation is desired, so the updrafts in these cases are relied upon only to provide a continuing source of condensate. This delivery technique requires less anticipation on the part of those directing the seeding operations and may have a more immediate effect.

The more modern methods involve artificial ionization of earth’s atmosphere between 15,000 and 30,000 ft. and above. Manipulating the ionosphere and use of controlled solar-terrestrial interactions can create much larger effects. Scientists are realizing that the earth’s weather is controlled by Sun's natural Electromagnetic Radiation reaching the earth. The Sun’s Radiations and Ultraviolet Rays have to cross the ionosphere to reach the earth.  There are early indications that the solar radiations and flares are directly responsible for planetary weather changes. And Solar flares and levels of radiations are caused by bombardment of cosmic rays on the Sun from either a distant massive black hole or a star-cluster caused by the collapse of thousands and thousands of stars in a small space.

Computer models obviously focused on the ionosphere, which acts as a filter for the solar radiations to reach the earth. If one can manipulate and control the filter, it becomes a potential source of massive weather modification. That is what the computer simulation models found. Controlling the ionosphere potentially allows weather control. The algorithmic variation of ionosphere can create the magic in a massive scale.

There are many methods of controlling the ionosphere. It is the process of artificially manipulating ion density in the ionosphere. High power transmitter and antenna array operating in the HF (High Frequency) range is one of the methods. There are lots of literature on that in the Internet and declassified scientific research journals.

However, the recent trend is in using super conductors in space satellites to generate intense high intensity electromagnetic flux.

Weather manipulation warfare from outerspace

India Daily Technology Team

Aug. 20, 2005

Weather manipulation warfare is taking a new sophistication. Researchers are planning use the space to manipulate the weather of the earth. Measures and counter measures mark the advanced war games that are being played.

The technology involves manipulation of the ionosphere. The advanced techniques involve application of artificial electromagnetic field intensities. For example a cyclone can be created by these methods but the challenge lies in guiding the cyclone or typhoon to the adversary’s infrastructure in the warfare. For that, scientists are using defection shields by which solar flares can be deflected at the eye of the cyclone and drag it in the desired path.

Artificial manipulation of ionosphere can create massive cyclones and typhoons. But the mare use of ionosphere can only create the seed. The application of electromagnetic flux and creating a temperature differential is what makes a cyclone menacing.

Scientists have struggled to understand the best process of guiding the storm or manipulated weather. Many methods have been used. One of the recent methods used is bombarding neutrinos at the center of the eye of the cyclone or typhoon. Electromagnetic guiding of the cyclone is gaining ground.

The counter measures adopted by the countries against covert weather manipulation warfare are also remarkable but are still in its infancy. One counter measure as opted by some countries is the application of artificial electromagnetic flux from the outer space to neutralize the deflected solar flares in the eye of the storm.

Eventually it will be weather manipulation warfare from the outer space. The satellite is being used now. But space agencies in the world are planning to bring in asteroids closer to earth, control them with bombarding projectiles and use them as landing base for weather manipulation infrastructure.

If an asteroid can be used for hosting the solar flare deflectors, artificial manipulation of earth’s ionospheres and magnetosphere and creation and application of targeted pinpointed electromagnetic flux, the storms can be accurately controlled and de-controlled.

The challenge finally lies into the hands of pace agencies; they are the one who will be responsible for weather manipulation and creation of nuclear shields.

Defining life based on its existence in the Hyperspace – zero point energy in a quantum vacuum of 5-D spatial

India Daily Technology Team

Life as we know may not be what life really is.

READ MORE>>

Journey to the Hyperspace – a zero point quantum vacuum of 5-D spatial – we do it all the time

India Daily Technology Team

Scientists wonder how can we really travel to a zero...

"These “weaponized” pathogens target the elderly and other immune-compromised victims whose deaths go largely unremarked. Though I have avoided this conclusion during nine months of intensive research, I now believe that the culling of “unfit, useless eaters” has begun, with an initial goal (based on known mycoplasma and brucellosis mortalities) of 4%-5% fatalities among those infected.

While significant over time, such subtle increases in deaths among aged or ailing people already expected to die soon remain statistically stealthy - much less obtrusive than bodies piling up in the streets."

William Thomas, Investigative Reporter/Author

ALSO SEE: http://www.greatdreams.com/chems.htm 

Most of these photos I took myself in my own backyard! Dee

Climate Control & Manipulation

Washington's New World Order Weapons

By Michel Chossudovsky <chossudovsky@videotron.ca>

http://educate-yourself.org/cn/weacontrolbychossudovsky2000.shtml 

The important debate on global warming under UN auspices provides but a partial picture of climate change; in addition to the devastating impacts of greenhouse gas emissions on the ozone layer, the World's climate can now be modified as part of a new generation of sophisticated "non-lethal weapons." Both the Americans and the Russians have developed capabilities to manipulate the World's climate.

In the US, the technology is being perfected under the High-frequency Active Aural Research Program (HAARP) as part of the ("Star Wars") Strategic Defence Initiative (SDI). Recent scientific evidence suggests that HAARP is fully operational and has the ability of potentially triggering floods, droughts, hurricanes and earthquakes.

HAARP is a mass destructive weapons - not part of any negotiations

From a military standpoint, HAARP is a weapon of mass destruction. Potentially, it constitutes an instrument of conquest capable of selectively destabilising agricultural and ecological systems of entire regions.

While there is no evidence that this deadly technology has been used, surely the United Nations should be addressing the issue of "environmental warfare" alongside the debate on the climatic impacts of greenhouse gases.

Despite a vast body of scientific knowledge, the issue of deliberate climatic manipulations for military use has never been explicitly part of the UN agenda on climate change. Neither the official delegations nor the environmental action groups participating in the Hague Conference on Climate Change (CO6) (November 2000) have raised the broad issue of "weather warfare" or "environmental modification techniques (ENMOD)" as relevant to an understanding of climate change.

The clash between official negotiators, environmentalists and American business lobbies has centered on Washington's outright refusal to abide by commitments on carbon dioxide reduction targets under the 1997 Kyoto protocol.(1) The impacts of military technologies on the World's climate are not an object of discussion or concern. Narrowly confined to greenhouse gases, the ongoing debate on climate change serves Washington's strategic and defense objectives.

Weather Warfare

World renowned scientist Dr. Rosalie Bertell confirms that

"US military scientists · are working on weather systems as a potential weapon. The methods include the enhancing of storms and the diverting of vapor rivers in the Earth's atmosphere to produce targeted droughts or floods."(2)

Already in the 1970s, former National Security advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski had foreseen in his book "Between Two Ages" that:

"Technology will make available, to the leaders of major nations, techniques for conducting secret warfare, of which only a bare minimum of the security forces need be appraised... Techniques of weather modification could be employed to produce prolonged periods of drought or storm. "

Marc Filterman, a former French military officer, outlines several types of "unconventional weapons" using radio frequencies. He refers to "weather war," indicating that the U.S. and the Soviet Union had already "mastered the know-how needed to unleash sudden climate changes (hurricanes, drought) in the early 1980s." (3) These technologies make it "possible to trigger atmospheric disturbances by using Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) radar [waves]." (4)

A simulation study of future defense "scenarios" commissioned for the US Air Force calls for: "US aerospace forces to 'own the weather' by capitalizing on emerging technologies and focusing development of those technologies to war-fighting applications." From enhancing friendly operations or disrupting those of the enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete dominance of global communications and counterspace control, weather-modification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary. In the United States, weather-modification will likely become a part of national security policy with both domestic and international applications. Our government will pursue such a policy, depending on its interests, at various levels. (5)

HAARP

The High-Frequency Active Aural Research Program (HAARP) based in Gokoma Alaska --jointly managed by the US Air Force and the US Navy-- is part of a new generation of sophisticated weaponry under the US Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI). Operated by the Air Force Research Laboratory's Space Vehicles Directorate, HAARP constitutes a system of powerful antennas capable of creating "controlled local modifications of the ionosphere".

Scientist Dr. Nicholas Begich --actively involved in the public campaign against HAARP-- describes HAARP as: "A super-powerful radiowave-beaming technology that lifts areas of the ionosphere [upper layer of the atmosphere] by focusing a beam and heating those areas. Electromagnetic waves then bounce back onto earth and penetrate everything -- living and dead." (6)

Dr. Rosalie Bertell depicts HAARP as "a gigantic heater that can cause major disruption in the ionosphere, creating not just holes, but long incisions in the protective layer that keeps deadly radiation from bombarding the planet." (7)

Misleading public opinion

HAARP has been presented to public opinion as a program of scientific and academic research. US military documents seem to suggest, however, that HAARP's main objective is to "exploit the ionosphere for Department of Defense purposes." (8) Without explicitly referring to the HAARP program, a US Air Force study points to the use of "induced ionospheric modifications" as a means of altering weather patterns as well as disrupting enemy communications and radar.(9)

According to Dr. Rosalie Bertell, HAARP is part of a integrated weapons' system, which has potentially devastating environmental consequences: "It is related to fifty years of intensive and increasingly destructive programs to understand and control the upper atmosphere. It would be rash not to associate HAARP with the space laboratory construction which is separately being planned by the United States. HAARP is an integral part of a long history of space research and development of a deliberate military nature.

The military implications of combining these projects is alarming. The ability of the HAARP / Spacelab/ rocket combination to deliver very large amount of energy, comparable to a nuclear bomb, anywhere on earth via laser and particle beams, are frightening. The project is likely to be "sold" to the public as a space shield against incoming weapons, or, for the more gullible, a device for repairing the ozone layer. (10)

In addition to weather manipulation, HAARP has a number of related uses: "HAARP could contribute to climate change by intensively bombarding the atmosphere with high-frequency rays. Returning low-frequency waves at high intensity could also affect people's brains, and effects on tectonic movements cannot be ruled out. (11).

More generally, HAARP has the ability of modifying the World's electro-magnetic field. It is part of an arsenal of "electronic weapons" which US military researchers consider a "gentler and kinder warfare". (12)

Weapons of the New World Order

HAARP is part of the weapons arsenal of the New World Order under the Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI). From military command points in the US, entire national economies could potentially be destabilized through climatic manipulations. More importantly, the latter can be implemented without the knowledge of the enemy, at minimal cost and without engaging military personnel and equipment as in a conventional war. The use of HAARP -- if it were to be applied-- could have potentially devastating impacts on the World's climate.

Responding to US economic and strategic interests, it could be used to selectively modify climate in different parts of the World resulting in the destabilization of agricultural and ecological systems. It is also worth noting that the US Department of Defense has allocated substantial resources to the development of intelligence and monitoring systems on weather changes. NASA and the Department of Defense's National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA) are working on "imagery for studies of flooding, erosion, land-slide hazards, earthquakes, ecological zones, weather forecasts, and climate change" with data relayed from satellites. (13) POLICY INERTIA OF THE UNITED NATIONS According to the Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) signed at the 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro:

"States have, in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations and the principles of international law, the responsibility to ensure that activities within their jurisdiction or control do not cause damage to the environment of other States or of areas beyond the limits of national jurisdiction." (14). It is also worth recalling that an international Convention ratified by the UN General Assembly in 1997 bans "military or other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects." (15) Both the US and the Soviet Union were signatories to the Convention. The Convention defines "environmental modification techniques" as referring to any technique for changing--through the deliberate manipulation of natural processes--the dynamics, composition or structure of the earth, including its biota, lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere or of outer space." (16) Why then did the UN --disregarding the 1977 ENMOD Convention as well as its own charter-- decide to exclude from its agenda climatic changes resulting from military programs?

European Parliament acknowledges impact of HAARP

In February 1998, responding to a report of Mrs. Maj Britt Theorin --Swedish MEP and longtime peace advocate--, the European Parliament's Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public hearings in Brussels on the HAARP program.(17) The Committee's "Motion for Resolution" submitted to the European Parliament: "Considers HAARP by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body; [the Committee] regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration to give evidence to the public hearing into the environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program." (18.)

The Committee's request to draw up a "Green Paper" on "the environmental impacts of military activities", however, was casually dismissed on the grounds that the European Commission lacks the required jurisdiction to delve into "the links between environment and defense". (19) Brussels was anxious to avoid a showdown with Washington.

Fully operational

While there is no concrete evidence of HAARP having been used, scientific findings suggest that it is at present fully operational. What this means is that HAARP could potentially be applied by the US military to selectively modify the climate of an "unfriendly nation" or "rogue state" with a view to destabilizing its national economy. Agricultural systems in both developed and developing countries are already in crisis as a result of New World Order policies including market deregulation, commodity dumping, etc. Amply documented, IMF and World Bank "economic medicine" imposed on the Third World and the countries of the former Soviet block has largely contributed to the destabilization of domestic agriculture. In turn, the provisions of the World Trade Organization (WTO) have supported the interests of a handful of Western agri-biotech conglomerates in their quest to impose genetically modified (GMO) seeds on farmers throughout the World.

It is important to understand the linkage between the economic, strategic and military processes of the New World Order. In the above context, climatic manipulations under the HAARP program (whether accidental or deliberate) would inevitably exacerbate these changes by weakening national economies, destroying infrastructure and potentially triggering the bankruptcy of farmers over vast areas. Surely national governments and the United Nations should address the possible consequences of HAARP and other "non-lethal weapons" on climate change.

NOTES

1. The latter calls for nations to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by an average of 5.2 percent to become effective between 2008 and 2012. See Background of Kyoto Protocol at http://www.globalwarming.net/gw11.html 

2. The Times, London, 23 November 2000.

3. Intelligence Newsletter, December 16, 1999.

4. Ibid.

5 Air University of the US Air Force, AF 2025 Final Report,

http://www.au.af.mil/au/2025/  (emphasis added).

6 Nicholas Begich and Jeane Manning, The Military's Pandora's Box, Earthpulse Press,

http://www.xyz.net/~nohaarp/earthlight.html  . See also the HAARP home page at

http://www.haarp.alaska.edu  .

7. See Briarpatch, January, 2000. (emphasis added).

8. Quoted in Begich and Manning, op cit.

10. Rosalie Bertell, Background of the HAARP Program, 5 November, 1996,

http://www.globalpolicy.org/socecon/envronmt/weapons.htm 

11. Begich and Manning, op cit.

12. Don Herskovitz, Killing Them Softly, Journal of Electronic Defense, August 1993.

(emphasis added). According to Herskovitz, "electronic warfare" is defined by the US

Department of Defense as "military action involving the use of electromagnetic energy·"

The Journal of Electronic Defense at http://www.jedefense.com/  has published a range of

articles on the application of electronic and electromagnetic military technologies.

13. Military Space, 6 December, 1999.

14. UN Framework Convention on Climate Change, New York, 1992. See complete

text at http://www.unfccc.de/resource/conv/conv_002.html  , (emphasis added).

15. See Associated Press, 18 May 1977.

16. Environmental Modification Ban Faithfully Observed, States Parties Declare, UN

Chronicle, July, 1984, Vol. 21, p. 27.

17. European Report, 7 February 1998.

18. European Parliament, Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy,

Brussels, doc. no. A4-0005/99, 14 January 1999.

19. EU Lacks Jurisdiction to Trace Links Between Environment and Defense, European

Report, 3 February 1999.

Web posted at: http://www.transnational.org/forum/meet/2000/Chossu_GreenHouseHAARP.html 

 

Michel Chossudovsky is a Professor of Economics, University of Ottawa and TFF associate,

author of The Globalization of Poverty, second edition, Common Courage Press

Michel Chossudovsky

Department of Economics, University of Ottawa, Ottawa, K1N6N5

Voice box: 1-613-562-5800, ext. 1415,

Fax: 1-514-425-6224

E-Mail: chossudovsky@videotron.ca ; (Altern. E-mail: chossudovsky@sprint.ca )

On the Globalisation of Poverty and the Financial Crisis:

"Seattle and Beyond: Disarming the New World Order"

http://www.transnational.org/forum/meet/seattle.html 

Global Poverty in the Late 20th Century

http://www.mtholyoke.edu/acad/intrel/chossu.htm 

http://www.transnational.org/features/chossu_worldbank.html 

http://www.transnational.org/features/g7solution.html 

http://www.heise.de/tp/english/special/eco/ 

http://heise.xlink.de/tp/english/special/eco/6099/1.html#anchor1 

Recent articles on Yugoslavia at:

http://emperors-clothes.com/artbyauth.html#C 

NATO's Reign of Terror in Kosovo

http://members.xoom.com/_XOOM/yugo_archive/19990816mcpaper.htm 

Overview of the War:

http://www.transnational.org/features/Yuoverview.html  On the role of the KLA: http://www.heise.de/tp/english/inhalt/co/2743/1.html 

Breakup of Yugoslavia:

http://www.hartford-hwp.com/archives/62/022.html 

The Transnational Foundation for Peace and Future Research

Vegagatan 25, S - 224 57 Lund, Sweden

Phone + 46 - 46 - 145909 Fax + 46 - 46 - 144512

http://www.transnational.org  E-mail: tff@transnational.org 

Can the Russians Control the Weather?

How cloud seeding works.

By Daniel Engber

Posted Wednesday, May 11, 2005, at 3:46 PM PT

Always take the weather with you Click image to expand.

Always take the weather with you

Last weekend, Russian president Vladimir Putin ordered the Russian Air Force to keep it from raining over Moscow in advance of Monday's military parade. The Air Force used a procedure called cloud seeding, and Russia's defense minister later took credit for Monday's sunshine. Can the Russians really control the weather?

They can try. Proponents of "cloud seeding" say it's possible to induce rain and snow (after which clouds can break up and disappear), suppress hail, and clear up patches of fog. Twenty or 30 countries run cloud-seeding operations of some sort; China has spent hundreds of millions of dollars on weather manipulation over the last decade. The bureau in charge of cloud seeding in Thailand reportedly has 600 staff-members and a $25 million budget. No federal funds go toward cloud seeding in America, but a handful of states finance projects locally. Utah just kicked in for $400,000 worth of weather control projects.

Here's how it works: Rain starts as tiny droplets of water suspended in clouds. Then the droplets clump together into bigger drops (or freeze together into bigger crystals). Once the drops or crystals are big and heavy enough, they fall out of the sky. The frozen drops can melt on the way down, becoming rain, or they can fall to the ground as snow. Cloud seeding aims to jump-start this process by helping droplets to clump or freeze together when they otherwise wouldn't.

Cloud seeders use a number of procedures. In the mid-1940s, three scientists at General Electric (including the novelist Kurt Vonnegut's brother Bernie) showed that by injecting dry ice into a cloud, you could freeze tiny droplets of water, which would in turn make it easier for other droplets to glom on and freeze as well. Later experiments showed that silver iodide—which has a crystal structure similar to that of ice—could also help, by forming "ice nuclei" upon which droplets might freeze.

To induce rain with dry ice, you would fly a plane over a small cloud and sprinkle down a few cups' worth of dry ice pellets. To seed with silver iodide, you'd vaporize a solution at high temperatures and disperse it in the cloud. This can be done using silver iodide flares, which are dropped 8 or 10 at a time from above the cloud, or with silver-iodide-filled rockets or anti-aircraft shells. If you're seeding clouds over a mountain, you can use generators on the ground which release silver iodide vapor into the air currents that rise up one side of the mountain and into the clouds.

Silver iodide and dry ice are examples of "glaciogenic" agents, and they only help to produce rain in clouds of sufficiently low temperatures. For warmer clouds—in which droplets don't freeze before falling—cloud seeders can use sprays of saline solution to attract droplets and, theoretically, to induce rain.

It's difficult to prove whether cloud seeding actually has any effect. Weather phenomena are so variable that slight changes in the probability of rain are difficult to measure, and not many careful, controlled studies have been done. The U.S. federal government was at one time very optimistic about weather manipulation; by the late 1970s, annual funding for cloud-seeding projects hit $20 million. But after years without definitive results, interest in Washington has evaporated (except, perhaps, among the people who introduced this bill in the Senate in early March). Some studies have suggested that cloud seeding actually reduces rainfall, or merely redistributes it. A 2003 report from the National Research Council concluded that while cloud seeding may hold promise, we still don't know very much about it.

Next question?

Explainer thanks Don Griffith of North American Weather Consultants and John Marwitz of the University of Wyoming.

Related in Slate In previous weather-related editions of the "Explainer" column, Brendan I. Koerner described how they measure snowfall, Sam Schechner revealed how they measure wind chill, and Andy Bowers explained why hurricanes never hit Los Angeles.

Daniel Engber is a writer in New York City and a featured member of www.cryingwhileeating.com .

Photograph of cloud by Frederic J. Brown/Agence France-Presse.

The Military's Pandora's Box

by Dr. Nick Begich and Jeane Manning

This article was prepared to provide a summary of the contents of a book written in 1995 which describes an entirely new class of weapons. The weapons and their effects are described in the following pages. The United States Navy and Air Force have joined with the University of Alaska, Fairbanks, to build a prototype for a ground based "Star Wars" weapon system located in the remote bush country of Alaska.

The individuals who are demanding answers about HAARP are scattered around the planet. As well as bush dwellers in Alaska, they include: a physician in Finland; a scientist in Holland; an anti-nuclear protester in Australia; independent physicists in the United States; a grandmother in Canada, and countless others.

Unlike the protests of the 1960s the objections to HAARP have been registered using the tools of the 1990s. From the Internet, fax machines, syndicated talk radio and a number of alternative print mediums the word is getting out and people are waking up to this new intrusion by an over zealous United States government.

The research team put together to gather the materials which eventually found their way into the book never held a formal meeting, never formed a formal organization. Each person acted like a node on a planetary info-spirit-net with one goal held by all -- to keep this controversial new science in the public eye. The result of the team's effort was a book which describes the science and the political ramifications of this technology.

That book, Angels Don't Play this HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology, has 230 pages. This article will only give the highlights. Despite the amount of research (350 footnoted sources), at its heart it is a story about ordinary people who took on an extraordinary challenge in bringing their research forward.

HAARP Boils the Upper Atmosphere

HAARP will zap the upper atmosphere with a focused and steerable electromagnetic beam. It is an advanced model of an "ionospheric heater." (The ionosphere is the electrically-charged sphere surrounding Earth's upper atmosphere. It ranges between 40 to 60 miles above the surface of the Earth.)

Put simply, the apparatus for HAARP is a reversal of a radio telescope; antenna send out signals instead of receiving. HAARP is the test run for a super-powerful radiowave-beaming technology that lifts areas of the ionosphere by focusing a beam and heating those areas. Electromagnetic waves then bounce back onto earth and penetrate everything -- living and dead.

HAARP publicity gives the impression that the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program is mainly an academic project with the goal of changing the ionosphere to improve communications for our own good. However, other U.S. military documents put it more clearly -- HAARP aims to learn how to "exploit the ionosphere for Department of Defense purposes." Communicating with submarines is only one of those purposes.

Press releases and other information from the military on HAARP continually downplay what it could do. Publicity documents insist that the HAARP project is no different than other ionospheric heaters operating safely throughout the world in places such as Arecibo, Puerto Rico, Tromso, Norway, and the former Soviet Union. However, a 1990 government document indicates that the radio-frequency (RF) power zap will drive the ionosphere to unnatural activities.

" ... at the highest HF powers available in the West, the instabilities commonly studied are approaching their maximum RF energy dissipative capability, beyond which the plasma processes will 'runaway' until the next limiting factor is reached."

If the military, in cooperation with the University of Alaska Fairbanks, can show that this new ground-based "Star Wars" technology is sound, they both win. The military has a relatively-inexpensive defense shield and the University can brag about the most dramatic geophysical manipulation since atmospheric explosions of nuclear bombs. After successful testing, they would have the military megaprojects of the future and huge markets for Alaska's North Slope natural gas.

Looking at the other patents which built on the work of a Texas' physicist named Bernard Eastlund, it becomes clearer how the military intends to use the HAARP transmitter. It also makes governmental denials less believable. The military knows how it intends to use this technology, and has made it clear in their documents. The military has deliberately misled the public, through sophisticated word games, deceit and outright disinformation.

The military says the HAARP system could:

Give the military a tool to replace the electromagnetic pulse effect of atmospheric thermonuclear devices (still considered a viable option by the military through at least 1986)

Replace the huge Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) submarine communication system operating in Michigan and Wisconsin with a new and more compact technology

Be used to replace the over-the-horizon radar system that was once planned for the current location of HAARP, with a more flexible and accurate system

Provide a way to wipe out communications over an extremely large area, while keeping the military's own communications systems working

Provide a wide area earth-penetrating tomography which, if combined with the computing abilities of EMASS and Cray computers, would make it possible to verify many parts of nuclear nonproliferation and peace agreements

Be a tool for geophysical probing to find oil, gas and mineral deposits over a large area

Be used to detect incoming low-level planes and cruise missiles, making other technologies obsolete

The above abilities seem like a good idea to all who believe in sound national defense, and to those concerned about cost-cutting. However, the possible uses which the HAARP records do not explain, and which can only be found in Air Force, Army, Navy and other federal agency records, are alarming. Moreover, effects from the reckless use of these power levels in our natural shield -- the ionosphere -- could be cataclysmic according to some scientists.

Two Alaskans put it bluntly. A founder of the NO HAARP movement, Clare Zickuhr, says "The military is going to give the ionosphere a big kick and see what happens."

The military failed to tell the public that they do not know what exactly will happen, but a Penn State science article brags about that uncertainty. Macho science? The HAARP project uses the largest energy levels yet played with by what Begich and Manning call "the big boys with their new toys." HAARP is an experiment in the sky, and experiments are done to find out something not already known. Independent scientists told Begich and Manning that a HAARP-type "skybuster" with its unforeseen effects could be an act of global vandalism.

HAARP History

The patents described below were the package of ideas which were originally controlled by ARCO Power Technologies Incorporated (APTI), a subsidiary of Atlantic Richfield Company, one of the biggest oil companies in the world. APTI was the contractor that built the HAARP facility. ARCO sold this subsidiary, the patents and the second phase construction contract to E-Systems in June 1994.

E-Systems is one of the biggest intelligence contractors in the world -- doing work for the CIA, defense intelligence organizations and others. $1.8 billion of their annual sales are to these organizations, with $800 million for black projects -- projects so secret that even the United States Congress isn't told how the money is being spent.

E-Systems was bought out by Raytheon, which is one of the largest defense contractors in the world. In 1994 Raytheon was listed as number forty-two on the Fortune 500 list of companies. Raytheon has thousands of patents, some of which will be valuable in the HAARP project. The twelve patents below are the backbone of the HAARP project, and are now buried among the thousands of others held in the name of Raytheon. Bernard J. Eastlund's U.S. Patent # 4,686,605, "Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earth's Atmosphere, Ionosphere; and/or Magnetosphere," was sealed for a year under a government Secrecy Order.

The Eastlund ionospheric heater was different; the radio frequency (RF) radiation was concentrated and focused to a point in the ionosphere. This difference throws an unprecedented amount of energy into the ionosphere. The Eastlund device would allow a concentration of one watt per cubic centimeter, compared to others only able to deliver about one millionth of one watt.

This huge difference could lift and change the ionosphere in the ways necessary to create futuristic effects described in the patent. According to the patent, the work of Nikola Tesla in the early 1900's formed the basis of the research.

What would this technology be worth to ARCO, the owner of the patents? They could make enormous profits by beaming electrical power from a powerhouse in the gas fields to the consumer without wires.

For a time, HAARP researchers could not prove that this was one of the intended uses for HAARP. In April, 1995, however, Begich found other patents, connected with a "key personnel" list for APTI. Some of these new APTI patents were indeed a wireless system for sending electrical power. Eastlund's patent said the technology can confuse or completely disrupt airplanes' and missiles' sophisticated guidance systems. Further, this ability to spray large areas of Earth with electromagnetic waves of varying frequencies, and to control changes in those waves, makes it possible to knock out communications on land or sea as well as in the air.

The patent said:

"Thus, this invention provides the ability to put unprecedented amounts of power in the Earth's atmosphere at strategic locations and to maintain the power injection level particularly if random pulsing is employed, in a manner far more precise and better controlled than heretofore accomplished by the prior art, particularly by detonation of nuclear devices of various yields at various altitudes... "

"...it is possible not only to interfere with third party communications but to take advantage of one or more such beams to carry out a communications network even though the rest of the world's communications are disrupted. Put another way, what is used to disrupt another's communications can be employed by one knowledgeable of this invention as a communication network at the same time."

"...  and unplanned draglarge regions of the atmosphere could be lifted to an unexpectedly high altitude so that missiles encounter unexpected forces with resultant destruction."

"Weather modification is possible by, for example, altering upper atmosphere wind patterns by constructing one or more plumes of atmospheric particles which will act as a lens or focusing device.

... molecular modifications of the atmosphere can take place so that positive environmental effects can be achieved. Besides actually changing the molecular composition of an atmospheric region, a particular molecule or molecules can be chosen for increased presence. For example, ozone, nitrogen, etc., concentrations in the atmosphere could be artificially increased."

Begich found eleven other APTI Patents. They told how to make "Nuclear-sized Explosions without Radiation," Power-beaming systems, over-the-horizon radar, detection systems for missiles carrying nuclear warheads, electromagnetic pulses previously produced by thermonuclear weapons and other Star-Wars tricks. This cluster of patents underlay the HAARP weapon system.

Related research by Begich and Manning uncovered bizarre schemes. For example, Air Force documents revealed that a system had been developed for manipulating and disturbing human mental processes through pulsed radio-frequency radiation (the stuff of HAARP) over large geographical areas. The most telling material about this technology came from writings of Zbigniew Brzezinski (former National Security Advisory to U.S. President Carter) and J.F. MacDonald (science advisor to U.S. President Johnson and a professor of Geophysics at UCLA), as they wrote about use of power-beaming transmitters for geophysical and environmental warfare. The documents showed how these effects might be caused, and the negative effects on human heath and thinking.

The mental-disruption possibilities for HAARP are the most disturbing. More than 40 pages of the book, with dozens of footnotes, chronicle the work of Harvard professors, military planners and scientists as they plan and test this use of the electromagnetic technology. For example, one of the papers describing this use was from the International Red Cross in Geneva. It even gave the frequency ranges where these effects could occur -- the same ranges which HAARP is capable of broadcasting.

The following statement was made more than twenty-five years ago in a book by Brzezinski which he wrote while a professor at Columbia University:

"Political strategists are tempted to exploit research on the brain and human behavior. Geophysicist Gordon J.F. MacDonald, a specialist in problems of warfare, says accurately-timed, artificially-excited electronic strokes could lead to a pattern of oscillations that produce relatively high power levels over certain regions of the earth ... in this way one could develop a system that would seriously impair the brain performance of very large populations in selected regions over an extended period"

" ... no matter how deeply disturbing the thought of using the environment to manipulate behavior for national advantages, to some, the technology permitting such use will very probably develop within the next few decades."

In 1966, MacDonald was a member of the President's Science Advisory Committee and later a member of the President's Council on Environmental Quality. He published papers on the use of environmental control technologies for military purposes. The most profound comment he made as a geophysicist was, "the key to geophysical warfare is the identification of environmental instabilities to which the addition of a small amount of energy would release vastly greater amounts of energy." While yesterday's geophysicists predicted today's advances, are HAARP program managers delivering on the vision?

The geophysicists recognized that adding energy to the environmental soup could have large effects. However, humankind has already added substantial amounts of electromagnetic energy into our environment without understanding what might constitute critical mass. The book by Begich and Manning raises questions:

Have these additions been without effect, or is there a cumulative amount beyond which irreparable damage can be done?

Is HAARP another step in a journey from which we cannot turn back?

Are we about to embark on another energy experiment which unleashes another set of demons from Pandora's box?

As early as 1970, Zbigniew Brzezinski predicted a "more controlled and directed society" would gradually appear, linked to technology. This society would be dominated by an elite group which impresses voters by allegedly superior scientific know-how. Angels Don't Play This HAARP further quotes Brzezinski:

"Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behavior and keeping society under close surveillance and control. Technical and scientific momentum would then feed on the situation it exploits," Brzezinski predicted.

His forecasts proved accurate. Today, a number of new tools for the "elite" are emerging, and the temptation to use them increases steadily. The policies to permit the tools to be used are already in place. How could the United States be changed, bit by bit, into the predicted highly-controlled technosociety? Among the "steppingstones" Brzezinski expected were persisting social crises and use of the mass media to gain the public's confidence.

In another document prepared by the government, the U.S. Air Force claims: "The potential applications of artificial electromagnetic fields are wide-ranging and can be used in many military or quasi-military situations... Some of these potential uses include dealing with terrorist groups, crowd control, controlling breaches of security at military installations, and antipersonnel techniques in tactical warfare. In all of these cases the EM (electromagnetic) systems would be used to produce mild to severe physiological disruption or perceptual distortion or disorientation. In addition, the ability of individuals to function could be degraded to such a point that they would be combat ineffective. Another advantage of electromagnetic systems is that they can provide coverage over large areas with a single system. They are silent and countermeasures to them may be difficult to develop... One last area where electromagnetic radiation may prove of some value is in enhancing abilities of individuals for anomalous phenomena."

Do these comments point to uses already somewhat developed? The author of the government report refers to an earlier Air Force document about the uses of radio frequency radiation in combat situations. (Here Begich and Manning note that HAARP is the most versatile and the largest radio-frequency-radiation transmitter in the world.)

The United States Congressional record deals with the use of HAARP for penetrating the earth with signals bounced off of the ionosphere. These signals are used to look inside the planet to a depth of many kilometers in order to locate underground munitions, minerals and tunnels. The U.S. Senate set aside $15 million dollars in 1996 to develop this ability alone -- earth-penetrating-tomography. The problem is that the frequency needed for earth-penetrating radiation is within the frequency range most cited for disruption of human mental functions. It may also have profound effects on migration patterns of fish and wild animals which rely on an undisturbed energy field to find their routes.

As if electromagnetic pulses in the sky and mental disruption were not enough, T. Eastlund bragged that the super-powerful ionospheric heater could control weather.

Begich and Manning brought to light government documents indicating that the military has weather-control technology. When HAARP is eventually built to its full power level, it could create weather effects over entire hemispheres. If one government experiments with the world's weather patterns, what is done in one place will impact everyone else on the planet. Angels Don't Play This HAARP explains a principle behind some of Nikola Tesla's inventions -- resonance -- which affect planetary systems.

Bubble of Electric Particles

Angels Don't Play This HAARP includes interviews with independent scientists such as Elizabeth Rauscher. She has a Ph.D., a long and impressive career in high-energy physics, and has been published in prestigious science journals and books. Rauscher commented on HAARP. "You're pumping tremendous energy into an extremely delicate molecular configuration that comprises these multi-layers we call the ionosphere."

"The ionosphere is prone to catalytic reactions," she explained, "if a small part is changed, a major change in the ionosphere can happen."

In describing the ionosphere as a delicately balanced system, Dr. Rauscher shared her mental picture of it -- a soap-bubble-like sphere surrounding Earth's atmosphere, with movements swirling over the surface of the bubble. If a big enough hole is punched through it, she predicts, it could pop.

Slicing the Ionosphere

Physicist Daniel Winter, Ph.D., of Waynesville, North Carolina, says, "HAARP high-frequency emissions can couple with longwave (extremely-low-frequency, or ELF) pulses the Earth grid uses to distribute information as vibrations to synchronize dances of life in the biosphere." Dan terms this geomagnetic action 'Earth's information bloodstream,' and says it is likely that coupling of HAARP HF (high-frequency) with natural ELF can cause unplanned, unsuspected side effects.

David Yarrow of Albany, New York, is a researcher with a background in electronics. He described possible interactions of HAARP radiation with the ionosphere and Earth's magnetic grid: "HAARP will not burn holes in the ionosphere. That is a dangerous understatement of what HAARP's giant gigawatt beam will do. Earth is spinning relative to thin electric shells of the multilayer membrane of ion-o-speres that absorb and shield Earth's surface from intense solar radiation, including charged particle storms in solar winds erupting from the sun. Earth's axial spin means that HAARP -- in a burst lasting more than a few minutes -- will slice through the ionosphere like a microwave knife. This produces not a hole but a long tear -- an incision."

Crudely Plucking the Strings

Second concept: As Earth rotates, HAARP will slice across the geomagnetic flux, a donut-shaped spool of magnetic strings -- like longitude meridians on maps.

HAARP may not 'cut' these strings in Gaia's magnetic mantle, but will pulse each thread with harsh, out-of-harmony high frequencies. These noisy impulses will vibrate geomagnetic flux lines, sending vibrations all through the geomagnetic web. "

"The image comes to mind of a spider on its web. An insect lands, and the web's vibrations alert the spider to possible prey. HAARP will be a man-made microwave finger poking at the web, sending out confusing signals, if not tearing holes in the threads. "

"Effects of this interference with symphonies of Gaia's geomagnetic harp are unknown, and I suspect barely thought of. Even if thought of, the intent (of HAARP) is to learn to exploit any effects, not to play in tune to global symphonies. "

Among other researchers quoted is Paul Schaefer of Kansas City. His degree is in electrical engineering and he spent four years building nuclear weapons. "But most of the theories that we have been taught by scientists to believe in seem to be falling apart," he says. He talks about imbalances already caused by the industrial and atomic age, especially by radiation of large numbers of tiny, high-velocity particles "like very small spinning tops" into our environment. The unnatural level of motion of highly-energetic particles in the atmosphere and in radiation belts surrounding Earth is the villain in the weather disruptions, according to this model, which describes an Earth discharging its buildup of heat, relieving stress and regaining a balanced condition through earthquakes and volcanic action.

Feverish Earth

"One might compare the abnormal energetic state of the Earth and its atmosphere to a car battery which has become overcharged with the normal flow of energy jammed up, resulting in hot spots, electrical arcing, physical cracks and general turbulence as the pent-up energy tries to find some place to go."

In a second analogy, Schaefer says "Unless we desire the death of our planet, we must end the production of unstable particles which are generating the earth's fever. A first priority to prevent this disaster would be to shut down all nuclear power plants and end the testing of atomic weapons, electronic warfare and 'Star Wars'." Meanwhile, the military builds its biggest ionospheric heater yet, to deliberately create more instabilities in a huge plasma layer -- the ionosphere -- and to rev up the energy level of charged particles.

Electronic Rain From The Sky

They have published papers about electron precipitation from the magnetosphere (the outer belts of charged particles which stream toward Earth's magnetic poles) caused by man-made very low frequency electromagnetic waves. "These precipitated particles can produce secondary ionization, emit X-rays, and cause significant perturbation in the lower ionosphere."

Two Stanford University radio scientists offer evidence of what technology can do to affect the sky by making waves on earth; they showed that very low frequency radio waves can vibrate the magnetosphere and cause high-energy particles to cascade into Earth's atmosphere. By turning the signal on or off, they could stop the flow of energetic particles.

Weather Control

Avalanches of energy dislodged by such radio waves could hit us hard. Their work suggests that technicians could control global weather by sending relatively small 'signals' into the Van Allen belts (radiation belts around Earth). Thus Tesla's resonance effects can control enormous energies by tiny triggering signals.

The Begich/ Manning book asks whether that knowledge will be used by war-oriented or biosphere-oriented scientists.

The military has had about twenty years to work on weather warfare methods, which it euphemistically calls weather modification. For example, rainmaking technology was taken for a few test rides in Vietnam. The U.S. Department of Defense sampled lightning and hurricane manipulation studies in Project Skyfire and Project Stormfury. And they looked at some complicated technologies that would give big effects. Angels Don't Play This HAARP cites an expert who says the military studied both lasers and chemicals which they figured could damage the ozone layer over an enemy. Looking at ways to cause earthquakes, as well as to detect them, was part of the project named Prime Argus, decades ago. The money for that came from the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA, now under the acronym ARPA.) In 1994 the Air Force revealed its Spacecast 2020 master plan which includes weather control. Scientists have experimented with weather control since the 1940's, but Spacecast 2020 noted that "using environmental modification techniques to destroy, damage or injure another state are prohibited." Having said that, the Air Force claimed that advances in technology "compels a reexamination of this sensitive and potentially risky topic."

40 Years of Zapping the Sky?

As far back as 1958, the chief White House advisor on weather modification, Captain Howard T. Orville, said the U.S. defense department was studying "ways to manipulate the charges of the earth and sky and so affect the weather" by using an electronic beam to ionize or de-ionize the atmosphere over a given area.

In 1966, Professor Gordon J. F. MacDonald was associate director of the Institute of Geophysics and Planetary Physics at the University of California, Los Angeles, was a member of the President's Science Advisory Committee, and later a member of the President's Council on Environmental Quality.

He published papers on the use of environmental-control technologies for military purposes. MacDonald made a revealing comment: "The key to geophysical warfare is the identification of environmental instabilities to which the addition of a small amount of energy would release vastly greater amounts of energy. " World-recognized scientist MacDonald had a number of ideas for using the environment as a weapon system and he contributed to what was, at the time, the dream of a futurist. When he wrote his chapter, "How To Wreck The Environment," for the book Unless Peace Comes, he was not kidding around. In it he describes the use of weather manipulation, climate modification, polar ice cap melting or destabilization, ozone depletion techniques, earthquake engineering, ocean wave control and brain wave manipulation using the planet's energy fields.

He also said that these types of weapons would be developed and, when used, would be virtually undetectable by their victims. Is HAARP that weapon? The military's intention to do environmental engineering is well documented, U.S. Congress' subcommittee hearings on Oceans and International Environment looked into military weather and climate modification conducted in the early 1970's. "What emerged was an awesome picture of far-ranging research and experimentation by the Department of Defense into ways environmental tampering could be used as a weapon," said another author cited in Angles Don't Play This HAARP.

The revealed secrets surprised legislators. Would an inquiry into the state of the art of electromagnetic manipulation surprise lawmakers today? They may find out that technologies developed out of the HAARP experiments in Alaska could deliver on Gordon MacDonald's vision because leading-edge scientists are describing global weather as not only air pressure and thermal systems, but also as an electrical system.

Small Input - Big Effect

HAARP zaps the ionosphere where it is relatively unstable. A point to remember is that the ionosphere is an active electrical shield protecting the planet from the constant bombardment of high-energy particles from space. This conducting plasma, along with Earth's magnetic field, traps the electrical plasma of space and holds it back from going directly to the earth's surface, says Charles Yost of Dynamic Systems, Leicester, North Carolina. "If the ionosphere is greatly disturbed, the atmosphere below is subsequently disturbed."

Another scientist interviewed said there is a super-powerful electrical connection between the ionosphere and the part of the atmosphere where our weather comes onstage, the lower atmosphere.

One man-made electrical effect -- power line harmonic resonance -- causes fallout of charged particles from the Van Allen (radiation) belts, and the falling ions cause ice crystals (which precipitate rain clouds). What about HAARP? Energy blasted upward from an ionospheric heater is not much compared to the total in the ionosphere, but HAARP documents admit that thousandfold-greater amounts of energy can be released in the ionosphere than injected. As with MacDonald's "key to geophysical warfare," "nonlinear" effects (described in the literature about the ionospheric heater) mean small input and large output. Astrophysicist Adam Trombly told Manning that an acupuncture model is one way to look at the possible effect of multi-gigawatt pulsing of the ionosphere. If HAARP hits certain points, those parts of the ionosphere could react in surprising ways.

Smaller ionospheric heaters such as the one at Arecibo are underneath relatively placid regions of the ionosphere, compared to the dynamic movements nearer Earth's magnetic poles. That adds another uncertainty to HAARP -- the unpredictable and lively upper atmosphere near the North Pole.

HAARP experimenters do not impress commonsense Alaskans such as Barbara Zickuhr, who says "They're like boys playing with a sharp stick, finding a sleeping bear and poking it in the butt to see what's going to happen."

Could They Short-Circuit Earth?

Earth as a spherical electrical system is a fairly well-accepted model. However, those experimenters who want to make unnatural power connections between parts of this system might not be thinking of possible consequences. Electrical motors and generators can be caused to wobble when their circuits are affected. Could human activities cause a significant change in a planet's electrical circuit or electrical field? A paper in the respected journal Science deals with manmade ionization from radioactive material, but perhaps it could also be studied with HAARP-type skybusters in mind:

"For example, while changes in the earth's electric field resulting from a solar flare modulating conductivity may have only a barely detectable effect on meteorology, the situation may be different in regard to electric field changes caused by manmade ionization... " Meteorology, of course, is the study of the atmosphere and weather. ionization is what happens when a higher level of power is zapped into atoms and knocks electrons off the atoms. The resulting charged particles are the stuff of HAARP. "One look at the weather should tell us that we are on the wrong path," says Paul Schaefer, commenting on HAARP-type technologies.

Angels Don't Play This HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology is about the military's plan to manipulate that which belongs to the world -- the ionosphere. The arrogance of the United States government in this is not without precedent.

Atmospheric nuclear tests had similar goals. More recently, China and France put their people's money to destructive use in underground nuclear tests. It was recently reported that the US government spent $3 trillion dollars on its nuclear program since its beginnings in the 1940's. What new breakthroughs in life science could have been made with all the money spent on death?

Begich, Manning, Roderick and others believe that democracies need to be founded on openness, rather than the secrecy which surrounds so much military science. Knowledge used in developing revolutionary weapons could be used for healing and helping mankind. Because they are used in new weapons, discoveries are classified and suppressed. When they do appear in the work of other independent scientists, the new ideas are often frustrated or ridiculed, while military research laboratories continue to build their new machines for the killing fields.

However, the book by Manning and Begich gives hope that the military industrial academic bureaucratic Goliath can be affected by the combined power of determined individuals and the alternative press. Becoming informed is the first step to empowerment.

FROM: http://www.haarp.net/  BUY THE BOOK - ITS GREAT

STEERING HURRICANES

What is this odd streak coming down from the clear sky into the eyewall of Katrina?

OTHER KATRINA EYEWALL IMAGES and what is this?

USGS Scientist Studies Causes of Anomalous U.S. Hurricane Landfall Count in 2004

By Jennifer Leigh Oates

February 2005

[revised April 2005]

map showing tracks of Hurricanes Charley, Frances, and Jeanne across central Florida

Above: The tracks of Hurricanes Charley, Frances, and Jeanne across central Florida. Lines represent tracks, and point symbols represent eye positions as reported by the National Hurricane Center (of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service). [larger version]

A U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) scientist at the Center for Coastal and Watershed Studies in St. Petersburg, FL, has examined climate features likely to have influenced this year's record number of U.S. hurricane landfalls. In an article published as the cover story in the December 14, 2004, issue of Eos (American Geophysical Union Transactions, v. 85, no. 50), Brian Bossak, a USGS Mendenhall Postdoctoral Fellow, concluded that overall North Atlantic tropical cyclone activity in 2004 was not excessively high. He found that multiple climate features were juxtaposed in such a way as to encourage both hurricane intensification and a track bringing hurricanes ashore south of the North Carolina State line. The state of the El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) and Atlantic sea-surface temperatures (SSTs) supported an active season in terms of the formation of North Atlantic tropical cyclones. In particular, a climate feature known as the North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) was implicated in influencing the position of the Bermuda High Pressure system, thereby steering hurricanes on a more southerly track toward the Southeastern United States instead of a track curving out to sea, as has been the case in the past several years. Furthermore, climate features affecting vertical wind shear over tropical regions were favorable for hurricane intensification, explaining the abnormal number of major hurricanes that made landfall in 2004. Bossak is currently completing work on his pilot project at the USGS, the Coastal Impact Assessment Tool (CIAT), and conducting a statistical verification of observed climate influences on U.S. hurricanes.

The article that Brian sent to Eos, entitled "'X'" Marks the Spot: Florida, the 2004 Hurricane Bull's-Eye," can be downloaded as a PDF from URL http://soundwaves.er.usgs.gov/2005/04/outreach3.html .

FLOODING AS A MEANS OF SOCIAL ENGINEERING

FROM: http://www.cuttingedge.org/news/n1695.cfm 

ALSO SEE: http://www.greatdreams.com/weather/massive_floods_in_history.htm 

From 1927 to 1993, and in 1995, 1997, and 1998, the entire Midwest area along the Mississippi and Missouri Rivers experienced tremendous losses because of flooding. In Part 2 of this series, we demonstrated how a flooding so rare as to only occur naturally every 500 years could be caused by the combination of GWEN and HAARP towers.

The 20th Century has seen unprecedented flooding, especially in this specific geographical area. Since the Biodiversity map is thoroughly pocketed with areas of Core Reserves [no human activity] and Buffer Zones that are highly regulated, we should expect that a lot of Social Engineering would be planned for this area.

BILLION DOLLAR WEATHER DISASTERS THRU 2001

As we demonstrated in Part 2, control of hurricanes has been possible for some time now. We read portions of a Wall Street Journal story printed November 13, 1997, in which Malaysia hired a Russian weather modification company to create a typhoon [hurricane] and steer it closely enough to the Malaysian cities so that the winds would blow the haze away, but not so closely to shore that damage would occur. The Russian company then steered the typhoon away out to the open sea, where they dissipated it.

For the technology of creating, steering, and dissipating hurricanes to be so advanced in 1997 as to be this routine and routinely available, we know that the beginning of this technology had to occur 20-30 years ago. Thus, it is with great interest to note the location of where "Billion Dollar" hurricanes have hit this nation from 1980-2001.

When you compare the dots of hurricane impact on this "Billion Dollar" disaster map to the planned Biodiversity Map, you will shockingly discover that each of these dots makes land at precisely the area designated as a Red Core Reserve [no human activity] or a Yellow Buffer Zone [human activity highly regulated].

Thus, you have to ask a very important question, do you not?

Given our ability to create, steer, control, and dissipate hurricanes, why have we had any of these storms since 1980? Every time a natural hurricane spawns, we could steer it to the open sea and dissipate it so that it caused no damage whatsoever to human settlements or to "human activity".

Therefore, when you understand that the entire emphasis of this upcoming World Summit on Sustainable Development is focused on the "unsustainable" nature of our Industrial Civilization, you will realize that tremendous effort has already been expended to lay the groundwork for someone to someday declare that Mother Gaia simply cannot continue to tolerate and support our current civilization.

Look one final time at this Billion Dollar Weather Disaster Map. This map lists the largest, most damaging, and most expensive weather disasters of the past two decades. A number of noteworthy weather disasters are noted. They are:

1. Hurricanes and Tropical Storms [Tropical Storms bring huge amounts of rain, causing significant flooding]. A "Nor'easter" is depicted hitting New England in 1992. A "Nor'easter" is a hurricane that brings with it significant flooding and strong winds.

2. Floods

3. Severe Weather -- the symbols here are a black funnel cloud of a tornado and a lightening bolt. It is more than interesting to note that the number of tornadoes since 1916 has increased dramatically -- off the charts, actually! In 1916, about 50 tornadoes were noted, climbing to almost 1,400 in 1996

[ http://k12.ocs.ou.edu/teachers/graphics/TorFatalChart.gif , Tornado Fatal Chart]. This increase is a 28 fold increase! Since no one could possibly argue that this increase is "natural", one can only argue that is it "unnatural", i.e., by human agency. Of course, the World Earth Summit people will argue that this increase is simply Mother Gaia's response to the "human activity" pursuant to our unsustainable Industrial Civlization.

4. Fires

5. Heat Wave/Drought

FROM: http://www.cuttingedge.org/news/n1695.cfm 

Kerry in Hurricane in Vietnam

August 14, 2004

John Kerry feels the pain of those in the path of Hurricane Charley.

John Kerry told survivors that he too had been in a Hurricane, while George Bush had not. Kerry reported for the first time a secret mission that put him in a Hurricane[*] on his Swift Boat in Vietnam (or maybe Cambodia - he's not sure). The purpose was to put an undercover special forces weatherman as close to the eye as possible, to evaluate the use of Hurricanes[*] as weapons. Kerry said he was personally ordered to this mission by Chuck Colson of the Nixon Administration, just before Christmas, 1968, while recovering from his wounds from Cam Rahn Bay that earned him his first purple heart. Admitting that the use of Hurricanes as weapons of war was a war crime, Kerry said "we all did war crimes, day by day, with the full knowledge of our superiors at all level. So what's the big deal?"

[Note: Only Typhoons hit the west Pacific north of the Equator]

FROM: http://www.tinyvital.com/BlogArchives/cat_election_2004.html 

Hurricane Katrina: Weather Warfare Conspiracy?

by STEFAN GROSSMANN (CLOAKANDDAGGER.DE)

9-2-05

"Did the Shadow Government decide to sacrifice an entire city, New Orleans, to cover up the coming news of Bush fraud and bribery and in order to further rig the price of oil?"

Weather engineering includes the blow-up of small hurricanes into large ones. The technology is zealously denied by so-called meterologists and physicists, but it exists anyhow.

It has been described, for example, by veteran Pentagon scientist and scalar researcher Col. Tom Bearden at his web site, www.cheniere.org. Here are some quotes:

Soviet Weather Engineering over North America

This taped presentation, which was made in 1985, is included for historical reference purposes only. Since then, the technology has been developed into more rigorous longitudinal EM wave interferometry, which is the exact nature of those earlier weather engineering weapons. The foundations of scalar electro-magnetics are well explained in this presentation.

U.S. Defence Secretary Cohen expresses concern about eco-terrorism using scalar electromagnetic weapons.

FROM: http://www.conspiracyplanet.com/channel.cfm?channelid=77&contentid=2660 

This was the posting on James McCanney's site on September 1, 2005.

September 01, 2005 ... were the levees of New Orleans breached on purpose after the storm passed ? i used to live in new orleans as i went to school at Tulane Universtiy and was there last may as i attended the spring session of the American Geophysical Union meeting giving my information on x-rays in the solar system ... as a student at Tulane in the early 70's i road my bicycle on those levees ... they were built to withstand such a hurricane and they did ... until only after the storm passed and New Orleans was actually recovering ... i just did an analysis on the breaches and the pattern of breaches is toooooo perfectly placed ... obviously planned locations to flood the city from all sides ... the city was about to recover from the worst hurricane seen in modern times ... my analysis is that the army core of engineers is the only group capable of placing the destruction of the levees in such a precise pattern and carrying it out to such perfection ... the pattern assured the complete destruction of this vital US city ... a breach in a few places could be dealt with by the cities pump system and it was doing its job ... there is no question that the breaches were placed intentionally to flood from all sides and as i said the only group capable of carrying out this task is the US army core of engineers ... the destruction of new orleans was intentional from start to finish and could only be carried out by a group well equipped to do such a job ... it could only have been the US arny core of engineers after the hurricane was guided into place by the IMF paid black ops scientists using the US fleet of giant laser satellites working the weather manipulation ... the misinformation spin sites and radio stations have already been busy trying to point to the russians and others with misinformation about so called "scalar weapons" ... this is all disinformation ... make no mistake USA ... you are being attacked from "within" by the IMF crew ... welcome ... you are the world's newest third world country ... and this is just the beginning ... jim mccanney August 30, 2005 posting ... once again NOAA has mismanaged the prediction racket ... while people in New Orleans prepared and not that much happened ...

the people of Mobile did not prepare and were devastated ... why is NOAA attempting to predict hurricane paths ... something they have and continue to fail at miserably at the great expense of the public ...not only was Katrina obviously manipulated ... but they are failing to report the true path now !!!! ... see the Sun Earth Connection Sub Page below for details ... and be sure to visit the new Oil Futures Sub Page if you have not already done so ... jim mccanney

http://www.jmccanneyscience.com/ 

REALITY REPORT

9-2-05

From: Mark Hazelwood Here's what the ptb don't want you to know about Katrina

The manipulation is clear.

-- Mark Hazelwood Goto http://jmccanneyscience.com/  and follow the link there to the subpage. This is a new posting on top of McCanney's website:

August 29, 2005 posting !!!! NEW !!! visit the new Oil Futures Sub Page ... where greed and profit go hand in hand ...

PREFACE NOTE: Just as "insiders" made a killing on airline futures (short-selling stock) right before 9-11, so we see -- once again -- oil futures (selling short) by "an administration" of oil insiders who made a killing as this hurricane broke all natural laws of hurricanes and veered into the oil refineries and platforms as though steered from satellites that can do it. Details at

http://jmccanneyscience.com/  and

http://jmccanneyscience.com/Sun-Earth-Connection.HTM 

--CR --------- article follows:

KATRINA AND THE SCALAR WEATHER WARS

Posted By: billym

Date: Monday, 29 August 2005, 11:09 a.m.

Today Cloak and Dagger has linked an article on scalar wave weather engineering by Stefan Grossmann. Of course it references the work of Col. Tom Bearden, the leading western expert on the subject.

Engineering the weather with scalar weapons is done by simply pouring heat into certain regions, and extracting heat (cooling) other regions. In the article Bearden describes how by heating and cooling areas in a rotational pattern the atmosphere can be made to rotate (hurricane). Also, since the power of a hurricane is related to the temperature of the sea at a given point, a hurricane can be increased by simply heating the ocean under it. If you think about, nearly all weather phenomena are the result of differences in temperature between one region and another. The scalar weapons in weather mode are basically giant heaters and coolers controlled from afar and able to target any place on earth with either heat or cold.

According to Bearden the chief weather war mischief makers are the KGB and a consortium of the "Yakuza" and "Aum Shinrikyo" cult, to which the KGB has handed over most of the routine work. Bearden says the West is playing catch-up ball here, but is no longer totally undefended. I am not sure if this "weather war defense" involves HAARP or not. In any case the resulting picture is not pretty.

Slowly but surely Bearden's information is getting out there and people are starting to realize the true terror of the situation. Is the secrecy beginning to break down, like a Louisianna levee? People must demand to be told the truth about scalar weapons. Only once, to my knowledge, has the official U.S. acknowledged these weapons. This was in a statement by Sec. Def. William Cohen which Bearden tirelessly repeats.

"Others [terrorists] are engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves... So there are plenty of ingenious minds out there that are at work finding ways in which they can wreak terror upon other nations...It's real, and that's the reason why we have to intensify our [counterterrorism] efforts."

--Secretary of Defense William Cohen at an April 1997 counterterrorism conference sponsored by former Senator Sam Nunn.

This statement was made over 30 years after Krushchev announced such weapons! At that time no one in the world knew what he was talking about, and generally, they still don't!

Even worse than these weather wars, in my opinion, is the use of scalar weapons to induce earthquakes along fault lines. Bearden is convinced that the KGB/Yakuza has registered a number of longitudinal wave interferometers on the Yellowstone caldera to try to trigger a super eruption.

I suggest reading the whole Grossman article, but here are a few excerpts.

http://www.cloakanddagger.de/media/Grossmann/Scalar_Weather_Wars.htm 

FROM: http://omega.twoday.net/stories/940975/ 

Hurricane Katrina and the Rape of New Orleans [ Post 293925231 ]

Category: News & Opinion (General) Topic: News & Current Events

Source: cloakanddagger

Published: January 1, 2001 Author:

For Education and Discussion Only. Not for Commercial Use.

by: Stefan Grossmann, www.gallerize.com 

Monday, 8-29-5

1. The Bush Jr. regime is a hair’s breadth away from collapsing in chaos, infamy and insanity as the Cloakanddagger.de truth radio is about to break the story how G. W. Bush fraud bribed his way into the White House in late 2000. See separate news coverage coming soon.

What happens in such situations is: News diversions are orchestrated in order to take away the public’s attention from the homespun disasters. Such as, a whale strands in the arctic and all the oil-soaked spy-riddled mainstream media babble about stranded whales for days or even weeks until the news about the actual catastrophe at home is forgotten and, for practical purposes, suppressed.

This well-known routine is happening again. As the to-be-covered-up news event (Bush bribed his way into the White House) is so huge, the cover-up ploy is also huge: A scalar-engineered hurricane named Katrina. The shadow government has decided to sacrifice an entire city, New Orleans, to cover up the coming news of bribery and in order to further rig the price of oil.

2. Weather engineering includes the blow-up of small hurricanes into large ones. The technology is zealously denied by so-called meterologists and physicists, but it exists anyhow. It has been described, for example, by veteran Pentagon scientist and scalar researcher Col. Tom Bearden at his huge web site, www.cheniere.org . Here are some quotes (in finer print):

Soviet Weather Engineering over North America

This taped presentation, which was made in 1985, is included for historical reference purposes only. Since then, the technology has been developed into more rigorous longitudinal EM wave interferometry, which is the exact nature of those earlier weather engineering weapons. The foundations of scalar electro-magnetics are well explained in this presentation.

U.S. Defence Secretary Cohen expresses concern about eco-terrorism using scalar electromagnetic weapons.

„Others [terrorists] are engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves... So there are plenty of ingenious minds out there that are at work finding ways in which they can wreak terror upon other nations...It's real, and that's the reason why we have to intensify our [counterterrorism] efforts.“

Secretary of Defense William Cohen at an April 1997 counterterrorism conference sponsored by former Senator Sam Nunn.

Quoted from DoD News Briefing, Secretary of Defense William S. Cohen, Q&A at the Conference on Terrorism, Weapons of Mass Destruction, and U.S. Strategy, University of Georgia, Athens, Apr. 28, 1997.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Examples of anomalous cloud formations in the year 2000

1. Complex „wheel-spoke“ pattern, a forerunner of which was first observed around 20 years ago. 28 November, 2000

See http://www.flashradar.freeservers.com/FLASH20229.html 

2. Hexagonal shaped patterns - possible tests of containment barriers for areas contaminated by biological warfare. 16 November, 2000

See http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/radar/utahex.html 

Source of foregoing quote by Tom Bearden:

http://www.cheniere.org/video/sovietweathervideo.html 

On this slide we diagrammatically represent the Soviet woodpecker interference grid over the U.S. This grid can easily be used to influence and control the weather, and for over a decade the Soviets have manipulated the weather over the U.S. and other parts of the world.

By the peculiar title of this slide, we wish to call attention to the fact that, in the exothermic mode of scalar interferometry riding on the woodpecker radar signals, each of the woodpecker grid interference cells can act as a little „virtual transmitter.“ It's exactly as if the Soviets had been permitted to enter the U.S. and build thousands of EM transmitters at regular intervals all over the country!

And of course it's even worse. In the endothermic mode, it's as if the Soviets had been permitted to enter the U.S. and build thousands of „cold generators“ all over the U.S. That is, in that mode, each of the „transmitters“ can actually extract electromagnetic energy.

These two modes have enabled the Soviet Union to drastically manipulate the weather at will over the U.S. during the last decade (and similarly, for other places as well.)

(For a full disclosure of the Soviet weather control operations over the U.S., see T. E. Bearden, Soviet Weather Engineering Over North America, 1-hr. videotape, 1955, available from POB 1472, Huntsville, Alabama 35807, $40.00 U.S. postpaid, VHS or BETA format. We will only summarize here.).

Briefly, inside various reference level zeros on the ordinary EM woodpecker carriers, scalar „channels“ are established. Scalar beams, signals, and interferometer pulses and transmissions can be transmitted through these reference channels as if directly through a wire. Phasing, pulse shaping, and Fourier expansion formation of geometric forms are then the key to be used in scalar interferometry through the internal scalar channels of the Soviet woodpecker signals.

By choosing one or more grid cells and using scalar interference there in the exothermic continuous mode, local heating and expansion of the air, and formation of a high pressure area, occurs.

By choosing one or more grid cells and using scalar interference there in the endothermic continuous mode, local cooling and shrinking of the air, and formation of a low pressure area, occurs.

By electromagnetic ''rotation“ of the interfering scalar beams, the hotspots and coldspots can be moved along a desired path and at a desired speed.

By these methods the entire jetstream across the U.S. can be deviated and controlled to a large degree. Moisture can be drawn from the Pacific beyond Southern California and Mexico, and collided over the southern U.S. with extremely cold air brought down from Canada, producing ice storms such as those in and around February 1, 1985.

Violent thunderstorm activity can be induced and directed. By adding „spin“, these same storms can be induced to form extensive tornados.

By sustained weather engineering operations, drought or excessive rain and flooding can be induced in areas of the U.S. as desired. Crops can be destroyed or heavily damaged by severe and unseasonal weather.

If the grid is placed in the ground on scalar EM carriers instead of normal EM carriers (and the woodpecker „radars,“ can switch to, or add, scalar carrier mode whenever they wish), it can be used as an anti-submarine weapon, as we shall see later. It can also be used to cause substantial ocean effects that have drastic consequences on the world's weather -- such as the anomalous El Nino of 1982-83.

By localizing one spot of heating at the top of a thunderstorm anvil, and another spot of cooling at its side, a localized downburst can be created. Our weather satellites have detected just such an anomalous combination heating and cooling of thunderstorm anvils over the U.S. While there may exist natural mechanisms to cause this anomalous dual pattern, it may also be caused by Soviet weather engineering, which can cause either broad-area or highly localized effects.

All these types of weather engineering incidents have been deliberately created over the U.S. by the Soviet Union.

Perhaps the greatest weather effects can be induced by altering some of the large scale normal mechanisms that influence and control our weather. Thus the artificially induced El Nino of 1982-83 was a case in point, causing drastic weather upsets worldwide for a year or more.

The last decade has seen weather so anomalous that it could only occur once in 1200 years by chance. It has not been due to normal chance, but by Soviet weather engineering, particularly since the advent of the Woodpecker transmitter complexes.

ADDITIONAL BACKGROUND FOR THE BRIEFER:

The Woodpecker transmitters can carry scalar components which, in addition to biological strikes, can be used for many other purposes such as to

1. influence and control the weather,

2. deviate the giant jetstreams of the upper atmosphere,

3. detect, track and destroy missiles shortly after launch,

4. detect, track and destroy strategic bombers and other aircraft,

5. attack land and ocean surface targets by large aerial electromagnetic explosions: the EM explosion produces the fireball, the thermal effects, and the blast wave of a nuclear explosion without the nuclear radiation and radioactive fallout contamination;

6. attack surface land and ocean targets by large „cold explosions“, where living things freeze almost instantly, leaving the surface facilities and equipment intact,

7. attack land and ocean surface targets by severe internal electromagnetic disruption, so that all electronics are dudded,

8. attack personnel on land and sea by direct destruction of their nervous systems with an internally induced strong EMP,

9. disrupt the operation of distant facilities, equipment, and personnel or destroy food crops in large areas by severe cold or severe heating, or even startling oscillation between the two.

In addition, the scalar aspects of the Woodpecker transmitters can be beamed through the earth and ocean as surface waves or at a given depth to intersect at a distant region. This mode can be used to

10. cause distant earthquakes in a distant fault zone by depositing energy in the rocks there, increasing the plate stress until slippage occurs at a fault zone,

11. cause large, anomalous rocking of an entire plate or large area, by depositing and extracting energy from alternate areas, causing buckling of the large rock plate,

12. set up an interference grid under the water, so that underwater submarines can be detected, tracked, and destroyed on station and with their missiles still unfired,

13. attack naval vessels and task forces through the water and through their hulls, without warning,

14. attack missile silos and nuclear storage sites „before launch“, directly through the earth itself,

15. initiate the full nuclear explosion of implosion-type nuclear warheads on-board missiles on station,

16. initiate full nuclear explosion of implosion-type nuclear warheads in storage sites and ready reserve,

17. destroy seaborne and ocean-bottom-mounted mines and underwater sensors, even including entire „fields“ of them,

18. detect and destroy hostile torpedoes, ship-to-underwater anti-submarine missiles, and dumped anti-submarine munitions and charges,

19. „pump“ the electrical grounding of distant electrical power distribution and generation systems so that the system catastrophically fails,

20. „pump“ the electrical grounding of distant electrical power systems so that radio and television transmitters, power grids, and wiring complexes in buildings and facilities radiate a desired scalar wave component or signal complex at equipment and personnel.

All in all, the woodpecker transmitter complexes and other associated scalar EM weaponry are most useful in the major missions required in war.

Source of foregoing quote by Tom Bearden:

http://www.cheniere.org/books/ferdelance/s64.htm 

Today, weather engineering is also part of the Pentagon’s military arsenal and is at the command of America’s public enemy Nr. 1, the shadow government.

Basically, the U.S.A. lost the cold war - contrary to all newspaper allegations - against the Soviet Union because of scalar weapons and weather controlling technology. This is one of the key reasons for the multi-trillion dollar Pentagon black budget and secret arms program, namely to catch up in the scalar arms race. The main part of this technology was developed for the Pentagon by Israel and its ultra-secret scalar weapons program and is the reason why the U.S.A. has basically lost its sovereignty to a clique of internationalist scalar terrorists with hyper-tech abilities (such as also demonstrated in the „plane“ deceptions on 9-11-1).

Much fine print would need to be added here to explain the exact meaning of the terms „Israel“ and „Pentagon“ in the foregoing context. The terms are not identical with the alleged constitutional governments of Israel and the U.S.A. Essentially, the body of people involved is one and the same. It has close ties with the international central banking cabal (Bank of England, Vatican/Jesuits, Federal Reserve Bank/Alan Greenspan, AIG/Starr International/Maurice Greenberg, Citibank/David Rockefeller, Carlyle Group, Blackstone Group/Henry Kissinger/Maurice Greenberg/Pete Petersen, Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, World Bank, Zionist Neocon cabal, et al., also with alleged Rothschild banking interests involved from the European side). Politically, there is a tight control group with its center being, purportedly, the four: Kissinger, Bush Sr., Hillary Clinton, William Rockefeller-Clinton. In brief, the Bush-Rockefeller Crime Syndicate (if Bill’s family name „Clinton“ is corrected, according to the alleged fatherhood [Winthrop Rockefeller, former Arkansas governor and some say Clinton look-alike], into „Rockefeller“). Many details are omitted here due to time and space restrictions.

For specific (but not all) analytical details, see book by Tom Bearden, „Fer de Lance“ (updated 2nd edition 2002),

http://www.cheniere.org/books/ferdelance/index.html 

For insightful details of the multi-trillion dollar Pentagon black budget as a secret second Manhattan Project see especially:

http://www.janes.com/regional_news/americas/news/jidr/jidr000105_01_n.shtml 

http://www.scoop.co.nz/stories/HL0401/S00151.htm 

Gradually, we are finding out which weaponized horror of Satanic control freaks these many shiploads of money have gone to pay over decades!

3. Category 5 mega-hurricane Katrina bears signature marks of being rigged and magnified using scalar weather engineering. There has been a suspicious increase in frequency of otherwise very rare category 5 hurricanes. Before hurricane Andrew (1992, apparently a time when scalar technology was available) there were only two recorded category 5 hurricanes in the U.S.A. Katrina is actually moe than category 5; it is category 5+ (the scale has no category 6). It originated as a small medium hurricane, but suddenly and inexplicably over the Gulf of Mexico it exploded into a monster of category 5 (allegedly due to the „warm Gulf waters“ that have never behaved this way any time before). Then, the next item of suspicion is the target: New Orleans, shaped like a basin and beneath sea level, also conveniently a center of oil refining for the U.S.A. and located near the Gulf of Mexico oil production.

The mainstream media have turned away from normal news reporting and are hypnotized by the orchestrated mega-hurricane. A well-known pattern of diversion and orchestrated tragedy is once more staged with a chilling routine.

The oil price has risen steeply over $70 dollars a barrel due to the hurricane Katrina news reports. The city is being evacuated, a large volume of domestic American crude oil and gas production has been shut down.

4. The war on the American people is ongoing. 11-22-63, Vietnam, Afghanistan, Iraq, Yugoslavia and 9-11-1 were merely episodes to break the force of the Republic. Traitors are manipulating the events from behind the screen. Vigilant networks of concerned citizens have watched for the usual „mock drills“ as reported recently by Webster G. Tarpley, and have most likely blocked this customary venue for the shadow regime’s orchestrated routine tragedies. The regime is upping the ante by resorting to its secret weapons of stealth and deception in its frantic death fight.

Traitors must be exposed to the light.

That is where they shrivel like vampires.

Their condign punishment is death.

The tree of liberty must be watered

from time to time with the blood of tyrants!

FROM: http://www.libertyforum.org/showflat.php?Cat=&Board=news_news&Number=293925231 

barneyb wrote:

Hi Dee

I hope you are well, we see a lot of flood footage here as well as looting happening in USA, I was just again looking at the footage of weather manipulation that was done here a couple of years ago because we live in semi desert conditions and need rain, so it was created by the Russians a couple of years back where it can be manipulated to cause severe storms, but are amazed at the amount of blacks you have I see on television .

As I am sitting in South Africa it is no surprise to me at all, this looting stuff as the blacks here now, do it almost everyday and there is nothing one can do to stop it , here it is called AFFIRMATIVE SHOPPING see they are just correcting the wrongs of the past?? Then I ask what past? as we always fed these people anyway, This is what they call survival of the most crooked, ya have to steal da guns first then defend the brothers looting the stores and if the cops or military interfere you snipe them as well one by one, from a group of people not single on your own, as this way if da cops retaliate they kill innocent bystanders as it is called, these Africans are quite innovative when it comes to this, you will also see this happen in the next 3-4 days and if emergency aid arrive they will hijack the food and kill for it just feeding themselves and stuff the rest, They should die of hunger, or turn to cannibalism.

Smile at least they will eat each other they don’t like white meat, for them its despicable, The Russian weather manipulators is creating these storms in these areas nowadays.

I said weather manipulation because this was a manmade storm as I could see the grids on satellite and the lines in the skies, Yes So its true it is done and its called Scalar waves and Technology used by the Russians, and was developed in the 1920's and ignored by the west, we just looked at Electronic Cold Fusion and it stopped there, the Russian continued this technology and it turned into Scalar Electronics and the Tropical storms are created from this Scalar Tech. So You thought the cold war was over and it just began with crazy Russian scientists, then they stuff up the weather systems as like Katrina, Yes blame Bush he wants America in Chaos so in the process of people confused by this tyranny of the storm he in meantime move American Gold to Queen Mother in Britain whilst no one is watching, the storm occupies peoples minds, this is done to distract then Rob the people and change the laws in America as a FEMA SYSTEM they will start in about a week to capture looters and place them in this FEMA Camps they build across USA

I don’t like to be a doomsayer but be prepared for the worst, JUST TYPE IN GOOGLE THIS

( Sovietweather mpg Tom Bearden)

You will have to search this MPG I have it but the video file is 190mb so impossible to mail (Manipulating the fingers of god)

YOU WILL SEE A LOT AND YOU WILL BE PISSED OFF WITH YOUR GOV AND SYSTEM after this for not being prepared

YOU ARE ON THE BRINK OF THE THIRD WORLD WAR AND YOU WILL ALSO SEE PLANTED NUCLEAR DEVICES GOING OFF SOON AMIDST THIS CHAOS and Flooding also on the east coast.

Be prepared!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!.

Keep well

Barney

LIFEBOAT NEWS--Investigative Journalism by William Thomas

CHEMTRAILS: FAA OFFICIAL CONFIRMS AIR FORCE TANKERS CONDUCTING WEATHER MODIFICATION OVER U.S. AND CANADA--The FAA official decided to come forward after his wife was stricken with what doctors diagnosed as Sudden Adult Onset Asthma following the March 12 aerial onslaught.

CHEMTRAILS: TRAIL RESEARCH REPORT--This report is the result of research into the science of contrail formation and an analysis by observation and measurement of contrail persistence. This research was inspired by the claims of an unnatural type of trail known as Chemtrails as an attempt to detect such trails.

CENTREX NEWS - CHEMTRAIL WATCH--Are BioWarfare weapons being tested on the population, is it a form of vaccination, or population control? - or is it Mass Paranoia? Research the information and draw your own conclusions

CHEMTRAILS: CONTROL DNA? --'The key to this penultimate battle is the coming ascension of planet Earth back into the fifth dimension, and the choice its people to either stay here in this dimension, or to go with it. The chemtrails fulfill that part of the Hopi prophecy spoken of about the Day of Purification when cobwebs would be spun in the skies...'

DNA SPRAY--Imagine someone walking towards you with an aerosol can, asking you to open wide, and promising that the spray emitted would be beneficial to your health.

CHEMTRAILS: SUPPRESSING HUMAN EVOLUTION--'If governments are not spraying out of benevolence and altruism, then they are spraying the population to protect themselves. When threatened, one attacks the source of that threat. And what are chemtrails ultimately attacking? Our cellular DNA. Therefore, there is something about our DNA that threatens the power structure. Considering chemtrails are a recent phenomenon, the threat must also be recent. If a citizen's DNA was non threatening before, but is now, then it must have fundamentally changed its structure recently. This fits the definition of 'mutation.' '

NASA WANTS CONTRAIL (AKA CHEMTRAIL) REPORTS FROM KIDS

Why has NASA launched a project to engage ordinary citizens - even schoolkids - in monitoring the jet fuel leavings?

CHEMTRAILS: ONLINE ARCHIVES FROM PAST TWO YEARS - RADIO SHOW INTERVIEWS DISCUSSING CONTRAILS/CHEMTRAILS--Includes William Thomas, Clifford Carnicom, Al Cuppett and More.

CHEMTRAILS: TRAIL RESEARCH REPORT-- Trail Research Report This report is the result of research into the science of contrail formation and an analysis by observation and measurement of contrail persistence. This research was inspired by the claims of an unnatural type of trail known as Chemtrails as an attempt to detect such trails.

BLACK DEATH, CONTRAILS AND THE FLU--Is there a connection?

HOSPITALS JAMMED AS BANNED PESTICIDE IS SPRAYED FROM THE SKIES --Article by William Thomas

MYSTERY CONTRAILS MAY BE MODIFYING WEATHER --By William Thomas

CHEMTRAILS IN CROATIA - CONTEMPLATION ABOUT AERIAL SPRAYINGS GLOBAL TARGETS--At the beginning, the purpose of this article was continuous and detailed registration, using original images, complete with their detailed explanations, of still ongoing, first ever, chemtrail sprayings of Croatian town of Rijeka (Europe), which is special in that it started the next day after Croatia entered the Partnership for Peace and because it was monitored from its outset.

PHOTO USAF 135 CAUGHT SPRAYING CHEMTRAILS--NOT A FUEL DUMP

CHEMTRAIL PLANE MYSTERY SOLVED--A NAVY TACAMO PLANE...NOT A 135

CHEMTRAIL PROTEST GROWS--Protest against so-called chemtrails that are proliferating across the U.S. is growing, with New Mexico the latest state to report protest activity. The chemtrails are unexplained phenomenon that appears similar to the contrails of jet aircraft. But they don't follow airline traffic routes or flight patterns, often showing up in grid patterns.

CHEMTRAILS AND DISINFORMATION--"As this "event" gets closer, we are seeing a sharp increase in what I can only call disinformation. I think that the expected curve of public awareness was carefully calculated, with the conclusion that not enough people would wake up to what is happening before it was too late. However, with the explosive growth of the Internet chemtrail awareness is reaching "critical mass" much too soon. There are now too many people who can say, "We know what you are doing, and when this is all over you will pay." At the same time a significant disinformation campaign is underway here and in Europe to prevent this, and keep as many people as possible confused about what is really happening."

CHEMTRAILS OVER AMERICA

The four active projects ongoing in the atmosphere.

CHEMTRAIL TRACKING U.S.A.--Report Chemtrails Here.

SIGHTINGS CHEMTRAIL DATA PAGE

CHEMTRAIL MESSAGE BOARD

CONTRAIL PETITION --Add Your name to a petition to seek Congressional Hearings on Contrail Activity. You can also join the coast-to-coast SKYWATCHER’S Association through this key website. View startling close-up photos that show spray coming from the tails of jets - with no contrails from their wing-mounted engines.

CHEMTRAIL CENTRAL

CHEMTRAILS U,K.--Much has been reported on the chemtrail scenario around the globe, especially the USA, however, little has been illustrated on the situation in the UK.A few years ago, and little publicised, the UK was subjected to massive chemtrailing, and hardly anyone took any notice! Many of you scanning these pages will be familiar to the scenario, and later a number of links will be placed in. This page for the time being is for reference purposes, where people may link to in order to see for themselves EXACTLY what IS going down

PURPLE HAZE--This website is in response to the continuing Chemtrails being reported throughout the United States. Here in Oklahoma we've been tracking this since May 1999. We endure daily spraying, with few exceptions.

CONTRAILS - CHEMTRAILS - OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLAHOMA--I do not know why we are seeing on a semi-regular basis these different looking contrails. I have decided to start to archive these contrails for the Oklahoma City area, beginning with the June 6th observation.

CHEMTRAIL UPDATE--Florida Panhandle Chemtrail News and Links

CONTRAILS PUBLIC INFORMATION WEB-RING

CHEMTRAILS.ORG--The Internet Center of Chemtrail Research

CHEMTRAILS-POISON FROM THE SKIES--A documentation about Chemtrails

CONTRAIL CONNECTION

STRANGE HAZE

TRUFAX - CHEMTRAIL SECTION

IS SPRAYING ILLEGAL?--U.S.Code-Title 50-War and National Defense

TRACERS--Exploring An Enigma: Is There A Relationship Between Contrails and UFOs?

CHEMTRAILS--BIO-CHEMICAL WARFARE?

SECRET 1950's GERM WARFARE CIVILIAN SPRAYING REVEALED

DEATH FROM THE SKY?--Mystery Chemical Dispersion and Biological Terrorism? What's Going On?

GROUND ZERO/S-4 DATABASE --Investigation: Mysterious Contrails

CONSPIRACIES AND COVER-UPS

CHEMTRAIL CRIMES & COVER UP DOCUMENTED

Mystery Contrails --Article by The Millennium Project

CONTRAILS SAID TO BE MASS INOCULATION AGAINST BIOWAR

CONTRAIL RESEARCH AND REPORTING CENTER

CONTRAIL IMAGE CENTER

PHOENIX CHEMTRAILS LAID IN PERFECT PATTERN

CHEMTRAIL MEDS--Chemtrail Meds was founded to correlate information on the illness many believe are associated with chemtrails.

BIO-WARFARE AGAINST THE AMERICAN PEOPLE?--50 USC [U.S. Code], Sec. 1520 Jan. 16, 1996 TITLE 50 - WAR AND NATIONAL DEFENSE CHAPTER 32 - CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL WARFARE PROGRAM Sec. 1520:

Use of human subjects for testing of chemical or biological agents by Department of Defense; accounting to Congressional committees with respect to experiments and studies; notification of local civilian officials.

CHEMTRAIL BREAKTHROUGH VIA BLACKLIGHT?

CHEMTRAIL BREAKTHROUGH?--The debunkers are silenced -- This is important new proof of the chemtrail spraying effort. It now appears that no matter where you live, you can see the tiny "micro-filaments" when viewed under a simple black-light! Confirmation from all over the U.S. has them clinging to clothes, skin, plants, you name it. They're everywhere.

LOOK! UP IN THE SKY! IT'S A PATHOGENIC POISON!--Nobody knows, for sure, just yet. Chemtrails appear, at first, to be regular airplane contrails, thin lines of wispy white vapour that follow a jet,s path. But, whereas contrails usually fade within a few minutes of an airplane,s passing, chemtrails diffuse and spread over the sky. Chemtrails have been reported in hundreds of North American cities over the past two years, and, most alarmingly, they appear to cause respiratory illnesses in those with weakened immune systems.

CHEMTRAILS -BIOLOGICAL COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED--Biological components have now been identified in the two ground samples previously analyzed on www.carnicom.com. Numerous red blood cells, white blood cells, and unidentified cell types have been found within the sub-micron fiber sample previously presented and submitted on Jan 20 2000.Message Thread HERE

CHEMTRAIL PHOTOS FROM ENGLAND - UK RESIDENTS GET HIT

HEAVY CHEMTRAIL SPRAYING OVER SAN FRANCISCO-PHOTOS

MORE SAN FRANCISCO BAY AREA CHEMTRAIL SPRAYING

CHEMTRAILS OVER IDAHO-PHOTOS OF FALLOUT ON RAILROAD TRACKS

HEAVY CHEMTRAILS AND A GREEN FLUORESCENT MOUNTAIN IN ALASKA

CHEMTRAILS - DID AN AIRLINE MECHANIC STUMBLE UPON THE TRUTH?

AN AIRLINE MANAGER'S STATEMENT

ARE CHEMTRAILS DELIVERED BY AIRLINES?

CONTRAILS VS CHEMTRAILS - FACTS AND CHRONOLOGY

ASHEVILLE TRIBUNE CONTRAIL SERIES

MASSIVE CHEMTRAILS OVER NORTHWEST - WEATHER MODIFICATION?

WARFARE CHEMICALS BEING TESTED?--The strange-looking streaks in the sky aren't your imagination. They are anti-bacteriological warfare chemicals being tested by the federal government. And the public has been kept in the dark.

CHEMTRAIL PATENT?? STRATOSPHERIC WELSBACH SEEDING FOR REDUCTION OF GLOBAL WARMING US PATENT 5,003,186

UNITED STATES PATENT: US3994437: BROADCAST DISSEMINATION OF TRACE QUANTITIES OF BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE CHEMICALS

MASS CHEMTRAIL SPRAYING OVER OREGON AND NORTH CALIFORNIA - MANY REPORT ILLNESS

REPORT OF CHEMTRAIL SPRAYING FRENZY IN CROATIA

EPA DEEMED NEGLIGENT-IN CHEMTRAIL INVESTIGATION

MORE SANTA FE CHEMTRAIL PHOTOGRAPHS

CHEMTRAILS - WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW - NEW SUMMARY AND MEDICAL DATA

CHEMTRAILS OVER MINNEAPOLIS - ST PAUL AND DETROIT

LATEST CHEMTRAIL PHOTOS FROM AUSTRALIA

AND A HIGH CLOUD RING OF MYSTERY--From Life Magazine May 17, 1963 --Hovering like a giant's smoke ring, a great cloud appeared at sunset over Flagstaff, Arizona last February 28 and set off a continuing scientific mystery. Watchers struck by the cloud's odd shape and huge size, took pictures, like these four, at different times and from widely scattered locations in the state.

AIR FORCE LIES TO AMERICA ABOUT CHEMTRAILS--This letter authored by Michael K. Gibson, Lt. Col., USAF This document received by email on September 11 2000 Posted by Clifford E Carnicom September 11 2000

DEAR LT. COL. MICHAEL GIBSON - ABOUT YOUR CHEMTRAIL 'RESPONSE'...--This responds to your "response" to Representative Mark Green concerning chemtrails.

CHEMTRAILS OVER KANSAS CITY

US PATENTS RELATED TO WEATHER MODIFICATION--Is there a danger to the public? You decide.

SYNTHETIC CLOUDS REVEALED--These photographs (video stills) taken on June 22 2000 reveal the synthetic nature of the cloud base which developed over Santa Fe NM on that day. The first four photographs show the effects of a plane which recently passed, or "cut through" the cloud layer which was in the process of formation at this time. No direct spraying had been observed at this time, and these clouds rapidly entered into the Santa Fe skies at the jet stream level.

EPA REFUSES TO IDENTIFY CHEMTRAIL SAMPLE--The following letter dated June 28 2000 has been received through the office of Carol M. Browner, Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency. The office of Carol M. Browner by inaction to previous requests refuses to identify the ground sample which has been sent to her via certified mail, and refuses to conduct an investigation on this matter.

CHEMTRAILS - BIOLOGICAL COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED--Biological components have now been identified in the two ground samples previously analyzed on www.carnicom.com . Numerous red blood cells, white blood cells, and unidentified cell types have been found within the sub-micron fiber sample previously presented and submitted on Jan 20 2000 to Carol M. Browner, Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

SOUTH AFRICA NEWS REPORT CORROBORATES U.S. FINDINGS--Strange, sticky, wiry threads similar to spider’s web falls in the Karoo.

DONUTS-ON-A-ROPE CONTRAILS THE RESULT OF HYPERSONIC AIRCRAFT?--Strange contrails, described as being like "Donuts-on-a-rope", have been sighted many times, and are commonly associated with hypersonic propulsion systems and the Aurora spyplane and Brilliant Buzzard aircraft.

LIST FROM: http://www.surfingtheapocalypse.com/conchem.html 

HAARP Home Page

HAARP Home Page. This is the official Web site for the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program.

www.haarp.alaska.edu/haarp/  - 4k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP Cam

This is a photograph of the high frequency antenna array at the HAARP Ionospheric ... (About the HAARP Cam) The camera is looking toward the west-southwest. ...

www.haarp.alaska.edu/haarp/cam.fcgi  - 3k - Cached - Similar pages 

[ More results from www.haarp.alaska.edu  ]

Earthpulse Press: HAARP (High-Frequency Active Auroral Research ...

haarp.JPG (20629 bytes). The Latest HAARP Information. Articles. Background of the HAARP Project · Vandalism in the Sky · Ground Based Star Wars ...

www.earthpulse.com/haarp/  - 4k - Cached - Similar pages

Vandalism In The Sky

This article is a summary of the US Military's project HAARP. It describes a weapon system which could influence your mental state, provide a system for ...

www.earthpulse.com/haarp/vandalism.html  - 37k - Cached - Similar pages

[ More results from www.earthpulse.com  ]

Holes In Heaven? -- A Documentary

SKIP INTRO. TC.

www.haarp.com/  - 4k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP

Put simply, the apparatus for HAARP is a reversal of a radio telescope: ... HAARP is the test run for a super-powerful radio wave beaming technology that ...

www.crystalinks.com/haarp.html  - 22k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP Detection and Imagine of Underground Structures Using ELF ...

PL/GPS is the program manager for the HAARP facility. The Office of Naval Research controls the HIPAS facility. Both sites will be available to support the ...

www.fas.org/irp/program/collect/haarp.htm  - 7k - Cached - Similar pages

SIGHTINGS:

The authors of "Angels Don't Play This HAARP" base their information on ... A biggest "ionospheric heater" in the world is located on the HAARP site. ...

www.rense.com/earthchanges/emfmind.htm 

HAARP: High-Frequency Vandalism in the Sky

That research led to articles and the book Angels Don't Play this HAARP: Advances in ... HAARP publicity gives the impression that the High-frequency Active ...

www.conspiracyarchive.com/NWO/HAARP.htm  - 57k - Cached - Similar pages

HARRP

HAARP is capable of blasting a super-charged, high frequency radio wave into the ... HAARP has been able to achieve such unprecedented high radio frequency ...

www.pacentro.com/HARRP/harrp.htm  - 19k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP stands for High-frequency Active Auroral Research Project

Angels Don't` Play This HAARP brought back those memories - and what I thought ... According to this book, HAARP was born with a series of patents issued to ...

www.wealth4freedom.com/truth/12/HAARP.htm  - 13k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP

HAARP an acronym for High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program.

www.alaska.net/~logjam/HAARP.html  - 42k - Cached - Similar pages

History and Applications of HAARP Technologies: The High Frequency ...

A serious review of HAARP is presented. On the surface, HAARP appears to be a ... The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP) looks like a ...

www.padrak.com/ine/HAARP97.html  - 34k - Cached - Similar pages

The Enterprise Mission - Did HAARP

A few hours earlier though, and we can confirm that HAARP was short ... But was HAARP the source of this huge pulse or was it just maintaining the "weather" ...

www.enterprisemission.com/did_haarp.htm  - 32k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP

Simulations of ELF radiation generated by heating the high-latitude D- region. HL Rowland, Beam Physics Branch, Plasma Physics Division, Naval Research ...

wwwppd.nrl.navy.mil/whatsnew/haarp/  - 7k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP: THE MYSTERIOUS 3.39 MHz SIGNAL

Does this match the results expected if the HAARP transmitter is the source ... Can the actual increased output power of the HAARP transmitter be measured? ...

www.brojon.org/frontpage/bj0202.html  - 28k - Cached - Similar pages

The Konformist - HAARP'S COVERT AGENDAS: PT. 1

There are yet further agendas for HAARP even more covert than these, ... HAARP ON LONG ISLAND! Some very interesting information about HAARP has recently ...

www.konformist.com/1998/jquinn/haarp1.htm  -

HAARP

The US military calls its zapper HAARP (High-frequency Active Auroral ... 1994: Congress freezes funding on HAARP until planners increase emphasis on ...

www.2012.com.au/HAARP.html  - 8k - Cached - Similar pages

Holes In Heaven? -- A Documentary

HAARP is a scientific research facility, located near Gakona, ... More specifically, HAARP is a controversial high frequency radio transmitter, ...

www.haarp.com/whahaarp.html  - 17k - Cached - Similar pages

[ More results from www.haarp.com  ]

US HAARP Weapon Development Concerns Russian Duma

"Under the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Programme (HAARP) [website address: http://server5550.itd.nrl.navy.mil/projects/haarp/], ... 

www.rense.com/general28/deathray.htm  - 8k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP likely not Primary Ionospheric Array in Alaska

The executive summary of HAARP indicates the best place for the Array was Poker ... For those that think the HAARP array network is just a research program, ...

www.superforce.com/haarp/  - 23k - Cached - Similar pages

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HAARP 

Similar pages

WHAT THE HAARP SIGNAL LOOKS AND SOUNDS LIKE

The HAARP sound recording may seem full of static. It is not. The rushing roaring sound of a blow torch is the HAARP signal itself, as shown by the silence ...

www.brojon.org/frontpage/bj1203.html  - 55k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP PROJECT

Characterization of the Modified and Ambient Lower Ionosphere for HAARP using ... The aim of the HAARP project is to characterize the Modified and Ambient ...

www-star.stanford.edu/ ~vlf/HAARP/ - 10k - Cached - Similar pages

Iran earthquake triggered by HAARP?

Iran earthquake triggered by HAARP? Phase III Folks, it's just my opinion, but I believe that Iran was hit with an earthquake by means of HAARP, ...

www.propagandamatrix.com/271203iranearthquake.html  - 25k - Cached - Similar pages

Alien Astronomer - HAARP Project

021K Project HAARP: The Military's Plan to Alter the Ionosphere 031K Who's Playing Hell With HAARP? 008K HAARP Transmitter Now Running at Full Power ...

www.geocities.com/Area51/Shadowlands/6583/haarp.html  - 6k - Cached - Similar pages

haarp Haarp HAARP

HAARP BOILS THE UPPER ATMOSPHERE - HAARP will zap the upper atmosphere with a ... Publicity documents insist that the HAARP project is no different than ...

www.kalamark.com/Kal_Dir/haarp.html  -

Pravda.RU HAARP Poses Global Threat

<b>The use of the new geophysical weapon might lead to the global catastrophe </b><br> A lot of specialists and scientists believe that unpredictable ...

english.pravda.ru/main/2003/01/15/42068.html - 77k - Cached - Similar pages

Excerpts From an Article in Media Bypass Magazine

... by Dr. Nick Begich and Jeanne Manning, titled Angels Don't Play This HAARP. "HAARP" or "High Altitude Atmospheric Research Project" refers to a US ...

www.raven1.net/mediabyp.htm  - 5k - Cached - Similar pages

Excerpts from Angels Don't Play This HAARP

Note that HAARP is the most versatile and the largest ... The HAARP transmitter uses cyclotron resonance in radiating its energy transmissions into the ...

www.raven1.net/haarp1.htm  - 15k - Cached - Similar pages

disinformation | haarp project

The gateway to the underground - news, politics, conspiracy and weirdness.

www.disinfo.com/archive/pages/dossier/id6/pg1/  - 34k - Cached - Similar pages

Tesla and HAARP

Enter HAARP. The assumed notion that the project known as HAARP (High-Frequency ... Since the HAARP Project's exclusive purpose relies on the existence and ...

www.borderlands.com/newstuff/research/teslahaa.htm  - 9k - Cached - Similar pages

TTO Programs - High-frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP)

The FY 1990 Appropriation Act provided funds for the creation of HAARP, ... Complete the HAARP high frequency transmitting array at the HAARP Research ...

www.darpa.mil/tto/programs/haarp.html  - 5k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP: VANDALISM IN THE SKY? by Dr Nick Begich and Jeane Manning

www.orgone.org/articles/ax6-harp.htm  - 40k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP: Specific Project Goals Taken from the Major HAARP Patent ...

I read your articles on HAARP, with great interest. HAARP has been a point of great interest on a good many mailing list for a long time. ...

www.padrak.com/alt/HAARP6.html  - 7k - Cached - Similar pages

HAARP.net - Project HAARP: Overview

Alternative HAARP Page Overview of facts and speculation swirling around the Gakona ... The Eastlund-ARCO Patent Outlines Eastlund's vision for a HAARP-like ...

www.haarp.net/haarpoverview.htm  - 25k - Cached - Similar pages

First Artificial Neon Sky Show Created

The HAARP experiment involves acres of antennas and a 1 megawatt generator. ... Images from the HAARP camera showing speckle-like artificial optical ...

www.livescience.com/technology/050202_light_show.html 

Hyperdimensional Hurriances

HURRICANE/TROPICAL STORM JEANNE - 2004

same amount still missing in Haiti. 6 dead in Florida. 2004 ... Not since Texas in 1886 has one state has been struck by four hurricanes in a season. ...

www.greatdreams.com/weather/hurricane-jeanne.htm 

HURRICANE FRANCIS

South Florida Sun-Sentinel ... At a time when hurricanes seem a chronic affliction here - Hurricane Ivan, a storm recently spawned in the ...

www.greatdreams.com/weather/hurricane-frances.htm 

THE COMING GLOBAL SUPERSTORM

Yesterday morning (Feb 10, 2004) upon awaking, in that state of not being ... I saw most of Florida covered up with water, the Mississippi river expand and ...

www.greatdreams.com/superstorm.htm 

HURRICANE IVAN

Three hurricanes have not pummeled Florida in the same year since 1964. ... 9, 2004. KEY WEST, Florida - Although Hurricane Ivan is at least four days from ...

www.greatdreams.com/weather/hurricane_ivan.htm 

MASSIVE FLOODS IN HISTORY

HURRICANES / TYPHOONS / CYCLONES First typhoon in 2005 emerges in Pacific ... Previous floods -- in 2004 and 2003 -- each claimed a washing machine and a ...

www.greatdreams.com/weather/  massive_floods_in_history.htm  

HURRICANE CHARLEY - 2004

HURRICANE EARL - 2004

HURRICANE FRANCES - 2004

HURRICANE HOWARD - 2004

PAST HURRICANES

DREAMS OF THE GREAT EARTHCHANGES - MAIN INDEX

http://greatdreams.com/weather/weather_manipulation.htm 

:: 9-21-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Depopulation Agenda Connected to the COVID-19 Lockdowns

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 21, 2020 - 12:07.

Many people has noticed that dating, courtship, marriage and parenting levels have dropped to historic lows.  Thanks to Ted Turner who has made it clear what the globalists truly desire, which is extreme negative population growth. In fact, the aware among us know that a 90% depopulation of the population is the ultimate goal .

There are hard kill methods eg war) and there are soft kill methods (eg Chromium 6 in the water) and there is spermageddon and this is where the current lack of dating and mating comes into play. In act, the world has clear data that sperm counts are way down and it has been this way since at least 2010 and was full discovered in the scientific community with overwhelming evidence in 2015.

This is where COVID-19 lockdown restrictions come into play. Beside curtailing Christian religious practices, the apparent number one goal of the lockdown was to prevent close contact, in a potential dating/mating situation in public places where people ordinarily meet and eventually mate. Here is what America typically witnessed in the lockdown:

1. Big box stores remain open while small business competitors fail (the goal was the economic destruction of the economy of the United States, while preparing for a corporate oligarchy takeover when the Democrats (Blosheviks take over).

2. Following the economic and religious discrimination, there are no institutions in the lockdowns that have been discriminated against more than bars and health clubs. Both are hotspots for meeting and dating. And of course forcing people to where a worthless facemask exacerbates the "social distance" which inhibits meeting and developing intimacy. When one considers the published depopuatlion goals of the global elite there is no question that this mass contributor to depopulation in play and it was deliberate. Further, the shutting down of healthclubs also accomplishes another goal related to depopulation as the practice results in less healthy people with weakened immune systems resulting from unnatural isolation. I strongly contend that these were some of the primary goals all along in this plandemic! My belief is bolstered by the fact that the sperm counts of males, as pointed out in an earlier paragraph has been ongoing for sometime. The result of both phenomenon, the lockdown effects and lower sperm counts, is intentional and is designed to significantly reduce the population of the Kissenger-labeled "useless eaters".

This is a striking finding that has profound implications for humanity. For this reason and many other reasons, some questioning if this is the last generation of humans that will inhabit the planet.

Let's examine the subject of reduced sperm counts.

What the Data Tells Us

Research on men in North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand found that there respective sperm counts are plunging, according to several recent studies. Among the subjects from these recent studies there has been a collective average of over a 50% decline in sperm concentration and a 60% decline in total sperm count over a nearly 40-year period ending in 2015. One study published in the Journal of Human Reproduction, found that the trend was peaking. This is very startling and suggests that we have not seen anything close to the apex.

Extraneous Factors

The globalists have tried to censor the Carlson study which was a meta-analysis of 61 studies that found the same emerging trend as far back as 1992. The most striking variable about the sperm studies is that even the quality, not just the quantity of the sperm is being impacted. The attack on human reproductivity is not confined to the quality and quantity of sperm counts.

Humanity is also attack from a social and cultural perspective as well. Kindergarten children in Sweden are not allowed to use the pronouns of "he" and "she". Boys can and will marry boys. The same is true for girls. Boys are often taught to wear dresses. And it is not just Sweden. In Canada if one addresses another, even innocently, by a gender pronoun not preferred by the person being spoken to, the offender can be sent to jail. In America, gay marriage (ie one that does not produce offspring) is legal. There are emerging arguments to wrong-headed academia types are embracing the concepts of 97 genders. These same people engage in scathing rebukes of anything resembling masculinity. Homosexuality is glorified in the media, while heterosexual relations are maligned in nearly every stereotype. Before COVID-19, there is a clearly an agenda of depopulation at work that is both long-term and consistent in its agenda in which non-bearing fertility relationship are glorified, which the traditional ones are not.

There are two intentions here. One, is to divide and conquer by forcing everyone to take a side. Two, the real objective is limit productivity as much as possible. Is it working? A nation needs a 2.1 birthrate to maintain itself. Italy has 1.2, France is 1.5 as is Germany as is most of the EU. What about America? The birthrate has fallen to 1.77. As technocracy expert, Patrick Wood states, "No nation has ever recovered from falling below 1.8. The entire G20 is well below 1.8! To prevent too dramatic of a decline in a nation's functionality that is experiencing a dramatic lessening of the birth rate, millions of immigrants are brought to fill jobs. And over the next decade, AI will provide the robots that will take the place of 3/4ths of humanity in the workplace. As an aside, the immigration issue also serves to "deculturize" a nation from its traditional beliefs (eg one man, one woman, several children), democracy, civil liberties, etc. Have you ever noticed that the G20 is not importing people from anywhere else but violent 3rd world nations? This strategy will erase national boundaries and the true New World Order will be born. Forced immigration, fast kill, slow kill, and spermageddon all are working for the same goal, the eradication of man in God's likeness. David Knight and Sharon Gilbert fully captured this notion.

Two Outstanding Transhumanist Presentations

In 2018 at the Branson GENSIX Conference, I watched David Knight and Sharon Gilbert make their respective presentations on transhumanism. Although both presentations were distinct, there conclusions were the same. There is a decided plot to do away with humans as we know it. From HG Wells to Huxley, the intent is the same, create an "enhanced" human being. Many globalists call this the singularity where man is mixed with machine and mankind as we know it will cease to exist. This article is not going to explore all of the details associated with this satanic conspiracy to wipe out God's creation. Let's just say, that we are on the verge of modern societal breakdown with the plunging birth rates which correspond with spermageddon in terms of time frame and COVID-19 was simply an adjunct to the depopulation efforsts of the globalists.

Conclusion This enhanced technology (ie transhumanism) is only for the elite and the chosen few from the lower social classes. The rest are going die from soft kill, slow kill, or spermageddon resulting reductions in live births.

World War III will enhance the process. Watch out for Syria, where Trump just dispatched troops to, and the South China Sea is still a candidate for World War III as well.

If your pastors are not discussing this plot against God almighty, then preach this doctrine and profess these facts for them. David Knight said we do not have 15 years. I feel we are already on the fast track to destruction. For humanity to survive, we all have to act. The first step in that process is to bring awareness of the problem. Once we convince enough, then meaningful action can pack a real punch.

Covid-19 and depopulation? The connections are unmistakable, and we didn't even discuss the impact of mandatory vaccines on the human life-span....

Speaking of David Knight's and Sharon Gilbert's Transhumanism presentations at Branson, it should be noted that GEN Six is sponsoring another fabulous video on demand conference, FINAL WARNING: BRACE FOR IMPACT... which can be accessed by clicking this link

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/depopulation-agenda-connected-covid-19-lockdowns 

:: 9-20-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CAN’T MAKE THIS UP: Twitter Locks TV Host Steve Malzberg’s Account After Linking to Video of Groper Biden for “Violation of Child Sexual Exploitation Policy”

By Joe Hoft Published September 20, 2020 at 6:26pm 185 Comments

You can’t make this up – Twitter freezes RT Host Steve Malzberg from platform for sharing video of Joe Biden touching children by claiming it is a “Violation of Child Sexual Exploitation Policy”.

Steve Malzberg reported on RT TV that he was banned by Twitter. The reason is shocking. Malzberg shares:

They locked my account, @SteveMTalk, because it violated their ‘Child Sexual Exploitation Policy’? What, I asked aloud. All I did was post a link to this, now keep your eyes on Biden. (shows video)

Get the idea? Now this is either innocent grandfather affection, or it’s child sexual exploitation as Twitter says it is. So Twitter has decided to protect Joe Biden by not letting you see that video on Twitter by calling it “Child Sexual Exploitation”. Really? Wow. Creepy Uncle Joe should never be allowed near anyone’s children – even in their parents’ presence.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/09/cant-make-twitter-locks-shows-host-steve-malzberg-linking-video-biden-violation-child-sexual-exploitation-policy/ 

:: 9-20-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sedition Is The New Normal

How far gone is this Republic?

Jon Bowne | Infowars.com - September 20, 2020

Attorney General Bill Barr told federal prosecutors to consider charging rioters and others who had committed violent crimes at protests in recent months with sedition.

Sedition, which is the act of inciting revolt or violence against a lawful authority with the goal of destroying or overthrowing it, is serious felony punishable by fines and up to 20 years in prison. It’s exactly what has happened at police stations and courthouses across the Country for months. Of course, the mockingbird media found Barr’s suggestion preposterous.

And liberal water-carrier FBI Director Wray argued on the side of the treasonous scum terrorizing our cities and its citizens with a death toll of at least 30, roughly 800 Police officers injured, and approximately $2 billion in damage in its wake during a pandemic.

Sedition is a cancer. And its metastatic path winds up in unexpected places. Sedition can also be described as subversion of a constitution. There are many in this Country who have openly done that while suffering from self-inflicted Trump Derangement Syndrome.

What we’re seeing isn’t a redress of grievances. Criticism of the government is a part of our First Amendment. What’s actually happening now is that concerned Americans are being punished for speaking out against those with the power to carry out subversion of our Constitution – people like Nancy Pelosi or Kamala Harris.

So when the Attorney General and the Executive office are largely criticized for pointing out the treason, you have to ask yourself: How far gone is this Republic?

https://www.infowars.com/sedition-is-the-new-normal/ 

:: 9-9-20 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Christians increasingly departing from core truths of Christian worldview, survey finds

By Brandon Showalter, CP Reporter CP Current Page: U.S. | Sunday, August 09, 2020

A new survey shows that the majority of Americans no longer believe that Jesus is the path to salvation and instead believe that being a good person is sufficient.

As part of the ongoing release of the Arizona Christian University-based Cultural Research Center's American Worldview Inventory, the latest findings — exploring perceptions of sin and salvation — from George Barna, the group's director, show that nearly two-thirds of Americans believe that having some kind of faith is more important than the particular faith with which someone aligns.

Sixty-eight percent who embrace that notion identify as Christians, including 56% of self-described evangelicals and 62% of those who identify as Pentecostals. Sixty-seven percent of mainline Protestants and 77% of Catholics also embraced that idea, the findings show.

Slightly over half of Christian respondents said they believe someone can attain salvation by "being or doing good," a figure that includes, 46% of Pentecostals, 44% of mainline Protestants, 41% of evangelicals, and 70% of Catholics.

In addition to the viewpoint that eternal salvation can be earned, survey results show that 58% of Americans believe that no absolute moral truth exists and that the basis of truth are factors or sources other than God. Seventy-seven percent said that right and wrong is determined by factors other than the Bible. Fifty-nine percent said that the Bible is not God's authoritative and true Word and 69% said people are basically good.

“If you look at some of the dominant elements in the American mind and heart today, as illuminated by the Inventory, most people believe that the purpose of life is feeling good about yourself," Barna said in a statement sent to The Christian Post.

"Most people contend that all faiths are of equal value, that entry into God’s eternal presence is determined by one’s personal means of choice and that there are no absolutes to guide or grow us morally.

“That philosophy of life contradicts a fundamental basis of what may be the two most significant documents to the longevity and success of America – the Bible and the Constitution of the United States. Those documents agree that this nation will only be healthy and fruitful if it is populated by moral people. By abandoning our moral standards and traditions, and replacing them with inclusive and conditional preferences, we're losing the foundations that have enabled the ‘American experiment’ to succeed for more than two centuries. We can only hope that our critical moral institutions — particularly the family and the church — will wake up and help the nation to get back on track.”

The results are from a January 2020 survey among a nationally representative sample of 2,000 adults, with a maximum sampling error of approximately plus or minus 2 percentage points, based on the 95% confidence interval. The comprehensive research has documented the profound shifts in worldview among Americans in recent decades. Whereas 30 years ago, people spent considerable time thinking and learning about God, much of the current culture has become increasingly self-focused, Barna previously noted. The release of the AWVI research was going to coincide with the launch of the Cultural Research Center at ACU in Glendale, Arizona, in March but the center's formal event had to be delayed until the fall due to COVID-19.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/us-christians-increasingly-departing-from-core-truths-of-christian-worldview-survey-finds.html 

:: 9-21-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

[WARNING] TRUMP WARNS OF CHAOS DURING PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION - STOCK MARKET SEES VIOLENCE IN NOVEMBER

22,499 views

•Sep 21, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PE8TEjEFQOs&feature=youtu.be 

:: 9-14-20 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China, India fire fueled by Pakistan Belt and Road

The $87 billion China-Pakistan Economic Corridor aims to facilitate bilateral trade but is riling India in the process

by FM Shakil September 14, 2020

PESHAWAR – Pakistan’s army and Chinese companies are in big business lockstep in the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC), a US$87 billion plan to build ports, roads, railways and power plants to facilitate trade, spur growth and consolidate power over geopolitically contested lands.

The scheme, designed to span Pakistan’s length and breadth, has been reinvigorated since the Covid-19 pandemic as Beijing doubles down in pursuit of strategic alternatives for its trade and energy flows amid rising tensions with the United States and its allies.

In the past two months, amid the global pandemic’s economic devastation, Beijing has committed an additional $11 billion to the CPEC. Yet many of the projects are situated in geopolitically sensitive areas disputed with India, adding big-money fuel to the Asian giants’ intensifying Himalayan standoff.

China has big designs for Pakistan and the CPEC. The China-backed Gwadar Port in volatile Balochistan province aims specifically to give China access to the Indian Ocean, a presence that will help to protect and facilitate its trade and fuel shipments with the Middle East.

Some local reports have suggested while authorities deny that Pakistan has quietly agreed to provide China’s military with basing rights in Gwadar and Gilgit Baltistan, the latter a territory near its Himalayan standoff with India. China is fortifying these strategic investments by working more directly with the powerful military and its affiliated business interests. The army’s construction arm, Frontier Works Organization (FWO), has secured many CPEC-related contracts.

Crucially, those include the reconstruction and upgrading of the Karakoram Highway linking the Chinese city of Kashgar in remote western Xinjiang province with Pakistan’s Punjab at an estimated cost of $2 billion. The road has strategic implications for China and its vision of establishing an alternative trade route. However, critics say many of the deals were cinched without competitive bidding that has boxed out local private builders in favor of military interests.

The government’s Planning and Development Division, which previously had chief responsibility for the CPEC, was sidelined with last year’s nomination of retired Lieutenant General Asim Saleem Bajwa as chairman of the newly created CPEC Authority, established via a presidential ordinance last year.

China’s renewed investment in the scheme marks a significant turn, one that is both contributing to rising regional tensions and giving Pakistan post-pandemic economic hope. The CPEC had been in the doldrums ever since Prime Minister Imran Khan’s Pakistan Tehrik-e-Insaf (PTI) ascended to power in 2018. Amid concerns that BRI projects represent debt traps, Khan sought a “reset and realignment” of the CPEC to renegotiate its financial and other terms. But that bid at renegotiation has mostly failed as the military and its affiliated interests have taken more direct control of the projects.

At the beginning of the CPEC’s second phase in late June this year, two hydropower projects – Azad Pattan Hydel power Project and Kohala Hydel Power Project – in Pakistan-administered Kashmir and Gilgit Baltistan were inaugurated with a price tag of $3.9 billion. China-based power companies, namely China Three Gorges (CTG) Corporation and Power Universal Co Ltd, took 80% stakes in the projects. The remaining 20% stakes have been subcontracted to FWO and Laraib Group, a local renewable energy firm, sources told Asia Times.

At the same time, Prime Minister Khan inaugurated construction of the contentious Diamer-Bhasha Dam in the disputed Gilgit-Baltistan region bordering on India. Although the dam is not a CPEC project, the bulk of the investment is coming from Beijing. Touted as the biggest dam in Pakistan’s history, it is being built on the Indus River in northern Pakistan at a cost of $8.5 billion. Chinese state enterprise China Power and FWO are jointly executing the venture, which is expected to add around 4,500 MW of electricity to the national grid. Earlier, the World Bank declined to finance the project because it is situated in disputed territory.

The Diamer-Bhasa dam, critics and observers say, will give China cause to bring People’s Liberation Army troops near or even in Gilgit-Baltistan, strengthening Pakistan’s military vis-à-vis India. Some analysts claim that Beijing could be one step away from creating a formal military base in Pakistan.

Michael Kugelman, deputy director at the Asia program of the US-based Wilson Center, was quoted in media reports saying that growing Chinese investments in Pakistan-administered Kashmir are a deliberate blow to India. “These moves will bring one more tension point to an India-China relationship that is already more strained now than it has been for several decades,” he said.

FWO also has a lead role in the construction and rehabilitation of a 1,150 kilometer-long road linking the Gwadar port in Balochistan with other parts of the country, part of a $11 billion government infrastructure-building scheme. The projects are be financed through concessionary lending from the Exim Bank of China and the China Development Bank. The terms of the agreement, including in regard to long-term upkeep and repairs, have not been made public.

Critics are already raising questions about the road’s toll collection, which is currently handled by FWO. They claim that the national government’s exchequer will receive scant, if any, revenue from the tolls even though FWO has no responsibility to invest in or upkeep the road network. FWO also secured a $10.9 billion contract for the Peshawar Model City Township and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa-China Investment Plan (KPCIP), which will facilitate the construction of industrial park networks in the province. The contract includes construction of three hydropower plants in Chitral, a cement plant in Haripur and a state-of-the-art oil refinery at Karak.

A report compiled by the Competition Commission of Pakistan (CCP) on the “Competition Assessment of the Road Construction Sector” shows that FWO is involved in the construction of approximately 13,000 kilometers of road infrastructure around the country, with over 50,000 employees mostly from the armed forces.

Critics say FWO enjoys undue competitive advantages through state-granted preferential tax holidays, exemptions from providing bid securities and security deposits on won contracts, even though such exemptions are allowed by law for foreign-funded projects.

“From a competition perspective, these exemptions distort the level playing field in the sector by giving SOEs like FWO a significant cost advantage over other private sector competitors in the bidding process,” the report added. But that’s par for the course under Khan’s military-influenced civilian administration, analysts and observers say.

As Ayesha Siddiqa, a London-based Pakistani researcher puts it: “the present political setup in Pakistan is a hybrid martial law,” with all strategic government functions run by serving or retired generals.

Because the military’s role is discernible across industries and sectors ranging from finance, construction, railways, aviation, industry and telecoms, China arguably had little choice but to engage and pay the armed forces in pursuit of its BRI and other strategic interests in the country.

https://asiatimes.com/2020/09/china-india-fire-fueled-by-pakistan-belt-and-road/ 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 9-16-20 The Frontier Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China, Indonesia sea dispute hot and getting hotter

John Mcbeth The Frontier Post / September 16, 2020

Chinese Coast Guard (CCG) cutter 5204 has become such a familiar sight inside and on the fringes of Indonesia’s 200-nautical-mile Economic Exclusion Zone (EEZ) that it is now suspected of trying to stake out the limits of Beijing’s nine-dotted line of historically claimed sovereignty over the South China Sea.

The Indonesian government issued a formal protest to Chinese ambassador Xiao Qian over the latest intrusion on September 12, in which the Indonesian Maritime Security Agency (BAKAMLA) said the Chinese used the specific term “nine-dash line” in radio messages with an Indonesian patrol vessel.

While China recognizes Indonesian sovereignty over its northernmost Natuna archipelago, it has always refused to provide the exact coordinates of the nine-dash line, a broad tongue-shaped swathe of the South China Sea extending into the North Natuna Sea.

The latest incident suggests that Jakarta may sooner or later have to confront the fact that China is now seeking to lay down markers in claiming traditional fishing rights inside Indonesian waters in a clear breach of the 1982 United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS).

In many locations, the CCG/People’s Liberation Army (PLA) Navy are trying to normalize the presence of their ships and then eventually move into enforcing their fishing rights and the nine-dash line,” says one naval analyst who requested anonymity.

Although not included among ships listed in the CCG fleet, 5204 is a 2,700-ton Zhaojun-Class cutter which normally plies between the Chinese-occupied Spratly islands and the Vanguard Bank, the westernmost reef of the disputed island group known for its oil and gas reserves.

Last January, it was also one of three Chinese cutters which intruded 100 kilometers into Indonesian waters in a large-scale incursion that caused Indonesia to scramble F-16 jets from Pekanbaru, southern Sumatra, and dispatch eight naval vessels to the scene.

Since then, the cutter is believed to have made several other intrusions after switching off its automatic identification system (AIS) for up to 36 hours as it ventured close to the maritime border, which lies about 70 kilometers south of Vanguard Bank.

The difference this time is it kept its transponder activated, which as the analyst explained, “means they want you to know.” It also took two days to return to international waters after it was intercepted by an Indonesian patrol vessel.

In its most forthright statement so far, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman told reporters at the height of the January stand-off: “Whether the Indonesian side accepts it or not, nothing will change the fact that China has rights and interests over the relevant waters.”

Some regional analysts believe China has stepped up it’s posturing more recently to counter what it sees as US President Donald Trump administration’s aggression, underlined by US naval deployments and hawkish statements from US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo.

Pompeo told last week’s East Asia Foreign Ministers summit that Beijing had no respect for democracy in the region and called on the region’s nations to fight Chinese domination and cut business ties with Chinese companies with interests in the South China Sea.

Speaking at the same online meeting, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi denied that Beijing claimed all the waters within the nine-dash line as internal and territorial waters, calling it a “deliberate confusion of concepts and a distortion of China’s position.”

But he prefaced his statement by asserting that China has “sufficient historical and legal basis for its sovereignty and sovereign rights over the South China Sea,” claiming that under UNCLOS the “historic rights of countries should be respected.”

Four years ago, in a case brought by the Philippine government, an arbitral tribunal convened under a provision in the UNCLOS ruled that China has no legal basis to claim historic rights within its nine-dash line. Beijing rejected the ruling, which lacked an enforcement mechanism.

One noteworthy development was Wang’s support for “actively advancing” the long-delayed maritime Code of Conduct with the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), which aims to prevent armed clashes in the South China Sea.

“China persists in advocating ‘shelving disputes and developing together’ and is willing to pay attention to the energy needs of coastal countries under this framework and seek win-win and multi-win results,” he said.

Indonesian Foreign Minister Retno Marsudi used the East Asian conference to warn the US and China, as she has previously, not to involve Indonesia and its Southeast Asian neighbors in their competition in the South China Sea.

Coordinating Minister for Political Legal and Security Affairs Mahfud MD has said Indonesia will never be drawn into negotiations over its sovereign rights to waters north of the Natuna archipelago, which is part of the country’s Riau province.

Marsudi and other senior officials also continue to insist there is no overlapping jurisdictions with China and that Indonesia has never recognized the nine-dash line, which first appeared in a map published by the Republic of China in 1947.

Unlike Malaysia and the Philippines, both claimants to the Spratly islands, Indonesia has taken a robust approach to protecting its maritime boundary with four Navy frigates and two Bakamla and Fisheries Ministry vessels patrolling the country’s northern approaches.

The Pekanbaru-based F-16s now conduct regular patrols over the Natunas. So do Boeing 737 and CN-235 maritime reconnaissance aircraft, flying out of Makassar in South Sulawesi, and a squadron of Israeli-made drones based in West Kalimantan.

https://thefrontierpost.com/china-indonesia-sea-dispute-hot-and-getting-hotter/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 9--20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taiwan military says it has right to counterattack amid China threats

By Yimou Lee   4 Min Read

TAIPEI (Reuters) - Taiwan said on Monday its armed forces have the right to self-defence and counterattack amid “harassment and threats”, in an apparent warning to China, which last week sent numerous jets across the mid-line of the sensitive Taiwan Strait. Tensions have sharply spiked in recent months between Taipei and Beijing, which claims democratically-run Taiwan as its own territory, to be taken by force if needed.

Chinese aircraft crossed the mid-line to enter the island’s air defence identification zone on Friday and Saturday, prompting Taiwan to scramble jets to intercept them, and President Tsai Ing-wen to call China a threat to the region.

Taiwan’s defence ministry said it had “clearly defined” procedures for a first response amid “high frequency of harassment and threats from the enemy’s warships and aircraft this year”.

It said Taiwan had the right to “self-defence and to counterattack” and followed the guideline of “no escalation of conflict and no triggering incidents”. Taiwan would not provoke, but it was also “not afraid of the enemy”, it added.

MID-LINE “DOES NOT EXIST”

Taiwanese and Chinese combat aircraft normally observe the mid-line of the Taiwan Strait and do not cross it, although there is no official agreement between Taipei and Beijing on doing so, and the rule is observed unofficially.

Taiwan is an inseparable part of Chinese territory,” Foreign Ministry spokesman Wang Wenbin told reporters in Beijing. “The so-called mid-line of the Strait does not exist.” Since 2016 Taiwan has reported only five Chinese incursions across the line, including the two last week.

Late on Monday, Taiwan’s Defence Ministry reported two Chinese anti-submarine aircraft had flown into Taiwan’s air defence identification zone - but not over the mid-line - to the island’s southwest, and were warned away by Taiwanese fighters.

The drills came as Beijing expressed anger at the visit of a senior U.S. official to Taipei.

U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo on Friday accused Beijing of bluster when asked about the Chinese activity. A senior Trump administration official on Monday said the Chinese aircraft movements were “consistent with past Chinese behavior” during heightened tensions and appeared more a reaction to Taiwan domestic politics. The official, speaking on condition of anonymity, said Washington did not believe China was seeking to escalate into a military confrontation.

On Monday, the official China Daily newspaper said the United States was trying to use Taiwan to contain China but nobody should underestimate its determination to assert its sovereignty over the island.

The U.S. administration should not be blinkered in its desperation to contain the peaceful rise of China and indulge in the U.S. addiction to its hegemony,” it said in an editorial.

China has been angered by stepped-up U.S. support for Taiwan, including two visits by top officials, one in August by Health Secretary Alex Azar and the other last week by Keith Krach, undersecretary of state for economic affairs.

The United States, which has no diplomatic ties with the island but is its strongest backer, also plans new arms sales to Taiwan.

Reporting by Yimou Lee; Additional reporting by Ben Blanchard, Gabriel Crossly in Beijing, Matt Spetalnick in Washington; Editing by Robert Birsel, Clarence Fernandez and Gareth Jones

https://www.reuters.com/article/taiwan-china-idUSKCN26C0EZ 

:: 9--20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China air force video appears to show simulated attack on U.S. base on Guam

By Reuters Staff 3 Min Read

BEIJING (Reuters) - China’s air force has released a video showing nuclear-capable H-6 bombers carrying out a simulated attack on what appears to be Andersen Air Force Base on the U.S. Pacific island of Guam, as regional tensions rise. The video, released on Saturday on the People’s Liberation Army Air Force Weibo account, came as China carried out a second day of drills near Chinese-claimed Taiwan, to express anger at the visit of a senior U.S. State Department official to Taipei.

Guam is home to major U.S. military facilities, including the air base, which would be key to responding to any conflict in the Asia-Pacific region.

The Chinese air force’s two minute and 15 second video, set to solemn, dramatic music like a trailer for a Hollywood movie, shows H-6 bombers taking off from a desert base. The video is called “The god of war H-6K goes on the attack!”

Halfway through, a pilot presses a button and looses off a missile at an unidentified seaside runway. The missile homes in on the runway, a satellite image of which is shown that looks exactly like the layout of Andersen.

The music suddenly stops as images of the ground shaking appear, following by aerial views of an explosion.

We are the defenders of the motherland’s aerial security; we have the confidence and ability to always defend the security of the motherland’s skies,” the air force wrote in a brief description for the video.

Neither China’s defence ministry nor U.S. Indo-Pacific Command immediately responded to requests for comment on the video. Collin Koh, a research fellow at Singapore’s Institute of Defence and Strategic Studies, said the video was aimed at highlighting China’s growing prowess in long-range power projection.

The video is meant to warn the Americans that even supposedly safe, rearward positions such as Guam may come under threat when conflicts over regional flashpoints, be it Taiwan or South China Sea, erupt,” he said.

The H-6 has been involved in multiple Chinese flights around and near Taiwan, according to Taiwan’s air force, including those last week.

The H-6K is the latest model of the bomber, which is based on the 1950s vintage Soviet Tu-16. On Monday, China’s Eastern Theatre Command, which would be in charge of an attack on Taiwan, released a propaganda video of its own, called “what if war broke out today?”, showing soldiers running in wooded hills and ballistic missiles launching.

“Motherland, I swear I will fight for you until my death!” large golden Chinese characters read at the end of the montage as explosions go off in the background.

Reporting by Beijing newsroom and Yew Lun Tian; Additional reporting and writing by Ben Blanchard in Taipei; Editing by Gerry Doyle, Robert Birsel

https://ca.reuters.com/article/us-china-usa-security-idUSKCN26C0EI 

:: 9-21-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Has Been Cast Into A Dystopian Horror Movie And If Democrats Have Their Way, The Worst Is Yet To Come

- Western Nations Across The Planet Are Falling To 'Coronavirus Tyranny'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  September 21, 2020

While Covid-19 has largely fallen out of the front page main headlines of many mainstream media outlets with the buildup to November 3rd here and the fight for the next US Supreme Court Justice gobbling up much of their top billing, we absolutely have to keep our eyes on this so-called 'planned-demic' with one so-called 'Western nation' after another seeing their 'liberties' falling to 'coronavirus tyranny'.

With a supercomputer now deciding the politics of Australians, where the wealth and liberties of millions are being plundered, while a new pre-crime law would give Australian authorities the power to arrest 'Covid-19 conspiracy theorists' who go against what the country dictates if police there merely THINK that a person MIGHT commit a crime (such as not wearing a mask) in the future, Zero Hedge reports:

"If there is one thing that terrifies increasingly tyrannical governments, it’s a loss of control of the narrative, which is why the Australian government is getting a jump start on curbing any so-called “conspiracy theorists” daring to spread information that questions the fear-mongering being used to keep Aussie citizens under lock and key.”

And while such moves being made by formerly free nations reminds many of what's already happened in Communist China, where people were welded inside of their own homes merely if other residents of their apartment complexes had tested positive for the virus, we don't have to look too far here in America to see some of the same kinds of moves being made.

As Paul Joseph Watson reported in this recent story over at Summit News, while Australia has become the most authoritarian state in the developed world when it comes to the draconian enforcement of COVID rules, other 'formerly free' Western nations aren't too far behind. From Watson's story before we continue.:

A draconian new coronavirus law could give Australian authorities the power to arrest coronavirus “conspiracy theorists” if it’s thought they may commit a crime in the future.

Yes, really.  The new COVID-19 Omnibus (Emergency Measures) bill, which is being debated in the Victoria State Parliament this week, will give local authorities the power to detain people who refuse to self-isolate as well as “conspiracy theorists” and anyone deemed to be at risk of spreading COVID-19 negligently.

A government spokesman told the Age that the measures “could be applied to conspiracy theorists who refuse to self-isolate or to severely drug-affected or mentally impaired people.”  Those detained will be held in quarantine facilities.

So with what is happening now in Australia, New Zealand, the UK, Canada and other Western nations a very loud and clear warning to Americans, the mad-rush which Bill Gates and the globalists are now taking to develop a 'one-shot-to-rule-them-all' Covid-19 vaccine is just one of the things we should all be keeping our eye upon as an incredible timeline of events unfolds between now and January 2021. As Mike Adams over at Natural News had pointed out in this story, between this 'pandemic' and the vaccines that are being created to 'deal with it', the sudden death of RBG casting SCOTUS into disarray, our election day just over a month away and a 4-year-long Democrat insurrection that has been pushed on by politicians in Washington DC, sending all of our enemies overseas a very bad message about how America deals with sedition, no one knows how this will all play out in the long run.

Warning that Democrats will NEVER concede this election, even if President Trump is winning by hundreds of votes in the Electoral college on election night, as we'd pointed out in this September 20th ANP story titled "As The Clock Ticks Down, This Nuclear Election Script Has Been Written And Is About To Be Unleashed Upon America, With Nothing Less 'Total Chaos' The Democrat End-Game If They Don't Win", imagine a contested election that goes to SCOTUS and a 4-4 tie emerges. What happens then?

With Adams also warning of the absolute madness we're sure to see coming from Democrats in the coming weeks and months as the Supreme Court battle heats up, as Susan Duclos had pointed out within this September 19th ANP story, if we thought things were insane before, we haven't seen anything yet.

As Axios recently reported in this story saved over at Archive.com, Democrats are considering an 'armageddon option' that will consist of 'total war' if President Trump tries to get a Supreme Court Judge onto the bench who Democrats don't 'approve of' so politically, things are turning red-hot right on time for Democrats-globalists who'd love to see America locked down like Australia.

And while here in America, Democrats go to war against the police and 'law and order', as Paul Joseph Watson had also pointed out previously in this story at Summit News, should the Democrats-globalists get their way, America by 2021 won't look anything like the America we grew up in. From that story.

Police have the power to enter people’s homes without a warrant and also snatch children. Earlier this month, a pregnant woman was arrested in front of her children for posting about an anti-lockdown protest on Facebook.

Numerous people have been violently arrested for not wearing a face mask on the street, while journalists have also been arrested merely for covering anti-lockdown protests. Street markets have also been raided and shut down by riot police.

Now police merely have to suspect that you could commit a crime in future in order to carry out detentions and arrests.

And there you were thinking the Minority Report was just a dystopian sci-fi movie.

We’re living in it.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Covid_19_New_World_Order.php 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9-21-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3.4-magnitude earthquake hits near Lake Elsinore

Mon, September 21, 2020, 3:53 PM EDT

A preliminary 3.4-magnitude earthquake rattled the Lake Elsinore area Monday morning.

https://news.yahoo.com/3-4-magnitude-earthquake-hits-140527447.html 

[ :: 12-2-12 am service (first word  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have done all, all that I can, saith your Father God, to make you aware of what time it is, what hour it is and the things that are taking place. For I have put many signs in the sky, I have placed many reminders here and there, I have called your attention to the things that I am doing and the things that the enemy is doing that you may see, etc..

[ :: 11-13-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For many signs are in the sky, many things I am doing that the world may see and know and understand the hour is very late. etc

:: 9--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Huge 111-foot asteroid to skim past Earth at 22,000 mph, space rock’s ‘closest encounter for 115 years’

By Charlotte Edwards, Digital Technology and Science Reporter | The Sun

A huge asteroid is about to skim past Earth at its closest approach in 115 years. Astronomers have warned that the space rock 2019 TA7 will be 50 times closer to us than our closest neighboring planet Mercury.

The asteroid will be making its close approach at around 6:53 pm today. It should skim past Earth at over 22,500 miles per hour, according to data collected by NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory. The space rock is estimated to measure up to 111 feet in diameter, making it around three times larger than a double-decker bus.

It usually passes Earth about once a year but this evening will see it at a closer distance of 930,000 miles.

Any fast-moving space object that comes within around 4.65 million miles is considered to be "potentially hazardous" by cautious space organizations.

The asteroid is a similar size to the Chelyabinsk meteor, which exploded over Russia back in 2013. Its impact smashed windows and injured more than 1,000 people.

Experts did not predict the impact, sparking concern that Earth could be surprised with a more devastating incident in the future.

The last time asteroid 2019 TA7 came as close to Earth as it will be this evening was on October 14, 1904.

It will return for another close approach in 2021.

https://www.foxnews.com/science/huge-111-foot-asteroid-to-skim-past-earth-at-22000-mph-space-rocks-closest-encounter-for-115-years 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.    

:: 9--20 Pravda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Author`s name Dmitry Sudakov

31.07.2019 12:54

Russia's Tu-160 White Swan bomber leaves all US competitors behind

Science » Technologies and discoveries

Russia's Tupolev Tu-160 aircraft, also known as the White Swan, is truly an iconic work of aviation technology. This majestic and beautiful aircraft created in the USSR is a supersonic strategic missile carrying bomber that has a swing-wing design. This is the largest and most powerful supersonic aircraft in the history of military aviation. Not that long ago, two Russian Tu-160 bombers flew to Venezuela. The flight caused quite a commotion in Washington. The USA even threatened to invade Venezuela if Russia was going to open its air base in the Latin American country. Why such a reaction?

To this day, strategic bombers remain the most important aspect of the nuclear triad. Russia and the United States still remain world leaders in the field of military aircraft making.

USA's main strategic bomber is the supersonic B-1 Lancer, as well as the heavy and stealthy B-2 Spirit bomber. However, even though the B-2 was considered the best strategic bomber in the world for a long time primarily due to its stealth technology, facts speak for themselves. The B-2 can fly at a speed of 0.95 Mach, whereas its maximum range of combat radius makes up 5, 000 km. The White Swan can fly at a speed of 1.84 Mach, whereas its maximum range of the combat radius is 7,300 km.

The American aircraft is inferior to the White Swan in terms of the combat payload as well: 23 tons for the B-2 and 45 tons for the Tu-160.

The White Swan does not have the stealth technology. However, the Russian strategic bomber carries cruise missiles on board. First and foremost, it goes about X-101 cruise missiles. This is a strategic missile that is capable of striking targets at a distance of up to 5,500 km. The missile has a technology to reduce radar visibility. There is also a nuclear version of this missile - X-102. To crown it all, the Tu-160 can cover a distance of 13,000 km without refueling. One may conclude that the White Swan aircraft can overcome any air defense system.

It was reported that Rostec State Corporation develops a unique composite material, which would be applied to glass cockpit windows of the Tu-160. The technology will reduce the radar visibility of the aircraft significantly.

https://www.pravdareport.com/science/142573-tu_160/ 

:: 9-16-20 robinwestenra.blogspot.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AstraZeneca Halts COVID-19 Vaccine Trials after Second Volunteer "Develops Neurological problems"

"They've Killed God; I Can't Feel God; My Soul Is Dead" AstraZeneca Halts COVID-19 Vaccine Trials after Second Volunteer "Develops Neurological problems"

Hal Turner,

16 Setpember, 2020

AstraZeneca revealed details of its large coronavirus vaccine trials on Saturday, the third in a wave of rare disclosures by drug companies under pressure to be more transparent about how they are testing products that are the world’s best hope for ending the pandemic.

The release comes after a second vaccine test volunteer "Developed neurological problems." According to sources who claim to be familiar with the vaccine trials, the second volunteer suddenly started saying "They've killed God; I can't feel God anymore - my Soul is dead" after the vaccine.

Polls are finding Americans increasingly wary of accepting a coronavirus vaccine. And scientists inside and outside the government are worried that regulators, pressured by the president for results before Election Day on Nov. 3, might release an unproven or unsafe vaccine.

“The release of these protocols seems to reflect some public pressure to do so,” said Natalie Dean, a biostatistician and expert in clinical trial design for vaccines at the University of Florida. “This is an unprecedented situation, and public confidence is such a huge part of the success of this endeavor.”

Experts have been particularly concerned about AstraZeneca’s vaccine trials, which began in April in Britain, because of the company’s refusal to provide details about serious neurological illnesses in two participants, both women, who received its experimental vaccine in Britain. Those cases spurred the company to halt its trials twice, the second time earlier this month. The studies have resumed in Britain, Brazil, India and South Africa, but are still on pause in the U.S. About 18,000 people worldwide have received AstraZeneca’s vaccine so far.

AstraZeneca’s 111-page trial blueprint, known as a protocol, states that its goal is a vaccine with 50 percent effectiveness — the same threshold that the Food and Drug Administration has set in its guidance for coronavirus vaccines. To determine with statistical confidence whether the company has met that target, there will have to be 150 people ill with confirmed coronavirus among participants who were vaccinated or received placebo shots.

However, the plan anticipates that a safety board will perform an early analysis after there have been just 75 cases. If the vaccine is 50 percent effective at that point, it might be possible for the company to stop the trial early and apply for authorization from the government to release the vaccine for emergency use.

The company did not immediately inform the public about the neurological problems of either participant. Nor did it promptly alert the F.D.A. that it was again pausing its trials after the second U.K. volunteer developed illness and an independent safety board called for a temporary halt, according to multiple people familiar with the situation. The company’s chief executive told investors about the problems but did not discuss them publicly until the information was leaked and reported by STAT.

https://robinwestenra.blogspot.com/2020/09/astrazeneca-halts-covid-19-vaccine.html 

:: 9-18-20 Silver Doctors :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Much Silver Bullion Was Sold By The Top Three Official Mints So Far This Year?

September 18, 2020

We are just in the beginning stages of the MASSIVE SILVER BULLION DEMAND to come…

by Steve St Angelo of SRSrocco Report

The top three official mints sold a great deal of retail silver bullion products in the first half of 2020. However, the sales figure could have been a great deal higher if the various government mints weren’t forced to shut down production. The top three official mints in retail silver bullion sales are the U.S. Mint, Royal Canadian Mint, and the Perth Mint.

According to the data from the 2020 World Silver Survey, for last year’s figures, the Royal Canadian Mint sold 25.8 million oz (Moz) of silver bullion products, followed by the U.S. Mint at 19.5 Moz and the Perth Mint with 12.7 Moz. The majority of the 19.5 Moz of U.S. Mint silver bullion products sold last year were from the 14.9 Moz of Silver Eagles and 1.5 Moz of the Five-ounce American The Beautiful Silver Coins with the remainder in Silver Eagle Proofs, collectibles, and various numismatic coins.

However, both the Royal Canadian Mint and the Perth Mint also sell silver bars. The Royal Canadian Mint sells 10 oz, 100 oz, and kilo silver bars besides its Silver Maples and various other official silver coins and numismatics. Unfortunately, since 2015, the Royal Canadian Mint no longer provides the sales figures for its Silver Maples. I will contact the Royal Canadian Mint to see if they will provide this data.

Regardless, if we look at the first half of 2020, here is the increase in silver bullion products from these top three official mints. In the first six months of 2020, these top three official mints sold 34.9 Moz of silver bullion products versus 24.1 Moz during the same period last year. That turns out to be 10.8 Moz more silver bullion products sold 1h 2020, or 45% higher than during 1H 2019. We can see that the Perth Mint’s silver bullion sales nearly doubled 1H 2020 versus 1H 2019, likely due to mints ability to keep its operation open longer versus the U.S. and Royal Canadian Mints. Australia’s shut down due to the pandemic was less severe compared to the United States and Canada. Now, if we look at the difference in these three official government mints’ silver bullion product sales in 2020 for the most updated figures, the change since last year is even greater. While the Royal Canadian Mint only provides updates quarterly, the U.S. Mint and Perth Mint do so every month. And, the U.S. Mint updates their Silver Eagle sales figures even more regularly than the Perth Mint.

The next chart shows the most up to date figures for these three official mints. The U.S. Mint’s total Silver Eagle sales are nearly 18.2 Moz for Jan-Aug 2020 versus 12.2 Moz for the same period last year, while the Perth Mint’s increased from 5.2 Moz to 10 Moz. Again, as stated above, the Canadian Mint will not update its figures until its Q3 2020 report comes out in late October or early November.

The total silver bullion sales from these official mints (at various periods) is 40.4 Moz versus 27.3 Moz last year. As I have stated many times, I believe we are just in the beginning stages of the MASSIVE SILVER BULLION DEMAND to come in the future.

Americans who purchase mostly Official Silver Coins & Rounds will be thrilled they did when future supply dries up, only at much higher prices.

I will be providing more updates as the data is released from these mints.

If you are new to the SRSrocco Report, please consider subscribing to my: SRSrocco Report Youtube Channel.

DISCLAIMER: SRSrocco Report provides intelligent, well-researched information to those with interest in the economy and investing. Neither SRSrocco Report nor any of its owners, officers, directors, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, licensors, service and content providers, producers or agents provide financial advisement services. Neither do we work miracles. We provide our content and opinions to readers only so that they may make informed investment decisions. Under no circumstances should you interpret opinions which SRSrocco Report or Steve St. Angelo offers on this or any other website as financial advice.

Check back for new articles and updates at the SRSrocco Report. You can also follow us on Twitter and YoutubePlease, consider becoming an SRSrocco Report Member!!

https://www.silverdoctors.com/silver/silver-news/how-much-silver-bullion-was-sold-by-the-top-three-official-mints-so-far-this-year/ 

:: 9-21-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America A Failed State, That’s The First Stage Of Collapse

Jack Metir Alternative, War September 21, 2020 11 Minutes

The second stage the transition to becoming an authoritarian state. All that’s left now is the third and final stage of collapse: the permanent transformation from failed to authoritarian state

What’s happening to America? It’s a question that Americans — and people around the world — are asking, horrified and bewildered.

The answer to that question goes like this. America was a failed state. And now it’s becoming an authoritarian one. America is now 60 days from the final stage of social collapse — the terminal stage, the point of no return, at which a society goes full-blown authoritarian, permanently — and it’s looking increasingly likely to us survivors and scholars of authoritarianism that that final, terminal stage is going to happen. America is dying.

And yet that’s a classical, textbook, predictable sequence. Which, if you really want to prevent, you should probably understand. Let me explain.

What do you imagine a failed state is? If you’re a “real” American, you probably think it’s some distant, war-torn land. And in a sense, you’re right. But it was also America, and is.

A failed state is a place where people can no longer really obtain the basics of life, in any fair or decent or sane way. There is not enough to go around. The result is that people live under the rule of a kind of violence, in a state of chaos, in perpetual despair and rage and panic. Where will tomorrow’s water, food, medicine, the money to pay for it all, come from? The state’s most basic job is to organise society in such a way that people can obtain the basics of life. We all need shelter, food, water, and medicine to live. To live well, at even a minimal level, we need safety, education, income, savings. That doesn’t mean that the state has to give those things to people necessarily — but it does have to organise society in such a way that those things can be had.

And that is precisely where America failed. Americans — especially “real” ones — are used to growing up in an atmosphere of fevered propaganda, exceptionalism. But what really happened in America from 1980 to about 2015 was this.

America became a society where people couldn’t obtain the basics of life anymore. I mean that in both absolute and relative ways. Want to have a child? That’ll cost you $50,000. Want to educate one? That’ll cost you $250,000. Need a life-saving operation? Sorry, that’ll cost you $500,000. What the? Entire cities had infrastructures which simply failed, like Flint. Society as a whole had no functioning social systems healthcare, retirement, pensions. So Americans’ only choice was to pay the prices that their system demanded. Want a pension? Wall St will sell you a “401K” — and take a fat cut, while hedge funds raid whatever was left of your life savings. Want healthcare? Sure, that “premium” will cost you thousands a month, for a plan that provides little care or choice at all.

Americans were locked into broken, dysfunctional systems, which no longer provided them the basics of life, at prices they could afford.

The income of the average American was scarcely $50k. How were they to afford any of this? They couldn’t, quite obviously.

The result was that many Americans began to go without the basics of life. They chose between that life-saving operation, or keeping a roof over their kids’ heads. They ate cheap, industrially processed food, and grew obese and ill, because it had little nutritional value. They worked jobs that would never lead to careers or mobility desperately just to retain some access to the meagre “benefits” only jobs now provided. Young Americans found themselves crippled by educational debt, and unable to begin independent lives of their own.

See the point clearly. America could no longer provide the basics to people. It could not feed, shelter, educate, or employ its people. Not affordably, and certainly not well. The situation was so bad, for example, that Americans just gave up looking for work, in fact, reaching a point where just above half of the working age population were employed at all. That millennials became a lost generation stuck at home forever, working crap jobs. That strangers begged one another for money to pay for medicine online.

This was a Soviet society by any other name. The Soviet Union famously had breadlines, where you’d never get the bread. America had unobtainable basics, too, in even larger and more lethal ways.

What did Americans have to do to simply even attempt to afford the basics of life — medicine, education, food, water, housing? They had to go into massive debt. Today, the average American dies in debt, meaning his or her debts are unpayable. And that means that he never in net terms really owns, saves, or earns a penny.

Those are the economics of failed states. People end up broke. A society descends into mass poverty. Nobody much can afford the basics. Meanwhile, those who have monopolies over said basics become ultra, mega rich. Vast inequality sets in. An economy becomes a kind of caste society — a large pool of hopeless and powerless proles, and a tiny number of billionaires so rich and powerful they resemble feudal lords of old.

Worse, nobody much understands — because a society’s economic statistics don’t show it. In America, like in the Soviet Union, economic statistics failed to reflect any of the real pain or despair people were beginning to live in. The stock market boomed — forever. Profits rose and rose. The unemployment rate seemed suspiciously low. Things had never been better! Then why was the average American broke, dying in debt, working a go-nowhere job, descending into poverty? These two sets of facts did not comport. One had to be lying, and the other telling the truth. But America’s intellectuals and politicians were incurious, lazy. They did not seem to care that the story economics was telling didn’t seem to be telling any remotely accurate truth about people’s living standards anymore.

Now, the difference between America and classical failed states is that all this was a choice. There was no absolute shortage of medicine or healthcare in America — what was there, was artificial scarcity. Why? To prop up the profits of mega-corporations, bank, and hedge funds. The system had turned predatory. The situation grew so bad that something truly ominous happened. The middle class became a minority in about 2010. That should never happen. It tells us that a society’s foundations have rotted — and the house of democracy is about to come crashing down.

Is starting to feel like it’s every man for himself, Is possible that right now, a global crisis is upon us, Without even knowing… And the virus may not be the biggest threat, but the crisis that follows, Everyday goods that keep us alive will be gone, I’m talking, food, fresh water, medicine, clothes, fuel…

Literally so. What happens when people can’t get the basics of life? Exactly what you might expect. Their life expectancy begins to fall — something we should never, ever see happening in any country, ever. America’s cratered, and still is. They die in debt — as we’ve discussed above, extorted by mafias, essentially, for artificial scarcities. Their rates of suicide and depression soar, as despair becomes endemic — which is exactly what happened in America. A sense of rage and powerlessness take hold.

What does living like that do? It loosens social bonds. Groups begin to treat other with suspicion and hostility. They blame each other for a society’s growing problems, the problem of being a failed state. The sense of easy coexistence which is there in successful societies — people treating each other with kindness, fairness, dignity — ceases to exist, because gentleness is a luxury. Life becomes a bitter, brutal battle for self-preservation, and norms of peacefulness and tolerance and acceptance give way to hostility, cruelty, rage, and aggression. And soon enough, all of that becomes hate. All that’s needed is a demagogue who can ignite the spark of fury and produce the flames of hatred.

So a failed state is a place where despair, rage, and frustration are growing, surging, about to explode, often invisibly, like magma building beneath a caldera. And that was America, in the 2000s, as people’s lives fell apart with stunning swiftness, which loosened their social bonds to the point of a cruelty which shocked the world. People were so busy trying to obtain the basics that they began to treat one another like disposable subhumans. Sorry, I can’t care about your healthcare, sorry, I don’t care if your kids are shot at school. The world was shocked. What was happening to America?

It had become a failed state, which is a place without trust, comity, optimism, people believing in and accepting each other, as life simply fell apart, and the result of all that was predictable. A demagogue arose, who blamed the problems of the “real” American on hated minorities. Just like the Nazis did, just like the Islamic World’s dictators did, just like every demagogue in history has. “They are the cause of your woes!” Trump bellowed it at rally after rally. And the people once known as America’s white middle and working class — by now, they were broken, desperate, and hopeless enough to believe him.

Enough of them, anyways, to catapult Trump into power, in a victory that shocked America’s establishment — who still thought things had never been better. Had they ever heard of Scranton? Baltimore? Detroit? Huntington — the overdose capital? Things were good for America’s elites, sure — life in the bubbles DC and Manhattan and San Francisco was booming. But they were not the majority of America. They did not reflect America as a whole even remotely.  etc

Do not take the warning lightly. We survivors and scholars have one message for you:

It’s much worse than you believe, and it’s much later than you think.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/09/21/america-a-failed-state-thats-the-first-stage-of-collapse/ 

:: 9-16-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dangerous Days

by Hal Lindsey

On Facebook or other social media, are you reluctant to say what you really think? Is the possibility of backlash too disheartening? Is it easier to just post pictures of your dog? Does mentioning your faith at work put you at risk of losing your job? Does walking down a street that once felt like home now make you feel queasy? Have family get-togethers become minefields? Have Thanksgiving and Christmas become exercises in staying away from the mines’ many triggers?

I hope none of those things are true for you, but for millions they have become facts of life. As a culture, we have lost the grace to allow one another to make mistakes, or have opinions different from our own. Fuses are short and the landmines are being loaded with more and more explosives. It’s getting dangerous out theredangerous to speak your mind, to wear certain clothing items such as uniforms, or to say what you thought were harmless things. When people assume you’re talking in code, anything you say can and will be used against you.  The rage engulfing America has been building for a while. A Time Magazine cover story in 2016 promised to explain, “Why we’re losing the Internet to the culture of hate.” The article focused on internet “trolls.” But it was really about the loss of common decency.   The Time article lamented that if you say on the internet that you’re struggling with depression, someone “will try to goad you into killing yourself.… And it’s seeping from our smartphones into every aspect of our lives.” Covered by the web’s anonymity, people who would defend a kitten’s right to happiness seem blithely willing to shame young women for being skinny, fat, tall, short, or even smart. They often recommend suicide as a remedy.

The shamers and haters latch onto anything different about a person and try to humiliate them with it. They mock the deaths of the recently deceased. They find and publish private information about random people. They send rape threats to women with whom they disagree.

Look at the world of athletics. We used to treasure something called sportsmanship. Today it’s seen as a sign of weakness. I don’t think we can calculate sportsmanship’s value to society, or what the loss of it means in the long term.

2 Timothy 3:1 famously says, “In the last days perilous times will come.” The verses that follow tell us why the last days will be full of peril. Those verses do not say the last days will be perilous because of earthquakes, famine, or pestilence. They assign the greatest last days peril to human moral failings.   The first five verses of that chapter say, “In the last days perilous times will come: For men will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, unloving, unforgiving, slanderers, without self-control, brutal, despisers of good, traitors, headstrong, haughty, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, having a form of godliness but denying its power.”

What makes the last days perilous? Primarily, the sudden and dramatic loss of moral character. Need an example? Look around.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-16-2020/ 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 9-20-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran’s Rouhani warns of ‘crushing response’ to US sanctions declaration at UN

Tehran says Trump administration ‘isolated’ after other world powers reject American assertion that sanctions on Islamic Republic are back in force

By TOI staff and Agencies 20 September 2020, 5:14 pm

Iranian President Hassan Rouhani on Sunday warned the US it faces defeat after the Trump administration declared that UN sanctions are back in force against the Islamic Republic, a move rejected by other world powers.

America is approaching a certain defeat in its sanctions move … It faced defeat and negative response from the international community. We will never yield to US pressure and Iran will give a crushing response to America’s bullying,” Rouhani said during a televised cabinet meeting, according to Reuters. He added: “America’s maximum pressure against Iran, in its political and legal aspects, has turned into America’s maximum isolation.” Rouhani’s remarks echoed those of Iran’s foreign ministry. “The United States is very, very isolated in its claims,” ministry spokesman Saeed Khatibzadeh said. “The whole world is saying nothing has changed.”

The comments came after the Trump administration announced the so-called “snapback” of the sanctions was in effect and threatened to “impose consequences” on any UN member state that fails to comply.

The sanctions in question were lifted in 2015 when Iran and six world powers — Britain, China, France, Germany, Russia and the US — reached a landmark nuclear deal known as the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action.

But US President Donald Trump withdrew from the JCPOA in 2018, saying the deal — negotiated by his predecessor Barack Obama — was insufficient. He also renewed and even strengthened Washington’s own sanctions.

The US insists it is still a participant in the agreement that it stormed out of, but only so it can activate the snapback option, which it announced on August 20.

Virtually every other Security Council member disputes Washington’s ability to execute this legal pirouette, and the UN body has not taken the measure any further. On Sunday, two permanent council members — France and Britain — issued a joint statement along with non-permanent member Germany saying the US’s “purported notification” was “incapable of having any legal effect.”

Russia also said the US lacked legal authority. “The illegitimate initiatives and actions of the United States by definition cannot have international legal consequences for other countries,” said its foreign ministry.

‘Reckless actions’

Iran brushed off the move and called on the rest of the world to unite against what it called the US’s “reckless actions”.  “This is all much ado about nothing, and I imagine these are the most bitter days and hours for” the United States, said Khatibzadeh.

Tehran’s message for Washington is clear. Return to the international community, to your commitments, stop rebelling and the world will accept you.” US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced Washington’s latest move in a statement on Saturday evening.

Today, the United States welcomes the return of virtually all previously terminated UN sanctions on the Islamic Republic of Iran,” he said.

Pompeo promised measures would be announced in the coming days against “violators” of the sanctions to ensure that “Iran does not reap the benefits of UN-prohibited activity.” With around six weeks to go until the November 3 US election, Trump could unveil those measures in a speech at the UN General Assembly on Tuesday.

Iran issued a stark warning if the US follows through with the measures. “If the United States acts on these threats, directly, or with the cooperation of a handful of its puppets, it will face a serious response and be responsible for all the dangerous consequences,” its foreign ministry said.

It added that Washington, by leaving the nuclear deal, has “explicitly denied itself of any rights” to use the mechanisms in agreement and UN Resolution 2231, which enshrined the nuclear accord.

‘Nothing worse’

In mid-August, the US suffered a resounding defeat at the Security Council when it tried to extend the embargo on conventional weapons being sent to Tehran, which was due to expire in October.

Pompeo responded with an unusually vehement attack on Britain, France and Germany, accusing them of “siding with Iran’s ayatollahs” before announcing the snapback. The Trump administration, however, is acting as if the international sanctions are in place, while the rest of the international community acts as if nothing has changed.

Washington is hammering home that the arms embargo has been extended “indefinitely” and that many activities related to Tehran’s nuclear and ballistic missile programs are now subject to international sanctions. Iran’s Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif accused Pompeo of not having read UN resolutions or the nuclear deal.

“He’s now probably waiting for the movie to come out so he can begin to understand it,” he told state television.  While dismissing the US move, Iran’s currency dropped to a record low of 272,500 to the US dollar at money exchange shops across Tehran due to the mounting economic pressure from Washington.

The rial has lost more than 30% of its value to the dollar since June as sweeping US sanctions on Iran continue to crush its ability to sell oil globally. Iran’s currency was at 32,000 rials to the dollar at the time of Tehran’s nuclear deal with world powers. On the streets of Tehran, Iranians complained of difficult economic conditions they attributed to US sanctions.

“It’s really difficult for the people right now. Whether sanctions are reimposed or not, we are living with utmost difficulty,” said Leila Zanganeh, a martial arts instructor.

Danial Namei, an architect, seemed to care little for returning UN sanctions and doubted things could get worse.

“We’ve been through difficult things and it is still ongoing. There’s nothing worse than the worst, after all,” he said.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/irans-rouhani-warns-of-crushing-response-to-us-sanctions-declaration-at-un/#gs.g79tku 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 9-20-20 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tropical Storm Beta expected to make landfall in Texas Monday afternoon or evening

The storm will then hover over southeast Texas for about 24 hours.

By Daniel Manzo and Dan Peck September 21, 2020, 12:30 AM • 5 min read

Tropical Storm Beta is expected to make landfall Monday afternoon or evening as the slow-moving storm churns through the Gulf on its way toward the Texas coast.

As of late Sunday night, the storm was around 120 miles south of Galveston, Texas, with winds of 60 mph.

The storm is moving west-northwest at a slow 6 mph as it makes its way toward the Texas coastline.

After making landfall, the storm will slow down and hover over Southeast Texas for about 24 hours as it continues to weaken. It will then track parallel to the Texas Gulf Coast through Wednesday and then finally enter the Mississippi Valley by Friday.

All throughout, it will bring rounds of heavy rain to the region. There are tropical storm watches and warnings, and flash flood watches in effect for parts of Texas and Louisiana.

High-resolution computer models are indicating that the official landfall of the slow-moving storm will likely come somewhere between Houston and Corpus Christi, likely near or just north of the greater Victoria, Texas, area.

The forecast models also show little movement of Beta once on land, with barely any movement between Tuesday morning and Wednesday morning. This will cause torrential rain to continue to hit parts of Texas, particularly on the eastern side of the storm.

During this time frame, there could be a storm surge of up to four feet.

The rainfall forecast was reduced Sunday, keeping the heaviest rainfall totals a little lower and little more defined. However, there is a good chance of over 10 inches of rain near the Galveston area, as well as a broad swath of 6 to 10 inches of rain along the Texas coastline into southern Louisiana, and even possibly into parts of northern Louisiana. The highest rain totals will be along the upper Texas coast with 6 to 12 inches of rain now forecast. Rainfall totals over a foot are still possible at this point but will be very isolated, according to the forecast.

Elsewhere, as of Late Sunday night Hurricane Teddy was a Category 2 hurricane with winds of 105 mph, as it moved north-northwest about 210 miles south-southeast of Bermuda.

While the center of Teddy will pass east of Bermuda on Monday, it will come close enough to bring tropical storm conditions to the island beginning overnight and lasting through Monday. A tropical storm warning remains in effect.

Teddy will then rush off into the Northern Atlantic, perhaps grazing parts of extreme southeast Canada. The main impacts in the Northeast U.S. will be rough surf. There is a small low-pressure system just off the east coast of Florida and this area only has a very small chance of gaining tropical characteristics in the next few days.

Tropical Storm Wilfred will continue to struggle with further development and may dissipate soon, if not within the next few days, well before affecting land.

Post Tropical Cyclone Paulette south of the Azores could regain some tropical characteristics over the next day or two.

https://abcnews.go.com/US/tropical-storm-beta-moving-texas-coast-15-inches/story?id=73126508 

:: 9-20-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

President Trump says $5 Billion from TikTok, Oracle, Walmart deal will go toward education

Dalvin Brown, USA TODAY Published 1:27 p.m. ET Sept. 20, 2020 | Updated 7:23 a.m. ET Sept. 21, 2020

President Donald Trump has signed off on a business proposal between TikTok, Walmart and Oracle that would allow the social networking app to continue to operate in the U.S.

One of Trump's stipulations for approving the deal was a $5 billion commitment from the companies to create an education initiative that teaches children America's "real history," the President said.

Trump first mentioned the education fund on Saturday as he left the White House for a campaign rally in North Carolina. "We're going to be setting up a very large fund for the education of American youth," Trump told reporters as he announced "conceptually" signing off on the TikTok venture.

"That'll be great. That's their contribution that I've been asking for," Trump added. During a campaign speech later that evening, Trump laid out more details surrounding how the proposed education commitment unfolded. He told the audience in Fayetteville, North Carolina, that when talking with the heads of the companies, he asked them to “do me a favor, could you put up $5 billion into a fund for education, so we can educate people as to real history of our country. The real history, not the fake history.”

The Trump-approved, U.S.-based version of TikTok will employ 25,000 people and likely be headquartered in Texas, the President said. Trump's education announcement comes days after he slammed the New York Times Magazine's 1619 Project curriculum, which reframes the way American history and slavery is taught in schools.

"The left has warped, distorted, and defiled the American story with deceptions, falsehoods, and lies. There is no better example than the New York Times' totally discredited 1619 Project," Trump said Thursday during a speech at the National Archives in Washington.

He claimed the project rewrites "American history to teach our children that we were founded on the principle of oppression, not freedom."

Trump also said he would create a national "1776 commission" to would "promote patriotic education."

Follow Dalvin Brown on Twitter: @Dalvin_Brown.

https://www.usatoday.com/story/money/2020/09/20/trump-says-5-billion-tiktok-deal-would-cover-history-project/5844936002/ 

:: 9-20-20 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Suspect arrested for allegedly sending ricin-tainted letter to White House

The suspect was described as a woman who was taken into custody trying to enter the United States from Canada, a federal official said. 

Sept. 20, 2020, 5:54 PM EDT / Updated Sept. 20, 2020, 10:16 PM EDT

By Pete Williams, Tim Stelloh and Michael Kosnar

WASHINGTON — A woman suspected of sending a letter containing the deadly poison ricin to the White House was arrested trying to enter the United States from Canada, two federal law enforcement officials said Sunday.  An FBI spokesperson confirmed the arrest and said the agency is continuing to investigate the suspicious letter.

A federal law enforcement official said the woman was taken into custody while traveling across Peace Bridge, which connects Fort Erie, Ontario, and Buffalo, New York.

Another federal law enforcement official said the suspect was detained by Customs and Border Protection agents. Additional information about the arrest and the suspect was not immediately available.

The FBI said Saturday that it was investigating a suspicious letter addressed to President Donald Trump that had been intercepted.  It wasn’t clear when the letter was sent or where it was intercepted. Law enforcement officials said Saturday that the poison, which is highly toxic and can cause organ failure and death, was detected at an off-site facility that screens mail addressed to the White House. The ricin was confirmed in field and laboratory tests.

The suspect allegedly sent other letters to federal prisons that were discovered in different facilities, an official told NBC News Saturday. It wasn’t immediately clear which prisons the letters were sent to or who the recipients were.

The official said only one letter appeared to be addressed to a political figure.

Pete Williams and Michael Kosnar reported from Washington and Tim Stelloh from California.

https://www.nbcnews.com/politics/white-house/suspect-detained-allegedly-sending-ricin-tainted-letter-white-house-n1240578 

:: 9-19-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Setting Up Epic SCOTUS Battle: Trump Urges Senate to Vote 'Without Delay'

Saturday, 19 September 2020 10:47 AM

President Donald Trump on Saturday urged the Republican-run Senate to consider "without delay" his upcoming nomination to fill the Supreme Court seat vacated by the death of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg just six weeks before the election.

Trump tweeted:

"We were put in this position of power and importance to make decisions for the people who so proudly elected us, the most important of which has long been considered to be the selection of United States Supreme Court Justices. We have this obligation, without delay!"

Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell, R-Ky., vowed Friday night, hours after Ginsburg’s death, to call a vote for whomever Trump nominated. Democratic presidential nominee Joe Biden said any vote should come after the Nov. 3 election.  "Voters should pick the president and the president should pick the justice to consider," Biden said.

One of those on Trump's short list, Sen. Ted Cruz, R-Texas, noted in a tweet the history of election-year Supreme Court nominees:  "Important history: '19 times between 1796 & 1968 presidents have sought to fill a Supreme Court vacancy in a presidential-election year while their party controlled the Senate. 10 of those nominations came before the election; 9 of the 10 were successful.'"

Democratic nominee Joe Biden vigorously disagreed, declaring "voters should pick the president and the president should pick the justice to consider."

McConnell, who sets the calendar in the Senate and has made judicial appointments his priority, declared unequivocally in a statement not long after Ginsburg's death was announced Trump's nominee would receive a confirmation vote in the chamber. In 2016, McConnell refused to consider President Barack Obama's choice for the high court months ahead of the election, eventually preventing a vote.

The impending clash over the vacant seat — when to fill it and with whom — is sure to significantly affect the stretch run of the presidential race, further stirring passions in a nation already reeling from the pandemic that has killed nearly 200,000 people, left millions unemployed and heightened partisan tensions and anger.

Trump, in brief remarks to reporters after learning of Ginsburg's death, called her "an amazing woman who led an amazing life." He had continued with a campaign speech in Minnesota for about an hour and a half after the nation — as well as aides and many in his audience with cell phones — had learned of her death. He seemed surprised when he spoke with reporters afterward, saying he did not know she had died.

Trump had noted in his rally speech that the next presidential term could offer him as many as four appointments to the nine-member court, whose members are confirmed for life.

"This is going to be the most important election in the history of our country and we have to get it right," he added.

Biden said it must be up to the next president, whether himself or Trump, to choose a successor to be submitted for Senate confirmation.

"This was the position that the Republican Senate took in 2016, when there were nearly nine months before the election," he said. "That is the position the United States Senate must take now, when the election is less than two months away. We are talking about the Constitution and the Supreme Court. That institution should not be subject to politics."

A confirmation vote in the Senate is not guaranteed, even with a Republican majority.

Typically it takes several months to vet and hold hearings on a Supreme Court nominee, and time is short ahead of the election. Key senators may be reluctant to cast votes so close to the election. With a slim GOP majority, 53 seats in the 100-member chamber, Trump's choice could afford to lose only a few.

McConnell did not specify the timing, but trying for confirmation in a post-election lame-duck session if Trump had lost to Biden or Republicans had lost the Senate would carry further political complications.

Democrats immediate denounced McConnell's move as hypocritical, pointing out that he refused to call hearings for Merrick Garland, Obama's pick, 237 days before the 2016 election. The 2020 election is 46 days away.

Senate Minority Leader Charles Schumer, D-N.Y., in a tweet, echoed word for word what McConnell said in 2016 about the Garland nomination: "The American people should have a voice in the selection of their next Supreme Court Justice. Therefore, this vacancy should not be filled until we have a new president."

Both Trump and McConnell have pointed to appointments to the federal judiciary, including two Supreme Court justices, part of their legacy. Trump said last month he would "absolutely" try to fill a vacancy if one came up before the end of his first term.

"I would move quickly," Trump said in an interview with conservative radio host Hugh Hewitt. "Why not? I mean, they would. The Democrats would if they were in this position."

While plans were still being formalized, Trump was expected to announce a choice sooner rather than later and may meet with members of his short list in coming days, according to a White House official not authorized to publicly discuss private conversations and spoke on condition of anonymity.

Trump last week added 20 names to his list of candidates he’s pledged to choose from if he has future vacancies to fill. He contrasted his list with unnamed "radical justices" he claimed Biden would nominate who would "fundamentally transform America without a single vote of Congress."

Trump released a similar list in 2016 in a bid to win over conservative and evangelical voters who had doubts about his conservative credentials. Among those on his current list: Sens. Ted Cruz and Tom Cotton, former Solicitor General Noel Francisco and Judge Amy Coney Barrett of the 7th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, in Chicago, long a favorite of conservatives.

The average number of days to confirm a justice, according to the Congressional Research Service, is 69, which would be after the election. But some Republicans quickly noted that Ginsburg was confirmed in just 42 days.

Four GOP defections could defeat a nomination, while a tie vote could be broken by Vice President Mike Pence.

Among the senators to watch are Sens. Susan Collins, R-Maine, Lisa Murkowski, R-Alaska, Mitt Romney, R-Utah, and Sen. Ben Sasse, R-Neb.

Collins is in a tight race for her own reelection, as are several other GOP senators, including Cory Gardner in Colorado. Murkowski and Romney have been critical of Trump and protective of the institution of the Senate.

Some Republicans, including Collins and Murkowski, have suggested previously hearings should wait if a seat were to open. And because the Arizona Senate race is a special election, that seat could be filled as early as Nov. 30 — which would narrow the window for McConnell if the Democratic candidate, Mark Kelly, hangs onto his lead.

In a note to his GOP colleagues Friday night, McConnell urged them to "keep their powder dry" and not rush to declare a position on whether a Trump nominee should get a vote this year.

"Over the coming days, we are all going to come under tremendous pressure from the press to announce how we will handle the coming nomination. For those of you who are unsure how to answer, or for those inclined to oppose giving a nominee a vote, I urge you all to keep your powder dry," McConnell wrote. "This is not the time to prematurely lock yourselves into a position you may later regret."

McConnell argued there would be enough time to fill the vacancy and he restated his argument that the 2016 Senate precedent — in which a GOP-held Senate blocked Obama's election-year nomination — did not establish a rule that applies to the Ginsburg case.

A top aide to a GOP senator confirmed the authenticity of McConnell's email to his fellow senators, which was first reported by The Washington Post.

Under McConnell, the Senate changed the confirmation rules to allow for a simple majority. The Senate's No. 2 Republican, Sen. John Thune, supported McConnell's plan Friday night, though the Judiciary Commtitee chairman, Lindsey Graham, did not weigh in.

Obama called for Republicans to wait, saying "a basic principle of the law – and of everyday fairness – is that we apply rules with consistency and not based on what’s convenient or advantageous in the moment."

One difference from 2016 is, despite the vacancy resulting from Ginsburg's death, conservatives have a working majority of five justices on a range of issues. When Antonin Scalia died four years ago, the court was divided between four liberals and four conservatives.

The next pick could shape important decisions, including on abortion rights, as well as any legal challenges that may stem from the 2020 election. The 2018 hearings on Trump's second pick, now-Justice Brett Kavanaugh, turned into a bitter partisan battle after sexual assault allegations were made.

Biden has promised to nominate a Black woman to the high court if given the chance. He has said he is also working on a list of potential nominees, but the campaign has given no indication that it will release names before the election.

Democrats believe doing so would unnecessarily distract from Biden's focus on Trump's handling of the pandemic and the economy, while also giving the president and his allies fresh targets to attack. In the hours before Ginsburg's death, Trump trailed Biden in national polling but the race was much tighter in battleground states.

https://www.newsmax.com/us/scotus-vacancy-senate-mitch-mcconnell/2020/09/19/id/987753/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-19-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi royal family said divided over possible future ties with Israel

Crown prince said to be in favor of the move as it could bring business opportunities, coordination over Iran, but king is solidly committed to Palestinian demand for state

By TOI staff 19 September 2020, 1:17 pm

The Saudi Arabian royal family is reportedly split over possible future ties with Israel following landmark agreements with the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain, the Wall Street Journal reported Friday.

According to the report, King Salman bin Abdulaziz has come into conflict with his son, de facto leader Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, with the latter said to be in favor of the move. The newspaper reported that the monarch remains committed to a boycott of Israel coupled with a strong stance in favor of the Palestinian demand for an independent state, while the crown prince is open to normalization with the Jewish state and the business opportunities it could bring as well as public coordination in the struggle against Iran. Saudi Arabia, Israel, the UAE and Bahrain share Tehran as a common foe and maintain close ties to Washington. According to the report, cited by Channel 13 news, the crown prince knew in advance of Israel’s negotiations with the UAE and Bahrain, but did not tell his father for fear he would try to sabotage the efforts, a move that angered the king. Bin Salman reportedly knew that his father’s public opposition to an agreement between Israel and the UAE could make the negotiations difficult.

The king instructed his foreign minister to declare once again the kingdom’s commitment to the establishment of a Palestinian state and one of the king’s associates wrote an article in a Saudi-owned newspaper in which he reiterated the pro-Palestinian position of the royal house, the Walla news site reported, citing the Wall Street Journal report.

The article reportedly additionally hinted that the UAE should have pressured the Israelis to make further concessions vis-a-vis the Palestinians.

Under the 2002 Arab Peace Initiative, formulated by Saudi Arabia’s former king Abdullah, Arab states agreed to only forge ties with Israel after an accord is reached with the Palestinians based on the 1967 armistice lines.

Saudi Arabia remained noticeably silent following the announcement of a normalization agreement between Israel and Bahrain. But Bahrain is seen as a client state of its neighbor and close ally Saudi Arabia, and the tiny Gulf state is not likely to have moved forward with normalization without approval from Riyadh.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and US President Donald Trump have both indicated several more countries could be in line to establish open relations in the near future and head of Israel’s Mossad spy agency Yossi Cohen indicated in an interview aired Wednesday that Saudi Arabia could be in line to normalize ties with Israel, while refusing to comment on whether he had met with the rulers of the Arab kingdom. Cohen has been cited as a key figure in the US-sponsored Abraham Accords with Abu Dhabi and Manama, signed at a festive White House ceremony Tuesday. Cohen reportedly shuttled to Gulf states on numerous secretive journeys in recent years to build closer clandestine ties with Arab nations.

Questioned as to whether major regional power Saudi Arabia could move to do so in the foreseeable future, Cohen answered: “I believe it could happen.” And asked if he had met with the crown prince, he smiled and said “I’d like not to comment on that point.” Trump said Tuesday he expected Saudi Arabia to normalize relations with Israel following the diplomatic move taken by Bahrain and the UAE.

He also said he believed some five or six countries were on the path to peace with Israel, then later in the day revised that number to up to nine nations. Asked if he expected Saudi Arabia to follow the UAE and Bahrain, Trump said: “I do. I spoke with the king of Saudi Arabia,” adding it would come “at the right time.”

The New York Times earlier this month quoted unnamed Trump administration officials who have been pushing the Saudis to recognize Israel saying that this possibility remains remote at best for now.

Opening official ties with Saudi Arabia would be a historic achievement for Israel, and mark a significant shift in the region. The Saudis have remained non-committal, however, despite support for normalization from Washington and shared interests with Israel.

In what was seen as a significant step forward, Saudi Arabia allowed Israeli planes to fly through their airspace last month.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/saudi-royal-family-said-divided-over-possible-future-ties-with-israel/#gs.g7cpy1 

:: 9-19-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran increasing arrogance as it thinks it defeated US sanctions

Overall it is the symbolism that is important to Iran, its belief that a growing alliance with Russia and China could upend US policy globally.

By SETH J. FRANTZMAN SEPTEMBER 19, 2020 07:39

Iranian media believes that Iran has defeated the US on the issue of new sanctions at the UN and that therefore Iran will soon have more abilities to import and export weapons. Overall it is the symbolism that is important to Iran, its belief that a growing alliance with Russia and China could upend US policy globally.

Fars News and other Iranian media have run several articles boasting about Iran’s success at defeating US sanctions. Iran’s Javad Zarif also sounded pleased, arguing nothing will happen on September 20 or other days in which the US might try to push through new sanctions against Iran. While the US seemed to indicate sanctions could return, the UK, France and Germany indicate that UN sanctions relief will continue.

The US wants to trigger “snap back” sanctions but Iran believes US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo has not gotten support for this action. Iran’s Fars News says this is the last chance US President Donald Trump has before the US election in November. In a sense Iran is mocking Washington and hinting that it has no concern about what the US might do next.

Iran has been under a US maximum pressure pressure campaign since 2018. It has lashed out attacking oil tankers in May and June last year and attacking Saudi Arabia in September. It has also used proxies to attack the US in Iraq, sent weapons to the Houthis in Yemen and precision guided munitions to Hezbollah via Syria.

An Iranian nuclear facility at Natanz suffered some kind of sabotage in July and Iran has been concerned about this incident regarding its nuclear program.

https://www.jpost.com/middle-east/iran-increasing-arrogance-as-it-thinks-it-defeated-us-sanctions-642841 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 9--20 Addicitive Tips :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The History of NSA and FBI Snooping and Cyber-surveillance

by Geoffrey Walters

You’ve probably heard about mass governmental cyber surveillance programs (unless you’ve been living under a rock without Wi-Fi), but how much do you actually know about them? Today, we’ll share all the important details, plus recommend the best VPNs against government snooping you can use to keep the NSA and FBI out of your business. Most major powers in the world today have domestic intelligence services, some of which are more famous than others. In the United States, there’s the National Security Agency (NSA) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), two agencies that have made headlines in recent years for engaging in online snooping and mass surveillance. Leaked documents recently showed the extent of those data-collecting efforts, which has caused many internet users to rethink just how safe their information is when they go online. 

What Do the NSA and the FBI Do?

The FBI was founded in 1908 with the goal of protecting the rights and liberties of United States citizens while enforcing criminal law throughout the country. Their somewhat vague mission statement gives the FBI a large amount of latitude to carry out their tasks, which include everything from stopping organized crime to preventing terrorism. The original benefit to having an FBI is access to government intelligence and resources along with the ability to cross state lines without jurisdiction issues (something local police forces can’t do).

The NSA was founded in 1952 and is responsible for global monitoring, information collecting, and protecting U.S. communications networks. This is carried out through surveillance efforts that include everything from physically bugging electronic systems to wiretapping and monitoring internet activity. The NSA’s job description is even less precise than the FBI’s, allowing it to bend an enormous number of rules in the name of protecting U.S. citizens and the integrity of the U.S. government.

As cliché as it may sound, most of what the FBI and NSA can do is classified. The agencies operate under extreme secrecy, which has led to countless conspiracy theories over the years. FBI agents are spotted wearing dark glasses loitering in public parks, for example, and the NSA has electronic bugs placed in every commercially produced smoke detector. While there may have been truth to some of these rumors, nothing compares to the paranoia brought about by the internet.

When ordinary people started using computers, going online, and carrying cell phones in their pockets, the NSA and the FBI took notice. Trillions of pieces of personal data were uploaded on a regular basis, all by willing participants using websites and social media. Tools were developed to capture and collect this information, which kicked off the age of data snooping and mass surveillance.

RELATED READING: How to pretend you’re in another country, with a VPN

Cyber-surveillance Verified: The Snowden Leaks

In 2013, former NSA and CIA contractor Edward Snowden leaked documents pertaining to mass surveillance efforts carried out by worldwide government agencies. The initial revelations showed extensive, invasive measures taken by the NSA to spy on U.S. citizens, foreign travelers, and visiting government officials. Other intelligence groups were also implicated in these attacks, providing evidence of a network of cooperation between governments.

The Snowden leaks revealed a pattern of increasing surveillance from both the NSA and the FBI. The days of recording phone calls and copying security camera footage were over. Now these agencies can easily gather any personal information about anyone, usually without a warrant and without any kind of oversight.

Below is a short list of some of the information contained in Snowden’s early leaks. For a more in-depth look, take a look at the following list of Snowden revelations.

A loophole exists that allows government agencies to search U.S. citizens’ e-mail and phone call records without a warrant

Britain’s intelligence agency, GCHQ, intercepted phone and internet communications of foreign politicians visiting London

GCHQ taps fiber-optic cables to collect global e-mail message, Facebook posts, internet histories and more. This information is then shared with the NSA

The NSA accessed data through back doors built into U.S.-based internet companies such as Google and Facebook

The NSA pays hundreds of millions of dollars per year to several U.S. companies in exchange for access to their networks

The NSA spies on millions of phone calls, e-mails, and text messages of ordinary German and Brazilian citizens

The U.S. government placed electronic bugs in European Union offices throughout New York, Washington, and Brussels

The U.S. government spies on at least 38 foreign embassies using a variety of surveillance methods

As frightening as the above data sounds, it gets worse. The NSA and the FBI have ready access to e-mails, phone records, text messages, and much more. They aren’t bound by international borders, and they even share information with other government intelligence agencies. Documents obtained from an internal audit revealed the NSA broke its own privacy rules thousands of times per year, illustrating just how much power these agencies can wield, and how little privacy we have online.

FBI and NSA Mass Surveillance Programs

Snowden’s documents indicated the snooping and cyber-surveillance efforts by the NSA, FBI, and other government agencies are ongoing and invasive. If you have a cell phone, swipe a credit card, or use the internet, chances are your data has already been gathered and stored by at least one of these agencies.

Below are a few of the more noteworthy surveillance programs carried out by the NSA and FBI.

PRISMA system used by the NSA to gain unlimited access to private communications of users on nine popular internet services. Companies that actively cooperate with PRISM include Google, Apple, Microsoft, Yahoo, and Facebook

Carnivore (DCS1000) – Software used by the FBI to monitor e-mail and electronic communications. Carnivore has been replaced with more efficient software capable of snooping on a massive scale

EvilOlive – A program designed to collect and store large amounts of internet metadata generated by American citizens, including e-mail sender/recipient addresses and time stamps. EvilOlive gathered at least one trillion records by the end of 2012, with half of that number being processed in that year alone

ECHELON – ECHELON was originally a military surveillance program designed in the 1960s to monitor communications of Soviet Union officials. By the end of the century, it evolved beyond military applications and was used to intercept both private and commercial communications of U.S. citizens and citizens of the Five Eyes countries. The existence of ECHELON was confirmed by Snowden revelations in 2015

DISHFIRE – A collection system run by the NSA and Britain’s GCHQ that gathers hundreds of millions of text messages from citizens of both countries on a daily basis

The Five Eyes Intelligence Alliance

The Five Eyes is a comprehensive espionage alliance between Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Its origins can be traced to the post World War II period when the ECHELON surveillance system was developed. The listed countries had similar common laws blocking domestic surveillance on their respective soils. To gain better data on movements within their borders, they formed agreements that allowed intelligence sharing between agencies, neatly bypassing domestic laws to ensure everyone was under surveillance.

Snowden himself described Five Eyes as an organization that doesn’t answer to the known laws of its own countries, which put privacy advocates on edge. Furthermore, the Five Eyes countries have expanded to include limited participation by as many as fourteen nations, adding Denmark, France, the Netherlands, Germany, Belgium, Italy, Spain, Norway, and Sweden to the list.

The Future of NSA and FBI Snooping

It’s estimated Snowden copied anywhere between 200,000 and 1.7 million documents. Only a small percentage of those have been released to the public. We may have just a fraction of the full picture, but what we know is terrifying nonetheless. As technology progresses the NSA and FBI are likely to find more efficient ways to monitor and gather information, making it more difficult to protect your privacy as the years go by.

RELATED READING: Is ExpressVPN blockd in China? Read this to see why this VPN is still working in China

Protect Against Mass Surveillance and Online Snooping with a VPN

The level of access the NSA and FBI have to everyone’s personal information is staggering. But with every new technology they deploy another one pops up to protect users against snooping and cyber-surveillance. Virtual private networks are currently gaining incredible traction as people deploy them to help protect their identity and activity on the internet. They’re fast, easy to use, and surprisingly effective at keeping you safe online.

VPNs work by encrypting data before it leaves your device, making it nearly impossible to determine the contents or origin of each packet. You also gain a measure of anonymity by replacing your local IP address with one from the VPN’s servers. You’ll be able to stay safe while using public Wi-Fi, protect against hacking attempts, access censored websites, and unblock region restricted content like videos and TV shows. All you have to do is choose a VPN, sign up, and enjoy a private internet experience.

How to Evaluate the Best VPN for Privacy

Diving into the world of VPNs and online privacy can be overwhelming at first. There are encryption protocols to research, logging policies to compare, security audits to sift through, and much more. We’ve made the process easier by providing a list of recommended VPNs below. Each was chosen based on the following criteria, ensuring you’ll always have the best VPN experience possible.

Reputation – Using a VPN means sending all of your data through their servers. If you choose a less-than-reputable company, there’s no guarantee your information isn’t being shared with the NSA. Our VPN providers are all well-established and trusted by the online privacy community to keep your data safe no matter what

Logging policyVPNs can log and store your information just like a local internet service provider. Logs make it possible for government agencies to request or demand copies, which puts your privacy at risk. The best way to keep information safe is to make sure it doesn’t exist, which is why zero-logging policies are a vital component to your online privacy

JurisdictionWhere a VPN company is registered can make a huge difference. If the service is located in a Five Eyes country, they’re bound by those governments’ laws, meaning you can’t trust them to put your privacy first. It’s best to choose a VPN that isn’t based in a Five or Fourteen Eyes location

Security and encryption protocolsVPN providers generally use the OpenVPN protocol for traffic and encryption. There are other options that can exchange speed for added privacy, however, including SSH and SSL tunneling. Both are excellent alternatives when you need added security or anonymity

Payment methodsPaying for a VPN leaves a paper trail, especially if you use a credit card tied to your identity. By using a cryptocurrency such as bitcoin, you can get VPN service that isn’t directly associated with your name ExpressVPN is a well-established VPN provider with a great reputation for speed and security. You’ll never have a problem finding a fast server on the company’s network of 3,000 nodes in 94 different countries. Built-in speed test software lets you look at every connection’s download rate and latency scores, then switch to a better server in an instant. And because ExpressVPN offers unlimited bandwidth and no restrictions on P2P or torrent traffic, you’ll want every scrap of extra speed you can get!

Staying safe online isn’t a problem with ExpressVPN. Everything that leaves your computer is locked down by 256-bit AES encryption and backed by a zero-logging policy on traffic, DNS requests, and IP addresses. Custom software ensures your identity never escapes with both DNS leak protection and an automatic kill switch. ExpressVPN gives you the tools you need to defeat mass surveillance, all while enjoying a fast and unrestricted internet.

ExpressVPN features at a glance:

Anonymity features that keep your internet private, even in countries like China and Turkey

Accepts bitcoin payments through BitPay for easy and anonymous subscriptions

No restrictions on bandwidth, P2P network downloads or torrent traffic

Reliable access to Netflix streams through the website and apps

https://www.addictivetips.com/vpn/history-nsa-fbi-cyber-surveillance/ 

:: 9-12-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Government Combines "Track & Trace" COVID-System With Social Credit Score

by Tyler Durden Sat, 09/12/2020 - 21:30  Authored by Paul Joseph Watson via Summit News,

The Communist government of China has combined its coronavirus ‘track and trace’ system with the country’s notorious social credit score. As the Epoch Times’ Joshua Philipp explains, fears that the new COVID surveillance system would be used for “totalitarian social monitoring” are being realized in China.

The local government of China’s Jiangsu province has launched a new social control system that combines the CCP’s health code program with the regime’s social credit system to create what they’re calling a civilization code,” Philipp reported.

The new system ranks each citizen via a “civilization score” and then places them in a category which determines whether they get priority access to services or are punished and restricted.

The new system represents an expansion of the social credit score and is being initially rolled out in the city of Suzhou and will apply to everyone over the age of 18. In August 2019, the Communist state bragged about how it had prevented 2.5 million “discredited entities” from purchasing plane tickets and 90,000 people from buying high speed train tickets in the month of July alone.

As we document in the video below, the onerous social credit score system is literally designed to punish and socially ostracize dissidents who express controversial opinions.

In the age of social media deplatforming, an identical system is gradually being introduced in the west, where people who have been banned by social media networks for ‘offensive’ views are then also deplatformed by companies and banks. In the age of mass Silicon Valley censorship It is crucial that we stay in touch. I need you to sign up for my free newsletter here. Also, I urgently need your financial support here.

https://www.zerohedge.com/technology/chinese-government-combines-track-trace-covid-system-social-credit-score 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 9--20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Washington Post

California’s wildfire smoke plumes are unlike anything previously seen

Matthew Cappucci 3 days ago

Secret Tibetan Military Force Raises Stakes in India-China Clash

House committee report says Boeing, FAA failures to blame for deadly 737 MAX…

The Washington Post logo California’s wildfire smoke plumes are unlike anything previously seen

More than 3.1 million acres have burned in California this year, part of a record fire season that still has four months to go. A suffocating cloud of smoke has veiled the West Coast for days, extending more than a thousand miles above the Pacific. And the extreme fire behavior that’s been witnessed this year hasn’t just been wild — it’s virtually unprecedented in scope and scale. Fire tornadoes have spun up by the handful in at least three big wildfires in the past three weeks, based on radar data. Giant clouds of ash and smoke have generated lightning. Multiple fires have gone from a few acres to more than 100,000 acres in size in a day, while advancing as many as 25 miles in a single night. And wildfire plumes have soared up to 10 miles high, above the cruising altitude of commercial jets.

Western wildfires: An ‘unprecedented’ climate change-fueled event, experts say

Scientists have been scrambling to collect as much data on these wildfires as possible, hoping to unlock the secrets to their extreme behavior and fury. Among them is Neil Lareau, a professor of atmospheric sciences in the department of physics at the University of Nevada at Reno. Lareau closely studies pyrocumulus clouds, towering explosion-like plumes of heat that develop above intense blazes.

He retrieved data from the National Weather Service’s network of Doppler radars, which scan the skies every few moments at up to 15 different vertical angles. By stitching these different elevation “slices” together, he was able to produce a three-dimensional model of each smoke plume.

Wildfires and smoke plumes towering to new heights

Navigating this together

The Creek Fire, which has burned nearly 200,000 acres in the Sierra Nevada mountains, was only 6 percent contained on Friday. On Sept. 5, a day after it was first ignited, its smoke plume soared to 55,000 feet. That’s taller than many of the tornadic thunderstorms that roll across Oklahoma and Kansas each spring.

Such clouds are both indicators of and contributors to extreme fire behavior, such as rapid fire spread and the formation of fire vortices including tornadoes, along with other dynamics that are hazardous to firefighters and can imperil communities.

“Anecdotally, this is the deepest that I’ve seen,” said Lareau, who was shocked by the height achieved by the smoke plume. “It’s about a solid 10,000 feet higher than we’re typically seeing with the highest of these plumes.”

A heat wave and dry winds fuel wildfires in the West

Lareau says the extreme height is a testament to the fire’s rapid spread and release of heat.

“[That], as well as the large burning area, results in the total amount of heat being injected into the atmosphere just being tremendous,” said Lareau.

He also noted that the record-shattering heat wave in California, which brought Los Angeles County’s hottest ever measured temperature of 121 degrees on Sept. 6, also played a role in the “tremendous plume depth.”

a sunset over a fire: A firefighter battles the Creek Fire as it threatens homes in the Cascadel Woods neighborhood of Madera County, Calif., on Monday. © Noah Berger/AP A firefighter battles the Creek Fire as it threatens homes in the Cascadel Woods neighborhood of Madera County, Calif., on Monday.

A pocket of air will rise so long as it is warmer than its surroundings. Ordinarily, thunderstorm tops stop their vertical ascent at the tropopause, the threshold of the stratosphere, where environmental temperatures begin warming with height.

“But we’re beneath a record-setting ridge,” said Lareau, describing the strong high-pressure system that brought the record warmth. Because the air is so warm, it expands, causing the atmosphere to grow in height vertically.

“That’s going to have very high tropopause heights,” Lareau. “The background structure of the atmosphere and having these record … heights sets up the opportunity to have this really remarkable plume depth.”

Wildfires brew extreme fire behavior

In addition to the extreme fire heights, tornadic vortexes have been spotted by radar within three of this year’s colossal fires. The first, the Loyalton Fire in Lassen County, Calif., even prompted the National Weather Service to issue its first-ever fire tornado warning on Aug. 15.

Before 2020, only a few fires had ever produced documented fire tornadoes in the United States; now we’re seeing them every week or two. Lareau says the tremendous heights of the wildfires’ clouds, combined with more concerted and astute observation, are factors in the numerous fire tornadoes that have been reported this year. He thinks there may be some also truth to the apparent increase.

“We have a ton of eyes on every fire, looking at every frame, but still, we weren’t seeing these before,” he said. “And we’re seeing all too much of it right now. It’s rather worrying.”

The extreme fire behavior is so foreign and jarring that Lareau has found it a challenge to place it in context. “These are still real outlier events,” said Lareau. “The way I’ve been trying to think about it, if it’s a 1 in 100 event, now we have, what, 7,000 fires on the landscape? The opportunity to experience these extremes of fire weather are off the charts right now.”

Similarities to past events

a pile of dirt in front of a building: Dozens of homes were destroyed by the Carr Fire in the Lake Redding Estates neighborhood in California in August of 2018. (Zoeann Murphy/The Washington Post) © Zoeann Murphy/TWP Dozens of homes were destroyed by the Carr Fire in the Lake Redding Estates neighborhood in California in August of 2018. (Zoeann Murphy/The Washington Post)

The North Complex West, burning in the Sierras of California, bears striking similarities to the Carr Fire of 2018. That inferno, which produced a deadly fire tornado near the city of Redding in Northern California, killed three firefighters and five civilians.

a close up of a sign: A 3-D volume rendering made from Doppler radar data during the time of the Carr fire tornado indicates two pillars of deep rotation within the smoke plume. (Matthew Cappucci/GR2 Analyst) A 3-D volume rendering made from Doppler radar data during the time of the Carr fire tornado indicates two pillars of deep rotation within the smoke plume. (Matthew Cappucci/GR2 Analyst)

“I think [they’re] almost carbon copies of one another,” said Lareau. “You have the exact same direction of travel, same wind dynamics, same terrain, same fuels, very similar fire behavior.”

The Creek Fire, located farther south, has produced a number of clockwise-spinning fire tornadoes. That’s opposite to how most tornadoes spin in the Northern Hemisphere. Lareau is working with meteorologists from the National Weather Service, as well as research colleagues, to develop a conceptual model of how these rotating fire and smoke plumes behave.

He hopes that, in the not-too-distant future, it may be possible to forecast these events and issue warnings in advance.

Searching for a new understanding

a close up of a car going down the street: Flames lick above vehicles on Highway 162 as the Bear Fire burns in Oroville, Calif., on Wednesday. © Noah Berger/AP Flames lick above vehicles on Highway 162 as the Bear Fire burns in Oroville, Calif., on Wednesday.

While the radar animations Lareau produced are as aesthetically captivating as they are scientifically illustrative, he hopes that higher-resolution data, which is much tougher to come by, would provide atmospheric scientists with clearer insight as to how these fires behave under the hood. Ideally, he would target wildfires with ground-based mobile Doppler radars and remote sensing instruments mounted aboard aircraft.

“We’ve been proposing for three or four years now to do major field campaigns targeting these extreme behaviors,” said Lareau. “We’ve been arguing to the community that these are really vital data to collect.”

Thus far, funding has not been secured, but Lareau is hopeful.

“We really need to advance our understanding about what’s going on with the high-end fires.”

Andrew Freedman contributed to this report.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/weather/topstories/californias-wildfire-smoke-plumes-are-unlike-anything-previously-seen/ar-BB18Y54b%3Fli%3DBBnb7Kz 

:: 9--20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tom Clancy's The Division - E3 Breakdown trailer [UK]

487,447 views

•Jun 10, 2013

4.9K

58

3M subscribers

We live in a fragile and complex world, a web of interdependent systems we rely on every day. When one fails, others follow, creating a deadly domino effect that can cripple society in days...

Website: http://thedivisiongame.com 

Facebook: http://www.facebook.com/thecrewgame 

Twitter: http://www.twitter.com/thecrewgame 

Forums: http://www.thecrewgame.com/forums 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b8LLVLJd-WM&frags=wn 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 5-4-20 The Federalist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Rundown Of Major U.S. Corporate Media’s Business Ties To China

It seems a number of major US media outlets have financial ties to the Chinese Communist Party, and it shows in their coverage.

By Chrissy Clark May 4, 2020

Despite the Chinese Communist Party’s (CCP) record of oppression, corporate media outlets are parroting the authoritarian government’s propaganda, even in the midst of an outbreak the CCP worsened through a cover-up. Many of those media outlets have financial ties to Chinese companies with intense oversight from the CCP.

“You often see representatives from American companies with financial ties to China naturally become defenders of the CCP’s policies and spreading the CCP’s propaganda,” said Helen Raleigh, an author and senior contributor at The Federalist who emigrated from China. “The financial tie means these Americans will be much less likely to challenge China’s human rights record or unacceptable demand such as technology transfer.” We do not know the extent of editorial oversight from corporations and individuals with financial incentives to placate the CCP, if any. But we know the incentives exist, and that’s worth understanding. Below is a breakdown of financial ties between major U.S. media organizations and the CCP.

The New York Times

Mexican billionaire Carlos Slim owns 17.4 percent of The New York Times through the company’s Class A shares. As the largest shareholder, his investment allows him to vote for approximately one-third of the company’s board.

In 2009, Slim loaned $250 million to The New York Times Company, the parent company of the New York Times. That same year, Slim purchased 15.9 million Class A shares of the company.

Slim has regularly conducted business with Chinese companies with overt ties to the CCP. In 2017, Slim’s Giant Motors joined ventures with China’s JAC Motors and began manufacturing cars in Mexico to sell in the Latin America Market. According to Forbes, the goal of selling to Latin America was to circumvent the Trump administration’s trade policies aimed at protecting American jobs — a move that benefited the Beijing in the Chinese-American trade wars.

According to Bloomberg Law, Slim’s company America Movil is teaming up with CCP telecommunication giant Huawei Technologies to pitch a 5G pilot project to the Colombian government this year. Huawei is actively working to undermine American security interests by overturning legislation in the United States that bans the use of Huawei’s 5G network.

Huawei seeks to overturn U.S. legislation that prohibits our federal government from using its equipment. This is a blatant attempt by an allegedly vital cog in the Chinese Communist Party’s (CCP) intelligence apparatus to avail itself of rights China would never confer on U.S. corporations––let alone its own citizens––in a bid to thwart America’s national security interests,” writes The Federalist’s Ben Weingarten.

Slim is making all kinds of lucrative business deals with the Chinese government while influencing the buiness side of The New York Times. He may not sit in on editorial meetings, but all the paper’s leaders certainly know who is funding their salaries.

The Washington Post

In 2013, Amazon CEO and billionaire Jeff Bezos purchased the Washington Post for $250 million cash. In January 2016, Bezos laid out a new business plan for the Post aimed at incorporating more technology.

Bezos has direct ties to the Chinese business market, which is regulated by the CCP. The production of Amazon’s most popular products—including the Amazon Echo and Kindle e-reader— take place almost exclusively in Chinese factories. According to Newsweek, Amazon’s products are produced by Chinese laborers who work long hours with low pay and little safety training.

Bezos has long tried to expand Amazon in the Chinese market as well, saying “Amazon is well-positioned to serve [China.]Bezos also backed a treaty between the United States and China allowed technology companies to increase business with China and provided a framework for U.S. tech companies to invest more in the Chinese economy.

After years of business in the Chinese market, Bezo’s ties with China are now evident in the Washington Post’s “advertisement” section.

When you purchase a Washington Post subscription, it comes with an advertising supplement called “China Watch.” According to Mark Hemingway at The Federalist, the Post’s “China Watch” supplement is courtesy of China Daily, a Chinese state-run media organization. The Washington Post openly accepts money for advertisements from the CCP and distributes Chinese propaganda.

CNN

CNN is owned and operated by WarnerMedia, which has significant financial and institutional ties to the CCP. In June 2013, WarnerMedia announced it had forged a partnership with a Chinese investment fund to the tune of $50 million. The funding would directly invest in the China Media Capital (CMC), a media company with oversight from the CCP, meaning it is subject to censorship and other demands to push Chinese propaganda.

WarnerMedia considers China a “partner” in their economic and cinematic ventures.

“Increasing our global presence is one of Time Warner’s strategic priorities and China is one of the most attractive territories in which we operate, but it’s complex. This alliance will give all our businesses a savvy and accomplished partner,” said WarnerMedia Chairman and Chief Executive Jeff Bewkes.

According to Raleigh, when American companies work with organizations such as CMC, they are subject to China’s use of its laws to advance its global objectives, including their cyber security law. This includes forced technology transfers, leaving companies and data subject to random searches from the CCP. Companies are also forced to build data centers in China, where the CCP can observe the data directly. All of this poses a national security risk for the United States.

CNN Worldwide President Jeff Zucker also has a connection with China. According to CNN, Zucker works internally with Turner Sports and is responsible for programming acquisitions, production, marketing, league relations, and sports advertisement sales. Turner Sports works directly with the NBA to broadcast games in China, meaning Zucker has ample business in the Middle Kingdom, where American businessmen seek to keep the CCP happy so the money keeps rolling.

A Fox NewsTucker Carlson Tonight” clip shows CNN singing praise for China over the coronavirus pandemic. In the clip, CNN anchors praise China for sending ventilators and masks to Europe while blaming the Trump administration for alleged poor leadership over the pandemicthe pandemic China allowed to spread worldwide.

Last week, CNN published a story praising China’s “model of control.” The Federalist’s Kylee Zempel writes that CNN is “parroting Chinese media’s duplicitous claims that the country sufficiently control of the virus, while downplaying the CCP’s role in spreading COVID-19 to the rest of the world.”

MSNBC & NBC

Both MSNBC and NBC News are operated by NBC Universal, a company with extensive financial ties to the CCP. In November 2010, NBC signed an agreement with China’s state-run media organization, Xinhua, to establish a business cooperation in international broadcast news. This was the latest market expansion by the CCP into American media.

Since the signing of the business deal, the U.S. State Department identified Xinhua and five other Chinese state-run media organizations as “foreign missions.” They have been identified as direct CCP operations and do not function as independent news outlets.

In 2015, NBC Universal agreed to license the Chinese tech company Baidu’s new video network platform iQIYI, which is listed on the NASDAQ and, thanks to NBC, advertises in Times Square in New York City.

Finally, CMC Capital Partners—a Beijing investment group with financial and technological oversight from the CCP—acquired full ownership of NBC Universal’s Oriental DreamWorks, according to the Hollywood Reporter. NBC Universal gained a 45 percent stake for a steep $3.8 billion.

ABC

The most obvious business ties between the American Broadcast Company (ABC) and China are through their ventures with Walt Disney and ESPN. Both companies have deep-rooted financial stakes in the Chinese economy controlled by the CCP.

In November 2009, the Chinese government approved plans to create a Disney World theme park in Shanghai. The project cost approximately $3.6 trillion, with financial help from several large Chinese state-owned enterprises. After construction was completed, Disney only retained 43 percent of the property, while the Communist Party-controlled Shanghai Shendi Group took the remaining 57 percent.

ESPN, another entity of ABC, was caught doing the bidding of the Chinese government in October 2019. When the NBA controversially refused to denounce the CCP for financial benefit, ESPN stood with the NBA to keep financial revenue on track for the 2019 fiscal year. ESPN bowed to the Chinese government for profit motives when the network’s senior news director reportedly instructed staff to avoid discussing Chinese politics if they were asked about Chinese politics or Daryl Morey’s pro-Hong Kong tweet.

According to Raleigh, American companies establish these financial ties with Chinese companies to gain access to China’s massive consumer market of 1.4 billion people. ABC subsidiaries such as ESPN and ABC News need to appease the CCP, whether it be via positive news coverage or complying with cyber security laws, to keep their programs on Chinese screens and thus make money in the Chinese market.

Per Emily Jashinsky at The Federalist, ABC’s cozy relationship with China also translates to the way China is portrayed in the American box office. This is best exemplified by Disney’s relatively new release of “Mulan.” To maintain access to the Chinese market, where profits are huge, American film companies like Disney censor their work, before or after production, to appease the CCP.

Sen. Ted Cruz, R-Texas, introduced legislation which cuts off Department of Defense assistance to any U.S. movie studio that allows China to censor their content. The bill is called the “Stopping Censorship, Restoring Integrity, Protecting Talkies,” Act.

Hollywood films commonly work with the Pentagon and Defense Department to use American assets for props such as jets, tanks, and naval bases. Cruz’s SCRIPT legislation would only allow the Defense Department to contract with companies that do not allow China to censor their content.

These same organizations work directly with ABC News abroad. According to veteran ABC correspondent David Wright, ABC and its affiliates are inextricably linked. In an investigative report by Project Veritas, Wright admitted ABC was a profit center, not a beacon of truthful journalism.

“[ABC] became a profit center, a promotion center. Like now, you can’t watch ‘Good Morning America’ without there being a Disney princess or a Marvel Avenger appearing. It’s all self-promotional and promotion of the company,” Wright said.

What benefits ABC’s company is bending a knee to the CCP in exchange for more money, despite the price it puts on journalist’s ability to report truth and hold those in power to account.

Bloomberg

Former New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg and his company Bloomberg LP are heavily invested in China. Bloomberg LP sells terminals to their website through the Chinese market and helps finance Chinese companies by sending billions of dollars from U.S. investors to the Chinese bond market.

Bloomberg LP supported 364 Chinese firms and directed approximately $150 billion into their bond offerings. Of these companies, 159 were controlled directly by the CCP.

An newly released exposé from NPR shows the depths Bloombergs News dove to appease the the CCP. In 2014, Bloomberg killed an investigation into the wealth of CCP elites. The company used a non-disclosure agreement (NDA) to not only silence the Beijing-based reporter, but also his wife, who never worked for Bloomberg.

Correspondent Mike Forsythe focused on exposing Chinese President Xi Jinping’s ties to the country’s richest man, Wang Jianlin. When the story was ready for publication, founding editor-in-chief Matthew Winkler told Forsythe he was crushing the story to avoid angering the CCP.

It is for sure going to, you know, invite the Communist Party to, you know, completely shut us down and kick us out of the country. So, I just don’t see that as a story that is justified,” Winkler said.

After the story was squashed, the company threatened to sue Forsythe and his wife if they spoke out about Winkler killing the story.

Mike Bloomberg himself has been a CCP apologist. He’s personally lobbied against President Trump’s trade negotiations with China and applauds the CCP. Bloomberg claims Xi Jinping is not a dictator.

“The Communist Party wants to stay in power in China and they listen to the public,” Bloomberg said. “Xi Jinping is not a dictator. He has to satisfy his constituents or he’s not going to survive.”

According to a new Department of Homeland Security report obtained by the Associated Press, Beijing hid the severity of the coronavirus to hoard protective medical supplies in early January and February. Yet, corporate media are bending over backwards to avoid negative press coverage of China during the coronavirus pandemic.

Examining these financial ties may explain why China is receiving such glowing coverage during a pandemic of their own making.

Chrissy Clark is a former staff writer at The Federalist. She has work featured in The Daily Signal and received a degree in political science from Michigan State University. Follow her on social media @chrissyclark_.

Photo Flickr/Creative Commons

https://thefederalist.com/2020/05/04/has-china-compromised-every-major-mainstream-media-entity/ 

:: 9--20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'It's the Hellifornia wildfire': 'Firenado' is captured swirling in California during blazes that have razed at least 3 million acres of the West Coast and killed 35 people

Social media users posted about a 'fire tornado in Hellifornia' as a clip from California went viral this weekend

The National Weather Service issued a red flag warning for Northern California through Monday night, saying strong southerly winds and low humidity will result in elevated fire weather conditions

Oregon had similar weather warnings as wildfire continued to burn acres of the West Coast

Search and rescue teams looked for victims under burned residences and vehicles in the aftermath of fires

Emergency workers lost their homes and veterinarians helped animals as their own families faced threat

Melted vehicles were left behind in the devastation, compared to a war zone by one Oregon man

In California 24 people were dead, 10 in Oregon and one in Washington

By Leah Simpson For Dailymail.com

Published: 23:52 EDT, 13 September 2020 | Updated: 03:01 EDT, 14 September 2020

A 'firenado' has been captured on camera in California as wildfires tear through large swathes of the west coast, killing at least 35 people.

Footage showing a wildfire meeting a column of air to create a tornado-like effect was posted on TikTok on Thursday went viral over the weekend.

Social media users nicknamed the state 'Hellifornia', with one writing: "2020 said 'Hey, y'all know what's missing? A firenado! That would be so awesome! I got the perfect place, too. Here me out...."' one person wrote.

Another posted to Twitter: '2020 is something straight out of a dark science fiction novel, y'all ever seen a tornado on fire?'

The clip was posted as firefighters in California were bracing for a shift in weather that could bring stronger winds Monday and stoke dozens of fires still raging across the state. California this week experienced what's being dubbed a 'firenado'. The National Weather Service issued a red flag warning for Northern California through Monday night, saying strong southerly winds and low humidity will result in elevated fire weather conditions across the region California this week experienced what's being dubbed a 'firenado'. The National Weather Service issued a red flag warning for Northern California through Monday night, saying strong southerly winds and low humidity will result in elevated fire weather conditions across the region He said conditions may improve a little bit Tuesday but not a lot. Borsum added that the air quality in the region may not improve until October.

More than 16,750 firefighters were doing battle with fires that had already killed 22 people, destroyed more than 4,100 structures and engulfed scores of communities from the Oregon border to Mexico.

Then a Northern California sheriff said Sunday that two more people have died from wildfires, bringing the state's total death toll to 24. Oregon had 10 fatalities and a one-year-old boy died in Washington.

The fires on the West Coast have been among the worst ever recorded. In California over 3.2 million acres were charred last month. There was also a warning in effect in Oregon on Sunday night after the weather service said that the wind, humidity and fire danger will 'likely contribute to a significant spread of new and existing fires.'

Gusts of wind are expected to reach up to 40 mph.

At least 10 people were killed in wildfires that burned the past week throughout Oregon where 35 fires have devastated 902,620 acres.  Officials have said more people are missing from other blazes and the number of fatalities is likely to rise.

Andrew Phelps, Oregon's emergency management director, said that the state was preparing for a 'mass fatality incident.' 'There are going to be a number of fatalities, folks who just couldn't get warning in time and evacuate their homes and get to safety,' Phelps told MSNBC on Friday.

One resident told Reuters about the scene in the town of Pheonix, 'It looks like a war just happened here,'

The fire melted the motor right out of my truck - it drained down the driveway,' said Manson, a 43-year-old construction worker. 'I lost everything. I lost all my tools. My truck. I can't work. I lost $30,000 worth of guitars. All gone.'

Nearly a week after wildfires ignited across Oregon, which forced thousands of residents to flee their homes, firefighters spent Sunday setting and holding containment lines and starting to assess the damage. Upper McKenzie Rural Fire Chief Christiana Rainbow Plews and several of her colleagues in Oregon lost their homes in the Holiday Farm Fire.

She left her home to respond to a downed power line and said the fire it caused quickly spread, making her issue a level 3 evacuation order within a couple of hours.

'I not only have my life to put back together, I also have a fire department to put back together,' Plews told NBC News. 'And I honestly don't know how I'm going to do that.'

She said many people on her team worked a week straight with only a 24 hour rest period by Sunday when the blaze had burned 161,872 acres and was only five per cent contained.

The US Forest Service said weather conditions in areas of the state, which include mist and favorable wind, was helping to limit the rapid spread of the blaze and dispersing smoke and fog to better firefighting conditions.

Two of the Oregon's largest fires that continue to threaten communities in Clackamas and Marion Counties remained completely uncontained Sunday, but more favorable weather and an easing of some evacuation warnings in areas indicate an improving situation.

One of the large fires ravaging the area, the Riverside Fire was still within half a mile of the small city of Estacada, but the spread of the blaze has slowed.

In Marion County, where firefighters have been battling the Lionshead and Beachie Creek fires, evacuation levels of several cities were reduced during the weekend.

People in central and northeast Oregon, including in Eugene, Portland and Salem, continued to face hazardous air quality Sunday.

The Oregon Department of Environmental Quality reported Air Quality Index numbers that were off the chart.  Air Quality Index is considered hazardous between 301 and 500. Portland´s index is currently at 426.  Values above 500 - which two cities, Madras and Roseburg both reported having - are beyond the index´s scale.

Officials advised people to stay indoors and that the low visibility, caused by fog and smoke, is creating hazardous driving conditions. In Salem, where the Air Quality Index is 394, a dense smokey haze that clouded roads and homes made it difficult to see further than 50 yards ahead.

The National Weather Service in Portland reported that rain is expected Monday night, which could help clear smoke in Oregon next week. Almost a dozen cats rescued amid scorching wildfires in Oregon are being cared for at a veterinary hospital and staff members have posted their photos on social media hoping to reunite them with their owners.

The cats have burned paws covered in bandages. Some of their bellies are seared and, in one case, a cat nicknamed Depot because he was found by the Home Depot, is hooked up to oxygen because its lungs suffered damage from the hot smoke.

Rory Applegate, a veterinarian at Southern Oregon Veterinary Specialty Center, says staff members are working even though some of them have had to evacuate or had family impacted by the blazes.

Applegate says the fires are a 'huge emotional toll' on the staff but they are balancing out the management of critical patients and making sure they can stay stable themselves.

She said she expects animals to feel the impact of the heavy smoke in the coming days, too.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8728785/Firenado-captured-swirling-California-wildfires-kill-35-people-West-Coast.html 

:: 9--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A MAN’S GOTTA KNOW HIS LIMITATIONS

As I’ve been observing the actions and justifications of men like Jerome Powell, Anthony Fauci, Andrew Cuomo, Joe Biden and Donald Trump during this self-inflicted global depression, I can’t help but channel the iconic American actor Clint Eastwood and his most famous role – Dirty Harry, when assessing whether they have an understanding of their limitations. If a man doesn’t know his limitations, he can ruin his own life.

When men in positions of immense power don’t know their limitations, they can ruin the world, destroying the lives of millions and propelling the world towards a catastrophic financial collapse and likely global conflict. Our benevolent leaders act as if they know what is best for mankind, when they are actually flailing about blindly, corrupted by their own power and wealth, leading us on a path to destruction, because their immense egos won’t allow them to humbly admit their dreadful mistakes and take corrective actions.

The second Dirty Harry movie, Magnum Force, came out in 1974, with Harry taking on vigilante cops in San Francisco. His lieutenant, played by Hal Holbrook, tries to keep Harry off the case of bad guys being executed by the lieutenant’s squad of dirty cops, using the logic that Harry posed a risk to society by not following proper police and justice procedures. It’s funny how people in positions of power accuse others of doing what they in fact are doing themselves. In a condescending tone, the lieutenant boasts that he has never had to take his gun out of his holster as he has risen to a rank above Harry’s. The sarcastic response from Harry shows his contempt for those not willing to do the dirty work, keeping the streets safe from criminals:

“You’re a good man lieutenant. A good man always knows his limitations.”

At the end of the movie, after Harry has killed all the vigilante cops, the lieutenant pulls a gun on Harry and smugly tells him he will frame him for the murder of the cops. He then gets into the car Harry had been driving, not knowing Harry had activated a mailbox bomb and tossed it into the back seat. As he slowly drives away, the bomb goes off, killing the lieutenant. Another Dirty Harry happy ending. The movie ends with Harry saying: “A man’s gotta know his limitations.” That phrase keeps popping into my mind lately. Watching the world burn while what amounts to leadership bloviates, lies, misinforms, and makes decisions which condemn the masses to a future of poverty, homelessness, violent upheaval, and an economy gutted by reckless central bankers and feckless politicians, is infuriating to critical thinking rational people. I’m constantly baffled by the lack of forethought regarding how actions taken today by leaders, to supposedly alleviate problems created by their previous solutions, will lead to long-term disaster.

I used to blame these decisions on stupidity and incompetence. But I now attribute it to malice of forethought, driven by greed, envy and a sociopathic desire for power and control over others. Those chosen to hold the key positions in government, central banking, and in the media are hand-picked and groomed by shadowy billionaire types whose agenda is to reap riches, hijack the financial system and exercise control over the population.

The year 2020 has revealed the type of men we’ve allowed to control our economy, our government and our lives. We have become a nation of willfully ignorant, technology addicted, moronic dupes, being led down a path to destruction by sociopathic egomaniacal traitors to our country. These men have a high opinion of their intellectual talents and arrogantly believe they know the answers to all the questions and confidently put forth solutions designed to benefit themselves and those they serve – not you.

This is not a new development for mankind. Greed, envy and desire for control have driven a minority of men throughout history. A sociopath has no empathy for other human beings. They have no conscience, therefore have no qualms about lying, stealing, sending men to their deaths for oil or destroying the lives of millions. Their hubris and arrogance always lead to their downfall because they are incapable of the self-reflection necessary to understand their limitations. There are three men, among many, who history will treat poorly when the story of 2020 is written (depending on who writes it). Anthony Fauci, Andrew Cuomo and Jerome Powell are men with high IQs, large egos, slaves to reputational accolades and used by the billionaires running this planet to implement their plans to control the world. Are they just pawns or active participants in the conspiracy to financially, politically, socially medically and militarily enslave the population of the planet through false narratives and financial engineering designed to impoverish the many and enrich the few?

It’s a question that reverberates through my mind constantly, as I watch in disbelief while these men continually do the exact opposite of what needs to be done to improve the lives of Americans and blatantly lie, misinform, and obscure the truth. Not being a sociopath, it is difficult for me to comprehend what drives men like these. It appears power to rule over others, admiration from the masses, corporate media enhanced status, wealth seeking, an over-inflated opinion of their intellectual talents and an inability to acknowledge their own limitations are their key traits. They have no second thoughts about sacrificing you at the altar of their gods – corporate billionaire oligarchs.

Anthony Fauci has been a government bureaucrat in charge of the U.S. infectious diseases department for the last thirty-six years. You can only last that long in one position by pleasing those who matter. In a rational world his performance over the last year would be considered disastrous, since his organization failed to see the pandemic coming, ignored it when the WHO and China conspired to cover it up, had absolutely no plans in place to combat it, downplayed the threat into early March, told people masks were useless (they are) before demanding the whole nation mask up, used the ridiculous Neil Ferguson model predicting 2 million deaths to convince the country to lockdown, has continuously provided conflicting advice, and has contributed greatly to the biggest economic collapse since the Great Depression.

He is clearly a tool of the left as he is a big fan of Hillary Clinton and does the bidding of Bill Gates on the need for a vaccine for a flu that will not kill 99.9% of all Americans. He clearly loves the limelight, appearing on dozens of TV shows every week, as his bureaucrat ego grows in proportion to the accolades he receives from the corporate media and the sheep who worship at the feet of the lockdown cult. He portrays himself as a scientist following the facts. He wasn’t lying about masks back in March.

The CDC’s own literature prior to the pandemic said masks are useless in stopping the spread of viruses, because they are. If he was a real scientist following the data, he would humbly admit Sweden was right all along, with no lockdown, no mandatory masking, no school shutdowns, and developing herd immunity as the infection rate reached 20%. The vulnerable (old and those with pre-existing conditions) should have quarantined and the young and healthy should have gone on with our lives. He is too proud and agenda driven to ever admit he was appallingly wrong. His guidance during this pandemic has been as accurate as his pitching. Fauci and his acolytes have convinced the masses masking protects them as a way to exercise control and conformity, testing the limits of governmental authority. Compliance with the tyrannical dictates of governors and health “experts” (who are uniformly unhealthy looking) is a test run for further mandates and forced vaccines. For doing his part on behalf of Gates and the other billionaire oligarchs, Fauci will reap riches, with book deals, positions on drug company boards, speaking fees at healthcare conferences and TV appearances.

Fauci’s inability to realize his limitations and/or his moral failing as a supposedly neutral scientist have led to death and economic destruction on a far greater scale than if he had admitted what he did not know and didn’t fear monger the nation into a complete shutdown. The suicides, riot death and destruction, undiagnosed cancer and heart disease deaths, mental health epidemic, millions of jobs lost and hundreds of thousands of small business closures are real blood on his hands.

Andrew Cuomo is a particularly vile character whose enormous ego is so inflated it convinces him to write a book in the midst of the pandemic about what a stupendous job he did by having the largest number of Covid-19 deaths in the nation, by far, and murdering thousands of nursing home residents by purposely directing infected patients back into the nursing homes. I wonder how a man like this can sleep at night, with that many corpses on his conscience. But there is the answer.

Sociopaths have no conscience. Cuomo is so arrogant and self-loving; he actually believes he’s done an outstanding job. He believes he’s earned his position of governor when he rode the coattails of his daddy’s name recognition. He married a Kennedy (who he eventually divorced) and asked journalists how it would play, before proposing. He is nothing more than an ambitious self-promoting climber, willing to do anything to get ahead. Some animals are more equal than others when it comes to masking. As with the other left-wing governors (Murphy, Wolf, Witmer, Newsome), Cuomo became intoxicated with the power he assumed during this pandemic. Governors are essentially figureheads during normal times. They rarely impact the day to day lives of their constituents. But, with the panic induced by medical “experts” and Trump buying into the end of the world scenarios from purposely faulty models, governors and mayors throughout the country assumed almost dictatorial power to control our lives, with threats of imprisonment or fines for not following their authoritarian decrees. They have had no legislative or judicial checks on their illegal mandates.

Cuomo was clearly inebriated with the attention he got from his daily briefings, copying Trump’s daily updates. He invoked a draconian lockdown, blamed the Feds for all his shortfalls, invoked fear among the populace rather than portraying the required stoicism, rational consideration of risks, and fortitude in the face of uncertainty. This maniacal blowhard has the gall to take a victory lap and ridicule other governors when his death count is twice any other state and three times as high as the states he has scorned. If this man was capable of self-reflection, he would be on his knees begging forgiveness from thousands of families for his fatal error of putting infected patients into nursing homes, sentencing thousands of seniors to death. Instead he glories in the accolades of the left-wing media, who ignore his disastrous decisions, and support his claims Trump is to blame. Even though lockdowns have proven to be the wrong solution, Fauci proclaims Cuomo’s actions as an outstanding response to the pandemic.

I guess destroying the economy of the world financial capital, presiding over a self-imposed mass death event, encouraging BLM and ANTIFA terrorists to riot, murder and destroy businesses, and treating the public like pawns in a political game, constitutes success in Cuomo world. Cuomo’s limitations are many and his talents few, but he would never admit it. Mencken’s words from decades ago have never been truer:

“The whole aim of practical politics is to keep the populace alarmed (and hence clamorous to be led to safety) by menacing it with an endless series of hobgoblins, all of them imaginary.”

That brings us to Jerome Powell, the man who sold the world. How could a man with such an undistinguished career of working as an underling on Wall Street and as a mid-level government bureaucrat, become the most important man in the world? As with his two predecessors, Yellen and Bernanke, they all had the mundane unimpressive careers of academics and bureaucrats. None of them distinguished themselves as brilliant thinkers or leaders. They fit Taleb’s description as IYI (intellectual yet idiot).

They all achieved “success” by playing the game, ingratiating themselves to the ruling class, and proving to be pliable tools to those pulling the strings. The reward for doing the bidding of the banking cabal and billionaire oligarchs running the Deep State is fame, media accolades, book deals, positions on boards, outrageous speaking “fees” (aka payoffs) and wealth they never dreamed of. Bernanke made more for giving a one-hour speech at a Bank of America conference than he was paid annually as chairman of the Federal Reserve. Bernanke didn’t allow the creative destruction of capitalism to put a recklessly corrupt organization like Bank of America out of business, and reaped riches for doing so. Powell knows who butters his bread and will be compensated handsomely for saving the Wall Street cabal once again, while throwing Main Street and senior citizens under the bus.

As you can see from the chart below, the Fed Funds rate averaged between 4% and 5% from 1990 through 2008. A senior citizen could get a similar return on a safe money market fund, to supplement their Social Security. But thanks to Bernanke, Yellen and Powell, rates have essentially been zero for over a decade. These actions have benefited their true constituency – criminal bankers, hedge fund managers, wealthy oligarchs, mega-corporations, and politicians. They have impoverished the middle class, encouraged market speculation rather than capital investment and destroyed the retirements of low-income senior citizens. They are solely responsible for the greatest level of wealth inequality in history. They have created two bubbles (2000, 2008) with their easy money policies which burst, leading to widespread economic destruction. But those bubbles pale in comparison to the world destroying bubble they have created as the “solution” to their last bubble. Powell and his compadres have created a financial system so fragile that it couldn’t handle interest rates at 2.5%. By handle, I mean the stock market threw a tantrum and the spineless Wall Street lackey Powell did what he was told and started to cut rates in the summer of 2019. Something broke within the fetid rigged machinery of financial market chicanery in September, with overnight repo rates soaring to 10% – a level reflecting the true risk in the markets. Rates reflecting the true market risk are unacceptable to the powers that be. Powell was already doing the bidding of his bosses by lowering rates into the year-end and conducting stealth QE, while denying it was QE.

Powell is not a dumb man. He knows a country cannot run up it’s national credit card without negative consequences at some point – default, currency collapse, hyperinflation, civil chaos, global conflict. It would require a man of courage, fortitude and morality to stand up to the evil forces controlling the systematic pillaging of the nation. Powell is not that man.

His limitations are self-evident, as he has put the country on a path to destruction, while exacerbating the gulf between the Haves (Powell’s people) and the Have Nots (you and me). His monetary machinations have fueled the riots roiling the country, which is possibly exactly what his oligarch superiors desire. If the country is distracted by false narratives about systematic racism, with fighting in the streets, the systematic reaping of the national wealth can go on behind the curtain. Powell has made a mockery of price discovery by buying up one third of the mortgages in the country, billions in junk bonds of companies that should be bankrupt, and convincing unemployed Robinhood day traders that stocks only go up, because Powell will rescue them if stocks start to drop. After observing the clearly desperate actions taken by Powell to prop up his Wall Street puppeteers, under the cover of a pandemic, one must wonder whether he has been threatened to do so or actually believes his traitorous actions are beneficial to the country.

By lowering rates to zero, expanding his balance sheet by $3 trillion in a matter of months, enabling the Federal government to run $3 trillion deficits, and providing the fuel for an epic stock, real estate, and bond bubble, Powell is solely responsible for the banquet of consequences we will experience. Powell has pushed all his chips on the table. A man of much higher character and intellect than this cowardly Powell character explained what will happen seven decades ago:

“There is no means of avoiding the final collapse of a boom brought about by credit expansion. The alternative is only whether the crisis should come sooner as the result of voluntary abandonment of further credit expansion, or later as a final and total catastrophe of the currency system involved.” – Ludwig von Mises, Human Action [1949]

When this Powell created bubble explodes, there will be many Dirty Harry type characters cracking a wry smirk and saying, “a man’s gotta know his limitations”.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/09/13/a-mans-gotta-know-his-limitations/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 9-12-20 Abrupt Earth Changes :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ANTIFA admit to “igniting fires” all over the country to draw attention to ‘Climate Change’

By Sacha Dobler on 12. September 2020 • ( 9 Comments )

BeachMilk

@YellowCube7

·Sep 12

ANTIFA admit to “igniting fires” all over the country to draw attention #ClimateChange

Leftist-terrorists did the same thing in Australia during their bushfire season last year.

BeachMilk

@YellowCube7

·

Sep 12

ANTIFA admit to “igniting fires” all over the country to draw attention #ClimateChange

Leftist-terrorists did the same thing in Australia during their bushfire season last year.

#auspol #AnfifaTerrorists #wildfires 

Image

Declan

Flag of Ireland

@Wesht_Lad

Replying to

@YellowCube7

"We have collaborated to ignite fires to draw attention to the climate emergency".

Scribe note: For the full list of tweets and pictures click on the link below.

https://twitter.com/YellowCube7/status/1304712758869372928?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E1304712758869372928%7Ctwgr%5Eshare_3&ref

_url=https%3A%2F%2Fabruptearthchanges.com%2F2020%2F09%2F12%2Fantifa-admit-to-igniting-fires-all-over-the-country-to-draw-attention-to-climate-change%2F 

:: 9-14-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

URGENT: Railroads have PULLED all Equipment off the US West Coast: Operation Moonshot: 09.14.2020

4,782 views

•Sep 14, 2020

Terral BlackStar

27.8K subscribers

Please Like, Subscribe, Ring the Bell (for updates). The best way for YouTubers to support this channel is to share this video report with others. Download a recent Black Star Report Newsletter and Mystery Report Newsletter by visiting https://www.terral03.com .

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gvaE57ccNYo 

:: 9-14-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unlke the Frog with Cognitive Dissonance, Are You Going to Jump Out of the Boiling Pot While You Still Can?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 14, 2020 - 14:15.

In my role as an investigator and interviewer, I am constantly talking to economists who truly have handle on what is going on. What have I learned? I have learned that most Americans are dumber than a box of rocks when it comes to the economy, myself included until I started paying attention. Most people have no clue. Is it their fault? Yes and no. Real money principles are not taught in school, but one would think that by a certain age, people would ask questions because we are playing in such a rigged game.

The purpose is of this article is to shed light on some of the following concepts:

The state of the American economy and how the intelligent person will distance themselves as quickly as possible.

The realization that the American empire is over. Just like Rome the Bread and Circus is among us. The NBA, NFL and MLB are now open for business (so much for the Coronavirus threat).

Discuss which businesses are actually making money. Millionaires are being created in the middle of the lockdown. If only the people knew….A new and much smaller economy is emerging that is replacing the large and failing economy.

What investment opportunities provide the most hope in the new and emerging economy

How “incorrect” political views and food are two major, life-threatening dangers that will soon confront most Americans.

Americans will be controlled by mandatory vaccines and food shortages.

The State of the American Economy

Anyone who saves money and keeps it in a bank is doing exactly what the globalists want. The dollar is not real, it is dead, it is a zombie. Let’s look at some economic facts and please keep in mind that this is only the sampler plate:

No nation’s economy has ever recovered from a debt to GDP ratio of 90%. Thanks to the 2009 bailouts, the credit swap derivatives ponzi schemes and the Great Lockdown of 2020, followed by the stimulus money, the new debt to GDP ratio is 115%. America is done; All that is left is for the debt and the value of the currency to completely unravel.

If you are keeping your money in the bank, you helping to fund the decline of the US because you are helping to fund your own demise. Your money is worthless. Yet, we are told work hard and save. Richard Nixon took America off of the Gold Standard in 1971. He did that so the Deep State interests of the day could print endless amounts of money. That has made your money worthless. The dollar is fake. You are working for fake money.

Gold, silver and perhaps bitcoin is real money. Gold is God’s money. It has held its value for 6,000 years. Why aren’t you taught this?

Stocks are fake! Why is Warren Buffet selling his bank stocks? Buffet is buying as much gold as possible. There are niches in the stock market where people can make money with the right strategy but these opportunities are few and far between. We have become a market of stocks not a viable stock market. Bezos and friends know this fact and this is why good ole Jeff is the world’s first trillionaire.

America is $30 million dollars in debt and we are cruising to an altitude of $36 trillion in debt. No nation can survive this debt given the fact that the entire tangible value of the planet is worth about $80-90 trillion.

As a benchmark, the state of pensions for police and fire personnel is noteworthy. Before the lockdowns, the pensions have been raped by the elite. For every $100 owed in a pension, there was actually $16 dollars in the pension. Today, after the lockdowns, the amount has shrunk to $6! There are no pensions left! Social Security is almost gone. Medicare is hopelessly broke. There is no money for welfare, infrastructure repairs and most of all, our military budget is ready to collapse and this will put every American at severe risk in this country as the CHICOMS and the Russians are licking their chops.

What about banks? Have you ever played dominos?

What about real estate? Have you ever played dominos?

Who Is Making Money On the Present Crisis?

Is anyone making money during the lockdown? The answer is yes. However, and unfortunately for our military security, none of the “new” economy has anything to do with manufacturing. Americans are making absolutely nothing!!! Look at military history and then you tell me what that means.

Here are three areas where tomorrow’s millionaires and billionaires are being created:

Online creators on the net are experiencing an average of 22% traffic since the lockdowns

Gamers profits are at an all-time high with as much as a 75% increase. E-sports are exploding. Even ESPN is getting into covering this industry.

Delivery companies, often who serve food, are exploding. Amazon is hiring hundreds of thousands of workers.

What do these businesses have in common?

First of all, the people making money during the lockdowns are the owners of internet businesses. Yes, they are not working for worthless dollars. They are working for themselves. However, if they merely bank their money, or over-invest in the market (aka stay in the system), as prevailing strategies, they will give away all of their money at some point, because the dollar is in the process of crashing. However, these internet entrepreneurs are the oil barons of the 21st century and if they buy gold and silver they will be the new rich. This is where the future wealth is along with the medical industry, however, that market is locked up and reserved for the old money crowd.

What is really interesting is that even if the economy was to go back to normal, and it will not, this is the trend of the future. Brick and mortar stores are history and are on life-support. This is often called the Amazonfication of the economy. Did you know that there are over 20,000 third party Amazon sellers making over $1 million dollars per year? E-books and DYI materials are the primary products fueling this move. Retail can make no such claims. There are some important lessons here. First, the old economy is dead. Working for someone else is a fool’s errand and saving fake dollars is dumber than dumb.

There is no question that one needs operating capital and that includes cash. However, you will some day lose that money and it will shrink in value each and every single day. Keep a month’s supply of cash so you can pay your bills. You would be wise, again, to invest in gold and silver and then hide it. I expect as the digital currency becomes a reality as a response to the world’s fiat currencies failing, hording gold and silver will be outlawed as it has been before. However, just like previous gold ownership laws fade away when the elite have transferred the middleclass wealth to their accounts, the prohibitions on precious metals will be lifted.

There is one additional element that I have learned in my collective conversations with various economists. If one did save money, prior to the lockdown, there are huge opportunities available in areas such as real estate. However, I recommend that you let the stimulus payments and eviction prohibitions pass before endeavoring to invest. Due to the eviction moratoriums, many upper-middle persons are going broke because they mortgage payments on properties are not producing income from renters, but this will pass. Remember the Federal Reserve has acquired 33% of the mortgages in America and when they reach the saturation point, these eviction moratoriums will end. Investing in tents may be a good investment in 2021.

How will the elite keep you under control? They will promise Universal Basic Income. How long do you think that these Fabian Socialists will honor this commitment to the “useless eaters”?

When the fake promises end, they will control the masses through food shortages, mandatory vaccines and all of this will add up to slow-burn genocide!

Food Shortages

Have you noticed spot shortages in food, particularly meat? Have you noticed shrinkflation is here? Packaging is getting smaller to hide the food inflation being caused by a contrived shortage. This is a planned and contrived shortage. When COVID-19 hit, most of the meat packing plants closed. This was a false flag event. The National Guard could have been brought in, in hazmat suits if need be, and kept the plants running. Instead, farmers were forced to kill millions of cattle and chickens and the shortages occurred.

The supply chain is in chaos, bad weather has destroyed millions of farm acreage in America and nobody is paying attention.

My advice is to store food and hide food and do the same with your guns and ammo for all the apparent reasons.

Mandatory Vaccines

Any Bill Gates vaccine brings misery and potentially death. Before you make the easy choice and give in and take a vaccine, you may wish to consider the long-term consequences. Many researchers have exposed the Gates agenda. You may wish to review before succumbing to the pressure. You really need to get rural. It is not a guarantee of survival, but your odds go up dramatically/

Do you know why farming communities are generally independent and resistant to tyranny? Because they live remotely, they are not prone to real controls because their lives are not under scrutiny as they would be if they lived in cities. Using this principle, one would be better off going off grid. Raise your food. Start an internet business based on DYI and/or gaming. Along these lines, homeschool your children. When the debilitating vaccines are made mandatory, you are only vulnerable if you are totally in the system where they can keep you from buying and selling. This should be every American’s goal and become as invisible as possible.

Conclusion Things are not going back to normal, ever! Read Revelations and you will see why!!!

One would be wise to remember that the Bible commands to head to the hills for safety. I will raise beats and corn before I take a vaccine. I will head to the hills.

Also, adaptation is the order of the day. It is too late for me, however, if I were all of you, I would say stop posting on Facebook, Instagram and Twitter as you are putting a target on your back and that of your family. I am not saying give up, but losing your life over your words is not worth it. When the civil war comes, you will be forced to decide and then your defiance takes on a more meaningful position.

Resist everything for now. If you can end the facemask debacle, you keep the globalists one step away from completely subjugating you. While you are fighting the good fight, make plans to become invisible, particularily if you are a Christian. You are fight for your life and nobody in government is on your side. And then, there is always Jesus. Read between the lines.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/unlke-frog-cognitive-dissonance-are-you-going-jump-out-boiling-pot-while-you-still-can 

:: 9-21-20 Light Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pro-abortion Biden is no ‘ally of the light’ but a friend of darkness

Scripture warns God-fearing men and women to be on the lookout for those who 'put darkness for light, and light for darkness'

Fri Aug 21, 2020 - 3:41 pm EST

August 21, 2020 (LifeSiteNews) — During his acceptance speech at the widely-criticized Democratic National Convention last night, 77-year-old Joe Biden promised that if he was elected the next president of the United States he’d be “an ally of the light, not the darkness.”

“I will draw on the best of us, not the worst,” the former Vice President said. “I’ll be an ally of the light, not the darkness…make no mistake, united we can and will overcome this season of darkness in America.”

The convention drove the point home all week that Biden is the candidate who will restore America to a more wholesome period. Michelle Obama called him a “profoundly decent” human being in her remarks while video montages shared stories about Biden’s Catholic upbringing and his friendship with Republican lawmakers like John McCain.

There’s only one major problem here: The past four years haven’t been a period of darkness…and Joe Biden is anything but a light-bearer. Not only is Biden and his running mate Kamala Harris puppets for the open borders, Wall Street, Chamber of Commerce crowd, he’s an angel of death whose presidency would hasten the demise of the United States. Think I’m being too extreme? Here’s just a few of the many anti-Christian policies Joe Biden has promised to support if elected:

He wants abortion on demand until birth.

He would restore billions of dollars to Planned Parenthood.

He’s promised to force religious groups like the Little Sisters of the Poor to violate their conscience and provide abortion-inducing drugs.

He’s pledged to pass the pro-LGBT, anti-religious liberty “Equality Act.”

And that’s just the beginning. During his 40+ years in elected office, Biden’s voted for bills that have undermined middle-class families and communities. He supported NAFTA, helped make China an economic superpower, and has waged an imperialist foreign policy that has put young American boys and girls into harm's way. He’ll continue these disastrous policies should he win the presidency. Moreover, Biden has failed to condemn Antifa and the violent mobs destroying American cities these last few months. How is he in any way “an ally of the light”?

Scripture tells us there are four sins that cry to heaven for vengeance, two of which are homosexual acts and murder. It also says “righteousness exalts a nation but sin makes a nation miserable” (Proverbs 14:34.) The pro-gay, pro-abortion, anti-family policies promoted by Joe Biden would not only lead the United States away from God, but would bring down His wrath upon it. “Woe to you that call evil good, and good evil: that put darkness for light, and light for darkness,” Isaiah 5:20 says.

Contrast the anti-Christian country a Biden administration would usher in with the following policies and actions taken by President Trump over these last “dark” four years:

He denied the United Nations millions in taxpayer dollars for abortion.

He spoke at the 2020 March for Life and adressed the 2019 March for Life by video.

He visited Catholic churches and promised to prosecute those who commit ‘sacrilegious acts’ of vandalism.

He delivered a pro-God, pro-Christianity speech in Poland in 2017.

He’s rooted out human traffickers and other abusers.

He defended the religious liberty of the Little Sisters of the Poor.

He called churches “essential” during COVID-19 while Democratic governors sought to shut them down.

He stood in solidarity with people of faith by holding up a Bible outside a Washington D.C. church attacked by Antifa.

He thanked Archbishop Vigano for his letter exposing the “Deep Church” and the “Deep State.”

He’s worked to protect American workers and has pressured U.S. companies that ship job overseas.

While there are many more things President Trump (who, admittedly, has not been perfect on social issues) needs to do, he’s infinitely more “an ally of the light” than Joe Biden. Americans need to reject this false Democratic narrative.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/blogs/pro-abortion-biden-is-no-ally-of-the-light-but-a-friend-of-darkness 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-14-20 DC Clothesline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DHS Proposes Massive Expansion Of “Biometric Modality” Collection

By Tyler Durden - September 14, 2020

Does anyone really believe America is still the land of the free?

What first seemed like a gradual slide in the federal government’s use of biometrics is quickly becoming supercharged in a post-pandemic world.

Readers may recall since 9/11, DHS, the FBI, the CIA, and other alphabet soup agencies have transformed America into a surveillance state that could be on par with China in the coming years.

Activity in DNA and biometric-gathering by the federal government is set to surge. The DHS recently announced a “notice of proposed rulemaking” that outlines the agency could enlarge its collection of biometrics data by at least 2 million submissions annually. The 328-page draft of the new rule (found here) proposes to amend existing DHS regulations “concerning the use and collection of biometrics in the enforcement and administration of immigration laws by U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).” The National Law Review highlights the key points in the forthcoming rule:

Unless waived by DHS, any applicant, petitioner, sponsor, beneficiary, or individual filing or associated with an immigration benefit or request, including U.S. citizens, must appear for biometrics collection – regardless of age.

There will be new biometrics modalities, including iris scans, palm prints, and voiceprints.

DHS may require DNA results to prove the existence of a claimed genetic relationship.

Foreign nationals who are granted immigration benefits will be subject to continued and subsequent vetting and biometric evaluation until granted U.S. citizenship.

New forms will be produced, including the new biometrics requirements.

The DHS proposes to change the definition of the word “biometrics” to “the measurable biological (anatomical and physiological) or behavioral characteristics used for identification of an individual.”

Noted in the highlight section above, the DHS wants to add palm prints, photographs for facial recognition, voiceprints, iris images, and DNA to determine genetic similarities to its pre-existing biometric database, which include collecting fingerprints and signatures of immigrants.

The rule estimates the number of annual biometrics screenings will soar from 3.9 million to 6.07 million. The collection rate will rise from 46% to over 70%.

The agency is interested in expanding its biometrics capabilities for family-based benefit requests, mostly for citizenship, immigration, refugee, and asylee relative forms.

“The rule will allow immediately for DHS, in its discretion, to request, require, or accept DNA or DNA test results, which include a partial DNA profile, for individual benefit requests requiring proof of a genetic relationship,” the notice read.

The cost of the biometrics rule over the decade could range from $3.2 billion to nearly $5 billion, all dependent on how many collections are submitted. Could DHS’ proposed biometrics expansion prelude the agencies eventual grab of “259 million people in its biometrics database by 2022“?

Source: Zerohedge

Subscribe to Activist Post for truth, peace, and freedom news. Send resources to the front lines of peace and freedom HERE! Follow us on SoMee, HIVE, Parler, Flote, Minds, and Twitter.

https://www.dcclothesline.com/2020/09/14/dhs-proposes-massive-expansion-of-biometric-modality-collection/ 

:: 9--20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Police: Man arrested for starting several small fires next to I-205 in Portland

PORTLAND, OR (KPTV) – A 45-year-old man was arrested Sunday evening and then again Monday morning after Portland police say he lit several fires along Interstate 205. The Portland Police Bureau said officers responded to assist Portland Fire & Rescue at 4:35 p.m. Sunday to a reported brush fire in the 9600 block of East Burnside Street. At the scene, officers found a section of grass along the I-205 freeway that was burning. Firefighters extinguished the fire. Police said no one was injured and no structures were damaged in the fire. About an hour later, officers were flagged down by a witness, who pointed out the suspect – a man in a nearby tent. Officers arrested the man, who confirmed he lit the fire with a Molotov cocktail.

Police seized a plastic bottle with a wick as evidence.

The suspect, identified as Domingo Lopez Jr., was booked into the Multnomah County Jail.

Lopez was then released.

Hours later, at 3:37 a.m. Monday, officers responded again to assist PF&R after more fires were reported along the interstate.

Six small fires were lit along the west side of I-205. Police said firefighters extinguished three of them while passing community members put out the other three. All were caught early. No one was injured and no structures were burnt.

Officers located Lopez walking along the shoulder and arrested him again. A light was seized as evidence.

PPB said Lopez was transported to a hospital on a Police Officer Hold for a mental health evaluation.

He now faces seven counts of reckless burning and one count of second-degree disorderly conduct for all of the fires.

PPB said after the Sunday fire that arson investigators were doing follow-up to determine if other charges are warranted.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/crime/police-man-arrested-for-starting-several-small-fires-next-to-i-205-in-portland/ar-BB191px7 

:: 9-13-20 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If They Will Loot Homes During These Wildfires, What Will They Do To You And Your Family When They Have No More Food?

September 13, 2020 by Michael Snyder

When disaster strikes, the first instinct that some people have is to go out and loot homes that have been evacuated. I wish that this wasn’t the case, but it seems to happen every time that we see a huge natural disaster. You have to be quite sick to want to take advantage of people that have left their homes during a great tragedy, but we have seen it happen over and over the last several years. Twisted individuals that have had their consciences completely seared think that undefended homes are an easy target, and a lot of times they get away with it. Fortunately, authorities were able to catch two degenerates that were just looting evacuated homes in Oregon, but only after they led the police on a high speed chase…

Two men have been charged by Oregon authorities with looting properties that were evacuated by owners fleeing the deadly wildfires that have so far forced half-a-million people from their homes, killed at least 31 people in three states, and left dozens more missing.

Anthony Travis Bodda, 21, and Alexander Justin Jones, 36, were arrested on Thursday after they allegedly led law enforcement officials on a high-speed chase in fire-ravaged Santiam Canyon, Oregon, authorities said.

After their vehicle was disabled, the two looters took off on foot, but officers were quickly able to hunt them down…

The two men then got out of the van and made a run for it, according to sheriff’s deputies.

One of the men was immediately arrested on the golf course while the other was seen going into a goat shed near the area.

A K9 unit managed to locate the other suspect, who was also taken into custody.

Of course this is just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to looting in this country. Earlier this year, literally thousands of young people went on an unprecedented looting spree all over the U.S. during the civil unrest that erupted in the aftermath of the death of George Floyd. Authorities are still making arrests as they continue to identify more of the suspects that were involved in looting stores, and hopefully as many looters will be brought to justice as possible.

But the looting will never stop. In fact, it will only get worse as our society continues to decay.

And if desperate individuals will stoop to such lows now, what will they be willing to do to you and your family once things get really, really bad and all of their food is gone?

Today, we have more reason to literally be frightened of the behavior of our fellow Americans than we ever have before. By now, I am sure that you have already heard of the shocking ambush that we just witnessed in the Los Angeles area. When protesters heard where the police officers that had been shot were taken, they decided to block the entrance to the hospital…

Protesters have blocked the entrance to the hospital where the two Los Angeles sheriff’s deputies ambushed in a shooting Saturday are fighting for their lives, chanting: ‘We hope they ******* die.’

The officers, one the 31-year-old mother of a six-year-old boy, were shot at the Metro Blue Line station at Willowbrook Avenue and Oak Street in Compton by a male suspect who then fled the scene.

I don’t know if I have words that are strong enough to describe how detestable this was.

Hospitals should be completely off limits for protests, and by blocking the entrance they were keeping people that needed emergency care from getting in.

There is no reasoning with people like that. In the past, many Americans have attempted to avoid a lot of the craziness that goes on by living in low crime areas, but at this point social decay is spreading like a cancer all over the nation. Just a few days ago, we learned that the feds have successfully shut down a “meth superhighway” that involved hundreds and hundreds of people in major cities such as “Atlanta, Dallas, El Paso, Houston, Los Angeles, New Orleans, Phoenix, San Diego, and St. Louis”…

U.S. Attorney William Barr and Drug Enforcement Administration Acting Administrator Timothy Shea announced Thursday, at a press conference in Phoenix, a large meth bust across the U.S., seizing thousands of pounds of methamphetamine, tens of millions of dollars, and hundreds of firearms.

The operation was a six-month-long effort to bring down a ‘meth superhighway’ that was controlled by Mexican cartels and stretched across the U.S.

The operation included 750 investigations across ‘meth hubs’ in Atlanta, Dallas, El Paso, Houston, Los Angeles, New Orleans, Phoenix, San Diego, and St. Louis, resulting in 1,840 arrests, the seizure of 28,560 pounds of methamphetamine, 284 firearms and $43.3 million in drug profits.

Some try to get away from all the crime by living in the middle of nowhere, but unfortunately the truth is that meth and other illegal drugs have made it to almost every small community in America at this point.

I don’t want to end this article on a bad note, and so let me share an example that demonstrates that there are still good people out there too.

A little more than a week ago, over 200 campers were trapped by wildfires near Shaver Lake in California, and National Guard helicopters were sent in to rescue them…

More than 200 campers were trapped near a boat dock on Shaver Lake in California’s Fresno County over the Labor Day weekend, encircled by flames and a blinding wall of wildfire smoke.

Chief Warrant Officer 5 Joseph Rosamond, piloting a California Army National Guard CH-47 Chinook, had already made the decision to try to put his helicopter down close by the desperate campers on Sept. 5.

Emergency personnel on the ground told Rosamond that the smoke made it too risky to conduct a close landing, but Rosamond knew that if he didn’t take a risk that those people would be in severe danger. The fires were closing in and time was running out, and so he made a conscious decision to be a hero…

“I was listening to the radio calls when the Chinook approached restricted airspace” near the lake, said Army Maj. Gen. David S. Baldwin, adjutant general of the California National Guard.

Chief Rosamond told them, ‘Just tell us where the people are. We’re going to go get them,'” Baldwin said in a video conference call Monday with the aircrews and defense reporters.

There wasn’t enough room on the helicopters to take all of the campers out in one trip, and so the helicopters actually had to go back to the lake two more times to get everyone.

In the end, they didn’t finish the mission until 1:30 in the morning. 12 of the campers ended up in the hospital, but ultimately all 214 of them were saved.

Why can’t we have more heroes like Joseph Rosamond?

Sadly, the decisions that our society has made over the past several decades are really catching up with us, and at this point the criminals, looters and sickos greatly outnumber heroes such as Joseph Rosamond.

Everywhere around us social decay is rapidly getting worse, and millions of hearts are growing very, very cold.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/if-they-will-loot-homes-during-these-wildfires-what-will-they-do-to-you-and-your-family-when-they-have-no-more-food 

:: 9-13-20 NewsMax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Boasts 'Favored Nation' Order to Lower Drug Prices

By Eric Mack | Sunday, 13 September 2020 03:34 PM

President Donald Trump announced Sunday he had signed an executive order aimed at lowering drug prices in the United States by linking them to those of other nations.

Trump tweeted Sunday:

"Just signed a new Executive Order to LOWER DRUG PRICES! My Most Favored Nation order will ensure that our Country gets the same low price Big Pharma gives to other countries. The days of global freeriding at America's expense are over..."

Adding:

"...and prices are coming down FAST! Also just ended all rebates to middlemen, further reducing prices."

Trump has made it a campaign slogan he is bad for big pharma, rejecting big-dollar ad campaigns from the wealthy companies amid his efforts to lower drug prices to Americans. The "favored nation" order forces drug companies to give Americans the best price for prescription drugs.

The White House on Sunday provided a text of the executive order, which does not appear to be a newly signed document. It was dated July 24.

The Republican president in July signed an executive order that, among other things, would require Medicare, the government healthcare program for seniors, to tie the prices it pays for drugs to those paid by other countries. Its implementation, however, was delayed as the administration sought to work out a solution with the industry.

Three other executive orders were signed in July, which were designed to reduce drug costs for consumers in a bid to highlight his commitment to cutting prescription prices before the Nov. 3 presidential election.

The orders ranged from relaxing drug importation rules to cutting Medicare payments to drugmakers, but experts said they were unlikely to take effect in the near term. Similar proposals by the Trump administration stalled amid industry pushback. Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/executive-order-favored-nation-big-pharma-drug/2020/09/13/id/986699/ 

:: 9-13-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Some Americans 'prepping for possible coming civil war'

US election fears spur some to compile 'practical list on how to prepare for civil unrest and coming election troubles.'

Arutz Sheva Staff , 13/09/20 09:03

Video

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/287122 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 9-13-20 the Blaze :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

News September 13, 2020

'Y'all gonna die one by one': BLM activists storm hospital where ambushed officers taken, block exits

'I hope they f***ing die!'

Chris Enloe

After two Los Angeles Sheriff's deputies sustained multiple gunshot wounds upon being ambushed while sitting in their patrol vehicle on Saturday, alleged Black Lives Matters protesters stormed the hospital where the officers were transported to for emergency surgery.

According to the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Office, protesters attempted to block the entrance and exit of the hospital. Protesters also shouted that they hoped the injured officers died.

"To the protesters blocking the entrance & exit of the HOSPITAL EMERGENCY ROOM yelling 'We hope they die' referring to 2 LA Sheriff's ambushed today in #Compton: DO NOT BLOCK EMERGENCY ENTRIES & EXITS TO THE HOSPITAL. People's lives are at stake when ambulances can't get through," the agency said.

Video taken from outside the hospital showed one protester tell law enforcement officers standing guard outside the hospital, "I hope they f***ing die," referring to the injured officers.

(Content Warning: The following videos contains strong language):

Other video taken from outside the hospital showed the alleged BLM activists berate the officers who guarded the hospital's perimeter.

The activists told the officers, "you're next" and "y'all gonna die one by one."

"Y'all ain't s***. F*** that b***h," one activist is heard saying.

(Content Warning: The following video contains strong language):

One witness told KABC-TV that he heard the protesters say "death to the police" and "kill the police."

That same witness also told the news outlet that he saw the protesters attempt to breach the hospital.

The Los Angeles County Sheriff's Office said police arrested two individuals, including one member of the press.

After deputies issued a dispersal order for the unlawful assembly of a group of protesters blocking the hospital emergency entrance & exits, a male adult protester refused to comply & cooperate. During his arrest, a struggle ensued at which time a female adult ran towards the deputies, ignored repeated commands to stay back as they struggled with the male and interfered with the arrest. The female adult, who was later identified as a member of the press, did not identify herself as press and later admitted she did not have proper press credentials on her person. Both individuals have been arrested for 148 P.C.

Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti, a Democrat, responded by condemning the protesters.

"There's no place in civilized society for anybody to draw an arm and to shoot our law enforcement officers that put their lives on the line. And I won't ever let a couple voices that not only are uncalled for, but it's abhorrent to say something like that when we have two deputies in grave condition," Garcetti said Sunday on CNN.

https://www.theblaze.com/news/we-hope-they-die-blm-protesters-block-hospital-entrance-after-two-la-sheriffs-deputies-ambushed 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 8-30-20 Tap News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FDA Nears Approval of Injectable Biochip Implants for COVID Detection, Linked to Computers

Sun 10:19 am +00:00, 30 Aug 2020 2  posted by Weaver

Backed by funding from Defense Department, and Bill Gates

The Department of Defense, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, have partnered with a Silicon Valley company, Profusa, to implement a technology which could control our minds and bodies. What may seem like science fiction, is in fact happening in real-time.

A permanent chip made of an advanced material called hydrogel irreversibly ties humans to the Internet “cloud.” The chip, about the size of a grain of rice, provides feedback to a database on changes in body chemistry and other biometrics. The company says technology will be used to detect COVID in the general population, before symptoms show.

The latest revised CDC overall survival rate for the COVID virus is 99.8%, versus 99.9% for the common flu. Nevertheless, nearly 150 days after governments proclaimed that 15 days of “lockdowns” and social distancing would be necessary to “flatten the curve” so that hospitals would not be overwhelmed, US governors still exert emergency powers based on the announcement of “new cases.”

A defense industry website Defense One reports that the chip implant could win FDA approval by early 2021:

“Profusa, says the sensor is on track to try for FDA approval by early next year.”

The industry magazine writes effusively:

Why are pandemics so hard to stop? Often it’s because the disease moves faster than people can be tested for it. The Defense Department is helping to fund a new study to determine whether an under-the-skin biosensor can help trackers keep up — by detecting flu-like infections even before their symptoms begin to show.”

The hydrogel chip, which is injected with a syringe, could be injected along with any COVID vaccination. Mandatory vaccination would be the key to any widespread deployment of the project.

Along with with the advent of in-body nanotechnology, and sensors which tie the human body to an artificial intelligence platform, the possibilities for misuse by totalitarian governments has not been lost on technology watchdogs. With advanced biosensors, artificial intelligence may be able to read the subject’s every mood and activity, heart rate, respiratory rate, body temperature, even sexual activity.

Technology critic Adam Keiper write in The New Atlantis:

“Nanotechnology could theoretically be used to make mind-control systems, invisible and mobile eavesdropping devices, or unimaginably horrific tools of torture.”

DARPA, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency which is an arm of the Department of Defense, partnered with Profusa, an Emoryville, CA-based biotech company, to develop the technology in 2011. 2011 is the same year that Occupy Wall Street sprang into being.

A Profusa Press Release from March 19, 2018 states:

today scientists are presenting results showing tiny biosensors that become one with the body…and stream data to a mobile phone and to the cloud….tiny biosensors composed of a tissue-like hydrogel, similar to a soft contact lens, that are painlessly placed under the skin with a single injection.

Biooptics World, an industry magazine, describe Profusa sensors as “Injectable biosensors that become one with the body’s tissue”

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation grant is described as “Implantable multi-analyte sensors for the continuous monitoring of body chemistries”

Profusa’s chairman and CEO is Ben Hwang, Ph.D.

Development of In-Body Nanotechnology Which Could Be Combined with Biochips

One of Profusa’s principle investors, according to a company profile, is the US Army Research Office.

At the same time in-body hydrogel technology is being developed, in-body nanoparticle technology is being developed as well.

The Department of Defense makes no attempt to hide its desire to use nanotechnology to develop “super-soldiers” who do not need to sleep, have heightened sense awareness, and other “battlefield” advantages, regardless of long-term side effects to health. In the past, the health of soldiers has seemed an afterthought to a military establishment which has exposed its soldiers to Agent Orange, and experimental Gulf War vaccinations against biological agents.

A widely deployed mass surveillance platform would require enormously increased bandwidth in cellphone and wifi networks. Some say this is one reason governments are driving so hard replace current networks with 5G.

Image from website for Institute for Soldier Nanotechnologies of the US Army Research Office SOURCE

Profusa is also working on research with Imperial College, another benefactor of Gates largess in the area of vaccinations. Imperial College is the institution from which sprang the ill-fated study by Professor Neil Ferguson which predicted over 2.2 million dead in the US without social distancing. Prof. Ferguson has been roundly discredited as wrong on all counts.

Doctor and Technology Experts Warn of Dark Future for Mankind

The DARPA/Profusa acknowledgment that the technology will be approved by the FDA takes place as a medical doctor, Dr. Carrie Madej, warns humanity against coming plans by elites for the masses.

In a viral video presentation, Dr. Madej paints a dark future in which the masses of people around the world are controlled by a horrific system of government-run artificial intelligence which delivers rewards and punishments through the permanent implants. Nanotechnology even makes it possible to inject into people an artificial intelligence-activated “kill switch,” such as particles containing cyanide.

Independent journalist Whitney Webb wrote at length on the threat in the landmark article Coronavirus Gives A Dangerous Boost To DARPA’s Darkest Agenda.”

An illustration of a misuse of the technology can be given by recalling the problem which Chinese Apple factories had with workers attempting to commit suicide, due to harsh and intolerably repetitive jobs and work conditions. The problem became so bad that some factories set up nets outside windows to catch workers. With biochips delivering read-outs to algorithms predictive of a suicide attempt, a worker could, by a negative stimulus, be nudged back into place.

Suicide Nets at China Apple Factory The key to the entire project, to succeed on a massive scale, would be access to all humans’ bloodstreams, which would be forced by widespread, mandatory, no exclusion, adult vaccinations. US Congressman Thomas Massie (R-KY) has said he believes governments are acting to continue imposing lockdowns based on new cases until a mandatory vaccine can be rolled out.

DARPA is funded by the taxpayers, and has a checkered past of experimenting with humans in ways that can only be labeled insane. One experiment involved injecting people with plutonium. The same year that DARPA enlisted Profusa with development of the hydrogel biochips, Michael Goldblatt, former head of DARPA’s Defense Sciences Office, proudly said to reporters:

“My measure of success is that the International Olympic Committee bans everything we do,”

Dr. Carrie Madej Presentation CDC Revises COVID Survival Rate Upwards to 99.8% Versus Flu 99.9%

U.S. National Security Alert: Military Investigations Reveal History of Vaccine Science Fraud By Leaders of White House COVID Task Force, by DAVID DEGRAW

One Million March in Germany Against Lockdowns for a 99.8% Survival Rate Virus “Studies Support Doctors’ Revolt Against Suppression of Hydroxychloroquine in US, Could Save “75,000 to 100,000 Lives””

AOC Comes Out Against 5G Steamroller, Pressley of “Squad” Lags Behind

Gov. Sununu Draws Primary Challenge Over New Cases Lockdowns, Called “Drunk With Power

https://steemit.com/covid/@munkle/permanent-injectable-biochip-covid-sensors-near-fda-approval 

http://tapnewswire.com/2020/08/fda-nears-approval-of-injectable-biochip-implants-for-covid-detection-linked-to-computers/ 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 9-14-20 RevolutionRadio.org :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SUGGEST EVERYONE PONDER THIS VERY SOBERING LETTER WRITTEN FROM CAROL H. TO HER FRIENDS AND FAMILIES-IT’S LATER THAN WE ALL THINK!

Monday, September 14, 2020  By Paul Martin    SteveQuayle.com

Sep 13, 2020

Steve,

I read this article then listened to you and Dave Hodges. I knew I had to write a definitive letter to family and friends; one letter which sums up where we are-what will be happening and the decisions we will be forced to make.

So many….claim they will not take the vaccine – easy to say when you’re home on the computer. I will start sending this out to my family and friends tonight. “A Letter to My Family; A Letter to My Friends”

I can’t say this enough. These co-vid vaccines are designed

to destroy human DNA, to transform people into AI robots;

half human, half machine. Cyborgs who are controlled by a

micro-chip implanted in their once-human bodies. Micro-chips

controlled by computers.

Kiss your life, your humanity, good-bye.

Deagel Report states: By 2025 America’s population will

go from 356 million today, to 99 million people. Massive

population destruction is the UN Agenda 2030 stated plan.

250 million Americans will be dead by 2025.

Why else is ‘demon of death.’ Bill (and Mel) Gates involved??

People will also die of the vaccine. That’s a given.

Those of us refusing, will be shipped to FEMA Camps or

possibly killed immediately. If you think you will gain a few

years of your earthly life; that things will ‘get better or get

back to normal’ if you take the vaccine, you are fast-tracking

on drugs, ready to crash, on the Yellow Brick Road.

There is NO MORE NORMAL AMERICA. America is gone. Finished.

Make up your mind how important eternity is to you. How real is it

to you? Does it matter what you do Now? Yes! I plan to NOT take

any vaccine. They will ultimately take my life. But . . . because

I have accepted eternal life by the grace of Jesus Christ, I will

go to my Lord when they kill me. He took my place on the Cross;

He died willingly for my sins – and yours. This is a phenomenal

gift of Grace! I repent and accept this extraordinary Gift!!

Thank you, Lord Jesus!

Don’t kid yourself that you can ‘have your cake and eat it, too.’

Au Contraire. If you become injected with the A.I./nano-particle

vaccine, you will be on your way to becoming A.I. No longer

fully human. When this happens, you give up any thought of

eternal life in Heaven. Jesus did not die for the sin of A.I./humans.

Jesus died for mankind. Remember, we are created by God,

in the Image of God. (Genesis 1:27). With the A.I.vaccine, we will

be created in the image of satan. And as such, we will fry with

him – forever – in hell.

Take your choice. Either Jesus or the vaccine. Life is fleeting.

Communist demons have already made life so unbearable, what is there

really to hold on to?? A house, a car, food . . . a vacation???? Is

any of that more important than eternity, in paradise, with Our Lord,

the God who created each one of us??? Talk with your family.

Prepare your children, and . . .

“Choose ye this day whom you will serve.”

ETERNALLY

Carol H.

“What does it profit a man to gain the whole world, and lose his soul?”

(Mark 8:36)

http://revolutionradio.org/2020/09/14/suggest-everyone-ponder-this-very-sobering-letter-written-from-carol-h-to-her-friends-and-families-its-later-than-we-all-think/ 

:: 9-13-20 AIER American Institute for Economic Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In a War on Restaurants, Media Tout the Lockdown Narrative

Jeffrey A. Tucker – September 13, 2020

Just when the fear starts to subside, and growing public skepticism seems to push governors into opening, something predictable happens. The entire apparatus of mass media hops on some new, super-scary headline designed to instill more Coronaphobia and extend the lockdowns yet again.

It’s a cycle that never stops. It comes back again and again.

A great example occurred this weekend. A poll appeared on Friday from the Kaiser Family Foundation. It showed that confidence in Anthony Fauci is evaporating along with support for lockdowns and mandatory Covid vaccines.

The news barely made the headlines, and very quickly this was overshadowed by a scary new claim: restaurants will give you Covid!

It’s tailor-made for the mainstream press. The study is from the CDC, which means: credible. And the thesis is easily digestible: those who test positive for Covid are twice as likely as those who tested negative to have eaten at a restaurant.

“Eating and drinking on-site at locations that offer such options might be important risk factors associated with SARS-CoV-2 infection,” the study says.

Very scary!

Thus the implied conclusion: don’t allow indoor dining! Otherwise Covid will spread like wildfire!

After six months of this Corona Kabuki dance, driven by alarmist media and imposed by wacko, power-abusing governors and mayors, I’ve become rather cynical about the whole enterprise, so I mostly ignore the latest nonsense.

In this case, however, I decided to take a closer look simply because so many millions of owners, workers, and customers have been treated so brutally in the “War on Restaurants.”

It turns out, of course, that this is not what the study said. What’s more interesting is to consider exactly what’s going on here. The study was based on interviews with 314 people who had been tested of their own volition. It included 154 patients with positive test results and 160 control participants with negative test results.

The interviews took place two weeks following the tests, and they concerned life activities two weeks prior to getting the test.

Before we go on here, remember that what alarmed people about Covid was the prospect of dying. The study says nothing about this subject, nor about hospitalization. It’s a fair assumption that the positive cases being interviewed here got it (presumably, if the tests are accurate, which they are not) and got over it.

This alone is interesting simply because it reveals how much the whole subject has been changed: the pandemic has become a casedemic.

Now, to the question of life activities. In the study, based on answers to a survey, the following were not correlated in any significant degree with positive cases of Covid:

Wearing a mask or not wearing a mask

Going to church

Riding on public transportation

Attending large house parties

Going to the gym

Going to the office

Going to the hair salon

Going shopping

Now one might suppose, if you think the study has any merit, that this would be the headline.

The massive power of the state has been deployed all over the United States and the world to force the closure of churches, gyms, offices, salons, and malls. This all happened and is still happening. Also mask mandates became the new normal. The public has been invited by health authorities to jeer at, denounce, and turn in anyone who doesn’t have a cloth strapped to his or her face.

All of this happened in complete contradiction to every commercial right, property right, or normal human freedoms. We threw it all away in the name of virus control. Our lives have been completely upended and our assumptions about our rights and liberties have been overturned.

And yet here is a study that is unable to document any correlation between these life activities and catching the disease.

That’s an amazing conclusion that could have generated headlines like:

Salons Won’t Get You Sick, CDC Reports

You Won’t Catch Covid at the Gym, CDC Shows

No, Your Hairstylist Doesn’t Spread the Coronavirus

Scared to Go Shopping? Don’t Be, Says the CDC

Your Mask Is Pointless, New Study Says

Church Goers Shouldn’t Fear Sickness, Scientists Reveal

Study: Your House Party Didn’t Spread the Virus

And so on. But none of this was to be. Not one single story in the mainstream press said anything like this, even though this was all implied by the CDC study.

The one place that the study revealed a positive correlation between positive cases and life activities was going to restaurants.

So that’s what got the alarmist headlines. Yes, these are all real.

New COVID-19 Study Blames Coronavirus Spread on Restaurant Dining

Coronavirus Patients Twice As Likely To Have Eaten In Restaurants Before Getting Ill: CDC Study

Adults with COVID-19 twice as likely to have eaten at restaurants, CDC study finds

Study finds bad news for bar and restaurant-goers during COVID-19

US govt study highlights Covid-19 risk from bars and restaurants

And so on for thousands of times in every mainstream venue. They are all competing for clicks in the great agenda of extending lockdowns and feeding public fear as much as possible. So the worst-possible spin on this slightly sketchy study gets all the headlines.

Thus is it burned into many people’s minds that restaurants are really disease-spreading venues. Go out to eat and you might die!

And here is what makes this even stranger. The interviewers never asked the people in the survey whether they were eating indoors or outdoors, as incredible as that seems. The authors admit this: “Of note, the question assessing dining at a restaurant did not distinguish between indoor and outdoor options.”

Why not? Did they just forget to ask? What’s going on here?

Which is to say that even if the results are meaningful – and there’s so much about this study that is murky and error prone – they are practically useless for knowing what to do about it. If there is no distinction between indoor and outdoor, all speculation about ventilation or crowds or the presence of food and so on, is utterly pointless.

Without knowing that, we are at a loss to figure out any answer to the question of why and what to do. Instead, the message comes down to: don’t go out to eat.

Here is how bad the science has become. In the discussion, the authors write the following:

Direction, ventilation, and intensity of airflow might affect virus transmission, even if social distancing measures and mask use are implemented according to current guidance. Masks cannot be effectively worn while eating and drinking, whereas shopping and numerous other indoor activities do not preclude mask use.”

Here is what is weird: the study itself supports none of that paragraph.

The survey never asked about ventilation because the people who made the survey somehow forgot to make a query concerning indoor vs. outdoor dining. As for masks, the study did in fact ask respondents about mask wearing and the results showed no correlation between the sickness and whether and to what extent people were wearing masks!

In other words, that paragraph in the discussion is contradicted in two places by the authors’ own study.

In addition, the authors themselves point to an intriguing issue: the people in the survey might have biased their answers based on their personal knowledge of the test results.

Think about it this way. The people who had a positive Covid test are more likely to ask themselves the great question: how did I get this? Going to restaurants is such a rare activity these days that it stands out in one’s mind. When the survey asked people if they had gone out to eat, it is possible that the memory of the Covid positive person might be more likely to blame the restaurant, whereas the Covid negative person might be more likely to have forgotten the locale of every meal in the last 30 days.

In other words, the real result of the study might be: Covid patients are more likely to scapegoat restaurants than gyms, churches, and salons.

Alas, none of these interesting considerations appear in the media-rendered version of this study: panic and keep the lockdowns in place!

Lockdowns have become a conclusion in a desperate search for evidence. Imagine if you undertook a study of C-positive vs. C-negative cases and asked the people if they mostly wear lace-up or slip-on shoes. If you come up with some positive correlation, the CDC will publish you and a media panic will ensue.

This is precisely where we’ve been for six solid months now. The media has become the handmaiden of lockdown tyranny, blasting out simplistic versions of sketchy studies to keep the panic going as long as possible. And the public, which is far too trusting of the media and its capacity for rational and accurate reporting, eats it up.

For now. Once the dust settles on all of this, it seems highly likely that media science reporting will lose credibility for a generation. It certainly deserves that fate.

Meanwhile, an entire industry is being creamed.

https://www.aier.org/article/in-a-war-on-restaurants-media-tout-the-lockdown-narrative/ 

:: 9-7-20 Oil Price :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi Arabia To Cut Oil Prices As Demand Fears Grow

By Irina Slav - Sep 07, 2020, 9:00 AM CDT

Saudi Arabia has cut its official selling prices for crude oil in the latest sign that demand recovery is stumbling, Bloomberg reports, adding that this is the first time Riyadh has cut its oil prices to a discount against the benchmark since June.

Prices were lowered both for Asian and U.S. buyers this time, after Aramco kept its prices higher for U.S. refiners for six months in a row. For Asian buyers, this was the second consecutive month of price cuts, which suggests that the appetite for Saudi oil is dwindling after Chinese refiners spent the better part of the year stocking up on cheap crude amid the price crash and the pandemic.

In China, a key market, Saudi Arabia has been losing market share to its geopolitical partner, the United States, over the last few months. China has imported record volumes of crude oil in recent months, taking advantage of the lowest crude prices in two decades in April to stock up on dirt-cheap oil.

In their bargain-hunting for low-priced oil, Chinese state oil giants and independent refiners alike snapped up cheap U.S. cargoes in April, which were loaded in May, started to arrive in China in June, and set records in July.

Meanwhile, Saudi oil exports to the U.S. hit the lowest in more than three decades by August this year, down to an average daily of 177,000 bpd from some 1.3 million bpd in April. This month, Saudi oil imports into the U.S. are seen lower still, at some 264,000 bpd, which would be the lowest since 1985.

Just a month ago, Aramco’s chief executive said he was optimistic about the recovery of oil demand in Asia, seeing it almost back to pre-crisis levels. This followed earlier comments by Amin Nasser in June that the worst of the crisis was over, and the second half of the year would be much more robust in terms of oil demand than the first.

Based on the latest price adjustments, for shipments in October, this may not turn out to be the case.

https://oilprice.com/Energy/Crude-Oil/Saudi-Arabia-To-Cut-Oil-Prices-As-Demand-Fears-Grow.html 

:: 9-8-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

REALITY CHECK FROM VENEZUELA: How The State Will Strip You Of Your Rights When SHTF – The state will rip you off, but it doesn’t happen all of a sudden

Jack Metir Alternative, War September 8, 2020

Editor’s note: This article was written by Maybell Nieves, a professional physician from Venezuela.

Dealing with this subject has been quite difficult for me. Both the concept of the state stripping you of everything and the SHTF concept have as many backgrounds as diverse interpretations, so trying to approach this from a single point of view is a complicated task.

In my country, Venezuela, after 20 years of “revolution,” we have bottomed out and learned to live in situations we never imagined (so much so that I was able to write an article on survival techniques I never imagined myself using on daily basis).

It’s not that the governments before Hugo Chavez were much better. But there was a much more stable political and economic situation with access to the international marketIn 1999, when Chávez’s government was instated, oil prices were the highest in Venezuela’s history. The newly born Communist policy in the country was hardly felt and had very few repercussions on the professional citizens who lived on a monthly salary.

That’s probably why those first few years didn’t really feel like something was taken away from us. In addition, the newly elected president had a 60% popular approval rating and promised endless opportunities for the neediest people.

One of the first economic policies was the implementation of exchange control, currently in effect. Any operation with foreign currency was managed by the state. Later came the control of the prices of basic products, which caused the disappearance of those items and initiated a black market that is also very much in force to this day.  The real problem began in 2004 with the accelerated decrease in oil prices that translated into a lower income for the government. Remember that we are talking about an oil-reliant country.

This presentation PROOVES WITHOUT DOUBT that America is in for a major fight that will put you and your family in the firing line, literally… So make sure you watch this presentation while it’s still online… The decay was soon seen in many aspects. There was no longer maintenance on public roads, and public services failed often until reaching the point of constant failures of electric service, even for days.

The public health situation is also getting worse and worse. As a health professional, I have seen this deterioration for the last 10 years.

I am an oncologic breast surgeon. In Venezuela, breast cancer is the main cause of death from cancer in women. However, in the hospital where I work, the most important hospital in Caracas, there are no basic services for this issue. No chemotherapy, the radiotherapy equipment has been inoperative since 2015, and surgical procedures are suspended every week.

For me, as a doctor, it is frustrating not to be able to help my patients in any way. Just last week two breast cancer patients who were going to the operating room were suspended for the fourth time in a row. This time the anesthesia machine was failing.

The purchasing power of the Venezuelan citizen also decreased. It seemed to have happened from one day to the next, but if you look at the political situation since 1988, the decline took a long time; all that was left was to hit rock bottom.

Finding ourselves in extreme situations makes our defense system act in a primitive way. This means activating the fight or flight response at any time within any context—and yes, the state takes advantage of that.

The state will rip you off, but it doesn’t happen all of a sudden. There are a lot of logistics; it takes a long time to develop the kind of policy that makes citizens totally dependent on the state.

You start by losing something unimportant, like some kind of monetary bonus now given to you as government-run grocery store credits, and you end up losing your freedom and all kinds of rights, including freedom of speech and protest, but these issues are so extensive that they require an article of their own to explain them properly.

The state has taken charge, with great success I must say, and you are now living in fear of the so-called public authorities, meaning police and military police, since they serve as pro-government forces of repression.

Many of us have lost the incentive to go out and protest. We did it for more than 10 years. However, I have seen the evolution of the manifestations before and now.

I remember 2003 when repression was minimal, almost non-existent. Today many friends who still have the strength to continue have gotten gas masks in order to defend themselves from the hundreds of tear gas grenades used by the authorities that should be defending people.

In any public protest, savage repression is a constant. That violence is what we Venezuelans have become used to. When there is no public or social security, when the devaluation of the currency is occurring on a daily basis, and when you don’t know if the bakery on the corner is going to be broken into tomorrow, at that moment, the debacle has already occurred.

Defending oneself from these kinds of problems is as difficult as trying to explain them. Many have chosen to leave and seek a future in other countries. That way the state even strips you of your own country by causing you to become self-exiled.

Is starting to feel like it’s every man for himself, Is possible that right now, a global crisis is upon us, Without even knowing… And the virus may not be the biggest threat, but the crisis that follows, Everyday goods that keep us alive will be gone, I’m talking, food, fresh water, medicine, clothes, fuel… I don’t blame them. We all have more than one family member or close friend who has been kidnapped or stolen from violently, and sadly, all we can say is “You should be thankful you weren’t killed”. Personal security becomes a problem of epic proportions, to the extent that going out on the street is considered a risky activity—a risk to which, unfortunately, you have to get used to in order to live a normal life. Living in that state of continuous stress in which your rights are violated, in cities where, despite paying high taxes, everything seems to be in ruins, is part of that hopelessness that the state achieves in the individual.

Living in a place where a good monthly salary for a top executive, for example, does not reach $100 a month, is not easy, especially taking into consideration that a basic shopping list for a family of four can cost up to $140 monthly.

So the mismanagement of incompetent and corrupt civil servants results in the deep separation of three social classes: extreme poverty, which represents more than 80% of the population and is totally dependent on the government; the working middle class, which manages to subsist through one or two basic incomes plus the economic help of family members abroad; and those who do business with the government and can live in a very comfortable, ideal world that has nothing to do with reality.

Of course, there are exceptions to this, and some people have high incomes without being involved in dubious businesses.

It is sad to see how fourth-level professionals, trained in the country, must leave in order to provide for their families.

I know it is not a unique situation in the world—it has happened and will continue to happen—but it is very different to read about it than to see it sitting in the front row or even being the leading character.

Nowadays it is the common denominator, and more and more qualified professionals and technicians step into the international airport in search of a better quality of life. That’s why there is a whole generation that has no kind of roots in their country and only waits for the opportunity to leave.

I think the worst part of all this is the desolation sown in all of us. It seems to be an endless story, with the political disqualification of opposition leaders, political prisoners, and many more vexations.

Writing all this is not easy, but it makes me reflect. It is an exercise in introspection. Without a doubt, the state strips you of everything in its eagerness to stay in charge. That’s the way they do it.

There comes a point at which the only thing in your mind is to know if you will return home alive. Everything else is secondary. At that point, the state has already massacred you internally. You can never be the same again. I’m sure I am not.

Even if you are a person who is not involved in politics, an “apolitical” citizen, in this state of anarchy, you have to fix your position.

As Desmond Tutu said, “If you are neutral in situations of injustice, you have chosen the side of the oppressor.”

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/09/08/the-state-will-rip-you-off-but-it-doesnt-happen-all-of-a-sudden/ 

:: 9-8-20 www.governmentpropaganda.net  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

600 Pound Burn-Loot-Murder Hog: Whites are Racist and not Human!

September 8, 2020 by Jon Watkins

I am at a loss for words on this one, so I will let Scripture and herself say it all!

Isaiah 32:5-8 “The vile person shall be no more called liberal, nor the churl said to be bountiful. 6 For the vile person will speak villany, and his heart will work iniquity, to practice hypocrisy, and to utter error against the LORD, to make empty the soul of the hungry, and he will cause the drink of the thirsty to fail. 7 The instruments also of the churl are evil: he deviseth wicked devices to destroy the poor with lying words, even when the needy speaketh right. 8 But the liberal deviseth liberal things; and by liberal things shall he stand.”

And what is a Churl you may ask?

Churl – A rude, fraudulent person. The instruments also of the CHURL are evil: he deviseth wicked devices to destroy the poor with lying words, even when the needy speaketh right.

Here’s Where Rioters Learn Their Hate: Watch ‘Trainer’ Say ‘All’ White People Are ‘Racists,’ ‘Not Human‘ All white people are racists. So, I put this up because I really want any white person in the room to know up front that this is what we’re dealing with. That it’s not going to be this coddling of white tears. And we’re not going to discuss, “oh, maybe some of us are going to work it out.” No, you’re always going to be racist, actually. So even when you’re on your path to trying to figure out how to be a better human being, I believe that white people are born into not being human [laughs]. Like people of color and black folks being dehumanized, that actually everyone is dehumanized [unintelligible] off white supremacy, that y’all are born into a life to not be human. And that’s what y’all are taught to do, be demons [laughs]. So in this particular way, white people are all racists, so I just want y’all to know that up front.

Proverbs 9:13 “A foolish woman is clamorous: she is simple, and knoweth nothing.”

Note all of the stupid white women (Probably Feminist Jezebels) sitting there listening to this demon spewing her Venom! May this vial demon possessed fool see the light and come to Jesus!

https://www.governmentpropaganda.net/600-pound-burn-loot-murder-hog-whites-are-racist-and-not-human/ 

:: 9-7-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India Test Fires 'NextGen Hypersonic Weapon' As Border Tensions With China Surge

by Tyler Durden Mon, 09/07/2020 - 22:30

With a military standoff between India and China intensifying, the Indian military has decided to increase geopolitical instabilities in the region, on Monday, as it test-fired a new class of ultra-modern weapons that can travel at hypersonic speeds.

The Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO), an agency under the Indian Ministry of Defence, tasked with weapon development, released a statement Monday announcing it "successfully flight tested" a domestic hypersonic technology demonstrator vehicle (HSTDV) for the first-time. Defense minister Rajnath Singh congratulated DRDO for the "successful" launch of the HSTDV, describing the advanced engine technology as a scramjet propulsion system. Singh said the vehicle hit speeds in excess of Mach 6 (4,600 mph). Here's a video of the HSTDV launch. "The cruise vehicle separated from the launch vehicle and the air intake opened as planned. The hypersonic combustion sustained and the cruise vehicle continued on its desired flight path at a velocity of six times the speed of sound or nearly 2 km/second for more than 20 seconds," the DRDO statement read. India's first test of the HSTDV ended in failure in June 2019. The timing of the launch comes as India and China are locked in a monthslong military standoff along the Line of Actual Control, a 2,175 mile disputed border between both countries, that stretches from the Ladakh region in the north to the Indian state of Sikkim. In the event of an unintentional war along the heavily disputed border, and China already developing hypersonic weapons and deploying stealth fighter jets, India is now playing catch up as it must modernize it forces as a hot conflict may be inevitable.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/india-test-fires-nextgen-hypersonic-weapon-border-tensions-china-surge 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 9--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fox News Flash

Published 2 days ago

Gordon Chang warns China 'configuring its military to kill Americans'

Chang urged Trump to decouple the US economy from China

By Yael Halon | Fox News

The United States shouldn't be enriching "a hostile regime" that is "configuring its military to kill Americans," China analyst Gordon Chang said Monday. In an interview on Fox News, Chang expressed support for a full decoupling of the U.S. economy from China, calling the move floated by President Trump an "absolutely a good idea."

TRUMP OPEN TO DECOUPLING FROM CHINA

"China is configuring its military to kill Americans," Chang told "Bill Hemmer Reports."

"We shouldn’t be enriching a hostile regime with our trade and with our investment. I believe that decoupling is what we absolutely have to do especially this year." Chang's comments follow a recent Pentagon report suggesting that China is planning to double its stockpile of nuclear warheads in this decade -- including those designed for ballistic missiles and that can reach the U.S. The report adds a time clock to Trump's decision, Chang said.

"[President] Xi Jinping has been talking increasingly about this notion that China has a mandate of heaven to rule the world," Chang explained. "They [believe that they] not only have the right to do it, they have the obligation to do it.

"I think China believes it needs to move fast and that means we’re going to see problems not in the 2030s, we’re going to see problems now."

— Gordon Chang, Fox News

"He’s become very specific about this in public and so have his officials, which means that they are trying to change the international system, not to compete within it," Chang said. CHINA PLANNING TO DOUBLE STOCKPILE OF NUCLEAR WARHEADS: PENTAGON

"The Coming Collapse of China" author warned that the Chinese government is working fast to counter a "closing window of opportunity because of the problems in the economy, in the environment, demography.

"I think China believes it needs to move fast and that means we’re going to see problems not in the 2030s, we’re going to see problems now," he emphasized.

Trump raised the possibility of severing ties with the Communist country during an exclusive interview with Fox News' Steve Hilton last month.

"There has been no country that has ripped us off more than China...," Trump said at the time. "We lose billions, hundreds of billions of dollars. We get nothing from China. Yes, we get some goods that we could produce ourselves….[but] we get nothing. All we do is lose money." As far as his landmark trade deal signed by both countries in January, Trump said the agreement is "longer the same to me" after their mishandling of the coronavirus and that "if they don't treat us right," he would "certainly" part ways with Beijing.

https://www.foxnews.com/world/gordon-chang-warns-china-configuring-its-military-to-kill-americans 

:: 9-6-20 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Federal Judge: ‘There Is NO Pandemic Exception To The Constitution’ – Then Why Are Americans Going Along With It?

Photo of Bradlee Dean Bradlee Dean September 6, 2020

“A law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.” -Chief Justice John Marshall

Where is it that those who are to represent the people in this country receive delegated authority to implement that which is unconstitutional? The Constitution is the supreme law of the land (Article 6, Section 2). They have reversed their roles in taking on the position of being the employer rather than the employee (John 15:20).

When speaking of the US Constitution, do remember that those who are to serve the people in this country are to “support the Constitution,” not tear it down in an attempt to recreate it in the image of a country that is foreign to our own. Yet, that is, in fact, what is taking place today in America (Isaiah 42:21; Hebrews 10:7; Article 6, Section 6 US Constitution). RALEIGH — “A federal judge issued a temporary restraining order preventing the enforcement of Gov. Roy Cooper’s executive orders that restrict church worship in North Carolina. A group founded by pastors and churches sued Cooper over his executive orders alleging they violate the U.S. and N.C. constitutions.

U.S. District Court Judge James C. Dever heard arguments on Friday from a group of plaintiffs who challenged Cooper’s authority to restrict religious activities. Saturday, the judge said the plaintiffs are “likely to succeed on the merits of their Free Exercise claim concerning the assembly for religious worship provisions in Executive Order 138, that they will suffer irreparable harm absent a temporary restraining order, that the equities tip in their favor, and that a temporary restraining order is in the public interest.”

The judge said unequivocally that “There is no pandemic exception to the Constitution of the United States or the Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment.” Federal judge says ‘There is no pandemic exception to the Constitution’

RALEIGH — A federal judge issued a temporary restraining order preventing the enforcement of Gov. Roy Cooper’s executive orders that restrict church worship in North Carolina. A group founded by pastors and churches sued Cooper … Continue reading The North State Journal The case of Marbury v. Madison (1803) was the first time the U.S. Supreme Court declared an act of Congress to be unconstitutional. Chief Justice John Marshall relied almost exclusively on the specific language of the Constitution, saying that it was the “paramount law of the nation” and that it constrained the actions of all three branches of the national government. The whole point of a written Constitution, Marshall asserted, was to ensure that government stayed within its prescribed limits: “The powers of the Legislature are defined and limited; and [so] that those limits may not be mistaken or forgotten, the Constitution is written.” In cases where a law conflicted with the Constitution, Marshall wrote, then “the very essence of judicial duty” was to follow the Constitution. Marshall also asserted that the courts had the responsibility to understand and articulate what the Constitution means: “It is emphatically the province and duty of the judicial department to say what the law is.” The decision concluded, “a law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.” I salute both of these judges for taking a stand against tyranny domestically. It would be well for the rest of Americans to follow in close pursuit (Hebrews 13:7). Otherwise, it is enabling and empowering tyranny (Psalm 94:16).

Article posted with permission from Sons of Liberty Media. Article by Bradlee Dean.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/federal-judge-there-is-no-pandemic-exception-to-the-constitution-then-why-are-americans-going-along-with-it/ 

:: 9-7-20 Before it's News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prepping After 60- Being older doesn’t mean that your world has come to an end. I believe I have every right to survive as the next person

Monday, September 7, 2020 18:10

Ever wonder how you will live if the SHTF? Ever try to answer all the questions that you ask yourself about how you will survive as a single, senior woman living alone with no family, no spouse, no other support other than yourself? I ask myself everyday as I grow older and a little weaker in body and strength. I used to be able to lift fifty pounds of feed or move a bale of hay easily but now it gets to be a real trial. But, since I am alone, I have to do it anyway I can and I usually do. It is the same in prepping for just myself, my livestock, and the homestead.

I live on seven and a half acres in a rural southern California area which is like a mountain/high desert mix when it comes to weather and vegetation. My well is a good one and does the job of watering the livestock which consists of chickens, turkeys, goats, sheep, a llama, horses and assorted dogs and cats. So, I have a good start on being self-sufficient. I decided to not bug out but to bug in if SHTF ever happens. So, I have devoted my time and meager income to this place.

When you are older and alone there are a lot of things that go thru your mind when the subject of prepping comes up. A lot of the questions such as what happens if I can’t get to town, how will I get my medications, what happens if the grid goes down, how do I function as an older woman alone in a non-functioning world, etc., etc., etc. Yes, there are hundreds of questions and sometimes the answers are easy and sometimes they elude us. Being older and alone does pose many unique problems for the one facing this uncertain world. When faced with these problems, I decided to sit down and access my situation and made a lot of decisions and lists. The first one was to bug out or not. Being that I have some disabilities such as arthritis and a bad back, there is no way I could walk out of here or ride my horse great distances to get to…Where? I don’t have a bug out place and if I did I would never make it there alive. I found that most of what I needed to survive was right here in my home. I used to be able to lift fifty pounds of feed or move a bale of hay easily but now it gets to be a real trial. But, since I am alone, I have to do it anyway I can and I usually do. So, I took inventory and started my first list of what I had in the way of survival gear, food, water, clothing, medications, tools, and a second list of what I needed to get. If I did bug out, I could not begin to carry what I would need to travel to an unknown destination. I would be a moving target for those who would like to take what I had. And, what would happen to all my animals? I have a pretty good start on being self-sufficient here with chickens and turkeys for meat and eggs, dairy goats for milk, butter, cheese and, a horse for transportation, a llama for packing, sheep for meat, wool and milk and in the spring I will be starting to raise rabbits, one or two cows for meat and milk and guineas for an alarm system. I have all I need here. Why leave it? I am comfortable here and feel a modicum of safety and I know some of the people and the area. That is a big thing to consider in deciding whether to stay or go and how you will get there. It is not very safe for older women to go out alone now so just think of how it will be if things get rough?

I made a third list of things I needed in the way of tools for survival, building supplies and weapons for protection. I bought a few power tools and two small gas-powered generators to run them and a little chest freezer. I bought that so I can freeze meats, cheese and butter and make gallon sized ice cubes to use in the antique ice box that was used by the previous owner for a liquor cabinet. I have tried it out and it works like a dream. I have also made a list of things I want to learn to do and can now scratch off such as learning how to can with a pressure canner, use a chainsaw for cutting firewood, and I turned my front porch into a greenhouse so I will have tomatoes and lettuce in the winter. I had to learn how to butcher the chickens and will have to learn how to do the cute fuzzy rabbits. But, if it means I will eat then so be it. We all have to do things that are distasteful but will do them to survive. I do believe that the older generation is better at getting it done than the younger and we don’t need a cell phone for that.

As for protection? I believe that in the future people will revert to old-time weapons for protection such as bows and arrows and spears and such. If the grid goes down there are only going to be so many bullets and no one to keep production up and not everyone is adept at reloading. So, my weapons of choice is the long bow, a cross-bow, and several pistol bows. I practiced a lot to become proficient in archery and can hit what I aim at. Even being 65 I can pull 40 lbs. And, it is a silent weapon. Pretty good for an old lady! But, I also have shotguns and pellet rifles. I learned almost all that when I turned 60. I made me a practice range on my place between the silage corn I planted and the wheat where I could and still do shoot regularly. I have also made a list of things I want to learn to do and can now scratch off such as learning how to can with a pressure canner, use a chainsaw for cutting firewood, and I turned my front porch into a greenhouse so I will have tomatoes and lettuce in the winter. I believe that if there is a will there is a way. Just because you are older and maybe not so strong physically does not mean you just lay down and die. I think that because I am older and alone it drives me to want to survive anything that is thrown at me. The instincts to survive are there and all you have to do is use your head, do the research, organize, learn, learn, learn, …and maybe, join a self-sufficiency /prepper group for moral support. When I needed gutters put up on the eaves of the house to catch rain water for the livestock, I looked on the internet for DIY instructions and got it done. When I needed raised garden beds for my gardening, I designed one and got it built. Now I have many of them. It wasn’t too hard but still there are things I wish I had help with but with a little ingenuity I usually get it done.

After my dad died, I had to decide where to move my 84-year-old mother and myself. I have always wanted to move back to the country and live out my life in a rural setting, so that is where I landed. That was four years ago and since then the outside world has grown more violent, unpredictable, and totally dangerous with rumors of war, terrorists and possible financial collapse and EMPs. I have not been able to ignore it any longer. Something big is going to happen and soon. I feel it in my bones and not being prepared made me start making lists, reading about emergency preparations and being more aware of what has been going on around me. Then my mother was diagnosed with third stage dementia and since early this last year has had to make the transfer from here to a nursing home. I found myself turning 65, needing back surgery and losing income from taking care of my mom. I kept making lists of foods, household goods, clothes, weapons for self-defense, first aid and medical stuff, tools, livestock, and a lot of other things including what I already knew and what I wanted to learn about. I read, searched the internet, read blogs and always ask questions. As time has passed I felt overwhelmed with the stuff I needed to get done and for the first time in a while felt completely alone. It took a good talking to myself to set me right on the prepper path and now I find myself making great strides in becoming totally self-sufficient and ready for anything. And, I don’t feel my age is a hurdle anymore but actually has been a blessing.

I know that living in the country is very different from living in the city. I have lived in both and when the time comes and the grid goes down, preparing oneself with food, water, and the tools you need to have to survive are almost the same. You still need warmth, a roof over your head, a way to cook, and protection. You still need to be ready to hunker down where you are and have survival items unique to your circumstances. I know that it can be a bit overwhelming and lonely when having to make decisions concerning your safety and comfort especially when you are by yourself. But, if you have studied, learned and listened to the rumblings you will be prepared and will survive. After all, you have made it this far so you can be called a senior citizen. Something big is going to happen and soon. I feel it in my bones and not being prepared made me start making lists, reading about emergency preparations and being more aware of what has been going on around me. Not everything in prepping for one is dreary. One thing I realized while making my shopping list the other day for my food storage was that it contained foods I really liked and I got to pick and choose what to purchase. No one else had a say in what I bought. That was a bonus since I lean towards comfort foods and not gourmet stuff. The pros definitely outweighed the cons like not having to share my favorite candy bar with anyone. Do take an inventory of all the items you have now and build on that. Don’t forget to prep for you pets and do splurge on some good books, puzzles and crafts supplies to keep busy if you ever have any free time. Make sure to store up batteries so you can play your cd player and listen to music. It is a treat for yourself after a long day of working to keep yourself alive. This can be true today before the SHTF. And, don’t feel sorry for yourself for being older and alone. I don’t believe Karma gives us more than we can handle and hard work and challenge build character even in seniors.

As for being a senior, you should be able to draw on that vast supply of experience on keeping yourself healthy, active, sharp and for learning new things. Just remember, it is not how old you are or how infirm you might be, don’t think you cannot do it. You can if you believe you can. You will find a way. Even not having a lot of funds for purchasing items for your survival shouldn’t deter you. Get creative and go to garage sales, second-hand shops, Good Will and Salvation Army. I shop a lot at the dollar store and have saved tons of money on paper goods, canned goods and other household items. Personal items are a good buy there as well.

I found out a long time ago, when my kids grew up and all moved away, and I divorced my husband that you only have yourself to rely on. No one is going to look out for you and it will be really true when the SHTF comes around. I found out there were things I didn’t think I could do but found out that I can. Being alone lets one really get to know yourself. Being older doesn’t mean that your world has come to an end. I believe I have every right to survive as the next person. Maybe more. That I have worked harder, learned more, done more and have earned the right to live with my own two hands by being more creative, smart, knowledgeable and resilient than the younger generation who can’t get the cell phone out of their face. Sit back at the end of the day and think of all you’ve accomplished all by yourself and be proud of it.

So, let’s get busy and quit thinking about how old we are and how much those joints hurt and start getting ready for that uncertain future and let’s survive. After all, we’ve lived this long, I’m game for twenty more years…are you?

https://beforeitsnews.com/alternative/2020/09/prepping-after-60-being-older-doesnt-mean-that-your-world-has-come-to-an-end-i-believe-i-have-every-right-to-survive-as-the-next-person-3731109.html 

:: 9-7-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

[DANGER] 1 OUT OF 4 AMERICANS WILL RIOT - PROTESTS ABOUT TO EXPLODE - A MEGAQUAKE IS COMING

32,528 views  •Sep 7, 2020

Full Spectrum Survival

157K subscribers

The news is here because of members like you! ? PLEASE HELP TO SUPPORT WHAT WE DO ?

https://www.patreon.com/fullspectrums ... --- Join us on there! You Will Get : * Waterproof Physical Survival Cards sent to you in the mail every single month! *At the $10 level * Exclusive Content

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ow7-sS2mANs&feature=youtu.be

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds of Campers Trapped by Deadly Wildfire SAVED in Outrageously Daring Helicopter Rescue

by Daisy Luther

It’s Labor Day weekend. You’re heading out with the family to celebrate summer’s last hurrah. You decide to go camping at remote campground by a peaceful reservoir which is only reachable by a narrow, curving road.

Then suddenly, that place that looked like paradise turns into the location that may end up being your grave. Your peaceful weekend becomes a fight for survival. This is exactly what happened to more than a thousand people who went camping at Mammoth Pools Resoirvar this weekend in California. A fast-moving wildfire called the Creek Fire erupted and spread rapidly. The fire devoured 45,500 acres within the first 24 hours and jumped the San Joaquin River, trapping people all over the forest. Shelter in place, even if you have to get in the water.

On Saturday, despite the mandatory evacuation, many campers were left with no way to evacuate the area, since there was only one road in and out.

“There is an immediate threat to life,” the Sheriff’s Office warned. “The area is being closed to public access. Take action immediately.” As roads closed and the fire spread, Tune said, more than 1,000 were trapped near Mammoth Pool Reservoir, roughly 23 miles southeast of Oakhurst.

Those trapped were told to shelter in place — even if it meant getting into the water, Tune said.

A few hours later, the Sheriff’s Office confirmed at least 10 people were injured and several others remained in danger among those stranded near Mammoth Pool…

…The Creek Fire threatened a range of mountain resources, Tune said, including whole communities, structures and power lines.

”Mainly our focus is the safety of all the folks all over the forest,” Tune said, “just making sure folks are safe and get them evacuated.” (source)

But this evacuation was not going to be simple.

Numerous injuries occurred

In what must have been a terrifying scenario, numerous injuries occurred to people fleeing the fire as they made life-and-death decisions.

Many people rescued from the Creek Fire at Mammoth Pool suffered burns and broken bones, trying to escape the fire “at all costs,” according to a Fresno County official.

Fresno County EMS Director Dan Lynch said many of the rescued people had amazing stories to tell that included “heroics of family members helping family members.”

Helicopter crews began rescuing people trapped by the wildfire at Mammoth Pool, Cascadel Woods, and Minarets about 8:30 p.m. Saturday. Crews first rescued about 60 people, who were treated for injuries at Fresno Yosemite International Airport in Fresno. By the end of the night, 218 people were rescued by helicopter, Lynch said.

About 20 victims were transported to area hospitals with injuries, including severe burns, broken bones, and other cuts and scrapes.

“Listening to the stories people were sharing, we have to assume these people were trying to escape with their lives intact. They had to make decisions that put their body in peril and caused them these injuries,” Lynch said. “They talked about there being fire on both sides of them while going down the road. There was one vehicle crash. People were stuck in the middle of flames.” (source)

Somewhere around 800 people managed to evacuate the fire, but more people remained stranded.

There was no way out.

Dennis Drake was camping with his brother’s family when they noticed smoke in the distance – about fifty miles away.

But in a matter of hours…

“We were almost completely surrounded by fire. Almost 360 degrees,” Drake says.

The Creek Fire covered 2,000 acres Saturday morning.

It ballooned to more than 73-thousand acres by Sunday night.

Drake and his brother’s family tried to drive out of harm’s way– but didn’t get far.

“There’s fires on both sides of us, we have no protection,” he says.

Everyone in the area scrambled.

The reservoir, became their haven.

“The reservoir at that point was about 40 feet down below full capacity. We know we have gravel, rocky area that’s not gonna burn,” Drake said. “Everybody’s saying, get under the water, get under the water, get under the water. We all did…

We’re dunking every 10-15 seconds, just trying to survive.” (source)

Rescue…and survival…seemed impossible due to the intense heat and thick smoke.

Two hundred people were still cut off from rescuers.

On the other side of the lake, at least 200 people remained cut off from rescue and the possibility of evacuation. CalFire was unable to reach the campers, and that’s when the California National Guard came in with a rescue that should go down in history. From the Facebook page, ASMDSS (Aweseom Sh*t My Drill Sergeant Said):

Don’t know if you guys have seen this going around, but California National Guard aviators let their big brass ones hang out on this one.

Two aircrews, a Blackhawk and a Chinook Flew at night with NODs through high winds with burning embers, heavy smoke and difficult terrain to rescue over 200 people completely cut off and trapped by fire with it closing in on them last night. They made multiple trips to get everyone out.

CalFire waived them off and warned them do not go because the conditions were too dangerous. They said fuck that and went anyway.

Second pic is view from the chinook cockpit on the ground while loading first group of people.

Our hats are off to the pilots and crew. I hope they are able to get you guys wheelbarrows big enough for your cajones. (source)

Here’s the view from the cockpit mentioned in the post. And this page wasn’t the only place with praise for the bold maneuver. General Daniel Hokanson, GEN Daniel Hokanson, Chief of the National Guard Bureau. tweeted: Colonel Dave Hall, Commander of the 40th Combat Aviation Brigade, says that military technology made the mission possible, particularly the night vision equipment that allowed them to see through the smoke to where the survivors were.

Hall says a Chinook Helicopter and a Black Hawk Helicopter made three trips each– sometimes carrying up to 60 people, to capacity.

“It was pretty cramped tight in there. We do not like to operate that way, but because of the circumstances of this being an urgent situation threatening life, the pilots in command made the smart decision by loading them to get on the helicopter and loading as many as they could on that lift,” Hall said. (source)

There are still people trapped by the fire. After this extraordinary effort, there were approximately 20 people and 15 dogs left and the rescue has been difficult. The Aviation Brigade was unable to get to them when the smoke intensified further. According to the Fresno Bee,”The California National Guard was planning a second rescue attempt Sunday night, coordinating a ground rescue that would potentially require a bulldozer to move abandoned vehicles.”

The last report I was able to find on this was from late last night. If anyone has further information (with links) please share it in the comments so I can update this article.

The inferno shows no signs of slowing down.

As of Monday morning, CalFire reports that the Creek Fire has reached 78,790 acres with zero percent containment. This fire started on August 4. As of Tuesday morning, the Visalia Times reports that the fire has burned 135,523 acres and there is still zero percent containment.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/campers-saved-helicopter-wildfire-rescue/ 

:: 9-7-20 Citizens Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California Governor Declares State of Emergency Over Wildfires

BY JACK PHILLIPS

California Gov. Gavin Newsom on Sunday declared a state of emergency in five counties due to the danger posed by three wildfires that are burning in the state, prompting evacuations.

Newsom said in a statement that tens of thousands of acres have already been burned by three wildfires. They are the Creek Fire, El Dorado Fire, and the Valley Fire. He said that California is working with federal officials for assistance.

Governor Newsom has declared a statewide emergency due to the widespread fires and extreme weather conditions, and secured a Presidential Major Disaster Declaration to bolster the state’s emergency response to the Northern California wildfires,” his office said in the statement.

The counties impacted under the state of emergency are Fresno, Madera, and Mariposa due to the Creek Fire. San Bernardino County is impacted due to the El Dorado Fire, and San Diego County is impacted because of the Valley Fire.

“California has also secured Fire Management Assistance Grants from the Federal Emergency Management Agency to support the state’s response to fires burning in Santa Clara, Stanislaus, Santa Cruz, San Mateo, Napa, Nevada, Lake, Solano, Yolo, and Monterey counties,” his statement continued. Those fires are located in Central or Northern California.

This season, California wildfires have burned tens of thousands of acres, destroyed houses, and caused evacuations for thousands of people.

Officials with the California Independent System Operator, an electricity management agency, issued a statewide Flex Alert from Saturday until Monday, Sept. 7. The agency has called on customers to conserve power in the midst of a heat wave that has inundated the West Coast.

Newsom also obtained a major disaster declaration from President Donald Trump and assistance grants to support the battle against Northern California fires.

Last month, the governor declared a statewide emergency over the wildfires.

“We are deploying every resource available to keep communities safe as California battles fires across the state during these extreme conditions,” Newsom said at the time in August. “California and its federal and local partners are working in lockstep to meet the challenge and remain vigilant in the face of continued dangerous weather conditions.”

President Trump last month again criticized officials in California for mismanaging the state’s forests.

“I see again, the forest fires are starting,” Trump said when he signed a presidential disaster declaration for the state. “They’re starting again in California. And I said, you’ve got to clean your floors. You’ve got to clean your floors.”

Trump said that he has “been telling them this now for three years.”

Republished with Permission The Epoch Times SUBSCRIBE

https://www.citizensjournal.us/california-governor-declares-state-of-emergency-over-wildfires/ 

:: 9-6-20 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

LA County records highest-ever temperature

By Paul Vercammen, Hollie Silverman, Ross Levitt and Susannah Cullinane, CNN

Updated 9:31 PM ET, Sun September 6, 2020

(CNN) Los Angeles County recorded its highest-ever temperature Sunday as the weekend heat fanned wildfires across California and put additional strain on the state's power network.

The record temperature was at Woodland Hills, according to Dave Bruno, senior meteorologist for the National Weather Service.

"We reached 121 degrees (F) in Woodland Hills, California. That is the highest-ever temperature at a station, beating 119 degrees on July 22, 2006," Bruno told CNN Sunday. The temperature is also the highest recorded in the Los Angeles County warning area, which includes Ventura, Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo Counties, a tweet from the National Weather Service Los Angeles said Sunday. "Woodland Hills is the last place to get the effects of sea breeze. It's tucked in the west corner of the San Fernando Valley," Bruno explained. "This record heat was in a perfect or imperfect situation. High temperatures from surface to atmosphere, weak offshore flow and just enough to keep away the sea breeze."

The NWS said in a statement that the temperature at Woodland Hills could increase and "many other records around the region will be broken today."

The high temperatures come as firefighters battle wildfires around the state -- the worst year on record in terms of the amount of land scorched.

More than 2,094,955 acres have burned so far, Cal Fire Capt. Richard Cordova said Sunday.

Gov. Gavin Newsom declared a state of emergency ahead of the heat forecast this weekend, with the goal of alleviating heat-induced demands on the power grid. An alert was issued to California residents to conserve power between 3 and 10 p.m., when demand is highest.

Sunday, the US Department of Energy (DOE) said it was exercising emergency federal powers in California as the state's electrical grid is strained by the high heat and damage from wildfires.

In a news release from the department, Secretary of Energy Dan Brouillette agreed with state electrical operators that a "grid reliability emergency exists which demands immediate federal intervention."

But the statement also questioned why the grid was struggling to cope.

"While the Secretary has offered this emergency assistance to California in this time of crisis, he also encourages state policymakers to evaluate why the grid is not able to handle extreme stress, which could be alleviated with the support of greater baseload power generation and natural gas supply," the statement read. The emergency powers allow the DOE to adjust electricity production and distribution during the crisis.

https://www.cnn.com/2020/09/06/weather/california-record-temperature/index.html 

[ ::  8-9-2020 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the hour is now and I shall come, yes, I shall come, but will you be ready, will you be ready?  For the church is still asleep, the virus hasn’t woken them up, maybe the bubonic plague will wake them up, but they’re asleep.  I am looking for a vibrant church, a church without spot or wrinkle, a church that dares to overcome, a church that dares to speak my word, etc

:: 9-7-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Bubonic Plague Warning' Issued In Lake Tahoe After Fleas Test Positive

by Tyler Durden Mon, 09/07/2020 - 06:45

After new cases of the bubonic plague were found in Los Angeles, Colorado, and in Mongolia near the Russian border this summer, it appears the infamous plague strain responsible for killing tens of millions of Europeans during the 14th Century continues to surface, this time, in South Lake Tahoe, California.

The US Forest Service, Lake Tahoe Basin Management Unit, issued a "plague warning" on Thur. (Sept. 3) ahead of Labor Day weekend, informing the public that fleas in the area tested positive for the bubonic plague.

"Visitors should take the following precautions when visiting areas where active Bubonic Plague has been found. Remember to stay on trails, and if you must bring your pet, keep them on a short leash and do not let them investigate rodent burrows," the Forest Service wrote in a recent Facebook post.

The post continued, "Bubonic Plague is naturally occurring in many parts of California, including the Sierra Nevada, and can be transmitted through bites from infected fleas."

Forest Service's Lisa Herron told CBS13 Sacramento that people throughout the Lake Tahoe "should be on the lookout for unusual things like a rodent acting unusual, or a rodent that is dead with no visual signs of trauma."

The California Department of Health confirmed to CBS13 that fleas tested positive for the plague in the resort area of the Sierra Nevada mountains, more specifically, around the Tallac Historic Area and the Taylor Creek Visitor Center.

To mitigate the spread, the area has been treated for "active plague," the California Department of Health told ABC7 News.

Fears of the plague have shown up in US internet search results, hitting record highs this summer.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/bubonic-plague-warning-issued-lake-tahoe-after-fleas-test-positive 

:: 9-7-20 The Oregonian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

100K in Portland metro lose power amid high winds; PGE preemptively cuts electricity near Mount Hood due to fire risk

By Elliot Njus | The Oregonian/OregonLive updated Sep 07, 2020; Posted Sep 07, 2020

Portland General Electric said it was preemptively cutting power Monday to about 5,000 customers near Mount Hood due to fire risk, while tens of thousands more lost power in the Portland metro area amid a dramatic late-summer windstorm.

PGE had warned on Sunday that it might cut power to customers in forested communities along U.S. 26 in an effort to prevent fallen power lines from igniting fires. The outage is expected to last up to two days and affect communities from Alder Creek to Government Camp. Separately, nearly 40,000 Pacific Power customers in Portland went dark Monday night as gusts approaching 50 mph toppled trees and power lines.

PGE reported that nearly 30,000 customers in Clackamas County, 18,000 in Washington County and 6,000 in Multnomah County had lost power.

The Clark Public Utilities district serving Clark County, Wash., reported more than 14,000 outages.

The preemptive Mount Hood outage is an unprecedented move for PGE. It follows two years of devastating fires in California that were traced to power lines owned that state’s largest utility, Pacific Gas & Electric. Liability from the fires forced it into bankruptcy protection.

The National Weather Service said winds were expected to peak Monday night or Tuesday morning. The wind, combined with hot, dry air presents an extreme risk that fires could ignite and spread quickly. -- Elliot Njus

https://www.oregonlive.com/portland/2020/09/pge-cuts-electricity-to-5000-near-mount-hood-due-to-fire-risk-thousands-in-portland-metro-lose-power-amid-high-wind.html 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 9--20 Stephen Lendman :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US/NATO Preparing for War on Russia?

by Stephen Lendman (stephenlendman.org – Home – Stephen Lendman)

Wars by hot and other means are all about Washington’s main strategy to advance its imperium — seeking dominance over other nations, their resources and populations by brute force if other methods don’t achieve its objectives.

From inception, the US has been addicted to war, glorifying it deceptively in the name of peace.

In 1982, founder of the Pentagon’s nuclear navy Admiral Hyman Rickover explained the risks to Congress in the age of super-weapons able to end life on earth if used in enough numbers, saying the following:

“The lesson of history is when a war starts every nation will ultimately use whatever weapons it has available” to win, adding:

I think the human race is going to wreck itself, and it is important that we get control of this horrible force and try to eliminate it.”

Rickover regretted his role in what became a nuclear arms race.

“I would sink…all” US nuclear powered ships, he said. “I am not proud of the part I played in” their development.

“That’s why I am such a great exponent of stopping this whole nonsense of war.”

Bertrand Russell noted the risk, saying:

Shall we put an end to the human race, or shall mankind renounce war.” It’s the only way to live in peace. The alternative risks annihilation.

World powers have a choice. End wars or sooner or later they’ll end us.

Russia is a prime US target. In 1961, hardline US Air Force chief of staff General Curtis LeMay believed nuclear war with Soviet Russia was inevitable and winnable — at the time, calling for preemptive war on the country with overwhelming force.

Joint Chiefs chairman Lyman Lemnitzer at the time urged a surprise nuclear attack on the Soviet Union during a National Security Council meeting.

Expressing disgust, Jack Kennedy walked out of the session, telling then-Secretary of State Dean Rusk: “And we call ourselves the human race.”

JFK’s Defense Secretary Robert McNamara rejected what LeMay and Lemnitzer called for.

Their recklessly dangerous ideas never went away. In an age when super-weapons can end life on earth in days if detonated in enough numbers, the risk of mass annihilation is real.

Weeks earlier, Russia’s Defense Ministry accused US-led NATO of conducting “provocative” military drills near its borders — what goes on with disturbing regularity. See below.

In June, Russian Colonel-General Sergey Rudskoy, head of its General Staff sent NATO a letter that called for scaling down military exercises by both countries.

With US-led NATO drills in the Barents Sea at the time, he accused the Pentagon of simulating strikes on Russian territory and intercepting its retaliatory ICBMs.

According to Rudskoy, provocative Barents Sea drills at the time were the first of their kind by US-dominated NATO since Soviet Russia’s 1991 dissolution.

He also criticized increasing numbers of flights by Pentagon nuclear-capable strategic bombers near Russia’s borders — at times forcing its military to scramble warplanes and put air defense forces on high alert.

Since the Obama regime’s 2014 coup d’etat in Ukraine, replacing democratic government with neo-Nazi infested fascist tyranny on Russia’s border, bilateral relations sank to a post-Cold War low.

Moscow considers the deployment of US-led NATO forces near its borders a destabilizing threat to its national security.

Rudskoy said “(t)he US and its allies are continuing to destroy Europe’s security system under the guise of a perceived ‘Russian aggression’ ” that doesn’t exist.

The US refused Moscow’s offer for dialogue to reduce tensions and the risk of conflict by accident or design.

On Sunday, Rudskoy again highlighted the threat of provocative US-led NATO actions near Russia’s borders, including increased surveillance and aerial operations to test its air defenses.

In August, provocative US/NATO aerial maneuvers increased about 30% over the comparable 2019 period, he explained, including simulated missile strikes on Russian targets.

Shoigu called what’s going on “alarming,” notably because several incidents occurred close to Russia’s borders.

Last week, Russia scrambled warplanes to intercept three US nuclear-capable B-52 bombers over Ukraine and the Black Sea near Crimea, a statement saying:

“Violations of the state border of the Russian Federation by American aircraft were prevented.”

Two weeks earlier, a similar incident occurred in international airspace over the Black Sea.

Days earlier, Moscow slammed the US for holding live-fire exercises in Estonia near its border.

A statement by its Washington embassy said the following:

Russia has repeatedly proposed to the United States and its allies to limit training activities and to divert the exercise zones from the Russia-NATO contact line,” adding:

Why do this demonstrative saber-rattling? What signals do the NATO members want to send us?”

Who is actually escalating tensions in Europe? And this is all happening in the context of (a made-in-the-USA) aggravated political situation in” Belarus. “(H)ow would the Americans react” if Russia conducted similar provocative exercises near its borders?

According to NATO, the following US-led military exercises are ongoing or soon to begin in Europe (and near Iranian waters the Mediterranean):

Operation Dynamic Move II 20 — ongoing through September 10 in waters near Italy, explaining:

“To exercise naval mine warfare (NMW) tactics and procedures, the Allied Worldwide Navigational System (AWNIS), and Naval Cooperation on and Guidance for Shipping (NCAGS) procedures in order to enhance participant’s ability to conduct littoral and amphibious operations.”

Operation Steadfast Pyramid 20 — begun in Latvia on Sunday will continue through September 11, NATO explaining:

An Exercise Study focused on further developing the abilities of commanders and senior staff to plan and conduct operations through the application of operational art in decision making based on the ACO Comprehensive Operations Planning Directive (COPD) and utilizing a complex, contemporary scenario.”

Operation KFOR III 20 will be held from September 8 – 16 in Herzegovina, explaining:

“Conducted to familiarize future Key Leaders of HQ KFOR with their new tasks, the overall situation in KFOR AOR (Area of Responsibility), and to prepare a smooth transition without loss of continuity.”

Operation Ramstein Guard 9 20 is scheduled for Romania from September 13 – 17, explaining:

“The NATO Electronic Warfare Force Integration Program is a means to exercise the NATO designated regional elements of NATO’s Integrated Air and Missile Defence System conducted through the CAOCs (Combined Air Operation Center) while also including some national systems and assets.”

“It is designed to train Air Command Ramstein and subordinate units on the reporting/coordination requirements while exposing them to a wide variety of EW (electronic warfare) tactics and techniques in a controlled environment.”

Operation Steadfast Pinnacle 20 is scheduled for Latvia from September 13 – 18, explaining:

“An Exercise Study focused on further developing the abilities of commanders and senior staff to plan and conduct operations through the application of operational art in decision making based on the ACO (Allied Command Operations) Comprehensive Operations Planning Directive (COPD) and utilizing a complex, contemporary scenario.”

Operation Ramstein Guard 10 20 is scheduled for Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania from September 20 – 24, NATO explaining:

“The NATO Electronic Warfare Force Integration Program is a means to exercise the NATO designated regional elements of NATO’s Integrated Air and Missile Defence System conducted through the CAOCs (Combined Air Operation Center) while also including some national systems and assets. It is designed to train Air Command Ramstein and subordinate units on the reporting/coordination requirements while exposing them to a wide variety of EW (electronic warfare) tactics and techniques in a controlled environment.”

Exercises like the above go on at all times near the borders of Russia, China, Iran, and other nations on the US target list for regime change.

From now through yearend 2020 near the borders of Russia and Iran alone, other US-led NATO military exercises will be held in Turkey, France, the UK, Kosovo, the Mediterranean Sea, Spain , Lithuania, Estonia, Italy, the Netherlands, Germany, Bosnia Herzegovina, Serbia, Poland and Norway.

Instead of prioritizing world peace, stability, and cooperative relations with the world community of nations, US-dominated NATO is preparing for greater wars than already ongoing in multiple theaters by its forces.

VISIT MY WEBSITE: stephenlendman.org (Home – Stephen Lendman). Contact at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

https://stephenlendman.org/2020/09/us-nato-preparing-for-war-on-russia/ 

:: 10-14-18 Daily Mail  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pictured: Moment $19m F-16 fighter jet EXPLODES and another is damaged in Belgium after mechanic repairing a third jet accidentally opened fire with its Gatling cannon

Multi-million pound stealth jet was destroyed after bursting into flames at base

Second jet damaged by fire after technician accidentally fired from third fighter

Stealth plane was fired on from jet parked in hanger as maintenance carried out

Two workers at Florennes base in Belgium suffer hearing damage after accident

By Chris Dyer For Mailonline

Published: 15:44 EDT, 13 October 2018 | Updated: 04:46 EDT, 14 October 2018

A multi-million-pound fighter jet exploded and another was damaged when a mechanic accidentally opened fire from a third plane during maintenance.

The F-16 Falcon jet, worth around $19million (£15million), was destroyed in the blaze as it was parked at a military base in Belgium and the second plane sitting next to it suffered fire damage from the on-board Gatling cannon.

Two technicians working on the Belgian Air Force stealth planes were said to have been injured in the incident at the Florennes air base, 60 miles south of Brussels, on Thursday afternoon.

It is understood maintenance staff were repairing the F-16 which was parked in a hangar near the control tower, just out of sight of the third jet, when the volley of shots was accidentally fired. The shots came from the 20mm Gatling guns with six cannons capable of firing 6,000 shots per minute which are the formidable fighting machine's standard weapons.

That aircraft had just been refuelled and along with the other damaged jet, was being prepared for a training mission when one jet was blasted with bullets.

Both technicians were said to have suffered from hearing problems as a result of the accident and not burn injures, according to Sudinfo.

A rescue operation was launched and huge plumes of black smoke was seen coming from the air base for miles around after the several explosions were heard.

Around 30 firefighters including civilian officers reportedly raced to the scene along with ambulances and other emergency workers.

The exploded war plane, which is capable of travelling at supersonic speeds, was said to have been filled with around 10,000 litres of highly explosive kerosene fuel.

Colonel Didier Polome, who flew back from the Baltic where Belgian F-16s are policing NATO's frontier with Russia, said: 'You can't help thinking of what a disaster this could have been.' Boris Morenville, head of the defence trade union, said it did not appear to be a deliberate act or a terrorist incident.

He told Belgian broadcaster RTL Info: 'We may be thinking about human fault or technical failure, but in any case we have not yet been warned of an intentional act.'

The Belgian Air Force tweeted in both French and Flemish shortly after the fire: 'On October 11, 2018, at approximately 2:10 pm, a fire broke out during maintenance work on an F-16 on the Florennes Base. The plane burned. A second aircraft suffered collateral damage.'

Belgium's Federal Prosecutor's Office and the Ministry of Defence's (MoD's) Aviation Safety Directorate are said to be investigating the circumstances around the destruction of the jet. The air base at Florennes, in the French-speaking southern half of the country, is home to the Belgian air force's 2nd Tactical Wing. It houses two squadrons and 20 of the F-16 fighter jets, according to the Belgian website sudinfo.be.

The base was previously home to NATO's Tactical Leadership Programme but it moved to Albacete in Spain in 2009.

The F-16 Fighting Falcon, first developed for the US Air Force, has been sold to 28 military forces around the world.

The 49-foot long warplane, manufactured by Lockheed Martin, can travel at 1,500mph - faster than Mach 2.

Belgium has 60 of the aircraft, of which 48 are assigned to NATO, according to the country's defence ministry.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6273027/F-16-fighter-jet-EXPLODES-damaged-Belgium-mechanic-accidentally-opened-fire.html 

:: 9-3-20 Greek City Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Retired Turkish Admiral says it will take Turkey only two days to capture French flagship and Greek islands

by Paul Antonopoulos

A retired Turkish Admiral accused Greece of seeking to “get its hands on” sea areas “belonging” to Turkey and said for Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan to give Greece a two day warning before invading its Eastern Aegean Islands.

"We can capture the French aircraft carrier in two days,” retired Turkish Admiral Deniz Kutluk said to the Erdoğan government, adding that Ankara needs to issue an “ultimatum” to Greece for the immediate disarmament of 16 Aegean islands, threatening military intervention and occupation if this is not done.

“Turkey must declare that we do not recognize sovereignty over these 16 islands. Turkey must say that ‘Greece within 48 hours and under observation by international observers will ensure the disarmament of these islands or else these islands are ours.’ And one by one take them and finish with it. We have this power,” he said provocatively while speaking to Veryansın TV. The retired admiral accused Greece of seeking to “intervene” in sea areas “belonging” to Turkey and said that if Greece reacts Turkey can destroy the Greek military forces in the Aegean Sea.

“Greece in the Eastern Mediterranean is trying to become a partner in the plots where Turkey has declared sovereignty. Saying that ‘the United States supported me, we resolved the issue with Egypt,’ Greece is taking steps towards the regions of Turkey. Turkey has declared that these allegations have no force,” he said, adding that “the fleets are now in the field.”

Greek forces are in the Aegean. Most likely their submarines are in the Mediterranean. Greek forces are hiding behind the islands and waiting. The Turkish fleet knows this and has taken strategic positions. Greece transfers aid to islands near Turkey. Greece is not doing this to irritate Turkey. It does so because ‘Turkey can occupy these islands at any time’,” he continued.

If we think about the proximity of these islands to Turkey, if Turkey wants to take them, it takes them. No matter how much aid they carry, they will either be delivered or destroyed. What Greece is doing is a violation of international law,” the former admiral said in a typical Turkish way of not citing which international law was broken by Greece.

“And this is something that Turkey should make more heard,” he suggested.

Kutluk did not spare France from his outrage either. He accused France of violating international law, and once again did not cite which international law as we have become accustomed to from Turks, and warned that Turkish forces can occupy the French aircraft carrier sailing to the Mediterranean within only two days.

“On the other hand, France is engaged in sending warplanes there and setting up an air base in Cyprus. These are geopolitical maneuvers. On the one hand, they want to sell weapons and ships in Greece. These steps must be stopped by international bodies because they are a violation of the law. But I do not believe that France and Turkey will clash. In the end, the aircraft carrier that they will send, Turkey can capture in two days.”

Turkey is becoming increasingly desperate and more provocative in their statements as they remain completely isolated in their aggression against Greece. In contrast, the entire region has rallied behind Greece in their defense of their continental shelf and maritime space from Turkish aggression and violations.

Because of Turkey’s frustrations and an economy that is declining out of control, the regime in Ankara is attempting to distract the population from the economic situation. To do this, Erdoğan renewed hostilities with Greece knowing that a large portion of the ultra-nationalists in Turkey will rally in their war cries against Greece.

https://greekcitytimes.com/2020/09/03/retired-turkish-admiral-says-it-will-take-turkey-only-two-days-to-capture-french-flagship-and-greek-islands/ 

:: 9-4-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Come-to-Jesus-Moment

By Hal Lindsey

The big game is almost over. The coach calls a timeout. He huddles with his players near the sideline. We see him speaking to them passionately and from the heart. He’s getting them ready to play will all their might for the next few minutes. As we see the players on the field, there’s a good chance we will hear the TV announcer say that the players are having a “come to Jesus moment.”

Over the last few years, people throughout the culture have talked about having “come to Jesus moments.” It has become a common way to refer to any earnest, heart-to-heart appeal from one person to a group of people.

Of course, a real “come to Jesus moment” is infinitely more profound than a coach firing up his team. But it might not be as emotional. Sometimes there are tears when people come to Jesus, but not always. Sometimes it is in response to a heartfelt, emotional plea by someone else. But it might be while they are alone, perhaps walking and thinking, or reading.

Sometimes people go to church and have a powerful emotional experience. But that doesn’t necessarily mean they have really come to Jesus. Maybe they felt bad about a sin and stepped forward in church hoping to stop that particular sin. But saying, “I promise never to do it again,” is not the same as “coming to Jesus” and receiving His gift of grace.

Romans 10:1-4 says, “Brethren, my heart’s desire and my prayer to God for them [Israel] is for their salvation. For I bear them witness that they have a zeal for God, but not in accordance with knowledge. For not knowing about God’s righteousness, and seeking to establish their own, they did not subject themselves to the righteousness of God. For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to everyone who believes.”

We know from Romans 9:31, that the word “they” refers to “Israel.” Individual Jews were being saved, but Israel as a group had rejected Jesus. Paul’s desire was for the whole nation to be saved. Having formerly been one of the most zealous of Jews, he understood the zeal for God that many Jews felt. But, he said, it was “not in accordance with knowledge.”

What knowledge did they lack? They lacked the same knowledge that most people lack in our day. They didn’t grasp the scope of “God’s righteousness.” Look carefully at Romans 10:3. “For not knowing about God’s righteousness, and seeking to establish their own, they did not subject themselves to the righteousness of God.”

Notice how each phrase is proven by the next. They don’t really understand God’s righteousness. Because of that, they think they can create their own. That leads to the fatal error of not subjecting themselves to the righteousness of God.

That’s what’s happening to millions around the world. They don’t understand God’s righteousness, so they’re trying to save themselves by establishing our own. In Luke 18, Jesus told the parable of the Pharisee and the Tax Collector. That story is introduced by the statement, “He also told this parable to certain ones who trusted in themselves that they were righteous.”

You will only trust in yourself that you are righteous if you lack an understanding of God’s perfect righteousness. And make no mistake. His righteousness is the standard. Anything less is not good enough.

That’s why Jesus, God the Son, became a man, and lived a perfect human life. He could live the perfect standard as a man because He is also God. He not only took our sins on Himself at the cross, but to all who believe He also transfers the gift of His perfect righteousness (2 Corinthians 5:21).

Because our goodness can never measure up to God’s standard of goodness, it is essential that we “come to Jesus.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-28-2019/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9-7-20 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gender reveal party sparked new California wildfire raging across nearly 7,400 acres

Published Mon, Sep 7 20201:11 PM EDTUpdated Mon, Sep 7 20207:16 PM EDT

Lauren Feiner @lauren_feiner

Key Points

A smoke generating pyrotechnic device used at a gender reveal party was the source of a wildfire in El Dorado, California, that has spread to 7,386 acres as of Monday, according to California fire officials.

The El Dorado fire adds to a series of dangerous wildfires that have cropped up in California as residents are already trying to fend off danger from the ongoing coronavirus pandemic.

On Sunday, California Governor Gavin Newsom proclaimed a state of emergency in San Bernadino County due to the El Dorado fire as well as four other counties due to other fires.

A smoke generating pyrotechnic device used at a gender reveal party was the source of a wildfire in El Dorado, California, that has spread to 7,386 acres as of Monday, according to California fire officials.

In a statement released Sunday, the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection said the the fire began at 10:23 a.m. Saturday in the El Dorado Ranch Park in Yucaipa, spreading to the north. As of Monday, the fire was 7% contained, according to the Cal Fire website. The communities of Oak Glen, Yucaipa Ridge, Mountain Home Village and Forest Falls are under evacuation orders and an evacuation warning is in effect for the Yucaipa bench area. The Yucaipa Community Center is serving as a temporary evacuation facility, according to Cal Fire. More than 500 personnel and 60 engines have been deployed to the site, according to the website.

The El Dorado fire adds to a series of dangerous wildfires that have cropped up in California as residents are already trying to fend off danger from the ongoing coronavirus pandemic. On Sunday, California Governor Gavin Newsom proclaimed a state of emergency in San Bernadino County due to the El Dorado fire as well as four other counties due to other fires.

The Creek Fire, which prompted the state of emergency in Fresno, Madera and Mariposa counties, has burned more than 78,790 acres and was 0% contained as of Monday morning, according to Cal Fire. Nearly 1,000 personnel have been deployed to help contain the fire. An evacuation order was placed on Madera County: Community of Central Camp and evacuation warnings extend to other parts of Madera and Fresno counties.

The Valley Fire, which led to the state of emergency declaration for San Diego County, has burned more than 10,000 acres and was 1% contained as of Monday morning. An evacuation order is in effect for the community of Carve Acre, according to Cal Fire.

Compounding the danger, California residents narrowly escaped the threat of rolling blackouts after the state’s Independent System Operator declared a Stage 2 state of emergency on Sunday. The ISO warned residents to conserve power and late Sunday, said the state of emergency was lifted and no outages had been ordered. On Monday, the ISO asked residents to again take steps to conserve energy amid hot weather with a Flex Alert in place between 3 p.m. and 9 p.m. local time.

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/09/07/gender-reveal-party-sparked-el-dorado-california-wildfire.html 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight. etc

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 9-6-20 NBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea may be prepping submarine-launched ballistic missile test, U.S. weapons experts warn

“A sea-launched missile test would definitely cross all of President Trump’s red lines because it would involve a major ballistic missile," Dr. Victor Cha said.

By Andrea Mitchell Sept. 5, 2020, 5:15 PM EDT

U.S. weapons experts say they believe North Korea may be preparing to test a new strategic weapon system that would vastly expand Kim Jong Un’s arsenal and defy President Donald Trump’s threshold requirements for continued engagement with the U.S.

The experts, led by Dr. Victor Cha of the Center for Strategic and International Studies “Beyond Parallel” website, have posted new and unusually clear satellite images taken Friday that show North Korea may be preparing its first submarine-launched ballistic missile test, potentially a major new development for the North.

The experts say the pictures show a submersible test stand barge at the Sinpo South Shipyard. According to the “Beyond Parallel” assessment, the primary indicator suggesting preparations for a test launch is the presence of several vessels within the boat basin, one of which resembles ships used to tow the test barge out to sea. Another indicator is two Romeo-class submarines anchored within the base that experts say could be used as escorts for an SLBM test maneuver. “This looks like they are certainly preparing to do an SLBM test for the first time," said Cha, an NBC News contributor on Asian affairs. "Kim Jong Un has been talking about unveiling a new strategic weapon and this may be it. There’s been a lot of activity around this one site where the test barge is located."

Since the failed Hanoi Summit between Trump and Kim in February 2019, Trump has dismissed a series of short-range, land-based missile tests as not threatening the United States, although they do violate United Nations Security Council resolutions. “A sea-launched missile test would definitely cross all of President Trump’s red lines because it would involve a major ballistic missile," Cha said. "It would be difficult for President Trump to ignore this.”

The experts believe the earliest North Korea would be ready to launch would be Sept. 8 in the U.S., or Sept. 9 in North Korea. That is North Korea’s Foundation Day, honoring the establishment of the state.

In the past, Kim has liked to test new weapons on his country’s holidays, as well as holidays in the U.S., to get maximum attention. Launching the test only months before the U.S. election would raise a major political challenge to Trump's claim of progress with the North as one of his diplomatic achievements.

https://www.nbcnews.com/news/world/north-korea-may-be-prepping-submarine-launched-ballistic-missile-test-n1239420 

[:: 10-10-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for as you see the second altar call coming to pass and as you watch the death toll and the destructions, you will know that I have warned and I have warned, but they haven’t listened.  And, therefore, we are drawing closer and closer and closer to the third and then sudden destruction, destruction that I have warned that millions upon millions upon millions shall be lost in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, and yet that is not the end.  That is not my wrath, for I am not pouring out my wrath, I am doing all that I possibly can to reach, to turn around, to call those in that need to come in, to wake up the Christians etc..

:: 8-30-20 I Am Not Ashamed Of The Gospel Of Christ! :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

God Is Calling His People To Unite Against The Gates Of Hell

By C. J. Refsland on August 30, 2020

“The gates of Hell shall not prevail over my church”

Christ gave us our call to arms. Now that we see the gates of hell spreading its filth it’s time for all to unite. What is our armor? We are armed with the armor of God.

Even Christian leaders are falling prey to the filth from the gates of hell.

These were my very first thoughts as I read this article this morning. In tears and shock my spirit cried out to God.

The article was titled: North Carolina teens are going viral for reading ‘WAP’ to an evangelical minister protesting outside an abortion clinic.

That song is pure filth, the filthiest defilement ever vomited from the depths of hell. I can’t even repeat one line of what was spewed to this man of God. It was performed by a female scantily clad with psychedelic hair and jewelry, the perfect picture of a human possessed with evil.

I can’t scream loud enough that it’s time for all Christians to unite. In fact I am beginning to believe that a revival that many speak of is really a cry from God for His church to unite before it’s too late. It’s time to circle the wagons, tighten up the flanks and unite. God is calling the whole body of Christ. All denominations to unite and take a firm stand or we are in danger of not overcoming. Our voices do matter. Time is growing short. This November don’t vote for a man. Vote for principals of faith. Vote for life, vote for morals our land was built on. It’s imperative! Gods judgement is swift. We will not be held blameless. Pray like never before. Talk to those around you. I was at a Walmart recently and waiting in line behind an African American man. I only point that out to show we’re one big family in Christ. Anyway I realized I had gotten very close to him and I still don’t know why I said this except God wanted me to. I said I’m sorry if I’m too close, I still don’t get or like the social distancing rules. He turned and looked at me we both had masks on but our eyes connected and he said I don’t like any of this. And our conversation turned to Gods judgement and how swift it’s coming. He pointed out the hatred overtaking our land. And we both agreed God was our only hope and it was going to get worse. As he finished and left he turned and said it was good talking to you Sister. I said same to you Brother, God Bless you. There is no color in the body of Christ. We are all one big family. It’s time to talk to each other, it’s time to let your light shine! Find a talking point and talk to those around you. There’s a reason for pastors performing the exercise of, turn to your neighbor and shake his hand. It’s to prepare us for this very time we are in. We were born for this very time. Now answer Gods call and push back against the gates of hell.

Remember if you want the blood of innocent babies on your hands vote for the candidate that supports the above article and infanticide and abortion. Or the dark spirit that sides with violence or oppression. It’s a battle for not only our souls but the soul and heart of our country.

https://iamnotashamedofthegospelofchrist.com/2020/08/30/god-is-calling-his-people-to-unite-against-the-gates-of-hell/ 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 8-31-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MILITARY PREPARING FOR ELECTION CHAOS - CHINA BANKS COLLAPSING - BIRD FLU OUTBREAK

21,037 views

•Aug 31, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ju97o9kUFTI&feature=youtu.be 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 8-30-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

LA County Loses Court Battle with Grace Community Church — So County Sends Eviction Notice to the Church on Sunday

By Jim Hoft Published August 30, 2020 at 9:12pm

On August 12th Los Angeles County filed charges prohibiting Grace Community Church from holding religious services. But a local judge decided in favor of Grace Community Church to allow religious service if congregants wore face coverings and practiced social distancing.

Pastor John MacArthur said at the time that the church was meeting indoors because it was their constitutional right and that it was commanded by God for his people to come together in worship. Factories, pot shops, liquor stores and department stores are allowed to stay open but not houses of worship.

County officials were outraged at the judge’s decision this week telling the LA Times, “It is deeply disappointing that the Court decided not to grant the County’s request for a temporary restraining order prohibiting Grace Community Church from holding indoor services. We look forward to a favorable ruling when a full hearing is heard on the matter.” County officials did not sit back after losing last week’s ruling.

On Sunday Los Angeles County sent a letter of eviction to Grace Community Church from a county owned parking lot. They informed the church they can no longer use the parking lot they have used for over four decades. Los Angeles officials gave church officials 30 days to evacuate the premises.

The county broke their agreement that was in effect since for 45 years. Constitutional Law Attorney Jenna Ellis, Special Counsel to Thomas More Society, released this statement on the eviction notice.

This is government tyranny.

“Los Angeles County is retaliating against Grace Community Church for simply exercising their constitutionally protected right to hold church and challenging an unreasonable, unlawful health order. In America, we have a judicial system to ensure that the executive branch does not abuse its power, and Grace Community Church has every right to be heard without fear of reprisal. The Democrats’ message to Americans is clear–if you do not bow to every whim of tyranny, the government will come after you. The Church has peacefully held this lease for 45 years and the only reason the County is attempting eviction is because John MacArthur stood up to their unconstitutional power grab. This is harassment, abusive, and unconscionable.”

As Attorney Ellis said, this is nothing more than harassment and abuse! Here is the full eviction notice plus the contracts with the church that date back to 2001.

LA County Loses Court Battle with Grace Community Church — So County Sends Eviction Notice to the Church on Sunday

By Jim Hoft Published August 30, 2020 at 9:12pm

On August 12th Los Angeles County filed charges prohibiting Grace Community Church from holding religious services. But a local judge decided in favor of Grace Community Church to allow religious service if congregants wore face coverings and practiced social distancing.

Pastor John MacArthur said at the time that the church was meeting indoors because it was their constitutional right and that it was commanded by God for his people to come together in worship.

Factories, pot shops, liquor stores and department stores are allowed to stay open but not houses of worship.

County officials were outraged at the judge’s decision this week telling the LA Times, “It is deeply disappointing that the Court decided not to grant the County’s request for a temporary restraining order prohibiting Grace Community Church from holding indoor services. We look forward to a favorable ruling when a full hearing is heard on the matter.”

TRENDING: Debate Moderators Announced for Presidential Debates -- All Are Trump-Haters with Chris Wallace Being the Worst

County officials did not sit back after losing last week’s ruling.

On Sunday Los Angeles County sent a letter of eviction to Grace Community Church from a county owned parking lot. They informed the church they can no longer use the parking lot they have used for over four decades.

Advertisement - story continues below

Los Angeles officials gave church officials 30 days to evacuate the premises.

The county broke their agreement that was in effect since for 45 years.

Constitutional Law Attorney Jenna Ellis, Special Counsel to Thomas More Society, released this statement on the eviction notice.

This is government tyranny.

“Los Angeles County is retaliating against Grace Community Church for simply exercising their constitutionally protected right to hold church and challenging an unreasonable, unlawful health order. In America, we have a judicial system to ensure that the executive branch does not abuse its power, and Grace Community Church has every right to be heard without fear of reprisal. The Democrats’ message to Americans is clear–if you do not bow to every whim of tyranny, the government will come after you. The Church has peacefully held this lease for 45 years and the only reason the County is attempting eviction is because John MacArthur stood up to their unconstitutional power grab. This is harassment, abusive, and unconscionable.”

As Attorney Ellis said, this is nothing more than harassment and abuse!

Here is the full eviction notice plus the contracts with the church that date back to 2001.

Los Angeles County Serves Eviction Notice to Grace Community Church by Jim Hoft on Scribd

Todd Starnes has more on the eviction notice.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/08/la-county-loses-court-battle-grace-community-church-county-sends-eviction-notice-sunday/ 

:: 8-29-20 South China Morning Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Weaponising China’s export of medicines is wrong, immoral and should be denounced

High-profile economist Li Daokui said that Beijing could restrict drug exports to the US if the Trump administration was to cut China’s access to semiconductors

Washington has been ratcheting up attacks on Chinese tech firms, including starving Huawei of components made by American companies

Zha Daojiong Published: 7:00pm, 29 Aug, 2020 Updated: 7:43pm, 29 Aug, 2020

Why you can trust SCMP

The suggestion from economics professor Li Daokui

that China curb exports of medicines as a means of countering US economic curbs on Chinese access to semiconductor products is plainly wrong, dangerous and deserves to be denounced.

It is wrong for several reasons. First, with or without a pandemic, for an individual of any country, unaffected access to medicines is both a right and a necessity. Safe and effective medicines are not just another category of ordinary products. They are produced and traded to meet the needs of residents of countries around the world for treatment of diseases and improvement of health.

Deliberate foreign tempering with access to medicines in a country amounts to direct attack on the well-being of present and potential patients and, by extension, healthy residents in the event of an epidemic. Continuing development of the Chinese economy depends as much on control of the Covid-19 pandemic in the Chinese society as it does for other countries Everything else being equal, trade and investment make up the tangible linkage between China and the rest of the world.

Second, the increase in the supply of medicines

and active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) from China, in recent years, to other societies is a result of two forces. Lowering of costs in manufacturing was certainly a factor. But more importantly, manufacturers are attracted to the ease of product supply to satisfy the needs of the Chinese populace. The second motivation has brought direct benefits to China itself.

A curb on exports of medicinal products is almost certainly going to result in either a reduction or complete removal of foreign pharmaceutical production in China. Chinese medicinal consumers are bound to suffer at least as much from a purposeful disruption of the globalised pharmaceutical industry chain. Claims of one country controlling the medicine chest of another is without factual merit

Third, in a material sense, China may not be that much of a swing factor in the world’s medicine industry chain in the first place. It is beyond the layman’s capacity to evaluate claims of ‘over dependency’ on medicines and APIs made in China. Methodologies and processes of turning APIs into final dosage forms are trade secrets known only to those corporations and professionals who handle them. As a matter of fact, even for government regulators of drug safety, it is possible to back-trace only to the factory source of a particular API. Most governmental drug quality regulators opt for strengthening inspection of imported products at the point of entry.

The science of pharmaceutical engineering is certainly capable of alternative sourcing both in terms of location of production and even in content used. Claims of one country controlling the medicine chest of another is without factual merit.

Last, but not least, China’s drug quality control agencies have had a solid history of technical collaboration with their US counterparts in ensuring that defective production of a particular API that originated in China was rectified. The most notable case is the 2007-08 joint investigation of a factory in China that was found to have exported defective Heparin sodium to the US. The facility in question was eventually closed, but the US approach is viewed in Chinese drug quality control circles as a positive example to emulate. For China, international cooperation in assurance of medicine quality is essential, and it requires that flows of pharmaceutical products and industry interests be free from political intervention if they are to be sustained. The reasons that suggesting the curtailment of medicine exports is dangerous are only too obvious. Such utterances from a prominent Chinese scholar add fuel to the fire in the war of words between those Chinese and Americans who, erroneously, wish the other side could simply disappear. The truth of the matter is that even in times of active warfare, access to medicines is not something to be tempered with.

In recent years, cooperation between governmental authorities of China and the US in cracking down on flows of such illicit materials as fentanyl is a good indicator of cooperation that runs parallel to disputes over other matters. Advocacy to punish the US at all costs are therefore out of tune with policy actions.

The most important reason for arguing against tampering with market access to medicines – by China or by any other party, with or without the push toward ‘decoupling’ – is that it is just such an utterly self-defeating proposition. Unprovoked and politically-motivated decoupling of the medicinal industry only hurts the party that initiates it, as it will mean a loss of foreign materials and know-how that have already been delivered to the door of a society. Weaponising China’s export of medicines is a plainly wrong proposition. It is immoral. Such a self-defeating proposition never ought to be contemplated as a policy choice Besides, how can a society, American or any other, support reduction of diplomatic tensions with China after it is being punished through loss of needed drugs? Further escalation of the conflict is a sure outcome.

In a nutshell, yes, when the US government relentlessly ratchets up punitive actions against China, on one product after another and one entity after another, there is cause for angry thinking about China’s development needs and pursuit of its own interests.

But weaponising China’s export of medicines is a plainly wrong proposition. It is immoral. Such a self-defeating proposition never ought to be contemplated as a policy choice.

Here is that ancient Chinese saying: “Don’t do unto others what you don’t want done unto you.” Simple as that. Period. Zha Daojiong is a professor of international political economy at the School of International Studies and Institute of South-South Cooperation and Development within Peking University in Beijing.

https://www.scmp.com/economy/china-economy/article/3099230/weaponising-chinas-export-medicines-wrong-immoral-and-should 

:: 8-31-20 Trends Wide :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fleet of moving vehicles are seen in NYC’s troubled Upper West Side, marking ‘mass evacuation’

souhaib by souhaib

August 31, 2020 in Trending

U-Haul trucks and other moving vehicles were seen out in abundance on Manhattan’s troubled Upper West Side across the weekend.

The seeming exodus comes just days after it was revealed residents in the area are planning to sue the city after thousands of homeless people were put up in luxury hotels in the neighborhood in a controversial attempt to stem the spread of COVID-19 amid the ongoing pandemic.

Natives of the typically up-scale neighborhood say the moving in of the homeless people has caused an increase in crime, random violence, drug use, public urination and open prostitution. Some locals claim sex offenders have also moved into the streets.

Long lines were seen outside of a number of U-Haul stations in the neighborhood across Saturday and Sunday, with moving vehicles lining residential streets and discarded furniture stacked on sidewalks left by locals seeking pastures new.

While the end of the month often proves to be a busy moving period in the Big Apple, Guardian Angels founder Curtis Sliwa told the NY Post that he believes the ‘mass evacuation’ of Upper West Siders from NYC is now in ‘full effect.’  etc The mayoral candidate, who often leads Guardian Angel patrols of the area, said he saw numerous moving trucks ‘stacked up’ down his street Saturday.

Stopping at each, he says he asked the residents where they were planning on moving too, which each reportedly confirming they were moving out of state.

Sliwa said that in his building already that nine out of the 12 units are currently sitting vacant. He said he’s seen eight moving trucks on his block alone in the last week and a half.

‘The moment I walked out on my block, near Central Park West, there was a moving truck. I asked where you going, and they said, “Virginia,”, he told the outlet.

They told me, “Curtis, first the pandemic hit us and now the quality of life is so bad”’ Sliwa said, adding that the woman was almost in tears as she made the admission, telling him she’d lived in the area since the crime-ridden days of the 1970s.

Sliwa said he spoke to the operators of three other trucks. They confirmed they were moving to New Hampshire, Tennessee, and South Carolina respectively.

One removal driver told Sliwa that his company is working ‘morning, noon, and night to move people out of state,’ he claimed.

While the end of the month often proves to be a busy moving period in the Big Apple, Guardian Angels founder Curtis Sliwa told the NY Post that he believes the ¿mass evacuation' of Upper West Siders from NYC is now in 'full effect'

While the end of the month often proves to be a busy moving period in the Big Apple, Guardian Angels founder Curtis Sliwa told the NY Post that he believes the ‘mass evacuation’ of Upper West Siders from NYC is now in ‘full effect’

Moving vehicles lining the streets and discarded furniture stacked on the sidewalk left my residents seeking pastures new (picture taken July 14)

Moving vehicles lining the streets and discarded furniture stacked on the sidewalk left my residents seeking pastures new (picture taken July 14)

Residents have hired an attorney to sue the city to transfer the homeless back into shelters where they can get help

Residents have hired an attorney to sue the city to transfer the homeless back into shelters where they can get help

One resident pictured moving out his belongings of his Upper West Side apartment on Sunday

Another of the trucks was for a young family, a mother and father with a young daughter and son.

‘They said in the last month, there have been so many disturbed people in the streets, aggressively panhandling, defecating, urinating — they leave the hotels and have no bathrooms to use,’ Sliwa said.

These are the people who elected de Blasio, who live here,’ Sliwa said. ‘It’s a progressive, liberal neighborhood. And now there’s a visceral hate here for him — the feeling that he has virtually singlehandedly destroyed this city.’

At the moment more than 13,000 homeless people are being housed in 139 hotels across the Big Apple, including three luxury hotels – The Belleclaire, The Lucerne and The Belnord – on the Upper West Side. etc  An unlawful encampment pictured on the Upper West Side on Broadway etc 

On Monday a Zoom meeting was held between the community board, residents and homeless advocates about keeping the streets safe. About 1,100 people joined that emergency meeting. etc

What the city has to do legally is house this vulnerable population in proper shelters, where they will get support and supervision and social services they will need,’ attorney Randy Mastro, who represents the West Side Community Organization, said to ABC7.

Mastro is an attorney and former Deputy Mayor and Chief of Staff under Rudy Giuliani.

It’s not clear when the suit against the city and Mayor Bill De Blasio would be filed by Mastro said it would be ‘soon’, according to Our Town.

We are calling on the de Blasio administration to clear up this mess of its own making,’ Mastro said to the New York Post.

DailyMail.com has reached out to the West Side Community Organization for comment on the lawsuit.

Last night the community came together at the CB7 board meeting to address significant safety concerns to our children and neighborhood. We will not turn a blind eye to what is happening to the UWS or ignore the risk of sexual assault. More news in the coming week,’ the group tweeted Tuesday evening.

Upper West Side residents threatened to sue Mayor Bill de Blasio if he doesn't move 13,000 homeless people out of the neighborhood

On Monday a Zoom meeting was held between community board, residents and homeless advocates about keeping the streets safe. About 1,100 joined that emergency meeting

The Guardian Angels perform a night patrol of the Upper West Side, Manhattan, New York, amid growing concerns about hundreds of homeless recently moved into hotels by the city on August 10

Local Michelle Benvenisti said she was walking home on the Upper West Side last Saturday night when someone started heckling her. She claimed the man tried to follow her into her home then loitered outside for several hours.

‘Completely unnerving that I have purchased a sound alarm for keychain, and I’m signing up for self-defense. Changing the way I do every day activities,’ Benvenisti said.

Upper West Side resident Alison Morpurgo said a homeless man grabbed her a few weeks ago trying to steal her phone.

‘When they’re not wearing masks, congregating, sleeping on the street or sharing bottles, it’s hard to see how that’s helpful. What was the goal of that?’ Morpurgo said.

Locals have joined social media groups including the Twitter page ‘Save the Upper West Side’ and Facebook group ‘Upper West Siders for Safer Streets’, which boasts over 11,000 followers. etc

On both pages users post stark photos of the homeless population they’ve found sleeping in streets and urinating in public, and share their concerns.

Still, the city stands by the decision to move homeless New Yorkers to 139 struggling private hotels across the city in a bid to prevent the spread of COVID-19 and prevent breakouts at shelters.

The effort is being mostly paid for by FEMA, but 25 percent of it is coming from the city’s shrinking budget. It brings some cash to the struggling hotels which were decimated by the pandemic.

Through the program, they take $175 per person, per night which – with more than 13,000 homeless currently being housed in hotels – is more than $2.275million, according to anonymous city sources who have been quoted since May.

A man rests on a park bench on the Upper West Side in the Manhattan borough of New York City on August 10

The city stands by the decision to move homeless New Yorkers to 139 struggling private hotels across the city in a bid to prevent the spread of COVID-19 and prevent breakouts at shelters

In early August Mayor Bill De Blasio said moving the homeless wasn’t a permanent strategy and the city is planning to purchase buildings to urn them into affordable housing

Despite the complaints and the exorbitant bills, the city is standing by the decision.

‘We know that by moving into hotels, we were able to save lives,’ Erin Drinkwater from the Department of Social Services said.

‘New Yorkers experiencing homelessness are our neighbors – and the notion that they are not welcome in some neighborhoods for any reason is an affront to basic decency,’ The Department of Homeless Services said in a statement.

In early August Mayor Bill De Blasio said moving the homeless wasn’t a permanent plan and the city is planning to purchase buildings to urn them into affordable housing.

We’re now starting the process of reducing the reliance on hotels,’ de Blasio said at a press conference. ‘That’s the big plan is make sure we can start to get people out of those hotels, relieve some of the pressure on those communities.’

De Blasio offered no details on how quickly the program would be wound down. He had recently said that the program would continue for ‘six months-ish.’

Westchester County sees July home sales more than DOUBLE as NYC is ravaged by coronavirus and soaring crime rates

By Ariel Zilber for DailyMail.com

New York City residents with cash are fleeing the Big Apple in droves and moving to nearby suburbs as the COVID-19 pandemic has enabled them to work from home while Manhattan office buildings stay largely empty.

Real estate brokers in the surrounding areas of the city including the Hudson Valley, Westchester County, New Jersey, and Connecticut are reporting soaring demand for houses in recent months.

Compared to 2019, there was a 44 per cent jump in the number of July home sales for suburban counties just outside of New York City, according to figures compiled by Miller Samuel Real Estate Appraisers & Consultants.

That includes a 112 per cent increase in Westchester County; a 73 per cent increase in home sales in Fairfield County, Connecticut; a 35 per cent increase in home sales in Putnam County; and a 19 per cent increase in Dutchess County.

New York City residents are fleeing to the suburbs as the COVID-19 pandemic and an uptick in crime has forced those with cash to seek larger living spaces while being able to work from home. The image above shows a row of apartment buildings and restaurants in the Hell's Kitchen section of Manhattan on August 18

New York City residents are fleeing to the suburbs as the COVID-19 pandemic and an uptick in crime has forced those with cash to seek larger living spaces while being able to work from home. The image above shows a row of apartment buildings and restaurants in the Hell’s Kitchen section of Manhattan on August 18

Many New Yorkers appear to prefer nearby Westchester County, where July home sales jumped a staggering 112 per cent compared to the same period last year. The above image shows a view of the Westchester County town of New Rochelle, New York, on May 30

In Manhattan, July home sales dipped by 56 per cent, according to The New York Times.

Before the pandemic, New Yorkers were willing to put up with cramped, tiny apartments and a high cost of living in exchange for short commutes to the office as well as easy access to the city’s cultural attractions and nightlife.

Since COVID-19 has essentially shut down much of the city’s museums, theaters, and sports stadiums, those with means are now buying homes that give them the comfort of working from home in larger spaces.

Some real estate agents said clients coming from the city have also expressed concern about the disturbing rise in violent crime in recent months.

Real estate agents in nearby Dutchess County, which lies about 80 miles north of New York City, report a 19 per cent increase in July home purchases compared to the same period last year. The above file photo shows the town of Poughkeepsie, the seat of Dutchess County etc

There was a 162 per cent increase in the number of shooting victims and a 166 per cent increase in the number of shooting incidents during the four-week period that ended on August 23 compared to the same period last year, New York Police Department data shows.

From January 1 through August 23, there was a 95 per cent increase in the number of shooting victims and 87 per cent increase in shootings compared to the same period in 2019.

During the four-week period ending on August 23, the city recorded 48 homicides – a 50 per cent increase from the 32 homicides that were recorded during the same period last year.

Between January 1 and August 23, the city recorded 280 homicides – a 35 per cent increase from 208 homicides that were recorded during the same period of 2019.

‘The people from New York are coming with a sense of urgency, and the thing they want is space,’ James Hughes, a real estate agent based in New Jersey, told the Times.

‘The demand is insane.’

Hughes believes that about 60 per cent of potential buyers who have expressed interest in properties that he markets are New York City exiles.

Zack Stertz, Zoe Salzman, and their two young sons were living in a two-bedroom apartment in Brooklyn when the pandemic hit in March.

Since they were unable to afford a brownstone in Brooklyn, they decided to search elsewhere for a home, particularly since there was worry that schools in New York City would not resume in-person classes this fall.

In June, they outbid several potential buyers and purchased a four-bedroom home in Maplewood, New Jersey. Their offer of $799,000 was accepted just two days after it was listed.

‘To give up living in Brooklyn and move to suburbs, we just couldn’t see ourselves there,’ said Salzman, a 39-year-old lawyer who under normal circumstances works from her Manhattan office.

In Putnam County, there was a 35 per cent spike in home sales in July. The above image shows residents of Phillipstown, New York, in Putnam County taking part in Memorial Day festivities on May 25

‘But the pandemic helped make this choice for us.’

The exodus from the city is so acute that real estate agents in the suburbs are reporting dwindling supply next to surging demand.

In East Orange, New Jersey, a home listed for $285,000 was shown to 97 potential buyers. It received 24 offers.

The offer that was accepted was 21 per cent more than the original asking price – approximately $345,000.

The values of properties in Kingston, New York – a quaint Hudson Valley suburb near the Catskill Mountains – soared by 18 per cent in the second quarter, or $276,000, compared to the same period last year.

That represents the biggest increase among 181 metropolitan areas in the United States, according to a report released earlier this month by the National Association of Realtors.

‘Every single deal I have is someone from Brooklyn or Manhattan,’ Amy Crossfield, a Kingston-based real estate agent and former resident of Brooklyn, told Bloomberg News.

You have bidding wars, cash offers and people rushing to put in an offer the day something comes on the market.’

New Yorkers are also crossing state lines and moving to Connecticut. Brokers report a 73 per cent increase in home sales in Fairfield County, Connecticut, in July compared to the same period last year. The above image shows the town of Stamford, Connecticut

New York City will have to wrestle with the economic repercussions of this trend, which is reminiscent of the large-scale flight from the five boroughs to the suburbs in the decades immediately following World War Two.

Experts have warned that the flight of wealthy New Yorkers will deprive the city of badly needed tax revenue to maintain services like police and sanitation that are vital if it hopes to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic.

‘What is worrisome is that the high-income earners, particularly those with more than $1million, provide a substantial amount of resources to the New York City budget,’ said Maria Doulis, vice president of strategy and operations at the nonpartisan Citizens Budget Commission.

‘To lose them would really represent a blow to the budget.’

Despite the grim outlook, however, Mayor Bill de Blasio says don’t count out New York City.

The mayor is predicting that those leaving will eventually return.

‘If you don’t think New York City is coming back, then you don’t know New York City,’ de Blasio said.

Source link

https://trendswide.com/fleet-of-moving-vehicles-are-seen-in-nycs-troubled-upper-west-side-marking-mass-evacuation/ 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 8-30-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When Terrorists Tell You They Will Kill You....Believe Them And Act Accordingly: 'Death To America' Chanted By Antifa/BLM In Oakland Another Alarm To Prepare For Bedlam

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine August 30, 2020

The signs being held up by Antifa back in 2017, while they were just causing massive chaos on collage campuses, rioting and destroying everything in sight just to prevent a conservative speaker from giving a lecture after being invited by campus conservatives.

What people need to understand is that those signs accurately described and they openly admit their endgame is to be "ungovernable." They declared war on normal Americans that disagree with their ideology and politics.

Fast forward to 2020 and now that war has gone national, that same chaos and destruction, arson, vandalism and death is being seen in cities across America.

What the establishment media refuses to point out, because it would mean admitting they have been supporting rioters terrorizing cities across the U.S., is each city seeing the most destruction, tens of millions of dollars worth, are all led by Democrat elected leaders.

Another truth the media avoids telling in any truthful manner, is that when these Antifa/BLM groups come to destroy conservative towns, they are greeted accordingly. The liberal media claims those armed protesters are there to "intimidate" protesters, but that is not the reason for these armed residents.

They are there to repel, not protesters, but rioters. They are showing clearly that anyone that attempts to vandalize, destroy, burn or harm anyone or anything in that area, will be met with lethal force.

They are not there to prohibit "peaceful" protesters, they are simply making it clear they will not tolerate rioters and mass destruction.

(ANP Emergency Fundraiser: Following Stefan's medical emergencies during the month of July and upcoming medical bills for surgeries he'll need, ANP is holding an emergency fundraiser during the month of August. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) 

As expected and predicted by many, at a certain point residents think "enough is enough" and they lock and load and show protesters why it is a good idea to stay peaceful, and then the media, and democrat politicians whine and complain when rioters get shot at.

STATEMENT OF FACT: Americans have the right to protect themselves, their property, and their neighborhood.

Anyone that still thinks these "mostly peaceful" riots are just a message, need to clearly understand that these people want to see America destroyed.

BLM/ANTIFA CHANTING 'DEATH TO AMERICA'

When one thinks of "death to America," the first thing that comes to mind are those chants in Iran, constantly wishing death and destruction on the U.S.

That same chant is being chanted right here in America.....not by Iranians, but by Antifa and BLM, and anyone that doubts the veracity of those reports, can listen to it for themselves. Send this video to every liberal you know. Email it to every family member, friend and co-worker. Ask them to pass it along.

All Americans need to know, and the MSM certainly isn't going to report it truthfully, if they address it at all.

It is very hard to deny the truth when it is heard by your own ears, and seen with your own eyes.

This is who Democrats, including the establishment media, has been supporting for years. Recently a few have spoken out against it, because it is showing in the polls that American voters are quite aware who is supporting those that want "death to America" and those that are fighting against it, and Democrats are now trying to distance themselves from the previous support.

Too late.

Related: President unleashes after blue lives matter supporter killed in Portland in cold blood

DON'T BE FOOLED, IT IS NOT ABOUT RACE

The initial protests after the death of George Floyd were actual "protests," but Antifa and violent BLM protesters soon hijacked the "message" and now these protests are synonymous with the rioting that has gone on when the the sun sets and rioters hide in the shadows firebombing buildings, vandalizing businesses, and terrorizing innocent residents while they are trying to dine outdoors.

A perfect example of how the claims of "racism" do not match the actual events, comes from Seattle, Washington. This is where Antifa/BLM thugs took over six-blocks, claimed it was an autonomous zone," which was only disbanded after multiple shootings and deaths.

The local police chief, a black woman by the name of Carmen Best, became a target of Antifa goons, and they marched into her neighborhood to harass her and was greeted ......by her white neighbors, armed and determined to protect her.

Listen to the Antifa guy whining "We are peaceful! You pointed a gun at my face!" The response from a female resident is spot on as she informs the whiner, "That’s why you are peaceful." Yes, bigtime racism when a bunch of armed white people stand in defense of a black woman from a group that is know for its violence. RACISM!!!!!

Anyone that truly believes the riots we are watching throughout the country are all about race, needs to be bitch-slapped into reality.

This war is not cultural, it is not a race war, it is exactly what President Trump described in his acceptance speech after being the chosen GOP candidate for reelection.

This election will decide whether we SAVE the American Dream, or whether we allow a socialist agenda to DEMOLISH our cherished destiny.

It will decide whether we rapidly create millions of high paying jobs, or whether we crush our industries and send millions of these jobs overseas, as has foolishly been done for many decades.

Your vote will decide whether we protect law abiding Americans, or whether we give free reign to violent anarchists, agitators, and criminals who threaten our citizens.

And this election will decide whether we will defend the American Way of Life, or whether we allow a radical movement to completely dismantle and destroy it.

He is 100% correct. This election is not about Democrat vs Republican as many Democrats are sickened by the destruction their party has encouraged and incited. The election is not about black versus white, it is not a racial war we are fighting. This is not about the liberal culture versus a conservative culture.

The entire fight we are battling across the country right now, is solely about saving America or letting Antifa and BLM rioters burn it to the ground. BOTTOM LINE

When we see Antifa and/or BLM using the Iranian chant of "Death to America," it's crystal clear that they hate America and want it destroyed. When we see that Democrats, media and social media liberals, all encourage these groups, while downplaying or totally ignoring the "death to America," chants, or soft-peddling the riots by calling them "mostly peaceful" protests, then it is perfectly logical to group them all together.

The support those that want to destroy America means they, themselves want to see America destroyed.

When a terrorist tells you outright that they plan to kill you..... believe them, and act accordingly.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Death_To_America_BLM_Antifa.php 

:: 8-31-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elephant's life is saved after it was speared to drive it off of land in Kenya, leaving it with horrific maggot-infested wound

The elephant is believed to be in its 50s and developed a nasty infection after it was speared in its tail

Conservationists flew by helicopter to the Mara Conservancy in Kenya after visitors spotted the ailing animal

The team cleaned its maggot-infested tail before administering antibiotics and anti-inflammatory drugs

By Alice Cachia For Mailonline Published: 04:18 EDT, 31 August 2020 | Updated: 04:44 EDT, 31 August 2020

This is the moment an elephant's life was saved by vets after it was speared to drive it off land in Kenya.

Conservationists said the creature was attacked when it crossed over into land that used to be elephant territory.

The elephant, believed to be in its 50s, developed a nasty infection in its tail and rescuers discovered a horrific maggot-infested wound.

Sheldrick Wildlife Trust (SWT), a conservation charity in Kenya, flew by helicopter to the Mara Conservancy after visitors spotted the ailing animal. The team from the trust's mobile veterinary unit, in partnership with the Kenya Wildlife Service, treated the elephant.

They cleaned its infected tail and administered antibiotics and anti-inflammatory drugs.

Eventually, the elephant was back on its feet and has been given a positive prognosis for his recovery. Rob Brandford, executive director at the SWT, said: 'We suspect he was speared when he travelled across land that was once elephant territory, but has since been appropriated by man, built on for development and agriculture, blocking traditional routes of elephant migration.'

One ranger wedged a stick in his trunk to keep the elephant's airways open, while another flopped an ear over his eye to shield him from the sun.

They manoeuvred its tail to inspect the damage and found it was was heavily infected and infested with maggots. KWS vet Dr Limo has since given the elephant a good prognosis for recovery, rescuers said.

'Now he is deep in the Masai Mara National Reserve, where we hope he will remain to convalesce in safety.

'In the half-century this old boy has roamed this earth, he has bore witness to a shrinking habitat and a growing human footprint, which leads to inevitable conflict.

'Human-wildlife conflict is a growing threat facing elephants across the world - from animals being electrocuted by power lines to killings in retaliation to crop raiding.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8680931/Elephants-life-saved-speared-left-horrific-maggot-infested-wound.html 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc  

:: 8-28-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CP Current Page: Politics | Friday, August 28, 2020 | Coronavirus →

Evangelicals met with ‘threats of violence, blasphemous slogans’ exiting White House after Trump's RNC speech

Evangelicals met with ‘threats of violence, blasphemous slogans’ exiting White House after Trump's RNC speech

By Ryan Foley, Christian Post Reporter

More than 100 prominent evangelical leaders attended the fourth night of the Republican National Convention where President Donald Trump accepted the party's nomination for a second term. While leaving the White House grounds, however, attendees — including older adults and those with disabilities — were attacked by rioters who threatened violence.

Among those who attended the president's speech on the South Lawn included Pastors Jentezen Franklin, Ed Young, Jack Graham, Robert Jeffress, Bishop Harry Jackson, the Rev. Samuel Rodriguez, Ralph Reed, chair of the Faith & Freedom Coalition, and radio host Eric Metaxas.

Johnnie Moore, a prominent religious freedom advocate and founder of the KAIROS Company who also attended the speech, told The Christian Post that he experienced the riots firsthand.

Violent provocateurs waited for us (and others) outside the White House gates in the city’s jurisdiction, at nearly midnight,” Moore recalled. “Rather than succeeding at intimidating us with their vicious threats of violence, expletives, blasphemous slogans, hatred and intolerance they simply proved the very points the president made in his speech.” “No doubt, D.C.’s Democrat mayor slept peacefully in her bed while these threats, attacks and insults were not even reserved for the elderly, disabled or young,” he added. “I saw it with my own eyes and heard it with my own ears. What’s awful is that the very thing this does is take away the voice of peaceful protestors, whom we want to hear.”

After describing what took place as “Democrat-endorsed and Democrat-enabled anarchy,” Moore thanked the “many members of law enforcement who worked so hard to get us home safely last night.”

Sen. Rand Paul, R-Ky., said in a post on Twitter Thursday night that he and his wife were surrounded by an ever-growing number of rioters who threatened violence after he was recognized. "Just got attacked by an angry mob of over 100, one block away from the White House. Thank you to @DCPoliceDept for literally saving our lives from a crazed mob," he wrote on Twitter. In an interview with "Fox & Friends" Friday morning, Paul said: "I truly believe this with every fiber of my being, had they gotten at us they would have gotten us to the ground, we might not have been killed, might just have been injured by being kicked in the head, or kicked in the stomach until we were senseless."

"They were shouting threats to us, to kill us, to hurt us, but also threats saying shout, shouting 'say her name,' Breonna Taylor, and it's like you couldn't reason with this mob, but I'm actually the author of the Breonna Taylor law to end no-knock raids, so the irony is lost on these idiots that they're trying to kill the person who's actually trying to get rid of no-knock raids," he added. "We're not going to let you go alive unless you'll say you're for criminal justice reform," the rioters shouted, according to Paul, who explained that he has authored 22 criminal justice reforms with both President Trump and former President Barack Obama.

Evangelical Christians are a big part of Trump’s electoral coalition. According to exit polling from the 2016 election, then-candidate Donald Trump captured 80% of the white evangelical vote.

Trump’s acceptance speech, which lasted 70 minutes, touched upon one of the subjects evangelical Christians are most passionate about: abortion.

The president slammed the Democratic Party’s position on the issue.

“Joe Biden claims he has empathy for the vulnerable — yet the party he leads supports the extreme late-term abortion of defenseless babies right up until the moment of birth,” Trump declared. “Democrat leaders talk about moral decency, but they have no problem with stopping a baby’s beating heart in the ninth month of pregnancy.” “Tonight, we proudly declare that all children, born and unborn, have a God-given right to life,” he added.

Trump also slammed his Democratic opponent as being a “trojan horse for socialism” and a member of “the failed political class.”

“For 47 years, Joe Biden took the donations of blue-collar workers, gave them hugs and even kisses, and told them he felt their pain — and then he flew back to Washington and voted to ship our jobs to China and many other distant lands.” “Joe Biden spent his entire career outsourcing their dreams and the dreams of American Workers. Offshoring their jobs, opening their borders, and sending their sons and daughters to endless foreign wars,” Trump asserted.

While the speech focused heavily on the policy differences between the president and Biden, the address also featured an emotional tribute to fallen police officers. Trump prefaced the tribute by proclaiming that “my administration will always stand with the men and women of law enforcement.”

“Every day, police officers risk their lives to keep us safe and every year, many sacrifice their lives in the line of duty,” he said.

The president specifically highlighted NYPD Detective Miosotis Familia, who was murdered in 2017 by a man “who hated her purely for wearing the badge.”

“Detective Familia was a single mom,” Trump explained. “She had recently asked for the night shift so she could spend more time with her kids.” Throughout that portion of the speech, the cameras focused in on Familia’s children, who were seated in the audience. “Two years ago, I stood inside the U.S. Capitol alongside those beautiful children and held their grandmother’s hand as they mourned their terrible loss,” Trump recalled. “We honored Detective Familia’s extraordinary life.”

Trump also mentioned David Dorn, the retired African American St. Louis police officer who lost his life while guarding a store from “rioters and looters” as the city was engulfed in violent riots following the officer-involved death of George Floyd in Minneapolis. He acknowledged the presence of Dorn’s family in the audience. Dorn’s wife, Ann, spoke at the convention ahead of the president.

While Trump’s acceptance speech was the headline of the evening, the final night of the RNC featured other notable speakers in the hours leading up to the president’s address.

Alice Marie Johnson, who had her life sentence commuted by Trump, praised the president for his embrace of criminal justice reform. The parents of Kayla Mueller, who was taken hostage, raped, tortured, and murdered by the radical Islamic State terrorist group, gave an emotional address praising the Trump administration for giving them “empathy we never received from the Obama administration.”

https://www.christianpost.com/news/evangelicals-met-with-threats-of-violence-blasphemous-slogans-exiting-white-house-after-trumps-rnc-speech.html 

:: 8-31-20 http://tapnewswire.com/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Imagine Hell on Earth Because That’s What’s Coming Unless Americans Start Resisting

Mon 8:32 am +00:00, 31 Aug 2020 posted by Weaver

This Year’s Economic Destruction Due to the State’s Coronavirus Response Will Pale in Comparison to What Is Coming!

By Gary D. Barnett LewRockwell.com

“It is important to remember that government interference always means either violent action or the threat of such action. Government is in the last resort the employment of armed men, of policemen, gendarmes, soldiers, prison guards, and hangmen. The essential feature of government is the enforcement of its decrees by beating, killing, and imprisoning. Those who are asking for more government interference are asking ultimately for more compulsion and less freedom.”

Ludwig Von Mises (1990). “Economic freedom and interventionism: an anthology of articles and essays”

Concerning economics in the United States today, the hierarchy begins with the top tier of self-proclaimed elites, those in central and high level banking, those in the large corporate world, those at the top of the ‘healthcare’ pyramid, and those controlling monetary and economic policy above the level of government, including the class running the large tax exempt foundations.

While government is below this level, it is nonetheless responsible for the economic carnage because it is the initiator and enforcer of policies meant to enrich the few at the top at the expense of the many.

This could never be more evident than it is today.

This ‘Pandemic’ has Proved to be a Fraud

This country has gone through hell this year due to policies put into place to combat what has been called a deadly ‘pandemic.’

Considering our history, and current numbers of total death, this ‘pandemic’ has proved to be a fraud.

Apparently, that matters not, as the public at large has accepted the propaganda, and has given in to immense draconian measures that have devastated this economy and the natural health of the population.

So far, things have gone exactly as planned, and the people have surrendered to the hype to such an extent as to allow the destruction of their natural immune systems and in many cases their livelihoods.

This does not bode well for the future if the current trend is not reversed.

Destruction of Jobs and Small Busineses Just the Beginning

The bloated economic systems worldwide have been inflated by a constant increase in the money supply for at least the past 12 plus years.

This year alone, that expansion has exploded exponentially, and with no end in sight, and was of course blamed on a virus outbreak.

With this kind of expansion, and the coinciding response of lockdowns, business and travel closures, quarantines, and fear mongering, prices have dramatically escalated and unemployment has skyrocketed.

Businesses across the country have been shut down, many permanently, and many have been forced into bankruptcy.

These of course are small and medium sized businesses for the most part, the backbone of this country. The unemployment caused by this harsh and unwarranted government response, has been unimaginable, and has led to over 40 million people being out of work.

This alone has the potential to destroy the economy of this nation, but this is just the beginning.

The Plan for Global Governance

The destruction of the economy is a necessary aspect of the plan to advance global governance.

The more people out of work and dependent on government means that they will be much easier to control.

Already mass poverty is evident, and with food supplies dwindling, and so many unable to support their families, starvation among a large part of the population is certainly possible if not probable.

These are agendas sought by those in the ruling class that need total compliance in order to restructure the global economic system.

This economic collapse coming was imminent, but now is being pushed forward at great speed in order to use this virus scare as the scapegoat for a desired economic reset.

Without Refusing to Bow to State Orders this Country is Doomed

The biggest threat we face now is this coming fall and winter, as this flu season will most likely be much worse than normal due to the purposeful weakening of the immune systems of most Americans.

Refusing to bow to state orders, and not accepting any political authority, would certainly stop this onslaught of tyranny in its tracks, even if just a small percentage of the population were to say no to this government response.

That has not happened so far, but without that dissent, this country is doomed in my opinion. Imagine what has happened over just the past 6 months, and then double or triple that response.

The response seen to date will be dwarfed by the response this winter if the death toll is higher as I predict, and most all those deaths will be blamed on this thing called Covid-19.

Much Harsher Measures to Come

It appears that a manufactured ramp up of the state response is coming very soon, as this has been telegraphed for some time by the government and the state run mainstream media.

The warnings have been out in the open, and this is with no knowledge whatsoever of what will occur this season.

A set up is in place, and the planned next wave is ready to launch in just the next few weeks.

Already around the world, much more brutal and oppressive measures are being advanced for non-compliance of mask wearing, distancing, and quarantine evasiveness.

It appears that this is in anticipation of much harsher measures to come, and the rulers need to get the public used to an amplification of enforcement so that necessary changes can be made.

If Mass Compliance Continues, Life as we Know it Could End Before Spring

This fall and winter is the most important time for this country, maybe the most important time in history. If mass compliance continues, and if dissent by large numbers of Americans is not forthcoming, life as we know it could end before spring.

The global reset by that time could be advancing at such a pace as to be almost impossible to stop.

That would be an untenable situation, as once this reset is in high gear, and even more people are destitute, it will be much more difficult to reverse this totalitarian plot.

Imagine Hell on Earth

With more lockdowns, more quarantine, more isolation, and more destruction of the economy, unemployment will balloon to unheard of levels, causing even more sickness, death, and tyranny at the hands of the state.

In addition, the more deaths that occur, the more draconian the policies will become, and the carnage brought by the evil response to this so-called virus will not relent, it will only get worse.

Imagine unemployment at 50%, 60%, or more?

Imagine no food on the shelves, and no ability to support or feed your families?

Imagine hell on earth.

A Mandatory Global Vaccine is Coming

This is all leading to a mandatory global vaccine that will be released some time this fall or winter.

If most of the masses line up for this vaccine, something that is now looking possible, the resulting effects of these toxins that are unknown at this time will have already been put into play inside the bodies of most of the population.

What harm will that bring, and will it be irreversible?

At this stage, the plan for global governance will have advanced, and we would be on track to establish a cashless society, with all monetary systems becoming digital.

This will signal the end of an era that began with freedom, but will end in death, destruction, slavery, and tyranny.

This cannot be allowed to happen.

“The welfare of the people in particular has always been the alibi of tyrants.”

Albert Camus (2012). “Resistance, Rebellion, and Death: Essays”, p.101, Vintage

Gary D. Barnett is a retired investment professional living and writing in Lewistown, Montana. Visit his website.

Imagine Hell on Earth Because That’s What’s Coming Unless Americans Start Resisting

The destruction of the economy is a necessary aspect of the plan to advance global governance.

The more people out of work and dependent on government means that they will be much easier to control.

Already mass poverty is evident, and with food supplies dwindling, and so many unable to support their families, starvation among a large part of the population is certainly possible if not probable.

These are agendas sought by those in the ruling class that need total compliance in order to restructure the global economic system.

This economic collapse coming was imminent, but now is being pushed forward at great speed in order to use this virus scare as the scapegoat for a desired economic reset.

This fall and winter is the most important time for this country, maybe the most important time in history. If mass compliance continues, and if dissent by large numbers of Americans is not forthcoming, life as we know it could end before spring.

The global reset by that time could be advancing at such a pace as to be almost impossible to stop.

That would be an untenable situation, as once this reset is in high gear, and even more people are destitute, it will be much more difficult to reverse this totalitarian plot.

Imagine unemployment at 50%, 60%, or more?

Imagine no food on the shelves, and no ability to support or feed your families?

Imagine hell on earth.

http://tapnewswire.com/2020/08/imagine-hell-on-earth-because-thats-whats-coming-unless-americans-start-resisting/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 8-31-20 https://shtftoday.news.blog/2020/08/31/7  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

7 Unexpected Consequences of an Economic Crisis: That Will Throw The Nation Into Total Chaos- With The Collapses Of The College And University Systems And Student Aid-The Bands Of People,E Hopeless And Helpless Will Turn Dangerous Fast!

Posted by eogabi boanca August 31, 2020

Other than the obvious consequences, what might we expect from a partial economic collapse? A total collapse of the economy would throw the nation into utter chaos. But what if we endure an economic depression, or a severe and long-lasting downturn? I think that some of the effects are not so obvious.

1. The college and university system will collapse

As I explained in this previous post, the system of higher education is a house of cards. The cost of getting a college degree has risen sharply and steadily, while real income has remained relatively flat. The price rise is due to the easy availability of grants and loans for education. But with so many persons getting a college degree, its value in the marketplace has plummeted. Many college grads are out of work, or they are working in a job that does not require a degree. Eventually, this practice of paying more and more, for something that is worth less and less, will collapse the system. Colleges and universities will not have enough paying students, and professors will not agree to a drastic pay cut. Overhead expenses are far too high.

All that is needed is an economic collapse, or partial collapse, to topple this house of cards. Many universities and colleges will be forced by economics to shut down.

Guns have been referred to as “the great equalizer,” and there’s no weapon which can come close to them in that regard.

A lot of the popularity of firearms is due to the fact that anyone can use them effectively, not only the strong and agile. The young, the old, men, women and child can take up firearms in defense of home and family and do so effectively.

2. Agricultural yields will plummet

The current U.S. agricultural system is based on the expectation of high yields. But high yields are obtained by high inputs — all the things that go into growing the crop, including lots of fertilizer, perhaps irrigation, herbicides, pesticides, labor, machinery. Then those high yields are sold and the money is then used to fund the inputs for the next crop cycle.

An economic collapse will mean that farmers will not be able to afford all the inputs needed for high yields. And when yields fall, the amount of money from that crop will be less. Then the next crop cycle will have even less money for inputs, resulting in even lower yields. And the process will continue — lower yields, less money, lower inputs — until many farmers are out of business and a food crisis results.

3. Violent crime will increase When people lack money and food, they become desperate. 

And desperate people do desperate things. Theft and robbery will skyrocket, and people will be afraid in their homes, and afraid to go out in the community. Even a quick trip to the market will become risky. Sales of most goods will plummet, causing the economic crisis to worsen. Protests will turn violent. Home invasion robberies will become much more common. Many people will be killed or injured as a result of this increase in violent crimes.

4. Law enforcement will be overwhelmed

The law enforcement system in the U.S. is commercial. Officers are paid. We don’t keep a large excess of officers on the payroll, just in case crime sharply increases. So it is relatively easy for the system to be overwhelmed. And that means a call to 911 might not bring the police to your door in time, if at all. Those who have firearms for home defense will be much better off than those who rely solely on the police. But many households have no firearms. And that means that robberies will increase, and so will the economic damage and the number of injuries and deaths.

5. The healthcare system will be overwhelmed

The healthcare system is also commercial, and lacks a safety margin in the form of excess doctors and nurses. Hospitals operate at close to capacity. A sudden increase in persons who are sick or injured will overwhelm the system.

The aforementioned increase in violent crime will undoubtedly increase injuries. But it is less obvious that a disruption to the food production and distribution system will increase illnesses. Plenty of good healthy food is the first line of defense against illness. Malnourished persons are much more likely to get sick. So an extended disruption to the food supply will cause an increase in illnesses.

6. Travel anywhere will become dangerous

As a result of all the above described problems, travel will be dangerous. Want to make a quick trip to the supermarket? You risk having your house robbed, if it is left unoccupied. And you risk being attacked on your way back from the market. Robbers might wait outside the market and follow anyone who looks like they purchased a lot of food.

There will be protests in many places, and violence will often break out. People who are hungry and afraid do not make the best decisions. Then there is the cultural aspect of the situation. We live in a culture that tells us to expect the government to take care of us, and to protest whenever anything doesn’t go our way. Ironically, self-sufficiency is abhorrent to our narcissistic culture.

I expect that the roadways will be dangerous, as violent criminals will see travelers as easier targets than homes.

7. The death rate will jump higher

People will be malnourished because of the disruption in the food supply, so they will get sick more easily. Violent crimes and violent protests will result in many more injuries than usual. And yet healthcare will be much more difficult to access. There will be a shortage of hospital beds. It will be difficult to get a doctor’s appointment. There may be a shortage of prescription and OTC medications.

All of these factors will make life a riskier endeavor. Now if you are a seasoned prepper, who has long considered the dangers inherent in an economic collapse, you may have anticipated some of the above consequences. But I hope I’ve added to your understanding of the possible problems that we may soon face.

https://shtftoday.news.blog/2020/08/31/7-unexpected-consequences-of-an-economic-crisis-that-will-throw-the-nation-into-total-chaos-with-the-collapses-of-the-college-and-university-systems

-and-student-aid-the-bands-of-peoplee-hopeless-an/ 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 8-27-20 Silver Dollars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MARTIAL LAW BECOMING INCREASINGLY ACCEPTABLE AS CITIES FALL UNDER SOCIAL UNREST

August 27, 2020

Martial law is becoming a reality for many as we continue to be bombarded by psychological operations and inorganic scenarios designed to divide us…

by Mac Slavo of SHTFplan

Martial law is becoming a reality for many Americans. As we continue to be bombarded by psychological operations and inorganic scenarios designed to divide us further, people are playing into the hands of the elites and increasingly accepting martial law.

This is not a good sign for the United States going forward. The Minnesota governor has called in the National Guard now, as looters and rioters continue to destroy Minneapolis in response to the police shooting of Jacob Blake. Now, before everyone gets triggered, as they always do and put themselves on one side or the other completing the division necessary by the elites to divide and conquer us, just remember:

You Can Be Against Police Brutality & Looting and Rioting At The Same Time

Police violence against innocents is wrong. Looting and rioting are wrong. If we ever hope to get our freedom back and have a life that’s not lived in a mental prison, we need to wake up and stop taking sides when both are wrong. Most people are unable to look beyond their own indoctrination into the left/right paradigm illusion to wake up and realize violence against other humans is wrong no matter who does it. This entire psychological operation is designed to get people to only accept martial law but demand it.

Man Who Predicted 2020 Gold Rally Issues New Call

Sponsored By Stansberry Research

Martial law is not a solution unless you advocate slavery. The looting and rioting are absolutely absurd and should not be tolerated, nor should police shootings. Living under a police state is not living freely, and that’s not an opinion. We have got to stop acting on violence and destruction and start living peacefully in unity. The elites absolutely love police brutality and riots because they can swoop in and make more heavy-handed tyrannical changes that will be permanent chains around our necks.

Police State, The MSM, & Race Baiting: Why We Should Unite Agaisnt ALL Tyranny

This is NOT to say that looting and rioting are acceptable, and although I’ve said that before, people are going to accuse me of taking the side against them when I have no side other than humanity’s. Looting and rioting most absolutely are NOT acceptable. All violations of another human beings’ fundamental human rights given by the creator are unacceptable. That includes the execution of other people, even if the killer is wearing a badge. The end result is the same. A fellow human being was killed.

Wake up. This division is exactly what the ruling class and elites want in order to shove the New World Order down our throats and most Americans are playing their roles as pawns in the game epically well. I already know this will ignite cognitive dissonance in the comments with people making assumptions about which side I am promoting; which is no side because neither is moral.

We cannot drive out the evil of the New World Order while playing its game. Choose to not play the game already rigged against you. This is a war for your mind, a spiritual war if you will. If you’ve chosen either side of the left/right paradigm, you’ve already lost to the divide and conquer tactics.

https://www.silverdoctors.com/headlines/world-news/martial-law-becoming-increasingly-acceptable-as-cities-fall-under-social-unrest/ 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 8-31-20 Investment Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Much Worse Is Coming

August 31, 2020 by IWB by Michael Snyder

It has been heartbreaking to watch what has been transpiring on the streets of America in recent months. Our founders intended for us to be united by a common set of values, but now our differences are literally tearing our nation to pieces. Americans are fighting other Americans in the streets, and that should make all of us incredibly sad. Does anyone out there actually believe that all of this violence will be resolved by the upcoming election? If anything, rising political tensions are likely to make the violence even worse, and if the result of the presidential election is contested by either side that could easily take things to an even higher level. We have entered such a dangerous chapter in American history, and I am extremely concerned about the months ahead. In Portland, there have been nightly protests for more than three months straight. We have never seen anything like this before, and I really wish that the violence would have been put to an end long ago. Because now people are dying. On Saturday, the death of a supporter of Patriot Prayer that had gone into Portland to counter the protesters made headlines all over the globe…

The fatal shooting of a supporter of Patriot Prayer in Portland, Oregon, this weekend shone a spotlight on the right-wing group based in Washington state and its founder, Joey Gibson.

The name of the victim in Saturday’s shooting was not immediately released. Portland police tried to determine Sunday whether the shooting was related to clashes between Trump supporters going through the city in a caravan after a rally and Black Lives Matter protesters engaged in their own demonstration Saturday night.

Of course this comes on the heels of the deaths that we just witnessed in Kenosha, Wisconsin.

And there will almost certainly be more needless deaths in the months ahead, because much worse civil unrest is coming.

Washington D.C. is likely to be a focal point for protesters as we approach election day in November. I still remember the days when I could roam the streets of Washington without any concern at all, but unfortunately those days are long gone.

Today, if you are a recognizable figure, you are a potential target. Just ask Rand Paul. What happened to him and his wife the other night was deeply alarming.

And then on Saturday night authorities actually had to use rubber bullets and stun grenades because protesters were becoming so unruly…

Chaos erupted outside the White House on Saturday following another night of Black Lives Matter protests that saw police clash with demonstrators, striking them with rubber bullets and detonating stun grenades, as they moved to clear out crowds.

Sadly, this is just the beginning, because much worse is coming.

I just wish that everyone would calm down and go home, but of course that is not going to happen.

In this environment, being a police officer is going to be one of the most difficult and one of the most dangerous jobs in America. At this point, every officer has become a potential target, and this is especially true in our major cities. For example, two officers were just shot during an incident in St. Louis… Two St. Louis police officers responding to a shooting call were shot themselves Saturday by a gunman who was arrested after he barricaded himself in a home in the Tower Grove South neighborhood, police said. And two others were just shot during a traffic stop in Chicago…

Two Chicago cops were shot and the suspected gunman was wounded by police early Sunday after a traffic stop in the Homan Square neighborhood on the West Side.

When I go online and I see people cheering when someone gets shot, that grieves me so deeply.

Our desire should be to see healing, not more violence.

I never imagined that we would ever see so much anger and hatred be directed at the police in this country. A few days ago, rioters in Seattle actually “tried to trap officers inside their burning precinct using quick-dry cement”.

How evil do you have to be to do something like that?

But as bad as things are already, much worse is coming.

And it appears that multitudes of Americans share my assessment, because gun sales are absolutely soaring…

Gun sales were up 72% compared to this time last year, with first-time buyers leading the pack. Americans are likely sensing that something is horribly wrong with the rigged system we are forced to live under.

According to a report by the Washington Post, the National Sports Shooting Foundation says that first-time gun buyers played a heavy role in the increase.

As our society continues to unravel, safety and security have become top priorities for so many people. Earlier today, I posted an article about the unprecedented mass exodus out of our major cities that we are witnessing right now. A few months ago, the pandemic was the main reason why so many people were suddenly moving, but now the violence on the streets has become the primary factor.

And as I recently explained during an interview with Greg Hunter, we are moving into a time when things are going to get even more chaotic.

I am sure that tomorrow we will be bombarded by more headlines about violence that has happened somewhere in the country, and each new incident pushes us even closer to the point of no return.

A house divided will surely fall, and America is more divided today than it ever has been in my entire lifetime.

I wish that there was an easy answer, but at this point our nation no longer has a single set of values that unites us.

I truly wish that we could all learn how to love one another. When you truly learn to love others, it changes everything, but unfortunately the vast majority of us have been trained to deeply hate those that are on “the other side”.

There is no way that this is going to end well, and I think that most of you realize that.

So get everything done that you need to get done, because August is ending and September is almost here.

https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/much-worse-is-coming/ 

:: 8-25-20 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Dogfight Renews Concerns About AI's Lethal Potential

Alphabet's DeepMind pioneered reinforcement learning. A Maryland company used it to create an algorithm that defeated an F-16 pilot in a simulation.

08.25.2020 08:00 AM

In July 2015, two founders of DeepMind, a division of Alphabet with a reputation for pushing the boundaries of artificial intelligence, were among the first to sign an open letter urging the world’s governments to ban work on lethal AI weapons. Notable signatories included Stephen Hawking, Elon Musk, and Jack Dorsey.

Last week, a technique popularized by DeepMind was adapted to control an autonomous F-16 fighter plane in a Pentagon-funded contest to show off the capabilities of AI systems. In the final stage of the event, a similar algorithm went head-to-head with a real F-16 pilot using a VR headset and simulator controls. The AI pilot won, 5-0.

The episode reveals DeepMind caught between two conflicting desires. The company doesn’t want its technology used to kill people. On the other hand, publishing research and source code helps advance the field of AI and lets others build upon its results. But that also allows others to use and adapt the code for their own purposes.

Others in AI are grappling with similar issues, as more ethically questionable uses of AI, from facial recognition to deepfakes to autonomous weapons, emerge.

A DeepMind spokesperson says society needs to debate what is acceptable when it comes to AI weapons. “The establishment of shared norms around responsible use of AI is crucial,” she says. DeepMind has a team that assesses the potential impacts of its research, and the company does not always release the code behind its advances. “We take a thoughtful and responsible approach to what we publish,” the spokesperson adds.

The AlphaDogfight contest, coordinated by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (Darpa), shows the potential for AI to take on mission-critical military tasks that were once exclusively done by humans. It might be impossible to write a conventional computer program with the skill and adaptability of a trained fighter pilot, but an AI program can acquire such abilities through machine learning. “The technology is developing much faster than the military-political discussion is going,” says Max Tegmark, a professor at MIT and cofounder of the Future of Life Institute, the organization behind the 2015 letter opposing AI weapons.

The US and other countries are rushing to embrace the technology before adversaries can, and some experts say it will be difficult to prevent nations from crossing the line to full autonomy. It may also prove challenging for AI researchers to balance the principles of open scientific research with potential military uses of their ideas and code.

Without an international agreement restricting the development of lethal AI weapons systems, Tegmark says, America’s adversaries are free to develop AI systems that can kill. “We're heading now, by default, to the worst possible outcome,” he says.

US military leaders—and the organizers of the AlphaDogfight contest—say they have no desire to let machines make life-and-death decisions on the battlefield. The Pentagon has long resisted giving automated systems the ability to decide when to fire on a target independent of human control, and a Department of Defense Directive explicitly requires human oversight of autonomous weapons systems.

But the dogfight contest shows a technological trajectory that may make it difficult to limit the capabilities of autonomous weapons systems in practice. An aircraft controlled by an algorithm can operate with speed and precision that exceeds even the most elite top-gun pilot. Such technology may end up in swarms of autonomous aircraft. The only way to defend against such systems would be to use autonomous weapons that operate at similar speed. “One wonders if the vision of a rapid, overwhelming, swarm-like robotics technology is really consistent with a human being in the loop,” says Ryan Calo, a professor at the University of Washington. “There's tension between meaningful human control and some of the advantages that artificial intelligence confers in military conflicts.”

The technology is developing much faster than the military-political discussion is going.”

Max Tegmark, MIT professor and cofounder of the Future of Life Institute

AI is moving quickly into the military arena. The Pentagon has courted tech companies and engineers in recent years, aware that the latest advances are more likely to come from Silicon Valley than from conventional defense contractors. This has produced controversy, most notably when employees of Google, another Alphabet company, protested an Air Force contract to provide AI for analyzing aerial imagery. But AI concepts and tools that are released openly can also be repurposed for military ends.

DeepMind released details and code for a groundbreaking AI algorithm only a few months before the anti-AI weapons letter was issued in 2015. The algorithm used a technique called reinforcement learning to play a range of Atari video games with superhuman skill. It attains expertise through repeated experimentation, gradually learning what maneuvers lead to higher scores. Several companies participating in AlphaDogfight used the same idea.

DeepMind has released other code with potential military applications. In January 2019, the company released details of a reinforcement learning algorithm capable of playing StarCraft II, a sprawling space strategy game. Another Darpa project called Gamebreaker encourages entrants to generate new AI war-game strategies using Starcraft II and other games.

Other companies and research labs have produced ideas and tools that may be harnessed for military AI. A reinforcement learning technique released in 2017 by OpenAI, another AI company, inspired the design of several of the agents involved with AlphaDogfight. OpenAI was founded by Silicon Valley luminaries including Musk and Sam Altman to “avoid enabling uses of AI … that harm humanity,” and the company has contributed to research highlighting the dangers of AI weapons. OpenAI declined to comment.

Some AI researchers feel they are simply developing general-purpose tools. But others are increasingly worried about how their research may end up being used.

At the moment I'm deep in a crossroads in my career, trying to figure out whether ML can do more good than bad,” says Julien Cornebise, as associate professor at University College London who previously worked at DeepMind and ElementAI, a Canadian AI firm.

“At the moment I'm deep in a crossroads in my career, trying to figure out whether ML can do more good than bad.”

Julien Cornebise, professor, University College London

Cornebise also worked on a project with Amnesty International that used AI to detect destroyed villages from the Darfur conflict using on satellite imagery. He and the other researchers involved chose not to release their code for fear that it could be used to target vulnerable villages.

Calo of the University of Washington says it will be increasingly important for companies to be upfront with their own researchers about how their code might be released. “They need to have the capacity to opt out of projects that offend their sensibilities,” he says.

It may prove difficult to deploy the algorithms used in the Darpa contest in real aircraft, since the simulated environment is so much simpler. There is also still much to be said for a human pilot’s ability to understand context and apply common sense when faced with a new challenge.

Still, the death match showed the potential of AI. After many rounds of virtual combat, the AlphaDogfight contest was won by Heron Systems, a small AI-focused defense company based in California, Maryland. Heron developed its own reinforcement learning algorithm from scratch.

In the final matchup, a US Air Force fighter pilot with the call sign “Banger” engaged with Heron’s program using a VR headset and a set of controls similar to those inside a real F-16.

In the first battle, Banger banked aggressively in an attempt to bring his adversary into sight and range. But the simulated enemy turned just as fast, and the two planes became locked in a downward spiral, each trying to zero in on the other. After a few turns, Banger’s opponent timed a long-distance shot perfectly, and Banger’s F-16 was hit and destroyed. Four more dogfights between the two opponents ended roughly the same way. Brett Darcey, vice president of Heron, says his company hopes the technology eventually finds its way into real military hardware. But he also thinks the ethics of such systems are worth discussing. “I would love to live in a world where we have a polite discussion over whether or not the system should ever exist,” he says. “If the United States doesn't adopt these technologies somebody else will.”

Updated 8-27-2020, 10:55 am EDT: This story was updated to clarify that Heron Systems is based in California, Maryland, and not the state of California.

https://www.wired.com/story/dogfight-renews-concerns-ai-lethal-potential/ 

:: 8-27-20 Information Liberation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Official Legal Defense Fund For Kyle Rittenhouse Launched by Attnys L. Lin Wood And John Pierce

Kyle Rittenhouse faces life in prison for defending himself from violent sex offender and other criminal assailants during Kenosha riots

Chris Menahan InformationLiberation Aug. 27, 2020

Nick Sandmann's attorney L Lin Wood has teamed up with John Pierce and the law firm Pierce Bainbridge, which has represented President Trump's personal attorney Rudy Giuliani and former Trump adviser Carter Page, to provide 17-year-old Kyle Rittenhouse with a top notch defense team.

Rittenhouse was officially charged on Thursday with first-degree intentional homicide, first-degree reckless homicide, two counts of first-degree recklessly endangering safety, attempted first-degree intentional homicide and possession of a dangerous weapon by a person under 18 and is facing life in prison.

As Reuters reports:  The 17-year-old accused of killing two people during protests in Kenosha, Wisconsin, has hired a law firm whose clients have included President Donald Trump's personal attorney Rudy Giuliani and former Trump adviser Carter Page.

John Pierce told Reuters on Thursday that he and colleagues at Pierce Bainbridge would obtain justice for Kyle Rittenhouse, of Illinois, arrested and charged with shooting three people on Tuesday night, two of whom died.

A civil litigator, Pierce tweeted on Thursday that he would soon be joined by "a SEAL Team" of former assistant U.S. attorneys who are now criminal defense attorneys. Pierce will appear with Rittenhouse at an extradition hearing in Lake County Circuit Court in Illinois on Friday. [...] The Pierce Bainbridge firm bills itself as a "state-of-the-art litigation law firm dedicated to the lost art of combat by trial," according to its website.

Pierce told Reuters he is hoping to raise funds for Rittenhouse's defense through his #FightBack Foundation, Inc., a Texas non-profit he formed with L. Lin Wood, an Atlanta attorney who is representing high school student Nicholas Sandmann.

As Michelle Malkin noted on Thursday, the deck is being stacked against young Kyle Rittenhouse.

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

Michelle Malkin

@michellemalkin 

Replying to @michellemalkin 

FFS. @GovEvers and @LGMandelaBarnes are total propagandists for BLM/Antifa. Evers defended trashing cops involved in Jacob Blake incident. Both repeated lie that Leftists were "peaceful." Without naming Kyle Rittenhouse, they blamed armed citizens for threatening 1st amendment!

6:39 PM · Aug 27, 2020

Michelle Malkin

@michellemalkin

·

Aug 27, 2020

Replying to @michellemalkin

This is why it's so important Kyle Rittenhouse has best legal representation & support system possible thnx to @LLinWood @CaliKidJMP & #FightBack foundation. The deck is STACKED w/mob enablers.

Marina Medvin

??

@MarinaMedvin

Wisconsin's leftist governor who is big on "criminal justice reform" to help people get out of jail is simultaneously calling for Kyle Rittenhouse to be found guilty.

?Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

Michelle Malkin

@michellemalkin

Gov. Evers and Lt. Gov. Barnes were SILENT on assailant Gaige Grosskreutz pointing pistol and chasing Kyle Rittenhouse along with Antifa/BLM before Kyle was forced to act in self-defense.

Marina Medvin

??

@MarinaMedvin

Wisconsin leftist governor press conference summary:

-Zero responsibility attributed to BLM arsonists, they are "peaceful protestors"

-Kyle Rittenhouse is blamed for city's disorder walking around with a rifle

-Kyle is presumed guilty, an agitator

-Alludes that police are racist

6:47 PM · Aug 27, 2020

Nonetheless, Lin Wood said on Thursday after teaming up with John Pierce that "Kyle will have excellent legal representation."

Pierce said he will handle Rittenhouse's defense with a team of the "best lawyers in [the] USA."

Lin Wood and Pierce launched the #FightBack Foundation together on Thursday to raise funds for Rittenhouse's legal defense.

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

John Pierce

@CaliKidJMP

@LLinWood @michellemalkin the website for #FightBack Foundation is now live at http://fightback.law . Please direct everyone there to contribute to Kyle Rittenhouse defense. This is the only fund authorized by the family. Thank you American patriots!

Fight Back

For too long, the fake news media have lied and attacked conservatives without accountability. That's where we come in. We bring lawsuits to check the lies of the left.

fightback.law

5:15 PM · Aug 27, 2020

782

647 people are Tweeting about this

You can donate to Kyle Rittenhouse's official legal defense fund at FightBack.Law.

It was revealed early Thursday that all three assailants who attacked Rittenhouse have criminal records and his first attacker was a level 3 sex offender (meaning a high-risk of reoffense and danger to the community) who was sentenced to over 12 years in prison for a sex crime involving a minor.

Andy Ngô

@MrAndyNgo

The 3 shot (2 killed) in #Kenosha, Wisc. at the BLM riot have been identified.

Joseph Rosenbaum, 36, was the first one killed. Video allegedly shows him chasing teen shooter & throwing something at him. Rosenbaum was a registered sex offender for a sex crime involving a minor.

@SomeBitchIKnow

·

Aug 27, 2020

Replying to @SomeBitchIKnow 

WOO BOY look at that rap sheet go.

Not enough room for all the screenshots in one tweet.

Jesus.

Dems know how to pick their heroes alright.

https://bailbondshq.com/arizona/azdoc- 

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

L

@SomeBitchIKnow 

This is for when he was in PRISON btw. Arizona State Prison docket booking details etc

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

Andy Ngô

@MrAndyNgo

Replying to @MrAndyNgo

Anthony Huber, 26, was shot & killed in Kenosha, Wisc. at the BLM riot. He was filmed chasing down the armed teen and hitting him when he was on the ground with a skateboard. He has a criminal history that includes charges of battery & repeat domestic abuse. #KenoshaRiots

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

LeftyCrypto

?

@LeftyCrypto

This is who @gofundme is calling a hero

Image

Image

GoFundMe

@gofundme

Here is the verified GoFundMe to support the family of Anthony Huber—the hero who gave his life attempting to take down a gunman in Kenosha & save others. All funds will be sent to Anthony's partner & stepdaughter. https://gofundme.com/f/249ip7bjxc?p

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

Andy Ngô

@MrAndyNgo

Replying to @MrAndyNgo

The third who was shot (& survived) is Gaige Grosskreutz, 26. He's a member of the People’s Revolution Movement. He was filmed chasing after the teen w/a pistol. He was shot at close-range in the upper arm. He has a criminal record that includes being intoxicated & armed w/a gun.

Please pray for Kyle Rittenhouse and his family that justice will be served!

UPDATE:

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

Lin Wood

@LLinWood

John Pierce @CaliKidJMP has been engaged to defend Kyle Rittenhouse along with great local attorneys & public defenders. Please visit http://fightback.law  & consider donating. Foundation funds will be used for Kyle & in time, to defend others & to support conservative causes.

Lin Wood

@LLinWood

#FightBack Foundation, Inc. website is now online. Go to http://fightback.law  to donate to the 501(c)(4) Foundation which will fund defense counsel for Kyle Rittenhouse & advocate for our Constitutional rights.

Freedom Loving Americans must #FightBack. The time is now. Lin Wood

@LLinWood

I will not take one thin dime from #FightBack Foundation donations for my time or expenses. I have security team of Navy SEALS to provide security for me, my family, my employees, & my neighbors. I will pay those costs. I will not be intimidated by leftist tactics or threats.

Lin Wood

@LLinWood

#FightBack Foundation, Inc. website is now online. Go to http://fightback.law  to donate to the 501(c)(4) Foundation which will fund defense counsel for Kyle Rittenhouse & advocate for our Constitutional rights.

Freedom Loving Americans must #FightBack. The time is now.

Lin Wood on Friday said Rittenhouse "did not carry a gun across state lines."

"The gun belonged to his friend, a Wisconsin resident," Wood said. "The gun never left the State of Wisconsin."

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

Lin Wood

@LLinWood

When you start manufacturing facts to support false accusations, you get into trouble under the law of defamation. Kyle did not carry a gun across state lines. The gun belonged to his friend, a Wisconsin resident. The gun never left the State of Wisconsin.

Truth always prevails.

Zigtastic

@Duchess_Kez

Replying to @FourrierCedric1 @marcus99792959 and 5 others

So the first guy who was shot in the face, was actually a result of Kyle shooting into the crowd, afterwards he still was carrying an illegal gun in a different state. That “self defense” doesn’t come into play since it was illegal to beginning with.

Profile photo, opens profile page on Twitter in a new tab

Lin Wood

@LLinWood

“Video eye” does not lie. Kyle Rittenhouse acted in self-defense. Murder charges are factually unsupportable. An egregious miscarriage of justice is occurring with respect to this 17-year old boy. I love truth & justice. I deplore lies & injustice. Had those feelings ALL my life.

2:02 PM · Aug 28, 2020

19.3K

8.1K people are Tweeting about this

http://www.informationliberation.com/?id=61682 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 8-30-20 Addiction Warfare :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New ‘un-civil’ war is putting bull’s-eye on Christians

‘Secularists don’t see as fundamentally equal the Big Tech executives and hotel maids’

By WND News Services Published August 30, 2020 at 2:54pm

By Foster Friess Real Clear Politics

Japan bombed Pearl Harbor. Americans united. Al-Qaeda terrorists attacked the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. Americans united. Democrats and Republicans in Congress sang patriotic songs from the capitol steps. George Floyd dies beneath Derek Chauvin’s knee. Again, Americans unite in universal disgust.

But then Saint Hypocrisy arrived. The media, political class, and educators had correctly championed the belief that we cannot hold all Muslims responsible for the 9/11 attacks. Now, these same elites want us to justify hurling epithets, spit, and bricks at completely innocent police because of “systemic police racism.”

Life in America did not use to be like this. What happened?

The increased divisiveness is more than just tensions between Democrats and Republicans; between progressives and conservatives; capitalists and socialists. It is more profound — it’s Secularists versus Christians.

Democratic President Harry Truman said in 1946, “In this great country of ours has been demonstrated the fundamental unity of democracy and Christianity.” Harvard, Yale, and Princeton originated as seminaries. Hospitals with names like St. Francis, St. John’s, and Saint Luke dotted the landscape. But these days Secularists have successfully drowned out faith’s role in the founding of our freedom.

The Christian notion that God loves us, created us in His image, and sent His Son to die for us affects the kinds of governments people build. That belief also gives us a sense of worth, of significance, even if we carry bedpans in a nursing home.

Secularists, however, derive their significance from the work of their own hands. From how much power, prestige, status, or influence they attain. Power is the biggest. They don’t see as fundamentally equal the residents of elite neighborhoods and rural farmers, Big Tech executives and hotel maids, Ivy League professors and disadvantaged dropouts.

Secular totalitarian dictators claimed some 169 million victims in the last century. Still, every day in lesser ways, ordinary people choose short-sighted, this-worldly satisfaction over the love of their fellow man. The results are always the same: broken relationships, civil discord, and violations of justice. The Secularist quest for power fuels our increased divisiveness. We each choose every day whether to be encouragers or denigrators. To make the right choice, we need to carve in our hearts the fact that God considers us important, loves us, helps us overcome the fear of death, and offsets our weaknesses with His grace.

This truth was first revealed to the human race via Abraham and then continued with the Christians – as summed up by Jesus when he quoted the Hebrew Bible, saying, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. This is the first and great commandment. And the second is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets.” (Matthew 22:36-40)

That’s the man whom true Christians make their role model. He came “not to be served, but to serve.” Our Constitution was built to work with people who believed that to be true. Can it keep working if we cease to have those beliefs? Our Founders didn’t think so.

Thomas Jefferson said,”Of all the systems of morality, ancient or modern, which have come under my observation, none appear to me so pure as that of Jesus.”

John Adams went further, “Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.”

A pastor friend surmised that of the 22 candidates who sought the Democratic nomination, none possessed such a Biblical worldview. The Christians in “holy huddles” and “hymn-singing country clubs” are waking up and finally responding to the Secularists’ war against them. The beheading of three statues of Mary and one of Jesus and the burning of Bibles in Portland is getting their attention.

Let’s each of us choose “servanthood” over “power.” (Click to Source)

Forbes in 2018 recognized Foster Friess as one of the 10 most outstanding money managers of this generation. He now promotes a Philippians 4:8 world as “Head Wrangler” of Foster’s Outriders, created to help government stay on the right path, just as outriders kept cattle herds on the right trail.

[Editor’s note: This story originally was published by Real Clear Politics.]

https://addictionwarfare.wordpress.com/2020/08/31/new-un-civil-war-is-putting-bulls-eye-on-christians/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living.

:: 8-30-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kyle Rittenhouse Being Railroaded Into Prison Is A Warning To Us All As Democrats Attempt To Gut The 2nd Amendment & The Right To Defend Ourselves Against Leftist Violence

- Is There An 'Answer' To The Madness In America Short Of All Out Civil War?

By Jolly Roger for All News Pipeline August 30, 2020

What we’re seeing on the street today is the full grown product of the first generation of parents in thousands of years who refused to discipline their children. A bunch of brats toppling statues and looting stores rather than facing the horror of life in their 'beautiful bubble of bullsh*t' being popped by the realities of life. They’re a gang of idiots, being used by the communists to attack any reminder of American history or culture by branding it “racist, sexist, homophobic, white supremacist”, or whatever.

This is not 1957. Today we have thousands of black doctors, lawyers, architects, and artists, who are obviously not being oppressed because of their race. Blacks comprise 12% of America’s population, and 15% of congress, and that 12% has also given us a president. We have black mayors, governors, police chiefs, and military leaders throughout the entire power structure of our “white supremacist, racist, and hateful nation”.

Do some black people have difficulty in our society because of their skin color? Yes, I do believe that’s possible to some extent. All I have to do is grow long hair and a beard and people I don’t know will treat me completely differently than if I were shaved and shorn, so I’d have to imagine that being black is at least one strike against you in many places in this country.

Judging people by their appearance is an unfortunate trait of humanity, and because of this, I don’t expect that it will go away anytime soon. Another reality is that for whatever reason, black people as a race are responsible for a disproportionately high percentage of the violent crime in our society, and that’s going to cause some pre-judgement (prejudice) too.

Is there a solution to the problem of black people being treated as second-class citizens by the majority race, and is there a way to end whatever racial animosity exists today?

Yes, I believe there is, and it’s fairly simple, at least in theory. Since black people comprise 12% of the population, give them 12% of America’s land mass. Find two or three contiguous states that are already home to a large percentage of blacks, and relocate all of the white people who presently reside there.

I’m not suggesting that all black people be banished to these new black states, only that white people be disallowed, thereby creating a “safe space” where black people can have black schools, black government, black media, and black businesses, black cops and black judges, far from the reach of racism, oppression, the Klan, or any other ills that white people are responsible for, whether they be real or imagined. Black people have certainly been in this country long enough, but for a long time were denied ownership of property, so the real estate in the black states should be equitably divided up amongst them to compensate for that economic disadvantage.

Many were brought here against their will, and were dealt a band hand upon their arrival, for which crimes justice has never been served. Yes, they’re crimes of past centuries, but if we give black people the benefit of the doubt in the debate, they are, as a people, still suffering for these crimes in varying degrees today. They deserve, and I’d say they’ve earned, a little corner of America just for themselves, and their own culture. It may become the economic, cultural, or educational center of America, or it may become the world’s biggest ghetto, but black people will take the credit or blame for what happens there, reap the rewards, or suffer the consequences on their own.

In exchange for the creation of the “black states”, there needs to be an end to all racial preferences, affirmative action, and most importantly, an end to any claims of racism or oppression by whites. Any black person who doesn’t feel they’re being treated fairly in “white America”, can simply relocate to the black states to shed their shackles.

It’s not a “separatist” or “racist” solution. Largely due to America’s unfortunate history of slavery, American blacks and whites remain as peoples of a slightly different culture. Animosity developed before assimilation was possible, and since much of who we are is imitation of our parents, that’s not going to change anytime soon, either. It may be true that black people can never realize their potential in a world built by whites, so it may be only just and honorable to give them a little room to breathe, as final reparations, and a final solution to a centuries-old problem.

I personally don’t believe that racism is a real problem in America, but I’m not black. Growing up in Brooklyn has given me a lot of black friends, and in the real world, I’ve always seen white and black people intermingling amicably. In the media, I’ve always seen propagandists try their hardest to create racial hatred where it never existed before. It’s unfortunate that media conditioning still affects the behavior of too many, but it’s another reality we have to deal with. Dealing with truth and reality is what we do, so let’s do it honestly and bravely, and leave the deceptive double talk to the politicians and the Zionist media. Hopefully, you’ve smashed your television years ago. Now it’s time to smash your neighbor’s.

Only one out of six BLM protesters is black, so I’m certainly not singling out any one race by calling all of them a gang of idiots, who are being used by the communists to disrupt and destroy American society, history and culture, for the purposes of facilitating a smoother transition to the new communist / globalist order. After they’ve served their purpose they’ll be the first ones disposed of by the new regime, as is typical of all communist revolutions.

I personally don’t believe they’ll be nearly as successful as the Bolsheviks, because too many Americans see them for what they are, and thanks to the efforts of truth-movers, the true goals of the “peaceful protesters” is widely understood to be part of the communist takeover that we all knew was underway.

Kyle Rittenhouse is a hero, because he grabbed his gun, and bravely stood on the front lines to defend his country, and shamefully, this seventeen year-old boy is the first person who’s done this in a long time, because that’s not what is done by our military. It’s to all of our shame that he was alone, and at the same time, it’s a reminder of what one brave man can do by himself.

He’s obviously innocent, and obviously only used deadly force in response to an immediate threat to his life, after doing his best to flee. Any prosecutor that calls this boy a murderer is in need of being prosecuted himself, and Americans should do whatever is necessary to have Kyle released from custody with all charges dropped, because his imprisonment will only be an official announcement that America and its Bill of Rights no longer exists.

They may try to railroad him into prison as a warning to all of us, and we can’t allow that, as a warning to all of them. There is supposed to be freedom, liberty, and justice for all in this country, and the fate of Kyle Rittenhouse will reveal whether these ideals are even salvageable. — Jolly Roger

https://allnewspipeline.com/Kyle_Rittenhouse_Being_Railroaded_Into_Prison_Is_A_Warning_To_Us_All.php 

:: 8-30-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gene-editing, Moderna, and transhumanism

Christina Lin The Blogs Christina Lin

As gene-based mRNA vaccines from Moderna are being designed and tested at warp speeds to fight Covid-19, this is also bringing the debate over transhumanism into the forefront.

Transhumanism is a type of futurist philosophy aimed at transforming the human species by means of biotechnologies. Transhumanists see disease, aging and death as undesirable and unnecessary, and aim to transform human beings into post-human species with greater capacities than those of present human beings.

The philosophy is based on secular humanism and sees human nature as an evolutionary work-in-progress with room for improvement and enhancement. However, it is more radical in that it promotes not only traditional means of improving human nature such as education and cultural refinement, but also direct application of medicine and technology to overcome basic biological limits.

Transhumanists give special attention to genetic engineering, robotics, molecular nanotechnology and artificial intelligence, and the Covid-19 pandemic is providing gene-based vaccines a chance to break through into the global health market.

Moderna and gene-editing

Currently there are various companies such as Inovio, Moderna and CanSino Biologics that are testing mRNA and DNA vaccines to counter SARS coronavirus-2 (SARS CoV-2) which causes Covid-19, but Moderna is the front runner that recently nabbed $472 million from U.S. government’s Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) to develop the vaccine. This is in addition to the $483 million it had already received back in April, bringing its total funding to $955 million.

With U.S. government funding at nearly $1 billion for one company, Moderna may be too big to fail. However, this is perplexing for a company that has never produced a single vaccine. According to a CNN report, Moderna was only established in 2010, has never brought a product to market, nor gotten any of its nine or so vaccine candidates approved for use by the FDA.

However, it has been a long-term Pentagon contractor for biodefense, working closely with Defense Advanced Research Project Agency (DARPA) on gene-editing and mRNA therapeutics. DARPA is focused on developing emerging disruptive technologies to maintain a competitive edge over adversaries, including many ‘transhuman’ projects such as genetic engineering and soldier enhancement via robotics.

In the case of Moderna and mRNA therapeutics, DNA vaccines is considered a new paradigm that would disrupt the pharmaceutical industry. Its vision is to harness a new technology that synthesizes messenger RNA, or mRNA—which is an instruction manual in every living cell for creating protein—to prompt the human body to make its own medicine.

So instead of injecting a piece of virus into a person to stimulate the immune system, the synthesized genes would be shot into the body whereby the genes are edited, deleted, added, to re-engineer human DNA to resist the disease. If successful, scientists hope DNA vaccines could be a “transformative” treatment for heart disease, metabolic and genetic diseases, kidney failure and even cancer. Moreover, it could be an effective form of biodefense to protect the population against biological warfare, which is also the mandate for DARPA and BARDA.

Transhumanism and hybrids

Indeed, DARPA is also developing other forms of human enhancement in addition to gene editing. Already scientists are merging robotics with the human body in brain-to-computer interface (BCI), wherein individuals with physical injuries can regain their functions, and soldiers become smarter and more powerful through the fusing of their brain with machines.

In a way, the Pentagon is now building real iron man similar to the American superhero based on the Marvel Comics character. Soldiers in exoskeleton suits are physically more powerful than those without, while other soldiers with bionic limbs perform better than adversaries with human limbs. When one adds artificial intelligence with BCI, the sky is the limit for an army of these genetically modified and robotically enhanced humanoids.

But U.S. is not the only country engaged in human enhancement and transhumanism, as Russia and China are also in hot pursuit with exoskeletons, vaccines and brain implants. As this competition gains traction, one wonders what the future of their militaries may look like as human beings are steadily integrated with machines to become armies of iron man.

Here the Book of Daniel may lend some insights. In interpreting King Nebuchadnezzar’s dream of an image with a head of gold, chest and arms of silver, belly and thighs of bronze, legs of iron, and feet of iron and clay, Daniel revealed the parts as the sequence of world empires, with the feet of iron and clay being the last. In Daniel 2:43 it is written, “as you saw iron mixed with ceramic clay, they will mingle with the seed of men; but they will not adhere to one another, just as iron does not mix with clay,” that seems to describe a hybrid of man (clay) mixed with machine (iron). And as transhumanism and biotech gain momentum, armies of hybrid humans of iron and clay may be a real possibility in a not too distant future world.

https://blogs.timesofisrael.com/gene-editing-moderna-and-transhumanism/ 

:: 8-30-20 Jewish Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-Americanism: The New Anti-Semitism

By Dennis Prager August 5, 2020

What are the two most hated countries in the world?

America and Israel.

Who hates both America and Israel?

The left (and Islamists).

And why is that?

In 1983, in “Why the Jews: The Reason for Antisemitism,” a book I co-authored with Rabbi Joseph Telushkin, we compared hatred of America with hatred of Jews. This is what we wrote. It explains precisely what is happening in America today:

“Perhaps the best way to understand the admiration and resentment elicited by the quality of Jewish life is to compare the reactions of the world to America’s quality of life. No other country has so many people seeking to move there. At the same time, no country, with the exception of Israel, is the target of so many hateful and false attacks.

“The United States, because of its success and its ideals, challenges many people throughout the world. How did America, a nation composed largely of those rejected by other societies (‘The wretched refuse of your teeming shore’ declare the words at the base of the Statue of Liberty), become the most affluent, freest, most powerful, and most influential society in the world?

Americans generally attribute this success to the values of America’s founding generations (such as individual liberty, “Americans generally attribute this success to the values of America’s founding generations (such as individual liberty, religious tolerance, Judeo-Christian morality and secular government), to a work ethic, and to the subsequent waves of immigrants who embraced these values. Enemies of America attribute it to the country’s natural resources, just as many people attribute Jewish success to their natural resource, alleged greater innate intelligence. Others claim that through capitalist exploitation, America cheated poorer countries, paralleling charges that Jewish success has been attained through economic ‘bloodsucking.’ Still others develop an imperialist version of America’s past and present, similar to the anti-Jewish charge of a world Jewish conspiracy.

“But the United States is hardly the only society with great natural resources, and it has been the least imperialistic of the world’s powers. America’s values, not unfair resource distribution or world exploitation, have made the United States better, just as Judaism and its values, not genetic advantage or economic conspiracies, account for the quality of life led by Jews. The two people’s quality of life has provoked similar reactions — many admire them, and many resent them.”

Just like the Jews, America is hated because it is successful. For over a century, it has been the most successful country in the world in virtually every way. If having had slavery was a real issue in the left’s anti-Americanism, the left would hate the Arab world and Latin American countries such as Brazil more than it hates the United States. While The New York Times and other left-wing institutions are preoccupied with slavery in America, they ignore — out of ideological nonconcern or ignorance — the vastly larger number of Africans enslaved by Muslim and South American nations.

Of the more than 12 million African slaves shipped to the Western Hemisphere, only about 3% — between 306,000 and longer and made larger families than the slaves of Latin America. Yet, the U.S. is singled out for hatred. Why? Because Brazil is not an object of envy.

There is no left-wing hatred of the Arab world, which enslaved far more Blacks than the North and South Americas combined.

Likewise, there is no left-wing hatred of the Arab world, which enslaved far more Blacks than the North and South Americas combined. The internationally recognized expert on African history, Senegalese anthropologist Tidiane N’Diaye, wrote in his 2008 book “The Veiled Genocide,” “Most people still have the so-called Transatlantic [slave] trade by Europeans into the New World in mind. But in reality, the Arab-Muslim slavery was much greater …. The Arab Muslims were the most murderous of all those involved in the slave trade.”

Part of that murderous treatment of African slaves involved castrating the males so they could not reproduce. And the women and girls were traded as sex slaves. Where is the leftist anger at the Arab and Muslim world? There is none. The left protects the Muslim and Arab world against moral criticism. The left hates America for its success and influence on the world, just as anti-Semites hated Jews for their success and influence on the world.

The left doesn’t hate America because it is bad. It hates America because it is good. If the left hated evil, it would love America and hate its enemies.

https://jewishjournal.com/commentary/opinion/319840/anti-americanism-the-new-anti-semitism/ 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 8-31-20 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

St. Louis police officer dies after being shot in the head

by Mica Soellner, Breaking News Reporter | | August 31, 2020 11:47 AM

A St. Louis police officer died after being shot in the head over the weekend.

Tamarris Bohannon, 29, was shot while responding to a call Saturday evening. He was taken to a hospital and succumbed to his injury on Sunday. A suspect has been taken into custody.

Bohannon had been with the department for three and a half years and leaves behind a wife and three children, according to KMOV4. Bohannon is the first City of St. Louis officer to be killed in the line of duty since 2011.

"It is with the heaviest of hearts that we report that our critically injured officer has died," the St. Louis Metropolitan Police Department tweeted Sunday evening. "We cannot express how much we appreciate the hospital staff who continuously treated both officers for their injuries." Police say two officers were responding to a call about a shooting in the south central part of the city. While looking for a shooting victim at a home there, Bohannon was shot in the head.

The second officer was shot in the leg while trying to assist Bohannon. He was later taken to a hospital and released on Sunday.

St. Louis Police Chief John Hayden said the suspect, 43-year-old Thomas Kinworthy, had forced a couple out of their home and barricaded himself inside.

The St. Louis Post Dispatch reports multiple streets were closed to vehicles and pedestrians, and nearby residents were warned to shelter inside as SWAT officers swarmed the neighborhood. SUVs and officers armed with rifles were positioned outside the house into which Kinworthy retreated. Police officers used a bullhorn to try and convince the suspect to leave the home. Tear gas was also fired into the house.

After hours of negotiations with the suspect, police arrested and took him into custody early Sunday morning.

Kinworthy has a long criminal history, including a 2001 conviction for aggravated battery with a firearm in Florida.

He is also facing charges of sexual battery and kidnapping for an incident in Florida last year and has been out on bond. A warrant had been issued for his arrest for failing to appear in court for that case. He also has a number of drug and traffic convictions in Missouri.

Police shared a letter from Bohannon's family, calling him a "hero to many" and asking the public for their prayers and support in the days ahead. Reactions to Bohannon's death started pouring in Sunday evening.

St. Louis Mayor Lyda Krewson called it "heartbreaking."

"This is a horrific reminder of the dangers our brave men and women in law enforcement willingly and selflessly face everyday to protect and serve," Krewson tweeted. "Please keep this officer, his family and friends, and all of @SLMPD in your prayers. A senseless and terrible tragedy." Missouri Gov. Mike Parson also tweeted his condolences and encouraged people to support police using the hashtag #BacktheBlue.

"Our prayers are with his family and all those in law enforcement who put their lives on the line to keep us safe," Parson said. Hayden said eight officers have been shot in the line of duty since June in the city. Escalations in violence and rioting this summer have made it a difficult season for officers, Hayden said.

"Our officers have been going through a lot this summer," Hayden said. "We've had a surge in violence."

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/news/st-louis-police-officer-dies-after-being-shot-in-the-head 

:: 8-31-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Political Virus: The unspoken truth is that the novel coronavirus provides a pretext and justification to powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians to destroy millions of jobs and small businesses

Jack Metir Alternative, technology, War August 31, 2020

The national economies of 193 countries, member states of the United Nations were ordered to close down on March 11, 2020. The order came from above, from Wall Street, the World Economic Forum, the billionaire foundations. And corrupt politicians throughout the world have enforced these so-called guidelines with a view to resolving a public health crisis.

Millions of people have lost their jobs, and their lifelong savings. In developing countries, poverty and despair prevail. We are told the it is V the Virus which is responsible for the wave of bankruptcies and unemployment.

The unspoken truth is that the novel coronavirus provides a pretext and justification to powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians to precipitate the entire World into a spiral of mass unemployment, bankruptcy and extreme poverty.

And then Joe Biden tells us that the US economy must remain in a lockdown to save lives. What utter nonsense. Has he analysed the underlying causality? I am sure he has! He’s lying on behalf of Big Money.

According to Michel Chossudovsky, politicians have presented the Virus as performing a political decision making role.

It’s The Political Virus: They are telling us is that the virus is the sole cause of unemployment, poverty and bankruptcies. According to Joe Biden “Covid is …destroying millions of jobs and small businesses”

Closing down the economy is not the solution  Millions of people have lost their jobs, and their lifelong savings. In developing countries, poverty and despair prevail. While the lockdown is presented to public opinion as the sole means to resolving a global public health crisis, its devastating economic and social impacts are casually ignored.

The unspoken truth is that the novel coronavirus provides a pretext to powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians to precipitate the entire World into a spiral of mass unemployment, bankruptcy and extreme poverty.

This is the true picture of what is happening.

How is it implemented? The fear campaign plays a key role. The lockdown is presented to national governments as the sole solution.

The economy is the basis for the reproduction of real life.

It is also the basis for upholding public health endeavors.

This closing down operation affects production and supply lines of goods and services

, investment activities, exports and imports, wholesale and retail trade, consumer spending, the closing down of schools, colleges and universities, research institutions, etc.

In turn it leads almost immediately to mass unemployment, bankruptcies of small and medium sized enterprises, a collapse in purchasing power, widespread poverty and famine. The World is being misled concerning the causes and consequences of the corona crisis.

The COVID-19 crisis is marked by a public health “emergency” under WHO auspices which is being used as a pretext and a justification to triggering a Worldwide process of economic, social and political restructuring.

Social engineering is being applied. Governments are pressured into extending the lockdown, despite its devastating economic and social consequences.

What is happening is unprecedented in World history.

Prominent scientists support the lockdown without batting an eyelid, as a “solution” to a global health emergency. Amply documented, the estimates of the COVID-19 infection including mortality data are grossly manipulated.

In turn, people are obeying their governments. Why? Because they are afraid?

Causes versus solutions?

The closing down of national economies applied Worldwide will inevitably result in poverty, mass unemployment and an increase in mortality.

It’s an act of economic warfare. It’s an unspoken crime against humanity.

Stage One: Trade War against China

On January 30, 2020 the WHO Director General determined that the coronavirus outbreak constitutes a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC).

The decision was taken on the basis of 150 confirmed cases outside China, First cases of person to person transmission: 6 cases in the US, 3 cases in Canada, 2 in the UK.

The WHO Director General had the backing of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Big Pharma and the World Economic Forum (WEF). The decision for the WHO to declare a Global Emergency was taken on the sidelines of the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos, Switzerland (January 21-24).

One day later (January 31) following the launch of the WHO Global Emergency, The Trump administration announced that it will deny entry to foreign nationals “who have traveled in China in the last 14 days”. This immediately triggered a crisis in air transportation, China-US trade as well as the tourism industry. Italy followed suit, cancelling all flights to China on January 31.

The first stage was accompanied by the disruption of trade relations with China as well as a partial closedown of export manufacturing sector A campaign was immediately launched against China as well ethnic Chinese. The Economist reported that

“The coronavirus spreads racism against and among ethnic Chinese”

Britain’s Chinese community faces racism over coronavirus outbreak”

According to the SCMP:

“Chinese communities overseas are increasingly facing racist abuse and discrimination amid the coronavirus outbreak. Some ethnic Chinese people living in the UK say they experienced growing hostility because of the deadly virus that originated in China.”

And this phenomenon is happening all over the U.S. Stage Two: The Financial Crash Spearheaded by Fear and Stock Market Manipulation

A global financial crisis unfolded in the course of the month of February culminating in a dramatic collapse of stock market values as well as a major decline in the value of crude oil.

This collapse was manipulated. It was the object of insider trading and foreknowledge. The fear campaign played a key role in the implementation of the stock market crash. In February, roughly $6 trillion have been wiped off the value of stock markets Worldwide. Massive losses of personal savings (e.g. of average Americans) have occurred not to mention corporate failures and bankruptcies. It was a bonanza for institutional speculators including corporate hedge funds. The financial meltdown has led to sizeable transfers of money wealth into the pockets of a handful of financial institutions

Stage Three: Lockdown, Confinement, Closing Down of the Global Economy

The financial crash in February was immediately followed by the lockdown in early March. The lockdown and confinement supported by social engineering was instrumental in the restructuring of the global economy. Applied almost simultaneously in a large number countries, the lockdown has triggered the closing down of the national economy, coupled with the destabilization of trade, transport and investment activities.

The pandemic constitutes an act of economic warfare against humanity which has resulted in global poverty and mass unemployment.

Politicians are lying. Neither the lockdown nor the closing down of national economies constitute a solution to the public health crisis. Who Controls the Politicians?

Why are politicians lying?

They are the political instruments of the financial establishment including the “Ultra-rich philanthropists”. Their task is to carry out the global economic restructuring project which consists in freezing economic activity Worldwide.

In the case of the Democrats in the US, they are largely concerned in opposing the reopening of the US economy as part of the 2020 election campaign. This opposition to reopening the national and global economies is supported by “Big Money”.

Is it opportunism or stupidity? In all major regions of the World, politicians have been instructed by powerful financial interests to retain the lockdown and prevent the re-opening of the national economy.

The fear campaign prevails. Social distancing is enforced. The economy is closed down.

Totalitarian measures are being imposed.

in some countries, patients can leave hospital by agreeing to wear an electronic bracelet. This is only a sample of all the totalitarian measures planned or even already decided by our governments in favor of the coronavirus crisis. It goes much further, it’s limitless and it affects a good part of the world, if not the whole world.

The “Herding Instincts” of Politicians

Are corrupt governments acting like “police dogs” with “herding instincts” going after their sheep.

Is “the herd” too scared to go after their “government”? The analogy may be simplistic but nonetheless considered relevant by psychologists.

Some breeds of dogs [corrupt politicians] have herding instincts that can be brought out with the right training and encouragement [bribes]. …. teach your dog [political proxy] basic obedience and see if it [he, she] displays herding tendencies. … Always look for a trainer who uses reward-based training methods [bribes, personal gain, political support, accession to high office]” (How to Teach Your Dog to Herd)

But there is another dimension. Politicians in high office responsible for “convincing their herd” actually believe the lies which are being imposed upon them by higher authority.

The lie becomes the truth. Politicians endorse the consensus, they enforce “social engineering”, they believe in their own lies.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/08/31/the-novel-coronavirus-provides-a-pretext-and-justification-to-powerful-financial-interests/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc  

:: 8-26-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hope Versus the Invisible Enemy

By Hal Lindsey

Covid-19 has turned out to be a more formidable foe than most could have imagined at the beginning of this year. One of its insidious features has been its ability to kill some people, while others get it and show few if any symptoms. If someone doesn’t know he has the disease, how can he understand the danger he poses?

Last week, the MIT Technology Review said that after a series of new studies, “Researchers are beginning to come to a consensus… that 80% of new transmissions are caused by fewer than 20% of the carriers.”

According to the John Hopkins University of Medicine Coronavirus Research Center, there have been more than 9 million Covid cases in the world so far, and almost half a million people have died. Over 120,000 of the dead were from the United States. This all happened in just a few months. The World Health Organization did not receive its first report on the disease until the last day of 2019.

Even as Europe comes out of its lockdown, the number of infections worldwide continues to rise. Much of the increase has come from Central and South America. Brazil has had more than 50,000 Covid deaths. The indigenous peoples there have been especially hard hit. There have been major new outbreaks in countries that thought they had everything under control, such as China, South Korea, and Australia.

The rise in new cases in many US states is tied to increased testing. Those numbers can be misleading. But it is troubling to see hospitalizations on the rise in places like Texas, California, and Arizona. Hospitalizations do not fluctuate with the number of people being tested. They reflect how many people are actually becoming severely ill.

Meanwhile, some Christian ministers are telling us that this is not a sign of the times. They point to the Black Plague and the 1918 Spanish flu as examples of worse pandemics. But there is a difference this time. In 1918 and in the mid-13th century, the primary prerequisite for end-times events had not taken place. The Jews had not yet formed a new nation of Israel.

The other difference today is that this is only one of a series of signs striking the world all at once. And the current pandemic perfectly fits the warning Jesus gave in Luke 21:11. He said the time near His return would be characterized in part by plagues. And Covid-19 is a plague.

The most devastating plagues will come during the seven-year tribulation period which will take place sometime after the rapture. The first of the bowl judgments in Revelation 16 depicts a terrible pestilence. Verse 2 says, “And the first angel went and poured out his bowl into the earth; and it became a loathsome and malignant sore upon the men who had the mark of the beast and who worshiped his image.”

Much earlier in the tribulation, the last of the four horsemen of the apocalypse will carry pestilence as one of its elements. Revelation 6:8 says, “And I looked, and behold, an ashen horse; and he who sat on it had the name Death; and Hades was following with him. And authority was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword and with famine and with pestilence and by the wild beasts of the earth.”

The second of those four horsemen will bring a global, economic depression, deeper and more horrible than any before it. Covid seems to be setting the world up for that, too. Governments all over the world have been spending wildly to keep their economies afloat during a time when their income has been greatly diminished. Tax revenues are low when businesses can’t open, and people are unemployed. That means massive new budget deficits all over the planet.

Another feature of the new era we have entered, is a striking level of lawlessness. Crime levels are exploding all over the world. Jesus said that this, too, would be a sign of His coming.

Seeing these events engulf our world is at least unsettling, if not outright terrifying. But God doesn’t want you to be afraid. Remember that Jesus told about these things from a perspective of hope. In Luke 21:28, He said, “When these things begin to take place, straighten up and lift up your heads, because your redemption is drawing near.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-24-2020/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 8-30-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hezbollah's Nasrallah: For every operative killed we will kill one soldier

"We are committed to an equation... but we are not in a hurry."

By ANNA AHRONHEIM AUGUST 30, 2020 16:34

An IDF soldier will die in retaliation for each Hezbollah operative killed by Israel, Hezbollah secretary-general Hassan Nasrallah said Sunday.

Let the Israelis understand that whenever they kill one of our mujahideen [jihadists], we will kill one of their soldiers,” he said in a televised speech marking the end of the Shi’ite holiday of Ashura. “We are committed to an equation. Our objective is not revenge but punishment and to establish a balance of deterrence.” “Everything that has happened” since the death of Hezbollah operative Ali Kamel Mohsen “is part of the punishment,” Nasrallah said.

If the resistance fighters carried out 100 operations and have not killed a Zionist soldier, the attacks will continue until the equation is equal again,” he said.

Israel has been bracing for a possible attack by the terrorist group after an alleged Israeli airstrike in Syria on July 20 killed one of its members.

A response to the deadly strike was “inevitable,” Hezbollah said at the time. After the threat, Israel barred military vehicles from driving on certain border roads and deployed reinforcements with advanced intelligence and precision-fire systems to its northern borders. As tensions along the northern border with Lebanon subsided in mid-August, the IDF began to scale back troop reinforcements and other heightened security measures that had been put in place. The defense establishment determined that Hezbollah would not carry out an attack following the explosion in Beirut Port, but the IDF has remained on high alert in the North.

“We are not in a hurry to respond to Israel,” Nasrallah said. “Your soldiers will eventually appear on the roads.”

There have been three failed attacks along the Lebanese border since the July 20 airstrike.

Last week, soldiers were fired upon in a suspected sniper attack near Kibbutz Manara in the Upper Galilee. The soldiers were in the field when they heard gunfire directed at them, a person familiar with the matter told The Jerusalem Post. The IDF fired dozens of smoke shells and flares to stop the gunfire and identify the shooters. Though no identifications were confirmed, helicopters and fighter jets struck Hezbollah posts along the border.

In his speech on Sunday, Nasrallah said the recent peace accord between the United Arab Emirates and Israel was treason.

“We condemn all attempts to acknowledge Israel and all forms of normalization with this enemy,” he said. “We renew our condemnation of the stance of the officials in the UAE. Any such agreement is treason.”

https://www.jpost.com/breaking-news/hezbollahs-nasrallah-reaffirms-condemnation-of-uae-israel-deal-640456 

:: 8-30-20 NewsMax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: Portland's Mayor a 'Fool', 'Bring in National Guard'

By Eric Mack | Sunday, 30 August 2020 10:39 AM

With the escalation of counter-protesters clashing with anti-Trump activists, Portland's riots turned deadly Saturday night, prompting President Donald Trump to call out Mayor Ted Wheeler as a "fool" for letting the situation get out of hand.

Trump tweeted Sunday morning:

"The big backlash going on in Portland cannot be unexpected after 95 days of watching and incompetent Mayor admit that he has no idea what he is doing. The people of Portland won't put up with no safety any longer.  The Mayor is a FOOL. Bring in the National Guard!"

Trump has repeatedly offered help to Democrat-run cities overrun by rioters, looting, and arson, but most have declined the offer. Trump also tweeted:

"Wheeler is incompetent, much like Sleepy Joe Biden. This is not what our great Country wants. They want Safety & Security, and do NOT want to Defund our Police!"

The Trump administration cannot send national riot forces into states and localities without permission.

Trump added via tweet:

"Our great National Guard could solve these problems in less than 1 hour. Local authorities must ask before it is too late. People of Portland, and other Democrat run cities, are disgusted with Schumer, Pelosi, and thier local 'leaders.' They want Law & Order!"

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/trump-portland-riots-mayor/2020/08/30/id/984526/ 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 8-31-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Reports Confirm that the CHICOMS Are Amassing Thousands of Troops on the Canadian-US Border

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, August 31, 2020 - 11:51.

Western Canada Being Occupied by CHICOM Troops

Previously, I covered the fact that we have a large contingent of CHICOM troops operating in Western Canada just north of the US/Canadian border. The CHICOMS are moving drugs with the help of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. The CHICOMS control British Columbia's largest port, just like they did Long Beach before Trump put a stop to it.

I recently interviewed SARAH WESTALL on our new TV show, The Common Sense Show.TV. Coincidentally, a day after our interview, Sarah reported along with Kevin Annett, that CANADA now has CHINESE TROOPS hidden within Canadian Native reservations.

The CHICOM troops are taking and protecting resources from the reservations under the authority of Trudeau & the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP).

CHICOM troops now move freely in Canada under the cover of COVID-19 lockdowns as well as legislation from the Canadian government which allows the CHICOMs to use their military to “protect” CHICOM assets in Canada. Sarah's interview with Kevin Annett can be accessed at this link.

More Sources Come Forward

The story regarding CHICOMS being located on the edge of our norrthern border with Canada are growing since Sarah Westall released her interview with Kevin Annett. The only discrepancy on the report is how many CHICOM soldiers are lying in wait.

Yesterday, Paul Martin contacted me on the same subject because he knew I was actively covering this. His source, well known to him, claims that there are 6,000 CHICOM troops ready to attack from the North. Last night I interviewed Paul Martin about this and that interview can be accessed at this link.

Earlier in the day, my best source, a retired high-ranking ARSOF source told me the same thing as Paul, except the number of troops are far greater and there are mechanized elements involved as well as some airborne capabilities. It is this source's belief that the CHICOMS were waiting until the military, under the presumed control of high ranking Democrats were going to forcibly remove Trump from office. My deep cover source also told that the Joint Chiefs are fully aware of Trudeau's betrayal of the American people. We also discussed that liberal Democrats are aware as well and they are suspected of providing the CHICOMS with intel. Further, my souce believes strongly that the will attack when our troops are distracted (eg civil war, responding to an invasion of Taiwan by the CHICOMS, etc). Also, according to this source, this is the main reason that General Mark Millie, of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, came out and stated that they were not going to intervene in the 2020 election in response to a Democratic response to help take Trump out of office. Here's a report I ran on this issue.

Conclusion Again, what is not fully known is when these troops will become operationalized and attack the United States out of Canada. I am convinced that this Red Dawn threat will occur after United States is sufficiently weakened from other conflicts.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-economics/more-reports-confirm-chicoms-are-amassing-thousands-troops-canadian-us-border 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 8-24-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Ebola Outbreak Reported In Congo, WHO Alarmed

by Tyler Durden Mon, 08/24/2020 - 02:00  Authored by Jack Philips via The Epoch Times,

A new outbreak of the Ebola virus has infected 100 people in the Democratic Republic of the Congo in Equateur Province, according to the World Health Organization (WHO), which said several dozen people have died. The outbreak was first declared on June 1 in the province, and a cluster was first found in Mbandaka, the capital. The outbreak has since spread to 11 of the province’s 17 health zones. Of the 100 cases reported so far, 96 are confirmed and four are probable,” the agency said.

Some 43 people have died from the deadly virus, which causes hemorrhagic fever.

“The outbreak presents significant logistical challenges, with affected communities spanning large distances in remote and densely-forested areas of the province, which straddles the Equator,” said WHO.

“At its widest points, the outbreak is spread across approximately 200 miles both from east to west and from north to south.”

The agency said that providing relief to affected populations can take days. Supplies and first responders have to travel areas that don’t have roads and may have to rely on river boat travel, according to WHO. In the same province, an outbreak of Ebola occurred in May 2018, killing at least 33 people.

“With 100 Ebola cases in less than 100 days, the outbreak in Equateur Province is evolving in a concerning way,” said Dr. Matshidiso Moeti with WHO.

“The virus is spreading across a wide and rugged terrain which requires costly interventions and with COVID-19 draining resources and attention, it is hard to scale-up operations.”

Earlier in August, Congolese Ebola health workers protested over unpaid wages.

The provincial health minister, Bruno Efoloko, said the governor had concluded negotiations with the striking workers late on Monday afternoon. They were protesting against the health ministry’s recent publication of their pay scales, which they thought were too low, and the government’s failure to pay them since the start of the new epidemic, Keita said.

“The negotiations were successful. The laboratory is now operational,” Efoloko told Reuters, adding that some lab technicians had returned to work after the talks.

“The national ministry of health promises to examine their claims,” Efoloko said. “We will continue to educate others for an effective resumption of activities.” In June, Congo celebrated the end of a separate Ebola outbreak in the east of the country, the second-worst on record, which killed more than 2,200 people over two years.

WHO said over the weekend that the current response is indeed in need of funding.

“Without extra support the teams on the ground will find it harder to get ahead of the virus,” said Dr. Moeti.

“COVID-19 is not the only emergency needing robust support. As we know from our recent history we ignore Ebola at our peril.”

He was referring to the disease caused by the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) virus.

https://www.zerohedge.com/medical/new-ebola-outbreak-reported-congo-who-alarmed 

:: 8-22-20 Fox Business :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Even with a strong crop this year, US farmers are suffering

Expected bumper crop means prices staying low

By Kirk MaltaisThe Wall Street Journal

Market, global economy putting investors in a tough spot: Mohamed El-Erian

Allianz chief economic adviser Mohamed El-Erian says if you look at the market, it's the best of times but the global economy seems to be losing steam early in the recovery. He later talks about the importance of a phase four stimulus bill and reacts to the Federal Reserve's policy. Following a growing season last year filled with battering rainfall and bitter trade wars, U.S. farmers hoped 2020 would provide them an opportunity to make up some ground. Instead, the situation has grown worse for many as prices remain depressed.

Despite a wind storm tearing through Midwestern farms last week and drought conditions in isolated areas, a bumper crop of both corn and soybeans is still expected this year.

"Overall, the trade seems to be coming to the conclusion that...there is still going to be an oversupply of corn in the U.S. and the world," said Tomm Pfitzenmaier, an analyst with Des Moines, Iowa-based Summit Commodity Brokerage, in a research note Friday.

That case was bolstered Friday when Pro Farmer, following a weeklong tour of farmland across seven states, assessed the national corn yield at 177.5 bushels per acre, and the national soybean yield at 52.5. That is slightly lower than earlier U.S. Department of Agriculture estimates but higher than 2019's waterlogged crop.

IOWA REQUESTS NEARLY $4B IN DISASTER AIR AFTER DERECHO, GOVERNOR SAYS STATE IS ‘HURTING’

For many U.S. farmers, the prospect of grain prices staying low is untenable. "It's almost a day-to-day struggle to decide what to do next year," said Doug Sombke, president of the South Dakota Farmers Union and a farmer of 3,000 acres of corn and soybeans in Brown County, S.D.

Mr. Sombke says his local grain elevator is paying $2.87 for a bushel of corn. That is nearly a dollar lower than what he would need to collect to break even. The same is true for his soybeans, for which the elevator is willing to pay roughly $8.50 a bushel.

Prices for corn and soybeans haven't risen since the start of the year, when the signing of the U.S.-China phase-one trade agreement stipulating China would purchase $36.5 billion of agricultural goods from the U.S. gave farmers hope that export demand from China would buoy prices. Instead, most-active corn futures on the Chicago Board of Trade are down 16% since the start of the year, while wheat has fallen nearly 6% and soybeans have shed nearly 5%.

Chinese exports of U.S. corn, soybeans and wheat are 144% higher than they were at this point last year, according to data from the USDA's Foreign Agricultural Service. But the onset of the coronavirus pandemic in the U.S. in March hobbled domestic demand for grains as restaurants and other institutions nationwide shut down.

IOWA FARMERS ASSESS LOSSES AFTER STORM FLATTENED CORNFIELDS

If the situation doesn't quickly improve, Mr. Sombke said he may be forced out of farming. "We've got some choices to make," he said. "The last three years, we've lost equity on our farm. Do we want to keep doing that?"

Bankruptcies are high in farm country. Roughly 580 farmers filed for chapter 12 bankruptcy protection through the year ended June 30, according to federal data. More recent data from the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City shows farm loan repayments are expected to fall precipitously in the next three months.

"We entered Covid with a lot of operations being in distress," said Brian Philpot, CEO of Lakeland, Fla.-based AgAmerica Lending. Most bankruptcies being reported are by small family farms, while larger agricultural operations are taking the opportunity to purchase land from distressed farmers, Mr. Philpot said.

"The large producers are doing fine and they're acquiring," said Mr. Philpot.

US FARMERS SCRAMBLE FOR HELP AS COVID-19 SCUTTLES IMMIGRANT WORKFORCE

Government aid in the form of assistance from the USDA and the $19 billion Coronavirus Food Assistance Program have helped mitigate the financial damage of low commodity prices, but farmers say it is only a Band-Aid.

"We in the ag economy really appreciate the assistance we got from the federal government," said Richard Guebert Jr., president of the Illinois Farm Bureau and a farmer of corn, soybeans and wheat in southeast Illinois. "But we really wish to get our revenue from the market."

While the weather in the Midwest has been more supportive for growing a strong crop than last year, this year's growing season hasn't been without weather issues.

Earlier this month, a powerful storm packing winds over 100 miles an hour swept through much of the Corn Belt, causing widespread property and crop damage. Wind snapped a lot of Iowan corn off its stalks and destroyed grain bins containing corn farmers were saving to sell once prices rise.

Farmers affected by the storm are now in a rush to harvest and store the corn before it rots. "They had a very good crop before the wind storm," said Brian Grete, an editor with Pro Farmer leading the eastern leg of the crop tour. "Now it's a race to see how much they can get into the bin before they run out of time."

When grain prices are low, farmers often try to grow larger crops to sell more and cover costs. "If you have low commodity prices and low yields, it's extremely hard," Mr. Guebert said.

https://www.foxbusiness.com/money/even-with-a-strong-crop-this-year-us-farmers-are-suffering 

:: 8--20 Ballistic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 2020 Ammo Shortage and How You Should Prepare in the Future

In what will likely go down in the books as the 2020 ammo shortage, this coronavirus-caused famine presents a learning experience for future prepping.

By Dr. Martin D. Topper

They say that history repeats itself. But we’ve had four ammo shortages in the last dozen years and that’s a bit much. Even worse, two of the shortages lasted close to two years. As I write this, there is a world-wide coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic that created what will likely be known as the 2020 ammo shortage. Ammo demand is so high that stores are limiting the amount customers can buy. Dealers aren’t happy about rationing. While they realize that customers who go home empty-handed might never come back, they also know it’s hard to sell guns when you can’t provide ammo for them.

The 2020 Ammo Shortage

Until 2008, there hadn’t been a major national ammo shortage since the end of WWII. However, all that changed as the “national conversation” about guns started heating up. So it’s no surprise that these ammo famines occurred shortly before or after national elections. Of course the current COVID-19 pandemic and resulting downturn in our economy played a big role in generating the current demand. So what can people do to be sure that they have enough ammunition to maintain their shooting skills and still have a reasonable supply for personal protection?

Planning Ahead

First of all, we have to realize that some people will always get caught short-handed in a crisis; that’s because while most of us hope for the best, far fewer even consider preparing for the worst. Prepping is essential. So stock up when ammo prices are low. If a local gun store doesn’t have what you need, there are websites like Gunbuyer.com, luckygunner.com, Ammoman.com, and many others to buy from.

Also, remember that manufacturing ammo is a business. Ammo makers must continually work to keep their costs low, prices reasonable, and skilled workers on the payroll. Therefore, they normally have some excess capacity on their production lines to handle seasonal increases in demand. However, they can’t afford to maintain huge inventories. If they produce more product than the market can consume in normal times, ammo prices drop below production costs; that leaves manufacturers stuck with excess inventory. Eventually, they’ll be squeezed out of business.

How Much Ammo Should I Stockpile?

How much ammunition should you keep on hand? Before answering that question, ask yourself how much ammo you need to protect yourself under the two most likely scenarios. Those scenarios are sheltering in place and relocating to a safer location if staying home becomes untenable. Do you stay put or bug out?

If sheltering in place, most of us would choose a semi-auto centerfire rifle or a shotgun, along with a centerfire pistol or revolver. Under those circumstances, 300 rounds is a good starting number to have on hand for each primary defensive firearm. That means every time you practice, you should replace the ammunition used with new fresh ammo; that way you won’t be unprepared if there’s a sudden increase in demand. If there’s more than one household member with a gun, then this would apply to each primary defensive gun used by each person.

Bugging Out

Relocating is a very different story. You have to go light when you “bug out,” especially if there are blocked roads are blocked and you must evacuate on foot. In that case, your backpacks should have food, water, medicine, first aid gear, communications equipment, compasses, a bedroll, etc. So does the average person really have the ability to carry half-a-dozen 30-round mags for an AR and several high-caps for a 9mm handgun?

The standard Army kit weighs about 80 pounds. Most people—especially those who are older or unwell—won’t be able to carry nearly that much. Therefore, any person who lacks strength or has an illness may be best served by a rifle and handgun chambered in .22 LR. Approximately 200 rounds .22 weigh less than a 2 pounds. It can also keep both rifles and handguns shooting. Meanwhile, 100 rounds of 9mm weighs 2.5 pounds. Sure, a .22 isn’t as powerful as gun chambered in 9mm or .223 Rem., but in a situation where antibiotics are hard to get and where it may be a five-mile hike to a hospital, .22 can still be a powerful deterrent.

What About Today’s Ammo Shortage?

Right now ammo is in short supply. Stores and distributors are running out of product. However, as of March 27, large local gun stores like the Florida Gun Exchange and some large sporting goods chains still had some ammo for sale in a number of calibers. In addition, I still get emails from Internet dealers saying they have some ammunition remaining in stock. So call around and/or search online. Your favorite loads may not be available right now, but you may be able to get something you can shoot in your guns while we all wait for the situation to return to normal. We’ll survive the 2020 ammo shortage together.

Ammo Shortage FAQ

How much ammo should I stockpile?

You should stockpile as much ammo as you can manage. Why? Well, the idea is that getting should be very difficult. In a rural scenario for survival situations, we’d recommend upwards of 10,000 rounds per caliber. Yes, it’s a lot of ammo, but understand that in this scenario it is also currency.

Is ammo a good investment?

Yes, ammo is a good investment. For the reasons we said above, forget just being able to use it, during an ammo shortage, large quantities of ammo could work just as well as currency.

https://www.ballisticmag.com/2020/04/08/2020-ammo-shortage-prepping/ 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 8-25-20 End Times Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here’s How A Cashless Society Would Affect Day-To-Day Life

Aug 25, 2020 |

(OPINION) PNW – Have you ever thought about the ramifications of a cashless society? I’m talking about the real, first-person effects, not some ephemeral conspiracy theory. This is bad news for a lot of reasons, not the least of which are the ways it would affect day-to-day life. Here’s my definition of a cashless society, so we’re all singing from the same songbook: Cash would no longer be legal tender, therefore you could not make purchases with it, pay bills with it, or spend it in any way. You would not be able to deposit cash into your bank account so you wouldn’t be able to accept cash for an exchange of goods or services.

Therefore, cash would be nothing more than a worthless piece of paper. We’re heading this way. Jose recently wrote that Venezuela is rapidly becoming cashless, and here in the United States, a concerning early sign is that there is a “change shortage” which is causing many stores to give you your change on a store loyalty card or invite you to donate that change to some cause. Think of all the times that cash is an appropriate gift.

I’ve always given money, like stuffing a child’s birthday card with a $20 bill or giving a new graduate some cash to put toward college expenses. When I got married, we received quite a bit of money from various loved ones. My dad always gave my daughters some spending money of their own each time we visited and they were surprised and delighted every single time.

However, in a cashless society, there are two problems with this. First of all, the recipient would not be able to use the cash. He or she would not be able to spend or deposit it. Secondly, if a monetary gift is given, it would have to be done with a check or electronic transfer. This means that the government (and the Tax Man) would know precisely how much money any person is given.

That might not be a big deal for the 7-year-old who got $20 from grandpa, but what about the graduate who raked in a couple thousand in gifts from family members to celebrate his or her accomplishments? At what point will the government have their hands out for “their fair share?” A lot of folks are really struggling right now with the COVID shutdowns. Jobs have been lost, hours have been cut, and financial problems abound. One of the ways that these people are making ends meet is with side gigs. Folks are cutting grass, cleaning houses, driving for Uber, delivering food, babysitting – they’re coming up with all sorts of ways to make some extra money. A huge percentage of these people are being paid in cash.

But if suddenly you can no longer spend your cash, you’d need to be paid electronically. How many people who don’t already have a business have a merchant account for taking credit or debit cards? There are options like PayPal and Venmo, which take a percentage fee, but they’re going to have to figure out something. And then, as above, every single bit of this side gig money is traceable and trackable. This could quickly turn your 20 bucks from lawn mowing into $15 after taxes. READ MORE

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2020/08/heres-how-a-cashless-society-would-affect-day-to-day-life/ 

:: 8-25-20 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Ebola Outbreak Reported in Congo, WHO Alarmed

August 25, 2020 from The Epoch Times:

A new outbreak of the Ebola virus has infected 100 people in the Democratic Republic of the Congo in Equateur Province, according to the World Health Organization (WHO), which said several dozen people have died.

The outbreak was first declared on June 1 in the province, and a cluster was first found in Mbandaka, the capital.

“The outbreak has since spread to 11 of the province’s 17 health zones. Of the 100 cases reported so far, 96 are confirmed and four are probable,” the agency said.

Some 43 people have died from the deadly virus, which causes hemorrhagic fever.

“The outbreak presents significant logistical challenges, with affected communities spanning large distances in remote and densely-forested areas of the province, which straddles the Equator,” said WHO. “At its widest points, the outbreak is spread across approximately 200 miles both from east to west and from north to south.”

The agency said that providing relief to affected populations can take days. Supplies and first responders have to travel areas that don’t have roads and may have to rely on river boat travel, according to WHO. In the same province, an outbreak of Ebola occurred in May 2018, killing at least 33 people.

“With 100 Ebola cases in less than 100 days, the outbreak in Equateur Province is evolving in a concerning way,” said Dr. Matshidiso Moeti with WHO. “The virus is spreading across a wide and rugged terrain which requires costly interventions and with COVID-19 draining resources and attention, it is hard to scale-up operations.”

Earlier in August, Congolese Ebola health workers protested over unpaid wages.

The provincial health minister, Bruno Efoloko, said the governor had concluded negotiations with the striking workers late on Monday afternoon. They were protesting against the health ministry’s recent publication of their pay scales, which they thought were too low, and the government’s failure to pay them since the start of the new epidemic, Keita said.

“The negotiations were successful. The laboratory is now operational,” Efoloko told Reuters, adding that some lab technicians had returned to work after the talks. “The national ministry of health promises to examine their claims,” Efoloko said. “We will continue to educate others for an effective resumption of activities.”

https://www.sgtreport.com/2020/08/new-ebola-outbreak-reported-in-congo-who-alarmed/ 

:: 8-24-20 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Babylonian clay tablet dating back 3,700 YEARS is world's oldest trigonometric table

A 3,700-YEAR-old Babylonian clay tablet discovered by the real Indiana Jones has been revealed as the world's oldest - and most accurate - trigonometric table.

PUBLISHED: 19:01, Thu, Aug 24, 2017

The tablet was discovered in the early 1900s in what is now southern Iraq by archaeologist, diplomat and antiquities dealer Edgar Banks, the person on whom the fictional character Indiana Jones was based.

It has four columns and 15 rows of numbers written on it in the cuneiform script of the time using a base 60, or sexagesimal, system.

Dr Daniel Mansfield, of the University of New South Wales (UNSW) in Australia, said: "Plimpton 322 has puzzled mathematicians for more than 70 years, since it was realised it contains a special pattern of numbers called Pythagorean triples.

"The huge mystery, until now, was its purpose - why the ancient scribes carried out the complex task of generating and sorting the numbers on the tablet. "Our research reveals that Plimpton 322 describes the shapes of right-angle triangles using a novel kind of trigonometry based on ratios, not angles and circles. It is a fascinating mathematical work that demonstrates undoubted genius."

He added: "The tablet not only contains the world's oldest trigonometric table; it is also the only completely accurate trigonometric table, because of the very different Babylonian approach to arithmetic and geometry.

"This means it has great relevance for our modern world. Babylonian mathematics may have been out of fashion for more than 3000 years, but it has possible practical applications in surveying, computer graphics and education.

"This is a rare example of the ancient world teaching us something new." The new study, by Dr Mansfield and his UNSW colleague Associate Professor Norman Wildberger was published in the journal Historia Mathematica.

A trigonometric table allows people to use one known ratio of the sides of a right-angle triangle to determine the other two unknown ratios.

The Greek astronomer Hipparchus has long been regarded as the father of trigonometry, with his "table of chords" on a circle considered the oldest trigonometric table.

But Dr Wildberger said: "Plimpton 322 predates Hipparchus by more than 1,000 years.

"It opens up new possibilities not just for modern mathematics research, but also for mathematics education."

He added: "With Plimpton 322 we see a simpler, more accurate trigonometry that has clear advantages over our own.

"A treasure-trove of Babylonian tablets exists, but only a fraction of them have been studied yet.

"The mathematical world is only waking up to the fact that this ancient but very sophisticated mathematical culture has much to teach us." He said The 15 rows on the tablet describe a sequence of 15 right-angle triangles, which are steadily decreasing in inclination.

The left-hand edge of the tablet is broken and the UNSW researchers built on previous research to present new mathematical evidence that there were originally six columns and that the tablet was meant to be completed with 38 rows.

They also showed how the ancient scribes, who used a base 60 numerical arithmetic similar to our time clock, rather than the base 10 number system we use today, could have generated the numbers on the tablet using their mathematical techniques. The researchers also provided evidence that discounts the widely-accepted view that the tablet was simply a teacher's aid for checking students' solutions of quadratic problems.

Dr Mansfield added: "Plimpton 322 was a powerful tool that could have been used for surveying fields or making architectural calculations to build palaces, temples or step pyramids."

The tablet, which is thought to have come from the ancient Sumerian city of Larsa, has been dated to between 1822BC and 1762BC.

It is now in the Rare Book and Manuscript Library at Columbia University in New York.

https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/845305/Babylonian-clay-tablet-3-700-years-world-s-oldest-trigonometric-table-Indiana-Jones 

:: 8-24-20 survivalblog.science.blog  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Researchers Claim New Algorithm Will Prevent a Robot Apocalypse: THEY ARE SO WRONG, WITH THE LEVEL OF AI, THE ROBOTS WILL REPROGRAM AROUND THEIR OPERATING SYSTEMS, NOT TO MENTION THE DEMONIC GHOSTS IN THE MACHINES

Jack Metir Alternative August 24, 2020 3 Minutes

As we watch robots, autonomous vehicles, artificial intelligence machines and the like slowly (and sometimes rapidly) permeate our world, it’s not hard to imagine them going from permeating to taking over. Reaching that point, even those who don’t watch sci-fi movies can see the possibility of rogue robots and AI machines using computer logic to eliminate the one thing that could stop their takeover – humans – and initiating a robot apocalypse. Fortunately, some computer scientists in California have developed an algorithm that trains robots to always avoid the bad, human-elimination decisions and stay on the path of good, obedient servitude instead. How well do you think this will work? “We want to advance AI that respects the values of its human users and justifies the trust we place in autonomous systems.”

In a Stanford University press release announcing the publication in the journal Science of the paper “Preventing undesirable behavior of intelligent machines,” Emma Brunskill, an assistant professor of computer science at Stanford and senior author of the paper, illustrates the alleged noble goal of robot and AI developers – making them tools for the good of humankind – and describes the algorithm she and her colleagues have designed to accomplish – and hopefully guarantee – that goal.

We show how the designers of machine learning algorithms can make it easier for people who want to build AI into their products and services to describe unwanted outcomes or behaviors that the AI system will avoid with high-probability.”

The idea is to describe bad decisions and behaviors mathematically. While “don’t do this or the patient will die” decisions are easy to describe, behaviors such as gender bias – a line AI is crossing as it’s used more and more to evaluate employment or school applications – requires a sense of fairness that is obviously much harder to define mathematically. The Stanford researchers modified the algorithm in a program designed to predict the future grade point averages of students and it learned to avoid bias toward one gender. While “fairness” is much more vague than “life or death,” the researchers believe it can – and should – be built into all AI using their algorithm.

Does all of this sound familiar? The paper refers to this solution as a “Seldonian algorithm” and fans of Isaac Asimov will recognize that obvious reference to Hari Seldon, the mathematics professor at Streeling University on the planet Trantor in Asimov’s “Foundation” sci-fi series. Seldon developed psychohistory, an algorithmic science that allowed him to predict the future in probabilistic terms. It worked for Hari Seldon … will it work for us?

“Given the recent rise of real-world ML applications and the corresponding surge of potential harm that they could cause, it is imperative that ML algorithms provide their users with an effective means for controlling behavior. To this end, we have proposed a framework for designing ML algorithms and shown how it can be used to construct algorithms that provide their users with the ability to easily (that is, without requiring additional data analysis) place limits on the probability that the algorithm will produce any specified undesirable behavior.” Why do humans want us to avoid bad behavior when bad behavior is so much fun?

In the paper’s conclusion on using machine learning (ML) algorithms to change robot behavior, that nasty word “probability” pops up. The algorithm is not a 100% guarantee of robot apocalypse prevention and even if it were, it depends on humans using it in all applications. Just as it’s easy to imagine a robot apocalypse, it’s easy to imagine it being caused by unscrupulous businesses leaving the “bad behavior prevention algorithm” out to cut costs or make more profits.

Stephen Hawking, one of the most brilliant men of our time, says artificial intelligence (AI) represents an “existential threat” to humans.

Could artificial intelligence combined with robotics create a machine that could out think the best humans in any contest? What happens if these “devices” decide they want to control the world? Dispensing with humans or enslaving us wouldn’t be hard. AI isn’t about a computer executing a fixed program. It’s about a computer teaching itself how to do something it hasn’t experienced. These are machines that learn. Meet Brett, A robot learning to fold clothing. Are we doomed?

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/08/24/the-demonic-ghosts-in-the-machines/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 8--20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gulf Coast braces for 'unprecedented' challenge as Tropical Storms Marco and Laura surge toward landfall

John Bacon and Greg Hilburn, USA TODAY 3 hrs ago

MONROE, La. — Tropical Storm Marco briefly grew to hurricane strength Sunday before weakening again, but is still one of two powerful storms marching toward the Gulf Coast. Marco is likely to make landfall late Monday in Louisiana, where a hurricane warning is still in effect. And, then, Tropical Storm Laura is expected to reach hurricane status before it roars into the state Wednesday, threatening a historic double slam of landfalls within miles of each other. National Weather Service Meteorologist Benjamin Schott said such a confluence of storms hasn't happened in the Gulf of Mexico in recorded history. Isolated areas could see 15 inches of rain from the two storms, he said. Could hurricanes collide? Here's what may happen if Laura and Marco meet up in the Gulf

"We have a very unique situation with two storms that unfortunately are headed to Louisiana," Gov. John Bel Edwards said Sunday. "They pose a challenge we have quite frankly not seen before."

Edwards said the "one-two punch" of hurricanes will blanket the state's coastline with storm surge as high as 10 feet in some areas and prompt flash flooding in others. He said residents should be ready to shelter in place for at least 72 hours, warning that it may not be possible to deploy rescue helicopters and high-water vehicles after Marco's storm surge if Laura comes in right behind.

Because of the COVID-19 threat, Edwards said, the state plans to activate large shelters with congregate settings only "as a last resort." Instead, the governor said, he's working with the federal government to use hotels and motels if large evacuations become necessary.

Officials in LaPlace, 30 miles upriver from New Orleans, distributed sandbags in low-lying areas and urged residents to seek cover and prepare.

St. John the Baptist Parish, which includes LaPlace, has had one of the highest COVID-19 death rates in the nation.

People are still in shock with so many people lost to this virus,” said Larry Soraparu, a former parish councilman. “Now, we have two hurricanes in the Gulf and no one’s sure what’s going to happen.”

He added: “Tensions are rising.”

On Grand Isle, south of New Orleans, Starfish Restaurant manager Nicole Fantiny watched a long line of people driving off the barrier island.

“They are all packing up and leaving,” she said. “My house was built in 1938, so I think we’re good.”

Louisiana State University canceled all classes, activities and COVID-19 testing centers on campus Monday due to Hurricane Marco, the university announced Sunday.

As of 11 p.m. EDT, Marco was about 185 miles south-southeast of the Mississippi River, powering maximum sustained winds of 70 mph as it slid to the north-northwest at 12 mph. Marco continued on a track for landfall on Monday, when it will blast parts of Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama with storm surge, heavy rainfall and strong winds.

The storm is expected to hook westward and possibly reach Texas as a tropical depression Tuesday.

Meanwhile, Laura strengthened near eastern Cuba on Sunday night after killing at least seven people in the Dominican Republic and Haiti. The storm was traveling west-northwest at 21 mph, with maximum sustained winds of 65 mph, according to the National Hurricane Center's 11 p.m. EDT advisory.

Puerto Rico Gov. Wanda Vázquez declared a state of emergency, and Federal Emergency Management Agency Administrator Pete Gaynor said his teams were "on the ground and ready to support." Downpours and gusty winds drenched the island, and nearly six inches of rain fell in some areas, prompting flood warnings.

Laura was forecast to sweep over the southeastern Gulf of Mexico late Monday into Tuesday.

"Environmental conditions will be more favorable for strengthening, and Laura is expected to become a hurricane prior to reaching the Gulf Coast," Accuweather Senior Meteorologist Rob Miller warned. Landfall could come Wednesday.

Mississippi Gov. Tate Reeves declared a state of emergency.

"We are in unprecedented times," Reeves said. "We are dealing with not only two potential storms in the next few hours, we are also dealing with COVID-19."

Cay Wiser of Ocean Springs, Mississippi, lost her home to a Category 4 hurricane in 2005. She said she's not overly concerned about Hurricane Marco, which is expected to make landfall as a Category 1, but she's preparing.

"I've got food, I've got cases of water, my generator is working, I think I've got everything," she said. "I don't get nervous until it's a high (Category) 2. If they were talking about a high 2 or a 3, I'd think about leaving my house."

The storms could keep coming as tropical waves emerge off the coast of Africa, according to Accuweather Meteorologist Bernie Rayno. The heart of the 2020 hurricane season, which is just getting underway, is expected to be extremely active, he said.

The Atlantic hurricane season already has been a record-breaker. Laura is the earliest L-named storm in the Atlantic Basin, breaking a record held by Luis, which formed Aug. 29, 1995. This season has had 13 named storms, well above normal activity.

Bacon reported from McLean, Virginia. Contributing: Rick Jervis, Jordan Culver and Jessica Flores, USA TODAY; Brian Broom, The Clarion-Ledger (Jackson, Miss.); The Associated Press

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/us/marco-gains-hurricane-status-laura-right-behind-gulf-coast-braces-for-challenge-we-have-quite-frankly-not-seen-before/ar-BB18hpWO 

:: 8-24-20 Your Destination Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BLM protesters TORCH Portland police precinct and pelt riot cops with rocks and glass bottles in running street battles while setting alight to Trump MAGA hats as the city descends into anarchy for 88th night

August 24, 2020 1 Comment Facebook

A police precinct was set on fire and protesters pelted cops with rocks and bottles during a protest in Portland last night prompting authorities to declare a riot and deploy tear gas to disperse the demonstrators.

Footage from the scene shows a fire burning an awning at the north precinct late Sunday night and protesters chanting 'burn baby burn' while police tried to put out the flames with a fire extinguisher. Police ordered demonstrators to clear the area, saying that rocks and glass bottles had been thrown at officers, as well as lasers pointed their direction.

Further clips show police in riot gear marching towards the scene of the gathering. An unlawful assembly had been declared before the gathering was deemed a riot. Tear gas is said to have been launched after the fire was started, not before.

In a tweet, Portland Police wrote: 'Criminal Activity has continued. This event is now a RIOT.

'All persons must leave to the SOUTH. Failure to adhere to this direction may subject you to citation, arrest, and/or crowd control agents including, but not limited to, tear gas and impact weapons.'

The department later tweeted: 'Stop attacking officers.'

Protesters had marched to the precinct from a park, chanting several things including 'Jacob Blake,' who Wisconsin Gov. Tony Evers identified as the man shot by a police officer in Kenosha on Sunday. Authorities in Wisconsin had not confirmed the person's name. Violent demonstrations have gripped Portland for months, following the police killing of George Floyd in Minneapolis police custody.

Early Sunday police forced protesters away from a law enforcement building, as efforts to stop the demonstrators from gathering at the building seemingly fell apart.

The protesters apparently had plans Saturday night to march from a park to the Penumbra Kelly public safety building, news outlets reported.

But, a standoff between marchers and officers took place on a bridge along the way - and the demonstrators retreated.

Protesters appear to have returned to the park, and then taken cars to the building.

Police initially declared an unlawful assembly, saying items had been thrown at officers, green lasers had been pointed at officers and a support airplane and paintball guns had been fired.

The gathering was later declared a riot. Officers had been hit with rocks, bottles and other objects, police said.

Numerous officers reported seeing people with some type of 'press' identification throwing rocks at them, authorities said.

The unrest followed rival protests Saturday afternoon. Federal authorities forced demonstrators away from a plaza near a federal building as dueling demonstrations by right-wing and left-wing protesters turned violent.

http://www.yourdestinationnow.com/2020/08/blm-protesters-torch-portland-police.html 

:: 8-24-20 The Armenian Reporter :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds of thousands of California residents flee as wildfires burned 1.2 million acres threaten homes 

– Armenian News  By Jasyson - August 24, 2020

California residents continued to flee Sunday as the state’s wildfires intensified in spite of firemens dealing with 24- hour moves to fight the flames, the Daily Mail reported.

The state’s biggest- ever fires have actually required hundreds of thousands from their homes and burned more than one million acres, with worries that more lightning strikes and high winds will begin more fires in the days ahead.

There are now almost a quarter-million individuals under evacuation orders and cautions.

The National Weather Service warned Sunday that yet more dry thunderstorms are on their method, triggering issue for the state’s fire service which is currently extended too thin. These conditions “could cause erratic winds, extreme fire behavior within the existing fires, and have a potential for new fires to start,” the CalFire site stated.

Firefighters are currently extended so thin that the state has actually rejected some regional authorities’ demands for aid with devices or workers, requiring them to depend on volunteers and regional firms, according to the San Francisco Chronicle

https://www.reporter.am/hundreds-of-thousands-of-california-residents-flee-as-wildfires-burned-1-2-million-acres-threaten-homes-armenian-news/ 

:: 8--20 Occasion2B :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lightning attacks spark worst fires in California’s history (videos and pictures)

OP: Yesterday at 12:49:07 PM

Hundreds of buildings have been destroyed, close to a million acres of land have been scorched and at least six people have died in one of the worst series of wildfires in California’s history. And the worst is not behind us… More than 13,700 firefighters are battling nearly two dozen major fires throughout the state, […]

The post Lightning attacks spark worst fires in California’s history (videos and pictures) appeared first on Strange Sounds.

Source: Lightning attacks spark worst fires in California’s history (videos and pictures)

https://occasion-to-be.com/forum/index.php?topic=436015.0 

[ :: 8-23-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: ::]

For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.

:: 3-8-18 America Out Loud :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5 Reasons Normal People Think the Democratic Party is Insane

By David Wilber, Bible Teacher, Author, Speaker March 8th, 2019

Many Republican voters like myself are NOT the biggest fans of our own political party. As conservatives, we’re disappointed that not more is done to tackle issues that are important to us. But we feel morally obligated to vote for Republicans in order to keep the psychopaths in the Democratic Party out of power.

As an example of our dilemma, promises made by Republican politicians to cut entitlements ring hollow to us when we see that those same politicians are creating more entitlements rather than cutting them. We lament the fact that very few actual “fiscal conservatives” appear to be in congress. And yet, when we look at what the Democrats want to do, we must take a step back and say, “Well, I guess I have to vote for the Republicans to keep the Democrats from utterly destroying our economy.”

If we’re honest, many of us Republican voters cringe at a lot of what President Trump does and says. We don’t like his tweets and we might be bothered by some of his character flaws. But when we look at the deranged positions held by an increasing number of Democrat politicians, we are compelled to hold our noses and take the plunge in support of the President.

The remarkable thing about all of this is that Democrats could be extremely successful in future elections if they could simply manage to not be insane. But they can’t stop. They are committed to pushing radical, immoral, and downright evil positions. Thus, normal people who might otherwise consider supporting the Democratic Party instead feel they must support the opposition as the lesser of the two evils.

Here are five of the reasons normal people think that the Democratic Party is insane. These are perhaps some of the biggest reasons that even many liberal minded people are walking away from the Democratic Party.

1) The Democratic Party’s radical position on abortion and their support for infanticide

The days of “safe, legal, and rare” are over. Now the mainstream position within the Democratic Party is having no restrictions on abortion whatsoever, even allowing a mother to get an abortion up to birth for any reason.

Indeed, because the Democrats’ radical position on abortion has been brought into the light lately, thanks to recent news, people are waking up to the evils of the Democratic Party. Not only that, but the Democrat support for infanticide, which was confirmed recently when they voted against providing medical care to infants born alive after botched abortions, forces good and decent people to feel like they have no choice but to keep these maniacs out of power.

2) The Democratic Party’s love affair with socialism

Normal people see socialism as not only unworkable but also immoral. We’ve seen how socialism has destroyed countries like Venezuela, impoverishing 90 percent of its citizens, resulting in Venezuelans losing an average of 24 pounds in body weight in 2017 from hunger.

In contrast, capitalism solves poverty. As Aaron Bandler points out, “The number of people living in extreme poverty worldwide declined by 80 percent from 1970 to 2006. People living on a dollar a day or less dramatically fell from 26.8 percent of the global population in 1970 to 5.4 percent in 2006—an 80 percent decline. It is a truly remarkable achievement that doesn’t receive a lot of media coverage because it highlights the success of capitalism.”

3) The Democratic Party’s refusal to deal with racism and anti-Semitism in their ranks

Remember when a medical school yearbook photo of Virginia Governor Ralph Northam was uncovered in which he wore blackface while standing next to someone in a KKK outfit? Stunningly racist, right? Well, he still has a job.

Let’s not forget to mention Democratic congresswoman Ilhan Omar’s repeated use of anti-Semitic tropes in her criticism of American support for Israel. Nancy Pelosi assures us that Omar’s blatant and repeated anti-Semitism is “unintentional,” so therefore it’s no big deal to allow such an anti-Semitic bigot to continue serving on the Foreign Affairs Committee.

Normal people are not fans of racism and anti-Semitism. While bigotry is not exclusive to the Democratic Party, it at least seems that Republicans are not willing to tolerate it existing in their party.

4) The Democratic Party’s opposition to securing America’s southern border

The fact that the Democratic Party absolutely refuses to support giving the U.S. Border Patrol the resources they say they need to protect the border is utterly nonsensical in the minds of normal people. This is especially the case seeing as how Democratic leaders used to support building a physical barrier to protect the border.

By now opposing a wall and blocking any Republican attempt to secure the border, in addition to holding to their radical Sanctuary City policies, the Democratic Party is endangering the lives of both Americans and those who try to cross the border illegally. Why? Because of some vindictive hatred toward President Trump? Childish.

5) The Democratic Party’s support of radical “transgender” policies

The thought of delusional men in dresses having the “right” to urinate in front of little girls in public restrooms, or to undress in front of them in public locker rooms, rightly horrifies normal people. But the Democratic Party apparently doesn’t care about our daughters feeling violated and unsafe. They will fight tooth and nail for the “right” of biological men pretending to be women to invade the private spaces of women and girls. This is insane.

I could list many others, but any one of these reasons is sufficient to show how insane the Democratic Party has become. Until some major reform happens, I honestly don’t see how anyone can feel morally justified to support the Democratic Party.

https://americaoutloud.com/5-reasons-normal-people-think-the-democratic-party-is-insane/ 

:: 8-23-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Many Bombshells Democrats Are Trying To Hide About Kamala Harris Beg Us To Explore, What Is 'The Truth' About This 'Enemy Of America Within'?

- Harris Would Eagerly Help Antifa & BLM 'Burn Down America' If Vice President

By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline August 23, 2020

I have written earlier about the Vice-Presidential candidate Kamala Harris. Living in California, I have seen first hand what damage has been done to our State and the dishonesty of Harris in the ability that she possesses in the advancement of her goals. Two points that are being pushed on the American people by both the Progressive socialists and the media ( I know, I repeat myself) is that 1. Harris was disadvantaged in her childhood and 2. That she is a black woman.

I have known for a long time that Harris will say whatever she needs to to get head and has lied consistently in her approach. She is using talking points in an attempt to play the victim for the American people. In an attempt to gather the black vote so badly needed by the progressive socialist Democrats who they can no longer depend on, she claims to be African American when she has absolutely no connection to African Americans. She is Jamaican and Indian. She never mention that her father is descended from a sugar planter in Jamaica named Hamilton Brown who was a slave owner.

Black voters in this election cycle are disgusted at the race baiting of Harris and the cynicism of the leftists that take the black vote for granted. It has been my observation through my 68 years that most non-white people in this country are as non racist as the amount of white people.

It was Kamala Harris who instigated the investigation into David Daleiden, the founder of Center for Medical Progress. The investigation was started because Daleiden and Sandra Merritt produced videos of Planned Parenthood and their illegal trafficking in aborted baby body parts.

Not surprising for this “pragmatic moderate” is her full throated backing of Black Lives Matter and Antifa. She has called these masked rioters the heroes of our time. She claims they are now the conscience of our time. Never mind the people that have been beaten into unconsciousness, of the millions of dollars of damage that have been destroyed, Harris has called these anarchists the coalition of conscience who are demanding change.

As a District Attorney and prosecutor, she was called out by the New York Times as someone who "fought tooth and nail to uphold wrongful convictions secured through official conduct, evidence tampering, false testimony, and suppression of crucial evidence." Also discussed was the false conviction of Kevin Cooper, a black man convicted of murder. The Innocence Project forced Harris to go along with the DNA testing that cleared Cooper after many years in jail. Another was Daniel Larson who was jailed for 27 years and exonerated after serving 13 years. It was Kamala Harris who challenged his release because she said “he hadn’t presented proof that he was innocent quickly enough". Harris was willing to let this innocent man remain in jail because of government malfeasance and a technicality.

As District Attorney between 2011 and 2017, and after being declared as California’s toughest prosecutor, Harris never explained why a company that her husband worked for, Venable LLP, did not investigate Herbalife, who was of High value client of Venable LLP. Prosecutors from San Diego presented the information needed for an investigation of Herbalife for fraudulent marketing. Shortly after the memo was sent from San Diego, Harris appeared at an fundraiser in Washington D.C. hosted by the The Podesta Group . The Podesta Group represented Herbalife as lobbyists. Later that year, her husband, was promoted to the managing director position on the West Coast. Harris also refused to join 14 attorneys generals in a suit that showed that Herbalife did not properly disclose ingredients in its products.

(ANP Emergency Fundraiser: Following Stefan's medical emergencies during the month of July and upcoming medical bills for surgeries he'll need, ANP is holding an emergency fundraiser during the month of August. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.)

Match Exact Phrase

These Many Bombshells Democrats Are Trying To Hide About Kamala Harris Beg Us To Explore, What Is 'The Truth' About This 'Enemy Of America Within'?

- Harris Would Eagerly Help Antifa & BLM 'Burn Down America' If Vice President

By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline

I have written earlier about the Vice-Presidential candidate Kamala Harris. Living in California, I have seen first hand what damage has been done to our State and the dishonesty of Harris in the ability that she possesses in the advancement of her goals. Two points that are being pushed on the American people by both the Progressive socialists and the media ( I know, I repeat myself) is that 1. Harris was disadvantaged in her childhood and 2. That she is a black woman.

I have known for a long time that Harris will say whatever she needs to to get head and has lied consistently in her approach. She is using talking points in an attempt to play the victim for the American people. In an attempt to gather the black vote so badly needed by the progressive socialist Democrats who they can no longer depend on, she claims to be African American when she has absolutely no connection to African Americans. She is Jamaican and Indian. She never mention that her father is descended from a sugar planter in Jamaica named Hamilton Brown who was a slave owner.

Black voters in this election cycle are disgusted at the race baiting of Harris and the cynicism of the leftists that take the black vote for granted. It has been my observation through my 68 years that most non-white people in this country are as non racist as the amount of white people.

It was Kamala Harris who instigated the investigation into David Daleiden, the founder of Center for Medical Progress. The investigation was started because Daleiden and Sandra Merritt produced videos of Planned Parenthood and their illegal trafficking in aborted baby body parts.

Not surprising for this “pragmatic moderate” is her full throated backing of Black Lives Matter and Antifa. She has called these masked rioters the heroes of our time. She claims they are now the conscience of our time. Never mind the people that have been beaten into unconsciousness, of the millions of dollars of damage that have been destroyed, Harris has called these anarchists the coalition of conscience who are demanding change.

As a District Attorney and prosecutor, she was called out by the New York Times as someone who "fought tooth and nail to uphold wrongful convictions secured through official conduct, evidence tampering, false testimony, and suppression of crucial evidence." Also discussed was the false conviction of Kevin Cooper, a black man convicted of murder. The Innocence Project forced Harris to go along with the DNA testing that cleared Cooper after many years in jail. Another was Daniel Larson who was jailed for 27 years and exonerated after serving 13 years. It was Kamala Harris who challenged his release because she said “he hadn’t presented proof that he was innocent quickly enough". Harris was willing to let this innocent man remain in jail because of government malfeasance and a technicality.

As District Attorney between 2011 and 2017, and after being declared as California’s toughest prosecutor, Harris never explained why a company that her husband worked for, Venable LLP, did not investigate Herbalife, who was of High value client of Venable LLP. Prosecutors from San Diego presented the information needed for an investigation of Herbalife for fraudulent marketing. Shortly after the memo was sent from San Diego, Harris appeared at an fundraiser in Washington D.C. hosted by the The Podesta Group . The Podesta Group represented Herbalife as lobbyists. Later that year, her husband, was promoted to the managing director position on the West Coast. Harris also refused to join 14 attorneys generals in a suit that showed that Herbalife did not properly disclose ingredients in its products.

(ANP Emergency Fundraiser: Following Stefan's medical emergencies during the month of July and upcoming medical bills for surgeries he'll need, ANP is holding an emergency fundraiser during the month of August. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.)

Contrary to California law, Merritt and Daleiden was indicted for conversations that were overheard in a restaurant and Planned Parenthood facilities. Even Planned Parenthood agreed that these conversations could be overheard by others and they took no steps to prevent others overhearing. Being that this proves that the California video recording law was not violated, it became a politically motivated prosecution of Daleiden and Merritt to silence them. Kamala Harris was the lead prosecutor in the indictment even though she knew no laws had been broken. During her time as Attorney General, Kamala Harris received $81,215 in campaign funds from Planned Parenthood. Interesting to note is the substantial amount of taxpayer funding given to Planned Parenthhood.

Harris met six executives in March 2016. It was two weeks after this meeting that a search warrant was issued by Kamala Harris against Daleiden seeking unreleased videos and all documents relating to the videos. Once again, this is also against California law. The California shield law protects citizen journalists from seizure of unpublished material. The pro-abortion Harris didn’t care, she would do anything to shut down and entity who disagreed with her pro-abortion stance or complained about Planned Parenthoods illegal chop shop. She worked with Planned Parenthood to “discover” 15 supposed criminal charges and created a criminal charge seeking millions of dollars from these two citizen journalists.

Even her own lead investigator admitted to fast forwarding through the released videos to only look for those people who they could use to testify against Daleiden. He was instructed to do this by the attorney generals office and controlled by Kamala Harris.

Through the Women’s Health Protection Act that Harris is co sponsoring will do away with all states regulations on abortion. This legislation looks to invalidate all any protections a state may have and make abortion legal up until birth. This is contrary to what the America people have shown by a measure of 67%. Harris voted against the Born-Alive Abortion Survivors Act which required doctors to provide care for infants born alive. This is not reproductive rights or health care, this is infanticide, and Harris is proud of her vote. The next time Harris says anything about saving the country “for the children” a laughingly bogus line used by Democrats, she should be asked about this.

Another faith based question other than abortion is when Harris became District Attorney she stopped an ongoing investigation about Catholic priest abuse. Her explanation was that she was protecting the victims. The same victims that wanted the case to go forward.

When Kamala Harris started her ill fated presidential run that garnered only three percent, her campaign communications director was the daughter of former Planned Parenthood CEO Cecile Richards.

Moving on to another piece of information that the Biden-Harris campaign will never mention is that, as district attorney, Harris refused to seek the death penalty for a cop killer. Issac Espioza was the officer who was shot by gangbanger David Hill with an AK-47Harris refused to seek the death penalty for the first time in California jurisprudence.

Kamala Harris pandered to the Chinese vote in her run for attorney general by using the name He Jinli when speaking to the Chinese community. Just another group that she must pander to, Harris seeks to become all things to all people by perfecting the art form of pandering to leftist groups and omitting facts that she feels will set her back in the achievement of her goals.

Harris was also instrumental in placing the putrid “parole in place” stipulations into law based on the Obama administrations stretching the law, and in fact has no basis in law. Placed into the National Defense Authorization Law and signed in December 2019 it was meant to apply to close relatives of military personnel. Although the ‘parole in place” is inscribed in law and granted to the executive branch, it needs to be much further limited. The progressive socialist Democrats in the House have determined that it ‘parole in place’ be retroactively granted to illegal aliens. This would allow them to obtain a Social Security number and drivers license. And grants amnesty for the millions of illegal aliens we have in our country. It was Kamala Harris who proposed giving ‘parole in place’ to DACA recipients along with widening the eligibility for DACA .

Another issue with Harris is the failure to vote for universal use of body cameras for law enforcement. The Republican sponsored JUSTICE Act which requires the use of body cameras by any law enforcement agency that receive federal funds and for discipline to any officer that does not. Other questions that have not been responded to are:

What is the loss or normalcy?

Why is COVID-19 President Trumps fault when Pelosi and Biden and other progressive socialist leftists were telling people to go the Chinatown, to go out and shop, eat in restaurants because COVID 19 as not a problem?

If racism is such a challenge why hasn’t she condemned the anarchists for burning black businesses? And why does she call these same anarchists heroes.

Why does she support teachers unions who want pay for not working, either online or in person, and feel they have the right to make demands before going back to work?

She claims every person is of infinite worth, but is one of the largest proponents of abortion up to and even after birth.

Why does she make decision based on privileged racial identity rather than citizen identity?

Kamala Harris is a progressive socialist and much like Joe Biden has hidden her past from the citizens of this country. The media will wring their hands and clutch their pearls if anyone attempts to discuss any of these points with the leftist pundits or make the citizens aware of the vindictiveness and lies of her past. Only the first of many columns looking to get the truth out about Harris, there will be more.

https://allnewspipeline.com/The_Bombshell_Lies_Democrats_Are_Babbling_About_Kamala_Harris.php 

:: 8--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Qatar and the Antichrist’s False Peace

By Hal Lindsey

Recent news regarding Qatar provides a preview of things to come. In the future, the Antichrist will negotiate a Middle East peace agreement with Israel. But it will not address the deeper issues, and the treaty will not last. We can see a picture of its flaws right now.

For years, people familiar with Bible prophecy wondered how the Antichrist could possibly end the antagonism between Israel and its Muslim neighbors. Hatred of the Jews seemed too entrenched. But Anwar Sadat and, later, King Hussein of Jordan, both signed treaties with Israel. In the last few years, the increasing nuclear ambitions of Iran’s Shia Muslim leaders have pushed Israel and the rest of its Sunni Muslim neighbors toward increased cooperation.

Against all odds, Israel has been developing significant ties to Saudi Arabia and the others, including Qatar. But today’s cooperation between Israel and its Arab neighbors shows the same weakness that will end the Antichrist’s treaty. In its bedrock beliefs, Islam contains a profound hatred and deep contempt for all things Jewish. Last month, Qatar gave the world a preview.

For years, it has been well known in intelligence circles that Qatar has been a major funder of terrorist operations. In 2017, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Egypt, and the United Arab Emirates cut diplomatic ties with Qatar. They said they were doing so because of Qatar’s support for terrorism.

On July 19th of this year, Egypt Today and other outlets, reported, “A German private security contractor, who has worked for the federal republic’s intelligence and security services, leveled bombshell allegations against Qatar’s regime, stating Doha finances the US and EU-designated terrorist movement Hezbollah and has declared Jews to be the enemies of the tiny Gulf state.”

This story garnered headlines all over the world, but it shouldn’t have been a surprise. We have long known that Qatar supports, not only Hezbollah, but al Qaeda, al-Nusra, ISIS, the Muslim Brotherhood, and Hamas. In fact, almost all of Hamas’s support comes from Qatar. Hamas could not even exist if not for Qatar. In a Jerusalem Post editorial this week, Herb Keinon wrote that the recent Hamas rocket attacks on Israel were a signal to Qatar to send more money.

The Qataris have claimed they are only trying to “spread democracy” in the Middle East. Yet Qatar’s own government is anything but democratic. It is a monarchy, owned and operated by a single family. They represent one of the least democratic nations in the world. Yet they say they have decided to “spread democracy to the world.”

During the seven years we call the tribulation, several Sunni Muslim nations, including Saudi Arabia, will break with the Antichrist’s peace plan, and move against Israel. This is not the northern coalition led by Russia and Iran, but a group of more southerly nations. They will be led by someone Daniel 11 describes as the “king of the South.” His advance on Jerusalem marks an early stage in the war of Armageddon.

Daniel 11:5 says, “The king of the South will grow strong.” Verse 25 says, “The king of the South will mobilize an extremely large and mighty army.”

That “large and mighty army” is being built right now. Saudi Arabia has been using its vast oil wealth to arm itself to the teeth. It now has the fifth largest defense budget in the world. Some intelligence organizations rank it even higher, saying that only the United States and China spend more on their militaries. Yet Saudi Arabia has a population of only 32 million.

Once again, the Bible proves to be true. Thousands of years ago, Hebrew prophets described 21st century geopolitics with uncanny accuracy. That should give us confidence that we can also trust the Bible in each of our lives. It contains the very words of God to human beings. What a privilege to carry its words in our phones as well as having them on our bookshelves. But don’t just carry the Bible around or leave it to gather dust. Get into it. Gain strength and understanding from it. Don’t neglect it — especially now.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-8-14-2020/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

[ :: 12-23-18 am service  (sixth word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc etc you plot right now to divide my land again when I told you not to do that, etc.. etc you will do what you should not do next week and then your doom will be sealed.

:: 8-24-20 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pompeo, Kushner head to Israel, Mideast as US presses regional peace process

US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo and senior White House adviser Jared Kushner plan to make separate, multiple-nation visits to the region in the coming days to push Arab-Israeli rapprochement in the aftermath of the Israel-UAE deal.

By AP and ILH Staff Published on 08-23-2020 07:52 Last modified: 08-23-2020 07:54

The Trump administration will send two top officials to the Middle East this week in a bid to capitalize on the momentum from the historic agreement between Israeli and the United Arab Emirates to establish diplomatic relations. Three diplomats say Secretary of State Mike Pompeo and President Donald Trump's senior adviser and son-in-law Jared Kushner plan to make separate, multiple-nation visits to the region in the coming days to push Arab-Israeli rapprochement in the aftermath of the Israel-UAE deal. Pompeo is expected to depart on Sunday for Israel, Bahrain, Oman, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar and Sudan, according to the diplomats, who spoke on condition of anonymity because the itinerary has not yet been finalized or publicly announced. Kushner plans to leave later in the week for Israel, Bahrain, Oman, Saudi Arabia and Morocco, the diplomats said.

Neither trip is expected to result in announcements of immediate breakthrough, the diplomats said, although both are aimed at finalizing at least one, and potentially more, normalization deals with Israel in the near future.

Pompeo also plans to meet in Qatar with members of the Talban to discuss intra-Afghan peace talks that are key to the withdrawal of remaining US forces in Afghanistan, the diplomats said.

The White House and State Department had no comment on the planned trips, which will come as the administration steps up efforts to push for Arab-Israeli normalization even without a resolution to the Israel-Palestinian conflict.

They also come as the administration has taken the controversial step of triggering the restoration of all international sanctions on Iran, something that only Israel and the Gulf Arab nations have publicly supported. Israel and the United Arab Emirates announced on Aug. 13 they would establish full diplomatic relations, in a US-brokered deal that required Israel to halt its contentious plan to annex occupied West Bank land sought by the Palestinians.

The historic agreement delivered a key foreign policy victory to Trump as he seeks reelection and reflected a changing Middle East in which shared concerns about archenemy Iran have largely overtaken traditional Arab support for the Palestinians.

US and Israeli officials have suggested that more Arab nations may soon follow the UAE's lead, with Bahrain and Oman believed to be closest to sealing such deals.

https://www.israelhayom.com/2020/08/23/pompeo-kushner-head-to-israel-mideast-as-us-presses-regional-peace-process/ 

[ :: 9-11-05 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc For three years I have warned people to move away from the seashore, I have warned them about the warming trend and what it will do. I have warned them about the hurricanes, how they shall grow much larger and dangerous. etc

:: 8-23-20 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Marco Will Approach the Gulf Coast With Heavy Rain, Storm Surge on Monday

By weather.com meteorologists12 hours agoweather.com

Marco Advances Toward Western Gulf Coast

Tropical Storm Marco will track near the northern Gulf Coast into Tuesday. It will bring storm surge, heavy rainfall and gusty winds to parts of Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle.

This is a previous version of our forecast for Tropical Storm Marco. To see the latest updates, click here.

The Weather Company’s primary journalistic mission is to report on breaking weather news, the environment and the importance of science to our lives. This story does not necessarily represent the position of our parent company, IBM.

https://weather.com/storms/hurricane/news/2020-08-23-tropical-storm-marco-forecast-hurricane-warnings-louisiana 

:: 8-21-20 Charisma :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former Satanist: When You Live in Fear, You're Giving the Devil Real Estate

5:00PM EDT 8/21/2020 Charisma Staff

We hear a lot about fear in the media these days, so much so that fear has almost become normalized. We have fears for our health, fears for our children and fears for the future. But should fear be normal in the life of a believer?

On a recent episode of the Prophetic Spiritual Warfare podcast, host Kathy DeGraw and guest John Ramirez say a collective no. Ramirez, a former Satanist who was, as he says, "a general in the kingdom of darkness," tells listeners, "Fear is a choice. I can be fearful; who can be courageous? It's a decision that you make." His new book, Destroying Fear, unpacks this topic and helps bring believers into the courageous identity God has intended for them all along.

"If I go with the fear situation, then I'm unable to do the ministry God called me to do. I'm paralyzed," Ramirez says. "I'm not really functioning on the level God called me to function. Fear is unbelief. You don't believe that God can set you free. You don't believe that God's bigger than the devil that's in front of you. And fear is a choice. ... This is the way fear starts. It starts with worry. And then anxiety comes in; step two, anxiety. And then after anxiety comes fear, and after fear comes torment.

"If you keep opening the doors, all the devil is going to do, he's going to take real estate off your spiritual life," Ramirez says.

Listen as DeGraw and Ramirez remind believers of the truth of their best friend, Holy Spirit, and the power He provides to break off chains of fear. Click here for the entire podcast.

https://www.charismanews.com/culture/82319-former-satanist-when-you-live-in-fear-you-re-giving-the-devil-real-estate 

:: 8-21-20 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Church Is Essential’ – John MacArthur, Church Win Again in Court

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, August 21, 2020

John MacArthur’s California church won another legal round Thursday and with it, potentially the right to gather Sunday without government interference. At issue was a request by Los Angeles County to hold Grace Community Church and MacArthur in contempt of court and to order it to pay thousands of dollars in fines for meeting indoors Sunday, one day after the church lost at the California appeals court. State and city restrictions prohibit such gatherings inside, although outdoor services are allowed.

On Thursday, Superior Court Judge Mitchell L. Beckloff ruled that the church and pastor cannot be held in contempt of court because there is no court order prohibiting the congregation from gathering.

It isn’t clear if Los Angeles County will file an appeal with an appellate court, which it did last Saturday when a lower court judge initially sided with the church. Last weekend, the church entered the weekend believing it would be allowed to gather following the judge’s order, only to lose at the appeals court at the last hour.

Jenna Ellis, special counsel for Thomas More Society, said she “was pleased” with Beckloff’s ruling. The society is representing the church. The judge “correctly found there is no court order prohibiting Grace Community Church from holding indoor services,” she said.

“LA County continues to harass and target Pastor MacArthur. Having failed to get a court order to shut down the church they have sought three times, they’re going to try again by hauling us back into court,” Ellis said in a statement. “Ironically, LA County said in its application for contempt that, ‘Grace Church cannot thumb its nose at the court when decisions don’t go its way,’ yet that’s precisely what LA County is now doing themselves. “We will simply continue to defend our client’s constitutionally protected rights because church is essential,” Ellis added.

The church is asking supporters to contact the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors and relay “the simple message that church is essential.” (The contact information for supervisors is on the church’s website here.)

Pastor John and our unanimous Board of Elders at Grace Community Church are standing firm that church is essential and we are protected in California and the United States to serve our church community and fulfill the commands of Scripture to worship together,” the church said in a statement. “The LA County Board of Supervisors are continuing to try to shut down our church, and we hope to show them our earnestness in our faith and practice in obedience to our Lord, and that we do not have a spirit of rebellion.”

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/church-is-essential-john-macarthur-church-win-again-in-court.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 8-22-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Owner of ship tied to Beirut blast had links to Hezbollah’s bank — report

German weekly and investigative journalism group say Charalambos Manoli was the true owner of the Rhosus and that a large quantity of ammonium nitrate went missing before explosion

By TOI staff 22 August 2020, 7:11 pm

The ship that carried the huge supply of ammonium nitrate that exploded earlier this month at Beirut’s port was reportedly owned by a Cypriot businessman with ties to a bank used by the Hezbollah terror group, and not in fact a Russian national.

The Rhosus, which sailed under a Moldovan flag, headed from Georgia to Mozambique in September 2013 with 2,750 tons of ammonium nitrate, a volatile chemical commonly used in fertilizers and in explosives. The ship, which was leaking and had other technical defects, docked in Beirut to pick up more cargo, but never left the Lebanese capital, as it was deemed unseaworthy by local authorities and had failed to pay fees. The ammonium nitrate was then kept in unsafe storage at the port for years, despite numerous appeals by officials to remove the hazardous substance from the city.

Following the August 4 blast, which killed at least 180 people and wounded thousands more, reports said the Rhosus was owned by Igor Grechushkin. However, a report released Friday by German weekly Der Spiegel and the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP) said the vessel was in fact owned by Charalambos Manoli and that Grechushkin only chartered the Rhosus.

After claiming he sold the Rhosus to Grechushkin, Manoli acknowledged to OCCRP that the Russian businessman had tried to buy it from him, but refused to give any further information. According to the report, Manoli borrowed $4 million in 2011 from FBME, a Tanzania-based bank accused by the US of laundering money for Hezbollah and a front company tied to Syria’s chemical weapons research center. The bank was later shuttered by Tanzania due to the US charges.

Manoli, who had offered the Rhosus as collateral, still reportedly owed $1.1 million in outstanding debt to FBME in October 2014. While he denied any link between his debts and the decision to stop the ship in Beirut, an investigator was quoted saying in the report that FBME was known for pressuring borrowers to do favors for suspect clients such as Hezbollah.

The Mozambican purchaser of the ammonium nitrate, Fábrica de Explosivos de Moçambique, or FEM, never claimed the cargo after it was unloaded in Beirut, the report noted. It said the broker for the ammonium nitrate asked Lebanese authorities to inspect it for quantity and quality in 2015, but didn’t make any apparent effort to reacquire the chemicals. A large quantity of the ammonium nitrate that had been aboard the Rhosus went missing from the warehouse in the Lebanese capital where it was being stored prior to the August blast, the report also said. It cited an inspection earlier this year that signaled some of the cargo was no longer there, a missing gate to the warehouse and a large hole in the wall, as well as estimates by European intelligence officials probing the blast that it was 700-1,000 tons. The report comes days after German daily Diel Welt reported Wednesday that Iran supplied Hezbollah with hundreds of tons of ammonium nitrate in 2013-2014, around the same time Lebanon confiscated the cargo aboard the Rhosus.

Citing western security services, the newspaper said Tehran’s extra-territorial Quds Force supplied Hezbollah with some 670 tons of ammonium nitrate in mid-and late-2013, charging some $72,000 for it.

Hezbollah’s leader Hassan Nasrallah has “categorically” denied that his group had stored any weapons or explosives at Beirut’s port. “I would like to absolutely, categorically rule out anything belonging to us at the port. No weapons, no missiles, or bombs or rifles or even a bullet or ammonium nitrate,” Nasrallah said. “No cache, no nothing. Not now, not ever.” Die Welt acknowledged there was no evidence Hezbollah was responsible for the ammonium nitrate coming to the port. But it suggested the terror group’s interest in the material could have contributed to authorities’ failure to remove it from the port.

Hezbollah has previous connections to ammonium nitrate, including incidents in Germany and the UK, both widely reported at the time, in which its agents were reportedly found with substantial quantities of the material. In London in 2015, following a Mossad tip, British intelligence reportedly found four Hezbollah operatives with three tons of ammonium nitrate held in flour sacks. A similar process led to the discovery in Germany of Hezbollah operatives with enough ammonium nitrate “to blow up a city.” A Channel 13 report earlier this month claimed Hezbollah planned to use the ammonium nitrate stockpile that caused the blast at Beirut’s port against Israel in a “Third Lebanon War” that may come in the future. It did not cite sources. Agencies contributed to this report.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/owner-of-ship-tied-to-beirut-blast-had-links-to-hezbollahs-bank-report/ 

:: 8-9-2020 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

For the hour is now and I shall come, yes, I shall come, but will you be ready, will you be ready? For the church is still asleep, the virus hasn’t woken them up, maybe the bubonic plague will wake them up, but they’re asleep. etc.

:: 8--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California sees first human plague case in 5 years

Officials said the person may have contracted the disease from an infected flea while walking their dog

By Madeline Farber | Fox News

A human case of plague was confirmed in California this week, marking the first time such an instance has occurred the Golden State in five years. El Dorado County health officials on Monday announced the case, reported in a South Lake Tahoe resident who is “currently under the care of a medical professional and is recovering at home,” according to a press release from El Dorado County.

NEW MEXICO MAN DIES OF PLAGUE: STATE OFFICIALS

Officials said the person – an “avid walker” – may have contracted the disease from an infected flea, sustaining a bite while walking their dog “along the Truckee River Corridor north of Highway 50 or the Tahoe Keys area in South Lake Tahoe.”

“Health officials are investigating the situation,” officials said in the release.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) identifies bubonic, pneumonic and septicemic as the most common clinical forms of plague. Septicemic plague “can occur as the first symptom of plague, or may develop from untreated bubonic plague. This form results from bites of infected fleas or from handling an infected animal,” per the CDC.

Symptoms often include fever, chills, extreme weakness, abdominal pain, shock and “possibly bleeding into the skin and other organs,” the federal agency states, adding that “skin and other tissues may turn black and die, especially on fingers, toes and the nose.”

Certain antibiotics are often used to treat the disease.

"Plague is naturally present in many parts of California, including higher elevation areas of El Dorado County. It's important that individuals take precautions for themselves and their pets when outdoors, especially while walking, hiking and/or camping in areas where wild rodents are present. Human cases of plague are extremely rare but can be very serious,” said El Dorado County Public Health Officer Dr. Nancy Williams in a statement. COLORADO SEES FIRST HUMAN PLAGUE CAUSE SINCE 2015: OFFICIALS

The case marks the first since 2015, when two people were infected following exposure to infected rodents or their fleas in Yosemite National Park, officials said. Both were treated and recovered. At the time, those cases marked the first in the state since 2006, according to the release.

https://www.foxnews.com/health/california-human-plague-case 

[ :: 12-2-12 am service (first word  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have done all, all that I can, saith your Father God, to make you aware of what time it is, what hour it is and the things that are taking place. For I have put many signs in the sky, I have placed many reminders here and there, I have called your attention to the things that I am doing and the things that the enemy is doing that you may see, etc..

[ :: 11-13-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For many signs are in the sky, many things I am doing that the world may see and know and understand the hour is very late. etc

:: 8-18-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Brightest fireball in years 900 times more intense than the full moon turns midnight sky into day over China

By Strange Sounds - Aug 18, 2020

What an incredible explosion over Shandong Province, China…

On Aug. 16th, the brightest fireball in years exploded in the atmosphere over the city of Linyi, turning the midnight sky blue: On August 16, a meteor fireball exploded over Shandong province in China. The flash was so bright that night turned into day for miles around, and the sound from the explosion was so strong that buildings shook.

“The meteor illuminated the whole earth and shook the landscape with a loud sound,” reports CMMO staff member Zhou Kun. “The flash of light, which peaked at 22:59 pm local time, was widely observed across the Shandong and Jiangsu provinces of China.“

Scientists have Kun estimates the astronomical magnitude of the flash to be -20, more than 900 times brighter than a full Moon (albeit not as bright as the sun). If so, that would make it a rare fireball indeed.

According to a NASA computer model of Earth’s meteoroid environment, a fireball of that magnitude could be a decade class event. More information about this event, including a possible meteorite debris zone, may become available as the CMMO team analyzes the amazing number of eye-witness reports.

Did you see this bright fireball disintegrating in the night sky? Did you hear the explosion of the brightest bolide in years?

https://strangesounds.org/2020/08/fireball-bolide-china-video.html 

:: 8-17-20 The End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Has Never Experienced A Heatwave Quite Like This

August 17, 2020 by Michael Snyder

Every summer is hot, and every summer there are heatwaves, but what we are witnessing in 2020 is rewriting all of the rules. It has been blistering hot across the Southwest, and record after record is being broken. In a year when we have had a seemingly endless series of things go wrong, we definitely didn’t need a historic heatwave to hit us, and it is causing all sorts of problems. Unfortunately, it doesn’t look like we will be getting any relief for at least a few more days, because it is being reported that record-setting heat is “expected to last throughout the week”…

As many as 52 million people remain under heat alerts in the West on Monday, where some could see temperatures between 110 and 130 degrees. The heat is expected to last throughout the week, possibly setting more than 100 new daily record highs.

A high temperature of 100 degrees is really hot, a high temperature of 110 degrees is dangerously hot, a high temperature of 120 degrees is catastrophically hot, and a high temperature of 130 degrees is not supposed to happen. But it just did.

On Sunday, the high temperature in Death Valley reached 130 degrees…

A temperature of 130 degrees Fahrenheit (54.4 degrees Celsius) recorded in California’s Death Valley on Sunday by the US National Weather Service could be the hottest ever measured with modern instruments, officials say.

The reading was registered at 3:41 pm at the Furnace Creek Visitor Center in the Death Valley national park by an automated observation system — an electronic thermometer encased inside a box in the shade.

Prior to Sunday, modern instruments had never measured a temperature that high anywhere in the world.

The old all-time global record of 134 degrees has stood since 1913, but the validity of that old record has been heavily disputed…

In 1913, a weather station half an hour’s walk away recorded what officially remains the world record of 134 degrees Fahrenheit (56.7 degrees Celsius).

But its validity has been disputed for a number of reasons: regional weather stations at the time didn’t report an exceptional heatwave, and there were questions around the researcher’s competence.

In any event, everyone can agree that what happened on Sunday was truly a historic event, and it definitely wasn’t an isolated incident.

Just one day before, we witnessed a new daily record high temperature in Sacramento…

Downtown Sacramento set a new record-high temperature of 111 degrees on Saturday, during what is the biggest heatwave of the year so far in the area.

And that came on the heels of Palm Springs absolutely smashing a daily record on Friday…

Palm Springs shattered the previous record of 117° for today’s date by recording 120° this afternoon! Thermal set a record for the ‘highest minimum’ for the days date with a low temperature of just 92° this morning.

Needless to say, all of this heat is putting an enormous amount of strain on California’s power system as people endlessly stay indoors and try to cool off. In fact, things have gotten so bad that authorities just announced “the first rolling blackouts in the state since 2001”…

As California struggles to rebound from the coronavirus pandemic, wilting heat and wildfires, it’s facing another dangerous crisis: blackouts.

As temperatures broke records across the state, California energy officials announced the first rolling blackouts in the state since 2001 and warned that the state was bracing for what could be the largest power outage it has ever seen, likely on Monday.

Do you remember those crazy days back in 2001?

It seems like it was just yesterday that the Enron scandal erupted, but it really was almost 20 years ago.

Where has the time gone?

Officials are hoping that the rolling blackouts in California will be limited to this week, but they aren’t making any promises.

Meanwhile, record high temperatures are also happening in Nevada. Las Vegas has been absolutely baking, and new record highs were being anticipated for both Monday and Tuesday…

It’ll be record-hot on Monday and Tuesday in Las Vegas, according to the National Weather Service, as southern Nevada bakes beneath a heat wave that tied a high-temperature mark on Sunday.

The expected high Monday was 114 degrees (45.56 Celsius) at McCarran International Airport, well above the current record temperature of 111 degrees set Aug. 17, 1939, meteorologist Dan Berc said.

And over in Phoenix, there have already been eight days this year with a high temperature of at least 115 degrees, and that breaks the old record that was set in 1974…

According to the National Weather Service in Phoenix, Phoenix reached 115°F during the afternoon hours of August 17, breaking a record set in 2013.

On August 14, Phoenix tied a record for the date with a high of 117 degrees (47 Celsius). Friday was the eighth day in 2020 with a high of at least 115 degrees (46 Celsius), beating the old record of seven days in 1974, the National Weather Service said.

Quite a few years ago I was in Phoenix during a heatwave, and I remember absolutely scorching the bottoms of my feet when I walked along a concrete path without any shoes on.

Dangerous heat is a constant reality this time of the year in Phoenix, but residents have learned how to live with it.

However, the record heat that we are seeing this year combined with extremely dry conditions have created an ideal environment for giant dust storms, and the millions of people living in the area have been warned that some are likely in the days ahead.

Throughout the Southwest, we are starting to see alarming patterns emerge. If you look at the latest U.S. Drought Monitor map, you will notice that nearly the entire Southwest is already in some stage of drought right now. In the 1930s, very high temperatures and exceedingly dry conditions for months on end combined to create “the Dust Bowl”, and many are concerned that something similar may now be starting to happen.

Even if you are not yet convinced that a new “Dust Bowl” is coming, everyone should be able to agree that what we are witnessing in the Southwest right now is very, very unusual.

In so many ways, our world seems to be going completely nuts right now, and many believe that this is just the beginning.

The good news is that September is coming, and that means that the weather in the Southwest should begin to cool off a bit.

But throughout this year it has just been one crisis after another, and we shall see what else 2020 has in store for us in the months ahead.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/america-has-never-experienced-a-heatwave-quite-like-this 

:: 8-17-20 Cluster Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia on track to have one of its largest-ever grain harvests

Cluster Hall August 17, 2020

Grain production in Russia is expected to reach an all-time high this year, according to the US Department of Agriculture (USDA), with wheat production reaching 78 million tons.

The USDA has raised its July forecast by 1.5 million tons (excluding Crimea), saying that Russian wheat exports are also expected to rise by another 1.5 million tons this year, to 37.5 million.

At the same time, the USDA’s forecast for global wheat production in the 20/21 season has been reduced by almost 3.5 million tons.

Meanwhile, Russian analysts expect the country’s wheat harvest to grow by at least three million tons. According to Igor Pavensky, general director of the Rusagrotrans analytical center, Russia could collect 127.5 million tons of grain, which would be one of the country’s largest harvests, second only to the record 135.5 million tons recorded in 2017. This year’s wheat harvest may total 81 million tons. In 2017, a record 86 million tons of wheat were harvested in Russia.

The US Department of Agriculture clearly underestimates our harvest,” Pavensky said, pointing to record harvests in Central Russia and the Volga region. He noted that a record 29.4 million hectares of land have been used for wheat this year. According to Rosstat, that’s 1.3 million hectares more than were allocated in 2019.

The Russian Ministry of Agriculture said that, as of August 12, grain and leguminous crops have been harvested from 48 percent of the planted area, which is more than on the same date last year. The ministry has not changed its estimate for the grain harvest, which stands at 122.5 million tons.

https://www.clusterhall.com/blog/russia-on-track-to-have-one-of-its-largest-ever-grain-harvests/ 

:: 8--20 The Sara Carter Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breaking: Trump To Pardon Someone ‘Very, Very Important’ Tuesday

Ben Wilson

On the flight back from a Wisconsin rally Monday night, President Donald Trump told reporters he is going to pardon someone “very, very important” Tuesday, and it is not Edward Snowden nor former national security advisor LT. Gen. Michael Flynn.

Trump provided no further details but people are guessing. The name that appears to continue popping up on social media is WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange. After a series of rallies in swing states in the Midwest, the President dropped the hint to reporters on Air Force One en route to Washington late Monday night. No official details are known.

The news follows talk of a Snowden pardon after the President said he would start looking into pardoning the infamous leaker, Trump, however, specified it wasn’t him.

https://saraacarter.com/breaking-trump-to-pardon-someone-very-very-important-tuesday/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 8-18-20 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FLYING DEATH China unveils terrifying new 1000lb hybrid missile that scatters smaller bombs to destroy a 64,000sq ft area

Tariq Tahir 18 Aug 2020, 11:28Updated: 18 Aug 2020, 13:19

CHINA has unveiled a terrifying new hybrid missile it’s claimed can take out an entire airfield with a single shot.

The 1000lb weapon has the ability to destroy an area of 64,000 square feet by releasing hundreds of bomblets, a report on state television has said. A Chinese military expert has said the bomb is aimed at taking out Taiwan's airfields ahead of an invasion of the island.

The weapon is a cross between an air-to-ground missile and a guided bomb droppable by an aircraft

Weighing 1,102 lbs, the weapon has been formally classified as a “guided glide dispenser bomb”.

When dropped, the dispenser can open its wings for a range of over 37 miles, meaning an aircraft can safely drop it without entering the enemy’s air defence zone.

Chinese state media is highlighting new weapons as the country's navy conducts live-fire drills in the South China Sea.

China Central Television (CCTV) said that its design can also reduce the weapon’s radar cross-section, enhancing its stealth capability.

Each dispenser can carry 240 submunitions of six types which can cover a large area, according to CCTV. According to the state-run Global Times newspaper, Chinese military analysts said that war breaks out with Taiwan, the People's Liberation Army would aim destroy the island’s airfields.

Weapons such as the one unveiled can disable an airfield for an extended period with only one shot, because the sheer number of submunitions means the whole runway will be destroyed, a military expert told the paper.

It is possible that some of the submunitions will be mines, which will make attempts to repair the runway very risky, the unnamed expert said.

China regards Taiwan as part of its territory and has long threatened to use force to bring it under its control.

Taiwan has itself been upgrading its weapons and has recently fitted new anti-ship missiles to F-16 fighters as the PLA has reportedly been simulating the invasion of islands it controls.

The hybrid missile is made by the China Ordnance Industries Group Corporation Limited, officially abbreviated as Norinco, a state-owned defence corporation that manufactures a diverse range of civil and military products. It can also be used on vehicles, with an ability to penetrate tank armour.

However some media reports claimed that the “dispenser bomb” is another word for a cluster bomb, outlawed under the international treaty Convention on Cluster Munitions.

Cluster munitions are banned because they release many small bombs over a wide area, posing a risk to civilians both during the attack and afterwards.

It can also be used on vehicles, with an ability to penetrate tank armour.

However some media reports claimed that the “dispenser bomb” is another word for a cluster bomb, outlawed under the international treaty Convention on Cluster Munitions.

Cluster munitions are banned because they release many small bombs over a wide area, posing a risk to civilians both during the attack and afterwards.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/12431503/china-unveils-hybrid-missile-smaller-bombs/ 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 8-17-20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong quake in Philippines kills one, damages quarantine centre

Neil Jerome Morales August 17, 2020 / 8:25 PM / a day ago

MANILA (Reuters) - A magnitude 6.6 earthquake struck the Philippines on Tuesday, killing at least one person and damaging roads and buildings including a hospital and a sports complex being used as a novel coronavirus quarantine centre. It was the strongest earthquake in eight months in the Philippines, which lies on the “Ring of Fire,” a seismically active belt of volcanoes circling the Pacific Ocean. “My things at home fell down and my neighbours’ walls cracked and some collapsed,” Rodrigo Gonhuran, 30, told Reuters from the central town of Cataingan, which has a population of more than 50,000 people and is near the epicentre.

One man, a retired police colonel, was killed when his three-storey house collapsed, while four people suffered minor injuries, provincial administrator Rino Revalo told DZMM radio station. Patients were moved out of a hospital into tents because of cracks in the building, Revalo said.

Engineers were checking a damaged sports complex to see if it was safe to accommodate people staying there in quarantine after moving back from the capital, Manila, he said.

People returning to their homes in the provinces from the capital have to spend time in quarantine. The Philippines, which has a population of 107 million, has the most coronavirus cases in Southeast Asia with more than 164,000 confirmed infections and 2,681 deaths.

The quake struck at sea at a depth of 30 km (18.64 miles), the European Mediterranean Seismological Centre said.

The Philippine seismology agency said there was no risk of a tsunami but warned of aftershocks.

Reporting by Rama Venkat in Bengaluru and Neil Jerome Morales in Manila; Editing by Ed Davies, Robert Birsel

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-philippines-quake-idUSKCN25E01B 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 8-17-20 Deadline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California Facing Largest Power Outages In Its History This Week Amid Record Heatwave

By Tom Patt August 17, 2020 2:32pm

As California struggles to rebound from the coronavirus pandemic, wilting heat and wildfires, it’s facing another dangerous crisis: blackouts.

As temperatures broke records across the state, California energy officials announced the first rolling blackouts in the state since 2001 and warned that the state was bracing for what could be the largest power outage it has ever seen, likely on Monday. When asked about the number of Californians who will be impacted and how it ranks historically, the President/CEO of the Independent Service Operator — the nonprofit that operates the state’s power grid — said he wasn’t entirely sure.

“I can’t speak to historical comparisons,” Steve Berberich said. “I wasn’t here during the energy crisis.” When pressed by a reporter who had run the numbers and estimated that 3.3 million Californians will be impacted, Berberich assented that his calculations were “probably fairly accurate.”

California Governor Gavin Newsom Declares Statewide Emergency, Mobilizes National Guard Amid Fires, Record Heat, “Imminent” Rolling Power Outages That Could Hit Millions

August 18, 2020 3:44pm

California Governor Gavin Newsom declared a statewide emergency to help ensure the availability of vital resources to combat fires burning across the state, which have been exacerbated by the effects of the historic West Coast heat wave and sustained high winds.

“We are deploying every resource available to keep communities safe as California battles fires across the state during these extreme conditions,” said Governor Newsom. “California and its federal and local partners are working in lockstep to meet the challenge and remain vigilant in the face of continued dangerous weather conditions.” Newsom’s order states that “there are currently hundreds of fires actively burning during these extreme weather conditions throughout California.” And “the number of fires actively burning statewide, as well as throughout other Western states, has resulted in a strain on California’s mutual aid system, making it increasingly difficult for jurisdictions to obtain the necessary in-state and out-of-state firefighting resources to respond to these fires.”

The state of emergency came not long after the non-profit corporation that controls much of California’s energy grid issued a Stage 2 Alert, saying “rotating power outages” were “imminemt.” On a call with reporters, Steve Berberich, the CEO of the state’s Independent Service Operator, which runs the power grid indicated severe strain on the electrical system and strongly encouraged residents and businesses to conserve power. Rolling blackouts will occur if the California Independent System Operator moves to a Stage 3 emergency, he said.

Berberich said the system was expected to fall short by about 2,700 megawatts Tuesday evening. That’s the equivalent of nearly three nuclear plants and enough electricity for the needs of about about 2 million customers.

The ISO declared a Stage 2 emergency at 2 p.m. That is the last step before it orders blackouts. Berberich said power outages could begin around 4 p.m.

The state faced an even more dire prospect on Monday. It was able to avoid blackouts on Monday despite going to Stage 3 because, according to Berberich, word got out and consumers cut power usage.

Just hours earlier, President Trump claimed that Democrats were to blame for California’s blackouts on Friday and Saturday. State officials blamed the weather, a power plant shutdown and a sudden, short lack of wind at energy-generating turbines this weekend.

“On Saturday night,” said Berberich, “we were within an hour of being able to service the load without incident…We lost a 400 MW [power station] unit and, the wind had been every good, but ran out. If the wind hadn’t run out on us, we would have been ok.”

And boy was it hot.

Also on Tuesday, Berberich confirmed that the 130 degrees seen in Death Valley on Saturday is the highest reliably-recorded temperature even measured on Earth: “We have confirmed that the Death Valley temperature was the highest ever on earth.” It was so hot, in fact, that as temperatures in nearby Lake Tahoe broke a record this weekend, the National Weather Service in Reno, Nevada issued an alert for “tornadic pyrocumulus” or “Fire Tornadoes.”

https://deadline.com/2020/08/governor-gavin-newsom-declares-statewide-emergency-fires-rolling-power-outages-1203016958/ 

:: 8-14-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: Somewhere In Europe A Dictator Waits

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-12142018/615/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 8-18-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu: UAE agreement did not include US selling F-35s

Gantz says Israel will not give up its qualitative military edge for peace; Israel is only country in Middle East to fly the advanced stealth fighter

By LAHAV HARKOV, ANNA AHRONHEIM AUGUST 18, 2020 21:55

The agreement to formalize relations between Israel and the United Arab Emirates did not include allowing the latter to purchase F-35 fighter jets, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s office said on Tuesday, following reports to the contrary.

Furthermore, the agreement did not include any arms deals between the US and the UAE. “To begin with, the prime minister opposed selling the F-35 and advanced weaponry to any countries in the Middle East, including Arab states that make peace with Israel,” the Prime Minister’s Office statement reads. “The prime minister expressed this consistent stance time after time before the US government and it hasn’t changed.”

An American source involved in the matter said all components of the agreement were made public, meaning F-35 sales were not part of it.

Nevertheless, according to Yediot Aharonot, a senior Emirati source said that Netanyahu knew about the clause which would allow Washington to sell F-35s and advanced drones to the Gulf state and gave his approval to improve the military capability of the kingdom as part of the deal to normalize ties.

Netanyahu spoke with US Ambassador to Israel David Friedman on July 7 and said specifically that he expressed opposition. On July 8, Netanyahu sent a letter making that point to US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, via Friedman, clarifying that his position stands even in the framework of drawing up peace agreements.

The prime minister updated Alternate Prime Minister and Defense Minister Benny Gantz on the matter on July 29. On August 3, Ambassador to the US Ron Dermer met with US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo and reiterated the Israeli position.

“The peace agreement with the UAE does not include any article on the matter, and the US made clear to Israel that it will always make sure to protect Israel’s qualitative edge,” the PMO stated.

Gantz said that Israel will not take any risks to the country’s security in exchange for a deal with the UAE and that it was possible to make a deal with the Gulf country without risking Israel’s qualitative military edge.

You can make a peace agreement while being responsible security-wise. Not only can you, but you must,” he said at a press conference shortly after being released from the hospital. “The agreement is important and can potentially contribute to desirable and strategic regional development. Israel’s resilience and future hinge on efforts along two lines: the effort to pursue peace as well as the uncompromising insistence on Israeli defensive superiority across the Middle East.”

Stressing that the F-35 “is the best combat aircraft in the world,” Gantz said that “it’s not a good idea that it will be in the hands of others” in the region and that Jerusalem will speak with Washington and Abu Dhabi.

“We will engage in dialogue with our counterparts in the UAE and in the US and ensure that our security interests are upheld. As long as I am defense minister, nothing will happen without being coordinated and defensively responsible,” he said. “We will make sure that our security in the region is not at risk.”

Earlier Tuesday, Intelligence Minister Eli Cohen said Israel maintains its opposition to selling weapons that could threaten its qualitative military edge in the Middle East.  “It didn’t happen,” Cohen said.

“In my evaluation, there is no such article” in the agreement with the UAE, Cohen said in an interview with KAN. “There was no discussion of authorizing such an article in the Diplomatic-Security Cabinet.”

“Israel’s policy is to maintain its military advantage in the region,” he said. “That is also our demand of the US. It must respect the request. The US also asks us not to sell weapons we have to other countries and we respect it.”

“That is the stance I know; I don’t know of any change in policy,” he added, saying that he would oppose such a shift.

Asked if it’s possible there was a change he does not know about, just as Netanyahu did not inform Gantz and Foreign Minister Gabi Ashkenazi that the agreement with the UAE was on the way, Cohen said that Netanyahu only hid the timing from the Blue and White leaders.

“If there’s a decision to break the balance, it must be discussed” in the Security Cabinet, Cohen said.

In response to the report, former defense minister Naftali Bennett said that “Israel’s qualitative military advantage is at the heart of our security concept and is not a political matter. I am sure that the White House and Congress understand its importance to national security as well.”

In response to the reports, former defense minister and chief of staff Moshe “Boogie” Ya’alon said that he was concerned about what has been hidden from the public and the defense minister in the agreement with the UAE.

“Netanyahu drafted a political agreement and a security deal while hiding it from the defense and foreign ministers and the cabinet,” the senior opposition official wrote on Facebook. “It is clear that if a state commission of inquiry had been set up, or at least an investigation into the ‘Netanyahu and ThyssenKrupp’ affair, and especially the approval given by the German government to sell advanced submarines to Egypt – behind the backs of cabinet, the defense minister and the chief of staff – then we might have been spared the current incident.”

Ya’alon was defense minister and Gantz was chief of staff in 2015, when Netanyahu allowed Germany to sell two advanced submarines to Egypt in exchange for a reported $500 million discount on Israel’s purchase of a sixth submarine from Germany. The deal was made without the knowledge of Ya’alon and Gantz on the grounds of state security.

The report also came as the head of Israel’s Air Force Maj.-Gen. Amikam Norkin is out of the country, in Germany for a joint drill between the two countries.

The UAE, which is among the world’s biggest defense spenders, is currently in the process of building up its armed forces and the UAE Air Force has made no secret that it is interested in purchasing the fifth-generation fighter jet.

But in November, Assistant Secretary of State for Political-Military Affairs R. Clarke Cooper was quoted by CNBC saying that there were no talks with the UAE to purchase the jet.

“No, no,” he said. “The question (of) are there any considerations or conversations about the F35 – the short answer is no.”

Israel was the second country after the United States to have received the joint strike fighter and is the only air force in the Middle East to fly the state-of-the-art aircraft.

The IAF was the first to use the F-35 in a combat arena in 2018, just months after it declared operational capability and, according to foreign reports, continues to use the jet for a range of missions.

Meanwhile, Mossad director Yossi Cohen met the national security adviser of the UAE during a visit to Abu Dhabi, UAE state news agency WAM said.

Cohen and Sheikh Tahnoun bin Zayed al Nahyan discussed ways in which to support the new accord.

“The two sides discussed prospects for cooperation in the security field, and shared perspectives on regional developments and issues of common interest, including both countries’ efforts to contain COVID-19,” WAM added.

Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/israel-news/intel-minister-israel-didnt-change-policy-to-let-uae-get-f-35s-639040 

:: 8-18-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Senate Intel says FBI gave 'unjustified credence' to Steele dossier, Russia 'took advantage' of Trump transition team

Committee released the fifth and final volume of its five-part report on Russian interference in the 2016 election By Brooke Singman | Fox News

The Senate Intelligence Committee found that the FBI gave the unverified anti-Trump dossier “unjustified credence,” and that Russia “took advantage” of members of the Trump transition team’s “relative inexperience in government” in its final report as part of its years-long bipartisan Russia investigation.

The panel on Tuesday released the fifth and final volume of its five-part report on Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election.

"Over the last three years, the Senate Intelligence Committee conducted a bipartisan and thorough investigation into Russian efforts to influence the 2016 election and undermine our democracy," Acting Senate Intelligence Committee Chairman Marco Rubio, R-Fla., said in a statement Tuesday. "We interviewed over 200 witnesses and reviewed over 1 million pages of documents."

He added: "No probe into this matter has been more exhaustive." “We can say, without any hesitation, that the Committee found absolutely no evidence that then-candidate Donald Trump or his campaign colluded with the Russian government to meddle in the 2016 election,” Rubio said. “What the Committee did find, however, is very troubling.”

Rubio detailed the committee’s findings, which included “irrefutable evidence of Russian meddling” and “deeply troubling actions taken” by the FBI, “particularly their acceptance and willingness to rely on the ‘Steele Dossier’ without verifying its methodology or sourcing.”

The committee found that the FBI gave the dossier, authored by ex-British intelligence agent Christopher Steele, “unjustified credence, based on an incomplete understanding of Steele’s past reporting record.

“The FBI used the dossier in a FISA application and renewals, and advocated for it to be included in the Intelligence Community Assessment before taking the necessary steps to validate assumptions about Steele’s credibility,” the committee found. The findings come after the first charge in U.S. Attorney John Durham's case pertaining to former FBI lawyer Kevin Clinesmith misrepresenting a detail in those FISA applications.

OBAMA ADMINISTRATION WAS ‘FROZEN’ IN COMBATTING 2016 RUSSIAN ELECTION MEDDLING: SENATE REPORT

But the committee said Tuesday that members of the 2016 Trump campaign presented “intelligence” targets.

The committee found that former Trump campaign chairman Paul Manafort’s “presence on the Trump campaign and proximity to then-candidate Trump created opportunities for Russian intelligence services to exert influence over, and acquire confidential information on, the Trump campaign.” The committee noted that prior to Manafort joining the Trump campaign in March 2016, Manafort “directly and indirectly communicated” with Russian national, Konstantin Kilimnik and other pro-Russian oligarchs in Ukraine.

On numerous occasions, Manafort sought to secretly share internal Campaign information with Kilimnik,” the report stated, while noting that the committee was “unable to reliably determine why Manafort shared sensitive internal polling data or Campaign strategy with Kilimnik or with whom Kilimnik further shared that information.”

The committee noted that it had “limited insight” into Kilimnik's communications with Manafort and into Kilimnik's communications with other individuals connected to Russian influence operations, all of whom used communications security practices.

“The Committee obtained some information suggesting Kilimnik may have been connected to the GRU's hack and leak operation targeting the 2016 U.S. election,” the report stated. The committee found that “after the election, Manafort continued to coordinate with Russian persons, particularly Kilimnik and other individuals close to Oleg Deripaska, in an effort to undertake activities on their behalf.”

Manafort worked with Kilimnik starting in 2016 on narratives that sought to undermine evidence that Russia interfered in the 2016 U.S. election,” the report found.

The committee added: “Taken as a whole, Manafort's high- level access and willingness to share information with individuals closely affiliated with the Russian intelligence services, particularly Kilimnik and associates of Deripaska, represented a grave counterintelligence threat.”

The committee also noted that former Trump campaign aide George Papadopoulos “was not a witting cooptee of the Russian intelligence services” but said that he “presented a prime intelligence target and potential vector for malign Russian influence.” Both Manafort and Papadopoulos were charged in former Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation.

DURHAM PROBE: EX-FBI LAWYER TO PLEAD GUILTY IN FIRST CRIMINAL CASE ARISING FROM REVIEW

The committee, though, said Tuesday that it “found no evidence that anyone associated with the Trump Campaign had any substantive private conversations” with Russian Ambassador Sergey Kislyak during the April 27, 2016, Trump speech held at the Mayflower Hotel.

But the committee did note that Russia “took advantage” of members of the Trump transition team and their “relative inexperience in government, opposition to Obama administration policies, and Trump’s desire to deepen ties with Russia to pursue unofficial channels through which Russia could conduct diplomacy.”

Meanwhile, the committee also said Tuesday that the FBI “lacked a formal or considered process for escalating their warnings” about the hack of the Democratic National Committee; while noting that WikiLeaks “actively sought, and played, a key role in the Russian influence campaign.”

The committee said WikiLeaks “likely knew it was assisting a Russian intelligence influence effort.”

Meanwhile, the committee shifted to the infamous Trump Tower meeting in June 2016, noting that “at least two participants” — Russian lawyer Natalia Veselnitskaya and Rinat Akhmetshin “have significant connections to the Russian government, including the Russian intelligence services.”

“The Committee, however, found no reliable evidence that information of benefit to the Campaign was transmitted at the meeting, or that then-candidate Trump had foreknowledge of the meeting,” the committee said. The controversial meeting, when it was revealed in 2017, fueled allegations of Trump campaign coordination with Russia – as Donald Trump Jr. was apparently promised dirt from Veselnitskaya on Hillary Clinton’s supposed involvement with Russia.

SENATE REPORT DETAILS FOREIGN MEDDLING IN 2016 ELECTION, URGES TRUMP TO TAKE PREVENTATIVE MEASURES FOR 2020

The fourth volume of the report was released in April, and found that officials who drafted and prepared the 2017 Intelligence Community Assessment of Russian interference in the last presidential election “were under no political pressure” to reach “specific conclusions” and praised the “strong tradecraft” applied in creating the document.

The third volume of the report was released by the committee in February, and found that the Obama administration was “frozen” in combatting 2016 Russian election meddling and “not well-postured” to counter Russian interference. Former Senate Intelligence Committee Chairman Richard Burr and Ranking Member Mark Warner found that the Obama administration “struggled to determine the appropriate response,” and stated that it was “frozen by ‘paralysis of analysis,’ hamstrung by constraints both real and perceived” and debated courses of action “without truly taking one.”

The second volume of the report was released by the committee last fall and urged President Trump to warn the public about efforts by foreign governments to interfere in U.S. elections and take steps to prevent hostile nations from using social media to meddle in the 2020 vote.

But for 2020, Burr has said that the U.S. is “in a better position to identify foreign interference efforts and address vulnerabilities Russia and other hostile foreign actors may seek to exploit.”

The first volume of the report provided new details on how Russian government hackers directed extensive activity against U.S. election infrastructure, and faulted the FBI and Department of Homeland Security for providing inadequate warnings to state governments. The committee’s investigation into Russia meddling went on for more than two years, with senators on the panel having the chance to interview more than 200 people.

"We have no factual evidence of collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia," Burr said last year.

Former Special Counsel Robert Mueller last year also concluded his years long investigation into whether Trump campaign associates colluded with the Russian government to influence the 2016 election. Mueller found no evidence of criminal coordination or conspiracy.

Brooke Singman is a Politics Reporter for Fox News. Follow her on Twitter at @BrookeSingman.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/senate-intel-fbi-steele-dossier-russia-investigation-report 

:: 8-18-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump angling for votes with immigration talk, nod to women

JILL COLVIN, ZEKE MILLER and DEB RIECHMANN  August 18, 2020, 9:29 AM EDT·5 mins read

YUMA, Ariz. (AP) — Grappling for votes — and the spotlight — as Democrats hold their national convention, President Donald Trump targeted voters in key states and constituencies Tuesday and promised a pardon for Susan B. Anthony, a leader in the women’s suffrage movement.

Trump flew to Arizona, one of the top 2020 battleground states, to press his case against his Democratic challenger, Joe Biden, painting him as radically left in one of his harshest broadsides yet of the campaign.

The Biden plan would unleash a flood of illegal immigration like the world has never seen before – it would be a torrent of biblical proportions,” Trump was to say, as he prepared to accept the endorsement of the National Border Patrol Council. “Biden’s plan is the most radical, extreme, reckless, dangerous and deadly immigration plan ever put forward by a major party candidate."

With his second trip in two days, Trump was hoping to mitigate a convention polling bump for his rival and to shore up support by contrasting his position with Biden's on immigration, one of the most important issues to his political base. He was also trying to stanch an erosion in support among female voters with a symbolic nod on the centennial of the ratification of the 19th Amendment.

In recent weeks, Trump has been trying to build support within the pivotal female voter constituency and has stepped up his events aimed at women. His campaign has launched a “women for Trump” bus tour, and the president has embraced a “law and order” message with renewed vigor.

The president worked in a last-minute stop in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, for a briefing about damage from the derecho last week that has left thousands without power and caused catastrophic damage across the battleground state. Many there have expressed outrage that their plight has not received more national attention.

The storm, which packed 100 mph winds and similar power to an inland hurricane, swept across the Midwest last week, blowing down trees, flipping vehicles and causing widespread damage. Story continues..

https://news.yahoo.com/trump-pardon-womens-suffrage-leader-132924728.html 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 8-18-20 Forbes :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

South Korea Is Packing Submarines With Rockets For Taking Out North Korea’s Nukes

David Axe Contributor

South Korea’s got some weird submarines. And they’re about to get weirder ... and more powerful.

As part of a sweeping, five-year defense plan costing $250 billion, Seoul plans to develop a new class of attack submarine carrying non-nuclear ballistic missiles.

Conventional ballistic missiles are a rarity on submarines. For land-attack missions, most navies arm their undersea boats with cruise missiles, as cruise missiles are more accurate—albeit slower and less powerful—than ballistic missiles are.

But Seoul has some, ahem, unique defense needs owing to the presence on its border of a heavily-armed and belligerent nuclear state. South Korea’s submarines and their hard-hitting ballistic missiles give the country some ability to prevent a North Korean attack. The South Korea fleet boasts an impressive 16 submarines, with more on the way. There are eight Jang Bogo-class vessels—variants of the German Type 209—plus nine Son Won IIs based on Germany’s Type 214. A new class is under construction. At around 3,600 tons of displacement, the four Dosan Ahn Changhos each is around twice as large as the older submarines are. That extra displacement makes room for vertical-launch tubes that are compatible with cruise missiles and ballistic missiles.

The South Korean defense ministry since the 1980s has been developing the Hyunmoo ballistic missile for non-nuclear attacks. A land-based version already is in service. A naval version with a range as far as 500 miles is in the works. As many as six of the submarine-launched ballistic missiles could fit in a Dosan Ahn Chanhgo.

The SLBMs are for short-notice “kill chain” attacks on North Korea’s own ballistic missiles. “Should a [North Korean] attack become apparent, kill chain calls for the employment of strike assets to destroy North Korea’s nuclear, missile and long-range artillery facilities,” the Washington, D.C. Center for Strategic and International Studies noted.

If South Korean intelligence detected North Korean rockets deploying, perhaps for a nuclear strike, Seoul’s submarines could attack—preemptively. “The SLBM may lack the accuracy of the [submarine-launched cruise missile], which is equipped with a [sophisticated] guidance system,” retired South Korean navy rear admiral Kim Hyeok-soo said. But “its velocity and destructive capability are significantly greater.’

“The deployment of the speedy and stealthy SLBM will allow the South Korean navy to deliver a blow to North Korea before the situation even escalates to emergency levels,” Kim explained.

So important is this kill-chain doctrine to South Korea that the government is doubling down on it. The new five-year defense plan includes another submarine class with even greater rocket-capacity than the Dosan Ahn Chanhgo has.

“We have in mind 3,600- and 4,000-ton submarines for development, much more advanced than the ones in operation now,” a senior defense ministry official told The Korea Herald.

The first Dosan Ahn Chanhgo is on track to commission in 2022. The new, larger submarines could follow in the late 2020s.

Follow me on Twitter. Check out my website or some of my other work here.

David Axe

https://www.forbes.com/sites/aaronsmith/2020/08/18/amid-booming-gun-and-ammo-sales-arms-makers-aim-not-to-get-burned-again 

:: 1-2-14 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When Was the Last Time Volcanoes Erupted on the East Coast?

David Biello January 2, 2014

How Mole Hill in Virginia became a mountain is an old story, but not as old as some geologists think. The reason for that has to do with volcanoes—and may help explain why the U.S. East Coast, so long removed from geologic upheaval compared with the West, still suffers from relatively powerful earthquakes like the one that shook Mineral, Va., and much of the East Coast, in 2011.

Five years ago or so, newly minted professor of geology Elizabeth Johnson needed something for her undergraduate students at James Madison University to study on field trips. Locals suggested the unusual geology of Mole Hill, just a few kilometers from campus, where one could find black obsidian (a superhard rock glass formed when magma cools quickly) or rocks that when cracked open looked as pure white as newfallen snow thanks to the carbonate minerals inside.

When Johnson and her students started to poke around through the dense vegetation swathing Mole Hill, the very texture of the volcanic rock appeared unusual. The igneous rock was fine-grained with small crystals of various kinds, except every once in a while where a relative giant crystal—1 centimeter or more across—intruded. Intrigued, Johnson studied up on the local geology, finding that this is not the first time these interesting igneous rocks had been spotted. As far back as 1899, such obsidian and minerals had been reported in this area. Most other geologists simply assumed they were much older.

But Johnson had other suspicions after having taken the most careful look to date. So she passed the rocks to an expert on magma, geochemist Esteban Gazel of Virginia Tech University. By measuring the abundance of an isotope of the noble gas argon in the rock or its crystals, Gazel and his colleague Michael Kunk of the U.S. Geological Survey found that the magma was much younger than the last known volcanic event on the East Coast—which occurred when the supercontinent of Pangaea slowly pulled apart into North America, Africa and South America some 200 million years ago, forming the Atlantic Ocean in the process. In fact the argon dates suggested that roughly 50 million years ago in the Eocene—when a warmer world of forests stretched from pole to pole and the ancestors of mammals such as bats, elephants and primates first evolvedcinder cone volcanoes dotted Virginia for a million years or two. "After 200 million years ago, you are not supposed to have any magma on the East Coast," Gazel says. But Johnson had found it. The conventional geologic story renders the East Coast of North America as a so-called passive margin, an area free of volcanoes and earthquakes due to its position within the fractured plates that make up the surface of the globe. Volcanoes are most common at sites where one such plate slips under another, such as the U.S. West Coast or Central America, according to this theory.

But the new research suggests the East Coast should be thought of as more of a passive-aggressive margin. By measuring the levels of magnesium in magma itself, Gazel can tell at what temperature and pressures it formed—and therefore where it came from and what type of volcano was most likely to produce it. The Mole Hill lava shows high levels of magnesium, which is typical of not-too-hot, not-too-cold volcanoes in the Basin and Range out West—roughly 1,400 degrees Celsius molten rock. Mole Hill itself is the remnant of the neck of a nearly 50-million-year-old volcano that has now eroded away. In other words, volcanism made a mountain out of Mole Hill—and Mole Hill is just one of a swarm of such volcanoes in the region, such as Trimble Knob.

But where did the volcano swarm come from? One idea is that there might have been a hot spot, such as the one still forming the Hawaiian island chain, which North America slowly slid over. The hot spot started somewhere in Missouri, migrated toward the coast as the continent shifted and then moved up the East Coast and off Maine in the present day. But there the trail grows cold as no new volcanic islands like Hawaii are known to be forming off the coast of Maine. Plus, the magma itself does not seem to have been hot enough to have created a plume like the ones in Hawaii or Yellowstone. Such plume-related volcanoes require magma hotter than 1,500 degrees C.

Another idea is that, for reasons yet unexplained, there is simply a thinner layer of continental crust shielding the surface from volcanism that runs through the North American continent from roughly New Madrid in Missouri to the coast in Virginia. Perhaps a rift got started, thinned the crust but then failed to fully pull apart. Yet magma in rifting zones is typically around 1,350 degrees C, so this theory also does not quite fit Mole Hill's profile.

The not-too-cold, not-too-hot theory favored by Johnson and Gazel suggests that the roots of the Appalachian Mountains themselves may be to blame. Essentially the remnants of the plate that slipped under what is now the East Coast and shoved up the Appalachians 480 million years ago or so had been heating slowly over all those long years. Roughly 50 million years ago, some of these deep roots beneath the mountains in modern day Virginia simply dripped off the underside of the crust and into the mantle 40 kilometers below the surface, displacing a burst of magma. The relatively young volcanoes like Mole Hill are thus the result of magma that seeped up through the cracks in the overlying rock, in essence further weakening pre-existing faults on the way up. "Magma is really lazy," Gazel explains. "If there is not an easy way to get to the surface, it won't come out."

That hypothesis also has the benefit of explaining why the Appalachian Mountains in Virginia are higher than they should be, rather than having more fully weathered away over the last 480 million years. These mountains may have gotten a rejuvenation treatment late in life. Johnson and Gazel's initial findings have been submitted to Geology.

The presence of such young volcanic rocks has modern-day implications. Such rocks may prove good news for efforts to combat climate change because basalt reacts with carbon dioxide to form carbonate, locking a greenhouse gas in a carbonate mineral that often appears as white as snow. But the finding also has repercussions for modern seismology.

The after-effects of this volcanic outburst are still being felt today, as earthquakes like the 5.8 magnitude quake centered near Mineral, Va. in 2011 still rumble through the faults weakened by the volcanoes. More such earthquakes are extremely likely. And there's no reason that more of the heavy roots of the Appalachians could not drop off at any time, spurring a recurrence of volcanism on the East Coast and an outbreak of lava in the most densely populated regions of the U.S. But don't worry too much. As Johnson says: "If something hasn't erupted for the last 47 million years, you can call it completely extinct."

Follow Scientific American on Twitter @SciAm and @SciamBlogs. Visit ScientificAmerican.com for the latest in science, health and technology news.

https://www.yahoo.com/news/last-time-volcanoes-erupted-east-coast-120100931.html 

:: 8-9-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It is Brother vs Brother, Parents vs Their Kids and Neighbor vs Neighbor-The Civil War Has Come to Main Street America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, August 9, 2020 - 16:36.

Unfortunately, everything I have been saying since 2012 is beginning to manifest on the streets of America. We are in a contrived civil war. The average America has no idea about what is ready to hit them.

At the root of the civil are the mega-corporations seeking to run the country as they tried to do in the TPP agreement that Trump ended as soon as he became President. However, the lining of the sides for the coming civil war that could kill millions, has been completed. Even down to the micro-level we see that America is completely polarized. We don't need blue and gray uniforms for this civil war. The participants already know who they are and who is on their side. They really don't need uniforms. What you will be seeing in these 2 recent videos is that there are clearly 2 sides at work in the present civil. There are those that want a communist regime change and there are those America, mostly older, that seek defend the Republic. The communist revolutionaries are winning and most Americans don't even realize this is a civil war that will eventually kill millions of people. These videos will make it clear that we now have a case of brother vs brother, parents vs their kids and neighbor vs neighbor. These two, very short videos tell the entire story about what is happening to our country (language alert).

The media focuses on the differences between Pelosi and Trump. This is almost a distraction at this point in time. The real war has moved away from Washington DC and is now embedded in the streets of America. This is Bosnia 1992. Antifa is putting snipers have been caught practicing on the roof tops of cities and are practicing to re-enact the Ukrainian CIA overthrow from 6 years ago. People walking down the street of our cities will soon be targeted as they walk down the street. If they look conservative, right wing, or Christian, they will be targeted.

The police have largely been neutralized and are seemingly powerless to stop the violence. And now the violence has descended from warring governmental factions to everyday people on the street. The following 2 video, one from Colorado and the other Texas demonstrate that this country is divided at the individual level. This is no longer about ideology. This is about power. The guns you see in the following 2 videos will soon be turned loose on American streets. Nobody will be safe. The civil war has not come to Main Street America. Given the rapidity of the advance of the conflict, it is difficult to believe that we will make it to the election.

From Texas: Look closely at both sides, 7 months ago, these overt differences were not manifested on the street. This video is typical as to what has come to America. What you have seen above is only a small part of the emerging problem that is consuming America! These events, designed to destablize America, prior to invasion, are merely the opening act. The main event is waiting in the wings and promises to change this country forever.

I am appearing at the upcoming GENSIX conference and I will be discussing in elaborate detail the 4th column forces being brought to bear. Antifa and Black Lives Matter are only a small portion of the TET offensive that will be invading our country in order to promote a communist, Bolshevik-style revolution. I have been warning about the infilrators that have entered America since 2012. America is approaching her TET offensive moment. All my previous observations and subsequent predictions are in the process of being realized.

I have written 17 articles on the coming TET offensive. In fact, on July 12, 2014, I published an article which detailed how the world's largest paramilitary training base for international terrorism and associated drug trafficking rings run by the Sanchez-Peredes drug cartel from Peru which was actually run by the US-trained Peruvian Army. The article was based partly on a covert and active DEA source who had been removed from his post in Peru for not "playing ball" with the Sanchez-Peredes drug cartel. The article was also based upon government documents and print based references.

With the previous demise of Columbia's Pablo Escobar, Peru has become the drug king pins of the world. The Sanchez-Peredes direct the Mexican drug cartels. They are deeply involved in drugs, guns and child trafficking associated with the Muslim Brotherhood, al-Qaeda, Hamas and now the CIA backed and funded ISIS (see former Special Operations Officer Scott Bennett's work in which he connects the CIA and ISIS). This is only a microscopic part of 5th column groups that are preparing to "come out and play" on a pre-designated night and I have dubbed the event "America's TET Offensive" and the offensive is already underway as a trickle in the streets of America. Before much longer that trickle will become a flood and you will swear that you are living 1992 Bosnia during their civil war. The Left wants to introduce total terrorism including mass execution of innocents on a single night. There will be snipers on the roof. You don't believe me? Then ask yourself what's behind the CHICOMS getting caught sending 10,000 weapons parts to Lousiville in July? This is only the calm before the storm.

If you want to come to know the scope, depth and goals of these 5th column forces, then I would strongly suggest that you sign up for the GENSIX conference. The details can be obtained by clicking this link.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/it-brother-vs-brother-parents-vs-their-kids-and-neighbor-vs-neighbor-civil-war-has-come-main 

:: 8-10-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Must Fight Back Against The Deadly Virus Of Communism & The Cult Of Liberalism With Democrats Trying To 'Normalize' The 'Politics Of Death And Destruction' In America

- By The Time Leftists Realize They've Been Used As Pawns To Burn Down Their Own Homes, It'll Be Far Too Late

By Karen Kataline for All News Pipeline  August 10, 2020

Finally, be strong in the Lord and in his mighty power. Put on the full armor of God so that you can take your stand against the devil’s schemes. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms. (Eph 6:10-12, NIV)

The “Fear Quotient” (FQ) of most people these days is off the scale. It has been like that since oh…. March of this year.

That’s when we entered the Twilight Zone of the Chinese, Wuhan, COVID-19, Coronavirus with its multiple names. Since then, America has been upended and everyone has an opinion about why.

Contributing to the fear and not unrelated have been the riots, looting and burning of our cities by anarchists who appear to be immune from fear of the coronavirus but instead, are determined to instill as much fear as they can in us.

They appear to be the “muscle end” of the business of Leftists and Socialists who have been a lot more open about what they really believe. They are determined to dismantle the country they’ve been taught to hate and replace our Liberty with their tyranny. By the time they realize that they are being used as political proxies to burn down their own house it’ll be too late. They won’t fare any better in the ashes than we will.

Leftist politicians have continued to save their strictest edicts for law-abiding citizens and people of faith. In California it is now forbidden to sing or chant in church. Who thinks that won’t crop up in other Leftist-controlled states around the country? If only people of faith would chant hatred and death to America in their churches, they’d be perfectly allowed their “free expression.”

(ANP Emergency Fundraiser: Following Stefan's medical emergencies during the month of July and upcoming medical bills for surgeries he'll need, ANP is holding an emergency fundraiser during the month of August. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.)

WHAT PEOPLE FEAR IS OFTEN MORE TELLING ABOUT THEIR CORE BELIEFS THAN WHAT THEY PROFESS TO BELIEVE.

As I’ve railed at a disturbing number of people of faith who continue to knuckle under to the growing, discriminatory edicts against them, I’ve begun to ask what they are truly afraid of. Is it government retaliation for daring to sing or chant in church? Are they afraid of being blamed if one of their congregants gets sick? It could be that they’re afraid of death itself.

Professed Christians say they believe in ever-lasting life. Observant Jews also believe in a hereafter. They say God is in control and that we should put our faith in Him. So why do so many people of faith seem more afraid of the Government than of God?

In the face of a virus that is non-lethal to more than 99.8% of our population, we still have masses of people who are “deathly” afraid of it. They say they are willing to comply with increasingly strict edicts because it’s “contagious!” So is the common cold but if you can’t die from it, why are they still that afraid?

Fear is not only a motivator, but a powerful suppressive agent. It stops people from acting, from stepping forward and from taking risks. Above all, fear stops people from fighting back.

Is it any wonder why the propaganda media can’t stop fear-mongering about coronavirus despite facts that continue to contradict their narrative? Those facts have been widely reported and available. Yet, as they have tightened restrictions on us, they are tightening restrictions on the free flow of information.

The media and Leftist propagandists have repeatedly proven that they hate good news. In the face of falling fatalities and revelations of inflated statistics, they are now willing to brazenly censor information from genuine physicians who have successfully treated COVID patients. “A cure instead of a vaccine? Oh no! We can’t have that! Never!”

Why” is always a great question to ask, especially now. Why do they keep doing things that are clearly not in our best interest and trying to keep us ignorant about the things that are? Freedom and the courage required to preserve it is in all of our best interests.

What I have feared since March of this year is that this great country of ours will fall to communism. I also fear that there are too few people who understand the death and destruction that it inevitably brings.

For those who do understand, it is essential that we face whatever are our deepest fears because those are the ones the cult of liberalism is preying upon to keep us frozen and submissive. That will give us the power and strength to defy those who have a different agenda than they claimed to have. This and more is essential if we are to keep our country safe from the deadly virus of tyranny.

No one can do it all but we can all be leaders in our own sphere of influence. There’s something else we can do. Sing, chant, & pray–loudly.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Americans_Must_Fight_Back_Against_The_Deadly_Virus_Of_Communism.php 

:: 8-8-20 USSA News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Do Our Intelligence Agencies Keep Lying to Us?

August 8, 2020 Constitutional NobodyNews, US News

After listening to three years of lies about Russiagate from the Department of Justice and the FBI, not to mention the State Department and various of our 17 (count ‘em) intelligence agencies, it’s hard to believe any arm of our government anymore.

Trust, but verify, Reagan told us. But how do we even do that? Check the media? (I know—don’t make me laugh.)

So, on the usual-slip-it-under the rug Friday, we have news from the National Counterintelligence and Security Center via its director William Evanina of foreign meddling in the coming presidential election:

“The US intelligence community’s top election security official said in a statement Friday that China ‘prefers’ an outcome where President Donald Trump is not reelected in November and Russia is working to “denigrate” former Vice President Joe Biden’s White House bid.”

The Chinese find Trump “unpredictable” and the Russians see Biden as the greater threat because of Ukraine, says our intelligence community.

Or, as the increasingly lurid Drudge put it: “Russia Wants Trump: China Wants Biden.”

What “genius” at the CIA (or 16 others) came up with that simple-minded drivel?

First of all, there has been nothing really “unpredictable” about Trump’s dealings with China. He has been consistently far tougher on them than any previous administration from the beginning, first on trade where he made some inroads, and then, tougher still, after the pandemic emanating from Wuhan.

It was the Democrats who accused him of xenophobia. Hello! Regarding Russia, it is Trump who built up our military, resuscitated NATO, instituted a raft of sanctions, and, most of all, made America into the leading energy producer in the world. This last is damaging to Russia like nothing else because the fragile former superpower is so dependent on oil exports for its economic survival.

Obama and his loyal acolyte Biden did none of this. In fact, they went in the opposite direction, usually behaving like pussycats with the bear. (Remember Obama whispering to Medvedev that he would have “more flexibility” after the election? Remember the red line in Syria? Where was Biden, the timorous man who didn’t want to risk going for Bin Laden?)

Furthermore, the former vice-president has been tacking further and further left, adopting almost all the proposals of his former adversary Bernie “This Land Is Your Land” Sanders and going so far that one of the finalists for his running mate was, until last week, an overt admirer of Fidel Castro.

No way are these things lost on Vladimir Putin or, for that matter, Xi Jinping.

It defies common sense that either the Chinese or the Russians would remotely prefer Trump for president over the increasingly painful-to-watch, listless Biden. Vladimir Putin may be a lot of things, but he’s not senile.

What’s going on here? Where did this government report come from? Cui bono? Who’s behind it? Was it the Deep State again?

Yes, I know Evanina was a Trump pick, but he wouldn’t be the first to wander off the reservation—or perhaps more likely, be forced off once he was surrounded by the bureaucracy, the same crowd, still very much intact, that gave us Russiagate.

This is all goes back to one of the big lies of the Mueller Report when they stated the Russians preferred Trump to Clinton. Why then was the Steele Dossier written, with Russian help apparently, blatantly smearing Trump? It makes even less sense. You don’t have to read Ion Pacepa’s brilliant disquisition on the KGB “Disinformation”—although you should—to know the obvious. More than anything, the Russians want to stir things up, get us at each other’s throat via disinfo.

Lately, they’ve been doing a helluva job. Evanina, and whoever helped in this report, are contributing.

I know I’m hoping against hope, but I still wish John Durham and William Barr will find it in themselves to go for the throat and blow this whole rancid system up. Very little of it, if anything, is worth preserving.

https://ussanews.com/News1/2020/08/08/why-do-our-intelligence-agencies-keep-lying-to-us/ 

:: 8-9-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UK government empowers local councils to DESTROY buildings they suspect of harboring COVID-19

Sunday, August 09, 2020 by: JD Heyes

(Natural News) It’s a stunning power grab for a country that purports to be all in for American-style freedom.  The British government has recently empowered local city and town councils throughout the country with the authority to deem buildings ‘coronavirus epicenters’ and order them destroyed.

Breitbart News reports:

Published last month — with little fanfare — the Department of Health and Social Care’s “COVID-19 Contain Framework” laid out a series of laws, including the Coronavirus Act 2020, that local governments will be able to utilize in order to contain flare-ups of the Wuhan virus.

The document informed councils that under the Public Health (Control of Disease) Act 1984, they can apply to a magistrate “to impose restrictions or requirements to close contaminated premises; close public spaces in the area of the local authority; detain a conveyance or movable structure; disinfect or decontaminate premises; or order that a building, conveyance or structure be destroyed.” Imagine if Democrats controlled all levers of government at the federal level in the U.S. and passed legislation allowing local city councils to declare that someone’s private property was a dangerous harbor of coronavirus (in which the vast majority of people suffer either no symptoms or mild ones) and have it demolished — without a trial, without the owner of the property having any say whatsoever, and without there being any legal recourse the owner could take against the city.

That power would never be wielded in a punishing, politically motivated way, would it?

The advice paper, which was found and reported by The Telegraph initially, notes that the authority gives local councils the power to ostensibly destroy factories, offices, eldercare facilities and even private homes if the action is deemed necessary and ‘in the public interest.’

Also, it gives councils the power to destroy public transportation including buses, trains, privately owned vehicles and planes.

The advice paper empowers local councils to “close certain businesses and venues (for example shops, cafes, gyms, recreation centers, offices, labs, warehouses); close outdoor public areas (for example parks, playgrounds, beaches, esplanades, outdoor swimming pools) and order deep-cleans of buildings or vehicles linked to outbreaks.”

UK government empowers local councils to DESTROY buildings they suspect of harboring COVID-19

Sunday, August 09, 2020 by: JD Heyes

Tags: abuse of power, authority, badhealth, badmedicine, badscience, big government, City Council, coronavirus, coronavirus labor, covid-19, democrats, DESTROY, destruction, empowered, insanity, Orwellian, outbreak, town council, Tyranny, UK, United Kingdom

Bypass censorship by sharing this link:  New

https://www.clearnewswire.com/407984.html 

,560Views

Image: UK government empowers local councils to DESTROY buildings they suspect of harboring COVID-19

(Natural News) It’s a stunning power grab for a country that purports to be all in for American-style freedom.

The British government has recently empowered local city and town councils throughout the country with the authority to deem buildings ‘coronavirus epicenters’ and order them destroyed.

Breitbart News reports:  etc  etc  

Imagine if a business or homeowner in a British town upsets the local council in some manner; what’s to stop that council from ‘deeming’ the business owner’s building or the homeowner’s domicile as a ‘center’ of coronavirus and ordering it destroyed? Who could stop the council’s action?

It’s not clear what the British government was thinking in 1984 when elected leaders passed such a broad, potentially dangerous law, but it’s also not evident that they’re willing to do anything now to change or repeal it, even as the virus begins to recede around the world.

Could something like this come to the United States? You bet, it could — and Democrats would be the party to implement it. Why? Because it is authoritarian, strips Americans of their constitutional rights, and can be arbitrarily imposed/utilized by them at will.

Think about it: Which party do most governors and mayors belong to who are continuing to keep their states and cities locked down though coronavirus is no longer a problem for them?

It isn’t the GOP.   Sources include: Breitbart.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-08-09-uk-government-empowers-local-councils-destroy-buildings-covid-19.html 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 8-9-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Martenson: It's Time To Position For The Endgame

by Tyler Durden Sun, 08/09/2020 - 11:00

Authored by Chris Martenson via PeakProsperity.com,

Do you sense an approaching endgame?

Like there’s another heavy shoe to drop? Perhaps an entire closet’s worth?

Certainly there’s entirely too much confusion surrounding SARS-CoV-2 and how to deal with it.

Should people wear masks? Will schools re-open? Should they? Why isn’t Covid-19 being treated consistently across medical centers? Are there things we could and should be doing to minimize the impacts before people catch it?

I believe there are good common-sense answers, even if complicated, to these and many other related questions But common sense is in short supply these days, especially amongst our “leaders” in the US (who actually act like bad managers).

Our clueless politicians busy themselves either pandering to or hiding from the media cameras when it comes to Covid-19 response. Meanwhile, Big Pharma is doing everything it can to direct the action in ways that funnel any profits into its pockets — public health be damned.

It’s a certified shit show. No question about it.

But It Gets Worse Beyond the pandemic, the central banks are busy ignoring Plutarch as they embark on the grandest social experiment in all of human history by floating billionaires’ yachts ever higher as more and more average folks drown beneath the rising waterline. Displaying either a level of tone-deafness exceeding that of Marie Antionette, or a level of psychopathy matching that of Ted Bundy, the US Federal Reserve is — RIGHT NOW — engaged in the largest transfer of wealth in all of US history.

Between March-April 2020, the Fed added a staggering $282 billion to the bottom-line wealth of US billionaires: But that wasn’t enough.

So the Fed kept printing. And buying, buying, and buying more and more financial assets held – of course – mainly by the already-wealthy.

By May 2020 the total added became $434 billion, making all the US billionaires more billionaire-y:

But even that wasn’t enough for the Fed. So it printed even more, increasing the total to $583 billion by June: Considering that US GDP dropped by -32.9% (annual rate) and clocked in at an annual rate of $19,408 billion in the second quarter of 2020, the US Federal Reserve had granted an astonishing (truly!) 3.3% of the entire output of the entire country to US billionaires. For doing absolutely nothing.

Yes, people have many reasons to be angry and to protest these days. But they ought to be furious with the Federal Reserve and its lackeys in Congress who have utterly and completely failed to check these egregious, unfair, and socially destructive policies that grossly reward the elite at the expense of the bottom 99%.

Let’s do a little math here. Handing 3.3% of the value of the entire economic output of 160,000,000 working people to roughly 600 individuals is the equivalent of granting each one of those 600 billionaires the entire yearly output of 9,020 people.

It’s like the Fed decided that each billionaire deserved to have 9,020 people become their slaves for the year. How is that *not* psychopathic? How is that fair? What’s the plan here? Keep going until these 600 people own everything in the world?

And where’s the media on this? They happily parrot every statement the Fed makes, without asking even the slightest of critical questions. They are failing us badly, too.

Okay, so why should you care?

Because what the Federal Reserve is doing generates enormous systemic risks which could well destroy the economy and much of our future prosperity.

At heart, I am a conservative in the sense that I’d like to keep (i.e. “conserve”) what we’ve got, both ecologically and economically. I’d vastly prefer that we change our nation’s destructive path now on our own terms than being forced to on reality’s terms later on. As painful as the former may be, the latter will be much more so.

History is complete on the matter: one cannot print one’s way to prosperity. It’s been tried over and over again and my view is that if it could be done, we’d all be speaking Latin because the Roman Empire with it brilliant engineers would have figured it out millennia ago and would never have collapsed.

If the Romans couldn’t work it out, it simply can’t be done. Mathematically, it also doesn’t pencil out. Money is a social agreement, a contract. It’s not real wealth. Taking the attempt to the extreme, what would happen if everybody had a billion dollars and nobody had to work?

So printing currency only manages to delay and exacerbate the inevitable by building up the energy for its own destruction.

And the longer the delay, the worse the reckoning when it ultimately arrives.

Being Resilient

Given the fact that America is doing a supremely poor job of managing Covid-19 at the national levelmirrored by many other countries worldwideit’s all but certain that ‘the economy’ (such as is was) is not coming back.

Tens of millions of jobs have vanished and are not coming back in time to save our over-indebted system.

The central banks’ efforts to prop everything up by jamming stocks, bonds and derivatives to higher and higher price levels are seriously misguided. Such efforts both add to social injustice – a friction that eventually bursts into flames – and badly distort the price discovery mechanism which then leads to faulty economic and financial decisions.

As Charles Hugh Smith writes:

If the “Market” Never Goes Down, The System Is Doomed

August 6, 2020

Markets” that never go down aren’t markets, they’re signaling mechanisms of the Powers That Be. Markets are fundamentally clearing houses of information on price, demand, sentiment, expectations and so on–factual data on supply and demand, shipping costs, cost of credit, etc.–and reflections of trader and consumer emotions and psychology.

If markets are never allowed to go down, the information clearing house has been effectively shut down. Whatever information leaks out has been edited to fit the prevailing narrative, which in this moment is “central banks will never let markets go down ever again, so jump in and ride the guaranteed Bull to easy gains.”

The past 12 years offer ample evidence for this narrative: every dip draws a near-instantaneous monetary-policy response that reverse the dip and gooses markets higher.

That permanent monetary intervention distorts markets doesn’t matter to participants. Who cares if markets have become “markets,” simulacra of real markets that are now nothing but signaling mechanisms that all is well so buy, buy, buy? If gains are essentially guaranteed, who cares that markets are not longer information clearing houses?

Indeed. There’s no reason to care until the fatal spiral downward surprises us all. (Source)

Yes, it’s all about narrative control. Which is why we cannot trust our health authorities, our monetary authorities, or our political authorities. Each are engaged in their own interlocking versions of narrative control that stretch further and further from the truth (and obvious common sense) with each passing day.

Charles’ words above remind of why we need to care: a fatal downward spiral awaits, one that will catch much of the world by surprise.

Which then brings us to resilience. More and more people are turning to self-reliance, in whole or part, as they correctly assess that the rising risks. Social decay, erosion of public services, loss of trust, and even failure points in the food system.

These risks threaten the very bottom of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs: food, shelter, water, and safety.

In the post-Covid-19 world, gun sales are up and urban apartment sales are down. There’s a cultural sea change occurring, not that you know it by the mainstream press. As with most important things, it’s ignored at first: Here at Peak Prosperity, our wish for you is to be happy, joyous, healthy and to live in peace and safety. In a word: resilient.

To get there (and stay there) you’re going to have to try new things, skate to where the puck is going to be, and take some risks.

Myself? I moved to the country, bought cows, chicken and pigs, and have a garden. These things bring me joy and provide me with food security. I’ve had more than half of my net worth stored in gold and silver for a long time now, because I knew that someday the Endgame would arrive.

We’re there. The Fed’s recent actions are nothing more and nothing less than a final looting operation.

Same as every other time in history, the last official act is to loot the Treasury. But today, in the US, we don’t have a Treasury with anything of value left within it. It has no gold, neither does it have any silver. It has a negative net worth, with a Net Present Value (NPV) of approximately -$200 trillion.

So what’s left to loot?

The answer is both grubby and disturbing: the purchasing power of every dollar in circulation.   That’s all that’s left to loot. At least at scale. We’re not (yet) to the point of the government confiscating half my chickens, which I half-jokingly (and half not) expect may come to pass once everything falls apart. Every bank account, every reserve dollar, and every dollar claim is going to be debased. There’s nothing to debate or even argue about because it’s all right out in the open:

Fed Weighs Abandoning Pre-Emptive Rate Moves to Curb Inflation

Aug. 2, 2020

The Federal Reserve is preparing to effectively abandon its strategy of pre-emptively lifting interest rates to head off higher inflation, a practice it has followed for more than three decades.

Instead, Fed officials would take a more relaxed view by allowing for periods in which inflation would run slightly above the central bank’s 2% target, to make up for past episodes in which inflation ran below the target.

It would be a significant change in terms of how they are thinking about” the trade-off between employment and inflation, said Jan Hatzius of Goldman Sachs. “A lot of those things look very different now from the way they looked a few years ago,” he said. (Source)

Translation: The Fed is going to let inflation rip. And the media’s favorite Fed apologists will do their best to convince us this is actually a noble and good act.

As I’ve explained extensively, inflation is merely government-enabled theft. It steals a tiny bit from everyone’s past efforts, saved as money, and transfers those bits mainly to itself and a few well-connected insiders.

Snip a penny’s worth of purchasing power from every dollar and you’ve nipped 1% off of tens of trillions of stored dollars. 1% of $1 trillion is $10 billion. So many tens of billions of dollars of purchasing power is being snipped and transferred.

It’s one of the oldest games in the book, and the Fed’s apologists and enablers help them keep the game covered up. But it’s not hard to understand if you take the time to look.

Your financial resilience depends on your understanding of inflation and how it works. My Crash Course chapter on Inflation is a good starting point — you can watch it here.

It’s Time To Position For The Endgame

Between Covid-19 and the Fed’s crazy actions, there’s not a lot of hope of returning to normalcy any time soon.

A lot of people have already arrived at that conclusion. A growing number have already moved to homes outside of cities, where at least they have a degree more control over their destiny.

That’s a good thing, in my view. But it’s just a start.

If current trends continue, we’re actually looking at many years, possibly decades of very difficult times.

But how to prepare? What path will the system follow as it fails us?

In Part 2: Is High Inflation Now A Bigger Danger Than A Deflationary Crash?, we revisit the probabilities of what’s more likely to transpire next given the massive monetary and fiscal actions the authorities are proving themselves willing to take.

Is a crash still a realistic threat? Or will the purchasing power of our currency be sacrificed in the name of “doing whatever it takes!” to prevent the elites from ever having to suffer losses?

The future success of your preparations depend entirely on the answer to this question.

Click here to read Part 2 of this report (free executive summary, enrollment required for full access).

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/martenson-its-time-position-endgame 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 8-9-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Escobar: Who Profits From The Beirut Blast?

by Tyler Durden  Sun, 08/09/2020 - 22:45

Authored by Pepe Escobar via The Asia Times,

The narrative that the Beirut explosion was an exclusive consequence of negligence and corruption by the current Lebanese government is now set in stone, at least in the Atlanticist sphere. And yet, digging deeper, we find that negligence and corruption may have been fully exploited, via sabotage, to engineer it. Lebanon is prime John Le Carré territory. A multinational den of spies of all shades – House of Saud agents, Zionist operatives, “moderate rebel” weaponizers, Hezbollah intellectuals, debauched Arab “royalty,” self-glorified smugglers – in a context of full spectrum economic disaster afflicting a member of the Axis of Resistance, a perennial target of Israel alongside Syria and Iran.

As if this were not volcanic enough, into the tragedy stepped President Trump to muddy the – already contaminated – Eastern Mediterranean waters. Briefed by “our great generals,” Trump on Tuesday said:

“According to them – they would know better than I would – but they seem to think it was an attack.”

Trump added, “it was a bomb of some kind.”

Was this incandescent remark letting the cat out of the bag by revealing classified information? Or was the President launching another non sequitur?

Trump eventually walked his comments back after the Pentagon declined to confirm his claim about what the “generals” had said and his defense secretary, Mark Esper, supported the accident explanation for the blast.

It’s yet another graphic illustration of the war engulfing the Beltway. Trump: attack. Pentagon: accident.

“I don’t think anybody can say right now,” Trump said on Wednesday. “I’ve heard it both ways.”

Still, it’s worth noting a report by Iran’s Mehr News Agency that four US Navy reconnaissance planes were spotted near Beirut at the time of the blasts.

Is US intel aware of what really happened all along the spectrum of possibilities?

That ammonium nitrate

Security at Beirut’s port – the nation’s prime economic hub – would have to be considered a top priority. But to adapt a line from Roman Polanski’s Chinatown: “Forget it, Jake. It’s Beirut.” Those by now iconic 2,750 tons of ammonium nitrate arrived in Beirut in September 2013 on board the Rhosus, a ship under Moldovan flag sailing from Batumi in Georgia to Mozambique. Rhosus ended up being impounded by Beirut’s Port State Control.

Subsequently the ship was de facto abandoned by its owner, shady businessman Igor Grechushkin, born in Russia and a resident of Cyprus, who suspiciously “lost interest” in his relatively precious cargo, not even trying to sell it, dumping style, to pay off his debts.

Grechushkin never paid his crew, who barely survived for several months before being repatriated on humanitarian grounds. The Cypriot government confirmed there was no request to Interpol from Lebanon to arrest him. The whole op feels like a cover – with the real recipients of the ammonium nitrate possibly being “moderate rebels” in Syria who use it to make IEDs and equip suicide trucks, such as the one that demolished the Al Kindi hospital in Aleppo.

The 2,750 tons – packed in 1-ton bags labeled “Nitroprill HD” – were transferred to the Hangar 12 warehouse by the quayside. What followed was an astonishing case of serial negligence. From 2014 to 2017 letters from customs officials – a series of them – as well as proposed options to get rid of the dangerous cargo, exporting it or otherwise selling it, were simply ignored. Every time they tried to get a legal decision to dispose of the cargo, they got no answer from the Lebanese judiciary.

When Lebanese Prime Minister Hassan Diab now proclaims, “Those responsible will pay the price,” context is absolutely essential.

Neither the prime minister nor the president nor any of the cabinet ministers knew that the ammonium nitrate was stored in Hangar 12, former Iranian diplomat Amir Mousavi, the director of the Center for Strategic Studies and International Relations in Tehran, confirms. We’re talking about a massive IED, placed mid-city.

The bureaucracy at Beirut’s port and the mafias who are actually in charge are closely linked to, among others, the al-Mostaqbal faction, which is led by former Prime Minister Saad al-Hariri, himself fully backed by the House of Saud. The immensely corrupt Hariri was removed from power in October 2019 amid serious protests. His cronies “disappeared” at least $20 billion from Lebanon’s treasury – which seriously aggravated the nation’s currency crisis.

No wonder the current government – where we have Prime Minister Diab backed by Hezbollah – had not been informed about the ammonium nitrate.

Ammonium nitrate is quite stable, making it one of the safest explosives used in mining. Fire normally won’t set it off. It becomes highly explosive only if contaminated – for instance by oil – or heated to a point where it undergoes chemical changes that produce a sort of impermeable cocoon around it in which oxygen can build up to a dangerous level where an ignition can cause an explosion.

Why, after sleeping in Hangar 12 for seven years, did this pile suddenly feel an itch to explode?

So far, the prime straight to the point explanation, by Middle East expert Elijah Magnier, points to the tragedy being “sparked” – literally – by a clueless blacksmith with a blowtorch operating quite close to the unsecured ammonium nitrate. Unsecured due, once again, to negligence and corruption – or as part of an intentional “mistake” anticipating the possibility of a future blast.

This scenario, though, does not explain the initial “fireworks” explosion. And certainly does not explain what no one – at least in the West – is talking about: the deliberate fires set to an Iranian market in Ajam in the UAE, and also to a series of food/agricultural warehouses in Najaf, Iraq, immediately after the Beirut tragedy.

Follow the money Lebanon – boasting assets and real estate worth trillions of dollars – is a juicy peach for global finance vultures. To grab these assets at rock bottom prices, in the middle of the New Great Depression, is simply irresistible. In parallel, the IMF vulture would embark on full shakedown mode and finally “forgive” some of Beirut’s debts as long as a harsh variation of “structural adjustment” is imposed.

Who profits, in this case, are the geopolitical and geoeconomic interests of US, Saudi Arabia and France. It’s no accident that President Macron, a dutifulRothschild servant, arrived in Beirut Thursday to pledge Paris neocolonial “support” and all but impose, like a Viceroy, a comprehensive set of “reforms”. A Monty Python-infused dialogue, complete with heavy French accent, might have followed along these lines: “We want to buy your port.” “It’s not for sale.” “Oh, what a pity, an accident just happened.”

Already a month ago the IMF was “warning” that “implosion” in Lebanon was “accelerating.” Prime Minister Diab had to accept the proverbial “offer you can’t refuse” and thus “unlock billions of dollars in donor funds.” Or else. The non-stop run on the Lebanese currency, for over a year now, was just a – relatively polite – warning.

This is happening amid a massive global asset grab characterized in the larger context by American GDP down by almost 40%, arrays of bankruptcies, a handful of billionaires amassing unbelievable profits and too-big-to-fail megabanks duly bailed out with a tsunami of free money.

Dag Detter, a Swedish financier, and Nasser Saidi, a former Lebanese minister and central bank vice governor, suggest that the nation’s assets be placed in a national wealth fund. Juicy assets include Electricité du Liban (EDL), water utilities, airports, the MEA airline , telecom company OGERO, the Casino du Liban.

EDL, for instance, is responsible for 30% of Beirut’s budget deficit.

That’s not nearly enough for the IMF and Western mega banks. They want to gobble

“The economic value of public real estate can be worth at least as much as GDP and often several times the value of the operational part of any portfolio,” say Detter and Saidi.

Who’s feeling the shockwaves?

Once again, Israel is the proverbial elephant in a room now widely depicted by Western corporate media as “Lebanon’s Chernobyl.”

A scenario like the Beirut catastrophe has been linked to Israeli plans since February 2016.

Israel did admit that Hangar 12 was not a Hezbollah weapons storage unit. Yet, crucially, on the same day of the Beirut blast, and following a series of suspicious explosions in Iran and high tension in the Syria-Israeli border, Prime Minister Netanyahu tweeted , in the present tense:

“We hit a cell and now we hit the dispatchers. We will do what is necessary in order to defend ourselves. I suggest to all of them, including Hezbollah, to consider this.”

That ties in with the intent, openly proclaimed late last week, to bomb Lebanese infrastructure if Hezbollah harms Israeli Defense Forces soldiers or Israeli civilians.

A headline – “Beirut Blast Shockwaves Will Be Felt by Hezbollah for a Long Time” – confirms that the only thing that matters for Tel Aviv is to profit from the tragedy to demonize Hezbollah, and by association, Iran. That ties in with the US Congress “Countering Hezbollah in Lebanon’s Military Act of 2019” {S.1886}, which all but orders Beirut to expel Hezbollah from Lebanon. And yet Israel has been strangely subdued.

Muddying the waters even more, Saudi intel – which has access to Mossad, and demonizes Hezbollah way more than Israel – steps in. All the intel ops I talked to refuse to go on the record, considering the extreme sensitivity of the subject.

Still, it must be stressed that a Saudi intel source whose stock in trade is frequent information exchanges with the Mossad, asserts that the original target was Hezbollah missiles stored in Beirut’s port. His story is that Prime Minister Netanyahu was about to take credit for the strike – following up on his tweet. But then the Mossad realized the op had turned horribly wrong and metastasized into a major catastrophe. The problem starts with the fact this was not a Hezbollah weapons depot – as even Israel admitted. When weapons depots are blown up, there’s a primary explosion followed by several smaller explosions, something that could last for days. That’s not what happened in Beirut. The initial explosion was followed by a massive second blast – almost certainly a major chemical explosion – and then there was silence.

Thierry Meyssan, very close to Syrian intel, advances the possibility that the “attack” was carried out with an unknown weapon, a missile -– and not a nuclear bomb – tested in Syria in January 2020. (The test is shown in an attached video.) Neither Syria nor Iran ever made a reference to this unknown weapon, and I got no confirmation about its existence.

Assuming Beirut port was hit by an “unknown weapon,” President Trump may have told the truth: It was an “attack”. And that would explain why Netanyahu, contemplating the devastation in Beirut, decided that Israel would need to maintain a very low profile.

Watch that camel in motion

The Beirut explosion at first sight might be seen as a deadly blow against the Belt and Road Initiative, considering that China regards the connectivity between Iran, Iraq, Syria and Lebanon as the cornerstone of the Southwest Asia Belt and Road corridor.

Yet that may backfire – badly. China and Iran are already positioning themselves as the go-to investors post-blast, in sharp contrast with the IMF hit men, and as advised by Hezbollah Secretary-General Nasrallah only a few weeks ago.

Syria and Iran are in the forefront of providing aid to Lebanon. Tehran is sending an emergency hospital, food packages, medicine and medical equipment. Syria opened its borders with Lebanon, dispatched medical teams and is receiving patients from Beirut’s hospitals.

It’s always important to keep in mind that the “attack” (Trump) on Beirut’s port destroyed Lebanon’s main grain silo, apart from engineering the total destruction of the port – the nation’s key trade lifeline.

That would fit into a strategy of starving Lebanon. On the same day Lebanon became to a great extent dependent on Syria for food – as it now carries only a month’s supply of wheat – the US attacked silos in Syria.

Syria is a huge exporter of organic wheat. And that’s why the US routinely targets Syrian silos and burns its crops – attempting also to starve Syria and force Damascus, already under harsh sanctions, to spend badly needed funds to buy food

In stark contrast to the interests of the US/France/Saudi axis, Plan A for Lebanon would be to progressively drop out of the US-France stranglehold and head straight into Belt and Road as well as the Shanghai Cooperation Organization. Go East, the Eurasian way. The port and even a great deal of the devastated city, in the medium term, can be quickly and professionally rebuilt by Chinese investment. The Chinese are specialists in port construction and management.

This avowedly optimistic scenario would imply a purge of the hyper-wealthy, corrupt weapons/drugs/real estate scoundrels of Lebanon’s plutocracy – which in any case scurry away to their tony Paris apartments at the first sign of trouble.

Couple that with Hezbollah’s very successful social welfare system – which I saw for myself at work last year – having a shot at winning the confidence of the impoverished middle classes and thus becoming the core of the reconstruction.

It will be a Sisyphean struggle. But compare this situation with the Empire of Chaos – which needs chaos everywhere, especially across Eurasia, to cover for the coming, Mad Max chaos inside the US.

General Wesley Clark’s notorious 7 countries in 5 years once again come to mind – and Lebanon remains one of those 7 countries. The Lebanese lira may have collapsed; most Lebanese may be completely broke; and now Beirut is semi-devastated. That may be the straw breaking the camel’s back – releasing the camel to the freedom of finally retracing its steps back to Asia along the New Silk Roads.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/escobar-who-profits-beirut-blast 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 8-9-20 The End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Have So Many Enormous Earthquakes Hit The United States In Recent Months?

August 9, 2020 by Michael Snyder

Unusually large earthquakes have been striking diverse locations all over the United States in recent months, and experts are not exactly sure why this is happening. On Sunday, a very strange magnitude 5.1 earthquake that hit North Carolina made headlines all over the nation. In fact, when I checked the Drudge Report on Sunday it was the top headline on the entire site. Earthquakes of this size very rarely happen in the eastern United States, and it is being reported that this quake was the most powerful to hit the state in more than one hundred years…

A 5.1 magnitude earthquake felt in Charlotte shortly after 8 a.m. Sunday was centered just over a mile south of Sparta, near the Virginia border, the strongest quake to hit North Carolina in more than a century.

In fact, it was the strongest earthquake in the state since 1916, according to the National Weather Service, when a 5.2 magnitude quake occurred near Skyland, just outside of Asheville.

Prior to this quake, western North Carolina would have been one of the areas that I would have said is least vulnerable to earthquakes in the entire country.

I was very surprised that this quake happened, and we are being told that it actually “shook homes and rattled dishes as far away as Atlanta”. The epicenter was very close to Sparta, and the mayor of Sparta said that it felt like “a big wave coming underneath the bed”…

It felt like a big locomotive going by and a big wave coming underneath the bed,” Sparta Mayor Wes Brinegar told CNN. “A big wave coming to lift you. … I’ve lived here my whole life and have never felt anything like that.”

Of course this earthquake in North Carolina is just the latest in a series of very large earthquakes that have hit our country in recent months.

For example, on July 22nd a magnitude 7.8 earthquake hit Alaska…

A powerful 7.8-magnitude earthquake struck off the coast of Alaska, south of the Aleutian Islands, Tuesday night (July 21) local time, prompting fear of a tsunami, the U.S. Geological Survey reported.

The good news is that very little damage was done because that quake struck in a very remote location. But if an earthquake that powerful had hit Los Angeles, San Francisco or Seattle, the death and destruction would have been off the charts.

Back on May 15th, a magnitude 6.5 earthquake forced the governor of Nevada to declare a state of emergency. According to a local media report, it was the largest earthquake to hit the state since 1954…

Gov. Steve Sisolak declared a state of emergency Thursday after an earthquake on May 15 damaged three highways in three Western Nevada counties.

The earthquake along the Walker Lane fault system struck near Tonopah last week with a magnitude of 6.5, making it the largest quake reported in Nevada since 1954. Since the quake hit, dozens of aftershocks have rattled the area.

A different earthquake of equal intensity hit the state of Idaho on March 31st. That particular quake was the most powerful that Idaho had experienced since the Borah Peak earthquake of 1983…

On March 31, a 6.5 magnitude earthquake rolled through Idaho’s Sawtooth mountain range, northeast of Boise. It was the second largest earthquake to strike Idaho, according to the Idaho Statesman. (The strongest temblor in Idaho history, 1983’s Borah Peak earthquake, registered as a magnitude 6.9.)

More than 1000 aftershocks followed the initial event, and according to Popular Mechanics that area of the country still “hasn’t stopped shaking”…

But the region hasn’t stopped shaking since. The area has experienced a string of aftershocks in the months following the quake, some registering as high as magnitude 4.8. The shaking has been so strong, in fact, that a popular beach along Stanley Lake in the Sawtooth National Recreation Area has sunk into the water.

Before the Idaho quake came along and upstaged it, everyone was talking about the large earthquake that had just hit Utah.

On March 18th, a magnitude 5.7 earthquake shook Salt Lake City so badly that it actually knocked the trumpet out of the hand of the angel Moroni…

The 5.7-magnitude earthquake that shook Utah Wednesday morning also dislodged a symbolic part of Salt Lake City’s iconic Mormon temple: the trumpet of an angel statue atop its highest spire.

Last, but certainly not least, I want to remind everyone that southern California was shaken by two very large earthquakes just over a year ago, and those initial quakes were followed by more than 80,000 aftershocks…

More than 80,000 earthquakes have been recorded in the Ridgecrest area since July 4 — the aftermath from two of the biggest temblors to hit California in nearly a decade.

Experts said the two major quakes — the first measuring magnitude 6.4, the second 7.1 — led to a particularly energetic aftershock sequence before slowing down.

So exactly why have we been witnessing so many unusually large earthquakes in such diverse locations all over the nation?

About four or five years ago there was a tremendous spike in earthquake activity in the central portion of the country, and many blamed that spike on fracking. But none of the areas that I discussed in this article are known for fracking. Instead, these quakes appear to be occurring naturally, and the experts seem to be unable to explain why this is happening.

Of course many Christians are pointing out that Jesus warned that there would be an increase in earthquakes in the last days, and many believe that seismic activity will eventually be far, far more severe than what we are currently experiencing.

Our planet is not static. It has been changing all throughout human history, and it will continue to change in the years ahead.

Despite all of our advanced technology, we are highly vulnerable. We could literally wake up tomorrow morning and find out that a seismic event has destroyed one of our major cities, and scientists insist that it is just a matter of time before such a disaster becomes a reality.

There are some that have attempted to minimize their risk by living in “low risk areas”, but as we have seen recently even “low risk areas” can be hit.

In the end, the reality of the matter is that we are living on a highly unstable giant rock that is hurtling through space at incredible speed, and we should not take a single day for granted.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/why-have-so-many-enormous-earthquakes-hit-the-united-states-in-recent-months 

:: 8-10-20 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The COVID-19 Vaccine. The Imposition of Compulsory Vaccination with a Biometric Health Passport?

Posted bysparrowpancakeganymede31683August 10, 2020

The COVID-19 vaccine…

Is this THE final goal of this crisis, to impose a compulsory vaccination on everyone, with a biometric health passport and without it, the impossibility to move, to buy, to eat?

The near future will tell.

With time, the accumulation of side effects, the testimonies of more and more doctors, vaccination has become a subject of controversy, often passionate, sometimes violent. This is not just a question of being for or against vaccination in general.

It is about being vigilant in the face of enormous pressure from companies and governments to inject billions of healthy people with a hastily manufactured product, using immature technologies such as DNA manipulation, with as yet unknown side effects.

The cure should not be worse than the disease.

Given the fear, the terror in people’s minds, given the enthusiasm of certain leaders and given the power of the vaccine companies and manufacturers, will we, as ordinary citizens, be able to resist, keep our cool and prevent these people from playing with our health? Do you know what the marketing of vaccines brings to the pharmaceutical companies?

References on the Statista website, figures for the year 2019 [1] : 

GSK (GlaxoSmithKline): more than 8 billion euros.

Merck: €7.3 billion

Pfizer: €5.9 billion

Sanofi: €5.8 billion

Billions, in a single year!

Do you think that the conservation of such gains would not motivate the transgression of limits by sweeping away everything in its path, all scientific ethics, all moral values? As Emma Kahn [2] stated to the AIMSIB (International Association for Scientific, Independent and Benevolent Medicine) website, May 3, 2020:

“Strangely enough, the three vaccines in clinical trials in the West (excluding China) against COVID-19 are being developed by start-ups and not by Big Pharma (the nickname of the pharmaceutical industry). Why haven’t the big companies (Merck, GSK, Sanofi, Pfizer) launched any clinical studies? A first reason is worrying: … industry experts already know that coronavirus vaccines are too risky, they induce facilitation and immunopathological phenomena. The phenomenon of facilitation of infection by antibodies” is crucial to understand.

Vaccines too risky!

Facilitation and immunopathological phenomena!

This is not conspiracy, nor the elucubrations of a quidam [dictionary]. It is published data, well known to scientists, virologists and published in many journals. These facts are particularly relevant to the coronavirus family and SARS [3].

With vaccines,

the biggest problem is the fear of an ADE (antibody dependant enhancement, facilitation of infection by the vaccine, mediated by antibodies induced by vaccination): facilitation of the penetration of the virus into cells by the receptor for the Fc fragment of immunoglobulins” [4]. On March 5, 2020, Peter Hotez [5] (vaccine expert) warned the U.S. Congress about the facilitation of antibody infection and its relationship to vaccination [6] :

We must be very careful and go slowly with clinical trials, animal trials have shown facilitation”! So Big Pharma is cautious. This confirms the credibility of this information.

Not only will this vaccine not protect you at all or not enough, but it can make things worse by facilitating your infection with COVID-19!

The phenomenon of facilitating viral infection by antibodies (ADE or antibody dependent enhancement) has been known for a long time and exists for many viruses. Antibodies of this type have been demonstrated in vitro in the case of SARS-CoV-2 and candidate vaccines would only aggravate this immunopathological effect!

This is even more likely if we skip the steps.

Journalist Céline Deluzarche, in an article on Futura Sciences (Futura Santé) of March 19, 2020 reviewed on June 15, said :

“Coronavirus: the dangers of a hastily developed vaccine. Faced with the urgency, scientists call for speeding up testing procedures and dispensing with the usual animal tests. A laudable strategy, but one that could prove to be at best counterproductive and at worst cause deaths” [7].

Normally, it takes between 15 and 20 years to obtain an effective, non-toxic and usable vaccine. The first step is to develop a formulation with the chemical and pharmaceutical prerequisites, conduct immunogenicity studies [8] in animals, evaluate the toxicity of the vaccine [9] in animals, then in humans, and finally test its effectiveness on a large scale.” Yet some people are putting pressure on, invoking urgency.

Why do they do that?

They exploit fear to get reach their goal. It’s never good to decide anything out of fear.

What dangerous game are these people playing?

The Europe Union (EU) in particular, and its new president, Ursula von der Leyen, after organising a world telethon to fund research for a vaccine [10], is trying to impose the idea that only a vaccine can save us.

“… in the face of urgency and pressure from governments and health authorities, some are calling for the procedures to be speeded up. The president of the European Commission Ursula von der Leyen said Tuesday that she hoped for a vaccine against the new coronavirus before the autumn.” [7].

One has the feeling that all this was planned in advance, when one knows that Brussels, today, has been working for a long time on a “vaccine” passport in order to put the population under total surveillance and control [11].

Is COVID-19 just a pretext for imposing totalitarian measures which would otherwise have been impossible to accept?

I ask the question. We find Peter Hotez [5], who advises us to be very careful:

A vaccine is not insignificant: it is most often a deactivated or weakened virus, and in some cases it can aggravate the disease it is supposed to prevent. Peter Hotez, dean of the National School of Tropical Medicine at Baylor College of Medicine, who worked on the SARS outbreak in 2003, found that some vaccinated animals developed even more severe symptoms when exposed to the virus because of a weakened immune system. This is called “antibody- dependent enhancement (ADE)” [7]. The work and research on vaccines against CVDO 19 in Cambridge, Oxford, sponsored by the NIH (National Institute of Health in the United States, Anthony Fauci, Donald Trump’s anti-COVID czar) does not reassure me at all, and should not reassure you either [12]!

These same people are behind one of the worst vaccine and medical scandals of the last ten years by wanting already, in 2009-2010, to vaccinate the entire population for a fake pandemic (H1N1) [13-14-15].

A survey in France reports that nearly a quarter (25%) of the French population do not intend to accept the vaccine against COVID-19 [16]. I understand them and even find it surprising that this figure is not higher.

These vaccines are a race for profits [17], huge amounts of money!

Even independently of plausible and frightening ideas such as the association of the vaccine with GMOs [18], with a puçage and tracing of the population [19], the inherent danger of any vaccine and the specific danger of an anti-coronavirus vaccine (facilitation of viral infection by antibodies – ADE or antibody dependent enhancement) should make all citizens think about accepting such a measure without flinching!

Through the fear instilled by our mainstream media, fear maintained by the experts of our own governments, people would be ready to accept remedies as dangerous as they are ineffective.

Like Tony Carlucci says:

While Covid-19 may be a true pathogen, evidence suggests it does not justify the overreactions we’ve seen around the world. Covid-19 hysteria has – by far – a far more devastating impact on humanity than the virus itself. In the midst of this hysteria, the greatest real threat to human health – a corrupt pharmaceutical industry and its partners in government – are on the verge of increasing both their profits at the expense of the public and their power over the public.” [20]

Citizens should no longer take everything they are told at face value, even, or even more so, if it comes from the official media or governments [21].

Their health, mental and physical, is at stake. As for the vaccine, the mere fact that it can itself facilitate coronavirus infection and aggravate symptoms should put a stop to any craze for it.

The loss of time and money in the search for this vaccine prevents the population from turning to other, healthier and more realistic solutions:

Return to a healthy social lifestyle with an acceptable compromise between imposing targeted and limited quarantines (for really sick people and not just RT-PCR positive), and allowing the virus to circulate among those least at risk (healthy youth and adults) protected by their healthy immunity. Give greater preference to effective NPIs (non-pharmaceutical measures) such as hand washing, physical distance and ventilation of confined spaces, rather than continuous mask wearing, which is more harmful than beneficial.

Allow front-line physicians to freely prescribe hydroxychloroquine and zinc early enough at the onset of symptoms of COVID-19 under medical supervision to minimize the well-known cardiac risks of HCQ.

Give priority again to the recovery of the economy, of social activity, because today, the solution against the problem of COVID is worse than the problem itself (by far).

Remember that we have immunity! Innate and cell specific immunity, not just antibody-mediated immunity! That the best allies of these immunities are our lifestyles (diet, physical activity, stress management, mental management). Everything should be done, today more than ever, to improve this.

To deal with the immense fear and post-traumatic stress that have been generated in recent months by the media and by our governments.

This fear alone makes us more vulnerable both to illness and to totalitarian abuses.

Provided that we wean ourselves from fear, lies and illusions, everyone can regain power over their health, their society and their lives. [1] Les géants de l’industrie des vaccins, 14 mai 2020, Statista.fr

[2] Vaccin anti-Covid-19 et immunité de groupe, c’est non… et encore non, Emma Kahn, AIMSIB, 3 mai 2020

[3] Molecular Mechanism for Antibody-Dependent Enhancement of Coronavirus Entry, Journal of Virology,

[4] SARS vaccines : where are we ?, Expert Rev Vaccines 2009 Jul ; 8(7) :887-98. doi : 10.1586/erv.09.43.

[5] Peter Hotez, Wikipédia

[6] CORONAVIRUSES: UNDERSTANDING THE SPREAD OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES AND MOBILIZING INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS, 5 mars 2020

[7] Coronavirus : les dangers d’un vaccin élaboré à la hâte, Céline Deluzarche, Futura Sciences (Futura Santé), 19 mars 2020, revu le 15 juin 2020. Quand le vaccin facilite l’infection virale…

[8] Immunogénicité [9] Vaccin : être trop vacciné est-il dangereux ?

[10] Coronavirus: la Commission européenne organise un téléthon mondial pour financer la recherche d’un vaccin, 4 mai 2020

[11] Bruxelles travaille sur un passeport « Vaccins » afin de mettre la population sous surveillance totale

[12] Coronavirus : court-circuiter les étapes vers un vaccin?, 16 mars 2020, Agence Science-Presse, média indépendant basé à Montréal. En temps normal, le développement d’un vaccin peut prendre 15 à 20 ans [13] Politique et corruption à l’OMS, Dr Pascal Sacré, mondialisation.ca, 12 janvier 2010, réédité 14 avril 2020.

[14] Le point sur la gestion européenne de la pandémie de grippe A H1N1, Dr Pascal Sacré, mondialisation.ca, 22 octobre 2010

[15] Pandémie de grippe H1N1, cru 2009 : quoi de neuf, docteur ?, Dr Pascal Sacré, mondialisation.ca, 20 avril 2010

[16] Près d’un quart des Français ne comptent pas se faire vacciner contre le Covid-19, 22 mai 2020.

[17] Covid-19 — Le fer de lance pour la mise en place d’une « nouvelle ère » de VACCINS à haut risque, génétiquement MODIFIÉS, Children’s Health defense, 10 mai 2020

[18] « Vaccins contre la COVID » et « Humains génétiquement modifiés », mondialisation.ca, Carrie Madej et Mark Taliano, 23 juillet 2020

[19] Coronavirus, vaccin, implant et traçabilité, Medias-Presse.info, 18 April 2020. Bill Gates, through his Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the ID2020 project that he finances and the pharmaceutical industries in which he holds important shares, intends to take advantage of the coronavirus to impose an almost global vaccination and include an identification and traceability implant.

[20] Covid-19, pots-de-vin et corruption — Le cartel criminel Big Pharma supervise le nouveau vaccin, Tony Carlucci, New Eastern Outlook, 6 mai 2020

[21] COVID-19 – Vérifiez vos sources. Guerre contre… la corruption ?, Dr Pascal sacré, mondialisation.ca, 12 avril 2020.

https://usacampaning.wordpress.com/2020/08/10/the-imposition-of-compulsory-vaccination-with-a-biometric-health-passport/ 

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

:: 8-10-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Antifa terrorists in Austin, Portland just received a large cache of weapons in preparation for coordinated multi-city “TET offensive” against America

Monday, August 10, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) BREAKING late Sunday – We’ve just learned that Antifa terrorist groups in Austin, Texas and Portland, Oregon have received a large cache of weapons that are being handed to them in preparation for a coordinated, multi-city uprising. Dubbed the “TET Offensive” by Dave Hodges (The Commonsense Show), this planned multi-city attack looks likely to take place before the coming election, as anti-American forces now realize Joe Biden cannot win. So their new goal is to unleash so much chaos across America that elections must be suspended, allowing the Marxist media to roll out its “Trump is a dictator” narrative.

This new delivery of weapons to Antifa forces on or around August 9th has been confirmed by reliable sources. It is consistent with previous announcements by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) describing government seizures of full-auto weapons parts and illegal suppressors that were intercepted during shipment from communist China to several U.S. cities, including Detroit MI, Louisville KY, and Melbourne FL.

Here’s a photo of one of the recent CBP seizures of full-auto weapons parts that turn AR-15s into military-grade battle rifles: Natural News previously reported that the corrupt government of California was storing weapons for Antifa terrorists in the East End Complex Capitol building in Sacramento, at Block 174. This is all part of a criminal scheme by treasonous Gov. Newsom to arm terrorists as part of an uprising against the United States of America, during which California plans to secede from the union and join communist China, allowing China to install nuclear weapons on U.S. soil and establish a beachhead for a land invasion of the continental USA.

In addition, Natural News has reported on U.S. government agents intercepting illegals weapons parts shipments into other U.S. cities, unveiling a massive weapons trafficking operation that combines U.S. corporation money with China-based weapons smuggling to provide military-grade weapons upgrades to radical left-wing terrorists such as Antifa and BLM. As reported on July 15, 2020:

US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officials have seized an operation in Detroit that smuggle suppressors (silencers) into the United States from China, also for the purpose of arming Black Lives Matter militant extremists… more than 350 suppressors seized by law enforcement across the county were purchased from the website and smuggled into the United States from China as automotive parts.

AG Barr warns “urban guerrilla warfare” is now active across America

Why so many battlefield weapons? Because Antifa and BLM aren’t “peaceful protesters;” they’re radical revolutionary groups that plan to carry out mass killings to achieve their political goals of overthrowing the United States of America. Matt Bracken at AmericanPartisan.org writes that Antifa and BLM are simply cover names for the real organization behind all this: The “Revolutionary Communist Party of the USA,” which has long planned a guerrilla warfare urban uprising in an attempt to overthrow the United States of America.

In fact, US Attorney General William Barr is now describing these radical left-wing terrorist forces as a new form of “urban guerrilla warfare.” Via Fox News:

They are a revolutionary group that is interested in some form of socialism, communism. They’re essentially Bolsheviks. Their tactics are fascistic… The way the guerrilla…hides out among the people as a fish in the ocean…what they do is they are essentially shielding themselves or shrouding themselves in First Amendment activity.”

What Barr isn’t yet talking about publicly is how Antifa and BLM have standing orders to launch a massive, multi-city assault on police and innocent civilians in order to terrorize Americans and spark a shooting response from pro-America forces.

As we have previously reported, reliable intel reveals that Black Lives Matter terror cells are going to carry out “armed flash mob” killing sprees, using weapons purchased from the hundreds of millions of dollars in corporate donations that have been funneled to the terrorist group via the Black Lives Matter media propaganda. These armed flash mob killings appear to be imminent.

Antifa snipers on rooftops, killing police and innocent civilians

Just last week, Infowars acquired a leaked Austin Police Department memo that described Antifa’s plan of placing snipers on rooftops around the city of Austin, then opening fire on police officers and innocent civilians. Antifa terrorists were also, according to the leaked memo, planning on burning down the Austin PD headquarters building, most likely with police officers trapped inside (this has become a favorite tactic of Antifa terrorists in Portland).

We are aware that both Antifa and Black Lives Matter terrorists are being heavily armed by communist China as well as hundreds of U.S. corporations that are funneling financial support into BLM-linked money laundering operations that use the funds to purchase illegal weapons. There are at least 269 U.S. corporations involved in this money laundering / weapons trafficking operation. You can see them all listed here.

They include corporations such as Google, Apple, Netflix, Facebook, Amazon and many others you would recognize. Nearly every big tech corporation you can think of is actively engaged in financially supporting terrorism in America. They don’t even try to hide it. They brag about it. The NBA paints terrorist slogans on its basketball courts, and the NFL has essentially handed over its entire existence to BLM terrorists.

Through Antifa and Black Lives Matter terrorists, these corporations are waging an all-out war against the United States of America, openly pursuing acts of sedition and treason against this nation while knowingly arming terror cells that are so violent and murderous that even left-wing mayors (like Ted Wheeler of Portland) are decrying their acts of attempted murder.

Their donations help fund weapons procurement from communist China, smuggling in full-auto weapons upgrades and illegal silencers / suppressors which will allow radical left-wing terrorists to operate with some degree of stealth as they carry out prearranged execution “hits” on police officers at their private homes. In preparation for the “TET offensive,” a nationwide “kill police” list has been assembled spanning at least the last six months, consisting of names and home addresses of police officers, sheriff’s deputies and, where possible, federal law enforcement agents.

We have also learned over the last few weeks that Antifa has recruited UPS drivers to snap photos of delivery address tags of residential packages suspected of containing ammunition or gun parts. Antifa organizers are using these photos to assemble “hit lists” of private residential homes to assault in order to acquire new supplies of firearms and ammunition.

We have also confirmed that Palmetto State Armory, one of the nation’s largest shippers of firearms parts, is now covering their cardboard boxes with plain white wrapping in order to conceal their own retail name, most likely because UPS employees are also stealing firearms parts from PSA and similar retailers. The ATF has made several arrests in the last few months of UPS employees stealing firearms during shipment.

To all patriots: You will be facing full-auto rifle fire from organized and well-funded Marxist revolutionary forces

The upshot of all this is that America’s patriots, police and federal law enforcement officials need to immediately upgrade your threat assessment of left-wing terror cells. The very same groups that are currently throwing bricks and fireworks will soon be rolling out full-auto weapons, long-range sniper rifles and coordinated laser attacks that can blind law enforcement officials in mere seconds.

We are currently recommending all law enforcement acquire and wear laser protective glasses that not only block green lasers in the 532 nm range but also consider blocking other wavelengths that might be deployed by left-wing terrorist forces, using Chinese-manufactured laser devices.

Most police in America are complete unprepared to engage full-auto rifle fire from determined, organized revolutionary forces. The police will be out-gunned and rendered ineffective in mere minutes, especially given that most police departments answer to treasonous Democrat mayors who are ordering them to carry very little ammunition, while limiting their weaponry to pistols. We hate to point out the obvious, but semi-auto 9mm handguns won’t do you much good against full-auto 7.62×39 enemy AK rifles. Police forces have been deliberately weakened by Democrat mayors as part of their coordinated acts of treason against America.

Only police SWAT teams have any chance at engaging left-wing revolutionary forces, but SWAT teams are very few in number, and they aren’t used to be out-numbered by highly maneuverable enemy forces that can flank them. Your average SWAT shooter has never been flanked and threatened from the rear, for starters. They have only operated from the context of presenting overwhelming force, so they are unfamiliar with dynamic battlefields unless they have previous military combat experience.

As a result, once the left-wing uprising begins, most city-based law enforcement forces will be slaughtered within hours. Many cities across America will be seized by left-wing revolutionary forces. CHAZ / CHOP was a dry run for this exact scenario. And what they learned from CHAZ was that there will be near-zero resistance in liberal cities, as woketard liberals still think communism is friendly and Marxism is “justice.”

The only resistance against this is going to come from armed citizens and organized militia groups, given that the National Guard will also be largely useless, since treasonous Democrat governors will be siding with the terrorists and order Guard troops to stand down.

This means every American citizen who owns a firearm needs to be prepared to engage in real-world battle with revolutionary left-wing forces who will be wielding full-auto weapons with ballistic gear, radio communications and drone support.

The defense of America will be up to its armed citizens… the Second Amendment gives us a fighting chance

This is why we have been warning everyone across America to arm up and get training. Join a local militia. Buy hunting ammo and powerful hunting-class rifles such as 300 Win Mag rifles. Learn long-range shooting because the key advantage will be found in out-ranging the enemy. Learn how to engage them at 500 – 1000 yard ranges, which is typically far outside their close combat capabilities.

Understand that left-wing terrorists will seize all the major cities, and it is patriots will find themselves fighting guerrilla-style campaigns to try to slow and disrupt the enemy long enough for the U.S. military to arrive.

Naturally, President Trump will be forced to deploy the military to try to retake U.S. cities. This is when China, the Mexican narcos and the United Nations will all deploy combative forces on U.S. soil in an attempt to occupy and control key strategic points such as airports, roadways, ports, bridges, oil refineries, power grid assets and so on. Large armored vehicles will move into the U.S. from the Southern border, and we’ve been previously told that Antifa has also managed to steal a certain number of mine-resistant armored personnel carriers in California.

As U.S. military forces will be spread very thin, this battle is going to come down to U.S. patriots, veterans, organized militia and civilians taking up arms and eliminating all enemies of America. It is the nearly 500 million guns in the hands of NRA members, hunters and Second Amendment supporters that’s going to make the difference in this coming war.

Gather up all the guns and ammo you can find right now. Acquire good optics for long-range shooting. (I like the Tremor2 reticle from Horus Vision.) Get your dope sheets ready. Measure your muzzle velocities and run ballistics range cards in advance. Use expanding tip hunting rounds from reliable bullet manufacturers such as Hornady or Berger. Pick a bullet grain and stick with it for your entire ammo supply in that caliber so that you have the same dope for all your rounds.

Ask God to give you strength and courage because you are going to have to defeat large numbers of human beings who are enemies to this nation. There is no room for hesitation or fear. You have a job to do, and that job, once the left-wing terrorists launch their “TET offensive” against America, is to put high-velocity lead through the chest cavities of as many enemy combatants as possible, with the greatest efficiency and accuracy possible. We do not condone initiating violence, but once the left-wing terrorists launch their offensive against America, you must respond to their treason with aggression and ruthlessness.

You will need to join with other locals to sabotage the enemy’s supply lines. Harass their vehicle convoys. Shut down their power grids. Deprive them of food, water and communications lines. If you can delay and harass them for long enough, the U.S. military will eventually get to your position and render aid in the form of air power, artillery and land warfare vehicles such as tanks and humvees. But don’t expect them on day one. It’s going to be your job to hold your city, your state and your nation until the professional soldiers arrive. Fight like you’re a citizen of Stalingrad in World War II, facing the entire German 6th Army. Fight for your life, or you will lose it. (The German 6th Army was eventually surrounded, cut off from supplies and defeated.)

Get ready, America. The battle is coming to your doorstep. The radical Left will unleash blood in your streets, and they will seize your cities, towns and communities if you let them. They are arming up for it right now, and the left-wing media narrative is setting the stage to justify their actions by calling them “peaceful.”

“Red Dawn” is about to become a reality. Learn to fight like your life depends on it, because it does. Your entire future depends on it. Engage the enemy without mercy, for they are being armed and activated to mass murder as many patriots, police officers, military veterans, Christians, Trump supporters, gun owners and White people as possible. If you do not find the courage to stand against them and defeat them in defense of your nation, you will be overrun, then raped, looted and murdered by these radical left-wing revolutionary forces.

Remember: These are people who mass murder their own babies and then celebrate it as “women’s rights.” These are people who mutilate the genitals of their own children and call it “LGBT progressivism.” They will think nothing of killing you. They actually experience joy from the mutilation and murder of human beings. They are demonic creatures who have long since abandoned any shred of humanity. Remember this when the day comes that you must shoot them in defense of your nation. They aren’t human.

Learn how to get ready. I’ve posted a free nine-hour audiobook called the Global Reset Survival Guide. You can download it for free right now at GlobalReset.news

In that book, I give specific recommendations on firearms, night vision gear, red dot sights, chest rigs, ballistic protection equipment, strategic bugout locations and much more. This information is dedicated to America’s patriots, veterans and law enforcement officers. That’s why I’m distributing these files at no charge.

Get informed. Get ready. They are going to launch an uprising against this nation. And while God may help you, God also wants you to fight for your country in every way you can. Pray to God and pass the ammo, in other words.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-08-10-antifa-terrorists-austin-portland-weapons.html 

:: 8-9-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ACTION BULLETIN: Prepare for all-out war against the Luciferians; prepare to remove all governors and mayors who are China puppets engaged in treason, DNC pedophile rings to be exposed

Sunday, August 09, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) ACTION BULLETIN TO ALL PATRIOTS, CHRISTIANS AND PRO-HUMAN PLAYERS:

Urgent actions items derived from multiple high-level sources, all of whom are sounding the alarm like never before:

Prepare for all-out war against the Luciferians who are waging a desperate spiritual war against humanity. They are about to be exposed. Vatican takedown. Demons will discard human disguises and stop trying to pretend. Prepare to steel your courage against what you are about to witness.

Prepare to support the removal of all treasonous governors and mayors who are about to be exposed as colluding with anti-Christian communist China to take down the United States of America. (Most Democrat governors and mayors are also Satan worshipers.) Federal arrests of the traitors are coming. Your public support will be urgently needed.

Prepare to be psychically shocked by the revelations soon to come about Democrats running child kidnapping, trafficking and pedophile rings as fundraisers for the DNC and Democrat candidates. The DNC will be disbanded in the aftermath of these revelations. Top-level Democrats are all child rapists and predatory pedophiles, including Bill Clinton and nearly all left-wing Hollywood stars. Open borders Democrats protect border child smuggling routes to provide fresh meat for top Democrat donors. It is they who literally “keep children in cages.” (Democrats always accuse Trump of doing the things that they are doing themselves.)

Prepare for desperate, last-ditch false flag attacks by enemies of America that now realize they have been out-flanked. The lockdowns are working against them, however, because there are very few crowds they can target. This is why the recent GOP convention was cancelled. Now the most likely target is a Democrat-organized event where they allow their own supporters to be attacked in a staged false flag operation. They will mass murder their own supporters if they think they can twist the narrative to blame Trump supporters. CNN cameras will be ready to interview crisis actor “survivors” who cry and bleed on camera in a last-ditch attempt at emotional manipulation of the country.

Prepare for a ramping up of Big Tech censorship, media lies and controlled disinformation campaigns as the final battle for America is being waged on all fronts. Soon, Big Tech will outright censor President Trump’s channels, and Trump-supporting websites will be intentionally disrupted through DNS takedown attacks. All CEOs of Google, YouTube, Twitter, Vimeo, Pinterest, Facebook and Apple are treasonous criminals and must be arrested and prosecuted for treason / collusion with China.

Prepare for the mass medical raping of humanity with unsafe, untested coronavirus vaccines which are being fast-tracked into approval, requiring NO evidence that they work, based on pandemic regulations that allow untested vaccines to be approved as long as no other therapeutics exist, which is why the entire Big Pharma establishment has conspired to cover up the truth about hydroxychloroquine. If the drug were widely shown to be an effective treatment, this would disallow “emergency” approval of unsafe vaccines. This explains the insane level of attacks against hydroxy.

Prepare for China-trained narco-terrorists to be activated and to launch operations across the border, into the United States. UN occupation remains a strong possibility. Ready your high-caliber weapons to aid in America’s defense against invading enemy forces. Understand that the narcos have armored up all their vehicles. Nothing smaller than 338 LM rounds or 50 caliber rounds will penetrate.

Actual Mexican narco “tanks” that are ready to roll into the United States, backed by communist China and UN troops: Aim your .50-caliber rifles at engine blocks, tires and windows. You can still acquire .50-caliber rounds at reasonable prices, even as smaller calibers are sold out. Check Palmetto and others. Double check the sight-in for your Barrett.

Prepare yourself for extreme disruptions and collapsing supply lines

It is now URGENT for all patriots and Christians to stock up:

– Firearms and ammunition

– Food and medicine

– Water filters

– Communications gear (two-way radios)

– Physical gold and silver, or land and other assets that survive a currency reset

See GlobalReset.news for complete preparedness instructions (free downloads).

The point of this preparedness is to keep you out of the FEMA camps so that you can still function and fight. Once you go into a FEMA camp, you will be funneled into either: 1) Slave labor for the corporations, or 2) Mass executions. Hear my urgent warning, “Time’s Up!” which explains some of what’s coming. ACTION ITEM: Download the full, free 9-hour audio book “The Global Reset Survival Guide” which lists all resources you’ll need. Instant download of all audio files (mp3) and printable transcription and reference document (pdf) at:

GlobalReset.news

Permission granted to share all files, post on torrents, copy to thumb drives and hand to friends, etc. This is our final battle for humanity. Those who dismiss what’s coming will be destroyed by it. We will soon distribute a public IP address where you can find this website even if the DNS systems are taken down.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-08-09-action-bulletin-prepare-for-all-out-war-against-the-luciferians.html 

:: 8--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

#WhiteHouseSiege – This Group Plans to “Lay Siege to” and “Occupy” the White House Next Month

by Daisy Luther

The group that takes credit for the Occupy Wall Street movement of 2011 has a new and even more outrageous plan in mind. They intend to “occupy” the White House.

Adbusters, an online magazine that describes itself as “a global network of artists, activists, writers, pranksters, students, educators and entrepreneurs who want to advance the new social activist movement of the information age” issued a post that they called Tactical Briefing #1 to launch their plans to “lay siege” to the President’s home in Washington, DC. (Emphasis theirs) It’s been nine years since we set off the political earthquake of #OccupyWallStreet, laying siege to NYC’s Zuccotti Park and inspiring thousands of similar protests around the world.

The Occupy anniversary arrives September 17th, 2020. And it may be the perfect day to trigger another global big-bang moment — a massive collective action of the sweetest kind of disobedience. The why hardly needs recitation. Because, for these nine years, the shadows have only grown longer. Inequality has soared. Not a single Wall Street CEO spent a night in jail for his role in the 2008 financial meltdown. Politicians and corporate criminals continue to savage the public trust with impunity. And all the while, this howling void of a president, his sins too many to name, sits smugly atop a corona death-toll that may surpass two-hundred thousand Americans by Christmas.

It’s time again for dramatic, decisive action. Which is why, on September 17th, in the original and enduring spirit of Occupy we and tens of thousands of our fellow citizens will stream into Lafayette Square, in Washington. D.C.

We will lay siege to the White House. And we will sustain it for exactly fifty days. This is the #WhiteHouseSiege.

A siege only works if it is sustained. We witnessed this — the multiplying power of a strategic occupation — nine years ago. You dig in, hold your ground, and the tension accumulates, amplifies, goes global.     Fifty days — September 17th to November 3rd.

Let us once again summon the sweet, revolutionary nonviolence that was our calling card in Zuccotti Park.

#WhiteHouseSiege will electrify the U.S. election season — and it doesn’t stop there. Drawing wind from #MeToo, #BLM, #ExtinctionRebellion, and protests against Trump’s lethal bungling of coronavirus, we’ll inspire a global movement of systemic change — a Global Spring — a cultural heave towards a new world order. (source) It’s difficult to imagine that this will go down as they hope.

The public “briefing” repeatedly uses the word “non-violent,” but if this goes at all like the occupation in downtown Seattle or the protests in Portland (which has seen violent “protests” for 73 days straight now), violence is bound to occur. And it’s important to note that the law enforcement response to the occupation of anything near the President’s abode will be far more severe than the lackluster response in Seattle, where police officers and National Guard members have been basically neutered by the local government.

Twitter is divided

An event with the hashtag #WhiteHouseSiege is unlikely to go smoothly and non-violently. This, of course, will likely result in even more violence and more widespread outrage. Twitter is divided, unsurprisingly, on the questionable wisdom of such a move. How do you think this is going to go over?

Activist groups are better funded and better organized than in recent memory. This event is likely to occur. However, I don’t think it will go over the way Adbusters thinks it will go over. I think that the Secret Service and possibly even the military will rapidly be involved to protect the President. But it does set the tone for the upcoming presidential election, which up until now has seemed to be on a back burner. Biden’s campaign hasn’t even introduced a running mate yet and the election is a mere 3 months away. This is the least campaigned election year I’ve ever seen.

For those who plan to take part in the #WhiteHouseSiege, I hope that they understand this isn’t going to be a thing where they can stand around with their “comrades” and throw the occasional chunk of concrete. Washington DC is not like Seattle. It’s not like Portland. If they think they’re going to be part of something bigger and just defiantly sleep in a tent in front of the White House, I believe they may be in for an unpleasant shock. Any action taken against the White House will be met with a serious response.

For the rest of us, it’s important to note that this protest and the response to it could spark solidarity protests in other parts of the country. Go here to learn more about preparing for civil unrest. What about you? Do you think this event will take place? What do you think the response will be like?

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/whitehousesiege-occupy/ 

:: 8-10-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Powerful Eruption of Sinabung Volcano Plunges Cities Into Darkness After Ash Plume Rises 5,000 Meters (16,400 Feet) In The Air in Indonesia

By  Strange Sounds -  Aug 10, 2020

Sinabung volcano in Indonesia had a spectacular eruption this morning, August 10, 2020, 10:16 A.M. local.

The powerful volcanic eruption snet a thick and dense ash plume approx. 16,400 ft (5,000 m) in the air, changing day into night. Indonesia’s rumbling Mount Sinabung erupted Monday, spewing a massive column of ash and smoke 5,000 meters (16,400 feet) above its summit and plunging towns into darkness. There were no reports of injuries or deaths from Monday morning’s blast, but authorities warned of possible lava flows and more eruptions. “This is an alert for all of us to avoid red-zone areas near Sinabung,” said Armen Putera, a local official with Indonesia’s Volcanology and Geological Hazard Mitigation Centre.

However, the crater’s alert status remained at its second-highest level. No one lives inside a previously announced no-go zone around the volcano. Ballistic impacts of volcanic bombs and pyroclastic flows are likely in a 3-km zone around the main crater as well as 4-5 km along the SE and NE flanks. So be careful if around.

Ash turns day into night

Small communities nearby were coated in a layer of thick ash as at least one village went from day to night in a matter of minutes. “It was like magic – when the ash came it went from being very bright to dark as night. The village went dark for about 20 minutes.” said Rencana Sitepu, the head of Namanteran village, adding that some of the community’s crops were destroyed by the fallout. Volcanic ash is currently dispersing towards west. The corona pandemic complicated matters as scared residents violated safety rules.

Locals were gathering after the eruption without using face masks because they were all panicking,” said local disaster agency chief Natanael Perangin. Sinabung previous eruptions

Sinabung had roared back to life in 2010 for the first time in 400 years. After another period of inactivity, it erupted once more in 2013, and has remained highly active since.

In 2016, seven people died in one of the eruptions, while another in 2014 killed 16. In late 2018, a volcano in the strait between Java and Sumatra islands erupted, causing an underwater landslide and tsunami which killed more than 400 people.

Indonesia is home to about 130 active volcanoes due to its position on the “Ring of Fire”, a belt of tectonic plate boundaries circling the Pacific Ocean where frequent seismic activity occurs.

More volcanic eruption news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [SCMP]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/08/sinabung-volcano-eruption-pictures-videos.html 

:: 8-10-20 H Wire News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘HAIL SATAN!’ ANTIFA TRANSSEXUALS STAGE SATANIC RITUAL IN DOWNTOWN PORTLAND TO

August 10, 2020/StevieRay Hansen

Featured Story PROTEST PATRIOT PRAYER…

A “scoffer” is one who mocks Christ, ridicules the things of God, and opposes the gospel. Both Peter and Jude were writing warnings against false teachers who were intent on leading others astray. The word scoffer refers to one who denies the truths of Scripture and entices others to go along with his error.

Evil is a lack of goodness. Moral evil is not a physical thing; it is a lack or privation of a good thing. As Christian philosopher J. P. Moreland has noted, “Evil is a lack of goodness. It is goodness spoiled. You can have good without evil, but you cannot have evil without good.” Or as Christian apologist Greg Koukl has said, “Human freedom was used in such a way as to diminish goodness in the world, and that diminution, that lack of goodness, that is what we call evil.”

Antifa members staged a Satanic ritual to protest a Patriot Prayer march earlier this month in downtown Portland, Oregon.

Andy Ngo✔@MrAndyNgo

Earlier this month, an Antifa faction called the “Satanic Portland Antifascists” staged a mock religious ritual in downtown. One of the people leading the ritual is @destroyed4com4t, a local transsexual activist and writer who I remember cheering as I was beaten in June 5, 63311:44 PM – Sep 26, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy4,393 people are talking about this

The video was clipped from this Ruptly compilation of a Patriot Prayer march earlier this month:

From Ruptly, Sep 15:

Right-wing activist group Patriot Prayer held a march through Portland, Oregon, on Sunday, where scuffles erupted as they intercepted by a group called the Satanic Portland Antifascists.

Footage shows Patriot Prayer members marching through the streets, where one member began fighting with an Antifascist who threw a liquid at him and other Patriot Prayer members.

Patriot Prayer leader Joey Gibson explained that his group, which has been known to engage in street brawls with Antifa, is this time “going to practice non-violent resistance, because if we defend ourselves they will just arrest us anyways, so we’re going to come down here non-stop, and we are going to bring Jesus into Portland.”

Patriot Prayer members also held a group prayer session together.

The Satanic Portland Antifascists later were seen holding a ritual of their own, where they repeatedly chanted “hail Satan.”

Remember, according to CNN host, Chris Cuomo Antifa are identical to the American soldiers who stormed the beaches of Normandy on D-Day.

The fools threatening our natural rights to Life, Liberty, and Property are ultimately waging a war against the creator. Time and time again, providence has laid waste to their plans. Source

Studies show that unbelief is indeed on the rise these days. We are living in increasingly evil times, and, unfortunately, those who do not believe in the truth of Scripture often seem to have the loudest voices in the public domain. Skeptics are becoming bolder and more vocal, and their influence is seen in education, entertainment, court systems, and government. They have made significant progress toward their goal of having God’s name entirely removed from the public realm. Birth Pains…

Add to this the fact that we are living in what some call the most “biblically illiterate times,” and it’s apparent why unbelief is on the rise and why moral standards continue to deteriorate. Other factors contributing to today’s unbelief include the pervasiveness of secular humanism, the church’s halfhearted adherence to the hard truths God’s Word, the significant growth of New Age and Eastern religions, the attempts to redefine the family, the postmodern rejection of absolutes, and the aggressive rise of the New Atheists. This is biblical prophecy playing out as it should, for those of you who think you will control my editorial, you’re wrong (you Antifa thugs, mama boys, basement warriors) your threats are meaningless, God’s word comes first, you will not intimidate me, the truth is–I would have to respect your opinion before I was offended, obviously, I do not respect your opinion, nor your lawlessness

The bottom line is thiswe live in a fallen world, and “the god of this age has blinded the minds of unbelievers so that they cannot see the light of the gospel” (2 Corinthians 4:4). As history moves forward, many will move further away from sound biblical doctrine, and unbelief spreads. “The Spirit clearly says that in later times some will abandon the faith and follow deceiving spirits and things taught by demons” (1 Timothy 4:1). There are plenty of false teachers to keep the lost blinded and aid them in their flight from God (Matthew 24:10–11; 2 Timothy 4:3; 1 John 4:1). The sad truth is that most people do not see the Bible as absolute authority anymore. As God’s Word continues to be marginalized, unbelief will continue to increase around the world.

Let Me Make This Abundantly Clear. (I Am Apolitical) SRH…..

Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Promotes Antifa Protesters In Plea For ‘Bail Fund’

Labels straight pride event a “white supremacist parade”

New York Democratic Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez has been criticized for promoting a fundraiser to cover bail for Antifa affiliated ‘activists’ who were protesting a ‘straight pride’ parade in Boston this past weekend. Labeling the event a “white supremacist parade,AOC encouraged her followers to “support the local LGBTQ community” with a contribution “to the Bail Fund for the activists who put themselves on the line protecting the Boston community.”

Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez✔@AOC 

One way to support the local LGBTQ community impacted by Boston’s white supremacist parade?

Contribute to the Bail Fund for the activists who put themselves on the line protecting the Boston community: https://fundrazr.com/61YIs8?ref=ab_7ZU6lUcHlAs7ZU6lUcHlAs  … 

(Any $ left over goes to @MassBailFund+@Boston_GLASS ) https://twitter.com/ayannapressley/status/1167927769105219585 …Solidarity Against Hate Legal Defense FundKnown fascists and white supremacists, under the front organization Super Happy Fun America, are descending on Boston for “Straight Pride” on Saturday, 8/31. As we have for the last 3 years, Boston…fundrazr.comAyanna Pressley✔@AyannaPressleyJoin me right now in making a contribution. TY to the allies & accomplices who stood in the gap & laid their bodies on the line today in affront #LGBT hate march. To everyone feeling unseen & vulnerable today…we got you. Equitable outrage. Our destinies & freedoms are tied. https://twitter.com/BlackAndPinkBos/status/1167869199848329216 …10.1K7:04 PM – Aug 31, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy6,434 people are talking about this

As reported by USA Today and The Boston Herald, those same ‘activists’ touted by AOC identified with Antifa, the far-left violent protest group.

“We’re covered in black so when we attack these guys we can’t be prosecuted.” the Herald reported one Antifa thug as saying.

They are fascists, 100%. How else are you going to get them to shut up?” the thug added.

The Herald also noted that among the 36 arrests were individuals charged with “Assault and battery on a police officer,” and one juvenile arrested for “Assault and battery by means of a dangerous weapon.”

Let Me Make This Abundantly Clear. (I Am Apolitical) While I Have a General Distaste for Politicians No Matter the Party They Belong To, I Am Unashamedly Politically a Bible Believing Conservative Christian. I Have a Severe Distrust of Government. I Believe It Is the Most Inefficient and Ineffective Way to Accomplish Most Things. While I Strongly Disagree with Liberals/Progressives and Conservative on Most Political Issues, and While I Believe Liberals/Progressives and Most Politicians Are Terribly Misguided and Naïve About What Big Government Will Eventually Result In, I Strive to Not Question Their Motives. at the Same Time, While I Find Myself in Agreement with Conservative Politicians on Some Issues, I Do Not Believe Electing Republicans Is the Answer to Everything. for Me, Very Sadly, the Main Difference Between Republicans and Democrats Is How Quickly They Want to Drive the Car Towards the Cliff. Simply Put, I Do Not Believe the Government Is the Solution for Everything. I Do Not Place Any Faith, Trust, or Hope in Any Politicians to Fix What Is Wrong with the World. “Come Lord Jesus!” (Revelation 22:20) Our government has been overthrown. As evidenced by Trump’s capitulation on the border, his recent servitude to the GMO industry and his acquiescence to the warmongers, our President has been compromised. Our liberties are being eliminated one by one. Gun confiscation is next. The Constitution is gasping its last breaths. Our borders are destroyed and our culture has been turned upside down by every perversion known to man.

https://hnewswire.com/hail-satan-antifa-transsexuals-stage-satanic-ritual-in-downtown-portland-to-protest-patriot-prayer/ 

:: 8-10-20 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vatican Drops Word 'God' from COVID Documents to Reach 'Widest Possible Audience'

Christians outraged as official docs scrub 'Jesus Christ, church, prayer, and charity'

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 10th August 2020 @ 12.00pm

The Vatican has triggered outrage among Christians after publishing official documents on the COVID-19 pandemic that scrub words such as "God," "Jesus Christ," "prayer," and even "charity" from the text.

The Catholic Church has defended the recently released documents, arguing that they didn’t mention Christianity-linked words in an effort to reach “the widest possible audience.”

Published by the Pontifical Academy for Life (PAL) on July 22, the first 8-page document is titled: “Humana Communitas in the Age of Pandemic: Untimely Meditations on Life’s Rebirth.”

We are interested in entering into human situations, reading them in the light of faith, and in a way that speaks to the widest possible audience, to believers and non-believers, to all men and women ‘of good will,’” PAL spokesman Fabrizio Mastrofini said about the move. “I do not know, at this point, whether a philological ‘accounting’ work on how many times a few key words recur in a text is useful,” Mastrofini said in response to an article published by New Daily Compass on July 31.

“Your readers are entitled to know something else: the criticism of the lack of the terms God, faith, religion, was first put forward by an American website, then repeated by Spanish websites, and finally also in Italy by some passionate blogger,” he argues, failing to explain how that fact was of any relevance. Phil Lawler of Catholic Word News had called the document shortly after its release on July 22 a “shocking Vatican perspective on the pandemic” and “an embarrassment to the Catholic faithful.”

According to Lawler, a well-respected Catholic journalist, even the title of the document “is misleading; the document provides very little hard information.  "But I will grant this much: it is ‘untimely.’  "There is never a good time for this sort of vapid rumination.”

“Despite stretching to well over 4,000 words, the Vatican document does not mention God, Jesus Christ, the Holy Spirit, the Church, the sacraments, prayer, or even charity; even the word ‘Christian’ does not appear in the text,” Lawler summarized. “There is admittedly a call for ‘moral conversion,’ but in context it is clearly a call for an ideological rather than religious conversion.”

He said that the Vatican should send a Christian messagewhich he suggested would have happened in times past, when “the Pontifical Academy for Life might have urged us not to be paralyzed by fear of sickness and death, nor to regard any interaction with neighbors as a dangerous imposition.”

While the document “makes a weak gesture in that direction,” it does not offer practical advice for regular Catholics, instead, making “a grandiose call for worldwide solidarity and international cooperation, stipulating that the World Health Organization should have a ‘privileged place’ in the campaign.” Doyen Nguyen, a lay Dominican and professor, also criticized the document in a July 29 piece published on LifeSiteNews.

Nowhere in the document is it mentioned that God is our final end, that Christ is our hope, and that we need the grace of the Holy Spirit for both our moral conversion and a good moral life,” she wrote.

"Nowhere is the Church – the dispenser of the sacraments as a source of grace – mentioned either.

"In passing over these in silence, in what way does the Academy’s call for solidarity, equality, and ‘access (to health care) for all without exceptions’ differ from that of secular ideologies? "This is a document issued from a prestigious body of the Catholic Church, yet there is no mention of Christianity or Christians, let alone Catholics.

"That a document is destined for all men and women is certainly not a reason for bracketing out its Catholic identity or omitting any reference to God, Christ, the Holy Spirit, and the Church."

The Academy attacked Lawler via Twitter, calling his article “a deliberate misunderstanding to produce confusion.”

Lawler, in turn, simply said “they didn’t need my help to produce confusion.

"Their own document did the job nicely.

https://neonnettle.com/news/12263-vatican-drops-word-god-from-covid-documents-to-reach-widest-possible-audience- 

:: 8-10-20 Harbingers Daily:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Robert Jeffress: The Radical Democrat Party has become the ‘Godless Party’

By Harbingers Daily - Original - August 10, 2020

Harbingers Daily

Home World News Lawlessness Dr. Robert Jeffress: The Radical Democrat Party has become the ‘Godless Party’

World NewsLawlessnessTop StoryMorality

Dr. Robert Jeffress: The Radical Democrat Party has become the ‘Godless Party’

By Harbingers Daily - Original - August 10, 2020 Robert Jeffress

Last Friday, Pastor Robert Jeffress on “Lou Dobbs Tonight” was asked by host David Asman about the growing hostility toward Christianity by rioters and the silence by Democrats.

“The democrat party has become a godless party and so that’s why you find such animosity against conservative Christians and against the Bible,” Dr. Jeffress explained. “They hate God and I think the President knows that.”

Read the Full Interview below:

Host: Joining us now is pastor Robert Jeffress member of the white house faith initiative pastor of the first baptist church of Dallas and a fox news contributor and author of the new book praying for America available everywhere right now pastor great to see you uh I’m wondering if you share the vice president’s disappointment with justice Roberts? Harbingers Daily

Home World News Lawlessness Dr. Robert Jeffress: The Radical Democrat Party has become the ‘Godless Party’

World NewsLawlessnessTop StoryMorality

Dr. Robert Jeffress: The Radical Democrat Party has become the ‘Godless Party’

By  Harbingers Daily - Original - August 10, 2020

Robert Jeffress

Last Friday, Pastor Robert Jeffress on “Lou Dobbs Tonight” was asked by host David Asman about the growing hostility toward Christianity by rioters and the silence by Democrats.

“The democrat party has become a godless party and so that’s why you find such animosity against conservative Christians and against the Bible,” Dr. Jeffress explained. “They hate God and I think the President knows that.”

Read the Full Interview below:

Host: Joining us now is pastor Robert Jeffress member of the white house faith initiative pastor of the first baptist church of Dallas and a fox news contributor and author of the new book praying for America available everywhere right now pastor great to see you uh I’m wondering if you share the vice president’s disappointment with justice Roberts?

Jeffress: I do. The vice president was being a lot nicer than I would have been in that interview. Look, Roberts has done many disappointing things in an abortion ruling, but especially in this Nevada church situation, a shutdown of this church in which the supreme court and John Roberts actually said, it’s permissible to gather together at caesar’s palace in order to gamble but you can’t gather together in a church in order to worship God. That is an abomination. And look, we know there’s no such thing, David, as a sure thing when it comes to picking supreme court justices but the odds are tremendously better of getting a conservative justice with a president Trump than with a president Biden.

Host: All right, let me move over to what’s happening on our city streets because it does intersect with religion in a strange way. First of all, I haven’t heard any democrat particularly ones that are in the news like Pelosi and Nadler and such, condemning anything that the protesters, so-called, have done. In fact, President Obama used the opportunity of a funeral of congressman John Lewis in a church to get political about the protesters. Let me play the tape and get your reaction. “George Wallace may be gone but we can witness our federal government sending agents to use tear gas and batons against peaceful demonstrators”

Host: Now Pastor, these so-called peaceful demonstrators, according to President Obama, are burning Bibles. Of course President Obama once ridiculed Americans for clinging to religion. What do you think this is all about? What does this tell you that they’re burning bibles?

Jeffress: Look, David, there is a great contrast between the peaceful civil rights protest of John Lewis and Martin Luther King Jr. who actually based their protest on the teachings of the Bible compared to these anarchists who are basing what they’re doing on rebellion against the Bible, burning Bibles, burning American flags, burning down police stations. Look, I’m not saying that all Democrats support this kind of action but you know there’s a bible verse that says, “bad company corrupts good morals” [1 Corinthians 15:33] and when the democrats hang around Antifa and Black Lives Matters and do not condemn these kinds of anarchist activities, they are complicit in them by remaining silent about them

Host: But you know it does intrigue me that there is this attempt. There was a Black Lives Matter leader who about a month ago suggested that statues of Jesus if they look “too white” should be torn down. I mean it’s just extraordinary and in fact, I’m hearing from pastors and some priests that it is happening that the desecration of these statues of Jesus and mary are being desecrated, torn down and uh they’re not talking about it much because they don’t want copycats around doing more of it.

Jeffress: That’s exactly right.

Host: Well, what is it about uh Jesus Christ and religion that has become the focus of these protesters, if you will? 

Jeffress: Well listen, quite frankly I think president trump hit out of the ballpark when he talked about Joe Biden and by extension, the Democrats by saying they’re against God and they’re against the Bible. I think that’s not an overstatement. It is no coincidence, David, that 70 percent of atheists identify as democrats and only 15 percent as Republicans. The democrat party has become a godless party and so that’s why you find such animosity against conservative Christians and against the Bible. They hate God and I think the President knows that.

Host: The bottom line is, these anarchists certainly are taking actions that are hostile to religion in America. Pastor Jeffress thank you very much, appreciate it.

https://harbingersdaily.com/dr-robert-jeffress-the-radical-democrat-party-has-become-the-godless-party/ 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force.The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for,

:: 8-9-20 H Wire News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Freedom to Move From One Area to Another Is Gone and May

August 9, 2020/StevieRay Hansen

Featured Story

Never Be Restored, You Will Need Permission to Move From One State to Another State in the Near Future…

Not many people realize the freedoms we took for granted are gone for forever, compliments of the New World Order, our politicians and the United States Supreme Court. The tribulations will be horrible for most people, there are no rules, there will be no sympathy, hell on earth will be the norm

This plandemic continues to evolve, whether you think it is-hyped or not, it is impossible to deny its effects have altered society for the worst. It has twisted so many lives, businesses, the global economy, and more into a bizarre image of what existed before. It is difficult to believe but the freedom to move from one area to another is gone and will never be restored. Below are a few examples of its effects or what has become a covid-19 world. The entire cities would go into lock-down? This does not impact only the residents of these cities but the supply chains of companies that depend on products manufactured in them to operate. To make matters worse draconian rules and the harsh treatment of those not obeying government mandates have taken on an Orwellian flavor of totalitarianism which should make all of us fear the powers of those holding sway over our lives. The plandemic has highlighted the fact that over the years with the aid of new technologies governments across the world have greatly expanded their ability to watch our movements and everything we do. 

Schumer Big Lie: ‘We Could Open Up a Lot More Quickly’ with Better Testing…

Satan in this case ( Schumer N.Y.) twists things. Every good thing that God created, Satan ( Schumer N.Y.) works to pervert. The ungodly SCHUMER safeguard themselves against the truth by telling lies, and by putting on the flesh to defeat the truth. The godly safeguard themselves against the lies by telling the truth, and by using the armor of God to defeat those lies. The ungodly, ( Schumer N.Y.) who are falsely pious and prideful, is jealous of the godly and of their relationship with Jesus Christ, and of their love for him, their worship of him, and of their obedience to him as their ONLY Lord.

Amos 5:7-13 There are those who turn justice into bitterness and cast righteousness to the ground. 8 He who made the Pleiades and Orion, who turns midnight into dawn and darkens day into night, who calls for the waters of the sea and pours them out over the face of the land— the LORD is his name. 9 With a blinding flash, he destroys the stronghold and brings the fortified city to ruin. 10 There are those who hate the one who upholds justice in court and detests the one who tells the truth. 11 You levy a straw tax on the poor and impose a tax on their grain. Therefore, though you have built stone mansions, you will not live in them; though you have planted lush vineyards, you will not drink their wine. 12 I know how many are your offenses and how great your sins. There are those who oppress the innocent and take bribes and deprive the poor of justice in the courts. 13 Therefore the prudent keep quiet in such times, for the times are evil.

Times seem to be getting worse and worse with good increasingly called evil and evil called good. (Isaiah 5:20. Ecclesiastes 8:11) However, times have been similarly bad before in history. (Ecclesiastes 1:9,10. Ecclesiastes 7:10)

Those who call evil good and good evil are as good as dead, who turn darkness into light and light into darkness, who turn bitter into sweet and sweet into bitter. (Isaiah 5:20)

Schumer Big Lie: ‘We Could Open Up a Lot More Quickly’ with Better Testing — ‘So Proud of’ Protesters

Later, Schumer stated that he is “so proud of these young kids in the streets. … Trump would like people to think all the demonstrators are violent rioters. That’s a tiny number, and they of course should be punished. No one wants the violence. But the vast majority are people looking for change, to deal with the gaping sore that’s been on the American body politic since our founding, and that is racial injustice, racism. And I am very hopeful that people across the country are seeing that and we can get some real, strong action.”

Host Stephanie Ruhle then asked Schumer, “But how concerned are you about their health? It was just a week ago, we were looking at all the people who disregarded social distancing rules Memorial Day weekend, and we worried that they were going to put themselves and so many others at a health risk. Do you not have that concern now?”

Schumer responded, “Yeah, well, sure. The answer here is testing. The Trump administration has been an abject failure in getting adequate tests. If we had adequate tests, people who knew they had COVID would stay in. Everyone else could go about their business protesting if they so wished, going to stores, going to work.”

HNewsWire Logo Bottom Menu

“Papers, Please!” Fauci Agrees Gates’ “COVID Immunity Card” Idea “Has Merit”…the Politicians and the New World Order Degenerates Are Going to Mandate Traveling Papers Before an Individual Can Move Around, It Is Coming…

Talks of COVID immunity cards have certainly been a hot subject in the last several weeks from high-ranking Western officials. It could be the means to reopen crashed economies seen across Europe and the US.

Dr. Anthony Fauci, America’s top infectious disease expert, told CNN “New Day” host Alisyn Camerota that people could soon carry ‘cards’ proving their immunity to COVID-19.

Can you imagine a time where Americans carry certificates of immunity?” Camerota asked Fauci during an interview Friday.

You know, that’s possible,” Fauci responded.

“It’s one of those things that we talk about when we want to make sure that we know who the vulnerable people are and not.”

Bill Gates Said Eventually what we’ll have to have is certificates of who’s a recovered person, who’s a vaccinated person…

…Because you don’t want people moving around the world where you’ll have some countries that won’t have it under control, sadly.

We’ve noted, immunity passes and “intermittent lockdowns” could become a reality in the months or quarters ahead and last for some time -– as the virologists at JPMorgan believe the virus could unfold in several waves, similar to 1918 Spanish flu pandemic.

Force is now the only rule remaining in deep state-controlled America. Everything else has collapsed. There is no free speech, no fair trial, no system of justice, no reasonable expectation of human rights anywhere, no fair elections, no honest news, no honest Wall Street operations, no real public education, no clean food, and threats from the elitist, the power structure that is hell-bent on bringing the New World order into the reality of the sleeping masses, get woke or get yoked, the choice still lives in the people’s hands. Next, the AntiChrist will appear with many empty promises, peace, and security, in reality, it’s the yoking of mankind, We are in the Great Tribulations…

I Believe The CoronaVirus Is a False Flag, The Virus Is REAL Man-Made Bioweapon. The Tribulation Has To Begin–China Plunge US Into Mighty Sea Of MAN-MADE Coronavirus For One Reason, The New World Order and The Battle Between Satan and GOD…

HNewsWire Logo Bottom Menu

The World Is In Big Trouble, for Those That Believe We Will Go Back to Some Sense of Normal Life Here on Earth, You Will Be Sadly Disappointed, Seven and Half Years of Hell on Earth Which Began January 1, 2020

Our courts oppose the righteous, and justice is nowhere to be found. Truth stumbles in the streets, and honesty has been outlawed” (Isa. 59:14, NLT)…We Turned Our Backs On GOD, Now We Have Been Left To Our Own Devices, Enjoy…

While Mainstream Media Continues to Push a False Narrative, Big Tech Has Keep the Truth From Coming out by Shadow Banning Conservatives, Christians, and Like-Minded People, Those Death Attributed to the Coronavirus Is a Result of Those Mentioned, They Truly Are Evil…

Source: HNewsWire ZeroHedge

StevieRay Hansen  Editor, HNewsWire.com

Watchmen does not confuse truth with consensus The Watchmen does not confuse God’s word with the word of those in power…

In police-state fashion, Big Tech took the list of accused (including this site), declared all those named guilty and promptly shadow-banned, de-platformed or de-monetized us all without coming clean about how they engineered the crushing of dissent, Now more than ever big Tech has exposed there hand engaging in devious underhanded tactics to make the sinister look saintly, one of Satan’s greatest weapons happens to be deceit…

The accumulating death toll from Covid-19 can be seen minute-by-minute on cable news channels. But there’s another death toll few seem to care much about: the number of poverty-related deaths being set in motion by deliberately plunging millions of Americans into poverty and despair.

American health care, as we call it today, and for all its high-tech miracles, has evolved into one of the most atrocious rackets the world has ever seen. By racket, I mean an enterprise organized explicitly to make money dishonestly.

All the official reassurances won’t be worth a bucket of warm spit. The Globals are behind the CoronaVirus, It Is a Man-Made Bioweapon.

For those of you who care, Google and your favorite social media platforms have misled you, and now we all pay a heavy price for trusting the ungodly, Google and company knew exactly what they were doing, removing our history while preparing you to accept the New World Order playbook, Enjoy

You do recall, don’t you, that the governors and mayors who imposed the lockdowns never asked their citizens about their views about instantly getting rid of all rights and freedoms. They didn’t consult legislatures. They didn’t consult a range of expert opinion or pay attention to any serious demographic data that showed how utterly preposterous it was to force non-vulnerable populations into house arrest while trapping vulnerable populations in nursing homes that became Covid-soaked killing fields. Google that and see what response you get, I can tell you Google hides the truth, as they do on their YouTube platform…

They thought nothing of shattering business confidence, violating contractual rights, wrecking tens of millions of lives, prohibiting freedom in the association, tanking the stock market, blowing all budgets, shutting down international travel, and even closing the churches. Amazing. Every government executive except a few became a tin-pot dictator and so we will give credit where credit is due, mainstream media, and especially high tech, Twitter, Facebook, you know the list of tyrants that are turning this country into hell on earth. Enjoy…

HNewsWire Logo Bottom Menu

2. Corinthians 4:8-11 New King James Version (NKJV)

8. We are hard-pressed on every side, yet not crushed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; 9 persecuted, but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed 10. always carrying about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our body. 11. For we who live are always delivered to death for Jesus’ sake, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our mortal flesh.

My job is protecting children. It has taken me from big cities to rural outposts, from ghettos to penthouses, and from courtrooms, into demonic battlefields. But whatever the venue, the truth remains constant: Some humans intentionally hurt children. They commit unspeakable acts—for their pleasure, their profit, or both. StevieRay Hansen, CEO The 127 Faith Foundation

https://hnewswire.com/the-freedom-to-move-from-one-area-to-another-is-gone-and-may/ 

:: 8-10-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Global Upheaval

By Hal Lindsey

The world changes. Sometimes it changes quickly. The two world wars of the 20th century created massive upheavals, as did the Black Death pestilence of the 14th century. Some upheavals are caused by new technologies, such as the printing press, the internal combustion engine, the telephone, or gunpowder. Sometimes political revolutions cause fast and massive change, and sometimes big changes come from simple ideas, including bad ones.

Today, several of those things are happening at once. With Covid-19 as a trigger, we see revolutions all around us. Technical revolutions that should have been for our good have been subverted. Ideas that history has repeatedly proven wrong and dangerous, are rising with a new sense of inevitability.

One of the unique things about this year is that these massive societal upheavals are global. Most of history’s revolutions have been localized, but the changes going on now are going on everywhere. And they are all moving in a specific direction — the direction laid out in the Bible thousands of years ago.

For decades now, government and corporate surveillance of citizens has been growing, but mostly hidden. The pandemic has made the invasion of privacy suddenly seem laudable. To keep the virus in check, the world is rapidly building the infrastructure of the Antichrist. That means building a surveillance infrastructure that will allow governments to watch every move their citizens make, and be able to use Artificial Intelligence to interpret those moves.

Covid’s economic destruction is wreaking havoc on capitalism everywhere, making citizens of all nations increasingly dependent on government. That’s what antichrist will need — a population full of people depending on government rather than their own hard work and creativity.

To bring new benefits and more relief to the public, governments are printing money hand over fist. This can only go on so long before it brings its own disaster. The mark of the beast as described in Revelation 13:16-18 means that, in the future, world leaders will give control of the entire global economy to the Antichrist and his cohort, the False Prophet. They will do that either because of a global economic collapse or their fear of one. (But it won’t work for long because the Bible describes at least two more economic disasters after Antichrist comes to power.)

Bible prophecies also say that near the time of Christ’s return, there will be increased levels of anti-Semitism and of the persecution of Christians. Back in the 1960s and 70s, ideas like free speech and inclusiveness were primary tenets of campus liberalism. Not anymore. Today we have something popularly known as “cancel culture.”

And if you want to be canceled fast, just quote one of the Bible’s less popular passages — Old Testament or New. Another way to do it is to identify with Israel, or tell the real story of Israel’s formation. People are losing their jobs because of Sunday School lessons taught 20 years ago.  How should we respond to these things? Like Christians. In Matthew 5:44, Jesus said, “Love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you.” But you will not respond in love if you are hysterical with fear. So, follow an instruction given in the Bible hundreds of times — “Fear not.” In John 14:27, Jesus said, “Peace I leave with you; My peace I give to you; not as the world gives do I give to you. Do not let your heart be troubled, nor let it be fearful.”

Live in His peace. Love your neighbor. Pray with expectation. He’s coming soon!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-8-10-2020/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 8-9-20 Charlotte Stories :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Charlotte Region Rocked By 5.1 Magnitude Earthquake – The Largest In Over 100 Years

By Scott Jensen - August 9, 2020

The Charlotte region was just rocked in what is now being confirmed as the largest earthquake in over 100 years. According to the USGS, a magnitude 5.1 earthquake just struck at 8:07 AM, located 3 KM southeast of Sparta, NC, and about 80 miles north of Charlotte. The Quake had a depth of 9.2 KM and an epicenter of 36.479°N 81.098°W.

The USGS’s ‘Shake Map’, which pulls data from hundreds of seismographs throughout our region, shows that the earthquake was detected far away as Washington, DC. The quake rippled North Carolina’s fault line so hard, the Charlotte region experienced what felt like a direct magnitude 4 quake. The USGS’s ‘Did You Feel It’ map shows that people have now reported feeling the quake as far away as Alabama and Pennsylvania: According to the Ditrianum organization, there’s a possibility of an even larger quake today or tomorrow; Earthquakes have been increasing in frequency around the Charlotte region over the past few years. Last year, we saw a 4.4 magnitude quake hit Decatur, TN, and a couple months ago, a 2.6 magnitude quake rocked a small town just north of Charlotte.

According to USGS.gov, “The largest earthquake in the area (magnitude 5.1) occurred in 1916. Moderately damaging earthquakes strike the inland Carolinas every few decades, and smaller earthquakes are felt about once each year or two.”

UPDATE 8/9/2020 8:15pm: There have now been a total of 11 earthquakes that have rocked the Sparta, NC area over the past 48 hours, ranging in magnitude from 1.7 to 5.1.

https://www.charlottestories.com/charlotte-region-rocked-by-5-1-magnitude-earthquake-the-largest-in-over-100-years/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 8-9-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pakistan court orders 14-y-o Christian girl to return to Muslim man who kidnapped her

By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor

A 14-year-old Christian girl was in tears after a judge ordered her to return to the Muslim man who abducted her at gunpoint during the COVID-19 lockdown and forcibly married and converted her to Islam.

Catholic teenager Maira Shahbaz, who was abducted in April, had recently been allowed by a lower court to leave her captor’s home and stay at a women’s shelter until her case was heard by the Lahore High Court.

However, Judge Raja Muhammad Shahid Abbasi ruled this week that she must return to the home of the married man who kidnapped her, and who the judge referred to as her "husband," on the basis that she had converted to Islam, according to the U.S.-based persecution watchdog International Christian Concern.

Maira Shahbaz | Aid to the Church in Need

Witnesses said they saw Maira in tears in the court after the verdict on Tuesday, according to the Catholic charity Aid to the Church in Need. “With this ruling, no Christian girl in Pakistan is safe,” a family friend and advocate, Lala Robin Daniel, was quoted as saying.

The order is unprecedented and will likely mean Maria will never return to her family,” Shazia George, a Pakistani human rights activist, told ICC. “The decision to make a child bride stay with her abductor will add more misery to the case. Courts must ensure that the victims of forced conversion and child marriage are able to have their statements recorded without any duress or threat so perpetrators are brought to justice.”

The Christian girl was abducted at gunpoint by Mohamad Nakash and two accomplices while she was walking home in the Madina Town area in Faisalabad District. According to witnesses, the abductors forced Shahbaz into a car and fired gunshots into the air as they fled the scene, ICC reported earlier.

Nakash, a married man, was recently accused of presenting a false marriage certificate to the lower court that said Maira was 19 years old and they had wed in October 2019. The document not only failed to provide proof of consent from Nakash’s first wife, with whom he has two children, but the Muslim cleric whose name is listed on the certificate had denied involvement in the sham marriage.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/pakistan-court-orders-14-year-old-christian-girl-abducted-and-forcibly-married-to-return-to-her-abductor.html 

:: 8-6-20 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

African American Christian: 'They Don't Care About Black Lives'

12:00PM EDT 8/6/2020 David Brody/CBN

It started with a van full of paint cans on the streets of New York outside the Black Lives Matter mural in Midtown Manhattan. And then Bevelyn Beatty began her task, dropping to her knees with paint in hand, yelling, "They don't care about Black lives, they're liars."

Finally came her arrest as she chanted, "Jesus matters. Jesus matters. Stand up. Take your country back."

Bevelyn Beatty's actions and video went viral last month, and she tells CBN News she had one thing on her mind the whole time. "I have to paint this mural. I have to cover this mural," she explains from her home in New Jersey. "I was so tired of this Black lives matter narrative ... we're going to hit it. We're going to fight and we're going to stand, and God is with me. And that was it."

To understand Beatty's actions and motive, you need to know her backstory. She grew up in the inner city on welfare. After seeing people close to her die, Beatty went out on her own, got into trouble and seven years ago, wound up in jail on money laundering charges. It was there someone shared the gospel with her and she gave her life to Jesus Christ. "When I got out of jail, honey, you couldn't get me to steal a pack of bubble gum," she said. "You couldn't get me to do nothing."

As a changed woman, Beatty became a Christian activist in the fight against abortion working for At Well Ministries. Today, she's speaking out against the Black Lives Matter organization, especially the part of its creed about how they look to disrupt the "western prescribed nuclear family structure."

"Black Lives Matter is against Black men because a man is truly not a man unless he's a leader in his own family," she said. "This is a portion of his identity because this is what God ordained from the beginning." Click here to read the rest of this story from our content partners at CBN News.

https://www.charismanews.com/us/82136-african-american-christian-they-don-t-care-about-black-lives 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 8-10-20 Western Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Complete Chaos': Widespread Looting Hits Chicago After Police Incident

By Jack Davis Published August 10, 2020 at 7:35am

Chicago devolved into chaos overnight Sunday into Monday as crowds descended upon downtown stores in a mass frenzy of looting.

“We have lost control of our streets, and I don’t know how we will get them back,” Alderman Brian Hopkin said early Monday, according to WBBM-TV.

“This was no accident. This wasn’t random,” said WBBM news anchor Ryan Baker, describing the looting. The station quoted a man it identified as the owner of Wabash Jewelers on Jewelers Row who insisted the looting was a coordinated effort.

“There was no anger. They politely told me that were going inside,” he said. Looters came by car, prepared with bricks to break glass, he sad. Stolen merchandise went into U-Hauls, he said.

“It seemed coordinated,” he said. Tensions began rising Sunday after Chicago police shot a suspect they said fired on them, according to WFLD.

At about 2:30 p.m. police were summoned to the Englewood neighborhood to respond to reports of a man with a gun. A foot chase ensued. “During the foot pursuit, the offender turned and fired shots at the officers. The officers then returned, discharging their weapon,” said Deputy Chief Delonda Tally.

The condition of the suspect is not known. However, after the shooting, an inflamed crowd turned on police as rumors spread that officers had shot a child.We do have an officer that was maced by someone in the crowd. We do have an officer that sustained a shoulder injury from the incident with the crowd. One of our vehicles, the windows were shattered by a brick,” Tally said.

Hours later, into Monday morning, a locust-like cloud of looters descended on multiple stores in downtown Chicago, according to reports.

“The looting began shortly after midnight as people darted through broken store windows and doors along Michigan Avenue carrying shopping bags full of merchandise. Cars dropped off more people as the crowd grew. At least one U-Haul van was seen pulling up,” the Chicago Tribune reported. Police were fired upon at about 4:30 a.m. Monday, department spokesman Tom Ahern said, according to the Tribune. A police vehicle was hit, but no officers were injured. Police returned fire, Ahern said, but it was not known if they hit anyone.

Ahern said some officers were injured in the looting, but could not provide details.

https://www.westernjournal.com/complete-chaos-widespread-looting-hits-chicago-police-incident/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 8-2-20 https://grandmageri422.me/2020/08/02/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Censoring HCQ- Azithromycin and Zinc as the Cure for Covid: What is REALLY Going On?

On August 2, 2020 By Geri UngureanIn Censoring the Cure for Covid

At my own peril, I have been writing articles on Hydroxycloroquine (HCQ) and how when taken with Azithromycin and Zinc is truly miraculous in treating early stages of Covid 19 and as a prophylaxis to the dreaded virus.

I say “At my own peril” because I have been punished on all social media platforms for publishing the Frontline Doctors video. The powers that be kept scrubbing that video from every social media.

And no doubt, I will be punished again for writing this.

Finally, my husband was able to save the video into a different format, and I embedded it in one of my articles. Also, in that same article, I published a clinical trial from NIH which touted the “cocktail” (HCQ, Azithromycin and Zinc as extremely effective in reducing viral load and in many cases the viral load disappeared.

Here is that study:

From NIH

Abstract

Background: Chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine have been found to be efficient on SARS-CoV-2, and reported to be efficient in Chinese COV-19 patients. We evaluate the effect of hydroxychloroquine on respiratory viral loads.

Patients and methods: French Confirmed COVID-19 patients were included in a single arm protocol from early March to March 16th, to receive 600mg of hydroxychloroquine daily and their viral load in nasopharyngeal swabs was tested daily in a hospital setting. Depending on their clinical presentation, azithromycin was added to the treatment. Untreated patients from another center and cases refusing the protocol were included as negative controls. Presence and absence of virus at Day6-post inclusion was considered the end point.

Results: Six patients were asymptomatic, 22 had upper respiratory tract infection symptoms and eight had lower respiratory tract infection symptoms. Twenty cases were treated in this study and showed a significant reduction of the viral carriage at D6-post inclusion compared to controls, and much lower average carrying duration than reported in the litterature for untreated patients. Azithromycin added to hydroxychloroquine was significantly more efficient for virus elimination.

Conclusion: Despite its small sample size, our survey shows that hydroxychloroquine treatment is significantly associated with viral load reduction/disappearance in COVID-19 patients and its effect is reinforced by azithromycin.

Keywords: 2019-nCoV; Azithromycin; COVID-19; Clinical trial; Hydroxychloroquine; SARS-CoV-2.

Here is my article on Hydroxychloroquine in which the video of the Frontline doctors is embedded:

NIH Study Clearly Shows Hydroxychloroquine With Azithromycin Added Kills Covid 19 – Fauci Knew Since 2005 NO ONE NEEDED TO DIE <click to read

What is Really Going On?

Obviously, a lot of the censorship of people on Social Media is because of President Trump who has been giving rave reviews on HCQ – which he has been on as a prophylaxis.

The politicizing of this medicine is shameful.

But I do believe that it goes way beyond Trump. There are two reasons why Bill Gates and Tony Fauci do NOT want the HCQ cocktail to be well known:

The well orchestrated plan for the “Vaccine” has been in the making for a very long time. The Pharmaceutical company Moderna seems to have won the contract for the Vaccine. But this is not just any vaccine and Moderna is not just any Pharmaceutical.

This is a Vaccine which has NEVER been tried on humans and will change the DNA (Genetic code) of every person receiving the Vaccine – forever. God is the creator of our DNA. These mad scientists are playing God. Their reward will be received here on earth. Bill Gates has over $100 billion – certainly has been rewarded monetarily.

In eternity, if these bad actors do not wake up and turn from this evil and realize that they need Christ – they will spend eternity in a fiery hell.

The second reason is that Bill Gates (Eugenicist) is bent on depopulating the entire planet and the vehicle by which this will come to fruition IS the Vaccine. When the DNA of a person is forever changed, is the person still human? This is a question that many scientists and doctors are asking. No answers are coming……

From drrichswier.com

The Communists’ chief purpose is to destroy every form of independence—independent work, independent action, independent property, independent thought, an independent mind, or an independent man. Conformity, alikeness, servility, submission and obedience are necessary to establish a Communist slave-state.” – Ayn Rand

Censorship reflects society’s lack of confidence in itself. It is a hallmark of an authoritarian regime.” – Potter Stewart, Supreme Court Justice

“Free speech is the whole thing, the whole ball game. Free speech is life itself.” – Salman Rushdie

Quite obviously, Hillary loving Dr. Anthony Fauci would prefer to make beaucoup bucks on his Remdesivir which is unproven to cure Covid-19 than promote a 65-year-old drug that has proven to be effective throughout the world in curing the Wuhan virus. His purely political hatred of those who are promoting Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) and Azithromycin smacks of monetary prerequisites of his approval. Despite the fact that his National Institute of Health approved HCQ in 2005 for Covid, his leftist politics refuse to admit that lives all over the world are saved by HCQ and Z-Pacs as so many physicians have testified to.

President Trump is hated for promoting HCQ and for taking it as a preventative, despite physicians who have said it works for both. Facebook, Google and Twitter have deleted the truth about HCQ. Even attorney Sidney Powell who retweeted President Trump’s tweet about HCQ was removed from twitter as was Donald Trump Jr. Free speech is a core of a free society. So, are we free? Not hardly.

Silencing truth.

Doctors Back Trump

Physicians in America have taken a stand and are backing the president’s recommendation to use HCQ to treat Coronavirus. Across America doctors are standing behind the president and announcing that it’s time for America to reopen. A group of doctors standing before the Supreme Court building in Washington DC, claimed there is no reason to keep the country locked down when we already have a cure for the virus…Hydroxychloroquine. Dr. Simone Gold, an ER physician in Los Angeles for 20 years, who appeared with several other physicians said, “If you’ve gotten the virus, there is treatment and that’s what we’re here to tell you.” Dr. Gold said, “The American people aren’t hearing from all the experts across the country.

After this video aired and was viewed millions of times, Dr. Gold was summarily fired from her job. She has hired attorney L. Lin Wood to defend her.

Americans are being forced to take advice from doctors who have allowed their political bias against Donald Trump to stop them from treating patients they have the ability to cure. Of course, we’re speaking about the appointed head of the Coronavirus Task Force, VP Pence, whose chosen expert was Dr. Anthony Fauci.

(Koch Dark Money operative, Marc Short is Chief of Staff to VP Pence and he owns stocks that could conflict with Coronavirus response.)

Dr. James Todaro said, “If it seems like there’s an orchestrated attack against HCQ, it’s because there is. When have you ever heard of a medication generating this degree of controversy? HCQ is a 65-year-old medication that has been listed as the World Health Organization’s (WHO) safest medications for years and it’s over the counter in many countries. What we’re seeing is a lot of misinformation.” HCQ has been prescribed to hundreds of millions of people all over the world for over a half a century with no side effects. It has never been a controversial medicine until President Trump suggested it might be used to help Coronavirus patients and the Deep State went ballistic.

President Trump tweeted a copy of the doctors’ video which went viral with over 14 million views. Nigerian physician, Stella Immanuel is a primary care physician from Houston, Texas and her video alone reached 20 million on Facebook before it was removed. source

Brethren, the months leading up to the November presidential election will be a time when Christians must cling to the Lord as we never have before. We must not fear, and the only way not to fear is to be immersed in the Word of God and to be praying without ceasing.

The Talk with my Pharmacist

I spoke with our pharmacist 2 days ago about HCQ. He told me that he has plenty on hand and will fill any scripts for it (many pharmacists will not). He also told me that many doctors in our area are prescribing HCQ and Azithromycin.

I asked my doctor if he would prescribe this as a prophylaxis or if I got Covid 19. He answered NO – he would not. (he is part of Johns Hopkins and they are involved with Gates and Fauci.) The pharmacist told me to look for a new doctor who is not associated with a large hospital. I plan to do this tomorrow – I will call around.

No matter what happens – even if the worst happens in November – remember that it is because God allowed it! We must Trust Him implicitly!

Everything God allows further fulfills Bible Prophecy.

Fear thou not; for I am with thee: be not dismayed; for I am thy God: I will strengthen thee; yea, I will help thee; yea, I will uphold thee with the right hand of my righteousness” (Isaiah 41:10).

How Can I Be Saved? Shalom b’Yeshua MARANATHA!!

https://grandmageri422.me/2020/08/02/censoring-hcq-azithromycin-and-zinc-as-the-cure-for-covid-what-is-really-going-on/ 

:: 8-3-20 News Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Picture Illustrating This Article Says It All! The 6 Golden Rules of Surviving Martial Law: America – the greatest nation on earth – is currently facing unprecedented times of social unrest, and dare I say, this is just the beginning.

Posted byKlark JoussAugust 3, 2020

America – the greatest nation on earth – is currently facing unprecedented times of social unrest, and dare I say, this is just the beginning.

Regardless of who presides over the nation, we should always be aware of the so-called “shadow government” and their agenda. And mark my words: Our nation is in for times of massive unrest that were being plotted as early as 2015 and will continue until the “global agenda” pursued by George Soros and his allies is implemented. The coming out-of-control riots may lead to a call for Martial Law, as I will explain.

America has been preparing for massive social uprisings for a very long time (a quick research on the topic will reveal this truth). What I am about to tell you next might come as a surprise for some of you, but most of the things that we experience are being manufactured. Never in my lifetime have I seen America so divided.

Our politicians and the mainstream media have been endlessly pitting various groups against one another for years, and everywhere you look, hearts are growing very cold. Trump’s victory has come as a surprise for many, but if we consider the new state of play of the world, where the economic crisis has led to global divisions driving, thus, a return to national interests over the global ones, voting for Trump has been the obvious choice. During difficult times, we must safeguard the values and interests of the American people. But manufacturing nation-wide protests during confusing times may be just what some might wish for in order to divide and destabilize the country in exchange for the ability to control us at all times. In case we don’t comply with their “desires” we will face dire consequences, as the infamous Zbigniew Brzezinski, the imperialist/globalist/war-monger and former policy advisor to Obama, said:

Today, it is infinitely easier to kill a million people than to control a million people”.

After some extensive research on the matter, I am inclined to affirm that what we’re currently experiencing is just the beginning, and the protests are rapidly turning into violent riots. Although many commentators are claiming that martial law will not be declared, we can never be sure of what is being planned for us.

Did you know that if martial law is declared, Trump will be prevented from taking office?

Returning to the fact that Soros is behind most of the protesters’ actions, we must acknowledge that the fundamental reason for inciting violence is to create favorable circumstances for the President to legitimately institute martial law if the riots continue on the same path. This is how it will work:

The current protests are spreading rapidly, and when there is an increase in both violence and numbers, this movement will inevitably grow into a national riot. If needed, due to extensive clashes, martial law will be declared. Therefore, when this happens, Trump will not be able to take office because Obama will stay in power for however long is necessary until the “National State of Emergency” has passed (Bernstein), (AMBELLAS). There is a good chance that this has been the back-up plan for some liberals all along (as mentioned earlier, there’s proof the protests are being staged) in order to further advance the globalist agenda that has been denied by our President-elect Trump.

So, here’s a glimpse of how life will be when martial law comes into effect:

Everything we own can become federal property (especially guns and food stockpiles, which will be the first to be confiscated). Curfews will be the new normal, while groups of armed men and women will patrol the streets at all times.

Access to food, water and other resources will be rationed. If your life depends on a daily dose of medication, you should start storing it in advance.

There will be sky-high inflation, and with a national debt of almost $20 trillion, the stage is set to sky-rocket a new financial crisis that will make the 1930s Depression look like a walk in the park.

Everyone will be considered suspicious. A short chit-chat with your neighbor about the “wrong” things can put your life on the line.

There will be no access to free Internet, while free press and the freedom of speech will be things of the past.

The 6 Golden Rules of Surviving Martial Law

Prepper or no prepper, these are the 6 Golden Rules to follow if martial law comes to your town:

1. First and foremost, talk with no one and trust no one.

Although the clear majority of preppers are already set to outlast any scenario that cuts them off from all the common supply lines, we must remember that under martial Law, everything that we own is able to become government property. Therefore, do not tell people about your supplies or secret hide-outs. I know it’s hard not to brag about your preps, but be careful to whom you’re talking

2. Always renew your supplies and make sure you have a “basic martial law survival kit.”

A basic martial law survival kit would imply the following: electricity generator, water filters or even water generators (H2O Dynamo), weapons, food supplies for six months, first aid supplies, clothing for any type of weather, a flashlight, batteries, radio gear, and navigation equipment. Of course, you’ll need these if you want to stay put. If you want to go outside and face the music…that’s a different story.

3. Avoid getting in the way of law enforcement or the military.

Even though some would advise that we be resilient to any violations of your constitutional rights, which, by the way, will be justified under martial law, the best survival tactics are to keep your cool and think before you react. You can always choose to fight back. These two options – bugging in or bugging out – will cause you to probably face the hardest decision of your life.

4. Tune in and be up to date with the news.

It is crucial to stay informed and keep in touch with whomever you consider important. Every media outlet, as well as the Internet, will be controlled by the federal government, and you will not have access to any other information except what is being communicated by the state. Although this might be upsetting, you still need to know what is going to happen so you can be prepared for any situation.

5. Cautiously develop a survival network.

Establishing a survival network would be an excellent idea considering the fact that we can never know for how long martial law will be imposed. Consequently, setting up a diverse group of preppers will ensure your long-term survival. But make sure you keep a low profile so that you and your group will not be targeted as perpetrators.

6. Inspect and know your surroundings by heart.

You should be able to visualize your home turf even in your sleep. Ideally, you would also have a safe room. Make sure you have a blueprint of your area where you mark the closest escape routes, develop the quickest itinerary to a safe haven, and formulate the best and safest evacuation strategy.

https://my72.news.blog/2020/08/03/the-picture-illustrating-this-article-says-it-all-the-6-golden-rules-of-surviving-martial-law-america-the-greatest-nation-on-earth-is-currently-facing-

unprecedented-times-of-soci/ 

:: 4-1-11 Nano Werk :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted: Apr 01, 2011

Nanoelectronics experiment in the Vatican results in unexplicable phenomena

(Nanowerk Spotlight) It started innocently enough with isolated instances of smoke coming out of computers. Then networks crashed. Now, programs are malfunctioning on a large scale, shutting down the Vatican's huge computer infrastructure which it depends on to manage its billions upon billions of investment dollars, real estate portfolios, and art collections.

It is difficult to obtain all the details, but it appears that some form of nanotechnology got out of control. Surprisingly, and against its deeply ingrained reflexes of total openness and transparency, the Vatican initially tried to cover the whole thing up. Until a tabloid reporter got wind of what had happened and the whole thing became public with an article today (April 1) in an Italian tabloid that had this sensation-seeking headline splashed all over the front page: Gay nanobots ballano Bunga-Bunga in Vaticano - Gay nanobots dance Bunga-Bunga in the Vatican.

Of course, you'll say: "Baloney! There are no gay nanobots; there even isn't any nanorobotics to speak of. And this Bunga-Bunga stuff is strictly Berlusconi territory." Well, that's what we thought – until we spoke with an Italian undercover reporter who closely follows the goings-on in the Vatican.

It seems that something weird is happening deep inside the Church's electronic infrastructure – and it has to do with leading-edge nanotechnology.

Not surprisingly, some of the more conservative members of the Catholic clergy welcome these technical problems as a good thing. They think that science and technology have had a devastating impact on the Church's influence on society. Starting with the printing press, it became increasingly difficult to cover up abusive behavior. Not to mention people's ability to get educated and strive for science-based explanations of the world around them.

This is, after all, an organization that took almost 400 years to pardon Galileo Galilei after the Inquisition accused him of heresy for claiming that the Earth moves around the Sun (in 1992, three years after Galileo's namesake spacecraft had been launched on its way to Jupiter, the Vatican formally cleared him of any wrongdoing and admitted that his heliocentric theory was correct). E pur si muove!

But we digress. From various reports and background interviews with scientists at the respected Italian Institute of Technology (ITT), we were able to piece together what has happened so far:

While on the outside they foster a very conservative and traditional image, the Catholic Church actually is using cutting-edge technology to run its vast operations; they even are actively pursuing highly experimental and not yet commercially available technology. One psychologist said that this is a classical example of overcompensating a whiff off guilt stemming from "that inquisition business centuries ago". In an attempt to outdo Wall Street quants and generate better returns on its investments, the Vatican's IT department – the Centro Elaborazione Dati, which is shown as a deceptively simple outfit on the Vatican's website – secretly approved a revolutionary experiment supported by nanoelectronics specialists to develop sophisticated trading programs for its investment portfolio. Apparently, these researchers modeled their approach on the ambitious DARPA sponsored SyNAPSE (Systems of Neuromorphic Adaptive Plastic Scalable Electronics) project. The goal is to develop electronic neuromorphic machine technology that scales to biological levels. Other nanotechnology research groups are trying to build computers modeled after the brain, integrate computer chips inside living cells, or even integrate living brain cells into organic semiconductors.

Over a long pasta lunch, the experiment got out of control. Although intelligently designed, the totally unexpected results were semi-autonomous and mobile nanoscale assemblies that consist of a organic/inorganic composite of brain cells and semiconductor material. The researchers call them "Nanoscale Morphing Robotic Assemblies" - or Nanomorass, as they were nicknamed by the team. They proved to be highly adaptable to environmental stimuli, were able to assemble additional units on their own, and had a learning capability that made them appear almost self-aware.

But contrary to popular sci-fi culture ('replicators') they don't just self-assemble by assimilating stuff, they need to exchange programming code and they do that by linking their assembler nodes together - apparently there are male and female versions of these nodes; pretty much like with cables or pipes where each half of a pair of mating connectors or fasteners is conventionally assigned the designation male or female.

While observing the Nanomorass under an atomic force microscope, the scientists were startled by their weird – almost ritualistic – behavior.

"If I hadn't seen it with my own eyes I wouldn't believe it" says a senior ITT researcher. "We observed instance where these nanostructures were rotating in almost dance-like moves across the silicon substrates of computer chips. This was clearly more organized than just simply van der Waals forces overcoming Brownian motion and it surely felt very purposeful and deliberate." He continued: "Strangely enough, these were only the 'male' versions of the nanobots. When we tried to find out what had happened to the 'female' versions, we couldn't find any!"

One hypothesis is based on the environmental impact on the bots' programming: "Somehow their code has adapted to eradicate the female versions," says our source inside the Vatican. "Our best explanation is that, since they had access to the video feed from the webcams inside the Vatican as well as the huge digital library with all historic documents, they learned from this information and created their own version of what they perceive to be a normal society based on their surroundings."

Far from living a live of 'nanocelibacy', so to speak, the all-male nanobot population is still engaging in extensive replication activities. The dilemma for the Church, as one moral theologian put it, is that you now have something that can be called homosexual behavior taking place inside the Vatican. "That of course is something totally inconceivable and comes as a huge shock to all of us, as you can imagine."

"We are not claiming that homosexuality is a sin," notes one senior Cardinal, "but a more or less strong tendency ordered toward an intrinsic moral evil and thus an objective disorder. Even among nanobots." His, and his colleagues' conclusion therefore has been to put an end to this nanoscale debauchery.

The dilemma for the Vatican is that, since the Nanomorass contain human cells, simple eradication through virus crusaders is out of the question. "That would have been perfectly OK a few hundred years ago, but now, unfortunately, we are not writing the rules anymore."

"We also cannot approve of any preventive technical measures that would keep these little amoral bastards from replicating since that would be against the natural order," he says. "These nanobots need to be reprogrammed or otherwise convinced that self-control is the best course of action." New documents show that the Vatican has known for many years about quite a number of cases where computers have malfunctioned due to errant nanobot behavior. In the interest of the greater good of the Church, these cases were dealt with internally though, and experienced external specialists were not informed or asked to assist in dealing with the problem.

"We had cases where infected computers were simply disconnected from a particular network and moved to a different network in the hope that they would function normally again," said one member of the Vatican IT Guard who is also responsible for monitoring computer security at the Vatican. "After all, this strategy worked so well in other circumstances. Sadly, this time it didn't."

As for the "Bunga-Bunga parties", researchers have now concluded that the Nanomorass are clearly self-organizing and even have established something like a - albeit primitive – society with a leader that the scientists call "Silvio".

"But their 'moral behavior', if you may call it that, is more along the lines of Confucian respect for social harmony than the Catholic dogma of guilt and banning the fun things in life," says one scientist. "Sometimes they just like to have a good time, with no discernible purpose whatsoever," he adds. "That includes acts of what only could be called recreational sex." Oh, and the smoke coming out of the computers? Well, it appears there is a darker explanation for that...: Once they noticed that all female nanobots had gone missing, the nanoscientists tried to figure out what had happened. From the evidence they were piecing together it appears that one night all female Nanomorass ended up attached to nanowire arrays and then simply evaporated after overheating. "If it didn't sound so weird, I'd say they were burned at the stake," says our source. "Of course, there's gotta be a scientific explanation, we just haven't found it yet."

By Angelo Tuttifrutti (reporting for Nanowerk from deep inside the Vatican)

https://www.nanowerk.com/spotlight/spotid=20822.php 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 8--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ARE YOU LOVING YOUR SERVITUDE? (PART TWO)

In Part One of this article I laid out the argument Huxley’s dystopian vision of the future had played out over many decades, but now I observe Orwell’s darker vision in motion since the start of this century. All the “solutions” being imposed by those in power don’t solve anything, because they aren’t designed to solve anything. These are nothing but short-term emergency sustaining maneuvers to keep the dying patient alive, while the criminals ransack his house, extracting whatever wealth he has saved. Throwing $1,200 bones and $600 a week bribes to what they consider the Main Street riff raff, while funneling trillions into the pockets of Too Big To Trust Wall Street banks, billionaire oligarchs, connected mega-corporations, and pliable corrupt politicians, is just what the doctor ordered for the ruling class.

Their weak-kneed toadies at the Federal Reserve have dutifully fulfilled their mandate of no banker or hedge fund left behind. While Main Street is beset with potholes, boarded up small business storefronts (if they haven’t been looted and burned), homeless drug addicts, and the unemployed lining up at local food banks, Wall Street is being paved in gold, with its inhabitants eating caviar, drinking champagne, and celebrating their brilliance in owning a central bank, guaranteed to enrich them. Covid-19: How the deadly virus hints at a looming financial crisis ...

The paths being chosen by those in power offer no exit or happy endings. Driving the annual deficit over $4 trillion, pushing the national debt to $26.5 trillion (don’t forget the $200 trillion of unfunded welfare liabilities), because you chose to shut the country down for a bad flu, has virtually guaranteed a multi-year economic contraction and eventual financial collapse. The Fed has propped up a zombie economy and horribly managed zombie corporations with zero interest rates and purchasing of their bad debt. Free markets have been extinguished, price discovery has vanished, success is determined by who you know, and interest rates can never rise again, or the debt Ponzi collapses instantaneously. The $600 a week in unemployment produced an economic recovery mirage, as money that has no possibility of being repaid, was spent by millions on grocery deliveries, crap from Amazon, and buying bankrupt stocks on Robinhood by unemployed day traders.

The politicians who doled out this $600 per week to millions of people they purposely forced into unemployment are now trapped. Any politician who votes to not extend the payments will be scorned by the corporate media talking heads as heartless and uncaring. With elections just over three months away, it’s now just a matter of how big the newest debt financed debacle will be (somewhere between $1 and $3 trillion).

Trump will sign whatever comes his way, because not doing so would guarantee a loss in November. Financially, none of this can work. The Federal government, with their co-conspirators at the Fed, can get away with running massive deficits for as long as the USD is accepted around the world as a safe investment. The record price of gold and the 9% decline in the USD since April are early warnings another financial crisis looms. DE? (PART TWO)

In Part One of this article I laid out the argument Huxley’s dystopian vision of the future had played out over many decades, but now I observe Orwell’s darker vision in motion since the start of this century.

70 years after 1984: How today compares with Orwell's prophetic ...

All the “solutions” being imposed by those in power don’t solve anything, because they aren’t designed to solve anything. These are nothing but short-term emergency sustaining maneuvers to keep the dying patient alive, while the criminals ransack his house, extracting whatever wealth he has saved. Throwing $1,200 bones and $600 a week bribes to what they consider the Main Street riff raff, while funneling trillions into the pockets of Too Big To Trust Wall Street banks, billionaire oligarchs, connected mega-corporations, and pliable corrupt politicians, is just what the doctor ordered for the ruling class.

Their weak-kneed toadies at the Federal Reserve have dutifully fulfilled their mandate of no banker or hedge fund left behind. While Main Street is beset with potholes, boarded up small business storefronts (if they haven’t been looted and burned), homeless drug addicts, and the unemployed lining up at local food banks, Wall Street is being paved in gold, with its inhabitants eating caviar, drinking champagne, and celebrating their brilliance in owning a central bank, guaranteed to enrich them.

Covid-19: How the deadly virus hints at a looming financial crisis ...

The paths being chosen by those in power offer no exit or happy endings. Driving the annual deficit over $4 trillion, pushing the national debt to $26.5 trillion (don’t forget the $200 trillion of unfunded welfare liabilities), because you chose to shut the country down for a bad flu, has virtually guaranteed a multi-year economic contraction and eventual financial collapse. The Fed has propped up a zombie economy and horribly managed zombie corporations with zero interest rates and purchasing of their bad debt.

Free markets have been extinguished, price discovery has vanished, success is determined by who you know, and interest rates can never rise again, or the debt Ponzi collapses instantaneously. The $600 a week in unemployment produced an economic recovery mirage, as money that has no possibility of being repaid, was spent by millions on grocery deliveries, crap from Amazon, and buying bankrupt stocks on Robinhood by unemployed day traders.

The politicians who doled out this $600 per week to millions of people they purposely forced into unemployment are now trapped. Any politician who votes to not extend the payments will be scorned by the corporate media talking heads as heartless and uncaring. With elections just over three months away, it’s now just a matter of how big the newest debt financed debacle will be (somewhere between $1 and $3 trillion).

Trump will sign whatever comes his way, because not doing so would guarantee a loss in November. Financially, none of this can work. The Federal government, with their co-conspirators at the Fed, can get away with running massive deficits for as long as the USD is accepted around the world as a safe investment. The record price of gold and the 9% decline in the USD since April are early warnings another financial crisis looms. The real disaster is materializing in states, counties, and cities, as unemployed people don’t generate income taxes while collecting from the unemployment fund, bankrupt small businesses don’t pay income taxes or property taxes, lockdowns have massively reduced sales taxes, and remote workers don’t pay tolls or gasoline taxes. Coincidentally, many of the worst fiscally run states, including Illinois, California, New Jersey, Michigan and New York, already had a disastrous unfunded pension liability crisis before they exacerbated their fiscal disaster by locking down their states.

Nancy and Chuck have over $1 trillion embedded in their porkulus HEROES package slated to bailout the pension liabilities of Democrat run states. All Americans would get to pay for the gold-plated pension and healthcare benefits of union teachers who refuse to go back to work and teach their children. The fiscal mismanagement at all levels of government and bubble blowing actions taken by the Fed on behalf of their real constituents (not you) seem to fit into a more diabolical scheme.

As a representative of conspiracy theorists who question everything I’m told by my government, the corporate media, and self-proclaimed experts, it appears we are being led towards an outcome predetermined by the Deep State/Invisible Government. When conspiracy theories have been confirmed and exceeded by reality, government agencies at the behest of an outgoing president conduct a coup against a sitting president, a flu pandemic on par with the 1957 and 2009 flu pandemics is hyped into an unnecessary national lockdown, a highly coordinated campaign to start a race war mysteriously erupts, and behemoth monopolistic social media corporations censor the scientific opinions of physicians and any opinion contrary to the state sanctioned narrative, your tin foil antenna should be picking up worrisome signals. So, what is their end game? Where are we headed? Is there a method to the madness swirling around us? I certainly don’t have a high level of confidence in my ability to predict what is going to happen over the next year or two. We know they have succeeded in dumbing down and socially indoctrinating multiple generations through the government run education system. They convinced them to voluntarily relinquish their privacy rights to left wing social media corporations who act in concert with the government surveillance state.

Snowden laid it out for all to see, but the sheep remained passive and willfully ignorant, as long as they were entertained by cute cat videos and tweets from their Hollywood idols. This concocted pandemic crisis has allowed those in control to test how far they could use propaganda, fear, dictatorial edicts and threats to make the masses do as they are told. It has been a resounding success, as the humanity of citizens has been purged by muzzles, social distancing, quarantining in place, banning gatherings (except BLM/ANTIFA protests/riots), and convincing wage earners being forced into joblessness by government mandate is being patriotic.

They have used the pandemic to test universal basic income, paying people not to work. It’s been so popular, most people don’t want to go back to their former jobs. Those receiving the $600 per week don’t care where it comes from. They just know they are making more than they were working. They are satisfied sheltering in place, buying iPhones and ordering from Amazon, while tweeting about social justice and doing their best Karen on Facebook about non face diapering criminals.

That’s why these Silicon Valley behemoth corporations have made billions during this pandemic, while hundreds of thousands of small businesses go dark. It’s almost as if the powers that be want to concentrate more economic power and control in the hands of a few government sanctioned corporations. It’s much easier to control the narrative when 6 corporations dominate the mainstream media and 4 corporations control most of the social media platforms. Herding large swaths of the population in a particular direction, invoking mass insanity, is not a new occurrence, as it has happened numerous times throughout history. MacKay and Nietzsche have documented previous incidents, but the modern day ability of evil men to socially engineer the herd through technology in a direction beneficial to their agenda has changed the dynamic. UDE? (PART TWO)

In Part One of this article I laid out the argument Huxley’s dystopian vision of the future had played out over many decades, but now I observe Orwell’s darker vision in motion since the start of this century.

70 years after 1984: How today compares with Orwell's prophetic ...

All the “solutions” being imposed by those in power don’t solve anything, because they aren’t designed to solve anything. These are nothing but short-term emergency sustaining maneuvers to keep the dying patient alive, while the criminals ransack his house, extracting whatever wealth he has saved. Throwing $1,200 bones and $600 a week bribes to what they consider the Main Street riff raff, while funneling trillions into the pockets of Too Big To Trust Wall Street banks, billionaire oligarchs, connected mega-corporations, and pliable corrupt politicians, is just what the doctor ordered for the ruling class.

Their weak-kneed toadies at the Federal Reserve have dutifully fulfilled their mandate of no banker or hedge fund left behind. While Main Street is beset with potholes, boarded up small business storefronts (if they haven’t been looted and burned), homeless drug addicts, and the unemployed lining up at local food banks, Wall Street is being paved in gold, with its inhabitants eating caviar, drinking champagne, and celebrating their brilliance in owning a central bank, guaranteed to enrich them.

Covid-19: How the deadly virus hints at a looming financial crisis ...

The paths being chosen by those in power offer no exit or happy endings. Driving the annual deficit over $4 trillion, pushing the national debt to $26.5 trillion (don’t forget the $200 trillion of unfunded welfare liabilities), because you chose to shut the country down for a bad flu, has virtually guaranteed a multi-year economic contraction and eventual financial collapse. The Fed has propped up a zombie economy and horribly managed zombie corporations with zero interest rates and purchasing of their bad debt.

Free markets have been extinguished, price discovery has vanished, success is determined by who you know, and interest rates can never rise again, or the debt Ponzi collapses instantaneously. The $600 a week in unemployment produced an economic recovery mirage, as money that has no possibility of being repaid, was spent by millions on grocery deliveries, crap from Amazon, and buying bankrupt stocks on Robinhood by unemployed day traders.

The politicians who doled out this $600 per week to millions of people they purposely forced into unemployment are now trapped. Any politician who votes to not extend the payments will be scorned by the corporate media talking heads as heartless and uncaring. With elections just over three months away, it’s now just a matter of how big the newest debt financed debacle will be (somewhere between $1 and $3 trillion).

Trump will sign whatever comes his way, because not doing so would guarantee a loss in November. Financially, none of this can work. The Federal government, with their co-conspirators at the Fed, can get away with running massive deficits for as long as the USD is accepted around the world as a safe investment. The record price of gold and the 9% decline in the USD since April are early warnings another financial crisis looms.

The real disaster is materializing in states, counties, and cities, as unemployed people don’t generate income taxes while collecting from the unemployment fund, bankrupt small businesses don’t pay income taxes or property taxes, lockdowns have massively reduced sales taxes, and remote workers don’t pay tolls or gasoline taxes. Coincidentally, many of the worst fiscally run states, including Illinois, California, New Jersey, Michigan and New York, already had a disastrous unfunded pension liability crisis before they exacerbated their fiscal disaster by locking down their states.

Nancy and Chuck have over $1 trillion embedded in their porkulus HEROES package slated to bailout the pension liabilities of Democrat run states. All Americans would get to pay for the gold-plated pension and healthcare benefits of union teachers who refuse to go back to work and teach their children. The fiscal mismanagement at all levels of government and bubble blowing actions taken by the Fed on behalf of their real constituents (not you) seem to fit into a more diabolical scheme.

As a representative of conspiracy theorists who question everything I’m told by my government, the corporate media, and self-proclaimed experts, it appears we are being led towards an outcome predetermined by the Deep State/Invisible Government. When conspiracy theories have been confirmed and exceeded by reality, government agencies at the behest of an outgoing president conduct a coup against a sitting president, a flu pandemic on par with the 1957 and 2009 flu pandemics is hyped into an unnecessary national lockdown, a highly coordinated campaign to start a race war mysteriously erupts, and behemoth monopolistic social media corporations censor the scientific opinions of physicians and any opinion contrary to the state sanctioned narrative, your tin foil antenna should be picking up worrisome signals.

Tin Foil Hat Competition at this Friday's KEVIN GEEKS OUT | Scary ...

So, what is their end game? Where are we headed? Is there a method to the madness swirling around us? I certainly don’t have a high level of confidence in my ability to predict what is going to happen over the next year or two. We know they have succeeded in dumbing down and socially indoctrinating multiple generations through the government run education system. They convinced them to voluntarily relinquish their privacy rights to left wing social media corporations who act in concert with the government surveillance state.

Snowden laid it out for all to see, but the sheep remained passive and willfully ignorant, as long as they were entertained by cute cat videos and tweets from their Hollywood idols. This concocted pandemic crisis has allowed those in control to test how far they could use propaganda, fear, dictatorial edicts and threats to make the masses do as they are told. It has been a resounding success, as the humanity of citizens has been purged by muzzles, social distancing, quarantining in place, banning gatherings (except BLM/ANTIFA protests/riots), and convincing wage earners being forced into joblessness by government mandate is being patriotic.

They have used the pandemic to test universal basic income, paying people not to work. It’s been so popular, most people don’t want to go back to their former jobs. Those receiving the $600 per week don’t care where it comes from. They just know they are making more than they were working. They are satisfied sheltering in place, buying iPhones and ordering from Amazon, while tweeting about social justice and doing their best Karen on Facebook about non face diapering criminals.

That’s why these Silicon Valley behemoth corporations have made billions during this pandemic, while hundreds of thousands of small businesses go dark. It’s almost as if the powers that be want to concentrate more economic power and control in the hands of a few government sanctioned corporations. It’s much easier to control the narrative when 6 corporations dominate the mainstream media and 4 corporations control most of the social media platforms.

Herding large swaths of the population in a particular direction, invoking mass insanity, is not a new occurrence, as it has happened numerous times throughout history. MacKay and Nietzsche have documented previous incidents, but the modern day ability of evil men to socially engineer the herd through technology in a direction beneficial to their agenda has changed the dynamic.

“In individuals, insanity is rare; but in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule.” – Friedrich Nietzsche

Most face masks won

Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their senses slowly, one by one.” – Charles MacKay, Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds

The goal of the oligarchs is to not allow individuals to recover their senses, one by one. Individuals who question or do not conform to the approved narrative are canceled, attacked or financially ruined by the establishment attack dogs. When assessing why insane falsehoods are peddled to the masses, it’s always a good bet to follow the money. Who benefits financially from a particular narrative? DE? (PART TWO)

In Part One of this article I laid out the argument Huxley’s dystopian vision of the future had played out over many decades, but now I observe Orwell’s darker vision in motion since the start of this century.

70 years after 1984: How today compares with Orwell's prophetic ...

All the “solutions” being imposed by those in power don’t solve anything, because they aren’t designed to solve anything. These are nothing but short-term emergency sustaining maneuvers to keep the dying patient alive, while the criminals ransack his house, extracting whatever wealth he has saved. Throwing $1,200 bones and $600 a week bribes to what they consider the Main Street riff raff, while funneling trillions into the pockets of Too Big To Trust Wall Street banks, billionaire oligarchs, connected mega-corporations, and pliable corrupt politicians, is just what the doctor ordered for the ruling class.

Their weak-kneed toadies at the Federal Reserve have dutifully fulfilled their mandate of no banker or hedge fund left behind. While Main Street is beset with potholes, boarded up small business storefronts (if they haven’t been looted and burned), homeless drug addicts, and the unemployed lining up at local food banks, Wall Street is being paved in gold, with its inhabitants eating caviar, drinking champagne, and celebrating their brilliance in owning a central bank, guaranteed to enrich them.

Covid-19: How the deadly virus hints at a looming financial crisis ...

The paths being chosen by those in power offer no exit or happy endings. Driving the annual deficit over $4 trillion, pushing the national debt to $26.5 trillion (don’t forget the $200 trillion of unfunded welfare liabilities), because you chose to shut the country down for a bad flu, has virtually guaranteed a multi-year economic contraction and eventual financial collapse. The Fed has propped up a zombie economy and horribly managed zombie corporations with zero interest rates and purchasing of their bad debt.

Free markets have been extinguished, price discovery has vanished, success is determined by who you know, and interest rates can never rise again, or the debt Ponzi collapses instantaneously. The $600 a week in unemployment produced an economic recovery mirage, as money that has no possibility of being repaid, was spent by millions on grocery deliveries, crap from Amazon, and buying bankrupt stocks on Robinhood by unemployed day traders.

The politicians who doled out this $600 per week to millions of people they purposely forced into unemployment are now trapped. Any politician who votes to not extend the payments will be scorned by the corporate media talking heads as heartless and uncaring. With elections just over three months away, it’s now just a matter of how big the newest debt financed debacle will be (somewhere between $1 and $3 trillion).

Trump will sign whatever comes his way, because not doing so would guarantee a loss in November. Financially, none of this can work. The Federal government, with their co-conspirators at the Fed, can get away with running massive deficits for as long as the USD is accepted around the world as a safe investment. The record price of gold and the 9% decline in the USD since April are early warnings another financial crisis looms.

The real disaster is materializing in states, counties, and cities, as unemployed people don’t generate income taxes while collecting from the unemployment fund, bankrupt small businesses don’t pay income taxes or property taxes, lockdowns have massively reduced sales taxes, and remote workers don’t pay tolls or gasoline taxes. Coincidentally, many of the worst fiscally run states, including Illinois, California, New Jersey, Michigan and New York, already had a disastrous unfunded pension liability crisis before they exacerbated their fiscal disaster by locking down their states.

Nancy and Chuck have over $1 trillion embedded in their porkulus HEROES package slated to bailout the pension liabilities of Democrat run states. All Americans would get to pay for the gold-plated pension and healthcare benefits of union teachers who refuse to go back to work and teach their children. The fiscal mismanagement at all levels of government and bubble blowing actions taken by the Fed on behalf of their real constituents (not you) seem to fit into a more diabolical scheme.

As a representative of conspiracy theorists who question everything I’m told by my government, the corporate media, and self-proclaimed experts, it appears we are being led towards an outcome predetermined by the Deep State/Invisible Government. When conspiracy theories have been confirmed and exceeded by reality, government agencies at the behest of an outgoing president conduct a coup against a sitting president, a flu pandemic on par with the 1957 and 2009 flu pandemics is hyped into an unnecessary national lockdown, a highly coordinated campaign to start a race war mysteriously erupts, and behemoth monopolistic social media corporations censor the scientific opinions of physicians and any opinion contrary to the state sanctioned narrative, your tin foil antenna should be picking up worrisome signals.

Tin Foil Hat Competition at this Friday's KEVIN GEEKS OUT | Scary ...

So, what is their end game? Where are we headed? Is there a method to the madness swirling around us? I certainly don’t have a high level of confidence in my ability to predict what is going to happen over the next year or two. We know they have succeeded in dumbing down and socially indoctrinating multiple generations through the government run education system. They convinced them to voluntarily relinquish their privacy rights to left wing social media corporations who act in concert with the government surveillance state.

Snowden laid it out for all to see, but the sheep remained passive and willfully ignorant, as long as they were entertained by cute cat videos and tweets from their Hollywood idols. This concocted pandemic crisis has allowed those in control to test how far they could use propaganda, fear, dictatorial edicts and threats to make the masses do as they are told. It has been a resounding success, as the humanity of citizens has been purged by muzzles, social distancing, quarantining in place, banning gatherings (except BLM/ANTIFA protests/riots), and convincing wage earners being forced into joblessness by government mandate is being patriotic.

They have used the pandemic to test universal basic income, paying people not to work. It’s been so popular, most people don’t want to go back to their former jobs. Those receiving the $600 per week don’t care where it comes from. They just know they are making more than they were working. They are satisfied sheltering in place, buying iPhones and ordering from Amazon, while tweeting about social justice and doing their best Karen on Facebook about non face diapering criminals.

That’s why these Silicon Valley behemoth corporations have made billions during this pandemic, while hundreds of thousands of small businesses go dark. It’s almost as if the powers that be want to concentrate more economic power and control in the hands of a few government sanctioned corporations. It’s much easier to control the narrative when 6 corporations dominate the mainstream media and 4 corporations control most of the social media platforms.

Herding large swaths of the population in a particular direction, invoking mass insanity, is not a new occurrence, as it has happened numerous times throughout history. MacKay and Nietzsche have documented previous incidents, but the modern day ability of evil men to socially engineer the herd through technology in a direction beneficial to their agenda has changed the dynamic.

“In individuals, insanity is rare; but in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule.” – Friedrich Nietzsche

Most face masks won

Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their senses slowly, one by one.” – Charles MacKay, Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds

The goal of the oligarchs is to not allow individuals to recover their senses, one by one. Individuals who question or do not conform to the approved narrative are canceled, attacked or financially ruined by the establishment attack dogs. When assessing why insane falsehoods are peddled to the masses, it’s always a good bet to follow the money. Who benefits financially from a particular narrative?

WE NEED TO TALK ABOUT THE RIOTING AND THE LOOTING | The Norwich ...

This entire BLM narrative of systematic racism is complete and utter bullshit. The cities in which the protests and riots have occurred have been run by left wing Democrats for decades. Blacks cast 90% of their votes for Democrats. The slaughtering of young black men is being done by other young black men. The blatantly obvious problem for black people is the 70% of households without a father, exacerbated by the welfare state implemented by liberals.

White people keeping blacks down is a lie. But this big lie is being used to pit the white working class against blacks. This false narrative allows the billionaire class to further loot and pillage the nation through rigged markets and Federal Reserve generosity, while their media corporations promote race wars and conflict based on a false premise. The social media tyrants are worse than the mainstream media. Not only do they promote false narratives on behalf of their benefactors, they easily silence dissenters presenting facts to counter the false narrative. They are disappeared with the click of a mouse. Orwellian censorship is nothing compared to what is being done today. Another recent narrative which is entirely false is the national cash/coin shortage, forcing people to pay electronically. Where exactly did the cash and coins go, creating the shortage? Economic activity is dramatically down over the last few months. That should have created a glut of cash and coins. This is an engineered fake shortage, again gauging the reaction of the public to forcing them into a cashless society, where the banking cabal syphons off a percentage of each transaction.

Mom and pop stores prefer cash because they can’t afford the banking fees for debit and credit transactions. A cashless society would put more small business owners out of business. Electronic transactions can be tracked and taxed. Individuals who don’t conform and obey could be electronically canceled. More control and wealth directed into the hands of the powerful.

I know I’m experiencing increasing feelings of anger and disillusionment the longer this contrived crisis is prolonged by the authoritarians dictating from upon high to the normal/deplorables. The anger borders upon depression, as I see no way to reverse the course of this country towards a Marxist future and civil insurrection when they push their agenda too far.

There is a simmering fury building in those being called racist, denied the ability to work, imprisoned in their homes and commanded to face muzzle by tyrant governors. While the biggest banks, retailers, and social media corporations, along with their executives, have enriched themselves during this pandemic, the average American is seeing their lives destroyed and their future getting bleaker by the day. The saber rattling towards China and Russia is another narrative which will be pushed harder as the pandemic panic wears off. They must keep fear alive, to further their aims. War is hugely profitable for the Deep State and Military Industrial Complex.

This Fourth Turning still has five to ten years left before it burns itself out. One thing is for sure. It will not de-intensify before a climax is reached, with clear winners and losers. Much bloodshed is likely to befall the globe before its finale. The rest of 2020 is likely to be chaotic and wrought with the potential for civil conflict. The mail in ballot clash has the potential to sever the Constitutional binds holding this nation together. With the losing side refusing to acknowledge the winner of the presidential election, if it can even be declared on November 3, the civil unrest in the streets seen thus far will look like a walk in the park.

But this will just be a prelude to much larger clashes in the next three years. Just examine events from the prior three Fourth Turnings on an eighty year look back: 1941 – 1943 (Battle of Stalingrad, Battle of Midway); 1861 – 1863 (Battle of Antietam, Battle of Gettysburg, Battle of Vicksburg); 1781 – 1783 (Battle of Yorktown, Treaty of Paris). The turning points of the prior three Fourth Turnings occurred during these eighty year increments. What awaits us in 2021 – 2023? Whatever the challenges that lie ahead, it will require courage, guile, cooperation, and a patriotic love of our country to defeat the globalist scum enslaving the world with their warped, sadistic greed. Huxley’s vision of the future dominated the western world for decades, as mankind has proven they could be trained to love their servitude by satisfying their infinite appetite for distractions. Trivialities, satisfying your ego, passively accepting what you are spoon fed, and seeking pleasure have kept the masses under control until this century. But, 9/11 began ushering in the future Orwell always feared. The Surveillance State was born, with the Patriot Act providing cover for the Deep State to watch everything we do and say, with the social media conglomerates providing the access to our personal information.

Anyone who doesn’t see the connection between this pandemic lockdown and the central theme of Orwell’s 1984, where the government controls the individual by suppressing individual happiness and freedom through a combination of propaganda, manipulation and fear, is choosing to be willfully ignorant. The Thought Police are patrolling social media platforms and censoring the free speech of dissenters, effectively suppressing truth.

Everything is cyclical and we are most certainly entering the darkest period of this cycle. The Fed has created another fake boom in the stock market, but this fictitious prosperity will end in depression, as all credit driven booms do. The American Empire, as we know it, is coming to an end. The only question is whether it goes out with a whimper or a bang.

If you think the world doesn’t make sense and you don’t understand why people aren’t acting rationally, don’t worry. You are the one who is sane. It’s the rest of the world that is crazy. Don’t lose faith. There are others out there who refuse to embrace their servitude. Don’t follow the crowd. Think for yourself. Question everything. Prepare for the worst, because it’s coming. Use your time wisely. Keep your loved ones close. And befriend like minded people. The future of our country hangs in the balance.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/08/02/are-you-loving-your-servitude-part-two/ 

:: 8-3-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stories Of Economic Despair From America’s Worst Economic Downturn Since The Great Depression Of The 1930s

America simply was not prepared for an economic downturn of this nature, and the truth is that much bigger challenges are still ahead

Michael Snyder | End Of The American Dream - August 3, 2020

The economic pain that we are witnessing right now is far greater than anything that we witnessed during the last recession.

U.S. GDP declined by 32.9 percent on an annualized basis last quarter, more than 100,000 businesses have permanently shut down since the COVID-19 pandemic first hit the United States, and more than 54 million Americans have filed new claims for unemployment benefits over the last 19 weeks.

Up until just recently, a $600 weekly unemployment “supplement” and a federal moratorium that prevented many evictions had helped to ease the suffering for millions of American families, but both of those measures have now expired. As a result, a tremendous amount of economic pain which had previously been deferred will now come rushing back with a vengeance.

Newsletter

Stories Of Economic Despair From America’s Worst Economic Downturn Since The Great Depression Of The 1930s

America simply was not prepared for an economic downturn of this nature, and the truth is that much bigger challenges are still ahead

Michael Snyder | End Of The American Dream - August 3, 2020 27 Comments

Stories Of Economic Despair From America’s Worst Economic Downturn Since The Great Depression Of The 1930s

Image Credits: Kiyoshi Hijiki / Getty Images.

The economic pain that we are witnessing right now is far greater than anything that we witnessed during the last recession.

Up until just recently, a $600 weekly unemployment “supplement” and a federal moratorium that prevented many evictions had helped to ease the suffering for millions of American families, but both of those measures have now expired.

As a result, a tremendous amount of economic pain which had previously been deferred will now come rushing back with a vengeance.

Stockholm Syndrome Nation: Dems Tell Reporters To Submit To Criminal Rule

Millions of American families are no longer going to be able to pay their bills, and experts are warning that we could soon see an “eviction crisis” that is absolutely unprecedented in American history.

48-year-old Thomas Darnell of West Point, Mississippi never thought that he would be in this position. He had been a factory worker for over 20 years until he lost his job in May, and since then he hasn’t been able to find another. And then on top of everything else, everyone in his house caught COVID-19…

First, he was furloughed for three weeks in April and then laid off in May. Then things got worse: His entire household of seven, including himself, his wife, three kids and daughter-in-law, along with his baby grandson, contracted coronavirus after they saw their immediate family over the Independence Day weekend.

“I’m tired and shaky. Even after a few weeks, I’m still trying to recover,” Darnell says, who has since been cleared of the virus but still has lingering symptoms.

He is concerned that employers will be scared away by his recent illness, and he is becoming desperate because he is running out of money.

With no health insurance and no paychecks coming in, Darnell and his wife have gotten to the point where they have to make a choice between buying insulin or buying groceries…

He can’t afford health insurance, which has added to his anxiety because he and his wife are both diabetic, he says. Like Bolei, Darnell and his wife have been forced to make a grueling decision between either paying for their medications or keeping food on the table. “Do we buy insulin or groceries? It’s a hard juggle,” Darnell says. “I’m willing to make less money and start working again to get health insurance, but no one is hiring.”

The weekly $600 unemployment supplements from the federal government had helped to keep them going for a while, but now those payments have ended, and the immediate future is looking quite bleak.

In Richmond, Virginia, a mother of eight named Shamika Rollins wasn’t sure how she was going to make it when her hours as a home health aid were reduced. Unpaid bills started piling up, and then she got an eviction notice a few weeks ago. The following comes from CBS News…

Shamika Rollins’ eight children share two bedrooms in Richmond, Virginia. But she’s worried about losing their home after she says she received an eviction notice in June. “First thing, I panic, and then next thing, I look, and I’m like, I got my kids. And it’s like, okay, now you gotta figure this out,” she told CBS News correspondent Adriana Diaz.

If a miracle does not happen, Rollins and her eight children will soon be out in the street, and this is causing her to have “a lot of sleepless nights”…

“I have a lot of sleepless nights,” Rollins said. “My mind is constantly racing, you know, what’s your next move?”

Sadly, there are millions of other Americans in the exact same position.

In fact, experts are projecting that up to 40 million Americans could be evicted from their homes during this pandemic.

Many small business owners are also facing heartbreaking choices during this downturn. A restaurant owner in Delaware named Alex Heidenbergerhasn’t paid the mortgage on his home the past four months” as he desperately tries to keep his once profitable restaurants alive…

Heidenberger, who typically draws about $20,000 a month in profit from the restaurant, now receives nothing. He says he hasn’t paid the mortgage on his home the past four months. He served lifeguard duty for a couple of weeks, mostly to help a beach crew depleted by COVID-19 quarantines but also to make some cash.

“I’m working harder than I have ever worked in my life,” he says, adding that he puts in about 80 hours a week at the two restaurants. Yet, “I have no money… This is all I think about. I don’t sleep.” The COVID-19 pandemic has hit the restaurant industry particularly hard. Americans are not eating out as regularly as they once did because of the virus, and it is probably going to remain that way for the foreseeable future.

In Massachusetts, a restaurant owner named John Pepper once had eight thriving locations, but at this point only two of them remain open…

John Pepper used a PPP loan to pay employees and reopen four of his eight Boloco restaurants when Massachusetts lifted its shutdown order in early May. But with the money spent and business at the restaurants down as much as 70%, Pepper had to again close two locations. The staff of 125 he had before the virus outbreak is down to 50.

“A lot of this is out of our hands at this point,” Pepper says. “At this moment, I don’t see getting my full payroll back.” Overall, we are facing a “restaurant apocalypse” in the U.S. that is unprecedented in size and scope.

According to one estimate, we could lose more than a third of all of our restaurants by the end of this calendar year…

As many as 231,000 of the nation’s roughly 660,000 eateries will likely shut down this year, according to an estimate from restaurant consultancy Aaron Allen & Associates provided to Bloomberg News. This will bring the industry’s steady growth to a halt and mark the first time in two decades that U.S. restaurant counts don’t climb. Restaurants have already shed millions of jobs this year, economic data show.

What we are watching is truly horrifying. So many hopes and dreams went into each one of those restaurants that are shutting down, and countless restaurant owners are going to be completely financially ruined by all of this.

For other Americans, this economic downturn has put their very lives at risk. In Colorado, 70-year-old Catherine Azar was already dealing with heart problems and diabetes, and now she is in danger of being thrown out into the street…

“It’s hard for me to conceive of someone being willing to put another person out in the street in the middle of a deadly pandemic, and I’m high risk. I’m 70. I have heart issues and I’m diabetic,” Azar said.

Rollins and Azar are just two of the 43 million Americans at risk of eviction in the coming months. For context, about 1 million Americans were evicted in 2010, the year after the Great Recession.

How long do you think that a 70-year-old woman with heart problems and diabetes would last on the street or in a shelter?

And as millions upon millions of Americans get evicted during the months ahead, the shelters are all going to fill up really fast.

America simply was not prepared for an economic downturn of this nature, and the truth is that much bigger challenges are still ahead.

So please do not look down on anyone that needs help right now, because soon you may find yourself in the exact same position.

https://www.infowars.com/stories-of-economic-despair-from-americas-worst-economic-downturn-since-the-great-depression-of-the-1930s/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 8-4-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Funding Is Being Reduced For "Nearly Half" Of All Major City Police Departments In America

by Tyler Durden Tue, 08/04/2020 - 17:25

Authored by Michael Snyder via The Economic Collapse blog,

In recent weeks there has been a tremendous amount of debate about whether police departments around the country should be “defunded” or not, but what most Americans don’t realize is that it is already happening on a massive scale. At a time when crime rates are absolutely soaring and civil unrest is raging in major cities across the nation, police budgets are being deeply cut and in some cities there is talk of eliminating police departments altogether. I knew that a few cities had already made moves in this direction, but I had no idea that it was happening on such a widespread basis. According to a report prepared by the Police Executive Research Forum, nearly half of the law enforcement agencies that they surveyed “are reporting that funding has already been slashed or is expected to be reduced”…

Nearly half of 258 agencies surveyed this month are reporting that funding has already been slashed or is expected to be reduced, according to a report slated for release this week by the Police Executive Research Forum, a non-partisan research organization.

Much of the funding is being pulled from equipment, hiring and training accounts, even as a number of cities also are tracking abrupt spikes in violent crime, the report concluded.

And in most cases we are not talking about small cuts. Police funding in Los Angeles has been reduced by 150 million dollars, and police funding in New York has been slashed by a total of one billion dollars.

Those are staggering numbers.

In Seattle, there had been a proposal to cut police funding by 50 percent, but apparently that wasn’t good enough for some people and so now a measure has been introduced that would completely “abolish the entire Seattle Police Department”…

BREAKING: Seattle City Council moves to abolish the entire Seattle Police Department and replace it with a “civilian led Department of Community Safety & Violence Prevention.”

They want to replace the police force with nonprofit programs and “community-led activities.”

If you live in the Seattle area and you are concerned that in the future you may not have anyone to call if someone breaks into your home, you can rest assured that someone will still be on the other end of the line when you call 911

But instead of a police officer with a gun responding to your call, you may have a “community safety official” armed with “science” and “reason” come pedaling out to your place on his or her bike to perform a “mental health evaluation” on the individual that you are having a “disagreement” with.

Minneapolis is another major city that is considering doing away with the police entirely, but for now the MPD is still operating. However, right now they are being completely overwhelmed by a massive crime wave that has erupted in the city, and in a recent email to 3rd precinct residents they told citizens to be “prepared to give up your cell phone and purse/wallet”…

Be prepared to give up your cell phone and purse/wallet,” the police said in their email, a copy of which was obtained by Alpha News. The email said citizens should listen to criminals and “do as they say.”

The message warned that “some victims have been maced, dragged, assaulted, and some threatened with a gun.” I don’t know about you, but I would not have been comforted if I had received that email.

Chicago is dealing with an enormous crime wave as well. At this point, so many people are being gunned down in the city that it is making headlines all over the globe…

Data released on Saturday showed that Chicago saw 440 homicides between January 2020 through the end of June, a 52 percent increase from the same time period last year (which saw 290 homicides). Shooting victims similarly increased by 51 percent (1,480 to 2,240) and shooting incidents themselves rose 47 percent (from 1,210 to 1,783).

In Los Angeles, it is property crime that is making headlines, and the latest numbers show that auto thefts in the city hit an all-time record high last quarter…

A COVID-19-induced recession, with exceptionally high unemployment in Los Angeles, has resulted in record-high auto thefts in 2Q20.

A new report via Crosstown LA, who examined the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) data, reveals that 5,744 vehicle thefts occurred between April and June, up 57.7% from the same period last year. But it really isn’t fair to point out just a couple of cities because the crime wave that we are facing is actually national in scope.

Never before have we seen such a dramatic spike in crime in such a short period of time. The following comes from Fox News…

A host of other cities — Houston, Atlanta, Los Angeles, New York City, Philadelphia, Portland and Seattle — also saw spikes in shootings and murders, according to public data. 

“I think it’s just a perfect storm of distress in America,” Atlanta Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms said in July.

In her city, the police department reported a 240 percent increase in murders (from 5 to 17) when comparing a four-week period ending in July 2019 to the same timeframe this year. New York City, meanwhile, saw a 277 percent increase in shootings (from 13 to 49) when observing the year-over-year change for one week in July. In such an environment, does it really make sense to “defund the police”?

Unfortunately, you and I are not the ones making the decisions, and right now police budgets are being dramatically slashed from coast to coast.

Meanwhile, civil unrest continues to simmer in many of our largest cities. For example, protesters in Portland just made headlines by burning an American flag and a Bible…

Protesters burned an American flag and a Bible in Portland, Oregon, sparking outrage just as weeks of violent demonstrations seemed to be coming to a close.

For more than 60 days, Black Lives Matters demonstrators, including a “Wall of Moms” and a “Wall of Vets,” have clashed with federal agents in the city, drawing national attention as authorities blasted marchers with tear gas and the civilians at times responded with weapons of their own — such as feces, bleach, bricks or batteries.

Sadly, what we have experienced so far is just the beginning. The upcoming election certainly has the potential to trigger more protests and more riots, and the severe economic downturn that we are currently experiencing will add fuel to the fire as well.

Everywhere you look, people are angry and frustrated, and our society seems to be coming apart at the seams all around us.

It is at such a moment that politicians all over America have decided to radically cut police funding, and needless to say this is going to have very serious implications for every man, woman and child in the entire country.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/funding-being-reduced-nearly-half-all-major-city-police-departments-america 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 8-1-20 Lew Rockwell.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lockdown Lunacy: Your Government Ordered Depression Has Arrived

By David Stockman

David Stockman's Contra Corner August 1, 2020

Well, the Virus Patrol sure has done it. In a fit of reckless overkill they have managed to vaporize six years of economic growth during the last 90 days. And that’s just by the mechanical reckoning of the GDP accounts, where total output in Q2 weighed in at essentially the same level as Q4 2014.

The real damage is far deeper, however, and is reflected in millions of small businesses permanently destroyed, tens of millions of households wiped-out financially and the vicious daisy chain of delinquencies, deferrals and defaults just beginning to rip through the $78 trillion edifice of debt which entombs the US economy. Real GDP Level

Of course, most of the Wall Street talking heads were nonplussed by this morning’s release because, well, Q2 results are claimed to be ancient history: Reality is purportedly the “V”-shaped recovery on their spreadsheets, which really can’t fail to happen because it’s always two quarters out regardless of conditions at the moment. So let’s get something straight. What is happening is an economic catastrophe the likes of which we have never seen before, even during the Great Depression of the 1930s. In fact, the worst annual decline back then was a 14.8% drop in 1932, while the entire peak-to-trough real GDP decline between 1929 and the 1933 bottom was 30.5%.

So it would be fair to say that measured at an annualized rate, the idiotic Dr. Fauci and his Virus Patrol have now delivered a 32.9% GDP plunge, which single-handedly tops the entire contraction of the Great Depression.

Needless to say, the Q2 result also leaves the recessionary drops since 1950 way back in the dust. Even the auto industry induced plunge of Q1 1958 didn’t make the double-digit threshold. It clocked in at a 9.986% annualized decline or less than one-third of today’s cliff dive. What was especially notable, however, was the vaporization of personal consumption spending on services, which ordinarily accounts for upwards of 70 percent of total PCE; and which is also ballyhooed by the paint-by-the-numbers Wall Street economist as the ballast the keeps GDP moving ever higher.

Not this time! Services spending literally fell through the trapdoor, contracting at a 43.4% annualized rate. That compares with the 11 recessions since 1950 where real spending on services never went negative, save for the pinprick decline of -1.6% annualized during the Q1 2009 bottom of the Great Recession.

By every account, the economic plunge in the winter of 2008-2009 was the worst since the 1930s, but today the Commerce Department reported a PCE-services drop that was 28X deeper!

Our purpose here is not to marshal scary numbers, even as they surely are. Rather, our point is that what is coursing through the Q2 numbers is not anything that resembles a normal chain-of-reactions macroeconomic cycle. For instance, where job losses cascade through to shrinking incomes, thereby causing consumer confidence and spending wherewithal to diminish and household spending to be curtailed.

To the contrary, what is depicted below is essentially economic marshal law. Agencies of the state commanded airports, restaurants, bars, hair salons, gyms, movies, dentist offices, theme parks, sporting events etc. to close or operate at drastically reduced capacity, which meant, in turn, that day-in-and-day out commerce and economic output vanished instantly.

Stated differently, this 43% plunge in services spending didn’t happen for the ordinary reason that people were short on cash. As we show below, personal income during the quarter – thanks to the massive flow of free stuff from Washington (aka government transfer payments) – clocked in at a record level!

Consequently, there will be no rebound in the plunging red line below no matter how much fiscal and monetary “stimulus” Washington pumps into the main street economy.

The services sector accounts for nearly 66% of total PCE, which, in turn, accounts for 68% of measured GDP. So the latter will not recover until the Virus Patrol gets its foot off the neck of what we call the social congregation activities of daily economic life; and also until it and its MSM collaborationist desist from fanning the false claim that the Covid is the equivalent of the Black Plague, thereby causing people to voluntarily quarantine out of misplaced fear.

Of course, you don’t have to listen to Dr. Fauci and the Scarf Lady for long – yes, they have not yet been locked up in padded cells where they belong – to realize that the Virus Patrol is on a once-in-a lifetime power trip.

In ultra-busy body/Nanny State fashion they are virtually regimenting the comings and goings of a $20 trillion economy – even as they keep the US economy on indefinite idle waiting for the vaccines and antivirals from their allies in Big Pharma and the Gates Complex to ride to the (mandatory) rescue. We don’t expect the Virus Patrol to be put out of business any time soon because the Donald is too confused and weak to shut them down.

Moreover, if he keeps shooting himself in the kneecaps via tweets like today’s “lets-postpone-the-election” numbskullery, he will guarantee an even worse scenario: Namely, that while Sleepy Joe is being oxygenated and propped-up behind the Resolute Desk for daily Oval Office photo ops, the left-wing health Nazis who surround him will really go to town on Lockdown Nation.

Nor is that any kind of unhinged trashing of the camarilla of out-and-out statists who will form the core of the Biden Administration. The fact is, the Donald’s malpacticing doctors, the MSM and the Blue State mayors and governors have now unleashed a full-on public hysteria that is self-fueling. It is now transforming ordinary sheeples into obedient and unquestioning brown-shirts. Even in the purportedly enlightened, socialist republic of Aspen, where we are sheltering for the duration, we see them “mask-up” even with no one in sight, while pumping strenuously up the mountain side on a fat-tired bike.

On manifestation of the Covid-Hysteria is the soaring level of “testing” going on as people either try to get a hall pass in order to return to work or just plain run to the nearest testing station every time the media sends off new alarm bells.

During April, for instance, which was the very worst month of the contagion in terms of serious illnesses and deaths, 5.2 million new tests were reported or 175,000 per day.

By contrast, in July to date (thru the 29th), there have been 21.5 million new tests reported or an average of 745,000 per day.

In a population that has been thoroughly exposed to the virus after five months, it is a given that with the number of tests soaring, the number of positive cases will rise proportionately. But that’s a misdirection because the real issue is the true medical severity of the new cases, and that has dropped precipitously.

The death rate has dropped from 1,800 per day in April to 780 in July; and whereas 15-20% of new cases were being hospitalized in most states during April, that figure has now fallen to 2-4%.

That is, after the Grim Reaper’s original romp through the most vulnerable populations – especially the nursing homes and long-term care facilities in March/April – the preponderant share of the remaining populations being infected and testing positive appear to have stronger immune defenses, and are mainly either asymptomatic or treating and recovering at home in the normal flu-season manner.

So on the facts, the Hysteria should be dying out, but, alas, the facts are of small moment in the context of a runaway public hysteria that is being turbocharged by a severely aggravated anti-Trump partisanship that has no modern precedent, or any at all.

We are constantly reminded that there are less than 100 days until the election, but probably of even more salience is that the next flu season will be arriving even sooner in October. And it won’t matter whether the obvious herd immunities building up against the SARS-Cov-2 cause the next flu season to be unusually mild or not.

That’s because the Virus Patrol will be at shrill alert for the “second wave” in the run-up to October, keeping the suffocated economy evident in today’s GDP report on its back foot for the balance of the year, at least. That means the ballyhooed V is now surely dead-as-a-door nail.

In this context, it needs be recalled that the services sector of the US economy is bearing the brunt of the Lockdown orders, but that it now counts for fully $8.7 trillion or 45% of GDP. That compares to a mere 26% back in the days of America’s industrial might in the mid-1950s.

In the big picture context, therefore, national policy – especially at the Eccles Building – caused the off-shoring and hollowing-out of the US industrial economy over the last three decades. In turn, that has left main street especially vulnerable to a state-orchestrated attack on its new services sector center of gravity such as outpatient surgery clinics, Pilates studios and tapas bars.

Again, an economic marshal law attack on the new epicenter of the US economy means that the issue is not traditional stimulus, but clearing the decks and clearing the air of the Virus Patrol orders and Covid-Hysteria, which was the real culprit behind the Q2 GDP disaster. Perhaps nowhere is the impact of economic marshal law more evident, ironically, than in the health care sub-sector of the services economy.

The former, of course, has been the workhorse of US GDP growth for decades. However, after peaking at $2.50 trillion in Q4 2019, it weighed in at just $1.89 trillion in Q2 2020. That’s a $608 billion decline, reflecting an astounding -24% contraction. And this is supposed to be the worst medical crisis to hit America since the Spanish Flu of 1918!

But, actually, the government’s data mill is telling an absolutely opposite, nay crazy, story. Namely, that the single largest sector of the US economy plunged at a 61.6% annualized rate in Q2 – meaning that the figure gives the notion of being “off the charts” of history an altogether new definition.

Needless to say, health care spending is not now and never has been amenable to Washington’s vaunted stimulus machines. The overwhelming share of spending is government funded directly through Medicare/Medicaid et al or through the $300 billion per year tax shelter for employer health plans; and whether public or private, consumer health payments are overwhelming made by third-parties, thereby further limiting the efficacy of the cheap money from the Fed and free money from Uncle Sam.

The plunging red line below, therefore, is the doing of the Virus Patrol and its orders to shutdown most so-called discretionary healthy care services, such as cancer screenings? So until it is put out of business and the public Covid-Hysteria is substantially abated, the rebound of the health services sector is likely to the contained and protracted. In short, what we have is a government-ordered depression, not a macroeconomic recession that is purportedly remediable by a huge dose of monetary and fiscal stimulus. So the truth is, the Virus Patrol, not the Fed and Washington’s everything bailout brigade, is in charge of the recovery from the Q2 disaster, and they are not much interested in letting it happen.

To take another salient example, the go-to strategy of the Virus Patrol has been to shutdown large scale public gatherings entirely, but that’s obviously the venue of the recreation sector.

So it is not surprising that the PCE spending rate for this sector has given “cliff-diving” a run for its money. Compared to the $590 billion annualized rate of spending in Q4 2019, the current quarter clocked in at just $272 trillion.

The amounted to a 53.4% decline from Q4 and an out-of-this-world contraction of 61% annualized in the current quarter. Or alternatively, recreation spending in Lockdown Nation during Q2 reverted to the level first crossed in Q2 2002.

That’s 18 year’s worth of growth gone in a virtual economic heartbeat. Of course, there was one thing that was way up in Q2 – transfer payments and personal income. And every dime of the massive increase in transfer payments shown below was borrowed by Uncle Sam and monetized by the Fed.

Yet the only thing it accomplished was to further balloon the public debt because the current depression does not flow from the want of means or desire to spend: It’s the product of economic marshal law ordered up by the Virus Patrol.

Still, it is worth noting that wage and salary income (brown line) was down by $680 billion at an annual rate in Q2, while the Washington spending machine boosted transfer payments at a $2.4 trillion annual rate, or by nearly four times more!

Once upon a time, that would have been considered insane overkill, and at least caused Republicans to screech at the top of their lungs about fiscal profligacy.

Alas, as they put up their $1.2 trillion Everything Bailout 5.0 against the House Dems’ $3.3 trillion alternative in the days just ahead, the chart below will be nowhere seen in the porkers’ lounges of Capitol Hill.

https://www.lewrockwell.com/2020/08/david-stockman/lockdown-lunacy-your-government-ordered-depression-has-arrived/ 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 8-3-20 Sons of Liberity :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Politicians & Mainstream Media Demonizing The Militia (We the People) Who Are Called To “Suppress Insurrections & “Repel Invasion” – All While Giving A Pass & Praise To Criminals!

Written by: Bradlee Dean Published on: August 3, 2020

Isn’t it rather curious how subversive organizations are allowed to operate with a free hand in America, even going so far as to illegally riot and loot with a “Let them Breathe,” or “Give them some space” coming from the representatives that should enforce the laws faithfully against the crimes being committed today (Article 6, Section 2 US Constitution)?

Somehow, Americans have been conditioned to believe that it is government’s purpose to overlook the crimes that they are to enforce the law against, even going so far as to set the stage in convincing the people that it is wrong to enforce the law and it is right to allow the crimes (Isaiah 5:20). Remembering that the government is a reflection of the American people, one must ask the question as to what is taking place in our cities today? I can answer with an obvious answer: The American people are not only biblically illiterate, but they are constitutionally illiterate, as well (Hosea 4:6). To take it a step further, the mainstream media, through the ignorance of the American people, have been allowed to demonize the militia to the point where some people believe that they are right next to terrorists when, in fact, the opposite is true!

https://www.santafenewmexican.com/news/local_news/militias-other-armed-groups-regularly-feature-at-new-mexico-protests/article_eeaef918-a67c-11ea-9f01-9f94b8c1ada3.html 

The militia is to be called up in times like this to “suppress insurrections” from the likes of Antifa or Black Lives Matters, etc…, and “repel invasion” when it comes to border issues.

The problem that Americans are having here is that when it comes to the realizations of these subversive organizations is that the said representatives are the ones telling the police to stand down.

When it comes to the illegals coming into America, they are being allured in by the subversives that are tolerated in American government (Psalm 94:20).

These said representatives are also the ones who are working hand in glove with the MSM, who are demonizing “We the People,” who are the militia.

In other words, you have criminals aiding criminals in these particular situations. Let’s set the record straight: Americans are the militia! Americans are the law enforcers (Deuteronomy 25:1)! our country, might pervert their power to the injury of their fellow citizens, the people are confirmed by the article in their right to keep and bear their private arms.” – Tench Coxe, Philadelphia Federal Gazette, June 18, 1789

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/politicians-and-the-mainstream-media-demonizing-the-militia-we-the-people-the-militia-who-are-called-to-suppress-insurrections-and-repel-invasion-all-the

-while-giving-a-p/ 

:: 8-4-20 Jon’s Place Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

George Soros Communist Groups Have Transformed American Beach Towns Into Ghost Towns

j Uncategorized August 4, 2020

Dave Hodges on Monday, August 3, 2020

America’s economy has passed the point of no return. Oh, there will be pockets of the economy that might have a chance to partially recover from the carnage, but not many businesses will survive the communist takeover of our economy masquerading as the simultaneous Social Justice riots and the Covid-19 cure which was no more than a George Soros Arab Spring attack upon all institutions in America including the economy. Nowhere does one witness a better example of this takeover than we find with the utter devastation of America’s coastal towns. They should be the poster child for what happens when a country lets its communist contingent seize control of the economy in whatever their latest false flag attack consists of.

Particularily hard hit are America’s costal businesses. The estimation range is high with regard to how many beach front businesses, ranging from hotels to restaurants will fail because of the COVID-19 unconstitutional lockdowns, but the numbers of 50-70% potential failure rate paints a bleak picture and that when you are planning next year’s vacation, you will be dealing with a ghost town instead of a beach town.

The Social Justice Movement Is Not New

Twelve years ago I received a glimpse into the future when I was visiting San Diego County’s Del Mar Beach, there were petition checkpoints on the boardwalks trying to get people to sign up to “close the beaches”. The reasons that they listed had to do with protecting the native sea life and to limit pollution. The petition proposed the closing of all of California’s beaches between the months of May-October, which would have been the height of tourist season.

I made it a point to question the petitioners about the economic impact on the local economy. They said to a person, there are going to be economic casualties in order to preserve the environment. I asked about the business owners and their economic welfare. I reminded them that the employees had people in their families that depended on the ability to earn a living and this is where I received my first introduction to the Soros-style Gestapo soldiers that are invading our cities today. Out of the 4 petitioner stands that I visited, to a person they stated that it was the greedy, immoral capitalistic system that was negatively impacting the eco-system and that I was obviously part of the problem for daring to question their motives for the petition.

My Glimpse Into the Future

One White-skinned petitioner asked me what I did for a living and I told the person that I was a college basketball coach and educator. They stated that I was exploiting the “Black youth” of America for my own personal gain and this “close the beach petition was made for people like me and that the Black youth of America had to be protected and compensated from people like me. (Editor’s Note: Actually all of my players were adults). This petitioner continued to lecture me about the fact that my racist views would one day be my undoing and that in the future, a group of young adults would hold me criminally responsible and I would one day be paying reparations to the young African-male adults that I was exploiting on the basketball court. The person also stated that there was a movement that one day would take America away from the greedy capitalists like myself. I asked the petitioner what form of government that they favored and he said “fascism is making a comeback” and “that soon there will be nowhere for a-holes like me to hide when the revolution was about to begin.

I subsequently asked the petitioner and future member of Antifa if they could cite for me any historical examples where fascism and ultimately socialism had ever worked in the history of the world. Obviously, unable to do so, the person asked me if I was still having sex with my mother and told me to get the ____ out!

Although, this investigation began as an analysis of the economic destitution that has been brought about to America’s coastal businesses on the east coast, west coast and the Gulf Coast, this was my first real exposure to high level of vulgarity that was emerging from our nation’s young adults as well as their complete contempt for American culture. I remember telling my wife that one day, we would find ourselves fighting for our very survival against this new generation of communists. I accidentally and prophetically stated that this was the beginning of revolution in which misguided youth would seek to steal everything that I have earned and who would have no compunction about taking my life to do so. I under estimated how quickly this threat would spring into reality.

When the George Soros Arab Spring began three years later, I did not realize how quickly this whole communist revolution would sweep the planet. Now these communists, who were nothing but flunky drop outs from the 60’s and 70’s are running much of our country’s government. These traitors (eg Schiff, Pelosi, Nadler, Feinstein) have betrayed the President. However, you have to give them credit, they have managed to get one of their own elected to President. Everyone made such a big deal that Obama was the first black President, the more important measure was that Obama was the first real communist President of the United States. And Obama has left behind quite a legacy in that his demented Vice President stands a good chance of becoming the next communist President in which his puppet masters will drive a stake through the heart of every gainfully employed American. Soon, America, you will own nothing and you will have no civil liberties.

The following broadcast exemplifies that how the Democratic Party (ie Bolsheviks) have destroyed the economies of America’s beach towns. They will do the same to your financial interests. This is the story of how George Soros’ Arab Spring has come to America!

https://jonsnewplace.wordpress.com/2020/08/04/george-soros-communist-groups-have-transformed-american-beach-towns-into-ghost-towns/ 

:: 8-1-20 e free news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report Finds 250 US Collaborations With Chinese Military-Tied Researchers

Updated: 2020-08-02 23:30:03

The U.S. academic community has extensively collaborated with Chinese researchers affiliated with the Chinese military, jeopardizing national security, according to a new report.

Analysts at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University found 254 papers in which U.S. researchers collaborated with counterparts from seven top universities in China affiliated with the regime’s military, the People’s Liberation Army (PLA). The think tank identified 115 U.S. universities and government-backed research labs that worked with these PLA-linked organizations, collaborating on research topics from new energy technologies to aeronautical engineering. The report released July 30 found instances where the Chinese researchers allegedly tried to conceal their ties to the defense institutes. Some Chinese coauthors also appeared to have worked in classified weapons programs, it said.

It concluded that such collaborations compromised national security because it allowed the PLA-linked institutions to “harvest U.S. S&T [science and technology] research at its source, and divert it to PRC [People’s Republic of China] defense research and weapons program development.”

“The risks to national security are serious since such diversions could erode or eliminate U.S. military superiority with lethal consequences in the event of an armed conflict,” it said.

Any collaboration with these defense universities boosted the regime’s “civil-military fusion” strategy—a military development plan that seeks to integrate private-sector innovations into the PLA’s industrial base, the report said. It added that research partnerships are contrary to U.S. national interest “even if the relevant research is unclassified, considered basic or fundamental, and is ultimately published in open sources.”

The findings came as the Trump administration ramps up efforts to counter Chinese state-sanctioned theft of American research. Last week, it ordered the closure of the Chinese consulate in Houston, accusing of it being a center for espionage. U.S. officials said consulate staff there were involved in numerous efforts over the years to recruit researchers at local biomedical institutions to join Chinese state-backed talent plans, which incentivized them to transfer U.S. intellectual property and know-how to China.

The justice department has also brought a spate of prosecutions against Chinese and American researchers for allegedly hiding their ties to Chinese talent plans and work for Chinese universities. Recently, at least four Chinese researchers were arrested and charged with visa fraud, with prosecutors alleging they were actually undercover PLA officers. The Federal Bureau of Investigation has interviewed suspected undercover officers in more than 25 cities.

In May, President Donald Trump issued an executive order barring entry to Chinese graduate or higher-level students from organizations affiliated with the regime’s civil-military fusion complex.

Hoover analysts, however, warned that the regime is likely to try to circumvent the ban by shifting collaboration online or overseas, or by using collectors from entities not caught by the order.

The report reviewed papers published between January 2013-March 2019 retrieved from a Chinese state-backed database. The research builds upon earlier work by Australian think tank Australian Strategic Policy Institute, which, in a 2018 report, found that more than 2,500 Chinese military scientists and engineers have traveled abroad to study since 2007, often by masking their military ties.

The Hoover report recommended U.S. research institutions increase due diligence on foreign research collaborations, formulate a set of ethical standards to ensure partnerships don’t aid the military or repressive capabilities of authoritarian regimes.

The seven Chinese universities referred to in the report are among the leading science and technology institutions in the country and have a long history of supporting the Chinese military, it said. They are known as the “Seven Sons of National Defense.”

The report found Chinese coauthors who have worked on projects for the various branches of the PLA, classified weapons development programs, as well as for major Chinese state-run defense companies.

In an apparent effort to mask their ties to the regime’s defense programs, some Chinese researchers used innocuous English labels such as “state key laboratory” instead of the Chinese term “national defense key laboratory” to describe their affiliations, the report found. In other instances, some Chinese coauthors didn’t list any curricula vitae on their faculty webpages, it added.

The report also found that researchers from several national laboratories of the Department of Energy published papers with counterparts from six of the seven Chinese defense universities. Some Chinese students from those universities filed dissertations that claimed to have been supported by the National Health Institute and the U.S. National Science Foundation, it said.

Our findings stand as monuments to a colossal failure of vision that has prevented the U.S. research enterprise from appreciating the risks that such collaborations posed and from adopting appropriate safeguards of its own accord,” the report said. “Too little has changed in that regard, and many of the same vulnerabilities persist.”

Follow Cathy on Twitter: @CathyHe_ET

https://www.efreenews.com/a/report-finds-250-us-collaborations-with-chinese-military-tied-researchers 

:: 8-2-20 ENM NEWS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

George Soros cuts six-figure check to PAC supporting St. Louis prosecutor who charged McCloskeys

August 2, 2020 7:29 pm     ENM NEWS

George Soros donated more than $100,000 to a PAC that supports St. Louis prosecutor Kim Gardner.

Soros, the prolific liberal donor, cut a check for $116,000 last month to the Missouri Justice and Public Safety PAC, which was created to support Gardner. Soros was the only donor listed on the Missouri filing. As of Aug. 1, the group has spent $104,393 of the $116,000 that Soros donated, with $77,804 paid to Gardner’s campaign directly, according to a Sunday report from Just The News. Gardner is facing a primary election in St. Louis on Tuesday. Michael Vachon,   Read more…

https://www.enmnews.com/2020/08/02/george-soros-cuts-six-figure-check-to-pac-supporting-st-louis-prosecutor-who-charged-mccloskeys/

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

:: 8-2-20 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man Who Predicted The Global Collapse Just Warned A Nightmare Scenario Is Unfolding

August 02, 2020

Today the man who predicted the global collapse just warned a nightmare scenario is unfolding.

The Big Lie

August 2 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: “Gold has no role in portfolio of wealthy clients” said the chief investment officer of Goldman Sachs’ private wealth management in the week that gold in US dollars went up by over $100 and made a new high of $1,984. Many found this statement puzzling as another Goldman department previously has told clients not to sell anything gold.

The CIO went on to say: “Our view is that gold is only appropriate if you have a very strong view that the US dollar is going to be rebased. We don’t have that view.”

THE IMPLODING DOLLAR

So here we have a dollar that has lost 85% against gold in this century and 40% since 2018. How can the CIO of the mighty Goldman Sachs say that the dollar is not being rebased? History certainly tells us that she is not telling the truth. Or does she believe that the dollar won’t go down in coming years? As CIO she can clearly see what everyone is seeing — namely that the prospects for the dollar are doomed with what is happening in the US economy which is causing surging deficits and unlimited money printing.

The truth clearly lies elsewhere. No asset manager is interested in protecting their clients’ assets by investing in the ultimate form of wealth preservation, which of course is physical gold. The reason is very simple. Goldman’s private wealth management, like all other asset managers, are not interested in holding physical gold for their clients for the simple reason that the bank can’t earn sufficient revenue on just holding client gold. Instead, they want to put expensive proprietary products and their own managed funds into client portfolios and also buy and sell shares regularly to churn commissions.

No bank, managing client portfolios, tells their clients that in the last 20 years gold has outperformed all major asset classes including stocks. The Dow, for example, has lost 20% vs gold since 1999 (excluding dividends). Instead, asset managers stick to their conventional portfolios of stocks, bonds and some alternative assets. The Dow – Gold ratio is now 13 on its way to at least 1 to 1 as in 1980 and probably 0.5 to 1 as I discussed in last week’s KWN article.

100 TRILLION GOLD IN WEIMAR REPUBLIC

What 0.5 to 1 Dow-Gold ratio means in price is impossible to say today. It could be $20,000 gold and 10,000 Dow. It could also be $50,000 gold and 25,000 Dow. And if hyperinflation takes hold, which I think is very likely, we could see $100 billion gold. At that point, I would expect the ratio to collapse in line with most stocks and be substantially below 0.5 to 1. Gold at $100 billion might sound sensational, but remember that the world has seen a lot higher gold in fiat money.

In the Weimar Republic in 1923, gold reached Marks 100 trillion. But measuring the gold price in worthless paper money obviously serves no purpose. 100 trillion marks might sound like a lot of money. Well, it is if you have to pay it in actual paper money. But the problem is that paper money at that point will have lost its useful function. Today, paper money is gradually being abolished. In Sweden, for example, no one carries or pays with paper money. Even for small amounts like a loaf of bread, a credit card is used.

AS PAPER MONEY DIES

Abolishing paper money has been a planned process by governments and central banks. Firstly, it makes bank runs impossible. The banks will simply just turn off the ATMs. They can obviously also stop electronic transfers. The most important aspect of electronic money is the Big Brother is Watching Syndrome. Now the state has total electronic control of the citizens money not just from a tax point of view but the state can decide to block individual accounts or to charge fines or taxes without the permission of the account holder

Listen to the greatest Egon von Greyerz audio interview ever by CLICKING HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

With regards to hyperinflation, it is only a matter of time before inflation picks up as the frantic printing accelerates further in line with the collapsing economy. The current explosion of the Fed balance sheet combined with surging government debt will increase money supply exponentially. This will also lead to the dollar decline accelerating.

DOLLAR FALL AND MONEY SUPPLY

The US Dollar Index peaked at 103 in March of this year and has since then fallen 10% to 93 today. As the dollar continues to decline, US inflation will pick up. So far the official US inflation rate is just above zero. Anyone buying food or paying insurance, for example, knows that this is not a true figure. But the real reason why inflation is low in spite of the major increase in money supply is the low velocity of money.   All the money printed is not reaching the consumer, but instead staying with banks and other major institutions to shore up their balance sheets. Very little reaches the real economy.

The graph below shows the rise in the US Money Zero Maturity Stock – MZM. This is the broadest measure of liquid money. It was $4.3 trillion in 2000 and is now $21 trillion. And within a matter of months, since March 2020, it has increased by a massive $4 trillion.

Money Supply Has Skyrocketed A Jaw-Dropping   $4 Trillion In A Matter Of Months!…

If we then look at the velocity of MZM, we see how it reached 3.5 in 1981 when inflation was high and interest rates reached 20%. Today, the velocity has collapsed to an all-time low of 0.9. So what we are seeing is that the money printed is not spent, but instead used to prevent the financial system from collapsing.

Velocity Of Money Has Collapsed To An All-Time Low!

AS THE DOLLAR FALLS, VELOCITY OF MONEY WILL PICK UP

As the dollar falls and velocity of money increases, we will see inflation increasing rapidly. Higher inflation will lead to higher interest rates. I experienced this in the UK in the 1970s when inflation was in the mid- to high-teens for many years. My first mortgage was at 21% in 1974.

Central banks today are managing to artificially suppress short term interest rates defying the laws of supply and demand. High demand for credit should, in a free market, lead to high interest rates and thus taper demand for credit. But in a world controlled and manipulated by central banks, the laws of nature are temporarily set aside. This leads to false markets and false prices.

The likely course of events in the next few years are as follows:

THE NIGHTMARE SCENARIO

Accelerating deficits and debts

Falling dollar and other currencies

Unlimited money printing to save banks and failing financial system

More printing to save failing companies

Ever higher subsidies for furloughed and unemployed

Universal Basic Income (UBI) introduced in most Western nations

UBI means that everyone is paid a basic wage whether they work or not

This will lead to ever fewer people working

Higher unemployment means more printing

More printing leads to more currency debasement

This leads to higher velocity of money and higher inflation

Central banks lose control of rates as long end of bond market sells off

High long rates push short rates up

Rates reach 5% then quickly 10% and on to 15-20% at least

At 10% interest rates, cost on global debt of $275 trillion would be $27 trillion

$27 trillion is 34% of global GDP – totally unsustainable

Therefore, much more money printing required

Bad debts surge leading to defaults, sovereign, corporate and private

Unemployment escalates leading to more UBI and more money printing

Banks start failing as well as the $1.5 to $2 quadrillion derivatives market

Money printing reaches quadrillions of dollars leading to hyperinflation

The financial system collapses together with major parts of industry and society

Social unrest, civil wars, cyber wars, and major conflict will be rampant

Political systems fail as governments lose control leading to anarchy

THE WORLD WAKES UP TO THE FACT THAT IT IS BANKRUPT

Obviously governments and central banks will desperately try to introduce resets, new digital currencies, and do a bit of hocus pocus with debt to pretend it has disappeared. The US might even revalue its alleged stock of 8,000 tonnes of gold. But their bluff will be called. The effects of any measure governments take will only be temporary as the world realizes that it really is bankrupt.

I sincerely hope that all the above is really a nightmare in the form of a dream and will never take place. Because if it does, the world will be back in the Dark Ages or the Dark Years, as I wrote about in 2009 and revisited in 2018.

THE WORLD GOES BACKWARD 100 YEARS

If the world retraces a century of evolution or more, it is clearly in for at least 50 years of very hard times. But except for the initial shock and readjustment, life will go on for most people but at a different level. Obviously living standards will decline substantially. So will security. The positive aspect is that moral and ethical values will return with family and friends becoming the kernel of society again. And many of the best and free things in life will still be there such as nature, books, music, good conversation, close friendships, etc. With the lack of many of the superficial material values, we will appreciate the real value of the new simple life, even though it will seem a lot harder initially.

What I have outlined above is not a forecast but a potential scenario which I sincerely hope won’t come to pass, but the risk is certainly there.

GOLD WILL ASSUME ITS CRISIS ROLE

In a period of such severe crisis, which I outlined above, gold will obviously assume the role it always has, namely as money and the only money which will maintain its purchasing power and act as insurance and wealth preservation. But remember, it must be physical and stored outside the banking system in a very safe place and jurisdiction. At that point it will be meaningless to measure gold in worthless dollars or euros. Instead, think of gold in ounces or grammes and purchasing power terms…For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE.

***To hear one of the most important interviews of 2020 with Michael Oliver discussing skyrocketing gold and collapsing stock markets click here or on the image below.

https://kingworldnews.com/man-who-predicted-the-global-collapse-just-warned-a-nightmare-scenario-is-now-unfolding/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 8-2-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Big Pharma achieves total legal immunity for coronavirus vaccines; even as vaccine injections will be FORCED onto billions of people, potentially killing tens of millions

Sunday, August 02, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) We have now arrived at the ultimate moneymaking scam for Big Pharma, a corrupt, criminal industry that’s going to great lengths to pressure Big Tech to censor all speech that doesn’t earn them more profits. Now, vaccine manufacturers like AstraZeneca are openly bragging about how they’ve achieved absolute legal immunity from all side effects caused by coronavirus vaccines, even as “Dr. Evil” Fauci and other pawns of the vaccine industry are pushing for mandatory vaccine injections for billions of people.

You have no right to say no, in other words, but you also have no right to sue if their product turns out to be faulty and causes injury or harm. This is now the status quo of the lawless, anti-human vaccine industry and all its corrupt collaborators such as Big Tech, Big Media, medical schools and complicit medical journals.

“AstraZeneca has been granted protection from future product liability claims related to its COVID-19 vaccine hopeful by most of the countries with which it has struck supply agreements,” reports Reuters. “The United States… already has a law to exclude tort claims from products that help control a public-health crises in the form of the 2005 Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness, or PREP Act.”

The vaccine will be forced upon you, in other words, regardless of its safety status. Long-term trials are being completely skipped. Animals trials have been largely abandoned. And Moderna, the most prominent vaccine manufacturer on the covid-19 scene, has publicly admitted that 100% of clinical trial subjects experienced negative side effects in the high dose group, during the second round of injections.

Bill Gates is now publicly stating that “multiple doses” of coronavirus vaccines will need to be forced on people around the world, yet we already see that even during the second dose — not the mention third or fourth doses — side effects hit every single person, indicating they get cumulatively worse with an incremental number of doses.

Greed-driven vaccine manufacturers have no incentive to make coronavirus vaccines safe

The utter lack of financial liability means that vaccine manufacturers have no incentive to follow quality control measures. Since they can’t be sued when their faulty vaccine products cause injury or death, there’s no incentive to make their vaccines safe during manufacturing. Instead, the priority is to rush everything into production as quickly as possible in order to maximize profits and be among the first to market. Adding to the conspiracy, tech giants like Google, Facebook and Twitter will of course censor all reports of vaccine injuries, making it nearly impossible for anyone to lodge an honest online complaint about vaccine safety.

Here’s how that will work: The CDC will declare the faulty, dangerous vaccines to be “safe,” then anyone who questions that will be censored by the tech giants for “not following CDC guidelines” or some similar excuse. Thus, companies like Moderna, Pfizer, Astrazeneca or Bayer could produce flat-out lethal vaccines that kill millions of people, and there is no mechanism in society by which any whistleblower could raise the alarm or bring one of the vaccine manufacturers to court.

Due process has just been obliterated. You have no right to any trial. You have no right to say no. You must comply or lose your job, and you might in fact be denied access to public transportation or even public shopping spaces.

You are now living in a medical police state, run by Big Pharma tyrants and junk science quacks who pretend to be the high priests of “truth.” All those who oppose them will be silenced, and you will be injected against your will with a toxic cocktail of experimental medicine that might just kill you. If you complain, you will be de-platformed. If you sue, your case will be thrown out. If you die, your death will be recorded as a “covid-19” death in order to push more justification for more vaccines.

On top of all that, the vaccines probably won’t even work. YOU will have to pay all the medical costs stemming from vaccine injuries By achieving absolute legal immunity for unsafe, rushed, experimental vaccines, the vaccine drug giants have transferred all financial risk to you, the patient.

You will have to bear all the hospitalization costs, funeral costs and lifelong injury costs associated with their toxic vaccines. They have no liability whatsoever.

This arrangement — essentially U.S. Congress-approved collusion between Big Pharma and rich, elite lawmakers who accept campaign contributions from the industry — is outrageous. It strips the people of due process rights while shifting cost burdens from Big Pharma to the very people who are being forcibly injected against their wishes. You are forced to take the shot, in other words, and then forced to pay for the injuries caused by the shot. Big Pharma gets away scot-free, pocking all the profits while facing none of the financial liability for their dangerous, untested vaccine cocktails.

The CDC, FDA and WHO are all in on the scam, of course, as is the corporate media, medical journals and Big Tech. That’s because they all get kickbacks from Big Pharma. The money flows like water as millions of people face injuries or death from an unsafe, unproven vaccine medical experiment that clearly violates Nuremberg principles abolishing medical experiments on human beings. It’s no wonder so many Americans are now publicly asserting that they will defend their lives against any vaccine assault, which is technically an assault with a deadly weapon. If the government forces you to be injected with something, it’s insane to simultaneously claim that YOU have to bear the financial burden stemming from injury or death

Obviously, if the government forces some medical intervention upon you, depriving you of the choice to say no, they can’t simultaneously force you pay the medical costs and cover the lost work income stemming from injury caused by those very same medical interventions. This is the government demanding vaccine victims cover the product liability costs that should be covered by the manufacturer.

Imagine if the government forced all Americans to buy Ford Pinto cars, and then granted Ford total immunity from any liability related to those cars exploding. That would be the government forcing you to subject yourself to risk of real harm from a faulty product (the Pintos exploded when lightly tapped from the rear) while simultaneously forcing you to cover the costs of injury and hospitalization stemming from the faulty product itself.

That’s insane. It’s rigged. It is unjust, and it deprives Americans of their basic constitutional rights. Yet it’s exactly what Congress has put in place for vaccine manufacturers, who have a long, dark history of science fraud, criminal price fixing, rigging clinical trials and lying to government regulators.

In fact, it’s difficult to find an industry run by more criminal-minded fraudsters than the vaccine industry, which routinely lies and deceives the U.S. public, falsely claiming that vaccines harm no one even as the U.S. government itself releases quarterly statistics detailing an astonishing number of people (mostly children) who are maimed, hospitalized and killed by vaccines. You can download the government statistics yourself at VAERS.HHS.gov 

Dr. Mikovits warns the coronavirus vaccine might kill 50 million Americans

Dr. Judy Mikovits, who have been viciously attacked by the vaccine-controlled media, recently explained that she believes a COVID-19 vaccine might kill as many as 50 million people in the United States. Via VaccineImpact.com:

“So now you’re going to inject an agent, into every cell in the body. I just can’t even imagine a recipe for anything other than what I would consider mass murder on a scale where 50 million people will die in America from the vaccine.”

Dr. Mikovits was interviewed by Brian Rose, who has been featuring interviews with David Icke who claims there is no virus and that 5G cell towers are the sole cause behind what he calls a “fake” pandemic. For the record, we strongly disagree with David Icke, and we believe that Brian Rose appears to be riding a wave of incredibly popular but utterly false disinformation in his interviews with Icke. Nevertheless, we also believe that every person should be allowed to voice their views on the pandemic, including Icke and Rose, even if they’re wildly wrong in their conclusions. We would hope that the public might be intelligent enough to make their own decisions about what to believe.

Watch Dr. Mikovits in a separate interview here, and decide for yourself: Dr. Judy Mikovits has been vehemently opposed to wearing masks, and she has become one of the most prominent voices of dissent against the corrupt medical establishment when it comes to COVID-19. We disagree with her anti-mask position, but we strongly agree that these rushed, largely untested COVID-19 vaccines are, indeed, a recipe for disaster. While it’s hard to say exactly how many people might die from the vaccines over time — usually from a hyperinflammatory response invoked from subsequent exposure to new infections — we absolutely agree that tens of millions of lives will be placed at risk in the United States of America all by itself, not to mention other nations.

Whether the number of Americans who die from faulty vaccines is one million or fifty million is difficult to know in advance, but what we do know is that Big Pharma doesn’t care one bit how many people die. Their only concern is how much money they can make by selling a rushed, faulty product that utterly lacks anything that could honestly be called “comprehensive safety testing.”

So the core claim of Dr. Mikovits is correct, even if the final number may not be exactly 50 million. That’s why her voice is so important right now, as she’s one of the few courageous, informed individuals who is warning us all about the mass murder that’s about to be carried out by the vaccine industry in the name of corporate profits.

It’s worth noting, by the way, that Mikovits doesn’t agree with Icke, either. Mikovits knows the coronavirus is real, even if it’s now a lot less lethal because we have much better knowledge of how to beat it with hydroxychloroquine, nutrition and similar efforts.

My guess is that neither one of them will be lining up to get vaccinated against the coronavirus… and I won’t be getting vaccinated either. In fact, I’ve already publicly stated that anyone who attempts to assault me with a vaccine injection (weapon) will have to contend with my Glock.

Vaccine vs. Glock? Glock wins.

An assault with a vaccine is an assault with a deadly weapon, and every human being has the right to defend themselves against medical violence. This is a fundamental principle of human rights that the vaccine industry has now utterly abandoned.

In fact, I would go so far as to say that any person who attempts to forcibly inject any other person with a vaccine against their will should be halted from carrying out their assault by every legal means available. In Texas, by the way, it is legal to use a firearm to prevent a felony assault.

Unsafe vaccines are medical violence. Medical violence against children is child abuse. It’s time to stop the medical violence.

Stay informed. Read VaccineWars.com and find more videos at Brighteon.com.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-08-02-big-pharma-achieves-total-legal-immunity-for-coronavirus-vaccines.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 8-2-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When the Democrats Takeover, Starvation Will Become Their FIRST Weapon of Choice

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, August 2, 2020 - 14:32.

“If people let government decide what foods they eat and what medicines they take, their bodies will soon be in as sorry a state as are the souls of those who live under tyranny.” Thomas Jefferson

The next 90 days have the potential to change your lives forever. If the Democrats gain control, and that seems likely, a good meal, Thanksgiving feasts, and not going to bed hungry, will soon be a thing of the past. Starvation resulting in death will be commplace. Gangs will not fight over drugs, they will be seeking food. Nobody will be safe. In Part 3 of this series and overview of the coming famine will be examined.

Hillary Was to Have Been America's Closer

In baseball, there are some applicable terms and strategies that applies to the globalist planned election of Hillary Clinton to the White House. In 2008, when the elite were trying to determine who would be President, Obama or Clinton, both candidates disappeared to the Bilderberg meetings. In these meetings, Obama was selected to win the 2008 election. However, Obama was not chosen because he was the better candidate, he wasn't for what the globalists wanted. In baseball, the goal of most managers is to get the starting pitcher to pitch seven strong innings. In the 8th inning, they bring in the setup guy. He is the pitcher that holds down the fort and sets up the closer for victory. In the 9th inning, the team brings in the closer. The closer is a devastatingly good pitcher and he will typically finish the job of the starting pitcher and the set up 8th inning pitcher. Obama was the 8th inning set up pitcher he has set the table, for Hillary Clinton to come in finish the job that Obama has started and these events would have already happened had it not been for the election of Trump

Executive Order 13603

In 2011, Obama enacted EO 13603 which allows for the introduction of slave labor and the control of all food into America. At the end of Obama's second term and he had not acted upon EO 13603. He was never supposed to. He enacted 13603 as the set up man. This EO was put in place for Hillary Clinton. By the grace of God, Trump defeated Hillary and America received a 4 year reprieve and the Democratic Party wing of the Bolsheviks had their plans shelved for 4 years. But as they once said in the movies "They're back".

I have also learned that DHS has stockpiled food and that Hillary Clinton, as Secretary of State attended operational planning meetings with DHS with regard to using food as a weapon against the American people who might engage in a civil uprising if the globalists steal the eletion in favor of their candidate, Hillary Clinton. In short, here is the power that Clinton will have over who eats and who will die.

If Clinton was elected, she would have had total and absolute control over all food where EO 13603 states:

e) “Food resources” means all commodities and products, (simple, mixed, or compound), or complements to such commodities or products, that are capable of being ingested by either human beings or animals, irrespective of other uses to which such commodities or products may be put, at all stages of processing from the raw commodity to the products thereof in vendible form for human or animal consumption. “Food resources” also means potable water packaged in commercially marketable containers, all starches, sugars, vegetable and animal or marine fats and oils, seed, cotton, hemp, and flax fiber, but does not mean any such material after it loses its identity as an agricultural commodity or agricultural product. (f) “Food resource facilities” means plants, machinery, vehicles (including on farm), and other facilities required for the production, processing, distribution, and storage (including cold storage) of food resources, and for the domestic distribution of farm equipment and fertilizer…”

This unconstitutional EO is particularly disturbing in that it clearly states that the government has control over anything that is “capable of being ingested by either human beings or animals…” If you thought that you and your loyal dog, Fido, were going to get through the coming food crisis by storing and consuming dog food, think again. How will farmers maintain the nation’s food supply when all fertilizer, their farm equipment and all of their vehicles are under the control of this sociopathic President or the next power-hungry President? The term “all food storage facilitiesincludes your refrigerator, your pantry and even the very food in your cabinets as well as what is on your kitchen table. In short, anywhere you keep food is now under the control of the government and can be redistributed.

This is the total control of food. It is good to have inside sources, but sometimes, you don't need them, you just need to know where to look for answer.

Can the Communists Really Pull Off the Mass Starvation of Americans?

The unqualified answer to the question is a resounding yes! Food inflation has already tripled from last year in many areas of our food supply. Many members of my family and extended family have had meat purchasing purchases limited. Due to massive famine, China has lost next year's food supply. They are buyers on the international market. Continued and massive food infation can be expected. Additionally, the supply chain chaos will only exacerbate the problem. The Chinese famine will soon become our famine.

How bad is the supply chain problem and will it carry over to food? The answer, again, is yes! We live in a 17 year old home and some appliances (eg dishwasher and microwave) need to be replaced. For both items we were told that November is the earliest date we can expect the stores to get more of these appliances in stock. Increasingly, in the upcoming weeks, the food supply will follow suit with catastrohpic results. Under FEMA emergency rules and the continuity of government policies that will be enacted, expect the feds to come to some of your homes and seize your food supply. You better learn how to hide your food. The worsening food shortages make it easier for a tyrannical regime to control its people. Just ask Mao, Hitler and Stalin who all starved people to death in order to gain political compliance. Can it happen here?

It is clear that the Deep State (eg Fauci and Gates) are waiting for the vaccine to be completed and in order to buy time, the lockdowns have to continue so that people will do anything to return to work and regain some measure of personal freedom. Therefore, in order to enforced compliance, food will likely be used as a weapon to enforce the coming mandatory vaccines. This notion is bolstered by the fact that 19 major meat packing plants are closed allegedly due to the virus. However, it would be a simple matter to reopen these facilities with National Guard troops. Instead, farmers and ranchers are being forced to slaughter millions of cows, poultry and are pouring out vast amounts of milk. This makes no sense unless the Deep State is fully intent on using artificially contrived food shortages to bring about voluntary compliance with regard to taking the "mandatory" vaccines.

What if a rebellion, or even an armed insurrection breaks out? The Deep State has a plan for the too and will be covered in a future article. And at the end of the day the UN and their newly appointed "world policeman" CHICOMS are waiting in the wings chomping at the bit to get involved As they Democrats gain control over out cities with the use of their social justice rioters, they will soon gain control over our government and with it, they will be armed with the Obama-produced legislation to gain control over our food and therefore, they will control over America and any attempt at rebellion.

Food control will also be used to gain vaccine compliance and that will be the subject of next part of the series.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/when-democrats-takeover-starvation-will-become-their-first-weapon-choice 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 8-3-20 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Big Tech Is Making Sure People Don’t Hear About the Deadly Downsides of Vaccines

August 3, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/ Featured Story

Let Mr. Gates and his family be the first to take the vaccine, and as a safety precaution we wait 12 months to see what the side effects are, of course this will never happen because Mr. Gates is part of the elitist, do as I say not as I do crowd

Going through tribulation, even when it is appointed by God, is not contrary to Biblical teaching. See especially 1 Peter 4:17; 2 Thessalonians 1:3-10; Hebrews 12:3-11. But even so, Revelation 9:4 suggests that the saints will be in some measure protected in the time of distress by the seal of God.

Access to unlimited information is one of the biggest draws of the internet, but if Big Tech has their way, we’ll soon only be able to read hand-picked information that supports the liberal narrative. Anyone who thinks this is an exaggeration only needs to take a look to what’s happening with Big Tech censorship on the vaccine debate.

Last month, Children’s Health Defense Chairman Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. reported that Facebook removed an interview on IGTV that he did with the founder of The Autism File, Polly Tommey, a mere 10 minutes after it was posted without offering any explanation. According to Kennedy, the video did not contain any inaccuracies and was fully supported by peer-reviewed science. Their main issue, of course, was that it contained facts that the vaccine industry does not want people to hear. In this case, he spoke about the coronavirus vaccine and the flaws in Moderna’s recent trials.

This type of censorship was also seen when Facebook’s FactChecker program censored the producer of Vaxxed, Del Bigtree, when he said that vaccines contain mercury and aluminum and can cause encephalopathy. This was somehow branded false and censored despite the fact that this information is listed in the package inserts that come with vaccines (although patients rarely end up seeing them). Bigtree was also recently deplatformed by YouTube after covering the low-cost hydroxychloroquine treatment for coronavirus that threatens Big Pharma profits.

Any type of negative talk about legitimate vaccine dangers is being labeled “misinformation”

Kennedy wrote on the Children’s Health Defense site that when Democratic Congressman Adam Schiff asked the CEOs of Facebook, Amazon and Google in a 2019 letter to censor what he called “vaccine misinformation,” it was really” a “euphemism for any statement that departs from official declarations by Pharma and its captured regulatory officials. Each of these Silicon Valley tyrants is partnered in rich deals with vaccine makers. They were therefore delighted to comply.” He added that they are silencing the stories of mothers whose children have been injured by vaccines, along with other unapproved criticism of pharmaceuticals – powerful stories from grieving families that could very well spare other parents from suffering similar tragedies.

Facebook announced shortly after the Schiff letter that it would implement new policies that actively censor content that is posted on its platform that goes against the official narrative that vaccines are somehow completely safe and effective. Schiff claimed that it’s Facebook’s job to guide users to pro-vaccine content for their own protection. Some of the measures the social media giant put in place included banning anti-vaccine information from being promoted via recommendations or ads, and making such information less prominent in search results. They also reduced the ranking of groups and pages that discuss the drawbacks and dangers of vaccines in their news feed and search results.

Facebook also extended this effort to Instagram, were they will no longer recommend content that includes vaccine “misinformation” – which is really anything that paints vaccines in a negative light, even if it is true and verifiable.

Kennedy also quoted his uncle, John F., Kennedy, who wisely said in 1962 that American “libraries should be open to all – except the censor. We must know all the facts and hear all the alternatives and listen to all the criticisms.” Apparently Big Tech doesn’t agree with that stance. They only want us to hear what they believe, and there is absolutely no room for alternatives and critics. This type of censorship is something that should set off red flags for everyone, no matter which side they fall on in the vaccine debate. No Big Deal, Let’s Face It He Could Not Give Us a Virus Free Computer Now He Wants Us to Trust Him While Experimenting With Human Life, Gates Is a un-godly Subhuman Deranged Reprobate

Let Mr. Gates and his family be the first to take the vaccine, and as a safety precaution we wait 12 months to see what the side effects are, of course this will never happen because Mr. Gates is part of the elitist, do as I say not as I do crowd

We detailed earlier that a number of US universities will enforce mandatory COVID-19 tests for all students wishing to return to campus through the Fall semester — with some lately announcing that this will be at a rate of two nasal swabs per week — which is a policy, no doubt uncomfortable for those having to endure such “routine” swabs, also appearing among companies for on-site personnel.

And in many parts of the country, cities and counties currently have mask laws requiring them in all public spaces. Given that over the past months the race has been on to develop and fast-track a coronavirus vaccine, the logical next step will be that students and employees provide proof they’ve received the vaccine before returning to work or school. Naturally, the idea of fast-tracking this process also amid a deeply politically charged climate has people concerned. And they should be, if Bill Gates’ latest appearance on CBS is any indicator of where things stand.

British veteran journalist Neil Clark had this reaction to the Bill Gates interview, which came days ago: When anyone tries to gaslight you by calling you a ‘crank’ , a ‘tin-foil hat conspiracy theorist’ or ‘Flat Earther’ for having perfectly legitimate & sensible concerns over a rushed through ‘Coronavirus’ vaccine & its side effects, just send them this.

Want-To-Be Doctor That’s Willing to Risk Your Life… And the president is going along with mandatory vaccination, Trump has signed an executive order for 1.5 million active militaries to enact this ungodly act upon the American people.

The World Is In Big Trouble, for Those That Believe We Will Go Back to Some Sense of Normal Life Here on Earth, You Will Be Sadly Disappointed, Seven and Half Years of Hell on Earth Which Began January 1, 2020 “Our courts oppose the righteous, and justice is nowhere to be found. Truth stumbles in the streets, and honesty has been outlawed” (Isa. 59:14, NLT)…We Turned Our Backs On GOD, Now We Have Been Left To Our Own Devices, Enjoy…

While Mainstream Media Continues to Push a False Narrative, Big Tech Has Keep the Truth From Coming out by Shadow Banning Conservatives, Christians, and Like-Minded People, Those Death Attributed to the Coronavirus Is a Result of Those Mentioned, They Truly Are Evil…

Sources for this article include: ChildrensHealthDefense.org Wired.com NaturalNews.com  HNewsWire HNewsWire

StevieRay Hansen Editor, HNewsWire.com

Watchmen does not confuse truth with consensus The Watchmen does not confuse God’s word with the word of those in power…

In police-state fashion, Big Tech took the list of accused (including this site), declared all those named guilty and promptly shadow-banned, de-platformed or de-monetized us all without coming clean about how they engineered the crushing of dissent, Now more than ever big Tech has exposed there hand engaging in devious underhanded tactics to make the sinister look saintly, one of Satan’s greatest weapons happens to be deceit…

The accumulating death toll from Covid-19 can be seen minute-by-minute on cable news channels. But there’s another death toll few seem to care much about: the number of poverty-related deaths being set in motion by deliberately plunging millions of Americans into poverty and despair.

American health care, as we call it today, and for all its high-tech miracles, has evolved into one of the most atrocious rackets the world has ever seen. By racket, I mean an enterprise organized explicitly to make money dishonestly.

All the official reassurances won’t be worth a bucket of warm spit. The Globals are behind the CoronaVirus, It Is a Man-Made Bioweapon.

For those of you who care, Google and your favorite social media platforms have misled you, and now we all pay a heavy price for trusting the ungodly, Google and company knew exactly what they were doing, removing our history while preparing you to accept the New World Order playbook, Enjoy

2. Corinthians 4:8-11 New King James Version (NKJV)

8. We are hard-pressed on every side, yet not crushed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; 9 persecuted, but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed 10. always carrying about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our body. 11. For we who live are always delivered to death for Jesus’ sake, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our mortal flesh.

My job is protecting children. It has taken me from big cities to rural outposts, from ghettos to penthouses, and from courtrooms, into demonic battlefields. But whatever the venue, the truth remains constant: Some humans intentionally hurt children. They commit unspeakable acts—for their pleasure, their profit, or both. StevieRay Hansen, CEO The 127 Faith Foundation

https://hnewswire.com/big-tech-is-making-sure-people-dont-hear-about-the-deadly-downsides-of-vaccines/ 

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 7-30-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America the Beautiful

By Hal Lindsey

Nike planned to celebrate July 4th with a shoe featuring a Betsy Ross flag. But former NFL quarterback Colin Kaepernick nixed the idea. No, he’s not president of Nike. He serves as one of the many athletes who pitch Nike products. And he found the Betsy Ross flag offensive.

We are told that some white supremacist groups have chosen to use that flag as a symbol. I know nothing about that. For me, Betsy’s flag symbolizes American beginnings. Was our nation born perfect? Far from it. But from the beginning, it championed a profound ideal. “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”

We humans are not equal in ability, stature, strength, intelligence, or character. We were born into different circumstances — financially, morally, and in a host of other ways. There is only one sense in which we can truly be equal and that is if we are created equal. And to be created, requires a Creator. Saying that all human beings are created equal is a theological statement — a creed that launched our nation.

America started with the ideal of equality before God, even though it failed to live up to that ideal. Slavery was written into the Constitution. But things changed. Again and again, the United States went through the painful process of confronting its national sins. When it continued to reach toward its founding ideal, America changed for the better.

It never achieved that ideal, but look at what America has achieved. It led a worldwide revolution in putting the rights of the people above that of artificial monarchies. It created opportunities for happiness and prosperity to more people than anyone ever thought possible. As the decades passed, it came to treat human rights with ever more care.

Are we there yet? No. In fact, I believe we have regressed over the last few decades. A big reason for that regression has been a belief that America’s greatness came from its natural resources, its diversity, or “Yankee ingenuity.” I love our military. It protects America’s greatness, but it did not cause it. I love our system of fairness and justice for all. But they are a result of America’s greatness, not the cause.

America became great because of an almost universal respect for God and His word. That is not to say that it has ever been a Christian nation, or even a nation of Christians. But there is a reason Americans placed their hands on the Bible when they swore an oath to “tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, so help me God.” There is a reason that an image of Moses adorns the United States Supreme Court. There is a reason that every session of Congress begins with prayer.

In all these things we are acknowledging that our rights and freedoms have their source in Almighty God. For a long time, a near consensus of Americans held to this basic idea. But today, such attitudes strike many as quaint remnants of a distant past. This national shunning of God and His ways places all Americans in grave peril.

Would you like to move the United States in the right direction on this Independence Day? One of the best things you can do is celebrate Him as you celebrate this nation, its freedoms, and ideals. Thank God openly. Let your family hear you thank Him.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-3-2019/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 8-3-20 Arutz Sheva :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF thwarts infiltration attempt along Syrian border

IDF soldiers identify terrorists placing explosives near border fence. IDF forces and IDF aircraft fire at the terrorists.

Elad Benari , 03/08/20 00:53

IDF forces on Sunday night eliminated four terrorists who attempted to place explosives on the Israeli-Syrian border.

A special force from the Maglan Unit operating in the southern Golan Heights area, near a military post, identified a squad of several terrorists placing explosives near the border fence.

IDF fighters and IDF aircraft fired at the squad that numbered four terrorists and hit them. There were no casualties among the Israeli forces.

"Northern Command forces are on high alert and prepared for any scenario. The IDF considers the Syrian regime responsible for any action taking place in its territory and will not allow any violation of the sovereignty of the State of Israel," the IDF Spokesperson’s Unit stressed.

It is unclear whether the terrorists' attempt to place the explosive devices was carried out under the direction of Hezbollah, which vowed to avenge the death of one of its members in an air strike in Syria attributed to Israel.

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/284620 

:: 8--20 Aljazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gunmen storm prison in Afghanistan, killing at least 29

ISIL claims responsibility for attack on Jalalabad jail that has left at least 29 dead and dozens of others wounded.

4 hours ago

At least 29 people have been killed in ongoing fighting between Afghan security forces and gunmen who raided a jail overnight in an attack claimed by the ISIL (ISIS) group, officials said on Monday. Among the dead were prisoners as well as civilians, prison guards and Afghan security personnel, Attaullah Khogyani, a spokesman for the governor of Nangarhar province, told Al Jazeera.

Another 50 people were wounded in the attack that began late on Sunday when an ISIL suicide bomber slammed his explosive-laden vehicle into the gate of the prison. ISIL's affiliate in Afghanistan, known as IS in Khorasan, claimed responsibility for the attack. The affiliate is headquartered in Nangarhar province. Police were forced to divert manpower to recapture escaped prisoners and by noon on Monday, approximately 1,000 had been caught, according to Khogyani.

The prison houses about 2,000 inmates, including many from ISIL and the Taliban. The entirety of Jalalabad city was put "under curfew, shops are closed. Jalalabad is completely empty," Sohrab Qaderi, a legislator in the capital of Nangarhar province, told Reuters news agency. Earlier, a Taliban spokesperson said on Twitter that the group was not involved in the attack, which came on the final day of a rare truce between the armed group and the Afghan government to mark the Eid al-Adha festival.

The prison attack came a day after the Afghan intelligence agency said a senior ISIL commander had been killed by Afghan special forces near Jalalabad, about 150km (93 miles) east of the capital, Kabul.

Nangarhar has been hit by regular attacks, several of them claimed by ISIL. On May 12, a suicide bomber killed 32 mourners at a funeral for a police commander in the province, in one of the deadliest attacks this year, also claimed by ISIL.

A United Nations report last month estimated there are some 2,200 ISIL members in Afghanistan, and that while the group is in "territorial retreat" and its leadership has been depleted, it "remains capable of carrying out high-profile attacks in various parts of the country, including Kabul". Efforts to get peace talks under way between the Taliban and the Kabul government have stalled after the Taliban and the United States signed an agreement in February, touted as the deal to end Washington's longest war.

The agreement, struck in Qatar's capital, Doha, lays out plans for the withdrawal of foreign forces from Afghanistan in exchange for security guarantees from the Taliban.

Last week, another UN report said almost 1,300 civilians, including hundreds of children, had been killed in Afghanistan in the first six months of the year, a 13-percent drop compared with the same period in 2019. The report credited the drop in part to the reduction of operations by international forces in support of Afghan government forces and also to a decrease in the number of attacks by ISIL.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/08/casualties-gunmen-attack-prison-afghanistan-jalalabad-200802154944039.html 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

:: 8-2-20 Occasion :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Extremely Dangerous Killer Heatwaves Are Turning Apocalyptic in Death Valley, Iraq, and Kuwait With Extreme Temperatures of up to 127°F (53°C)

OP: Yesterday at 07:18:39 PM

Do you have your AC on? Because extreme deadly heatwaves have engulfed parts of the Desert Southwest United States, the Middle East and Europe. In the U.S., California and Arizona are experiencing 115-120°F (46-49°C), Death Valley’s temperature reaches up to 127°F (53°C). Meanwhile, parts of Iraq, Iran, and Kuwait come close to all-time records at […]

The post Extremely Dangerous Killer Heatwaves Are Turning Apocalyptic in Death Valley, Iraq, and Kuwait With Extreme Temperatures of up to 127°F (53°C) appeared first on Strange Sounds.

Source: Extremely Dangerous Killer Heatwaves Are Turning Apocalyptic in Death Valley, Iraq, and Kuwait With Extreme Temperatures of up to 127°F (53°C)

https://occasion-to-be.com/forum/index.php?topic=430767.0 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period.  Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break.  For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.        

:: 7-26-20 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DOOMSDAY WEAPON Russia completes tests of ‘unstoppable’ 4,600mph Zircon hypersonic missile capable of beating US defences

Henry Holloway 26 Jul 2020, 10:24Updated: 26 Jul 2020, 12:49

RUSSIA has successfully completed testing of its 4,600mph hypersonic Zircon missile which it boasts is capable of beating US defences.

Vladimir Putin's defence ministry confirmed on Sunday that the test was completed as the weapon was fired from warship Admiral Gorshkov. The missile can travel up to six times the speed of sound and fly a range of up to 600 miles - meaning it could reach its target in just seven minutes.

Zircon missiles - also known as Tsirkon - have been in development for over 20 years and are considered a key next step for Putin's arsenal.

The weapons are designed to attack both ships and ground targets, and will be loaded onto Russia's newest frigates.

In a statement, Russia's defence ministry said: "The tests of the Zircon hypersonic missile are also being successfully completed. "Test launches from the Admiral Gorshkov frigate have confirmed the unique tactical and technical characteristics of this missile in terms of range and accuracy of fire, as well as its hypersonic flight speed."

Admiral Gorshov sailed from Belomorsky Naval Base last week reportedly to conduct the test firing of Zircon, reports AsiaTimes.

Reportedly the test was delayed due to coronavirus pandemic - which has ravaged Russia with 812,485 cases and 13,269 deaths. Russian media reported earlier this month that the village of Nyonoksa in the country's north was evacuated due to ongoing testing of Zircon.

At least 500 people were warned they were living in a "danger zone" and told to leave their homes for 36 hours.

The village is close to where seven people were killed in an explosion linked to the testing of a "doomsday weapon" in 2019. A source said: "Firing is carried out on naval targets and because of the secrecy of this Russian weapon, residents of the nearest settlements were evacuated."

Nyonoksa and Belomorsky Naval Base both are on the White Sea, that feeds into the Barents Sea - which is often used in exercises by the Russian Navy.

Putin has openly encouraged his armed forces to develop new weapons as part of a hypersonic arms race with the West.

Zircon's testing comes just days after the US Space Force claimed it had detected Putin's forces firing an anti-satellite weapon in orbit.

Military experts have warned hypersonic weapons will change the face of modern warfare.

Currently, the Royal Navy's Sea Ceptor can shoot down missiles travelling at 2,300 mph, which is nowhere near Zircon's capabilities.

The "enemy will not have enough time to get scared let alone react", according to military website Strategic Culture. The announcement of the apparent testing of Zircon also coincides with Russia's national holiday Navy Day.

It celebrates the sailors, airmen and marines who make up the Russian Navy, and is marked by a large naval parade in St Petersburg.

Pictures show Putin attending the event which saw Russia flaunting its military might with cruisers, destroyers, aircraft and submarines.

The West and Moscow have seen tensions rise as Cold War-era treaties collapse amid worsening relations - with rows of election interference, Syria and the annexation of Crimea. Defence chiefs in Russia last year boasts its first regiment of nuclear-capable Avangard hypersonic missiles had been put into service.

Putin boasted the weapons could travel more than 20 times the speed of sound and said Russia was no in a class of its own.

He said: "Not a single country possesses hypersonic weapons, let alone continental-range hypersonic weapons."

It comes just days after the Royal Navy confirmed a Russian submarine was detected prowling in the English Channel as a UK government inquiry branded Moscow an "underestimated threat" to Britain.

Defence chiefs in Russia last year boasts its first regiment of nuclear-capable Avangard hypersonic missiles had been put into service.  Putin boasted the weapons could travel more than 20 times the speed of sound and said Russia was no in a class of its own.  He said: "Not a single country possesses hypersonic weapons, let alone continental-range hypersonic weapons."It comes just days after the Royal Navy confirmed a Russian submarine was detected prowling in the English Channel as a UK government inquiry branded Moscow an "underestimated threat" to Britain.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/12227719/russia-unstoppable-zircon-hypersonic-missile/ 

:: 7-25-20 AMN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Egypt, France carry out large-scale exercises in Mediterranean amid heightened tensions with Turkey

By News Desk - 2020-07-25

BEIRUT, LEBANON (8:15 P.M.) – On Saturday, the Egyptian and French naval forces carried out naval drills in the eastern Mediterranean, with the participation of the Egyptian Ghost frigate and French Ghost frigate (ACONIT).

According to the Egyptian army statement, “The training included many training activities of a professional nature focused on methods of organizing cooperation in the implementation of combat missions in the sea against hostile marine formations with the actual use of weapons in engagement with surface and air targets in addition to the implementation of confrontational battles, with the use of aircraft.” The statement said, “The training showed the professionalism of the crews of ships in carrying out combat missions with accuracy and high efficiency, with a focus on common coordination points between all the common elements.”

It added that “these exercises are in the framework of supporting the pillars of joint cooperation between the Egyptian and French armed forces, and identifying the latest fighting systems and methods in a manner that contributes to honing skills and combat and operational experiences and supporting efforts of maritime security, stability and peace in the Mediterranean.”

https://www.almasdarnews.com/article/egypt-france-carry-out-large-scale-exercises-in-mediterranean-amid-heightened-tensions-with-turkey/ 

:: 7-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sun Belt States See Promising Drop In New Cases As Belgium Plans "Total Lockdown": Live Updates

by Tyler Durden Mon, 07/27/2020 - 18:06

Summary:

Pfizer & BioNTech start late stage study

California pledges $52 million to expand testing in the central valley

US cases up 1.3% Monday vs 1.7% daily average, per JHU initial tally

Texas caps off Monday with encouraging daily decline

California sees new cases, deaths decline

Belgium plans "total lockdown" amid COVID-19 comeback

UK weighs adding France, Germany to quarantine list

German officials say another 174 seasonal farm workers test positive in Bavaria

Arizona reports just a single death on Monday

Florida sees smallest number of new cases since July 9

Google says it won't reopen offices until summer 2021

Bolton's replacement tests positive for COVID; highest ranking US official to test positive

European stocks slide, shaken by travel restrictions on Spain

Merkel's chief of staff says rise in COVID-19 cases is "cause for concern"

US CDC reported 64,582 cases yesterday

Australia's Victoria State reported another 532 new cases

Hong Kong suffers biggest daily jump in domestically transmitted cases

Vietnam evacuates tourists after COVID-19 cluster discovered

China reports another 61 cases on the mainland

Hong Kong imposes new restrictions

Masks must be worn indoors and outside when in public

2 new deaths seen over the weekend

Moderna gets another ~$470 in US government funding; enters late-stage trail

More than 150 vaccine candidates are in trials around the world

Update (1750ET): Capping off a session where a well-placed vaccine headline (Moderna's announcement about receiving another $400 million+ in federal money while starting Phase 3 of their human trials), Pfizer and BioNTech have just made an announcement about their vaccine candidate's trial progress. According to a joint statement, the later-stage trial for their top coronavirus vaccine candidate will begin imminently, with a goal of submitting it for regulatory review as soon as October. The drugmakers said Monday that a lead vaccine candidate had been selected from within a broader development program and will proceed with a late-stage safety and efficacy trial of the experimental shot using a two-dose administration regimen.

In other news, California is planning to spend $52 million to ramp up testing, treatment and infected-person isolation in eight counties of the Central Valley, Gov Newsom said Monday.

The GOP, as we reported earlier, has laid out their proposal for $1 trillion in additional fiscal aid via the HEALS Act.

Johns Hopkins said coronavirus cases in the US increased 1.3% on Monday, as compared with the same time Sunday. The US now has roughly 4.27 million, according to JHU and Bloomberg. The increase was below the average 1.7% daily increase from the past two weeks, while deaths rose 0.3% to 147,209.

These promising numbers were attributed to promising day over day declines in the four worst-hit states from across the Sun Belt, with Texas reporting 4,267 new cases of coronavirus and 44 new deaths late Monday. Monday's numbers brought the state total to 385,923 cases and 5,713 deaths.

Meanwhile, the Guardian - a notorious left-wing newspaper based in the UK - reported late Monday that "a surge in coronavirus cases in rural Texas has forced one hospital to set up 'death panels' to decide which patients it can save and which ones will be sent home to die.

Doctors at Starr County Memorial hospital, the only hospital in Starr county, have been issued with critical care guidelines to decide which Covid-19 patients it will treat and which ones will be sent home because they are likely to die." Somebody should tell the Guardian that this process is called 'triage' and has been part of every hospital's response to the virus, to a greater or lesser degree. Update (1420ET): California has just reported solid day-over-day declines in the number of new cases and deaths reported, according to the latest data out of the state. The state reported 6,891 cases (+1.5%), bringing the total to 460,550. The increase was well below the 2.4% 7-day average. Meanwhile, deaths increased by just 29, well below the 14-day average of 98.

A day earlier, the state reported 8,259 (+1.9%).

The state remains the worst-hit in the country.

In other news, 174 seasonal workers at a farm in Bavaria have tested positive for the coronavirus, as nearly 500 people who may have been exposed are now under quarantine. The news comes as new cases in Germany creep higher, prompting the UK to reportedly consider adding Germany and France to its quarantine list, according to the Telegraph: "A Telegraph analysis reveals most countries on the Government’s list of 'safe' holiday destinations have, like Spain, seen COVID-19 incidence rates rise sharply in the past week to post-lockdown peaks."

But the mot serious news out of Europe on Monday comes out of Belgium, the country with one of the highest virus-linked mortality rates in Europe. Belgium’s prime minister Sophie Wilmès announced a series of additional restrictive measures following a significant spike in coronavirus infections, warning that the country could be facing its second "complete lockdown" if things don't quickly improve.

Update (1115ET): Arizona just reported another 1,813 new cases on Monday, and only 1 death, as the number of new cases reported in the state continues to trend lower. With Monday's numbers added, there have now been 163,827 confirmed cases of the virus in Arizona and 3,304 coronavirus-related deaths, according to the state's latest numbers.

The state's positivity rate ticked higher to 12.7% on Monday.

ICU hospitalizations were unchanged at 86%. The state ran just 12,135 new tests, bringing the total tests run since the outbreak began to 1,099,682. Update (1030ET): As Vice President Mike Pence heads to Miami on Monday to discuss a phase three coronavirus vaccine trial at the University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, where he will hold a press briefing later in the day. Meanwhile, as the Miami Marlins cancel Monday's game due to a COVID-19 outbreak, state public health officials have reported 8,892 new COVID-19 cases Monday, the lowest daily total since July 9. The state also reported 77 new deaths, increasing the state's cumulative total to 5,931. Florida's 7-day rolling average for deaths declined slightly to 122.7. The number of Florida residents hospitalized with COVID-19 increased to 24,332 since the pandemic began. The Department of Health notes the total figure is cumulative and does not reflect the number of patients currently hospitalized.

Of these, 268 patients were hospitalized over the last 24 hours.

Google set a new precedent on Monday by announcing its plans to extend its work-from-home policy until at least July 2021, according to media reports citing company insiders. Google had previously said most employees will be working remotely through the end of 2020, with some employees being allowed back into the office sooner.

As the first Phase 3 clinical trial of a COVID-19 vaccine in the US is underway, Dr. Anthony Fauci, the nation's top infectious disease expert, said there will be dozens of sites nationwide where volunteers will participate in the study. As far as concerns about safety that have been voiced by skeptics, Dr. Fauci said he wasn't too worried.

"There are 89 sites distributed throughout the country," Fauci said Monday during a call with reporters.

He added that we won't know until November at the earliest whether the vaccine works.

* * *

Update (0900ET): John Bolton's replacement as the Trump Administration's National Security Advisor has reportedly tested positive for the virus, according to Bloomberg.

In other news, Hong Kong officials have just decided to postpone all driving tests being offered in the city.

HONG KONG TO SUSPEND DRIVING TESTS FROM WEDNESDAY DUE TO VIRUS

The AP reports that two business associations for nightclubs and bars in Spain are planning to take the separatist-run Catalan government to court to try and block a decision to close nightclubs and bars at night for at least two weeks.

* * *

Update (0805ET): Here's a rundown of all the big COVID-19 news from yesterday (much of which we initially reported here) and the overnight session.

The CDC reported 64,582 new cases (vs.+74,818 a day earlier) and 929 deaths (vs. +1,145 a day earlier) on July 26 (remember, these numbers are reported with a 24-hour delay).

Texas reported 5,810 new COVID-19 cases (vs.+8,112 a day earlier) and deaths rose by 153 (vs. +168 a day earlier), current hospitalization +248 (vs. -209 a day earlier). Florida reported 9,344 new COVID-19 cases (vs. +12,199 a day earlier) and deaths increased by 78 (vs. +126 a day earlier) while hospitalizations fell by 88 (vs -285 a day before) on Sunday.

Arizona reported 1,973 new COVID-19 cases (vs. +3,748 a day earlier) and deaths increased by 19 (vs. +144 the day before) on Sunday.

LA County reported 1,730 new COVID-19 cases (vs. +3,628 a day before) and deaths rose by 10 (vs. +53 a day earlier) on Sunday with hospitalizations at a record high (although the data is incomplete due to delays in State electronic lab reports, per the County Health Department).

California said current hospitalizations fell by 69, per the Cali Department of Health.

California coronavirus cases increased by at least 4,372 on Sunday, with deaths rising by at least 21.

Australia's Victoria State reported 532 new coronavirus cases (vs. 459 a day earlier) as the outbreak in the country's second-most-populous state continues to grow despite lockdown orders and other measures.

In another big story from last night, US Treasury Secretary Mnuchin said the next COVID-19 relief package will be introduced on Monday. Mnuchin added that he and White House Chief of Staff Meadows worked on technical issues on Saturday and said the entire relief plan is ready and worth about $1 trillion. Mnuchin conceded that President Trump’s payroll tax cuts didn't make it into the final package, but stated the package will contain extended unemployment benefits with 70% "wage replacement".

As far as the economy goes, Mnuchin says he expects a big rebound in the second half of the year.

China reported 61 new COVID-19 cases in Mainland (vs. 46 a day earlier). These included 4 new imported cases (vs. 11) and 44 new asymptomatic cases (vs. 68).

Hong Kong reported 145 (vs. Sunday's 128) new cases Monday, of which 142 were likely locally transmitted. That's a new daily high for locally transmitted cases.

Vietnam has evacuated 80k tourists from the central city of Danang following a COVID-19 outbreak there that has ruptured a months-long streak of no new cases in the southeast Asian country.

Germany reported 340 new COVID-19 cases (vs. +305 the day before), while deaths rose by 0. Chief of Staff to Chancellor Angela Merkel said Monday that signs of rising daily cases are "a cause for concern" as officials keep a vigilant eye out for any signs of a resurgence following what many described as western Europe's best-managed outbreak.

* * *

Update (0800ET): Perhaps the biggest COVID-19 news (at least as far as Europe is concerned) over the weekend were the myriad travel restrictions and advisories adopted by the UK, France, Norway and others targeting Spain and specifically those living in parts of Catalonia, including a large swath of the suburbs of Barcelona, along with most of the city itself.

The first travel restrictions were announced on Friday and Saturday, but these decisions were blamed for rattling the Stoxx Europe 600, which struggled for traction as airlines stocks were hammered over the UK's decision to quarantine passengers returning from Spain.

* * *

Locally, officials have dubbed the current resurgence of SARS-CoV2-2 in Hong Kong the "third wave", following the initial outbreak, and another surge in cases. But as new confirmed cases, and even a few deaths, have trickled in, city public health officials have ratcheted up safety protocols to their most restrictive levels yet.

On Monday, Hong Kong's Chief Secretary Matthew Cheung announced that face masks would be mandatory in both indoor and outdoor public places from Wednesday, with offenders facing fines of up to HKD$5,000 ($645), although he didn't say exactly whether these new measures would be enforced.

Hong Kong is also imposing more restrictive social-distancing measures, including limiting the number of people in public gathering to two from four, and banning all dine-in services at restaurants and food courts (previously, it had only banned dine-in service in the evenings and early morning hours). The new rules will take effect Wednesday, Cheung said. People with "reasonable excuses" such as medical conditions or children under the age of two will be exempt, he added.

As Hong Kongers bristle about a new national security law, the government in Beijing just committed to building a Wuhan-style makeshift hospital near Hong Kong's airport with a capacity of around 2,000 hospital beds.

Local stock markets took a hit on the news, as Hong Kong developers extended declines, as the number of new virus cases rose by more than 100 daily in the past five consecutive days in the city.

The epidemic situation is critical," Cheung said. "We are facing a high risk of community outbreak."

The restrictions come as the city faces a coronavirus outbreak dubbed locally as its "third wave," with the origin of many infections still unknown. Hong Kong had been lauded for its relative success in curbing the spread of the coronavirus. However, on Monday, Hong Kong authorities reported more than 100 new cases for the sixth straight day, bringing the city's total to more than 2,700. Before Monday's numbers were announced, 1,163 new cases had been recorded over the past 14 days. The origins of 492 of these infections have not been traced.

Asked why the city stopped short of imposing a complete lockdown, Cheung said a lockdown would be "too inconvenient" and that these new measures would be "more appropriate."

Despite its proximity to China, Hong Kong has done an admirable job of keeping infection numbers low (evidenced by the relatively small numbers of patients who have had to seek medical treatment for the disease). Over the weekend, an elderly woman, 76, and an even older man, 92, succumbed to COVID-19. That raised the city's death toll to 20.

By comparison, Florida and Texas recently eclipsed 5,000 deaths.

Meanwhile, in the US, we saw some signs of a silver lining as more of the worst-hit Sun Belt states saw daily numbers for new cases decline.

Finally, Moderna shares are surging Monday morning in premarket trading on the news that the vaccine candidate would be proceeding to another government-backed late-stage trial. The trial is the first to be implemented under the US government's "Operation Warp Speed" - the Trump-approved quest to find a workable vaccine by the end of the year.

Moderna also revealed that the biotech darling had received another award from the US government for $472 million, taking Moderna's total government funding to just under $1 billion. Its shares were up 11% in premarket trading.

The trial will test the response to the vaccine in 30,000 adults who do not have the respiratory illness; more than 150 vaccine candidates are in various stages of development, with 23 prospects in human trials across the globe. Moderna and British firm AstraZeneca are leading the race with their candidates in late-stage studies.

During a morning interview with CNBC, Dr. Scott Gottlieb said the vaccines so far looked promising.

However, as Moderna executives sell more of their stock in "pre-planned sales", Gottlieb noted that he "wouldn't be trading in my stock right now" if he were in Moderna CEO Stephane Bancel's position. But then again, if Bancell had these sales set up prior to all of this happening, then it would also be wrong to change those plans.

...if that's accurate, then when were these stock sales scheduled, and why?

Moderna says it's on track to deliver about 500 million doses of its vaccine a year, and possibly up to 1 billion doses a year if the trials are successful beginning in 2021.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/hong-kong-imposes-toughest-covid-19-restrictions-yet-third-wave-worsens-live-updates 

:: 7-24-20 Biometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biometric digital health credentials for NHL and London theatre, Privacy International warns of risks

Jul 24, 2020 | Chris Burt

As biometrics and other digital identity technologies are deployed to enable big league sports to resume operations, National Hockey League players and staff will use Clear’s Health Pass to protect against the spread of COVID-19, Vox reports.

Health Pass was launched in May, and provides health status attestation, temperature scans, and potentially links to test results, underpinned with biometric identity verification.

The partnership with the NHL means Health Pass will be used to check the roughly 3,000 players, coaches, and support staff who are involved in the 24-team playoffs, which will be held in Edmonton and Toronto, Canada. In each of the cities, Health Pass will be deployed on kiosks with temperature scanners to roughly 30 physical access points to create what Vox describes as a “closed mini-ecosystem” of safe places.

Participants will register their biometrics with Clear, and then use the app, taking a biometric selfie as identity confirmation, each time they leave their hotel rooms. They can share health status information with the kiosks through a QR code.

Clear is also supporting organizations like the 9/11 Museum & Memorial, but critics, including a pair of U.S. Senators, are concerned about the privacy and surveillance implications.

Immunity passports and other digital health credentials like Clear Health Pass are a “looming disaster” according to a new report from Privacy International.

The report argues that there is no scientific basis for the credentials, and that the social risks of discrimination and exclusion are great. Further, Privacy International accuses the digital identity industry of pushing their own products as measures for COVID-19 control in order to expand their operations, rather than building a new system that addresses the specific requirements of the situations.

PI argues that form must follow function for effective digital identity systems, but even the scope of the problem is not sufficiently understood for proposed solutions to be taken seriously.

The organization points out that how immunity to COVID-19 is conveyed, how long it lasts, the prospects for a vaccine and what a testing regime would be like are all uncertain.

ID2020 Executive Director Dakota Gruener, Yoti, the Tony Blair Institute, IATA, and Onfido are singled out for “hyping the immunity passport ‘solution’.” Gruener’s paper, however, notes that digital health credential “systems can only be effective once testing is ubiquitous, convenient, and free,” suggesting that they would not be supported at this time.

Privacy International, however, sees the proposals from these stakeholders and proponents of self-sovereign identity as not only failing to mitigate harms, but as the mechanism that enables harms. The group also expresses concern about using vaccine programs to establish digital identity.

“Leveraging essential public health work on vaccination to achieve the goal of taking the biometrics of people and rolling out digital identities is unacceptable,” Privacy International writes, implying that digital identity is harmful without offering a supporting argument.

Ultimately, Privacy International has several recommendations for governments, including following epidemiological evidence, that immunity passports and related technical and policy infrastructure should be withdrawn after the pandemic, and that immunity passports should be prevented from becoming the foundation for longer-term digital identity systems. The group also says the digital identity industry must commit to not using immunity passports to broaden digital identity coverage, or promote their own services or products. Organizations and alliances working on vaccines should not be proponents of digital identity systems, the group recommends.

Concerns about exclusion also include the price of proposed solutions. The New York Times points out that the health credential developed by Pangea costs about $140. AI Now Institute Technology Fellow Deborah Raji warns that linking identity information with health information helps businesses and others understand how to avoid people, rather than support them.

Meanwhile, a stage adaptation of Sleepless in Seattle is set to begin rehearsals in London, with a testing system called FRANKD (Fast, Reliable, Accurate, Nucleic-based Kit for COVID-19 Diagnostic Detection) providing daily checks of cast, musicians, crew and theatre staff throughout rehearsals and shows.

Variety reports that the FRANKD system is developed by Poland-based GeneMe, with results delivered via Yoti’s app.

The Encore Theatre Production of Sleepless is expected to premier on September 1, 2020, following preview shows from August 25 with socially distanced audiences.

https://www.biometricupdate.com/202007/biometric-digital-health-credentials-for-nhl-and-london-theatre-privacy-international-warns-of-risks 

:: 7-27-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Global Elite’s Coup Against Humanity. Fear and “Submissive Obedience”

Jack Metir Alternative July 27, 2020 7 Minutes

Any serious study of the relevant scholarly literature reveals at least four possible paths to “human extinction”: nuclear war, the climate catastrophe, the deployment of 5G and biodiversity collapse.

Moreover, as I have documented previously, under cover of a virus labeled COVID-19, the global elite is conducting a coup against humanity That is, by bombarding us with fear-mongering propaganda to focus our attention on the ‘virus’, the capacity of virtually all people, including activists, to devote attention to the coup, and to resist it, has been effectively eliminated.

Unfortunately, it has also meant that, despite documented evidence of the threat to human survival, it is even more difficult than usual to get people to focus on this point.

This means that engaging people to consider the evidence for themselves is extremely difficult: it is easier to live in delusion, reassured by elite-driven narratives promulgated through education systems and the corporate media which effectively convey the message that there is either no serious cause for concern (yet) or, perhaps, that the timeframe allows for an adequate official response in due course.

In either case we, as individuals or groups, do not really need to do anything differently; going along with the elite-driven narrative, including timeframe, will ensure our survival. Of course, as those paying attention to the evidence already know, being obedient to the elite-driven narrative is a recipe for extinction. We have already exceeded 2°C above the pre-industrial temperature, the ongoing and rapid deployment of 5G will be catastrophic, biodiversity is already collapsing (and will be seriously accelerated by the rising temperature and deployment of 5G) – for just the latest in the ongoing stream of disasters, see ‘Calls for swift action as hundreds of elephants die in Botswana’s Okavango Delta’– and, according to the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, nuclear war is now a greater possibility that at any previous time in human history.

In this article I would like to explain why people are so terrified of the truth and what we can do about it so that an effective response to each of these threats can be implemented (assuming, problematically, that there is enough time).

Why are Most Human Beings so Terrified?

Virtually all human beings are terrified and they are terrified for the same reason: the child-raising process that sociologists like to label ‘socialization’ should be more accurately labeled ‘terrorization’. Why? Because from the moment of a child’s birth, parents, teachers, religious leaders and adults generally regard themselves as responsible for terrorizing the child into obedience of the commands, rules, conventions and laws that define the nature of permissible behaviour in their society.

This means that provided the child responds obediently to parental (or other adult) commands, obeys any rules imposed (by the parents, teachers and religious figures in the child’s life), learns all relevant social conventions for their society and, ultimately, obeys the law, they are allowed to live, recognized as compliant citizens, in their society.

Unfortunately, from society’s viewpoint, evolutionary pressures over vast time scales have led to each human individual being given Self-will to seek out and fulfill their own unique destiny: evolutionary pressures do not predispose any individual to obey the will of another for the simple reason that obedience has no evolutionary functionality.

Consequently, it takes enormous terrorization during childhood to ensure that the child surrenders their Self-will at the alter of obedience. To achieve this outcome and largely unknowingly, parents use a large range of behaviours from the three categories of violence that I have labeled ‘visible’ violence, ‘invisible’ violence and ‘utterly invisible’ violence. See ‘Why Violence?’ and‘Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice’.

A common element of this terrorization is that the child is frequently threatened with, and/or actually suffers, violence for being ‘disobedient’. Of course, this violence, assuming it is even recognized as such (given that ‘invisible’ and ‘utterly invisible’ violence are just that to virtually everyone), is invariably labeled ‘punishment’ so that we can delude ourselves that our violence is not harmful. See ‘Punishment is Violent and Counterproductive’. This means that virtually every single individual has been successfully terrorized into being submissively obedient. And, fundamentally, this obedience includes accepting the elite-driven narrative delivered by education systems and the corporate media in relation to issues crucial to human survival. So despite our preference for believing otherwise, those individuals in our societies who survive the education system capable of thinking for themselves, or even of ‘clear thinking’, are rare. And then they must also survive (preferably by refusing to access it) the propaganda (that is, lies) presented as ‘news’ by the corporate media. Given that another outcome of being terrorized throughout childhood means that most people are very gullible, perceiving lies is a huge challenge in itself.

Of course, this powerless imperative to believe the lies we are told and to behave obediently in response is always reinforced by the fear of violence (‘punishment’), including the fear of social ostracism for resisting elite narratives, but it is also reinforced by other fears: for example, the fear that makes people feel powerless to respond in any meaningful way, the fear of changing their behaviour, and the fear of feeling out of control of their own destiny. After all, if extinction is imminent and we are to avert it, we will need to do some fundamental things – including thinking and behaving – very differently. But we are not allowed to think or behave differently, are we? That would be disobedient.

This can be readily illustrated. When a young child does not get what they need, the child will have an emotional reaction. This will always include fear, it will probably include anger and it will probably include sadness, among other feelings. However, almost invariably, parents behave in a manner intended to prevent the child from having their emotional response (and using this information in formulating the appropriate behavioural response in the circumstance). They do not listen to the child while they express their feelings. Instead, they act to make the child suppress awareness of their feelings.

At its simplest and apparently most benign, the parent might comfort the child in the misguided belief that this is helpful. But it is not, unless you want a submissively obedient child. See ‘Comforting a Baby is Violent’.

Another simple and common way in which we suppress the emotional awareness and, hence, capacity for emotional expression of a child is by giving them food or a toy to distract them from how they feel. The fundamental outcome of this act is that we unconsciously ‘teach’ the child to seek food and/or material items as substitutes for feeling and acting on how they feel. But this is absolutely disastrous.

The net result of this behaviour is that virtually all people in industrialized societies have become addicted to material consumption, and the direct (including military), structural and ecological violence that makes excessive consumption in these societies possible. All so that we can suppress how we really feel. See ‘Love Denied: The Psychology of Materialism, Violence and War’.

And, therefore, the very notion of substantially reducing consumption – a central part of any strategy for human survival by reducing greenhouse gas emissions from industrial production and transport, checking the collapse of biodiversity by halting the destruction of habitat such as rainforests, denying financial incentive to deploy technology for 5G, ending wars (and the threat of nuclear war) for resources – becomes ‘unthinkable’.

Because the fundamental imperative of materialist societies is ‘Consume!’ (so that corporations can profit). And we do not have the emotional power to disobey that imperative because deep in our unconscious remains the childhood terror of resisting the offered food or toy and insisting on expressing how we feel and behaving powerfully in accord with that. It is far simpler to just put something more in our mouth or use one of our ‘toys’. Who wants to feel scared, sad or angry instead?

In essence, the individual who has been terrorized into obedience is no longer capable of thinking for themself and then behaving in accord with their own Self-will. This means that imperatives of the global elite – mediated through its agents such as governments, education systems and the corporate media and enforced by legal systems, the police and prison cells (see ‘The Rule of Law: Unjust and Violent’) – are readily obeyed by the vast bulk of the human population.

And because the global elite is insane – see ‘The Global Elite is Insane Revisited’ – this obedience means that we are submitting to the elite coup and complying with its imperatives that are fast-tracking humanity to extinction on four separate paths, as noted above.

To reiterate: At this most critical moment in human history, when a coup is being conducted against us and four separate threats to human existence and all life on Earth require our engaged attention and powerful response, it is almost impossible to get people to even acknowledge these threats, let alone to consider the evidence and act strategically in response. Which means that profoundly altering our approaches to parenting and education, so that we produce powerful individuals, is critical to any strategy to fight for human survival.

Conclusion

Given that submissive obedience is the primary behavioural characteristic of all ‘good citizens’, it is going to take a monumental effort to defeat the elite coup and reverse the tide. This is because most common human behaviours – from parenting to consumption habits – have been shaped to serve elite interests, and it is these behaviours that must change.

Of course, this is also why lobbying elite agents – such as governments and corporations – cannot work. Apart from the fact that they exist to serve elite interests and obey elite directives accordingly (rather than respond to grassroots pressure which they function superbly to dissipate), governments and corporations cannot meaningfully impact the crises that confront us.

That power is ours but we must use it, and deploy it strategically.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/07/27/the-global-elites-coup-against-humanity-fear-and-submissive-obedience/

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 1-10-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. it shall not be a good week, many things shall take place.  Watch the stock market, and if you have money hoarded up in there, you are going to lose it, you are going to lose it.  Listen carefully, pay attention, place your money where you know that it is safe etc.

:: 7-28-20 STG Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BIG CHANGE IN SILVER: New Bull Market Is Here

July 28, 2020 by Steve St. Angelo, SRSRocco Report:

Something BIG happened to silver this week. Due to certain positive indicators, I believe silver is now in a new Bull Market. It has been seven long years since the silver price was $23. And with the current momentum, we may see another leg higher this week.

In my newest video update, BIG CHANGE IN SILVER: New Bull Market, I explain these positive indicators why I see a big change coming silver. It was important for silver to break above the $18.50 monthly level before it would attempt to hit $21. Not only did silver reach the next critical $21 level, it also BLEW through it with flying colors. In the video, I explain this chart and why this Silver Rally is different than the previous ones. In this chart, it shows the three different periods and how much silver increased in each. You have to watch the video to find out why the $3.60 move in silver this past week is much different than the past. Silver investors have been very patient for the past 7-9 years, finally waiting for some life to come back into the metal. Silver’s breakout above $21 last week is very similar to Gold’s Breakout above $1,360 last year. It seems as if silver has finally joined the ride with gold. The next few weeks and months will be quite interesting, to say the least. Read More @ SRSRoccoReport.com 

https://www.sgtreport.com/2020/07/big-change-in-silver-new-bull-market-is-here/ 

:: 7-8-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The U.S. Economy Hasn’t Experienced Anything Like This Since The Great Depression Of The 1930s

49,027 views

•Jul 8, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oaqfmjqfGII 

:: 7-26-20 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – Brace For Collapsing Global Stock Markets And Skyrocketing Gold Prices

July 26, 2020

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals warned investors to brace for collapsing global stock markets and skyrocketing gold prices.

A Twisted System

July 26 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: The global financial system has for half a century undergone an act of contortion that few believed was possible. This has led to a warped system with fake money and false markets. Just like the picture of the contortionist, few understand how the world can be in such a contorted position. Or is it all an illusion? Let’s be clear, it is not just an illusion but a totally deluded and twisted system that can never be bent back into a natural shape again without destroying many vital parts.

VERITAS AND GOLD

You wonder where Veritas, the Roman goddess of truth is in all of this. Few people have realised that she has always been there throughout history although not many have noticed her in recent years. In the financial system, gold has always told the truth even when governments try to suppress or manipulate it. All financial systems have over time been destroyed by greed. Not a single fiat currency has survived in its original form.

It was Nixon (not a truth teller) who demolished the current system. Once the gold standard was abolished in 1971, it has been a free for all money printing bonanza for 50 years.

CRESCENDO OF QE

Since August 2019, the Fed and the ECB have orchestrated a crescendo of QE, requiring ever more fake money in a futile attempt to stop the inevitable collapse. As the world is now in the very end game of the current currency system, there had to be a vicious catalyst to finish it off. Sadly that came in the shape of a pandemic which the world is coping extremely badly with.

NEITHER DEBT NOR WEAPONS CAN KILL CV-19

In the beginning, every country thought that they would not be affected. And once they were, they didn’t take it seriously. Also Trump initially thought that the US was too strong and mighty to be severely affected. But neither more debt nor more weapons can beat the invisible CV enemy.

The few countries that did take early stringent measures have so far escaped with much less damage. What is scandalous in this globalist era is that there has been no cooperation between countries in how to treat CV-19. It shows that all these glorious unions, like the EU for example, only work in normal times. When a crisis starts it is every man and country for himself… The hope is now that a vaccine will solve it all. Firstly, history tells us that vaccines always take longer to develop and test than hoped. So two years seem a minimum before we have any certain results. And even so, the success rate so far of these type of vaccines are normally less than 30%.

In the meantime the number of cases and deaths worldwide are increasing rapidly. And we still have the risk of a second wave. In Spain, for example, it seems to have started already. I doubt that the world and the world economy will function normally a year from now.

Whatever the course the pandemic takes in the next few months, it has already had major effects on the world. Firstly there is the loss of lives and the long term effects of the disease for survivors that are often severe and chronic. Then we have permanent loss of jobs, businesses closed with major sectors like leisure and travel which will never get back to where they were. Same with retail, town centres, offices etc. And world trade will contract substantially for a very long time.

THE FINANCIAL SYSTEM WAS SICK LONG BEFORE CV

On top of the above problems, is the financial system that was already bankrupt before CV. The combination of massive printing of fake money, credit expansion to unsound debtors and bad debts will be the death knell for the system.

Accelerated money printing will ensue in a desperate attempt by governments and central banks to save the world. But printing worthless money will of course have no positive impact. Instead we will see the end of the currency system as all currencies fall to their intrinsic value of ZERO.

Governments and central banks are doing a stellar job withholding the truth about the destruction of their country’s money. All currencies are down 98-99% measured in gold since the Fed was created in 1913. But also since Nixon closed the gold window in 1971, the US dollar, the Canadian, British, Australian and Swedish currencies are all down 98-99%. – See Chart below.

And if we look at the last 20 years (since 2000), all currencies except for the Swiss franc are down 82-88% in real terms or gold. No wonder governments don’t tell their people that they are totally destroying the currency and the economy. The trend has been clear for over 100 years and accelerated since 1971 and turned exponential since 2000.

HISTORY AND GOLD ARE THE TRUTH TELLERS

Again, history tells us the truth (Veritas is always present) but more than 99% of the population swallow the lies that governments and central banks feed them with. It is really so simple, history tells us where to look for the truth and what will happen next and gold reveals governments deceitful actions in destroying the currency and the economy.

So with two simple factors – history and gold – we can find the truth. That governments will not let the people know the truth is obvious. The truth is their biggest enemy. When any honest person becomes a politician, he turns into a spinner of yarns and a liar. In this sense, a central banker is also a politician.

I HAVE BEEN STANDING ON A SOAPBOX FOR 20 YEARS

But most people don’t want to hear the truth because it is uncomfortable. I and a few others have been standing on a soapbox for 20 years warning people about the destiny of the financial system and the importance of gold.

When one of my daughters got married 18 years ago, I even told the 150 guests to buy gold – quite an unconventional part of a father of the bride speech! But then I have never been conventional. Still, I doubt that a single person who attended bought gold then or has since.

Instead people invest in stocks, since they always go up. But no one has told stock investors that is has been a very poor investment. Virtually nobody knows that the Dow for example is down 70% against gold since 1999 (excluding dividends). No conventional journalist or analyst will ever mention this. They are just too lazy to check out the real facts. The Dow – Gold ratio is today 14, having been 45 in 1999. It went down to 6 in 2011, corrected up until 2018 and has now resumed the downtrend. In 1980, Dow-Gold reached 1 to 1. The long term trend (not shown) projects a target 0.5 to 1. This means that the Dow is likely to fall at least 95% from here in real terms or gold.

So stock investors including the recent retail investor mania are in for a total shock as stocks and the economy collapse together.

DOLLAR COLLAPSE vs GOLD TO ACCELERATE

Finally a word about the gold price. Last week it reached $1,900 just $20 shy of the all time high in 2011. I have never considered the $1,920 level important since gold has in the last couple of years made new highs in all other currencies, it was always clear that the $1,920 level would be reached.

But we must remember that gold is not going up, instead the dollar is collapsing. Just this century the dollar has lost 85% of its value in real terms – gold. As the dollar reaches its intrinsic value of zero in the next few years, it is obviously totally meaningless to measure gold in dollars since the price in worthless fiat currency will be infinite.

Instead we can be certain that gold will maintain its purchasing power as it has over 5,000 years. But due to the overvaluation of most assets and the undervaluation of gold, gold is likely to perform much better than just keeping up with purchasing power. The shortage of physical gold and the failure of the LBMA system and gold futures markets will be major factors in this as I discussed last week on KWN.

It is fascinating that only 0.5% of global financial assets are invested in the only asset that has held its purchasing power in history. In the next few years, investors — from retail to institutional — will all want gold. It will be the SINE QUA NON investment that everyone wants to own.

Since supply will be extremely limited and demand massive, the only way to get hold of gold will be at prices which will be multiples of the current price, even measured in today’s money. But remember to hold physical and don’t store one ounce within the bankrupt financial system…For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE.

Legend Pierre Lassonde gave an an incredibly powerful interview to King World News discussing where the gold market, gold industry, and mining stocks are headed, and what he had to say will surprise a lot of people around the world. To find out why legend Pierre Lassonde says the upside on gold is unlimited and much more click here or on the image below.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-brace-for-collapsing-global-stock-markets-and-skyrocketing-gold-prices/ 

[:: 4-26-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. even in this virus that you are in, the world doesn’t understand that nor are they looking at the truth.  They are blaming China, no, it is not China, America, America, for it is your President that funded all that money to start that over there and yet you don’t understand that, you don’t know that, you are not aware of that.  And because you are not aware of it you cannot realize that the devil is trying to fulfill the thirteenth chapter of the book of Revelation, not the sixth chapter, not the seventh chapter, not the eighth chapter, but the thirteenth chapter.  Therefore, you need to search my word etc.

:: 7-26-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Moving The COVID Goalposts: Will The Next Step Be Masks To Protect From The Flu & Common Cold?

by Tyler Durden Sun, 07/26/2020 - 19:30

Authored by Paula Bolyard via PJMedia.com,

How did we go from “flatten the COVID-19 curve” to “shut up and wear the mask - or else” in just a few short months? Back in March, we were told that lockdowns were necessary to ensure COVID-19 cases would not overwhelm hospitals and, in particular, intensive-care units. In most parts of the country, hospitals were not only not overwhelmed, many were forced to lay off nurses and other employees because elective procedures were put on hold - a move that likely cost lives as people postponed health critical screenings and avoided going to the hospital when they had chest pains for fear of catching COVID-19. At the beginning of the pandemic, we were assured that once hospitals had things under control we could go back to our regularly scheduled lives, with the understanding that as things reopened and testing increased there would be a spike in the number of cases. Now it seems the goalposts are moving again and we’re being sent into further lockdown —in some cases more stringent lockdowns than before — by governors and other mini-tyrants who are in panic mode because people are catching a contagious (but not very deadly for most people) disease that is, you know, contagious.

Case in point, Ohio Gov. Mike DeWine, who on Wednesday announced a statewide mask order that came with a threat: We’d all better obey him if we want schools to open in the fall. Nice school you’ve got there. It would be a shame if anything happened to it.

But while the number of diagnosed cases of COVID-19 has risen in Ohio over the last month, hospital admissions haven’t kept up and the number of deaths has plummeted: You have to dig around the Ohio Dept. of Health website to find these numbers. When you land on the site you’re greeted with a graph showing the cumulative number of deaths and hospitalizations, which make it appear there’s been a huge spike, when in fact it’s showing the growth of the cumulative total over time: (Ohio Dept. of Health, July 22, 2020)

A Google search turned up no stories about hospitals being overwhelmed or nearing ICU capacity in Ohio, yet DeWine, who is the Democrats’ favorite Republican these days, went ahead with his mask order — the first statewide mask order in Ohio since the pandemic began. To hear DeWine talk (and tweet), you’d think hospitals are overwhelmed with COVID patients (who are probably lying on filthy FEMA cots) and we are all in very grave danger: Meanwhile, in Wayne County, where I’m blessed to live, it doesn’t feel like we’re in grave danger—and the numbers bear that out: (Ohio Dept. of Health, July 22, 2020)

That’s 55 total hospitalizations since the pandemic began. Last week there were two COVID hospitalizations recorded and no deaths. This despite the fact that nearly everything in the county reopened in mid-May and very few people are wearing masks. To date, we’ve had a grand total of 398 cases of COVID-19 and 59 deaths (most of them in nursing homes) out of a population of 117,710. Yet DeWine’s draconian new OMG-hair-on-fire statewide mask order is being forced on us and we’ll all have to wear them while singing in church on Sunday and smiling at babies in the park.

Look, I’m not denying COVID-19 is a serious and sometimes deadly illness. It is, and many families are grieving the loss of loved ones who’ve died of it. And many families are grieving the loss of loved ones from the flu, from auto accidents, and from cancer. Death catches up to all of us eventually.

I’m also not denying that masks can slow down the spread of disease. They can. But what is the goal at this point? Are we to wear masks until COVID is completely eradicated in the U.S.? Until we have zero cases? And once COVID is eradicated (it won’t be, but stick with me here), shouldn’t we continue to wear them until the flu is eradicated? And the common cold? Rotavirus? RSV? We’re being told that if we love our neighbors (and, by the way, you’re not a real Christian if you don’t’ want to wear a mask) we should be happy to wear a mask to protect them from COVID-19. If that’s the case, we’re going to have to continue to wear them until all contagions have been purged from the face of the earth—in other words, forever.

There’s risk inherent in living life. Each day we calculate the potential risk and make decisions about what we’ll do and where we’ll go. Most of us climb into a car every day and buckle up knowing that there are 1.25 million deaths from car crashes each year and our morning commute could be our last. Some choose not to drive because the risk is too high. Others drive faster than the speed limit, making the calculus that the benefits of getting to where they’re going faster outweigh the risks.

Decisions individuals make about whether to wear a mask or stay home when there are contagions floating around are no different. Unfortunately, high on their own power, politicians like DeWine are gleefully soberly making those decisions for us. And now that they’ve done it with COVID-19, what’s to stop them from issuing other, more onerous, orders or locking us down every year during flu season or using health department orders to confiscating our firearms because gun violence is on the rise and PUBLIC HEALTH CRISIS!!!

That’s what worries me most about these orders, many of which have, thank goodness, already been ruled unconstitutional. There’s a growing sense that this is the new normal - in fact, many of these mayors and governors have said as much. If that’s the case, we can kiss our liberties goodbye.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/moving-covid-goalposts-will-next-step-be-masks-protect-flu-common-cold 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-25-20 AMN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

First Arab country acquires new Chinese missile system

By News Desk - 2020-07-25

BEIRUT, LEBANON (9:30 A.M.) – China has started exporting the third generation of their Red Arrow-12 anti-tank systems, also known as the HJ-12.

According to the China Defense website, Algeria has become the first Arab country to obtain the upgraded Chinese anti-tank system. Not surprisingly, the Algerian military has long-standing relationships with the Chinese military-industrial complex. It has bought from China self-propelled howitzers, mortars, and multiple missile launch systems, as well as reconnaissance and attack drones and marine equipment.

According to military experts, HJ-12 will replace the old Soviet complexes that were developed in the first half of the 1970s. The Red Arrow-12 is one of the systems that operates on the “launch and forget” principle. It was first shown in 2014.

The total mass reaches 22 kg. The missile itself weighs 17 kilograms, and another 5 kilograms is a target, and it has thermal imaging channels, day and night, in addition to a laser range finder. The total length of the launch container is 1200 mm. Dimensions and weight allow this weapon to be used from the shoulder. The maximum shooting range in daylight conditions is 4,000 meters, at night it drops to 2,000 meters.

https://www.almasdarnews.com/article/first-arab-country-acquires-new-chinese-missile-system/ 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 7-26-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Much Blood Must Run On The Streets Before The Zombified Masses Wake Up To The Deliberate Destruction Of America?

by Susan Duclos · Published July 26, 2020 · Updated July 26, 2020  – All News PipeLine

As we watch more than 55 straight days of violent rioting, destruction of property, vandalism and arson, by what the media keeps calling “mostly peaceful” protesters in Portland, Oregon, we have a perfect example and picture-window of what the entirety of the United States of America would look like if liberals were given control over it all in this day and age.

During the 2016 election cycle we heard over-the–top rhetoric from the left about how the whole world will end, literally, if Donald Trump were elected the President.

He was, and it didn’t. We are not going to go all hyperbolic and claim the sky will literally fall if the democrat nominee is elected, because the sky will not fall.

With that said, a look at cities and states across America that are run by radical liberals, give us a bird-eye view of what would happen because it is happening right now, in America, as the blood of innocents is running in the street.

This is not speculative, because we are watching open violence, incited and encouraged by the establishment media, with politicians offering excuses and justification for the protesters burning down their cities. Then they beg the federal government for emergency funds to rebuild?

I think not. In the video above and the examples below, we are going to go through just a handful of recent events.

Portland is most definitely the canary in the coal mine, or maybe we should say dozens of canaries and they are all dead now, because for nearly 60 days, violence has ruled, tens of millions of damages to properties and buildings, and police officers and innocent residents have been hurt by members of Antifa and Black Lives Matter.

Is this what liberals want all of America to look like?

Apparently some do and they are twisting themselves into pretzels trying to justify their stance.

For example: In Portland, after the first month of all out anarchy, destruction, vandalism and arson, the Trump administration sent federal forces in to protect federal buildings and property.

Rather than say “Thank you very much” for trying to help save our city and protect our residents, Oregon Democrats spoke out against the action, and the Mayor, Ted Wheeler, claimed the federal law enforcement was exacerbating the situation, because the feds starting arresting violent rioters after identifying them.

Like buildings burning and innocents harmed and minority owned businesses being destroyed by the rioters, was perfectly acceptable, but trying to stop all that, is what he claims in unacceptable.

On behalf of the liberal state leaders, Oregon Attorney General Ellen Rosenblum, tried to sue the Trump administration and sought an order to “immediately stop federal authorities from unlawfully detaining Oregonians,” aka rioters.   The judge denied the request.

The violence and chaos that now reigns in Portland, Oregon, has been thoroughly documented by Independent Journalist Andy Ngo, a man has been attacked and hospitalized himself by Antifa members.

There are multiple recent clips from his Twitter account on one page over at Whatfinger.

Over on his YouTube page we see some disturbing things not reported on by national news outlets, such as a black man attacking to women with a handsaw, and when police went to arrest him, they became targets for harassment.

Via the details of the video by Ngo:

Graphic: Shane Vordelmicha Green, who is black, walked inside a NE Portland laundromat on 17 July, 2020, & used a sharp handsaw to attack two women. Responding police located him on a nearby street but the arrest was interrupted by Portlanders who screamed at & taunted officers, accusing them of racism.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/07/26/how-much-blood-must-run-on-the-streets-before-the-zombified-masses-wake-up-to-the-deliberate-destruction-of-america/ 

:: 7-27-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I'm unbearably hot! Adorable moment black bear cools off in a kiddie pool after wandering into a backyard in Virginia

A black bear wandered into Regina Keller's backyard near Fort Valley, Virginia

Keller was watering her flowers when the bear got into her kiddie pool and decided to take a nap

She said the bear stayed there for about an hour before getting scared away

There are approximately 6,000 black bears in Virginia and 900,000 in the US

By Lauren Edmonds For Dailymail.com Published: 02:00 EDT, 27 July 2020 | Updated: 03:32 EDT, 27 July 2020

A woman in Virginia was pleasantly surprised when a large black bear ambled into her backyard and took a quick nap in the kiddie pool.

Regina Keller was watering her flowers last Sunday when a black bear wandered into her backyard and decided to stay. Footage shared to Facebook shows the black bear getting into the small blue kiddie pool and water splashing onto the grass. The black bear enjoys the view for a few seconds before getting comfortable and lying down.

After finding just the right spot, the black bear rests its head on the kiddie pool's edge and catches some shuteye. 'We definitely need a bigger pool!' wrote Keller, who also shared a photo of the bear taking a peaceful snooze in the afternoon heat. Keller, who is no stranger to bears, told CNN that she had been taking wildlife pictures in her backyard for 12 years.

Her home is settled near the George Washington National Forest in Fort Valley, Virginia, so she's used to a host of critters and animals stopping by.

But the black bear who paid a visit on July 19 was considerably bigger than the average squirrel or deer. 'This was the biggest one I've seen this year,' said Keller.

As the bear explored her backyard, Keller realized that she recognized the bear and hadn't seen it in two years.

'He wandered around the backyard... and went over by the pool and dipped his big paw in the water... and then climbed right in and laid down,' said Keller.

'He seemed so content and refreshed.'

Keller said she moved to a chair by the door to watch the black bear that day.

The bear stayed inside the kiddie pool for about an hour before it was startled by the sound of her grandchildren arriving with their dogs. 'It was neat to see and neat that I had my camera with me to capture it,' said Keller.

The National Park Service estimates that there are around 900,000 black bears across the United States, with as many as 6,000 in Virginia.

'Shy and secretive, the sighting of a bear is a rare treat for most Virginians,' wrote the Virginia Department of Wildlife Resources.

'However, bears are found throughout most of the Commonwealth, and encounters between bears and people are increasing.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8563305/Black-bear-takes-nap-womans-kiddie-pool-wandering-backyard-Virginia.html 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 7-24-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NSA Whistle Blower Bill Binney Debunks Russian Hacking Hoax In Explosive Press Conference

The elite are terrified of this explosive interview!

Infowars.com - July 24, 2020

Former NSA Technical Director and whistleblower, Bill Binney, gives definitive proof that Russia could not have hacked the DNC or John Podesta and refutes the politicized narrative conceived by the deep state. His bombshell assertions not only put the Russian hacking hoax to bed, but he also makes a case for a conspiracy that goes deeper than previously known. The establishment doesn’t want this interview to be seen, so be sure to spread this link to combat Big Tech’s stranglehold on information.

https://www.infowars.com/nsa-whistle-blower-bill-binney-debunks-russian-hacking-hoax-in-explosive-press-conference/ 

[:: 4-26-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. even in this virus that you are in, the world doesn’t understand that nor are they looking at the truth.  They are blaming China, no, it is not China, America, America, for it is your President that funded all that money to start that over there and yet you don’t understand that, you don’t know that, you are not aware of that.  And because you are not aware of it you cannot realize that the devil is trying to fulfill the thirteenth chapter of the book of Revelation, not the sixth chapter, not the seventh chapter, not the eighth chapter, but the thirteenth chapter.  Therefore, you need to search my word etc.

[:: 5-10-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For of a truth this virus is my judgment on the church first and then on the world,                          11 Chronicles chapter seven first verse, verse thirteen will clearly, clearly explain it to the doubters, it was for this time and this time only. etc

[:: 5-17-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc my heart is heavy this day, saith your Father God, for as I look upon my churches and I see all, all the things that hinder them and stop them from being there and yet they are still not there.  Where are they, do they not know the season, do they not know the times, why, why do they not know why this virus came.  Surely they are not that unaware that they don’t know 11 Chronicles, the whole seventh chapter and what verse thirteen says before the verse they quote if my people.  It way placed there for this time and this time only and it tells you the virus, the crown virus, the corona virus, the corona nineteen virus, it couldn’t be any clearer, it couldn’t be any plainer.  For judgment shall first come to my house and I need repentance in order to have a church without spot or wrinkle.  For if I don’t have a church without spot or wrinkle there is no rapture and the rapture is due to take place very soon now.

[:: 5-24-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Do you really worship me because of who I am, do you know who I am, this virus that Satan has sent your way has caused many of you to be leopards who stand a far off, you won’t touch anybody, you won’t do anything, you haven’t followed the orders of Jesus who gave unto them to go unto the priests, get their deliverance, get their repentance.  Look round about you this morning and see where this whole restriction lifted by the President of the United States and yet where is my church, where is my church?  Where are my priests, where are my prophets, where are they?  Oh there are many, many that I have and there are many that serve me with all of their hearts, with all of their soul, with all of their mind, very few serve me with all of their mind.

[ :: 6-21-20 am service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::]

etc. told you and explained to you all about the virus and I am still explaining to you about the virus. But many want to believe the government, they want to believe the mayors, they want to believe the governors, they don’t know what they’re talking about, it is time that you wake up and listen. For the virus will not come to an end as I have told you until next Passover season and don’t wait then to repent, cause if you wait that long you may have missed your opportunity to repent. I am calling upon my church to set their house in order, to deal with their sin, to repent, to come back to me one hundred percent, not ninety eight, not ninety seven, one hundred percent. You must walk with me in holiness and righteousness and as you do then the greater things shall come, the things that you desire, the blessings, the promises, they shall all be fulfilled, for that is my word unto you.

:: 7-25-20 Citizens Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Church Will Fight Ventura County Threat to Shut it Down

Added by Citizen Reporter on July 25, 2020. By George Miller

County Medical Director threatens action on Calvary Chapel Godspeak’s refusal to shut down as ordered. Church responds defiantly. Calvary Chapel Godspeak (CCTO- Newbury Park) Senior Pastor Rob McCoy does not shy away from controversy in the name of what he believes right. With no regrets, he watched congregants peel away when he took controversial and politically incorrect positions of principle on multiple social and political issues over the years. But this also attracted new supporters to the congregation and allies such as Sen Rand Paul, Senator Shannon Grove, Charlie Kirk (Turning Point). He turned down a prestigious university deanship to stay and minister to his flock. He attracted supporters who poured millions of dollars into Calvary Chapel to turn the YMCA into a new church.

He was Thousand Oaks Mayor and a Councilman. When he and church elders decided to reopen the church in defiance of government orders, he first resigned his Council office. The church was reopened with strict precautions- stricter than stores open. Around the same time, the county permitted reopening again. When the County recently ordered churches closed again, Calvary T.O. did not comply.

McCoy announced a Saturday evening online “fireside chat,” promising it would be an important announcement, vital to the church/congregation.

It seems that having the church fully open has attracted attention, leading to complaints and threats from the county to “take action”.

During the event, McCoy said County Health Director Rego Vargas contacted him and asked him if he was in compliance with the order. McCoy asked him if he had called all churches and added that they are in compliance with the First Amendment (which keeps government out of religious affairs). He wondered why BLM isn’t being prosecuted for its destructive actions.

He believes that the sick should be quarantined, not the healthy.

County Health Officer Dr. Robert Levin, who has attracted so much attention due to hyper-enforcing state guidelines, claiming the force of law, works for Vargas.

McCoy said he told Vargas to consider his “Return On Investment” in any enforcement actions and that he would vigorously contest any shutdown actions, make it difficult and ensure that it received very high visibility and “national narrative.” The county has had brutal coverage from conservative media for what sounded like threats to forcibly relocate quarantined people and from last week’s forcible lockdown of the apartment building at 137 S. Palm in Ventura.

He said he told Vargas that he might succeed in shutting the church down, but it wouldn’t go quietly and that he might even take it to the President. McCoy said they would demand the unsealing of records to show actual causes of death, testing records and people who were classified positive with no testing, that families would be asked about cause of death and this would be compared with records, claims of causes of deaths.

He told the congregation that the “gloves are off”, that they are “all lawyered up” ready for a fight and that he would hold an emergency meeting with the church elders to decide on next actions.

He noted that some other churches are also defying orders and noted their compliance with a higher authority. But he said we should not shake our fists and said he told Vargas that he was praying for him, asked that God give him wisdom and said that he stood only against his ideology, not him and that the congregation should do the same.

Meanwhile, he solicited everyone’s support and said while “the noose is tightening,” their resolve has grown stronger. He asked them to pray, to spread the word and invited all to live, in-person Sunday church services at 9, 11 and 1 tomorrow. He says he’s not sure if the county would move tomorrow or next Sunday.

Rationale

Prior to making the announcement, McCoy had set the stage this evening by laying out some key points for the congregation:

He mocked Dr. Anthony Fauci’s hypocrisy in telling people they should be wearing masks, making a big show of wearing one while making his disastrous first pitch for the Yankees game, then being spotted up in the stands in a lonely group not wearing masks. He pointed out that “the oligarchy” sets its own rules while mandating more restrictions for others and that they obviously don’t believe what they are telling us. Similar behavior has been observed with other officials and celebrities.

He ruefully observed the Giants nearly all kneeling, compared their conformity to NAZI Germany and pointed out that BLM preaches violence, hate and Marxism.

He berated LA Mayor Garcetti for supporting violent, anarchist, Marxist “demonstrators,” who are unrestricted in movements and association, while imposing draconian restrictions in LA.

He attacked the LA teacher’s union for refusing to go back to work without government defunding police, stopping charter school funding, imposing a state wealth tax, and federal medicare for all.

He said that the virus case numbers are being exaggerated and that the death numbers are plunging.

He criticized the US Supreme Court and particularly swing vote John Roberts for ruling against Calvary Chapel Dayton Valley in Nevada to open, while permitting casinos, liquor stores, etc. open and BLM/Antifa anarchists running wild and in apparent violation without response . He showed Justice Gorsuch’s scathing minority opposition statement. What is “essential?” Is this really about safety?

Christ, not Caesar, is the head of the church

McCoy referred to a statement by John McArthur and the Elders of the Grace Community Church that Christ, not Caesar, is the head of the church. The church is the most high-visibility non-complier in the state at present,

Excerpt:

Therefore, in response to the recent state order requiring churches in California to limit or suspend all meetings indefinitely, we, the pastors and elders of Grace Community Church, respectfully inform our civic leaders that they have exceeded their legitimate jurisdiction, and faithfulness to Christ prohibits us from observing the restrictions they want to impose on our corporate worship services.

Although McCoy invoked the Constitution, Grace Community did not:

Notice that we are not making a constitutional argument, even though the First Amendment of the United States Constitution expressly affirms this principle in its opening words: “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof.” The right we are appealing to was not created by the Constitution. It is one of those unalienable rights granted solely by God, who ordained human government and establishes both the extent and the limitations of the state’s authority (Romans 13:1–7). Our argument therefore is purposely not grounded in the First Amendment; it is based on the same biblical principles that the Amendment itself is founded upon. The exercise of true religion is a divine duty given to men and women created in God’s image (Genesis 1:26–27; Acts 4:18–20; 5:29; cf. Matthew 22:16–22). In other words, freedom of worship is a command of God, not a privilege granted by the state.

This will infuriate secular progressives, who see no authority of God- or even that He exists and is all-powerful.

Jonathan Leeman responded to McArthur’s essay with compromises to reduce conflict with state authorities and costs, while getting at least something. But his advice to meet outdoors or in smaller groups has also been forbidden in some jurisdictions.

Lastly, there is the thought that church defiance could result in increasing health risk to people. McCoy laid out a case suggesting that the danger has been vastly exaggerated and that he may bring evidence.

It should be an interesting debate and actions coming up.

https://www.citizensjournal.us/church-will-fight-ventura-county-threat-to-shut-it-down/  

:: 7-21-20 DJHJ Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5 Trends Christian Millennials MUST STOP Doing

by John Wesley Reid  July 21, 2020

This piece is a response to young Christian millennials who often sacrifice their Christian values for the sake of being relevant to the world. I will remind you, oh beloved children of God, that Jesus himself said that the world will hate you because of your love for Him. You can love the world like Jesus loves the world and still be hated. It’s not your fault, so don’t change your method. Your advocacy for Christ should never come at the expense of your relationship with Him. Here are 5 ways that many Christian millennials are hurting their delivery of the gospel to a world that desperately needs it.

1) Tolerance

Tolerance flies in the face of the gospel because it is apathetic both to brokenness and holiness, and when we don’t recognize our brokenness then we will never recognize our need for holiness…and thus Jesus becomes, at best, superfluous. Many millennials have it in their minds that affirming the individual means affirming their sin. This message is due in part to the poison of church progressivism, and many young Christian millennials sing the same tune. Instead of hating sin for the separation that it causes between us and God, they accept the sins of others in the name of “loving them for who they are.”

But the problem with tolerance is that when we accept people for who they WANT to be, we neglect the people that Jesus MADE them to be. Jesus was the prime example of love, but never does He display an ounce of tolerance. Indeed the cross was proof of His intolerance. What type of tolerance prompts a king to step off his throne to die for his people? Tolerance was never part of the story!

The gospel does not boast “come as you are, stay as you are” but rather “come as you are TO BE RESTORED!” We don’t get to make up the narrative here, folks! The story has already been written- and it is beautiful!

2) Neglecting Theology

Consider the etymology of the word theology; theo- God, logy-study: the study of God. A trendy message among young Christians these days is “I don’t need theology, I just need Jesus.” The problem here is that the two are not mutually exclusive. Not only are they not mutually exclusive but rather they are dependent on each other. The more we know Jesus, the more we love Him and the more we love Him the more we want to know Him and so the cycle continues. Our desire to know Him (theology) should be an implication for our love for Him. And the more this continues the more we will desire to live like Him and thus love His people AS HE loves them.

To say you love Jesus but don’t need theology is like a husband telling his wife, “I love you, poopsies. But I don’t care to know your heart, your character, your desires, your attributes,” etc.

But when theology is neglected, the ramifications are made known in the way we treat others. Even with a Christian label we only love on them with a wishy-washy love that promotes no agenda for change and restoration. When theology is neglected Christian millennials succumb to weak cultural ideas and defective scriptural interpretation such as “Jesus just said to love people, so why should we be opposed to gay marriage?” and “the Bible says not to judge, so don’t tell me that I shouldn’t be sleeping with my boyfriend!” when the Bible actually tells Christians to judge each other (Matthew 7:24, I Corinthians 5:9-13). A good theology will inform the individual that not only are they wrong in their sin, but that Jesus wants so much MORE for them; more joy, purity, and intimacy with Him.

3) Separation from the World

You are not of the world, so don’t act like you are (Romans 12:1-2). “But John, Jesus partied, so I can party!” Well, sure I guess you can say he partied because He did attend parties and even contribute wine to one (and yes, I affirm that this wine was alcoholic). But the above quote is used in a defense of a partying style that is NOT consistent with Jesus’ partying style, and those who make the argument know that full well. As Christians, we are to be light and salt to the world (Matthew 5:14). Salt gives flavor to bland food, light gives vision in darkness. See the analogy there? We are to be different and we are to be good. Good in behavior and good in our advocacy for Christ. Does this mean we can’t drink? Not necessarily. Does it mean we can’t get drunk and cuss and make poor decisions with people that we likely wouldn’t have without the influence of alcohol? Yes, it absolutely does if our agenda is to represent Christianity. But even the movies we watch and the music we listen to are important. Harry Potter? I’m fine with it but you should read this: (Reasons Why Christians Should NOT Watch Harry Potter). If it has an explicit language sticker on it then there’s really no justification to be listening to it. It needs to be tossed. “But I’m an adult.” Yes, which means you’re a Christian and you’re old enough to know better. Not to mention you’re supposed to be setting the example. Junk in, junk out no matter your age.

We’re quick to sing popular worship songs like “O To Be Like You” and “Jesus, Be the Center Of My Life” but how practical do we allow this to be? We need to be Daniels, Esthers, and Joshuas. We need to be people of faith who love without ceasing and represent without compromise.

Also, I understand that nobody is perfect but it’s one thing to sin and try to justify it while it’s another to sin and repent; confessing and turning away from sin.

Stop flirting with what you can get away with, and instead pursue the holiness that we have through Jesus Christ.

4) Bashing the Church

Christian Millennials are quick to throw the Church under the bus. Blogs are constantly cycling the internet like “3 reasons why I left my youth group” (and of course it’s always the youth group/youth pastor’s fault, not the student who left). While the Church isn’t perfect, I feel it is much more effective to celebrate the good that the Church is doing than the negative, which a lot of times isn’t even negative, it’s rhetoric. For example, it is easy to knock a megachurch for putting money into their building but how many mega-church bashers have actually researched the hundreds of thousands of dollars that said mega-church is giving to inner-city and overseas missions?

It’s also important to remember that as Christians we ARE the Church, therefore, we are the imperfection that is, the difference that needs to be, and the good that the Church is doing.

5) Declining Accountability

The same group of Christian millennials will be the first to dish out accountability, usually in the form of Church-bashing, but will be the last to receive it. It’ll be rendered them, but they won’t accept it. If you call them out on wayward behavior they will notoriously accuse you of judging them and use the Bible to support their plight. But indeed the Bible says that Christians ARE to judge each other, as we saw earlier. If you identify as Christian then you, oh beloved, fall within the God-appointed jurisdiction of judgment from your sibling in Christ. To be clear, judgment should be read as corrective counsel in attempts to hold one accountable and thus point towards restoration.

Accountability is not only biblical, but it is wonderful. Repentance is a means of turning from darkness and receiving the gift of restoration that is found in Jesus. It’s easy to read repentance as a scary thing. But Hebrews paints a wonderful, gospel-reflecting image of it:

“Let us then with confidence draw near to the throne of grace, that we may receive mercy and find grace, to help in time of need.” -Hebrews 4:16

There is nothing scary about that. If anything it’s overwhelmingly comforting that WE, sinners made pure through Jesus, are not only allowed to but are ENCOURAGED to enter the highest of throne rooms to receive mercy and grace from the Almighty, the one who we have grievously sinned against. God sees you as His child, beautiful and righteous through His son, Jesus. Let us all remember the love that has been lavished on us and make sure that we go and love likely, in truth and in grace.

http://djhjmedia.com/johnreid/5-trends-christian-millennials-must-stop-doing/ 

:: 7-26-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SEED WARFARE? Seed packages that appear to be from China are flooding the USA; other similar packages contain fake US dollar currency or pandemic masks

Sunday, July 26, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Although this story sounds like an urban legend, it isn’t. We’ve confirmed this from a huge number of sources: For the last several months, strange packages that appear to be from China are being delivered via the US Postal Service (USPS) to Americans all across the country, hitting people in at least six states so far.

These packages often contain seeds of unknown origin, but several packages are described as containing counterfeit US currency or pandemic protective equipment such as masks or latex gloves.

The packages, all of which contain a return address of “China Post,” are untrackable under USPS tracking systems and are labeled as containing “jewelry” or “earrings.”

The packages are being shipped to specific individuals in the United States, using their names, addresses and phone numbers. Yet none of these people have placed orders of such products, according to dozens of complaints that have been filed with the US Postal Service and USDA.

One package, shown below, was received by a citizen in Austin, TX: The Virginia Dept. of Agriculture is warning that these seeds may pose a danger to the crop integrity of the United States of America.

From their July 24th press release:  The Virginia Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (VDACS) has been notified that several Virginia residents have received unsolicited packages containing seeds that appear to have originated from China. The types of seeds in the packages are unknown at this time and may be invasive plant species. The packages were sent by mail and may have Chinese writing on them.

Invasive species wreak havoc on the environment, displace or destroy native plants and insects and severely damage crops. Taking steps to prevent their introduction is the most effective method of reducing both the risk of invasive species infestations and the cost to control and mitigate those infestations.

I received in Austin, TX yesterday. Double sealed and stored for inspection if USDA gets back to me. pic.twitter.com/u4SHyep83K

— Chad Andrews (@TMEIBV) July 25, 2020

The Arkansas Dept. of Agriculture is also sounding the alarm over these seed packages of unknown origin. Via HotspringsVillagePeople.com: According to the Arkansas Department of Agriculture, residents of several states have reported that they received packets of seeds in the mail with writing on the outside that appears to be Chinese. While it is not known yet the precise species of the seeds, there is speculation that they could be seeds of an invasive species. If you should receive an unsolicited package of seeds in the mail, the Arkansas Department of Agriculture asks that you do not open the package or plant any unsolicited seeds. That story further warns that these seed packages could constitute “environmental terrorism” being carried out by an unknown party.

The Kansas Department of Agriculture has also been alerted to the strange seed packages. Via KSNT.com:

The Kansas Department of Agriculture is warning people about mysterious packages of seeds that appear to be from China.

Agriculture officials believe these seeds might be dangerous. They said they could be invasive species, could introduce diseases to local plants, or could be harmful to livestock.

People in other states across the country have also received similar packages, according to the department.

Originating at Amazon.com?  We are getting reports that all the individuals who have received these mysterious seed packages so far are Amazon.com customers. It also appears that the packages may be originating from Amazon fulfillment centers, not China, since all the packages lack any export stamp from China.

In other words, even though they are labeled with a China return address, these packages In other words, even though they are labeled with a China return address, these packages appear to be originating within the USA, and the evidence so far — which is not yet conclusive — is pointing back to an Amazon.com fulfillment center.

One explanation is that the products are part of a “brushing” scheme where operators set up fake customer accounts on Amazon.com using real customer names and addresses, then order low-cost products to be shipped out so they can leave positive reviews from “verified customers.” This is a method for gaming the Amazon.com review system. The Wall Street Journal explains “brushing” in this article about Alibaba. The same tactic can be used on Amazon, too.

Chinese manufacturers are able to send products to the United States incredibly cheaply because the U.S. Postal Service subsidizes packages from China, making it cheaper to mail products from China than from within the United States itself. This is how the treasonous US government helped build China’s export business; by paying most of the shipping of products from China. (The US government also subsidizes Amazon.com packages, too, granting Amazon a near-monopoly over online retailing.)

Counterfeit cash, pandemic equipment and more

A page from BadBuyerList.org reveals that many other people have been receiving these mysterious packages for several months:

I see several people reporting an unsolicited receipt, via China Post, of a small quantity of seeds in a small package with a customs declaration identifying the contents as stud earrings. I also received an identical mailing and have no explanation. I reported to the U.S. Postal Inspector Service [ www.uspis.gov/report/ ].

This is scarry, but glad im not the only one. Just received a small package from same place CHINA POST AiR-Small packet by air to US> HH Northside of the west gate of South China Avenue, Longgang District Shenzhen. under my name and my cell phone number. Crazyyy scary, their getting slick. Inside the package is fake pack of 100 dollar bills. I think im going to the police with this so they can track and finger print and what not.

I ordered an item through Amazon.FedEx shipping label shows my phone no. was changed from my phone no. to 1-347-448-3190 I placed my order but was delivered to Oxford,Pa which is not my address and not my phone number. It belongs Aaron Sathrum aka Aaron Phone 1-347-448-3190 ext. 40913 6625 Red Deer Street San Diego, CA 92122

Just received a Huge pack of face mask. No quantity, nothing noted. From China, w/ this number. Must be 250 face masks.  We never ordered any mask. So weird.

Hello, today a received a package from CHINA POST AiR-Small packet by air to US> HH Northside of the west gate of South China Avenue, Longgang District Shenzhen. To me with my exact name and address to the United States of America. There was a phone number listed as 347 448 3190. The package says Stud earring 260008591 value $3.15. With an untraceable UP0022464646CN. But when you open package it has small clear package of black maybe seeds. This is scary dont know what those seeds are.

Just received 10 pairs of blue plastic gloves..from same number from China…

How odd. I received TP that I was expecting from Amazon. Same qty of TP, Scott 1-ply, 1,000 per roll. Got 36 as 3 packs if 12 unwrapped, not 1 pack of 36 wrapped rolls. UPS from Walmart and each in its own box, not FED-Ex from Amazon. My order history on Amazon states it was shipped today 5/14, but my box arrived yesterday 5/13. With the phone number 347-448-3190 and ext. 90056, but it has my name and address. I have called in to Walmart and Amazon is unreachable. Walmart says they do have Amazon ship for them. This will be escalated by the customer service rep at Walmart. I now wonder if I am going to get another box of 36 TP via FED-Ex AND get charged for both shipments.

Stay on the lookout for mysterious packages that appear to be from China. And do not plant any seeds they contain.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-07-26-seed-warfare-china-floods-usa-with-garden-seeds-fake-currency.html 

:: 7-23-20 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Multiple vaccine doses could be necessary to protect from coronavirus, Bill Gates says

By Audrey McNamara July 23, 2020 / 7:21 AM / CBS News

Microsoft co-founder Bill Gates said Wednesday that people could need multiple doses of a potential coronavirus vaccine to immunize themselves from the coronavirus. If necessary, the multiple doses could require more than 7 billion vaccinations to be administered worldwide. "None of the vaccines at this point appear like they'll work with a single dose," Gates said. "That was the hope at the very beginning."

The billionaire philanthropist, who has donated $300 million towards the global effort to combat COVID-19 through the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, told "CBS Evening News" anchor and managing editor Norah O'Donnell that deploying a coronavirus vaccine will require a global effort. "If what you're trying to do is block all the transmission, then you need to get 70-80% coverage on a global basis. So it's unbelievably big numbers," he said.

Gates, who has been warning about the threat of a global pandemic since 2015, admitted that "there will be a lot of uncertainty" about the efficacy of any vaccine, but stressed that it's a solution "that will improve over time."

The Moderna vaccine, which requires two doses a month apart, will start a crucial step around July 27: A 30,000-person study to prove if the shots really are strong enough to protect against the coronavirus. When asked if the eventual vaccine will be safe, Gates said the FDA — as it stands — will be able to prevent an unsafe vaccine from going on the market.

"The FDA, not being pressured, will look hard at that," Gates said of potential side effects. "The FDA is the gold standard of regulators, and their current guidance on this — if they stick with that — is very very appropriate." The U.S. on Wednesday reported more than 1,000 coronavirus deaths for the first time since May. With 142,677 deaths in total, the U.S. has had the most deaths of any country by far, according to data gathered by Johns Hopkins University. President Trump, however, said this week that the U.S. has the lowest mortality rate in the world.

Gates said that the president's statement is not factually correct. "Not at all, not even close," Gates said. "By almost every measure, the U.S. is one of the worst." "We opened up with cases increasing," Gates said. He also pointed to low mask compliance, a muzzling of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and a general lack of leadership as reasons why U.S. cases have not subsided.   "Serious mistakes were made," he said.

First published on July 22, 2020 / 5:41 PM

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/coronavirus-vaccine-bill-gates-multiple-doses/

:: 7-22-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Perfectibilists

By Hal Lindsey

On May 1, 1776, a man named Adam Weishaupt founded an organization that came to be known as “The Illuminati.Today, there are lots of little covens of unconnected, devil-worshiping malcontents who claim the name “Illuminati.” And there is some evidence that the old organization may still exist. But for this discussion, you just need to know that they did exist, and they were formed as an angry reaction to the Church. They were the antithesis of Biblical Christianity.

In the beginning, they were not called “The Illuminati.” Their original name was the “Covenant of Perfectibility” — commonly referred to as “Perfectibilists.” And that was their theme. They believed that human beings could perfect themselves through morality and reason, along with a lot of screwball, secret ceremonies.

Even though they were the opposite of Christian, large numbers of churches today embrace the primary ideal of the Illuminatibelief in humanity’s ability to perfect itself. Such churches view the message of Jesus dying on the cross for our sins as old fashioned and irrelevant to a new generation.

They claim that regular evangelical Christians place too much emphasis on Who Jesus was and what He did. They choose to place their emphasis on what Jesus said. But when you read their websites, you see that they carefully cherry-pick the words of Jesus. I think they do that because if you look at everything He said, it leads you back to Who Jesus is (God the Son) and what Jesus did (died on a cross for our sins and rose again).

From Genesis to Revelation, the Bible contradicts their message of salvation by good works. Ephesians 2:8-9 says, “For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God; not as a result of works, that no one should boast.” (NASB)

But if you quote from any of Paul’s letters, they shake their heads. Like the first century Christians at Corinth, they say with holy condescension, “I (am) of Christ.” (1 Corinthians 1:12)

They claim to espouse the Sermon on the Mount. But anyone reading that Sermon should start at the beginning. The first words of the first beatitude are, “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” (Matthew 5:3 NASB) It’s a tough passage to get your head around. Why “poor in spirit”? Does He want us to be spiritually impoverished? It’s easy to understand how material riches might get us into trouble, but what’s wrong with being spiritually rich? Jesus started His message with those words for good reason — they are not an ending, but a beginning. We cannot start our journey with Him until we understand our spiritual poverty without Him. God does not come to you, hat in hand, requesting that you share with Him your spiritual riches. He doesn’t need your spiritual riches. You need His. He longs to share those riches with you. But you won’t receive them from Him until you understand that you don’t have them within yourself.

In another part of the Sermon on the Mount, Jesus said, “Unless your righteousness surpasses that of the scribes and Pharisees, you shall not enter the kingdom of heaven.” (Matthew 5:20 NASB)

Imagine how shocking that would have been to the people listening to Him. They viewed the scribes and Pharisees as the epitome of righteousness. These people counted the leaves on their spices to make sure they were accurately tithing. (Matthew 23:23) They not only studied the law, they studied mountains of tradition that had been built up around the law. (Mark 7:3) To be completely certain they never called the Lord’s name in vain, they didn’t even say His name.

But Jesus said it’s not enough. Why? Because God is His own standard of goodness. He is the plumb line. Anything less than His level of righteousness is like a filthy rag. (Isaiah 64:6) In the Sermon on the Mount, Jesus said, “Therefore you are to be perfect, as your heavenly Father is perfect.” (Matthew 5:48 NASB)

Only God is as perfect as God. But Jesus is that perfect because He is God. He is God the Son. His righteousness measures up. We must receive that righteousness or we cannot be saved. 2 Corinthians 5:21 says, “He made Him who knew no sin to be sin on our behalf, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.” (NASB)

Jesus spoke of people being guilty of shocking sins like adultery (Matthew 5:27-28) and murder (Matthew 5:22) simply because of their thoughts. He was teaching us to think the right things. But He was also showing how egregiously we fail to meet God’s standards. Every person at some time has a lustful thought, is angry without cause, or fails to love his enemies. We can’t hope in our goodness. God’s grace is the only answer! The words of Jesus point humanity to the Person and mission of Jesus. He said, “For the Son of Man has come to seek and to save that which was lost.” (Luke 19:10 NASB)

His message of grace is timeless. It is infinitely superior to any fashion or fad. The message of Jesus was Himself. So don’t be a grace-rejecting “Perfectibilist.” Instead, let Jesus do the perfecting in you. “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” (Philippians 1:6 NASB)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-14-2016/ 

:: 7-22-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recognizing Poverty

By Hal Lindsey

In September, USA Today reported on a mass shooter in Bakersfield, California. “Javier Cesarez had just gunned down five people at three locations,” they wrote, “but when he hijacked a car to try to make his escape, he told his victims that he ‘wasn’t a bad guy.’” And that illustrates a massive problem.

The man killed five people in the period of about one hour. He hijacked a car with a woman and her children still inside. But he still couldn’t see the sinful state of his being. He saw himself as okay — not a bad guy. So, here’s the question. How bad does someone have to be to see himself as bad?

In Matthew 5:3, Jesus began His famous Sermon on the Mount by establishing a theme He would return to again and again. “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.”

Most people read those words with little thought. Some chalk it up to the Lord’s love for the poor. And He does love the poor. But He didn’t say, “Blessed are the poor.” He said, “Blessed are the poor in spirit.”

His words raise a surprising question. Does He want us to be spiritually impoverished? It’s easy to understand how material riches might harm someone, but what’s wrong with spiritual affluence? And the answer is, there’s nothing wrong with it. But we don’t start there.

Notice where Jesus put this — right at the beginning of His great sermon. We start our journey with God by recognizing our spiritual deficiency without Him. And we should never forget it! The New Century Version says, “They are blessed who realize their spiritual poverty.”

John Walvoord’s Bible Knowledge Commentary says, “The poor in spirit are those who consciously depend on God, not on themselves; they are ‘poor’ inwardly, having no ability in themselves to please God.”

Luke 18:9 introduces one of the Lord’s parables by telling us who it was for. It says, “He spoke this parable to some who trusted in themselves that they were righteous.” That means it still applies. Billions of people in our world today are still trusting in their own righteousness for salvation. In His parable, Jesus told about two men who went to the temple to pray. One was a very religious man — a Pharisee. The other was a tax-collector. In those days, taxmen were famous for cheating people and pocketing part of the money. As a group, they were hated by almost everyone.

In verses 11 and 12, the Pharisee prayed, “God, I thank You that I am not like other people: swindlers, unjust, adulterers, or even like this tax collector. I fast twice a week; I pay tithes of all that I get.”

The self-righteous person measures himself by other people rather than by God’s standard.

In verse 13, Jesus described the other man. “But the tax collector, standing some distance away, was even unwilling to lift up his eyes to heaven, but was beating his breast, saying, ‘God, be merciful to me, the sinner!’”

The tax collector did not trust in his own righteousness. He recognized his spiritual poverty. He saw himself for what he was — a sinner. Then, in verse 14, Jesus said something amazing about the taxman. “I tell you, this man went to his house justified.”

People who see themselves as “okay,” won’t turn to Jesus as Savior because they don’t see the need. But the Bible is clear. We all need Jesus because we’re all sinners.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-17-2019/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 7-26-20 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Protesters breach fence of federal courthouse in Portland as authorities declare riot

By Justin Wise - 07/26/20 07:36 AM EDT

Protests intensified in Portland, Ore., on Saturday as thousands of people gathered outside a federal courthouse that has for weeks been the site of violent clashes between federal law enforcement and demonstrators. The Portland Police Department declared a riot in the city early Sunday, shortly after a group of protesters toppled part of a fence outside the Mark O. Hatfield Courthouse. The police said the riot was declared in response to the "violent conduct" of people who were creating "grave risk of public alarm."

At around 1 a.m., some demonstrators attached a chain to the fence positioned outside the federal courthouse and managed to pull a section of it to the pavement, the police said. Federal officers exited the courthouse and deployed multiple rounds of tear gas to disperse the crowd in response, according to The Oregonian. At one point, the police began issuing public address announcements ordering individuals to leave the area, warning that those who remained in the area risked arrest or a citation. In a statement, the department claimed people threw bottles and shot "mortar style fireworks" at officers as they attempted to clear the demonstration. Several people were arrested, police said. Protests have persisted in Portland for 59 consecutive days in response to the death of George Floyd at the hands of Minneapolis police. Tensions boiled over earlier this month when the Trump administration deployed federal officers to the city. Federal agents have repeatedly used tear gas on protesters outside the courthouse. Their presence also sparked alarm after reports first surfaced that officers in military fatigues were detaining people in unmarked vans. Oregon Attorney General Ellen Rosenblum (D) has filed a lawsuit alleging that federal agencies were illegally detaining citizens without probable cause.

Local officials, including Portland Mayor Ted Wheeler (D), have been outspoken in their opposition to federal law enforcement's presence. Wheeler, who has repeatedly called on the federal agencies to leave, was hit with tear gas Wednesday night as he joined protesters outside the courthouse. "This is not a de-escalation strategy. This is flat-out urban warfare," Wheeler said. "And it's being wrought on the people of this country by the president of the United States, and it's got to stop."

Saturday's protest included a peaceful march through downtown Portland before demonstrators positioned themselves outside the courthouse. About 1,000 protesters reached the courthouse by about 10 p.m. Some protesters shot fireworks over the fence, prompting federal agents to toss canisters of tear gas at the crowd, according to The Associated Press.

Demonstrators also gathered outside the Portland Police Association offices and the police department's North Precinct. The heightening tensions came as protesters in several other cities gather in the streets in a show of solidarity with the demonstrations in Portland. Seattle police also declared a riot Saturday after buildings were vandalized and multiple fires were set.

Portland Police Chief Chuck Lovell released a video statement following another night of unrest, imploring those in Portland and other regions to support the city by avoiding violence.

Across the country people are committing violence, supposedly in support of Portland,” Lovell said. “If you want to support Portland then stop the violence, work for peace. Portland police officers and police facilities have been threatened. Now more than ever, Portland police needs your support.”

https://thehill.com/homenews/state-watch/509055-protesters-breach-fence-of-federal-courthouse-in-portland-as-authorities 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 7-26-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Moving trucks with diplomatic plates spotted leaving US consulate in China as police clear pedestrians

China ordered its closure after a similar move by U.S. authorities in Texas.

By Peter Aitken | Fox News

Chinese police cleared a path for moving vans and vehicles with diplomatic plates that pulled out of the U.S. consulate on Sunday. Pedestrians crowded the sidewalk outside of the consulate in Chengdu as authorities continued to clear out the building following mutual closures in China and the U.S. Police shut down the street and sidewalk, patrolling the barriers as hecklers set off fireworks and cursed at foreign media on the scene. A bus left the grounds shortly before three medium-sized trucks arrived and left only hours later, with cars bearing diplomatic plates leaving around the same time. The contents of each vehicle are completely unknown at this time. A man attempted to unfurl a banner or sign on the scene late on Sunday, but police were quick to remove him. China ordered the closure of the consulate following the U.S. order to close the Chinese consulate in Houston. The U.S. alleged that the consulate was functioning as a nest of spies who tried to steal data from Texas facilities, including the Texas A&M medical system and the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center. China called the allegations “malicious slander.”

https://www.foxnews.com/world/chinese-police-moving-vans-consulate  

:: 7-27-20 9 & 10 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Portland Police Discover a Bag with Rifle Magazines and Molotov Cocktails

July 27, 2020 Gary Bigger

Protests are continuing across the country and things are beginning to take a violent turn in some of the nation’s biggest cities.

Protests in Portland, Oregon have continued throughout the night and have now been declared a riot.  Police in Portland, arrested two people after they discovered a bag, loaded with rifle magazines and Molotov cocktails in a park near the protest area. As police were securing the scene, a gunshot victim arrived at a hospital, police believe it is connected. In Texas, a vigil was held Sunday night for a Black Lives Matter protester who was shot and killed Saturday night during a protest in Austin, Texas.

https://www.9and10news.com/2020/07/27/portland-police-discover-a-bag-with-rifle-magazine-and-molotov-cocktails/

:: 7-20-20 Mining.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pan American suspends Peru operations

Bruno Venditti | July 20, 2020 | 9:57 am Exploration Top Companies Latin America Silver

Pan American Silver (NASDAQ: PAAS, TSX: PAAS) announced on Monday it is moving its Huaron and Morococha operations in Peru into care and maintenance in response to several workers at the mines recently testing positive for covid-19.

According to the company, a reduced workforce will conduct activities until it is determined that normal operations can safely resume.

Mining companies operating in Peru are being forced to keep operations suspended and halt new ones as confirmed coronavirus cases in the country surged past 353,000 on Sunday. The Huaron mine in Pasco produced 3.8 million ounces of silver in 2019, while the Morococha mine produced 2.5 million ounces.

The world’s second largest primary silver producer had suspended normal operations at its mines in Mexico, Peru, Argentina and Bolivia in March to comply with mandatory national quarantines imposed in response to the pandemic.

The Timmins West and Bell Creek mines in Canada have continued to operate at 90% of capacity.

Pan American withdrew its 2020 operating guidance in March, given the uncertainties related to the pandemic.

Midday Monday, Pan American’s stock was up 3.3% on the TSX. The company has a C$10.1 billion market capitalization.

https://www.mining.com/pan-american-suspends-peru-operations-2/ 

[ :: 11-6-19 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For the mark of the beast will start coming in two thousand and twenty, that is the time when I told you before that you need those baskets ready, because in two thousand and twenty before the mark of the beast comes out you will have more than enough food. etc

Revelation 13:18 16 Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead 17 so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666.

:: 7-19-20 GreatGameIndia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trust Stamp – Bill Gates Funded Program That Will Create Your Digital Identity Based On Your Vaccination History

By GreatGameIndia - July 19, 2020

Trust Stamp is a vaccination based digital identity program funded by Bill Gates and implemented by Mastercard and GAVI, that will soon link your biometric digital identity to your vaccination records. The program said to “evolve as you evolve” is part of the Global War on Cash and has the potential dual use for the purposes of surveillance and “predictive policing” based on your vaccination history. Those who may not wish to be vaccinated may be locked out of the system based on their trust score. The “Wellness Pass” Partnership

With the aim of being introduced in “low-income, remote communities” in West Africa and later replicated worldwide; the program is the result of a public-private partnership between the GAVI vaccine alliance backed by Bill Gates, Mastercard and Trust Stamp which is an AI-powered “identity authentication” company.

This program was to be first launched in late 2018. Trust Stamp’s advanced digital identification technology will be integrated into the GAVI-Mastercard initiative “Wellness Pass” – a digital vaccination record and identity system which is to be also linked to Mastercard’s click-to-play system powered by Mastercard’s AI and Machine Learning technology. MasterCard made a commitment that it will create a “centralized record keeping of childhood immunization”. It also describes itself as a leader towards a “World Beyond Cash”. The future prospects of this GAVI and MasterCard partnership is worth exploring. This partnership with GAVI signifies a novel strategy aimed towards linking a biometric digital identity system, vaccination records, and a payment system into a single platform that is cohesive, coherent and synergistic.

Digital Health Passport

The program was launched two years ago and has been funded with $3.8 million in the GAVI donor funds. In addition to this it received a similar amount from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. It was in early June when GAVI reported that Mastercard’s Wellness Pass program has the potential to be adapted in response to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. A month after this, Mastercard announced that Trust Stamp’s advanced biometric identity platform will also be integrated into the Wellness Pass. This was done taking into consideration the Trust Stamp’s capability of providing biometric identity globally; even at places lacking internet access or cellular connectivity and also it does not require knowledge of an individual’s legal name or identity to function. This Wellness Program involving GAVI, Mastercard, and Trust Stamp is soon going to be tested in West Africa. Similar program was also launched in the UK. The UK government is rolling out COVI PASS – Biometric RFID enabled Coronavirus Digital Health Passports to monitor nearly every aspect of citizens’ lives in the name of strengthening public health management through a military grade tech.

India funds Vaccine Cartel GAVI

The Indian government has pledged US $15 million to the global vaccine alliance GAVI over the next 5 years for the global Coronavirus vaccine project led by Britain. GAVI is largely led by the British government and Bill Gates. While the UK is GAVI’s largest funder, its implementation follows what is known as the” Gates approach”. Known as the Vaccine Cartel or Pharma Cartel by critics, such vaccines have been accused of causing at least 38 million premature deaths worldwide. While there is growing criticism against these organisations worldwide, India is again collaborating on similar initiatives on coronavirus vaccine with the same Vaccine Cartel. A consortium comprising Serum Institute, Gates Foundation, MIT, and Spy Biotech (a UK based biotech company) is trying to develop a vaccine using the new spy-tag vaccine development technology. A long-term Merck and Wellcome Trust venture on vaccine research, policy and manufacturing will be based in Delhi. (More details about this British led Indian Vaccination Program will be revealed in the next report.)

Trust Stamp’s Evergreen Hash Trust Stamp has created a biometric identity system, using the technology called Evergreen Hash. This technology creates a “3D mask” based on a single photo, palm or fingerprint of a person. With the creation of this “mask” the “original data” is eliminated and “encrypted keys are created. These encrypted keys serve in place of a person’s name, fingerprint, and all the other information used for identification.

Digital Identification Program ID2020

The electoral commission of Ghana has been trying hard to put this idea into action before the general elections happen in December, 2020. The ‘budget allocation’ of the new system has been questioned. Bright Simons, the honorary VP of the IMAMI policy think tank, claimed that “unnecessarily registration of 17 million people all over again” signifies that million of dollars are “being blown” for reasons that are unexplained. The concept of using biometrics for national ID registration systems is a highly politicized issue. Earlier this plan to chip the human race through the digital identification program ID2020 was exposed in the Italian parliament by Sara Cunial, the Member of Parliament for Rome who denounced Bill Gates as a “vaccine criminal” and demanded Bill Gates’s arrest in the Italian Parliament.

With the medical research going at such a fast pace when a Covid-19 vaccine becomes available, this technology will be used in vaccination programs and implemented worldwide under the GAVI umbrella. The program said to “evolve as you evolve” is part of the Global War on Cash and has the potential dual use for the purposes of surveillance and “predictive policing” based on your vaccination history. Those who may not wish to be vaccinated may be locked out of the system based on their trust score.

https://greatgameindia.com/bill-gates-vaccination-based-digital-identity/ 

:: 7-20-20 SURVIVAL BLOG :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Terrifying Truth About The Elites Master Plan To Control Humanity: Will it Create a New Species and Destroy an Old One?

Jack Metir Alternative July 20, 2020

“COVID Vaccines” and “Genetically Modified Humans”

In the following video, Dr. Carrie Madaj questions what “it is to be human”. Why? Because the so-called “COVID” vaccines deploy recombinant DNA/RNA technology that “rewrites” the genetic code much as Monsanto, for example, rewrites the genetic code of numerous seeds (including tomatoes, corn, etc) not to mention the application of genetic bio-technology to animals:

Biotechnology can be classified as the cloning of animals with identical genetic composition or genetic engineering (via recombinant DNA technology and gene editing) to produce genetically modified animals or microorganisms. Cloning helps to conserve species and breeds, particularly those with excellent biological and economical traits. Recombinant DNA technology combines genetic materials from multiple sources into single cells to generate proteins. (Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology) Genetically-modified organisms can be patented and owned. Monsanto owns the GMO seeds. Once DNA vaccines are used on humans — and it has never been done before — humans could possibly be “owned”. We could in theory be “patented”. None of this has been discussed at length, and very little about this is known publicly. No randomized placebo-controlled trials have been conducted. Vaccine manufacturers are exempt from these and many other safeguards.

In 2010, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) admitted that this type of technology can be used to “enhance and subvert” humans at a genetic level.

Hydrogel nanotechnology is injected beneath the skin. It can interface with cell phones and Artificial Intelligence to monitor basically everything within the body, including anxieties, emotions, ovulations, vitamins etc. etc.

Once implanted, the technology spreads throughout the body. Scientists do not know how this affects our DNA.

Recombinant RNA and DNA technology will, argues Dr. Madej, cause permanent and unknown genetic changes in a person’s body.

Will it create a new species and destroy an old one? Video (Youtube) Dr. Carrie Madej

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/07/20/the-terrifying-truth-about-the-elites-master-plan-to-control-humanity-will-it-create-a-new-species-and-destroy-an-old-one/ 

:: 7-19-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ricin & Bombs: Police Investigate Psychotic Death Threats Against Michael Savage

by Tyler Durden Sun, 07/19/2020 - 21:00

San Francisco police are investigating death threats against conservative radio host Michael Savage, which he says are the most "profane and twisted" he's ever received, according to Breitbart's Josh Caplan. The 78-year-old received a postcard and an email over a seven-day period. The postcard, postmarked in San Francisco, reads (with redactions) "On the road to xxx Mike could get hit by road ragers. Your sister. P.S. enjoy your xxx clerk coughed on." The email, sent via Guerrilla Mail - a service where received emails are deleted after one hour, is far more explicit, and contains violent, antisemitic murder fantasies against Savage as well as President Trump and his family.

In a telephone interview with Breitbart News, Savage said an anonymous individual replied to his appeal for information on July 13, emailing a death threat containing antisemitic, violent, and sexually explicit content. The email also contained threatening language directed at President Donald Trump and his children.

Asked if he was concerned for his safety, Savage said that while threats are par for the course if you’re a high-profile conservative in the media, he’s never received such a profane and twisted note in his over two decades in radio. -Breitbart

Email below, emphasis ours (warning: explicit language):

Subject: die motherfucker die

WOULD YOU JUST SHUT THE FUCK UP you fascist pig jew. We havent forgotten bout you jew. You thought we were gone but no we been watching and you been sloppy I know you been back to Aliotos jew you think I forgot about it noo I was going to send some ricin there or leave a bomb under a table but I need to get you FIRST and dont think I forgot them either. Im going to get you I SWEAR i am going to get you your done

Im goin to make you hurt jew the way your fascist orange tiny dicked criminal imposter in the white house does all the kids he keeps in cages. Im going to come up behind you and shoot in the back so you cant move arms and pig legs and then while you are laid out screaming in the dirt Im gonn grab you by that hair and smash your skull against that concrete over and over while you scream until you stop jew and empty your skull on the pavement. We’ll get your dogs and wife too set them on fire to atone for your hate. Your days are over fucker just weight and our people are going to get Trump and his daughter and kids to just wait and see they will never be safe we will jump when they least expect and catch it all on video for the world. peopple will CELEBRATE they death to just wait. but i just cant wait to watch you die and shut that big mouth FOR GOOD

According to Savage, San Francisco detectives have notified the US Secret Service of the threats to Trump and his family, while Savage told Breitbart that he's personally notified members of Trump's "inner circle" of the threat. Savage, whose nationally syndicated talk show boasts more than 7.5 million listeners across 400 stations, told Breitbart that he hasn't been to Alitos since it's been closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic, while he's been avoiding "the Sicilian-influenced seafood eatery for over nine months" following a heart attack.

"Alioto’s has been closed since Covid struck," said Savage, adding "It’s been open for over 90 years and been through two world wars, though it may not survive California Gov. Gavin Newsom’s lockdowns."

"This is nothing new," Savage said of the threats. "Hitler used some of the sickest people in Germany to kill Jews. There are legions of people attacking people, just look at the protests we see today. They are turning the country into a burning cinder." "First, they go for the free speakers, then the First Amendment and on to the Second Amendment," he added. "It doesn’t happen overnight. The key is to silence the opposition akin to insurgencies like we saw in South Vietnam during the war." This isn't the fist time Savage has been targeted. In 2017, a man allegedly followed him out of Servino's Italian restaurant in Tiburon, California, shoved his dog, and shouted something at the radio host dubbed the "Godfather of Trumpmania." Another customer who intervened was punched in the face by Savage's alleged assailant, according to the Mercury News. Both men claimed the other started it.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/ricin-bombs-police-investigate-psychotic-death-threats-against-michael-savage 

:: 7-19-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Ambassador Struggles To Explain Shocking Footage Of Handcuffed & Blindfolded Uighurs Loaded Onto Train

by Tyler Durden Sun, 07/19/2020 - 21:11

During a Sunday morning BBC news program, China’s ambassador to the UK Liu Xiaoming was in a rare segment asked point blank about viral footage which purports to show a terrifying scene from Xinjiang province of Muslim minority Uighurs being handcuffed and loaded onto train cars.

While the footage, which appears to have been secretly caught via drone, appears to be a year old or more, it resurfaced in recent weeks, gaining millions of views and reigniting allegations of Uighur people being mass shipped to communist 'reeducation' camps and sprawling detention centers.

During the tenses Andrew Marr Show segment, Liu described Xinjiang simply as “the most beautiful place.”

Showing the shocking footage which many observers said echoes Jews being mass loaded onto cattle cars during the Holocaust to be taken to their deaths, Marr pressed the Chinese ambassador with:

Can I ask you why people are kneeling, blindfolded and shaven, and being led to trains in modern China? What is going on there?”

To which Liu replied: “I do not know where you get this video tape. Sometimes you have a transfer of prisoners, in any country.” And Liu then questioned the authenticity and location of the video: “I do not know, where did you get this video clip?” Marr then said Western intelligence agencies and Australian experts have backed or 'verified' the clip, though this remains uncertain, to which the ambassador said tersely:

The so-called ‘western intelligence’ keep making false accusations against China.”

He added: “They say ’one million Uighur has been persecuted, do you know how many population Xinjiang has? Forty years ago it was four or five million, now it is 11m people.”

And addressing widespread, persistent accusations of ongoing ethno-religious cleansing of Chinese Muslims in the provice, Liu said: “People say we have ethnic cleansing, but the population has doubled in forty years.”

Marr promptly rebutted: “According to your own local government statistics, the population growth in Uighur jurisdictions in that area has fallen by 84% between 2015 and 2018.” Liu responded: “That’s not right. I gave you the official figure as a Chinese ambassador. This is a very authoritative figure. The two also sparred over sanctions. “If the UK goes that far to impose sanctions on any individuals in China, China will certainly make a resolute response to it,” the Chinese ambassador said. “You have seen what happened between China (and) the United States. They sanctioned Chinese officials, we sanctioned their senators, their officials. I do not want to see this tit-for-tat between China-US happen in China-UK relations,” he added.

And then this biting line:  “I think the UK should have its own independent foreign policy rather than dance to the tune of the Americans like what happened to Huawei.”

The degree to which this video is or can be verified by US intelligence will be interesting. It could be invoked when potential further human rights related sanctions are rolled out, given the escalating tit-for-tat between Beijing and the Trump administration.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/chinese-ambassador-struggles-explain-shocking-footage-handcuffed-blindfolded-uighurs 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 7--20 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Declassified Documents Reveal Key New York Times Russiagate Piece Was Complete Lies

17:53 GMT 18.07.2020Get short URL

On 14th February 2017, The New York Times published a bombshell exclusive based on the word of a quartet of anonymous intelligence officials - Trump Campaign Aides Had Repeated Contacts With Russian Intelligence.

To say the least, the article caused something of a stir, its sensational claims breathlessly and endlessly repeated by journalists and pundits the world over for months afterwards. While former FBI Director James Comey disputed the article’s veracity under oath in June that year, telling the Senate Intelligence Committee “in the main, it was not true”, The Times defended its reporting, and refused to retract the piece.

Now, a previously classified internal Bureau assessment of the article written by Peter Strzok released at the order of Senate Judiciary Committee Chair Lindsey Graham has exposed the degree to which the article was a crudely woven patchwork of misrepresentation, exaggeration and outright lies. Misleading and Inaccurate

The file consists of a facsimile of the article, with accompanying commentary and observations from the now-notorious then-FBI special agent - it seems to have been produced due to internal bewilderment at many key claims made by The Times, certain comments making clear the Bureau was keen to identify how and why the disinformation made it into the paper.   Strzok’s objections begin at the very start of the report, which states “phone records and intercepted calls” showed members of Donald Trump’s 2016 presidential campaign “and other Trump associates” had repeated contacts with senior Russian intelligence officials in the year before the election.

This statement is misleading and inaccurate...we have not seen evidence of any individuals affiliated with the Trump team in contact with intelligence officials. The FBI has information on the following individuals in contact with Russians (both governmental and non-governmental): [redacted]. There is no known intel affiliation and little if any government affiliation,” Strzok writes.

A few paragraphs on, the article states the anonymous officials alleged the intercepted communications were not limited to Trump campaign officials, and “0n the Russian side, the contacts also included members of the government outside the intelligence services”.

We do not know nor can we figure out what this means or where it might be coming from (ie something we can identify as a source of misunderstanding),” Strzok notes.

In the very next paragraph, it’s claimed one of the Trump advisers who’d been speaking with Russians was Paul Manafort, Trump’s campaign chair March - August 2016.

We are unaware of any calls with any Russian government official in which Manafort was a party. If this material is held by the US Intelligence Community, we aren't aware of it. Both CIA and NSA are aware of our subjects, and throughout the summer we provided them names and selectors for queries of their holdings as well as prospective collection,” a flustered Strzok responds.

Fittingly, later on in the article, it’s specifically claimed the NSA captured the phantom calls between Trump’s associates and Russian individuals “as part of routine foreign surveillance” - “if they did, we aren't aware of it”, Strzok bluntly retorts. The article almost gets things right when noting the FBI had “closely examined” at least three other people close to Trump - Carter Page, former foreign policy adviser to the campaign, former national security adviser Michael Flynn, and Roger Stone.

Page certainly was “closely examined” by the Bureau - he was subject to four Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act warrants, two of which have since been ruled to have been secured unlawfully. In April 2019, the Mueller Report revealed that investigators found no evidence Page coordinated Trump campaign activities with the Russian government.

Previously declassified files have revealed Flynn was likewise closely examined by the FBI, and their probe quickly closed on the grounds of "no derogatory information" being found, until Strzok himself personally intervened to keep it open.

Stone, however, as Strzok notes in the assessment, wasn’t subject to FBI investigation at all. The article goes on to note the Bureau was trying to assess the credibility of the information contained in the ‘Trump-Russia’ dossier compiled by former British spy Christopher Steele - “senior FBI officials” are said to believe Steele “has a credible track record”.

Previously released declassified documents have amply underlined there was in fact little faith whatsoever in Steele, much less his dossier, among Bureau staff by February 2017 - in fact, an internal probe into the dossier’s content, and how it was compiled, concluded it contained disinformation fed to Steele’s sub-sources by Russian intelligence operatives. The ex-MI6 operative’s primary source also told investigators Steele had greatly misrepresented many things he’d said.

This is briefly referenced in Strzok’s commentary on the article, the special agent writing that “recent interviews and investigation reveal Steele may not be in a position to judge the reliability of his subsource network”.

In response to the assessment’s public release, Eileen Murphy, a Times spokesperson, said “we stand by our reporting”.

https://sputniknews.com/us/202007181079924496-declassified-documents-reveal-key-new-york-times-russiagate-piece-was-complete-lies/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 7--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Outrage after California bans singing in churches amid coronavirus pandemic

Pastors call Gov. Newsom's order 'completely discriminatory' after weeks of protests

By Caleb Parke | Fox News

Faith leaders are speaking out after California Gov. Gavin Newsom banned singing and chanting in houses of worship last week due to a surge in coronavirus cases following weeks of protests. “Places of worship must, therefore, discontinue singing and chanting activities and limit indoor attendance to 25 percent of building capacity or a maximum of 100 attendees, whichever is lower,” the new guidelines read as state health officials recommend churches have members sing online from their homes.

PASTORS VOW TO ‘DEFEND’ HOUSES OF WORSHIP, ‘NOT ALLOW CHRISTIAN HERITAGE TO BE ERASED’

Center for Disease Control and Prevention officials point to singing as a proven way to spread a virus as the Golden State recorded more than 11,700 new COVID-19 cases Sunday, the highest single-day count of any state. With over 271,000 confirmed cases and at least 6,366 deaths, California now has the second-highest number of cases behind New York. Sean Feucht, a worship leader at Bethel Church who also leads several non-profits in Northern California, called the order an "unprecedented attack" on the freedom of worship and said he is defying the Democrat governor's ban. "For the last several weeks, tens of thousands of people have been gathering outdoors in cities all across California and they have been screaming and chanting and protesting, and all the while state officials are encouraging them as they do this," Feucht said.

HAWLEY BLASTS BIG TECH FOR 'CENSORING' CHRISTIAN WORSHIP LEADER

"And then now, as the church wants to gather just like we've been doing for thousands of years to simply worship God, they bring the hammer down against us," he added. "It's just, can you see the hypocrisy and how insane this is? ... It really is time that we take a stand and that we fight back." The 36-year-old father of four started a "Let Us Worship" petition signed by at least 5,000 on his website. He compared Newsom to Pharoah in the biblical story, reading a verse from Exodus, "This is what the Lord says, 'Let my people go, so that they may worship me.'" In a post on his Instagram, he shared a post showing images of him leading "illegal worship" in Iraq in 2016, in North Korea in 2010, and in California on Friday night. "We've spent the last 20 years mobilizing worship in places where it is illegal. Never in my life would I believe that it would be California in 2020," he wrote.

The Rev. Samuel Rodriguez, who is a member of the National COVID-19 Recovery Commission, called Newsom's order "completely discriminatory." "How can you permit, not for one day, but for many days, tens of thousands to march in protest without wearing masks and then demand that 100 worshipers refrain from singing?" Rodriguez, the president of the National Hispanic Christian Leadership Conference, wrote in a post on Instagram. Pastor Les Simmons of South Sacramento Christian Center said his church will do all they can to protect the flock but notes that singing is a cornerstone of services.

“In particular, the black culture, singing in churches goes all the way back from 400 years ago during slavery up until now,” Simmons told KCRA. “Singing was our thing that got us through.Mendocino County first banned singing for worship services on Good Friday ahead of Easter, limiting houses of worship to four individuals for recording online services and other restrictions. The order was swiftly condemned by a prominent leader in the Southern Baptist Convention, the largest Protestant denomination in the United States, who said it violated the "integrity of Christian worship." After President Trump declared houses of worship "essential" in May, Newsom announced guidelines for reopening with approval from county health officials and limiting attendance to 25 percent of capacity or 100 people, whichever is less.

https://www.foxnews.com/us/california-singing-ban-church-coronavirus-restriction 

[ :: 8-4-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For the mark of the beast is already out, don’t go for it, they are trying to make it sound like it is not even the mark of the beast, trying to make it sound like it is something else.  Stay with my word, don’t listen to what they say, even though they know what it is they are going to try and convince everyone to get it because that will make them famous, but it will also cause you to go to hell.  Don’t take the mark of the beast, stay in my word. etc

[ :: 11-6-19 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For the mark of the beast will start coming in two thousand and twenty, that is the time when I told you before that you need those baskets ready, because in two thousand and twenty before the mark of the beast comes out you will have more than enough food. etc

:: 6-30-20 Humans Are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

House Passes Bill To ‘Voluntarily’ Begin Placing Human Implantable Microchips Into The Bodies Of All State Government Employees

HAFJune 30, 2020

Michigan State Rep. Bronna Kahle sponsored the successful bill, and while the microchips are not widely used throughout the state she believes they will become standard in the coming years.

“With the way technology has increased over the years and as it continues to grow, it’s important Michigan job providers balance the interests of the company with their employees’ expectations of privacy,” said the bill’s sponsor Michigan State Rep. Bronna Kahle.

While these miniature devices are on the rise, so are the calls of workers to have their privacy protected.” The bill will be introduced to the State Senate where, if it passes, Governor Gretchen Whitmer will be able to sign the legislation into Michigan law.

The Michigan House passed a bill making implanted company microchips voluntary for employees, according to a local ABC News report.

People have been placing human implantable microchips in their bodies for years now, and we have chronicled all that for you over the years.

Now the state government of Michigan has passed a bill that will call for all state government employees to receive microchips inside their bodies. But don’t worry, Gov. Gretchen Whitmer, the same person who wants due-date abortion, has reassured everyone that it will be ‘voluntary’. After thinking about that long and hard, ??? is all I have to say about that.

And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom.

Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” Revelation 13:16-18 (KJB) Is this really where we are, is this actually where things stand, American citizens receiving microchips from the government?

Yep, that is exactly where we are. We told you this was coming, welcome to the first wave of ‘voluntary’ microchip implantations. The second wave will be less voluntary, the third wave will be under Antichrist himself. Michigan House passes bill to make human implantable employee microchips ‘voluntary’ for now

FROM THE JPOST: Michigan State Rep. Bronna Kahle sponsored the successful bill, and while the microchips are not widely used throughout the state she believes they will become standard in the coming years.

“With the way technology has increased over the years and as it continues to grow, it’s important Michigan job providers balance the interests of the company with their employees’ expectations of privacy,” said the bill’s sponsor Michigan State Rep. Bronna Kahle.

“While these miniature devices are on the rise, so are the calls of workers to have their privacy protected.”

The bill will be introduced to the State Senate where, if it passes, Governor Gretchen Whitmer will be able to sign the legislation into Michigan law.

The microchips in discussion, are about the size of a large grain of rice inserted between an employees thumb and forefinger to give employees access to different amenities throughout the office. They not battery powered, and are instead activated and used as individual ID for the employee when introduced to a Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) reader.

The chips can be used as a key fob for the office, time cards, a credit account for the cafeteria or vending machines, a way to access company laptop or office devices and, more controversially, as a way for employers to track employee productivity.

It can track when a person arrives at work and leaves the building, activities the employee does throughout the day such as accessing the laptop or even what they decide to eat at the cafeteria.

Under the bill companies would still be permitted to use the microchip system, however, employees would have the opportunity to opt out if they wished. – Read more

https://humansarefree.com/2020/06/house-passes-bill-to-voluntarily-begin-placing-human-implantable-microchips-into-the-bodies-of-all-state-government-employees.html

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 7-17-20 H Wire and News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Gates of Hell Need to Be Forged Close the Keys Thrown Away

July 17, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/1 Comment

Featured Story

His Assets Seized, Bill Gates Confined to a Small Jail Cell…

Bill Gates Warns Against Coronavirus Vaccine Going to Highest Bidder — ‘We’ll Have a Deadlier Pandemic’ Will MR. Gates Should Know Just Ask the Elected Officials in India, Ask Italy Where They Have Requested MR. Gates Appearance in Court Room

Microsoft founder Bill Gates on Saturday said that Covid-19 medication and future vaccines should be distributed to people who need them the most and not to “the highest bidder.”

We need leaders to make these hard decisions about distributing based on equity, not just on market-driven factors,” Gates said during a remote Covid-19 conference hosted by the International AIDS Society.

The World Health Organization said that 21 candidate vaccines are currently in clinical trials being tested on human volunteers, three of which are in the third phase of those trials. “We need leaders to make these hard decisions about distributing based on equity, not just on market-driven factors,” he added.

As countries and companies race to bring a vaccine to the market, concerns have risen about wealthier nations receiving more drugs than developing countries. There have been calls for future coronavirus vaccines to be treated as public goods for everyone, without profit.

The World Health Organization said that 21 candidate vaccines are currently in clinical trials being tested on human volunteers, three of which are in the third phase of those trials.

One thing Bill Gates doesn’t seem to have accounted for, despite his alleged “genius,” is the fact that his Godlike ego drove him to quite literally be the face for all of it. Should Bill Gates be removed from the equation, they will be hard pressed to create and build up an instant persona they can play off as their next “humanitarian philanthropist” that’s out to save the world. Sure, there are many of them out there, and a great deal of players involved, but they have put all their eggs in one basket when it comes to Bill Gates forging the way. Bill Gates is a maniac (mentally ill person who exhibits violent or bizarre behavior), an evil lunatic that needs to be stopped, here’s why…

The Ten Gates of Hell

With billions in funding from the U.S., partnerships with the WHO and other UN factions, buying the media, universities, scientists and researchers, big pharma, and hundreds of NGOs, Gates rules the healthcare industry in its entirety. The WHO is only one part of the equation, and they need to be cutoff immediately as well, especially considering Gates has funded them $3.5 billion.

He controls the vaccine industry through the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI, and CEPI. There have been $4.1 billion in injury and death claims against the vaccine industry, and those are just cases that have been brought forth and settled.

He controls the HIV/AIDS industry through The Global Fund and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. The Global Fund has contributed to scores of NGOs, including George Soros’ Open Health Institute and Paul Farmer’s and Jim Yong Kim’s Partners in Health, the ones leading the way on contact tracing for COVID-19.

Yes, Bill Gates and the UN control the healthcare industry, and the cash flow illustrates that quite well. This in-depth video explains it all.

He was raised by, and grew up with eugenicists, and that work is carried on through this day. This is an extensive timeline going back to the early 1900s that shows how eugenicists paved the way to so-called modern medicine, by changing the terminology to terms like “biotechnology” and “genetics” while continuing to carry out experimentation on human beings.

Bill Gates is very involved with “Climate Change” – one of the many billion-dollar-industry hoaxes perpetrated on Americans. He created the company Breakthrough Energy in 2015, along with a group of 28 high net-worth investors from 10 countries. Much like the Giving Pledge he created with Warren Buffet in 2010, that has over 200 billionaires from 22 countries that also like to rule the world.

Gates takes climate change so far, he’s entered the world of “geoengineering” with Harvard researchers. According to an article in Forbes, they launched a project called the Stratospheric Controlled Perturbation Experiment which entails launching a steerable balloon in the southwest US 20 kilometers into the stratosphere to release particles of calcium carbonate in an attempt to suck CO2 from the atmosphere and limit sunlight from reaching the earth’s surface. And yes, they refer to it as “geoengineering.”

Sustainable infrastructure and climate change are then used to capitalize on the tourism industry on islands throughout the Caribbean. Gates is up to his eyeballs in this with the Clintons and numerous other nefarious characters. These islands are all along the drug and human trafficking routes.

Why stop there, when you can take hold of the food industry as well? Gates has invested in the meat industry, or should we say non-meat? He has also invested in lab-grown meat. Yes, lab grown.

Aside from his large investments in Monsanto to push the GMO industry, in 2006, Gates founded the Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa (AGRA) with the Rockefeller Foundation, to exploit Africa.

The abortion industry, gender equality, and the transgender agenda are also areas Gates heavily funds, which is no surprise being as his father was the head of Planned Parenthood long ago. He has always been about population control, so it fits like a glove.

Microsoft was allegedly his creation, and Gates invests heavily in technology, especially if it has the word “bio” in front of it. Gates likes databases filled with useful information to achieve his goals, especially DNA, such as the 40,000 DNA samples he scraped from 23andMe. A good chunk of the technology Gates is invested in ties back to the healthcare industry.

One of the biggest things Bill Gates invests in is the control of narratives. He does this through media, scientific research, universities, and publications. After all, how could he possibly pull all of this off without controlling the narrative? All of this is sprinkled throughout Corey’s Digs reports that are linked in this article.

In summation of most of his endeavors, he went for the big one – the pandemic. Gates is involved in every single phase, funding, and rollout of controlling people via the COVID-19 virus. He has stacked the deck, using every resource he has, and has found himself in a vaccine battle with the Trump administration. In fact, just recently the FDA shut his at-home testing kits down in the Seattle area. Of course, Gates is trying to “resolve” this with the FDA so he can continue his data collection. He has also funded Partners in Health (PIH) over $44 million dollars throughout the years. PIH is the non-profit that also worked with the Clintons in destroying Haiti, and is currently at the center of the contact tracing multiple-state surveillance program on Americans. Think of all that glorious data for Bill Gates.

At the end of the day, Bill Gates is heavily involved with every major agenda to manufacture industries, manipulate the masses while garnering billions of dollars, and trying to control the global population as he and his cohorts see fit. The doors to the Gates of hell need to be forged closed and the keys thrown away, his assets seized, and Bill Gates himself confined to a small room with no outside contact. Period. The level of crimes against humanity that have taken place under his direction could be likened to Lucifer himself. In fact, his wife Melinda was recently donning an upside-down cross on The Today Show, informing people that “our economy can’t reopen until we address the caregiving crisis” while suggesting the Trump administration has handled the pandemic poorly. Snopes, which was created in 1994 to control narratives, did their best to combat this one by making the claim it is “mostly false.” It’s either an upside-down cross or it’s not. It’s quite evident in the perfectly clear video that she is in fact wearing an upside-down cross, but Snopes chose to take the angle that “according to the Church of Satan, an upside-down or inverted cross is not an official symbol of loyalty,” while posting a very blurry photo of the cross under the claim that the video was poor quality. Well, there you have it, everyone must be a bunch of conspiracy theorists.

The Gates’ have always been about serving themselves, not humanity. It’s time to remove the gatekeeper from the Gates of hell and seal those doors closed for good!

https://hnewswire.com/the-gates-of-hell-need-to-be-forged-close-the-keys-thrown-away-his-assets-seized-bill-gates-confined-to-a-small-jail-cell/ 

:: 7-19-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CIVIL WAR ANALYSIS: Black Lives Matter terror cells will carry out “armed flash mob” killing sprees on White communities while corporate America provides funding for illegal weapons

Sunday, July 19, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Civil war is now inevitable in America as left-wing terrorism groups such as Antifa and Black Lives Matter grow ever more confident thanks to 269 corporations funneling hundreds of millions of dollars into their hands, some of which is being used to purchase automatic weapons parts smuggled into the United States by China.

Update: The China weapons smuggling ring has now expanded into Louisville, Kentucky as well as Detroit, both hubs of Black Lives Matter terrorist recruitment, as well as the NFAC black militant groups who are already marching in formation, wielding weapons and threatening White occupants of vehicles.

It’s no exaggeration to state that McDonald’s, Netflix, Google, Nike, Apple and other well-known brands are now openly supporting left-wing terrorist operations in America. And they offer no apologies for doing so. This is the new America, where the tech giants, the media and the corporations are all-in with left-wing terrorists who openly call for killing police, executing Whites and overthrowing the government. Fact check: Black Lives Matter is run by trained Marxist anarchists like Alicia Garza, Patrisse Cullors, and Opal Tometi. Via Law Enforcement Today:

According to Patrisse Cullors in a 2015 interview:

Myself and Alicia, in particular, are trained organizers. We are trained Marxists.”

As for Opal Tometi, she is close personal friends with Nicolas Maduro, Venezuela’s Marxist dictator. If you are not familiar with the reign of terror of Dictator Maduro, please read up.

The goal of Black Lives Matter is to achieve the complete overthrow of the United States of America, to be replaced by a Marxist authoritarian regime where White people are executed, churches are burned to the ground, and corporate-fascism authoritarians (like Google, Facebook, Disney, etc.) rule the enslaved nation, where thought crimes are punishable by death, and all speech is heavily censored and controlled by the regime. The structure of the coming civil war: Flash mobs of heavily armed Black Lives Matter terrorists, wielding full-auto weapons, funded by corporate America

The coming civil war, however, won’t be structured like the 19th century Civil War that pitted North vs. South. A modern civil war will be decentralized, rapid in its deployments and organized using pro-terrorism online platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and YouTube, all of whom are run by the very same lunatic left-wing criminals who will be waging attacks against America. (Facebook and Twitter are essentially terrorist platforms now that censor all pro-America voices.)

The full-auto weapons and silencers used by left-wing militants will be funded by corporate America, which has already donated over half a billion dollars to so-called “social justice” causes — just a money laundering operation to buy more weapons for BLM terrorists. Remember that the next time you make a purchase of anything, including a Big Mac, a Netflix subscription or a pair of name-brand shoes. You may be funding terrorists who want you dead.

The structure of the upcoming civil war won’t be like anything you’ve seen in U.S. history. A recent article in ForeignPolicy.com, an academic-leaning publication that caters to globalists, offers an insightful analysis of the likely structure of the coming civil war. Keep in mind that ForeignPolicy.com is a pro-globalism publication that publishes propaganda hit pieces like one entitled, “QAnon’s Madness Is Turning Canadians Into Potential Assassins.” It’s essentially a far-fetched hit piece on the QAnon phenomenon, setting up a narrative to blame QAnon when Canada rolls out its own Boston Marathon-style false flag bombings to push the narrative that gun owners are all terrorists, except for the gun owners who are Black Lives Matter terrorists, of course.

The publication also claims “white males” are going to be the ones committing most of the violence, magically leaving out all the Black people who are committing the most violence on the streets of America today. Here’s the Black militant “NFAC” group marching down the highway near Atlanta, threatening people with guns and actually demanding reparations from White occupants of vehicles: And here’s a video of one of the NFAC leaders explaining his manifesto. Their plans include filing a “Declaration of Liberation,” in which they claim they will declare every Black person in America to be a “political prisoner” while demanding the U.S. government hand over territory that the NFAC will take over for their own “Black ethnostate.” They currently plan to demand the State of Texas be handed over to them as part of the “reparations” transfers, if you can believe that. So ForeignPolicy.com claiming that all the violence will be carried out by “white males” is pure delusion. But that doesn’t mean the rest of their analysis is wrong. It seems to be spot on, actually, in describing the structure of the coming civil war:

For the United States, the shape of future homeland conflicts will be asymmetrical, distributed, and heterogeneous. A contemporary homeland conflict would likely self-compose with numerous dynamic factions organized by digital tools around ideological and affinity networks. It would likely be a patchwork of affiliated insurgency groups and their counterparts engaging in light skirmishes along the overlapping edges of their networks, mixed with occasional high-value terror attacks against soft and hard targets.

Essentially, what they’re describing are “flash mobs” of armed left-wing militants who coordinate a plan on Facebook or Twitter — no doubt with the full support of Zuckerberg and Dorsey — and then spring into action, carrying out mass murder on an intended target, then vanishing into the cities.

Likely targets include:

White neighborhoods

Malls and shopping centers

Government buildings

The homes of conservatives, patriots and journalists

Private homes of law enforcement

Daycare centers and schools that cater to White people

The terrorist forces will arrive in regular-looking vehicles, then spill into the target area, spraying gunfire and killing innocent Americans with rapid movements and automatic weapons fire. Minutes later, they will flee the area before police arrive. Notably, the police will probably never arrive anyway, since Democrat traitors have deliberately de-funded police (or ordered them to stop policing) in order to allow Black Lives Matter and Antifa terrorists to achieve unbounded success in their own terrorist operations (such as seizing downtown Seattle or Portland, for starters).

Notably, the civil war actions by left-wing terrorists won’t rely on setting up static zones like CHAZ or CHOP; they will rely on rapid deployment and rapid exfil operations which could appear in minutes almost anywhere in the country.

One more note: As left-wing militants carry out mass murder, the treasonous media will describe their operations as “peaceful” while local hospitals will claim all the casualties died from covid-19. The battle lines aren’t geographic; they’re ideological

These militant flash mob operations could emerge anywhere in the country at any moment. The battle lines aren’t geographic; they’re ideological. As ForeignPolicy explains:

Warfare now often proceeds from ideologically and economically marginalized communities whose suffering and fear is wielded by cunning global actors. They become guerrillas, rebel factions, proxies, and insurgencies. Sometimes they look more like tribal conflicts composed along racial, religious, familial or economic lines, often on top of resource crises that push violence to become a necessary solution. But they are rarely simple two-sided conflicts.

In other words, your neighborhood might be attacked by a “Black” militant group on one day, while your local government buildings are firebombed by a White Antifa mob the next day. You might also see, in response to that, patriot groups raiding the homes of known Black Lives Matter leaders, killing them while they sleep. Similarly, BLM terrorists might unleash targeted violence against police officers in a coordinate early morning raid that targets, for example, dozens of cops’ homes all at once.

We fully expect power grid substations to be attacked and taken offline in many areas of the country during these clashes, by the way. The power grid will become unreliable, especially in larger cities. The ForeignPolicy analysis specifically points out that civil war militants may unleash, “occasional high-value terror attacks against soft and hard targets.” Soft targets are malls, movie theaters, schools and other places where innocent Americans are trying to go about their daily lives. It’s also not difficult to see Black Lives Matter or NFAC terrorists blocking a highway and going car to car, shooting all White people. (All the more reason to carry a capable rifle in your vehicle, where legal to do so. Aim for something larger than 9mm. A great choice for a vehicle gun is a 7.62×39 pistol, stuffed into a backpack that does not look “tactical.”)

Hard targets are more like government buildings, power grid substations, jails, airports and other targets that are more difficult to destroy. They can also include railways and bridges, by the way, and we’ve already seen Left-wing activists attack trains and railways over the last couple of years. We should expect left-wing terrorists to try to destroy America’s infrastructure along with mass killings of Whites and Christians.

The upshot here is that no one is safe anywhere in America as long as Left-wing lunatics continue to operate with support from Big Tech, Big Media and corporate America. George Soros is also part of the funding landscape here, and it’s inexplicable why he hasn’t been indicted as an international criminal and arrested by Interpol agents.

On any given day, even a trip to the grocery store or the daycare center could land you face to face with Black Lives Matter terrorists, armed with full-auto weapons provided by China and funded by U.S. corporations like Google or Apple. They will shoot you dead if you’re White, because of course they are full of hatred and bigotry and they judge everyone by the color of their skin. They are terrorists, after all, and racists to boot.

As Foreign Policy explains:

With these characteristics in mind we can envision what a modern U.S. civil war might look like. More sporadic and unexpected conflicts but with fewer deaths. Factions sprouting like mushrooms, taking different forms but coordinated across invisible networks. Waves of information warfare. Chaos and an accelerated bazaar of violence with a healthy immune response from the local and national authorities. The outcome (and probable goal) would likely be a fragmentation of the republic into smaller, more manageable alliances, though it may just as easily harden an increasingly authoritarian federal government.

Note that local and federal law enforcement will still exist, but they will be largely nullified  and the downfall of the rule of law). Thus, you will be on yourby politics and de-funding efforts run exclusively by Democrats (all of whom are treasonous actors at this point who are actively seeking the destruction of the United States of America own. Dialing 911 will be pointless.

You need to become your own first responder

This is why every American needs to be armed, trained and ready to serve as their own “first responder.” When the flash mob of Black militant terrorists targets your neighborhood, school or local mall, the only defense you will have is whatever you are carrying at the time.

That’s why this is a time to be thinking about bulletproof backpacks, concealed carry pistols and extra magazines. An even better level of protection may be achieved by carrying a rifle-caliber pistol in a ballistic backpack, where legal to do so. This means 5.56, 7.62, 300 blackout or similar. I give specific rifle-caliber pistol recommendations in my “Global Reset Survival Guide” ebook, which is a free download that’s being announced in the next two weeks to NaturalNews.com email newsletter subscribers (which is also free). The download includes all the mp3 audio files, plus a printable PDF with reference photos and specific gear recommendations.

The rule of law is now dead in America, and the corporations are actively funding terrorist groups who want to carry out mass murder in the name of “social justice.” As a result, you need to be prepared to defend yourself against terror flash mobs of Black militants, armed with full-auto military-grade weapons, who are determined to carry out mass killings across America (including in rural areas).

Here’s an interview that’s worth watching, which covers some of these important topics: Nearly all guns and ammo are sold out everywhere across America. For the ammo that’s still available, prices are up over 100% since March. Firearms are headed toward 200% – 300% price increase in just a few months, if you can even find any. Food shortages are on the way, and the global fiat currency debt-based money printing system is running in a total blowout phase that will end in a global debt collapse.

Left-wing terrorists are arming up with full-auto weapons to carry out mass murder operations across America, and most of the biggest corporate brands are actively funding murderous terrorists while the FBI is kneeling to Black Lives matter.

Yes, things are bad. And they’re going to get far, far worse. The riots you’ve seen so far are only the beginning. Those who do not prepare will die, especially if they remain in the cities.

All patriotic, law-abiding Americans are strongly advised to arm up as quickly as possible, and get training on the deployment of firearms for self-defense. Engage in dry-fire practice in your own home, and get some range time or outdoors training with qualified professionals. Acquire ballistic vests and night vision equipment. Stock up on hollow point or expanding tip ammo. Set up perimeter defense alert systems, including capable dogs and motion-sensing lights.

I’ll have many more details for you soon when my new ebook gets released, “The Global Reset Survival Guide.” It’s nine hours of audio, with a downloadable PDF reference document, and it’s completely free of charge. I want you to survive this so that we can rebuild society based on the rule of law, meritocracy and fairness. But if the radical Leftists win, they will install a socialist authoritarian regime where all political dissidents will be murdered by the state.

At some point in the civil war, by the way, American patriots will need to arrest, prosecute and execute all the Marxists and other treasonous actors who have caused this nightmare. They cannot be reabsorbed into civil society, as they are indoctrinated beyond any point of rescue. Throughout the civil war, they will need to be put down.

Have no illusions about what will need to be done to defend America and the rule of law. Prepare to once again earn the freedom you have enjoyed for your entire life. The cost of defending that freedom will be high.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-07-19-black-lives-matter-terror-cells-will-carry-out-flash-mob-killing-sprees-civil-war.html# 

:: 7-19-20 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Los Angeles mayor says city is 'on the brink' of declaring another stay-at-home order

Mary Meisenzahl Jul 19, 2020, 2:58 PM

Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti listens as California Governor Gavin Newsom speaks in front of the hospital ship US Naval Ship Mercy that arrived into the Port of Los Angeles on Friday, March 27, 2020, to provide relief for Southland hospitals overwhelmed by the coronavirus pandemic. Admiral John Gumbleton, U.S. Navy stands behind Mayor Garcetti. (Carolyn Cole/Los Angeles Times via AP, Pool) Associated Press

LA Mayor Eric Garcetti said that the city is "on the brink" of another stay-at-home order on Sunday.

During an appearance on CNN, Garcetti criticized a lack of national leadership on stopping COVID-19.

Last week, Los Angeles County broke its record for a single day, with more than 4,500 new coronavirus cases on Thursday.

Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti told CNN's Jake Tapper Sunday that Los Angeles is "on the brink" of another stay-at-home order.

Los Angeles County has seen a surge of cases recently, with new record high hospitalizations and infections. The city has more than 150,000 cases.

"A lot of things went wrong," Garcetti said. He pointed out that cases haven't increased as quickly in LA as in some cities, but said there is "no national leadership" in efforts to slow or stop the pandemic. "It was politicized when it should have been unified."

Garcetti also mentioned that many people are "just exhausted," after the length of the pandemic, and have stopped social distancing, mask-wearing, and practicing diligent hand washing. He said that the city previously opened too quickly. While LA isn't under stay-at-home orders just yet, many measures to fight the coronavirus resurgence have been reinstated. On June 28, Governor Gavin Newsom closed bars in several counties, including Los Angeles, and indoor dining at restaurants was put on hold on July 1. Garcetti mentioned that mayors don't necessarily have much power in coronavirus shutdowns, which primarily happen at the county and state levels.

Last week was the worst week for new cases in LA since the pandemic started, with several record-setting days for cases and hospitalizations. Thursday remains the record for infections, with more than 4,500 new cases.

Officials are warning residents about the danger for people under 40, who are seeing higher hospitalization rates than earlier in the pandemic. LA County is home to more than half of all the coronavirus deaths in California, The LA Times reported.

https://www.businessinsider.com/los-angeles-mayor-garcetti-stay-at-home-order-2020-7?op=1 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 7-19-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bank Of England Governor Signals Central Bank Digital Currency Is Coming

by Tyler Durden Sun, 07/19/2020 - 09:20

Authored by Steven Guinness,

As confirmed by several economic outlets, including Bloomberg, Bank of England governor Andrew Bailey took part in a VTALK with students this past Monday for Speakers for Schools. When the subject of digital currency came up, Bailey said:

We are looking at the question of, should we create a Bank of England digital currency. We’ll go on looking at it, as it does have huge implications on the nature of payments and society. I think in a few years time, we will be heading toward some sort of digital currency.

The digital currency issue will be a very big issue. I hope it is, because that means Covid will be behind us. Firstly, Bailey stating that the BOE are looking into creating a CBDC is not a new revelation. I posted a series of articles in May which looked extensively at a discussion paper published by the bank days before the Covid-19 lockdown was enforced. The paper, ‘Central Bank Digital Currency – Opportunities, challenges and design‘, went as far as detailing the possible technological composition of a future CBDC. It was in 2014 when the BOE first began discussing digital currencies in their September quarterly bulletin. Six years on, those discussions have advanced notably.

Secondly, if Bailey’s assertion is correct that ‘in a few years time, we will be heading toward some sort of digital currency‘, this would align with the BOE’s Real Time Gross Settlement renewal programme. In August 2019 I posted an article that outlined what the renewal will consist of (Working in Tandem: The Reform of Payment Systems and the Advance of Digital Technology). From 2023 onwards, the bank wants renewed services of RTGS to begin coming online, and by 2025 for it to be fully rolled out and operational.

Consider that this is taking place amidst the Bank for International Settlements ‘Innovation BIS 2025‘ initiative, something which I have regularly written about. This is the ‘hub‘ which brings all leading central banks together in the name of technological innovation.

The RTGS ‘renewal‘ will allow for the bank’s payment system to ‘interface with new payment technologies’, which given the information that the BOE has so far disseminated would likely include distributed ledger technology and blockchain.

For the bank to introduce a CBDC accessible to the public, they will require the reformation of their systems, which is exactly what is happening. Thirdly, Bailey admits that introducing a CBDC would have ‘huge implications on the nature of payments and society‘. On the payments front, the BOE are pushing the narrative that any CBDC offering would be a ‘complement‘ to cash. It would not, according to them, mean that cash would be withdrawn from circulation. But as I have noted previously, the General Manager of the BIS, Agustin Carstens, made clear in 2019 that in a CBDC world ‘he or she would no longer have the option of paying cash. All purchases would be electronic.‘

The trend of digital payments outstripping cash has been present for several years now. My position is that instead of simply outlawing cash, the state will allow the use of banknotes to fall to the point that the servicing costs of maintaining the cash infrastructure outweigh the amount of cash still in circulation and being used for payment. They will take the gradual approach as opposed to prising cash away from the public. In the end it has the same effect but appears less premeditated. From the perspective of the state, it is much more desirable if people are seen to have made the decision themselves to stop using cash, rather than the state imposing it upon the population.

The societal aspect is equally as serious, because those who depend on using cash are finding that access to it is growing more restrictive. This is something I have also posted about (Access to Cash: The Connection between Bank Branch Closures and the Post Office). Rural communities in particularly are being compromised, with some entirely dependent on their local post office to withdraw funds. Matters are made worse when the Post Office network itself is coming under increasing strain.

It was also revealed this week that during the Covid-19 lockdown, over 7,000 ATM’s across the UK were closed due to social distancing measures. This represents over 10% of the UK’s ATM network. Some of these ATM’s still remain out of use, particularly at supermarkets and outside certain bank branches. Equally, some of these branches remain closed four months after the lockdown was introduced, and those that are open are only allowing in a couple of people at a time. You will recall the hysteria around the supposed dangers of using cash as Covid-19 was labelled a pandemic. On no scientific basis whatsoever, people have been led to believe that handling cash can transmit the virus. This is primarily why cash withdrawals at ATM’s crashed leading into the lockdown by around 50%. This time last year transaction volume was at 50.9 million. Today it is 30.8 million, a 40% drop. From personal experience as a cash office clerk, cash use is now beginning to pick up, but remains well below pre-lockdown levels.

Finally, Bailey commented that he hoped ‘the digital currency issue will be a very big issue‘, because if it was it would mean that ‘Covid will be behind us.‘ A valid question to ask here is why when Covid-19 is ‘behind us‘ should that make the case for a CBDC stronger? The answer lies partly in the growing narrative of life after the pandemic, which plays directly into the World Economic Forum devised ‘Great Reset‘ agenda. Part of the ‘Great Reset‘ includes Blockchain, Financial and Monetary Systems and Digital Economy and New Value Creation.

On first glance, you can see how Covid-19 benefits the drive towards central bank digital currencies. We are told at every turn that life cannot possibly go back to how it was pre coronavirus, including our relationship with money. Predictably, it did not take global institutions like the BIS long to begin reaffirming the cashless agenda. In April they published a bulletin called, ‘Covid-19, cash, and the future of payments‘ where they stated:

In the context of the current crisis, CBDC would in particular have to be designed allowing for access options for the unbanked and (contact-free) technical interfaces suitable for the whole population. The pandemic may hence put calls for CBDCs into sharper focus, highlighting the value of having access to diverse means of payments, and the need for any means of payments to be resilient against a broad range of threats.

Global planners are seizing on the opportunity that Covid-19 has created. But no one should be deceived into thinking that their prescription for a digital monetary system, with CBDC’s at the center, is only coming to light because of the pandemic. This has been in the works for years.

The banking elites are hoping that once global payment systems have been reformed, CBDC’s will not be far behind. Judging by their own timelines, by 2025 a global network of CBDC’s is a real possibility. The more people that turn away from using cash today, the easier the transition away from tangible assets will prove for those who are angling for it to happen.

https://www.zerohedge.com/crypto/bank-england-governor-signals-central-bank-digital-currency-coming 

:: 7-19-20 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As America’s Economic Suffering Grows, The Calls For More Socialism Grow Louder

July 19, 2020 by Michael Snyder

It is during moments of great crisis that we find out who we really are, and that is why the governmental response to the COVID-19 pandemic has been so heartbreaking. Instead of rallying around our founding principles, Democrats and Republicans have both gravitated toward “solutions” that are in the exact opposite direction. Bigger government programs, more government tyranny and huge socialist transfer payments have all been greatly welcomed by the mainstream media and by large portions of the U.S. population, and at the same time very few voices are warning us that these measures are eroding our fundamental rights, exploding the size of our national debt and setting extremely dangerous precedents for the future.

Once people become accustomed to receiving money directly from the federal government, it is exceedingly difficult to ever cut those payments off. If you think back through our history, it is difficult to name a single major transfer payment program that was ever rolled back. Over time, our federal government has just gotten bigger and bigger and bigger, and it is now the biggest government that anyone has ever seen in the history of the entire planet.

Yes, tens of millions of Americans are deeply hurting right now. Over the past 17 weeks, a total of 51.3 million Americans have filed new claims for unemployment benefits, and that represents the most dramatic spike in unemployment that the U.S. has ever experienced.

And since most Americans were just barely scraping by financially coming into this year, we are facing a future in which millions upon millions of our fellow citizens aren’t going to be able to pay their bills. In a recent article, USA Today featured the tragic story of a 35-year-old hair stylist named Chelsie Caudle

The mother of two has run into delays applying for unemployment and food stamps in Portland, Oregon, after Grace Salon, a hair salon that specializes in cutting and coloring, was forced to shutter in March when the coronavirus pandemic hit.

Caudle, who is self-employed, sublet a spot at Grace Salon to run her own business called Benjamin LLC. But with no income coming in for months, bills piled up, making it hard for her to afford groceries for her family, she says.

I think that most of us can identify with what she is going through, because nearly all of us have experienced the same thing at some point in our lives.

In order to relieve the suffering of those that found themselves suddenly unemployed, Congress approved $600 a week unemployment bonuses as part of the 2.2 trillion dollar CARES Act that it passed in March…

The $600 weekly payments from the Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation program were put in place as part of the $2.2 trillion CARES Act that Congress passed in late March amid the coronavirus pandemic. Americans who are eligible for unemployment insurance receive an extra $600 on top of what they normally claim under their state’s benefits. Yet this boost is scheduled to end for all states except New York, on Saturday July 25, 2020. New York’s end date is Sunday, July 26, according to the Department of Labor.

For a while, it sounded like the Republicans were actually against extending the extra unemployment benefits, but now it appears that they just hope to reduce them a bit…

On Sunday, The Washington Post reported that in light of the enhanced $600 per week federal unemployment benefits poised to run out in less than a week, the White House and top Senate Republicans are considering measures including extending a smaller-scale weekly federal enhanced unemployment benefit of $200 or $400 per week or means-testing future federal unemployment benefits.

In the end, the Republican socialists in Congress will probably fold like a 20 dollar suit like they always do, and so the Democratic socialists in Congress will likely end up with most (or all) of what they want in this next “stimulus bill”.

And very few people will even talk about the fact that this new “stimulus bill” will steal trillions of more dollars from future generations of Americans.

This is what socialism always does. It steals money from one group and gives it to another.

In our case, we have been stealing from future generations for so long that we have absolutely obliterated the bright future that they were supposed to have.

Meanwhile, the calls for “a second stimulus check” are becoming louder as well.

In fact, one recent survey found that a lot of Americans want the next “stimulus check to be even bigger than the last one…

More than two-thirds of Americans say they still need a second stimulus check from the government to help make ends meet, according to recent data from tax preparer Jackson Hewitt. And about a third of that group said the $1,200 checks needed to be more than the previous round. Only about a quarter of them say they wouldn’t need another emergency payment.

When the first round of stimulus checks went out, I warned that this was setting a very dangerous precedent and that people would soon want more checks, and I was precisely correct.

There are a lot of good conservatives out there that felt guilty about taking the first round of stimulus checks because they recognized that the checks represented a giant step toward socialism.

I can definitely understand why people were feeling conflicted, but my advice is to accept whatever checks the government sends to you.

Because at this point what we are facing is a battle for survival. We are entering a truly nightmarish chapter in American history, and our entire system is going to fail. If a little bit of extra money can help you and your family get prepared for what is coming, that is a good thing.

However, it is also appropriate to mourn for what has been lost. At one time, America was a beacon of hope in a world where billions were living under socialist tyranny. But now we are racing toward full-blown socialism at a pace that is absolutely breathtaking, and nearly all of our politicians have completely abandoned our founding principles.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/as-americas-economic-suffering-grows-the-calls-for-more-socialism-grow-louder 

 ::  12-31-14/1-1-15  New Years Eve Service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be.  For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change.  The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control.  Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching.  There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control. 

:: 7-19-20 The Denver Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-police protesters mob rally supporting law enforcement in Denver’s Civic Center

Clash between groups draws some violence and sees police use pepper spray on demonstrators

By Shelly Bradbury | sbradbury@denverpost.com | The Denver Post

PUBLISHED: July 19, 2020 at 2:37 p.m. | UPDATED: July 19, 2020 at 10:09 p.m.

Dueling rallies in downtown Denver devolved into chaos and some violence Sunday afternoon as protesters crashed a pro-police rally in Civic Center. The anti-police protesters greatly outnumbered the pro-police crowd, and moved into their rally’s space in the park’s amphitheater shortly after the demonstration supporting law enforcement started around 3 p.m.

The protesters banged drums, blew whistles, clanged pots, clapped and shouted obscenities to drown out the pro-police rally, where a band had been playing music to a small crowd. The chaotic clash between groups led to some violence, with several people throwing punches in isolated disputes. Law enforcement officers attempted to form a line around the two groups, but could not completely separate them.

After about an hour, most of the pro-police demonstrators left the plaza, and police also began to retreat. The anti-police protesters followed officers as they retreated and at least one officer fired pepper spray into the crowd of protesters. It was not immediately clear what prompted the use of the spray. Minutes later, protesters stood in front of a police vehicle to try to stop it from leaving, and officers again used chemical agents and less-than-lethal weapons before speeding away.

Denver police confirmed they used chemical sprays in three situations, in accordance with their policy and with a supervisor on scene. Police also made one arrest, for assault, but did not provide details. “We had two pepper ball deployments and one hand-held fog device deployment, and we made one arrest for assault,” Denver police spokesman Tyrone Campbell said.

“We have a policy that dictates when and how those tools are used. And we have supervisors on scene to make sure there’s a reasonable reason for those devices to be utilized. And any time we use any of this stuff, there will be a review. It seems as if they were used in an appropriate fashion,” Campbell said.

Our goal is to make sure everybody has the ability to exercise their First Amendment rights. Those tools are used only if there is some sort of disruption or threat to safety.” The pro-police rally had been billed as a family-friendly event with music, speakers and food, and was promoted by Randy Corporon, an attorney who has recently represented two businesses in high-profile legal disputes about coronavirus precautions. Corporon represented C&C Breakfast and Korean Kitchen, a Castle Rock restaurant that was shut down by the state after it opened for dine-in eating on Mother’s Day, as well as Bandimere Speedway, which faced legal action from county health officials when a July 4 event saw large crowds and limited social distancing.

Corporon said Sunday that Denver Police Chief Paul Pazen asked him to reschedule or move the pro-police rally, expressing concern that police officers would be put in harm’s way by the event. “He was agitated that we’re going to get his officers hurt,” Corporon said before the event. “My response to him was that he should allow his officers to do their job and if people are down there breaking the law, to stop them. Because they’ll have nothing to fear from us.”

Denver police spokesman Campbell confirmed that police had been in touch with rally organizers about the event beforehand.

“I think the conversation was such that said, ‘We appreciate it, but if you’re doing it on our behalf, we don’t want you to do that. We absolutely appreciate the sentiment, we know there is public support. But in the event you are doing it to exercise your First Amendment right, then by all means we’ll make sure you have the space to do that,’” he said.

Corporon said the rally organizers decided not to move or reschedule the event, in part because it’s happened annually in Civic Center Park for five years. “We’re exercising our constitutional right to peacefully assemble, and we have no intention of giving up that ground to these domestic terrorists,” Corporon said, referring to the counter-protesters. He added that he believes Pazen doesn’t support his own officers.

“This chief of police is the guy who walked hand-in-hand with Black Lives Matter,” he said, describing that movement as a push toward anarchy. He could not immediately be reached after the rally. Lillian House, an organizer for the Party of Socialism and Liberation, said they planned the counter-protest because a celebration of police is “unacceptable.”

“It’s just all around out of touch with the struggles people are facing,” she said.

Adina Chapman said she came to the Denver rally from Colorado Springs to support law enforcement. “I’m not saying there doesn’t need to be reforms,” she said. “But if we don’t have police, we don’t have safety.”

Ahead of the rallies, Campbell said Denver police would aim to protect both sides’ right to free speech. “In the event it becomes contentious we’ll absolutely do what we can to make sure everybody is safe,” he said before the event. “But I don’t think we’re going to prevent one side from being heard or make sure one side is louder or anything like that. Our job is to make sure that everybody’s rights are respected and we ensure everyone’s safety.”

Denver Post reporter Bruce Finley contributed to this report.

https://www.denverpost.com/2020/07/19/pro-police-rally-denver-cific-center-counter-protest/ 

:: 7-15-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Face Masks DON'T Work, According To SCIENCE

276,408 views

•Jul 15, 2020 Ben Swann

143K subscribers

So much debate over whether or not we should be wearing masks in order to fight C0VlD but multiple scientific studies over the past decade have already settled this question. Not only do medical masks not prevent the spread of virus, but a 1995 study proves that wearing a cloth mask can put you at greater risk for infection. Ben Swann breaks down the science.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h8upEg-bEJ8&feature=emb_logo 

:: 7-20-20 AZI Base :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bill Gates Crimes Investigation Petition Against Humanity Goes Viral With Over 600,000 Signatures

Aziewa Thomas July 20, 2020

According to NEON_NETTLE

A petition calling for billionaire Bill Gates to be investigated for "crimes against humanity" has gone viral on social media, gathering a staggering 600,000 signatures from concerned citizens.   The "We the People" petition, hosted on the official White House website, calls for "Investigations Into The 'Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation' For Medical Malpractice & Crimes Against Humanity.  "So far, the campaign has amassed over 600k signatures, more than six times the 100,000 required to get an official response from Congress.  The petition asks the federal government to investigate the Microsoft co-founder and his wife Melinda Gates, stating that "Congress and all other governing bodies are derelict in duty until a thorough and public inquiry is complete."

Since the beggining of the coronavirus pandemic, Gates has come under mounting scrutiny due to his involvement in virus tracking and the race for a COVID-19 vaccine.  Created on April 10, the petition reached the threshold of 100,000 signatures within days and is currently one of the most popular petitions on the site.

As the White House "We the People" website explains, the petition platform empowers every American citizen "to become an agent of change." If a petition gains 100,000 signatures in 30 days, the White House will "make sure it gets in front of the appropriate policy experts,” the site states:

"We the People is a platform that empowers the American public to take this action like never before – it’s a way for anybody, anywhere, to speak directly to the government and become an agent for change.  "With We the People, you can easily create a petition online, share it, and collect signatures. "If you gather 100,000 signature in 30 days, we’ll review your petition, make sure it gets in front of the appropriate policy experts, and issue an official response.”

The Bill Gates petition has soared way beyond its 100k goal and, at time of press, has around 602,000 signatures and still climbing, fast.  The "We the People” petition can be viewed and signed here.

the petition demands an investigation into the foundation founded by bill and melinda gates© press

The petition demands an investigation into the foundation founded by Bill and Melinda Gates

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., the nephew of former President John F. Kennedy, has also sharply criticized Gates for what he describes as a "messianic conviction that he is ordained to save the world with technology.”  "Vaccines, for Bill Gates, are a strategic philanthropy that feed his many vaccine-related businesses (including Microsoft’s ambition to control a global vac ID enterprise) and give him dictatorial control over global health policy—the spear tip of corporate neo-imperialism,” Kennedy Jr. wrote.  "Gates’ obsession with vaccines seems fueled by a messianic conviction that he is ordained to save the world with technology and a god-like willingness to experiment with the lives of lesser humans.”

https://www.azibase.com/2020/07/bill-gates-crimes-investigation.html 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 7-19-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'They are sending a clear message... that THEY rule Mexico': Terrifying footage shows CONVOY of Jalisco drug cartel 'soldiers' waving military-grade weapons next to armored trucks and shouting the name of their leader 'Mencho'

Dozens of masked men are heard in video saying they are 'people of Mencho,' a nickname used by Jalisco New Generation Cartel boss Nemesio Oseguera

Almost all of the uniformed men wearing bulletproof vests wield assault rifles, and some appear to have belt-fed machine guns or .50 caliber sniper rifles

Authorities said they are investigating the video to determine its authenticity

The cartel based in the central state of Jalisco has spread across Mexico and increasingly has posed direct challenges to the government

Last month, Mexico City's police chief, Omar García Harfuch, blamed the cartel for an elaborately planned attempt on his life last month

By Valerie Edwards For Dailymail.com and Associated Press

Published: 08:39 EDT, 19 July 2020 | Updated: 11:04 EDT, 19 July 2020

Terrifying footage shows dozens of uniformed gunmen posing with military-grade weapons near armored pickup trucks emblazoned with the initials of the Jalisco drug cartel in Mexico as the country's top security officials launch an investigation into the video.

In what appears to be a show of power, several dozen masked men are heard shouting they are 'people of Mencho,' a nickname used by Jalisco New Generation Cartel boss Nemesio Oseguera.

Almost all of the uniformed men wearing bulletproof vests wield assault rifles, and some appear to have belt-fed machine guns or .50 caliber sniper rifles.

Many of the trucks in a column of about 20 vehicles parked on a dirt road have improvised gun turrets or plate-steel armor welded onto them. Mexico's top security official, Alfonso Durazo, wrote Saturday that the video is being analyzed to confirm whether it is authentic and when it was made.

Durazo wrote in his Twitter account that 'there is no criminal group that has the capacity to successfully defy federal security forces, and much less with this staged event'.

The video was posted on social media sites Thursday, which coincided with President Andrés Manuel Lopez Obrador's visit to the states of Guanajuato, Jalisco and Colima, some of the cartel's strongholds.

A spokesman for Lopez Obrador's office did not immediately respond to a request for comment. López Obrador met Thursday with Jalisco Gov Enrique Alfaro to discuss security issues.

'In the face of threats, intimidations, we say to Governor Alfaro that he is not alone, that we are with him in facing the challenge of crime,' López Obrador said.

'This problem cannot be solved with massacres. It is going to be done more with intelligence than force,' said López Obrador.

The president defended his policy of avoiding confrontation with the cartels.

He prefers to address social problems like poverty and unemployment that he says contribute to crime. But the strategy, branded by Lopez Obrador as one of 'hugs, not bullets,' has emboldened criminal groups, many security analysts say. The president's approach 'has only led these cartels to operate with more impunity,' Vigil said. It was unclear when the video had been filmed, but it appeared to be authentic, Vigil said.

The Jalisco cartel is regarded as Mexico's strongest gang, along with the Sinaloa Cartel formerly led by jailed kingpin Joaquin 'El Chapo' Guzman. It is often credited with infiltrating poorly paid and trained police departments across the country to protect its wide-ranging criminal rackets. The cartel based in the central state of Jalisco has spread across Mexico and increasingly has posed direct challenges to the government.

Mexico City's police chief, Omar García Harfuch, blamed the cartel for an elaborately planned attempt on his life last month - an ambush on the capital's most famous boulevard.

The Jalisco cartel operates in 24 of 32 states in Mexico and has shipped cocaine, heroin, methamphetamine and fentanyl-laced heroin to the United States. The cartel, is known to be in control of between one-third and two-thirds of the US drug market.

'They are sending a clear message... that they basically rule Mexico, not Lopez Obrador,' said Mike Vigil, a former chief of international operations for the US Drug Enforcement Administration.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8538313/Terrifying-footage-shows-dozens-uniformed-gunmen-Jalisco-drug-cartel-Mexico.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 2-28-20 Arizona Capitol Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

9/11-era law gives governor extensive authority in virus outbreak

By: Howard Fischer, Capitol Media Services February 28, 2020

Wondering what Gov. Doug Ducey could do if coronavirus should begin to spread in Arizona?

Turns out, quite a lot, courtesy of some post 9/11 fears.

A state law passed in the months following the 2001 terrorist attack allows the state’s chief executive officer to order medical examinations and even isolate and quarantine people — all without court approval — if he decides to declare an emergency due to the any sort of virus outbreak. And he even could use police and the National Guard to enforce his orders.

The law was a direct response to the Sept. 11 attacks. It was designed to provide a comprehensive plan of what happens in case of a biological terrorist attack, beefing up existing law that give the governor powers in emergencies.

The wording, however, is much broader. It includes any illness, health condition or syndrome caused not only by bioterrorism but also any “epidemic or pandemic disease.”

It starts with an enhanced surveillance advisory.

That triggers mandatory reporting by doctors and veterinarians of illness. But it even requires pharmacists to notify state officials if there is an “unusual increase” in prescriptions for antibiotics or even in over-the-counter drugs that might be purchased by someone with an illness.

Then there is tracking. That includes allowing the health department to access confidential patient records and to interview anyone. And if the governor declares a state of emergency, state and local health officials have the power to quarantine anyone who has contracted the disease or who has been exposed.

The law does require the agencies to use the “least restrictive means” to sequester people to protect the public and prevent the spread of the disease. And it spells out that those who are quarantined, whether in their own homes or elsewhere, are to be provided adequate food, clothing, medical care “and a means of communicating with those in and outside these settings.”

But it does allow quarantine without a court order if health officials determine any delay would post “an immediate and serious threat to the public health.” There is, however, a requirement to seek court approval within 10 days. And anyone who is quarantined can seek a court order, with some deadlines for court action.

A state of emergency also allows the governor to order to mandate medical examinations for anyone who has been exposed and ration medicine and vaccines. And, in the case of highly contagious and highly fatal diseases, the governor can mandate treatment or vaccination of those who are diagnosed with the illness “or who are reasonably believed to have been exposed or who may reasonably be expected to be exposed.” And the law requires law enforcement and the National Guard to enforce both these requirements for treatment and vaccination and any orders for quarantine.

The statute does have a notable exception: It does not permit any form of quarantine or medical treatment for those with acquired immune deficiency syndrome or any other infection caused by the human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV.

Ducey is clearly aware of what he told KTAR this past week are his “immense authorities” to act in

Not everyone serving in the 2002 Legislature thought the broad changes in law were a good idea.

House Majority Whip Robert Blendu, R-Litchfield Park, one of only 10 lawmakers to vote against HB 2044, said the governor – Jane Hull at the time – already has broad emergency powers.

“If she needs more, no one from the governor’s office came down and told me,” he said.

https://azcapitoltimes.com/news/2020/02/28/911-era-law-gives-governor-extensive-authority-in-virus-outbreak/ 

:: 7-19-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

D.C. Mayor Bowser Partners With Chinese Communist Party Group, Grants Access To Top Federal Building

Democrat leader collaborating with foreign enemy to indoctrinate America’s children

Infowars.com - July 19, 2020 95 Comments

Washington D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser has partnered with Chinese Communist Party-linked “education” programs since 2019, according to an annual report.

The report from the Chinese communist-run Confucius Institute U.S. Center (CIUSC) credited both Bowser’s office and D.C. public schools as partners of the organization. The programs, bankrolled by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP), masquerade as language learning initiatives, but are on the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s (FBI) radar for intellectual property theft and espionage. “We do share concerns about the Confucius Institutes. We’ve been watching that development for a while,” FBI director Christopher Wray told a Senate hearing in 2018.

The National Pulse revealed earlier in July how Confucius centers push Chinese communist propaganda on American students by pushing the use of Chinese government-written textbooks, even leading to Chinese military parades being broadcast in elementary schools.

Mayor Bowser is bridging the gap between Chinese Communist propaganda and D.C. classrooms, granting a hostile, foreign country the ability to dictate curricula.

In other words, the radical DC mayor is allowing communist-linked entities access to government buildings in the name of indoctrinating America’s youth with communist propaganda. The report went on to praise the collaboration with Bowser, which included a “cultural” event at the federally-owned Ronald Reagan Building, where the a number of agencies, including the USAID, the U.S. Department of Commerce, Customs and Border Patrol, the Environmental Protection Agency, and more, reside.

Bowser, a radical partisan who recently sanctioned a massive Black Lives Matter mural on 16th street in front of the White House, is already known for her pro-China positions. In 2015, she took business leaders – some who donated to her PAC – to Beijing to negotiate Chinese investments in a DC neighborhood. The Democratic hypocrisy continues as Mayor Bowser is caught at the Black Lives Matter rallies while not wearing a mask.

https://www.infowars.com/d-c-mayor-bowser-partners-with-chinese-communist-party-group-grants-access-to-top-federal-building/ 

:: 7--20 The Blaze :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Riot declared in Portland, vandals torch police building: 'Every precinct, every town, burn the precincts to the ground'

Videos show violent clashes between rioters and federal officers who attempted to defend the federal courthouse in Portland. President Trump reacts. Saturday marked the 52nd consecutive night of protests in Portland following George Floyd's death. Demonstrations elevated to violent levels as the night progressed, and by 11 p.m., the Portland Police Department declared a riot. Rioters broke into the Portland Police Association building on Saturday night and set it on fire. Agitators also started dumpster fires in Oregon's largest city.

https://www.theblaze.com/news/portland-riots-federal-officers-police-video 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 7-15-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lawlessness Spreading Across the Land

By Hal Lindsey

For several years, we heard that millennials wanted to live in big cities. Sociologists said this trend would change everything. But, as with so many things, 2020 turned that trend on its head. Suddenly, Americans of all ages can’t get to the suburbs and rural areas fast enough. The move to the cities was made possible by dramatically lowering the crime rate in those cities. But now, urban crime is rising so fast it makes your head spin. A recent article in The Hill said, “An estimated quarter of a million New York residents will move upstate for good, while another 2 million could permanently move out of the state. More than 16,000 New York residents have already relocated to suburban Connecticut. The preliminary figures show New York is also losing citizens to rural New England and Florida in significant numbers.”

The housing boom in San Francisco seems to have finally gone bust—at least for now. Real estate prices there have dropped by more than 50%. It’s still an expensive place to buy a home, but can you imagine how people feel who bought houses in that area only a few months ago?

The crisis in these cities comes in part from the coronavirus. But it is being exacerbated by the rise in violent crime. If you have been a regular viewer of my television programs through the years, you’ve heard me speak many times about the crucial role of the “thin blue line” of police in our communities. That line stands between us and the law of the jungle.

That’s especially true in times of crisis. Yet many cities are defunding, even dismantling their police departments. In New York, they have decided to take a billion dollars out of the police budget. Los Angeles wants to defund police to the tune of 250 million dollars. In Minneapolis, they say they intend to dismantle their police department altogether. That means erasing the thin blue line. You can be sure that the elites in those cities will have all the security they need. But the poor and the middle class will become increasingly vulnerable.

The Bible foretold that the time near the return of Christ would be marked by lawlessness. In Luke 17:26-30, Jesus compared those days to the times of Noah and Lot. Genesis 6:11 tells us that in the time of Noah, “The earth was corrupt in the sight of God, and the earth was filled with violence.”

That sounds like today—rampant violence and corruption. Lot lived in a time and place of violent mobs. In both stories, we see that people lacked empathy, and thought mostly of themselves and their pleasures. Several places in the Bible warn us that the end times will be times of “lawlessness.” That, along with so many other signs, seems to be describing our day. Along with lawlessness, we’re seeing an assault on the nuclear family. One organization being highly funded by corporate America plainly says on their website, “We disrupt the Western-prescribed nuclear family structure.” But the family structure is not “Western-prescribed,” it is God-prescribed. It is the foundation of civilization.

Notice how all these things are an attack on civilization itself. The judicial system and police are under fire. The concept of family is under fire. The educational system has been largely co-opted by people who hate God and the things of God. I could go on and on about the God-appointed institutions meant to protect us, that are now under siege.

But if your hope is in Jesus Christ, know that He will never let you down. His promises remain true, even in times of trouble. And He has His people still on this earth for a distinct purpose. He’s not through with us. He’s not through with you!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-8-2020/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

:: 7-19-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PA announces alarming coronavirus infection rates in the West Bank

While Hamas has been managing to maintain low coronavirus infection rates in Gaza, the West Bank is experiencing an alarming rise in new infections in recent weeks.

By TOBIAS SIEGAL JULY 19, 2020 21:30

465 people were infected with coronavirus in the Palestinian Authority (PA) territory in the past 24 hours, totaling 6,566 active patients and 63 deceased in the West Bank since the coronavirus pandemic broke out, according to data released by the PA health organizations and reported by Walla.

While Hamas has been managing to maintain low coronavirus infection rates in Gaza, the West Bank is experiencing an alarming rise in new infections in recent weeks. Medical staffs throughout the Palestinian Authority claim to be short staffed and the increased economic crisis has led to continuous protests.

The number of active coronavirus patients in the West Bank on July 1st was 2,270. That number has nearly tripled itself within three weeks and morbidity rates are rising. The number of deceased patients due to coronavirus in the West Bank on July 1st, was only seven patients. The outbreak epicenter in the PA's controlled areas of the West Bank is the Hebron province, where 60% of all patients are located. This concentration of patients has led the PA to impose its most severe transportation restrictions on the area.

According to a representative from the Doctors Union of Hebron, 15% of all medical staff personnel in the area of Hebron province has been infected with coronavirus. He also noted that the short staffed medical teams are exhausted and that they are struggling to uphold all medical procedures expected of them due to the overpopulation of the hospitals.

Like in many countries, including Israel, the PA is not dealing with the medical implications of the pandemic alone, but also with its economic implications. Similar to trends around the world, the Palestinian population was attentive to guidelines and followed the harsh restrictions and lockdowns during the first wave of the pandemic, while now, during the second wave, people's patience is running low.

The PA entered the second wave of coronavirus in significantly worse conditions, having had severed all ties, including civil and security coordination with Israel. This included the PA refusal to receive any kind of assistance for combating coronavirus unless it coordinated it directly, like the aerial aid provided by the United Arab Emirates in two flights from Abu Dahbi to Ben-Gurion Airport.

These days, the PA is working on coordinating aid packages from China and Saudi Arabia with help from the UN. In addition, Palestinian Authority Prime Minister Mohammed Shtayyeh said that Germany will donate 50 respirators to the PA.

https://www.jpost.com/breaking-news/pa-465-new-coronavirus-infections-in-the-past-24-hours-635583 

:: 7-19-20 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Latest in series of mysterious blasts rocks power station in central Iran

The alleged explosion didn't cause any casualties, Iranian media reports. On Saturday, an oil pipeline reportedly went up in flames in western Iran.

By Neta Bar , i24NEWS and ILH Staff

Published on 07-19-2020 12:30 Last modified: 07-19-2020 13:58

An explosion rocked a power station in Isfahan Province in central Iran early Sunday afternoon, the Islamic republic's state-run IRNA news agency reported. The blast was caused by the wear and tear of a transformer at the power plant in Islamabad, the managing director of the Isfahan power company told IRNA. According to IRNA, there were no casualties as a result of the blast, which was the latest in a series of mysterious explosions and fires around Iranian military, nuclear and industrial facilities since late June, including in Natanz, where its main uranium enrichment center was badly damaged in what the New York Times described as a deliberate effort by the US and Israel.

On Saturday, an oil pipeline reportedly went up in flames in western Iran. According to local accounts and reports on social media, the blast rocked the restive and oil-rich region of Khuzestan in the country's southwest. Footage circulating on social media captured a huge fire at the site, but no injuries were reported. Iranian authorities did not offer any immediate explanations of the incident.

According to some of the available accounts, however, the blast was claimed by the Arab Struggle Movement for the Liberation of Ahvaz, a secessionist armed group designated as a terrorist entity by the Iranian regime.

Last Wednesday, at least seven ships caught fire at the Iranian port of Bushehr, Iran's Tasnim news agency reported. Pictures from the incident showed a large pillar of smoke billowing from the area.

A day earlier, on July 14, Iran executed a former employee of the defense ministry who was convicted of spying on behalf of the Central Intelligence Agency. It was the second such execution in the past month.

Iran's top security body said on July 3 that the cause of the Natanz fire had been determined but would be announced at a later time. Some Iranian officials have said it may have been cyber sabotage and one of them warned that Tehran would retaliate against any country carrying out such attacks.

https://www.israelhayom.com/2020/07/19/latest-in-series-of-mysterious-blast-rocks-power-station-in-central-iran/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 7-18-20 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

85 children under age 2 tested positive for coronavirus in 1 Texas county, as U.S. sets new record

The Nueces County health director said 85 children under age 2 have tested positive, including 52 under 1 year old. "These babies have not even had their first birthdays yet," she said. By Minyvonne Burke

More than 80 children under 2 years old, most of them younger than 1 year old, have tested positive for the coronavirus in one Texas county, a local public health official announced, as the United States set a single-day record in the tally of new cases. The public health director in Nueces County on the Texas Gulf Coast said 85 children under 2 years old, including 52 younger than a year old, have tested positive for the virus. "These babies have not even had their first birthdays yet," director Annette Rodriguez said Friday of the infants in the group. "Please help us to stop the spread of this disease. Stay social distanced from others; stay protected. Wear a mask when in public and for everyone else please do your best to stay home."

Rodriguez initially said at a meeting Friday that a review of coronavirus statistics showed that 85 infants have tested positive. She clarified this on Saturday to say that total also includes children between the ages of 1 and 2 years old. The numbers are taken from testing that started on March 21, 2020. The health director added that she believes it is hard for families to isolate such young children and that family members are passing the virus on to each other.  Fewer than 10 of the infants have been hospitalized, she said.

The Nueces County medical examiner, Adel Shaker, told NBC News on Saturday that a 6-week-old boy who died last week tested positive for the virus. Shaker said he has not determined if COVID-19 was the cause of death and is running more tests to find out.

Her announcement came as the U.S. set a single-day record with 75,775 newly-reported cases of the virus, according to NBC News' tally. The death toll in the country has now passed 140,000. Globally, more than 14 million people have tested positive for the virus, and more than 600,000 have died, according to data by Johns Hopkins University and NBC News.

In India, the number of cases has surpassed one million, with 26,273 deaths, according to the counry's health ministry website. And, in Latin America and the Caribbean, the death toll has surpassed that in the U.S. and Canada for the first time. Only Europe has recorded more fatalities. Brazil, where more than two million cases of coronavirus have been reported, could have the world’s highest number of deaths from the virus by late this month.

Latin America accounts for over 50 percent of global deaths even though it accounts for just 8 percent of the world's population.

In terms of confirmed cases, Brazil is number two globally, just behind the United States. Peru now has the world’s fifth highest number of confirmed cases. Mexico comes in seventh.

The Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean said this week that the region’s per-capita gross domestic product is likely to drop by 9.1 percent in 2020 due to the pandemic, The Associated Press reported. Such a drop would take the region back to GDP levels of 2010, something the U.N. commission called “a lost decade.”

https://www.nbcnews.com/news/us-news/85-infants-have-tested-positive-coronavirus-1-texas-county-u-n1234293 

:: 7-18-20 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats’ Religion of the Tyrannical Woke

Susan Stamper Brown Posted: Jul 18, 2020 12:01 AM

Democrats’ religion of the Tyrannical Woke is a dangerously malevolent one. Bow to it, or else.

Or else…crazed leftists will do something like hop on an Alaska Airlines flight bound for Chicago and threaten to kill everyone on board. Unless…they publicly acknowledge Jesus is black. It really happened on July 11, 2020. Lying media outlets framed it as: Man Threatens to Kill Passengers on Flight in the Name of Jesus. Or something. The headline should have read: “Off-Duty Cop Opens Can of Whoop-ass on Five-Foot-Nothing Frail and Pale Fascistic Lunatic Leftist Sally.”

Essence.com reported the real story July 14, 2020, “Alaska Airlines Passenger Gives Ultimatum to Flight: Accept Jesus Was Black Or Die.” The column says the woke extremist demanded everyone on board “accept that Jesus was a Black man,” or he’d kill them. The hero who took the idiot down was black.

No one knows Jesus’ skin color. The Bible says his mom was Jewish, and his father is God. To focus on skin color misses the point of why he was born.

Back in the day, during the reign of Saint Obama the Fake, the Democratic Party was the party that booed God at their national convention. No one was surprised because Democrats have tried to cancel God for decades--with their death-march into decadence--in the name of so-called “rights.”

CARTOONS | Gary Varvel View Cartoon

At each step, they’ve pushed further away from what’s morally acceptable in a civil society to justify their wanton desires. Now they’ve raised it a notch, attacking believers. They think that’s okay because Democrats lack a moral compass. They don’t believe they’ll be held accountable for their actions.

They are wrong. The Law of the Harvest is hardwired into all of creation. We reap what we sow.

Overeat, and you get fat. Saturate your mind with hate, and you set your soul on fire—and you might get fat too. Barbara Streisand once blamed Donald Trump for her weight gain. In reality, her hatred for Trump gave her an excuse to eat more pancakes. (Hate-eating seemed to be a “thing” after the 2016 elections, leaving the Democratic Party overpopulated with super-sized women.)     With no fear of God, Democrats continue their attacks.

Failed Democratic presidential candidate Howard Dean, (who will forever be remembered by his 2004 demon-scream), recently attacked Christians globally, tweeting, “Unfortunately, Christians don’t have much of a reputation for anything but hate these days thanks to Franklin Graham and Jerry Falwell and other Trump friends.” Democrats fail to see the irony in disparaging Christianity--while groups they support like Black Lives Matter and Antifa display a maniacal fervency for their own woke religion which rivals ISIS.

At the end of June, leftist activist Shaun King sounded a dog whistle tweeting: “All murals and stained glass windows of white Jesus, and his European mother, and their white friends should also come down. They are a gross form of white supremacy. Created as tools of oppression. Racist propaganda. They should all come down.”

Not long after, a lunatic drives through a Florida church, douses it with gas, and sets it on fire with parishioners inside. On the same weekend, across the country, churches were torched, and religious statues were defaced. Black Lives Matter has executed repeated verbal and physical attacks on worshipers of Grace Baptist Church in Troy, New York. The disturbing videos previously reported by Townhall are a reminder that churches need security teams. In addition to daily Bible study, parishioners would be wise spending some “praise the Lord and pass the ammunition” time at the target range.

Democrats remain silent during these attacks--having no idea their self-licking ice cream cone will someday melt in the heat of accountability. As a wise person (usually attributed to Dietrich Bonhoeffer) once said: “Silence in the face of evil is itself evil. God will not hold us guiltless. Not to speak is to speak. Not to act is to act.” It is no coincidence Democrats abhor the U.S. Constitution about as much as they dislike God.

Founding Father and second President John Adams warned about entertaining these two aversions when he wrote: “Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.”

Democrats’ arrogant seditiousness leaves them vying for a “government of any other.” A banana republic comes to mind. And what distinguishes America from your average, run-of-the-mill banana republic? Red states.

In sharp contrast, Democrats ditch the rule of law, creating hellholes overflowing with mob rule, murder and mayhem.

A false sense of security has descended on Democrats, settling over them like an invisible, caustic cloud.

They believe they are superior to God to the point of mocking Him. Unfortunately for them--the eternal God who cannot be canceled has the power to cancel them. Whether it is in this life or the next, justice will be served.

https://townhall.com/columnists/susanstamperbrown/2020/07/18/democrats-religion-of-the-tyrannical-woke-n2572707 

:: 7-13-20 Sons of Liberty :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massachusetts: Parents Seek Reparations After Special Needs Students Punished By Government Funded Electric Shock

Written by: Matt Agorist Published on: July 13, 2020

Bristol County, MA – As TFTP reported, in 2018, Family Court Judge Katherine Field denied a motion to stop the use of electric shock on disabled students, a form of punishment that has been controversial for years after news of the practice first reached the public in 2013 when video surfaced of an 18-year-old student receiving dozens of shocks for refusing to take off his jacket.

“(The state) failed to demonstrate that there is now a professional consensus that the Level III aversive treatment used at JRC does not conform to the accepted standard of care for treating individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities,” Judge Field wrote in her decision.

The facility in question is the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a special needs day and residential school in Canton, and it is the only school in the country that was still using electric shocks on its students. Records show that at least 58 students at the school have received shocks as of August 2017. People living at JRC aren’t just from Massachusetts. According to The Guardian, they come from 15 states including Massachusetts, New York, Illinois and California. In 2014, ProPublica found that New York taxpayers spend $30 million a year sending children from their state to the Massachusetts school.

Trending: A Complete List Of Companies Supporting ANTIFA & Black Lives Matter - Just In Case You Want To Know Who Wants You Dead & Overturn The Culture

The things that have taken place at JRC have prompted calls for the FDA to ban the use of electric shock as a punishment for students, but the FDA ignored the issue for years and even had protesters arrested for attempting to raise awareness about the issue

Massachusetts: Parents Seek Reparations After Special Needs Students Punished By Government Funded Electric Shock

Written by: Matt Agorist Published on: July 13, 2020 71shares Share Tweet Flip

Bristol County, MA – As TFTP reported, in 2018, Family Court Judge Katherine Field denied a motion to stop the use of electric shock on disabled students, a form of punishment that has been controversial for years after news of the practice first reached the public in 2013 when video surfaced of an 18-year-old student receiving dozens of shocks for refusing to take off his jacket.

“(The state) failed to demonstrate that there is now a professional consensus that the Level III aversive treatment used at JRC does not conform to the accepted standard of care for treating individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities,” Judge Field wrote in her decision.

The facility in question is the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a special needs day and residential school in Canton, and it is the only school in the country that was still using electric shocks on its students. Records show that at least 58 students at the school have received shocks as of August 2017.

People living at JRC aren’t just from Massachusetts. According to The Guardian, they come from 15 states including Massachusetts, New York, Illinois and California. In 2014, ProPublica found that New York taxpayers spend $30 million a year sending children from their state to the Massachusetts school.

Trending: A Complete List Of Companies Supporting ANTIFA & Black Lives Matter - Just In Case You Want To Know Who Wants You Dead & Overturn The Culture

The things that have taken place at JRC have prompted calls for the FDA to ban the use of electric shock as a punishment for students, but the FDA ignored the issue for years and even had protesters arrested for attempting to raise awareness about the issue outside of their headquarters.

 

Even after the original story went viral, special needs students were still being shocked. After years of protests and testimony, the FDA finally banned the practice this year but the former victims say that it’s not enough.

While the rare ban is considered a “significant step forward” and giving people with disabilities and advocates “a sigh of relief” advocates said — they also said it’s not enough. “A ban will do nothing to undo the decades of torture that people confined to JRC have had to suffer through until now,” said Lydia Brown, Associate for Disability Rights and Algorithmic Fairness at Georgetown Law’s Institute for Tech Law and Policy. “And Massachusetts has a responsibility to make reparations to the survivors.”

Despite the ban in March of this year, a technicality allowed it to remain legal for up to six more months. According to Masslive, the ban goes into effect 30 days after publication in the Federal Register, and for those who need a transition period compliance is required 180 days after publication.

“[The ban’s] so overdue, they started shocking people in 1988,” Brown said. “It’s been condemned twice by the United Nations, the Department of Justice opened a civil rights investigation. And yet, it’s still legal. Technically, it is still legal for 30 days in general. And up to six months for some other people.” JRC reported to the FDA that they are still shocking some students once a week — in 2020 — in America. Despite the obvious ethical concerns with this practice, there is a cult-like support among the staff and even some parents for what they call “aversive treatment.” After the family court refused to ban it in 2018, a statement from the JRC Parents Group was released in support of it:

Even after the FDA’s ban on shock therapy, the school is still battling to keep it. JRC Parents Association said in a statement to MassLive, that the FDA’s decision “can only be interpreted one way: FDA is saying that our children’s lives do not matter.” However, the students being subjected to this abuse obviously disagree, and there are several former staff members who began speaking out against the use of electric shock. Whistleblower Greg Miller, who taught at the facility from 2003-2006, told MassLive.com that he truly believed that this barbaric therapy was saving lives.

I believed in that place at first because I was told that it was the only place in the world that could really save these kids lives and most of them would be dead if they weren’t hooked up to the electric shock,” Miller said. Miller said that electric shock was used on students for the smallest infractions, even something as small as standing up or speaking without permission. Eventually, he began to observe that the students were horrified of the shocks and they were rarely aggressive enough to require such a painful punishment.

“I was seeing more and more ways I could do something other than shock the students,” Miller said.

Miller ultimately quit, unable to cope with the ethical dilemma that came along with the job. The use of shock therapy has been proven to be ineffective, and it is not used very often because other treatments work much better.

People don’t use it anymore because they don’t need to. It is not the standard of care. There are alternative procedures that do not involve aversives like electronic shock. And I am not talking about drugs as an alternative. I am talking about other behavioral treatments,” Dr. William Pelham, a behavioral specialist, and director of the Center for Children and Families at the State University of New York at Buffalo, told the New York Times.

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/massachusetts-parents-seek-reparations-after-special-needs-students-punished-by-government-funded-electric-shock/ 

:: 7-13-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Roger Stone Has Become a Symbol of a Hopelessly Divided Nation

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, July 13, 2020 - 12:01.

I was able to track the path that Roger Stone endured as he awaited the decision. Would his sentence be commuted or would he go to prison. In the early morning hours, Stone told me that his sentence was potentially a death sentence. I documented my time with Roger Stone in a series of short videos followed by our 45 minute interview.

I am certain that many of you will conclude that this case is more about the division of a nation, rather than criminal case.

The Left's Attempt to Legally Assassinate Roger Stone

At a time when Democratic Party mayors and governors letting inmates out of prison, supposedly because of the coronavirus, that was almost not the case for Roger Stone. Recently in California, Gov. Newsom announced plans to reduce nearly 8,000 inmantes from California's prisons of because of the fear that they would contract CV-19. We all are aware that the COVID-19 threat has been greatly exaggerated, except for those with underlying conditions. Roger Stone has one of those underlying conditions. There is no doubt that Roger Stone feared going to prison, but most people did not understand his primary fear. Roger Stone has two of the preconditions that are associated with COVID-19 morbidity. Stone is over 65 and he has a serious case of asthma. Stone identified a littany of Federally convicted prisoners that had been allowed to serve their sentenes at home because of the fear of the coronavirus. The Deep State members of the DOJ had no trouble sentencing Stone to a potential death sentence. I am certain that

Stone cited the fact that at the time that he was sentenced, his assigned prison had no confirmed CV-19 cases. However, as of the day of our discussion followed by an interview, the prison had 20 confirmed cases. Yet, this was never going to be a consideration for the Deep State Democrats that were in control of his destiny. Why Stone Was Convicted

In the interview I did with Roger Stone, I asked him why he was convicted. Of course, he revealed the details about the corrupt Democratic Party Judge appointed by Obama, in which the jury selection was criminal and the outward bias of the judge was in full display. The judge refused to let in to the testimony exculpatory evidence that would have demonstrated Roger Stone's innocence. However, the damning blow came from Bannon, former Trump Guardian of the Gate who told Congress that Roger Stone never discussed Wikileaks and the Russian-collusion-delusion with him. However, in the trial, according to Stone, Bannon changed his story and said that Stone was deeply involved in the Wikileaks issues. And this is despite the fact that the Mueller report never found any credible evidence to this point. After hearing Stone's version, it is clear that Bannon should be investigated on why he changed his story when he became a witness against Roger Stone. My Interview with Roger Stone

In the following interview, Roger Stone takes us through the morning of the arrest right up until about 6 hours before President Trump granted Stone clemency. My takeaway from my conversations with Roger Stone is very instructive. Roger Stone's story is much more about a nation in crisis than it is a man trying to stay out prison. The corruption is so rampant in our society it even seems that one corrupt federal judge is beyond the reach of the President. Roger Stone has become one of the symbols of a nation that is hopelessly divided. America should be bracing for impact, because short of divine intervention, there is no way back from this divide.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/roger-stone-has-become-symbol-hopelessly-divided-nation 

:: 7-12-20 G & C News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Culture of death’: James Dobson warns about killer push by radical left

Dr. James Dobson  Published 3 days ago on July 12, 2020 By News Breaker

The U.S. Supreme Court this week affirmed the constitutional right of the Little Sisters of the Poor, a Catholic organization that runs care homes for the poorest of the poor around the world, to not subsidize or facilitate abortions. It was the third time the group has been forced to go to the nation's highest court to protect their religious rights. But the fight may not be over, warned James Dobson.

“This is not the end. The radical left will continue their efforts to impose a culture of death upon every organization and individual in this country,” said Dobson, the founder of Focus on the Family and the James Dobson Family Institute, and the host of Dr. James Dobson's Family Talk radio program.

“The Supreme Court's ruling is a welcome bulwark against the onslaught, but we must stay vigilant and continue to proclaim the truth about the sanctity of every human life,” he wrote on his website.

Within hours of Dobson's warning, presumptive Democratic presidential candidate Joe Biden said he would, if elected, insist that groups like the Little Sisters be forced to pay for abortion.

The court ruled Wednesday that the Trump administration acted within its authority when it expanded exemptions to the Obamacare requirement that employers pay for contraception and abortion-inducing drugs.

Biden stated: “As disappointing as the Supreme Court's ruling is, there is a clear path to fixing it: electing a new president who will end Donald Trump's ceaseless attempts to gut every aspect of the Affordable Care Act. If I am elected, I will restore the Obama-Biden policy that existed before the Hobby Lobby ruling: providing an exemption for houses of worship and an accommodation for nonprofit organizations with religious missions.” Dobson wrote that the Little Sisters of the Poor “are finally free to live and work in accordance with their faith!”

“For the better part of a decade, Little Sisters faced the possibility of being forced to provide abortion-inducing drugs through their health care plans, or else suffer ruinous penalties. But today, after their third trip to the U.S. Supreme Court, these Catholic nuns are free to continue their service to the poor and elderly without facing the possibility of being bankrupted by millions of dollars in fines,” he said.

“It's about time!” Dobson said.

He cited the 7-2 opinion from Justice Clarence Thomas, who wrote: “For over 150 years, the Little Sisters have engaged in faithful service and sacrifice, motivated by a religious calling to surrender all for the sake of their brother. . . . But for the past seven years, they—like many other religious objectors who have participated in the litigation and rulemakings leading up to today's decision—have had to fight for the ability to continue in their noble work without violating their sincerely held religious beliefs.

“How does this happen in America? If the Little Sisters of the Poor don't have religious freedom, who does?! People of faith are not second-class citizens and government officials should not treat them as such. It is unconscionable that the Little Sisters had to devote years to defending their religious liberty.

“We at the Dr. James Dobson Family Institute understand all too well the battle that they faced. In 2014, we filed our own lawsuit against the Obama administration's abortifacient mandate, knowing that a defeat in the courts would likely spell the end of our ministry. By God's grace, we prevailed. Today we celebrate this long overdue victory for Little Sisters of the Poor and other employers who are unwilling to participate in the destruction of innocent life.”

Obama's original plan allowed for exemptions for churches. The Supreme Court later said privately held companies also could exempt themselves based on the owners' beliefs. The Trump administration set up rules that would allow exemption for faith-based groups.

Biden claimed the ruling this week would pose a danger to women.

“Health care is a right that should not be dependent on race, gender, income or zip code. Yet as a result of today's decision, countless women are at risk of losing access to affordable, preventive care,” he said.

Biden said he wants women to have access to abortion drugs at no cost even if they work for a religious organization.

Dobson regularly comments on moral issues acted on by the Supreme Court and the government.

He condemned the recent decision by the Supreme Court to redefine “sex” in the 1964 Civil Rights Act, adding special accommodations for transgenders and homosexuals. He called it an “affront” to God and said, “We will all pay the price.” He said the Supreme Court decision should “shake America's collective conscience to its core.”

“Not only was this decision an affront against God, but it was also a historical attack against the founding framework that governs our nation,” he said.

Our judiciary is constitutionally charged with interpreting the law, not making law. In its 6-3 ruling, the Supreme Court acted as a super-legislature and failed to carry out its primary duty to the American people. And we will all pay the price.”

He pointed out that “sex” in the 1964 law meant “male and female,” and any change must come from Congress.

What gives six justices the right to decide otherwise? Not the Constitution!” he said.

“In plain words, it's not the job of the high court to infuse new meaning into the laws of our land. Americans should be able to rely on what the law says. Instead of upholding this commonsense principle, the court issued a decision that hurts women, ignores biological reality, and calls into question the future of First Amendment freedoms of expression and belief,” he wrote.

Dobson has dedicated his career as a psychologist, Christian leader and broadcaster to “preserving the biblical institutions of marriage and family by encouraging, inspiring, supporting, and leading parents and children to build their lives on God’s Word.” His radio broadcasts are heard weekdays on more than 1,300 radio outlets. He's written 71 books on the family, and he's advised five U.S. presidents on family issues. Along with an earned Ph.D., he holds 17 honorary doctoral degrees.

https://globalnewscap.com/culture-of-death-james-dobson-warns-about-killer-push-by-radical-left/ 

Revelation 13:18 16 Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead 17 so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666.

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 7-10-20 Mint Press News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Africa to Become Testing Ground for “Trust Stamp” Vaccine Record and Payment System

A new biometric identity platform partnered with the Gates-funded GAVI vaccine alliance and Mastercard will launch in West Africa and combine COVID-19 vaccinations, cashless payments, and potential law enforcement applications.

by Raul Diego July 10th, 2020 By Raul Diego

A biometric digital identity platform that “evolves just as you evolve” is set to be introduced in “low-income, remote communities” in West Africa thanks to a public-private partnership between the Bill Gates-backed GAVI vaccine alliance, Mastercard and the AI-powered “identity authentication” company, Trust Stamp.

The program, which was first launched in late 2018, will see Trust Stamp’s digital identity platform integrated into the GAVI-Mastercard “Wellness Pass,” a digital vaccination record and identity system that is also linked to Mastercard’s click-to-play system that powered by its AI and machine learning technology called NuData. Mastercard, in addition to professing its commitment to promoting “centralized record keeping of childhood immunization” also describes itself as a leader toward a “World Beyond Cash,” and its partnership with GAVI marks a novel approach towards linking a biometric digital identity system, vaccination records, and a payment system into a single cohesive platform. The effort, since its launch nearly two years ago, has been funded via $3.8 million in GAVI donor funds in addition to a matched donation of the same amount by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. In early June, GAVI reported that Mastercard’s Wellness Pass program would be adapted in response to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. Around a month later, Mastercard announced that Trust Stamp’s biometric identity platform would be integrated into Wellness Pass as Trust Stamp’s system is capable of providing biometric identity in areas of the world lacking internet access or cellular connectivity and also does not require knowledge of an individual’s legal name or identity to function. The Wellness Program involving GAVI, Mastercard, and Trust Stamp will soon be launched in West Africa and will be coupled with a Covid-19 vaccination program once a vaccine becomes available. The push to implement biometrics as part of national ID registration systems has been ongoing for many years on the continent and has become a highly politicized issue in several African countries. Opposition to similar projects in Africa often revolves around the costs surrounding them, such as the biometric voter management system that the Electoral Commission of Ghana has been trying to implement ahead of their 2020 general election in December. Bright Simons, honorary VP of the IMANI policy think tank, has questioned the “budgetary allocation” for the new system, claiming that the “unnecessary registration of 17 million people all over again” represents millions of dollars “being blown for reasons that nobody can explain in this country.”

Masking ulterior motives

Trust Stamp’s biometric identity system, largely funded by Mastercard’s massive investment in the company in February, utilizes a technology it calls Evergreen Hash that creates an AI-generated “3D mask” based on a single photo of a person’s face, palm or fingerprint. Once this “mask” is created, much of the original data is discarded and encryption keys are created in place of a person’s name or other more traditional identifiers.

“Only a small percentage of the data that originally existed is in the hash,” Trust Stamp CEO Gareth Genner has stated. “What you have is something safer for storing because it can’t be used to directly identify you. No one would recognize you in this huge jumble of numbers.” The result, according to Genner, is an “irreversible non-personally identifiable information” system that “protects privacy, reduces potential for misuse and allows effective inclusion when there is no other form of legal record.”

Genner also explained in a recent press release that the unique “hash” is capable of “evolving” as a new hash with updated health information is created every time a child or individual gets a vaccine. Trust Stamp’s AI algorithms can accurately determine if different hashes belong to the same individual, meaning that “the hash evolves over time just as you evolve,” said Genner.

to free market considerations. Indeed, the GAVI alliance, largely funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates and Rockefeller Foundations, as well as allied governments and the vaccine industry, is principally concerned with improving “the health of markets for vaccines and other immunization products,” rather than the health of individuals, according to its own website. Similarly, Mastercard’s GAVI partnership is directly linked to its “World Beyond Cash” effort, which mainly bolsters its business model that has long depended on a reduction in the use of physical cash.

Dual use tyranny

Trust Stamp also shares this market-focused vision for its digital identity system as the company has stated that it is looking for new commercialization options for its Evergreen Hash technology, specifically with prison systems. Talks with private and public prison systems have revealed an interest in their utilization of Trust Stamp’s technology to provide identification for individuals on parole “without making them pay for pricey ankle bracelets that monitor their every move,” as Trust Stamp’s platform would ostensibly provide that same function but in a “touchless” and less expensive manner.

Trust Stamp’s interest in providing its technology to both COVID-19 response and to law enforcement is part of a growing trend where numerous companies providing digital solutions to COVID-19 also offer the same solutions to prison systems and law enforcement for the purposes of surveillance and “predictive policing.” For instance, contact tracing software originally introduced as part of the COVID-19 response has since been used by police departments across the U.S. to track protesters during the country’s recent bouts of protests and civil unrest. Similarly, a controversial Israeli tech firm currently being used in Rhode Island offers AI-powered predictive analytic to identify likely future COVID-19 hotspots and individuals likely to contract COVID-19 in the future, while also offering governments the ability to predict future locations of and participants in riots and civil unrest.

What is perhaps most alarming about this new “Wellness Pass” initiative, is that it links these “dual use” digital solutions to cashless payment solutions that could soon become mandated as anything over than touchless, cashless, methods of payment have been treated as potential modes for contagion by GAVI-aligned groups like the World Health Organization, among others, since the pandemic was first declared earlier this year.

Feature photo | A boy sells fish at his street stall in front of an informational mural warning people about the dangers of the new coronavirus and how to prevent transmission, with words in Swahili reading “We are the Cure” painted by youth artists from the Uweza Foundation, in Nairobi, Kenya, July 8, 2020. Brian Inganga | AP

Raul Diego is a MintPress News Staff Writer, independent photojournalist, researcher, writer and documentary filmmaker.

https://www.mintpressnews.com/africa-trust-stamp-covid-19-vaccine-record-payment-system/269346/ 

[ :: 4-8-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the racial divide that shall lead to blood in the streets etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 6-3-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE: 'We prepare to stop these murders by any means necessary.' Black Lives Matter leader declares war on police and group is 'training our people to defend our communities' in Black Panther style armed 'patrols'

Hawk Newsome, Chairman of BLM's Greater New York chapter, says the black rights group is 'mobilizing' its base, he told DailyMailTV in exclusive interview

The activist said BLM aims to develop a highly-trained 'military' arm to challenge police brutality head on in the wake of George Floyd's death in Minneapolis

'It's our obligation, it's our duty to provide people with a way forward. We want the immediate end of government sanctioned murder by the police'

'We prepare to stop these murders by any means necessary. We are preparing and training our people to defend our communities,' Newsome added

Newsome, 43, an imposing 6ft 6in, who wore shades and smoked a thick cigar for our photo shoot, believes his group can lead the 'war on police'

BLM will have 'Peace Officers' patrol black communities to challenge law enforcement and stop police brutality, reminiscent of the Black Panther Party

By Ryan Parry West Coast Editor For Dailymail.com In Los Angeles

Published: 13:42 EDT, 3 June 2020 | Updated: 16:37 EDT, 3 June 2020

A Black Lives Matter leader has declared war on the police and plans to release a blueprint for change that involves Black Panther style armed 'patrols' monitoring the behavior of officers on the streets, DailyMailTV can reveal.

Hawk Newsome, Chairman of BLM's Greater New York chapter, says the black rights group is 'mobilizing' its base and aims to develop a highly-trained 'military' arm to challenge police brutality head on.

In an exclusive interview, Newsome says the BLM movement has marched for years to wake people up to the realities of police brutality and oppression.

And he believes that since the tragic death of George Floyd - who died after his neck was pinned under the knee of white police officer Derek Chauvin during an arrest on Memorial Day in Minneapolis - people have finally awoken.

'It's our obligation, it is our duty to provide people with a pathway forward,' he said. 'We want liberation. We want the power to determine our own destiny. We want freedom from an oppressive government, and we want the immediate end of government sanctioned murder by the police.

'And we prepare to stop these government sanctioned murders by any means necessary.

'We are preparing and training our people to defend our communities.'

The bold and potentially inflammatory statement will likely infuriate those who have grown angry with days of BLM protests that have sparked violence and destruction across America.

Newsome is currently in Los Angeles - a city devastated by rioting this past few days - where he held a think tank attended by members of the BLM Greater New York leadership and 'military advisors'. The meeting was held at the offices of NCredible Entertainment, owned by actor and musician Nick Cannon, a fervent BLM supporter who also attended.

In a conference room at the trendy compound in Burbank, Newsome said the group hammered out details of the 'Black Opts' blueprint - which stands for Black Opportunities - a new direction he hopes will be the beginning of the liberation of black people.

Black Lives Matter has tens of thousands of activists protesting the death of George Floyd in dozens of cities around America and across the world.

And BLM's Greater New York chapter has emerged at the forefront of the movement as black rights become a topic for debate.

Newsome, 43, an imposing 6ft 6in, who wore shades and smoked a thick cigar for our photo shoot, believes his group can lead the 'war on police'. He says the police have waged war on black people for decades but his chapter is 'escalating' the battle.

'We're talking about self-defense. We're talking about defending our communities,' he explains. 'You know what it's like to see a taser pointed at a seven-year-old, you know what it's like to see a 67-year-old black woman... pepper sprayed and pushed to the ground?'

Newsome, wearing a black 'I Can't Breathe' T-shirt with beads and an Ethiopian religious cross pendant around his neck, said his group has military advisors on board to get the job done.

'We have black Special Forces officers advising us, and we will teach and train people in our communities, the Black Ops department of Black Opportunities,' he said.

'What we'll see is people put in place to defend our communities from police who will murder us and get away with it.'

In a move reminiscent of the strategy adopted by the controversial Black Panther Party in the 1960s, Newsome said BLM will create 'Peace Officers' who will patrol black communities to challenge law enforcement and stop police brutality.

Asked if the 'Peace Officers' would be armed and open carry their guns in the states that allow it, he said: 'Yes, absolutely.'

Founded in 1966 the Black Panther Party's core practice was its open carry armed citizens' patrols - known as cop watching - to monitor the behavior of officers of the Oakland Police Department and challenge police brutality in the city.

But members of the BPP were involved in a string of fatal firefights with police, while many others were convicted of assaulting dozens of police officers.

However, the group emerged as one of the most influential black movement organizations of the late 1960s and at its height in 1970 it had 68 offices and thousands of members across America. The BPP also became synonymous with the Black Power symbol - a symbol displayed on a giant banner on the wall at Nick Cannon's offices, which Newsome posed for photos in front of.

The BLM chapter chairman doesn't hide from the fact that his group's blueprint replicates some of the ideologies of the BPP.

'We pattern ourselves after the Black Panthers, after the Nation of Islam, we believe that we need an arm to defend ourselves,' he says.

'We will build and train peace officers to keep the peace in our communities, to defend our communities, to keep our communities safe.

'I don't see us working with police. I see us policing ourselves. I see us teaching black people how to police their own communities.'

Newsome says his chapter is now raising a 'war chest' and plans to build a headquarters in an unused church in New York.

But while big money donations have been flooding in from celebrities and high worth individuals, he insists his group won't accept the 'corporate dollar'.

'We've never received a corporate dollar as Black Lives Matter, Greater New York,' he said. 'We've had an immense amount of support from Nick Cannon. We've had support recently from Rihanna and her Savage Fenty brand.

'But most of our donations are small dollar donations from regular people of all colors, who respect what we stand for.

'When we start talking about Black Opportunities and building our war chest to defend ourselves from the war on the poor... to defend ourselves against the war that is anti-blackness in America, then people will have to meet a certain criteria.' Newsome says the blueprint also aims to ensure that the black community has fair housing, economic empowerment and wants to nurture entrepreneurship.

'We want freedom from oppression and we don't believe in equality, but we fight for equity and access,' he said.

The Bronx native, who recently returned from a trip to Minneapolis, also says education is key and he wants to teach people how to use the law as a tool.

'We want to teach knowledge to our people, teach them their history, which American textbooks omit; we want to teach them about the law,' he explained.

'We'll bring in kids and teach them and train them the way that the Black Panthers used to do.' Newsome says the organization also aims to feed the poor, put its people in positions of power to make a change for the better and push for new legislation in government.

But as rioting continues across the nation, Newsome refused to call for an end to the violence and looting.

Instead he believes the world needs to be more 'empathetic' towards the rioters.

'You're talking about people who have been told time and time again that their black lives don't matter,' he said.

'You're talking about a people who witnessed their peers and their family members incarcerated at unfair rates.

'You're looking at people who are miseducated and then to add insult to injury, the government allows police to come in and kill us and allow police officers to continuously get away with killing us. Any person would be outraged.'

Newsome said the looting is ultimately a product of capitalist America and its treatment of the black community.

'They want to go out and grab all those things that America told them that they should have, but they couldn't have,' he said.

'People are poor. People are desperate. People are frustrated. So what do you expect them to do? People want to destroy because they're angry and they're frustrated.'

He added: 'Black Lives Matter didn't create this violence. Black Lives Matter is a product of this violence. The rioters are the product of the violence.'

Newsome, who has a law degree and was a project manager at a law firm before becoming full-time activist, says Black Lives Matter Greater New York has risen to the point where it is one of the most effective BLM organizations in the world.

He described its president, 19-year-old Nupol Kiazolu, as the second most influential young activist behind Greta Thunberg.

BLM Greater New York's blueprint will be unveiled in Times Square, New York on Sunday at 12pm.

The document will be delivered to black communities across America.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8384065/Black-Lives-Matter-leader-declares-war-police.html

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-8-20 https://nofacemask.blogspot.com  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sheriff Calls Gov. Inslee An "Idiot," Declares "No crisis should ever violate a citizen’s liberty or God-given rights"

July 08, 2020

Klickitat County Washington Sheriff Bob Songer Calls Governor Inslee An "Idiot," and on his website, declares "No crisis should ever violate a citizen’s liberty or God-given rights under our US Constitution or Washington State Constitution." Sheriff Songer’s Statement Regarding Governor Inslee’s Proclamation

Governor Inslee’s orders pertaining to public gatherings or businesses operating in violation of his orders in my opinion is a violation of our citizens’ constitutional rights under the First Amendment, Second Amendment, and other Amendments of the US Constitution and Washington State Constitution.

Not allowing citizens to attend church or firearm dealers to conduct business is a violation of the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, but the Governor has no problem allowing marijuana shops to stay open for business.

As Sheriff I will uphold our citizens’ constitutional rights and liberties and will NOT ENFORCE Governor Inslee’s COVID-19 Proclamation Orders on public gatherings and non-essential businesses.

No crisis should ever violate a citizen’s liberty or God-given rights under our US Constitution or Washington State Constitution.

Bob Songer

Klickitat County Sheriff

Link: https://www.klickitatcounty.org/373/Sheriff 

https://nofacemask.blogspot.com/2020/07/sheriff-calls-gov-inslee-idiot-declares.html?spref=fb 

:: 7-12-20 RevolutionRadio.org :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gavin Newsom Holds the Key to the Dismantling of the United States…(Spending Time With Daughter In From Ohio This Weekend…)

Sunday, July 12, 2020 By Paul Martin

by Dave Hodges TheCommonSenseShow.com Sunday, July 12, 2020

In Part One of this series, an outline of the various movements, within the United States, in which there are demonstrative attempts to withdraw from the United States of America and form what amounts to be a foreign country. To date, the two-decade old movement known as La Raza, or Reconquista de Atzlan, presented the biggest challenge to the eventual breakup of the United States. Reconquista proposes seizing the entire Southwest and seizing the propert of and expelling all people of White, European descent. No mention is made with regard to Asians, Blacks or people from a mixed racial background. However, Calexit is back poses an enormous threat to the continuance of the United States as a fully intact country.

Many people have questioned the wisdom of allowing California to withdraw from the United States. The impact would prove to be devastating. Some people say “who cares if California exits the country?” That is an ignorant question. California agriculture dominates the US. Similarly, California retail makes up 30% of the nation’s entire retail revenue. A departed California will economically devastate this country and produce widespread food shortages. This is the globalist goal and as the caravans of illegal immigrants, from Central and South America, arrive, the plan to destroy America will kick into high gear.

Paul Preston, the President of the New California, 51st state movement and myself have done numerous radio interviews on this this topic. The attention we drew to the matter, led the courts to previously declare Calexit, or the “Yes, California” movement to be unconstitutional and the movement appeared to be dead on arrival. However, things have changed recently.

Under its last two governors, Jerry Brown and Gavin Newsom, California is mired in treason and massive mismanagement of its State’s money. As Preston and I have covered on multiple occasions, California is hopelessly in debt, a whopping $185 billion dollars in debt (ie fraud and financial mismanagement). California has not spent the Federal COVID-19 funds from the federal government (ie fraud, embezzlement). As a result, California cannot even pay its 2 million jobless claims.

http://revolutionradio.org/2020/07/12/gavin-newsom-holds-the-key-to-the-dismantling-of-the-united-states-spending-time-with-daughter-in-from-ohio-this-weekend/ 

:: 6-26-20 https://www.mintpressnews.com  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass-Tracking COVI-PASS Immunity Passports Slated to Roll Out in 15 Countries

COVI-PASS will determine whether you can go to a restaurant, if you need a medical test, or are due for a talking-to by authorities in a post-COVID world. Consent is voluntary, but enforcement will be compulsory.

by Raul Diego June 26th, 2020

Through the magic of Internet meme culture, most Millennials will be familiar with the famous opening scene of the 1942 film, “Casablanca,” where two policemen stop a civilian in the “old Moorish section” of Nazi-occupied French Morocco and ask him for his “papers.” The subject is taken away at once after failing to produce the required documents. The cinematic exchange has been used ever since as a popular reference to the ever-encroaching hand of the state, which is now on the verge of attaining a level of control over people’s movements that puts the crude Nazi methods to shame.

A British cybersecurity company, in partnership with several tech firms, is rolling out the COVI-PASS in 15 countries across the world; a “digital health passport” that will contain your COVID-19 test history and other “relevant health information.” According to the company website, the passport’s objective is “to safely return to work” and resume “social interactions” by providing authorities with “up-to-date and authenticated health information.”

These objectives mirror those that Bill Gates has been promoting since the start of the COVID-19 lockdown. In an essay written by Gates in April, the software geek-cum-philanthropist lays out his support for the draconian measures taken in response to the virus and, like an old-timey mob boss, suggests the solutions to this deliberately imposed problem. Ironically, Gates begins to make his case for the adoption of mass tracking and surveillance technology in the U.S. by saying that “For now, the United States can follow Germany’s example”; He then touts the advantages of the “voluntary adoption of digital tools” so we can “remember where [we] have been” and can “choose to share it with whoever comes to interview you about your contacts.” COVI-Pass promises to work as digital health passport, allowing users deemed uninfected to attend public gatherings among other privileges

Gates goes on to predict that the ability to attend public events in the near future will depend on the discovery of an effective treatment. But he remains pessimistic that any such cure will be good enough in the short term to make people “feel safe to go out again.” These warnings by the multi-billionaire dovetail perfectly with the stated purposes of the aforementioned COVI-PASS, whose development is also being carried out in partnership with Redstrike Group – a sports marketing consultancy firm that is working with England’s Premier League and their Project Restart to parse ticket sales and only make them available to people who have tested negative for the virus.

VST Enterprises goes viral  VST Enterprises Ltd (VSTE) is led by 31-year old entrepreneur, Louis-James Davis, who very Zimbabwe to focus on the company’s role in the UN’s SDG (Sustainable Development Goals) Collaboratory initiative, comprising a series of “cyber technology projects across all 193 member states of the United Nations.”

These will use the same proprietary VCode and VPlatform technologies underpinning the COVI-PASS that will reportedly tackle issues such as illegal mining and counterfeiting. This “third generation” barcode technology overcomes the limitations of older “second generation” versions like QR-codes, according to Davis. “Data and sensitive information scanned or stored in either a QR code and barcode can be hacked and are inherently insecure,” Davis claims, “leaving data and personal details to be compromised.” These, and other flaws of the prevailing “proximity apps” were exploited by VST Enterprises to position itself to land large government and private sector contracts. By all measures, the strategy has proven wildly successful and VST now enjoys strong favor in the highest circles of the UK government as evidenced by the ringing endorsement of former Prime Minister Theresa May, prominently displayed on the COVI-PASS website. More practically, VST now has a direct partnership with the UK government and has secured contracts to deploy its technology in 15 countries, including Italy, Portugal, France, India, the US, Canada, Sweden, Spain, South Africa, Mexico, United Arab Emirates and the Netherlands.

In May, VST signed a deal with international digital health technology firm and owner of COVI-PASS, Circle Pass Enterprises (CPE) to integrate VST’s VCode into the biometric RFID-enabled “passports” which can be accessed via mobile phone or a key fob will flash colored lights to denote if an individual has tested negative, positive or is to be denied entry to public locations. Awarded the ‘Seal of Excellence’ by the EU, VCode® technology will ensure that all of our most sensitive personal and health information can be accessed by authorities at a distance, dispensing with messy and potentially dangerous face-to-face encounters with police or other enforcement personnel. Infusing the narrative

So far, the concerns over the digital health passport’s threat to freedom and privacy have been lukewarm at best and it seems as if the world has already accepted that full-fledged population control methods such as these will simply be a fact of life. While the coronavirus pandemic has certainly done much to bring the public over to this way of thinking, the campaign to normalize this sort of Orwellian power-grab has been ongoing for many years and Bill Gates – who many media outlets have whitewashed out of stories related to these measures – has been at the forefront of its promotion.

The Innovation for Uptake, Scale and Equity in Immunisation (INFUSE) project was launched in Davos, Switzerland in 2016. The program was developed by an organization funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation called GAVI (The Vaccine Alliance), which has been calling for a digital health ID for children along with partners in the broader !D2020 initiative like the Rockefeller Foundation and Microsoft. In a recent interview, the deputy director of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Hassan Damluji, derided the idea that the COVID-19 pandemic was in any way subsiding and even warned that, far from receding, the pandemic was “deep into wave three.” His remarks were specifically targeted to the very regions he oversees for the foundation, which include the Middle East and parts of Asia, which he stressed would be the focus of the next wave. Damluji was “most recently involved in a five-year fundraising cycle for GAVI,” an effort led by Saudi Arabia, whose investment he praised as a powerful “signal [that] others had an obligation to follow.”

Gates concludes his editorial with a comparison to World War II, stating that said conflict was a “defining moment of our parents’ generation” as the COVID-19 pandemic is to ours, implying that the changes taking place now are akin to the Allied forces’ defeat of the Third Reich. Except, of course, that immunity passports or digital health certificates sound exactly like what Hitler wished for the most. After all, wasn’t the idea of a superior race based on considerations of superior health and vitality over the ostensibly sick and unfit? Hard to argue against the idea that a universal health passport is nothing less than the ultimate fulfillment of that dystopian nightmare. Feature photo | Salt Lake County Health Department public health nurse Lee Cherie Booth performs a coronavirus test outside the Salt Lake County Health Department in Salt Lake City, May 20, 2020. Rick Bowmer | AP

Raul Diego is a MintPress News Staff Writer, independent photojournalist, researcher, writer and documentary filmmaker.

https://www.mintpressnews.com/mass-tracking-covi-pass-immunity-passports-slated-roll-15-countries/269006/ 

:: 7-13-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Five more asteroids inbound this week but NASA is warning of upcoming flyby closer than the MOON

Another 2020 event…

RT - July 13, 2020

NASA’s asteroid hunters have identified yet another five close flybys due this week but, even more worryingly, they have also identified one space rock which will soon pass between Earth and the Moon.

In highly alarming news from NASA’s Center for Near Earth Object Studies (CNEOS), asteroid hunters have identified a ‘potentially hazardous’ asteroid due to pass Earth in September at a paltry distance of 71,805km – just one-fifth of the distance between us and the Moon (384,399km).

Asteroid 2011 ES4, which measures 160ft (49 meters), is expected to buzz the Earth at 29,375kph on September 1 at 10:49am EDT (3:49pm BST). Mercifully, given its somewhat small diameter, even if it were to stray off course and actually hit us, it would not be the end of life as we know it, though it would certainly pack a punch.

For context, the Chelyabinsk meteor which exploded above Russia on February 15, 2013 was just 18 meters in diameter, but was still sizeable enough to cause significant localized damage.

It exploded with up to 33 times the energy released from the atomic bomb dropped on Hiroshima. Some 1,491 people were injured in the incident, mostly by debris like shattered glass or from burns on their skin owing to the brightness of the explosion, which was 30 times more intense than the Sun.

At least 112 had to be hospitalized in the immediate aftermath of the incident, two in serious condition.

So in the unlikely event that 2011 ES4, almost three times the size of the Chelyabinsk meteor, should take a detour and pay us an even closer visit than expected, the damage could potentially be substantial.

In the meantime, on Monday, two asteroids measuring at least 30 meters, 2020 KJ7 (30m, roughly half the size of the Leaning Tower of Pisa) and 2009 OS5 (42m, or half the size of the Statue of Liberty) will pass us by at a distance of 4.5 million and 6.75 million kilometers respectively.

On Tuesday, asteroid 2020 MQ2 (42m), measuring five London buses in diameter, will pass us at 6.4 million kilometers, followed on Thursday by 2020 NM (21m or one-and-a-half times the height of the Hollywood sign), which will shoot past us at a safe distance of four million kilometers.

Bringing up the rear on Friday will be the Arc de Triomphe-sized 2020 MX (48m), which will fly past at 5.6 million kilometers, ending yet another week of relatively close calls for our home planet.

https://www.infowars.com/five-more-asteroids-inbound-this-week-but-nasa-is-warning-of-upcoming-flyby-closer-than-the-moon/ 

:: 7--20 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Look out, Mars: Here we come with a fleet of spacecraft

By MARCIA DUNN yesterday

CAPE CANAVERAL, Fla. (AP) — Mars is about to be invaded by planet Earth — big time.

Three countries — the United States, China and the United Arab Emirates — are sending unmanned spacecraft to the red planet in quick succession beginning this week, in the most sweeping effort yet to seek signs of ancient microscopic life while scouting out the place for future astronauts.

The U.S., for its part, is dispatching a six-wheeled rover the size of a car, named Perseverance, to collect rock samples that will be brought back to Earth for analysis in about a decade.

“Right now, more than ever, that name is so important,” NASA Administrator Jim Bridenstine said as preparations went on amid the coronavirus outbreak, which will keep the launch guest list to a minimum. Each spacecraft will travel more than 300 million miles (483 million kilometers) before reaching Mars next February. It takes six to seven months, at the minimum, for a spacecraft to loop out beyond Earth’s orbit and sync up with Mars’ more distant orbit around the sun. Scientists want to know what Mars was like billions of years ago when it had rivers, lakes and oceans that may have allowed simple, tiny organisms to flourish before the planet morphed into the barren, wintry desert world it is today. “Trying to confirm that life existed on another planet, it’s a tall order. It has a very high burden of proof,” said Perseverance’s project scientist, Ken Farley of Caltech in Pasadena, California.

The three nearly simultaneous launches are no coincidence: The timing is dictated by the opening of a one-month window in which Mars and Earth are in ideal alignment on the same side of the sun, which minimizes travel time and fuel use. Such a window opens only once every 26 months.

Mars has long exerted a powerful hold on the imagination but has proved to be the graveyard for numerous missions. Spacecraft have blown up, burned up or crash-landed, with the casualty rate over the decades exceeding 50%. China’s last attempt, in collaboration with Russia in 2011, ended in failure.

Only the U.S. has successfully put a spacecraft on Mars, doing it eight times, beginning with the twin Vikings in 1976. Two NASA landers are now operating there, InSight and Curiosity. Six other spacecraft are exploring the planet from orbit: three U.S., two European and one from India.  The United Arab Emirates and China are looking to join the elite club.

The UAE spacecraft, named Amal, which is Arabic for Hope, is an orbiter scheduled to rocket away from Japan on Wednesday, local time, on what will be the Arab world’s first interplanetary mission. The spacecraft, built in partnership with the University of Colorado Boulder, will arrive at Mars in the year the UAE marks the 50th anniversary of its founding. “The UAE wanted to send a very strong message to the Arab youth,” project manager Omran Sharaf said. “The message here is that if the UAE can reach Mars in less than 50 years, then you can do much more. ... The nice thing about space, it sets the standards really high.”

Explore: Science

Controlled from Dubai, the celestial weather station will strive for an exceptionally high Martian orbit of 13,670 miles by 27,340 miles (22,000 kilometers by 44,000 kilometers) to study the upper atmosphere and monitor climate change.

China will be up next, with the flight of a rover and an orbiter sometime around July 23; Chinese officials aren’t divulging much. The mission is named Tianwen, or Questions for Heaven.

NASA, meanwhile, is shooting for a launch on July 30 from Cape Canaveral.

Perseverance is set to touch down in an ancient river delta and lake known as Jezero Crater, not quite as big as Florida’s Lake Okeechobee. China’s much smaller rover will aim for an easier, flatter target.

To reach the surface, both spacecraft will have to plunge through Mars’ hazy red skies in what has been dubbed “seven minutes of terror” — the most difficult and riskiest part of putting spacecraft on the planet.

Jezero Crater is full of boulders, cliffs, sand dunes and depressions, any one of which could end Perseverance’s mission. Brand-new guidance and parachute-triggering technology will help steer the craft away from hazards. Ground controllers will be helpless, given the 10 minutes it takes radio transmissions to travel one-way between Earth and Mars.

Jezero Crater is worth the risks, according to scientists who chose it over 60 other potential sites.

Where there was water — and Jezero was apparently flush with it 3.5 billion years ago — there may have been life, though it was probably only simple microbial life, existing perhaps in a slimy film at the bottom of the crater. But those microbes may have left telltale marks in the sediment layers.

Perseverance will hunt for rocks containing such biological signatures, if they exist.

It will drill into the most promising rocks and store a half-kilogram (about 1 pound) of samples in dozens of titanium tubes that will eventually be fetched by another rover. To prevent Earth microbes from contaminating the samples, the tubes are super-sterilized, guaranteed germ-free by Adam Stelzner, chief engineer for the mission at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena.  “Yep, I’m staking my reputation on it,” he said.

While prowling the surface, Perseverance as well as China’s rover will peek below, using radar to locate any underground pools of water that might exist. Perseverance will also release a spindly, 4-pound (1.8-kilogram) helicopter that will be the first rotorcraft ever to fly on another planet.

Perseverance’s cameras will shoot color video of the rover’s descent, providing humanity’s first look at a parachute billowing open at Mars, while microphones capture the sounds.

The rover will also attempt to produce oxygen from the carbon dioxide in the thin Martian atmosphere. Extracted oxygen could someday be used by astronauts on Mars for breathing as well as for making rocket propellant.

NASA wants to return astronauts to the moon by 2024 and send them from there to Mars in the 2030s. To that end, the space agency is sending samples of spacesuit material with Perseverance to see how they stand up against the harsh Martian environment.

The tab for Perseverance’s mission, including the flight and a minimum two years of Mars operations, is close to $3 billion. The UAE’s project costs $200 million, including the launch but not mission operations. China has not disclosed its costs. Europe and Russia dropped plans to send a life-seeking rover to Mars this summer after falling behind in testing and then getting slammed by COVID-19.

Perseverance’s mission is seen by NASA as a comparatively low-risk way of testing out some of the technology that will be needed to send humans to the red planet and bring them home safely.

“Sort of crazy for me to call it low risk because there’s a lot of hard work in it and there are billions of dollars in it,” Farley said. “But compared to humans, if something goes wrong, you will be very glad you tested it out on a half-kilogram of rock instead of on the astronauts.”

The Associated Press Health and Science Department receives support from the Howard Hughes Medical Institute’s Department of Science Education. The AP is solely responsible for all content.

https://apnews.com/4302ec5c515d37f53636b8ef60869991 

:: 7-12-20 Blacklisted News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Facebook Files Patent for System That Hides Audio Clips in TV Ads to Trigger Phones to Record Background Noise

Published: July 12, 2020

Facebook is known for being creepy – to say the least. They recently admitted to wrongly sharing user data with 3rd party apps AGAIN. A lawsuit has also been filed against the company and others for “Endangering Humanity with the misuse of Artificial Intelligence, Complicity and Aiding in Physical Genocide inside of China by transferring AI Technology, Engaging in Cultural Genocide of Humanity, & Controlling and programming the Human Race by Social Engineering via AI coding and AI algorithmic biometric manipulation.”

No matter how many times company spokespeople apologize and promise to do better – it doesn’t take long before the company decides to be creepy again. From Technocracy News & Trends:

Despite rhetoric about consumer privacy, Technocrats at Facebook are busy working on even more sinister and intrusive methods of spying on people. Their feigned deference to public opinion is hollow. Technocrats have no sense of ethics or respect for the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. ⁃ TN Editor

Social media giant Facebook continues to ramp up the creepy factor. According to a recently filed patent, Facebook wants to spy on you by hiding inaudible messages in TV ads.

Facebook has filed a patent for a system that hides audio clips in TV commercials. These sounds would be so high-pitched that they are inaudible to human beings. They would then trigger your phone to record all the background noises in your home. The patent application is called “broadcast content view analysis based on ambient audio recording.”

According to The Daily Mail, these secret messages would force your phone to record the audio of the private conversations you have without you even knowing. According to a patent application by the social media platform, clips taken of your background conversations and your movements across a room would help advertisers determine whether or not you are watching their promotions.

According to the patent, originally discovered by Metro, the system would use “a non-human hearable digital sound” to activate your phone’s microphone. This noise, which could be a sound so high-pitched that humans cannot hear it, would contain a “machine recognizable” set of Morse code-style beeps. Once your phone “hears” or recognizes the trigger, it would begin to record the “ambient noise” in the home, such as the sound of your air conditioning unit, plumbing noises from your pipes, and even your movements from one room to another. Your phone would even listen in on “distant human speech” and “creaks from thermal contraction”, according to the patent.

Facebook is currently working on the controversial software too, said a patent application published on June 14 this year. If you’re like the rest of us, you might think this sounds like an Orwellian nightmare technology which will let Big Zucker intrude upon the lives of millions of unsuspecting people in unprecedentedly terrifying ways.

The tech is going to be used to monitor what people watch on their “broadcasting device” so that the adverts they are shown on Facebook are likely to appeal to them. This would also allow companies to get an accurate sense of the size of the audience which has viewed their promotion. That’s what Facebook says in its patent, however, there is absolutely no mention of spying on our private lives, invading our privacy, recording our intimate conversations, and forcing advertising into the heart of our homes whatsoever.

Read full story here…

https://www.blacklistednews.com/article/77419/facebook-files-patent-for-system-that-hides-audio-clips-in-tv-ads-to-trigger-phones-to-record.html 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 7-12-20 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

July 12, 2020

Things Are Going To Get Uglier Sooner Rather Than Later - More Food Shortages Coming On Top Of Ongoing Supply Issues

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Whether one thinks of COVID-19 as "overhyped," or a hoax, or a bioweapon, or whatever they think of the pandemic itself, there is absolutely no doubt that the reactions, or lack thereof, on the parts of many different people or organizations, caused a number of related issues that could have been avoided. Such as the first round of food shortages we saw and documented with reader images for weeks upon weeks. The same can be said for hand sanitizers, gloves, masks, over-the-counter medications, and so on and so on.

THE REAL-LIFE TRICKLE EFFECTS OF COVID-19 ARE REAL

Yesterday we pointed out that "It is not the pandemic that is stripping rights, it is the state leaders' handling of the pandemic" that is violated constitutionally guaranteed rights.

Let me take that statement further and highlight that almost all of what we are seeing, minus the infections and deaths, are the result of actions or inactions of different groups of people, not the pandemic itself.

For example: Had the media opened their eyes when Independent Media was warning the pandemic would cause a number of issues, unrelated to the pandemic, such as food shortages, and warned their huge audience to calmly stock up, start ordering foods online, build a nice little stockpile early and carefully.... then we would not have seen all those empty shelves from panic shopping.

People panicked because by the time the media finally got around to informing them how bad things could get, the window of opportunity to get the supplies needed for a lockdown was too small.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan & Susan.)

Meat sections became decimated. Store shelves empty of products like toilet paper, cleaning supplies, cold medicines, masks, gloves, frozen foods, flour and other baking staples.

The media also could have prevented many infections and/or deaths, by acknowledging the severity of what was coming well before they did, encouraging gloves, masks, extra food, medications, etc... and without any "forced mandates," many would have taken responsible precautions all by themselves.

The same can be said for the economic issues that the shutdowns of states ordered by Governors caused. Had precautions started being made when we first saw people in China dropping like flies and knew it would become a pandemic, then states would not had to have to shut down because they could have instead carefully prepared for what was coming.

They willfully kept their eyes closed until it was to late.

Now we have states setting up hotlines to snitch on people not wearing masks. We have businesses reopening with co-workers fighting over masks, cubicle barriers and Lysol.

The one silver lining is that many people were forced to learn to cook their own food, bake their own breads as the situation and the reactions to it, changed what and the way many people started eating.

According to Forbes:

• ‘Old-fashioned’ foods have become all the rage

• People have been baking

• Online food sales have skyrocketed

• People bought more, less frequently and at more unusual times

• People have bought longer-life products

• People have bought locally, consciously and focused on health

The change in the food supply chain has also led to more wasted food however.

As restaurants and bars shut, producers turned towards supermarkets to sell the entirety of fresh produce. However, the lack of established ways to transport and package goods has led to food waste.

THE WORST IS YET TO COME

Now we are seeing an increasing amount of chatter among news outlets and personalities regarding a "second wave," and warning of re-closing states, forcing more business closures of people that barely survived the last lockdown.

All this as WSJ reports that food workers are trying to keep up with demands "after initial lockdowns ate through inventories."

Manufacturers including General Mills Inc., Campbell Soup Co. and Conagra Brands Inc. say they are pumping out food as fast as they can, but can’t replenish inventories. Popular items such as flour, canned soup, pasta and rice remain in short supply.

Yes, those extra inventories to continue getting food to Americans, are depleted from the first set of economically disastrous state shutdowns and school and restaurant closures.

Remember, many ranchers were forced to euthanize, kill, livestock because it couldn't be processed because mass orders for schools and food service establishments were closed so could not keep ordering. Farmers were forced to destroy their own crops, pouring millions of gallons of milk away.

This means trying to re-stock those inventories, even without more lockdowns, isn't possible because the initial crops and livestock are gone.

Now consider the fact that there are grocery stores and others that are still limiting the sales of certain products, including meats, from the last set of lockdowns.

A search on Sunday, July 12, 2020, at Kroger for beef products gives me the following message:   No results

Please note that due to high demand, we temporarily have limited inventory on various items. We appreciate your patience as we work to restock.

The same message for Chicken and Pork and Ham.

Other online stores and physical establishments are putting limits on a number of goods as well, we just used Kroger as an example.

On July 9, 2020, VICE put out a 10 minute-plus short documentary regarding the ongoing losses being seen in the food industry, specifically that farmers and ranchers are still having to destroy their own crops and livestock.

Related: 6 Packaged Food Stocks to Snap Up as Coronavirus Cases Spurt

Meat and some produce prices are also expected to continue rising.

With stores still limiting meats and other household items, like cleaning supplies, how long before those "limited" meats supplies become completely emptied meat counters, as seen from the first round of shortages..... or even worse since they are already short on supply and their inventories are already depleted. The worst is yet to come.

BOTTOM LINE Food manufacturers, processors, and grocery outlets, have not recovered from the initial lock downs and overreactions from state leaders, and they may never fully recover.

Below the last video will be the list of foods still available for delivery. Resupply what has been used, or top off your current supplies, because another round of food shortages is going to be very, very ugly.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Things_Are_Going_To_Get_Uglier_Sooner_Rather_Than_Later.php 

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 3-13-20 https://redemtion.home.blog  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who Will Your Friends And Neighbors Be After The Collapse? Do They Fit Any Of These Profiles?

Posted by Mark J. Dalton March 13, 2020

Dr. William Stockton celebrates yet another birthday surrounded by family and friends in the midst of a grand suburban paradise. The party is warm, and the evening is filled with joy and merriment. These people singing his praises, laughing and imbibing generous amounts of spirits, are neighbors he’s known for over 20 years. He understands them well, or at least, he thinks he does…

The good doctor, as his neighbors often point out with a jabbing chuckle, is a prepper; a brand of survivalist who participates in the day to day routine of mundane American life while using his spare time to safeguard against unforeseen disaster. His friends view this behavior as an amusing curiosity, an eccentric hobby, but none take it nearly as seriously as William does. It’s not that he is paranoid; far from it. In fact, William Stockton is a professional, a man of sense, and a man of family. He merely lives in an era of great potential danger, where nuclear war and societal collapse are anything but fantasy. Stockton takes these issues into account as an individual and acts according to the severity of his environment. Much more than his neighbors, he represents legitimate rationality.

Unfortunately for the doctor, and for those who live around him, the days of wine and frosted cake are about to abruptly end as a Civil Defense emergency bulletin blares over the wire. The reality that today’s comforts could disappear in the blink of an eye sets into the minds of the frightened listeners. And soon, we begin to witness the TRUE character of those William once held dear.

This scenario might sound like a familiar consideration to many of us, but for now, it remains the stuff of nighttime TV. So begins a rather prophetic and ingenious episode of The Twilight Zone entitled “The Shelter”…

The fascinating thing about “The Shelter” is that it is one of the few short stories showcased in The Twilight Zone (a science fiction program) which hasn’t a single element of science fiction within it. “The Shelter” is terrifying exactly because it is NOT a product of wild imagination, but a representation of the social fact that cuts to the calcium-rich bone of our culture, even almost 60 years after it aired on television.

The cold hard truth is, much of our country is completely unprepared for a crisis of any considerable proportion. While the 1950’s and 1960’s held the specter of immediate full-scale nuclear war, and thus a highly persuasive incentive for preparedness, the new millennium has hardly been anything to sneeze at. Economic collapse is just as destructive to a nation as an atomic bomb, if not more so. The likelihood of social unrest and the long-term implosion of our financial system is greater today than it has been in any other era of American history. So much so that even our currency may evaporate along with our standard of living. Those who prep today are acting in as much a logical fashion as those who built shelters during the height of the Cuban Missile Crisis.

The knee-jerk conclusion here by skeptics of the prepper lifestyle will be that the bunker owning citizens of the “red scare” days wasted their time. That obviously, there was no nuclear holocaust, and all their careful planning was for naught. Or why not bring up the media generated hysteria of Y2K, which played on the public’s utter lack of general knowledge concerning computers and U.S. infrastructure to inspire a widespread prepping panic? Did that farce not prove the absurdity of the survivalist mentality? The answer is no, not really…

The eventuality of collapse is not the issue. Though America today has zero room to maneuver as far as inflationary printing and debt based spending are concerned, and economic instability is inevitable according to the fundamentals regardless of any practical or impractical political measures that could be introduced, the crisis is not our focus. Our focus is, and always has been, independence and self-reliance regardless of the circumstances. Through national prosperity or national pain, the key to survival is to never make assumptions. To never count on your environment to remain hospitable. To keep catastrophe in mind, even if others around you do not.

One vital aspect of survival that often goes unaccounted for by even the most astute preppers, however, is the issue of community. When the last vestiges of normal society crumble, will you be surrounded by friends or foes? The difference is not always apparent, as Rod Serling noted in the brilliant episode of the Twilight Zone above. The question then arises; how do we know who to work with, who to trust, and when to keep our mouths shut? When the going gets brutal, who will have the guts to stand firm, who will run, and who will stab us right in the back if they get the chance?

Being a prepper for some years myself, and working with a myriad of character types, I have found that certain personality signals and quirks should be addressed in those who live around you, or those you plan to associate with. Certain kinds of people can be pure poison for any survivalist or any organization striving for practical solutions to collapse. Look at your neighbors and your associates carefully and with some objectivity. Do they fit any of the below profiles a little too well…?

Similar to Morphine: The Best Natural Painkiller that Grows in Your Backyard

Wild Lettuce is also Known as Opium Lettuce. For a good reason. While it doesn’t contain any opiates, it has similar side effects when used – it acts directly on the central nervous system (CNS) to lessen the feeling of pain, just like morphine. Watch this video and learn a quick recipe (wild lettuce extract) for the best natural painkiller. Over 23 million Patriots have already seen It. Giving you a quick, easy way to make your own life-saving painkiller, ready for when you need it

The Lemming This person lives life to the fullest, which by their definition essentially means working 9 to 5 in a job they despise with co-employees they hate, going home to watch reruns of The Apprentice while drinking away the pain of inadequacy, and bathing in the warm oily coconut butter glow of mainstream news before sinking into their soft feather bed of political ineptitude and dreaming sensible dreams of cult-like consumerist mayhem.

This kind of neighbor will likely freak at even the most non-invasive philosophies. Mention of voting for third party candidates draws googly eyed expressions of disbelief as if you just broke wind at their dinner table. Conversations of possible economic collapse inspire in them reactions of either complete dismissal along with skeptical cackling, or shrugged shoulders and passive solutions. They buy into anyone who happens to be in a position of petty authority and would jump into a septic tank filled with rusty nails if someone in an expensive suit or a white coat told them to.

In a post-collapse situation, this person will immediately look around for the first truck he can find filled with FEMA goodies. If he finds no government handouts are coming and that he is on his own, he will transform from a lackadaisical and humorously obscure human being into a rabid ax-wielding (yet still humorously obscure) murdering food stealing two-legged weasel. You do NOT want this person knowing who you are and living within 100 miles of you during a time of instability. They WILL show up at your doorstep… Commonly spoken phrases include:

“I just want to have fun and not worry about stuff like that…”

“If we stay positive, it will all blow over…”

“That could NEVER happen in this country…”

The Rambo-Lite A real badass…in his own mind. Unfortunately, not all activists make good neighbors for the well-grounded prepper. This “survivalist” is all talk and no action. All bark and no bite. His training methods consist solely of YouTube videos, shopping expeditions to Cabelas, and a trip to the shooting range once every three months. He talks a good game and may lure you into a cooperative agreement by regaling you with his ability to memorize information from Gun Digest, but when the full fury of a financial firestorm is unleashed, he will let you down in the worst way. Rambo-Lite is like most men, in that he seeks opportunities to prove himself, and to one day, he hopes, be looked upon as a kind of hero. There is nothing wrong with this. However, being usually overweight or out of shape, our little friend is too lazy to pursue the skills necessary to fulfill such a destiny. On top of this, he often has extremely overblown delusions of grandeur and feels no need to heighten his knowledge. Why train when you already know everything? He is the kind of prepper that makes real preppers look bad.

Rambo-Lite has all kinds of gear, all kinds of advice, but will whine through the night during a cold winter march, never stay on task, never listen to the sage wisdom of those more experienced, and run at the first sign of substantial danger. Ultimately, he is an obstacle, not a comrade. When looking for neighbors who will provide mutual support in hard times, look elsewhere…

Commonly spoken phrases include:

“I don’t care about any of that! I just want to shoot blue helmets!”

“All I need is my hunting rifle and my bowie knife…”

“I don’t need to store food. I’ll just take other people’s…”

“I used to be a navy-seal-air-force-ranger-marine-scout-sniper-jiu-jitsu-master…”

The Cynic On Steroids

As if things aren’t bad enough, some people have to make them worse by constantly pointing out how unavoidably “doomed” we all are, and that the act of survival is in itself a waste of energy. This neighbor is quite aware of the scale of the dangers we face down the road as a culture, but instead of taking proactive measures to prepare and to help others around him, he does nothing and revels in the thought of widespread destruction. The warped dynamic of the modern American lifestyle has not been kind to this person. Of course, it has not been kind to most of us. Our Cynic reverts to a childish methodology of nihilism because he believes he has somehow been dealt a worse hand than anyone else, and the only thing that will satisfy him would be a hailstorm of napalm across the face of the planet.

Rarely leaves his home to organize with other activists, but when he does, the urge for most people to sink a fist into his scowling face is almost irresistible.

As excited as this guy is to see the world burn, he is actually very afraid of dying. Strangely, like most eugenicists, or members of PETA, in his darkest fantasies, he imagines a future in which nearly everyone meets a horrible gurgling end except himself. Unscathed by the genocide, he skips along his merry way in lush fields of dandelions and bunnies to meet the celebrity woman of his dreams (or any woman who will feel forced to settle because there are so few men left alive).

It goes without saying, this neighbor is not going to be of many services to anyone. Confronted with very real doom (namely his own), and realizing that his dreamworld musings of a day when he will have the Earth to himself are not going to come true, he will blame the closest and most successful preppers around him for his misfortunes. He won’t ask for food, and he won’t try to take it by force either. Instead, he’ll turn you to the authorities (if there are any left), or, he’ll attempt to snatch away what he can from those people weaker than him (if there are any left).

Commonly spoken phrases include: “We’re all going to die anyway…”

“They have tanks and predator drones! You’ll be wiped off the map!”

“No woman is smart enough to understand me…”

The Snoop Ah yes, my favorite! Every neighborhood in America has one of these dastardly specimens.  Every apartment building, every city block, every gated community. The Snoop is like the Lemming in that they almost pride themselves on their unwillingness to listen to reason or consider facts, but the Snoop takes this one step further. Not only will you find them sneering at those of us who express independent or anti-establishment views, but they will also go out of their way to bring trigger-happy SWAT teams to our doorsteps. These are the people who actually call Janet Napolitano’s “See Something, Say Something” hotline thinking they are good samaritans.

The Snoop has been the mainstay of every tyrannical government of the last century, from Mussolini’s Italy to Franco’s Spain, Hitler’s Germany, Stalin’s Russia, Mao’s China, Pol Pot’s Cambodia, etc. Today, the Snoop is being tapped by the DHS and the Obama Administration as a resource once again within the borders of America itself.

Snoops fancy themselves, amateur detectives. They will ask odd probing questions that seem out of place in a regular conversation. They will form superficial friendships that feel even faker than many neighborhood relations tend to. Disapproval of your politics will be met not with arguments, but with silence, and increasing distance. Snoops reveal themselves through their addiction to gossip. Eventually, you will discover from other neighbors that they slander you constantly behind your back.

Under normal circumstances, this is something to be laughed at and ignored. But, post-collapse, it is something to be very concerned about. Snoops aren’t looking for the advantage, like the Cynic.They are looking for vindication and approval. They desperately want to be a part of a collective, and revile anyone who displays outward individualism. If turning you in, or organizing others against you, will bring them a pat on the head, they will do it.

The Snoop is a coward, and will never confront you directly. But, he or she will try to use the force of the state or the community against you if you offend their twisted worldview.

Commonly spoken phrases include:

“We really need to keep our eyes open for terrorists…”

“I hear the terrorists are using white people at bus stations now…”

“Liberty Movement? Isn’t that one of those homegrown terrorist groups?”

The Idle Enthusiast Some people are absolutely gung-ho about supporting activist projects or organizing for mutual aid until the situation requires patience and effort. Then, they disappear from the scene, never to be heard from again. Most movements, especially grassroots movements, are rife with this behavior. Everyone wants to jump on the bandwagon after its moving at full speed; they don’t want to have to push it uphill. The same goes for prepping…

Getting the Idle Enthusiast excited about the prospect of community growth and survival training is not difficult. Getting him to show up to provide needed assistance is another matter. Without fail, this character will make numerous offers to carry a mission forward and will fail to follow through on almost every single occasion. After a while, you find yourself astonished when they accomplish ANYTHING, no matter how small the task. Their prepping list is always half finished, their training is always half finished, and their promises are always half finished. The strain of asking them to apply even the most remedial effort becomes so painful that you’ll begin entertaining thoughts of violent pillow smothering and strangulation. The Idle Enthusiast is the kind of neighbor who will volunteer for the most arduous projects. At first, they’ll leave you pleasantly surprised, and then, they’ll leave you hanging.

Commonly spoken phrases include: “Don’t worry bro, I got this…”

“I’ll have that done in no time…”

“Oh man, I totally got sidetracked…”

The smart prepper understands well that going it alone is not an option, at least not for the long term. Thus, we are required to build relationships with those who live near us. If we cannot find enough like-minded souls in our immediate vicinity, then we must relocate to a place where this process is more viable (at least, if we want to survive). Staying put, wrapped in a web of tract homes or city dwellings filled with dangerously unaware and unprepared people is not an intelligent post-collapse strategy. Retreat planning without proper group support and indigenous support is not only a logistical nightmare but a surefire avenue to the discomfort of the terminal variety. Think carefully about the kinds of people you want to have around you in the wake of a disaster, and the community you plan to participate in after the smoke has cleared. The decisions you make now may be the kind you are stuck with for quite some time through events that will test your endurance and your very spirit. The more friendships we forge today with those who are prepared not just in supply, but in mind, the safer we will all be tomorrow. The company we keep in the days ahead is not a factor to be taken lightly…

There is still time for you to prepare, but you have to start learning how to make your own survival foods as soon as humanly possible (follow this link or watch the video below). The best way to do it is to get the inside scoop on how to do it right.

Fortunately, there is a way to get twenty years worth of The Lost Ways. This new food storage system is called The Lost Ways. You do not need a lot of expensive equipment to store foods for a crisis using the methods taught here. Even better, The Lost Ways pay for itself quickly as you begin to put away garden produce or even meats that you buy on sale. For most folks, it’s simply the biggest bargain of their lives. You can finally become self-sufficient and any extra money saved in food expense goes right back to your pocket. Frankly, at the end of the day, The Lost Ways actually makes you money! What’s more, the videos take you by the hand, step by step, through the entire process of “putting away” almost any food you can think of. It’s very much like having a food storage professional right there with you every step of the way.

https://redemtion.home.blog/2020/03/13/who-will-your-friends-and-neighbors-be-after-the-collapse-do-they-fit-any-of-this-profiles/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 7-12-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Extreme "Heat Dome" To Fry US With Record Temperatures Up To 121F For Several Weeks

by Tyler Durden Sun, 07/12/2020 - 19:00

Authored by Elias Marat via TheMindUnleashed.com,

It was only to be expected that in an already brutal year, the summer of 2020 was going to be the absolute worst.

And now, it appears that a sizzling “heat dome” will be frying most of the continental United States for several weeks starting this weekend. What this means is that over 80 percent of the U.S. population – encompassing 265 million people – can expect sweltering heat over the next week with highs exceeding 90. Another 45 million people will be facing highs in the triple digits.

Additionally, we can expect a full season of lethal heat ranging from 90°F to 121°F, not to mention extreme tropical storms, wildfires, and extreme weather related to La Niña conditions, reports the Independent.

On Friday, the National Weather Service issued excessive heat watch alerts for “dangerously hot conditions” and forecast that between Friday and Tuesday, over 75 record high temperatures would be reached or exceeded, with heat expected to increase in the following week. On Saturday, temperature in Las Vegas reached a sweltering 112°F with the temperature expected to increase to 114°F on Sunday, while in Phoenix temperatures hit 115°F with Sunday expected to bring a withering 116°F before coasting at or above 110°F through the next week. The new extremes sharply raise the danger of heat-related illness and death, further adding to the woes of hospitals struggling with surging COVID-19 infections in hard-hit regions and states like Arizona, California, Nevada and Texas.

The heat wave will be very long-lived, lasting multiple weeks in some areas with only a few days of near-normal temperatures during that span,” Jeff Masters, Ph.D. and founder of the popular site Weather Underground, told CBS News.

This will increase the odds of heat illness and heat-related deaths.” And for those who may be feeling a little bored sheltering at home, there could be some excitement in store for you in the form of thunderstorms in the Midwest and Northeast, hurricanes in the South, and wildfires in the Southwest and West Coast.

This less-than-good news comes as the east coast buckles down and braces itself for Tropical Storm Fay, which is set to thrash the New England region, deluge New York, and inundate parts of New Jersey with flash floods. The news comes as many are already struggling to stay cool during the COVID-19 lockdown without air conditioning, or even the jobs and income to keep their AC units operational if they do have them.

Heat domes occur when the atmosphere keeps hot ocean air trapped as if it were under a lid or cap, with the end result being conditions of persistent high pressure and sustained heat for a prolonged period of time, sprawled over massive geographical regions.

To make matters worse, the larger the heat dome becomes, the hotter and more longer-lasting it will be.

According to a team of National Ocean Services researchers who set up the Modeling, Analysis Predictions and Projections program to figure out why heat domes occur, they found that the primary cause was strong changes in ocean temperatures from west to east in the tropical Pacific Ocean during the prior winter.

“This happens when strong, high-pressure atmospheric conditions combine with influences from La Niña, creating vast areas of sweltering heat that get trapped under the high-pressure ‘dome’,” the ocean service said.

Warnings of the brutal heat dome come one day after the NWS issued a La Niña watch Thursday predicting a 50 to 55 percent chance that the phenomenon would develop in the coming months, ensuring an intensification of the Atlantic hurricane season and a growing number of hurricanes and tropical storms.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/extreme-heat-dome-fry-us-record-temperatures-121f-several-weeks 

:: 7-13-20 Seven Woop Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Final Straw: What Is America’s Tipping Point and What are You Prepared to Do When it comes?

ioanss Uncategorized July 13, 2020 9 Minutes

Have you ever wondered what makes a person snap? What causes a normal, quiet, everyday citizen, loving mother, or doting father to lose it all and fight like a caged animal? What can cause a small village to rise up and rebel against an oppressive police force and start killing them? What is the switch that gets flipped that causes a city to pour two million people into the streets, chanting and demanding to be heard by their government?

Lately it feels more and more as though we are on standing on the edge of some yawning precipice peering over the crest into darkness. What is more troubling to me is that we have been down this path before. The sense of unease is almost palpable to me sometimes; it is more evident if you are paying attention. If you are able to eliminate the white noise of the world for a minute; hit the pause button on the playlist of daily life for a while and look around, listen, you may start to recognize that you too are caught up in events that will soon change all our lives.

For several years I have felt an unsettling sense that we need to be prepared, that life is going to throw us a big, fat, greasy curve ball soon and we better not be caught napping. To try and proactively address that warning voice I started planning and taking steps to prepare my family to be able to weather events in the future. I am certainly not alone in this concern as you can easily see by the tremendous growth of the prepper movement. In the spectrum of probable events, there are a lot of potential scenarios. Natural disasters and emergencies occur every day all over the world, but you have to broaden your gaze and look to current events and history as well. One of the things that I think is a valid potential event to consider is a collapse of our way of life which leads to an authoritarian oppressive government. We have seen in recent events, by now almost too numerous to mention, the effects of a rising frustration with the way things are. It isn’t necessary to go into all of the individual reasons, but as a society there are more and more outpourings of frustration on a global scale. There are increasingly tightening restrictions against people. There is a manipulation of markets and the economy. There is a great increase in the loss of freedom and there is a more open antagonism and almost outright animosity by Government towards their people.

Governments exist either because they have come to power through force and violence or they have been elected and given power by the people. The force and violence crowd usually have their roots in the military and we like to call them Dictators. There have been a ton of them throughout history; Hitler, Stalin, Mao, Kim Jong iL and now his son, Saddam, Gaddafi, the list goes on and on. Dictators don’t care about the people and usually kill anyone who gets in their way. It is a fact that government has killed more people than any other cause, disease or reason.

The other side of the coin is what is usually called Democracies. I am lumping a lot of governments in here I know, but the democracies are usually elected and formed with the consent of the people with the noble goal of securing rights or protecting the people over whom they govern. Almost without fail however, Democratic Governments eventually do not want to answer to the people and at some point they most certainly will not be told what to do by the people to the point of ignoring the will of the people (for the people’s own good of course). Now these governments that are supposed to secure the liberties of their people are becoming more openly hostile to the same people they have sworn to defend. Funnily enough the democratically elected governments now seem to want to hang on to power with the same methods of force and violence as dictators. How else can you explain arming themselves with ammo, ignoring the constitution, purchasing assault vehicles and preparing to confiscate firearms?

When governments will steal money outright from the citizens in order to pay bills that were not incurred by the people we have a problem. When government spies on its people and uses that information against them punitively we have a problem. When Government uses the force of the military that was supposed to defend the people that was paid for by the people, for the purposes of killing the people, we have a big problem. When someone brings to light crimes by the government and is labeled as the one who is a danger, we have a problem.

The problem is that governments around the world are viewing their people as the problem and there really seems to be only one way throughout history that this is ever rectified. My fear is that we are already set on a course that won’t be changed with laws, great political leaders, or a return to the values of a golden age in time long past. The Fine LineThe Straw that breaks the camel’s back

The fine line between someone who is a law-abiding citizen and a murderer is one that exists purely in our souls. There is nothing physical that is different from a person who follows the rules and someone who breaks them. The urge to pull the trigger isn’t something you can see and it isn’t a trait to test for, so it must be our own individual sense of right and wrong. Of good and evil.

I know that some will argue that a psychopath is definitely recognizable by character traits and maybe even brainwaves or chemistry. That may be true, but you can be a psychopath (clinically) without ever hurting anyone. By the same token, you can take a life while being perfectly “sane”.

If you hold a knife in your hand, you are just as capable of using that to stab or cut someone as the murderer in the next town, but that thought never enters the mind of an overwhelming majority of people. A baseball bat in your hands can easily be swung with great force connecting it to the back of a skull, but this thought never appears in our heads; that is unless we are forced into a corner. When a person is in desperate fear for their lives, the unspoken rules of right and wrong are broken. The processes that we follow every day are overridden in the cause of rage or self-preservation. What was unthinkable before is now very real, necessary and even righteous with the right circumstances.

When the right buttons are pushed, anyone can lose it. When the fear of dying or of losing someone you love is so overpowering, the “fine line” that has been keeping us sane, law-abiding and good is easily shattered. When this happens, all bets are off.

We as a people, a country are still rather firmly attached on the good side of this line. We have not yet completely been driven to abandon all hope and lash out. We have not yet been so harmed, have not gotten to the point that we have nothing to lose and are ready to lose it, but this may be coming in the future.

The force and violence that is being used now to quell the dissatisfaction of people globally is increasing. The methods to cease the complaining of the rabble has been relatively minor with some exceptions. Tear gas, rubber bullets, mace and batons only work up to a point though. When the time comes that people can no longer abide, there won’t be enough police to stop them using riot control techniques. The military doesn’t have enough people to stop the entire population unless those people peacefully agree to surrender, so what will they do? Do you believe any government will quietly step down and admit that they are obviously not speaking for the people anymore? No. They will resort to more force and violence and people will die. Either that or you have a coup like they had in Egypt and guess who took over to “restore order”? Yep, the Military.

What will be the inevitable response by the authorities?

The Chinese people who started to revolt against the police in their town did so because the authorities were “placing restrictions on their culture, language and religion”. China is no picnic compared to America and we clearly know they have lived through far worse oppression than we have, but this was the straw that broke the camel’s back for them?

The protests which turned into an estimated two million citizens of Brazil had started simply enough with a protest over a rise in the rates of public transportation.

In America, what will be the trigger that causes people to rise up and say we aren’t going to take this anymore and more importantly what will happen when/if we do?

What will happen if we don’t change the path we are on? There is a quote that has always struck me as very sad and telling from Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn in his book The Gulag Archipelago. Solzhenitsyn was a Russian who was sentenced to 8 years in a Soviet prison camp for essentially writing things about Stalin that the government didn’t like. During this time in Soviet Russia, to stifle dissent, millions were killed or sent to prison camps. In this passage Solzhenitsyn is talking about regret that everyone felt because they simply went along with this tyranny and didn’t oppose it.

“AND HOW WE BURNED IN THE CAMPS LATER, THINKING: WHAT WOULD THINGS HAVE BEEN LIKE IF EVERY SECURITY OPERATIVE, WHEN HE WENT OUT AT NIGHT TO MAKE AN ARREST, HAD BEEN UNCERTAIN WHETHER HE WOULD RETURN ALIVE AND HAD TO SAY GOOD-BYE TO HIS FAMILY? OR IF, DURING PERIODS OF MASS ARRESTS, AS FOR EXAMPLE IN LENINGRAD, WHEN THEY ARRESTED A QUARTER OF THE ENTIRE CITY, PEOPLE HAD NOT SIMPLY SAT THERE IN THEIR LAIRS, PALING WITH TERROR AT EVERY BANG OF THE DOWNSTAIRS DOOR AND AT EVERY STEP ON THE STAIRCASE, BUT HAD UNDERSTOOD THEY HAD NOTHING LEFT TO LOSE AND HAD BOLDLY SET UP IN THE DOWNSTAIRS HALL AN AMBUSH OF HALF A DOZEN PEOPLE WITH AXES, HAMMERS, POKERS, OR WHATEVER ELSE WAS AT HAND?… THE ORGANS WOULD VERY QUICKLY HAVE SUFFERED A SHORTAGE OF OFFICERS AND TRANSPORT AND, NOTWITHSTANDING ALL OF STALIN’S THIRST, THE CURSED MACHINE WOULD HAVE GROUND TO A HALT! IF…IF…WE DIDN’T LOVE FREEDOM ENOUGH. AND EVEN MORE – WE HAD NO AWARENESS OF THE REAL SITUATION…. WE PURELY AND SIMPLY DESERVED EVERYTHING THAT HAPPENED AFTERWARD.” – ALEKSANDR SOLZHENITSYN

Will this be our fate too? Will we slowly be conditioned to accept atrocities like this and to be completely defanged so that we can be herded into camps without so much as a whimper as well? That’s crazy you say! Is it? Right now, our government is hunting down someone who simply exposed how they (government) were illegally spying on all of us. Our government is buying arms and stockpiling weapons for use domestically not in some war. Our government has the IRS actively harassing a single political/opposition party. Our government has shown that they will lock down a town and go door to door while making the citizens stay cowered inside. Our government has stated that they can imprison anyone without cause for an indefinite amount of time.

Can you seriously argue that we aren’t headed down the same path as others have in our not too distant past?

This is not a call to armed Revolution, but I do think we should all be very wary of this course we are on and the echos of history. We should not be silent in the face of increasing oppression. We should not simply go along quietly because of the fear that we may get in trouble, or worse that we believe the government is only looking out for our best interests. You only need to look at the people in Poland who quietly went into the Warsaw ghettos. You don’t have to look any further than the Holocaust to see what quietly going along will get you.

This is not a fate that I will be bringing on my family.

https://survivorprepp.home.blog/2020/07/13/the-final-straw-what-is-americas-tipping-point-and-what-are-you-prepared-to-do-when-it-comes/ 

:: 7-12-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BOMBSHELL: Covid-19 infection rate may be 440% higher among children who received FLU SHOTS… while health “authorities” madly push more shots for the coming flu season

Sunday, July 12, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) A 2012 study published in the journal Clinical Infectious Diseases finds that children who received inactivated influenza vaccines were 440% more likely (relative risk: 4.40; 95% confidence interval: 1.31-14.8) to acquire infections of respiratory viral pathogens which are not influenza. With the aggressive push for influenza immunizations now under way, the medical establishment may be setting up children to be extremely vulnerable to coronavirus infections.

Titled, “Increased Risk of Noninfluenza Respiratory Virus Infections Associated With Receipt of Inactivated Influenza Vaccine,” the study is found at this link at the National Library of Medicine:

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3404712/ 

The study finds that flu shots quite literally inactivate parts of the human immune system, rendering the child more vulnerable to coronavirus infections. “Being protected against influenza, trivalent inactivated influenza vaccine recipients may lack temporary non-specific immunity that protected against other respiratory viruses,” the study authors write.

The study authors explain that the influenza vaccine works to prevent influenza virus infections, but at the same time it makes children more susceptible to other respiratory infections. Since the Infection Fatality Rate (IFR) for seasonal influenza is so low (around 0.024%, which is not a typo), and the Infection Fatality Rate of covid-19 infections is at least one order of magnitude higher, it raises the obvious question:

Would it save more lives of children to avoid administering flu shots this year and therefore reduce their vulnerability to covid-19, which has a far higher fatality rate?

The study, which was conducted in 2009, observed the outcomes of 115 children aged 6 – 16 years. The study also used a placebo group and found that placebo made “no statistically significant difference” in the risk of acute respiratory infection risk.  But children who received influenza vaccines had a much higher risk of respiratory infections.

Even more shockingly, the study also found no difference in the risk of seasonal influenza infections between those children who were vaccinated vs. those who weren’t. In other words, the influenza vaccine offered no protection against the flu, but it created increased vulnerability to other respiratory infections. (No benefits, just increased risks.) “There was no statistically significant difference in the risk of confirmed seasonal influenza infection between recipients of TIV or placebo,” the study explains.

You can see the increased number of respiratory infections in this chart. Note the “TIV” column means those children who were vaccinated with an influenza vaccine: The conclusion is that influenza vaccines make children more susceptible to other respiratory viral infections. From the study, which took place more than a decade before the arrival of the covid-19 pandemic:

We identified a statistically significant increased risk of noninfluenza respiratory virus infection among TIV recipients (Table 3), including significant increases in the risk of rhinovirus and coxsackie/echovirus infection, which were most frequently detected in March 2009, immediately after the peak in seasonal influenza activity in February 2009.

The study authors point out that the influenza vaccine, “could increase influenza immunity at the expense of reduced immunity to noninfluenza respiratory viruses, by some unknown biological mechanism,” although they also state more research is needed because some of the self-reporting of symptoms may have introduced “artifacts” which could sway the numbers. Nevertheless, the study authors also state that this phenomenon of “viral interference” is well known:

Participants who received TIV would have been protected against influenza in February 2009 but then would not have had heightened nonspecific immunity in the following weeks… The phenomenon of virus interference has been well known in virology for >60 years [24–27]. Ecological studies have reported phenomena potentially explained by viral interference [3–11]… Interference in respiratory and gastrointestinal infections has been reported after receipt of live oral poliovirus vaccine [29–32].

Those who push flu shots may be worsening the coronavirus pandemic

The upshot of this research is that those who are pushing flu shots for children may in fact be worsening the coronavirus pandemic, creating “perfect storm” conditions for children to become carriers of the Wuhan coronavirus that causes covid-19.

This is consistent with the fact that we now know the medical establishment has acted to deliberately worsen covid-19 fatalities by, for example, conspiring the destroy the credibility of hydroxychloroquine, working to maximize fatalities in order to reap a windfall of profits from the coronavirus vaccine.

Yes, the medical and science establishment quite literally arranges for more people to die in order to keep the coronavirus fear alive, resulting in more demand for high-profit vaccines.

As always, it’s all about the money. As Gary Heavin recently wrote in a warning to America, Big Pharma operatives are “accessories to murder.”

How does Big Pharma have so much control over the dissemination of this information or should I say propaganda? Well, the same answer pops up again, money. Big Pharma gave $2 billion dollars during the last election cycle to US politicians. Big AG, the military/security complex and big oil each gave only a paltry $1.0 billion dollars to buy the votes of our political leadership.

The MSM counts Big Pharma’s advertising revenue at up to 80% of their income. The internet’s “masters of the universe” also kowtow to Big Pharma’s influence and advertising dollars by censoring anyone who tries to tell the American people the truth about Covid 19.

It certainly appears that anyone who is complicit in this Great Deception, a deception that is designed to kill and terrify enough people to ultimately beg for an experimental vaccine, well, these people would be accessories to murder.

Flu shots are being hyped to suppress immune systems and create an explosion in coronavirus infections

Flu shots, it seems, are one more way the medical establishment can literally murder children and adults, creating widespread vulnerability to the coronavirus pandemic which will no doubt surge back this Fall as flu shots work to suppress the immune systems of millions.

Recognize that the people pushing flu shots are medical murderers, and many are deliberately trying to kill as many people as possible to create demand for the high-profit coronavirus vaccines that are about to be unleashed on America, probably before the end of this year.

It’s the perfect crime: Manufacture vaccines that suppress the immune system right in the middle of a pandemic, causing more infections and deaths, leading to more calls for mandatory vaccines. The drug companies will cash in to the tune of hundreds of billions of dollars while innocent children and adults all across America needlessly suffer and die.

As usual, it’s all about the money, and the vaccine / drug cartels are murderous, criminal regimes that twisted science (Dr. Fauci?) to maximize profits at any cost.

Read more about the dangers of vaccines at Vaccines.news.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-07-12-covid-19-infection-rate-higher-children-flu-shots.html 

:: 7-13-20 http://www.yourdestinationnow.com/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

The rise and rise of COVID-19: Florida sets ominous record of 15,300 new infections - the highest single-day total for any state - while three Arizona teachers who shared classroom catch the virus and one dies as its morgues hit 97% capacity

July 13, 2020

Florida has set a record for new infections after reporting 15,300 coronavirus cases on Sunday - the highest single-day total for any state - as three Arizona teachers who shared the same classroom catch the virus before one died from the illness while some of the state's morgues near capacity.

Kimberley Chavez Lopez Byrd, 61, who worked at the Hayden Winkelman School District for 38 years, died on June 26, according to CNN. She had been hospitalized a little less than two weeks before her death. Arizona health officials have reported more than 122,467 cases of the virus with at least 2,237 deaths.

Two other teachers, Jena Martinez and Angela Skillings, were also diagnosed with the virus last month. They both shared a summer classroom with Byrd and said they are still struggling with the effects of COVID-19.

All three teachers wore PPE, which included masks and gloves. They also used hand sanitizer and made sure to social distance, but they still ended up getting sick.

Arizona is one of several states, including Florida, California and Texas, that has seen a significant increase in cases within the past few weeks.

Nearly 69,700 confirmed cases over the last seven days came out of Florida, which now has a total of 269,811 cases and at least 4,346 deaths.

The US as a whole recorded an additional 61,000 confirmed cases on Saturday and now has more than 3.2million infections and 135,000 deaths. Kimberley Chavez Lopez Byrd (pictured with her husband Jesse), 61, who worked at the Hayden Winkelman School District for 38 years, died on June 26

Arizona health officials have reported more than 122,467 cases of the virus with at least 2,237 deaths. An Arizona resident is tested for the virus on June 27

Byrd's husband, Jesse, told CNN that his wife, who suffered from asthma, diabetes and lupus, started feeling sick in June. She was prescribed antibiotics and steroids before being hospitalized on June 13.

Jesse said the last time he spoke with his wife was the next day on June 14 when she called him to say that doctors were putting her on a ventilator.

'I just had this horrible gut-wrenching feeling just knowing how much of a struggle this was going to be because I knew her lungs were compromised even before this ... fear, just the worst fear that you could feel,' Jesse told CNN.

Shortly after her hospitalization, Jesse, his daughter, son and multiple relatives also tested positive for the virus.

Byrd is being remembered as a loving teacher who cared for her students and had a passion for teaching.

Jeff Gregorich, the superintendent of Hayden Winkelman Unifed School District, recalled how some of his fondest memories of Byrd was 'every time I would see her, she would show me [pictures of] her last weekend fishing at the lake'.

Gregorich then spoke about the seriousness of COVID-19 and how the teachers were all careful but still ended up getting the virus. Byrd (pictured with her husband) had been hospitalized a little less than two weeks before her death Byrd (left) shared a summer classroom with two other teachers, Jena Martinez (right) and Angela Skillings, who were also diagnosed with the virus last month 'I think that's really the message or the concern that our staff has is we can't even keep our staff safe by themselves ... how are we going to keep 20 kids in a classroom safe? I just don't see how that's possible to do that,' he told CNN.

Jesse also said that he doesn't believe schools should reopen any time soon, saying: 'They have no business opening the schools to try and get back to a traditional classroom ... let's get through this pandemic first before we try to get back to normal.'

State officials have also revealed that one Abrazo location is nearing capacity in its morgue, according to ABC 15.

The Maricopa County Medical Examiner's office is also reportedly near capacity.

Mayor Gallego said the Abrazo location, which was not identified, is 'near capacity' in their morgue space and they are looking at options to prevent problems.

'It's specific just to one area…this is not a statewide problem,' Gallego told the news outlet. 'Maricopa County... is looking at everything they can do...'

Phoenix officials are also bringing in refrigerated morgue trucks as the existing facilities overflow. On Saturday, five states and territories set a record for coronavirus-related hospitalizations: Puerto Rico, North Carolina, Alaska, Florida and California. Motorists lined up to be tested for COVID-19 in a parking lot at Dodger Stadium in Los Angeles The Byrd family's tragedy rings true for thousands of Americans who have lost loved ones to the virus that spread like wildfire across the US in mid-March.

While New York and other northern states, including New Jersey and Connecticut, were among the first to see the impact of the virus, several southern states are now starting to take a turn for the worse.

On Friday, the US recorded more than 70,000 confirmed cases for the virus in a single day.

More than 61,000 Americans tested positive for the virus on Saturday, the same day five states and territories set a record for coronavirus-related hospitalizations: Puerto Rico, North Carolina, Alaska, Florida and California.

California is averaging 91 reported deaths per day while Texas is close behind with 66. Florida, Arizona, Illinois, New Jersey and South Carolina also saw sizable rises.

On Sunday, Florida's Department of Health reported that 15,299 people tested positive within a single day. That figure is the most by any state in a single day since the pandemic hit the US.

California had the previous record of daily positive cases - 11,694, set on Wednesday. New York had 11,571 on April 15.

The numbers come at the end of a grim, record-breaking week as Florida reported 514 fatalities - an average of 73 per day. Three weeks ago, the state was averaging 30 deaths per day. Since the pandemic began in March, 4,346 people have died in Florida of COVID-19, the state says. Testing has doubled over the last month, going from about 25,000 tests per day to almost 50,000, but the percentage of people testing positive has risen even more dramatically. A month ago, fewer than 5 per cent of tests came up positive on a daily average. Over the past week, the daily average exceeded 19 per cent. About 10.7 per cent of Saturday's 143,000 tests came up positive.

'I still think we need to increase our testing a little bit more,' said University of Florida epidemiologist Dr Cindy Prins, adding that the state and local health departments should ramp up their contact tracing.

Prins said that she's still concerned about large crowds, gyms and some restaurants as being places of mass transmission. Reports of illegal clubs and raves in South Florida is also a worry, she said.

'I really do think we could control this, and it´s the human element that is so critical. It should be an effort of our country. We should be pulling together when we´re in a crisis, and we're definitely not doing it,' she said.

'I know people want to live their lives. There have been a lot of other times, people have made those sacrifices in order to benefit our society. It´s almost like a war effort. That´s what we need right now.'

Hospitals in several counties have stopped doing elective surgeries. HCA West Florida have ceased inpatient elective procedures at hospitals in Hillsborough, Pinellas and six other nearby counties, said an HCA spokeswoman on Sunday.

Florida ceased elective surgeries statewide from March until early May in order to free up beds, and to reserve personal protective equipment for health care workers caring for COVID-19 patients.

Miami-Dade, Broward, and Palm Beach are the top three counties for hospitalizations, with 3,232 people hospitalized - 42 percent of the 7,542 people in hospitals statewide for coronavirus.

Miami-Dade County Mayor Carlos Gimenez told CNN on Sunday that his county's hospitals will soon reach capacity, but he said more beds can be added, including for intensive care.

'We still have capacity, but it does cause me a lot of concern,' he said.

Throughout May and into June, the state reopened much of its economy with some restrictions - and the number of positive cases began rising, but it wasn't until the last week that the daily death total began rising, too.

Because of the increase in cases and the positivity rate, doctors have predicted a rise in deaths, saying the mortality rate usually increases two to four weeks later as some of those infected get sicker and eventually die. Health experts are concerned that people are gathering in crowds, and have expressed concern that the Republican National Convention's nomination party for President Donald Trump will be held in Jacksonville in August.

On Saturday, Magic Kingdom and Animal Kingdom reopened at Walt Disney World in Orlando, concerning health experts who urge people not to gather in groups.

Guests at the park said that people were wearing masks and social distancing, and videos showed near-empty parks. Texas set four records on Saturday: new single-day cases, seven-day average of cases, seven-day average of deaths and hospitalizations. A doctor is seen in Houston informing relatives of a patient who died Florida Gov Ron DeSantis said that even with the rising rates, he still wants the schools to reopen as scheduled next month, saying children have not proven to be vectors for the disease in states and countries where campuses are open.

He said while each county will have to come up with procedures, depending on their local infection rate, not opening the schools would exacerbate the achievement gap between high- and low-performing students.

'We know there are huge, huge costs for not providing the availability of in-person schooling,' he said. 'The risk of corona, fortunately, for students is incredibly low.'

Meanwhile, a commissioner for a county near Jacksonville is seriously ill with the virus, according to a posting by his daughter on Facebook.

St Johns County Commissioner Paul Waldron had recently voted against a county ordinance requiring masks, but not because he opposed them.

He said he wanted more answers from county administrators about which masks are most effective and whether the county had enough for employees and visitors at government buildings.

A total of 33 states have seen their number of cases rise this week. Dr Robert Lahita, clinical professor of medicine at Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, urged states with increasing caseloads to rethink their reopening.

He told CBS on Friday that there will be 'tremendous deaths' in those areas and said it was a 'very good idea' to impose new lockdowns.

He said: 'I'm hoping that the governors use some common sense and close up again.

'It comes close to irresponsible, reopening, until we have absolute proof that the disease is under control.'

He said that he fears doctors and experts have been 'pushed to the side' and re-openings have become an 'economic issue'.

'I understand that some of these meetings at the governors' mansions have included eight businesspeople versus one epidemiologist or one doctor,' he said.

'Prioritization for a lot of the governors are to get the economy rolling again.' Trump has emphasized the need to re-open the economy, ahead of the November election. He has also consistently urged administrators to reopen schools in the fall.

Yet even he had to accept the reality of the virus on Saturday, and wear a face mask during a visit to the Walter Reed medical center. It was the first time he'd been seen in public wearing a mask.

More people in the US now have COVID-19 than live in Chicago, the country's third-largest city.

Texas, Arizona and South Carolina are now being buffeted by the pandemic.

The three states have all seen their death tolls rise by more than 100 per cent in the past four weeks, according to an analysis of state and county health data by The Washington Post on Friday.

Four more states - Mississippi, Tennessee, California and Louisiana - have seen at least a 10 per cent jump in that time span.

Texas set four records on Saturday: new single-day cases, seven-day average of cases, seven-day average of deaths and hospitalizations.

Houston area hospitals are reaching capacity, with some patients being treated in ICU wards.

After mid-April, the daily death toll declined as shutdown orders took effect across the country and the virus curve began to flatten.

The low point came July 5, with 217 recorded coronavirus deaths - the lowest toll since March 24.

Since then, amid record-breaking case numbers in several states, the death count has begun to rise, surpassing 800 deaths each of the past four days to Friday.

Nicholas Reich, a University of Massachusetts biostatistician who aggregates more than 30 epidemiological models to create a forecast of the coming weeks of the pandemic, on Wednesday predicted that by August 1, the country would see its death toll rise to 147,466.

That would mark an increase of about 16,000 over two and a half weeks.

'The model's best guess is that we will see a slow and steady increase in new #COVID19 deaths in the US over the next four weeks, between 3,800 and 5,000 per week.

'This captures declines in some states, and increases in others,' Reich wrote on Twitter.

Meanwhile, as the virus rages out of control in other parts of the US, New York is offering an example after taming the nation's deadliest outbreak this spring - while also trying to prepare in case another surge comes.

New York's early experience is a ready-made blueprint for states now finding themselves swamped by the disease.

It could also come in handy at home, as the region readies for a potential second wave of infection that experts predict will likely come at some point.

Gov Andrew Cuomo has offered advice, ventilators, masks, gowns and medicine to states dealing with spikes in cases and hospitalizations and, in some places, rising deaths.

Some health care workers are heading to other states to help fight the virus, reciprocating the influx that gave New York hospitals some much-needed relief just months ago. At the same time, the Democratic governor has ordered travelers from more than a dozen states to quarantine for 14 days, while urging New Yorkers not to let up on wearing masks or social distancing.

Yet with the virus tearing through the South and West, Cuomo warned Friday it would eventually rear up again in New York.

'We're doing everything we can,' he told WAMC radio, but 'I can feel it coming.'

A widely cited University of Washington model doesn't project spikes - at least through its November 1 time frame - in New York, New Jersey or Connecticut, whose Democratic governors have coordinated on traveler quarantines and, earlier, some shutdown policies. But that doesn't mean the densely populated tri-state area is in the clear.

'We expect the virus to return in all of those states,' said Dr Christopher Murray, head of the university's Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. 'The question is one of timing.'

As cases spiked in March and April, New York became the nation's coronavirus nightmare, with New York City at the crux of it.

Statewide, over 18,000 COVID-19 patients were in hospitals at one point in April. Daily deaths peaked at 799 in April, and have totaled over 24,000. As the virus rages out of control in other parts of the US, New York is offering an example after taming the outbreak. Gov Andrew Cuomo (pictured) has offered advice, ventilators, masks, gowns and medicine to states dealing with spikes in cases and hospitalizations Now, as states from Florida to Texas to California see new confirmed cases soar, hospitals fill up and daily death tolls hit new records, numbers have dropped precipitously in the tri-state region.

New York reported six new deaths statewide Saturday, when hospitals were caring for a total of about 800 coronavirus patients.

While New York has been gradually reopening, it also has been quietly preparing to handle another surge if it comes.

After health workers in New York and elsewhere grappled with shortages of masks, gowns and other protective gear this spring, Cuomo said he would order hospitals to have a 90-day supply on hand.

New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio said the city would build its own reserve of ventilators, protective equipment and coronavirus test kits, identifying local suppliers and manufacturers rather than looking to federal authorities or global markets.

'We've learned a tough lesson that we have to create, and we have to protect ourselves,' said de Blasio, a Democrat, who also said the city would stockpile as many as 18 million shelf-stable meals.

Mount Sinai Hospital has also expanded from 94 intensive-care beds to 235 and converted an atrium and lobby into wards for less-critical patients at the height of the crisis.

Now, it's developing a coronavirus playbook of sorts, so clinicians will have how-tos immediately at hand, said Dr Roopa Kohli-Seth, who oversees intensive care.

New York's nursing homes, which lost more than 6,400 residents to the virus, have set up wings to separate infected residents.

They're now required to test staffers weekly and have at least a two-month supply of protective gear. And they are no longer accepting recovering COVID-19 patients from hospitals, as the state initially directed them to do.

They admitted over 6,300 patients before Cuomo reversed the policy under pressure May 10.

'We know how to fight this virus now. We have the resources,' said Stephen Hanse, who heads an association of New York nursing homes.

The health care system overall is better prepared now, said Dr W. Ian Lipkin, a Columbia University epidemiology professor.

'The difference now is we know the capacity of this virus to rapidly spread to cause disease, its impact on the health care system and our needs in terms of testing, personal protective equipment, ventilators - all the other things we didn't know six months ago,' said Lipkin, who is working with the city to test hundreds of thousands of people a week.

New York has taken reopening relatively slowly - and braked, postponing the resumption of indoor restaurant service in New York City, after cases began surging elsewhere. Thousands of contact tracers have been hired to try to keep the virus in check. And mask-wearing has been widespread in the nation's biggest city since a city recommendation and subsequent state requirement in April, while some other states have only recently started telling residents to don masks in public.

Still, with more New Yorkers getting out and about and riding mass transit, and police taking a hands-off approach to enforcing mask and distancing rules after several violent clashes caught on video, experts worry it´s inevitable case numbers will spike.

'I´m not sure how long this progress is going to hold,' said Dr Irwin Redlener, the director of the Pandemic Resource and Response Initiative at Columbia University.

Rob Griffin, a professor of emergency management at the University of Albany, said the state needs to spell out rules for any future shutdowns, 'so you don't have to make a decision on the fly'.

http://www.yourdestinationnow.com/2020/07/the-rise-and-rise-of-covid-19-florida.html 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

Luke 17:26 And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man.
27 They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all.
28 Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they builded;
29 But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all.
30 Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed. (KJV)


:: 7-8-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lawlessness Spreading Across the Land

By Hal Lindsey

For several years, we heard that millennials wanted to live in big cities. Sociologists said this trend would change everything. But, as with so many things, 2020 turned that trend on its head. Suddenly, Americans of all ages can’t get to the suburbs and rural areas fast enough. The move to the cities was made possible by dramatically lowering the crime rate in those cities. But now, urban crime is rising so fast it makes your head spin.

A recent article in The Hill said, “An estimated quarter of a million New York residents will move upstate for good, while another 2 million could permanently move out of the state. More than 16,000 New York residents have already relocated to suburban Connecticut. The preliminary figures show New York is also losing citizens to rural New England and Florida in significant numbers.”

The housing boom in San Francisco seems to have finally gone bust—at least for now. Real estate prices there have dropped by more than 50%. It’s still an expensive place to buy a home, but can you imagine how people feel who bought houses in that area only a few months ago?

The crisis in these cities comes in part from the coronavirus. But it is being exacerbated by the rise in violent crime. If you have been a regular viewer of my television programs through the years, you’ve heard me speak many times about the crucial role of the “thin blue line” of police in our communities. That line stands between us and the law of the jungle.

That’s especially true in times of crisis. Yet many cities are defunding, even dismantling their police departments. In New York, they have decided to take a billion dollars out of the police budget. Los Angeles wants to defund police to the tune of 250 million dollars. In Minneapolis, they say they intend to dismantle their police department altogether. That means erasing the thin blue line. You can be sure that the elites in those cities will have all the security they need. But the poor and the middle class will become increasingly vulnerable.

The Bible foretold that the time near the return of Christ would be marked by lawlessness. In Luke 17:26-30, Jesus compared those days to the times of Noah and Lot. Genesis 6:11 tells us that in the time of Noah, “The earth was corrupt in the sight of God, and the earth was filled with violence.”

That sounds like today—rampant violence and corruption. Lot lived in a time and place of violent mobs. In both stories, we see that people lacked empathy, and thought mostly of themselves and their pleasures. Several places in the Bible warn us that the end times will be times of “lawlessness.” That, along with so many other signs, seems to be describing our day.

Along with lawlessness, we’re seeing an assault on the nuclear family. One organization being highly funded by corporate America plainly says on their website, “We disrupt the Western-prescribed nuclear family structure.”

But the family structure is not “Western-prescribed,” it is God-prescribed. It is the foundation of civilization.

Notice how all these things are an attack on civilization itself. The judicial system and police are under fire. The concept of family is under fire. The educational system has been largely co-opted by people who hate God and the things of God. I could go on and on about the God-appointed institutions meant to protect us, that are now under siege.

But if your hope is in Jesus Christ, know that He will never let you down. His promises remain true, even in times of trouble. And He has His people still on this earth for a distinct purpose. He’s not through with us. He’s not through with you!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-8-2020/ 

:: 7-2-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hope Under Fire

by Hal Lindsey

America is awash in spirituality. Yet spiritual hunger continues to grow exponentially. That’s because spirituality that is not anchored in truth does not satisfy. Satan rarely bothers to attack spirituality. In fact, he usually encourages it. One of his great goals is to fulfill the prophecy about people in the “last days” given in 2 Timothy 3:5. It says they will have “a form of godliness but denying its power.”

He wants people to spout spiritual platitudes but ignore what God has to say. Why? Because the word of God bridges the gap between the mind of God and the mind of man. Through His word, God’s thoughts flow to human minds. Satan wants to block that bridge.

In Genesis 3:1, Satan asked Eve, “Has God indeed said, ‘You shall not eat of every tree of the garden?’”

“Has God indeed said” remains at the heart of his attack on humanity to this day. In verse 4, Satan’s attack goes further — this time directly contradicting God’s words. “Then the serpent said to the woman, ‘You will not surely die.’”

The wonder of the ages is that God has spoken to human beings. The title of a book by Francis Schaeffer says it perfectly — He Is There and He Is Not Silent. Since His words convey His thoughts to our minds, that’s where Satan concentrates his fire.

And today, as never before, the Bible is under assault. Even evangelical Christian ministers are denying major parts of the Bible. One of the world’s most influential preachers said the Church needs to “unhitch itself from the Old Testament.” While we should always emphasize the difference between law and grace, we have to remember that it is the Old Testament which verifies the New Testament. Jesus didn’t just pop in out of the blue. The Old Testament talked about Him for thousands of years in advance of His coming. The Old Testament was His calling card. We can’t unhitch the Old Testament without undermining the New Testament.

In Jeremiah 6:16, God said, “Thus says the Lord, ‘Stand by the ways and see and ask for the ancient paths, Where the good way is, and walk in it; And you shall find rest for your souls.’”

In times like these, the whole world needs “rest for your souls.” We will find it in the ancient path laid out by God in both the Old and New Testaments. Isaiah 2:5 implores Israel. “Come, house of Jacob, and let us walk in the light of the Lord.”

Psalm 119:105 says, “Your word is a lamp to my feet And a light to my path.”

You will find peace, comfort, joy, and power in God’s revelation of Himself, and you will find that revelation in the Bible. In Isaiah 30:21, God says, “And your ears will hear a word behind you, ‘This is the way, walk in it.’” In John 14:6, Jesus told us exactly what that means. He said, “I am the way.”

In Mark 13:31, Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away, but My words will not pass away.”

In a time when everything seems to be changing, God reminds us of something that does not change — His Word. Heaven and earth will pass away, but His Word will not pass away. That’s something to which we can anchor our lives, our hopes, and all our tomorrows. That’s an anchor the whole world desperately needs right now.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-2-2020/ 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 7-12-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Iran and China agree to trade and military partnership

New agreement would clear the way for billions of dollars of Chinese investments in Iranian energy and other sectors.

Ben Ariel , 13/07/20 02:04

Iran and China have quietly drafted a sweeping economic and security partnership that would clear the way for billions of dollars of Chinese investments in energy and other sectors, The New York Times reported on Sunday. The partnership, detailed in an 18-page proposed agreement obtained by the newspaper, would vastly expand Chinese presence in banking, telecommunications, ports, railways and dozens of other projects.

In exchange, China would receive a regular — and, according to an Iranian official and an oil trader, heavily discounted — supply of Iranian oil over the next 25 years.

The document also describes deepening military cooperation, potentially giving China a foothold in a region that has been a strategic preoccupation of the United States for decades.

It calls for joint training and exercises, joint research and weapons development and intelligence sharing — all to fight “the lopsided battle with terrorism, drug and human trafficking and cross-border crimes”, according to The New York Times.

The partnership — first proposed by China’s leader, Xi Jinping, during a visit to Iran in 2016 — was approved by President Hassan Rouhani’s cabinet in June, Iran’s foreign minister, Mohammad Javad Zarif, said last week.

Iranian officials have publicly stated that there is a pending agreement with China, and one Iranian official, as well as several people who have discussed it with the Iranian government, confirmed that it is the document obtained by The Times, which is labeled “final version” and dated June 2020.

It has not yet been submitted to Iran’s Parliament for approval or made public, stoking suspicions in Iran about how much the government is preparing to give away to China.

The move undercuts the Trump administration’s efforts to isolate the Iranian government because of its nuclear and military ambitions.

Since withdrawing from the 2015 nuclear deal between Iran and world powers, the US has reimposed sanctions on Iran that were lifted as part of that deal.

The next challenge for the US is renewing a UN arms embargo on Iran which expires in October. US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo recently vowed to use all means available to extend the UN arms embargo on Iran.

The United States has put forward a resolution to extend the embargo but faces opposition from veto-wielding Russia and China. The New York Times noted that if put into effect as detailed, the partnership between Iran and China would create new and potentially dangerous flash points in the deteriorating relationship between China and the United States.

The Chinese investments in Iran, which two people who have been briefed on the deal said would total $400 billion over 25 years, could spur still more US punitive actions against Chinese companies, which have already been targeted by the administration in recent months.

“The United States will continue to impose costs on Chinese companies that aid Iran, the world’s largest state sponsor of terrorism,” a State Department spokeswoman wrote in response to questions about the draft agreement.

“By allowing or encouraging Chinese companies to conduct sanctionable activities with the Iranian regime, the Chinese government is undermining its own stated goal of promoting stability and peace.”

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/283433   

:: 7-12-20 NPR :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iranian Report Details Chain Of Mistakes In Shooting Down Ukrainian Passenger Plane

July 12, 20201:56 PM ET Matthew S. Schwartz 2018 square

Human error, a misaligned missile guidance system and a decision to fire without authorization contributed to Iran's downing of a civilian passenger plane in January, according to a new report from Iran's Civil Aviation Organization.

Ukraine International Airlines Flight 752 was shot down shortly after takeoff from the Iranian capital, Tehran, killing all 176 people on board. For several days, no one took responsibility, but signs pointed toward it being struck by a missile. Eventually, Iran admitted it had targeted the plane after mistakenly believing it was a U.S. missile.

"PS 752 was identified by one of the air defense units as a threat and targeted consequently," Iran's accident investigation report says in its introduction, before laying out the pertinent facts. The Kyiv-bound plane received permission from air traffic control to take off from Tehran's Imam Khomeini International Airport. The flight plan was relayed to Iran's air defense coordination center, and the military granted clearance for the plane to depart.

That's when everything went awry. Mistake No. 1: One of Iran's air defense units had been moved — but because of human error, its radar system was never realigned. So when the unit spotted an object traveling on an unknown flight path, the unit didn't realize that it was the Boeing 737-800 that had already gotten clearance. The air defense unit operator notified command about the object and identified it as a threat. But command never responded and never let the unit operator know that it was the Kyiv-bound flight. "Another link in the chain of events was formed at this point," the report says.

By now, the tragedy still could have been averted, the report says, if not for mistake No. 3: "If at this point he had identified the target as a passenger aircraft, the missile would not have been launched."

The errors continued. From air traffic control's vantage point, PS 752 was following its assigned flight path. But having not heard back from command, the air defense unit operator fired upon the target. He wasn't supposed to do that; Iran's military procedure states that individual units aren't authorized to fire without explicitly getting orders to do so. "The fourth link leading to the firing of the missile was now formed." The first missile likely hit the plane, the report says. But the rogue unit, still tracking the object, fired again. By now, the aircraft had lost radio communication. It turned to the right. A fire broke out inside the plane. Two minutes later, it crashed into a playground in Khalajabad, exploding on impact. "The aircraft then kept hitting the ground and bouncing on a route towards the airport, making the aircraft pieces, victims' properties, objects and body remains disintegrate completely in a vast area near a residential complex, recreational and sports park, gardens and the surrounding agricultural land," the report says. All passengers and crew members were killed.

"The sequence of events clearly shows the occurrence of a chain of events initiated by a human error," the report says.

Iran's government had previously explained that it was on high alert after it fired missile strikes on Iraqi bases hosting U.S. troops. That attack was a retaliation for a U.S. drone strike that killed the prominent Iranian military commander Maj. Gen. Qassem Soleimani and militia leader Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis in Baghdad on Jan. 3.

Iran has delayed providing international investigators with the flight's black box recorder but has reportedly pledged to provide it to French investigators on July 20.

https://www.npr.org/2020/07/12/890194877/iranian-report-details-chain-of-mistakes-in-shooting-down-ukrainian-passenger-pl 

:: 7-12-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Has Israel infiltrated Hamas's military wing?

According to sources, another senior Hamas military commander was recently arrested on suspicion of collaborating with Israel.

By KHALED ABU TOAMEH JULY 12, 2020 09:46

A senior commander of Hamas’s military wing, Izzadin al-Qassam Brigades, has reportedly fled the Gaza Strip amid suspicions that he had been collaborating with Israel, Palestinian sources said on Saturday.

The man, who headed Hamas’s commando frogman unit, fled the Strip aboard an IDF boat, the sources told the Palestinian news website Amad. They said that the senior Hamas commander took with him a laptop containing “dangerous classified information” about the group’s frogman unit, as well as sums of money and eavesdropping devices that were in his possession.

According to the sources, another senior Hamas military commander was recently arrested on suspicion of collaboration with Israel.

The man, who was identified only as Mohammmed, was responsible for the group’s communication networks in the Shajjaiyeh neighborhood of Gaza City and trained Hamas members in information gathering and anti-espionage techniques.

The sources claimed that he began working with Israeli intelligence agencies in 2009. His alleged ties with Israel were uncovered when he asked his brother to collect for him a sum of money that was left near a garbage bin. The brother was apprehended by members of the Izzadin al-Qassam Brigades as he was trying to take the cash, the sources said.

The two incidents prompted Hamas to take a series of measures, including summoning several of its members for interrogation and changing its communication networks and the phone numbers of many senior officials. The sources said that Hamas’s military wing was currently in a state of “security hysteria,” particularly after the arrest of dozens of its members in the past few weeks.

Hamas security forces have seized nearly $500,000 in cash and many electronic devices designated for espionage and eavesdropping.

“Investigations are continuing secretly amid fears that senior commanders of Hamas’s military wing may be involved with the spy network,” the sources said.

Recent reports in a number of Arab media outlets said that Hamas has uncovered a plot by an Islamic State-affiliated cell to carry out a series of terrorist attacks in the Gaza Strip. The cell consists mostly of former members of Hamas’s military wing who quit to join the IS-affiliated group to carry out terrorist attacks against Hamas security installations and figures.

Sources close to Hamas claimed that some of the suspects were linked to Israel.

Last week, the Hezbollah-affiliated newspaper Al-Akhbar reported that Hamas has uncovered a “dangerous plot by the Israeli intelligence services” to launch attacks on Hamas targets in the Gaza Strip. The report said that Hamas arrested a number of Islamic State-affiliated activists who were also planning to carry out a series of suicide bombings in the coastal enclave by using explosive belts and booby-trapped motorcycles.

The report came days after the Hamas-controlled Ministry of Interior and National Security announced the arrest of a cell that was planning to carry out terrorist attacks in the Strip.

“As part of its duty to maintain the stability of the security situation in the Gaza Strip and to confront the attempts by the Israeli occupation and its agents to penetrate the home front, the security services managed to discover a cell, directed by the Israeli occupation, as it was carrying out a sabotage action against resistance elements,” the ministry said. “The security services spotted suspicious movements of a number of people during the past few days and began intensive investigations and operations to track these people, which led to their arrest after a security operation that lasted for several days and the confiscation of technical equipment and money they used to carry out missions inside the Gaza Strip.”

https://www.jpost.com/arab-israeli-conflict/has-israel-infiltrated-hamass-military-wing-634702 

:: 7-13-20 Breaking Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Bails out Iran Turning Islamic Republic into Chinese Colony

Enraged at Balaam, Balak struck his hands together. “I called you,” Balak said to Balaam, “to damn my enemies Numbers 24:10, (The Israel BibleTM)

by David Sidman | Jul 13, 2020 | Terror Watch

An 18-page document written up by the Iranian Ministry of Foreign Affairs entitled the ‘Iran-China 25-year Comprehensive Partnership Document’ was leaked to IranWire last week. In the agreement, China has agreed to invest $400-600 billion in Iranian infrastructure in exchange for dominion over Iran’s natural resources for a 25 year period. The document highlights the shared interests of both countries which include the supply of crude oil, renewable energy, civilian nuclear energy and petrochemical products. From an infrastructure perspective the deal involves the construction of railways, highways, maritime connections, and banking cooperation with regards to local currencies.

According to the deal, China will “rescue” the Islamic Republic from the economic crisis it is now embroiled in by investing in seaports, trains, smart cities and other vital infrastructure. One of the main benefits that China will enjoy is Iranian oil throughout the 25-year agreement period.

The deal, according to various sources, also features an appendix of military cooperation whose nature is unclear. However it does seem to focus on ” a joint commission for military industries, investment, joint design, development and production of armaments and an exchange of experience in asymmetric warfare.” The agreement offers Iran unprecedented support from a world power and could, according to Washington’s concerns, dramatically lighten the impact of US sanctions on Iran.

This agreement is being touted as highly beneficial for China as it offers a great economic deal for Bei Jing and a significant foothold in an area featuring geopolitical advantages. Certainly, the hostility and defiance of the US also plays a role.

The agreement has yet to be put to a vote in the Iranian parliament. Many opponents of the regime are concerned that the ayatollahs will sell out Iran’s future for a “bowl of Chinese rice noodles.”

https://www.breakingisraelnews.com/154629/china-bails-out-iran-turning-islamic-republic-chinese-colony/ 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 7--20 Conservative Angle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Assessing the Competition Between the US and China

News Analysis

As the United States moves from understanding China as a competitor to an adversary, the competition between the two powers is receiving renewed scrutiny.

The commissioners of the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission heard testimony on June 24 on “the Chinese view of strategic competition with the United States.”

A variety of experts offered recommendations for policymakers, among them enforcement of a principle of reciprocity on Chinese media outlets, enhancement of the technological capabilities of the U.S. Navy, and challenging China in international institutions to deflect and diminish Chinese influence in defining human rights and universal values.

Cold War Mentality and Reciprocity

Journalist and author John Pomfret said that Chinese Communist Party leader Xi Jinping has “profoundly tortured views on the United States.”

Those views, in part, account for Xi’s determination that has put China on a “full-scale strategic competition with the United States,” Pomfret said.

That competition, “across a vast array of fields,” is evidence, Pomfret says, of China’s Cold War mentality and behavior, which the Chinese government entered into “years before a large percentage of Americans began to worry about the strategic challenge presented by China.”

Ironically, it is China that regularly accuses the Western world of Cold War thinking, “particularly Americans,” Pomfret said.

Pomfret advises the U.S. government “to seek far more reciprocity in its relations with China than before.”

And where the CCP is not willing to reciprocate in the relationship, the United States should simply let those aspects “founder,” he said.

One key area in which the U.S. “must” require China to reciprocate the access that the United States gives to China is media, Pomfret urged.

If China is unwilling to allow American reporters to work in China, the U.S. government must contemplate asking all Chinese reporters in America to leave. If China continues to block the websites of American media companies in China, the United States should consider closing the operations of Chinese-funded media outlets in the United States,” Pomfret advised.

Universal Values

The United Nations is an emerging battleground for influence. By China’s attempts to “steer it away from its founding principles,” China is trying to use the UN as “a vehicle for advancing its narrow foreign policy aims,” Kristine Lee of the Center for a New American Security said.

The CCP is using the UN to “make the world safe for the CCP,” she added.

In the United Nations and among its various agencies, China is trying to “tighten its vise on countries, NGO’s, and even individual political activists that challenge” China, while promoting its own GONGO’s (government-organized non-government organizations) that are in line with its interests, Lee said.

One of China’s key strategies is to undermine the concept of “universal values” of human rights in order to “justify disregard for individual or minority claims,” based on “unique” local conditions. This concept allows China to justify its repression of minorities in Tibet and Xinjiang, according to Lee.

The concept of universal values, known as “pushi jiazhi” in Chinese, began to be openly debated in the Chinese media and within Chinese academia shortly after the Sichuan earthquake in 2008, which killed more than 80,000 people, according to The Economist in a July 2010 article.  Shortly after the earthquake, to which then-Premier Wen Jiabao arrived on site within hours of the disaster, a move of personal involvement rare for a senior CCP politician, a newspaper in Guangdong praised the government’s response, saying that it had “honored its commitments to its own people and to the whole world with respect to universal values,” The Economist reported the Chinese article as saying. Wen himself came close to referencing the existence of universal values in an essay published in China on March 3, 2007, during his ten-year tenure as Premier. The China Daily English translation quotes Wen as saying that “science, democracy, legal system, freedom and human rights are not something peculiar to capitalism. Rather, they are common values pursued by mankind in the long historical process and they are fruit of human civilization created by mankind.”

So widespread did the permission and popularity of the discussion over universal values become in China that the then-Chairman of Merchants Bank, Qin Xiao, in his commencement speech to graduates of Tsinghua University’s business school in Beijing said, “Universal values tell us that government serves the people,” and “assets belong to the public.” He went on to exhort the graduates to resist worldly things and to pursue universal values of freedom and democracy, reports say.

Ten years on, however, Beijing is using “its growing profile” in the UN Human Rights Council (HRC) to “aggressively silence criticism of its human rights record” and to “dilute concepts of universal human rights,” Lee testified.

Foreign Relations

Although China’s relations with Europe are a “challenge to internal cohesion with the European Union (EU),” they are also a challenge to the EU’s relationship with the United States, commissioners heard.

Janka Oertel of the European Council on Foreign Relations also believes that “access to Europe’s market and political cooperation with the economic bloc are crucial for realizing China’s expanding global ambitions.Europe is the “key battleground” for China in its fight to achieve “economic and technological supremacy” over the United States, Oertel said. However, China has recently been facing an EU that, like the United States, has become tougher with China on its trade policies, and more demanding of reciprocity in its relations, Oertel suggested. Back on its doorstep In Southeast Asia, China faces another set of challenges in its strategic competition with the United States. China’s key core interests and motivations are twofold, Satu Limaye of the East West Center testified.

First, China seeks territorial integrity, and that means coming out on top in its wide-ranging disputes—many of them initiated by China—with its neighbors. The second and well-known core interest is “national reunification” with Taiwan.

Many of the territorial disputes can be found in the waters that surround China, which include the South China Sea, the East China Sea, and the Yellow Sea.

But China has a significant land border dispute, as well, as recent events on the India-China border have shown.

China’s strategic motivations and military strengths are currently primarily directed towards East Asia or the western Pacific,” Limaye said.

Despite China’s aggressiveness in the Indo-Pacific overall, however, those countries “are more than capable of coolly calculating global and local geopolitical balances and navigating between and among them…They are experienced in the comings, goings, and rivalries of great powers. Indo-Pacific countries have far more agency, maneuvering room, and tools than usually realized,” Limaye testified.

Limaye believes that China’s neighbors, either on their own or through a coalition, “can frustrate China achieving territorial integrity and reunification,” he suggested. Limaye is also confident of America’s alliances in the region, and China’s posture in the region reinforces those partnerships, he says.

Headlines do not capture fully the strengths of deeply institutionalized alliance mechanisms, habits, and networks of cooperation resulting from decades of hundreds of annual exchanges and engagements between allied militaries and their American counterparts (and among each other),” Limaye said in his testimony.

In Latin America, China’s trade has “grown from $12 billion in 2000 to $278 billion in 2017,” R. Evan Ellis of the U.S. Army War College testified. “Chinese companies have invested over $122 billion in the region between 2000 and 2018,” Ellis added.

Military Challenges

But more importantly for America’s backyard, “Chinese security engagement in the region…includes helping the PRC to operate effectively in the Western Hemisphere, if China decides to do so, in the context of a future conflict with the U.S.”

Just about every South American country sends some of their military to military school in Beijing,” Ellis added.

“But,” Ellis added, “don’t think we’ll see bases.” An expanding security presence is occurring, though. “China has companies and people increasingly in Latin America, so they want to protect them,” Ellis added. But, cautioned Michèle Flournoy, former Under Secretary of Defense for Policy, when asked if U.S. naval power is sufficient to counter China, or even as important as it used to be, “Trends going forward are worrying.” “Today, the U.S. Navy is unmatched and unrivalled. But China now has offensive capability in the first island chain, and some in the second [of the South China Sea]. If the U.S. Navy remains unchanged our advantage would erode,” Flournoy said. Flournoy advised that the United States should invest in technology that “make our ships more survivable” and that enhance naval capability to project power.“Naval power will be extremely important in the future,” Flournoy said.

Analyst Alison Kaufman, senior Asia policy researcher at the think tank CNA, offered another perspective on the military component of the U.S.-China strategic competition. “We need to make sure that China doesn’t underestimate us. I think that the risk of miscalculation is high,” Kaufman said.

“A rather persistent mismatch is what China and the U.S. see as escalatory,” Kaufman warned. “But,” she added, “this should be an area where we can talk.”

Decoupling

American businesses are beginning for the first time to realize that they are working “against their own self-interest,” said Barry Naughton of the University of California at San Diego.

We’re seeing a sway in public opinion” away from and against China, Naughton said.

If the competition between the U.S. and China was just a military competition, “that would be easy,” Naughton said. Limaye supported that idea. With decoupling, also known as “managed de-integration,” Limaye said, it’s crucial to realize that “much of Asia is in the supply chain, so their interest and equity is enormous in how we decouple.”

Among others, the automotive, electronics, and computer chip sectors are all affected throughout Asia, Limaye said. But there is an opportunity to create investment flows into those countries, away from China.

Japan and South Korea have key roles to play, he said, but “by my own reckoning, decoupling is going to be extremely difficult, especially on middle players in the supply chain because they a) don’t make the rules and b) their relative shares are quite small and therefore they cannot manage outcomes and will be at the mercy of big players,” Limaye concluded.

http://conservativeangle.com/assessing-the-competition-between-the-us-and-china/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 7-7-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

President Trump Tweets Author’s Warning That Behind The (Soros-Obama-Antifa) Street Anarchists ‘Is A War Against Christianity’

July 7, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

On July 2, only hours after Dr. Taylor Marshall had given an interview to the U.S. cable network One America News (OAN) about the current crisis in America, President Donald Trump sent out a tweet highlighting the author’s warning. “Dr. Taylor Marshall, author. ‘There Is A War On Christianity’. @OANN,” Trump tweeted. Marshall had pointed out that the current attacks on symbols and statues are finally not only about a presidential candidate, but about attacking our Christian civilization. Marshall told Jack Posobiec of OAN that, “with these riots and these hate groups” it is not just about George Washington and other political figures, but “they are now attacking Christian symbols, signs, crosses, statues. We are really in a war over the heart of civilization,” the Thomist scholar and author of multiple books continued, and that civilization emerged “from Christianity.” (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/07/07/president-trump-tweets-authors-warning-that-behind-the-soros-obama-antifa-street-anarchists-is-a-war-against-christianity/ 

:: 6-3-20 The Sara Carter Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Don’t Let The Left Cancel America. The Silent Majority Must Speak Up Now.

Sara Carter Jul 3, 2020

A new Rasmussen report released Friday suggests that the majority of American voters strongly support keeping historical monuments, such as Mount Rushmore intact, rather than destroying it.  If that is the case, then the silent majority needs to speak up now. It is a day before the Fourth of July. On the Fourth, the majority of Americans get together with family and friends to BBQ and watch fireworks. We celebrate all the things we love because deep down inside we know how fragile they really are. The lockdowns due to COVID19 and the death of George Floyd at the hands of a Minneapolis police officer have put our nation on edge. These events have hurt us and taught us lessons. However, they have also been hijacked by radical leftists who inherently hate the American system as it is and want it to change. They do not believe in capitalism, freedom as we know it or the guiding principals of our nation. Those of us who know this cannot remain silent. On July 4, 1776 our nation declared its independence. The Declaration of Independence was more than a symbol, in fact, its powerful words help lay the strong foundation that has made our nation the envy of the world.

“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of happiness,” reads the preamble to the Declaration of Independence.

Those words – although written at a time of great uncertainty and during a period where people were not all treated as equals – still are fundamentally true. Those words continue to mean something today. Just as the historical symbols of our culture, freedom, and liberty stand in the balance of those who wish to tear down the past because they find it offensive, it is that past that has paved the path for progress for our future.

Don’t let the left cancel America.

Name one nation not mired in past transgressions? No one can. It’s life. Just as there is not one human being who has not lived with a regret or something that they wish they could change.

But it is our guiding principals based in the fundamentals of our Constitution and our Bill of Rights that have been our moral compass. Those fundamental principles have given us, as a society, the wisdom to rise above the mistakes of our past and become a beacon of light for other nations.

No matter where I’ve traveled from Europe to South Asia, people ask me how they can become an American. Moreover, every day hundreds of people flee from their nations to arrive at our borders, our airports and our coasts with the hope of finding a new home. They are fleeing oppression, injustice and poverty with the hope of becoming an American citizen in a land that they revere but one that we are slowly throwing away. Many people have died making the journey and many more would rather live in the shadow of our nation than in the open in theirs.

So why are so many young people fighting against those basic principals, and willing to deconstruct America ? Because our nation has also been subjected to a Trojan horse ideology that has permeated our colleges and universities. Many young Americans don’t understand the consequences of life without the basic freedoms granted in the words established by our founding fathers. Many don’t associate with older generations that have fought in wars to ensure our nation’s freedom and safety.

These young people have been lied to by college professors and special interest groups whose goals are to make them believe that America is nothing more than a colonialist nation, which has oppressed everyone but Caucasians. It’s not true.

The Constitution and the Bill of Rights keep our nation strong and keep us moving in the right direction. Instead of tearing down our nation, we should be exalting it and lifting it up. We are nation based on freedom and choices. For generations Americans have fought and spilled their blood to ensure the survival of our nation.

Americans are blessed. We’ve also shown over time to be the most giving nation on earth, empathizing with the plight of others not as fortunate. Floyd’s horrific killing by a law enforcement officer tore at our nation’s spirit and for the most part we cried with his family and community. In the aftermath, the majority of Americans condemned Floyd’s death but those with a different agenda for our nation didn’t recognize that, but instead, chose to use Floyd’s name as a conduit to fundamentally change the system and dismantle history.

That in and of itself is wrong. Why? Because it is this very system that allows our citizens to go to the streets and protest. It is the rights granted by our forefathers in the Constitution that led to the greatest civil rights revolution in our history, and women’s suffrage movement.

The debate over our historical monuments and whether they should be removed is as serious as it gets because if the Rasmussen poll is correct, the majority of Americans are being silenced by a very strong and growing group of anti-American leftists. And it won’t stop with statues and monuments.

It will be our language, our history, books and then the fundamentals that make our nation so unique that it affords everyone the opportunity to aspire to be great.

So on this Fourth of July weekend remember, while you’re with your family and friends celebrating, that the quest for freedom and independence is still ongoing.

Ensuring that our nation remains a beacon of light for the oppressed, those seeking liberty and the future of our citizens will require all of the strength and courage of this generation.

It is – after all – the greatest battle worth fighting for. From Rasmussen:

The latest Rasmussen Reports national telephone and online survey finds that 75% of Likely U.S. Voters do not believe that Mount Rushmore should be closed or changed because two of the four presidents it honors – George Washington and Thomas Jefferson – were slave owners. Seventeen percent (17%) believe the iconic memorial in South Dakota should be closed or changed. (To see survey question wording, click here.)

But this compares to 90% who opposed closing or changing Mount Rushmore when Rasmussen Reports first asked this question three years ago.

Similarly, 71% still oppose removing the names of the early presidents like Washington and Jefferson who were slave owners from public places and taking down statues in their honor. Eighteen percent (18%) favor such moves. However, this compares to 88% and seven percent (7%) respectively in 2017.

The most notable change on both questions is among voters under 40. One-third (33%) of these younger voters are now ready to close or change Mount Rushmore and remove the names and statues of the early presidents who were slave owners. Roughly 10% of older voters agree in both cases.

Only 10% of all voters believe it is better to erase the wrongs of the past. Eighty-four percent (84%) disagree and say it is better to try to learn from them. But that’s down 10 points from the earlier survey.

https://saraacarter.com/dont-let-the-left-cancel-america-the-silent-majority-must-speak-up-now/ 

:: 7-6-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Mint Ups Coin Production To Circumvent Shortage

By Tyler Durden Mon, 07/06/2020 - 22:00

According to the New York Times, the U.S. Mint is upping its coin production after shortages of coins have been reported in the U.S. as a result of the coronavirus pandemic. On June 15, the Federal Reserve had first implemented quotas for distribution locations to further protect its coin inventories, which were running low. As a result, banks and other distributors of coins received less than what they ordered or even less than their usual allotments, according to the Times. Especially businesses are routinely turning to banks in order to receive coins and other tender to fill up their registers.

Chair of the Fed, Jerome Powell, said that closures of parts of the economy due to COVID-19 were responsible for disrupting the normal flow of coins through the system.

Statista's Katharina Buchholz notes that, according to numbers by the U.S. Mint, coin production for circulation has actually decreased during the last couple of years and because of COVID-19 restrictions for Mint workers, has had some particularly slow months in the first half of 2020.

In the second half of 2020, the Mint expects production increases to 1.2 billion coins in June and 1.35 billion coins per month for the rest of the year– which would add up to a projected total of 14.2 billion coins produced in 2020. Members of the public who want to deposit coins into their banks to aid circulation can do so. Officials also said that the public can also aid businesses and those who cannot operate without coins by paying electronically whenever possible.

https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/us-mint-ups-coin-production-circumvent-shortage 

:: 7-6-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Worldwide Population Being Tortured In Deep State Psyop

The response to Covid-19 mirrors Communist Chinese brainwashing torture techniques

Greg Reese | Infowars.com - July 6, 2020

The response by governments around the world to COVID-19 eerily mirrors the Amnesty International torture report, where populations are being systematically isolated, deprived of basic life necessities, inflicted by emotional pain, and psychologically weakened.

https://www.infowars.com/worldwide-population-being-tortured-in-deep-state-psyop/ 

:: 7-6-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ann Coulter Warns: ‘Get Ghislaine Maxwell On Tape’ Before She Dies Like Epstein

Previously warned Jeffrey Epstein would be suicided weeks before he was found dead in prison cell last year

Jamie White | Infowars.com - July 6, 2020

Conservative firebrand Ann Coulter issued another stark warning to the Justice Department and FBI who now have British socialite Ghislaine Maxwell in custody: get her to talk now before she suffers the same fate as Jeffrey Epstein.

Coulter tweeted out a New York Post article detailing Maxwell’s transfer to a New York jail ahead of a Friday court date, with word that she could eventually be housed in the same prison billionaire pedophile Jeffrey Epstein died in last year. “Oh, that sounds safe. AG Bill Barr: You want to prevent another ‘suicide’ on your watch, like we’re a 3rd world country? GET GHISLAINE ON TAPE TONIGHT. Don’t wait. Get all her info NOW,” Coulter tweeted Monday. The FBI arrested the Epstein accomplice last week after raiding her Connecticut estate. A source told the Post that the FBI is keen to ensure another Epstein “debacle” doesn’t happen. “After the debacle with Epstein, nothing can happen to her,” the source said, adding that Maxwell would likely get a reduced sentence if “she has proof which will lead to the conviction of bigger fish.” Coulter’s warning is notable given she was one of the first to warn about the probability of Epstein dying in the Metropolitan Correctional Center just weeks before he was found in his cell dead with a bed sheet wrapped around his neck.

Dear Bureau of Prisons: Please get Jeffrey Epstein to a super Max prison pronto, or the people who want him dead will make sure we never know the truth. ACT NOW!” she tweeted. Coulter noted that Epstein’s intricate surveillance systems embedded in his New York, Virgin Islands, and New Mexico homes point to a “state sponsored” blackmail scheme, meaning very powerful people have a good reason to want Epstein – and now Maxwell – dead.

https://www.infowars.com/ann-coulter-warns-get-ghislaine-maxwell-on-tape-before-she-dies-like-epstein/ 

:: 7-6-20 Before its News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Army of Morons: Media Out of Control – USA Going Down!

Monday, July 6, 2020 12:17

This article was contributed by Tom Beck of Portfolio Wealth Global.

Yesterday and today, for the first time in my life, I watched the mainstream media in order to understand what people, who are clearly INCAPABLE OF CRITICAL THINKING, allow CNN to brainwash them with. It was an experiment in tapping into the intellect of the average voter. I have to say that, at different times, I thought LONG AND HARD about the contempt of the editors and script writers, who come up with the narrative for the news, towards the viewers. Clearly, they must be ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN that they are speaking to people with the understanding of a three-year-old.  I sat there and thought this was a prank.

Two conclusions that any self-respecting American needs to draw in 2020:

The media has NO RESPECT for its audience. They are literally engaged in dumbing down people that already probably do NO READING, NO THINKING AND NO STUDYING and are susceptible to propaganda and mind manipulation.

The media is not media at all. What I saw from CNN borders on a lawsuit that ought to be filed against them for irresponsibly spreading junk around.  I had to laugh, since it was so awkward. It was troubling to view the words they chose to deliver their propaganda, and my biggest concern is that America is TOO DIVIDED and TOO MISPLACED to come back from this into the realm of real debate.

There are millions of people who are TRULY SUFFERING and I don’t think that there’s any REAL INTENTION to come together. The survey above represents THE BEATING PULSE of America; entrepreneurs, who took it upon themselves to start a business in their own community, risked everything and built something, only to be told to SHUT THEM DOWN. There’s a cost to FORCING UNPRODUCTIVITY and the price has yet to be revealed, but it will be MASSIVE.

Small businesses are bleeding, and creating new currency doesn’t solve the problem. Consumer spending is about emotional decision-making, not about getting government aid. Unless Americans feel secure and confident in the future, they will choose to close their wallets and to down-size.

How can politicians, who have no idea what it is like to DELIVER REAL VALUE to the marketplace, to innovate and put a smile on someone else’s face, know how to LEAD US THROUGH this crisis?

Government doesn’t lead; it only serves to make people INDIFFERENT to their true worth by offering subsidized social programs. Since the Federal Reserve took it upon itself in 2008 to “SOLVE MATTERS,” we have witnessed debt issuance by both governments and corporations become a POOR JOKE.

I Killed Bruce Lee with the Death Touch - Caution: 

Don't Use it Unless Your Life is in DANGER!  Debt is death. Debt is leverage. Debt is stress.

Finally, debt is the problem of both the entity that wants it and the entity that extends it. Certainly, it is NOT MY PROBLEM if Wells Fargo or any other criminal-minded institution decides to push his luck and lend currency to people who can’t possibly repay it. Debt will SELF-DESTRUCT and collapse under its own weight, so don’t worry about the fact that these bankers live like kings. In the end, they will pay for their actions. The general population is SO NUMB that it might not happen until we get a full-blown revolution, but know that chaos is the result of this monetary experiment these lunatics are taking us all on and FORCING UPON US. The world IS PANICKED. You can see it by looking at where people choose to put their money. What we need to understand is that we can’t CHANGE THE WORLD, but we must not GET DRAGGED into the foolishness and evil that is attempting to re-program our values and principles.

Be true to yourself. Be true to what’s effective and don’t allow CORPORATE INTERESTS to influence your integrity.

This article has been contributed by SHTF Plan. Visit www.SHTFplan.com for alternative news, commentary and preparedness info.

Source: https://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/army-of-morons-media-out-of-control-usa-going-down_07062020 

https://beforeitsnews.com/survival/2020/07/army-of-morons-media-out-of-control-usa-going-down-2756777.html 

:: 7-7-20 https://www.organicconsumers.org  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who Is Getting Rich off Coronavirus Pandemic?

July 7, 2020 Mercola.com by Dr. Joseph Mercola

In May 2020, the U.S. unemployment rate was 13.3%,1 which means 21 million Americans were unemployed. Not surprisingly, financial stress is a major concern, with 88% of Americans surveyed by the National Endowment for Financial Education (NEFE) saying that the COVID-19 pandemic is creating stress for their personal financial situation.

2 Fifty-four percent were particularly worried about having enough money saved for emergency savings or retirement, while another 48% were worried about paying bills.

A report by the Well Being Trust (WBT) and the Robert Graham Center for Policy Studies in Family Medicine and Primary Care that up to 75,000 people may die during the COVID-19 pandemic from drug or alcohol misuse and suicide, which they deemed "deaths of despair" caused, in part, by unprecedented economic failure paired with massive unemployment.

3 This experience of scarcity and financial uncertainty is not being felt by all, however. In stark contrast, many of the richest among us — particularly health care and biotech billionaires — have gotten even richer due to COVID-19, profiting handsomely off the pandemic that's left the general public financially reeling.

Pandemic Propels Moderna CEO to the Billionaire's Club

Forbes compiled a list of 10 health care billionaires who collectively raked in more than $7 billion since March 11, 2020 — the day the World Health Organization (WHO) declared COVID-19 a global pandemic.

4 Topping the list is Stéphane Bancel, CEO of Moderna, the biotech firm that's seen as the frontrunner for developing a COVID-19 vaccine. According to Forbes:

5  "When the WHO declared a pandemic, Bancel's estimated net worth was some $720 million. Since then, Moderna's stock has rallied more than 103%, lifting his fortune to an estimated $1.5 billion. A French citizen, Bancel first joined the billionaire ranks on April 2, when Moderna's stock rose on the news that the firm was planning to begin phase two trials of its vaccine."

Moderna partnered with the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) headed by Dr. Anthony Fauci to create the vaccine. In February 2020, its stock price increased 78.1% when it announced that its messenger RNA vaccine was ready for clinical trials.

6 "The company's CEO has become a new billionaire overnight," wrote Barbara Loe Fisher, co-founder and president of the National Vaccine Information Center (NVIC).

7 Moderna began human trials of its experimental mRNA vaccine in March 2020, and its stock soared again in May, hitting $29 billion, even though the company currently doesn't sell any products,

8 when it released early results from its Phase 1 study of 45 healthy volunteers between the ages of 18 and 55 — the first released from a study involving human volunteers. Moderna's press release9 stated that 25 participants who received two doses of its low or medium dose vaccine had levels of binding antibodies — the type that are used by the immune system to fight the virus but do not prevent viral infections — at levels approximating or exceeding those found in the blood of patients who recovered from COVID-19.10

Data for the more significant neutralizing antibodies, which stop viruses from entering cells, was reported for only eight people, with Moderna stating that levels in each of these initial participants met or exceeded antibody levels seen in recovered COVID-19 patients.

Four study subjects experienced a "Grade 3" adverse event, which is described by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services as "severe or medically significant but not immediately life-threatening; hospitalization or prolongation of hospitalization indicated; limiting self-care" such as "bathing, dressing and undressing, feeding self, using the toilet, taking medications."11

During Phase 2 trials, 600 people will receive the vaccine, while a Phase 3 trial is expected to start in July 2020 — an unprecedented move in terms of typical vaccine development timelines. Bancel owns a 9% stake in the company, which received a grant of up to $483 million from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to accelerate its COVID-19 vaccine development.12

Nine More COVID-19 Billionaires

Making up the rest of Forbes' list is a mix of entrepreneurs, biotech executives and diagnostic test makers, which come from seven different countries:13

1. Gustavo Denegri — With a net worth of $4.5 billion, which is up 32% since the beginning of the pandemic, Denegri has a 45% stake in DiaSorin, a biotech company based in Italy. DiaSorin makes swab-based diagnostic tests for COVID-19 as well as antibody blood testing kits for the virus.

2. Seo Jung-Jin — Jung-Jin co-founded Celltrion, a biopharma company in Seoul. Jung-Jin's net worth is $8.4 billion, up 22% thanks to the company's experimental antiviral treatment for COVID-19, along with a self-administered diagnostic test that gives results in 15 minutes, which is expected to come to the market this summer.

3. Alain Mérieux — Mérieux's $7.6 billion net worth is tied to BioMérieux, the diagnostic testing company he founded in 1963. It's a branch of Institut Mérieux, a medical company founded by his grandfather in 1897. BioMérieux developed a faster version of a COVID-19 diagnostic test kit that was released in March 2020.

4. Maja Oeri — Oeri is a descendent of Fritz Hoffmann-La Roche, the founder of pharmaceutical giant Roche. She owns about 5% of Roche's shares, with a net worth of $3.2 billion; Roche has clinical trials ongoing for its arthritis drug tocilizumab, which it is hoping to transition to a COVID-19 treatment, as well as a serology test to detect antibodies in people who have had COVID-19.

5. Leonard Schleifer — His net worth is $2.2 billion, a rise of 11% due to the pandemic. He founded Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, which is conducting clinical trials of its rheumatoid arthritis drug sarilumab on COVID-19 patients.

6. George Yancopoulos — Yancopoulos is Regeneron's chief scientific officer; his net worth is $1.2 billion (up 14% since the beginning of the pandemic).

7. and 8. Thomas and Andreas Struengmann — The Struengmann twins have a net worth of $6.9 billion. They first made their fortune by selling generic drug company Hexal to Novartis in 2005, and they invest in biotech and health care companies. One of their investments is BioNTech, which partnered with Pfizer and Fosun Pharmaceuticals on a COVID-19 vaccine that's currently in human trials.

9. Li Xiting — Xiting cofounded Mindray Medical International, China's largest medical equipment producer. It tripled its production capacity of ventilators since the start of the pandemic. Xiting's net worth is $12.6 billion, which is up 1% due to COVID-19.

https://www.organicconsumers.org/news/who-is-getting-rich-off-covid-pandemic 

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 7-7-20 Penn Live :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

National coin shortage prompts Giant supermarkets to limit cash transactions

Updated Jul 07, 2020; Posted Jul 03, 2020

By John Luciew | jluciew@pennlive.com

Those pennies, nickels, dimes and quarters are far more precious due to a national coin shortage brought on by the coronavirus and resulting shut down. As a result, the Giant supermarkets chain is the newest member of a growing list of retailers limiting cash transactions and/or demanding exact change. “Due to the national coin shortage, select Giant registers can only accept credit, debit, and electronic payments at this time,” company spokesman Christopher Brand said in response to PennLive questions about coin shortages on Friday. As the New York Post reports, Lowe’s home improvement stores have posted signs urging shoppers to pay with exact change or use other forms of payment, as have convenience stores such as 7-Eleven, Pilot and Circle K, according to news reports and social media posts.

https://www.pennlive.com/business/2020/07/giant-supermarkets-limit-cash-transactions-citing-national-coin-shortage.html 

:: 7-6-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China backs down to India: Beijing's troops remove structures from contested Himalayan valley following deadly battles with Indian soldiers

Chinese troops have started removing tents and other structures from a contested Himalayan valley

Comes after China appeared to have increased its military presence in the disputed Galwan Valley

Satellite images taken last month showed a new camp, possible defensive positions, and a road being built

20 Indian soldiers were killed and 76 hurt in hand-to-hand clashes with the Chinese on June 15

By Afp and Reuters Published: 07:19 EDT, 6 July 2020 | Updated: 10:58 EDT, 6 July 2020

Chinese troops have started removing tents and other structures from a contested Himalayan valley where they fought a deadly battle with Indian soldiers last month.

20 Indian soldiers were killed in brutal hand-to-hand fighting on June 15 in the Galwan Valley in Ladakh, sending tensions soaring between the nuclear-armed neighbours. China has acknowledged it suffered casualties but not given figures.

The two sides have since held military and diplomatic talks and said they want a negotiated settlement.

China's People's Liberation Army soldiers were 'seen removing tents and structures' and there was a 'rearward movement' of military vehicles in the Galwan Valley, an Indian army source told AFP on Monday. 'Disengagement with the PLA has started as per agreed terms in the Corps Commanders' meeting,' the source added.

The source said the Indian army was 'verifying' how far back Chinese forces had withdrawn.

There was no comment on whether there was a similar withdrawal by Indian troops.

Chinese foreign ministry spokesman Zhao Lijian told reporters in Beijing on Monday that both sides had made 'positive progress... to disengage frontline troops and ease the border situation'.

'We hope that the Indian side will go with the Chinese side to implement the consensus reached by both sides with practical actions,' Zhao added.

The Galwan Valley incident was the first time in 45 years that soldiers had died in combat on the Asian giants' long-disputed border.

India and China fought a war over the frontier in 1962. Anti-China sentiment has been growing in India since the high-altitude clash, with the government banning Chinese mobile apps including the wildy popular TikTok.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi made an unannounced visit Friday to a military base in a remote region bordering China where troops from the two countries have been facing off for nearly two months. Modi, accompanied by India's military leadership, interacted with troops in Ladakh region. A photo on his Instagram account showed him sitting in a camouflage tent at the base. 'Interacting with our brave armed forces personnel,' he wrote. Modi chanted 'Long live mother India!' while addressing troops at the Nimu military base, insisting that 'after every crisis, India has emerged stronger.'

He praised the valor of Indian soldiers and said: 'Enemies of India have seen your fire and fury.'

'Days of expansionism are over. Expansionism creates danger for world peace. This is an era of development. Expansionist force have either lost or forced to turn back,' he said in an oblique reference to China.

It comes after China appeared to be building new structures near the site of a deadly border clash with Indian troops last month - despite both sides pledging to 'disengage'.

Satellite images taken on June 22 showed what appeared to be a new Chinese encampment and road under construction on a terrace overlooking a bend in the Galwan River, where previously there was nothing. Meanwhile defensive positions appeared to have been built on the Indian side, and a nearby forward operating base appears to have been significantly scaled back when compared with images taken of the same area on March 22. While the images were taken a month apart, Reuters news agency - which has access to more photos from space technology firm Maxar - reports most of the construction has happened in the last week.

Both sides have repeatedly pledged to pull back from the disputed region, with the latest statement issued just yesterday - when India was pictured sending more troops and jets to the frontlines. India says the area where the structures have sprung up are on its side of the poorly defined, undemarcated Line of Actual Control or the de facto border between the two Asian giants. China says the whole of Galwan valley, located at about 14,000ft above sea level, is its territory and blames Indian troops for triggering the clashes. Nathan Ruser, a satellite data expert at the Australian Strategic Policy Institute, said the buildup suggested there was little sign of de-escalation.

'Satellite imagery from the Galwan Valley on June 22nd shows that 'disengagement' really isn't the word that the (Indian) government should be using,' he said in a post on Twitter. China's People's Liberation Army soldiers were 'seen removing tents and structures' and there was a 'rearward movement' of military vehicles in the Galwan Valley, an Indian army source told AFP on Monday. etc

'Disengagement with the PLA has started as per agreed terms in the Corps Commanders' meeting,' the source added. The source said the Indian army was 'verifying' how far back Chinese forces had withdrawn. There was no comment on whether there was a similar withdrawal by Indian troops.

Chinese foreign ministry spokesman Zhao Lijian told reporters in Beijing on Monday that both sides had made 'positive progress... to disengage frontline troops and ease the border situation'.

'We hope that the Indian side will go with the Chinese side to implement the consensus reached by both sides with practical actions,' Zhao added.

The Galwan Valley incident was the first time in 45 years that soldiers had died in combat on the Asian giants' long-disputed border.

India and China fought a war over the frontier in 1962. etc etc

+13

Show of force: This newly-released image shows a Chinese base further along the valley. Both sides have officially agreed to 'disengage' in the region, though observers say forces are building on both sides

Indian soldiers walk at the foothills of a mountain range near Leh, the largest town close to the disputed border, on Thursday. Locals say forces have been massing despite governments promising to back off

+13

Indian soldiers walk at the foothills of a mountain range near Leh, the largest town close to the disputed border, on Thursday. Locals say forces have been massing despite governments promising to back off

An Indian Air Force's Chinook helicopter is seen flying over the arid terrain of Ladakh, the region where the disputed border - officially known as the Actual Line of Control - is located

+13

An Indian Air Force's Chinook helicopter is seen flying over the arid terrain of Ladakh, the region where the disputed border - officially known as the Actual Line of Control - is located

Indian fighter jets fly over Leh on Thursday as part of a show of strength following what military sources say has been a Chinese takeover of contested territory

+13

Indian fighter jets fly over Leh on Thursday as part of a show of strength following what military sources say has been a Chinese takeover of contested territory

China's foreign ministry did not immediately respond to requests for comment on the apparent activity.

India's defence ministry also did not respond to a request for a comment.

Indian military officials have previously said they will be closely monitoring the planned disengagement process and verify it on the ground.

'There is a trust deficit so far as the Chinese are concerned,' said former Indian army chief Deepak Kapoor.

'So if they are telling us verbally they are ready to pull back, we will wait to see it on the ground. Until then the armed forces will be on alert.'

Scribe note:  Many pictures go to the link below.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8493937/Beijings-troops-remove-structures-contested-Himalayan-valley.html 

:: 7-6-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The End Goal of the Present Conflict is Transhumanism! Are We the Last Generation of Humans?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, July 6, 2020 - 12:02.

I recently received the following email from a listener to my radio show that is very instructive as to what is coming next?

Hi Dave!

I appreciate your show and listen all the time. With all the chaos going on what do you think the final goal will be with all this violence and the overthrow of the government? I don't think this bodes well for America. What is the bad guys final goal? When and where will all of this end?

Thanks, Heidi

Heidi's email is typical of the type of questions I am beginning to receive. More and more people see Antifa and BLM as a means to an end and they are correct. Artificial means (eg race) is being used to divide our country and create a civil war. For the globalists to get what they want (eg a one world economy and ruling authority), America must be brought down. Antifa and BLM and the mass violence that is enveloping our cities is simply a means to an end. So what is the end game. Some researchers, Daniel Estulin and especially Steve Quayle have clearly identifed the final goal of the global elite. We have even seen it in our predictive programming coming out Hollywood.

Hollywood Prepares the American Public for the Inevitable

Hollywood has made millions on movies like The Terminator, Blade Runner, and RoboCob, just to name a few. In fact, Robocop is being re-released in the next several weeks. In 2014, when I interviewed Daniel Estulin, he stated that cyborgs or man-machines are the future in a post-human world. Yes, you read that correctly, we could soon find ourselves living in a post-human world. You may be familiar with the former TV series on FOX called Almost Human where one of the main characters is a cyborg cop. We could see such an interaction between nonhuman and morphed humans in the near future (i.e. Robocop). In 2020, AI has acquired this capability.

Rules for Thee but Not for Me

2013 movie, Man of Steel, provide valuable insight to this issue as well. In the future of transevolution we will be witnessing a literal fountain of youth, which will result from becoming a cyborg as it will soon be possible to purchase immortality in the future. However, everyone except the super elite will be banned from purchasing this literal fountain of youth.

One day soon, our existence, my common brethren, will be similar to what movie goers saw in the Summer of 2013 in the movie, Man of Steel. In the opening 30 minutes of the movie, it was revealed that every resident of Krypton had certain genes "turned on" and certain genes "turned off". And everyone from Krypton, except for Superman, had been artificially bred for specific purposes. This is what humanity is quickly moving towards and unless you are the elite, you will be bred, dumbed down if needed, to serve a purpose for the global elite. Today, there is open discussion that all fetuses should be raised in incubator tubes and undergo genetic alterations. I summarize this practice in the following video. The Purpose for the Destruction of the Global Economy

Estulin mentioned that the wholesale destruction of the world’s economy is not an accident, nor is it a miscalculation or the result of political shenanigans. This destruction is being done on purpose, as it is has been a long-term plan that he revealed to me in 2014, and it is being done absolutely on purpose. Out of chaos comes order, the New World Order.

Estulin revealed that his Bilderberg insider told him that the slave masters on this planet want to collapse the economy, force people into the stack and pack cities of mega millions and then exterminate most of humanity. Estulin and I explored the methods that the super elite may use to exterminate 90% of all people on this planet. We both agreed that starvation is one of the most likely candidates. Viruses was also mentioned and this far ahead of the infamous Coronavirus, which is not the killshot. Both a bioweapon and starvation represent a clean method of killing, it is quick and it would leave the planet in good shape for the global elite to establish their paradise on Earth inhabited by their transhumanism masters and the surviving, dumbed-down humans. What mankind is really headed into is transhumanism and nobody has caputured that more accurately than Steve Quayle. Steve Quayle's book, Xenogensis: Changing Men Into Monsters was filled with information which spelled the end of the human race as we know it. I call this a Christmas greeting from the Satanic globalists.

Isnt it ironic that under the guise of removing all references to the wicked institution of slavery, the radical left is inviting the ultimate slavery and major depopulation when they are done destroying America. For when America is destroyed, massive depopulation begins, as transhumanism is perfected. In this sense, Antifa and BLM and all radical leftist Democrats are the ultimate Brown Shirts in which they are used by the global elite to accomplish the takedown of the United States, only to be cast aside as Hitler did to his Brown Shirts.

The globalists have a Christmas present for you, it is called Transhumanism. Since they cannot crack the sanctity of the soul. they are actively seeking to destroy God's creation of His most prized possession, man in the image of God. In fact, we could accurately say, Merry Christmas from the globalists. Make no mistake about it, the globalists are after body and mind (eg Darpa), but most of all they want your soul. Short of that, they will settle for your body as covered extensively in the 2018 Branson True Legends conference on Transhumanism.

Genetic engineering is about taking control of nature, redesigning it and rebuilding it. The phrase “playing God” comes up in almost every conversation about genetic engineering. This is no longer the stuff of science fiction. Nothing good comes from genetic engineering as this generation of children will be the last generation which will be human in the sense that we define humanity today. Steve Quayle and other experts on Transhumanism have documented how insects are being weaponized for combat through chipping as a result of recent DARPA projects. Humans will soon be chipped, not necessarily for warfare, but for the purpose of transformation into something hideous which will serve the whims of the global elite.

The National Security State

Presently, all the communication happening on the planet right now can be monitored in real time and it is being done to control us, to dumb us down, to brainwash, to influence, and to predict our future behavior. The super elite is doing this so that we don’t get in the way of important people by doing too much thinking on our own. A simple example of this fact is in evidence in an ever-increasing number of airports as facial scanning techniques are designed to reveal to security individuals who are angry, malevolent, etc. This technology is right here, right now and will bed to reduce the size of humanity and the single criteria is the degree of compliance with Satan's objectives within the New World Order!

Off World Escape Plan If Things Get Ugly

According to USA Today, “NASA recently revealed that their Mars robotic rover has found signs that a vast and hospitable lake once spread over the now-desolate surface, a potential home to past life for centuries or more.” With this new discovery that life may be possible on Mars, the elite could easily, through nanotechnology subsequently build a homestead there! There are many private corporations on the planet who are ready to go to Mars within five years. Some speculate that billionaire, Robert Bigelow or ELON Musk, is ready now. Apparently, if the elite cannot exterminate humanity in the clean and neat ways that they have designed, it may be necessary to temporarily move off world while the job is completed in more "messy" ways. According to some, this is their "Plan B".

Meanwhile back on Planet Earth, history will record that humanity willingly marched to their death. For if we accept the "slavery" that comes with the coronavirus, which includes the loss of jobs and income, the right socialize, to right to worship et al., we will accept anything and our complacency just signaled the global elite to begin the dreaded transhumanim age. And what is the purpose of the transhumanism age? The global elite on behalf of Satan, would very much like to destroy the soul but are unable to. So they have decided on destroying all of humanity. Welcome to the end days.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/end-goal-present-conflict-transhumanism-are-we-last-generation-humans 

:: 7--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dystopian Societies Derive From Displaced Ethics and Values

By Doug “Uncola” Lynn via TheBurningPlatform.com

On April Fool’s Day of this year, I posted an article on how Coronavirus® has hastened the “old collectivism”. That piece discussed Saul Alinsky’s tactics and how the current COVID hysteria is being manipulated by the Political Left. My last post discussed how COVID-mania was successfully translated into Marxist hysteria following the death of George Floyd. Certainly, America is under attack and what we are witnessing today serves as the mere preview for the main attraction that will commence on November 3, 2020 – if not before. The ongoing warfare is, of course, between those upholding the last remaining shreds of the U.S. Constitution against those who desire to raise the rainbow flag of globalism above the New World Order. Whether history rhymes or repeats, it does so in cycles. And nothing is new under the sun. Mankind’s desire to unite the world is said by some to have begun six millennia ago on the plains of Shinar, starting at the Tower of Babel.

In recent decades, especially, the birth pains of conflict were combined with the labor-inducing corollary of technological innovation and these have delivered new creations of collective centralization; to wit, the emergence of the League of Nations after World War I and the United Nations after World War II. And, surely, America’s current birth pains are about to deliver another new order. Undoubtedly, the COVID crisis, in the minds of many, will prove the impotence of nationalism in the face of global concerns as the racial agitation will continue to subvert national unity. Ironically, even as urban areas crumble and burn, and amidst new lockdowns as a defense against a global pandemic, we’ll hear Black Lives Matter chants such as “Change Starts With Us” and how we’re “Stronger Together” while remaining six-feet apart.

It’s been said “the first casualty of war is truth” and this explains the “fog of war”. It also explains why logic is no longer a factor in daily events; why WalMart and riots are immune to Covid, but not small businesses or Trump rallies; or why blacks must not be judged en masse, only cops. It would appear, in the minds of many at least, that Trump is valiantly standing against the storms – and even the existence of upheavals like Russiagate, Ukrainegate, the politicization of COVID and the full-blossoming of identity politics into blatant Marxismall seemingly support this view; as does in-party Republican attacks by The Lincoln Project (i.e. George Conway) and former Trump administration officials including Mad Dog Mattis and NeoClown Bolton.

To be sure, Trump is the most interesting man in the world right now and one wonders if that is the result of calamity or design. It could be both. Regardless, it remains to be seen if what unfurls next will more resemble the Spanish Civil War or the French Revolution. And one also wonders if it all may have been the result of contingency planning, or Game Theory, on a grand scale. In the 4-D CHESS SCENARIO: Trump might be a real-reformer attempting to actually run the tables on The Globalist Cult.

This could play out as once written in James Clavell’s novel “Shogun”: In that story, the protagonist was an English ship pilot captured in feudal Japan in the early 17th century. He survived and thrived within that culture, eventually rising to the court of a Japanese warlord named Yoshi Toronaga. The story culminated with a war between Toronaga and his rival on the council of regents named Ishido Kazunari.

In the narrative, it seemed Toronaga was being outmaneuvered and he even appeared to be mentally going off the rails as a result. Yet Toronaga’s loss of control was an act feigned in order to position for a final coup de grâce upon Ishido.

Similarly, what if Trump, in grand reality TV fashion, was wilting before the dark powers in order for them to drop their guard, overplay their hand, and expose their collective necks one final time?

Or, in the NAÏVE BUSINESSMAN SCENARIO, Trump may have had good intentions all along, but he vastly underestimated the power of The Cult and is now floundering and tweeting. And, in so doing, Trump is actually serving the goals of the globalists; albeit unintentionally.

Or in, THE JUDAS GOAT SCENARIO: It could be that Trump is a crisis-actor hired by The Cult and has been utilized to smoke out the opposition (i.e. Deplorables/patriots); while, at the same time, handing red, white, and blue-blooded Americans into FEMA Camps on a yuge silver platter with apples in their mouths. As this is written, July 4, 2020 was yesterday. Even now, fireworks can be heard in the distance. Yet I’m wondering if America has run its course. Or, rather, in the words of Ben Franklin: We had a republic. We couldn’t keep it.

In this four-minute video below, American young people were asked questions about American history. Listen to their answers and you’ll know how our nation was lost. Even if you only have 30-seconds, start at the 3:54 mark and hear a teacher admit how she preaches the ills of racism in lieu of teaching her students history. Perhaps, this, above all, describes America’s descent into a third-world country: The failure of education. Or, rather, more specifically, the transmogrification of education into indoctrination. Because education requires proper discernment of ethics, values.

The first chapter of the book “The Abolition of Man” by C.S. Lewis, is entitled “Men Without Chests”. Therein, Lewis described “chests” as “the indispensable liaison officers between cerebral man and visceral man”. He added: “it is by this middle element that man is man: for by his intellect he is mere spirit and by his appetite mere animal”.

Lewis then forewarned of our dystopian future: The right defence against false sentiments is to inculcate just sentiments. By starving the sensibility of our pupils we only make them easier prey to the propagandist when he comes. For famished nature will be avenged and a hard heart is no infallible protection against a soft head.

….We make men without chests and expect of them virtue and enterprise. We laugh at honour and are shocked to find traitors in our midst. We castrate and bid the geldings be fruitful.

So… the kids. Many, if not most of them are NOT alright. This, in fact, explains why America is not alright. Many people may not realize that C.S. Lewis wrote “The Space Trilogy” as a fictional account of how the educational misconceptions as described in “The Abolition of Man”, would transition western civilization into a dystopian society. Paradoxically, while working for the Manchester Evening News, George Orwell reviewed the third book of “The Space Trilogy” by Lewis. It was entitled “The Hideous Strength” and Orwell claimed that Lewis’ book “would have been stronger without the supernatural elements”. It’s also true that C.S. Lewis once compared Orwell’s “1984” with “Animal Farm”, and, ironically, Lewis wrote the following in publications several years before Orwell wrote 1984:

Think of a country where people were admired for running away in battle, or where a man felt proud of double-crossing all the people who had been kindest to him. You might just as well try to imagine a country where two and two made five.

Now those words were included in Lewis’ 1952 book “Mere Christianity” and “1984” was published in 1949, but the former book was a compilation of publications written by Lewis from 1943 – 1945 (that were derived from even earlier speeches & radio broadcasts).

So, I’m thinking Orwell’s 1984 (2+2=5) might have been written in response to Lewis – about a world devoid of logic and morality, except without the “supernatural elements”. If anything, perhaps the writings of these mid-twentieth-century intellectuals demonstrate how a nation’s spirit might be addressed by the application of principles (laws?) like truth, honesty, courage, discernment, temperance, and discipline – as opposed to deception, deceit, cowardice, moral relativism, lust, and greed. Yet still today, in America, many people in both business and government conduct themselves with honesty, courage, and integrity. It’s how I roll and I believe most of you now reading this do as well.

Nevertheless, here we are. I’ve had some people reach out to me via e-mail and the contact page of my blog, asking why I’ve been posting fewer articles this summer. Some have asked if I’m OK.  I am fine. My online contributions have diminished this past month, in part, because I’ve been engaging in three dimensions, getting things done. So I will (mostly) be otherwise involved with projects through the middle of August. It means I will be posting few (if any) articles during this time and my commenting will also be limited. However, I will still be perusing all my favorite online sources daily. In any event, thank you for reading and being “there”. I’ll be right back.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/07/06/dystopian-societies-derive-from-displaced-ethics-and-values/ 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 7-6-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran brags that new ‘missile cities’ are nightmare for enemies

We have ‘underground cities which house vessels and missiles’ – Brig.-Gen. Alireza Tangsiri.

By SETH J. FRANTZMAN JULY 6, 2020 18:25

In the Iranian rhetoric playbook, every failure must be met with an equal and opposite claim to some form of success. The failure of Iran to protect critical infrastructure, as well as a series of explosions at a missile factory and nuclear site over the last week and a half, led Tehran to point to new “missile cities” as part of its arsenal, which makes it a “nightmare” for enemies. What is a “missile city” and why is Iran talking about this now?

The comments were made Sunday by Iran naval chief R.-Adm. Alireza Tangsiri, who said Iran has “underground cities that house vessels and missiles.” The entire shoreline of southern Iran has these weapons, he asserted. Most of these weapons systems are in the hands of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps, not the regular Iranian navy. They consist of various marine forces, including units of the Basij, reports in Iranian state media claim. They include 428 flotillas along 2,200 km. of coastline. The systems are concentrated at key areas along the Persian Gulf and facing the Gulf of Oman.

Iran has carried out tests in the past with these fleets of fast boats and its missiles. Overall, the program appears linked to comments made in October 2019 by Ali Hajizadeh of the IRGC aerospace force about various underground missile sites. The missile “cities” on the coast have been constructed on the shoreline or in facilities off the coast on islands and other areas. The full details of how they are run and whether the IRGC’s navy or aerospace elements run them is not clear.

The bragging about the “missile cities” comes in the wake of a mid-June test of an Iranian cruise missile that was fired out to sea, which supposedly has a range of 280 km. Iran also said in April it had increased the range of its naval missiles to 700 km.

However, Iran shot a missile in May that mistakenly hit one of its own ships, killing more than a dozen sailors. This is the other face of Iran’s military program. In an attempt to increase capabilities and show off, Iran has made many mistakes and taken shortcuts. It shot down a Ukrainian civilian airliner in January. In early June, satellite photos also showed that Iran had reconstructed a large-scale model of a US aircraft carrier to practice destroying it.

Tehran has been increasingly aggressive at sea. It conducted a massive “toward al-Quds” drill in early 2019 using dozens of drones and watercraft. The name of the war game was meant to evoke the “path to Jerusalem,” as if Iran was striking at Israel. In fact Iran was threatening ships going through to the Persian Gulf. In May and June it mined six of those ships. It also shot down a US surveillance drone that was flying near Iran’s coastline. It harassed US ships in April, as it had done many times before. This is the context of the “missile cities” story. Iran may feel the need to lash out, since it is under pressure from US sanctions and has appeared to suffer new setbacks to its nuclear and missile program. So Tehran lashed out in September, attacking Saudi Arabia’s Abqaiq oil refineries using drones and cruise missiles.

https://www.jpost.com/middle-east/iran-news/iran-brags-that-new-missile-cities-are-nightmare-for-enemies-634017 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 7-7-20 The Remnants :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Powerful Lahars Race Down the Steep Slopes of Fuego Volcano After Strong Eruption in Guatemala

admin / July 7, 2020

Moderate to strong lahars descended down the slopes of the Volcán de Fuego in El Jute and Las Lajas ravines. The two ravines are on the eastern flank of the volcano and are tributaries of the Achuguate and Guacalate rivers, respectively. First the volcanic eruption on the 4th of July: Then the ferocious river of mud on the 5th of July:

In this video, you even see people being dragged and saved from a stranded car. Notable lahars include those at Mount Pinatubo and Nevado del Ruiz, the latter of which killed thousands of people in the town of Armero. And did you know that urban Seattle could be facing a lahar as tall as 600 freaking feet. Yes! it’s already happened before!

https://theremnants.info/powerful-lahars-race-down-the-steep-slopes-of-fuego-volcano-after-strong-eruption-in-guatemala/ 

:: 7-7-20 Yo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hong Kong Sits Above a Supervolcano and Was Formed by a Rare Mega-Eruption

July 7, 2020

The haphazard history that gave Hong Kong some of the most valuable real estate in the world has just got more random. Geologists say that it sits in the caldera of a supervolcano and is only there thanks to an extraordinary volcanic eruption. It was one of only about 50 supervolcanoes to have erupted since […] The post Hong Kong Sits Above a Supervolcano and Was Formed by a Rare Mega-Eruption appeared first on Strange Sounds.

Source: Hong Kong Sits Above a Supervolcano and Was Formed by a Rare Mega-Eruption

https://yonews.org/hong-kong-sits-above-a-supervolcano-and-was-formed-by-a-rare-mega-eruption/ 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 7-6-20 Eye on the Arctic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian village gets evacuation advise ahead of missile launch, scheduled July 7

Thomas Nilsen, The Independent Barents Observer  Posted: Monday, July 6, 2020 at 12:47

It is the city administration in nearby Severodvinsk that posted the warning on its portal.

«From 6:00 on July 7 to 18:00 on July 8, the village of Nenoksa are inside the danger zone during work by the 1st scientific center of military unit 09703,» the message reads.

The military informed the Severodvinsk administration that the evacuation is «for those wishing to leave Nenoksa.» There are about 500 inhabitants in the village which is located 2 kilometers from the missile test site of the navy. Five busses will be ready to evacuate the villagers.

No information is provided about what kind of test will be carried out that poses such danger to the locals two kilometers away. An explosion last year killed 5 people in the same area

On August 8 last year, though, an explosion happened on a military barge off the coast from Nenoksa, killing five and injuring others. The explosion was followed by an increase in radioactivity first measured in Severodvinsk. The victims, all employees of a special reactor-development department of Rosatom were rushed to hospital in ambulances and a helicopter which crew was wearing radiation protection suits. The explosion is believed to have happened during recovering of a Burevestnik nuclear-powered cruise missile from the seabed under the barge in the White Sea.

What kind of missile that is to be tested this week is only for speculations. Port Authorities of Arkhangelsk has issued a special warning to seamen sailing the White Sea for the period July 6 to July 10 putting. The ban on sailing covers an area starting at the coast where Nenoksa and Severodvinsk are located and follow a path northeast of the Dvina delta, across the bay outside the mouth of River Mezen and further north towards Cape Kanin where the Chizha shooting range is located.

According to the weather forecast for July 7 and 8, the area between Nenoksa and Cape Kanin will be partly clouded and with the wind to the north and northwest. June radiation hike

In June, radiation authorities in Norway, Sweden and Finland measured tiny levels of several radioactive isotopes coming from a reactor leak or handling of spent nuclear fuel elements. The source of the isotopes still remains a mystery, but analyzes of possible locations of the source, made by Dutch authorities, indicated that the source came from somewhere in an area from the White Sea in the north, the Baltic states in the south.

No civilian nuclear power plants in the area, that be Sweden, Finland or Russia, have reported any leaks. Russian military authorities last year denied any radioactive leakage following the Nenoksa explosion, although the city authorities in nearby Severodvinsk measured a hike in radiation shortly after.

Cruise missile crashed into house

In 2015, a cruise-missile test went badly wrong at Nenoksa. Shortly after launch, it changed pattern, started to spin, and crashed into a three-storey residential building in Nenoksa. The building also had a kindergarten on its ground floor.

Related stories from around the North:

Canada: Canada, U.S. must do more to check Russian military in the Arctic, says NORAD chief, CBC News

Finland: Finnish Defence Minister tells party leaders shrinking fighter fleet would be “irresponsible”, Yle News

Iceland: Iceland talks Arctic, Trump’s ditching of climate accord, with U.S. Secretary of State, Eye on the Arctic

Norway: Norway strengthens its Arctic military in new defense plan as security concerns grow in the region, The Independent Barents Observer

Russia: Russian Arctic military exercise draws awe and concern, The Independent Barents Observer

Sweden: Arctic Sweden to welcome thousands of international troops for Northern Wind exercise, The Independent Barents Observer

United States: U.S. experts call for ‘vigilance’ on Russian military buildup in Arctic, Alaska Public Media

https://www.rcinet.ca/eye-on-the-arctic/2020/07/06/russian-village-gets-evacuation-advise-ahead-of-missile-launch-scheduled-july-7/ 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 7-6-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Shock Videos: BLM Harasses Christians Attending Church

Mother and children accosted while attempting to enter church

Adan Salazar | Infowars.com - July 6, 2020

Footage from over the weekend shows Black Lives Matter protesters harassing churchgoers.

In one video, protesters are seen exiting a church exclaiming profanities and chanting, “Black Lives Matter,” before a fight nearly breaks out. Eventually two police officers inside the church are able to de-escalate the situation and the protesters exit peacefully.

In another video, a mother and her three children are yelled at by dozens of BLM protesters while attempting to enter a church.

Why are you bringing a baby to a church?” yells a BLM protester over a bullhorn, before a chant starts to “Save those kids!” After the family walks up the steps of the church, several church members converge on the walkway to block BLM protesters from following behind.

The harassment of Christian churchgoers no doubt represents an escalation of tactics for the BLM movement, but it’s par for the course for radical leftists who align themselves with Marx and the godless Chi-Coms.

https://www.infowars.com/shock-videos-blm-harasses-christians-attending-church/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 7-7-20 Vice :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Is Warning About a Possible Bubonic Plague Outbreak Because That's How 2020 Is Going

Cool, cool, it's not like we had enough to worry about already.

DG

by David Gilbert 07 July 2020, 12:44am

This article originally appeared on VICE US.

The world is in the grip of an unprecedented global pandemic that is causing hundreds of thousands of deaths, millions of infections, and an untold economic catastrophe. So the last thing we need to hear right now is that in a remote corner of China, another plague has emerged.

Authorities in China warned Sunday of a “plague epidemic” after a herdsman was diagnosed with bubonic plague, the cause of the Black Death, which killed 50 million people worldwide in the Middle Ages. The alert came from the city of Bayannur, located 550 miles northwest of Beijing in the autonomous region of Inner Mongolia.

On Saturday, a hospital alerted municipal authorities of the patient's case, and by Sunday, local authorities had taken action, issuing a citywide Level 3 warning for plague prevention, the second-lowest in a four-level system.

“At present, there is a risk of a human plague epidemic spreading in this city,” the local health authority said, according to state-run newspaper China Daily. “The public should improve its self-protection awareness and ability, and report abnormal health conditions promptly.”

The authorities also warned people against hunting, eating, or transporting potentially infected animals and to report any dead or diseased rodents. Bayannur’s authorities particularly highlighted the threat from marmots, a type of large ground squirrel that is eaten in some parts of China and neighboring Mongolia. Marmots live in rural areas and are often a carrier of the disease.

Bubonic plague, which is transmitted by fleas that live off infected rodents, as well as direct contact with infected tissue, is one of the plague's two main forms. It causes painful, swollen lymph nodes, as well as fever, chills, and coughing. Bubonic plague can be treated with antibiotics if caught early, but if untreated it is fatal in up to 60% of cases. Pneumonic plague, which infects the lungs, is a more severe form and is fatal in 90% of untreated cases. Bayannur’s health officials said the herdsman in question was in a stable condition and was undergoing treatment.

While the plague has been effectively wiped out in large parts of the world thanks to the advent of antibiotics, it still persists.

The Bayannur case is Mongolia’s third known case of the plague in recent weeks. On Monday authorities lifted restrictions in Khovd Province after two cases of bubonic plague linked to the consumption of marmot meat were reported a week ago.

Last May, a couple in neighboring Mongolia died from bubonic plague after eating the raw kidney of a marmot, which is a traditional remedy thought to bring good health, and in November, Beijing announced that two people in Inner Mongolia caught the pneumonic plague.

https://www.vice.com/en_in/article/v7g3zx/china-is-warning-about-a-possible-bubonic-plague-outbreak-because-thats-how-2020-is-going 

:: 7-6-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Black militants are now anti-White, anti-Jew, anti-Israel: Armed Black extremists vow to “take Texas” as BLM protesters declare “death to Israel and America”

Monday, July 06, 2020 by: Mike Adams

Image: Black militants are now anti-White, anti-Jew, anti-Israel: Armed Black extremists vow to “take Texas” as BLM protesters declare “death to Israel and America”

(Natural News) The militant, extremist Black Lives Matter movement is not only being directly funded by hundreds of U.S. corporations who are overtly attempting to overthrow America, now BLM has spawned the rise of even more extreme, militant groups that are pledging to use force to overthrow U.S. states like Texas. Hundreds of members of the NFAC — Not F#cking Around Coalition — marched near Atlanta over the weekend, dressed in all-black uniforms and carrying AR-15s and other similar weapons as they shouted their demands for defeating Texas and launching a new “Black ethnostate” inside the USA.

Described by one of its members as the “backbone for the military of a new Black nation,” the NFAC has adopted an aggressive, confrontational tone that implies kinetic conflict with Whites and the U.S. government. And why not? Since “Black lives” have now been given the ultimate black privilege / black supremacy across America, it seems there’s no demand that’s a bridge too far.

Their plans include filing a “Declaration of Liberation,” in which they claim they will declare every Black person in America to be a “political prisoner” while demanding the U.S. government hand over territory that the NFAC will take over for their own “Black ethnostate.”

They want another CHAZ, in other words, but on a larger scale. The black-on-black shootings would no doubt start immediately, and the Black ethnostate would quickly collapse into a Haiti-style sh#thole, but that’s already obvious to everyone. Nowhere on earth has an armed, angry Black mob ever created a peaceful, fair and just society. Here’s a still image of some of the marchers, who appear to be a cross between Antifa and Black Panthers: They’ve also issued a direct challenge to “White militias” and seem to be itching for a confrontation. Somebody should probably tell them at some point that White militias don’t stand around in the road like idiots, waiting to be shot. They hit you with the element of surprise and defeat you before you even know what happened:

https://twitter.com/YourAnonCentral/status/1279563655307071488?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E1279563655307071488%7Ctwgr%5E&ref_url=

https%3A%2F%2Fwww.zerohedge.com%2Fpolitical%2Fwere-your-house-lets-go-black-militia-challenges-white-militia-confederate-monument 

Black Lives Matter protesters call for “death to Israel” and the United States

Meanwhile, Black Lives Matter as an organization has veered strongly anti-Israel, anti-Jew and anti-Semitic in the last week or so, with BLM protesters now chanting for “death to Israel” and the United States. As Breitbart News reports: At pro-Palestinian Black Lives Matter rallies in New York and Washington, chants were heard calling for “Death to Israel,” “Death to America” and “From Gaza to Minnesota, globalize the Intifada!”

Dequi Kioni Sadiki, the wife of former Black Panther Sekou Odinga, said: “The European Jews who occupy, slaughter and continue to force millions of Palestinians onto their killing fields called refugee and concentration camps, are the relatives of the Europeans… who kidnapped, slaughtered and forced millions of Africans and indigenous” into slavery. Calls to “abolish the police” were joined with calls to eliminate “the Zionistic state of Israel.” BLM Los Angeles co-founder: Nearly all White liberals in Los Angeles as “White supremacists”

BLM has also gone all-in with an anti-White stance, which is of course inherently racist and bigoted. As Breitbart.com reports:

Black Lives Matter activists in Los Angeles believe that they live in a city that is filled with “liberal white supremacists.”

“So it’s important as we say things — like I see your sign ‘fuck Donald Trump,’ yeah ‘fuck Donald Trump’ — that we remember that we live in a city that is largely liberal white supremacists,” Dr. Melina Abdullah, co-founder of Black Lives Matter LA told an enthusiastic crowd in a video posted by the People’s City Council on Wednesday: Abdullah, a professor of Pan-African Studies at Cal State LA, went on to describe liberal white supremacists as those who have “black friends that sit at the dinner table” and those who “speak Spanish.”

In case you’re keeping track: Black extremists are now anti-police, anti-America, anti-White, anti-Semitic, anti-Israel and totally opposed to the rule of law

Thanks to the unwavering support of the NBA, the NFL and hundreds of corporations across America who are funding terrorist weapons acquisition by Black Lives Matter, Black extremist groups are rising up and become aggressive, violent and overtly racist.

They demand the killing of Whites and the destruction of Israel. They call for America to be torn down, and they demand the U.S. government give them a chunk of land so they can declare their own Black reservation or “autonomous zone,” which will no doubt be very quickly ruled by some Black warlord who carries an AK-47 and runs all the prostitution and child trafficking inside the zone.

In CHAZ, two young black men were gunned down by Black CHAZ “security forces,” and now an 8-year-old Black girl has been shot to death by militant Black Lives protesters in Atlanta. When you put Black militants in charge, this is what you get: Unbridled violence against Black people (and everyone else). Which is exactly the situation in Chicago where reportedly 79 people were shot over the July 4th weekend… mostly Black people, by the way. (Zero media attention on that statistic, in case you were wondering.) Black militants are so mindless and insane that they deliberately tore down the statue of Frederick Douglas, an abolitionist who dedicated his life to freeing slaves in America. Douglas is a hero of Black history, but apparently his statue was too “offensive” to today’s ignorant Black youth, who are truly nothing but violent, lawless gangs who carry out whatever destruction, murder, looting and arson they can get away with. (And so far, the insane liberal politicians are letting them do anything they want.)

As all this is happening, 269 corporations across America are falling all over themselves writing million-dollar checks to Black groups that are funneling money into these terrorism operations. Those corporations include American Express, AT&T, Bank of America, Coca-Cola, Disney, Gatorade, Goldman Sachs, Hulu, IBM, Lowe’s, McDonald’s, Nike, Pepsi, Reebok, Subway, Taco Bell, YouTube and hundreds more. See the full list here.

This means hundreds of U.S. corporations are openly supporting an actual domestic terrorism organization that’s anti-Semitic, racist, violent and carries out murder against Black Americans as well as police officers. You want some fries with that hate?

Stop trying to appease insane, violent lunatics

We don’t see any of these corporations, by the way, surrendering their companies and handing over all their shares to Black Americans. Rather, they are claiming to support BLM merely as a way to try to increase corporate profits by pandering to the increasingly insane demands of Black militant terrorist organizations that, if they had the chance, would drag every White CEO out of every one of these companies and shoot them in the face then dump them in the river.

Stop trying to negotiate with terrorists. It’s a pointless exercise because there’s no limit to their demands. Instead, President Trump and the DOJ must do two things:

Officially declare Black Lives Matter, Antifa the the NFAC to be domestic terrorists groups.

Deputize all concealed carry holders across America with the authority to engage and help defeat terrorists wherever such terrorists are spotted.

Problem solved. If Black radicals in America want to live in a society of peace, justice and equality, they should stop threatening to kill everyone while burning down buildings, shooting innocents and calling for executing police. But if they want a war, Trump and the DOJ should end that war as quickly as possibly by defeating Black militant terrorists with overwhelming force and the assistance of the armed U.S. public.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-07-06-armed-black-extremists-vow-to-take-texas-blm-protesters-death-to-israel.html 

:: 7-2-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Reality of Evil

By Hal Lindsey

A 2011 article in Slate Magazine written by Ron Rosenbaum asked, “Is evil over? Has science finally driven a stake through its dark heart?… Yes, according to many neuroscientists, who are emerging as the new high priests of the secrets of the psyche.” In the last few years, countless scholarly articles and books posit the view that the human will is an illusion. They see men and women as machines — able to do only what their genetic and environmental programming tells them to do. Remove moral choice from the equation, and humans would not have the capacity for evil. They would simply act and respond according to set laws. We all recognize that we would be different if we had different parents, or grew up in another culture. Many things influence us. But these people are talking about more than influence. They’re talking about a complete inability to make choices. To them, the murderer does not decide to kill. He just follows his programming. They see the child molester as merely doing what nature and nurture have programmed him to do.

Since this is fast becoming the prevailing view at universities, we can expect it to spread through society. What happens when parents, schools, and government see human beings as machines without choice? How could you punish anyone? What are the consequences of a “no consequence” society? And what happens when people see themselves as helpless puppets unable to choose? What would the world look like if people ceased to take responsibility for their actions, or hold one another accountable? “It wasn’t my choice. It was my programming.”

Satan’s job would be all but over. People would give in to every temptation believing they have no choice in the matter, and therefore no culpability for any of their actions. You would also have people being thrown into re-education camps meant to “fix” their programming. A few elites would take it on themselves to determine right and wrong for everyone.  In 21st century America, we’re already glimpsing a society that ignores personal responsibility, and spends its time trying to reprogram its citizens. It doesn’t look good.

The Bible teaches that human beings make moral choices. Every biblical command, every admonishment from God, is a divine acknowledgment of human choice. “You shall have no other gods before Me,” [Exodus 20:3 NASB] is a command to choose God over idols. You have the privilege of deciding, but also the responsibility.

Without an understanding of the reality of evil, the world falls into chaos. ISIS makes a perfect example. On August 13th, the New York Times ran an article entitled, “ISIS Enshrines a Theology of Rape” by Rukmini Callimachi. Even with all the horrible things we’ve heard about ISIS, his report should shock the conscience of the world.

In the moments before he raped the 12-year-old girl, the Islamic State fighter took the time to explain that what he was about to do was not a sin. Because the preteen girl practiced a religion other than Islam, the Quran not only gave him the right to rape her — it condoned and encouraged it. He bound her hands and gagged her. Then he knelt beside the bed and prostrated himself in prayer before getting on top of her. When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion. “I kept telling him it hurts — please stop,” said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. “He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.”

What happened to this 12-year-old is happening to thousands of young girls across that region. If evil does not exist, if humans only follow their programming, then no one can blame the rapist. His crime would cease to be criminal. He could say he was merely acting out his programming.

But God sees the inner workings of every heart. Jeremiah 17:10 says, “I, the Lord, search the heart.” [NASB] Jesus said, “I am He who searches the minds and hearts.” [Revelation 2:23 NASB] He sees the choice as it’s being made.

In the hardest heart, an innate sense of right and wrong still exists. Even after a man’s conscience has been bound, gagged, and shut in a closet, the man still knows it’s there, and what it would say if it could. That’s why the jihadist defended himself to the girl he was about to rape. He knew he was wrong, but his interpretation of the Quran gave him an excuse. His religious belief freed his wicked nature from the usual constraints of societal norms and human punishment. But the Quran did not make the choice. He did.

The Times article said, “The practice (of rape) has become an established recruiting tool to lure men from deeply conservative Muslim societies.” That, friends, is evilrape as a “recruiting tool.” Join ISIS and rape little girls. It shocks and appalls us to hear such things. Why? Because we know that these are the actions of men, and not machines. A man has a choice, and these men have chosen evil.  The worst thing about evil is that we’re all infected. Most societies have safeguards in place to restrain people from evil’s worst manifestations. But we all do evil things. We are bent that way from birth, and have only one hope. Of all history’s philosophers and kings, only Jesus tells His followers, “You must be born again,” [John 3:7 NASB] and then performs the miracle Himself.

The Bible teaches that we are born physically alive but spiritually dead. It’s only when we are miraculously born spiritually that we can communicate with the true GOD and come to know Him. The first thing we learn is that we now stand before a Holy GOD and are responsible to Him. We grow in that knowledge and in His love and forgiving Grace that is based on Jesus’ shed blood for our sins.

It is best summed up by this verse of Scripture, “Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation; old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new.” [2 Corinthians 5:17 NKJV] We grow spiritually in this as we grow in Christ. He will discipline us, but He will not disown us. As Jesus promised through the Apostle Paul, “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who has began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 1:6 NKJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-5-2015/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  etc

:: 7-2-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Modern Rise of an Ancient Evil

By Hal Lindsey

The March 2020 issue of The Atlantic carries a sad, but fascinating story headlined, “Why Witchcraft Is on the Rise.” In the print edition, it’s called “The Witching Hour.” The magazine takes a sometimes bemused, mostly respectful approach to the topic of witchcraft. The sub headline reads, “Americans’ interest in spell-casting tends to wax as instability rises and trust in establishment ideas plummets.”

According to the article, “A 2014 Pew Research Center report suggested that the United States’ adult population of pagans and Wiccans was about 730,000 — on par with the number of Unitarians. But Wicca represents just one among many approaches to witchery, and not all witches consider themselves pagan or Wiccan. These days, Diaz told me, ‘everyone calls themselves witches.’”

The “Diaz” mentioned is one Juliet Diaz. The article says she “describes herself as a seer capable of reading auras and connecting with ‘the other side’one in a long line of healers in her family, which traces its roots to Cuba and the indigenous Taíno people, who settled in parts of the Caribbean. She is also a professional witch: Diaz sells anointing oils and ‘intention infused’ body products in her online store, instructs more than 8,900 witches enrolled in her online school, and leads witchy workshops that promise to leave attendees ‘feeling magical af!’ In 2018, Diaz, the author of the best-selling book Witchery: Embrace the Witch Within, earned more than half a million dollars from her magic work and was named Best Witch — yes, there are rankings — by Spirit Guides Magazine.”

Diaz said that when she was growing up, “her family’s spellwork felt taboo. But over the past few years, witchcraft, long viewed with suspicion and even hostility, has transmuted into a mainstream phenomenon. The coven is the new squad.”

When I released Satan is Alive and Well on Planet Earth back in 1973, satanism, witchcraft, and other forms of the occult were exploding onto the American scene. But they were still viewed with shock and suspicion. Today, they permeate society, and no one is shocked.

Last year, Wired Magazine ran a story with the headline, “Trump's Presidency Has Spawned a New Generation of Witches.” Whatever you think of President Trump, it ought to be surprising that thousands of people have turned to witchcraft and the occult in order to oppose him. This is supposedly an era of science and enlightenment, and these people are sticking pins in orange-haired dolls.

People feel powerless and afraid. The world seems out of control. Many have a sense that something awful looms on the horizon and they feel desperate to shield and empower themselves. They’re trying to prepare for what they think may be coming by turning to an ancient evil — Satan.

2 Corinthians 4:4 calls him “the god of this world.” Ephesians 2:2 refers to him as “the prince of the power of the air.” Those things are attractive to a fallen human nature. Galatians 5:19 says, “The deeds of the flesh are evident.” Verse 20 lists two of the deeds as “idolatry” and “sorcery.”

But Satan gives only an illusion of empowerment and independence. In reality, he crushes and kills. He empowers humans in order to enslave them. His name means “adversary.” In John 8:44, Jesus called him the father of lies.

The Spirit of God works in opposite ways. Instead of death and destruction, God brings life and joy. After Galatians 5 tells us about the “deeds of the flesh,” it speaks of the Holy Spirit’s fruit in our lives. “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, self-control” (Galatians 5:22-23). Want power? That’s power!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-19-2020/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

[ :: 12-23-18 am service  (sixth word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc etc you plot right now to divide my land again when I told you not to do that, etc.. etc you will do what you should not do next week and then your doom will be sealed.

:: 7-6-20 Caroline Glick :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump and Netanyahu face their rendezvous with destiny

07/03/2020

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu needn’t take heed of the “friendly advice” British Prime Minister Boris Johnson proffered on Wednesday. As UAE Ambassador to the U.S. Yousef Al-Otaiba did earlier this month, Johnson published an article in Yediot Ahronot threatening Israel with various disasters if Netanyahu implements his plan to apply Israeli sovereignty in areas of Judea and Samaria in conformance with U.S. President Donald Trump’s peace plan.

Johnson’s “friendly” threats should surprise no one. Since 2017, when he began serving as Britain’s foreign minister under then prime minister Theresa May, Johnson demonstrated amply that he is no great friend of Israel, or of anyone else.

After leading the fight for Brexit as Mayor of London, as foreign minister Johnson was quick to align all of Britain’s foreign policies with the European Union, as if he was its most obedient member. He did so not only at Israel’s expense, but at the expense of Anglo-American ties.

When the Trump administration withdrew the U.S. from the UN Human Rights Council due to the council’s structural anti-Semitism and anti-Americanism, not only did Johnson not follow suit. He sped off to Geneva, appeared before the UNHRC and pledged Britain’s undying allegiance to the body.

When the Trump administration abandoned the nuclear deal with Iran which enriched the terrorist regime, enabling it to expand its terrorist campaigns on multiple fronts and gave Teheran an open road to a nuclear arsenal within a decade, Johnson didn’t merely oppose the move. He worked with his French and German counterparts to develop a financial exchange to bypass U.S. economic sanctions on Iran.

Now, as Prime Minister, aside from paying lip service to the Trump administration’s efforts to extend the UN embargo against Iran which is set to expire in October, Johnson is doing nothing.  As to Israel specifically, Johnson’s tenure as foreign minister was an unremitting disappointment.

In March 2017 Johnson paid an official visit to Israel. Before meeting with Netanyahu, Johnson went on a very public tour in Judea with the heads of Peace Now. British taxpayers are some of the largest funders of the radical Israeli NGO that has long acted on behalf of foreign governments interested in subverting the property rights of Israeli Jews in Judea and Samaria.

When Johnson was asked whether he intended to meet with the leaders of the Council of Israeli communities in Judea and Samaria to hear the other side of the story, he scoffed.

Parroting the anti-Semitic lingo of the well-groomed anti-Israel mob, Johnson insisted – as a friend — that Israel has two choices: It can fork over all of Judea and Samaria and eastern, southern and northern Jerusalem to the PLO, (otherwise known as “the two-state solution”), or it can become an apartheid state.

Johnson, to be sure is vastly preferable to Labour’s anti-Semitic leader Jeremy Corbyn. But the mere fact that Johnson doesn’t hate Jews doesn’t make him a friend of the Jewish state.

The disparity between Johnson’s iconoclastic, flamboyant rhetoric and his rush to conform with the anti-American, anti-Israel, post-nationalist foreign policy establishment shows that Johnson can talk the talk of leadership but he cannot walk the walk. He will not be remembered as a leader of historic dimensions. He will be remembered as a blowhard. This brings us to Johnson’s disappointed partners — President Donald Trump on the one hand and to Netanyahu on the other. Like Johnson, their futures in office and their legacies will be determined by what they do, not by what they say.

To a large degree, until the sudden appearance of Covid-19 and the riots across America, Trump’s presidency was a textbook case of talking the talk and walking the walk. Trump does not inspire the hatred of well-heeled establishment types just because of his flamboyant style. They hate him because he has matched his rhetoric with action.

In the Middle East, Trump said Barack Obama had betrayed Israel and the U.S.’s Sunni Arab partners to cozy up to Iran. Trump promised to restore those alliances. And he did.

Trump promised to abandon Obama’s nuclear deal with Iran. And he did. He said he would develop and implement a sanctions policy to bring Iran to its knees. And he did.

Now, with the UN arms embargo about to expire, and Iran at the edge of nuclear breakout, that policy faces a make or break moment. With the Europeans unwilling to act to prolong the arms embargo, Trump has only one optionrestore all UN sanctions on Iran, including the arms embargo by invoking the snapback clause of Security Council Resolution 2231.

UN Security Council Resolution 2231, which anchored the nuclear deal stipulates that if Iran is in breach of the deal, a member of the Security Council can trigger a restoration of the UN Security Council sanctions against Iran for its illicit nuclear activities which were suspended as part of the deal’s implementation. Iran is now openly enriching and stockpiling uranium in quantities well beyond what is permitted under the deal to the point where according to the IAEA, Iran is on the verge of nuclear breakout capacity.

Ignoring the text of the resolution, the EU, Russia and others are falsely arguing that when the U.S. walked away from the nuclear deal, it ceased to be authorized to trigger the snap back clause. Asserting the U.S.’s legal right to trigger the sanctions will require an ugly fight. But right now, that is the only way to achieve the aim Trump has declared – preventing Iran from becoming a nuclear power and a regional hegemon. If he has this fight, he will win it and secure his achievements. If he walks away from this fight, his entire Iran policy will fail and Iran will race to the nuclear finish line.

This brings us to Israel itself, Trump promised to move the U.S. embassy to Jerusalem. And he did. He said he would reject the failed peace paradigm of his predecessors and replace it with a vision based on reality. And he did. Now that plan and Trump’s Middle East legacy face a make or break moment.

Trump recognized that all the peace plans offered up by his predecessors failed because they were based on the anti-Israel falsehood that the cause of the enduring Palestinian conflict with Israel was Israel’s size. Trump recognized that the real problem isn’t how large Israel is but the Palestinians’ historic rejection of Israel’s right to exist at any size and their determination to annihilate Israel – large or small.

To start negotiations, the Palestinians must take concrete steps to show they are changing. For instance, they need to stop paying salaries to terrorists who have killed Israelis.

As to Israel itself, whereas his predecessors’ plans reject Israel’s legal rights to sovereignty in Judea and Samaria, Trump accepts this legal reality. He also recognizes that Israel has critical national and strategic interest tied up with the areas. To secure those rights and interests, Trump said in January that he will recognize Israeli sovereignty over some of the areas – specifically, the Israeli communities in Judea and Samaria and the Jordan Valley as soon as Israel’s applies those rights.

Now it appears the weight of the foreign policy establishment is taking a toll on Trump and he is losing his nerve. For weeks, reports have flowed that Trump has soured on his own plan. He doesn’t know if he wants to back Israeli sovereignty as he pledged to do at the White House in January. Maybe at the end of the day, Israel’s rights are subject to an EU veto if not a Palestinian one.

If these reports are correct, Trump’s weakness won’t win him supporters. It will empower his opponents who will erase all of the things he has done and return U.S. Middle East policy to the anti-Israel fantasy track it has operated on since 1993.

What goes for Trump goes for Netanyahu ten times over. What Netanyahu does over the next few weeks will determine if he goes down in history as one of the greatest Jewish leaders of all time, or if he is remembered as a disappointment of Sabbatean proportions.

Since he was first elected Prime Minister in 1996, Netanyahu has faced two main challenges: Preventing Iran from acquiring nuclear weapons, and securing Israel’s rights and interests in Judea and Samaria in the face of Palestinian rejectionism and terrorism and in the midst of phony peace process supported by the foreign policy establishment, the Israeli left and the international left.  After 24 years, both of these issues have reached a moment of truth.

Setting aside the issue of the mysterious explosions in areas in and around Iran’s nuclear installations, Netanyahu’s primary task diplomatically is to clear a path for Trump to enact the snap-back sanctions just as he cleared the path for Trump to exit the nuclear deal in 2018.

As for the Palestinians, in 1996, Netanyahu was elected prime minister because he was the leader of the opposition to the phony Oslo peace process with the PLO. As Netanyahu and his supporters warned, the Oslo process was a strategic mistake. In due course, it failed and it caused Israel unspeakable damage. More than 1,500 Israelis were killed because of the terrorist whirlwind Oslo reaped and Israel’s international standing dropped to new lows. Despite Oslo’s total failure, throughout his years in power, until the Trump presidency, Netanyahu lacked the strategic opportunity to replace it with a different vision for Judea and Samaria and Israel’s relations with the Palestinians.  Netanyahu’s sovereignty plan is that vision.  The Oslo process is predicated on a denial of Israel’s rights in Judea and Samaria. While it pays lip service to Israel’s security needs, in practice it undermines them.

Netanyahu’s sovereignty plan is predicated on Israel asserting and U.S. recognizing Israel’s rights to Judea and Samaria on the one hand, and Israel securing in perpetuity its vital security interests. Here too, in the face of Trump’s hesitation and his coalition partners’ efforts to subvert him, Netanyahu is wavering. He missed the July 1 target date he had declared for implementing his plan. Now there is talk of him putting it off until some later date, which of course, will never arrive.

If Netanyahu stays the course and implements his plan now, he will secure his political power now. More importantly, he will be remembered in the annals of Jewish history as a leader of historic proportions. If Netanyahu wavers, if he fails to carry through on his plan, he will lose his political position and be remembered as an Israeli version of Boris Johnson – nothing more than a smooth-talking charlatan. Originally published in Israel Hayom.

https://carolineglick.com/trump-and-netanyahu-face-their-rendezvous-with-destiny/ 

:: 7-6-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mossad said to foil Iranian attacks on Israeli embassies in Europe, elsewhere

Report comes as tensions between Israel and Iran grow, following claims Jerusalem was behind bombing of Natanz nuclear facility that reportedly set back work there by 2 years

By TOI staff 6 July 2020, 10:46 pm

The Mossad spy agency recently foiled planned or attempted Iranian attacks on Israeli diplomatic missions in Europe and elsewhere, according to a report Monday.

The report by Channel 12 said the names of the countries where attacks were prevented remain under censorship, but cooperation with them helped to thwart the attacks. No other details were available, and no sources were named.

In 2012, Iran and its Lebanese proxy, the terror group Hezbollah, seemingly attempted to carry out a number of attacks against Israeli diplomatic missions in India, Georgia, Thailand, and elsewhere.

Monday’s Channel 12 report also said that an attack on the Natanz nuclear facility in Iran, credited to Israel, had managed to set back Tehran’s uranium enrichment program by two years, citing Western intelligence estimates.

A report by Channel 13 on Sunday claimed the attack only set back the work by a single year. A Middle Eastern intelligence official was quoted Sunday by The New York Times as saying the fire that damaged a building used for producing centrifuges at Natanz was sparked by Israel.

The unidentified official said the blast Thursday at the nuclear complex was caused by a powerful bomb.

A member of Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps also told the American newspaper that an explosive was used, but did not specify who was responsible. The Middle Eastern intelligence official said Israel was not linked to several other recent mysterious fires in Iran over the past week. Former defense minister Avigdor Liberman has hinted that the official cited in the report is Mossad chief Yossi Cohen.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu announced Sunday that he would extend Cohen’s term until June 2021, citing unspecified “security challenges.” The spymaster is famed in the Mossad ranks as an operations man. Under his watch, the Mossad has grown in personnel and budget, and has reportedly focused on espionage operations targeting the Iranian nuclear program.

An Israeli TV report Friday night said that Israel was bracing for a possible Iranian retaliation if it determines that Jerusalem was behind the Natanz explosion. Defense Minister Benny Gantz played down the speculation on Sunday, saying that not everything that happened there could be blamed on Israel.

Iran admitted Sunday that Natanz incurred “considerable” damage from the fire last week, as satellite pictures appeared to show widespread devastation at the sensitive facility. Iran had sought to downplay the damage from the blaze, though analysts said it had likely destroyed an above-ground lab being used to prepare advanced centrifuges before they were installed underground.

“We first learned that, fortunately, there were no casualties as a result of the incident, but financial damages incurred to the site due to incident were considerable,” said Iran’s atomic agency spokesman Behrouz Kamalvandi.  He confirmed that the damaged building was a centrifuge assembly center and not an “industrial shed,” as earlier claimed.

“More advanced centrifuge machines were intended to be built there,” he said, adding that the damage would “possibly cause a delay in development and production of advanced centrifuge machines in the medium term.”

Authorities have pinpointed the source of the fire, but are withholding the information for national security reasons, he said. The building was first constructed in 2013 for the development of advanced centrifuges, though work was halted there in 2015 under the nuclear deal with world powers, he added.

When the United States withdrew from the nuclear deal, the work there was renewed, Kamalvandi said.

He said that the fire had damaged “precision and measuring instruments,” and that the center had not been operating at full capacity due to restrictions imposed by Tehran’s 2015 nuclear deal with world powers. Iran began experimenting with advanced centrifuge models in the wake of the US unilaterally withdrawing from the deal two years ago. In 2018, Iran showed off IR-2, IR-4 and IR-6 centrifuges at the site, in what was seen as a warning to Europe to stick to the nuclear deal after the withdrawal from the accord by the US. Pictures have also purported to show IR-8 centrifuges at Natanz, though Iranian officials have also said the site could not yet handle the ultra-advanced centrifuges.

The fire was one of a series of mysterious disasters to strike sensitive Iranian sites in recent days, leading to speculation that it may be the result of a sabotage campaign.

Iran long has denied seeking nuclear weapons, though the IAEA previously said Iran had done work in “support of a possible military dimension to its nuclear program” that largely halted in late 2003.

Western concerns over the Iranian atomic program led to sanctions and eventually to Tehran’s 2015 nuclear deal with world powers. The US, under President Donald Trump, unilaterally withdrew from the accord in May 2018, leading to a series of escalating attacks between Iran and the US, and to Tehran abandoning the deal’s production limits.                           AP contributed to this report.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/mossad-said-to-foil-iranian-attacks-on-israeli-embassies-in-europe-elsewhere/ 

:: 7-6-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court rules states can sanction or remove ‘faithless' presidential electors

The high court upheld laws requiring those chosen for the Electoral College to back the popular winner in their state

By Tyler Olson, Shannon Bream | Fox News Supreme Court Published 23 hours ago Last Update 22 hours ago

The Supreme Court on Monday upheld state laws requiring those chosen for the Electoral College to back the popular winner in their state's presidential race, a rebuke of a group of so-called "faithless" presidential electors in Washington and Colorado who sued after they were sanctioned for voting contrary to pledges they took before becoming electors.

In a 9-0 ruling, the court said that those sanctions -- in Washington a fine and in Colorado being removed and replaced as an elector -- are constitutional.

The cases come after a group of Democratic electors that called themselves the "Hamilton Electors" voted for moderate Republicans instead of Hillary Clinton in 2016, in an unsuccessful effort to convince Republican electors to vote for somebody besides President Trump. "Among the devices States have long used to achieve their object are pledge laws, designed to impress on electors their role as agents of others," Justice Elena Kagan wrote in the court's opinion. "That direction accords with the Constitution—as well as with the trust of a Nation that here, We the People rule.”

Though many voters don't realize it, when Americans cast their ballots in presidential elections they are actually voting for "electors" who later cast the official ballots that decide the presidential election. They almost always rubber-stamp the popular vote winner in their state, but at times have voted for a different candidate, as the Hamilton Electors did in 2016.

"Ultimately it is really about reflecting the will of the voters who participated in the election," Washington Secretary of State Kim Wyman said in an interview with Fox News in an interview ahead of the oral arguments in the case. "And it is the state's determination of ensuring that those voters are represented in the Electoral College, and it is a state's right and it's a state's function." The Monday ruling does not completely bar the possibility that there could be faithless electors in the future -- the court ruled that states can require their electors to vote for the popular winner, not that they must.

The case Kagan wrote the opinion for is called Chiafalo v. State of Washington. In that case, the justices upheld the ruling of the Washington Supreme Court. In an unsigned opinion, citing the reasoning of the Chiafalo opinion, the justices separately overturned the 10th Circuit Court of Appeals' ruling that states could not enforce elector pledges, in a case named Colorado Department of State v. Baca. Kagan added: "The Constitution’s text and the Nation’s history both support allowing a State to enforce an elector’s pledge to support his party’s nominee—and the state voters’ choice—for President." Kagan cited the appointments power in Article II, Section 1 of the Constitution, which she said "gives the States far-reaching authority over presidential electors, absent some other constitutional constraint." Such a constraint, Kagan wrote, does not exist in the Constitution.

"The Constitution is barebones about electors," she said. "Article II includes only the instruction to each State to appoint, in whatever way it likes, as many electors as it has Senators and Representatives." The lawyers for the electors argued that the name of their office -- "elector" -- and the fact the Constitution says they "vote" by "ballot" implicitly means that the electors must have discretion once they are seated, and that a state cannot sanction them for voting against their pledges -- like how a state may not sanction a U.S. senator for violating a campaign promise.  Kagan and a unanimous Supreme court disagreed. "Suppose a person always votes in the way his spouse, or pastor, or union tells him to," Kagan wrote. She also cited other voting scenarios, like "proxy voting" or elections where there is only one choice: "[C]onsider an old Soviet election, or even a downballot race in this country."

"Yet if the person in the voting booth goes through the motions, we consider him to have voted," she wrote. Members of both parties feared that if the Supreme Court did not issue a ruling on the faithless electors issue, a close election in 2020 could see just a handful of electors move to sway the result.

"To imagine the issue being teed up in the middle of an actual election, and forcing the Supreme Court to decide the issue where its decision would be picking a president, it would be Bush v. Gore on steroids," Harvard Law professor Lawrence Lessig, who argued the Hamilton Electors' case before the Supreme Court, told Fox News.

Michale Baca of Colorado and Bret Chiafalo of Washington were two leaders of the Hamilton Electors movement. They were both Bernie Sanders delegates in 2016 and told Fox News that after being picked as Democratic electors they decided to vote for moderate Republicans instead of Hillary Clinton not as a rebuke to Clinton, but as an act of good faith to try to convince Republican electors to eschew Trump.

They failed in their effort to stop Trump, but Chiafalo told Fox News he does not regret his 2016 vote for Colin Powell. "I still needed to go and stand up behind what I had told all those Republican electors on the phone," he said. The vote was counted but he was later fined by the state of Washington.

Baca was removed as an elector and replaced with someone who would vote for Clinton when he crossed out her name and voted for John Kasich.

"The state intervened and removed me as an elector," Baca said. "When they removed me that's when the capitol exploded. There were chants and cheers... I knew I had to stick to my conscience."  Fox News' Bill Mears contributed to this report.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/supreme-court-rules-states-can-enforce-elector-pledges 

:: 7-6-20 Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran vows to stand by Hamas in destroying Israel

"Iran will not spare any effort to support the oppressed people of Palestine and to revive their rights as well as to repel the evil of the fake, usurping Zionist regime," says Supreme Leader Khamenei in letter to Hamas chief.

By ILH Staff Published on 07-06-2020 20:01 Last modified: 07-07-2020 11:48

Iran's Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei vowed on Monday to fight with the Palestinians against Israel until the Jewish state's demise.  In an online letter on Twitter addressing senior Hamas official Ismail Haniyeh in response to the latter's letter on Israel, the Iranian leader commended the terrorist leader for his actions to thwart Israel's intention to apply Jewish sovereignty on certain areas in Judea and Samaria. "I thank God for the resistance movement's successful efforts in defeating the US and the Zionist regime and in bringing dignity to the Islamic nation," he tweeted to Haniyeh, a former Hamas prime minister who is now its political bureau chief. "The abject Zionist enemy who has suffered irrevocable defeats in military fields pursues its strategy through the economic siege of Gaza and the trickery of negotiations and compromise. But, the brave Palestinian nation continues its path of dignity and honor via wisdom and experience," he continued, adding that it was essential for Hamas to join forces with its rival in Ramallah – the Palestinian Authority – in order to frustrate Israel's intentions.

The Trump administration's newly unveiled "Vision for Peace" stipulates that Washington will endorse an Israeli decision to apply sovereignty to about 30% of Judea and Samaria as long as Israel commits to holding good-faith negotiations with the Palestinians and avoids construction in certain areas that could become part of a Palestinian state. That state will only be established four years after negotiations begin and only if the Palestinians fully renounce terrorism and carry out major reforms, and only if they are no longer considered a threat to Israel. "Certainly maintaining vigilance, unity, and harmony among the Palestinian people and movements will play an effective role in the nullification of the enemy's plots and will bring about divine assistance," Khamenei concluded, vowing that "Iran, just like before, and based on its religious and human duty, will not spare any effort to support the oppressed people of Palestine and to revive their rights as well as to repel the evil of the fake, usurping Zionist regime."

https://www.israelhayom.com/2020/07/06/iran-vows-to-stand-by-palestinians-in-fight-to-destroy-israel/ 

:: 7-6-20 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China reports case of suspected bubonic plague

July 6, 2020 / 12:27 PM / AP

Beijing — While China appears to have reduced coronavirus cases to near zero, other infectious threats remain, with local health authorities announcing a suspected bubonic plague case in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region.

Authorities in the Bayannur district raised the plague warning on Sunday, ordered residents not to hunt wild animals such as marmots and to send for treatment anyone with fever or showing other possible signs of infection.

Plague can be fatal in up to 90% of people infected if not treated, primarily with several types of antibiotics. Pneumonic plague can develop from bubonic plague and results in a severe lung infection causing shortness of breath, headache and coughing.

China has largely eradicated plague, but occasional cases are still reported, especially among hunters coming into contact with fleas carrying the bacterium. The last major known outbreak was in 2009, when several people died in the town of Ziketan in Qinghai province on the Tibetan Plateau.

Along with the coronavirus, first detected in the central Chinese city of Wuhan late last year, China has dealt with African swine fever, which has devastated pig herds. China has gone weeks without reporting a new death from the coronavirus, and on Monday reported just one new case of local infection, in the capital, Beijing.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/suspected-bubonic-plague-reported-inner-mongolia-china/ 

:: 7-6-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel attacks weapon truck convoy in Syria bound for Hezbollah - report

By JERUSALEM POST STAFF JULY 6, 2020 01:15

Email Twitter Facebook fb-messenger

Israeli fighter jets attacked a truck convoy in northwestern Damascus, the capital city of Syria, The Jerusalem Post's sister publication Maariv reported, citing Arab sources.

Preliminary reports stated that the trucks were carrying a shipment of weapons on their way to Lebanon, bound for Hezbollah. No injuries have been reported at this time.

https://www.jpost.com/breaking-news/israel-attacks-weapon-truck-convoy-in-syria-bound-for-hezbollah-report-633998 

:: 6-30-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Now They Are Trying To Tell Us That COVID-19 Is “10 Times More Infectious” Than It Was At The Beginning Of The Pandemic

Someday a pandemic will come along which will be that serious, but as far as COVID-19 is concerned, fear of the virus has been even worse than the virus itself

Michael Snyder | End Of The American Dream - June 30, 2020

If the elite really do intend to use COVID-19 to fundamentally transform our society, they are going to need to continue to find ways to make it sound a lot more scary than it really is.

Over the past couple of weeks, we have been endlessly barraged with news stories that boldly declare that “the second wave” is here, and now we are being told that this coronavirus is “10 times more infectious” than it was when it first started spreading in China.

And we are also being told that COVID-19 “causes infected human cells to sprout tentacles loaded with viral venom to help it spread around the body”. All of that definitely sounds quite frightening, and over the past couple of weeks a lot of people have really been freaking out as the number of confirmed cases has surged.

But it has become clear that this virus is not going to kill more than 50 million people like the Spanish Flu pandemic of 1918 to 1920 did.

So far, the death toll from this virus has surpassed half a million, and more will keep dying every day. However, we need to keep in mind that millions of people die from various diseases every single year. According to the WHO, the flu kills between 290,000 and 650,000 people each year, but we don’t shut down everything because of that.

Yes, COVID-19 is more serious than the flu. But there is absolutely no reason that it should be paralyzing our society at this point.

If millions upon millions of people were suddenly dropping dead all over the

Newsletter Now They Are Trying To Tell Us That COVID-19 Is “10 Times More Infectious” Than It Was At The Beginning Of The Pandemic

Someday a pandemic will come along which will be that serious, but as far as COVID-19 is concerned, fear of the virus has been even worse than the virus itself

Michael Snyder | End Of The American Dream - June 30, 2020 22 Comments

Now They Are Trying To Tell Us That COVID-19 Is “10 Times More Infectious” Than It Was At The Beginning Of The Pandemic

If the elite really do intend to use COVID-19 to fundamentally transform our society, they are going to need to continue to find ways to make it sound a lot more scary than it really is.

Over the past couple of weeks, we have been endlessly barraged with news stories that boldly declare that “the second wave” is here, and now we are being told that this coronavirus is “10 times more infectious” than it was when it first started spreading in China.

And we are also being told that COVID-19 “causes infected human cells to sprout tentacles loaded with viral venom to help it spread around the body”. Alex joins the War Room to discuss epic news about the coronavirus hoax! All of that definitely sounds quite frightening, and over the past couple of weeks a lot of people have really been freaking out as the number of confirmed cases has surged. But it has become clear that this virus is not going to kill more than 50 million people like the Spanish Flu pandemic of 1918 to 1920 did. So far, the death toll from this virus has surpassed half a million, and more will keep dying every day. However, we need to keep in mind that millions of people die from various diseases every single year. According to the WHO, the flu kills between 290,000 and 650,000 people each year, but we don’t shut down everything because of that.

Yes, COVID-19 is more serious than the flu. But there is absolutely no reason that it should be paralyzing our society at this point.

If millions upon millions of people were suddenly dropping dead all over the globe, avoiding this virus would be a matter of survival. That is not the scenario that we are currently facing, and we need people to understand that.

Someday a pandemic will come along which will be that serious, but as far as COVID-19 is concerned, fear of the virus has been even worse than the virus itself.

Sadly, the mainstream media continues to drum up more fear every chance they get. For example, the following is from a Washington Post article that discussed how a mutant form of COVID-19 has now become the dominant strain here in the U.S. and around the rest of the globe…

When the first coronavirus cases in Chicago appeared in January, they bore the same genetic signatures as a germ that emerged in China weeks before. But as Egon Ozer, an infectious-disease specialist at the Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, examined the genetic structure of virus samples from local patients, he noticed something different.

A change in the virus was appearing again and again. This mutation, associated with outbreaks in Europe and New York, eventually took over the city. By May, it was found in 95 percent of all the genomes Ozer sequenced. A genetic mutation which scientists around the world have been picking up on for months appears to have caused this spike to be less likely to snap, and also to force the coronaviruses to produce more of them to make itself more infectious.

As a result the virus appears to be approximately 10 times more infectious than it was when it first jumped to humans in China at the end of the year, scientists say.

If I didn’t know better, I would definitely be deeply alarmed to read something like that.

And the World Health Organization is now saying that “the worst is yet to come” for this pandemic…. It’s been six months since the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a global health emergency, but on Monday it told the world to prepare for the “long haul” ahead.

“The worst is yet to come,” WHO’s director-general, Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, said on a call with reporters from Geneva. “I’m sorry to say that. But with this kind of environment and condition, we fear the worst.” We should all be able to agree that more people are going to get sick and more people are going to die. Now that this virus has spread all over the planet, there is zero chance of containing it. Eventually, almost everyone will be exposed to this virus, and a lot of people will not be able to fight it off successfully. But of course the same thing could be said about the flu. One of more strains of the flu will sweep across the world this year, and hundreds of thousands of people will die.

Yes, we will be facing a truly catastrophic pandemic at some point, but this is not it.

In a newly released article, Ron Paul does a great job of summarizing the hysteria that we are currently witnessing…

Unfortunately our mainstream media is only interested in pushing the “party line.” So the good news that millions more have been exposed while the fatality rate continues to decline – meaning the virus is getting weaker – is buried under hysterical false reporting of “new cases.”

Unfortunately many governors, including our own here in Texas, are incapable of resisting the endless lies of the mainstream media. They are putting Americans again through the nightmare of forced business closures, mandated face masks, and restrictions of Constitutional liberties based on false propaganda.

In Texas the “second wave” propaganda has gotten so bad that the leaders of the four major hospitals in Houston took the extraordinary step late last week of holding a joint press conference to clarify that the scare stories of Houston hospitals being overwhelmed with Covid cases are simply untrue. Dr. Marc Boom of Houston Methodist said the reporting on hospital capacity is misleading. He said, “quite frankly, we’re concerned that there is a level of alarm in the community that is unwarranted right now.”

The more the mainstream media keeps spreading unwarranted fear, the more people will be afraid of resuming their normal activities.

For example, one recent survey found that 64 percent of Americans are “uncomfortable” returning to church because of this pandemic

The American Enterprise Institute conducted a poll of 3,504 Americans from late May to early June, asking them about their comfort levels on returning to church.

Among respondents, 64% said they were either “somewhat uncomfortable” or “very uncomfortable” with returning to in-person church services.

Needless to say, this pandemic also continues to paralyze economic activity, and we continue to see more than a million Americans file new claims for unemployment benefits every single week.

If our society cannot handle a pandemic that kills hundreds of thousands of people, what in the world is going to happen when a pandemic comes along that kills tens of millions?

The good news is that COVID-19 didn’t turn out to be as bad as some of the experts were originally projecting, but don’t allow that to lull you into a false sense of security.

This pandemic turned out to be mostly fear, but it is just a matter of time before a much more deadly bug hits us.

https://www.infowars.com/now-they-are-trying-to-tell-us-that-covid-19-is-10-times-more-infectious-than-it-was-at-the-beginning-of-the-pandemic/ 

:: 6-29-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Thousands of guillotines pre-positioned across America for left-wing terrorists to execute conservatives, Christians and Whites in the unfolding CIVIL WAR

Monday, June 29, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) A deep background source has provided us with a document detailing the distribution of genocide machines — guillotines — across America in preparation for a left-wing coup attempt that will see Antifa and Black Lives Matter terrorists literally beheading conservatives, Christians and White people. This news comes on the heels of left-wing terrorists placing a guillotine in front of the home of Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, stating, “when they become threatened, and we have no voice, the knives come out,” according to Breitbart.com. It’s not mere symbolism: The radical Left intends to overthrow private property and private businesses across America, mass murder all political leaders and business leaders who support capitalism, and usher in an authoritarian, communist regime that will mass slaughter millions of Americans. Here’s a video of the left-wing terrorists who are threatening to kill Jeff Bezos and virtually all other capitalists in America as part of their violent insurrection attempt: Over the weekend, a group of over 100 left-wing terrorists formed a mob that threatened to burn down the house of a St. Louis couple, who now famously defended their home with a pistol and an AR-15. Notably, this couple supports Black Lives Matter and donated thousands of dollars to Democrats, yet even that wasn’t enough to keep the violent mob away from their own property. (The lunatic Left always eats its own sooner or later, because they’re all deranged, mentally ill sociopaths.)

This shows that Americans are arming up as they watch the violent left-wing terrorist groups which includes the left-wing media that’s providing narrative cover for the terrorists — initiate their takedown plan for America. “A mob of at least 100 smashed through the historic wrought iron gates of Portland Place, destroying them, rushed towards my home where my family was having dinner outside and put us in fear of our lives,” said Mark McCloskey, as reported by KMOV4. “We were told that we would be killed, our home burned and our dog killed. We were all alone facing an angry mob…” Notably, Jeff Bezos has bent over backwards to virtue signal to Leftists, banning conservatives books and transforming Amazon and Audible.com — owned by Amazon — into something of an altar of worship for Black Lives Matter terrorists who are destroying America. But apparently that’s never enough.

The mob wants Bezos’ head. And they aren’t stopping there…

Deep source document describes thousands of guillotines being pre-positioned across America

Now, we have acquired a document from a deep background source that details estimated counts of guillotines being pre-positioned across America, ready to be deployed to mass murder conservatives, Christians, Whites and Trump supporters who end up in FEMA camps. Why guillotines? It’s the symbol of the socialist left-wing French Revolution which used guillotines to mass murder thousands of political “dissidents,” followed by the murder of revolutionaries. According to this document, thousands of guillotines have already been placed in storage under the control of military bases and FEMA camps. Here are some of the cities where guillotines are reportedly being stored right now:

Seattle, Washington

Albuquerque, New Mexico

Topeka, Kansas

Boston, Massachusetts

Bridgeport, Connecticut

Newark, New Jersey

Wilmington, Delaware

Providence, Rhode Island

Baltimore, Maryland

Washington D.C.

Boise, Idaho

Las Vegas, Nevada

Salt Lake City, Utah

Phoenix, Arizona

Billings, Montana

Denver, Colorado

Madison, Wisconsin

Chicago, Illinois

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

Atlanta, Georgia

Jacksonville, Florida

New York City, New York

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

Lexington, West Virginia

Durham, North Carolina

Charleston, South Carolina

Dallas, Texas

St. Paul, Minnesota

Des Moines, Iowa

St. Louis, Missouri

Little Rock, Arkansas

New Orleans, Louisiana

Portland, Oregon

Oakland, California

Detroit, Michigan

South Bend, Indiana

Columbus, Ohio

Louisville, Kentucky

Nashville, Tenneessee

Jackson, Mississippi

Mobile, Alabama

Portland, Maine

Concorde, New Hampshire

Burlington, Vermont

And here’s a Brighteon video that adds additional information to the guillotine stockpiling:

In addition to the guillotines, many of these locations also boast “corpse processing facilities” which includes large numbers of the same type of incinerators which were ordered in large numbers under the cover of the covid-19 pandemic. According to this source, there are literally thousands of incineration ovens positioned across America, ready to process the bodies after they are decapitated.

The document also warns of 500,000 Chinese-trained narco troops that have been positioned near the Southern border of California, in Mexico, in Tijuana, ready to invade and occupy California as part of the globalist invasion of America. Their ultimate goal is the removal of President Trump, the destruction of the U.S. Constitution and the mass killing of all conservatives, Christians and Whites.

Bapist pastor Robert Jeffress warned Lou Dobbs that radical Leftists plan to “bring out the guillotines”

The left-wing Black Lives Matter terrorist movement has morphed into a Jacobin style French Revolution “reign of terror” movement, explains Victor Davis Hanson at WND.com. He says:

I never imagined that NPR would be telling listeners to decolonize their library or there would be women to shave their heads so they wouldn’t have non-African American hair, or they wouldn’t privilege their whiteness. When you have FBI people or health care workers that are in reeducation camp mentalities, where they bend a knee, take a formal oath… We’re entering a space now that’s even transcending the violence. We’re in a revolutionary fervor that’s going to change everything we look at, from our sports to our politics, everything.

Responding to the left-wing “reign of terror” movement, Baptist pastor Robert Jeffress of First Baptist Dallas told Lou Dobbs that Leftists are going to “bring out the guillotines” if they regain the White House in November. As explained on SkyWatchTV.com:

The forces behind the French Revolution were out to eliminate people of faith as the enemies of France and to shut the mouths of God-fearing dissenters. They even placed a nude statue of a woman on the altar in the church at Notre Dame and proclaimed the God of Christianity dead. Soon thereafter, the French government collapse…

some scholars note how practitioners of occultism comingled with evil nonhuman energies that emanated from their actions, symbols, and incantations and that, once summoned, were released upon a gullible society to encourage a destructive collective group mind. As people passed these “thoughtforms” or memes from one to another and the ideas became viral, the power and reach of “the entity” spread with it until it became an unimaginably destructive force.

FEMA camps will be used to execute tens of millions of Americans who can’t be “re-educated” into socialists and communists I recently interviewed Celeste Solum, a former FEMA camp administrator, who warns that FEMA has long been planning to enslave and then exterminate tens of millions of Americans. This genocidal attack on Christians and conservatives is likely being unleashed this year, warns Celeste. And guillotines are already distributed across America, stored in FEMA camps, ready to deploy as mass murder machines. Why guillotines? They’re low-tech and have just one moving part. They don’t break down and require no ammunition, no electricity and no fuel to operate. Unlike all other death machines, guillotines can be effectively used even when societal infrastructure is crippled. Plus, guillotines are so simple that even people as stupid as Democrats can figure out how to use them. (Although it’s questionable whether basement-dwelling Antifa soy boys have the physical strength to reset the blade after each beheading…)

By the way, the solution to stopping people from using guillotines is to shoot the people who are operating them, in case you were wondering.

Here’s the full interview: The plan all along has been to corral the masses into FEMA camps

The bottom line? The radical, terroristic Left is pursuing a playbook of mass murder targeting conservatives, Christians and Whites. Everything you’ve seen this year — COVID-19, the plandemic economic collapse, the false flag riots — was engineered and deployed in order to push people into starvation and destitution in order to drive the masses into FEMA camps by the end of this year. Once there, people will be sorted into communist “sympathizers” vs. “resistance,” and those who resist communism will be beheaded, with their corpses burned in Nazi-style ovens, run by obedient left-wing lunatics like Antifa, Black Lives Matter or just ordinary Democrats who are willing to follow orders no matter how insane they might be. The only thing that will stop all this, it turns out, is the Second Amendment. Lock and load, America. This whole situation goes kinetic very, very soon, and once it does, the only way America survives is if American citizens defeat the domestic enemies who are trying to tear this country down. Achieving victory is not possible to achieve through negotiations, appeals to reason or voting at the polls, since the lawless Left has already rigged the media, the tech giants and the elections (through cheat-by-mail schemes and Big Tech election rigging operations). Victory will only be achieved through the eradication of all treasonous enemies of America and authoritarian fascists who have already admitted their goal is the mass murder of conservatives, Christians and Whites across America.

Remember: The Left is a dangerous CULT that indoctrinates people with ginned up fanaticism, transforming them into obedient puppets filled with emotional rage and bigotry. You can’t reason with cult members, as they are immune to logic and facts. They live in a delusional bubble of contradictory lies and hate-fueled disinformation that’s pushed out by the corporate media, the CIA and the communist-infiltrated tech giants like Facebook and Twitter.

To survive, America must annihilate the cult of left-wing terror

Now, to survive, America must annihilate the cult and end the spell of frothing delusion that has ensnared tens of millions of people into believing Black Lives Matter somehow isn’t a George Soros-funded militant terrorism group that’s trying to overthrow this nation. It’s amazing how quickly a wave of terrorism can be halted if a nation simply decides to fight back against anarchy and lawlessness.

If we fail to fight back — or end up paralyzed by a twisted desire to obediently conform to the sniveling social media mob — we all end up in Nazi-style FEMA camps where we will be literally beheaded by drooling left-wing fanatics who have been brainwashed into believing they are “fighting fascism,” even as they are the authoritarian fascists themselves. Finally, if you end up in a FEMA camp because you didn’t bother to prepare with enough food, firearms, ammunition and water to make it through the coming disruptions, that’s your own damn fault for being so stupid that you didn’t bother to prepare. The only sure way to stay out of the FEMA camps is to practice self-reliance on every front (and get out of the cities while you still can). If you do end up in a FEMA camp, don’t think the militia is coming to save you, by the way. They’ll be too busy fighting the UN troops who will be occupying America under the rule of none other than Barack Hussein Obama. (Yes, he’s coming back, and as a radical Muslim extremist, he’s plotting the complete destruction of America.)

Your best play here is to fight like hell to stay out of the FEMA camps, since going into one is basically surrendering to being slaughtered. They might not even bother to vaccinate you, since they’re going to kill you anyway. None of this is fiction, by the way. This is what’s coming, and I’m not pulling any punches here. Deal with it now or be destroyed by it later.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-06-29-guillotines-pre-positioned-across-america-execute-conservatives-christians.html 

:: 6-29-20 Absolute Truth from the Word of God :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

JESUS HAS EVERY ANSWER

Corona Virus – Shaped Hail Hits China

On June 29, 2020 By Geri UngureanIn Corona Hail

I believe that the Corona Virus shaped hail is NOT coincidental.

Just today I read that China leader Xi Jinping has threatened elderly Christians to stop worshiping their God or else the government will cut off all aid to them. **this story at the end of this article

If there was ever a truly demonic government – it is China.

From breakingisraelnews.com

Coronavirus-Shaped Hailstones “the Size of Eggs” Fall in China: An End-of Days Omen? The Beijing Meteorological Observatory issued a yellow warning signal for thunder and lightning early on Thursday but residents were shocked when the warning went on to include a rare summer hailstorm. The hailstones were not particularly large, averaging about the size of ping pong balls, though this was sufficient to cause considerable damage, affecting more than 30,000 people and destroyed 1,200 acres of crops. Perhaps the most shocking aspect of the hailstorm were the photos on social media showing oddly shaped hailstones powerfully reminiscent of the spiked shape of the coronavirus. Despite the unseasonal aspect of the storm, it was strangely fitting that the hail interrupted the Dragon Boat Festival traditionally held around the time of the summer solstice. The festival is held on the 5th day of the 5th month of the traditional Chinese lunisolar calendar, which is the source of the festival’s alternative name, the Double Fifth Festival. The fifth lunar month is considered an unlucky month and the fifth day is a bad day of every month. According to Chinese tradition, natural disasters and illnesses are common in the fifth month. source

https://grandmageri422.me/2020/06/29/corona-virus-shaped-hail-hits-china/ 

:: 6-30-20 Before it is News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hal Turner: It's Begun! Saddle Brook, NJ: Shots Fired but Residents Thought "Fireworks"

Tuesday, June 30, 2020 11:16

Someone fired several shots into two vehicles in Saddle Brook early Saturday, said police who sought the public’s help finding whomever was responsible. Residents on Hutter Street thought they’d heard fireworks when three holes were fired into one vehicle and two into another, Police Chief Robert Kugler said. The Bergen County Sheriff’s Bureau of Criminal Identification recovered ballistic evidence for examination, he said. Anyone who may have witnessed the shootings or has home surveillance video or other information that can help identify those responsible is asked to contact Saddle Brook police: (201) 843-7000. This perfectly fits the pattern of the “Law Enforcement Sensitive – For Official Use Only” information revealed on the Hal Turner Show last week, which warned that ANTIFA and Black Lives Matter were grabbing up truckloads of professional Grade fireworks and setting them off in WHITE neighborhoods, to acclimate residents to sounds that mimic gunfire. That original Intelligence warning was revealed a week ago on this web site while no other media outlet reported it (HERE)

The Law Enforcement Intelligence bulletin then warned that these groups are planning to launch actual GUN ATTACKS in middle class, (White) neighborhoods on the 3rd and Fourth of July, to kill people under cover of what sounds like fireworks. Clearly, that effort is well on its way to reality.

Saddle Brook, New Jersey is a middle class, mostly white, suburb. This shooting seems to prove the ANTIFA and BLM attack plans are coming to fruition. Americans are URGED to be extremely vigilant this Fourth of July holiday. Be aware of your surroundings and what is ACTUALLY taking place. Be prepared to defend yourself, your family, and your property, in the event they come under armed attack by these Communist insurgents.

https://beforeitsnews.com/prophecy/2020/06/hal-turner-its-begun-saddle-brook-nj-shots-fired-but-residents-thought-fireworks-2512335.html 

:: 6-30-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Anti-Terror Chief: Jihadis Are Intentionally Spreading Coronavirus

Terrorists are using ‘infected members to spread COVID-19’

Steve Watson | Infowars.com - June 30, 2020

The head of Russia’s Anti-Terrorism Center has warned that terrorists are intentionally trying to spread the coronavirus, using it as a form of bio-weapon.

Andrei Novikov, head of Russia’s Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), told Russian state news agency Tass that the terrorists are using the health crisis to further their own agendas.

“While governments are trying to ensure health security, focusing on protecting the lives and health of their people, recruiters of international terrorist groups are not just taking advantage of the difficult situation in order to recruit more ‘Jihad soldiers,’ they are calling on infected members to spread COVID-19 as wide as possible in public places, state agencies and so on,” Novikov said.

The anti-terror chief also noted that terrorists have been hampered by lockdowns and so are finding other ways of recruiting and spreading fear. “As the population started moving into self-isolation and borders between countries were closing, the level of terrorist activity had somewhat decreased,” Novikov said. “The reason is obvious – it became significantly more difficult for terrorists to move around, especially between countries, given that border control as well as disease control and prevention were heightened,” he continued. Novikov further added that online “Media centers were activated which combine the spread of terrorist and extremist ideology and the recruitment of new members.” He stated that anti-terror efforts are now focusing more on stopping the spread of misinformation designed to induce societal collapse. “Above all, they are linked to mobilization technologies to ensure public safety, to thwart the spread of unreliable information and any attempts to wreak panic and social tension,” Novikov asserted. Interestingly, Novikov also claimed that terrorists are using resentment against government imposed lockdowns, as well as a “declining quality of life” in countries hit hardest by the coronavirus, to entice new recruits.

“There is a common understanding that the objective “social fatigue” should be separated from the restrictions introduced and its artificial amplification in order to destabilize the constitutional structure,” Novikov stated. The warnings echo those of European Union counter-terrorism coordinator Gilles de Kerchove, who recently noted that terrorists are planning to use upheaval caused by the coronavirus pandemic to find holes in the national security of target countries.

Kerchove warned that a “massive amount of money that will be spent to address the economic, social, and healthcare consequences of the virus” should not be taken away from national security spending.

“We must prevent the one crisis ending up producing another,” he urged.

https://www.infowars.com/russian-anti-terror-chief-jihadis-are-intentionally-spreading-coronavirus/ 

:: 6-29-20 J.R. Nyquist Blog   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on June 29, 2020

China’s Fifth Column: An Interview With Trevor Loudon, Part 1

Two pro-China communist partiesFreedom Road Socialist Organization and Liberation Road — are playing leading roles in coordinating the often-violent protests now occurring across the United States. In previous articles I have asserted that communists are behind the Black Lives Matter “protests.” Many would disagree, citing police brutality and racial equality as causal factors. Any reference to communism nowadays is rejected as “Cold War” thinking. Yet the violent unrest of 2020 was organized and prepared by communists. This is undeniable, says Trevor Loudon — an expert on communism. After decades of “ideological subversion” and deception, with the fabrication of pretexts and the misconstruction of contexts, most Americans are unable to see that a communist power-grab is underway. It is multifaceted, multidimensional and multi-pronged.

For thirty years Marxist-Leninists, in every country, proclaimed the end of the communist bloc. The Cold War was over, they said. And Americans believed them. Since 1991 many countries have fallen to communism: South Africa, Congo, Nepal, Venezuela, Nicaragua. Meanwhile, China and Russia, the leading countries of the old communist bloc, are working together, helping Cuba, propping up Venezuela, giving weapons to North Korea. It is said that you “cannot cheat an honest man.” Communist active measures have always pandered to our moral weaknesses: — to our lazy preconceptions, our cravings for convenience, our intellectual shallowness, our unwarranted optimism. After a hundred years of ideological subversion what remains of our truthfulness? We now say an unborn baby is “unviable tissue,” that sex is not biologically determined, that America won the Cold War, that the greatest danger we face is global warming, that the police are racist and America must undergo “fundamental changes.” Americans have accepted many of these these propositions. That is why the country appears unwilling to defend itself in the current crisis. Each proposition is a piece in a larger strategic whole. Each piece supports another piece, and all of it depends on our intellectual dishonesty. Why have we succumbed? Shakespeare’s Hamlet says, “To be honest, as this world goes, is to be one man picked out of ten thousand.” It seems we cannot resist the lies we want to believe. Putin’s regime, for example, is willfully misunderstood as a champion of Christian Orthodoxy and Russian nationalism. But a genuine Russian nationalist, like Dmitry Savvin, says Putin is a neo-Bolshevik. He is, quite simply, a functionary of the “sword and shield” of the Communist Party Soviet Union. He has not changed his essence; and neither have the “capitalists” who run the Chinese Communist Party. Meanwhile, the domestic American communist has morphed into a “community organizer,” and a champion of blacks, Hispanics and immigrants. The subtle meaning of this policy is now coming into focus as a declaration of war has been announced against “the white Jesus.”

Precisely because we’ve marinated so long in disinformation, and have been deceived on so many tertiary issues, our thinking has been falsified. The KGB defector Yuri Bezmenov described the situation in terms of “ideological subversion.” He said: What it basically means is to change the perception of reality of the average American to such an extent that despite the abundance of information no one is able to come to a sensible conclusion about defending themselves and their country. Here is the explanation of America’s non-reaction to the riots — to the tearing down of the statues of George Washington and Ulysses Grant and Teddy Roosevelt. Here is why defunding the police is seriously considered in major cities. Here is why no violent public reaction to these and other desecrations has occurred — why governors and mayors accept lawless acts as “healthy.” And this is why a communist revolution is widely misconstrued as “anarchist” or “peaceful.”

To get clarity on who actually organized this revolution, and what their objectives are, I turned to Trevor Loudon. He is an expert on communism from New Zealand. To start out, I asked him about the politics of his native country. “Both our mainstream parties in New Zealand are controlled by the Chinese,” Loudon explained. “One of our members of parliament was an instructor in a Chinese spy school who goes on trade trips to China with the Prime Minister.” I asked if conservatives made an issue of this. “It’s all right by them,” Loudon said. “You have to understand, New Zealand was always the weak link of English-speaking countries. It was easier to subvert.”

I asked why New Zealand was easier to subvert. Loudon said, “Because we were smaller, more easily co-opted. The New Zealand Labor Party was taken over by the communists in the 1980s, through the labor movement.” Loudon explained that outside the United States, the communists had infiltrated and captured most of the labor unions around the world. It was only a matter of time before most left wing parties succumbed to communist pressure from these movements. Meanwhile, conservative parties, in turn, were influenced through business deals with communist countries that began to accelerate after Nixon recognized Red China in the 1970s. “Originally,” said Loudon, “the labor movement in the United States was not run by communists. Then, in 1994-95, they put John Sweeney in charge of the AFL-CIO. They removed the clause in their bylaws against communists. So the communists came flooding in. The communists, through the unions, got a left-of-center party — the Democratic Party — to adopt far left policies. All these recent Democratic policies, from the Green New Deal to opening trade with Cuba, come from the communists.”

Loudon explained that the communists were influencing both of America’s political parties in different ways. The Democrats were influenced by the unions, the Republicans were captured through policies of “engagement” with the communist bloc.

It was a complete mistake,” said Loudon of engagement. “You cannot trade safely with communist countries. The communists are political criminals. You don’t reform the mafia by bringing them into the police department. I had a friend who infiltrated the communist movement and trained in Moscow. He was taught that communists do better in times of Detente. That was in 1983, by the way. They were then planning to put communism on a back burner. They were going to do it under Andropov, but he died of kidney disease and they had to train a new leader, Gorbachev. The Detente thing has always been a sham. They are all about world domination, and ‘engagement’ is just a Trojan Horse.   Kissinger, who was identified as a Soviet agent by [General] Michael Goleniewski, was the one who sold Nixon on opening China. How has this worked out? In the 1970s China was a threat to no one. Today China has the biggest military in the world, the second-largest economy in the world, and is now the leader of a resurgent global communist movement. We have created a monster so Americans can buy cheap toasters at Walmart.”

According to Loudon, “China has way more money to buy politicians than the Soviets ever dreamed of having. The Chinese communists can even draw conservatives into their network through ‘legitimate’ business deals. Left wing groups are ideologically sympathetic to China as it is. ‘Engagement’ with China has produced a situation we might not survive — thank you very much, Henry Kissinger.”

I asked Loudon if we can definitively connect the violent unrest in American cities to China.

“Absolutely,” said Loudon. “You have the Freedom Road Socialist Organization, Liberation Road and the Communist Party USA leading this. The first two are responsible for ninety percent of the rioting. They have the big infrastructure for making this happen. Liberation Road has many front groups and nonprofits. They get money from the Ford Foundation, George Soros, even Levi Strauss. They created something called The Movement for Black Lives, which is the coordinating body for Black Lives Matter. BLM was set up in 2014 by three women deeply affiliated with Liberation Road. There are connections here with Marxist terrorist groups like the Weather Underground. In Manhattan there is even an affiliate funded by German taxpayers. It is called The Rosa Luxemburg Foundation, with branch offices in Moscow and Beijing. Two of the founders of Black Lives Matter, Patrisse Kahn-Cullors and Alicia Garza, publicly admitted to being ‘trained Marxist organizers.’ Those are their exact words. The Liberation Roads faction has sent three delegations to the Palestinian Territories. These people have heavy connections to Marxist terrorist groups.” I asked how these revolutionaries tie in to the Democratic Party. “They are definitely tied in,” said Loudon. “They have an activist group that flipped Virginia from a red to a blue state and took credit for Obama winning the election in 2008. They registered a lot of minority voters.” The story of how the communists hijacked minority causes and interests to cobble together an electoral majority is explained by Loudon as a clever game of political divide-and-conquer. Communist revolution is not merely a phenomenon of the streets. It also takes place in voting booths across battleground states. Communist strategy holds that several types of struggle are engaged at once. If gains are made in one venue, they are used to leverage victory in another.

In Part 2 Loudon will discuss the communist strategy for winning the November election, the significance of “critical race theory,” and more.

https://jrnyquist.blog/2020/06/29/chinas-fifth-column-an-interview-with-trevor-loudon-part-1/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

:: 6-24-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Zika: New Plague of the End Times

by Hal Lindsey

As he taught about the end times, Jesus said, “There will be… plagues and famines.” (Luke 21:11 NASB)

Today, an untold number of pathogenic catastrophes hang over all our heads. On the 2015 Prophetic Year in Review, I said, “If you want to read apocalyptic literature, turn to the U.S. Center for Disease Control, or the World Health Organization. Scientists in those places are all abuzz about ‘superbugs’ — strains of bacteria that are immune to modern antibiotics.” I didn’t mention cancer. In ancient times, it seems to have been relatively rare. In the journal, Nature Reviews, two Egyptologists, Rosalie David and Michael R. Zimmerman, wrote, “A striking rarity of malignancies in ancient physical remains might indicate that cancer was rare in antiquity.” Since 1973 when the United States began tracking cancer rates, the incidence of it has risen an average of about 1.1% per year. Despite fewer smokers, and a better understanding of the kinds of foods we should be eating, the numbers just keep going up.  HIV/AIDS is still considered a pandemic and persists in plaguing the earth. New strains of flu continue to threaten the world’s population. Tuberculosis now kills 1.5 million people a year. On The Hal Lindsey Report, I’ve spoken at length about MRSA, the “Superbug” that one expert said, “Has the ability to plunge us straight back to the Dark Ages.” And then, of course, there’s Ebola. No longer making headlines, it still wreaks havoc in some regions of the world, while remaining a threat to everyone on the planet.

It’s been almost a hundred years since the Spanish flu outbreak of 1918 that killed somewhere between 3 and 5% of the world’s population. Because there are so many more of us now, living so much closer together, and with quick, easy movement between nations and continents, we can only guess at the damage such a pandemic would do today. Recently, something new burst onto the world’s consciousness — the Zika virus. The World Health Organization (WHO) has declared Zika a “public health emergency.” Usually transmitted by mosquitoes, we just learned of a case in Texas that was transmitted sexually. Symptoms include fever, skin rashes, pink eye, muscle and joint pain, malaise, and headache. But health officials say these symptoms are almost always mild and only last for 2-7 days. So what’s the big deal? WHO says, “Recently in Brazil, local health authorities have observed an increase in Zika virus infections in the general public as well as an increase in babies born with microcephaly in northeast Brazil. Agencies investigating the Zika outbreaks are finding an increasing body of evidence about the link between Zika virus and microcephaly.” According to the Mayo Clinic, “Microcephaly is a rare neurological condition in which an infant's head is significantly smaller than the heads of other children of the same age and sex.… Microcephaly usually is the result of the brain developing abnormally in the womb or not growing as it should after birth.” The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke explains, “In general, life expectancy for individuals with microcephaly is reduced and the prognosis for normal brain function is poor.” In areas where the Zika virus is prominent, pregnant women are living in terror. There is no known cure, and no vaccination. The best we can do for now, is to help women avoid being bitten by mosquitoes. Ironically, the best weapon against Zika was outlawed in the United States in 1972 — DDT. It is the best known pesticide in history. The scientist who discovered the chemical’s ability to destroy insects, Paul Hermann Müller, received a Nobel Prize in 1948 for his discovery. But it is not good for a pesticide to become famous.

The book, Silent Spring by Rachel Carson, called DDT a killer of birds and a cancer causing agent in people. Carson was a good writer, and made a strong appeal to emotions and fear. But her science was faulty. Many trace the modern environmental movement to her work. It led to the outlawing of DDT, and caused millions of people around the world to die prematurely. Mosquitoes carry a variety of diseases. Malaria is the most deadly. By using DDT, several African countries had reduced the instances of malaria to near zero by 1967. After the U.S. outlawed DDT, it threatened to withhold foreign aid to third world countries that didn’t also outlaw it. The mosquito population again exploded, as did the instances of malaria. Depending on whose statistics you listen to, malaria today afflicts up to half a billion people a year. It kills about 2.7 million of them. Now we have a new killer, again spread by mosquitoes. How bad will it get? Will it quickly blow over, or will it become the perfect storm epidemiologists have long feared? More than 45 years ago, in The Late Great Planet Earth, I warned of an increase in disease as we approach the end of the age. That wasn’t an opinion, but something clearly taught in scripture — mostly by Jesus. Isn’t it amazing that He knew so perfectly the signs of our age 2000 years in advance?

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-4-2016/ 

:: 6-24-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Last Days Warnings

By Hal Lindsey

As the world reels under the impact of the latest Middle East crisis, many are discovering that the events are fitting into a larger pattern of precisely predicted events. The pattern is to be found woven through the Hebrew prophets from Moses to Jesus Christ and John the Apostle. The prophecies were made during a period of from 3500 to 1900 years ago. Throughout these predictions, it’s clear that the events are to lead to a final seven-year period of world catastrophe. This period will climax with a global war of such magnitude that only the personal, visible return of Jesus Christ to this planet will prevent man from self-annihilation. THINGS WE ARE SEEING Listed below are 20 pieces of this pattern which are unmistakably coming together simultaneously for the first time in history. The return of the dispersed Jews to Israel to become a nation again in 1948. The Jews’ recapture of the Old City of Jerusalem in the 1967 Arab-Israeli War.

The rise of Russia as a powerful nation and enemy of Israel.

The Arab confederation against the new State of Israel.

The rise of a military power in the Orient that can field an army of 200 million soldiers. (Red China alone boasts that she has this number of troops!)

The revival of the Old Roman Empire in the form of a ten-nation confederacy. (I believe the European Common Market is ultimately going to be this power.)

The revival of the dark occultic practices of ancient Babylon.

The unprecedented turn to drugs.

The increase of international revolution.

The increase of wars.

The increase of earthquakes.

The increase of famines through the population explosion.

The coming of plagues.

The increase of famines through the population explosion.

The coming of plagues.

The increase of pollution.

The departure of many Christian churches from the historic truth of Christianity.

The move toward a one-world religion.

The move toward a one-world government.

The decline of the United States as a major world power.

The increase in lawlessness.

The decline of the family unit.

THINGS TO WATCH The Arabs will continue to bring greater pressure upon the Western nations to support their demands against Israel. They will do so through the continued restriction of oil without which the industrial nations cannot survive. They may begin to use their vast financial power to seriously threaten the economy of the United States as well. It is doubtful that Fort Knox could back up the dollars they hold, if they demanded gold for them. The United States will have some severe economic shocks from the European Common Market and the Arab oil squeeze. It will continue its decline as a major power both by this and internal moral decadence. The European Common Market will begin to emerge as the greatest economic power in history. Israel will continue to increasingly become the Western world’s dilemma. The Middle East will continue to be the most dangerous threat to world peace in history. The prophets clearly say that the spark that sets off Armageddon will be struck by the invasion of Israel by the Egyptian-led Arabs and the Russians. Jesus predicted these days we’re living in when He said concerning the prophetic signs, “When you see all these things, know He is at the door ready to return.” Then He said, “This generation will not pass away until all is fulfilled.” My opinion is that, because we are seeing all these signs fitting into the predicted pattern, we are the generation, which will see the culmination of history, as we know it, and the return of Christ. Who knows, perhaps this will be the year of Christ’s sudden and mysterious coming to snatch out all those who believe in Him.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-23-2020/ 

:: 6-29-20 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court Strikes Down Louisiana Pro-Life Law Saving Babies From Abortion

National Steven Ertelt Jun 29, 2020 | 10:25AM Washington, DC

The Supreme Court struck down a Louisiana pro-life law today that saves babies from abortion and protects women’s health thanks to Chief Justice John Roberts joining the four abortion advocates on the nation’s highest court. The 2014 Louisiana law at the center of the case requires abortion providers to have hospital admitting privileges to treat patients with emergency complications. If allowed to take effect, it could close shoddy abortion facilities that are not prepared to help patients suffering from emergency complications. But abortion activists filed a lawsuit in June Medical Services v. Russo (previously v. Gee) claim the law is an “undue burden” on access to abortion. The abortion facility Hope Medical Group for Women and the pro-abortion Center for Reproductive Rights law firm are sued to overturn it. There were two major points at issue. The first revolves around whether the Supreme Court should follow its previous ruling in a similar case from Texas, Whole Women’s Health, where the abortion center sued to stop its admitting privileges law and won — with the high court deciding that laws protecting women’s health are an undue burden supposedly. The Louisiana law has important differences: the Texas law required abortionists to have admitting privileges and required abortion clinics to meet the same standard as ambulatory surgical centers. However, the Louisiana law did not require clinics to meet the ambulatory center requirements. But that was not enough for the high court to uphold the Louisiana law. The court’s opinion, led by Justice Stephen Breyer, “found that conditions on admitting privileges common to hospitals throughout the State have made and will continue to make it impossible for abortion providers to obtain conforming privileges for reasons that have nothing to do with the State’s asserted interests in promoting women’s health and safety.” In agreeing with the pro-abortion liberals on the court, Chief Justice Roberts said the previous decision about the Texas law controlled the decision here. “The result in this case is controlled by our decision four years ago invalidating a nearly identical Texas law,” wrote Roberts in his concurrence in the judgment. “The Louisiana law burdens women seeking previability abortions to the same extent as the Texas law, according to factual findings that are not clearly erroneous.” “I joined the dissent in Whole Woman’s Health and continue to believe that the case was wrongly decided. The question today however is not whether Whole Woman’s Health was right or wrong, but whether to adhere to it in deciding the present case,” Roberts wrote. Roberts also stated: “The legal doctrine of stare decisis requires us, absent special circumstances, to treat like cases alike. The Louisiana law imposes a burden on access to abortion just as severe as that imposed by the Texas law, for the same reasons. Therefore Louisiana’s law cannot stand under our precedents. Justices Neil Gorsuch and Brett Kavanaugh, who were appointed by President Trump, sided with Justice Samuel Alito and Clarence Thomas in upholding the measure. In his dissent, Justice Thomas wrote: “Today a majority of the court perpetuates its ill-founded abortion jurisprudence by enjoining a perfectly legitimate state law and doing so without jurisdiction. ” During oral arguments, abortion activists told the court that they should rule based on the Texas precedent and that’s something Chief Justice John Roberts asked about today: Chief Justice John Roberts Jr.—appeared focused on how closely the justices must follow their 2016 decision striking down a nearly identical law. Roberts voted in dissent in the 2016 case, Whole Woman’s Health v. Hellerstedt, which struck down a Texas requirement that abortion physicians have hospital admitting privileges within 30 miles of their clinics. Roberts on Wednesday in the Louisiana case, June Medical Services v. Russo, asked the same questions of both the clinic’s counsel and Louisiana’s lawyer: Is the inquiry into whether there are any medical benefits the same in each state? Justice Brett Kavanaugh, who joined the court in late 2018, took a similar tack, asking Julie Rikelman of the Center for Reproductive Rights, representing the clinic June Medical Services: “Are you saying hospital admitting privileges laws are always unconstitutional?”  Rikelman answered that while the burdens of these laws may vary state-by-state, the medical consensus is unanimous that they provide no medical benefits, a central holding in the Whole Woman’s Health opinion. The second issue was whether the abortion business has standing to bring the lawsuit in the first place. The court considered a second important issue in the case: whether abortion clinics have standing to sue on behalf of their patients. Often, it is abortion businesses, not women, who sue to overturn pro-life informed consent laws, health and safety regulations and other laws to protect unborn babies from abortion. There is a serious concern that the abortion business Hope Medical Group for Women is operating out of its own profitable self-interest rather than the interest of women. And whether only women who have had or might have abortions can sue is a related question. Louisiana state attorneys told the court: “There is little evidence that their patients’ interests actually align with Plaintiffs’ position that the burdens of such protections exceed their value. On the contrary, undisputed record evidence (including of Plaintiffs’ poor safety record, inadequate credentialing practices, and questionable efforts to undermine the law at issue) shows Plaintiffs are directly adverse to their patients’ interests. It is hard to imagine a worse case for third-party standing.” And that question of standing came up during oral arguments: Rikelman opened her argument by telling the justices, “This case is about respect for the court’s precedents.” However, she quickly ran into a buzzsaw of questions from Justice Samuel Alito Jr. on another significant issue in the case: whether abortion physicians and clinics on their own can sue states on behalf of their patients. A ruling that says only pregnant women can sue could widely reduce complaints challenging state regulatory schemes, reproductive rights advocates contend. Alito repeatedly challenged Rikelman’s interpretation of the federal trial court’s findings that Louisiana had waived a challenge to the clinic physicians’ standing to sue on behalf of pregnant women. He called “amazing” her reply that there was standing even if a conflict existed between the interests of the physicians and their patients. As the case has progressed, two starling revelations occurred. In November, the Louisiana Department of Justice announced suspicions about alleged criminal activity that may have happened at the Hope Medical Group. It accused the abortion facility of hiding evidence of criminal and professional misconduct from the U.S. Supreme Court. The state asked the Fifth Circuit to unseal documents in the closely-watched case. A few weeks later, a Fifth Circuit ruling suggested one abortionist in the state may be performing abortions that lead to second-trimester babies being born alive. The shocking revelations are reminiscent of the horrors that were uncovered at a Philadelphia abortion facility nearly a decade ago. Abortionist Kermit Gosnell later was convicted of murdering three newborn babies, putting women’s lives at risk and numerous other crimes at his “house of horrors” abortion facility. The Gosnell horrors were a key reason why Louisiana and other states passed abortion clinic regulations such as the one currently at issue before the U.S. Supreme Court. Gosnell got away with his gristly, murderous abortion practice for years because of Pennsylvania’s lack of abortion clinic regulations.

https://www.lifenews.com/2020/06/29/supreme-court-strikes-down-louisiana-pro-life-law-saving-babies-from-abortion/ 

:: 6-29-20 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Qasem Soleimani: Iran seeks Trump's arrest over killing of general

29 June 2020

Iran has issued an arrest warrant for US President Donald Trump over the killing of top Iranian commander Gen Qasem Soleimani in Iraq in January. Tehran prosecutor Ali Alqasimehr said Mr Trump and 35 others faced murder and terrorism charges, and that Interpol had been asked to help detain them. However, Interpol said it would not consider the Iranian request. The US special representative for Iran said the warrant was a propaganda stunt that nobody would take seriously. Soleimani died in a drone strike near Baghdad International Airport ordered by Mr Trump, who said the general was responsible for the deaths of hundreds of American troops and was planning imminent attacks. Iran retaliated by firing ballistic missiles at Iraqi military bases housing US forces. "About 36 individuals have been identified in connection with the assassination of Hajj Qasem. They supervised, acted upon, and ordered [it]," Mr Alqasimehr was quoted as saying by the Mehr news agency. "This includes political and military officials from the US as well as other countries, for whom the judiciary has issued arrest warrants and the Interpol has issued Red Notices." Mr Trump was on the top of the list and his arrest would be sought even after his presidency had ended, the prosecutor added.  Trump: 'We took action to stop, not start a war' UN expert: Soleimani killing breached international norms What does the law say about Soleimani's assassination? Deputy Foreign Minister Mohsen Baharvand said Iran's judiciary would soon issue an indictment for those responsible for the attack on Gen Soleimani, and was hoping to identify the operators of the drone, according to the Isna news agency. "Iran will not stop its efforts until these people are brought to justice," he declared. An Interpol Red Notice is a request to law enforcement worldwide to locate and provisionally arrest a person pending extradition, surrender, or similar legal action. It is not an international arrest warrant.

US special representative Brian Hook said: "Our assessment is that Interpol does not intervene and issue Red Notices that are based on a political nature. "This is a political nature. This has nothing to do with national security, international peace or promoting stability... It is a propaganda stunt that no-one takes seriously." Interpol, which is based in the French city of Lyon, subsequently told the BBC that it would not consider the Iranian request for help. Under its constitution, it was "strictly forbidden for the organisation to undertake any intervention or activities of a political, military, religious or racial character", it said. Analysts say the issuing of the arrest warrant is little more than a symbolic gesture by Iran, but that it reflects the depth of animosity felt towards President Trump.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-53223523 

:: 6-29-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ANALYSIS: Iran in huge trouble due to Israel's and America's policies

The Islamic Republic is reeling from COVID-19, sanctions, cyber-attacks and airstrikes.

Yochanan Visser , 29/06/20 22:00

The covert war between Israel and Iran continues unabated, with Israel reportedly now operating inside Iran to thwart Iran’s attempts to develop long-range ballistic missiles that could be used to carry nuclear warheads. Let’s start with Syria where the Israeli Air Force (IAF) has reportedly carried out at least five major airstrikes against Iran-related targets over the last week alone. Arab media reported that on Saturday evening and Sunday evening the IAF launched a series of airstrikes against Iranian targets in Syria underlining the stated Israeli policy to oust all Iranian troops from Syria. “We have moved from a policy of blocking Iran to its ousting from Syria,” former Israeli Defense Minister Naftali Bennett said on April 26th. During the latest Israeli strike in eastern Syria nine people will killed while the previous bombardment took the lives of 6 Iraqi militia members the London-based Arab paper Asharq Al-Awsat reported. Then there was a mysterious huge blast in Iran itself which the Islamist regime said was an accident with gas tanks at the military site of Parchin, which has been used by Iran to conduct tests with detonators for nuclear warheads. In reality, however, the huge explosion took place in a military complex in the Khojir region 20 kilometers east of Tehran. It wasn’t a gas explosion as video images of the blast revealed. The images showed a giant orange fireball and not a large gray plume of smoke as would have been the case with a gas explosion. Satellite images taken after the blast, furthermore, proved that the explosion had destroyed two buildings at the military complex in Khojir where Iran is suspected of having conducted nuclear-related work as well.  The Khojir region is home to two Iranian companies that work on solid-propellant missiles and liquid-fuel ballistic missiles. The mountainous area in Khojir also houses the Iranian Aerospace Industries Organization, which is part of Iran’s Defense and Armed Forces Logistics Ministry. An American weapon expert believes that based on the images she reviewed showing a huge orange fireball, the explosion was in a factory that produces ballistic liquid-fuel missiles. The Council of National Resistance of Iran, a group of Iranians living in exile mainly in Paris, says that the “Iranian regime is lying and that the massive explosion took place in a section designated for the production of ammunition, in particular, warheads for ballistic missiles.” Jonathan Schanzer, a former US treasury terror finance specialist, pointed to an article in the Intelligence Times that confirmed that the huge blast took place in the Khojir complex in buildings of the Hemmat Missile Industries Factory.  Schanzer believes that Israel could be behind the explosion that some say was a the result of new cyber attack that could have been launched by the IDF’s famous 8200 cyber unit. Hemmat Missile Industries Factory is also responsible for the construction of missile factories in Syria, where Iran is converting crude rockets into precision-guided missiles (PGM) in SSM Precision Missile Factories.  Schanzer further believes that Israel decided to attack the PGM threat “at its source” after going after every missile delivery in Syria. The reason Iran lied over the location of the attack has a lot to do with preserving secrecy over its activities in Khojir where the Islamic Republic is working to develop long-range and even intercontinental ballistic missiles. This is also the reason that Israel and the US are in favor of extending the arms embargo on Iran that was part of the UN-approved 2015 nuclear deal between Iran and six world powers and that will expire at the end of October 2020. The US Administration of President Donald J. Trump links the development of long-range ballistic missiles to Iran’s secret nuclear weapons program. That program has never been abandoned according to former Mossad head Shabtai Shavit, who in a recent interview with Israel’s English language media said the following: ”I am sure that down the road Iran will develop nuclear weapons because Khamenei’s regime sees Iran as a re-emerging Persian Empire that will bring light to the nations.” The former Mossad chief said that Iran took the decision to develop its own weapons of mass destruction, including nuclear ones, after the Iraq Iran war, when then-Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini sent children with explosives into the battlefield after Iran failed to achieve a victory over Saddam Hussein’s Iraq. “I have no doubt that Iran is continuing to work today, as we speak, to develop nuclear capabilities. They are doing it clandestinely to avoid provoking the US and the rest of the world,” Shavit said. The new blow to Iran delivered by Israeli cyberwar experts comes at a time when the Khamenei regime is in huge trouble. Iran failed to contain the coronavirus crisis and today already more than 62.000 Iranians have died from the COVID-19 virus. This and the so-called ‘maximum pressure’ campaign by the Trump Administration has brought Iran now to its knees as the economy in the Islamic Republic collapses. The regime is longer able to pay the wages of government employees while 70 percent of Iran’s more than 80 million citizens is living below the poverty line of $1.90 per day. The Rial, Iran’s currency, is further collapsing and lost in June more than 14 percent of its value against the US DollarTo save the economy the regime ordered Iranians back to work at a moment the Corona crisis was far from being under control and this caused the second wave of COVID-19 cases. Rampant corruption among regime officials is another reason for the increasing financial and economic crisis in Iran and this could eventually lead to a new uprising that could finish off Khamenei’s regime. The Islamist regime has now issued an arrest warrant for President Trump and even asked Interpol to assist with Trump’s arrest but the international crime-fighting unit declined.

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/282697 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-29-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Southern Syria is a center of new instability and military activity

The area is emerging as potentially of concern to Iran, Russia and the Syrian regime, as well as to the US and Israel.

By SETH J. FRANTZMAN JUNE 29, 2020 12:56

A review of incidents in southern Syria in recent weeks points to the area becoming an increasing flash point, as many issues are now in flux. It is important to highlight several of the trends that appear to be happening, from Daraa near the Golan border to Deir Ezzor and Albukamal on the Euphrates River.  This is an area that is a triangle of 500 km. on one side from the Golan to Albukamal and then 120 km. from Albukamal to Deir Ezzor. These represent two distinct areas. Albukamal to Deir Ezzor is an important corridor. It is where there are some pro-Iranian militias and Iranian presence. Reports indicate that the Afghan and Pakistan volunteers who serve with Iran’s IRGC may also be in this area. They are called Fatemyoun and Zainabiyoun. There are also Iraqi Shi’ite militias in this area. What we know is that at the end of this triangle, near Albukamal, is the Imam Ali base where Iran has constructed an important network of warehouses over an area several dozen square kilometers in size. This area has tunnels and warehouses. In June 2018, an airstrike hit an Iraqi Kataib Hezbollah headquarters near here. Later airstrikes hit the Imam Ali base. In the fall of 2019, Iraq and Syria opened the border at Al-Qaim but the base was the center of clandestine arms trafficking to Hezbollah. The arms come through here and there are networks of Iranian-backed groups along the river through Al-Mayadin town, up to Deir Ezzor and then along various roads through Al-Sukna and Palmyra, continuing to T-4 airbase where Iran has drones and other facilities. Call this the “corridor” for Iran’s road to the sea via Iraq and Syria. In recent days there were rumors of airstrikes at Albukamal. In addition, the Iranian IRGC Quds Force commander allegedly came to Albukamal this month and met locals. That alone is big news. And on June 23, airstrikes allegedly hit areas near Sukna, Deir Ezzor and Suwayda. Moving along the triangle from Albukamal on the Iraqi border, heading west through the desert now towards the Golan, one eventually comes to a US anti-ISIS coalition base called al-Tanf or Tanaf. Reports have recently indicated that soldiers there experimented with anti-drone gun sights. Not much happens at this base, but there are some Syrian rebel forces and Syrian refugees nearby in the Rukban camp. This US footprint is a kind of thumb in the side of Damascus – and the Russians, Iran and Syrian regime want the US to leave. Further to the west is the Druze district of Suwayda. Since early June, the Syrian economy has collapsed and Druze have been protesting. The Assad regime has moved around some local politicians in the last months. But the reality remains that this area is not happy with the failure of the regime to secure the future. Airstrikes on June 23 hit a hill with a radar dish near here. Further west is Daraa, the city that was a symbol of the early protests against the Syrian regime in 2011. Divided during the Syrian civil war, it fell to the regime in the summer of 2018 along with neighboring areas. But there are tensions. The Russians were supposed to be in their area to help secure the era after the reconciliation. Syrian rebels joined the 5th Corps, a unit that was supposed to help in the reconciliation with the regime. Reports indicated that the Russians played a role in this process. On June 20 a bus of the 5th corps was blown up. At funerals for the fighters there were protests. Then on June 27 and 28, more clashes appeared to follow between the Syrian regime and locals. What is important is to look at this as a southern triangle of uncertainty that is emerging in Syria and one that is potentially of concern to Iran, Russia, the Syrian regime, and the US and Israel. Israel has said it has carried out airstrikes in recent years in Syria, and Jerusalem has demanded Iran leave the war-torn country. The 700-900 Iranian IRGC members in Syria have reportedly been shifting around in recent months, with some asserting that they might be withdrawing a bit. But there are also claims that they are putting down roots with locals, as they have done over the years. For instance, last year a Hezbollah “killer drone” team was active near the Golan. In addition, a Hezbollah member was killed in an airstrike near the Golan earlier this year. The recent Suwayda protests and airstrikes, the appearance of Ghaani in Albukamal and the 5th corps' troubles all seem to point to a spotlight on southern Syria that may be growing in its intensity. Until recently mostly quiet, the area is now becoming more focused upon.

https://www.jpost.com/middle-east/southern-syria-is-a-center-of-new-instability-and-military-activity-633103 

:: 6--20 PNW :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recognizing The Signs Of The Times - A Warning To Our Generation

About two thousand years ago, Jesus rebuked the religious elites of His day. He criticized them for their failure to recognize His Coming. He told them, "You know how to look at the sky and predict the weather, but you don't know how to recognize the signs of the times" (Matthew 16:1-3). Just like you and me, the religious leaders could see dark clouds on the horizon and know a rain storm was on its way. In the same manner, Jesus said they should have seen the signs and prepared for His arrival. The Pharisees and Sadducees knew the Old Testament Messianic prophecies, yet they failed to recognize the Messiah. But their failure is relevant to our day and time as well. Why? Because Jesus wasn't simply addressing the Pharisees and Sadducees when He said this. He had a second audience in mind - you and me. That's right. Jesus was also talking to our generation. The Bible is filled with prophecies about the Second Coming, and Jesus commanded us to watch for Him (Mark 13:35-37). Our generation is also expected to recognize the "signs of the times." But are we? Do you recognize the signs of the times? The World is Complacent Unfortunately, much of the world (including a large number of Christians) are not watching for Jesus. They're asleep when it comes to the Second Coming, even though Jesus warned against it. Why do I say the world is asleep? Because right now, a flood of signs surround us. Never before have so many signs of the Second Coming been present. Here are just a few from 2020:

COVID-19 - Since emerging in Wuhan, China is late 2019, COVID-19 (a.k.a. "the coronavirus") has wreaked havoc on the world stage. It first led to the shutdown of several major cities in China. Eventually, the shutdowns spread to the rest of China, then Italy, Spain, the United States, and countless countries throughout the world. While many nations have made inroads to "flatten the curve" and even force a decline in new cases, the coronavirus is far from gone. Many fear a "second wave" while others argue the first wave never went away. While some local areas may have temporarily seen a decline in case counts, the number of new confirmed global cases has grown from 2 million in mid-April to over 8 million today. That's a four-fold increase in two months. Far from being in the rearview mirror, the coronavirus pandemic is still an ongoing global emergency. A form of pestilence, it's one of the signs Jesus told His followers to look for (Luke 21:11). Global Riots - In late May, the murder of George Floyd at the hands of a Minneapolis police officer sparked nationwide protests in the United States. Unfortunately, alongside countless peaceful protests, riots erupted in several cities. Minneapolis saw several days of riots, looting, and burning buildings following Floyd's death. In Seattle, the police and National Guard have abandoned six city blocks in the downtown area, ceding control to various radical groups. In Atlanta, rioters attacked the global headquarters of CNN. In London, authorities boarded up a statue of Winston Churchill to protect it from those threatening to tear it down. Throughout the world, we see images of arson, looting, and mayhem as a spirit of lawlessness prevails. The Bible says this is what people will be like in the last days (2 Timothy 3:1-5). A Global Depression - Despite all the talk of a "V-shaped" recovery for the economy, no such thing is happening. The global travel industry is a fraction of what it was in early January, and it will likely be years before we see travel return to the old "normal." Restaurants, hotels, and retail outlets have a fraction of the foot traffic they once had. Last week, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development estimated global GDP could plummet as much as 7.6% this year - twice what it previously announced in March. The World Bank estimates global GDP will fall 6.2%. If these figures are correct, the current economic downturn will be twice as bad as the Great Recession and the worst economic contraction since the Great Depression. Last week also brought bad news on the employment front. More than 1.5 million people in the United States filed new unemployment claims. This is after most states have "re-opened" their economies. To put this number in perspective, prior to March, the largest weekly unemployment claim number in U.S. history was 695,000 in October 1982. Even with many people returning to their jobs following state restrictions, continuing unemployment claims remain over 20 million. This is the worst global economy since the Great Depression, and it doesn't look like it will get better any time soon. This creates fertile ground for the rise of a dictator. The Great Depression paved the way for Adolph Hitler. The Bible says a similar economic catastrophe will pave the way for the Antichrist (Revelation 6:5-6). Swarms of Locusts - This year also saw the emergence of one of the worst locust plagues in decades. Swarms of billions of locusts, ranging anywhere from a third of a mile to a 100 square miles or more, have attacked crops on two continents. The hardest hit areas so far have included East Africa (Kenya, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Uganda, and Ethiopia), the Middle East (Yemen, Saudi Arabia, and Iran), and Southwest Asia (Afghanistan, Pakistan, and India). The U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization projects these swarms will continue to thrive and spread well into late-July. As these locust swarms destroy crops, millions face the prospect of famine in parts of the world where food insecurity is already common. Famine is one of the signs Jesus said to look for (Matthew 24:7). Rumors of War - On July 1, the Israeli government will formally consider annexation of large parts of the West Bank. If it does, Jordan has said it will end its 27 year-old peace treaty with the Jewish State. The Palestinian Authority has said it will end its relationship with Israel, and Hamas has warned any such annexation will ignite a new Intifada. If Israel moves forward with plans to annex all or part of the West Bank, it will almost certainly face widespread condemnation in the international community and violent resistance from its longtime enemies. Only time will tell what July brings, but rumors of war are widespread. Jesus said rumors of war will be another sign of His coming (Matthew 24:6). The Converging Signs But these are just the latest signs. Many of the signs Jesus and the prophets said to look for appeared long before 2020. Generations of Christians lived and died without witnessing a single sign of the Second Coming. Yet our generation is witness to all of them. Those signs include:   Israel Back in the Land - God promised to bring the Jewish people back into the land of Israel before He returned (Jeremiah 23:7-8). He said He would call them from "among the nations" (Ezekiel 39:28), from "the farthest corners of the earth" (Isaiah 11:12), and from "north, south, east, and west" (Psalm 107:3). He promised to welcome them home from the lands where they were scattered (Ezekiel 20:34). When they did, He promised to return and establish His everlasting kingdom (Isaiah 11:11-12).

Israeli Control of Jerusalem - Jesus said armies would surround Jerusalem, destroy the city, and enslaves its citizens. This happened in A.D. 70 when the Roman legions did exactly that. Jesus then said people other than the Jewish people would control Jerusalem for a time, then the Jewish people would once again control Jerusalem. When they did, Jesus promised to return (Luke 21:24-28). Since 1967, the Jewish people have been in possession of Jerusalem. The Gospel Preached Throughout the World - When asked about the end of the age and the signs of His coming, Jesus said the Gospel will be preached throughout the entire world. Every nation will hear it. Then, the end will come (Matthew 24:14). For centuries after the crucifixion, the Gospel was confined to a small area surrounding the Mediterranean Sea. In the past two centuries, Christians have brought the Gospel to every nation in the world. Today, missionaries live in every nation. The Bible is translated in hundreds of languages, and the message of Jesus is sent around the world by radio, TV, satellite, and the Internet. Our generation is literally on the verge of spreading the Gospel to every last person on earth. Increased Travel and Knowledge - Six hundred years before Jesus, an angel gave Daniel a special message. He said "travel and knowledge" will increase in the end times (Daniel 12:4). For centuries of human history, dramatic gains in travel and knowledge did NOT take place. Yet the last two hundred years have seen explosions in the speed and frequency of travel as well as the amount and availability of knowledge. Arrival of the Exponential Curve - Jesus said a variety of global signs will come before His return and the end of the age. These signs will be spiritual, natural, societal, and political in nature. And He said they will appear in a distinct way - "like birth pains" (Matthew 24:3‐8). This means the frequency and intensity of these signs will increase as we near His return. Our generation has seen the exponential increase in war and famine Jesus said to look for. In the 20th Century alone, more people died from war and famine than lived on the earth when Jesus spoke these words.

Israel Surrounded by Enemies - The Bible says enemies will surround Israel in the end times. Those enemies will say "Come, let us wipe away the nation of Israel. Let's destroy the memory of its existence" (Psalm 83:4) and "Let us take for ourselves these pasturelands of God" (Psalm 83:12). Ezekiel said Israel's neighbors will say "God has given their land to us" (Ezekiel 11:14‐17), and "Israel and Judah are ours. We will take possession of them. What do we care if their God is there?" (Ezekiel 35:10). Ever since the rebirth of Israel in 1948, the daily headlines have included these Bible verses. Israel's Muslim neighbors claim the land of Israel for themselves, and they have no regard for the God of Israel. Israel's Exceedingly Great Army - Ezekiel said, in the end times, Israel will field "an exceedingly great army" (Ezekiel 37:10). Zechariah said Israel will be like a fire among sheaves of grain, burning up the neighboring nations (Zechariah 12:6) and even the weakest Israeli soldier will be like David (Zechariah 12:8). Since 1948, Israel has fought no less than four conventional wars against its neighbors. Despite being outnumbered more than 50 to 1, Israel has achieved overwhelming victory every time. Rise of the Gog of Magog Alliance - The Bible says a military alliance that includes Russia, Iran, Turkey, and a number of Muslim nations will attack Israel "from the north" (Ezekiel 38:15; Ezekiel 39:2) "in the latter days" (Ezekiel 38:8) when God brings His people home from among the enemy nations (Ezekiel 39:27). Today, we see those very nations forming an alliance that has never existed in world history, and all three have troops in Syria - a nation on Israel's northern border. Rise of a United Europe - The Bible says a revived Roman Empire will come to power in the end times (Daniel 2, Daniel 7, Revelation 17). According to Daniel, it will be a ten nation alliance of weak and strong nations. Some parts will be as strong as iron, while other parts will be as weak as clay (Daniel 2:42). We see the beginning of this alliance in the European Union - a coalition of weak and strong nations struggling to stay together. The Rise of Global Government - The Bible says a single government will rule the world politically (Revelation 13:7), religiously (Revelation 13:8), and economically (Revelation 13:16‐17) in the last days. It will rule over "all people, tribes, and languages" on the face of the earth (Revelation 13:7). Its authority will be so complete no one will be able to buy or sell anything without its permission (Revelation 13:16‐17). For centuries, a true global government was impossible. Today, world leaders openly discuss it. And cryptocurrencies and electronic banking foreshadow an economic system where people can be shut off from commerce. Denial of the Signs - Almost two thousand years ago, Peter issued a warning. He said in the last days people will mock the idea of Jesus returning. They will make fun of those who believe in the Second Coming and say things like, "I thought Jesus was coming back? What happened to His promise? Generation after generation has said He's coming. Yet, since the beginning of the world, everything has remained the same!" (2 Peter 3:3‐4). This is exactly what we hear people say today. Given all these signs, you can be certain of one thing: Jesus is coming, and ours is the generation that will witness His return. How can I be so sure? Simple. All these signs are converging. Jesus said when you see these signs come together, you can know His return is near.

In fact, He said the generation witnessing these signs will not pass away before He returns (Matthew 24:34). Keep in mind - for 1,878 years of Christianity (A.D. 70 - A.D. 1948), none of these signs were present. Today, all of them are. That means Jesus is right at the door (Matthew 24:33).  As in the Days of Noah When the disciples asked Jesus to describe the signs of His coming and the end of the age, He pointed to many signs. But one of the most overlooked is the idea that when He returns, the world will be "like it was in the days of Noah." Jesus said, "In those days before the flood, the people were enjoying banquets and parties and weddings right up to the time Noah entered his boat. People didn't realize what was going to happen until the flood came and swept them all away. That is the way it will be when the Son of Man comes" Matthew 24:38-39 (NLT). Look around. Despite all the chaos and turmoil, people are living their lives as if everything is normal. As in the days of Noah, they don't realize what's coming. Noah's generation didn't think the flood would come, but it came. Our generation doesn't think Jesus will come, but He will. And all the signs say He'll come in our generation.

Britt Gillette is author of the free ebook Coming to Jesus as well as the books Signs of the Second Coming & Racing Toward Armageddon.

https://www.prophecynewswatch.com/article.cfm?recent_news_id=4125 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-22-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID-Crunch? Fed Begins Rationing Coins As Americans Horde Cash

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/22/2020 - 05:30

Having closed the US Mint and halted production (blaming COVID-19) after a surge in demand for gold and silver coins, and warned of the danger of using bills (once again blaming the pandemic and choosing to "quarantine" cash for the sake of Americans' health), Fed Chair Powell quietly admitted to lawmakers this week that The Fed will be rationing coins as the circulation of coins across the US economy ground to a halt due to the pandemic. "What's happened is that with the partial closure of the economy, the flow of coins through the economy ... it's kind of stopped," Powell told lawmakers.  He said the shortage was due to the mass business closures that prevented people from spending their coins, as well as a lack of places that are open where people can trade coins for paper bills.  "We've been aware of it, we're working with the Mint to increase supply, we're working with the reserve banks to get the supply to where it needs to be," Powell said, adding he expected the problem to be temporary. Of course, Powell added that the problem would only be temporary, given the economy was reopening and establishments that traditionally deposit their cash into banks were beginning to restart operations. Until the shortage is resolved, the Fed is taking the unusual step of limiting the amount of quarters, dimes, nickels, and pennies sent to banks "to ensure a fair and equitable distribution of coin inventory." They issued a statement explaining the decision: Temporary coin order allocation in all Reserve Bank offices and Federal Reserve coin distribution locations effective June 15, 2020 The COVID‐19 pandemic has significantly disrupted the supply chain and normal circulation patterns for U.S. coin. In the past few months, coin deposits from depository institutions to the Federal Reserve have declined significantly and the U.S. Mint’s production of coin also decreased due to measures put in place to protect its employees. Federal Reserve coin orders from depository institutions have begun to increase as regions reopen, resulting in the Federal Reserve’s coin inventory being reduced to below normal levels. While the U.S. Mint is the issuing authority for coin, the Federal Reserve manages coin inventory and its distribution to depository institutions (including commercial banks, community banks, credit unions and thrifts) through Reserve Bank cash operations and offsite locations across the country operated by Federal Reserve vendors. The Federal Reserve is working on several fronts to mitigate the effects of low coin inventories. This includes managing the allocation of existing Fed inventories, working with the Mint, as issuing authority, to minimize coin supply constraints and maximize coin production capacity, and encouraging depository institutions to order only the coin they need to meet near‐term customer demand. Depository institutions also can help replenish inventories by removing barriers to consumer deposits of loose and rolled coins. Although the Federal Reserve is confident that the coin inventory issues will resolve once the economy opens more broadly and the coin supply chain returns to normal circulation patterns, we recognize that these measures alone will not be enough to resolve near‐term issues. Consequently, effective Monday, June 15, Reserve Banks and Federal Reserve coin distribution locations began allocating coin inventories. To ensure a fair and equitable distribution of existing coin inventory to all depository institutions, effective June 15, the Federal Reserve Banks and their coin distribution locations began to allocate available supplies of pennies, nickels, dimes, and quarters to depository institutions as a temporary measure. The temporary coin allocation methodology is based on historical order volume by coin denomination and depository institution endpoint, and current U.S. Mint production levels. Order limits are unique by coin denomination and are the same across all Federal Reserve coin distribution locations. Limits will be reviewed and potentially revised based on national receipt levels, inventories, and Mint production.  This coin rationing occurs as Americans are hording cash in record amounts due to the COVID crisis. As Decrypt reports: Banks have more cash than ever before - largely due to the coronavirus pandemic, figures from the Federal Reserve show. Deposits have never been so high—growing by $865 billion in April alone, CNBCreported. Deposits in total have increased by $2 trillion since January after record amounts of cash were pumped into US bank accounts to help with COVID-19 chaos. Money in bank accounts now stands at a whopping $15.4 trillion, June figures show. The flood of money is due to the US government doling out trillions of dollars to help its citizens with the economic hardships brought on by COVID-19 lockdowns; an unlimited bond buying program by the Federal Reserve; and people hoarding money because of uncertain times. That money is sitting in bank accounts. The biggest US banks—JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America and Citigroup—have experienced astronomical growth, CNBCreported. But there is such a surplus of cash, CNBC reports, that banks don’t quite know what to do with it. We have already seen sly moves to ban cash transactions in favor of the universal use of credit cards on the flimsy excuse that handling cash may spread the coronavirus. As Viv Forbes warns at The Epoch Times, don't let our cash money become the biggest COVID casualty. Swapping paper money for a monopoly of electronic money is a bad deal. We should always be free to save our cash and protect the value of our savings by investing in real assets or sound money like gold and silver. Real money is always measurable by weight, such as pounds, grams, pennyweight, and ounces of gold and silver, or carats of gemstones. It cannot be counterfeited or corrupted easily. But the value of fiat money relies on the honesty and openness of the rulers. Fiat money allows politicians to secretly steal your savings to fight yet another war on someone or something. Next we will see a war on “speculators,” or “hoarders,” and calls for a world currency. U.N. one-worlders will not let this COVID crisis go to waste. They dream of one-world government (the “National Cabinet” writ large) with no circulating cash and mandatory use of digital money (credit card currency). The climate alarmists would also like to use a digital money monopoly to promote their war on carbon. They could control and ration what we buy and consume—lettuce, tofu, bicycles, and green energy only, with no overseas trips and no secret buying of diesel, bacon, or beef. We have already seen the start of their war on cash—digital money will join mulberry money, shinplaster, and cubic currency in the long history of failed political money. . Then they can ration the “money” available to each of us each mWhile people are focused on social distancing and contact tracing, one-worlders are secretly planning to recall banknotes and abolish cashonth (cutting it off for white males once they reach their use by date”?). For many people in the world, a store of gold coins, silver coins, gem stones, or a bit of productive land has allowed them to survive or escape when their government became too oppressive or lost a war, and the local fiat money became a cubic currency. Unless, of course, history repeats...Gold confiscation?

https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/covid-cash-crunch-fed-begins-rationing-coins 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 6-21-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Atomic Oversight Group Says Iran May Be Holding "Undeclared Nuclear Material And Activities"

by Tyler Durden Sun, 06/21/2020 - 12:15

Authored by Daniel Payne via JustTheNews.com,

The country has refused to allow inspectors to access disputed sites...

Iran may be engaging in "undeclared nuclear material and activities," a nuclear watchdog agency revealed this week, raising concerns that the Islamic theocracy might be developing weapons outside of international oversight. The International Atomic Energy Agency said in a declassified letter released on Friday that earlier in the year it had "identified a number of questions related to possible undeclared nuclear material and nuclear-related activities at three locations in Iran that had not been declared by Iran." The agency multiple times requested "clarifications" regarding Iran's nuclear activities, including its use of uranium and whether it had engaged in research and development of nuclear processes. Yet Iran refused to allow inspectors access to sites where possible nuclear projects were ongoing. The country said it would "not recognize any allegation on past activities and does not consider itself obliged to respond to such allegations." The agency "continued to request clarifications and access," though by early March Iran still had not allowed access to the sites in question. The country's refusal was "adversely affecting the Agency’s ability to clarify and resolve the questions and thereby to provide credible assurance of the absence of undeclared nuclear material and activities in Iran," the agency said in its letter. In a resolution adopted on Friday, the IAEA called on Iran to "fully cooperate with the Agency and satisfy the Agency’s requests without any further delay, including by providing prompt access to the locations specified by the Agency."

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/atomic-oversight-group-says-iran-may-be-holding-undeclared-nuclear-material-and 

:: 6-21-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Violent Eruptions of Merapi Volcano Eject Plume of Ash and Gas Six Kilometers into the Sky in Indonesia

By Strange Sounds - Jun 21, 2020

The Merapi volcano in Indonesia erupted today (June 21) spewing ash and hot gas as high as six kilometres into the sky. Violent rumbling was heard from villagers several miles away as the dark grey ash cloud blanketed homes and roads. The country’s Volcanology and Geological Hazard Mitigation Center did not raise Merapi’s alert status, which already was at the third-highest level since it began erupting last August. Officials said the volcano Mount Merapi erupted two times – at 9:13am and 9:25am western Indonesia time. BPPTKG Yogyakarta said the first eruption reached 6,000 meters in height and lasted 328 seconds with a 75 millimeter amplitude, while the second eruption lasted 100 seconds. Head of the Yogyakarta Geological Disaster Technology Research and Development Center (BPPTKG), Hanik Humaida, said: ”The ash column was observed to be gray with a thick intensity leaning towards the west. “This eruption was recorded on a seismogram with a maximum amplitude of 75 mm and a duration of 5 minutes 28 seconds. “The current danger is hot clouds rolling down from the peak and other volcanic material from an explosive eruption.” The public should stay outside a 3-kilometer radius of the peak to avoid any possible danger. The center also advised residents living near Merapi to be on alert for volcanic ash and possible lava flow, especially if rain falls around Merapi’s peak. National Disaster Mitigation Agency (BNPB) spokesperson Raditya Jati said that, as of Sunday morning, villages in eight districts surrounding Merapi had experienced ash rains, with the torrent of ash in Srumbung district being the most severe. Mount Merapi is one of the most active volcanoes in Indonesia. An eruption in 2010 left more than 300 people dead and forced almost 400,000 people to take refuge. More volcano news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [The Jakarta Post]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/06/merapi-volcano-eruption-indonesia-video.html 

:: 6-21-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Northern Iceland Hit by Intense Swarm of More Than 1500 Earthquakes (M5.7 and M5.4) While Grímsvötn Volcano Is Getting Ready for its Next Eruption

By Strange Sounds - Jun 21, 2020

An intense seismic swarm with earthquakes of M5.7 and M5.4 is currently rattling towns and villages in Northern Iceland. Meanwhile, officials have evidences that Grímsvötn volcano is getting ready for the next eruption further in the south… Iceland is highly geologically active with many volcanoes including Hekla, Eldgjá, Herðubreið, and Eldfell. The volcanic eruption of Laki in 1783–1784 caused a famine that killed nearly a quarter of the island’s population and caused dust clouds and haze to appear over most of Europe and parts of Asia and Africa for several months afterward, and affected climates in other areas. On 21 March 2010, a volcano in Eyjafjallajökull in the south of Iceland erupted for the first time since 1821, forcing 600 people to flee their homes. Additional eruptions on 14 April forced hundreds of people to abandon their homes. The resultant cloud of volcanic ash brought major disruption to air travel across Europe. Another large eruption occurred on 21 May 2011. This time it was the Grímsvötn volcano, located under the thick ice of Europe’s largest glacier, Vatnajökull. Grímsvötn is one of Iceland’s most active volcanoes, and this eruption was much more powerful than the 2010 Eyjafjallajökull activity, with ash and lava hurled 20 km (12 mi) into the atmosphere, creating a large ash and gas plume. Here are the latest geological unrests and news from Iceland:

Earthquake swarm shakes northern Iceland An intense earthquake swarm is ongoing 20km NE of Siglufjörður. Since the swarm started yesterday over 1500 earthquakes have been detected:

A M5.4 earthquake hit 42 km NE of Siglufjörður, Iceland; 2020-06-20; 15:05:11 (UTC)

A M5.7 earthquake hit 10 km NE of Siglufjörður, Iceland; 2020-06-20; 19:26:22 (UTC)

A M4.5 earthquake hit 15 km NE of Siglufjörður, Iceland; 2020-06-20; 20:11:18 (UTC)

The two largest quakes were felt by residents in Dalvík, Hofsós, Siglufjörður, and Akureyri, and as well as those in the municipality of Hörgársveit, further inland. Neither injuries nor damage have been reported. The Tjörnes fracture zone started experiencing an earthquake swarm on Friday afternoon, peaking with the M5.7 quake on Saturday. Following this, more than 1,500 small earthquakes were reported in the same area. The offshore Tjörnes Fracture Zone is an oblique transform zone that separates the northern volcanic zone of Iceland from the Kolbeinsey Ridge, part of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge north of Iceland. A submarine eruption was reported during 1867-1868 at the SE part of the fissure system off the northern coast of Iceland along the Manareyjar Ridge immediately north of Manareyjar Island. So is there something brewing underwater? – RUV and Vedur

Grímsvötn Volcano is Preparing for Next Eruption Officials say Grímsvötn volcano is preparing for its next large eruption. Recent gas measurements indicate there is magma near the surface of the volcano. Grímsvötn last erupted in 2011 and erupts on average every 5-10 years during active periods. Earlier this month, scientists from the Icelandic Met Office measured sulphur dioxide (SO2) in the southwest corner of the caldera in Grímsvötn, close to where the last eruptions in 2004 and 2011 took place. “This is the first time that we measure so much SO2 at a volcano in Iceland that is not in an eruptive phase and its presence is indicative of magma at shallow level,” says Melissa Anne Pfeffer, a specialist at the Met Office who participated in the recent trip on Vatnajökull glacier. In addition to the high level of SO2, geothermal activity at the surface of the volcano has notably increased.

Moreover, scientists have shown a correlation between jökulhlaup (glacial floods) and eruptions in Grímsvötn. When the pressure in the volcanic system is increased due to magma accumulation and if a large volume of water is stored in the lake, the pressure release following the removal of water during a flood could facilitate the magma rising to the surface and trigger, in this way, an eruption.  Currently, the water level is rather high and the pressure in the magma chamber below the caldera has reached values comparable to those prior to the last eruption. Therefore, an eruption triggered by a glacial flood has to be considered. An eruption in that area is not likely to cause much damage as they are usually small or medium-size. Moreover, Grímsvötn is far away from inhabited areas. However, a Grímsvötn would release tremendeous amount of ash, which could lead to air traffic stops and dangerous ashfall for people and livestock. On 21 May 2011, Grímsvötn erupted and produced ash plumes that drifted toward western Norway, Denmark, and other parts of northern Europe and disrupted flights. This was Grímsvötn’s first eruption since 2004, when it sent ash as far as Finland. – Vedur and MLB

https://strangesounds.org/2020/06/iceland-earthquake-swarm-volcano-eruption-grimsvotn.html 

:: 6-21-20 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is This The Lowest Point In Modern U.S. History?

June 21, 2020 by Michael Snyder

Things have certainly gotten really crazy here in 2020. First we witnessed the eruption of the worst global pandemic in 100 years, then the U.S. economy started collapsing, and then we watched major U.S. cities burn from coast to coast as rioting and looting spiraled out of control. Everywhere you look, people are very angry and deeply frustrated, nearly 46 million Americans have filed for unemployment benefits over the past few months, and fear of COVID-19 continues to paralyze our society to a frightening extent. But can this really be called the lowest point in modern U.S. history? According to one recent survey, a whopping 72 percent of all Americans actually believe that this “is the lowest point in the country’s history that they’ve ever been alive to see”

Across two polls, more than 5,000 adult U.S. residents were recently surveyed on the state of America right now. A staggering 83% say that worrying about the future of the United States is a big source of personal stress. Also, 72% believe this is the lowest point in the country’s history that they’ve ever been alive to see. That appears to be quite a consensus. Of course many of those that were alive during the Great Depression of the 1930s and the early days of World War II would strongly argue that what we are experiencing today is nothing compared to what they had to deal with. And without a doubt, the twelve years from 1968 to 1980 were not easy years by any stretch of the imagination. Just like now, Americans of that era were facing great civil unrest, tremendous economic problems, major political shaking and a global pandemic that killed a lot of people. If you don’t know about that pandemic, just Google “the flu pandemic of 1968”. Having said all that, there is definitely a case to be made for 2020. Not even during the Great Depression did we ever see the kind of apocalyptic spike in unemployment that we have witnessed this year. Even though nearly 46 million Americans have already filed for unemployment benefits since the COVID-19 pandemic began, big firms continue to lay off thousands upon thousands of workers. On top of that, more than 100,000 businesses have already permanently closed their doors, and Americans have already skipped payments on more than 100 million loans.  And as I explained the other day, the most severe pain from this economic downturn won’t even begin to hit us until about six weeks from now. As emergency government assistance starts to fade, an increasing number of Americans will have a very difficult time keeping up with paying the bills. In fact, another new survey has found that about half of all homeowners are “worried about making future mortgage payments”… New research offers a glimpse into struggling households, discovers out of the 2,000 American homeowners polled, over half (52%) of respondents say they’re routinely worried about making future mortgage payments and nearly half (47%) considered selling their home because of the inability to service mortgage payments. The study, conducted by OnePoll and the National Association of Realtors, determined 81% of respondents had experienced unexpected financial stress due to the virus-induced recession. Over half (56%) reduced spending so they could service mortgage payments. Meanwhile, fear of COVID-19 is going to continue to paralyze our society for the foreseeable future. I don’t know if you have taken a look at the numbers lately, but the truth is that the number of confirmed cases in the U.S. is starting to surge again. For the planet as a whole, Friday was the worst day of the pandemic so far by a very wide margin, and that means that this crisis is a long, long way from over. There are already whispers that there may be new lockdowns here in the United States. I seriously hope that does not happen, because that would be another crippling blow for our collapsing economy, and the virus just continued to spread during the first round of lockdowns anyway. On top of everything else, more rioting, looting and violence could erupt at literally any moment. Since this is an election year, tensions are going to be running even higher than usual, and even a relatively minor spark could cause another round of major civil unrest. But as bad as things are right now, what most people don’t understand is that this is just the beginning. As I have warned so many times before, we have entered a time when we are going to be facing one crisis after another, and this is going to be true no matter what happens during the election in November. We have reached a moment in history when all of the cycles are ending, all of the bubbles are bursting, and we are going to experience the consequences of all the very foolish decisions that we have been making for decades. At this point, the immediate outlook is so bleak that it is turning all sorts of people into raging pessimists. For example, Wolf Richter just posted an article in which he explained why he just shorted the entire stock market… I’m sharing this trade so that everyone gets to ridicule me and hail me as a moron and have fun at my expense in the comments for weeks and months every time the market goes up. And I do not recommend shorting this market; it’s nuts. But here’s why I did. The stock market had just gone through what was termed the “greatest 50-day rally in history.” The S&P 500 index had skyrocketed 47% from the intraday low on March 23 (2,192) to the close on June 8 (3,232). It was a blistering phenomenal rally. Since June 8, the market has gotten off track but not by much. It’s still a phenomenal rally. And it came during the worst economy in my lifetime. I know that a lot of people will criticize him for making such a move, but I applaud him for his bravery. Even if his timing turns out to be a bit early, I certainly concur with him that this latest Fed-fueled bubble will inevitably burst. But ultimately we are going to be facing problems that are much more severe than a stock market crash. In fact, a market crash will be among the least of our problems. Because it isn’t just our economy that is collapsing. Our entire society is in the process of imploding, and if you don’t like 2020, then you really aren’t going to like what is going to happen in 2021 and beyond.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help. During these very challenging times, people will need hope more than ever before, and it is our goal to share the gospel of Jesus Christ with as many people as we possibly can.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/is-this-the-lowest-point-in-modern-u-s-history 

:: 6-20-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nearly Half Of Americans Consider Selling Home As COVID Crushes Finances

by Tyler Durden Sat, 06/20/2020 - 22:00

As the virus pandemic has metastasized into an economic downturn, tens of millions of Americans have lost their jobs and are struggling to service mortgage payments. New research offers a glimpse into struggling households, discovers out of the 2,000 American homeowners polled, over half (52%) of respondents say they're routinely worried about making future mortgage payments and nearly half (47%) considered selling their home because of the inability to service mortgage payments. The study, conducted by OnePoll and the National Association of Realtors, determined 81% of respondents had experienced unexpected financial stress due to the virus-induced recession. Over half (56%) reduced spending so they could service mortgage payments. Since mid-March, or about the time when the lockdowns began, nearly half (47%) of homeowners have explored alternative ways of making money. About two-thirds of respondents (64%) started side projects, while 53% sold valuables to supplement income. "The swift and unprecedented impact of COVID-19 left many people in a financial emergency, and we want to make sure struggling homeowners know they have relief options, especially during Homeownership Month," said the National Association of Realtors President Vince Malta. "Realtors and lenders can identify programs and aid designed to help meet loan obligations. Acting quickly may help homeowners stay in their homes and keep the money they have already invested into it," Malta said. From clothing (71%) and take-out (66%) to streaming TV services (46%) and groceries (45%), respondents said their spending habits had been significantly reduced so they could service mortgage payments. In a separate report, more than 4 million homeowners are in mortgage forbearance plan - representing 7.54% of all mortgages, delinquencies are set to surpass the great recession, which peaked at 10%. Oxford Economics said 15% of homeowners would fall behind on their monthly mortgage payments in a 'tidal wave' of delinquencies, which was similar to the prediction by Moody's chief economist, Mark Zandi, who said that as many as 30% of Americans with home loans - or around 15 million households, may stop paying if the US economy remains closed through the summer or beyond. Google search "sell home" rose during lockdowns. All of this says a lot about the economy: households are struggling, they cant afford real estate, consumption will remain low, as the prospects of a V-shaped recovery this year continue to wane.

https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/nearly-half-americans-consider-selling-home-covid-crushes-finances 

:: 6-21-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN Cops On US Streets Enforcing The Democrats Despotic Agenda Would Be The Last Straw For Most Americans

by Stefan Stanford · Published June 21, 2020 · Updated June 21, 2020 – All News Pipeline

– How Long Before The UN & ‘Chicoms’ Are Arming Radical Leftist Gangs?

With murders increasing 75% in New York city since Democrat-backed domestic terrorism began there and now, law enforcement in NY calling for a July 4th strike so leftists can have their ‘independence day without cops‘, potentially leaving much of the city burning down, we have to take a look within this story at a theory gaining much ground; the Democrats ‘war on police’ is being purposely engineered to get them to quit across large parts of America so UN troops ultimately take over and rule American cities to help the globalists complete their sinister agenda for America.  As we also hear in the 1st video at the bottom of this story, Democrats/radicals across America are now antagonizing law enforcement officers to the point where many no longer want anything at all to do with enforcing the law. And as this new story over at the Examinerwhich Steve Quayle had linked to on his website Saturday morning reports, nearly 3 out of every 4 cops in Washington DC are already thinking about getting out of the force, with huge numbers of them also seeing crime will only increase in the days ahead if we keep on the path we’re now on. From this Examiner story before we continue. Nearly three-fourths of Washington’s Metropolitan Police Department said in a poll that they are considering leaving the force amid a police reform bill recently passed by the D.C. Council.  The proposal would require law enforcement body camera footage to be released to the public more quickly following a police-related shooting and would restrict when officers can use lethal force. It also would prohibit the department from purchasing military-style equipment from the federal government. Local lawmakers stopped an attempt by one council member at large who proposed to limit the size of the force and cap it at 3,500 from its current size of 3,863. However, several hundred on the force revealed to the D.C. Police Union, which represents 3,600 Washington officers, detectives, and sergeants, that they are looking to leave anyway. According to the survey of 600 local law enforcement members, of the 71% considering leaving, 25% may retire earlier than planned, 35% are seeking jobs at other law enforcement agencies, and 39% are considering leaving law enforcement altogether. Additionally, 96% of those members polled said they believe crime will increase, and 88% said officer safety will plunge. When I first started hearing reports many years ago from websites such as Infowars and Zero Hedge that the Democrats/globalists were attempting to destroy America to bring in global government and a ‘new world order’, I truly believed that such reports were ‘utter insanity’. But after seeing more than a decade’s worth of solid evidence of such since then as we’ll explore more below, it’s easy to see how correct the ‘watchmen’ have been. According to this April 2020 story over at ‘globalist gatekeepers’ Buzzfeed, an old ‘false conspiracy theory’ regarding the United Nations and a ‘sinister plan to take over America’ and the world and kill off much of the world’s population had re-surfaced due to Covid-19. With the buzzfeed story mentioning both George Soros and Bill Gates as well as the United Nations Agenda 21, their story attempted to ‘tamp down’ very legitimate concerns that tens of millions of Americans have about global government overreach. Concerns now validated with the UN now holding ‘urgent debates on police brutality and human rights’, yet the UN neglecting the ‘personal responsibility’ of people such as George Floyd, who might not be dead right now if he didn’t commit a crime beforehand. And while we’ll strongly agree that passing off a phony $20 bill should never lead to a ‘death sentence’, had Floyd never committed that crime, he’d likely still be alive right now, never putting himself in ‘the line of fire’ as he himself did. Yet with Floyd’s illegal actions leading to what we’re seeing now, including blm and anarchist rioters screaming ‘Kill Whitey’ while toppling statues of George Washington, Francis Scott Key and Ulysses S. Grant among many others, as Steve Quayle warned in an SQnote while linking to this story over at Information Liberation reporting upon the latest round of ‘leftist insanity’, “piece by piece the foundations of America are being taken apart – our history, borders, language and culture destroyed”. So the Democrats war upon the police is very much a huge part of that agenda as they continue to work to destroy America as we see in the list of Democrats/globalists goals for America at the top of this story section. How many of those ‘mission goals’ have already been accomplished or are now ‘under way’? From their ‘war upon the family unit’ to the their 2020 push for a ‘universal basic income’ to their attempt to implement a social credit system similar to China to their push for mandatory vaccinations to their ‘depopulation agenda’, imagine America should they complete all of those goals listed above as we watch their sinister agenda being completed before our eyes. While long called ‘conspiracy theory’ by the mainstream media and most leftists, as we see in the chart above from the website Deagel, by 2025, America is being forecast to look like just a shell of our former country. With Deagel forecasting our population to drop from over 326 million to less than 100 million by 2025, a drop of more than 227 million, and our military expenditures being forecast to plummet from over $637 billion to only $32 billion by 2025, the forecast by Deagel seems to show an America which had either lost a major war or been hollowed out by a deadly pandemic. And as we’ve reported previously on ANP, Deagel’s sources ARE the ‘deep state’, including: The United States Coast Guard, the Department of Defense, the United States Government, the United States Air Force, the United States Army, the United States Marine Corps, the United States Navy and the US Department of State and CIA and globalist agencies including the World Bank and the European Union.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/06/21/un-cops-on-us-streets-enforcing-the-democrats-despotic-agenda-would-be-the-last-straw-for-most-americans/ 

:: 6-21-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Shootings Surge After NYPD Disbands Anti-Crime Unit

By AWR Hawkins21 Jun 2020

Reports indicate that shootings in New York City surged last week following the NYPD’s decision to disband its plainclothes anti-crime unit. The New York Post reports the unit was disbanded on Monday, June 15, 2020, and the week ended with “28 [shooting] incidents and 38 victims.” During the same week in 2019 there were only 12 shootings. An law enforcement source told the Post, “This is what the politicians wanted — no bail, nobody in Rikers, cops not arresting anyone.” The source added, “All those things equal people walking around on the street with guns, shooting each other.” The Sergeants Benevolent Association tweeted: Shootings remain commonplace in Democrat-controlled Chicago. Breitbart News reported that over 56 were shot, nine fatally, between Friday and Sunday morning of Father’s Day weekend alone.  

AWR Hawkins is an award-winning Second Amendment columnist for Breitbart News and the writer/curator of Down Range with AWR Hawkins, a weekly newsletter focused on all things Second Amendment, also for Breitbart News. He is the political analyst for Armed American Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @AWRHawkins. Reach him at awrhawkins@breitbart.com. You can sign up to get Down Range at breitbart.com/downrange.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2020/06/21/report-shootings-surge-after-nypd-disbands-anti-crime-unit/ 

:: 6-22-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former FEMA Official Details the Step by Step Plan to Destroy America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, June 22, 2020 - 11:51.

I recently interviewed former FEMA official, Celeste Solum. This was the first part of two interviews in which Celeste laid out in detail the plans for the powers-that-be to totally destroy the United States of America. How does Celeste know what is coming? She was part of planning the details, until her devotion to the Lord forced her to walk away. Celeste paid a heavy price for walking away and is still presecuted today. This is not an interview for the faint of heart and if anyone needed an excuse to get right with God, this is it!!! This chilling interview can be accessed by clicking this link. Celeste Solum was part of a powerful presentation team that was assembled by GEN SIX. The entire conference can be yours for one low price. The Video on Demand can be accessed by clicking here.

Scribe note:  If you click on the site link below you will be able to access the interview.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-health/former-fema-official-details-step-step-plan-destroy-america 

:: 6-21-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

United Nations sides with Antifa terrorists, setting stage for UN invasion of America when Antifa backlash begins

Sunday, June 21, 2020 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) In a statement opposing President Trump’s recent designation of Antifa as a terrorist organization, the United Nations made a declaration that Antifa’s right to “peaceful assembly” is now under attack by the administration. A cohort of UN “experts” reportedly decided to post the flag of Antifa on the international body’s Twitter page along with a plea of “profound concern over a recent statement by the U.S. Attorney-General describing Antifa and other anti-fascist activists as domestic terrorists.” In the UN’s view, Antifa is just like any other protest group that gathers peacefully to air grievances. And President Trump is getting in the way of this peaceful expression of Antifa’s First Amendment rights by classifying violent and destructive behavior as terrorism. “International human rights law protects the right to freedom of expression, association and peaceful assembly,” says Fionnuala Ní Aoláin, the UN’s Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism. “(It is) regrettable that the United States has chosen to respond to the protests in a manner that undermines these fundamental rights.” Ní Aoláin also just so happens to be the Board Chair of the Open Society Foundations Women Program, a “plaything of left-liberal billionaire activist George Soros,” to quote the words of Breitbart News‘ Kurt Zindulka. Listen below to The Health Ranger Report as Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, talks about how left-wing terrorism is only going to help President Trump win reelection this fall: Since when is violence and destruction considered to be “free speech?” While the Trump administration has yet to act in actually combatting Antifa terrorism, the UN is concerned that this new designation might violate the Constitution in some way, opening up the door to more abuses down the road. “The loose use of terrorism rhetoric undermines legitimate protests and dampens freedom of expression in the United States,” Ní Aoláin further stated, adding that this freedom of expression “has been a hallmark of U.S. constitutional values, and a beacon far beyond its shores.” What is interesting is that the UN has never been concerned about the muzzling of free expression when it occurs against conservatives, particularly online. Free speech was tossed aside years ago, and yet the UN is only concerned now that Antifa is the recipient of the crackdown. Truth be told, nobody is telling Antifa that it cannot express itself. What they are saying is that Antifa cannot throw bricks through the windows of businesses and burn down public buildings, both of which constitute acts of terror, if you will, against innocent Americans. At an even more baseline level, what Antifa is doing throughout the streets of America is criminal whenever it involves destruction of property or violence. There is no room for such behavior in a free and open society, and yet the UN apparently considers it to be “free speech.” For even suggesting that violence and destruction somehow constitute free speech, the UN has become a target for defunding all on its own. Many conservatives are urging President Trump to remove the U.S. from the clutches of the UN by parting ways with the globalist entity. Many are also calling out the hypocrisy of Antifa in gathering closely and defying social distancing guidelines, even as conservatives and other non-terrorists are told that they must stay home and not attend church services or go play in the local park. “Observe how Antifa and far-left demonstrators who defy virus health guidelines, sometimes violently, haven’t been treated with the same public contempt as conservative protesters asking for states to open up,” says journalist Andy Ngo, who himself was a victim of Antifa violence. “Far-left extremists are empowered to be violent by the legitimacy and pass given to them by mainstream society and media.” For more related news about the social collapse of today’s America, visit CivilWar.news. Sources for this article include: Breitbart.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-06-21-un-sides-antifa-invasion-america-backlash.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 6-22-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NPR Busted Framing Self-Defense Getaway From Gun-Toting 'Protesters' As Right-Wing Extremist Attack

By Tyler Durden Mon, 06/22/2020 - 04:39

NPR has altered an article after they were busted using a misleading photo of a 'vehicle ramming' in Louisville to make the claim that 'right-wing extremists' are targeting protesters with cars. Here's what actually happened - the driver of the car, a woman with dreadlocks, was attacked by the 'peaceful' protesters, one of whom reportedly pulled a gun on her - and another who was struck as she accelerated to escape: The driver of the vehicle came forward and won't face charges, while two of the protesters have been arrested. The incident near 6th and Liberty streets during the Wednesday morning rush was captured on a real-time crime camera. Police said protesters had blocked the intersection, standing in front of the woman’s car with a megaphone. During a verbal altercation between the driver and the protesters, someone ripped out one of the driver’s dreadlocks. When someone pulled a gun, the driver sped off and struck a protester. When she stopped at a red light a block later, someone pointed a gun at her. Police said that man was 21-year-old Darius Anderson, who allegedly passed the gun off to 19-year-old Brioanna Richards. Both are charged with rioting, disorderly conduct and obstructing a highway. -WAVE3

NPR deleted their tweet and changed the photo in the article to a 3-year-old image of the Charlottesville vehicle ramming.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/npr-busted-framing-self-defense-getaway-gunmen-right-wing-vehicle-attack 

[ :: 11-13-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For many signs are in the sky, many things I am doing that the world may see and know and understand the hour is very late. etc

:: 6-21-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Enormous Saharan dust cloud reaches Caribbean Sea after traveling more than 3,000 miles over the Atlantic Ocean - as it prepares to float over the South and bring gorgeous sunsets

A massive dust cloud has arrived in the Caribbean Sea on Sunday from the Sahara Desert

The Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, traveled more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean towards the west

The phenomenon happens between last spring and early fall every year

It's known to cause beautiful sunsets and slow down cyclones during hurricane season but can also cause problems for those with respiratory issues

Meteorologists expect the dust cloud to reach the US as early as Tuesday

By Lauren Edmonds For Dailymail.com  Published: 16:55 EDT, 21 June 2020 | Updated: 17:27 EDT, 21 June 2020

An enormous plume of dust from the Sahara Desert has reached the Caribbean Sea on Sunday after traveling more than 3,000 miles as it edges closer to the American South. The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration first announced the Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, on June 7 as it appeared in satellite images over Africa. The colossal cloud of dust was formed by powerful winds lifting small sand and mineral particles off the surface of the Sahara Desert and into the air. It most likely took shape in recent weeks when strong updrafts sent sandy surface winds blowing across the desert higher into the atmosphere. It most likely took shape in recent weeks when strong updrafts sent sandy surface winds blowing across the desert higher into the atmosphere.

A massive cloud of dust known as a Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, has reached the Caribbean Sea on Sunday after traveling more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean from Africa

The Saharan Air Layer (pictured) is a phenomenon where dust and mineral particles are formed into a massive cloud that is then pushed westward across the Atlantic Ocean

SAL is typically found between 5,000 and 20,000 feet above ground level.

The phenomenon usually forms between late spring and early fall each year, during which time it will travel westwards over the Atlantic Ocean. This most recent SAL has now traveled more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean as it reached part of the Caribbean Sea. A photo shared by the National Hurricane Center shows areas of dense SAL crossing over into the Caribbean Sea as smaller pocket gearing towards Florida. Small parts of the SAL can also been seen near Georgia, South Carolina and what appears to be the part of southern Mexico. The agency added that a second plume formed in the Sahara Desert and has already reached the east side of the Atlantic. Meteorologist predict that the SAL could reach other southern US states as early as Tuesday and bring along beautiful sunsets. With its elevated status thousands of feet in the are, the SAL can cause gorgeous sunsets due to its elevation and the color of Saharan dust. 'One unique aspect of the dust will be our sunsets being incredibly vivid,' National Weather Service meteorologist Rick Davis told Tampa Bay Times. 'Saharan dust is orange and red, so as the sun sets through the haze you’ll get bright, brilliant sunsets.' He expects the SAL to reach Florida, Texas and Mexico before evaporating in the Pacific Ocean. It most likely took shape in recent weeks when strong updrafts sent sandy surface winds blowing across the desert higher into the atmosphere. A massive cloud of dust known as a Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, has reached the Caribbean Sea on Sunday after traveling more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean from Africa A massive cloud of dust known as a Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, has reached the Caribbean Sea on Sunday after traveling more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean from Africa

This most recent SAL has now traveled more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean as it reached part of the Caribbean Sea. Saharan Air Layers, pictured here above Africa , are typically found between 5,000 and 20,000 feet above ground level Saharan Air Layers, pictured here above Africa , are typically found between 5,000 and 20,000 feet above ground level A new map from the NOAA shows the Saharan Air Layer inching closer to the US as it entered the Caribbean Sea on Sunday. The densest parts are still floating above the Atlantic Ocean while small pockets drift over nearby islands and prepare to enter Florida A new map from the NOAA shows the Saharan Air Layer inching closer to the US as it entered the Caribbean Sea on Sunday. The densest parts are still floating above the Atlantic Ocean while small pockets drift over nearby islands and prepare to enter Florida The dust cloud can cause problems for those with respiratory issues like asthma as it passes over regions with its dry and sandy air quality

The dust cloud can cause problems for those with respiratory issues like asthma as it passes over regions with its dry and sandy air quality A photo shared by the National Hurricane Center shows areas of dense SAL crossing over into the Caribbean Sea as smaller pocket gearing towards Florida. etc  The dust cloud's dry make-up sucks the moisture from the air, meaning it can stop tropical cyclones and hurricanes from forming while it crosses over a region The dust cloud's dry make-up sucks the moisture from the air, meaning it can stop tropical cyclones and hurricanes from forming while it crosses over a region Chad Myers: 'It is the dry air and additional vertical wind shear along with the dust that are the driving factors in limiting tropical storm development' with Saharan Air Layers

Chad Myers: 'It is the dry air and additional vertical wind shear along with the dust that are the driving factors in limiting tropical storm development' with Saharan Air Layers

Although beautiful, the dust cloud can cause problems for those with respiratory issues.

In fact, the island of Lesser Antilles already reported air quality as 'unhealthy' on Sunday morning.

Experts said the larger than average plume also has a number of ecological and climate impacts.

The SAL can cause toxic algae to bloom in the Gulf of Mexico, but it is also considered crucial in fertilizing the Amazonian soil and sustain Caribbean beaches. The dust cloud's dry make-up also sucks the moisture from the air, meaning it can stop tropical cyclones and hurricanes from forming amid this year's Atlantic hurricane season. As of Sunday, forecasts from the National Hurricane Center show no activity in the Atlantic Basin for the next week.

Meteorologist Chad Myers told CNN : ‘The dust is the visible part of the reduced tropical development potential area. 'It is the dry air and additional vertical wind shear along with the dust that are the driving factors in limiting tropical storm development.’

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8445135/Saharan-dust-cloud-reaches-Caribbean-Sea-traveling-3-000-miles-Atlantic-Ocean.html 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 6-21-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indian Troops Given 'Fire At Will' Orders Against Chinese Troops If Threatened, Enraging Beijing

by Tyler Durden Sun, 06/21/2020 - 20:15

Beijing is enraged over current widespread Indian media reports that the Indian Army has been given orders to shoot or use "complete freedom of action" in hostile engagements with Chinese PLA forces along the disputed Ladakh border region. The reports come following last week's major border incident with China that resulted in 20 Indian Army troops killed, and an undisclosed number of Chinese PLA casualties in the disputed Galwan Valley area of East Ladakh. Chinese state-media Global Times editor Hu Xijin called out the reports, saying that if the new 'rules of engagement' are true, it's a serious violation of prior treaties implemented for deescalation. Indeed multiple headlines in major Indian newspapers asserted that Indian troops have been issued the new controversial orders.  The Hindustan Times for one, had this to say: A significant change in Rules of Engagement (ROE) by the Indian Army following the Galwan Valley skirmish that left 20 Indian soldiers dead gives “complete freedom of action” to commanders deployed along the contested Line of Actual Control (LAC) to “handle situations at the tactical level,” two senior officers said on Saturday on condition of anonymity. The commanders will no longer be bound by restrictions on the use of firearms and will have full authority to respond to “extraordinary situations” using all resources at their disposal, said one of the officers cited above. Essentially troops will be able to fire on opposing Chinese troops if they feel under threat without consulting higher level officers or the national chain of command. Obviously this holds the potential for more such deadly escalations as happened a week ago, considered the most severe Chinese-India clash along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) in a half-century. The Hindustan Times report cited another military source further, who explained: “With the changes in the ROE, there’s nothing that limits the ability of Indian commanders to take whatever action they deem necessary on the LAC. ROE have been amended to address the brutal tactics being employed by Chinese troops.” Days after the Monday night clash, which apparently did not involve discharging of firearms, but instead brutal hand-to-hand combat that resulted in Indian soldiers succumbing to severe wounds in freezing high-altitude conditions, some almost unbelievable details emerged of the “violent face-off” in the western Himalayas. The Guardian reported that Indian soldiers actually "fell to their deaths" after being knocked off a narrow ridge: The hand-to-hand combat lasted hours, on steep, jagged terrain, with iron bars, rocks and fists. Neither side carried guns. Most of the soldiers killed in the worst fighting between India and China in 60 years lost their footing or were knocked from the narrow Himalayan ridge, plunging to their deaths. Other international reports said that baseball bats spiked with nails and barbed wire were even used in the clash. At one point it reportedly involved hundreds in close-quarter combat on dangerous, steep terrain: Reinforcements from the Indian side were summoned from a post about 2 miles away and eventually about 600 men were fighting with stones, iron rods and other makeshift weapons in near-total darkness for up to six hours, Indian government sources said, with most deaths on both sides occurring from soldiers falling or being knocked from mountain terrain. At least four more Indian soldiers were said to be in critical condition. Indian media outlets cited intelligence sources claiming up to 50 Chinese soldiers may have been killed in the melee but did not present the evidence. Chinese CCTV’s widely watched evening news broadcast made no mention of the border confrontation on Tuesday. Certainly with these numbers, now with an additional build-up of forces on each side said to number in the tens of thousands near the Galwan Valley area of East Ladakh, a new authorization of "shoot to kill" if under threat holds the potential to spark a major battle possibly leading to war between the two nuclear powers. Last week top diplomats on both sides called for deescalation, but these latest Indian media reports, and subsequent accusations and anger out of Beijing, aren't helping matters.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/indian-troops-given-fire-will-orders-against-chinese-troops-if-threatened-enraging 

:: 5-3-20 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America is Under Attack – Steve Quayle

By Greg Hunter On May 3, 2020 In Political Analysis

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com (Early Sunday Release)

Renowned radio host, filmmaker and book author Steve Quayle says everything from cataclysms to Covid 19 is all part of the “Last Days” talked about in the Bible. Quayle says, “We are going through what I would call ‘quantum transformation’ that is taking place in the heavenly realm, on earth and under the ocean. We are in a period that is very clearly spoken of in the Bible as the ‘End of the Age.When it comes to the United States, I coined a phase, and it is ‘rape, pillage and plunder, the USA is torn asunder.’ What we are seeing is the absolute attack on everything that made America great starting with the separation of Our Lord Jesus Christ in the churches. The churches have rolled over and are seeker friendly. Now, people are without anchors to their souls. They are coming apart at the seams.”

Quayle says the Wuhan Coronavirus is no accident and explains, “Here’s the bottom line, and I pray people get this. There was an intentional bio attack on the United States. . . . It’s totally designed to destroy the country. I don’t think this can turn around and come back. You’ve got too many people out of work. . . . People have to understand this. You cannot say to someone you cannot feed yourself. You cannot go to work. We are going to come in and inject you with a poison. I say vaccine, shot in the arm, shot in the head, either way they want you dead. . . . They’ve got to know, and they do know exactly what they are doing. . . .The seeds of the communist infiltration in America now are coming to fruition. These people have yielded to bribery. It’s obvious, and some people say that’s really extreme. Are you kidding me? Extreme? There are five mile long lines on the highway with people waiting for handouts or waiting for their $1,200 checks. We are going into the worst financial situation the world has ever seen. We are going to have a deflationary depression, but they are going to print money like there is no tomorrow. They say that can’t happen. Oh, yeah? Look at oil. It went down to -$40 per barrel. That’s negative, and some people say oil could go down to a -$100 per barrel. . . . Here’s my bottom line. There are no markets anymore for true price discovery, only manipulations.” Quayle predicts, “I believe the one world system, which will be overseen by the Biblical Anti-Christ description, will basically have to move to a digital currency. Anybody who is not in that world is out of luck unless you take the mark of the beast. . . . Look at all the stores that are closing, the biggest names in retail. Look at all the meat packing companies that are closing. When you talk about Tyson and Cargill, those are two of the biggest. Look at each of the store closings where there are real lives. Those are employees. Look at all the empty shelves. The supply chains are broken. Where is the assumption that this all turns around. It can’t turn around. Look at car sales. . . . I said before, the middle class is being assassinated. I am on record now saying the assassination is complete of the middle class. It’s now burial time.” In closing, Quayle says, “You need to know the information that they are trying to keep from you so you can understand the lateness of the hour. If we really know the lateness of the hour, we are going to prioritize our lives, and we are going to get our hearts right with the living God. . . . All of these things are not independent. They stand together as situations that Jesus spoke about in the end times. The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse: One is plague, one is famine, death and war. My contention is that they are all related, and they are all being aimed at the United States because we are the last bastion of freedom.” Join Greg Hunter from USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with filmmaker and radio legend Steve Quayle.

https://usawatchdog.com/america-is-under-attack-steve-quayle/

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

[ :: 12-23-18 am service  (sixth word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc etc you plot right now to divide my land again when I told you not to do that, etc.. etc you will do what you should not do next week and then your doom will be sealed.

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

To Whom Does the Land of Israel Belong?

By Hal Lindsey

In 2007, the powers that run this world aimed their big guns at Israel… and shot themselves in the foot.

That year, the UN General Assembly voted for something known as The United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, often shortened to UNDRIP. One hundred forty-four countries voted in favor, 4 against, with 11 abstentions. The US voted against it during those Bush years, but under the Obama Administration formally endorsed it in 2010. Many had hoped to use UNDRIP as a means of leveraging power for the Palestinians. They should have realized there was a problem with their plan when Israel voted for the resolution. Why? Because the Jews are the indigenous people in the land of Israel. It goes back 3,500 years. UNDRIP specifically says that it cannot be used for the purpose of racial discrimination. If anyone says this doesn’t apply to Jews, they are violating the resolution’s provision against discrimination. Over the years, a series of international treaties have confirmed the historical right of the Jews as the indigenous people of the land, including Judea and Samaria (known in the media as “the West Bank”). Michel Calvo is a lawyer specializing in international law. Last month for the Gatestone Institute, he wrote, “After the Balfour Declaration of 1917, the Treaty of Lausanne (1923), British Mandate for Palestine (1922), San Remo Resolution (1920), and Treaty of Sevres (1920) created international law, and recognized and re-established the historical indigenous rights of the Jews to their land.” In 1922, the League of Nations recognized and affirmed “the historical connection of the Jewish people with Palestine and the grounds for reconstituting their national home in that country.” The UN Charter specifically forbids the United Nations from undoing international law and agreements written prior to the formation of the UN. Article 80 says, “Nothing in this Charter shall be construed in or of itself to alter in any manner the rights whatsoever of any states or any peoples or the terms of existing international instruments to which Members of the United Nations may respectively be parties.” Calvo also says, “Recent UN General Assembly Resolutions stating that the settlement of Jews in Judea Samaria is contrary to international law are no more than recommendations and have never led to amendments of existing binding treaties. UN Security Council Resolutions, stating that Jewish communities in Judea and Samaria are illegal, are not binding. Only resolutions taken under Chapter VII of the UN Charter are binding on all UN member states.” In recent years, Israel has been depicted in the media as a rogue state, flaunting international law by allowing Jewish settlements in Judea and Samaria. But that simply isn’t true. International law gives them clear rights to all of the land. They are willing to negotiate with Palestinians and give up part of that land. But it isn’t something required by international law. It is a possible political solution to an ongoing political problem. Not everyone accepts the authority of the Bible. But those people can simply look to international law and see the rights of the Jews to the Holy Land. For those who believe the Bible, this issue shouldn’t even be a question. God gave title deed to the Holy Land to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. He reaffirmed it again and again. In this case, there’s no conflict between international law and God’s law. If you say you believe the Bible, it should be obvious. God gave the Holy Land to the Jews forever!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-18-2020/ 

:: 6-22-20 CBN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Will Trump's Israeli-Palestinian Peace Plan 'Divide God's Land?'

06-22-2020 Chris Mitchell

JERUSALEM, Israel – Around July 1st, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu may ask parliament to declare sovereignty over 30 percent of the West Bank, part of Israel’s biblical heartland of Judea and Samaria. David Parsons, an attorney, and VP of the International Christian Embassy of Jerusalem argues that the term “annexation” used by Israeli leaders and others is misleading because Israel is not seizing land. “They are essentially just asserting their title to something that they already have a right and claim to. The international community recognized 100 years ago at the San Remo Conference in 1920, the League of Nations mandate in 1922 that the Jewish people have a claim to this entire land,” Parsons told CBN News. US President Donald Trump’s so-called “Deal of the Century” triggered the possible claim to the land. Middle East analyst and author Joel Rosenberg told CBN News, “In President Trump's peace plan, he's basically saying, ‘Listen, the Palestinians will get more territory if they accept a state and all the other conditions than they have currently. But they won't get all the same territory that they currently want. But about 30 percent of what's known as the “West Bank,” generally known as “Area C,” will actually go to Israel. And what's interesting is that President Trump has said, if the Palestinians won't come to the table right away, Israel can start the process of incorporating this 30 percent – up to 30 percent – into the modern, sovereign State of Israel.” After meeting with advisors to both Netanyahu and Alternate Prime Minister Benny Gantz, Rosenberg said they don’t see eye-to-eye on this issue. Netanyahu’s advisors see the move as a historic opportunity to incorporate biblical lands into modern Israel. Gantz’s advisors support Trump’s peace plan but argue the timing is wrong and is not worth destabilizing the region and jeopardizing Israel’s peace treaty with Jordan. Many leaders in Judea and Samaria are also divided. Some believe Trump’s plan risks certain Jewish settlement communities. “There are around 15 significant Israeli settlements that will probably be dried up,” said Parsons. “It doesn't force them to leave, but they'll probably have to leave on their own because they don't see any future as a little enclave … surrounded by a Palestinian state.”  While the plan allows Israel to vote for sovereignty, it would also establish a Palestinian state under certain conditions. First, the Palestinian Authority must recognize Israel as a Jewish state, renounce terrorism, stop incitement, and end payments to convicted terrorists. Efrat mayor Oded Revivi said once the Palestinians accept those conditions, Israel can start negotiations that can take up to four years. “The American ambassador [said] that the Palestinians will turn into Canadians. I prefer the biblical expression, that wolves will turn into sheep, and then the reality will look completely different,” Revivi told CBN News. Some argue it’s unlikely the PA will turn into sheep. Others say the Bible warns against giving away land God promised to the Jewish people and changing God’s boundaries. “It's difficult to even explain it this way, but I've followed the pattern for 20 plus years, Chris, and this pattern fits. That the God of Israel is not pleased about dividing Judea and Samaria for a future Palestinian State, especially Judea and Samaria,” said Bill Koenig, author of Eye to Eye: Facing the Consequences of Dividing Israel and founder of Koenig World Watch Daily. Koenig said he’s witnessed more than a 20-year pattern where the US reaps consequences when it forces Israel to give away its God-given land.  “I've been documenting what happens when the United States applies pressure on Israel to divide their covenant land. In my book, Eye to Eye, I had documented 127 events through Hurricane Harvey that happened at the time, or right at – within the first 24 to 48 hours of US pressure on Israel to divide their covenant land, starting with the perfect storm, going to 9/11, Hurricane Katrina, Hurricane Harvey and, unfortunately, life in America before January 28. And then on January 28, when the plan was delivered, and what has happened in America and around the world after January 28th. According to Coronavirus, it has been a very significant event. And it fits the Eye-to-Eye pattern that I've documented for 20 years,” said Koenig. Parsons explains the plan would also put many important Jewish and Christian archeological sites under a future Palestinian state. “There are hundreds of other important Bible sites to Jews and Christians throughout all these areas that will probably be lost. And the Palestinian Authority already has a record of not being a real guardian and custodian of these sites. In fact, the record shows they try and erase it and replace it with their own Islamic narrative,” he said. The issue deeply troubles the region especially Israel’s neighbor Jordan. “So, in some ways, the king of Jordan is like a man sitting on a volcano, surrounded by a forest fire, worried about an earthquake, that the earthquake could cause the volcano to blow. Could annexation by Israel of territory that is very disputed, very controversial, could that be the earthquake that causes Jordan to blow? I wrote a whole novel series about the potential of the Hashemite monarchy being overthrown. This is not something that we want to see. That would create enormous instability in this region,” said Rosenberg.   Rosenberg, who has met with a number of Arab leaders, questions if this is the right time for annexation. “If you look at the Gulf States, I think they think this complicates their effort, their desire to move steadily towards peace with Israel. Because of the Iran threat and because they don't have borders with Israel, and most people in Saudi and other Gulf states aren't personally involved with this conflict, I don't think their feelings run quite as deep,” he said. Rosenberg added that most US evangelicals aren’t aware of the current Israeli sovereignty debate given how COVID-19 and domestic turmoil dominates their attention. But he says it’s an important time to pray for wisdom for Israel’s leaders and for peace. “Israel is just coming out of the COVID crisis,” said Rosenberg. “It's handled it much better than many countries of our size, but it's still an issue. People are out of work, many of them, and we need tourism. We need among other businesses, we need tourism to come back, and just at the moment, we're doing better with reopening the economy. If an explosion of violence or tension emerges, American Christians, others around the world, will not come in the numbers that, you know, Israel could use. So, it goes back to the central question. Why is this summer different from all other summers? How should Israel handle it?” We encourage readers who wish to comment on our material to do so through our Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and Instagram accounts. God bless you and keep you in His truth.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/israel/2020/june/will-trumps-israeli-palestinian-peace-plan-divide-gods-land-nbsp 

:: 6-18-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gantz won’t support annexation of areas with Palestinian residents

Netanyahu assured majority for sovereignty in cabinet; EU warns move will have repercussions for ties.

By LAHAV HARKOV JUNE 18, 2020 22:38

Defense Minister Benny Gantz expressed opposition on Thursday to Israel extending its laws to parts of the West Bank with large Palestinian populations. “Prior to any measure, we will make sure all professional factors voice their opinion, and in any scenario, we will not support applying sovereignty to areas with a Palestinian population in order to prevent friction,” Gantz said at a meeting with defense officials, the N12 news site reported. “I am sure Prime Minister [Benjamin Netanyahu] will not jeopardize the peace treaty with Jordan and the strategic relations of the State of Israel with the US with an irresponsible move,” he added. US President Donald Trump’s “Vision for Peace” for Israel and the Palestinians states that all areas in which Palestinians live remain under Palestinian control and Israeli areas under Israeli sovereignty. This would mean the creation of numerous Palestinian enclaves in Israel and Israeli enclaves in what is meant to be a Palestinian state. However, the technicalities of this stipulation are still unclear, especially in the Jordan Valley. The Trump plan also entails Israel applying its sovereignty to 30% of the West Bank, including all settlements and the Jordan Valley, which are currently governed by the military. Netanyahu has said he plans to proceed with doing so in July, though Gantz and Foreign Minister Gabi Ashkenazi still have misgivings.  The US wants Gantz’s support for sovereignty moves in order to show there is something akin to a consensus in Israel on the matter, and therefore Netanyahu has sought Gantz’s support.  As such, Netanyahu presented a range of options for where Israel could extend its sovereignty next month, in a meeting with Gantz, Ashkenazi and Knesset Speaker Yariv Levin on Wednesday night.  The scenarios, as reported in Israeli media, range from the full 30% of the West Bank that US President Donald Trump’s peace plan would allow, to a more symbolic, smaller area. Netanyahu did not tell Gantz and Ashkenazi which option he prefers. Interior Minister Arye Deri was present for part of the meeting, as well, and the group plans to hold further discussions next week. An anonymous cabinet minister told Army Radio that “the diplomatic price Israel will pay if it goes to partial annexation is the same as full annexation, so it is not clear what the thinking is behind a partial move.”   Though Netanyahu showed willingness to compromise to bring Gantz on board, it became clear on Thursday that he will have a majority in the cabinet, not only the Knesset, for sovereignty, after Communications Minister Yoaz Hendel he would vote in favor of the move regardless of Gantz’s position. “I will vote in favor of applying the law” Hendel said on Army Radio. “My stance was and remains in all my years supporting applying law to Judea and Samaria or parts of it… I support it in the cabinet, in the Knesset, in this interview and anywhere else.” Netanyahu’s right-wing bloc currently has a majority in the cabinet, but the coalition agreement states that arrangements would be made for there to be parity in the cabinet between the pro-Netanyahu side and the pro-Gantz bloc.

Hendel is a member of Gantz’s bloc, and his latest comments mean that even if Blue and White pulls the parity card, there will be a majority in the cabinet for extending Israeli law to settlements.  In fact, Hendel specified that he would vote in favor even if Gantz opposes, saying: “I respect Gantz’s stance… but it could be that we disagree on this. “I think the Jordan Valley is very significant. I think settlement blocs should have been part of Israel long ago. And I think, more than anything, that the gaps between the sides are not so big. We have to think how to do it in the most pragmatic, serious way for the good of the country…We have to find the areas where we have a strategic interest [to apply sovereignty], like the Jordan Valley,” Hendel stated. Finance Minister Israel Katz said on Thursday that he has not been instructed to calculate how much moves toward sovereignty would cost Israel.

“I don’t think the money matter will be at the center of the matter,” he told Army Radio.

I don’t think there will be significant budgetary impact,” Katz added, but admitted that his ministry had not been asked to research the matter. Part of the reason it won’t be costly, Katz said, is that there is no plan to include Palestinians in the area put under Israeli sovereignty, and therefore no Palestinians will become Israeli citizens. “Whoever is Palestinian will stay on the Palestinian side, and whoever is Israeli will stay on the Israeli side,” he said. Katz spoke in favor of the Trump plan, saying it was a “historic move… it establishes the Jordan [River] as our eastern border, strengthens Jewish settlement in Judea and Samaria, strengthens our hold on Jerusalem and all the other settlements [and] ensures a Jewish majority [in Israel] for generations.” European Union High Commissioner for Foreign Affairs Josep Borrell warned Israel yet again against extending its law to the West Bank in remarks to the European Parliament on Thursday. “Annexation would inevitably have significant consequences for the close relationship we currently enjoy with Israel,” Borrell said. “I will not prejudge the specific impact of a possible annexation, but let me underline that the EU has its own obligations and responsibility under international and EU law.” Borrell added that he is using all of the EU’s “diplomatic capacities in order to put pressure for that not to happen” and that he expressed “the gravity of such an announcement” in conversations with Alternate Prime Minister Benny Gantz and Foreign Minister Gabi Ashkenazi. At the same time, Borrell admitted that “it is difficult to find unanimity” on the matter – referring to opposition from Hungary, Austria and the Czech Republic to past warnings he released – though there is “a strong, very strong majority of countries that continue supporting a negotiated two-state solution based on international parameters and considering that any annexation would be against international law.” Diplomats from Brussels and EU member states have said that economic sanctions on Israel are unlikely in case of annexation. However, other agreements, such Israel’s participation in the multi-billion Euro Horizon Europe scientific research funding mechanism and the Erasmus Plus educational cooperation program, both due to be renewed next year, could be at stake.

The European Parliament finalized the Open Skies aviation agreement between the EU and Israel on Thursday, but the EU said: “The vote today does not prejudge the EU position on future political developments in Israel.” Also Thursday, the lower house of the Czech Parliament debated an article by Czech Foreign Minister Tomas Petrícek and his predecessors Lubomir Zaoralek and Karel Schwarzenberg that was highly critical of Israeli sovereignty plans. The article was subject to strong opposition from the Czech prime minister and president, and several lawmakers reiterated their criticisms, including that the country should not be communicating with Israel through the media and that it deviated from the government’s stated position. The debate ended with a resolution rejecting “any question of the right of the State of Israel to exist and defend itself” and expressing hope that the US initiative will bring new momentum to the peace process, which was supported by all parliamentary factions except the communists. Leon Sverdlov contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/arab-israeli-conflict/gantz-i-will-oppose-annexing-areas-with-large-palestinian-population-631939 

:: 6-20-20 The Weirton Daily Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scriptures and history reveal many qualities of a father

Local Columns Jun 20, 2020 By BISHOP CRAIG M. GREATHOUSE

Family of God Christian Center

The making of a father.

Sounds simple, right? Have a baby and you are a father, right? The Bible has many examples of real fathers, their strengths and weaknesses, and their trust in God. Here are some quotes about fathers:

¯ “Mothers, play an important role as the heart of the home, but this in no way lessens the equally important role fathers should play, as head of the home, in nurturing, training, and loving their children.” — Ezra Taft Benson

¯ “I would say my greatest achievement in life right now — my greatest achievement period is – and I’m still trying to achieve it — is to be a wonderful father to my kids.” — Bo Jackson

¯ “It is not flesh and blood but the heart which makes us fathers and sons.” — Unknown.

¯ “My grandfather always said that living is like licking honey off a thorn.” — Louis Adamic

¯ “By the time a man realizes that maybe his father was right, he usually has a son who thinks he’s wrong.” — Charles Wadsworth

¯ “Fifth Commandment: Honor thy father and thy mother; that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.” — Exodus 20:12

You don’t have to be Superman to be a super father! God made you a man, He can show you how to be a good father. Fatherhood does come with a manual, it’s called, the bible. Abraham was a man, who had an amazing faith in God, But he still had weaknesses that he modeled before his son, Isaac. Abraham had great strengths. God tested Abraham severely in more than one instance; and Abraham demonstrated extraordinary faith, trust and obedience to the will of God. He was well-respected and successful in his occupation. He also had courage to face a powerful enemy coalition. Abraham also had weaknesses, like all of us. Impatience, fear and a tendency to lie under pressure were a few of Abraham’s weaknesses revealed in the biblical account of his life. Isaac was the child of promise; he followed God, but still modeled the same weakness Abraham had. He told half-truths, and lied.

Noah was a righteous man. Noah stands out among fathers in the Bible as a man who clung to God in spite of the wickedness all around him. What could be more relevant today? Noah was far from perfect, but he was humble and protective of his family. He bravely carried out the task God assigned to him. Modern fathers may often feel they are in a thankless role, but God is always pleased by their devotion

Moses was the giver of the law. Moses was the father of two sons, Gershom and Eliezer, yet he also served as a father figure to the entire Hebrew people as they escaped from slavery in Egypt. He loved them and helped discipline and provide for them on their 40-year journey to the Promised Land. At times Moses seemed to be a larger-than-life character, but he was only a man. He shows today’s fathers that overwhelming tasks can be achieved when we stay close to God.

Joseph, the earthly father of Jesus was surely one of the most underrated fathers in the Bible was Joseph, the foster father of Jesus Christ. He went to great pains to protect his wife, Mary, and their baby, then saw to Jesus’ education and needs as he was growing up. Joseph taught Jesus the carpentry trade. The Bible calls Joseph a righteous man, and Jesus must have loved his guardian for his quiet strength, honesty and kindness. God the father, the first person of the trinity, is the father and creator of all. Jesus, his only son, showed us a new, intimate way of relating to him. When we see God as our heavenly father, provider and protector, it puts our life in a whole new perspective. Every human father is a creation of God, and can also become a son of this most high God, the constant source of strength, wisdom, and hope If there’s anything in shortage today it is real fathers that take responsibility for their actions and take care of the financial, spiritual, emotional well being of their homes. Real fathers serve God; real fathers are men of action; real fathers prepare their children for adulthood; real fathers take responsibility and real fathers are reliable. Today I’m going to talk about six attributes of good and godly fathers using the acronym F-A-T-H-E-R.

“F-A-T-H-E-R: The Six Attributes of a Godly Father”

The “F” in father stands for Faithful — Good fathers are Faithful.

The “A” in father stands for Action — Good fathers are people of action.

The “T” in father stands for Teacher — Good fathers are teachers.

The “H” in father stands for Hope — Good fathers offer hope to their families.

The “E” in father stands for Example — Good fathers are a positive example.

Finally, the “R” in father stands for Reliable — Good fathers are reliable.

Put your faith in Jesus Christ today, and follow his heavenly father’s example and you will be a good godly father, not perfect, but prepared to lead and love and serve your family.

God bless you this Father’s Day.

(“From the Pulpit” is a weekly sermon provided by the clergy members of the Weirton Ministerial Association)

https://www.weirtondailytimes.com/opinion/local-columns/2020/06/scriptures-and-history-reveal-many-qualities-of-a-father/ 

:: 6-20-20 Charisma :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You Ready for the Day of the Lord?

7:00PM EDT 6/20/2020 Don Britton

My question for you is this: Are you ready? Are you ready to face the Almighty God, the God who knows and sees everything you have every said or done and knows your heart from the inside, in spite of how you present yourself on the outside? So what will the day of the Lord be to you? Have you really thought about it? Are you sure you are ready? Woe to you that desire the day of the Lord! Why do you want the day of the Lord? It is darkness, and not light, as if someone fled away from a lion, but a bear attacked him, or got into the house and rested his hand on the wall, but a snake bit him. Will not the day of the Lord be darkness, and not light? Will it not be deep darkness, with no brightness in it? I hate, I despise your festivals, and I am not pleased by your solemn assemblies. Though you offer Me burnt offerings or your grain offerings, I will not accept them, nor will I regard the offerings of your fattened animals. Take away from Me the noise of your songs; I will not listen to the melody of your harps. But let justice roll down like water, and righteousness like an ever-flowing stream (Amos. 5:18-24). Do you understand that the Lord is not the least bit impressed by our worship services of songs and musical instruments, nor is He impressed by any of America's festival church meetings with everyone singing and clapping, nor is He impressed with the solemn assemblies where everybody is ultra-religiously sober—especially when there is no holiness, no forsaking of sins, no separation from the world, no righteousness, no justice of correcting the sins of the people? He is sick of all our so-called worship services, especially when righteousness and justice are missing, and sin and worldliness are present.

"Blow the trumpet in Zion, And sound an alarm on My holy mountain! Let all the inhabitants of the land tremble, For the day of the Lord has come, For it is at hand: A day of darkness and gloominess, A day of clouds and thick darkness" (Joel 2:1-2a, NKJV). Never miss another Spirit-filled news story again. Get Charisma's best content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to the Charisma News newsletter. Who is blowing the trumpet today in the American church, sounding the alarm, warning all those who claim to be Christians that the day of the Lord is coming and that it is near, and it is a day of darkness and gloom rather than a day of peace and safety for the masses? Rather than a trumpet blowing, isn't the message today all about salvation without a cross, blessings rather than judgment, prosperity of material things rather than holiness, false grace that covers up sin and healing of the body rather than of the soul? Who is warning about the dangers of sin and worldliness today? When is the last time your pastor or prophet preached a message that brought the fear of the Lord upon you like fire? "Then the kings of the earth and the great men and the rich men and the commanding officers and the strong and everyone, slave and free, hid themselves in the caves and in the rocks of the mountains. They said to the mountains and rocks, 'Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb, for the great day of His wrath has come. Who is able to withstand it?'" (Rev. 6:15-17, MEV). And when all of the false prophets and false pastors who live like kings, and the false Christians see Jesus for who He really is, they will be terrified and would rather that the mountains and the rocks fall on them than to come face to face with Jesus in judgment, now realizing that hell is waiting for them after thinking all along that they were going to heaven. Could that be you? For the time has come for judgment to begin at the house of God, and if it begins first with us, what shall the end be for those who do not obey the gospel of God? And 'If the righteous one is scarcely saved, where shall the ungodly and the sinner appear?'" (1 Pet. 4:17-18). Here is what will become of them: "For if we willfully continue to sin after we have received the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins, but a fearful expectation of judgment and fiery indignation, which will devour the adversaries" (Heb. 10:26-27). Since most so-called Christians in American today are practicing sin or are at least passive and lukewarm, the day of the Lord will be a terrible day for them. This the vast majority of all who claim to belong to Jesus. Since that day is such a terrible day of gloom and darkness for all of them, I would advise you that you make sure you are really ready and not assume you are going to heaven because you prayed a sinner's prayer, got baptized, have a spiritual gift or belong to a church. If you are not being conformed into the image of Jesus now, He will not allow you to enter heaven then. So, are you ready, are you really ready? You only have the present time to get right. Don't miss it if you are not ready!

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/81614-are-you-ready-for-the-day-of-the-lord 

:: 6-21-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CP Current Page: Politics | Friday, June 19, 2020 | Coronavirus →

40% of Republican voters worried America on brink of second civil war, poll says

By Leonardo Blair, Christian Post Reporter

As protests over racial injustice erupted in the wake of the police killing of George Floyd late last month, Republican Sen. Marco Rubio warned of extremists looking to start a second civil war. A new poll released by Rasmussen Reports Monday says some 40% of Republicans believe America is on the brink of another civil war. “These people are violent, domestic extremists,” the Florida Republican warned of the extremists he said had infiltrated protests in May. “They range from Antifa groups who are radical to the left to some other groups, radical to the right. In fact, groups that I would argue don’t even belong on the political spectrum as we know it. And their goal, while they are ideologically opposed to each other … they hate the police, they hate the government, and they want this country to fall apart … some of them want a second civil war.” On Tuesday, Air Force Staff Sergeant Steven Carrillo, 32, already in custody for the alleged ambush, murder and attempted murder of sheriff’s deputies in Santa Cruz, was charged with the murder of Federal Protective Service officer David Patrick Underwood as well as other federal charges. Underwood, 53, was killed and his partner wounded on the night of May 29 while they guarded a federal building in Oakland during a nearby protest over Floyd’s death, Forbes reported. Evidence from the attack tied Sergeant Carrillo to the “boogaloo” movement, a loose group of far-right individuals who are pro-gun, anti-government, and believe that another civil war in America is imminent. The term boogaloo, notes Forbes, comes from the 1984 movie “Breakin’ 2: Electric Boogaloo.” Followers of the movement call themselves boogaloo boys or bois. In their survey of 1,000 likely voters conducted June 11 and 14, Rasmussen Reports noted in their results Monday that 34% of likely U.S. voters think America will experience a second civil war sometime in the next five years. Only 9% believe that a second civil war is "very likely." Two years ago, 31% of voters predicted another civil war is likely and 11% felt it was very likely. While two years ago Democrats were more concerned about a civil war happening, Rasmussen noted that it’s now Republicans who are concerned. Some 40% of Republicans compared to 28% of Democrats are more likely to see a second civil war on the horizon while 38% of independent voters are concerned about the threat of domestic warfare. Respondents in the survey were also asked if they believe removing Confederate symbols, names and monuments throughout the country honoring those who fought in the first civil war will help race relations and 39% of all voters said it would. This shows an increase from a similar poll in 2017 when only 28% of voters felt such actions would help race relations. Some 27% of voters disagreed that removing Confederate symbols would help compared to 39% who disagreed in 2017. The number of people who think removing the symbols will do nothing for race relations remained unchanged when comparing the results of the two polls at 28%. When it comes to the protests over Floyd’s killing, 37% of voters believe it will lead to meaningful racial change in America but when that number is broken down by race, blacks (29%) remain the least hopeful that they will experience meaningful change. Among whites, 35% believe the protests would lead to meaningful change while 48% of other minority voters believe change will come from the protests. A majority of blacks, 54%, are far more confident than whites, 36%, and other minorities, 40%, that the removal of Confederate symbols, names and monuments will help race relations. Some 64% of Democrats think getting rid of all traces of Confederate symbols will help race relations while only 19% of Republicans and 31% of unaffiliated voters support this view. Among voters who see the erasure of Confederate history as hurting race relations, 50% believe a civil war is likely in the next five years.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/juneteenth-4-interesting-facts-about-the-celebration-marking-the-end-of-slavery.html 

:: 6-14-20 Strategic Culture :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Enemy Within: A Story of the Purge of American Intelligence

Cynthia Chung June 14, 2020

“Western Europe has only 20 to 30 more years of democracy left in it; after that it will slide, engineless and rudderless, under the surrounding sea of dictatorship, and whether the dictation comes from a politburo or a junta will not make that much difference.”

– Willy Brandt (German Federal Chancellor, right before he stepped down in 1974)

Believe it or not, but the dystopic view that democracy is dead is by no measure a new idea. However, what might disturb you is where this design, in its contemporary form, really germinated from.

The idea that democracy is in a crisis and needs to be replaced with a new form of “governance” did not originate from the outcries of an oppressed people demanding their rights to a decent life. We are not presently seeing an organic, grassroots process in reforming how government, that is, democracy will be “improved” upon. Rather, what we are seeing is a controlled disintegration of the very thing we think we are trying to uphold, and this destruction has been in the works for over 45 years. It is no coincidence that Samuel P. Huntington is very fond of the Willy Brandt quote “prophesising” the end of democracy (which was used at the beginning of both his books ‘The Crisis of Democracy’ and ‘Disaffected Democracies’), that is after all his purpose in life…to see to it that that prophecy comes true. In this paper I will go through how the Henry Kissinger crew successfully purged the last significant remnants of decency within the CIA and reshaped the government structure into the Deep State that we see it grotesquely throbbing as today. In this story, we will see how those prominent figureheads who prophesise the “end of democracy” have been the very orchestrators of its destruction. The First Purge of American Intelligence: The Dismantling of the OSS

On March 4th 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt would be elected President of the United States, which would become a twelve year presidency, ending only due to his passing away. Roosevelt was an anti-imperialist who actively, and successfully, organised towards abolishing imperialism throughout the world. The Office of Strategic Services (OSS) was established by Roosevelt on June 13th 1942, under the direction of William J. Donovan, as a wartime intelligence agency. Its purpose was to collect and analyze strategic information required by the Joint Chiefs of Staff and to conduct special operations not assigned to other agencies. Contrary to how we think of American foreign intelligence today, the raison d’être of the OSS was to genuinely win the war (WWII) quickly and with the least amount of loss. However, FDR would pass away on April 12th 1945, and the OSS would be dismantled a mere five months after FDR’s passing and two weeks after the official end of WWII. On Sept 20th 1945, Truman infamously ordered the shutdown of the OSS, referring to it as a potential Gestapo , however, not with the intention to disband all foreign intelligence capabilities. The OSS would be replaced under the new banner of CIA, on Sept 18th 1947, and more importantly as a contingent to the National Security Council which was created on the same day. Refer to my paper on this. Many respectable and patriotic intelligence officers of repute, who were loyal to FDR’s vision, were also thrown out of the intelligence community with the disbanding of the OSS. In August 1949, the Soviet Union tested its first atomic bomb, several years before the 1953 date forecast by the CIA. As a response, the Joint Intelligence Committee submitted an estimate of the nature of the nuclear threat from the Soviets. JIC-502 claimed that once the Soviets had 200 atomic bombs, they could launch a surprise attack and defeat the U.S.

These assertions were made without analysis of Soviet capabilities to actually deliver the weapons, let alone produce them at that rate. The estimates did not even attempt to analyze Soviet strategic intentions. JIC-502, titled “Implications of Soviet Possession of Atomic Weapons” and drafted Jan 20th 1950, turned out not to be an intelligence report at all but rather a sales pitch, claiming that a nuclear-armed Soviet Union had introduced the notion that “a tremendous military advantage would be gained by the power that struck first and succeeded in carrying through an effective surprise attack.” It was JIC-502 which would be the first to put forward a justification for the preventive first strike concept, supported by a massive military buildup under the pretence of pre-emptive war. NSC-68 would be drafted the same year, declaring that the U.S. was in the moral equivalent of war with the Soviet Union and called for a massive military buildup to be completed by 1954 dubbed the “year of maximum danger”, the year JIC-502 claimed the Soviets would achieve military superiority and be able to launch war against the U.S. This proposed military buildup would increase the defense budget from $10 billion to $40 billion from 1950-53. During this same period another security doctrine was drafted, titled “NSC-75: A Report to the NSC by the Executive Secretary on British Military Commitments”. The report concluded that if the British Empire collapsed, and Britain could no longer carry out these deployments, in defending the “free world” against the Soviets, the U.S. would not be able to carry out its current foreign policy, including NSC-68. It was thus concluded in the report that it would be more cost-effective to aid Britain in saving its Empire! If you were ever wondering why the CIA was constantly found paired with British Intelligence, starting from its very inception, in a series of coups in countries they had no reason to be in, now you know why. The U.S. had gone from an explicit mission to end imperialism worldwide under Roosevelt, to actively supporting and upholding British colonies and vassal states under Truman! This was all done under the pretence of protecting the “free world” from the evil boogeymen Soviets, whom Churchill decided to be labelled such in his Iron Curtain Speech. And thus, the interests of the British Empire were safeguarded by an abiding American stooge, as long as the narrative that all Russians were villains was believed. Interestingly, the CIA was not on board with the pre-emptive war strategy, as defined by JIC-502. In February 1950 the CIA responded in ORE 91-49, stating: “It is always possible…that the USSR would initiate a war if it should estimate that a Western attack was impending. [However], It is not yet possible to estimate with any precision the effects of Soviet possession of the Atomic Bomb upon the probability of war. The implications of atomic warfare, either militarily or psychologically, have not yet been fully appraised.” (emphasis added)

In other words, the CIA was stating that JIC-502’s frantic lunacy in demanding a military buildup and first strike capability against the Soviets was groundless. That there was no data to support such a claim, and thus such a response would be a reckless and dangerous one. It became evident to those who wished to push through these permanent war policies that the CIA was going to need “stronger” leadership. At least, this was the argument made by the Dulles-Jackson-Correa Report which called for a strong CIA Director in the wake of the Cold War. Though Walter Bedell Smith, who would become CIA Director from 1950-53, did much to reorganise the CIA away from the pre-emptive war mongering, it was ultimately Allen Dulles who would take the CIA throne. It should not come as a surprise that Dulles had himself in mind the whole time when he was talking about the stuff that was needed for a “strong” CIA Director… however, he was not referring to a strong mind, but rather a strong stomach. Dulles would act as Director of the CIA from 1953-61, until he was fired by President Kennedy (along with the Deputy Director and Deputy Director for Plans), all three were caught essentially committing treason during the Bay of Pigs fiasco, refer to my paper on this. McCone would replace Dulles as CIA Director and would attempt to clear the CIA of its Dulles loyalists in the Bay of Pigs incident; unfortunately it would not be enough. During Dulles’ term as CIA Director, he did nothing less than entrench America’s role in exacting permanent warfare across the world against “communist insurgents”, with the never-ending Indochina wars lasting for over 35 years. Though Bedell Smith would only be CIA Director for three years, he would succeed, along with Donovan (founder of the OSS) to create the most strategically important departments within the CIA: the Office of National Estimates (ONE). Smith sought potential candidates for this new branch from those who had been thrown out of the intelligence community when Truman disbanded the OSS. Many of these “retired” intelligence officers had served in the OSS’ original Research and Analysis Branch; including William Langer and Sherman Kent who both played crucial roles in the running of ONE. Both Langer and Kent were reputable historians. It was recognised that there was a crisis in competent intelligence gathering and analysis that would in turn be used to shape reckless war mongering policies such as JIC-502, NSC-68 and NSC-75. As Kent would state, there were those in the CIA who were “seeking power through sacrificing the truth.” The formation of ONE was to be a major pushback on this type of groupthink within the intelligence community. Kent would comment on the issue of the agency’s security screening (McCarthyism was in full swing at the time) stating: “When an intelligence staff has been screened through [too finely], its members will be as alike as tiles on a bathroom floor – and about as capable of meaningful and original thought.” In summary, since the death of FDR there was a somewhat open battle between members of the intelligence community, which could be categorised as FDR loyalists vs Churchill loyalists (1). Although there was an attempt to expunge the most notable intelligence officers who remained anti-imperial, Bedell Smith was successful in bringing these men back in, under the reorganised department ONE, who would in turn be a form of sane leadership within the CIA.

Unfortunately, the NSC did not share these views and there would be a second purge of the last remnants of true American patriots. The Second Purge of American Intelligence: The Deep State is Born From the moment Kissinger assumed the post of National Security Advisor to Nixon, he set out to centralize all intelligence estimates, diplomatic initiatives, and covert operations over figuratively and sometimes literal dead bodies of members of the CIA, Joint Chiefs of Staff, State Department and Congress. According to John Ranelagh in his book The Agency: The Rise and Decline of the CIA:

“Very early in the Nixon administration, it became clear that the President wanted Henry Kissinger to run intelligence for him and that the NSC staff in the White House under Kissinger would control the intelligence community. This was the beginning of a shift of power away from the CIA to a new center: the growing NSC staff.” Kissinger would use the Watergate scandal, where the CIA was caught by Congress directly implicated in treasonous activities, as the impetus needed to form a new CIA, a secret branch away from the scrutiny of Congress. In 1978, Kissinger would launch the Intelligence Reorganization and Reform Act, which essentially worked to “clean house” of the intelligence community. In 1982, under the direction of Kissinger, President Reagan would sign NSDD 77 under Cold War duress, which would launch Project Democracy, a sardonic name for a Trojan Horse. NSDD 77 allowed Project Democracy the reins over “covert action on a broad scale” as well as overt public actions later to be associated with the National Endowment for Democracy (NED). The directive ordered the CIA to stay out of both the overt and covert part of Project Democracy, thus giving free reign to the Kissingerian “NSC apparatus”. Almost one year later, the uninformed and naïve Congress passed the NED Act in Oct 1983, and effectively signed off on wrapping duct tape around their heads. The structure of the NED essentially functions as a private CIA political operations arm of an invisible, secret government beyond accountability and beyond the reach of the law. Those who still had a degree of humanity as members of the intelligence community, and had survived the Kissinger purge, were simply kept in the dark about the cloak and dagger operations of the secret government branch.

As for the department ONE, they would be disbanded in 1973 (the year Kissinger became Secretary of State) and replaced with a “group of experts” that would later form the National Intelligence Council in 1979. This would be the last purge of sane patriotic leadership within the intelligence community, left to the hyenas and jackals to run from thenceforth. In a 1991 interview, then NED President David Ignatius arrogantly stated “a lot of what we do today was done covertly 25 years ago by the CIA…The biggest difference is that when such activities are done overtly, the flap potential is close to zero. Openness is its own protection”. The Real “Crisis of Democracy” The Trilateral Commission was founded in the wake of Watergate and oil crisis of 1973. It was formed under the pretence of addressing the “crisis of democracy” and calling for a reshaping of political systems in order to form a more “stable” international order and “cooperative” relations among regions. Its formation would be organised by Britain’s hand in America, the Council on Foreign Relations, (aka: the offspring of the Royal Institute for International Affairs, the leading think tank for the British Crown). Project Democracy would originate out of a Trilateral Commission meeting on May 31st, 1975 in Kyoto Japan, where the Trilateral Commission’s “Task Force on the Governability of Democracies” findings were delivered. The project was overseen by Trilateral Commission Director Zbigniew Brzezinski and its members James Schlesinger (former CIA Director) and Samuel P. Huntington. It would mark the beginning of the end, introducing the policy, or more aptly “ideology”, for the need to instigate a “controlled disintegration of society.” The Trilateral Commission is a non-governmental body, its members include elected and non-elected officials scattered throughout the world, ironically coming together to discuss how to address the “crisis of democracy” in the most undemocratic process possible. It is an organisation meant to uphold the “interests” of its members, regardless of who the people voted in. You see, by the 1970s democracy was obviously broken, and someone had to put things back in order, right? This elite grouping of people decided that this approach would be the best for all democracies and just like that, it was brought into official policy across the western hemisphere. On Nov 9th, 1978, Trilateral Commission member Paul Volcker (Federal Reserve Chairman from 1979-1987) would affirm at a lecture delivered at Warwick University in England: “A controlled disintegration in the world economy is a legitimate object for the 1980s.” This is also the ideology that has shaped Milton Friedman’s “Shock Therapy”. By the time of Jimmy Carter’s Administration, the majority of the government was being run by members of the Trilateral Commission. But who runs the Trilateral Commission? Well, keeping in mind that this whole operation is run as an “open conspiracy”, in May 1981, Henry Kissinger who replaced Brzezinski as the head of the Trilateral Commission gave a speech at Chatham House describing his term as Secretary of State:

“[The British] became a participant in internal American deliberations, to a degree probably never practiced between sovereign nations…In my White House incarnation then, I kept the British Foreign Office better informed and more closely engaged than I did the American Department…It was symptomatic.” (emphasis added). In his speech, Kissinger outlined the conflicting ideologies between Churchill and Roosevelt, and concluded with his support for the British worldview as the more superior of the two. Looks like the Churchill loyalists have won. Controlled Disintegration: And We All Fall Down In 1975 the CFR launched a public study of global policy titled the 1980’s Project. The general theme was “controlled disintegration” of the world economy, and the report did not attempt to hide the famine, social chaos, and death its policy would bring upon most of the world’s population. The study explained that the world financial and economic system needed a complete overhaul according to which key sectors such as energy, credit allocation and food would be placed under the direction of a single global administration. The objective of this reorganization would be the replacement of nation states. However, before this could occur, nation states would have to falter, or at least give off the impression of faltering. The failure of the nation state is not a natural phenomenon but rather is the outcome of a fascist coup; involving a banker’s dictatorship, economic looting and permanent warfare (the Cold War never ended) to hinder national industrial growth. Among the most effective strategies towards this end has been color revolutions, which just so happens to be the NED’s specialty practice and has included, to name a few, the nations of Yugoslavia, Georgia, Iraq, Lebanon, Burma, Iran, Egypt, Yemen, Ukraine and the ongoing Hong Kong protests. Wherever this strategy has unfolded, the target state is told by the international community that it has no right to intervene and is told to stand by as its nation is ransacked by locusts and its government ‘reorganised’. With the final purge of American intelligence and the formation of a secret government, rendering anything resembling a democratic process obsolete, unless someone can restart the engine fast, we will soon be confronted by Willy Brandt’s prophecy of finding ourselves rudderless, under a surrounding sea of dictatorship.

Notes: (1) Speaking to his son during WWII, FDR said: “You know, any number of times the men in the State Department have tried to conceal messages to me, delay them, hold them up somehow, just because some of those career diplomats over there aren’t in accord with what they know I think. They should be working for Winston. As a matter of fact, a lot of the time, they are [working for Churchill]. Stop to think of ’em: any number of ’em are convinced that the way for America to conduct its foreign policy is to find out what the British are doing and then copy that!” I was told… six years ago, to clean out that State Department. It’s like the British Foreign Office….”

https://www.strategic-culture.org/news/2020/06/14/enemy-within-story-purge-american-intelligence/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 6-16-20 Geller Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Twitter Takes Commands from Hard Left, Deplatforms @AmyMek for Telling the Truth About Islam

By Atlas Shrugs - on June 16, 2020

This is just the latest egregious suppression of a voice of freedom at Twitter. We are seeing an unprecedented erosion in our First Amendment rights, increasingly prohibiting the flow of ideas and free expression in the public square (social media). Run by left-wing self-possessed snowflakes, social media giants are indulging their worst autocratic impulses. And because they can, it is getting worse. “Absolute power corrupts absolutely.” Having been one of the early targets of social media censorship on Facebook, YouTube et al, I have advocated for anti-trust action against these bullying behemoths.

Pamela Geller: Why I Am Suing Facebook – Breitbart The Urgent Case for Legislation against Social Media Giants Pamela Geller, American Thinker AT&T has called for an “Internet Bill of Rights” and argued that Facebook and Google should also be subjected to rules that would prevent unfair censorship on their platforms. AT&T, one of the largest telecommunications companies, called for Congress to enact an “Internet Bill of Rights” which would subject Facebook, Google, and other content providers to rules that would prevent unfair censorship on Internet Service Providers (ISPs) such as Comcast or AT&T as well as content providers such as Facebook and Google. AT&T CEO Randall Stephenson wrote, “Congressional action is needed to establish an ‘Internet Bill of Rights’ that applies to all internet companies and guarantees neutrality, transparency, openness, non-discrimination and privacy protection for all internet users.” Stephenson posted the ad in the New York Times, Washington Post, and other national news outlets on Wednesday. We must get behind this — all of us — and fast. Because what is happening is being engineered at the government level. A chief officer from a major American communications company went to the terror state of Pakistan to assure the Pakistani government that Facebook would adhere to the sharia. The commitment was given by Vice President of Facebook Joel Kaplan, who called on Interior Minister Chaudhry Nisar Ali Khan. “Facebook has reiterated its commitment to keep the platform safe and promote values that are in congruence with its community standards.” Early last year, I wrote: “The US government has used anti-trust laws to break up monopolies. They ought to break up Facebook. Section 2 of the Sherman Act highlights particular results deemed anticompetitive by nature and prohibits actions that ‘shall monopolize, or attempt to monopolize, or combine or conspire with any other person or persons, to monopolize any part of the trade or commerce among the several States, or with foreign nations.’ Couldn’t the same be applied to information? The United States government took down Standard Oil, Alcoa, Northern Securities, the American Tobacco Company and many others without nearly the power that Facebook has.” The left’s war on free speech is escalating. The deplatforming of Amy Mek is just the latest of many such incidents. The social media giants must be broken up, quickly, or America will be over as a free society. “Proof: Twitter Takes Commands from the Hard Left – The Deplatforming of @amymek,” RAIR Foundation, June 15, 2020: On May 28, 2020, President Donald J. Trump issued an executive order aimed at preventing online media censorship. The President’s executive order comes at a time when radical left organizations are pressuring and influencing the social media giants into online censorship. Aligning with these radical groups, Twitter, Facebook, Google and others are increasingly silencing conservative voices. RAIR Foundation USA’s own Amy Mek has been caught up in this conservative censorship storm as her Twitter account has been suspended since April 16th for reporting the facts about Coronavirus jihad attacks. Online Censorship

Twitter, Facebook and Google, have made it a regular practice to delete selective content and entire accounts without warning or rationale, leaving users without recourse. While every media business is certainly free to choose the content it publishes and the editorial position it advances on issues including politics, typical media businesses can be held liable for libel and slander for publishing erroneous and damaging content. These social media behemoths, however, have successfully categorized themselves as “platforms” and not media companies that create or publish content. The Communications Decency Act essentially provides an exemption to these “platforms” from the liability that all other media companies, including your local newspapers and tv stations, New York Times, Fox News, CNN, MSNBC and individual bloggers, must defend themselves from every day. Examples like the deplatforming of Amy Mek by Twitter and the ever-growing other countless examples of these “platforms” removing content or restricting access to their distribution channels makes it crystal clear that these social media giants have crossed the line from passive distributors of content like a wireless cell phone carrier facilitating phone calls and entrenched themselves deeply as editorial content businesses advancing political agendas. In making their editorial and deplatforming decisions, Twitter and its social media brethren are now customarily turning to radical left organizations for “facts” and succumbing to the pressures from these groups. Twitter’s recent handling of the weaponization of the coronavirus by a group of Jihadists represents an alarming and ever-growing trend of social media companies cowering to the agendas of radical left organizations, and allowing them to dictate what accounts and what information is removed from its platform.

Equality Labs Imposes Its Radical Agenda on Twitter

With the global outbreak of the coronavirus, Jihadists in India and around the globe were caught weaponizing the coronavirus. This is not speculation. Instead of loudly calling out the vastly unreported and potentially deadly tactics, militant leftist organizations such as Equality Labs, launched an aggressive online campaign to suppress, intimidate and deplatform citizens who reported the well-proven Coronavirus Jihad.

With gushing publicity from Time, the Huffington Post, the Washington Post and The Guardian, Equality Labs pushed the the hashtag #StopCOVIDIslamophobia and lobbied for online censorship to support its radical agenda. Equality Labs’ sent a letter lobbying world leaders, Twitter and the other social media companies that can be viewed here.

Although there exists a plethora of factual support that Jihadists in India and around the globe are in fact weaponizing the coronavirus, Twitter chose to adopt the Equity Labs “facts” and censored dissenting, albeit substantiated, posts on the subject. As a result, the @amymek Twitter account has been suspended since March 16th….

https://gellerreport.com/2020/06/twitter-takes-commands-from-hard-left-deplatforms-amymek-for-telling-the-truth-about-islam.html/ 

:: 6-17-20 USA Watchdogs :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Takeover of America by Dark Powers – Kevin Shipp

By Greg Hunter On June 17, 2020 In Political Analysis

Former CIA Officer and counter-terrorism expert Kevin Shipp says the riots, looting and arson you are seeing around the country has little to do with so-called social justice and everything to do with the takeover of America by dark powers. Kevin Shipp explains, “We have to understand the roots of these organizations, and Antifa is a Marxist organization. Black Lives Matter was founded by two Marxists. Black Lives Matter is connected to the Nation of Islam. So, these two organizations are essentially anti-traditional America. There is no question about it. This is a Marxist movement. What is Marxism? That’s communism, and that is the same thing and essentially the foundation of progressivism. We are seeing a last gasp from the extreme Left to stop Donald Trump. The soft coup failed. The false impeachment failed. Blaming Covid 19 on Trump failed, and now they are doing one last gasp. This is a group of Marxists trying to stop Trump and his movement from being elected.” Shipp has identified three areas the Marxist/communist Democrats are targeting. Shipp contends, “I call it ‘C 3.’ They are after the Constitution. The want to change the First and Second Amendments for starters. That’s the first ‘C.’ The second ‘C’ is our culture. They want to change and eliminate traditional American values and U.S. sovereignty. And the third ‘C’ they pick out to attack is Christianity. Why? Because all three of them stand in the way of Marxism, and all three of them stand in the way of radical Islam and the Nation of Islam that is connected to Black Lives Matter. All three of those are the enemy. That is why you see Progressives and radical Islam joining together because they have the common enemy and a common target: our Constitution, Culture and Christianity. How do you combat all of this? Shipp says, “First of all, we pray. America was started with prayer. It was continued with prayer, and we need to keep praying. Second, we as Christians need to stand up and stop allowing them to do this to our government. We are supposed to support our government as long as government is good, but when government starts doing things like abortion up to the ninth month, we, in the church, and pastors may need to think twice about their tax exempt status. We have to start standing up and decrying ‘not my Constitution,’ and traditional values of America we need to stand up and fight for. We, as Christians, have got to start doing that.” Where does this end? Shipp says, “They are pushing for a civil war, and we are in a soft civil war right now. It just hasn’t broken out into the streets. This will result in a civil war, and we have to remember that we are not the minority. . . . . Your average American who loves the Constitution and traditional values is the majority. They are making it look they are the majority because they have the media, but they are not the majority. Sadly, I think we are in a soft civil war right now, and there is going to be one.” Shipp also updates us with his analysis on other subjects such as the investigation into the Russia-Gate hoax, the economy and the overreaction of Covid.

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with former CIA Officer Kevin Shipp

After the Interview:

Kevin Shipp’s website is called FortheLoveofFreedom.net, and there is free and constantly updated analysis and information there.

There are multiple ways to support Shipp with donations if you scroll down to the middle of FortheLoveofFreedom.net home page.

You can also donate to Kevin Shipp by snail mail below:

PO Box 1885 Vidalia, GA 30475

To join Shipp’s Patreon channel and get the Shipp Intelligence Brief (SIR) click here.

To get a copy of Shipp’s book “From the Company of Shadows,” click here.

https://usawatchdog.com/takeover-of-america-by-dark-powers-kevin-shipp/ 

:: 6-17-20 90 Miles From Tyranny :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ninety miles from the South Eastern tip of the United States, Liberty has no stead. In order for Liberty to exist and thrive, Tyranny must be identified, recognized, confronted and extinguished.

Wednesday, June 17, 2020

The suspect in the assault on a 92-year-old NYC woman is a registered sex offender arrested ‘more than 100 times’

Rashid Brimmage, the 31-year-old arrested in connection with the assault of a 92-year-old woman that was captured on surveillance video, is reportedly a registered sex offender has been arrested “more than 100 times”: Brimmage is actually due in court in July on other charges: Police sources say he’s a registered sex offender who has been arrested about 101 times. Some include assault, harassment, resisting arrest and persistent sexual abuse. He’s due in court in July for arrests from earlier this year.

Here’s hoping that maybe this time he stays in prison:

https://ninetymilesfromtyranny.blogspot.com/2020/06/the-suspect-in-assault-on-92-year-old.html 

:: 6-16-20 The Blaze :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 16, 2020

VIDEO: 'Devastated' black mother cries because she can't feed her kids after looters ransacked a local grocery store

'I am so devastated right now'

A video of a "devastated" black mother crying because she won't be able to feed her kids after looters ransacked a local grocery store is going viral on the internet.

Ditch the fake news ==> Click here to get news you can trust sent right to your inbox. It's free!

In the video, the woman walks the aisles of the store documenting the destruction. Nearly every shelf in the store is cleared of food and supplies, and the floor is littered with damaged goods.  "Look at this, every grocery store looks like this," the woman says. "Everything is ... on the floor. Look at this ... in my hood, can't even get no food for my kids."

It's not clear from the video which city the store is located in. READ MORE

https://www.theblaze.com/news/black-mother-grocery-store-looted 

:: 6-16-20 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cancel the White Men -- And What's Left?

Pat Buchanan | Posted: Jun 16, 2020 12:01 AM

"Can we all just get along?" That was the plea of Rodney King after a Simi Valley jury failed to convict any of the four cops who beat him into submission after a 100-mile-an-hour chase on an LA freeway.  King's plea came after the 1992 LA riots, the worst since the New York City draft riots in 1863 when Lincoln had to send in federal troops. In the aftermath of today's protests and riots after the killing of George Floyd in Minneapolis, we hear similar calls. President Donald Trump must "reach out" and "unify the nation." But how? Many of these calls for unity come from the same elites who are all-in on tearing us apart by pulling down statues of the famous men of American history whom they most detest. A second war on the Confederacy is underway, to disgrace and dishonor all who fought for Southern independence in the war of 1861-65. A second Reconstruction is being readied. The St. Andrew's Cross, the battle flag of the Confederate Army, though seen as a banner of heroism and honor to millions, is henceforth to be treated like the Nazi swastika. It has been already been banned at Nascar races, where it has been widely popular. Liberals will fight for the right of Marxist radicals to burn the American flag to show their hatred of it but cannot tolerate working folks flying the battle flag of the Confederacy to show their love of it. A second front in the campaign to cancel history is the renaming of U.S. Army bases in Southern states that bear the names of Confederate generals, such as Forts Benning and Bragg. Trump has pledged to veto any defense appropriation bill that contains such a provision. Third is the drive led by Nancy Pelosi and her allies to remove statues in the Capitol of any of those men of "violent bigotry" who were connected to the Confederacy. First among them is General Robert E. Lee. Gen. David Petraeus has put succinctly the crime of which Lee is guilty. Though "West Point honors Robert E. Lee with a gate, a road, an entire housing area, and a barracks," writes Petraeus, "Lee... committed treason." The goal here is to impose the one-sided view of American history that is now ascendant, as official truth -- that the cause of Southern secession was unlike the cause of American secession from Britain. It was an act of treason rooted in the ideology of white supremacy.

To have that sole acceptable view predominate, our elites believe they must remove from public display the statues of any associated with the cause of Southern independence and stigmatize them all as traitors. They have, however, a problem: Where do the elites stop when the radicals demand more? If support of slavery disqualifies one from the company of decent men, does it disqualify George Washington, who owned slaves his entire life? What Washington fought for, independence, was what Lee fought for. Lee did not challenge Lincoln's election. He did not seek to overthrow the government Lincoln headed. He resigned from the U.S. Army to go home and defend the people among whom he had been raised from an invasion to force-march them back into a Union the state's chosen rulers had voted to leave. Not only does our national capital, Washington, bear the name of a lifelong slave owner, so does the capital of Missouri, Jefferson City. So does the capital of Mississippi, Jackson. So does the capital of Wisconsin, Madison. The capital of Ohio is Columbus. The capital of South Carolina is Columbia. Both are named for now-vilified Christopher Columbus whose statue still stands outside D.C.'s Union Station. None of these men appears, from how they lived their lives, to have shared modernity's belief in democracy, diversity or social equality. Yet, it was they who cobbled together the United States of America. Washington led us to independence and ownership of all the land from the Atlantic to the Mississippi. Jefferson negotiated the Louisiana Purchase, doubling the size of the U.S. Andrew Jackson added Florida. James K. Polk added the Southwest and California. Slave owner Sam Houston won Texas' War of independence and brought his Republic of Texas into the Union in 1845.

Two of the three greatest Senate statesmen of the 19th century, Henry Clay of Kentucky and John Calhoun of South Carolina, were slave owners. Both have statues in the Capitol. Do they go, too?

The newest bridge over the Potomac, like the premier dam in the TVA, is named for Woodrow Wilson, who resegregated the government. These were among the decisive figures of American history. If all are dishonored, with their statues pulled down and their names taken off cities, counties, towns, rivers, canals, bridges, buildings, highways, roads, streets and dams, then what is left?

Detest all those white men if you will, but they were the ones who created the nation we inherited.

Patrick J. Buchanan is the author of "Nixon's White House Wars: The Battles That Made and Broke a President and Divided America Forever."

https://townhall.com/columnists/patbuchanan/2020/06/16/cancel-the-white-men--and-whats-left-n2570699 

:: 6-16-20 Nation and State :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Weaponization Of Food: Starvation To Manufacture Compliance

Tyler Durden Tue, 06/16/2020 – 23:25

Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

The elites are doing their best to cut the food supply chains in order to weaponized food. At the end of the day, if they succeed, you will be trading your freedom for a small morsel of food.

Weaponization Of Food: Starvation To Manufacture Compliance

Tyler Durden Tue, 06/16/2020 – 23:25

Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

The elites are doing their best to cut the food supply chains in order to weaponized food. At the end of the day, if they succeed, you will be trading your freedom for a small morsel of food. The L.A. Times reported that “coronavirus outbreaks” at 60 food processing plants will be the cause of the supply chains breaking, and an inability to get food to store shelves. Prepare for a food shortage, as it looks like they will attempt to use hunger and food as a weapon in this game for your mind. It’s a grim reality that’s playing out across the country as COVID-19 spreads beyond the meat processing plants that have captured the national spotlight. At least 60 food-processing facilities outside the meatpacking industry have seen outbreaks, with more than 1,000 workers diagnosed with the virus, according to a new study from Environmental Working Group. –L.A. Times This is the horrible reality of participation in centralization and not being able to be self-reliant. The New World Order doesn’t care if you starve, it cares only that you bow down and consent to a life of enslavement. And they are weaponizing the food system and using COVID-19 as an excuse. The food shortages will come, and like the coronavirus panic, this has been manufactured by the elitists who want to control us. Is this what it’s going to take to get the rest of people to realize they’ve been controlled and enslaved by the very government who said they just want to keep them safe? Safety has always been the rallying cry of tyrants and that is no different now. People all over the world are waking up to what the power-hungry elitists and politicians have done to us for decades, but many are still sleeping. Will it take these orchestrated food shortages to wake them up? Or will they continue down a path of slavery with no hope? –SHTFPlan Take the time to learn self-reliance right now and store some food. It’s difficult to say when this will fully roll out, but it most definitely in their plans. Perhaps it’ll happen around the time of the faked “second wave” to really cause as much fear and panic as possible, which means expect it by this autumn. Obedience to the government won’t save you. Preparedness might.

Farmers are coming out saying they have been told to “quit farming,” and are being forced to dump milk, kill chickens, and turn vegetable crops under. Why? Isn’t it obvious? To scare the public into accepting dependency on the government so they will remain in a constant state of fear and enslavement. But there’s a way out. If food shortages are coming, there is a way to prepare.

https://nationandstate.com/2020/06/17/weaponization-of-food-starvation-to-manufacture-compliance/ 

:: 6--20 What Christians Want To Know :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What’s The Difference Between Godly And Worldly Sorrow?

by Jack Wellman

Why does the Bible delineate between godly and worldly sorrow? What’s the difference?

Repentance When the Apostle Paul wrote to the church at Corinth, he told them that they “felt a godly grief, so that you suffered no loss through us” (2nd Cor 7:9b), so did he mean repentance? The reason I ask that is because he goes on to say that “godly grief produces a repentance that leads to salvation without regret, whereas worldly grief produces death” (2nd Cor 7:1), and Paul could “see what earnestness this godly grief has produced in” them (2nd Cor 7:11a). It appears that Paul saw that their godly sorrow produced repentance, and of course, repentance leads to salvation. Jesus, when He introduced the gospel for the very first time, said, we must repent and believe (Mark 1:14-15), so if belief is on one side of the coin, repentance is on the other. Paul was clear that it is a “godly grief,” meaning we are not the source of it. The Bible teaches that God grants repentance, so we might repent, but we don’t repent of ourselves. The Apostle Paul told Timothy that he prayed that “God may perhaps grant them repentance leading to a knowledge of the truth” (2nd Tim2:25). Repentance is necessary but thankfully, it’s not we who must conjure it up. It would be the equivalent of asking Lazarus to move his little toe and Jesus would do the rest in resurrecting him. It is all a work of God and God alone grants repentance. I think you can see enough of the worldly sorrow on the television news. It’s so sad. Every day we see another tragedy strike, another natural catastrophe, and another terrorist attack. The world suffers so much, but that is not the worldly sorrow that the Bible speaks about as leading to death. Paul had earlier wrote, “For godly grief produces a repentance that leads to salvation without regret, whereas worldly grief produces death” (2nd Cor 7:10). Worldly sorrow is like that of a criminal. They get caught breaking the law and have to suffer for it. They may have worldly sorrow… or be sorry they got caught, and a sorrow that now tells them they’re going to be in prison for a while, but the worldly sorrow cannot be confused with godly sorrow because it doesn’t lead to repentance. One reason is worldly sorrow is from man while the other is from God (godly), so one doesn’t help you…the other leads to eternal life. Paul wrote, it is a “repentance that leads to salvation without regret,” but why does he say “without regret?” Could we really regret it? The word “regret” is from the Greek adjective “ametamelētos” and means “not repentant of,” or “unregretted,” so you could say a godly sorrow produces a “repentance that leads to salvation with no regrets.” One way to see is it’s a repentance “not repented of,” which means it’s irreversible, much like eternal life. You either have eternal life or you don’t, and you don’t have it and then lose it, so if you had eternal life but lost it, you really never had it in the first place. My thinking is, “eternal” is…forever! Maybe that’s why there is no need to have regrets once a person has repented and trusted in Christ. You’ll also never regret missing the wrath of God because now you have peace with God (Rom 5:1), and there is no longer any condemnation (Rom 8:1). Worldy sorrow can’t do that.

Godly Sorrow

We have established that a godly sorrow leads to or produces repentance, so God grants us the ability to repent by planting a godly sorrow in us, perhaps placed there by the Holy Spirit. He convicts us of our sins and He prompts our spirit to repent and trust in Christ. Jesus made it clear that “No one can come to Me unless the Father who sent Me draws him; and I will raise him up on the last day” (John 6:44), and absolutely “no one can come to Me unless the Father has granted it to him” (John 6:65), and why Jesus could sound so certain by saying, “All that the Father gives me will come to me, and whoever comes to me I will never cast out” (John 6:37b) since “this is the will of him who sent me, that I should lose nothing of all that he has given me, but raise it up on the last day” (John 6:39). Godly sorrow brings us to an end of ourselves which is brought about by God Who often uses circumstances to humble us. Then, this godly sorrow leads to repentance and it is as Jesus said, “I give them eternal life, and they will never perish, and no one will snatch them out of my hand” (John 10:28), and not that they give themselves this gift, but it was “My Father, who has given them to me, is greater than all, and no one is able to snatch them out of the Father’s hand” (John 10:29). A God-given godly sorrow eventually leads to eternal life by trusting in Christ. Once saved, they stay saved, and are as secure as God’s Word says they are. Conclusion It’s good to be sorry for doing something wrong, but it takes more than being sorry because we can end up doing it again and again…but to be sorrowful means we don’t want to do it again. We’re not just sorry we got caught…we are sorrowful to the extent that we repent and determine not to do it again (whatever it was), and make no mistake about it; God grants repentance. A worldly sorrow leads only to eternal death, meaning it doesn’t prompt us to repent, but a godly sorrow identifies the Source and it is God. Unless God grants repentance, we cannot be saved. We know it’s says whosoever believes may be saved (John 3:16), but the “whosoever” doesn’t get saved unless they have been granted repentance by God; otherwise, it’s just another type of sorrow…a worldly sorrow and that leads to destruction. Why not trust in Christ today and you’ll have no regrets…today and for all time.

Read more: https://www.whatchristianswanttoknow.com/whats-the-difference-between-godly-and-worldly-sorrow/#ixzz6PpLetCAD 

:: 6-17-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another Covid Cover Up In China? BBC Reporter Says Numbers Don’t Add Up In New Outbreak

Footage shows residents being rounded up with hazmat suited officials barking orders

Steve Watson | Infowars.com - June 17, 2020

The BBC’s correspondent in China has warned that the communist government may be in the midst of a second coronavirus cover up, as a massive police and medical response to a new cluster in Beijing doesn’t tally with the reported number of cases. The Chinese government has locked down the capital city, instituted travel bans, and is rounding up residents, putting them on buses and placing them in quarantine: The footage was shot by activist Jennifer Zeng, who claims that seven hotels in the city were requisitioned by the government to be used as quarantine sites. However, Beijing only reported 27 new infections yesterday, and 106 in the past five days, prompting many to wonder, just what the hell is going on here. More footage shows hundreds of people lining up outside Youan hospital in Beijing for virus screening: Massive amounts of fruit and vegetables have been discarded after Beijing shut down Xinfadi wholesale market: Earlier in the week huge amounts of police were deployed to the market: The BBC’s Stephen McDonell noted that the Chinese government is either being “super cautious”, or they are again not giving accurate figures on the new infection rate. Owners of the market that was shut down in Beijing are reportedly claiming that the ‘more infectious’ strain of the virus came from Europe via some dodgy salmon, however the Chinese Centre for Disease has said there is no evidence to support the claims. If this fresh outbreak is ‘very severe’ as authorities are claiming, then where are the infected? Will Europe move to block flights coming from China this time, or once again allow transmission of the virus unhindered? One more intriguing theory of what is happening comes from professor Steve Tsang of the School of Oriental and African Studies, who has contended that China is using Covid-19 to ‘divide and conquer’ Europe. “China is essentially trying a divide and rule approach to the EU,” Tsang told the Daily Express, adding “Some of the EU countries are being enticed to be much closer to China and to break away from European norms. And that is a serious problem.” China has sent coronavirus aid to countries that have not received it quickly enough from the EU. “The pandemic hasn’t helped but the problem with the pandemic is not so much in eastern European countries as it is with Italy.” Tsang added. Since 2012, China has heavily invested in the infrastructure of 17 eastern and central European countries, including the likes of Hungary and Greece, via the Belt and Road Initiative. Many see this as a way of exerting dominance in global trade. With the emergence of the Covid-19 pandemic, and the lax response of the EU in helping its member states, China has everything to gain.

https://www.infowars.com/another-covid-cover-up-in-china-bbc-reporter-says-numbers-dont-add-up-in-new-outbreak/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

:: 6--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korean Military Set To Advance Into Demilitarized Zone: Report – Breaking911

north korean troops are reportedly prepared to enter the Demilitarized Zone that divides itself from South Korea. “Our army is keeping a close watch on the current situation in which the north-south relations are turning worse and worse, and getting itself fully ready for providing a sure military guarantee to any external measures to be taken by the Party and government,” The korean People’s Army said in a statement to the korean Central News Agency (KCNA) Monday. “The KPA is studying an action plan for taking measures to make the army advance again into the Zones that had been Demilitarized under the north-south agreement, turn the front line into a fortress and further heighten the military vigilance against the south.” “We will map out the military action plans for rapidly carrying out the said opinions to receive approval from the Party Central military Commission.”

The korean Demilitarized Zone is a strip of land running across the korean Peninsula. It was established by the provisions of the korean Armistice Agreement to serve as a buffer Zone between north Korea and South Korea. Source: Yonhap

https://theburningtruth.us/2020/06/15/north-korean-military-set-to-advance-into-demilitarized-zone-report-breaking911/ 

:: 6-16-20 Jon's Place :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass Cell Phone Outages From Coast To Coast Another Sign Zero Hour Is Approaching - This Chart Shows How Quickly America Could Be Brought To It’s Knees

– Preparing For The Worst Case Scenario With America A Nation In Chaos

By Stefan Stanford – All News Pipeline – Live Free Or Die

According to this Monday story over at RT, all of the major phone companies in America suffered massive and widespread outages on Monday from coast to coast as seen in the map at the top of this story from Down Detector showing just the outages for T-Mobile. Reporting that AT&T and Verizon also had suffered major outages, the RT story also reported that according to ‘Anonymous’, “all mobile phone operators ‘were’ under the largest DDoS attack in the history of the United States of America right now.” With the alleged DDoS attacks by ‘Anonymous’ and hackers worldwide as seen in the image below also targeting many other ‘social media’ and ‘tech’ companies such as Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, Comcast, Google and many others, we couldn’t help but notice that Steve Quayle had just put out an SQAlert the day previously with the very prescient headline: “What will you do when your phone does not ring or you cannot call out and what will you do when your internet no longer works?” And while phone service eventually came back on Monday as it usually does, cutting off one’s enemies communications and supply lines has long been a key military strategy, dating all the way back to Sun Tzu’s “The Art of War” if not before, so we’ll be taking a look within this story at alternative communications options available right now should we soon arrive at ‘Zero Hour’ and an America that we’ve only imagined in our worst nightmares. So let’s take a look here and now at this important SQAlert before we continue. “What will you do when your phone does not ring or you cannot call out and what will you do when your internet no longer works?” These are not idle questions for you to consider but they are more blunt to the point LIKE THIS: WHAT IS YOUR ACTION PLAN WHEN THE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK OF THE USA GOES DOWN AND THE FOLLOWING SERVICES NO LONGER WORK ?

Your land phone no longer rings and has no dial tone.

Your home and business internet connections no longer work.

Your cell phone can no longer make voice calls or receive voice calls or send or receive text messages and has no internet connection.

Radio and TV networks will cease to function and only the people at the local station will be able to broadcast out to the local area.

With a breakdown of the communications systems the following things will cease:

No credit or debit card transactions can occur.

In a few minutes or hours, the electric power grid will fail because the workers that keep it running will no longer be able to communicate with each other.

In a few minutes or hours, the fresh water supply will cease to function because of lack of communications to manage the delivery systems.

With all of those issues being just a few of the problems that we’d have to deal with should a long-term communications outages strike America, as ‘Science Guy’ also warned Steve in the alert, we serve our families and loved ones best by taking these issues seriously and developing a plan because “enemies of the USA can bring the communications to it’s knees, a natural disaster can bring the system to its knees and the US government can shut down the system to force the people to comply with new government demands on a whim”. Please read this entire important SQalert here.

https://jonsnewplace.wordpress.com/2020/06/16/mass-cell-phone-outages-from-coast-to-coast-another-sign-zero-hour-is-approaching/ 

:: 6-15-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Martin Armstrong: Is Defunding Police The Right Choice Or The Next Step In Revolution?

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/15/2020 - 19:10

Authored by Martin Armstrong via ArmstrongEconomics.com,

All of the protests making this a racist issue have distorted the real problem which remains immunity created by the Supreme Court. We must look at these protests in their historical context for calling them simply racist rather than abuse of power hides them from the view of these events forming part of a revolutionary cycle. We must step back and look at these events not in the context of simply race or those who have exploited this to simply loot stores. The central position is one of police brutality and the lack of any accountability. There are more whites killed by police than blacks which further illustrates that this is not a racist problem but one of no accountability because of this qualified immunity which is not supported by the constitution. This should not be Black Lives Matter, but ALL Lives Matter. The riots have spread worldwide as in Paris over police abuse further illustrating that the core issue is the fact that governments are not accountable to the people. Why has this one incident cascaded into a global contagion? Because of this COVID-19 virus abuse of locking people down which has resulted in people losing their jobs which has exceeded 300 million on a worldwide basis, this provides the incentive to protest regardless of the incident. Following the Panic of 1837, massive unemployment took place and this was the period when the Irish immigrants where fleeing to the United States. This resulted in actual gun battles on the streets in Philadelphia because the Irish were willing to work for less during a period of significant unemployment. It is simply human nature to rise up during economic declines. During the Great Depression, it was the Bonus Army where veterans were demanding their promised bonuses. The Hoover government sent in the troops even with tanks in 1932 to force them to leave. We saw the same with the Coxley’s Army which was the march on Washington following the Panic of 1893 and massive unemployment. What the governments have done with these lockdowns have set the stage for these protests. It is only human nature to take that frustration out after losing your job and this issue of the police has simply exposed the corruption within the entire system which extended from journalists to politicians. We cannot attribute this exclusively to racism. This has been the first global contagion of a mass uprising because governments have suppressed the rights of the people, destroyed their jobs, and have abused their power in destroying the livelihood of so many people. Many police forces have militarized and this creates the image mentally of an opposing force against the people. Suddenly, we now see the technology companies who have been so actively assisting governments to go after the public from illegal red-light cameras to creating systems for the police to use facial recognition software to target individuals. Camera and facial recognition software track who is even walking down the street.  These high tech companies are suddenly realizing perhaps they have been on the wrong side of history and it would not take much for the mob to turn against the companies that have helped create this police state. IBM disavowed the facial recognition technology entirely and CEO Arvind Krishna condemned its use “by other vendors, for mass surveillance, racial profiling, violations of basic human rights and freedoms.Amazon responded by putting only a one-year moratorium on police use of its Rekognition software, closely followed by Microsoft’s promise not to sell the technology to US police. These companies have had no problem exploiting the public for profit. These are the same technology companies who jumped at the chance of creating tracking apps for this orchestrated coronavirus all to further erode our basic human rights. Then there is Bill Gates who wants to track every person on the planet and pushing his ID 2020 and digital vaccine markers claiming he is not destroying people’s privacy. Microsoft constantly updates windows downloading everything you look for so they can sell your computer use to companies for advertising. This entire issue of rioting against the police is historically part of the Revolutionary Cycle. The FIRST STAGE in a revolution is always the the rise of intellectual whistleblower disagreement which government simply ignores as a passing phase. This stage is the realization of corruption and and injustice of governmental rule. Perhaps the symbolization of this was the revelation of Edward Snowden that the government was violating the constitution and abusing its power against the people constructing a 100% surveillance state tapping into every phone call and email account of every citizen. Then there was the British whistleblower Katharine Gun who they charged but could not put on trial without exposing themselves. They labelled both as a traitors as if the government possessed inherent power of sovereignty and the people were the great unwashed economic slaves. As Thomas Pain described they confuse themselves as the political embodiment of the nation rather than the people. This is the intellectual stage which governments refuse to admit mistakes and simply ignores the cries of injustice.

The SECOND STAGE is where the intellectual debates prove pointless and this is where the initial conflict begins. This corruption has run its course and governments transform justice into their own self-interest. This stage is usually accelerated by governments raising taxes in the midst of an economic decline. The economic hardships may vary per individual but as a whole they will tend to focus upon the prosecutorial arm of government which includes the police who will far too often claim they are moral under the pretense of simply following orders. This is when history will typically produce some leader who can be a moderate that sees the problem and will often try to reason in order to reach a resolution which is ignored by the government. This further intensifies the feelings of injustice especially in light of the economic decline. The leadership can also be seized by extremists who demand complete change such a Lenin. This initial stage results in the first demands change with protests rising. The mobs rarely are able to even articulate the reform because they then make demands that they want certain actions which go far beyond what they actually need. This is where mobs will often turn to revenge rather than justice. Governments will typically refuse to reform and become often very defensive. In February 1761, James Otis, Jr. (1725–1783) argued brilliantly against the Writs of Assistance that was authorized in 1660 by the King but became an instrument of tyranny in 1758 in the American colonies as a means to raise taxes. Writs of Assistance allowed the government to arbitrarily search whatever they suspected for any reason. For nearly five hours, Otis made a brilliant oration in court against the Writs, but he lost the case, for what judge would ever rule against his master? John Adams later wrote that “the child independence was then and there born, [for] every man of an immense crowded audience appeared to me to go away as I did, ready to take arms against writs of assistance.” As Thrasymachus warned about 2600 years ago, justice is only the interest of the state regardless of its form being democratical, aristocratical, or tyrannical.

Shakespeare’s famous line “The first thing we do, let’s kill all the lawyers” (Henry VI, Part 2, Act IV, Scene 2) reflects the injustice for the people could not hire a lawyer only the king making them prosecutors. This stage is typically sparked by an economic decline which further breaks the employment and suppresses even harder the poor. During the American Revolution the slogan was “No Taxation without Representation” and the French Revolution used the words of Marie Antoinette: “Let them eat cake.” The French Revolution began on Saturday June 7th, 1788, when merchants closed down their shops as groups of 300 to 400 formed, armed with stones, sticks, axes, bars. They seized cathedral’s bells which became a call to all French peasants which the crowd grew swiftly. The Royal Navy soldiers injured a 75-year-old man with a bayonet drawing the first sight of blood. The people became enraged tearing up the streets and they climbed onto the roofs throwing down the roof-tiles on the soldiers. The soldiers took refuge in a building and began to shoot through the windows into the crowd. By six PM, a crowd estimated at ten thousand people began shouting “Long live the parliament.” They finally agreed to to refuse to pay all taxes not voted by the Estates-General and they demanded an end to arbitrary imprisonmentpolice abuse. Maximilien Robespierre (1754-1794) pursued a planned socialist economy and he grew paranoid about any opposition and unleashed the Reign Of Terror of 1793–1794 to silence all enemies of the Revolution. He was overthrown by the moderates who had Robespierre executed on July 28, 1794. His famous quote: “The secret of freedom lies in educating people, whereas the secret of tyranny is in keeping them ignorant.” This remains the core of fake news today. Even Lenin who declared “All Power to the Soviets” (Collected Works, Vol. 25: June-September 1917 (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1964), 155-56) presented a lucid strategic indication, which projected the course of the revolution and the construction of socialism through the seizure of power by the soviets. Lenin elaborated: “The imperialist war was bound, with objective inevitability…to turn into a civil war between the hostile classes” (Collected Works, Vol. 23: August 1916-March 1917 (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1964), 299.) In Russia, on Sunday, January 9th, 1905, the people began to march unarmed and locking arms to see the Tsar. Some carried religious icons and banners, as well as national flags and portraits of the Tsar. At 2 pm all of the converging processions were scheduled to arrive at the Winter Palace in Russia. There was no single confrontation with the troops. The infantry was backed by Cossacks and Hussars. As reported, the soldiers simply opened fire on the crowd and were not provoked. The official number of victims was 92 dead and several hundred wounded. Some leaders vanished and others were seized. Expelled from the capital, they circulated through the empire telling everyone “The Tsar will not help us!” The government suppressed the uprising, but this would only fuel the discontent in the years ahead. Niccolò Machiavelli (1469-1527) explained that because people are “quick to change their nature when they imagine they can improve their lot,” he wrote, a leader must also be shrewd.

“The fact is that a man who wants to act virtuously in every way necessarily comes to grief among so many who are not virtuous. Therefore, if a prince wants to maintain his rule he must be prepared not to be virtuous, and to make use of this or not according to need.” Machiavelli rejected the philosopher’s view of politics being a good leader is one who is humble, moral and honest. Instead, Machiavelli said quite frankly, “It is better to be feared than loved, if you cannot have both.” Modern politicians simply lie to our face while rejecting kindness or morality. They follow Machiavelli who argued that “Making an example of one or two offenders is kinder than being too compassionate, and allowing disorders to develop into murder and chaos which affects the whole community.” Indeed, people like Snowden are demonized by politicians as an example not to betray government for the sake of the people, morality, or justice. Machiavelli also warned that keeping one’s word can also be dangerous since “experience shows that those who do not keep their word get the better of those who do.” Therefore, the Second Stage is one of rising protests and discontent with initial confrontation against the government who relies upon the police state they have created. As long as the police continue to support the government against the people, this will inevitably lead to the next next Revolutionary stage. The THIRD STAGE is where it often becomes outright war in the streets as governments seek to retain power and refuse to see the error of their ways. In some revolutions, such as the Nika Revolt of 532AD, the police side with the people or stand back. In the case of the Ukrainian Revolution against Yanakovich, once the police saw that the people coming to the aid of the president were Russians, the police switched sides and supported the people. In the case of the Nika Revolt, the government called in the army who then massacred the people and the police. In the case of the American Revolution, the central power was in England and not local. This allowed the local authorities to differentiate themselves from the British. In the case of the Russian Revolution of 1991, Boris Yeltsin stood on the tank as asked the army not to fire upon their own people. Once the military power stood down, the government fell. It will always depend upon the loyalty of the police and army as to how a revolution will unfold. The FOURTH STAGE is retribution when in a domestic revolution in direct confrontation with the government and head of state. In the case of the American Revolution, the head of state was not within reach. However, they confiscated property and hung those who supported the king. Of course, in the case of the Russian Revolution, they executed the entire Romanov family. This is the phase of evening the score for years of suppression and injustice. The former head of state is often publicly killed and typically all their ministers. This was the case not just during the Russian Revolution, but the French Revolution with Louis XVI an his wife but the English Revolution where they seized King Charles I and beheaded him in public as well. There have also been incidents of assassination even after a loss as was the case with Abraham Lincoln in 1865. The FIFTH STAGE is typically the recovery stage where a new form of government emerges from the ashes. The intelligent political Moderates take power as was the case in the United States typically on the ideas of some Utopian system. Once again, this differs insofar as the political power was in England rather than America so there was not a wholesale murder campaign of all former ministers. In the case of the French Revolution, after the retribution stage where even the moderates were killed by the radicals led by Robespierre who seized control. As the French Revolution fell into the hands of Robespierre (1758-1794) he began a Reign of Terror (September 5, 1793-July 27, 1794) that would come to an end with his own death. This was followed by more uprisings and eventually the French Constitution was drafted (August 22-September 23, 1795), and approved with the Directory taking power. It is during this recovery stage where the radicals are usually overthrown and sometimes a new head of state emerges such as Napoleon or Oliver Cromwell. In the case of the United States where the former head of state was not local, the bureaucracy begins and we see the rise of political parties and divisions emerge once again between opposing political views. There is at this point the restoration of a sense of nationalism but the cycle of corruption slowly begins to take root.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/martin-armstrong-defunding-police-right-choice-or-next-step-revolution 

[:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Matthew 24:6 And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet.
7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places.
8 All these are the beginning of sorrows.  (KJV)

:: 6-16-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dramatic moment Russian fighter jets intercept U.S. military aircraft over the Baltic Sea - weeks after an American spy plane was 'buzzed' by SU-35s over the Mediterranean

American military aircraft were spotted above the Baltic Sea

Russian jets can be seen approaching what appears to be an American B-52 bomber and a Lockheed P3 Orion aircraft

Russian jets fly close to either side of US military aircraft in the footage

By Sophie Tanno For Mailonline Published: 07:38 EDT, 16 June 2020 | Updated: 11:20 EDT, 16 June 2020

This is the dramatic moment American military aircraft are intercepted by Russian fighter jets over the Baltic Sea. Russian jets can be seen approaching what appears to be an American B-52 bomber and a Lockheed P3 Orion aircraft in the skies above neutral waters of the Baltic Sea on Monday. An official statement from the Russian Ministry of Defence said: 'The air defence duty personnel of the Western Military District revealed the actions of the US Air Force B-52H strategic bombers and foreign reconnaissance aircraft over the neutral waters of the Baltic Sea and they were escorted by Russian fighters.' The incident comes after Russian fighter jets were accused of buzzing a US spy plane in an 'unsafe manner' over the Mediterranean Sea last month. In the most recent incident, Moscow said state borders had not been violated and that the Russian fighter jets carried out their actions in strict accordance with international rules for the use of airspace. In the video, Russian fighter jets can be seen flying close to either side of the bombers during the 'interception'. US and NATO aircraft were taking part in the annual BALTOPS exercise which has involved 28 ships and submarines, 28 aircraft and 3,000 personnel this year. The 49th iteration of the Baltic Operations exercise was focused this year on naval warfare at sea, partly by design and partly in response to COVID-19 pandemic. The week-long drills conclude today. The incident comes after U.S. fighter jets intercepted and escorted four Russian nuclear-capable bombers during a routine flight over neutral waters near Alaska last week. Russia said the 11-hour flight, carried out by its Tupolev Tu-95MS bombers, complied with international law and that U.S. F-22 Raptor tactical fighters had accompanied its planes during some stages of their flight. The interception of the bombers, which can carry nuclear missiles, came weeks after two Russian fighter jets were accused of flying in 'an unsafe and unprofessional manner' while intercepting a US spy plane over the Mediterranean Sea. The Russian jets 'flew in an unsafe and unprofessional manner' while intercepting a U.S. spy plane on Tuesday, May 26, over the Mediterranean Sea, the U.S. Navy said in a statement. The fighters 'took close station of the spy plane' over a period of 65 minutes, the statement read. It added: 'While the Russian aircraft was operating in international airspace, this interaction was irresponsible. 'We expect them to operate within international standards set to ensure safety'. The proximity of the two planes made it impossible for the US aircraft to 'safely manoeuvre'. 'The unnecessary actions of the Russian Su-35 pilots were inconsistent with good airmanship and international flight rules, and jeopardized the safety of flight of both aircraft,' the statement said. The encounter marked the third time in two months that Russian pilots buzzed U.S. aircraft.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8426215/Dramatic-moment-Russian-warplanes-intercept-U-S-strategic-bombers.html 

:: 6-17-20 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

INDIA ORDERS MILITARY TO "STOCK UP ON WAR RESERVES" OVER CHINA INCURSIONS

World News Desk 17 June 2020

In a high-level meeting chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi last night, the nation's armed forces have been ORDERED to stock up war reserves. A green light has also been given to the Indian Navy to deploy its assets in the Strait of Malacca region where it can counter Chinese warships. The Strait of Malacca is one of the world's major maritime choke-points and a primary shipping route for Chinese vessels. According to sources, a call for coordination has been made for the three services - Army, Navy, and Air Force - to prioritize the requirements, where necessary. Similarly, Air Force assets, which includes over 100 fighter jets, have also been asked to move up to forward locations. Sources added that the forces are operationally ready for intensive fighting but the order to stock up ammunition reserves is for more than a 20-day war. The development comes after a brutal face-off the Galwan Valley in which 20 Indian soldiers including an officer were killed, while on Wednesday army sources said that four others are also in critical condition. The following information comes from Hal Turner's former colleagues in the Intelligence Community, with whom he worked during his years with the FBI Joint Terrorism Task Force. Turner handled "national security intelligence, terrorism, and foreign counter-intelligence" according to sworn testimony, by Assistant Special Agent in Charge (ASAC) Amy Pickett of FBI New York City, in Brooklyn federal court, December, 2009.. He was one of the very few FBI Intel Assets granted "Extra-Territorial, fully operational authority" by the Office of Intelligence at FBI Headquarters in Washington, DC. In that role, he worked with Intelligen ce agencies around the world, and maintains contact with some of those former colleagues to this day. They feed him information that the mass-media never gets close to. We report it, here.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/india-orders-military-to-stock-up-on-war-reserves-over-china-incursions 

:: 6--20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taiwan warns off intruding Chinese aircraft for fourth time in nine days

Reporting by Ben Blanchard; Editing by Simon Cameron-Moore

TAIPEI (Reuters) - Taiwan jets on Wednesday again had to warn off Chinese air force aircraft that approached the island, Taiwan’s military said, the fourth such encounter in nine days as China steps up its activity near the Chinese-claimed island. The Chinese J-10, a fighter plane, and Y-8, a propeller aircraft often used for surveillance missions, entered Taiwan’s air defence identification zone around midday (0400GMT) to the southwest of the island, Taiwan’s air force said. Patrolling Taiwanese fighters gave a verbal warning to the Chinese aircraft to leave, whereupon they “immediately left” the air defence identification zone, the air force said in a brief statement. “At present the situation is normal,” it added, without giving further details. Since June 9, China’s air force has flown at least three other similar missions, and were each time chased off by Taiwanese jets, according to Taiwan’s military. Taiwan has complained that China, which claims the democratic island as its own, has stepped up military activities in recent months, menacing Taiwan even as the world deals with the coronavirus pandemic. China has not commented publicly on the recent Chinese air force activity near Taiwan. Beijing routinely says such exercises are nothing unusual and are designed to show the country’s determination to defend its sovereignty. China has never renounced the use of force to bring Taiwan under its control. One of China’s most senior generals last month said China would attack if there was no other way of stopping Taiwan becoming independent. China is deeply suspicious of Taiwanese President Tsai Ing-wen, whom it accuses of being a separatist intent on declaring formal independence. Tsai says Taiwan is already an independent country called the Republic of China, its official name.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-taiwan-china-defence-idUSKBN23O1QQ 

:: 6-16-20 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rumors Of Wars: China, India, North Korea, South Korea, Israel And Turkey All Move Toward War

June 16, 2020 by Michael Snyder

As if we didn’t have enough already going on in 2020, now we are facing the possibility that several regional wars may erupt. China and India had both been pouring troops into a disputed border region, and now there has been an incident where they were actually killing each other. On the Korean peninsula, North Korea just blew up “a joint liaison office” that it had used for talks with the South Korean government. And in the Middle East, Turkey is warning of grave consequences if Israel goes ahead with a plan to annex portions of Judea and Samaria. If a major regional war erupts at even one of these flashpoints, it will be another devastating blow for a global economy that is already imploding, and there is a very strong probability that the U.S. and other major western powers could be drawn into the conflict. Right now, most Americans are focused on our internal problems, and so they are paying very little attention to the growing crisis on the border between China and India. Both nations had sent substantial contingents of troops to an area of the border that has long been disputed, and a meeting that was supposed to defuse tensions actually resulted in soldiers killing one another… Chinese state media described the incident Monday night in the Galwan River valley where both countries have deployed troops in recent weeks as “the most serious clash between Chinese and Indian soldiers so far,” confirming casualties but offering no further details about them. Indian government sources speaking on the condition of anonymity told The Times of India that 20 Indian army personnel had died in the fighting. American intelligence believes 35 Chinese troops died, including one senior officer, a source familiar with that assessment tells U.S. News. The incident took place during a meeting in the mountainous region between the two sides – both of which had agreed to disarm – to determine how the two militaries would safely withdraw their presences from the region. This is the very first time in decades that Chinese and Indian troops have killed each other, and apparently very little shooting was involved… The meeting grew tense and resulted in a physical confrontation between the troops. According to the assessment, all of the casualties were from the use of batons and knives and from falls from the steep topography, the source says. That sounds like a scene from an overly gory Hollywood war movie, but reportedly this actually happened. Hopefully the leaders of the two nations will be able to cool tensions for a while, but the Chinese have a very long history of very bitter border disputes with their neighbors, and without a doubt China will continue to make attempts to exercise sovereignty over this area. Meanwhile, tensions on the Korean peninsula have risen to a level that we haven’t seen in many, many years. On Tuesday, North Korea actually blew up a building that had been used for negotiations with South Korea… North Korea has blown up a joint liaison office used for talks between itself and South Korea, the latest sign that ties between the two longtime adversaries are rapidly deteriorating. North Korean state media reported that the four-story building, which is located in the town of Kaesong just north of the demilitarized zone that divides the two Koreas, was “completely destroyed by a “terrific explosion” at 2:50 p.m. local time. That is certainly one way to make a statement. And this comes just days after Kim Jong Un’s sister, Kim Yo Jong, had issued a very ominous warning… In a cryptic statement late Saturday, Kim Yo Jong vowed her country would “soon take a next action” against South Korea — a move she suggested would be carried out by the country’s military.  “By exercising my power authorized by the Supreme Leader, our Party and the state, I gave an instruction to the arms of the department in charge of the affairs with enemy to decisively carry out the next action,” Kim said in the state-run Korean Central News Agency. All of a sudden, North Korea’s approach to relations with South Korea has dramatically shifted, and that shift has coincided with Kim Yo Jong taking a much more prominent role in national affairs. I believe that there is much more going on in North Korea than we are being told, and Kim Yo Jong appears to favor a much more militant approach than what we have become accustomed to in recent years. Over in the Middle East, the Times of Israel is reporting that the IDF is gearing up for a “state of war” as Israel prepares to annex portions of Judea and Samaria… Just over two weeks before a possible Israeli annexation of some as-yet unspecified portion of the West Bank, the Israel Defense Forces is preparing for a wide range of scenarios for potential regional fallout — up to and including a large-scale wave of terror attacks — while still not being told exactly what the government has in mind. The military is gearing up for possible massive unrest, Channel 12 reported Sunday evening, including what it is calling a potential “state of war” characterized by a Second Intifada-style onslaught of suicide bombing attacks. This week, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu once again made it clear that he does not intend to alter his plans, and that means that the process of annexation could start as soon as the beginning of July. A few weeks ago, I wrote an entire article about how this could potentially spark a major war in the region, and Arab leaders continue to make it clear that there will be “consequences” if Israel goes through with this… Israel’s plan to extend its sovereignty to the Jordan Valley, and parts of Judea and Samaria, will “destroy all hopes” for lasting peace in the Middle East, Turkey’s top diplomat said on Wednesday. “If the occupying power [Israel] crosses the red line, we [Muslim countries] must show that this will have consequences,” Turkish Foreign Minister Mevlut Cavusoglu said during a special meeting of the Organization of Islamic Cooperation Executive Committee, according to Turkey’s Anadolu Agency. We shall see what happens. I think that Netanyahu is convinced that Donald Trump is probably going to lose in November, and so that means that he probably believes that he only has a window of a few months in which he could annex portions of Judea and Samaria with U.S. support. It appears that Netanyahu is absolutely determined to move forward, and it also appears that Israel’s Arab neighbors are prepared to respond very forcefully. In just a few weeks, missiles could start flying back and forth, and the entire Middle East could erupt in flames. This is such a critical time, and let us pray for peace. But without a doubt we are living during a time of “wars and rumors of wars”, and it certainly isn’t going to take much to unleash a major conflict.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/rumors-of-wars-china-india-north-korea-south-korea-israel-and-turkey-all-move-toward-war 

:: 6-16-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Democrats Are Signaling End-Game Atrocities In a Post-Trump Take-Over

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, June 16, 2020 - 13:45.

Many people do not want to admit that there are FEMA camps which are awaiting the right dictator to incarcerate dissidents and so-called deplorables. If people admitted what was really happening in America, they would be forced to abandon their normalcy bias and take sides. It is so much easier to stay uninformed. Over the next several articles, I am going to make it difficult to stay uninvolved. If Trump is removed from office, we will likely see a major purge in this country in as little as 12 months from now. The Purpose of a Political Detention Camp (ie FEMA Camp) Hitler, Mao, et al., used concentration camps to dispose or re-educate citizens who might not be on board with the totalitarian regime change in their country. An examination of this topic should begin with a simple question: “Will American soldiers fire upon American citizens upon a martial law roundup of millions of Americans”? Unfortunately, the answer to that question is a moot point. It is clear from analyzing data from Army concentration camp materials, that American soldiers will be used to round up political detainees. However, the camps in which people will be deported to will ultimately be staffed and run by foreign troops and these troops will be under UN control. This document will make this point abundantly clear. The evidence comes from government files. There are three major elements, related to traditional concentration camps, which is what I allege will occur if the Democrats take over the government:

FEMA Camps are slave labor camps

FEMA Camps are intended death camps

FEMA Camps will eventually be run for foreign troops under UN control who will be willing to do to Americans, what American soldiers might not be willing to do.

Point #1: FEMA Camps Are Slave Labor Camps

As was the case with the NAZIS, slave labor will be a part of the landscape as evidenced by the following Army document.

Appendix J

J-20 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010 J-67.

Commanders must organize and manage detainees in such a manner as to permit the proper and ready employment of each detainee. Establish and maintain a current occupational skill record for each detainee. Include new skills as they are acquired. Assigning individual detainees to a work detail or job on a regular or permanent basis. Establishing vocational training projects and encouraging detainees to study and develop needed skills to the maximum extent possible.

LABOR CONSIDERATIONS J-68.

Detainee labor may be used to perform the following:

Camp administration and installation maintenance.

Agricultural work.

Public works, public utilities, and building operations that have no military character or purpose.

Transportation and handling of stores that are not military in nature or purpose.

Domestic service

I apologize and I do not wish to call anyone ignorant and uninformed, who rejects the notion of FEMA Camps, but they are indeed woefully ignorant usually by choice. The above material can also be found in Obama's Executive Order 13603. Both Obama's Executive Order and FM 39.4 are public record and as such, are irrefutable in these claims. The fact that Obama's 13603 EO is almost identical to this part of FM 39.4 demonstrates the resolve of the globalists to carry out this plot.

From Executive Order 13603

Article I, Section 1 of the U.S. Constitution states: “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States.” The key phrase here is: herein granted. Those powers granted to Congress by the States and the People are delineated in Article I, and primarily in Section 8 of the same. Nowhere does the Constitution say that federal agencies can "allocate" all food, energy, water, food and all labor. However, this is precisely what EO 13603 calls for. This EO would be concerning enough. However, this EO turns every American into a slave through the stroke of Obama's pen, or whatever liberal would follow Obama into the White House. I am of the opinion that Obama was to be followed by Clinton and she would have executed this EO.

Loving Your Enslavement

According to EO 13603, the President, or the head of any federal agency that he shall designate, can conscript “persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation,” in both “peacetime and times of national emergency.” I can hear the Leftist supporters now as they will write to me and say, "No Democrat would never do that, you are drinking from the Kool-Aid". Well, here it is, you can read it for yourself.

Sec. 502. Consultants. The head of each agency otherwise delegated functions under this order is delegated the authority of the President under sections 710(b) and (c) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(b), (c), to employ persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation and to employ experts, consultants, or organizations. The authority delegated by this section may not be redelegated.

This means that Obama made it possible for his fellow communist successors to seize any resource, property, or person at any time for any reason, including being able to force that person to perform assigned labor without being paid. There is only ONE word for forced, "uncompensated employment". That would is slavery. Where is Antifa when you really need them? Congratulations to President Obama, he effectively repealed the 13th Amendment to the Constitution. Section 601 of the act specifies, in part, how far the government can go in terms of making you their slave.

Sec. 601. Secretary of Labor. (a) The Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall: (1) collect and maintain data necessary to make a continuing appraisal of the Nation’s workforce needs for purposes of national defense; (2) upon request by the Director of Selective Service, and in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, assist the Director of Selective Service in development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services; (3) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order, consult with that agency with respect to: (i) the effect of contemplated actions on labor demand and utilization; (ii) the relation of labor demand to materials and facilities requirements; and (iii) such other matters as will assist in making the exercise of priority and allocations functions consistent with effective utilization and distribution of labor; (4) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order: (i) formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and (ii) estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs If the above section was merely going to be a military draft, then the Secretary of Labor would not have to be involved. However, as you will note the "Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall: ...assist in the development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services;... formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and (ii) estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs...". Refer back to section 502 of sections 710(b) and (c) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(b), (c); these are the people that the Secretary of the Labor will conscript in order "to employ persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation and to employ experts, consultants, or organizations". This, my fellow Americans, is a civilian conscription and this is why the Secretary of Labor is in charge instead of the head of the Selective Service! Under these provisions, the government believes that they can send you anywhere, to work on anything of their choosing and without pay. From the perspective of history, concentration camps are notoriously known for being institutions of murder. Based on this notion, I scoured the Army concentration camp manual entitled FM 3-39.40 Internment and Resettlement Operations (PDF), and found only scant reference to the subject of deaths in the concentration camps. Now wait a minute, this document painstakingly describes interrogation processes, food preparation, the transport and care of detainees, but they barely mention how they are going to deal with dead bodies? Aren't people going to die in captivity? In a facility filled with a divergent population with regard to age, health status and physical conditioning, should the authorities be concerned with what happens when an inmate dies from an unexpected heart attack or stroke? What would they do with the dead bodies? If proper preparations are not taken for the proper care and disposal of dead bodies, wouldn't that imperil the health of fellow inmates, not to mention the guards and other military personnel? This should be a primary concern for any facility. However, this is the one area where the FEMA camp Army manual is relatively silent and suspiciously so. Point #2: FEMA Camps Are Death Camps

From the aforementioned references, the following passages speaks to how the Army deals with the subject of death as it is related to the concentration camps:

5-69. When a detainee in U.S. custody dies, the attending medical officer will immediately furnish the detention facility commander or hospital commander (or the commander of the unit that exercised custody over the detainee if the death did not occur in a facility) with the -Detainee’s full name. -Detainee’s ISN/capture tag (mandatory). -Date, place, and circumstances of the detainee’s death. -Initial assessment as to whether the detainee’s death was, or was not, the result of the deceased’s own misconduct. -The initial assessment as to the cause of death. What is interesting about 5-69 is the cause of death is not categorized in any meaningful manner except to say that there is a conscious effort to determine if the death of the inmate was due to “their own actions”.

5-72. …the Office of the Armed Forces Medical Examiner is responsible for completing a final DD Form 2064 that will include a statement that “death was (or was not) the result of the deceased’s own misconduct” in the block labeled “Circumstances Surrounding Death Due to External Causes.”

Notice in the above (5-72) that only meaningful categories of inmate death are (1) the detainee’s own misconduct and (2) death due to external causes. What about natural causes?

5-73. The NRDC will notify the ICRC of all detainee deaths. The NDRC will maintain detainee DD Forms 2064 for the period of hostilities or occupation, for the duration of any other military operation, or as otherwise directed. When authorized, the NDRC will archive detainee DD Forms 2064.

There is a key phrase that goes unnoticed. the phrase is “The NDRC will maintain detainee DD Forms 2064 for the period of the hostilities or occupation…”

In other words, there will be no Nuremberg trials for genocide because the records will be not be permanently maintained (i.e. destroyed). Again, it is stunning that for a manual which spells out, in detail, every possible consideration of how detainees will be handled, they omit the disposal of dead bodies. Will there be a military regulation that nobody can drop dead in the camp of a heart attack? Or, is this because except for the occasional spontaneous death, the Army seems very unconcerned about disposing of dead bodies at a facility of mass detention? I can only come to one conclusion, most of the deaths associated with the detainees, will not occur at the facility itself and this explains why the Army is seemingly unconcerned with this issue. In other words, people will be taken for extermination to a secondary site. Is that why the 2015 converted Walmarts are located near railroad tracks? As just mentioned, these facts opens a whole host of possibilities. Are the unhealthy going to be transported to a tertiary facility to be humanely treated while their medical conditions will be treated? I think it is fairly easy to see where I am going with this. Former FEMA official, Celeste Solum, has stated that this is unquestionably true. Can we really expect the “authorities” who have committed an inhumane act by incarcerating people for no legitimate reason to suddenly discover their conscience and treat the infirm with compassion and dignity? Death camp deniers have to go to extraordinary lengths to defend their hear no evil, see no evil opinion related to this topic.

The Land of Chaz Seems to Indicate What Is Coming Recent statements coming out of the George Soros sponsored Antifa terrorists, occupying the former American city of Seattle now called Chaz, have recently had some very disturbing comments recently coming out of the occupied, so-called “autonomous zone”. I have recently covered the statements of Chaz occupiers with regard to comments about (1) rounding up all white people in the occupation zone; and, (2) strongly implied that all non-compliant people, with regard to Antifa policies, will be beheaded. It is my contention and I think recent current events bear out this possibility that if Trump is defeated in November, or is forcibly removed from office before the election, that we will see a ticket of Biden/Clinton. Biden is clearly in severe cognitive decline will not make it past a few months in the White House. I believe his recent comments reflect the fact that he knows this is true. He recently stated that he wanted a woman Vice President who was ready to become President on day one. I think Biden was unintentionally signaling plan that he will take the oath of office and quickly resign. Many of us in the Independent Media think that person will be Hillary. Do you remember, when 4 years ago, Hillary referred to conservatives as “deplorables” and that we all needed to go to a “Fun (ie FEMA) camp”?

Conclusion The documentation for recognizing the clear path that we are on runs deep. The alarm has clearly sounded for some as they read this article. Many more will require more proof which is coming in the next article in this series.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-economics-education/democrats-are-signaling-end-game-atrocities-post-trump-take-over 

:: 6-16-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Escape from New York or is it “Escape from Seattle?” New Democrat “Autonomous Zone” resembles scenes from fiction movies

Tuesday, June 16, 2020 by: S.D. Wells

(Natural News) Who’s to blame for the fall of Seattle, the Russians or Trump? It looks like a war zone in there, and they’ve built up makeshift walls around the idiot-led autonomous zone, so are they now saying that walls work? Are they trying to keep immigrants from entering? Maybe they have young children in cages in there that are separated from their parents at the “border.” Actual intelligent Americans can’t figure out if this is a scene from the movie “Idiocracy” or “Escape from New York.” Maybe it’s a mix of both, where a dark and stupid warlord is running America and everybody is either starving to death or stuck in a huge anarchist prison that encompasses the entire downtown district. All the takeout food they bought got stolen by homeless people. Leading Democrats of America want the whole country to look like this violent, lawless, idiot-zone as soon as possible. That is the plan.

Will Kurt Russell “Escape from Seattle” Autonomous Prison Zone, or will he be killed bucking the new rule of law? The Seattle Mayor and Governor love the terror zone, offering their absolute support for BLM, Antifa, and anyone who wants to come there and scream for anarchy. Welcome to the United States of Autonomous Zones. This is what you get when you vote for Democrats. We go live now inside the decagon of the new U.S. autonomous zone in Seattle: Democrat anarchist and rapist Warlord Raz Simone celebrates the Utopian Socialist Communist city grid of anarchy, homelessness and starvation No police! No laws! Free money! Vegan Food! These are the demands of all Democrats in America, represented now by their new socialist leader in Seattle, who has risen to power out of nowhere, like a supernova, challenging the demented leadership of Joe Biden, Nancy Pelosi, and Chuck Schumer. As Warlord Raz Simone writes new rap songs about raping girls while spray painting graffiti on walls with the new socialist laws of America, all the believers bow down to him in the new idiot zone, just like Pelosi and Schumer who recently wore African tribal slave garb to promote enslaving Blacks around the world, while taking a Floyd knee, pretending to care about American Blacks’ plight. Most Americans are brainwashed to believe that BLM (Black Lives Matter) is some peaceful organization that just wants equal rights for Black people, but they’re just about as bad as Antifa, rioting in the streets, looting, and beating down anyone who disagrees with them. This is what “no police” means to them. They get to steal, vandalize, rape and murder anyone they want to anytime they want to, as long as it’s in the name of justice, equality, and the autonomous zonethe new third world Democrat Capital of America. Realize right now that Seattle is run by spineless Democrats who love the autonomous zone and all that it stands for. All Democrats in America want no borders, no police, free college, and 70 percent income tax to pay for it all, including fake climate change policy. Watering the crops with Gatorade (Idiocracy) doesn’t seem to be working out for some odd reason that the Democrats can’t figure out. Hail to President Camacho! The new leader of the United States of Autonomous Zones. Welcome to Seattle, Washington, 2020. We go live now inside the US autonomous zone, where President “Raz” Camacho speaks wisdom to his autonomous followers: All of this staged idiocy while Democrat Governors still swear the lock down is necessary to fight coronavirus

Coronavirus is indeed the strangest and smartest virus to ever live on planet Earth. Have you heard how it spreads so mysteriously? It lurks in every school in America, especially the blue states, but it dies immediately at Home Depot. It wreaks havoc in churches and temples nationwide, and people who pray and believe in God are ultra-vulnerable; however, the virus is mind-boggling in the way that it vanishes when Democrat protesters stand close together holding signs. Covid is probably infecting all the great citizens of the autonomous zone. Oh no. They may be safe though, because corona can’t spread when you buy and drink alcohol in America, that’s why all the liquor stores remained open while all “non-essential” businesses had to close. Strange also how Covid lives on footballs, basketballs and baseball bats, but dies on all the Walmart shopping carts. At least all the grocery store clerks are being super careful, not touching the bag you brought, while touching every product you chose and the cash you take out of your wallet or purse. So very common-sense of them and caring.  Let’s all be very careful when we go back to work, restaurants, small businesses, sporting events, and school in the fall, unless of course, the entire USA is one huge autonomous zone, where the virus dies instantly when you shout out “Black Lives Matter!” Be sure to buy yourself some anti-virus African slave garb like Nancy Pelosi and Chuck Schumer and wear it everywhere, and tune your internet dial to Trump.news for updates on the viral spread of the autonomous zone. Isn’t Bill Gates a genius to release such a smart lab-made virus? What will he think of next? Now listen to Tommy Vext explain exactly what Black Lives Matter is REALLY about, who owns it, who gets all the donations, and why they have so many American Blacks brainwashed to believe they’re supporting a valid cause (while all the donations directly pay for the political campaign costs of the psychotic Democrat front-runners for President).

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-06-16-escape-from-seattle-democrat-autonomous-zone-resembles-fiction-movies.html

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Through Many Tribulations

By Hal Lindsey

One-night last month, one of the world’s most famous landmarks, the Colosseum in Rome, glowed red. According to Vatican News, officials bathed the ancient arena in red light “as a sign of solidarity with all those who are persecuted for their faith.” Before now, had you heard about that? Usually, western media outlets look for stories with dramatic imagery. The Colosseum’s famous silhouette, bathed in red against a stark, black backdrop, would seem to fit the bill. They also love a story with a good twist. Officials used the Colosseum, once a symbol of Christian persecution, to strike a blow against such persecution. But despite an interesting, ready-made story, the media paid little attention. To cover it would mean admitting that there is a story here. And once they admit that, they will have to explain that the story is huge and ongoing — especially in Nigeria. Giulio Meotti, writing for the Gatestone Institute, said, “The West does not seem to care about the ongoing Islamic terrorist genocide on Africa’s biggest Christian population in Nigeria.” Terrorism usually gets the frontpage treatment. Genocide makes this story global and historic. But western media elites could not care less about Africa. The reasons are more complex than simple racism, but you can’t help wondering if that’s not part of it. In one February attack, radical Islamic terrorists went through 15 villages in Nigeria. They murdered townspeople, burned churches, and razed the homes of known Christians. Several sources quote a witness as saying, “Despite several calls to the governor and his deputy, and other security apparatus, the government remained silent as the atrocities continued. The Fulani (a west African Muslim people) were able to carry out their deadly attack. They stayed for hours in the vicinity, moving at will, unchallenged.” Wole Soyinka, a Nigerian Nobel laureate for literature, called the Islamic terrorists a “horde.” He said their goal is to “Islamize the nation.” Bishop Hyacinth Egbebo, a Nigerian Catholic, said, “If Nigeria falls to Islamic extremists, all of Africa will be at risk.” It would be a mistake to think of Nigeria as insignificant or far away. Nigerians are as important in God’s eyes as Americans. But even from a selfish point of view, remember that what happens there does not stay there! Meotti wrote, “The West truly needs to care about the daily carnage suffered by this poor, black, Christian and abandoned population. Wole Soyinka's ‘horde’ will not be confined to the Nigerian borders, but will try to strike Western Europe as well.” Not long ago, a mob in Vietnam attacked two dozen Christians. They were new converts from a group known as Hmong. CBN News wrote, “Their conversion provoked the village chief who threatened to expel the believers from the community if they didn’t renounce their new-found faith. The Hmong Christians refused to recant, prompting a mob to attack them.” After a period of relative tolerance, Christian persecution in Vietnam is on the rise. In fact, it’s on the rise everywhere.  In Turkey, an American pastor, Andrew Brunson, faces life in prison. He’s accused of “terrorism.” You’re probably wondering what act of “terrorism” this Christian minister could have been up to. The answer is that he shared the Gospel. That means in today’s Turkey, for a Christian minister to read John 3:16 is considered an act of terror. Turkey’s President Recep Erdogan is playing a game of global power politics. Many have suggested that Pastor Brunson is merely a pawn in that game. But it’s more than that. Erdogan could have chosen any American as a hostage. He chose a Christian minister because he fears the Gospel. Jesus said, “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” (NASB) To a despot like Erdogan, those are the scariest words in the world. Attacks on freedom of religion and belief — especially Christian belief — are escalating around the world. Sometimes it’s the persecution of a group, and sometimes it’s a lone individual. Right now in Nigeria, a girl named Liah Sharibu is being held by the Islamic terror group, Boko Haram. The terrorists abducted 110 girls in February. After intense government negotiation, they returned 104. Five died in captivity. Only Liah remains in terrorist hands. One of the returning girls explained that Boko Haram refused to release Liah because she would not renounce her faith in Christ. “She was held back,” the released girl said. “We were freed because we are Muslim girls and they didn’t want us to suffer.” Another girl released by Boko Haram relayed that the terrorists said they would keep Liah “until she converted.” Imagine how Liah’s parents feel. How would you feel? Her father, Nata Sharibu, told a Nigerian radio station, “I am very sad, but I am also jubilating, too, because my daughter did not denounce Christ.” Salvation is free. Jesus paid the whole price. But in this world, bearing His name carries its own cost. In Acts 14:22, Paul the great teacher of grace, gave this warning to the Christians of Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch. “Through many tribulations we must enter the kingdom of God.” It reminds me of the third verse of John Newton’s “Amazing Grace.” “Through many dangers, toils and snares I have already come. ‘Tis grace hath brought me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home!” That amazing grace abides with Liah Sharibu and Andrew Brunson. It abides with millions around the world facing various levels of persecution because of their stands for Christ. If you are His, it also abides with you. According to the Bible, as we approach the end of the age, persecution of believers will increase. But don’t despair. In John 16:33, Jesus said, “In the world you have tribulation, but take courage; I have overcome the world.” (NASB)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-24-2018/ 

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Answering Fear

By Hal Lindsey

I’ve never counted them, but I have read that phrases like “fear not” or “do not be afraid” occur over 300 times in the Bible. Clearly, God does not want us to be afraid. In fact, He commands us not to fear.  That’s because, in many ways, fear and faith are opposites. And Hebrews 11:6 says, “Without faith it is impossible to please Him, for he who comes to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of those who seek Him.” And yet, when countries around the world are declaring national emergencies, the temptation to fear can grow. When markets falter, and wealth disappears before our eyes, we might be tempted to feel anxiety. The coronavirus COVID-19 is what Psalm 91:6 calls a “pestilence that stalks in darkness.” We know it’s there, and we know it’s deadly, but we can’t see it. When we’re tempted to fear, what does God say? 2 Timothy 1:7 says, “God has not given us a spirit of fear, but of power and of love and of a sound mind.” In Acts 20, Paul talked about his many afflictions and trials. Then, in verse 24, he put those difficulties into perspective. He said, “But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God.” If your hope is in this world only, then you should be afraid. But if through the finished work of Jesus on the cross, you live in the assurance of heaven, then don’t be afraid. Don’t be moved by any of the things the world is throwing at you. Romans 8:15 says, “For you have not received a spirit of slavery leading to fear again, but you have received a spirit of adoption as sons by which we cry out, ‘Abba! Father!’” The New Living Bible translates Philippians 4:6 like this. “Don't worry about anything; instead, pray about everything. Tell God what you need, and thank him for all he has done.” Cry out to Him as a child would cry out to his dear father — full of faith and trust. Then thank Him for all He has done.

1 John 4:18 says, “There is no fear in love; but perfect love casts out fear.”

Psalms 34:4 says, “I sought the Lord, and He answered me, And delivered me from all my fears.”

In John 14:27, Jesus said, “Peace I leave with you; My peace I give to you; not as the world gives, do I give to you. Let not your heart be troubled, nor let it be fearful.”

Psalms 57:1 says, “In the shadow of Your wings I will make my refuge, Until these calamities have passed by.”

Isaiah 26:3 says, “Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee: because he trusteth in Thee.”

These are difficult days. We should be prudent and plan things as well as we can. But panic? Fear? No! Let the Living God keep you in perfect peace.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-18-2020/ 

:: 6-16-20 Frontpagemag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When Islam Came

Remembering the rape of an ancient Christian city.

Tue Jun 16, 2020 Frontpagemag.com

Raymond Ibrahim is a Shillman Fellow at the David Horowitz Freedom Center.

This last May 29 was the 567th-year anniversary of the Islamic conquest of Constantinople, one of ancient Christianity’s greatest capitals that for the previous seven centuries had, as Europe’s easternmost bulwark, withstood Islam. Lesser known is what immediately followed this Muslim seizure of “New Rome”—which Turkey is immensely proud of—as described below (note: all quotes are from contemporary sources, mostly eyewitnesses): Once inside the city on that fateful May 29, 1453, the “enraged Turkish soldiers . . . gave no quarter”: When they had massacred and there was no longer any resistance, they were intent on pillage and roamed through the town stealing, disrobing, pillaging, killing, raping, taking captive men, women, children, old men, young men, monks, priests, people of all sorts and conditions… There were virgins who awoke from troubled sleep to find those brigands standing over them with bloody hands and faces full of abject fury… [The Turks] dragged them, tore them, forced them, dishonored them, raped them at the cross-roads and made them submit to the most terrible outrages… Tender children were brutally snatched from their mothers’ breasts and girls were pitilessly given up to strange and horrible unions, and a thousand other terrible things happened. . . Because thousands of citizens had fled to and were holed up in Hagia Sophia, the ancient basilica offered an excellent harvest of slaves—once its doors were axed down. “One Turk would look for the captive who seemed the wealthiest, a second would prefer a pretty face among the nuns. . . . Each rapacious Turk was eager to lead his captive to a safe place, and then return to secure a second and a third prize. . . . Then long chains of captives could be seen leaving the church and its shrines, being herded along like cattle or flocks of sheep.” The slavers sometimes fought each other to the death over “any well-formed girl,” even as many of the latter “preferred to cast themselves into the wells and drown rather than fall into the hands of the Turks.” Having taken possession of one of Christendom’s greatest and oldest basilicas—nearly a thousand years old at the time of its capture—the invaders “engaged in every kind of vileness within it, making of it a public brothel.” On “its holy altars” they enacted “perversions with our women, virgins, and children,” including “the Grand Duke’s daughter who was quite beautiful.” She was forced to “lie on the great altar of Hagia Sophia with a crucifix under her head and then raped.” Next “they paraded the [Hagia Sophia’s main] Crucifix in mocking procession through their camp, beating drums before it, crucifying the Christ again with spitting and blasphemies and curses. They placed a Turkish cap . . . upon His head, and jeeringly cried, ‘Behold the god of the Christians!’” Many other churches in the ancient city suffered the same fate. “The crosses which had been placed on the roofs or the walls of churches were torn down and trampled.” The Eucharist was hurled to the ground; holy icons were stripped of gold, “thrown to the ground and kicked.” Bibles were stripped of their gold or silver illuminations before being burned. “Icons were without exception given to the flames.” Patriarchal vestments were placed on the haunches of dogs; priestly garments were placed on horses. “Everywhere there was misfortune, everyone was touched by pain” when Sultan Muhammad II (“Mehmet”) finally made his grand entry into the city. “There were lamentations and weeping in every house, screaming in the crossroads, and sorrow in all churches; the groaning of grown men and the shrieking of women accompanied looting, enslavement, separation, and rape.” The sultan rode to Hagia Sophia, dismounted, and went in, “marveling at the sight” of the grand basilica. After having it cleansed of its crosses, statues, and icons—the sultan himself knocked over and trampled on its altarMuhammad ordered a muezzin to ascend the pulpit and sound “their detestable prayers. Then this son of iniquity, this forerunner of Antichrist, mounted upon the Holy Table to utter forth his own prayers,” thereby “turning the Great Church into a heathen shrine for his god and his Mahomet.” To cap off his triumph, Muhammad had the “wretched citizens of Constantinople” dragged before his men during evening festivities and “ordered many of them to be hacked to pieces, for the sake of entertainment.” The rest of the city’s population—as many as forty-five thousand—were hauled off in chains to be sold as slaves. It is this “heritage” that millions of Turks—beginning with their president, Erdoğan—are eager to honor through their incessant calls to transform the Hagia Sophia, which has been a museum since 1945, into a mosque again. Salih Turhan, head of the Anatolian Youth Association, puts it well: “As the grandchildren of Muhammad the Conqueror, seeking the re-opening Hagia Sophia as a mosque is our legitimate right.” Openly idolizing Muhammad II and trying to do what he did—transform Hagia Sophia into a mosque to honor the “souls of all who left us this work as inheritance, especially Istanbul’s conqueror [Muhammad],” as Erdoğan himself proclaims—is tantamount to Turkey saying, “We are proud of [and seek to emulate?] our ancestors who slaughtered, enslaved, and raped people and stole their lands simply because they were Christian infidels.” Not, of course, that anyone notices or cares, being so overwhelmed by and paralyzed from putting down rioting criminals who—not unlike the “enraged” Muslims’ initial entry into Constantinople described above—are “intent on pillage and roamed through the town stealing.”

Note: The above account was adapted from the author's book, Sword and Scimitar: Fourteen Centuries of War between Islam and the West.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2020/06/ibrahim-when-islam-came-frontpagemagcom/ 

:: 6-16-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Signs Executive Order Overhauling Police Reform, Training, Discipline

Tuesday, 16 June 2020 04:59 PM

Following weeks of national protests since the death of George Floyd, President Donald Trump signed an executive order Tuesday he said would encourage better police practices. But he made no mention of the roiling national debate over racism spawned by police killings of black men and women. Trump met privately with the families of several black Americans killed in interactions with police before his Rose Garden signing ceremony, and said he grieved for the lives lost and families devastated. But then he quickly shifted his tone and devoted most of his public remarks to a need to respect and support “the brave men and women in blue who police our streets and keep us safe.” He characterized the officers who have used excessive force as a "tiny" number of outliers among "trustworthy" police ranks. "Reducing crime and raising standards are not opposite goals," he said before signing the order, flanked by police officials. Trump and Republicans in Congress have been rushing to respond to the mass demonstrations against police brutality and racial prejudice that have raged for weeks across the country in response to the deaths of Floyd and other black Americans. It's a sudden shift that underscores how quickly the protests have changed the political conversation and pressured Washington to act. But Trump, who has faced criticism for failing to acknowledge systemic racial bias and has advocated for rougher police treatment of suspects in the past, has continued to hold his 'law and order." line. At the signing event, he railed against those who committed violence during the largely peaceful protests while hailing the vast majority of officers as selfless public servants. Trump’s executive order would establish a database that tracks police officers with excessive use-of-force complaints in their records. Many officers who wind up involved in fatal incidents have long complaint histories, including Derek Chauvin, the white Minneapolis police officer who has been charged with murder in the death of Floyd. Those records are often not made public, making it difficult to know if an officer has such a history. The order would also give police departments a financial incentive to adopt best practices and encourage co-responder programs, in which social workers join police when they respond to nonviolent calls involving mental health, addiction and homeless issues.

Trump said that, as part of the order, the use of chokeholds, which have become a symbol of police brutality, would be banned “except if an officer’s life is at risk." Actually, the order instructs the Justice Department to push local police departments to be certified by a “reputable independent credentialing body" with use-of-force policies that prohibit the use of chokeholds, except when the use of deadly force is allowed by law. Chokeholds are already largely banned in police departments nationwide. While Trump hailed his efforts as "historic," Democrats and other critics said he didn't go nearly far enough. Senate Democratic leader Chuck Schumer said, "One modest inadequate executive order will not make up for his decades of inflammatory rhetoric and his recent policies designed to roll back the progress that we’ve made in previous years." Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said the order "falls sadly and seriously short of what is required to combat the epidemic of racial injustice and police brutality that is murdering hundreds of Black Americans." Kristina Roth at Amnesty International USA said the order "amounts to a Band-Aid for a bullet wound." But Trump said others want to go too far. He, framed his plan as an alternative to the "defund the police" movement to fully revamp departments that has emerged from the protests and which he slammed as "radical and dangerous." "Americans know the truth: Without police there is chaos. Without law there is anarchy and without safety there is catastrophe," he said. Trump's audience included police officials and members of Congress, and came after he met privately at the White House with the families of men and women who have been killed in interactions with police. White House press secretary Kayleigh McEnany told reporters, many tears were shed at the meeting and "the president was devastated." Trump listed the families' relatives who died and said: "To all the hurting families, I want you to know that all Americans mourn by your side. Your loved ones will not have died in vain." White House adviser Ja'Ron Smith said it was "a mutual decision" for the families not to attend the public signing.  "It really wasn't about doing a photo opportunity," he said. "We wanted the opportunity to really hear from the families and protect them. I mean I think it's really unfortunate that some civil rights groups have even attacked them for coming." The White House action came as Democrats and Republicans in Congress have been rolling out their own packages of policing changes. Sen. Tim Scott, R-S.C., the sole African American Republican in the Senate, has been crafting the GOP legislative package, which will include new restrictions on police chokeholds and greater use of police body cameras, among other provisions. While the emerging GOP package isn't as extensive as sweeping Democratic proposals, which are headed for a House vote next week, it includes perhaps the most far-reaching proposed changes ever from a party that often echoes Trump's “law and order” rhetoric. It remains unclear whether the parties will be able to find common ground. Though their proposals share many similar provisions — both would create a national database so officers cannot transfer from one department to another without public oversight of their records, for instance — differences remain.

The Republican bill does not go as far as the Democrats' on the issue of eliminating qualified immunity, which would allow those injured by law enforcement personnel to sue for damages. The White House has said that is a step too far. As an alternative, Scott has suggested a “decertification” process for officers involved in misconduct. During the Obama administration, Attorney General Eric Holder opened a series of civil rights investigations into local law enforcement practices that often ended with court-approved consent decrees that mandated reforms. Those included Ferguson, Missouri, after the killing of Michael Brown and Baltimore following the police custody death of Freddie Gray. Hours before he resigned as Trump's first attorney general in November 2018, Jeff Sessions signed a memo that sharply curtailed the use of consent decrees.

https://www.newsmax.com/headline/trump-executive-order-policing/2020/06/16/id/972471/ 

:: 6-16-20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

S Korea promises to react strongly if North furthers tensions

Pyongyang blew up a liaison office in the border town of Kaesong after days of threats of military action by the North Korean leadership.

by Rob McBride 22 hours ago

South Korea says it will respond strongly if North Korea keeps raising tensions after Pyongyang blew up a liaison office in the border town of Kaesong. It comes after days of threats of military action by the North Korean leadership. Al Jazeera's Rob McBride reports from Seoul. and the news story continues..

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/06/korea-promises-react-strongly-north-furthers-tensions-200616163543819.html 

:: 6-16-20 Market Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PG&E pleads guilty to involuntary manslaughter, admits it caused fire that killed 84 people in 2018

Published: June 16, 2020 at 2:41 p.m. ET  By Associated Press

CEO Bill Johnson entered guilty pleas on behalf of the company for 84 felony counts of involuntary manslaughter stemming from the fire SAN RAMON, Calif. (AP) — Pacific Gas & Electric confessed Tuesday to killing 84 people in a devastating 2018 wildfire that wiped out the Northern California town of Paradise in November 2018. PG&E PCG, -0.14% CEO Bill Johnson entered guilty pleas on behalf of the company for 84 felony counts of involuntary manslaughter stemming from the fire, which was blamed on the company’s crumbling electrical grid. “Our equipment started that fire,” said Johnson, who apologized directly to the victims’ families. “PG&E will never forget the Camp Fire and all that it took away from the region.” Although the admission was part of a plea deal, it came during a dramatic court hearing designed to publicly shame the nation’s largest utility for neglecting its infrastructure. Butte County Superior Court Judge Michael Deems read the name of each victim aloud in the courtroom while the images of the dead were shown on large screen as Johnson entered a plea for each of the counts. The fire killed 85 people, but prosecutors weren’t certain they could prove PG&E was responsible for one of the deaths. Johnson also pleaded guilty on behalf of the company to one felony county of unlawfully starting a fire. Now Playing: Security Video Shows Fatal Police Shooting in Atlanta

Visit our Video Center Later Tuesday, Butte County District Attorney Mike Ramsey is expected to release a long-awaited grand jury indictment detailing the corporate misconduct that ignited the November 2018 wildfire that destroyed Paradise, California, located about 170 miles (275 kilometers) northeast of San Francisco. PG&E has agreed to pay a maximum fine of $3.5 million for its crimes in addition to $500,000 for the cost of the investigation. The San Francisco company won’t be placed on criminal probation, unlike what happened after its natural gas lines blew up a neighborhood in San Bruno, California, killing eight people in 2010. That tragedy resulted in a criminal conviction that put San Francisco on a five-year probation that ends in January 2022. With no prospect of jail time for a corporation, Ramsey tried to use Tuesday’s hearing to force PG&E to confront the death and destruction stemming from its its corporate culture of placing a greater priority on profits for its shareholders than protecting the safety of the 16 million Northern Californians who rely on the utility for power. PG&E is hoping to emerge from its nearly year-and-half-long bankruptcy. The company has agreed to pay $25.5 billion for losses from the 2018 fire and other blazes in 2017 blamed on its crumbling equipment. The company says it has already made changes that will create a more reliable and safer electrical grid, although it still expects to rely on deliberate power outages during the next few years to minimize the risks of causing more fires. More than 20 family members of people killed in the 2018 wildfire are expected to appear before Deems in a proceeding Wednesday. The proceeding unfolded as PG&E approaches the end of a complicated bankruptcy case that the company used to work out $25.5 billion in settlements to pay for the damages from the fire and others that torched wide swaths of Northern California and killed dozens of others in 2017. The bankruptcy deals include $13.5 billion earmarked for wildfire victims. A federal judge plans to approve or reject PG&E’s plan for getting out of bankruptcy by June 30. “We want this to be impactful because this can’t go on any longer,” Butte County District Attorney Mike Ramsey told The Associated Press. “There is going to have to be a sea change in PG&E’s method of operation.” The judge will formally sentence PG&E on Thursday or Friday, according to Ramsey. The plea agreement also spares PG&E from being placed on criminal probation for a second time. The company is in the midst of a five-year probation under the withering supervision of U.S. District Judge William Alsup for a 2010 explosion in its natural gas lines that blew up a neighborhood in San Bruno and killed eight people. The probation lasts until January 2022. Since filing for bankruptcy early last year, PG&E says it has been dramatically altering a corporate culture that prioritized profits for its shareholders over the safety of the 16 million people who rely on the utility. The company says it is being more vigilant about trimming trees around its power lines and replacing outdated equipment before it crumbles, although Alsup has repeatedly scolded PG&E for not doing even more to ensure its grid doesn’t cause more tragedy. As part of a deal with California power regulators, PG&E will replace 11 of its 14 board members. CEO Bill Johnson will step down June 30.

Despite PG&E’s pledge, critics fear more danger looms during an upcoming wildfire season after an unusually dry winter in Northern California.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/pge-pleads-guilty-to-involuntary-manslaughter-admits-it-caused-fire-that-killed-84-people-in-2018-2020-06-16 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 6-16-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indian Army Confirms 20 Troops Died after Clash with Chinese Forces

Zachary Evans,  National Review•June 16, 2020

The Indian army has confirmed that at least 20 of its soldiers have died after a clash in the Himalayan Mountains on Monday. “Indian and Chinese troops have disengaged at the Galwan area where they had earlier clashed on the night of 15/16 June,” the Indian army said in a statement. “17 Indian troops were critically injured in the line of dutyand exposed to sub-zero temperatures in the high altitude terrain have succumbed to their injuries, taking the total that were killed in action to 20.” The statement came hours after the Indian authorities first announced that three of its troops had been killed in the confrontation. The incident marks the first time since 1975 that Indian soldiers were killed in clashes with China’s People’s Liberation Army. Indian officials told the Associated Press that the recent clash involved fistfights and stone-throwing, without the use of any firearms. Troop regulations along the border prevent each side from manning border posts with firearms. India said the clash was started “as a result of an attempt by the Chinese side to unilaterally change the status quo” at the border, while China Foreign Ministry spokesman Zhao Lijian said that “Indian troops seriously violated the consensus of the two sides, crossed the border illegally twice and carried out provocative attacks on Chinese personnel.” China has been building up its troop presence in the Galwan Valley since April. The region sits on the border of Tibet and the Ladakh region, which is part of the Indian province of Kashmir and is the subject of a long-running territorial dispute involving India, China, and Pakistan. Previous clashes between Indian and Chinese troops in the Galwan Valley led to the Sino-Indian War of 1962.

https://news.yahoo.com/indian-army-confirms-20-troops-192946884.html 

:: 6-14-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran edging closer to nuclear bomb, Israeli defense officials assess – report

Officials said to tell Gantz Tehran hasn’t increased uranium enrichment during pandemic, but is still just 2 years away from bomb

By TOI staff 14 June 2020, 11:10 am

Israeli defense officials believe Iran hasn’t increased the pace of its nuclear enrichment in recent months, but nevertheless could be just two years from producing an atomic weapon, a report said Sunday. The Walla news site quoted the unnamed senior officials as saying Jerusalem estimates the Islamic Republic continues to enrich uranium at a four percent level, the same as when the coronavirus crisis hit earlier this year. However, the report said Defense Minister Benny Gantz has been presented with an assessment that Tehran is just six months away from producing all the components of an atomic bomb, and two years away from assembling such a bomb. The sources were quoted as saying that if Iran decides to hasten its enrichment, Israel would have to “reconsider” its reaction to the development and to the crumbling of the 2015 nuclear deal, with “all options” put on the table. They said that full attention was not being currently paid to the subject by US President Donald Trump’s administration, which is preoccupied with his reelection campaign. Still, the officials added that Trump’s term was very positive toward Israel and included security cooperation at levels not seen for decades. Some officials were said to fear that a change of power in Washington would set back Israel in its struggle against Iran. The International Atomic Energy Agency said in a report earlier this month that Iran was breaching the landmark pact and has for months blocked inspections at two sites where nuclear activity may have occurred in the past. The Vienna-based agency noted “with serious concern that, for over four months, Iran has denied access to the agency… to two locations.” Iran insisted Thursday that it was ready to resolve any issues with the UN nuclear watchdog, expressing “disappointment” over the IAEA’s report. Iran argues that the requests for access are based on “fabricated information,” accusing the United States and Israel of trying to “exert pressure on the agency.” Israel has claimed that its intelligence services have new information on Iran’s alleged previous nuclear weapons program. The IAEA has said that its access requests were based on “concrete information” that had been validated. The report is expected to be discussed at a meeting of the agency’s board of governors starting Monday. In a separate report, also to be discussed during the board meeting, the IAEA warned that Iran’s enriched uranium stockpile is now almost eight times the limit set in the nuclear deal the country signed with world powers in 2015. Iran has been progressively breaking restrictions laid down in the 2015 deal in retaliation for US withdrawal from the accord in 2018 and its subsequent re-imposition of sanctions.

AFP contributed to this report.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/iran-edging-closer-to-nuclear-bomb-israeli-defense-officials-assess-report/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

:: 6-8-20 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Bible Warned of “Perilous Times” in the Last Days

Jun 8, 2020

(OPINION) ETH – The Apostle Paul gave a grim warning to a future generation that would be here on the earth at the time of the fulfillment of his writings found in 2 Timothy in the New Testament. The passage below tells us: “But know this, that in the last days perilous times will come: For men will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, unloving, unforgiving, slanderers, without self-control, brutal, despisers of good, traitors, headstrong, haughty, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, having a form of godliness but denying its power.” 2 Timothy 3:1-5 Paul tells us that the last days would be marked by “perilous times”. The Greek word used here for the word “perilous” is defined as dangerous, treacherous, or violent. And if there were three words that we could use to clearly define the current conditions of the planet right now it is definitely dangerous, treacherous, and violent. We have witnessed unprecedented levels of lawlessness, rioting, looting, and violence taking place across the United States over the past week that has resulted in businesses being completely destroyed, police officers shot, some killed, and even the call for the police force being disarmed and now the Former New York City Police Commissioner Bernard Kerik has come out saying that 600 police officers were considering leaving the force amid protests. Now the protests and chaos have reportedly spilled over into other countries as reports indicate many have now protested against police brutality on Thursday in the second-largest city, of Guadalajara, calling for authorities to be held accountable for the death in custody of a local man allegedly arrested over not wearing a face mask in public according to a report from NBC. As I have stated before I truly believe we are seeing exactly what Jesus warned us about as a “sign of the times” when he stated that the condition of the planet will mirror that of the “Days of Noah and Lot” prior to his return. In the Days of Noah, the Bible states the following: The earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence. So God looked upon the earth, and indeed it was corrupt; for all flesh had corrupted their way on the earth. And God said to Noah, “The end of all flesh has come before Me, for the earth is filled with violence through them; and behold, I will destroy them with the earth. – Genesis 6:11-13 Notice here in this passage that the condition of the Earth in Noah’s day was filled with “Corruption” and “Violence” and that it was so bad that the Lord was grieved and prepared judgment and destruction as a result. I believe we are seeing this same climate unfolding again in our lifetime and the danger of this is the fact that this means that humanity is once again prime for major judgment from Heaven. The final portion of Paul’s warning goes into an even greater assessment of the condition of civilization as we come closer to the return of the Lord and that is that: Men and women will become lovers of money, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, unloving, unforgiving, slanderers, without self-control, brutal, despisers of good, traitors, headstrong, haughty, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, having a form of godliness but denying its power.” When reading this from a perspective of a believer, we expect the World to grow darker from understanding that prophecy has to be fulfilled and even the scriptures state that the love of many will wax cold in the time of the end as well as those who don’t have a relationship with God will demonstrate these characteristics and actions out of the abundance of their heart, however, the most terrifying statement is the last sentence made by Paul to Timothy and that is the fact that in the last days many will possess a “form of Godliness, but they will deny the power thereof”. Let’s check out that last verse from a different translation to bring out the full meaning of what the Apostle Paul is saying here. This same passage from the New Living Translation states:  “5 They will act religious, but they will reject the power that could make them godly.”. Unfortunately, This is a sad indictment to the modern-day Church. We will tolerate “religious services” today but will completely reject any solid and sound preaching and teaching that calls for repentance and the turning away of sin. This is leading to more and more Churches today that are filled with false converts and lukewarm Christians that aren’t able to stand long in the face of adversity and trials. The Apostle clearly instructed us what to do when we are faced with this form of “Christianity”. He tells us to “Stay away from people like that”.

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2020/06/the-bible-warned-of-perilous-times-in-the-last-days/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 6-9-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As U.S. Cities Crumble, Demand For Rural And Suburban Properties Is Soaring

Now we are potentially facing a mass exodus from the major cities in the months ahead, and that will likely drive real estate prices in the most desirable small towns and rural communities through the roof

Michael Snyder | End Of The American Dream - June 9, 2020

Have the events of 2020 caused you to consider moving somewhere else? If so, you are definitely not alone. The COVID-19 pandemic, a historic economic downturn and extremely violent riots in major cities all across America are fueling a sudden surge in interest in rural and suburban properties. This represents a major shift, because prior to 2020 we had seen a tremendous boom in real estate prices in large cities such as New York, San Francisco and Seattle. Now a lot of those buyers have become very motivated sellers, but there just isn’t a lot of demand for tremendously overpriced homes in core urban areas that are currently being torn to pieces by rioters. Meanwhile, prices for rural and suburban homes are being pushed up as an increasing number of Americans seek to get away from the major cities. At first, it was the coronavirus pandemic that was the primary reason why so many people wanted to move. According to Redfin, page views for homes in rural communities and small towns were way, way up in March as the virus began to spread aggressively in the United States… Of course now the worst civil unrest in decades has been added to the equation, and this has caused even more city dwellers to consider a change in residence. In fact, one poll found that approximately 40 percent of all city dwellers “are considering leaving”… A recent Harris Poll found that more than 3 in 10 people in America say the pandemic makes them want to live in a rural area. And, 1 in 4 now want to live in a suburb exterior to a major city. In a separate Harris Poll, it was found that nearly 40% of city dwellers are considering leaving the city due to the pandemic. Unfortunately, not everyone will be able to move. In an economic environment where more than 42 million Americans have already lost their jobs, many people will be doing all that they can to cling to the jobs that they still have. But for those with the liberty to live wherever they want, this is an opportunity to make a dramatic change.  At this point, even urban real estate markets that were once red hot like San Francisco appear to be cooling off in a major way… Amid the depths of a global pandemic and financial downturn, the demand for real estate is unexpectedly rocketing in wealthy regions outside San Francisco, reports Bloomberg. Agents say that demand is soaring in affluent areas around the Bay Area such as Napa, Marin and further afield in Carmel, as people who have the means look to get away from the city. Meanwhile, the market in San Francisco and Alameda County is still well below where it was last year.  Elsewhere, Lake Tahoe has also seen a surge in real estate interest. The prospect of living out of the city on an alpine lake while maintaining a career is appealing for a new generation of young buyers, as many tech companies have signaled that remote work may be the new norm for a long time. During the good times, our big cities had a lot to offer. But now, many city dwellers have become completely convinced that their communities are simply no longer safe places to live. Just look at what is happening in Chicago. The last day in May was “the deadliest day” that the city had seen “since at least 1961″… The city of Chicago notched a grim milestone last weekend, as 18 people were murdered on Sunday, May 31 alone, marking the deadliest day in the city since at least 1961. The University of Chicago Crime Lab’s numbers do not go back further than 1961, so it’s impossible to say how long it’s been — if ever — since so many people were murdered in the city one 24-hour stretch. We have come to expect a very high level of violence in Chicago, but one local expert says that the number of murders on that particular Sunday was “beyond anything that we’ve ever seen before”… “We’ve never seen anything like it, at all,” the crime lab’s senior research director, Max Kapustin, told the newspaper. “I don’t even know how to put it into context. It’s beyond anything that we’ve ever seen before. Chicago’s next most violent day was Aug. 4, 1991, when 13 murders were recorded. At one time, America’s beautiful shining cities were the envy of the entire planet. But now thousands of retail outlets have been boarded up, homelessness is absolutely exploding, and it looks like there will be much more rioting, looting and violence in the months ahead. I have been writing about the plight of our major cities for many years, and even though I have been relentlessly warning that this was coming, it doesn’t make it any less sad. I have really been feeling so sad lately. Things didn’t have to turn out this way for America, but our choices have consequences, and we have been making really bad choices for decades. Ultimately, I am quite glad that I was able to get away from the big cities when I did, and countless other Americans have made the exact same choice. Now we are potentially facing a mass exodus from the major cities in the months ahead, and that will likely drive real estate prices in the most desirable small towns and rural communities through the roof. Those that are wealthy will be able to afford such prices, but many others may find themselves completely priced out of the market and unable to relocate.

https://www.infowars.com/as-u-s-cities-crumble-demand-for-rural-and-suburban-properties-is-soaring/ 

:: 6-7-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Has Antichrist’s Father Spoken? Lightning Strike Energizes Washington Obelisk For Prophetic Task

June 7, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor By Dr. Thomas Horn

Powerful thunderstorms raced through Washington D.C. last Thursday night, producing a series of lightning strikes including one that directly struck the head of Baal’s shaft, also known as the Washington Monument. Nearby in the scrotum of the obelisk the symbolic “seed” of Satan’s son awaits the “spark” to enliven. What does this have to do with Antichrist’s father and Bible prophecy?  In the bestselling book Petrus Romanus, I especially featured retired professor of the Pontifical Biblical Institute, eminent Catholic theologian, and former Jesuit priest, Malachi Martin, who was a close personal friend of Pope Paul VI and worked within the Holy See doing research on the Dead Sea Scrolls, publishing articles in journals on Semitic paleography, and teaching Aramaic, Hebrew, and Sacred Scripture. In 1965, Paul VI granted Martin a dispensation from his Jesuit and priestly duties, and Martin moved to New York, where he dedicated himself to writing about—and sometimes speaking out on—a variety of issues stemming from the Second Vatican Council, to detailed insider accounts of papal history, Catholic dogma, and geopolitics. As a member of the Vatican Advisory Council and personal secretary to renowned Jesuit Cardinal Augustin Bea, Martin had privileged information pertaining to secretive Church and world issues, including the Third Secret of Fátima, which many believe has never been released and that Martin hinted spelled out parts of a plan to formally install the dreaded False Prophet during a “Final Conclave.” You can read all about that in my feature article from last week here. In light of Pope Benedict’s historic resignation, which I accurately predicted to the month and year in Petrus Romanus and on television and radio in 2011, and the election of the first Jesuit to the pontificate, Martin’s book, Windswept House—in which he depicted how a pope would be secretly forced from office (Benedict?) and replaced by a Jesuit-backed leader who would help them establish a New World Order (Francis?)—comes vividly into view. Martin’s claim that this Illuminati-empowered group had infiltrated the highest levels of Vatican administration and was working to bring about this New World Order may also have led to involvement by operatives of the same group concerning his untimely—some say “suspicious”—death in 1999. Was he murdered by the Masonic “Superforce” he had warned about as working behind the scenes, secretly acting to use the Vatican to bring about a global Antichrist system? We investigated this conspiracy extensively in Petrus Romanus, and if you have not read that book, you should do so as soon as you can. Why?  Because a growing number of Catholic theologians, priests, and laity are increasingly concerned that Pope Francis may not only be the man from Malachy’s ancient “Prophecy of the Popes,” but the one Malachi Martin feared. [i] And it isn’t just conspiracy fruit-loops thinking this way. In fact, the pope’s personal secretary, emeritus Pope Benedict, and even Pope Francis himself may agree. Which brings us to lightning strikes atop important occult structures, and Antichrist’s daddy. In a shocking 2014 interview titled Is Francis the last Pope? published by the two largest Catholic News agencies in the world (CAN and EWTN News), the personal secretary to Pope Benedict and Prefect of the Papal Household for Pope Francis, Archbishop George Gänswein was specifically asked about the “Prophesy of Malachy,” the retirement of Benedict, and whether Francis believes he is the last pontiff. The interview began by making direct reference to questions I had raised regarding the dual lightning strikes atop St. Peter’s Basilica on the evening of February 11, 2013, on the same day of Benedict’s resignation. I followed that with commentary about the inauguration of Francis and how, “for a few adepts of history and secret orders,” this sign from Heaven was deliciously staged. The term “inaugurate” is from the Latin inauguratio and refers to the archaic ceremony by which the Roman augurs (“soothsayers”) approved a king or ruler through lightning omens as being “sanctioned by the gods.” As for Petrus Romanus, his “inauguration” was sealed by the same omen the ancient augurs used in determining the will of the gods for a king in that part of Romethunder and lightning as the most important auspice and sign that Jupiter—the father of Apollo—was watching. It turns out that I was not alone in my ponderings, as “many observers chose to interpret this as a divine reaction to the historical announcement of Pope Benedict’s resignation, made that very morning” the Catholic news agencies confirmed. “As his personal secretary, Archbishop Gänswein, reminisced about how both he and Benedict only found out about the lightning strike after the event. ‘The impression was one of a sign from above, a reaction,’ he told Badde [who conducted the interview]. When he showed Benedict images of the spectacular incident a few days later, the pope asked whether this was some kind of digital montage, Gänswein said, adding: “however, nature had spoken,’”[ii] he said, echoing what I had published online in 2013. The astonishing report continued: During the interview, Paul Badde referenced… The “Prophecy of the Popes”—according to which, Pope Francis may be considered to be the last pope. “Indeed, when looking at the prophecy, and considering how there was always a sound reference to popes mentioned in its history—that gives me the shivers,” Archbishop Gänswein admitted… “speaking from historical experience, one has to say: Yes, it is a wake-up call.”[iii]

Given that both current popes and their closest advisors at the Vatican have considered whether Pope Francis is the last pope—Petrus Romanus—and that the reality “gives them the shivers” and is perceived by them as “a wake-up call,” is it any wonder that conservative scholars within the Church have taken an increasingly careful view of the current pope? And is the subsequent question of whether Pope Francis is the “False Prophet” the reason Canon Lawyers and Theologians for the Vatican hosted a Conference in Paris a while back to discuss “how to depose a heretical pope”?[iv] Before you doubt, consider how accusations of apostasy are stacking up against Francis elsewhere, too, with numerous top Catholic websites, blogs, and discussion forums deliberating how he is leading the Church toward schism, ironically a fulfillment of the pope’s namesake, Francis of Assisi, who famously predicted about the final pope: At the time of this tribulation a man, not canonically elected, will be raised to the Pontificate, who, by his cunning, will endeavor to draw many into error and death.… Some preachers will keep silence about the truth, and others will trample it under foot and deny it…for in those days Jesus Christ will send them not a true Pastor, but a destroyer.[v] A respected Italian monsignor and former consultor to the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith has even gone on record saying that Pope Francis needs to stop the “confusion and apostasy” he is sowing among priests and bishops by “correcting” his “ambiguous and erroneous words and acts.”[vi] But Francis has been quick to expunge those from leadership who oppose him and to replace them with allies including Jesuits like himself, another Malichi Martin warning. As I was sending Saboteurs to the editor, Reuters News Agency reported a “major shake-up of the Vatican’s administration” in which Pope Francis replaced Catholicism’s top theologian, Cardinal Gerhard Ludwig Mueller, who was the head of the department charged with defending Catholic doctrine—the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith. The position is the most important one that a pope fills in the Vatican hierarchy after the Secretary of State. Most incumbents keep it until they retire, which in Mueller’s case would have been in six years.[vii] Mueller, 69, was appointed by emeritus Pope Benedict in 2012 and was replaced by Pope Francis’ confederate, Jesuit Archbishop Luis Francisco Ladaria Ferrer. Not long after Francis ramped up this war on conservative Catholics and prophecy believers by placing the American Religious Right in the crosshairs including Donald Trump adviser Steve Bannon, [viii] a disquiting trend that caused influential Catholic television network director Jose Galat to publicly exclaim that Pope Francis is the “false prophet” who, he says, is “paving the way for the Antichrist.” Galat also argues the “real pope” is Benedict XVI, who was somehow forced to resign. Francis “was elected by a mafia of cardinals,” he said, agreeing with other Catholics already mentioned who see a conspiracy behind this first ever Jesuit pope.[ix] And then there is Benedict himself who has said the Catholic Church is “on the verge of capsizing.”[x] Perhaps strangest of all was an inquiry in which the Vatican launched an investigation into a Catholic group of exorcists (the Heralds) who, after having discussions with Satan, have determined that Pope Francis “is the Devil’s man. But what if Francis is not Petrus Romanus, the final pope of Malachy’s prophecy? What if that dark Superforce (Catholic Freemasons) that Malachi Martin warned about is using Francis and his left-leaning theology to play a complex end-times game aimed at manipulating and reconfiguring Rome into a Socialist-Marxist instrument for the real Final Pope’s arrival? What if the same George Soros-globalist one-worlders who have teamed up with former president Barack Obama to undermine Donald Trump are working with Francis to lay the groundwork for Antichrist’s global order ala the book of Revelation?  Too crazy to believe? Here is what popular Catholic website LIFE SITE concluded: Most astonishingly, the Vatican itself seems involved as Pope Francis, the German bishops and others around him have openly developed close relationships with many leading One-Worlders, inviting them to the Vatican to give talks and advice. This has been a radical change from all past popes. Reports suggest George Soros favored Bergoglio [Pope Francis] during the Conclave that elected him pope. For the first time ever, the New World Order movement has gained powerful public backing for many of their agendas from the head of the Roman Catholic Church, who has aggressively insisted that climate change, open borders, anti-capitalism and more are now issues of moral and religious obligation for a new, worldly Catholic Church. It also appears that some in the Vatican may be laying the groundwork for a moral and religious case in favor of population control…. Many signs point to this.[xii] And what if I told you the rabbit hole of evidence to support this global conspiracy doesn’t stop there, and actually ties the resignation of Pope Benedict, the election of Pope Francis, George Soros, Obama, Hillary, Biden, the possible arrival of the False Prophet, Antichrist, Final Pope, discussions of a Messiah, and the election of 2016 to the Saboteurs now at work to overthrow the Trump administration’s agenda? Are you aware that a group of respected Catholic leaders sent a letter to President Trump asking him to launch an official investigation into activities connected to the people mentioned above? It appears that Team Obama was involved in a different coup similar to the one currently focused on Trump, but this time against the Vatican and which the authors of the letter believe forced the aging Pope Benedict to step down for sinister reasons. In a top-notch piece of investigative journalism, William F. Jasper at the New American asks: Did billionaire speculator George Soros, President Barack Obama, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, Vice President Joe Biden, and Obama/Clinton adviser John Podesta conspire to overthrow the conservative Pope Benedict XVI and replace him with a radical, Pope Francis? Did they use America’s intelligence agencies, and our nation’s diplomatic machinery, political muscle, and financial power to coerce and blackmail “regime change” in the Roman Catholic Church? Far from being some wild conspiracy theory, there is sound prima facie evidence to indicate that this is a serious effort to expose a political scandal of the highest order, involving flagrant, criminal abuse of power at the top levels of the U.S. government.[xiii] Here is the letter that Jasper refers to in its entirety that was written and sent by Catholic leaders from The Remnant newspaper: Dear President Trump:  The campaign slogan “Make America Great Again,” resonated with millions of common Americans and your tenacity in pushing back against many of the most harmful recent trends has been most inspiring. We all look forward to seeing a continued reversal of the collectivist trends of recent decades. Reversing recent collectivist trends will, by necessity, require a reversal of many of the actions taken by the previous administration. Among those actions we believe that there is one that remains cloaked in secrecy. Specifically, we have reason to believe that a Vatican “regime change” was engineered by the Obama administration. We were alarmed to discover that, during the third year of the first term of the Obama administration your previous opponent, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, and other government officials with whom she associated proposed a Catholic “revolution” in which the final demise of what was left of the Catholic Church in America would be realized. Approximately a year after this e-mail discussion, which was never intended to be made public, we find that Pope Benedict XVI abdicated under highly unusual circumstances and was replaced by a pope whose apparent mission is to provide a spiritual component to the radical ideological agenda of the international left. The Pontificate of Pope Francis has subsequently called into question its own legitimacy on a multitude of occasions. During the 2016 presidential campaign we were astonished to witness Pope Francis actively campaigning against your proposed policies concerning the securing of our borders, and even going so far as to suggest that you are not a Christian. We appreciated your prompt and pointed response to this disgraceful accusation. We remain puzzled by the behavior of this ideologically charged Pope, whose mission seems to be one of advancing secular agendas of the left rather than guiding the Catholic Church in Her sacred mission. It is simply not the proper role of a Pope to be involved in politics to the point that he is considered to be the leader of the international left. While we share your stated goal for America, we believe that the path to “greatness” is for America to be “good” again, to paraphrase de Tocqueville. We understand that good character cannot be forced on people, but the opportunity to live our lives as good Catholics has been made increasingly difficult by what appears to be a collusion between a hostile United States government and a pope who seems to hold as much ill will towards followers of perennial Catholic teachings as he seems to hold toward yourself. With all of this in mind, and wishing the best for our country as well as for Catholics worldwide, we believe it to be the responsibility of loyal and informed United States Catholics to petition you to authorize an investigation into the following questions:

– To what end was the National Security Agency monitoring the conclave that elected Pope Francis?

– What other covert operations were carried out by US government operatives concerning the resignation of Pope Benedict or the conclave that elected Pope Francis?

– Did US government operatives have contact with the “Cardinal Danneels Mafia”?

– International monetary transactions with the Vatican were suspended during the last few days prior to the resignation of Pope Benedict. Were any U.S. Government agencies involved in this?

– Why were international monetary transactions resumed on February 12, 2013, the day after Benedict XVI announced his resignation? Was this pure coincidence?

– What actions, if any, were actually taken by John Podesta, Hillary Clinton, and others tied to the Obama administration who were involved in the discussion proposing the fomenting of a “Catholic Spring”?

– What was the purpose and nature of the secret meeting between Vice President Joseph Biden and Pope Benedict XVI at the Vatican on or about June 3, 2011?

– What roles were played by George Soros and other international financiers who may be currently residing in United States territory?

We believe that the very existence of these unanswered questions provides sufficient evidence to warrant this request for an investigation. Should such an investigation reveal that the U.S. government interfered inappropriately into the affairs of the Catholic Church, we further request the release of the results so that Catholics may request appropriate action from those elements of our hierarchy who remain loyal to the teachings of the Catholic Church. Please understand that we are not requesting an investigation into the Catholic Church; we are simply asking for an investigation into recent activities of the U.S. Government, of which you are now the chief executive.

Thank you again, and be assured of our most sincere prayers.

Respectfully, David L. Sonnier, LTC US ARMY (Retired) Michael J. Matt, Editor of The Remnant

Christopher A. Ferrara (President of The American Catholic Lawyers Association, Inc.)

Chris Jackson, Catholics4Trump.com Elizabeth Yore, Esq., Founder of YoreChildren

At the end of the letter above on the Remnant’s official website,[xiv] they provide links to documents and articles that support their charges, including some released by WikiLeaks, which caught Soros, Clinton, and Podesta conferring on how to bring the “middle ages dictatorship” at the Vatican to an end.

In another New American report from last October, the e-mails in question were investigated involving the Clinton campaign’s secret anti-Catholic agenda. They noted: Podesta, a longtime Clinton adviser/confidante and hand-picked top activist for left-wing funder George Soros, revealed in a 2011 e-mail that he and other activists were working to effect a “Catholic Spring” revolution within the Catholic Church, an obvious reference to the disastrous “Arab Spring” coups organized that same year by the Obama-Clinton-Soros team that destabilized the Middle East and brought radical Islamist regimes and terrorist groups to power in the region. The Podesta e-mail is a response to another Soros-funded radical—Sandy Newman, founder of the “progressive” Voices for Progress. Newman had written to Podesta seeking advice on the best way to “plant the seeds of the revolution” in the Catholic Church, which he described as a “middle ages [sic] dictatorship.”[xv]  Of special interest to me in the letter to Trump from the concerned Catholics is where they specifically note: “Approximately a year after this e-mail discussion, which was never intended to be made public, we find that Pope Benedict XVI abdicated under highly unusual circumstances and was replaced by a pope whose apparent mission is to provide a spiritual component to the radical ideological agenda of the international left” and that they “remain puzzled by the behavior of this ideologically charged Pope, whose mission seems to be one of advancing secular agendas of the left rather than guiding the Catholic Church in Her sacred mission.… It is simply not the proper role of a Pope to be involved in politics to the point that he is considered to be the leader of the international left.”  It’s not hard to read between the lines above to find the insinuation that Pope Francis is—or is paving the way for—the False Prophet that guides the world’s religious faithful into supporting a political figure called Antichrist. With all this in mind, and given my personal exhaustive investigation into the Vatican, extensive research into the Prophecy of the Popes, the correct predictions regarding the resignation of Benedict before the fact, and the follow-up probe into the conclave that elected Francis, I have a bombshell announcement to make. I am reaching out to those concealed friends in Rome that assisted me in the past to confirm my belief that Pope Francis will either retire soon or be taken out of the way, and that this really is tied to something strange that unfolded in bringing him temporarily to the pontificate. I believe, as they suggested, Francis was not “canonically elected,” as his namesake originally predicted. And the church members that helped me before and the ones already cited above are only the tip of the iceberg of those who will eventually voice how “illegitimate” activity went on behind closed doors during the last papal election,[xvi] and that, for reasons we do not yet understand, Francis was put in as a temporary “placeholder” until the real Pope #112 (Petrus Romanus) could be installed. The mysterious reasons surrounding this “placeholder” false pope may never fully be known but was foreseen by such mystics as Father Herman Bernard Kramer in his work, The Book of Destiny. During an unusual interpretation he made of the twelfth chapter of the book of Revelation concerning “the great wonder” mentioned in verse 1, Father Kramer wrote: The “sign” in heaven is that of a woman with child crying out in her travail and anguish of delivery. In that travail, she gives birth to some definite “person” who is to RULE the Church with a rod of iron (verse 5). It then points to a conflict waged within the Church to elect one who was to “rule all nationsin the manner clearly stated. In accord with the text this is unmistakably a PAPAL ELECTION, for only Christ and his Vicar have the divine right to rule ALL NATIONS.… But at this time the great powers may take a menacing attitude to hinder the election of the logical and expected candidate by threats of a general apostasy, assassination or imprisonment of this candidate if elected. (capitalized emphasis in original)[xvii]  Although I disagree with Kramer’s interpretation of the book of Revelation, his fear that “great powers may take a menacing attitude to hinder the election of the logical and expected candidate” echoes the sentiment of priests mentioned elsewhere in Petrus Romanus, who saw a crisis for the Church coming, and the False Prophet and Antichrist rising as a result. This, too, was in the news not long ago in a report published by Sébastien Maillard, Vatican correspondent for La Croix, in Rome. He noted how a large array of conservative bishops fear that Francis is bypassing critical Church doctrine and worry he has already gone too far. Even those cardinals who voted for Francis now want him to step down so that the Holy See’s secretary of state, Cardinal Pietro Parolin, can be elected the real pope.[xviii] And these electors understand something else, too. Parolin’s name means “Peter the Roman” from the final line of the Prophecy of the Popes. Jupiter has spoken by lightning. The Vatican’s Augurs may believe this signals arrival of his son, Apollo, prophesied in the Bible to incarnate in the last days in the person of Antichrist.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/06/07/has-antichrists-father-spoken-lightning-strike-energizes-washington-obelisk-for-prophetic-task/

:: 6-9-20 SkyWatch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STRATEGY OF NATIONAL DIVISION

June 9, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

by Robert L. Maginnis

America is suffering an epidemic of division which threatens to radically alter this country. The source of that division is more than meets the eye and so is the solution. Last week a former secretary of defense accused President Trump of being divisive and a host of other political and media people piled on the never-Trump bandwagon. That ground-swell of accusers are using the present instability created by the COVID-19 pandemic and the murder of an African-American man by a rogue policeman to fuel a real insurgency designed to further divide Americans along race, class and ideological lines. Perhaps most disconcerting about our current situation is that many Americans don’t understand this avalanche of division is perpetrated by forces behind the veil. We see demonstrations, looting and general mayhem in our cities but too few of us see the true metaphysical war destroying this country.  The visible characteristics of the war are well known. Former U.S. defense secretary and retired Marine Corps General James Mattis slammed Mr. Trump in a letter to the Atlantic, calling out the clearing of protesters outside the White House last week and accused the president of trying to fracture the nation. Mr. Mattis said “Donald Trump is the first president in my lifetime who does not try to unite the American people – does not even pretend to try. Instead he tries to divide us.” Even our mainstream media and most of the political left share that view. Of course, these critics conveniently forget that for generations it was America’s political left, not the right, and especially the Democrat Party which nourished societal division. It was the Democrats who supported the Klu Klux Klan, their icon President Franklin D. Roosevelt incarcerated tens of thousands of Japanese-Americans in World War II, and most recently leftists dragged this country through three years of coup-like efforts to overturn a legitimately elected president. The leftists’ latest divisive coup effort comes on the heels of the COVID-19 pandemic that shuttered much of the country, robbed tens of millions of their livelihood and left our population frustrated and scared. Then while we were in this vulnerable state these mostly Democratic Party radicals and their violent proxies took advantage of the situation to launch a nation-wide insurgency. They deployed domestic insurgents under the guise of legitimate protests by capitalizing on the disgraceful atrocity against an African-American mentioned above. This episode in the left’s playbook is intended to topple President Trump and replace him with God knows what kind of tyrannical regime. The baggage associated with this ongoing coup attempt is on full display. These radicals advance the likes of the group Black Lives Matter pretending it is a legitimate voice for peace while ignoring the group’s divisive, racist and violent past – Baltimore, Dallas, Ferguson. Those same leftists push racial division across this country using a group humiliation ideology that shouts white people are inherently racists. Meanwhile, many elected officials sworn to protect the public are cowering in a stupor of inaction in the face of a burning America. Who are these cowards? Our present cabal of official miscreants includes the deep staters, leading progressives (mostly blue state governors and big city Democrat mayors), and a coven of progressive members in both houses of our Congress. They hate America. Also, they are allied with big money progressives like billionaire George Soros and in league with a host of Hollywood reprobates who encourage anarchy by proxies like ANTIFA (a violent leftist group) and Black Lives Matter. There is more to the current unrest than a host of leftist conspirators and violent proxies, however. Yes, America’s division is very real, almost palpable. But there is also something perverse about the current insurgency straining at our very foundation which reminds me of the wisdom espoused by two of our founders and may explain why we are losing the America we love. Centuries ago, America became a special place because our founding fathers recognized the nature of mankind as well as the type of people that must govern her. Unfortunately, today we are forgetting the essence of that foundation and that’s what the left is attacking. Founder James Madison said “If men were angels no government would be necessary.” Obviously, the recent violence across this country demonstrates there is an element in our society of truly fallen angels (ANTIFA, BLM) – an evil cohort with a head of steam which must be contained. Another founder, John Adams, spoke of the type of government created for America to keep her safe from our fallen angels. He wrote “Our Constitution [our form of government] was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” That’s the rub. For much of our history a mostly “moral and religious people” ran this country and kept the fallen angels in check. However, something happened in recent years to cause America to lose its ability to keep America a great place to live.  The evidence of that failure is undisputed today: looting, destroying of buildings, mass hysteria in some quarters and a lot of suicidal calls by leftist officials to do away with our first line of defense, the local police. Further, the left’s incessant attacks especially on Christianity and the very moral underpinnings of this country is having a predictably nullifying effect. What’s clear today is that America is at a cross roads. Our moral compass is fractured, the divisions run deep and it’s not certain where we go next. Most of us are aware of the divisions because they manifest themselves in the open through violence and threatening rhetoric. However, the real epicenter of what’s happening is out of sight. Only Americans who are spiritually aware can discern the conspiracy of evil attacking us on every front, a fight led by Satan and his demonic army and aided by his many human proxies. At this point readers who are atheists or agnostic have already discarded this musing as a wild conspiracy. However, for discerning and spiritually sensitive Christians who really want to understand the division in this country, then continue reading. America became a special place primarily because it was heavenly influenced at its founding by Christian principles and values. However, from our origin Satan targeted America at every turn to remake her in his image, a failed godless state. For many years Satan’s goal was unachievable. However, in recent years as America’s Christian community began to abandon its calling and first love, our vulnerability became real. America’s seed of hope – it’s moral foundation in Christianity – is rapidly fraying and now seriously compromised. The bad angels in our society are taking over! Although most of us are consumed with the visible bad actors rioting on our streets, we Christians must focus on the unseen fight. We must see that the skies above America are flashing red with indications of a raging war and one warned of in the prophetic scriptures. The Apostle Paul identifies the nature of this invisible war in his letter to the Ephesians: “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places” (Ephesians 6:12, KJV). Christians are warriors in this fight whether they accept that role or not. The battles we join are not really just against flesh and blood, as the apostle describes above, but against wickedness – the fallen angels in our society manipulated from behind the veil by Satan. Satan means “the adversary” in Hebrew, and his nom de guerre is Devil, a Greek word meaning “false accuser.” He is a fallen angel thanks to his rebellion against God, and he accuses the Christian of sins that are already forgiven and encourages unsaved people to reject the salvation Christ offers to all of humanity. Satan’s objective is to destroy life and make our earthly existence eternally miserable. His greatest strength is that many people don’t believe he even exists. Some even naively portray him as a caricature with horns and a spiked tail but Jesus took him seriously, and so he should, because Satan employs his army of demons to cause havoc – division – across the world. The Bible identifies Satan’s methods of operation and his arsenal. Paul writes, “Stand firm against the schemes of the devil” (Ephesians 6:11, ESV). The Greek word for schemes is “methodia” which is the root of the English word methods. Paul also warns us not to ignore Satan’s methods in 2 Corinthians 2:11. We need to understand Satan’s methods, so to be prepared to engage in the invisible war. Twentieth century Baptist theologian Merrill Unger, the author of some 40 books, wrote: “Missions involving espionage are frequently as crucial to winning a war as actual battles. Without intelligence of the enemy’s strength and position, the results of any military encounter would be highly dubious. Yet believers sometimes display an obvious disinterest in what the Bible reveals about Satan and demons. Or, what is even worse, they manifest a morbid fear of such a study. This apathy or dread is almost as perilous as the opposite extreme of fanatical occupation with evil.” American Christians need to study Satan’s methods in the current war. Specifically, Satan has an arsenal of psychological warfare tools to influence our opinions, emotions, attitudes, and behavior. He employs these tools to control our minds, such as that identified in 2 Corinthians 4:4 (NIV), which states, “The god of this age [Satan] has blinded the minds of unbelievers, so that they cannot see the light of the gospel that displays the glory of Christ, who is the image of God.” The word for “mind” here is noēmata, which means “thought” or “purpose.” In other words, what humans think is what Satan wants to control so as to blind them to the truth. Satan knows from thousands of years of experience that if he controls people’s minds then he can control all human activity. Division is an outcome of man’s thinking (thoughts) that serves Satan’s purpose and is an issue which Jesus warned about.

Jesus at the Last Supper prayed that we would be one, not divided (John 17:22). Thus, one of his chief aims at the Cross was to help us overcome our divisions – no matter our differences. He prayed for unity. No wonder Jesus’ antichrist, Satan is the author of division. The apostle Paul describes the Devil’s work of division which begins in each man’s heart (his thoughts). “The good that I want to do, I do not do…, and when I try to do good, evil is at hand.” Paul then explains in Romans 8, the chief work of God is to establish within us the unity of soul and body, the very thing Satan attacks. Satan is also a master deceiver who attacks our inner unity, which spills out into many divisions among society (race, ethnicity, ideology and more). He taps into our drives: anger, hurts, resentments, fears, misunderstandings, greed, pride and arrogance. These “thoughts” produce division which is Satan’s aim. Ask yourself about the current state of affairs in this country. Why are we so divided? Is it because we can’t overcome our differences? Is it because we have leaders who are divisive? No, it is not just human sin that causes divisions but manipulation by the father of lies. Your answer to these questions will determine the method you use to help resolve the current unrest starting with yourself. As for me, I choose to embrace the views in both the Bible and our Constitution. I seek unity among all men no matter their race, color or creed. And I seek, as our founders said, a moral and religious people to keep the wayward “angels” of our society in check. The above solution only happens if America discards the divisions and wakes up to her calling in God’s word, the Bible and recognizes that all men are indeed created equal and this country will survive only if a moral and religious people govern.

Robert Maginnis is the author of seven books to include The Deeper State, Progressive Evil and the newest being released this summer, Collision Course, The Fight to Reclaim Our Moral Compass before it’s too Late.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/06/09/strategy-of-national-division/ 

:: 6-8-20 Bible Prophecy Tracker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In a Shocking Display of Surrender, Democrats Take a Knee

By Author1 - June 8, 2020

Yahoo News: Democratic lawmakers knelt in silent tribute to George Floyd in the US Congress on Monday before unveiling a package of sweeping police reforms in response to the killing of African Americans by law enforcement. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer were joined by some two dozen lawmakers in Emancipation Hall — named in honor of the slaves who helped erect the US Capitol in the 18th century. Read More (if you can) Opinion: Not since May 8, 2009 when Barack Obama bowed before a Saudi king … … or January 12, 2016, when Barack Obama allowed the US Navy to kneel before Iranian thugs… … or days later when John Kerry actually thanked the Iranians for freeing the sailors, have I been this disgusted with the Democrat party.

https://prophecytracker.org/2020/06/in-a-shocking-display-of-surrender-democrats-take-a-knee/ 

:: 6-9-20 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“The Narrative COVID-19 Has Failed”, Their Next Move, Social Unrest Must Be Brought Under Control

June 9, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/3 Comments

Featured Story

November elections; the American people will be terrorized by groups like Antifa, black lives matter, and any of the hate groups out there that still have a megaphone, they will intimidating, terrorizing the American people right up to the November elections. If Trump gets reelected, all hell will break loose. It will take martial law to quell the violence if Trump loses the election, this country’s population will start to simulate into the New World Order, hell on earth, my thoughts are this- we are in biblical turmoil ( Tribulation ) and no matter which way the election goes the people of this country need to be ready for some significant coming events. Suddenly there is no talk about coronavirus. Reputable doctors in Italy, the UK, and elsewhere are claiming the virus hardly exists any longer. Just over a week ago much of America faced jail if they dared break the “social distancing” rules put in place by tyrannical governors and other public officials. Now tens of thousands gather to protest a police killing with impunity. And the spikes they warned about in areas where restrictions were eased are not happening. So what is happening? Also, what to make of the Trump/Mattis/Esper spat over US troops deployed against rioters in the US? Watch today’s Liberty Report: This screenshot is evidence that we’ve told Google to go away: Approximately three weeks ago I blocked Google from crawling hnewswire website, here’s the proof that we are in an electronic prison, Google continues to crawl hnewswire, it’s apparent this tyrants do not respect other people’s opinion. You will obey Google even if it means tromping all over your God-given rights There is a file on your server called “robots.txt.” The information in this file instructs search engine bots to respect your privacy. Consider this like a sign you put on your property… “Trespassers will be shot dead, then prosecuted.” ? The World Is In Big Trouble, for Those That Believe We Will Go Back to Some Sense of Normal Life Here on Earth, You Will Be Sadly Disappointed, Seven and Half Years of Hell on Earth Which Began January 1, 2020 “Our courts oppose the righteous, and justice is nowhere to be found. Truth stumbles in the streets, and honesty has been outlawed” (Isa. 59:14, NLT)…We Turned Our Backs On GOD, Now We Have Been Left To Our Own Devices, Enjoy… While Mainstream Media Continues to Push a False Narrative, Big Tech Has Keep the Truth From Coming out by Shadow Banning Conservatives, Christians, and Like-Minded People, Those Death Attributed to the Coronavirus Is a Result of Those Mentioned, They Truly Are Evil…

Source: HNewsWire ZeroHedge

StevieRay Hansen

Editor, HNewsWire.com

Watchmen does not confuse truth with consensus The Watchmen does not confuse God’s word with the word of those in power… In police-state fashion, Big Tech took the list of accused (including this site), declared all those named guilty and promptly shadow-banned, de-platformed or de-monetized us all without coming clean about how they engineered the crushing of dissent, Now more than ever big Tech has exposed there hand engaging in devious underhanded tactics to make the sinister look saintly, one of Satan’s greatest weapons happens to be deceit… The accumulating death toll from Covid-19 can be seen minute-by-minute on cable news channels. But there’s another death toll few seem to care much about: the number of poverty-related deaths being set in motion by deliberately plunging millions of Americans into poverty and despair. American health care, as we call it today, and for all its high-tech miracles, has evolved into one of the most atrocious rackets the world has ever seen. By racket, I mean an enterprise organized explicitly to make money dishonestly. All the official reassurances won’t be worth a bucket of warm spit. The Globals are behind the CoronaVirus, It Is a Man-Made Bioweapon. My job is protecting children. It has taken me from big cities to rural outposts, from ghettos to penthouses, and from courtrooms, into demonic battlefields. But whatever the venue, the truth remains constant: Some humans intentionally hurt children. They commit unspeakable acts—for their pleasure, their profit, or both. StevieRay Hansen, CEO The 127 Faith Foundation

https://hnewswire.com/the-narrative-covid-19-has-failed-their-next-move-social-unrest-must-be-brought-under-control/ 

:: 6-8-20 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As The Stock Market Soars, The Numbers Say That The Real Economy Is In The Midst Of A Historic Crash

June 8, 2020 by Michael Snyder

Have you been watching the madness that has been unfolding on Wall Street? Even though we are in the middle of the worst global pandemic in 100 years, and even though rioters and looters have been turning our major cities into war zones, stock prices have been going up day after day. In fact, the Nasdaq closed at an all-time record high on Monday. Sometimes people ask me to explain this rationally, and I can’t, because the Federal Reserve has transformed our “financial markets” into a total mockery at this point. The real economy is literally collapsing all around us, but thanks to Fed intervention stock investors are doing just fine. It has been absolutely disgusting to watch, and if Adam Smith could see what was happening he would be rolling over in his grave. Unfortunately, thanks to our rapidly declining system of education most Americans don’t even know who Adam Smith is anymore. I can’t recall another time in modern U.S. history when stock prices skyrocketed as the U.S. economy plunged into a recession. What we have been witnessing has truly been extremely bizarre, and it will be fascinating to see how long it can last. Meanwhile, the real economy is a giant mess. On Monday, the National Bureau of Economic Research finally got around to letting us know that a recession has officially begun… It’s official: The United States is in a recession. The National Bureau of Economic Research said Monday the U.S. economy peaked in February, ending the longest expansion in U.S. history at 128 months, or about 10½ years. In truth, the announcement codifies the painfully obvious. States began shutting down nonessential businesses in mid-March to contain the spread of the coronavirus, halting about 30% of economic activity and putting tens of millions of Americans out of work. And in other news, the sky is blue and the moon is not made out of cheese.

Anyone with half a brain can see that the economy is falling apart. For example, we just learned that U.S. factory orders were down 22.3 percent in April compared to a year earlier… Having collapsed by a record 10.4% MoM in March, April factory orders were expected to accelerate even lower and it did. However, the 13.0% plunge in April was modestly better than the 13.4% MoM drop expected… but is still the worst in American history. Year-over-year, factory orders collapsed 22.3% – the worst since the peak of the financial crisis. Of course it is not that difficult to find a number that is even worse than that. Just look at heavy truck sales. Last month they were down a whopping 37 percent from the same month in 2019… The last three months have been catastrophic for segments of the trucking business, after an already tough period that started in late 2018. In May, orders for Class 8 trucks – the heavy trucks that haul much of the goods-based economy across the US – plunged 37% from the low levels in May a year earlier, and by 81% from May two years ago, to 6,600 orders, according to estimates by FTR Transportation Intelligence today. Not to be outdone, the number of corporate bankruptcies shot up 48 percent last month compared to the same period a year ago… Corporate bankruptcies spiked during May as the coronavirus pandemic slammed the U.S. economy, pushing the number of filings to levels recorded in the wake of the 2007-09 recession. U.S. courts recorded 722 businesses nationwide filing for chapter 11 protection last month, a yearly increase of 48%, according to figures from legal-services firm Epiq Global. But every time we get another horrific economic figure, the stock market goes even higher. The worse the news gets, the more investors seem to like it. Week after week, we have seen unprecedented numbers of Americans file for unemployment benefits, and at this point a grand total of more than 42 million Americans have lost a job since this pandemic began. And yet investors keep taking these job losses as signs that they should buy even more stocks. Perhaps someone should spread a rumor that a planet-killing asteroid is about to hit us, because that would probably really get investors salivating. Of course most ordinary Americans don’t get to live in a Fed-fueled fantasy world, and this new economic downturn is hitting most of them extremely hard. In fact, it is being reported that approximately a third of all Americans “are now showing signs of clinical anxiety and depression”… In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting economic crash, which triggered depression-like unemployment with 40 million initial claims filed in ten weeks, a third of Americans are now showing signs of clinical anxiety and depression, according to new data collected by the Census Bureau. This, by far, is the most comprehensive and troubling sign yet of the psychological toll inflicted on Americans due to months of lockdowns. The Census Bureau contacted one million households between May 7 and 12, and about 42,000 responded, said The Washington Post. The survey was about 20 minutes long and buried deep within, several questions asked respondents about depression and anxiety. Those who answered provided a laggard but clearest snapshot into people’s mental state at the tail end of the lockdown, where many folks were subjected to isolationism, virus fears, and widespread unemployment. That is the most alarming number that I have shared with you so far in this article, but I am about to share with you some numbers that are even more alarming.   In recent days, we have watched rioters destroy large sections of our major cities all across America. But when asked about “violent protests”, a surprising percentage of Americans actually support them… A broad majority of Americans say the peaceful protests happening all across the country after police violence against African Americans are justified (84% say so), and roughly a quarter (27%) say violent protests in response to police harming or killing African Americans are justified. Both figures are higher than they were when similar protests rose in the fall of 2016. Then, 67% saw peaceful protests as justified while 14% felt violent protests were. There isn’t much of a racial or partisan difference over whether peaceful protests are justified now, but the gaps are larger over violent protests. Among Democrats, 42% consider violent protests justified in response to police violence against African Americans, while just 9% of Republicans agree. Yes, you read that last sentence correctly. 42 percent. Unfortunately, a lot more economic pain is on the way, and that is just going to fuel even more rioting, looting and violence. These are definitely not “the best of times” no matter what stock market investors seem to think. We have entered a deeply disturbing new chapter in American history, and life in this country will never be the same again.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/as-the-stock-market-soars-the-numbers-say-that-the-real-economy-is-in-the-midst-of-a-historic-crash 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things.

:: 6-9-20 Fox 6 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Chicago sees its deadliest day in 60 years with 18 murders in 24 hours

Posted 7:10 am, June 9, 2020, by FOX News Channel

CHICAGO — Bloody Chicago recorded 18 murders on May 31, making it the city’s deadliest day in 60 years. The dubious milestone was reached on a day Chicago was roiled by another round of protests and looting following the Memorial Day death of George Floyd in police custody in Minneapolis. The 18 deaths tallied by the University of Chicago Crime Lab made May 31, 2020 the single-most violent day in six decades, the Chicago Sun-Times reported Monday. The Crime Lab numbers go back only to 1961.  On May 29 and May 30, there were seven murders. In a city with an international reputation for crime, the 25 murders on those three days made for the most violent weekend in Chicago’s modern history, according to the paper. “We’ve never seen anything like it, at all,” the crime lab’s senior research director, Max Kapustin, told the newspaper. “I don’t even know how to put it into context. It’s beyond anything that we’ve ever seen before.” Chicago’s next most violent day was Aug. 4, 1991, when 13 murders were recorded. “The level of activity experienced over the last week has been unprecedented and the Department is actively investigating multiple incidents across the city and working to determine the motives in these cases,” Chicago Police spokesman Thomas Ahern told the Sun-Times.

He said the department was “actively working to seek justice for all the residents impacted, especially those who have been killed or injured by these senseless acts of violence.Those killed on May 31 include Keishanay Bolden, an 18-year-old student at Western Illinois University studying law enforcement and justice. She wanted to be a corrections officer. She was fatally shot during an argument in the Englewood neighborhood where she grew up, the paper reported. Among those paying tribute to Bolden on the WIU website was Rebekah Buchanan, an English professor, who said “Keishanay always had a smile on her face and a contagious laugh. Not only was she fun to have in class, she was dedicated to learning and her community. This is tragic.” Another 18-year-old student was also killed that day. Police said Lazarra Daniels, a student at DRW College Prep in Lawndale, was shot to death. Principal Tony Sutton broke the news of her death to Daniels’ classmates in a social media post. He said her death was “an incalculable loss for her family and one that will pain those who loved Lazarra for a long time.” Angelo Bronson, a 36-year-old father of two young children, was gunned down in a drive-by shooting. He lived in Washington and was spending the weekend in Chicago visiting family, the paper reported. “Just about the last person I could have thought this would happen to was Angelo,” his longtime friend Ali Evans said, according to the paper. “The man was so calm and quick to laugh, too. I just can’t believe we’re talking about him in the past tense.”

Read updates on this story at FOXNews.com.

https://fox6now.com/2020/06/09/chicago-sees-its-deadliest-day-in-60-years-with-18-murders-in-24-hours-report/ 

:: 6-8-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tucker: Black Lives Matter is now a political party

2,208,623 views

•Jun 8, 2020

Fox News

5.3M subscribers

And it may be the strongest political party in the United States. #FoxNews #Tucker

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l7aQ02YX7qo 

:: 6-8-20 The Federalist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CNN Guest: Not Wanting To Be Raped And Robbed Is White Privilege

June 8, 2020 By Tristan Justice

Minneapolis City Council President Lisa Bender said Americans ought to check their privilege when they voice concerns over the inevitable anarchy that comes from the removal of community law enforcement. “Do you understand that the word dismantle our police free also makes some people nervous? For instance, what if in the middle of the night my home is broken into? Who do I call?” CNN’s Alisyn Camerota asked Bender on CNN Monday. “Yes, I mean I hear that loud and clear from a lot of my neighbors – and myself, too, and I know that that comes from a place of privilege, for those of us for whom the system is working,” Bender said. “I think we need to step back and imagine what it would feel like to already live in that reality.” Last week, Americans already bore witness to that reality when minority neighborhoods lived through rioters burning down businesses in a fit of rage following the death of George Floyd in police custody.

https://twitter.com/robsmithonline/status/1267858627827818497?s=20 

Still, the Minneapolis City Council announced Sunday it had a veto-proof majority to disband the city’s police force protecting nearly half a million people. Democratic Minneapolis Mayor Jacob Frey declared his opposition to the proposal Saturday standing in a crowd of protestors after professing his “coming to grips with” his “own brokeness” for the apparent crime of being white. “Jacob Frey, we have a yes or no question for you. Yes or no, will you commit to defunding Minneapolis police department,” one angry protest leader asked. “We don’t want no more police! Is that clear! We don’t want people with guns toting around in our communities, shooting us down. You have an answer, it is a yes or a no!”

“I do not support the full abolition of police,” Frey said, which prompted a swift removal from the demonstrations taking place in his own city with a walk of shame. In the wake of the protests, calls to “defund police” have become a new mantra of the contemporary civil rights movement under the banner of “Black Lives Matter.” The new anarchic proposal however radical, has caught on with progressive elites moving mainstream setting up the November elections to become a showdown between defunding police and law and order. According to a YouGov/Yahoo poll conducted May 29-30, only 16 percent of Americans support funding cuts for police departments

Tristan Justice is a staff writer at The Federalist focusing on the 2020 presidential campaigns. Follow him on Twitter at @JusticeTristan or contact him at Tristan@thefederalist.com.

Photo The Hill / Youtube

https://thefederalist.com/2020/06/08/cnn-guest-not-wanting-to-be-raped-and-robbed-is-white-privilege/ 

:: 6-8-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 8, 2020

More Bombshell Anomalies & Bizarre Oddities Suggest Everything We're Now Witnessing Are 'Intentionally Contrived Trigger Events' To Kick Off Chaos & Martial Law In America

- George Floyd & Jeffrey Epstein Had The Same Coroner! Another Piece Of The Puzzle

By R.X. Kendrick for All News Pipeline

Anomalies of the George Floyd “event” in Minneapolis, Minnesota have come to light leading some to question what they saw. To know if this was an entirely staged false flag, or what. IndependentSentinel.com reported March 12, Mainstream Media hosts “Greta Van Sustren, Megyn Kelly and others on FOX asked their guests… who is behind the assault on the Trump rally.” U.S. Attorney General William Barr answered the “Who-Dunnit” question with this public statement: “The violence instigated and carried out by Antifa and other similar groups in connection with the rioting is domestic terrorism and will be treated accordingly.” Intuitively people on both sides of the fence, 1) conspiracy-nuts and 2) mainstream-mugs both, seem to know SOMEBODY is pulling the strings behind the scenes in the racially motivated assaults and riots. Journalists have addressed this in numerous stories with headlines that put it bluntly: “Shocking Evidence That Indicates Somebody is Trying to Orchestrate An Internal Uprising Inside the United States” / End of the American Dream

“VT Spots Army Intelligence Dressed As Antifa at Protests, Inciting Violence” / Veterans Today

If you run with this line of thinking you wonder, not only WHO this “somebody” really is, but also what is the “goal” of their plan? Which leads to the next most-obvious question: What was “their plan” to begin with? The general consensus seems to be, “They” needed a “spark” racial-event to kick off the “prescheduled” campaigns of race-rage in targeted cities across the United States. Eyewitnesses have reported seeing support teams in action providing bricks to people to throw at police or business windows for looting. Other reports have police finding caches of rocks, bricks and other riot supplies like fire-bombs in different cities. Which identifies the FACT that the second phase of this unfolding racial violence was definitely premeditated, preplanned, prepared. With supplies in place in-advance. There was foreknowledge and advance set-up to support the riots. There was “coordination” as Veterans Today described in great detail and other sources also reported widely. Which has everyone on both sides of the fence agreeing SOMEBODY is behind all of this. Which leads to one of the biggest anomalies of this whole string of events. How did all of the riot support teams get in the different riot cities and set up for the riots in advance, if they didn’t already know “when” the riots were to begin? Get my drift? It certainly does appear the date of the primary trigger for the rioting must have been known in advance too. Which means in this case, the date bad white cop would put his knee on the neck crime suspect black man was known in advance, since it was the trigger to the rioting that was all prepared for, ready and waiting in the riot cities ahead of time. If this logical progression is indeed true and accurate. We know the specific “initiating event” in Minneapolis must have been staged to be “the trigger-event” to start the rioting. If the date was foreknown – the event on that date had to be foreknown, premeditated and staged too. In recent false flag events the perpetrators have been caught advertising for crisis actors beforehand. This is because they need actors since it is not real but staged. Do we know if there were actors involved in what appeared to be the murder of George Floyd? Yes, we do. The main star of the murder was porn actor George Floyd. False flag events frequently have some key evidence missing completely. Was there any key evidence missing in the George Floyd assault event? Yes, there was a lot of footage from a number of camera sources, including surveillance video footage from nearby businesses. But somehow no video footage has appeared showing George Floyd passing his counterfeit $20 bill. The crime he purportedly committed.

Isn’t that odd? Another oddity with this alleged crime… Most counterfeiters would not park across the street from where they passed the bad money. Then let employees cross the street to confront them and tip them off! They’re about to be turned in to the local police! Instead of leaving immediately George Floyd leaves his friend’s passenger door open and sits there till the cops come. Very strange to stay there like that, instead of leaving. Fake Money in Circulation “Any bills from $5 to $100 can be forged,” said Trevor Buxton, certified fraud examiner at PNC Bank. The $20 bill is far and away the most frequently counterfeited. Since fraudsters are investing so much time and money to do this, they want to make the most significant profit. Fraudulent notes larger than $20 are more obvious, and smaller ones are hardly worth the effort. Who was the unnamed passenger, BTW? Was he in on the supposed $20 counterfeit scheme, or was he part of the false flag film crew with nowhere to go, and nothing to do? Nobody ever interviewed him or quoted him saying anything. Hmmm… That’s strange too, isn’t it? An accomplice who walks free without even getting questioned? Crisis actors normally know each other since they’re in a false flag film together. Did it apply to this so-called murder of black-guy by white-cop? Yes, it did. Crisis actor George Floyd and white cop Derek Chauvin knew each other from working at the same business for years according to mainstream media. But in false flag filming the actors have to “stay in-character” and never let on they know each other. Did this happen in this poorly produced and staged event? Yes, it did. Despite knowing each other from doing the same shift job together at the same place – for years before this. Neither Floyd nor Chauvin recognized each other during his murder footage? Neither acknowledged they already knew each other during the whole entire skit. Very, very weird unless they were both acting. If this was real, any two guys who knew each other would be using the other’s name, not acting like they’d never seen each other in their whole lives. It should have been, “Derek, get off my neck dude? What are you doing?” Or, “George, stop resisting man. I said stop it Floyd!” Shoulda-coulda-woulda’ if it was happening in reality. Why in the world in a real-life situation, where you’re about to be murdered by your friend, or about to murder a friend… would both people keep acting like they didn’t know each other? This could end up being fatal! Where one kills the other, one dies, and it starts pre-planned race riots all across the United States at the same time. In cities pre-stocked with supplies like bricks on pallets for rioters to throw waiting for the trigger event to happen. If their plan worked well, as a good trigger to start real racial fire-riots and cause division and violence and disorder. Why not do it again like they did 3-days later in Paris, France? Where the same event took place again with French-speaking actors to start the race riots there. Then they did it again 2-days after that in Madrid, Spain and a new Spanish-speaking cast. All of this is strange, odd, almost incomprehensible if this really was reality. Like the police officer never asking for Floyd’s license. Then EMT’s who look like SWAT guys with bullet-proof vests! No protocol to look at the driver’s license. No protocol for throwing Floyd on the stretcher without attending him in any EMT kind of way. Meanwhile, Derek Chauvin and the other officers don’t bother to get the store’s video footage of Floyd giving the attendant his counterfeit $20 bill? But the craziest thing the police did not do? Seems obvious to everybody now. Where is the counterfeit $20? Forget the missing surveillance video. What happened to the hard evidence? Is there really a fake $20 in circulation? Did it have fingerprints on it? Where is it anyway? Certainly there is basic protocol to collect the evidence and take it back to the precinct since there must be other counterfeiters involved, not just one guy. This story stinks to high heaven! But I do hope actor George Floyd is okay somewhere, maybe spending his money on an extended vacation. Hopefully he’s not dead. I don’t believe he is. Crisis actors don’t really die, and he was the star of this flick. I think he’s alive and well and glad as hell he got away with it. Unless this is not the real George Floyd we are meant to believe he is… Another anomaly factor playing into this porn actor’s supposed death. Somehow George Floyd got THE SAME “suspicious coroner” sex offender Jeffrey Epstein got at his reported death. Say what? Is this fake news? IT HAS TO BE !!

How does something like this really happen in reality? George Floyd and Jeffrey Epstein had the same guy do their “so-called” autopsies? And Epstein’s death was a quagmire of non-reality with no camera footage, guards not on duty, an anonymous employee who thought he saw Epstein get switched out for somebody else in the wee hours of the morning. When strange things were happening with official vehicles showing up on that very same night. A “transport vehicle” meant to take someone somewhere, when they never showed up in the middle of the night. I just don’t believe all of this is coincidence. I don’t believe any of it. Conservative firebrand Candace Owens has a good take on this whole thing. Look what she says in a recent Newsweek interview: “We are being sold a lot of lies at the detriment to the black community, at the detriment to the white community and at the detriment to America as a whole." "For whatever reason it has become fashionable over the last five or six years for us to turn criminals into heroes overnight. It is something I find despicable. George Floyd was not an amazing person. George Floyd is being upheld as an amazing human being." Owens alleged that Floyd was high at the time of his death and pointed to his criminal history. Floyd's criminal past included spent five years behind bars for robbery and assault. "We shouldn't be buying T-shirts with his name on it," she said. "He was a violent criminal," she said of Floyd. Owens added, "Everyone is pretending that this man lived a heroic lifestyle. We are embarrassing in that regard. Nobody wants to tell the truth in black America. Our biggest problem is us." She concluded the clip by saying, "Anyway, this is just a rant because I have been feeling super, super annoyed by these depictions in society. I have no apologies to make. George Floyd is not my martyr. He can be yours." Owens also took to Twitter on June 4 during the broadcast of Floyd's emotional memorial service. She called out Meghan Markle and President Trump in scathing Tweets, slamming them for "treading to remain relevant by pretending to care about black American issues that he knows nothing about," along with Joe Biden for attending the funeral. As terribly produced false flags all do, this one keeps looking worse over time as more things are exposed and come to light. Now Timothy D. Japhet, attorney from Corpus Christi, Texas reports he was “real” George Floyd’s court-appointed “Guardian Ad Litem.” Before the 'real George died' in 2017 at Spohn Memorial ICU and was buried in Flour Bluff, Texas. The coastal waterfront that faces the Laguna Madre of the west bank Intra-Coastal Canal across from Padre Island by the JFK bridge. (ANP: While this claim appears to be legit, remember warnings that globalists would flood the internet with false information to make real information seem to be false, too, so take this with a grain of salt.)

Timothy D. Japhet, Attorney at Law:

"I was George Floyd's lawyer; Dumbasses can’t even pick a good fake dead guy."

"Now is the time to get mad… Now is the time to approach your leaders and ask them how much more before they stand up and fight for us I have never mentioned anything but facts witnessed with my own eyes. I saw the vacant tents set up around the hospitals for the sick that never came. I watched as businesses closed to a hoax. I saw bodies removed from homes Because they were too afraid to go to the hospital because of quarantine. I saw Our leaders shred the constitution that elected them. “Now I saw a black man who I played college football against allegedly killed on camera 30 years later...but guess what....They messed up...that’s not the same guy. I remember this guy and he died a few years ago right here in Corpus Christi. “I was his lawyer;.....Dumbasses can’t even pick a good fake dead guy.

“Back when he played it was Texas A&I, It was the original junior college for kids who couldn’t get into the major schools. This guy and Johnny Bailey played together. I played for Abilene Christian University as a walk on. I was not good and didn't last a few cuts each year. My freshman year we played them in Abilene, Johnny Bailey single-handedly beat us on two toss sweeps and a punt return. Sadly, He abruptly passed after a stellar year with the Chicago Bears. “However, The name of the man they are using who died? He died here in Corpus Christi three years ago. He did play for Texas A&I and he did live on the streets here and he did die here. However He didn’t die in Minnesota. “To top it off I was his Court Appointed Guardian Ad Litem before he passed at Spohn Memorial. .....Before he died me and him talked about that game with Johnny Bailey and Abilene Christian and Texas A&I in 1989. “So What I’m telling you is that the man they claim who died in Minneapolis at the hands of the police did not die there......that man died in Corpus Christi, TX in Christus Spohn Memorial ICU with me as his Guardian Ad Litem and he is buried at the paupers cemetery in Flour Bluff. His sister flew down here from Minnesota saying she was going to give him a proper burial but she never came back officially. Though since then that body could’ve been removed, Nobody keeps too much of an account of the cemetery anyhow.

“So now what are we gonna do about this?"

https://allnewspipeline.com/George_Floyd_Anomalies_We_Cannot_Overlook.php 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 6-8-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tens of Thousands Without Power After Exceedingly Rare Derecho Makes Weather History in Wyoming and Colorado – That’s Only the Third Derecho Recorded in Western U.S. (Videos)

By Strange Sounds - Jun 8, 2020

This is the second RARE derecho within 3 days! And this time it wreaked havoc in Wyoming and Colorado Saturday. Three days after a severe derecho killed three and cut power to half a million people across Pennsylvania and New Jersey, another powerful derecho storm, packing winds in excess of 75 mph, moved across Wyoming and Colorado Saturday, damaging homes and knocking down trees and power lines. The extreme storm didn’t turn deadly, but a tree that fell during Colorado’s derecho impaled a man and his daughter. The storms produced several hurricane-force wind gusts, including a 110 mph gust in Winter Park, Colorado, according to the National Weather Service. Winds up to 99 mph were reported in Great Divide, Colorado, and 81 mph in Rock Springs, Wyoming. A 78 mph wind gust was reported at Denver International Airport. The rare derecho made Colorado weather history: Enough significant wind gusts were recorded on Saturday that a record was set for most significant wind gusts in one calendar day. The derecho, a strong line of thunderstorms that produces hundreds of miles of straight-line wind damage, developed in far eastern Utah Saturday morning, then raced northeastward across Colorado and Wyoming into the western Dakotas and western Nebraska during the afternoon and evening hours, a track of at least 750 miles in about 12 hours, according to Elizabeth Leitman, a meteorologist with NOAA’s Storm Prediction Center. The line of storms formed on the southern flank of a developing low pressure system over the northern Rockies and southwestern Canada. Derechos are common in June, but are rare in the Rockies where storms can have a more difficult time sticking together until they can reach the flatter plains to the east, where derechos are more common. According to Leitman, there were only two other Western U.S. derechos documented prior to Saturday, in May 1994 and June 2002. More than 63,000 customers were without power as of about 9:30 p.m. EDT, according to poweroutage.us. Nearly 100,000 were without power earlier in the evening. Photos showed widespread trees down and windows blown out of a home in Littleton. There was also heavy rainfall, lightning and hail. Here the article about the Pa and NJ derecho: derecho new jersey pennsylvania june 2020, derecho new jersey pennsylvania june 2020 video, derecho new jersey pennsylvania june 2020 pictures Extreme Derecho Kills 3 and Disrupts Power to 500,000 People Across Pennsylvania and New Jersey (Videos)

At least three people are dead and more than half of a million electric customers were left in the dark after a rare derecho tore through eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey on Wednesday. The northern Plains, Upper Midwest and eastern Great Lakes were put on alert Tuesday night when the thunderstorms erupted. Then the threat … Continue reading

https://strangesounds.org/2020/06/derecho-colorado-wyoming-weather-history-video.html 

:: 6-8-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: Cop Refuses to Kneel to Protesters Who Demand It

Don’t give up hope for the US just yet

Infowars.com - June 8, 2020

A police officer refused to kneel in front of protesters who demanded he submit. The Lowell, Mass., officer was standing guard outside a building when protesters told him to “take a knee,” according to LawOfficer.com. “Nah,” he responded as respectfully as he could. Viewers of the clip were overwhelmingly supportive of the cop for not kneeling down to the protest, with several of them stating it would have put him in a dangerous position that would have made him unable to respond to threats, not to mention it would’ve been a dereliction of his duty to stand guard. “Why are they trying to force people to do something?? What if it was the other way around?? There is not ONE man I know that would get on his knees for ANYONE!!!!” One viewer responded. “And I stand behind that. It’s just a way of trying to enforce your dominance onto another, no matter skin color. This has gotten ridiculous.”

Quick question: would you rather have this officer protecting your neighborhood from civil unrest, or the young Swedish cadet who broke down into tears and took a knee?

https://www.infowars.com/video-cop-refuses-to-kneel-to-protesters-who-demanded-it/ 

:: 6-8-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Black Georgia State Trooper to Protesters: I Only Kneel for God

By Joshua Caplan 8 Jun 2020

A Georgia State Trooper is making the rounds on social media after telling Black Lives Matter protests that he only kneels for God. The Trooper’s remark came in the wake of police officers and Democrat lawmakers taking a knee during nationwide protests over the death of George Floyd. The Trooper, identified as O’Neal Saddler, was asked to take a knee at a protest Hartwell, George, according to a video shared to Facebook by Ni’Rubyan Photography “If I didn’t have any respect, I wouldn’t [be here],” Saddler told the protesters. “I was supposed to be out of town this weekend with my wife. I took off today, this weekend, but I’m out here to make sure y’all are safe.” “Don’t go there, with respect, okay? I have much respect, but I only kneel for one person,” he added. “And that’s God,” a demonstrator interjected. That’s “God,” Saddler replied. Video of the exchange was posted to Twitter by Students For Trump founder Ryan Fournier on Sunday and has garnered 16,700 retweets and 45,700 likes.

Over the weekend, Police Chief John Walcek from Lowell, Massachusetts, refused to kneel with protesters, despite chants telling him to “take a knee.”

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2020/06/08/black-georgia-state-trooper-to-protesters-i-only-kneel-for-god/ 

:: 6-9-20 Eye Opening Truth :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STOP THIS INSANITY

June 9, 2020 by Cynthia

It should be apparent to most people that there seems to be a media push/hype for “taking a knee” these days. So much of it seems to be deliberately staged and widely publicized. Don’t you find it strange? I find it extremely off-putting. I am convinced that this is totally contrived and orchestrated as part of the NWO Agenda. I tell you what bothers me. Kneeling/bowing has ALWAYS been a form of worship. Throughout history it is used to honor/worship/reverance The Creator God/Pagan Gods/God-Men such as Kings and Pharaohs. In today’s world they are actually beginning to outright call our movie/music Idols what they are gods and goddess and declaring their worship. Fans are cutting themselves for their idols and weeping and wailing, falling down on their faces before them. THIS IS WORSHIP! There is only ONE who is worthy of our Praise/Worship/Reverance and that is the Creator. When we kneel and bow before God we are outwardly acknowledging the greatness of God with a physical action. Outward physical expression is evidence of our inward spiritual state/attitude/condition. We can affect our inward spiritual state/attitude/condition by our outward physical expression. As we enter into worshp, by bowing, kneeling or raising our hands, we actually begin to move ourselves into the realm of the spirit and connect with GOD. [ to kneel or bow is an act of blessing or adoration. We see this literal word all throughout Scripture and in the context of praise it means to bow down in worship as an act of adoration. But we also see it to mean bless in the same way that God “blessed” Adam and Eve, encouraging them to be fruitful and multiply. In the praise sense, to kneel and to bow is a blessing to God. We see this in Genesis 14 when Abraham’s servant finds Rebekah (to be Isaac’s wife). He bows down and worships the Lord. We also see the Israelites bowing down to idols and other Gods all throughout their history. Using some word pictures to paint how this looks as we enter into praise, we might find ourselves thinking of a person who takes a knee or bows when someone of great importance enters the room. As an outward sign of an inward respect and reverence one would kneel and make themselves “lower” than the person receiving the reverence. Source ] I believe that all this public bowing and kneeling is preparing us to worship the Anti-Christ. For so long, especially here in America, we have been so far removed from worship. We have become proud/arrogant and self centered. We have not had a King in our country for over 200 years. We have forgotten what it is to reverance anyone. We used to respect the OFFICE of the Presidency, whether we liked/agreed with the current president or not. But, today, people have NO RESPECT for anyone or anything. Reverence does not exist. So bowing and kneeling is foreign to us and we have lost the symbolism and the spirit behind it. Frankly, as selfish and proud as we are today, I am surprised that ANYONE can get any of us to BOW! That is very likely why they have had to stage all this to get the image in our heads and steer us toward acceptance of the idea. That way, when the AntiChrist demands it, we will be less likely to refuse. Well, I can tell you right now, I will NEVER willingly bow or kneel to anyone! That is an act reserved for the ONE who is WORTHY! Do you remember the song below?

Not Gonna Bow Ninety feet tall and nine feet wide

Solid gold – “It must be a god!” They were told “When you hear the music play Fall on your knees and begin to pray” They were told But when the trumpet sounded The whole world bowed  Three men stood there all alone They said Chorus: Not gonna bow to your idols Not gonna bow, oh no Not gonna bow to your idols I won’t bow down All Bobby wanted was just to fit in To be accepted he must act like them

He said “No!” “Everybody does it! So, what’s the fuss? Come on, Bobby, won’t’ cha be like us?”

He said “No!” And when the pressure came He watched them bow Bobby stood there all alone

He said Chorus: Not gonna bow to your idols Not gonna bow, oh no Not gonna bow to your idols I won’t bow down We don’t have to give in to it We can choose to go against the crowd Russ Taff Album Medals

We don’t have to give in and join the crowd. We have the responsibility to choose. Our choice has consequences. We have the right to choose, certainly. but we must live with the choice we make.

HOLY ENVY: THE HOLINESS OF KNEELING

By: Alain Julian|Published on: Apr 16, 2018|Categories: Stories|

DANIEL MARK In Judaism, or certainly in the Orthodox Jewish tradition, we’re not supposed to imitate, much less envy, the ways of the gentiles (pagans), a name we give to those outside our faith. So when Krister Stendhal, the late Bishop of Stockholm, urged believers to look for the admirable in other religions, I did not entirely know what to make of it. Does my own faith, the one true faith if I’m right, lack something? Did God give other peoples better ways to serve Him? These questions do not preoccupy me unduly. But there is one thing I particularly admire. It is, perhaps, the simplest religious act of all.

“Now I lay me down to sleep, I pray the Lord my soul to keep.” In America, a country whose religious culture is shaped by Christian ways of worship, it is the child kneeling by the bedside that often comes to mind when I think of prayer. This is so despite the fact that I recite the prescribed Jewish prayers three times a day. For Ultra-orthodox Jews, who are more insular, the dominant culture’s images play far less a role in shaping their religious imagination. But, for me, a Modern Orthodox Jew, who, in my youth, consumed the same books, movies, television shows as my fellow citizens, the image of the child knelt in prayer is strong. What does this act of kneeling mean? To kneel is to humble oneself. It is to show reverence. Submission. Sometimes it is to beg. Other times it is to surrender to overwhelming pain. One story I will never forget is of a great rabbi who, upon hearing that his wife of many years had passed away, fell to his knees in grief, sobbing and wrapping his arms around God’s ankles, as it were. Perhaps being on one’s knees is so compelling because it is not always a voluntary act, but an involuntary expression of being physically, emotionally, or spiritually destitute. In Judaism, we take kneeling very seriously. In ancient times, this act took place at the Temple in Jerusalem when, on the holiest of days, the high priest pronounced the ineffable name of God. Nowadays, we reserve kneeling (and bowing down from our knees) for a few moments during the High Holidays, especially in the part of the liturgy that recounts the Temple scene. But never besides then. In refraining from kneeling at all other times, in prayer and not, we demonstrate that nothing equates to the Temple experience. (Or rather, that no one but GOD is worthy of our surrender, worship, adoration, exhaltation.) Indeed, depending on the flooring of the synagogue, we often put down a cloth or paper towel to avoid incidentally touching down on a marble or even wood surface. Moreover, during the holiest prayers in our liturgy, including our daily recitals, we stand fully erect, feet together, in imitation of the angels who are said to appear to have only one leg (like our two legs together) and no knees. So, kneeling in prayer is not only rare for Jews but also not necessarily our most sanctified stance.

And yet—and yet—when I am feeling most humble (not often, to be sure) or desperate (not often, either, thank God) or praiseful (working on that one), I feel the urge to kneel. I don’t do it, but I almost wish I could. At those times, I am slightly jealous of my Catholic friends who kneel each week (or day) at Mass. We Jews are ever mindful of the fact that worship is not just a function of the mind and the lips, but of one’s entire being. We regularly enact the Psalmist’s image “All my bones shall say, Lord, who is like unto thee” (Psalms 35:10) by swaying back and forth as we pray. It is a characteristically Jewish image — somewhat like the Evangelical Protestant with outstretched arms, hands high in the air — a trademark of our faith that is alien to all others. So, it is not that my tradition is insensitive to praying with one’s whole self — with heart, soul, and might devoted in concert to God. Rather, it is being schooled in a faith that values embodied worship and at the same time in a culture that has powerful depictions of knelt prayer that may explain why I am tempted to take a knee from time to time. Spontaneously. Or perhaps the urge to kneel before God is built into our nature as humans, and the God of Israel disciplines us to genuflect only before Him in His house. As an Orthodox Jew, I will continue to kneel only in the holiest of moments and places. As God would have me do. But whenever I behold seekers of divine comfort drop to their knees in prayer, I will still be moved to a spiritual solidarity that makes this world a humbler place. To Kneel Or Not to Kneel? Judaism Has an Answer.

What the NFL’s protesters can learn from the ancient ‘aleinu’ prayer.

BY GABRIEL SANDERS SEPTEMBER 26, 2017

When morning dawned on Sunday, no one really knew how the day’s football protests would unfold. Sure, those taking a knee knew that they were sticking a finger in the president’s eye, but they were probably less sure about how it would play with their bosses and fans. The same is true of players who didn’t really feel like taking a stand. “Will it cost me anything in terms of respect and affection?” they perhaps thought. “Will my teammates feel let down?”

The day’s power stemmed, in no small measure, from such uncertainties, and whatever the future may hold for the Take a Knee movement, what is without question is that things will never again be as fresh or as unpredictable as they were this past weekend.

It’s an interesting coincidence that Sunday’s games came between Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur—the one time of year that Jews kneel during prayer.

It wasn’t always so. The evidence is right there in the text of the Aleinu prayer: Va’anachnu korim, u’mishtachavim, u’modim, lifnei melech, malchei ham’lachim, hakadosh baruch hu. And we bend our knees, and bow down, and give thanks, before the Supreme King of Kings, the Holy One, Blessed be He.

Interpretations abound as to why kneeling during the Aleinu has become reserved for only the holiest of days. Kneeling, custom now holds, is something that pagans do—or Christians or Muslims. The ubiquity of the act becomes the argument against it. Commonness here is seen as the opposite of holiness. There is also a second argument, one focused more on the individual than the community. The Talmud discusses the case of a person of holiness and stature discouraged from kneeling in his prayers, for if such a person were to kneel, and his prayers were not accepted, it would seem, in the eyes of the masses, as if God were unfair and unjust. The explanations differ but they nonetheless circle around to the same idea: The act of kneeling is kept sacred by doing it only sparingly. It’s been suggested that Colin Kaepernick himself has come to believe that his original gesture has been hyped to such an extent that if he were playing now he wouldn’t be doing it anymore. The “take a knee” military meaning might be different from what you’ve heard in mainstream media. The phrase has certainly gained a lot of media attention recently after NFL players used the gesture back in 2016 to protest police brutality against African Americans during the national anthem. The military came into the conversation when those against Kaepernick argued that taking a knee is disrespectful to active duty soldiers and military veterans. But where did the whole thing start? What does the phrase “take a knee” really mean? Is it a military term or did it come from somewhere else? Read on to learn more about the “take a knee” military meaning. What does “take a knee” mean in military?

In general, taking a knee in the military is a sign of respect or simply taking a rest while on a mission. It’s a gesture that many soldiers will participate in at the foot of a fallen friend’s grave and isn’t seen as a negative at all. Additionally, a soldier in the military might take a knee as more of a defensive maneuver. Getting on one knee allows the person to be in a better position, almost like at the start of a track meet, where they able to quickly run or pivot at the drop of a hat. With the recent news coverage claiming that kneeling during the national anthem is disrespectful to soldiers and veterans, some service members, especially within the Army find the uproar strange. In the Army, take a knee means that you’re pausing, taking a breather, and stepping back to consider a situation. By no means is it a disrespectful gesture. In fact, according to Mashed Radish, an etymology blog, when Kaepernick, the football player, recently took a knee during the national anthem at a major NFL game and rekindled the phrase itself, he came to an agreement with Nate Boyer, former long snapper and Green Beret by agreeing to take a knee. See, when Kaepernick first made a demonstration as an act of protest against police brutality in the U.S. he kept seated during the national anthem. Boyer wrote to him with “frustrated understanding” and suggested he take a knee. Since taking a knee would both honor and respect veterans and fallen soldiers who risked so much and, in some cases, sacrificed everything for the freedom of our country, the two agreed that Kaepernick could continue to protest for what he believes in while staying respectful to the armed forces. So, when people start a rampage and get all revved up that football players who take a knee during the national anthem are disrespectful to the military and veterans, it’s quite a false statement. The other origins of “take a knee” Even though the phrase “take a knee” became re-popularized by Kaepernick and the NFL, its origins span from military to religion to even cultural norms. Obviously, the definition and meaning of “take a knee”, like most words and phrases, are fluid and often changing. But its history dates back to at least 1960, firmly rooted in American football. According to another etymology blog called Language Log, the phrase “take a knee” seems to be influenced by other “take” idioms like “take a stand”, “take a sip”, or “take a seat”. As the blogger went back to search through old digitized newspapers, he found a clipping about the University of South Carolina Gamecocks varsity-alumni football team from 1960. After the recent passing of a beloved athletic director and longtime coach Rex Enright, one alumni player Albert “King” Dixon, Jr. decided to “take a knee” in Enright’s memory during halftime. This type of knee-taking is reminiscent of how a soldier might “take a knee” for a fallen brother or sister. But where does this sentiment come from? Perhaps it comes from religion. In most religions of the world, people kneel in prayer to a higher power, deity, god, or gods. Even within the football origins, teams often pray before a game in the locker room by taking a knee. The way Dixon, Jr. took a knee for his fallen coach seems to fall under this category of prayer and reverence. Yet, in other football references post-1960, “take a knee” referred to activities more like having a rest or gathering oneself to make a decision. Once again, especially in the Army, this expression linked with “take a knee” seems to have military roots or at least military similarities when it comes to sentiment. Additionally, in football, a player might “take a knee” during the actual game. Also explained as “downing the ball”, a player in control of the ball would put his knee down to end the play prematurely if it was in the best interest of the team. So, overall, in American football, one might “take a knee” in prayer before a big game, during a pep talk while listening to a coach, downing the ball and ending play, or to express a moment of solidarity in the way Kaepernick demonstrated. Take a look at this instance when the Navy football team kneeled in prayer.  Going back to religious examples, Catholics would take a knee in front of the altar in prayer or as a symbol of their devotion. It’s an act of reverence as well as adoration. (WORSHIP) It’s also obvious in monarchies, where subjects might take a knee to bow to their king or queen in an expression of subservience, submission, love, and obedience or a combination of the four. Today, probably one of the most culturally accepted ways to take a knee is when one person proposes marriage to another person. Similarly, it’s a gesture of devotion, adoration, and reverence showing submission and humility. Now, since the Kaepernick demonstration, “take a knee” is used as a way to express solidarity against the racial injustice and defiance against President Donald Trump. It’s an all-in-one phrase where you don’t necessarily have to actually put one knee on the ground. For example, one might say, “Police brutality? I’ll take a knee on that one.” This explains that you disagree without actually physically protesting anything. It’s even a hashtag on social media in forms like #takeaknee or #taketheknee where people post about their problems with society, especially police brutality against African Americans. It’s quite interesting how over time these meanings evolve and change based on the current political and social climate from something that was quite a simple gesture to now such a powerful movement. (the only thing that matters is the root, everything else is a cover up, a lie, a deceit. GOD TOLD ME THAT, it applies to ALL THINGS!.) 

The Theology of Kneeling

By POPE EMERITUS BENEDICT XVI November 15, 2002

Excerpts Only Posted Here. You can view the entire article by clicking the link above.

There are groups, of no small influence, who are trying to talk us out of kneeling. “It doesn’t suit our culture”, they say (which culture?) “It’s not right for a grown man to do this — he should face God on his feet”. Or again: “It’s not appropriate for redeemed man — he has been set free by Christ and doesn’t need to kneel any more”.

If we look at history, we can see that the Greeks and Romans rejected kneeling. In view of the squabbling, partisan deities described in mythology, this attitude was thoroughly justified. It was only too obvious that these gods were not God, even if you were dependent on their capricious power and had to make sure that, whenever possible, you enjoyed their favor. And so they said that kneeling was unworthy of a free man, unsuitable for the culture of Greece, something the barbarians went in for. Plutarch and Theophrastus regarded kneeling as an expression of superstition. Aristotle called it a barbaric form of behavior (cf. Rhetoric 1361 a 36). Saint Augustine agreed with him in a certain respect: the false gods were only the masks of demons, who subjected men to the worship of money and to self-seeking, thus making them “servile” and superstitious. He said that the humility of Christ and His love, which went as far as the Cross, have freed us from these powers. We now kneel before that humility. The kneeling of Christians is not a form of inculturation into existing customs. It is quite the opposite, an expression of Christian culture, which transforms the existing culture through a new and deeper knowledge and experience of God. Kneeling does not come from any culture — it comes from the Bible and its knowledge of God. The central importance of kneeling in the Bible can be seen in a very concrete way. The word proskynein alone occurs fifty-nine times in the New Testament, twenty-four of which are in the Apocalypse, the book of the heavenly Liturgy, which is presented to the Church as the standard for her own Liturgy. On closer inspection, we can discern three closely related forms of posture. First there is prostratio — lying with one’s face to the ground before the overwhelming power of God; secondly, especially in the New Testament, there is falling to one’s knees before another; and thirdly, there is kneeling. Linguistically, the three forms of posture are not always clearly distinguished. They can be combined or merged with one another.

Prostration For the sake of brevity, I should like to mention, in the case of prostratio, just one text from the Old Testament and another from the New. In the Old Testament, there is an appearance of God to Joshua before the taking of Jericho, an appearance that the sacred author quite deliberately presents as a parallel to God’s revelation of Himself to Moses in the burning bush. Joshua sees “the commander of the army of the Lord” and, having recognized who He is, throws himself to the ground. At that moment he hears the words once spoken to Moses: “Put off your shoes from your feet; for the place where you stand is holy” (Josh 5:15). In the mysterious form of the “commander of the army of the Lord”, the hidden God Himself speaks to Joshua, and Joshua throws himself down before Him. Origen gives a beautiful interpretation of this text: “Is there any other commander of the powers of the Lord than our Lord Jesus Christ?” According to this view, Joshua is worshipping the One who is to come — the coming of Christ. In the case of the New Testament, from the Fathers onward, Jesus’ prayer on the Mount of Olives was especially important. According to Saint Matthew (22:39) and Saint Mark (14:35), Jesus throws Himself to the ground; indeed, He falls to the earth (according to Matthew). However, Saint Luke, who in his whole work (both the Gospel and the Acts of the Apostles) is in a special way the theologian of kneeling prayer, tells us that Jesus prayed on His knees. This prayer, the prayer by which Jesus enters into His Passion, is an example for us, both as a gesture and in its content. The gesture: Jesus assumes, as it were, the fall of man, lets himself fall into man’s fallenness, prays to the Father out of the lowest depths of human dereliction and anguish. He lays His will in the will of the Father’s: “Not my will but yours be done”. He lays the human will in the divine. He takes up all the hesitation of the human will and endures it. It is this very conforming of the human will to the divine that is the heart of redemption. For the fall of man depends on the contradiction of wills, on the opposition of the human will to the divine, which the tempter leads man to think is the condition of his freedom. Only one’s own autonomous will, subject to no other will, is freedom. “Not my will, but yours …” — those are the words of truth, for God’s will is not in opposition to our own, but the ground and condition of its possibility. Only when our will rests in the will of God does it become truly will and truly free. The suffering and struggle of Gethsemane is the struggle for this redemptive truth, for this uniting of what is divided, for the uniting that is communion with God. Now we understand why the Son’s loving way of addressing the Father, “Abba”, is found in this place (cf. Mk 14:36). Saint Paul sees in this cry the prayer that the Holy Spirit places on our lips (cf. Rom 8:15; Gal 4:6) and thus anchors our Spirit-filled prayer in the Lord’s prayer in Gethsemane. In the Church’s Liturgy today, prostration appears on two occasions: on Good Friday and at ordinations. On Good Friday, the day of the Lord’s crucifixion, it is the fitting expression of our sense of shock at the fact that we by our sins share in the responsibility for the death of Christ. We throw ourselves down and participate in His shock, in His descent into the depths of anguish. We throw ourselves down and so acknowledge where we are and who we are: fallen creatures whom only He can set on their feet. We throw ourselves down, as Jesus did, before the mystery of God’s power present to us, knowing that the Cross is the true burning bush, the place of the flame of God’s love, which burns but does not destroy. At ordinations prostration comes from the awareness of our absolute incapacity, by our own powers, to take on the priestly mission of Jesus Christ, to speak with His “I”. While the ordinands are lying on the ground, the whole congregation sings the Litany of the Saints. I shall never forget lying on the ground at the time of my own priestly and episcopal ordination. When I was ordained bishop, my intense feeling of inadequacy, incapacity, in the face of the greatness of the task was even stronger than at my priestly ordination. The fact that the praying Church was calling upon all the saints, that the prayer of the Church really was enveloping and embracing me, was a wonderful consolation. In my incapacity, which had to be expressed in the bodily posture of prostration, this prayer, this presence of all the saints, of the living and the dead, was a wonderful strength — it was the only thing that could, as it were, lift me up. Only the presence of the saints with me made possible the path that lay before me. Kneeling before another Secondly, we must mention the gesture of falling to one’s knees before another, which is described four times in the Gospels (cf. Mk 1:40; 10:17; Mt 17:14; 27:29) by means of the word gonypetein. Let us single out Mark 1:40. A leper comes to Jesus and begs Him for help. He falls to his knees before Him and says: “If you will, you can make me clean”. It is hard to assess the significance of the gesture. What we have here is surely not a proper act of adoration, but rather a supplication expressed fervently in bodily form, while showing a trust in a power beyond the merely human. The situation is different, though, with the classical word for adoration on one’s knees — proskynein. I shall give two examples in order to clarify the question that faces the translator.  First there is the account of how, after the multiplication of the loaves, Jesus stays with the Father on the mountain, while the disciples struggle in vain on the lake with the wind and the waves. Jesus comes to them across the water. Peter hurries toward Him and is saved from sinking by the Lord. Then Jesus climbs into the boat, and the wind lets up. The text continues: “And the ship’s crew came and said, falling at His feet, ‘Thou art indeed the Son of God’” (Mt 14:33, Knox version). Other translations say: “[The disciples] in the boat worshiped [Jesus], saying …” (RSV). Both translations are correct. Each emphasizes one aspect of what is going on. The Knox version brings out the bodily expression, while the RSV shows what is happening interiorly. It is perfectly clear from the structure of the narrative that the gesture (falling on their knees) of acknowledging Jesus as the Son of God is an act of worship. We encounter a similar set of problems in Saint John’s Gospel when we read the account of the healing of the man born blind. This narrative, which is structured in a truly “theo-dramatic” way, ends with a dialogue between Jesus and the man He has healed. It serves as a model for the dialogue of conversion, for the whole narrative must also be seen as a profound exposition of the existential and theological significance of Baptism. In the dialogue, Jesus asks the man whether he believes in the Son of Man. The man born blind replies: “Tell me who He is, Lord”. When Jesus says, “It is He who is speaking to you”, the man makes the confession of faith: “I do believe, Lord”, and then he “[falls] down to worship Him” (Jn 9:35-38, Knox version adapted). Earlier translations said: “He worshiped Him”. In fact, the whole scene is directed toward the act of faith and the worship of Jesus, which follows from it. Now the eyes of the heart, as well as of the body, are opened. The man has in truth begun to see.  For the exegesis of the text it is important to note that the word proskynein occurs eleven times in Saint John’s Gospel, of which nine occurrences are found in Jesus’ conversation with the Samaritan woman by Jacob’s well (Jn 4:19-24). This conversation is entirely devoted to the theme of worship, and it is indisputable that here, as elsewhere in Saint John’s Gospel, the word always has the meaning of “worship”. Incidentally, this conversation, too, ends — like that of the healing of the man born blind — with Jesus’ revealing Himself: “I who speak to you am He” (Jn 4:26). I have lingered over these texts, because they bring to light something important. In the two passages that we looked at most closely, the spiritual and bodily meanings of proskynein are really inseparable. The bodily gesture itself is the bearer of the spiritual meaning, which is precisely that of worship. Without the worship, the bodily gesture would be meaningless, while the spiritual act must of its very nature, because of the psychosomatic unity of man, express itself in the bodily gesture. The two aspects are united in the one word, because in a very profound way they belong together. When kneeling becomes merely external, a merely physical act, it becomes meaningless. One the other hand, when someone tries to take worship back into the purely spiritual realm and refuses to give it embodied form, the act of worship evaporates, for what is purely spiritual is inappropriate to the nature of man. Worship is one of those fundamental acts that affect the whole man. That is why bending the knee before the presence of the living God is something we cannot abandon. In saying this, we come to the typical gesture of kneeling on one or both knees. In the Hebrew of the Old Testament, the verb barak, “to kneel”, is cognate with the word berek, “knee”. The Hebrews regarded the knees as a symbol of strength, to bend the knee is, therefore, to bend our strength before the living God, an acknowledgment of the fact that all that we are we receive from Him. In important passages of the Old Testament, this gesture appears as an expression of worship. At the dedication of the Temple, Solomon kneels “in the presence of all the assembly of Israel” (II Chron 6:13). After the Exile, in the afflictions of the returned Israel, which is still without a Temple, Ezra repeats this gesture at the time of the evening sacrifice: “I … fell upon my knees and spread out my hands to the Lord my God” (Ezra 9:5). The great psalm of the Passion, Psalm 22 (“My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?”), ends with the promise: “Yes, to Him shall all the proud of the earth fall down; before Him all who go down to the dust shall throw themselves down” (v. 29, RSV adapted). The related passage Isaiah 45:23 we shall have to consider in the context of the New Testament. The Acts of the Apostles tells us how Saint Peter (9:40), Saint Paul (20:36), and the whole Christian community (21:5) pray on their knees. Particularly important for our question is the account of the martyrdom of Saint Stephen. The first man to witness to Christ with his blood is described in his suffering as a perfect image of Christ, whose Passion is repeated in the martyrdom of the witness, even in small details. One of these is that Stephen, on his knees, takes up the petition of the crucified Christ: “Lord, do not hold this sin against them” (7:60). We should remember that Luke, unlike Matthew and Mark, speaks of the Lord kneeling in Gethsemane, which shows that Luke wants the kneeling of the first martyr to be seen as his entry into the prayer of Jesus. Kneeling is not only a Christian gesture, but a christological one. The Name above all Names For me, the most important passage for the theology of kneeling will always be the great hymn of Christ in Philippians 2:6-11. In this pre-Pauline hymn, we hear and see the prayer of the apostolic Church and can discern within it her confession of faith in Christ. However, we also hear the voice of the Apostle, who enters into this prayer and hands it on to us, and, ultimately, we perceive here both the profound inner unity of the Old and New Testaments and the cosmic breadth of Christian faith. The hymn presents Christ as the antitype of the First Adam. While the latter high-handedly grasped at likeness to God, Christ does not count equality with God, which is His by nature, “a thing to be grasped”, but humbles Himself unto death, even death on the Cross. It is precisely this humility, which comes from love, that is the truly divine reality and procures for Him the “name which is above every name, that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, in heaven and on earth and under the earth” (Phil 2:5-10).

Here the hymn of the apostolic Church takes up the words of promise in Isaiah 45:23: “By myself I have sworn, from my mouth has gone forth in righteousness a word that shall not return: ‘To me every knee shall bow, every tongue shall swear’”. In the interweaving of Old and New Testaments, it becomes clear that, even as crucified, Jesus bears that “name above every name” — the name of the Most High — and is Himself God by nature. Through Him, through the Crucified, the bold promise of the Old Testament is now fulfilled: all bend the knee before Jesus, the One who descended, and bow to Him precisely as the one true God above all gods. The Cross has become the world-embracing sign of God’s presence, and all that we have previously heard about the historic and cosmic Christ should now, in this passage, come back into our minds. The Christian Liturgy is a cosmic Liturgy precisely because it bends the knee before the crucified and exalted Lord. Here is the center of authentic culture – the culture of truth. The humble gesture by which we fall at the feet of the Lord inserts us into the true path of life of the cosmos. There is much more that we might add. For example, there is the touching story told by Eusebius in his history of the Church as a tradition going back to Hegesippus in the second century. Apparently, Saint James, the “brother of the Lord”, the first bishop of Jerusalem and “head” of the Jewish Christian Church, had a kind of callous on his knees, because he was always on his knees worshipping God and begging forgiveness for his people (2, 23, 6). Again, there is a story that comes from the sayings of the Desert Fathers, according to which the devil was compelled by God to show himself to a certain Abba Apollo. He looked black and ugly, with frighteningly thin limbs, but most strikingly, he had no knees. The inability to kneel is seen as the very essence of the diabolical.  But I do not want to go into more detail. I should like to make just one more remark. The expression used by Saint Luke to describe the kneeling of Christians (theis ta gonata) is unknown in classical Greek. We are dealing here with a specifically Christian word. With that remark, our reflections turn full circle to where they began. It may well be that kneeling is alien to modern culture — insofar as it is a culture, for this culture has turned away from the faith and no longer knows the one before whom kneeling is the right, indeed the intrinsically necessary gesture. The man who learns to believe learns also to kneel, and a faith or a liturgy no longer familiar with kneeling would be sick at the core.

Revelation 19:10 Then I fell down at his feet to worship him, but he said to me, “You must not do that! I am a fellow servant with you and your brethren who hold the testimony of Jesus. Worship God.” For the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.

Revelation 22:8-9 I John am he who heard and saw these things. And when I heard and saw them, I fell down to worship at the feet of the angel who showed them to me; [9] but he said to me, “You must not do that! I am a fellow servant with you and your brethren the prophets, and with those who keep the words of this book. Worship God.”

It is the spontaneous reaction of human beings (seen throughout Scripture) to be awed by angelic appearances or theophanies or direct manifestations of God. In the moment you don’t think “this is just an angel.” You react with awe, which is what John did. He wasn’t thinking theologically, as we have the luxury to do in our armchairs, but he was thinking, “this is a far greater Being than I!” Moreover (and more to the point at hand), often in the Old Testament the Lord and His Angel (“angel of the Lord”) are virtually indistinguishable, to the extent that these angels are called angels in one second and God in the next, so it wouldn’t necessarily be clear which was the case. Even in the burning bush, there is a reference to “the Angel of the Lord” (Ex 3:2) and yet two verses later, “God called to him out of the bush.” John may have very well thought that this was a direct manifestation of God, in that sense, but was mistaken and corrected by the angel. That’s what I think was primarily going on, in which case it wasn’t idolatry at all, because he thought it was God, or such a direct communication from God through the angel that “worship” was the proper response. Judges 13:15-22 Mano’ah said to the angel of the LORD, “Pray, let us detain you, and prepare a kid for you.” [16] And the angel of the LORD said to Mano’ah, “If you detain me, I will not eat of your food; but if you make ready a burnt offering, then offer it to the LORD.” (For Mano’ah did not know that he was the angel of the LORD.) [17] And Mano’ah said to the angel of the LORD, “What is your name, so that, when your words come true, we may honor you?” [18] And the angel of the LORD said to him, “Why do you ask my name, seeing it is wonderful?” [19] So Mano’ah took the kid with the cereal offering, and offered it upon the rock to the LORD, to him who works wonders. [20] And when the flame went up toward heaven from the altar, the angel of the LORD ascended in the flame of the altar while Mano’ah and his wife looked on; and they fell on their faces to the ground. [21] The angel of the LORD appeared no more to Mano’ah and to his wife. Then Mano’ah knew that he was the angel of the LORD. [22] And Mano’ah said to his wife, “We shall surely die, for we have seen God.”

The Angel of the Lord is also equated with God (theophany) in Gen 31:11-13; Jud 2:1; but differentiated from God as well, as a representative: (2 Sam 24:16; 1 Ki 19:6-7; 2 Ki 19:35; Dan 3:25, 28; 6:23; Zech 1:8-14).

Mark 3:11 And whenever the unclean spirits beheld him, they fell down before him and cried out, “You are the Son of God.”

Mark 5:33 But the woman, knowing what had been done to her, came in fear and trembling and fell down before him, and told him the whole truth.

Mark 7:25 But immediately a woman, whose little daughter was possessed by an unclean spirit, heard of him, and came and fell down at his feet.

Luke 8:28 When he saw Jesus, he cried out and fell down before him, and said with a loud voice, “What have you to do with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? I beseech you, do not torment me.”

Luke 8:47 And when the woman saw that she was not hidden, she came trembling, and falling down before him declared in the presence of all the people why she had touched him, and how she had been immediately healed.

We have witnessed a trend developing that I find bizarre and offensive. It is known as the “Take a Knee” movement. Lately this movement is really getting out of hand. Now, we have white people bowing down and begging forgiveness from Blacks. Even to the point where they are licking the boots of Black Panthers as a form of public humiliation. This ought not to be! I have no problem with whites and coming together for public prayer, for healing and restoration. Seeking forgiveness from GOD for the sins of our nation and our forefathers is a good idea. Renouncing all of those things that were done unjustly that caused pain, suffering and grief, is also a good idea. Committing to do our best to help to make things right on all sides, for all parties, is also good. BUT, no man should bow and fall at the feet of any man, begging. That is wrong! It is evil for any man to accept such worship! They will have to answer to GOD for stealing what belongs to HIM! Such worship can only serve to pump man up, feed his ego and his pride. Pride goeth before a fall. (When I say man, I am referring to mankind. That include Men, women and children.)

White Community Kneel Before Black Community To Beg For Forgiveness For Years Of Racism In The U.S

Made4Naija Tv

• 12K views1 week ago

White Community Kneel Before Black Community To Beg For Forgiveness For Years Of Racism In The U.S #White #Black …

New

1:53NOW PLAYING

Police officers across the U.S. kneel, pray alongside protesters

Washington Post

437K views6 days ago

Members of various police departments were filmed kneeling in unity alongside protesters as demonstrations following George …

New

CC

3:36NOW PLAYING

WOW!!!! White People Kneel Down In Front Of Black Community To Ask For Forgiveness

Viable Tv

• 29K views6 days ago

New

1:13NOW PLAYING NYPD Officers Take Knee at George Floyd Protests in New York City

Bloomberg QuickTake News

• 63K views1 week ago

Members of the NYPD took the knee during protests against George Floyd’s death, kneeling alongside demonstrators in New York …

4:20NOW PLAYING

Portland Police Kneel in Solidarity with George Floyd Protesters | NowThis

NowThis News

105K views6 days ago

Police officers took a knee in solidarity with Black Lives Matter protesters in Portland, Oregon. » Subscribe to NowThis: …

New

3:40NOW PLAYING

White people kneel to wash feet of black protesters and beg for forgiveness for years of racism

Celebs dailygh

•32 views1 hour ago

A group of white police officers and other civilians in Cary, North Carolina, came together to wash the feet of black protesters while …

3:41NOW PLAYING

White People Kneel for George Floyd in 3rd Ward Houston

1:34NOW PLAYING

Protesters, officers kneel and pray

1:43NOW PLAYING

White Community Kneel Before Black Community To Beg For Forgiveness For Years Of (video)

A video shared online shows the moment White people went on their knees to beg Black people for forgiveness for all the years of …

New

4:21NOW PLAYING

White People Kneel Ask Forgiveness From The Black Community | Playground Burned After Protests

0:31NOW PLAYING

White people kneel, ask forgiveness from the black community in Third Ward

KPRC 2 Click2Houston

• 252K views1 week ago

0:25NOW PLAYING

White people kneel, ask forgiveness from the black community in Third Ward pt. 2

Black people kneel to ask GOD to forgive them for their part in the race issue. That is what we should all be doing, asking GOD’s forgiveness for our sins and to be cleansed from the sins of our ancestors. NOT KNEELING BEFORE BLACK PANTHERS ANS LICKING THEIR BOOTS! NOT KNEELING BEFORE ANY MAN/WOMAN. WE SHOULD ONLY KNEEL BEFORE GOD OUR MAKER!

KPRC 2 Click2Houston

• 64K views1 week ago

spacer

These next two videos are absolutely horrifyingly offensive. I am in total shock that our society has been so completely perverted!

spacer

1:02NOW PLAYING

⚡ Man put the white woman on her knees and made her apologize

Breaking News

•177K views6 days ago

The man in New York dropped the white woman to her knees and made her apologize for the “white” privileges.

Scribe note: There are many, many more views on the site click on the link at the end of this article.

I have a distinct memory of the first time I heard Chris Tomlin’s song, “Holy is the Lord.” Though this was a dozen years ago, my memory is distinct because my attitude was so poor in that moment. As we sang about standing and lifting our hands, and about bowing down in worship, my jaw clenched and my body froze. All around me, people’s physical expressions mirrored the lyrics that were on their lips. But I was rigid, indignant that I would not be told how to worship with my body. How could a dictated posture truly be sincere? Isn’t God only concerned with the posture of my heart? Fast forward a few weeks, and there was that song again! This time, my self-consciousness trumped my indignation. What would people think if I didn’t lift my hands with everyone else? Reluctantly, one hand raised (first just above waist level, then a bit higher). Though pride was a poor motive to lift my hands that day, I discovered something significant: hand raised, my soul also lifted toward Heaven a bit. Bowed low (though not all the way to the floor…let’s not get too radical!), my attitude humbled somewhat. In essence, it seemed that my actions led my soul to worship, if only slightly, that morning. Over time, as I became increasingly acquainted with God’s Word, one thing that became apparent to me was that physical engagement just might be significant after all. Throughout the Psalms, a variety of physical expressions are invited, to help the worshiper express God’s worth. Though not a comprehensive list, among them are: clapping (Psalm 47), lifting hands (Psalm 63), bowing and kneeling (Psalm 95), standing (Psalm 119), lifting up eyes (Psalm 121), and dancing (Psalm 149-150).

The Apostle Paul exclaims a powerful Doxology in Romans 11: 33-36 (NIV):

Oh, the depth of the riches of the wisdom and knowledge of God!

How unsearchable his judgments,

and his paths beyond tracing out!

“Who has known the mind of the Lord?

Or who has been his counselor?”

“Who has ever given to God,

that God should repay them?”

For from him and through him and for him are all things.

To him be the glory forever! Amen.

Immediately after this bold exclamation of praise, Paul writes:

Therefore, I urge you, brothers and sisters, in view of God’s mercy, to offer your bodies as a living sacrifice, holy and pleasing to God—this is your true and proper worship. (Romans 12:1NIV)

Paul’s position is that all worship is holistic; He clearly states that we are to offer our bodies to God in worship. In this one admonishment, he contradicts the Gnostic teaching that the things of the physical realm are bad. Their view was that the things of the spirit needed to be separated from the evil of the body. But Paul wrapped up body and soul together, encouraging holistic, incarnational worship.

If you wonder whether your own heart might be led to worship by physical postures, perhaps you might try this exercise:

Choose a familiar worship song.

……..I suggest Laurie Klein’s “I Love You Lord”.

Sing it through several times, using different posture every so often:

…….* Sitting

…….* Standing, hands up, face up

…….* Kneeling, with head bowed

Try the exercise again with another song or hymn. I suggest Weeden & Van de Venter’s “I Surrender All”.

Did you notice whether changing your physical posture had an effect on your heart’s disposition? (Please comment on your experience below!)

A dozen years ago, my attitude kept me from raising my hands. Today, raising my hands (or kneeling, standing silent, or lying prostrate) are sometimes significant catalysts to my soul being led Heavenward. It would be simply untrue to say that I am always prepared to worship my God. When the drudgery of the day or a negative circumstance tempts me not to engage with the Lord, I choose to offer my body, a living sacrifice, to enter in to worship. In these moments, as I offer my humanness, my heart disposition is led by my physical posture.

Turn your eyes upon Jesus. Look full in His wonderful face.

And the things of earth will grow strangely dim, in the light of His glory and grace.

(Helen H. Lemmel)

spacer

Finally, I wanted to share this video from a man who has a family that is integrated. Still limited by their individual backgrounds and experiences the lessons he presents here may or may not be relative to other people’s experiences. We are all different and we are all limited by our own environment, experiences and relationships. We just need to learn to meet people where they are and respect each other.

What I am learning from my white grandchildren — truths about race | Anthony Peterson | TEDxAntioch

TEDx Talks  Nov 4, 2014

This talk was given at a local TEDx event, produced independently of the TED Conferences. Are we in a post-racial society? Do we want to be? Anthony Peterson, an African American, draws from current research and from conversations with his Anglo American grandchildren to address truths about race in 21st century America. Anthony Peterson is an African American Army brat who calls Hawaii home. He has lived, studied, written about, and taught about cultural and racial realities. He has developed and facilitated diversity training for corporate and church leaders. His degrees in psychology and religious education add to his perspective. Anthony continues work as an educator, writer and editor in Nashville, Tennessee, where he lives with his wife, Laura. They count six children and nine grandchildren. About TEDx, x = independently organized event In the spirit of ideas worth spreading, TEDx is a program of local, self-organized events that bring people together to share a TED-like experience. At a TEDx event, TEDTalks video and live speakers combine to spark deep discussion and connection in a small group. These local, self-organized events are branded TEDx, where x = independently organized TED event. The TED Conference provides general guidance for the TEDx program, but individual TEDx events are self-organized.* (*Subject to certain rules and regulations)

https://www.eyeopeningtruth.com/stop-this-insanity/

:: 6-7-20 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How You Can Avoid the Enemy's End-Times Deception

9:00AM EDT 6/7/2020 Don Britton

Many Christians are deceived into thinking that evidence of the Holy Spirit is connected to supernatural gifts. The biblical evidence says otherwise: christianmyths.org. No one can bear fruit without power. The evidence of the indwelling of the Holy Spirit is shown by the power of the fruit of the Holy Spirit in the person's life, not in signs and wonders. The evidence of the Holy Spirit is not speaking in tongues as some have said it is or in the supernatural gifts. In fact, not everyone speaks in tongues, any more than any one person has every other spiritual gift. The Bible plainly says, "all do not speak in tongues, do they?" We were warned by Jesus about the great deception in the last days of false signs and wonders. The devil can speak in tongues, the devil can prophesy, the devil can perform signs and wonders, even great signs and wonders, and he does it all the time through false brethren, false pastors and false prophets. God has given the devil power to deceive. Just because someone speaks in tongues or can perform a sign or wonder does not mean he is doing it by the Holy Spirit. Remember the Egyptian magicians, the sorcerers, those who practice divination, the fortune tellers, the spiritualist, the medians, the readers of omens and so forth. All of these supernatural spiritual powers are from the devil, and they can and do work today through the false prophets in the forms of the "word of knowledge," speaking in tongues, prophesying of future events, dreams and visions, various revelations, healings, supernatural manifestations and more. But if the fruit is not right and does not line up with Scripture, then it is a bad tree, a false brother, a false prophet and a false sign or wonder. You must look at the fruit, not the sign. If you see a prophet who performs signs and wonders, and he does not have the fruit of humility, takes your money for himself, does not address your need for repentance or makes a show of his ministry for his own personal glory and many such things like this which are completely out of character with Jesus, then he is a false prophet. Remember that Jesus told us that they would come in sheep's clothing but inwardly be ravenous wolves. John the Baptist called them a brood of vipers. You will know them by their fruit! "Beware of false prophets who come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves. You will know them by their fruit. Do men gather grapes from thorns, or figs from thistles? Even so, every good tree bears good fruit. But a corrupt tree bears evil fruit. A good tree cannot bear evil fruit, nor can a corrupt tree bear good fruit. Every tree that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire. Therefore, by their fruit you will know them" (Matt. 7:15-20). For more of Don Britton's teaching about the evidence of the Holy Spirit on The Great Deception podcast, click here. Related Reading: The Great Deception of American Christianity Without Christ at christianmyths.org and amazon.com.

Connect on Social Media: facebook.com/don.britton.754

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/81485-how-you-can-avoid-the-enemy-s-end-times-deception 

:: 6-8-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Violence Won't Dethrone God

By James Hirsen Monday, 08 June 2020 09:42 AM

A peculiar phrase recently became a trending topic on Twitter.

Its words read as follows: "Attack and Dethrone God." These same words were displayed on a graphic during a segment that had previously aired on Fox News Channel’s "The Ingraham Angle." Language contained in the graphic was intended to be a backdrop for a guest of host Laura Ingraham named Terrie Turchie, a former deputy assistant director of the FBI’s Counterterrorism Division. Turchie was discussing ideas that had once been fostered by a violence-based group from our nation’s past, the Weather Underground. In his appearance, Turchie drew parallels between the recent rioting and mayhem that plagued urban areas across America and the insidious activities in which the notorious 1960s group had engaged. As Turchie noted, in the wake of its efforts the Weather Underground had left an intriguing package behind, which took the form of a book-length manifesto. If all went according to a warped wish list, the manifesto would be adopted as a blueprint for future like-minded radicals to use. Its title, "Prairie Fire." "They had a major goal, and that goal was to form a communist revolution," Turchie stated. Authors of "Prairie Fire," which include the familiar subversive names of Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn, referenced the goal of bringing down the United States government. "We are a guerrilla organization," the authors wrote. "We are communist women and men."

As the Fox guest distilled six strategies that the Weather Underground had laid out in its manifesto, a graphic appeared on the screen with the following objectives listed:

—Destroy Capitalism

—The Weapon of Choice – Systemic Racism and Police Racism

—Identify the Victim Classes

—Organize the Victim Classes

—Engage in International Solidarity with the Global Movement

—Attack and Dethrone God.

The resemblance to the rhetoric used by today’s activist organizations and their allies is, to say the least, highly disturbing. Back in the day, the Weather Underground used a benign-sounding term to summarize its approach. It turns out to be the same not so benign-sounding term now that leftist activists have been using since President Donald Trump was elected — resistance. Following Turchie’s appearance, trolls on Twitter took to the internet speedway. The many salient points that Ingraham and Turchie had made were ignored altogether. However, the last phrase that Turchie cited would trigger the dropping of an anvil of snarky social media hate. It dared to mention the Creator of the Universe. Some in the antagonistic media slid down the "Alice in Wonderland" rabbit hole of fact checking, going on to dismiss the anti-religion phrase and muttering about how the words on the graphic were not actually in the Weather Underground document, at least not those identical words.

For those who are still able to peer into the non-flipped side of the looking glass, the similarities between the Weather Underground and the Antifa movement are striking. This was observed by heralded scholar of the left Noam Chomsky, who happens to be one of the few "progressive" voices who has warned about Antifa. Back in 2017, Chomsky described Antifa to the Washington Examiner as "a minuscule fringe of the Left, just as its predecessors were." He also described the group as "a major gift to the Right." Chomsky additionally said, "What they do is often wrong in principle . . . and is generally self-destructive." "There’s some limited similarity to the Weather Underground," Chomsky noted, pointing out that the historical context was different and implying that Antifa was more prone to harming people than the "Weathermen," who committed their acts "almost always against property, in intent at least." There are other things about the two groups that appear to be markedly similar.

Both seem to view themselves as possessing the purity of true communist revolutionary beliefs. Both advocate violence, particularly against law enforcement. And both embrace a communist worldview, which requires a fundamental presupposition of a materialistic conception of history, making religion antithetical to communist thought. Marxist theorist Leon Trotsky wrote, "Religiousness is irreconcilable with the Marxian standpoint." Communist co-creator Vladimir Lenin similarly cited atheism as "an inseparable element of the materialist view of life . . . a necessary condition for the theoretical education of the revolutionist." Founder of communism Karl Marx infamously dismissed religion as "the opium of the people," arguing that religion prevents a better communist existence from becoming reality. The attempt to dethrone God has been part and parcel of communism from its inception. Atrocities that have been committed against religious people and institutions reflect the hatred for all things relating to the Almighty. But thankfully, people who have the gift of knowledge that flows from the Spirit know the truth. No one can ever take the throne from the King of the World.

James Hirsen, J.D., M.A., in media psychology, is a New York Times best-selling author, media analyst, and law professor. Visit Newsmax TV Hollywood. Read James Hirsen's Reports — More Here.

https://www.newsmax.com/jameshirsen/antfia-weatherunderground-trotsky-marx/2020/06/08/id/971046/ 

:: 6-8-20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fresh protests in Kashmir after Indian forces kill nine rebels

Anti-India protests after forces kill nine rebels in separate gun battles that started on Sunday in Shopian district.

8 Jun 2020

Anti-India protests have continued for a second day on Monday in Indian-administered Kashmir after the Indian forces killed at least nine rebels in the disputed region. The rebels, including three commanders, were killed in separate gunfights with the security forces in Shopian district, some 70km (43 miles) south of the capital, Srinagar. The fighting began on Sunday. Four rebels were killed in the Pinjora area on Monday morning after the government forces set up a cordon and search operation when they received intelligence about the presence of the fighters, who either want Kashmir's independence or a merger with Muslim-majority Pakistan. Five other rebels were killed in a gunfight with the forces in Shopian district's Reban area on Sunday afternoon. Police said three soldiers were wounded. "Nine militants of the Hizbul Mujahideen outfit, including its three top commanders, have been neutralized in less than 24 hours," state police chief Dilbagh Singh told reporters on Monday.  Singh said the Indian security forces have eliminated 22 rebels, including six top commanders, during the past two weeks. Police said 73 rebels have been killed in the Muslim-majority region this year.  In April alone, more than two dozen rebels and about a dozen Indian troops were killed, the most in any month since August 2019, when India revoked the region's semi-autonomous status and statehood, and imposed direct federal rule. The latest killings sparked protests and clashes as hundreds of residents tried to march to the site of the battle. Chanting slogans demanding an end to India's occupation of Kashmir, demonstrators threw stones at police and paramilitary soldiers, who fired shotgun pellets and tear gas. No casualties were immediately reported in the clashes. India has stepped up its operations across Kashmir in recent months, with almost daily fighting reported along the rugged and mountainous frontier that divides Kashmir between India and Pakistan. Since 1989, the conflict has resulted in nearly 70,000 deaths, most of them civilians. India accuses Pakistan of arming and training the anti-India rebels. Pakistan denies this, saying it offers only moral and diplomatic support to the rebels and to Kashmiri civilians who oppose Indian rule.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/06/protests-police-brutality-continue-europe-live-200607132432534.html 

:: 6-8-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mexican cartels stockpile drugs and money amid COVID-19 pandemic

Beth Warren and Karol Suarez, Louisville Courier Journal Published 10:30 a.m. ET June 8, 2020 | Updated 5:19 p.m. ET June 8, 2020

LOUISVILLE, Ky. – The COVID-19 pandemic is making meth more expensive in much of the USA. Travel restrictions at U.S.-Mexican border crossings and abroad have made it harder for cartels to move drugs and drug profits without detection, according to agents with the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration. "There’s been stockpiling of drugs and money on both sides of the southwest border, and money-laundering activity has decreased,” said J. Todd Scott, special agent in charge of the DEA's Louisville Field Division. “People, in general, aren’t moving; stuff isn’t moving," he said. "Cartels function best when they can kind of move undercover, move with the legitimate commerce.” Travel restrictions to and from China slowed the importation of precursor chemicals, which cartels use to make meth and fentanyl. Cartels, in turn, slowed the amount of meth sent to America. To lessen the financial blow, cartels inflated the price of drugs, especially meth, according to drug agents across the country. “About half of our field divisions are reporting price increases at the retail level of meth and increases for fentanyl" across the country, said Scott, who directs agents and intelligence analysts in Tennessee, Kentucky and West Virginia. “There’s less of it out there, they’re gonna charge more."  'Every arm of cartels are having to adjust' In Los Angeles, a major hub for Mexican cartels, meth prices have doubled. At the end of last year, a trafficker could buy a pound at wholesale from a cartel associate for $900. Then prices began to rise, climbing to $1,800 to $2,000 per pound, said Bill Bodner, special agent in charge of the DEA's Los Angeles Field Division. The street-level price of fentanyl and crystal methamphetamine, called "ice," has increased in Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky and Tennessee, said Vic Brown, executive director of Appalachia High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area task forces. State lockdowns and the recommended reduction of travel slowed drug trafficking along interstate corridors, he said. “With methamphetamine, we’re seeing prices have gone up across the state of New Mexico,” said Will Glaspy, head of High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area task forces in the New Mexico region. In the DEA New England Field Division – which includes Massachusetts, Connecticut, Vermont, Maine, Rhode Island and New Hampshire – investigators noticed slight price increases for fentanyl and cocaine at the end of May, but no increase for meth in their region, said division spokesman Timothy Desmond. The virus hasn't hampered drug sales, he said. The coronavirus has affected Mexican cartels' global business. The cartels have struggled to get drugs in and money out of Australia, said Kevin Merkel, the DEA's Australia attaché. This is the most sought-after illicit drug market, where users are willing to pay a much higher price for top-quality Mexican meth than American buyers. "As businesses are having to adjust, every arm of cartels are having to adjust," Merkel said. Meth prices started to climb in Australia in May and have doubled in some areas, the drug agent said. A kilo of meth used to cost $90,000 to $130,000 but now garners up to $200,000, he said. Cocaine, harder to get during the pandemic, followed a similar spike. Dealers pay more and pass the additional cost to users. In East and Southeast Asia, the supply of meth and other synthetic opioids has swelled, causing prices to fall, according to a report in May from the United Nations Office on Drug and Crime. "While the world has shifted its attention to the COVID-19 pandemic, all indications are that production and trafficking of synthetic drugs and chemicals continue at record levels in the region," Jeremy Douglas, UNODC representative for Southeast Asia and the Pacific, said. As people who are addicted scramble to pay more for their fix, agents predict an increase in car, garage and home burglaries, as well as thefts. "I would be very surprised if over the next three to four months, we didn’t see property crimes go up," said Bodner, head of LA drug agents. "When prices go up, addicts have to pay, and they have to get the money from somewhere." The money paid for drugs is stockpiling in the USA and Australia, as cartels are leery of getting caught during a time of reduced travel. During a 10-week period beginning in March, drug agents in the Los Angeles area seized $10 million in drug money, Bodner said. That's more than double drug profit seizures during the same time period last year. He explained that traffickers who used to limit money stored in stash houses to $100,000 to $200,000 keep $1 million or more. After law enforcement stumbled onto several large stockpiles of drug proceeds, cartels made quick changes. “They’re having to resort to the old-fashioned way of putting money back in the trunk of a car and driving it south," Bodner said. Virus also affects drug agents

As cartel members and associates have made adjustments during the pandemic, so have investigators. “Routine hand-to-hand drug deals or buys you might have done a few weeks ago are a little tougher to pull off now," Scott, the DEA agent in Louisville, said. "But the bigger investigations, the wire intercepts, the long-term complex conspiracy cases are still going on. “We’ve got enough gear to go out and do the arrests we need to do.” Scott moved from Texas to Kentucky in May during the pandemic to lead the DEA's Louisville Field Division. He had to use videoconferencing to meet his new agents, who he said continue to "vigorously" pursue cases. "It hasn’t been easy, and we’ve had to get a bit creative in how we safely approach our operations, but we haven’t let the pandemic stop our efforts to support DEA’s mission and keep our communities safe," he said. Merkel oversees one of the divisions most affected by the virus. Several of his agents and their families were evacuated from China, Indonesia and parts of Manila. Those agents, temporarily relocated to Washington, have remained in contact with their counterparts in their host countries to coordinate investigations, search warrants and arrests. "They’re on the other side of the world still getting their job done,” Merkel said. "It's impressive." Investigation: Mexican drug lord’s empire devastating families with its grip on US Across the USA, federal agents wear face masks, gloves and eye protection to search suspects' homes and make arrests. In New York, police and DEA agents teamed to shut down a drug ring in the Bronx in May that had more than a million dollars in heroin and fentanyl. "Amid the COVID-19 pandemic, we arrested six drug traffickers who aptly branded their product ‘coronavirus,’ " DEA Special Agent in Charge Ray Donovan said in a tweet. Some police departments are concerned about safety and want to hold off on interviews and searches and instead focus on surveillance. “Some of those departments don’t want their guys going out,” said Glaspy, who oversees task forces at the border that team federal agents with local and state police. In Mexico, cartels capitalize on pandemic In Mexico, cartels are finding ways to capitalize on the virus. That includes fighting over drug sales and coveted routes as police and the military focus on civil unrest as a result of the coronavirus, which has killed more than 13,000 people in Mexico. "That obviously distracts law enforcement from controlling many highways and many drug distribution points, and that could promote the trafficking or domestic sale of drugs,” said Eduardo Guerrero Gutiérrez, a public safety consultant and political analyst based in Mexico City. The cartel turf wars have contributed to a spike in homicides, which topped 11,535 by the end of April, according to the country's security ministry. At that pace, the country is likely to suffer one of its deadliest years since record keeping began in 1997. During the pandemic, cartels deliver food and essential household items to impoverished residents in Mexico to garner support and mark their turf. Cartel members boast about their supposed good deeds on social media, posting videos and photos of boxes of supplies branded with their cartel name, such as CJNG, for the Cártel Jalisco Nueva Generción or its leader "El Mencho." The cartels steal the food from markets in an attempt to bolster their image and profit off the pandemic, Merkel said. "It’s disgusting." The food handouts are a common propaganda campaign for cartels, said Javier Oliva, political and social sciences professor and researcher at the National Autonomous University of Mexico. "The truth is that they just hand out 30 or 40 boxes," not enough to lessen the poverty, Oliva said. "They only want to show the message, 'Here we are,' " especially to rival cartels. In contrast, the cartel frequently uses social media to spread fear by posting photos and videos of kidnappings, torture and killings of rivals, which was detailed in November in a Courier Journal special report on the cartel and El Mencho. Will virus have lasting effect on drug war? Drug agents expect cartels to resume money laundering and drug smuggling once flights and traffic at the border increase. They don't know whether cartels have found new ways to get drugs from Mexico into the USA. “It’s far too soon to know exactly how COVID-19 is affecting the cartels," Scott said during an interview in Louisville. "We just don’t have enough data." In Los Angeles, Bodner said, “The drug business is a pretty efficient market. They're always looking for new opportunities." Merkel said agents will investigate how cartels adjusted during the pandemic to find new ways to attack them. “We’ve seen what can happen when cartels are disrupted on a global scale," he said. "We’re going to attempt to exploit that as much as we can.”

Reach reporter Beth Warren: bwarren@courier-journal.com or on Twitter @BethWarrenCJ.

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2020/06/08/coronavirus-pandemic-mexican-cartels-stashing-drugs-money-prices-up/5317975002/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 6-2-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin endorses rule allowing him to carry out a 'first strike' using atomic weapons in response to non-nuclear attack on Russia

Policy allows Russia to use atomic weapons in response to a conventional strike

The document appears to send a warning signal to the US

It offers description of situations that could trigger use of nuclear weapons

By Ap Published: 13:54 EDT, 2 June 2020 | Updated: 20:42 EDT, 2 June 2020

President Vladimir Putin has endorsed Russia's nuclear deterrent policy which allows him to use atomic weapons in response to a conventional strike targeting the nation's critical government and military infrastructure. By including a non-nuclear attack as a possible trigger for Russian nuclear retaliation, the document appears to send a warning signal to the US. The new expanded wording reflects Russian concerns about the development of prospective weapons that could give Washington the capability to knock out key military assets and government facilities without resorting to atomic weapons. In line with Russian military doctrine, the new document reaffirms that the country could use nuclear weapons in response to a nuclear attack or an aggression involving conventional weapons that 'threatens the very existence of the state'. But the policy document now also offers a detailed description of situations that could trigger the use of nuclear weapons. They include the use of nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction against Russia or its allies and an enemy attack with conventional weapons that threatens the country's existence. In addition to that, the document now states that Russia could use its nuclear arsenals if it gets 'reliable information' about the launch of ballistic missiles targeting its territory or its allies and also in the case of 'enemy impact on critically important government or military facilities of the Russian Federation, the incapacitation of which could result in the failure of retaliatory action of nuclear forces'. The reference to a non-nuclear strike as a possible trigger for nuclear retaliation reflects longtime Moscow concern about US military plans. The buildup of conventional forces near Russia's borders and the deployment of missile defence assets and space-based weapons are among the threats identified by Moscow in the new document. US-Russia relations are at post-Cold War lows over the Ukrainian crisis, the accusations of Russian meddling in the US 2016 presidential election and other differences. Amid the tensions, the Kremlin has repeatedly voiced concern about the deployment of US and allied forces in the Baltics and Nato drills near Russia's borders. Russian officials have cast the US-led missile defence programme and its plans to put weapons in orbit as a top threat, arguing that the new capability could tempt Washington to strike Russia with impunity in the hope of fending off a retaliatory strike. In 2018, Mr Putin revealed an array of new weapons that he said would render US missile defence useless. They include the Avangard hypersonic vehicle capable of flying 27 times faster than the speed of sound and making sharp manoeuvres on its way to target to dodge the enemy's missile shield. The first unit armed with the Avangard entered duty in December. Another doomsday weapon that Mr Putin has mentioned is the nuclear-armed and atomic-powered Poseidon underwater drone capable of causing a devastating tsunami near an enemy coast. Its tests are continuing. Last year, both Moscow and Washington withdrew from the 1987 Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty. The only US-Russia nuclear arms control agreement still standing is the New Start treaty, which was signed in 2010 by then-US president Barack Obama and then-Russian president Dmitry Medvedev. The pact limits each country to no more than 1,550 deployed nuclear warheads and 700 deployed missiles and bombers and envisages sweeping on-site inspections to verify compliance. Russia has offered to extend the New Start, which expires in February 2021, while the Trump administration has pushed for a new arms control pact that would also include China. Moscow has described that idea as unfeasible, pointing at Beijing's refusal to negotiate any deal that would reduce its much smaller nuclear arsenal. Russian diplomats said the Avangard could be included in the New Start if it is extended. They also voiced readiness to open talks to discuss the Poseidon and other new weapons along with prospective US strategic assets. In a call with members of his Security Council over the weekend, Mr Putin warned that the New Start treaty is bound to expire, but 'the negotiations on that crucial issue, important not just for us but for the entire world, have failed to start'.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8381333/Putin-endorses-rule-allowing-carry-strike.html 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 5-26-20 USGS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

USGS Scientists Find Seafloor Faults Near Puerto Rico Quakes’ Epicenters

Release Date: May 26, 2020

Most residents of southern Puerto Rico were startled by the sequence of earthquakes that began Dec. 28, 2019 and included a magnitude 6.4 quake on Jan. 7, 2020. Aftershocks are expected to continue for years, including some relatively strong ones, like a May 2 magnitude 5.4 temblor. Many islanders have lived through hurricanes, but the last major earthquake to be felt on Puerto Rico, a magnitude 7.2 that occurred northwest of the island in 1918, was beyond the living memory of most islanders. USGS seismologists were surprised too – not by the fact that the earthquakes occurred, but by where they occurred. Puerto Rico lies on an active boundary between the Caribbean and North American plates, with the northeast corner of the Caribbean plate moving eastward about two centimeters (less than an inch) per year along a strike-slip fault. There is geologic evidence of earthquakes that probably took place millennia ago, while history records earthquakes and tsunamis in Puerto Rico as far back as the 1500s. But most seismic activity has been on the north side of the island, not the south side, where previously unknown undersea faults may have triggered this latest earthquake series. The USGS is working to identify and map faults in the region, in order to estimate the location and magnitude of potential earthquakes. With more than 3 million U.S. citizens in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, the risk to lives and property from earthquakes and tsunamis is significant. USGS seismic research can help inform better building codes, safer zoning, and public education about earthquake hazards.

Caribbean quake experts quickly launch a research cruise When he learned about the Puerto Rico quakes, USGS research geophysicist Uri ten Brink made plans to quickly launch a seismic research cruise off the island’s south coast. Ten Brink heads a marine geohazards project, based at the USGS Woods Hole Coastal and Marine Science Center, that focuses on documenting undersea tectonic processes and assessing the landslide, tsunami and earthquake hazards they pose. In the past 15 years he has headed USGS and NOAA teams that mapped faults off the island’s north coast, but the sea floor close to the south coast was largely unexplored. “It seemed likely that a previously unknown fault system off the south coast was involved in the earthquake sequence, and there should be evidence of that on the sea floor,” ten Brink said. “We thought that if that were true, the information would be potentially very valuable to science, and to the people of southern Puerto Rico. They are still recovering from the effects of Hurricane Maria, and now they are facing a completely different type of hazard, and they are hungry for information about it.” With the help of scientists from the University of Puerto Rico Mayaguez, who provided logistical support including the use of the 43-foot R/V Sultana and its crew, ten Brink and colleagues ran a series of one-day research cruises out of the University of Puerto Rico Marine Station in La Parguera, west of Ponce on the island’s south coast, from March 7 to 13. Newly discovered deep sea faults near quake epicenters Preliminary results bear out ten Brink’s suspicions: There is evidence of at least one undersea fault in Guayanilla Bay, which may be an extension of a fault previously mapped on land. The team tentatively identified several more faults lying seven and fifteen kilometers (about four and nine miles) offshore, in water up to 1,000 meters (about 3,300 feet) deep and within areas identified as the epicenters of some of the recent earthquakes, ten Brink said. To find and map these faults, the team aboard Sultana towed a device called a “sparker,” which uses an electrical charge to generate an air bubble in the water. When the bubble expands it creates a sound wave, which travels through the water and into the seabed, where geologic layers reflect some of the wave’s energy back to the sea surface. The research vessel also towed an array of 32 hydrophones just below the sea surface– devices that pick up pressure changes underwater. The hydrophones measure the time it takes the signal to bounce off the ocean bottom and geologic structures lying beneath the seabed, and then return to the sea surface. By measuring differences in the signals’ return, researchers can detect differences in the elevation of the rock lying beneath the ocean floor. These differences, called offsets, are considered to be signs of faults that have been recently active. Working in deep waters roiled by spring storms, the USGS team collected 135 nautical miles, or 250 kilometers, of seismic reflection data, imaging the seabed and undersea structures at resolutions of just a few meters. From the ship, the team identified several fresh scars in shore-facing cliffs from Punta Montalva to Guayanilla Bay, which were probably caused by rock falls resulting from the strong earthquake shaking. The team also looked for evidence of a fault breaking the sea floor at Punta Montalva, but at first look, the seismic data do not clearly indicate such a fault there. In the coming months, ten Brink said, more sophisticated data processing is likely to reveal additional faults, and the team expects to be able to measure ruptures along these faults. “This data will eventually help seismologists develop a clearer picture of tectonic activity in the area,” ten Brink said. “Ultimately, we hope the USGS’ work in this region will help give the public a clearer sense of the potential for future earthquakes. The USGS’ research findings are being used to improve building codes that will help Puerto Rico better withstand future earthquakes and to better prepare for tsunamis.” The black lines on this map show the locations where a USGS team collected multichannel seismic reflection profiles during a series of research cruises in March 2020. The dashed purple lines are hypothesized faults, based on the distribution of earthquake epicenters. The red marks are preliminary indications of faults, based on the seismic reflection data gathered during the cruise. The seafloor image is drawn from multiple sources: colored and shaded multibeam bathymetry, Lidar topography (green and white), near-shore bathymetry (darker blue), and NOAA coastal relief model (light blue and white). Credit: Uri ten Brink, USGS. Public domain.

https://www.usgs.gov/news/usgs-scientists-find-seafloor-faults-near-puerto-rico-quakes-epicenters 

:: 6-2-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pandemic, Economic Crash, Social Unrest, And Now Four Asteroids?

by Tyler Durden Tue, 06/02/2020 - 21:45

This year has been nothing short of astonishing. In the last five months, the US has been inundated with a virus pandemic, triggering an economic crash and 40 million unemployed, and now worsening social unrest in major metros. But what's happening on the ground might be the least of our worries on Tuesday, as four asteroids are about to pass the planet. NASA's Center for Near-Earth Object Studies (CNEOS) has detected "four near-Earth objects that will fly past" the planet on Tuesday, reported International Business Times. CNEOS' data showed the first asteroid, identified as 2020 KK7, measures about 108 feet wide and traveling at 34,000 mph, will pass the planet on Tuesday at a distance of 0.00343 astronomical units or approximately 319,000 miles. To put this in perspective, this means the giant space rock will pass Earth at a distance that is about from here to the Moon. The second asteroid to pass Earth is called 2020 KD4. The rock measures about 115 feet wide and is traveling at 12,000 mph, will pass the planet at a distance of about 0.02680 astronomical units or around 2.5 million miles away. The third asteroid to pass Earth is called 2020 KF, which has an estimated diameter of 144 feet, is the largest asteroid to approach the planet, and is traveling at about 24,000 mph. It's expected to pass the planet at a distance of about 0.03102 astronomical units or 2.9 million miles. And the fourth asteroid to pass Earth on Tuesday is called 2020 KJ1, has an estimated diameter of about 105 feet, and is moving at 11,000 mph, will pass the planet at about 0.01403 astronomical units or 1.3 million miles. Amid the social-economic collapse of America, political commentator Katie Hopkins' prayers could be answered...

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/pandemic-economic-crash-social-unrest-and-now-four-asteroids 

:: 6-3-20 Daily KOS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Puerto Ricans roll out a guillotine for #BlackLivesMatter protest on the island

Denise Oliver Velez  Community  Wednesday June 03, 2020 · 8:38 AM EST

Though Puerto Ricans still face a triple whammy from the ravages of hurricanes, earthquakes, and COVID-19, the island’s intrepid citizens refuse to be suppressed when it comes to injustice. Puerto Ricans are marching for #BlackLivesMatter this week, honoring George Floyd and other victims of racism and police brutality while also protesting the suppression of their own civil rights. The island’s unelected governor, Republican Wanda Vázquez Garced, just signed oppressive, dangerous civil code changes into law, and now people on the island have taken to the streets. At Tuesday’s demonstration in front of the governor’s mansion in San Juan, protestors brought out a guillotine, which was also done for the #WandaRenuncia protests in January, which demanded that Vázquez step down. It is important to note that Puerto Rico has a large population with African ancestry thanks to a long history of enslavement. Puerto Rico (like Cuba), was one of the last territories in the Caribbean to continue importing large numbers of enslaved Africans and became the Spanish Crown's other leading producer and exporter of sugar, coffee, cotton and tobacco; all mostly produced with enslaved African labour. The Royal census of Puerto Rico in 1834 established that the island's population as 42,000 enslaved Africans, 25,000 coloured freemen, 189,000 people who identified themselves as whites and 101,000 who were described as being of mixed ethnicity. Emancipation on the island didn’t take place until 1873, and even then slavery wasn’t completely abolished. On March 22, 1873, the Spanish National Assembly finally abolished slavery in Puerto Rico. The owners were compensated with 35 million pesetas per slave, and slaves were required to continue working for three more years.  Though Loiza is one of the areas that is always pointed to as having a large Afro-Puerto Rican population and is considered to be “the African heart” of Puerto Rico, Afro-Boricuas are everywhere, both on the island and in the diaspora of the mainland. I have written about the importance of bomba in Puerto Rican culture in the past, so it is no surprise that we see bomba danced as part of the protests and memorials. Notice the depth of these tributes to George Floyd: Here they printed a photograph of him and framed it. Puerto Rico, like many places in the Caribbean—and like the U.S. mainland—is no stranger to systemic racism. The elite who rule Puerto Rico are almost all “white.” Like everywhere else, there is also denial of racism. I’m also following the responses to the oppressive Civil Code changes, which ironically took effect at the start of Pride Month. In closing, here’s a reminder about people power in Puerto Rico.

Scribe note: There are a series of tweets with this article click on link below for full article.

https://www.dailykos.com/stories/2020/6/3/1950029/-Puerto-Ricans-roll-out-a-guillotine-for-BlackLivesMatter-protest-on-the-island 

:: 6--20 PNW :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recognizing The Signs Of The Times - A Warning To Our Generation

About two thousand years ago, Jesus rebuked the religious elites of His day. He criticized them for their failure to recognize His Coming. He told them, "You know how to look at the sky and predict the weather, but you don't know how to recognize the signs of the times" (Matthew 16:1-3). Just like you and me, the religious leaders could see dark clouds on the horizon and know a rain storm was on its way. In the same manner, Jesus said they should have seen the signs and prepared for His arrival. The Pharisees and Sadducees knew the Old Testament Messianic prophecies, yet they failed to recognize the Messiah. But their failure is relevant to our day and time as well. Why? Because Jesus wasn't simply addressing the Pharisees and Sadducees when He said this. He had a second audience in mind - you and me. That's right. Jesus was also talking to our generation. The Bible is filled with prophecies about the Second Coming, and Jesus commanded us to watch for Him (Mark 13:35-37). Our generation is also expected to recognize the "signs of the times." But are we? Do you recognize the signs of the times? The World is Complacent Unfortunately, much of the world (including a large number of Christians) are not watching for Jesus. They're asleep when it comes to the Second Coming, even though Jesus warned against it. Why do I say the world is asleep? Because right now, a flood of signs surround us. Never before have so many signs of the Second Coming been present. Here are just a few from 2020:

COVID-19 - Since emerging in Wuhan, China is late 2019, COVID-19 (a.k.a. "the coronavirus") has wreaked havoc on the world stage. It first led to the shutdown of several major cities in China. Eventually, the shutdowns spread to the rest of China, then Italy, Spain, the United States, and countless countries throughout the world. While many nations have made inroads to "flatten the curve" and even force a decline in new cases, the coronavirus is far from gone. Many fear a "second wave" while others argue the first wave never went away. While some local areas may have temporarily seen a decline in case counts, the number of new confirmed global cases has grown from 2 million in mid-April to over 8 million today. That's a four-fold increase in two months. Far from being in the rearview mirror, the coronavirus pandemic is still an ongoing global emergency. A form of pestilence, it's one of the signs Jesus told His followers to look for (Luke 21:11). Global Riots - In late May, the murder of George Floyd at the hands of a Minneapolis police officer sparked nationwide protests in the United States. Unfortunately, alongside countless peaceful protests, riots erupted in several cities. Minneapolis saw several days of riots, looting, and burning buildings following Floyd's death. In Seattle, the police and National Guard have abandoned six city blocks in the downtown area, ceding control to various radical groups. In Atlanta, rioters attacked the global headquarters of CNN. In London, authorities boarded up a statue of Winston Churchill to protect it from those threatening to tear it down. Throughout the world, we see images of arson, looting, and mayhem as a spirit of lawlessness prevails. The Bible says this is what people will be like in the last days (2 Timothy 3:1-5). A Global Depression - Despite all the talk of a "V-shaped" recovery for the economy, no such thing is happening. The global travel industry is a fraction of what it was in early January, and it will likely be years before we see travel return to the old "normal." Restaurants, hotels, and retail outlets have a fraction of the foot traffic they once had. Last week, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development estimated global GDP could plummet as much as 7.6% this year - twice what it previously announced in March. The World Bank estimates global GDP will fall 6.2%. If these figures are correct, the current economic downturn will be twice as bad as the Great Recession and the worst economic contraction since the Great Depression. Last week also brought bad news on the employment front. More than 1.5 million people in the United States filed new unemployment claims. This is after most states have "re-opened" their economies. To put this number in perspective, prior to March, the largest weekly unemployment claim number in U.S. history was 695,000 in October 1982. Even with many people returning to their jobs following state restrictions, continuing unemployment claims remain over 20 million. This is the worst global economy since the Great Depression, and it doesn't look like it will get better any time soon. This creates fertile ground for the rise of a dictator. The Great Depression paved the way for Adolph Hitler. The Bible says a similar economic catastrophe will pave the way for the Antichrist (Revelation 6:5-6). Swarms of Locusts - This year also saw the emergence of one of the worst locust plagues in decades. Swarms of billions of locusts, ranging anywhere from a third of a mile to a 100 square miles or more, have attacked crops on two continents. The hardest hit areas so far have included East Africa (Kenya, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Uganda, and Ethiopia), the Middle East (Yemen, Saudi Arabia, and Iran), and Southwest Asia (Afghanistan, Pakistan, and India). The U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization projects these swarms will continue to thrive and spread well into late-July. As these locust swarms destroy crops, millions face the prospect of famine in parts of the world where food insecurity is already common. Famine is one of the signs Jesus said to look for (Matthew 24:7). Rumors of War - On July 1, the Israeli government will formally consider annexation of large parts of the West Bank. If it does, Jordan has said it will end its 27 year-old peace treaty with the Jewish State. The Palestinian Authority has said it will end its relationship with Israel, and Hamas has warned any such annexation will ignite a new Intifada. If Israel moves forward with plans to annex all or part of the West Bank, it will almost certainly face widespread condemnation in the international community and violent resistance from its longtime enemies. Only time will tell what July brings, but rumors of war are widespread. Jesus said rumors of war will be another sign of His coming (Matthew 24:6). The Converging Signs But these are just the latest signs. Many of the signs Jesus and the prophets said to look for appeared long before 2020. Generations of Christians lived and died without witnessing a single sign of the Second Coming. Yet our generation is witness to all of them. Those signs include:   Israel Back in the Land - God promised to bring the Jewish people back into the land of Israel before He returned (Jeremiah 23:7-8). He said He would call them from "among the nations" (Ezekiel 39:28), from "the farthest corners of the earth" (Isaiah 11:12), and from "north, south, east, and west" (Psalm 107:3). He promised to welcome them home from the lands where they were scattered (Ezekiel 20:34). When they did, He promised to return and establish His everlasting kingdom (Isaiah 11:11-12).

Israeli Control of Jerusalem - Jesus said armies would surround Jerusalem, destroy the city, and enslaves its citizens. This happened in A.D. 70 when the Roman legions did exactly that. Jesus then said people other than the Jewish people would control Jerusalem for a time, then the Jewish people would once again control Jerusalem. When they did, Jesus promised to return (Luke 21:24-28). Since 1967, the Jewish people have been in possession of Jerusalem. The Gospel Preached Throughout the World - When asked about the end of the age and the signs of His coming, Jesus said the Gospel will be preached throughout the entire world. Every nation will hear it. Then, the end will come (Matthew 24:14). For centuries after the crucifixion, the Gospel was confined to a small area surrounding the Mediterranean Sea. In the past two centuries, Christians have brought the Gospel to every nation in the world. Today, missionaries live in every nation. The Bible is translated in hundreds of languages, and the message of Jesus is sent around the world by radio, TV, satellite, and the Internet. Our generation is literally on the verge of spreading the Gospel to every last person on earth. Increased Travel and Knowledge - Six hundred years before Jesus, an angel gave Daniel a special message. He said "travel and knowledge" will increase in the end times (Daniel 12:4). For centuries of human history, dramatic gains in travel and knowledge did NOT take place. Yet the last two hundred years have seen explosions in the speed and frequency of travel as well as the amount and availability of knowledge. Arrival of the Exponential Curve - Jesus said a variety of global signs will come before His return and the end of the age. These signs will be spiritual, natural, societal, and political in nature. And He said they will appear in a distinct way - "like birth pains" (Matthew 24:3‐8). This means the frequency and intensity of these signs will increase as we near His return. Our generation has seen the exponential increase in war and famine Jesus said to look for. In the 20th Century alone, more people died from war and famine than lived on the earth when Jesus spoke these words.

Israel Surrounded by Enemies - The Bible says enemies will surround Israel in the end times. Those enemies will say "Come, let us wipe away the nation of Israel. Let's destroy the memory of its existence" (Psalm 83:4) and "Let us take for ourselves these pasturelands of God" (Psalm 83:12). Ezekiel said Israel's neighbors will say "God has given their land to us" (Ezekiel 11:14‐17), and "Israel and Judah are ours. We will take possession of them. What do we care if their God is there?" (Ezekiel 35:10). Ever since the rebirth of Israel in 1948, the daily headlines have included these Bible verses. Israel's Muslim neighbors claim the land of Israel for themselves, and they have no regard for the God of Israel. Israel's Exceedingly Great Army - Ezekiel said, in the end times, Israel will field "an exceedingly great army" (Ezekiel 37:10). Zechariah said Israel will be like a fire among sheaves of grain, burning up the neighboring nations (Zechariah 12:6) and even the weakest Israeli soldier will be like David (Zechariah 12:8). Since 1948, Israel has fought no less than four conventional wars against its neighbors. Despite being outnumbered more than 50 to 1, Israel has achieved overwhelming victory every time. Rise of the Gog of Magog Alliance - The Bible says a military alliance that includes Russia, Iran, Turkey, and a number of Muslim nations will attack Israel "from the north" (Ezekiel 38:15; Ezekiel 39:2) "in the latter days" (Ezekiel 38:8) when God brings His people home from among the enemy nations (Ezekiel 39:27). Today, we see those very nations forming an alliance that has never existed in world history, and all three have troops in Syria - a nation on Israel's northern border. Rise of a United Europe - The Bible says a revived Roman Empire will come to power in the end times (Daniel 2, Daniel 7, Revelation 17). According to Daniel, it will be a ten nation alliance of weak and strong nations. Some parts will be as strong as iron, while other parts will be as weak as clay (Daniel 2:42). We see the beginning of this alliance in the European Union - a coalition of weak and strong nations struggling to stay together. The Rise of Global Government - The Bible says a single government will rule the world politically (Revelation 13:7), religiously (Revelation 13:8), and economically (Revelation 13:16‐17) in the last days. It will rule over "all people, tribes, and languages" on the face of the earth (Revelation 13:7). Its authority will be so complete no one will be able to buy or sell anything without its permission (Revelation 13:16‐17). For centuries, a true global government was impossible. Today, world leaders openly discuss it. And cryptocurrencies and electronic banking foreshadow an economic system where people can be shut off from commerce. Denial of the Signs - Almost two thousand years ago, Peter issued a warning. He said in the last days people will mock the idea of Jesus returning. They will make fun of those who believe in the Second Coming and say things like, "I thought Jesus was coming back? What happened to His promise? Generation after generation has said He's coming. Yet, since the beginning of the world, everything has remained the same!" (2 Peter 3:3‐4). This is exactly what we hear people say today. Given all these signs, you can be certain of one thing: Jesus is coming, and ours is the generation that will witness His return. How can I be so sure? Simple. All these signs are converging. Jesus said when you see these signs come together, you can know His return is near.

In fact, He said the generation witnessing these signs will not pass away before He returns (Matthew 24:34). Keep in mind - for 1,878 years of Christianity (A.D. 70 - A.D. 1948), none of these signs were present. Today, all of them are. That means Jesus is right at the door (Matthew 24:33).  As in the Days of Noah When the disciples asked Jesus to describe the signs of His coming and the end of the age, He pointed to many signs. But one of the most overlooked is the idea that when He returns, the world will be "like it was in the days of Noah." Jesus said, "In those days before the flood, the people were enjoying banquets and parties and weddings right up to the time Noah entered his boat. People didn't realize what was going to happen until the flood came and swept them all away. That is the way it will be when the Son of Man comes" Matthew 24:38-39 (NLT). Look around. Despite all the chaos and turmoil, people are living their lives as if everything is normal. As in the days of Noah, they don't realize what's coming. Noah's generation didn't think the flood would come, but it came. Our generation doesn't think Jesus will come, but He will. And all the signs say He'll come in our generation.

Britt Gillette is author of the free ebook Coming to Jesus as well as the books Signs of the Second Coming & Racing Toward Armageddon.

https://www.prophecynewswatch.com/article.cfm?recent_news_id=4125 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-22-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID-Crunch? Fed Begins Rationing Coins As Americans Horde Cash

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/22/2020 - 05:30

Having closed the US Mint and halted production (blaming COVID-19) after a surge in demand for gold and silver coins, and warned of the danger of using bills (once again blaming the pandemic and choosing to "quarantine" cash for the sake of Americans' health), Fed Chair Powell quietly admitted to lawmakers this week that The Fed will be rationing coins as the circulation of coins across the US economy ground to a halt due to the pandemic. "What's happened is that with the partial closure of the economy, the flow of coins through the economy ... it's kind of stopped," Powell told lawmakers.  He said the shortage was due to the mass business closures that prevented people from spending their coins, as well as a lack of places that are open where people can trade coins for paper bills.  "We've been aware of it, we're working with the Mint to increase supply, we're working with the reserve banks to get the supply to where it needs to be," Powell said, adding he expected the problem to be temporary. Of course, Powell added that the problem would only be temporary, given the economy was reopening and establishments that traditionally deposit their cash into banks were beginning to restart operations. Until the shortage is resolved, the Fed is taking the unusual step of limiting the amount of quarters, dimes, nickels, and pennies sent to banks "to ensure a fair and equitable distribution of coin inventory." They issued a statement explaining the decision: Temporary coin order allocation in all Reserve Bank offices and Federal Reserve coin distribution locations effective June 15, 2020 The COVID‐19 pandemic has significantly disrupted the supply chain and normal circulation patterns for U.S. coin. In the past few months, coin deposits from depository institutions to the Federal Reserve have declined significantly and the U.S. Mint’s production of coin also decreased due to measures put in place to protect its employees. Federal Reserve coin orders from depository institutions have begun to increase as regions reopen, resulting in the Federal Reserve’s coin inventory being reduced to below normal levels. While the U.S. Mint is the issuing authority for coin, the Federal Reserve manages coin inventory and its distribution to depository institutions (including commercial banks, community banks, credit unions and thrifts) through Reserve Bank cash operations and offsite locations across the country operated by Federal Reserve vendors. The Federal Reserve is working on several fronts to mitigate the effects of low coin inventories. This includes managing the allocation of existing Fed inventories, working with the Mint, as issuing authority, to minimize coin supply constraints and maximize coin production capacity, and encouraging depository institutions to order only the coin they need to meet near‐term customer demand. Depository institutions also can help replenish inventories by removing barriers to consumer deposits of loose and rolled coins. Although the Federal Reserve is confident that the coin inventory issues will resolve once the economy opens more broadly and the coin supply chain returns to normal circulation patterns, we recognize that these measures alone will not be enough to resolve near‐term issues. Consequently, effective Monday, June 15, Reserve Banks and Federal Reserve coin distribution locations began allocating coin inventories. To ensure a fair and equitable distribution of existing coin inventory to all depository institutions, effective June 15, the Federal Reserve Banks and their coin distribution locations began to allocate available supplies of pennies, nickels, dimes, and quarters to depository institutions as a temporary measure. The temporary coin allocation methodology is based on historical order volume by coin denomination and depository institution endpoint, and current U.S. Mint production levels. Order limits are unique by coin denomination and are the same across all Federal Reserve coin distribution locations. Limits will be reviewed and potentially revised based on national receipt levels, inventories, and Mint production.  This coin rationing occurs as Americans are hording cash in record amounts due to the COVID crisis. As Decrypt reports: Banks have more cash than ever before - largely due to the coronavirus pandemic, figures from the Federal Reserve show. Deposits have never been so high—growing by $865 billion in April alone, CNBCreported. Deposits in total have increased by $2 trillion since January after record amounts of cash were pumped into US bank accounts to help with COVID-19 chaos. Money in bank accounts now stands at a whopping $15.4 trillion, June figures show. The flood of money is due to the US government doling out trillions of dollars to help its citizens with the economic hardships brought on by COVID-19 lockdowns; an unlimited bond buying program by the Federal Reserve; and people hoarding money because of uncertain times. That money is sitting in bank accounts. The biggest US banks—JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America and Citigroup—have experienced astronomical growth, CNBCreported. But there is such a surplus of cash, CNBC reports, that banks don’t quite know what to do with it. We have already seen sly moves to ban cash transactions in favor of the universal use of credit cards on the flimsy excuse that handling cash may spread the coronavirus. As Viv Forbes warns at The Epoch Times, don't let our cash money become the biggest COVID casualty. Swapping paper money for a monopoly of electronic money is a bad deal. We should always be free to save our cash and protect the value of our savings by investing in real assets or sound money like gold and silver. Real money is always measurable by weight, such as pounds, grams, pennyweight, and ounces of gold and silver, or carats of gemstones. It cannot be counterfeited or corrupted easily. But the value of fiat money relies on the honesty and openness of the rulers. Fiat money allows politicians to secretly steal your savings to fight yet another war on someone or something. Next we will see a war on “speculators,” or “hoarders,” and calls for a world currency. U.N. one-worlders will not let this COVID crisis go to waste. They dream of one-world government (the “National Cabinet” writ large) with no circulating cash and mandatory use of digital money (credit card currency). The climate alarmists would also like to use a digital money monopoly to promote their war on carbon. They could control and ration what we buy and consume—lettuce, tofu, bicycles, and green energy only, with no overseas trips and no secret buying of diesel, bacon, or beef. We have already seen the start of their war on cash—digital money will join mulberry money, shinplaster, and cubic currency in the long history of failed political money. . Then they can ration the “money” available to each of us each mWhile people are focused on social distancing and contact tracing, one-worlders are secretly planning to recall banknotes and abolish cashonth (cutting it off for white males once they reach their use by date”?). For many people in the world, a store of gold coins, silver coins, gem stones, or a bit of productive land has allowed them to survive or escape when their government became too oppressive or lost a war, and the local fiat money became a cubic currency. Unless, of course, history repeats...Gold confiscation?

https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/covid-cash-crunch-fed-begins-rationing-coins 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 6-21-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Atomic Oversight Group Says Iran May Be Holding "Undeclared Nuclear Material And Activities"

by Tyler Durden Sun, 06/21/2020 - 12:15

Authored by Daniel Payne via JustTheNews.com,

The country has refused to allow inspectors to access disputed sites...

Iran may be engaging in "undeclared nuclear material and activities," a nuclear watchdog agency revealed this week, raising concerns that the Islamic theocracy might be developing weapons outside of international oversight. The International Atomic Energy Agency said in a declassified letter released on Friday that earlier in the year it had "identified a number of questions related to possible undeclared nuclear material and nuclear-related activities at three locations in Iran that had not been declared by Iran." The agency multiple times requested "clarifications" regarding Iran's nuclear activities, including its use of uranium and whether it had engaged in research and development of nuclear processes. Yet Iran refused to allow inspectors access to sites where possible nuclear projects were ongoing. The country said it would "not recognize any allegation on past activities and does not consider itself obliged to respond to such allegations." The agency "continued to request clarifications and access," though by early March Iran still had not allowed access to the sites in question. The country's refusal was "adversely affecting the Agency’s ability to clarify and resolve the questions and thereby to provide credible assurance of the absence of undeclared nuclear material and activities in Iran," the agency said in its letter. In a resolution adopted on Friday, the IAEA called on Iran to "fully cooperate with the Agency and satisfy the Agency’s requests without any further delay, including by providing prompt access to the locations specified by the Agency."

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/atomic-oversight-group-says-iran-may-be-holding-undeclared-nuclear-material-and 

:: 6-21-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Violent Eruptions of Merapi Volcano Eject Plume of Ash and Gas Six Kilometers into the Sky in Indonesia

By Strange Sounds - Jun 21, 2020

The Merapi volcano in Indonesia erupted today (June 21) spewing ash and hot gas as high as six kilometres into the sky. Violent rumbling was heard from villagers several miles away as the dark grey ash cloud blanketed homes and roads. The country’s Volcanology and Geological Hazard Mitigation Center did not raise Merapi’s alert status, which already was at the third-highest level since it began erupting last August. Officials said the volcano Mount Merapi erupted two times – at 9:13am and 9:25am western Indonesia time. BPPTKG Yogyakarta said the first eruption reached 6,000 meters in height and lasted 328 seconds with a 75 millimeter amplitude, while the second eruption lasted 100 seconds. Head of the Yogyakarta Geological Disaster Technology Research and Development Center (BPPTKG), Hanik Humaida, said: ”The ash column was observed to be gray with a thick intensity leaning towards the west. “This eruption was recorded on a seismogram with a maximum amplitude of 75 mm and a duration of 5 minutes 28 seconds. “The current danger is hot clouds rolling down from the peak and other volcanic material from an explosive eruption.” The public should stay outside a 3-kilometer radius of the peak to avoid any possible danger. The center also advised residents living near Merapi to be on alert for volcanic ash and possible lava flow, especially if rain falls around Merapi’s peak. National Disaster Mitigation Agency (BNPB) spokesperson Raditya Jati said that, as of Sunday morning, villages in eight districts surrounding Merapi had experienced ash rains, with the torrent of ash in Srumbung district being the most severe. Mount Merapi is one of the most active volcanoes in Indonesia. An eruption in 2010 left more than 300 people dead and forced almost 400,000 people to take refuge. More volcano news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [The Jakarta Post]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/06/merapi-volcano-eruption-indonesia-video.html 

:: 6-21-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Northern Iceland Hit by Intense Swarm of More Than 1500 Earthquakes (M5.7 and M5.4) While Grímsvötn Volcano Is Getting Ready for its Next Eruption

By Strange Sounds - Jun 21, 2020

An intense seismic swarm with earthquakes of M5.7 and M5.4 is currently rattling towns and villages in Northern Iceland. Meanwhile, officials have evidences that Grímsvötn volcano is getting ready for the next eruption further in the south… Iceland is highly geologically active with many volcanoes including Hekla, Eldgjá, Herðubreið, and Eldfell. The volcanic eruption of Laki in 1783–1784 caused a famine that killed nearly a quarter of the island’s population and caused dust clouds and haze to appear over most of Europe and parts of Asia and Africa for several months afterward, and affected climates in other areas. On 21 March 2010, a volcano in Eyjafjallajökull in the south of Iceland erupted for the first time since 1821, forcing 600 people to flee their homes. Additional eruptions on 14 April forced hundreds of people to abandon their homes. The resultant cloud of volcanic ash brought major disruption to air travel across Europe. Another large eruption occurred on 21 May 2011. This time it was the Grímsvötn volcano, located under the thick ice of Europe’s largest glacier, Vatnajökull. Grímsvötn is one of Iceland’s most active volcanoes, and this eruption was much more powerful than the 2010 Eyjafjallajökull activity, with ash and lava hurled 20 km (12 mi) into the atmosphere, creating a large ash and gas plume. Here are the latest geological unrests and news from Iceland:

Earthquake swarm shakes northern Iceland An intense earthquake swarm is ongoing 20km NE of Siglufjörður. Since the swarm started yesterday over 1500 earthquakes have been detected:

A M5.4 earthquake hit 42 km NE of Siglufjörður, Iceland; 2020-06-20; 15:05:11 (UTC)

A M5.7 earthquake hit 10 km NE of Siglufjörður, Iceland; 2020-06-20; 19:26:22 (UTC)

A M4.5 earthquake hit 15 km NE of Siglufjörður, Iceland; 2020-06-20; 20:11:18 (UTC)

The two largest quakes were felt by residents in Dalvík, Hofsós, Siglufjörður, and Akureyri, and as well as those in the municipality of Hörgársveit, further inland. Neither injuries nor damage have been reported. The Tjörnes fracture zone started experiencing an earthquake swarm on Friday afternoon, peaking with the M5.7 quake on Saturday. Following this, more than 1,500 small earthquakes were reported in the same area. The offshore Tjörnes Fracture Zone is an oblique transform zone that separates the northern volcanic zone of Iceland from the Kolbeinsey Ridge, part of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge north of Iceland. A submarine eruption was reported during 1867-1868 at the SE part of the fissure system off the northern coast of Iceland along the Manareyjar Ridge immediately north of Manareyjar Island. So is there something brewing underwater? – RUV and Vedur

Grímsvötn Volcano is Preparing for Next Eruption Officials say Grímsvötn volcano is preparing for its next large eruption. Recent gas measurements indicate there is magma near the surface of the volcano. Grímsvötn last erupted in 2011 and erupts on average every 5-10 years during active periods. Earlier this month, scientists from the Icelandic Met Office measured sulphur dioxide (SO2) in the southwest corner of the caldera in Grímsvötn, close to where the last eruptions in 2004 and 2011 took place. “This is the first time that we measure so much SO2 at a volcano in Iceland that is not in an eruptive phase and its presence is indicative of magma at shallow level,” says Melissa Anne Pfeffer, a specialist at the Met Office who participated in the recent trip on Vatnajökull glacier. In addition to the high level of SO2, geothermal activity at the surface of the volcano has notably increased.

Moreover, scientists have shown a correlation between jökulhlaup (glacial floods) and eruptions in Grímsvötn. When the pressure in the volcanic system is increased due to magma accumulation and if a large volume of water is stored in the lake, the pressure release following the removal of water during a flood could facilitate the magma rising to the surface and trigger, in this way, an eruption.  Currently, the water level is rather high and the pressure in the magma chamber below the caldera has reached values comparable to those prior to the last eruption. Therefore, an eruption triggered by a glacial flood has to be considered. An eruption in that area is not likely to cause much damage as they are usually small or medium-size. Moreover, Grímsvötn is far away from inhabited areas. However, a Grímsvötn would release tremendeous amount of ash, which could lead to air traffic stops and dangerous ashfall for people and livestock. On 21 May 2011, Grímsvötn erupted and produced ash plumes that drifted toward western Norway, Denmark, and other parts of northern Europe and disrupted flights. This was Grímsvötn’s first eruption since 2004, when it sent ash as far as Finland. – Vedur and MLB

https://strangesounds.org/2020/06/iceland-earthquake-swarm-volcano-eruption-grimsvotn.html 

:: 6-21-20 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is This The Lowest Point In Modern U.S. History?

June 21, 2020 by Michael Snyder

Things have certainly gotten really crazy here in 2020. First we witnessed the eruption of the worst global pandemic in 100 years, then the U.S. economy started collapsing, and then we watched major U.S. cities burn from coast to coast as rioting and looting spiraled out of control. Everywhere you look, people are very angry and deeply frustrated, nearly 46 million Americans have filed for unemployment benefits over the past few months, and fear of COVID-19 continues to paralyze our society to a frightening extent. But can this really be called the lowest point in modern U.S. history? According to one recent survey, a whopping 72 percent of all Americans actually believe that this “is the lowest point in the country’s history that they’ve ever been alive to see”

Across two polls, more than 5,000 adult U.S. residents were recently surveyed on the state of America right now. A staggering 83% say that worrying about the future of the United States is a big source of personal stress. Also, 72% believe this is the lowest point in the country’s history that they’ve ever been alive to see. That appears to be quite a consensus. Of course many of those that were alive during the Great Depression of the 1930s and the early days of World War II would strongly argue that what we are experiencing today is nothing compared to what they had to deal with. And without a doubt, the twelve years from 1968 to 1980 were not easy years by any stretch of the imagination. Just like now, Americans of that era were facing great civil unrest, tremendous economic problems, major political shaking and a global pandemic that killed a lot of people. If you don’t know about that pandemic, just Google “the flu pandemic of 1968”. Having said all that, there is definitely a case to be made for 2020. Not even during the Great Depression did we ever see the kind of apocalyptic spike in unemployment that we have witnessed this year. Even though nearly 46 million Americans have already filed for unemployment benefits since the COVID-19 pandemic began, big firms continue to lay off thousands upon thousands of workers. On top of that, more than 100,000 businesses have already permanently closed their doors, and Americans have already skipped payments on more than 100 million loans.  And as I explained the other day, the most severe pain from this economic downturn won’t even begin to hit us until about six weeks from now. As emergency government assistance starts to fade, an increasing number of Americans will have a very difficult time keeping up with paying the bills. In fact, another new survey has found that about half of all homeowners are “worried about making future mortgage payments”… New research offers a glimpse into struggling households, discovers out of the 2,000 American homeowners polled, over half (52%) of respondents say they’re routinely worried about making future mortgage payments and nearly half (47%) considered selling their home because of the inability to service mortgage payments. The study, conducted by OnePoll and the National Association of Realtors, determined 81% of respondents had experienced unexpected financial stress due to the virus-induced recession. Over half (56%) reduced spending so they could service mortgage payments. Meanwhile, fear of COVID-19 is going to continue to paralyze our society for the foreseeable future. I don’t know if you have taken a look at the numbers lately, but the truth is that the number of confirmed cases in the U.S. is starting to surge again. For the planet as a whole, Friday was the worst day of the pandemic so far by a very wide margin, and that means that this crisis is a long, long way from over. There are already whispers that there may be new lockdowns here in the United States. I seriously hope that does not happen, because that would be another crippling blow for our collapsing economy, and the virus just continued to spread during the first round of lockdowns anyway. On top of everything else, more rioting, looting and violence could erupt at literally any moment. Since this is an election year, tensions are going to be running even higher than usual, and even a relatively minor spark could cause another round of major civil unrest. But as bad as things are right now, what most people don’t understand is that this is just the beginning. As I have warned so many times before, we have entered a time when we are going to be facing one crisis after another, and this is going to be true no matter what happens during the election in November. We have reached a moment in history when all of the cycles are ending, all of the bubbles are bursting, and we are going to experience the consequences of all the very foolish decisions that we have been making for decades. At this point, the immediate outlook is so bleak that it is turning all sorts of people into raging pessimists. For example, Wolf Richter just posted an article in which he explained why he just shorted the entire stock market… I’m sharing this trade so that everyone gets to ridicule me and hail me as a moron and have fun at my expense in the comments for weeks and months every time the market goes up. And I do not recommend shorting this market; it’s nuts. But here’s why I did. The stock market had just gone through what was termed the “greatest 50-day rally in history.” The S&P 500 index had skyrocketed 47% from the intraday low on March 23 (2,192) to the close on June 8 (3,232). It was a blistering phenomenal rally. Since June 8, the market has gotten off track but not by much. It’s still a phenomenal rally. And it came during the worst economy in my lifetime. I know that a lot of people will criticize him for making such a move, but I applaud him for his bravery. Even if his timing turns out to be a bit early, I certainly concur with him that this latest Fed-fueled bubble will inevitably burst. But ultimately we are going to be facing problems that are much more severe than a stock market crash. In fact, a market crash will be among the least of our problems. Because it isn’t just our economy that is collapsing. Our entire society is in the process of imploding, and if you don’t like 2020, then you really aren’t going to like what is going to happen in 2021 and beyond.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help. During these very challenging times, people will need hope more than ever before, and it is our goal to share the gospel of Jesus Christ with as many people as we possibly can.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/is-this-the-lowest-point-in-modern-u-s-history 

:: 6-20-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nearly Half Of Americans Consider Selling Home As COVID Crushes Finances

by Tyler Durden Sat, 06/20/2020 - 22:00

As the virus pandemic has metastasized into an economic downturn, tens of millions of Americans have lost their jobs and are struggling to service mortgage payments. New research offers a glimpse into struggling households, discovers out of the 2,000 American homeowners polled, over half (52%) of respondents say they're routinely worried about making future mortgage payments and nearly half (47%) considered selling their home because of the inability to service mortgage payments. The study, conducted by OnePoll and the National Association of Realtors, determined 81% of respondents had experienced unexpected financial stress due to the virus-induced recession. Over half (56%) reduced spending so they could service mortgage payments. Since mid-March, or about the time when the lockdowns began, nearly half (47%) of homeowners have explored alternative ways of making money. About two-thirds of respondents (64%) started side projects, while 53% sold valuables to supplement income. "The swift and unprecedented impact of COVID-19 left many people in a financial emergency, and we want to make sure struggling homeowners know they have relief options, especially during Homeownership Month," said the National Association of Realtors President Vince Malta. "Realtors and lenders can identify programs and aid designed to help meet loan obligations. Acting quickly may help homeowners stay in their homes and keep the money they have already invested into it," Malta said. From clothing (71%) and take-out (66%) to streaming TV services (46%) and groceries (45%), respondents said their spending habits had been significantly reduced so they could service mortgage payments. In a separate report, more than 4 million homeowners are in mortgage forbearance plan - representing 7.54% of all mortgages, delinquencies are set to surpass the great recession, which peaked at 10%. Oxford Economics said 15% of homeowners would fall behind on their monthly mortgage payments in a 'tidal wave' of delinquencies, which was similar to the prediction by Moody's chief economist, Mark Zandi, who said that as many as 30% of Americans with home loans - or around 15 million households, may stop paying if the US economy remains closed through the summer or beyond. Google search "sell home" rose during lockdowns. All of this says a lot about the economy: households are struggling, they cant afford real estate, consumption will remain low, as the prospects of a V-shaped recovery this year continue to wane.

https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/nearly-half-americans-consider-selling-home-covid-crushes-finances 

:: 6-21-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN Cops On US Streets Enforcing The Democrats Despotic Agenda Would Be The Last Straw For Most Americans

by Stefan Stanford · Published June 21, 2020 · Updated June 21, 2020 – All News Pipeline

– How Long Before The UN & ‘Chicoms’ Are Arming Radical Leftist Gangs?

With murders increasing 75% in New York city since Democrat-backed domestic terrorism began there and now, law enforcement in NY calling for a July 4th strike so leftists can have their ‘independence day without cops‘, potentially leaving much of the city burning down, we have to take a look within this story at a theory gaining much ground; the Democrats ‘war on police’ is being purposely engineered to get them to quit across large parts of America so UN troops ultimately take over and rule American cities to help the globalists complete their sinister agenda for America.  As we also hear in the 1st video at the bottom of this story, Democrats/radicals across America are now antagonizing law enforcement officers to the point where many no longer want anything at all to do with enforcing the law. And as this new story over at the Examinerwhich Steve Quayle had linked to on his website Saturday morning reports, nearly 3 out of every 4 cops in Washington DC are already thinking about getting out of the force, with huge numbers of them also seeing crime will only increase in the days ahead if we keep on the path we’re now on. From this Examiner story before we continue. Nearly three-fourths of Washington’s Metropolitan Police Department said in a poll that they are considering leaving the force amid a police reform bill recently passed by the D.C. Council.  The proposal would require law enforcement body camera footage to be released to the public more quickly following a police-related shooting and would restrict when officers can use lethal force. It also would prohibit the department from purchasing military-style equipment from the federal government. Local lawmakers stopped an attempt by one council member at large who proposed to limit the size of the force and cap it at 3,500 from its current size of 3,863. However, several hundred on the force revealed to the D.C. Police Union, which represents 3,600 Washington officers, detectives, and sergeants, that they are looking to leave anyway. According to the survey of 600 local law enforcement members, of the 71% considering leaving, 25% may retire earlier than planned, 35% are seeking jobs at other law enforcement agencies, and 39% are considering leaving law enforcement altogether. Additionally, 96% of those members polled said they believe crime will increase, and 88% said officer safety will plunge. When I first started hearing reports many years ago from websites such as Infowars and Zero Hedge that the Democrats/globalists were attempting to destroy America to bring in global government and a ‘new world order’, I truly believed that such reports were ‘utter insanity’. But after seeing more than a decade’s worth of solid evidence of such since then as we’ll explore more below, it’s easy to see how correct the ‘watchmen’ have been. According to this April 2020 story over at ‘globalist gatekeepers’ Buzzfeed, an old ‘false conspiracy theory’ regarding the United Nations and a ‘sinister plan to take over America’ and the world and kill off much of the world’s population had re-surfaced due to Covid-19. With the buzzfeed story mentioning both George Soros and Bill Gates as well as the United Nations Agenda 21, their story attempted to ‘tamp down’ very legitimate concerns that tens of millions of Americans have about global government overreach. Concerns now validated with the UN now holding ‘urgent debates on police brutality and human rights’, yet the UN neglecting the ‘personal responsibility’ of people such as George Floyd, who might not be dead right now if he didn’t commit a crime beforehand. And while we’ll strongly agree that passing off a phony $20 bill should never lead to a ‘death sentence’, had Floyd never committed that crime, he’d likely still be alive right now, never putting himself in ‘the line of fire’ as he himself did. Yet with Floyd’s illegal actions leading to what we’re seeing now, including blm and anarchist rioters screaming ‘Kill Whitey’ while toppling statues of George Washington, Francis Scott Key and Ulysses S. Grant among many others, as Steve Quayle warned in an SQnote while linking to this story over at Information Liberation reporting upon the latest round of ‘leftist insanity’, “piece by piece the foundations of America are being taken apart – our history, borders, language and culture destroyed”. So the Democrats war upon the police is very much a huge part of that agenda as they continue to work to destroy America as we see in the list of Democrats/globalists goals for America at the top of this story section. How many of those ‘mission goals’ have already been accomplished or are now ‘under way’? From their ‘war upon the family unit’ to the their 2020 push for a ‘universal basic income’ to their attempt to implement a social credit system similar to China to their push for mandatory vaccinations to their ‘depopulation agenda’, imagine America should they complete all of those goals listed above as we watch their sinister agenda being completed before our eyes. While long called ‘conspiracy theory’ by the mainstream media and most leftists, as we see in the chart above from the website Deagel, by 2025, America is being forecast to look like just a shell of our former country. With Deagel forecasting our population to drop from over 326 million to less than 100 million by 2025, a drop of more than 227 million, and our military expenditures being forecast to plummet from over $637 billion to only $32 billion by 2025, the forecast by Deagel seems to show an America which had either lost a major war or been hollowed out by a deadly pandemic. And as we’ve reported previously on ANP, Deagel’s sources ARE the ‘deep state’, including: The United States Coast Guard, the Department of Defense, the United States Government, the United States Air Force, the United States Army, the United States Marine Corps, the United States Navy and the US Department of State and CIA and globalist agencies including the World Bank and the European Union.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/06/21/un-cops-on-us-streets-enforcing-the-democrats-despotic-agenda-would-be-the-last-straw-for-most-americans/ 

:: 6-21-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Shootings Surge After NYPD Disbands Anti-Crime Unit

By AWR Hawkins21 Jun 2020

Reports indicate that shootings in New York City surged last week following the NYPD’s decision to disband its plainclothes anti-crime unit. The New York Post reports the unit was disbanded on Monday, June 15, 2020, and the week ended with “28 [shooting] incidents and 38 victims.” During the same week in 2019 there were only 12 shootings. An law enforcement source told the Post, “This is what the politicians wanted — no bail, nobody in Rikers, cops not arresting anyone.” The source added, “All those things equal people walking around on the street with guns, shooting each other.” The Sergeants Benevolent Association tweeted: Shootings remain commonplace in Democrat-controlled Chicago. Breitbart News reported that over 56 were shot, nine fatally, between Friday and Sunday morning of Father’s Day weekend alone.  

AWR Hawkins is an award-winning Second Amendment columnist for Breitbart News and the writer/curator of Down Range with AWR Hawkins, a weekly newsletter focused on all things Second Amendment, also for Breitbart News. He is the political analyst for Armed American Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @AWRHawkins. Reach him at awrhawkins@breitbart.com. You can sign up to get Down Range at breitbart.com/downrange.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2020/06/21/report-shootings-surge-after-nypd-disbands-anti-crime-unit/ 

:: 6-22-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former FEMA Official Details the Step by Step Plan to Destroy America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, June 22, 2020 - 11:51.

I recently interviewed former FEMA official, Celeste Solum. This was the first part of two interviews in which Celeste laid out in detail the plans for the powers-that-be to totally destroy the United States of America. How does Celeste know what is coming? She was part of planning the details, until her devotion to the Lord forced her to walk away. Celeste paid a heavy price for walking away and is still presecuted today. This is not an interview for the faint of heart and if anyone needed an excuse to get right with God, this is it!!! This chilling interview can be accessed by clicking this link. Celeste Solum was part of a powerful presentation team that was assembled by GEN SIX. The entire conference can be yours for one low price. The Video on Demand can be accessed by clicking here.

Scribe note:  If you click on the site link below you will be able to access the interview.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-health/former-fema-official-details-step-step-plan-destroy-america 

:: 6-21-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

United Nations sides with Antifa terrorists, setting stage for UN invasion of America when Antifa backlash begins

Sunday, June 21, 2020 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) In a statement opposing President Trump’s recent designation of Antifa as a terrorist organization, the United Nations made a declaration that Antifa’s right to “peaceful assembly” is now under attack by the administration. A cohort of UN “experts” reportedly decided to post the flag of Antifa on the international body’s Twitter page along with a plea of “profound concern over a recent statement by the U.S. Attorney-General describing Antifa and other anti-fascist activists as domestic terrorists.” In the UN’s view, Antifa is just like any other protest group that gathers peacefully to air grievances. And President Trump is getting in the way of this peaceful expression of Antifa’s First Amendment rights by classifying violent and destructive behavior as terrorism. “International human rights law protects the right to freedom of expression, association and peaceful assembly,” says Fionnuala Ní Aoláin, the UN’s Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism. “(It is) regrettable that the United States has chosen to respond to the protests in a manner that undermines these fundamental rights.” Ní Aoláin also just so happens to be the Board Chair of the Open Society Foundations Women Program, a “plaything of left-liberal billionaire activist George Soros,” to quote the words of Breitbart News‘ Kurt Zindulka. Listen below to The Health Ranger Report as Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, talks about how left-wing terrorism is only going to help President Trump win reelection this fall: Since when is violence and destruction considered to be “free speech?” While the Trump administration has yet to act in actually combatting Antifa terrorism, the UN is concerned that this new designation might violate the Constitution in some way, opening up the door to more abuses down the road. “The loose use of terrorism rhetoric undermines legitimate protests and dampens freedom of expression in the United States,” Ní Aoláin further stated, adding that this freedom of expression “has been a hallmark of U.S. constitutional values, and a beacon far beyond its shores.” What is interesting is that the UN has never been concerned about the muzzling of free expression when it occurs against conservatives, particularly online. Free speech was tossed aside years ago, and yet the UN is only concerned now that Antifa is the recipient of the crackdown. Truth be told, nobody is telling Antifa that it cannot express itself. What they are saying is that Antifa cannot throw bricks through the windows of businesses and burn down public buildings, both of which constitute acts of terror, if you will, against innocent Americans. At an even more baseline level, what Antifa is doing throughout the streets of America is criminal whenever it involves destruction of property or violence. There is no room for such behavior in a free and open society, and yet the UN apparently considers it to be “free speech.” For even suggesting that violence and destruction somehow constitute free speech, the UN has become a target for defunding all on its own. Many conservatives are urging President Trump to remove the U.S. from the clutches of the UN by parting ways with the globalist entity. Many are also calling out the hypocrisy of Antifa in gathering closely and defying social distancing guidelines, even as conservatives and other non-terrorists are told that they must stay home and not attend church services or go play in the local park. “Observe how Antifa and far-left demonstrators who defy virus health guidelines, sometimes violently, haven’t been treated with the same public contempt as conservative protesters asking for states to open up,” says journalist Andy Ngo, who himself was a victim of Antifa violence. “Far-left extremists are empowered to be violent by the legitimacy and pass given to them by mainstream society and media.” For more related news about the social collapse of today’s America, visit CivilWar.news. Sources for this article include: Breitbart.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-06-21-un-sides-antifa-invasion-america-backlash.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 6-22-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NPR Busted Framing Self-Defense Getaway From Gun-Toting 'Protesters' As Right-Wing Extremist Attack

By Tyler Durden Mon, 06/22/2020 - 04:39

NPR has altered an article after they were busted using a misleading photo of a 'vehicle ramming' in Louisville to make the claim that 'right-wing extremists' are targeting protesters with cars. Here's what actually happened - the driver of the car, a woman with dreadlocks, was attacked by the 'peaceful' protesters, one of whom reportedly pulled a gun on her - and another who was struck as she accelerated to escape: The driver of the vehicle came forward and won't face charges, while two of the protesters have been arrested. The incident near 6th and Liberty streets during the Wednesday morning rush was captured on a real-time crime camera. Police said protesters had blocked the intersection, standing in front of the woman’s car with a megaphone. During a verbal altercation between the driver and the protesters, someone ripped out one of the driver’s dreadlocks. When someone pulled a gun, the driver sped off and struck a protester. When she stopped at a red light a block later, someone pointed a gun at her. Police said that man was 21-year-old Darius Anderson, who allegedly passed the gun off to 19-year-old Brioanna Richards. Both are charged with rioting, disorderly conduct and obstructing a highway. -WAVE3

NPR deleted their tweet and changed the photo in the article to a 3-year-old image of the Charlottesville vehicle ramming.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/npr-busted-framing-self-defense-getaway-gunmen-right-wing-vehicle-attack 

[ :: 11-13-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For many signs are in the sky, many things I am doing that the world may see and know and understand the hour is very late. etc

:: 6-21-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Enormous Saharan dust cloud reaches Caribbean Sea after traveling more than 3,000 miles over the Atlantic Ocean - as it prepares to float over the South and bring gorgeous sunsets

A massive dust cloud has arrived in the Caribbean Sea on Sunday from the Sahara Desert

The Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, traveled more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean towards the west

The phenomenon happens between last spring and early fall every year

It's known to cause beautiful sunsets and slow down cyclones during hurricane season but can also cause problems for those with respiratory issues

Meteorologists expect the dust cloud to reach the US as early as Tuesday

By Lauren Edmonds For Dailymail.com  Published: 16:55 EDT, 21 June 2020 | Updated: 17:27 EDT, 21 June 2020

An enormous plume of dust from the Sahara Desert has reached the Caribbean Sea on Sunday after traveling more than 3,000 miles as it edges closer to the American South. The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration first announced the Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, on June 7 as it appeared in satellite images over Africa. The colossal cloud of dust was formed by powerful winds lifting small sand and mineral particles off the surface of the Sahara Desert and into the air. It most likely took shape in recent weeks when strong updrafts sent sandy surface winds blowing across the desert higher into the atmosphere. It most likely took shape in recent weeks when strong updrafts sent sandy surface winds blowing across the desert higher into the atmosphere.

A massive cloud of dust known as a Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, has reached the Caribbean Sea on Sunday after traveling more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean from Africa

The Saharan Air Layer (pictured) is a phenomenon where dust and mineral particles are formed into a massive cloud that is then pushed westward across the Atlantic Ocean

SAL is typically found between 5,000 and 20,000 feet above ground level.

The phenomenon usually forms between late spring and early fall each year, during which time it will travel westwards over the Atlantic Ocean. This most recent SAL has now traveled more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean as it reached part of the Caribbean Sea. A photo shared by the National Hurricane Center shows areas of dense SAL crossing over into the Caribbean Sea as smaller pocket gearing towards Florida. Small parts of the SAL can also been seen near Georgia, South Carolina and what appears to be the part of southern Mexico. The agency added that a second plume formed in the Sahara Desert and has already reached the east side of the Atlantic. Meteorologist predict that the SAL could reach other southern US states as early as Tuesday and bring along beautiful sunsets. With its elevated status thousands of feet in the are, the SAL can cause gorgeous sunsets due to its elevation and the color of Saharan dust. 'One unique aspect of the dust will be our sunsets being incredibly vivid,' National Weather Service meteorologist Rick Davis told Tampa Bay Times. 'Saharan dust is orange and red, so as the sun sets through the haze you’ll get bright, brilliant sunsets.' He expects the SAL to reach Florida, Texas and Mexico before evaporating in the Pacific Ocean. It most likely took shape in recent weeks when strong updrafts sent sandy surface winds blowing across the desert higher into the atmosphere. A massive cloud of dust known as a Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, has reached the Caribbean Sea on Sunday after traveling more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean from Africa A massive cloud of dust known as a Saharan Air Layer, or SAL, has reached the Caribbean Sea on Sunday after traveling more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean from Africa

This most recent SAL has now traveled more than 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean as it reached part of the Caribbean Sea. Saharan Air Layers, pictured here above Africa , are typically found between 5,000 and 20,000 feet above ground level Saharan Air Layers, pictured here above Africa , are typically found between 5,000 and 20,000 feet above ground level A new map from the NOAA shows the Saharan Air Layer inching closer to the US as it entered the Caribbean Sea on Sunday. The densest parts are still floating above the Atlantic Ocean while small pockets drift over nearby islands and prepare to enter Florida A new map from the NOAA shows the Saharan Air Layer inching closer to the US as it entered the Caribbean Sea on Sunday. The densest parts are still floating above the Atlantic Ocean while small pockets drift over nearby islands and prepare to enter Florida The dust cloud can cause problems for those with respiratory issues like asthma as it passes over regions with its dry and sandy air quality

The dust cloud can cause problems for those with respiratory issues like asthma as it passes over regions with its dry and sandy air quality A photo shared by the National Hurricane Center shows areas of dense SAL crossing over into the Caribbean Sea as smaller pocket gearing towards Florida. etc  The dust cloud's dry make-up sucks the moisture from the air, meaning it can stop tropical cyclones and hurricanes from forming while it crosses over a region The dust cloud's dry make-up sucks the moisture from the air, meaning it can stop tropical cyclones and hurricanes from forming while it crosses over a region Chad Myers: 'It is the dry air and additional vertical wind shear along with the dust that are the driving factors in limiting tropical storm development' with Saharan Air Layers

Chad Myers: 'It is the dry air and additional vertical wind shear along with the dust that are the driving factors in limiting tropical storm development' with Saharan Air Layers

Although beautiful, the dust cloud can cause problems for those with respiratory issues.

In fact, the island of Lesser Antilles already reported air quality as 'unhealthy' on Sunday morning.

Experts said the larger than average plume also has a number of ecological and climate impacts.

The SAL can cause toxic algae to bloom in the Gulf of Mexico, but it is also considered crucial in fertilizing the Amazonian soil and sustain Caribbean beaches. The dust cloud's dry make-up also sucks the moisture from the air, meaning it can stop tropical cyclones and hurricanes from forming amid this year's Atlantic hurricane season. As of Sunday, forecasts from the National Hurricane Center show no activity in the Atlantic Basin for the next week.

Meteorologist Chad Myers told CNN : ‘The dust is the visible part of the reduced tropical development potential area. 'It is the dry air and additional vertical wind shear along with the dust that are the driving factors in limiting tropical storm development.’

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8445135/Saharan-dust-cloud-reaches-Caribbean-Sea-traveling-3-000-miles-Atlantic-Ocean.html 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 6-21-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indian Troops Given 'Fire At Will' Orders Against Chinese Troops If Threatened, Enraging Beijing

by Tyler Durden Sun, 06/21/2020 - 20:15

Beijing is enraged over current widespread Indian media reports that the Indian Army has been given orders to shoot or use "complete freedom of action" in hostile engagements with Chinese PLA forces along the disputed Ladakh border region. The reports come following last week's major border incident with China that resulted in 20 Indian Army troops killed, and an undisclosed number of Chinese PLA casualties in the disputed Galwan Valley area of East Ladakh. Chinese state-media Global Times editor Hu Xijin called out the reports, saying that if the new 'rules of engagement' are true, it's a serious violation of prior treaties implemented for deescalation. Indeed multiple headlines in major Indian newspapers asserted that Indian troops have been issued the new controversial orders.  The Hindustan Times for one, had this to say: A significant change in Rules of Engagement (ROE) by the Indian Army following the Galwan Valley skirmish that left 20 Indian soldiers dead gives “complete freedom of action” to commanders deployed along the contested Line of Actual Control (LAC) to “handle situations at the tactical level,” two senior officers said on Saturday on condition of anonymity. The commanders will no longer be bound by restrictions on the use of firearms and will have full authority to respond to “extraordinary situations” using all resources at their disposal, said one of the officers cited above. Essentially troops will be able to fire on opposing Chinese troops if they feel under threat without consulting higher level officers or the national chain of command. Obviously this holds the potential for more such deadly escalations as happened a week ago, considered the most severe Chinese-India clash along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) in a half-century. The Hindustan Times report cited another military source further, who explained: “With the changes in the ROE, there’s nothing that limits the ability of Indian commanders to take whatever action they deem necessary on the LAC. ROE have been amended to address the brutal tactics being employed by Chinese troops.” Days after the Monday night clash, which apparently did not involve discharging of firearms, but instead brutal hand-to-hand combat that resulted in Indian soldiers succumbing to severe wounds in freezing high-altitude conditions, some almost unbelievable details emerged of the “violent face-off” in the western Himalayas. The Guardian reported that Indian soldiers actually "fell to their deaths" after being knocked off a narrow ridge: The hand-to-hand combat lasted hours, on steep, jagged terrain, with iron bars, rocks and fists. Neither side carried guns. Most of the soldiers killed in the worst fighting between India and China in 60 years lost their footing or were knocked from the narrow Himalayan ridge, plunging to their deaths. Other international reports said that baseball bats spiked with nails and barbed wire were even used in the clash. At one point it reportedly involved hundreds in close-quarter combat on dangerous, steep terrain: Reinforcements from the Indian side were summoned from a post about 2 miles away and eventually about 600 men were fighting with stones, iron rods and other makeshift weapons in near-total darkness for up to six hours, Indian government sources said, with most deaths on both sides occurring from soldiers falling or being knocked from mountain terrain. At least four more Indian soldiers were said to be in critical condition. Indian media outlets cited intelligence sources claiming up to 50 Chinese soldiers may have been killed in the melee but did not present the evidence. Chinese CCTV’s widely watched evening news broadcast made no mention of the border confrontation on Tuesday. Certainly with these numbers, now with an additional build-up of forces on each side said to number in the tens of thousands near the Galwan Valley area of East Ladakh, a new authorization of "shoot to kill" if under threat holds the potential to spark a major battle possibly leading to war between the two nuclear powers. Last week top diplomats on both sides called for deescalation, but these latest Indian media reports, and subsequent accusations and anger out of Beijing, aren't helping matters.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/indian-troops-given-fire-will-orders-against-chinese-troops-if-threatened-enraging 

:: 5-3-20 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America is Under Attack – Steve Quayle

By Greg Hunter On May 3, 2020 In Political Analysis

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com (Early Sunday Release)

Renowned radio host, filmmaker and book author Steve Quayle says everything from cataclysms to Covid 19 is all part of the “Last Days” talked about in the Bible. Quayle says, “We are going through what I would call ‘quantum transformation’ that is taking place in the heavenly realm, on earth and under the ocean. We are in a period that is very clearly spoken of in the Bible as the ‘End of the Age.When it comes to the United States, I coined a phase, and it is ‘rape, pillage and plunder, the USA is torn asunder.’ What we are seeing is the absolute attack on everything that made America great starting with the separation of Our Lord Jesus Christ in the churches. The churches have rolled over and are seeker friendly. Now, people are without anchors to their souls. They are coming apart at the seams.”

Quayle says the Wuhan Coronavirus is no accident and explains, “Here’s the bottom line, and I pray people get this. There was an intentional bio attack on the United States. . . . It’s totally designed to destroy the country. I don’t think this can turn around and come back. You’ve got too many people out of work. . . . People have to understand this. You cannot say to someone you cannot feed yourself. You cannot go to work. We are going to come in and inject you with a poison. I say vaccine, shot in the arm, shot in the head, either way they want you dead. . . . They’ve got to know, and they do know exactly what they are doing. . . .The seeds of the communist infiltration in America now are coming to fruition. These people have yielded to bribery. It’s obvious, and some people say that’s really extreme. Are you kidding me? Extreme? There are five mile long lines on the highway with people waiting for handouts or waiting for their $1,200 checks. We are going into the worst financial situation the world has ever seen. We are going to have a deflationary depression, but they are going to print money like there is no tomorrow. They say that can’t happen. Oh, yeah? Look at oil. It went down to -$40 per barrel. That’s negative, and some people say oil could go down to a -$100 per barrel. . . . Here’s my bottom line. There are no markets anymore for true price discovery, only manipulations.” Quayle predicts, “I believe the one world system, which will be overseen by the Biblical Anti-Christ description, will basically have to move to a digital currency. Anybody who is not in that world is out of luck unless you take the mark of the beast. . . . Look at all the stores that are closing, the biggest names in retail. Look at all the meat packing companies that are closing. When you talk about Tyson and Cargill, those are two of the biggest. Look at each of the store closings where there are real lives. Those are employees. Look at all the empty shelves. The supply chains are broken. Where is the assumption that this all turns around. It can’t turn around. Look at car sales. . . . I said before, the middle class is being assassinated. I am on record now saying the assassination is complete of the middle class. It’s now burial time.” In closing, Quayle says, “You need to know the information that they are trying to keep from you so you can understand the lateness of the hour. If we really know the lateness of the hour, we are going to prioritize our lives, and we are going to get our hearts right with the living God. . . . All of these things are not independent. They stand together as situations that Jesus spoke about in the end times. The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse: One is plague, one is famine, death and war. My contention is that they are all related, and they are all being aimed at the United States because we are the last bastion of freedom.” Join Greg Hunter from USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with filmmaker and radio legend Steve Quayle.

https://usawatchdog.com/america-is-under-attack-steve-quayle/

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

[ :: 12-23-18 am service  (sixth word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc etc you plot right now to divide my land again when I told you not to do that, etc.. etc you will do what you should not do next week and then your doom will be sealed.

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

To Whom Does the Land of Israel Belong?

By Hal Lindsey

In 2007, the powers that run this world aimed their big guns at Israel… and shot themselves in the foot.

That year, the UN General Assembly voted for something known as The United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, often shortened to UNDRIP. One hundred forty-four countries voted in favor, 4 against, with 11 abstentions. The US voted against it during those Bush years, but under the Obama Administration formally endorsed it in 2010. Many had hoped to use UNDRIP as a means of leveraging power for the Palestinians. They should have realized there was a problem with their plan when Israel voted for the resolution. Why? Because the Jews are the indigenous people in the land of Israel. It goes back 3,500 years. UNDRIP specifically says that it cannot be used for the purpose of racial discrimination. If anyone says this doesn’t apply to Jews, they are violating the resolution’s provision against discrimination. Over the years, a series of international treaties have confirmed the historical right of the Jews as the indigenous people of the land, including Judea and Samaria (known in the media as “the West Bank”). Michel Calvo is a lawyer specializing in international law. Last month for the Gatestone Institute, he wrote, “After the Balfour Declaration of 1917, the Treaty of Lausanne (1923), British Mandate for Palestine (1922), San Remo Resolution (1920), and Treaty of Sevres (1920) created international law, and recognized and re-established the historical indigenous rights of the Jews to their land.” In 1922, the League of Nations recognized and affirmed “the historical connection of the Jewish people with Palestine and the grounds for reconstituting their national home in that country.” The UN Charter specifically forbids the United Nations from undoing international law and agreements written prior to the formation of the UN. Article 80 says, “Nothing in this Charter shall be construed in or of itself to alter in any manner the rights whatsoever of any states or any peoples or the terms of existing international instruments to which Members of the United Nations may respectively be parties.” Calvo also says, “Recent UN General Assembly Resolutions stating that the settlement of Jews in Judea Samaria is contrary to international law are no more than recommendations and have never led to amendments of existing binding treaties. UN Security Council Resolutions, stating that Jewish communities in Judea and Samaria are illegal, are not binding. Only resolutions taken under Chapter VII of the UN Charter are binding on all UN member states.” In recent years, Israel has been depicted in the media as a rogue state, flaunting international law by allowing Jewish settlements in Judea and Samaria. But that simply isn’t true. International law gives them clear rights to all of the land. They are willing to negotiate with Palestinians and give up part of that land. But it isn’t something required by international law. It is a possible political solution to an ongoing political problem. Not everyone accepts the authority of the Bible. But those people can simply look to international law and see the rights of the Jews to the Holy Land. For those who believe the Bible, this issue shouldn’t even be a question. God gave title deed to the Holy Land to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. He reaffirmed it again and again. In this case, there’s no conflict between international law and God’s law. If you say you believe the Bible, it should be obvious. God gave the Holy Land to the Jews forever!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-18-2020/ 

:: 6-22-20 CBN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Will Trump's Israeli-Palestinian Peace Plan 'Divide God's Land?'

06-22-2020 Chris Mitchell

JERUSALEM, Israel – Around July 1st, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu may ask parliament to declare sovereignty over 30 percent of the West Bank, part of Israel’s biblical heartland of Judea and Samaria. David Parsons, an attorney, and VP of the International Christian Embassy of Jerusalem argues that the term “annexation” used by Israeli leaders and others is misleading because Israel is not seizing land. “They are essentially just asserting their title to something that they already have a right and claim to. The international community recognized 100 years ago at the San Remo Conference in 1920, the League of Nations mandate in 1922 that the Jewish people have a claim to this entire land,” Parsons told CBN News. US President Donald Trump’s so-called “Deal of the Century” triggered the possible claim to the land. Middle East analyst and author Joel Rosenberg told CBN News, “In President Trump's peace plan, he's basically saying, ‘Listen, the Palestinians will get more territory if they accept a state and all the other conditions than they have currently. But they won't get all the same territory that they currently want. But about 30 percent of what's known as the “West Bank,” generally known as “Area C,” will actually go to Israel. And what's interesting is that President Trump has said, if the Palestinians won't come to the table right away, Israel can start the process of incorporating this 30 percent – up to 30 percent – into the modern, sovereign State of Israel.” After meeting with advisors to both Netanyahu and Alternate Prime Minister Benny Gantz, Rosenberg said they don’t see eye-to-eye on this issue. Netanyahu’s advisors see the move as a historic opportunity to incorporate biblical lands into modern Israel. Gantz’s advisors support Trump’s peace plan but argue the timing is wrong and is not worth destabilizing the region and jeopardizing Israel’s peace treaty with Jordan. Many leaders in Judea and Samaria are also divided. Some believe Trump’s plan risks certain Jewish settlement communities. “There are around 15 significant Israeli settlements that will probably be dried up,” said Parsons. “It doesn't force them to leave, but they'll probably have to leave on their own because they don't see any future as a little enclave … surrounded by a Palestinian state.”  While the plan allows Israel to vote for sovereignty, it would also establish a Palestinian state under certain conditions. First, the Palestinian Authority must recognize Israel as a Jewish state, renounce terrorism, stop incitement, and end payments to convicted terrorists. Efrat mayor Oded Revivi said once the Palestinians accept those conditions, Israel can start negotiations that can take up to four years. “The American ambassador [said] that the Palestinians will turn into Canadians. I prefer the biblical expression, that wolves will turn into sheep, and then the reality will look completely different,” Revivi told CBN News. Some argue it’s unlikely the PA will turn into sheep. Others say the Bible warns against giving away land God promised to the Jewish people and changing God’s boundaries. “It's difficult to even explain it this way, but I've followed the pattern for 20 plus years, Chris, and this pattern fits. That the God of Israel is not pleased about dividing Judea and Samaria for a future Palestinian State, especially Judea and Samaria,” said Bill Koenig, author of Eye to Eye: Facing the Consequences of Dividing Israel and founder of Koenig World Watch Daily. Koenig said he’s witnessed more than a 20-year pattern where the US reaps consequences when it forces Israel to give away its God-given land.  “I've been documenting what happens when the United States applies pressure on Israel to divide their covenant land. In my book, Eye to Eye, I had documented 127 events through Hurricane Harvey that happened at the time, or right at – within the first 24 to 48 hours of US pressure on Israel to divide their covenant land, starting with the perfect storm, going to 9/11, Hurricane Katrina, Hurricane Harvey and, unfortunately, life in America before January 28. And then on January 28, when the plan was delivered, and what has happened in America and around the world after January 28th. According to Coronavirus, it has been a very significant event. And it fits the Eye-to-Eye pattern that I've documented for 20 years,” said Koenig. Parsons explains the plan would also put many important Jewish and Christian archeological sites under a future Palestinian state. “There are hundreds of other important Bible sites to Jews and Christians throughout all these areas that will probably be lost. And the Palestinian Authority already has a record of not being a real guardian and custodian of these sites. In fact, the record shows they try and erase it and replace it with their own Islamic narrative,” he said. The issue deeply troubles the region especially Israel’s neighbor Jordan. “So, in some ways, the king of Jordan is like a man sitting on a volcano, surrounded by a forest fire, worried about an earthquake, that the earthquake could cause the volcano to blow. Could annexation by Israel of territory that is very disputed, very controversial, could that be the earthquake that causes Jordan to blow? I wrote a whole novel series about the potential of the Hashemite monarchy being overthrown. This is not something that we want to see. That would create enormous instability in this region,” said Rosenberg.   Rosenberg, who has met with a number of Arab leaders, questions if this is the right time for annexation. “If you look at the Gulf States, I think they think this complicates their effort, their desire to move steadily towards peace with Israel. Because of the Iran threat and because they don't have borders with Israel, and most people in Saudi and other Gulf states aren't personally involved with this conflict, I don't think their feelings run quite as deep,” he said. Rosenberg added that most US evangelicals aren’t aware of the current Israeli sovereignty debate given how COVID-19 and domestic turmoil dominates their attention. But he says it’s an important time to pray for wisdom for Israel’s leaders and for peace. “Israel is just coming out of the COVID crisis,” said Rosenberg. “It's handled it much better than many countries of our size, but it's still an issue. People are out of work, many of them, and we need tourism. We need among other businesses, we need tourism to come back, and just at the moment, we're doing better with reopening the economy. If an explosion of violence or tension emerges, American Christians, others around the world, will not come in the numbers that, you know, Israel could use. So, it goes back to the central question. Why is this summer different from all other summers? How should Israel handle it?” We encourage readers who wish to comment on our material to do so through our Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and Instagram accounts. God bless you and keep you in His truth.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/israel/2020/june/will-trumps-israeli-palestinian-peace-plan-divide-gods-land-nbsp 

:: 6-18-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gantz won’t support annexation of areas with Palestinian residents

Netanyahu assured majority for sovereignty in cabinet; EU warns move will have repercussions for ties.

By LAHAV HARKOV JUNE 18, 2020 22:38

Defense Minister Benny Gantz expressed opposition on Thursday to Israel extending its laws to parts of the West Bank with large Palestinian populations. “Prior to any measure, we will make sure all professional factors voice their opinion, and in any scenario, we will not support applying sovereignty to areas with a Palestinian population in order to prevent friction,” Gantz said at a meeting with defense officials, the N12 news site reported. “I am sure Prime Minister [Benjamin Netanyahu] will not jeopardize the peace treaty with Jordan and the strategic relations of the State of Israel with the US with an irresponsible move,” he added. US President Donald Trump’s “Vision for Peace” for Israel and the Palestinians states that all areas in which Palestinians live remain under Palestinian control and Israeli areas under Israeli sovereignty. This would mean the creation of numerous Palestinian enclaves in Israel and Israeli enclaves in what is meant to be a Palestinian state. However, the technicalities of this stipulation are still unclear, especially in the Jordan Valley. The Trump plan also entails Israel applying its sovereignty to 30% of the West Bank, including all settlements and the Jordan Valley, which are currently governed by the military. Netanyahu has said he plans to proceed with doing so in July, though Gantz and Foreign Minister Gabi Ashkenazi still have misgivings.  The US wants Gantz’s support for sovereignty moves in order to show there is something akin to a consensus in Israel on the matter, and therefore Netanyahu has sought Gantz’s support.  As such, Netanyahu presented a range of options for where Israel could extend its sovereignty next month, in a meeting with Gantz, Ashkenazi and Knesset Speaker Yariv Levin on Wednesday night.  The scenarios, as reported in Israeli media, range from the full 30% of the West Bank that US President Donald Trump’s peace plan would allow, to a more symbolic, smaller area. Netanyahu did not tell Gantz and Ashkenazi which option he prefers. Interior Minister Arye Deri was present for part of the meeting, as well, and the group plans to hold further discussions next week. An anonymous cabinet minister told Army Radio that “the diplomatic price Israel will pay if it goes to partial annexation is the same as full annexation, so it is not clear what the thinking is behind a partial move.”   Though Netanyahu showed willingness to compromise to bring Gantz on board, it became clear on Thursday that he will have a majority in the cabinet, not only the Knesset, for sovereignty, after Communications Minister Yoaz Hendel he would vote in favor of the move regardless of Gantz’s position. “I will vote in favor of applying the law” Hendel said on Army Radio. “My stance was and remains in all my years supporting applying law to Judea and Samaria or parts of it… I support it in the cabinet, in the Knesset, in this interview and anywhere else.” Netanyahu’s right-wing bloc currently has a majority in the cabinet, but the coalition agreement states that arrangements would be made for there to be parity in the cabinet between the pro-Netanyahu side and the pro-Gantz bloc.

Hendel is a member of Gantz’s bloc, and his latest comments mean that even if Blue and White pulls the parity card, there will be a majority in the cabinet for extending Israeli law to settlements.  In fact, Hendel specified that he would vote in favor even if Gantz opposes, saying: “I respect Gantz’s stance… but it could be that we disagree on this. “I think the Jordan Valley is very significant. I think settlement blocs should have been part of Israel long ago. And I think, more than anything, that the gaps between the sides are not so big. We have to think how to do it in the most pragmatic, serious way for the good of the country…We have to find the areas where we have a strategic interest [to apply sovereignty], like the Jordan Valley,” Hendel stated. Finance Minister Israel Katz said on Thursday that he has not been instructed to calculate how much moves toward sovereignty would cost Israel.

“I don’t think the money matter will be at the center of the matter,” he told Army Radio.

I don’t think there will be significant budgetary impact,” Katz added, but admitted that his ministry had not been asked to research the matter. Part of the reason it won’t be costly, Katz said, is that there is no plan to include Palestinians in the area put under Israeli sovereignty, and therefore no Palestinians will become Israeli citizens. “Whoever is Palestinian will stay on the Palestinian side, and whoever is Israeli will stay on the Israeli side,” he said. Katz spoke in favor of the Trump plan, saying it was a “historic move… it establishes the Jordan [River] as our eastern border, strengthens Jewish settlement in Judea and Samaria, strengthens our hold on Jerusalem and all the other settlements [and] ensures a Jewish majority [in Israel] for generations.” European Union High Commissioner for Foreign Affairs Josep Borrell warned Israel yet again against extending its law to the West Bank in remarks to the European Parliament on Thursday. “Annexation would inevitably have significant consequences for the close relationship we currently enjoy with Israel,” Borrell said. “I will not prejudge the specific impact of a possible annexation, but let me underline that the EU has its own obligations and responsibility under international and EU law.” Borrell added that he is using all of the EU’s “diplomatic capacities in order to put pressure for that not to happen” and that he expressed “the gravity of such an announcement” in conversations with Alternate Prime Minister Benny Gantz and Foreign Minister Gabi Ashkenazi. At the same time, Borrell admitted that “it is difficult to find unanimity” on the matter – referring to opposition from Hungary, Austria and the Czech Republic to past warnings he released – though there is “a strong, very strong majority of countries that continue supporting a negotiated two-state solution based on international parameters and considering that any annexation would be against international law.” Diplomats from Brussels and EU member states have said that economic sanctions on Israel are unlikely in case of annexation. However, other agreements, such Israel’s participation in the multi-billion Euro Horizon Europe scientific research funding mechanism and the Erasmus Plus educational cooperation program, both due to be renewed next year, could be at stake.

The European Parliament finalized the Open Skies aviation agreement between the EU and Israel on Thursday, but the EU said: “The vote today does not prejudge the EU position on future political developments in Israel.” Also Thursday, the lower house of the Czech Parliament debated an article by Czech Foreign Minister Tomas Petrícek and his predecessors Lubomir Zaoralek and Karel Schwarzenberg that was highly critical of Israeli sovereignty plans. The article was subject to strong opposition from the Czech prime minister and president, and several lawmakers reiterated their criticisms, including that the country should not be communicating with Israel through the media and that it deviated from the government’s stated position. The debate ended with a resolution rejecting “any question of the right of the State of Israel to exist and defend itself” and expressing hope that the US initiative will bring new momentum to the peace process, which was supported by all parliamentary factions except the communists. Leon Sverdlov contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/arab-israeli-conflict/gantz-i-will-oppose-annexing-areas-with-large-palestinian-population-631939 

:: 6-20-20 The Weirton Daily Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scriptures and history reveal many qualities of a father

Local Columns Jun 20, 2020 By BISHOP CRAIG M. GREATHOUSE

Family of God Christian Center

The making of a father.

Sounds simple, right? Have a baby and you are a father, right? The Bible has many examples of real fathers, their strengths and weaknesses, and their trust in God. Here are some quotes about fathers:

¯ “Mothers, play an important role as the heart of the home, but this in no way lessens the equally important role fathers should play, as head of the home, in nurturing, training, and loving their children.” — Ezra Taft Benson

¯ “I would say my greatest achievement in life right now — my greatest achievement period is – and I’m still trying to achieve it — is to be a wonderful father to my kids.” — Bo Jackson

¯ “It is not flesh and blood but the heart which makes us fathers and sons.” — Unknown.

¯ “My grandfather always said that living is like licking honey off a thorn.” — Louis Adamic

¯ “By the time a man realizes that maybe his father was right, he usually has a son who thinks he’s wrong.” — Charles Wadsworth

¯ “Fifth Commandment: Honor thy father and thy mother; that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.” — Exodus 20:12

You don’t have to be Superman to be a super father! God made you a man, He can show you how to be a good father. Fatherhood does come with a manual, it’s called, the bible. Abraham was a man, who had an amazing faith in God, But he still had weaknesses that he modeled before his son, Isaac. Abraham had great strengths. God tested Abraham severely in more than one instance; and Abraham demonstrated extraordinary faith, trust and obedience to the will of God. He was well-respected and successful in his occupation. He also had courage to face a powerful enemy coalition. Abraham also had weaknesses, like all of us. Impatience, fear and a tendency to lie under pressure were a few of Abraham’s weaknesses revealed in the biblical account of his life. Isaac was the child of promise; he followed God, but still modeled the same weakness Abraham had. He told half-truths, and lied.

Noah was a righteous man. Noah stands out among fathers in the Bible as a man who clung to God in spite of the wickedness all around him. What could be more relevant today? Noah was far from perfect, but he was humble and protective of his family. He bravely carried out the task God assigned to him. Modern fathers may often feel they are in a thankless role, but God is always pleased by their devotion

Moses was the giver of the law. Moses was the father of two sons, Gershom and Eliezer, yet he also served as a father figure to the entire Hebrew people as they escaped from slavery in Egypt. He loved them and helped discipline and provide for them on their 40-year journey to the Promised Land. At times Moses seemed to be a larger-than-life character, but he was only a man. He shows today’s fathers that overwhelming tasks can be achieved when we stay close to God.

Joseph, the earthly father of Jesus was surely one of the most underrated fathers in the Bible was Joseph, the foster father of Jesus Christ. He went to great pains to protect his wife, Mary, and their baby, then saw to Jesus’ education and needs as he was growing up. Joseph taught Jesus the carpentry trade. The Bible calls Joseph a righteous man, and Jesus must have loved his guardian for his quiet strength, honesty and kindness. God the father, the first person of the trinity, is the father and creator of all. Jesus, his only son, showed us a new, intimate way of relating to him. When we see God as our heavenly father, provider and protector, it puts our life in a whole new perspective. Every human father is a creation of God, and can also become a son of this most high God, the constant source of strength, wisdom, and hope If there’s anything in shortage today it is real fathers that take responsibility for their actions and take care of the financial, spiritual, emotional well being of their homes. Real fathers serve God; real fathers are men of action; real fathers prepare their children for adulthood; real fathers take responsibility and real fathers are reliable. Today I’m going to talk about six attributes of good and godly fathers using the acronym F-A-T-H-E-R.

“F-A-T-H-E-R: The Six Attributes of a Godly Father”

The “F” in father stands for Faithful — Good fathers are Faithful.

The “A” in father stands for Action — Good fathers are people of action.

The “T” in father stands for Teacher — Good fathers are teachers.

The “H” in father stands for Hope — Good fathers offer hope to their families.

The “E” in father stands for Example — Good fathers are a positive example.

Finally, the “R” in father stands for Reliable — Good fathers are reliable.

Put your faith in Jesus Christ today, and follow his heavenly father’s example and you will be a good godly father, not perfect, but prepared to lead and love and serve your family.

God bless you this Father’s Day.

(“From the Pulpit” is a weekly sermon provided by the clergy members of the Weirton Ministerial Association)

https://www.weirtondailytimes.com/opinion/local-columns/2020/06/scriptures-and-history-reveal-many-qualities-of-a-father/ 

:: 6-20-20 Charisma :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You Ready for the Day of the Lord?

7:00PM EDT 6/20/2020 Don Britton

My question for you is this: Are you ready? Are you ready to face the Almighty God, the God who knows and sees everything you have every said or done and knows your heart from the inside, in spite of how you present yourself on the outside? So what will the day of the Lord be to you? Have you really thought about it? Are you sure you are ready? Woe to you that desire the day of the Lord! Why do you want the day of the Lord? It is darkness, and not light, as if someone fled away from a lion, but a bear attacked him, or got into the house and rested his hand on the wall, but a snake bit him. Will not the day of the Lord be darkness, and not light? Will it not be deep darkness, with no brightness in it? I hate, I despise your festivals, and I am not pleased by your solemn assemblies. Though you offer Me burnt offerings or your grain offerings, I will not accept them, nor will I regard the offerings of your fattened animals. Take away from Me the noise of your songs; I will not listen to the melody of your harps. But let justice roll down like water, and righteousness like an ever-flowing stream (Amos. 5:18-24). Do you understand that the Lord is not the least bit impressed by our worship services of songs and musical instruments, nor is He impressed by any of America's festival church meetings with everyone singing and clapping, nor is He impressed with the solemn assemblies where everybody is ultra-religiously sober—especially when there is no holiness, no forsaking of sins, no separation from the world, no righteousness, no justice of correcting the sins of the people? He is sick of all our so-called worship services, especially when righteousness and justice are missing, and sin and worldliness are present.

"Blow the trumpet in Zion, And sound an alarm on My holy mountain! Let all the inhabitants of the land tremble, For the day of the Lord has come, For it is at hand: A day of darkness and gloominess, A day of clouds and thick darkness" (Joel 2:1-2a, NKJV). Never miss another Spirit-filled news story again. Get Charisma's best content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to the Charisma News newsletter. Who is blowing the trumpet today in the American church, sounding the alarm, warning all those who claim to be Christians that the day of the Lord is coming and that it is near, and it is a day of darkness and gloom rather than a day of peace and safety for the masses? Rather than a trumpet blowing, isn't the message today all about salvation without a cross, blessings rather than judgment, prosperity of material things rather than holiness, false grace that covers up sin and healing of the body rather than of the soul? Who is warning about the dangers of sin and worldliness today? When is the last time your pastor or prophet preached a message that brought the fear of the Lord upon you like fire? "Then the kings of the earth and the great men and the rich men and the commanding officers and the strong and everyone, slave and free, hid themselves in the caves and in the rocks of the mountains. They said to the mountains and rocks, 'Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb, for the great day of His wrath has come. Who is able to withstand it?'" (Rev. 6:15-17, MEV). And when all of the false prophets and false pastors who live like kings, and the false Christians see Jesus for who He really is, they will be terrified and would rather that the mountains and the rocks fall on them than to come face to face with Jesus in judgment, now realizing that hell is waiting for them after thinking all along that they were going to heaven. Could that be you? For the time has come for judgment to begin at the house of God, and if it begins first with us, what shall the end be for those who do not obey the gospel of God? And 'If the righteous one is scarcely saved, where shall the ungodly and the sinner appear?'" (1 Pet. 4:17-18). Here is what will become of them: "For if we willfully continue to sin after we have received the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins, but a fearful expectation of judgment and fiery indignation, which will devour the adversaries" (Heb. 10:26-27). Since most so-called Christians in American today are practicing sin or are at least passive and lukewarm, the day of the Lord will be a terrible day for them. This the vast majority of all who claim to belong to Jesus. Since that day is such a terrible day of gloom and darkness for all of them, I would advise you that you make sure you are really ready and not assume you are going to heaven because you prayed a sinner's prayer, got baptized, have a spiritual gift or belong to a church. If you are not being conformed into the image of Jesus now, He will not allow you to enter heaven then. So, are you ready, are you really ready? You only have the present time to get right. Don't miss it if you are not ready!

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/81614-are-you-ready-for-the-day-of-the-lord 

:: 6-21-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CP Current Page: Politics | Friday, June 19, 2020 | Coronavirus →

40% of Republican voters worried America on brink of second civil war, poll says

By Leonardo Blair, Christian Post Reporter

As protests over racial injustice erupted in the wake of the police killing of George Floyd late last month, Republican Sen. Marco Rubio warned of extremists looking to start a second civil war. A new poll released by Rasmussen Reports Monday says some 40% of Republicans believe America is on the brink of another civil war. “These people are violent, domestic extremists,” the Florida Republican warned of the extremists he said had infiltrated protests in May. “They range from Antifa groups who are radical to the left to some other groups, radical to the right. In fact, groups that I would argue don’t even belong on the political spectrum as we know it. And their goal, while they are ideologically opposed to each other … they hate the police, they hate the government, and they want this country to fall apart … some of them want a second civil war.” On Tuesday, Air Force Staff Sergeant Steven Carrillo, 32, already in custody for the alleged ambush, murder and attempted murder of sheriff’s deputies in Santa Cruz, was charged with the murder of Federal Protective Service officer David Patrick Underwood as well as other federal charges. Underwood, 53, was killed and his partner wounded on the night of May 29 while they guarded a federal building in Oakland during a nearby protest over Floyd’s death, Forbes reported. Evidence from the attack tied Sergeant Carrillo to the “boogaloo” movement, a loose group of far-right individuals who are pro-gun, anti-government, and believe that another civil war in America is imminent. The term boogaloo, notes Forbes, comes from the 1984 movie “Breakin’ 2: Electric Boogaloo.” Followers of the movement call themselves boogaloo boys or bois. In their survey of 1,000 likely voters conducted June 11 and 14, Rasmussen Reports noted in their results Monday that 34% of likely U.S. voters think America will experience a second civil war sometime in the next five years. Only 9% believe that a second civil war is "very likely." Two years ago, 31% of voters predicted another civil war is likely and 11% felt it was very likely. While two years ago Democrats were more concerned about a civil war happening, Rasmussen noted that it’s now Republicans who are concerned. Some 40% of Republicans compared to 28% of Democrats are more likely to see a second civil war on the horizon while 38% of independent voters are concerned about the threat of domestic warfare. Respondents in the survey were also asked if they believe removing Confederate symbols, names and monuments throughout the country honoring those who fought in the first civil war will help race relations and 39% of all voters said it would. This shows an increase from a similar poll in 2017 when only 28% of voters felt such actions would help race relations. Some 27% of voters disagreed that removing Confederate symbols would help compared to 39% who disagreed in 2017. The number of people who think removing the symbols will do nothing for race relations remained unchanged when comparing the results of the two polls at 28%. When it comes to the protests over Floyd’s killing, 37% of voters believe it will lead to meaningful racial change in America but when that number is broken down by race, blacks (29%) remain the least hopeful that they will experience meaningful change. Among whites, 35% believe the protests would lead to meaningful change while 48% of other minority voters believe change will come from the protests. A majority of blacks, 54%, are far more confident than whites, 36%, and other minorities, 40%, that the removal of Confederate symbols, names and monuments will help race relations. Some 64% of Democrats think getting rid of all traces of Confederate symbols will help race relations while only 19% of Republicans and 31% of unaffiliated voters support this view. Among voters who see the erasure of Confederate history as hurting race relations, 50% believe a civil war is likely in the next five years.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/juneteenth-4-interesting-facts-about-the-celebration-marking-the-end-of-slavery.html 

:: 6-14-20 Strategic Culture :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Enemy Within: A Story of the Purge of American Intelligence

Cynthia Chung June 14, 2020

“Western Europe has only 20 to 30 more years of democracy left in it; after that it will slide, engineless and rudderless, under the surrounding sea of dictatorship, and whether the dictation comes from a politburo or a junta will not make that much difference.”

– Willy Brandt (German Federal Chancellor, right before he stepped down in 1974)

Believe it or not, but the dystopic view that democracy is dead is by no measure a new idea. However, what might disturb you is where this design, in its contemporary form, really germinated from.

The idea that democracy is in a crisis and needs to be replaced with a new form of “governance” did not originate from the outcries of an oppressed people demanding their rights to a decent life. We are not presently seeing an organic, grassroots process in reforming how government, that is, democracy will be “improved” upon. Rather, what we are seeing is a controlled disintegration of the very thing we think we are trying to uphold, and this destruction has been in the works for over 45 years. It is no coincidence that Samuel P. Huntington is very fond of the Willy Brandt quote “prophesising” the end of democracy (which was used at the beginning of both his books ‘The Crisis of Democracy’ and ‘Disaffected Democracies’), that is after all his purpose in life…to see to it that that prophecy comes true. In this paper I will go through how the Henry Kissinger crew successfully purged the last significant remnants of decency within the CIA and reshaped the government structure into the Deep State that we see it grotesquely throbbing as today. In this story, we will see how those prominent figureheads who prophesise the “end of democracy” have been the very orchestrators of its destruction. The First Purge of American Intelligence: The Dismantling of the OSS

On March 4th 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt would be elected President of the United States, which would become a twelve year presidency, ending only due to his passing away. Roosevelt was an anti-imperialist who actively, and successfully, organised towards abolishing imperialism throughout the world. The Office of Strategic Services (OSS) was established by Roosevelt on June 13th 1942, under the direction of William J. Donovan, as a wartime intelligence agency. Its purpose was to collect and analyze strategic information required by the Joint Chiefs of Staff and to conduct special operations not assigned to other agencies. Contrary to how we think of American foreign intelligence today, the raison d’être of the OSS was to genuinely win the war (WWII) quickly and with the least amount of loss. However, FDR would pass away on April 12th 1945, and the OSS would be dismantled a mere five months after FDR’s passing and two weeks after the official end of WWII. On Sept 20th 1945, Truman infamously ordered the shutdown of the OSS, referring to it as a potential Gestapo , however, not with the intention to disband all foreign intelligence capabilities. The OSS would be replaced under the new banner of CIA, on Sept 18th 1947, and more importantly as a contingent to the National Security Council which was created on the same day. Refer to my paper on this. Many respectable and patriotic intelligence officers of repute, who were loyal to FDR’s vision, were also thrown out of the intelligence community with the disbanding of the OSS. In August 1949, the Soviet Union tested its first atomic bomb, several years before the 1953 date forecast by the CIA. As a response, the Joint Intelligence Committee submitted an estimate of the nature of the nuclear threat from the Soviets. JIC-502 claimed that once the Soviets had 200 atomic bombs, they could launch a surprise attack and defeat the U.S.

These assertions were made without analysis of Soviet capabilities to actually deliver the weapons, let alone produce them at that rate. The estimates did not even attempt to analyze Soviet strategic intentions. JIC-502, titled “Implications of Soviet Possession of Atomic Weapons” and drafted Jan 20th 1950, turned out not to be an intelligence report at all but rather a sales pitch, claiming that a nuclear-armed Soviet Union had introduced the notion that “a tremendous military advantage would be gained by the power that struck first and succeeded in carrying through an effective surprise attack.” It was JIC-502 which would be the first to put forward a justification for the preventive first strike concept, supported by a massive military buildup under the pretence of pre-emptive war. NSC-68 would be drafted the same year, declaring that the U.S. was in the moral equivalent of war with the Soviet Union and called for a massive military buildup to be completed by 1954 dubbed the “year of maximum danger”, the year JIC-502 claimed the Soviets would achieve military superiority and be able to launch war against the U.S. This proposed military buildup would increase the defense budget from $10 billion to $40 billion from 1950-53. During this same period another security doctrine was drafted, titled “NSC-75: A Report to the NSC by the Executive Secretary on British Military Commitments”. The report concluded that if the British Empire collapsed, and Britain could no longer carry out these deployments, in defending the “free world” against the Soviets, the U.S. would not be able to carry out its current foreign policy, including NSC-68. It was thus concluded in the report that it would be more cost-effective to aid Britain in saving its Empire! If you were ever wondering why the CIA was constantly found paired with British Intelligence, starting from its very inception, in a series of coups in countries they had no reason to be in, now you know why. The U.S. had gone from an explicit mission to end imperialism worldwide under Roosevelt, to actively supporting and upholding British colonies and vassal states under Truman! This was all done under the pretence of protecting the “free world” from the evil boogeymen Soviets, whom Churchill decided to be labelled such in his Iron Curtain Speech. And thus, the interests of the British Empire were safeguarded by an abiding American stooge, as long as the narrative that all Russians were villains was believed. Interestingly, the CIA was not on board with the pre-emptive war strategy, as defined by JIC-502. In February 1950 the CIA responded in ORE 91-49, stating: “It is always possible…that the USSR would initiate a war if it should estimate that a Western attack was impending. [However], It is not yet possible to estimate with any precision the effects of Soviet possession of the Atomic Bomb upon the probability of war. The implications of atomic warfare, either militarily or psychologically, have not yet been fully appraised.” (emphasis added)

In other words, the CIA was stating that JIC-502’s frantic lunacy in demanding a military buildup and first strike capability against the Soviets was groundless. That there was no data to support such a claim, and thus such a response would be a reckless and dangerous one. It became evident to those who wished to push through these permanent war policies that the CIA was going to need “stronger” leadership. At least, this was the argument made by the Dulles-Jackson-Correa Report which called for a strong CIA Director in the wake of the Cold War. Though Walter Bedell Smith, who would become CIA Director from 1950-53, did much to reorganise the CIA away from the pre-emptive war mongering, it was ultimately Allen Dulles who would take the CIA throne. It should not come as a surprise that Dulles had himself in mind the whole time when he was talking about the stuff that was needed for a “strong” CIA Director… however, he was not referring to a strong mind, but rather a strong stomach. Dulles would act as Director of the CIA from 1953-61, until he was fired by President Kennedy (along with the Deputy Director and Deputy Director for Plans), all three were caught essentially committing treason during the Bay of Pigs fiasco, refer to my paper on this. McCone would replace Dulles as CIA Director and would attempt to clear the CIA of its Dulles loyalists in the Bay of Pigs incident; unfortunately it would not be enough. During Dulles’ term as CIA Director, he did nothing less than entrench America’s role in exacting permanent warfare across the world against “communist insurgents”, with the never-ending Indochina wars lasting for over 35 years. Though Bedell Smith would only be CIA Director for three years, he would succeed, along with Donovan (founder of the OSS) to create the most strategically important departments within the CIA: the Office of National Estimates (ONE). Smith sought potential candidates for this new branch from those who had been thrown out of the intelligence community when Truman disbanded the OSS. Many of these “retired” intelligence officers had served in the OSS’ original Research and Analysis Branch; including William Langer and Sherman Kent who both played crucial roles in the running of ONE. Both Langer and Kent were reputable historians. It was recognised that there was a crisis in competent intelligence gathering and analysis that would in turn be used to shape reckless war mongering policies such as JIC-502, NSC-68 and NSC-75. As Kent would state, there were those in the CIA who were “seeking power through sacrificing the truth.” The formation of ONE was to be a major pushback on this type of groupthink within the intelligence community. Kent would comment on the issue of the agency’s security screening (McCarthyism was in full swing at the time) stating: “When an intelligence staff has been screened through [too finely], its members will be as alike as tiles on a bathroom floor – and about as capable of meaningful and original thought.” In summary, since the death of FDR there was a somewhat open battle between members of the intelligence community, which could be categorised as FDR loyalists vs Churchill loyalists (1). Although there was an attempt to expunge the most notable intelligence officers who remained anti-imperial, Bedell Smith was successful in bringing these men back in, under the reorganised department ONE, who would in turn be a form of sane leadership within the CIA.

Unfortunately, the NSC did not share these views and there would be a second purge of the last remnants of true American patriots. The Second Purge of American Intelligence: The Deep State is Born From the moment Kissinger assumed the post of National Security Advisor to Nixon, he set out to centralize all intelligence estimates, diplomatic initiatives, and covert operations over figuratively and sometimes literal dead bodies of members of the CIA, Joint Chiefs of Staff, State Department and Congress. According to John Ranelagh in his book The Agency: The Rise and Decline of the CIA:

“Very early in the Nixon administration, it became clear that the President wanted Henry Kissinger to run intelligence for him and that the NSC staff in the White House under Kissinger would control the intelligence community. This was the beginning of a shift of power away from the CIA to a new center: the growing NSC staff.” Kissinger would use the Watergate scandal, where the CIA was caught by Congress directly implicated in treasonous activities, as the impetus needed to form a new CIA, a secret branch away from the scrutiny of Congress. In 1978, Kissinger would launch the Intelligence Reorganization and Reform Act, which essentially worked to “clean house” of the intelligence community. In 1982, under the direction of Kissinger, President Reagan would sign NSDD 77 under Cold War duress, which would launch Project Democracy, a sardonic name for a Trojan Horse. NSDD 77 allowed Project Democracy the reins over “covert action on a broad scale” as well as overt public actions later to be associated with the National Endowment for Democracy (NED). The directive ordered the CIA to stay out of both the overt and covert part of Project Democracy, thus giving free reign to the Kissingerian “NSC apparatus”. Almost one year later, the uninformed and naïve Congress passed the NED Act in Oct 1983, and effectively signed off on wrapping duct tape around their heads. The structure of the NED essentially functions as a private CIA political operations arm of an invisible, secret government beyond accountability and beyond the reach of the law. Those who still had a degree of humanity as members of the intelligence community, and had survived the Kissinger purge, were simply kept in the dark about the cloak and dagger operations of the secret government branch.

As for the department ONE, they would be disbanded in 1973 (the year Kissinger became Secretary of State) and replaced with a “group of experts” that would later form the National Intelligence Council in 1979. This would be the last purge of sane patriotic leadership within the intelligence community, left to the hyenas and jackals to run from thenceforth. In a 1991 interview, then NED President David Ignatius arrogantly stated “a lot of what we do today was done covertly 25 years ago by the CIA…The biggest difference is that when such activities are done overtly, the flap potential is close to zero. Openness is its own protection”. The Real “Crisis of Democracy” The Trilateral Commission was founded in the wake of Watergate and oil crisis of 1973. It was formed under the pretence of addressing the “crisis of democracy” and calling for a reshaping of political systems in order to form a more “stable” international order and “cooperative” relations among regions. Its formation would be organised by Britain’s hand in America, the Council on Foreign Relations, (aka: the offspring of the Royal Institute for International Affairs, the leading think tank for the British Crown). Project Democracy would originate out of a Trilateral Commission meeting on May 31st, 1975 in Kyoto Japan, where the Trilateral Commission’s “Task Force on the Governability of Democracies” findings were delivered. The project was overseen by Trilateral Commission Director Zbigniew Brzezinski and its members James Schlesinger (former CIA Director) and Samuel P. Huntington. It would mark the beginning of the end, introducing the policy, or more aptly “ideology”, for the need to instigate a “controlled disintegration of society.” The Trilateral Commission is a non-governmental body, its members include elected and non-elected officials scattered throughout the world, ironically coming together to discuss how to address the “crisis of democracy” in the most undemocratic process possible. It is an organisation meant to uphold the “interests” of its members, regardless of who the people voted in. You see, by the 1970s democracy was obviously broken, and someone had to put things back in order, right? This elite grouping of people decided that this approach would be the best for all democracies and just like that, it was brought into official policy across the western hemisphere. On Nov 9th, 1978, Trilateral Commission member Paul Volcker (Federal Reserve Chairman from 1979-1987) would affirm at a lecture delivered at Warwick University in England: “A controlled disintegration in the world economy is a legitimate object for the 1980s.” This is also the ideology that has shaped Milton Friedman’s “Shock Therapy”. By the time of Jimmy Carter’s Administration, the majority of the government was being run by members of the Trilateral Commission. But who runs the Trilateral Commission? Well, keeping in mind that this whole operation is run as an “open conspiracy”, in May 1981, Henry Kissinger who replaced Brzezinski as the head of the Trilateral Commission gave a speech at Chatham House describing his term as Secretary of State:

“[The British] became a participant in internal American deliberations, to a degree probably never practiced between sovereign nations…In my White House incarnation then, I kept the British Foreign Office better informed and more closely engaged than I did the American Department…It was symptomatic.” (emphasis added). In his speech, Kissinger outlined the conflicting ideologies between Churchill and Roosevelt, and concluded with his support for the British worldview as the more superior of the two. Looks like the Churchill loyalists have won. Controlled Disintegration: And We All Fall Down In 1975 the CFR launched a public study of global policy titled the 1980’s Project. The general theme was “controlled disintegration” of the world economy, and the report did not attempt to hide the famine, social chaos, and death its policy would bring upon most of the world’s population. The study explained that the world financial and economic system needed a complete overhaul according to which key sectors such as energy, credit allocation and food would be placed under the direction of a single global administration. The objective of this reorganization would be the replacement of nation states. However, before this could occur, nation states would have to falter, or at least give off the impression of faltering. The failure of the nation state is not a natural phenomenon but rather is the outcome of a fascist coup; involving a banker’s dictatorship, economic looting and permanent warfare (the Cold War never ended) to hinder national industrial growth. Among the most effective strategies towards this end has been color revolutions, which just so happens to be the NED’s specialty practice and has included, to name a few, the nations of Yugoslavia, Georgia, Iraq, Lebanon, Burma, Iran, Egypt, Yemen, Ukraine and the ongoing Hong Kong protests. Wherever this strategy has unfolded, the target state is told by the international community that it has no right to intervene and is told to stand by as its nation is ransacked by locusts and its government ‘reorganised’. With the final purge of American intelligence and the formation of a secret government, rendering anything resembling a democratic process obsolete, unless someone can restart the engine fast, we will soon be confronted by Willy Brandt’s prophecy of finding ourselves rudderless, under a surrounding sea of dictatorship.

Notes: (1) Speaking to his son during WWII, FDR said: “You know, any number of times the men in the State Department have tried to conceal messages to me, delay them, hold them up somehow, just because some of those career diplomats over there aren’t in accord with what they know I think. They should be working for Winston. As a matter of fact, a lot of the time, they are [working for Churchill]. Stop to think of ’em: any number of ’em are convinced that the way for America to conduct its foreign policy is to find out what the British are doing and then copy that!” I was told… six years ago, to clean out that State Department. It’s like the British Foreign Office….”

https://www.strategic-culture.org/news/2020/06/14/enemy-within-story-purge-american-intelligence/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 6-16-20 Geller Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Twitter Takes Commands from Hard Left, Deplatforms @AmyMek for Telling the Truth About Islam

By Atlas Shrugs - on June 16, 2020

This is just the latest egregious suppression of a voice of freedom at Twitter. We are seeing an unprecedented erosion in our First Amendment rights, increasingly prohibiting the flow of ideas and free expression in the public square (social media). Run by left-wing self-possessed snowflakes, social media giants are indulging their worst autocratic impulses. And because they can, it is getting worse. “Absolute power corrupts absolutely.” Having been one of the early targets of social media censorship on Facebook, YouTube et al, I have advocated for anti-trust action against these bullying behemoths.

Pamela Geller: Why I Am Suing Facebook – Breitbart The Urgent Case for Legislation against Social Media Giants Pamela Geller, American Thinker AT&T has called for an “Internet Bill of Rights” and argued that Facebook and Google should also be subjected to rules that would prevent unfair censorship on their platforms. AT&T, one of the largest telecommunications companies, called for Congress to enact an “Internet Bill of Rights” which would subject Facebook, Google, and other content providers to rules that would prevent unfair censorship on Internet Service Providers (ISPs) such as Comcast or AT&T as well as content providers such as Facebook and Google. AT&T CEO Randall Stephenson wrote, “Congressional action is needed to establish an ‘Internet Bill of Rights’ that applies to all internet companies and guarantees neutrality, transparency, openness, non-discrimination and privacy protection for all internet users.” Stephenson posted the ad in the New York Times, Washington Post, and other national news outlets on Wednesday. We must get behind this — all of us — and fast. Because what is happening is being engineered at the government level. A chief officer from a major American communications company went to the terror state of Pakistan to assure the Pakistani government that Facebook would adhere to the sharia. The commitment was given by Vice President of Facebook Joel Kaplan, who called on Interior Minister Chaudhry Nisar Ali Khan. “Facebook has reiterated its commitment to keep the platform safe and promote values that are in congruence with its community standards.” Early last year, I wrote: “The US government has used anti-trust laws to break up monopolies. They ought to break up Facebook. Section 2 of the Sherman Act highlights particular results deemed anticompetitive by nature and prohibits actions that ‘shall monopolize, or attempt to monopolize, or combine or conspire with any other person or persons, to monopolize any part of the trade or commerce among the several States, or with foreign nations.’ Couldn’t the same be applied to information? The United States government took down Standard Oil, Alcoa, Northern Securities, the American Tobacco Company and many others without nearly the power that Facebook has.” The left’s war on free speech is escalating. The deplatforming of Amy Mek is just the latest of many such incidents. The social media giants must be broken up, quickly, or America will be over as a free society. “Proof: Twitter Takes Commands from the Hard Left – The Deplatforming of @amymek,” RAIR Foundation, June 15, 2020: On May 28, 2020, President Donald J. Trump issued an executive order aimed at preventing online media censorship. The President’s executive order comes at a time when radical left organizations are pressuring and influencing the social media giants into online censorship. Aligning with these radical groups, Twitter, Facebook, Google and others are increasingly silencing conservative voices. RAIR Foundation USA’s own Amy Mek has been caught up in this conservative censorship storm as her Twitter account has been suspended since April 16th for reporting the facts about Coronavirus jihad attacks. Online Censorship

Twitter, Facebook and Google, have made it a regular practice to delete selective content and entire accounts without warning or rationale, leaving users without recourse. While every media business is certainly free to choose the content it publishes and the editorial position it advances on issues including politics, typical media businesses can be held liable for libel and slander for publishing erroneous and damaging content. These social media behemoths, however, have successfully categorized themselves as “platforms” and not media companies that create or publish content. The Communications Decency Act essentially provides an exemption to these “platforms” from the liability that all other media companies, including your local newspapers and tv stations, New York Times, Fox News, CNN, MSNBC and individual bloggers, must defend themselves from every day. Examples like the deplatforming of Amy Mek by Twitter and the ever-growing other countless examples of these “platforms” removing content or restricting access to their distribution channels makes it crystal clear that these social media giants have crossed the line from passive distributors of content like a wireless cell phone carrier facilitating phone calls and entrenched themselves deeply as editorial content businesses advancing political agendas. In making their editorial and deplatforming decisions, Twitter and its social media brethren are now customarily turning to radical left organizations for “facts” and succumbing to the pressures from these groups. Twitter’s recent handling of the weaponization of the coronavirus by a group of Jihadists represents an alarming and ever-growing trend of social media companies cowering to the agendas of radical left organizations, and allowing them to dictate what accounts and what information is removed from its platform.

Equality Labs Imposes Its Radical Agenda on Twitter

With the global outbreak of the coronavirus, Jihadists in India and around the globe were caught weaponizing the coronavirus. This is not speculation. Instead of loudly calling out the vastly unreported and potentially deadly tactics, militant leftist organizations such as Equality Labs, launched an aggressive online campaign to suppress, intimidate and deplatform citizens who reported the well-proven Coronavirus Jihad.

With gushing publicity from Time, the Huffington Post, the Washington Post and The Guardian, Equality Labs pushed the the hashtag #StopCOVIDIslamophobia and lobbied for online censorship to support its radical agenda. Equality Labs’ sent a letter lobbying world leaders, Twitter and the other social media companies that can be viewed here.

Although there exists a plethora of factual support that Jihadists in India and around the globe are in fact weaponizing the coronavirus, Twitter chose to adopt the Equity Labs “facts” and censored dissenting, albeit substantiated, posts on the subject. As a result, the @amymek Twitter account has been suspended since March 16th….

https://gellerreport.com/2020/06/twitter-takes-commands-from-hard-left-deplatforms-amymek-for-telling-the-truth-about-islam.html/ 

:: 6-17-20 USA Watchdogs :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Takeover of America by Dark Powers – Kevin Shipp

By Greg Hunter On June 17, 2020 In Political Analysis

Former CIA Officer and counter-terrorism expert Kevin Shipp says the riots, looting and arson you are seeing around the country has little to do with so-called social justice and everything to do with the takeover of America by dark powers. Kevin Shipp explains, “We have to understand the roots of these organizations, and Antifa is a Marxist organization. Black Lives Matter was founded by two Marxists. Black Lives Matter is connected to the Nation of Islam. So, these two organizations are essentially anti-traditional America. There is no question about it. This is a Marxist movement. What is Marxism? That’s communism, and that is the same thing and essentially the foundation of progressivism. We are seeing a last gasp from the extreme Left to stop Donald Trump. The soft coup failed. The false impeachment failed. Blaming Covid 19 on Trump failed, and now they are doing one last gasp. This is a group of Marxists trying to stop Trump and his movement from being elected.” Shipp has identified three areas the Marxist/communist Democrats are targeting. Shipp contends, “I call it ‘C 3.’ They are after the Constitution. The want to change the First and Second Amendments for starters. That’s the first ‘C.’ The second ‘C’ is our culture. They want to change and eliminate traditional American values and U.S. sovereignty. And the third ‘C’ they pick out to attack is Christianity. Why? Because all three of them stand in the way of Marxism, and all three of them stand in the way of radical Islam and the Nation of Islam that is connected to Black Lives Matter. All three of those are the enemy. That is why you see Progressives and radical Islam joining together because they have the common enemy and a common target: our Constitution, Culture and Christianity. How do you combat all of this? Shipp says, “First of all, we pray. America was started with prayer. It was continued with prayer, and we need to keep praying. Second, we as Christians need to stand up and stop allowing them to do this to our government. We are supposed to support our government as long as government is good, but when government starts doing things like abortion up to the ninth month, we, in the church, and pastors may need to think twice about their tax exempt status. We have to start standing up and decrying ‘not my Constitution,’ and traditional values of America we need to stand up and fight for. We, as Christians, have got to start doing that.” Where does this end? Shipp says, “They are pushing for a civil war, and we are in a soft civil war right now. It just hasn’t broken out into the streets. This will result in a civil war, and we have to remember that we are not the minority. . . . . Your average American who loves the Constitution and traditional values is the majority. They are making it look they are the majority because they have the media, but they are not the majority. Sadly, I think we are in a soft civil war right now, and there is going to be one.” Shipp also updates us with his analysis on other subjects such as the investigation into the Russia-Gate hoax, the economy and the overreaction of Covid.

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with former CIA Officer Kevin Shipp

After the Interview:

Kevin Shipp’s website is called FortheLoveofFreedom.net, and there is free and constantly updated analysis and information there.

There are multiple ways to support Shipp with donations if you scroll down to the middle of FortheLoveofFreedom.net home page.

You can also donate to Kevin Shipp by snail mail below:

PO Box 1885 Vidalia, GA 30475

To join Shipp’s Patreon channel and get the Shipp Intelligence Brief (SIR) click here.

To get a copy of Shipp’s book “From the Company of Shadows,” click here.

https://usawatchdog.com/takeover-of-america-by-dark-powers-kevin-shipp/ 

:: 6-17-20 90 Miles From Tyranny :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ninety miles from the South Eastern tip of the United States, Liberty has no stead. In order for Liberty to exist and thrive, Tyranny must be identified, recognized, confronted and extinguished.

Wednesday, June 17, 2020

The suspect in the assault on a 92-year-old NYC woman is a registered sex offender arrested ‘more than 100 times’

Rashid Brimmage, the 31-year-old arrested in connection with the assault of a 92-year-old woman that was captured on surveillance video, is reportedly a registered sex offender has been arrested “more than 100 times”: Brimmage is actually due in court in July on other charges: Police sources say he’s a registered sex offender who has been arrested about 101 times. Some include assault, harassment, resisting arrest and persistent sexual abuse. He’s due in court in July for arrests from earlier this year.

Here’s hoping that maybe this time he stays in prison:

https://ninetymilesfromtyranny.blogspot.com/2020/06/the-suspect-in-assault-on-92-year-old.html 

:: 6-16-20 The Blaze :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 16, 2020

VIDEO: 'Devastated' black mother cries because she can't feed her kids after looters ransacked a local grocery store

'I am so devastated right now'

A video of a "devastated" black mother crying because she won't be able to feed her kids after looters ransacked a local grocery store is going viral on the internet.

Ditch the fake news ==> Click here to get news you can trust sent right to your inbox. It's free!

In the video, the woman walks the aisles of the store documenting the destruction. Nearly every shelf in the store is cleared of food and supplies, and the floor is littered with damaged goods.  "Look at this, every grocery store looks like this," the woman says. "Everything is ... on the floor. Look at this ... in my hood, can't even get no food for my kids."

It's not clear from the video which city the store is located in. READ MORE

https://www.theblaze.com/news/black-mother-grocery-store-looted 

:: 6-16-20 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cancel the White Men -- And What's Left?

Pat Buchanan | Posted: Jun 16, 2020 12:01 AM

"Can we all just get along?" That was the plea of Rodney King after a Simi Valley jury failed to convict any of the four cops who beat him into submission after a 100-mile-an-hour chase on an LA freeway.  King's plea came after the 1992 LA riots, the worst since the New York City draft riots in 1863 when Lincoln had to send in federal troops. In the aftermath of today's protests and riots after the killing of George Floyd in Minneapolis, we hear similar calls. President Donald Trump must "reach out" and "unify the nation." But how? Many of these calls for unity come from the same elites who are all-in on tearing us apart by pulling down statues of the famous men of American history whom they most detest. A second war on the Confederacy is underway, to disgrace and dishonor all who fought for Southern independence in the war of 1861-65. A second Reconstruction is being readied. The St. Andrew's Cross, the battle flag of the Confederate Army, though seen as a banner of heroism and honor to millions, is henceforth to be treated like the Nazi swastika. It has been already been banned at Nascar races, where it has been widely popular. Liberals will fight for the right of Marxist radicals to burn the American flag to show their hatred of it but cannot tolerate working folks flying the battle flag of the Confederacy to show their love of it. A second front in the campaign to cancel history is the renaming of U.S. Army bases in Southern states that bear the names of Confederate generals, such as Forts Benning and Bragg. Trump has pledged to veto any defense appropriation bill that contains such a provision. Third is the drive led by Nancy Pelosi and her allies to remove statues in the Capitol of any of those men of "violent bigotry" who were connected to the Confederacy. First among them is General Robert E. Lee. Gen. David Petraeus has put succinctly the crime of which Lee is guilty. Though "West Point honors Robert E. Lee with a gate, a road, an entire housing area, and a barracks," writes Petraeus, "Lee... committed treason." The goal here is to impose the one-sided view of American history that is now ascendant, as official truth -- that the cause of Southern secession was unlike the cause of American secession from Britain. It was an act of treason rooted in the ideology of white supremacy.

To have that sole acceptable view predominate, our elites believe they must remove from public display the statues of any associated with the cause of Southern independence and stigmatize them all as traitors. They have, however, a problem: Where do the elites stop when the radicals demand more? If support of slavery disqualifies one from the company of decent men, does it disqualify George Washington, who owned slaves his entire life? What Washington fought for, independence, was what Lee fought for. Lee did not challenge Lincoln's election. He did not seek to overthrow the government Lincoln headed. He resigned from the U.S. Army to go home and defend the people among whom he had been raised from an invasion to force-march them back into a Union the state's chosen rulers had voted to leave. Not only does our national capital, Washington, bear the name of a lifelong slave owner, so does the capital of Missouri, Jefferson City. So does the capital of Mississippi, Jackson. So does the capital of Wisconsin, Madison. The capital of Ohio is Columbus. The capital of South Carolina is Columbia. Both are named for now-vilified Christopher Columbus whose statue still stands outside D.C.'s Union Station. None of these men appears, from how they lived their lives, to have shared modernity's belief in democracy, diversity or social equality. Yet, it was they who cobbled together the United States of America. Washington led us to independence and ownership of all the land from the Atlantic to the Mississippi. Jefferson negotiated the Louisiana Purchase, doubling the size of the U.S. Andrew Jackson added Florida. James K. Polk added the Southwest and California. Slave owner Sam Houston won Texas' War of independence and brought his Republic of Texas into the Union in 1845.

Two of the three greatest Senate statesmen of the 19th century, Henry Clay of Kentucky and John Calhoun of South Carolina, were slave owners. Both have statues in the Capitol. Do they go, too?

The newest bridge over the Potomac, like the premier dam in the TVA, is named for Woodrow Wilson, who resegregated the government. These were among the decisive figures of American history. If all are dishonored, with their statues pulled down and their names taken off cities, counties, towns, rivers, canals, bridges, buildings, highways, roads, streets and dams, then what is left?

Detest all those white men if you will, but they were the ones who created the nation we inherited.

Patrick J. Buchanan is the author of "Nixon's White House Wars: The Battles That Made and Broke a President and Divided America Forever."

https://townhall.com/columnists/patbuchanan/2020/06/16/cancel-the-white-men--and-whats-left-n2570699 

:: 6-16-20 Nation and State :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Weaponization Of Food: Starvation To Manufacture Compliance

Tyler Durden Tue, 06/16/2020 – 23:25

Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

The elites are doing their best to cut the food supply chains in order to weaponized food. At the end of the day, if they succeed, you will be trading your freedom for a small morsel of food.

Weaponization Of Food: Starvation To Manufacture Compliance

Tyler Durden Tue, 06/16/2020 – 23:25

Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

The elites are doing their best to cut the food supply chains in order to weaponized food. At the end of the day, if they succeed, you will be trading your freedom for a small morsel of food. The L.A. Times reported that “coronavirus outbreaks” at 60 food processing plants will be the cause of the supply chains breaking, and an inability to get food to store shelves. Prepare for a food shortage, as it looks like they will attempt to use hunger and food as a weapon in this game for your mind. It’s a grim reality that’s playing out across the country as COVID-19 spreads beyond the meat processing plants that have captured the national spotlight. At least 60 food-processing facilities outside the meatpacking industry have seen outbreaks, with more than 1,000 workers diagnosed with the virus, according to a new study from Environmental Working Group. –L.A. Times This is the horrible reality of participation in centralization and not being able to be self-reliant. The New World Order doesn’t care if you starve, it cares only that you bow down and consent to a life of enslavement. And they are weaponizing the food system and using COVID-19 as an excuse. The food shortages will come, and like the coronavirus panic, this has been manufactured by the elitists who want to control us. Is this what it’s going to take to get the rest of people to realize they’ve been controlled and enslaved by the very government who said they just want to keep them safe? Safety has always been the rallying cry of tyrants and that is no different now. People all over the world are waking up to what the power-hungry elitists and politicians have done to us for decades, but many are still sleeping. Will it take these orchestrated food shortages to wake them up? Or will they continue down a path of slavery with no hope? –SHTFPlan Take the time to learn self-reliance right now and store some food. It’s difficult to say when this will fully roll out, but it most definitely in their plans. Perhaps it’ll happen around the time of the faked “second wave” to really cause as much fear and panic as possible, which means expect it by this autumn. Obedience to the government won’t save you. Preparedness might.

Farmers are coming out saying they have been told to “quit farming,” and are being forced to dump milk, kill chickens, and turn vegetable crops under. Why? Isn’t it obvious? To scare the public into accepting dependency on the government so they will remain in a constant state of fear and enslavement. But there’s a way out. If food shortages are coming, there is a way to prepare.

https://nationandstate.com/2020/06/17/weaponization-of-food-starvation-to-manufacture-compliance/ 

:: 6--20 What Christians Want To Know :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What’s The Difference Between Godly And Worldly Sorrow?

by Jack Wellman

Why does the Bible delineate between godly and worldly sorrow? What’s the difference?

Repentance When the Apostle Paul wrote to the church at Corinth, he told them that they “felt a godly grief, so that you suffered no loss through us” (2nd Cor 7:9b), so did he mean repentance? The reason I ask that is because he goes on to say that “godly grief produces a repentance that leads to salvation without regret, whereas worldly grief produces death” (2nd Cor 7:1), and Paul could “see what earnestness this godly grief has produced in” them (2nd Cor 7:11a). It appears that Paul saw that their godly sorrow produced repentance, and of course, repentance leads to salvation. Jesus, when He introduced the gospel for the very first time, said, we must repent and believe (Mark 1:14-15), so if belief is on one side of the coin, repentance is on the other. Paul was clear that it is a “godly grief,” meaning we are not the source of it. The Bible teaches that God grants repentance, so we might repent, but we don’t repent of ourselves. The Apostle Paul told Timothy that he prayed that “God may perhaps grant them repentance leading to a knowledge of the truth” (2nd Tim2:25). Repentance is necessary but thankfully, it’s not we who must conjure it up. It would be the equivalent of asking Lazarus to move his little toe and Jesus would do the rest in resurrecting him. It is all a work of God and God alone grants repentance. I think you can see enough of the worldly sorrow on the television news. It’s so sad. Every day we see another tragedy strike, another natural catastrophe, and another terrorist attack. The world suffers so much, but that is not the worldly sorrow that the Bible speaks about as leading to death. Paul had earlier wrote, “For godly grief produces a repentance that leads to salvation without regret, whereas worldly grief produces death” (2nd Cor 7:10). Worldly sorrow is like that of a criminal. They get caught breaking the law and have to suffer for it. They may have worldly sorrow… or be sorry they got caught, and a sorrow that now tells them they’re going to be in prison for a while, but the worldly sorrow cannot be confused with godly sorrow because it doesn’t lead to repentance. One reason is worldly sorrow is from man while the other is from God (godly), so one doesn’t help you…the other leads to eternal life. Paul wrote, it is a “repentance that leads to salvation without regret,” but why does he say “without regret?” Could we really regret it? The word “regret” is from the Greek adjective “ametamelētos” and means “not repentant of,” or “unregretted,” so you could say a godly sorrow produces a “repentance that leads to salvation with no regrets.” One way to see is it’s a repentance “not repented of,” which means it’s irreversible, much like eternal life. You either have eternal life or you don’t, and you don’t have it and then lose it, so if you had eternal life but lost it, you really never had it in the first place. My thinking is, “eternal” is…forever! Maybe that’s why there is no need to have regrets once a person has repented and trusted in Christ. You’ll also never regret missing the wrath of God because now you have peace with God (Rom 5:1), and there is no longer any condemnation (Rom 8:1). Worldy sorrow can’t do that.

Godly Sorrow

We have established that a godly sorrow leads to or produces repentance, so God grants us the ability to repent by planting a godly sorrow in us, perhaps placed there by the Holy Spirit. He convicts us of our sins and He prompts our spirit to repent and trust in Christ. Jesus made it clear that “No one can come to Me unless the Father who sent Me draws him; and I will raise him up on the last day” (John 6:44), and absolutely “no one can come to Me unless the Father has granted it to him” (John 6:65), and why Jesus could sound so certain by saying, “All that the Father gives me will come to me, and whoever comes to me I will never cast out” (John 6:37b) since “this is the will of him who sent me, that I should lose nothing of all that he has given me, but raise it up on the last day” (John 6:39). Godly sorrow brings us to an end of ourselves which is brought about by God Who often uses circumstances to humble us. Then, this godly sorrow leads to repentance and it is as Jesus said, “I give them eternal life, and they will never perish, and no one will snatch them out of my hand” (John 10:28), and not that they give themselves this gift, but it was “My Father, who has given them to me, is greater than all, and no one is able to snatch them out of the Father’s hand” (John 10:29). A God-given godly sorrow eventually leads to eternal life by trusting in Christ. Once saved, they stay saved, and are as secure as God’s Word says they are. Conclusion It’s good to be sorry for doing something wrong, but it takes more than being sorry because we can end up doing it again and again…but to be sorrowful means we don’t want to do it again. We’re not just sorry we got caught…we are sorrowful to the extent that we repent and determine not to do it again (whatever it was), and make no mistake about it; God grants repentance. A worldly sorrow leads only to eternal death, meaning it doesn’t prompt us to repent, but a godly sorrow identifies the Source and it is God. Unless God grants repentance, we cannot be saved. We know it’s says whosoever believes may be saved (John 3:16), but the “whosoever” doesn’t get saved unless they have been granted repentance by God; otherwise, it’s just another type of sorrow…a worldly sorrow and that leads to destruction. Why not trust in Christ today and you’ll have no regrets…today and for all time.

Read more: https://www.whatchristianswanttoknow.com/whats-the-difference-between-godly-and-worldly-sorrow/#ixzz6PpLetCAD 

:: 6-17-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another Covid Cover Up In China? BBC Reporter Says Numbers Don’t Add Up In New Outbreak

Footage shows residents being rounded up with hazmat suited officials barking orders

Steve Watson | Infowars.com - June 17, 2020

The BBC’s correspondent in China has warned that the communist government may be in the midst of a second coronavirus cover up, as a massive police and medical response to a new cluster in Beijing doesn’t tally with the reported number of cases. The Chinese government has locked down the capital city, instituted travel bans, and is rounding up residents, putting them on buses and placing them in quarantine: The footage was shot by activist Jennifer Zeng, who claims that seven hotels in the city were requisitioned by the government to be used as quarantine sites. However, Beijing only reported 27 new infections yesterday, and 106 in the past five days, prompting many to wonder, just what the hell is going on here. More footage shows hundreds of people lining up outside Youan hospital in Beijing for virus screening: Massive amounts of fruit and vegetables have been discarded after Beijing shut down Xinfadi wholesale market: Earlier in the week huge amounts of police were deployed to the market: The BBC’s Stephen McDonell noted that the Chinese government is either being “super cautious”, or they are again not giving accurate figures on the new infection rate. Owners of the market that was shut down in Beijing are reportedly claiming that the ‘more infectious’ strain of the virus came from Europe via some dodgy salmon, however the Chinese Centre for Disease has said there is no evidence to support the claims. If this fresh outbreak is ‘very severe’ as authorities are claiming, then where are the infected? Will Europe move to block flights coming from China this time, or once again allow transmission of the virus unhindered? One more intriguing theory of what is happening comes from professor Steve Tsang of the School of Oriental and African Studies, who has contended that China is using Covid-19 to ‘divide and conquer’ Europe. “China is essentially trying a divide and rule approach to the EU,” Tsang told the Daily Express, adding “Some of the EU countries are being enticed to be much closer to China and to break away from European norms. And that is a serious problem.” China has sent coronavirus aid to countries that have not received it quickly enough from the EU. “The pandemic hasn’t helped but the problem with the pandemic is not so much in eastern European countries as it is with Italy.” Tsang added. Since 2012, China has heavily invested in the infrastructure of 17 eastern and central European countries, including the likes of Hungary and Greece, via the Belt and Road Initiative. Many see this as a way of exerting dominance in global trade. With the emergence of the Covid-19 pandemic, and the lax response of the EU in helping its member states, China has everything to gain.

https://www.infowars.com/another-covid-cover-up-in-china-bbc-reporter-says-numbers-dont-add-up-in-new-outbreak/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

:: 6--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korean Military Set To Advance Into Demilitarized Zone: Report – Breaking911

north korean troops are reportedly prepared to enter the Demilitarized Zone that divides itself from South Korea. “Our army is keeping a close watch on the current situation in which the north-south relations are turning worse and worse, and getting itself fully ready for providing a sure military guarantee to any external measures to be taken by the Party and government,” The korean People’s Army said in a statement to the korean Central News Agency (KCNA) Monday. “The KPA is studying an action plan for taking measures to make the army advance again into the Zones that had been Demilitarized under the north-south agreement, turn the front line into a fortress and further heighten the military vigilance against the south.” “We will map out the military action plans for rapidly carrying out the said opinions to receive approval from the Party Central military Commission.”

The korean Demilitarized Zone is a strip of land running across the korean Peninsula. It was established by the provisions of the korean Armistice Agreement to serve as a buffer Zone between north Korea and South Korea. Source: Yonhap

https://theburningtruth.us/2020/06/15/north-korean-military-set-to-advance-into-demilitarized-zone-report-breaking911/ 

:: 6-16-20 Jon's Place :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass Cell Phone Outages From Coast To Coast Another Sign Zero Hour Is Approaching - This Chart Shows How Quickly America Could Be Brought To It’s Knees

– Preparing For The Worst Case Scenario With America A Nation In Chaos

By Stefan Stanford – All News Pipeline – Live Free Or Die

According to this Monday story over at RT, all of the major phone companies in America suffered massive and widespread outages on Monday from coast to coast as seen in the map at the top of this story from Down Detector showing just the outages for T-Mobile. Reporting that AT&T and Verizon also had suffered major outages, the RT story also reported that according to ‘Anonymous’, “all mobile phone operators ‘were’ under the largest DDoS attack in the history of the United States of America right now.” With the alleged DDoS attacks by ‘Anonymous’ and hackers worldwide as seen in the image below also targeting many other ‘social media’ and ‘tech’ companies such as Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, Comcast, Google and many others, we couldn’t help but notice that Steve Quayle had just put out an SQAlert the day previously with the very prescient headline: “What will you do when your phone does not ring or you cannot call out and what will you do when your internet no longer works?” And while phone service eventually came back on Monday as it usually does, cutting off one’s enemies communications and supply lines has long been a key military strategy, dating all the way back to Sun Tzu’s “The Art of War” if not before, so we’ll be taking a look within this story at alternative communications options available right now should we soon arrive at ‘Zero Hour’ and an America that we’ve only imagined in our worst nightmares. So let’s take a look here and now at this important SQAlert before we continue. “What will you do when your phone does not ring or you cannot call out and what will you do when your internet no longer works?” These are not idle questions for you to consider but they are more blunt to the point LIKE THIS: WHAT IS YOUR ACTION PLAN WHEN THE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK OF THE USA GOES DOWN AND THE FOLLOWING SERVICES NO LONGER WORK ?

Your land phone no longer rings and has no dial tone.

Your home and business internet connections no longer work.

Your cell phone can no longer make voice calls or receive voice calls or send or receive text messages and has no internet connection.

Radio and TV networks will cease to function and only the people at the local station will be able to broadcast out to the local area.

With a breakdown of the communications systems the following things will cease:

No credit or debit card transactions can occur.

In a few minutes or hours, the electric power grid will fail because the workers that keep it running will no longer be able to communicate with each other.

In a few minutes or hours, the fresh water supply will cease to function because of lack of communications to manage the delivery systems.

With all of those issues being just a few of the problems that we’d have to deal with should a long-term communications outages strike America, as ‘Science Guy’ also warned Steve in the alert, we serve our families and loved ones best by taking these issues seriously and developing a plan because “enemies of the USA can bring the communications to it’s knees, a natural disaster can bring the system to its knees and the US government can shut down the system to force the people to comply with new government demands on a whim”. Please read this entire important SQalert here.

https://jonsnewplace.wordpress.com/2020/06/16/mass-cell-phone-outages-from-coast-to-coast-another-sign-zero-hour-is-approaching/ 

:: 6-15-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Martin Armstrong: Is Defunding Police The Right Choice Or The Next Step In Revolution?

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/15/2020 - 19:10

Authored by Martin Armstrong via ArmstrongEconomics.com,

All of the protests making this a racist issue have distorted the real problem which remains immunity created by the Supreme Court. We must look at these protests in their historical context for calling them simply racist rather than abuse of power hides them from the view of these events forming part of a revolutionary cycle. We must step back and look at these events not in the context of simply race or those who have exploited this to simply loot stores. The central position is one of police brutality and the lack of any accountability. There are more whites killed by police than blacks which further illustrates that this is not a racist problem but one of no accountability because of this qualified immunity which is not supported by the constitution. This should not be Black Lives Matter, but ALL Lives Matter. The riots have spread worldwide as in Paris over police abuse further illustrating that the core issue is the fact that governments are not accountable to the people. Why has this one incident cascaded into a global contagion? Because of this COVID-19 virus abuse of locking people down which has resulted in people losing their jobs which has exceeded 300 million on a worldwide basis, this provides the incentive to protest regardless of the incident. Following the Panic of 1837, massive unemployment took place and this was the period when the Irish immigrants where fleeing to the United States. This resulted in actual gun battles on the streets in Philadelphia because the Irish were willing to work for less during a period of significant unemployment. It is simply human nature to rise up during economic declines. During the Great Depression, it was the Bonus Army where veterans were demanding their promised bonuses. The Hoover government sent in the troops even with tanks in 1932 to force them to leave. We saw the same with the Coxley’s Army which was the march on Washington following the Panic of 1893 and massive unemployment. What the governments have done with these lockdowns have set the stage for these protests. It is only human nature to take that frustration out after losing your job and this issue of the police has simply exposed the corruption within the entire system which extended from journalists to politicians. We cannot attribute this exclusively to racism. This has been the first global contagion of a mass uprising because governments have suppressed the rights of the people, destroyed their jobs, and have abused their power in destroying the livelihood of so many people. Many police forces have militarized and this creates the image mentally of an opposing force against the people. Suddenly, we now see the technology companies who have been so actively assisting governments to go after the public from illegal red-light cameras to creating systems for the police to use facial recognition software to target individuals. Camera and facial recognition software track who is even walking down the street.  These high tech companies are suddenly realizing perhaps they have been on the wrong side of history and it would not take much for the mob to turn against the companies that have helped create this police state. IBM disavowed the facial recognition technology entirely and CEO Arvind Krishna condemned its use “by other vendors, for mass surveillance, racial profiling, violations of basic human rights and freedoms.Amazon responded by putting only a one-year moratorium on police use of its Rekognition software, closely followed by Microsoft’s promise not to sell the technology to US police. These companies have had no problem exploiting the public for profit. These are the same technology companies who jumped at the chance of creating tracking apps for this orchestrated coronavirus all to further erode our basic human rights. Then there is Bill Gates who wants to track every person on the planet and pushing his ID 2020 and digital vaccine markers claiming he is not destroying people’s privacy. Microsoft constantly updates windows downloading everything you look for so they can sell your computer use to companies for advertising. This entire issue of rioting against the police is historically part of the Revolutionary Cycle. The FIRST STAGE in a revolution is always the the rise of intellectual whistleblower disagreement which government simply ignores as a passing phase. This stage is the realization of corruption and and injustice of governmental rule. Perhaps the symbolization of this was the revelation of Edward Snowden that the government was violating the constitution and abusing its power against the people constructing a 100% surveillance state tapping into every phone call and email account of every citizen. Then there was the British whistleblower Katharine Gun who they charged but could not put on trial without exposing themselves. They labelled both as a traitors as if the government possessed inherent power of sovereignty and the people were the great unwashed economic slaves. As Thomas Pain described they confuse themselves as the political embodiment of the nation rather than the people. This is the intellectual stage which governments refuse to admit mistakes and simply ignores the cries of injustice.

The SECOND STAGE is where the intellectual debates prove pointless and this is where the initial conflict begins. This corruption has run its course and governments transform justice into their own self-interest. This stage is usually accelerated by governments raising taxes in the midst of an economic decline. The economic hardships may vary per individual but as a whole they will tend to focus upon the prosecutorial arm of government which includes the police who will far too often claim they are moral under the pretense of simply following orders. This is when history will typically produce some leader who can be a moderate that sees the problem and will often try to reason in order to reach a resolution which is ignored by the government. This further intensifies the feelings of injustice especially in light of the economic decline. The leadership can also be seized by extremists who demand complete change such a Lenin. This initial stage results in the first demands change with protests rising. The mobs rarely are able to even articulate the reform because they then make demands that they want certain actions which go far beyond what they actually need. This is where mobs will often turn to revenge rather than justice. Governments will typically refuse to reform and become often very defensive. In February 1761, James Otis, Jr. (1725–1783) argued brilliantly against the Writs of Assistance that was authorized in 1660 by the King but became an instrument of tyranny in 1758 in the American colonies as a means to raise taxes. Writs of Assistance allowed the government to arbitrarily search whatever they suspected for any reason. For nearly five hours, Otis made a brilliant oration in court against the Writs, but he lost the case, for what judge would ever rule against his master? John Adams later wrote that “the child independence was then and there born, [for] every man of an immense crowded audience appeared to me to go away as I did, ready to take arms against writs of assistance.” As Thrasymachus warned about 2600 years ago, justice is only the interest of the state regardless of its form being democratical, aristocratical, or tyrannical.

Shakespeare’s famous line “The first thing we do, let’s kill all the lawyers” (Henry VI, Part 2, Act IV, Scene 2) reflects the injustice for the people could not hire a lawyer only the king making them prosecutors. This stage is typically sparked by an economic decline which further breaks the employment and suppresses even harder the poor. During the American Revolution the slogan was “No Taxation without Representation” and the French Revolution used the words of Marie Antoinette: “Let them eat cake.” The French Revolution began on Saturday June 7th, 1788, when merchants closed down their shops as groups of 300 to 400 formed, armed with stones, sticks, axes, bars. They seized cathedral’s bells which became a call to all French peasants which the crowd grew swiftly. The Royal Navy soldiers injured a 75-year-old man with a bayonet drawing the first sight of blood. The people became enraged tearing up the streets and they climbed onto the roofs throwing down the roof-tiles on the soldiers. The soldiers took refuge in a building and began to shoot through the windows into the crowd. By six PM, a crowd estimated at ten thousand people began shouting “Long live the parliament.” They finally agreed to to refuse to pay all taxes not voted by the Estates-General and they demanded an end to arbitrary imprisonmentpolice abuse. Maximilien Robespierre (1754-1794) pursued a planned socialist economy and he grew paranoid about any opposition and unleashed the Reign Of Terror of 1793–1794 to silence all enemies of the Revolution. He was overthrown by the moderates who had Robespierre executed on July 28, 1794. His famous quote: “The secret of freedom lies in educating people, whereas the secret of tyranny is in keeping them ignorant.” This remains the core of fake news today. Even Lenin who declared “All Power to the Soviets” (Collected Works, Vol. 25: June-September 1917 (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1964), 155-56) presented a lucid strategic indication, which projected the course of the revolution and the construction of socialism through the seizure of power by the soviets. Lenin elaborated: “The imperialist war was bound, with objective inevitability…to turn into a civil war between the hostile classes” (Collected Works, Vol. 23: August 1916-March 1917 (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1964), 299.) In Russia, on Sunday, January 9th, 1905, the people began to march unarmed and locking arms to see the Tsar. Some carried religious icons and banners, as well as national flags and portraits of the Tsar. At 2 pm all of the converging processions were scheduled to arrive at the Winter Palace in Russia. There was no single confrontation with the troops. The infantry was backed by Cossacks and Hussars. As reported, the soldiers simply opened fire on the crowd and were not provoked. The official number of victims was 92 dead and several hundred wounded. Some leaders vanished and others were seized. Expelled from the capital, they circulated through the empire telling everyone “The Tsar will not help us!” The government suppressed the uprising, but this would only fuel the discontent in the years ahead. Niccolò Machiavelli (1469-1527) explained that because people are “quick to change their nature when they imagine they can improve their lot,” he wrote, a leader must also be shrewd.

“The fact is that a man who wants to act virtuously in every way necessarily comes to grief among so many who are not virtuous. Therefore, if a prince wants to maintain his rule he must be prepared not to be virtuous, and to make use of this or not according to need.” Machiavelli rejected the philosopher’s view of politics being a good leader is one who is humble, moral and honest. Instead, Machiavelli said quite frankly, “It is better to be feared than loved, if you cannot have both.” Modern politicians simply lie to our face while rejecting kindness or morality. They follow Machiavelli who argued that “Making an example of one or two offenders is kinder than being too compassionate, and allowing disorders to develop into murder and chaos which affects the whole community.” Indeed, people like Snowden are demonized by politicians as an example not to betray government for the sake of the people, morality, or justice. Machiavelli also warned that keeping one’s word can also be dangerous since “experience shows that those who do not keep their word get the better of those who do.” Therefore, the Second Stage is one of rising protests and discontent with initial confrontation against the government who relies upon the police state they have created. As long as the police continue to support the government against the people, this will inevitably lead to the next next Revolutionary stage. The THIRD STAGE is where it often becomes outright war in the streets as governments seek to retain power and refuse to see the error of their ways. In some revolutions, such as the Nika Revolt of 532AD, the police side with the people or stand back. In the case of the Ukrainian Revolution against Yanakovich, once the police saw that the people coming to the aid of the president were Russians, the police switched sides and supported the people. In the case of the Nika Revolt, the government called in the army who then massacred the people and the police. In the case of the American Revolution, the central power was in England and not local. This allowed the local authorities to differentiate themselves from the British. In the case of the Russian Revolution of 1991, Boris Yeltsin stood on the tank as asked the army not to fire upon their own people. Once the military power stood down, the government fell. It will always depend upon the loyalty of the police and army as to how a revolution will unfold. The FOURTH STAGE is retribution when in a domestic revolution in direct confrontation with the government and head of state. In the case of the American Revolution, the head of state was not within reach. However, they confiscated property and hung those who supported the king. Of course, in the case of the Russian Revolution, they executed the entire Romanov family. This is the phase of evening the score for years of suppression and injustice. The former head of state is often publicly killed and typically all their ministers. This was the case not just during the Russian Revolution, but the French Revolution with Louis XVI an his wife but the English Revolution where they seized King Charles I and beheaded him in public as well. There have also been incidents of assassination even after a loss as was the case with Abraham Lincoln in 1865. The FIFTH STAGE is typically the recovery stage where a new form of government emerges from the ashes. The intelligent political Moderates take power as was the case in the United States typically on the ideas of some Utopian system. Once again, this differs insofar as the political power was in England rather than America so there was not a wholesale murder campaign of all former ministers. In the case of the French Revolution, after the retribution stage where even the moderates were killed by the radicals led by Robespierre who seized control. As the French Revolution fell into the hands of Robespierre (1758-1794) he began a Reign of Terror (September 5, 1793-July 27, 1794) that would come to an end with his own death. This was followed by more uprisings and eventually the French Constitution was drafted (August 22-September 23, 1795), and approved with the Directory taking power. It is during this recovery stage where the radicals are usually overthrown and sometimes a new head of state emerges such as Napoleon or Oliver Cromwell. In the case of the United States where the former head of state was not local, the bureaucracy begins and we see the rise of political parties and divisions emerge once again between opposing political views. There is at this point the restoration of a sense of nationalism but the cycle of corruption slowly begins to take root.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/martin-armstrong-defunding-police-right-choice-or-next-step-revolution 

[:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Matthew 24:6 And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet.
7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places.
8 All these are the beginning of sorrows.  (KJV)

:: 6-16-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dramatic moment Russian fighter jets intercept U.S. military aircraft over the Baltic Sea - weeks after an American spy plane was 'buzzed' by SU-35s over the Mediterranean

American military aircraft were spotted above the Baltic Sea

Russian jets can be seen approaching what appears to be an American B-52 bomber and a Lockheed P3 Orion aircraft

Russian jets fly close to either side of US military aircraft in the footage

By Sophie Tanno For Mailonline Published: 07:38 EDT, 16 June 2020 | Updated: 11:20 EDT, 16 June 2020

This is the dramatic moment American military aircraft are intercepted by Russian fighter jets over the Baltic Sea. Russian jets can be seen approaching what appears to be an American B-52 bomber and a Lockheed P3 Orion aircraft in the skies above neutral waters of the Baltic Sea on Monday. An official statement from the Russian Ministry of Defence said: 'The air defence duty personnel of the Western Military District revealed the actions of the US Air Force B-52H strategic bombers and foreign reconnaissance aircraft over the neutral waters of the Baltic Sea and they were escorted by Russian fighters.' The incident comes after Russian fighter jets were accused of buzzing a US spy plane in an 'unsafe manner' over the Mediterranean Sea last month. In the most recent incident, Moscow said state borders had not been violated and that the Russian fighter jets carried out their actions in strict accordance with international rules for the use of airspace. In the video, Russian fighter jets can be seen flying close to either side of the bombers during the 'interception'. US and NATO aircraft were taking part in the annual BALTOPS exercise which has involved 28 ships and submarines, 28 aircraft and 3,000 personnel this year. The 49th iteration of the Baltic Operations exercise was focused this year on naval warfare at sea, partly by design and partly in response to COVID-19 pandemic. The week-long drills conclude today. The incident comes after U.S. fighter jets intercepted and escorted four Russian nuclear-capable bombers during a routine flight over neutral waters near Alaska last week. Russia said the 11-hour flight, carried out by its Tupolev Tu-95MS bombers, complied with international law and that U.S. F-22 Raptor tactical fighters had accompanied its planes during some stages of their flight. The interception of the bombers, which can carry nuclear missiles, came weeks after two Russian fighter jets were accused of flying in 'an unsafe and unprofessional manner' while intercepting a US spy plane over the Mediterranean Sea. The Russian jets 'flew in an unsafe and unprofessional manner' while intercepting a U.S. spy plane on Tuesday, May 26, over the Mediterranean Sea, the U.S. Navy said in a statement. The fighters 'took close station of the spy plane' over a period of 65 minutes, the statement read. It added: 'While the Russian aircraft was operating in international airspace, this interaction was irresponsible. 'We expect them to operate within international standards set to ensure safety'. The proximity of the two planes made it impossible for the US aircraft to 'safely manoeuvre'. 'The unnecessary actions of the Russian Su-35 pilots were inconsistent with good airmanship and international flight rules, and jeopardized the safety of flight of both aircraft,' the statement said. The encounter marked the third time in two months that Russian pilots buzzed U.S. aircraft.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8426215/Dramatic-moment-Russian-warplanes-intercept-U-S-strategic-bombers.html 

:: 6-17-20 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

INDIA ORDERS MILITARY TO "STOCK UP ON WAR RESERVES" OVER CHINA INCURSIONS

World News Desk 17 June 2020

In a high-level meeting chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi last night, the nation's armed forces have been ORDERED to stock up war reserves. A green light has also been given to the Indian Navy to deploy its assets in the Strait of Malacca region where it can counter Chinese warships. The Strait of Malacca is one of the world's major maritime choke-points and a primary shipping route for Chinese vessels. According to sources, a call for coordination has been made for the three services - Army, Navy, and Air Force - to prioritize the requirements, where necessary. Similarly, Air Force assets, which includes over 100 fighter jets, have also been asked to move up to forward locations. Sources added that the forces are operationally ready for intensive fighting but the order to stock up ammunition reserves is for more than a 20-day war. The development comes after a brutal face-off the Galwan Valley in which 20 Indian soldiers including an officer were killed, while on Wednesday army sources said that four others are also in critical condition. The following information comes from Hal Turner's former colleagues in the Intelligence Community, with whom he worked during his years with the FBI Joint Terrorism Task Force. Turner handled "national security intelligence, terrorism, and foreign counter-intelligence" according to sworn testimony, by Assistant Special Agent in Charge (ASAC) Amy Pickett of FBI New York City, in Brooklyn federal court, December, 2009.. He was one of the very few FBI Intel Assets granted "Extra-Territorial, fully operational authority" by the Office of Intelligence at FBI Headquarters in Washington, DC. In that role, he worked with Intelligen ce agencies around the world, and maintains contact with some of those former colleagues to this day. They feed him information that the mass-media never gets close to. We report it, here.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/india-orders-military-to-stock-up-on-war-reserves-over-china-incursions 

:: 6--20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taiwan warns off intruding Chinese aircraft for fourth time in nine days

Reporting by Ben Blanchard; Editing by Simon Cameron-Moore

TAIPEI (Reuters) - Taiwan jets on Wednesday again had to warn off Chinese air force aircraft that approached the island, Taiwan’s military said, the fourth such encounter in nine days as China steps up its activity near the Chinese-claimed island. The Chinese J-10, a fighter plane, and Y-8, a propeller aircraft often used for surveillance missions, entered Taiwan’s air defence identification zone around midday (0400GMT) to the southwest of the island, Taiwan’s air force said. Patrolling Taiwanese fighters gave a verbal warning to the Chinese aircraft to leave, whereupon they “immediately left” the air defence identification zone, the air force said in a brief statement. “At present the situation is normal,” it added, without giving further details. Since June 9, China’s air force has flown at least three other similar missions, and were each time chased off by Taiwanese jets, according to Taiwan’s military. Taiwan has complained that China, which claims the democratic island as its own, has stepped up military activities in recent months, menacing Taiwan even as the world deals with the coronavirus pandemic. China has not commented publicly on the recent Chinese air force activity near Taiwan. Beijing routinely says such exercises are nothing unusual and are designed to show the country’s determination to defend its sovereignty. China has never renounced the use of force to bring Taiwan under its control. One of China’s most senior generals last month said China would attack if there was no other way of stopping Taiwan becoming independent. China is deeply suspicious of Taiwanese President Tsai Ing-wen, whom it accuses of being a separatist intent on declaring formal independence. Tsai says Taiwan is already an independent country called the Republic of China, its official name.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-taiwan-china-defence-idUSKBN23O1QQ 

:: 6-16-20 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rumors Of Wars: China, India, North Korea, South Korea, Israel And Turkey All Move Toward War

June 16, 2020 by Michael Snyder

As if we didn’t have enough already going on in 2020, now we are facing the possibility that several regional wars may erupt. China and India had both been pouring troops into a disputed border region, and now there has been an incident where they were actually killing each other. On the Korean peninsula, North Korea just blew up “a joint liaison office” that it had used for talks with the South Korean government. And in the Middle East, Turkey is warning of grave consequences if Israel goes ahead with a plan to annex portions of Judea and Samaria. If a major regional war erupts at even one of these flashpoints, it will be another devastating blow for a global economy that is already imploding, and there is a very strong probability that the U.S. and other major western powers could be drawn into the conflict. Right now, most Americans are focused on our internal problems, and so they are paying very little attention to the growing crisis on the border between China and India. Both nations had sent substantial contingents of troops to an area of the border that has long been disputed, and a meeting that was supposed to defuse tensions actually resulted in soldiers killing one another… Chinese state media described the incident Monday night in the Galwan River valley where both countries have deployed troops in recent weeks as “the most serious clash between Chinese and Indian soldiers so far,” confirming casualties but offering no further details about them. Indian government sources speaking on the condition of anonymity told The Times of India that 20 Indian army personnel had died in the fighting. American intelligence believes 35 Chinese troops died, including one senior officer, a source familiar with that assessment tells U.S. News. The incident took place during a meeting in the mountainous region between the two sides – both of which had agreed to disarm – to determine how the two militaries would safely withdraw their presences from the region. This is the very first time in decades that Chinese and Indian troops have killed each other, and apparently very little shooting was involved… The meeting grew tense and resulted in a physical confrontation between the troops. According to the assessment, all of the casualties were from the use of batons and knives and from falls from the steep topography, the source says. That sounds like a scene from an overly gory Hollywood war movie, but reportedly this actually happened. Hopefully the leaders of the two nations will be able to cool tensions for a while, but the Chinese have a very long history of very bitter border disputes with their neighbors, and without a doubt China will continue to make attempts to exercise sovereignty over this area. Meanwhile, tensions on the Korean peninsula have risen to a level that we haven’t seen in many, many years. On Tuesday, North Korea actually blew up a building that had been used for negotiations with South Korea… North Korea has blown up a joint liaison office used for talks between itself and South Korea, the latest sign that ties between the two longtime adversaries are rapidly deteriorating. North Korean state media reported that the four-story building, which is located in the town of Kaesong just north of the demilitarized zone that divides the two Koreas, was “completely destroyed by a “terrific explosion” at 2:50 p.m. local time. That is certainly one way to make a statement. And this comes just days after Kim Jong Un’s sister, Kim Yo Jong, had issued a very ominous warning… In a cryptic statement late Saturday, Kim Yo Jong vowed her country would “soon take a next action” against South Korea — a move she suggested would be carried out by the country’s military.  “By exercising my power authorized by the Supreme Leader, our Party and the state, I gave an instruction to the arms of the department in charge of the affairs with enemy to decisively carry out the next action,” Kim said in the state-run Korean Central News Agency. All of a sudden, North Korea’s approach to relations with South Korea has dramatically shifted, and that shift has coincided with Kim Yo Jong taking a much more prominent role in national affairs. I believe that there is much more going on in North Korea than we are being told, and Kim Yo Jong appears to favor a much more militant approach than what we have become accustomed to in recent years. Over in the Middle East, the Times of Israel is reporting that the IDF is gearing up for a “state of war” as Israel prepares to annex portions of Judea and Samaria… Just over two weeks before a possible Israeli annexation of some as-yet unspecified portion of the West Bank, the Israel Defense Forces is preparing for a wide range of scenarios for potential regional fallout — up to and including a large-scale wave of terror attacks — while still not being told exactly what the government has in mind. The military is gearing up for possible massive unrest, Channel 12 reported Sunday evening, including what it is calling a potential “state of war” characterized by a Second Intifada-style onslaught of suicide bombing attacks. This week, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu once again made it clear that he does not intend to alter his plans, and that means that the process of annexation could start as soon as the beginning of July. A few weeks ago, I wrote an entire article about how this could potentially spark a major war in the region, and Arab leaders continue to make it clear that there will be “consequences” if Israel goes through with this… Israel’s plan to extend its sovereignty to the Jordan Valley, and parts of Judea and Samaria, will “destroy all hopes” for lasting peace in the Middle East, Turkey’s top diplomat said on Wednesday. “If the occupying power [Israel] crosses the red line, we [Muslim countries] must show that this will have consequences,” Turkish Foreign Minister Mevlut Cavusoglu said during a special meeting of the Organization of Islamic Cooperation Executive Committee, according to Turkey’s Anadolu Agency. We shall see what happens. I think that Netanyahu is convinced that Donald Trump is probably going to lose in November, and so that means that he probably believes that he only has a window of a few months in which he could annex portions of Judea and Samaria with U.S. support. It appears that Netanyahu is absolutely determined to move forward, and it also appears that Israel’s Arab neighbors are prepared to respond very forcefully. In just a few weeks, missiles could start flying back and forth, and the entire Middle East could erupt in flames. This is such a critical time, and let us pray for peace. But without a doubt we are living during a time of “wars and rumors of wars”, and it certainly isn’t going to take much to unleash a major conflict.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/rumors-of-wars-china-india-north-korea-south-korea-israel-and-turkey-all-move-toward-war 

:: 6-16-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Democrats Are Signaling End-Game Atrocities In a Post-Trump Take-Over

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, June 16, 2020 - 13:45.

Many people do not want to admit that there are FEMA camps which are awaiting the right dictator to incarcerate dissidents and so-called deplorables. If people admitted what was really happening in America, they would be forced to abandon their normalcy bias and take sides. It is so much easier to stay uninformed. Over the next several articles, I am going to make it difficult to stay uninvolved. If Trump is removed from office, we will likely see a major purge in this country in as little as 12 months from now. The Purpose of a Political Detention Camp (ie FEMA Camp) Hitler, Mao, et al., used concentration camps to dispose or re-educate citizens who might not be on board with the totalitarian regime change in their country. An examination of this topic should begin with a simple question: “Will American soldiers fire upon American citizens upon a martial law roundup of millions of Americans”? Unfortunately, the answer to that question is a moot point. It is clear from analyzing data from Army concentration camp materials, that American soldiers will be used to round up political detainees. However, the camps in which people will be deported to will ultimately be staffed and run by foreign troops and these troops will be under UN control. This document will make this point abundantly clear. The evidence comes from government files. There are three major elements, related to traditional concentration camps, which is what I allege will occur if the Democrats take over the government:

FEMA Camps are slave labor camps

FEMA Camps are intended death camps

FEMA Camps will eventually be run for foreign troops under UN control who will be willing to do to Americans, what American soldiers might not be willing to do.

Point #1: FEMA Camps Are Slave Labor Camps

As was the case with the NAZIS, slave labor will be a part of the landscape as evidenced by the following Army document.

Appendix J

J-20 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010 J-67.

Commanders must organize and manage detainees in such a manner as to permit the proper and ready employment of each detainee. Establish and maintain a current occupational skill record for each detainee. Include new skills as they are acquired. Assigning individual detainees to a work detail or job on a regular or permanent basis. Establishing vocational training projects and encouraging detainees to study and develop needed skills to the maximum extent possible.

LABOR CONSIDERATIONS J-68.

Detainee labor may be used to perform the following:

Camp administration and installation maintenance.

Agricultural work.

Public works, public utilities, and building operations that have no military character or purpose.

Transportation and handling of stores that are not military in nature or purpose.

Domestic service

I apologize and I do not wish to call anyone ignorant and uninformed, who rejects the notion of FEMA Camps, but they are indeed woefully ignorant usually by choice. The above material can also be found in Obama's Executive Order 13603. Both Obama's Executive Order and FM 39.4 are public record and as such, are irrefutable in these claims. The fact that Obama's 13603 EO is almost identical to this part of FM 39.4 demonstrates the resolve of the globalists to carry out this plot.

From Executive Order 13603

Article I, Section 1 of the U.S. Constitution states: “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States.” The key phrase here is: herein granted. Those powers granted to Congress by the States and the People are delineated in Article I, and primarily in Section 8 of the same. Nowhere does the Constitution say that federal agencies can "allocate" all food, energy, water, food and all labor. However, this is precisely what EO 13603 calls for. This EO would be concerning enough. However, this EO turns every American into a slave through the stroke of Obama's pen, or whatever liberal would follow Obama into the White House. I am of the opinion that Obama was to be followed by Clinton and she would have executed this EO.

Loving Your Enslavement

According to EO 13603, the President, or the head of any federal agency that he shall designate, can conscript “persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation,” in both “peacetime and times of national emergency.” I can hear the Leftist supporters now as they will write to me and say, "No Democrat would never do that, you are drinking from the Kool-Aid". Well, here it is, you can read it for yourself.

Sec. 502. Consultants. The head of each agency otherwise delegated functions under this order is delegated the authority of the President under sections 710(b) and (c) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(b), (c), to employ persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation and to employ experts, consultants, or organizations. The authority delegated by this section may not be redelegated.

This means that Obama made it possible for his fellow communist successors to seize any resource, property, or person at any time for any reason, including being able to force that person to perform assigned labor without being paid. There is only ONE word for forced, "uncompensated employment". That would is slavery. Where is Antifa when you really need them? Congratulations to President Obama, he effectively repealed the 13th Amendment to the Constitution. Section 601 of the act specifies, in part, how far the government can go in terms of making you their slave.

Sec. 601. Secretary of Labor. (a) The Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall: (1) collect and maintain data necessary to make a continuing appraisal of the Nation’s workforce needs for purposes of national defense; (2) upon request by the Director of Selective Service, and in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, assist the Director of Selective Service in development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services; (3) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order, consult with that agency with respect to: (i) the effect of contemplated actions on labor demand and utilization; (ii) the relation of labor demand to materials and facilities requirements; and (iii) such other matters as will assist in making the exercise of priority and allocations functions consistent with effective utilization and distribution of labor; (4) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order: (i) formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and (ii) estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs If the above section was merely going to be a military draft, then the Secretary of Labor would not have to be involved. However, as you will note the "Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall: ...assist in the development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services;... formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and (ii) estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs...". Refer back to section 502 of sections 710(b) and (c) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(b), (c); these are the people that the Secretary of the Labor will conscript in order "to employ persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation and to employ experts, consultants, or organizations". This, my fellow Americans, is a civilian conscription and this is why the Secretary of Labor is in charge instead of the head of the Selective Service! Under these provisions, the government believes that they can send you anywhere, to work on anything of their choosing and without pay. From the perspective of history, concentration camps are notoriously known for being institutions of murder. Based on this notion, I scoured the Army concentration camp manual entitled FM 3-39.40 Internment and Resettlement Operations (PDF), and found only scant reference to the subject of deaths in the concentration camps. Now wait a minute, this document painstakingly describes interrogation processes, food preparation, the transport and care of detainees, but they barely mention how they are going to deal with dead bodies? Aren't people going to die in captivity? In a facility filled with a divergent population with regard to age, health status and physical conditioning, should the authorities be concerned with what happens when an inmate dies from an unexpected heart attack or stroke? What would they do with the dead bodies? If proper preparations are not taken for the proper care and disposal of dead bodies, wouldn't that imperil the health of fellow inmates, not to mention the guards and other military personnel? This should be a primary concern for any facility. However, this is the one area where the FEMA camp Army manual is relatively silent and suspiciously so. Point #2: FEMA Camps Are Death Camps

From the aforementioned references, the following passages speaks to how the Army deals with the subject of death as it is related to the concentration camps:

5-69. When a detainee in U.S. custody dies, the attending medical officer will immediately furnish the detention facility commander or hospital commander (or the commander of the unit that exercised custody over the detainee if the death did not occur in a facility) with the -Detainee’s full name. -Detainee’s ISN/capture tag (mandatory). -Date, place, and circumstances of the detainee’s death. -Initial assessment as to whether the detainee’s death was, or was not, the result of the deceased’s own misconduct. -The initial assessment as to the cause of death. What is interesting about 5-69 is the cause of death is not categorized in any meaningful manner except to say that there is a conscious effort to determine if the death of the inmate was due to “their own actions”.

5-72. …the Office of the Armed Forces Medical Examiner is responsible for completing a final DD Form 2064 that will include a statement that “death was (or was not) the result of the deceased’s own misconduct” in the block labeled “Circumstances Surrounding Death Due to External Causes.”

Notice in the above (5-72) that only meaningful categories of inmate death are (1) the detainee’s own misconduct and (2) death due to external causes. What about natural causes?

5-73. The NRDC will notify the ICRC of all detainee deaths. The NDRC will maintain detainee DD Forms 2064 for the period of hostilities or occupation, for the duration of any other military operation, or as otherwise directed. When authorized, the NDRC will archive detainee DD Forms 2064.

There is a key phrase that goes unnoticed. the phrase is “The NDRC will maintain detainee DD Forms 2064 for the period of the hostilities or occupation…”

In other words, there will be no Nuremberg trials for genocide because the records will be not be permanently maintained (i.e. destroyed). Again, it is stunning that for a manual which spells out, in detail, every possible consideration of how detainees will be handled, they omit the disposal of dead bodies. Will there be a military regulation that nobody can drop dead in the camp of a heart attack? Or, is this because except for the occasional spontaneous death, the Army seems very unconcerned about disposing of dead bodies at a facility of mass detention? I can only come to one conclusion, most of the deaths associated with the detainees, will not occur at the facility itself and this explains why the Army is seemingly unconcerned with this issue. In other words, people will be taken for extermination to a secondary site. Is that why the 2015 converted Walmarts are located near railroad tracks? As just mentioned, these facts opens a whole host of possibilities. Are the unhealthy going to be transported to a tertiary facility to be humanely treated while their medical conditions will be treated? I think it is fairly easy to see where I am going with this. Former FEMA official, Celeste Solum, has stated that this is unquestionably true. Can we really expect the “authorities” who have committed an inhumane act by incarcerating people for no legitimate reason to suddenly discover their conscience and treat the infirm with compassion and dignity? Death camp deniers have to go to extraordinary lengths to defend their hear no evil, see no evil opinion related to this topic.

The Land of Chaz Seems to Indicate What Is Coming Recent statements coming out of the George Soros sponsored Antifa terrorists, occupying the former American city of Seattle now called Chaz, have recently had some very disturbing comments recently coming out of the occupied, so-called “autonomous zone”. I have recently covered the statements of Chaz occupiers with regard to comments about (1) rounding up all white people in the occupation zone; and, (2) strongly implied that all non-compliant people, with regard to Antifa policies, will be beheaded. It is my contention and I think recent current events bear out this possibility that if Trump is defeated in November, or is forcibly removed from office before the election, that we will see a ticket of Biden/Clinton. Biden is clearly in severe cognitive decline will not make it past a few months in the White House. I believe his recent comments reflect the fact that he knows this is true. He recently stated that he wanted a woman Vice President who was ready to become President on day one. I think Biden was unintentionally signaling plan that he will take the oath of office and quickly resign. Many of us in the Independent Media think that person will be Hillary. Do you remember, when 4 years ago, Hillary referred to conservatives as “deplorables” and that we all needed to go to a “Fun (ie FEMA) camp”?

Conclusion The documentation for recognizing the clear path that we are on runs deep. The alarm has clearly sounded for some as they read this article. Many more will require more proof which is coming in the next article in this series.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-economics-education/democrats-are-signaling-end-game-atrocities-post-trump-take-over 

 

:: 6-16-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Escape from New York or is it “Escape from Seattle?” New Democrat “Autonomous Zone” resembles scenes from fiction movies

Tuesday, June 16, 2020 by: S.D. Wells

(Natural News) Who’s to blame for the fall of Seattle, the Russians or Trump? It looks like a war zone in there, and they’ve built up makeshift walls around the idiot-led autonomous zone, so are they now saying that walls work? Are they trying to keep immigrants from entering? Maybe they have young children in cages in there that are separated from their parents at the “border.” Actual intelligent Americans can’t figure out if this is a scene from the movie “Idiocracy” or “Escape from New York.” Maybe it’s a mix of both, where a dark and stupid warlord is running America and everybody is either starving to death or stuck in a huge anarchist prison that encompasses the entire downtown district. All the takeout food they bought got stolen by homeless people. Leading Democrats of America want the whole country to look like this violent, lawless, idiot-zone as soon as possible. That is the plan.

Will Kurt Russell “Escape from Seattle” Autonomous Prison Zone, or will he be killed bucking the new rule of law? The Seattle Mayor and Governor love the terror zone, offering their absolute support for BLM, Antifa, and anyone who wants to come there and scream for anarchy. Welcome to the United States of Autonomous Zones. This is what you get when you vote for Democrats. We go live now inside the decagon of the new U.S. autonomous zone in Seattle: Democrat anarchist and rapist Warlord Raz Simone celebrates the Utopian Socialist Communist city grid of anarchy, homelessness and starvation No police! No laws! Free money! Vegan Food! These are the demands of all Democrats in America, represented now by their new socialist leader in Seattle, who has risen to power out of nowhere, like a supernova, challenging the demented leadership of Joe Biden, Nancy Pelosi, and Chuck Schumer. As Warlord Raz Simone writes new rap songs about raping girls while spray painting graffiti on walls with the new socialist laws of America, all the believers bow down to him in the new idiot zone, just like Pelosi and Schumer who recently wore African tribal slave garb to promote enslaving Blacks around the world, while taking a Floyd knee, pretending to care about American Blacks’ plight. Most Americans are brainwashed to believe that BLM (Black Lives Matter) is some peaceful organization that just wants equal rights for Black people, but they’re just about as bad as Antifa, rioting in the streets, looting, and beating down anyone who disagrees with them. This is what “no police” means to them. They get to steal, vandalize, rape and murder anyone they want to anytime they want to, as long as it’s in the name of justice, equality, and the autonomous zonethe new third world Democrat Capital of America. Realize right now that Seattle is run by spineless Democrats who love the autonomous zone and all that it stands for. All Democrats in America want no borders, no police, free college, and 70 percent income tax to pay for it all, including fake climate change policy. Watering the crops with Gatorade (Idiocracy) doesn’t seem to be working out for some odd reason that the Democrats can’t figure out. Hail to President Camacho! The new leader of the United States of Autonomous Zones. Welcome to Seattle, Washington, 2020. We go live now inside the US autonomous zone, where President “Raz” Camacho speaks wisdom to his autonomous followers: All of this staged idiocy while Democrat Governors still swear the lock down is necessary to fight coronavirus

Coronavirus is indeed the strangest and smartest virus to ever live on planet Earth. Have you heard how it spreads so mysteriously? It lurks in every school in America, especially the blue states, but it dies immediately at Home Depot. It wreaks havoc in churches and temples nationwide, and people who pray and believe in God are ultra-vulnerable; however, the virus is mind-boggling in the way that it vanishes when Democrat protesters stand close together holding signs. Covid is probably infecting all the great citizens of the autonomous zone. Oh no. They may be safe though, because corona can’t spread when you buy and drink alcohol in America, that’s why all the liquor stores remained open while all “non-essential” businesses had to close. Strange also how Covid lives on footballs, basketballs and baseball bats, but dies on all the Walmart shopping carts. At least all the grocery store clerks are being super careful, not touching the bag you brought, while touching every product you chose and the cash you take out of your wallet or purse. So very common-sense of them and caring.  Let’s all be very careful when we go back to work, restaurants, small businesses, sporting events, and school in the fall, unless of course, the entire USA is one huge autonomous zone, where the virus dies instantly when you shout out “Black Lives Matter!” Be sure to buy yourself some anti-virus African slave garb like Nancy Pelosi and Chuck Schumer and wear it everywhere, and tune your internet dial to Trump.news for updates on the viral spread of the autonomous zone. Isn’t Bill Gates a genius to release such a smart lab-made virus? What will he think of next? Now listen to Tommy Vext explain exactly what Black Lives Matter is REALLY about, who owns it, who gets all the donations, and why they have so many American Blacks brainwashed to believe they’re supporting a valid cause (while all the donations directly pay for the political campaign costs of the psychotic Democrat front-runners for President).

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-06-16-escape-from-seattle-democrat-autonomous-zone-resembles-fiction-movies.html

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Through Many Tribulations

By Hal Lindsey

One-night last month, one of the world’s most famous landmarks, the Colosseum in Rome, glowed red. According to Vatican News, officials bathed the ancient arena in red light “as a sign of solidarity with all those who are persecuted for their faith.” Before now, had you heard about that? Usually, western media outlets look for stories with dramatic imagery. The Colosseum’s famous silhouette, bathed in red against a stark, black backdrop, would seem to fit the bill. They also love a story with a good twist. Officials used the Colosseum, once a symbol of Christian persecution, to strike a blow against such persecution. But despite an interesting, ready-made story, the media paid little attention. To cover it would mean admitting that there is a story here. And once they admit that, they will have to explain that the story is huge and ongoing — especially in Nigeria. Giulio Meotti, writing for the Gatestone Institute, said, “The West does not seem to care about the ongoing Islamic terrorist genocide on Africa’s biggest Christian population in Nigeria.” Terrorism usually gets the frontpage treatment. Genocide makes this story global and historic. But western media elites could not care less about Africa. The reasons are more complex than simple racism, but you can’t help wondering if that’s not part of it. In one February attack, radical Islamic terrorists went through 15 villages in Nigeria. They murdered townspeople, burned churches, and razed the homes of known Christians. Several sources quote a witness as saying, “Despite several calls to the governor and his deputy, and other security apparatus, the government remained silent as the atrocities continued. The Fulani (a west African Muslim people) were able to carry out their deadly attack. They stayed for hours in the vicinity, moving at will, unchallenged.” Wole Soyinka, a Nigerian Nobel laureate for literature, called the Islamic terrorists a “horde.” He said their goal is to “Islamize the nation.” Bishop Hyacinth Egbebo, a Nigerian Catholic, said, “If Nigeria falls to Islamic extremists, all of Africa will be at risk.” It would be a mistake to think of Nigeria as insignificant or far away. Nigerians are as important in God’s eyes as Americans. But even from a selfish point of view, remember that what happens there does not stay there! Meotti wrote, “The West truly needs to care about the daily carnage suffered by this poor, black, Christian and abandoned population. Wole Soyinka's ‘horde’ will not be confined to the Nigerian borders, but will try to strike Western Europe as well.” Not long ago, a mob in Vietnam attacked two dozen Christians. They were new converts from a group known as Hmong. CBN News wrote, “Their conversion provoked the village chief who threatened to expel the believers from the community if they didn’t renounce their new-found faith. The Hmong Christians refused to recant, prompting a mob to attack them.” After a period of relative tolerance, Christian persecution in Vietnam is on the rise. In fact, it’s on the rise everywhere.  In Turkey, an American pastor, Andrew Brunson, faces life in prison. He’s accused of “terrorism.” You’re probably wondering what act of “terrorism” this Christian minister could have been up to. The answer is that he shared the Gospel. That means in today’s Turkey, for a Christian minister to read John 3:16 is considered an act of terror. Turkey’s President Recep Erdogan is playing a game of global power politics. Many have suggested that Pastor Brunson is merely a pawn in that game. But it’s more than that. Erdogan could have chosen any American as a hostage. He chose a Christian minister because he fears the Gospel. Jesus said, “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” (NASB) To a despot like Erdogan, those are the scariest words in the world. Attacks on freedom of religion and belief — especially Christian belief — are escalating around the world. Sometimes it’s the persecution of a group, and sometimes it’s a lone individual. Right now in Nigeria, a girl named Liah Sharibu is being held by the Islamic terror group, Boko Haram. The terrorists abducted 110 girls in February. After intense government negotiation, they returned 104. Five died in captivity. Only Liah remains in terrorist hands. One of the returning girls explained that Boko Haram refused to release Liah because she would not renounce her faith in Christ. “She was held back,” the released girl said. “We were freed because we are Muslim girls and they didn’t want us to suffer.” Another girl released by Boko Haram relayed that the terrorists said they would keep Liah “until she converted.” Imagine how Liah’s parents feel. How would you feel? Her father, Nata Sharibu, told a Nigerian radio station, “I am very sad, but I am also jubilating, too, because my daughter did not denounce Christ.” Salvation is free. Jesus paid the whole price. But in this world, bearing His name carries its own cost. In Acts 14:22, Paul the great teacher of grace, gave this warning to the Christians of Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch. “Through many tribulations we must enter the kingdom of God.” It reminds me of the third verse of John Newton’s “Amazing Grace.” “Through many dangers, toils and snares I have already come. ‘Tis grace hath brought me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home!” That amazing grace abides with Liah Sharibu and Andrew Brunson. It abides with millions around the world facing various levels of persecution because of their stands for Christ. If you are His, it also abides with you. According to the Bible, as we approach the end of the age, persecution of believers will increase. But don’t despair. In John 16:33, Jesus said, “In the world you have tribulation, but take courage; I have overcome the world.” (NASB)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-24-2018/ 

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Answering Fear

By Hal Lindsey

I’ve never counted them, but I have read that phrases like “fear not” or “do not be afraid” occur over 300 times in the Bible. Clearly, God does not want us to be afraid. In fact, He commands us not to fear.  That’s because, in many ways, fear and faith are opposites. And Hebrews 11:6 says, “Without faith it is impossible to please Him, for he who comes to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of those who seek Him.” And yet, when countries around the world are declaring national emergencies, the temptation to fear can grow. When markets falter, and wealth disappears before our eyes, we might be tempted to feel anxiety. The coronavirus COVID-19 is what Psalm 91:6 calls a “pestilence that stalks in darkness.” We know it’s there, and we know it’s deadly, but we can’t see it. When we’re tempted to fear, what does God say? 2 Timothy 1:7 says, “God has not given us a spirit of fear, but of power and of love and of a sound mind.” In Acts 20, Paul talked about his many afflictions and trials. Then, in verse 24, he put those difficulties into perspective. He said, “But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God.” If your hope is in this world only, then you should be afraid. But if through the finished work of Jesus on the cross, you live in the assurance of heaven, then don’t be afraid. Don’t be moved by any of the things the world is throwing at you. Romans 8:15 says, “For you have not received a spirit of slavery leading to fear again, but you have received a spirit of adoption as sons by which we cry out, ‘Abba! Father!’” The New Living Bible translates Philippians 4:6 like this. “Don't worry about anything; instead, pray about everything. Tell God what you need, and thank him for all he has done.” Cry out to Him as a child would cry out to his dear father — full of faith and trust. Then thank Him for all He has done.

1 John 4:18 says, “There is no fear in love; but perfect love casts out fear.”

Psalms 34:4 says, “I sought the Lord, and He answered me, And delivered me from all my fears.”

In John 14:27, Jesus said, “Peace I leave with you; My peace I give to you; not as the world gives, do I give to you. Let not your heart be troubled, nor let it be fearful.”

Psalms 57:1 says, “In the shadow of Your wings I will make my refuge, Until these calamities have passed by.”

Isaiah 26:3 says, “Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee: because he trusteth in Thee.”

These are difficult days. We should be prudent and plan things as well as we can. But panic? Fear? No! Let the Living God keep you in perfect peace.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-18-2020/ 

:: 6-16-20 Frontpagemag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When Islam Came

Remembering the rape of an ancient Christian city.

Tue Jun 16, 2020 Frontpagemag.com

Raymond Ibrahim is a Shillman Fellow at the David Horowitz Freedom Center.

This last May 29 was the 567th-year anniversary of the Islamic conquest of Constantinople, one of ancient Christianity’s greatest capitals that for the previous seven centuries had, as Europe’s easternmost bulwark, withstood Islam. Lesser known is what immediately followed this Muslim seizure of “New Rome”—which Turkey is immensely proud of—as described below (note: all quotes are from contemporary sources, mostly eyewitnesses): Once inside the city on that fateful May 29, 1453, the “enraged Turkish soldiers . . . gave no quarter”: When they had massacred and there was no longer any resistance, they were intent on pillage and roamed through the town stealing, disrobing, pillaging, killing, raping, taking captive men, women, children, old men, young men, monks, priests, people of all sorts and conditions… There were virgins who awoke from troubled sleep to find those brigands standing over them with bloody hands and faces full of abject fury… [The Turks] dragged them, tore them, forced them, dishonored them, raped them at the cross-roads and made them submit to the most terrible outrages… Tender children were brutally snatched from their mothers’ breasts and girls were pitilessly given up to strange and horrible unions, and a thousand other terrible things happened. . . Because thousands of citizens had fled to and were holed up in Hagia Sophia, the ancient basilica offered an excellent harvest of slaves—once its doors were axed down. “One Turk would look for the captive who seemed the wealthiest, a second would prefer a pretty face among the nuns. . . . Each rapacious Turk was eager to lead his captive to a safe place, and then return to secure a second and a third prize. . . . Then long chains of captives could be seen leaving the church and its shrines, being herded along like cattle or flocks of sheep.” The slavers sometimes fought each other to the death over “any well-formed girl,” even as many of the latter “preferred to cast themselves into the wells and drown rather than fall into the hands of the Turks.” Having taken possession of one of Christendom’s greatest and oldest basilicas—nearly a thousand years old at the time of its capture—the invaders “engaged in every kind of vileness within it, making of it a public brothel.” On “its holy altars” they enacted “perversions with our women, virgins, and children,” including “the Grand Duke’s daughter who was quite beautiful.” She was forced to “lie on the great altar of Hagia Sophia with a crucifix under her head and then raped.” Next “they paraded the [Hagia Sophia’s main] Crucifix in mocking procession through their camp, beating drums before it, crucifying the Christ again with spitting and blasphemies and curses. They placed a Turkish cap . . . upon His head, and jeeringly cried, ‘Behold the god of the Christians!’” Many other churches in the ancient city suffered the same fate. “The crosses which had been placed on the roofs or the walls of churches were torn down and trampled.” The Eucharist was hurled to the ground; holy icons were stripped of gold, “thrown to the ground and kicked.” Bibles were stripped of their gold or silver illuminations before being burned. “Icons were without exception given to the flames.” Patriarchal vestments were placed on the haunches of dogs; priestly garments were placed on horses. “Everywhere there was misfortune, everyone was touched by pain” when Sultan Muhammad II (“Mehmet”) finally made his grand entry into the city. “There were lamentations and weeping in every house, screaming in the crossroads, and sorrow in all churches; the groaning of grown men and the shrieking of women accompanied looting, enslavement, separation, and rape.” The sultan rode to Hagia Sophia, dismounted, and went in, “marveling at the sight” of the grand basilica. After having it cleansed of its crosses, statues, and icons—the sultan himself knocked over and trampled on its altarMuhammad ordered a muezzin to ascend the pulpit and sound “their detestable prayers. Then this son of iniquity, this forerunner of Antichrist, mounted upon the Holy Table to utter forth his own prayers,” thereby “turning the Great Church into a heathen shrine for his god and his Mahomet.” To cap off his triumph, Muhammad had the “wretched citizens of Constantinople” dragged before his men during evening festivities and “ordered many of them to be hacked to pieces, for the sake of entertainment.” The rest of the city’s population—as many as forty-five thousand—were hauled off in chains to be sold as slaves. It is this “heritage” that millions of Turks—beginning with their president, Erdoğan—are eager to honor through their incessant calls to transform the Hagia Sophia, which has been a museum since 1945, into a mosque again. Salih Turhan, head of the Anatolian Youth Association, puts it well: “As the grandchildren of Muhammad the Conqueror, seeking the re-opening Hagia Sophia as a mosque is our legitimate right.” Openly idolizing Muhammad II and trying to do what he did—transform Hagia Sophia into a mosque to honor the “souls of all who left us this work as inheritance, especially Istanbul’s conqueror [Muhammad],” as Erdoğan himself proclaims—is tantamount to Turkey saying, “We are proud of [and seek to emulate?] our ancestors who slaughtered, enslaved, and raped people and stole their lands simply because they were Christian infidels.” Not, of course, that anyone notices or cares, being so overwhelmed by and paralyzed from putting down rioting criminals who—not unlike the “enraged” Muslims’ initial entry into Constantinople described above—are “intent on pillage and roamed through the town stealing.”

Note: The above account was adapted from the author's book, Sword and Scimitar: Fourteen Centuries of War between Islam and the West.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2020/06/ibrahim-when-islam-came-frontpagemagcom/ 

:: 6-16-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Signs Executive Order Overhauling Police Reform, Training, Discipline

Tuesday, 16 June 2020 04:59 PM

Following weeks of national protests since the death of George Floyd, President Donald Trump signed an executive order Tuesday he said would encourage better police practices. But he made no mention of the roiling national debate over racism spawned by police killings of black men and women. Trump met privately with the families of several black Americans killed in interactions with police before his Rose Garden signing ceremony, and said he grieved for the lives lost and families devastated. But then he quickly shifted his tone and devoted most of his public remarks to a need to respect and support “the brave men and women in blue who police our streets and keep us safe.” He characterized the officers who have used excessive force as a "tiny" number of outliers among "trustworthy" police ranks. "Reducing crime and raising standards are not opposite goals," he said before signing the order, flanked by police officials. Trump and Republicans in Congress have been rushing to respond to the mass demonstrations against police brutality and racial prejudice that have raged for weeks across the country in response to the deaths of Floyd and other black Americans. It's a sudden shift that underscores how quickly the protests have changed the political conversation and pressured Washington to act. But Trump, who has faced criticism for failing to acknowledge systemic racial bias and has advocated for rougher police treatment of suspects in the past, has continued to hold his 'law and order." line. At the signing event, he railed against those who committed violence during the largely peaceful protests while hailing the vast majority of officers as selfless public servants. Trump’s executive order would establish a database that tracks police officers with excessive use-of-force complaints in their records. Many officers who wind up involved in fatal incidents have long complaint histories, including Derek Chauvin, the white Minneapolis police officer who has been charged with murder in the death of Floyd. Those records are often not made public, making it difficult to know if an officer has such a history. The order would also give police departments a financial incentive to adopt best practices and encourage co-responder programs, in which social workers join police when they respond to nonviolent calls involving mental health, addiction and homeless issues.

Trump said that, as part of the order, the use of chokeholds, which have become a symbol of police brutality, would be banned “except if an officer’s life is at risk." Actually, the order instructs the Justice Department to push local police departments to be certified by a “reputable independent credentialing body" with use-of-force policies that prohibit the use of chokeholds, except when the use of deadly force is allowed by law. Chokeholds are already largely banned in police departments nationwide. While Trump hailed his efforts as "historic," Democrats and other critics said he didn't go nearly far enough. Senate Democratic leader Chuck Schumer said, "One modest inadequate executive order will not make up for his decades of inflammatory rhetoric and his recent policies designed to roll back the progress that we’ve made in previous years." Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said the order "falls sadly and seriously short of what is required to combat the epidemic of racial injustice and police brutality that is murdering hundreds of Black Americans." Kristina Roth at Amnesty International USA said the order "amounts to a Band-Aid for a bullet wound." But Trump said others want to go too far. He, framed his plan as an alternative to the "defund the police" movement to fully revamp departments that has emerged from the protests and which he slammed as "radical and dangerous." "Americans know the truth: Without police there is chaos. Without law there is anarchy and without safety there is catastrophe," he said. Trump's audience included police officials and members of Congress, and came after he met privately at the White House with the families of men and women who have been killed in interactions with police. White House press secretary Kayleigh McEnany told reporters, many tears were shed at the meeting and "the president was devastated." Trump listed the families' relatives who died and said: "To all the hurting families, I want you to know that all Americans mourn by your side. Your loved ones will not have died in vain." White House adviser Ja'Ron Smith said it was "a mutual decision" for the families not to attend the public signing.  "It really wasn't about doing a photo opportunity," he said. "We wanted the opportunity to really hear from the families and protect them. I mean I think it's really unfortunate that some civil rights groups have even attacked them for coming." The White House action came as Democrats and Republicans in Congress have been rolling out their own packages of policing changes. Sen. Tim Scott, R-S.C., the sole African American Republican in the Senate, has been crafting the GOP legislative package, which will include new restrictions on police chokeholds and greater use of police body cameras, among other provisions. While the emerging GOP package isn't as extensive as sweeping Democratic proposals, which are headed for a House vote next week, it includes perhaps the most far-reaching proposed changes ever from a party that often echoes Trump's “law and order” rhetoric. It remains unclear whether the parties will be able to find common ground. Though their proposals share many similar provisions — both would create a national database so officers cannot transfer from one department to another without public oversight of their records, for instance — differences remain.

The Republican bill does not go as far as the Democrats' on the issue of eliminating qualified immunity, which would allow those injured by law enforcement personnel to sue for damages. The White House has said that is a step too far. As an alternative, Scott has suggested a “decertification” process for officers involved in misconduct. During the Obama administration, Attorney General Eric Holder opened a series of civil rights investigations into local law enforcement practices that often ended with court-approved consent decrees that mandated reforms. Those included Ferguson, Missouri, after the killing of Michael Brown and Baltimore following the police custody death of Freddie Gray. Hours before he resigned as Trump's first attorney general in November 2018, Jeff Sessions signed a memo that sharply curtailed the use of consent decrees.

https://www.newsmax.com/headline/trump-executive-order-policing/2020/06/16/id/972471/ 

:: 6-16-20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

S Korea promises to react strongly if North furthers tensions

Pyongyang blew up a liaison office in the border town of Kaesong after days of threats of military action by the North Korean leadership.

by Rob McBride 22 hours ago

South Korea says it will respond strongly if North Korea keeps raising tensions after Pyongyang blew up a liaison office in the border town of Kaesong. It comes after days of threats of military action by the North Korean leadership. Al Jazeera's Rob McBride reports from Seoul. and the news story continues..

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/06/korea-promises-react-strongly-north-furthers-tensions-200616163543819.html 

:: 6-16-20 Market Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PG&E pleads guilty to involuntary manslaughter, admits it caused fire that killed 84 people in 2018

Published: June 16, 2020 at 2:41 p.m. ET  By Associated Press

CEO Bill Johnson entered guilty pleas on behalf of the company for 84 felony counts of involuntary manslaughter stemming from the fire SAN RAMON, Calif. (AP) — Pacific Gas & Electric confessed Tuesday to killing 84 people in a devastating 2018 wildfire that wiped out the Northern California town of Paradise in November 2018. PG&E PCG, -0.14% CEO Bill Johnson entered guilty pleas on behalf of the company for 84 felony counts of involuntary manslaughter stemming from the fire, which was blamed on the company’s crumbling electrical grid. “Our equipment started that fire,” said Johnson, who apologized directly to the victims’ families. “PG&E will never forget the Camp Fire and all that it took away from the region.” Although the admission was part of a plea deal, it came during a dramatic court hearing designed to publicly shame the nation’s largest utility for neglecting its infrastructure. Butte County Superior Court Judge Michael Deems read the name of each victim aloud in the courtroom while the images of the dead were shown on large screen as Johnson entered a plea for each of the counts. The fire killed 85 people, but prosecutors weren’t certain they could prove PG&E was responsible for one of the deaths. Johnson also pleaded guilty on behalf of the company to one felony county of unlawfully starting a fire. Now Playing: Security Video Shows Fatal Police Shooting in Atlanta

Visit our Video Center Later Tuesday, Butte County District Attorney Mike Ramsey is expected to release a long-awaited grand jury indictment detailing the corporate misconduct that ignited the November 2018 wildfire that destroyed Paradise, California, located about 170 miles (275 kilometers) northeast of San Francisco. PG&E has agreed to pay a maximum fine of $3.5 million for its crimes in addition to $500,000 for the cost of the investigation. The San Francisco company won’t be placed on criminal probation, unlike what happened after its natural gas lines blew up a neighborhood in San Bruno, California, killing eight people in 2010. That tragedy resulted in a criminal conviction that put San Francisco on a five-year probation that ends in January 2022. With no prospect of jail time for a corporation, Ramsey tried to use Tuesday’s hearing to force PG&E to confront the death and destruction stemming from its its corporate culture of placing a greater priority on profits for its shareholders than protecting the safety of the 16 million Northern Californians who rely on the utility for power. PG&E is hoping to emerge from its nearly year-and-half-long bankruptcy. The company has agreed to pay $25.5 billion for losses from the 2018 fire and other blazes in 2017 blamed on its crumbling equipment. The company says it has already made changes that will create a more reliable and safer electrical grid, although it still expects to rely on deliberate power outages during the next few years to minimize the risks of causing more fires. More than 20 family members of people killed in the 2018 wildfire are expected to appear before Deems in a proceeding Wednesday. The proceeding unfolded as PG&E approaches the end of a complicated bankruptcy case that the company used to work out $25.5 billion in settlements to pay for the damages from the fire and others that torched wide swaths of Northern California and killed dozens of others in 2017. The bankruptcy deals include $13.5 billion earmarked for wildfire victims. A federal judge plans to approve or reject PG&E’s plan for getting out of bankruptcy by June 30. “We want this to be impactful because this can’t go on any longer,” Butte County District Attorney Mike Ramsey told The Associated Press. “There is going to have to be a sea change in PG&E’s method of operation.” The judge will formally sentence PG&E on Thursday or Friday, according to Ramsey. The plea agreement also spares PG&E from being placed on criminal probation for a second time. The company is in the midst of a five-year probation under the withering supervision of U.S. District Judge William Alsup for a 2010 explosion in its natural gas lines that blew up a neighborhood in San Bruno and killed eight people. The probation lasts until January 2022. Since filing for bankruptcy early last year, PG&E says it has been dramatically altering a corporate culture that prioritized profits for its shareholders over the safety of the 16 million people who rely on the utility. The company says it is being more vigilant about trimming trees around its power lines and replacing outdated equipment before it crumbles, although Alsup has repeatedly scolded PG&E for not doing even more to ensure its grid doesn’t cause more tragedy. As part of a deal with California power regulators, PG&E will replace 11 of its 14 board members. CEO Bill Johnson will step down June 30.

Despite PG&E’s pledge, critics fear more danger looms during an upcoming wildfire season after an unusually dry winter in Northern California.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/pge-pleads-guilty-to-involuntary-manslaughter-admits-it-caused-fire-that-killed-84-people-in-2018-2020-06-16 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 6-16-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indian Army Confirms 20 Troops Died after Clash with Chinese Forces

Zachary Evans,  National Review•June 16, 2020

The Indian army has confirmed that at least 20 of its soldiers have died after a clash in the Himalayan Mountains on Monday. “Indian and Chinese troops have disengaged at the Galwan area where they had earlier clashed on the night of 15/16 June,” the Indian army said in a statement. “17 Indian troops were critically injured in the line of dutyand exposed to sub-zero temperatures in the high altitude terrain have succumbed to their injuries, taking the total that were killed in action to 20.” The statement came hours after the Indian authorities first announced that three of its troops had been killed in the confrontation. The incident marks the first time since 1975 that Indian soldiers were killed in clashes with China’s People’s Liberation Army. Indian officials told the Associated Press that the recent clash involved fistfights and stone-throwing, without the use of any firearms. Troop regulations along the border prevent each side from manning border posts with firearms. India said the clash was started “as a result of an attempt by the Chinese side to unilaterally change the status quo” at the border, while China Foreign Ministry spokesman Zhao Lijian said that “Indian troops seriously violated the consensus of the two sides, crossed the border illegally twice and carried out provocative attacks on Chinese personnel.” China has been building up its troop presence in the Galwan Valley since April. The region sits on the border of Tibet and the Ladakh region, which is part of the Indian province of Kashmir and is the subject of a long-running territorial dispute involving India, China, and Pakistan. Previous clashes between Indian and Chinese troops in the Galwan Valley led to the Sino-Indian War of 1962.

https://news.yahoo.com/indian-army-confirms-20-troops-192946884.html 

:: 6-14-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran edging closer to nuclear bomb, Israeli defense officials assess – report

Officials said to tell Gantz Tehran hasn’t increased uranium enrichment during pandemic, but is still just 2 years away from bomb

By TOI staff 14 June 2020, 11:10 am

Israeli defense officials believe Iran hasn’t increased the pace of its nuclear enrichment in recent months, but nevertheless could be just two years from producing an atomic weapon, a report said Sunday. The Walla news site quoted the unnamed senior officials as saying Jerusalem estimates the Islamic Republic continues to enrich uranium at a four percent level, the same as when the coronavirus crisis hit earlier this year. However, the report said Defense Minister Benny Gantz has been presented with an assessment that Tehran is just six months away from producing all the components of an atomic bomb, and two years away from assembling such a bomb. The sources were quoted as saying that if Iran decides to hasten its enrichment, Israel would have to “reconsider” its reaction to the development and to the crumbling of the 2015 nuclear deal, with “all options” put on the table. They said that full attention was not being currently paid to the subject by US President Donald Trump’s administration, which is preoccupied with his reelection campaign. Still, the officials added that Trump’s term was very positive toward Israel and included security cooperation at levels not seen for decades. Some officials were said to fear that a change of power in Washington would set back Israel in its struggle against Iran. The International Atomic Energy Agency said in a report earlier this month that Iran was breaching the landmark pact and has for months blocked inspections at two sites where nuclear activity may have occurred in the past. The Vienna-based agency noted “with serious concern that, for over four months, Iran has denied access to the agency… to two locations.” Iran insisted Thursday that it was ready to resolve any issues with the UN nuclear watchdog, expressing “disappointment” over the IAEA’s report. Iran argues that the requests for access are based on “fabricated information,” accusing the United States and Israel of trying to “exert pressure on the agency.” Israel has claimed that its intelligence services have new information on Iran’s alleged previous nuclear weapons program. The IAEA has said that its access requests were based on “concrete information” that had been validated. The report is expected to be discussed at a meeting of the agency’s board of governors starting Monday. In a separate report, also to be discussed during the board meeting, the IAEA warned that Iran’s enriched uranium stockpile is now almost eight times the limit set in the nuclear deal the country signed with world powers in 2015. Iran has been progressively breaking restrictions laid down in the 2015 deal in retaliation for US withdrawal from the accord in 2018 and its subsequent re-imposition of sanctions.

AFP contributed to this report.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/iran-edging-closer-to-nuclear-bomb-israeli-defense-officials-assess-report/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

:: 6-8-20 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Bible Warned of “Perilous Times” in the Last Days

Jun 8, 2020

(OPINION) ETH – The Apostle Paul gave a grim warning to a future generation that would be here on the earth at the time of the fulfillment of his writings found in 2 Timothy in the New Testament. The passage below tells us: “But know this, that in the last days perilous times will come: For men will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, unloving, unforgiving, slanderers, without self-control, brutal, despisers of good, traitors, headstrong, haughty, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, having a form of godliness but denying its power.” 2 Timothy 3:1-5 Paul tells us that the last days would be marked by “perilous times”. The Greek word used here for the word “perilous” is defined as dangerous, treacherous, or violent. And if there were three words that we could use to clearly define the current conditions of the planet right now it is definitely dangerous, treacherous, and violent. We have witnessed unprecedented levels of lawlessness, rioting, looting, and violence taking place across the United States over the past week that has resulted in businesses being completely destroyed, police officers shot, some killed, and even the call for the police force being disarmed and now the Former New York City Police Commissioner Bernard Kerik has come out saying that 600 police officers were considering leaving the force amid protests. Now the protests and chaos have reportedly spilled over into other countries as reports indicate many have now protested against police brutality on Thursday in the second-largest city, of Guadalajara, calling for authorities to be held accountable for the death in custody of a local man allegedly arrested over not wearing a face mask in public according to a report from NBC. As I have stated before I truly believe we are seeing exactly what Jesus warned us about as a “sign of the times” when he stated that the condition of the planet will mirror that of the “Days of Noah and Lot” prior to his return. In the Days of Noah, the Bible states the following: The earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence. So God looked upon the earth, and indeed it was corrupt; for all flesh had corrupted their way on the earth. And God said to Noah, “The end of all flesh has come before Me, for the earth is filled with violence through them; and behold, I will destroy them with the earth. – Genesis 6:11-13 Notice here in this passage that the condition of the Earth in Noah’s day was filled with “Corruption” and “Violence” and that it was so bad that the Lord was grieved and prepared judgment and destruction as a result. I believe we are seeing this same climate unfolding again in our lifetime and the danger of this is the fact that this means that humanity is once again prime for major judgment from Heaven. The final portion of Paul’s warning goes into an even greater assessment of the condition of civilization as we come closer to the return of the Lord and that is that: Men and women will become lovers of money, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, unloving, unforgiving, slanderers, without self-control, brutal, despisers of good, traitors, headstrong, haughty, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, having a form of godliness but denying its power.” When reading this from a perspective of a believer, we expect the World to grow darker from understanding that prophecy has to be fulfilled and even the scriptures state that the love of many will wax cold in the time of the end as well as those who don’t have a relationship with God will demonstrate these characteristics and actions out of the abundance of their heart, however, the most terrifying statement is the last sentence made by Paul to Timothy and that is the fact that in the last days many will possess a “form of Godliness, but they will deny the power thereof”. Let’s check out that last verse from a different translation to bring out the full meaning of what the Apostle Paul is saying here. This same passage from the New Living Translation states:  “5 They will act religious, but they will reject the power that could make them godly.”. Unfortunately, This is a sad indictment to the modern-day Church. We will tolerate “religious services” today but will completely reject any solid and sound preaching and teaching that calls for repentance and the turning away of sin. This is leading to more and more Churches today that are filled with false converts and lukewarm Christians that aren’t able to stand long in the face of adversity and trials. The Apostle clearly instructed us what to do when we are faced with this form of “Christianity”. He tells us to “Stay away from people like that”.

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2020/06/the-bible-warned-of-perilous-times-in-the-last-days/ 

:: 6-9-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As U.S. Cities Crumble, Demand For Rural And Suburban Properties Is Soaring

Now we are potentially facing a mass exodus from the major cities in the months ahead, and that will likely drive real estate prices in the most desirable small towns and rural communities through the roof

Michael Snyder | End Of The American Dream - June 9, 2020

Have the events of 2020 caused you to consider moving somewhere else? If so, you are definitely not alone. The COVID-19 pandemic, a historic economic downturn and extremely violent riots in major cities all across America are fueling a sudden surge in interest in rural and suburban properties. This represents a major shift, because prior to 2020 we had seen a tremendous boom in real estate prices in large cities such as New York, San Francisco and Seattle. Now a lot of those buyers have become very motivated sellers, but there just isn’t a lot of demand for tremendously overpriced homes in core urban areas that are currently being torn to pieces by rioters. Meanwhile, prices for rural and suburban homes are being pushed up as an increasing number of Americans seek to get away from the major cities. At first, it was the coronavirus pandemic that was the primary reason why so many people wanted to move. According to Redfin, page views for homes in rural communities and small towns were way, way up in March as the virus began to spread aggressively in the United States… Of course now the worst civil unrest in decades has been added to the equation, and this has caused even more city dwellers to consider a change in residence. In fact, one poll found that approximately 40 percent of all city dwellers “are considering leaving”… A recent Harris Poll found that more than 3 in 10 people in America say the pandemic makes them want to live in a rural area. And, 1 in 4 now want to live in a suburb exterior to a major city. In a separate Harris Poll, it was found that nearly 40% of city dwellers are considering leaving the city due to the pandemic. Unfortunately, not everyone will be able to move. In an economic environment where more than 42 million Americans have already lost their jobs, many people will be doing all that they can to cling to the jobs that they still have. But for those with the liberty to live wherever they want, this is an opportunity to make a dramatic change.  At this point, even urban real estate markets that were once red hot like San Francisco appear to be cooling off in a major way… Amid the depths of a global pandemic and financial downturn, the demand for real estate is unexpectedly rocketing in wealthy regions outside San Francisco, reports Bloomberg. Agents say that demand is soaring in affluent areas around the Bay Area such as Napa, Marin and further afield in Carmel, as people who have the means look to get away from the city. Meanwhile, the market in San Francisco and Alameda County is still well below where it was last year.  Elsewhere, Lake Tahoe has also seen a surge in real estate interest. The prospect of living out of the city on an alpine lake while maintaining a career is appealing for a new generation of young buyers, as many tech companies have signaled that remote work may be the new norm for a long time. During the good times, our big cities had a lot to offer. But now, many city dwellers have become completely convinced that their communities are simply no longer safe places to live. Just look at what is happening in Chicago. The last day in May was “the deadliest day” that the city had seen “since at least 1961″… The city of Chicago notched a grim milestone last weekend, as 18 people were murdered on Sunday, May 31 alone, marking the deadliest day in the city since at least 1961. The University of Chicago Crime Lab’s numbers do not go back further than 1961, so it’s impossible to say how long it’s been — if ever — since so many people were murdered in the city one 24-hour stretch. We have come to expect a very high level of violence in Chicago, but one local expert says that the number of murders on that particular Sunday was “beyond anything that we’ve ever seen before”… “We’ve never seen anything like it, at all,” the crime lab’s senior research director, Max Kapustin, told the newspaper. “I don’t even know how to put it into context. It’s beyond anything that we’ve ever seen before. Chicago’s next most violent day was Aug. 4, 1991, when 13 murders were recorded. At one time, America’s beautiful shining cities were the envy of the entire planet. But now thousands of retail outlets have been boarded up, homelessness is absolutely exploding, and it looks like there will be much more rioting, looting and violence in the months ahead. I have been writing about the plight of our major cities for many years, and even though I have been relentlessly warning that this was coming, it doesn’t make it any less sad. I have really been feeling so sad lately. Things didn’t have to turn out this way for America, but our choices have consequences, and we have been making really bad choices for decades. Ultimately, I am quite glad that I was able to get away from the big cities when I did, and countless other Americans have made the exact same choice. Now we are potentially facing a mass exodus from the major cities in the months ahead, and that will likely drive real estate prices in the most desirable small towns and rural communities through the roof. Those that are wealthy will be able to afford such prices, but many others may find themselves completely priced out of the market and unable to relocate.

https://www.infowars.com/as-u-s-cities-crumble-demand-for-rural-and-suburban-properties-is-soaring/ 

:: 6-7-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Has Antichrist’s Father Spoken? Lightning Strike Energizes Washington Obelisk For Prophetic Task

June 7, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor By Dr. Thomas Horn

Powerful thunderstorms raced through Washington D.C. last Thursday night, producing a series of lightning strikes including one that directly struck the head of Baal’s shaft, also known as the Washington Monument. Nearby in the scrotum of the obelisk the symbolic “seed” of Satan’s son awaits the “spark” to enliven. What does this have to do with Antichrist’s father and Bible prophecy?  In the bestselling book Petrus Romanus, I especially featured retired professor of the Pontifical Biblical Institute, eminent Catholic theologian, and former Jesuit priest, Malachi Martin, who was a close personal friend of Pope Paul VI and worked within the Holy See doing research on the Dead Sea Scrolls, publishing articles in journals on Semitic paleography, and teaching Aramaic, Hebrew, and Sacred Scripture. In 1965, Paul VI granted Martin a dispensation from his Jesuit and priestly duties, and Martin moved to New York, where he dedicated himself to writing about—and sometimes speaking out on—a variety of issues stemming from the Second Vatican Council, to detailed insider accounts of papal history, Catholic dogma, and geopolitics. As a member of the Vatican Advisory Council and personal secretary to renowned Jesuit Cardinal Augustin Bea, Martin had privileged information pertaining to secretive Church and world issues, including the Third Secret of Fátima, which many believe has never been released and that Martin hinted spelled out parts of a plan to formally install the dreaded False Prophet during a “Final Conclave.” You can read all about that in my feature article from last week here. In light of Pope Benedict’s historic resignation, which I accurately predicted to the month and year in Petrus Romanus and on television and radio in 2011, and the election of the first Jesuit to the pontificate, Martin’s book, Windswept House—in which he depicted how a pope would be secretly forced from office (Benedict?) and replaced by a Jesuit-backed leader who would help them establish a New World Order (Francis?)—comes vividly into view. Martin’s claim that this Illuminati-empowered group had infiltrated the highest levels of Vatican administration and was working to bring about this New World Order may also have led to involvement by operatives of the same group concerning his untimely—some say “suspicious”—death in 1999. Was he murdered by the Masonic “Superforce” he had warned about as working behind the scenes, secretly acting to use the Vatican to bring about a global Antichrist system? We investigated this conspiracy extensively in Petrus Romanus, and if you have not read that book, you should do so as soon as you can. Why?  Because a growing number of Catholic theologians, priests, and laity are increasingly concerned that Pope Francis may not only be the man from Malachy’s ancient “Prophecy of the Popes,” but the one Malachi Martin feared. [i] And it isn’t just conspiracy fruit-loops thinking this way. In fact, the pope’s personal secretary, emeritus Pope Benedict, and even Pope Francis himself may agree. Which brings us to lightning strikes atop important occult structures, and Antichrist’s daddy. In a shocking 2014 interview titled Is Francis the last Pope? published by the two largest Catholic News agencies in the world (CAN and EWTN News), the personal secretary to Pope Benedict and Prefect of the Papal Household for Pope Francis, Archbishop George Gänswein was specifically asked about the “Prophesy of Malachy,” the retirement of Benedict, and whether Francis believes he is the last pontiff. The interview began by making direct reference to questions I had raised regarding the dual lightning strikes atop St. Peter’s Basilica on the evening of February 11, 2013, on the same day of Benedict’s resignation. I followed that with commentary about the inauguration of Francis and how, “for a few adepts of history and secret orders,” this sign from Heaven was deliciously staged. The term “inaugurate” is from the Latin inauguratio and refers to the archaic ceremony by which the Roman augurs (“soothsayers”) approved a king or ruler through lightning omens as being “sanctioned by the gods.” As for Petrus Romanus, his “inauguration” was sealed by the same omen the ancient augurs used in determining the will of the gods for a king in that part of Romethunder and lightning as the most important auspice and sign that Jupiter—the father of Apollo—was watching. It turns out that I was not alone in my ponderings, as “many observers chose to interpret this as a divine reaction to the historical announcement of Pope Benedict’s resignation, made that very morning” the Catholic news agencies confirmed. “As his personal secretary, Archbishop Gänswein, reminisced about how both he and Benedict only found out about the lightning strike after the event. ‘The impression was one of a sign from above, a reaction,’ he told Badde [who conducted the interview]. When he showed Benedict images of the spectacular incident a few days later, the pope asked whether this was some kind of digital montage, Gänswein said, adding: “however, nature had spoken,’”[ii] he said, echoing what I had published online in 2013. The astonishing report continued: During the interview, Paul Badde referenced… The “Prophecy of the Popes”—according to which, Pope Francis may be considered to be the last pope. “Indeed, when looking at the prophecy, and considering how there was always a sound reference to popes mentioned in its history—that gives me the shivers,” Archbishop Gänswein admitted… “speaking from historical experience, one has to say: Yes, it is a wake-up call.”[iii]

Given that both current popes and their closest advisors at the Vatican have considered whether Pope Francis is the last pope—Petrus Romanus—and that the reality “gives them the shivers” and is perceived by them as “a wake-up call,” is it any wonder that conservative scholars within the Church have taken an increasingly careful view of the current pope? And is the subsequent question of whether Pope Francis is the “False Prophet” the reason Canon Lawyers and Theologians for the Vatican hosted a Conference in Paris a while back to discuss “how to depose a heretical pope”?[iv] Before you doubt, consider how accusations of apostasy are stacking up against Francis elsewhere, too, with numerous top Catholic websites, blogs, and discussion forums deliberating how he is leading the Church toward schism, ironically a fulfillment of the pope’s namesake, Francis of Assisi, who famously predicted about the final pope: At the time of this tribulation a man, not canonically elected, will be raised to the Pontificate, who, by his cunning, will endeavor to draw many into error and death.… Some preachers will keep silence about the truth, and others will trample it under foot and deny it…for in those days Jesus Christ will send them not a true Pastor, but a destroyer.[v] A respected Italian monsignor and former consultor to the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith has even gone on record saying that Pope Francis needs to stop the “confusion and apostasy” he is sowing among priests and bishops by “correcting” his “ambiguous and erroneous words and acts.”[vi] But Francis has been quick to expunge those from leadership who oppose him and to replace them with allies including Jesuits like himself, another Malichi Martin warning. As I was sending Saboteurs to the editor, Reuters News Agency reported a “major shake-up of the Vatican’s administration” in which Pope Francis replaced Catholicism’s top theologian, Cardinal Gerhard Ludwig Mueller, who was the head of the department charged with defending Catholic doctrine—the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith. The position is the most important one that a pope fills in the Vatican hierarchy after the Secretary of State. Most incumbents keep it until they retire, which in Mueller’s case would have been in six years.[vii] Mueller, 69, was appointed by emeritus Pope Benedict in 2012 and was replaced by Pope Francis’ confederate, Jesuit Archbishop Luis Francisco Ladaria Ferrer. Not long after Francis ramped up this war on conservative Catholics and prophecy believers by placing the American Religious Right in the crosshairs including Donald Trump adviser Steve Bannon, [viii] a disquiting trend that caused influential Catholic television network director Jose Galat to publicly exclaim that Pope Francis is the “false prophet” who, he says, is “paving the way for the Antichrist.” Galat also argues the “real pope” is Benedict XVI, who was somehow forced to resign. Francis “was elected by a mafia of cardinals,” he said, agreeing with other Catholics already mentioned who see a conspiracy behind this first ever Jesuit pope.[ix] And then there is Benedict himself who has said the Catholic Church is “on the verge of capsizing.”[x] Perhaps strangest of all was an inquiry in which the Vatican launched an investigation into a Catholic group of exorcists (the Heralds) who, after having discussions with Satan, have determined that Pope Francis “is the Devil’s man. But what if Francis is not Petrus Romanus, the final pope of Malachy’s prophecy? What if that dark Superforce (Catholic Freemasons) that Malachi Martin warned about is using Francis and his left-leaning theology to play a complex end-times game aimed at manipulating and reconfiguring Rome into a Socialist-Marxist instrument for the real Final Pope’s arrival? What if the same George Soros-globalist one-worlders who have teamed up with former president Barack Obama to undermine Donald Trump are working with Francis to lay the groundwork for Antichrist’s global order ala the book of Revelation?  Too crazy to believe? Here is what popular Catholic website LIFE SITE concluded: Most astonishingly, the Vatican itself seems involved as Pope Francis, the German bishops and others around him have openly developed close relationships with many leading One-Worlders, inviting them to the Vatican to give talks and advice. This has been a radical change from all past popes. Reports suggest George Soros favored Bergoglio [Pope Francis] during the Conclave that elected him pope. For the first time ever, the New World Order movement has gained powerful public backing for many of their agendas from the head of the Roman Catholic Church, who has aggressively insisted that climate change, open borders, anti-capitalism and more are now issues of moral and religious obligation for a new, worldly Catholic Church. It also appears that some in the Vatican may be laying the groundwork for a moral and religious case in favor of population control…. Many signs point to this.[xii] And what if I told you the rabbit hole of evidence to support this global conspiracy doesn’t stop there, and actually ties the resignation of Pope Benedict, the election of Pope Francis, George Soros, Obama, Hillary, Biden, the possible arrival of the False Prophet, Antichrist, Final Pope, discussions of a Messiah, and the election of 2016 to the Saboteurs now at work to overthrow the Trump administration’s agenda? Are you aware that a group of respected Catholic leaders sent a letter to President Trump asking him to launch an official investigation into activities connected to the people mentioned above? It appears that Team Obama was involved in a different coup similar to the one currently focused on Trump, but this time against the Vatican and which the authors of the letter believe forced the aging Pope Benedict to step down for sinister reasons. In a top-notch piece of investigative journalism, William F. Jasper at the New American asks: Did billionaire speculator George Soros, President Barack Obama, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, Vice President Joe Biden, and Obama/Clinton adviser John Podesta conspire to overthrow the conservative Pope Benedict XVI and replace him with a radical, Pope Francis? Did they use America’s intelligence agencies, and our nation’s diplomatic machinery, political muscle, and financial power to coerce and blackmail “regime change” in the Roman Catholic Church? Far from being some wild conspiracy theory, there is sound prima facie evidence to indicate that this is a serious effort to expose a political scandal of the highest order, involving flagrant, criminal abuse of power at the top levels of the U.S. government.[xiii] Here is the letter that Jasper refers to in its entirety that was written and sent by Catholic leaders from The Remnant newspaper: Dear President Trump:  The campaign slogan “Make America Great Again,” resonated with millions of common Americans and your tenacity in pushing back against many of the most harmful recent trends has been most inspiring. We all look forward to seeing a continued reversal of the collectivist trends of recent decades. Reversing recent collectivist trends will, by necessity, require a reversal of many of the actions taken by the previous administration. Among those actions we believe that there is one that remains cloaked in secrecy. Specifically, we have reason to believe that a Vatican “regime change” was engineered by the Obama administration. We were alarmed to discover that, during the third year of the first term of the Obama administration your previous opponent, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, and other government officials with whom she associated proposed a Catholic “revolution” in which the final demise of what was left of the Catholic Church in America would be realized. Approximately a year after this e-mail discussion, which was never intended to be made public, we find that Pope Benedict XVI abdicated under highly unusual circumstances and was replaced by a pope whose apparent mission is to provide a spiritual component to the radical ideological agenda of the international left. The Pontificate of Pope Francis has subsequently called into question its own legitimacy on a multitude of occasions. During the 2016 presidential campaign we were astonished to witness Pope Francis actively campaigning against your proposed policies concerning the securing of our borders, and even going so far as to suggest that you are not a Christian. We appreciated your prompt and pointed response to this disgraceful accusation. We remain puzzled by the behavior of this ideologically charged Pope, whose mission seems to be one of advancing secular agendas of the left rather than guiding the Catholic Church in Her sacred mission. It is simply not the proper role of a Pope to be involved in politics to the point that he is considered to be the leader of the international left. While we share your stated goal for America, we believe that the path to “greatness” is for America to be “good” again, to paraphrase de Tocqueville. We understand that good character cannot be forced on people, but the opportunity to live our lives as good Catholics has been made increasingly difficult by what appears to be a collusion between a hostile United States government and a pope who seems to hold as much ill will towards followers of perennial Catholic teachings as he seems to hold toward yourself. With all of this in mind, and wishing the best for our country as well as for Catholics worldwide, we believe it to be the responsibility of loyal and informed United States Catholics to petition you to authorize an investigation into the following questions:

– To what end was the National Security Agency monitoring the conclave that elected Pope Francis?

– What other covert operations were carried out by US government operatives concerning the resignation of Pope Benedict or the conclave that elected Pope Francis?

– Did US government operatives have contact with the “Cardinal Danneels Mafia”?

– International monetary transactions with the Vatican were suspended during the last few days prior to the resignation of Pope Benedict. Were any U.S. Government agencies involved in this?

– Why were international monetary transactions resumed on February 12, 2013, the day after Benedict XVI announced his resignation? Was this pure coincidence?

– What actions, if any, were actually taken by John Podesta, Hillary Clinton, and others tied to the Obama administration who were involved in the discussion proposing the fomenting of a “Catholic Spring”?

– What was the purpose and nature of the secret meeting between Vice President Joseph Biden and Pope Benedict XVI at the Vatican on or about June 3, 2011?

– What roles were played by George Soros and other international financiers who may be currently residing in United States territory?

We believe that the very existence of these unanswered questions provides sufficient evidence to warrant this request for an investigation. Should such an investigation reveal that the U.S. government interfered inappropriately into the affairs of the Catholic Church, we further request the release of the results so that Catholics may request appropriate action from those elements of our hierarchy who remain loyal to the teachings of the Catholic Church. Please understand that we are not requesting an investigation into the Catholic Church; we are simply asking for an investigation into recent activities of the U.S. Government, of which you are now the chief executive.

Thank you again, and be assured of our most sincere prayers.

Respectfully, David L. Sonnier, LTC US ARMY (Retired) Michael J. Matt, Editor of The Remnant

Christopher A. Ferrara (President of The American Catholic Lawyers Association, Inc.)

Chris Jackson, Catholics4Trump.com Elizabeth Yore, Esq., Founder of YoreChildren

At the end of the letter above on the Remnant’s official website,[xiv] they provide links to documents and articles that support their charges, including some released by WikiLeaks, which caught Soros, Clinton, and Podesta conferring on how to bring the “middle ages dictatorship” at the Vatican to an end.

In another New American report from last October, the e-mails in question were investigated involving the Clinton campaign’s secret anti-Catholic agenda. They noted: Podesta, a longtime Clinton adviser/confidante and hand-picked top activist for left-wing funder George Soros, revealed in a 2011 e-mail that he and other activists were working to effect a “Catholic Spring” revolution within the Catholic Church, an obvious reference to the disastrous “Arab Spring” coups organized that same year by the Obama-Clinton-Soros team that destabilized the Middle East and brought radical Islamist regimes and terrorist groups to power in the region. The Podesta e-mail is a response to another Soros-funded radical—Sandy Newman, founder of the “progressive” Voices for Progress. Newman had written to Podesta seeking advice on the best way to “plant the seeds of the revolution” in the Catholic Church, which he described as a “middle ages [sic] dictatorship.”[xv]  Of special interest to me in the letter to Trump from the concerned Catholics is where they specifically note: “Approximately a year after this e-mail discussion, which was never intended to be made public, we find that Pope Benedict XVI abdicated under highly unusual circumstances and was replaced by a pope whose apparent mission is to provide a spiritual component to the radical ideological agenda of the international left” and that they “remain puzzled by the behavior of this ideologically charged Pope, whose mission seems to be one of advancing secular agendas of the left rather than guiding the Catholic Church in Her sacred mission.… It is simply not the proper role of a Pope to be involved in politics to the point that he is considered to be the leader of the international left.”  It’s not hard to read between the lines above to find the insinuation that Pope Francis is—or is paving the way for—the False Prophet that guides the world’s religious faithful into supporting a political figure called Antichrist. With all this in mind, and given my personal exhaustive investigation into the Vatican, extensive research into the Prophecy of the Popes, the correct predictions regarding the resignation of Benedict before the fact, and the follow-up probe into the conclave that elected Francis, I have a bombshell announcement to make. I am reaching out to those concealed friends in Rome that assisted me in the past to confirm my belief that Pope Francis will either retire soon or be taken out of the way, and that this really is tied to something strange that unfolded in bringing him temporarily to the pontificate. I believe, as they suggested, Francis was not “canonically elected,” as his namesake originally predicted. And the church members that helped me before and the ones already cited above are only the tip of the iceberg of those who will eventually voice how “illegitimate” activity went on behind closed doors during the last papal election,[xvi] and that, for reasons we do not yet understand, Francis was put in as a temporary “placeholder” until the real Pope #112 (Petrus Romanus) could be installed. The mysterious reasons surrounding this “placeholder” false pope may never fully be known but was foreseen by such mystics as Father Herman Bernard Kramer in his work, The Book of Destiny. During an unusual interpretation he made of the twelfth chapter of the book of Revelation concerning “the great wonder” mentioned in verse 1, Father Kramer wrote: The “sign” in heaven is that of a woman with child crying out in her travail and anguish of delivery. In that travail, she gives birth to some definite “person” who is to RULE the Church with a rod of iron (verse 5). It then points to a conflict waged within the Church to elect one who was to “rule all nationsin the manner clearly stated. In accord with the text this is unmistakably a PAPAL ELECTION, for only Christ and his Vicar have the divine right to rule ALL NATIONS.… But at this time the great powers may take a menacing attitude to hinder the election of the logical and expected candidate by threats of a general apostasy, assassination or imprisonment of this candidate if elected. (capitalized emphasis in original)[xvii]  Although I disagree with Kramer’s interpretation of the book of Revelation, his fear that “great powers may take a menacing attitude to hinder the election of the logical and expected candidate” echoes the sentiment of priests mentioned elsewhere in Petrus Romanus, who saw a crisis for the Church coming, and the False Prophet and Antichrist rising as a result. This, too, was in the news not long ago in a report published by Sébastien Maillard, Vatican correspondent for La Croix, in Rome. He noted how a large array of conservative bishops fear that Francis is bypassing critical Church doctrine and worry he has already gone too far. Even those cardinals who voted for Francis now want him to step down so that the Holy See’s secretary of state, Cardinal Pietro Parolin, can be elected the real pope.[xviii] And these electors understand something else, too. Parolin’s name means “Peter the Roman” from the final line of the Prophecy of the Popes. Jupiter has spoken by lightning. The Vatican’s Augurs may believe this signals arrival of his son, Apollo, prophesied in the Bible to incarnate in the last days in the person of Antichrist.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/06/07/has-antichrists-father-spoken-lightning-strike-energizes-washington-obelisk-for-prophetic-task/

:: 6-9-20 SkyWatch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STRATEGY OF NATIONAL DIVISION

June 9, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

by Robert L. Maginnis

America is suffering an epidemic of division which threatens to radically alter this country. The source of that division is more than meets the eye and so is the solution. Last week a former secretary of defense accused President Trump of being divisive and a host of other political and media people piled on the never-Trump bandwagon. That ground-swell of accusers are using the present instability created by the COVID-19 pandemic and the murder of an African-American man by a rogue policeman to fuel a real insurgency designed to further divide Americans along race, class and ideological lines. Perhaps most disconcerting about our current situation is that many Americans don’t understand this avalanche of division is perpetrated by forces behind the veil. We see demonstrations, looting and general mayhem in our cities but too few of us see the true metaphysical war destroying this country.  The visible characteristics of the war are well known. Former U.S. defense secretary and retired Marine Corps General James Mattis slammed Mr. Trump in a letter to the Atlantic, calling out the clearing of protesters outside the White House last week and accused the president of trying to fracture the nation. Mr. Mattis said “Donald Trump is the first president in my lifetime who does not try to unite the American people – does not even pretend to try. Instead he tries to divide us.” Even our mainstream media and most of the political left share that view. Of course, these critics conveniently forget that for generations it was America’s political left, not the right, and especially the Democrat Party which nourished societal division. It was the Democrats who supported the Klu Klux Klan, their icon President Franklin D. Roosevelt incarcerated tens of thousands of Japanese-Americans in World War II, and most recently leftists dragged this country through three years of coup-like efforts to overturn a legitimately elected president. The leftists’ latest divisive coup effort comes on the heels of the COVID-19 pandemic that shuttered much of the country, robbed tens of millions of their livelihood and left our population frustrated and scared. Then while we were in this vulnerable state these mostly Democratic Party radicals and their violent proxies took advantage of the situation to launch a nation-wide insurgency. They deployed domestic insurgents under the guise of legitimate protests by capitalizing on the disgraceful atrocity against an African-American mentioned above. This episode in the left’s playbook is intended to topple President Trump and replace him with God knows what kind of tyrannical regime. The baggage associated with this ongoing coup attempt is on full display. These radicals advance the likes of the group Black Lives Matter pretending it is a legitimate voice for peace while ignoring the group’s divisive, racist and violent past – Baltimore, Dallas, Ferguson. Those same leftists push racial division across this country using a group humiliation ideology that shouts white people are inherently racists. Meanwhile, many elected officials sworn to protect the public are cowering in a stupor of inaction in the face of a burning America. Who are these cowards? Our present cabal of official miscreants includes the deep staters, leading progressives (mostly blue state governors and big city Democrat mayors), and a coven of progressive members in both houses of our Congress. They hate America. Also, they are allied with big money progressives like billionaire George Soros and in league with a host of Hollywood reprobates who encourage anarchy by proxies like ANTIFA (a violent leftist group) and Black Lives Matter. There is more to the current unrest than a host of leftist conspirators and violent proxies, however. Yes, America’s division is very real, almost palpable. But there is also something perverse about the current insurgency straining at our very foundation which reminds me of the wisdom espoused by two of our founders and may explain why we are losing the America we love. Centuries ago, America became a special place because our founding fathers recognized the nature of mankind as well as the type of people that must govern her. Unfortunately, today we are forgetting the essence of that foundation and that’s what the left is attacking. Founder James Madison said “If men were angels no government would be necessary.” Obviously, the recent violence across this country demonstrates there is an element in our society of truly fallen angels (ANTIFA, BLM) – an evil cohort with a head of steam which must be contained. Another founder, John Adams, spoke of the type of government created for America to keep her safe from our fallen angels. He wrote “Our Constitution [our form of government] was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” That’s the rub. For much of our history a mostly “moral and religious people” ran this country and kept the fallen angels in check. However, something happened in recent years to cause America to lose its ability to keep America a great place to live.  The evidence of that failure is undisputed today: looting, destroying of buildings, mass hysteria in some quarters and a lot of suicidal calls by leftist officials to do away with our first line of defense, the local police. Further, the left’s incessant attacks especially on Christianity and the very moral underpinnings of this country is having a predictably nullifying effect. What’s clear today is that America is at a cross roads. Our moral compass is fractured, the divisions run deep and it’s not certain where we go next. Most of us are aware of the divisions because they manifest themselves in the open through violence and threatening rhetoric. However, the real epicenter of what’s happening is out of sight. Only Americans who are spiritually aware can discern the conspiracy of evil attacking us on every front, a fight led by Satan and his demonic army and aided by his many human proxies. At this point readers who are atheists or agnostic have already discarded this musing as a wild conspiracy. However, for discerning and spiritually sensitive Christians who really want to understand the division in this country, then continue reading. America became a special place primarily because it was heavenly influenced at its founding by Christian principles and values. However, from our origin Satan targeted America at every turn to remake her in his image, a failed godless state. For many years Satan’s goal was unachievable. However, in recent years as America’s Christian community began to abandon its calling and first love, our vulnerability became real. America’s seed of hope – it’s moral foundation in Christianity – is rapidly fraying and now seriously compromised. The bad angels in our society are taking over! Although most of us are consumed with the visible bad actors rioting on our streets, we Christians must focus on the unseen fight. We must see that the skies above America are flashing red with indications of a raging war and one warned of in the prophetic scriptures. The Apostle Paul identifies the nature of this invisible war in his letter to the Ephesians: “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places” (Ephesians 6:12, KJV). Christians are warriors in this fight whether they accept that role or not. The battles we join are not really just against flesh and blood, as the apostle describes above, but against wickedness – the fallen angels in our society manipulated from behind the veil by Satan. Satan means “the adversary” in Hebrew, and his nom de guerre is Devil, a Greek word meaning “false accuser.” He is a fallen angel thanks to his rebellion against God, and he accuses the Christian of sins that are already forgiven and encourages unsaved people to reject the salvation Christ offers to all of humanity. Satan’s objective is to destroy life and make our earthly existence eternally miserable. His greatest strength is that many people don’t believe he even exists. Some even naively portray him as a caricature with horns and a spiked tail but Jesus took him seriously, and so he should, because Satan employs his army of demons to cause havoc – division – across the world. The Bible identifies Satan’s methods of operation and his arsenal. Paul writes, “Stand firm against the schemes of the devil” (Ephesians 6:11, ESV). The Greek word for schemes is “methodia” which is the root of the English word methods. Paul also warns us not to ignore Satan’s methods in 2 Corinthians 2:11. We need to understand Satan’s methods, so to be prepared to engage in the invisible war. Twentieth century Baptist theologian Merrill Unger, the author of some 40 books, wrote: “Missions involving espionage are frequently as crucial to winning a war as actual battles. Without intelligence of the enemy’s strength and position, the results of any military encounter would be highly dubious. Yet believers sometimes display an obvious disinterest in what the Bible reveals about Satan and demons. Or, what is even worse, they manifest a morbid fear of such a study. This apathy or dread is almost as perilous as the opposite extreme of fanatical occupation with evil.” American Christians need to study Satan’s methods in the current war. Specifically, Satan has an arsenal of psychological warfare tools to influence our opinions, emotions, attitudes, and behavior. He employs these tools to control our minds, such as that identified in 2 Corinthians 4:4 (NIV), which states, “The god of this age [Satan] has blinded the minds of unbelievers, so that they cannot see the light of the gospel that displays the glory of Christ, who is the image of God.” The word for “mind” here is noēmata, which means “thought” or “purpose.” In other words, what humans think is what Satan wants to control so as to blind them to the truth. Satan knows from thousands of years of experience that if he controls people’s minds then he can control all human activity. Division is an outcome of man’s thinking (thoughts) that serves Satan’s purpose and is an issue which Jesus warned about.

Jesus at the Last Supper prayed that we would be one, not divided (John 17:22). Thus, one of his chief aims at the Cross was to help us overcome our divisions – no matter our differences. He prayed for unity. No wonder Jesus’ antichrist, Satan is the author of division. The apostle Paul describes the Devil’s work of division which begins in each man’s heart (his thoughts). “The good that I want to do, I do not do…, and when I try to do good, evil is at hand.” Paul then explains in Romans 8, the chief work of God is to establish within us the unity of soul and body, the very thing Satan attacks. Satan is also a master deceiver who attacks our inner unity, which spills out into many divisions among society (race, ethnicity, ideology and more). He taps into our drives: anger, hurts, resentments, fears, misunderstandings, greed, pride and arrogance. These “thoughts” produce division which is Satan’s aim. Ask yourself about the current state of affairs in this country. Why are we so divided? Is it because we can’t overcome our differences? Is it because we have leaders who are divisive? No, it is not just human sin that causes divisions but manipulation by the father of lies. Your answer to these questions will determine the method you use to help resolve the current unrest starting with yourself. As for me, I choose to embrace the views in both the Bible and our Constitution. I seek unity among all men no matter their race, color or creed. And I seek, as our founders said, a moral and religious people to keep the wayward “angels” of our society in check. The above solution only happens if America discards the divisions and wakes up to her calling in God’s word, the Bible and recognizes that all men are indeed created equal and this country will survive only if a moral and religious people govern.

Robert Maginnis is the author of seven books to include The Deeper State, Progressive Evil and the newest being released this summer, Collision Course, The Fight to Reclaim Our Moral Compass before it’s too Late.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/06/09/strategy-of-national-division/ 

:: 6-8-20 Bible Prophecy Tracker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In a Shocking Display of Surrender, Democrats Take a Knee

By Author1 - June 8, 2020

Yahoo News: Democratic lawmakers knelt in silent tribute to George Floyd in the US Congress on Monday before unveiling a package of sweeping police reforms in response to the killing of African Americans by law enforcement. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer were joined by some two dozen lawmakers in Emancipation Hall — named in honor of the slaves who helped erect the US Capitol in the 18th century. Read More (if you can) Opinion: Not since May 8, 2009 when Barack Obama bowed before a Saudi king … … or January 12, 2016, when Barack Obama allowed the US Navy to kneel before Iranian thugs… … or days later when John Kerry actually thanked the Iranians for freeing the sailors, have I been this disgusted with the Democrat party.

https://prophecytracker.org/2020/06/in-a-shocking-display-of-surrender-democrats-take-a-knee/ 

:: 6-9-20 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“The Narrative COVID-19 Has Failed”, Their Next Move, Social Unrest Must Be Brought Under Control

June 9, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/3 Comments

Featured Story

November elections; the American people will be terrorized by groups like Antifa, black lives matter, and any of the hate groups out there that still have a megaphone, they will intimidating, terrorizing the American people right up to the November elections. If Trump gets reelected, all hell will break loose. It will take martial law to quell the violence if Trump loses the election, this country’s population will start to simulate into the New World Order, hell on earth, my thoughts are this- we are in biblical turmoil ( Tribulation ) and no matter which way the election goes the people of this country need to be ready for some significant coming events. Suddenly there is no talk about coronavirus. Reputable doctors in Italy, the UK, and elsewhere are claiming the virus hardly exists any longer. Just over a week ago much of America faced jail if they dared break the “social distancing” rules put in place by tyrannical governors and other public officials. Now tens of thousands gather to protest a police killing with impunity. And the spikes they warned about in areas where restrictions were eased are not happening. So what is happening? Also, what to make of the Trump/Mattis/Esper spat over US troops deployed against rioters in the US? Watch today’s Liberty Report: This screenshot is evidence that we’ve told Google to go away: Approximately three weeks ago I blocked Google from crawling hnewswire website, here’s the proof that we are in an electronic prison, Google continues to crawl hnewswire, it’s apparent this tyrants do not respect other people’s opinion. You will obey Google even if it means tromping all over your God-given rights There is a file on your server called “robots.txt.” The information in this file instructs search engine bots to respect your privacy. Consider this like a sign you put on your property… “Trespassers will be shot dead, then prosecuted.” ? The World Is In Big Trouble, for Those That Believe We Will Go Back to Some Sense of Normal Life Here on Earth, You Will Be Sadly Disappointed, Seven and Half Years of Hell on Earth Which Began January 1, 2020 “Our courts oppose the righteous, and justice is nowhere to be found. Truth stumbles in the streets, and honesty has been outlawed” (Isa. 59:14, NLT)…We Turned Our Backs On GOD, Now We Have Been Left To Our Own Devices, Enjoy… While Mainstream Media Continues to Push a False Narrative, Big Tech Has Keep the Truth From Coming out by Shadow Banning Conservatives, Christians, and Like-Minded People, Those Death Attributed to the Coronavirus Is a Result of Those Mentioned, They Truly Are Evil…

Source: HNewsWire ZeroHedge

StevieRay Hansen

Editor, HNewsWire.com

Watchmen does not confuse truth with consensus The Watchmen does not confuse God’s word with the word of those in power… In police-state fashion, Big Tech took the list of accused (including this site), declared all those named guilty and promptly shadow-banned, de-platformed or de-monetized us all without coming clean about how they engineered the crushing of dissent, Now more than ever big Tech has exposed there hand engaging in devious underhanded tactics to make the sinister look saintly, one of Satan’s greatest weapons happens to be deceit… The accumulating death toll from Covid-19 can be seen minute-by-minute on cable news channels. But there’s another death toll few seem to care much about: the number of poverty-related deaths being set in motion by deliberately plunging millions of Americans into poverty and despair. American health care, as we call it today, and for all its high-tech miracles, has evolved into one of the most atrocious rackets the world has ever seen. By racket, I mean an enterprise organized explicitly to make money dishonestly. All the official reassurances won’t be worth a bucket of warm spit. The Globals are behind the CoronaVirus, It Is a Man-Made Bioweapon. My job is protecting children. It has taken me from big cities to rural outposts, from ghettos to penthouses, and from courtrooms, into demonic battlefields. But whatever the venue, the truth remains constant: Some humans intentionally hurt children. They commit unspeakable acts—for their pleasure, their profit, or both. StevieRay Hansen, CEO The 127 Faith Foundation

https://hnewswire.com/the-narrative-covid-19-has-failed-their-next-move-social-unrest-must-be-brought-under-control/ 

:: 6-8-20 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As The Stock Market Soars, The Numbers Say That The Real Economy Is In The Midst Of A Historic Crash

June 8, 2020 by Michael Snyder

Have you been watching the madness that has been unfolding on Wall Street? Even though we are in the middle of the worst global pandemic in 100 years, and even though rioters and looters have been turning our major cities into war zones, stock prices have been going up day after day. In fact, the Nasdaq closed at an all-time record high on Monday. Sometimes people ask me to explain this rationally, and I can’t, because the Federal Reserve has transformed our “financial markets” into a total mockery at this point. The real economy is literally collapsing all around us, but thanks to Fed intervention stock investors are doing just fine. It has been absolutely disgusting to watch, and if Adam Smith could see what was happening he would be rolling over in his grave. Unfortunately, thanks to our rapidly declining system of education most Americans don’t even know who Adam Smith is anymore. I can’t recall another time in modern U.S. history when stock prices skyrocketed as the U.S. economy plunged into a recession. What we have been witnessing has truly been extremely bizarre, and it will be fascinating to see how long it can last. Meanwhile, the real economy is a giant mess. On Monday, the National Bureau of Economic Research finally got around to letting us know that a recession has officially begun… It’s official: The United States is in a recession. The National Bureau of Economic Research said Monday the U.S. economy peaked in February, ending the longest expansion in U.S. history at 128 months, or about 10½ years. In truth, the announcement codifies the painfully obvious. States began shutting down nonessential businesses in mid-March to contain the spread of the coronavirus, halting about 30% of economic activity and putting tens of millions of Americans out of work. And in other news, the sky is blue and the moon is not made out of cheese.

Anyone with half a brain can see that the economy is falling apart. For example, we just learned that U.S. factory orders were down 22.3 percent in April compared to a year earlier… Having collapsed by a record 10.4% MoM in March, April factory orders were expected to accelerate even lower and it did. However, the 13.0% plunge in April was modestly better than the 13.4% MoM drop expected… but is still the worst in American history. Year-over-year, factory orders collapsed 22.3% – the worst since the peak of the financial crisis. Of course it is not that difficult to find a number that is even worse than that. Just look at heavy truck sales. Last month they were down a whopping 37 percent from the same month in 2019… The last three months have been catastrophic for segments of the trucking business, after an already tough period that started in late 2018. In May, orders for Class 8 trucks – the heavy trucks that haul much of the goods-based economy across the US – plunged 37% from the low levels in May a year earlier, and by 81% from May two years ago, to 6,600 orders, according to estimates by FTR Transportation Intelligence today. Not to be outdone, the number of corporate bankruptcies shot up 48 percent last month compared to the same period a year ago… Corporate bankruptcies spiked during May as the coronavirus pandemic slammed the U.S. economy, pushing the number of filings to levels recorded in the wake of the 2007-09 recession. U.S. courts recorded 722 businesses nationwide filing for chapter 11 protection last month, a yearly increase of 48%, according to figures from legal-services firm Epiq Global. But every time we get another horrific economic figure, the stock market goes even higher. The worse the news gets, the more investors seem to like it. Week after week, we have seen unprecedented numbers of Americans file for unemployment benefits, and at this point a grand total of more than 42 million Americans have lost a job since this pandemic began. And yet investors keep taking these job losses as signs that they should buy even more stocks. Perhaps someone should spread a rumor that a planet-killing asteroid is about to hit us, because that would probably really get investors salivating. Of course most ordinary Americans don’t get to live in a Fed-fueled fantasy world, and this new economic downturn is hitting most of them extremely hard. In fact, it is being reported that approximately a third of all Americans “are now showing signs of clinical anxiety and depression”… In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting economic crash, which triggered depression-like unemployment with 40 million initial claims filed in ten weeks, a third of Americans are now showing signs of clinical anxiety and depression, according to new data collected by the Census Bureau. This, by far, is the most comprehensive and troubling sign yet of the psychological toll inflicted on Americans due to months of lockdowns. The Census Bureau contacted one million households between May 7 and 12, and about 42,000 responded, said The Washington Post. The survey was about 20 minutes long and buried deep within, several questions asked respondents about depression and anxiety. Those who answered provided a laggard but clearest snapshot into people’s mental state at the tail end of the lockdown, where many folks were subjected to isolationism, virus fears, and widespread unemployment. That is the most alarming number that I have shared with you so far in this article, but I am about to share with you some numbers that are even more alarming.   In recent days, we have watched rioters destroy large sections of our major cities all across America. But when asked about “violent protests”, a surprising percentage of Americans actually support them… A broad majority of Americans say the peaceful protests happening all across the country after police violence against African Americans are justified (84% say so), and roughly a quarter (27%) say violent protests in response to police harming or killing African Americans are justified. Both figures are higher than they were when similar protests rose in the fall of 2016. Then, 67% saw peaceful protests as justified while 14% felt violent protests were. There isn’t much of a racial or partisan difference over whether peaceful protests are justified now, but the gaps are larger over violent protests. Among Democrats, 42% consider violent protests justified in response to police violence against African Americans, while just 9% of Republicans agree. Yes, you read that last sentence correctly. 42 percent. Unfortunately, a lot more economic pain is on the way, and that is just going to fuel even more rioting, looting and violence. These are definitely not “the best of times” no matter what stock market investors seem to think. We have entered a deeply disturbing new chapter in American history, and life in this country will never be the same again.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/as-the-stock-market-soars-the-numbers-say-that-the-real-economy-is-in-the-midst-of-a-historic-crash 

:: 6-9-20 Fox 6 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Chicago sees its deadliest day in 60 years with 18 murders in 24 hours

Posted 7:10 am, June 9, 2020, by FOX News Channel

CHICAGO — Bloody Chicago recorded 18 murders on May 31, making it the city’s deadliest day in 60 years. The dubious milestone was reached on a day Chicago was roiled by another round of protests and looting following the Memorial Day death of George Floyd in police custody in Minneapolis. The 18 deaths tallied by the University of Chicago Crime Lab made May 31, 2020 the single-most violent day in six decades, the Chicago Sun-Times reported Monday. The Crime Lab numbers go back only to 1961.  On May 29 and May 30, there were seven murders. In a city with an international reputation for crime, the 25 murders on those three days made for the most violent weekend in Chicago’s modern history, according to the paper. “We’ve never seen anything like it, at all,” the crime lab’s senior research director, Max Kapustin, told the newspaper. “I don’t even know how to put it into context. It’s beyond anything that we’ve ever seen before.” Chicago’s next most violent day was Aug. 4, 1991, when 13 murders were recorded. “The level of activity experienced over the last week has been unprecedented and the Department is actively investigating multiple incidents across the city and working to determine the motives in these cases,” Chicago Police spokesman Thomas Ahern told the Sun-Times.

He said the department was “actively working to seek justice for all the residents impacted, especially those who have been killed or injured by these senseless acts of violence.Those killed on May 31 include Keishanay Bolden, an 18-year-old student at Western Illinois University studying law enforcement and justice. She wanted to be a corrections officer. She was fatally shot during an argument in the Englewood neighborhood where she grew up, the paper reported. Among those paying tribute to Bolden on the WIU website was Rebekah Buchanan, an English professor, who said “Keishanay always had a smile on her face and a contagious laugh. Not only was she fun to have in class, she was dedicated to learning and her community. This is tragic.” Another 18-year-old student was also killed that day. Police said Lazarra Daniels, a student at DRW College Prep in Lawndale, was shot to death. Principal Tony Sutton broke the news of her death to Daniels’ classmates in a social media post. He said her death was “an incalculable loss for her family and one that will pain those who loved Lazarra for a long time.” Angelo Bronson, a 36-year-old father of two young children, was gunned down in a drive-by shooting. He lived in Washington and was spending the weekend in Chicago visiting family, the paper reported. “Just about the last person I could have thought this would happen to was Angelo,” his longtime friend Ali Evans said, according to the paper. “The man was so calm and quick to laugh, too. I just can’t believe we’re talking about him in the past tense.”

Read updates on this story at FOXNews.com.

https://fox6now.com/2020/06/09/chicago-sees-its-deadliest-day-in-60-years-with-18-murders-in-24-hours-report/ 

:: 6-8-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tucker: Black Lives Matter is now a political party

2,208,623 views

•Jun 8, 2020

Fox News

5.3M subscribers

And it may be the strongest political party in the United States. #FoxNews #Tucker

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l7aQ02YX7qo 

:: 6-8-20 The Federalist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CNN Guest: Not Wanting To Be Raped And Robbed Is White Privilege

June 8, 2020 By Tristan Justice

Minneapolis City Council President Lisa Bender said Americans ought to check their privilege when they voice concerns over the inevitable anarchy that comes from the removal of community law enforcement. “Do you understand that the word dismantle our police free also makes some people nervous? For instance, what if in the middle of the night my home is broken into? Who do I call?” CNN’s Alisyn Camerota asked Bender on CNN Monday. “Yes, I mean I hear that loud and clear from a lot of my neighbors – and myself, too, and I know that that comes from a place of privilege, for those of us for whom the system is working,” Bender said. “I think we need to step back and imagine what it would feel like to already live in that reality.” Last week, Americans already bore witness to that reality when minority neighborhoods lived through rioters burning down businesses in a fit of rage following the death of George Floyd in police custody.

https://twitter.com/robsmithonline/status/1267858627827818497?s=20 

Still, the Minneapolis City Council announced Sunday it had a veto-proof majority to disband the city’s police force protecting nearly half a million people. Democratic Minneapolis Mayor Jacob Frey declared his opposition to the proposal Saturday standing in a crowd of protestors after professing his “coming to grips with” his “own brokeness” for the apparent crime of being white. “Jacob Frey, we have a yes or no question for you. Yes or no, will you commit to defunding Minneapolis police department,” one angry protest leader asked. “We don’t want no more police! Is that clear! We don’t want people with guns toting around in our communities, shooting us down. You have an answer, it is a yes or a no!”

“I do not support the full abolition of police,” Frey said, which prompted a swift removal from the demonstrations taking place in his own city with a walk of shame. In the wake of the protests, calls to “defund police” have become a new mantra of the contemporary civil rights movement under the banner of “Black Lives Matter.” The new anarchic proposal however radical, has caught on with progressive elites moving mainstream setting up the November elections to become a showdown between defunding police and law and order. According to a YouGov/Yahoo poll conducted May 29-30, only 16 percent of Americans support funding cuts for police departments

Tristan Justice is a staff writer at The Federalist focusing on the 2020 presidential campaigns. Follow him on Twitter at @JusticeTristan or contact him at Tristan@thefederalist.com.

Photo The Hill / Youtube

https://thefederalist.com/2020/06/08/cnn-guest-not-wanting-to-be-raped-and-robbed-is-white-privilege/ 

:: 6-8-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 8, 2020

More Bombshell Anomalies & Bizarre Oddities Suggest Everything We're Now Witnessing Are 'Intentionally Contrived Trigger Events' To Kick Off Chaos & Martial Law In America

- George Floyd & Jeffrey Epstein Had The Same Coroner! Another Piece Of The Puzzle

By R.X. Kendrick for All News Pipeline

Anomalies of the George Floyd “event” in Minneapolis, Minnesota have come to light leading some to question what they saw. To know if this was an entirely staged false flag, or what. IndependentSentinel.com reported March 12, Mainstream Media hosts “Greta Van Sustren, Megyn Kelly and others on FOX asked their guests… who is behind the assault on the Trump rally.” U.S. Attorney General William Barr answered the “Who-Dunnit” question with this public statement: “The violence instigated and carried out by Antifa and other similar groups in connection with the rioting is domestic terrorism and will be treated accordingly.” Intuitively people on both sides of the fence, 1) conspiracy-nuts and 2) mainstream-mugs both, seem to know SOMEBODY is pulling the strings behind the scenes in the racially motivated assaults and riots. Journalists have addressed this in numerous stories with headlines that put it bluntly: “Shocking Evidence That Indicates Somebody is Trying to Orchestrate An Internal Uprising Inside the United States” / End of the American Dream

“VT Spots Army Intelligence Dressed As Antifa at Protests, Inciting Violence” / Veterans Today

If you run with this line of thinking you wonder, not only WHO this “somebody” really is, but also what is the “goal” of their plan? Which leads to the next most-obvious question: What was “their plan” to begin with? The general consensus seems to be, “They” needed a “spark” racial-event to kick off the “prescheduled” campaigns of race-rage in targeted cities across the United States. Eyewitnesses have reported seeing support teams in action providing bricks to people to throw at police or business windows for looting. Other reports have police finding caches of rocks, bricks and other riot supplies like fire-bombs in different cities. Which identifies the FACT that the second phase of this unfolding racial violence was definitely premeditated, preplanned, prepared. With supplies in place in-advance. There was foreknowledge and advance set-up to support the riots. There was “coordination” as Veterans Today described in great detail and other sources also reported widely. Which has everyone on both sides of the fence agreeing SOMEBODY is behind all of this. Which leads to one of the biggest anomalies of this whole string of events. How did all of the riot support teams get in the different riot cities and set up for the riots in advance, if they didn’t already know “when” the riots were to begin? Get my drift? It certainly does appear the date of the primary trigger for the rioting must have been known in advance too. Which means in this case, the date bad white cop would put his knee on the neck crime suspect black man was known in advance, since it was the trigger to the rioting that was all prepared for, ready and waiting in the riot cities ahead of time. If this logical progression is indeed true and accurate. We know the specific “initiating event” in Minneapolis must have been staged to be “the trigger-event” to start the rioting. If the date was foreknown – the event on that date had to be foreknown, premeditated and staged too. In recent false flag events the perpetrators have been caught advertising for crisis actors beforehand. This is because they need actors since it is not real but staged. Do we know if there were actors involved in what appeared to be the murder of George Floyd? Yes, we do. The main star of the murder was porn actor George Floyd. False flag events frequently have some key evidence missing completely. Was there any key evidence missing in the George Floyd assault event? Yes, there was a lot of footage from a number of camera sources, including surveillance video footage from nearby businesses. But somehow no video footage has appeared showing George Floyd passing his counterfeit $20 bill. The crime he purportedly committed.

Isn’t that odd? Another oddity with this alleged crime… Most counterfeiters would not park across the street from where they passed the bad money. Then let employees cross the street to confront them and tip them off! They’re about to be turned in to the local police! Instead of leaving immediately George Floyd leaves his friend’s passenger door open and sits there till the cops come. Very strange to stay there like that, instead of leaving. Fake Money in Circulation “Any bills from $5 to $100 can be forged,” said Trevor Buxton, certified fraud examiner at PNC Bank. The $20 bill is far and away the most frequently counterfeited. Since fraudsters are investing so much time and money to do this, they want to make the most significant profit. Fraudulent notes larger than $20 are more obvious, and smaller ones are hardly worth the effort. Who was the unnamed passenger, BTW? Was he in on the supposed $20 counterfeit scheme, or was he part of the false flag film crew with nowhere to go, and nothing to do? Nobody ever interviewed him or quoted him saying anything. Hmmm… That’s strange too, isn’t it? An accomplice who walks free without even getting questioned? Crisis actors normally know each other since they’re in a false flag film together. Did it apply to this so-called murder of black-guy by white-cop? Yes, it did. Crisis actor George Floyd and white cop Derek Chauvin knew each other from working at the same business for years according to mainstream media. But in false flag filming the actors have to “stay in-character” and never let on they know each other. Did this happen in this poorly produced and staged event? Yes, it did. Despite knowing each other from doing the same shift job together at the same place – for years before this. Neither Floyd nor Chauvin recognized each other during his murder footage? Neither acknowledged they already knew each other during the whole entire skit. Very, very weird unless they were both acting. If this was real, any two guys who knew each other would be using the other’s name, not acting like they’d never seen each other in their whole lives. It should have been, “Derek, get off my neck dude? What are you doing?” Or, “George, stop resisting man. I said stop it Floyd!” Shoulda-coulda-woulda’ if it was happening in reality. Why in the world in a real-life situation, where you’re about to be murdered by your friend, or about to murder a friend… would both people keep acting like they didn’t know each other? This could end up being fatal! Where one kills the other, one dies, and it starts pre-planned race riots all across the United States at the same time. In cities pre-stocked with supplies like bricks on pallets for rioters to throw waiting for the trigger event to happen. If their plan worked well, as a good trigger to start real racial fire-riots and cause division and violence and disorder. Why not do it again like they did 3-days later in Paris, France? Where the same event took place again with French-speaking actors to start the race riots there. Then they did it again 2-days after that in Madrid, Spain and a new Spanish-speaking cast. All of this is strange, odd, almost incomprehensible if this really was reality. Like the police officer never asking for Floyd’s license. Then EMT’s who look like SWAT guys with bullet-proof vests! No protocol to look at the driver’s license. No protocol for throwing Floyd on the stretcher without attending him in any EMT kind of way. Meanwhile, Derek Chauvin and the other officers don’t bother to get the store’s video footage of Floyd giving the attendant his counterfeit $20 bill? But the craziest thing the police did not do? Seems obvious to everybody now. Where is the counterfeit $20? Forget the missing surveillance video. What happened to the hard evidence? Is there really a fake $20 in circulation? Did it have fingerprints on it? Where is it anyway? Certainly there is basic protocol to collect the evidence and take it back to the precinct since there must be other counterfeiters involved, not just one guy. This story stinks to high heaven! But I do hope actor George Floyd is okay somewhere, maybe spending his money on an extended vacation. Hopefully he’s not dead. I don’t believe he is. Crisis actors don’t really die, and he was the star of this flick. I think he’s alive and well and glad as hell he got away with it. Unless this is not the real George Floyd we are meant to believe he is… Another anomaly factor playing into this porn actor’s supposed death. Somehow George Floyd got THE SAME “suspicious coroner” sex offender Jeffrey Epstein got at his reported death. Say what? Is this fake news? IT HAS TO BE !!

How does something like this really happen in reality? George Floyd and Jeffrey Epstein had the same guy do their “so-called” autopsies? And Epstein’s death was a quagmire of non-reality with no camera footage, guards not on duty, an anonymous employee who thought he saw Epstein get switched out for somebody else in the wee hours of the morning. When strange things were happening with official vehicles showing up on that very same night. A “transport vehicle” meant to take someone somewhere, when they never showed up in the middle of the night. I just don’t believe all of this is coincidence. I don’t believe any of it. Conservative firebrand Candace Owens has a good take on this whole thing. Look what she says in a recent Newsweek interview: “We are being sold a lot of lies at the detriment to the black community, at the detriment to the white community and at the detriment to America as a whole." "For whatever reason it has become fashionable over the last five or six years for us to turn criminals into heroes overnight. It is something I find despicable. George Floyd was not an amazing person. George Floyd is being upheld as an amazing human being." Owens alleged that Floyd was high at the time of his death and pointed to his criminal history. Floyd's criminal past included spent five years behind bars for robbery and assault. "We shouldn't be buying T-shirts with his name on it," she said. "He was a violent criminal," she said of Floyd. Owens added, "Everyone is pretending that this man lived a heroic lifestyle. We are embarrassing in that regard. Nobody wants to tell the truth in black America. Our biggest problem is us." She concluded the clip by saying, "Anyway, this is just a rant because I have been feeling super, super annoyed by these depictions in society. I have no apologies to make. George Floyd is not my martyr. He can be yours." Owens also took to Twitter on June 4 during the broadcast of Floyd's emotional memorial service. She called out Meghan Markle and President Trump in scathing Tweets, slamming them for "treading to remain relevant by pretending to care about black American issues that he knows nothing about," along with Joe Biden for attending the funeral. As terribly produced false flags all do, this one keeps looking worse over time as more things are exposed and come to light. Now Timothy D. Japhet, attorney from Corpus Christi, Texas reports he was “real” George Floyd’s court-appointed “Guardian Ad Litem.” Before the 'real George died' in 2017 at Spohn Memorial ICU and was buried in Flour Bluff, Texas. The coastal waterfront that faces the Laguna Madre of the west bank Intra-Coastal Canal across from Padre Island by the JFK bridge. (ANP: While this claim appears to be legit, remember warnings that globalists would flood the internet with false information to make real information seem to be false, too, so take this with a grain of salt.)

Timothy D. Japhet, Attorney at Law:

"I was George Floyd's lawyer; Dumbasses can’t even pick a good fake dead guy."

"Now is the time to get mad… Now is the time to approach your leaders and ask them how much more before they stand up and fight for us I have never mentioned anything but facts witnessed with my own eyes. I saw the vacant tents set up around the hospitals for the sick that never came. I watched as businesses closed to a hoax. I saw bodies removed from homes Because they were too afraid to go to the hospital because of quarantine. I saw Our leaders shred the constitution that elected them. “Now I saw a black man who I played college football against allegedly killed on camera 30 years later...but guess what....They messed up...that’s not the same guy. I remember this guy and he died a few years ago right here in Corpus Christi. “I was his lawyer;.....Dumbasses can’t even pick a good fake dead guy.

“Back when he played it was Texas A&I, It was the original junior college for kids who couldn’t get into the major schools. This guy and Johnny Bailey played together. I played for Abilene Christian University as a walk on. I was not good and didn't last a few cuts each year. My freshman year we played them in Abilene, Johnny Bailey single-handedly beat us on two toss sweeps and a punt return. Sadly, He abruptly passed after a stellar year with the Chicago Bears. “However, The name of the man they are using who died? He died here in Corpus Christi three years ago. He did play for Texas A&I and he did live on the streets here and he did die here. However He didn’t die in Minnesota. “To top it off I was his Court Appointed Guardian Ad Litem before he passed at Spohn Memorial. .....Before he died me and him talked about that game with Johnny Bailey and Abilene Christian and Texas A&I in 1989. “So What I’m telling you is that the man they claim who died in Minneapolis at the hands of the police did not die there......that man died in Corpus Christi, TX in Christus Spohn Memorial ICU with me as his Guardian Ad Litem and he is buried at the paupers cemetery in Flour Bluff. His sister flew down here from Minnesota saying she was going to give him a proper burial but she never came back officially. Though since then that body could’ve been removed, Nobody keeps too much of an account of the cemetery anyhow.

“So now what are we gonna do about this?"

https://allnewspipeline.com/George_Floyd_Anomalies_We_Cannot_Overlook.php 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 6-8-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tens of Thousands Without Power After Exceedingly Rare Derecho Makes Weather History in Wyoming and Colorado – That’s Only the Third Derecho Recorded in Western U.S. (Videos)

By Strange Sounds - Jun 8, 2020

This is the second RARE derecho within 3 days! And this time it wreaked havoc in Wyoming and Colorado Saturday. Three days after a severe derecho killed three and cut power to half a million people across Pennsylvania and New Jersey, another powerful derecho storm, packing winds in excess of 75 mph, moved across Wyoming and Colorado Saturday, damaging homes and knocking down trees and power lines. The extreme storm didn’t turn deadly, but a tree that fell during Colorado’s derecho impaled a man and his daughter. The storms produced several hurricane-force wind gusts, including a 110 mph gust in Winter Park, Colorado, according to the National Weather Service. Winds up to 99 mph were reported in Great Divide, Colorado, and 81 mph in Rock Springs, Wyoming. A 78 mph wind gust was reported at Denver International Airport. The rare derecho made Colorado weather history: Enough significant wind gusts were recorded on Saturday that a record was set for most significant wind gusts in one calendar day. The derecho, a strong line of thunderstorms that produces hundreds of miles of straight-line wind damage, developed in far eastern Utah Saturday morning, then raced northeastward across Colorado and Wyoming into the western Dakotas and western Nebraska during the afternoon and evening hours, a track of at least 750 miles in about 12 hours, according to Elizabeth Leitman, a meteorologist with NOAA’s Storm Prediction Center. The line of storms formed on the southern flank of a developing low pressure system over the northern Rockies and southwestern Canada. Derechos are common in June, but are rare in the Rockies where storms can have a more difficult time sticking together until they can reach the flatter plains to the east, where derechos are more common. According to Leitman, there were only two other Western U.S. derechos documented prior to Saturday, in May 1994 and June 2002. More than 63,000 customers were without power as of about 9:30 p.m. EDT, according to poweroutage.us. Nearly 100,000 were without power earlier in the evening. Photos showed widespread trees down and windows blown out of a home in Littleton. There was also heavy rainfall, lightning and hail. Here the article about the Pa and NJ derecho: derecho new jersey pennsylvania june 2020, derecho new jersey pennsylvania june 2020 video, derecho new jersey pennsylvania june 2020 pictures Extreme Derecho Kills 3 and Disrupts Power to 500,000 People Across Pennsylvania and New Jersey (Videos)

At least three people are dead and more than half of a million electric customers were left in the dark after a rare derecho tore through eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey on Wednesday. The northern Plains, Upper Midwest and eastern Great Lakes were put on alert Tuesday night when the thunderstorms erupted. Then the threat … Continue reading

https://strangesounds.org/2020/06/derecho-colorado-wyoming-weather-history-video.html 

:: 6-8-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: Cop Refuses to Kneel to Protesters Who Demand It

Don’t give up hope for the US just yet

Infowars.com - June 8, 2020

A police officer refused to kneel in front of protesters who demanded he submit. The Lowell, Mass., officer was standing guard outside a building when protesters told him to “take a knee,” according to LawOfficer.com. “Nah,” he responded as respectfully as he could. Viewers of the clip were overwhelmingly supportive of the cop for not kneeling down to the protest, with several of them stating it would have put him in a dangerous position that would have made him unable to respond to threats, not to mention it would’ve been a dereliction of his duty to stand guard. “Why are they trying to force people to do something?? What if it was the other way around?? There is not ONE man I know that would get on his knees for ANYONE!!!!” One viewer responded. “And I stand behind that. It’s just a way of trying to enforce your dominance onto another, no matter skin color. This has gotten ridiculous.”

Quick question: would you rather have this officer protecting your neighborhood from civil unrest, or the young Swedish cadet who broke down into tears and took a knee?

https://www.infowars.com/video-cop-refuses-to-kneel-to-protesters-who-demanded-it/ 

:: 6-8-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Black Georgia State Trooper to Protesters: I Only Kneel for God

By Joshua Caplan 8 Jun 2020

A Georgia State Trooper is making the rounds on social media after telling Black Lives Matter protests that he only kneels for God. The Trooper’s remark came in the wake of police officers and Democrat lawmakers taking a knee during nationwide protests over the death of George Floyd. The Trooper, identified as O’Neal Saddler, was asked to take a knee at a protest Hartwell, George, according to a video shared to Facebook by Ni’Rubyan Photography “If I didn’t have any respect, I wouldn’t [be here],” Saddler told the protesters. “I was supposed to be out of town this weekend with my wife. I took off today, this weekend, but I’m out here to make sure y’all are safe.” “Don’t go there, with respect, okay? I have much respect, but I only kneel for one person,” he added. “And that’s God,” a demonstrator interjected. That’s “God,” Saddler replied. Video of the exchange was posted to Twitter by Students For Trump founder Ryan Fournier on Sunday and has garnered 16,700 retweets and 45,700 likes.

Over the weekend, Police Chief John Walcek from Lowell, Massachusetts, refused to kneel with protesters, despite chants telling him to “take a knee.”

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2020/06/08/black-georgia-state-trooper-to-protesters-i-only-kneel-for-god/ 

:: 6-9-20 Eye Opening Truth :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STOP THIS INSANITY

June 9, 2020 by Cynthia

It should be apparent to most people that there seems to be a media push/hype for “taking a knee” these days. So much of it seems to be deliberately staged and widely publicized. Don’t you find it strange? I find it extremely off-putting. I am convinced that this is totally contrived and orchestrated as part of the NWO Agenda. I tell you what bothers me. Kneeling/bowing has ALWAYS been a form of worship. Throughout history it is used to honor/worship/reverance The Creator God/Pagan Gods/God-Men such as Kings and Pharaohs. In today’s world they are actually beginning to outright call our movie/music Idols what they are gods and goddess and declaring their worship. Fans are cutting themselves for their idols and weeping and wailing, falling down on their faces before them. THIS IS WORSHIP! There is only ONE who is worthy of our Praise/Worship/Reverance and that is the Creator. When we kneel and bow before God we are outwardly acknowledging the greatness of God with a physical action. Outward physical expression is evidence of our inward spiritual state/attitude/condition. We can affect our inward spiritual state/attitude/condition by our outward physical expression. As we enter into worshp, by bowing, kneeling or raising our hands, we actually begin to move ourselves into the realm of the spirit and connect with GOD. [ to kneel or bow is an act of blessing or adoration. We see this literal word all throughout Scripture and in the context of praise it means to bow down in worship as an act of adoration. But we also see it to mean bless in the same way that God “blessed” Adam and Eve, encouraging them to be fruitful and multiply. In the praise sense, to kneel and to bow is a blessing to God. We see this in Genesis 14 when Abraham’s servant finds Rebekah (to be Isaac’s wife). He bows down and worships the Lord. We also see the Israelites bowing down to idols and other Gods all throughout their history. Using some word pictures to paint how this looks as we enter into praise, we might find ourselves thinking of a person who takes a knee or bows when someone of great importance enters the room. As an outward sign of an inward respect and reverence one would kneel and make themselves “lower” than the person receiving the reverence. Source ] I believe that all this public bowing and kneeling is preparing us to worship the Anti-Christ. For so long, especially here in America, we have been so far removed from worship. We have become proud/arrogant and self centered. We have not had a King in our country for over 200 years. We have forgotten what it is to reverance anyone. We used to respect the OFFICE of the Presidency, whether we liked/agreed with the current president or not. But, today, people have NO RESPECT for anyone or anything. Reverence does not exist. So bowing and kneeling is foreign to us and we have lost the symbolism and the spirit behind it. Frankly, as selfish and proud as we are today, I am surprised that ANYONE can get any of us to BOW! That is very likely why they have had to stage all this to get the image in our heads and steer us toward acceptance of the idea. That way, when the AntiChrist demands it, we will be less likely to refuse. Well, I can tell you right now, I will NEVER willingly bow or kneel to anyone! That is an act reserved for the ONE who is WORTHY! Do you remember the song below?

Not Gonna Bow Ninety feet tall and nine feet wide

Solid gold – “It must be a god!” They were told “When you hear the music play Fall on your knees and begin to pray” They were told But when the trumpet sounded The whole world bowed  Three men stood there all alone They said Chorus: Not gonna bow to your idols Not gonna bow, oh no Not gonna bow to your idols I won’t bow down All Bobby wanted was just to fit in To be accepted he must act like them

He said “No!” “Everybody does it! So, what’s the fuss? Come on, Bobby, won’t’ cha be like us?”

He said “No!” And when the pressure came He watched them bow Bobby stood there all alone

He said Chorus: Not gonna bow to your idols Not gonna bow, oh no Not gonna bow to your idols I won’t bow down We don’t have to give in to it We can choose to go against the crowd Russ Taff Album Medals

We don’t have to give in and join the crowd. We have the responsibility to choose. Our choice has consequences. We have the right to choose, certainly. but we must live with the choice we make.

HOLY ENVY: THE HOLINESS OF KNEELING

By: Alain Julian|Published on: Apr 16, 2018|Categories: Stories|

DANIEL MARK In Judaism, or certainly in the Orthodox Jewish tradition, we’re not supposed to imitate, much less envy, the ways of the gentiles (pagans), a name we give to those outside our faith. So when Krister Stendhal, the late Bishop of Stockholm, urged believers to look for the admirable in other religions, I did not entirely know what to make of it. Does my own faith, the one true faith if I’m right, lack something? Did God give other peoples better ways to serve Him? These questions do not preoccupy me unduly. But there is one thing I particularly admire. It is, perhaps, the simplest religious act of all.

“Now I lay me down to sleep, I pray the Lord my soul to keep.” In America, a country whose religious culture is shaped by Christian ways of worship, it is the child kneeling by the bedside that often comes to mind when I think of prayer. This is so despite the fact that I recite the prescribed Jewish prayers three times a day. For Ultra-orthodox Jews, who are more insular, the dominant culture’s images play far less a role in shaping their religious imagination. But, for me, a Modern Orthodox Jew, who, in my youth, consumed the same books, movies, television shows as my fellow citizens, the image of the child knelt in prayer is strong. What does this act of kneeling mean? To kneel is to humble oneself. It is to show reverence. Submission. Sometimes it is to beg. Other times it is to surrender to overwhelming pain. One story I will never forget is of a great rabbi who, upon hearing that his wife of many years had passed away, fell to his knees in grief, sobbing and wrapping his arms around God’s ankles, as it were. Perhaps being on one’s knees is so compelling because it is not always a voluntary act, but an involuntary expression of being physically, emotionally, or spiritually destitute. In Judaism, we take kneeling very seriously. In ancient times, this act took place at the Temple in Jerusalem when, on the holiest of days, the high priest pronounced the ineffable name of God. Nowadays, we reserve kneeling (and bowing down from our knees) for a few moments during the High Holidays, especially in the part of the liturgy that recounts the Temple scene. But never besides then. In refraining from kneeling at all other times, in prayer and not, we demonstrate that nothing equates to the Temple experience. (Or rather, that no one but GOD is worthy of our surrender, worship, adoration, exhaltation.) Indeed, depending on the flooring of the synagogue, we often put down a cloth or paper towel to avoid incidentally touching down on a marble or even wood surface. Moreover, during the holiest prayers in our liturgy, including our daily recitals, we stand fully erect, feet together, in imitation of the angels who are said to appear to have only one leg (like our two legs together) and no knees. So, kneeling in prayer is not only rare for Jews but also not necessarily our most sanctified stance.

And yet—and yet—when I am feeling most humble (not often, to be sure) or desperate (not often, either, thank God) or praiseful (working on that one), I feel the urge to kneel. I don’t do it, but I almost wish I could. At those times, I am slightly jealous of my Catholic friends who kneel each week (or day) at Mass. We Jews are ever mindful of the fact that worship is not just a function of the mind and the lips, but of one’s entire being. We regularly enact the Psalmist’s image “All my bones shall say, Lord, who is like unto thee” (Psalms 35:10) by swaying back and forth as we pray. It is a characteristically Jewish image — somewhat like the Evangelical Protestant with outstretched arms, hands high in the air — a trademark of our faith that is alien to all others. So, it is not that my tradition is insensitive to praying with one’s whole self — with heart, soul, and might devoted in concert to God. Rather, it is being schooled in a faith that values embodied worship and at the same time in a culture that has powerful depictions of knelt prayer that may explain why I am tempted to take a knee from time to time. Spontaneously. Or perhaps the urge to kneel before God is built into our nature as humans, and the God of Israel disciplines us to genuflect only before Him in His house. As an Orthodox Jew, I will continue to kneel only in the holiest of moments and places. As God would have me do. But whenever I behold seekers of divine comfort drop to their knees in prayer, I will still be moved to a spiritual solidarity that makes this world a humbler place. To Kneel Or Not to Kneel? Judaism Has an Answer.

What the NFL’s protesters can learn from the ancient ‘aleinu’ prayer.

BY GABRIEL SANDERS SEPTEMBER 26, 2017

When morning dawned on Sunday, no one really knew how the day’s football protests would unfold. Sure, those taking a knee knew that they were sticking a finger in the president’s eye, but they were probably less sure about how it would play with their bosses and fans. The same is true of players who didn’t really feel like taking a stand. “Will it cost me anything in terms of respect and affection?” they perhaps thought. “Will my teammates feel let down?”

The day’s power stemmed, in no small measure, from such uncertainties, and whatever the future may hold for the Take a Knee movement, what is without question is that things will never again be as fresh or as unpredictable as they were this past weekend.

It’s an interesting coincidence that Sunday’s games came between Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur—the one time of year that Jews kneel during prayer.

It wasn’t always so. The evidence is right there in the text of the Aleinu prayer: Va’anachnu korim, u’mishtachavim, u’modim, lifnei melech, malchei ham’lachim, hakadosh baruch hu. And we bend our knees, and bow down, and give thanks, before the Supreme King of Kings, the Holy One, Blessed be He.

Interpretations abound as to why kneeling during the Aleinu has become reserved for only the holiest of days. Kneeling, custom now holds, is something that pagans do—or Christians or Muslims. The ubiquity of the act becomes the argument against it. Commonness here is seen as the opposite of holiness. There is also a second argument, one focused more on the individual than the community. The Talmud discusses the case of a person of holiness and stature discouraged from kneeling in his prayers, for if such a person were to kneel, and his prayers were not accepted, it would seem, in the eyes of the masses, as if God were unfair and unjust. The explanations differ but they nonetheless circle around to the same idea: The act of kneeling is kept sacred by doing it only sparingly. It’s been suggested that Colin Kaepernick himself has come to believe that his original gesture has been hyped to such an extent that if he were playing now he wouldn’t be doing it anymore. The “take a knee” military meaning might be different from what you’ve heard in mainstream media. The phrase has certainly gained a lot of media attention recently after NFL players used the gesture back in 2016 to protest police brutality against African Americans during the national anthem. The military came into the conversation when those against Kaepernick argued that taking a knee is disrespectful to active duty soldiers and military veterans. But where did the whole thing start? What does the phrase “take a knee” really mean? Is it a military term or did it come from somewhere else? Read on to learn more about the “take a knee” military meaning. What does “take a knee” mean in military?

In general, taking a knee in the military is a sign of respect or simply taking a rest while on a mission. It’s a gesture that many soldiers will participate in at the foot of a fallen friend’s grave and isn’t seen as a negative at all. Additionally, a soldier in the military might take a knee as more of a defensive maneuver. Getting on one knee allows the person to be in a better position, almost like at the start of a track meet, where they able to quickly run or pivot at the drop of a hat. With the recent news coverage claiming that kneeling during the national anthem is disrespectful to soldiers and veterans, some service members, especially within the Army find the uproar strange. In the Army, take a knee means that you’re pausing, taking a breather, and stepping back to consider a situation. By no means is it a disrespectful gesture. In fact, according to Mashed Radish, an etymology blog, when Kaepernick, the football player, recently took a knee during the national anthem at a major NFL game and rekindled the phrase itself, he came to an agreement with Nate Boyer, former long snapper and Green Beret by agreeing to take a knee. See, when Kaepernick first made a demonstration as an act of protest against police brutality in the U.S. he kept seated during the national anthem. Boyer wrote to him with “frustrated understanding” and suggested he take a knee. Since taking a knee would both honor and respect veterans and fallen soldiers who risked so much and, in some cases, sacrificed everything for the freedom of our country, the two agreed that Kaepernick could continue to protest for what he believes in while staying respectful to the armed forces. So, when people start a rampage and get all revved up that football players who take a knee during the national anthem are disrespectful to the military and veterans, it’s quite a false statement. The other origins of “take a knee” Even though the phrase “take a knee” became re-popularized by Kaepernick and the NFL, its origins span from military to religion to even cultural norms. Obviously, the definition and meaning of “take a knee”, like most words and phrases, are fluid and often changing. But its history dates back to at least 1960, firmly rooted in American football. According to another etymology blog called Language Log, the phrase “take a knee” seems to be influenced by other “take” idioms like “take a stand”, “take a sip”, or “take a seat”. As the blogger went back to search through old digitized newspapers, he found a clipping about the University of South Carolina Gamecocks varsity-alumni football team from 1960. After the recent passing of a beloved athletic director and longtime coach Rex Enright, one alumni player Albert “King” Dixon, Jr. decided to “take a knee” in Enright’s memory during halftime. This type of knee-taking is reminiscent of how a soldier might “take a knee” for a fallen brother or sister. But where does this sentiment come from? Perhaps it comes from religion. In most religions of the world, people kneel in prayer to a higher power, deity, god, or gods. Even within the football origins, teams often pray before a game in the locker room by taking a knee. The way Dixon, Jr. took a knee for his fallen coach seems to fall under this category of prayer and reverence. Yet, in other football references post-1960, “take a knee” referred to activities more like having a rest or gathering oneself to make a decision. Once again, especially in the Army, this expression linked with “take a knee” seems to have military roots or at least military similarities when it comes to sentiment. Additionally, in football, a player might “take a knee” during the actual game. Also explained as “downing the ball”, a player in control of the ball would put his knee down to end the play prematurely if it was in the best interest of the team. So, overall, in American football, one might “take a knee” in prayer before a big game, during a pep talk while listening to a coach, downing the ball and ending play, or to express a moment of solidarity in the way Kaepernick demonstrated. Take a look at this instance when the Navy football team kneeled in prayer.  Going back to religious examples, Catholics would take a knee in front of the altar in prayer or as a symbol of their devotion. It’s an act of reverence as well as adoration. (WORSHIP) It’s also obvious in monarchies, where subjects might take a knee to bow to their king or queen in an expression of subservience, submission, love, and obedience or a combination of the four. Today, probably one of the most culturally accepted ways to take a knee is when one person proposes marriage to another person. Similarly, it’s a gesture of devotion, adoration, and reverence showing submission and humility. Now, since the Kaepernick demonstration, “take a knee” is used as a way to express solidarity against the racial injustice and defiance against President Donald Trump. It’s an all-in-one phrase where you don’t necessarily have to actually put one knee on the ground. For example, one might say, “Police brutality? I’ll take a knee on that one.” This explains that you disagree without actually physically protesting anything. It’s even a hashtag on social media in forms like #takeaknee or #taketheknee where people post about their problems with society, especially police brutality against African Americans. It’s quite interesting how over time these meanings evolve and change based on the current political and social climate from something that was quite a simple gesture to now such a powerful movement. (the only thing that matters is the root, everything else is a cover up, a lie, a deceit. GOD TOLD ME THAT, it applies to ALL THINGS!.) 

The Theology of Kneeling

By POPE EMERITUS BENEDICT XVI November 15, 2002

Excerpts Only Posted Here. You can view the entire article by clicking the link above.

There are groups, of no small influence, who are trying to talk us out of kneeling. “It doesn’t suit our culture”, they say (which culture?) “It’s not right for a grown man to do this — he should face God on his feet”. Or again: “It’s not appropriate for redeemed man — he has been set free by Christ and doesn’t need to kneel any more”.

If we look at history, we can see that the Greeks and Romans rejected kneeling. In view of the squabbling, partisan deities described in mythology, this attitude was thoroughly justified. It was only too obvious that these gods were not God, even if you were dependent on their capricious power and had to make sure that, whenever possible, you enjoyed their favor. And so they said that kneeling was unworthy of a free man, unsuitable for the culture of Greece, something the barbarians went in for. Plutarch and Theophrastus regarded kneeling as an expression of superstition. Aristotle called it a barbaric form of behavior (cf. Rhetoric 1361 a 36). Saint Augustine agreed with him in a certain respect: the false gods were only the masks of demons, who subjected men to the worship of money and to self-seeking, thus making them “servile” and superstitious. He said that the humility of Christ and His love, which went as far as the Cross, have freed us from these powers. We now kneel before that humility. The kneeling of Christians is not a form of inculturation into existing customs. It is quite the opposite, an expression of Christian culture, which transforms the existing culture through a new and deeper knowledge and experience of God. Kneeling does not come from any culture — it comes from the Bible and its knowledge of God. The central importance of kneeling in the Bible can be seen in a very concrete way. The word proskynein alone occurs fifty-nine times in the New Testament, twenty-four of which are in the Apocalypse, the book of the heavenly Liturgy, which is presented to the Church as the standard for her own Liturgy. On closer inspection, we can discern three closely related forms of posture. First there is prostratio — lying with one’s face to the ground before the overwhelming power of God; secondly, especially in the New Testament, there is falling to one’s knees before another; and thirdly, there is kneeling. Linguistically, the three forms of posture are not always clearly distinguished. They can be combined or merged with one another.

Prostration For the sake of brevity, I should like to mention, in the case of prostratio, just one text from the Old Testament and another from the New. In the Old Testament, there is an appearance of God to Joshua before the taking of Jericho, an appearance that the sacred author quite deliberately presents as a parallel to God’s revelation of Himself to Moses in the burning bush. Joshua sees “the commander of the army of the Lord” and, having recognized who He is, throws himself to the ground. At that moment he hears the words once spoken to Moses: “Put off your shoes from your feet; for the place where you stand is holy” (Josh 5:15). In the mysterious form of the “commander of the army of the Lord”, the hidden God Himself speaks to Joshua, and Joshua throws himself down before Him. Origen gives a beautiful interpretation of this text: “Is there any other commander of the powers of the Lord than our Lord Jesus Christ?” According to this view, Joshua is worshipping the One who is to come — the coming of Christ. In the case of the New Testament, from the Fathers onward, Jesus’ prayer on the Mount of Olives was especially important. According to Saint Matthew (22:39) and Saint Mark (14:35), Jesus throws Himself to the ground; indeed, He falls to the earth (according to Matthew). However, Saint Luke, who in his whole work (both the Gospel and the Acts of the Apostles) is in a special way the theologian of kneeling prayer, tells us that Jesus prayed on His knees. This prayer, the prayer by which Jesus enters into His Passion, is an example for us, both as a gesture and in its content. The gesture: Jesus assumes, as it were, the fall of man, lets himself fall into man’s fallenness, prays to the Father out of the lowest depths of human dereliction and anguish. He lays His will in the will of the Father’s: “Not my will but yours be done”. He lays the human will in the divine. He takes up all the hesitation of the human will and endures it. It is this very conforming of the human will to the divine that is the heart of redemption. For the fall of man depends on the contradiction of wills, on the opposition of the human will to the divine, which the tempter leads man to think is the condition of his freedom. Only one’s own autonomous will, subject to no other will, is freedom. “Not my will, but yours …” — those are the words of truth, for God’s will is not in opposition to our own, but the ground and condition of its possibility. Only when our will rests in the will of God does it become truly will and truly free. The suffering and struggle of Gethsemane is the struggle for this redemptive truth, for this uniting of what is divided, for the uniting that is communion with God. Now we understand why the Son’s loving way of addressing the Father, “Abba”, is found in this place (cf. Mk 14:36). Saint Paul sees in this cry the prayer that the Holy Spirit places on our lips (cf. Rom 8:15; Gal 4:6) and thus anchors our Spirit-filled prayer in the Lord’s prayer in Gethsemane. In the Church’s Liturgy today, prostration appears on two occasions: on Good Friday and at ordinations. On Good Friday, the day of the Lord’s crucifixion, it is the fitting expression of our sense of shock at the fact that we by our sins share in the responsibility for the death of Christ. We throw ourselves down and participate in His shock, in His descent into the depths of anguish. We throw ourselves down and so acknowledge where we are and who we are: fallen creatures whom only He can set on their feet. We throw ourselves down, as Jesus did, before the mystery of God’s power present to us, knowing that the Cross is the true burning bush, the place of the flame of God’s love, which burns but does not destroy. At ordinations prostration comes from the awareness of our absolute incapacity, by our own powers, to take on the priestly mission of Jesus Christ, to speak with His “I”. While the ordinands are lying on the ground, the whole congregation sings the Litany of the Saints. I shall never forget lying on the ground at the time of my own priestly and episcopal ordination. When I was ordained bishop, my intense feeling of inadequacy, incapacity, in the face of the greatness of the task was even stronger than at my priestly ordination. The fact that the praying Church was calling upon all the saints, that the prayer of the Church really was enveloping and embracing me, was a wonderful consolation. In my incapacity, which had to be expressed in the bodily posture of prostration, this prayer, this presence of all the saints, of the living and the dead, was a wonderful strength — it was the only thing that could, as it were, lift me up. Only the presence of the saints with me made possible the path that lay before me. Kneeling before another Secondly, we must mention the gesture of falling to one’s knees before another, which is described four times in the Gospels (cf. Mk 1:40; 10:17; Mt 17:14; 27:29) by means of the word gonypetein. Let us single out Mark 1:40. A leper comes to Jesus and begs Him for help. He falls to his knees before Him and says: “If you will, you can make me clean”. It is hard to assess the significance of the gesture. What we have here is surely not a proper act of adoration, but rather a supplication expressed fervently in bodily form, while showing a trust in a power beyond the merely human. The situation is different, though, with the classical word for adoration on one’s knees — proskynein. I shall give two examples in order to clarify the question that faces the translator.  First there is the account of how, after the multiplication of the loaves, Jesus stays with the Father on the mountain, while the disciples struggle in vain on the lake with the wind and the waves. Jesus comes to them across the water. Peter hurries toward Him and is saved from sinking by the Lord. Then Jesus climbs into the boat, and the wind lets up. The text continues: “And the ship’s crew came and said, falling at His feet, ‘Thou art indeed the Son of God’” (Mt 14:33, Knox version). Other translations say: “[The disciples] in the boat worshiped [Jesus], saying …” (RSV). Both translations are correct. Each emphasizes one aspect of what is going on. The Knox version brings out the bodily expression, while the RSV shows what is happening interiorly. It is perfectly clear from the structure of the narrative that the gesture (falling on their knees) of acknowledging Jesus as the Son of God is an act of worship. We encounter a similar set of problems in Saint John’s Gospel when we read the account of the healing of the man born blind. This narrative, which is structured in a truly “theo-dramatic” way, ends with a dialogue between Jesus and the man He has healed. It serves as a model for the dialogue of conversion, for the whole narrative must also be seen as a profound exposition of the existential and theological significance of Baptism. In the dialogue, Jesus asks the man whether he believes in the Son of Man. The man born blind replies: “Tell me who He is, Lord”. When Jesus says, “It is He who is speaking to you”, the man makes the confession of faith: “I do believe, Lord”, and then he “[falls] down to worship Him” (Jn 9:35-38, Knox version adapted). Earlier translations said: “He worshiped Him”. In fact, the whole scene is directed toward the act of faith and the worship of Jesus, which follows from it. Now the eyes of the heart, as well as of the body, are opened. The man has in truth begun to see.  For the exegesis of the text it is important to note that the word proskynein occurs eleven times in Saint John’s Gospel, of which nine occurrences are found in Jesus’ conversation with the Samaritan woman by Jacob’s well (Jn 4:19-24). This conversation is entirely devoted to the theme of worship, and it is indisputable that here, as elsewhere in Saint John’s Gospel, the word always has the meaning of “worship”. Incidentally, this conversation, too, ends — like that of the healing of the man born blind — with Jesus’ revealing Himself: “I who speak to you am He” (Jn 4:26). I have lingered over these texts, because they bring to light something important. In the two passages that we looked at most closely, the spiritual and bodily meanings of proskynein are really inseparable. The bodily gesture itself is the bearer of the spiritual meaning, which is precisely that of worship. Without the worship, the bodily gesture would be meaningless, while the spiritual act must of its very nature, because of the psychosomatic unity of man, express itself in the bodily gesture. The two aspects are united in the one word, because in a very profound way they belong together. When kneeling becomes merely external, a merely physical act, it becomes meaningless. One the other hand, when someone tries to take worship back into the purely spiritual realm and refuses to give it embodied form, the act of worship evaporates, for what is purely spiritual is inappropriate to the nature of man. Worship is one of those fundamental acts that affect the whole man. That is why bending the knee before the presence of the living God is something we cannot abandon. In saying this, we come to the typical gesture of kneeling on one or both knees. In the Hebrew of the Old Testament, the verb barak, “to kneel”, is cognate with the word berek, “knee”. The Hebrews regarded the knees as a symbol of strength, to bend the knee is, therefore, to bend our strength before the living God, an acknowledgment of the fact that all that we are we receive from Him. In important passages of the Old Testament, this gesture appears as an expression of worship. At the dedication of the Temple, Solomon kneels “in the presence of all the assembly of Israel” (II Chron 6:13). After the Exile, in the afflictions of the returned Israel, which is still without a Temple, Ezra repeats this gesture at the time of the evening sacrifice: “I … fell upon my knees and spread out my hands to the Lord my God” (Ezra 9:5). The great psalm of the Passion, Psalm 22 (“My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?”), ends with the promise: “Yes, to Him shall all the proud of the earth fall down; before Him all who go down to the dust shall throw themselves down” (v. 29, RSV adapted). The related passage Isaiah 45:23 we shall have to consider in the context of the New Testament. The Acts of the Apostles tells us how Saint Peter (9:40), Saint Paul (20:36), and the whole Christian community (21:5) pray on their knees. Particularly important for our question is the account of the martyrdom of Saint Stephen. The first man to witness to Christ with his blood is described in his suffering as a perfect image of Christ, whose Passion is repeated in the martyrdom of the witness, even in small details. One of these is that Stephen, on his knees, takes up the petition of the crucified Christ: “Lord, do not hold this sin against them” (7:60). We should remember that Luke, unlike Matthew and Mark, speaks of the Lord kneeling in Gethsemane, which shows that Luke wants the kneeling of the first martyr to be seen as his entry into the prayer of Jesus. Kneeling is not only a Christian gesture, but a christological one. The Name above all Names For me, the most important passage for the theology of kneeling will always be the great hymn of Christ in Philippians 2:6-11. In this pre-Pauline hymn, we hear and see the prayer of the apostolic Church and can discern within it her confession of faith in Christ. However, we also hear the voice of the Apostle, who enters into this prayer and hands it on to us, and, ultimately, we perceive here both the profound inner unity of the Old and New Testaments and the cosmic breadth of Christian faith. The hymn presents Christ as the antitype of the First Adam. While the latter high-handedly grasped at likeness to God, Christ does not count equality with God, which is His by nature, “a thing to be grasped”, but humbles Himself unto death, even death on the Cross. It is precisely this humility, which comes from love, that is the truly divine reality and procures for Him the “name which is above every name, that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, in heaven and on earth and under the earth” (Phil 2:5-10).

Here the hymn of the apostolic Church takes up the words of promise in Isaiah 45:23: “By myself I have sworn, from my mouth has gone forth in righteousness a word that shall not return: ‘To me every knee shall bow, every tongue shall swear’”. In the interweaving of Old and New Testaments, it becomes clear that, even as crucified, Jesus bears that “name above every name” — the name of the Most High — and is Himself God by nature. Through Him, through the Crucified, the bold promise of the Old Testament is now fulfilled: all bend the knee before Jesus, the One who descended, and bow to Him precisely as the one true God above all gods. The Cross has become the world-embracing sign of God’s presence, and all that we have previously heard about the historic and cosmic Christ should now, in this passage, come back into our minds. The Christian Liturgy is a cosmic Liturgy precisely because it bends the knee before the crucified and exalted Lord. Here is the center of authentic culture – the culture of truth. The humble gesture by which we fall at the feet of the Lord inserts us into the true path of life of the cosmos. There is much more that we might add. For example, there is the touching story told by Eusebius in his history of the Church as a tradition going back to Hegesippus in the second century. Apparently, Saint James, the “brother of the Lord”, the first bishop of Jerusalem and “head” of the Jewish Christian Church, had a kind of callous on his knees, because he was always on his knees worshipping God and begging forgiveness for his people (2, 23, 6). Again, there is a story that comes from the sayings of the Desert Fathers, according to which the devil was compelled by God to show himself to a certain Abba Apollo. He looked black and ugly, with frighteningly thin limbs, but most strikingly, he had no knees. The inability to kneel is seen as the very essence of the diabolical.  But I do not want to go into more detail. I should like to make just one more remark. The expression used by Saint Luke to describe the kneeling of Christians (theis ta gonata) is unknown in classical Greek. We are dealing here with a specifically Christian word. With that remark, our reflections turn full circle to where they began. It may well be that kneeling is alien to modern culture — insofar as it is a culture, for this culture has turned away from the faith and no longer knows the one before whom kneeling is the right, indeed the intrinsically necessary gesture. The man who learns to believe learns also to kneel, and a faith or a liturgy no longer familiar with kneeling would be sick at the core.

Revelation 19:10 Then I fell down at his feet to worship him, but he said to me, “You must not do that! I am a fellow servant with you and your brethren who hold the testimony of Jesus. Worship God.” For the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.

Revelation 22:8-9 I John am he who heard and saw these things. And when I heard and saw them, I fell down to worship at the feet of the angel who showed them to me; [9] but he said to me, “You must not do that! I am a fellow servant with you and your brethren the prophets, and with those who keep the words of this book. Worship God.”

It is the spontaneous reaction of human beings (seen throughout Scripture) to be awed by angelic appearances or theophanies or direct manifestations of God. In the moment you don’t think “this is just an angel.” You react with awe, which is what John did. He wasn’t thinking theologically, as we have the luxury to do in our armchairs, but he was thinking, “this is a far greater Being than I!” Moreover (and more to the point at hand), often in the Old Testament the Lord and His Angel (“angel of the Lord”) are virtually indistinguishable, to the extent that these angels are called angels in one second and God in the next, so it wouldn’t necessarily be clear which was the case. Even in the burning bush, there is a reference to “the Angel of the Lord” (Ex 3:2) and yet two verses later, “God called to him out of the bush.” John may have very well thought that this was a direct manifestation of God, in that sense, but was mistaken and corrected by the angel. That’s what I think was primarily going on, in which case it wasn’t idolatry at all, because he thought it was God, or such a direct communication from God through the angel that “worship” was the proper response. Judges 13:15-22 Mano’ah said to the angel of the LORD, “Pray, let us detain you, and prepare a kid for you.” [16] And the angel of the LORD said to Mano’ah, “If you detain me, I will not eat of your food; but if you make ready a burnt offering, then offer it to the LORD.” (For Mano’ah did not know that he was the angel of the LORD.) [17] And Mano’ah said to the angel of the LORD, “What is your name, so that, when your words come true, we may honor you?” [18] And the angel of the LORD said to him, “Why do you ask my name, seeing it is wonderful?” [19] So Mano’ah took the kid with the cereal offering, and offered it upon the rock to the LORD, to him who works wonders. [20] And when the flame went up toward heaven from the altar, the angel of the LORD ascended in the flame of the altar while Mano’ah and his wife looked on; and they fell on their faces to the ground. [21] The angel of the LORD appeared no more to Mano’ah and to his wife. Then Mano’ah knew that he was the angel of the LORD. [22] And Mano’ah said to his wife, “We shall surely die, for we have seen God.”

The Angel of the Lord is also equated with God (theophany) in Gen 31:11-13; Jud 2:1; but differentiated from God as well, as a representative: (2 Sam 24:16; 1 Ki 19:6-7; 2 Ki 19:35; Dan 3:25, 28; 6:23; Zech 1:8-14).

Mark 3:11 And whenever the unclean spirits beheld him, they fell down before him and cried out, “You are the Son of God.”

Mark 5:33 But the woman, knowing what had been done to her, came in fear and trembling and fell down before him, and told him the whole truth.

Mark 7:25 But immediately a woman, whose little daughter was possessed by an unclean spirit, heard of him, and came and fell down at his feet.

Luke 8:28 When he saw Jesus, he cried out and fell down before him, and said with a loud voice, “What have you to do with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? I beseech you, do not torment me.”

Luke 8:47 And when the woman saw that she was not hidden, she came trembling, and falling down before him declared in the presence of all the people why she had touched him, and how she had been immediately healed.

We have witnessed a trend developing that I find bizarre and offensive. It is known as the “Take a Knee” movement. Lately this movement is really getting out of hand. Now, we have white people bowing down and begging forgiveness from Blacks. Even to the point where they are licking the boots of Black Panthers as a form of public humiliation. This ought not to be! I have no problem with whites and coming together for public prayer, for healing and restoration. Seeking forgiveness from GOD for the sins of our nation and our forefathers is a good idea. Renouncing all of those things that were done unjustly that caused pain, suffering and grief, is also a good idea. Committing to do our best to help to make things right on all sides, for all parties, is also good. BUT, no man should bow and fall at the feet of any man, begging. That is wrong! It is evil for any man to accept such worship! They will have to answer to GOD for stealing what belongs to HIM! Such worship can only serve to pump man up, feed his ego and his pride. Pride goeth before a fall. (When I say man, I am referring to mankind. That include Men, women and children.)

White Community Kneel Before Black Community To Beg For Forgiveness For Years Of Racism In The U.S

Made4Naija Tv

• 12K views1 week ago

White Community Kneel Before Black Community To Beg For Forgiveness For Years Of Racism In The U.S #White #Black …

New

1:53NOW PLAYING

Police officers across the U.S. kneel, pray alongside protesters

Washington Post

437K views6 days ago

Members of various police departments were filmed kneeling in unity alongside protesters as demonstrations following George …

New

CC

3:36NOW PLAYING

WOW!!!! White People Kneel Down In Front Of Black Community To Ask For Forgiveness

Viable Tv

• 29K views6 days ago

New

1:13NOW PLAYING NYPD Officers Take Knee at George Floyd Protests in New York City

Bloomberg QuickTake News

• 63K views1 week ago

Members of the NYPD took the knee during protests against George Floyd’s death, kneeling alongside demonstrators in New York …

4:20NOW PLAYING

Portland Police Kneel in Solidarity with George Floyd Protesters | NowThis

NowThis News

105K views6 days ago

Police officers took a knee in solidarity with Black Lives Matter protesters in Portland, Oregon. » Subscribe to NowThis: …

New

3:40NOW PLAYING

White people kneel to wash feet of black protesters and beg for forgiveness for years of racism

Celebs dailygh

•32 views1 hour ago

A group of white police officers and other civilians in Cary, North Carolina, came together to wash the feet of black protesters while …

3:41NOW PLAYING

White People Kneel for George Floyd in 3rd Ward Houston

1:34NOW PLAYING

Protesters, officers kneel and pray

1:43NOW PLAYING

White Community Kneel Before Black Community To Beg For Forgiveness For Years Of (video)

A video shared online shows the moment White people went on their knees to beg Black people for forgiveness for all the years of …

New

4:21NOW PLAYING

White People Kneel Ask Forgiveness From The Black Community | Playground Burned After Protests

0:31NOW PLAYING

White people kneel, ask forgiveness from the black community in Third Ward

KPRC 2 Click2Houston

• 252K views1 week ago

0:25NOW PLAYING

White people kneel, ask forgiveness from the black community in Third Ward pt. 2

Black people kneel to ask GOD to forgive them for their part in the race issue. That is what we should all be doing, asking GOD’s forgiveness for our sins and to be cleansed from the sins of our ancestors. NOT KNEELING BEFORE BLACK PANTHERS ANS LICKING THEIR BOOTS! NOT KNEELING BEFORE ANY MAN/WOMAN. WE SHOULD ONLY KNEEL BEFORE GOD OUR MAKER!

KPRC 2 Click2Houston

• 64K views1 week ago

spacer

These next two videos are absolutely horrifyingly offensive. I am in total shock that our society has been so completely perverted!

spacer

1:02NOW PLAYING

⚡ Man put the white woman on her knees and made her apologize

Breaking News

•177K views6 days ago

The man in New York dropped the white woman to her knees and made her apologize for the “white” privileges.

Scribe note: There are many, many more views on the site click on the link at the end of this article.

I have a distinct memory of the first time I heard Chris Tomlin’s song, “Holy is the Lord.” Though this was a dozen years ago, my memory is distinct because my attitude was so poor in that moment. As we sang about standing and lifting our hands, and about bowing down in worship, my jaw clenched and my body froze. All around me, people’s physical expressions mirrored the lyrics that were on their lips. But I was rigid, indignant that I would not be told how to worship with my body. How could a dictated posture truly be sincere? Isn’t God only concerned with the posture of my heart? Fast forward a few weeks, and there was that song again! This time, my self-consciousness trumped my indignation. What would people think if I didn’t lift my hands with everyone else? Reluctantly, one hand raised (first just above waist level, then a bit higher). Though pride was a poor motive to lift my hands that day, I discovered something significant: hand raised, my soul also lifted toward Heaven a bit. Bowed low (though not all the way to the floor…let’s not get too radical!), my attitude humbled somewhat. In essence, it seemed that my actions led my soul to worship, if only slightly, that morning. Over time, as I became increasingly acquainted with God’s Word, one thing that became apparent to me was that physical engagement just might be significant after all. Throughout the Psalms, a variety of physical expressions are invited, to help the worshiper express God’s worth. Though not a comprehensive list, among them are: clapping (Psalm 47), lifting hands (Psalm 63), bowing and kneeling (Psalm 95), standing (Psalm 119), lifting up eyes (Psalm 121), and dancing (Psalm 149-150).

The Apostle Paul exclaims a powerful Doxology in Romans 11: 33-36 (NIV):

Oh, the depth of the riches of the wisdom and knowledge of God!

How unsearchable his judgments,

and his paths beyond tracing out!

“Who has known the mind of the Lord?

Or who has been his counselor?”

“Who has ever given to God,

that God should repay them?”

For from him and through him and for him are all things.

To him be the glory forever! Amen.

Immediately after this bold exclamation of praise, Paul writes:

Therefore, I urge you, brothers and sisters, in view of God’s mercy, to offer your bodies as a living sacrifice, holy and pleasing to God—this is your true and proper worship. (Romans 12:1NIV)

Paul’s position is that all worship is holistic; He clearly states that we are to offer our bodies to God in worship. In this one admonishment, he contradicts the Gnostic teaching that the things of the physical realm are bad. Their view was that the things of the spirit needed to be separated from the evil of the body. But Paul wrapped up body and soul together, encouraging holistic, incarnational worship.

If you wonder whether your own heart might be led to worship by physical postures, perhaps you might try this exercise:

Choose a familiar worship song.

……..I suggest Laurie Klein’s “I Love You Lord”.

Sing it through several times, using different posture every so often:

…….* Sitting

…….* Standing, hands up, face up

…….* Kneeling, with head bowed

Try the exercise again with another song or hymn. I suggest Weeden & Van de Venter’s “I Surrender All”.

Did you notice whether changing your physical posture had an effect on your heart’s disposition? (Please comment on your experience below!)

A dozen years ago, my attitude kept me from raising my hands. Today, raising my hands (or kneeling, standing silent, or lying prostrate) are sometimes significant catalysts to my soul being led Heavenward. It would be simply untrue to say that I am always prepared to worship my God. When the drudgery of the day or a negative circumstance tempts me not to engage with the Lord, I choose to offer my body, a living sacrifice, to enter in to worship. In these moments, as I offer my humanness, my heart disposition is led by my physical posture.

Turn your eyes upon Jesus. Look full in His wonderful face.

And the things of earth will grow strangely dim, in the light of His glory and grace.

(Helen H. Lemmel)

spacer

Finally, I wanted to share this video from a man who has a family that is integrated. Still limited by their individual backgrounds and experiences the lessons he presents here may or may not be relative to other people’s experiences. We are all different and we are all limited by our own environment, experiences and relationships. We just need to learn to meet people where they are and respect each other.

What I am learning from my white grandchildren — truths about race | Anthony Peterson | TEDxAntioch

TEDx Talks  Nov 4, 2014

This talk was given at a local TEDx event, produced independently of the TED Conferences. Are we in a post-racial society? Do we want to be? Anthony Peterson, an African American, draws from current research and from conversations with his Anglo American grandchildren to address truths about race in 21st century America. Anthony Peterson is an African American Army brat who calls Hawaii home. He has lived, studied, written about, and taught about cultural and racial realities. He has developed and facilitated diversity training for corporate and church leaders. His degrees in psychology and religious education add to his perspective. Anthony continues work as an educator, writer and editor in Nashville, Tennessee, where he lives with his wife, Laura. They count six children and nine grandchildren. About TEDx, x = independently organized event In the spirit of ideas worth spreading, TEDx is a program of local, self-organized events that bring people together to share a TED-like experience. At a TEDx event, TEDTalks video and live speakers combine to spark deep discussion and connection in a small group. These local, self-organized events are branded TEDx, where x = independently organized TED event. The TED Conference provides general guidance for the TEDx program, but individual TEDx events are self-organized.* (*Subject to certain rules and regulations)

https://www.eyeopeningtruth.com/stop-this-insanity/

:: 6-7-20 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How You Can Avoid the Enemy's End-Times Deception

9:00AM EDT 6/7/2020 Don Britton

Many Christians are deceived into thinking that evidence of the Holy Spirit is connected to supernatural gifts. The biblical evidence says otherwise: christianmyths.org. No one can bear fruit without power. The evidence of the indwelling of the Holy Spirit is shown by the power of the fruit of the Holy Spirit in the person's life, not in signs and wonders. The evidence of the Holy Spirit is not speaking in tongues as some have said it is or in the supernatural gifts. In fact, not everyone speaks in tongues, any more than any one person has every other spiritual gift. The Bible plainly says, "all do not speak in tongues, do they?" We were warned by Jesus about the great deception in the last days of false signs and wonders. The devil can speak in tongues, the devil can prophesy, the devil can perform signs and wonders, even great signs and wonders, and he does it all the time through false brethren, false pastors and false prophets. God has given the devil power to deceive. Just because someone speaks in tongues or can perform a sign or wonder does not mean he is doing it by the Holy Spirit. Remember the Egyptian magicians, the sorcerers, those who practice divination, the fortune tellers, the spiritualist, the medians, the readers of omens and so forth. All of these supernatural spiritual powers are from the devil, and they can and do work today through the false prophets in the forms of the "word of knowledge," speaking in tongues, prophesying of future events, dreams and visions, various revelations, healings, supernatural manifestations and more. But if the fruit is not right and does not line up with Scripture, then it is a bad tree, a false brother, a false prophet and a false sign or wonder. You must look at the fruit, not the sign. If you see a prophet who performs signs and wonders, and he does not have the fruit of humility, takes your money for himself, does not address your need for repentance or makes a show of his ministry for his own personal glory and many such things like this which are completely out of character with Jesus, then he is a false prophet. Remember that Jesus told us that they would come in sheep's clothing but inwardly be ravenous wolves. John the Baptist called them a brood of vipers. You will know them by their fruit! "Beware of false prophets who come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves. You will know them by their fruit. Do men gather grapes from thorns, or figs from thistles? Even so, every good tree bears good fruit. But a corrupt tree bears evil fruit. A good tree cannot bear evil fruit, nor can a corrupt tree bear good fruit. Every tree that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire. Therefore, by their fruit you will know them" (Matt. 7:15-20). For more of Don Britton's teaching about the evidence of the Holy Spirit on The Great Deception podcast, click here. Related Reading: The Great Deception of American Christianity Without Christ at christianmyths.org and amazon.com.

Connect on Social Media: facebook.com/don.britton.754

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/81485-how-you-can-avoid-the-enemy-s-end-times-deception 

:: 6-8-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Violence Won't Dethrone God

By James Hirsen Monday, 08 June 2020 09:42 AM

A peculiar phrase recently became a trending topic on Twitter.

Its words read as follows: "Attack and Dethrone God." These same words were displayed on a graphic during a segment that had previously aired on Fox News Channel’s "The Ingraham Angle." Language contained in the graphic was intended to be a backdrop for a guest of host Laura Ingraham named Terrie Turchie, a former deputy assistant director of the FBI’s Counterterrorism Division. Turchie was discussing ideas that had once been fostered by a violence-based group from our nation’s past, the Weather Underground. In his appearance, Turchie drew parallels between the recent rioting and mayhem that plagued urban areas across America and the insidious activities in which the notorious 1960s group had engaged. As Turchie noted, in the wake of its efforts the Weather Underground had left an intriguing package behind, which took the form of a book-length manifesto. If all went according to a warped wish list, the manifesto would be adopted as a blueprint for future like-minded radicals to use. Its title, "Prairie Fire." "They had a major goal, and that goal was to form a communist revolution," Turchie stated. Authors of "Prairie Fire," which include the familiar subversive names of Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn, referenced the goal of bringing down the United States government. "We are a guerrilla organization," the authors wrote. "We are communist women and men."

As the Fox guest distilled six strategies that the Weather Underground had laid out in its manifesto, a graphic appeared on the screen with the following objectives listed:

—Destroy Capitalism

—The Weapon of Choice – Systemic Racism and Police Racism

—Identify the Victim Classes

—Organize the Victim Classes

—Engage in International Solidarity with the Global Movement

—Attack and Dethrone God.

The resemblance to the rhetoric used by today’s activist organizations and their allies is, to say the least, highly disturbing. Back in the day, the Weather Underground used a benign-sounding term to summarize its approach. It turns out to be the same not so benign-sounding term now that leftist activists have been using since President Donald Trump was elected — resistance. Following Turchie’s appearance, trolls on Twitter took to the internet speedway. The many salient points that Ingraham and Turchie had made were ignored altogether. However, the last phrase that Turchie cited would trigger the dropping of an anvil of snarky social media hate. It dared to mention the Creator of the Universe. Some in the antagonistic media slid down the "Alice in Wonderland" rabbit hole of fact checking, going on to dismiss the anti-religion phrase and muttering about how the words on the graphic were not actually in the Weather Underground document, at least not those identical words.

For those who are still able to peer into the non-flipped side of the looking glass, the similarities between the Weather Underground and the Antifa movement are striking. This was observed by heralded scholar of the left Noam Chomsky, who happens to be one of the few "progressive" voices who has warned about Antifa. Back in 2017, Chomsky described Antifa to the Washington Examiner as "a minuscule fringe of the Left, just as its predecessors were." He also described the group as "a major gift to the Right." Chomsky additionally said, "What they do is often wrong in principle . . . and is generally self-destructive." "There’s some limited similarity to the Weather Underground," Chomsky noted, pointing out that the historical context was different and implying that Antifa was more prone to harming people than the "Weathermen," who committed their acts "almost always against property, in intent at least." There are other things about the two groups that appear to be markedly similar.

Both seem to view themselves as possessing the purity of true communist revolutionary beliefs. Both advocate violence, particularly against law enforcement. And both embrace a communist worldview, which requires a fundamental presupposition of a materialistic conception of history, making religion antithetical to communist thought. Marxist theorist Leon Trotsky wrote, "Religiousness is irreconcilable with the Marxian standpoint." Communist co-creator Vladimir Lenin similarly cited atheism as "an inseparable element of the materialist view of life . . . a necessary condition for the theoretical education of the revolutionist." Founder of communism Karl Marx infamously dismissed religion as "the opium of the people," arguing that religion prevents a better communist existence from becoming reality. The attempt to dethrone God has been part and parcel of communism from its inception. Atrocities that have been committed against religious people and institutions reflect the hatred for all things relating to the Almighty. But thankfully, people who have the gift of knowledge that flows from the Spirit know the truth. No one can ever take the throne from the King of the World.

James Hirsen, J.D., M.A., in media psychology, is a New York Times best-selling author, media analyst, and law professor. Visit Newsmax TV Hollywood. Read James Hirsen's Reports — More Here.

https://www.newsmax.com/jameshirsen/antfia-weatherunderground-trotsky-marx/2020/06/08/id/971046/ 

:: 6-8-20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fresh protests in Kashmir after Indian forces kill nine rebels

Anti-India protests after forces kill nine rebels in separate gun battles that started on Sunday in Shopian district.

8 Jun 2020

Anti-India protests have continued for a second day on Monday in Indian-administered Kashmir after the Indian forces killed at least nine rebels in the disputed region. The rebels, including three commanders, were killed in separate gunfights with the security forces in Shopian district, some 70km (43 miles) south of the capital, Srinagar. The fighting began on Sunday. Four rebels were killed in the Pinjora area on Monday morning after the government forces set up a cordon and search operation when they received intelligence about the presence of the fighters, who either want Kashmir's independence or a merger with Muslim-majority Pakistan. Five other rebels were killed in a gunfight with the forces in Shopian district's Reban area on Sunday afternoon. Police said three soldiers were wounded. "Nine militants of the Hizbul Mujahideen outfit, including its three top commanders, have been neutralized in less than 24 hours," state police chief Dilbagh Singh told reporters on Monday.  Singh said the Indian security forces have eliminated 22 rebels, including six top commanders, during the past two weeks. Police said 73 rebels have been killed in the Muslim-majority region this year.  In April alone, more than two dozen rebels and about a dozen Indian troops were killed, the most in any month since August 2019, when India revoked the region's semi-autonomous status and statehood, and imposed direct federal rule. The latest killings sparked protests and clashes as hundreds of residents tried to march to the site of the battle. Chanting slogans demanding an end to India's occupation of Kashmir, demonstrators threw stones at police and paramilitary soldiers, who fired shotgun pellets and tear gas. No casualties were immediately reported in the clashes. India has stepped up its operations across Kashmir in recent months, with almost daily fighting reported along the rugged and mountainous frontier that divides Kashmir between India and Pakistan. Since 1989, the conflict has resulted in nearly 70,000 deaths, most of them civilians. India accuses Pakistan of arming and training the anti-India rebels. Pakistan denies this, saying it offers only moral and diplomatic support to the rebels and to Kashmiri civilians who oppose Indian rule.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/06/protests-police-brutality-continue-europe-live-200607132432534.html 

:: 6-8-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mexican cartels stockpile drugs and money amid COVID-19 pandemic

Beth Warren and Karol Suarez, Louisville Courier Journal Published 10:30 a.m. ET June 8, 2020 | Updated 5:19 p.m. ET June 8, 2020

LOUISVILLE, Ky. – The COVID-19 pandemic is making meth more expensive in much of the USA. Travel restrictions at U.S.-Mexican border crossings and abroad have made it harder for cartels to move drugs and drug profits without detection, according to agents with the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration. "There’s been stockpiling of drugs and money on both sides of the southwest border, and money-laundering activity has decreased,” said J. Todd Scott, special agent in charge of the DEA's Louisville Field Division. “People, in general, aren’t moving; stuff isn’t moving," he said. "Cartels function best when they can kind of move undercover, move with the legitimate commerce.” Travel restrictions to and from China slowed the importation of precursor chemicals, which cartels use to make meth and fentanyl. Cartels, in turn, slowed the amount of meth sent to America. To lessen the financial blow, cartels inflated the price of drugs, especially meth, according to drug agents across the country. “About half of our field divisions are reporting price increases at the retail level of meth and increases for fentanyl" across the country, said Scott, who directs agents and intelligence analysts in Tennessee, Kentucky and West Virginia. “There’s less of it out there, they’re gonna charge more."  'Every arm of cartels are having to adjust' In Los Angeles, a major hub for Mexican cartels, meth prices have doubled. At the end of last year, a trafficker could buy a pound at wholesale from a cartel associate for $900. Then prices began to rise, climbing to $1,800 to $2,000 per pound, said Bill Bodner, special agent in charge of the DEA's Los Angeles Field Division. The street-level price of fentanyl and crystal methamphetamine, called "ice," has increased in Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky and Tennessee, said Vic Brown, executive director of Appalachia High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area task forces. State lockdowns and the recommended reduction of travel slowed drug trafficking along interstate corridors, he said. “With methamphetamine, we’re seeing prices have gone up across the state of New Mexico,” said Will Glaspy, head of High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area task forces in the New Mexico region. In the DEA New England Field Division – which includes Massachusetts, Connecticut, Vermont, Maine, Rhode Island and New Hampshire – investigators noticed slight price increases for fentanyl and cocaine at the end of May, but no increase for meth in their region, said division spokesman Timothy Desmond. The virus hasn't hampered drug sales, he said. The coronavirus has affected Mexican cartels' global business. The cartels have struggled to get drugs in and money out of Australia, said Kevin Merkel, the DEA's Australia attaché. This is the most sought-after illicit drug market, where users are willing to pay a much higher price for top-quality Mexican meth than American buyers. "As businesses are having to adjust, every arm of cartels are having to adjust," Merkel said. Meth prices started to climb in Australia in May and have doubled in some areas, the drug agent said. A kilo of meth used to cost $90,000 to $130,000 but now garners up to $200,000, he said. Cocaine, harder to get during the pandemic, followed a similar spike. Dealers pay more and pass the additional cost to users. In East and Southeast Asia, the supply of meth and other synthetic opioids has swelled, causing prices to fall, according to a report in May from the United Nations Office on Drug and Crime. "While the world has shifted its attention to the COVID-19 pandemic, all indications are that production and trafficking of synthetic drugs and chemicals continue at record levels in the region," Jeremy Douglas, UNODC representative for Southeast Asia and the Pacific, said. As people who are addicted scramble to pay more for their fix, agents predict an increase in car, garage and home burglaries, as well as thefts. "I would be very surprised if over the next three to four months, we didn’t see property crimes go up," said Bodner, head of LA drug agents. "When prices go up, addicts have to pay, and they have to get the money from somewhere." The money paid for drugs is stockpiling in the USA and Australia, as cartels are leery of getting caught during a time of reduced travel. During a 10-week period beginning in March, drug agents in the Los Angeles area seized $10 million in drug money, Bodner said. That's more than double drug profit seizures during the same time period last year. He explained that traffickers who used to limit money stored in stash houses to $100,000 to $200,000 keep $1 million or more. After law enforcement stumbled onto several large stockpiles of drug proceeds, cartels made quick changes. “They’re having to resort to the old-fashioned way of putting money back in the trunk of a car and driving it south," Bodner said. Virus also affects drug agents

As cartel members and associates have made adjustments during the pandemic, so have investigators. “Routine hand-to-hand drug deals or buys you might have done a few weeks ago are a little tougher to pull off now," Scott, the DEA agent in Louisville, said. "But the bigger investigations, the wire intercepts, the long-term complex conspiracy cases are still going on. “We’ve got enough gear to go out and do the arrests we need to do.” Scott moved from Texas to Kentucky in May during the pandemic to lead the DEA's Louisville Field Division. He had to use videoconferencing to meet his new agents, who he said continue to "vigorously" pursue cases. "It hasn’t been easy, and we’ve had to get a bit creative in how we safely approach our operations, but we haven’t let the pandemic stop our efforts to support DEA’s mission and keep our communities safe," he said. Merkel oversees one of the divisions most affected by the virus. Several of his agents and their families were evacuated from China, Indonesia and parts of Manila. Those agents, temporarily relocated to Washington, have remained in contact with their counterparts in their host countries to coordinate investigations, search warrants and arrests. "They’re on the other side of the world still getting their job done,” Merkel said. "It's impressive." Investigation: Mexican drug lord’s empire devastating families with its grip on US Across the USA, federal agents wear face masks, gloves and eye protection to search suspects' homes and make arrests. In New York, police and DEA agents teamed to shut down a drug ring in the Bronx in May that had more than a million dollars in heroin and fentanyl. "Amid the COVID-19 pandemic, we arrested six drug traffickers who aptly branded their product ‘coronavirus,’ " DEA Special Agent in Charge Ray Donovan said in a tweet. Some police departments are concerned about safety and want to hold off on interviews and searches and instead focus on surveillance. “Some of those departments don’t want their guys going out,” said Glaspy, who oversees task forces at the border that team federal agents with local and state police. In Mexico, cartels capitalize on pandemic In Mexico, cartels are finding ways to capitalize on the virus. That includes fighting over drug sales and coveted routes as police and the military focus on civil unrest as a result of the coronavirus, which has killed more than 13,000 people in Mexico. "That obviously distracts law enforcement from controlling many highways and many drug distribution points, and that could promote the trafficking or domestic sale of drugs,” said Eduardo Guerrero Gutiérrez, a public safety consultant and political analyst based in Mexico City. The cartel turf wars have contributed to a spike in homicides, which topped 11,535 by the end of April, according to the country's security ministry. At that pace, the country is likely to suffer one of its deadliest years since record keeping began in 1997. During the pandemic, cartels deliver food and essential household items to impoverished residents in Mexico to garner support and mark their turf. Cartel members boast about their supposed good deeds on social media, posting videos and photos of boxes of supplies branded with their cartel name, such as CJNG, for the Cártel Jalisco Nueva Generción or its leader "El Mencho." The cartels steal the food from markets in an attempt to bolster their image and profit off the pandemic, Merkel said. "It’s disgusting." The food handouts are a common propaganda campaign for cartels, said Javier Oliva, political and social sciences professor and researcher at the National Autonomous University of Mexico. "The truth is that they just hand out 30 or 40 boxes," not enough to lessen the poverty, Oliva said. "They only want to show the message, 'Here we are,' " especially to rival cartels. In contrast, the cartel frequently uses social media to spread fear by posting photos and videos of kidnappings, torture and killings of rivals, which was detailed in November in a Courier Journal special report on the cartel and El Mencho. Will virus have lasting effect on drug war? Drug agents expect cartels to resume money laundering and drug smuggling once flights and traffic at the border increase. They don't know whether cartels have found new ways to get drugs from Mexico into the USA. “It’s far too soon to know exactly how COVID-19 is affecting the cartels," Scott said during an interview in Louisville. "We just don’t have enough data." In Los Angeles, Bodner said, “The drug business is a pretty efficient market. They're always looking for new opportunities." Merkel said agents will investigate how cartels adjusted during the pandemic to find new ways to attack them. “We’ve seen what can happen when cartels are disrupted on a global scale," he said. "We’re going to attempt to exploit that as much as we can.”

Reach reporter Beth Warren: bwarren@courier-journal.com or on Twitter @BethWarrenCJ.

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2020/06/08/coronavirus-pandemic-mexican-cartels-stashing-drugs-money-prices-up/5317975002/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 6-2-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin endorses rule allowing him to carry out a 'first strike' using atomic weapons in response to non-nuclear attack on Russia

Policy allows Russia to use atomic weapons in response to a conventional strike

The document appears to send a warning signal to the US

It offers description of situations that could trigger use of nuclear weapons

By Ap Published: 13:54 EDT, 2 June 2020 | Updated: 20:42 EDT, 2 June 2020

President Vladimir Putin has endorsed Russia's nuclear deterrent policy which allows him to use atomic weapons in response to a conventional strike targeting the nation's critical government and military infrastructure. By including a non-nuclear attack as a possible trigger for Russian nuclear retaliation, the document appears to send a warning signal to the US. The new expanded wording reflects Russian concerns about the development of prospective weapons that could give Washington the capability to knock out key military assets and government facilities without resorting to atomic weapons. In line with Russian military doctrine, the new document reaffirms that the country could use nuclear weapons in response to a nuclear attack or an aggression involving conventional weapons that 'threatens the very existence of the state'. But the policy document now also offers a detailed description of situations that could trigger the use of nuclear weapons. They include the use of nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction against Russia or its allies and an enemy attack with conventional weapons that threatens the country's existence. In addition to that, the document now states that Russia could use its nuclear arsenals if it gets 'reliable information' about the launch of ballistic missiles targeting its territory or its allies and also in the case of 'enemy impact on critically important government or military facilities of the Russian Federation, the incapacitation of which could result in the failure of retaliatory action of nuclear forces'. The reference to a non-nuclear strike as a possible trigger for nuclear retaliation reflects longtime Moscow concern about US military plans. The buildup of conventional forces near Russia's borders and the deployment of missile defence assets and space-based weapons are among the threats identified by Moscow in the new document. US-Russia relations are at post-Cold War lows over the Ukrainian crisis, the accusations of Russian meddling in the US 2016 presidential election and other differences. Amid the tensions, the Kremlin has repeatedly voiced concern about the deployment of US and allied forces in the Baltics and Nato drills near Russia's borders. Russian officials have cast the US-led missile defence programme and its plans to put weapons in orbit as a top threat, arguing that the new capability could tempt Washington to strike Russia with impunity in the hope of fending off a retaliatory strike. In 2018, Mr Putin revealed an array of new weapons that he said would render US missile defence useless. They include the Avangard hypersonic vehicle capable of flying 27 times faster than the speed of sound and making sharp manoeuvres on its way to target to dodge the enemy's missile shield. The first unit armed with the Avangard entered duty in December. Another doomsday weapon that Mr Putin has mentioned is the nuclear-armed and atomic-powered Poseidon underwater drone capable of causing a devastating tsunami near an enemy coast. Its tests are continuing. Last year, both Moscow and Washington withdrew from the 1987 Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty. The only US-Russia nuclear arms control agreement still standing is the New Start treaty, which was signed in 2010 by then-US president Barack Obama and then-Russian president Dmitry Medvedev. The pact limits each country to no more than 1,550 deployed nuclear warheads and 700 deployed missiles and bombers and envisages sweeping on-site inspections to verify compliance. Russia has offered to extend the New Start, which expires in February 2021, while the Trump administration has pushed for a new arms control pact that would also include China. Moscow has described that idea as unfeasible, pointing at Beijing's refusal to negotiate any deal that would reduce its much smaller nuclear arsenal. Russian diplomats said the Avangard could be included in the New Start if it is extended. They also voiced readiness to open talks to discuss the Poseidon and other new weapons along with prospective US strategic assets. In a call with members of his Security Council over the weekend, Mr Putin warned that the New Start treaty is bound to expire, but 'the negotiations on that crucial issue, important not just for us but for the entire world, have failed to start'.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8381333/Putin-endorses-rule-allowing-carry-strike.html 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 5-26-20 USGS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

USGS Scientists Find Seafloor Faults Near Puerto Rico Quakes’ Epicenters

Release Date: May 26, 2020

Most residents of southern Puerto Rico were startled by the sequence of earthquakes that began Dec. 28, 2019 and included a magnitude 6.4 quake on Jan. 7, 2020. Aftershocks are expected to continue for years, including some relatively strong ones, like a May 2 magnitude 5.4 temblor. Many islanders have lived through hurricanes, but the last major earthquake to be felt on Puerto Rico, a magnitude 7.2 that occurred northwest of the island in 1918, was beyond the living memory of most islanders. USGS seismologists were surprised too – not by the fact that the earthquakes occurred, but by where they occurred. Puerto Rico lies on an active boundary between the Caribbean and North American plates, with the northeast corner of the Caribbean plate moving eastward about two centimeters (less than an inch) per year along a strike-slip fault. There is geologic evidence of earthquakes that probably took place millennia ago, while history records earthquakes and tsunamis in Puerto Rico as far back as the 1500s. But most seismic activity has been on the north side of the island, not the south side, where previously unknown undersea faults may have triggered this latest earthquake series. The USGS is working to identify and map faults in the region, in order to estimate the location and magnitude of potential earthquakes. With more than 3 million U.S. citizens in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, the risk to lives and property from earthquakes and tsunamis is significant. USGS seismic research can help inform better building codes, safer zoning, and public education about earthquake hazards.

Caribbean quake experts quickly launch a research cruise When he learned about the Puerto Rico quakes, USGS research geophysicist Uri ten Brink made plans to quickly launch a seismic research cruise off the island’s south coast. Ten Brink heads a marine geohazards project, based at the USGS Woods Hole Coastal and Marine Science Center, that focuses on documenting undersea tectonic processes and assessing the landslide, tsunami and earthquake hazards they pose. In the past 15 years he has headed USGS and NOAA teams that mapped faults off the island’s north coast, but the sea floor close to the south coast was largely unexplored. “It seemed likely that a previously unknown fault system off the south coast was involved in the earthquake sequence, and there should be evidence of that on the sea floor,” ten Brink said. “We thought that if that were true, the information would be potentially very valuable to science, and to the people of southern Puerto Rico. They are still recovering from the effects of Hurricane Maria, and now they are facing a completely different type of hazard, and they are hungry for information about it.” With the help of scientists from the University of Puerto Rico Mayaguez, who provided logistical support including the use of the 43-foot R/V Sultana and its crew, ten Brink and colleagues ran a series of one-day research cruises out of the University of Puerto Rico Marine Station in La Parguera, west of Ponce on the island’s south coast, from March 7 to 13. Newly discovered deep sea faults near quake epicenters Preliminary results bear out ten Brink’s suspicions: There is evidence of at least one undersea fault in Guayanilla Bay, which may be an extension of a fault previously mapped on land. The team tentatively identified several more faults lying seven and fifteen kilometers (about four and nine miles) offshore, in water up to 1,000 meters (about 3,300 feet) deep and within areas identified as the epicenters of some of the recent earthquakes, ten Brink said. To find and map these faults, the team aboard Sultana towed a device called a “sparker,” which uses an electrical charge to generate an air bubble in the water. When the bubble expands it creates a sound wave, which travels through the water and into the seabed, where geologic layers reflect some of the wave’s energy back to the sea surface. The research vessel also towed an array of 32 hydrophones just below the sea surface– devices that pick up pressure changes underwater. The hydrophones measure the time it takes the signal to bounce off the ocean bottom and geologic structures lying beneath the seabed, and then return to the sea surface. By measuring differences in the signals’ return, researchers can detect differences in the elevation of the rock lying beneath the ocean floor. These differences, called offsets, are considered to be signs of faults that have been recently active. Working in deep waters roiled by spring storms, the USGS team collected 135 nautical miles, or 250 kilometers, of seismic reflection data, imaging the seabed and undersea structures at resolutions of just a few meters. From the ship, the team identified several fresh scars in shore-facing cliffs from Punta Montalva to Guayanilla Bay, which were probably caused by rock falls resulting from the strong earthquake shaking. The team also looked for evidence of a fault breaking the sea floor at Punta Montalva, but at first look, the seismic data do not clearly indicate such a fault there. In the coming months, ten Brink said, more sophisticated data processing is likely to reveal additional faults, and the team expects to be able to measure ruptures along these faults. “This data will eventually help seismologists develop a clearer picture of tectonic activity in the area,” ten Brink said. “Ultimately, we hope the USGS’ work in this region will help give the public a clearer sense of the potential for future earthquakes. The USGS’ research findings are being used to improve building codes that will help Puerto Rico better withstand future earthquakes and to better prepare for tsunamis.” The black lines on this map show the locations where a USGS team collected multichannel seismic reflection profiles during a series of research cruises in March 2020. The dashed purple lines are hypothesized faults, based on the distribution of earthquake epicenters. The red marks are preliminary indications of faults, based on the seismic reflection data gathered during the cruise. The seafloor image is drawn from multiple sources: colored and shaded multibeam bathymetry, Lidar topography (green and white), near-shore bathymetry (darker blue), and NOAA coastal relief model (light blue and white). Credit: Uri ten Brink, USGS. Public domain.

https://www.usgs.gov/news/usgs-scientists-find-seafloor-faults-near-puerto-rico-quakes-epicenters 

:: 6-2-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pandemic, Economic Crash, Social Unrest, And Now Four Asteroids?

by Tyler Durden Tue, 06/02/2020 - 21:45

This year has been nothing short of astonishing. In the last five months, the US has been inundated with a virus pandemic, triggering an economic crash and 40 million unemployed, and now worsening social unrest in major metros. But what's happening on the ground might be the least of our worries on Tuesday, as four asteroids are about to pass the planet. NASA's Center for Near-Earth Object Studies (CNEOS) has detected "four near-Earth objects that will fly past" the planet on Tuesday, reported International Business Times. CNEOS' data showed the first asteroid, identified as 2020 KK7, measures about 108 feet wide and traveling at 34,000 mph, will pass the planet on Tuesday at a distance of 0.00343 astronomical units or approximately 319,000 miles. To put this in perspective, this means the giant space rock will pass Earth at a distance that is about from here to the Moon. The second asteroid to pass Earth is called 2020 KD4. The rock measures about 115 feet wide and is traveling at 12,000 mph, will pass the planet at a distance of about 0.02680 astronomical units or around 2.5 million miles away. The third asteroid to pass Earth is called 2020 KF, which has an estimated diameter of 144 feet, is the largest asteroid to approach the planet, and is traveling at about 24,000 mph. It's expected to pass the planet at a distance of about 0.03102 astronomical units or 2.9 million miles. And the fourth asteroid to pass Earth on Tuesday is called 2020 KJ1, has an estimated diameter of about 105 feet, and is moving at 11,000 mph, will pass the planet at about 0.01403 astronomical units or 1.3 million miles. Amid the social-economic collapse of America, political commentator Katie Hopkins' prayers could be answered...

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/pandemic-economic-crash-social-unrest-and-now-four-asteroids 

:: 6-3-20 Daily KOS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Puerto Ricans roll out a guillotine for #BlackLivesMatter protest on the island

Denise Oliver Velez  Community  Wednesday June 03, 2020 · 8:38 AM EST

Though Puerto Ricans still face a triple whammy from the ravages of hurricanes, earthquakes, and COVID-19, the island’s intrepid citizens refuse to be suppressed when it comes to injustice. Puerto Ricans are marching for #BlackLivesMatter this week, honoring George Floyd and other victims of racism and police brutality while also protesting the suppression of their own civil rights. The island’s unelected governor, Republican Wanda Vázquez Garced, just signed oppressive, dangerous civil code changes into law, and now people on the island have taken to the streets. At Tuesday’s demonstration in front of the governor’s mansion in San Juan, protestors brought out a guillotine, which was also done for the #WandaRenuncia protests in January, which demanded that Vázquez step down. It is important to note that Puerto Rico has a large population with African ancestry thanks to a long history of enslavement. Puerto Rico (like Cuba), was one of the last territories in the Caribbean to continue importing large numbers of enslaved Africans and became the Spanish Crown's other leading producer and exporter of sugar, coffee, cotton and tobacco; all mostly produced with enslaved African labour. The Royal census of Puerto Rico in 1834 established that the island's population as 42,000 enslaved Africans, 25,000 coloured freemen, 189,000 people who identified themselves as whites and 101,000 who were described as being of mixed ethnicity. Emancipation on the island didn’t take place until 1873, and even then slavery wasn’t completely abolished. On March 22, 1873, the Spanish National Assembly finally abolished slavery in Puerto Rico. The owners were compensated with 35 million pesetas per slave, and slaves were required to continue working for three more years.  Though Loiza is one of the areas that is always pointed to as having a large Afro-Puerto Rican population and is considered to be “the African heart” of Puerto Rico, Afro-Boricuas are everywhere, both on the island and in the diaspora of the mainland. I have written about the importance of bomba in Puerto Rican culture in the past, so it is no surprise that we see bomba danced as part of the protests and memorials. Notice the depth of these tributes to George Floyd: Here they printed a photograph of him and framed it. Puerto Rico, like many places in the Caribbean—and like the U.S. mainland—is no stranger to systemic racism. The elite who rule Puerto Rico are almost all “white.” Like everywhere else, there is also denial of racism. I’m also following the responses to the oppressive Civil Code changes, which ironically took effect at the start of Pride Month. In closing, here’s a reminder about people power in Puerto Rico.

Scribe note: There are a series of tweets with this article click on link below for full article.

https://www.dailykos.com/stories/2020/6/3/1950029/-Puerto-Ricans-roll-out-a-guillotine-for-BlackLivesMatter-protest-on-the-island 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 6-3-20 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Home » Political Analysis » Fed Money Printing Keynesian Quackery – Rob Kirby

Fed Money Printing Keynesian Quackery – Rob Kirby

By Greg Hunter On June 3, 2020 In Political Analysis 201 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com

Macroeconomic analyst Rob Kirby has long predicted Fed money printing would have to go “on a vertical curve where money has to be added to the system . . . to keep the system from crapping out and imploding.” With the official federal debt at more than $25 trillion and the Fed balance sheet doubling since September, that day has clearly arrived. Add to that total the rarely talked about so-called “missing money” that stands at $21 trillion and money printing is off the charts. Kirby explains, “The $21 trillion and the $10 trillion in 2019 is the part of the money creation we don’t get to see. There is no transparency on that at all. What we do get to see, though, is the Fed in the last three months reversed their quantitative tightening and are now expanding their balance sheet, once again. Their balance sheet has grown from $3.7 trillion, at the beginning of the year, to more than $7 trillion right now, and it’s projected to get as high as $10 trillion to $11 trillion by the end of the year. So, we have money creation happening in spades . . . and the game to hide the rampant monetary debasement has no end. It’s Keynesian quackery with money.” With all this money creation, why isn’t gold, silver and Bitcoin much higher in price? Kirby says, “They want to stunt the natural anti-dollar trades, whether it’s the precious metals, gold & silver or crypto marketplace best expressed by Bitcoin in this day and age. Basically, all these things are viewed by the monetary officials as Kryptonite to the dollar, and they all represent anti-dollar trades.” Kirby says the interventions and manipulations are losing their price suppressing effect. Kirby points out, “An attack on gold where the price would be dropped dramatically it would take the gold market weeks, if not months, for the market to recompose itself and move higher again. Now, we see the markets recompose itself and move higher in a matter of minutes. We see the same thing in the crypto space, and we see the same thing with silver. The attacks are vicious, and the recovery time is becoming shorter and shorter. . . . The Federal Reserve acts on the Treasury’s behalf clandestinely . . . to make the dollar look pretty when it’s being desecrated by the people who are sworn to uphold its value.” Kirby says dollar debasement is all part of the globalist plan to destroy America because it stands in the way of the Marxist/communist inspired New World Order. This is what the rioters tearing America’s cities apart are doing in the name of race, but it is in fact being done by the newly designated terror group Antifa, which is supported by the Democrat party. Kirby closes by saying, “Globalism is the true enemy of humanity and it’s the true enemy of America, and America needs to wake up to this and get their heads around it very quickly. . . . This is all going to end when the dollar is no longer accepted in trade by the rest of the world. . . . They will say you have created too many dollars, and we want payment in something other than dollars because we don’t know what a dollar is really worth. Will these clowns that destroyed the dollar take that as an act of war? I suspect they will.”

Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with analyst Rob Kirby, founder of KirbyAnalytics.com.

https://usawatchdog.com/fed-money-printing-keynesian-quackery-rob-kirby/ 

:: 6-2-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pentagon Says 1,600 Army Troops Have Moved To Joint Base Andrews Outside Washington DC To "Support Civil Authorities"

by Tyler Durden Tue, 06/02/2020 - 22:30

One day after Trump warned he may call in the army if the situation in Washington D.C. does not normalize, sparking outrage in liberal circles who called this a de facto preparation for civil war, moments ago Pentagon spokesman Jonathan Hoffman said that 1,600 active duty troops have moved from Fort Bragg and Fort Drum, to the National Capitol region, "but are not in Washington" - technically they are now located in Joint Base Andrews, which is just on the outskirts of Washington DC). The Pentagon also said that the troops are on "heightened alert status but remain under Title X authority and are not participating in defense support to civil authority operations", at least not yet.

The full Pentagon statement is below.

https://www.zerohedge.com/s3/files/inline-images/pentagon%20statemenet%206.2.png?itok=A8j4PmH8 

:: 6-2-20 H Wire News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ONCE THE EVENTS OF THE END TIMES BEGIN, THEY WILL HAPPEN QUICKLY

June 2, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/26 Comments

During the tribulation period, the world will be ruled by a godless man presiding over an evil governmental system. The Bible associates this end-times ruler with a terrible beast in Revelation and in Daniel, The day is here– get ready… Mr. Trump will win re-election giving the American people another four years, the world will have endured about five years of the seven years tribulation event, the remaining two years will be like no other known to mankind, know where you stand with the creator. HELL ON EARTH God has sent them ( The Un-godly ) a powerful delusion so that they will believe the lie and so that all will be condemned who have not believed the truth but have delighted in wickedness” (2 Thessalonians 2:10-12). Simply put, God sends a strong delusion to those who chose not to believe the gospel of Christ. Those who take delight in mocking and rejecting Him, He will condemn. Force is now the only rule remaining in deep state-controlled America. Everything else has collapsed There is no free speech, no fair trial, no system of justice, no reasonable expectation of human rights anywhere, no fair elections, no honest news, no honest Wall Street operations, no real public education, no clean food, and threats from the elitist, the power structure that is hell-bent on bringing the New World order into the reality of the sleeping masses, get woke or get yoked, the choice still lives in the people’s hands, only God can save us from the great tribulations. Next, the AntiChrist will appear with many empty promises, peace, and security, in reality, it’s the yoking of mankind, We have entered the Great Tribulations… During the future tribulation period, the world will be ruled by a godless man presiding over an evil governmental system. The Bible associates this end-times ruler with a terrible beast in Revelation and in Daniel. As of November 15, 2019, the rule of law no longer exists in the United States of America. This has become abundantly apparent with the rigged jury decision to incarcerate Roger Stone for the “process crime” of misstating memories during interrogations with federal agents. In an era where Hillary Clinton is openly allowed by the director of the FBI (treasonous criminal James Comey) to destroy evidence, obstruct justice and get away with high-level crimes because “she didn’t mean to” violate the law, Roger Stone is about to be sentenced to what will essentially be life in prison (he’s 67 years old). In an era when former president Barack Obama illegally laundered billions of dollars through international banks in order to fly actual pallets of cash to Iran to fund their nuclear weapons program, Julian Assange rots in custody, denied his freedom, his health and his sanity for over a decade, all as punishment for daring to expose the dark secrets of the military-industrial complex. The jury against Roger Stone was rigged with over 90% of the people in the jury pool found to be supporters of Hillary Clinton. The malicious fake news media smeared Stone for years, installing intense hatred in the minds of the jurists and cementing the outcome of the “trial,” if it can even be called that. Pelosi and Her Band of Demon Knights Will NOT Stop Trying to Regain Control of This Nation, By Any Means Necessary… Fortunately, She Has No Biblical Understanding of the Words “God Appointed”. There is a growing pattern of wickedness and lawlessness dominating our society today that throughout history was found in civilizations in the process of decline. It is a pattern evident in nations that rejected God’s Word as the ultimate authority in their lives and is a pattern prevailing in many Americans today. The national corporate-owned fake news media sanitizes its coverage of the vile acts occurring in our society and only reports on a very few of them. Vast numbers of senseless acts of violence go unreported because their reality would be too graphic for a national audience.

StevieRay Hansen   Editor, HNewsWire.com

The best index to a person’s character is how he treats people who can’t do him any good, and how he treats people who can’t fight back… The Birth Pains Are Growing Stronger…. My job is protecting children. It has taken me from big cities to rural outposts, from ghettos to penthouses, and from courtrooms, into demonic battlefields. But whatever the venue, the truth remains constant: Some humans intentionally hurt children. They commit unspeakable acts—for their pleasure, their profit, or both. StevieRay Hansen, CEO The 127 Faith Foundation

https://hnewswire.com/once-the-events-of-the-end-times-begin-they-will-happen-quickly/ 

:: 6--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tucker Carlson asks: 'How many more nights like this before no one in America will serve as a police officer?'

By Victor Garcia | Fox News

Tucker Carlson opened his show Tuesday night by defending law enforcement and blasting those who have defended rioters and looters as nationwide demonstrations in the name of George Floyd continued for another night. "Politicians, celebrities, corporate leaders, clergy, news anchors, professional athletes, almost every person in this country that we were raised from childhood to look up to and respect ... all of them siding with the people burning police stations," the "Tucker Carlson Tonight" host said. CITIES SEE NEW LOOTING DESPITE NATIONAL GUARD RESPONSE

"The mob saw this and grew stronger. Last night, they began shooting cops. For 38 years, David Dorn was a police officer in the city of St. Louis. No one ever accused Dorn of racism. He was black. He's dead now. He was murdered last night by the mob. His killing was streamed live on Facebook. "Then the violence accelerated from there in St. Louis alone. Four other active duty police officers were shot last night. In Las Vegas, an officer took a bullet in the head. He's still in critical condition. Once the sun went down, cops all around this country found themselves under attack."

RETIRED ST. LOUIS POLICE CAPTAIN KILLED BY LOOTERS AT PAWN SHOP: REPORT

Carlson asked aloud what effect the attacks on law enforcement would have on the people charged with protecting the public. "How many more nights like this can we take? How many more nights like this before no one in America will serve as a police officer?" Carlson said. "It's not worth it. The people in charge hate you. The job doesn't pay enough. At that point, who will enforce the laws? Who will be in charge? "Well, violent young men with guns will be in charge. They will make the rules, including the rules in your neighborhood. They will do what they want. You will do what they say. No one will stop them," Carlson warned. "You will not want to live here when that happens." The host then criticized presumptive Democratic presidential nominee Joe Biden for failing to defend police officers in his remarks on the situation in Philadelphia, which largely focused on race. "So the question is, how did murdering David Dorn advance the cause of racial justice? Exactly. No one explains, Biden didn't," Carlson said. "Meanwhile, Biden's staff continued to send money to the rioters. Other Democrats followed in perfect sync." Carlson also blasted CNN host Don Lemon and Rep. Rashida Tlaib, D-Mich., for dismissing law enforcement and in Tlaib's case agreeing with a Black Lives Matters post calling for the defunding of the police. "Don Lemon and Rashida Tlaib don't care at all. Your neighborhood is not their problem. They're in it for the revolution. And make no mistake, it's a revolution from above aimed downward," Carlson said. "This is the only revolution in history that's being waged not on behalf of the working class, but against them."

https://www.foxnews.com/media/tucker-carlson-who-would-be-police-officer 

:: 5-26-20 Activst Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Your “Immunity Passport” Future Begins To Materialize As Airlines Call For Digital ID Tracking Systems

TOPICS:Air TravelBiometric IDDerrick BrozeImmunity PassportSurveillance

May 26, 2020

By Derrick Broze, The Last American Vagabond

The world’s largest airline trade group has called for immunity passports, thermal screening, masks, and physical distancing to be a part of the industry’s strategy for returning to “normal” operations.

The International Air Transport Association (IATA), which represents 299 airlines, recently issued their publication, Biosecurity for Air Transport A Roadmap for Restarting Aviation, which outlines their strategy to open up air travel as governments begin to lift travel restrictions. Under a section titled, “The passenger experience” and “Temporary biosecurity measures,” the IATA describes their vision of post-COVID-19 flights. The organization calls for contact tracing, a controversial method of tracking the civilian population to track the spread of COVID-19. “We foresee the need to collect more detailed passenger contact information which can be used for tracing purposes,” the report states. “Where possible, the data should be collected in electronic form, and in advance of the passenger arriving at the airport including through eVisa and electronic travel authorization platforms.” Interestingly, this call for pre-boarding check-in using “electronic travel authorization platforms” coincides with the recent announcement of the Covi-Pass and the Health Pass from Clear, both of which call for a digital ID system using biometrics and storing travel, health, and identification data. Alexandre de Juniac, IATA’s CEO, told Arabian Industry that “a layered approach” combining multiple measures which are “globally implemented and mutually recognized by governments” are “the way forward for biosecurity.” The IATA also calls for temperature screening at entry points to airport terminals. They envision the airline experience involving physical distancing of 3-6 feet throughout the airport. The group believes changes to the airport buildings to allow for physical distancing may be necessary. The IATA also recommended “face coverings” for passengers and protective equipment for airline and airport staff. Although the organization acknowledged that there is not currently a fast reliable test for COVID-19, they believe that once an effective test is developed it could be applied on entry to the terminal. They call for this measure to be “incorporated into the passenger process as soon as an effective test, validated by the medical community, has been developed.” On the topic of immunity passports — an idea discussed by Anthony Fauci, the World Health Organization, and Bill Gates — the IATA states that “immunity passports could play an important role in further facilitating the restart of air travel.” The organization believes that if a person is shown to have recovered from COVID-19 and developed immunity they will not need protective measures. Once medical evidence supports the possibility of immunity to COVID-19, IATA believes “it is essential that a recognized global standard be introduced, and that corresponding documents be made available electronically.” Finally, the IATA believes a “general move towards greater use of touchless technology and biometrics should also be pursued.” Biometrics would include facial recognition, retina scanning, and/or thumbprints. This vision painted by the IATA is one where those who choose to fly are faced with invasive security measures, surveillance, biometric tracking, immunity passports, temperature screenings, and generally, less human contact due to physical distancing and less communication with actual people. Of course, this push towards a digital ID which contains an individual’s personal identifying information, health records, and other personal data is part of an agenda which predates COVID-19. The “powers that wish they were” are taking every opportunity to expand their technocratic control grid and the panic caused by COVID-19 allows them to accelerate their plans at a rate not seen since the days after the attacks of September 11, 2001. The only thing stopping the roll out of this Technocratic State is the people of the world coming together, informing those who are in the dark, and unplugging from this control grid.

https://www.activistpost.com/2020/05/your-immunity-passport-future-begins-to-materialize-as-airlines-call-for-digital-id-tracking-systems.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 6-2-20 News Target :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are you ready to live in a medical police state – your body monitored, your movement tracked, and your family forced into home arrest and isolation?

06/02/2020 / By Lance D Johnson / Comments

The greatest threats to liberty are yet to come, as the medical establishment and Big Pharma rapidly merge with Big Tech, state governments, and the National Guard, to track people’s whereabouts, trace the level of contact people have with one another, and force people to isolate in their homes, undergo medical testing and bodily requirements. Almost every state now has a plan for contact tracing.

Welcome to the new medical police state Contact tracing is a system of monitoring human movement and interaction to impose individual quarantines, medical testing, and home arrest for anyone reported or suspected of coming into contact with someone with a targeted illness — in this case COVID-19. Anyone, regardless of the amount of contact they have with sick people, regardless of infection status, can have their liberties suspended, their lives put on hold — forced into home arrest and isolation. In the state of Washington, Governor Jay Inslee said people who do not cooperate with contact tracers won’t be allowed to leave their homes or go to the grocery store. “We will have attached to the families a family support person who will check in with them to see what they need on a daily basis,” he responded. “If they can’t get a friend to do their grocery shopping, we will help get them groceries in some fashion. If they need pharmaceuticals to be picked up, we will make sure they get their pharmaceuticals…” Contact tracing starts by tracking people’s phone location, by recording any QR codes they scan, and by collecting any personal information they give up in order to register for events, public gatherings, meetings, etc. In the new medical police state, if a person has symptoms of illness, they are to be immediately quarantined for 14 days and tested. They may also be required to give up any phone data that could assist contact tracers in locating people the subject interacted with over a 14-day period. The quarantined individual will also be subject to an interview; whereby, contact tracers get further information about their contacts. Contact tracers will call, email, and show up at the homes of these contacts and order them to undergo medical testing and 14-day home arrest.  Furthermore, companies are being coerced to implement temperature checks for all employees or the company could be held liable for spreading infectious disease. As more companies test employees’ temperatures every day, people are treated like subjects and forced to succumb to further bodily requirements, restrictions of liberty and contact tracing. If any spike in temperature is detected, regardless of the infection type, employees may be forced to undergo medical tests and home isolation. You are living in a modern day concentration camp In the state of Washington, 1,300 newly trained contact tracers went to work on May 15th. These contact tracers may include members of the National Guard, college students, or those who were recently forced into unemployment due to the state-wide shutdowns. This new contact tracing army will be tracking people’s whereabouts and ordering people to undergo house arrest and submit to medical requirements without their consent, without due process. In America, you are no longer innocent until proven guilty. You are now a subject of the new contact tracing medical police state, and you will be treated as if you are a guilty source of infection by default. In order to prove your innocence, you will be stripped of your human dignity, treated like a dog with temperature checks and QR scans at the door, while being forced to undergo further bodily requirements, isolation orders, medical tests, and eventually mandatory fast-tracked injections. You’re living in a modern day concentration camp, where your freedoms are dependent on your willingness to participate with government contact tracers and the ever-growing medical police state. Sources include: LifeSiteNews.com

https://www.newstarget.com/2020-06-02-ready-to-live-in-a-medical-police-state.html 

:: 6--20 How to Geek :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Worried Should You Be About the Health Risks of 5G?

Dave Johnson @davejoh Updated March 31, 2020, 3:17pm EDT

5G, the next generation of cellular technology for the next generation of smartphones, is imminent. And with it, there’s concern about the health risk of this new, more powerful network. How worried should you be about the coming 5G healthpocalypse? By now, you may have seen articles on Facebook or alternative health websites. The gist: 5G is a dangerous escalation of traditional cellular technology, one packed with higher energy radiation that delivers potential damaging effects on human beings. Some 5G conspiracy theorists contend that the new network generates radiofrequency radiation that can damage DNA and lead to cancer; cause oxidative damage that can cause premature aging; disrupt cell metabolism; and potentially lead to other diseases through the generation of stress proteins. Some articles cite research studies and opinions by reputable organizations like the World Health Organization. It sounds worrisome, but let’s take a look at the actual science. What Is 5G? 5G has been hyped for a few years, but this is the year that carriers begin the process of rolling out the new wireless standard. AT&T, Verizon, and Sprint have all started to deploy their networks in the first half of the year, though widespread availability is still a year or more away. 5G will get a foothold in little more than a handful of cities this year. Update: With the onset of the Coronavirus pandemic, a number of viral social media conspiracy theories have speculated that 5G is the cause of the world’s current problems. Simply put, these claims are factually false. 5G does not cause Coronavirus. RELATED: No, 5G Does Not Cause Coronavirus  That isn’t keeping device manufacturers and service providers from jumping onto the 5G bandwagon. Samsung’s new Galaxy S10 and Galaxy Fold (the phone that unfurls into a tablet), for example, are both 5G-ready, along with models from LG, Huawei, Motorola, ZTE, and more. 5G offers at least a tenfold improvement in network performance. The last major network upgrade was 4G, which debuted in 2009 (the year of the Colorado balloon boy hoax), with a peak speed of about 10 Mbps. In comparison, 5G is poised to deliver peak speeds between 10 and 20 Gbps. And network latency will drop from 30ms to about 1ms, ideal for video game streaming, online video, and the Internet of Things, which is anticipating 5G to connect sensors, computers, and other devices with ultra-low latency.

RELATED: What Is 5G, and How Fast Will It Be? An Evolution of Concerns

Before we address 5G, it’s worth pointing out that the latest health fears about radiation aren’t happening in a vacuum (there’s some physics joke in there, no doubt). Concerns about 5G are the latest iteration of decades of headlines about the dangers of electromagnetic radiation. We’ve seen controversies about everything from the health risks of Wi-Fi to smart meters. Electromagnetic hypersensitivity, for example, is a hypothetical disease in which certain people experience debilitating symptoms in the presence of radiation like cell phones and Wi-Fi—so yes, Michael McKean’s bizarre behavior on “Better Call Saul” is a real thing. But despite people claiming such sensitivities for at least 30 years, systematic scientific reviews have found that “blinded” victims can’t tell when they’re in the presence of an electromagnetic field, and the World Health Organization now recommends psychological evaluation for people so afflicted. Likewise, decades of studies have found no link between cell phones and cancers like brain tumors, though that hasn’t kept municipalities like San Francisco from passing laws requiring stores to display the radiation emitted by handsets—which implies, in the minds of consumers, risk. How Dangerous Is Radiofrequency Radiation? At the root of all concerns about cell phone networks is radiofrequency radiation (RFR). RFR is anything emitted in the electromagnetic spectrum, from microwaves to x-rays to radio waves to light from your monitor or light from the sun. Clearly, RFR isn’t inherently dangerous, so the problem becomes discovering under what circumstances it might be. Scientists say that the most important criterion about whether any particular RFR is dangerous is whether it falls into the category of ionizing or non-ionizing radiation. Simply put, any radiation that’s non-ionizing is too weak to break chemical bonds. That includes ultraviolet, visible light, infrared, and everything with a lower frequency, like radio waves. Everyday technologies like power lines, FM radio, and Wi-Fi also fall into this range. (Microwaves are the lone exception: non-ionizing but able to damage tissue, they’re precisely and intentionally tuned to resonate with water molecules.) Frequencies above UV, like x-rays and gamma rays, are ionizing.

Dr. Steve Novella, an assistant professor of neurology at Yale and the editor of Science-Based Medicine, understands that people generally get concerned about radiation. “Using the term radiation is misleading because people think of nuclear weapons—they think of ionizing radiation that absolutely can cause damage. It can kill cells. It can cause DNA mutations.” But since non-ionizing radiation doesn’t cause DNA damage or tissue damage, Novella says that most concern about cell phone RFR is misplaced. “There’s no known mechanism for most forms of non-ionizing radiation to even have a biological effect,” he says. Or, in the less refined but more visceral words of author C. Stuart Hardwick, “radiation isn’t magic death cooties.” Studies Aren’t Clearcut Of course, just because there’s no known mechanism for non-ionizing radiation to have a biological effect, that doesn’t’ mean it’s safe or that no effect exists. Indeed, researchers continue to conduct studies. One recent study was released by the National Toxicology Program (NTP), an agency run by the Department of Health and Human Services. In this widely quoted study about cell phone radio frequency radiation, scientists found that high exposure to 3G RFR led to some cases of cancerous heart tumors, brain tumors, and tumors in the adrenal glands of male rats. The study is a good object lesson in how hard it is to do science like this. As RealClearScience points out, the number of tumors detected were so small that they statistically could have occurred by chance (which may be more likely since they were only detected in male subjects). Moreover, the level and duration of the RFR exposure were well in excess of what any actual human would ever be exposed to, and in fact, the irradiated test rats lived longer than the unexposed control rats. Says Dr. Novella, “Experienced researchers look at a study like that and say that doesn’t really tell us anything.” Sizing Up 5G’s Risks Ongoing studies aside, 5G is coming, and as mentioned, there are concerns about this new technology. A common complaint about 5G is that, due to the lower power of 5G transmitters, there will be more of them. The Environmental Health Trust contends that “5G will require the buildout of literally hundreds of thousands of new wireless antennas in neighborhoods, cities, and towns. A cellular small cell or another transmitter will be placed every two to ten homes according to estimates.” Says Dr. Novella, “What they’re really saying is the dose is going to be higher. Theoretically, this is a reasonable question to ask.” But skeptics caution you shouldn’t conflate asking the question with merely asserting that there’s a risk. As Novella points out, “We’re still talking about power and frequency less than light. You go out in the sun, and you’re bathed in electromagnetic radiation that’s far greater than these 5G cell towers.” It’s easy to find claims online that the greater frequency of 5G alone constitutes a risk. RadiationHealthRisks.com observes that “1G, 2G, 3G and 4G use between 1 to 5 gigahertz frequency. 5G uses between 24 to 90 gigahertz frequency,” and then asserts that “Within the RF Radiation portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, the higher the frequency, the more dangerous it is to living organisms.” But asserting that the higher frequency is more dangerous is just that—an assertion, and there’s little real science to stand behind it. 5G remains non-ionizing in nature. The FCC—responsible for licensing the spectrum for public use—weighs in as well. Says Neil Derek Grace, a communications officer at the FCC, “For 5G equipment, the signals from commercial wireless transmitters are typically far below the RF exposure limits at any location that is accessible to the public.” The FCC defers to the FDA for actual health risk assessments, which takes a direct, but low-key approach to addressing the risks: “The weight of scientific evidence has not linked cell phones with any health problems.” In 2011, the World Health Organization weighed in, classifying RF Radiation as a Group 2B agent, which is defined as “Possibly carcinogenic to humans.” This, too, is nuanced. Says Novella, “you have to look at all the other things they classify as a possible carcinogen. They put it in the same class as things like caffeine. That is such a weak standard that it basically means nothing. It’s like saying ‘everything causes cancer.’”

Part of the problem with the WHO declaration is that it’s focused on hazard, not risk—a subtle distinction often lost on non-scientists, not unlike the rigorous distinction between “precision” and “accuracy.” (Precision refers to how tightly clustered your data is; accuracy refers to how close that data is to the real value. You might have a dozen miscalibrated thermometers that all tell you the wrong temperature with a very high degree of precision.) When the WHO classifies coffee or nickel or pickles as a possible carcinogen, it’s asserting hazard without regard for real-world risk. Explains Novella, “A loaded pistol is a hazard because theoretically, it can cause damage. But if you lock it in a safe, the risk is negligible.” Scientists will continue to test new networks as technology evolves, to make sure the technology we use every day remains safe. As recently as February, U.S. Senator Richard Blumenthal critiqued the FCC and FDA for insufficient research into the potential risks of 5G. As the NTP study shows, research into radiation risks is difficult and often inconclusive, meaning it can take a long time to make real progress. But for now, everything we know about 5G networks tells us that there’s no reason to be alarmed. After all, there are many technologies we use every day with a substantially higher measurable risk. And as Dr. Novella says, “With 5G the hazard is low—but non-zero—and the actual risk appears to be zero. We’ve picked up no signal in the real world.”

https://www.howtogeek.com/423720/how-worried-should-you-be-about-the-health-risks-of-5g/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 6-2-20 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘RIPPED APART’ Trump says NYC has been ‘lost’ to ‘lowlife scum’ after looters ransack Macy’s – as curfew extended all week

Nicole Darrah, News Reporter New York2 Jun 2020, 16:14Updated: 2 Jun 2020, 21:28

DONALD Trump today said New York "has been lost to looters and other forms of lowlife and scum" after stores across the city were broken into and destroyed.  The President also urged the city to call in the National Guard after Macy's was ransacked and Fifth Avenue shops were looted. He tweet that Monday "was a bad day for the Cuomo Brothers" - referring to Governor Andrew Cuomo and his CNN anchor brother Chris. "New York was lost to the looters, thugs, Radical Left, and all others forms of Lowlife & Scum," the president tweeted on Tuesday morning. "The Governor refuses to accept my offer of a dominating National Guard. NYC was ripped to pieces." Urging New York City to call for extra backup, he continued, "The lowlifes and losers are ripping you apart. Act fast! Don’t make the same horrible and deadly mistake you made with the Nursing Homes!!!" It came after dramatic photos showed looters and cops clashing in New York, with hundreds seen swarming into Macy's in Herald Square. Mayor Bill de Blasio said Tuesday that the curfew would be extended through June 7, from 8pm to 5am. This prompted Trump to hit back that the curfew should be moved earlier to 7pm. He followed up with another tweet on Tuesday: "NYC, CALL UP THE NATIONAL GUARD. The lowlifes and losers are ripping you apart. Act fast! Don’t make the same horrible and deadly mistake you made with the Nursing Homes!!!" The President also lashed out at Chris Cuomo's CNN show, saying: "Likewise, Fredo’s ratings are down 50 percent!" CNN responded on Twitter: "Surely you have more important issues than TV ratings to address. But since you’ve made it a priority, we’ll correct the record. "@ChrisCuomo has had his highest ratings in history for the past two months. #factsfirst." On Monday night, looters interrupted a peaceful demonstration in Manhattan's Herald Square shopping area to break into Macy's famous store. The looters lit a fire outside the store before smashing down the door. NYPD officers arrested two men at the flagship store after the entrance was breached, while rioters ransacked a Nike store and carried out armloads of clothing. The curfew did nothing as police officers and protesters clashed following nearly a week of unrest throughout the city of more than eight million people. Hundreds of people rallied in Times Square and in Brooklyn on Monday afternoon.  Daytime demonstrations were peaceful but once night fell, midtown Manhattan descended into chaos — leaving storefront windows near the iconic Rockefeller Center smashed. De Blasio and Cuomo said the eruption of violence over the weekend, which included torched police cars and destroyed businesses of all sizes, left them no choice but to impose a curfew. As looting and violence continued through the night, the mayor extended the citywide curfew into Tuesday and moved the start time up three hours earlier to 8pm. Tens of thousands of people have been protesting the death of George Floyd across the US and world. Floyd died on May 25 after getting arrested for apparently trying to use a fake $20 bill to buy cigarettes. While in police custody, former Minneapolis cop Derek Chauvin held his knee on Floyd's neck for nearly nine minutes — while Floyd repeatedly said he couldn't breathe.

He soon died, and his death was determined on Monday to be a homicide following a second, independent autopsy. Trump on Monday called himself the “president of law and order” and threatened military action against US citizens if local authorities didn’t use more force on protesters.  Trump said if governors don’t deploy the National Guard in sufficient numbers to “dominate the streets,” the military would step in to “quickly solve the problem for them.” “We have the greatest country in the world,” Trump told reporters. “We’re going to keep it safe.” A military deployment by Trump to US states would mark a stunning federal intervention rarely seen in modern American history. The idea drew comparisons to 1968, when Richard Nixon ran as the law-and-order candidate in the aftermath of riots following the assassination of Martin Luther King Jr. Earlier on Monday, Trump told the state governors during a video conference that they “look like fools” for not deploying even more National Guard troops. “Most of you are weak,” he said. “You’ve got to arrest people, you have to track people, you have to put them in jail for 10 years and you’ll never see this stuff again,” Trump said.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/11766682/george-floyd-protests-new-york-trump-looters-scum/ 

:: 6--20 FOX 29 Philadelphia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Police: Man, 24, dies in one of several reported ATM explosions in Philadelphia

By Lauren Johnson Published 2 days ago Updated 1 day ago Philadelphia FOX 29 Philadelphia

PHILADELPHIA - Police now tell us a 24-year-old man is dead after trying to blow up an ATM in the city.

SkyFOX was over the scene at North Second Street and West Susquehanna Avenue on Tuesday morning. This happened around 6 a.m. outside Sidekicks Sports Bar. There, investigators were looking over the automated teller machine with a smashed screen, a mangled keyboard, dangling components but a seemingly intact safe at the bottom. FOX 29's Lauren Johnson reported that, according to police, the man was using explosives. He was seriously injured at the scene and was later pronounced dead at a hospital. Sources tell FOX 29's Dave Schratwieser the man was shot after he set off the explosion and tried to make off with the cash. Police are investigating at this location, and this does not appear to be the lone incident. People have been phoning in similar reports throughout the night. Earlier Tuesday, Johnson and her photographer visited a bank at West Girard Avenue and North 27th Street where there also had been reports of explosions in the neighborhood. A FOX 29 photojournalists photographed another damaged at South 61st Street and Woodland Avenue. Police commissioner Danielle Outlaw said the thefts are believed to be “organized" and “coordinated" efforts and the federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives is taking the lead in the investigation.

https://www.fox29.com/news/police-man-24-dies-in-one-of-several-reported-atm-explosions-in-philadelphia 

:: 6-2-20 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BUG-OUT FROM THE CITIES NOW. TODAY. COVERT INTEL: RIOTS AND LOOTING **ARE** PLANNED INSURRECTION; BEING STEERED BY DEMOCRAT ELECTED OFFICIALS AND DEMOCRAT PARTY LEADERS IN SEVERAL STATES - FUNDED BY THE USUAL SUSPECTS - Weapons Being Shipped-in By CHINA

Nation News Desk 02 June 2020

The following is COVERT INTELLIGENCE for Subscribers only -- Those of you with "Bug-Out" plans to evacuate urban areas, should activate those plans TODAY. Be out of the cities before this coming weekend. Martial Law may be just a day or two away, and once it comes down, movement will be impossible. BUG-OUT to your back-up location immediately. Today. Take food, guns, ammunition, some clothing and make your evac. The United States of America is in the early stages of an actual Insurrection. Riots and looting taking place in many major US cities are NOT a spontaneous, grass-roots, outpouring of anger over the death of George Floyd at the hands of Minneapolis Police, but rather a carefully scripted, race-based incitement, to attack our Constitutional Republic. These events are being fomented, enabled, and coordinated, by certain elected officials, certain political party leaders in various states and counties. Enabling of the property damage and destruction is being funded by the "usual suspects," with coordination of the entire effort allegedly being handled through a SCIF (Segregated, Compartmentalized, Information Facility) located in a former US President's home.  Before this article continues, I MUST tell readers that while much of this information has already been public for a LONG time, the reality of what is now taking place in the U.S. makes it essential this article NOT go public. Some of you, who feel "the people have a right to know" or "people have to be warned" have gotten in the habit of cutting and pasting entire articles from this web site, giving the info to others for publication on THEIR web sites. If you do that with this, it could cause a mass panic. People could be killed in such a panic. I do NOT want to cause a panic. That's why this information is behind subscription; to PREVENT widespread dissemination. The general public is weak, weak-minded, and selfish. If they cared one whit about the nation, they would have stopped what's been going on. They didn't lift a finger for decades because THEIR COMFORT has not been affected. As long as they have food, beer, and entertainment, (Bread & Circuses) they won't get off their ass to do _anything_. But they WILL panic. And that is what needs to be avoided at all costs. So while I am willing to share this with people like YOU who have proved you're willing to do something, I implore you NOT to give this out because if you do, it is possible people will get killed in a PANIC. PREMIUM CONTENT:

This section of the article is only available for Subscribers who support this web site with $1 a week billed either Quarterly ($13) or monthly ($5). This is necessary because this is a CLOUD-BASED web site. The way it works is YOU READ . . . I GET BILLED for "Data Transfer." Despite being politely asked for voluntary donations, few people ever bothered to donate. Then, despite being asked to click an ad within a story to generate ad revenue for this site, the majority of the general public couldn't be bothered with that, either. So there's no reason to give the general public free news anymore; they don't pull their own weight. With tens-of-thousands of people reading stories here every day, the costs nearly drove the site out of business. In order to be able to continue providing cutting-edge news, often hours or even DAYS before Drudge and most of the "mass-media" -- if they even cover it at all -- I need to be able to sustain this effort. To do that, I rely on folks like YOU contributing a pittance of about $1 a week; which is chump-change that you won't even miss! Yet that small amount makes all the difference in the world to the continued existence of this web site. In the final analysis, knowledge is power. Getting information first, or info that other sources simply don't report, is usually well worth a few bucks in the long run. Please click here to choose a subscription plan in order to view this part of the article. Subscribers LOGIN to see the story.

*** If you are having trouble logging-in, email: Hal.Turner@HalTurnerRadioShow.com 

YOU MUST SET YOUR WEB BROWSER TO "ACCEPT COOKIES" FROM THIS SITE IN ORDER TO LOGIN OR ELSE YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO SEE PREMIUM CONTENT. UPDATE 2:24 PM EDT --

President Trump threatens to deploy U.S. military pursuant to the Insurrection Act of 1807

At least nine dead, 4,000+ arrested for Rioting / Looting

Riots rage in 140 cities now starting into the seventh day

National Guard deployed in 29 states

NYC Mayor, VA Gov, DC Gov all reject Trump admin's offer of National Guard

40 cities to impose strict curfews

UPDATE 10:53 PM EDT --

With respect to the delivery of Bricks on pallets, into areas where the riots are happening, a photo has been sent to me with what appears to be a Manufacturer's label on it, showing the bricks were made by ACME BRICK COMPANY. This company is owned by . . . . Berkshire-Hathaway, you know, the company run for years by Billionaire Warren Buffet! Here's the photo: According to Wikipedia: Acme Brick Company was acquired by Berkshire Hathaway on August 1, 2000. (HERE) Warren buffet is certainly rich enough to cover the costs of shipping bricks all over the country. But did he? If so, WHY?

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/bug-out-from-the-cities-now-today-covert-intel-riots-and-looting-are-planned-insurrection-being-steered-by-democrat-

elected-officials-and-democrat-party-leaders-in-several-states-funded-by-the-usual-suspects-weapons-being-shipped-in-by-china-for-rioters 

:: 6-2-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Both Civil War and World War III Are Inevitable- Mike Adams and Dave Hodges

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, June 2, 2020 - 13:12.

Recently, I interviewed Mike Adams regarding the fluid and very volatile set of affairs in both our country and around the world. As a point of reference, I would refer the reader to a recent article where I spelled out six phases that the Deep State and the Democrats are following in order to conduct a Bolshevik Revolution against the Republic and the American people. In short, America, is one major conflict away from descending into the most tyrannical government that the planet has ever witnessed. The spirit of Mao, Lenin, Stalin and Hitler is very much alive in the Democratic leaders who are behind this coup. What separates the coup planners from these aforementioned despots is technology. One year from now, we could be entering a period where our government has shades of the Nazis, the Communists and the genocidal characterists of both in what would be the new regime that would replace the Republic. What separates these past despotic regimes from today's Democratic Party and Deep State is the available technology which can be used to enslave and to commit mass murder. There will come a time in this country in which the average, presently unaware American, will see the takeover for what it is. However, by that time, it will be too late. Both Mike Adams and myself belief that we have collectively passed the point of no return so far as finding a peaceful solution. America will soon be defined by both civil war and World War III. Both Mike Adams and myself share the belief that civil war and World War III are unavoidable. We recently discussed our thoughts on this subject along with the reasons behind our beliefs. The discussion can be heard by clicking this link. Interestingly, Mike Adams gave a fantastic 3 hour presentation at the recently concluded GEN SIX conference. Mike's presentation along with all the other presenters can be accessed by video on demand.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/why-both-civil-war-and-world-war-iii-are-inevitable-mike-adams-and-dave-hodges 

:: 5-20-20 The Liberty Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democide: Understanding the State’s Monopoly on Violence & the 2nd Amendment

By: Sam Jacobs May 20, 2020 This article was posted by TLB Staff FREEDOM, GOVERNMENT,

Gun control is predicated on the belief that private citizens cannot be trusted with firearms. That the state should have a “monopoly on violence” because it is less violent than individuals. And that firearms should be taken away from private citizens because only the state is responsible enough to handle them. There is, however, a major problem with this: States are statistically far more violent than individuals. After all, in the 20th century alone, 262 MILLION people died at the hands of their own governments. The term for this sort of atrocity is “democide.” It is one of the reasons the Founding Fathers included the Second Amendment in the U.S. Constitution – to allow citizens some form of protection against agents of a tyrannical government meaning to do them harm, as the Founders were forcibly disarmed as colonists by the British prior to the American Revolution. What Is Democide?

Democide is the murder of any person or people by their government. It’s an important concept, as it is more expansive than the better-known term genocide. While the largest genocide in history is widely thought to be the Holocaust, Adolf Hitler’s work pales in comparison to that of Josef Stalin or Mao Zedong. In fact, one aspect of Stalin’s terror was the “Holodomor,” the intentional mass starvation of Ukrainians, which killed over seven million victims in less than two years (compared to six million Jews over the four years of the Holocaust). Sometimes democide is ethnically motivated, as in the Holocaust. In other cases, like Stalin’s Great Purge, having the wrong politics is enough to get one killed. In the Ottoman Empire’s persecution of its Greek and Armenian populations, religion was the motivating factor. However, in all of these cases, it’s difficult to ascertain where the political, religious and ethnic motivations begin and end. Rather than splitting hairs, democide is a more inclusive term. Government killings tend to have mixed motivations, as religion, ethnicity and politics often overlap. And, after all, do the motivations even matter? Democide treats all mass killings at the hands of one’s government as a single crime, allowing us to better compare apples to apples.  A Brief History of the Concept of Democide

Democide might be a practice as old as time, but it reached new depths in the 20th century. This is when warfare became mechanized and, as pointed out by anarchist philosopher Hans-Hermann Hoppe, war shifted from being about property disputes over pieces of land into ideological crusades. Democracy vs. monarchy or liberalism and communism vs. fascism are great examples of this.

While the act of governments killing their own citizens is not unique to this century, the concept of democide was first formulated by Rudolph Rummel, a late professor emeritus of political science at the University of Hawaii and frequent Nobel Peace Prize nominee. He studied the political violence of the 20th century with an eye toward doing all he could to end it. In doing so, he quickly noticed that not all mass killings committed by governments fell under the heading of “genocide.” Further, as stated above, the differences between mass killing for religious, political and ethnic reasons are often difficult to separate from one another. Rummel found a far more elegant term in “democide,” which could easily refer to all of this and more. Rummel’s conclusions were based on empirical study over a period of 15 years. He penned six books on the subject, publishing his abstracts and statistics on his website as a free resource for all to read. The major conclusions that Rummel came to were that despite their other shortcomings, Western liberal democracies excelled over all other forms of government in two major respects:

Democratically elected governments were the least likely to kill their own citizens.

Democratically elected governments do not wage war against one another.

Rummel employed a broad definition of democide, which included not just lining people up and shooting them, but also deliberate neglect, intentionally poor policy or forced labor. Hence, the Holodomor, a planned famine which is widely agreed upon to have been the result of deliberate Soviet policies directed against Ukrainians, fits squarely in the camp of democide. Although he was an outspoken proponent of international liberal democracy and a critic of communism, Rummel did not support going to war for the sole purpose of replacing a dictatorship with a democracy. Far and away, the worst offenders in the world of democide are communist regimes. The Soviet Union, the People’s Republic of China and the Khmer Rouge in Cambodia all enter in the “million-plus” club and rank among the most democidal regimes in human history. Other forms of dictatorships, ranging from fascist to quasi-Marxist Third World nationalism, also rank high – with the autocracy of the Ottoman Empire being a relative outlier. The other major example of democide from a monarchy is the Belgian colonial authority in the Congo, which took place at the hands of a constitutional monarch (not an absolute one). While Western liberal democracies are by no means beyond rebuke, they’re comparatively innocent when it comes to democide. What’s more, most democidal deaths at the hands of democratic powers tend to happen during times of war – such as the firebombing of Dresden. Western democracies have been known to act with undue care or even blood lust with regard to rival nations. They’re not known for wholesale mass slaughter of their own citizens or that of other nations.  While this certainly doesn’t make the victims of modern liberal democracies any less tragic, it does result in an overall body count that is much less than totalitarian regimes and military dictatorships. Incidents like the storming of the Branch Davidian compound in Waco or Ruby Ridge are noteworthy as aberrations – shocking scandals precisely because of how far they fall outside of democratic norms. Democide: The Tale of the Tape While Hitler is often the symbol of ultimate evil in human history, he only gets the bronze when it comes to democide. The worst offenders were on the other extreme of the political spectrum, with the top two spots being occupied by communist governments. So who are the most blood-soaked dictators in human history? Here’s a look by the numbers:

Communist China under the stewardship of Mao Zedong holds the ignoble honor of being the most democidal regime in human history to the tune of 65 million people killed, including 30 million during the Great Leap Forward alone. Second is the Soviet Union, with 29 million deaths. This breaks down into 20 million under Stalin, 9 million under Lenin and 7 million in the Holodomor. As stated above, Hitler comes in third with official estimates of the total dead ranging from 10 million to 12.5 million.  Ten other countries killed somewhere between 1 million and 10 million of their own people between 1900 and 1987:

Japan under Emperor Tojo

Russia during Lenin’s Bolshevik Revolution

Pasha’s Turkey

Pol Pot in Cambodia

Kim Il-Sung’s North Korea

Mariam’s Communist regime in Ethiopia

Gowon in Nigeria

Bangladesh under Yahya Khan

Saddam Hussein in Iraq

Vietnam under Ho Chi Minh

Idi Amin in Uganda.

Nearly half – 46.6% – of all deaths in China between 1900 and 1987 were the result of democide.

Five different regimes have killed over 10 million people, with two of them based in China: The People’s Republic of China and the Republic of China under Chiang Kai-hek. The other three are the Soviet Union, Nazi Germany and the Congo Free State. China, in one form or another, has been responsible for fully one out of every three democide deaths. The top five democidal regimes are responsible for a combined 219 million deaths. Though restricted by geography, democide is the leading non-natural cause of death in the 20th century. For example, while the chances of death by government in China were almost half during the 20th century, they were near zero in the United States and Canada. Hitler, the Holocaust, and Gun Control The link between gun control and the Holocaust is not clear-cut, despite it being a go-to example of gun control proceeding democide. In fact, the Nazi government loosened gun control for most German citizens, while restricting access to Jews. The post-World War I Weimar Republic passed intensely strict gun control laws between the wars. In interwar Germany, gun ownership was effectively banned for private citizens. There were two reasons for this: First, post-war Germany was a hotbed of revolution and reaction, often teetering on the brink of civil war. Second, it was a form of compliance with the terms of the 1919 Versailles Treaty, which Germany signed upon surrender – requiring massive disarmament of the entire nation.  In 1928, the Weimar Republic relaxed the laws slightly with the Law on Firearms and Ammunition. This law instituted a strict firearms licensing system, while continuing to restrict gun ownership to private citizens deemed “trustworthy.” Five years later, Hitler was elected Chancellor of Germany. In 1938, five years after his election and well into the Third Reich, the government passed a new weapons law in March of that year, which made it easier for most private German citizens (again, those deemed “trustworthy”) to obtain firearms, with one caveat – the law explicitly stated that “No (gun) permits may be given to Jews.” While Hitler was liberalizing gun ownership restrictions in Germany for “trustworthy” citizens (and, it’s worth mentioning, to support the German weapons industry), he was also actively disarming people termed “unreliable.” In particular, Jews in Germany. Not only were Jews prohibited from owning firearms, they weren’t even allowed to work in their manufacture. In November of 1938, Hitler’s government went one step further, prohibiting Jews from owning any kind of weapons, including swords, which were popular souvenirs of the First World War. This law came one day after the “Night of Broken Glass,” during which Nazi mobs attacked Jews and destroyed synagogues. German Jews represented less than one percent of the overall German population, so it’s unfair to say that had the Jews been armed, they could have prevented the Holocaust. They were vastly outmanned and outgunned. The 1943 Warsaw Ghetto Uprising was mercilessly crushed, and at a time when German military resources were being drained elsewhere on two fronts. Gun Confiscation and Democide There are a number of cases where a wave of gun confiscation and registration directly presaged a democidal outbreak, including a history of gun control and genocide. Examples of this include:

In Turkey, gun control was tightened prior to the Armenian genocide.

The Soviet Union instituted gun control in 1929, disarming the formerly heavily armed Soviet populace.

China’s gun control program was rolled out by the Republic of China in 1938.

Guatemala started gun control in 1964, prior to killing 100,000 Mayan Indians.

Uganda’s gun control program began in 1970, almost immediately before an eight-year program of exterminating Christians began.

The question of democide’s relation to gun ownership becomes more complex when we look at which countries own the most guns. Arguably the nation with the longest-standing tradition of personal freedom, the United States, also has the highest rates of gun ownership. Beyond that, things start getting less clear. Switzerland, like the U.S., has a longstanding tradition of both freedom and gun ownership, though far fewer citizens have ammunition than have firearms. Finland, Norway and Sweden are other countries in the top ten classified as “Free” by Freedom House, with high levels of gun ownership, along with Uruguay. However, also in the top ten of gun ownership we find Iraq, Yemen and Saudi Arabia, all of which are rated as “not free” (the last of which has become a bit of a symbol for countries lacking in basic freedom and human rights). The other end of the spectrum – correlating gun control with a lack of freedom – is much more clear. Most countries without much in the way of freedom also have gun control. However, no one would accuse South Korea, Japan or Ireland of being totalitarian states ripe for democide, despite the extreme difficulty of owning weapons and the near impossibility of owning handguns. While the Imperial Japanese government committed a slew of atrocities during the Second World War, it’s almost certain that no one would place a bet on them to take that up anew any time soon. Gun confiscation is neither necessary nor sufficient for democidal atrocities. Remember the case of Nazi Germany, where some people had their gun rights restricted, but others had them expanded. However, as we can see from the above cases, removing guns from the populace also removes at least one major obstacle. Consider, as a thought experiment, the chances of the United States government exterminating the people of Coastal California (where citizens owning firearms is frowned upon) versus their chances of doing the same in Greater Appalachia. Also consider that democide against an armed population isn’t necessarily more difficult in this day and age – especially with newer military technologies like directed energy weapons. Perhaps one thing is uncontroversial: If you don’t resist a democide, your chances of death are almost certain. And if you do choose to resist, you’ll need something sterner than rocks and empty bottles. Firearms, at the very least, provide a fighting chance against the very real possibility that your government decides your group is the next Ukrainian kulaks – or against the far more tangible threats to your daily existence, like street crime or home invasions.

https://www.thelibertybeacon.com/democide-understanding-the-states-monopoly-on-violence-the-2nd-amendment/

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 6-2-20 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Protesters Showed Up In Coeur d’Alene, Idaho But The Locals Made Sure That There Would Be No Riots…

June 2, 2020 by Michael Snyder

When word started spreading that the same protesters that had just broken windows and looted stores in Spokane were going to come to Coeur d’Alene, hundreds of citizens mobilized to protect their community. So when the protesters did show up on Monday night, they quickly discovered that a very heavily armed “welcoming committee” was waiting for them. Just like most Americans all over the country, most residents of north Idaho were absolutely horrified by the death of George Floyd, and there seems to be an overwhelming consensus that the police officer that killed him needs to be brought to justice. But most residents of north Idaho have also been absolutely horrified by the violent riots that have erupted in cities from coast to coast, and they sure don’t want the same thing to happen in their neck of the woods. If you are not familiar with the geography of the area, Coeur d’Alene is not very far from the city of Spokane, Washington, and there had been quite a bit of rioting in Spokane on Sunday night. In fact, one local news source described it as “a frenzied night of tear gas, rubber bullets and flash-bangs” as police worked tirelessly to end the vandalism and looting. At one point, the Spokane Police Department actually sent out a cellphone alert warning everyone in the region to “avoid the downtown core area”… Spokane Police were forced to issue an alert that was sent to cellphones across the greater Spokane area on Sunday. “A civil disturbance is occurring in the downtown Spokane area. Please avoid the downtown core area from Fifth Avenue to Mission Street and Division Street to Maple Street. Thank you, Spokane Police Department,” read the alert. Spokane’s Mayor issued an immediate curfew just before 9:00 p.m. Police used tear gas and rubber bullets to get control of protesters who were rioting and in the downtown area of Spokane, destroying property. Rioters sprayed graffiti, broke windows, and looted select businesses. In the aftermath of that horrible night, word began to spread that protesters were planning to show up in Coeur d’Alene on Monday night, and that is precisely what happened… Protesters gathered outside of the WinCo Foods in Coeur d’Alene on Monday evening. An assistant general manager at the store told KREM that he estimated there were 40-50 protesters in front of the store as of about 6:40 p.m. on Monday evening. Most of the crowd had dispersed by 11 p.m. according to a KREM reporter. But there were no riots, because the protesters discovered that they were vastly outnumbered by the locals that were waiting to “welcome” them. A reporter for the Coeur d’Alene Press was in the downtown area on Monday evening, and he reported that “hundreds of citizens” had mobilized to protect the city… Soon, more armed men, self-described as a loosely formed group of patriots, arrived. They took up posts at corners on both sides of Sherman Avenue. Later, they were joined by hundreds of citizens packing rifles, semi-automatic weapons, handguns, and bows and arrows. The sidewalks were packed with people walking up and down Sherman Avenue, firearms proudly displayed for all to see. You can see a lot more photos of these brave citizens patrolling the streets right here. If they hadn’t been there, Coeur d’Alene may have suffered the same fate that so many other communities all over America have already suffered. The following is how one local resident described what he experienced on Monday night…

SURREAL EXPERIENCE: ABOUT FORTY of us were forewarned about possible looting activity planned by Antifa-aligned groups, at WinCo in Coeur d’Alene today, of all places. Many of you would think it could never happen here, but it was reported that some were bussed in from Spokane or even from Soros-funded arrivals in Boise–most or all from out of state. A connection at the Police Department confirmed this as did a contact one of us has in, let’s just say an alphabet soup agency. I was there, with about forty other patriots, as a human bulwark to prevent this. There were black-clad freaks and some purple hairs demonstrating with BLM signs, and some of them looked capable of violence–just not nearly as capable as those of us present who came to defend our city. One of the BLM persons carried an AR-15 which he looked ill-equipped to handle, as though it was his first time; he had no sling for the rifle and carried it by the grip one-handed the whole time. I carried an AR-15 and two other sidearms, and most patriots there were armed, too, some with rifles. I don’t know whether stuff would have gone down had we not been there, I just know that nothing terrible happened–perhaps because we were there. Unfortunately, our nation is more divided than it has ever been in my entire lifetime, and with a presidential election rapidly approaching we are likely to see a lot more protests around the country in the months ahead. What America really needs is a whole lot more love, but instead anger and hatred continue to rise, and a lot of people have decided that violence is the answer. That is extremely sad, because the violence that we have witnessed over the past week has only made our national divisions even deeper. So let us pray for America, because our country is literally coming apart at the seams right now.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/protesters-showed-up-in-coeur-dalene-idaho-but-the-locals-made-sure-that-there-would-be-no-riots 

:: 6-2-20 UPI :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 2, 2020 / 2:36 PM / Updated at 5:32 AM

Cristobal could approach U.S. coast as hurricane this weekend

By Courtney Spamer, AccuWeather, Accuweather.com

June 4 (UPI) -- Tropical Storm Cristobal, the third named tropical system of the Atlantic hurricane season, made landfall in southeastern Mexico early Wednesday and is forecast to continue lashing the country and parts of Central America with heavy rain and gusty winds into the end of the week.  Landfall occurred early Wednesday near Atasta, Mexico, just to the west of the city of Ciudad Del Carmen in the state of Campeche. At the time of landfall, maximum sustained winds of 60 mph were reported. In its 4 a.m. Thursday update, the National Hurricane Center said the storm weakened to 40 mph maximum sustained winds with higher gusts. The storm was located about 60 miles southeast of Cuidad del Carmen and was moving at about southeast at 2 mph.

https://www.upi.com/Top_News/World-News/2020/06/02/Cristobal-could-approach-US-coast-as-hurricane-this-weekend/3721591121417/?ur3=1 

:: 6-2-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Idaho Town Taken Over By Armed 'Patriot' Patrols Amid Rumors Antifa Headed There

by Tyler Durden Tue, 06/02/2020 - 23:05

Amid rumors of mass protests and riots in the northwest Idaho city of Coeur d’Alene, some locals weren't having it, and armed themselves to patrol city streets lined with small businesses. It's a trend giving rise to fears that violent armed clashes between different American factions are imminent. Already videos from cities across the nation have depicted counter-demonstrators taking matters into their own hands as police retreat. "Reports and rumors that groups bent on rioting and violence in Coeur d’Alene brought out men and women with guns on Monday determined to stop them if they arrive," local Idaho media reported. "Dan Carson was patrolling Sherman Avenue with an AR-12 automatic 12-gauge across his chest, an AR-15 strapped to his back, two 9mm handguns holstered and a .38 special, too," the report continued. Groups of loosely affiliated 'Proud Boys' and armed 'patriots' began lining the streets of downtown Coeur d’Alene over reports left wing militants and Antifa anarchists were planning to cause mayhem in the area: Soon, more armed men, self-described as a loosely formed group of patriots, arrived. They took up posts at corners on both sides of Sherman Avenue. Later, they were joined by hundreds of citizens packing rifles, semi-automatic weapons, handguns, and bows and arrows. The sidewalks were packed with people walking up and down Sherman Avenue, firearms proudly displayed for all to see. They carried guns, had them holstered around their hips and had them strapped across their backs. As it turns out, a group of Black Lives Matter protesters did in parts of the city briefly face off with the 'protect Idaho' group of armed locals, however, the scene stayed peaceful and without incident, dispersing relatively early into the evening as the police monitored the situation. Ultimately it appeared that in the downtown area it was only the armed patriot group which was out in force, unopposed. But the armed citizens patrols were in such large numbers they effectively took over the streets. It's a scene that's also played out in places like Texas, where smaller towns and rural areas have vowed to keep rioters far away, also as individual citizens practice 'open carry' in states where it's permissible. Armed citizen warns outsider in live stream (below): "I'm telling you... if you guys are thinking about coming to Coeur d’Alene to riot or loot, you better fuckin think again, because we ain't havin it over here." "Everybody's out and strapped... getting ready for the so-called invasion." But the trend suggests it could take a single 'incident' to spark a deadly encounter between such armed 'citizens patrol' groups and Antifa, BLM, or left-wing militants in locations across the nation. Meanwhile, in San Bernardino County, California an armed clash between rival demonstrators nearly erupted: Given that local and state police can barely handle the growing riots and random destruction as it is, such a scenario would send things escalating to far more violent proportions at flashpoints across the US. During the early momentum of riots taking over Minnesota's twin cities - ground zero for the initial George Floyd protests that began late last week - local and state police came under intense criticism as they retreated from riot-hit parts of the city, leaving business owners to watch helplessly as their stores and in some cases homes burned the ground. This and other scenes of lawlessness have resulted in a growing trend this week of armed 'citizen patrols' - adding to a potentially deadly combustible mix amid increasingly chaotic unpredictable scenarios on American city streets.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/idaho-town-taken-over-armed-patriot-patrols-amid-rumors-antifa-headed-there 

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 6-2-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHAT… AND WHO… Is Really Behind Antifa Groups Hijacking Protests Of George Floyd’s Death And Turning Them Into Riots? (AS FIRST DETAILED IN THE BESTSELLING BOOKS “SHADOWLAND” AND “SABOTEURS”)

June 2, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

Fox News this week agreed with Donald Trump in stating Antifa has hijacked protests of George Floyd’s death and turned them into riots by “advocating for and conducting violence… far and wide to burn buildings, loot stores, destroy cars and attack law enforcement officers.  ”[i] The president has subsequently vowed to label Antifa a terrorist organization and to take action against them. But how many understand just whose agenda is really behind the funding of American chaos? Let me offer a hint. Recall when former president Barack Obama in his final official speech as president said he was “heartened” by anti-Trump protesters taking to the streets in communities around the country and on college campuses where fascist vandalism, violence, riots, and fires were being set to protest Trump’s first attempt at an immigration ban. The former “president” signaled the first of several clear messages to his army of thirty-thousand-plus agitators. Obama’s two-term scheme (January 20, 2009–January 20, 2017) to engineer America away from its Christian and traditional moorings was not over, and no Republican successor was going to change that. Since then, a lot has happened, and very quickly. Obama immediately moved across town and set up bunkers just two miles from the White House, where he and his Organizing for Action (OFA) associates and their 250 offices nationwide commenced efforts to effectively function as what some in the Capital beltway have already called a “shadow government” third-term pseudo-presidency. There, “legacies” from Obama era “accomplishments” are crafted (often against established facts) and spoon-fed to media accomplices while unprecedented efforts to fight, dismiss, and sabotage Trump and his popular “America First” agenda are funded by a $40-million-dollar (and growing) war chest. Young liberal activists, like Manchurian candidates, have been activated to oppose the new administration at every turn—immigration reform, Obamacare replacement, border security, and more. They are also aided in that effort by the Obama Foundation, whose IRS-approved mission is supposed to be for funding and operating a library to house the former president’s official papers for posterity, much like other presidents have done. But Obama is taking his foundation down “the same controversial—and, by some accounts, illegal—post-presidency path of his predecessor Bill Clinton,” according to documents reviewed by The Daily Caller News Foundation’s Investigative Group.  [ii] The foundation’s language that caught the eye of Caller’s investigators involves not just the building and maintaining of a library, but the diversion of funds for “activities reflecting President Obama’s values and priorities throughout his career in public service.” In other words, the nonprofit foundation will serve whatever Obama needs to shadow obstruct, resist, and subvert the policies and directives of the Trump administration. And make no mistake, Obama has made this personal. He himself is overseeing the blitzkrieg. The former president has swiftly returned to his early station as a radical Saul Alinsky-style agitation organizer. Alinsky, the 1960s radical who wrote Rules for Radicals, and by whom Obama was guided, once said, “In the beginning, the organizers first job is to create the issues or problems. Creating the problems allows people to feel so frustrated, so defeated, so lost, so futureless in the prevailing system that they are willing to let go of the past and chance the future.”[iii] This is the playbook the Obama team is using today to create the appearance of “issues and problems” and a general sense of desperation among Millennials so that people will “feel so frustrated, so defeated, so lost, so futureless” that they turn to them for solutions. According to Alinsky biographer Sanford Horwitt, Obama and his presidential campaign and polity were also significantly influenced by this kind of Alinsky-based radicalism that Obama chose to follow in his footsteps as a Chicago-based community organizer. For three years during the 1980s, “Obama worked for the Developing Communities Project, which was influenced by Alinsky’s work, and he [Obama] wrote an essay that was collected in a book memorializing Alinsky”[iv] (Of course, Alinsky dedicated his book to “Lucifer,” the original radical and inspiration for those who follow his example).  [v] This is why, at Organizing for Action, it is Obama himself who “is intimately involved in OFA operations and even tweets from the group’s account,” writes Paul Sperry for the New York Post. In fact, he gave marching orders to OFA foot soldiers following Trump’s upset victory [and is] overseeing it all from a shadow White House located within two miles of Trump. It features a mansion, which he’s fortifying with construction of a tall brick perimeter, and a nearby taxpayer-funded office with his own chief of staff and press secretary. Michelle Obama will also open an office there, along with the Obama Foundation.[vi]  Valerie Jarrett, former senior advisor and close confidante of Obama, also moved into the 8,200-square-foot, $5.3-million nerve-center mansion to assist Obama in organizing the mounting insurgency against Trump’s stated objectives regarding Reagan-like economic policies, government deregulation, and middle-class jobs programs. According to Washington insiders, Obama’s goal in this is straightforward—to fuel the “resistance” that will force Trump’s resignation or see him impeached. Investigative reporter Matthew Vadum said it this way: Former President Obama is waging war against the Trump administration through his generously funded agitation outfit, Organizing for Action, to defend his monumentally destructive record of failure and violent polarization. It is a chilling reminder that the increasingly aggressive, in-your-face Left in this country is on the march.  [vii]  Another $80 million, anti-Trump network funded by liberal billionaire George Soros is also part of the Trump-resistance agitations fomenters and is led by the former members of the now-defunct and notorious Association of Community Organizations for Reform Now (ACORN). The Center for Popular Democracy Action Fund is the sister organization of the Center for Popular Democracy (CPD), a New York-based nonprofit “that receives the bulk of its funding from George Soros [and] announced at their spring gala Tuesday that they will be heading up the new $80 million anti-Trump network that will span 32 states and have 48 local partners,” CNN reported. [viii] Together with other “Trump Derangement Syndrome” sufferers, Soros-funded Obama-era holdovers with axes to grind who are still part of the federal bureaucracy but whose allegiance remains with the forty-fourth president have as part of “the resistance” been selectively leaking classified government information (a federal crime that senior U.S. officials say is endangering American security operations and servicemen)  [ix] in the hopes of either directly damaging Trump or, at a minimum, producing a false impression that the president either obstructed justice (by allegedly asking former FBI Director James Comey to stop investigating former National Security Adviser Michael Flynn), colluded with the Russians (the now debunked Russian collusion lie that turned out to actually involve not Trump but Obama and Hillary working behind the scenes with foreign actors), committed some other unspecified crime, or is simply too inept to run the country (and to be fair, while no evidence exists at this time to support the deceit, demagoguery, and mass hysteria aimed at denigrating Trump, his incessant tweeting and general inability to articulate has not helped alleviate the situation). And then there are those who say the rabbit hole goes even deeper. According to several leading analysts, an actual “coup” has been afoot for the last 3 years to overturn the 2016 election. “A soft coup is underway right here in the United States of America in an attempt to overturn November’s election result, and forcibly remove a duly elected president,Sean Hannity of Fox News warned at the time.  [x] Lou Dobbs, Ben Stein, Gary Bauer, members of the US House of Representatives such as Tom Tancredo, congressmen like Mike Kelly, and others have drawn the same conclusion. Even ultra-liberal fake-news regurgitator Right Wing Watch of “People for the American Way,” who have attacked me personally on their website, and which was formed in 1980 to counter the Christian Right, Republican Party, and Jerry Falwell’s Moral Majority, quoted pastor E. W. Jackson, who argued on his radio program that a coup d’etat (a change of government illegally or by force) is being orchestrated.  [xi] “Folks, hold on to your seats, because I really believe that we are witnessing an attempted coup d’état in America. I’m serious about that,” Jackson said. According to criminal attorney Robert Barnes, the shadow-man directly responsible for this deep state de facto coup is none other than Barack Obama. [xii] A growing number of Americans, regardless of party affiliation, are aware of the huge extent of anti-Trump media bias (supported by the findings of Harvard Kennedy School academics at the Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics, and Public Policy, who found all ten of the major media outlets in America were negative in as many as 98 percent of their reports on Trump during the first one hundred days of his administration),   [xiii] are already exhausted by the hysterical attacks on and typecasting of every breath Trump makes, and simply want their elected officials to actually govern (imagine that!). However, the extreme left, which controls the media megaphone and who owns a massive swath of establishment RINOs (“Republicans In Name Only”) and members of the Democratic party are firmly committed to nothing less than the engineering of a new socialist world order from the chaos and ashes of our formerly great Republic (which speaks to the occult roots and agenda playing out in the United States, which I deal with extensively in Shadowland). Michael Laitman over at The Jerusalem Post said it very well:

Neoliberalism, which has destroyed Europe through immigration, and nearly destroyed the US by eliminating its middle class, has been the sole ruling agenda in the US for decades. It serves the interests of the small elite group of magnates who control the American economy, the media, and thereby the government, all the way up to the White House. They determine what is reported and what is not, who is defamed and who is glorified. By controlling the media, they have dominated public discourse, public opinion, and have avoided criticism. This is ingenious, but deadly to society. Their best interest is not the best interest of the American people. They aspire for world domination…through proxies such as Obama and Clinton. Every American need not only understand these facts, but something else, too. Daniel Webster, the great eighteenth-century orator, statesman, and constitutional lawyer said: I apprehend no danger to our country from a foreign foe. Our destruction, should it come at all, will be from…the inattention of the people to the concerns of their government.… I fear that they may place too implicit a confidence in their public servants, and fail properly to scrutinize their conduct; that in this way they may be made the dupes of designing men, and become the instruments of their own undoing. With these words, Webster was speaking directly to the vice of this current coup. In other words, I am arguing that what we are witnessing isn’t just a calculated effort to bring down the non-establishment’s president. It’s a scheme against every citizen of free society that values the ability to govern itself. It’s a plot—and an ancient one at that—to disrupt momentum aimed at circumventing the entrenched cabal’s cross-party, perpetual rule from DC. An outsider named Trump came to Washington’s power center “to restore a traditional regime of citizenship, individualism, assimilation, territorial sovereignty, recognized borders, strong defense, deterrence abroad, and free-market capitalism,”[xiv] and he is not part of the Bohemian club. They will not tolerate that. They are committed to expelling him, and by extension, any effort from you—the grassroots—to liberate yourself, your family, and the nation’s future from the ruling class. This is not a bold statement. What you see happening in media and on the extreme left right now is more than just the activity of “sore losers.” This is the manifest incarnation of a Fourth Reich (the term “Third Reich” was coined by Arthur Moeller van den Bruck as the title of his 1923 book, Das Dritte Reich. It was used by the Nazis for propaganda purposes to legitimize their regime as a successor state to the retroactively renamed First Reich (the Holy Roman Empire, 962–1806) and the Second Reich (Imperial Germany, 1871–1918) whose purpose in sabotaging Trump as the duly elected president of the United States is an outright and hostile rejection of the choice voters made on Tuesday, November 8, 2016.   “With the election over, the Democratic Party is now in the hands of the Barack Obama radical left,” David Horowitz recently wrote. He continued: Abetted by a corrupt media, funded by the anti-American billionaire George Soros, egged on by Obama… and a collusive press, the left has launched vile and violent demonstrations in the streets, rancid witch-hunts in the halls of Congress posing as “confirmation hearings,” and treasonous intelligence leaks [through which] Obama and his cohorts have disregarded the Constitution and the law to spy on reporters they do not like, to use the IRS and other government agencies to take down their opponents and undermine the democratic system.  [xv]  Presidential historian Doug Wead echoed Horowitz’s comments on the air with Lou Dobbs a while back, saying he is convinced that “operatives” of the deep state really are attempting a coup d’état of President Trump. [xvi] But, as professor Wead also pointed out during that program, this shouldn’t come as any real surprise, because America’s intelligence agencies, including the CIA, the State Department, and the media have a long history of overthrowing duly elected democratic foreign governments. So the next report you see on protests of George Floyd’s death where stores are being burned down, police attacked, and Donald Trump blamed, just be aware who the real enemies of the nation are behind the Antifa agitators turning otherwise peaceful demonstrations into riots. Their goal is ancient ordo ab chao (order out of chaos), an occult prophetic plan to introduce dictatorial global government under leadership of their political savior, the Antichrist (also appropriately known as “the man of lawlessness”) reflected in the very spirit of chaos and lawlessness you see fanning across America and the world today. https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/jim-hanson-trump-is-right-antifa-has-hijacked-protests-of-george-floyds-death-and-turned-them-into-riots 

[ii] http://dailycaller.com/2017/05/07/obamas-non-profit-on-same-dubious-path-first-blazed-by-clinton-foundation/ 

[iii] https://archive.org/stream/RulesForRadicals/RulesForRadicals_djvu.txt 

[iv] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saul_Alinsky 

[v] https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/the-fix/wp/2016/07/20/hillary-clinton-saul-alinsky-and-lucifer-explained/?utm_term=.85ec7ced65cc 

[vi] http://nypost.com/2017/02/11/how-obama-is-scheming-to-sabotage-trumps-presidency/ 

[vii] http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/feb/15/shadow-presidency-against-trump-has-news-media-obs/ 

[viii] http://freebeacon.com/issues/soros-funded-anti-trump-network-has-acorn-ties/ 

[ix] http://freebeacon.com/national-security/anti-trump-leak-campaign-damaging-u-s-allied-operations/ 

[x] http://www.wnd.com/2017/06/new-warning-resistance-turning-into-american-coup/ 

[xi] http://www.rightwingwatch.org/post/e-w-jackson-the-attempted-coup-detat-against-trump-is-a-sign-of-the-last-days/ 

[xii] http://www.breitbart.com/radio/2017/03/03/robert-barnes-obama-chose-dangerous-precarious-path-encouraging-de-facto-coup-attempt-elements-deep-state/ 

[xiii] https://shorensteincenter.org/news-coverage-donald-trumps-first-100-days/ 

[xiv] http://www.nationalreview.com/article/449594/fifth-american-war-blue-state-vs-red-elites-vs-populists-egalitarianism-vs-liberty 

[xv] http://www.newsmax.com/Newsfront/war-liberals-resist-Big-Agenda/2017/03/07/id/777516/ 

[xvi] http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/06/presidential-historian-deep-state-attempting-coup-detat-us-administration-video/ 

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/06/02/what-and-who-is-really-behind-antifa-groups-hijacking-protests-of-george-floyds-death-and-turning-them-into-riots-as-first-detailed-in-the-bestselling

-books-shado/ 

:: 4-17-18 The American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Has Giving Leftists What They Want Made America Better?

By Lloyd Marcus April 17, 2018

Leftists have made huge gains in stripping godly traditional principles and values from our American culture. It is disturbing to see Christians, conservatives, and Republicans surrendering more ground, allowing leftists to achieve their evil goal. Beginning in kindergarten through college, our kids are poisoned with toxic liberalism. Parents are poisoned with subliminal and in-your-face liberalism 24-7 via TV, fake news, churches, movies, and so on. Suddenly, like in the movie Invasion of the Body Snatchers, Christians, conservatives, and Republicans are stealthily transformed. They begin spewing leftist narratives. A relative whom I have known to be a strong Christian suggested that I soften my resistance to same-sex couples calling themselves married. This relative is a Christian who has surrendered to leftists' attack on God's plan for marriage. "Woe to those who call evil good and good evil" –Isaiah 5:20 Folks, has giving leftists what they want made America better?  In 1962, the United States Supreme Court gave leftists what they wanted: the removal of prayer from public schools. So how has that worked out for us? Since prayer was removed from schools in 1962, out-of-wedlock births for girls 15-19 years old has tripled. Violent crimes have increased tenfold. Single-parent female-headed households have grown from 5 million in 1962 to 12 million and growing. Sexually transmitted diseases in kids 10-14 years old has skyrocketed, increasing 257% since 1962. Fifteen-year-olds having sex since 1962 is up 1,000%. For decades, divorce rates were declining. Since 1962, divorce rates have increased 117%, making America number one in the world for divorce. After prayer was removed in 1962, academic achievement severely declined. SAT (Scholastic Assessment Test) scores fell each year for 18 years. Unprecedentedly, we are graduating students who academically know less than their parents. We have allowed leftists to lower academic and behavioral standards in public schools. An elementary school teacher friend told me she had a student who freely cursed her out, calling her an "m-f." No matter how hard she tried, she could not get the unruly student disciplined or removed from her class. Remember when you were a child? The one kid who brought a switchblade to school was deemed a juvenile delinquent and sent to reform school. Today, weapons (knives and guns) are so prominent in public schools that students must walk through metal-detectors. Has lowering academic and behavioral standards helped our kids?  To a large degree, we have allowed leftists to remove "healthy shame" from our culture. Leftists say the only thing anyone should be ashamed of is being conservative, Republican, Christian, or white. Remember when it was shameful not to know the father of your baby? Today, pregnant women boldly appear on national trashy TV shows, DNA-testing 27 guys to determine the father. Leftists deem female promiscuity feminism at its best, women freely exploring their sexuality. Leftists are angry at God for unfairly sticking women with the annoying possibility of getting pregnant. Promiscuity carries health risks and emotional consequences. Has the normalization of baby mommies and baby daddies strengthened our society? Around 1993, the programming manager at WJZ-TV, the ABC affiliate in Baltimore where I worked, wrote a play. His play was an outrageous parody of talk shows. Talk shows today on national TV are ten times more trashy than his play. My 90-year-old dad told me about an incident on a Baltimore transit bus when he was a kid. He and his buddy were purposely making annoying sounds to agitate passengers. Dad heard a woman say, "It's how they were raised." Dad said he immediately felt ashamed of himself. He knew that Aunt Nee had raised him better. Has the removal of healthy shame made our culture better? SCOTUS complied with leftist demands to redefine marriage to include same-sex couples. This emboldened leftists to demand that LGBT lessons be required in public schools. The mandatory curriculum includes BDSM, asphyxiation, gender-bending, anal sex, and rimming. My wife chuckled about her parents forbidding her to say "pregnant" when she was a child. Seventh-grade sex ed class was pretty mild. I asked, "How will the sperm know it's time to come out? The teacher replied, "It will know." Exposing kids too early to porn leads to imprinting, sex addictions, and intimacy disorders. Has robbing our children of their innocence as early as kindergarten improved their lives? So I am visiting a relative when I look up to catch two guys kissing at the end of a TV drama. The camera followed the couple as they strolled away, holding hands. I expected "and they lived happily ever after" to appear on the TV screen. This is the new normal leftists demand we embrace. LGBT lifestyles have severe health risks. Next week's episode will probably feature the same-sex couple in a beautifully staged bedroom scene on national TV. Folks, I ask you a simple question. Has allowing leftists to implement their vision for America made us better? I think not. Lloyd Marcus, The Unhyphenated American Help Lloyd spread the Truth http://LloydMarcus.com

https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2018/04/has_giving_leftists_what_they_want_made_america_better.html 

:: 6-2-20 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NINETEEN world armies to join Russians for annual Red Square Victory Parade

2 Jun, 2020 14:28 By Jonny Tickle

The Russian Defense Ministry has invited personnel from 19 world armies to participate in the country’s annual Victory Parade. All participants must be symptom-free and test positive for coronavirus antibodies. The parade, scheduled for June 24, will include about 14,000 people and take place in Moscow’s Red Square. The annual celebration of victory over Nazism usually takes place on May 9, but was postponed this year due to the dangers posed by the Covid-19 pandemic.  Investigation opened after photos of HITLER & HIMMLER uploaded to Russian online WWII victory celebration READ MORE: Investigation opened after photos of HITLER & HIMMLER uploaded to Russian online WWII victory celebration “The ceremonial squads of 19 foreign countries have been invited,” said Sergey Shoygu, the Minister of Defense. “225 units of weapons, military and special equipment will be presented, as well as 75 units of aircraft.” Shoygu also noted that there will be celebrations throughout the country, with parades in many different cities. In Moscow’s Victory Parade, only military personnel with immunity who are completely symptom-free will be able to participate, with the minister detailing the deployment of “round-the-clock medical posts with the necessary equipment and facilities.” In April, Russian President Vladimir Putin ordered that the May 9 Victory Day festivities be postponed due to Covid-19. On May 26, the president announced a new date for the parade – June 24, the anniversary of the original 1945 Red Square celebrations. The originally planned parade on May 9, 2020 was due to be attended by leaders and dignitaries from around the world, including France’s Emmanuel Macron, China’s Xi Jinping and India’s Narendra Modi. As of yet, it is unknown how many will attend on the newly scheduled date.

https://www.rt.com/russia/490532-red-square-victory-parade-participants/ 

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Answering Fear

By Hal Lindsey

I’ve never counted them, but I have read that phrases like “fear not” or “do not be afraid” occur over 300 times in the Bible. Clearly, God does not want us to be afraid. In fact, He commands us not to fear.  That’s because, in many ways, fear and faith are opposites. And Hebrews 11:6 says, “Without faith it is impossible to please Him, for he who comes to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of those who seek Him.” And yet, when countries around the world are declaring national emergencies, the temptation to fear can grow. When markets falter, and wealth disappears before our eyes, we might be tempted to feel anxiety. The coronavirus COVID-19 is what Psalm 91:6 calls a “pestilence that stalks in darkness.” We know it’s there, and we know it’s deadly, but we can’t see it. When we’re tempted to fear, what does God say? 2 Timothy 1:7 says, “God has not given us a spirit of fear, but of power and of love and of a sound mind.” In Acts 20, Paul talked about his many afflictions and trials. Then, in verse 24, he put those difficulties into perspective. He said, “But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God.” If your hope is in this world only, then you should be afraid. But if through the finished work of Jesus on the cross, you live in the assurance of heaven, then don’t be afraid. Don’t be moved by any of the things the world is throwing at you. Romans 8:15 says, “For you have not received a spirit of slavery leading to fear again, but you have received a spirit of adoption as sons by which we cry out, ‘Abba! Father!’” The New Living Bible translates Philippians 4:6 like this. “Don't worry about anything; instead, pray about everything. Tell God what you need, and thank him for all he has done.” Cry out to Him as a child would cry out to his dear father — full of faith and trust. Then thank Him for all He has done.

1 John 4:18 says, “There is no fear in love; but perfect love casts out fear.”

Psalms 34:4 says, “I sought the Lord, and He answered me, And delivered me from all my fears.”

In John 14:27, Jesus said, “Peace I leave with you; My peace I give to you; not as the world gives, do I give to you. Let not your heart be troubled, nor let it be fearful.”

Psalms 57:1 says, “In the shadow of Your wings I will make my refuge, Until these calamities have passed by.”

Isaiah 26:3 says, “Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee: because he trusteth in Thee.” These are difficult days. We should be prudent and plan things as well as we can. But panic? Fear? No! Let the Living God keep you in perfect peace.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-18-2020/ 

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Power When You Need It Most

By Hal Lindsey

For a long time now, my name has been associated with events of the end times and the expectation of Christ’s soon return. For years, I have warned about a coming era of plagues and pestilence. I’ve talked about a rising tide of totalitarianism that would manifest itself in the time shortly before Jesus comes back. Now, as we live through the times we knew were coming, let me encourage you. We’re watching a massive plague cover the world. We see the globalists acting fast to use the emergency to their own ends. Many of the things we knew were coming have begun to arrive — though not yet with the intensity the world will see later. So, what’s encouraging about that? First, it tells us about something amazing just on the horizon — the return of Jesus! Signs pointing to the Lord’s return should not make us cower, but lift our heads! The other encouraging thing is this. God has not changed. He does not change. His promises remain true — regardless of the trouble in the world. Jesus was very specific. In Matthew 6:2526, He said, “Do not be anxious for your life, as to what you shall eat, or what you shall drink; nor for your body, as to what you shall put on. Is not life more than food, and the body than clothing? Look at the birds of the air, that they do not sow, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns, and yet your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not worth much more than they?” In Isaiah 41:10, God spoke specifically to the people of Israel. But the wording makes it clear that it also applies to those who have been made righteous in Jesus Christ. God said, “Do not fear, for I am with you; Do not anxiously look about you, for I am your God. I will strengthen you, surely I will help you, Surely I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.” Sadly, there are Christians around the world right now who feel frightened, guilty, and powerless. For them it seems impossible to refrain from fear or from anxiously looking about them. They want to believe that He is their God, but they’re not completely sure of their standing with Him. And it’s all because they don’t understand the last clause of that verse.

Surely I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.” They think the upholding of their relationship with God depends on their own righteousness. But in fact, it depends on the strength of His righteous right hand. He does the upholding. Our righteous standing before Him depends on the strength of His righteousness. Verse 13 of that same chapter says, “For I am the Lord your God, who upholds your right hand, Who says to you, ‘Do not fear, I will help you.’” Is the message clear? Do not fear. Who upholds us? He does. Who will help us? He will. Then verse 14 says something fascinating. It says, “‘Do not fear, you worm Jacob, you men of Israel; I will help you,’ declares the Lord, ‘and your Redeemer is the Holy One of Israel.’” He actually refers to Israel as a “worm.” There are several reasons for that designation, but the main one is this. It’s not their righteousness that He’s talking about. He is the Holy One, and it is His holiness that redeems them — and us. So here we stand in the middle of a terrible mess. We hear fearful news on every channel. It’s good to be aware of what’s going on the world, but mostly we need to tune in to God’s channel. Listen to Him. Read His word. Be strong in His strength. Live in His grace!

And as you do that, it becomes easier to obey His command, “Do not fear.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-5-13-2020/ 

:: 6-2-20 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 2 George Floyd protest news

By Jessie Yeung, Steve George, Melissa Macaya, Meg Wagner, Mike Hayes and Daniella Diaz, CNN  Updated 1:15 AM ET, Wed June 3, 2020  9 hr 4 min ago

Thousands around the world protest George Floyd's death in global display of solidarity From CNN's Zamira Rahim and Rob Picheta Over the weekend, demonstrators gathered in London, Berlin and Auckland, among other cities, to protest against police brutality in solidarity with the US crowds.

Britain: In London, protesters rallied in Trafalgar Square on Sunday morning, in defiance of Britain's lockdown rules which prohibit large gatherings. Some participants marched to the US embassy.

Germany: Crowds gathered in Berlin in front of the US embassy on Saturday and Sunday. Participants wore face masks and carried signs declaring "Black lives matter" and "Justice can't wait."

France: Activists in Paris wearing black clothing and face masks took a knee and held up signs reading "I can't breathe," "We are all George Floyd" and "Racism chokes us" in Paris on Monday.

Denmark: Chants of "no justice, no peace" were heard In the streets of Copenhagen on Sunday, as protesters marched over Floyd's death. Some rallied outside the Danish capital's US embassy.

Italy: In Milan, crowds held a flashmob near the city's US consulate on Thursday.

Brazil: People protested outside the Guanabara Palace, the home of the state government, in Rio de Janeiro on Sunday, while in Sao Paulo, some brought signs showing solidarity with the US protests to an existing demonstration against President Jair Bolsonaro. The list goes on: Solidarity protests took place in Australia, New Zealand, Ireland, Syria, Mexico, Canada, Poland, and more. Read about them here:

https://www.cnn.com/us/live-news/george-floyd-protests-06-02-20/index.html 

:: 6-2-20 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Israel, Saudis Negotiating Control of Temple Mount

12:00PM EDT 6/2/2020 CBN News/Emily Jones

Israel and Saudi Arabia have been conducting secret negotiations since December about allowing Saudi officials to join the Jerusalem Islamic Waqf responsible for controlling the Temple Mount and Al-Aqsa Mosque in Jerusalem, Israel Hayom reported. "These talks are sensitive and clandestine and have been conducted by small teams of diplomats and security officials from Israel, the U.S. and Saudi Arabia as part of the Trump administrations' Peace to Prosperity Middle East initiative," unnamed senior Saudi diplomats told the Israeli paper.. The Waqf oversees Muslim holy sites in Jerusalem, claims exclusive control over the Temple Mount, and says it is not subject to Israeli law. Jordan exclusively funds and manages the Waqf and according to the report, previously objected to any change in the Waqf council. However, Israel Hayom reports that Amman has since reversed its position because it is worried about the level of Turkey's influence in eastern Jerusalem and the Temple Mount. Seven senior Fatah and Palestinian Authority leaders were added to the council last February and opened the door for Turkish Islamic organizations to pump millions of dollars into projects in Jerusalem. Click here to read the rest of this story from our content partners at CBN News.

Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter.

Join us on our podcast each weekday for an interesting story, well told, from Charisma News. Listen at charismapodcastnetwork.com.

https://www.charismanews.com/world/81444-report-israel-saudis-negotiating-control-of-temple-mount 

:: 6-2-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Signs Order on Religious Freedom, Even as Visits to Shrine, Church Draw Fire

By Jeffrey Rubin | Tuesday, 02 June 2020 03:58 PM

President Donald Trump has signed an executive order on religious freedom, even as he's come under fire over visits made to religious sites amid protests over the death of George Floyd. According to Fox News, the order has not yet been publicly released, but a senior administration official said it was intended to protect “people of faith around the world.” Fox News said White House aide Kellyanne Conway confirmed that Trump signed the order Tuesday afternoon. “This executive order fully integrates the president’s vision – a vigorous defense of international religious freedom rights for all – into key aspects of United States foreign policy,” the official said, according to the news organization. “Yet again, President Trump is taking a decisive action to keep his promise to people of faith around the world.” Earlier Tuesday, Trump and first lady Melania Trump visited the National Shrine in Washington, a place of significance and prayer for Catholics. It came after Trump on Monday night walked out of the White House after a speech in which he pledge to use military resources to quell protest violence, heading across the street to St. John’s Episcopal Church. That site had been burned amid protests over Floyd's death at the hands of Minneapolis police. Tear gas and flash bangs were used to disperse protesters and clear the path for Trump's Monday night walk and photo at St. John's.

Washington, D.C. Archbishop Wilton D. Gregory slammed Trump's Tuesday shrine visit in a statement.

“I find it baffling and reprehensible that any Catholic facility would allow itself to be so egregiously misused and manipulated in a fashion that violates our religious principles, which call us to defend the rights of all people even those with whom we might disagree,” Gregory wrote. “Saint Pope John Paul II was an ardent defender of the rights and dignity of human beings. His legacy bears vivid witness to that truth,” Gregory added, concluding, “He certainly would not condone the use of tear gas and other deterrents to silence, scatter or intimidate them for a photo opportunity in front of a place of worship and peace.” Gregory’s statement was made following Trump’s appearance in front of St. John’s Episcopal Church on Monday. There, he posed for a photo with a Bible. Trump was criticized by many religious leaders for that photo op because military police cleared out protesters with tear gas prior to his arrival. Episcopal Rev. Gini Gerbasi posted on Facebook that she was “driven off” the church’s patio by police for Trump’s “cheap political stunt.”

Newsmax's Maris Herman contributed to this report.

https://www.newsmax.com/us/faith-trump/2020/06/02/id/970209/ 

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. etc

:: 6-3-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel won't annex Palestinian towns, Palestinians won’t get citizenship

The plan the Trump administration released in late January, titled “Peace to Prosperity,” would allow for Israel to apply civil law, as opposed to military law, to 30% of the West Bank.

By LAHAV HARKOV JUNE 3, 2020 10:09

Israel will not apply its sovereignty to Palestinian towns within areas that it plans to annex in the West Bank, and as such, Palestinians – including those living in the Jordan Valley – will not be granted Israeli citizenship, American and Israeli sources said on Tuesday.

"I don't anticipate Palestinians becoming Israeli, based on the principles laid out in the plan,” a Trump administration source said.

Read More Related Articles

Polish historian Ewa Kurek: Coronavirus is ‘Jewfication’ of Europe

Munich bans yellow stars at protests after Jewish groups raise concerns

4 ways to help Tide Loads of Hope provide laundry to first responders (P&G Good Everyday)

Recommended by The plan the Trump administration released in late January, titled “Peace to Prosperity,” would allow for Israel to apply civil law, as opposed to military law, to 30% of the West Bank, consisting of all settlements and land surrounding them, and the entire Jordan Valley. An American-Israeli mapping committee has been working on the exact parameters of that area.  The Trump plan does not say that these would be Israel’s final borders, rather that the final details would have to be agreed-upon by Israel and the Palestinians, who refuse to enter negotiations based on the Trump plan. But with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu publicly setting a July 1 goal date to begin moving towards applying sovereignty, some Palestinians could find themselves in the middle of sovereign Israel – as opposed to disputed territory governed by the military – this summer.

Netanyahu addressed this issue in an interview with Israel Hayom last week, in response to a question of whether Palestinians in the Jordan Valley will become Israeli citizens. "They will remain a Palestinian enclave,” Netanyahu said. “You're not annexing Jericho. There's a cluster or two. You don't need to apply sovereignty over them, they will remain Palestinian subjects if you will. But security control also applies to these places." One of the principles on which the Trump administration composed the plan is that no one would have to leave their home. The result has been a map that Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas quipped is “like Swiss cheese.” According to the plan, 97% of Palestinians in the West Bank will live in contiguous Palestinian territory. The other 3% would live in “enclaves that remain inside contiguous Israeli territory” but that are still designated to be part of a Palestinian state, and when that state is established, those residents would become Palestinian citizens. Their towns would have access routes connecting them to the contiguous Palestinian state. It is unclear how many Palestinians fall under this category, and different sources give different numbers. The Trump plan gives the Palestinian leadership four years to meet the standards it sets to establish a state, including stopping incitement and violence against Israel, and providing equal civil rights to its people. Even after a Palestinian state is formed, Israel would have control over security in the entire West Bank. In the interim, Palestinians enclaves would remain under the Palestinian Authority’s jurisdiction for civil matters, despite being surrounded by newly-sovereign Israeli land, or as the plan states, “the legal status quo will prevail and the State of Israel will enable the development of those Palestinian communities within their current footprint.” The plan does not address illegal Palestinian construction in areas within the municipal borders of Israeli settlements.

When Abbas condemned the map as "Swiss cheese" in the UN Security Council in February, he asked: "Who among you will accept a similar state and similar conditions?" Israel would, since the plan’s conceptual map also includes Israeli enclaves within the area designated for a future Palestinian state, though in the immediate term, there would not be such a state. Several countries in the world have exclaves, which is an area that can only be reached from the mainland by crossing through the territory of another state. Among those are Baarle-Hertog, Belgian exclaves in the Netherlands; Llivia, an exclave of Spain surrounded by France; and Campione d'Italia, an exclave of Italy surrounded by Switzerland. In the Middle East, four of the United Arab Emirates have five exclaves.

https://www.jpost.com/israel-news/israel-wont-annex-palestinian-towns-palestinians-wont-get-citizenship-630086 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. etc

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil. etc

[ ::  4-9-17 am service  (third word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::    ::]

etc. For it is that time and it is that hour, the clock cannot be stopped, the clock cannot be turned back, man has made their own minds up, they have made decisions and have not counseled with me, your Father God, therefore I cannot hold things back any longer.  For they go their own way, etc.

:: 6-2-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Multiple officers shot during overnight protests in St. Louis, Las Vegas

Jay Cannon, USA TODAY Published 10:31 a.m. ET June 2, 2020 | Updated 2:57 p.m. ET June 2, 2020

Multiple law enforcement officers were shot Monday night and Tuesday morning as protests continued across the nation in the wake of George Floyd's death in Minneapolis.

Four officers in St. Louis were hit with gunfire during overnight protests, and an officer shot in Las Vegas was in critical condition Tuesday morning, officials said. The shooting incidents came hours after President Donald Trump addressed the nation at the White House Rose Garden, promising to deploy military forces if protests continued to turn violent. Many demonstrations started out peacefully, but some, like the protests in Chicago and Seattle, became more violent as the day went on.

Monday marked one week since Floyd died after a Minneapolis police officer held his knee on Floyd's neck during an arrest. A report from Hennepin County Medical Examiner's office as well as a family-commissioned autopsy, both released Monday, ruled his death a homicide. George Floyd protest live updates: TikTok apologizes over hashtags

4 St. Louis officers hit by gunfire, retired police captain killed

Protests that began peacefully over the death of George Floyd turned violent in the St. Louis area, where four police officers were shot and a retired St. Louis police captain was shot to death by looters at a pawn shop. St. Louis police on Tuesday said 77-year-old David Dorn, who retired in 2007 after 38 years with the department, was fatally shot by a looter. Several thousand people joined the demonstrations in St. Louis over Floyd's death and police treatment of African Americans on Monday. But that night, a downtown convenience store was burned, windows were smashed, businesses burglarized and officers were pelted with rocks and fireworks. St. Louis Mayor Lyda Krewson on Tuesday announced a 9 p.m. curfew. “What started as a very nonviolent and peaceful demonstration and protest ended in looting, shooting, burning and attacks on law enforcement,” she said. “This cannot be and will not be tolerated.” Just after midnight, with only a couple of hundred people still on the streets, someone opened fire on officers standing in line, Police Chief John Hayden said. Two officers were struck in the leg, one was hit in the foot and one was hit in the arm. All four are expected to recover. – Jim Salter, Associated Press

Las Vegas officer in critical condition

A Las Vegas Metro officer was in critical condition Tuesday morning after a man who was believed to be a protester shot him Monday night, Sheriff Joe Lombardo said. Lombardo said officers were attempting to clear protesters from Las Vegas Boulevard when the officer was shot some time before midnight. The officer was on life support at University Medical Center in Las Vegas Tuesday morning.

A suspect in the shooting was arrested about 2:30 a.m. local time. A separate shooting in Las Vegas took place Monday night when an armed man wearing body armor was shot and killed by police and federal agents guarding a federal building after he reached for his firearm at 11:22 p.m., the sheriff said. Lombardo said the man was an open-carry individual and was seen walking among protesters as the demonstration was dying down. “What has occurred is utterly unacceptable," Lombardo said before ending the brief press conference. – Ed Komenda, Reno Gazette Journal

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2020/06/02/george-floyd-protests-officers-shot-st-louis-las-vegas/3122564001/ 

:: 6-1-20 Faithwire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘My Family Is God-Fearing’: George Floyd’s Brother Gives Powerful Speech Demanding Peace

By Tré Goins-Phillips    Editor June 1, 2020

In a powerful speech delivered during a prayer vigil Monday, George Floyd’s younger brother Terrence called on protesters to demonstrate peacefully, rebuking the riots that have broken out across the country. George Floyd was killed one week ago by a former Minneapolis police officer who knelt on his neck for nearly 10 minutes, until he died. Mr. Floyd was unarmed and cooperative. The officer has since been arrested and charged with murder. ‘Free Hugs Guy’ Criticized for Painting Over Graffiti, Issues Perfect Response Since then, protests have broken out. While there have been countless peaceful demonstrations, there have been numerous violent riots around the U.S. Terrence Floyd’s speech — the continuation of his message of peace — called an immediate end to the violence. He equated the violent riots to drinking, explaining it “might feel good for the moment, but when you come down, you’re gonna wonder what you did.” “My family is a peaceful family,” Terrence Floyd said. “My family is God-fearing. Yeah, we’re upset. But we’re not gonna take it, we’re not gonna be repetitious.”

Three Signs of Hope in the Midst of Riots, Pandemics and the Tragic Killing of George Floyd

“Do this peacefully, please,” he continued. “My brother moved [to Minneapolis] from Houston, and I used to talk to him on the phone. He loved it here. … I highly doubt — no, I know — he would want y’all to be doing this.” Terrence Floyd made similar calls for peace on ABC News.

https://www.faithwire.com/2020/06/01/my-family-is-god-fearing-george-floyds-brother-gives-powerful-speech-demanding-peace/ 

:: 6-2-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Communist terrorist organization Antifa plans PURGE of American suburbs and family homes starting tonight

Tuesday, June 02, 2020 by: S.D. Wells

(Natural News) Consider yourself “warned” America. It’s not just a home invasion “thriller” movie anymore; it’s the beginning of the litmus test for Socialist “Democrat” tyranny. How much will YOU tolerate? On Twitter, the paid-to-destroy people and property organization and extreme Left wing of George Soros, Antifa announced that they would be moving into the residential areas tonight, because they’re already bored with the mega-city demolition and mayhem they’ve caused.   “F-the City” they decry, as groups in Portland announced gathering locations right in the middle of middle-class suburbia-style residential “hoods,” nowhere near downtown, to “take what’s ours” – whatever that means (probably your money, all your belongings, and your wife and kids to sell on the slave trade dark web). Twitter shut it all down. Still, millions of screen shots of the posts are flooding truth media. Proof Trump’s right about the label as a terrorist organization the military needs to handle, head on. These freaks are talking about home invasions in suburbs, beginning tonight. They’re already burning churches. What’s next? Mass rape and murder, like in the Purge movie series? Are all Democrat Governors being told to stand down by Obama, Soros and Bill Gates?

Civil War is under way in America: Trump and the U.S. patriots vs. the violent stooges of Soros The hills have eyes folks. If and when Antifa knocks down the wrong front door or burns the wrong car in the “burbs,” they’re going to start finding rude awakenings that look like the defense of the Bundy Ranch or the Richmond Capital, with ex-military from Iraq and Afghanistan smoking them all with automatic weapons. That’s where it’s going if Antifa invades homes in nice neighborhoods. That’s exactly where it’s going. If you think for one minute Antifa riots have anything to do with George Floyd’s death, think again. Antifa militants are domestic terrorists. They’re admitting on video they work for George Soros groups and are paid to destroy things and recruit more people to destroy property and people’s lives. Meanwhile, heaps of bricks are showing up at protest locations on pallets, ready to be thrown through store windows and automobile windshields, or at anyone who’s wearing anything red. A year ago, Republican senators Cruz (Tx.) and Cassidy (La.) tried their best to push for the pro-facist “anti-fascist” group to be labeled the domestic terrorists they are (that was after the conservative Portland journalist was attacked). “Hateful, intolerant radicals” use aggressive violence to advance unhinged agenda, explains Senator Cruz So Antifa is now bored with destroying cop cars, looting stores, beating to death innocent protesters, and lighting churches and banks on fire, so they’re heading into the neighborhoods to confiscate what they claim is theirs. These are convicts and thugs who love getting paid to destroy property and people, because the don’t fear jail, where they’ll ironically probably die of Covid-19, if they get caught. The major problem is everybody is wearing a mask thanks to these Democrat governors who said it’s mandatory at all times, everywhere, so it’s not just Antifa that can’t be identified on video, but Black Lives Matter, innocent bystanders, normal peaceful protesters, store owners, and the like. Now, in America, even if you’re a good cop who treats people fairly, you’re still the enemy of Antifa, who want complete anarchy and Soros to rule the sick, dying world of “Democrat” morons who think “democratic socialism” is better than having Trump as President. Senator Cruz and Donald Trump are right. It’s time for heavily-armed military forces to start pillaging the pillagers and putting them in jail for 10 years to life. Antifa is a terrorist organization that pays violent psychopaths, buses them into cities from all over the country, and arms them with sticks, flammable propellants, Molotov cocktails and bricks, and pays them bonuses for burning down buildings and recruiting more people to do the same. Watch as a man admits George Soros pays violent protesters to destroy our nation. Tune your internet dial to Trump.news for updates at battleground level, ground zero, of the Soros-sponsored communist-style apocalypse.

Sources for this article include: Trump.news Breitbart.com LawEnforcementToday.com  ZeroHedge.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-06-02-antifa-plans-purge-of-suburbs-homes-starting-tonight.html 

:: 5-31-20 Government Propaganda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Evil Reigns Supreme Across America: George Soros Funded Antifa and Black Lives Matters Anarchists Wreak Havoc!

May 31, 2020 by Jon Watkins

Make no mistake about it. These ARE the People who and being CONTROLLED by the Principalities, Powers, Rulers of Darkness and Spiritual Wickedness in High places

WE CAN’T BREATHE: America Wakes To Stunning Carnage In Over 30 States As Tyranny And Anarchy Become Simultaneous For First Time In Our Nation’s History Police cars and government buildings burned, the National Guard was deployed, and some of the country’s largest cities instituted curfews. In one Midwest city, a person was killed and at least two more shot. More than 1,400 people have been arrested in 16 cities since Thursday, with more than 500 of those happening in Los Angeles on Friday, the Associated Press reported. Geoffrey Grider | NTEB – Demonstrations across the country again devolved into unrest Saturday, a day after a Minneapolis police officer was arrested and charged with the third-degree murder and manslaughter of George Floyd. Just as in past years, an organic protest over unjust use of force by police has once again been hijacked, weaponized and unleashed back on American cities, causing a mind-numbing degree of carnage, death and destruction. And as in past flare-ups, we see once again George Soros, his Open Society Foundation, and their twin pitbulls of ANTIFA and Black Lives Matter pulling all the strings. But this particular protest is unlike all the others, this one has the potential to be the one that brings it all down to the ground.

2 Timothy 3:1-5 “This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, Without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away.On the surface it purports to be a protest over the unjust killing of George Floyd, but after 4 days of rioting in the streets, no one watching believes that anymore. It is obvious that this is all part and parcel of the global takeover by the New World Order who must first collapse America before she can be rebuilt. It’s all connected, the COVID-19 lockdowns, mandatory mask wearing, the destruction of the global economies, the sky-high unemployment, the broken supply chain lines, and even the toilet paper shortage. It is all staged to inflict and incite the maximum level of fear as possible, and it is working. Have you ever watched fireworks on the Fourth of July? Then you know how it goes. Fireworks start out slow and seemingly random but gradually build into a frenzied ‘grand finale’ where it seems like every rocket ever made is being fired at the same time. It is tantamount to complete sensory overload. That is where we are in 2020, a year in which there has been no let up, no break in the end times action, where it seems every weapon of the New World Order is being fired at us at the same time. If you think things have been bad so far, or that they’re bad now, the closer we get to the election in November, it will worsen by a factor of 10. I told you 2020 was going to be a year like no other, that this would be the year of prophecy, and it’s not even close to finished. CLICK HERE FOR YOUR GEORGE SOROS RED PILL, CLICK AWAY TO REMAIN IGNORANT Fires, shootings, curfews, arrests: George Floyd protests weaponized by ANTIFA and George Soros turn to unrest across country

FROM YAHOO NEWS: Police cars and government buildings burned, the National Guard was deployed, and some of the country’s largest cities instituted curfews. In one Midwest city, a person was killed and at least two more shot. More than 1,400 people have been arrested in 16 cities since Thursday, with more than 500 of those happening in Los Angeles on Friday, the Associated Press reported.

Former officer Derek Chauvin faces the charges in Floyd’s death, but activist groups say they are inadequate. Video from a bystander showed Chauvin pressing his knee on Floyd’s neck for more than eight minutes. The demonstrations Saturday were part of a National Day of Protest against Chauvin and police brutality inflicted nationwide. Protesters also called out the names of other people of color killed by police, including Louisville’s Breonna Taylor, a 26-year-old ER tech who was shot and killed by police in March. Here is a city-by-city look at what’s happening across the country

Indianapolis: One dead after shooting One person was killed Saturday and at least two more shot during a second night of protests downtown, Indianapolis Police Chief Randal Taylor confirmed in a hastily called late-night press conference. “Enough is enough,” Taylor said as sirens blared and fire trucks raced past on the street. “Indianapolis, we are better than this. Downtown is not safe at this time.” Police did not have details on the individual who was killed nor the conditions of the others shot. Shortly before 1 a.m., the department tweeted again that it was investigating additional reports of shootings downtown. The shootings did not involve officers, police said. Protests during the day Saturday had been peaceful.

— Staff of The Indianapolis Star

Nashville: Fires at courthouse and City Hall building Fires in Nashville led Mayor John Cooper to declare a state of civil emergency. Police announced a 10 p.m. curfew for the city, and Gov. Bill Lee deployed the National Guard. Dozens of protesters had gathered on the steps of Nashville’s criminal courthouse and City Hall after a rally and march. Demonstrators smashed windows with rocks and other materials, drawing a swarm of police. The situation at the building appeared to subside around 7:30 p.m. By 8:15 p.m., fire was visible from a first-floor office at the courthouse. A short time later, police with riot gear arrived as a fire burned inside a window at City Hall. Officers deployed tear gas as demonstrators clustered in the center of Public Square Park. — Staff of The Tennessean

JOE BIDEN PAYS TO BAIL OUT ANTIFA RIOTERS Reno, Nevada: Fires at City Hall; National Guard, curfew in place The Nevada National Guard is en route to downtown Reno, the city’s police chief said, after protests there turned violent Saturday. Gov. Steve Sisolak tweeted he activated the Nevada National Guard. A group of people broke windows at Reno City Hall Saturday night and set fires there following hours of protest in the area. Responding Reno police fired tear gas into City Hall. Items such as a couch inside were on fire but soon put out. Police dispersed the protesters as some chanted “Hands up, don’t shoot.” Washoe County residents, which includes all residents in Reno and Sparks, are under curfew until 7 a.m. Sunday, police said Saturday evening. — Amy Alonzo, Siobhan McAndrew and Benjamin Spillman, Reno Gazette Journal

New York City: Videos show vehicle’s confrontation with crowd Hundreds of protesters walked against traffic in Manhattan on Saturday afternoon, temporarily stalling vehicles on 7th Ave. The group chanted: “No justice, no peace” and “Whose streets? Our streets.” Late Saturday, videos circulated on social media that show a police vehicle driving into a crowd of protesters, after objects were thrown at the vehicle. Mayor Bill de Blasio called the video “upsetting” and said he wishes the officer “hadn’t done that.” Headded: “It’s clear that a different element has come into play here, who are trying to hurt police officers and trying to damage their vehicles.” He said the situation was started by a group of protesters converging on the police car and attacking it. Other video showed at least one vehicle on fire. An initially peaceful demonstration in the city had spiraled into chaos Friday, as protesters skirmished with police officers, destroyed police vehicles and set fires.

Video posted to social media on Friday showed officers using batons and shoving protesters as they took people into custody and cleared streets. One video showed an officer slam a woman to the ground as he walked past her. RIOTERS IN ROCHESTER NEW YORK VANDALIZE STORE AND ASSAULT OWNERS Denver: Car crashes into police; weapons confiscated Three officers and a civilian were “severely” injured when a car crashed into a Denver police vehicle, the police department tweeted late Saturday. Police said they were searching for a Chevrolet compact car with Wyoming plates. The city had enacted a curfew from 8 p.m. until 5 a.m. A few agitators, the department said, were “hijacking” Floyd’s memory. Police shared photos of a gun, a gas canister and a hatchet — all of which were confiscated Saturday. “Last night, agitators brought crowbars, baseball bats, assault rifles, hand guns and improvised flash-bangs which were thrown at police officers and protesters,” Chief Paul Pazen said in a statement on Saturday. Police on Saturday announced 34 arrests over the last two nights in Denver amid Floyd protests.

BLACK RIOTERS ARE ALSO DESTROYING THE LEGACY OF MARTIN LUTHER KING San Francisco: Fireworks outside mayor’s apartment after curfew Videos from the scene show protesters lighting fireworks outside of San Francisco Mayor London Breed’s apartment. Late Saturday, Breed made an announcement alongside the city’s police chief, sheriff and fire chief implementing a curfew from 8 p.m. until 5 a.m. She also said the National Guard is on standby for the city. “If you are home, please stay home. If you are in our city from other places, please go back to the city that you live in. Please do not come into San Francisco and destroy our city,” Breed said. Breed said there were peaceful protests early Saturday, but the violence and vandalism exhibited later in the day are “something we will not tolerate.” Chief Bill Scott said officers were dealing with looting and people breaking windows.

Dallas: Close to 100 arrests, Whole Foods looted The Dallas Police Department announced a host of arrests Saturday night and early Sunday. Police arrested 74 people on charges of inciting a riot, the department tweeted. An additional 15 people were arrested on charges of vandalizing buildings.

Three guns and one taser were recovered, according to the police department. The Dallas Morning News reported police used tear gas and rubber bullets to disperse crowds downtown. One woman who said she was not a protester reportedly was struck in the face. Dallas Area Rapid Transit shut down service to downtown Dallas and a Whole Foods store was looted, according to the newspaper.

WATCH AS BLACK LIVES MATTER KILLERS BEAT STORE OWNER TO DEATH Columbus, Ohio: Broken windows, small fires After peaceful daytime protests, tensions rose after dark in Columbus. Construction material and a vehicle were set on fire. Windows were broken on the east side of Downtown. Protesters faced off with officers. Chairs and other material were set on fire inside a government office building.

Protesters threw rocks through the window of a funeral home and windows were broken at the Columbus College of Art and Design. The Ohio National Guard was called to assist as the city approached its 10 p.m. curfew. — Lucas Sullivan, Beth Burger, Marc Kovac, Columbus Dispatch

Washington: Protests escalate near White House, Trump warns against ‘mob violence’ Protesters clashed with police outside the White House Saturday, as tensions flared there for a second day.  Protesters marched and chanted “No justice! No peace!” and “I can’t breathe!” – a phrase Floyd was heard saying before his death – in Lafayette Square, across the street from the White House and along surrounding streets. Sen. Kamala Harris, D-Calif., stood with peaceful protesters outside the White House during the afternoon. Protesters stood facing a line of police wearing helmets and holding shields, the officers with their backs to the White House. At times, some protesters tried to knock over barriers or attacked officers around the White House perimeter, although none scaled the surrounding fence, according to the Secret Service. “Multiple” special agents and uniformed officers were injured when some protesters threw bricks, rocks, bottles and fireworks at officers, officials said.

Officers responded by firing tear gas to break up the crowds. President Donald Trump attended the historic SpaceX rocket launch in Florida during the afternoon, but arrived back at the White House around 8:30 p.m. as protests raged outside. As the presidential helicopters buzzed overheard near the White House grounds, some demonstrators shouted obscenities and shook their fists.

Trump used an address at the Kennedy Space Center to offer a stern warning against violence by “rioters, looters and anarchists.” Mayor Muriel Bowser tweeted Saturday that the city’s police department would protect everyone, regardless of whether the mayor agreed with them. — Nicholas Wu, David Jackson, Courtney Subramanian and John Fritze, USA TODAY

WATCH ANTIFA RECRUITER HIRING THUGS TO ESCALATE THE VIOLENCE Cincinnati: Violence, clashes with police as night falls Another wave of civil unrest hit Cincinnati’s streets Saturday as peaceful protests gave way to violence for the second consecutive night, with police firing tear gas and making arrests.  Tensions between police and demonstrators boiled over outside District 1 police headquarters after 9 p.m., when some protesters began throwing debris at officers who had gathered outside the entrance with riot shields. Police responded by pushing the crowd away, firing tear gas and bean bag rounds as they marched forward. At one point, some in the crowd tried to build a makeshift barrier with trash cans, but police pushed through and arrested several people. Others fled down streets and alleys.

— Dan Horn, Madeline Mitchell, Cameron Knight and Sharon Coolidge, The Cincinnati Enquirer

Des Moines, Iowa: Protesters throw fireworks at police Police in riot gear met protesters marching on the state’s Capitol building. Some protesters could be seen throwing fireworks at police. At the Polk County Courthouse, protesters scattered after police fired tear gas into the crowd. There were conflicting reports about whether a protester managed to get into the courthouse. One person was seen breaking a glass window. — Des Moines Register staff

Minneapolis: Projectiles fired to clear protesters The National Guard started moving into downtown Minneapolis on Saturday, after days of unrest. “The situation in Minnesota is no longer in any way about the murder of George Floyd. It is about attacking civil society, instilling fear and disrupting our great cites,” Gov. Tim Walz said in a press conference. An 8 p.m. curfew would be strictly enforced, major highways would be closed and those on the streets Saturday night could be subject to arrest, Minnesota Governor Tim Walz, Minneapolis Mayor Jacob Frey and Saint Paul Mayor Melvin Carter said Saturday night. “Don’t go out of your homes; don’t make things more difficult,” Walz said.  As curfew approached, hundreds of protesters sat to await the arrival of law enforcement near Fifth Precinct. One commented that police couldn’t arrest the whole group. Soon, black-clad law enforcement approached to the sound of explosions. Some demonstrators chanted: “Hands up, don’t shoot!” Police officers fired nonlethal projectiles toward masses of people, including a crowd of journalists gathered in an alley next to a looted store. Protesters reported tear gas being used. Some people hobbled away from an intersection appearing to be injured. “State Patrol troopers are moving in to secure the Fifth Precinct. Go home and obey the curfew order now,” Minnesota Department of Public Safety tweeted. — Trevor Hughes and Jordan Culver, USA TODAY

Los Angeles: Looting and destruction mount, mayor sets curfew Looting and property destruction mounted Saturday in Los Angeles as police worked to disperse protesters after the third evening of mass demonstrations. City Mayor Eric Garcetti set a curfew from 8 p.m. to 5:30 a.m. throughout the whole city. Police set up skirmish lines throughout the downtown area and fired non-lethal ammunition in at least one incident, City News Service reported. Garcetti requested the National Guard.  Protesters looted several downtown businesses, including a Target store, a Rite Aid, a Starbucks and jewelry stores near Sixth Street and Broadway. Fires were ignited near the intersection of Hill and Seventh Street, and in one case, a person threw the hose being used by a firefighter into a smoldering fire. Garcetti urged residents to go home. “When things burn, it is not the time to stay,” he said. Taking part in civil unrest, he added, does a disservice to Floyd’s memory. He noted Los Angeles has seen unrest over racial issues before, a nod to the Watts Riots in 1965 and the disturbance after the Rodney King verdict that exonerated the police officers who were videotaped beating him in 1992.  — Chris Woodyard, USA TODAY Fayetteville, North Carolina: Reporter injured as looters break into J.C. Penney Protests turned violent in Fayetteville even after police opted to close access to downtown areas of the city. People reportedly went to a local mall and were seen running in an out of the J.C. Penney amid reports of looting. A reporter for the Fayetteville Observer reporter was attacked while shooting video from the scene and is being treated for minor injuries at a local hospital.  The Fayetteville Police Department earlier tweeted it was “deploying officers to stop the damage to property and violence.”

— Rodger Mullen, Melody Brown-Peyton, Paul Woolverton, Rachael Riley, The Fayetteville Observer

Memphis: One protest ends peacefully, the other in chaos About two hours after a demonstration against police brutality ended peacefully on Saturday night, a confrontation played out between a crowd of people and a team of police officers in riot gear and on horseback. When police horses entered the area, a chaotic few seconds followed: Police barricades tumbled to the ground and people fell down. Glass bottles flew through the air. At one point the crowd chanted: “No justice, no peace.” The standoff was a dramatic contrast from a peaceful protest march earlier in the evening. That demonstration had apparently ended without arrests, and the police had largely let it play out on its own, without interference. Most of the crowd from the protest march left around 9 p.m.

— Laura Testino, Desiree Stennett, Daniel Connolly, Corinne S Kennedy and Samuel Hardiman, Memphis Commercial Appeal

Detroit: Day starts peacefully, turns violent Saturday, in the light of day, the protesting crowd appeared to be mostly peaceful, with police following marching protesters closely and even handing out masks, a coronavirus precaution, to those who did not have them. The situation changed late in the evening. A new — and larger — crowd filled downtown and turned violent. In the skirmishes, Detroit Free Press reporters were exposed to tear gas, and a phone was violently knocked out of a photographer’s hand.  Police in riot gear, supported by armored cars, moved toward protesters. Crowds began to gather at about 4:30 p.m. Most wore masks, and many carried signs, some with angry slogans. By about 8 p.m., and just after a moment of tension between protesters and police, the crowd began to disperse, with a few folks saying they’d be back again for a third day of demonstrations at 4 p.m. Sunday. On Friday, a 21-year-old male from Eastpointe was been fatally shot near a protest in downtown Detroit when he was approached by an unknown suspect while in his vehicle, police said. Friday night’s protest had at least 60 arrests. — David Jesse, JC Reindl, Branden Hunter and Frank Witsil, Detroit Free Press

RIOTERS SMASHING POLICE CARS IN TIMES SQUARE Phoenix: Police demand protesters disperse

A large group of protesters knelt with their hands up in the streets outside Phoenix police and municipal buildings. They chanted, “Hands up, don’t shoot” and “Black lives matter.”

Phoenix police stood in full riot gear outside the front entrance of the department headquarters, amid sound and smoke from numerous flash bangs. Officers began broadcasting a message telling protesters they were engaging in an unlawful assembly, and they needed to disperse immediately.

— BrieAnna J. Frank, Joshua Bowling and Angel Mendoza, Arizona Republic

Miami: Curfew after fire in cars, rubber bullets The Miami Police Department announced a 10 p.m. Saturday curfew for the city. The city also will have a Sunday curfew for 8 p.m. until 6 a.m. Police warned violators would be subject to arrest. Thirty-eight people had been arrested as midnight approached, police said. The police department asked residents to stay away from Miami’s downtown and Wynwood areas citing a “situation involving large crowds of protestors.” The Miami Herald reported protests in the area started peacefully but eventually devolved into violence.

Flint, Michigan: Sheriff walks with protesters Video showed Genessee County Sheriff Christopher Swanson walking with protesters Saturday after taking off his riot gear. He joined the demonstration to cheers from attendees. In a video posted to Facebook, Swanson told the gathered protesters, “We want to be with y’all, for real. I took the helmet off; they laid the batons down. We want to make this a parade.”  As Swanson was talking, the crowd began to chant, “Walk with us!” Swanson began walking with the crowd, saying he could walk all night.  FIRES RAGE IN GRAND RAPIDS

Chicago: Demonstration outside Trump Tower; curfew in place

Chicago Mayor Lori Lightfoot announced a curfew for the city, effective between 9 p.m. and 6 a.m.  Earlier, hundreds of protesters gathered downtown at Federal Plaza on Saturday afternoon for a demonstration organized by Black Lives Matter. Protesters chanted “Say his name, George Floyd” and “Say her name, Breonna Taylor” as drivers honked their horns. Some held signs saying “Black lives matter” and “Liberty and justice for all.” At least two police vehicles were covered in spray paint.  Protesters reported seeing demonstrators being arrested outside Trump Tower as the group marched north through downtown. After passing Trump Tower, thousands of protesters took a knee in silence. A spokesperson for Chicago police said he was not immediately able to provide an update.

The Chicago Transit Authority temporarily suspended train services to downtown.

— Grace Hauck and Jordan Culver, USA TODAY

Jacksonville, Florida: Damaged vehicles, officer injured Violence erupted in Jacksonville’s downtown Saturday night, after thousands of people earlier marched peacefully on police headquarters in protest of law enforcement abuses of force. Jacksonville Sheriff Mike Williams said one officer had been hospitalized after being “slashed in the neck.” Broken glass and damage to Jacksonville sheriff’s vehicles were reported, as was the firing of tear gas. Police urged people not already downtown Saturday night to stay away from the area. — Teresa Stepzinski and Garry Smits, Florida Times-Union

Philadelphia: Officers injured, peaceful protests turn chaotic Charred cars, one lying flipped on its roof in a pile of ashes, lined John F. Kennedy Blvd. Saturday night as the city started to clean up after peaceful protests gave way to a fiery afternoon. Police Commissioner Danielle Outlaw said 13 police officers were injured in protests that resulted in property damage and several burned cars. Fourteen people were arrested, police said just before midnight. By the 8 p.m. curfew set by Philadelphia police, the large crowds had mostly dispersed. Dozens of officers stood in a line at the municipal services building, steps away from where at least one of the department’s cars was burned. Just hours before, hundreds flooded City Hall, damaging cars and spraypainting messages on buildings, vehicles and the city block. — Phaedra Trethan and Jeff Neiburg, Cherry Hill Courier-Post

Seattle: ‘Hands up, don’t shoot’ Hundreds of people gathered outside Seattle Police Department headquarters midday Saturday, where speakers from the NAACP and ACLU spoke to the crowd. “Hands up, don’t shoot,” the group chanted. Later, protesters forced the closure of Interstate 5 through central Seattle, the Associated P. Police used flash bangs and pepper spray to clear demonstrators.  Washington Gov. Jay Inslee tweeted Saturday he activated 200 members of the state’s National Guard.

Atlanta: 9 p.m. curfew established Georgia’s governor declared a state of emergency early Saturday to activate the state National Guard. Atlanta Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms signed an executive order Saturday establishing a 9 p.m. curfew “as a result of the recent acts of violence demonstrated throughout the city.” The curfew ends at sunrise Sunday. Brian Kemp tweeted that up to 500 members of the Guard would deploy immediately “to protect people & property in Atlanta.” He said he acted at the request of Bottoms, who earlier appealed for calm. At least three officers were hurt and there were multiple arrests in Friday’s protests, Atlanta police spokesman Carlos Campos said.

— Associated Press

Pittsburgh: Protests become ‘volatile’ Pittsburgh police deployed gas on a group of thousands of demonstrators Saturday after a peaceful protest against turned destructive. Pittsburgh Public Safety declared the situation an unlawful assembly. “This follows repeated acts of violence, property damage and looting of businesses, which is ongoing. Residents please stay home. Businesses should close. If you are Downtown, leave the area,” officials tweeted. Pittsburgh Public Safety tweeted just before 6 p.m. that police had deployed gas after the protest became “volatile.” — Daveen Rae Kurutz, The Beaver County Times

Tallahassee, Florida: Truck hits protesters Scattered and largely peaceful demonstrations Saturday in Tallahassee were marred when a pickup truck allegedly hit a group of protesters. Three white people in a red pickup truck with a Georgia license plate yelled at a crowd of Black Lives Matter protesters, then drove into the crowd, witnesses said. Some wound up on the hood of the car and may have shattered the windshield. Tallahassee Mayor John E. Dailey later tweeted that “no one was seriously injured” and the driver of the vehicle was “immediately taken into custody.”

— Nada Hassanein, Jeff Burlew and James Call, Tallahassee Democrat

Petal, Mississippi: Mayor sorry for comments, won’t resign Petal Mayor Hal Marx said he apologizes that comments he made have caused so much pain, but he denies his comments were racist, and says he won’t resign. Marx came under fire Tuesday when he tweeted he “didn’t see anything unreasonable” in the incident that led to Floyd’s death. “I admit that my comments on the recent tragic death of George Floyd in Minnesota were made in haste and not well-thought-out or expressed,” he said. “Because of this, my words were taken out of the context in which they were meant. For that, I apologize. “I apologize to those who found them to be insensitive, and I apologize to the people of our city.” — Lici Beveridge, Mississippi Clarion Ledger

Portland: State of emergency Portland Mayor Ted Wheeler announced a state of emergency Saturday morning after protests in the city intensified. The state of emergency includes a curfew on Saturday beginning at 8 p.m. and running through 6 a.m. Sunday. “Burning buildings with people inside, stealing from small and large businesses, threatening and harassing reporters,” he tweeted early Saturday morning. “This isn’t calling for meaningful change in our communities, this is disgusting.” Wilmington, Delaware: Protesters block traffic

In Wilmington, Delaware, dozens of protesters blocked traffic on Interstate 95. Delaware State Police temporarily closed the interstate around 2 p.m. ET. At least one protester could be seen smashing the window of a police SUV, according to videos posted on social media.

Montgomery, Alabama: Largely peaceful protests at precinct, Capitol Dozens gathered Saturday afternoon in front of a Montgomery police precinct before a gathering at the Capitol, where law enforcement blocked off traffic for a rally that lasted more than two hours. Montgomery Mayor Steven Reed on Friday called Floyd’s death a “lynching” in a virtual town hall before asking for a moment of silence for him at an afternoon press conference. Police Chief Ernest Finley also spoke, calling Floyd’s death “very disturbing.” — Melissa Brown, Montgomery Advertiser

Providence, Rhode Island: A chorus of 1,000 voices A chorus of nearly 1,000 voices shouted Floyd’s name from the Statehouse lawn on Saturday. “I’m tired of watching young black, brown, beautiful people dying,” said Gary Dantzler, an act ivist with Black Lives Matter Rhode Island, the group that organized Saturday’s rally. “White supremacy, we gotta end it.” – Madeleine List, Providence Journal

Lake Worth Beach, Florida: No violence Shouting “I can’t breathe” and “Hands up, don’t shoot,” about 250 demonstrators stopped traffic downtown on Saturday. The march down Lake Avenue from Bryant Park to City Hall was orderly and largely peaceful. – Joe Capozzi, Palm Beach Post

Sarasota, Florida: Teens decorate cars At Sarasota City Hall, about 30 masked protesters from teens to seniors decorated their cars with messages condemning police brutality in light of Floyd’s death.

Emily Wunderlich, Sarasota Herald-Tribune

Peoria, Illinois: ‘Fired up! Ready to go!’ A crowd of a few hundred marched for about a mile and a half in Peoria on Saturday afternoon, from the riverfront to the city’s police station and the courthouse, alternating call-and-response slogans, including “No justice, no peace; no racist police” and “Fired up! Ready to go!” Most attendees wore masks or other face coverings, which organizers urged to abide by the state’s standing public health orders. The peaceful demonstration of just more than two hours included participants chanting not only Floyd’s name, but also the names of Peoria men Eddie Russell Jr. and Luis Cruz, who were killed in police-involved shootings over the past three years.

New Orleans: ‘We are here in solidarity’ A crowd of close to 1,000 people gathered across the street from New Orleans City Hall, carrying signs that read “No Justice No Peace” and “Say his name! George Floyd.” Groups of people prepared to march out in three rows through the streets of downtown to the police headquarters several blocks away. “I’m here to make them see we are here with Minneapolis — we are here in solidarity as a community,” said Andrew Miragliotta, who went to the rally with his wife, Jenna Miragliotta. As organizers started leading the crowd in a chant of “No Justice No Peace,” Jenna Miragliottta said: “White silence is perpetuating this and it keeps happening. We are bringing our bodies, our voices to support and show up. Visibility matters.” – Maria Clark, The American South

Visalia, California: ‘This is America’ Hundreds of protesters – from toddlers to adults – lined a highway, chanting “Black lives matter” and holding signs that said “justice for George Floyd” and “we will be the change.” One protester brought a portable speaker and played Childish Gambino’s “This is America.” Cars honked as they drove past.

Rochester, New York: ‘For over 400 years, we have been in pain’ Hundreds marched to the Public Safety Building in downtown Rochester on Saturday to honor victims of police brutality. Organizers asked participants to wear masks and practice social distancing. “Four hundred years ago, a lie got told — the lie of white superiority and black inferiority,” said Melanie Funchess, the director of community engagement for the Mental Health Association of Rochester/Monroe County. “For over 400 years, we have been in pain.” Some members of the crowd spray painted poles and other objects along the way; their actions were later denounced by organizers of the event. Rochester police were present at the rally, but did not intervene. Some were armed and carried shields.

– Sarah Taddeo, USA TODAY Network Greenville, South Carolina: Organizers encourage unity

More than 200 people gathered in Greenville on Saturday morning for a peaceful protest.

Dalores Bowens, one of the organizers, said the goal of the protest was to highlight the risks that black people, and others, face at times from police. But the big aim, she said, was to encourage unity and have a peaceful expression of anger and frustration. READ MORE US On The Brink Of Martial Law As Officials Implement Contact Tracing Methods To Track Rioters As peaceful protests turn to violent riots, government officials finally admit the protest are being hijacked by organized groups from out of state with the purpose to cause destruction and chaos. Nationwide Protests Intensify Over Death Of George Floyd Overnight, the calls for justice across the country grew more intense following the death of George Floyd. Clashes between demonstrators and police sparked violence in at least 20 cities, including Atlanta, Detroit, New York and San Jose.

https://www.governmentpropaganda.net/evil-reigns-supreme-across-america-george-soros-funded-antifa-and-black-lives-matters-anarchists-wreak-havoc/ 

:: 5-21-20 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Australian researchers see virus design manipulation

By Bill Gertz - The Washington Times - Thursday, May 21, 2020

A forthcoming Australian scientific study concludes that the coronavirus causing the global pandemic contains unique properties suggesting it was manipulated in a Chinese laboratory and was not the result of a natural occurrence. Five scientists who conducted the study discovered an unusual ability of the SARS-CoV-2 virus, as the pathogen behind COVID-19 is called, to easily infect humans. The scientists said there is no sign so far that the virus can be found in other animals, including bats or the exotic wildlife sold for fresh meat at a market in the Chinese city of Wuhan, where the virus was first identified and where China maintains a major laboratory studying such viruses. The preliminary report of the study, which is now being peer-reviewed, is based on computer modeling of the virus’ ability to infect various animals, including humans. It was published May 13 on the Cornell University website arXiv.org, which is used for discussion of pre-publication papers. Nikolai Petrovsky, the lead researcher, said his team suspects human manipulation in Wuhan because of the unmatched ability of the virus’ protruding spike to infect human cells. The virus’ binding strength for human cells “far exceeds” similar properties for infecting other animals, he said in a statement on the forthcoming report. “This, plus the fact that no corresponding virus has been found to exist in nature, leads to the possibility that COVID-19 is a human-created virus,” said Mr. Petrovsky, a professor at the College of Medicine and Public Health at Flinders University in Adelaide, Australia. “It is therefore entirely plausible that the virus was created in the biosecurity facility in Wuhan by selection on cells expressing human ACE2, a laboratory that was known to be cultivating exotic bat coronaviruses at the time.” ACE2 is the acronym for angiotensin-converting enzyme 2, which is on cell surfaces. The enzyme is the entry point the coronavirus uses to infect organisms and spread. Human lung cells contain ACE2 receptors that have been shown to be key targets of the SARS-CoV-2. A laboratory-treated coronavirus also could have escaped the facility through an accidental infection of a staff member who then visited the Wuhan wild animal market, Mr. Petrovsky said. Other potential sources include inappropriate disposal of medical waste at a Wuhan laboratory or transmission from a cat or other animal that came into contact with infected waste. Mr. Petrovsky said the research team believes the quick evolution of the coronavirus and its unique ability to infect humans are either “a remarkable coincidence or a sign of human intervention.” Chinese Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Hua Chunying denied again this month that the Wuhan Institute of Virology, which houses China’s high-security laboratory studying pathogens, was the source of the outbreak. The head of the Wuhan laboratory has also said she is convinced after a review that her lab played no role in the virus’ spread. Another Chinese Foreign Ministry official, Zhao Lijian, suggested that the U.S. Army brought the virus to China. President Trump and other top officials angrily denied that accusation. The Australian study contradicts other scientists’ assertions that there is no evidence the virus originated in a Chinese laboratory or that it is the result of laboratory bioengineering. Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases and a key adviser to Mr. Trump on the pandemic, has dismissed any suggestion that the virus came from a Chinese laboratory. “If you look at the evolution of the virus in bats and what’s out there now, [the scientific evidence] is very, very strongly leaning toward this could not have been artificially or deliberately manipulated,” he told National Geographic this month “Everything about the stepwise evolution over time strongly indicates that [this virus] evolved in nature and then jumped species.” ‘Highly adapted’ pathogen The forthcoming study, however, concludes that the binding energy of the virus’ “spike” protein — the crownlike protrusions surrounding the surface of the round microbe — is highest for humans and greater than all other species tested, including bats, which have been widely targeted as the likely original source. “This indicates that SARS-CoV-2 is a highly adapted human pathogen,” the Australian report said. The team analyzed spike protein binding of the virus on a range of other animals, including pangolins, civets, mice, hamsters, cats, dogs, snakes, horses, tigers and cows. “Overall, the data indicates that SARS-CoV-2 is uniquely adapted to infect humans, raising important questions as to whether it arose in nature by a rare chance event or whether its origins might lie elsewhere,” the report said. Jonathan J. Couey, a research assistant professor of neurobiology at the University of Pittsburgh, said he agrees with the Australian findings “Understanding the exact origin of this virus is vital to ensure that all scientific and medical data are interpreted correctly by policymakers and health care professionals alike,” Mr. Couey said. However, he said, debate on the laboratory origin of the virus has been stymied by scientists opposed to even considering the possibility. “Several scientists with obvious conflicts of interest have been permitted to go on the record denying that it would be possible to generate such a virus in a laboratory and stating specifically that the sequence of SARS-CoV-2 would never have been chosen by any ‘gene jockey,’” he said in an email. “Both of these denials are not genuine scientific rebuttals, but rather semantic pseudo-denials formulated by some of those most closely tied to the funding of these [gain of function] research lines.” “Gain-of-function research” is laboratory work to increase the ability of pathogens to cause disease. It is carried out to study pandemics and how to respond to them. U.S. investigation Research institutions and U.S. intelligence agencies are investigating the origin of the virus, which has now infected nearly 5 million people worldwide and is blamed for at least 323,000 deaths. The 106,000 new cases of infections recorded Tuesday was the most in a single day since the outbreak began, World Health Organization officials said in Geneva.  U.S. intelligence agencies say they agree with a “wide scientific consensus” that the virus was not man-made or genetically modified, according to an April 30 statement by the Office of the Director of National Intelligence. But public and private researchers have said it is impossible to dismiss the possibility of an accidental leak from the Wuhan laboratory of what became the COVID-19 strain. Research institutions and U.S. intelligence agencies are investigating the origin of the virus, which has now infected nearly 5 million people worldwide and is blamed for at least 323,000 deaths. The 106,000 new cases of infections recorded Tuesday was the most in a single day since the outbreak began, World Health Organization officials said in Geneva. U.S. intelligence agencies say they agree with a “wide scientific consensus” that the virus was not man-made or genetically modified, according to an April 30 statement by the Office of the Director of National Intelligence. But public and private researchers have said it is impossible to dismiss the possibility of an accidental leak from the Wuhan laboratory of what became the COVID-19 strain. coronavirus contained four insertions to the spike protein that are unique to SARS-CoV-2 and not found in other coronaviruses. The features, they said, are similar to those found in the virus known as HIV. Those scientists concluded that similar structures are “unlikely to be fortuitous in nature.” The Indian paper was withdrawn under pressure from China, but the scientists involved refused to repudiate their research and promised to publish their findings eventually. Mr. Petrovsky, who is also research director for Vaxine Pty Ltd., a biotechnology company based in Bedford Park, South Australia, said the source of the virus remains a vitally important question. “While COVID-19 has close similarities to SARS and other bat viruses, no natural virus matching to COVID-19 has been found in nature despite an intensive search to find its origins,” he said. “This raises the very legitimate question of whether the COVID-19 virus might be the result of human intervention.” Like other scientists who studied the virus, the Australian team did not find easily recognizable artificial gene inserts that would signal virus engineering. Mr. Petrovsky said there are ways to manipulate viruses without such inserts. For example, laboratory technicians could take a bat coronavirus that is not infectious to humans and force its evolution by culturing the virus with cells source of the virus remains a vitally important question. “While COVID-19 has close similarities to SARS and other bat viruses, no natural virus matching to COVID-19 has been found in nature despite an intensive search to find its origins,” he said. “This raises the very legitimate question of whether the COVID-19 virus might be the result of human intervention.” Like other scientists who studied the virus, the Australian team did not find easily recognizable artificial gene inserts that would signal virus engineering. Mr. Petrovsky said there are ways to manipulate viruses without such inserts. For example, laboratory technicians could take a bat coronavirus that is not infectious to humans and force its evolution by culturing the virus with cells but is sufficiently different that it no longer resembles the original bat virus,” he said. Since those mutations would be acquired randomly in a laboratory, there would be no signature of bioengineering “but this is clearly a virus still created by human intervention.” The Chinese government initially said the virus appeared to originate in the Huanan seafood market in Wuhan but later changed its official version to say the origin is something for scientists to study. Beijing initially opposed international calls for an investigation into how the disease outbreak began but this week said it would support an independent WHO probe of the handling of the disease outbreak at an unspecified date. Critics say Chinese secrecy has prevented scientists from learning about the virus. However, “the nature of this event and its proximity to a high-risk biosecurity facility at the epicenter of the outbreak demands a full and independent international inquiry to ascertain whether a virus of this kind of COVID-19 was being cultured in the facility and might have been accidentally released,” Mr. Petrovsky said.

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2020/may/21/australian-researchers-see-virus-design-manipulati/ 

:: 5-28-20 News Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump’s China Trade War Could Lead To Xi’s Destruction- Beijing has reacted to economic crisis by by cracking down domestically, which could have unintended consequences.

Posted by Klark JoussMay 28, 2020

Many observers dismiss the China policies of President Donald Trump as mere protectionism or worse, but in fact the White House has put Chinese dictator Xi Jinping into an increasingly difficult bind. By pursuing America’s long neglected interests in global trade and supporting democracy in Hong Kong, Washington may be pushing China towards political change and even an eventual democratic opening. On Wednesday, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced that the Trump Administration no longer considered Hong Kong to have significant autonomy from mainland China (citing in part China’s latest intention to crack down on the island’s protests with a new national security law), suggesting that it may have rescind special trade status with Hong Kong as a result. Doing so would have widespread repercussions for Hong Kong and Chinese markets, though the National People’s Congress was still poised to pass the controversial security law despite the threat on Thursday. The administration also took off the gloves with China over U.S. listings by mainland companies that fail to follow U.S. securities laws. This came after the Commerce Department finally moved to limit access by Huawei Technologies to high-end silicon chips made with U.S. lithography machines. The trade war with China is heating up, but a conflict was inevitable and particularly when it comes to technology. At the bleeding edge of 7 and 5 nanometer feature size, American tech still rules the world of semiconductors. In 2018, Qualcomm confirmed its next-generation Snapdragon SoC would be built at 7 nm. Huawei has already officially announced its first 7nm chip—the Kirin 980. But now Huawei is effectively shut out of the best in class of custom-made chips, giving Samsung and Apple a built-in advantage in handsets and network equipment. It was no secret that Washington allowed Huawei to use loopholes in last year’s blacklist rules to continue to buy U.S. sourced chips. Now the door is closed, however, as the major Taiwan foundries led by TSMC will be forced to stop custom production for Huawei, which is basically out of business in about 90 days when its inventory of chips runs out. But even as Huawei spirals down, the White House is declaring financial war on dozens of other listed Chinese firms. President Donald Trump said in an interview with Fox Business News that forcing Chinese companies to follow U.S. accounting norms would likely push them to list in non-U.S. exchanges. Chinese companies that list their shares in the U.S. have long refused to allow American regulators to inspect their accounting audits, citing direction from their government—a practice that market authorities here have been unwilling or unable to stop. The attack by the Trump Administration on shoddy financial disclosure at Chinese firms is long overdue, but comes at a time when the political evolution in China is turning decidedly authoritarian in nature and against any pretense of market-oriented development. The rising power of state companies in China parallels the accumulation of power in the hands of Xi Jinping, who is increasingly seen as a threat to western-oriented business leaders. The trade tensions with Washington provide a perfect foil to crack down on popular unrest in Hong Kong and discipline wayward oligarchs. The latest moves by Beijing to take full control in Hong Kong are part of the more general retrenchment visible in China. “[P]rivate entrepreneurs are increasingly nervous about their future,” writes Henny Sender in the Financial Times. “In many cases, these entrepreneurs have U.S. passports or green cards and both children and property in America. To be paid in U.S. dollars outside China for their companies must look more tempting by the day.” A torrent of western oriented Chinese business leaders is exiting before the door is shut completely. The fact is that China’s position in U.S. trade has retreated as nations like Mexico and Vietnam have gained. Mexico is now America’s largest trading partner and Vietnam has risen to 11th, reports Qian Wang of Bloomberg News. Meanwhile, China has dropped from 21 percent of U.S. trade in 2018 to just 18 percent last year. A big part of the shift is due to the U.S.-Mexico-Canada trade pact, which is expected to accelerate a return of production to North America. Sourcing for everything from autos to semiconductors is expected to rotate away from China in coming years. China abandoned its decades-old practice of setting a target for annual economic growth, claiming that it was prioritizing goals such as stabilizing employment, alleviating poverty and preventing risks in 2020. Many observers accept the official communist party line that the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic made it almost impossible to fix an expansion rate this year, but in fact the lasting effects of the 2008 financial crisis and the aggressive policies of President Trump have rocked China back on its heels. As China becomes increasingly focused inward and with an eye on public security, the economic situation is likely to deteriorate further. While many observers viewed China’s “Belt & Road” initiative as a sign of confidence and strength, in fact it was Beijing’s attempt to deal with an economic realignment that followed the 2008 crisis. The arrival of President Trump on the scene further weakened China’s already unstable mercantilist economic model, where non-existent internal demand was supposed to make up for falling global trade flows. Or at least this was the plan until COVID-19. “Before the Covid-19 outbreak, many economists were expecting China to set a GDP growth target of 6% to 6.5% to reflect the gradual slowdown in the pace of expansion over the past few years,” reports Caixin Global. “Growth slid to 6.1% in 2019 from 6.7% in 2018. But the devastation caused by the coronavirus epidemic — which saw the economy contract 6.8% year-on-year in the first quarter — has thrown those forecasts out of the window.” Out of the window indeed. Instead of presiding over a glorious expansion of the Chinese sphere of influence in Asia, Xi Jinping is instead left to fight a defensive action economically and financially. The prospective end of the special status of Hong Kong is unlikely to have any economic benefits and may actually cause China’s problems with massive internal debt and economic malaise to intensify. Beijing’s proposed security law would reduce Hong Kong’s separate legal status and likely bring an end to the separate currency and business environment. Trump economic advisor Larry Kudlow, speaking to Fox News Channel, called Beijing’s actions “very disturbing.” He said that Washington would back any American companies that wanted to leave Hong Kong or China’s mainland to come home. “We will do what we can for full expensing and pay the cost of moving if they return their supply chains and their production to the United States,” he told Fox News. The trade war is underway and in earnest. If you had predicted prior to 2016 that America would have a nationalist president who was willing to discard the puerile corporate interests that want closer commercial ties with China and instead pursue America’s strategic interests, most people would have rightly laughed. In 2016, we awaited the enthronement of Hillary Clinton, but remarkably got Donald Trump, who is not afraid to use China as a useful political whipping boy while also pursuing a strategy to destabilize one of the last truly authoritarian regimes on earth. Mao Tse Tung said: “A revolution is not a dinner party, or writing an essay, or painting a picture, or doing embroidery; it cannot be so refined, so leisurely and gentle, so temperate, kind, courteous, restrained and magnanimous. A revolution is an insurrection, an act of violence by which one class overthrows another.” The truth is that China has always been weak, even if its outward behavior is aggressive, even obnoxious. But beneath the confident exterior is a nation that still cannot feed itself, lacks stable sources of energy and is addicted to using debt to spur short-term economic growth. As Chinese in Hong Kong and other parts of China demand greater openness and accountability, the grip on power of the Chinese Communist Party is weakening. In order to retain power, Xi Jinping must be ready to use even harsher authoritarian methods, a path that will ultimately lead to his destruction.

https://my72.news.blog/2020/05/28/trumps-china-trade-war-could-lead-to-xis-destruction-beijing-has-reacted-to-economic-crisis-by-by-cracking-down-domestically-which-could-have-

unintended-consequences/ 

:: 5-26-20 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Are Being Told To Prepare “To See High Prices At Grocery Stores” And “It’s Likely That Shortages May Only Get Worse”

May 26, 2020 by Michael Snyder

If you have been to a grocery store lately, then you already know that prices are higher than usual and that there are shortages of certain items. Many Americans have been assuming that as COVID-19 restrictions are slowly rolled back that these shortages will eventually disappear, but now even the Washington Post is admitting that “shortages may get worse” in the weeks and months ahead. Of course there will still be plenty of food available in the grocery stores, but you may have to do without some of your favorite products for a while. And you should also brace yourself for significantly higher prices for many of the products that do remain available. As WBTV has noted, this will especially be true for basic meat staples such as ground beef and chicken… Americans looking to get outside this holiday weekend, maybe fire up the grill, should be prepared to see high prices at grocery stores, especially cookout staples like ground beef and chicken. The meat at the store is a little bit more expensive because of plants that are shutting down and causing a logjam in the food supply chain. All over the country, COVID-19 is playing havoc with food distribution systems, and nobody has been hit harder than meat processing facilities. The virus has spread like wildfire in such facilities, and this has resulted in many of them being forced to shut down for an extended period of time. With less supply and roughly the same level of demand, meat prices have escalated quite a bit in recent weeks. In fact, in April we witnessed the largest spike in food prices in 46 years… Prices Americans paid for eggs, meat, cereal and milk shot higher in April as people flocked to grocery stores to stock up on food amid government lockdowns designed to slow the spread of Covid-19. The Labor Department reported Tuesday that prices U.S. consumers paid for groceries jumped 2.6% in April, the largest one-month pop since February 1974. The spike in supermarket prices was broad based and impacted items from broccoli and ham to oatmeal and tuna. Of course there have also been whispers that some funny business has been taking place among the meatpacking giants, and federal officials are now investigating allegations of price fixing… Federal prosecutors are looking into allegations that the meatpacking industry is coordinating or manipulating prices, a person familiar with the investigation told FOX News. The Department of Justice investigation has been going on for “months,” the source said. Prosecutors are specifically scrutinizing the four largest meatpackers in the U.S., which control more than 80 percent of the market: JBS, National Beef, Tyson Foods and Cargill. But no matter how that investigation unfolds, we should expect higher prices to continue, because the industry simply cannot produce as much meat as usual with so many facilities shut down right now. And with each passing day, we learn of more workers that have become infected. In fact, 570 workers at a single Tyson Foods plant in North Carolina just tested positive for the virusMeat processing plants across the country are struggling with outbreaks of the coronavirus. That includes the Tyson Foods chicken processing facility in Wilkes County, N.C. More than 2,200 workers were tested at the Wilkesboro plant, and 570 were positive for the coronavirus. With so many meat processing facilities all over the nation currently idle, many farmers simply do not have anyone to sell to right now, and this has pushed many of them to the brink of financial ruin. For example, it is exceedingly expensive to raise chickens on a massive scale, but with so many plants closed down North Carolina farmers are now being forced “to euthanize 1.5 million chickens”… Coronavirus outbreaks at meat processing plants are forcing North Carolina farmers to euthanize 1.5 million chickens, according to a state official.

Assistant Agriculture Commissioner Joe Reardon told The News & Observer that this is the first time during the pandemic that North Carolina farmers have had to euthanize their animals. Roughly a third of the 1.5 million chickens already had been killed, Reardon said. Similar scenarios are playing out all over the U.S., and this is truly a tremendous tragedy. Unlike some other areas around the globe right now, we would actually have plenty of meat if the farmers could get their animals through the supply chain. Unfortunately, fear of COVID-19 has thrown the supply chain into a state of chaos, and that is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. In fact, the mainstream media is now warning us “that shortages may only get worse”… The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has estimated at least 5,000 workers were infected by the end of April, though advocates have suggested there could be more than 17,000. And with plants already slow to respond to outbreaks and some still partially closed, it’s likely that shortages may only get worse. The good news is that eventually this pandemic will subside, and when that happens it is likely that the supply chain will start to revert back to normal once again. But if fear of COVID-19 can cause this much chaos for our food distribution systems, what will happen once a much more severe crisis hits us? When things really start going crazy in this country, basic supplies will disappear from the stores very rapidly, and the government is not going to be bringing baskets of food to your door. In the end, you will be on your own. And in the short-term, you should expect food prices to continue to rise. The federal government has been borrowing and spending trillions of dollars that we do not have during this pandemic, and the Federal Reserve has cranked up the money creation machine to absolutely absurd levels. What this means is that the value of our currency is rapidly being devalued, and eventually we will see very painful inflation. I know that food prices seem really high right now, but they are only going to go up from here. So stock up on what you can while you have this window of opportunity to do so, because this window of opportunity will not last indefinitely.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/we-are-being-told-to-prepare-to-see-high-prices-at-grocery-stores-and-its-likely-that-shortages-may-only-get-worse 

:: 5-27-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ex-Top FBI Official: FBI investigated Trump Campaign Without Justification, New Docs Confirm

Document drafted by Peter Strzok to launch ‘Crossfire Hurricane’ is ‘invalid’ and ‘an absurdity’

Jamie White | Infowars.com - May 27, 2020

A document released by the FBI that launched the entire Russia collusion hoax investigation shows the bureau had absolutely zero justification to probe the Trump campaign, according to a former top FBI official. In an editorial for The Hill, former FBI assistant director of intelligence Kevin R. Brock explains how the electronic communication document drafted by now-fired FBI special agent Peter Strzok fails to justify opening the “Crossfire Hurricane” counterintelligence investigation into Trump’s campaign. “Late last week the FBI document that started the Trump-Russia collusion fiasco was publicly released,” Brock wrote Wednesday. “It hasn’t received a lot of attention but it should, because not too long from now this document likely will be blown up and placed on an easel as Exhibit A in a federal courtroom.” Brock systematically breaks down how the document is an “absurdity” and “invalid on its face.” “In a normal, legitimate FBI Electronic Communication, or EC, there would be a ‘To’ and a ‘From’ line. The Crossfire Hurricane EC has only a ‘From’ line; it is from a part of the FBI’s Counterintelligence Division whose contact is listed as Peter Strzok,” Brock explained. “The EC was drafted also by Peter Strzok. And, finally, it was approved by Peter Strzok. Essentially, it is a document created by Peter Strzok, approved by Peter Strzok, and sent from Peter Strzok to Peter Strzok.” “An agent cannot approve his or her own case; that would make a mockery of the oversight designed to protect Americans. Yet, for this document, Peter Strzok was pitcher, catcher, batter and umpire.” Brock then notes how the EC was opened as a Foreign Agent Registration Act (FARA) investigation, which is “rarely investigated” because it involves a clearly established “criminal violation,” of which there was none here. “Ultimately, there was no attempt by Strzok to articulate any factors that address the elements of FARA,” Brock wrote. “He couldn’t, because there are none. Instead, there was a weak attempt to allege some kind of cooperation with Russians by unknown individuals affiliated with the Trump campaign, again, with no supporting facts listed.” “What this FBI document clearly establishes is that Crossfire Hurricane was an illicit, made-up investigation lacking a shred of justifying predication, sprung from the mind of someone who despised Donald Trump, and then blessed by inexperienced leadership at the highest levels who harbored their own now well-established biases.” Brock then asserts that no competent FBI leader would have approved of such a flimsy and poorly-articulated EC. “Instead, the nation was left with an investigation of a presidential campaign that had no legitimate predication; that spawned a Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act intercept of a U.S. citizen that had no legitimate predication; that resulted in a confrontation with a new administration’s national security adviser that had no legitimate predication; and, finally, that led to an expensive special counsel investigation that had no legitimate predication.” “Accountability is demanded by the American people. Let’s pray we see some,” he concluded. View the full FBI/Strzok EC below:

https://www.infowars.com/ex-top-fbi-official-fbi-investigated-trump-campaign-without-justification-new-docs-confirm/ 

:: 5-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CCP Mouthpiece Slams "Habitual Liar" Pompeo, Says US 'Incapable' Of Judging Hong Kong's Autonomy

by Tyler Durden Wed, 05/27/2020 - 16:33

Update (1430ET): One of the most visible english-language mouthpieces for the Communist Party has just weighed in on Secretary Pompeo's decision. Global Times editor Hu Xijin accused Pompeo of being a habitual liar, and insisted it was not up to the US Congress to decide whether Hong Kong is "autonomous". We imagine we'll be hearing more from the Foreign Ministry in a few hours.   * * *

In what appears to be a preview of the at-this-point inevitable White House decision to strip Hong Kong of its preferred trading status over the new National Security law imposed by Beijing, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo tweeted on Wednesday that he has "reported to Congress that Hong Kong is no longer autonomous from China." Congress now has the power to strip Hong Kong of its "special status" under the United States-Hong Kong Policy Act of 1992, which has allowed for the city-state to be treated more favorably than the rest of China by the US. The status is part of what's allowed Hong Kong to develop as a 'gateway to the West', a key part of its appeal as an international city. Without the US 'special status', HK might lose its international cachet as well, and eventually become just another Chinese city.

Indeed, without such easy access to the global economy, Hong Kong will become just an extension of Shenzen, which lies just across the border on the mainland. In a story published just minutes before Pompeo's tweet, the Washington Post explains that "a US law passed last year requires the secretary of state to certify - as part of an annual report to Congress - whether Hong Kong remains 'sufficiently autonomous' from Beijing to justify its unique treatment. That includes assessing the degree to which Hong Kong’s autonomy had been eroded by the government of China. (Hong Kong is part of China but has a different legal and economic system, a holdover from its time as a British colony.) The law also provides for sanctions against officials deemed responsible for human rights abuses or undermining the city’s autonomy. Such sanctions were also said to be under consideration at the White House in the wake of the Chinese government’s decision in May to impose new national security laws on the city." Stocks have shown a surprising degree of resilience, though the offshore yuan - a key barometer of China-related risks - skidded lower. Aside from the fact that the decision - which was widely anticipated - marks another milestone in the deterioration in Washington-Beijing relations, as police in HK have already begun arresting protesters brave enough to take the streets in the face of an unprecedented police crackdown, it also jeopardizes nearly $40 billion in bilateral trade, as WaPo explains. "Longer term, people might have a second thought about raising money or doing business in Hong Kong," said Kevin Lai, chief economist for Asia excluding Japan at Daiwa Capital Markets. Another expert described revoking HK's special status as "the nuclear option" for the US, and "the beginning of the death of Hong Kong as we know it". For the last day or so, the editor of China's Global Times has been taunting the US in a series of tweets, daring it to use its navy and come save the protesting Hong Kongers, some of whom have written messages begging Trump to interfere. Senior administration officials have insisted that this likely won't be the end of Trump's aggression toward China. Earlier on Wednesday, Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross, who leads the department in charge of Washington's crackdown on Huawei, said the president has more in store. While there's no question rescinding HK's special status will be interpreted as another economy attack by Washington. But there's something else even more alarming possibly lying in wait: The law passed last year in the US also requires the president to freeze US-based assets and bar entry to anyone who helps China repress Hong Kong.  It's this possibility - which we could hear more about in the coming days - that should really stick in investors' minds.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/landmark-decision-pompeo-tells-congress-hong-kong-no-longer-independent-china 

:: 5-28-20 Thomson Reuters Foundation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. state of Arizona files consumer fraud lawsuit against Google

by Reuters

Thursday, 28 May 2020 02:03 GMT

May 27 (Reuters) - Arizona filed a consumer fraud lawsuit against Alphabet Inc's Google on Wednesday, alleging that the U.S. tech giant used "deceptive" and "unfair" practices to obtain the location data of users. "Google collects detailed information about its users, including their physical locations, to target users for advertising. Often, this is done without the users' consent or knowledge," Attorney General Mark Brnovich said https://twitter.com/GeneralBrnovich/status/1265770310508466183  in a tweet on Wednesday. The suit comes as technology companies have been facing regulatory scrutiny globally over their policies and data monitoring practices. "The Attorney General and the contingency fee lawyers filing this lawsuit appear to have mischaracterized our services. We have always built privacy features into our products and provided robust controls for location data", a Google spokesman said in an emailed statement. The lawsuit seeks unspecified damages and argues that the maker of the Android smartphone operating system had set its mobile software such that it deceived device owners about the protections afforded to their personal data. "When consumers try to opt out of Google's collection of location data, the company is continuing to find misleading ways to obtain information and use it for profit," Brnovich said in an interview with the Washington Post. In February, New Mexico Attorney General Hector Balderas sued Google, alleging that its educational software collects young students' personal information without the required parental consent. The world's top search engine sells its Chromebook laptops to schools around the world alongside its free or low-cost G Suite for Education software package, which includes email and writing tools. (Reporting by Kanishka Singh in Bengaluru; Editing by Sriraj Kalluvila and Sherry Jacob-Phillips)

https://news.trust.org/item/20200527221834-kijoa 

:: 5-28-20 nine.com.au :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump to sign executive order on social media after Twitter's fact check warning

By 9News Staff 9:38am May 28, 2020

US President Donald Trump will sign an executive order on social media companies, White House officials have said, after he threatened to shut down the platform he accused of stifling conservative voices. The officials, who spoke to reporters travelling with Mr Trump to Washington from Florida aboard Air Force One on Wednesday, gave no further details. Before leaving for Florida earlier in the day to observe a space launch that was postponed because of bad weather, Mr Trump again accused Twitter Inc and other social media of bias without offering evidence. It was not immediately clear whether Mr Trump has the authority to shut down the companies. Twitter declined comment on news of Mr Trump's plans. Facebook and Google did not immediately comment. The American Civil Liberties Union said the First Amendment of the US Constitution limits any action Mr Trump could take to regulate social media platforms. Separately, a three-judge panel of the US Court of Appeals in Washington on Wednesday upheld the dismissal of a suit brought by a conservative group and right-wing YouTube personality against Google, Facebook, Twitter and Apple alleging they conspired to suppress conservative political views.

Related

Twitter is now in completely uncharted waters with US President Donald Trump

Trump revoking Hong Kong's special trading status after China 'violates' treaty

Minneapolis mayhem: Donald Trump calls protesters 'thugs' and threatens to shoot looters in tweet censored by Twitter

Mr Trump's latest dispute with social media emerged after Twitter on Tuesday for the first time attached a warning to some of his tweets prompting readers to fact check the president's claims. In the tweets tagged by Twitter, Trump made unsubstantiated claims about mail-in voting.

Mr Trump falsely claims that mail-in ballots lead to vote fraud and ineligible voters getting ballots.

"Republicans feel that Social Media Platforms totally silence conservatives voices. We will strongly regulate, or close them down, before we can ever allow this to happen," Mr Trump said in a pair of additional posts on Twitter on Wednesday. The president, a heavy user of Twitter with more than 80 million followers, added: "Clean up your act, NOW!!!!" Mr Trump's threat to shut down platforms like Twitter and Facebook is his strongest yet within a broader conservative backlash against big tech.  Shares of both companies fell on Wednesday. Asked during Twitter's annual meeting on Wednesday why the company decided to affix the label to Mr Trump's mail-in ballot tweets, General Counsel Sean Edgett said decisions about handling misinformation are made as a group. "We have a group and committee of folks who take a look at these things and make decisions on what's getting a lot of visibility and traction...", he said. Mr Trump's attack included an accusation the platform of "interfering in the 2020 Presidential Election" and insisting that "as president, I will not allow this to happen."  His 2020 campaign manager, Brad Parscale, said Twitter's "clear political bias" had led the campaign to pull "all our advertising from Twitter months ago." Twitter has banned all political advertising since last November. Mr Trump did not explain his threat on Wednesday, and the call to expand regulation appeared to fly in the face of long-held conservative principles on deregulation. But some Mr Trump allies, who have alleged bias on the part of tech companies, have questioned whether platforms like Twitter and Facebook should continue to enjoy liability protections as "platforms" under federal law — or be treated more like publishers, which could face lawsuits over content. The protections have been credited with allowing the unfettered growth of the internet for more than two decades, but now some Trump allies are advocating that social media companies face more scrutiny.

"Big tech gets a huge handout from the federal government," Republican Senator Josh Hawley told Fox News. "They get this special immunity, this special immunity from suits and from liability that's worth billions of dollars to them every year. Why are they getting subsidised by federal taxpayers to censor conservatives, to censor people critical of China." With Associated Press and Reuters

https://www.9news.com.au/world/twitter-adds-fact-check-warnings-to-donald-trump-tweets/  bd2fdf1b-77ec-4a75-b5b8-eadfb795e5ef   

:: 5-29-20 S G Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Truth comes out about Whitmer and coronavirus contract to Dem firms

May 29, 2020 by Peter Hasson, WND:

Michigan governor distanced herself, but new email spills beans Democratic Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer distanced herself from a much-criticized decision to award a no-bid contract to two Democratic firms to handle the state’s coronavirus contact tracing. But a senior adviser in the Michigan Department of the Health and Human Services said that the executive office of the governor [EOG] gave the contract a “green light,” a newly public email shows. “We got the green light from EOG to move forward with a slightly different organizational arrangement of the contact tracing volunteer work,” Andrea Taverna, the senior adviser, told her colleagues in an April 17 email obtained and published by Bridge Magazine. “This would still be working with Mike Kolehouse, so work there isn’t lost — it’s just organized somewhat differently,” Taverna wrote. Kolehouse is a Democratic political consultant who runs Great Lakes Community Engagement, the firm that received the no-bid contract from the Whitmer administration. Kolehouse’s firm planned to hire a Democratic data firm working on Whitmer’s re-election campaign as a sub-contractor on the project. Whitmer, who is on former Vice President Joe Biden’s short list of potential running mates, canceled the project April 21 after facing criticism. Her press secretary told The Washington Post that same day that the governor’s office was “uncomfortable” with the arrangement. “The executive office is uncomfortable with this vendor for the same reason others are. The public needs to have confidence that this tracing work is being done by a nonpartisan firm,” press secretary Tiffany Brown told the Post. The next day, April 22, Whitmer distanced herself from the decision to hire the Democratic firm. “The department thought that that vendor was the best one for some reason. I don’t know what that reason was, but I do know that the Department of Health and Human Services does not have a political bone in their theoretical body,” the governor said. “When it was brought to my attention, I told them to cancel it. Read More @ WND.com

https://www.sgtreport.com/2020/05/truth-comes-out-about-whitmer-and-coronavirus-contract-to-dem-firms/ 

:: 5-28-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Quarantine To Take ‘A Dark New Twist’ As Globalist Rag Warns Of ‘Dark Times Ahead’ For America?

by Stefan Stanford · Published May 28, 2020 · Updated May 28, 2020 from All News Pipeline

According to this new story (saved at archive) over at the left-wing rag ‘the Daily Beast’, “quarantine is about to take a dark new twist”. With their story warning that the combination of the arrival of summer and the hot weather that comes with it AND millions of Americans working at home due to covid-19, electrical grids across the country could be stretched beyond capacity, their story warned to ‘brace for blackouts in the summer of covid-19’. Just the latest warning we’ve gotten this month of a potential grid down scenario in the US, Peter Navarro recently warned of a new ‘threat’ to America that could be much more crippling to the US and our economy than covid-19 and leave America’s economy in utter ruins; China taking down America’s entire power grid via an electro-magnetic pulse attack or a devastating series of cyber attacks. Navarro, the Assistant to the President and Director of Trade and Manufacturing Policy and the national Defense Production Act policy coordinator, recently warned of the very real possibility of war on the horizon with China over coronavirus backlash and not surprisingly considering the evolving scenario, back on May 1st, President Trump and the White House published Executive Order #13920, an E.O. written to protect and secure America’s entire bulk power grid system. We have embedded that E.O. at the bottom of this story for you to read in full and with the E.O. beginning “I, DONALD J. TRUMP, President of the United States of America, find that foreign adversaries are increasingly creating and exploiting vulnerabilities in the United States bulk-power system“, we felt it best to revisit some ‘grid down scenario prepping’ with warnings now coming from several different sources about the potential of the US grid going down over the summer. And while we’ll pray that any grid down scenario in the US isn’t long-term because any long-term blackouts will bring with it nearly unimaginable consequences, including up to or more than 90% of Americans dead within the following 9 to 18 months should it be nationwide and the grid isn’t fixed, as we’ll explore within the next section of this ANP story, most Americans are totally unaware of the total havoc that would be unleashed. (PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan and Susan.) With multiple warnings having come out now of a grid down scenario in our future, including President Trump and the White House putting forth that much-needed ‘executive order’ to hopefully protect America’s power grids, as the website Urban Survival reported, a number of scary things would happen should such the grid go down long term that most Americans don’t think about at all.

1. No More Supply Trucks When the supply trucks stop, no stores are going to get resupplied. It’s not that it matters much anyway, because those stores are going to be looted and then abandoned afterward anyway. This will guarantee that within a few short hours of the grid going down, life will already change dramatically because you will no longer be able to resupply yourself with the things that you need.

2. All The Stores Would Close As was just mentioned, without the resupply trucks, stores and restaurants are most certainly going to be shut down. The only real question is, when will looting occur?

3. Commerce Would Cease This is one that you’re going to want to think about. A grid down situation is seriously going to lead to a complete and utter breakdown of commerce as we know it. Banks will no longer be open, ATM’s won’t work, and debit and credit cards will no longer be of any use.

Continue Reading / Videos / All News Pipeline >>>

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/05/28/quarantine-to-take-a-dark-new-twist-as-globalist-rag-warns-of-dark-times-ahead-for-america/ 

:: 5-16-20 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GOP Alaska legislator compares coronavirus screening sticker to Nazi Germany's Star of David

By Morgan Gstalter - 05/16/20 03:03 PM EDT

A Republican state lawmaker in Alaska is facing backlash from Jewish legislators after he compared coronavirus safety measures at the statehouse to the Nazi treatment of Jewish people. Alaska state Rep. Ben Carpenter (R) complained about the new health screening required for lawmakers returning to the Capitol building this week, Anchorage Daily News reported Friday. In an email copied to all 40 members of the Alaska House, Carpenter reportedly ranted about legislators being asked to wear a sticker proving they’ve passed the screening. “How about an arm band that won’t fall off like a sticker will?” Carpenter wrote. “If my sticker falls off, do I get a new one or do I get public shaming too? Are the stickers available as a yellow Star of David?” His message was immediately condemned by two Democratic members of the legislature who are Jewish, the outlet reported. “Ben, This is disgusting. Keep your Holocaust jokes to yourself,” Rep. Grier Hopkins (D) wrote before adding that, “Putting other people at risk because somebody doesn’t want to get a medical test to make sure they’re not carrying a disease that will kill others is NOT the same as labeling and targeting a group of people for genocide through hatred and ignorance.” “I don’t think a tag that we’re cleared to enter the building is akin to being shipped to a concentration camp,” state Rep. Andy Josephson (D) responded in the thread. “It’s more akin to needing a boarding pass when you get through TSA. This is that.” The exchange, first published by The Alaska Landmine, showed Republican state Rep. Sarah Vance coming to Carpenter’s defense. “We should all be concerned about the implications of being labeled as ‘non compliant’ or wearing a badge of ‘compliance,’” she wrote. Alaska’s House Minority Leader Lance Pruitt (R) said Carpenter’s emails were not appropriate and called for him to apologize. In an interview with the Anchorage Daily News, Carpenter said he didn’t intend to “rile somebody” and certainly has “no ill will toward the Jewish nation and the Jewish people in our country.” However, he said coronavirus safety measures were being blown out of proportion. “We have a way of life that is being threatened right now because we have shut down our economy,” Carpenter said. “Yes, somebody might get sick and somebody might die, but our way of life will continue. And right now, our way of life is in jeopardy.”

He continued to tell the outlet that the state was heading down a slippery slope. While the level of regulations did not match Nazi Germany’s extermination camps, those were not built overnight.

“Can you or I — can we even say it is totally out of the realm of possibility that COVID-19 patients will be rounded up and taken somewhere?Carpenter said. “People want to say Hitler was a white supremacist. No. He was fearful of the Jewish nation, and that drove him into some unfathomable atrocities.” Carpenter sent a follow-up text message to the Anchorage Daily News after the initial publication of the article elaborating on his point. “Hitler wasn’t fearful of a Jewish nation because there was not one. The point was that it was fear that drove him. The attention of his fear was undesirables, including Jews. And the larger point is that PEOPLE FOLLOWED HIM.”  Hopkins rejected Carpenter’s argument.

“That’s not what led to the Holocaust,” he told the outlet. “There was no Jewish nation at that time. It didn’t exist. And using that term is anti-Semitic and a misunderstanding of history. ... If he wants to have a conversation about constitutional rights, that’s a discussion we can have, but likening it to genocide is completely erroneous and wrong.”

https://thehill.com/homenews/state-watch/498138-gop-alaska-legislator-compares-coronavirus-screening-sticker-to-nazi 

:: 5--20 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Washington Governor To Residents: COVID-Test-Deniers Will Not Be Allowed To Leave Home To Get Groceries

By Tyler Durden

At his May 12 press conference, Washington State Governor Jay Inslee laid out the plans for the statewide contact tracing initiative.  “[The initiative] is robust, it is vigorous and it is comprehensive, and it needs to be all three to be successful,” Inslee said. “If we do not succeed in this second stage of our efforts, this virus could come bright back and bite us.” Contact tracing involves interviewing people with positive COVID-19 tests to identify who they’ve been in contact with, getting those people tested and then making sure they isolate themselves and their families. As the press conference went on, one question kept coming up – what about enforcement? How will you ensure residents comply and what if they don’t? The answer is as scary as many have worried about. As Putvin reports, for those businesses/individuals that don’t comply, the governor stated that he confirmed with Attorney General Bob Ferguson, there will be sanctions in civil or criminal court. At timestamp 38:55 in the video of the press conference below, one reporter asked: When it comes to contact tracing, how are you guys going to handle people or families who want to refuse to test or to self isolate? If they want to leave their home to get groceries I know you’ve said they can’t do that; how will you make sure they don’t? Below is Jay Inslee’s response: We will have attached to the families a family support person who will check in with them to see what they need on a daily basis… and help them. If they can’t get a friend to do their grocery shopping, we will help get them groceries in some fashion. If they need pharmaceuticals to be picked up, we will make sure they get their pharmaceuticals… That’s going to help encourage them to maintain their isolation too. As far as refusal, it just shouldn’t come to that, and it really hasn’t. We’ve had really good success when we ask people to isolate, and they’ve done so in really high percentages, so we’re happy about that, and we believe that will continue. Therefore, those individuals who refuse to cooperate with contact tracers and/or refuse testing will not be allowed to leave their homes to purchase basic necessities such as groceries and/or prescriptions.

Those persons will need to make arrangements through friends, family, or a state provided “family support personnel.” The question, of course, is – how long before this “mandated” testing (or starve) will be re-upped to “mandated” vaccination (or starve)? Source: ZeroHedge

Subscribe to Activist Post for truth, peace, and freedom news. Become an Activist Post Patron for as little as $1 per month at Patreon. Follow us on SoMee, HIVE, Flote, Minds, and Twitter.

https://www.activistpost.com/2020/05/washington-state-governor-to-residents-covid-test-deniers-will-not-be-allowed-to-leave-home-to-get-groceries.html 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 5-26-20 Charles Hugh Smith :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, May 26, 2020

Re-Opening the Economy Won't Fix What's Broken

Re-opening a fragile, brittle, bankrupt, hopelessly perverse and corrupt "normal" won't fix what's broken. The stock market is in a frenzy of euphoria at the re-opening of the economy. Too bad the re-opening won't fix what's broken. As I've been noting recently, the real problem is the systemic fragility of the U.S. economy, which has lurched from one new extreme to the next to maintain a thin, brittle veneer of normalcy. Fragile economies cannot survive any impact with reality that disrupts the distortions that are keeping the illusion of "growth" from shattering. For the past two decades, every collision with reality cracked the illusion, and the "fix" was to duct-tape the pieces together with new extremes of money-creation, debt, risk and speculative excess. While the stock market has soared, the real world falls apart. If your region needs a new bridge built, count on about 20 years to get all the "stakeholders" to agree and get the thing actually built. Count on the cost quintupling from $500 million to $2.5 billion. Count on corners being cut as costs skyrocket, so those cheap steel bolts from China that are already rusting before the bridge is even finished? Oops. Replacing them will add millions to the already bloated budget. Want to add a passenger stop on an existing railroad line? Count on 20 years to get it done. The complexity thicket of every regulatory agency with the power to say "no" basically guarantees the project will never get approved, because every one of these bureaucracies justifies its existence by saying "no." Sorry, you need another study, another environmental review, and so on. Need a new landfill? I hope you started the process 15 years ago, so you'll get approval in only five more years. Every agency with the power to say "no" will stretch out the approval, so they have guaranteed "work" for another decade or two.

Did your subway fares double? Was the excuse repairing a crumbling system? Did the work get done on budget and on time? You must be joking, right? All the fare increase did was cover the costs of skyrocketing salaries, pensions and administrative costs. Repairs to the tracks and cars-- that's extra. Let's float a $1 billion bond so nobody have to tighten their belts, and have riders pay for it indirectly, through higher taxes to pay the exorbitant costs of 20 years of interest on the bond.

Have you been thrown off your bicycle by the giant potholes in the city's "bike lanes"? The city reluctantly admits that these streets that haven't been maintained for decades--yes, decades. The city once paid for street maintenance out of its general budget, but alas, that's been eaten up by skyrocketing salaries, pensions and administrative costs, so now we need to float $100 million bond to fund filling potholes. If all goes according to plan (ha-ha), we should be able to re-pave the streets that have been crumbling for 20 years in... the next 20 years. These real-world examples are just four of thousands of manifestations of a broken system. Rather than make tough choices that drain power and wealth from vested interests, we simply borrow more money, in ever increasing amounts, to keep the entrenched interests and elites happy. There are two "solutions" in the status quo: dump the debt on taxpayers or on powerless debt-serfs--for example, college students. (See chart below of the $1.6 trillion that's stripmining student debt-serfs.) Who benefits from selling all the municipal bonds, bundled student loans, etc. to investors starving for a yield above 0.1%? Wall Street, of course.

The problem is that while debt has soared, productivity and earned income have stagnated. The statistical narrative has been ruthlessly gamed to hide the erosion of living standards, but even with the bogus "low inflation" of official statistics, wages for the bottom 95% have stagnated for decades.

Measures of productivity have also been gamed to mask the ugly reality that the vast majority of the U.S. economy is stagnating under the weight of interest payments on debt, mal-investments in speculative gambles, higher junk fees and taxes, crushing regulatory compliance, high costs imposed by monopolies and cartels and a well-cloaked decline in the quality of just about everything the bottom 95% uses or owns. What little productivity gains have been made have been skimmed by the top 5%. Coupled with the Federal Reserve's single-minded goosing of the one signaling device it controls, the stock market, the top 0.1% in America own more wealth than the bottom 80%.

If productivity stagnates and winners take all, the wages of the bottom 95% cannot rise. Real wealth is only created by increases in the productivity of labor and capital; everything else is phantom wealth.

The only way stagnant incomes can support more debt is if interest rates decline. Presto, the Fed dropped interest rates to near-zero a decade ago. Of course you and I can't actually borrow millions for 0.1%; that privilege is reserved for financiers and other financial parasites and predators.  Debt-serfs were able to refinance their crushing mortgages to save a few bucks, and so they can afford to 1) take on more debt and 2) pay higher taxes to fund the ballooning public debt. Every one of these extremes has increased the systemic fragility of the American economy. This fragility is reflected in the impoverishment of the bottom 95%, the thin line between solvency and bankruptcy, the decay of public trust in institutions run for the benefit of entrenched interests, and the quickening erosion of America's social contract. Re-opening a fragile, brittle, bankrupt, hopelessly perverse and corrupt "normal" won't fix what's broken.

https://charleshughsmith.blogspot.com/2020/05/re-opening-economy-wont-fix-whats-broken.html 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 5-27-20 The Right Scoop :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

[VIDEO] – Thugs LOOT Minneapolis Target, destroy police station during protests over George Floyd’s death…

The Right Scoop

May. 27, 2020 9:07 pm by The Right Scoop • 181 Comments

Apparently some in Minneapolis are so grief stricken, so outraged over George Floyd’s death under the knee of a Minneapolis officer, that they’ve decided looting a Target would make them feel better. They’ve also destroyed the outside of the 3rd precinct police station as well. And here’s what they did to the 3rd precinct police station… You may be wondering where the cops are? Some are on top of the 3rd precinct: Despite how it looks, there were people trying to peacefully protest: Look, I do understand why people would be outraged over Floyd’s death. It was horrible. People should be out peacefully protesting and I’ve got no issue with that whatsoever. But using a protest as an excuse to destroy buildings and loot Target is abominable and thuggish. I hope every last one of these fools are caught by police and punished. There’s just no excuse for it. As an aside, it was reported today that an emergency worker who came to the scene to get Floyd said he didn’t have a pulse when they picked him up. Just awful.

https://therightscoop.com/video-thugs-loot-minneapolis-target-destroy-police-station-during-protests-over-george-floyds-death/ 

:: 5-28-20 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stuck on Stupid

By Dave Daubenmire|May 28th, 2020

Nothing is as dangerous as stupidity. It is worse than malice. Stupidity is a choice. Malice is inherent. Every day as I adventure outside my humble abode I am immediately struck by the amount of stupidity that I run into. It is almost as if we are stupid on purpose. Stupid comes from the root word stupor, which is defined as “Intellectual insensibility; moral stupidity; heedlessness or inattention to ones interests.” Does “drunken stupor” paint a picture? That, my friends, is descriptive of the average modern American High School graduate. Some college graduates are even worse. It is almost as if the higher up the educational ladder one craws the more stupid he/she becomes. I had a conversion the other day with a recent Law School graduate, a once brilliant, quick witted guy, and at the conclusion of the conversation I asked him; “What happened to you? You used to be really smart. Now you are acting stupid…saying stupid things…ignoring the obvious…who made you so dumb? Where did you lose your ability to think clearly?” That is the purpose of higher education, law school especially. It is designed to make you question EVERYTHING…especially the obvious. Does anyone remember the OJ trial…where most of America sat glued to the boob tube while Johnny Cochran did his best to convince us that the obvious was not really so obvious. You remember…if it doesn’t fit you must acquit. Johnny’s job was not to get to the truth. His job was to get you to question the truth. My buddy My buddy Mark likes to say, Americans are stuck on stupid. Permit me to produce some evidence for you.

Walk into any high school in America and start a discussion as to whether or not Bruce Jenner is a man or a woman. You are guaranteed to leave the classroom with your head spinning as those soon-heading-to-college skulls full of mush deny DNA evidence and build their argument around “feelings.”

Try talking to the average “Joe” on the streets about abortion. No matter how much evidence you produce regarding the FACT that a baby is fully human at the moment of conception you will find yourself in an ancillary debate on whether or not a woman has a “right” to kill her unborn offspring.

The Left loves to use the term “unsettled science” as if science sometimes is inaccurate even though they will never apply such scrutiny to evolution, or “climate change” (as if the climate isn’t constantly changing.) Our education system is designed to make us more stupid through miss education. Fake information. Fake science. Fake experts. Fake facts. Fake diplomas. In fact, parents pay hefty amounts of money to send their children to university where the “dumbing up” becomes even worse.

Hey folks. MASKS DON”T WORK. Watch this. Millions of Americans are wearing them despite the science. You can’t argue with stupid. Just spend 15 minutes watching any “news” program and the “experts” will have you walking in an “educational stupor” before the first commercial break Joe Friday’s lament “just the facts” has been changed to “hide the facts” in today’s rapidly stupidfication of America where emotions and feeling rule the day. I guess the Bible calls us sheep for a reason. But this whole plandemic has taken American stupidity to a whole new level. I am sorry if what I am about to say hurts your feelings, but the truth is, the biggest hoax in American history has just been perpetrated on America. The deception is so bad that it has infected the elderly the worst. If our Senior citizens have lost their ability to reason we have to wonder if there is any hope for America. Our entire country has been locked down by a cadre of “experts” who, no doubt, have PhD’s from some glamorous university somewhere in the halls of Holy Academia. “Trust us”, they say. “We have the propagandized data to prove that we are right.” So we trust them. Day after day, hour after hour, the talking heads spew fear and calamity and the next thing you know you watch your neighbor leave his house, wearing a mask as he takes his two dogs for a walk in the bright sun shine. The only bright light in this whole staged action movie is the fact that, hopefully, America will never be “normal” again. America is sick. America hasn’t been normal for quite some time. Perhaps the “new normal” can be an America where the masses aren’t controlled by the hand-picked “experts” who are given a platform to advance an agenda that has brought us to the precipice of insanity. How did we ever reach the point in this nation where seemingly “normal” people wear a mask, pray for the day where they can take a government-mandated injection, willingly go broke, and dutifully close down our houses of prayer? What caused Americans to be so stupid that they would permit the “experts” the “right” to ruin their lives as they claimed to be saving their lives? This is the same batch of egg-heads that say an unborn baby isn’t human and that there is a spectrum of sexual behaviors that are patently abnormal. Stupid is more dangerous than malice. Stupidity is a choice. It involves rejecting the obvious. A stupid person reaches a decision by ignoring the facts. Will America ever be sane again? Not as long as we are stuck on stupid.

https://newswithviews.com/stuck-on-stupid/ 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 5-27-20 https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/theseason/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India Is in the Middle of a 47°C Heatwave, a Cyclone, a Global Pandemic, and the Worst Locust Invasion in a Long Time

8:35 PM - 1 day ago#1

India Is in the Middle of a 47°C Heatwave, a Cyclone, a Global Pandemic, and the Worst Locust Invasion in a Long Time: Collapse Incoming?

By Strange Sounds May 27, 2020

The Indian capital, Delhi, saw temperatures rise to 47.6°C(117.68 f) on Tuesday, as most of north India faced severe heatwave conditions. Now, add to this the dramatic consequences of cyclone Amphan, the global pandemic, and the worst locust invasion in decades… Yes, it’s biblical!

The heatwave, which officials say is likely to last until the weekend, comes even as the region struggles with rising Covid-19 infections and swarms of locusts that are ravaging crops. Churu in Rajasthan state recorded a temperature of 50°C – India’s highest. Officials have warned people to stay indoors as far as possible. The temperatures are the highest that the country has seen in decades for this time of the year. In fact, global weather tracking website El Dorado said the region was the hottest in the world on Tuesday. Jeffrey

1,9332,070

Fellow Standard-BearerFellow Standard-Bearer

8:35 PM - 1 day ago#1

India Is in the Middle of a 47°C Heatwave, a Cyclone, a Global Pandemic, and the Worst Locust Invasion in a Long Time: Collapse Incoming?

By Strange Sounds May 27, 2020

The Indian capital, Delhi, saw temperatures rise to 47.6°C(117.68 f) on Tuesday, as most of north India faced severe heatwave conditions. Now, add to this the dramatic consequences of cyclone Amphan, the global pandemic, and the worst locust invasion in decades… Yes, it’s biblical! The heatwave, which officials say is likely to last until the weekend, comes even as the region struggles with rising Covid-19 infections and swarms of locusts that are ravaging crops. Churu in Rajasthan state recorded a temperature of 50°C – India’s highest. Officials have warned people to stay indoors as far as possible.

The temperatures are the highest that the country has seen in decades for this time of the year. In fact, global weather tracking website El Dorado said the region was the hottest in the world on Tuesday.

Weather officials told local media that part of the reason for the heatwave was the powerful storm – Cyclone Amphan – that struck parts of eastern India and Bangladesh last week.

“Super cyclone Amphan sucked out all the moisture from other parts of the country,” Kuldeep Shrivastava, the head of the regional weather forecasting centre told the Hindustan Times newspaper.

Heat waves in recent years have caused a number of deaths across India. There is still no data about the impact of the current temperatures on people. However, they come even as thousands of migrants are walking on the highways after fleeing cities to try and go back to their villages. Many are walking with little food and water, and will be among the most exposed to the weather. Previously, those who have died have included people like daily-wage labourers, rickshaw operators and vegetable vendors – those most exposed to the sun. In addition to that, the heatwave has affected efforts to combat swarms of locusts that are destroying crops in parts of the country, including Rajasthan.

More than 100 workers are battling the insects, using vehicle-mounted sprayers, pesticides and drones in the searing heat. Heatwave, locust plague, extreme weather… Tribulation unlashes in India… More apocalyptic news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [BBC]

https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/theseason/india-is-in-the-middle-of-a-47-c-heatwave-a-cyclon-t57132.html 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 5-27-20 1 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Zealand sits on the 'largest volcanic outpouring' on Earth, researchers discover

Wed, May 27 • Source: 1 NEWS

A group of geophysicists at Victoria University of Wellington have used seismic wave-speeds to reveal part of an ancient volcanic "superplume" beneath New Zealand. Professor Tim Stern and associate professor Simon Lamb, together with colleagues, believe the North Island sits on part of the "largest volcanic outpouring" on Earth. They say it was created by an upwelling in the Earth’s deep interior - an event which happened about 120 million years ago when a giant plume of hot rock detached itself from the core-mantle boundary about 3000 kilometres below the Earth’s surface and rose rapidly to the surface as "a superplume". Findings from professor Stern and associate professor Lamb, both from the School of Geography, Environment and Earth Sciences, has been published today in United States journal Science Advances. The findings come at a time when professor Stern says the geological community had been close to rejecting the idea of plumes altogether. "Direct evidence for their existence has been elusive, but with this study we now have both hard evidence that such plume activity did indeed occur and also a fingerprint method to detect fragments of the largest plumes of all–superplumes–rising up from near the Earth’s core. "In the 1970s, geophysicists proposed that the Earth’s mantle was undergoing a churning motion, rather like a lava lamp, and hot blobs of buoyant rock rose up as plumes from as far as the Earth’s core. Melting of this rock near the surface could then be the cause of prolific volcanism. such as that observed in Iceland or Hawaii," professor Stern says.

"Even larger volcanic outpourings have happened in the geological past, of which the biggest known occurred in the southwestern Pacific in the Cretaceous Period during the time of the dinosaurs, forming a continent-sized underwater volcanic plateau. "Subsequently, the motion of the tectonic plates broke up this plateau, and one fragment– today forming the Hikurangi Plateau—drifted away to the south and now underlies the North Island and also the shallow ocean offshore." Professor Stern and colleagues studied the speed of seismic waves (vibrations) through these rock layers to determine their origins and features.

https://www.tvnz.co.nz/one-news/new-zealand/new-zealand-sits-largest-volcanic-outpouring-earth-researchers-discover 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 5-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite Images Confirm Rapid Chinese Military Expansion On Disputed Indian Border

Profile picture for user Tyler Durden

by Tyler Durden Wed, 05/27/2020 - 21:45

A new report in the Asia-based online tech journal Insider Paper cites open source satellite images to confirm the latest widespread reporting on the major Chinese PLA troop build-up underway along disputed Sino-Indian border regions. The report cites the following via a reputable open-source satellite imagery analyst: According to a few satellite images published by a local Indian news publication, the Chinese troops have commenced the expansion of its airbase, 200 km from Pangong Lake, in Ladakh. The images, also showing Ngari Gunsa airport in Tibet, originated from open-source intelligence expert @detresfa_, an analyst with ShadowBreak Intl. "The first image shows how the territory originally looked. However, the second image clearly shows massive construction activity going on in the territory." According to the report, this suggests a significant and rapid Chinese military build-up in the past months along the contested border region amid what Indian media has widely reported since this weekend to be PLA forces digging into fortified positions. Importantly, the strategic base is a mere 200km away from Pangong lake, where recent skirmishes between Chinese and Indian border patrols took place on May 5th-6th. The Insider Paper report continues, based on satellite analysis: "The expansion has included something that looks more like a secondary tarmac to combat aircraft or taxi-track. Also, the third image shows a line-up of four fighter jets. They are either J-11 or J-16 fighters of the Chinese PLA Air Force." The high altitude airport in Tibet, among the highest in the world, is a dual-use military and civil airport which appears to have undergone major expansion during the same period of increased border skirmishes with Indian troops. Over the past weekend Indian media began reporting that thousands of PLA troops have now moved into Ladakh’s disputed Galwan river area, and at multiple locations in eastern Ladakh. Sporadic but fierce clashes have occurred going back to the 1960's along the shared but pretty much completely unmarked 2,100 mile border, which often involves literal fist-fights among opposing troops and border patrol guards. And The Guardian also said on Wednesday: "Thousands of Chinese People's Liberation (PLA) troops are reported to have moved into sensitive areas along the eastern Ladokh border, setting up tents and stationing vehicles and heavy machinery in what India considers to be its territory." The escalating crisis has grabbed the White House's attention, with President Trump issuing a surprise tweet early Wednesday which said: "We have informed both India and China that the United States is ready, willing and able to mediate or arbitrate their now raging border dispute." It's a fast escalating situation that FP recently noted could explode into major conflict between two nuclear armed powers.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/satellite-images-confirm-rapid-chinese-military-expansion-along-disputed-indian-border

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 5-27-20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India and China Move In More Troops as Border Tensions Rise

Archana Chaudhary and Sudhi Ranjan Sen

1 day ago

(Bloomberg) -- India has moved additional troops along its northern border as it prepares for an extended conflict with neighbor China, after several rounds of talks failed to ease tensions between the nuclear-armed rivals. China has already placed about 5,000 soldiers and armored vehicles within its side of the disputed border in the Ladakh region, an Indian government official said, asking not to be identified citing rules. India is adding a similar number of troops as well as artillery guns along the border to fend off the continuing incursions by Chinese army, the official said. The standoff began on May 5, when troops clashed on the banks of Pangong Tso -- a glacial lake at 14,000 feet in the Tibetan plateau -- leaving scores of soldiers on both sides injured. Since then there has been a steady build up of troops amid continuing face-offs. India and China on High Alert Over Rising Border Tensions  Diplomats in New Delhi and Beijing have begun talks after negotiations between Indian and Chinese military officials on May 22 and 23 brought no results, the official said. China’s move to step up incursions at two different locations along the 3,488 kilometer (2,167 mile) undemarcated border is a deviation from its earlier attempts to gain territory after the two nations fought a war in 1962, according to the officials. U.S. President Donald Trump said in a tweet Wednesday that he had offered to mediate. There was no immediate response from India or China. Beijing was committed to safeguarding peace and stability in the border areas, Foreign Ministry Spokesperson Zhao Lijian said in a regular briefing to the media on Wednesday, noting the two countries had good border-related mechanisms and communications channels. “The realization of ‘Dragon and Elephant dancing together’ is the only right choice for China and India, which serves the fundamental interests of our two countries and two peoples,” Sun Weidong, the Chinese ambassador to New Delhi said in an interaction with students according to a statement released on the embassy’s website on Wednesday.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Tuesday discussed the stand-off with National Security Adviser Ajit Doval and Chief of Defense Staff General Bipin Rawat and chiefs of its three armed services. The meeting centered around options available to India, and it was decided to go the diplomatic route while maintaining a tough military posture at the border. “Talks are on at various levels to resolve the issue,” said S. L. Naramsimhan, member of India’s National Security Advisory Board, which advises the prime minister’s office. “India will defend its sovereignty and territorial integrity and at the same time make all efforts to maintain peace and tranquility along the India-China boundary.”

Consolidating Power China’s actions along the border coincide with its attempts to consolidate political and strategic positions across Asia. Its decision to introduce new laws in Hong Kong is threatening to worsen already strained ties with the U.S., it has raised tensions in the South China Sea China by disrupting the efforts of Vietnam, the Philippines and Malaysia as they seek to exploit oil, gas and fishing resources off their shores, while Beijing also waged a sustained campaign to prevent Taiwan from rejoining the World Health Organization. The world’s second-largest economy has been facing criticism from the U.S., Europe and Australia for its handling of the coronavirus pandemic that was first reported in China’s Hubei province. China, in turn, has accused the U.S. of pushing the world into a “new Cold War.” The current tensions with India may have been triggered by the completion of a road and bridge in the Galwan sector in Ladakh, the government official said. Under Modi, India has been building border infrastructure, which it says isn’t aimed at any particular country, but rather the development of remote areas. It has completed 74 strategic roads along the eastern border, with plans afoot to finish 20 more by next year. Although Chinese border aggressions rose last year when India changed the status of the Ladakh province in August 2019 to bring it under the control of the federal government, this stand off is more serious than the Doklam conflict in 2017, officials said. “The Chinese have been expanding presence in this region for a long time, yet after all these decades, India hasn’t found a way to deal with China’s gradual expansion,” said Phunchok Stobdan, former Indian diplomat and author of the Great Game in the Buddhist Himalayas. “The issue is why is China doing this and why now?” (Updates with Chinese ambassador’s comment in seventh paragraph)

For more articles like this, please visit us at bloomberg.com

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/world/india-and-china-move-in-more-troops-as-border-tensions-rise/ar-BB14EzIE 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-27-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India is hit by worst plague of locusts for three decades as it sees record number of coronavirus infections

The locusts have already destroyed 125,000 acres of cropland across India

Drones, tractors and cars have been sent out to spray the pests with pesticide

Meanwhile, Indian health ministry officials today reported a total of 145,380 coronavirus infections and a death toll of 4,167

Here’s how to help people impacted by Covid-19

By Ryan Fahey For Mailonline and Afp Published: 14:54 EDT, 26 May 2020 | Updated: 02:17 EDT, 27 May 2020

Huge swarms of desert locusts are destroying crops across western and central India, prompting authorities today to step up their response to the country's worst plague in nearly three decades.

Drones, tractors and cars have been sent out to track the voracious pests and spray them with pesticides. The locusts have already destroyed nearly 125,000 acres of cropland. 'Eight to 10 swarms, each measuring around a square kilometre (0.4 square miles) are active in parts of Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh,' the government's Locust Warning Organisation's deputy director K.L. Gurjar told AFP.

The insects caused massive damage to seasonal crops in both states, devastating many farmers already struggling with the impact of a strict coronavirus lockdown. They destroyed harvests in the agricultural heartlands of neighbouring Pakistan in April, before entering Rajasthan. Smaller swarms are also active in a handful of states across India, Gurjar said. A swarm of 40 million locusts can eat as much food as 35,000 people - or six elephants - according to UN's Food and Agriculture Organisation.

Residential areas in the state capital Jaipur were overwhelmed by the insects as bewildered locals banged on pots and pans to try and ward off the insects. Experts warn the situation could worsen with more expected to reach India via Pakistan from the Horn of Africa in June. Heavy rains and cyclones enabled unprecedented breeding and the rapid growth of locust populations on the Arabian peninsula early last year, according to the United Nations. India has not seen locust swarms on this scale since 1993 when it experienced a widespread plague, the warning centre said. Locusts destroy crops in some parts of Rajasthan close to the border with Pakistan most years, but it is rare for the insects to move further into the state. Wind patterns have been pushing the swarms southwest, the locust warning centre said. Coronavirus infections rose by 6,535 in India today, leading the country to become the fourth most affected by the virus worldwide. The South Asian nation now trails only Russia, Brazil and the US on total number of cases. Despite its new ranking, New Delhi has continued to maintain a relatively low death rate. Today health ministry officials reported a total of 145,380 coronavirus infections and a death toll of 4,167. They said that India’s death rate stood at 0.3 deaths per 100,000 people, compared to what they said was a world average of 4.4.

Share or comment on this article: India is hit by worst plague of locusts for three decades

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8359053/India-hit-worst-plague-locusts-three-decades.html 

:: 5-27-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The ‘Vanishing’ Cities – Pandemic Lesson For City Slickers That Are Discovering ‘The Party Is Over’

by Susan Duclos · All News PipeLine  Published May 27, 2020 · Updated May 27, 2020

There appears to be a “great reassessment,” happening to those that live in what is being dubbed the “vanishing” city of New York and surrounding areas. A city that bustled with activity, where everyone was scurrying like rats get where they were going, where rents could reach $4,000-plus on average (a month!!!), where neighbors very rarely even knew each others’ name and where many residents have learned during the COVID-19 pandemic that perhaps, just maybe, city life isn’t exactly what they want anymore. Apparently rural living or at least being away from the hustle and bustle of large cities is becoming much more popular! Who would have thunk it? THE EXODUS HAS BEGUN Granted, there have been cases of COVID-19 that have made their way into the suburbs and rural areas, but as has been reported previously the very nature of smaller cities, towns, villages and counties, where less person-to-person contact buffers the spread, means smaller towns and cities have fared far better than large cities. We, along with others in the Independent Media, like Steve Quayle, have often said, the place you do not want to be during a crisis is where everyone else is. Triple that sentiment when the crisis is a deadly pandemic where the very nature of big, busy cities increases the risk of exposure exponentially. Apparently many living in New York, and other larger jam-packed cities, have discovered this mindset. Mostly because they are being inconvenienced and somehow when a lot of people go unemployed, they finally start realizing that tremendous rents, for small, tiny apartments and spaces, along with everything being more expensive, isn’t really a sustainable lifestyle in a crisis situation. The hour.com recently published a piece first published by Washington Post that manages to capture the desolation, the pandemic lessons, as well as the sense of entitlement by some living in New York who are trying to decide if “city living” is really what they want anymore. Some direct quotes caught my eye, which is rare for a Washington Post piece. The first one is the person Wapo begins the piece with, which shows a sense of entitlement by someone that frankly small towns probably wouldn’t want, because life is much simpler in rural areas. Setting the scene: The woman described had just lost her roommate because she lost her job.

• Shell was so financially strapped that she began inquiring about various night-life gigs, only to see covid-19 close all the bars and clubs. (“So that’s another job you can’t do in a pandemic.”) Still, her situation might have been bearable if the nearest laundromat wasn’t four blocks away. Stopping here for a moment because I have to wonder, did her roomamte’s leaving or the COVID-19 pandemic somehow move the laundromat further from her apartment than when she first moved in? Why is she blaming her current circumstances for the inconvenience of it’s location when she knew where it was before moving in? At least she should have.

“I just want to be able to do laundry without having to drag it up and down a four-story walk-up or pay someone $40 or $50 to do it for me…..” Once again…. did she just realize her apartment was four stories up? What really got caught my eye about this example is how very differently city slickers think than those that live in rural areas.

• “Everyone deserves space and basic amenities,” she said, lamenting how, in New York, many landlords deem a washing machine a “luxury” item. “It’s just insulting to come at us and be like, ‘We’re going to charge you an extra thousand dollars a month for this standard appliance that’s been in American households since the 1970s.’ ” “It’s enough to make her contemplate leaving, for good.”

Not being handed a washing machine for free is enough to make her leave? I am old enough to remember that my Grandmother certainly considered a washing machine, dryer and dishwasher to be “luxuries” and not a “basic amenities.” You get what you pay for. Moving along……….

Even with all the chaos, filth and struggle, nostalgics have long mourned every change in what they called the “vanishing” city. But calls to the city’s mental health hotlines have surged. Whether they have left, or whether they have no option to leave, New Yorkers are having to ask themselves whether the city they love is really still livable. Who in their right minds mourns the loss of “chaos, filth and struggle?” I will tell you who…. people like the next guy quoted who says “I’m a born-and-raised, do-or-die New Yorker because it was always a party, but the party is over.” He’s heading to an unincorporated mountain town in Nevada. “I’m not getting my city back,” he said. “So I’m leaving before it gets to the point that I can’t get my mind back.” Does he think he is going to find his “party” in the unincorporated mountain town in Nevada?

Continue Reading / Video / All News Pipeline >>>

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/05/27/the-vanishing-cities-pandemic-lesson-for-city-slickers-that-are-discovering-the-party-is-over/ 

:: 5-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

George Floyd Protests Spread: 1000s Block LA Freeway, Minneapolis Ablaze Amid Looting

by Tyler Durden Wed, 05/27/2020 - 20:03

Update (2225ET): Tear gas is flowing in Minneapolis as night 2 of the George Floyd protests begin: Update (22:00ET): The protests that started yesterday in Minneapolis over the death of George Floyd, and escalated today including the looting of at least one Target store, have sparked a violent anti-police protest in LA with thousands blocking the 101 Freeway and attacking cop cars. And not only are they refusing to obey Governor Newsom's social distancing rules, hardly anyone is wearing a mask! FOX 9 Minneapolis-St. Paul's Karen Scullin is documenting the breaking story: Watch Live: Protests continue in South Minneapolis in response to the death of George Floyd Live at riot in Minneapolis Minnesota On Tuesday night, during the protests in Minneapolis, Biden tweeted: "George Floyd deserved better and his family deserves justice. His life mattered. I'm grateful for the swift action in Minneapolis to fire the officers involved — they must be held responsible for their egregious actions. The FBI should conduct a thorough investigation." Biden was heard on a virtual meeting with Pennsylvania Gov. Tom Wolf Wednesday morning, where he addressed the death of George Floyd.

Axios provides a breakdown of what was said (Biden referenced the 2014 death of Eric Garner, an unarmed black man who died after a New York police officer used an illegal chokehold on him during an arrest): "Watching his life be taken in the same manner, echoing nearly the same words as Eric Garner more than five years ago — “I can’t breathe” — is a tragic reminder that this was not an isolated incident, but part of an ingrained systemic cycle that exists in this country," Biden said.

"It cuts at the very heart of our sacred belief that all Americans are equal in rights and in dignity."

"And it sends a very clear message to the black community and black lives that are under threat every day." High unemployment, crashed economy, and now social unrest rears its ugly head as America descends into chaos ahead of the summer months.

Across social media, pictures and videos coming from the streets of Minneapolis on Tuesday evening are absolutely stunning. Protests broke out following the death of George Floyd, a black man who died in police custody a day earlier. This reminds us of the 2014 Ferguson Riots and 2015 Baltimore Riots, in both incidents, the trigger for unrest was a young black man killed while in police custody. Unlike 2014/15, the economy has now plunged into a depression and tens of millions of people are unemployed, as some have to resort to food banks because they've fallen into instant poverty, which all suggests tensions are already running high as warmer weather entices people to step outside. With no work, why not riot? Shown below, police fired rubber bullets, tear gas, and stun grenades at protesters. The initial demonstrations started peacefully than quickly got out of hand. Some hurled blunt objects at law enforcement while damaging police cars. The early hours of the protest were peaceful, hundreds, and maybe even more than a thousand people, were seen marching across 38th Street. Some carried signs that read "Justice for George Floyd," "I can't breathe," and "Black Lives Matter." The size of the demonstration quickly increased in the late evening. Protesters destroying police cars

Protest in Minneapolis for justice George Floyd.#JusticeForGeorgeFloyd #BlackLivesMatter#AllLivesMatter pic.twitter.com/WAiRu3gEKh

— Mohammad javad omidali (@JavadOmidali) May 27, 2020

"It's real ugly. The police have to understand that this is the climate they have created," a protester told WCCO-TV.

U.S. Rep. Ilhan Omar, D-Minnesota, tweeted: "Shooting rubber bullets and tear gas at unarmed protesters when there are children present should never be tolerated. Ever. What is happening tonight in our city is shameful. Police need to exercise restraint, and our community needs space to heal."

In late March, we described how "social bomb" could flare-up in the Western world, and even reported that President Trump signed an executive order that allows for the call-up of up to a million troops. Why so many soldiers? Well, we're not entirely sure, it could be due to threats of social unrest that are usually seen in economic downturns. Now here's a big risk: If unrest spreads to other cities, like Baltimore, where tensions against police are already high, then it appears the Trump administration has a major problem on their hands ahead of the election.

Scribe note: There are multiple video's and twitter messages on the site. Click on the link below

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/its-real-ugly-protesters-clash-minneapolis-police-following-george-floyds-death 

:: 5-28-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pestilence Rising

By Hal Lindsey

When it comes to the coronavirus, we have more questions than answers. But one thing we know for certain — health officials around the world are very much afraid. China normally downplays these kinds of events. But Chinese President Xi Jinping calls this outbreak a “grave situation.” For many Americans, it seemed to hit home when the Shanghai Disneyland closed. The original Disneyland in California has had only two unplanned all-day closures — after the assassination of John Kennedy and after 9-11. Not only did Disney in China close, but so did other regional tourist attractions. Even MacDonald’s and Starbucks closed along with other well-known restaurant chains. As of this writing, there have been 4,100 confirmed cases in China, with at least 106 deaths. 56 million people in China have had their travel restricted. This adds a great deal to people’s fear and anxiety. Residents have said they feel trapped — locked in with a dangerous virus. In much of China, trains are either unoccupied or not running at all. Train and bus terminals are eerily empty. The US State Department is evacuating its personnel from the city of Wuhan. But another thousand Americans live in that city, and they have been told that the United States cannot get them all out of the hot zone. The State Department has issued a travel warning to Americans considering a trip to China. Despite the flight restrictions and intense passenger screening, confirmed cases of the virus have popped up in 13 countries so far. That includes, as of this writing, five confirmed cases in the United States. Five Americans out 327 million may not seem like much. But the point is, it’s here! Then we learned why the passenger screening process has not always been effective. According to China’s health minister, people with the virus may be contagious before they show symptoms. Testing people for fever doesn’t help if they are contagious before they get a fever. Dr. William Schaffner, an adviser to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, said this would mean “the infection is much more contagious than we originally thought.”  Yes, health officials are afraid. They know that this virus has the potential of becoming a global pandemic. But we’ve heard that before. Do you remember the SARS and MERS viruses? They, too, were coronaviruses and had the potential to ravage the earth. We still don’t have vaccinations against them, but they have largely disappeared. That’s what happens with these kinds of diseases. Even without human intervention, they rise and then they lose strength. The current outbreak may turn out to be even less destructive than SARS or MERS. Or it could be worse. The question is how much damage the disease will do while it is most active. The Spanish flu pandemic of 1918 and 1919 infected one-third of the world’s population. It killed more Americans than World War I, World War II, Korea, and Viet Nam combined. Jesus said that the last days would be marked by pestilences. Revelation tells about specific pestilences that will arise during the tribulation period. As we get closer to the beginning of the tribulation, the world seems to be primed for a series of massive global pandemics. The ease and speed of global travel is one of the big factors here. The other great danger is the rise of superbugs. Over the last hundred years or so, we humans have been inadvertently developing bacteria, viruses, and fungi that are stronger than anything in history. We call them superbugs because they are resistant to antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungal medications. By the extensive use of such drugs, we have made it so that only the strongest of each species survives. And the strong bugs are increasingly difficult to kill. This is what the UK’s Chief Medical Officer, Dame Sally Davies, was talking about when she warned of a coming “superbug apocalypse.” Here’s the amazing thing. The Bible predicted this almost two thousand years ago. It’s just another example of something that should be crucially important to everyone. The Bible is true! We can trust it. We can trust its warnings and its promises. Even bleak news like this should remind us that our faith in God and heaven is built on a firm foundation.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-28-2020/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?
Verse 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

:: 5-27-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Power When You Need It Most

By Hal Lindsey

For a long time now, my name has been associated with events of the end times and the expectation of Christ’s soon return. For years, I have warned about a coming era of plagues and pestilence. I’ve talked about a rising tide of totalitarianism that would manifest itself in the time shortly before Jesus comes back. Now, as we live through the times we knew were coming, let me encourage you. We’re watching a massive plague cover the world. We see the globalists acting fast to use the emergency to their own ends. Many of the things we knew were coming have begun to arrive — though not yet with the intensity the world will see later. So, what’s encouraging about that? First, it tells us about something amazing just on the horizon — the return of Jesus! Signs pointing to the Lord’s return should not make us cower, but lift our heads! The other encouraging thing is this. God has not changed. He does not change. His promises remain true — regardless of the trouble in the world. Jesus was very specific. In Matthew 6:2526, He said, “Do not be anxious for your life, as to what you shall eat, or what you shall drink; nor for your body, as to what you shall put on. Is not life more than food, and the body than clothing? Look at the birds of the air, that they do not sow, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns, and yet your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not worth much more than they?” In Isaiah 41:10, God spoke specifically to the people of Israel. But the wording makes it clear that it also applies to those who have been made righteous in Jesus Christ. God said, “Do not fear, for I am with you; Do not anxiously look about you, for I am your God. I will strengthen you, surely I will help you, Surely I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.” Sadly, there are Christians around the world right now who feel frightened, guilty, and powerless. For them it seems impossible to refrain from fear or from anxiously looking about them. They want to believe that He is their God, but they’re not completely sure of their standing with Him. And it’s all because they don’t understand the last clause of that verse.

Surely I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.” They think the upholding of their relationship with God depends on their own righteousness. But in fact, it depends on the strength of His righteous right hand. He does the upholding. Our righteous standing before Him depends on the strength of His righteousness. Verse 13 of that same chapter says, “For I am the Lord your God, who upholds your right hand, Who says to you, ‘Do not fear, I will help you.’Is the message clear? Do not fear. Who upholds us? He does. Who will help us? He will. Then verse 14 says something fascinating. It says, “‘Do not fear, you worm Jacob, you men of Israel; I will help you,’ declares the Lord, ‘and your Redeemer is the Holy One of Israel.’” He actually refers to Israel as a “worm.” There are several reasons for that designation, but the main one is this. It’s not their righteousness that He’s talking about. He is the Holy One, and it is His holiness that redeems them — and us. So here we stand in the middle of a terrible mess. We hear fearful news on every channel. It’s good to be aware of what’s going on the world, but mostly we need to tune in to God’s channel. Listen to Him. Read His word. Be strong in His strength. Live in His grace!

And as you do that, it becomes easier to obey His command, “Do not fear.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-5-13-2020/ 

:: 5-27-20 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu can finally fire back

Anyone who didn't want to hear Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu speak on the opening day of his trial on Sunday shouldn't have started the campaign of character assassination against him that is unparalleled in any democracy.

By Amnon Lord Published on 05-25-2020 13:12 Last modified: 05-25-2020 13:12

On Sunday, we saw what Israeli politics is like at the end of the second decade of the 21st century. In the space of two weeks, two major public events took place in the courts, with political leaders in starring roles. The fateful political struggles can barely be contained within the halls of Jewish sovereignty, the Knesset, and are spilling over to the Supreme Court, and as of Sunday, into the Jerusalem District Court. The politicians, the lawyers, the journalists, and the furious masses are all involved. Some offer comfort by saying there is an arena outside the court and there is the legal arena as it exists in the courtroom, where there are rules and laws and which is detached from the masses outside waving black flags or supporting the prime minister, whose fate is in the hands of the judges. Clearly, there is no detachment. This is not democracy in action, it is democracy that is being shredded. The moment that political life falls into hands that don't know how to make compromises and only know rulings, the public's frustration and outrage bubbles over. Journalists and broadcasters are making the same low-blow mistake of accusing the public of violence that could target the judges, and this is a repeat of what happened during the disengagement from Gaza. Then, too, the big newspapers and TV channels joined hands with certain elements in the security forces, and invented stories about settlers in Kfar Darom and Homesh, saying they had weapons and were prepared to use them, and that the personnel carrying out the evacuations would not hesitate to "neutralize" them. All this came after a solid year of a violent campaign against the settlers in the Gaza Strip and northern Samaria, a campaign that ended with a painful uprooting. The same thing is happening with Prime Minister Netanyahu. For 25 years, a campaign of character assassination has been waged against him, the like of which has never been seen in any democracy, and that campaign has turned especially brutal in the last four years. It isn't one particular speech or another, but rather daily and weekly leaks designed to shape public opinion and awaken hatred until it boils over. This isn't about the public's right to know, but rather the technique that is being exposed in the US right now after the (not final) exoneration of Gen. Michael Flynn. In the US there are checks and balances, and in the end, there is oversight and transparency and it is possible to follow how the leaders of the Obama administration, along with the FBI and the famous columnists, stitched up a respected general and ruined his life, to the point where he admitted to acts he didn't commit. So now Netanyahu is in a position to return fire. Anyone who didn't want to listen to his speech at the entrance to the court on Sunday shouldn't have started staging this production in the first place. Right now, the only way out of this political-legal tangle is for the prime minister to show faith in the judges and do his best, along with his lawyers, to prove that the accusations against him do not comprise criminal acts.

https://www.israelhayom.com/opinions/netanyahu-can-finally-fire-back/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-27-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US ends sanctions waivers for nations in Iran nuclear deal

Pompeo announces he will be ending the sanctions waiver for projects related to the Iranian nuclear agreement, effective in 60 days.

Elad Benari , 27/05/20 23:34

US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced on Wednesday that he would be ending the sanctions waiver for projects related to the Iranian nuclear agreement, effective in 60 days. “Iran’s continued nuclear escalation makes clear this cooperation must end. Further attempts at nuclear extortion will only bring greater pressure on the regime,” he tweeted. “I am also sanctioning two leaders of Iran’s nuclear enrichment program - Majid Agha’i and Amjad Sazgar. Iran’s scientists need to make a choice: pursue peaceful work outside of the proliferation realm, or risk being sanctioned,” continued Pompeo.  US President Donald Trump withdrew from the 2015 agreement between Iran and world powers in May of 2018. Since then, his administration has reimposed sanctions on the Islamic Republic that were frozen as part of the pact. In response, Iran has gradually scaled back its compliance with the 2015 deal. In December, the deputy head of Iran’s nuclear agency, Ali Asghar Zarean, said his country would unveil a new generation of domestically made uranium enrichment centrifuges.

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/280988 

:: 5-27-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hezbollah's Nasrallah warns of 'great war' on all fronts with Israel

Nasrallah warned that any Israeli air strike on Lebanon would 'not pass without a response,' adding that the terror group has 'military capabilities that did not exist before 2006.'

By TZVI JOFFRE MAY 27, 2020 14:52

Marking 20 years since Israel's withdrawal from Lebanon, Hezbollah Secretary-General Hassan Nasrallah warned Israel of "the great war that will open all fronts at once," saying that it would be "the end of Israel." The Hezbollah leader stressed, however, that there are "no indications that Israel intends to launch a war against Lebanon."

The statements were made during an interview with the Al-Nour Radio Station on Tuesday night, which was broadcast by the Hezbollah-affiliated Al-Manar TV Channel. Nasrallah warned that any Israeli air strike on Lebanon would "not pass without a response," adding that the terror group has "military capabilities that did not exist before 2006" and would respond if any Hezbollah terrorist was killed anywhere. In reference to an airstrike on a Hezbollah vehicle along the Lebanon-Syria border a few weeks ago, Nasrallah stressed that Israel did not make a mistake in the strike and was not trying to kill the terrorists in the vehicle, because they knew that Hezbollah would respond if the terrorists were killed. In possible reference to a series of airstrikes in recent years on Iranian and Hezbollah targets in Syria which were blamed on Israel, Nasrallah stated that while the Syrian leadership believes that it is not in the country's interest to be drawn into a war with Israel, the "patience and endurance of the Syrian leadership with Israeli aggression has limits." Nasrallah also referred to a drone attack in the suburbs of Beirut last year that was blamed on Israel, saying that such an operation has not been repeated since and warning that Israeli aircraft in Lebanese airspace would be shot down.  Sightings of Israeli aircraft are reported in Lebanese airspace by local media on a weekly, if not daily, basis. A couple of quadcopters have been shot down near the border, but larger aircraft have reportedly flown in the airspace undamaged, with claims that air strikes on Syria have been carried out by Israeli aircraft from Lebanese airspace. Both Hezbollah and Israel have the ability to initiate a conflict, said Nasrallah, but the balance of power created by the terrorist groups in the Gaza Strip and Lebanon takes into account a number of calculations, preventing a conflict at present.  "The Israeli enemy did not target us at the beginning, and it was providing support to the Syrian armed groups, not all the opposition,” he said, deeming that "Israel’s venturing into a battle between the wars in Syria was a victory for the axis of the resistance, and this is what made the Israeli resort to air strikes." Nasrallah rejected calls for Hezbollah to surrender its weapons, asking those calling for such a measure to look at the "state of deterrence, a deterrence that is the protector of Lebanon," and asking anyone with a better method to state it. he claimed that the "level of support for the choice of resistance among the Palestinian people is higher than ever." In Lebanon, however, Nasrallah admitted that "there was never national unity around the resistance in order to say that it once had a wide audience that it had lost. Even in 2000, the internal situation was not better than today." The secretary-general added that some Lebanese people believe Hezbollah is connected with Syria and Iran and isn't a Lebanese group at all. Nasrallah insisted that Hezbollah is not trying to get the United Nations Interim Force in Lebanon to leave the country, but questioned why Israel does not have any UNIFIL forces on its side of the Blue Line. Prime Minister Hassan Diab; Minister of Defense and Deputy Prime Minister Zeina Akar; and Commander of the Lebanese Armed Forces Gen. Joseph Aoun are expected to visit UNIFIL headquarters in Naqoura amid heightened tensions along the border with Israel, according to Lebanon's National News Agency. An investigation into the shooting of a Syrian national by IDF troops after he infiltrated into Israeli territory near Mount Dov last week was completed by a joint Lebanese and UNIFIL investigation team. According to Lebanon’s National News Agency, the probe of the shooting will be submitted during the upcoming tripartite meeting chaired by UNIFIL.

Nasrallah also discussed domestic issues, stressing that corruption must be addressed by the judiciary and warning that sectarian divides in the country must also be addressed.

Anna Ahronheim contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/middle-east/hezbollahs-nasrallah-warns-of-great-war-on-all-fronts-with-israel-629429 

:: 5--20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Special Report: U.S. takes aim at the power behind Venezuela's Maduro - his first lady

Angus Berwick, Matt Spetalnick

25 Min Read

CARACAS/WASHINGTON (Reuters) - Four years ago, a bit player in the Venezuelan leadership was arrested in Colombia and extradited to the United States to face drug charges. He proved to be an important catch. The man, Yazenky Lamas, worked as a bodyguard for the person widely considered the power behind President Nicolas Maduro’s throne: first lady Cilia Flores. Now, with help from Lamas’ testimony, the United States is preparing to charge Flores in coming months with crimes that could include drug trafficking and corruption, four people familiar with the investigation of the first lady told Reuters. If Washington goes ahead with an indictment, these people said, the charges are likely to stem, at least in part, from a thwarted cocaine transaction that has already landed two of Flores’ nephews in a Florida penitentiary. Nicole Navas, a spokeswoman for the U.S. Department of Justice, declined to comment on any possible charges against Flores. Flores and her office at the National Assembly didn’t respond to questions for this article. Jorge Rodriguez, Venezuela’s information minister, told Reuters in a text message that its questions about the possible U.S. indictment of Flores were “nauseating, slanderous and offensive.” He didn’t elaborate. In a series of interviews with Reuters, the first Lamas has given since his arrest, the former bodyguard said Flores was aware of the coke-trafficking racket for which her two nephews were convicted by a U.S. court. Flores also used her privileged position, he said, to reward family members with prominent and well-paid positions in government, a claim of nepotism backed by others interviewed for this article. Speaking behind reinforced glass at the prison in Washington, D.C., where he is detained, Lamas told Reuters he is speaking out against Flores because he feels abandoned by the Maduro administration, still ensconced in power even though many of its central figures, including the president, have also been accused of crimes. “I feel betrayed by them,” he told Reuters. In late March, U.S. prosecutors indicted Maduro and over a dozen current and former Venezuelan officials on charges of narco-terrorism and drug smuggling. Maduro, now in his eighth year as Venezuela’s president, for years sought to flood the U.S. with cocaine, prosecutors alleged, seeking to weaken American society and bolster his position and wealth. Maduro’s office didn’t respond to requests for comment. In a televised speech after the indictments, he dismissed the charges against him and his colleagues as a politically motivated fabrication by the administration of U.S. President Donald Trump. “You are a miserable person, Donald Trump,” he said. The March indictments and the possible charges against Flores come amid a fresh campaign by Washington to increase pressure on Maduro. His enduring grip on power, some U.S. officials say, is a source of frustration for Trump. Starting in 2017, the U.S. Treasury Department sanctioned the Socialist leader along with his wife and other members of the Maduro “inner circle.” The swipe at Flores enraged Maduro. “If you want to attack me, attack me,” he said in a televised speech at the time. “But don’t mess with Cilia, don’t mess with the family.” Leveraging the economic fallout from the coronavirus crisis in Venezuela, the White House now hopes it can topple a leader who has weathered years of tightening economic sanctions, civil unrest and international isolation.  Washington has accused Maduro and his circle of looting Venezuela of billions of dollars. But it’s unclear how much personal wealth he and Flores possess. Neither the president nor the first lady disclose income statements, tax returns or other documents pertaining to their personal finances.   After U.S. prosecutors charged Maduro, the Justice Department said it had seized more than $1 billion in assets belonging to dozens of defendants connected to the case. The charges didn’t detail those assets or specify who holds them. Flores is a longtime strategist and kingmaker in the ruling Socialist party. She first gained prominence as a lawmaker and confidante of the late Hugo Chavez, Maduro’s predecessor and mentor. She doesn’t hold an official role in Maduro’s cabinet. Still, the probe against her underscores the vast influence she wields, particularly in helping Maduro outmaneuver rivals inside and outside Venezuela. In addition to Lamas, Reuters interviewed more than 20 people close to and familiar with Flores. They portray her as a shrewd and stealthy politician who now brandishes much of the power of her husband’s office, demanding important briefings even before the president and personally negotiating with foreign emissaries, rival lawmakers and others. When the opposition-led National Assembly tried to oust Maduro last year, Flores ordered security officials to deliver intelligence on the matter directly to her, according to Manuel Cristopher Figuera, the head of the country’s intelligence agency then. Figuera was one of a handful of senior Venezuelan officials who at the time considered trying to negotiate an exit from power by Maduro with the United States. Figuera fled Venezuela when the effort failed. “Flores has always been behind the curtain, pulling the strings,” Figuera told Reuters. Flores has sought personal concessions in recent years in negotiations with the United States. According to five people familiar with the discussions, Flores instructed intermediaries to ask U.S. envoys for liberty for her jailed nephews. In exchange, these intermediaries said Venezuela would release six imprisoned executives of Citgo Petroleum Corp [PDVSAC.UL], the U.S. refining unit of Venezuela’s state-run oil company. The executives, arrested by Venezuela in 2017 and charged with embezzlement, are widely considered by human rights activists and many in the business community to be political prisoners. That overture, reported here for the first time, failed.  But Washington knows Flores’ clout. “She is probably the most influential figure other than Maduro,” Fernando Cutz, a senior White House adviser on Latin America during Trump’s first year in office, told Reuters. Earlier this year, according to people with knowledge of her efforts, Flores personally pressed crucial opposition lawmakers to support a Maduro ally to head the National Assembly, until then considered the last independent government institution in the country. As Reuters reported in March, people familiar with lobbying of the lawmakers say ruling party operatives paid bribes to rivals who switched sides. Reuters couldn’t determine whether Flores played any role in such payments. Little is known about the first lady outside Venezuela, particularly the extent of her role in Maduro’s government and her dealings that help it survive. In their first interrogation of Lamas after his arrest in Colombia, U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration agents had one request, he recalled: “Tell us about Cilia Flores,” they said. Michael D. Miller, a DEA spokesman, referred questions regarding the case to the Justice Department. Lamas, now 40, spent over a decade guarding Flores – first when she was a lawmaker and headed the National Assembly, later when she became first lady. After his extradition in 2017, Lamas agreed to a plea deal with U.S. prosecutors, according to a confidential Justice Department document reviewed by Reuters. The agreement hasn’t been previously reported. In the plea deal, Lamas admitted to charges of drug trafficking and agreed to cooperate as a witness in investigations related to his case. The Colombian court order that approved his extradition, also reviewed by Reuters, said Lamas conspired to ship cocaine from Venezuela on U.S.-registered aircraft. Neither the Colombian court order nor the Justice Department document mention Flores, Maduro or others in the family. Because of the terms of the plea agreement – he said he is still awaiting sentencing and continues to testify in related investigations – Lamas declined to discuss specifics about the case against him. His lawyer in Washington, Carmen Hernandez, also declined to comment. The information he is providing investigators, including details on Flores’ alleged role in the drug-trafficking plan by her nephews, is deemed credible by U.S. authorities, according to people familiar with the probes. Mike Vigil, a former DEA chief of international operations, told Reuters the DEA gives “high significance” to Lamas’ testimony. “REVOLUTIONARY CALLING” Flores was born October 15, 1956, in Tinaquillo, a small city in northwestern Venezuela. The youngest of six siblings, she lived in a mud-brick shack with a dirt floor, locals recall. Her father was a salesman, traveling to nearby towns to hawk sundry goods. While still a child, she and her family moved to Caracas, Venezuela’s capital. A good pupil, Flores enrolled in a private university and studied criminal law. There, she met Maikel Moreno, a lifelong friend and a lawyer she would eventually help become Venezuela’s chief justice. Moreno, a Maduro ally and a controversial figure in his own right, was one of those indicted by Washington last March. Moreno didn’t respond to requests for comment; in a tweet, he denounced Washington for trying to “hijack Venezuelan justice.” As a student, Flores showed little interest in politics, according to people who knew her. She worked part-time at a police station, transcribing statements from witnesses, and married a longtime boyfriend, a police detective, with whom she had three boys. Upon earning her law degree, she worked for most of the next decade as a defense attorney for a private firm. In 1989, a fuel hike sparked riots that shook Caracas and awakened in Flores what she later described to state television as a “revolutionary calling.” Hundreds of protesters, angry with corruption and widening inequality in the oil-producing country, died in clashes with security forces. The event, known as the Caracazo – roughly, the big Caracas awakening – also inspired Chavez. As inflation, food shortages and other hardships worsened, Chavez, an Army lieutenant colonel, in 1992 staged a failed coup. He was arrested and jailed at a military barracks. Flores discovered a hero. She took to spraypainting Chavez’s name around Caracas. “I saw him in that moment as I would in the 20 years I spent near him,” she later told state television. “Authentic.” She sent Chavez a letter offering to aid his defense. He accepted. Soon she was counseling Chavez and helping him answer letters from thousands of supporters.  On one early visit, she met a Caracas union leader who was also advising Chavez: Maduro. In a televised speech years later, Maduro said he was drawn to her “fiery character.” He began to wink at her, he said. As it happened, both were divorcing their spouses. They began dating and eventually became a couple. “We shared the same dreams,” Flores later told state television. In 1994, Chavez received a presidential pardon. Flores and other advisors suggested he reinvent himself as a civilian and rally support with promises to empower the poor. By 1997, Flores was part of the campaign committee that would secure Chavez’s election the next year as president. Maduro was elected as a legislator. Not much of a gladhander herself, Flores nonetheless won a seat in the National Assembly in 2000. “She’s not a leader to hold a political rally,” said Juan Barreto, a former Caracas mayor and media director for Chavez. “But don’t think she doesn’t have a voice behind closed doors.” In the legislature, Flores earned a combative reputation. When fellow Chavistas elected her leader of the National Assembly in 2007, she publicly referred to opposition lawmakers as “sinners,” suggesting the government had the moral high ground over its rivals. She switched off their microphones when she felt they grew longwinded. She also began using her position to help family members. Flores replaced about 50 support staff employed by the National Assembly with relatives and associates, the legislature’s union said. Four siblings, two cousins and her ex-husband were among the hires, according to a list created by the union at the time of the shakeup and recently reviewed by Reuters.  She named her brother, a policeman, head of assembly security. A nephew – a cousin of her two nephews now jailed in the United States – was appointed as the legislature’s administrative director.  Reuters was unable to reach Flores’ siblings, her ex-husband, or other relatives mentioned in this story, including her children and her nephews. It’s unclear whether Flores was responsible for all the job changes the union complained about. But she has defiantly defended the appointments. “I feel proud that they are my family,” she told reporters at the time. “I will defend them as workers in the assembly.” When union leaders complained about nepotism, Flores summoned them to her office, recalls Jose Rivero, who attended some of those meetings and is now the union boss. “Leave this issue alone,” he says she told them. The union complied. In 2012, Chavez named Flores attorney general. She held the post until March 2013, when Chavez died. Voters elected Maduro, by then vice president, to succeed him. Maduro and Flores, not officially married, tied the knot that July. As first lady, Flores initially made her presence known in small ways. She ordered new furniture, curtains and a repainting of the Miraflores Palace, former aides said. Soon, she began playing a far more substantial role.  In 2014, oil prices plunged, pulling Venezuela into depression. As discontent grew, Flores began to see threats within the government. In October, Maduro fired Miguel Rodriguez, his interior minister, and replaced him with a Flores ally. Three people familiar with the decision said that Flores believed Rodriguez, a charismatic general popular with troops, was eclipsing Maduro. People close to Rodriguez said he had indeed aspired to higher office. After his ouster, Rodriguez formed a rival political party and publicly denounced Maduro. Intelligence agents later arrested Rodriguez on conspiracy charges, which he denied. He remains imprisoned. Juan Luis Sosa, an attorney for Rodriguez, declined to comment. “Cilia likes or hates you,” one former Maduro aide says. “She’s not a dealmaker, she’s a hardliner.” “CILIA KNEW EVERYTHING” Lamas, the bodyguard, began working for Flores in her days as a legislator. From a post in the National Guard, he had been assigned to Chavez’s security detail and later transferred to guard Flores, he said. A photo on Lamas’ Twitter feed shows him, in a revolutionary red baseball cap, with Flores at a Socialist party event in 2010. With the job came proximity to the Flores family. The first lady entrusted him with driving her aging mother for medical checkups, Lamas said. He became close to Flores’ sons – Walter, Yoswal and Yosser. “I considered them my brothers,” he said, recalling trips to shoot rifles and to opulent family properties on the Caribbean coast. The brothers – known as “Los Chamos,” or “the boys” – have attracted media attention in Venezuela for their flashy lifestyles. Lamas said he saw them use government jets to travel abroad for fun. He also said he saw them several times late at night load military jeeps with boxes of U.S. dollars and transport the cash from their homes in Caracas to other locations for storage. Reuters couldn’t independently verify that claim. Flores’ sons haven’t been indicted on any charges in the United States. They are on the U.S. Treasury’s list of Venezuelans sanctioned for alleged corruption. The sanctions are meant to punish central figures in Maduro’s government and block any assets they may have in the United States or within its jurisdiction. The family’s reach by this point was manifest at Petroleos de Venezuela SA, or PDVSA [PDVSA.UL], the national oil company and the government’s cash cow. In 2014, PDVSA appointed a new finance director: Carlos Malpica, the third nephew of Flores, who previously managed the support staff at the National Assembly. Malpica couldn’t be reached for comment. People close to Flores said Malpica had become the first lady’s most trusted relative, especially when it came to financial matters. Documents compiled by U.S. investigators for their case against the other two Flores nephews provide insight into Malpica’s influence. In August 2015, according to text messages gathered by the investigators and transcribed in documents used at the trial, Efrain Campo, one of the two nephews, received a text from an acquaintance. The message asked for Campo’s help in recouping money allegedly owed by PDVSA to the acquaintance. The origins of the debt are unclear. Campo told the acquaintance to call Malpica. At PDVSA, Campo wrote, Malpica was the “maximum authority there, since he’s a Flores.” “He will not do it for free,” Campo added. PDVSA officials didn’t respond to a request for comment. Malpica left his PDVSA post in 2016, giving no explanation for his departure, and has since kept a low profile. The U.S. Treasury Department would later include him on its list of Venezuelans sanctioned for alleged corruption. The jailed nephews, Campo and Franqui Flores, were close to the first lady. She helped raise both of them, two people who know the family told Reuters, and both men sometimes referred to her as “mom.” Their November 2015 arrest, in a DEA sting in Haiti, made international headlines. In Venezuela, it earned the pair the nickname of the “narcosobrinos,” or “narconephews.” The bust stemmed from a plan to sell $20 million worth of cocaine in the United States. The men, who pleaded not guilty, were convicted and sentenced to 18 years in prison. At the time, Flores told reporters that her nephews had been victims of a DEA “kidnapping.” She has since said little publicly about the case. Among evidence investigators obtained, according to two people familiar with the case, are text messages between the nephews and Flores in which the trio allegedly discuss the cocaine shipment. The messages, which haven’t been seen by Reuters, are among documentation compiled by prosecutors from the U.S. investigation of the nephews. The people familiar with the messages said they make clear that Flores helped coordinate logistics of the cocaine shipment with them. The proceeds from the coke deal were meant to finance a Flores campaign for the National Assembly in 2015, according to the U.S. indictment against Maduro. The people familiar with the text messages said the nephews told Flores in the texts that the cocaine money would be for her campaign. Flores had briefly left the assembly when she became attorney general, and in 2015 she was reelected. A recording made by a DEA informant captured the two nephews discussing the planned deal, according to a transcript submitted as evidence in their trial. In the recording, Campo says his “mom” is planning to run again for the assembly. People familiar with the probe believe “mom,” given the context of the discussion, meant Flores. Because of the burgeoning economic crisis and growing discontent at the time, Campo told the informant, “there is a risk we could lose, so she’s getting in there again.” “We need the money,” Campo added, in a remark investigators interpreted as an allusion to the impact of economic sanctions on Socialist coffers. “The Americans are hitting us hard, and the opposition is getting a lot of help.” Before the two nephews were arrested, Lamas said he saw the two men on several occasions send cocaine shipments on planes from the presidential hangar outside Caracas. Reuters couldn’t verify whether Flores knew of the alleged shipments. At times, Lamas said, Flores would hear relatives discuss illicit activities, including her nephews talking about the drug transaction for which they were convicted. She would shake her head, he added, but not voice disapproval. “Cilia knew everything,” Lamas says. A GRAND BARGAIN In Caracas, where political intrigue abounds, Flores has covered Maduro’s flanks. Early last year, Juan Guaidó, head of the National Assembly, declared Maduro’s 2018 re-election a fraud and said he was the rightful president of Venezuela. He urged the military to oust Maduro. Flores quickly sought out signs of disloyalty within government ranks. Figuera, the former intelligence chief, told Reuters she ordered all documentation his agents collected about any additional dissent, including transcripts of phone taps of opposition politicians, sent directly to her. He complied. In March 2019, a nationwide electricity blackout darkened Venezuela. As senior officials convened to discuss the problem, one minister showed Twitter posts by Luis Carlos Diaz, a prominent journalist, blaming the government. Flores said Diaz “should be jailed,” Figuera told Reuters. Maduro afterwards ordered him to arrest the journalist, Figuera added.

As Diaz bicycled home on March 11, Figuera’s agents arrested him, raided his home and seized computers and phones. After an uproar, Figuera said, Maduro called him the following day to order Diaz’s release. Diaz, who was let out, remains free and is working as a journalist. He declined to comment. By April of last year, as most Western democracies backed Guaidó, Figuera and a handful of other senior officials began considering a negotiated exit for Maduro. They weighed the possibility of arranging safe passage for Maduro to Cuba or another allied country, Figuera said, in exchange for the easing of U.S. sanctions or other compromises by Washington. Among the officials who discussed the idea was Moreno, the chief justice and longtime Flores friend, according to Figuera and two other people familiar with the talks. As the group prepared to discuss the possibility with U.S. envoys, Moreno told Figuera they should press for further concessions, including the release of Flores’ two nephews.  The suggestion of seeking the nephews’ freedom as part of a grand bargain with Washington followed attempts months earlier by Flores intermediaries to secure their release. According to the people familiar with those earlier discussions, Flores had intermediaries tell Washington early last year that Caracas, in exchange for the nephews, would free the six Citgo executives. Venezuela had charged the executives, who remain in prison awaiting trial, with embezzlement related to renegotiation of Citgo’s debt with various lenders. Attorneys for the executives told Reuters the charges are baseless and that they were unaware of any effort to include their clients in any prisoner swap. Jesus Loreto, a Caracas lawyer representing Tomeu Vadell, one of the six, said such an offer “would be yet more evidence of the arbitrary nature” of the arrests. A senior Trump administration official told Reuters the swap offer was a “non-starter.” “This isn’t like a spy exchange with Russia,” said another American familiar with the discussions. “The nephews are convicted criminals.” Reuters couldn’t determine whether Flores was aware of Moreno’s attempts to broker a departure for Maduro. Moreno ultimately backed out of the talks, according to Figuera and the two other people. The effort fizzled and Figuera defected. He now lives in Miami. Moreno remains chief justice of Venezuela. Late last year, Flores spearheaded the effort to swing opposition legislators toward a Maduro ally as assembly head. On December 7, Flores and several Maduro aides met with a group of opposition lawmakers at the Fuerte Tiuna military base in Caracas, people with knowledge of the meeting said. There, Flores urged the lawmakers to back the Maduro candidate. Several lawmakers, including at least one who attended that meeting, later accepted payments of up to $150,000 to vote for Maduro’s candidate, these people said. Reuters couldn’t determine if Flores or Maduro were aware of the payments or whether they were discussed at the military base. In January, Luis Parra, the government candidate, won the election for assembly chief. Now, Guaidó and Parra both claim to be running the assembly. Parra’s office didn’t respond to a request for comment. From his cell in Washington, Lamas reads about politics back home. He is studying English and working as a prison cook. He showed Reuters a certificate from the prison commending his “outstanding contribution to the culinary department.” Lamas now seethes against the family he once worked to protect. He is particularly aggrieved by a raid on his house in the days after his arrest, and a long interrogation of his wife, with whom he has two small children. A neighbor confirmed seeing the raid take place. “I was loyal to them,” Lamas says. “But they weren’t loyal to me.”

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-venezuela-politics-flores-specialrepo-idUSKBN2332JO 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 5-18-20 Counter Punch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coming Nuclear Menace: Hypersonic Missiles

by Karl Grossman  May 18, 2020

The United States is seeking to acquire “volumes of hundreds or even thousands” of nuclear-capable hypersonic missiles that are “stealthy” and can fly undetected at 3,600 miles per hour, five times faster than the speed of sound. Why so many? A Pentagon official is quoted in the current issue of Aviation Week & Space Technology as saying “we have to be careful we’re not building boutique weapons. If we build boutique weapons, we won’t—we’ll be very reluctant to—use them.”

The article in the aerospace industry trade journal is headlined: “Hypersonic Mass Production.” A subhead reads: “Pentagon Forms Hypersonic Industry ‘War Room.’”

On March 19, 2020, the U.S. conducted its first hypersonic missile test from its Pacific Missile Range Facility on Kauai, Hawaii. “Fast and Furiously Accurate” is the title of an article about hypersonic missiles written by a U.S. Navy officer which appeared last year on a U.S. Naval Institute website. The piece declares that by “specifically integrating hypersonic weapons with U.S. Navy submarines, the United States may gain an edge in developing the fastest, most precise weapons the world has ever seen.” “Hypersonic weapons,” explains the article by U.S. Navy Lieutenant Andrea Howard, “travel faster than Mach 5—at least five times the speed of sound, around 3,600 mph, or one mile per second….They are similar to but faster than existing missiles, such as the subsonic U.S. Tomahawk missile, which maxes out around 550 mph.” “While hypersonic weapons can carry conventional or nuclear warheads, they differ from existing technologies in three critical ways,” writes Howard. “First…a one-kilogram object delivered precisely and traveling multiples of the speed of sound can be more destructive than one kilogram of TNT. Second, the low-altitude path helps mask HCMs [Hypersonic Cruise Missiles] when coupled with the curvature of the Earth” and so “they are mostly invisible to early warning radars. And third…they can maneuver during flight; in contrast with the predictable ballistic-missile descend, they are more difficult to intercept, if even detected.” “By offering the precision of near-zero-miss weapons, the speed of ballistic missiles, and the maneuverability of cruise missiles, hypersonic weapons are a disruptive technology capable of striking anywhere on the globe in less than an hour,” declares the Navy officer. The article also notes that Russian “President Vladimir Putin unveiled six new” what he called “invincible” hypersonic missiles as part of a March 2018 “state of the nation” speech. “Russia has successfully tested the air-to-ground hypersonic missile” named Kinzhal for dagger, “multiple times using the MIG-31 fighter.” It’s “mounting the Kinzhal on its Tu-22M3 strategic bomber.” The article also says “China, too, is working on hypersonic technologies.”

The piece concludes: “As the tradition of arms control weakens with the breakdown of the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces (INF) agreement, it would be naïve to anticipate anything other than full-fledged weapon development by Russia and China in the coming decades….The bottom line is that hypersonic weapons will determine who precisely is ‘prompt’ enough in 21st century conflict.”  The U.S. under President Trump withdrew last year from the INF treaty, a landmark agreement which had banned all land-based ballistic and cruise missiles with ranges of from 310 to 3,420 miles. It had been signed in 1987 by President Reagan and Soviet General Secretary Mikhail Gorbachev. The treaty “marked the first time the superpowers had agreed to reduce their nuclear arsenals, eliminate an entire category of nuclear weapons, and employ extensive on-site inspections for verification,” notes the Arms Control Association. “Hypersonic missiles may be unstoppable. Is society ready?” was the headline of an article in March in The Christian Science Monitor. This piece notes: “Hypersonic missiles are not just very fast, they are maneuverable and stealthy. This combination of speed and furtiveness means they can surprise an adversary in ways that conventional missiles cannot, while also evading radar detection. And they have injected an additional level of risk and ambiguity into what was already an accelerating arms race between nuclear-armed rivals.” The article raises the issue of the speed of hypersonic missiles miring military decisions. “For an incoming conventional missile, military commanders may have 30 minutes to detect and respond; a hypersonic missile could arrive at that same destination in 10 minutes.” Thus “artificial intelligence” or “AI” would be utilized. The Christian Science Monitor article quotes Patrick Lin, a professor of philosophy at California Polytechnic State University in San Luis Obispo, as noting: “Technology will always fail. That is the nature of technology.” And, says the article: “Dr. Lin argues that the benefits of hypersonic weapons compared to the risk they create are ‘widely unclear,’ as well as the benefits of the AI systems that inform them.” It quotes Dr. Lin as saying, wisely: “I think it’s important to remember that diplomacy works and policy solutions work…I think another tool in our toolbox isn’t just to invest in more weapons, but it’s also to invest in diplomacy to develop community.” The Aviation Week & Space Technology article begins: “As the U.S. hypersonic weapons strategy tilts toward valuing a quantity approach, the new focus for top defense planners—even as a four-year battery of flight testing begins—is to create an industrial base that can produce missiles affordably enough that the high-speed weapons can be purchased in volumes of hundreds or even thousands.” It continues: “To pave the way for an affordable production strategy, the Pentagon’s Research and Engineering division has teamed up with the Acquisition and Sustainment branch to create a ‘war room’ for the hypersonic industrial base, says Mark Lewis, director of research and engineering the modernization.” The piece then quotes Lewis as saying: “At the end of the day, we have to be careful we’re not building boutique weapons. If we build boutique weapons, we won’t—we’ll be very reluctant to—use them. And that again factors into our plans for delivering hypersonics at scale.” The article says that “Air Force and defense officials have been promoting concepts for operating air-launched hypersonic missiles in swarm attacks. The B-1B [bomber], for example, will be modified to carry” six hypersonic missiles. “I think it’s a poorly posed question to ask about affordability per unit,” the piece quoted Lewis as saying. “We have to think of it in terms of the affordability of the capability that we’re providing. By that I mean: If I’ve got a hypersonic system that costs twice as much as its subsonic counterpart but is five times more effective, well, clearly, that’s an advantageous cost scenario.” The hypersonic missiles will indeed likely be “invincible.” And they would be at the ready because of the withdrawal by the Trump administration of the INF treaty and other international arms control agreements, one after another. With the vast numbers of hypersonic nuclear-capable missiles being sought, the world will have fully returned to the madness in the depths the Cold War—as presented in the 1964 film Dr. Strangelove or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb. Apocalypse will be highly likely. Artificial intelligence is not going to save us. These weapons need to be outlawed, not produced and purchased en masse. And we must, indeed, “invest in diplomacy to develop community”—a global community at peace, not a world of horrific and unstoppable war. Join the debate on Facebook More articles by:Karl Grossman

Karl Grossman, professor of journalism at State University of New York/College at Old Westbury, and is the author of the book, The Wrong Stuff: The Space’s Program’s Nuclear Threat to Our Planet. Grossman is an associate of the media watch group Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting (FAIR). He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion.

https://www.counterpunch.org/2020/05/18/the-coming-nuclear-menace-hypersonic-missiles/ 

:: 5--20 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Survival Dan 101 Discover The Art Of Survival

SELCO: Types Of Real Survivalists —The Slaves And Servants Were The Most Common

In the following article, Selco of SHTF Schooldelves even further, detailing real-life scenarios, training tactics, and other key information that will undoubtedly help save your life should the streets of America turn into a war zone. Pay attention because this no idealized collapse scenario – it’s reality. Selco is from the Balkan region, where from 92 to 95 the Bosnian War destroyed everything and for 1 whole year he lived and survived in a city without electricity, fuel, running water, real food distribution, or distribution of any goods, or any kind of organized law or government. Drug dealers, prostitutes, thieves, addicts, homeless, family people, believers… good people, bad people… we like to call people names in order to judge them and live our life easier. Most of the time we judge them so easily and form our opinion about them „as we go“ without too many thoughts. It is easier like that. We see people doing something and think they do it because of how they are. We often do not consider all the things that make them do what they do. We see something, give that a name and that’s it. Sometimes there is much more to what we actually can see. Someone who is bad might just have had circumstances in life and being like that is the only thing that made sense for that person. Yes, their whole way of thinking might be “wrong” or he might not act badly because he is a bad person, but because their kids are dying. People simply judge too fast. More from our blog: Post SHTF: Who Do You Let In And Who Gets The Boot? Post SHTF: What Will You Do When They Come? How Much Can You Give Away Before Putting Your Own Family In Danger? Not to mention that when SHTF it is dangerous to call people and sort them on the easy and fast way, it can lead us to form the wrong opinion, which can lead to a lot of bad things. I learned to not judge people right away. A future friend might behave terribly the first time and a future enemy might be very nice to you. I had to say this before continuing with this article. You will encounter slaves or servants in a long-term survival situation and even if they go on a very different path from a brave fighter… they are real survivalists and just make things work. Many lone fighters died and many servants suffered but survived. Yes, it’s not like in a movie. A Lady who was my colleague before SHTF lived with her husband and two kids, she was in her 30ies, very nice and easy person to work with. She was my friend and we shared a lot of the great moments at the job. I never see or heard anything bad about her. I knew her husband, I knew her kids… When SHTF I lost contact with her in all that chaos, and to be honest I completely forget about her, I had a lot more important things to worry about. A few months later, on my trip that almost killed me out of town over the mountains to obtain some stuff that we needed I had the opportunity to meet her again. We already passed the most dangerous parts of the trip, mines, mountains, woods, and no man’s land and arrived into a small part of a territory controlled by one of the numerous militias, loosely tied to bigger (again numerous) fractions. These guys did not give us any problems, other than a very short checking about who we are and where we are going. We already paid for the passage to „guy who knows a guy“ so everything went smoothly. We made a short rest in one of the shacks and drink hot „tea“. The actually exact description would be „hot dirty melted snow, with added alcohol“. Then I saw her, my ex-colleague. If I learned anything since SHTF that was the fact that you need to hide your feelings and body language until you figure out what is actually really going on. So I did not say anything to her, and I acted like I do not know her, even if I wanted very hard to jump, hug her and ask about anything, about her, her family, etc.

She put some rice on the table, and more alcohol in front of one of the group members. She was one woman in a group of 30 plus men, who were armed, wasted and pretty dangerous. Most of them did not know too much about literature but they did know enough about violence. She did not look like a prisoner, and also she did not look scared or beaten. She also did not or did not want to recognize me.  Anyway about a half-hour later one of the men from the group told me I can have her, for a price, explaining to me that „she is the property of the leader, but also if anybody is willing to pay she can belong to anyone for a half-hour“.  Now if you saw that in a movie, probably you would expect from me to shoot all of them and save her, so we can ride into the sunset. But it was not a movie, and I could get maybe three of them down before someone blows my head and takes my boots and rifle. And even if I could save her she would probably tell me that she does not want to be saved. We went through that piece of land without any problems, and I did not see her again, ever. And no, I did not pay the price and bought her for a half-hour, and I did not try to start a conversation with her. Later I found out the whole story. When SHTF people did a lot of different things in order to survive. She became a mistress for one of that small group, the leader, and also prostitute for that group. She was not a prisoner, well not obvious, but you also need to understand that if she left that group she and her family would lose protection and a steady income of goods. And her kids needed to eat something. I do not know what her husband thinks about all that (he was a bit of weak guy before SHTF), but rumors were that he agreed with that, in order to survive everything. So it lasted like that for months. And they survived. So is that good or bad? It’s nothing. It’s survival. Blame her husband? No.. because they survived. If he would have become a fighter he might have died and with him his family. This does not mean people should let their wives become prostitutes (there were male prostitutes too by the way). Everyone makes his own decisions and later you always know better. Again here comes in not judging. Of course, when peace and normal life came they just could not stand to live here, not after what happened. So they choose to emigrate. As I heard they are living somewhere in South America under different names. Here is some more background to that. Prostitution here in Bosnia was something different than in other countries, and before SHTF you should be a member of the very rich and higher class of society or higher ranks of the political elite to be able to get into contact with one. It was illegal and also it was traditionally very „wrong“. So, prostitution was rare. To be known prostitute was rare. To have a normal family woman and she would become a prostitute was unbelievable and almost impossible. When the SHTF lots of things changed. There were prostitutes all around, not to mention women who were held as some kind of half slaves. Their position was not always the same, and some of them were not more than slaves, some other ones were almost as powerful as the gang leaders who they belonged to. There were also men who were just mascots or servants for more powerful people but overall this was the more common way for a woman to survive. Not all women were prostitutes of course, just like men they all choose how to survive, some were prostitutes, others were more dangerous with a rifle than a lot of men. But most of them choose just to stay home with the family and do care about kids. It was not something like – they need to do that – they did what they did best and what was needed, just like most of the folks in that period… That woman I spoke about was much closer to an equal gang member than a slave. They did not force her to prostitution, actually, she belonged to the group leader, but also she would sell herself for goods, some of those goods she keeps for herself and family and some have gone to members of the gang. It was her “trade”. When other men risked their life she overcome her dignity (not sure if that is the right word) and did that. She had protection and food, also her family home had some kind of protection from that group and also food and other things. She was there mainly for the fun of the group leader, sometimes other members and customers when she wanted.

They survived, we can now judge them and talk about what every one of us could do in their situation but we should not. This is could also be a lesson for normal times. I work in emergency service (for a long time) and see daily people living at borders of normal society or even far from that borders in a different, very dark and nasty world. It’s not that all of them are bad, but sometimes, in life, you have to do whatever it takes even if it makes sense only for you at that moment. It is not an excuse but it helps to remember that when your existence is under threat you might do very different things too. I’m sure only very few (maybe sexually very open people) really plan on going that way when SHTF. Remember, no planning and preparing while the weather is calm, will have serious consequences when the storm will unleash. Most of the people fail to see the ”big picture”, they are ”sleeping’ comfortably and when the world as they know it will end, (and it will end sooner rather than later) if they are lucky enough will end up as slaves or servants. What role do you see yourself in? What role do you plan for?

https://www.survivaldan101.com/real-survivalists-slaves-servants/ 

:: 5-17-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IT’S ALIVE! SCIENTISTS ARE PRINTING LIVING “XENOBOTS” OUT OF BIOLOGICAL CELLS

May 17, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

Computer scientists and biologists have teamed up to create a new kind of living robot. Grown from the stem cells of the frog Xenopus laevis, these so-called xenobots represent a new fusion of biological life and robotics that defies any sort of conventional definition, The New York Times reports. They only live for about a week and are far simpler — biologically speaking — than other organisms, but the lab-grown, pre-programmed life forms represent a major step forward in the pursuit of living machinery… (READ MORE) 

Scientists Are Printing Living “Xenobots” out of Biological Cells It’s Alive!

Computer scientists and biologists have teamed up to create a new kind of living robot. Grown from the stem cells of the frog Xenopus laevis, these so-called xenobots represent a new fusion of biological life and robotics that defies any sort of conventional definition, The New York Times reports. They only live for about a week and are far simpler — biologically speaking — than other organisms, but the lab-grown, pre-programmed life forms represent a major step forward in the pursuit of living machinery.

Designer Babies Xenobots, which were first brought to life back in January, can’t reproduce. Instead, computer scientists program them in a virtual environment and then 3D print their creations out of embryonic cells. “We are witnessing almost the birth of a new discipline of synthetic organisms,” Columbia University roboticist Hod Lipson, who was not part of the research team, told the NYT. “I don’t know if that’s robotics, or zoology or something else. Form, Function For now, xenobots are extremely limited: they don’t have nervous systems or much else in the way of complex biology, and their behavior is determined by their physical shape. For instance, the NYT describes a snowplow-shaped one that can sweep up stray particles in its petri dish. But even if they’re simple now, the xenobots are an extraordinary accomplishment — and represent a new scientific field to keep an eye on.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/05/17/its-alive-scientists-are-printing-living-xenobots-out-of-biological-cells/ 

:: 5-19-20 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America’s Economy Sabotaged By Totalitarian Dictators

By Kelleigh Nelson|May 19th, 2020

It also gives us a very special, secret pleasure to see how unaware the people around us are of what is really happening to them. —Adolf Hitler

The people want wholesome dread. They want to fear something. They want someone to frighten them and make them shudderingly submissive. —Ernst Rohm, Hitler’s chief of the SA (Storm Trooper)

The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it. —Joseph Mengele, MD, “Angel of Death” at Auschwitz

Experience hath shewn, that even under the best forms of government those entrusted with power have, in time, and by slow operations, perverted it into tyranny. —Thomas Jefferson

How quickly we forget that in January President Trump restricted traffic from China, and Dr. Fauci was not pleased. Fauci opposed eliminating flights from China. He disagreed and then ultimately, he agreed. That’s newsworthy. Fauci also doesn’t believe the virus came from the Wuhan lab, despite the fact that the National Institutes of Health (NIH) “expert” shelled out a total of $7.4 million to the Wuhan biolab for this research. Fauci and other medical experts on the White House coronavirus task force are “Hillary Clinton sympathizers” with a vendetta against President Donald Trump and his supporters. Time has proven that locking down the entire country for a virus that kills and hospitalizes less than seasonal flu has been a huge mistake promoted by VP Mike Pence and his unvetted Task Force globalists. Both Fauci and Birx are tightly bound to WHO Director Tedros, a Marxist-Leninist apologist for China. Funds for their activities come from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation which wants to vaccinate us all, just as they did in Africa with devastating results. President Trump agrees to restore partial funding to WHO, run by a Marxist-Leninist. Why? Gates is a population reduction aficionado as are Anthony Fauci and George Soros. Gates’ goal is not life, but death and the reduction of world population. Inflating Statistics A week ago, Dr. Birx said, “There is nothing from the (Center for Disease Control) CDC I can trust.” She has expressed doubts about the CDC Control statistics’ reports and believes the CDC has dramatically inflated the numbers by at least 25 percent. Birx and others reportedly feared that the CDC Control and Prevention’s data-tracking system was inflating coronavirus death rates and case numbers statistics. Falsified death records are common. Physicians throughout America have complained about being forced to falsely label the cause of death as Covid-19. Dr. Scott Jensen, Republican member of the Minnesota Senate spoke to Laura Ingraham about the actual infection rates. Birx is still claiming that the “shelter-in-place” directive was saving lives, but now we know that’s not true either. Over 36 million, or nearly 22 percent of Americans are without work; the economy continues going down the drain and many people have lost everything. New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo came forth and acknowledged that new hospitalizations caused by COVID-19 are from individuals who did, in fact, stay home. Fox News confirmed that the percentage of new coronavirus patients who listened to the government and stayed home is at 66%.

What Michael Smith of Wells, Maine wrote in the WSJ is absolutely true, “We have torched the house to rid it of spiders.” He went on to say that the governments’ response will kill us if the virus doesn’t. If unemployment hits 32 percent, some 77,000 Americans are likely to die from suicide and drug overdoses as a result of layoffs. Deaths of despair. Vaccines We can’t open now, says Chinese mouthpiece Dr. Tedros for the World Health Organization, not for five years. “It could take up to five years before the coronavirus pandemic is under control.” And WHO friend, Dr. Fauci, is not going to authorize reopening if the virus is not under control. First, we had to flatten the curve, then we had to follow the data of gigantically flawed models, and now we need more testing, which only shows you how many more people have gotten this virus. It’s not enough. Now we need antibody testing. That doesn’t mean anything anymore. Now we need a vaccine. Flu vaccines rarely cover the exact type of seasonal flu, and in any given year, a flu shot is only about 40-60 percent effective. The CDC reported that the 2020 flu vaccine was 45% effective against type B and 37% effective against type A. It’s doubtful a Covid-19 vaccine would be any better, and we certainly don’t want it mandated. President Trump said in an interview last week that he is gung-ho to distribute a coronavirus vaccine as soon as it is developed. “Our military is now being mobilized so at the end of the year we’re going to be able to give it to a lot of people very, very rapidly,” the president said in an interview with Fox Business host Maria Bartiromo. If a flu vaccine is only 40 – 60 percent effective, why would a Covid-19 vaccine be any better. No one has ever come up with a vaccine for the common cold virus or even for HIV-AIDS. No thanks, I don’t want the speedily made vaccine that will inject my body with foreign elements that could well make me sick or shorten my life. Oh, those lovely vaccines! The 1960s polio vaccine that gave everyone soft tissue cancer was grown on monkey kidneys. The cancer-causing SV-40 monkey virus is genetically passed to your descendants. And guess what? The Daily Post is reporting that Bill Gates offered Nigeria’s House of Representatives $10 million if they passed a compulsory vaccine bill.

A Digital “Snapshot” for Every Injection On May 12th, PRNewswire reported that ApiJect Systems America, Inc., a public benefit corporation based in Stamford, CT, announced that it has been awarded an HHS-DOD Title 3, Data Processing Agreement (DPA) contract valued up to $138 million to accelerate the building of a new U.S.-based, high-speed, population-scale emergency drug injection capability with prefilled syringes from its subsidiary RAPID USA Inc. RAPID USA’s emergency program, “Project Jumpstart” is being initiated to supply 500 million prefilled syringes by year-end. Jumpstart will develop the capability to manufacture a minimum of 30 million prefilled syringes per month once therapeutic drugs and vaccines become available. If coronavirus vaccines were planned to be optional – respecting the vaccine choices of individuals, not more than 100 million doses would be needed. The fact that 500 million doses are being manufactured is an admission that the DoD and HHS plan to make Covid-19 vaccines mandatory. The DoD awarded a $238 million contract enabling prefilled syringes for the future Covid-19 vaccine. The ApiJect syringes come with an optional RFID device enabling health care workers to track the GPS location of the syringes and record the identity of those being injected according to the company’s website. Before giving an injection, the healthcare worker will be able to launch a free mobile app and “tap” the prefilled syringe on their phone, capturing the Near Field Communication (NFC) tag’s unique serial number, GPS location and date/time. The app then uploads the data to a government-selected cloud database. Aggregated injection data provides health administrators an evolving real-time “injection-map.” No thanks big brother!

Remdesivir v. Hydroxychloroquine Dr. Fauci has never backed the very cheap 60-year-old drug, hydroxychloroquine. In fact, he has criticized its usage. Yet around the world, including within the U.S., this cheap drug has had excellent results, especially when given early in a Covid-19 diagnosis. There is little money to be made with this drug and the accompanying antibiotic, Azithromycin.

Dr. Stephen Smith called hydroxychloroquine a “game changer” in the fight against Covid-19. He had been treating his Covid patients with hydroxychloroquine with a 100% cure rate. He believed that the fight against the virus was over, but he underestimated the nefarious forces in the medical establishment and how much money was to be made. Ivette Lozano is a Dallas doctor who is treating her coronavirus patients with hydroxychloroquine and the recovery success rate of her patients is 100%. In the following video she explains how Texas has passed a bill that disallows prescribing hydroxychloroquine and azithromycin without giving a diagnosis to the pharmacist. They’ve eliminated the privacy of the HIPPA law because this drug is successful and cheap and obviously, they don’t want it used. A recent Gateway Pundit article, brilliantly researched by Joe Hoft, exposed the connections with remdesivir. The very first case of Covid-19 was in Washington state and the clinic where the patient was treated for declining health happened to have samples of the drug to give him intravenously. He recovered. By mid-February a Chinese company was mass producing remdesivir, despite studies showing a lack of benefit. The drug is from Gilead Sciences and the clinical trials are being done by Dr. Fauci’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), part of the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Fauci is behind the promotion of Gilead’s remdesivir and has worked with Gilead for years. Gilead is partnered with Wuxi AppTec, an international pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and medical device company located in China and owned in part by George Soros.

Gilead has endorsed and is engaged with a drug purchasing group, Unitaid which is an outgrowth of the United Nations, Millennium Declaration of 2000, which is now the U.N. Global Compact (sustainability via UN Agenda 2030). Despotic States Governor Wolf of Pennsylvania, (GOP Rep. Scott Perry called out Governor Wolf for killing elderly Pennsylvanians in nursing homes.) Governor Cuomo of New York and other states had ordered nursing homes to take Covid-19 patients resulting in thousands of fatalities to elderly and immune compromised patients within these facilities. Long Island is now calling for a federal probe into more than 5,000 nursing home deaths. If you thought the drones were bad telling us to keep our distance from each other, how about the Darpa Robot enlisted by police to enforce distancing. The robots are able to scan anyone walking on the sidewalks, record license plates, use infrared vision, and one of the scariest uses of this technology is the capability to detect cellphone serial numbers within a designated patrolling area.  According to CBS, the devices are actively being used and can be seen in 16 states including New York at the Lefrak City Apartments in Queens and LaGuardia Airport. In Kentucky, now run by Democratic Governor Andy Beshear rather than Republican Governor Bevin, authorities have ordered Louisville residents who have been exposed to the flu virus, but won’t self-quarantine, to wear a tracking device to ensure they don’t leave the house. In Tennessee, a 39-year-old homeless person who tested positive for the virus and was incarcerated at the local Nashville fair grounds, escaped and fled. He was stopped and arrested by Metro Nashville Parks police two miles from where he had been quarantined. Metro Parks has charged the man with a single count of escape from a penal institution, a class A misdemeanor. The statute that defines this crime makes no mention of it being used to enforce quarantine orders. And our Governor Bill Lee claims to be a constitutional conservative. Senate hopeful Bill Hagerty’s stint as Tennessee’s Department of Economic & Community Development Commissioner ended with the Volunteer State becoming the “most dependent state in America for trade with China.” He was appointed by ‘Never Trumper’ Republican Gov. Bill Haslam in 2011. Haslam proudly stated he did not vote for Trump. At the expense of American workers, Hagerty’s first-choice candidate in the 2016 Republican primary was Jeb Bush. And even after Jeb’s candidacy flamed out, he shifted to supporting pro-amnesty Marco Rubio. In Ventura County California, Dr. Robert Levin, director of Ventura County Public Health spoke before the board of supervisors about a plan to hire up to 50 new “contact tracing investigators” to “find people who have COVID-19 and immediately isolate them, find every one of their contacts, make sure they stay quarantined and check in with them every day.” He said they would be physically removed from their homes and isolated. He had to walk it back! The despotic Mayor of Providence, Rhode Island has told people to “social shame” those who refuse to wear masks. Those with compromised immune systems should wear protection, but for healthy people, wearing masks actually can make them more susceptible to the virus. And Amtrak now requires masks for all passengers. Open Economy Had we sheltered the compromised and elderly and allowed the economy to remain open, we may have had a higher number of deaths, but the immunity would have spread throughout the nation saving us from the debacle of debt, inflation, job loss, suicides, alcoholism, drug addiction, and domestic violence which has outnumbered the deaths from this virus. We’ve been sold another lie; dumbed down Americans don their masks to go out into public. I’m ashamed of my fellow citizens and how easily they were brainwashed with lies and propaganda. Republican Governor Brian Kemp of Georgia celebrated the state’s lowest number of hospitalized coronavirus patients and the fewest number of COVID-19 patients on ventilators on Saturday, 15 days since he loosened lockdown restrictions in the face of persistent attacks from the mainstream media and the public disapproval of President Trump.  Currently, 995 people out of a population of 10.62 million, have died from Covid-19 in Georgia, according to the model, and it projects that number could climb to 4,691 by August 4. But it hasn’t. Republican Governor Ron DeSantis of Florida ripped into the media for their failing, dire predictions of his coronavirus response. He said to mainstream media, “You were all wrong about my state, we’re in better shape without draconian lockdown.  ”He’s right. Dr. Scott Atlas’ recent article in The Hill gives five facts as to why we need to reopen our economy, stop the panic and end the total isolation. Resistance A Seattle police officer sacrificed his job to speak the truth on the abuse of power by the government. Greg Anderson is married with children, but he could not continue to follow orders he knew were against the Constitution and Bill of Rights. A federal judge blocked Governor Beshear’s (D-KY) temporary ban on mass gatherings amid the coronavirus pandemic from applying to religious services. The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) halted a coronavirus testing program promoted by billionaire Bill Gates and Seattle health officials pending reviews. The Texas Supreme Court halts expansion of mail-in voting during pandemic. The Hill reports that legal challenges to the stay-at-home orders are gaining momentum. The Wisconsin Supreme Court invalidated the state’s coronavirus health order, a decision that’s already generating momentum behind similar challenges across the country. Atwater, California has declared itself a sanctuary city for businesses!

Michigan’s Governor Gretchen Whitmer lost a fight to force a 77-year-old barber out of business. Despite moving to sustain his livelihood and remain economically afloat, the Michigan governor pulled strings and issued a cease-and-desist order against Manke. Ultimately, a Michigan judge ruled for Manke when the state’s Attorney General failed to make the bogus case that Manke posed “imminent danger to public health.” The repressive fascistic Governor plans to keep the state closed until a vaccine is available. And Michigan protesters plan “Operation Haircut” demonstration to push back against state’s ‘tyrannical’ stay-at-home order by Whitmer. Democrat Gov. Whitmer listed abortion as a non-elective procedure during Covid’s lockdown. She even decided to categorize it as “life-sustaining.” This woman is a murderer in so many ways…unborn babies, her constituents, and the survival of Michigan businesses. She is the epitome of evil. Conclusion Are Americans waking up to the attack on our country? They better, or these power-hungry neo-Nazi autocrats will strengthen the control over their constituents and we can kiss freedom good-bye.

https://newswithviews.com/americas-economy-sabotaged-by-totalitarian-dictators/ 

:: 5--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Absurd (and Sometimes Creepy) Ways Businesses Are Enforcing Social Distancing

by Daisy Luther

2020 has been a disturbing year all the way around, what with a pandemic, fear of contagions, mandatory lockdowns, and economic devastation. We’ve had everything from a deadly virus to aliens to murder hornets. And just when you thought this year, couldn’t get any stranger, hang on to your halo. Wait until you see some of the flabbergasting ways businesses are enforcing social distancing measures. Mannequins, cardboard people, and sex dolls Places that used to be bustling with human customers and spectators are now being populated with…mannequins, cardboard cut-outs, and sex dolls. It sounds like I’m making this up. I’m not. For example, Patrick O’Connell, the chef and proprietor of The Inn at Little Washington in Washington, Virginia, has teamed up with a local theater to dress mannequins in WW2 era finery to fill booths and make sure customers “maintain social distancing.”  …while adding an element of fun, the mannequins really hope to provide some of what has been lacking as many Americans seek connection in an isolating pandemic.

We’re all craving to gather and see other people right now,” O’Connell said. “They don’t all necessarily need to be real people.” (source) I hate to be mean because I know the intentions are good. But sitting amongst a room full of mannequins sounds more like that episode of Bates Motel when Norman had dinner with the taxidermied corpse of his mother than like a comforting return to normalcy to me. This isn’t a one-off, either. Next on “Dining with Dummies,” Australian restaurant-goers can sit in a cafe with cardboard people, lulled by the buzz of taped conversations on the speakers. At Five Dock Dining, cardboard cutouts will keep you company while you dine. In Sydney, Australia, the restaurant is adapting to a post-coronavirus normal by adding cardboard cutouts to dining tables. The restaurant also plans to play guest “chatter” on the speakers… …The limit on guests presented a challenge to Frank Angeletta, the owner of the restaurant. Five Dock Dining has a large dining space, and he was worried the area would feel empty. (source) I applaud the effort and the creativity, I really do. But is it just me or are these efforts to put fake humans in restaurants kind of creepy? I would much rather sit in a nearly empty restaurant than be surrounded by fake humans. If you’ll pardon the pop culture reference, anyone who has ever watched the show Supernatural knows what’s likely to happen next. Then there are the sporting events. A professional soccer league in South Korea made the befuddling choice to stud the bleachers with blow-up dolls holding up signs to cheer their teams along. The club FC Seoul apologized on Monday after what it believed were ordinary mannequins — quickly recognized by many fans as sex dolls — were placed in the stands for a match against Gwangju FC. Some on social media noted the telltale signs, like the business logos for sex toy marketers on the dolls’ clothing, or their strikingly buxom physiques. Of the roughly two dozen dolls in the stands, nearly all were women. “We had tried to add some fun in the no-spectator match,” FC Seoul said in a statement. “But we have not checked all the details, and that is clearly our fault.” (source) In Taiwan, a baseball game was played before a full stadium. The thing is, the stadium was full of cardboard cutouts and plastic mannequins holding signs. Oh, and a band of robot drummers. On a balmy Saturday evening inside one of Taiwan’s largest baseball stadiums, the floodlights flickered to life and the players took their positions. Cheerleaders began their rah-rah routines. Organ music blared through the speakers. But as the first batter stepped up to the plate and the pitcher took a deep breath, the only fans inside the 20,000-seat stadium in the northern city of Taoyuan were cardboard cutouts and plastic mannequins. Some wore hot-pink wigs and surgical masks. Others held signs with this cheery message: “We will always be with you!” A five-member band of robots played drums from the stands — a substitute for the usual cacophony of live music. (source) I’m just going to present this without further commentary. Then there are these ways to keep humans apart. Bizarre social distancing methods don’t stop with the use of fake humans. Read on for the undignified methods other restaurants are keeping humans apart. A restaurant in Ocean City, Maryland is putting patrons in individual “bumper boat” tables. “It’s like a bumper boat, but it’s actually a table,” owner Shawn Harmon said of the design, which was developed by Revolution Event Design and Production in Baltimore. A customer will stand in the center of the circular table surrounded by a rubber barrier that keeps them safely separated from other patrons in accordance with social distancing guidelines. The tables sit on wheels that allow them to stay mobile. (source) Oh good. You can walk around with your big, awkward bumper boat table. And who doesn’t want to stand the entire time they eat dinner or have a beer? Heaven help you if there was some kind of attack or emergency and you needed to move quickly. I have a horrible mental image of a bunch of people in innertubes all trying to squeeze out of the exit at once. If standing in a giant innertube for dinner isn’t your idea of fun, don’t despair. There are numerous other bizarre methods to have a socially distant dinner. A restaurant in Schwerin, Germany is handing out pool noodle hats for their customers to don. That sentence just confused my editing software so much it had no suggestions for improving the clarity. Café Rothe in the city of Schwerin along with German TV channel RTL, celebrated its reopening by handing out social distance-enforcing pool noodle hats to patrons as a gimmick. “In these difficult times it’s a pleasure to make others smile,” restaurant owner Jacqueline Rothe told Insider. (source) But what if you don’t want to sit with fake humans, stand in an innertube, or wear a funny hat? Does that mean you can no longer go out to dinner? Don’t despair. A restaurant in Thailand has a cuddly approach to social distancing. Maison Saigon is using stuffed toys to keep diners company while they eat. “Earlier we had only one chair for the tables where the customer came alone. But for me, it felt strange, so I thought I’d give them some company,” said Natthwut Rodchanapanthkul, the owner of Maison Saigon, a Vietnamese restaurant in Bangkok. Sitting opposite one of the panda dolls, diner Sawit Chaiphuek said he was happy to have some company as he stepped out to eat for the first time in months. “The doll makes me feel less lonely eating by myself,” said Sawit, 25. (source) Although this seems like a good way to keep the kiddos happy, apparently, some adults also feel better when they have something…anything…at the table with them in a restaurant. And here I’ve just been taking a book with me for times like this. Is this the “new normal?” I know that I wrote before that we’d never get “back to normal” but this really isn’t what I meant. Never in the past ten years of creating content have I written an article with so many potential times to use the word “flabbergasted.” We are witnessing the death of human dignity. The end of an Empire. The collective loss of all rational coping mechanisms. It just can’t be mentally healthy to be surrounded by fake people all the time. My mind is boggled that there are hebetudinous people who prefer sitting with stuffed animals or mannequins to just sitting at a table in a partially empty restaurant. Will we be doing this for six months? A year? Forever?

It was one thing when Tom Hanks’ character on Castaway had a deep friendship with a volleyball named Wilson. He was legitimately isolated. But we are not. We don’t have to have inanimate “friends.” What does this say about people? About our future as a society? It’s an absolute dumpster fire. People are so worried about being “safe” that they’re embracing the bizarre and extreme, instead of pushing forward and getting on with their lives. While I do take the virus seriously, I’m not fearful. Just imagine the level of fear that an adult must be feeling when dining in public with a stuffed toy makes them feel better. It’s difficult to fathom such a breathtakingly aberrant world, filled with imaginary friends and actual, physical, personal space bubbles. Imagine if this continues, the damage done to children who grow up knowing nothing else. How will they develop empathy and healthy human relationships? This is an environment that fosters fear and mistrust of others, just like the horrifying back-to-school scenario that had kids marching in 5-feet-apart formation for “recess.” It’s like some kind of bizarre, humiliating social experiment to see how far people are willing to be pushed when they’re afraid.

This takes the “divide” part of “divide and conquer” to an unimaginable new level.

About Daisy Daisy Luther writes about current events, preparedness, frugality, voluntaryism, and the pursuit of liberty on her website, The Organic Prepper. She is widely republished across alternative media and she curates all the most important news links on her aggregate site, PreppersDailyNews.com. Daisy is the best-selling author of 4 books and runs a small digital publishing company. You can find her on Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/bizarre-creepy-social-distancing/ 

:: 5--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

On Viral Attacks by Benevolent Benefactors

By Doug “Uncola” Lynn via TheBurningPlatform.com

What catches us by surprise hurts us double. – Seneca

Of all tyrannies, a tyranny sincerely exercised for the good of its victims may be the most oppressive. It would be better to live under robber barons than under omnipotent moral busybodies. The robber baron’s cruelty may sometimes sleep, his cupidity may at some point be satiated; but those who torment us for our own good will torment us without end for they do so with the approval of their own conscience. They may be more likely to go to Heaven yet at the same time likelier to make a Hell of earth. This very kindness stings with intolerable insult. To be “cured” against one’s will and cured of states which we may not regard as disease is to be put on a level of those who have not yet reached the age of reason or those who never will; to be classed with infants, imbeciles, and domestic animals. I remember once in college we had a class discussion on how ancient Rome expanded primarily out of fear of being conquered. In other words, the Romans believed their best defense was a strong offense: they engaged in the hostile takeovers of their enemies to avoid being conquered themselves. This calls to mind the interaction between the emotion of fear and how it relates to the survival instinct. Undeniably, these will often supersede the loftier considerations of ethics and law; and they apply equally to individuals, gangs, groups, corporations, cults, and governments. The desire for control is rooted in fear and perhaps greed. In many cases, these may even be rooted in pride. There are also physical, and perhaps spiritual, aspects to these principles having to do, ultimately, with domains; or realms. Therefore, it becomes like the animal kingdom whereby the strong prey on the weak and when carnivorous beasts battle over territory. The Giant Vampire Squid Cult has been consolidating global power for decades. It knows it’s outnumbered and the only way it can survive is through deception and by spinning narratives designed to trick those who threaten them (i.e. you) into granting them the permission to rule. Upon gaining control of the entertainment, business, and political realms, The Cult has advanced only those who have demonstrated their allegiance. Those who don’t obey are shunned, banished, or imprisoned like former Trump advisors Paul Manafort and Roger Stone; while others who stray off the reservation are “expired” (think Seth Rich). The reason daily events are so dire at present is because The Cult has consolidated power, through technology, to the extent they don’t believe they need our permission any longer. It’s why their “noose” is now tightening around our necks in the form of societal restrictions. Or as musician Frank Zappa once stated: The illusion of freedom will continue as long as it’s profitable to continue the illusion. At the point where the illusion becomes too expensive to maintain, they will just take down the scenery, they will pull back the curtains, they will move the tables and chairs out of the way and you will see the brick wall at the back of the theater. The COVID-19® deception was brilliant in that it accomplished multiple evil objectives all at once. The Coronavirus® pinprick collapsed the Economic Everything Bubble and deflected blame away from the bankers who blew it up. At the same time, it turned martial law into self-quarantine and abolished the First Amendment rights of American citizens including the free exercise religion, the freedom of speech, and the right peaceably assemble… all under the arbitrary mandates of Social Distancing®. Additionally, cash has been transitioned into a viral threat – thus paving the way to a new digital world order; and the end of privacy. But what was especially sinister about the COVID-19® deception is how it activated the fear and survival instincts of people in order to turn on each other. In an article I posted early last month entitled: “April Fools: In the New Age of Deception, Coronavirus has : “April Fools: In the New Age of Deception, Coronavirus has Hastened the Old Collectivism”, I discussed how a friend had hysterically berated me via text because he learned I hosted a meeting with five other people on private property. My “friend” said I was endangering others. In that article, posted on April Fool’s Day, I concluded with these final words: In a few months, if not weeks, this guy will be begging for Government As God to save him, and, in so doing, I have no doubt he’d sell me out to any governing authority for any reason. We’re about to enter into a real Walking Dead scenario and the Dark Powers will be getting years of mileage out of COVID-19 in every aspect of post-American life. Truly, the new age will be delivered by concentrically tightening circles of control – like a noose. The Powers That Be have successfully divided and dispersed what they have deemed a threat: the American people. All that remains now is the conquering, and it will come in waves, or seasonal cycles. t long after that piece was posted, a video went viral of a caucasian woman yelling at some caucasian kids for enjoying their lives instead of acting like submissive quaranteenagers. In the post, the woman was dubbed a “Karen”. I thought that was kind of funny because, in my head, I heard “Karen” the same way Ray Liotta’s character yelled at his wife (played by Lorraine Bracco) toward the end of the movie “Goodfellas”. xt, I read an article entitled: “The Difference Between a ‘Karen’ and a ‘Becky,’ Explained” which defined a “Karen” as a white woman who purposely “weaponizes” her “privilege”.

So I’ve since learned the label of “Karen” began as a means to advance identity politics and was later reassigned to sarcastically disparage the New American Stasi for squealing on their neighbor’s COVID-19 Social Distancing® infractions. A few examples include “The Babylon Bee” satire website reapportioning “KAREN” into Knowledgeable Actors Reporting Edict Noncompliance and jokingly imagining a Facebook button that would allow Karen’s to brand on social media any postings of potentially Coronavirus-infected children playing too close together outdoors. And, like Pepe the Frog during the 2016 Presidential Election, it is humorous how online memes are battling back against the various “thought-control” mechanisms that have been propagated under the “virtue signaling” guises of political correctness, identity politics, and, most recently, the COVID-19 mandates. at is NOT funny, however, are the extreme measures currently being undertaken by those with whom the Karen’s collude. In an American Thinker article entitled: “Police State Dry Run a Huge Success”, the author has collated over 100 linked examples of government authoritarians using COVID-19 to override the constitutional rights of U.S. citizens. These infractions have occurred under the guise of protecting Americans from getting sick and/or sickening others: We’ve been physically and verbally harassed, threatened, fined, detained, arrested, jailed, and/or placed in forced quarantine. Business licenses have been revoked. Going to work without the permission of the government is now a crime. So is going to the park or a beach. Children playing together is also in defiance of the government. So is placing flags on the graves of veterans. The list of infractions goes on and on and on and on. Examples read like the manifesto of a demented madman… y student of history can understand what is happening currently because it’s happened before. And for those readers who want to gain some additional insights on how seemingly good people can pave the road to hell on earth via their good intentions, please read a previous article I wrote entitled “The “Experimenter”: Understanding Why Shit Happens . These were the final words from that piece: To understand the future we must look to the past. History repeats, thus, ignorance is no excuse. Multiple illustrations over the last century demonstrate how it often became fashionable for people to blindly submit to authority, or conform to group influence, instead of accepting the evidence of their own minds. This is, after all, how shit happens.

When the elite billionaires and financial pimps print fiat money they are, in unreality, creating power out of thin air. Yet, it requires the trickery of what economists call “confidence” – which is, in essence, our full cooperation. uly, the plebeians were purchased with the money they earned and the taxes they paid. They were tricked into selling themselves. Yet, Fractional Reserve Banking was a ruse that required our compliance. Those contracts of indebtedness did not sign themselves. The same can be said about the War on Terror®, The Patriot Act®, the Troubled Asset Relief Program® (TARP), et al. We voted for those and our leaders bestowed them in the name of Democracy. t’s good for you”, our leaders said. d, now, it’s happened again with COVID-19®. This time, once more, our Benevolent Benefactors claim to be protecting us from something they say is dangerous. cept, the COVID-19 virus has never been isolated. PCR tests show RNA/coronavirus (genetic) components that exist in a large percentage of the human population. Hence, the more tests, the more positives. It’s also why so many deaths brought about by so-called “co-morbidities” has occurred with people showing the (likely pre-existing) RNA/coronavirus/genetic components in their blood. And many died when ventilators blew out their lungs in accordance with Center for Disease Control (CDC) guidelines. l of this occurred rapidly throughout multiple regions of the world. ndemic defined: Occurring over a wide geographic area and affecting an exceptionally high proportion of the population nce, the John Hopkin’s online/live Coronavirus maps and dashboard: Because perception is reality in the electronic age.  It was all planned. In past articles, I’ve explained various reasons why Covid-19 fails the “Sniff Test”, including the October, 2019 Bill Gate’s Foundation and John Hopkin’s sponsored “Event 201” pandemic exercise held in New York City. reover, in my most recent piece entitled “Suspicion and Skepticism are Vaccines for Deception”, a Rockefeller-Foundation-commissioned 2012 pandemic plan named “Lock Step” was explored along with the eerie predictive pandemic programming in the 2012 Olympic Opening Ceremonies. that article, I decided not to include any discussion of a 2009 disaster movie called “2012” which described a planetary alignment bringing about the demise of the world’s population – except for the wealthy elite who (in a perverse retelling of Noah’s Ark) escaped in gleaming high-tech ships; and, of course, prior to the establishment of a “New World and the coming of the Age of Aquarius”. the opinion of this blogger, these foretellings are reminiscent of the famous Sherlock Holmes quote: “How often have I said to you that when you have eliminated the impossible, whatever remains, however improbable, must be the truth? We know that he did not come through the door, the window, or the chimney. We also know that he could not have been concealed in the room, as there is no concealment possible. When, then, did he come?”

– Doyle, “The Sign of the Four”, ch. 6 (1890), Doubleday p. 111

When, then, does coincidence become conspiracy and predictions prove planning? ask this because another recent headline has again revealed why 2012 was a prophetic year – and, obviously, not only for the Mayans: It has been revealed that a “strange comic book” was “commissioned for publication by the European Union in 2012” and it “eerily predicted almost exactly what has unfolded with the Covid-19 global pandemic”: The comic book, titled ‘Infected’, was a production of the European Commission’s international cooperation and development arm. It was not intended for widespread public consumption, but instead to be distributed inside EU institutions…

…The graphic novel depicts scientists inside a lab in China experimenting with deadly pathogens…

The story features the transmission of a novel virus from animals to humans in a crowded wet market…

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/05/19/on-viral-attacks-by-benevolent-benefactors/

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 5--20 Health Nut News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CBS: Fairgrounds Around U.S. Being Converted Into Detention Centers, One Arrested for Trying to Escape Cities around the US are converting their fairgrounds into make-shift quarantine/detention centers to house homeless coronavirus patients.

https://www.healthnutnews.com/ 

:: 5-18-20 USSA NEWS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanks to Shutdowns, Many Will Learn That Public Schooling Isn’t All That Essential After All

May 18, 2020

While some of America’s most demagogic politicians try to exploit the COVID-19 outbreak, some Americans are trying to make the most of their de facto state of house arrest. Government-imposed lockdowns have resulted in the shutdown of a number of schools across the nation. During this period some schools have gone online, while others have closed up indefinitely. Society is conditioned to believe that children cannot possibly be able to receive an education under such circumstances. After all, education can only take place in a classroom, at least in the social planners’ view. However, some families are daring to do the unthinkable by experimenting with homeschooling. Counter to the opportunistic political class, which views every crisis as a moment to undermine people’s liberties, a number of homeschooling proponents have flipped the script to promote homeschooling. What better time to do so, when most families are stuck at home and don’t even know when schools will open up again. Even in times of uncertainty, people have repeatedly demonstrated a willingness to experiment and try different methods without the tutelage of central planners. Unfortunately, we live in a political culture in which voluntary alternatives to state-dominated institutions never show up on the chattering class’s radar. Public education happens to be one of the rituals in the American civic religion that one dares not question lest one is burned at the stake of public opinion. When people start experimenting outside educational norms, ivory-tower elites feel almost obliged to nudge their disobedient subjects back to the government schooling plantation. Harvard Magazine had to make sure that the rubes did not stumble upon the benefits of homeschooling by publishing a piece skeptical of the practice. The article put particular emphasis on Elizabeth Bartholet’s perspective, the faculty director of Harvard Law School’s Child Advocacy Program, and her call for “a presumptive ban on the practice” in the Arizona Law Review. Bartholet invoked some of the most egregious forms of newspeak by suggesting that homeschooling is “essentially authoritarian control over their children from ages zero to 18.” In her ever so enlightened view, the very thought of homeschooling is “dangerous.” There’s a lot to break down in Bartholet’s antihomeschooling screed, but let’s focus on her assertion that homeschooling is “authoritarian.” This notion is risible. Such claims don’t even pass a laugh test when considering that the majority of the curriculum in contemporary public schools puts forward progovernment narratives when it comes to taxation, social welfare programs, war, and every other pillar of the modern-day managerial state. Parents voluntarily making educational arrangements in their children’s best interests is the polar opposite of authoritarianism, unless the definition of the word changed in our sleep. Also, what does Bartholet have to say about the current public education system taking children away from their parents and subjecting them to more than fifteen thousand hours of school time over their K–12 careers? Some politicians don’t even think this amount of time locked up in school is enough. For example, California senator Kamala Harris proposed extending the school day to ten hours. Curious minds would like to know what Bartholet thinks about Harris’s idea. I, for one, would not hold my breath at this point. For the high priests of public education, more time interacting with the state represents virtuous behavior, whereas unplugging from the public education grid is tantamount to heresy in the managerial priesthood’s view. Academics such as Bartholet should spare us the sanctimonious hand wringing over the dangers of homeschooling. Bartholet is concerned that homeschooling is an impediment to a child’s right to a “meaningful education” and their right to “be protected from potential child abuse.” Education reformer John Taylor Gatto has demonstrated in his life’s work that public schooling is anything but education. In fact, he has a book titled Weapons of Mass Instruction in which he eloquently makes the case that public schooling is designed to create malleable cogs in the machine and discourage any form of independent thinking. As far as child abuse goes, I’d invite Bartholet to take a look at what’s taking place in America’s allegedly “safe” government schools. During the 2017–18 school year, approximately 962,300 violent incidents took place across the nation according to a study from the Institute of Education Studies. In this report, violent incidents consist of rape, other forms of sexual assault, robbery, physical attacks, and threats of physical attack. Similarly, the Associated Press found approximately seventeen thousand cases of sexual assault committed by students from 2011–15. Moreover, the number observed in that period does not portray the full extent of the problem, because a significant number of sexual assaults are unreported. For example, some states don’t even track the stats, and those that do record have different standards for how they categorize sexual violence. Although public schools may be “safe spaces” for politically correct curricula, they do not guarantee safe environments for students’ physical and mental health. According to a study from the US Department of Health and Human Services, 49 percent of school children in grades 4–12 reported being subjected to bullying by other students on a monthly basis, while 30.8 percent reported that they themselves engaged in bullying. How’s that for constructive socialization? Allow me to come down somewhere in the middle: some children will require traditional schooling models, albeit in a privatized setting. On the other hand, other students will thrive in homeschooling environments. Markets serve to satisfy the demands of diverse sets of consumers, not the political desires of central planners. For the political left, who claim to be “pro-choice” and “diverse,” they sure love sticking to one-dimensional models for education. The idea of nonstate education is not a radical proposition.

Throughout American history, countless Americans have built parallel educational institutions without the central direction of the state. Americans have always found ways to get around government-imposed obstacles and will continue to do so despite the draconian measures that state governments have taken during the current pandemic. American homeschooling has increased considerably in the last two decades despite the government barriers in place and the social pressure that naysayers exert to make sure America’s youth don’t veer away from the government schooling conveyor belt. According to the National Center for Education Statistics, the number of homeschooled students doubled from 850,000 in 1999 to 1,800,000 in 2012. Such numbers will likely grow as more families begin experimenting with education at home. I tip my hat to the homeschoolers. They’re the ones who are engaging in revolutionary acts by categorically rejecting the public school industrial complex. Hopefully, more Americans learn about the benefits of homeschooling while government shutdowns continue and millions of Americans are kept under house arrest. As for Bartholet, she can continue decrying homeschooling all she wants. The good news is that markets don’t care about the opinions of ivory-tower elites. Regular people are the ones in charge, and they determine how services will be provided. As long as Bartholet’s idea of homeschooling prohibition does not become a political reality, she can continue yammering on about the supposed authoritarianism of homeschooling in the confines of her Ivy League pedestal for all I care. Millions of homeschoolers and other Americans who opt for nonstate education programs will go on with their lives without having to worry about what some Harvard elite has to say about their educational choices. Once the pandemic subsides, we should start focusing more of our time on a different public health problem. That is government schooling. I’ll gladly support a permanent lockdown of government schools; that way, we can prevent the statist mind virus from spreading even further. Visit the USSA News store!

Click this link for the original source of this article. Author:

https://ussanews.com/News1/2020/05/18/thanks-to-shutdowns-many-will-learn-that-public-schooling-isnt-all-that-essential-after-all/ 

:: 5-17-20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Silver Lining

Robert Gore Posted on May 17, 2020Categories Economy, Politics, Social Issues

Who will fight for your rights?

Guest post by Robert Gore at Straight Line Logic

…we are fast approaching the stage of the ultimate inversion: the stage where the government is free to do anything it pleases, while the citizens may act only by permission; which is the stage of the darkest periods of human history, the stage of rule by brute force.

Ayn Rand, Capitalism, The Unknown Ideal, Appendix, “The Nature of Government,” 1967

We are no longer fast approaching the stage of the ultimate inversion, we’ve arrived. It is the stage of which every would-be dictator dreams, where his whims are absolute, and everything everyone else says, does, or thinks must comport with those whims, even—impossible though it would be—when they are contradictory. Science is anti-whim. Nature, as Francis Bacon observed, to be commanded must be obeyed. Nothing illustrates the ultimate inversion of the official coronavirus response better than its leaders’ assault on science in the name of their “science.” Doctors have been discouraged or prohibited from administering hydroxychloroquine, by itself or in conjunction with other medications, vitamins, and zinc compounds, to treat Covid-19. They have observed and documented the effectiveness of such remedies—mitigation or elimination of the disease’s symptoms—but their observation and documentation are dismissed. Only the validation procedure mandated by the medical bureaucracy—the expensive and complex multistage tests required of new drugs to establish their efficacy and safetywill suffice for official permission. It’s what their “science” demands of a cheap and seemingly effective remedy that’s been on the market for years as a treatment for lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, and malaria. So where were the tests and control-group studies for the pandemic models, lockdowns, social distancing, masks, flattening the curve, closing businesses, and contact tracing that have been the official coronavirus responses? Projections are hypotheses, but only one class of hypothesis was officially accepteddisaster scenarios that fed panic and paved the way for further expansion of governments’ power. The doomsday models have been discredited; cases and deaths have been orders of magnitude less than projected.

Countries that haven’t instituted lockdowns have fared no worse than countries that have. Andrew Cuomo, governor of hard-hit New York, recently expressed surprise that two-thirds of hospitalized coronavirus patients had been sheltering in place. As if locking people down—often families under close quarters—in apartment buildings that can’t control cockroaches would somehow protect dwellers against a microscopic, easily spread, fast replicating, and virtually infinite virus. No science at all supports social distancing; six-feet is an arbitrary construct (i.e., whim) of some medical would-be dictator. Masks force the rebreathing of your own respiratory waste, weakening your immune system for the dubious benefit of that all-powerful totem: public health. The health you’re supposedly protecting is certainly not your own. It’s like eating your own feces or drinking your own urine for a purported public benefit. Flattening the curve to ensure adequate hospital space for the wave of coronavirus patients that hasn’t happened has flattened the hospitals, leading to empty rooms and wards and layoffs for medical workers. Bankruptcies will follow. Lost jobs and shuttered businesses are just collateral damage for our would-be emperors, who have waged senseless wars and inflicted grievous collateral damage on other countries for decades. Now the devastation and misery they’ve left in their wake have come home. Americans who’ve never asked themselves how it felt to be a victim of their government’s senseless wars are now victims of their government’s senseless war on a germ. After an unsustainable debt-propelled respite, the Greater Depression has resumed (it started in 2008) and will last for years. Its poverty and devastation will sicken and kill multiples of the people who will ultimately be afflicted by the coronavirus. All this supposedly guided by “science,” yet its proponents commit the most unscientific offense—they corrupt their own data. By their own admission the tests they use give both false negatives and false positives. By their own admission they’re corrupting the death count. Doctors have been instructed to list Covid-19 as a cause of death if the deceased had any of the symptoms associated with Covid-19, even though those symptoms characterize a number of other diseases that singly or in combination kill people, especially people with compromised immune systems. Hospitals have a financial incentive to perpetuate this fraud. They receive $13,000 from Medicare for each Covid-19 patient and $39,000 for each patient put on a ventilator (Links here and here). The coronavirus tyranny has nothing to do with science, medicine, or health, and everything to do with establishing that ultimate inversion: the government is free to do anything it pleases, while the citizens may act only by permission. These past few weeks we’ve seen how our rulers attempted to discard the last fig leaf—democracy—covering their creeping, now galloping, totalitarianism and complete lack of legitimacy. A camarilla within the nation’s intelligence services, the Department of Justice, and members of the previous administration, including Barack Obama, attempted to depose the democratically elected president of the United States. Such coups are the province of two-bit plotters in banana republics that make no pretense of observing or protecting rights, where might alone makes right. The United States has gone full banana—the stage of rule by brute force. Democracy is tyranny of the majority, a system that inevitably destroys individual rights. For the history-challenged, individual rights were the still revolutionary concept on which the idea—although not always the reality—of the United States was established. The logical consequence of the full protection of individual rights is the freedom to live your life as you see fit, as long as you don’t abridge the rights of others. Society or any other group of people has no rights apart from the rights of the individuals that comprise it. Governments have no rights, only the duty to protect the rights of individuals to live peaceably and freely. Government must be the servant, not the master, of its citizens. (See the Ayn Rand Appendix cited above, “The Nature of Government,” for a more detailed exposition of the proper role of government.) We’re light years from that ideal. Individuals must receive permission to, among other things, leave their homes, hold a job, assemble with other individuals, attend houses of worship, visit parks and beaches, or patronize businesses. The governor of my state, Michelle Lujan Grisham, just decreed that masks must be worn by everyone outside of their own dwellings (I wrote STOP MLG’S TYRANNY on mine). Breathing fresh air is now at the sufferance of our overlords. Civilly disobedient soul that I am, I have yet to don my mask. Don’t think sheep don’t get angry—I get murderous looks from mask-wearers. With every decree issued since this repression began, those who advocate for their individual rights or actually exercise them by violating the decree are denounced, shamed, censored, and in some cases arrested. Anyone who disagrees by word or deed is “selfish,” unwilling to sacrifice for the common good. What do they mean by selfish? Is it selfish to fight for your rights? Is it selfish to want to work and produce? Is it selfish to be more concerned with your own welfare and the welfare of your family and friends than with the welfare of strangers, the public, or the government that supposedly represents that public? Is your desire for freedom selfish? There are those who will tie themselves in intellectual knots answering those questions in the negative, but nevertheless asserting that individual rights and their exercise—free expression, free inquiry, free production, and free exchange—can all be justified as conferring the greatest public good. They then wonder why they never win arguments with those pushing collectivized notions of the public good. When might makes right, the public good is whatever the collective’s masters say it is—argument over. Fighting for one’s freedom and all that flows from it is selfish, profoundly so. If you don’t fight for that which is yours—the individual rights that are the essential condition of your existence—who’s going to do it for you? Anthony Fauci? Bill Gates? Nancy Pelosi? President Trump? Joe Biden? George Soros? Jerome Powell? Adam Schiff? Mark Zuckerberg? Eric Schmidt? Santa Claus? The Tooth Fairy? When was the last time you even heard the term “individual rights” in polite, mainstream discourse? When individual rights are mentioned at all, they’re treated as a quaint anachronism. And what do they mean by sacrifice? They mean that instead of selfishly fighting for your rights and freedom, you are to unselfishly place them on the sacrificial altar known as the public good. You’re selfish for resisting the sacrifice of that which is rightfully yours, but those collecting what is not rightfully theirs are selfless saints. If you voluntarily board that cattle car, you’ll secure your spot in the Unselfish Hall of Fame, along with millions of others who have lost their property, happiness, freedom, and lives without selfish protest or resistance. You might even be designated a Hero of the Public Good, posthumously of course. If you find the world’s descent into evil unfathomable, it’s time to rethink the premises that the selfless is the good and the selfish is evil. Collectivist butchers, including the ones pushing the coronavirus hoax, always demand fealty to some cause greater than one’s self. Fall for that one and you’ve already lost two important parts of yourself—your self-respect and your ability to reason. The precautionary principle—that no risks can be assumed if someone or something somewhere might be harmed—is anti-mind and anti-life, absurdly evil on its face. That philosophical abomination now excuses wholesale violation of individual rights and deadly economic devastation based on projections, bureaucratic whim, and political expediency. The precautionary principle would, if consistency applied, bring human progress to a halt, eventually rendering the human race extinct. Nothing is as unsafe as an insistence on absolute safety.

Risk is what makes life worth living—it’s the driver of human knowledge and progress. Imagine the choices that confronted early humans as they made their first choices. If we build a fire, will it warm us and cook our meat…or consume us? If we eat oysters, will they nourish or kill us? Will the canoe we’ve built float or sink? The forward steps of both our individual and humanity’s journeys have always involved unanswered questions, hypotheses, risk, experimentation, trial and error, tragedy, and triumph. It takes no imagination at all to envision potential risks. Make fear and safety paramount and none of those steps could have or will be taken. To believe that risks can be eliminated by arbitrary edicts is delusional; to enforce those edicts tyrannical; to comply with them suicidal. Wars are always fought and tyrannies always established in the name of somebody’s safety. The betrayal of individual conscience and surrender of individual rights to a collective for safety’s sake never produces safety, only misery, destruction, despair, terror and death. That’s a lesson we’re set to relearn as we proceed through one of those darkest periods of human history. There is a silver lining in all this: the curtain has been lifted, we now know exactly what we confront. Present governments and their many bootlickers and minions do not recognize—much less protect or hold themselves subordinate to the protection of—individual rights. Nor should we expect that they will do so within our lifetimes. Absent their replacement via revolution or abandonment via secession, we will continue to live in a political order where they are free to do as they please while we may act only by permission. If we want our rights, our freedom, and our lives, we’re going to have to fight for them with word and deed. It has ever been so; it will ever be so. Those who choose to fight will have one important ally: rule by brute force is the agent of its own collapse. It has always failed, it always will. Whether we have the virtue and wisdom to replace it with it’s antitheses—freedom and individual rights protected rather than destroyed by government—remains to be seen. Stay sane.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/05/17/a-silver-lining-2/ 

:: 5-19-20 Jon's Place blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another One Bites The Dust – First Wisconsin, Now Oregon Judge Renders Lockdown Orders “Null And Void” As Flurry Of Lawsuits Against Tyrannical Dem Governors Grow

Uncategorized May 19, 2020 By Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine

First it was the Wisconsin Supreme Court that found by a 4-3 vote that the Wisconsin Governor and administration had exceeded their authority when they extended the stay-at-home orders for their residents during the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic, and now another Judge has rendered the Oregon Judge has “declared that all executive orders Oregon Gov. Kate Brown has issued related to the coronavirus pandemic are ‘null and void’.” Those are just the tip of the lawsuit iceberg.  WE THE PEOPLE The Wisconsin Supreme Court 4-to-3 ruling striking down the “unlawful and invalid” stay-at-home order made it very clear that there is a definite limit to what elected state leaders can and cannot order their citizens to do and in the case of these unconstitutional lockdown orders, what they cannot do. When we first reported the Wisconsin ruling we indicated that it was our opinion that other state judges should be mimicking the WI Supreme Court which referred to these draconian measures as the very definition of “tyranny.” Apparently that ruling has caused a ripple effect across the country. In Oregon, a Judge has rendered multiple executive orders by the Governor Kate Brown to be “null and void,” after multiple churches sued the Governor. Baker County Circuit Court Judge Matt Shirtcliff on Monday declared that all executive orders Oregon Gov. Kate Brown has issued related to the coronavirus pandemic are “null and void.” Brown has exceeded her authority by restricting activities, including church services and business operations, for longer than the 28 days the governor is authorized under a state law related to public health emergencies, Shirtcliff said. The judge granted a preliminary injunction blocking enforcement of the more than 10 executive orders the governor has issued since March 8. In the seven page ruling, the Judge maintained that “The public interest is furthered by allowing people to fully exercise their right to worship and conduct their business.” Brown’s representatives have appealed to Oregon’s Supreme court, which could go either way since a few of the current justices were appointed by Brown. The WI Supreme Court stayed the lower judges ruling until the court can hear both sides of the argument. The seven page ruling can be read at the Baker City Herald. At around the 9 minute mark of the audio below we hear the Judge clearly outline that the relevant statue of the Oregon constitution “does not grant the Governor power directly over the movement of citizens and gatherings.” (PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan & Susan.) In Illinois, a Republican state lawmaker sued Democrat Governor J.B. Pritzker, seeking a temporary restraining order against the state’s stay-at-home order, which was granted to him individually, but leads the way for others to bring a suit requesting the same relief or an entity representing a group of residents. The lawmaker, state Rep. Darren Bailey, filed a motion late last week that sought to prevent the governor “from taking any action … which orders Darren Bailey to stay at home, or at his place of residence, as well as limiting his ability to travel within the state…” The motion alleged that Pritzker’s stay-at-home order is “in excess of the authority granted him” under Illinois law. The state lawmaker, Darren Bailey, offered his reasoning for taking his challenge to court in a statement last week.

Fox News reported: Bailey, on the other hand, said in a post on his website that Pritzker’s stay-at-home order oversimplified the coronavirus problem and didn’t take into account the fact it spreads more slowly in places where the population isn’t as dense. “The message is clear, we are not Chicago and we already distance ourselves just by our rural life styles. Why should we be punished with the loss of jobs and closing our businesses when the coronavirus emergency isn’t the same for us?” Bailey asked in a statement last week. “This one-size-fits-all mentality needs to be reviewed and take into account our diversity from urban to rural areas of the state.” Interestingly, the numbers do back up Bailey’s argument. On Monday the Wall Street Journal reported on the red state versus blue state numbers, stating “Two-thirds of confirmed coronavirus cases are in states with Democratic governors. When states are measured by the sheer number of coronavirus cases, six of the top seven have Democratic governors. Together, those six blue states have about half of the nation’s cases, though only about a third of its population. The piece goes on to reveal that “Coronavirus deaths tell a similar story. Eight of the nine states with the most deaths due to the virus are states with Democratic governors. When measured by deaths per capita, eight of the top nine states also have Democratic governors.” No the virus doesn’t “target” liberals and Democrats, but the manner to which the preventative measures are implemented, along with the density of the population in those areas, naturally makes the virus spread faster in some geographical locations than others.

More from Fox News on the flurry of lawsuits against Democrat Governors: Meanwhile, California alone is facing at least a dozen lawsuits that include claims that the state has unjustly closed down gun shops and religious services. Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer is up against a lawsuit from Republicans in her state’s House and Senate over her extension of an already-strict emergency order that has regulated residents’ movement and closed businesses. And Kentucky protesters sued officials including Gov. Andy Beshear, also a Democrat, for allegedly violating the First Amendment by banning mass protests. A group of Ohio gyms sued Republican Gov. Mike DeWine over his reopening order excluding them from those businesses allowed to operate, but it was subsequently announced that they will be allowed to reopen after all. SILVER LININGS While no one wants a pandemic, there are a couple silver linings to what we have seen from state elected leaders, in their overreach.

We now know which elected leaders will immediately gravitate to tyranny if given the opportunity. Citizens would do well to remember come election day.

• We also note that that the majority of lawsuits filed against these tyrannical Governors, are seeing the legal system side with “we the people,” which is making it clear that Governors do have limits to their power over “we the people.”

• We see that despite the trite assertion by many that “both parties are the same,” there are some very real differences in the moral makeup between Democrats and Republicans, as it is Republicans lawmakers initiating these lawsuits and demanding the rights of the citizens be honored.

• On another note, yet another silver lining here is that up to “40 percent of families are more likely to choose to homeschool their children or engage in virtual learning once the coronavirus pandemic subsides.”

Considering what we have seen in public schools throughout the past couple of decades where activism has replaced education, and children are being indoctrinated into communism and socialism, and kindergartners are being taught about sex, it can only be a good things to see parents learning what is happening to their children in school and taking control back.  I only wish that number were higher. BOTTOM LINE Precedent needs to be set by the courts showing that the guaranteed constitutional rights of Americans cannot be violated by our elected leaders.  It is times like these where we see the importance of nominating and confirming judges across America, from the lower courts to the appellant courts to the Supreme Court. Traditionally Democrats nominate liberal judges which act as activists while Republicans nominate conservative judges which try to adhere to the constitution, often referred to as “originalists.”

https://jonsnewplace.wordpress.com/2020/05/19/another-one-bites-the-dust-first-wisconsin-now-oregon-judge-renders-lockdown-orders-null-and-void-as-flurry-of-lawsuits-against-tyrannical

-dem-governors-grow/ 

[ :: 3-31-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Hear my voice and know what hour this is. It is the hour just before the first three and a half years of the seven years. Do not fear the Islamic revolution, nor the Russian warhead, for I plan to break their power, for they have blasphemed my name and made little of my son Jesus and have established their own god and deliverer. Fear not the false prophet or the anti-christ nor his army. Fear not the anarchy and the terrorism and the monetary collapse. etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 5-17-20 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

10 Numbers That Show The U.S. Has Fallen Into A Horrifying Economic Depression

May 17, 2020 by Michael Snyder

The last recession was really, really bad, but it was never like this. It is time for us to face reality, and that means admitting that the U.S. economy has plunged into a depression. This is already the worst economic downturn that America has experienced since the Great Depression of the 1930s, and we are right in the middle of the largest spike in unemployment in all of U.S. history by a very wide margin. Of course it was fear of COVID-19 that burst our economic bubble, and fear of this virus is going to be with us for a very long time to come. So we need to brace ourselves for an extended economic crisis, and at this point even Time Magazine is openly referring to this new downturn as an “economic depression”. Needless to say, there will be a tremendous amount of debate about how deep it will eventually become, but everyone should be able to agree that our nation hasn’t seen anything like this since before World War II. In order to prove my point, let me share the following 10 numbers with you…

#1 According to a study that was just released by the National Bureau of Economic Research, more than 100,000 U.S. businesses have already permanently shut down during this pandemic, and that represents millions of jobs that are never coming back.

#2 The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta is now projecting that U.S. GDP will shrink by 42.8 percent during the second quarter

A new GDP forecast from the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta for the three months through June estimates an unprecedented drop of 42.8 percent. The bank describes the data as a “nowcast” or real-time, compared with the official government report of GDP, which is dated. The first-quarter preliminary data, which showed a 4.8 percent dip, included a limited period of impact from COVID-19.

#3 On Friday we learned that U.S. retail sales were down 16.4 percent during the month of April, and that is a new all-time record.

#4 U.S. factory output was down 13.7 percent last month, and that was the worst number ever recorded for that category.

#5 U.S. industrial production fell 11.2 percent last month, and that represented the worst number in 101 years.

#6 On Thursday, we learned that the number of Americans that have filed initial claims for unemployment benefits during this pandemic has risen by another 2.9 million, and that brings the grand total for this entire crisis to 36.5 million. To put that number in perspective, at the lowest point of the Great Depression of the 1930s only about 15 million Americans were unemployed.

#7 According to the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the real rate of unemployment in the U.S. is now 30.7 percent.

#8 According to a survey Fed officials just conducted, almost 40 percent of Americans with a household income of less than $40,000 a year say that they have lost a job during this crisis.

#9 One study has concluded that 42 percent of the job losses during this pandemic will end up being permanent.

#10 According to a professor of economics at Columbia University, the U.S. homeless population could rise by up to 45 percent by the end of this calendar year.

We have never seen economic numbers this horrifying, and more awful economic numbers are coming in the months ahead. At this point, things are so bad that even Fed Chair Jerome Powell is openly admitting that he doesn’t really know how long this new economic downturn will last…

“This economy will recover…We’ll get through this. It may take a while. It may take a period of time. It could stretch through the end of next year,” Powell said during a rare televised interview that aired on “60 Minutes” Sunday night. “We really don’t know. We hope that it will be shorter than that, but no one really knows.” In the months ahead, there are a few sectors that you will want to keep a particularly close eye on, and one of them is the commercial real estate market. The following comes from Zero Hedge… Fast forward to today, coronavirus outbreak, and the ensuing lockdown, has essentially frozen the commercial real estate market. Buildings that were once used for restaurants, offices, hotels, spas, and or anything else that is classified non-essential have seen soaring vacancies. This is single handily sending the commercial property market into chaos. As vacancies soar, tremendous downward pressure is being put on almost every asset class tied to commercial real estate. The latest TREPP remittance data compiled by Morgan Stanley showed a quarter of all commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) could be on the verge of default. I am personally convinced that we are on the precipice of the greatest commercial real estate implosion in American history. As the dominoes tumble, it is going to send wave after wave of devastation through the financial industry, and it is going to make the subprime mortgage meltdown of 2008 look like child’s play. But at least bankruptcy lawyers will have plenty of work. Last week we learned that J.C. Penney filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection, and of course the bankruptcies that we have seen so far will just be the tip of the iceberg.

I think that politicians all over America are going to deeply regret overreacting to COVID-19, because nobody is going to be able to put the pieces back together now that our economic bubble has burst.  Sadly, very few people understood how shaky our debt-fueled economic “boom” was, and ultimately it didn’t take that much to push us into a new economic depression. And now every additional crisis that comes along is just going to escalate our economic troubles. This is going to be one very long nightmare, and there will be no waking up from it any time soon. Even before COVID-19 came along, homelessness had become a massive problem in many of our major cities, and now tent cities are rapidly multiplying in size. There is going to be so much economic pain in the months ahead, and it could have all been avoided if we had made much different choices as a nation. But we didn’t, and so now we all get to pay the price.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help. During these very challenging times, people will need hope more than ever before, and it is our goal to share the gospel of Jesus Christ with all many people as we possibly can.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/10-numbers-that-show-the-u-s-has-fallen-into-a-horrifying-economic-depression 

:: 5-17-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SCIENTISTS: Reaching Technological Singularity And GIVING BIRTH TO THE IMAGE OF THE BEAST THIS YEAR (IN 2020) Is In Sight; May Be Humanity’s Greatest… And LAST Accomplishment

May 17, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

While futurist Ray Kurzweil predicted 15 years ago that the singularity—the time when the abilities of a computer overtake the abilities of the human brain—will occur in about 2045, Gale and his co-authors believe this event may be much more imminent, especially with the advent of quantum computing. If we look at the calculating capacity of computers and compare it to the number of neurons in the human brain, the singularity could be reached as soon as the early 2020s… The authors don’t know when the singularity will come, but come it will. When this occurs, the end of the human race might very well be upon us, they say, citing a 2014 prediction by the late Stephen Hawking. According to Kurzweil, humans may then be fully replaced by AI, or by some [NEPHILIM] hybrid of humans and machines… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/05/17/scientists-reaching-technological-singularity-and-giving-birth-to-the-image-of-the-beast-this-year-in-2020-is-in-sight-may-be-humanitys-

greatest-and-last-accomplishment/ 

:: 5-19-20 Home Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WITH THE FORCE OF 10 PLAGUES

Posted by Mark J. Dalton May 19, 2020

WRITTEN BY CLYDE LEWIS FROM groundzeromedia.org

One of the age old arguments that fuels most conspiracy talk is that science and religion are both wrong in some respects. The reason is that everyone argues over religion and science based on his or her own beliefs. Inconvenient data is often ignored, suppressed, discredited or explained in some pre-digested sound bite that is often forgotten. People who claim that they have awakened or have seen the light are very much aware that all things are in an intermediate state between extremes. In the fundamental sense the extremes are birth and death. All that is in between is intermediate. You can divide it all up and break it all down into an eternal state of extremes and realize that everything that you believe and read is what is fashionable for the time and not necessarily the truth. However, that does not mean that buried in all of it isn’t a little pinch of reality. What is reality anyway? Can it be questioned? Yes, of course it can and that is the fundamental building block for scientific inquiry.

Scientific inquiry is a process of developing an explanation of a question in the natural world (or universe) by testing, investigating and collecting data that will either support or refute your original idea of what’s going on. Of course, many of us take for granted that science gives us facts, and so we do not question the programming of those so called “facts.” However, a healthy mind willing to question doesn’t mind getting into all of the messy scientific methods to prove the facts for themselves the process of testing ideas by collecting evidence. Unfortunately, those who wish to disassemble the scientific explanations already provided by some nebulous authorities are now being frowned upon and are now being called anti-science. The very scientific method used to question data provided by scientists is now being called anti-science, a label that should have every one of us worried. There are some people who see themselves as critical thinkers. They question some of the data that is being presented as “true” data by some nebulous body that are faceless scientists that give us their hypothesis on many of the most pressing matters that face us today, especially when they give us their doom models, and potential body counts with COVID-19. Even though we are vigilant in trying to stop the spread of the disease, what is most unfortunate is that even though it has been reported that we have flattened the curve – the technocrats now say that it is not enough. They have moved the goal post from flattening to decline. While the country as a whole has successfully flattened the curve, it has yet to show the extended period of decline necessary to declare ourselves out of the woods — a “squashing” of the curve. The same applies to most states. While a small number have sustained a long squashing period, most are still rising and falling day by day. They want us all to wait it out unto a vaccine is found. In the meantime, the first scary part our ordeal is over but there are those who are still willing to talk about things like relapse, continued social distancing and the idea that it will be with us forever. The flu and many other diseases have been with us forever, and they cause death but we have not stopped down or shut down normal life over it. It is not wise for scientists to keep telling people they are going to die when there are positive things happening. It is not wise to continue to push models that are not real time as if they are to discourage people into thinking that things will be normal. This is a psy-op and it will result in many people giving up and dying from despair and losing their will to live. Claude Davis assembled an essential list of “survival remedies” for those stuck at home with little to no access to healthcare. This is essential info for managing chronic health conditions in a “no doctor” situation. Before science fiction author Michael Crichton died, he was ostracized for a speech that he gave on the subject of Complexity Theory and Environmental management. Michael criticized environmental groups for failing to incorporate complexity theory in their doom mongering projections of the effects of global warming. Crichton boldly chastised those who inflated projected cataclysm from global warming and encouraged them to factor in the possibility that a complex system such as the ecosystem can and will be resilient. Crichton said that the psychological impact of fearing any predicted cataclysmic event can be far worse than the event itself. What got Crichton into trouble was his assessment of “Global Warming Fear Mongering.” He stated, “Authoritatively telling people they are going to die can in itself be fatal.Junk science and doomsayer fear mongering has thrown out the aspects of complexity theory and its effects on the environment and even diseases and catastrophes. No one even brings up the idea of resilience of systems and how healing processes and even antidotes show promise and that the human body is surprisingly resilient even when it faces its own mortality. It is all in how the information we get is framed – it is all about context – it is delivered with an agenda and even though you are doing the right thing by being prudent and ethical there comes a point where you have to stop and ask yourself why people are reacting the way they do to the news. When we hear of all of the special words and Orwellian speak with regard to COVID-19 there are a few words that seem to be overused “Uncertain times” “Unprecedented” and sometimes but not often “Biblical in Scope.” In 1928, W.I. Thomas came up with a very interesting theory. He said that “If men define situations as real, they are real in their consequences.” This is what has eventually become known as Thomas Theorem. His idea was that an interpretation of a situation causes the action. This interpretation is not objective. Actions are affected by subjective perceptions of situations. Whether there even is an objectively correct interpretation is not important for the purposes of helping guide individuals’ behavior. If we are told, we live in uncertain times – then we most certainly we will second guess our decisions. If we are told that things are “unprecedented’ we are to assume that our situation has not happened before. Calling something “biblical” is the big one in my opinion because then you start thinking about prophecy, punishment and God’s wrath and whether or not it still exists like it did in the old testament. What it all boils down to is who delivers these magic words and how things are framed. Therefore, all prophecies, events and fulfillments must be declared fulfilled by an authority that most people can agree is objective. This also in my opinion means that we will never know a true fulfillment of prophecy. We will never be able to get an honest disclosure. There will always be the smirk and smug skeptic who will rule out anything that might even fulfill prophecy, declare a supernatural moment as valid and develop a faith based movement through time that allows for probabilities to manifest. There are things that people think and believe are in existence, but only because they have faith that it is true. Now if one has experienced an unexplainable event and they have no evidence of the strange event happening to them, does this mean it never happened to them? Is there a time where we can explain to people that absence of proof is not necessarily proof of absence? I have had a lot of listeners asking question about how COVID-19 seems to be a biblical punishment after I had commented about the scourge of cacodemons that are released during plagues. A listener called in to talk about Nergal, a lesser known Assyrian demon that many scholars have said had something to do with the 10 plagues of Egypt. In the late Babylonian astral-theological system Nergal is related to the planet Mars. As a fiery god of destruction and war, Nergal doubtless seemed an appropriate choice for the red planet, and he was equated by the Greeks to the war-god Aries. Nergal was depicted early on as either a rooster or a lion headed demon – but eventually was depicted as another bull horned demon. Again this demon or destroyer brings the image of the Exodus into the present as Aries is the Zodiac sign of the first born, which died in the 10th plague of Egypt. We have left Aries and are now in the sign of Taurus the Bull. Nergal and Taurus are in the image of the “bucranium” in the midst of the fire and smoke. The “bucranium” was an ancient symbol of the “beast.” The “beast” of course was a “horned god” associated with “Zeus,” “Aries” and “Taurus.” The Pleiades, is a seven-star cluster being part of the constellation of Taurus, the bull. The bull has always been symbolic of Baal, Baalim or Baalzebub. These deities were forbidden in both Old and New Testaments as objects of worship and identified as Satanic in nature and accompanied by plagues and death. Two of the horned icons of the zodiac are Taurus and Aries. It has been known throughout history that in the times of Taurus and Aries there is incredible loss of life and bloodshed. This can be recorded from the times of the Hebrew Passover, to the crucifixion to contemporary history. It was in this time the 10 plagues of Egypt were released and it is perhaps important in this time to point out that we are certainly witnessing a repeat performance on this planet – one that we can safely say is biblical in scope. 482 Year Old Secret To Surviving SHTF…

What if I told you that NASA rediscovered a superfood that’s been lost to history for the past 482 years? It’s packed with more nutrients than any other food out there and last even longer than pemmican. In fact, it’s so easy to store and cheap to make, you might never need another emergency food. If you read the Book of Exodus you may see some strange parallels to what is happening and unless someone takes the time to point this out – it can be lost in all of the projected death counts and urges to separate and hide from the destroyer virus. The first plague was water turning into blood. Hong Kong has seen 29 days with red tide sightings in the first three months of the year, more than any year in the same period over the last decade. While formations of algal blooms are indeed completely natural, scientists believe their frequency and persistence are anything but. Red tides are associated with the Pacific Northwest of where you have upwelling conditions that provide the nutrients to cause red tides. However, the frequency of waters turning to blood in other areas is an alarming trend.

https://redemtion.home.blog/2020/05/19/with-the-force-of-10-plagues/ 

:: 5-18-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Veterans Affairs Police Buy Riot Gear, Citing COVID-19 Pandemic

by Tyler Durden Mon, 05/18/2020 - 23:05

The federal government is ramping up new purchases of riot gear, citing the virus pandemic, comes at a time when the economy has plunged into recession, and high unemployment has led to increased anxieties across the country. The Intercept says a recent order made by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) shows "disposable cuffs, gas masks, ballistic helmets, and riot gloves, along with law enforcement protective equipment" were bought for federal police assigned to guard VA facilities. The order was quickly fulfilled under a special authorization "in response to the Covid-19 outbreak." The VA department operates 1,243 health care facilities, including 170 VA Medical Centers and 1,063 outpatient sites of care in the US, which serves millions of veterans. Redcon Solutions Group is the supplier of the latest contract. The Intercept says the firm received $1.6 in contracts to supply equipment for "Covid-19 screening security guard services." Other security firms have been awarded similar contracts, providing defensive equipment for federal police who guard VA buildings in San Francisco, Des Moines, and Fayetteville. The purchase order can be explained by the latest Inspector General (IG) report that said a shortage of VA workers and VA police created additional strain on the agency during lockdowns. The IG report said some VA facilities became the site of "COVID-19-related screenings," which meant the VA needed to beef up security. The Intercept notes federal police at VA facilities were not armed until after 2011, which was around the time the Pentagon started militarizing police forces across the country. "Between 2005 and 2014, VA police departments acquired millions of dollars' worth of body armor, chemical agents, night vision equipment, and other weapons and tactical gear," The Intercept said. Within the $2.2 trillion CARES Act, there was $850 million for the Coronavirus Emergency Supplemental Funding program, which is a federal grant program that injects new capital into the nation's police forces. It has been used to cover overtime, increase personal protective equipment, and cover additional expenses related to the virus. The militarization of America's police forces shown below: President Trump signed an executive order in 2017 allowing police forces to receive military weapons. More recently, President Trump signed an executive order that allows activating up to one million troops. As to why the VA police would need riot gear is beyond anyone's guess. However, the rapid militarization of police forces over the last decade shows the federal government could be preparing for social unrest.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/veterans-affairs-police-buys-riot-gear-citing-covid-19-pandemic 

:: 5-17-20 Pattern Is Prologue :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why is Microsoft (Bill Gates) helming the JEDI?

May 17, 2020Pattern Is Prologue

Joint Enterprise Defense Infrastructure – Wikipedia

The Joint Enterprise Defense Infrastructure (JEDI) contract is a large United States Department of Defense cloud computing contract which has been reported as being worth $10 billion.[1][2] Companies interested in the contract included Amazon, Google, Microsoft, Oracle, IBM and REAN Cloud, part of Hitachi Data Systems.[3]  

Fact: Bill Gates’ mother was on the board of IBM.

Fact: Bill Gates father was head of Planned Parenthood and worked for Cold Springs Harbor Laboratory. Both organizations have deep eugenics history.

Fact: Bill Gates in not a medical doctor. (Remarkably though, he has been (P)iled (h)igh and (D)eep, from no less than seven universities.

Fact: Bill Gates said, “… if we do a really good job on vaccines …” that will help with the population “problem” he deems as negative.

Fact: Vaccines can be used to sterilize the host.

Fact: Alleged satanist witch (you be the judge if you think she’s just a “performance” artist as she claims) Maria Abramovic was cast as a furturist spelling out an avant-garde art performance ad for Microsoft? Did I mention this coincided with Good Friday?

“Innovators are not a product of happenstance. Instead, they are a by-product of the compounding effect of a series of early childhood influences. We are witnessing Childhoods End with the rise of anti-human Technocracy. With the helm of the technocracy guided by deep-seated tech corporations, all with arguably compromised leadership who serve interests that do not align with a Constitutional Republic’s Rule of Law. Does anyone care that Microsoft is at* the helm of the Pentagon’s JEDI cloud project? Does anyone care that the Amazon almost had the JEDI cloud contract? You would be naive to think that Bill Gates recent departure from Microsoft, somehow negates the potential for Deep State incursion and subjugation into all things pro-human. Why are our tax dollars being used to fund, infiltrate, annihilate all things pro-human, while simultaneously enduring the corporate-crony-capitalist system that has flourished by way of bogus “philanthropist” tax-free shelters for the Deep State super-rich? The race to AI by the tax-funded/tax-free tech giants, whether it’s go-it-alone or through alliance, is the road to humanity’s destruction. These mere words are my humble attempt to slay one giant by way of a blackstone-crystal-pen (iPhone). May Providence guide my sling hurled by the very web of their making. Editor note: *Technically, Microsoft won the contract. But, the day before JEDI went live, the project was put on hold, for review, per the protest of Microsoft competitors.

Regardless of who wins the contract. The American people lose. The whole lot of the big tech companies involved in the JEDI product, are at their root, evil. Masquerading as what they are not. And their end game does not have a human-driven future as their foundation or motive. Rather, they are deceivers, “deceiving and being deceived” as a means to gain their end. Regardless of whether Microsoft is awarded the JEDI contract. Microsoft’s multi-billion dollar breadth-and-depth of unfettered access to our military is nothing less than shocking. We would be remiss to think that software back door access to the Microsoft realm was not built into the architecture from inception. Furthermore, undisputed reigning mapping software production giant — ESRI enjoys unparalleled access to Federal government. Take note, ubiquitous ArcGIS mapping software sits on Microsoft architecture.

Who is watching the watchers, as the whole system has been compartmentalized, and factionalized on a need-to-know basis (mirroring the architecture of the very secret societies that formed America’s “intelligence” services.?

https://patternisprologue.com/2020/05/17/321/ 

:: 5-18-20 News Target :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHO inadvertently admits that vaccinations won’t work against coronavirus

05/18/2020 / By Ethan Huff

In trying to keep the pandemic going for as long as possible, it would seem, the World Health Organization (WHO) is insistent that developing natural immunity to the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) may not be possible, and that society’s only hope is a vaccine. But if natural immunity is out of the question, then why would vaccine-induced immunity be any better? With roughly 310,000 confirmed deaths worldwide, the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic continues to dominate news headlines, especially now that the Trump administration is getting the ball rolling on developing and releasing a fast-tracked vaccine. But nobody seems to be addressing the fact that if our own natural immune systems cannot fight the thing, then there is no way a vaccine will do anything other than needlessly cause adverse effects. In a recent announcement, the WHO stated that there is no solid proof to suggest that people who test positive for the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) and recover develop natural immunity. They could still get re-infected again, the United Nations (UN) body insists – even as it continues to ignore the fact that a strain-specific vaccine would theoretically provide even less protection than natural immunity, if this is the case. “There is currently no evidence that people who have recovered from #COVID19 and have antibodies are protected from a second infection,” the WHO wrote in a statement. It’s about making you obedient, not safe The reason why the WHO is making a point of emphasizing the questionable immunity that comes following a Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) infection is that the globalist entity does not want people refusing to following “safety guidelines” like mask-wearing and physical distancing. “People who assume that they are immune to a second infection because they have received a positive test result may ignore public health advice,” the WHO laments. Should a vaccine ever become available, UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres wants it to be distributed for “free” to everyone – meaning taxpayers will collectively foot the bill through their governments. This is great news for billionaire eugenicist Bill Gates, whose own vaccine development endeavors are almost guaranteed to reap windfall profits if “free” Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccines eventually become a thing. The way that Gates, the WHO, and other pandemic extremists plan to keep the public strung along in anticipation of a magical “unicorn” vaccine is to continue fear-mongering about the threat of infection. One of the latest claims is that the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) will never go away, which is sure to scare enough people into demanding whatever “warp speed” drug, injectable or otherwise, is presented as the cure. “It is important to put this on the table: This virus may become just another endemic virus in our communities, and this virus may never go away,” stated Dr. Mike Ryan, the “emergencies director” of the WHO, during a recent virtual press conference. Ryan then went on to compare the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) to HIV, stating that “HIV has not gone away, but we have come to terms with the virus,” adding that he does not believe that “anyone can predict when this disease will disappear.” Unbelievably, there are some 100 potential vaccine candidates for the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) currently in development. But this means nothing in terms of the continued spread of the disease, assuming any of these vaccines even work, because there are already vaccines for other health conditions like the measles that have not been eradicated. More of the latest news about the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) is available at Pandemic.news. Sources for this article include: France24.com NaturalNews.com BBC.com

https://www.newstarget.com/2020-05-18-who-inadvertently-admits-vaccinations-wont-work-against-coronavirus.html 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 5-18-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Listening to the Coronavirus ‘Experts’ Has Led to Death and Despair

Americans should pause and reflect on the lies they are being sold. Masks are just a form of psychological manipulation.

Adan Salazar | Infowars.com - May 18, 2020

On April 21st the Washington Post savaged Georgia governor Brian Kemp’s decision to begin opening his state after locking down for weeks. “Georgia leads the race to become America’s No. 1 Death Destination,” sneered the headline. The author, liberal pundit Dana Milbank, actually found the possibility of Georgians dying to be hilarious, suggesting that, “as a promotion, Georgia could offer ventilators to the first 100 hotel guests to register.” Milbank, who is obviously still getting paid while millions are out of work, sees his job as pushing the mainstream narrative that we must remain in fear and never question what “experts” like Dr. Fauci tell us.

Newsletter  Listening to the Coronavirus ‘Experts’ Has Led to Death and Despair

Americans should pause and reflect on the lies they are being sold. Masks are just a form of psychological manipulation.

Adan Salazar | Infowars.com - May 18, 2020 9 Comments

Listening to the Coronavirus 'Experts' Has Led to Death and Despair

On April 21st the Washington Post savaged Georgia governor Brian Kemp’s decision to begin opening his state after locking down for weeks. “Georgia leads the race to become America’s No. 1 Death Destination,” sneered the headline. The author, liberal pundit Dana Milbank, actually found the possibility of Georgians dying to be hilarious, suggesting that, “as a promotion, Georgia could offer ventilators to the first 100 hotel guests to register.Milbank, who is obviously still getting paid while millions are out of work, sees his job as pushing the mainstream narrative that we must remain in fear and never question what “experts” like Dr. Fauci tell us. Well it’s been three weeks since Milbank’s attack on Georgia and its governor, predicting widespread death which he found humorous. His predictions are about as worthless as his character. Not only has Georgia not seen “coronavirus…burn through Georgia like nothing has since William Tecumseh Sherman,” as Milbank laughed, but Covid cases, hospitalizations, and deaths have seen a steep decline since the governor began opening the state. Maybe getting out in the fresh air and sunshine should not have been prohibited in the first place! In fact, as we now have much more data, it is becoming increasingly clear that the US states and the countries that locked down the tightest also suffered the highest death rates. Ultra locked-down Italy suffered 495 Covid deaths per million while relatively non-locked down South Korea suffered only five deaths per million. The same is true in the US, where non lockdown states like South Dakota were relatively untouched by the virus while authoritarian-led Michigan, New York, and California have been hardest hit. In those hardest hit states, we are now seeing that most of the deaths occurred in senior care facilitiesafter the governors ordered patients sick with Covid to leave the hospitals and return to their facilities. There, they infected their fellow residents who were most likely to have the multiple co-morbidities and advanced age that turned the virus into a death sentence. Will these governors be made to answer for this callous disregard for life? Yesterday, Health and Human Services Secretary Alex Azar admitted the obvious: “We are seeing that in places that are opening, we’re not seeing this spike in cases.” So why not open everything? Because these petty tyrants cannot stand the idea of losing the ability to push people around. Shutting down the entire United States over a virus that looks to be less deadly than an average flu virusparticularly among those under 80 who are not already sick – has resulted in mass unemployment and economic destruction. More Americans may die from the wrong-headed efforts to fight the virus than from the virus itself.

Americans should pause and reflect on the lies they are being sold. Masks are just a form of psychological manipulation. Many reputable physicians and scientists have said they are worthless and potentially harmful. Lockdowns are meant to condition people to obey without question. A nation of people who just do what they are told by the “experts” without question is a nation ripe for a descent into total tyranny. This is no empty warning – it’s backed up by history. Time to stand up to all the petty tyrants from our hometowns to Washington DC. It is time to reclaim our freedom.

This article first appeared at RonPaulInstitute.org.

https://www.infowars.com/listening-to-the-coronavirus-experts-has-led-to-death-and-despair/ 

:: 5-17-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ANOTHER FDA RULING ON CV-19 TEST KITS WHILE FAUCI INVENTS FAKE ILLNESSES- WE HAVE NO IDEA HOW MANY ARE INFECTED!

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, May 17, 2020 - 11:31.

ANOTHER FDA RULING ON WHITE HOUSE CV-19 TEST KITS- WE HAVE NO IDEA HOW MANY ARE INFECTED

America has just had the biggest fraud perpetrated upon the American people in world history, not American Whether one is validating a treatment efficacy or providing a more "reliable" claim for diagnosis, one needs to establish the false positive rate in order to determine whether or not effective treatment or accurate diagnostics falls within acceptable limits. And of course, consistency is needed in the testing process and that is established through multiple studies in which consistent results are obtained. In health testing, a margin of error of less than 5% is acceptable. Anything greater than this calls into question the validity of the diagnostics. On April 18, 2020, the FDA High Commissioner issued the following information: Fraud #1-The FDA Invalidates the Test Kits At question in this report is the efficacy of the diagnostic procedures being utlized by federal and state health officials in determining the true infection rate in the United States which can be used as a guide to impose restrictions upon the people of this nation. Sometimes in investigative reporting, we can use the words of the investigated to convict them of wrongdoing. This is certainly the case here. From the FDA in an April Statement from the Commissioner of Food and Drugs -Food and Drug Administration Stephen M. Hahn MD., in which the FDA admits that they have no intention of validating the testing numbers for COVID-19. Instead, the FDA admits that they will let the test developers validate their own testing reliability and validity.

...Recognizing that more flexibility was needed during a pandemic of this scale and speed, and incorporating feedback from the medical community, states and test developers, we have also provided regulatory flexibility for serological tests in an effort to provide laboratories and health care providers with early access to these tests with the understanding that the FDA had not reviewed or authorized (or “approved”) them, at least not initially, and these tests should not be used for diagnosing or excluding active SARS-CoV-2 infection.

What the above paragraph is telling the reader is that the FDA has a history of not fully validating the accuracy of test kits before using them in the field and gathering data from these unvalidated tests in which policy decisions will be based! In laymen's terms, the FDA has been guilty of violating the standard tenets of science when it comes to validating tests for a long time. Practice makes perfect and this is why the FDA and its partner in crime, the CDC are so adept at fooling the public.

Here is more damning self-statements from the same FDA report on test kits:

Specifically, last month, as part of our broader strategy, the FDA issued a policy explaining that FDA does not intend to object when developers of serological tests market or use their tests without prior FDA review where: 1) the tests are validated by the developer to determine that they are accurate and reliable, 2) notification of the developer’s validation is provided to FDA, and 3) the tests are labeled appropriately, including that they are not to be used as a sole basis for diagnosis. Our policy does not apply to at-home specimen collection or at-home testing because of the added challenges in assuring test accuracy that these pose. The policy does apply to tests that can be performed in patient care settings. Laboratories could validate tests they receive from commercial manufacturers and determine if they should be used in their facilities. Some laboratories have already done so or have developed their own serological tests...

Test results are not going to be determined by the FDA, but instead are going to be validated by the developer of the tests? The open invitation to fraud is obvious to anyone who has eyes to see. Then the FDA tries to beg themselves out of responsibility by saying the Labs can validate the test. Why should labs engage in a validating practice because testing for validation would happen AFTER the purchase of the test kits by the labs? In other words America, there is no oversight on determining whether these tests are measuring what they claim to measuring. This is like looking under the hood of the car AFTER you purchase it! And yet, these test numbers are reportedly daily in the mainstream media and provide governors and mayors with the ability to lockdown their jurisdictions as these despots violate the Constitutional rights of their citizens and the whole process of based on fake numbers!

In the face of this obvious cesspool of fraud, it is easy to conclude the following: here is financial motive to increase the CV-19 rates as it will lead to the need for more testing and more profits for the manufacturer of the tests. Both the FDA and the CDC are well-known as being "never-Trumpers" and commonly operate outside the oversight of the President. These are largely Democratic Party affiliated institutions with major conflicts of interest which has been validated on multiplel sites resulting from multiple documents. By allowing a test that could very well be a hotbed for false positives, the fake numbers could be used as a phony excuse to continue to lockdown and ruin the nation's economy, thus weakening the nation for economic collapse and even military invasion since the country's ability to defend itself in the long-term would be greatly impacted.

This policy in which numbers can be exaggerated for political gain is already in evidence in the practice of the CDC. The CDC announced that before a local community could progress to Phase One of the return to normalcy, the flu-like symptoms and the COVID-19 numbers must decrease from the information obtained from testing. The confabulation efforts on the part of the CDC is painfully apparent. The purpose for the fraud and using a testing kit that has not been validated for accuracy is also painfully obvious. California Governor Newsom has said the lockdown will stay in effect until the mandatory vaccines are ready. It is a well-established fact that the COVID-19 team has multiple conflicts of financial interest involving the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation with the principal spokespeople for the COVID-19 group (eg Fauci and Birx).

Arizona Governor, Doug Ducey is did everything in his power to prolong his state's unconstitutional lockdown and he kept it up until his own party started to rebel.. Ducey sits on the Board of Directors for T-GEN which is partnering with the Gates people in the development a vaccine. A bad test, with multiple false positive will prove to be the impetus for not letting America out of its Big Pharma prison until the public accepts the mandatory vacccine. Further the testing kit fraud is consistent with CDC guidelines which allows doctors to engage in a totally unprofessional practice known as "presumptive diagnosis" in which the doctor simply presumes that the deceased expired because of COVID -19. This practice also inflates the numbers and provides local dictators the ability to win an election that they would be able to win without this greatly exaggerated crisis by making the public's lives miserable so they blame the existing President.

Fraud #2 -The CDC Invalidates the COVID-19 Test Kit for the White House

This past Friday, the FDA issued another press release and noted that many of the White House test kits are invalid and the previously reported numbers cannot be taken seriously in a case of the same song, second verse. Obviously, nobody knows what the CV-19 infection rate is, but these despots keep America locked down based on this self-admitted fraud and deceipt! Fauci, the leader of the "conflicts of interest" COVID-19 team, is finding news ways to thwart Trump's efforts to reopen the country.

As of yesterday, Fauci has created a new illness that he feels should keep the schools closed this next year. He says the illness is an off-shoot of COVID-19, but offers no proof. The CDC admits they do not have diagnostic criteria to define this illness. Nor is the illness listed on ICD which is an international coding system for all illnesses for diagnostic and insurance billing purposes. Yet, according to Fauci, this illness is enough to keep the country locked down and will keep the schools closed next year. Fauci Is Fabricating New Illnesses to Keep Schools Closed Until Bill Gates and Himself Release "the Vaccine" A smalll number of children have a rare and potentially deadly inflammatory condition that Fauci says is LIKELY linked to COVID-19. I cannot say if this illlness is a condition because as of today, it is not defined. However, one thing can be said with certainty, there is no proof of a link to CV-19

Just last week, this unknown and undefined condition was given a name. pediatric multisystem inflammatory syndrome, or PMIS, Nobody is denying that this is not a rare illness. However, it is not defined and does not meet the scientific conditions, as noted above, to receive any consideration with regard to public policy such as keeping schools closed. Yet, another fraud perpetrated on the American people which is wrecking our economy and will likely deny Trump a second term. Below, I comment on this absolute fraud. There is no ICD code for the illness which means it is nonexistent in the eyes of the internation medical community. Also, the CDC admits that they don't even have symptom list available. California is the Key to the Resistance Gavin Newsom has made a powerful enemy in Elon Musk. Musk has enough power and influence to make a difference in compliance rates of the population. I know for a fact that Musk has reached out to New California. He is looking for ways to oppose Newsom's lockdown. If California's lockdown were to end, the Deep State's control over this issue would crumble. Calfiornia is the key. Musk should travel to the White House and do a photo-op with the President. They should hold a joint news conference and tell the people of California to all go to the beaches on Memorial Day and open all businesses the day after. This overwhelming response would cripple Newsom and his minions ability to respond. Also, on June 1, 2020, Newsom loses the ability to pay the employees of California because he cannot account for hundreds of millions of dollars. Retirement accounts will go broke. There will be chaos in the street. Trump needs to order Barr to prosecute every Democratic mayor and Governor, and traitors like AZ Governor, Doug Ducey, under the 14th Amendment equal protection clause. Every blue state has Walmarts that are open and small businesses competitiors that are closed. This is a flagrant constitutional violation. The prosecutions need to be both criminal and civil. All Governors and mayors in lockdown states need to have their salaries frozen as well as the police that serve them. The money is sent to small business owners who are not open. A warning to Trump and any other entity that thinks that they are going to let loose with mandatory vaccines and create a second holocaust: Any attempt to deprive me of my constitutional rights to property, free travel and equal access to every part of American life because of my refusal to take a hastily prepared vaccine, from a despot, who paralyzed 300,000 kids in the third world, will be met with extreme prejudice and with maximum resistance on my part. Nobody, will dictate to this author what will be put into my body. I know I speak for tens of millions of Americans who will refuse to comply. I am now of Medicare age and have never been arrested or charged with a crime. I have not had a ticket since my early 20's. However, I will not comply and I will not accept any consequences for my refusal to participate in America's Second Holocaust.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-health-martial-law/another-fda-ruling-cv-19-test-kits-while-fauci-invents-fake-illnesses-we-have-no-idea-how-many-are 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 5-19-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 19 May 2020

Tropical cyclone Amphan (Bay of Bengal) named a “Super Cyclonic Storm” could become one of the most intense Category 5 on record in the North Indian Ocean and is on track to hit denseley populated areas

Joint Typhoon Warning Centre Tropical cyclone Amphan (Bay of Bengal) could become one of the most intense Category 5 on record in the North Indian Ocean A “Super Cyclonic Storm” – the equivalent of a Category 5 hurricane on the Saffir Simpson scale is intensifying in the Bay of Bengal and is expected to smash into the coastal waters of Eastern India and Bangladesh tomorrow. Monster: NOAA Environmental Visualization Laboratory According to WMO, Tropical Cyclone Amphan (pronounced Um-Pun) is on track for densely populated areas at a time when restrictions due to the COVID-19 pandemic is complicating disaster management – and making it more necessary than ever before. The Indian Meteorological Department in New Delhi, which acts as WMO’s Regional Specialized Meteorological Centre for Tropical Cyclones, warned of a storm surge of about 4-5 meters above astronomical tide that is likely to inundate low-lying areas of West Bengal during landfall, and of about 3-4 meters for Bangladesh. It said Amphan would make landfall with a maximum sustained wind speed of 155-165 km/hour, gusting to 185 km/hour. Indian Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi chaired a high-level meeting to review the response preparedness and the evacuation plan presented by the National Disaster Response Force (NDRF). The tropical cyclone season in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea has two peaks, around May and around November and, in the past, the basin witnessed huge casualties. The deadliest tropical cyclone on record, the Great Bhola Cyclone in November 1970, killed at least 300,000 people in modern-day Bangladesh and led to the establishment in 1972, of a body in charge of the regional coordination mechanism for tropical cyclones, the WMO/ESCAP Panel on Tropical Cyclones Extensive and coordinated disaster risk reduction campaigns have, in recent years, limited casualties.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/05/tropical-cyclone-amphan-bay-of-bengal.html 

:: 5-17-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

End Times Events Unfolding: Apocalyptic Sandstorm and Biblical Locust Plague Turn Day Into Night in Egypt and Iran – Gigantic hail Slams Mexico

By Strange Sounds - May 17, 2020

On the same day, a gigantic swarm of locusts invaded southern Iran and a massive sandstorm engulfed Aswan, Egypt, blocking the sun and turning day into night. A few days before giant hail slammed General Terán, Nuevo León State, Mexico Apocalyptic and biblical events are becoming the new normal. Strong earthquakes, devastating volcanic eruptions, gigantic hail, massive sandstorms and apocalyptic locust plagues. But what’s going on? Biblical locust plague in southern Iran A locust storm is currently engulfing southern Iran. There are so many swarming insects that they are blocking the sun and changing blue sky into a ‘dirt’ sky: Officials have called military to help fight the locust plague, that is threatening crops and livelyhoods of millions of people. Eight provinces ranging from southwest to southeast and eastern Iran are reporting locus storms.

Exodus 10:12: And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the land of Egypt for the locusts, that they may come up upon the land of Egypt, and eat every herb of the land, [even] all that the hail hath left.

Apocalyptic hail slams General Terán, Mexico The major hailstorm occurred on May 13, 2020 in the municipality of General Teran, Nuevo Leon, north-eastern Mexico:

The large hail destroyed fruit trees and crops, damaged homes and cars and disrupted power supply. Isaiah 28:17 Judgment also will I lay to the line, and righteousness to the plummet: and the hail shall sweep away the refuge of lies, and the waters shall overflow the hiding place. The huge wall of sand engulfed the city of Aswan in souther Egypt on May 16, 2020. The sandstorm of biblical proportions changed day into night.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/05/end-times-events-sandstorm-locust-plague-hail-mexico-iran-egypt-natural-disaster.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 5-19-20 Jon’s Place Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hypocritical Power-Hungry, Lock-Down Happy Democrats, Who Are Supporting The Violation Of Constitutional Rights, Are Now Worried About Possible Future Violations By The President

Uncategorized May 19, 2020 5 Minutes May 18, 2020

You Cannot Make This Stuff Up: Hypocritical Power-Hungry, Lock-Down Happy Democrats, Who Are Supporting The Violation Of Constitutional Rights, Are Now Worried About Possible Future Violations By The President

By Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine

Sometimes you see something so completely outrageous that you believe it just has to be a parody or satire, but then to your shock you see it is all too real and true. That has been happening a lot lately.

Let me explain. We are seeing Democrat politicians claiming they are worried about possible future overreach on the part of the President, while ignoring and even supporting the actual overreach and violations of constitutional rights shown by liberal governors during the forced stay-at-home or lockdown orders. We are also seeing stories like the one about the CNN reporter, known for attempting to grandstand and who had criticized President Trump for not wearing a mask, then after the WH press briefing, waits until she thinks the cameras are off, then rips her mask off before then getting closer to her colleagues to get to the exit. HYPOCRISY, THY NAME IS LIBERAL Politico reports “Democratic governors hit with flurry of legal challenges to coronavirus lockdowns,” which comes after a Wisconsin judge recently struck down the Democrat governor’s “unlawful” stay-at-home orders.

The judge’s questions and assertions in his order are something that should be mimicked from all judges hearing these challenges across the country. “My question for you is, where in the Constitution did the people of Wisconsin confer authority on a single, unelected cabinet secretary to compel almost 6 million people to stay at home and close their businesses and face imprisonment if they don’t comply, with no input from the Legislature, without the consent of the people?” Bradley asked state Assistant Attorney General Colin Roth. “Isn’t it the very definition of tyranny for one person to order people to be imprisoned for going to work, among other ordinarily lawful activities?” she asked. These unconstitutional forced lockdowns have driven some people nuts, as one Detroit realtor has just been charged for “credible” death threats against the tyrannical, dictatorial wannabe, Gretchen Whitmer (dubbed wHitler), and her equally hated Attoreny General, Dana Nessel. Now these stories and these lockdown or stay-at-home orders being challenged in court are supported by liberals and Democrats, including the politicians and the media, along with one RINO (Republican In Name Only), who with no sense of self-awareness, are busy complaining how they are concerned about Trump’s “emergency powers,” during a national emergency. King, seven Democrats and one Republican sent a letter late last month to acting national intelligence director Richard Grenell asking to be briefed on any existing PEADs. Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vt., wrote a similar letter to Attorney General William Barr and White House counsel Pat Cipollone “The concern is that there could be actions taken that would violate individual rights under the Constitution,” such as limiting due process, unreasonable search and seizure and holding individuals without cause, King said. King is an Independent that sides with Democrats on votes, but it is the very subjects that concern is expressed over, the same types of constitutional violations that Democrat governors across the nation have been guilty of for the last month-plus, yet we see nothing but support for them by these hypocrites.

Where was the due process for the woman being thrown face down and cuffed in front of her toddler because she was wearing a mask “improperly?” Where is the same concern about “individual rights” being respected as these governors shut down businesses by declaring they are the arbiter of what is and is not “essential,” costing millions of Americans their jobs? Where is the howling by Democrats about holding individuals without cause as law enforcement, on the orders of their elected leaders, arresting people just for going out to eat on Mother’s Day? They claim they are worried about possible future overreach and tyranny by president Trump while supporting the actual tyranny and overreach already being shown by Democrats and liberals. Hypocrisy, thy name is liberal.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan & Susan.) WE MUST REMEMBER………. Now that states are starting to reopen, lifting restrictions, allowing businesses to open their doors again, as much because the protests have gotten stronger and bigger as anger builds and tensions grow, as to restart the economy, Americans need to remember how fast these governors were to crack down, put their boot to the necks of their constituents, while violating their guaranteed constitutional rights. No doubt if we see a resurgence of this virus, or even a new one hits, or pretty much any reason at all that liberals can use as an excuse to exercise their tyrannical muscles, they will. We must remember to not wait weeks or months to start protesting. Begin immediately, the day these corrupt and tyrannical politicians declare they have the right to violate our constitutional rights. We need to remember come November who deemed certain lives and jobs “non-essential.” Time to show them that they are now “non-essential.” We must remember that in 2020 the battles stopped being Republican versus Democrat and became a war of Freedom versus tyranny. We also absolutely must remember who those liberal snitches and “karens” are that think they should be ordering you around, calling 9-11 on you if you aren’t “social distancing” properly and basically proving once and for all that they really, really need to get a life. We must remember…………………………

Video below shows just how annoying those those freaks are. LANGUAGE WARNING: BOTTOM LINE – BE SMART BUT STAY FREE

We at ANP and other Independent Media websites were some of the first to encourage folks to get some masks, gloves, hand sanitizer, and other protective and preventative gear, and to voluntarily stay away from groups of people if possible in order to stay healthy. Key word again…. voluntarily.

It is our right to determine what is and is not right for our situation. No job that puts food on the table and keeps a roof over our heads should ever be deemed “non-essential,” especially by those that do not have to worry about those issues. No politician, no matter the party, should ever be given the power to violate our constitutional rights. Be smart but stay free.

https://jonsnewplace.wordpress.com/2020/05/19/hypocritical-power-hungry-lock-down-happy-democrats-who-are-supporting-the-violation-of-constitutional-rights-are-now-worried-about-

possible-future-violations-by-the-president/ 

:: 5-18-20 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hell-On Earth, We Have Come To The End Of Reality Now It’s “Tribulation”

May 18, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/8 Comments

Featured Story HNewsWire Logo Bottom Menu

Over the last several decades, have we ever seen a year start as strangely as 2020 has? Global weather patterns have gone completely nuts, large earthquakes are popping off like firecrackers, it looks like the plague of locusts in Africa could soon develop into the worst in modern history, and a massive plague of bats is severely terrorizing parts of Australia. On top of all that, African Swine Fever is wiping out millions upon millions of pigs around the globe, the H1N1 Swine Flu is killing people in Taiwan, there have been H5N1 Bird Flu outbreaks in China and in India, and the H5N8 Bird Flu has made an appearance at a poultry facility in Saudi Arabia. Of course, the coronavirus outbreak which is causing people to literally drop dead in the streets in China is making more headlines than anything that I have mentioned so far, and it could potentially turn into a horrifying global Man-Made pandemic that kills millions of people… Fairview Developmental Center near Los Angeles, where US govt. tried to house up to 50 infected coronavirus patients, has zero isolation rooms, no viral containment facilities, and no training for BSL-4 biohazards… The Fairview Development Center in Costa Mesa, California, where the US government just tried to quietly house 35-50 infected coronavirus patients, is a state-run facility for the mentally disabled, with a “shadow staff” of 200 people but only six patients according to official records. Notably, the center has no biocontainment facilities, and no staff trained in level-4 biohazards. It’s actually described as a kind of “prison” by critics who also call it “shoddy” and “run down,” with the “odor” of jail (see source below). It begs the question: Why would the United States Air Force attempt to relocate up to 50 infected coronavirus patients to a facility with no biocontainment capabilities, right in the middle of a high-density population area near Los Angeles? Why wouldn’t the Air Force just keep the infected patients at the Travis Air Force Base where they have containment? This idea of “exporting” infected patients into a high-density city near Los Angeles seems incredibly unwise, if not criminally negligent. Finally: How can there be up to 50 infected patients trying to be moved by the Air Force when the CDC says there are only 35 infected people in the entire nation? That question, of course, almost answers itself.

HNewsWire Logo Bottom Menu  The strange history of the Fairview Development Center

According to the Fairview Developmental Center newsroom: The Department of Developmental Services provides services and supports to individuals with developmental disabilities through state-operated developmental centers and community facilities. Although nearly shut down today, the center still has 200 staffers on its payroll (source), and it’s not clear what those 200 people are doing since there are only six patients remaining. (Your own theories are welcomed…) The center has a history of mysterious deaths and sexual abuse of residents, yet has achieved a 100% vaccination rate among all its residents over the many years it has existed. According to public records, over 43% of patients there are given “hypnotic drugs” and similar pharmaceuticals. The Fairview facility has 396 beds and has housed hundreds of mentally disabled individuals with autism, Down’s Syndrome, cerebral palsy and other developmental disorders. In 2016, a plan was unveiled to close the facility, but it remains semi-operational. Gov. Newsom is looking into transforming the entire thing into a kind of homeless camp. Last week, the U.S. government tried to secretly export 35-50 infected patients out of Travis Air Force Base and deposit them in the Fairview facility. City officials of Costa Mesa got word and filed an emergency lawsuit with federal courts in California, achieving a temporary restraining order prohibiting the transfer of patients there. The Fairview facility is located just south of Los Angeles, near Huntington Beach / Newport Beach. In their lawsuit, Costa Mesa officials warned the facility was right in the middle of a county of three million people. Mysterious deaths and abuse of patients “Eight people suffering from schizophrenia, severe intellectual disabilities, and other debilitating conditions died at Fairview Developmental Center in Costa Mesa between 2002 and 2011, at least partly because of neglect or lack of supervision, newly released documents show.” OCregister.com: In 2002, a 30-year-old, intellectually disabled woman known to flail about in her sleep was found dead of asphyxiation, dangling from her bed. She had fallen through a gap between the mattress and a side rail, according to a report written by the California Department of Public Health.

The same year, a 34-year-old epileptic man with profound intellectual disabilities, ADHD, and a documented history of eating non-food items died after swallowing a 13-inch shoelace and a brown plastic bag. In 2007, a 25-year-old man plagued by seizures drowned in a bathtub. The reports also reveal dozens of cases of abuse, negligence, and lack of supervision that led to injuries, falls, escapes, and sexual abuse, including a Fairview employee in 2001 twice having sex with a 17-year-old girl with an intellectual disability. For that incident, the Department of Public Health fined Fairview $2,700.

The 16-year-old girl was discovered lying on the floor of her bedroom. Her attacker later told a staffer that she had sneaked into the girl’s room and smothered her with a pillow, wrapped a radio cord around her neck, then returned to place a plastic bag over her head. All these mysterious deaths were covered up by California state bureaucrats and were only released after a three-year court battle fought by the Center for Investigative Reporting. Patients at Fairview died from superbugs and infections… and this is where the Air Force wants to place coronavirus patients? Most disturbingly, the Fair view facility has a history of patient deaths related to superbugs and infections.  As explained on their website, Revealnews.org: One teenage resident smothered and eventually killed another teenager while the employee in charge skipped her normal rounds. A 48-year-old man with a history of a weak immune system died of septic shock when a facility doctor didn’t treat him for MRSA – a highly contagious, dangerous, and antibiotic-resistant staph infection – even though his lab work showed he had it. Another resident suffered for months before succumbing to an infection from a misplaced feeding tube that doctors, nurses, and care staff all failed to notice. It begs the obvious question: How is a facility that can’t handle MRSA going to handle the COVID-19 Wuhan coronavirus biological weapon that spreads through the air in “stealth” mode and is carried by people who show no symptoms whatsoever? As Revealnews.org also explains, the abuse of patients goes far beyond mere medical negligence: The incidents in the documents ranged from death to verbal abuse. One nurse who noticed a resident with his hand down another resident’s pants called him a “mother fucking faggot” who needed “to be shipped out of here.” Patients were reported to have been shoved, grabbed by the hair, kicked while on the toilet, marched down the hall naked, doused with ice water, and sexually abused. On an October morning in 2005, a staff member found 25-year-old resident vomiting blood in his bed at the Sonoma Developmental Center. In his vomit, the staff found a plastic-handled cotton swab used for dry mouth. They immediately transferred him to an outside hospital. It turned out that he had swallowed several swabs. One punctured his esophagus, then his aorta, on its way down, causing massive internal bleeding. Both the autopsy and the public health department’s investigation suggest that caregivers left the swabs in his mouth. He died 17 hours later. A future coronavirus quarantine prison camp? A retired police officer from San Diego describes the facility as a “prison camp” with prison-like conditions. Via the OC Register: Larry Ingraham, whose brother died in Fairview in 2007 from a broken neck, wants the state to shutter the developmental centers. “It’s like a prison,” said Ingraham, a retired police officer from San Diego. “I’ve worked in the jails; it’s like a jail, a county jail. It had the odor of a county jail. It was shoddy. It was run down,” Ingraham said of Fairview. Perhaps that’s why the Air Force chose it for a coronavirus “quarantine,” but without any isolation facilities, it will be no more effective as a quarantine facility than the Diamond Princess cruise ship. The fact that the U.S. Air Force was trying to house 50 infected coronavirus patients at this facility should send shivers down the spine of anyone living in Southern California. But remember, the CDC says there are no “community outbreaks” because they aren’t testing for community outbreaks. And according to the CDC’s published testing guidelines, there will never by any confirmed outbreaks in America, since the CDC prohibits the testing of any American who is infected by another person in America who hasn’t been to China. Harvard Professor Says 40-70% Of People Worldwide Will Be Infected With Covid-19

Harvard epidemiology professor Marc Lipsitch says that the coronavirus will not be containable and that 40-70 of people worldwide will be infected. In an article entitled You’re Likely to Get the Coronavirus, the Atlantic explains how the coronavirus is particularly dangerous because it may cause no symptoms at all in many carriers of the infection. According to Harvard epidemiology professor Marc Lipsitch, this contributes to his prediction that coronavirus “will ultimately not be containable.” “Lipsitch predicts that, within the coming year, some 40 to 70 percent of people around the world will be infected with the virus that causes COVID-19,” reports the Atlantic. The professor clarifies that this doesn’t mean all of those victims will become seriously ill and that “many will have mild disease, or maybe asymptomatic.” Lipsitch’s “very, very rough” estimate (banking on “multiple assumptions piled on top of each other”) was that 100 or 200 people in the U.S. were infected. That’s all it would take to seed the disease widely… As The Atlantic noted, even if Lipsitch’s estimates were off by orders of magnitude, they wouldn’t likely change the overall prognosis. “Two hundred cases of flu-like illness during flu season – when you’re not testing for it – is very hard to detect,” Lipsitch said. “But it would be really good to know sooner rather than later whether that’s correct, or whether we’ve miscalculated something. The only way to do that is by testing.” However, given the increasingly stringent measures being taken outside of China to stop the spread of the virus, including in Italy where people are being prevented from leaving towns, one wonders how severe the panic will be if there is a massive global pandemic. As we highlighted earlier, with over 220 cases reported in Italy, store shelves in some areas of the country are already beginning to empty. Meanwhile, a World Health Organization adviser says that coronavirus could be the widely feared ‘Disease X’ that experts have been warning about for years. “Whether it will be contained or not, this outbreak is rapidly becoming the first true pandemic challenge that fits the Disease X category, listed to the WHO’s priority list of diseases for which we need to prepare in our current globalized society,” wrote Prof Marion Koopmans. Everything is right on schedule and, now, the time is come to remove one of the final obstacles standing in the way of a New World Order: The United States Constitution – even if, over the course of many decades, it has already been greatly diminished by the B.E.A.S.T. system; or, more specifically, Bullshit Emerging As Strategic Totalitarianism (B.E.A.S.T.). Source: HNewsWire ZeroHedge NewsTarget

StevieRay Hansen Editor, HNewsWire.com

Google, No More Electronic Prison: You will see many changes on HNewsWire, one of those changes will be to eliminate Google Ads, the other difference, HNewsWire will NOT post videos on YouTube, it is no longer a question about overreach by the un-godly big tech tyrants. There is no question Big Tech can and will persecute any opposing opinion, they will demoralize, sideline truth seekers and those that speak the truth. The People’s Blood is on big tech and mainstream media’s hands. Censorship has NOT worked for thousands of years, their evil tactics will not work now, history proves me right, so we watch the drama play out between good (GOD) and evil ( Big Tech MSM ), God has never failed his people, and God will not fail this time…

StevieRay Hansen The truth is that all of the warnings of alleged ‘conspiracy theorists’ have turned out to be correct The word translated “pestilence” is often translated as “plague” or “disaster” …

The Bible predicts the rise of this type of societal control within the frightening prophecies about the Antichrist, the final world empire called the Beast, and the final economic system using the Mark of the Beast. The electronic tyranny of technocracy that is now being developed and implemented throughout the world is in preparation for the Antichrist’s rise to power. As we see this final empire taking shape in our day, we can know for certain that the End Times is upon us and the Coming of Christ is drawing near. Now is the time to turn away from sin and evil and believe in Jesus before it is too late!

The Un-Godly — Those That Suppress the Truth, the social media giants built multi-billion dollar empires by giving everyone a voice, but now that they have such a dominant position on the Internet they have decided that many prominent conservative voices should be completely silenced. In order for sin to work, there has to be a “suppression of the truth.” The World leaders Are Having Trouble With The Truth, and The World Has been “Quarantined” Tribulation Is Here… Thousands of People Are Basically Trapped in a Petra Dish of Disease Demon Virus  Asked about the virus while traveling abroad last week, Trump said: “We have it totally under control”. In a separate Twitter posting, he offered reassurance but scant detail for his confidence. By Associated Press Updated On: 05:53 PST, Jan 31, 2020 Yes, are we seeing a slowdown in new virus cases reported this morning. We now have 31,481, which does show a day-to-day decline away from an exponential rate of growth if accurate. Yet for those market participants merrily saying this is “just the flu” (there are some) we also have 4,824, 15% of the total, in critical condition and 638 deaths. Further, one arguably cannot measure the death-rate of any virus against the number of currently sick people: you surely measure it against those who eventually recover vs. those who don’t. Given we have 1,563 who have recovered vs. 638 dead (and 4,824 critical) that is a worrying ratio of 29% dead as an end-outcome, which is right up there with the MERS virus from a few years ago – although, yes, there is the real reason for us all to hope that number will decline sharply as milder cases will be fully curable. But the simple flu this is not.

WASHINGTON: Wuhan coronavirus: Donald Trump says deadly outbreak ‘very well under control’ as WHO declares a global emergency. President Donald Trump regaled a friendly New Jersey campaign crowd with his thoughts about impeachment, the economy, the border wall, local politics, and much more. But he was conspicuously quiet on January 28 about one big issue keeping much of the globe on pins and needles: the spread of a deadly new type of coronavirus. It has killed more than 170 people in China, sickened thousands more there and led to a handful of confirmed cases in the US, including the first US case of person-to-person transmission reported on by health officials. The State Department on January 30 advised all US citizens against traveling to China. Trump, a self-described germaphobe, generally has discussed the virus in broad terms, but he offered some of his most extensive comments on the issue to date during an appearance on January 30 at a Michigan manufacturing plant. “Hopefully, it won’t be as bad as some people think it could be, but we’re working very closely with them (Chinese) and with a lot of other people and a lot of other countries, he said. “We think we have it very well under control.” The Birth Pains Are Growing Stronger….

One of the signs of ruling class collapse is when they can no longer enforce the rules that maintain them as a ruling class. When the Romans started making exceptions to republican governance, it was a matter of time before someone simply decided the rules no longer applied to them. Perhaps the robot historians will consider Obama our Marius or Sulla. Maybe that person is in the near future. Either way, the rule of law is over and what comes next is the rule of men. “Man will ultimately be governed by God or by tyrants.” as in Nancy Pelosi (D-San Fran-feces) Our government has been overthrown. As evidenced by Trump’s capitulation on the border, his recent servitude to the GMO industry, and his acquiescence to the warmongers, our President has been compromised. Our liberties are being eliminated one by one. Gun confiscation is next. The Constitution is gasping its last breaths. Our borders are destroyed and our culture has been turned upside down by every perversion known to man. The watchman does not confuse truth with consensus. The Watchman does not confuse God’s word with the word of those who happen to hold power at present, or with the opinion of the majority. This is because powerholders and the majority can fall victim to a lying spirit-and this means a power that actually seizes the majority of experts, the political leadership, and the public. Everything is right on schedule and, now, the time is come to remove one of the final obstacles standing in the way of a New World Order: The United States Constitution – even if, over the course of many decades, it has already been greatly diminished by the B.E.A.S.T. system; or, more specifically, Bullshit Emerging As Strategic Totalitarianism (B.E.A.S.T.). They are tolerant of everything except dissenting values and opinions — meaning, of course, they are tolerant of nothing that matters, only themselves.” The Watchman does not confuse truth with consensus. The watchman does not confuse God’s word with the word of those who happen to hold power at present, or with the opinion of the majority. This is because powerholders and the majority can fall victim to a lying spirit-and; this means a power that seizes the majority of experts, the political leadership, and the public.StevieRay Hansen

https://hnewswire.com/hell-on-earth-we-have-come-to-the-end-of-reality-now-its-tribulation/ 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 5-18-20 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google Erases the Existence of Those Who Speak Unwelcome Truths

For the tech giants, 1984 is an instruction manual.

Mon May 18, 2020 Robert Spencer

Daniel Greenfield, the peerless Shillman Fellow and FrontPage writer, tweeted the news on May 7: “Google just erased my Sultan Knish blog and Front Page Mag articles from the first pages of results for my name doubt very much this is accidental.” I did too, so I checked for myself, and sure enough: a Google search for “Robert Spencer” now does not bring up Jihad Watch, where most of my writing outside of books has been published for the last seventeen years, but it does give you defamatory and distorted attack pieces from the far-Left Southern Poverty Law Center and the Saudi-funded Bridge Initiative, and nothing that doesn’t portray me and my work in the most unfavorable possible light. This latest example of the tech giants’ determination to silence all dissenting voices reveals one often overlooked fact: they are desperately afraid. Google is so afraid of Jihad Watch, in fact, that it is going to great lengths to make you think that the site (which you can find here) doesn’t exist at all. Several years ago, under pressure from the Texas-based imam Omar Suleiman, Google changed the algorithm for its search results so as to bury anything critical of Islamic jihad violence or Sharia oppression of women. Jihad Watch, which for years had been the first result in a Google search for “jihad” (back when Google searches were based solely on relevance and the popularity of the site), fell off the front page of “jihad” searches. Now Google has gone even farther to make sure you don’t see Jihad Watch. Just this morning, I was looking for an old Jihad Watch article from a few years ago that I needed for a citation, and I entered an exact phrase from that article into the Google search bar. What came back were two sites where the article had been republished, but no indication that it had ever been at Jihad Watch at all. In George Orwell’s dystopian novel of a totalitarian society, 1984, to which far more people refer than have actually read the book, the dissenter Winston Smith’s job in the Ministry of Truth involves erasing from all historical records any mention of people who have been declared “nonpersons.” Foes of the regime aren’t just vilified. Their very existence is erased. Dissent is easy to control if all record of it ever having been enunciated is eradicated, and Google has apparently taken a page from Orwell’s book. Of course, Jihad Watch is one of the least of the concerns of Big Tech. They’re erasing all manner of people who dissent from the Leftist agenda. Greenfield notes that “Google controls 80% of search. That means it controls what the internet looks like. And it’s continuing to erase conservatives from the internet. I’m just the latest victim. Its censorship and creepy surveillance have reached new heights during the pandemic.” And help may be on the way: according to the Wall Street Journal, “Both the Justice Department and a group of state attorneys general are likely to file antitrust lawsuits against Alphabet Inc.’s Google—and are well into planning for litigation, according to people familiar with the matter. The Justice Department is moving toward bringing a case as soon as this summer, some of the people said. At least some state attorneys general—led by Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton, a Republican—are likely to file a case, probably in the fall, people familiar with the matter said.” Another illustration of how brazen the tech giants have become with their censorship came on early Saturday morning, when President Trump retweeted a Michelle Malkin video about tech censorship, with the comment: “The Radical Left is in total command & control of Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and Google. The Administration is working to remedy this illegal situation. Stay tuned, and send names & events. Thank you Michelle!” In a clumsy but sinister confirmation of the urgency of this problem, Twitter then deleted the Malkin video. Daniel Greenfield is right: “the future of free speech is at stake.” I’m honored that the multimillionaire millennials at Google are so afraid of me and my little website that they have erased all trace of me except for Emmanuel Goldstein-like denunciations, but ultimately the First Amendment will become a dead letter if the tech giants are allowed to get away with sending dissenters down the memory hole in this way. And that will mean a nightmare of authoritarianism descending upon the country. The Administration needs to act on this, and fast. If Biden or Hillary or Bernie or whichever septuagenarian totalitarian wins in November, there won’t be another chance to save America as a free society. Robert Spencer is the director of Jihad Watch and a Shillman Fellow at the David Horowitz Freedom Center. He is author of 19 books, including the New York Times bestsellers The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades) and The Truth About Muhammad. His latest book is The Palestinian Delusion: The Catastrophic History of the Middle East Peace Process. Follow him on Twitter here. Like him on Facebook here.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2020/05/google-erases-existence-those-who-speak-unwelcome-robert-spencer/ 

[:: 10-10-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for as you see the second altar call coming to pass and as you watch the death toll and the destructions, you will know that I have warned and I have warned, but they haven’t listened.  And, therefore, we are drawing closer and closer and closer to the third and then sudden destruction, destruction that I have warned that millions upon millions upon millions shall be lost in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, and yet that is not the end.  That is not my wrath, for I am not pouring out my wrath, I am doing all that I possibly can to reach, to turn around, to call those in that need to come in, to wake up the Christians etc..

:: 5-16-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American believers see coronavirus as sign from God to change ways

By Vincent Barone May 16, 2020 | 3:00am

God is using the coronavirus to tell us something, a new poll shows most religious Americans believe.  Two-thirds of U.S. residents who believe in God see the pandemic as a divine message urging us to change our lifestyles, according to a poll by the University of Chicago Divinity School and The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research. The poll found 31% of Americans who believe in God feel “strongly” that the virus is God’s way of telling us to “change how we are living,” with another 31 percent believing so “somewhat,” according to the poll. Evangelical Protestants are most likely to feel strongly that the virus contains deeper religious meaning, with 43 percent expressing that belief. Just 28 percent of both Catholics and mainline Protestants felt the same. “When people get asked about God, they often interpret it immediately as power,” said Kathryn Lofton, a professor of religious studies at Yale University, who helped design the new poll. “And they answer the question saying, ‘Here’s where the power is to change the thing I experience.’” Believers are also turning to God for protection. More than half of responders — 55 percent — believe at least somewhat that God would protect them from falling ill. And African Americans were most likely among racial backgrounds sampled to believe the virus was a sign from God to change. Forty-seven percent say they feel that strongly, compared with 37% of Latino and 27% of white Americans responders to the survey. The small sample size means only a few people from certain religions were sampled. The poll sample included 28 Protestants, 20 Roman Catholics. one Muslim and one Jew. With Post Wires

https://nypost.com/2020/05/16/american-believers-see-coronavirus-as-sign-from-god/ 

:: 5-17-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Christen Limbaugh Bloom: God using coronavirus crisis to touch hearts of individuals, create revival in church

Christen Limbaugh Bloom By Christen Limbaugh Bloom | Fox News

My all-time favorite writer is C.S. Lewis. He wrote: “The more we let God take us over, the more truly ourselves we become – because He made us. He invented us. He invented all the different people that you and I were intended to be . . . It is when I turn to Christ, when I give up myself to His personality, that I first begin to have a real personality of my own.” I love this insight because it directly opposes the thought that God expects His followers to be “perfect” robot-like clones. Lewis points us to the fact that God is actually the inventor of individuality. He created each of us with unique personalities and gifts meant to be used to further His kingdom. Nice thought, but why does our individuality matter? What does God get out of it? In his book “You the Leader,” Pastor Phil Pringle highlights that all through the Bible and human history, God has used individuals to impart His godly vision throughout the world in order to create positive change. He referenced Moses leading the Israelites out of slavery and John the Baptist preparing the way for Jesus, stating, "When we follow great leaders, their vision becomes ours. We start to see what they see, and we begin to own a vision larger than ourselves." Pringle reminds us every great leader must first go through a period of trial.

The entire world is facing an intense trial right now as we try to mitigate the potential harm from an extremely contagious and invisible virus. We now have a heightened awareness of the power of unseen dangers – and my prayer is that this revelation will help people have a better understanding of another invisible enemy – one that has been attacking us much longer than the coronavirus. I’m referring to a spiritual enemy God has warned humans about since the beginning of time. The Apostle Paul said of this adversary: “For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms” (Ephesians 6:12). Paul was trying to explain we should not view people as our enemies, but instead recognize it is in fact a spiritual force of evil who creates disharmony and struggle between us. How does this happen? How does the evil one get a foothold in our lives? There are honestly countless tactics the enemy uses against us – but I believe one of the most successful methods is creating a spiritual “desert” in our hearts. This happens when we believe things like, “Living by God’s standard is outdated and impossible” or “God is too busy to worry about my problems.” It’s a sad reality that many people don’t even attempt to have a relationship with God because it seems too daunting. Far too often, people give up before they’ve even really begun their spiritual journeys, and they pretend God doesn’t exist – because that seems easier than answering to someone who they believe is constantly judging them. But the truth is, those feelings about God are actually lies spoken to us by our spiritual enemy who ruthlessly attempts to skew our vision of God’s loving nature.

Though this can feel discouraging, it’s important to remember God is constantly on a mission to correct people’s misconceptions about Him. Over the past month, I’ve heard many pastors say they believe God is specifically using this unique time in history to create a revival in the church by softening people’s hearts. I agree with them. Too many people are trapped in spiritual deserts; some believers even slip into this gray area of disbelief and loss of connection with Jesus. But I am confident although God didn’t cause this virus, He is using it to pour His living water into the hearts of countless individuals, creating streams in their spiritual deserts. And by doing this, God transforms these individuals into spiritual “springs” so to speak. Because when we accept Jesus for who He truly is, we are filled with His all-consuming and powerful love, and this love inevitably flows out from us to others from Jesus – the source.  By sprouting up new “springs,” God is creating more opportunities for others to come into contact with His living water of love and salvation. So you see, each individual person matters in God’s grand plan. And though we are all experiencing the same global crisis, I believe God is bringing unique revelations to every single human heart, leading them to a higher calling. “But whoever drinks the water I give them will never thirst. Indeed, the water I give them will become in them a spring of water welling up to eternal life” (John 4:14).

https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/christen-limbaugh-bloom-you-have-a-role-to-play-in-gods-revival 

:: 5-18-20 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are Islamists Undermining the West?

By William DiPuccio May 17, 2020

Is it possible for Islam to undermine and replace the core values of Western civilization? By core values, I'm referring to deeply held principles such as inalienable rights, religious and personal freedom, equality of the sexes, free speech, and the separation of religion and state. According to some, even posing this question places you in the company of conspiracy theorists and "Islamophobes." Perhaps that accusation would be true if we assumed that all Muslims are engaged in an effort to bring North America and Europe under Muslim rule. But, Islam is not a monolithic faith and many Muslims who live in the West have internalized Western values. Some have even championed the cause of human rights within Islam. There is, however, a substantial minority of Muslims in our midst who adhere closely to the teachings of traditional Islam (albeit with some modern adaptations) and believe that every nation must submit to Allah's rule. They seek to do this by gradually implementing some form of sharia in society, one precept at a time, blurring the line between mosque and state. In their view, the only legitimate form of government is an Islamic theocracy ruled by a caliph- -that is, a successor to Muhammad. These Muslims are often referred to as "Islamists." Based on an analysis of surveys conducted by Pew Research, globally, over two-thirds of Muslims are Islamists. But, how many Islamists are there in North America, and do they really pose a threat? There are no direct polling numbers for measuring Islamism, but using responses to individual questions from different polls, we can approximate the number of Islamists. According to a 2017 poll by Pew Research, 31% of U.S. Muslims believe there is only one true way to interpret their religion and 38% believe that traditional understandings of Islam are all they need. A 2015 Canadian poll showed more dramatic results: 42% of Canadian Muslims said that Islam is "irreconcilable" with the West. Even more telling, is a 2012 poll by Wenzel Strategies.1 In that poll, 73% of American Muslims said that if the Constitution and sharia law conflict in any way, a Muslim should follow the Constitution (20% were not sure). But, when asked if sharia should be the supreme law of the land, 32% agreed. The Wentzel poll also revealed that, 58% of Muslim-Americans believe that criticism of Islam or Muhammad should not be permitted under the First Amendment, and 46% say that those who engage in such criticism should face criminal charges. Since specific questions relating to sharia and free speech are a more reliable gauge for identifying Islamist behavior than broad philosophical questions which are open to multiple interpretations, we can conclude, based on the re Wenzel poll, that 32% to 58% of American Muslims are Islamists (assuming this poll is reliable). This aligns with the 42% of Canadian Muslims who said that Islam is "irconcilable" with the West, and with the 38% of Muslims, identified in the Pew poll, who believe that traditional understandings of Islam are all they need. What this means is rendered academic: Take nearly any mosque, any Muslim neighborhood, or any Muslim demographic group, and it is virtually certain that a percentage of the sample population will work towards the implementation of sharia law in society and, in rare cases, even commit violent acts in the name of Islam. "But," someone will object, "there were only 3.45 million Muslims in the U.S. in 2017, comprising 1.1% of the population. Even if half of U.S. Muslims are Islamists, we are talking about a population group numbering less than 2 million out of 326 million. Such a small population of Muslims, no matter how determined, would have little chance of making headway against the prevailing culture." The mistaken assumption behind this objection is that a group's influence is proportional to its numbers. Yet, consider the dramatic, legal and social gains made by gays and lesbians who comprise, at most, 4.5% of the population. Same-sex marriage, unthinkable 20 years ago, is now the law of the land. Though transgenders, made up only 0.6% of the population in 2016, their cause is highlighted in the media everyday and their participation in society has garnered substantial popular and legal support in the last few years. The same is true for Islamists. Their small numbers belie their influence. In my book, Can Islam Transform the West?, I present several lines of evidence to support this, including the Islamist impact on free speech, their antisemitism, their propagation of hate, and their influence on Congress and American universities. In this article, we will consider only one of these elements: Free speech. Free speech is a right guaranteed under the First Amendment. Traditional Islam does not have such a right. In fact, Islamic blasphemy laws prescribe severe punishment and even execution for those who criticize Islam or Muhammad. A substantial number American Muslims have been influenced by these blasphemy laws. According to the 2012 Wentzel poll, mentioned above, though 90% of Muslims in America agree with the First Amendment, 58% also believe that criticism of Islam or Muhammad should not be permitted under the First Amendment, 46% agree that those who criticize or parody Islam in the U.S. should face criminal charges (17% not sure), and 12% agree that those who criticize or parody Islam should be put to death (9% not sure). The poll also revealed that 43% of Muslim-Americans believe that U.S. citizens do not have a right to evangelize Muslims (28% not sure).

Though most Muslims do not engage in terrorism, a number of terrorist threats and attacks on Western targets have been provoked by words or pictures which some Muslims found offensive. The most infamous of these confrontations is the Charlie Hebdo massacre of 2015 in which 12 staff members of the French magazine were gunned down in retaliation for publishing satirical images of the Prophet Muhammad. That same year, two terrorists were killed in an attempted attack at an exhibit in Garland, Texas which featured cartoon images of Muhammad. Islamists have come to realize that they don't need to change one jot or tittle of the U.S. Constitution or European human rights laws to suppress criticism of Islam, they only have to render those rights ineffective. Their plan is working. Following the Charlie Hebdo attack, 42% of the French people wanted the press to avoid publishing cartoons that would upset the Muslim community. Overall, the mainstream, Western media, both in Europe and the U.S., have responded to such attacks with fear and self-censorship. You will find little, if any, serious criticism of Muslims and Islamic beliefs in these sources, much less cartoons or satire about Muhammad. Unwittingly, nearly every major media outlet and publisher- -both electronic and print, both popular and academic- -are acting in dutiful compliance to traditional Islam's blasphemy laws. The impact of Islamism on free speech goes beyond the media. Islamists have aligned themselves with Progressives in Europe and America to suppress criticism of Islam by labeling nearly all criticism, even reasoned criticism, as "Islamophobic, racist, and bigoted." Forsaking the time-honored tradition of free speech in the West, hate speech laws in Europe and Canada, along with speech codes on social media, and in businesses and universities here in the U.S., have made it more difficult or virtually impossible to criticize Islam without incurring considerable social, financial, and even legal consequences (e.g., legal harassment, fines). Facebook and YouTube now routinely ban, financially punish, or suspend critics of Islamism including prominent ex-Muslims like Ayaan Hirsi Ali.

In our society there is a collective punishment for those who criticize Islam. Critics risk being defamed, labeled as bigots, boycotted, harassed, threatened, and even physically attacked. This is how Islamic blasphemy laws are entering the West through the back door. Free speech rights are suffering the death of a thousand cuts. To repeat the question I posed at the outset: Is it possible for Islam to eventually undermine and replace the core values of Western civilization? The answer, based on the evidence presented here, is that it is not only possible, but it is happening in plain sight. And, it will continue as long as we empower Islamists by our ignorance, indifference, and lack of courage.

William DiPuccio, Ph.D. is the author of Can Islam Transform the West? The Evidence Considered, Director of the Muslim Global Demographic Project, and the producer of What a Billion Muslims Believe. You can find his publications and videos at Science Et. Cetera.

https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2020/05/are_islamists_undermining_the_west.html 

:: 5-18-20 BBC NEWS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus: Brazil overtakes Spain and Italy as new cases grow

17 May 2020

Brazil has overtaken Spain and Italy to become the country with the fourth-largest number of confirmed coronavirus infections in the world. Officials on Saturday reported 14,919 new cases in the past 24 hours, taking the total to 233,142. Only the US, Russia and the UK have higher numbers. The death toll in Brazil over 24 hours was 816, bringing the total to 15,633 - the world's fifth-highest figure. Experts warn that the real figure may be far higher due to a lack of testing. The mayor of the country's most populous city, São Paulo, warned on Sunday that the city's health system could collapse. Bruno Covas said the public hospitals in the city reached 90% capacity for emergency beds, with demand still growing. Mr Covas said he was in crisis talks with the state governor over introducing a strict lockdown to try to slow contagion before hospitals ran out of space in an estimated two weeks' time.

Health experts in Brazil have warned that the real number of confirmed infections in the country may be far higher than the official records, due to a lack of testing. "Brazil is only testing people who end up in the hospital," Domingo Alves from the University of São Paulo Medical School told AFP news agency last week. "It's hard to know what's really happening based on the available data. We don't have a real policy to manage the outbreak," he said. Mr Alves is one of the authors of a study that estimated the real number of infections was 15 times higher than the official figure. Brazil's far-right president Jair Bolsonaro has been strongly criticised both at home and abroad for his handling of the country's escalating coronavirus crisis. Mr Bolsonaro continues to oppose lockdown measures. He has downplayed the virus as "a little flu" and has said the spread of Covid-19 is inevitable. In April, Mr Bolsonaro joined protesters demanding that lockdown restrictions be lifted. He says the restrictions are damaging the country's economy, bringing unemployment and hunger. Last week, Brazilian Health Minister Nelson Teich resigned after less than a month in the job. Mr Teich stepped down after he had publicly criticised a decree by Mr Bolsonaro allowing gyms and beauty parlours to reopen. Mr Teich's predecessor was sacked after disagreeing with Mr Bolsonaro. In the face of mixed messages, and with little government help at hand, not enough Brazilians are staying at home to slow the spread of the virus, the BBC's Americas editor Candace Piette says. What's the latest in the wider region?

Brazil, by far the largest country in Latin America, has for several weeks been at the centre of the coronavirus outbreak. Latin America and the Caribbean have recorded more than 500,000 infections, with Brazil accounting for nearly 50% of the cases.

Coronavirus: Disease meets deforestation at heart of Brazil's Amazon

Coronavirus pandemic: Tracking the global outbreak

Mexico has recently seen a spike in new infections, while Ecuador saw its health system collapse in April. The sharp rise in cases in Latin America has led the World Health Organization (WHO) to say the Americas are currently at the centre of the pandemic. In March, the WHO had labelled Europe the "epicentre of the pandemic" but the region is now slowly beginning to ease restrictions brought in to slow the spread of the virus.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-latin-america-52699165 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 5--20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At least 620 Nigerian Christians killed so far in 2020 by Boko Haram, Fulani: NGO report

By Samuel Smith, CP Reporter

A Nigerian civil society organization estimates that about 620 Christians were killed and hundreds of homes, as well as churches, were damaged in Nigeria since the beginning of the year as attacks carried about by Fulani radicals and Islamic terrorists continue. The Anambra-based nongovernmental organization International Society for Civil Liberties & Rule of Law, headed by Christian Emeka Umeagbalasi, released a statement Thursday highlighting the impact of the atrocities committed by terrorists across Nigeria thus far in 2020. The report, based on days of forensic research, warns that militant Fulani herdsmen roaming the country’s rural Middle Belt states and terrorists affiliated with Boko Haram and the Islamic State West Africa Province in Nigeria’s northeast region have “intensified their anti-Christian violence.” The group reports the killing of “no fewer than 620 defenseless Christians and wanton burning or destruction of their centers of worship and learning" in 2020. According to the statement, Fulani radicals are responsible for killing over 470 people in the first four-and-a-half months of 2020. The group reports that Fulani killed 140 Christians from the beginning of April until May 14. Meanwhile, Boko Haram is believed to have killed 150 Christians since January. “The atrocities against Christians have gone unchecked and risen to alarming apogee with the country’s security forces and concerned political actors looking the other way or colluding with the Jihadists,” the organization argues. “Houses burnt or destroyed during the period are in their hundreds; likewise dozens of Christian worship and learning centers.” Intersociety relies on what it deems to be credible local and foreign media reports, government accounts, reports from international rights groups and eyewitness accounts to compile its statistical reports and updates. The organization reported in a March statement that at least 350 Christians were killed in January and February, with Fulani radical attacks in the Middle Belt of Nigeria accounting for 250 of the deaths and Boko Haram terrorists accounting for between 50 to 100 killings. Additionally, the group reported at the time that between 11,500 and 12,000 Christians have been killed in Nigeria since June 2015. According to Intersociety, radical herdsmen accounted for the killing of over 7,400 Christians and Boko Haram groups accounted for 4,000 killings. While conflicts between Fulani herdsmen and predominantly Christian farming communities in the farming-rich Middle Belt states have existed for decades, advocates warn that Fulani attacks in recent years have increased in severity as well as quantity. Fulani radicals are often armed with firearms when conducting their overnight attacks on sleeping farming villages. As a result, many farming communities have been pushed off their lands.  Intersociety projects that by the end of 2020, no less than 32,000 Christians will have been killed across Nigeria by Boko Haram and Fulani radicals combined since 2009. “The killings covered 2009 to 2020, with projected figures for Boko Haram and its offshoot ISWAP and Jihadist Fulani Herdsmen in the coming seven months and half of 2020,” the report explains. Intersociety’s findings come as the United Nations Office for Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs estimated last year that at least 27,000 people have been killed by the Boko Haram conflict in northeast Nigeria since 2009. During the years that Boko Haram rose to prominence in the northeast, Intersociety notes that there were 6,000 Christians killed by radical herdsmen between January 2009 to December 2014 in the Middle Belt states. “This is an average of 1,000 Christian deaths per year,” Intersociety reports. “[T]he Jihadist Fulani militants must have accounted for additional 9,000 Christian deaths, or 1,500 deaths per year [from January 2015 to end of December 2020].” “In the end, the Jihadist Fulani Herdsmen must have accounted for total Christian deaths of 15,000 in 11 years,” Intersociety estimates. The organization also contends that most of those killed by Boko Haram from January 2015 to December 2019 — about 60% — are Christians and that all those killed by Fulani radicals during that timespan are Christians.  This past week, suspected Fulani radicals conducted a series of attacks in the Kaduna state district of Kajuru, killing over 20 people and injuring several others. “[S]ince the COVID-19 lockdown on March 25, these Fulani herdsmen have killed 38 Southern Kaduna people, as of yesterday,” Kajuru resident Alheri Magaji, who leads the nonprofit Resilient Aid and Dialogue Initiative, told The Christian Post. “That’s more than the coronavirus.” In addition to the killings, millions in Nigeria have been displaced from their homes and farms due to the violence in the northeast and Middle Belt. While some have returned, many are still homeless with no timetable for when they may be able to return to their farms and homes. Nigeria ranks as the 12th worst country in the world when it comes to Christian persecution on Open Doors USA’s 2020 World Watch List. According to Open Doors, Nigeria is one of the most violent countries in the world for Christians. Nigeria was added to the U.S. State Department’s “special watch list” of countries that engage in or tolerate severe violations of religious freedom for the first time last December. “It is a dangerous situation in too many parts of Nigeria," U.S. Ambassador-at-Large for International Religious Freedom Sam Brownback told reporters at the time. "The government has either not been willing to or have been ineffective in their response and the violence continues to grow.” International advocacy groups have also raised concerns that the violence against Christians in Nigeria has reached the level of genocide.

Follow Samuel Smith on Twitter: @IamSamSmith or Facebook: SamuelSmithCP

https://www.christianpost.com/news/at-least-620-nigerian-christians-killed-so-far-in-2020-by-boko-haram-fulani-ngo-report.html 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 5--20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India, Bangladesh order evacuation of millions ahead of cyclone

Cyclone Amphan with a wind speed of up to 200 kph expected to hit coastal areas of India and Bangladesh on Wednesday.

12 hours ago

India and Bangladesh have begun evacuating more than two million people as a cyclone barrelled towards their coasts, with officials racing to ready shelters amid fears of coronavirus contagion in cramped facilities. Indian forecasters said Cyclone Amphan had reached winds of up to 240 kilometres (145 miles) per hour (mph) with gusts of 265 kph (164 mph) over the Bay of Bengal late on Monday, ahead of the expected landfall on Wednesday. Amphan is expected to weaken before it hits India's eastern states and Bangladesh's south and southwestern coasts, but still pack winds of up to 200 kph (124 mph), said India's National Disaster Response Force (NDRF) chief SN Pradhan. "The landfall wind speed will be 195-200 kph (121-124 mph) in residential areas. It will cause severe damage to life and property," Pradhan said at a news conference, adding that low-lying areas were also bracing for tidal waves. The Indian Meteorological Department said in a bulletin that it could cross the coasts on Wednesday evening with sustained wind speeds of up to 175 kph (108 mph) and gusts of 195 kph (121 mph). Heavy rain and high-velocity winds Such wind speeds are equivalent in strength to a Category 2 or 3 hurricane, and would make Amphan one of the biggest storms to come off the Indian Ocean in recent years. The cyclone, expected to make landfall on Wednesday, comes as India eased the world's longest lockdown, imposed in April against the coronavirus which has infected more than 96,169 people and killed 3,029. Bangladesh officials also warned it could become the worst storm to hit the region since Cyclone Sidr in November 2007, which killed more than 3,000 people. Bangladesh disaster management secretary Shah Kamal said up to two million residents from low-lying areas would be evacuated from Tuesday, he said, adding that they had the capacity to shelter more than five million evacuees. A record 12,078 shelters, including 7,000 schools and colleges, were being readied to avoid crowding amid fears of the virus spreading, Kamal said. Evacuees would be required to wear masks and encouraged to wear gloves while in the shelters, he added. In India, more than 200,000 people in low-lying areas will be moved from their homes in West Bengal by Tuesday, state minister Manturam Phakira told AFP. The cyclone would bring "heavy rain and high-velocity winds" to coastal West Bengal and Odisha states, GK Das of the Regional Meteorological Centre in India's eastern city of Kolkata told AFP news agency. An official at Odisha's cyclone control room said shelters would be prepared for up to 1.1 million people, although the area is expected to escape the brunt of the storm and less than 10 percent of capacity would likely be used. Authorities at the port of Paradip in Odisha ordered ships to move out to sea to avoid damage. "Operations have been wound down," Rinkesh Roy, chairman of the Paradip Port Trust, told Reuters news agency. "We are clearing the port." Cyclone season Pradhan, the NDRF chief, said earlier on Monday that more than 1,500 disaster response personnel - 20 active and 17 standby teams - were being deployed in the two states to tackle the "double challenge" of the cyclone and the coronavirus. Bangladesh's low-lying coast, home to 30 million people and India's east are regularly battered by cyclones that have killed hundreds of thousands of people in recent decades. The cyclone season usually runs from April to December, with severe storms forcing the evacuations of tens of thousands, causing widespread death and damage to crops and property in India and neighbouring Bangladesh. In 1999, Odisha was hit by a super-cyclone that left nearly 10,000 dead. In 1991, the combination of a typhoon, tornadoes and flooding kill 139,000 people in Bangladesh. While the storms' frequency and intensity have increased - partly due to climate change - the death tolls have come down because of faster evacuations and the building of thousands of coastal shelters.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/05/india-evacuates-thousands-cyclone-amphan-set-hit-east-coast-200518080342111.html 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-11-20 Thompson Reuters Foundation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ANALYSIS-As U.S. meat workers fall sick and supplies dwindle, exports to China soar

by Reuters  Monday, 11 May 2020 15:18 GMT By Tom Polansek

CHICAGO, May 11 (Reuters) - U.S. President Donald Trump ordered meat processing plants to stay open to protect the nation's food supply even as workers got sick and died. Yet the plants have increasingly been exporting to China while U.S. consumers face shortages, a Reuters analysis of government data showed. Trump, who is in an acrimonious public dispute with Beijing over its handling of the coronavirus outbreak, invoked the 1950 Defense Production Act on April 28 to keep plants open. Now he is facing criticism from some lawmakers, consumers and plant employees for putting workers at risk in part to help ensure China's meat supply. Meat buyers in China ramped up imports from around the world as a pig disease decimated its herd, the world's largest, and pushed Chinese pork prices to record highs. The supply shock drove China to pay more for U.S. meat than other countries, and even U.S. consumers, since late 2019. "We know that over time exports are critically important. I think we need to focus on meeting domestic demand at this point," said Mike Naig, the agriculture secretary in the top U.S. pork-producing state of Iowa who supported Trump's order. Processors including Smithfield Foods, owned by China's WH Group Ltd, Brazilian-owned JBS USA and Tyson Foods Inc temporarily closed about 20 U.S. meat plants as the virus infected thousands of employees, prompting meatpackers and grocers to warn of shortages. Some plants have resumed limited operations as workers afraid of getting sick stay home. The disruptions mean consumers could see 30% less meat in supermarkets by the end of May, at prices 20% higher than last year, according to Will Sawyer, lead economist at agricultural lender CoBank. While pork supplies tightened as the number of pigs slaughtered each day plunged by about 40% since mid-March, shipments of American pork to China more than quadrupled over the same period, according to U.S. Department of Agriculture data. https://tmsnrt.rs/2YLF1XN  Smithfield, which China's WH Group bought for $4.7 billion in 2013, was the biggest U.S. exporter to China from January to March, according to Panjiva, a division of S&P Global Market Intelligence. Smithfield shipped at least 13,680 tonnes by sea in March, Panjiva said, citing its most recent data. Smithfield, the world's biggest pork processor, said in April that U.S. plant closures were pushing retailers "perilously close to the edge" on supplies. The company is now retooling its namesake pork plant in Smithfield, Virginia, to supply fresh pork, bacon and ham to more U.S. consumers, according to a statement. The move is an about-face after the company reconfigured the plant last year to process hog carcasses for the Chinese market, employees, local officials and industry sources told Reuters. The Virginia facility currently serves export markets like China and domestic customers, according to Smithfield. Most U.S. pork processors routinely export products to more than 40 international markets, company spokeswoman Keira Lombardo said. The virus infected about 850 employees at another Smithfield pork plant in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. Across the U.S. industry, about 5,000 infections and 20 deaths occurred, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. "That tragic outcome is all the worse when the food being processed is not going to our nation's families," said U.S. Representative Rosa DeLauro, a Democrat from Connecticut. "That is what the Defense Production Act is all about: protecting America's national interests, not China's." Pork processor Fresh Mark resumed making bacon and ham for global customers at a Salem, Ohio, plant it shut in April over coronavirus cases. "If we start having a shortage in America, I think it should stay here," said Bruce Fatherly, a maintenance worker at the plant and member of the Retail, Wholesale and Department Store Union. Fresh Mark said exports are a small part of its business.  WHOLE HOGS The supply concerns could not have been foreseen when Trump signed a deal in January to ease a trade war he started with Beijing two years earlier. China promised to increase purchases of U.S. farm goods by at least $12.5 billion in 2020 and $19.5 billion in 2021, over the 2017 level of $24 billion. The White House declined to comment. The USDA and U.S. Trade Representative's office did not respond to requests for comment. China increased its purchases because of its dire need for protein after the pig disease African swine fever led to the death of half the country's herd over the past two years. Beijing lifted a nearly five-year ban on U.S. chicken imports in November and also waived retaliatory tariffs on meat shipments to help boost supplies. Year-to-date, about 31% of U.S. pork has been exported, totaling about 838,000 tonnes, according to the U.S. Meat Export Federation. One-third of that volume went to China, accounting for more than 10% of total first-quarter production, the industry group said. It added that exports help increase U.S. production by raising overall demand.  Carcasses, which include most of the pig, were the top product shipped to China in January and February, according to USDA. Loads also include feet and organs that many Americans do not eat.

Exports to China set a record for the period from January to March, and shipments to all destinations in March set a record for any month, according to USDA. JBS, which produces pork, beef and chicken, told Reuters it reduced exports to focus on meeting U.S. demand during the pandemic. About 280 employees at a JBS beef plant in Greeley, Colorado, have been infected with the virus, and seven died, union officials said. "I think we need to take care of our country and our needs first," said Kim Cordova, president of the local United Food and Commercial Workers International Union that represents plant employees. Tyson Foods President Dean Banks said on a conference call last week that he expects China's demand for U.S. pork to remain strong as it recovers from a COVID-19 lockdown. Suppliers like Tyson have limited meat products for American retailers because of plant closures. Kroger Co and Costco Wholesale Corp, meanwhile, restricted shoppers' meat purchases. U.S. farmers, who struggled financially during the trade war with Beijing, say they still need importing countries, including China, to buy their pork. Prior the pandemic, they grappled with an oversupply of hogs. "There's enough meat for all channels if we could get these plants back up and rolling," said Brian Duncan, a hog farmer and vice president of the Illinois Farm Bureau.

(Additional reporting by Karl Plume in Chicago and Dominique Patton in Beijing; editing by Caroline Stauffer and Edward Tobin)

https://news.trust.org/item/20200511041857-rr6o7 

:: 5-11-20 Brown :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Chinese Communist Party Brought Down the US Economy is Sixty Days – Navarro

Sen. Cotton - Data Suggests Roads Closed Around Wuhan Lab in October

Navarro - CCP Downed Economy in 60 Days

State AG's Request Congressional Investigation into China's 'Deceit'

Trump; "This is worse than Pearl Harbor, this is worse than the World Trade Center. There's never been an attack like this.' Referring to the 'invisible enemy.'

By Nate Brown — @nbro21 — See Comments

Published: May 11, 2020 Updated: May 11, 2020 at 9:14 am EST

Peter Navarro, the White House Trade Advisor, said this week that Beijing, China, the Communist Party, ruined the United States’ economy in just sixty days. Also, Senator Tom Cotton issued an intriguing statement; ‘Reports emerged yesterday in the media that publicly available cell phone data suggests that roads around the lab in Wuhan were closed in the middle of October.’ Unemployment is currently at the highest level since The Great Depression, which was almost 100 years ago; also, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, non-farm payroll tumbled by twenty million. Our economy is in shambles, and there’s no question about it. The question, however, was this is in someway China’s intent? That question arises because of the Communist Party’s actions after the virus outbreak began. First, China lied and said that it is not transmittable from human-to-human, then they destroyed evidence of the origin, and now they are continuing to block other countries from investigating the source of the pandemic. Also, China has destroyed key samples that could help create a vaccine. “We know that patient zero in China was about mid-November. It was in Wuhan. We know that ground zero had the P4 weapons lab, where the Virus likely came from,” Navarro said. “For the next two months, we know that China hid the Virus from the world behind the shield of the World Health Organization. And as they did that, they sent gleaming passenger jets from China, not into the rest of China from Wuhan, but to places like New York and Milan, seeding the world with what would become a pandemic,” the economist and author explained. Navarro said that customs data showed that the CCP also “vacuumed up virtually all of the world’s personal protective equipment, including over 2 billion masks,” and that China is “sitting on that stockpile of what we call PPE,” and “selling it at profiteering prices to some,” while also putting pressure on some countries to “deny the virus came from China or to talk about Taiwan or to do other things.” “So that’s it in a nutshell. And what that means for us here is, this morning, Americans won’t go to church because of the China virus,” Navarro continued. “Sons and daughters of America won’t be taking their mothers to brunch. Tomorrow, 33 million Americans won’t be going to work, and millions of children in America will be home climbing the walls, instead of learning reading, writing, and arithmetic.” The White House trade adviser concluded: “President Trump built the most powerful and beautiful economy in the world in three years. The Chinese Communist Party took it down in 60 days.” However, that’s not the only piece to the puzzle. According to Senator Cotton, there is more investigation needed; “Reports emerged yesterday in the media that publicly available cell phone data suggests that roads around the lab in Wuhan was closed in the middle of October. Again, this information is publicly available. American media has used it to analyze mobility patterns in states to see if our people are practicing social distancing. So the reports indicate that on major roads around these labs, Wuhan, you obviously had thousands and thousands of cell phones pinging towers day in and day out. And then, all of a sudden, it stopped. And it remained stopped for several days. That would suggest, without any further information, that those roads were blocked for some reason. Now, we need to go confirm that. We need to look at the data carefully. We also need to try to use other means to verify if there were, in fact, shutdowns of roads around those labs in the middle of October. The Chinese Communist Party could obviously help us with that if they would open up and allow us to investigate what happened in Wuhan. But if it is confirmed that roads around that lab were shut down for a number of days in mid-October, it is highly coincidental that there was a major shutdown of those roads at about the time one might have expected this Virus to first get transmitted to humans, whatever the origins may have been. But this would be another piece of circumstantial evidence that there was some kind of accident or outbreak from those labs, not from the seafood market or anywhere else. That’s why it’s so important we get to the bottom of this data.

Remember, Wuhan is a city that is larger than New York City. So, obviously, its roads are highly trafficked and heavily congested. So to shut down roads around the lab would suggest that they had some good reason to disrupt traffic patterns so severely. So, again, first, we need to verify these reports, the cell phone data say what these media reports indicate, and then we need to use other sources to try to confirm what they suggest, which is, those roads were shut down. And if that’s the case, if roads were shut down around these laboratories for several days in mid-October, then we need to figure out exactly why, because it’s simply another piece of circumstantial evidence that would support the idea that this Virus originated from one of those labs.” China is not honest. Beijing is covering up evidence and destroying samples of the Coronavirus. According to Navarro, the Chinese Communist Party destroyed the U.S. economy in sixty days. According to Senator Tom Cotton, more investigation is needed into the origin of the Virus. President Trump, on the other hand, agrees that there is more to the story here. Speaking to reporters in the Oval Office of the White House on Wednesday, President Trump said: “We went through the worst attack we’ve ever had on our country, this is worst attack we’ve ever had. “This is worse than Pearl Harbor, this is worse than the World Trade Center. There’s never been an attack like this. “And it should have never happened. Could’ve been stopped at the source. Could’ve been stopped in China. It should’ve been stopped right at the source. And it wasn’t.” Asked later by a reporter if he saw the pandemic as an actual act of war; “I view the invisible enemy [coronavirus] as a war,” he said. “I don’t like how it got here, because it could have been stopped, but no, I view the invisible enemy like a war.” President Trump has suggested that China is at fault for the Coronavirus, and now State Attorney Generals are beginning to request that Congress investigate China’s ‘deceit’ in response to the Coronavirus. Attorneys general for 18 states have signed a letter asking bipartisan leaders in both the House and Senate to open hearings into China’s role in the spread of the Coronavirus, accusing the nation of “layers of deceit” in a coverup of the severity of the Virus while it “wreaked havoc” in the U.S. The letter, dated May 9, was led by South Carolina Attorney General Alan Wilson, who said that to get to the bottom of the truth, “we can’t rely solely on media to do the investigation. We have got to have truly, we have got to have congressional oversight. We have got to go deep into an investigation using the reaches of the federal government.” “Congressional hearings are critical to our nation’s understanding of the origins of COVID-19 and efforts by the communist Chinese government to deceive the international community,” the letter read. Indeed, with so many questions surrounding the origin of the Virus and the Communist Party’s inaction, it begs the question, what happens when we find the truth?

https://brownsjournal.com/news/the-chinese-communist-party-and-the-truth-investigations-begin-into-viruss-origin-sen-cotton-data-suggests-roads-closed-around-lab-navarro-ccp-

downed-economy-is-60-days/?utm_source=Message 

:: 5-4-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

#FoxBusiness #LouDobbs

Judicial Watch files lawsuit seeking Dr. Fauci, WHO records

1,898,224 views •May 4, 2020

Fox Business

1M subscribers

Judicial Watch president Tom Fitton explains to FOX Business’ Lou Dobbs why the organization filed a lawsuit on behalf of the Daily Caller seeking Dr. Anthony Fauci and the World Health Organization’s records as the coronavirus pandemic affected the U.S. #FoxBusiness #LouDobbs

Subscribe to Fox Business! https://bit.ly/2D9Cdse 

Watch more Fox Business Video: https://video.foxbusiness.com 

Watch Fox Business Network Live: http://www.foxnewsgo.com/ 

FOX Business Network (FBN) is a financial news channel delivering real-time information across all platforms that impact both Main Street and Wall Street. Headquartered in New York — the business capital of the world — FBN launched in October 2007 and is one of the leading business networks on television, having topped CNBC in Business Day viewers for the second consecutive year in 2018. The network is available in nearly 80 million homes in all markets across the United States. Owned by FOX Corporation, FBN is a unit of FOX News Media and has bureaus in Chicago, Los Angeles, and Washington, D.C.

Watch full episodes of FBN Primetime shows

Lou Dobbs Tonight: https://video.foxbusiness.com/playlis ...

Kennedy: https://video.foxbusiness.com/playlis ...

Follow Fox Business on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FoxBusiness 

Follow Fox Business on Twitter: https://twitter.com/foxbusiness 

Follow Fox Business on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/foxbusiness 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sVdIlkjA3mY 

:: 5-9-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Your Every Move Will Be Watched": Post-COVID Offices To Resemble China's Social Credit System

by Tyler Durden Sat, 05/09/2020 - 23:35

We recently detailed how when America's white collar work force returns to their offices, business complexes, and sky scrapers, their experience in the post-COVID 'reopened' work space is likely to resemble something more like an airport security check zone, complete with invasive protocols like frequent temperature checks and 'social distancing' and health surviellance, as well as Plexiglass eclosed cubicles and HR-style enforcement monitors. If all that sounds like a hassle, the WSJ has since taken up the question of America's near-future office spaces, and the end result looks to be worse than expected. "Your every move will be watched," the report emphasizes: In Midtown Manhattan, thermal cameras will measure body temperatures as employees file into a 32-story office tower at Rockefeller Center. The building’s owner, RXR Realty, said it is also developing a mobile app for tenants to monitor — and score — how closely their workers are complying with social distancing.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP said it is preparing to launch this month a phone app for employers that traces contacts by analyzing workers’ interactions in the office. More than 50 clients have expressed interest, including some of the nation’s biggest banks, manufacturers and energy companies. It sounds like something very close to China's 'big brother' social credit scoring system which made world headlines last year, as it relies on cutting edge facial recognition software designed to permanently store a citizen profile while actively tracking individuals' public movements. There's already been reported instances of Chinese citizens being prevented from taking trains due to the system forecasting they might not be able to pay, or some other 'pre-crime' risks. And now this is getting closer to home, possibly coming to an office near you: Advertising giant Interpublic Group of Cos . is exploring dividing its 22,000 U.S. employees into three separate groups, according to perceived health risks, which could include age. Workers could be asked to disclose medical and other personal information about themselves and, in some cases, family members... “It is a reasonable approach, if you can get through the operational and some of the privacy and regulatory issues,” Dr. Ossmann said.

It's certainly alarming anytime it has to be admitted that "privacy issues" are merely a pesky little something to "get through". There's already talk of health tracking apps set up on a reward/punishment system of incentives sounding like something straight out of the dysoptian futuristic series Black Mirror.

This would further be integrated with controversial thermal imaging technology - some already set up at Amazon warehouses - capable of storing face recognition data (thought the company promises not to activate the storing software).

And it's complete with live "guinea pigs" — rather, currently returning office employees, as the WSJ writes of one real estate company:

RXR, the real-estate company, is testing new systems on its own employees. “We are using ourselves as the guinea pigs,” RXR’s Chief Executive Scott Rechler said.

The company aims to have its social-distancing app ready at the end of May. Workers’ movements are tracked through their smartphones — you get a higher score the more time in the office you are farther than 6 feet from another person. An individual would see his or her own score, and the employer would see aggregate data on how employees are complying with social distancing as a whole. And more on labeling broad groups of employees according to perceived COVID-19 risk factors:

A worker that tested positive for coronavirus antibodies, indicating they had the infection in the past, would be considered a “Level 1” employee — the lowest risk— and could return to work when states and cities lift work-from-home orders.

Those without antibodies but who are considered a low to moderate risk would count as “Level 2.” This group would include employees who are under 65 years old, don’t live with high-risk people and don’t have chronic diseases including diabetes or hypertension. This group could potentially return to work in a second wave.

Employees over 65, or those who are pregnant, smoke, have chronic diseases or health issues would be considered “Level 3.” These at-risk employees would have to wait the longest to return, Dr. Ossmann said.

We wonder when the initial discrimination lawsuits based on how identifying characteristics are interpreted and assigned would start rolling down hill.

But again, to see how all of this would actually play out, one need only watch episodes of the Black Mirror. What could go wrong?

https://www.zerohedge.com/health/your-every-move-will-be-watched-post-covid-offices-will-resemble-chinas-social-credit-system 

:: 5-9-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Globalists Are Using A 'Double-Whammy Covid-19 5G Deception' To Usher In Their 'Brave New World Order'

- Never Before In History Have So Many Been Put In Grave Danger By Their Satanic, Hidden Schemes

By R. X. Kendrick for All News Pipeline  May 9, 2020

In a recent ANP.com article, Susan Duclos exposed many “new” developments with the COVID-19 virus. From a tragic murder-suicide of a researcher that was no suicide, to scientists saying a new “dominant strain” of the virus appears to be more contagious, to younger people suddenly developing a new symptom called “Covid-Toes.” Is this fake news? Covid-Toes? Could this be for real? Probably not, but the pictures look like swollen-red human toes? From her article: “What is alarming is the majority of people with this symptom never thought they were even exposed to the coronavirus.”

People who had “absolutely no symptoms of COVID at all,” it goes on to say. Were suddenly dealing with half-cooked toes? Do these “virus” symptoms make any sense at all? Yes, if something very strange is going on as many people are coming to realize. Because no one can figure out what the hell is really going on. Which is by design and coming from a specific source. There is a consortium of high-minded extremely wealthy people with exorbitant earthly power who jointly want to dictate terms to everybody else on earth and rule over all of the world’s populations. As if they are entitled to exercise power over all humanity. A hidden group behind the scenes we refer to most often as: “They”.

The nameless, faceless “They” are at it again. People talk about Them all the time. They want to rule the world. They want to kill us all. They commit all these fake murder-suicides and get away with it. They this, they that… They are coming for our guns. They are poisoning our skies. They have to be stopped!

But how does it help anything for us to always be “shadowboxing” at the wall? Jab, jab, jab, hook! Back up, keep your feet moving, come close to the wall again. Jab, jab, jab… Doesn’t seem like this is getting us anywhere, does it? Fighting the phantom “shadow people” THEY who actually do have real names and real facial recognition identities. One of them, we know is their favorite outspoken guru virus prophet: “BillyGoats” Billionaire Bill Gates! According to studies done since the 1940’s with many different versions published. We know a “general population” average of 87- to 90-per cent of the common populace make their decisions based on first-source information. The most recent quote I saw says only 7% of us these days look for a second source to corroborate the first source. And only 3% of us will routinely search out more than two sources to understand what’s really going on.

Guess what? “THEY” know this about us. They play to this weakness directly. It’s part of how They follow Their normal social engineering operating procedures, including “repeating the first official version” they publicize again and again. Even if They get exposed by the 3% and are busted by the conscientious few. They will stick to their guns and repeat stories like “Lee Harvey Oswald” assassinated John F. Kennedy by shooting him from a multi-story building in Dallas, Texas as a lone gunman. Because They know 87- to 90- per cent of the people will believe them. Everyone knows the lone assassin theory has been debunked a thousand times in a thousand ways now. How then is this over-repeated version of the assassination still being told to us? How is it seriously still in Wikipedia? They are still repeating the first story They told us. Still repeating the cover story lie 50-years later. There is nothing new about this. So we have to improve our comprehension of, not only “who” They are, but also “what” They are really doing to us in real time. The reason the people Susan referred to “had absolutely no symptoms of COVID at all,” is because they did not really have the COVID-19 virus. The reason people with the new symptom of the virus called Covid-Toes “never thought they were even exposed to the coronavirus,” is because they most likely were not exposed to the virus. (PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan & Susan.) Consider how microwave ovens cook things, from the USDA’s online page on this topic: “Microwave ovens cook unevenly and leave ‘cold spots,’ where harmful bacteria can survive.” Anybody who has used a microwave knows this. You get cold spots and hot spots when cooking in microwave ovens. You need the rotating bottom plate to cook more evenly. Could this dynamic be happening to people who keep coming down with symptoms that match 5G EMF radiation exposure more than a virus? Where they develop signs of being slow-cooked and there are hotter spots in-or-on their bodies where 5G microwave exposure is invisibly and unevenly roasting them inside-out? One of the first deaths in the US from the Covid-19 virus was reportedly determined to be a coronavirus “massive heart attack.” Say what? Another so-called virus death was reportedly from a coronavirus “major stroke” hemorrhage in the brain. Really? Good grief everybody, RUN FOR THE HILLS !!! What kind of virus is this? The wild fantasy TV/Movie version? Now we have Virus-Toes! And certainly with the MSM around everybody will start believing in Virus-Toes. Blatant deceptions with comical descriptions. I hope the virus doesn’t morph into Virus-Ears!! Or Virus-Eyes!!! People this stuff is so unbelievable it’s hard to believe you believe any of it! How stupid are 90% of us? All humans today need to wake up and understand that in late 2019 planet earth and mankind embarked into a whole new realm of life together. Never before in the history of the planet have people been put into such an invisible microwave oven of 5G electromagnetic frequency. Let that sink into your brains. NEVER BEFORE – EVER BEFORE IN HISTORY have large dense populations of people been put in such dangerous-to-our-health microwave grids. Never. Not for any period of time, much less an extended period of time. This just started the first of the year 2020. A dangerous military grade frequency that is not safe to human, animal or plant life is amongst us now. In many places people are getting cooked to death in sickening tragic intentional 5G EMF attacks.. World life health danger “5G Electromagnetic Frequencies” are also getting positioned to send-back-to-earth 5G from Space! With some of these satellite signals already reaching their owner Elon Musk, he has reported. And thousands more satellites planned to be deployed above us.

Wherever the 5G EMF grids were rolled out in just this past year of 2019, the people living within the grids were the first ever humans to experience such a “5G life phenomenon.” This incredible new “Radiation Town” experience never existed before this time in time. This is like the “new frontier” from Star Trek reruns. None of us have ever been here. Man is entering a new time with this RF radio frequency reality. We are literally “where no man has ever gone before!” We are there today, right now. Starting in late 2019 when the newly rolled out EMF telecom technology was switched on around the world, and Covid-19 showed up simultaneously. Isn’t that a coincidence that these things happened in synchronization with each other. It is not a coincidence. They did not happen by chance together. They happened by plan intentionally together. It is a dual weapon system. The virus + 5G EMF radiation = “COVID-19 Mass Murder Plot.” It’s hard to comprehend because we don’t know anything like this 5G life phenomenon from previous human experience: To actually try living in this dangerous microwave frequency. But there are plenty of obvious signs that “something” has changed dramatically in our world and we just aren’t used to distinguishing symptoms of radiation exposure from virus symptoms. This is all new territory. All new critically dangerous territory. That “something” that has changed is having 5G EM cooking-heat frequencies in our midst 24-7. This isn’t just a new swan song. This is something no man has any personal experience of “living in” until now. Everything about the maniacal so-called virus symptoms that don’t add up, is most likely thanks to this new “5G EMF reality” in our midst day and night. The 5G life phenomenon. Pay attention and see for yourself. Virus symptoms that don’t make sense for a “real” virus, do make perfect sense for EMF radiation exposure. There’s a CLUE for us! Isn’t that odd. Right when 5G is first introduced all of this happens together in perfect sequence and synchronistic timing with the coronavirus. My favorite news term of late? “Morphing Virus.” But there’s a catch you might want to know about. The Morphing Virus BS of the CDC and the WHO and Billionaire BillyGoats Bill Gates and the Mainstream Media’s puppet reporters is a big joke. Because the so-called Morphing Virus is totally harmless to humans. It won’t hurt kids or old people. It can’t kill anyone. Everyone has been running in panic and fear, but in reality it won’t harm a flower in your hair. I mean it. Yet everyone is fearful of it as they hear MSM story after story about a “morphing virus” on the loose destined to kill millions! No it’s not. Not unless you’re a cyborg. Nobody is going to die. Take a search engine look into this yourself and see what you learn. “Morphing Virus” is a computer term, not a medical term. Now do you see how utterly stupid and ignorant “They” think you are? Believe me They are laughing all the way to the bank as people go on believing humans worldwide are being infected by a computer virus! What a joke. Not a single person on the entire planet has been infected by a morphing computer virus. The Morphing Virus is a made for TV MSM-Hollywood drama fear term – being used to scare people. The correct medical term is “mutating virus” not morphing. Some interesting things about mutations of viruses were recently discussed in the LIVESCIENCE.com article: “How fast can the coronavirus mutate?” From this article we learn: “The new coronavirus, like all other viruses, mutates, or undergoes small changes in its genome.” Nathan Grubaugh, an epidemiologist at the Yale School of Public Health explains further, “These slight changes likely wouldn't have a major impact if any at all, on the functioning of the virus.” And the mutations a virus undergoes worldwide “would take a nontrivial amount of effort” and potentially “years to complete.” In other words, a lot of work and a long time. Grubaugh published his commentary in the journal Nature Microbiology in February of this year by the title: "We shouldn't worry when a virus mutates during disease outbreaks."  The word mutation, he says, "naturally conjures fears of unexpected and freakish changes. In reality, mutations are a natural part of the virus life cycle and rarely impact outbreaks dramatically.” Grubaugh also notes how “most mutations negatively affect the virus.” What MSM reporters are saying about fast-morphing “symptoms” of Covid-19 strains is not true. Total Baloney Sandwich. Flying BS in the Wind nonsense. Ridiculous beyond belief. Scripted drama meant to cause fear. Almost fraud, if not actual fraud. Making things harder for mutations to happen super-fast like you hear in the news, the author clarifies that: “For a virus to become ‘more severe or transmit more easily,’ multiple genes would have to mutate. Despite high rates of mutation among viruses in general it's UNUSUAL to find viruses that change their mode of transmission between humans over such short time scales.”

Hello! Anybody listening to this? Anybody putting the pieces of the puzzle together here? The opposite of what the MSM news sources are telling you is actually the truth. There is no scary morphing going on that is happening so fast nobody can keep up with the changing symptoms. The mutations that do happen are typically negative to the virus and do not make it stronger or more contagious. It would be highly “unusual” for a virus to become more severe or transmit more easily in a short time. We’re being lied to by an intentional disinformation campaign complete with faux science forces pushing mandatory vaccine and testing agendas. And exactly what is the test that is being used to identify the virus these days anyway? The testing is a total hoax. They aren’t testing for the virus! They can’t because the test doesn’t exist yet. It takes time to develop such a virus test, so what exactly are the tests testing for that MSM reporters keep telling us about? Symptoms. That’s right, the tests you hear about in the news are random non-uniform tests of all different kinds that can only identify symptoms, but not the actual virus itself. When a person “tests positive” for coronavirus that is actually not true. What really happens is they test positive for symptoms of coronavirus. Which symptoms could easily be from flu or many other illnesses and diseases? Nobody in the whole world has tested positive for coronavirus even one time since this outbreak began. Believe it or not, not even one person. How could they, if there’s no test for it yet? This is a preplanned premeditated psyop-scamdemic for real folks. Things like this do not happen in concert together in perfect timing by accident. Be realistic in your thinking. Is any cover story ever true? No. Then don’t believe the cover story you’re told that doesn’t add up or make sense. A deadly mass murder event is happening in real time and the weapon of choice being used to do most of the damage? Extremely harmful to human life 5G EMF radiation.

“They” who are doing this include Bill Gates and Dr. Fauci as the front men with lots of high-level executives, owners and other fascist players connected to Big Pharma, the WHO, the CDC, Mainstream Media, the depraved depopulation extremists behind the Georgia Guidestones, Big Tech, corrupt banking, Luciferian secret societies, corrupt and entrenched deep state political and military traitors. All wanting and predicting a massive depopulation of the earth from present population numbers. China is apparently not the only nation to release the weaponized virus on their own citizens.  Real viruses come and go in real life, and don’t stick around and keep coming back to infect the same person again and again. That’s not realistic at all. That is fantastic and imaginary. 5G radiation could do that, but not a real virus. We can’t keep confusing 5G radiation exposure symptoms with Covid-19 symptoms by calling the 5G symptoms coronavirus. Both of these things just started happening at the same time in late December 2019. And we’ve had lots and lots of viruses that didn’t cause anything like this. How hard is it to see the difference between realistic virus symptoms and not-realistic at all virus symptoms that are actually clear evidence of the dangerous radiation in the newly introduced 5G Network Grid Systems rolled worldwide in 2019? Making sense of the virus is impossible without recognizing people are getting zapped with 5G at the same time and completely separately too. This is causing people without the virus to develop radiation-related symptoms similar to a virus “up to a point.” Radiation exposure victims are getting counted as virus victims when they don’t have the virus. Calling any of the “new” 5G exposure symptoms “virus” symptoms convolutes all tracking and numbers exponentially. How perfect for generating fear among unsuspecting dumbed down citizens who refuse to see what’s happening to them! This is what is happening. The deception ploy is so perfectly misleading and confusing. It is working well for Them since They can “re-infect” someone who was never infected to begin with – many times over with the 5G symptoms mimicking virus symptoms. Compromised health officials, and others in on this scam, are calling all similar symptoms Covid-19. Meaning, as long as the 5G deployed in 2019 is not turned off this “plandemic” will continue. The only way to save ourselves from the game being played against us is to stop 5G deployment and disable and remove all 5G already deployed whether on land or in space. It is a weapons grade frequency completely unsafe for densely populated areas. It is deadly and it will kill, kill and keep on killing. Far and away deadlier than any virus, it is killing people right now wherever people are caught in the severely harmful to human health radioactive microwaves. There should have been no panic at all. This has been mostly scam-theater not reality, except they are killing people with 5G EMF. All the requirements forced on populations the world over were unnecessary. Fear and panic were created intentionally by combining the simultaneous 5G attacks with the Covid-19 release to allow the new abuses of our freedoms and personal rights. To that reality and affect a growing group of concerned professionals and individuals has formed to present an international appeal to stop all 5G on earth and in space. An excerpt from this international appeal describes the reality of what we’re dealing with. “Despite widespread denial, the evidence that radio frequency (RF) radiation is harmful to life is already overwhelming. The accumulated clinical evidence of sick and injured human beings, experimental evidence of damage to DNA, cells and organ systems in a wide variety of plants and animals, and epidemiological evidence that the major diseases of modern civilization—cancer, heart disease and diabetes—are in large part caused by electromagnetic pollution, forms a literature base of well over 10,000 peer-reviewed studies.” Please check out this link, go to their website and sign your name to join in supporting this most critical and urgent endeavor of our times.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Brave_New_World_Order_And_The_Double_Whammy_5G_Covid_Deception.php 

:: 5--20 Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What I Learned During the COVID Crisis

by Daisy Luther

The COVID-19 crisis has affected just about every family in the United States in some way or another. All of our situations are unique and everyone I’ve spoken to has learned some lessons about their levels of preparedness. Some of those lessons are unconventional but valuable nonetheless. There are a whole lot of things you can’t learn from a book or a blog. Here are the things I’ve learned.  Trust your instincts. I began writing about this virus back in January when it was announced that the entire city of Wuhan was being locked down and millions of people were under stay at home orders. With that many people under a mandatory lockdown, I was firmly convinced that this had potential global ramifications. I had come back from Europe to attend a funeral in early January and was supposed to return on January 28th. After doing the research for the article mentioned above, I rescheduled my flight for March 28th and settled in with my youngest daughter at her apartment to help out with the bills. We immediately began stocking up. A lot of folks at that time said I was crazy – a few here on my website but more so on other sites that republished my work. I’m no stranger to being called crazy – I’m in the preparedness industry and I like guns, so right there, the mainstream media sees me as a lunatic. It no longer bothers me and I was convinced that this was going to be a big deal.  Every day from January 23rd to the present, I’ve spent hours researching as this pandemic has unfolded. I sincerely wish that I had not been correct, but here we are, still in lockdown in many parts of the country. You can prepare fast if you’re aware before other folks are. I had sold or donated nearly everything that my daughters didn’t want before I took off on an open-ended trip to Europe last fall. The other items were divided up between my two girls. So while the daughter with whom I stayed still had a few things, like firearms, water filters, etc., the stockpile was pretty much gone. By the end of January, I was pretty sure that we were going to see mandatory quarantines or lockdowns here and I began stocking up. It’s important to note that at this point, you could still buy anything you wanted or needed. I grabbed some extra masks and gloves but most of my focus was on food and other everyday supplies. By the end of February, I was pretty content with the amount of supplies we had. I had spent as little as possible on “right now food” and focused most of my budget on shelf-stable items like canned goods, pasta, and rice. For about $600, we accumulated a supply that would see us through a minimum of 3 months without leaving the house. I figured, if it turned out that I had overreacted, my daughter would use the food anyway. I also started a personal spending freeze at the end of January. If it wasn’t an item we needed to become better prepared, I didn’t spend a dime. I was able to put back a few months’ worth of expenses while still stocking up. It helped that my daughter was living thrifty in a less expensive apartment with utilities included. I was very concerned about things like cash flow and it turns out, this has been a huge problem for a lot of people. You can’t always have the “ideal” situation. There were a lot of things about my situation that were less than ideal. But that’s probably true in a lot of cases. You just have to adapt to the reality of your situation instead of endlessly wishing it was different or feeling that it’s hopeless. “Less than ideal” does not mean that all hope is lost. First, there was the situation of living arrangements. I have a daughter in Canada and a daughter in the US. My older daughter in Canada has been working longer and was better established. My younger daughter, who lives in the US, was new to the workforce and didn’t have a lot of money so I stayed with her to help out financially. Her apartment is in a lower-middle-class residential area of the city where she works. Thankfully, it is a two-bedroom and I only brought with me two suitcases. Living in an apartment without much of a yard during this kind of event is not something I would have chosen, given time to seek alternatives. But we all know this crept up fast. Moving was not an option. I focused on hardening the apartment with plywood to put up at the windows, tripwires that could be set up quickly if needed, and sturdier locks. We got some quarantine warning signs that we could post if all hell broke loose as a potential deterrent, and I set up spotlights in the front yard. Currently, they face the stairs to the front door, but in a bad situation, they could be turned around to illuminate anyone coming up to the house instead.  I bought more ammo for our firearms and we sat down together to work through potential scenarios. We developed a “fatal funnel” in the front hallway and added “stumbling blocks” in the front hall that could be shoved in front of the door to slow down an advance. (Just cardboard boxes filled with hardcover books – nothing fancy.) We made friends with the other family who lives in the building while maintaining our OPSEC. It’s always good to have allies and they have a better line of sight from their upper apartment. Normally, I would have bought loads of organic food and preserved it myself, but early in the crisis, there was still a question of whether or not we’d have power throughout the emergency and there simply wasn’t enough time at this late date. My stockpile is not ideal – lots of storebought canned goods and carbs like pasta and rice – but it’s filling and versatile. And most of all, it’s what was readily available. I was able to grab cases of canned fruits and vegetables and canned ravioli when it was cheap and abundant. So while it isn’t our normal diet or even our normal preps, we’re fortunate to have it. We’ve continued to hit the store weekly for foods that are more “normal” but can easily shift to the stockpile if it becomes necessary. As you can see there are a lot of things that aren’t ideal from a prepper’s point of view, but when disaster strikes, you have to adapt. So if your situation isn’t perfect, don’t just throw your hands up in the air and give up – ADAPT. It’s okay to have feelings. While I’ve been confident in following my intuition regarding this scenario, I can’t say that I have never had any doubts whatsoever. This has been an extraordinary situation. We’ve all suffered losses: losses of loved ones, losses of jobs, losses of dreams. The uncertainty of what lies ahead is difficult, even for someone who has been prepping and researching disasters for decades. This is hard. It’s not to say that other situations that have occurred haven’t been harder or haven’t resulted in more loss. It’s not a contest. We don’t have to compare and invalidate how this had made us feel. I’ve even felt like this can’t possibly be happening. I know that it is happening but there’s still that little part of me that was shocked to see it occur. However you feel about something, it’s valid. We’re all allowed to have feelings. Just don’t let those feelings paralyze you. Invest in education. No, I’m not saying go back to college and get a degree. I’m talking about life education. Over the past years, I’ve spent time and money learning from experts in many fields and this has helped me more than I can describe. I’ve taken in-person courses on the following:

Gardening and food preservation from a county extension office

A violence de-escalation course

Krav Maga

Marketing (never underestimate the power of using words to motivate others)

I learned to raise and butcher animals for food

Numerous firearms courses

Selco’s Urban Survival Course for Women in Croatia

A defensive knife course

I’ve taken online courses too, in particular, Selco’s SHTF Boot Camp and One Year in Hell.

These things have changed my mindset so much that I’m not the same person I was before I took these courses. I have a different understanding now of violence and the cues that lead up to it. I know a lot more about food self-reliance and can adapt those skills to other things. I can protect myself and the people I love on many different levels. And the things I learned in Croatia? Taking that course from Selco and Toby is by far the very best investment I’ve ever made in my own preparedness. Most importantly, I learned that survival and preparedness are two different skill sets, and having both of them provides you with the best of both worlds. I can use survival skills to enhance my level of preparedness even if I don’t have a one-year supply of food. And I was able to use the experience of spending time in war-torn areas with Selco narrating his own experience to spot trouble coming a lot sooner than others in my area. I would never have been able to be flexible enough to get prepared this quickly without the things I learned from Selco and Toby. I wouldn’t have been as ready for potential violence. You can read all you want about societal breakdowns but until you actually stand in the crumbling building amidst the debris hearing a first-person account, you don’t really understand it. Seeing the end result of war and genocide was eye-opening, and provides a reality check about how bad things can get. I can’t put a price tag on the value that I received from that investment and when new courses open up again, I suggest you go if you can at all. Their real-world observations will change your perspective on just about everything you think you know. There are many experts out there who have learned from their own experiences. Never think you already know too much to learn anything from them because I promise you, there are things you never even considered. You will be far more prepared to face the potential violence and hardships of future scenarios when you learn from those who have been down these roads. The value of things changes. Before this, who would have thought that toilet paper would be the new gold? Or that there would be countless articles all over the media about toilet paper substitutes? One thing that I learned is that the value of things changes dramatically in unusual situations. Store shelves were stripped bare in a matter of days, and in many places around the country, inventory has never really recovered. People had to improvise when their first choices were gone by choosing from the things that were remaining. The shortages we’ve faced weren’t really the ones I expected. Bleach, yeast, and paper products reached the top of everyone’s to-buy lists. I suppose I assumed that if the stores were still open, we wouldn’t be facing limited quantities of items like meat and pasta. Instead of nurturing non-food-bearing plants, people are nurturing their sourdough starters and seedlings. Nobody really cares about buying new clothes right now or about frivolous new shoes, because where are you going to wear them? Instead, there’s a run on N95 masks and seeds. Many people have zeroed in on the real necessities and that’s where their money is going.  People may not be who you think they are. One thing that was particularly eye-opening was the actions of others. There were close friends and family members who proved that they were not the people I wanted in my inner circle if things hit the fan. Some of the reactions of people about whom I care were incredibly disappointing and even downright shocking. Folks who I thought would be ready to roll with whatever situation might come stunned me by refusing to accept what was happening because it wasn’t the apocalypse for which they’d prepared. I also encountered people who were not within my immediate family and friends who surprised me. This situation was certainly a study in human behavior. They surprised me with their greed, anger, and sense of entitlement. After hearing about how they spoke of others who’d been wise enough to stock up ahead of time, with ugly words like “hoarder” and “selfish,” I was very glad I’d never confided my preparedness efforts in them. I saw people display incredibly short fuses and respond with rage over the slightest little thing. I saw others who took this opportunity to behave with increased violence and glimpses of the potential predator inside them.  Of course, like all of you, I’d read about these things. But seeing it in action was entirely different.  Don’t have regrets. I’ve caught myself a few times thinking, “Wow, I wish we still had our farm by the creek back in California” and “the last house we lived in would have been far better suited for this situation” but I stop myself. There’s no point in having regrets. I’m glad that I gave my daughter the chance to get her feet on the ground as an adult, and I am very happy I spent the time I did in Europe, even if it means that I had to start from scratch to get prepped for this event. Other people have told me that they have spent time wishing they had never moved from a more suitable place or they regret frivolous purchases they made when that money would have been better spent on preps. Look, we all probably could have made different decisions in the past that would lead to more stability right now, but many of those decisions resulted in other types of benefits: great experiences, new friends, or an improved mindset. Life is way too short to have regrets, and if you’re looking backward, you won’t see what’s right in front of you. And in an uncertain world, that can be very dangerous. Don’t put things off.  If there are things you’ve been putting off doing until some future date when everything is “perfect” then stop. One of the biggest lessons I’ve learned is that delaying things until the “right time” presents itself is a mistake. I am so glad I took those classes I mentioned above. I’m so glad that I spent months in Greece, Macedonia, and Montenegro. And I’m absolutely returning to Europe when the situation allows it. I learned a kind of flexibility wandering around countries where I didn’t speak the language that I never had before. I can sleep anywhere. I can quickly identify resources and navigate my way through new places. I learned some thrifty habits that are cultural norms in the Balkans. Those experiences completely changed my mindset, made me more adaptable, and built my confidence.  Your goals and dreams may look a lot different than mine, but when the chance returns to reach them, do it. Get that piece of property. Start building that cabin. Grow that garden even if it’s in pots on your balcony. Explore those places you’ve always wanted to see. Start the business. Write the book. Buy that prep that you’ve been thinking about it because tomorrow it may no longer be available. There is no perfect time. Life is for living, not for staying in your safety bubble that looks an awful lot like a rut. Even life after a pandemic. What did you learn? Of course this isn’t over yet, and I’m sure there are more lessons still to come. But these are the things I’ve learned so far. I find that we can all experience the same situation yet each of us comes away with something different. So, I’m curious. What lessons did you learn during this crisis? How will it change your preparedness efforts in the future? What was the biggest surprise? Please share your experiences in the comments.

About Daisy Daisy Luther writes about current events, preparedness, frugality, voluntaryism, and the pursuit of liberty on her website, The Organic Prepper. She is widely republished across alternative media and she curates all the most important news links on her aggregate site, PreppersDailyNews.com. Daisy is the best-selling author of 4 books and runs a small digital publishing company. You can find her on Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/what-i-learned-during-the-covid-crisis/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 5-7-20 Restoring Liberty :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DOJ Withdraws Gen. Flynn Charge; Trump Says Obama Officials Committed Treason, “Human Scum”

May 7, 2020/by News Editor

By Fox News. The Justice Department on Thursday moved to drop its case against former National Security Adviser Michael Flynn, in a stunning development that comes after internal memos were released raising serious questions about the nature of the investigation that led to Flynn’s late 2017 guilty plea of lying to the FBI. The announcement came in a court filing “after a considered review of all the facts and circumstances of this case, including newly discovered and disclosed information,” as the department put it. DOJ officials said they concluded that Flynn’s interview by the FBI was “untethered to, and unjustified by, the FBI’s counterintelligence investigation into Mr. Flynn” and that the interview was “conducted without any legitimate investigative basis.” . . . The federal judge overseeing the case would have to make the final determination to dismiss it. The retired Army lieutenant general for months has been trying to withdraw his plea, aided by a new attorney aggressively challenging the prosecution’s case and conduct. But, the case has been plodding through the court system with no resolution ever since his original plea, even amid speculation about whether President Trump himself could extend a pardon. . . President Trump reacted from the Oval Office just minutes after the DOJ filing surfaced. “He was an innocent man… Now, in my book, he’s an even greater warrior,” Trump said, while criticizing Obama administration officials. “They’re human scum. … It’s treason.” (Read more from “DOJ Withdraws Gen. Flynn Charge; Trump Says Complicit Obama Officials Committed Treason, “Human Scum” HERE) FBI, Comey Stalled Push to Notify Trump Camp of Michael Flynn Probe, Docs Show

By New York Post. Obama-era Deputy Attorney General Sally Yates pushed to notify the incoming Trump administration of the nature of Michael Flynn’s communications with Russia, but was slow-rolled by the FBI, according to bombshell documents filed Thursday. The behind-the-scenes revelation came to light in a memo of an interview with Yates, among a trove of documents released as the DOJ dropped its criminal case against Flynn, Trump’s former national security adviser. Yates first learned of the contacts between Flynn and then-Russian Ambassador Sergey Kislyak — in which Flynn asked that Russia refrain from retaliating to sanctions imposed over interference in the 2016 election — from President Obama himself, the FBI memo says. Obama told Yates during a January 2017 meeting in the Oval Office that he had “learned of the information about Flynn” and wanted to know how to proceed, according to the documents. (Read more from “FBI, Comey Stalled Push to Notify Trump Camp of Michael Flynn Probe, Docs Show” HERE) Follow Joe Miller on Twitter HERE and Facebook HERE

https://joemiller.us/2020/05/doj-withdraws-gen-flynn-charge-trump-says-complicit-obama-officials-committed-treason-human-scum/ 

:: 5-10-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ancient Volcano Newly Discovered in the North Sea off The Netherlands

By Strange Sounds - May 10, 2020

An extinct volcano has been discovered accidentally about 100 kilometers off the coast of Texel in The Netherlands. The 150-million-year-old volcano was named ‘Mulciber’ after the Roman god of fire. The ancient formation was recognized by deviations in the seafloor’s structure, combined with measurements of the earth’s magnetic field. This new discovery marks an important turning point in the understanding of volcanism in the North Sea. “The North Sea and the geological deposits in it seem to me to be reading an exciting story. We think we know the big story now. But if as you reread it, characters and storylines become more and more apparent, so this discovery adds to the general knowledge about our living environment,” Van Der Meulen explained to public broadcaster NOS on Saturday. Extinct volcano He also explained in a separate statement about the discovery that the volcano will most likely never erupt again. “The chances of the Mulciber erupting are nearly zero. Geologists distinguish between dormant and extinct volcanoes. “Dormant means that it is now quiet but can become active again. This is possible after hundreds or even thousands of years of inactivity. But we can declare the Mulciber extinct.“ Second volcano in Dutch’s Waters Mulciber is the second volcano to be discovered in Dutch territorial waters. The first, the extinct Zuidwal Volcano, was discovered in 1970 during an oil search. It is located around 2 kilometers below the surface of the Wadden Sea, just off the coast of the Netherlands. Meanwhile, other scientific teams have confirmed that Mulciber is a volvano. “Substrate composition, deposits, age, seismic data: everything confirmed the presence of a volcano,” said researcher Geert-Jan Vis in a statement. In addition to Mulciber and the Zuidwal Volcano, there are two active volcanoes in Dutch overseas territories in the Carribean. One of which sits on the island of Saba, and the other on St. Eustatius. More volcano news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [NL Times]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/05/new-volcano-north-sea-netherlands-discovery.html 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 5--20 ABC 7 news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

4.5 magnitude quake rattles eastern San Diego County

A magnitude 4.5 earthquake struck in the Southern California desert in eastern San Diego County Sunday afternoon.

By ABC7.com staff

OCOTILLO WELLS, Calif. -- A magnitude 4.5 earthquake struck in the Southern California desert in eastern San Diego County Sunday afternoon. The quake struck at 3:07 p.m. about 10 miles southeast of Ocotillo Wells, at a depth of about 6 miles. That location is between the Salton Sea and Anza-Borrego Desert State Park. Some residents of the Inland Empire and Orange County reported feeling some shaking. There were no immediate reports of damage or injuries.

https://abc7news.com/earthquake-san-diego-quake-octotillo-wells-usgs/6170131/ 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 5-10-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Deploys B-1Bs, Warships In South China Sea As China Nationalists Call For Invasion Of Taiwan

By Tyler Durden Sun, 05/10/2020 - 21:18

While the global economy remains in a state of near ubiquitous lockdown due to the coronavirus pandemic, the US military has been busy. According to an update posted on the Pacific Air Forces website, a B-1B Lancer strategic bomber part of the 9th Expeditionary Bomb Squadron was one of two B-1s conducting a training mission in the South China Sea in support of Pacific Air Forces’ training efforts and "strategic deterrence missions to reinforce the rules-based international order in the Indo-Pacific region." The training missions follows what Stars and Stripes described on April 30 as a "show of force" by the U.S. military in the South China Sea "with a sortie over the contested waters on Thursday by two Air Force bombers." The B-1B Lancers from the 28th Bomb Wing at Ellsworth Air Force Base, S.D., flew a 32-hour round trip to conduct operations over the sea as part of a joint bomber task force by the U.S. Indo-Pacific Command and U.S. Strategic Command, the Air Force said in news release Thursday. The mission further demonstrated the service’s new “dynamic force employment model,” which is intended to make its global bomber presence less predictable, the Air Force said. Meanwhile, according to a Friday report from the USNI, the US Navy "sent a pair of ships to patrol in the vicinity of a mineral rights dispute between Malaysia and China in the South China Sea for the second time in a month." According to the report, the Littoral Combat Ship USS Montgomery (LCS-8) and replenishment ship USNS Cesar Chavez (T-AKE-14) conducted a presence operation in the South China Sea on Thursday near Panamanian-flagged drill ship West Capella, in what appears to have been a show of force/deterrence. The drill ship is under contract to conduct surveying operations in Malaysia’s exclusive economic zone for Malaysian state oil company Petronas. Chinese People Liberation Army Navy (PLAN) warships and China Coast Guard vessels have also operated near the Malaysian-contracted drilling ship, according to USNI. Separately, in late April, guided-missile cruiser USS Bunker Hill (CG-52) sailed with the Royal Australian Navy frigate HMAS Parramatta (FFG-154) before joining the amphibious assault ship USS America (LHA-6) and guided-missile destroyer USS Barry (DDG-52) to conduct combined exercises in the area where a Chinese government survey ship, Haiyang Dizhi 8, was said to be operating with an escort of several China Coast Guard ships. On Friday, U.S. Pacific Fleet commander Adm. John Aquilino issued a pointed statement addressing Chinese operations in the region:We are committed to a rules-based order in the South China Sea, and we will continue to champion freedom of the seas and the rule of law,” Aquilino said in the release. "The Chinese Communist Party must end its pattern of bullying Southeast Asians out of offshore oil, gas, and fisheries." Bunker Hill conducted a freedom of navigation operation through the Spratly Island chain near Gaven Reef in the South China Sea on April 29. "Unlawful and sweeping maritime claims in the South China Sea pose a serious threat to the freedom of the seas, including the freedoms of navigation and overflight and the right of innocent passage of all ships," reads the statement from 7th Fleet.

* * *

In response to what may be prompting these increased "shows of force" by the US military in China contested waters, today the SCMP reported that "Beijing is trying to calm rising nationalist sentiment after a growing chorus of voices called for China to take advantage of the Covid-19 pandemic by invading Taiwan." A number of commentators on social media have called for the island to be reunified by force – something Beijing has never ruled out – but some analysts believe the authorities want to play a longer game and are now trying to cool the “nationalist fever According to the SCMP report, an article published earlier in the month in the magazine of the Central Party School, which trains senior officials, drew historical parallels with the Qing dynasty’s conquest of Taiwan in the 17th century to highlight the importance of patience and careful planning. The 5,000-word article in Study Times, written by historian Deng Tao, said the Qing had spent the next 20 years preparing for the invasion and conquest of the island and argued that they had also used political, diplomatic and economic measures to achieve their goal rather than just relying on force. The historian then went on to say that the Qing had managed to isolate the island’s rulers diplomatically and sent representatives to the island to court support among its Han Chinese residents by offering them incentives to return to the mainland and escape the heavy taxes imposed by their rulers. But in the meantime, the Kangxi emperor had been building up and training an invasion fleet that successfully took the island in 1683 and incorporated it into the Qing empire. Fast forward to today, when a number of commentators and retired military commanders have called for Beijing to retake control of the island, where the defeated Nationalist forces fled in 1949 following their defeat in the civil war. Additionally, some former military leaders have argued that the United States – which is bound by law to help the Taiwanese government defend itself – is presently unable to do so because all four of its aircraft carriers in the Pacific have been affected by the Covid-19 outbreak. Some legal commentators, including Tian Feilong, an associate professor at Beihang University, in Beijing, have gone so far to call on the government to consider the use of force and argued that an “anti-secession” law ratified in 2005 gives it the legal authority to do so. Tian argued in an article published on the news website guancha.cn that political and social developments on the island meant it was impossible to resolve the situation peacefully and said anti-government protests in Hong Kong showed that the “one country, two systems model” – which Beijing hoped to use as the basis for reunification with Taiwan – had failed. Qiao Liang, a retired air force major general who is seen as a hawkish voice on the mainland, argued in a separate article published on the social media platform WeChat that now was not the right time to take Taiwan by force. Liang warned it would be “too costly and risky” and said China should wait until it had the economic and military strength to challenge the US. A Beijing-based military source said the mainland authorities still hope the situation can be resolved peacefully and the majority of Taiwanese still want to maintain the status quo. “Maintaining the stability and prosperity of Taiwan before and after its unification is still the top priority for the mainland,” the source continued. Lee Chih-horng, who lectures in cross-strait relations at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore, said the articles by Deng and Qian indicated that the government wanted to stick to its own timetable for Taiwan unification. The Beijing leadership has now realised that they need to cool down the nationalist fever as calls to take Taiwan by force have become too emotional, with many on mainland social media stirring up the topic for attention,” Lee said. “As Qiao said, Beijing realises now is not a good time to take Taiwan back by force, but [President] Xi [Jinping] will come out up with the ultimate solution to solve the Taiwan issue.” Whether China's heightened nationalistic tendencies are behind the stepped up US "training missions" and "patrols" in the South China Sea remains unclear, but amid the heightened diplomatic tensions between the US and China over the source of the coronavirus pandemic, the rising military tensions will hardly facilitate the return of normal relations between the two superpowers.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/us-deploys-b-1bs-warships-south-china-sea-china-nationalists-call-invasion-taiwan 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 5-5-20 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man Who Predicted The Global Collapse Now Warns What Is In Front Of Us Is Truly Frightening

April 05, 2020

Today the man who predicted the global collapse just warned King World News that what is in front of us is truly frightening. The Frightening End Of The Biggest Financial Bubble In History

April 5 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: A Hyperinflationary Depression has always been the inevitable end to the biggest financial bubble in history. And this time it will be global. Hyperinflation will spread from country to country like Coronavirus. It could start anywhere but the most likely first countries are the US and the EU or ED (European Disunion) They will quickly be followed by many more like Japan and most developing countries. Like Coronavirus it will quickly jump from country to country with very few being spared. CURRENT INTEREST RATES ARE A FALSE INDICATOR

Ever since the last interest cycle peaked in 1981, there has been a 39 year downtrend in US and global rates from almost 20% to 0%. Since in a free market interest rates are a function of the demand for credit, this long downtrend points to a severe recession in the US and the rest of the world. The simple rules of supply and demand tell us that when the price of money is zero, nobody wants it. But instead debt has grown exponentially without putting any upside pressure on rates. The reason is simple, central and commercial banks have created limitless amounts of credit out of thin air. In a fractional banking system banks can lend the same money 10 to 50 times. And central banks can just print infinite amounts. Global debt in 1981 was $14 trillion. One would have assumed that with interest rates crashing there would not have been a major demand for debt. High demand would have led to high interest rates. But if we look at global debt in 2020, it is a staggering $265 trillion. So debt has gone up 19X in the last 39 years and cost of debt has gone from 20% to 0% – Hmmm! 

CORONAVIRUS IS THE CATALYST BUT NOT THE CAUSE The crisis that the world is now encountering has not been caused by the Coronavirus. As I have stressed in many articles recently, Coronavirus is just the catalyst, albeit the most vicious one which could have hit the world. The real cause of the Greatest Financial Crisis in history is the Central Banks. They have been pouring fuel on the fire for 50 years by continuously reducing the cost of money until it became free in 2008 when rates were reduced to ZERO. Since then we have also seen negative rates around the world. Negative rates are not just a total paradox but also absolute lunacy. Bankrupt sovereign nations around the world have been issuing debt at no cost or have even been paid for it. The whole purpose of interest is to be paid for the risk of lending money. As governments around the world have issued virtually unlimited debt which will never be repaid, the risk of lending to them has increased exponentially. But instead of much higher rates to reflect severely elevated risk plus massive increase in debt, central banks have gotten away with defying the laws of nature. 

FALSE MARKETS WITH NO REAL PRICES Money is a commodity and the price should be a direct function of risk plus supply and demand. But since we currently have a false financial system with fake money and false markets, there are no real prices. So through constant manipulation and intervention central banks together with a few accomplices can totally rig most markets and prices… Therefore, the cost of money today neither reflects the risk nor the demand. All it represents is malicious manipulation to serve governments and their masters the central bankers. But like all fake markets, also this one will end, not just badly but catastrophically.

THE SITUATION IS DESPERATE FOR BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS

As I discussed in last week’s KWN article, we now have the perfect storm. Virtually every government in the world is now committing billions and even trillions of dollars, euros, etc, in fruitless attempts to save a collapsing world economy. In many countries, 50% or more of industry is shut. Most service industries are in a total lockdown and so is aviation, transport, and most small businesses. Unemployment is approaching rates not seen since the 1930s depression. All businesses need assistance, from major corporations to small firms. The majority of individuals haven’t got savings for more than a couple of weeks living, and for the ones who are now becoming unemployed, the situation is desperate. Many major US corporations need assistance from the government. Very few of these have put aside profits to reserves for a rainy day. Instead management has been too generously rewarded as well as the shareholders. Since 2009, S&P 500 companies have spent $5.4 trillion in share buybacks. Instead of asking government for assistance, management should pay back their bonuses and shareholders who have received major payouts should recapitalise the companies. But this will obviously not happen. Just like in 2006-9, profits are privatised and losses are socialised. Businesses are hemorrhaging cash and so are individuals. All that becomes a vicious circle with bills not being paid, including rents, mortgages and taxes. Estimates predict a 40-50% fall in second quarter GDP in the US. The problem is that this is not a temporary crisis. This means that GDP will see permanent erosion of a major magnitude in most countries.

SECULAR DOWNTURN LEADING TO HYPERINFLATIONARY DEPRESSION

So what we are experiencing is the start of a secular downturn which soon will become a hyperinflationary depression. This was always the inevitable end to this cycle as I have discussed in many articles for over 20 years. A crisis of this magnitude is always a debt crisis. Very soon we will see debt around the world come under enormous pressure as borrowers start defaulting. This will lead to bonds crashing and rates surging. Central banks will then lose control of interest rates as long rates first go up, and soon also pulling the shorter rates up. Rates can easily go to 15-20%. Many bonds will go to zero and rates to infinity. I have previously talked about paying 21% on my first mortgage in the UK in 1974, so I have personal experience of high inflation but never hyperinflation. Since the majority of the $1.5 quadrillion derivatives market is interest related, this market will also blow up. All of this will lead to unlimited money printing and currencies crashing fast to their intrinsic value of ZERO. At that point the entire financial system will be unrecognisable and parts of it nonexistent. All of this could happen very quickly, probably within the next 6-18 months. 2006-9 WAS A REHEARSAL

Could this Cassandra forecast be wrong? Yes, of course it could. But let’s be clear that the rehearsal of what I am predicting took place in 2006-9. Nothing was resolved at that point, just temporarily deferred. This is now the real thing and whatever money central banks print this time will have no effect. So I doubt very much that our banker friends can pull another rabbit out of the hat again because the only trick they know (to print more money) can never solve a debt problem.

MARKETS Stock markets, in their first leg down of the new secular bear market, reached a 40% loss in most countries in less than 4 weeks. We are now seeing a typical correction that can go a bit higher. But when that is finished, which could take 1-3 weeks, the next devastating downleg will start. Anyone trying to catch this falling knife will be slaughtered. Bond markets might hold up for a bit longer with massive central bank manipulation and money printing. Junk bonds will first start crashing and constant downgrades will turn a lot of debt to junk. Much of corporate debt will go the same way and within 6-12 months sovereign debt will come under attack. Property markets are a major bubble and are already starting to disintegrate. Industrial, commercial, retail and residential, no sector will be spared. There will be no buyers, no financing and many forced sellers — a perfect recipe for a collapse. Before the secular bear market has bottomed in these three markets, prices will be down 90-100% in real terms. And real terms means in constant purchasing power like gold. We must remember that markets will bottom long before the economy. The likely development is first a hyperinflationary depression that could come and go very quickly within the next couple of years. Thereafter we will most probably see a deflationary implosion of all assets and a collapse of most of the financial system. But we mustn’t believe that this is the end. It is just another phase in the world economy to correct excesses of the 100 or 300 years or even 2000 years. Once debt has imploded and all asset prices have come down from current fantasy valuations, a new system will emerge built on sound values and principles. And then the cycle starts all over again.

GOLD There are currently severe pressures in both the paper gold market and the physical market. The Comex and LBMA are making noises that everything is under control. LBMA is giving the illusion that they have plenty of gold in their vaults. But virtually all of that gold is already committed. Comex, the gold futures exchange, is under tremendous pressure since they can’t deliver more than a small fraction in physical when paper holders of gold demand delivery, and that day is not far away.  If we just take the Gold ETFs as an example, they increased their holdings by 93 tonnes in the last 4 weeks. That represents a total value of $5 billion. The 3 biggest refiners in the world based in Ticino, Switzerland have been closed for 2 1/2 weeks, representing at least 50% of world production. It is today virtually impossible to get hold of physical gold, so you wonder where the ETFs have bought their gold. The answer is of course simple. It was lent to them by LBMA banks, which are custodians for the biggest gold ETF GLD. These banks also hold central bank gold and all they need to do is to lend the same gold yet one more time to the ETFs. So if you hold a gold ETF, which you must never do, that it is unlikely to be backed by gold for more than a small portion of the fund total. In a world where prices of most assets are about to implode, gold is life insurance and virtually the only asset that will maintain its value in real terms. Silver is also likely to do very well and will most likely outperform gold. But gold is safer and much less volatile. As I have expressed before, I have been standing on a soap box for 20 years in my attempt to inform investors of the critical importance of gold for wealth preservation purposes. Fortunately many investors have listened, but they still represent less than 0.5% of world financial assets. Since we started 18 years ago, gold is up 6-7X depending on the currency. That rise is insignificant compared to what is coming next. But remember you are not holding gold to measure the gains in debased paper money. Instead you are holding physical gold as insurance against a broken financial system that is unlikely to be repaired for a very long time…For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/man-who-predicted-the-global-collapse-now-warns-what-is-in-front-of-us-is-truly-frightening/ 

:: 5--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FOURTH TURNING ACCELERATING TOWARDS CLIMAX

“At some point, America’s short-term Crisis psychology will catch up to the long-term post-Unraveling fundamentals. This might result in a Great Devaluation, a severe drop in the market price of most financial and real assets. This devaluation could be a short but horrific panic, a free-falling price in a market with no buyers. Or it could be a series of downward ratchets linked to political events that sequentially knock the supports out from under the residual popular trust in the system. As assets devalue, trust will further disintegrate, which will cause assets to devalue further, and so on. Every slide in asset prices, employment, and production will give every generation cause to grow more alarmed.” – Strauss & Howe – The Fourth Turning I’ve been writing articles about the Fourth Turning for over a decade and nothing has happened since its tumultuous onset in 2008, with the global financial collapse, created by the Federal Reserve and their Wall Street co-conspirator owners, that has not followed along the path described by Strauss and Howe in their 1997 book – The Fourth Turning.  Like molten lava bursting forth from a long dormant (80 years) volcano, the core elements of this Fourth Turning continue to flow along channels of distress, long ago built by bad decisions, corrupt politicians and the greed of bankers. The molten ingredients of this Crisis have been the central drivers since 2008 and this second major eruption is flowing along the same route. The core elements are debt, civic decay, and global disorder, just as Strauss & Howe anticipated over two decades ago.  “In retrospect, the spark might seem as ominous as a financial crash, as ordinary as a national election, or as trivial as a Tea Party. The catalyst will unfold according to a basic Crisis dynamic that underlies all of these scenarios: An initial spark will trigger a chain reaction of unyielding responses and further emergencies. The core elements of these scenarios (debt, civic decay, global disorder) will matter more than the details, which the catalyst will juxtapose and connect in some unknowable way. If foreign societies are also entering a Fourth Turning, this could accelerate the chain reaction. At home and abroad, these events will reflect the tearing of the civic fabric at points of extreme vulnerability – problem areas where America will have neglected, denied, or delayed needed action.” – The Fourth Turning – Strauss & Howe The initial spark for this Crisis was the massive mortgage fraud perpetrated on the nation by the Wall Street banks and enabled by their drug dealer at the FedBen Bernanke. Once he took his Wall Street payoff, becoming a multi-millionaire after departing the Eccles building and reaping his rewards (aka bribes), Yellen stepped into the breach, shoveling billions into the deep pockets of the ruling elite. QE to infinity for the connected billionaire set and .25% interest on granny’s dwindling retirement nest egg. Then another spineless academic dweeb took over the reins of money printing for the .1% in 2018. Jerome Powell had the gall to raise rates all the way back to 2.25% and wind the Fed’s balance sheet all the way down to $3.8 trillion from $4.5 trillion, before he was sternly told who he works for. And it’s not you and me. I wonder what threats were made to convince him to fall into line. The financial engine driving the American economy blew a gasket in September 2019. Overnight repo rates soared to 10%, indicating a major malfunction under the hood, threatening the wealth and safety of our beloved Wall Street bankers and billionaire hedge fund managers, picking up nickels in front of steamrollers. Jerome jumped into action, to save his billionaire owners. The QT was turned off and QE spigot was back on. He ramped the Fed’s balance sheet by over $400 billion in three months, with three 25 basis point cuts going into 2020. Those in the know understood there were major problems in the financial system, as excessive risk taking, non-existent banking oversight by the Fed, and more corporate, consumer and government debt that could never be serviced, pushing the Ponzi scheme engine to the brink. Then lo and behold the China flu arrived as cover for another plunder and pillage subversion perpetrated against the American people by the ruling oligarchs.

Powell, Mnuchin and their buddies at Goldman, Blackrock, JP Morgan and the rest of the banking cabal looked back at what Bernanke, Paulson, Blankfein, and their cohorts pulled off in 2008/2009 and said hold my beer. The chutzpah of what they have done in two months is breathtaking to behold, as the greatest wealth transfer from the former working class to the champagne and caviar class in the history of mankind has been executed with precision and flawlessness by high tech criminals and their propaganda spewing corporate media compatriots. This global pandemic is the crisis they couldn’t let go to waste. There is a myriad of theories on where, how, and why this global pandemic began. The accidental release of the virus from a bio-weapons lab in Wuhan appears to be the most likely scenario, with the Chinese authorities covering up the nature and seriousness of the virus and allowing infected citizens to spread it throughout the world. This narrative will likely play into the bloody climax of this Fourth Turning. What we do know for sure is Trump was convinced by government bureaucrat medical “experts”, using seriously flawed models, that more than 2 million Americans would die unless he quarantined the entire nation. Extrapolating the disastrous NYC results across the entire U.S. and shutting down the entire economy will prove to be one of the most disastrous decisions ever made by a U.S. president. Instead of addressing a virus only marginally more lethal than the yearly flu in a rational fact-based manner, we allowed ourselves to be snowed by “experts” and authoritarian politicians who originally downplayed the threat, instructed everyone to not use face masks, and purposely put infected patients into nursing homes. Cuomo is hailed as a hero by his brother’s joke of a news network, when he should be scorned as an inept bungler who caused the deaths of thousands. Democrat politicians declared racism when Trump tried to shut the borders. Instead of protecting the most vulnerable in nursing homes (40% to 50% of all fatalities), closing the borders, encouraging the vulnerable to self- quarantine, encouraging people to wear masks, and letting those under 50 years old continue to work and keep the economy from crashing, we used the Chinese tyrannical method of total lockdown. We let the overbearing reach of government and the egomaniacal authoritarian governors, mayors and Karens lockdown an entire nation under the threat of incarceration. They had plenty of room in the prisons because they released pedophiles, rapists, and thieves for fear they might catch the virus. The government hammer saw everyone as a nail. And they have been hammering away for two months, with plans to keep hammering for many months to come. The corporate fascists have utilized the government-imposed shutdown to implement their plan to increase and consolidate their power, control and wealth. The first order of business was the Fed using the shutdown as its excuse to buy the toxic assets, junk bonds, and junk government treasuries in order to bail out hedge fund managers, Wall Street CEOs and government politicians dishing out $4 trillion of payoffs to constituents with the best lobbyists. The 32% drop in the stock market in March was unacceptable to Powell and his minions. They vowed to do whatever it took to restore the billions in wealth of the .1%. The bottom 99% be damned. Everyone knows you can’t catch coronavirus at Wal-Mart or Target among hundreds of shoppers, but can catch it alone on the beach or in your local hair salon with three people in the shop. So, Jerome and Neel decided to slash interest rates by 150 basis points, back to virtually 0%. So much for senior citizens getting 2% in their money market fund; Wall Street needed free money again. They’ve increased their balance sheet by $2.7 trillion in seven weeks, a 65% increase. Shockingly, the stock market has skyrocketed along with the Fed balance sheet, as 33 million non-essential workers have lost their jobs and we enter a 2nd Great Depression. The Fed pretends to care about wealth inequality even though they are solely responsible for the grand-canyon like divergence between the super-rich and the rest of us. Their vow to pump $6 trillion into the financial system will only benefit the Hamptons crowd. Lance Roberts describes what is happening: “To no one’s real surprise, the driver of the market is simply “The Fed.” As the Fed engages in “QE,” it increases the “excess reserves” of banks. Since banks are NOT lending to consumers or businesses, that excess liquidity flows into the stock market.” And there you have it. Bailing out Wall Street and screwing Main Street, again. Everything the Fed has done, or will do, does not benefit the 33 million who have lost their jobs and the millions of small businesses which are purposely being snuffed out by tyrannical government overlords, so the mega-corporations, with their patriotic “we’re in this together” bullshit Madison Avenue identical ad campaigns, will be left with 90% of the economic pie instead of the 75% they had before the plandemic. Even the worst employment figures since the Great Depression (last Fourth Turning) were spun by the government drones at the BLS to appear far better than they really are. The reported 14.7% unemployment rate is complete and utter bullshit fake news. But the mouthpieces for the oligarchs, the propaganda media outlets, had their spokesmodels and talking head “experts” report the gibberish as if it were true. Maybe these faux financial journalists should have examined the 42-page press release and found the BLS purposely fudged the number by 5%: If the workers who were recorded as employed but absent from work due to “other reasons” (over and above the number absent for other reasons in a typical April) had been classified as unemployed on temporary layoff, the overall unemployment rate would have been almost 5 percentage points higher than reported (on a not seasonally adjusted basis). So that means even the massaged and manipulated BLS number is 20%. One look at the data shows how ludicrously low they have manipulated the number. The BLS reported the labor force as 164.5 million in February and now says it is 156.5 million. Poof!!! – 8.3 million people willingly left the workforce because they felt like it – not because they were forced out of the workforce by the same government paying the BLS to spew this fake data. These people did not leave the workforce, they are unemployed by government mandate. The number of employed people is now back to 1999 levels and headed lower. And as if you didn’t already know, the job losses have been borne mostly by blue collar, retail and restaurant workers (heavily skewed towards women and young people), self-employed, and small businesses.

Wal-Mart, Target, Amazon, Wall Street banks and the rest of the mega-corporations are doing just fine – even better since they don’t have those pesky small businesses eating into their profits. At least the Fed was able to propel the stock market 455 points, back towards all-time highs, as 33 million people wonder where their next meal will come from. Winning!!! The plain simple fact is there are 260 million working age Americans and 127 million, or 49% are not working. Of the 133 million who are working, 23 million are part-time workers and 19 million are government workers. In another shocking development, while the number of workers in private industries dropped by 18%, the number of government workers only dropped by 8%. It seems our authoritarian rulers know what is good for us, but don’t feel the need to share the pain equally. But at least our beloved government heroes have time to stage daily parades with their fire engines and $70,000 police vehicles and do patriotic flyovers to keep the unemployed and mandatorily masked plebs entertained. Something has to make up for the lack of the normal bread and circuses of double bacon cheeseburgers and watching overpaid privileged athletes play games. I can’t wait to see more tik-tok dance videos from the hero nurses and doctors overwhelmed with coronavirus patients in their empty hospitals. If you don’t feel the mood of the country turning towards confrontation and civil chaos, you are either a lackey for the establishment, a government paid drone, or propagandized to such an extent you have chosen to be willfully ignorant of your surroundings. This Fourth Turning seemed somewhat dormant since 2012, but government, corporate, and consumer debt continued to balloon; the divide between left and right grew as the Deep State conducted a coup against a duly elected president; and global disorder accelerated in the Middle East, Europe, Asia and South America. The core elements of debt, civic decay, and global disorder are now coalescing into a perfect storm of consequences for a nation and world built upon a teetering edifice of unpayable debt, unfulfilled promises, the unbridled greed of a blood thirsty ruling class, and the unbelievable delusions of people who think a world built upon borrowing to consume is sustainable. The dichotomy between what is happening in the real world and what is happening in the world of the financiers will lead to violent upheaval on a timeline not anticipated by the ruling class. There is a good reason gun stores were overwhelmed with business at the outset of this over-hyped flu pandemic. As Strauss and Howe pointed out twenty three years ago, trust in the government, central bankers, the corporate media, and “experts” is disintegrating rapidly. The anger and disillusionment grows by the day and pockets of resistance are propagating throughout the country. The un-Constitutional destruction of rights and liberties by overbearing governors, mayors and Federal bureaucrats is pushing desperate citizens towards insurrection. The police who carry out the unlawful orders of their superiors for a paycheck should realize they live among those they are bullying and pushing around. There is blowback coming and they should act accordingly. When people have lost everything they had and any hope for the future, while witnessing the privileged continuing to reap the benefits of a rigged financial system, civil disobedience will increase and blood will begin to be shed. The bubble of abnormalcy will be popped. It is weirdly fascinating to watch a Fourth Turning unfold, while in the midst of it, and knowing we are entering the phase where people have died in numbers that put this pandemic fatality count to shame during the previous two American Crisis periods. From 1861 to 1865 almost 5% of the male population of the country were killed. That would equate to about 8 million today. From 1939 to 1945 an estimated 65 million people were killed. The 100,000 or so who will die in 2020 from this virus is just a prelude to the death and destruction to follow. The trigger for the climactic phase of this Fourth Turning is not a virus that will not kill 99.97% of the American population, but the economic consequences of the over-reaction and authoritarian response to the virus. I’ve lost respect for numerous bloggers who desperately try to paint Sweden’s response as disastrous in an effort to support their own narrative of doom.

Sweden’s decision to allow its people and businesses to use reasonable precautions and not lock down their country in the dictatorial Chinese way, has resulted in cases per million being in line with the rest of European countries and lower than the U.S. The louder these bloggers scream, the surer you can be they have been proven wrong. It is mesmerizing to watch those on the left, along with the Republican “Never Trumpers”, flail about as the Obama/Clinton attempted coup against Trump unravels before their very eyes. The reaction of these people, along with their toadies at CNN, MSNBC and the other left wing media, reveals an unbridgeable chasm between those believing in the rule of law and people who are willing to do anything for power. The pure hatred from those on the left for Trump and his followers can not be contained. They despise the deplorables in flyover country with such a passion, the spittle foaming on their lips as they describe them as gun toting, uneducated, white racists, is an indication of their fury and hate. What these entitled, suit wearing, botox injected, arrogant idiot yet idiot establishment whores fail to realize is we despise them equally and we’re armed and ready. While psychopaths in suits, worthless politicians , government errand boys and remote working white collar parasites of the establishment continue to get paid, they continue to prohibit the lowly wage earner from making a living. A price will be paid. Trump is not a nice guy. Grey Champions (Lincoln, FDR) use their power in ways not conducive to making everyone happy. They are leading during a time of crisis and will use any means necessary to win. The coup attempt by Obama, Clinton, Comey, Clapper, Brennan, Mueller, and their minions has failed and now the tables will be turned. Trump, Barr, Grennell and Durham have the power to prosecute some of the most powerful left wing politicians and Deep State operatives on the planet. How this plays out before November will ignite further civil strife and discontent. People have already begun taking to the streets and as this unnecessary shutdown further impoverishes the masses, things will turn nasty. Government attempting to have neighbors rat on neighbors for not obeying the Nanny State commands will backfire on the rats. Animosities and grudges will sway the actions of many, once the gloves come off.  The majority of rule following sheep believe what they are being told by their elected leaders, non-elected self proclaimed medical “experts” and the feckless shills on their boob tube. They do not see what is coming, just over the horizon. The divergence of opinion on how we should proceed from this point onward is immense, with biases, delusions, and inability to grasp the unintended consequences of the actions taken thus far, driving the narratives. Listening to Trump bloviate about the tremendous economic boom which will occur when we re-open the country is laughable. He sounds like a carnival barker. He allowed himself to be bamboozled by medical “expert” hacks and their immensely flawed garbage in-garbage out models into destroying our economy, and he may end up paying the price in November as the economy is mired in a 2nd Great Depression. But the Dow should be at 50,000 by then, so he’s got that going for him. Trump thinks you can turn the economy on again and things will be as good as new. He evidently has never read Bastiat or Hazlitt. The broken window fallacy now can be called the broken country fallacy. The financial gurus crow about the fantastic job Powell and Mnuchin have done, based upon what they have seen (31% increase in S&P 500), while that which is unseen has yet to reveal itself.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/05/10/fourth-turning-accelerating-towards-climax/ 

[:: 5-10-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For of a truth this virus is my judgment on the church first and then on the world, 11 Chronicles chapter seven first verse, verse thirteen will clearly, clearly explain it to the doubters, it was for this time and this time only. etc

:: 5-5-20 Restoring Liberty :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

1,300 Test Positive in Tennessee Prison: 98% Asymptomatic

May 5, 2020/by Daniel Horowitz

Updated: After the publication of this article, it was reported that one inmate at the Trousdale prison in Tennessee has died of COVID-19. Six others have been hospitalized, and one of them is in serious condition. 1 out of 1,300 is a remarkably low fatality rate. The inmate who died was reportedly 67 years old. The original article is below. Lots of cases, very small number of deaths. That is how this virus works on all but the elderly and sick. The perfect case study? Prisons. The ACLU is demanding that all prisoners be released because they might catch the insanely deadly virus COVID-19 and all die. Well, in fact, the ACLU is more correct than they realize, so much so that they are completely wrong. It’s true that SARS-CoV-2 spreads like wildfire in a confined population, but that horse has already left the barn. It is likely that hundreds of thousands of prisoners have contracted the virus, most are asymptomatic, and only a decimal of a decimal die. Thus, the fact that it has spread far and wide actually demonstrates that this is not the bubonic plague many people think it is, so long as you shield the most vulnerable people. In what should be a national headline, the Trousdale Turner Correctional Center in Hartsville, Tennessee, tested every single inmate and found that out of 2,444 tests, 1,299 inmates tested positive. That is 53% of the inmates! Among the staff, it was 50 out of 281, with a few more pending results. Here’s the kicker: 98% were asymptomatic! It is, therefore, quite evident that this virus has been spreading for quite some time in this prison, and yet nobody has died: Not one person out of over 1,300 staff and inmates infected. Numerous serology study results have been extrapolated to show that when you account for the true number of people who have gotten this virus, the infection fatality rate drops to 0.1%-0.3%. And the deaths are very lopsided among the elderly and chronically ill, which indicates that younger and healthier people have an even lower risk of dying from COVID-19 – perhaps even 1 in 3,000, depending on the age or health status. This latest case study from Tennessee proves the point. Many media pseudo-academics have cast doubt on the accuracy of serology tests and using them to extrapolate for the broader population. But there is no better case study than a prison, where you can test the entirety of an isolated population and get exact percentages. We are seeing this across all state and federal prisons. It’s basic math. For example, we know that 70 percent of the roughly 2,700 federal inmates who got tested for COVID-19 were positive. There are 146,000 federal inmates in total. How many of those have the virus? We don’t know yet, but after the virus has been spreading for months in close confinement, that number has to be enormous. According to Rep. Fred Keller, 33 federal inmates have died from the virus. If 70 percent of this confined and defined universe had the virus, that would mean the fatality rate is a remarkable 0.03 percent. But even if we assume only 20 percent of the total federal prison population had the virus, which is roughly in line with the rate in other confined environments, such as the USS Theodore Roosevelt and the Diamond Princess cruise ship (and in line with the staff infection rate in the Tennessee prison), it would still be a fatality rate of just 0.1%, or 1 in 1,000. But it’s very likely the ratio of those infected is much higher. According to Reuters, a recent tally of 3,277 inmates in state prison systems in Arkansas, North Carolina, Ohio, and Virginia who had tested positive for the virus showed that 96 percent of those who tested positive were asymptomatic. Most federal prisoners are in their 20s, 30s, and 40s (80% are under 50), so it makes sense for their fatality rate to be under that of the macro numbers (0.1-0.3%) we are seeing from the serology tests. According to the Marshal Project, 187 prisoners have died from the virus in state prisons. There are roughly 1.2 million state prisoners across the country. Again, if just 20 percent of them have the virus, that would be a 0.08% fatality rate nationwide in state prisons. If we use the 53% infection rate in the Tennessee prison and extrapolate nationally, that would be an infection fatality rate of 0.03%. In one women’s prison in Louisiana, 75% tested positive. While the median age of state prisoners is roughly the same as the national median (38), there are significantly fewer seniors. Roughly 16% of the general population is over 65, while just 2.2% of state prisoners and 2.8% of federal prisoners are over that age. Just 10% of the state prison population is over 55, compared to 29% of the general population. Thus, if anything, the hard data from prisons seems to show that the fatality rate, extrapolated for the general population, is actually correct and that if you isolate the numbers for younger adults, the numbers are even lower. Similarly, not a single detainee in ICE detention facilities has died, despite the fact that 60 percent are testing positive. The government is doing everything it can to obscure the fatality rate and muddle the separation of risk levels so that we can’t better target and prioritize the quarantine. But by hook or by crook, we will find out the truth from an unlikely source, thanks to aggressive ACLU efforts to empty the prisons and ICE detention facilities. The mass hysteria over coronavirus for the entire population might just burn itself out as the truth hits the fan in the nation’s prisons. (For more the author of “1,300 Test Positive in Tennessee Prison: 98% Asymptomatic” HERE)

Follow Joe Miller on Twitter HERE and Facebook HERE

https://joemiller.us/2020/05/1300-test-positive-in-tennessee-prison-98-asymptomatic/ 

:: 5-10-20 Online Ministeries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Virus Panic and Skewing of Numbers: What is the Goal of Pushing Mass Hysteria and Lock Down?

May 10, 2020 by Jon Watkins

The Luciferians have an Agenda. Global Depopulation

This Event has been executed to, as they say, “Kill Two Birds With One Stone“!

John 8:44 “Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.” Many of you know I like to say the “poop is starting to float”. Well, a massive sewer line has finally broken and the truth is spewing forth! But you Communists won’t listen or take heed, you will ride the flow straight to Hell with them, and so be it! What if all the mass panic and skewing the number of dead people is just a planned hoax? What if it is to get your attention diverted from what is happening to the Deep State Rats, to bring on more draconian measures, to set the stage for the appearance of the Anti-Christ? Why are we not hearing anything about the flu numbers? My granddaughter got very sick back in late February. My daughter freaked out thinking it was Covid-19. They went to the clinic and they tested her. They said she had the Flu, gave her a prescription for Tamiflu and all was well. Did they add her to the list of those who have Covid-19? I would bet they did, although the Gestapo did not come and quarantine her and the household! Birx says government is classifying all deaths of patients with Coronavirus as ‘COVID-19’ deaths, regardless of cause “Think of the press as a great keyboard on which the government can play.” Nazi Bastard Joseph Goebbels What if they, the Deep State, devised this, had it ready to go in case their other devious plans to bring down President Trump fell through? What starts out as “Conspiracy Theories”, ends up being “Conspiracy Facts”, as the truth comes out. Author of ‘2.2 million dead’ study bankrolled by Big Pharma Bill Gates Puppets Fascist Fauci and Bolshevik Birx Used Imperial College Model — NOW CONFIRMED AS A COMPLETE FRAUD — To Persuade President Trump to Lock Down Entire US Economy There is however a problem with the latter, the “Facts”. The Conspirators have a lot of time to instill the Fake News and Lies into the minds of really gullible stupid people. Facts do not matter when you are blinded by hatred. Call it Mind Control, Brain Washing, Gaslighting, whatever you chose. Those who do chose to be mentally assaulted daily and mesmerized by the Talking Heads, with Trump Derangement Disease, have now been captured like prey in a spiders web. It eventually develops into Stockholm Syndrome, and it is extremely hard to break the conditioning instilled by said Talking Heads.

Cuomo Admits Latest Coronavirus Cases Were People Obeying Stay at Home Orders

“If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.” Nazi Bastard Joseph Goebbels Here is a prime example of the Mind Control: Don Jr. Offers to Walk Woman Down the Aisle After Intolerant Liberal Parents Reject Her Over Her Conservative Fiancé

Donald Trump Jr. offered to walk a woman down the aisle on her wedding day after she posted a video explaining her “liberal” parents rejected her over her conservative fiancé, who she says they “hate.”

“So my parents hate my fiancé because he’s a conservative and they’re liberal and they refuse to go to our wedding,” the woman said, explaining they gave her an ultimatum of “choosing between him or them.”

“So, I chose myself in that I chose what would make me happiest in the long run. And my mother told me I was incapable of being loved or being in a relationship because I was assaulted when I was 17. So, I chose my fiancé, she said, announcing that, because of the rift with her parents, she will be walking herself down the aisle “So, if anyone has a dad that would like to walk me down the aisle, let me know,” she added. Read more at Breitbart News I can’t imagine hating someone that bad that you would shun your own flesh and blood! But all the Communist Democrats do is project hatred on to the mesmerized. It is like this current Plague. It is very contagious, seems to be party specific, and the only cure is a dose of the Holy Ghost will remove this Trump Derangement Disease! There is NO discernment in the Trump administration. Now you may take issue with that statement, but it happens to be true!

If he, or the Vice President, had discernment, they would realize that they are book-ended by wicked people in this Covid-19 task force! Maybe they do and are just scared of the demons in control of those disciples of Lucifer and are blinded! (2nd Corinthians 4:3-5)

Ephesians 6:12 “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.”

The invisible enemy President Trump talks about is not the virus per se. He is correct about it being Invisible and the Enemy, but it is NOT what he thinks it is! If the President, and those around him. had a bit of spiritual discernment, they would know EXACTLY who is the enemy! 1st Corinthians 2:14-16 “But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned.15 But he that is spiritual judgeth all things, yet he himself is judged of no man.16 For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ.” How does one acquire spiritual discernment? You must be Born Again as Jesus said you should be (John 3:1-8) Then the Holy Spirit comes in and helps you to discern spiritual truth. There is a Gift of Discernment that many us have been given. It provides us with a more critical understanding of things around us and the ability to detect deception immediately where it takes others longer to recognize. The gifts of the spirit the Apostle Paul is referring to in the following scripture is THE Holy Spirit, The Comforter, the one who leads us to ALL TRUTH ( John 14:16 – John 14:26 – John 15:26 – John 16:7) the third person in the Trinity! 1st Corinthians 12:4-11 “Now there are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit. 5 And there are differences of administrations, but the same Lord. 6 And there are diversities of operations, but it is the same God which worketh all in all. 7 But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal. 8 For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit; 9 To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit; 10 To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues: 11 But all these worketh that one and the selfsame Spirit, dividing to every man severally as he will.” It is the Principalities, Powers, Rulers of Darkness and Spiritual Wickedness in High places, who are working through human beings to cause evil. Everything that happens in this world, happens first in the spirit, and if you could see into that spirit realm, you would see demons going to and fro! (Job 1:6-7) It amazes me that so many people are ignorant as to identity of the real enemy. Some perhaps are so afraid of him and his kingdom, that they will not come against it in warfare prayer! Every believer should “test the spirits” in ALL matters! We are living in a time when no one can afford to be ignorant of spiritual truth.

1st John 4:1-4 “Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world. 2 Hereby know ye the Spirit of God: Every spirit that confesseth that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God: 3 And every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God: and this is that spirit of antichrist, whereof ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world. 4 Ye are of God, little children, and have overcome them: because greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world.“ CNN fakes news all time. You would not think so, but the Weather Channel does too! YouTube is Desperate to Censor ‘Plandemic’ Documentary Detailing a Chi-Com Virus Corruption Conspiracy YouTube, the streaming video service owned by Google, is desperate to remove an explosive documentary that exposes the key players behind the medical corruption that has fueled the coronavirus pandemic. The documentary centers around Dr. Judy Mikovits, PhD, and her work exposing corruption in the medical field. Mikovits wrote an explosive paper about the dangerous use of animal and human fetal tissues in scientific experiments that put her on the medical establishment’s hit list. Mikovits believes that the coronavirus pandemic is an example of what she was warning about decades ago.  “Plandemic” covers Mikovits’ career since she was railroaded by Big Pharma for presenting a dissident opinion regarding their fetal chop shop research. Mikovits said she was arrested, had evidence planted on her, and then was slapped with a gag order in order to prevent her truth from being heard. Read more here Something Very Strange Is Going On With New ‘Strains’ Of COVID-19 – Are What Globalists Consider to Be ‘Useless Eaters’ Being Culled?

Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine – We know that some people see the term “depopulation agenda,” and just wave it away as some type of “conspiracy theory.”

Yet from the Georgia Guidestones (image above) to the direct quotes from some very well known names, to Deagels’ projection showing that “by the year 2025 the US population will be down to 100 million people…with a loss of 237 million people or a 70% depopulation,” as Stefan Stanford recently reported, Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, along with the constant nags about the planet being “over-populated,” there is simply too much searchable and verifiable information to truly doubt there is a depopulation agenda.

Anyone that does doubt this agenda is being willfully ignorant as all they have to do is use any search engine and be capable of clicking links and reading to confirm.

THE ‘USELESS EATERS’

“Useless eaters” is a term often bandied about by conspiracy theorists.. It is also sometimes used by survivalists and wrongly attributed to Henry Kissinger. It is also commonly ascribed to Ted Turner, Adolf Hitler, Thomas Malthus, and Bertrand Russell. Apparently, the term originated in Nazi Germany during the Holocaust as “nutzlose Fresser,” translating to “useless eaters.” It was first used in reference to the T4 program which targeted the terminally ill, the disabled (both physical and mental), mentally ill, and elderly people for “euthanasia”..from rationalwiki.

Remember Obamacare, the “death panels,” and how the elderly were being encouraged to plan for their death (end of life care) rather than trying to extend their lives with medications?

Liberals, leftists and globalists consider the elderly to be “useless eaters.”

The terminally ill, many times given experimental drugs in an attempt to extend their lives and the quality of life, are also considered “useless eaters.” To the globalists it makes no sense to “waste” the medications, the time or the facilities on someone that isn’t producing.

Anyone that doesn’t conform to the globalists/socialist agenda is considered a “useless eater.” After all those pesky climate change deniers are just a waste of space in the minds of the furthest to the left, the communists and the socialists…. aka globalists. Read more here What is the goal of the Wicked Globalists? An enslaved gelded population!

What Will Schools Look Like After COVID? Prison Camps. They’ll Look Like Prison Camps!

(By Daisy Luther) If you’ve been wondering what it will look like when the kids go back to school, one school in Quebec has released their new guidelines and they’re shocking.

Apparently, schools are going to look a lot like prison camps. This is another example of how things will not just “go back to normal.” Everything is changing, including life for our children.  Here are the guidelines one school has laid out.

Schools in Quebec, Canada are reopening on May 19th and one school released its guidelines. This list was submitted by a parent to the Facebook page, Kate for Education. The school was not named for the privacy of the parent. (All emphasis is mine.)  Now if you’re saying to yourself, “This is in Canada. There’s no way this nonsense will happen here in America,” I urge you to remember that the lockdown restrictions in Canada are far less stringent than those in the United States. Look around at the ridiculous rules we already have like stores choosing what items are essential for us to buy. Then tell me “It can’t happen here.”  Here are those reopening guidelines.

To minimize movement, we forecast assigning students to classes nearest the Berlin Street entrance (on all 3 floors if needed only);

Once assigned to a class, students will spend their entire day (including lunchtime) in their assigned seats;

Students must expect to be regrouped based on the number of students returning;

Students must not expect to return to their regular class with their classmates;

Your child may not be with the same teachers as before as several members of our staff will not be returning to school;

Teachers not returning to school will continue working and keeping close contact with students remotely from home as recommended by the government;

Activities completed while in school will not be evaluated or graded;

No physical materials will be transported back and forth between home & school;

Students must include a mini garbage and recycling bag with their lunch in order to collect their personal garbage and dispose of it at home;

All students must bring in their personal, labeled, and filled water bottle as water fountains won’t be available;

Sharing of ALL items (pencils, pens, sharpeners, wax crayons, rulers, toys) is not permitted;

When weather permits, recess breaks will be held outdoors and will entail of walking outside safely distanced from one another in a prearranged pattern;

Gatherings (groups of students together) will not be permitted;

Limited travel throughout the school by all during the day;

Bathroom visits will be monitored/escorted so that proper disinfection by our caretakers can follow before another student uses the facilities;

As per government recommendations, masks and gloves will not be provided;

Students are certainly welcomed to bring these items from home. They are also invited to carry their own personal disinfecting wipes with them if they wish;

Lockers will no longer be used. Students will place their spring/summer jackets behind the chair they will be using & their school bags under their assigned desks;

There will be no cafeteria service or Home & School pizza & frozen yogurt days.

There will be no physical activity taking place in the gym, no art classes (although art and craft projects can be promoted as home suggestions), no library periods, and no drama classes;

No fundraisers or after school activities will take place;

Parent volunteers will not be permitted in school;

We recommend your child brings a book or two of interest from home to read;

Students with fever or flu-like symptoms will be returned home. Read more here You have to wake up people and get your head screwed on straight or you will wake up one day and your God given rights will be stripped from you!

Why are they doing it? Now, here is why the media and all of the Communists are pushing the Numbers Hoax. The axe is starting to come down and I am afraid that since this Pandemic Hoax is failing, they may resort to something far worse!

The following is what it’s all about in a nutshell. They have finally been caught and the Swamp creatures are scared. There is nothing more dangerous than a cornered animal!

Devin Nunes: ‘Walls are Closing In’ on ‘Media Russia Hoax Rats’ – ‘Some Are Scurrying Off…Some are Squealing’ CNS – As the Trump-Russia narrative collapses and evidence mounts that the investigation into the Trump campaign was politically-motivated and baseless, the “Media Russia Hoax Rats” who pushed the narrative are panicking, Ranking Member of the House Intelligence Committee Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.) says.

“There are hundreds of rats that were on the Russia Hoax Ship” – and “very few” genuine investigative journalists looking into how and why the government began investigating the Trump campaign, Rep. Nunes said Tuesday in an interview on the “America First with Sebastian Gorka” show.  And, as more and more holes are being punched in the Russia Hoax Ship, causing it to sink, the media rats are scurrying, Nunes said:  “I haven’t seen the evidence that would justify an investigation into the Trump campaign, at all – because it was made up by the Clinton campaign. Those are just the facts.”  “I really see the walls are closing in, if you follow the media – what I call the ‘Media Russia Hoax Rats’ – you know, some of them are panicking. And, they’re lashing out – every time something happens, they lash out.  “And, look, there’s hundreds of them: there are hundreds of the rats that were on the Russia Hoax Ship that are trying – some are scurrying off, some are quiet, some are squealing.  “But, the bottom line is is that those few journalists that are out there, that’s real investigative journalists, the very, very few that actually got to the bottom of the Russia hoax – they’re turning out to be right.”  What’s more, journalism in America has become so tainted by liberal political bias that even its coveted Pulitzer Prize has been tarnished to the point that “We need to figure out a new award” to honor the work of the few remaining legitimate journalists, Rep. Nunes said: Read more here

Lockdowns Are No Longer About COVID-19: The Goal Is Regime Change and the Introduction of a Reign of Terror for All Deplorables

We have all been awaiting the full implementation of Nazi-Gestapo tactics on the American people in order to keep America locked down and thereby, completing the task of destroying the American economy, beyond repair, after the release of the CHICOM bioweapon.

America Has Been Defeated by the Following Forces  We have seen a partial Nazification of America society, especially in places like Michigan, Texas, Main, New York, Illinois, Georgia, California and Arizona. America is being divided up among different ideologies in multiple domains. Our economic philosophy, since COVID-19, has become communist in which the right to work at your essential job, needed to put food on your children’s table, is regulated by government. However, the corporate elite (banks, box stores such as Walmart, large brokerage houses, Big Pharma, etc) in this country are largely unaffected and the corporate-controlled oligarchy, which dominates our government and controls portions of the Deep State, Congress, Supreme Court, and the Executive Branch. And yes, the corporate oligarchy is dedicated to the overthrow of the Republic, its civil liberties (eg freedom of speech and religious worship) and economic freedom. Read more at Dave Hodges website End of Russiagate? DOJ drops case against Trump adviser Flynn that started ‘witch hunt’

‘Astonishing Assault On The Rule Of Law’: CNN Legal Analyst Melts Down After Flynn Charges Dropped  Lindsey Graham: Declassified Memo Shows ‘Entire Mueller Investigation Was Illegitimate to Begin With’  New Documentary Reveals How James Comey and the Obama Deep State Attempted to Dismantle the Trump Administration

Obama Plotted Framing of Lt. General Michael Flynn With Dirty Cop James Comey, Sally Yates at White House Meeting in 2017

If you go to the store to buy Meat, don't run to the Milk section or the Junk Food aisle looking for it.  The Meat Section is the True Gospel of Jesus Christ.  The Milk Section is likened to those who will not preach on sin and Hell, just a feel good message. The Junk Food Isle is the outright false doctrine AKA the prosperity gospel, name it and claim it, the Hebraic Roots movement and other false teachings!!  Feasting on just Milk and Junk will eventually cause you great harm!

If you appreciate the what this Ministry is doing to fight the Fake Christians, Satanists, Witches, Communist/Socialist Democrats, RINO Republicans and the assault on our Conservative, True Christian values, please consider a small donation to help us continue and expand. This Ministry is not only under attack by the Secular Scum, we are now under attack from supposed Christians also. It is what Tom Horn calls 'Blood on the Altar"!

https://www.online-ministries.org/the-virus-panic-and-skewing-of-numbers-what-is-the-goal-of-pushing-mass-hysteria-and-lock-down/ 

:: 5-10-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Happens When the People Fear the Government? Robert Griswold and Dave Hodges

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, May 10, 2020 - 21:35.

I recently interviewed Robert Griswold and we discussed a number of topics including:

The cowardly compliance of much of the American public to the illegitmate authority of the state who subsequently decided winners (Walmart) and losers (small businesses and churches) in the present so-called crisis.

The people acting out of fear in mindlessly obeying unconstitutional orders from the government.

The false flag coup even against Maduro designed to neuter Trump's anti-Red Dawn invasion efforts.

The coming election which will be filled with fraud.

Life under the Democrats

The state's villification of the Christian Church

The lack of courage displayed by most Pastors, sho do not come to emulating the spirit of the disciples, in the face of the lockdown.

How Trump is blowing his rel-election chances

Basic equipment and resources needed for survival.

Bob Griswold can be reached at Ready Made Resources Or simply call Bob at 1-800-627-3809

Bob is also one of the presenters at the GEN SIX Conference Please click here to register for this low-cost, life-changing event. Only a few days left to register!!!

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-economics/what-happens-when-people-fear-government-robert-griswold-and-dave-hodges 

:: 5-11-20 Light Has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Pandemic Is The “New 9/11” To Usher In The Globalists End Game

By MsSophie | May 11, 2020 | Comments 0 Comment

Ominous Signs This Pandemic Is The ‘New 9/11’ We’ve Long Been Warned Was Coming To America To Usher In The Globalists End Game

– Does Anyone Believe These Devils Wouldn’t Plan Something Like This Out For Their Gain?

By Stefan Stanford – All News Pipeline – Live Free Or Die

While on Saturday in this ANP story calling for the ‘re-opening of America’, US Navy Veteran John C. Velisek wrote covid-19 “could not have been foreseen”, as one ANP reader pointed out to us in a thought provoking email this morning, there were actually many signs that ‘they’ were planning for this ‘event’ for several years. With Congress wasting no time to turn this mess into an opportunity to create America’s new medical gestapo while re-opened US businesses and offices will look something like China’s ‘social credit systems’, where every move of US workers will be watched as the Wall Street Journal pointed out in this new story, as R.X. Kendrick pointed out in this May 9th ANP story, the globalists ‘brave new world’ is now coming into sharp, clear focus. As Susan Duclos had mentioned in this May 5th ANP story, there are so many oddities and bizarre things surrounding this ‘virus’ and with a seemingly endless list of symptoms that could make a person simply suffering a sneezing attack or a cough make themselves or those around them believe they had been struck by covid-19, millions of Americans are being transformed into hypochondriacs. So we’ll be taking a look within this ANP story at some of the latest ‘oddities’ surrounding this ‘pandemic’, including what may be a new disease outbreak happening now in Hong Kong where people are becoming ill with rat hepatitis for the 1st time ever and doctors have no idea how, but first, no one can argue that this pandemic ISN’T being used to bring in tyranny and a notched up ‘surveillance state’ to America. From this Wall Street Journal story titled “Welcome Back to the Office. Your Every Move Will Be Watched.” Many Americans heading back to the factory and the office as the coronavirus pandemic eases will soon begin to notice that their every move is being watched or recorded. In Midtown Manhattan, thermal cameras will measure body temperatures as employees file into a 32-story office tower at Rockefeller Center. The building’s owner, RXR Realty, said it is also developing a mobile app for tenants to monitor—and score—how closely their workers are complying with social distancing. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP said it is preparing to launch this month a phone app for employers that traces contacts by analyzing workers’ interactions in the office. More than 50 clients have expressed interest, including some of the nation’s biggest banks, manufacturers and energy companies. Many office workers have become used to widespread security cameras and keycards that register entries and exits. After the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks, buildings installed enhanced security measures, including logging in visitors and X-raying briefcases. The arrival of Covid-19 is taking surveillance to a higher level, with some employers planning to track movements and gather personal information like never before in Western democracies. It marks a new chapter in the debate over privacy, and the trade-offs people are willing to make for safety.

MORE HERE AND CONTINUE READING: Ominous Signs This Pandemic Is The ‘New 9/11’ We’ve Long Been Warned Was Coming To America To Usher In The Globalists End Game – Does Anyone Believe These Devils Wouldn’t Plan Something Like This Out For Their Gain?

https://lighthascome.com/2020/05/11/this-pandemic-is-the-new-9-11-to-usher-in-the-globalists-end-game/ 

:: 5-9-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Eternal Hallelujah

By Hal Lindsey

Jonathon Edwards said, “You contribute nothing to your salvation except the sin that made it necessary.” That’s a humbling statement, but true. It’s humbling because we like to pay our own way. But when it comes to salvation, we can’t. We don’t have the resources. So, Jesus paid the price for us. We can either accept that gift or reject it. But we need to know that it is a gift. Jonathon Edwards helps put that in perspective, too. He said, “If there be ground for you to trust, as you do, in your own righteousness, then all that Christ did to purchase salvation, and all that God did from the fall of man to prepare the way for it, is in vain.” Why would God go to all the trouble? Why would Jesus bother to die a horribly painful, cruel, and humiliating death on the cross if we could be good enough on our own? If we could pay our own way, why did He have to pay with His life? God is perfectly just. It is an essential part of His nature. As humans, we are only partly aware of the extent of evil in any sin. When we hear of child molesters, or terrorists beheading their innocent victims, we get but a glimpse of sin’s awfulness. God sees it fully. He sees all of it for what it is. And He has pronounced judgment on it. But God also loves us. Jesus, God the Son, came to earth as a human being, lived a perfect life, and then took the full weight of God’s judgment against sin onto Himself. That’s why John the Baptist introduced Jesus to the world with the words, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” (John 1:29)

His audience should have understood from centuries of animal sacrifice the meaning of the words, “Lamb of God.” Jesus would cover our sin with His blood. The first verse of the Book of Revelation tells us its true title — “The Revelation of Jesus Christ.” The English word “revelation” is a translation of the Greek word, “apokalupsis.” That’s where we get the word, “apocalypse.” “Revelation” is a good translation. It means “unveiling” or “disclosure.” It is a revealing of Jesus. Here’s one of the things it reveals. Twenty-four times in the Book of Revelation alone, Jesus is referred to as “the Lamb.”

Revelation 19:1 says, “After these things I heard, as it were, a loud voice of a great multitude in heaven, saying, ‘Hallelujah! Salvation and glory and power belong to our God.’”

Salvation belongs to God. It does not belong to you. God wants you to be a good person. He wants you to be moral, ethical, kind, and loving. But those things are the result of His salvation, not the cause of it. Salvation belongs to God. It was purchased fully on the cross of Christ. It can be yours only as a gift.

Moments before Jesus took His last breath, He cried out from the cross, “It is finished!” (John 19:30) He used the Greek word, “tetelestai.” It means “Paid in full!” Jesus took our certificate of debt and wrote across it in His own blood, “Paid in full.” When we receive His pardon, we can never be tried for our sins again. It’s settled forever in heaven by the blood of the only begotten Son of God. The New Living Translation says it well in Colossians 2:14. “He canceled the record of the charges against us and took it away by nailing it to the cross.” All your sins and failings — past, present, and future — were nailed to the cross. Jesus paid the price forever. That’s why we sing “Hallelujah.” And that’s why we will sing it forever!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ 

:: 5-6-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

God’s Timeline

By Hal Lindsey

In all of history, only at the end of World War II did the world order change shape as rapidly as it is changing right now. And those changes were set up by a global war. Today’s changes have come, seemingly, out of the blue. Yet, every day the world looks more like the one described in the Bible as existing during the time of the tribulation. For decades, I have been teaching that these changes would come. But even for me, the pace and scope of change over the last few weeks has been stunning.

In Matthew 24 and 25, Jesus spoke extensively about His second coming. He included a list of signs. In chapter 24, verses 4-7, Jesus gave what have since become the most famous of those signs. He spoke of wars and rumors of wars, people groups rising up against other people groups, countries against countries, and of famines, pestilences, and earthquakes. Then, in verse 8, Jesus said, “All these things are merely the beginning of birth pangs.” That’s quoting the New American Standard Bible. In it, the word “merely” has been italicized. The translators weren’t trying to emphasize the word, but to let us know that they had added it. “Merely” is not in the original text. A better reading would be, “These things are the beginning of birth pangs.” As we suffer the present pestilence, we can see that there isn’t anything “mere” about it — except when compared to what’s coming. When Jesus used the expression “birth pangs,” He was comparing the end-times world to a woman in labor. “Birth pangs” are a series of contractions, waves of tightening and relaxing the uterine muscle. The process is called “cervical effacement and dilation.” Relative to the lives of mother and child, it is an extremely brief period. But it can feel like it will never end. It is the painful and difficult transition of the mother’s body that will allow her to give birth. Contractions are usually characterized by an increase in frequency and intensity. If the earth itself and all the people on it are beginning to experience “birth pangs,” it begs the question. What’s being born? And the answer is astounding. The thing being born is a new world. The signs will increase in frequency and intensity right up to the point when Jesus returns. Sounds terrible, right? That’s why the seven-year period leading to the return of Jesus is known as “the tribulation.” Jesus called the last three and a half of those years “great tribulation.” In Matthew 24:21, He said, “For then there will be a great tribulation, such as has not occurred since the beginning of the world until now, nor ever shall.” Though we’re beginning to feel the birth pangs, we are not in the tribulation period. Jesus will remove His people out harm’s way before the judgments of tribulation fall on the world. That event is usually called the rapture. After that, people will still come to Christ. For the sake of those post-rapture Christians, the tribulation will end before the destruction of everything. And it will end with suddenness and brilliance. “For just as the lightning comes from the east and flashes even to the west, so will the coming of the Son of Man be.” (Matthew 24:27) There are many extremely specific signs of the second coming, but no signs specific to the rapture. There can’t be. If there were, the event would not be imminent. “Imminent” does not mean it will happen in the next hour. Imminent means that it could happen in the next hour. James 5:8 says, “The coming of the Lord is at hand.” That was almost two thousand years ago, so how could he say, “is at hand”? In this case, “at hand” means imminent. The first part of the Lord’s coming — the rapture — could happen at any time. That means there cannot be any signs yet to be fulfilled before the rapture. Otherwise, it would not be “at hand.” In Luke 12:40, Jesus said, “Be ready; for the Son of Man is coming at an hour that you do not expect.” Jesus did not say, “Look for signs and when you see them, get ready.” He said, “Be ready.” If you expect to go in the rapture, you may wonder why signs should interest you. If we’re seeing signs of events that will take place after the rapture — and we are — we should be looking up, because it means the rapture must take place very soon!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-29-2020/ 

:: 5-10-20 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What does it mean to rest on the Sabbath and keep it holy?

Friday, May 8, 2020 Alex McFarland - Guest Columnist

In our modern, materialistic world, sometimes our calendars are fullbut our souls are empty. What is your theology when it comes to taking a weekly day of rest so you can reflect on God, worship Him, and count your blessings? As a Christian apologist, author, evangelist, religion and culture analyst, and advocate for biblical truth, Alex McFarland speaks worldwide. He has preached in over 2,000 churches throughout North America and numerous more internationally. He also speaks at Christian events, conferences, debates, and other venues to teach biblical truths and preach the gospel. This column is printed with permission. Opinions expressed in 'Perspectives' columns published by OneNewsNow.com are the sole responsibility of the article's author(s), or of the person(s) or organization(s) quoted therein, and do not necessarily represent those of the staff or management of, or advertisers who support the American Family News Network, OneNewsNow.com, our parent organization or its other affiliates.

https://onenewsnow.com/perspectives/alex-mcfarland/2020/05/08/what-does-it-mean-to-rest-on-the-sabbath-and-keep-it-holy 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-10-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PLO says cessation of payments to convicted terrorists is 'declaration of war' by Israel

Palestine Liberation Organization: Israel paints violent 'struggle' as terrorism, order to cease paying terrorists is 'declaration of war.'

Dalit Halevi , 09/05/20 23:54

Gaza

Fatah's Revolutionary Council condemned security orders in Judea and Samaria which would expose Palestinian Authority (PA) banks to fines and imprisonment if they continue transferring PA funds to security prisoners' bank accounts. In response to the order, PA banks froze the terrorists' accounts, but promised to reopen them in defiance of the orders banning facilitation of payments to terrorists.  In a statement issued over the weekend, the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) claimed the Israeli orders were a "violation and an end to diplomatic and economic agreements" between Israel and the PA. The PLO's Revolutionary Council noted that it sees this step as "a declaration of war against the holiest issue for the Palestinian conscious and existence." It emphasized that the "Palestinian nation" will not allow the order to be implemented, nor will it allow the implementation of additional decisions such as annexing parts of Judea and Samaria, which the PLO sees as expressing the logic of the "criminal and terrorist Zionist occupation." The statement also praised PA Chairman Mahmoud Abbas' promise that if the PA is left with only a single penny, the money will be transferred to [terrorist] prisoners' families. In addition, the PLO's Revolutionary Council claimed that Israel is using the coronavirus outbreak to implement its "satanic" plans "against our heroic prisoners," and that the "Zionist occupation" has been working for years in the international arena in order to paint the "Palestinian struggle" as terror. Earlier this week it was reported that PA banks began closing the accounts of security prisoners, due to concerns that Israel would punish them for facilitating payments to terrorists. In response, armed activists in the Jenin area sent a threatening message to the banks, demanding that they not cease transferring the payments to the security prisoners' bank accounts.

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/279940 

:: 5-10-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel aghast at Iran cyberattack on civilian water infrastructure — TV report

Hack last month said to be discussed at security cabinet meeting Thursday, with senior officials saying it crossed a red line: ‘This goes against all the codes of war’

By TOI staff 9 May 2020, 9:05 pm

A meeting this week of the high-level security cabinet, the first to be held in months, dealt in part with a recent Iranian cyberattack on Israel’s water infrastructure, Israeli television reported Saturday.  Quoting unnamed senior officials, Channel 13 news said the attack in late April is viewed as a significant escalation by Iran and a crossing of a red line because it targeted civil infrastructure. “This is an attack that goes against all the codes of war. Even from the Iranians we didn’t expect something like this,” an official was quoted saying. The attack did minimal damage, though problems were reported at some facilities in local councils, the officials said. Israel was now weighing how and if to respond, the network said. According to the report, ministers who took part in Thursday’s security cabinet meeting had to sign confidentiality forms. On Thursday, Fox News reported that Iran was behind the attack, with hackers using American servers to carry out the breach. A senior US Department of Energy official told Fox News that the Trump administration was committed to protecting allies from cyberattacks but would not comment on the specific incident, saying an investigation was ongoing. There was no official confirmation of the report by Israeli or US officials. The attack took place on April 24-25 on numerous water and sewage facilities across the country, according to the Ynet news site. At the time, the Water Authority and Israel National Cyber Directorate confirmed an “attempted cyber breach on water command and control systems.” “The attempted attack was dealt with by the Water Authority and National Cyber Directorate. It should be emphasized that there was no harm to the water supply and it operated, and continues to operate, without interruption,” it said. Iran — whose regime avowedly seeks Israel’s destruction — and Israel have engaged in covert cyber-warfare for over a decade, including reported efforts by the Jewish state and US to remotely sabotage the Islamic Republic’s nuclear program. Israel has also in recent weeks stepped up a bombing campaign on Iran-linked forces in Syria, concerned at Iran’s ongoing efforts to establish a potent military presence there from which to attack Israel. The Iranian-funded and -armed Hezbollah terror group faces off against Israel from Lebanon, and Iran backs Palestinian terror groups in the West Bank and Gaza. The Islamic Republic is smarting from one of the world’s most severe COVID-19 outbreaks. Experts have recently warned that the coronavirus pandemic has created a perfect storm for cyberattacks, with millions of people working in unfamiliar, less secure circumstances and eager for information about the virus and with new organizational policies being implemented. Agencies contributed to this report.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/israel-aghast-at-iran-cyberattack-on-civilian-water-infrastructure-tv-report/ 

:: 5-10-20 Y Net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel's fight with Iran knows no coronavirus crisis

Analysis: With war-torn Syria further weakened by the epidemic, Tehran scrambling to reassert regional power and Moscow struggling to justify its investment in Assad, Jerusalem sees now is the time for decisive action

Alex Fishman | Published: 05.08.20 , 23:05

The series of attacks in Syria attributed to Israel during April seems like a planned policy, and is no longer merely a presumed response to Iranian initiative. It seems it was a planned action, most likely meant to root out any Iranian weeds trying to entrench themselves on Syrian soil via the deployment of pro-Iranian militias on the Golan, resuming Hezbollah operations on the plateau, reinforcing its headquarters and munitions warehouses. Beginning in February, foreign sources reported that Israeli military activity had all but ceased, attributing this to the coronavirus crisis that peaked in Israel around Passover. But since the war Israel is conducting all across the Middle East is far more intricate than mere aerial bombardments, it makes sense the scope of its activities - including reports of mysterious explosions - is apparently far more intense than has been reported by the foreign media. Iranians are also trying to return to the pre-coronavirus routine in Syria. If at the end of March the Revolutionary Guard transport jets were flying medical equipment from China to Tehran, in early April those same aircraft started landing in Damascus as well, carrying military equipment in their cargo holds. Coincidentally or not, the first foreign report of fresh Israeli airstrikes in Damascus also first appeared in early April. Since then, Syria's seaports in Latakia and Banias have also been reopened, bringing fuel and equipment of various kinds from Iran. The Iranian machine is back on its feet in Syria - albeit mostly limping - after it suffered three deadly blows: the deadly coronavirus crisis with its economic and social consequences, the continued U.S. sanctions, and - above all - the oil price crisis.  The Syrian regime is also returning to the game much more scarred than before. Not only is the economic crisis in Syria escalating, but there also seems to be no light at the end of the tunnel due to the lack of an exit plan. The coronavirus crisis has hit Syria no less than other countries in the region - only in the war-torn country, there is no one to collect data or tend to the sick. Syrians stand in line for bread and not for coronavirus testing. Israel could not renew its attributed activity in Syria without Russia's tacit consent. In the fifth year of their sojourn in Syria, as the sun slowly set on the coronavirus epidemic, the Russians have found themselves in a state of deep frustration.

All their expectations of benefiting - especially financially - from their investment in Syria have thus far failed to pan out. In fact, in order to maintain Bashar Assad's rule over Syria, they are now required not only to invest huge amounts of money that they do not have, not only on the military but also on the humanitarian-economic-health crisis that does not seem to have a foreseeable finish line.  The Iranians are the allies of the Russians for the purpose of fighting on Syrian soil but are ultimately an obstacle and competitor in Russian plans for control over Syria and its resources.  Therefore it is currently easier for the Russians to simply ignore the attacks attributed to Israel by its Iranian rival. The Americans have also upped their game in a possible military confrontation with Iran, as the harassment of the U.S. Navy in the Persian Gulf has led to a clear directive from President Donald Trump: Attack all Iranian vessels. The Iranians for their part blame the United States not only for their economic crisis but also for curbing their ability to obtain medical equipment to deal with the coronavirus outbreak that has ravaged the country. And so the tensions in the Gulf are rising and will continue to do so as June approaches when the International Atomic Energy Agency will release its report on Iranian violations of enriched uranium storage. It is safe to assume there is coordination or understanding between Israel and the United States regarding the pressure put on Iran. Past experience shows that as tensions rise in the Gulf, so do tensions between Israel and Iran on the Syrian front. The circumstances present Israel with the opportunity to weaken Iran's foothold in Syria. This is a strategic opportunity, for even if Iran does seek to respond, it will only create grounds for Israel to conduct a decisive military operation against it across the northern border.

https://www.ynetnews.com/article/SJRA2w6tL

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 5-3-20 The Scoop :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WATCH: California Police Officers At Anti-Lockdown Protest Appear To STAND DOWN After Marine Vet With Megaphone Challenges Their Integrity

Posted 5.03.2020 by Steeve Strange

Wow. Let me just start out by saying that no matter what your individual views on the coronavirus lockdown orders are, this video is going to give you the chills. Protesters in several California cities, including San Francisco, Huntington Beach, and Sacramento rallied on Friday, May 1st, with huge protests against Democrat Governor Gavin Newsom’s hyper restrictive coronavirus stay-at-home order. In Sacramento, the state’s capital, a packed crowd of thousands of protesters faced off with lines of police officers in full riot gear. According to The Guardian, “The California Highway Patrol (CHP) had announced that it would be barring protests at the Sacramento state capitol because of a lack of social distancing by participants at a previous rally, but protesters gathered on the steps of the building regardless, chanting ‘Whose house? Our house!’” “Freedom! Freedom! Freedom!” chanted other Sacramento protesters, according to video footage recorded by California resident Joshua Coleman. In Coleman’s video, a Marine veteran named Cordie Lee Williams can be seen speaking into a megaphone, challenging California police officers to “stand down.” “In the face of tyranny, in the face of freedom, are you going to sit there in your riot gear against peaceful protesters?” asked Williams. “Or are you going to say, ‘you know what, it’s time to stand up for my country. Because I took an oath of office and it said, ‘I will defend all enemies, foreign and domestic.” Williams continued, “You might lose your job, but I’d rather lose my job than lose my soul. What are you going to tell your little boy or your little girl tonight? That you took your baton and you crushed somebody’s skull, who was a mom? Is that what a tough guy does? That’s not what honor, courage, and commitment means in the Marine Corps.” Williams then directly challenged the officers’ integrity, “We always have in the military, we have ‘what’s a lawful order.’ And you’ve gotta check your nutsack when you’re given an order, and you’ve gotta say, ‘is this a lawful order or is this a bullshit order?’ Join the movement! Would you please consider a donation to help us in our fight against the fake news corporate media?

“When something’s a bullshit order, and it doesn’t pass the sniff test,” Williams said, “that’s when you say, ‘Sergeant,’ that’s when you say, ‘Colonel,’ that’s when you say, ‘General,’ that’s when you say, ‘Governor, I’m not doing that. I didn’t sign up for that.” Shortly after Williams challenged the officers to ‘stand down,’ the officers appeared to retreat and leave the location.

WATCH the viral footage of Marine Corps veteran Cordie Lee Williams challenging the California police officers’ integrity here:

https://thescoop.us/watch-california-police-officers-at-anti-lockdown-protest-appear-to-stand-down-after-marine-vet-with-megaphone-challenges-their-integrity/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 5--20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

David Stockman On The Three Nations Of COVID, & A Windbag Named Fauci

by Tyler Durden

Authored by David Stockman via Contra Corner blog,

If you don’t think our so-called mainstream rulers has gone off the deep end, just consider New York Mayor Bill de Blasio’s recent menacing tweets to the orthodox Jewish community in Brooklyn, which has insisted on holding funerals, including one Monday for a revered 73-year old Rabbi attended by upwards of 2,000 mourners: “Something absolutely unacceptable happened in Williamsburg tonite: a large funeral gathering in the middle of this pandemic,” the mayor said in one post. “When I heard, I went there myself to ensure the crowd was dispersed. And what I saw WILL NOT be tolerated so long as we are fighting the Coronavirus.” My message to the Jewish community, and all communities, is this simple: the time for warnings has passed. I have instructed the NYPD to proceed immediately to summons or even arrest those who gather in large groups. This is about stopping this disease and saving lives. Period. Well, NYC is nearly a ghost town and now its idiotic ruling pols are suggesting that, apparently, only ghosts may attend funerals without governmental permission! But actually, this photo from the offending funeral is another picture worth a thousand words. That’s because by now, everyone, and we mean everyone, knows that the Covid-19 strikes the elderly, the frail and the already disease-afflicted; and that these vulnerable populations need to not only “social distance”, but actually stay home and keep out of harm’s way completely. That appears to be exactly what happened at Rabbi Mertz’ funeral. If you can spot an octogenarian in this crowd, or even a grandfather, your eyesight is better than Clark Kent’s. And besides being preponderantly way under 50-somethings, they congregated outdoors and virtually all were wearing masks. Yet claiming to speak for some latter day “Committee of Public Safety”, Mayor Robespierre actually threatened to bring in the gendarmes.

Hundreds of people gathered in Williamsburg, Brooklyn, for a massive funeral Tuesday evening As to whether the above pictured citizens should be jailed or fined, let’s start with a tale of two Lockdown Nations – New York City and the semi-socialist Republic of California. Both have imposed severe stay-at-home and business shutdown orders almost from the day the Donald issued his unfortunate March 16 guidelines. Yet here are the results 45 days later with respect to their mortality rates, which is ostensibly the reason officialdom issued these draconian “cease and desist” orders in the first place.  To wit, the mortality rate as of April 28 was 143 per 100,000 in New York City and 4.6 per 100,000 in the state of California. Essentially the same public health policy lockdown, but night and day differences in the outcome. Yes, New York is more dense than California on average, but that doesn’t even remotely explain the difference. That’s because by now there is overwhelming evidence that the severity of the quarantine regime has essentially zero impact on the mortality metrics. And folks, even the Virus Patrol hardliners don’t claim their lockdown orders are designed to prevent 3-day hospital stays by people who get an unusually stubborn case of the winter flu. This is about death prevention and that’s why they run the Chyron of Death across the CNN screen day and night.

But there is zero correlation:

California: Heavy lockdown, 4.6 deaths per 100,000;

Iowa: No lockdown, 4.3 deaths per 100,000;

Texas: Light lockdown, 2.4 deaths per 100,000;

Washington state: Heavy lockdown, 10.0 deaths per 100,000;

Colorado: Inconsistent lockdown, 12.2 deaths per 100,000;

Georgia: Late Lockdown now lifted, 10.0 deaths per 100,000;

Maine: Heavy Lockdown, 3.8 deaths per 100,000;

Massachusetts: Heavy Lockdown, 45.7 deaths per 100,000.

We call attention to Washington state, Maine and Massachusetts especially because even though they all have severe statewide lockdown regimes and their overall mortality rates very widely, from 3.8 per 100,000 in Maine to 45.7 per 100,000 in Massachusetts, they do share one thing in common. To wit, 40-60% of their Covid-fatalities have been in nursing homes. In Maine, 53% of Covid deaths were in nursing homes, meaning that the actual Covid-mortality rate for the general population is just 1.8 per 100,000 and in Massachusetts 56% are nursing home fatalities, meaning the general rate is 21 per 100,000. Ironically, Sweden has one of the least restrictive lockdown regimes in the world – schools, businesses, restaurants and retail remain open–yet its mortality rate of 22 per 100,000 is virtually the same as the lockdown state of Massachusetts. Self-evidently, what matters is not how economically suicidal the lockdown regime is from one jurisdiction to the next, but the age, health status and general frailty/vulnerability of the populations at issue. In the case of Washington state where the first corona cases occurred, upwards of 40% of the 690 deaths to date have been in nursing homes, meaning that its general population mortality is just 6.0 per 100,000. As we amplify below, these single-digit rates are rounding errors on the scheme of things, even as all deaths are both regrettable and inevitable. But by what rational calculation does Governor Inslee insist on keeping the state in Lockdown and its economy heading into the the drink? Someone might dare inform him that the general mortality rate from all causes for his citizens is 900 per 100,000 annually, and that, therefore, he is imposing the economic mayhem evident in these charts below owing to a risk of Covid death for the general population of his state that so far has been 0.7% of the normal average. Stated differently, had Patient Zero (aka the Donald) not been the victim of malpractice by his doctors led by Fauci and the Scarf Lady, he might have been advised to dial in on day #1 to the heart of the Covid-threat. Namely, the 15,600 nursing homes in America, which domicile some 1.5 million residents, of which one-quarter (425,00) are over the age of 80 years. In the case of Massachusetts, where the majority of deaths have occurred in nursing homes, the average age of Covid-deaths has been 82 years. Needless to say, you did not need to be entombed in the infectious disease tunnel at the NIH for 52 years like Dr. Fauci, a pretentious 79-year old windbag who should have himself been put in a retirement home years ago, to realize that nursing homes are dense-packed with the frail, disease-afflicted elderly. So rather than wipe out $4 trillion of GDP via Lockdown Nation they might have started with say $25 billion of incremental money for Medicare/Medicaid and the state public health agencies to zero-in on protecting, isolating and treating the nursing home residents. After all, we find it easy to believe that spending $20,000 per nursing home resident might have saved or extended a lot more lives than the WHO/CDC/DR. Fauci blunderbuss assault on the entire US economy. Indeed, with each passing update, the CDC data itself becomes an ever more dispositive indictment of the madness the Donald’s doctors have imposed on the nation. It is now strikingly clear, in fact, that when it comes to Covid-19 there are three nations in America, and that the attempt to shoe-horn them into a one-size fits all regime of state control is tantamount to insane. There is first the Kids Nation of some 61 million persons under 15 years, where even by the CDCs elastic definitions there have been just 5 WITH Covid deaths thru April 28. You needn’t even bother with the zero-ridden fraction of 1 per 100,000 (its actually 0.008) to make the point. That is to say, last year there were about 44,000 deaths among the Kids Nation – so corona-virus accounts for just 0.011% of the total, and in no sane world would it be a reason for shutting down the schools. Of course, the Virus Patrol insists that the school closures are an unfortunate necessity because otherwise the Kids Nation would take the virus home to the Parents/Workers Nation. That is the 215 million citizens between 15 and 64, who account for the overwhelming share of commerce, jobholders and GDP. Yet according to the CDC, there have been just 8,267 deaths WITH Covid in this massive expanse of the population, which figure represents a mortality rate of, well, 3.6 per 100,000.

But here’s the thing. The normal total mortality rate for the 15-64 years old population is 335 per 100,000. So we are talking about shutting down the entire economy owing to a death rate to date which amounts to 1.1% of normal mortality in the Parents/Workers nation. Finally, we have Grandparents/Great Grandparents Nation, comprised of 52 million citizens. But they account for 32,000 or nearly 80% of the WITH Covid deaths as of April 28 – with 15,000 of these being among those 85 years and older. By way of computation, that’s 61 deaths per 100,000 for the group as a whole and 230 per 100,000 for the 85 years and older. Stated differently, the risk of death posed by Covid-19 is 7,600X greater for Grandparents/Great Grandparents Nation overall than for Kids Nation, and 29,000 times greater for the several million Great-Grandparents afflicted with severe comorbidity and likely as not to be in the care of a nursing home. Needless to say, it did not take a catastrophic experiment with Lockdown Nation to figure this out. It was already known from China and the history of other coronaviruses. If there were any reason or justice left in America, Dr. Fauci and the Scarf Lady and the whole CDC/WHO lobby that brought about this disaster would actually be headed for their own quarantine – the kind that doesn’t happen at home and which can’t be lifted by the whims of the Cuomo brothers or Mayor Robespierre.

https://www.zerohedge.com/health/david-stockman-three-nations-covid-windbag-named-fauci 

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, oh even the big earthquake and you shall see the division before long from one end of the states to another that you cannot cross for that fault shall be opened.  You shall see the stock market as it crashes, for I have warned you and yet the world has mocked me, your President has mocked me, both parties have mocked me and judgment day is coming fast. etc

:: 5--20 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Last Chance to Sell’: Hedge Fund Warns of Impending Stock Market Crash

Hedge fund manager Kevin Smith is extremely bearish on the stock market, and he says this may be your "last chance to sell" before the crash.

Josiah Wilmoth @Y3llowb1ackbird

Smith believes that the stock market picture looks eerily similar to the 1930 "relief rally" that followed the initial wave of the "Black Monday" crash. | Source: REUTERS/Mike Segar

The founder of Crescat Capital says the stock market is about to suffer another plunge.

Kevin Smith draws parallels between the S&P 500’s April recovery and the Dow’s short-lived “relief rally” in 1930. The hedge fund bear warns this is your “last chance to sell” before the market begins the next leg of its prolonged crash. The stock market may be flashing some ridiculously bullish signals, but hedge fund bear Kevin Smith is sticking by his prediction that the Dow and S&P 500 are on the verge of a Great Depression-level crash. In fact, the Crescat Capital founder warns, this is your “last chance to sell” before the impending collapse.

Hedge Fund Bear Who Said ‘This Is 1929’ Has Another Doomsday Prediction

The notoriously bearish hedge fund manager shared his apocalyptic prediction on Twitter this week. He predicts that the S&P 500 is about to suffer a technical move called a Fibonacci retracement.

why crescat capital expects the stock market to crash He wrote this early Friday morning, just hours after the stock market closed its best month in 33 years: The macro environment makes me want to be net short today, a recession starting from record valuations and debt. The technical picture only adds to the set-up at this moment, a 61.8% Fibonacci retracement on the S&P 500 from the Feb. 19th top. Resembles the 1930 relief rally. Smith believes that the stock market picture looks eerily similar to the 1930 “relief rally” that followed the initial wave of the “Black Monday” crash. After the Dow Jones Industrial Average fell as low as 198.69 in 1929, the stock market appeared to snap back relatively quickly. It closed the year at 248.48 – more than 25% off its lows, and it rose another 18% as the rally stretched into 1930. But the gains were short-lived. The Dow plunged nearly 50% from its highs by the end of the year. It ultimately became clear that the 1929 crash was the beginning of a devastating bear market that ultimately wiped 89% off the Dow, which bottomed out at 41.22 roughly three years later.

Crescat: Stock Market Looks Eerily Similar to 1930 ‘Relief Rally’ The Crescat founder and CIO says that this story is playing out in the stock market again, nearly a full century later: Should be the last chance to sell near the top on the Fibonacci retest. Just like 1929, only this relief rally happened more quickly. Stocks peaked just two months ago at record valuations and corporate leverage. Still very early in the global recession and bear market. Great Depression comparisons have come into vogue since the coronavirus pandemic forced the U.S. economy into total lockdown. But Smith has been harping on this point since before it was fashionable. And just as he expects the economy to encounter Great Depression-like headwinds, he believes the stock market will suffer a much more pronounced collapse than we saw in February and March. That may have been the Dow’s fastest-ever bear market, but the magnitude of the plunge still pales in comparison to what transpired a century ago. As the Dow rallies off its March lows, hedge fund bear Kevin Smith sees parallels to the 1930 stock market “relief rally” that was incredibly short-lived. | Source: Yahoo Finance

According to Smith, that’s about to change.

Fed stimulus juiced the stock market into a phenomenal April recovery, but Smith alleges that the S&P 500 is still plagued by the same ugly fundamentals that made its early-year ascent so unconvincing – insane valuation multiples and overleveraged corporate balance sheets. Crescat Capital warned in early March that the market was teed up for a collapse long before coronavirus sunk its poisonous fangs into the economy’s longest-ever expansion. The S&P 500’s median enterprise value to sales (EV/sales) ratio had already ballooned twice as high as it did during either the financial crisis or dotcom bubble. All the pandemic did was light the fuse. So forget what history says. This time, Crescat claims, really is different. Maybe that’s why all the “smart money” is sitting on the sidelines.

Disclaimer: The opinions in this article do not represent investment or trading advice from CCN.com. Unless otherwise noted, the author has no position in any of the stocks mentioned.

This article was edited by Sam Bourgi.

Last modified: May 1, 2020 3:59 PM UTC

Josiah Wilmoth @Y3llowb1ackbird

Josiah is the US Editor at CCN.com, where he focuses on financial markets. He has written over 2,000 articles since joining CCN.com in 2014. His work has also been featured on ZeroHedge, Yahoo Finance, and Investing.com. He lives in rural Virginia. Email him directly at josiah.wilmoth(at)ccn.com.

https://www.ccn.com/last-chance-to-sell-hedge-fund-warns-of-impending-stock-market-crash/ 

:: 5-3-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hungry Seagulls Kill Pigeons and Rats as Lockdown Deprives Them of Food in Rome, Italy

By Strange Sounds - May 3, 2020

Seagulls in Rome take to killing rats and pigeons…

As the lockdown deprives them of food scraps. Deprived of the juicy scraps left by bars and restaurants that they normally gorge on, Rome’s notoriously aggressive seagulls have become cold-blooded killers. Two months into Italy’s lockdown and with trattorias and cafes all closed, the big gulls are now killing rats and pigeons on the mean streets of the capital. “They are going back to being predators,” said Bruno Cignini, a zoologist from the capital’s Rome University Tor Vergata. “They are catching mostly pigeons but also swallows and black birds. They’re also going after fish in the Tiber. Luckily, they are also eating rats. Animals are changing their habits as we change ours,” he told Corriere della Sera newspaper. From pecking at carrion to killing Rome’s sharp-beaked gulls developed a taste for pigeon and rat in the past but the prey was usually dead – road kill left by the city’s chaotic traffic. The gulls are now switching from pecking at carrion to killing. The species is known in Italian as the Royal Gull but in English as the Yellow-Legged Gull. Their bold behaviour and beady eyes are the stuff of legend in the capital. Matteo Salvini, the head of the centre-Right League party and former deputy prime minister, joked last year that they were “the size of pterodactyls.”

He said he had gone for an evening stroll and “found myself in company with three massive rats – and then there are the aggressive seagulls, which are like pterodactyls.” He was having a dig at Rome City Council, which is run by a mayor from the anti-establishment Five Star Movement. He said the city was in such a state of abandonment that “the only thing we are missing is a plague of locusts.”

Rome has a large menagerie of unwelcome wildlife:

Wild boar snuffle alongside busy roads and menace dog walkers

The Tiber is full of coypu, a South American rodent once kept in farms for its fur

And the parks ring with the squawks of thousands of Ring-necked and Monk Parakeets.

Maybe we will also turn cannibals after the pandemic. More apocalyptic news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [Telegraph, Yahoo]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/05/seagulls-kill-rats-pigeons-rome-food-video.html 

:: 5-3-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oregon DHS Announces Plan to Confiscate Children if Foster Parents Test Positive for Coronavirus and Deemed Unable to Provide for Them

By Jim Hoft Published May 3, 2020 at 9:19am 301 Comments Share (1.9k)

Several states reopened last week.

Severl more will open at least partially this week from the Fauci lockdown. But Democrat-led Oregon is not one of them.

Oregon, a state with 4.14 million residents, did not reopen on Friday.  In fact, the liberal state is not reopening anytime soon.  Far Left Oregon Governor Kate Brown is extending the state’s lockdown until JULY 6th!  TWO MORE MONTHS! Oregon is ranked 40th in US coronavirus deaths. 40TH!  But there is even more troubling news coming from Oregon.

Oregon DHS Announces Plan to Confiscate Children if Foster Parents Test Positive for Coronavirus and Deemed Unable to Provide for Them

By Jim Hoft

Published May 3, 2020 at 9:19am 301 Comments Share (1.9k)

Several states reopened last week.

Severl more will open at least partially this week from the Fauci lockdown.

But Democrat-led Oregon is not one of them.

Oregon, a state with 4.14 million residents, did not reopen on Friday.

In fact, the liberal state is not reopening anytime soon.

Far Left Oregon Governor Kate Brown is extending the state’s lockdown until JULY 6th!

TWO MORE MONTHS! TRENDING: HUGE UPDATE: Dr. Fauci and Dr. Birx Used Imperial College Model -- NOW CONFIRMED AS A COMPLETE FRAUD -- To Persuade President Trump to Lock Down Entire US Economy!

Oregon is ranked 40th in US coronavirus deaths. 40TH!

But there is even more troubling news coming from Oregon.

On April 22nd the state initiated a plan to remove children from foster homes if one of the parents comes down with coronavirus.

The state of Oregon will remove the children and place them with “sustitute care” if the parents are deemed unable to support them.

This law was actually published online on the Oregon Department of Human Services website. It appears Oregon got this idea from WHO executive Michael Ryan.

At the behest of the World Health Organization (WHO) executive director Michael Ryan, Oregon is slated to remove children from homes and place them in “substitute care” if parents are deemed “unable to support them.”

Ryan, who was criticized for stating that governments need to go door-to-door looking for people infected with coronavirus and if found, “Now we need to go and look in families to find those people who may be sick, and remove them and isolate them.”

Jim Hoft is the founder of The Gateway Pundit, one of the top conservative news outlets in America. Jim was awarded the Reed Irvine Accuracy in Media Award in 2013 and is the proud recipient of the Breitbart Award for Excellence in Online Journalism from the Americans for Prosperity Foundation in May 2016.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/05/oregon-dhs-announces-plan-confiscate-children-parents-test-positive-coronavirus-deemed-unable-provide/ 

:: 4-28-20 Dennis Prager :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Our Dress Rehearsal for a Police State

Tue, Apr 28, 2020 • Prager's Column

All my life, I have dismissed paranoids on the right (“America is headed to communism”) and the left (“It can happen here” — referring to fascism). It’s not that I’ve ever believed liberty was guaranteed. Being familiar with history and a pessimist regarding the human condition, I never believed that.

But the ease with which police state tactics have been employed and the equal ease with which most Americans have accepted them have been breathtaking. People will argue that a temporary police state has been justified because of the allegedly unique threat to life posed by the new coronavirus. I do not believe the data will bear that out. Regardless, let us at least agree that we are closer to a police state than ever in American history. “Police state” does not mean totalitarian state. America is not a totalitarian state; we still have many freedoms. In a totalitarian state, this article could not be legally published, and if it were illegally published, I would be imprisoned and/or executed. But we are presently living with all four of the key hallmarks of a police state: No. 1: Draconian laws depriving citizens of elementary civil rights. The federal, state, county and city governments are now restricting almost every freedom except those of travel and speech. Americans have been banned from going to work (and thereby earning a living), meeting in groups (both indoors and outdoors), meeting in their cars in church parking lots to pray and entering state-owned properties such as beaches and parks — among many other prohibitions.

No. 2: A mass media supportive of the state’s messaging and deprivation of rights.

The New York Times, CNN and every other mainstream mass medium — except Fox News, The Wall Street Journal (editorial and opinion pages only) and talk radio — have served the cause of state control over individual Americans’ lives just as Pravda served the Soviet government. In fact, there is almost no more dissent in The New York Times than there was in Pravda. And the Big Tech platforms are removing posts about the virus and potential treatments they deem “misinformation.”

No. 3: Use of police.  Police departments throughout America have agreed to enforce these laws and edicts with what can only be described as frightening alacrity. After hearing me describe police giving summonses to, or even arresting, people for playing baseball with their children on a beach, jogging alone without a mask, or worshipping on Easter while sitting isolated in their cars in a church parking lot, a police officer called my show. He explained that the police have no choice. They must respond to every dispatch they receive. “And why are they dispatched to a person jogging on a beach or sitting alone in a park?” I asked. Because the department was informed about these lawbreakers. “And who told the police about these lawbreakers?” I asked. His answer brings us to the fourth characteristic of a police state:

No. 4: Snitches. How do the police dispatchers learn of lawbreakers such as families playing softball in a public park, lone joggers without face masks, etc.? From their fellow citizens snitching on them. The mayor of New York City, Bill de Blasio, set up a “snitch line,” whereby New Yorkers were told to send authorities photos of fellow New Yorkers violating any of the quarantine laws. Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti similarly encouraged snitching, unabashedly using the term. It is said that about 1 in every 100 East German citizens were informers for the Stasi, the East German secret police, as superbly portrayed in the film “The Lives of Others.” It would be interesting, and, I think, important, to know what percentage of New Yorkers informed on their fellow citizens. Now, again, you may think such a comparison is not morally valid, that de Blasio’s call to New Yorkers to serve a Stasi-like role was morally justified given the coronavirus pandemic. But you cannot deny it is Stasi-like or that, other than identifying spies during World War II, this is unprecedented in American history at anywhere near this level. This past Friday night, I gathered with six others for a Shabbat dinner with friends in Santa Monica, California. On my Friday radio show, I announced I would be doing that, and if I was arrested, it would be worth it. In my most pessimistic dreams, I never imagined that in America, having dinner at a friend’s house would be an act of civil disobedience, perhaps even a criminal act. But that is precisely what happens in a police state. The reason I believe this is a dress rehearsal is that too many Americans appear untroubled by it; the dominant force in America, the left, supports it, and one of the two major political parties has been taken over by the left. Democrats and their supporters have, in effect, announced they will use state power to enforce any law they can to combat the even greater “existential” crisis of global warming. On the CNN website this weekend, in one of the most frightening and fanatical articles in an era of fanaticism, Bill Weir, CNN chief climate correspondent, wrote an open letter to his newborn son. In it, he wrote of his idealized future for America: “completely new forms of power, food, construction, transportation, economics and politics.” You cannot get there without a police state. If you love liberty, you must see that it is jeopardized more than at any time since America’s founding. And that means, among other things, that at this time, a vote for any Democrat is a vote to end liberty. This column was originally posted on Townhall.com.

https://www.dennisprager.com/column/our-dress-rehearsal-for-a-police-state/ 

:: 5--20 Freedom Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Communist Democrats in 3 States Push Laws to Force Private Property Owners to Allow Homeless to Live Their Property

Ohio, California, and Oregon are pushing for laws that would force private property owners to allow homeless people to camp out on their property. What’s worst is that if they try to do something about it, they could be arrested. I’d certainly like to know what they’d be arrested for. Two recent court decisions surrounding homelessness may have a big impact on people sleeping on city streets. While the U.S. Supreme Court has decided not to hear a case about criminalizing homelessness, an appeals court ruled encampments are allowed on private property. Kevin Finn has worked to end homelessness in Cincinnati for 21 years. He cautiously applauds the two recent court rulings that address the criminalization of sleeping on the streets. “I don’t think there’s anything helpful about making it a criminal act for people to be sleeping outside if ultimately what we want is for people to get into housing,” said Finn. The Supreme Court will not hear a case on a ban against homeless people sleeping in public spaces. That now means there’s a constitutional right to camp in public. “Filing charges, making things they’re doing illegal, making their police history longer is not helpful for the long-term goal,” said Finn. Ohio’s First District Court of Appeals says governments cannot ban homeless encampments from private property — like Hamilton County did at the New Prospect Baptist Church in 2018. “I don’t think it’s ever a good move to ever try to criminalize people sleeping outside,” said Finn. “But at the same time, a homeless person is three times more likely to die sleeping outside on the streets, so we need to find a balance where we’re not encouraging people to sleep outside in camps either.”

https://freedomheadlines.com/freedom-wire/communist-democrats-in-3-states-push-laws-to-force-private-property-owners-to-allow-homeless-to-live-their-property/ 

Mike Coudrey @MichaelCoudrey EXPLICIT WARNING ⚠️:

Look at the homeless epidemic in Los Angeles due to failed liberal policies, high taxes, and high crime.

Police are now demanding citizens allow homeless people to camp on their private property, threatening this man with arrest if he moves them.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 5-4-20 Light Has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America, We’re In Trouble – Cattle Rancher Explains That Starvation Is Coming As Millions Of Pounds Of Food Is Being Dumped….

By MsSophie | May 4, 2020 | Comments 0 Comment

America, ‘We Are In Trouble’ – Cattle Rancher Explains That Starvation Is Coming As Millions Of Pounds Of Food Is Being Dumped From Coast To Coast

By Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine

We’re going to start this article a little differently than usual, as we are seeing dire warnings, not just from writers that have been seeing the writing on the wall regarding food shortages during the national lockdown because of the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic, but from the very people that grow the food that ends up on our tables.  So, we are going to begin this article with a video that a regular reader so kindly sent over to us. A Texas cattle rancher created a video that was published at An American Homestead’s YouTube channel, explaining what is happening to farmers and ranchers from “coast to coast” and warning exactly how dire the situation truly is. This news has been reported, generally in separate articles, or days apart, but when all is seen together, we can see why Mr. Sullivan says “we are in trouble.” Watch him, then below the video I will link to the reports confirming each of his assertions. Mr. Sullivan speaks about vegetable crops having to be plowed under from coast to coast. He is correct as multiple news reports over the last few weeks have confirmed. The UPI headline states “Farmers destroy crops grown for restaurants, hotels.” With the lockdown and social distancing rules state leaders have mandated, many business that usually buy food products from America’s farmers and ranchers in bulk, can no longer do so. U.S. farmers have destroyed millions of pounds of perishable food like tomatoes, lettuce and green beans because growers lost a vast number of customers after the coronavirus pandemic struck. “It’s a catastrophe, it really is,” said Tony DiMare, a long-time tomato grower based in Palm Beach County, Fla.

• He then describes how millions of chickens are having to be euthanized. Business Insider reports that 2 million chickens from one single plant in Deleware have to be euthanized.

That is just one of the hundreds of plants across America having to make that kind of devastating decision because we have created a food supply chain that when any part of it is disrupted collectively, the entire system starts falling apart.

A poultry-processing plant in Delaware has made the “difficult but necessary” decision to kill 2 million chickens as worker shortages push the US meat supply chain toward a breaking point.

Delmarva Poultry Industry Inc., a cooperative that works with about 1,300 farmers, said it looked at all other options, “including allowing another chicken company to transport and process the chickens and taking a partially processed product to rendering facilities to utilize for other animal feed” but ultimately decided on euthanasia.

• The next thing he mentions is how sows are being given abortions, and on April 28, 2020, the New York Post described how farmers are having to kill piglets and give sows abortions because they are running out of space to house their livestock.

• On the same day Bloomberg reported that the “mass hog cull” has begun with meat rotting in landfills.

• Many already know that farmers are having to dump hundreds of thousands of gallons of milk as the “coronavirus has devastated US agriculture,” as CNBC states.

Related: INSIGHT-Piglets aborted, chickens gassed as pandemic slams meat sector

• On top of those items that Mr. Sullivan so succinctly described we see a report at MSN Money,. from Bloomberg, showing that some grocers are now rationing meat and limiting the sale of ground beef and fresh pork in certain areas. Already, some grocers are beginning to ration supplies as the virus forces unprecedented disruptions in meat processing. Kroger Co., the nation’s biggest traditional supermarket chain, on Friday said it was limiting purchases of ground beef and fresh pork “at select stores.” Wholesale prices for both the meats have surged, and it’s starting to translate into higher bills at the retail level.

• Krogers is not the only place where the the rationing has begun, as we see the blaring headline “McDonalds Starts To Ration Meat Amid Supply Chain ‘Concerns’.” Within the article we see the “company has placed items like burgers, bacon and sausage on “controlled allocation,” according to Business Insider. Additionally, the company’s distribution centers have been placed on ‘managed supply’.” When we step back and look at all of those stories together, in one place, it is a little easier to understand the sheer desperation of the ranchers and farmers, forced to kill and destroy their own fruits, vegetables and livestock, which in turn destroys their entire livelihood.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan & Susan.)

WHERE IS THE MEDIA?

While I was able to find articles regarding each of these issues, the media reports it then buries under their latest Trump outrage of the day, so worried about attacking the President, they cannot be bothered to help Americans understand what is happening now and what is coming. I had to look up each of those articles individually because places that generate links, such as Drudge Report, has just one article today, Sunday, May 3, 2020, that relates to the upcoming food crisis. Why are most media outlets ignoring the huge elephant in the room, and others are burying their reports when they can be bothered to inform Americans of what is truly happening with our food supply chains? Had the establishment media warned Americans back when the pandemic first began to spread from Wuhan, China, perhaps those same Americans would have had more time to prepare, stock up on items before the panic buying began and stripped shelves of basics like cleaning supplies and toilet paper.

The so-called “mainstream media” has failed spectacularly during this pandemic.

https://lighthascome.com/2020/05/04/america-were-in-trouble-cattle-rancher-explains-that-starvation-is-coming-as-millions-of-pounds-of-food-is-being-dumped/ 

:: 5-4-20 KOMO News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Costco to limit meat purchases amid nationwide outbreak at processing plants

by KOMO News Staff Monday, May 4th 2020

KIRKLAND, Wash. -- The coronavirus outbreak at meat plants nationwide has limited their capacity and has prompted Costco to now impose limits on the amount customers can buy, the company announced Monday. Fresh meat purchases are now temporarily limited to three items among beef, poultry and pork products, their web site says. According to a CDC report released Friday, more than 4,900 workers at meat and poultry processing facilities have been diagnosed with the coronavirus, including 20 who died. The illnesses occurred among 130,000 workers at 115 facilities in 19 states, according to the CDC. Some states didn’t provide data, so the actual count is believed to be higher.  With so many employees staying home because they are sick or worried about getting sick, many plants are operating only at half capacity, says Mark Lauritsen, who directs the meatpackers division at the United Food and Commercial Workers union. President Trump signed an executive order Wednesday ordering meat plants to stay open. Monday is also the date when Costco's mandatory face mask policy went into effect for all customers and employees, with exceptions granted only for those under two or have a health condition that prevents wearing a mask. In addition, the company is expanding their "senior shopping hours" to Monday through Friday from 9-10 a.m. Only guests 60 and older or those who have a health condition that places them at higher risk for COVID-19 exposure will be allowed to shop during that time. The Associated Press contributed to this report.

https://komonews.com/news/coronavirus/costco-to-limit-meat-purchases-amid-slowdowns-at-processing-plants 

:: 4-23-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THE CORONAVIRUS PLANNEDEMIC IS AN ACT OF WAR DESIGNED TO CRASH THE GLOBAL ECONOMIES AND BRING IN THE NEW WORLD ORDER WITH A DIGITAL ID

Jack Metir technology April 23, 2020 4 Minutes

In the United States last week, stimulus checks are going out and I know people who have received them, I have not so far. Those $1,200 checks account for almost $500 billion of the total package, so where did the $1.5 trillion dollars go? They sold this whole thing as something that would primarily ‘benefit the people’, but which people exactly are receiving the other 75% of that massive mountain of money? Here’s something for you to chew on, Jeff Bezos’ wealth increased by $24 billion dollars this week while you were so excited with your $1,200 distraction money. First rule to apply when you need to figure out something that makes no sense is who stands to benefit the most? That’s rule number one. Rule number three is understanding we are living in certified end times, and the New World Order must rise to the forefront. Now figure out what the first two rules are. Here we are at roughly the one month mark since the Plannedemic lockdown here in America went into effect, other nations like Italy, Israel, the UK and others had already been locked down. So what does the view at this level look like? It looks like exactly what I thought it looked like a month ago, a real virus hijacked and weaponized, combined with a worldwide campaign of fear and disinformation designed to make us so afraid that in the ‘fog of war’ we wouldn’t see what the elites we actually doing. ‘Toilet paper shortage’ that’s really a psy-op. But we who have the Holy Spirit saw this coming from a mile away. “Beware therefore, lest that come upon you, which is spoken of in the prophets; Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish: for I work a work in your days, a work which ye shall in no wise believe, though a man declare it unto you.” Acts 13:40,41 (KJB) In the United States this week, stimulus checks are going out and I know people who have received them, I have not so far. Those $1,200 checks account for almost $500 billion of the total package, so where did the $1.5 trillion dollars go? They sold this whole thing as something that would primarily ‘benefit the people’, but which people exactly are receiving the other 75% of that massive mountain of money? Here’s something for you to chew on, Jeff Bezos’ wealth increased by $24 billion dollars this week while you were so excited with your $1,200 distraction money First rule to apply when you need to figure out something that makes no sense is who stands to benefit the most? That’s rule number one. Rule number two is who is in what position after the changes take place. Rule number three is understanding we are living in certified end times, and the New World Order must rise to the forefront. Any questions? From the very beginning we have been lied to by China, by the World Health Organization, by Bill Gates, by Anthony Fauci, by the CDC, by all of them. Time to rouse from slumber, Christian, there’s a war on. New World Order elite Jeff Bezos Gains $24 Billion While World’s Rich Reap Bailout Rewards

FROM YAHOO NEWS: The world’s richest person is getting richer, even in a pandemic, and perhaps because of it. With consumers stuck at home, they’re relying on Jeff Bezos’s Amazon.com Inc. more than ever. The retailer’s stock climbed 5.3% to a record Tuesday, lifting the founder’s net worth to $138.5 billion. The pandemic has brought the global economy to a near standstill and pushed almost 17 million Americans onto the unemployment rolls in the span of three weeks. JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Wells Fargo & Co. signaled Tuesday that loan losses fueled by the unprecedented job cuts — many of them in the retail sector that Amazon so efficiently disrupted — could rival those incurred after the 2008 financial crisis. Yet Jeff Bezos and many of his wealthy peers have seen their fortunes recover in recent weeks, helped by the boost given to markets by unprecedented stimulus efforts by governments and central bankers. While the combined net worth of the world’s 500 richest people has dropped $553 billion this year, it has surged 20% from its low on March 23, according to the Bloomberg Billionaires Index “The wealth gap, it’s only going to get wider with what’s going on now,” said Matt Maley, chief market strategist at Miller Tabak + Co. “The really wealthy people haven’t had to worry. Yes, they’re less wealthy, but you haven’t had to worry about putting food on the table or keeping a roof over your head.” READ MORE

A Nice Overview Of The Trail Of Lies Around The Coronavirus

The World Health Organization is Bill Gates favorite group of end times elites, to paraphrase the old 70’s commercial, he liked them so much he bought the company!

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/04/23/the-coronavirus-plannedemic-is-an-act-of-war-designed-to-crash-the-global-economies-and-bring-in-the-new-world-order-with-a-digital-id/ 

:: 5--20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Which painkillers are safe for you to take?

By LUCY ELKINS, Daily Mail

Over-the-counter painkillers have been a trusted part of most medicine cabinets for decades.

In any year, we swallow 60 paracetamol tablets per person in the UK alone - and 1,000 billion aspirins are taken worldwide annually. They have been hailed as pain relievers and more - yet recently their safe reputation has been called into question. This week, researchers at Harvard University warned that paracetamol and ibuprofen can cause high blood pressure. Earlier this month, the Committee on the Safety of Medicines urged that the age limit at which children are allowed to take aspirin be raised from 12 to 16, amid fears that in younger children it may trigger Reye's Syndrome, a potentially fatal brain disease. So where does that leave us when we want quick relief from a headache or respite from period pains or an aching tooth? Here, we present the case for and against the major painkillers to help you decide whether to reach for a pill or grin and bear it. PARACETAMOL Unlike many similar painkillers, paracetamol can be safely taken with most medication. Professor John Henry, a specialist in toxicity at Imperial College, London, says: 'It is a simple drug so in most cases can be taken alongside other medication without side-effects.' It is an effective painkiller safe enough to be taken during pregnancy. Other pain relievers are not considered suitable for expectant mothers because they may cause potential complications for mother and baby. It is also useful in alleviating the symptoms of viruses. This is because it reduces temperature and relieves aches. Paracetamol is gentle on the stomach and can be taken by those with a mild gastric condition. A junior dose of paracetamol is an effective way to reduce fever in children, and can help alleviate the flulike symptoms youngsters suffer after having vaccinations. While other pain relievers have been linked to health risks to children, paracetamol suspension is safe enough to be given to babies from the age of three months. However, paracetamol can be harmful for heavy drinkers and anyone with a history of liver problems.  Also, some asthmatics who take paracetamol regularly suffer more frequent and severe attacks.  Researchers at Harvard University found that women who take paracetamol regularly double their chance of developing high blood pressure. The team studied 80,000 women who took the drug for 22 days a month and found they were twice as likely to develop hypertension as women who did not use the drug. Paracetamol, while relatively safe in the short term, can be dangerous with prolonged use. It also requires just 20 tablets for an overdose.  IBUPROFEN Ibuprofen both numbs the site of pain and reduces inflammation. It is especially useful for easing the discomfort of post-operative patients, as it reduces swelling in the soft tissues and skin. It is also very good at relieving muscular pain and injuries such as strains, as well as the suffering of arthritics, because of its ability to both reduce the swelling and provide pain relief. Ibuprofen is considered to be the safest of the three main over-thecounter painkillers. Even an overdose of the drug can do little long-term harm. It is available in suspension form and can be used for reducing fever and aches and pains in children from the age of six months. However, it is known to increase blood pressure, and a recent Harvard study highlighted the risk. Researchers found that women who took 22 tablets a month were 86 per cent more likely to develop hypertension than those who did not use the drug. Anyone with high blood pressure should consult their pharmacist for advice on a safer alternative. It is not a suitable painkiller for anyone with heart problems. Some people become nauseous when they use the drug. This is because ibuprofen breaks down into acids in the stomach.

ASPIRIN Aspirin is an excellent stand-by for use as a painkiller because it possesses a double-whammy painnumbing effect. It both numbs the point of pain - such as a cut - and blocks the formation of chemicals, which alert the pain sensor in the brain that an injury has occurred. 'Aspirin is an excellent painkiller because of its combination of central and peripheral effects,' according to Professor Henry. 'Many other over-thecounter painkillers provide one or other but few possess both.'  For many, aspirin provides effective relief from the symptoms of arthritis and other inflammatory conditions such as mild sprains. Aspirin is especially effective against the effects of rheumatoid arthritis, which causes swelling in the fluid-filled sacs that surround the joints. It has fewer side-effects than other arthritis treatments, such as steroids, and is an excellent all-round remedy for flu. But a daily dose of the drug increases the risk of heartburn, internal bleeding and stomach ulcers. It inhibits the production of the hormone prostaglandin, which is vital for the maintenance of the stomach. Aspirin is very toxic for children - just one or two adult-strength tablets are enough to kill a youngster. It has been linked in the under-16s to the risk of developing Reye's syndrome, a rare and potentially fatal disease that attacks the brain and causes liver damage. According to researchers at the University of Hull, aspirin may increase the chance of a fatal heart attack. The team discovered that taking the drug on a regular basis masks minor attacks and strokes that often precede a major one. So instead of seeking treatment, the condition may go unchecked until the sufferer has a major attack. Only those who have previously had a heart attack or stroke should take aspirin on a regular basis. People who have never had a heart attack or a stroke can do more harm than good by swallowing a daily aspirin. While it reduces the risk of blood clots, by thinning the blood, it can make the blood vessels stickier, encouraging platelets to stick to the walls of the vessels, which actually increases the risk of a blood clot. 'A healthy blood vessel is like a non-stick frying pan,' explains Professor John Cleland, a cardiologist from Hull University. 'It is designed to be that way so the blood can slip through easily. Aspirin acts like a scouring pan: it strips the vessel walls of the non-stick surface, making them rough in the process.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/health/article-145064/Which-painkillers-i-safe-take.html 

:: 5-3-20 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here Is Why The U.S. Economy Would Continue To Crash Even If All The Lockdowns Were Lifted Immediately…

May 3, 2020 by Michael Snyder

COVID-19 has created an enormous amount of fear, and that fear is doing far more damage to the economy than the actual virus is. In an environment of fear, financial institutions become a lot tighter with their money, and that inevitably causes economic activity to slow down. For example, just consider what happened in 2008. Mortgage lending standards suddenly became much more strict, and that greatly contributed to the horrific housing price crash which left millions upon millions of Americans underwater on their mortgages. Unfortunately, this coronavirus pandemic has created a wave of fear that is far greater than what we experienced during the last recession, and that has enormous implications for the months ahead. Extremely loose lending standards helped create debt-fueled “booms” throughout our economy in recent years, but now lending standards are going in the complete opposite direction very rapidly. For instance, Chase is now requiring a credit score of at least 700 for all new home loans, and they are one of the financial institutions that is now requiring a down payment of at least 20 percent… A Chase spokesperson confirmed that starting April 14, new mortgage applicants will need a minimum credit score of 700 and a down payment of 20%. Refinancing applications for non-Chase mortgages will also need the same score. Chase didn’t disclose its previous lending standards but the average downpayment for first-time home buyers is around 6%, according to a 2018 survey from the National Association of Realtors. If you own your home, would you have been approved for a mortgage under the new Chase standards? And Chase is far from alone. In fact, most major mortgage lenders have now tightened up, and Redfin is estimating that about a quarter of all home buyers last year would not have qualified under the new standards.

So if you remove about a quarter of all buyers from the marketplace moving forward, what happens to the housing market? Yes, there will be an implosion, and it will happen no matter whether coronavirus lockdowns are in effect or not. And home equity loans are going to be hit even harder. As I discussed last week, Wells Fargo is no longer taking HELOC applications at all. So now matter how good your credit is, you simply cannot get a home equity line of credit from Wells Fargo at this point. This is what fear does. We see similar things happening in the credit card industry. Standards have been greatly tightened for new customers, and in some instances existing customers are having their limits slashed or their cards suddenly canceled. The following comes from Newsweek… Analysts warn that credit card companies are lowering credit limits and canceling cards—often without warning—amid the pandemic-induced economic crisis, just as they did during the Great Recession. If you think that this won’t have a dramatic impact on the U.S. economy, then you probably haven’t been paying attention. Our economy is a consumer driven economy, and if consumers don’t have access to easy credit there is no way in the world that economic activity will return to previous levels. Of course even if they did have access to easy credit, many Americans are so afraid of this virus that they have no intention of resuming normal economic patterns any time soon… Here’s hoping you enjoyed the last movie or concert you attended, because if the results of a new survey are accurate, it may be a long, long time before such events are ever popular again. According to the research, 40% of Americans plan to avoid public spaces unless “absolutely necessary” long after the coronavirus pandemic has subsided. The survey, commissioned by Vital Vio, asked 1,000 U.S. adults about how they envision every day life in the wake of the coronavirus. All in all, it looks like there are suddenly a whole lot more germaphobes in the land of the free. Over four in five (82%) said they are now more aware of, and concerned about, cleaning protocols in public areas. Additionally, 58% are more suspicious about their friends’ and family’s hygiene habits. And a lot of companies are also going to be extremely hesitant to “return to normal” because of the threat of lawsuits. Earlier today, I was stunned to learn that 771 coronavirus-related lawsuits have already been filed… Hundreds of lawsuits stemming from the coronavirus pandemic are rapidly amassing in state and federal courts, the first wave of litigation challenging decisions made early during the crisis by corporations, insurance companies and governments. Claims have been filed against hospitals and senior-living facilities, airlines and cruise lines, fitness chains and the entertainment industry – 771 as of Friday, according to a database compiled by Hunton Andrews Kurth, an international law firm tracking cases that emerge from the pandemic. Isn’t that insane? I have repeatedly warned my readers that it will be exceedingly difficult to “return to normal” in our overly litigious society, but even I didn’t expect so many lawsuits so soon.  And this is just the beginning. Eventually there will be thousands upon thousands of coronavirus lawsuits, and they will tie up our courts for the foreseeable future. This pandemic just seems to be magnifying everything that is wrong with our society, and at this point the future looks so bleak that even perpetually optimistic Warren Buffett is throwing in the cards… A 95% plunge in passengers. Billions in losses. A rush for new debt. A recovery that executives expect to take years. Coronavirus is roiling the airline industry and the Oracle of Omaha has seen enough. Warren Buffett told investors Saturday that Berkshire Hathaway has sold its entire stakes in the four largest U.S. airlines — American, Delta, Southwest, United — as the pandemic upends another bet on the sector that the famed investor had shunned for years before a surprise return in 2016. Buffett understands that fear of this virus is going to paralyze air travel for a very long time to come, and he is getting out while he still can. But if our society cannot even handle COVID-19, what will things look like once much worse things start happening? It has been sobering to watch how rapidly our “snowflake society” has melted during this pandemic. Now virtually the entire nation is paralyzed by fear, and the once great U.S. economy is crashing all around us. And the really bad news is that this is just the beginning…

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/here-is-why-the-u-s-economy-would-continue-to-crash-even-if-all-the-lockdowns-were-lifted-immediately 

:: 5-4-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are we Heading to This Again? Starvation and Cannibalism During Man-Made Famine in 1920s Russia

By Strange Sounds - May 4, 2020

Standing solemnly in their thick winter coats behind a table laden with children’s body parts. This is the grave photo of a couple that shows how starving people turned to cannibalism to survive during a man-made famine in 1920s Russia. More than five million people died during the catastrophe, which began in 1921 and lasted through 1922. Russian communist revolutionary Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known as Lenin, had been in charge of the country since 1917. In a chilling disregard for the suffering of his fellow countrymen he instructed food to be seized from the poor. Lenin’s Bolsheviks party believed peasants were actively trying to undermine the war effort and by taking their food away it reduced their strength. The famine was able to take root with ease due to the economic problems caused by World War I, five years of civil war, and a drought in 1921 which led to 30 million Russians becoming malnourished. As Lenin declared ‘let the peasants starve,’ the result was to force them to resort to trading human flesh on the black market. Russian academics have previously researched and catalogued examples of cannibalism and corpse eating and in one account described how a woman refused to give over her husband’s dead body because she was using it for meat. The starving peasants were even seen digging up recently buried corpses to retrieve their flesh, as well as eating grass and animals that were previously considered pets. The police took no action as cannabalism was considered a legitimate method of survival. Eventually aid workers from America and Europe arrived and in 1921 one wrote a stomach churning account of what they’d seen. ‘Families were killing and devouring fathers, grandfathers and children. ‘Ghastly rumours about sausages prepared with human corpses though officially contradicted, were common. ‘In the market, among rough huckstresses swearing at each other, one heard threats to make sausages of a person.’ Other disturbing images from the famine show children suffering with severe malnutrition, their stomachs bloated and almost every bone in their body visible. One of the worst hit places was the city of Samara, situated in the southeastern part of European Russia at the confluence of the Volga and Samara Rivers. Aid from outside Russia was initially rejected by Lenin because he saw it as other countries interfering. Polar explorer Fridtjof Nansen came to the city in 1921 and was horrified by what he saw – almost the entire city was dying from hunger. He raised 40 billion Swiss francs and established up to 900 places where people could get food. Lenin was eventually convinced to let international aid agencies in and Nansen was awarded a Nobel Peace Prize for his efforts. The American American Relief Administration, who were told they could not help in 1919, were granted access to the sick and starving in 1921 and provided great relief along with European aid agencies such as Save The Children.  Lenin died shortly after the famine, in 1924, and was replaced by Joseph Stalin who became the leader of the Soviet Union. Will a famine follow the man-made pandemic? Meat, egg, milk and vegetable prices are soaring. Read more signs of the times on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [DM]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/05/famine-picture-cannibalism-russia-history.html 

:: 5-3-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nolte: They Told Us Lockdowns Were About Flattening the Curve. They Lied.

In order to flatten the curve of the coronavirus, the politicians told us we must lockdown and be quarantined while our economy collapsed. They told us we had to flatten the curve to ensure our health care system was not overwhelmed by the sick and dying. They told us that if the health care system was overwhelmed, people would die who could otherwise be saved. They told us losing people who can be saved is intolerable, and America agreed… And so, for the first time in recorded history, healthy Americans dutifully fulfilled our end of the bargain and went into quarantine by dutifully agreeing to go into lockdown while our economy collapsed. And now we know we were suckers…

Now we know the politicians lied to us. This was never about saving the healthcare system from crashing, because we have saved the system from crashing, and most of us are still in these goddamned lockdowns. They lied. Not all the politicians lied. But most of the politicians lied, most especially Democrat governors…. My Democrat governor, Roy Cooper, just canceled school for the rest of the year and extended our ludicrous, pointless, statewide, one-size-fits-all lockdown to May 8.

Why? There’s no good answer. Among others, all of California, Michigan, Hawaii, and Wisconsin are locked down through the end of May. Oregon is locked down until July 6! Why? There’s no good answer.

There is no threat the healthcare system’s going to crash in any of those states. You might be able to convince me there’s a small risk in some urban areas — in Detroit or Los Angeles or Milwaukee, but 95 percent of those states are completely out of the woods. But these Democrat governors refuse to open any part of their state. My North Carolina county is completely out of the woods… We had nine cases here and no deaths. Nine cases. Zero deaths. We’re still locked down, even though there’s a full-blown medical center in my county. In my five county area we’ve had fewer than 100 cases and one death. Each of those counties has a hospital. There is no chance these health systems will crash. None. So why are we still locked down? Even in our most densely populated area, Charlotte, there have been only 1651 cases and 49 deaths. The curve here in North Carolina, and the curve in 95 percent of the country is not just bent, it’s crushed, decimated, destroyed — and let’s now take this opportunity to go ahead and say the following out loud: in much of the country there was never any real danger of overwhelming the health care system. The experts were wrong. But that’s okay. It happens. We planned for the worst and the worst didn’t happen… That’s a good thing. But why in the name of God’s creation are lockdowns being extended where there is no risk of the system being overwhelmed?

You told us we had to ravage our economy in order to bend the curve. Okay, the curve is bent; can we go now? No, because now you’re moving the goalposts. Now you’re spreading an all new pile of bullshit with this bullshit about saving lives and it still not being safe to go out. Well, riddle me this Govs. Newsom, Cooper, Whitmer, and Evers… When there is zero risk the health care system will crash, and when there is no vaccine or cure, why is it safer to reopen in two or three weeks or a month or three months, as opposed to right now? With no vaccine or cure, what’s going to change to make things safer between today and May 8 or May 31 or July 6? Don’t tell me we’re waiting for warmer weather. First off, no one has said that’s why the lockdowns have been extended. Secondly, Dr. Fauci has already said “You must assume that the virus will continue to do its thing” when the weather gets warm — and I believe him. Besides, we’re also being told the virus could roar back in the fall, which should only add to the urgency to free us today. Before we might have to hole up again, let us get back to normal for as long as possible, let us make as much money as possible. Whether you reopen your state on May 1 or May 31 or July 6, this incurable disease will still be out there waiting… Which means it will be just as risky to reopen on May 31 as it is today — so why wait? What is the benefit of waiting when waiting doesn’t make it any safer? What had been a national effort to save lives, a noble effort of national unity, has been twisted by Democrat governors into something unnecessarily punitive that reeks of a partisan power play to destroy President Trump’s re-election chances. Give me a better explanation. Because this is the bottom line… Unless you’re willing to wait for a cure (that is at least a year away or might never come at all), when there is no risk the health care system’s going to crash, what is the point of waiting one more day to open up the country when waiting doesn’t make us any safer?

This is madness. You lied to us. You’re all liars.

P.S. To those Americans who believe the lockdowns should continue — feel free to continue your quarantine. No one’s talking about forcing anyone to leave quarantine. No one’s going to force you to go to the beach or the mall. Stay home. Follow John Nolte on Twitter @NolteNC. Follow his Facebook Page here.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2020/05/03/nolte-they-told-us-lockdowns-were-about-flattening-the-curve-they-lied/  

:: 5--20 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Leaked Intel Dossier Exposes China's Plot to Deceive the World on Coronavirus 'Five Eyes' intelligence alliance research reveals China hid or destroyed evidence

China has been actively engaging in a cover-up of the origins of the coronavirus by hiding and destroying evidence, according to a bombshell leaked intelligence dossier. The research dossier was compiled by the so-called "Five Eyes" intelligence alliance states - which comprises of the intel agencies of Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The intelligence research reveals that China intentionally hid or destroyed evidence of the coronavirus outbreak, triggering a global pandemic and leading to the loss of tens of thousands of lives around the world. The leaked 15-page intel document was obtained by Australia's Saturday Telegraph newspaper and establishes that China's cover-up amounts to an "assault on international transparency." The dossier echoes themes reported in the media about the outbreak of the virus. Reports about China's initial denial that the virus could be transmitted between humans, and refusal to provide live samples to international scientists working on a vaccine, the silencing or "disappearing" of doctors who tried to speak up, and the destruction of evidence in laboratories, are all supported by the intelligence document. Specifically, the file notes that China began censoring news of the virus on search engines and social media beginning Dec. 31, deleting terms including “SARS variation," “Wuhan Seafood market” and “Wuhan Unknown Pneumonia.” Three days later, on Jan. 3, China’s National Health Commission ordered virus samples to be either moved to designated testing facilities or destroyed, while simultaneously issuing a "no-publication order" related to the disease. TRENDING: Joe Biden Has Brain Freeze Forgets Word for Coronavirus WATCH The Saturday Telegraph report includes a timeline of Chinese obfuscation. On Jan. 5, for example, Wuhan's Municipal Health Commission stopped releasing daily updates on the number of new cases and would not resume them for 13 days. On Jan. 10, Wang Guanga, a respiratory specialist at Peking University First Hospital who had been investigating the outbreak, said it was "under control" and largely a "mild condition." (Wang himself would disclose 12 days later that he had been infected with the virus.) Two days later, on Jan. 12, a Shanghai professor's lab was closed down after it shared data on the virus's genetic sequence with the outside world. On Jan. 24, Chinese officials stopped the Wuhan Institute of Virology from sharing virus samples with a lab at the University of Texas. Perhaps most damningly, the dossier states that Chinese authorities denied that the virus could be spread between humans until Jan. 20, "despite evidence of human-human transmission from early December." The file is similarly unsparing about the World Health Organization (WHO), stating that it toed the Chinese line about human-to-human transmission despite the fact that "officials in Taiwan raised concerns as early as December 31, as did experts in Hong Kong on January 4.” As of Saturday, the WHO's official Twitter account still features a tweet from Jan. 14 that stated: "Preliminary investigations conducted by the Chinese authorities have 14 that stated: "Preliminary investigations conducted by the Chinese authorities have found no clear evidence of human-to-human transmission of the novel #coronavirus (2019-nCoV) identified in #Wuhan, #China." The dossier goes on to state that throughout February, "Beijing [pressed] the US [sic], Italy, India, Australia, Southeast Asian neighbours [sic] and others not to protect themselves via travel restrictions, even as [China] impose[d] severe restrictions at home." At the same time, the file states: "Millions of people [left] Wuhan after the outbreak and before Beijing lock[ed] down the city on January 23." The dossier continues with a litany of Chinese defensiveness, stating: “As EU [European Union] diplomats prepare a report on the pandemic, [China] successfully presses Brussels to strike language on [China] disinformation." Similarly, “As Australia calls for an independent inquiry into the pandemic, [China] threatens to cut off trade with Australia. [China] has likewise responded furiously to US [sic] calls for transparency.” The Saturday Telegraph report does present one apparent point of divergence between the allied governments, with Australia believing the coronavirus most likely originated in the Wuhan wet market and putting the chances it accidentally leaked from a lab at "5 percent." By contrast, Fox News reported April 15 that U.S. intelligence officials are increasingly confident that coronavirus likely originated in a Wuhan lab as a consequence of China's attempt to demonstrate that its efforts to identify and combat viruses are equal to or greater than the capabilities of the United States President Trump said Thursday that he's seen evidence suggesting the virus came from a lab after reporters asked if he knew of anything that gave him confidence that the outbreak originated in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. "Yes, I have," he replied, "And, I think that the World Health Organization should be ashamed of themselves because they’re like the public relations agency for China." Multiple sources previously told Fox News that it is believed standards in Wuhan were disregarded before the virus leaked, prompting Beijing to initiate a cover-up. Sources also claimed the WHO was complicit from the beginning in helping China cover its tracks. The WHO and China have denied any wrongdoing. The Saturday Telegraph also reported that key figures at the Wuhan Institute of Virology previously worked or trained in Australian government labs where they conducted research on pathogens in live bats as part of an ongoing partnership with the Chinese Academy of Sciences. According to the dossier, the team's work at the Wuhan lab involved discovering samples of coronavirus within a cave in Yunnan province and synthesizing a bat-derived coronavirus that could not be cured.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/11173-leaked-intel-dossier-exposes-china-s-plot-to-deceive-the-world-on-coronavirus 

:: 5--20 The Fringe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The NWO will use a virus to depopulate the world!

Published on Apr 27, 2018

Eugenics and population control are like religion to the NWO! Bill Gates has raised the red flag, signaling that the next great pandemic will reduce the worlds population to sustainable, and more easily controllable numbers! They are going to use a deadly flu virus!

https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/to-y...5813ccbbb7 

EyesWideOpen111 Wrote:

The NWO will use a virus to depopulate the world!

Published on Apr 27, 2018

Eugenics and population control are like religion to the NWO! Bill Gates has raised the red flag, signaling that the next great pandemic will reduce the worlds population to sustainable, and more easily controllable numbers! They are going to use a deadly flu virus!

https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/to-y...5813ccbbb7 

https://youtu.be/nQyJPG-2Ims 

https://the-fringe.com/thread-the_nwo_will_use_a_virus_to_depopulate_the_world 

:: 5-3-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Understanding a measure of wheat for a penny - Reupload

4,105 views •May 3, 2020

Understanding Genesis

62 subscribers

Understanding the word of God goes to a whole new level when you have the Holy Spirit helping you... Enjoy this video about what revelation 6:6 is telling us.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=84ai4Dp4XAg 

:: 5--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massachusetts Walmart store sees more than 80 employees test positive for coronavirus

Danielle Wallace

By Danielle Wallace | Fox News

At least 81 employees inside a single Walmart store in Massachusetts have tested positive for the coronavirus, officials said. The Walmart Supercenter in Worcester, about 50 miles west of Boston, was closed on Wednesday to undergo a deep cleaning after 23 employees had received positive test results. The first case was confirmed on April 8. By Sunday, 58 additional employees had tested positive, meaning a total of 81 employees at that store had become infected with the novel virus, Worcester City Manager Edward Augustus said. "Our inspectional services department will inspect the facility to make sure that the cleaning was done in compliance with our guidelines," the city manager told WYCN-LD. A total of 391 employees had undergone testing conducted by UMass Memorial Health Care on Thursday and Friday. Walmart spokesman, Charles Crowson, told Fox News that those numbers included staff who work inside the same building, including both Walmart employees as well as workers employed by independent vendors. A city inspection conducted Tuesday revealed employees were not wearing face masks, violating a recent city order requiring all essential workers to wear personal protective gear, the Worcester Business Journal reported.

Crowson, a senior manager for corporate communications at Walmart, said the company has required all staff to wear face masks while on the job since April 20. He told the Journal the company has implemented other safety precautions, including testing workers' temperatures at the start of each shift and reducing store hours to allow more time for cleaning. Aisles have been arranged to permit only one-way traffic, and plastic barriers have been set up to separate checkout aisles, he added.

BOSTON GROCERY STORE WORKERS STAND 6 FEET APART TO PROTEST LACK OF MASKS, WAGES AMID CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK

Advocates argue that both the city and company have not done enough to safeguard the health of essential workers during the pandemic, WYCN-LD reported. "They're already vulnerable. They have to go out there and make money, they can't afford to say, 'No, I got to take the day off, now is really not time.' They need food, they need to keep a roof over their heads," said Joanne Suarez, a community health advocate at The Family Van, a mobile clinic providing free medical screenings in underserved Boston neighborhoods. Coinciding with International Workers' Day, some grocery workers in Massachusetts were expected to participate in a national “sickout” Friday, calling out of work to demand more pay and safer working conditions amid the pandemic. The national protest involved employees at Target, Whole Foods, Amazon, Instacart, FedEx and Walmart, but it was unclear how many in the greater Boston area participated. Last month, dozens of workers employed by Stop & Shop, Whole Foods, Trader Joe's and Shaw's food stores stood six feet apart in Boston’s South End claiming they were being forced to work during the coronavirus health crisis without adequate PPE.

In the hours following the protest, Boston Mayor Marty Walsh posted a video message on Twitter thanking grocery store employees for providing a critical service to the public amid the coronavirus crisis.

https://www.foxnews.com/us/massachusetts-walmart-coronavirus-employees-positive 

:: 5-3-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If Americans Are to Survive, They Must Be Willing to Adopt "Rules for Radicals" Strategies

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, May 3, 2020 - 16:58.

On Monday, the CSS will be releasing a detailed report of the “open your business” event in Wickenburg, Arizona. I interviewed business owners and average citizens in an estimated crowd of 400-500 people in a town of 7,000 people. Preliminarily, I have a couple of observations that jump to the forefront of extreme discontent in America that I found exemplified in Wickenburg, AZ. First, the mainstream media propaganda machine has lost its influence over many/most Americans. The message has been so repetitious for so long, that is habituating with the public. I heard many sarcastic comments that mimics the MSM’s attempts to control attitudes. To a person, every Wickenburg citizen I spoke with mocked the COVID-19 reported rates. The mocked the use of the term “essential business”. Most of all, they no longer fear law enforcement and government officials. These people hold the establishment in extreme disdain. I am finding these views are reflective for most of the country.  The Liberals Are Alienating Their Own Rightly so, it is appropriately noted that President Trump is alienating his own base. He has allowed a “lab coat coup” to take over the government and the secret puppeteer is Bill Gates who wants America locked down until such time as his mandatory and dangerous vaccine is ready. What the liberal machine did not account for was the fact that they would greatly alienate their own base. The fastest growing demographic on the CSS are previously die-hard liberals who are now alienated and very angry. Here is a typical communication that I am receiving from this demographic. Dear Mr. Hodges

I hate you, at least I did for a long time. I always wondered how a well-educated person such as yourself could possess such Neanderthal views. I thought that if your kind took over the planet you hold people like me as sex slaves as you emptied my bank account forced most of us to perform slave labor.

I will give you credit for two things. You are very consistent in what you have been saying for a long time. It now appears that you were at least correct on a few things. Most of all, you are correct about this shut down of our country. We would be considerably better off if we just faced this virus head on. We are never going to achieve herd immunity by being locked in our homes. You also pointed out that we are compromising our immune system by staying sheltered-in-place. Death is a part of life, we need to go back to work and deal with the consequences. What good is it for us to survive and have nothing to return to? We can later debate the deep political differences that we hold. For now, Mr. Hodges, we need to unite and force our government to open our schools, Universities, and places of business. I commend you for your stand on these issues. Please do not print my last name because I am tenured professor at a large university in the Midwest and I would anticipate serious consequences for my shift in allegiances.

I have some ideas of what we need to do. Please contact me at the following--- Thank you, Xxxx xxxxx

The above email is typical of what I am receiving from large numbers of liberals. They feel betrayed. Many have not received the funds promised by the government. Many more have nothing left to pay bills for shelter and food. Subsequently, we conservatives need to adopt these liberals and use them for the skills they already possess. There is nobody better prepared to bring intense heat to an individual or group because they are society’s guerilla fighters. In other words, we need to open the gates of hell and invoke, legal, yet the most annoying forms of protest known to man.

Imprisoned Conservatives Must Embrace "Rules for Radicals" If America is going to break free of this bondage, we need to be willing to be rude, somewhat obnoxious, and very annoying yet, not to violate the law. There are some “Rules for Radicals” that Americans need to immediately employ if we are going to have a chance to save our country. This change in tactics should be somewhat easy to do because many of the liberals now joining our ranks over the shutdown, are well-versed in these tactics which have previously abhorred well-behaved conservatives. However, one cannot win if they bring a knife to a gun fight. If we are going to reclaim control over our country, we must be willing to go the next level of protest if necessary. The principles I will advocate below, are designed to harass, and intimidate as well change public opinion. Many times, the following will be all that is necessary to bring about change. However, all change groups must be willing to go to the next level, not covered here. For example, extreme civil disobedience as well as becoming more inflammatory on the fields of protests might be needed. Here is the best of Saul Alinsky’s principles adapted to use for our time and situation.

Alinsky’s Rule #4: “Make the enemy live up to their book of rules”.

Please allow me to use Arizona as an example for the use of this strategy. Arizona Governor Ducey is on the Board of Directors for T GEN who is a partner for the development of vaccines, so T GEN, Bill Gates and Doug Ducey will benefit if the lockdown can be extended to the completion of the soon-to-be mandatory vaccination. If Arizonans, for that matter Americas, want to leave their homes, they will have to get vaccinated. Ducey, Bill Gates and T Gen wins and we lose when the lockdown is extended.  Further, Ducey is allowing the box stores to operate with impunity and when they violate social distancing rules, nothing happens. Meanwhile, competing small businesses are put out of business by government edict. I have repeated this mantra dozens of times. This conflicted governor has also said that when smaller retail is open they will offer services at the sidewalk. We are already experiencing 100+ degree days in Phoenix. This is not even practical. Nobody is going to shop in these places. Here is the hypocrisy, the box stores will not have the same restrictions. My advice is to mention the hypocrisy at every turn in every gathering, every event and in every press release. This is just a small example of how we are using this principle in Arizona. These constant references to Ducey’s conflicts of interest and hypocrisy are relentless. Protesters in other parts of the country can follow our lead across the country. This practice takes away the statutory legitimacy of the governor. The people are quickly losing respect for the governor and soon widespread civil disobedience will be widespread.

Alinsky’s Rule #5: Relentless Ridicule is the most potent weapon according to the developer of the Rules for Radicals. It is almost impossible to counterattack ridicule. It infuriates the opposition. Back to my Arizona example again. I write one major article and make 10 podcasts per day and engage in 8 hours of broadcasting per week. In at least 50% of what I do, I mention Governor Doug Ducey. Remember, the old Nazi saying about repeating a lie often enough the people will come to believe it. The same principle, called the confirmation bias, works the same way for the truth. Most people don’t do podcasts, write articles or a have a radio show. However, the average, non-media person can write a daily paragraph to the legislators, call representatives and leave messages, and attend as many protests as possible. These people provide the sound of marching feet that every protest, or counter-protest movement needs to spread the intimidation. The ridicule must be relentless and drown out all counter-statements by your target. Shout them down at the press conferences. And this leads to a very important protest component, it must get personal, very personal and it must ultimately cost the target something. Protests should start out at governmental offices that are impacted. However, that does not make the protest personal. Subsequently, it must get very personal and be relentless. In Arizona, the protests, like the protesters in Michigan, must move to the Governor’s home. From 6AM to 10PM, from the sidewalk in front the home, the protests must be relentless. Further, some should be designated to drive cars around the home in a steady stream of honking. If the target, or spouse, has a business, even better. This brings the effect of business disruption to a very personal level. Leaflets, that describe the tyrannical behavior should be passed out. When there is a personal financial cost, policies get changed. There is another strategy that should be immediately employed. Thousands of class action lawsuits should be filed as soon as possible. The goal is to overwhelm a local or state officials with legal fees as well as to eat up their time. Additionally, people by the millions must be willing to take to the streets every day. The law enforcement minions that think it is OK to ruin the lives of small business owners and their employees, while enforcing unconstitutional regulations, must be overwhelmed in the streets that they have to call in the National Guard to disperse the crowds. And no, I am not advocating for violence. However, large crowds evoke fear in political bullies. Conclusion

It is my considered belief that this is what is necessary to make people like Doug Ducey back down. It will soon be working in Michigan as Governor Dimwit is about ready to cry uncle. Please note that the Michigan governor has been undermined by her legislature. When the rank and file send out daily messages to these people and threaten their incumbency, things can quickly change. Some very nice conservatives will say, “I could never be that rude”. That is certainly OK. But let’s make sure that if this is you, that you fully understand what it is you are really saying. By refusing to fight back, you are saying that you don’t care if your rights survive, you don’t care if your children will have a roof over their heads, or have enough to eat, or a have a country worth living in. America, you have been punched in the nose. Are you will to punch back? If not, put on your hazmat suit and cower in the corner and get out of our way.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-education/if-americans-are-survive-they-must-be-willing-adopt-rules-radicals-strategies 

:: 5--20 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastors Henry, Alex Seeley say quarantining at home is revealing foundation marriage was built on

By Jeannie Law, Christian Post Reporter

Henry and Alex Seeley, who founded The Belonging Co church in Nashville, say the lockdown has affected each of them differently, and offered advice on how to work through challenges and any unresolved tensions that have been brought to the fore during the quarantine. The couple moved to Tennessee from Australia in 2012 and began leading their congregation six years ago after starting off as worship leaders. Now their worship team consists of some of the biggest names in worship music today. During the state lockdown in response to the coronavirus, the couple have had to navigate leading services online and hosting small groups with their church members. Henry and Alex Seeley shared with The Christian Post how they've been keeping their marriage strong during the quarantine and offered practical advice for couples whose marriages are struggling in this season. The interview has been lightly edited for clarity. Christian Post: Stay-at-home orders can be challenging for couples who are trying not to take their frustrations out on each other. How have you been able to navigate married life in this season? Henry: We just celebrated 22 years married. I think the further into marriage you get, the more you just realize the sacrificial element to marriage. I think that really is the essence of it. The further you get into marriage, the only way your marriage can not just survive but actually thrive and flourish, is when you are constantly from that heart posture of serving each other and not looking at what are my needs right now, but how can I serve? Obviously with that, when there's an equal balance of that, everybody's needs get met along the way; you do it with a different expectation. For Alex and I coming into this season, we've kind of worked from home. The last five or six years, we haven't even had an office where our church offices are right now because our team has outgrown the space and so we work from home quite a bit, anyway. Before that, I've always had a studio from home, so I'm kind of used to being at home a lot. So I think we've really worked out and just got used to that kind of flow anyway in life. I think during this season, thankfully it hasn't really affected us in a negative sense too much. I'm a bit of an introvert, so being at home for a month straight, that's no big deal. Alex has had some hard days where it's like, "I just need people, I need more people than just my immediate family." Alex: I haven't been frustrated at my husband or the kids. I've been frustrated, but I've had a husband who's been sensitive to understand "My wife needs people; my wife, she's highs and lows." So because we've had a strong foundation in building who we are as a couple, this actually hasn't disrupted our normal. When there has been a moment, I've been pre-warning people so that people don't take it personal. I think what it's (quarantine) been doing, it's been revealing the foundation of what marriage was built on. It's a real great indicator to see whether it was built on true relationship and conflict resolution and honoring, serving one another or whether the business of life masked a lot of our issues. I think it's a really important time for family and marriages to get it right. I thank God that honestly, I think we've had one fight, it was more of a meltdown, in the 42 days that we've been locked down.

CP: What advice do you have for couples in crisis on what to do to reestablish that foundation the proper way?

Henry: Don't ignore it. As crazy as this season is right now, I think it's the kindness of God on a lot of levels. Obviously, the illness has not come from God, this is not God's doing. Even the shutdown is not God's doing, but God will use any situation He can to get our attention. I think it's so important, and we've encouraged people to do this, in every space in their life, use this time to assess — while you've got some time right now — where are the weaknesses? What are the weak areas? Where have I just ignored things because I've been so busy just working or pretending that everything's OK, both as an individual and if they're married, relationship. So I think don't ignore what's going on. Also, don't allow the heightened sense of this close proximity to negatively affect the future but use it to say, "Alright, where are we? Where do we have tension points right now? Let's not argue about them. Let's sit down and work through them. Let's invite the Holy Spirit to help us in the center of our marriage to deal with this stuff." Because God knew if you're a couple that's married before the Lord, God's in covenant with you. So there's no reason for it to not work. It just means that you've got to get in and do a bit of work, especially in a moment like this. I think as Alex said, so often we're so busy with other things with life, with work, with all these other distractions that you can go 10 or even 20 years without ever really dealing with some of these things that need to be dealt with. Use this time to just kind of get in that place with the Holy Spirit and ask Him to help in those areas.

Alex: I would just say, look inward rather than outward. Don't look at your spouse's issues. Look at your issues and ask, "What am I reacting to? Why am I getting offended? Why am I getting frustrated?" Write it down and then in a calm, cool, collected way, not in the heat of the moment, sit down and say, "I think these are areas that we need to work on and first admit fault. Be the first to say sorry, and be the first to go, "Hey, this is my issue but I think together we need to deal with it."

Ask the Holy Spirit to help you with displaying the fruits of the Spirit. I think the nine fruits of the Spirit are really important in this season of love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness and self-control is really important. I think honestly, we can come out of this a lot stronger and a lot more like Christ.

Henry: I think oftentimes, it's easy to forget that you're on the same team. I think a lot of couples kind of fight from their own side of the playing field in marriage. One of the things I'm thankful that we were taught, even before we got married, is you're on the same team. You're not on opposing sides.

From day one of our marriage, we haven't always lived that out perfectly by any means but we've always come back to that place of, "Hang on, we're on the same team, why are we fighting against each other? We should be fighting for each other and for this marriage, so let's get on the same page here."

Honestly, it's been one of the keys to our marriage. I think it's been one of the keys to us raising our kids. Again, we haven't done a perfect job of raising our kids, but we've raised our kids really well, in general, and our family's peaceful for the most part because there's never been two sides. And the kids haven't had the option to go to dad if they don't get the response from mom that they want. We're always on the same side. So I think that's just a really huge part of marriage, just realizing that.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/kari-jobe-cody-carnes-dont-go-back-to-normal-god-is-reestablishing-his-presence-in-our-homes.html 

:: 5-3-20 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DHS report accuses China of intentionally downplaying coronavirus threat: AP

By Justine Coleman - 05/03/20 05:35 PM EDT

A Department of Homeland Security (DHS) intelligence report dated last week accuses China of intentionally downplaying the threat of the coronavirus to stock up on medical supplies, The Associated Press reported. Chinese governmental leaders “intentionally concealed the severity” of the coronavirus from other countries in early January, according to the DHS report obtained by the AP.  The report details that China increased its imports and reduced its exports of medical supplies, adding there was a 95 percent probability the trade behavior was not within a normal range. Analysis showed the country attempted to cover up the changes in trade by “denying there were export restrictions and obfuscating and delaying provision of its trade data,” according to the AP. China also refrained from telling the World Health Organization that the virus “was a contagion” for most of January to gather an increase of supplies like face masks, surgical gowns and gloves from overseas. The report is released as the Trump administration has increased their blame of China for the pandemic. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo said on ABC’s “This Week” Sunday that the nation “did all that it could to make sure the world didn’t learn in a timely fashion” about coronavirus. President Trump has theorized that the virus could have been let loose because of a “mistake.” Some have speculated that the virus originated from a laboratory in Wuhan, which the U.S. intelligence agencies have said they are investigating. But opponents of the president have said the administration is pointing the finger to China to distract from domestic mistakes it had made when responding to the pandemic early on. Worldwide, the coronavirus has infected a confirmed 3.49 million people, killing at least 246,475, according to data from Johns Hopkins University. The Hill has reached out to DHS for comment.

https://thehill.com/policy/national-security/department-of-homeland-security/495894-dhs-report-accuses-china-of 

:: 5-1-20 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Transgender Man Who Gave Birth Can't Be Listed as Father, Court Rules

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, May 1, 2020

A biological woman who identifies as a transgender man and gave birth to a child lost an appeal Wednesday to be listed as the father on the birth certificate. Freddy McConnell was born female and had a mastectomy as an adult but became pregnant via sperm donation. The baby was born in 2018.  McConnell wanted to be listed as the child’s father on the birth certificate but was told by the registrar that British law would not permit it. McConnell then filed suit. A lower court ruled against McConnell last year. This week, the Court of Appeal also ruled against the transgender man. “In our view, it is not possible simply to say that Parliament has ‘de-coupled’ the concept of ‘mother’ from gender,” the three-judge panel unanimously ruled. The word “mother,” the court said, has special significance in British law. The justices pointed to the Children Act of 1989, which it said benefits the child by requiring a mother to be listed. “[The Act] provides that a mother has automatic parental responsibility for a child from the moment of birth,” the justices ruled. “No-one else has that automatic parental responsibility, including the father. … The fact of giving birth to a child has that effect as a matter of operation of law. It can readily be understood why this could be important in practice. “From the moment of birth someone must have parental responsibility for a newly born child, for example, to authorise medical treatment and more generally to become responsible for its care.” Last year, Judge Andrew McFarlane of the High Court of Justice ruled against McConnell and agreed with the current law. “There is a material difference between a person’s gender and their status as a parent,” McFarlane wrote. “Being a ‘mother’, whilst hitherto always associated with being female, is the status afforded to a person who undergoes the physical and biological process of carrying a pregnancy and giving birth. “It is now medically and legally possible for an individual, whose gender is recognised in law as male, to become pregnant and give birth to their child,” McFarlane added. “Whilst that person’s gender is ‘male’, their parental status, which derives from their biological role in giving birth, is that of ‘mother’.” McConnell said another appeal is possible.

Michael Foust has covered the intersection of faith and news for 20 years. His stories have appeared in Baptist Press, Christianity Today, The Christian Post, The Leaf-Chronicle, the Toronto Star and the Knoxville News-Sentinel.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/transgender-man-who-gave-birth-cant-be-listed-as-father-court-rules.html 

:: 5--20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuela says eight killed in foiled 'invasion by sea'

Interior Minister Nestor Reverol says 'mercenary terrorists' launched attack from Colombia.

22 hours ago

Venezuela's government has said it foiled a marine incursion by "terrorist mercenaries" who attempted to enter the country on speedboats from neighbouring Colombia, adding security forces killed eight of the fighters. The group landed early on Sunday on a beach in the port city of La Guaira, about 20 miles (32km) from the capital Caracas, Interior Minister Nestor Reverol said in a televised address. "They tried to carry out an invasion by sea, a group of terrorist mercenaries from Colombia, in order to commit terrorist acts in the country, murdering leaders of the revolutionary government," he said. Socialist Party leader Diosdado Cabello said eight people were killed and two were detained.  "We have deactivated an attempted incursion of our territory, thanks to intelligence efforts," Cabello told reporters. President Nicolas Maduro frequently accuses political adversaries of attempting to overthrow his administration with the support of the United States, which has promised to force him from office through sanctions that have crippled the OPEC nations' oil exports. Critics of the governing Socialist Party often dismiss such accusations as stunts used as an excuse to detain opponents of the government. Maduro has overseen a six-year economic crisis that has left many citizens unable to obtain basic food and medicine and forced nearly five million people to emigrate. Tough sanctions  The US and more than 50 other countries disavowed Maduro after his disputed 2018 election, which they say was rigged, and instead have recognised opposition leader Juan Guaido as the nation's legitimate interim leader. But Maduro retains the backing of the country's armed forces as well as countries including China and Russia, which have harshly criticised the US sanctions. The US has led a campaign to remove Maduro, increasing pressure in recent weeks by indicting the socialist leader as a drug trafficker and offering a $15m reward for his arrest. The US has also increased sanctions, cutting off Venezuela's oil sector to choke Maduro from a key source of hard cash. In addition to that pressure, Maduro's government has faced several small-scale military threats, including an attempt to assassinate Maduro with a drone and Guaido's call for a military uprising, which was joined by few soldiers. Maduro and his allies say the Trump administration is determined to end Venezuela's socialist government to exploit the South American nation's vast underground oil reserves.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/05/venezuela-killed-foiled-invasion-sea-200503162349161.html 

:: 5-2-20 The Star online :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea's Kim did not have surgery, South says, as shots fired at DMZ

Sunday, 03 May 2020 11:03 AM MYT By Cynthia Kim and Hyonhee Shin

SEOUL (Reuters) - North Korean leader Kim Jong Un did not undergo surgery during almost three weeks of absence from public life, a South Korean official said on Sunday, as the two Koreas exchanged gunfire at the Demilitarized Zone (DMZ) separating the two sides. The government official declined to provide reasons, but said speculative reports that Kim had had an operation, citing some differences in his leg movements, were untrue. "Our assessment is that (Kim) did not undergo surgery," the official, who declined to be identified, told reporters. Asked if media reports of Kim having undergone a simple medical treatment were also untrue, the official simply said: "Yes." North and South Korea exchanged gunfire around a rural guard post, raising tension a day after North Korean state media showed Kim visiting a factory, the first report of him making a public appearance since April 11. Multiple gunshots were fired from North Korea towards a guard post in South Korea, the South's Joint Chiefs of Staffs (JCS) said in a statement. South Korea responded by firing two shots towards North Korea, the JCS said. No casualties were reported. After weeks of intense speculation about Kim's health and whereabouts, which included one report he had undergone cardiovascular surgery, North Korea's official media published photographs and a report on Saturday that Kim had attended the completion of a fertiliser plant. Kim was seen in photographs smiling and talking to aides at the ribbon-cutting ceremony and touring the plant. State TV footage showed Kim’s leg movements appearing stiff and jerky. The authenticity of the photos, published on the website of the official Rodong Sinmun newspaper, could not be verified. Reclusive North Korea for years pursued nuclear and missile programmes in defiance of U.N. Security Council sanctions. Talks between North Korea and the United States, highlighted by three meetings between Kim and U.S. President Donald Trump, are at a standstill.  The exchange of gunshots on Sunday was the latest confrontation between the rival Koreas that technically remain still at war after their 1950-53 conflict ended in a truce, not a treaty. In a lengthy briefing held later on Sunday, an official at South Korea's JCS said the gunshots did not seem a planned provocation. The U.S.-led U.N. Command, which oversees affairs in the heavily fortified DMZ, said it was working with the JCS to assess the situation. "The UNC will conduct a thorough investigation tomorrow to determine if there was an Armistice Agreement violation, and will provide the report to the appropriate authorities once completed.” Choi Kang, vice president of the Asan Institute for Policy Studies, said he believed the timing of the provocation shows it could have been planned to show that Kim was still in charge of the North Korean military. "Yesterday, Kim was trying to show he is perfectly healthy, and today, Kim is trying to mute all kinds of speculation that he may not have full control over the military,” Choi said. "Rather than going all the way by firing missiles and supervising a missile launch, Kim could be reminding us, 'yes I’m healthy and I’m still in power'.” Ewha University international affairs professor Leif-Eric Easley in Seoul said the shooting could be aimed at boosting morale in the North Korean military.

(Reporting by Cynthia Kim, Hyonhee Shin, Josh Smith; Editing by Michael Perry and Nick Macfie)

https://www.thestar.com.my/news/world/2020/05/03/south-korea-says-multiple-gunshots-fired-from-north-korea-towards-guard-post-near-border 

:: 5--20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pair of earthquakes, hours apart and measuring 3.3 and 3.2, rattle the San Fernando Valley

KABC 17 hrs ago

Two earthquakes rattled the Chatsworth area on Sunday, according to the USGS. The first one, measuring 3.3 magnitude, struck just after 3 a.m. Another quake, measuring 3.2 magnitude, struck in the same area later Sunday afternoon, at 2:45 p.m., according to the USGS. The quake hit Chatsworth at a depth of about four miles. Shaking was felt from Oxnard to Santa Clarita to Burbank, according to the USGS. The first quake hit just after 3 a.m. and was centered about half a mile from the San Fernando Valley neighborhood. It had a depth of just over four miles. Significant rattling and shaking was felt throughout the area. Many across the San Fernando Valley who felt the quake took to social media.

There were no immediate reports of damage in the area.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/weather/pair-of-earthquakes-hours-apart-and-measuring-3-3-and-3-2-rattle-the-san-fernando-valley/ar-BB13xaW9

:: 4-28-20 Daily Star :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chilling video of mass coronavirus grave in Iran sparks higher death toll fears

The cemetery has reportedly built 10,000 new graves for coronavirus victims, despite official figures saying only 5,806 people have died from the killer disease from across the country

By Tiffany Lo 11:48, 28 APR 2020

Footage taken at Tehran's Behesht-e Zahra cemetery shows rows of empty chambers under the ground, which appear to be the new section built for coronavirus victims. As the camera pans, grieving families can be seen paying tributes to the loved ones who passed away. One man is seen standing on the empty plots as he looks out to the chilling horizon. The Behesht-e Zahra cemetery is Iran's largest graveyard which can house up to 1.6 million bodies. Mojtaba Yazdani, Tehran’s deputy mayor told the state news agency, IRNA, that the additional 10,000 graves were built in new dimensions for coronavirus victims. But there have only been 5,806 confirmed deaths across the whole of the country, with a further 91,000 infected. Iranian opposition activists – who have cited local sources – fear the death toll may be up to 10 times higher than the official figures. And the World Health Organisation has previously said Iran’s death toll could be five times higher given their methods of testing. Dr Rick Brennan, Director of Emergency Operations in the WHO said: “The number of cases reported could represent only about a fifth of the real numbers. “The reason was that testing, as is the case even in some wealthy European countries, was restricted to severe cases.” Iran's parliament research centre said the official total only counted those who died in hospital and who tested positive for the virus before they died – meaning the true toll is likely higher. In March, a man filmed lines of body bags left piling up on the floor in an Iranian hospital in the city of Qom where coronavirus, officially named COVID-19 by the World Health Organization, was first detected. Iraj Harirchi, Deputy Minister of Health, told Aftab-Yazd state daily that the coronavirus death rate "is higher among the poor". He explained: "They have less access to health care and medical services.

"Coronavirus’s impact on the economy will affect the poor much more. Those who are at risk of losing their jobs and those who work part-time will suffer more."

https://www.dailystar.co.uk/news/world-news/chilling-video-mass-coronavirus-grave-21938203 

:: 4-27-20 Bozeman Daily Chronicle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yellowstone’s iconic hotels likely to stay closed when park opens

By Michael Wright Chronicle Staff Writer Apr 27, 2020

The iconic hotels inside Yellowstone National Park are likely to stay closed if the park reopens.  Xanterra Travel Collection announced it would begin offering limited lodging and other services in Yellowstone on June 15, assuming the park is open to visitors by then, but famous locations like the Old Faithful Inn and Lake Hotel are going to remain closed. At first, the options will be limited to campgrounds and the company’s cabin-style offerings with private bathrooms, according to a Xanterra news release. Dining options will be limited to “grab-and-go” options. Rick Hoeninghausen, a spokesman for Xanterra, said more services could be offered later in the season depending on the recommendations of public health experts, but a limited opening was the plan for now. He added that the company decided to open only the cabins because each has a private bathroom and could be more easily isolated and closed off if a guest has the virus. “Under today’s rules, that’s the room type we can open with and feel good about,” he said. Yellowstone has been closed to visitors since March 24. A park spokeswoman said no date has been set for reopening. Xanterra runs the lodging inside the park. Many of its hotels would have been closed to visitors this time of year anyway, with the Old Faithful Snow Lodge and Mammoth Hot Springs Hotel typically being the first to open on May 1. This delay pushes the limited opening a month-and-a-half beyond that. The cabins that are expected to open will be those at Old Faithful, Canyon Village, Lake Village and Mammoth Hot Springs.  Hoeninghausen added that the opening will be staggered, with the Old Faithful and Mammoth areas opening on June 15, Lake Village on June 17 and Canyon on June 19. He added that the company is working with customers who booked stays for this year to offer refunds or the option of keeping their reservation in case things change. The company is still working on plans for its seasonal hiring, Hoeninghausen said. He could not say how many employees would be brought on this summer, saying the decision may change based on the level of services Xanterra can offer. He added that housing guidelines will play a role in that decision — if there can’t two people to an apartment, for example, the number of people the company hires will be limited even further.

https://www.bozemandailychronicle.com/coronavirus/yellowstones-iconic-hotels-to-stay-closed-for-the-season-even-if-park-opens/article_869bd4fe-fa13-567c-af59-099ced8fc577.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 4-28-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Dire Warning To America: Censorship Happening On An Industrial Scale As Human Zoo Tracking Tech Is Unveiled

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die Tuesday, April 28, 2020

Locked inside an auto garage waiting room for over 5 hours on Monday while our truck received some much needed and absolutely 'essential' repairs, I also became a 'slave to' and 'analyst of' C-Span propaganda for that lengthy period of time and having avoided the msm for most of the past 15+ years, immediately saw the 'social engineering' that R.X. Kendrick recently reported upon in this ANP story.

With their 'coronavirus experts' actually only political talking heads including Democrats and Republicans who all took turns ripping President Trump to shreds over his handling of this pandemic, it didn't take long for the globalists 'buzz words' to make an appearance in the numerous shows that were on. And yes, their 'experts' continuously pointed out how this pandemic was actually an 'opportunity' to do things politically that they might not have been able to do without it. Also quickly firing off another globalist talking point on this pandemic, "we're all in this together", the total unity we've seen from the msm on this 'crisis' being seen as an 'opportunity' (to bring in tyranny?) as well as them attempting to paint a picture of all Americans in this thing together when some Americans are already starving due to food shortages here is alarming. And more reasons why Americans should never let our guards down in the days, weeks and months ahead with these political hacks also pushing their reasons why this lockdown might go on for several years. As ANP readers know, over the past 5+ years, ANP has never shied away from tackling controversial topics, especially of the global geo-political nature, so we're quite used to being attacked on a regular basis by hackers who may not agree with our story's points of view. But never before have we seen such a sustained attack upon ANP as we have witnessed over the past week+. With 'ANP2' now up and running as our backup until our tech can figure out how these devils were able to get into our system in the first place and re-direct our stories elsewhere, as many ANP readers have pointed out within our comment sections, somebody must really hate our stories for such a small website such as ANP to be under such a sustained attack. Though as others have pointed out in their comments, when you're over the top of a target is when you're most likely to be attacked so if that is the case with this latest hack, we'll say 'we're honored' but the implications are huge. And while at this moment we still have no concrete proof about who has been attacking us, with this latest round of attacks beginning soon after we published the stories listed below, we have an educated guess we're being targeted for the content of our covid-19 stories. And as we'll explore within this story, 'dangerous censorship' is now being unveiled in America with 'big tech' attacking and censoring anything 'anti-vaccine' at time when globalists are ever so eager to inject the masses with their poisons and several Democrat state governors using this 'crisis' as an 'opportunity' to unveil outright tyranny within their own states. So with Susan's 'Wake Up America' blog up and running as our ANP backup until our tech can figure out exactly how these devils were able to get into our very-well-secured system, (hinting at a 'deep state/China' attack upon ANP?!), of note is that the prior round of attacks upon ANP had happened back in February when we were also all over covid-19 and reports that a weaponized virus had leaked out a lab in China. Some of our most recent stories prior to this latest series of sustained attacks upon ANP.:

Be VERY Concerned! Democrats Weaponize Pandemic To Enact Anti-America, Extreme-Left Pet Projects: How Quarantines Became 'Politics As Usual' For Liberals That Want Total Government Control

'Death Camps' Now Await Residents Of Michigan Merely Suspected Of Being Sick As America Is Transformed Into Nazi Germany Tyrants Cracking Down Upon Americans Growing Their Own Food Setting Up Americans For Starvation As Prepping Suddenly Becomes Popular With The Masses Get Ready For More Stupidity & Tyranny In The Days, Weeks And Months Ahead As Globalists Position Themselves For 'The Kill' - Covid-19 'Weaponized For Tyranny' Much More Dangerous Than The Virus Itself America 'Locked Down' For Years? States Push For Lockdowns Until Vaccine Is Developed While One Of World's Leading Vaccine Manufacturers Warns That May NEVER Happen! Denial Of Reality Runs Rampant In 2020 America: Those Who Really Believe The Government Will Save Them Will Be Blindslided COVID-19 Sends Elites Fleeing To Their Doomsday Bunkers As Ordinary Jobless Americans Wait In Food Lines This 'Picture Worth A Thousand Words' Suggests Americans Are Being Deviously Lied To & Set Up For The Kill - Enemies Of Freedom Are Trying To Take Down America Without Firing A Single Shot So while we're unable to figure out exactly what story 'triggered' the attacks upon ANP, we can surmise by the content of those recent stories that all of this has something to do with our covid-19 coverage, stories that the mainstream media would surely label as 'conspiracy theory', though someone(s) obviously doesn't want our stories getting out to the masses. Before we continue, Susan and I wish to thank all of you for your patience and support during this truly messed up time. We can promise you, these attacks upon ANP will only make us that much more committed to searching for the truth and reporting what we find in the days and weeks ahead.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Susan & Stefan) Back in July of 2019, Mike Adams over at Natural News published this story titled "EXCLUSIVE: Google to block all anti-cancer, “anti-vax” and anti-GMO websites at the browser level as tech giant goes all-in with pharma drug cartels" within which he warned of 'big tech' getting into bed with 'big pharma' with the website 'Vaccine Today' even applauding the actions taken by 'big tech' to censor 'anti-vaccine' information. With the BBC recently announcing that YouTube will also be censoring if not outright banning videos which only theorize about a possible connection between covid-19 and 5g also showing the direction censorship is taking and it's straight towards tyranny, as Adams pointed out in that 2019 story, well before the arrival of covid-19, all of this was happening along with a merging between 'big tech' and the 'big pharma criminal cartel' From that 2019 story. By late 2020, Google’s Chrome browser will automatically block all so-called anti-cancer, “anti-vax” and anti-GMO websites as part of Google’s collapse into a Monsanto/Pharma criminal cartel. Users who want to visit websites that expose the scientifically-validated risks and potential harm of vaccines, chemotherapy, glyphosate or GMOs will have to switch to alternative browsers and search engines, since the Google.com search engine is already in the process of eliminating all such websites from its search results. Within a year or so, the Google Chrome browser won’t even allow a user to visit sites like NaturalNews.com without changing the browser’s default settings. The only websites accessible through Chrome will be those which are “approved” to promote mass medication, chemotherapy, pesticides, vaccines, fluoride, 5G cell towers and other poisons that enrich powerful, globalist corporations while dumbing down the population. This is the conclusion from a high-level source that told Natural News months ago about the coming purge of organics and natural health websites from Google — a purge that accelerated last week with the removal of Mercola.com and thousands of other natural health sites from Google search results. The situation has become so insane that now Google is pushing search suggestions like “organics is a lie” and “supplements are bad.” Google’s algorithm has already been trained to claim that “GMOs are good” and “chiropractic is fake.” And as we had reported back on April 20th, according to one of the world's leading vaccine manufacturers, a 'successful' covid-19 vaccine may never be developed due to the fact that trying to immunize against such a virus is like trying to create a vaccine for the common cold, extremely difficult if not impossible. Yet with some US states already hinting that they won't 're-open' until a vaccine is developed and 'human-zoo tracking tech' is cemented into place hinting that some US states may never re-open if a successful vaccine is their goal, as this recent story over at Exposing Satanism had reported, Americans across the country may soon have a very important choice to make, getting a microchipped vaccine and a lake of fire or freedom and ever-lasting life. With America never closer to a 'teotwawki' moment in our lifetime's than we are right now, with draconian lock-downs happening in many states already leading to food shortages while the devils use covid-19 in an attempt to completely stomp out the 1st Amendment as we're witnessing now in both California and New Jersey, all eyes and ears should be open and Americans prepared for absolutely anything as we go forward with some states now warning of lock-downs for 2 years or more as reported in this new Washington Examiner story. And nothing in our lifetime's has exposed the complete ineptitude of the entire 'government system' that wants to control our every day lives. With the food supply chain busting, food banks warning they'll possibly be running out of food happening at the same time as farmers simply throwing away millions of dollars in food and 'culling' millions of animals for disposal instead of food purposes, what we're seeing now is absolutely alarming. You want to do something for the people, 'government', then help co-ordinate getting all of this food being thrown away to the needy food banks and hungry people. Instead, 'government' works upon their sinister plans to track free people and implement their 'mark of the beast technology'. If one didn't know any better, one might think that by their complete ineptitude on getting food to the masses and their unfolding tyranny, they WANT US ALL DEAD! And with covid-19 arriving now here in 2020 and 330 million living here in the US, it's also arriving with really great timing of implementing the globalists sinister 'depopulation agenda' with the website Deagel forecasting less than 100 million people living in America by 2025, less than 5 years from now. Where will over 200 million people go? Each of the videos below take a look at this still unfolding saga of 2020. And with 'freedom' absolutely 'essential' to any free country and America quickly being used by Democrats who couldn't impeach President Trump to impose tyranny while they use this 'crisis' as an 'opportunity' to push their anti-America agenda, as Susan Duclos pointed out in this ANP story, Americans should be taking note of the names of the enemies of freedom and America within.

https://wwwwakeupamericans-spree.blogspot.com/2020/04/a-dire-warning-to-america-censorship.html#.XqsberiLngz 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 4-28-20 Silver Doctors :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GLOBAL ECONOMIC MELTDOWN: Major Impact On Silver Investment & Market

April 28, 2020

The global meltdown will turn into an economic depression in which few are prepared…

by Steve St Angelo of SRSrocco Report

The global meltdown will turn into an economic depression in which few are prepared. The mainstream financial media focuses on the highly inflated stock rally and safety in the bond market, while the underlying fundamentals of the economy continue to disintegrate. However, “Earnings Season” is getting ready to start… so watch for fireworks to begin shortly. Even though the Fed and central banks can prop up the stock market and financial assets, they stop the coming gauntlet of LOUSY EARNINGS DATA. How can the Dow Jones Index be trading at 24,000 while the main driver of the economy, “The Oil Industry,” is being destroyed in rapid order? With the U.S. oil price closing in the $12 range, negative oil prices are once again around the corner. In my newest video, GLOBAL MELTDOWN: Major Impact On Silver Investment & Market, I discuss the deteriorating economic indicators and how they will be negative for silver supply and positive for silver investment. Man Who Predicted 2020 Gold Rally Issues New Call Sponsored By Stansberry Research Gold expert explains why massive shift happening right now in the financial markets could create biggest opportunity in last 100 years.. Read More In one of my last video updates, I forecasted that the global silver mine supply would decline between 100-150 Moz in 2020. Well, this looks like a more realistic forecast because both Peru and Mexico extended the lockdown of their economies: With Mexico and Peru locked down for two months, upwards of 50 million oz of silver was lost. Furthermore, if we include the coming collapse in global base metal demand, we could easily see 100+ million oz of silver mine supply curtailed this year. In the video, I provide the most updated data on global silver supply as a by-product of base metal mining.

I believe global silver mine supply will be falling right at the very time we see RECORD PHYSICAL SILVER INVESTMENT demand.

THANK YOU ALL FOR THE SUPPORT: I just wanted to thank all the individuals who continue to support the SRSrocco Report website and youtube channel. I know some of you have canceled memberships as times are tough. I totally understand. If you are new to the site and find the information valuable, please consider supporting the website, if you have the means to do so, at Paypal or Patreon below.

If you are new to the SRSrocco Report, please consider subscribing to my: SRSrocco Report Youtube Channel. HOW TO SUPPORT THE SRSROCCO REPORT SITE

I would also like to thank those foundation supporters, who have chosen to become a member by making donations through PayPal to further the research and publishing work at the SRSrocco Report.

https://www.silverdoctors.com/headlines/world-news/global-economic-meltdown-major-impact-on-silver-investment-market/ 

:: 4-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"We Are Moving Into The End-Game": 27 Tankers Anchored Off California, Hundreds Off Singapore As Oil Industry Shuts Down

by Tyler Durden Mon, 04/27/2020 - 06:55

Back in the late fall of 2014, when Saudi Arabia broke up OPEC for the first time and unleashed a torrent of crude oil on the world despite the protests of its fellow cartel members, oil prices crashed as a result of what then seemed to be a "calculated" move by Riyadh which hoped to put US shale out of business amid a flawed gamble betting that shale breakeven prices were around $60-80. They, however, turned out to be much lower, which coupled with Saudi misreading of the willingness of junk bond investors to keep funding US shale producers, meant that despite a 3 years stretch of low oil prices, US shale emerged stronger than ever before, with the US eventually eclipsing both Saudi Arabia and Russia as the world's biggest crude oil producer. Fast forward to March 2020, when Saudi Arabia doubled down in its attempt to crush shale, only to avoid angering long-time ally Donald Trump, the Crown Prince pretended that the latest flood of oil was an oil price war aimed at Moscow not Midland. And this time, unlike 2014, with the benefit of the global economic shutdown resulting from the coronavirus pandemic, the Saudis may have finally lucked out in the ongoing crusade against US oil, because as Bloomberg writes with "negative oil prices, ships dawdling at sea with unwanted cargoes, and traders getting creative about where to stash oil", the next chapter in the oil crisis is now inevitable: "great swathes of the petroleum industry are about to start shutting down." As the recent OPEC summit so vividly demonstrated, the marginal price of oil is no longer determined by supply or cuts thereof (such as the recently announced agreement by OPEC+ for a 9.7mmb/d output cut), but rather by demand, or the lack thereof, which according to some estimate is as much as 36mmb/d lower, or roughly a third of the global oil market every day, as billions of people are stuck at home instead of driving, while major corporations mothball production in a world where major economies have ground to a halt. The economic impact of the coronavirus has ripped through the oil industry in dramatic phases, Bloomberg's Javier Blas writes. First it destroyed demand as lockdowns shut factories and kept drivers at home. Then storage started filling up and traders resorted to ocean-going tankers to store crude in the hope of better prices ahead. Now shipping prices are surging to stratospheric levels as the industry runs out of tankers, a sign of just how distorted the market has become. Ironically, in its latest attempt to kill off shale, Saudi Arabia may have gone a step too far, as "the specter of production shut-downs - and the impact they will have on jobs, companies, their banks, and local economies - was one of the reasons that spurred world leaders to join forces to cut production in an orderly way. But as the scale of the crisis dwarfed their efforts, failing to stop prices diving below zero last week, shut-downs are now a reality. It’s the worst-case scenario for producers and refiners." In short, the entire oil production industry is shutting down, not because it wants to - of course - but because it has no choice. According to Goldman, in as little as three weeks there will be literally no place left on earth to store oil, and unless oil producers want to pay "buyers" to hold the oil as happened on that historic date of April 20, they have no choice but to shut in output. "We are moving into the end-game," said Torbjorn Tornqvist, head of commodity trading giant Gunvor Group. "Early-to-mid May could be the peak. We are weeks, not months, away from it." Which brings us back to why in 2020 Riyadh has succeeded where it failed in 2014: as Bloomberg writes "in theory, the first oil output cuts should have come from the OPEC+ alliance, which earlier this month agreed to reduce production from May 1. Yet after the catastrophic price plunge on Monday, when West Texas Intermediate fell to -$40 a barrel, it’s the U.S. shale patch that is leading" The best indicator of how the shale industry is reacting is the sudden collapse in the number of oil rigs in operation, which last week fell to a four-year low: "Before the coronavirus crisis hit, oil companies ran about 650 rigs in the US. By Friday, more than 40% of them had stopped working, with only 378 left." And while there is a delay between total US oil production and the rig count, it is now obvious that US production is set to collapse next: “Monday really focused people’s minds that production needs to slow down,” said the co-head of oil trading at commodity merchant Trafigura. "It’s the smack in the face the market needed to realize this is serious." Incidentally, Trafigura, one of the largest exporters of US crude from the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, believes that output in Texas, New Mexico, North Dakota and other states will now fall much faster than expected as companies react to negative prices... ... evidence US commercial storage space for physical at Cushing has run out with what inventory is left having been called for - which have persisted for several days last week in the physical market. Until prices collapsed on Monday, the consensus was that output would drop by about 1.5MM barrels a day by December. Now market watchers see that loss by late June. “The severity of the price pressure is likely to act as a catalyst for the immediate turndown in activity and shut-ins,” said Roger Diwan, oil analyst at consultant IHS Markit Ltd. As detailed last week, this price shock has been especially acute in the physical market where producers of crude streams such as South Texas Sour and Eastern Kansas Common had to pay more than $50 a barrel to offload their output last week. And so the US industry is finally shutting down as ConocoPhillips and shale producer Continental Resources have all announced plans to shut in output. Regulators in Oklahoma voted to allow oil drillers to shut wells without losing leases; New Mexico made a similar decision. Even North Dakota, which for years was synonymous with the U.S. shale revolution, is witnessing a rapid retrenchment, as Bloomberg notes that "oil producers have already closed more than 6,000 wells, curtailing about 405,000 barrels a day in production, or about 30% of the state’s total." However, it won't be just the US: output cuts can be seen from Chad, a poor and landlocked country in Africa, to Vietnam and Brazil, producers are now either reducing output or making plans to do so. “I wouldn’t want to get sensational about it but yes, clearly there must be a risk of shut-ins,” Mitch Flegg, the head of North Sea oil company Serica Energy, said in an interview. “In certain parts of the world it is a real and present risk.” In emergency board meetings last week, oil companies small and large discussed an outlook that’s the most somber any oil executive has ever witnessed. For the small firms, the next few weeks will be all about staying afloat. But even for the bigger ones, like Exxon Mobil Corp. and BP Plc, it’s a challenge. Big Oil will offer an insight into the crisis when companies report earnings this week. Then on Friday, May 1, Saudi Arabia, Russia and the rest of OPEC+ will join the output cuts, slashing their output by 23%, or 9.7 million barrels a day. Saudi Aramco, the state-owned company has already cut production, and Russian oil companies have announced exports of their flagship Urals crude would drop in May to a 10-year low. And yet, as warned here repeatedly, it may still not be enough, as every week, another 50 million barrels of crude are going into storage, enough to fuel Germany, France, Italy, Spain, and the U.K. combined, with estimates that the world will run out of land-based storage some time in late May or early June. Meanwhile, what’s not stored onshore, is stashed in tankers. As Bloomberg's Blas points out, the U.S. Coast Guard on Friday said there were so many tankers at anchor off California that it was keeping an eye on the situation. There is some good news: oil traders say after plunging by a third, US oil consumption has probably hit a bottom, and will start a very gentle recovery, although that also depends on how fast the US economy can reopen from the coronavirus coma. But before even a modest recovery takes hold, the great shutdown will spread through oil refining too. Over the past week, Marathon Petroleum, one of the biggest U.S. refiners, announced it would stop production at a plant near San Francisco. Royal Dutch Shell has idled several units in three U.S. refineries in Alabama and Louisiana. And across Europe and Asia, many refineries are running at half rate. U.S. oil refiners processed just 12.45 million barrels a day on the week to April 17, the lowest amount in at least 30 years, except for hurricane-related closures. The closures have already sent thousands packing: the oil and gas industry shed nearly 51,000 drilling and refining jobs in March, a 9% reduction that will only get worse in April. March’s job losses rise by 15,000 when ancillary jobs such as construction, manufacturing of drilling equipment and shipping are included, according to BW Research Partnership, a research consultancy, which analyzed Department of Labor data combined with the firm’s own survey data of about 30,000 energy companies. "We’re looking at anywhere between five and seven years of job growth wiped out in a month,” Philip Jordan, the company’s vice president said in an interview. "What makes it sort of scary is this really is just the beginning. April is not looking good for oil and gas." And so, as the oil industry shuts down - at least for a few weeks (or perhaps months) - more refinery shutdowns are coming, oil traders and consultants said, particularly in the U.S. where lockdowns started later than in Europe and demand is still contracting. Steve Sawyer, director of refining at Facts Global Energy, said that global refineries could halt as much as 25% of total capacity in May. “No one is going to be able to dodge this bullet.”

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/we-are-moving-end-game-27-tankers-anchored-california-hundreds-singapore-oil-industry-shuts 

:: 4-30-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THOMAS HORN WARNS: Get Ready for End-of-Days Demons in High Places

April 30, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor By Thomas Horn

The English theologian George Hawkins Pember, in his 1876 masterpiece, Earth’s Earliest Ages, analysed the prophecy of Jesus Christ that says the end times would be a repeat of “the days of Noah.” Pember outlined the seven great causes of the antediluvian destruction and documented their developmental beginnings in his lifetime. The seventh and most fearful sign, Pember wrote, would be the return of the spirits of Nephilim, “the appearance upon earth of beings from the Principality of the Air, and their unlawful intercourse with the human race.” Jesus Himself, in answering His disciples concerning the signs of His coming and of the end of the world, said it would be “as the days of Noah were” (Matt. 24:37). The implication is, just as it was before the Flood when the spirits of Nephilim were powerful upon earth (Gen. 6:4), mankind would experience an end-times renaissance of the influence of these entities. From Scripture we are made to understand the purpose of this latter-day wave of supernaturalism includes deception (2 Tim. 3:13), and the effect upon mankind would be so successful that heresy and delusion would become firmly entrenched—even within institutionalized Christianity. In writing of this scenario, Paul prophesied to Timothy that “in the latter times, some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils” (1 Tim. 4:1).

Based on contemporary developments, the foretold increase in demonism and its influence within secular and religious society is rapidly unfolding in this century—abruptly, dramatically, and suspiciously. Biblical scholar Gary Stearman agrees, stating in disturbing language how the manifestation of these powers are quickening now because the world is under conditions “in which the influence of God’s Holy Spirit is diminishing.”[i] This is apparent not only in metaphysics, but within science and technology, where genetic engineering and transhumanist aspirations seem literally hell-bent on repeating what the Watchers did in giving birth to the spirits of Nephilim as in the days of Noah. The First Time Nephilim Appeared on Earth As far back as the beginning of time and within every major culture of the ancient world, the astonishingly consistent story is told of “gods” that descended from heaven and materialized in bodies of flesh. From Rome to Greece—and before that, to Egypt, Persia, Assyria, Babylonia, and Sumer—the earliest records of civilization tell of the era when powerful beings known to the Hebrews as “Watchers” and in the book of Genesis as the benei ha-elohim (“sons of God”) mingled themselves with humans, giving birth to part-celestial, part-terrestrial hybrids known as “Nephilim.” The Bible says this happened when men began to increase on earth and daughters were born to them. When the sons of God saw the women’s beauty, they took wives from among them to sire their unusual offspring. In Genesis 6:4, we read the following account: “There were giants [Nephilim] in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown.”

When this Scripture is compared with other ancient texts, including Enoch, Jubilees, Baruch, Genesis Apocryphon, Philo, Josephus, Jasher, and others, it unfolds to some that the giants of the Old Testament such as Goliath were the part-human, part-animal, part-angelic offspring of a supernatural interruption into the divine order and natural development of the species. Enoch was the son of Jared, father of Methuselah, and great-grandfather of Noah whose writings provide the most detailed account of the fall of the Watchers, the angels who fathered the infamous Nephilim. While the book of Enoch is no longer included in most versions of the Bible, Enoch’s writings are quoted in the New Testament in at least two places, and he is mentioned by name in both the Old and New Testaments, including Jude 14–15, where one of his prophecies is cited. During the discovery of the Dead Sea Scrolls, pre-Maccabean fragments of the book of Enoch were found, helping scholars verify the book’s antiquity while also illustrating that the ancients held these texts to be inspired. Many early church fathers likewise considered the book of Enoch to be sacred, including Tertullian, Justin Martyr, Irenaeus, Origen, and Clement of Alexandria. Dr. Michael Heiser is now speaking out on why YOU should understand this ancient text, which among other things gives a name to the angels involved in this cosmic conspiracy, calling them “Watchers.” We read: And I Enoch was blessing the Lord of majesty and the King of the ages, and lo! the Watchers called me—Enoch the scribe—and said to me: “Enoch, thou scribe of righteousness, go, declare to the Watchers of the heaven who have left the high heaven, the holy eternal place, and have defiled themselves with women, and have done as the children of earth do, and have taken unto themselves wives: Ye have wrought great destruction on the earth: And ye shall have no peace nor forgiveness of sin: and inasmuch as they delight themselves in their children [the Nephilim], The murder of their beloved ones shall they see, and over the destruction of their children shall they lament, and shall make supplication unto eternity, but mercy and peace shall ye not attain.” (1 Enoch 10:3–8) According to Enoch, two hundred of these powerful angels departed “high heaven” and used women (among other things) to extend their progeny into mankind’s plane of existence. I once read an Interlinear Hebrew Bible’s interesting interpretation of Genesis 6:2 in this regard. Where the King James Version of the Bible says, “The sons of God saw the daughters of men that they [were] fair,” the IHN interpreted this as, “The benei Elohim saw the daughters of Adam, that they were fit extensions” (emphasis added). The term “fit extensions” seems applicable when the whole of the ancient record is understood to mean that the Watchers wanted to leave their proper sphere of existence in order to enter earth’s three-dimensional reality. They viewed women—or at least their genetic material—as part of the formula for accomplishing this task. Departing the proper habitation that God had assigned them was grievous to the Lord and led to divine penalization. Jude described it this way: The “angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day” (Jude 6).

Besides apocryphal, pseudepigraphic, and Jewish traditions related to the legend of the Watchers and the “mighty men” born of their union with humans, mythologized accounts tell the stories of “gods” using humans to produce heroes or demigods (half-gods). When the ancient Greek version of the Hebrew Old Testament (the LXX or Septuagint) was made, the word “Nephilim”—referring to the part-human offspring of the Watchers—was translated gegenes, a word implying “earth born.” This same terminology was used to describe the Greek Titans and other legendary heroes of partly celestial and partly terrestrial origin, such as Hercules (born of Zeus and the mortal Alcmena), Achilles (the Trojan hero son of Thetis and Peleus), and Gilgamesh (the two-thirds god and one-third human child of Lugalbanda and Ninsun). These demigods were likewise accompanied in texts and idol representation by half-animal and half-human creatures like centaurs (the part-human, part-horse offspring of Apollo’s son, Centaurus), chimeras, furies, satyrs, gorgons, nymphs, Minotaurs, and other genetic aberrations. All of this seems to indicate that the Watchers not only modified human DNA during the construction of Nephilim, but that of animals as well, a point the book of Enoch supports, saying in the seventh chapter that the fallen angels “sinned” against animals as well as humans. Other books such as Jubilees add that this interspecies mingling eventually resulted in mutations among normal humans and animals whose “flesh” (genetic makeup) was “corrupted” by the activity, presumably through crossbreeding (see 5:1–5; 7:21–25). Even the Old Testament contains reference to the genetic mutations that developed among humans following this time frame, including “men” of unusual size, physical strength, six fingers, six toes, animal appetite for blood, and even lion-like features (2 Sam. 21:20; 23:20). But of all the ancient records, the most telling extra-biblical script is from the disputed book of Jasher, a mostly forgotten text referred to in the Bible in Joshua 10:13 and 2 Samuel 1:18. Jasher records the familiar story of the fall of the Watchers, then adds an exceptional detail that none of the other texts is as unequivocal about, something that can only be understood in modern language to mean advanced biotechnology, genetic engineering, or “transgenic modification” of species. After the Watchers had instructed humans “in the secrets of heaven,” note what Jasher says occurred: “[Then] the sons of men [began teaching] the mixture of animals of one species with the other, in order therewith to provoke the Lord” (4:18). The phrase “the mixture of animals of one species with the other” does not mean Watchers had taught men hybridization, as this would not have “provoked the Lord.” God made like animals of different breeds capable of reproducing. For example, horses can propagate with other mammals of the equidae classification (the taxonomic “horse family”), including donkeys and zebras. It would not have “provoked the Lord” for this type of animal breeding to have taken place, as God Himself made the animals able to do this. If, on the other hand, the Watchers were crossing species boundaries by mixing incompatible animals of one species with the other, such as a horse with a human (a centaur), this would have been a different matter and may cast light on the numerous ancient stories of mythical beings of variant-species manufacturing that fit perfectly within the records of what the Watchers were accomplishing. Understandably, this kind of chimera-making would have “provoked the Lord” and raises the serious question of why the Watchers would have risked eternal damnation by tinkering with God’s creation in this way. Yahweh had placed boundaries between the species and strictly ordered that “each kind” reproduce only after its “own kind.” Was the motive of the Watchers to break these rules simply the desire to rebel, to assault God’s creative genius through biologically altering what He had made? Or was something of deeper significance behind the activity? Some believe the corruption of antediluvian DNA by Watchers was an effort to cut off the birth line of the Messiah. This theory posits that Satan understood the protoevangelium—the promise in Genesis 3:15 that a Savior would be born, the seed of the woman, and that He would destroy the fallen angel’s power. Satan’s followers therefore intermingled with the human race in a conspiracy to stop the birth of Christ. If human DNA could be universally corrupted or “demonized,” they reasoned, no Savior would be born and mankind would be lost forever. Those who support this theory believe this is why God ordered His people to maintain a pure bloodline and not to intermarry with the other nations. When men breached this command and the mutated DNA began rapidly spreading among humans and animals, God instructed Noah to build an ark and to prepare for a flood that would destroy every living thing. That God had to send such a universal fiat like the Flood illustrates how widespread the altered DNA eventually became. In fact, the Bible says in Genesis 6:9 that only Noah—and by extension, his children—were found “perfect” in their generation. The Hebrew word for “perfect” in this case is tamiym, which means “without blemish” or “healthy,” the same word used in Leviticus to describe an unblemished sacrificial lamb. The meaning was not that Noah was morally perfect, but that his physical makeup—his DNA—had not been contaminated with Nephilim descent, as apparently the rest of the world had become. In order to preserve mankind as He had made them, God destroyed all but Noah’s family in the Flood. The ancient records including those of the Bible appear to agree with this theology, consistently describing the cause of the Flood as happening in response to “all flesh” having become “corrupted, both man and beast.” While I believe the theory of DNA corruption as an intended method for halting the coming of Christ has merit, an alternative or additional reason the Watchers may have blended living organisms exists in a theory I postulated in my book, Zenith 2016. In that book, I speculated that the manipulation of DNA may have had a deeper purpose—namely to create a hybrid form that neither the spirit of man nor God would inhabit, because it was neither man nor beast, and thus provided an unusual body made up of human, animal, and plant genetics known as Nephilim, an earth-born facsimile or “fit extension” into which the Watchers could extend themselves.

ARTICLE CONTINUES BELOW VIDEO

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/04/30/thomas-horn-warns-get-ready-for-end-of-days-demons-in-high-places/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 4-28-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WILL THE TRUE CHURCH SOON BE DRIVEN UNDERGROUND?

April 28, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

Last Friday an article by Scott Lively caught my attention. It was titled ‘It’s not too early to prepare for the underground church’ in which the author clarified, “What I’m talking about is not just expanding the ‘house church’ movement, but anticipating the need for an ‘underground church.’” He then added: “Probably sooner rather than later, the Bride of Christ will have need of an ‘off the grid’ communication and fellowship network that can’t easily be identified and tracked.” Lively arrived at these unnerving conclusions largely based on his belief that here in America under the current Covid-19 lockdown, church gatherings have been a major target of government suppression, and he expects that this trend will steadily grow and worsen even after sheltering in place has ended. While much of what Mr. Lively opined is certainly possible—and if progressives win the presidential election in November, you can bet his worrisome predictions could begin bearing fruit almost immediately—I would add a very important element that he, like many others, has overlooked; an imminent eschatological reality that formed the basis of my bestselling book, Blood on the Altar (get it free in offer here) involving a curious, prophesied prelude to a coming period in history wherein true believers will be “beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God…” (Rev. 20:4). When analyzing this particular end-times Revelation scenario—especially the subject of rigorous persecution—what often goes unnoticed is the role that religious “Christians” are being shaped today to play against the true body of Christ. Even the subtitle of my Blood on the Altar work and the concept of a coming war between “Christians” could seem beyond credulity if it were not for what the inspired texts themselves convey. Jesus predicted a time when “whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service” (John 16:2), and in Matthew 24, He told His disciples: Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you; and ye shall be hated of all [groups of people] for my name’s sake.

And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.

And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many.

And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall grow cold. (Matthew 24:9–12)

Elsewhere in the Bible when describing this coming era of Great Tribulation, it says Antichrist will be able “to make war with the saints, and to overcome them” (Rev. 13:7; see also Dan. 7:21). Immediately following those verses, description of a second beast emerges with “two horns like a lamb” who speaks “like a dragon” (Rev. 13:11). Most evangelical scholars identify this second “beast” as the leader of the end-times religious institution who will be under Satan’s control. The phrase “like a lamb” indicates he will pretend to represent the Lamb of God and the Christian church, while the expression “speaks like a dragon” identifies the devilish source of his authority and power. This final, global, super-church leader will be a murderer not unlike Antichrist and will cause “that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed” (Rev. 13:15). Thus, the book of Revelation outlines how the political figure of Antichrist derives ultranational dominance from the world’s religious faithful through the influence of an ecclesiastical leader (also called the False Prophet) who will not hesitate to swim in the blood of the genuine saints of God. In the days between now and when these men of sin are identified, this reality—that latter-day churchgoers will soon believe they are serving the kingdom of God by participating in or approving the death of conservative Christians—is not a concept lost on all contemporary churchmen. There are those who see things taking shape even now for a war that will eventually pit religious “Christians” against the real members of the body of Christ. For example, the Archbishop of Canterbury and the most senior Bishop in the Church of England, Justin Welby, stated not long ago that “modern Christians” will soon be “‘called’ to suffer and even die for the faith” in a new era “of martyrdom.”[i] But a clarifying document that was not supposed to be made public and which was authored by a senior advisor to Welby’s predecessor details how such a time of great persecution is coming because true believers will, according to the letter, be driven underground by liberal Christians and will become a dissident association comparable to resistance movements during World War II.[ii] Dr. J. Vernon McGee, one of America’s most beloved Bible teachers of the past century, taught the same and clarified that these true biblical believers would ultimately be driven “underground” by none other than latter-day denominational churches. Another of the twentieth century’s most perceptive writers was pastor and author A. W. Tozer (who was not usually given to prognostication), who likewise wrote: Let me go out on a limb a little bit and prophesy. I see the time coming when all the holy men whose eyes have been opened by the Holy Spirit will desert worldly Evangelicalism, one by one. The house [institutional Christianity] will be left desolate and there will not be a man of God, a man in whom the Holy Spirit dwells, left among them. [iii] These Holy-Spirit-devoid church attenders will soon join internet trolls and other “religious types” to constitute Antichrist’s apostate religious and political order (connected to “Mystery Babylon” in Revelation 17) and, as unfathomable as it may sound, will seek to formulate perhaps the most egregious rank among the Man of Sin’s Gestapo members in their appetite for destroying latter-day, truly born-again believers.

Impossible, some might say? Tell that to the trainloads of Jews who vanished beneath the brutality of Nazi Germany members who maintained their Protestant faith or to the hundreds of thousands of men, women, and children who have died since the days of Christ’s crucifixion and the martyrdom of His disciples at the hands of institutional church authorities and holy temple leaders. The European wars of religion (sixteenth and seventeenth centuries) are further examples of such mayhem by very religious people, as could also be considered the Muslim conquests (seventh to nineteenth centuries), the Crusades (eleventh to thirteenth centuries), the Spanish Reconquista (eighth to fifteenth centuries), the Ottoman wars in Europe (fifteenth to nineteenth centuries) and the Inquisition of the Roman Catholic Church (twelfth to fourteenth centuries).

ARTICLE CONTINUES BELOW TRAILER

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/04/28/will-the-true-church-soon-be-driven-underground/

:: 4-27-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Normal Is Never Coming Back - Americans Must Remember Who The Tyrannical Dictators In America Were During The COVID-19 Pandemic

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine Monday, April 27, 2020

The COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic has shown to have a very unusual side effect in those that have never been infected, and while I am not a doctor and am not qualified to actually diagnose mental health issues, this "side effect" in the healthy presents as brain damage. It isn't only the food shortage issue, or the state lockdowns and refusal of some states to lift their stay-at-home orders until some arbitrary date with no explanation of why certain dates were chosen, that has created a "new normal" which is very ugly in terms of constitutional freedoms and civil liberties, but the states' over-reach, threats, stupid-as-a-stump decisions, shows exactly how tyrannical some of our elected officials are deep down inside. Case in point: Conservative activist Ben Shapiro, took to social media to describe something that was witnessed and filmed by a friend of his in California: First tweet: "A friend of mine took his family to the beach in Oxnard today. Yes, they were socially distancing. About thirty feet away, the police proceeded to tell a 93-year-old couple -- sitting away from people on beach chairs -- that they could sit on the sand but not on the chairs." Second: "The reason? Apparently, the police have been informed that it's okay to swim or walk or sit in "temporary fashion," but chairs represent permanence. Even for 93-year-olds. Because everyone is an idiot." Third: "I'll play the video on the show tomorrow. Because this is just asinine. Americans are, by and large, being smart and reasonable. A lot of the authorities aren't." Readers can see the rest of that thread over at Twitchy, but that is just one example offering evidence that people, especially state officials and law enforcement, have apparently lost their freaking minds, and ample proof that common sense is no longer very common. POPULACE IS HANDLING PANDEMIC FAR BETTER THAN STATE OFFICIALS As we have seen in our own comment sections, along with chat forums and social media, the news that the food chain is going to take far longer to even start to recover, if it ever will, because livestock is going to have to start being "depopulated," aka killed because they cannot get them processed because of plant shutdowns, smart people are watching and acting accordingly. State officials said that as many as 40,000 pigs are not being processed daily, causing pork producers to lose as much as 40 percent of their production capacity. This slows the supply chain as market-weight hogs aren’t sent for processing, while hundreds of new piglets arrive to be fed and fattened. “Depopulation is a last resort for any farmer, but it may be necessary to prevent animal welfare issues,” Naig said in the Register report. Readers are talking about stocking up on canned meats to add to their fresh vegetables many are going to be harvesting from their indoor/outdoor gardens they have recently begun. We see readers describing the safety measures they are taking when they go out, shopping or whatever the need may be. We note that when we offer tips and ideas and resources to make things easier, our readers do the same. Decent people are always willing to help others, while the out-of-touch elite and establishment media, along with their sycophants, living in their own little bubbles, are busy lecturing everyone else on their perceived shortcomings. Celebrities have become so obnoxiously holier-than-thou that one woman, along with others, decided to tell them how "helpful" they have been to folks battling to survive. (Major snark and sarcasm alert!) That video in three days has gotten almost half a million views. Watch below: The point here is that most of "we the people" are handling the pandemic and the balancing safety with freedom, but the authorities, local law enforcement, and especially elected state leaders, have all gone straight off the cliff and are trying to drag us all with them. We the people, for the most part, have also had it right up the eyeballs with the tyrannical "rules," state officials have set in place, most of which violate our very constitutional rights. Make no mistake this type of government overreach is not limited to the state leaders in the U.S., but we are seeing the same type of behavior as those cops harassing that 90+ year-old couple on the beach for daring to sit in a chair instead of trying to get down and back up off the sand, in other countries. In Australia the cops are patrolling the streets and enforcing social distancing. In Italy cops arrest a man, sunbathing on a deserted beach. Yes, deserted, no one there, alone, not near anyone else.... and they arrested him for breaking the rules which basically turned the citizenry into prisoners in their own homes. That is a lot like that board surfer in Malibu, all alone in the ocean, until the cops were called, and they THEN broke social distancing to arrest him.... yes, that was here in the good ole U.S.A. Authorities, those that are supposed to keep a cool heads, think about what is happening and apply simple common sense, are not. They are allowing panicked elected officials to violate the constitutional rights of Americans, and they are enforcing these draconian and tyrannical orders. Well some are, but a few, courageous men taking their oath to defend the constitution seriously, are refusing to obey the leaders-who-want-be-dictators, and deserve kudos. Sheriffs from four different Michigan counties said Wednesday they will not strictly enforce Gov. Gretchen Whitmer’s social-distancing restrictions that critics say have gone too far. “While we understand her desire to protect the public, we question some restrictions that she has imposed as overstepping her executive authority,” Leelanau County Sheriff Mike Borkovich, Benzie County Sheriff Ted Schendel, Manistee County Sheriff Ken Falk and Mason County Sheriff Kim Cole said in a press release. “She has created a vague framework of emergency laws that only confuse Michigan citizens,” the sheriffs said, according to Michigan Live. The sheriffs said that, instead of stringent enforcement, they “will deal with every case as an individual situation and apply common sense.” That ladies and gentlemen is how it is done! BOTTOM LINE - NORMAL IS NEVER COMING BACK From the food chain and distribution which almost every expert agrees is and will continue to disrupt the food supply, to the state leaders who have not felt nearly enough push-back, which in turn encourages them to stomp a little harder with their boot on their residents' necks, what we all thought of as "normal," is never coming back in a variety of different ways. Hopefully the resident's complaining and protesting remember which elected officials attempted to keep their states "closed" and businesses shut down indefinitely, and which are attempting to get their economy kick-started again before it collapses totally.

If they don't remember it come election time.... they get what they deserve.

https://wwwwakeupamericans-spree.blogspot.com/2020/04/normal-is-never-coming-back.html#.XqmxYriLngy 

:: 4-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Physical Gold Premiums Soar To Highest Since Crimean Conflict As Congressman Questions COMEX

by Tyler Durden Mon, 04/27/2020 - 17:20

The gold market remains chaotic with physical (geographical) shortages, increasing physical demand, paper squeezes, retail interest soaring, and now congressmen raising concerns with regulators. First some good news (ish) - The last few weeks have seen the huge premium for between COMEX futures and spot compress as Bloomberg reports that Australia’s largest gold refinery has ramped up production of one kilogram bars to ease the supply squeeze in the US. “We’re producing as many kilobars as we can, we’re probably churning out seven and a half tons of them a week at the moment and we are forward sold well into May,” Richard Hayes, chief executive officer of the Perth Mint, said in an interview. “A very large portion of those kilobars are ending up as Comex deliveries.” And the futures-spot premium has compressed (though remains rich to normal)... The mint, which reopened a kilobar production line in response to the supply crunch, expects elevated demand to prove to be only a short-term issue. "Arbitrage issues around the Comex will be short lived and I don’t see them lasting for months and months,” Hayes said. “This is this is an unusual situation where you’ve got plenty of physical metal, it’s just in the wrong form and in the wrong place.” This whole debacle and the COMEX changing rules for delivery prompted representative Alex Mooney (R-WV) - who has ostensibly continued where former Representative Ron Paul (R-TX) left off - to raise questions with the CFTC about his growing concerns about delivery defaults in gold and silver. Dear Chairman Tarbert: As you know, there have been significant stresses and delivery difficulties unfolding in the CFTC-regulated gold market. In fact, the entities running the Comex and London markets hastily changed their rules last month to allow 400-ounce gold bars located in London to be substituted in satisfaction of CFTC-regulated contracts standing for delivery of 100-ounce gold bars in the U.S.

This remarkable new trans-oceanic mechanism appears, essentially, to have institutionalized the Exchange for Physical (EFP) emergency mechanism about which I raised concerns to you previously. Because there is apparently a dearth of gold and silver available for delivery in our country, use of this EFP mechanism to offload the physical demand to London had already become massive and routine.

Why is the Commission permitting large gold delivery liabilities in the U.S. to be so routinely transferred to London markets? I am increasingly concerned about the rising risk of defaults in the U.S. gold and silver markets and a resulting loss of confidence in our markets. A major default in gold and/or silver could have profound monetary policy implications as well. Furthermore, I ask for direct answers to two questions I posed previously. My questions (in italics) and your responses provided on January 28 are as follows:

1) Does the commission have jurisdiction over manipulative futures trading by the U.S. government or its brokers or agents or other governments?

“The CFTC has exclusive jurisdiction over futures trading on trading facilities registered with the Commission as Designated Contract Markets.”

2) Is the commission aware of futures trading by the U.S. government, its brokers, or agents?

“Pursuant to Section 8 of the Commodity Exchange Act and except as otherwise specifically authorized, the Commission may not publish ‘data and information that would separately disclose the business transactions or market positions of any person and trade secrets or names of customers.’”

Both of my questions call for simple “Yes” or “No” answers. Direct answers to these questions should not violate Section 8 of the Commodity Exchange Act. Simply acknowledging trading by governments, or on behalf of governments, would not disclose business transactions or market positions.

Thank you, and I await your response

We won't be holding our breath for a response that satisfies, but we do note that the Congressman's concerns are much more widespread. Not helping any physical demand is the fact that the US Mint recently halted all production (over COVID-19 contagion fears), despite soaring demand for gold coins... Source: Bloomberg

As Everett Millman, a precious-metals specialist at Gainesville Coins in Florida, warns,

The timing is awful, it’s going to exacerbate the supply shortage” in the coin market when demand is soaring. And it is showing up dramatically in retail price premiums, as Bloomberg reports, which have jumped to $135, more than tripling from two months ago, said Robert Higgins, chief executive officer at Argent Asset Group LLC in Wilmington, Delaware. “There has never been a time for American Gold Eagles at this premium level,” Higgins said in an interview, referring to the popular U.S. bullion coin. This is the greatest premium since the Crimea conflict sparked a massive safe haven bid in April 2014.

Until the world catches up with the imbalance and gets back to a normal balance of supply and demand, the premiums will stay,” Higgins said. Higgins, a 40-year industry veteran, operates a wholesale business that typically deals with an average of 1 million to 1.5 million ounces of gold each month. That jumped to more than 6.5 million ounces in March as premiums surged, he said. This extreme physical premium fits with what the Perth Mint's CEO concluded.. “For every coin we make, be it gold or silver, we could probably sell five or six of them,” he said. “That strong demand will be a little longer-lasting, I expect, as people have been quite badly frightened by this whole Covid disaster.”

Meanwhile, SchiffGold.com's Peter Schiff said that earnings reports roll in, and broadly disappoint, one group is set to do well - gold mines are literally 'gold mines'. Peter said it doesn’t surprise him that some companies are benefitting from coronavirus. Obviously, if people aren’t going out and they’re staying in, maybe they’re spending money online that might otherwise have been spent through other vehicles. But of course, ultimately a lot of these consumers are just not going to have the money to spend. They’re going to run out of aid from the government, or the government money is going to run out of purchasing power due to inflation.” Peter said he thinks the vast majority of companies will see substantial hits to their earnings. And it’s not just because of the pandemic. It’s also due to the recession that was going to start anyway. Peter emphasized that government and central bank policy are at the root of the problem. A lot of companies have been able to borrow cheap and then use the cash to buy back their own overpriced stocks. Many of these companies are now the recipient of bailout money, unfortunately. They should be allowed to fail so new management teams can step and clean house. Instead, we are perpetuating the management teams that made these reckless decisions. But of course, these decisions were made based on monetary policy that was being provided by the Fed, and the Fed is now doubling down on that failed policy.” Peter said the only thing the market has going for it is the Fed. Meanwhile, in order to prop up the market, the Fed has to destroy the purchasing power of the dollar, so what investors should be doing is buying gold stocks. Because gold and gold stocks will be the biggest beneficiaries of monetary policy.” The host brought up the decline in some of the industrial metals like nickel and copper. Peter said precious metals are a totally different story. They are a monetary alternative to fiat currencies that are being debased the world over, but particularly in the United States. So, I think when it comes to earnings, gold stocks are going to be among the few companies that see a huge boost to their earnings. In fact, they are benefitting from the reduction in energy prices because energy is a key cost when it comes to operating a gold mine. So, gold mines right now literally are gold mines, and I think investors are ignoring the potential.”

As Robert Mish, President of Mish International Monetary Inc - a dealer in precious metal bullion and coins, based in Menlo Park, California, who has been selling gold coins at highly elevated levels for three to four weeks - told Bloomberg: “It’s crazy... There is a factor in the market that many of the buyers do not trust the system anymore and want to get their metal in their hands for certain.”

The surge in gold demand is similar to the buying panic that has emptied stores of toilet paper. “When people think they can’t get something, they want it even more.” Except in this case, there is a fundamental driver behind the demand - as Kyle Bass so eloquently noted 10 years ago: "Buying gold is just buying a put against the idiocy of the political cycle. It's That Simple" And judging by the shrill calls for UBI, MMT, and negative rates in the US, that idiocy is just about to reach '11'.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/physical-gold-premiums-soar-highest-crimean-conflict-congressman-questions-comex 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4-28-20 The Stokes Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tallest volcano in Eurasia erupts in Russia’s Far East, spewing ash 7,000m into the skies

April 28, 2020

The eruption of the Klyuchevskaya Sopka volcano in Russia’s Kamchatka has created spectacular scenes, producing rivers of lava and massive smoke clouds – but scientists worry that the resulting ash cloud could disrupt air traffic. The latest activity within the steep symmetrical cone of the volcano – the highest in Eurasia – blew ash some 7,000 meters into the air on Monday, the Emergencies Ministry said. Klyuchevskaya Sopka, at 4,649 meters in height, was effectively inactive for three years before it started spewing lava again last October – and the smoldering eruption has continued to some degree ever since. The Kamchatka Peninsula is a remote, yet picturesque, area in Russia’s Far East, and there are no cities or towns within close proximity of the clouds of ash pumping out of the volcano. However, researchers at Russia’s Academy of Sciences (RAS) are still closely monitoring the eruption, as it could potentially cause significant air traffic disruptions. Civilian flights might be grounded due to Covid-19, but the most essential cargo is still being delivered by plane. “Ash trails from the volcano can stretch thousands of kilometers and cross aviation routes,” so being able to predict where the cloud goes is “extremely important,” Aleksey Ozerov, the head of the Institute of Volcanology and Seismology at the Far Eastern Branch of RAS, told RT’s Ruptly video agency. –RT

https://cybernews1.blogspot.com/2020/04/tallest-volcano-in-eurasia-erupts-in.html 

:: 4-28-20 billkloss.law.blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is America Turning Into a Communist Country? What We Are Going to do When They Come For Our Freedom Of Speech And Our Freedom to Bear Arms?

Posted byeogabi boanca April 28, 2020

Communism hit center stage with the Russian revolution, as first Vladimir Lenin and then Joseph Stalin remade Russia into the image created by Karl Marx. This didn’t affect us here in the USA much until World War II, when we were uncomfortable allies with Russia. Even then, there were those who saw communism as being the political savior for all mankind. But it wasn’t until World War II ended and the Cold War began, that we clearly saw the juxtaposition of capitalism versus communism in the world. Ever since then, there have been those in this county who have been pushing for us to become one more socialist country in the world. They hold up socialism as the shining light, where all people are treated equally. The government exists only to make sure that happens. During a SHTF situation, pain could become an annoyance for some, but unbearable for others. But even then, there is an elite in any communist government. Someone has to make the decisions about who gets what and those people always take care of themselves first. While socialism or even communism might be a great theory, it requires perfect people; and the world has always had a shortage of those. Yet there are those in our political system, who still proclaim socialism as the way to go. They make it sound better by calling it “democratic socialism.” But all it takes is a look at other countries who have gone socialist to see what that means; you can vote it in, but you can’t vote it out. Nevertheless, they try to make their political ideology look good by promising lots of freebies, not letting people know that they are going to have to pay exorbitant taxes to get those freebies. Rather, they claim that the rich, who don’t pay “their fair share” will pay them. Yet every time politicians talk about raising taxes on the rich, it is the middle class who feels the pinch, not the wealthy. To the low-information voter, especially the low-income, low-information voter, this all sounds good. They get free health care, free birth control, free education, free phones, free food and free income, and someone else has to pay for it. What could be better? Interestingly enough, over the last century, every socialist or communist government has gotten into power by proclaiming their concern for the poor. This gave them a large pool of low-information voters they could count on, so that they could get voted into office. They lied to their followers regularly, both about their own intentions and those of the opposing party. All that mattered was that they got into power. We could be seeing the same thing happening here. So, is the United States on its way to becoming a communist country, as some would like? As I look back over the last 50 years, I can see where we Americans have lost a lot of our freedoms. Every time the government expands, taking over another part of society, it does so at the cost of individual and state freedom. It doesn’t matter if we’re talking about the IRS or the EPA; they get their power by stealing our freedom.  In that sense, you can say that we are already on the road towards communism and have been so for quite some time. A major step towards getting us there was Obama’s signature healthcare law. Never intended to work, the Unaffordable Healthcare Act was merely supposed to be a stepping stone towards a single-payer healthcare system, which would allow the federal government to take full control of 17.9% of our economy. Basically all that Obamacare has done for the country is raise the cost of health insurance and medical care. Yes, it did give some people who were previously denied health insurance coverage by insurance companies the legal right to buy insurance. Yet that could have been done at a much lower cost and without having to hire 30,000 new IRS agents, further bloating an already oppressive government agency, in the process. Even regulatory agencies like the Department of Education can be seen to be pushing our country towards socialism and then communism. These agencies do nothing more than take the power to make decisions out of the hands of US citizens and our local governments. One of their main ways of doing this is by controlling tax dollars. Money passed out to state and local governments by these agencies always comes with a price; one of toeing the line on some regulation or other. Part of the problem here is that once a government agency is established, it is all but impossible to shut it down. Take the EPA for example. It can be fairly argued that there was a need for the EPA, when it was founded by President Nixon in 1970. But since then, the majority of the work that the EPA originally did has been taken over by state governments, leaving the bloated federal bureaucracy in place to spend taxpayer money and create stifling regulations. The new House of Representatives seems to be making a greater push for the government to take over other parts of our economy as well. Some representatives have even gone so far as to float the idea of taking over major corporations, “for the good of the people.” Should this actually happen, it will be the sign that our country is actively being taken over by a communistic government. If we keep doing that, we’re going to find ourselves backed into a corner; actually several corners. The first corner will be the elimination of our First Amendment freedom of speech. The “PC Police” are already at work on this, using “political correctness” and “hate speech” to silence those who don’t agree with them. Totalitarian authority can’t handle disagreement, so they have to criminalize that disagreement in order to silence it. Everyone will be forced to toe the party line, saying what they’re supposed to say, as if they believe it. They won’t be satisfied with us being quiet, but rather insist that we say things their way. Once they’ve accomplished that, it will be easier for them to take the next big roadblock to communism out of the way, our Second Amendment rights. Totalitarian governments must always disarm the people, so that they can keep control. As Mao Zedong, the first communist leader of China said, “political power grows out of the barrel of a gun.” Without guns, what can any of us do to stop anything the government wants to do? The Second Amendment was given to us for this purpose. If those in power are going to get the power that they want, they have to take it out of our hands. That’s why the gun grabbers always attacks the AR-15 rifle, rather than pistols or shotguns. You can’t fight a war with pistols; you need rifles for that. As long as we are armed with rifles, we are a danger to the totalitarian communist government they crave. The real question boils down to what we are going to do when they come for our freedom of speech and our freedom to bear arms?

https://billkloss.law.blog/2020/04/28/is-america-turning-into-a-communist-country-what-we-are-going-to-do-when-they-come-for-our-freedom-of-speech-and-our-freedom-to-bear-arms/ 

:: 4-27-20 eurasia review :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Expect Unemployment Rates To Hit ‘Great Depression’ Level, Warns Trump’s Economic Advisor

April 27, 2020 RT

White House senior advisor Kevin Hassett says US economy is in “grave situation” and the unemployment rate could be hitting the same numbers seen during the Great Depression due to the Covid-19 pandemic. “We’re going to be looking at an unemployment rate that approaches rates that I think we saw during the Great Depression,” Hassett told ABC’ ‘The Week’ on Sunday. Hassett called the economic state in the US a “grave situation” and “the biggest negative shock [the] economy has ever seen.” Hassett continued to paint a bleak picture when he compared jobless numbers today to those from the economic recession from 2007 to 2009, the worst in the US since the Great Depression. “Around 2008, we lost 8.7 million jobs and the whole thing. Right now, we’re losing that many jobs about every 10 days,” Hassett said. “And so … the economic lift for policymakers is an extraordinary one.”

Unemployment peaked during the Great Depression in 1933 when rates hit 25 percent. They have only topped 10 percent twice since then, once in 1982 and again in 2009. million Americans have filed for unemployment benefits during the Covid-19 pandemic, and it will likely top 27 million very soon once what could be millions of backlogged claims can be processed. The Congressional budget office forecasts the unemployment rate rising from 3.8 percent to 14 percent in the second quarter of 2020 and then 16 percent in quarter three and finally making its way down to 10.1 percent by the end of 2021.  Many economists, however, have predicted the unemployment rate hitting or passing 20 percent.

Despite the numbers, President Donald Trump has tried to paint a bright picture in his press briefings, predicting a comeback in the market, and therefore, with jobs, in the summer when state lockdown orders begin lifting. He predicted earlier this month the economy will “soar like a rocket ship” once the country is through the pandemic. On a global scale, the pandemic has also been compared to the Great Depression. UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres recently said the Covid-19 crisis has become “a jobs pandemic. A humanitarian pandemic. A development pandemic” and predicted poverty and inequality to dramatically increase in the wake of the virus.

https://www.eurasiareview.com/27042020-expect-unemployment-rates-to-hit-great-depression-level-warns-trumps-economic-advisor/ 

:: 4--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SELCO: This Is a Time of Massive Change and the Direction We’re Going Is Not Good

by Selco Begovic

Where are we now?

We are living in a world where fear controls us, or is trying to control us. If we take out all the facts and guesses about the severity of this illness, all that left is fear, and we are being driven to act by that fear.  Among all the fears (fear for health, job, security…) the fear of the unknown ( future) is the greatest and most dangerous. We as preppers should live and act by the premise of an unknown future. But when that premise goes worldwide and when common people start to fear from an unknown future, the whole picture can be different. This whole situation could go in many different directions, but the most probable direction where it will go is not nice. We might be living in times of massive changes. The individual is nothing In the name of health, safety, and security, an individual person becomes irrelevant. You or me alone are irrelevant if we are portrayed as, for example, a health hazard or risk for the community. Our rights basically cease to exist. If you are portrayed as, let’s say, a terrorist, your rights no longer exist. Not only will you lose your rights, but you will be publicly portrayed as a threat. You will be described in a way that your own neighbors will hunt you down like a rabid animal and then turn you in if you survive. Now, there are times and places and people who deserve to be hunted. There are real terrorists who deserve to be punished. But the point here is who decides who is terrorist or a health risk, and who controls the people who make those decisions. We are living in times when all that gets blurred together and rushed in the name of security. Or in this latest situation, in the name of public health. I have seen people get quarantined for 28 days in tents without proper food, hygiene, or anything similar just because someone told authorities they are suspicious and may have the virus. People being separated from their families based on an assumption made from some guy who does not know sh*t about medicine and then being put into those tents for weeks. And yes, it is unconstitutional of course, but nobody cares. Great leaders (on a higher level) Every hard time has (and had) leaders. Sometimes the whole system works in a way that leaders are not so important. Sometimes great figures emerged in hard times and carry the whole “spirit” of the nations in a good direction. And sometimes, “false leaders” emerge. They emerged many times trough the world history, “strong leaders” who led their nations through the hard times in a manipulative way. They channeled their feelings in order to achieve their own dreams or agendas. They turned their dream into what they thought was the “national dream”. Adolph Hitler led his nation (very simplified) from the times of national disaster, huge unemployment, public shame, and general disappointment to the moments where under his leadership, a majority of his country approved of the extermination of whole nations, by willingly doing it or closing their eyes to it. This particular example is way too big and complicated for me to explain it, but the point here is that you cannot underestimate the fact that desperate people can be led in wrong directions (by manipulation) in a pretty easy way.

Common folks can do a lot of unimaginable things when there is the right combination of a “real leader,” fear, and desperate times. Let’s hope we gonna have more real leaders then “real leaders”.

You (on a personal level) I advocate (just like always) that much more attention be paid to your own “local” level, or small circle, but do not get me wrong, it pays off to be aware of the bigger picture or in time, you might wake up one morning in a society that looks like something from an Orwell book.  On a local or personal level, there are a lot of changes that are noticeable among people in the last few months. It is more worrying actually that those changes are also noticeable among a lot of people who should be more ready because they are preppers or survivalists: A picture is better than a thousand words, so I am using it here. This latest situation came as a huge shock to many preppers too, and in reality, it should not be so huge a shock. It is something that you as a prepper have been preparing for over the course of many years. It was a huge shock for some of you probably for several reasons, and all those reasons are known and mentioned many times, but yes, it is different when you live it for real. The important thing to understand here, that all of this (no matter how hard it was, and still is) is nothing, compared to the situation that might come after this. We are only starting to realize a whole bunch of repercussions of all this (economically) worldwide, and nobody is even sure how hard it might be, and where it can lead. Remember these 5 things. What I would like to emphasize here, in this article (again) are the things that might become very important in the next period:

The system is fragile, and usually corrupt. It takes care first for itself. Do not blindly trust it. I’m not saying the system is necessarily your enemy, but I am saying do not trust it. (See this article about the system.)

It is time to be self-sufficient, self-reliant, and resilient as much as it is possible.

It is now time more than ever to be quiet about what you prep, how you prep, and where. Publicly be like the majority people around you – scared, more or less, and unsure

Make connections, know people, find like-minded folks that you may lean on once if the situation deteriorates more.

Do not blindly trust the media. Try to find and follow your own sources of information. (See this article for more about the media.)

About Selco: Selco survived the Balkan war of the 90s in a city under siege, without electricity, running water, or food distribution. In his online works, he gives an inside view of the reality of survival under the harshest conditions. He reviews what works and what doesn’t, tells you the hard lessons he learned, and shares how he prepares today. He never stopped learning about survival and preparedness since the war. Regardless of what happens, chances are you will never experience extreme situations as Selco did. But you have the chance to learn from him and how he faced death for months.

Read more of Selco’s articles here.

Buy his PDF books here.

Buy his best-selling paperbacks, SHTF Survival Stories and The Dark Secrets of Survival here.

Take advantage of a deep and profound insight into his knowledge by signing up for his online courses SHTF Survival Boot Camp and learn the inside story of what it was really like when the SHTF with his online course One Year in Hell.

Find him on Patreon.

You can donate directly to Selco at https://www.paypal.me/SHTFschool  (use the dropdown arrow to select USD as the currency)

Real survival is not romantic or idealistic. It is brutal, hard and unfair. Let Selco take you into that world.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/selco-time-of-massive-change/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 4--20 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food supply chain is breaking," Tyson Foods chairman warns

Kate Gibson 1 day ago

Meat lines could be in the country's future as the coronavirus wreaks havoc on the industry, prompting the closures or curtailing of operations at pork, beef and poultry processing plants across the country. Tyson Foods Chairman John H. Tyson spelled it out in full-page newspaper advertisements, stating: "The food supply chain is breaking." The executive's warning came days after Tyson shut down its large pork processing plant in Waterloo, Iowa, after multiple employees tested positive for COVID-19. The closure is among dozens involving major companies, with a Smithfield Foods pork plant in South Dakota also out of commission. JBS USA temporarily shut its meatpacking plant in Green Bay, Wisconsin, on Sunday after health officials traced at least 189 positive cases to the facility last week. As of April 27 there have been at least 4,135 reported positive cases tied to meatpacking facilities at 75 plants in 25 states and at least 18 reported worker deaths at nine plants in nine states, according to the Midwest Center for Investigative Reporting. About a quarter of the country's U.S. pork production and 10% of its beef output has now been shuttered, according to the United Food & Commercial Workers, the union that represents 250,000 meatpacking and poultry plant worker. "As pork, beef and chicken plants are being forced to close, even for short periods of time, millions of pounds of meat will disappear from the supply chain," Chairman Tyson wrote in a letter published Sunday as an advertisement in newspapers including the New York Times. "As a result, there will be limited supply of our products available in grocery stores until we are able to reopen our facilities that are currently closed." Food waste is also part of the equation, according to the Arkansas-based Tyson, among the country's biggest meat producers. "Farmers across the nation simply will not have anywhere to sell their livestock to be processed, when they could have fed the nation," the executive wrote. "Millions of animals —chickens, pigs and cattle— will be depopulated because of the closure of our processing facilities," he added. " a local poultry trade group said inThe food supply chain is breaking." The word "depopulated" — meaning humanely killed — is already in play on several major farms in Delaware and Maryland, where two million chickens will be depopulated due to reduced employee attendance at nearby Delmarva Poultry Industry plants, a statement. With about 1,800 members in Delaware and on the Maryland and Virginia Eastern Shore, the Delmarva chicken industry last year produced more than 600 million chickens values at about $3.5 billion.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/money/companies/food-supply-chain-is-breaking-tyson-foods-chairman-warns/ar-BB13hjeQ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 4-27-20 survivalblog.science.blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Digital Revolution: Unlimited Ability to Spy and Control Populations. The Creation of a Police State Dystopia

Jack Metir technology April 27, 2020 3 Minutes

Many have expressed concerns that coronavirus will be used, as 9/11 and the hoax “war on terror” were, to further expand the American police state dystopia. But we were doomed by the digital revolution to a controlled existence regardless of 9/11 and Covid-19. The digital revolution provides government and corporations with unlimited and unaccountable ability to spy and control populations. Every word, deed, and movement of people can be tracked and a “social credit” dossier built for them. China already has such a control system in place. Those whose profiles are outside acceptable parameters are unable to function in normal society, being blocked from passports, driving licenses, employment, and activities reserved to those with acceptable social credit scores.

Technology is now available that permits videos to be created of people speaking words that they never spoke. These can be used to ruin people on social media and to convict them falsely in trials. Privacy no longer exists despite endless “privacy notices,” and people have no control over their persona. This presentation PROOVES WITHOUT DOUBT that America is in for a major fight that will put you and your family in the firing line, literally… So make sure you watch this presentation while it’s still online… Even a person’s unspoken thoughts are under assault by mind-reading technologies. Once money has been reduced to digital money, a person’s access to his funds can be cut off at any time. Financial independence ceases to exist for those who don’t comply. The outcome of the digital revolution is completely different from the naive belief that the Internet opened up communicative freedom that would ensure liberty. What a joke this belief turned out to be. The tech and social media firms themselves engage in censorship of explanations, called “conspiracy theories,” that differ from official or permissible explanations or use words found “offensive” by privileged groups. Truth itself has become a “conspiracy theory.” Factual history is unacceptable to Identity Politics and is being replaced by fake history, such as the New York Times’ 1619 Project. It is certainly true that indoctrination is part of enculturation, and every age has had to struggle for truth. There have always been interests whose agendas are served by falsehood. But for those determined, it was possible to challenge and to expose the falsehoods. That possibility is what is extirpated by the digital revolution.  The technology is already in advance of that portrayed in George Orwell’s dystopia, 1984. We await the coalescing of elite interests in a leadership agenda. All the tools Big Brother needs await his arrival.  The young born into the digital revoluton know no different. They are so taken with their electronic gadgets and indispensable apps and so content in their self-isolation in virtual reality that liberty means the ability to push buttons to call up images and entertainment. Liberty will not have to be taken from them. It has already left them. Indeed, they never knew it or its requirements. The well-rewarded techies who created the instruments of oppression are proud of their contribution to the creation of a police state dystopia. These preening fools are the handmaidens of the police state. Years ago I read a science fiction short story about a father and mother who were concerned about their son as the age of testing approached. They were members of a people that had somehow recovered from an enslaving technology. To prevent a reoccurence, testing of the young was instituted to weed out for extermination those whose intelligence and aptitude could bring back technological tyranny. In their society, not all forms of human creativity were permissible. A society so full of hubris that it played God was unacceptable. Is starting to feel like it’s every man for himself, Is possible that right now, a global crisis is upon us, Without even knowing… And the virus may not be the biggest threat, but the crisis that follows, Everyday goods that keep us alive will be gone, I’m talking, food, fresh water, medicine, clothes, fuel…

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2020/04/27/the-digital-revolution-unlimited-ability-to-spy-and-control-populations-the-creation-of-a-police-state-dystopia/ 

:: 4-26-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Covid-19 Coup: Anti-America Socialists Are Happy To Keep America Locked Down To Institute Unconstitutional Tyranny

By John C. Velisek, US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline II Sunday, April 26, 2020

Since the start of this unconstitutional lockdown, Nancy Pelosi and 'her band of anti-American socialists' have done all they could to keep the small businesses in our country under lock and key. In her San Francisco neighborhood with her beloved ice cream and still receiving all her pay from the taxpayers, she ignores the day to day anxiety and pain that the middle class is feeling. On February 28th, at a highly attended rally in South Carolina, President Trump said that the Democrat progressive socialists misinformation campaign would inundate the American Public with criticism of the President's response to the Chinese virus. He called this criticism a Hoax. Of course, the progressive socialists in Congress and the media quickly started the lie that President Trump called the epidemic a hoax, which he did not. Pelosi and her group of progressive socialists use this talking point as a distraction. The senile alcoholic Pelosi pontificates about President Trump refusing to accept the facts. This is the same Pelosi that was in Chinatown on February 24th, stating in her faux regal manner that everything was excellent, and invited everyone to come to Chinatown and celebrate. At the same time, she also proclaimed that the Defense Production Act was not used quickly enough to protect workers. Never does she mention that the first tests put out by the CDC were contaminated, a setback in the containment. Nor did she say that the numbers that were being used pertaining to the number of the fatalities were over six times higher than what was taking place. They were intentionally high so that those clamoring for national lockdown would have the impetus to push forward with shutting down our economy. They knew if the economy faced a crash because of the overstated fatalities forcing a lockdown as we are going through now would be used by the progressive socialists and media to blame Trump. She talks of the misrepresentation and falsehoods of President Trump, setting the party line for the progressive socialists and sycophantic press and, like all the others, gives no specific examples. They think if they continue to push this lie, the American people will soon start to accept it.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Susan & Stefan) The first step in the attempt to stabilize the economy and country was the money to assist small businesses, which Pelosi tried to hold up to include such things as funding for Planned Parenthood, the Green New debacle, and sanctuary cities. All were swept away in the original bill. She held up the bill, costing our country even more jobs. It has been made quite clear from the beginning that the progressive socialist leftists wanted to use the pandemic to force through the agenda through that no one in the country wants. But as stated in the words of Majority Whip Jim Clyburn, this is an opportunity to restructure the government in their view. Of course, Botox Nancy has been blaming the conservatives who stalled the spending bill, A total lie. I am waiting for her to blame Republicans for not voting on the bill, while all the time she was in her feces and needles devastated city with her precious ice cream. A week ago, she was praising the Senate Democrats for refusing to pass the very same bill. What McConnell was trying to pass was a clean bill just adding money to the PPP. Two days before the PPP ran out of cash, Pelosi made the disturbingly ignorant remark that there was “no data” to support the idea that the PPP needed more cash to save the millions of jobs that small business contains. Pelosi knew the fund would run out of money, but she, along with the other progressive socialists, didn't care. After all, it was only the American people that the elites look down on that were desperate. And the leftists felt they had the leverage needed to push through reforms that they could not get passed in Congress. Pelosi spent her time at home eating ice cream in her mansion while the American families and economy were becoming fractures in the fabric of our nation. You hear how much the lying liberals care about the little people they consider non-essential. But they should be ashamed of collecting the paychecks that the taxpayers give them while obstructing at every possible moment when something can be done to bring our country back. She also introduced the farce of election law reform and has continued to push that plan forward. I suppose they think if they whine and stamp their feet that the American people will give in to mail-in ballots. Included in this plan was "ballot Harvesting", which has already been used to fraudulently change the outcome of votes in California. The links at the bottom of this page will show how destructive ballot harvesting was in California in 2018. It will show that the ballots that were brought in to the state after the election were not verified or vetted and let to the flipping of seven seats in conservative Orange county. They will attempt to use ballot harvesting and mail-in votes to solidify control by the use of voter fraud. Pelosi feels she is virtuous talking of the integrity of the right to vote but can't explain allowing everyone, including illegal aliens being able to vote by mail, is inclusive much less constitutional. One citizen, one vote that can be verified, is the only constitutional way to secure the vote. But if the progressive socialist Democrats allow that, there is no possible path to victory for the agenda that need to force upon the American people. This is why the leftists are pushing so hard in their attempt to obstruct at the least and crush at the most, the economy that the American people worked so hard to build over the past three years. Pelosi is already pushing for a fourth bill, ignoring that the national debt has skyrocketed to further plan to push through a socialist wish list.

Vote by mail is bad enough, but she also wants to include minimum wage hikes, more unions, housing guarantees, stimulus checks of illegal aliens, the large release of criminals, taxpayer money for abortions, even a national surveillance program, supposedly to stop the spread of the virus. The Soros funded Center for American Progress is working in concert with the progressive socialists to achieve these progressive policies. Other policies, such as guaranteed housing, have never been voted upon by the American people. San Fran Nan still has not recovered from the fact that President Trump is our President. The progressive socialists have not been embarrassed enough by the Russian collusion hoax or the Ukraine debacle. They now want a coronavirus investigative committee to use as nothing more than an attack on the administration. The progressive socialists will once again run a group whose sole purpose it to damage the President in any way possible with the assistance of leaks to the media. It will be used as a political cudgel to further lie about the President with the help of a bobblehead talking head media who are willing to lie in the path of further trying to damage the President. The talking heads of the DNC have even gone so far as to call President Trump racist for calling it the “Chinese Virus”. They declare that his words are dangerous, and say he equated Chinatowns here in the United States with China. Hey Nancy, the prayerfulness you claim as your own is a lie, the prayerfulness you should observe are those of us who sit at our kitchen tables and try to make ends meet because of your obstruction and delays. Your prayerfulness in nothing more than spite and lies. You are not willing to keep Congress in session even though you relieve a substantial payment from the taxpayers, the people you should be working for. Getting money to the small business and the workers that work there should be fundamental to a prayerful Christian such as you claim to be. But then you are fully for abortion, and consider any baby even after birth expendable. Please stop saying how much of a "prayerful" Catholic you are; it is not only an offense to those of us who follow the teaching of Christ, but is hypocritical as well. No one believes you anymore. All they see now is your lust for power…

https://wwwwakeupamericans-spree.blogspot.com/2020/04/the-covid-19-coup-anti-america.html#.Xqmj6LiLngx 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc     

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 4-28-20 Traders Zone Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Locked-Down Country Is Vulnerable To Attack

Authored by Peter Earle via The American Institute for Economic Research,

Right now, hundreds of thousands of businesses are closed, and countless American streets are empty. Individuals, families, and businesses are rapidly burning through their savings, supply chains are atrophying, and every economic indicator is revealing a rapid retrenchment from healthy levels just one month ago. We have had a stock market crash, an oil price crash, inverted yield curves, and many other warnings revealing an economy in serious distress. What if, in this state of worsening economic vulnerability, the once-unthinkable were to happen yet again?

What would tomorrow look like if today were September 10, 2001?

It’s true that, presently, aircraft are hardly flying and most office buildings are operating with skeleton crews, and thus the mechanics of an attack of the sort perpetrated on September 11th, 2001, are unlikely. But for all they lack, the enemies of the United States are surely not short of ideas or a terrifying form of homicidal entrepreneurialism. Propriety resists speculation as to other ways that such a thing could take place, but as a wealthy nation with many major cities, ports, and other critical points, America has and will always have vulnerabilities. In a state of lockdown, we are more vulnerable than ever. People are prisoners in their homes, with private firms shuttered and inert. America is in a recession, and perhaps in a depression. Government resources are depleted, and a sizable portion of the population is wandering around their home demoralized, confused, and depressed.

Straight talk: the United States is tremendously vulnerable right now.

Despite Trump’s campaign pledge to end American’s “endless wars,” soldiers, sailors, airmen, Marines, and government contractors in military roles are active every second of every day worldwide. Whether one believes that America’s foreign engagements are wholly justified or that they are an incredibly unsustainable exercise in imperial overreach – Americans in combat in four or five countries; another 150,000 troops in 800 bases spanning 150 countries; and entangling alliances in most of the remainder – the idea that these interventions don’t create new enemies, some of whom are likely to be innovative in the most sinister of ways, is both gullible and irresponsible. The Congressional Research Service’s September 2002 Report “The Economic Effects of 9/11: A Retrospective Assessment” makes clear that one of the major factors blunting the full impact of the attacks was the Fed’s immediate action. The economy was contracting when 9/11 occurred... The terrorist attacks did cause some severe localized effects, especially in and around the target areas, and that may have muted the magnitude of growth in the 4th quarter. The fairly modest effect may have been due to assurances given by the Federal Reserve within hours of the attack that it was still in business and that sufficient liquidity would be available for the financial community. Over the next three days the Federal Reserve added some $100 billion per day in liquidity. And that only takes into account the days and weeks after the attacks. There were, of course, longer-term effects of the attacks in the tourism, airline, insurance, and food/agriculture sectors, as well as to some 18,000 small businesses near the World Trade Center, and in both New York City and Washington, D. C. more broadly. We live today with much of the legacy of that awful day, where I personally saw and experienced the devastation first-hand. Fast forward to today, and we are facing a nationwide, politically-imposed economic standstill wherein the Federal Reserve has already extended massive programs of historic size and scope. The Fed Funds rate is, once again, effectively at zero. It seems doubtful that, were another such tragedy to occur, they would have much dry powder left other than unconventional monetary policy options. It would be naive to think that the squeamishness and knee-jerk policy response demonstrated in the face of COVID-19 hasn’t been noticed by adversaries of the United States: most of all by those with whom any conflict is likely to be asymmetric in nature. Many of the same people who advocate for “readiness” in a military sense haven’t or don’t seem to have considered how politicians shutting down the entire US economy have increased our exposure to risk in a very short amount of time. If we know that we’re vulnerable, “they” surely do as well. It is especially ironic that the Trump Administration has labeled Bitcoin and cryptocurrencies a “national security issue,” but for all we can tell either hasn’t considered or has chosen to neglect the risks posed by a prostrate economy. Which points to another, more immediate fragility exposed by recent policy choices: kinetic attacks are one thing, but if the enemies of the United States know that the government will shut down our entire economy in the face of spreading disease, will the long-conjectured possibilities of more subtle but lethal assaults – the purposeful spreading of smallpox, measles, or other highly contagious diseases – appear? Will microbes be the new WMDs? We are now at the trough of a self-inflicted economic collapse. If military adventurism is to remain a core (if unfortunate) facet of America’s foreign policy gadgetry, I would argue for a rapid reprioritization of the economic aspects of national security. The revealed propensity to lock the U.S. economy down in the face of uncommon but not existential uncertainty represents an Achilles heel that will likely not be overlooked, at least not for long. Even, sadly, if arguments about liberty, prosperity, and quality of life do not resonate with many Americans, the basic notion of civil continuity should. These are admittedly uncomfortable topics which require discussion as a nation: discourse about policy, foreign and domestic, and about what we as a people are willing to bear for the doubtful benefits and already soaring costs of global interventionism.

Tyler Durden Tue, 04/28/2020 - 00:00

https://www.traderszone.net/locked-down-country-vulnerable-attack 

:: 4-23-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Catastrophic Blunder

The Bible contains many vivid descriptions of something that did not exist until the middle of the 20th century — thermonuclear war. Led by the United States, the world just took a huge step toward that predicted nuclear apocalypse, the days of Antichrist, and “the time of Jacob’s trouble.” The deal with Iran is that bad. When I began to study Bible prophecy over 60 years ago, I saw signs even then that we were approaching the end of the age. I knew that I might very well live to see days like this one — days when my own beloved country would help usher in and facilitate unthinkable evil. But knowing in advance doesn’t mitigate the pain of seeing it before my own eyes. Many of those who believe the P5+1 deal with Iran is a mistake, take solace in the fact that in the United States, the deal must pass Congress. To keep the U.S. sanctions intact will require a supermajority voting to keep them. Opponents of the deal have a chance to get enough votes to keep America’s sanctions in place. But in the big picture, it probably matters very little. Sanctions only work if they are done in concert with other nations, and I think this deal effectively ends Iranian sanctions for most nations. Iran has a long history of simply disregarding parts of agreements that it doesn’t want to follow. And the P5+1 nations have a history of ignoring such violations. I don’t expect Iran to follow the agreement, but they’re getting an amazingly good deal. It will allow them to have nuclear weapons whether they cheat or not. If they follow the agreement, they can prepare for nuclear weapons production now, and start actually building their nuclear arsenal in just ten years. And we must keep in mind that it is an arsenal we’re talking about, not just a single bomb. President Barrack Obama today said, “We have stopped the spread of nuclear weapons in this region.” I’m sure he hopes that’s true, and that his will be a legacy of peace. But this agreement would only stop the spread of nuclear weapons in the region if it stops Iran, and if the other nations in that region believe that it will stop Iran. But there’s nothing in this agreement to make them think that. Their interpretation will be that, sometime in the near future, their aggressively antagonistic neighbor will become a nuclear power. What are they going to do? What can they do? Even ten years is a blink of history’s eye. The other nations of the region will see ten years as the outermost deadline for building their own nuclear arsenals. Because they knew this was coming, several have already been at work on the project. But the existence of an actual agreement will spur them on. Sunni nations like Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Turkey, Jordan, the UAE, and Qatar feel threatened by Iran. And it’s not just paranoia. Iran has been exporting their Shia Muslim revolution for decades now, and it’s beginning to really take hold. With Syria, Iraq, Lebanon, and now Yemen largely under Iran’s control, Saudi Arabia is almost surrounded. With President Bashar al-Assad now in Iran’s pocket, and Hezbollah dependant on them, Iran is already at Israel’s door. In May, Haaretz reported, “As-Safir, known for its pro-Hezbollah stance, revealed that the terrorist group has large amounts of forces stationed near the Israel-Lebanon border, as well as numerous tunnels, bunkers and surveillance equipment, in addition to tens of thousands of rockets.” Who built those tens of thousands of rockets, and gave them to Hezbollah? IRAN. Iran already partially controls the world’s two most vulnerable oil choke points — the Strait of Hormuz and the Gulf of Aden. When Iranian oil is suddenly dumped into the world marketplace, we can expect oil prices to drop dramatically. But they already have the ability to choke off a huge part of the world’s oil supply of they choose. In a few months, you may be driving with $2-a-gallon gas. But in a few years, you may be taking out a second mortgage just to get a fill-up. We need to see that the Iranian threat is not just to Israel, but to civilization itself across the globe. The thermonuclear threat now looms large over the Middle East. But we shouldn’t be surprised. The Bible warned us. Zechariah 14:12 gives one of the more memorable prophecies. How would a person in the 6th century BC describe a nuclear blast’s effect on a human body? Like this. “Now this will be the plague with which the Lord will strike all the peoples who have gone to war against Jerusalem; their flesh will rot while they stand on their feet, and their eyes will rot in their sockets, and their tongue will rot in their mouth.” The Great Tribulation is obviously close. Christians can count on the LORD taking us out before the extreme trouble comes. Since in the Bible’s timetable, the Rapture comes before that, we should be looking up with renewed expectancy. We should be praying fervently, and witnessing with urgency. We need to be busy doing those things that matter most. We don’t have much time left. Thank God that before nuclear weapons destroy Israel, the LORD will miraculously save Israel from destruction. That is promised by the LORD in these verses; Zechariah 12:7-15 and 13:8-9. GOD KEEPS HIS WORD!

https://www.hallindsey.com/hlr-7-15-2015/ 

:: 4-23-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Zika: New Plague of the End Times

by Hal Lindsey

As he taught about the end times, Jesus said, “There will be… plagues and famines.” (Luke 21:11 NASB)

Today, an untold number of pathogenic catastrophes hang over all our heads. On the 2015 Prophetic Year in Review, I said, “If you want to read apocalyptic literature, turn to the U.S. Center for Disease Control, or the World Health Organization. Scientists in those places are all abuzz about ‘superbugs’ — strains of bacteria that are immune to modern antibiotics.” I didn’t mention cancer. In ancient times, it seems to have been relatively rare. In the journal, Nature Reviews, two Egyptologists, Rosalie David and Michael R. Zimmerman, wrote, “A striking rarity of malignancies in ancient physical remains might indicate that cancer was rare in antiquity.” Since 1973 when the United States began tracking cancer rates, the incidence of it has risen an average of about 1.1% per year. Despite fewer smokers, and a better understanding of the kinds of foods we should be eating, the numbers just keep going up.  HIV/AIDS is still considered a pandemic and persists in plaguing the earth. New strains of flu continue to threaten the world’s population. Tuberculosis now kills 1.5 million people a year. On The Hal Lindsey Report, I’ve spoken at length about MRSA, the “Superbug” that one expert said, “Has the ability to plunge us straight back to the Dark Ages.” And then, of course, there’s Ebola. No longer making headlines, it still wreaks havoc in some regions of the world, while remaining a threat to everyone on the planet.

It’s been almost a hundred years since the Spanish flu outbreak of 1918 that killed somewhere between 3 and 5% of the world’s population. Because there are so many more of us now, living so much closer together, and with quick, easy movement between nations and continents, we can only guess at the damage such a pandemic would do today. Recently, something new burst onto the world’s consciousness — the Zika virus. The World Health Organization (WHO) has declared Zika a “public health emergency.” Usually transmitted by mosquitoes, we just learned of a case in Texas that was transmitted sexually. Symptoms include fever, skin rashes, pink eye, muscle and joint pain, malaise, and headache. But health officials say these symptoms are almost always mild and only last for 2-7 days. So what’s the big deal? WHO says, “Recently in Brazil, local health authorities have observed an increase in Zika virus infections in the general public as well as an increase in babies born with microcephaly in northeast Brazil. Agencies investigating the Zika outbreaks are finding an increasing body of evidence about the link between Zika virus and microcephaly.” According to the Mayo Clinic, “Microcephaly is a rare neurological condition in which an infant's head is significantly smaller than the heads of other children of the same age and sex.… Microcephaly usually is the result of the brain developing abnormally in the womb or not growing as it should after birth.” The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke explains, “In general, life expectancy for individuals with microcephaly is reduced and the prognosis for normal brain function is poor.” In areas where the Zika virus is prominent, pregnant women are living in terror. There is no known cure, and no vaccination. The best we can do for now, is to help women avoid being bitten by mosquitoes. Ironically, the best weapon against Zika was outlawed in the United States in 1972 — DDT. It is the best known pesticide in history. The scientist who discovered the chemical’s ability to destroy insects, Paul Hermann Müller, received a Nobel Prize in 1948 for his discovery. But it is not good for a pesticide to become famous.

The book, Silent Spring by Rachel Carson, called DDT a killer of birds and a cancer causing agent in people. Carson was a good writer, and made a strong appeal to emotions and fear. But her science was faulty. Many trace the modern environmental movement to her work. It led to the outlawing of DDT, and caused millions of people around the world to die prematurely. Mosquitoes carry a variety of diseases. Malaria is the most deadly. By using DDT, several African countries had reduced the instances of malaria to near zero by 1967. After the U.S. outlawed DDT, it threatened to withhold foreign aid to third world countries that didn’t also outlaw it. The mosquito population again exploded, as did the instances of malaria. Depending on whose statistics you listen to, malaria today afflicts up to half a billion people a year. It kills about 2.7 million of them. Now we have a new killer, again spread by mosquitoes. How bad will it get? Will it quickly blow over, or will it become the perfect storm epidemiologists have long feared? More than 45 years ago, in The Late Great Planet Earth, I warned of an increase in disease as we approach the end of the age. That wasn’t an opinion, but something clearly taught in scripture — mostly by Jesus. Isn’t it amazing that He knew so perfectly the signs of our age 2000 years in advance?

https://www.hallindsey.com/ 

:: 4-23-20 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PM: Trump will honor pledge to recognize Israeli sovereignty on Jewish settlements

Netanyahu says that "a couple of months from now" he expects Israel to celebrate "another historic moment in the history of Zionism" as the US peace plan moves forward and a key component gets implemented.

by Israel Hayom Staff Published on 04-26-2020 19:35 Last modified: 04-26-2020 19:35

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu praised US President Donald Trump on Sunday in a video message marking the 100th anniversary of the San Remo Resolution in which the world powers recognized the national rights of the Jewish people on the Land of Israel. Netanyahu said that the US President should be praised for his willingness to recognize Israel's presence in Judea and Samaria. The prime minister hinted that he would move forward with his plan to extend Israel's sovereignty to areas of Judea and Samaria under the auspices of the newly revealed US peace plan. "President Trump pledged to recognize Israeli sovereignty over the Jewish communities there and in the Jordan Valley. A couple of months from now, I am confident that that pledge will be honored, that we will be able to celebrate another historic moment in the history of Zionism. A century after [the] San Remo [Resolution], the promise of Zionism is being realized, because we never stop fighting for our rights," Netanyahu told evangelical Christians in a video message. He concluded by saying: "Your efforts are part of that fight. Thank you for celebrating this historic occasion and securing the Jewish future."  In January 2020, President Trump put forth the political component of his proposed peace plan. The plan emphasizes that "withdrawing from territory captured in a defensive war is a historical rarity. It must be recognized that the State of Israel has already withdrawn from at least 88% of the territory it captured in 1967." The plan goes on to explain that a "transfer of sizeable territory by the State of Israel – territory to which Israel has asserted valid legal and historical claims, and which are part of the ancestral homeland of the Jewish people... must be considered a significant concession. Peace should not demand the uprooting of people – Arab or Jew – from their homes. Such a construct, which is more likely to lead to civil unrest, runs counter to the idea of co-existence." The first steps of the initiative allow Israel to extend sovereignty over 30% of Judea and Samaria, which means almost all Jewish settlements and the Jordan Valley. After four years, a Palestinian state would be established if the Palestinian leadership meets a set of benchmarks, chiefly among them – renounce terrorism and ensure the rule of law.

https://www.israelhayom.com/2020/04/26/pm-trump-will-honor-pledge-to-recognize-israeli-sovereignty-on-jewish-settlements/ 

:: 4-27-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is the Antichrist about to be revealed?

By Michael Brown, CP Op-Ed Contributor

I recently wrote that practical obedience to God today is far more important than speculation about the mark of the beast tomorrow. I have also made clear that I do not believe that COVID-19 is one of the plagues from the Book of Revelation. At the same time, a number of recent developments help illustrate how quickly a false Messianic figure could emerge on the earth, in both religious and secular circles. Prepare to read some shocking quotes. But first, let me set the stage. As I have stated, I do not believe that a potential COVID-19 vaccine, replete with microchip is the mark of the beast. And I do not believe that the virus is part of a larger, nefarious plot hatched by a clandestine one-world government cabal. (For more on all this, see my new book.) Yet the events surrounding the coronavirus have demonstrated how quickly the status quo can be overturned, how dramatically the fortunes of nations can shift, and how a call for one-world cooperation can arise. And what if there was a worldwide economic collapse, accompanied by plague and famine? Is it too farfetched to imagine that a powerful, problem solving leader could gain an international following? To say it again, I do not believe we are at that point. But I do believe that, in front of our eyes, we’re seeing how quickly the table can be set, even from an entirely secular point of view. All the more does this become feasible when we add in religious beliefs. Jesus famously warned His disciples, saying “Be careful that no one leads you astray! For many will come in My name, saying, ‘I am the Messiah,’ and will lead many astray.” (Matthew 24:4–5 TLV) He also warned that, “Many false prophets will arise and lead many astray.” (Matthew 24:11, TLV) So, from a Christian perspective, before the true Messiah (= Christ) will return in the clouds of heaven, there will be counterfeit Messiahs (= antichrists) who will deceive many.  And this leads us to the promised, shocking quotes. In the Islamic world, the belief in the Mahdi, the hidden Imam waiting to be revealed, could easily prepare the way for a counterfeit Messianic figure.  To be sure, Muslims believe that Jesus is the Messiah (although, quite plainly, they do not believe in the Jesus of the Bible). So, technically speaking, the Mahdi is not the Messiah. On the other hand, since he functions in Islamic lore as the end-time redeemer, he could be the perfect counterfeit Christ type of figure. And here’s where it gets very interesting: there are Muslim leaders today who claim to have met the Mahdi numerous times. Writing in the Jerusalem Post on January 20, Brian Schrauger explained that the Mahdi “is Islam’s messiah, the 12th of 12 Imams who are successors to Mohammed. Said to have been born in 879 CE, the Imam Mahdi is believed by Shi’a Muslims to still be alive, but hidden from mankind in ‘occultation’ until a time of such upheaval on the earth that only his reappearance will rescue mankind and, in fact, usher in an age of global peace; Islamic peace, that is; a kind of peace in which all mankind is living in submission to the Allah of the Koran.” He continues, “Crazy to Western ears, this messianic creed is the raison d’être for the Islamic Republic of Iran according to its founders and leaders. It is also the basis of Tehran’s foreign and military policies; and it is impossible to overemphasize the Iran regime’s visceral commitment to it. The Imam Mahdi is invoked in every public gathering, both civil and military; he is the singular inspiration for every policy, every tactic, every mission; indeed, he is nothing less than the regime’s reason for its existence and, as such, its singular and unwavering motivation for the future.” And Schrauger can provide documentation for every single claim he has made. In the words of Iran’s Supreme leader Ayatollah Khamanei, “The Iranian nation, enjoys a great privilege today: the atmosphere of the country is an atmosphere of Imam Mahdi. . . .” And, Khamanei states, “many of our great scholars have personally met with this beloved [Imam] of hearts of the admirers during his occultation; many have made a pledge to him in person; many have heard from him some heartwarming words; many have been caressed by him and many others have received his kindness, care, and love.” The Islamic Mahdi is here, he is known to many insiders, and he is about to be revealed. And remember: this article was written before Iran was smitten with COVID-19. What are the leaders thinking today? But there’s more.  A February 20 headline in Israel Today stated that, “Israeli Rabbi Says He’s Already Holding Meetings With Messiah.” And, “Israel’s biggest rabbis are all afraid to leave the country lest they miss Messiah’s coming.” The article, by Ryan Jones, cited a three-hour radio interview in which Rabbi Yaakov Zisholtz “told religious broadcaster Radio 2000 that Kanievsky recently told him that he (Kanievsky) is already in direct contact with the Messiah.” Rabbi Kanievsky, now in his early 90s, is considered to be the leading authority in the ultra-Orthodox (haredi) community in Israel, and he has often spoken of the nearness of the Messiah’s coming. But it seems he is saying even more today. According to Rabbi Zisholtz, “…the process of redemption is about to start happening very quickly and at a fast pace. It is important that people remain calm and steady to act properly in the right time. “There is a potential Messiah in every generation and there are righteous men who know precisely who it is. This is, of course, true in this generation. “Getting the word out now that the Messiah is closer than ever is a matter of life and death. Haven’t you heard of Gog and Magog? That is what is going to happen very soon. Right now, the situation is explosive more than you can possibly imagine. Everyone needs to know whether they are on the inside or if they are going to be left out.” Yes, these are the words of an ultra-Orthodox rabbi in Israel, not those of an evangelical Christian, Bible in hand, with end-time prophecies heavily underlined. While Rabbi Zisholtz was careful to say he couldn’t promise anything, he was certainly raising the bar with specific predictions and events. And again, he claimed that certain religious Jews knew exactly who the Messiah was and have even met with him. Adding to all this was the statement of Israel’s Health Minister, Yaakov Litzman, himself ultra-Orthodox, as reported in HaAretz on March 26 and with reference to COVID-19: “We are praying and hoping that the Messiah will arrive before Passover, the time of our redemption. I am sure that the Messiah will come and bring us out as [God] brought us out of Egypt. Soon we will go out in freedom and the Messiah will come and redeem us from all the troubles of the world.” The Messiah would be the cure to the coronavirus, and he would come (meaning, be publicly revealed, since in Jewish thought, he could already be here) by Passover. Well, Passover ended on April 16. And, in case you missed the news, the expected Jewish Messiah did not come. Ironically, Litzman himself contracted the virus, although he has since recovered. And for a number of reasons, including heavy criticism of his handling of the crisis, he is reportedly considering quitting. But all this talk about the Mahdi being here, ready to be revealed, along with the traditional Jewish Messiah being here, ready to be revealed, underscores the point I have been making. It would not take much for a counterfeit Messianic figure to arise and deceive many. And so, while I believe the table has not yet been set for this grand finale, it could clearly be set on very short notice. Let us, then, keep our focus on the Second Coming of the true Christ (= Messiah). But let us not forget the warnings about that false Messiah (= antichrist) who will come first.

https://www.christianpost.com/voices/is-the-antichrist-about-to-be-revealed.html 

:: 4-27-20 Isral Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Israel strikes pro-Iranian militia base in Syria

Syrian state TV alleges that country's air defenses engaged "incoming Israeli warplane activity" in Lebanese airspace.

by Daniel Siryoti , News Agencies Published on 04-27-2020 07:17 Last modified: 04-27-2020 11:12

Syria on Monday accused Israel of carrying out pre-dawn airstrikes near Damascus, saying that its air defenses units had engaged "incoming Israeli warplane activity" in Lebanese airspace. The state-run Syrian Arab News Agency reported that Israeli jets fired several missiles from Lebanese airspace at an are near Damascus, but the projectiles were. There were no immediate reports of damage or casualties. Video posted to Syrian social media in the early hours of Monday morning what appeared to be several missiles being fired into the air and loud explosions. According to media reports, the target was a base housing pro-Iranian militias. There were conflicted reported about the number of casualties, with some outlets saying seven people were killed and others claiming three people were killed and four injured. The Israeli military did not comment on the reports. Syria media regularly claims alleged Israeli strikes fail to hit their targets, though those assertions are questionable.  There was no immediate comment from Israel. While Israel usually remains mum on the issue, military officials acknowledged last year that the IAF has struck hundreds of military sites in the country since the Syrian civil war erupted in 2011, all housing Iranian asset. Israel has repeatedly stated that it will not allow Iran, which sponsors global terrorism and patrons the Lebanon-based Hezbollah terrorist group, to entrench itself militarily in Syria, the Jewish state's neighbor to the north.  Last week Syria accused Israel of hitting targets near Homs. The Syrian Observatory for Human Rights, a Britain-based war monitor, said the targets were "military posts for Iranian militias in the Palmyra desert."

https://www.israelhayom.com/2020/04/27/syria-accuses-israel-of-striking-sites-near-damascus/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 4-27-20 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tyson Foods chairman warns ‘food supply chain is breaking’ as coronavirus forces plant closures

Published Mon, Apr 27 20202:28 PM EDTUpdated Moments Ago Amelia Lucas

Meat processors, including Tyson, Smithfield and JBS, are closing U.S. facilities after workers test positive for Covid-19.  “The food supply chain is breaking,” Tyson Foods Chairman John Tyson wrote in a full-page newspaper ad that ran on Sunday.  More than a dozen packing and food processing workers have died after contracting Covid-19, according to the United Food and Commercial Workers International Union. Tyson Foods expects that millions of pounds of meat will disappear from the food supply as the company temporarily shutters beef, pork and chicken plants due to local coronavirus outbreaks. Meat processors, including Tyson, Smithfield and JBS, are closing U.S. facilities after workers test positive for Covid-19. Meatpacking workers often work shoulder to shoulder for hours at a time, increasing their risk of exposure to the virus. Tyson placed a full-page ad in The New York Times, Washington Post and Arkansas Democrat-Gazette on Sunday addressing the plant closures. “The food supply chain is breaking,” Tyson Chairman John Tyson wrote. Tyson said that a limited supply of its products will be available in grocery stores until facilities can be reopened. These temporary closures will also mean millions of livestock will be slaughtered because farmers will not be able to sell their pigs, cows and chickens to buyers who can process the meat. The U.S. Department of Agriculture is buying $3 billion in fresh produce, dairy and meat from farmers to stabilize retail prices and reduce food waste. The agency is forecasting that 2020 beef prices will climb 1% to 2%, poultry as much as 1.5% and pork between 2% and 3%, The Associated Press reported. The United Food and Commercial Workers International Union, which represents about 80% of beef and pork production workers, said Thursday that at least 13 packing and food processing workers have died after contracting Covid-19 and thousands more have tested positive or been exposed. On Sunday, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention released guidelines for meat and poultry processing workers and employers. Recommendations include adding more stations for workers to clock in and out, providing cloth face coverings for all employees, limiting carpooling and checking temperatures before workers enter the plant. Bernstein downgraded Tyson’s stock on Friday, citing the uncertainty about the company’s ability to maintain production levels in the near term. “Overall, we expect production disruptions to be a ~60% headwind to TSN’s pork volume for 4 weeks given the impact of plant closures and reduced production levels due to absenteeism,” analyst Alexia Howard wrote in a note to clients. “We also expect TSN to face a ~35% volume headwind in beef and a 20% headwind in chicken for 4 weeks.” As concerns over a meat shortage have grown in recent days, Beyond Meat had its best week of trading since going public in May, with shares closing up 41% for the week on Friday. The maker of meat alternatives also announced deals last week to sell its products in China at Starbucks and KFC locations. Beyond’s stock, which has a market value of about $6.2 billion, closed down 8.4% at $99.63 on Monday after a downgrade from UBS on lower restaurant sales. Shares of Tyson, valued at $21.8 billion, rose 1.2% to $59.68. Tyson’s stock has dropped 34% since the start of the year.

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/04/27/tyson-foods-chairman-warns-food-supply-chain-is-breaking-as-coronavirus-forces-plant-closures.html 

:: 4-26-20 New Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump to Shift Focus on Economy, 'Forward-Looking Message'

By Solange Reyner | Sunday, 26 April 2020 07:22 PM

The White House's message in the days ahead will focus on the economy and a more "hopeful, forward-looking message," an official familiar with the planning tells Axios. President Donald Trump, one official said, "is strongest when he's focusing on things we can win — like bringing back the economy — rather than giving updates on the virus." The move comes as Trump dismissed the daily press briefings on the pandemic as "not worth the time and effort." The sentiment came days after the president inquired about using cleaning products inside the body to help kill off the coronavirus that causes COVID-19. "What is the purpose of having White House News Conferences when the Lamestream Media asks nothing but hostile questions, & then refuses to report the truth or facts accurately," Trump tweeted Saturday afternoon. "They get record ratings, & the American people get nothing but Fake News. Not worth the time & effort!" Trump started daily briefings as the coronavirus took hold in the United States, but some Republican leaders see them as potentially sabotaging their party's plans to keep control of the Senate and White House, according to The New York Times. Trump will instead highlight success stories of businesses and reduce public emphasis on health statistics, according to Axios. It’s a political imperative as allies have seen an erosion in support for the president. What had been his greatest asset in the reelection campaign, his ability to blanket news headlines with freewheeling performances, has become a daily liability. At the same time, new Republican Party polling shows Trump’s path to a second term depends on the public’s perception of how quickly the economy rebounds from the state-by-state shutdowns meant to slow the spread of the virus. Some states have started to ease closure orders, and Trump is expected to begin to highlight his administration's work in helping businesses and employees. Aides said the president would hold more frequent roundtables with CEOs, business owners and beneficiaries of the trillions of dollars in federal aid already approved by Congress, and begin to outline what he hopes to see in a future recovery package. Trump last left the White House grounds a month ago, and plans are being drawn up for a limited schedule of travel within the next few weeks, aide said. It would be a symbolic show that the nation is beginning to reopen. The shift comes in conjunction with what the White House sees as encouraging signs across the country, with the pace of new infections stabilizing and deaths declining. Still, medical experts warn that the virus will remain until at least a vaccine is developed and that the risk of a severe second wave is high if social distancing is relaxed too quickly or if testing and contact tracing schemes aren’t developed before people return to normal behaviors. The White House is deliberating whether to continue to hold news briefings in a modified form without Trump, potentially at a different location. Before Trump said in a tweet Saturday that they were “Not worth the time & effort,” aides had been eager to use the briefings to highlight positive trends and to overwhelm Americans with statistics. It was an effort to restore confidence in the response so that the public would be comfortable resuming more normal activities. “We know that’s important,” Dr. Deborah Birx, the White House coronavirus task force coordinator, told Fox News Channel's “Sunday Morning Futures.” “We understand those messages of science and policy need to be brought forward to the American people in a nonpolitical way.” Few Americans regularly look to or trust Trump as a source of information on the pandemic, according to a survey from The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research released last week. On Monday, the White House was expected to release a recap of what the federal government has done so far to improve the availability of COVID-19 testing, personal protective equipment and ventilators. Still, governors in both parties say much more is needed, particularly in testing, in the coming months, as they deliberate how and when to reopen their states. “I want to get our economy back opened just as soon as we can, but I want to do so in a safe way so we don’t have a spike, we don’t cause more deaths, or an overloading of our health care system,” Gov. Larry Hogan, R-Md., told ABC’s “This Week.” Birx expressed frustration that Trump’s injection comments were still in the headlines, illustrating the tensions that have emerged between the president and his medical advisers. “As a scientist and a public health official and a researcher, sometimes, I worry that we don’t get the information to the American people that they need, when we continue to bring up something that was from Thursday night,” she said on CNN's “State of the Union.” As the White House hopes it has turned a corner, it is also beginning to assess responsibility for critical missteps. Two senior administration officials said Trump has begun discussions about replacing Health and Human Services Secretary Alex Azar, who led the coronavirus task force during its initial weeks and has been blamed for a culture of bureaucratic infighting during that period. Azar has been largely sidelined since Vice President Mike Pence took charge of the task force in late February. Trump on Sunday denied that he was going to fire Azar in a tweet, saying “Alex is doing an excellent job!"

The Associated Press contributed to this report.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/virus-white-house-briefings-economy/2020/04/26/id/964746/ 

:: 4-21-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 21 April 2020

It's happening again! A new mystery is unfolding in Nova Scotia as hundreds of dead seals, some headless are washing up on its beaches: The mystery began in Nov 2016 when tens of thousands of herring and other species died

It's happening again! Hundreds of dead seals are washing ashore in Nova Scotia, some headless or with flesh missing from the head??? 'This does happen occasionally, depending on the year', (Marine Animal Response Society)...Yes, it does but only in Nova Scotia, this is indeed very mysterious and something I have been monitoring on The Big Wobble since November 2016 when tens of thousands, many damaged of dead herring kept washing ashore along the rocky beaches of western Nova Scotia, prompting a retired scientist to enlist the help of local naturalists and bird watchers as he continues to gather data about the mysterious phenomenon. The die-offs kept coming from dead Herring, Lobster and Scallops, whales and seals through to 2018 when the die-offs appeared to have stopped, the deaths appear to have begun again and the strangest fact of all is that many of the dead have serious wounds. Jump forward to April 2020 and it's started again.

April 2020: Hundreds of seal carcasses have been found in Cape Breton and Sambro, Nova Scotia.

Hundreds of dead seals have washed up on shores in Cape Breton and near Halifax in recent days, prompting an investigation by the Marine Animal Response Society. Andrew Reid, the society's response coordinator, said it has received a number of reports over the last week about juvenile seal carcasses washing ashore in Cape Breton and Sambro, N.S., just outside Halifax. Reid said there are believed to be several hundred dead seals in total, (The true count is probably much more as most of the dead would have sunk, comment added by Gary Walton), including roughly 70 in the Sambro area. Eleven washed up on Geoffrey Howard's family property in West Pennant, just outside of Sambro. He said he went out to look after hearing his neighbour counted 27 along the shoreline on his property.

Most of the seals were within about 10 metres of each other. He said the sight was "mysterious." "What natural occurrence could have caused so many seals to wash up at once? It wasn't so much fear, it was more curiosity," he said. Reid said they are quite decomposed, but it does appear they are harp seals. "These would have been born further north, so it's likely they're washing in from up north," said Reid, adding that it's unclear how long the seals have been dead. The flesh from the head and upper torso have been removed from many of the seals, but the skull is still attached or sometimes found nearby. Necropsies will be conducted to try to determine the cause of death. Carcasses are being frozen, as the work can not be performed at this time because of the COVID-19 pandemic. CBC

What happened last week in Nova Scotia is a mystery which has been happening since 2016 and including from the smallest encrustations to the mighty whale. "Everything's dead!" Marine mystery in Canada's Nova Scotia intensifies! Now everything is dying! was the headline of the second most popular post ever posted on The Big Wobble with 250,000 hits and 230 comments on the 1st of Jan 2017. A marine mystery confounding residents of southwest Nova Scotia when thousands of dead fish, starfish, crabs, clams, scallops and lobster washed up on the shore in Jan 2017. Residents of Plympton, a small community in Digby County, had been finding dead herring on the shore of St. Mary's Bay for more than a month, but recently much more marine life started washing up dead.  Dead fish have also been found on the shores of the Annapolis Basin."We started finding starfish, crabs, flounder. We found ocean perch and then yesterday we started finding scallops on the beach and like I said everything's dead... we'd like to know what's going on," said resident Karl Cole. "It's just really sad to see, you know, hundreds of starfish, shellfish." Fisheries and Oceans Canada announced that tests on the dead herring had produced negative results, meaning no infections or infectious agents had been detected in the small, silvery fish. TBW In May 2018 a new mystery was unfolding in Canada's Nova Scotia as dead and damaged fish began washing up again!  Nova Scotia was once again at the centre of another dead fish mystery as fishermen around the Minas Basin had been finding unprecedented numbers of injured fish in their nets for more than a week, and there have been reports of other, larger, marine life washed up on local shores. At the beginning of January residents of southwest Nova Scotia were confounded as hundreds of thousands of dead fish, starfish, crabs, clams, scallops and lobster washed up on the shore, which went on for weeks with no one knowing why. TBW  It All Started Back In November 2016 When Many Thousands Of Herring, Starfish, Lobsters And Even A Whale Began Washing Up In A Remote Area Of Nova Scotia Scientists didn't know what was killing large numbers of fish and other sea creatures washing up in a remote area of western Nova Scotia. Scores of herring, starfish, lobsters -- even a whale -- have washed up over the past month between St. Marys Bay to Tusket. Scientists say it’s too soon to know if the whale’s death is related to the others. Disease So far, all tests for bacterial and other diseases have all come back negative, according to experts.  There are some viral tests that have not yet to be completed, so disease remains a possibility.  Storm runoff Storms can be deadly for marine life, according to Smedbol. So far nothing anomalous has been noticed in the weather patterns but it remains a possibility, according to Smedbol.

The new tidal turbine, a new five-storey-high underwater turbine started generating power for consumers in November. Many armchair scientists believe this is the cause of the die-off but Smedbol says the evidence to date doesn’t support that theory. Video evidence shows some of the animals washing up on the beach are still alive when they get there, and the turbine is about 160 kilometres away. TBW

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/04/its-happening-again-new-mystery-is.html 

:: 4-19-20 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An oil futures contract expiring Tuesday went negative in bizarre move showing a demand collapse

Published Sun, Apr 19 202010:07 PM EDTUpdated Mon, Apr 20 20204:09 PM EDT

Eustance Huang @EustanceHuang Pippa Stevens @PippaStevens13

A futures contract for U.S. crude prices dropped more than 100% and turned negative for the first time in history on Monday, showing just how much demand has collapsed due to the coronavirus pandemic. But traders cautioned that this collapse into negative territory was not reflective of the true reality in the beaten-up oil market. The price of the nearest oil futures contract, which expires Tuesday, detached from later month futures contracts, which continued to trade above $20 per barrel.  West Texas Intermediate crude for May delivery fell more than 100% to settle at negative $37.63 per barrel, meaning producers would pay traders to take the oil off their hands. This negative price has never happened before for an oil futures contract. Futures contracts trade by the month. The June WTI contract, which expires on May 19, fell about 18% to settle at $20.43 per barrel. This contract, which was more actively traded, is a better reflection of the reality in the oil market. The July contract was roughly 11% lower at $26.18 per barrel. The international benchmark, Brent crude, which has already rolled to the June contract, settled 8.9% lower at $25.57 per barrel. The front part of the oil futures ‘curve,’ which is the May contract that expires on Tuesday, was hit the hardest since it applies to fuel that’s set to be delivered while most of the country remains on lockdown thanks to the coronavirus. The only buyers of oil futures for that contract are entities that want to physically take the delivery like a refinery or an airline. But demand has dropped and storage tanks are filled, so they don’t need it.

“There is still a lot of crude on the water right now that is going to refineries that do not need it,” Helima Croft, global head of commodities strategy at RBC Capital, said Monday on CNBC’s “Squawk Box”. “Right now we don’t see any near-term relief for this oil market … we remain really concerned for the outlook on oil near-term,” she added. The spread between the May and June contracts — known as the front month and second month — is now the widest in history, according to KKM Financial’s Jeff Kilburg. “This is a phenomenon due to the expiration of the front month contract coupled with the historic plunge in crude,” he said in an email. The coronavirus pandemic has dealt a severe blow to economic activity around the globe and sapped demand for oil. While OPEC and its oil-producing allies finalized a historic agreement earlier this month to cut production by 9.7 million barrels per day beginning May 1, many argue that it still won’t be enough to counter the fall-off in demand. The International Energy Agency, for instance, warned in its closely-watched monthly report, that demand in April could be 29 million barrels per day lower than a year ago, hitting a level last seen in 1995. “The real problem of the global supply-demand imbalance has started to really manifest itself in prices,” Rystad Energy’s head of oil markets Bjornar Tonhaugen told CNBC in an email. “As production continues relatively unscathed, storages are filling up by the day.” Contract expiration ANZ’s Daniel Hynes told CNBC’s “Squawk Box” on Monday that one of the reasons behind the “crater” in U.S. crude prices is the impending expiration of the May futures contract on Tuesday. Front month futures contracts typically converge with spot prices as they near expiry. “There will be traders in the market who only want to trade the paper, so they will roll over into the next futures contract. That means selling the May contract and buying the June,” Hynes, who is a senior commodity strategist at ANZ, told CNBC in a follow-up email exchange. “But there are also traders who are buying for clients who trade the physical. So they hold the contract to expiry and deliver the crude,” or accept the crude if they are on the other side of the trade, he said. This could be why there’s a steeper fall in the May futures contract compared to the June contract. Spot prices are “particularly weak” at the moment, Hynes said, due to a combination of a “collapse in demand and a subsequent lack of storage.” In a normal market, the spread between the spot price and the one month forward futures contract “may only be around 40-50 cents per (barrel),” he said. “At the moment, it’s been as high as $8-10 (per barrel).” Hynes said that prices are likely to “remain under pressure” over the next month or so. With demand at near-paralysis, oil and fuel tanks around the world are close to brimming — a stark evidence of the global glut and a function of the “contango” structure of the futures market, where contracts for later delivery trade at a premium to the front-month. That’s led to a dash by traders to lease floating or onshore storage in a bid to sell the fuel for a profit when prices rebound.

Global oil storage is “rapidly filling – exceeding 70% and approaching operating max,” Steve Puckett, executive chairman of TRI-ZEN International, an energy consultancy, told CNBC earlier this month.

— CNBC’s Sri Jegarajah contributed to this report.

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/04/20/oil-markets-us-crude-futures-in-focus-as-coronavirus-dents-demand.html 

[ :: 3-11-09 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Even now, saith your Father, they plot for a one world banking system, a one world government, a one world controlled by one man, etc..

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 4--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BURNING DOWN THE HOUSE

Watch out you might get what you’re after

Hold tight wait till the party’s over

Hold tight We’re in for nasty weather

There has got to be a way

Burning down the house

Talking Heads – Burning Down the House

“The risk of catastrophe will be very high. The nation could erupt into insurrection or civil violence, crack up geographically, or succumb to authoritarian rule. If there is a war, it is likely to be one of maximum risk and effort – in other words, a total war. Every Fourth Turning has registered an upward ratchet in the technology of destruction, and in mankind’s willingness to use it.” – Strauss & Howe – The Fourth Turning The risk of catastrophe is high during the climax phase of a Fourth Turning. The John Hopkins Covid-19 Dashboard above appears to portray a global catastrophe. We are in the midst of a catastrophe, but it isn’t this Chinese bio-lab virus creating the catastrophe. The catastrophe is once again being created by the Federal Reserve, their Wall Street owners, corrupt politicians, and authoritarian bureaucrats. We are burning down our house with formerly working Americans still inside. The graphic from John Hopkins is a perfect example of globalist produced propaganda that would make Edward Bernays so proud. There are 7.8 billion people on the planet and the Covid-19 graphic gives the impression 7.5 billion people have it. The entire U.S. is covered in blood red, as if the country is being overwhelmed in disease. Of course that narrative is entirely false. Let’s put this over-hyped manufactured panic in perspective:

.0300% of the worldwide population has contracted the virus

.0020% of the worldwide population has died from the virus

.2250% of the U.S. population has contracted the virus

.0120% of the U.S. population has died from the virus

The current death rate projection in the U.S. is in the range of 65,000. In 2018 it was reported by the CDC that 82,000 Americans died from the flu. Now that their scary models have proven to be worthless, the medical “experts” are now trying to boost the death figures with no proof people died from the China flu. Since the incompetent boobs at the CDC, who told you not to wear a face-mask in March, but now want everyone to wear a mask, still aren’t close to having a method for testing everyone, we know many more people have been infected by the virus with minimal or no impact. The death rate from this nasty virus is only marginally higher than the yearly flu. But the fear mongering has served the purposes of bankers, politicians, and corporate CEOs. The real catastrophe has been set in motion by the actions of the ruling class. Wall Street, once again, has used this contrived crisis to pillage and screw over Main Street. I’ve been documenting the progress of this Fourth Turning since its inception, with the Federal Reserve/Wall Street created global financial implosion in 2008. In late 2017, I wrote an article – The Unbearable Slowness of Fourth Turningswhere I was growing impatient with the seeming ability of the ruling establishment to fend off the inevitable consequences of their reckless traitorous actions taken since 2008. It was clear in late 2017 the ongoing conflict between Trump and the Deep State coup crew would eventually come to a head. I concluded the seeming slowness as we approach the denouement of this once eighty-year crisis was beneficial. This is no time for apathy and complacency. For those who grasp generational theory and the cycles of history, the seemingly unbearable slowness of this Fourth Turning is actually a blessing. The slowness allows more time to prepare. If you haven’t prepared for the coming saecular winter, time is growing short. The skies are darkening. Our rendezvous with destiny awaits. That was just over two years ago. I hope the few people who read that article prepared financially, tactically, and mentally with the time we were given, because we’ve now entered the dark days of trials and tribulations. There is no avoiding what is headed our way. The mini-toilet paper panic of March will turn into a full-fledged-riots in the street panic when the Fed’s desperate financial flailings destroy our diseased financial organism and the food shelves in your local Piggly Wiggly are bare. Injecting adrenaline into the veins of a patient on a respirator as their vital organs are shutting down is a treatment guaranteed to fail. But Doctor Fed only knows one treatment, drown the world in debt, creating a tsunami of liquidity. So, the Wall Street shysters have gotten the lion’s share of the $8 trillion Powell/Mnuchin bailout and are celebrating by pushing markets back towards all-time highs, as 22 million average Americans have been tossed into the gutter and hundreds of thousands of small businesses have been purposely snuffed out by this corporate fascist coup. The tide of negativity seems to have gone out to sea and the financial wizards of debt are probably smoking cigars and drinking brandy in their penthouse enclaves, but the tsunami of consequences is just growing ever larger and when it hits in the near future, the casualties will be immense. My hope is the willfully ignorant finally realize the true enemy and inflict the necessary punishment on the traitorous men who have sold this country out. My views on trust remain exactly as they were two years ago. I despise the ruling class, constituting the financial mafia family of the Wall Street cabal and their Fed puppets, powerful corporate interests, crooked captured politicians, military industrial complex warmongers, shadowy billionaires, and Deep State surveillance state operatives. Now is the time to determine who you really can trust as we enter a period of vital decisions and harrowing danger. I do not trust my government. I do not trust the puppet politician front men for the Deep State. I do not trust the mega-corporations who dominate our economy. I do not trust central bankers and their Wall Street owners. I do not trust the fake news corporate media. I do not trust the military industrial complex. I do not trust the leaders of organized religion. I trust my own instincts, reasoning ability, and critical thinking skills. I trust my immediate family members. I trust some of my neighbors. I trust more of the people I’ve met through my blog than I’ve met face to face. I trust normal people living normal lives across this once great country. I trust the people who distrust the people and things I distrust. As events spiral out of control, we will need to pick and choose our friends carefully. I can now add anyone from the WHO or CDC to my list of people I will never trust. I trust gas station sushi and movie theater hot dogs more than these people. They have proven to be incompetent liars and whores servicing their political Johns. Both organizations have been funded to the tune of tens of billions and they didn’t see this pandemic coming, didn’t prepare for an entirely predictable event, covered up the nature and extent of the virus, lied to the public about the benefits of masks, produced defective tests, touted death models that have proven to be entirely worthless, and to cover-up their ineptitude and deceit, they are now cooking the books to make the deaths appear higher than facts indicate. There are now dozens of anecdotal scientific studies, plus the actual results from the non-locked down Sweden, proving the mortality rate is far lower than propagandized by the establishment media and proving quarantining a country has been a disastrous solution.  Of course, it has only been a disastrous solution for you, me, and the tens of millions of other formerly working Americans trying to live our lives, raise families and navigate our way through this bastardized and financialized former republic. It’s true history may not repeat, but it most certainly rhymes. FDR’s famous line during his first inaugural address in 1933 – “the only thing we have to fear is fear itself” – has been substituted in 2020 with “we need to fear an invisible virus that is not materially more lethal than the annual flu”. Decades of government control over every aspect of our lives, which began under FDR during the last Fourth Turning, have weakened our ability as a nation to confront challenges with strength, fortitude and common sense. We are a nation controlled by propaganda – appealing to our emotions and feelings. They have infantilized a vast swath of the population through government school indoctrination and decades of propaganda. Panic and fear are the primary tools used by our modern-day feudal overlords to maintain their wealth, power and control. FDR used fear to inflict his New Deal upon the American people, prolonging the Great Depression, and putting us on a path towards total dependency upon government bureaucrats and corporate interests that control them. This contrived crisis is being used as a cover for a financial collapse already in progress since the middle of 2019. Anyone who honestly assessed what the criminally insane central bank saviors of crony capitalism had done from 2009 through 2019 knew their schemes were solely meant to benefit their Wall Street benefactors and the parasites in government and business who profited from promoting the benefits of this engine of plunder. The Fed and their corrupt cronies, as Ludwig von Mises stated many decades ago, had done nothing but delay the inevitable catastrophe which must occur after a Wall Street created orgy of debt financed consumption. “There is no means of avoiding the final collapse of a boom brought about by credit expansion. The alternative is only whether the crisis should come sooner as the result of voluntary abandonment of further credit expansion, or later as a final and total catastrophe of the currency system involved.” – Ludwig von Mises

The world has been led into a global shutdown by inept, intellectual yet idiot leaders who are either incapable of critical thinking or are on the take from the globalists using this faux crisis to enact their long-term goal of one world control. It becomes clearer every day, from the patriotic commercials being run by the mega-corporations, to the left wing bullshit concert on virtually every TV station last night, to the ever increasing stock bubble, and the endless “human interest” hero stories about virus survivors and the overwhelmed nurses and doctors (with enough time to do Tik Tok dance videos), this event is being used to further multiple agendas by multiple bad actors. If I see another story of fire-fighters driving their fire engines to celebrate some kid’s birthday or hundreds of heroes not social distancing while giving themselves standing ovations, I might puke. How come government workers aren’t being furloughed along with the tens of millions of non-government workers? The truth is 95% of the hospitals in the country are not overwhelmed in any way. In fact, they are underwhelmed and laying people off because their governors declared no elective procedures to prepare for something that didn’t happen and will not happen, other than in several hot spots. But these power-hungry authoritarians can’t admit they are wrong, so businesses and medical facilities remain shut, destroying the lives of millions. The deaths of 40,000, 60,000 or 80,000 Americans from this virus is a human tragedy. As are the other 2.8 million deaths which happen every year. Their families will rightfully grieve for their souls. Death is a sad part of life which will eventually impact every one of us.

But how many local news stations did 5 stories per night about the 82,000 Americans who died from the flu in 2018? Where were the concerts for them? Did we shut down any businesses to stop the spread of the flu? Did we quarantine ourselves and wear masks? That would have certainly reduced the 82,000 deaths. Why now? Why for this virus? I’ll tell you why. To serve the purposes of those in control of the political, financial and banking systems. Whether you call them the invisible government (per Edward Bernays), ruling oligarchs, Deep State, or corporate fascist elite, they are using this man made crisis to try and implement a mandatory digital currency, electronic monitoring and tracking of all citizens, imposition of restrictions on speech, assembly, and owning firearms, while eliminating competition from small businesses and permanently impoverishing the masses – enslaving them in Wall Street peddled debt. They increase their already vast wealth to immeasurable heights, while millions of blameless Americans are forced to live under overpasses. We are plunging towards our rendezvous with destiny. The powers that be will shortly be in the cover-up phase of this overblown fake emergency. What they have done to fend off a nasty virus is preposterous and asinine. It’s like burning down a building occupied by 200 people to possibly save 1 person. And there is no proof burning down the building actually prevented the 1 person from dying. Precautions taken by individuals with the highest risk, specifically protecting those in nursing homes, and allowing businesses to enact reasonable safety measures for their employees and customers, while the general population developed a herd immunity to this virus, would have resulted in a similar mortality outcome without creating a 2nd Great Depression. Sweden has proved this was the rational course of action. No government solutions, implemented with sledgehammers by authoritarian governors as we are experiencing today, should have been employed. The government at all levels acts as a hammer, and we are all nails to these power hungry drones.

Human stupidity is more infectious than any other disease.” – Richard Feynman

These dreadful missteps, whether implemented due to stupidity, malice, or purposefully, will lead to revolution, war and mass casualties, which will make this virus seem like a runny nose in comparison. Anyone cheering the actions taken by Powell, his bald-headed psychopath prick Kashkari, and the rest of the IYI central banker cabal, reveal their true nature as greedy scum who don’t give a goddamn about everyday Americans trying to survive in this screwed up world. When the markets hit new all-time highs as unemployment reaches 25%, GDP plunges by 30%, hundreds of thousands of small business owners go bankrupt, suicides skyrocket, poverty levels reach Great Depression levels, and wealth inequality reaches a new all-time high, a tipping point will be reached. Anyone with basic math skills knows the Fed’s blatantly criminal schemes to prop up the corpse of a cancer laden financial system will fail. They are nothing but a delaying tactic so their benefactors can exit with their immense wealth intact. As Strauss and Howe predicted, the coming onslaught of pain will leave the masses dazed, confused and angry. “But as the Crisis mood congeals, people will come to the jarring realization that they have grown helplessly dependent on a teetering edifice of anonymous transactions and paper guarantees. Many Americans won’t know where their savings are, who their employer is, what their pension is, or how their government works. The era will have left the financial world arbitraged and tentacled: Debtors won’t know who holds their notes, homeowners who owns their mortgages, and shareholders who runs their equities—and vice versa.” – Strauss & Howe – The Fourth Turning So here we are, still locked down by our government overlords, in the midst of a man made Great Depression, being propagandized by the media to cheer our own imprisonment, losing jobs at a rate of 5 to 6 million per week, and encouraged to report fellow citizens for not obeying the dictates of our rulers. Hey, but at least the NASDAQ is green for the year. So, we’ve got that. Millions of Americans are extremely angry. Millions of Americans are well armed. They see once again Wall Street and corporate America have been bailed out and they’ve been screwed over. There are inklings of protest and defiance breaking out across the country. This will grow larger and angrier the longer this lockdown continues. When people lose everything they had and everything they dreamed of having, they will turn nasty. And that’s when this Fourth Turning gets interesting. It’s no longer a decade in the future. It will happen sooner than linear thinking prognosticators believe. All is not well on Main Street, so those beholden to Wall Street should be worried. We are at the precipice of deciding in which direction this country shall proceed – towards an authoritarian centrally controlled surveillance state or back towards a republic where individual rights and liberties are honored and respected. Do we bow down as slaves or stand up for freedom? The choice is ours. I’ll conclude with the same words I concluded with two years ago. There are no guarantees or certainties regarding what happens over the remaining decade or so of this Fourth Turning. Don’t believe God will exempt our empire from the tragedies that have befallen past empires. Debasement and total ruin are not inconsequential possibilities. Hubris, arrogance, decadence, and debt have devastated previous global empires and are present today in copious quantities as the American Empire enters its critical threshold of national survival. There are a myriad of internal and external competing forces which threaten both the status quo and very existence of our nation. 

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/04/19/burning-down-the-house-3/ 

:: 4--20 Bitcoin.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Microsoft Patents New Cryptocurrency System Using Body Activity Data

Microsoft has patented a cryptocurrency mining system that leverages human activities, including brain waves and body heat, when performing online tasks such as using search engines, chatbots, and reading ads. “A user can solve the computationally difficult problem unconsciously,” the patent reads.

Also read: 2x Bitcoin — Wanna Double Your BTC to the Moon? Forget About It

Crypto System Leveraging Body Activity Data

Microsoft Technology Licensing, the licensing arm of Microsoft Corp., has been granted an international patent for a “cryptocurrency system using body activity data.” The patent was published by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) on March 26. The application was filed on June 20 last year. “Human body activity associated with a task provided to a user may be used in a mining process of a cryptocurrency system,” the patent reads, adding as an example: A brain wave or body heat emitted from the user when the user performs the task provided by an information or service provider, such as viewing advertisement or using certain internet services, can be used in the mining process Microsoft has patented a “cryptocurrency system using body activity data” with the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), the agency of the United Nations responsible for treaties involving copyright, patent, and trademark laws. Noting that the method described may “reduce computational energy for the mining process as well as make the mining process faster,” the patent details For example, instead of massive computation work required by some conventional cryptocurrency systems, data generated based on the body activity of the user can be a proof-of-work, and therefore, a user can solve the computationally difficult problem unconsciously.

Patent Suggests Alternative Way to Mine Cryptocurrencies

The patent describes a system where a device can verify whether “the body activity data satisfies one or more conditions set by the cryptocurrency system, and award cryptocurrency to the user whose body activity data is verified.” Different types of sensors can be used to “measure or sense body activity or scan human body,” the patent explains. They include “functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) scanners or sensors, electroencephalography (EEG) sensors, near infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) sensors, heart rate monitors, thermal sensors, optical sensors, radio frequency (RF) sensors, ultrasonic sensors, cameras, or any other sensor or scanner” that will do the same job.

The system may reward cryptocurrency to an owner or a task operator “for providing services, such as, search engines, chatbots, applications or websites, offering users access for free to paid contents (e.g. video and audio streaming or electric books), or sharing information or data with users,” the patent details. The idea of mining cryptocurrencies using human body heat has previously been explored by other organizations. For example, Manuel Beltrán, founder of the Dutch Institute of Human Obsolescence, set up an experiment in 2018 to mine cryptocurrencies with a special bodysuit that harvested the human body heat into a sustainable energy source. The electricity generated was then fed to a computer to mine cryptocurrencies. What do you think of Microsoft’s new cryptocurrency mining system? Let us know in the comments section below.

https://news.bitcoin.com/microsoft-cryptocurrency-system/ 

:: 4--20 Independant :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Escape of Ebola patient in Congo sparks fear of further infection

New cases emerge two days before Congo to declare end to Ebola epidemic

Kate Ng 2 days ago

A patient infected with Ebola has escaped from a clinic in eastern Congo, which could set efforts to contain a flare up of the disease back significantly, said the World Health Organisation (WHO).

A new cluster of the disease was discovered on 10 April, just two days before the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) was due to declare an end to the world’s second-largest Ebola epidemic. Before the new chain emerged, the DRC had gone more than seven weeks without a new case. Health authorities sought to contain any renewed spread of the infections, which were confirmed in six people since last week. But a 28-year-old motorbike taxi driver who tested positive for Ebola ran away from a treatment centre in the town of Beni, where the new cases surfaced. The DRC had hoped to funnel resources collected to deal with Ebola into the Covid-19 outbreak, which has confirmed 327 confirmed cases of the virus, which 25 deaths. But a resurgence of Ebola could completely overwhelm the country’s already-strained health system. Boubacar Diaollo, deputy incident manager for the WHO’s Ebola response operation, said: “We are using all the options to get him out of the community. We are expecting secondary cases from him. “We do not have any details yet. All have been working with the authorities, youths and civil society to find him,” Mr Diallo told Reuters via WhatsApp. “Search is ongoing.” Ebola has killed over 2,200 people since August 2018, but research shows that many communities in the Congo are sceptical that the disease is real. The lack of trust in the authorities resulted from decades of conflict and poor governance. Health workers are scrambling to track, quarantine and vaccinate anyone who came into contact with the new Ebola cases to contain it. Beni’s deputy mayor Muhindo Bakwanamaha said local authorities have not yet been able to track down the patient who escaped. He said the patient will die without treatment and “create a lot of contacts around him”. A civil society group in Beni also called for the public to cooperate with emergency response teams working to contain the virus, and urged them not to attack medical workers. According to African news site Election Net, the group also appealed to those who had been in contact with the people who tested positive for Ebola to inform the response teams. At the height of the Ebola outbreak last year numerous medical workers were attacked or even killed, particularly in areas heavily guarded by militia groups. In April 2019, a Cameroonian doctor, Richard Mouzoko, was shot dead at a hospital in Butembo, where he was treating patients with Ebola. The attacks have prevented health workers from reaching some areas hit by the virus despite the availability of two new vaccines. In a statement made last week, WHO director-general Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said: “Flare-ups are expected at the tail-end of Ebola outbreaks. Our teams in Benin are experienced in responding to new cases, and acted quickly to engage with affected communities, investigate alerts, identify and vaccinate contacts, decontaminate affected homes and health facilities, and send samples for sequencing. “The Committee noted that armed groups are active in the area where these cases were identified, a lack of funding is constraining the response, and the Covid-19 pandemic is adding more challenges to an already complex operation. “We have to anticipate and be prepared for additional small outbreaks. We need the full force of all partners to bring these outbreaks under control and to meet the needs of the people affected,” he added.

https://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/africa/democratic-republic-congo-ebola-patient-escape-who-a9474251.html 

:: 4-21-20 Stillness in the Storm :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MASSIVE PEDO ARREST: Police Bust ‘Horrific’ Child Sex Abuse Ring Spread Across Five States

04/21/2020 By Stillness in the Storm

(Jackson Barron) Four children, one as young as two-months-old, have been filmed being raped before the videos were distributed to sick paedophiles all over the world.

Related 2 Year Old Prediction is Coming True: Signed Executive Orders Reveal Trump Is Planning Mass Arrests, Military Tribunals for Deep State Traitors like Comey, Clinton and Obama

Source – Dailymail by Jackson Barron, April 19th, 2020

Sixteen people were charged with 728 sexual abuse and child exploitation offences after a two-year investigation by the Australian Federal Police in conjunction with the US Department of Homeland Security. The children were reportedly related to their abusers, who used the dark web and encryption technologies to send explicit images and videos around the world before they were finally rescued. AFP Commissioner Reece Kershaw said the coronavirus lockdown had created a surge in activity on the dark web, including grooming and live-streaming, and warned parents to be hyper aware of what their children are doing online at all times. ‘It is very hard to explain to a society, to people who don’t see the images,’ he told The Australian. ‘These involve images like you’ve never seen before.’ Queensland police officers arresting one of the 16 people involved in the child sexual abuse and online paedophile ring Sixteen people charged with child exploitation offences Three of the rescued children were from New South Wales and one from Victoria, while the offenders include five people from Queensland, four from Western Australia, three from Victoria and NSW and one in South Australia. There were 632 charges related to those from Victoria and 70 to those in NSW, with all 16 charged with contact offending and producing and exchanging child sex material through the internet. Evidence from the arrests led detectives to believe child pornography was being produced in Australia for distribution around the world. Homeland Security officers in Phoenix, Arizona notified the Australian Federal Police and Australian Centre to Counter Child Exploitation of increased illegal online activity in the country in 2018, leading to Operation Walwa to investigate. The online paedophile networks were difficult for law enforcement to monitor due to the sophisticated encryption software used to shield their illegal activity. All of the 16 people who were arrested were charged with contact offending and producing and exchanging child sex material through the internet. Pictured: police arresting a man involved in Queensland Peter Dutton said tech companies who do not cooperate with police to grant encryption technologies to investigators could become subject to legislation Home Affairs Minister Peter Dutton said there had been an increase in people looking to access explicit online material during the coronavirus pandemic. ‘We have had increasing ­reports of people seeking to exploit the increased amount of screen time children will be spending online during the current climate, to gain access to and abuse children,’ he said. Mr Dutton hit out at tech companies who had refused to grant detectives access to encryption technologies to aid the investigation. He said they could become subject to legislation to force their assistance. AFP Commissioner Reece Kershaw said police will continue to analyse material in the hope of rescuing more child victims Australian police receive nearly 20,000 referrals related to online child sexual abuse every year. Detectives believe students undertaking online schooling from home will be increasingly targeted during the coronavirus period. Mr Kershaw said police will continue to analyse material to find more victims of the online child paedophile rings as the range of content continues to grow. ‘We are seeing more videos, younger children, and more violence,’ he said. ‘We are seeing the rape and torture of our children. All for ­sexual gratification.’ The 16 people charged will face court in the coming months. Original Headline: Moment a shirtless man is arrested in his caravan after four Australian children as young as TWO MONTHS are filmed being raped in sick videos sent to paedophiles around the world Stillness in the Storm Editor: 

Why did we post this? The news is important to all people because it is where we come to know new things about the world, which leads to the development of more life goals that lead to life wisdom. The news also serves as a social connection tool, as we tend to relate to those who know about and believe the things we do. With the power of an open truth-seeking mind in hand, the individual can grow wise and the collective can prosper. – Justin

https://stillnessinthestorm.com/2020/04/massive-pedo-arrest-police-bust-horrific-child-sex-abuse-ring-spread-across-five-states/ 

:: 4-20-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bonkers Michigan Governor Claims Abortions Are Essential Because They Are ‘Life-Sustaining’

By Cassandra Fairbanks Published April 20, 2020 at 11:42am 275 Comments

Democrat Michigan Governor Gretchen Whitmer has claimed that abortions are considered essential and must continue during the pandemic lockdown because they are “life-sustaining.” The state has some of the harshest lock down orders in the nation and all elective surgeries, like knee and hip replacements, have been halted. Abortions, however, have not. “We stopped elective surgeries here in Michigan. Some people have tried to say that that type of a procedure is considered the same and that’s ridiculous,” Whitmer said during an interview on David Axelrod’s Axe Files podcast, the Daily Caller reported. The governor, who has faced massive protests for her authoritarian orders, went on to claim that abortions are “fundamental” to a woman’s life and not something the government should get involved in. “A woman’s health care, her whole future, her ability to decide if and when she starts a family is not an election, it is fundamental to her life,” she claimed. “It is life sustaining and it’s something that government should not be getting in the middle of. ” LifeSiteNews notes that Governor Whitmer has ordered grocery stores to stop selling plants and seeds (even as lottery tickets remain available) and prohibited travel between two private residences owned by the same individual.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/04/bonkers-michigan-governor-claims-abortions-essential-life-sustaining/ 

:: 4-20-20 The Blaze :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

April 20, 2020

President Trump: Dems 'go after Christian churches, but they don't tend to go after mosques'; wonders if social distancing will be enforced for Ramadan

A CAIR official blasted Trump's words as a 'bigoted attempt to use American Muslims as a political football'

President Donald Trump accused Democrats of bias against Christians and Jews — and wondered if coronavirus social distancing policies will be enforced against Muslims during Ramadan. "They go after Christian churches, but they don't tend to go after mosques," Trump said of Democrats during a news conference Saturday. What are the details? A reporter asked Trump about his retweet of conservative author Paul Sperry's Twitter post, which asked, "Let's see if authorities enforce the social-distancing orders for mosques during Ramadan (April 23-May 23) like they did churches during Easter."  During Ramadan — a 30-day period which begins Thursday — Muslims don't eat or drink between dawn and sunset.  Trump replied, "I would like to see that. And, you know, I just spoke with leaders and people that love mosques. They love mosques. And I'm all in favor of that. But I would say that there could be a difference. And we'll have to see what will happen, because I've seen a great disparity in this country. I've seen a great disparity." The president then turned his attention to Democrats in Congress, particularly freshmen U.S. Reps. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (New York), Ilhan Omar (Minnesota), Rashida Tlaib (Michigan), and Ayanna Pressley (Massachusetts).

"I mean, I've seen a very strong anti-Israel bent in Congress with Democrats," Trump said, adding that it "was unthinkable seven or eight or 10 years ago. And now they're into a whole different thing between Omar and AOC — I say AOC plus three; add them on. You have — I mean, the things that they say about Israel are so bad. And I — I can't believe it."

Omar and Tlaib both have made multiple anti-Semitic statements.

'They go after Christian churches, but they don't tend to go after mosques'

Then apparently turning back to Democratic governors who've made headlines for enforcing coronavirus stay-at-home orders prior to Easter, Trump said he would be "very interested" to see what happens over Ramadan "because they go after Christian churches, but they don't tend to go after mosques. And I don't want them to go after mosques, but I do want to see what their — what their bent is." But when a reporter asked Trump if he's suggesting "imams wouldn't follow social distancing," the president said no, adding that he just had a "tremendous" phone call with imams, rabbis, and ministers. "I am somebody that believes in faith," Trump also said. "And it matters not what your faith is, but our politicians seem to treat different faiths very differently. And they seem to think — and I don't know what happened with our country — but the Christian faith is treated much differently than it was. And I think it's treated very unfairly." As it happens, a mosque in New York is reportedly still open for daily prayers amid the coronavirus pandemic — and Muslims are still allowed gather in the mosque's prayer room for calls to prayer throughout the week. CAIR blasts Trump  The Council on American-Islamic Relations condemned Trump's words, saying on Sunday that he promoted a "notorious anti-Muslim bigot's tweet questioning whether U.S. mosques will be treated differently during the upcoming month of Ramadan than churches were treated during Easter amid the COVID-19 pandemic lockdown." CAIR National Executive Director Nihad Awad said in a statement that Trump's "bigoted attempt to use American Muslims as a political football just before the holy month of Ramadan was as divisive as it was insulting. Mosques across our nation have already announced plans to remain closed indefinitely because the American Muslim community, unlike President Trump, recognizes the ongoing threat of the coronavirus." Awad added that the president's "claim that American mosques — many of which have been protested, threatened, vandalized and even bombed in the years since he launched his first presidential campaign — receive preferential treatment compared to other faiths is an Islamophobic fantasy. Instead of fanning the flames of bigotry to distract the public from his own failures, the President should focus on combating the continued spread of the coronavirus." Here's a clip of Trump's news conference via CAIRtv, which called them "incoherent":

https://www.theblaze.com/news/president-trump-will-social-distancing-be-enforced-for-ramadan 

:: 4--20 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Move Over, San Andreas: There’s an Ominous New Fault in Town

An emerging fault system along the Nevada border is shaking up the tech industry’s latest frontier—and only a small group of scientists is paying attention.

Nevada border

An emerging fault system along the Nevada border is shaking up the tech industry's latest frontier—and only a small group of scientists is paying attention.  Photograph: Tabitha Soren 

U.S. route 395 is a geologic master class disguised as a road. It runs north from the arid outskirts of Los Angeles, carrying travelers up to Reno along the eastern flank of the Sierra Nevada. On the way, they pass the black cinder cones of Coso Volcanic Field and the eroded scars of a mighty 19th-century earthquake near Lone Pine. In winter, drivers might see steam rising from Hot Creek, where water boils up from an active supervolcano deep underground. About an hour from the Nevada border, Mono Lake appears, with its bulbous and surreal mineral formations known as tufa towers. Even for someone with no particular interest in rocks, these are captivating, otherworldly sights. But for James Faulds, Nevada’s state geologist, they are something more—clues to a great tectonic mystery unfolding in the American West. If he’s right, all of this, from the wastes of the Mojave Desert to the night-lit casinos of Reno, will someday be beachfront property. For more than a century, the San Andreas Fault has been considered the undisputed heavyweight champion of large-scale deformation in the West. It is here that the North American and Pacific Plates meet, jostling for position with often violent results. Eventually, the theory goes, the thin sliver of land between the fault and the ocean—from the southern tip of the Baja Peninsula to the Santa Cruz Mountains—will break off from the mainland and slide north, until LA drifts past San Francisco. But there’s at least one problem with this scenario: The San Andreas appears to have gotten jammed. Northwest of LA, near the town of Frazier Park, the fault is kinked out of alignment so dramatically that many geologists suspect the pent-up tectonic strain will have to seek release somewhere else. Faulds thinks he’s found the spot. It’s an emerging zone of instability, known as the Walker Lane, that closely follows Route 395. He believes that, over the next 8 million to 10 million years, the North American continent will unzip along this stretch of land, east of the San Andreas. The Gulf of California, which separates the Baja Peninsula from Mexico, will surge north into Nevada, turning thousands of square miles of dry land into ocean floor. (Mapmakers, if they still exist, may label the new body of water the Reno Sea.) While this geologic realignment will take long enough for human civilization to fall, rise, and fall again hundreds of times over, Faulds’ hypothesis is more than an academic curiosity. It represents a radical shift in how geologists use up-to-the-minute tools—satellite data, aerial surveys, computer simulations—to fathom age-old processes. And for residents of the West, it is an invitation to think in an altogether new way about the familiar-seeming ground beneath them. Now is the time: Already the Walker Lane region, with its booming population and burgeoning tech economy, is beginning to feel the rumblings of a new seismic regime. Many of Faulds’ colleagues dismiss his idea as controversial, fundamentally unprovable, or even simply wrong. It may be difficult to persuade them otherwise: Unlike the San Andreas, which is visible from space, the Walker Lane has yet to form a single, continuous line across the landscape. Still, Faulds has a pretty good idea of where it begins. Using a combination of old-fashioned fieldwork and modern technologies, he is now busily trying to find the rest. Last fall, I drove the nearly 500 miles up Route 395 from LA to Reno to meet him and learn how his tectonic premonition might come to pass. Faulds picked me up outside my hotel early one morning in a Chevy Tahoe. Strips of neon light cast garish shades of pink and purple over the empty sidewalks. At 61, he bears the boyish expression of a man who remains enthusiastic about his life’s work, who still relishes looking for unusual things in the world around him. We were about to spend a few days hiking through light rain, cold and exposed, and Faulds had come prepared. Laminated geologic maps and layers of warm outerwear were piled high in the back of the SUV, and a generous selection of salty chips and chocolate cookies was stashed behind the driver’s seat. Our destination that day was a trio of faults near Pyramid Lake, roughly a 35-mile drive northeast of Reno. The three features appear to be related, Faulds said, and seeing them would give me a good sense of how the larger Walker Lane is taking shape. As we headed out of town, he began miming different kinds of fault configurations, rubbing his knuckles together or abruptly knocking one palm against the other. Wrapped up in talk of subduction zones and transform boundaries, he took his hands off the steering wheel for a bit too long and the SUV began to drift. We hit a rumble strip. “Oh, those, uh—they’re much closer to the road here than you think,” he said apologetically. A mile or two later, it happened again. Although Faulds is now the leading advocate of the Walker Lane hypothesis, he is not the first person to suggest that something big is coming to the region. “There was a lot of work done previously that planted some seeds,” he told me. In the late 1980s, Stanford geologist Amos Nur coauthored a paper speculating that the San Andreas Fault might be looking for a new outlet in the Mojave Desert. Several years later, a strong 7.3-magnitude earthquake near the town of Landers, California, supplied compelling evidence that Nur might be right: Following that quake, a string of mysterious aftershocks rumbled up the Eastern Sierra, illuminating a network of faults that geologists had not previously thought were connected. This was the Walker Lane. Nur published his paper in the midst of a revolution in geodesy, the study of Earth’s shape and orientation in space. Geodesists make precise measurements of where landforms are at any given moment—mountain peaks, ocean basins, remote islands, entire continents. For them, the planet’s crust resembles an Arctic ice floe, a slow-motion drift that masquerades as solid ground simply because our lives are too short for us to notice the movement. When GPS satellite data was made available to the general public in the 1980s, geodesists saw an opportunity. They began installing fixed GPS monitoring stations, called benchmarks, out in the landscape, then waiting patiently to see how each one moved over time. For geologists, seeing the Walker Lane for the first time was like discovering that a quarter of the Mississippi River is somewhere out in Colorado. In the 1990s, Nevada received funding from the US Department of Energy to install an unusually dense network of benchmarks in the southwest part of the state. This was not because the feds were worried about the overnight rupture of a new continental margin, but because they were hoping to bury the nation's nuclear waste beneath Yucca Mountain. Radioactive materials were meant to be entombed there for hundreds of thousands of years, and the DOE wanted to ensure the site was safe. (The project was shelved because of political squabbling, though it's resuscitated from time to time.) An unexpected benefit of the new sensor network was that it opened a window on the Walker Lane. The results were astonishing. GPS stations indicated that only about 75 percent of the tectonic movement between the Pacific and North American Plates was actually occurring along the San Andreas Fault. Much of the remaining 25 percent was bypassing the San Andreas and roaring up the Eastern Sierra, toward Reno, along the Walker Lane. For geologists, it was like discovering that a quarter of the Mississippi River is somewhere out in Colorado. “Boy, the GPS data really revolutionized our thinking,” Faulds said. Almost overnight, plate tectonics was no longer something geodesists had to speculate about with fieldwork or maps; it had become something they could watch unfold in real time. GPS technology is now capable of recording millimeter-scale changes in the landscape, accurate enough to measure the growth rate of a human fingernail. The past 30 years' worth of data has been breathtaking enough, but in another few decades GPS geodesy is likely to reshape our entire understanding of Earth's crust. Every geodesist I spoke with described the field with a barely contained sense of awe and excitement. Yet the discovery did not, as one might expect, trigger a surge of interest in the Walker Lane. Scott Bennett, of the US Geological Survey, told me that practically “99 percent of geologists” still consider the San Andreas to be the single most dominant plate boundary in the American West. In this sense, Faulds' idea makes him an outlier. But, Bennett added, just look at a map. The zone stretching away from the Salton Sea, where the San Andreas begins, up into the southern part of the Walker Lane has been quite seismically active of late. Something must be going on there. When I asked Caltech geologist Brian Wernicke, a giant in the field of global geophysics, if it was possible that Faulds was paying too much attention to the Walker Lane, he replied, quickly and without irony: “Well, it's the most interesting place in the world.” In terms of understanding how continents deform and how seismic hazards relate to plate tectonics, he added, “it's an unparalleled natural laboratory.” As Faulds and I neared Pyramid Lake, he brought up the work of Tanya Atwater, widely considered a visionary in the field of plate tectonics. In the 1980s, Atwater began creating a series of animations depicting the birth and evolution of the San Andreas Fault. They suggest a precedent, Faulds said, for what is happening along the Walker Lane. Early on in the animations, it appears that the modern-day Baja Peninsula is destined to remain a part of the North American Plate; then, at about 7 million years ago, it abruptly cleaves away, creating the Gulf of California. This shift, Faulds said, was largely due to the presence of a chain of old volcanoes on the inland side of the San Andreas. They warmed and softened the continental crust, creating a line of weak spots like the perforations between two rows of postage stamps. That's where the land ripped apart. An uncannily similar situation may be playing out today, Faulds told me. As you head north from the Gulf of California into the Mojave Desert, an area known as the Eastern California Shear Zone, you pass scores of beautiful old volcanic craters and lava tubes. These features, many of which have become popular hiking destinations, form a line of perforation all the way up the Eastern Sierra, right along the highway that brought me to Reno. “Ultimately,” Faulds said, “what I like about putting all the geological data together like this is that it makes so much damn sense.” I joked that learning about the Walker Lane was like being seismically red-pilled: Once you see it, you can't go back. West Coast, Stressed Coast As the North American and Pacific Plates jostle for position, where will the growing tectonic pressure find an outlet? Pyramid lake is a remote, unearthly place ringed with tufa towers. It is located on a reservation belonging to the Paiute people, who consider it sacred. A mere 13,000 years ago, well within the time frame of human habitation in the West, it was part of an immense inland sea called Lake Lahontan. Since at least then, a series of linear features has been emerging south and west of the current water's edge. These features, known as the Pyramid Lake Fault, the Honey Lake Fault, and the Warm Springs Valley Fault, are almost impossible to see from the ground. They show up clearly in satellite imagery, however, as strange lines cutting many miles through the bare, rolling landscape. Faulds believes they may be on track to connect eventually. “None have become the alpha fault,” he told me. “Yet.” Faulds and several of his colleagues at the University of Nevada, Reno, have spent much of the past two decades out in the field, attempting to map these evolving faults. In some ways, their work resembles a forensic investigation. With every new crime scene, usually an ancient or recent earthquake, they try to reconstruct what happened. They identify a suspect (in this case, a specific fault) and even establish motive: Why here? Why now? Although today's researchers have voluminous digital evidence at their disposal, Faulds is always seeking tangible proof—proof he can hit with a hammer. He wants to find the faults and folds that he seems named to discover. After a brief hike around the Pyramid Lake Fault, we headed west into the backcountry toward Warm Springs, where geodesist Bill Hammond and paleoseismologist Rich Koehler were working with a pair of grad students. We found them standing inside a fault trench, a 50-foot-long cut in the ground dug by a backhoe, perpendicular to the fault. It was a kind of diagnostic incision, meant to reveal the layers, or strata, within. One of Koehler's students was flying a drone overhead snapping photos of the trench.  Both Hammond and Koehler work with Faulds at the university, which has quietly become a powerhouse of large-scale tectonic thinking. Hammond, for example, is responsible for much of the geodetic work transforming how researchers understand landscape movement in the American West. When I met him, he was preparing himself and his family for a long sabbatical overseas. “My biggest fear,” he confessed, “is that there will be a huge earthquake while we're gone and I'll miss it.” It would be like a bird-watcher missing a rare hawk he has been waiting his whole life to see. Hammond, who sports curly hair and a lingering grin, is less obsessed with the Walker Lane than Faulds is, though he sees no harm in exploring it as a hypothesis. Koehler has the laid-back attitude of a surfer, even when he's heavily wrapped in winter layers. When I met him, he was holding a delicate Japanese gardening hoe, which he explained was unusually good for the work of clearing and analyzing the dense strata of sand, gravel, and dirt that mark a fault's history. He crouched and demonstrated his scraping technique. This, Koehler said, pointing casually to a line in the ground, was the fault itself. I looked down and noticed I had one foot placed on either side. For a moment, I caught a glimpse of the vast timescales that geologists inhabit: Millions of years from now, the Pacific Ocean could come roaring through. In spite of painstaking fieldwork like this and ever-more-detailed geodetic data, reactions to Faulds' work remain mixed. The Walker Lane hypothesis has been criticized as pure speculation, a future scenario that can never truly be tested. Yet for Atwater, the UC Santa Barbara geologist, it is too good not to be true. Laughing with excitement, Atwater told me that, in the past few decades, the tectonic evidence has become simply overwhelming. “It's got to be true,” she said. When I later told Faulds about Atwater's enthusiasm, he actually gasped. “Oh!” he replied, brightening. “Ten years ago, she wouldn't have said that.” Still, Faulds and other proponents of the Walker Lane hypothesis have a lot to prove before their idea goes mainstream. We left the fault trench at sunset. Deep shadows began to creep across the desolate slopes all around us, the raking light emphasizing the anomalous straight line of the Warm Springs Fault. As the dark band advanced, I had the sensation of watching Faulds' vision come to life—a hidden tectonic presence growing clearer. Yet the route back to Reno, which looped west through California into the red-flaring horizon, reminded me that he still has a challenging problem to solve: Where does the Walker Lane go next? Sooner or later, all these not-yet-alpha faults must reach the Pacific, either through northern California and Oregon or along the bottom edge of Washington state. Nearly as soon as you head west from Nevada, though, the landscape becomes forested. Remote, minor faults like the one at Warm Springs are lost beneath the brush and trees.  That's where lidar comes in. Laser-based radar is a tool of spectacular visual clarity, able to image textures down to a scale of square feet. Like GPS geodesy, it is beginning to revolutionize tectonic research. And because it can penetrate vegetation, exposing features inaccessible to satellite cameras, it accelerates much of geology's grueling fieldwork. Among other things, lidar can pinpoint exactly where a fault trench should be dug. In the past year alone, high-resolution airborne lidar surveys over Nevada have revealed previously unmapped faults and the remains of ancient landslides. Faulds now hopes to perform further surveys throughout the presumed northern extent of the Walker Lane. When I visited him in his office at the university, he fired up an array of hard-drive-straining data sets. He pointed to the screen, tracing razor-straight lines across the forest floor and the edges of massive debris flows hidden by trees. “Lidar is great for finding previously unknown faults,” Faulds said. “It's hard to get away from those in this area. There are faults everywhere.” Although a new continental edge won't rip through the American West for millions of years, the risks of a larger-than-expected earthquake along the Walker Lane are real, even today. There could be a high-magnitude temblor while you're reading this very article, but urban officials—let alone residents—seem oblivious to the potential threat. With the exception of Reno and a short list of towns, the region is isolated and sparsely populated. Indeed, it is home to several facilities situated there specifically to avoid contact with human beings, including two enormous depots where the US Army stores explosives and disposes of chemical waste. (An Army spokesperson declined to comment on what the effects of a major quake might be, but assured me there were monitoring systems in place.)  The problem we have in Nevada is that people assume we're not very seismic,” said Konrad Eriksen, president of Dynamic Isolation Systems, an engineering firm that specializes in earthquake-resistant designs. “Whenever I talk to anybody in Reno, they just go, ‘We're not seismic,’ and I know that's not true.” In 2017, Eriksen said, he and a colleague dug up a map of all the large tremors in Nevada over the past 170 years. Anything bigger than a magnitude 4 is represented with an ominous red circle. Not coincidentally, many of the circles are clustered like a painful outbreak of smallpox right along the Walker Lane, several within driving distance of Reno. “What it shows is that we're highly seismic,” Eriksen told me. “But awareness is very low. Until we have a big earthquake that does damage close to home, that won't change.” Eriksen's offices are located in the Tahoe-Reno Industrial Center, the country's largest business park. TRIC covers more than 160 square miles—three San Franciscos' worth—of sculpted valleys and rocky hills. Its tenants include Google, Switch, and Tesla, along with 2,000 protected wild horses. TRIC is as sure a sign as any that the Reno area is reinventing itself, aiming to attract younger residents who come not for strippers and slot machines but for lucrative jobs and easy access to the great outdoors. Lance Gilman, the bolo-tie-wearing, larger-than-life businessman behind the development, told me that on his first tour of the land he saw a bird's nest just sitting there on the ground, catching the light. He took it as a good omen, a sign of Reno's impending transition from has-been gambling den in the mountains to tech-centric boomtown. (Still, this is Nevada: At one point during the planning phase, Gilman had to assume management of the nearby Mustang Ranch brothel—the first ever licensed in the state—to stop a biker gang from moving in and marring his glorious vision.) One of Gilman's employees, a project manager named Kris Thompson, agreed to take me on a tour of the site. We started at Tesla's Gigafactory, which the company claims will be the largest building on the planet when completed. (“It put us on the world stage overnight,” Gilman told me.) Although still under construction, the Gigafactory was already so colossal that I could not make out its scale against the mountains beyond. As we drove on, Thompson directed my attention to the huge stone pads on which TRIC's industrial structures are being erected. “We do not cut corners,” he said. “These pads have no subsidence. We have granite-basalt bedrock. For tech companies, that's great.” (Eriksen seems to agree with this assessment: He and his colleagues have done nothing further to insulate their offices against quakes.) “The lack of a seismic threat in this area is one of our strengths,” Thompson continued. But, of course, there is a seismic threat. According to Faulds, it's about the same as what I already live with in California. The San Andreas may be closer to the breaking point, but the Walker Lane could see a major earthquake at any time. Thompson and I returned to TRIC's central office, where Gilman, now walled in by paperwork, was gearing himself up for several hours of new business calls. Last year, a company called Blockchains scooped up 67,000 acres of TRIC land to build a libertarian “smart city.” With that sale, the development had all but sold out. It was time, Gilman told me, to pursue new opportunities. “We're in the path of growth,” he said, as heavy trucks boomed by on the highway, shaking the earth. “To think geologically,” Marcia Bjornerud writes in her 2018 book Timefulness, “is to hold in the mind's eye not only what is visible at the surface but also present in the subsurface, what has been and will be.” For Bjornerud, a writer and geologist, cultivating an awareness of time spans radically outside of human experience can be meditative, she told me, even spiritual. Being timeful, in her formulation, means allowing ourselves to be daunted by events and landscapes whose scale strains the imagination; it means seeing Earth, and not our own short-lived species, as the main character in the story. For geologists, this is both a necessary cognitive skill and an invigorating intellectual exercise. When I spoke with Brian Wernicke, the Caltech geologist, he offered an ideal example of timeful thinking. Wernicke believes that the Walker Lane hypothesis is potentially not ambitious enough. He pointed out that over tens of millions of years, the crust beneath Nevada has been stretched east to west so dramatically that it's only about half as thick as it used to be. Like a well-worn piece of denim, it could easily begin to tear. The pent-up stress that currently appears to be migrating from the San Andreas to the Walker Lane might instead be taken up by the Wasatch Fault, which passes through Salt Lake City. In other words, Wernicke said, the Pacific Ocean could someday inundate central Utah. I relayed Wernicke's idea about the Wasatch Fault to Faulds. After a few seconds of thoughtful silence, he said that one way to think of this would be: What happens after the San Andreas has become a dormant scar in the landscape and the Walker Lane is the definitive plate boundary in the West? Where will the seismic stress go then? Perhaps, he suggested, the Walker Lane will intersect in the far future with Canada's Queen Charlotte Fault, which stretches from Vancouver Island to Alaska. At that point, Faulds told me, you might see the emergence of a genuine megafault, which could begin tearing chunks from North America as far east as Montana. “Maybe that's what Wernicke was talking about,” he said. The two men batted around planet-changing ideas the way other people might discuss the playoffs. This, I came to understand from my trip with Faulds, is what geologists do best—flitting effortlessly between different timescales, combining fieldwork, philosophy, and math into what Bjornerud calls a “polytemporal” vision of Earth. As I'd seen firsthand at the Warm Springs Fault trench, part of what gives geology its power is that its revelations are so easily accessible. You don't always need lidar to help you peer into the gulf between ancient history and the distant future; sometimes it's right between your feet. In 2007, a seismologist and earthquake historian named Susan Hough published an intriguing essay in a book called Myth and Geology. Hough had become interested in a series of ancient Native American rock carvings in the Southern California desert and along the Eastern Sierra. They show wavy lines, discombobulated human forms, and eerie serpentine figures that likely represent gods. As Hough points out, the sites of these petroglyphs often directly overlap with known faults, raising the possibility that they record earthquake activity. What she does not mention is that almost all of the sites featured in her paper lie along the Walker Lane or its southern continuation into the Mojave. If Hough's interpretation is correct, this would mean that the region's indigenous inhabitants were aware of its growing seismic power for many thousands of years before GPS geodesists came on the scene. Amos Nur, one of the originators of the Walker Lane idea, told me that cultural evidence of this kind can be easy to miss. A decade ago, he wrote a book called Apocalypse: Earthquakes, Archaeology, and the Wrath of God, about the collapse of civilizations following earthquake storms—devastating sequences of seismic upheaval. In the course of his research, Nur found that historians often overlook ancient earthquakes because written documentation of their occurrence is rare. Yet the physical ruins left behind by these events testify to the presence of catastrophic forces lurking in the landscape. Nur's unsettling conclusion is that earthquake damage throughout human history has been substantially underestimated. The tools of contemporary geology, including GPS, lidar computer simulations, and exhaustive fieldwork, have made the Walker Lane visible as never before. But it was there all along, hidden in the region's faults and volcanoes, biding its time. If Faulds is right—if the waters of the Pacific really are inbound north to Reno—then learning to see the signs of tectonic change is both one of the great geologic puzzles of our time and one of the field's most practical applications. The proof of his hypothesis could be one major earthquake away.

Correction on 4/19/19, 1:10 pm ET: This story has been updated to correct the description of Blockchains’ plans at TRIC. Geoff Manaugh (@bldgblog) is the author of the New York Times best seller A Burglar's Guide to the City.

When you buy something using the retail links in our stories, we may earn a small affiliate commission. Read more about how this works.

This article appears in the May issue. Subscribe now.

Let us know what you think about this article. Submit a letter to the editor at mail@wired.com.

https://www.wired.com/story/walker-lane-move-over-san-andreas-fault/ 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 4-20-20 www.exposingsatanism.org/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What will you Choose… Freedom and Everlasting Life… Or a Micro-Chipped Vaccine and the Lake of Fire?

April 20, 2020 by Jon Watkins

You need to make up your mind NOW! When they are at the door with a Gun and Needle—it WILL be to late! Hebrews 9:26-28 “For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself. 27 And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment: 28 So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation.” 2nd Corinthians 6:2 “For he saith, I have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I succoured thee: behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation.”

Sooner or Later, Americans Will Have to Choose Between Freedom and a Micro-Chipped Vaccine Robert Bridge | Strategic Culture.org – Presently, billions of people around the world are ‘living’ under mandatory stay-at-home orders, purportedly to help stop the spread of the coronavirus. Aside from the question as to whether quarantine is the most effective method for fighting this particular pandemic, what exactly will be required from us before any semblance of normalcy returns? Pause and watch this quick video Mark of the beast at the Door One possible requirement – aside from being discouraged from ever shaking hands again – is the mandatory participation in a global vaccine program, underwritten by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Big Pharma and an assortment of other people who supposedly have the best interest of the global citizenry in mind. Should we be concerned?

Roosh@rooshv

MIT is working on a "quantum tattoo" that will mark you with an invisible identifier while also delivering a vaccine. Can you guess who is the premiere donor of the project? http://news.mit.edu/2019/storing-vaccine-history-skin-1218 …

The road to mandatory vaccinations Last week, during an interview with The Journal podcast, Dr. Anthony Fauci, who has become the face of the Trump Administration’s Coronavirus Task Force, said something that should have made a lot of people sit up and take notice, especially those people whose job it is to sit up and take notice, namely the media. Kate Linebaugh asked Fauci if it were advisable that she give her grandmother, who has “vulnerable respiratory systems,” a hug at the peak of the coronavirus pandemic, to which Fauci replied in the negative before uttering something revealing.

“When [the coronavirus rate of infection] goes down, and gets down to almost zero… there is an antibody test that will be widely distributed pretty soon, in the next few weeks, that will allow you to know whether or not you’ve actually been infected.” He added: “I can imagine a situation where you take an antibody test and you are absolutely positive that you were infected and you did well, then you could hug the heck out of your grandmother and not worry about it.” Let that comment sink in for a moment. If it is deemed safe for those antibodies-positive people to “hug the heck” out their grandmas after proving their immunity credentials, then why on earth is it also not permissible for these same people to be at their jobs, places of worship, or at least the corner pub enjoying some semblance of happy hour? To repeat: if you have already been exposed to the coronavirus and now have natural immunity to the disease (it is estimated that over 80% of people become exposed to the disease without ever knowing it), then you are no longer a risk factor to the most vulnerable members of society, namely the sick and elderly. Thus, by practicing a severe form of “social distancing,” as many countries around the world are now mandating, the ability of the human body to acquire the antibodies, which eventually leads to ‘herd immunity’ in the overall population, is being denied.

Candace Owens @RealCandaceO

These have been my exact feelings watching the #coronavirus “pandemic” play out.

We’ve now arrived at the point where doctors and politicians are openly admitting to fluffing the death count.

Still— the fans continue watching. https://twitter.com/SutcliffeDavid/status/1247629287324188673  … 

Allowing ‘herd immunity’ to occur would have prevented: 1. the virus from mutating into a far more vicious beast of burden due to lack of available hosts, 2. the lengthy life span of the virus; although the curve may flatten earlier, without herd immunity the disease may easily return, and worse the second time, and 3. a wide-scale vaccination program down the road. Fauci went on to say that only after the infection rate “gets down to almost zero” antibody tests will be given to determine who has been infected and who hasn’t. But isn’t that putting the proverbial cart before the horse? The tests should have been given in the beginning when the outbreak made landfall. Instead, we are faced with a situation where millions of people who no longer pose a risk either to themselves and others are now in a senseless lockdown that threatens to destabilize the global economy with another Great Depression – and with potentially higher mortality rates than we are witnessing with the coronavirus.

A case for following the herd With global hysteria over the coronavirus intensifying, a number of experts have come out to question the logic of entire nations battening down the hatches against the coronavirus. One of those individuals is Dr. Knut M. Wittkowski, head of the Department of Biostatistics Epidemiology at Rockefeller University. “As with every respiratory disease, we should protect the elderly and the fragile,” Dr. Wittkowski acknowledged with common sense available to anyone. He then challenged the actions being taken to shield children from the disease. “On the other hand, children do very well with these diseases and are evolutionarily designed to be exposed to all sorts of viruses.”

When people are allowed to go about their daily lives in a community setting, he argued, the elderly could eventually – sooner rather than later – come into contact with the rest of the population in “about four weeks” because the virus at this point would be “vanquished.” “With all respiratory diseases, the only thing that stops the disease is ‘herd immunity,’” Wittkowski emphasized. In addition to questioning the shortcomings of social distancing protocols, there is also the problem of knowing how many people in the population have already been exposed to the virus as compared to the number who have died. This is known in the medical community as the ‘Measured Case Fatality Rate,’ which is simply the total number of new deaths due to disease divided by the total number of patients with disease. Although it is a simple mathematical equation to perform, it has never been measured due to lack of data. Since no official study has been done to know how many people in the population have already had the disease, it is impossible to determine the lethality of the coronavirus. Thus, the idea of shutting down a wide swath of the economy over a death rate that we do not know could be best described as – in the words of Jay Bhattacharya, MD, PhD, who is both a Professor of Medicine at Stanford University, as well as a Senior Fellow at the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research – “astounding.” “People plug the worst-case into their models, they project say 2-4 million deaths, newspapers pick up the 2-4 million deaths, politicians have to respond, and the scientific basis for that projection…is non-existent,” Bhattacharya said in an interview with the Hoover Institution. Despite so much uncertainty with regards to the real mortality rate, US medical spokespersons are uttering incredibly irresponsible statements that only serve to instill a sense of fear throughout society. Dr. Fauci, for example, said in the course of his above interview that “I don’t think we should ever shake hands ever again, to be honest with you.” Meanwhile, World Health Organization (WHO) special envoy David Nabarro told the BBC that “some form of facial protection, I’m sure, is going to become the norm.”

Now, judging how the medical experts are preventing entire nations from acquiring herd immunity, together with the media’s refusal to consider the merits of hydroxychloroquine, this leads to what should have been the last resort: a vaccine program, which could very well turn out to be mandatory; a requirement forced on individuals before they are able to participate in any sort of public events again.

Alternative News @NewsAlternative

In a new interview, Bill Gates authoritatively states that mass public gatherings will not come back "at all" until we have mass vaccination. Who made him king of the world? https://www.cbsnews.com/video/extended-interview-bill-gates-on-coronavirus-pandemic/  … …

This much was suggested by none other than the world’s premier vaccine pusher, Bill Gates, who said in a recent interview that any sort of mass gatherings “may not come back at all” without a wide-scale vaccination program. Some would call that a form of blackmail, used against a desperate people who would do just about anything right now to get back to life as they once knew it. Those days appear far in the future. Just this week, the UK announced that people will have to “live with some restrictions” until a vaccine is developed. To be clear, few people would question that vaccines have been an inherent good for civilization; they have helped eradicate some of the worst diseases mankind has ever faced, like smallpox and polio. But today things are not so straightforward as simply eradicating a pandemic. Presently, there is a major push being made – with Bill Gates at the vanguard of those efforts – to introduce a vaccine that contains nanotechnology to ‘mark’ and surveil those injected. As just one example, consider the work being carried out by ID2020, a San Francisco-based biometric company that counts Microsoft as one of its founding members. It recently announced it was exploring “identification technologies for infants” that is based on “infant immunization.” In other words, tracking devices embedded inside of vaccines. While the world would welcome a vaccine that eradicates the coronavirus, many would find it unacceptable to be forced to have a vaccine that contains any sort of surveillance technology. At this point in our battle against a pandemic, which has created millions of newly unemployed, the last thing people need in their lives right now is yet another source of worry. Let’s develop a vaccine against coronavirus, Mr. Gates, but please hold the tracking add-ons.

https://www.exposingsatanism.org/what-will-you-choose-freedom-and-everlasting-life-or-a-micro-chipped-vaccine-and-the-lake-of-fire/ 

:: 4-20-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

666: The Mark Of The Beast Has Arrived

This is the most important issue in all of human history. Will humanity remain free or become A.I. directed slaves?

Greg Reese | Infowars.com - April 20, 2020

Watch this Infowars Special Report on Microsoft’s world patent number 060606 and the plan for global enslavement. A 2020 patent filed by Microsoft Technology outlines a technology where human activity is used to mine cryptocurrency using a device that transfers human action data to a master server. Once a human accomplishes an activity sent by the server, the human is rewarded with cryptocurrency for completing the computer-mandated task. Is this the long-feared Mark of the Beast forewarned in The Bible? Click here to see the patent for yourself. YouTube Version:

https://www.infowars.com/666-the-mark-of-the-beast-has-arrived/ 

:: 4-20-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mike Krieger: "The Whole System Is Breaking Down Under Its Own Weight"

by Tyler Durden Mon, 04/20/2020 - 22:35

Authored by Mike Krieger via Liberty Blitzkrieg blog,

We find ourselves at a moment where the financial and political systems that have dominated for decades are failing in a spectacular and irredeemable fashion. Those who pull the levers are (as usual) attempting to take advantage of the situation by rapaciously snatching and consolidating more wealth and power, while leaving the general public to rot. When faced with such a historic moment, one should assume a certain degree of responsibility to make sure the next paradigm ends up better than the one we’re leaving. If we fail to think deeply about an improved vision and framework for the future, someone else will do it for us. From my perspective, humanity remains stuck within antiquated paradigms that generally function via predatory and authoritarian structures. We’ve been taught — and have largely accepted — that the really important decisions must be handled in a centralized manner by small groups of technocrats and oligarchs. As a result, we basically live within feudal constructs cleverly surrounded by entrenched myths of democracy and self-government. We’d prefer to be lazy rather than take any responsibility for the state of the world.

Michael Krieger @LibertyBlitz 

Empires are not democratic.

The U.S. is an empire.

The idea the U.S. is a democracy is a myth. https://twitter.com/CJBowden1/status/1252272922070183937  …

We’re now at a point where simply recognizing current structures as predatory and authoritarian isn’t good enough. We require a distinct and superior political philosophy that can appeal to others likewise extremely dissatisfied with the status quo. My belief is humanity’s next paradigm should swing heavily in the direction of decentralization and localism. Decentralization and localism aren’t exactly the same, but can play well together and offer a new path forward. The simplest way to describe decentralization to Americans is to look at the political framework laid out in the U.S. Constitution.

As discussed in the 2018 piece, The Road to 2025 (Part 4) – A Very Bright Future If We Demand It:

At the federal level, a separation of powers between the three branches of government: the legislative, the executive and the judicial was a key component of the Constitution. The specific purpose here was to prevent an accumulation of excessive centralized power within a specific area of government…

Beyond a separation of powers at the federal level, the founding founders made sure that the various states had tremendous independent governance authority in their own right in order to further their objective of decentralized political power. Localism takes these Constitutional ideas of political decentralization and pushes them further, by viewing the municipality or county as the most ethical and logical seat of self-governance. The basic idea, which I tend to agree with, is that genuine self-government does not scale well. A one-size fits all approach to governance not only ends up making everyone unhappy, it also entrenches a self-serving political and oligarchical class at the top of a superstate which makes big decisions for tens, if not hundreds of millions, with little accountability or oversight. This is pretty much how the world functions today. While localism implies relative political decentralization, decentralization is not always localism. One of the best examples of this can be found in bitcoin. Unlike traditional monetary policy, which is handled in a topdown manner by a tiny group of unelected technocrats working on behalf of Wall Street, there’s no bitcoin politburo. There’s no CEO, there’s no individual or organization to call or pressure to dramatically change things out of desire or political expediency. The protocol is specifically designed to prevent that. It’s designed to operate in a way that makes all sorts of people uncomfortable because they’re used to someone “being in control.” We’ve been taught that centralization works well, but the reality is political and economic centralization concentrates power, makes the public lazy and ultimately winds up in a state of authoritarian feudalism. Bitcoin also demonstrates how decentralization and localism, though not quite the same, can complement each another well in an interconnected planet. Imagine a world where governance is largely occurring at a local level, but global trade remains desirable. You’d want a politically neutral, decentralized and permissionless money to conduct such transactions. Similarly, a free and decentralized internet allows the same sort of thing in the realm of communications. Regions that can’t grow coffee will still want coffee, and people in New York will still want to chat with people in Barcelona. Decentralized systems allow for the best of both worlds — localism combined with continued global interconnectedness. The big question all of us should be asking ourselves right now is: When should small groups of people be making extremely important decisions for the masses? My answer would be almost never, yet that’s the world most of us live in irrespective of which nation-state we call home. The pendulum has swung so far in the direction of centralization, oligarchy and authoritarianism that the whole thing is breaking down down under its own weight.

Those in charge are doing everything possible to keep it going in that same direction, but we can’t let that happen. What we need is a new era defined by decentralization and localism.

* * *

For more, see my 5-part series on localism. Liberty Blitzkrieg is an ad-free website. If you enjoyed this post and my work in general, visit the Support Page where you can donate and contribute to my efforts.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/mike-krieger-whole-system-breaking-down-under-its-own-weight 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 4-8-20 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China flexed its navy in the South China Sea — and the US responded with an aircraft carrier

Karen Lema, Reuters

U.S. Sailors move aircraft from an elevator into the hangar bay of the aircraft carrier USS Theodore Roosevelt (CVN 71) in the South China Sea April 8, 2018. US Navy

The US aircraft carrier USS Theodore Roosevelt is operating in the South China Sea after a massive Chinese Navy drill in the area.

The size of the Chinese Navy force is unusually large and is intended to show off China's naval power in contested waters.

China has consistently maintained that large portions of the South China Sea are part of its territorial waters, and the drills have worried some countries like the Philippines and Vietnam.

ABOARD THE USS THEODORE ROOSEVELT, South China Sea (Reuters) - In a span of 20 minutes, 20 F-18 fighter jets took off and landed on the USS Theodore Roosevelt aircraft carrier, in a powerful display of military precision and efficiency. The nuclear-powered warship, leading a carrier strike group, was conducting what the U.S. military called routine training in the disputed South China Sea on Tuesday, headed for a port call in the Philippines, a defence treaty ally. The United States is not alone in carrying out naval patrols in the strategic waterway, where Chinese, Japanese and some Southeast Asian navies operate, possibly increasing tensions and risking accidents at sea. "We have seen Chinese ships around us," Rear Admiral Steve Koehler, the strike group commander, told a small group of reporters on board the three-decade-old carrier. "They are one of the navies that operate in the South China Sea but I would tell you that we have seen nothing but professional work out of the ships we have encountered." Navies in the western Pacific, including China and nine Southeast Asian countries, have been working on a code of unexpected encounters (CUES) at sea to avoid conflict. The USS Theodore Roosevelt's presence in the South China Sea comes days after China's massive air and naval drills in the area, in what some analysts described as an unusually large display of Beijing's growing naval might. China's growing military presence in the waters has fueled concern in the West about Beijing's end game. The United States has criticized China's apparent militarization of manmade islands and carried out regular air and naval patrols to assert its right to freedom of navigation in stretches of a sea China claims largely as its own. "This transit in the South China Sea is nothing new in our planning cycle or in a reaction to that. It is probably by happenstance that all that is happening at the same time," said Koehler, who gave a tour of the carrier to Philippine military officials and watched flight operations aboard the 100,000-tonne warship. Function of law Arleigh Burke class guided missile destroyer. The Arleigh Burke-class guided-missile destroyers USS Halsey (DDG 97) and USS Preble (DDG 88) sail behind the aircraft carrier USS Theodore Roosevelt (CVN 71) as escorts in the South China Sea, March 24, 2018. US Navy "All of the operations that we do in and around the South China Sea or any of the bodies of water we operate in, there is a function of international law and that is ultimately what we want to recognize," Koehler said. Tension between the United States and China over trade and territory under U.S. President Donald Trump has been stepped up of late, with fear in the region that the South China Sea, vital to global trade, could one day become a battleground between the two rival powers. Philippine ties with China have meanwhile warmed under President Rodrigo Duterte, who has put aside disputes with Beijing and wants it to play a key role in building and funding urgently needed infrastructure, from highways and ports to railways and power plants. China has long objected to U.S. military operations off its coasts, even in areas Washington insists are free to international passage. "They (China) certainly have the right to exercise off their coast like we do, nor are they necessarily in charge of our transit cycle, but our deployment's been planned," Koehler said.  As the crew in color-coded uniforms raced to service dozens of aircraft taking off and landing, "handlers" in the flight deck control made sure the deck had enough room for jets to maneuver and refuel with the help of a "Ouija board". The board has all the models of each aircraft, which are marked with squadron name, model, make, and number of personnel. At any given moment, the flight deck is home to dozens of aircraft and helicopters. "It is a showcase of the capability of the U.S. armed forces," Philippine army chief Rolando Bautista said of the demonstration. "Since Americans are our friends in one way or another, they can help us deter any threat."

(Editing by Martin Petty and Nick Macfie)

https://www.businessinsider.com/us-aircraft-carrier-south-china-sea-china-drills-2018-4?op=1 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 4--20 Station Gossip :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dramatic moment Belgian F-16 fighters intercept armed Russian jets buzzing a US destroyer in the Baltic Sea

04:30 - News

Belgian Air Force F-16s have been filmed intercepting armed Russian fighters as they overfly a US Navy ship in the Baltic Sea. USS Donald Cook, a destroyer with the Navy's 6th Fleet, was operating off the Lithuanian coast last week, according to the Allied Air Command. Video of Friday's encounter filmed from the cockpit and through a pilot's 'Joint Helmet Mounted Cueing System' was released by the Belgians. The Russian jets - which appear to be armed with air-to-surface missiles - were reportedly flying in international air space. The footage shows the F-16s shadowing Russian Su-24, Su-27 and Su-30SM fighters. Previously, the Russians have conducted low flybys with unarmed jets, the Aviationist reports. Russian jets flying low over US Navy warships, and vice versa, are typically uneventful. On May 25, 1968, a Soviet Tu-16 Badger-F crashed into the sea close to the USS Essex in the Norwegian sea after a few flybys. More recently, a Russian fighter jet on Sunday intercepted an American Navy spy plane in international airspace over the Mediterranean Sea for the second time in four days, the United States military said. The US Navy released a brief, seven-second video clip showing a Russian SU-35 fighter plane fly within 25 feet in front of a P-8A Poseidon aircraft – a maneuver that the Pentagon said was 'unsafe and unprofessional.' The American military said that the Russian pilot twice intercepted the US Navy aircraft 'over a period of 100 minutes.' 'The first intercept was deemed safe and professional,' according to a statement from the US Navy's Sixth Fleet.

http://www.stationgossip.com/2020/04/dramatic-moment-belgian-f-16-fighters.html 

:: 4-20-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Strengthens Nukes While The World Dies

What are they preparing for?

Jon Bowne | Infowars.com - April 20, 2020

As the world is distracted by the Chinese Coronavirus, China is utilizing order out of chaos to strengthen their global position. Recently, the NY Post reported China is denying US claims that they are testing nuclear weapons outside of international law….. “Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman Zhao Lijian said, ‘The US neglects all the facts and makes wanton accusations against China. This is irresponsible and ill-intentioned.'” Zhao went on to call the claim “a complete distortion of the facts.”  But according to an arms control report from the State Department, obtained by the Wall Street Journal, “The Chinese Communist Party may be conducting tests within the northwest region of the country using low explosive power.” The Economic Times reported, “Indeed, China fired more than 100 ballistic missiles during testing and exercises in 2019, according to sources close to the US military. Such a figure greatly exceeded what the USA and Russia launched, and it illustrates that China is not decelerating in any way its development of missiles for the PLA Rocket Force (PLARF).”

https://www.infowars.com/china-strengthens-nukes-while-the-world-dies/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?
Verse 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Zika: New Plague of the End Times

by Hal Lindsey

As he taught about the end times, Jesus said, “There will be… plagues and famines.” (Luke 21:11 NASB)

Today, an untold number of pathogenic catastrophes hang over all our heads. On the 2015 Prophetic Year in Review, I said, “If you want to read apocalyptic literature, turn to the U.S. Center for Disease Control, or the World Health Organization. Scientists in those places are all abuzz about ‘superbugs’ — strains of bacteria that are immune to modern antibiotics.” I didn’t mention cancer. In ancient times, it seems to have been relatively rare. In the journal, Nature Reviews, two Egyptologists, Rosalie David and Michael R. Zimmerman, wrote, “A striking rarity of malignancies in ancient physical remains might indicate that cancer was rare in antiquity.” Since 1973 when the United States began tracking cancer rates, the incidence of it has risen an average of about 1.1% per year. Despite fewer smokers, and a better understanding of the kinds of foods we should be eating, the numbers just keep going up.  HIV/AIDS is still considered a pandemic and persists in plaguing the earth. New strains of flu continue to threaten the world’s population. Tuberculosis now kills 1.5 million people a year. On The Hal Lindsey Report, I’ve spoken at length about MRSA, the “Superbug” that one expert said, “Has the ability to plunge us straight back to the Dark Ages.” And then, of course, there’s Ebola. No longer making headlines, it still wreaks havoc in some regions of the world, while remaining a threat to everyone on the planet.  It’s been almost a hundred years since the Spanish flu outbreak of 1918 that killed somewhere between 3 and 5% of the world’s population. Because there are so many more of us now, living so much closer together, and with quick, easy movement between nations and continents, we can only guess at the damage such a pandemic would do today. Recently, something new burst onto the world’s consciousness — the Zika virus. The World Health Organization (WHO) has declared Zika a “public health emergency.” Usually transmitted by mosquitoes, we just learned of a case in Texas that was transmitted sexually. Symptoms include fever, skin rashes, pink eye, muscle and joint pain, malaise, and headache. But health officials say these symptoms are almost always mild and only last for 2-7 days. So what’s the big deal? WHO says, “Recently in Brazil, local health authorities have observed an increase in Zika virus infections in the general public as well as an increase in babies born with microcephaly in northeast Brazil. Agencies investigating the Zika outbreaks are finding an increasing body of evidence about the link between Zika virus and microcephaly.” According to the Mayo Clinic, “Microcephaly is a rare neurological condition in which an infant's head is significantly smaller than the heads of other children of the same age and sex.… Microcephaly usually is the result of the brain developing abnormally in the womb or not growing as it should after birth.” The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke explains, “In general, life expectancy for individuals with microcephaly is reduced and the prognosis for normal brain function is poor.” In areas where the Zika virus is prominent, pregnant women are living in terror. There is no known cure, and no vaccination. The best we can do for now, is to help women avoid being bitten by mosquitoes. Ironically, the best weapon against Zika was outlawed in the United States in 1972 — DDT. It is the best known pesticide in history. The scientist who discovered the chemical’s ability to destroy insects, Paul Hermann Müller, received a Nobel Prize in 1948 for his discovery. But it is not good for a pesticide to become famous.

The book, Silent Spring by Rachel Carson, called DDT a killer of birds and a cancer causing agent in people. Carson was a good writer, and made a strong appeal to emotions and fear. But her science was faulty. Many trace the modern environmental movement to her work. It led to the outlawing of DDT, and caused millions of people around the world to die prematurely. Mosquitoes carry a variety of diseases. Malaria is the most deadly. By using DDT, several African countries had reduced the instances of malaria to near zero by 1967. After the U.S. outlawed DDT, it threatened to withhold foreign aid to third world countries that didn’t also outlaw it. The mosquito population again exploded, as did the instances of malaria. Depending on whose statistics you listen to, malaria today afflicts up to half a billion people a year. It kills about 2.7 million of them. Now we have a new killer, again spread by mosquitoes. How bad will it get? Will it quickly blow over, or will it become the perfect storm epidemiologists have long feared? More than 45 years ago, in The Late Great Planet Earth, I warned of an increase in disease as we approach the end of the age. That wasn’t an opinion, but something clearly taught in scripture — mostly by Jesus. Isn’t it amazing that He knew so perfectly the signs of our age 2000 years in advance?

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-4-2016/ 

:: 4--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pestilence Rising

By Hal Lindsey

When it comes to the coronavirus, we have more questions than answers. But one thing we know for certain — health officials around the world are very much afraid. China normally downplays these kinds of events. But Chinese President Xi Jinping calls this outbreak a “grave situation.” For many Americans, it seemed to hit home when the Shanghai Disneyland closed. The original Disneyland in California has had only two unplanned all-day closures — after the assassination of John Kennedy and after 9-11. Not only did Disney in China close, but so did other regional tourist attractions. Even MacDonald’s and Starbucks closed along with other well-known restaurant chains. As of this writing, there have been 4,100 confirmed cases in China, with at least 106 deaths. 56 million people in China have had their travel restricted. This adds a great deal to people’s fear and anxiety. Residents have said they feel trapped — locked in with a dangerous virus. In much of China, trains are either unoccupied or not running at all. Train and bus terminals are eerily empty. The US State Department is evacuating its personnel from the city of Wuhan. But another thousand Americans live in that city, and they have been told that the United States cannot get them all out of the hot zone. The State Department has issued a travel warning to Americans considering a trip to China. Despite the flight restrictions and intense passenger screening, confirmed cases of the virus have popped up in 13 countries so far. That includes, as of this writing, five confirmed cases in the United States. Five Americans out 327 million may not seem like much. But the point is, it’s here! Then we learned why the passenger screening process has not always been effective. According to China’s health minister, people with the virus may be contagious before they show symptoms. Testing people for fever doesn’t help if they are contagious before they get a fever. Dr. William Schaffner, an adviser to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, said this would mean “the infection is much more contagious than we originally thought.”

Yes, health officials are afraid. They know that this virus has the potential of becoming a global pandemic. But we’ve heard that before. Do you remember the SARS and MERS viruses? They, too, were coronaviruses and had the potential to ravage the earth. We still don’t have vaccinations against them, but they have largely disappeared. That’s what happens with these kinds of diseases. Even without human intervention, they rise and then they lose strength. The current outbreak may turn out to be even less destructive than SARS or MERS. Or it could be worse. The question is how much damage the disease will do while it is most active. The Spanish flu pandemic of 1918 and 1919 infected one-third of the world’s population. It killed more Americans than World War I, World War II, Korea, and Viet Nam combined. Jesus said that the last days would be marked by pestilences. Revelation tells about specific pestilences that will arise during the tribulation period. As we get closer to the beginning of the tribulation, the world seems to be primed for a series of massive global pandemics. The ease and speed of global travel is one of the big factors here. The other great danger is the rise of superbugs. Over the last hundred years or so, we humans have been inadvertently developing bacteria, viruses, and fungi that are stronger than anything in history. We call them superbugs because they are resistant to antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungal medications. By the extensive use of such drugs, we have made it so that only the strongest of each species survives. And the strong bugs are increasingly difficult to kill. This is what the UK’s Chief Medical Officer, Dame Sally Davies, was talking about when she warned of a coming “superbug apocalypse.” Here’s the amazing thing. The Bible predicted this almost two thousand years ago. It’s just another example of something that should be crucially important to everyone. The Bible is true! We can trust it. We can trust its warnings and its promises. Even bleak news like this should remind us that our faith in God and heaven is built on a firm foundation.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-28-2020/ 

:: 4-20-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea’s Kim Jong Un in grave danger after surgery, report says

By Tamar Lapin April 20, 2020 | 10:06pm

The US intelligence agencies are receiving information that North Korean leader Kim Jong Un is in grave danger after undergoing surgery, CNN reported on Monday. The outlet cited an unnamed US official with direct knowledge of the matter. Another US official said there were concerns over Kim’s health, but it was hard to assess the severity of the situation. A South Korean government official told the country’s Yonhap news agency that Kim was not seriously ill, contradicting the report.

Kim Jong UnKorean Central News Agency/Korea News Service via AP

Earlier Monday, a South Korean media report said that the 36-year-old despot was being treated following a cardiovascular procedure earlier this month. The reclusive leader missed the celebration of the birthday of his grandfather, the nation’s founder, Kim Il Sung, on April 15, sparking speculations about his health. Kim underwent the surgery April 12 at a hospital in the Mount Kumgang resort county of Hyangsan and was recovering at a villa there, reported Daily NK, a website run mostly by North Korean defectors, citing unidentified sources inside the hermit kingdom. The diminutive dictator’s health has deteriorated in recent months due to heavy smoking, obesity and overwork, the report said.  South Korea’s Unification Ministry, which handles inter-Korean affairs, said it couldn’t confirm the reports. The National Security Council and Office of the Director of National Intelligence declined to comment to CNN. The CIA and the State Department didn’t immediately comment.

With Post wires

https://nypost.com/2020/04/20/north-koreas-kim-jong-un-in-grave-danger-after-surgery-report/ 

:: 4-20-20 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Tweets He's Suspending All Immigration Over Coronavirus

By Greg Richter | Monday, 20 April 2020 10:58 PM

President Donald Trump tweeted Monday night he will temporarily suspend all immigration to the United States over coronavirus concerns. "In light of the attack from the Invisible Enemy, as well as the need to protect the jobs of our GREAT American Citizens, I will be signing an Executive Order to temporarily suspend immigration into the United States!" Trump tweeted. Bloomberg News reported that the White House did not respond to questions about the time frame of the suspension or who would be affected. AP similarly reported late Monday night that the president offered no details as to what immigration programs might be affected by the order. The White House did not immediately elaborate on Trump's tweeted announcement. Due to the pandemic, almost all visa processing by the State Department, including immigrant visas, has been suspended for weeks. Trump suspended travel from China in early January except for Americans returning from there. The virus was first discovered in Wuhan, China. He later suspended travel from Europe. Trump has taken credit for his restrictions on travel to the U.S. from China and hard-hit European countries, arguing it contributed to slowing the spread of the virus in the U.S. He has also closed the borders to Canada and Mexico to prevent the spread of the virus, which has killed more than 170,000 worldwide. White House moves to stop asylum seekers and undocumented immigrants from entering the country are part of what Trump has said is his strategy to slow the spread of the virus, but critics have charged the administration is using the pandemic to move on what they call hard-line immigration policies. More than 750,000 Americans have come down with COVID-19 and more than 42,000 have died.

The Associated Press contibuted to this report.

https://www.newsmax.com/us/immigration-coronavirus-trump/2020/04/20/id/963823/ 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..

:: 4-20-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nova Scotia shooting: Details emerge in suspect Gabriel Wortman’s rampage

By Kate Sheehy April 20, 2020 | 1:03pm

Horrific details surfaced Monday in Canada’s worst mass shooting in history — including how the gunman apparently first killed his ex and her new boyfriend, then dragged a Mountie from her car and executed her. Police said the death toll, now at 18, would likely rise since killer Nova Scotia denture-fitter Gabriel Wortman set fire to homes along the way. “We believe there may be victims still within the remains of those homes which burnt to the ground,’’ said Royal Canadian Mounted Police Chief Superintendent Chris Leather. Wortman — whose business was at least temporarily shuttered by the coronavirus pandemic — planned his rampage in painstaking detail, authorities said. He launched his 14-hour reign of terror around 10 p.m. Saturday, apparently first killing his ex and her new boyfriend, police sources told the Toronto Sun. The mass murderer — who had been obsessed with the Royal Canadian Mounted Police since high school — wore an RCMP uniform and drove around in a decommissioned cop car for part of his siege, officials said. Neighbors of Wortman’s in the rural town of Portapique told the Globe and Mail that the madman was a millionaire who struggled with alcohol. The killer appeared to have started out with “an initial motivation’’ that “turned to randomness,’’ RCMP Commissioner Brenda Lucki told the CBC. Authorities said he drove around that night knocking on residents’ doors and pulling over drivers to find victims. Given his cop uniform, Wortman’s victims — most of whom were quarantined in their homes because of the coronavirus — “would have trusted him’’ enough to open the door, a source told the Sun. Those killed included “a mom and dad [shot dead] in front of their own children,’’ a police source told the Sun. They also included RCMP Constable Heidi Stevenson, a 23-year veteran of Canada’s famed police force, who at one point rammed her cruiser into Wortman’s vehicle to try to stop him, sources told the Sun. Wortman, 51, then “shot her in the chest with a bunch of rounds,’’ a source said. Then he “pulled her out of the car and executed her point-blank . . . took her gun and [ammo], burned his own car and took her car,’’ the source said. Other victims included a fellow denturist, although it wasn’t immediately clear if Wortman knew her, and two “front-line’’ healthcare workers. Wortman set fire to five abodes and some vehicles as he murdered people in a 30-mile radius more than an hour north of Halifax, authorities said. He also set his own house on fire, police said. He carjacked several other vehicles in a bid to elude cops, officials said.

The killer was finally cornered at a gas station in a nearby town and whipped out what is believed to have been Stevenson’s gun before being shot dead in a hail of police bullets, a source told the Sun.

The country’s prime minister, Justin Trudeau, said Monday that the bloodshed had rocked the nation to its core. “The vast majority of Nova Scotians will have a direct link with one or more of the victims,’’ he said. “The entire province and country is grieving right now as we come to grips with something that is unimaginable.’’ Trudeau said he would introduce legislation to tighten gun control in the country.

The country’s previous worst mass shooting occurred in 1989, when a female-hating gunman shot dead 14 women and then himself at Montreal’s Ecole Polytechnique college.

With Wires

https://nypost.com/2020/04/20/nova-scotia-shooting-details-emerge-in-gabriel-wortmans-rampage/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-20-20 ACCU Weather :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Storm-battered South gets hit again with another round of deadly severe weather

By Chaffin Mitchell, AccuWeather staff writer  Updated apr. 20, 2020 9:56 PM

& Brian Lada, AccuWeather meteorologist and staff writer & Mark Puleo, AccuWeather staff writer

For the second time this April, severe weather struck the storm-battered South with a damaging trio of tornadoes, hail and thunderstorms. For many communities, cleanup from the Easter weekend tornado outbreak hadn't even concluded yet. As of Monday morning, over 20,000 residents between Alabama and Mississippi are still without power, according to PowerOutage.us. According to WTVY.com, a 61-year old man in Henry County, Alabama was killed by the the severe weather when his trailer flipped over. Emergency management also reported one person with minor injuries after winds caused widespread damage in Dadeville, Alabama, early Sunday morning. 'Significant and widespread' wind damage was reported in Coosa and Tallapoosa Counties in Alabama on Sunday morning, according to the National Weather Service (NWS) office in Birmingham. In Mississippi, the state emergency management agency confirmed one death in Marion County, near the border of Louisiana, related to the storms. On Twitter, Hattiesburg Mayor Toby Barker urged residents to stay off the road on Sunday night in response to the flooding. "We’re already flooded out, and we have hours of rain ahead," Barker said. "Remember the rule: don’t do dumb things." A trained spotter reported hail 1.5 inches in diameter in Harris County, Texas. Large hail was also reported near Waco, while golf ball-sized hail was seen near Woodway. Waves of rain and thunderstorms are expected to produce heavy downpours, as well as damaging wind gusts up to 80 mph and hail, into Sunday night across the region. Several tornadoes are also possible. The severe weather continued on Monday as tornadoes touched down in central Florida. One of the twisters crossed Interstate 75 near Wildwood, Florida, causing traffic on the highway to grind to a halt. Another tornado tracked dangerously close to NASA's Kennedy Space Center along Florida's eastern coast, but no damage has been reported.

https://www.accuweather.com/en/severe-weather/storm-battered-south-gets-hit-again-with-another-round-of-deadly-severe-weather/724467 

:: 4-20-20 KFOR :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American oil crashes below $0 a barrel- a record low

by: CNN Wire Posted: Apr 20, 2020 / 01:28 PM CDT / Updated: Apr 20, 2020 / 01:28 PM CDT

Inglewood Oil Field

[CNN) — The spectacular collapse in oil markets is showing no signs of easing, as the coronavirus crisis saps demand and producers run out of places to store all their excess barrels of crude.

What’s happening: US oil prices plunged, falling below $0 Monday. At one point, oil fell to $-1.43 a barrel. That’s the lowest level since NYMEX opened oil futures trading in 1983. The selloff can be attributed in part to market mechanics. The May futures contract for West Texas International, the US benchmark, is about to expire. Most investors are already focusing on the June contract, thinning out trading volume and feeding volatility, UBS analyst Giovanni Staunovo told me. The June futures contract for WTI is trading just below $22 per barrel, but that’s still more than 12% down on the day. Brent crude futures, the global benchmark, fell 3.8% Monday to $27 per barrel. The extreme pressure on the WTI contract for May highlights ongoing concerns about the supply and demand dynamics plaguing the oil market. “No one in America wants oil in the short term,” Jeffrey Halley of Oanda told clients on Monday.

Saudi Arabia, Russia and other producers tried to prop up prices with a deal last week to slash production by 9.7 million barrels per day in May and June, the deepest cut ever negotiated. But that isn’t expected to soak up the supply glut caused by evaporating demand for energy. Oil storage facilities are still at risk of overflowing, raising the chance that some oil producers in the United States and Canada could start paying customers to take crude off their hands, according to Staunovo. Investors are particularly worried about storage reaching capacity in Cushing, Oklahoma, the main US hub. Rystad Energy, a consultancy, forecasts that US commercial crude stocks will hit all-time highs by the end of April and will continue rising into May. The most disappointing earnings season since 1998? Following the major American banks, Coca-Cola, Netflix, Delta, IBM and Intel are among the big US companies scheduled to report earnings this week. First up is IBM, which is on deck Monday after US markets close. Fewer than 10% of S&P 500 companies have reported results for the January to March period to date. So far, they’ve “generally disappointed relative to tepid expectations,” according to David Kostin, chief US equity strategist at Goldman Sachs. The investment bank calculates that 43% of companies have missed Wall Street’s predictions, on pace for the highest rate since at least 1998.

FactSet analyst John Butters predicts that S&P 500 earnings dropped 14.5% in the first quarter. That would mark the largest year-over-year decline for the index since the third quarter of 2009.

Watch this space: Much of the attention will be on expectations for full-year earnings, as investors try to assess how the coronavirus pandemic will hit businesses over a longer period. But Kostin notes that most strategists have written off 2020 entirely and are already looking ahead to 2021.

US stocks have risen three of the past four weeks US futures are off on Monday as global stocks struggle to find direction and oil crashes. But taking a step back, the stock market appears to be in recovery mode. See here: The S&P 500 has jumped three of the past four weeks after nosediving into the fastest bear market in history. The broader picture, of course, is complicated. “The confusing thing for markets at the moment is the huge dichotomy between what will possibly be one of the worst synchronized global economic slumps in history against what is undoubtedly the largest ever intervention,” Deutsche Bank strategist Jim Reid told clients Monday. Deutsche Bank noted last week that top central banks have expanded their balance sheets by $2.7 trillion, two thirds of which has come from the US Federal Reserve. But negative economic data could continue to cause problems for investors who are ready to get back into riskier assets, with uncertainty about how long lockdowns will last remaining a key issue.

https://kfor.com/news/american-oil-crashes-below-0-a-barrel-a-record-low/ 

:: 4--20 Vision Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Signs an Executive Order Allowing Mining the Moon and Asteroids

Category: Space Tags: lunar mining / Trump

3 days ago By Troy Oakes, 1 min ago

In 2015, the Obama administration signed the U.S. Commercial Space Launch Competitiveness Act (CSLCA, or H.R. 2262) into law. This bill was intended to “facilitate a pro-growth environment for the developing commercial space industry” by making it legal for American companies and citizens to own and sell resources that they extract from asteroids and off-world locations (like the Moon, Mars or beyond). On April 6, the Trump administration took things a step further by signing an executive order that formally recognizes the rights of private interests to claim resources in space. This order, titled Encouraging International Support for the Recovery and Use of Space Resources, effectively ends the decades-long debate that began with the signing of the Outer Space Treaty in 1967. This order builds on both the CSLCA and Space Directive-1 (SD-1), which the Trump administration signed into law on December 11, 2017. It establishes that “Americans should have the right to engage in commercial exploration, recovery, and use of resources in outer space, consistent with applicable law,” and that the United States does not view space as a “global commons.” The Outer Space Treaty This order puts an end to decades of ambiguity regarding commercial activities in space, which were technically not addressed by the Outer Space or Moon treaties. The former, formally known as “The Treaty on Principles Governing the Activities of States in the Exploration and Use of Outer Space, including the Moon and Other Celestial Bodies“, was signed by the U.S., the Soviet Union, and the U.K. in 1967 at the height of the Space Race. The purpose of it was to provide a common framework governing the activities of all the major powers in space. In addition to banning the placement or testing of nuclear weapons in space, the Outer Space Treaty established that the exploration and use of outer space would be carried out for the benefit “of all mankind.” As of June 2019, the treaty has been signed by no less than 109 countries, while another 23 have signed it but have not yet completed the ratification process. At the same time, there has been an ongoing debate regarding the full meaning and implications of the treaty. Specifically, Article II of the treaty states: “Outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies, is not subject to national appropriation by claim of sovereignty, by means of use or occupation, or by any other means.” As the language is specific to national ownership, there has never been a legal consensus on whether or not the treaty’s prohibitions apply to private appropriation, as well. Because of this, there are those who argue that property rights should be recognized on the basis of jurisdiction rather than territorial sovereignty. The Moon Treaty Attempts to address this ambiguity led the United Nations to draft the supplemental Agreement Governing the Activities of States on the Moon and Other Celestial Bodies a.k.a. “The Moon Treaty” or “Moon Agreement.” Like the Outer Space Treaty, this agreement stipulated that the Moon should be used for the benefit of all humanity and that non-scientific activities should be governed by an international framework. However, to date, only 18 countries have ratified the Moon Treaty, which does not include the U.S., Russia, or any other major power in space (save for India). In addition, only 17 of the 95 member states who signed the Outer Space Treaty have become signatories on the Moon Treaty. This latest order, titled Executive Order on Encouraging International Support for the Recovery and Use of Space Resources, addresses this very issue, stating: “Uncertainty regarding the right to recover and use space resources, including the extension of the right to commercial recovery and use of lunar resources, however, has discouraged some commercial entities from participating in this enterprise.

“Questions as to whether the 1979 Agreement Governing the Activities of States on the Moon and Other Celestial Bodies (the “Moon Agreement”) establishes the legal framework for nation states concerning the recovery and use of space resources have deepened this uncertainty, particularly because the United States has neither signed nor ratified the Moon Agreement.” The administration considers this act to be complimentary to SD-1, which emphasizes the importance of commercial partners in Project Artemis and NASA’s plan to explore Mars and beyond. The directive states:

“Successful long-term exploration and scientific discovery of the moon, Mars, and other celestial bodies will require partnership with commercial entities to recover and use resources, including water and certain minerals, in outer space.” Return to the Moon After Artemis III accomplishes the long-awaited goal of sending the first astronauts to the Moon since the end of the Apollo era, NASA’s plans will shift toward the long-term aim of creating a “sustainable program” of lunar exploration. This will include the creation of the Lunar Gateway (an orbital habitat) as well as the Lunar Base Camp on the surface of the Moon. These two habitats and research stations will allow for long-term stays on the Moon, a wide array of scientific experiments, and even the ability to conduct on-site refueling. Combined with a reusable lunar lander, lunar rovers, and other non-expendable elements, they will also facilitate regular missions to the Moon and an overall reduction in costs. For years, prospectors and space mining companies like Planetary Resources and Deep Space Industries have been advocating for reforms that would allow for the commercial exploitation of space. Similarly, people like Peter Diamandis (founder of X Prize and HeroX) and science communicator Neil DeGrasse Tyson have been saying for years that the first trillionaires will make their fortunes from asteroid mining. Incidentally, — 100 x 100 x 50 mm (3.9 x 3.9 x 1.9 inches) and weighing no NASA and HeroX recently launched the “Honey, I Shrunk the NASA Payload“ challenge, which is offering $160,000 to the team that can come up with a solution to miniaturize payloads to the point where they are “similar in size to a new bar of soap” more than 0.4 kg (0.8 lbs). The purpose of this challenge is to significantly reduce the cost of sending payloads to the Moon in support of future lunar missions. However, it could also enable a new generation of mini-rovers that would explore the lunar surface for resources. As the hosts indicate on the challenge site: “We need to develop practical and affordable ways to identify and use lunar resources so that our astronaut crews can become more independent of Earth… Imagine a rover the size of your Roomba crawling the moon’s surface. These small rovers developed by NASA and commercial partners provide greater mission flexibility and allow NASA to collect key information about the lunar surface.” It is not hard to imagine at all that miniature rovers would also enable commercial entities the ability to explore asteroids and the lunar surface for resources that could be harvested and processed for export back to Earth. However, not everyone is so excited by this recent move or the prospects that it entails. Dissenting views In fact, Russia’s space agency (Roscosmos) officially condemned the executive order and likened it to colonialism. These sentiments were summed up in a statement issued by Sergey Saveliev, Roscosmos’ deputy director-general on international cooperation: “Attempts to expropriate outer space and aggressive plans to actually seize territories of other planets hardly set the countries (on course for) fruitful cooperation. There have already been examples in history when one country decided to start seizing territories in its interest — everyone remembers what came of it.” Saveliev is hardly alone in drawing parallels between the NewSpace industry (or Space Race 2.0) and the age of imperialism (ca. 18th to 20th century). Last year, Dr. Victor Shammas of the Work Research Institute at Oslo Metropolitan University and independent scholar Tomas Holen produced a study that appeared in Palgrave Communications (a publication maintained by the journal Nature). Titled, One giant leap for capitalist kind: private enterprise in outer space, Shammas and Holen assert that the commercial exploitation of space will benefit human beings disproportionately. At the heart of this effort are Elon Musk, Jeff Bezos, and other Silicon Valley-billionaires that — contrary to their humanist pretenses — are looking to expand their wealth while taking advantage of the fact that there is little to no oversight in this area. “In this regard,” they wrote: “SpaceX and related ventures are not so very different from maritime colonialists and the trader-exploiters of the British East India Company.” For the record, the East India Company operated with impunity in India while it was under British rule, effectively making them the real governing authority over the nation and its people. Could asteroid mining, lunar mining, and other off-world concerns become the new colonialism? Could various companies staking claims to bodies, planets, and moons set off a period of conflict and cutthroat politics similar to what existed during the 18th to early 20th centuries? Or could this be the beginning of “post-scarcity” for humanity and an economic revolution? And is this condemnation by Russian authorities merely an expression of lament because they don’t feel well-positioned to take advantage and will that change if the Russian equivalent of a Musk or Bezos emerges? And what might we expect from countries like China and India, which have been making significant strides in space for years? All valid questions, and ones that will have to be explored with greater energy and commitment now that the U.S. has officially declared that the Moon and space are “open for business.” It also wouldn’t be surprising if certain charlatans try to push the whole “buy land on the Moon” scam with greater vigor, too.

Provided by: Matt Williams, Universe Today [Note: Materials may be edited for content and length.]

Follow us on Twitter or subscribe to our weekly email.

https://www.visiontimes.com/2020/04/14/trump-signs-an-executive-order-allowing-mining-the-moon-and-asteroids.html 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 4-12-20 CD Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Has Made Christianity A Main Target For Suppression, So Have Democrats…See A Pattern Here?

by L Todd Wood April 12, 2020

The Chinese Communist Party has long tried to stamp out religion as it threatens belief in the State as supreme being. Xi Jinping has especially targeted Christianity over the last decade to the point where it is almost impossible to worship freely in China. Beijing even made Christians change the tenants of their faith in order to survive, putting the State above Jesus Christ in order of importance. Now we are seeing the same thing on a regular basis from the Democratic Party in the United States. I don’t believe this is a coincidence. I believe many in our corrupt media, educational system, and government are being paid by China in one way or the other. China is executing (pardon the pun) on a plan to change American society, to use a Christian phrase, to remake it in their image. The Democrats are China’s enablers, helping to destroy America as we know her and install the Chicom agenda. The last couple weeks in America saw Christians banned from openly worshipping during Easter in certain states, even though they were abiding by government social distancing guidelines. What could be the reason for this? If it is not to stop the spread of the Chinese coronavirus, then what could be the reason? Steve Bannon’s War Room: Pandemic does a good job this week of explaining what it is like for a Christian in the People’s Republic of China. Steve Bannon’s War Room: Pandemic does a good job this week of explaining what it is like for a Christian in the People’s Republic of China. Beware the Democratic Party and their media enablers…they worship a different God, and he wasn’t born in Bethlehem.

https://creativedestructionmedia.com/opinion/2020/04/12/china-has-made-christianity-a-main-target-for-suppression-so-have-democrats-see-a-pattern-here/ 

:: 4-13-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Starving, angry and cannibalistic: America's rats are getting desperate amid coronavirus pandemic

[NBC News]  Dartunorro Clark, NBC News•April 13, 2020

America's rats are being hit hard by the coronavirus.

As millions of Americans shelter indoors to combat the deadly virus, which has claimed over 21,000 U.S. lives, many businesses — including restaurants and grocery stores — have closed or limited operations, cutting off many rodents' main sources for food. On deserted streets across the country, rats are in dire survival mode, experts say. "If you take rats that have been established in the area or somebody's property and they're doing well, the reason they're doing well is because they're eating well," Bobby Corrigan, an urban rodentologist, told NBC News. "Ever since coronavirus broke out, not a single thing has changed with them, because someone's doing their trash exactly the same in their yard as they've always done it — poorly." But many other rats are not faring as well, said Corrigan, who works as a consultant for several city health departments and businesses, such as airports and shopping malls. Full coverage of the coronavirus outbreak  "A restaurant all of a sudden closes now, which has happened by the thousands in not just New York City but coast to coast and around the world, and those rats that were living by that restaurant, some place nearby, and perhaps for decades having generations of rats that depended on that restaurant food, well, life is no longer working for them, and they only have a couple of choices."  And those choices are grim. They include cannibalism, rat battles and infanticide.

"It's just like we've seen in the history of mankind, where people try to take over lands and they come in with militaries and armies and fight to the death, literally, for who's going to conquer that land. And that's what happens with rats," he said. "A new 'army' of rats come in, and whichever army has the strongest rats is going to conquer that area."  Rats whose food sources have vanished will not just move into other colonies and cause fiights over grub. They will also eat one another. etc..

https://news.yahoo.com/starving-angry-cannibalistic-americas-rats-083044613.html 

:: 4--20 North American Meat Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The United States Meat Industry at a Glance

Feeding 326 Million Americans

The meat and poultry industry is the largest segment of U.S. agriculture. U.S. meat production totaled 52 billion pounds in 2017 and U.S. poultry production totaled 48 billion pounds in 2017.

In 2017, the meat and poultry industry processed:

9 billion chickens

32.2 million cattle and calves

241.7 million turkeys

2.2 million sheep and lambs

121 million hogs

In 2017, American meat companies produced:

26.3 billion pounds of beef

25.6 billion pounds of pork

5.9 billion pounds of turkey

80.2 million pounds of veal

150.2 million pounds lamb and mutton

42.2 billion pounds of chicken

Top Livestock and Poultry Slaughtering States

Cattle - Nebraska, Kansas, Texas, Colorado, California, Wisconsin, Washington, Pennsylvania

Hog - Iowa, Minnesota, Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania

Chicken - Georgia, Arkansas, Alabama

Turkey - Minnesota, North Carolina, Arkansas

In Fiscal Year 2018, there were 835 federally inspected, livestock slaughter plants in the U.S. An additional 3,773 plants process red meat, but do not slaughter. There were 2,979 federally inspected poultry slaughter and processing plants in the U.S.

Feeding Us Essential Nutrients

The 2015 Dietary Guidelines for Americans, recommend eating 5.7 ounces of meat per day as part of a healthy, balanced diet.

There are at least:  29 cuts of beef   6 cuts of pork

And numerous poultry cuts that are leaner and have less calories than a 3 oz. serving of salmon

A 3-oz. serving of lean meat provides about 160-200 calories plus significant amounts of many key nutrients such as protein. These proteins contain all 9 essential amino acids needed for growth and good overall health, making meat a "complete" protein. Meat is also a great source for iron, magnesium, zinc, niacin, selenium, riboflavin and B-vitamins that help your body turn food into energy.

New studies show meat can aid in weight loss by providing a sense of satisfaction that helps to control appetite and metabolize food more efficiently. Feeding our Economy In 2017, employees working in meat packing and processing plants on average earned $14.98 per hour plus benefits, while employees in poultry processing plants earned $13.58 per hour, plus benefits. According to a 2016 analysis by John Dunham & Associates, the U.S. meat and poultry industry accounts for $1.02 trillion in total economic output or 5.6 percent of gross domestic product (GDP) The meat and poultry industry broadly is responsible for 5.4 million jobs and $257 billion in wages, the report found. An estimated 527,019 people have jobs in production and packing, importing operations, sales, packaging and direct distribution of meat and poultry products. Feeding the World CHECK: The U.S. 1.26 million metric tons (MT*) of beef and beef variety meat in 2017. Export value of beef and beef variety meat exports reached a record $7.27 billion in 2017. On a volume and value basis, the top four markets for U.S. beef in 2017 were Japan, South Korea, Mexico and Hong Kong. The U.S. exported 2.45 million MT of pork and pork variety meat in 2017, breaking the 2016 record by 6 percent. Annual total pork shipments were valued at $6.49 billion, up 9% from 2016. The top markets for U.S. pork in terms of volume and value in 2017 were Mexico, Japan and South Korea. The U.S. exported 3.7 million MT of poultry and poultry variety meats in 2017. The value was estimated at $4.5 billion.

Exports in 2017 accounted for 26.6 percent of U.S. pork production and 12.9 percent of beef production.

*1 MT=2204.6 lbs

Fast Facts

American men on average eat 4.8 ounces of meat per day and women eat 3.13 ounces of meat per day. (Source: What We Eat in America, NHANES 2015-2016).

Americans spend less than any other developed nation in the world on food broadly and on meat and poultry specifically.

https://www.meatinstitute.org/index.php?ht=d/sp/i/47465/pid/47465 

:: 4--20 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Interview

Marina Abramović: 'I am not interested in small questions'

Nadja Sayej

As a new show looks back on her early work, the trailblazing performance artist talks about her extensive career, controversy and sexual harassment in the art world Marina Abramović is on a Skype call from Madrid, showing off her custom-made red sweater, which says “Love conquers all.”

“I’ve been wearing it all the time,” she says in her husky, Serbian accent. “It’s like my pyjamas.”

This lighter side of Abramović – a Skype pyjama party from Spain – is not what we’re used to seeing from the trailblazing performance artist. Now, an even different version of her is on view in a solo show at the Sean Kelly Gallery in New York. Early Works features 12 historical performances from 1970 to 1975 – a time when the now multimillionaire artist was penniless and living out of a car with a backpack full of film negatives. “I lived in cars and trucks, I’m amazed the negatives survived,” said Abramović, who recently turned 71-years-old. “To appreciate the present, we should really look to the past.” Female artists had a tough time breaking into the art world in the 1970s, when performance art wasn’t taken seriously by a male-dominated majority. “I have a 50 year career right now and for the past 40 years, performance art wasn’t considered art,” said Abramović. “I had incredible trust in my own intuition to survive and I believed in performance art so strongly. You can never give up, but when you don’t give up for 50 years? Wow, that’s a long stretch. I never stopped working.” Abramović, whose collaborators include Jay-Z and Lady Gaga, had her acclaimed Museum of Modern Art retrospective, The Artist is Present, where she sat in the museum for over 700 hours, in 2010. Her recent retrospective at the Louisiana Museum in Denmark called The Cleaner was about cleaning past memories, while those same memories have been rehashed in her recent memoir, Walk Through Walls. But 40 years ago, she was just a struggling artist on the European festival circuit getting ripped off by galleries who still haven’t paid her. Her art from that time reflects her struggle. In this exhibition, some of the early performance pieces on view include Lips of Thomas, where she cuts a five-pointed star on her stomach with a razor blade, then whips herself and lies down on a cross made of ice blocks.

Another piece is Rhythm 0, where Abramović placed 72 objects on a table – including a loaded gun and razor blades – and invited the audience to do as they please with her. They cut her clothes off with razor blades, touched her intimately, slashed her throat, sucked her blood and pointed the gun to her head with her own finger on the trigger. “It was related to the idea of how far the public can go, whether they will kill the performer or not,” she said. “I really think they can.” It wasn’t about being taken advantage of as a woman, says the artist. “I never take the gender into consideration for the artwork,” she said. “Art doesn’t have a gender – there are only two categories to me, good art and bad art.”

But with the #MeToo movement and the sexual assault allegations against Harvey Weinstein, sexual misconduct and harassment allegations have surfaced in the art world, from Artforum magazine publisher Knight Landesman to New York artist Chuck Close and photographers Mario Testino and Bruce Weber. “I think it’s terrible and it’s so sad these people didn’t have the courage to say something in the moment when it was happening,” said Abramović. “I would not wait 20 years to say such a thing. If I could say something to all these people, don’t wait. It’s very important to have courage in your life; otherwise you have a supressed life, which is terrible.” While her own performance work is linked with shamanistic rituals, the far right have misunderstood her art as Satanism. Her work surfaced during the Pizzagate scandal of 2016, where one of Abramovic’s emails to Democratic lobbyist Tony Podesta (brother of Hillary Clinton campaign chair John Podesta) refers to a “Spirit Cooking,” which is the name of an artwork she made in 1996. It was assumed to be an occult ritual. “People can so easily put labels, we are afraid of everything,” she said. “I talk openly on every single subject in my work, it’s very important to understand it and put it in the right context.” One spiritual leader she does admire is the Dalai Lama, whose lectures have taught her to forgive. “It’s the only way we can stop the wars in the world,” she said, “if we learn to forgive.” But looking back on her old self, the Abramović of the 1970s, she sees someone totally different. “I look back and think ‘wow, this kid had a really big vision,’ bigger than I have now,” she said. “I don’t look back much but I try to connect points to answer the same question, ‘what is my function in this world?’” It ties into the Abramović Method, a series of meditative exercises she created, which attempts to test physical agility and answer philosophical questions around life and death. “I am not interested in small questions,” she says. “The Dalai Lama helped me so much.” Serendipity also helped out, apparently, as it helped her forgive her former creative collaborator and romantic partner Ulay (born Frank Uwe Laysiepen), who she split with in 1988. He sued Abramović in 2015 for $300,000 for art sales of their co-authored artworks and won. Unexpectedly, the artists found each other in India at a month-long artist’s retreat last year. “It was so important for us that we really became friends and I learned the forgiveness,” she said. “All this bullshit, it was a learning process and we made important work and this is all that matters.” Now, Abramović and Ulay are good friends who text each other every day. “All the hate is gone,” she said. “I’ve never been there.” Even at 71, she doesn’t show any signs of slowing down. “I am still performing,” she said. “It’s crazy because my generation is gone.” With an exhibition schedule booked to 2024, she is working on new artwork for a solo show at the Royal Academy of Art in London in 2020. In the meantime, she is maintaining her roving project, the Marina Abramović Institute, which hosts temporary projects across the globe. But not without controversy. The plan was to build an institute in a converted theatre in Hudson, New York, which would be designed by architect Rem Koolhaas. But after crowdfunding $660,000 on Kickstarter – and refusing to return the funds to the backers, though they each got their promised pledge rewards – she backed out of the plan, as building costs were estimated at $31m. “I don’t want to spend the time to fundraise because it’s more important to make projects around the world,” said Abramović. “More than a million people are participating at my institute and this is our function, the institute is alive more than ever but not based to one building.”

Since its conception, the institute has traveled to Athens, Kiev and São Paulo. It will visit for the inaugural Bangkok Biennial later this year. From an artist who has cut herself and made videos where she has screamed for hours, one wouldn’t expect Abramović to be so focused on love. But after confronting her fears, her approach has changed. “You know what?” asks Abramović in her red pyjamas. “In life, honestly, love is the first thing. Not to just love the work but to love yourself, and the moment you’re in love – the world is such a great place.”

https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/2018/feb/13/marina-abramovic-i-am-not-interested-in-small-questions 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-13-20 Four Winds 10.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'WAKING UP': VOLCANIC REGION GETS HOT AFTER 'INACTIVE FOR MANY CENTURIES'

WND Staff April 13, 2020 at 4:38pm

Could impact travel for decades

A region of Iceland is erupting for the first time in 800 years, raising concern of disruptions in air travel for centuries to come. The Guardian of London reported that since Jan. 21, the Reykjanes peninsula southwest of Iceland's capital, Reykjavik, has experienced more than 8,000 earthquakes. About 10 centimeters of land has risen due to magma intrusions underground, the paper said. "It seems that after being relatively inactive for many centuries, this region is waking up," Lancaster University volcanologist Dave McGarvie told the Guardian. The area is fed by five volcanic systems, the Guardian said, "which seem to come to life in a coordinated way roughly every 1,000 years."  The 2010 eruptions of Iceland's Eyjafjallajökull caused the largest air-traffic shut-down since World War II. Meanwhile, Indonesia's Krakatoa volcano erupted over the weekend, sending ash almost 10 miles into the sky. Satellites picked up images of two eruptions recorded by the Center for Volcanology and Geological Disaster Mitigation, reported the Express news paper of London. The previous eruption of Krakatoa, in 2018, triggered a tsunami that killed more than 400 people. In 1883, an eruption killed an estimated 36,000. Is recent volcanic activity a sign that Jesus' return is imminent? Yes No

Completing this poll entitles you to WND news updates free of charge. You may opt out at anytime. You also agree to our Privacy Policy and Terms of Use.

The Volcano Discovery website counts more than two dozen places around the world that have reported significant volcanic activity. Klyuchevskaya Sopka, the highest peak on the Kamchatka peninsula in Russia, erupted with a volcanic ash plume four miles high, according to the Volcanic Ash Advisory Center in Tokyo. At Shiveluch on the Kamchatka peninsula, a smoke plume reached seven miles. There also was activity nearby, at Aso and Sakarajima in Japan's Kyushu region.

In Indonesia, along with Krakatoa, volcanic acvitity was reported at Ibu, Merapi and Semeru. On the island of Sumatra, Kericini erupted.

In Mexico, a volcanic ash plume rose an estimated 19,000 feet at Popocatepetl.

Across South America, Sangay and Reventador in Ecuador, Sabancaya in Peru, Nevados de Chillan in Chile and Santiaguito in Guatemala have been active.

Stromboli in Italy was churning out "mild to sometimes strong" explosions at a rate of about 15 an hour, accompanied by a lava flow.

Erebus in Antarctica had an active lava lake in its summit crater, and Erta Ale in Ethiopia recently created a new fissure vent with new lava flows.

The Yellowstone caldera volcano, which is underneath the huge national park, has been reporting elevated seismic activity in recent days, the report said.

In Sumatra, the Kerinci volcano released ash into the skies, triggering several advisories over the last few weeks.

Watch the Krakatoa explosion for 2018:

https://www.wnd.com/2020/04/waking-volcano-activity-surges-across-planet/?utm_source=Email&utm_medium=wnd-breaking&utm_campaign=breaking&utm_content=breaking 

http://fourwinds10.com/siterun_data/environment/earth_changes/news.php?q=1586871909 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4-13-20 L.A. Marzulli's Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PPS 4 13 20 Covid 19 Update Gates Conspiracy

April 13, 2020 / lamarzulli

L.A. discusses the increase of volcanic activity in Iceland. Then shifts to the COVID19 Scamdemic. He reads from Robert Kennedy Jr’s scathing article on Bill Gates and his vaccine agenda. Why wasn’t this reported by the media? 496,000 children paralyzed in India because the vaccination? Is there a connection between Dr. Fausci and Gates?  L. A. Marzulli

11 thoughts on “PPS 4 13 20 Covid 19 Update Gates Conspiracy”

Eckbach

April 13, 2020 at 11:09 pm

Dr Fauxci sits on the board of directors of the Gates Foundation.

Reply

TheTruthBurns

April 13, 2020 at 11:48 pm

“Dr.” Bill Gates Mengele “Virus” Fuhrer.

Reply

Daniel Noah

April 14, 2020 at 12:04 am

L.A. Robert Strecker M.D., PhD. and Pathologist was putting together actuary tables (for AIDS) for Security Pacific Bank…He said that under a microscope the AIDS virus was absolutely not caused by green monkeys…as it is Sheep Visna Virus in sheep/Bovine Leukemia from cattle, that is exactly what the aids Virus looks like under electronic microscope. Anthony Fauci pushed the green monkey causation, even though he full well knew the green monkey cover story was a lie. I had the original Strecker Memorandum video tape back in ’87-’88. Initially, Fauci was imploring Pres. Trump to not bar planes from China, that it would appear racist. Fauci had orders (Bohemian Grove types) to stall Pres. Tumps decision to ban any and all flights from China, which Pres. Trump eventually did. While at the same time, CDC lied about the virul test kits… that they were no good…this delay by CDC allowed nCOV 19 to spread unchecked for two months. The CDC shipped 800,000 viral test kits to 100 countries and to all 50 US. states. Remember N1S1 virus? I smell a ratThe Powers That Be, want to roll out a vaccine for nCOV 19 in Sept/Oct., along with a new currency directive to put all financial transactions, on a smart phone. No phone, no transactions…period. Oh, and you will also need an I.D. chip tattooed on your hand and forehead. as a fail safe verification that you approved of the transaction(s). The nCOV 19 will come roaring back this summer and will have mutated, but, in reality, TPTB will release the upgrade-more lethal variant, which will kill millions…quickly…much more quickly than nCOV 19. This upgrade, will absolutely kill in 72 hours. Can Jesus’ rescue be far off? Daniel IHS

Reply

Gabe

April 14, 2020 at 2:16 am

Please explain where you obtained your knowledge of the new birus release and lethality of it. Seems a rather brazen comment with no refernce to your source.

Daniel Noah

April 14, 2020 at 8:46 am

L.A.Marzuli, I know a deep medical report may not be well received, but it is certainly necessary. Anthony Fauci is battle tested…The Powers That Be trust him to play his part…TPTB can’t risk a doctor who might go off script. A doctor who might have a pang of conscience and blow the lid off this bio weapon. The farthest that the various main stream medical robot errand boys (who are trapped in a Matrix of sorts or actually, more like Gene Hackman in ‘The Firm’ movie) are allowed to posit, is that maybe it escaped into the ‘wet market’ in China. As you know L.A., Chinese communism is the model for the NWOChina is 10x’s worse than any mid-east dictator…but I digress. The 2019 nCOV: S proteins are surface proteins that help the virus in host recognition and attachment. Thus a change in these proteins can be reflected as a change of host specificity of the virus. The S protein of 2019-nCoV shares closest ancestry with SARS-GZO2, the sequence coding for spike proteins of these two viruses were compared using MultiAlin software. We found four new insertions in the protein of 2019nCoV. To our surprise, these sequence insertions were not only absent in S protein of SARS but we also not observed in any other member of the Coronaviradae family. This is startling as it is quite unlikely for a virus to have acquired such unique insertions naturally in a short duration of time. All the insertions aligned with HIV-1. Although, the 4 inserts represent discontiguous short stretches of amino acids in spike glycoprotein of 2019 nCoV, the fact that all three of them share amino acid identity with HIV-1 gp120 amd Gag, suggests that this is not a random fortuitous finding. Further, it is unlikely that all 4 inserts in the 2019 spike glycoproteins fortuitously match with 2 key structural proteins of an unrelated virus(HIV-1) The four inserts in question, were not found in any other Coronoviruses…uncanny similarity of novel (new) inserts in the nCoV 2019 spike protein to HIV-1 gp120 Gag…points to…2019 n-CoV, was genetically engineered/enhanced in a #4 Bio- Lab. TPTB are about to release a more potent variant ….

Reply

Gabe

April 14, 2020 at 12:49 pm

Daniel, your analysis fits with the analysis of Dr. Paul Cottrell, on youtube. Thank you for verifying that indeed you do have factual information vs. speculations gleaned from some random rantings of a you tuber with no real knowledge of the topic. However, my earlier question to you was meant to ascertain how exactly you know of upcoming releases. I have been advised of this by several people I follow meticulously who are virtually always accurate in the information they share. Those individuals are rather candid about their sources without giving a specific name…..ie, they will show a document from an agency or an organization that did not anticipate the information being accessed by someone outside the realm of their agency or organization.

CAN YOU BE ANY MORE SPECIFIC REGARDING THE SOURCE OF YOUR ASCERTION REGARDING THE SUMMER RELEASE OF AN EVEN MORE VIRULENT BIOWEAPON?

Gabe

April 15, 2020 at 12:56 am

Daniel Noah, I am writing again to ask if you could PLEASE share the origin of the information you shared regarding the second bioweapon that will be released. I ask because I am a healthcare provider and I am working every day, all day, to obtain any and all neutraceuticals for the vulnerable people that I know will need assistence when this arrives. I would like to communicate with you, if you would be willing to do so. Perhaps we could each quickly make a new email account, at yahoo ? And communicate there. I assume that you do not want your personal email out in the public…..I prefer to not have mine out there either. So, if you see this, please respond. And of you are willing to converse outside this forum just go to yahoo and get an account there and put that account email info here and then I will rapidly get an account set up there also.. I have followed this virus since mid December when I first learned of it, and began alerting every healthcare colleague i know, as well as every vet clinic and University hospital with whom I interact. I was advising them in Decenpmber to make arrangements to provide services “curbside pickup/transfer” or via phone and skype. I was also providing all with valuable information and links re. Protective neutraceuticals….and linking them with sources that they could access for theor patients. Thank You for your first response.

Shawn May

April 14, 2020 at 11:32 am

They have been saying this for twenty years I knew 30 years ago this was the only model to take our freedoms away

Reply

Mary Ann

April 14, 2020 at 6:40 pm

I knew they wouldn’t pull the wool over your eyes L.A.!

I read a report out of India, were scientist studied the Covid-19, they found strains of HIV in the specimen.. Their report was discredited.. but were they right?

~ Psalm 91~

Reply

RAFO

April 14, 2020 at 8:02 pm

The powers that be are going to be so shocked, surprised, and unable to explain, why millions of true Christian believers world-wide are not susceptible to this, or any future bio weapon. I’m speaking prophetically here, as I’ve been called to do. Why will they not be susceptible and succumb to these viruses of the NWO? Because the blood of Christ has been applied to the doorposts and lintel of their hearts… the agent of death and destruction MUST and WILL pass over that person! These plagues will not come nigh our dwellings. This “divine immunity” will be seen for what it is, miraculous, and millions more will be brought into the fold and believe on the Lord Jesus! Remember, what Satan has meant for harm, God will bring much good out of it as this end-time harvest unfolds… Jesus IS coming again, and soon! Get right with Him today!

Reply

Gabe

April 14, 2020 at 11:19 pm

So, tell me if you can how your belief system worked for that pastor that just died……you know the one……he refused to shut his church! Yup….it sure worked for him!

Leave a Reply

https://lamarzulli.wordpress.com/2020/04/13/pps-4-13-20-covid-19-update-gates-conspiracy/ 

:: 4-13-20 Fellowship Of The Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“The greatest charity one can do to another is to lead him to the truth.” -St. Thomas Aquinas

MIT Professor Rebuts Fauci and Birx

Posted on April 13, 2020 by TrailDust | 45 Comments

This man identifies the Fauci – Birx nexus as another coup attempt against Donald Trump

Dr. Shiva Ayyadurai finally gives substance to that nagging sense that we are being misled and greatly harmed by the nation’s current course of action to contain the COVID-19 outbreak.

Mr. President, please pay attention to these warnings.

greenworxx

President Trump not only needs to listen to Dr. Shiva Ayyadurai but also to Dr. Francis Boyle. In fact, he needs to talk to both of them ASAP. It really is uncertain what President Trump knows about the evil medical cabal that surrounds him who work for the deep state and globalists. Is he letting them stay on until they hang themselves? Ultimately, he has to dismiss/fire them and have them charged with crimes against humanity. He has to get better intel from trusted patriots to keep from continuing to making theses same mistakes over and over.

Scribe note:  See the comments and continue click link below

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/mit-professor-rebuts-fauci-and-birx/comment-page-1 

:: 4-12-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COULD A VACCINE REALLY PRODUCE THE MARK OF THE BEAST? READ EXCERPTS FROM TWO BEST-SELLING BOOKS—THE MILIEU and FORBIDDEN GATES

April 12, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

FROM THE MILIEU

Events unfolding in recent years portend a near future in which this “man” of superior intelligence, wit, charm, and diplomacy will emerge on the world scene as a savior. He will seemingly possess a transcendent wisdom that enables him to solve problems and to offer solutions for many of today’s most perplexing issues. His popularity will be widespread, and his fans will include young and old, religious and non-religious, male and female. Talk-show hosts will interview his colleagues, news anchors will cover his movements, scholars will applaud his uncanny ability to resolve what has escaped the rest of us, and the poor will bow down at his table. He will, in all human respects, appeal to the best idea of society. But his profound comprehension and irresistible presence will be the result of an interface—both digital and metaphysical—to thousands of years of collective knowledge guided by his embodiment of a very old, super-intelligent spirit. As Jesus Christ was the “seed of the woman” (Genesis 3:15), he will be the “seed of the serpent.” Moreover, though his arrival in the form of a “man” was foretold by numerous Scriptures, the broad masses will not immediately recognize him for what he actually is—paganism’s ultimate incarnation; the “beast” of Revelation 13:1. Though for a time he will appear to be a person of distinguished character, this great deceiver will ultimately become “a king of fierce countenance” (Daniel 8:23). With imperious decree, he will facilitate a one-world government, universal religion, and global socialism. Those who refuse his new world order will inevitably be imprisoned or destroyed until at last he exalts himself “above all that is called God, or that is worshiped, so that he, as God, sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God” (2 Thessalonians 2:4).

He will play this “God” and messianic angle very cleverly.

The similarities between him and the true Messiah, Jesus Christ, will be obvious for all to see.

As Jesus was the Son of God and operated in the power of His Father, so Antichrist will be “the son of Perdition” and manifest the power of Apollo.

As Jesus did many great miracles, Antichrist will perform lying signs and wonders.

As Jesus triumphantly entered Jerusalem, Antichrist will also focus the seat of his authority from the Holy City.

As Jesus was crucified and arose from the dead, Antichrist will be “killed” and come back to life.

As Jesus is part of the Holy Trinity of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, Antichrist is part of an unholy trinity made up of Satan, himself, and the False Prophet.

These comparisons go on and on, and if you look up similar lists online, you will discover long enumerations of amazing mirror-contrasts between the Son of God and Satan’s incoming seed. The devil’s jealousy of God is infamous, and his craving to usurp, plagiarize, and draw analogies between himself and the Almighty’s magnificence appear limitless. Yet I believe the most startling of such dark semblances belong to a near transhuman-sciences future list most have never imagined, examples of which will include:

A False Communion: As Jesus told His followers in John 6:53: “Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you,” on which the symbolic ordinance of sacramental communion with God is based during Christian worship (at which time bread and wine are consecrated and shared, like was part of the Last Supper), I believe a scenario during the reign of Antichrist could provide for a demonic “communion” that results in mankind partaking of the flesh and blood of Satan’s son. How so? If you watch the film I Am Legend starring Will Smith, which opens appropriately enough with a scientist announcing the cure to cancer using a genetically engineered “chimeric” vaccine that blends animal and human genetics to produce a universal antidote to the malady (which most everybody in the movie receives), you will observe how this “remedy” actually results in a human form of rabies (due to crossing the species barrier) that wipes out most life on earth—a real possibility, given the scenario. A critical part of the film is the character played by Smith, who, for unknown reasons, is the only human alive immune from the global contagion, and a new vaccine is derived from his blood that provides a cure for the wicked disease. Fast-forward to the time of Antichrist and imagine how a similar pandemic or worldwide plague could suddenly develop (or be engineered by agents of the Man of Sin as a bioweapon) that brings the world to its knees. Tens of millions of people are dying in the worst “black death” ever seen, when suddenly a single man—the Son of Perdition—comes forward to reveal his blood (like the Will Smith character in the Hollywood blockbuster) is impervious to the disease and holds the key to a cure. A vaccine is manufactured from his plasma and the world is faced with a decision—accept the vaccine, this “mark” derived from the blood of the beast—or die alongside every other person who rejects the offer, including family and friends. Partake in the black communion by accepting the genetics—the flesh and blood of the Son of Sin—or die, as described in the book of Revelation…

And From Forbidden Gates: A similar story (“Dna Logic Gates Herald Injectable Computers”) was published by New Scientist magazine the same month as the story above, and a few weeks earlier, an article by the Daily Mail (“Meet the Nano-Spiders: The dna Robots that Could One Day Be Walking through Your Body”) reported the creation by scientists of microscopic robots made of dna molecules that can walk, turn, and even create tiny products of their own on a nano-scale assembly line. This is important because a while back, one of the authors (Nita) brought up a point we had never considered. She asked if the biblical mark of the Beast might be a conspiracy employing specific implantable technology only now available. Her theory was gripping. An occult elite operating behind the U.S. government devises a virus that is a crossover between human and animal disease—let’s say, an entirely new and highly contagious influenza mutation [like Coronavirus]—and intentionally releases it into the public. A pandemic ensues, and the period between when a person contracts the virus and death is something like ten days. With tens of thousands dead in a few weeks and the rate of death increasing hourly around the globe, a universal cry for a cure goes out. Seemingly miraculously, the government then steps forward with a vaccine. The only catch, the government explains, is that, given the nature of the animal-human flu, the “cure” uses animal dna…to rewrite one’s genetics so that the person is no longer entirely human. The point made was that those who receive this antidote would become part “beast,” and perhaps thus the title, “mark of the Beast.” No longer “entirely human” would also mean—according to this outline—that the individual could no longer be “saved” or go to heaven, explaining why the book of Revelation says “whosoever receiveth the mark” is damned forever (while also explaining why the Nephilim, whose dna was part human and part animal, could not be redeemed). If one imagines the global chaos of such a pandemic, the concept of how the Antichrist “causes all,” both small and great, to receive this mark becomes clearer. When looking into the eyes of dying children, parents, or a spouse, it would be incredibly difficult to allow oneself to die or to encourage others to do the same when a “cure” was readily available. Lastly, this scenario would mean that nobody would be allowed to “buy or sell” in the marketplace [Bill Gates “Coronavirus certificate” scheme] without the mark-cure due to the need to quarantine all but the inoculated, thus fulfilling all aspects of the mark of the Beast prophecy. To find out if the science behind this abstract would be as reasonable as it appeared on the surface, we again contacted Sharon Gilbert. This was her troubling response: Tom and Nita:

What is human? Until recently, most of us would readily respond that we are humans. You and I, we might argue, are Homo sapiens: erect, bipedal hominids with twenty-three pairs of matched chromosomes and nifty little thumbs capable of apposition to the palm that enable us to grasp the fine tools that our highly developed, bi-lobed brains devise.

Humans, we might argue, sit as rulers of the earth, gazing down from the pinnacle of a pyramid consisting of all plant and animal species. We would remind the listener that natural selection and evolution have developed mankind into a superior thinker and doer, thereby granting us royal privilege, if not infinite responsibility. The Bible would take this definition much farther, of course, adding that mankind is the only part of God’s creation formed by His hands, rather than spoken into existence, and that you and I bear God’s unique signature as having been created “in His image” (Genesis 1:27).

Many members of the “illuminated brotherhood of science” would likely demur to the previous statement. These have, in point of fact, redefined human. Like Shelley’s Modern Prometheus, Victor Frankenstein, today’s molecular magicians play “god” not by stitching together rotting corpses, but by reforming the very essence of our beings: our dna.

So-called “postmodern man” began as a literary reference but has evolved into an iconic metaphor representing a collective image of perfected humanity beyond the confines of genetic constraints. Transhumanism, also known as the H+ movement (see www.HPlusMagazine.com, for example) envisions a higher life-form yet, surpassing Homo sapiens in favor of Homo sapiens 2.0, a bioengineered construct that fuses man’s original genome with animal and/or synthetic dna.

While such claims ring of science fiction, they are indeed science fact. For decades, laboratories have created chimeric combinations of animal, plant, and even human dna under the guise of medical research. The stated goal is to better man’s lot by curing disease, but this benign mask hides an inner, sardonic grin that follows an ancient blueprint to blend God’s perfect creature with the seed of fallen angels: “You shall be as gods.”

You two speak to the heart of the matter when you warn of a day when true humans may receive transhuman instructions via an implant or injection. A seemingly innocuous vaccine or identification “chip” can initiate intracellular changes, not only in somatic or “body” cells but also in germ-line cells such as ova and sperm. The former alters the recipient only; the latter alters the recipient’s doomed descendents as well.

In my second novel, The Armageddon Strain, I present a device called the “BioStrain Chip” that employs nanotechnology to induce genetic changes inside the carrier’s body. This miracle chip is advertised as a cure for the h5n1/ebola chimera that is released in the prologue to the book. Of course, if you’ve read the novel, then you know the BioStrain chip does far more than “cure”—it also kills.

Though a work of fiction, The Armageddon Strain raises a chilling question: What limitations lie within the payload of a biochip? Can such a tiny device do more than carry digitized information? Could it actually serve as the mark of the Beast?

The answer is yes.

Dna (Deoxyribonucleic acid) has become the darling of researchers who specialize in synthetic constructs. The “sticky-end” design of the dna double-helix makes it ideal for use in computing. Though an infinite number of polyhedra are possible, the most robust and stable of these “building blocks” is called the double crossover (dx). An intriguing name, is it not? The double-cross.

Picture an injectible chip comprised of dna-dx, containing instructions for a super-soldier. Picture, too, how this dna framework, if transcribed, might also serve a second, sinister, purpose—not only to instruct, but also to alter.

Mankind has come perilously far in his search for perfection through chemistry. Although millennia passed with little progress beyond roots, herbs, and alchemical quests for gold from lead, the twentieth century ushered science into the rosy dawn of breathless discovery. Electricity, lighter than air travel, wireless communication, and computing transformed the ponderous pace of the scientific method into a light speed race toward self-destruction.

By the mid-1950s, Watson and Crick had solved the structure of the dna molecule and the double helix became all the rage. Early gene splicing, and thus transgenics, began in 1952 as a crude, cut-and-paste sort of science cooked up in kitchen blenders and petri dishes—as much accident as inspiration. As knowledge has increased (Daniel 12:4), genetic scientists learned to utilize microbiological “vectors” and sophisticated methods to insert animal or plant genes from one species into another. It’s the ultimate “Mr. Potato Head” game, where interchangeable plastic pieces give rise to an infinite number of combinations; only, in genetic splicing, humanity is the unhappy potato.

Vectors provide the means of transport and integration for this brave new science. Think of these vectors as biological trucks that carry genetic building materials and workers into your body’s cells. Such “trucks” could be a microsyringe, a bacterium, or a virion (a virus particle). Any entity that can carry genetic information (the larger the load capacity, the better) and then surreptitiously gain entry into the cell is a potential vector. Viruses, for example, can be stripped of certain innate genes that might harm the cell. Not only does this (supposedly) render the viral delivery truck “harmless,” it also clears out space for the cargo.

Once inside the cell, the “workers” take over. Some of these “workers” are enzymes that cut human genes at specific sites, while others integrate—or load—the “cargo” into appropriate reading frames—like microscopic librarians. Once the payload is stored in the cell’s nuclear “library stacks,” the new genes can be translated, copied, and “read” to produce altered or brand-new, “alien” polymers and proteins.

The resulting hybrid cell is no longer purely human. If a hybridized skin cell, it may now glow, or perhaps form scales rather than hair, claws rather than fingernails. If a brain cell, the new genetic instructions could produce an altered neurotransmitter that reduces or even eliminates the body’s need for sleep. Muscle cells may grow larger and more efficient at using low levels of calcium and oxygen. Retina cells may encode for receptors that enable the “posthuman being” to perceive infrared or ultraviolet light frequencies. The hybrid ears may now sense a wider range of sounds, taste buds a greater range of chemicals. Altered brains might even attune to metaphysics and “unseen” gateways, allowing communication with supernatural realms.

Germ-line alterations, mentioned earlier, form a terrifying picture of generational development and may very well already be a reality. Genetic “enhancement” of sperm-producing cells would change human sperm into tiny infiltrators, and any fertilized ovum a living chimera. Science routinely conducts experiments with transgenic mice, rats, chickens, pigs, cows, horses, and many other species. It is naïve to believe humans have been left out of this transgenic equation.

If so many scientists (funded by government entities) believe in the “promise” of genetic alteration and transgenic “enhancement,” how then can humanity remain human? We cannot. We will not. Perhaps, some have not.

Spiritually, the enemy has ever sought to corrupt God’s plan. Originally, fallen angels lay with human women to corrupt the original base pair arrangements. Our genome is filled with “junk dna” that seemingly encodes for nothing. These “introns” may be the remains of the corrupted genes, and God Himself may have switched them off when fallen angels continued their program, post-Flood. If so, today’s scientists might need only to “switch them back on” to resurrect old forms such as Gibborim and Nephilim.

I should point out that not all “trucks” (vectors) deliver their payload immediately. Some operate on a time delay. Cytomegalovirus (cmv) is a common infective agent resident in the cells of many humans today. It “sleeps” in our systems, waiting for a window of opportunity to strike. Recently, genetic specialists began utilizing cmv vectors in transgenic experiments. In 1997, the Fox television program Millennium featured an episode in the second season called “Sense and Antisense” (referring to the two sides of the dna molecule). In this chilling story, a scientist named Lacuna reveals a genetic truth to Frank Black: “They have the map, the map, they can make us go down any street they want to. Streets that we would never even dream of going down. They flip a switch, we go east. They flip another switch, we go north. And we never know we have been flipped, let alone know how.”[i]

In the final days of this current age, humanity may indeed “flip.” Paul tells us that Christians will be transformed in a moment (1 Corinthians 15:51–53). Is it possible that the enemy also plans an instantaneous “flip”? Are genetic sleeper agents (idling “trucks”) already at work in humanity’s dna, waiting and ready to deploy at the appropriate moment?

Science is ready. Knowledge has been increased. The spiritual players have taken the stage.

All we need is the signal. The sign. The injection. The mark. The moment.

We shall all be changed. Some to incorruptible bodies ready to meet the Lord. Others to corrupted genomes ready to serve the Beast.

Also a video to click on to: SPECIAL HAGMANN REPORT: WILL CORONAVIRUS BE USED TO ESTABLISH AN ANTICHRIST SYSTEM?

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/04/12/could-a-vaccine-really-produce-the-mark-of-the-beast-read-excerpts-from-two-best-selling-books-the-milieu-and-forbidden-gates/ 

:: 4--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US engages in show of force in Guam, after China's own show of strength near Taiwan

By Frank Miles | Fox News

After a Chinese aircraft carrier sailed past Taiwan over the weekend, in a show of strength as the U.S. Navy struggles with coronavirus, the U.S. Air Force then engaged in its own show of force Monday on the island of Guam. Military officials tweeted that bombers including B-52 Stratofortresses performed an "elephant walk," which "showcases their commitment to ensure regional stability throughout the Indo-Pacific," at Andersen Air Force Base. The "elephant walk" refers to the close formation of military aircraft before takeoff.

Units usually perform an elephant walk to give pilots practice in teamwork and prepare for wartime operations.

PACAF @PACAF

#ICYMI A @USNavy MQ-4C Triton, @usairforce RQ-4 Global Hawk, B-52 Stratofortresses, and KC-135 Stratotankers at Andersen AFB, Guam, perform an Elephant Walk April 13, 2020. The Elephant Walk showcases their commitment to ensure regional stability throughout the Indo-Pacific.

Japan’s ministry of defense announced Monday that the aircraft carrier Liaoning and its strike group, including five warships, passed through the 155-mile wide Miyako Strait between the Japanese islands of Okinawa and Miyako on Saturday, before turning south and passing east of Taiwan on Sunday. The strait is an international waterway. Taiwan’s navy also sent ships to monitor the strike group as it passed on Sunday, the South China Morning Post reported. “We have conducted reconnaissance and monitoring over the sea and air space around Taiwan,” said Shih Shun-wen, a Taiwanese military spokesman. The Liaoning, one of China's two aircraft carriers, has been the only one currently in the Western Pacific. The U.S. carriers Theodore Roosevelt and Ronald Reagan have remained in port.

The Roosevelt, in particular, has been devastated by a coronavirus outbreak. A U.S. sailor who was admitted to the ICU at a Navy hospital in Guam after contracting the pathogen has died, Navy officials said Monday. Taiwan is located about 80 miles off China's coast but has declared itself an independent nation. China, however, has refused to acknowledge Taiwan's sovereignty. Tensions between China and Taiwan have been particularly fraught in the wake of the coronavirus outbreak, and both of their relationships with the World Health Organization have been in the spotlight.

Fox News’ Lucas Tomlinson and Chris Irvine contributed to this report.

https://www.foxnews.com/us/guam-air-force-elephant-walk-china 

:: 4--20 Station Gossip :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Could Macy's, Gap and Kohl's collapse? Iconic retailers are struggling to survive during 'catastrophic' virus crisis worse than the 2008 financial crash with '15,000 stores to close for good'

Retailers like Macy's, Gap and Kohl's are struggling to survive amid a 'catastrophic crisis' worse than 9/11 and the 2008 financial crash, according to experts.

More than 250,000 stores that sell non-essential merchandise have temporarily shuttered since mid-March in response to the coronavirus pandemic.

Coresight Research predicts that 15,000 U.S. stores will permanently close this year, setting a new record and nearly doubling its earlier forecast of 8,000 store closings.

'Retail has hung a closed sign on the door literally and metaphorically,' Neil Saunders, managing director of GlobalData Retail, said.

Macy’s, Kohl’s and Gap Inc. all said at the end of March that they will stop paying tens of thousands of employees who were thrown out of work when the chains temporarily closed their stores and sales collapsed as a result of the pandemic.

Saunders added: 'This is the most catastrophic crisis that retail has faced — worse than the financial crisis in 2008, worse than 9/11. Almost overnight, the retail economy shifted from being about things people want to things that they need.'

As of Monday as many as 22,993 Americans had died from coronavirus.

An empty shopping cart in an empty parking lot at a Macy's department store in a mall which is closed to help prevent the spread of the coronavirus, in Paramus, New Jersey A closed Kohl's department store in Alameda, California. — Macy’s, Kohl’s and Gap Inc. all said they will stop paying tens of thousands of employees who were thrown out of work when the chains temporarily closed their stores and sales collapsed as a result of the pandemic A closed Gap clothing store in Oakland, California. More than 250,000 stores that sell non-essential merchandise have temporarily shuttered since mid-March in response to the coronavirus pandemic

Public health experts have warned the U.S. death toll could surge to more than 200,000 over the summer if the unprecedented stay-at-home orders that have closed businesses and kept most Americans indoors are lifted when they expire at the end of the month.

But long before there was a global coronavirus pandemic, brick-and-mortar retailers struggled to get people to walk through their doors instead of shopping online.

Around 60 per cent of overall U.S. retail square footage is currently shuttered. Now those retailers are faced with an even more Herculean task of how to stay on people's minds — and more importantly their pocketbooks — when many of their store doors are closed.

Some retailers have responded to the challenge by coming up with creative ways to stay relevant.

Nike, for instance, introduced workout apps in China when the coronavirus first surfaced there, resulting in an 80 per cent increase in users within the quarter and a 30 per cent increase in online sales. It's now pushing a similar campaign in the U.S. and Europe.

Yoga pants maker Lululemon is holding online classes in North America and Europe after gaining thousands of new followers in China on WeChat.

Lululemon CEO Calvin McDonald told analysts during a recent call that during its first week of closures in the U.S., it saw nearly 170,000 customers join Lululemon for its live classes.

Small businesses are also pivoting in order to hold onto customers.

Camp, a new toy chain that set itself apart from online retailers by doubling down on the physical experience, is hosting virtual birthday parties and creating curated gift boxes now that its five stores have gone dark.

Politics & Prose, a popular Washington D.C. bookstore, was also forced to temporarily close and is now starting to stream author talks online and offering a curbside pickup service.

'Many bookstores are known as havens for comfort and reassurance in difficult times,' said Bradley Graham, co-owner of the bookstore. 'But a pandemic is not like other crises. In a medical crisis like this, the idea of bringing people together becomes an anathema.'

Even discounters and wholesale clubs like Walmart and Costco that remain open so customers can still buy essential items like groceries and toilet paper have had to shift their offerings to focus on household goods while ignoring the racks of trendy clothing elsewhere in their stores.

But many mall-based clothing retailers like Gap, Kohl's and Macy's that were already struggling before the pandemic haven't been able to pivot successfully to online-only.

Although they have been expanding their presence, with clothing accounting for about 27 per cent of overall online sales last year, their businesses aren't built for their stores to remain shuttered for such a long stretch.

DailyMail.com has contacted Kohl's, Macy's and Gap for comment.

With spring merchandise piled up and nowhere to go, many chains are slashing prices anywhere from 40 per cent to 70 per cent.

Some like Gap and Ralph Lauren have temporarily stopped ordering for the fall season with no clear view of when stores will reopen.  A slew of retailers announced late last month they would have to stop paying a majority of their employees in order to preserve cash, although they would continue to cover their health benefits. A woman, with a face mask, crosses a street with her dog on an empty Park Avenue amid the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic in New York City on April 12 Analysts expect more furloughs to come as retailers scramble to pay their employees from fast-dwindling cash reserves. Labor is the single biggest monthly fixed cost for retailers, according to investment research firm Cowen & Co A closed Macy's retail store location in Wheaton, Maryland

New York City shops close and board up to prevent looting

Forrester Research retail analyst Sucharita Mulpuru says most mall-based retailers are not embracing services like curbside deliveries, which could help them hold onto at least some sales during the pandemic.  She also says they should be creating content online to lure their loyal credit card customers, although she acknowledges they're in survival mode.  But even those moves will only go so far to stem the bleeding and many retailers could end up shutting their doors for good.  Global brands have been looking to China, which is slowly emerging from the pandemic, to see what the future may hold.

Bricks-and-mortar retailers there are gradually reopening but face a possible permanent loss of customers to fast-growing online rivals after millions of families were confined to their homes for months in a country that already is one of the biggest e-commerce markets.

E-commerce accounted for 21.5 per cent of retail sales in January and February, up 5 per cent from a year earlier. By contrast, e-commerce was about 10 per cent of last year's U.S. retail spending, according to the Commerce Department.

Overall, e-commerce sales in the U.S. soared 38 per cent from March 12 to March 31 compared with its March 1 to March 11 baseline, the week before the World Health Organization announced that the COVID-19 was a pandemic, according to the most recent numbers by Adobe Analytics.

For Lee Walzer, a 56-year-old lawyer from Arlington, Virginia, shopping has been a low priority, whether it's online or in stores. He is only buying the essentials from his local grocery store and on Amazon as he hunkers down and works from home.

'I'm buying food and not much more,' Walzer said. 'Financially, no one knows what the economic landscape is going to look like in the next few months. Suddenly, the world has really shrunk. That is definitely having a big shopping impact for me.'

http://www.stationgossip.com/2020/04/could-macys-gap-and-kohls-collapse.html 

:: 4-14-20 www.facebook.com/BradleeDeanSOL/posts/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Bradlee Dean

April 14 at 2:30 PM ·

Since When Did Bill Gates Become the President of The United States? Then Why is Every Member on Donald Trump's Coronavirus Response Team Pushing His Vaccinations? (Videos) https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/since-when-did-bill-gates-b…/

https://www.facebook.com/BradleeDeanSOL/posts/2015139515283489 

:: 4--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID-19: Perfect Cover for Mandatory Biometric ID

Now that the state and its media have falsely characterized the coronavirus as a pandemic closing in on the 1918 flu pandemic (falsely attributed to Spain), it is time for the global elite and their technocrats to force not only highly-profitable (for Big Pharma) vaccines on the world but biometric IDs as well. “As countries begin to lift coronavirus lockdowns, biometric identification can help verify those who have already had the infection, and ensure that the vulnerable get the vaccine when it is launched, health and technology experts said,” reports Reuters. A biometric ID system can keep a record of [the infected] and those getting the vaccine, said Larry Dohrs, Southeast Asia head at iRespond, a Seattle-based nonprofit that launched its technology last month. The pretense for this—as it was for the US decimation of Libya, Syria, and Iraq—is “humanitarianism,” according to iRespond and Simprints, a British NGO partnered with Johns Hopkins University’s Global mHealth Initiative, the latter connected to the US military and its “Dark Winter” and “Event 201” pandemic scenarios (see Whitney Webb: All Roads Lead to Dark Winter). Total surveillance requires 24/7 monitoring of individuals—especially those included in the Main Core database of activists and political enemies of the state—and biometric technology introduced during the hysteria of an exaggerated health threat fits the bill.

ID2020—a project initiated by the Rockefeller Foundation, Bill Gates and Microsoft, transnational pharmaceutical corporations, and technology firms—is pushing the concept that every human on the planet needs biometric verification because “to prove who you are is a fundamental and universal human right,” according to the ID2020 website. ry Biometric ID

Guest Post by Kurt Nimmo COVID-19: Perfect Cover for Mandatory Biometric ID - Global Research

Now that the state and its media have falsely characterized the coronavirus as a pandemic closing in on the 1918 flu pandemic (falsely attributed to Spain), it is time for the global elite and their technocrats to force not only highly-profitable (for Big Pharma) vaccines on the world but biometric IDs as well. “As countries begin to lift coronavirus lockdowns, biometric identification can help verify those who have already had the infection, and ensure that the vulnerable get the vaccine when it is launched, health and technology experts said,” reports Reuters.

A biometric ID system can keep a record of [the infected] and those getting the vaccine, said Larry Dohrs, Southeast Asia head at iRespond, a Seattle-based nonprofit that launched its technology last month. The pretense for this—as it was for the US decimation of Libya, Syria, and Iraq—is “humanitarianism,” according to iRespond and Simprints, a British NGO partnered with Johns Hopkins University’s Global mHealth Initiative, the latter connected to the US military and its “Dark Winter” and “Event 201” pandemic scenarios (see Whitney Webb: All Roads Lead to Dark Winter).

Total surveillance requires 24/7 monitoring of individuals—especially those included in the Main Core database of activists and political enemies of the state—and biometric technology introduced during the hysteria of an exaggerated health threat fits the bill.

ID2020—a project initiated by the Rockefeller Foundation, Bill Gates and Microsoft, transnational pharmaceutical corporations, and technology firms—is pushing the concept that every human on the planet needs biometric verification because “to prove who you are is a fundamental and universal human right,” according to the ID2020 website.

Americas #1 Futurist George Gilder's 2020 Prediction Will Stun You

Internet Reboot 2020

What they really want is a fully standardized data collection and retrieval format, and cross-border sharing of identities of the entire population of the planet, in order for the stand-alone AI-powered command center to work without a hitch, and for purposes of calculating everyone’s potential contribution, and threat to the system,” explains OffGrid Healthcare. If you believe this is dangerously close to China’s “social credit” system, you’re not far off the mark. Introducing this totalitarian technology under the cover of a supposed pandemic rife with speculation and a dearth of hard numbers is a near-perfect cover for “patient ID technology” producing data on individuals shared with the state and its corporate partners. A vaccine ostensibly designed to combat COVID-19 will become mandatory and those who resist will be blacklisted as public health criminals. They will be locked out of society, similar to Chinese citizens suffering under China’s totalitarian social credit system.

Martin Armstrong believes the healthcare-industrial complex and the state will surreptitiously introduce a nanotech ID and tracking chip along with a cocktail of vaccine toxins, or they will sell it to the public as a way to identify those presumably infected. The proposal is a digital certificate that verifies if you have been vaccinated and was developed by MIT and Microsoft. They are looking at merging this with Bill Gates’ ID2020. It is entirely possible that this scare has been a deliberate plot to get people to accept these digital implants. Refuse, and you will be prohibited from social gatherings. Like 9/11 conditioned us to be x-rayed before entering a plane, now the next stage is to embed digital markers that they have been using in dogs and cats. COVID-19 is the perfect Trojan horse for a control freak state itching to not only micromanage the lives of ordinary citizens but also ferret out critics and potential adversaries and punish them as enemies of the state. The latter is the primary objective. History is replete with examples—from Stalin and Mao to Hitler and Mussolini, with lesser autocrats and dictators along the way. Reprinted with permission from Another Day in the Empire blog. The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/04/09/covid-19-perfect-cover-for-mandatory-biometric-id/ 

:: 4-9-20 Life Site News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AG Barr ‘very concerned’ about ‘personal liberty’ after Gates proposes digital vaccine certificates

'Eventually we will have some digital certificates to show who has recovered or been tested recently or when we have a vaccine who has received it,' Bill Gates said.

Thu Apr 9, 2020 - 11:06 am EST

WASHINGTON, D.C., April 9, 2020 (LifeSiteNews) – Following Bill Gates’ proposal for “digital certificates” proving a person has been vaccinated against the coronavirus, Attorney General William Barr said he was “very concerned about the slippery slope in terms of continuing encroachments on personal liberty.” Eventually we will have some digital certificates to show who has recovered or been tested recently or when we have a vaccine who has received it,” the Microsoft founder had speculated.

Barr added he was concerned about “the tracking of people and so forth, generally, especially going forward over a long period of time.” However, “appropriate, reasonable steps are fine,” he said. Reuters said that Bill Gates did not suggest launching “human-implantable capsules that have ‘digital certificates’ which can show who has been tested for the coronavirus and who has been vaccinated against it.” “Gates did mention the possibility of having a ‘digital certificate’ for health records ‘eventually,’ but he did not say these certificates would be ‘microchip implants,’” Reuters reported.

The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation stated, “The reference to ‘digital certificates’ relates to efforts to create an open source digital platform with the goal of expanding access to safe, home-based testing.” However, as outlined in a December 2019 Scientific American article, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation funded Massachusetts Institute of Technology research that suggested embedding vaccine records “directly into the skin” of children: “Along with the vaccine, a child would be injected with a bit of dye that is invisible to the naked eye but easily seen with a special cell-phone filter, combined with an app that shines near-infrared light onto the skin. The dye would be expected to last up to five years, according to tests on pig and rat skin and human skin in a dish.” Through his foundation, Gates has invested billions of dollars in vaccines. During a recent CBS interview, he said life after COVID-19 will not be the same “for some time,” or at least until the population is “widely vaccinated.” He predicted that people’s fear of large public gatherings would be closer to normal “once we have the vaccination,” possibly within 18 months. “Our foundation works a lot on diagnostics and vaccines,” said Gates. Vaccine producers are the ones “that can really get things back on track where we’re not worried about large public gatherings,” he claimed. According to Gates, “there’s a lot of dialogue between our foundation experts and the government,” about opening up life to normal activities after the pandemic is under control. “Which activities, like schools, have such benefit and can be done in a way that the risk of transmission is very low? And which activities, like mass gatherings, may be – in a certain sense – more optional? And so until you’re widely vaccinated, those may not come back at all.” Gates, an abortion supporter and population control advocate, has in the past spoken about what he sees as the role vaccines have in reducing the world’s population.

Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we lower that [the population] by perhaps 10 or 15 percent,” he said in a 2010 TED (Technology, Entertainment, Design) conference. Gates said during the CBS interview there are currently “seven or more” potential vaccines that look promising to combat the COVID-19 pandemic. In order to have billions of doses of the vaccine ready to go as soon as possible, Gates proposed to build factories mass-producing each of the potential vaccines while testing is being done. In the end, “only probably two of the vaccines will be the ones we go ahead with,” he admitted, pointing to the enormous risks involved in making his plan a reality. Some parents worry that whatever coronavirus vaccination is developed will become mandatory, overriding any objections based on parental rights, health reasons, or religious concerns. Many vaccines are made using cells from aborted babies, and at least two coronavirus vaccines under development are using them as well.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/ag-barr-very-concerned-about-personal-liberty-after-gates-proposes-digital-vaccine-certificates

[:: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 4-14-20 Silver Doctors :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Meanwhile, World War III May Be Brewing While We’re Distracted By The Coronavirus

April 14, 2020

We now have yet another situation that could result in a third world war, potentially moving all the way toward a nuclear confrontation between…

by Brandon Turbeville via The Organic Prepper

Those who are paying close attention to the pandemic may have missed that another potential killer is brewing across the ocean. In Syria today, there is the real and looming threat of a third world war. Not only is Syria fighting Western-backed terrorists on its territory, there are many more players involved on Syrian soil – from the Russians and Iranians to the Americans, Turks, and Israelis and, with the recent Turkish actions, all of those players could very well come to blows. It’s well-known to geopolitical scholars that the world is already in global conflict. With the United States, NATO, Israel, EU, and the Gulf States loosely united against the “multi-polar” world of Russia, China, Iran and a growing host of “target” nations that prefer the carrot over the stick, the globe is already in a quiet world war, though the major powers have yet to publicly declare it on one another. As it stands currently, the global conflict is more akin to the Cold War where color revolutions and proxy wars are the order of the day. However, the quiet war can only remain quiet for so long, until one side begins to see that it is the inevitable loser. Then the quiet war becomes loud. When the Western powers initiated the war against Syria in 2011, it was largely expected and intended to go the way of the Libyan disaster that just ended. However, with the unity of Syrian culture, Syrian government leadership and, most importantly, Russia entering into the war on the side of the Syrian government, the quick destruction of the Syrian state has resulted in a nine year war that has seen Syria turn the tide on the largest and most effective military state in the world. But while Syria has been defeating Western backed terrorists on its own territory, there are a number of players now involved in the country that could very well find themselves in direct confrontation with one another, leading their proxy forces into a larger much more destructive and global war. Summation of events After having dispatched troops to the terrorist haven of Idlib, Syria as the Syrian military engaged in a massive push to liberate the region. Turkey has since come to the rescue of the embattled terrorists, launching drone attacks, airstrikes, and ground forces into Syrian territory. Turkey established a number of “observation points,” that the Syrian military, during the process of liberation early on in the Battle of Idlib, surrounded. The Syrian military did not disturb these posts or harm any Turkish soldiers. However, that all changed when the Syrian and Russian air forces began bombing terrorist targets. Those airstrikes killed a number of Turkish soldiers who had been embedded with terrorist groups. Turkey then played victim and Erdogan sent more Turkish soldiers and engaged in airstrikes against the Syrian military. Later, another Syrian airstrikes killed yet more Turkish soldiers who were also embedded with terrorists, resulting in a forceful Turkish response of drone attacks and airstrikes and the further progression of Turkish troops onto Syrian soil. Syria managed to shoot down a number of Turkish drones but other airstrikes have since avoided hits from the Syrian air defenses. Israel has also stepped up its attacks on Syria, claiming to be targeting “Iranian” assets but really attacking forces assisting Syria in the fight against terrorism. In fact, Israel recently announced that it has a plan to remove Iran from Syria in the next 12 months. Thus, with Turkey attacking from the North and Israel attacking from the Southwest and, of course, the American troop presence in the Northeast, Syria is now facing a “multi-front war.  ”Moscow and Ankara have since agreed upon yet another “ceasefire” agreement in order to stop the erratic and possibly insane Erdogan from pushing forward any further inside Syria and resulting in a full-on direct war between the two. That ceasefire, however, even as I write this article is quickly unraveling as a number of the groups that are a party to it have yet to stop shelling and launching attacks upon the Syrian army and the latter cannot simply sit by while being fired upon by Turkey’s “rebels” nor can it continue to abide attacks by terrorist groups not even included in the ceasefire but who are continually launching attacks as against the SAA as well.  PossibilitiesTurkey vs Syria /Israel vs Syria/ Israel vs Iran/ Russia vs Turkey/ US vs Iran/ US vs Syria/ US vs Russia/ WW3 So we now have yet another situation in Syria that could result in a third world war, potentially moving all the way toward a nuclear confrontation between Russia and the United States. This time, there are a number of possibilities that could see the spread of conflict. Turkey vs Syria – With the Turkish invasion of Syria it stands to reason that both parties will see direct clashes. However, both of these nations have powerful allies and backers – Turkey has the United States, Israel, and NATO (of which it is a member) while Syria has Russia and Iran. While the threat of a Turkish-Syrian clash may be contained in and of itself, any attempt by Syria to defend itself against Turkey, particularly if that response is taken on Turkish territory, could then trigger the “mutual defense” pact of all NATO states, something Turkey has repeatedly attempted to implement. A full NATO response would then see NATO forces facing Russian forces in Syria, at least at first. Israel vs. Syria – Ever since 2011 when the crisis in Syria began, Israel has not only been supporting terrorists via intelligence, weaponry, and medical treatment, but it has also acted as another wing of al-Qaeda’s air force, routinely bombing Syrian government forces and installations. Over the past few years, Israel has stepped up its attacks until strikes against Iranian, Hezbollah, and Syrian (often whatever target Israel chooses labeled as “Iranian”) are an almost weekly occurrence. Israel, whatever its claims may be, is already at war with Syria. Should there be a Syrian response, however, it is likely that the one-sided US-Israel relationship that allows Israel to fight to the last American will be triggered, bringing in US forces en masse, putting them at risk for a direct confrontation with Russia. US vs RussiaAll the possible scenarios (and there are many more than the two mentioned above, focus around the possibility of American and Russian troops clashing and thus resulting in a wider, third world war. While both Trump and Putin have proven to have cooler heads than many may at first suspect, there are nonetheless instances of brinkmanship that could very well have resulted in a crossing over the line. In the past several months, Syrian soldiers have turned back illegal American patrols and refused to allow them to pass through Syrian military checkpoints. In response, US forces have turned back Russian patrols and Russians have done likewise. The situations have become increasingly tense, with some unconfirmed reports of a fist-fight breaking out between American and Russian forces. Ironically, this is the first direct clash of the two world powers if the reports are true. The checkpoint tensions reached a tipping point when the US attempted to pass through a Syrian village and were met with Syrian protesters and rock throwers. American troops responded with gunfire resulting in the death of a Syrian teenager but also in the village engaging the troops in battle. Russian forces quickly intervened to end the fight.  Thus, the world is yet again held hostage to the possibility of global conflagration as a result of Western aims in Syria and an agenda that is attempting to march forward despite credible and capable opposition. COVID19 and Spanish Flu These clashes and potential clashes come in the context now of a global pandemic that is being used to justify the shutdown of entire nations and the world economy. There is, of course, precedent when it comes to world war and pandemic. For instance, the 1918 Spanish Flu that killed millions of people worldwide came on the heels of World War 1 which left many places in the world ravaged with destruction, famine, and vastly reduced living standards. The high use of chemical weapons, particularly those which affect the human immune system,[1] also played a part in the virulent spread of the Spanish Flu. Although many theories have been proposed regarding the source of the pandemic (including the possibility that it was created on a military base in Kansas), it is without a doubt the living conditions of the world that provided a fertile ground for its spread and severity. With this in mind, however, it is important to take a look at the conditions in which we find ourselves in the present day with respect to pandemics or, at the very least, the possibility of pandemics. The United States and the world finds itself in an economic depression. For some countries, particularly the United States, living standards have been vastly reduced compared to those which previous generations have experienced. While technology may have advanced, the applications of that technology in most areas other than entertainment have been intentionally withheld from general society. It is also an unfortunate fact that some parts of the world have never had high living standards to lose. Whenever the West catches a cold, Africa catches pneumonia. The Middle East is in the process of being destroyed and Asia remains a pit of slave labor, crowded living conditions, and inadequate infrastructure. Regardless of what you might think of the COVID-19 hysteria and the responses to it, it is undeniable that the world is in complete turmoil, a situation in which war and disease are always ready to join hands.[1] Tenpenny, Sherri. FOWL!: Bird Flu: It’s Not What You Think. Insight. 2006.

About Brandon Brandon Turbeville writes for TheOrganicPrepper.com and his own website, BrandonTurbeville.com He is the author of ten books, Codex Alimentarius — The End of Health Freedom, 7 Real Conspiracies, Five Sense Solutions and Dispatches From a Dissident, volume 1 and volume 2, The Road to Damascus: The Anglo-American Assault on Syria, The Difference It Makes: 36 Reasons Why Hillary Clinton Should Never Be President, and Resisting The Empire: The Plan To Destroy Syria And How The Future Of The World Depends On The Outcome. His books can be found in the bookstore at BrandonTurbeville.com and on Amazon.

Turbeville has published over 1500 articles on a wide variety of subjects including health, economics, government corruption, civil liberties and, most notably, geopolitics and the Syrian crisis. His most recent release is a book of poetry, “Dance, Amputee.”

Take on the markets w/ confidence. E*TRADE's easy to use tools help make trading quicker & simpler.

https://www.silverdoctors.com/headlines/world-news/meanwhile-world-war-iii-may-be-brewing-while-were-distracted-by-the-coronavirus/ 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 4-14-20 Express Informer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tornadoes left 1 million homes and businesses destroyed as people are put in hotels due to COVID-19

April 14, 2020 Express Informer

Deadly tornadoes that ripped through the South this weekend destroyed 1 million homes and businesses from Texas to the Carolinas, as those left homeless in some cases were moved into hotels because opening shelters was too risky because of the coronavirus outbreak. The storms which struck on Easter Sunday left at least 31 dead and destroyed hundreds of buildings in Monroe, Louisiana, alone. Monroe Mayor Jamie Mayo was forced to ask hotels to make rooms available for people who were left homeless by the storms when it became clear that the deadly flu-like virus, also known as COVID-19, would make it too dangerous to open emergency shelters. Deadly tornadoes that ripped through the South this weekend destroyed 1 million homes and businesses from Texas to the Carolinas. Residents comb through the wreckage of a collapsed house in Monroe, Louisiana People left homeless in some cases were moved into hotels because opening shelters was too risky because of the coronavirus outbreak. Residents review the damage in Monroe, Louisiana, where at least 31 people died and hundreds of homes and businesses were destroyed Debris buried cars in Monroe, Louisiana, which saw hundreds of buildings destroyed A home in Monroe, Louisiana, is partially collapsed after tornadoes ripped through the area The Monroe Regional Airport is in ruins after tornadoes ripped through Louisiana and other states across the south Airplanes are buried under debris caused by tornadoes that struck the Monroe Regional Airport complex In Chattanooga, dozens of residents from an assisted living home were evacuated by bus to a nearby hotel after the facility’s roof was heavily damaged in the storm, reports CNN. First responders and other rescuers in areas already overwhelmed by the pandemic were inundated with calls for help. The Hamilton 911 center had more than 1,300 calls, with 500 calls related to collapsed structures, Amy Maxwell, a spokeswoman for the Hamilton County Office of Emergency Management, told CNN. Across the states there have been more than 588, cases of the coronavirus, which has been blamed for more than 23,000 deaths. Across the states there have been more than 588,000 cases of the coronavirus, which has been blamed for more than 23,000 deaths Sheila Varnado pauses before she attempts to salvage personal items from her tornado-ravaged home in Bassfield, Mississippi Tyler Heath sets a drill down on the sill of a broken window in the tornado-ravaged home of his cousin-in-law’s in Seminary, Mississippi An overturned car rests about 100 feet from a bar and grill in Bassfield, Mississippi An American flag waves on the front lawn of what remains of Ernie Harrell’s home and workshops in Collins, Mississippi The outbreak also had delivered a blow to the ranks at the Salvation Army, said Jeff Jellets, the organization’s Southern Territory Disaster Coordinator, since many volunteers are retired, and being older, are more at risk to the virus. ‘We had to look at our typical cadre of workers and shrink it’ to keep everyone safe, Jellets said. Providing food to tornado victims also had become problematic, Jellets added, as supplies were already exhausted and stores, not being open as many hours as they were before the outbreak, still had empty shelves waiting to be restocked. Instead, the Salvation Army turned to restaurants to provide food to those in need. ‘As we move forward, I think that will become our new normal,’ Jellets said. The organization has now responded to three disasters since the start of the outbreak, including this weekend’s. Prior, there were tornadoes in Arkansas and Tennessee recently. ‘It’s almost becoming the new normal for us,’ Jellets said. Two men talk in front of a home destroyed by a tornado near Nixville, South Carolina Monique Best took pictures with her phone of her car buried under a tree that fell in the Lexington Apartments where she lives in East Point, Georgia Emma Pritchett’s home in Chatsworth, Georgia, after it was destroyed by a tornado Emma Pritchett wipes a tear away as she looks through her damaged home in Chatsworth, Georgia, after tornadoes ripped through the area Alabama, despite the state’s stay-at-home order, took the risk and opened shelters. ‘Shelters and community safe rooms should remain open and accessible to all individuals seeking refuge from this severe weather, while implementing reasonable practices and procedures to prevent the spread of Covid-19 among those seeking shelter,’ Gov. Kay Ivey said. There also were some Alabama cities housing the homeless in ‘hardened shelters,’ not community centers or churches, out of concern of exposure to the virus. In Louisiana, Gov. John Bel Edwards requested that FEMA allow assessments to be done with photographs to also reduce the risks of people becoming infected.

https://expressinformer.com/tornadoes-left-1-million-homes-and-businesses-destroyed-as-people-are-put-in-hotels-due-to-covid-19/ 

:: 4-11-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 7-step Recipe For Creating Vaccine Demand

189,900 views

•Apr 11, 2020   Amazing Polly   258K subscribers

The Center For Disease Control has become the Marketing arm of "Global Heath's" vaccine mania. What person is the main Vaccine Maniac? Bill Gates. RFK Jr seems to agree. Lots of info in this video.

To support my work, you can contribute through Paypal or via Regular mail:

paypal: https://paypal.me/PollyStGeorge 

or PO Box: amazingpolly.net/contact/html 

References: Huffpo Article Marketing FLU Vaccines:  https://www.huffingtonpost.ca/lawrenc... 

RFK Jr instagram posts https://www.fort-russ.com/2020/04/rob... 

Vaccine Fevers: https://cpi.probeinternational.org/20... 

Grady Prof Nowak: https://grady.uga.edu/grady-college-p... 

VIDEO The Next News Network Gates / St Louis Fed guy: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XMkZ5... 

VIDEO Bill Gates Foege: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qgZwr... 

Task Force Global Health: https://taskforce.org/who-we-are/ 

CNBC: https://www.cnbc.com/2020/03/18/coron... 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JR8gw6GLwug&feature=emb_logo 

:: 4-13-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Big Pharma Coup Has Taken Over the Presidency

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, April 13, 2020 - 17:35.

President Trump has lost control of the Executive Branch of the government. This article will demonstrate that he is no longer in control. His supposed underlings are undermining his authority. In particular, the Democratic governors are blocking Trump's endorsement of anti-viral drugs to treat COVID-19 because profits do not flow back to his underlings, who have blatant conflict of interests and in particular, Bill Gates, and the vaccine empire. Further, Trump's underlings, Fauci in particular, are publicly berating the President and the President seems unable to do anything about it except to say these people should be fired. Even if Trump rediscovered his Presidential backbone, it is too late. We have reached over 50% unemployment. The stimulus is like bailing out the Titanic with a teaspoon and will not stave off the planned Greatest Depression. Famine is in our future, as has been repeatedly demonstrated in past articles on the CSS. The MSM has successfully blamed Trump for the crisis and soon, he will not be electable. All of social media heavily censors any contrary facts to this coup's cover story, such as the fact that EVERY person on the COVID-19 team has a major conflict of interest which is fed by vaccine profits. Even the President's allies, such as Sen. Ron Johnson, cannot seem to motivate the President to action. At the time of this writing, it is difficult to absolutely pinpoint when the President's administration was hijacked, but it is apparent. for all who have eyes to see, that is exactly what has happened. Physicians and Key Legislators Want Anti-Viral Drugs to be Used Against the Coronavirus Sen. Ron Johnson, sent President Trump a letter Friday from more than 700 physicians urging him to expand the use of hydroxychloroquine for coronavirus outpatients by removing federal and state restrictions limiting the drug’s use to hospitals. Johnson noted that he forwarded the physicians anti-viral drug use request to the White House after 776 physicians, just 14 hours after he began circulating the petition. The petition asks Mr. Trump to issue presidential directives allowing doctors to “fight with all the weapons we have at hand” and that would include the anti-viral classification of drugs. Johnson and the 776 physicians stated that doctors in the fight against the coronavirus “must be free to use the medicines at hand free of politicians and bureaucrats’ second-guessing and threats. It is unprecedented and lethal and for state governors and medical boards to forbid physicians’ freedom to prescribe long-approved and safely used medications.” If the physicians letter to Trump contained a recommendation for the widespread use of a Bill Gates vaccine, the previous paragraph would not have been written.

From #RobertFKennedyJr‘s Instagram post #Vaccines, for #BillGates, are a strategic philanthropy that feed his many vaccine-related businesses (including #Microsoft’s ambition to control a global vac ID enterprise) and give him dictatorial control over global health policy—the spear tip of corporate neo-imperialism. Fauci and Team's Criminal Behavior

Anthony Fauci, serves on the Board of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. This is illegal and he Fauci should not only be fired, he should be prosecuted. Does that mean that Attorney General Barr is compromised? The answer is a resounding yes!!! In fact everyone of Fauci's team has a conflict interest. The CDC'[s Redfield has had research credited to him through the use of the Gates Foundation Money. The Surgeon General had his medical schoool education paid for by Eli Lilly. Mnuchin was Skull and Bones and is intimately associated with Eli Lilly and the Gates Foundation. There is nobody on the COVID 19 team that does not have a blatant conflict of interest. Fauci is America’s most-listened-to medical professional on the coronavirus, and apparently on all the political, economic, cultural and social precautions every man, woman and child in the nation should take on the coronavirus, has just warned what cooler-head coronavirus watchers have suspected all along: that this country may never, no never, go back to normal. He is tied to the Bill Gates Vaccine Industrial Complex. Gates has also said we will not get back to normal for 18 months. By then, America will not be recognizable. However, in 18 months, Gates will have the deadly and dreaded vaccine ready. All of the COVID-19 team are dedicated to a vaccine created by a man who is being sued by India for the deaths and mutation caused by his polio vaccine. With the damage that is coming form the COVID-19 vaccine, there will be no court that one will be able to Bill Gates and the vaccine industry because the coup will be complete.

Lies and Damn Lies President Trump began to close Chinese travel to the US when Fauci was calling for Trump to leave things alone. On 2/29/2020, Fauci said it was important to not overreact to CV-19. Now Fauci is openly criticizing Fauci on CNN when he said the President did not act soon enough and he could have saved lives if he would have acted sooner. Fauci should immediately be fired because above all else, Fauci is lying and he is also lying about the President. Secondly, the President is his boss and he is criticizing his boss in public.

Donald J. Trump✔@realDonaldTrump ++

Sorry Fake News, it’s all on tape. I banned China long before people spoke up. Thank you @OANN https://twitter.com/deanna4congress/status/1249457858686656512  … 

DeAnna Lorraine ??✔@DeAnna4Congress Fauci is now saying that had Trump listened to the medical experts earlier he could've saved more lives.

Fauci was telling people on February 29th that there was nothing to worry about and it posed no threat to the US public at large.

Time to #FireFauci... 91.2K 3:51 PM - Apr 12, 2020 Twitter Ads info and privacy

45.7K people are talking about this

The Undeniable Big Pharma Coup Against the President

There will be forthcoming promises to open the country for business. But mark my words, it will be a token gesture designed to mitigate any coming civil unrest. It will be just like Q's promise of 65,000 indictments that will be coming tomorrow and tomorrow never comes. Trump has been President for over three years and there has not been one meaningful arrest and it strongly appears that is will never be the case. Ladies and gentlemen, you have a front row seat for a coup. Please read the tweet by the President that is circulating in which he is calling for the firing of Fauci. Trump is the President, at least in name, why doesn't he fire Fauci himself? After all, he is the President. Or shall we state the obvious, he is no longer the President and has no real power. Or is it more accurate to see he was the President, but that is no longer the case. His own son-in-law, Jared Kushner, put together the conflicted COVID-19 team as Kushner is in bed with George Soros and Bill Gates as they push the vaccine agenda including the planned issuance of a global ID for vaccine compliance. Welcome to The Brave New World! This is the biggest scam in world history and this marks the first successful coup against an American President without the use of the assassination card? And amazingly, this coup was militarily based, it was orchestrated and carried out by the medical industrial complex. It is a Big Pharma coup!

Here are more details.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/big-pharma-coup-has-taken-over-presidency 

:: 4-13-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Roger Stone: Bill Gates may have created coronavirus to microchip people

By Bob Fredericks April 13, 2020 | 2:49pm | Updated

Roger Stone suggested Monday that Bill Gates may have had a hand in the creation of coronavirus so that he could plant microchips in people’s heads to know who has and has not been tested for COVID-19. “Whether Bill Gates played some role in the creation and spread of this virus is open for vigorous debate. I have conservative friends who say it’s ridiculous and others say absolutely,” Stone told Joe Piscopo, host of the radio program “The Answer” on 970 AM, who had asked about conspiracy theories regarding the pandemic. “He and other globalists are using it for mandatory vaccinations and microchipping people so we know if they’ve been tested. Over my dead body. Mandatory vaccinations? No way, Jose!” Stone told a fawning Piscopo, who referred to President Trump’s longtime adviser as “a legend.” Gates has long been an outspoken advocate for preparing for a global health crisis like coronavirus. Stone also weighed in on the presidential race, calling Joe Biden “an exceptionally weak candidate. The guy’s just not all there.” Asked by the former “Saturday Night Live” star whether Gov. Andrew Cuomo would be a better candidate than Biden, Stone said a Cuomo candidacy was not likely to happen. “I think he’s done a very good job. He’s enhanced his position with the public. He’s a strong communicator, he speaks the people’s language,” he said of Cuomo. “In order for Cuomo to emerge, Biden would have to get hit by a bus, [and] God forbid we’re not for that. I think [a Cuomo nomination is] a fantasy by the Democrats who see Biden as an intrinsically weak candidate.” But he also said Trump was no shoo-in — especially if the economy remains in the toilet because of the pandemic. “Anybody who tells you what’s going to happen in 2020 doesn’t know what they are talking about,” he said.

I believe the president will be elected, but I think it’ll be a tougher fight than people think.” Stone, who was sentenced in February to 40 months in the slammer following his conviction last fall for lying to Congress and threatening a witness while working on Trump’s 2016 campaign, said he prayed daily to cope with being cooped up at home under the Sunshine State’s stay-at-home order.  “Like most Americans, we’re hunkered down. It gives you time to spend with the family, time to write, and pray. It has its pluses, but every gym in Florida is closed, when I can’t go to the gym, it drives me crazy,” the 67-year-old Stone said. “Praying is a big part of my daily ritual. You just put things in His hands and it takes a lot of pressure off you and you can see the path forward very clearly,” he continued. “Not going to Mass on Easter Sunday, that’s the first time in my life I missed Mass. I watched the pope. I’m not particularly crazy about this pope’s politics,” he said, though he found the service moving.

https://nypost.com/2020/04/13/roger-stone-bill-gates-may-have-created-coronavirus-to-microchip-people/ 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 4-14-20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea 'fires multiple suspected cruise missiles'

South Korea says the projectiles were fired from the North's eastern Kangwon province on Tuesday morning.

14 Apr 2020

North Korea has fired a salvo of suspected cruise missiles towards the Sea of Japan, according to South Korea's military, in a major show of force on the eve of a key state anniversary in the North and parliamentary elections in the South. The back-to-back launches from the ground and air on Tuesday were the most high-profile among a series of weapon tests that North Korea has conducted recently amid stalled nuclear talks and outside worries about a possible coronavirus outbreak in the country. More: N Korea's Kim in major reshuffle as country steps up virus fight  N Korea confirms 'successful' missile tests; fourth in a month  Alarm and scepticism over N Korea claim of being coronavirus free

North Korean troops based in the eastern coastal city of Munchon in Kangwon province first launched several projectiles - presumed to be cruise missiles - on Tuesday morning, South Korea's joint chiefs of staff (JCS) said in a statement. The weapons flew more than 150 kilometres (93 miles) off the North's east coast, the JCS said. If confirmed, it would be North Korea's first cruise missile launch since June 2017, said a South Korean defence official, who spoke to The Associated Press news agency on condition of anonymity, citing department rules. North Korea also flew multiple Sukhoi-variant and MiG fighter jets above the eastern coastal city of Wonsan, which fired multiple air-to-ground rockets, a spokesman for the South Korean military told AFP. "South Korea and US intelligence authorities are closely analysing related issues," the JCS statement said. The launches came a day before North Korea marks the 108th birthday of its late founder, Kim Il Sung, the grandfather of current leader Kim Jong Un. They also came a day ahead of South Korean parliamentary elections. In recent weeks, North Korea has test-launched a variety of missiles and other weapons amid deadlocked nuclear negotiations with the United States. Last month, it fired nine ballistic missiles in four rounds of tests, according to analysts. It is unusual for Pyongyang to launch cruise missiles, and most of the weapons it had tested recently were ballistic missiles or long-range artillery shells. With Tuesday's launches, North Korea was demonstrating that it had "various options" when it came to weapons delivery systems, said Cha Du-Hyeogn, a senior researcher at the Asan Institute for Policy Studies. "Ballistic missiles demonstrate destructive power while cruise missiles show accuracy," he told AFP. "Until now North Korea has shown its force, and now it is demonstrating accuracy in striking targets." In June 2017, North Korea hailed the successful test of what it called a new type of surface-to-ship cruise missile designed to hit "any enemy group of battleships" that threatened the country. That launch hit targets in the Sea of Japan, it said, and took place the week after two US aircraft carriers, the USS Carl Vinson and USS Ronald Reagan, took part in naval manoeuvres in the area. Those missiles flew about 200km (124 miles), which analysts said was an improvement on a 2015 test that flew only 100km (62 miles). On Sunday, North Korean state media reported Kim had visited an airbase and observed drills by the country's fighter jets and attack aircraft. North Korea is subject to multiple United Nations Security Council sanctions over its banned weapons programmes.

SOURCE: Al Jazeera and news agencies

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/04/north-korea-fires-multiple-suspected-cruise-missiles-200414052712557.html 

[ :: 6-8-05 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. storms and lots of tornadoes, you shall see baseball and softball size hail. etc..

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 4-14-20 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tornadoes Rip US South, Kill at Least 30

Tuesday, 14 April 2020 07:12 AM

Storms that killed more than 30 people in the Southeast, piling fresh misery atop a pandemic, spread across the eastern United States on Monday, leaving more than 1 million homes and businesses without power amid floods and mudslides. In Alabama, people seeking shelter from tornadoes huddled in community shelters, protective masks covering their faces to guard against the new coronavirus. A twister demolished a Mississippi home save for a concrete room where a married couple and their children survived unharmed, but 11 others died in the state. About 85 miles (137 kilometers) from Atlanta in the mountains of north Georgia, Emma and Charles “Peewee” Pritchett laid still in their bed praying as a suspected twister splintered the rest of their home. “I said, ‘If we’re gonna die I’m going to be beside him,’” the woman said Monday. Both survived without injuries. Nine died in South Carolina, Gov. Gov. Henry McMaster said, and coroners said eight were killed in Georgia. Tennessee officials said three people were killed in and around Chattanooga, and others died under falling trees or inside collapsed buildings in Arkansas and North Carolina. With a handful of tornadoes already confirmed in the South and storms still raging up the Eastern Seaboard, forecasters fanned out to determine how much of the widespread damage was caused by twisters. Mississippi Gov. Tate Reeves said the storms were “as bad or worse than anything we’ve seen in a decade.” “We are used to tornadoes in Mississippi,” he said. “No one is used to this.” Georgia Gov. Brian Kemp said some storm victims already were out of work because of shutdowns caused by COVID-19. "Now they have lost literally everything they own,” he said. Striking first on Easter across a landscape largely emptied by coronavirus stay-at-home orders, the storm front forced some uncomfortable decisions. Alabama Gov. Kay Ivey suspended social distancing rules, and some people wearing protective masks huddled closely together in storm shelters. The storms blew onward through the night, causing flooding and mudslides in mountainous areas, and knocking out electricity for nearly 1.3 million customers in a path from Texas to Maine, according to poweroutages.us. As much as 6 inches (15 centimeters) of rain fell over the weekend in the Tennessee Valley. The Tennessee Valley Authority said it expected to release water to regulate levels in swollen lakes and rivers in Tennessee and Alabama. In southeast Mississippi, Andrew Phillips crowded into a closet-sized “safe room” with his wife and two sons hours after watching an online Easter service because the pandemic forced their church to halt regular worship. Then a twister struck, shredding their house, meat-processing business and vehicles in rural Moss, Mississippi. The room, built of sturdy cinder blocks, was the only thing on their property left standing. “I’m just going to let the insurance handle it and trust in the good Lord,” said Phillips. The National Weather Service tallied hundreds of reports of trees down across the region, including many that punctured roofs and downed power lines. Meteorologists warned the mid-Atlantic states to prepare for potential tornadoes, wind and hail. The storms knocked down trees across Pennsylvania.

In northwest Georgia, a narrow path of destruction 5 miles (8 kilometers) long hit two mobile home parks. A terrified David Baggett of Chatsworth survived by cowering with his children in the bathtub of his mobile home, which was cut in two by a falling tree. “It got quiet and then the wind started coming in really fast,” said Baggett, 33. To the north in Chattanooga, Tennessee, at least 150 homes and commercial buildings were damaged and more than a dozen people treated, but none of their injuries appeared to be life-threatening, Fire Chief Phil Hyman said. It wasn't clear whether the combination of destroyed housing and social distancing requirements would lead to problems for tornado survivors, some of whom said they planned to stay with relatives. The deaths in Mississippi included a married couple — Lawrence County Sheriff’s deputy Robert Ainsworth and a Walthall County Justice Court deputy clerk, Paula Reid Ainsworth, authorities said. “Robert left this world a hero, as he shielded Mrs. Paula during the tornado,“ said a Facebook message by the sheriff’s office. In Louisiana, Gov. John Bel Edwards said it was “a miracle” that no serious injuries or fatalities resulted from the Sunday tornadoes that damaged hundreds of homes around Monroe and in other parts of north Louisiana. But he lamented that because of coronavirus-related mandates, he felt he had to keep his distance from victims whose properties were devastated. In north Alabama, where lightning struck Shoal Creek Baptist Church shortly after noon Sunday, catching the tall, white steeple on fire, pastor Mahlon LeCroix said the building would have been full of more than 200 people at the time had the pandemic not forced him to switch to online services. “It turned out to be a blessing,” he said.

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/severe-weather-south/2020/04/13/id/962595/ 

:: 4-13-20 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ukraine wildfires creep closer to Chernobyl

By John Bowden - 04/13/20 08:36 PM EDT

Wildfires in Ukraine reached an area less than a mile and a half from where some of the most dangerous waste from the Chernobyl nuclear disaster is stored, according to an environmental group and Monday media reports. Greenpeace Russia officials told Reuters that satellite images of wildfires blazing near the abandoned town of Pripyat show the burn areas to be much larger than Ukrainian officials have claimed publicly, and now sit 0.6 miles from the site of the disaster itself. “According to satellite images taken on Monday, the area of the largest fire has reached 34,400 hectares,” Greenpeace said. Greenpeace officials added that a second wildfire much closer to the destroyed nuclear plan now sits at 12,600 hectares, according to Reuters, which noted that Ukrainian officials said earlier this month that the fire only affected 20 hectares. Ukrainian officials reportedly did not respond to requests for comment on Greenpeace's claims. An official with the country's top agency in charge of the region surrounding the Chernobyl power plant added to the Associated Press, however, that officials “cannot say the fire is contained." “We have been working all night, digging firebreaks around the plant to protect it from fire,” the official said. Video and images obtained by the news service shows large swaths of trees in the country's exclusion zone, largely uninhabited due to radiation, burning as firefighters work to control the blaze. The region has reportedly experienced unusually dry weather in recent months, while local police have said that a 27-year-old resident deliberately started the blaze.

https://thehill.com/policy/energy-environment/492624-ukraine-wildfires-creep-closer-to-chernobyl 

:: 4-13-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Xi Jinping’s China did this

The corrupt, criminal regime wasted 40 days blocking information while it crushed domestic dissent and ensured COVID-19 would become a global pandemic

By Irwin Cotler and Judith Abitan 12 April 2020, 3:01 pm

There is authoritative and compelling evidence — including a study from the University of Southampton — that if interventions in China had been conducted three weeks earlier, transmission of COVID-19 could have been reduced by 95 percent. For 40 days, President Xi Jinping’s CPC concealed, destroyed, falsified, and fabricated information about the rampant spread of COVID-19 through its state-sanctioned massive surveillance and suppression of data; its misrepresentation of information; its silencing and criminalizing of its dissent; and its disappearance of its whistleblowers. In late December 2019, Dr. Ai Fen, director of the Emergency Department at the Central Hospital of Wuhan — “The Whistle-Giver” — disseminated information about COVID-19 to several doctors, one of whom was Dr. Li Wenliang, and eight of whom were later arrested. Dr. Ai has recently disappeared. Dr. Ai also detailed efforts to silence her in a story titled, “The one who supplied the whistle,” published in China’s People (Renwu) magazine in March. The article has since been removed.

On January 1, 2020, Dr. Li Wenliang — the “hero” and “awakener” — was reprimanded for spreading rumors, and was summoned to sign a statement accusing him of making false statements that disturbed the public order. Seven other people were arrested on similar charges. Their fate is still unknown.

On January 4, 2020, Dr. Ho Pak Leung — president of the University of Hong Kong’s Centre for Infection — indicated that it was highly probable that COVID-19 spread from human-to-human, and urged the implementation of a strict monitoring system.

For weeks, the Wuhan Municipal Health Commission declared that preliminary investigations did not show any clear evidence of human-to-human transmission.

On January 14, 2020, the WHO reaffirmed China’s statement, and on January 22, 2020, Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus praised the CPC’s handling of the outbreak, commending China’s Minister of Health for his cooperation, and President Xi and Premier Li for their invaluable leadership and intervention.

On January 23, 2020, Chinese authorities announced their first steps to quarantine Wuhan. By then, it was too late. Millions of people had already visited Wuhan and left during the Chinese New Year, and a significant number of Chinese citizens had traveled overseas as asymptomatic carriers. On February 23, 2020, Ren Zhiqiang — former real estate tycoon and longstanding critic of the CPC — wrote in an essay that he “saw not an emperor standing there exhibiting his ‘new clothes,’ but a clown stripped naked who insisted he continue being emperor.” He spoke of a “crisis of governance” and the strict limits on free speech, which had magnified the COVID-19 epidemic. He has also gone missing, and it has recently been reported that the CPC has opened an investigation against him. The world would have been more prepared and able to combat COVID-19 had it not been for President Xi’s authoritarian regime’s widespread and systematic pattern of sanitizing the massive domestic repression of its people. Forty days of silence and suppression cost Italy — the epicenter of Europe’s COVID-19 pandemic — a death toll of 12%, more than double that of China’s, followed by Spain with a fatality rate of 9%. As we write, the United States — whose presidential leadership has been wanting — has become the pandemic’s new epicenter, and there is heightened concern about what could become of developing countries like India, and South Africa’s immunosuppressed population of over 10 million. While global infections continue to surge relentlessly upwards, China — ironically — is now considered safer than the majority of countries. The South Korean model — where it pioneered drive-through COVID-19 testing centers collecting swabs from over 15,000 people a day, and quarantining the infected immediately thereafter — is one of the only precedents and case studies to date, along with China, that significantly reduced the number of infected people and fatalities. Attention should also be drawn to the CPC’s massive surveillance and suppression of data juxtaposed with its misrepresentation of information. China’s big data collection — approximately 200 million CCTV cameras — not only precipitated the highest tech epidemic control ever attempted by the CPC, but also underpinned the salience of its repression. The CPC’s infodemic — in addition to its intense spinning of solidarity on social media and its framing of a “people’s war against the virus” — was both a deceitful and farcical illusion of a coming together in China. The extent of the CPC’s self-promotion and its portrayal of President Xi as a hero ready to save the world — while making Western democracies look grossly incompetent — is as shameful as it is duplicitous. In a word, President Xi’s government has exacerbated the world’s COVID-19 health and systemic crises, which has paved the way for one of the greatest humanitarian crises in history. The world is watching. People in China no longer stand alone. Many are no longer fearful. They have already started publishing firsthand accounts of the CPC’s orchestrated cover-ups and monumental failures, revealing the rotten core of Chinese governance. In defending the struggle for democracy and human rights in China, the international community must stand in solidarity with the people of China in seeking to unmask the CPC’s criminality, corruption, and impunity. The community of democracies must undertake the necessary legal initiatives — be they international tort actions as authorized by treaty law, or the utilization of international bodies, like the International Court of Justice — to underpin the courage and commitment of China’s human rights defenders. This is what justice and accountability is all about. Irwin Cotler is the Chair of the Raoul Centre for Human Rights, Emeritus Professor of Law at McGill University, and former Minister of Justice and Attorney General of Canada.

Judith Abitan is the Executive Director of the Raoul Wallenberg Centre for Human Rights, and a Human Rights Advocate.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/criminality-and-corruption-reign-in-xi-pings-china/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 4-13-20 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia's coronavirus cases expected to soar

Case numbers have increased sharply, as Moscow hospitals see influx of patients

By Patrick Reevell April 13, 2020, 1:23 PM 7 min read

Russia’s coronavirus pandemic appears to be becoming increasingly severe, as the number of cases in the country jumped significantly over the weekend and Moscow’s hospitals have started to be flooded with patients infected with the virus. Russia's recorded coronavirus cases have been growing by over a thousand a day for the past week and on Monday saw a leap of over 2,500 in a single day, taking the total number to 18,328. The death toll currently stands at 130, according to the health ministry. The Kremlin on Saturday said there was a “huge influx” of patients in Moscow and that hospitals were now working in “emergency mode.” Videos emerged of a tailback of dozens of ambulances outside a hospital in Moscow’s suburbs handling coronavirus cases. One ambulance driver told Reuters he had been waiting 15 hours to deliver a patient with the virus. Health authorities said the logjam happened because the hospital had been struggling to keep up with the number of patients arriving. Anna Rakova, a deputy to Moscow’s mayor, told the Interfax news agency on Friday that the number of people being hospitalized in Moscow had doubled and 85% of them were suspected coronavirus patients. “There is a huge influx of patients. We are seeing hospitals in Moscow working extremely intensely, in heroic, emergency mode,” the Kremlin’s spokesman Dmitry Peskov said on Saturday in an interview with state television. Why is Russia reporting so few COVID-19 cases?

The numbers begin to put Russia more in line with other major European countries, which now have tens of thousands of confirmed cases. For weeks, Russia’s total number of recorded cases was less than a few thousand, with some experts expressing concerns that Russia's testing regime may have been underestimating the real figures. Some critics have accused the government of a deliberate cover-up, but other experts suspect the problem may have been with the testing itself, including a possibly insufficiently sensitive test and overly narrow testing. In any case, it now appears Russia is entering the stage of the growth curve where the number of cases increase very rapidly. Moscow’s mayor, Sergey Sobyanin, on Friday told the state news agency, RIA Novosti, that Russia is “somewhere at the base of the peak and not the middle.” On Monday, President Vladimir Putin also acknowledged that the pandemic was worsening. “We see the situation is changing practically daily and, unfortunately, not for the better,” Putin told a meeting of officials via video-link that was aired on state television. “The number of infected people is growing, moreover increasingly specifically of those with severe symptoms," Putin said, saying the next few weeks would be "decisive" in battling the disease.

Two-thirds of Russia's cases—11,513—are in Moscow, but in recent days clusters of the virus have begun appearing more frequently in other regions. Authorities on Monday sealed off the small town of Vyazma in the Smolensk region, about 150 miles from Moscow, after 86 people in a care home there were found to likely have the virus. Flights to and from China increase risk Fueling worries about the possible scale of Russia’s pandemic, over half of all of China’s new reported cases on Saturday came from a flight from Moscow to Shanghai. Fifty-one of 97 new imported cases were Chinese nationals from the flight, Bloomberg reported. It follows another incident last week when nearly half of China’s recorded cases one day came from Russia, when a group of 25 Chinese workers who crossed by the land border near the far eastern city of Vladivostok to the Chinese city of Suifenhe tested positive.

Suifenhe last Tuesday was forced to lock down just as Wuhan, the original epicenter of the pandemic, was re-opening. There are fears that Russia’s crumbling health service will struggle to cope as the pandemic worsens, especially outside Moscow. The Russian military has been racing to build temporary hospitals to house coronavirus patients, which authorities have said will provide thousands more beds for those needing treatment. Health minster Tatiana Golikova on Monday said that Russia currently had 40,000 beds ready for coronavirus patients and intended to increase the number to 95,000. Moscow, a city of 12 million, has been under lockdown for two weeks, with residents ordered to stay at home except for visiting grocery stores or pharmacies or seeking urgent medical care. Most of Russia’s most populated regions have also imposed lockdowns, but the restrictions are not uniform. Police over the weekend set up checkpoints on the roads into Moscow, stopping motorists to check the purpose of their journey. From Wednesday, Moscow is due to introduce an electronic pass system for controlling how residents move about the city. People using their cars or public transport will have to register their trip with a government site, which will provide them with a QR-code that can be checked by police. The system will be rolled out in stages, according to Moscow’s mayor Sobyanin, with the first passes intended for those who need to travel for work. The site on Monday crashed when it began operating on Monday, which authorities blamed on an attack by hackers, which they said was coming “from abroad,” though it may have struggled to handle the large numbers of people seeking to register.

https://abcnews.go.com/International/russias-coronavirus-cases-expected-soar/story?id=70116133 

:: 4-13-20 Market Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump says OPEC and allies are looking to cut ‘20 million barrels a day, not the 10 million’ that’s being reported

Published: April 13, 2020 at 10:50 a.m. ET By Mark DeCambre

President Donald Trump on Monday via Twitter is saying that a historic weekend deal struck between OPEC and some of the biggest oil producers on the planet could be more substantial than what has been announced. The president’s tweet suggests that a global output cut by 9.7 million barrels a day struck by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, Russia and the U.S. could be doubled. That 20 million figure would be closer to what commodity experts say is required to sop up excess crude swirling in the market and address a shock to demand caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The weekend deal ends a month-long price war between Saudi Arabia and Russia that flooded the world with unneeded crude and amplified a meltdown in oil prices, but, according to critics, would only go partway toward stabilizing oil prices, which have seen a double-whammy from the Saudi-Russian price war and the pandemic. S&P Global Platts Analytics said last week that the major oil producers needed to curtail crude production by 15 million or 20 million barrels a day over the coming months.

Oil trading on Monday, which has been choppy in the wake of the pack, picked up some steam after Trump’s tweet , with West Texas Intermediate crude for May delivery CLK20, -4.42% up 84 cents, or 3.7%, at $23.60 a barrel. June Brent crude BRNM20, -2.02%, the global benchmark, was up 32 cents, or 1%, at $31.85 a barrel. However, the Dow Jones Industrial Average DJIA, 2.10% and the S&P 500 index SPX, 2.12% were slumping in the first trading day of U.S. trading after the Easter holiday, with European markets remaining closed on Easter Monday.

Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump

Having been involved in the negotiations, to put it mildly, the number that OPEC+ is looking to cut is 20 Million Barrels a day, not the 10 Million that is generally being reported. If anything near this happens, and the World gets back to business from the Covid 19.....

108K

9:31 AM - Apr 13, 2020

The energy sector XLE, +0.71%, however, was the lone area in positive territory early Monday on the S&P 500.

Trump sough to make the case that a more substantial deal could avert “disaster” for battered oil and gas producers and allow companies in the oil patch to rebound “far faster than currently anticipated.”

Donald J. Trump@realDonaldTrump

· Apr 13, 2020

Having been involved in the negotiations, to put it mildly, the number that OPEC+ is looking to cut is 20 Million Barrels a day, not the 10 Million that is generally being reported. If anything near this happens, and the World gets back to business from the Covid 19.....

Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump

....disaster, the Energy Industry will be strong again, far faster than currently anticipated. Thank you to all of those who worked with me on getting this very big business back on track, in particular Russia and Saudi Arabia.

80K

9:31 AM - Apr 13, 2020

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/trump-says-opec-and-allies-are-looking-to-cut-20-million-barrels-a-day-not-the-10-million-thats-being-reported-2020-04-13 

:: 4-13-20 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: 'The Light of Christ Will Always Triumph' Because 'He Has Defeated Death'

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Monday, April 13, 2020

Christ’s light will always triumph over “trials and tribulations,” President Trump said in an Easter message that also commended Americans for displaying the “core tenets of Christianity” during the coronavirus pandemic. The White House released the statement over Easter weekend. “No matter the circumstances, we will always celebrate Easter as a time of rejuvenation, rebirth, and a renewed sense of purpose and faith,” Trump said. “The coronavirus will not stop Easter. Even in the darkest hours, God’s abundant love and mercy are unwavering. “The light of Christ will always triumph over the trials and tribulations we face because He has defeated death. Today, let us take a little extra time to pray for the strength of our country and our people, and ask that God hold all Americans in the palm of His hand. Together, let us rejoice in knowing that Christ has risen.” The statement acknowledged this year’s Easter observance came “during a somber time for our Nation” but said Americans have displayed many works of compassion. “Throughout this difficult period, we have witnessed the core tenets of Christianity – love, compassion, and kindness – reflected in the many acts of courage, generosity, and caring of the American people,” Trump said. “Our country’s citizens have taken to heart the words of 1 Peter 4:10: ‘Each one should use whatever gift he has received to serve others, faithfully administering God’s grace in its various forms.’ “Countless Americans have selflessly answered the calls for help in their communities and have performed extraordinary acts to help their neighbors in times of need. Healthcare workers and medical professionals have worked tirelessly to heal the sick, and thousands of volunteers, first responders, critical workers, and businesses have contributed their time and resources to help defeat this virus.” It wasn’t the only Easter message from Trump. On Friday, he appeared in the Oval Office alongside Bishop Harry Jackson to deliver an “Easter Blessing.”  “On this Good Friday, Christians from all around the world remember the suffering and death upon the cross of our Lord and Savior, Jesus Christ,” Trump said. “At Easter Sunday, we will celebrate his glorious resurrection.” Below is the full text of President Trump’s “Presidential Message on Easter,” released Saturday: “Melania and I join millions of Christians celebrating the resurrection of Jesus Christ and the gift of eternal life this Easter. Although this year’s observance of Easter comes during a somber time for our Nation, we hope all of you are filled with the joy, love, and hope that marks this holiest of days. “As our Nation has faced the unique challenges posed by the coronavirus during the past few weeks, we have turned to God for guidance, comfort, and hope. Throughout this difficult period, we have witnessed the core tenets of Christianity – love, compassion, and kindness – reflected in the many acts of courage, generosity, and caring of the American people. Our country’s citizens have taken to heart the words of 1 Peter 4:10: ‘Each one should use whatever gift he has received to serve others, faithfully administering God’s grace in its various forms.’ Countless Americans have selflessly answered the calls for help in their communities and have performed extraordinary acts to help their neighbors in times of need. Healthcare workers and medical professionals have worked tirelessly to heal the sick, and thousands of volunteers, first responders, critical workers, and businesses have contributed their time and resources to help defeat this virus. “No matter the circumstances, we will always celebrate Easter as a time of rejuvenation, rebirth, and a renewed sense of purpose and faith. The coronavirus will not stop Easter. Even in the darkest hours, God’s abundant love and mercy are unwavering. The light of Christ will always triumph over the trials and tribulations we face because He has defeated death. Today, let us take a little extra time to pray for the strength of our country and our people, and ask that God hold all Americans in the palm of His hand. Together, let us rejoice in knowing that Christ has risen. “We send our best wishes for a blessed and joyous Easter.”

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/trump-the-light-of-christ-will-always-triumph-because-he-has-defeated-death.html 

:: 4-8-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: A Man Called Stephen

Friday Jul 6 Download Audio

Hal Lindsey Report: 7/6/2018

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-762018/592/ 

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 4-9-20 Jon's Place Wake up to the truth :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 9 Meal Countdown To Anarchy Has Begun For Many Americans As Coronavirus Crashes The System

Uncategorized April 9, 2020 April 7, 2020

The ‘9 Meal Countdown To Anarchy’ Has Begun For Many Americans As ‘Coronavirus Chaos’ Crashes The System

– In 1973 Film Depicting The Year 2022, America Had Turned To Cannibalism

By Stefan Stanford – All News Pipeline – Live Free Or Die

“Who controls the food supply controls the people” — Henry Kissinger

Several stories published over the last few days are beginning to paint a portrait we pray we never see completed. While over at the Daily Mail we see a line of cars waiting for a Florida food bank stretching for miles while they report the demand for food has surged a stunning 600%, over at the Economic Collapse Blog Michael Snyder published this story titled “Food Banks Warn They Will Soon Run Out Of Food As Economic Suffering Explodes All Over America” which helps complete the running picture within our minds and it’s a ‘nightmare’, definitely not a ‘masterpiece’. With this entire year an episode in locking down America and ‘Pandemic 101’ with covid-19, coronavirus and ‘pandemic’ ringing out throughout the Halls of Congress and the streets of ‘every-day, main-street America’, what’s quickly becoming the most concerning ‘aspect’ of all of this is just how quickly this has been able to ‘take down’ America and particularly our economy, transforming our once thriving nation into the new Venezuela with food lines stretching miles, many store owners boarding up their shops and people growing incredibly concerned about how they’re going to be able to feed their families hinting at what’s next on the horizon. And with it long being warned that only ‘9 meals separate a civilized society from complete anarchy’ and now the growing possibility that America may witness, ‘en masse’, something that we haven’t seen in this nation in generations with the ‘new great depression’ unfolding before our eyes, we’ll be taking a look within this story at the very real possibility we may soon see not only a major, worldwide food crisis but food riots with military’s already preparing around the world, China itself now facing a major food crisis and the US military undergoing ‘top secret preparation’ for something huge themselves. As Susan Duclos had reported within this April 6th ANP story, with the European Union just deciding to classify ‘bugs’, yes ‘insects’, as a ‘novel food’ to allow ‘production of bug-based food items’ and, ‘by autumn‘ hinting at a timeframe for all of this unfolding, as we hear in the must-watch 1st video at the bottom of this story by ‘Ice Age Farmer’ as was reported in this Yahoo News story, a leaked DHS/FEMA document reveals a timeline for potential food shortages in the US, and possibly measured in days to weeks, not months or years. The document, titled “Senior Leadership Brief COVID-19” and dated April 2, 2020, bears the seals of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Health and Human Services. It contains a brief description of findings made by the Food Supply Chain Task Force on the availability of PPE. Such equipment has been in short supply in hospitals, where doctors and nurses are routinely exposed to high amounts of coronavirus. The food industry also relies on a variety of protective equipment for food safety. The April 2 briefing warns that the task force had completed an analysis and there could be “commodity impacts if current PPE inventory is exhausted.” There would be shortages of milk within 24 hours and of fresh fruits and vegetables “within several days.” The document estimates that “meat, poultry, seafood, and processed eggs” would become scarce within a period of two to four weeks, while “dry goods and processed foods inventories” — that is, the non-perishables that are pantry staples — could become scarce “as soon as four weeks” after face masks and gloves run out across the food supply chain. The document is a warning, and is not descriptive of the current situation. There are no signs of a food shortage across the nation. (ANP: We’ll disagree with that last statement!) But the coronavirus pandemic is putting strain on every aspect of the food supply chain, from the people who raise and grow what we eat to the people who deliver it to our supermarkets. Food economist Shub Debgupta, who has pointed out that the coronavirus could imperil food supply, told Yahoo News that the United States “came into the whole virus outbreak with a relatively strong position. Because of the China trade war, lots of frozen foods were in storage for a long time, we had a cushion we could rely on. That’s disappearing now.” While he agreed with the government’s previous statements about the food supply chain, he did caution that the situation could change in the coming weeks. Like Stanton, he cited the movement of food down the supply chain as the biggest potential problem. “A few weeks or a month ago we were fine,” Debgupta said. “We are fine. The issue really is in the distribution. If we don’t address that — the movement of people and goods — we’ll be in quite a lot of trouble.” So where does this all lead? For those who hadn’t prepared, the worst case scenarios are almost unimaginable.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Susan & Stefan) With this pandemic bringing down much of the entire system in absolutely record time and throwing the failed impeachment proceedings out of America’s minds at a time when President Trump and America should have been moving boldly into the future, and this pandemic allowing the rollout of many of the globalists satanic agendas, as Michael Snyder asks in the beginning of this new story, what are Americans going to do when food banks no longer have any more food, especially with so many Americans out of work and quickly growing out of hope?

As he also points out in his story, this is only the beginning of this mess in America, especially with grocery store workers now falling ill to covid-19 with some already dying, workers at fast-food restaurants walking off their jobs and now even more truckers warning that America’s supply chain is now in jeopardy. What happens if the entire chain dries up in the days and weeks ahead? Once again we’re reminded that only 9 meals separate what we have here in America now from total anarchy and for some people, that ‘9 meal countdown’ has already begun and now, some grocery stores may completely close due to workers falling ill. From this story by Michael Snyder at the Economic Collapse Blog. What are hungry Americans going to do when the food banks don’t have any more food for them? Over the past couple of weeks, we have witnessed the largest spike in unemployment in all of U.S. history. Since most of those workers did not have any sort of a cushion to fall bank on, a lot of of them have been forced to seek out emergency assistance for themselves and their families almost immediately. Of course our national network of food banks was not built to handle this sort of a scenario, and as you will see below, many of them are already starting to run out of food. But if things are this bad at the very beginning of this new economic downturn, what are things going to look like a few months from now? It is imperative for people to understand that we are now in uncharted territory. At this point, even the head of the IMF is warning that this new economic crisis will be “way worse” that the last recession… The coronavirus pandemic has created an economic crisis “like no other” — one that is “way worse” than the 2008 global financial crisis, the International Monetary Fund’s top official said Friday. “Never in the history of the IMF have we witnessed the world economy come to a standstill,” Kristalina Georgieva, managing director of the IMF, said at a news conference.

And of course we are already seeing economic numbers in the United States that absolutely blow away anything that we witnessed back in 2008 and 2009. I don’t know that any of us ever anticipated seeing a single week when 6.6. million Americans would file new claims for unemployment benefits. With millions of Americans out of work, the food banks already buckling only a few weeks into this crisis and really no end to it in site as grocery store shelves empty and the supply chain begins to dry up, how much longer will ‘the average American’ be able to withstand the growing pressure of America looking more and more like Venezuela every day? As Snyder also points out in his story, these food lines are also happening in some of the most wealthy areas of America! According to Bloomberg, “bread lines are forming” even in some of the wealthiest areas of the country… With more than 10 million people across the nation suddenly unemployed, bread lines are forming in the shadows of privileged enclaves like this one in Florida. For the past two weeks, the kitchen staff at Howley’s has been cooking up free meals—the other day it was smoked barbecue chicken with rice and beans, and salad—for thousands of laid off workers from Palm Beach’s shuttered restaurants and resorts. The rows of brown-bag lunches and dinners are an early warning that the country’s income gap is about to be wrenched wider as a result of the Covid-19 crisis, and the deep recession it has brought with it. Elsewhere, vehicles are lining up at the crack of dawn at food banks all across the United states. Feeding America is the largest food bank network in the nation, and the demand that they are seeing right now is unprecedented… Millions of people newly unemployed mean food banks, food pantries and soup kitchens are seeing a flood of new clients appearing at their doors, just as supplies are dwindling because of growing demand from consumers stuck at home. Food banks are reporting a 40% increase in demand, on average, said Katie Fitzgerald, chief operating officer at Feeding America, a network of 200 food banks and 60,000 food pantries and meal programs nationwide. Some say they are seeing double to quadruple the number of people asking for help. Unfortunately, this is happening at the same time that donations to food banks are way, way down. Feeding America locations are usually heavily supplied by major retailers, and right now those retailers are having a really difficult time keeping their own shelves stocked. As a result, Fitzgerald is warning that some Feeding America locations may soon “not have enough food to distribute”… “Food banks could very well get so low on their inventories that they would not have enough food to distribute,” she said. So what will Americans do to feed their families should the worst case scenarios continue to unfold here with the supply chain drying up, workers no longer willing to go to their jobs feeling just doing so puts their lives in danger leading to more and more grocery stores running out of food? Besides the anarchy and chaos that the US military is now preparing for, in the very worst case scenarios, human beings have resorted to crime and cannibalism to stay alive. From Doug Casey’s ‘International Man‘: In 1906, Alfred Henry Lewis stated, “There are only nine meals between mankind and anarchy.” Since then, his observation has been echoed by people as disparate as Robert Heinlein and Leon Trotsky. The key here is that, unlike all other commodities, food is the one essential that cannot be postponed. If there were a shortage of, say, shoes, we could make do for months or even years. A shortage of gasoline would be worse, but we could survive it, through mass transport or even walking, if necessary. But food is different. If there were an interruption in the supply of food, fear would set in immediately. And, if the resumption of the food supply were uncertain, the fear would become pronounced. After only nine missed meals, it’s not unlikely that we’d panic and be prepared to commit a crime to acquire food. So before we close, we have to take an extended look back in time at a 1973 dystopian thriller movie featuring Charlton Heston titled ‘Soylent Green’ that takes place in the year 2022 and as we read in the excerpt below, the movie featured a world somewhat like our own in the eyes of leftists and quite interestingly, takes place largely in New York City. From Wikipedia.: In the year 2022, the cumulative effects of overpopulation, pollution and some apparent climate catastrophe have caused severe worldwide shortages of food, water and housing. There are 40 million people in New York City alone, where only the city’s elite can afford spacious apartments, clean water and natural food, and even then at horrendously high prices. The homes of the elite usually include concubines who are referred to as “furniture” and serve the tenants as slaves. Within the city lives New York City Police Department detective Frank Thorn with his aged friend Sol Roth, a highly intelligent analyst, referred to as a “Book”. Roth remembers the world when it had animals and real food, and possesses a small library of reference materials to assist Thorn. Thorn is tasked with investigating the murder of the wealthy and influential William R. Simonson, and quickly learns that Simonson had been assassinated and was a board member of Soylent Industries. Soylent Industries, which derives its name from a combination of “soy” and “lentil”, controls the food supply of half of the world and sells the artificially produced wafers, including “Soylent Red” and “Soylent Yellow”. Their latest product is the far more flavorful and nutritious “Soylent Green”, advertised as being made from ocean plankton, but is in short supply. As a result of the weekly supply bottlenecks, the hungry masses regularly riot, and they are brutally removed from the streets by means of police vehicles that scoop the rioters with large shovels and dump them within the vehicle’s container. With the help of “furniture” Shirl, with whom Thorn begins a relationship, his investigation leads to a priest that Simonson had visited and confessed to shortly before his death. The priest is only able to hint at a gruesome truth before he himself is murdered. By order of the governor, Thorn is instructed to end the investigation, but he presses on. He is attacked during a riot, by the same assassin who killed Simonson, but the killer is crushed by a police vehicle.

Roth brings two volumes of oceanographic reports Thorn had procured from Simonson’s apartment to the team of Books at the Supreme Exchange. The books confirm that the oceans no longer produce plankton, and deduce that Soylent Green is produced from some inconceivable supply of protein. They also deduce that Simonson’s murder was ordered by his fellow Soylent Industries board members, knowing he was increasingly troubled by the truth. Roth is so disgusted with his life in a degraded world that he decides to “return to the home of God” and seeks assisted suicide at a government clinic. Thorn finds a message left by Roth and rushes to stop him, but arrives too late. Roth and Thorn are mesmerized by the euthanasia process’s visual and musical montage—long-gone forests, wild animals, rivers and ocean life. Before dying, Roth whispers what he has learned to Thorn, begging him to find proof, so that the Council of Nations can take action. Thorn boards a truck transporting bodies from the euthanasia center to a recycling plant, where the secret is revealed – human corpses are being converted into Soylent Green. He is spotted and kills his attackers, but is himself wounded. As Thorn is tended to by paramedics, he urges his police chief to spread the truth he has discovered and initiate proceedings against the company. While being taken away, Thorn shouts out to the surrounding crowd, “Soylent Green is people!” And while thankfully America and the world may still be quite some time away from devolving into a world of ‘soylent green’ for our next meals, with the European Union now turning to bugs while more and more signs emerge of food and supply shortages ahead, and shortages much worse than we’re seeing now, we should all double-down on our prepping while we still can and get ourselves spiritually, mentally and physically prepared for the very real potential of civil unrest and chaos in the days ahead.

In the 2nd video below we also hear from ‘Ice Age Farmer’ and his suggestions that Americans begin to grow their own food now while we still can do so with a very unknown future ahead and food absolutely the difference between life and death. As Susan Duclos had concluded within this April 6th ANP story, seeing governments encourage the consuption of bugs or bug-based foods indicates they are fully aware that “normal” foods are going to be in short supply and prices for what is available is going to skyrocket. Susan’s advice from that story: Grow fruits and vegetables. Get emergency survival foods, at least what you can still find. Learn to can. Learn to dehydrate your own foods. Be ready when the food shortages hit, because then, even if it doesn’t hit immediately, you are prepared to ride out whatever they are hiding from us when it finally does. Also, be prepared to protect what you have.

https://jonsnewplace.wordpress.com/2020/04/09/the-9-meal-countdown-to-anarchy-has-begun-for-many-americans-as-coronavirus-crashes-the-system/ 

:: 4-8-20 Survival News:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Will Pandemic Finally Unleash The American Populist Revolution?

Gabi BB Uncategorized April 8, 2020 4 Minutes

It’s difficult to imagine a more disruptive political force converging upon a more vulnerable status quo. We know what kind of threat the coronavirus poses to the health of America and the world. We know it will ravage the global economy and unleash widespread financial hardship. We are seeing the social disruption it creates and can discern prospects for much higher levels of disruption in the future. What we have perhaps not sufficiently contemplated is COVID-19’s capacity to upend the political status quo in America. This kind of scourge often generates political turmoil, and turmoil often unravels the status quo of a society or polity. This is particularly true when the status quo already is under severe strain, as the American status quo has been for years. What is the American status quo? It is the nation and its perceived global mission crafted after the end of the Cold War by America’s newly emergent meritocratic elite. In international relations, the fundamental tenets of this vision were the intrinsic virtue of America’s “benign” hegemony, globalism, free trade, a commitment to spreading democracy around the world, and an abiding faith in the country’s ability to salve the hurts and wounds of humanity. In domestic terms, the status quo has been characterized by relatively porous borders, the financialization of the U.S. economy, deindustrialization, anti-nationalism, a liberal political hegemony on social and cultural issues enforced through political correctness, and an oligarchy of bigness–Wall Street’s big finance, Washington’s big government, big corporations throughout the country, big labor representing increasingly well-off public employees, and self-aggrandizing state and local governments. This status quo is facing increasing hostility from vast numbers of ordinary Americans who feel that the elites and the big institutions they dominale have hijacked the American system for their own exploitation. In his Wall Street Journal column the other day, Walter Russell Mead suggested a good way of assessing the magnitude of this anti-establishment sentiment would be to combine Donald Trump’s political base (about 43 percent of the electorate, by most assessments) with Bernie Sanders’s base (36 percent of Democratic voters in the latest Real Clear Politics poll average; hence, 13 percent of the electorate). That, he said, suggests that fully 55 percent of U.S. voters “now support politicians who openly despise the central assumptions of the political establishment.” This knot of political hostility stems from the perceived follies perpetrated over the last half-century or so by the meritocratic elite–endless Middle East wars without victory or even much of a point; immigration laxity to the point of serious assimilation challenges; the outsourcing of our industrial capacity to the point where other nations, particularly China, control the distribution of goods and products that are crucial to U.S. military preparedness and citizen safety and health; a student-debt crisis that thwarts upward mobility of the nation’s young; a spree of fiscal irresponsibility that saddles cities and states with irrepressible pension debt while leaving untended massive infrastructure imperatives; and financial disruption throughout Middle America stemming from the hollowing out of the country’s industrial base. The central reality of American politics today is the gulf between, on one hand, the nation’s elites and their primary constituency groups (minorities, academics, government employees, and well-off urban/suburbanites) and, on the other hand, that 55 percent of the electorate characterized by Walter Russell Mead as being motivated primarily by an abiding hostility to what Mead calls “the self-proclaimed expert class.” This is an inherently unstable political environment. As Mead points out, “Populism arises when establishment leadership fails.” And we certainly see strong strains of populism in the politics of both Trump and Sanders. While populist sentiments are an inevitable and probably necessary strain of politics in times of voter despair and indignation, they can also generate characteristics of civic meanness and radicalism. At the same time, the inevitable resolve of the national elites to counter the populist challenge and retain power can spawn irresponsible and even dangerous actions on the part of the powerful. Since Trump’s inauguration, national Democrats have “tried to stop his presidency from functioning,” writes the Wall Street Journal’s Daniel Henninger, who adds that this “irrefutably was the goal of the Russia collusion narrative, its attendant Mueller investigation and then the impeachment.” These projects “inflamed the normal workings of our politics,” with the president’s adversaries attacking relentlessly and Trump counterattacking in his distinctively ugly style. Henninger paints a picture of a baleful political syndrome in which politicians of both parties know they have entered a poisonous and malign environment but can’t break out of it because it has become addictive. “Every issue,” writes Henninger, “now defaults to the same petty level.” Thus do we have the current governmental dysfunction in Washington, the passions of deadlock politics, the increasing political bellicosity, the growing desire to not just defeat the opposition but to destroy it. This political environment is not sustainable. When the elites can’t retain the fealty of a popular majority, something has to give. And now comes the coronavirus global pandemic. It’s difficult to imagine a more disruptive political force converging upon a more vulnerable status quo. We can’t know the full shape of what will emerge from the pandemic chaos–whether economic hard times will inject new vibrancy into Bernie Sanders’s “democratic socialism”; whether populism will upend the elites; whether the elites will manage to survive the populist assault; whether Trump will survive or fall; whether a leader will emerge to forge out of the chaos some kind of majority coalition. But we do know that America’s current political status quo isn’t likely to remain intact after the wave of adversity and difficulty that we’re likely to see as the COVID-19 pandemic runs its course through America and the world. The standoff between the elites and the populists wasn’t sustainable as it was, much less so now.

https://survivalnews1.wordpress.com/2020/04/08/will-pandemic-finally-unleash-the-american-populist-revolution/ 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 4--20 The Great Recession Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stock Market Bulls Delusional in Face of Great Depression

Monday was nothing but a dead-bull bounce … after bounce … after bounce, which means there is plenty of punishment to come. Pure testosterone drove the market’s rise, fed by nothing but the weak premise that New York’s drop in the coronavirus death rate for a single night meant the worst is behind us. To see how meaningless that reasoning for a rise was, consider the fact that New York posted its highest daily increase in deaths the very next day! Everyone knows, including market bulls, that a one-day drop means nothing; but the meaningfulness of a fact doesn’t matter to the bulls. All that matters is that they can milk what they want out of the headline. The bulls’ rampage uphill for a 1600-point gain came inspite of the President of the United States, who loves this stock market like it is his own child, warning the whole nation that the next two weeks will be hell weeks for the US because the number of new coronavirus cases and deaths will accelerate upward hand-in-hand. The market bulls chose to listen to a glint of relief from New York’s one-time drop in deaths over the president’s alert that the entire nation over the next two weeks will see higher death counts. That’s absurd. It’s irrational. It’s denial. It’s unbridled greed. Monday’s stampede proved how utterly disconnected from reality the market’s bulls remain, and that means they’re going to get their heads pounded from ceiling to floor until they are rendered unconscious for their retardation. Reality is going to win because it always does, and the longer you put off reconciling with it, the worse things become for you. Monday’s claims by the marketeers that we’re on a coronavirus upswing is not likely to prove out. This time is different!

I agree with the rant of a fellow writer at Seeking Alpha: I Really Don’t Understand You People!

Seriously, I’m looking at many articles that keep getting published on this platform and 90%+ keep telling you what to buy, more or less in-line with the average percentage that we see here in good/normal times…. This is neither a good nor a normal time…. Therefore, acting as if this is similar to February 2018 or December 2018 is, in our opinion, both foolish and frankly, irresponsible. This time is different! As regular readers here know, February 2018 (starting in January) and December 2018 were times I stated repeatedly I was certain the market was going to fall hard … and it did, and I said it would rally in the spring of 2018, too; but this time is different. Entirely different. So often people say “this time is different” as a slogan to taunt the bulls into ignoring all evidence and charging higher. Brokers have used it to mean, “Extenuating circumstances make this time less bad than other times like it.” The writer above, however, uses it to mean, “Extenuating circumstances make this worse than anything you’ve seen in your lifetime!” I agree. This time is different because it’s not going to bounce back in v-shaped recovery. The virus resulted in an entirely voluntary global economic shutdown such as has never been experienced in world history! That sounds like one of those circus-carnie boasts (“biggest” or “best in the world”); but, if you think about it, you’ll see it’s factually accurate. Never have nearly all of the nations of the world locked down to this degree internally (shelter at home) and externally (many closing their borders or limiting travel) for any war or any plague. So, this time is entirely different! Moreover, this recession is starting when the global economy was barely standing in the first place. It existed jacked up on central-bank steroids for years, which were already fading toward zero effectiveness. The market developed such a tolerance to Fed meds and was so in shock over the viral assault that for two weeks, the bull lay like splat on a rock and did not raise its head or even twitch a nostril to the normally pungent odor of Fed stimulus. Yet, Fed stimulus was greater in scale and quicker in timing than anything the Fed has ever done. I described how extreme and ineffective the Fed’s recent moves were in “How Dead is the Fed?“ This time is different on an apocalyptic scale. I see that word being used everywhere … in mainstream media even. (Now, I’m not saying that means the disease is going to wipe out 25% of humanity; but I’m saying it is ludicrous — clownish even — for the bull to take off on another run as if the good times are right ahead now, Baby! The bull is a phantom

This is a dancing bull that’s dead. All its nerves are firing, and it’s dancing around like a chicken with its head cut off; but it’s dead. Because it’s dead, it doesn’t know it’s dead. It obviously doesn’t know anything. It’s like some insane phantom creature that needs to be exorcised. I find it hard not to get angry with the talking bull heads because they pump out the same buy-the-market-up-forever advice like a delirium you can’t escape. It is pure bull testosterone, causing delusions of grandeur when the economy clearly has months of downtime ahead of it. Even if the virus died off this month, there will be a lot of jobs that remain lost because the economy was already wobbly and looking ready to start leaking off jobs. Now that profitless corporations have made the decision to cut people, those employers will leave them cut for good. The huge number of retail stores that were struggling to stay open during the two years of the Retail Apocalypse will now say, “Why bother? We were barely surviving over the last two years anyway. Let’s just shut her down and blame the failure on the virus.”

Even after the crisis, some people will remain afraid to go into restaurants. Many restaurants were also already marginal due to the Retail Apocalypse stripping away their traffic, and restaurants operate on slim margins in the best of times. So, it is likely a number of restaurants won’t re-open if this goes on for two months or more. Because the lost jobs are not all coming back, we’re not going to see a v-shaped recovery. Someone said it will be square-root-shaped recovery. That may be true. If the virus ends quickly, there may be a rapid bounce upward, but the world will not bounce back up to where it was. (Stocks might, but it will be absurd if they do because they will be farther out of step with reality than ever; but I doubt they will.) The deviant bull feeds on horrifying unemployment numbers

On each of the days when “new jobs” came out negative and unemployment soared, we saw the worst statistics in the history of the nation, but the stock market responded both times by trying to jump over the moon. When this headline came out (and hundreds of others like it), the stock market leaped up about 700 points on the Dow: “Unemployment Nightmare Lurches Economy into Depression-Era Scenario“ Nightmarish unemployment data fuels speculation that recovering from the coronavirus-induced recession will take longer than expected…. U.S. jobless claims doubled this week, with 6.6 million people filing for unemployment benefits amid coronavirus shutdowns. That’s 1,000% as high as the peak of the Great Recession. Over the past two weeks, about 10 million people lost their jobs.

What could be better news to stock investors than that, right? The bulls must have thought so because they leapt for the presumptive and preposterous moonbeam dream that their troubles will all go away as soon as the virus is put to rest in a month or so. Not the slightest chance of that happening:

Unemployment levels could surpass those seen during the Great Depression…. Unemployment estimates of 32% sound very realistic. To put that into perspective, unemployment reached 24.9% during the Great Depression in 1933…. This week, JP Morgan reduced its second-quarter GDP estimate to -25% from -14%. The bank warned that a v-shaped recovery was unlikely. The U.S. will probably see a recovery that looks similar to that of the 2008 financial crisis…. Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis President James Bullard is even more pessimistic, saying the U.S. GDP could fall by as much as 50% in the second quarter. The besotted bull snorted away all that news as mere trifles. All they had to do to reach their moon was pretend those lost jobs will snap back in a month before people start missing their mortgage payments. Pretend the president will take care of all who don’t snap back. Pretend the government has all of those lost paychecks covered in the meantime. Pretend banks can handle a one-month missed payment, even though 10-20% of there customers might all be missing in the same month. Pretend the Federal Reserve can keep all these plates spinning with no chance of dropping any of them. The market makers are confounded The day after one of the market’s lunar lunges, nothing had changed, but Fitch said to expect a “deep global recession.” So, the market was soaring into the sky at a time when other professionals could easily see the sky, itself, was falling! In a chilling reminder of how fast the coronavirus epidemic has spread around the world, Fitch Ratings changed its 2020 view on the global economy to “deep global recession” from slow growth in just 10 days. MarketWatch

And why did it take Fitch that long to get to “deep recession?” Because they’re in denial, too, admitting only as much as circumstances force them to. It was obvious a month ago that this was going to become a deep recession in about a month’s time. Fitch’s projection of a 7-9% reduction in GDP in the second quarter is optimistic compared to JPMorgan’s -25%, which I find far more realistic. (They’re both looking at the second quarter because the first quarter, to be reported later this month, will have happened halfway out of the coronacrisis.) Morgan Stanley also said the “world is facing a deep global recession,” stating that global economic growth will slow to “the lowest since the global financial crisis.” And then … out of the blue that SAME Morgan Stanley said this past Sunday, “‘The worst is behind us’ — the most attractive risk-reward in years means it is time to buy stocks“

Tentative signs that the coronavirus spread may be slowing, despite the U.S. being set for its worst week so far, have encouraged investors, sending stocks surging higher — the Dow … closed 1,627 points — 7.7% — higher. Why? New York reported a drop in new infections and deaths on Sunday and President Donald Trump said there was “light at the end of the tunnel.” A one-day drop in new coronavirus cases and some shiny spin from the same president who said a day or two before to get ready for two weeks of hell, gave glee to the bulls. The market heard the words it wanted. Truth meant nothing at all. But how did Morgan Stanley get from “a deep global recession” that will be “the lowest since the global financial crisis” to sunshine and daisies in a matter of days? Denial. Delusion. It’s plainly absurd. Or as Morgan Stanley put it, “With the forced liquidation of assets in the past month largely behind us, unprecedented and unbridled monetary and fiscal intervention led by the U.S. and the most attractive valuation we have seen since 2011, we stick to our recent view that the worst is behind us for this cyclical bear market that began two years ago, not last month,” Wilson said in a note.

You’re most recent view? But I thought you said … Oh well, never mind. It doesn’t matter because …

Bank of America topped Morgan Stanley’s original gloom (before MS went all daisy-faced) by saying to brace for the “deepest recession on record.” Whoa! Not just a deep recession, but the worst ever, which would be worse than the Great Depression!

Wall Street heard that, too, because that report was dated April 2, before the stock market surged like a Titan rocket. Wall Street listens to BofA almost as much as to Sacks of Goldman, and BofA said the unemployment rate was about to hit 15.6% in a recession “deeper and more prolonged than we were led to believe?” In fact, the “deepest recession on record!” The bull snorted it off and flew on toward the moon on April 3. Truly delusional!

Yet, that wasn’t a one-off. The bulls did the exact same thing on the following Monday, but they had also done it on the previous week’s deeply negative jobs report. As Zero Hedge exclaimed,

“Insanity: Stocks Enter New Bull Market On Day Initial Claims Hit 3.3 Million“

One would think that on the day the US reported 3.3 million (!) initial jobless claims, more than 5 times the weekly peak hit during the financial crisis, and a 30-sigma event… one which presages not a recession but an economic depression, stocks would be lower.

One would think, but they took off like the mother of all rockets on that day, too, for a nice 1200-point gain. So, here’s to the endless running of the bulls Pardon me for a moment as I bastardize one of Edgar Allen Poe’s haunting poems (“The Bells”) by rewriting one verse to salute the bulls in our present maniacal times:

Hear the loud and Brazen bulls!

What tales of terror, now, their turbulency tells!

In the startled ear of night

How they bellow out their fright!

In a clamorous appealing to the mercy of the fire,

In a mad expostulation with the deaf and frantic fire,

Leaping higher, higher, higher,

With a desperate desire,

And a resolute endeavor

By the side of the pale-faced moon.

Oh, the bulls, bulls, bulls!

What a terror their tails tell

Of Despair!

How they clash, and roar!

As through the air they soar

What a horror they outpour

On the bosom of the palpitating air!

Yet the ear it fully knows,

How the danger ebbs and flows

As the market sinks and swells,

By the sinking or the swelling in the anger of the bulls—

Of the bulls—

Of the bulls, bulls, bulls, bulls,

Bulls, bulls, bulls—

In the clamor and the clangor of the bulls!

To the moaning and the groaning of the bulls.

Since these raging bulls (and cows) enjoy running off of cliffs, I also have the following video to share in their mad, delusional, clamorous, desperate, soaring and tumbling honor. (I think I’ll just sit back and watch. And thanks for the entertainment, girls and bulls. Break a leg … or two!)

Anyone wonder if the following is what earnings season will look like?

https://thegreatrecession.info/blog/stock-market-bulls-delusional-in-great-depression/ 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 4-8-20 Silver Dollars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Craig Hemke: US Dollar Money Printing Now Exponential

April 8, 2020

The coronavirus is growing exponentially, and the debt is growing exponentially. Here’s what it means for the economy and gold…

Craig Hemke interviewed on USA Watchdog by Greg Hunter

Financial writer and precious metals expert Craig Hemke points out the life cycle of any fiat money creation system always ends up going vertical on a chart. Hemke explains, “You’ve got to constantly keep creating money to service all your existing debts. That’s what this system is, and now we are getting to the exponential phase of it. Just like the Covid virus is now getting to the exponential phase. . . . . It’s the same thing with debt. It’s growing exponentially, so the cash needed to service that debt needs to grow exponentially.” In closing, Hemke says, “Gold has already made new highs in all other currencies except the dollar, but that’s coming. . . . Gradually, over a period of months, gold is going to go to $2,500 per ounce, and that may be orderly, but there will be a time where it will be disorderly.”

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with gold and silver expert Craig Hemke, creator of TFMetalsReport.com.

https://www.silverdoctors.com/headlines/world-news/craig-hemke-us-dollar-money-printing-now-exponential-gold-going-to-2500/ 

:: 4-7-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It Took Just 60 Days With the Complicity of the Deep State and a MSM Over-Hyped Virus to Destroy the Most Powerful Empire In History

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 7, 2020 - 14:58.

I have not even interviewed this person yet and I have already been profoundly impacted by her words. She formerly worked for FEMA and she is a research machine as I have been riveted to their video productions. I am speaking about Celeste Solum. I recently called Celeste and what was only to be an invitation to appear on my radio show, became an intense review of many major challenges facing the American people. This interview will be public on Wednesday. I am tasked with the challenge of focusing in on the “important topics” and there are so many….. I have my work cut out for me in this area. I want to share with you what my greatest fear is as we proceed through this crisis, embellished or real, and I want to begin with how Celeste and myself finished our initial conversation. As we processed just a few of the major challenges, all of which could spell doom for our country, Celeste made a series of observations regarding President Trump’s White House CV-19 briefing on Monday, April 6, 2020. First, there was no Presidential emblem on the podium. This is unheard of when the President speaks, especially in an election year when he could capitalize on being the incumbent. Secondly, my spirit was crushed when the President and his entourage kept repeating the phrase, “This is a military operation”. There can be little question what the administration is telling the American people. We are in the beginning stages of full-blown martial law. Before I develop this thought on a deeper and more telling scale, I want to relate an answer to a question that I asked Celeste at this point: Hodges: With regard to the lack of the Presidential seal on the podium and the announcement that this is a military operation, do you think we will ever get back to normal where we are free to return to work and play?

Celeste: I don’t think so.

Hodges: Is this an international martial law?

Celeste: I fear the involvement of China….

Hodges: I fear the blue helmets worn by the Chinese in this operation.

Celeste then reemphasized what she just stated.

After hearing Celeste’s answers, my heart sunk to a depth I have never experienced because I realized that I had gathered enough information on my own that I should be in complete agreement with Celeste. However, I’m a fighter by nature. With all humility, I was raised in the martial arts and was part of a group that taught self-defense strategies to ladies groups, businesses and individuals. I was also a college athlete and coached in college for several years. I love competition and love demolishing satanic evil in my recent work. My fighting spirit was tested in the biggest challenge I ever faced when, sixteen years ago, and for the next eight years, I helped lead a group of average, everyday Americans in a fight for our very properties against the evil John McCain and his Satanic banker confederates and we eventually won. During that time, my house was fired upon (8 shots) with my family and extended family in the house as I was interviewing the late Jim Marrs along with Annie De Riso. After a series of critical radio interviews about what the McCain forces were doing to us, I was pursued on a lonely country highway after coaching a college game and barely got away by making it to a fire station where I got help and the 911 tapes were destroyed so I could not pursue justice. I am proud to say that with the help of the Lord, I never blinked. At least I never blinked until now. I have never feared anyone in my life and have always maintained an optimistic attitude that we can defeat any challenge, particularly when we invoke the power of Jesus and the Holy Spirit. However, despite my remaining bravado, after this conversation with Celeste, I know, from an intellectual level all the way to a spiritual level, that she is correct in that our challenges are severe and very real and the continuance of our nation is in jeopardy like it never has been before. My position is clear in that all of us are in extreme danger and the odds are stacked against us. My newfound pessimism is mitigated, somewhat, by the fact that I have to remember, that my small and rural community with only 300 families defeated the forces of John McCain and in the Bible we know that David killed an imposing Goliath. Miracles happen, and often God will place the right people in the midst of our struggles at the right time, and that happened for my community in our fight against McCain’s tyranny. However, it is going to take a Christ-centered resistance with the help of the supernatural powers of the Holy Spirit to overcome what has been brought to our country and I do not see a widespread revival at this time and I am left to hope and pray for something that feels like a long shot. If we Americans are left to our own resolve, we Americans will witness the biggest purge in the history of the planet as the Deagel Report will prove prophetic as it states that 83% of will not survive by the year 2025 and one of Obama’s colleagues predicts on his site, America 2050, we will be herded into “stack and pack” communities. And this site makes it clear that they intend to only have 65 million in these 11 stack and pack communities. Presently, we have over 330 million people in our country. Do the math, and I again, I submit that we are in deep trouble as we as a nation lack the collective resolve, the toughness, or the resilience to win against the forces that have come against us. Please allow me to better define our challenges. We have been the victims of a multi-strain, multifaceted attack on our nation that has left our economy and national spirit at an all-time low. Given that Brazil and Sweden are living life with normalcy and the COVID-19 death curve is nearly identical, speaks that we should be resisting and we are not. America is cowering in the corner while the Deep State thugs, from Gates to Fauci, have done what the Brits, the Germans (2 times), the Japanese, the Communist Chinese and the Soviets were unable to do…they have conquered America in less than 60 days. How many of you will cross the line into the camps prepared for you and me because we have not prepared and are unwilling to resist? America, conquered by an over-hyped virus and embellished by the Deep State and their underlings in the mainstream media. I am interviewing Celeste Solum today. The interview will be available tomorrow on Wednesday. How many Americans will have the courage to listen to that interview. I can just smell the cognitive dissonance oozing out of every pore of the many and those that lack courage and faith in Jesus. It took 60 days for the Deep State and their MSM minions to destroy the most powerful empire in history. The Deep State is now in mop up mode. With 50% unemployment looming and our economy in ruins, can anyone see a way out of this. Here comes the digital currency, RFID tracking, vaccine monitoring by the mark of the beast, her comes what some are saying is the beginning of the end for humanity in the present age. Is Biblical prophecy being played out?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/it-took-just-60-days-complicity-deep-state-and-msm-over-hyped-virus-destroy-most-powerful-empire 

:: 4-8-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How the man running World Health Organisation trashed by Trump as China-centric is a career politician who worked for a Communist junta and became WHO's first NON-doctor Director-General 'following intense lobbying from Beijing'

Tedros Ghebreyesus is Director-General of the WHO and leading global response to coronavirus pandemic

He studied in the UK before serving at the top of Ethiopia's government and was part of hard-left TPLF party

During that time, contributions by China to Ethiopia via various UN programmes increased dramatically

In 2017 he was elected to lead the WHO, amid allegations of heavy lobbying by Chinese diplomats

His response to the pandemic has been heavily criticised, particularly his praise for China's government

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline Published: 08:10 EDT, 8 April 2020 | Updated: 14:20 EDT, 8 April 2020

Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, a little-known figure before the coronavirus pandemic, has risen to prominence as Director-General of the World Health Organisation which is spearheading global responses to the virus. Dr Tedros - who has never practised as a medical doctor - is a career politician who was born in what is now Eritrea, began work under the Communist Derg junta, came to study in the UK, then rose to the top of Ethiopia's government first as Health Minister and then Foreign Minister before being elected to lead the WHO in 2017. He is now facing heavy criticism over his handling of the pandemic, especially for praise he heaped on China's communist party for its response - hailing the regime's 'commitment to transparency' and saying the speed with which it detected the virus was 'beyond words'. That has led to allegations - mostly recently made by Donald Trump - that the WHO is 'China-centric', a position that the US President has promised to 'look into'. Trump has threatened to suspend US funding to the WHO until an investigation has been carried out, while suggesting that they withheld information on the virus. Indeed, it is not the first time that Dr Tedros has been accused of cosying up to China. Shortly after his election victory in 2017, it was alleged that Chinese diplomats had been heavily involved in lobbying for him. UN records also show that Chinese contributions to both Ethiopia's aid budget and the WHO have substantially increased during times when he was in top leadership positions. Shortly after his election to the WHO, a report in The Times said: 'Chinese diplomats had campaigned hard for the Ethiopian, using Beijing’s financial clout and opaque aid budget to build support for him among developing countries.' Dr Tedros - who is married and has five children - was born in 1965 in Asmara, which was part of Ethiopia at the time but is now in Eritrea.  As a child he saw his younger brother die to an infection, which he believes was measles, which he later said spurred his determination to work on health and health policy. He graduated from university in Ethiopia in 1986 with a degree in biology and went to work as a health official in the regime of Marxist dictator Mengistu Haile Mariam, while the country was ruled by the Derg military junta. According to the BBC, Dr Tedros then joined the hard-left TPLF - which started life as a Communist party and played a major role in overthrowing Mariam in 1991. It later became part of the EPRDF, a coalition of left-wing parties that ruled Ethiopia until last year.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8199719/Dr-Tedros-Ghebreyesus-career-politician-running-China-centric-WHO.html 

:: 4-8-20 Mad House News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bureaucrat: Stay Home and Starve –

April 8, 2020

Dr. Deborah Birx, the White House “coronavirus response coordinator,” said on Saturday all plebs must stay out of grocery stores. She didn’t offer an alternative. Instead, she repeated the hand washing and 6-foot “social distancing” mantra. “This is the moment to not be going to the grocery store, not going to the pharmacy, but doing everything you can to keep your family and your friends safe and that means everybody doing the 6-feet distancing, washing their hands,” said the life-long bureaucrat. I am reminded of President George H.W. Bush confronting a grocery store scanner on display at the National Grocers Association convention in D.C. in 1992. Bush probably hadn’t seen the inside a grocery store in decades and this new technology struck him as remarkable. He was bedazzled by that red scanner light, part of a mundane reality for millions of Americans. I seriously doubt Ms. Birx does her own shopping. As a top-level flunky of the state and its preferred transnational corporate crony clients, Brix likely dispatches servants to do the shopping and cooking. She has more important tasks at hand, such as frightening the public into subservience with scary worst-case speculation minus hard data, pushing house arrest, and repeating ad nauseam the hand-wash-social-distance mantra.

Lineup outside Walmart when I had to grab groceries a little bit ago, still can’t believe this is the world we’re living in right now ? #COVID19 pic.twitter.com/xGSEUHYG5X

— Chelsey⚡️ (@chelseyynicol) April 5, 2020

Like Bush, this woman is seriously out of touch. How many Americans will now be frightened out of their wits by the necessity to buy food and feed their families? Does she believe all Americans have the ability and money to employ others (maybe adorned in hazmat suits) to buy food and deliver it—that is if the delivery services have not gone on strike for fear of the virus, an unknown quantity we are told blows in the wind, lays in wait on all surfaces and effuses invisibly from toilet bowls. Birx’s insane suggestion—with the full weight of the state behind it—is naturally ignored by millions of Americans that have no choice but to queue up inside grocery stores and pharmacies, daring a virus they are propagandized into believing is everywhere, lethal as the Black Death. The Centers for Disease Control, where Ms. Birx formerly worked, has told the nation all Americans must wear face masks, never mind you would be hard-pressed to actually find a medical mask (and if you did, be scorned for denying an N95 mask to “frontline” doctors and nurses). Instead, the CDC wants you to DIY masks out of cloth, or buy one online.

https://madhousenews.com/2020/04/bureaucrat-stay-home-and-starve/ 

:: 4-7-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 7 April 2020

Severe Tropical Cyclone Harold is the 2nd strongest cyclone to hit Vanuatu on record after killing 27 on the Solomon Isles: Is now heading toward Fiji and Tonga

Credit Vanuatu Meteorology

It has been described as "a truly remarkable monster system." A Category Five superstorm, generating destructive winds and "phenomenal" seas. Cyclone Harold Update The 'Severe Tropical Cyclone,' smashed into Vanuatu as expected, earlier today, destroying buildings and causing devastation after killing 27 people on the Solomon Isles over the weekend. The Vanuatu Meteorology and Geo-Hazards Department issued a warning early on Tuesday that Harold had developed into a category 5 strength Cyclone with hurricane-force winds of 185km/h (100Knots), gusting to 235km/h (125Knots) and is now the 2nd strongest cyclone to hit Vanuatu on record. One-third of Vanuatu population has been affected, severe wind damage and flooding have been reported. Harold’s behaviour now indicates that the inner eyewall is collapsing due to the system’s interaction with the islands to its west. While it remains in extremely favourable very hot sea waters, Harold may organize an eyewall again before it heads towards the Fiji archipelago and Tonga. The latest satellite imagery is indicating Harold is losing its strength, the eyewall is collapsing which is perfectly visible as it has a trochoidal wobbling. The CDO (Central Dense Overcast) is getting warmer, indicating the system is undergoing a land-induced EWRC (Harold’s main inflow region is feeding on the west, passing through the islands and across the cold wake of the cyclone) SWE

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/04/severe-tropical-cyclone-harold-is-2nd.html 

:: 4-7-20 John B. Wells News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PRETTY IN PINK Tonight’s Super Pink Moon linked to ‘end of days’ omen, a ‘rebirth’ and increased seismic activity

April 7, 2020

A RARE “Pink Moon” will grace skies the world over tonight as our rocky neighbour makes a close pass with Earth. Some peoples think the cosmic show is linked to the appearance of beautiful flowers in the US, while others say it signifies the end of the world as we know it. What is a Pink Moon?

A Pink Moon is the rare result of several space phenomena occurring at once. The name is slightly deceiving because the lunar surface will appear slightly orange rather than pink.

A Pink Moon is a type of Super Moon, which occurs when a new or full Moon is unusually close to Earth.

According to Nasa, April’s Pink Moon will be the “most super” of the full Super Moons this year.

When is the 2020 Pink Moon? Stargazers should be able to spot the 2020 version in the early hours of the morning on Wednesday April 8. On a clear night, people in the UK, Europe and North America should be able to see it. Above the US the event will occur on Tuesday (April 7) at 10:35pm ET (0235 GMT on April 8). That’s around eight hours after the Moon hits perigee, the nearest point from Earth in its orbit. Why is it called a Pink Moon? The phrase “Pink Moon” comes from Northern Native Americans, according to the Old Farmer’s Almanac. They named it after a spring flower called Wild Ground Phlox, which is native to the eastern USA and one of the earliest widespread flowers of Spring. It’s got a pink hue and blossoms around the same time as April’s full moon. This natural phenomenon is always linked to the date of Easter because it appears after the spring equinox. In other parts of the world, the celestial phenomenon is referred to as the Egg Moon, Full Sprouting Grass Moon, Growing Moon or the Full Fish Moon. Ancient beliefs about the Pink Moon Among Native Americans, the Pink Moon signifies rebirth and renewal, according to Elite Daily. It flags that brighter times are ahead following the cold, dark months of winter. The Pink Moon is a sign that life goes through cycles – bright flowers may die but they always come back again each year. According to spiritualist Cherokee Billie, the Pink Moon “brings the stability and security to crystallise recent changes and make them permanent improvements.” Other cultures view the Pink Moon differently. In the Hebrew lunisolar calendar the months change with the new Moon and full Moons fall in the middle of the lunar months. This full Moon is in the middle of Nisan. According to one Rabbi, the Moon becoming as large as the Sun is an “injustice” to God. “This injustice will be rectified in the end of days,” Rabbi Berger said, according to BreakingIsraelNews. “In the end of days, the sun and the moon will be equally ‘great’.” The full Moon – of which the Pink Moon is one form of – means different things to different religions. According to Nasa: “There are a number of variations of the Hindu lunisolar calendar, but for many this full Moon corresponds with the Hanuman Jayanti festival celebrating the birth of Lord Sri Hanuman. “Every full Moon is a holiday in Sri Lanka,” it continues. “For Buddhists in Sri Lanka, this full Moon is Bak Poya, commemorating when the Buddha visited Sri Lanka and avoided a war by settling a dispute between chiefs.” CONTINUE READING

Originally posted on TheSun.com

https://johnbwellsnews.com/pretty-in-pink-tonights-super-pink-moon-linked-to-end-of-days-omen-a-rebirth-and-increased-seismic-activity/ 

:: 4-7-20 Prophecy Update :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, April 7, 2020

Photos Show Miles-Long Line Of Cars Waiting At Food Banks

Stark photos show miles-long row of cars waiting outside a Florida food bank as demand surges by 600 per cent and more than half-a-million residents file for unemployment

ARIEL ZILBER FOR DAILYMAIL.COM and ASSOCIATED PRESS

Dramatic images from South Florida on Monday show a long line of cars backed up bumper to bumper on a roadway while motorists wait hours to get food from a food bank.

A drone captured aerial shots of vehicles waiting in line in Sunrise, Florida, just northwest of Fort Lauderdale, on Monday.

The motorists were waiting to receive food from Feeding South Florida, a food bank that relies on donations to feed the poor.

Feeding South Florida has seen a 600 per cent increase in the number of people asking for food as millions have been laid off due to the coronavirus outbreak

Feeding South Florida has seen a 600 per cent increase in the those asking for food aid as people, some of whom have lost jobs, need to make ends meet during the coronavirus pandemic

Floridians lined up to receive produce ranging from milk, chicken, apples, tomatoes, cantaloupes, and eggs. According to the Miami Herald, food banks like Feeding South Florida and others have a glut of fresh produce to give away. That’s because the coronavirus outbreak has forced governments to shut down the hospitality industry, which includes restaurants, hotels, airlines, cruise ships, school cafeterias, and other businesses that serve food to customers. That means farmers who rely on these businesses to buy their crops have an excess of perishable food and nothing to do with it.

Food that isn’t donated to food banks is simply thrown away or turned into mulch as there is no set mechanism to efficiently redistribute the excess produce to those in need.

‘The volume is at a level we’ve never seen before,’ said Stephen Shelley, president and CEO of Farm Share. ‘It is overwhelming the system.’ Farm Share distributes food every day through partnerships with food pantries, churches, school, and other nonprofits. ‘The math is not on our side,’ Vatske said.

More than 520,000 Floridians have applied for unemployment since March 15, compared to 326,000 in all of last year. State statistics show that as of Monday, almost 13,000 people have been diagnosed with the disease and 235 have died since the outbreak began being tracked a month ago.

https://prophecyupdate.blogspot.com/2020/04/photos-show-miles-long-line-of-cars.html

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 4-6-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Disgusting Profiteering From Coronavirus Spread Exposed

CCP blocked US manufacturers exporting medical equipment so it could ‘corner the market’ and sold Italy’s own donated equipment back to the country

Steve Watson | Infowars.com - April 6, 2020

Several reports over the past couple of days have exposed how China is profiteering hugely from the coronavirus that it failed to contain, and the severity of the spread that the communist state lied about.

The New York Post reported on Sunday that China blocked US manufacturers from exporting personal protective equipment (PPE), which was desperately needed to protect health care workers in the hardest hit areas. “Leading US manufacturers of medical safety gear told the White House that China prohibited them from exporting their products from the country as the coronavirus pandemic mounted.” the report states. “Executives from 3M and Honeywell told US officials that the Chinese government in January began blocking exports of N95 respirators, booties, gloves and other supplies produced by their factories in China,” The Post further reported. A senior administration official told reporters that “China paid the manufacturers their standard wholesale rates, but prohibited the vital items from being sold to anyone else.” The report explains that “China was trying to ‘corner the world market’ in personal protective equipment” and also “imported $1.2 billion worth of ‘epidemic prevention and control materials’ from the end of January through the end of February.” “Data from China’s own customs agency points to an attempt to corner the world market in PPE like gloves, goggles, and masks through massive increased purchases – even as China, the world’s largest PPE manufacturer, was restricting exports.” the administration official added. The report notes that the Trump administration is considering legal action against China, with senior legal adviser Jenna Ellis remarking that “People are dying. When you have intentional, cold-blooded premeditated action like you have with China, this would be considered first-degree murder.” Michael Wessell of the federal US-China Economic and Security Review Commission, also slammed China, noting that American medical professionals are “starved of PPE to fight this crisis” because of the communist country’s actions. “We understand that China has engaged in policies to try and not only develop its own capabilities, but to do so at expense of producers around the world,” Wessell said, adding that “At a time when demand was rising to deal with the crisis, China was marshaling all of the products for its own use.” “[China is] using it for soft power, essentially saying it’s a humanitarian gesture to try to curry goodwill with American people when some of the problems we’re facing are the direct result of Chinese policies,” Wessell added. The AFP reports that “China has sold nearly four billion masks to foreign countries since March” as well as 37.5 million pieces of protective clothing, 16,000 ventilators and 2.84 million COVID-19 testing kits, all at a value of approximately 10.2 billion yuan ($1.4 billion).

Several of the over 50 countries that China has sold equipment to have reported the equipment to be defective, with evidence even suggesting that some of it was contaminated with coronavirus. Chinese officials have claimed that the reports of faulty equipment “did not reflect the full facts”. “In reality there are various factors, such as China having different standards and different usage habits to other countries. Even improper use can lead to doubts over quality,” said Jiang Fan, an official with the Ministry of Commerce. Perhaps the most disgusting exposé of China’s profiteering was documented in a report by The Spectator, which found that Italy donated tons of Personal Protective Equipment to China to help the communist state protect its own population when the virus first hit. However, when Italy quickly became the worst hit country on the planet, China did not return the favour, instead SELLING the same equipment back to Italy at an inflated price. The report notes: After COVID-19 made its way to Italy, decimating the country’s significant elderly population, China told the world it would donate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) to help Italy stop its spread. Reports later indicated that China had actually sold, not donated, the PPE to Italy. A senior Trump administration official tells The Spectator that it is much worse than that: China forced Italy to buy back the PPE supply that it gave to China during the initial coronavirus outbreak. ‘Before the virus hit Europe, Italy sent tons of PPE to China to help China protect its own population,’ the administration official explained. ‘China then has sent Italian PPE back to Italy — some of it, not even all of it … and charged them for it.’ China’s behaviour has been reprehensible, with both the US and British governments warning that there will be a reckoning. However, the UN has rewarded the communist state with a seat at the human rights council, and the World Health Organisation defended China’s actions, and parroted it’s propaganda about the virus spread for weeks.

https://www.infowars.com/chinas-disgusting-profiteering-from-coronavirus-spread-exposed/ 

:: 4-7-20 Brown :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Flooded Facebook with Shady Ads Blaming Trump for the Coronavirus Crisis

Facebook allowed these glaringly political ads to run for months without a political disclaimer. China has engaged in information warfare in an attempt to rewrite history.

By Nate Brown - April 7, 2020

Chinese State Media has flooded Facebook with shady ads blaming President Trump for the Coronavirus. Further, the adverts praise China and condemn “racist” President Trump for the crisis. The undisclosed political ads, from Global Times, Xinhua News Agency, Global China Television Network (GCTN), and China Central Television (CCTV), all ran on the two platforms in recent months, targeting users around the world in English, Chinese, and Arabic, but they’ve only now been flagged by Facebook as being political. Not only has China not taken ownership for creating the global pandemic, but they have also attempted to run around the world and play hero as well. In addition, China is also using this crisis to further its global business while providing countries with aid. Forcing countries to accept broader business negotiations while bribing them with assistance is blackmail. One of the ads that the Chinese State Media published questioned whether or not the virus originated in China, all the while calling Trump’s use of the term Chinese virus as “racist.” Another Global Times ad suggested that the Trump administration’s mishandling of the outbreak in the U.S. could make the problem there much worse. The global economy has halted, China has lied about the virus since day one; they lied about when the virus began, they lied about human-to-human transmission, they lied about how many people have become infected, they lied about how many people have died, and now they are pointing the finger at President Trump. China needs to own their mess. Facebook allowed these glaringly political ads to run for months without a political disclaimer. China has engaged in information warfare in an attempt to rewrite history.

https://brownjournal.net/politics-government/china-flooded-facebook-with-shady-ads-blaming-trump-for-the-coronavirus-crisis/ 

:: 4-7-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Wuhan Funeral Homes Burned Coronavirus Victims Alive

By Frances Martel 7 Apr 2020

Locals in Wuhan, where the Chinese coronavirus pandemic originated, have heard screams coming from funeral home furnaces, and some treated in hospitals say they saw workers put living coronavirus patients in body bags, Radio Free Asia (RFA) reported on Monday. RFA noted that it could not independently verify that the Chinese Communist Party was burning coronavirus patients alive, nor has the Communist Party confirmed or denied the rumors. Yet the rumors persist that, to make room for new patients in Wuhan’s overcrowded hospitals, medical staff chose older patients less likely to survive the infection and shipped them to incinerators while they were still alive and conscious. RFA quoted a source “close to the funeral industry” identified only as Ma who said that he had heard reports of “people restrained and forced into body bags when they were still moving.” “Some people are saying that … there are video clips of screams coming from funeral homes, from inside the furnaces … which tells us that some people were taken to the funeral homes while they were still alive,” Ma added. Ma also noted the existence of video testimony from an anonymous older woman who had been treated at a Wuhan hospital, presumably for Chinese coronavirus. “One old lady was saying that they put one guy into … a body bag when he wasn’t even dead yet, and took him off to the crematorium because there was no way of saving him,” Ma told RFA. Video of an older woman speaking anonymously to a camera began circulating on social media in February in which she said she witnessed a patient next to her at a Wuhan hospital stuffed into a body bag while still alive. “He’s not dead, his feet and hands are still moving,” the woman says, “[They] wrapped him in a plastic body bag and zipped it up.” According to New Tang Dynasty, a broadcaster affiliated with the persecuted Chinese Falun Gong movement, the woman spoke with a Wuhan accent, suggesting she was a native of the central Chinese city. The Taiwanese outlet Taiwan News traced the origin of the video to a Chinese student group called “Youth Production,” who reportedly uploaded the video on February 24. Taiwan News noted that the woman claimed to have suffered from coronavirus symptoms but, as she was in her 60s, she did not suffer severe symptoms, unlike the man taken away, who she estimated was in his 70s. “She said that the man was weak but was still breathing when medical workers ‘bound his head’ and then his hands and feet, which were ‘still moving,’” Taiwan News reported, noting that she also lamented that the hospital where she received care had no other treatments available for coronavirus patients besides oxygen. In the West, doctors have begun experimenting with several drug mixtures, one of which — a combination of antibiotics and hydroxychloroquine, a drug used to treat lupus and malaria — has generated optimism in American hospitals. The woman said she felt older patients at the hospital were treated “like dead dogs.” Neither Taiwan News nor RFA could independently confirm the reports of Wuhan residents being burned alive. The Chinese Communist Party claims that, as of Tuesday, it has documented 82,718 cases of coronavirus nationwide and 3,335 deaths across the country. The vast majority of these, 3,212 deaths, were recorded in Hubei province. Wuhan is the capital of Hubei. Multiple reports citing sources in Wuhan’s seven funeral homes dispute this claim, estimating that the real death toll in the city is as much as ten times higher than China’s official nationwide death toll. Reports of hundreds of bodies cremated in some funeral homes began surfacing in February, at the height of the epidemic in the city. Government officials did not allow residents to pick up the remains of their relatives until late March, however, as the strict lockdown that saw government officials welding Wuhan residents in their homes was still ongoing. When the funeral homes opened to distributed ashes two weekends ago, witnesses estimated that some funeral homes were distributing as many as 5,000 sets of remains a day. Estimates as to the number of sets of remains distributed last week in Wuhan range from 30,000 to 46,000 people. “There are suspicions that many people died in their homes without being diagnosed and, at first, there were no kits to do the test,” an unnamed resident said in a report last week. “Nobody in Wuhan believes the official numbers. The real one, only they know.” Ma, the funeral home source speaking to RFA in its report on Monday, said that Wuhan was cremating so many bodies at some point that some incinerators broke down, resulting in cremators placing multiple bodies in one incinerator at a time to keep up with the sheer amount of remains. The result has been several reported incidents of people receiving urns with ashes featuring items they do not recognize that clearly did not belong to their loved ones. “A resident of Wuhan’s Jiang’an district surnamed Liu said she had found a man’s belt clasp in the urn she was given, supposedly containing her mother’s ashes,” RFA noted. “And a resident of Hongshan district said he had found the remains of ceramic dental crown, denture or implant in the urn labeled with his father’s name, even though his father had never had such a thing fitted.”

Follow Frances Martel on Facebook and Twitter.

https://www.breitbart.com/asia/2020/04/07/report-wuhan-funeral-homes-burned-people-alive/ 

:: 4-8-20 News Wars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here Comes The Second Wave: Wuhan Lockdown Ends And Tens Of Thousands Are About To Flee The City

Wednesday, April 8, 2020

If the second wave of infections that China is about to unleash on the world results in millions of deaths, at what point will China's action be viewed as an act of war? Last week we reported that even as the world’s attention had shifted to the new global coronavirus outbreak epicenters of New York, Italy, Spain and other western nations, China – which rushed to restart its economy at any cost – had put a major county on lockdown after a new cluster of coronavirus infection had emerged. To wit, last Wednesday we learned that in post on its social media account, Jia county – which has a population of about 600,000 – said that no one can travel out of Jia county without proper authorization after one person tested positive. This new cluster emerged just days after China once again revised its virus reporting methodology to also include asymptomatic carriers of the disease, which naturally begged the question why China wasn’t reported his subset of infections previously. We got the answer yesterday when Mainland China reported 39 new coronavirus cases as of Sunday, up from 30 a day earlier, and the number of asymptomatic cases also surged, as Beijing continued to struggle to extinguish the outbreak despite drastic containment efforts. China’s National Health Commission said in a statement on Monday that 78 new asymptomatic cases had been identified as of the end of the day on Sunday, compared with 47 the day before. Of the new cases showing symptoms, 38 were people who had entered China from abroad, compared with 25 a day earlier, although how China keeps track of this on an instantaneous basis is unclear. Also it’s odd to blame “imports” as China also closed off its borders to foreigners, though according to Beijing most imported cases involve Chinese nationals returning from overseas. President Trump signed an executive order last year to curtail the advancement of 5g technology by Huawei in America. Owen reveals why that may have saved thousands of innocent lives. Worse, an update posted late on Tuesday showed that the number of most asymptomatic cases has nearly doubled since Sunday’s peak: This means that whether asymptomatic or not, imported or domestic, Hubei-based or not, on April 5, China reported the most new Coronavirus cases in a month as slowly the disease appears to be reestablishing itself in the world’s most populous nation. This is a problem because it suggests that despite the now chronic data obfuscation, China may be about to unleash to a second wave of coronavirus infections – both domestically and internationally – something JPMorgan predicted is virtually inevitable. It’s an even bigger problem because at midnight on Wednesday, China ended its lockdown of Wuhan, the city where the coronavirus first emerged and remains the symbol of a pandemic that has killed tens of thousands of people, shaken the global economy and thrown daily life into upheaval across the planet.  Alas, as the NYT reports, the city that has reopened after more than 10 weeks is a profoundly damaged one, a place whose recovery will be watched worldwide for lessons on how populations move past pain and calamity of such staggering magnitude. What’s worse, is that judging by the latest reports, a new cluster of cases may be emerging and since Wuhan was ground zero, the risk is that by reopening Wuhan, China may be about to restart a whole new global wave of infections. But first, a little background. Chinese authorities sealed off Wuhan, an industrial hub of 11 million people, in late January, in a frantic attempt to limit the outbreak’s spread. At the time, many outsiders saw it as an extreme step, one that could be tried only in an authoritarian system like China’s. But as the epidemic has worsened, governments around the world have enacted a variety of stringent restrictions on their citizens’ movements. Wuhan was by far the worst-hit part of the country, accounting for 50,008 confirmed coronavirus cases—61% of China’s total—and 2,571 deaths, or 77% of the national toll, according to official figures as of Monday. Meanwhile, some 1.4 million infections and 80,000 deaths have been reported worldwide — figures that are rising fast, and that officials say vastly understate the true extent of the pandemic, a pandemic which despite mainstream attempts to shift the topic, most likely emerged as a result of deadly leak (an involuntary one, one assumes) from the Wuhan Institute Of Virology. The contagion has slowed in hard-hit countries like Italy and Spain, but it continues to spread quickly elsewhere around the globe, including in the United States, which is approaching 400,000 known infections. News reports are filled with scenes of overflowing hospitals in New York City, uncollected bodies on streets in Ecuador, updates on the condition of Prime Minister Boris Johnson of Britain, who is hospitalized in intensive care, and expert warnings that the epidemic could be exploding, undetected, in the poorest parts of the world. Most of Europe, India, much of the United States and many other places are under orders for businesses to close and most people to stay at home, abruptly crippling economies and throwing millions of people out of work. Yet as the world grapples with how to minimize transmission and isolate potential carriers by preaching a culture of “social distancing”, China is doing the opposite, and taking a massive gamble by allowing potential carriers to resume their normal social interactions with countless people. To be sure, that’s not how Beijing sees it: Wednesday’s reopening of Wuhan came after only three new coronavirus cases were reported in the city in the previous three weeks, and a day after China reported no new deaths for the first time since January. The report that China is fine sparked ridicule from such Sinophobes as Heyman Capital’s Kyle Bass who did not exactly believe China’s “data” to put it mildly: Meanwhile, speculation is rife that the real infection numbers for Wuhan could be more than double that, according to two recent studies that estimated that the cumulative total for the city was already higher than 125,000 in February according to the WSJ. One study, by University of Hong Kong researchers, noted that China changed its criteria for diagnosis six times, including on Feb. 4, when it widened the testing pool considerably, leading to a surge in confirmed cases. If testing capabilities were available throughout the outbreak, and the Feb. 4 criteria had been applied throughout China’s crisis, 232,000 cases could have been detected in China by Feb. 20, with 127,000 cases in Wuhan alone, the researchers estimated. Additionally, as the WSJ also notes, experts and residents believe the official death toll excludes those who died at home or couldn’t be tested early on. Epidemiologists, US intelligence sources and Wuhan residents suspect that Chinese authorities substantially undercounted infections and deaths over the past several months, especially in Wuhan, in part to boost President Xi Jinping’s image. Some of the clearest indications that nothing is fixed comes from Wuhan itself: while some life, and traffic, have returned to Wuhan’s streets in recent days, most shops and restaurants are still closed. Local officials in full protective gear still guard entrances to residential neighborhoods, some of which are barricaded with metal fencing and awning. Authorities who had cut back on testing after conditions improved have ramped them back up, testing 12,000 people a day on average the past two weeks—60% more than New York City. Nationwide testing numbers haven’t been made public, and even if they were, the results would show only whatever Beijing wants. Until April 1, China didn’t publish figures for asymptomatic cases, which it defines as people who don’t yet show symptoms but have tested positive and could be infectious. Since then, Wuhan authorities have reported 194 new asymptomatic cases. They also said a total of 658 asymptomatic cases were under medical observation as of Monday. Health Times, a publication affiliated with the Communist Party’s official People’s Daily newspaper, quoted a senior doctor in Wuhan saying there could be 10,000 to 20,000 asymptomatic cases there, according to a survey done in the previous three days. The online articles was promptly deleted after it was published. Most skeptical that the Wuhan crisis has been solved are the city’s own residents, who say they are skeptical in part because local authorities tried to cover up the scale of the problem early on. Police reprimanded several people who tried to issue warnings via social media and officials warned doctors not to speak publicly about the disease. Restrictions on people retrieving deceased relatives’ ashes from funeral homes ahead of last Saturday’s Tomb Sweeping festival, a day when many Chinese visit ancestors’ graves, also aroused suspicions. Officials banned people from observing Tomb Sweeping rituals until April 30, saying it was to avoid cemetery overcrowding. Wuhan’s cemeteries and crematoriums have been heavily manned with police and other officials, with makeshift tents and desks erected outside to process grieving relatives. At the Biandanshan cemetery, Wuhan’s largest, an epidemic control official said there had been dozens of funerals there in recent days, a little more than normal, due to a backlog from the lockdown, when the cemetery was closed. Such doubts, combined with the reports of new asymptomatic cases, are triggering fears of a potential second wave of infections that could undermine Beijing’s claim to have tamed the virus. Yet despite the all too real possibility that Wuhan is a ticking timebomb, ready to unleash a second wave of coronavirus infections on the world – and this time with mutations, making any potential immunity from the first wave null and void – China is scrambling to show to the world just how successful it has been in fixing its own crisis, and Chinese authorities lifted the mass quarantine of Hubei province except for Wuhan, its capital, on March 25. As for Wuhan, after 76 days in quarantine the city’s lockdown – as well as controls on outbound travel – have now been lifted, just after midnight in China with authorities encouraging resumption of business operations for this critical industrial hub. Which means that despite the mounting skepticism about what the full extent of the disease was in ground zero, and whether it has even been contained, starting Wednesday morning people can now leave after presenting to the authorities a government-sanctioned phone app that indicates — based on their home addresses, recent travels and medical histories — whether they are contagion risks. Of course, since this is a city of 11 million, there is no possible way that the local authorities will be enable to enforce this “filter.” The consequences – for China and the world – could be dire. Footage from state-run news outlets early Wednesday showed a rush of cars traveling through toll stations on the outskirts of Wuhan immediately after the restrictions were lifted. China’s Global Times took pride in showing that on Wednesday morning an airplane departed from Wuhan Tianhe International Airport to Sanya in South China’s Hainan Province on Wed. It was the first flight leaving the airport after Wuhan’s 76-day lockdown. But most terrifying is that, according to a state-run broadcaster, China’s national rail operator estimated that more than 55,000 people would leave Wuhan by train on Wednesday alone. According to cp24.com, “tickets for trains out of Wuhan to cities across China already were advertised on electronic billboards, with the first train leaving for Beijing at 6:25 a.m. A line designated for passengers headed to the capital already was roped off.” In preparation for the end of the lockdown, Party Secretary Wang Zhonglin, the city’s highest-ranking official, inspected the city’s airport and train stations Monday to ensure they were ready. The city must “enforce prevention while opening up, maintain safety and orderliness and the assurance of stability,” Wang said. In other words, the horses are fleeing the barn… and this time thousands of them could be carriers of the deadly coronavirus. What is scarier is that it is as if China wants to spread a new wave of infections around the globe. To be sure, the city authorities clarified that while people who are healthy will be able to leave and enter Wuhan after Wednesday, most residential restrictions will remain in place. “Our city’s epidemic prevention and control situation is still grim,” read a notice from the city government published late Friday. Among the threats it cited were asymptomatic cases and people who retested as positive after recovering. Of course, in this city of 11 million people, isolating and locking down potential carriers, especially if they are asymptomatic, is practically impossible. Consider that in Wuhan’s Meihuachi neighborhood, one local official said four to five asymptomatic cases had been found over the weekend across three residential complexes nearby, all of which were back under lockdown as a result. The question, of course, is how many other hundreds if not thousands of asymptomatic cases are there in Wuhan at this moment, and how many of them are about to jump in car, plane or train to unknown destination. That question can not be answered, and neither can the question of why China rushed to reopen the coronavirus ground zero without the proper precautions in place. To more accurately assess the number of asymptomatic cases in China, authorities would either need to do tests—ideally blood tests to screen for antibodies—on the whole population, which would be prohibitively expensive, or on large, carefully chosen samples. China has said it had started antibody sampling to better understand infection rates, but even if it is doing what it says it is, this is nothing more than a game of large numbers. Unfortunately, the numbers are certainly not in the world’s favor. Lin Xihong, a professor at the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health, co-wrote a recent study that estimated Wuhan had a cumulative total of 125,959 cases by Feb. 18, and that at least 59% were “unascertained” on any given day, most likely because they had no symptoms or only mild ones. Even crazier, China’s National Health Commission said 1,033 asymptomatic cases were being monitored as of Monday, but it still hasn’t provided figures or estimates for before April 1. Another uncertainty is the total number of people China has tested nationwide. Wuhan has said it has performed 777,000 tests—enough to cover 7% of the city’s population and more than five times the level in Lombardy, Italy’s worst affected area. But what about the remaining 93%? Here epidemiologists rightfully worry that local officials may have deliberately scaled back testing to satisfy political demands to show they have the pandemic under control, and to shift blame for any rebound onto cases imported from abroad, which is ironic because all foreign cases can ultimately be traced back to a source in China… most likely one that at one point or another was located in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. In any event, now that potentially millions of infected, asymptomatic Wu Flu carriers are about to leave their containment zone and spread across China first, and then the world, a second wave is virtually assured. The extent of a second wave “will depend on what strategy will be implemented on detecting and isolating those cases without symptoms,” said Harvard professor Lin Xihong. “This is the million-dollar question.” If only it were only a million: so far the damage to the global economy and the fiscal and monetary stimulus unleashed because of one Chinese virus has been in the tens of trillions… a number which may soon double or triple, as only one carrier needs to escape Wuhan to start a second wave of infections. Add a mutation that renders any existing coronavirus antibodies obsolete and China’s decision to reopen ground zero would have catastrophic consequences for the world. And here is the punchline: as we said yesterday, the $64 trillion (roughly in line with global GDP) question is whether the coming “second reinfection wave” is going to be smaller or bigger, similar to the Spanish Flu pandemic. Why? Because deaths in the second wave of the Spanish Flu, which is closest to the Coronavirus pandemic in its progression dynamics, were 5x greater than those from the first. Which in turn leads to one final question: if the second wave of infections that China is about to unleash on the world results in millions of deaths, at what point will China’s action be viewed as an act of war?

https://www.newswars.com/here-comes-the-second-wave-wuhan-lockdown-ends-and-tens-of-thousands-are-about-to-flee-the-city/ 

:: 4-12-20 Hal Lindsey Video :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Download Audio Share

Friday Apr 12

Hal Lindsey Report: 4/12/2019

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-4122019/633/ 

:: 4-2-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Inner Flow of Infinite Power

By Hal Lindsey

Christians should always remember the Source of our strength and power. But right now seems like an especially good time to put power into perspective. Ultimately, we do not depend on a rugged physique, government programs, or human systems of power. We depend on the Lord God Almighty — the omnipotent One. Our situation can be illustrated by an episode of the classic TV comedy, “The Dick Van Dyke Show.” Van Dyke played a television writer named Rob Petrie. He had just repaired, or tried to repair, a toaster. He put in bread to test his work. Watching the toaster with self-satisfaction, he tried to give his wife Laura the big picture of what was happening. “Just think,” he said, “at this very moment, the mighty Niagara, harnessed to giant generators, its energy racing along 400 miles of copper wire, just to heat our toaster. All we have to do is wait.” Laura asked, “Don’t we have to plug it in?” A bit crestfallen, Rob walked over and plugged it in. He said, “You’d think with that 400-mile running start it could jump the last two feet by itself.” The power he described was there — two feet from the toaster — waiting to be tapped. And that can be us. Power flows within reach, but we sometimes fail to connect. Ephesians 6:10 tells every follower of Christ, “Be strong in the Lord, and in the strength of His might.”  It is impossible for the human mind to fully comprehend the power we’re talking about when we say, “the strength of His might.” Remember, He is omnipotent, meaning “all-powerful.” In Numbers 11:23, God asked Moses, “Is the Lord's power limited? Now you shall see whether My word will come true for you or not.” Because His power has no limit, His every word must come true. It was with His words that He created all the cosmos. Psalm 33:6 says, “By the word of the Lord the heavens were made.” Someone might point to Hebrews 6:18 — “It is impossible for God to lie” — and say there are some limits on His power. But the fact that God is always Himself, and never acts outside of His character or purpose does not represent a limit on His power. It is an expression of it! His power flowing in us also works in accordance with His character. He does not grant us supernatural power to fulfill “the lust of the flesh,” “the lust of the eyes,” or the “pride of life” (1 John 2:16). Rather, he empowers us to do His will. And that’s the amazing thing. When we do His will, He makes His power available to us. We just need to plug in. The next two verses, Ephesians 6:11-12, say, “Put on the full armor of God, that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.” The verses that follow tell about the armor God provides for us. I won’t go into those specifics here, but I invite you to read about them in Ephesians 6:13-18. We stand in the midst of a spiritual battle. And to triumph as He wants us to triumph, we need more than a positive attitude or a stiff upper lip. We must, “Be strong in the Lord, and in the strength of His might.”

The Greek word here translated power is “kratei.” It literally means “power that overcomes resistance.” You will face resistance. We all do. But God grants us the power to overcome resistance. With gladness, He invites you to plug in to that unending, unlimited resource. Colossians 1:11 tells us we can be “strengthened with all power, according to His glorious might, for the attaining of all steadfastness and patience.” Stay close to Him in these difficult days. Trust Him. And in all this, “walk in His glorious might.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-1-2020/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 4-6-20 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hydroxychloroquine may work against the coronavirus, but the media are refusing to acknowledge it

by Eddie Scarry | April 06, 2020 09:09 PM

Television journalists think they’re making a searing point by endlessly pointing out that hydroxychloroquine has not been 100% proved as an effective treatment against the coronavirus. In reality, they’re foolishly refuting a claim that no one is making. CNN’s John Berman on Monday told White House trade director Peter Navarro that he is, in fact, not a medical doctor and is therefore unqualified to treat patients infected with the virus. Thank God Berman saved all those people not waiting for treatment from Navarro, who has yet to show up at any of the daily press briefings with a white coat and stethoscope. You don’t have to be a surgeon, pediatrician, or even veterinarian to repeat the things published by scientists and, yes, even other medical professionals, which is that there is reason to believe that chloroquine may, at the very least, help patients mitigate the infection's symptoms. And that’s all that Navarro, President Trump, and Anthony Fauci have been doing: repeating the evidence that it may — may — be useful. Navarro told Berman that the federal government has dispensed the drug en masse to hospitals in virus hot zones where doctors can make the decision whether they want to prescribe the drug to their infected patients. He said that doctors in New York are in fact making great use of it. (If you want your hydroxychloroquine, you can keep your hydroxychloroquine!) And he said, accurately, that one very limited study has showed that some patients recovered quicker when treated with the drug. The World Health Organization itself has found some hope in the treatment. But Berman, who perhaps wasn’t listening, asked Navarro why, then, is Fauci, the leading government authority on infectious diseases, “wrong about this.” What?! Navarro had not contradicted anything Fauci said. The TV clip that Berman played of Fauci to make his own dumb point even proved it. What Fauci said in that clip was, “I think in terms of science, I don’t think we can definitely say it works.” Where’s the problem? In a separate recent interview, Fauci was asked if he would use hydroxychloroquine to treat an infected patient, and he said, “Yes, of course. I mean, particularly if people have no other option, you want to give them hope.” But Berman was adamant. "What are your qualifications," he asked, exasperated, "to weigh in on medicine more than Dr. Anthony Fauci? Why should we listen to you and not Dr. Fauci?" Navarro said again, accurately, that he had seen what experts have said and the evidence so far available. Trump has said nothing different from Navarro or Fauci. “We’ll see what happens,” he said at one press briefing, “but there is a theory out there that for the medical worker, doctor, it may work.” Why are we debating this? Why are the media arguing against points that no one is making? I assume it’s because they’re all perpetually negative pessimists, a useless position at precisely the time that everyone needs to be hopeful. Recall that experts told us that it was pointless to wear masks over our noses and mouths in public to reduce the risk of spreading the virus, guidance that seemed to fly in the face of all common sense and personal experience. They’ve changed their mind on that one. The science is still out on hydroxychloroquine. But, in the meantime, let’s look at the evidence and not the media.

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/opinion/hydroxychloroquine-may-work-against-the-coronavirus-but-the-media-are-refusing-to-acknowledge-it 

:: 4-7-20 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Georgia Man Says God Healed Him of COVID-19 after 11 Days in the Hospital

Scott Slayton | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Tuesday, April 7, 2020

A Georgia man says that God healed him after he was hospitalized with COVID-19. He recently came home from eleven days in the hospital after an experience where “the Lord was blowing breath” into his lungs. Clay Bentley believes he contracted the coronavirus at his church in Cartersville. Bentley said, “On March 1st, I was singing in the choir. That’s where I got it. That’s where I contracted it at church. There were at least 45 to 50 people in that church in that one meeting that caught the coronavirus, and two died.” One of the church members who died, Elizabeth Wells, was standing close to Bentley in the choir. He told Fox5, “I’ve been grieving over her,” said Bentley. “I think she was standing next to me. We had choir practice on Wednesday night and she was standing next to me. Breaks my heart to know that other people in the church are sick and I can’t do anything. I stayed up nights just praying for them. I’m still praying for the ones who are still in the hospital. I’m just praying they get the same relief I got.” Bentley started experienced symptoms within hours of getting home from church. After experiencing shortness of breath, he went to a local urgent care and then later to the emergency room. He told CBN News that the doctors in the emergency room diagnosed him with walking pneumonia and sent him home with an antibiotic. Bentley’s condition deteriorated over the next week, but he believed that God was encouraging him through his struggle. He was admitted to the hospital on Friday, March 6th with what the doctors believed was double pneumonia. The doctors also administered a test for COVID-19, which came back positive. Bentley said that the Lord provided him continuing encouragement throughout his time in the hospital, especially when the outlook was dark. He said, “The doctors came in and said, ‘You’re not getting better, as a matter of fact, you’re in worse shape today than when you came in the hospital.’” However, Bentley said another voice was speaking to him as well. “I heard the Spirit of God starting to tell me, ‘No, you’re getting better. You’re getting better.’ And he began to ask me ‘Who are you going to believe. Whose report will you believe?” Clay told CBN that something incredible happened to him about 3:00 am one morning. “I felt the Lord, I felt his presence,” he recalled. “I felt him blow breath into my lungs and I took a deep breath and I knew it was the Lord blowing in my lungs and when I took a deep breath it was like it all cleared out.” He went home two days later. Bentley’s wife Suzy was a constant encouragement to him through his time in the hospital. She quoted Scripture to him even though she was afraid that she might lose him. She lost her mother on March 17 a few years ago and feared he might die on the same day. Instead, that was the day he left the hospital. Bentley is grateful for the Lord’s kindness to him and has his fellow church members who are suffering on his heart. He said, "There's members who have been in critical condition – and I still haven't talked to all of them. I don't know how everyone is doing. I've been in isolation, so I don't know, but I am praying for them."

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/scott-slayton/georgia-man-says-god-healed-him-of-covid-19-after-11-days-in-the-hospital.html 

:: 4-7-20 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New York coronavirus deaths jumped by 731 Monday, the biggest daily increase, Gov. Cuomo says

Published Tue, Apr 7 202011:15 AM EDTUpdated Tue, Apr 7 20201:06 PM EDT

Coronavirus deaths in New York surged by 731 on Monday, the biggest single-day jump since the outbreak began a few months ago, Gov. Andrew Cuomo said Tuesday.

“Behind every one of those numbers is an individual, is a family, is a mother, is a father, is a brother, is a sister. So, a lot of pain again today,” he said.

Cuomo said he plans to issue several executive orders later Tuesday, including one that formalizes $1,000 fines for people who aren’t following social distancing rules.

Coronavirus deaths in New York surged by 731 on Monday, the biggest single-day jump in COVID-19 fatalities since the outbreak began a few months ago, Gov. Andrew Cuomo said Tuesday. The jump in fatalities comes even as the number of intensive care admissions starts to decline, giving the state some needed breathing room to ramp up supplies and staff to handle an expected wave of cases over the next few weeks, he said. Earlier in the day, New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio said the number of coronavirus patients being placed on ventilators in recent days has been better than expected, giving the city precious time to secure necessary supplies for a wave of patients expected to hit local hospitals in the next few weeks. So far, 5,489 people in the state have died from the coronavirus, accounting for roughly half of all deaths in the U.S. “Behind every one of those numbers is an individual, is a family, is a mother, is a father, is a brother, is a sister. So, a lot of pain again today,” he said at a press conference in Albany. The number of deaths is a lagging indicator of the number of hospitalizations, Cuomo said. Those people were admitted to hospitals at the peak and weren’t successfully treated, Cuomo said, adding that they were placed on breathing machines, and “the longer you are on a ventilator the less likely” you will survive. New York is the epicenter of the outbreak in the United States, with more than half the cases in the state in New York City, according to data compiled by Johns Hopkins University. Cuomo said he plans to issue several executive orders later Tuesday, including one that formalizes $1,000 fines for people who aren’t following social distancing rules. New York state health officials said they expected to have a breakdown of COVID-19 deaths by race this week. Hospitals don’t provide that information to the state, they said, so officials had to obtain it from coroners. The virus “kills vulnerable people. That’s what it does, and it does that very well,” Cuomo said. De Blasio also said people of color and people in lower-income communities, which historically have had more health problems, are getting hit disproportionately harder by the coronavirus. The city hasn’t released race data for the outbreak, but de Blasio said the city plans to do so later this week, although he warned that the data wasn’t preliminary. “The extent of that disparity we’re still fully trying to understand. And the data we’ll give you will help us understand, but it will not be the final word, because ... it is preliminary and imperfect in the middle of a crisis,” he said. “The ethnicity data in a crisis atmosphere where health care is being provided rapidly to everyone that can be reached, that’s been less of a focus.” — CNBC’s Dan Mangan contributed to this article.

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/04/07/new-york-coronavirus-deaths-jumped-by-731-monday-the-single-biggest-daily-increase-gov-cuomo-says.html 

:: 4-6-20 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus: France records highest daily death toll of 833

6 April 2020

France has reported 833 new coronavirus deaths in the past day, the highest daily toll since its outbreak began. The total number of people who have died after testing positive for Covid-19 now stands at 8,911, while the number of infections is 98,010. "We have not reached the end of the end of the ascent of this epidemic," warned Health Minister Olivier Véran. Italy's daily death toll also rose on Monday after several days of slowing, but Spain's fell for a fourth day.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-52191889 

:: 4-4-20 News Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fire next to Southwest Florida International Airport contained; more than 3,500 cars were destroyed or damaged

Kaitlin Greenockle, Fort Myers News-Press Published 12:31 p.m. ET April 4, 2020 | Updated 4:43 p.m. ET April 4, 2020

A fire that burned for hours in a grassy area next to Southwest Florida International Airport Friday has been contained. The airport is fully functional and the inbound lanes of Terminal Access Road reopened at 11 p.m. Friday, according to Vicki Moreland, communications director for the airport.  The fire was in an area where extra rental cars are parked and were not occupied. Witnesses saw and heard multiple small explosions, flames jumping high in the air and showers of sparks. There were 3,516 cars destroyed or damaged by the fire and 3,850 remained undamaged, Moreland said. The cause of the fire is being investigated by the State Fire Marshal, she said.

Read: Fire burns in field near Southwest Florida International Airport

Read: Several house fires in North Fort Myers, Naples, affect multiple families with children

Saturday morning, the Forest Service returned to the scene to make sure the fire did not pick back up last night or this morning, according to Melinda Avni, Forest Service mitigation specialist. About 8 p.m. Friday, the fire appeared to be spreading and the flames getting higher even as two helicopters continued dropping water and firetrucks emptied their tanks. There was a county-wide response to this fire which included: the Airport Fire Department, South Trail Fire Department, Lehigh Acres Fire Department, Estero Fire Department, San Carlos Fire Department, Bayshore Fire Department, City of Fort Myers Fire Department, Fort Myers Beach Fire Department, Bonita Springs Fire Department, Sanibel Fire Department and Iona-McGregor Fire Department.

https://www.news-press.com/story/news/local/2020/04/04/fire-near-southwest-florida-international-airport-contained/2946972001/ 

:: 4--20 Mining-Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mexico mining suspension to hit silver supply

Mining in Mexico has been shut down by government decree until the end of April as part of measures to contain the COVID-19 virus outbreak, having not been granted an exemption as an essential service.  Under the government decree, non-essential activities are to be suspended immediately until April 30.  The decision is expected to have a significant impact on the supply of silver at a time when demand for silver coins is high. Mexico is the world's largest silver producer at some 23% of world production and produced more than 200 million ounces in 2019, up from 196.6 million ounces in 2018. "To define the mining sector as non-essential, is not only to economically affect thousands of workers, but also to leave 656 communities alone where we operate and to whom we provide basic health services," said Fernando Alanís Ortega, president of the Camimex Mexican mining chamber.

Mexico is also a significant producer of copper, gold and other minerals.

https://www.mining-journal.com/covid-19/news/1384184/mexico-suspends-mining-in-april 

:: 4--20 News Wars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Gave Faulty, Contaminated Covid-19 Equipment to Several Countries

List of countries complaining about protective equipment, testing kits, and medical devices from China

Several countries have reported faulty or contaminated equipment from China to combat the deadly coronavirus which also originated in China. A range of products have been delivered to countries overwhelmed by the global Covid-19 pandemic from China. However, the gesture and goods haven’t quite passed the bar in some cases. Yesterday, Australian officials reportedly seized facemasks exported from China to help combat the spread of the virus. The Australian Border Force seized around 800,000 defective facemasks worth around $12m AUD. National File recently reported on a viral video of a Chinese factory worker snickering as he rubbed facemasks on his shoe. Look sharp by wearing exclusive gear found only at the Infowars Store. The UK reported of Covid-19 testing kits sent from China found to be contaminated with the coronavirus when they were being surveyed by a Luxembourg-based company. The delivery of the kits were delayed by the contamination. Last week, Spain returned faulty Covid-19 testing kits after the Spanish government bought the kits from an unauthorized Chinese company. The first batch, of around 9,000 kits, found that only 30% tested the patients for the virus with reliable accuracy–even though an 80% level of accuracy was expected, according to the New York Times. The head of Spain’s public health emergency department Fernando Simon said: “Spain obtained several providers and supply routes. The first one sent a batch of 9,000 tests that were validated at the National Center of Epidemiology and some hospitals (in Madrid). “The specifications of the batch did not match up with the certification of quality that came with it, which meant they had to be returned and the company will change them.” The Netherlands was forced to recall around 600,000 China-made masks as they failed to meet specifications. The Czech Republic also reportedly returned sub-par Chinese equipment–some of which was diverted from Italy–designed to help battle the pandemic. China has struggled to meet standards as they scramble to reach global demand for protective, medical equipment to help stifle the spread of the deadly coronavirus. Over 900,000 people worldwide have tested positive for the coronavirus, with more than 46,000 deaths recorded.

https://www.newswars.com/china-gave-faulty-contaminated-covid-19-equipment-to-several-countries/ 

:: 4-3-20 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus: China Floods Europe With Defective Medical Equipment

by Soeren Kern April 3, 2020 at 5:00 am

In Spain, the Ministry of Health revealed that 640,000 coronavirus tests that it had purchased from a Chinese supplier were defective. In addition, a further million coronavirus tests delivered to Spain on March 30 by another Chinese manufacturer were also defective.

The Czech news site iRozhlas reported that 300,000 coronavirus test kits delivered by China had an error rate of 80%. The Czech Ministry of Interior had paid $2.1 million for the kits.

A spokesperson for a hospital in Dutch city of Eindhoven said that Chinese suppliers were selling "a lot of junk... at high prices."

"No. 10 [the residence of the British prime minister] believes China is seeking to build its economic power during the pandemic with 'predatory offers of help' to countries around the world." — The Daily Mail, March 28, 2020.

"The brutal truth is that China seems to flout the normal rules of behavior in every area of life — from healthcare to trade and from currency manipulation to internal repression. For too long, nations have lamely kowtowed to China in the desperate hope of winning trade deals. But once we get clear of this terrible pandemic, it is imperative that we all rethink that relationship and put it on a much more balanced and honest basis." — Former UK Conservative Party leader Iain Duncan Smith. As the coronavirus rages across Europe, a growing number of countries are reporting that millions of pieces of medical equipment donated by, or purchased from, China to defeat the pandemic are defective and unusable. The revelations are fueling distrust of a public relations effort by Chinese President Xi Jinping and his Communist Party to portray China as the world's new humanitarian superpower.

On March 28, the Netherlands was forced to recall 1.3 million face masks produced in China because they did not meet the minimum safety standards for medical personnel. The so-called KN95 masks are a less expensive Chinese alternative to the American-standard N95 mask, which currently is in short supply around the world. The KN95 does not fit on the face as tightly as the N95, thus potentially exposing medical personnel to the coronavirus. More than 500,000 of the KN95 masks had already been distributed to Dutch hospitals before the recall was enacted. "When the masks were delivered to our hospital, I immediately rejected them," a hospital worker told the Dutch public broadcaster NOS. "If those masks do not seal properly, the virus particles can simply pass through. We cannot use them. They are unsafe for our people." In a written statement, the Dutch Ministry of Health explained: "A first shipment from a Chinese manufacturer was partly delivered last Saturday. These are masks with a KN95 quality certificate. During an inspection this shipment was found not to meet our quality standard. Part of this shipment had already been delivered to healthcare providers; the rest of the cargo was immediately withheld and not further distributed. "A second test also showed that the masks did not meet our quality standard. It has now been decided that this entire shipment will not be used. New shipments will undergo additional tests."

The Dutch newspaper NRC Handelsblad reported on March 17 that the Netherlands had only a few days' supply of masks: "All hope is now for that one cargo plane from China on Wednesday." The substandard quality of the masks delivered by China has left the Netherlands shattered. A spokesperson for a hospital in Dutch city of Eindhoven said that Chinese suppliers were selling "a lot of junk...at high prices."

In Spain, meanwhile, the Ministry of Health on March 26 revealed that 640,000 coronavirus tests that it had purchased from a Chinese vendor were defective. The tests, manufactured by Shenzhen Bioeasy Biotechnology Company in Guangdong province, had an accurate detection rate of less than 30%.

On April 2, the Spanish newspaper El Mundo reported that it had been presented with leaked documents which showed that Bioeasy had lied to the Spanish government about the accuracy of the tests. Bioeasy had claimed, in writing, that its tests had an accurate detection rate of 92%.

Also on April 2, the Spanish government revealed that a further million coronavirus tests delivered to Spain on March 30 by another Chinese manufacturer were also defective. The tests apparently required between five and six days to detect whether a patient is infected with coronavirus and were therefore useless to diagnose the disease in a timely manner. On March 25, the Spanish government announced that it had purchased medical supplies from China in the amount of €432 million ($470 million), and that Chinese vendors demanded that they be paid up front before the deliveries were made. Spanish Health Minister Salvador Illa explained: "We have bought and paid for 550 million masks, which will start arriving now and will continue to arrive for the next eight weeks. 11 million gloves will arrive in the next five weeks. As for rapid tests, we have acquired 5.5 million for the months of March and April. In addition, we will receive 950 respirators during the months of April to June. We are managing the purchase of more equipment." It is not at all clear how the Spanish government will be able to guarantee the quality of these new mass purchases, or how it would obtain compensation if the products from China were again substandard. On March 28, the French government, which apparently has only a few weeks' worth of supplies, announced that it had ordered more than one billion face masks from China. It is unclear whether the quality control problems experienced by other European countries would affect France's purchasing plans.

Other countries — in Europe and beyond — have also criticized the quality of Chinese medical supplies:

Slovakia. On April 1, Prime Minister Igor Matovič said that more than a million coronavirus tests supplied by China for a cash payment of €15 million ($16 million) were inaccurate and unable to detect COVID-19. "We have a ton of tests and no use for them," he said. "They should just be thrown straight into the Danube." China accused Slovakian medical personnel of using the tests incorrectly.

Malaysia. On March 28, Malaysia received a consignment of medical equipment donated by China, consisting of test kits, medical face masks, surgical masks and other personal protective equipment. A senior official in the Ministry of Health, Noor Hisham Abdullah, said that the test kits would be evaluated for accuracy after previous test kits from China were found to be defective: "This is a different brand from the one we tested earlier. We will assess the new test kit which is FDA-approved. I was assured by the Chinese ambassador that this is more accurate than the other one we tested." Abdullah previously stated that the accuracy of the Chinese tests was "not very good." Turkey. On March 27, Turkish Health Minister Fahrettin Koca said that Turkey had tried some Chinese-made coronavirus tests but authorities "weren't happy about them." Professor Ateş Kara, a member of the Turkish Health Ministry's coronavirus task force, added that the batch of testing kits were only 30 to 35% accurate: "We have tried them. They don't work. Spain has made a huge mistake by using them."

Czech Republic. On March 23, the Czech news site iRozhlas reported that 300,000 coronavirus test kits delivered by China had an error rate of 80%. The Czech Ministry of Interior had paid $2.1 million for the kits. On March 15, Czech media revealed that Chinese suppliers had swindled the Czech government after it paid upfront for the supply of five million face masks, which were supposed to have been delivered on March 16.

On March 30, China urged European countries not to "politicize" concerns about the quality of medical supplies from China. "Problems should be properly solved based on facts, not political interpretations," Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Hua Chunying said.

On April 1, the Chinese government reversed course and announced that it was increasing its oversight of exports of coronavirus test kits made in China. Chinese exporters of coronavirus tests must now obtain a certificate from the National Medical Products Administration (NMPA) in order to be cleared by China's customs agency.

Meanwhile, the Chinese telecommunications giant Huawei announced that it would stop donating masks to European countries as a result of allegedly derogatory comments by the EU Foreign Policy Chief Josep Borrell.

On March 24, Borrell had written in a blog post that China was engaging in a "politics of generosity" as well as a "global battle of narratives."

On March 26, a Huawei official told the Brussels-based news service Euractiv that due to Borrell's comments, the company would be ending its donation program because it did not want to become involved in a geopolitical power play between the U.S. and China.

On March 28, Huawei paid for sponsored content in the publication Politico Europe. Huawei's Chief Representative to the EU, Abraham Liu, wrote: "Let me be clear — we have never sought to gain any publicity or favor in any country by what we are doing. We made a conscious decision not to publicize things. Our help is not conditional and not a part of any business or geopolitical strategy as some have suggested. We are a private company. We are trying to help people to the best of our abilities. That's all. There is no hidden agenda. We don't want anything in return."

On March 30, the BBC reported that Huawei was acting as if nothing had really changed since the coronavirus crisis began:

"That may be naive on the company's part. While nothing has really changed when it comes to the technical and security issues around Huawei's equipment, the political climate for the company has certainly worsened.

"A story in the Mail on Sunday at the weekend had Downing Street warning China 'faced a reckoning' over its handling of the coronavirus.

"And that is likely to embolden those MPs who have been telling the government no Chinese company should be allowed a role in the UK's vital infrastructure."

On March 29, the British newspaper Daily Mail reported that British Prime Minister Boris Johnson and his allies in parliament had "turned" on China because of the coronavirus crisis: "Ministers and senior Downing Street officials said the Communist state now faces a 'reckoning' over its handling of the outbreak and risks becoming a 'pariah state.' "They are furious over China's campaign of misinformation, attempts to exploit the pandemic for economic gain and atrocious animal rights abuses blamed by experts for the outbreak." On January 28, Johnson had granted Huawei a role in Britain's 5G mobile network, frustrating efforts by the United States to exclude the company from the West's next-generation communications, which, it seems, can also be used for spying. The London-based Financial Times reported that U.S President Donald J. Trump vented "apoplectic fury" at Johnson in a tense phone call. Johnson is now facing pressure from his Cabinet as well as from Members of Parliament to reverse his decision. After Chinese officials blamed the United States and Italy for starting the coronavirus pandemic, the Daily Mail quoted a British government source as saying:  "There is a disgusting disinformation campaign going on and it is unacceptable. They [the Chinese government] know they have got this badly wrong and rather than owning it they are spreading lies."  The newspaper continued:

"Mr. Johnson has been warned by scientific advisers that China's officially declared statistics on the number of cases of coronavirus could be 'downplayed by a factor of 15 to 40 times.' And No. 10 believes China is seeking to build its economic power during the pandemic with 'predatory offers of help' to countries around the world.

"A major review of British foreign policy has been shelved due to the Covid-19 outbreak and will not report until the impact of the virus can be assessed. A government source close to the review said: 'It is going to be back to the diplomatic drawing board after this. Rethink is an understatement.'

"Another source said: 'There has to be a reckoning when this is over.' Yet another added: 'The anger goes right to the top.'

"A senior Cabinet Minister said: 'We can't stand by and allow the Chinese state's desire for secrecy to ruin the world's economy and then come back like nothing has happened. We're allowing companies like Huawei not just into our economy, but to be a crucial part of our infrastructure."

In an article published by The Mail on Sunday on March 29, former Tory Party leader Iain Duncan Smith wrote: "All issues can and will be discussed, except for one, it seems — our future relationship with China. "The moment anyone mentions China, people shift uncomfortably in their seats and shake their heads. Yet I believe it is vital that we start to discuss how dependent we have become on this totalitarian state.

"For this is a country which ignores human rights in the pursuit of its ruthless internal and external strategic objectives. However, such facts seem to have been swept aside in our rush to do business with China.

"Remember how George Osborne [Chancellor of the Exchequer under Prime Minister David Cameron from 2010 to 2016] made our relationship with China a major plank of UK Government policy? So determined were Ministers to increase trade that they were prepared to do whatever was necessary.

"Indeed, I am told that privately this was referred to as Project Kow-Tow — a word defined by the Collins dictionary as 'to be servile or obsequious.'

"We were not alone. Countless national leaders over recent years have brushed aside China's appalling human rights behavior in the blind pursuit of trade deals with Beijing....

"Thanks to Project Kow-Tow, the UK's annual trade deficit with China is £22.1 billion ($27.4 billion). But we are not alone in being in hock to Beijing.

"For China has racked up a global trade surplus of £339 billion ($420 billion). Distressingly, the West has watched as many key areas of production have moved to China....

"The brutal truth is that China seems to flout the normal rules of behavior in every area of life — from healthcare to trade and from currency manipulation to internal repression.

"For too long, nations have lamely kowtowed to China in the desperate hope of winning trade deals.

"But once we get clear of this terrible pandemic, it is imperative that we all rethink that relationship and put it on a much more balanced and honest basis."

Soeren Kern is a Senior Fellow at the New York-based Gatestone Institute.

Follow Soeren Kern on Twitter and Facebook

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15840/china-defective-medical-equipment 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 4-2-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Signs The Globalists Will Use Covid-19 To Usher In The 'End Times One World Government' Warned Of In The Bible With 'America' & 'Freedom' Being 'Indoctrinated' Out Of Existence

- If War Is Ahead, The Center Will Not Hold

By, M.C. Enginn for All News Pipeline April 2, 2020

We read in the news yesterday morning that a war might be imminent.  Our normalcy bias keeps most of us from truly observing the world and its clues around us. So, what are the usual reasons for war? We have history to teach us. There are many reasons for war, but they boil down to: ideological change (dissatisfaction with the status quo and dreams of a better system of government), diversity (disunity of culture, race, religion, and language leading to a desire for independence and separation), resources (to supply the needs of a population which has exceeded its limits), and as a adjunct to that last one, territory (desire of the elites for a larger power base to control and administer). Are any of these causes present today, either in America or globally? Ideological change America, founded upon freedom and a republican form of government has been educated/indoctrinated out of existence. An entire generation does not know or understand the underpinnings of what created America. Instead, a subtle ideological change corrupted our academics that then proliferated their treasonous concepts throughout our schools from grade school to college. This ideological change has become sacrosanct within our halls of learning. Democratic professors outnumber republican professors 10 to 1. This is hardly an equitable or fair distribution of thought to present to the next generation. Now in power, this group-think agenda is no longer democrat but has morphed into a violent and suppressive entity which seeks to control and dominate all thought within their purview. Media has been transformed into a propaganda arm of the elites, blurring the line between journalism and politics, permeating the print and airwaves with their destructive thoughts. This propaganda is spread to change the minds of the populace, who largely desire to know what is happening, but rarely do the deep research required to understand what they are being told. Redefining words and concepts is a key element of propaganda. Propaganda works by acknowledging that people want their “facts” immediately and in a way they can accept and believe. This is accomplished in the following manner: Biased selection of stories, Limiting the “facts” to only those which support the agenda, playing up to people’s prejudices/beliefs, limiting the “experts” you choose to quote, demonizing the enemy, stopping alternative discussions.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Susan & Stefan) Diversity

America is a melting pot. We have come from all over the world with the same idea. We have sought freedom and opportunity. Until recently, we accomplished this through selective and limited immigration. This has allowed each entering group the time to acclimate, accept what it means to be an American and thrive within our culture. Unfortunately, that limitation has been abolished with propaganda that “diversity is our strength”, so we MUST accept everyone at all times. A lifeboat can only handle so many people before it sinks. America is sinking in large part due to the diversity within our ranks. We are no longer a melting pot. There is no merging of minds and the very definition of what it means to be an American is no longer taught and in fact is often dismissed as being evil and in desperate need of CHANGE. We even had a president recently elected on that premise. History clearly demonstrates that a republic works well for a small, informed and cohesive society. It does not work well for a large, growing and sprawling one. Rome originated as a republic, but as it grew, the diversity engendered by its megalomaniacal spread, led to its downfall and CHANGE into an empire. A nation can diversify through conquering and absorbing other lands or through importing large numbers of foreigners (with divergent thoughts) within its ranks. Cultural chaos is a result of diversity. The ambiguity of what is “right” and “wrong” destroys a nation’s soul and the laws upon which such a nation was built.

Resources Of the top ten resource-rich countries in the world, America is listed as number two, right behind Russia. That makes the very land upon which America sits, a target for less rich nations. America used to be one of the world’s top producing nations. Due to the rise of the liberal left, America has been unable to profit from this abundance and has had to rely more and more upon other nations to supply its needs. This has produced a huge shifting of wealth and knowledge away from America. America has gone from a producing nation a consuming nation. We now rely upon others for our daily sustenance. Our manufacturing base has shifted overseas due to restrictive “protective” laws which make it nearly impossible for American companies to compete with the cheaper labor available abroad. Foreign workers are willing to work longer hours for less money. They are still “hungry” for success and drive themselves harder in the science and business based areas of academics, devoting themselves to developing the skill sets that enable them to rise to the top in competitive areas. America has moved away from this area of academics by favoring a gender-based equality over drive and ability, stigmatizing successful employees based upon perceptions rather than reality. As a result, less Americans of any stripe enter the STEP areas as those with foreign credentials get their jobs because they are better educated and more willing to work for less. Moving our production overseas was a two-edged sword. In the short run, it did make the product cost lower. In the long run, it removed millions of jobs in America, destroyed our ability to provide these skill sets to our own, and finally moved our own abilities to foreigners who then built upon the models we literally moved into their countries and gave them. Once you build a computer in Korea, the Koreans can then build their own computers and circumvent American computer companies. Our own greed and shortsightedness gave away the store. Territory Expansion in the modern world today (at least among first world nations) is largely accomplished through business connections. It is the international cartels of business that globally control the resources and territories of our planet. Third world nations may expand through a desire for more territory and resources, but first world nations largely exert their financial institutions in order to “expand their territories”. The world has changed. A coming one world government is predicted in the Bible for the End Times. Are we there yet? Will the COVID 19 event completely CHANGE the way the world works? Are we seeing the dissolution of national boundaries in favor of a “peace and safety” that only a global government could achieve? We should know within the next few years. War is both a top down and a bottom up event. The decisions are all made from the top and delivered to the bottom for execution. The death rate occurs most at the bottom and impacts the top only through the decimation of numbers and the inability to continue a war. It has been said that in peace, a man buries his father. In war, a father buries his son. Is America headed toward war? There are rumblings that this may be so. We are insolvent as a nation, having spent the money of future generations on perceptions and not facts. We have skewed the thinking of our citizens into believing we are a nation which must give them everything “as a right”. We have overwhelmed our institutions with ridiculous mandates and non- citizens who at best want to drain our resources and worst seek our destruction. It is said that nations go through cycles. Where is America in this cycle? How much longer does America have? Is our republic about to become “something else”? Let us know what you think in the comments below. May God bless you in your journey today.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Is_War_Ahead_The_Center_Will_Not_Hold.php 

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period.  Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break.  For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware. 

:: 12-19-16 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Henry Gruver: Russia to Nuke the USA - part 1

94,994 views  •Dec 19, 2016

Timothy Alberino

118K subscribers

Steve Quayle interviews Henry Gruver at GenSix Studios concerning Henry's open vision of a nuclear strike by Russia on the east and west coasts of the United States. This is part 1 of that conversation.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TZ90M6CzSLg 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 4-2-20 CH radio CHILINO :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Japanese government predicts Mount Fuji eruption could smother Tokyo 17.3BILLION cubic feet of ash

Japanese government simulates what would happen if Mount Fuji erupted again, predicting Tokyo would be covered beneath 17.3BILLION cubic feet of volcanic ash

The Japanese government simulated the potential effects of a Mt. Fuji eruption

They ran models for possible eruptions at 92 locations on the mountain In the worst case scenarios, Tokyo could be shut down in a matter of hours, with train service suspended, widespread power outages, and airport closures

By Michael Thomsen For Dailymail.com Published: 23:17, 2 April 2020 | Updated: 23:37, 2 April 2020

The Japanese government has released the results of a simulation showing what could happen if Mount Fuji erupted again today. The project was organized by the Central Disaster Management Council, which ran models predicting eruptions at 92 different vent locations on Mount Fuji. While lava could reach the outer edges of Tokyo, the primary danger will come from ash, which could fall through the air for several days, or even weeks. The Japanese government has run 92 different simulations for how Tokyo would be affected if Mount Fuji were to erupt again, predicting a worst case scenario that would see the city shut down in a matter of hours as more than 17.3billion cubic feet of ash spread across the landscape In the worst case scenario, more than 17.3 billion cubic feet of volcanic ash would fall over Tokyo and the surrounding areas, according to a report in The Asahi Shimbun. That would be equivalent to 10 times the amount of debris that had to be cleared from the city after the Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami in 2011. According to the report, the first signs of ash falling could be felt in as little as three hours and the city would be effectively shutdown within 24 hours because of the ash. With just a one-inch layer of ash, the simulation says roads would become unusable for all two-wheel drive vehicles because for lack of adequate friction. Even a comparatively light ashfall of around one-fifth of an inch would effectively lower visibility to the point where driving would become impossible. Rail service would be suspended almost immediately as even a small amount of ash on the tracks would make it unsafe for trains to operate. ‘A mistake in the early response could leave tens of millions of people stranded, and it may not be possible to distribute supplies,’ University of Tokyo’s Toshitsugu Fujii, who worked on the project, said  The research team selected 92 different vent locations on Mount Fuji for the simulation, in the hopes of anticipating a worst case scenario Airports would be extremely restricted, as just 0.08 inches of volcanic ash would render runways unsafe for landing planes. The ash would also disrupt mobile phone towers, cause power outages, and render thermal power plants inoperable after just two inches of ash. Perhaps the worst effects would be on the population, who would face severe respiratory damage, especially those with existing conditions like asthma. Many wooden homes would also be threatened with structural damage from the unexpectedly heavy weight of accumulated volcanic ash.  Mount Fuji is just 60 miles southwest of Tokyo and in a major eruption could blanket the city in ash, shutting down rail service and airports, while reducing visibility and road friction to the point where driving would become impossible The group estimate it would take at least three days and a crew of 1,000 bulldozers to clear pathways wide enough just for emergency vehicles to begin driving again.

Mount Fuji has erupted around 180 eruptions over the last 5,600 years but the majority have been small and had little effect on nearby residents. MOUNT FUJI FACTS

At an elevation of 12,388 feet (3,776 meters), Mount Fuji is the highest mountain in Japan.

It is an active stratovolcano found on Honshu island that last erupted in December 1707.

Known as the Hoei eruption, this is thought to have expelled a billion cubic metres of ash and debris.

Mount Fuji lies 60 miles (100 kilometers) south west of Tokyo, which in 1707 was called Edo.

On 22 June 2014 Mount Fuji was added to the World Heritage List as a Cultural Site, one of Japan’s ‘Three Holy Mountains’.  The last major eruption occurred in 1707, what’s called the ‘Hōei’ eruption after the the Edo calendar period during which it took place. That eruption produced more than 28.2 billion cubic feet of volcanic ash, which fell through the air for two weeks and traveled as far as 62 miles. That eruption led to a number of secondary disasters during the following year, including flooding in multiple areas where volcanic ash formed natural dams that blocked the Sakawa River. According to the Council, the simulations are intended to help the local government be prepared for the next disaster to minimize as much unnecessary damage as possible. ‘A mistake in the early response could leave tens of millions of people stranded, and it may not be possible to distribute supplies,’ University of Tokyo’s Toshitsugu Fujii, who worked on the project, told The Mainichi. ‘It’s important to prepare a system to handle the situation in advance.’

https://chochilino.com/2020/04/03/nature/japanese-government-predicts-mount-fuji-eruption-could-smother-tokyo-17-3billion-cubic-feet-of-ash/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 4-3-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Friday, 3 April 2020

Ominous signs! An abnormally warm Gulf of Mexico could intensify the upcoming tornado and hurricane seasons causing devastation to an already crippled population due to the coronavirus.

Earthwindmap showing warm temperature anomaly in the Gulf of Mexico which could intensify the upcoming tornado and hurricane seasons.

Today the coronavirus hit 1 million cases worldwide doubling in just 8 days, just how many million cases will be worldwide by June the first is anybody's guess. Yesterday the Colorado State University issued a worrying report, at least for residents in the Caribbean and the Gulf States.  According to their report, An abnormally warm Gulf of Mexico could intensify the upcoming tornado and hurricane seasons causing devastation to an already crippled population due to the coronavirus.  Water temperatures in and around the Gulf of Mexico are running more than three degrees above average, increasing the prospects for severe thunderstorms and tornadoes this spring and potentially stronger hurricane activity in the summer and fall, see map above. The report claims eight hurricanes could spin out of the Atlantic with an above-average chance at least one will make landfall in the U.S., Colorado State University said in its initial 2020 storm forecast. If a hurricane hits early enough in the season, or if the Covid-19 virus isn’t overcome for months, it could complicate social-distancing efforts in key coastal areas. The good news: The odds for an early hurricane are small, according to Phil Klotzbach, the study’s lead author. None have hit before June 1, he said, with the worst part of the season running from August to October. Overall, 16 systems will reach tropical-storm strength or greater during a six-month season starting June 1, the university’s study concluded. That’s higher than the 6 hurricanes and 12 named storms seen on average. Meanwhile, the energy and the agriculture-rich Gulf of Mexico has a 44% chance of a strike, the study found, higher than the 20th century average of 30%. “This is probably not what people want to hear,” Klotzbach said. “At the end of the day hurricane season is coming anyway. They cancelled Wimbledon,” he added, referring to the tennis program. “But they cannot cancel hurricane season.” Offshore drilling in the Gulf of Mexico accounts for about 17% of U.S. oil production and 5% of total U.S. dry natural gas production. Over 45% of total U.S. petroleum refining capacity is located along the Gulf coast, as well as 51% of total U.S. natural gas processing plant capacity. “Coastal residents are reminded that it only takes one hurricane making landfall to make it an active season for them, and they should prepare the same for every season,” Klotzbach said. Typically, the April forecasts are the least solid. A year ago Colorado State predicted 13 systems would be named, which happens when they reach tropical-storm strength. The season produced 18 storms, including Hurricane Dorian that devastated the northern Bahamas and went on to strike North Carolina in a weakened state. In all, three storms struck the U.S. causing about $13.9 billion across the basin. In addition to warm Atlantic waters, which can provide fuel storms need to grow, there won’t be any larger weather patterns to help blunt the number of storms. Sea surface temperatures across the equatorial Pacific are forecast to remain average or cooler than normal through the heart of hurricane season, cutting down on wind shear that can tear apart budding tropical systems. Colorado State University

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/04/ominous-signs-abnormally-warm-gulf-of.html 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 4--20 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'A perfect storm': US facing hunger crisis as demand for food banks soars

Food banks are reporting unprecedented demand across the US as millions lose jobs, investigation shows

Coronavirus – live US updates  Live global updates  See all our coronavirus coverage

An unprecedented number of Americans have resorted to food banks for emergency supplies since the coronavirus pandemic triggered widespread layoffs. The demand for food aid has increased as much as eightfold in some areas, according to an investigation by the Guardian, which gives a nationwide snapshot of the hunger crisis facing the US as millions become unemployed. About one in three people seeking groceries at not-for-profit pantries last month have never previously needed emergency food aid, according to interviews with a dozen providers across the country. The national guard has been deployed to help food banks cope with rising demand in cities including Cleveland, Pittsburgh and Phoenix amid growing concerns that supplies may run low as the crisis evolves. Overstretched food pantries are switching to drive-thrus and home deliveries to minimize the spread of Covid-19 as almost 300 million Americans are urged to stay at home. “I’ve been in this business over 30 years, and nothing compares to what we’re seeing now. Not even when the steel mills closed down did we see increased demand like this,” said Sheila Christopher, director of Hunger-Free Pennsylvania, which represents 18 food banks across 67 counties. Last year, 4.3bn meals were distributed to more than 40 million Americans through a network of 200 food banks and 60,000 pantries, schools, soup kitchens and shelters, according to Feeding America, the national food bank network. The working poor, elderly and disabled and infirm accounted for the vast majority of food bank users. This week, the Guardian contacted food banks and pantries in nine states, which all reported unprecedented demand, plummeting donations from retailers, and a fall in personnel due to the coronavirus crisis. In Amherst, home to the University of Massachusetts’ largest campus, the pantry distributed 849% more food in March compared with the previous year. The second-largest increase in western Massachusetts was 748% at the Pittsfield Salvation Army pantry. The Grace Klein community food pantry in Jefferson county, which has the largest number of confirmed Covid-19 cases in Alabama, provided 5,076 individuals with food boxes last week – a 90% increase on the previous week. In southern Arizona, demand has doubled, with pantries supplying groceries to 4,000 households every day – double the number supplied in March 2019. “We saw an increase during the federal government shutdown but nothing as rapid, massive or overwhelming as this,” said Michael McDonald, CEO of the Community Food Bank of South Arizona. A helpline set up by the Greater Pittsburgh community food bank has received more than a thousand calls in the past two weeks, 90% of which came from newly unemployed people. Here, pantries ordered 50% to 60% more food for March and April than usual. The Lakeview pantry in Chicago is on track to provide food for as many as 2,000 individuals this week – compared with 1,100 before the coronavirus crisis. The north Florida food bank, which relied heavily on contributions from retailers, has seen donations drop by 85% to 90% as shoppers bulk-buy, leaving shelves empty. But donations from restaurants, golf tournaments and even Disney World have increased, so the food bank is switching to ready meals, paying furloughed chefs to cook for thousands of senior citizens in housing facilities. In Las Vegas, the Three Square food bank has increased weekly food distribution by 30%, from 1m to 1.3m lbs of food. New drive-thru distribution centres have been set up across the valley as 170 of its 180 distribution outlets have been forced to temporarily close due to CDC social distancing guidelines. “Every line at every distribution centre exceeds the amount of food in our trucks,” said chief operating officer Larry Scott.  The Kansas City-based Harvesters food bank, which serves 16 counties in north-east Kansas and 10 in north-west Missouri, sent out 12,000 boxes to pantries on Monday 23 March – a 140% rise on the 5,000 boxes typically ordered. “It was the largest distribution day in our 40-year history,” said its communications manager, Gene Hallinan This snapshot is representative of the national picture, according to Feeding America. “This is a perfect storm impacting food banking as we know it,” said a spokeswoman, Zuani Villarreal. On Tuesday, Cleveland police and the Ohio national guard helped load boxes of groceries into cars at a new drive-thru pick-up service located in the huge downtown municipal car park. At least 2,765 families were provided with a week’s groceries – 36% of them first-timers – compared with 1,500 at a similar event last week, when the queue stretched almost three miles. A cab driver, single mother who worked in hospitality and freelance photographer were among those requesting help for the first time. The rust belt states are among the hardest hit by the coronavirus economic crisis. More than 187,000 Ohioans filed for unemployment benefits during the third week of March when businesses were closed by the governor – an extraordinary increase on the 7,046 claims filed the previous week, according to the Department of Labor. The Greater Cleveland food bank received 800 calls to its helpline during one day last week – eight times the usual number. “I’ve never seen anything like it in over 20 years of service. We’re seeing people from every socio-economic level because the majority of Americans live paycheck to paycheck,” said the food bank’s CEO, Kristin Warzocha. Half of American adults have either no emergency savings or not enough to cover three months of living expenses, according to Bankrate’s 2019 Financial Security Index.  Demand tripled There was a similar dramatic scene in Phoenix, Arizona, where 1,500 people queued up for food boxes at the St Mary’s main office – compared with 450 just two weeks ago. Here, the national guard is also pitching in at the makeshift drive-thru centre as volunteer numbers have plummeted from 250 a day to less than 50, as the vast majority are senior citizens advised to stay home to minimize the risk of Covid-19. In total, St Mary’s – the oldest known food bank in the world – supplies 700 pantries, shelters, churches and social service centres in seven counties where one in five children struggle with hunger. “First we saw people who lived paycheck to paycheck, got laid off and didn’t know where the next meal was coming from, followed by those who had a couple of weeks of savings. Now, people who knew about us because they donated or volunteered are coming in for food,” said Jerry Brown, media spokesman for St Mary’s. “The 2008 recession doesn’t touch this. It’s a different ballgame.” Before the coronavirus pandemic, about 37 million, or one in eight, Americans could not always access enough nutritional food to lead healthy, active lives. Food insecurity forces families to make tradeoffs between basic needs such as housing, medical bills and food, and many do not qualify for federal nutrition programs. The government rescue packages include some measures to help alleviate food insecurity such as expanding eligibility for food stamps, increasing commodities donations from the Department of Agriculture (USDA) and providing $1,200 to every American earning under $99,000. But experts warn that help has been slow, patchy and inadequate so far. “Philanthropy and not-for-profits are not going to be able to meet food demands. The government needs to step in,” said Kellie O’Connell, chief executive of the Lakeview pantry in Chicago. Caitlin Welsh, director of global food security at the Washington based Center for Strategic and International Studies, said: “The supply chain is strong but as the number of food insecure people increases continuously, we’ll perhaps need a new wave of federal legislation directed specifically at household food security. “These numbers show that the pandemic is causing economic shocks never experienced in our lifetime.

https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2020/apr/02/us-food-banks-coronavirus-demand-unemployment 

:: 4-2-20 Hostile Living :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2nd Apr 2020 by tomhach

The (New) Great Depression – Why America’s Response to Coronavirus Adds Disaster to Catastrophe

America’s response to Coronavirus has been, in a word, disastrous. It adds disaster to the catastrophe of a new global pandemic. If you’ve thought something like the above, you’re exactly right. And yet because the media is doing a fairly poor job of explaining just why, let me. America’s stimulus program gives a one-off payment of $1200 to people — and even that’s conditional on income. Good enough, right? Wrong. Every other rich country by now has guaranteed incomes, in some form or other. Sweden, to 90%. Denmark subsidizing 75% of incomes. Take the other most capitalist society in the world, Britain Even there, incomes have been guaranteed: Britain, to 80% of income. In Europe, most nations have gone even further, making not just emergency payments to workers for as long as the crisis will last, but mortgages have already been suspended, which is another way to guarantee incomes. By this measure, America’s paltry $1200 one-off payment looks inadequate — because it is. Deeply and profoundly so. Before I come to the other ways, let’s discuss why America’s response has been so dismal. The fear is that inflation will wrack the economy if people are to “get paid for free.” But nothing could be more wrong. Inflation, often misunderstood by Americans, because American economics, is to put it kindly, a joke, is really this: spirals in wages and prices. Now think of the average American. He or she is suddenly out of work — and facing the prospect of sudden and long-lasting bankruptcy. In other words, the average American is facing a deflationary shock. One so total, the like has never been seen in modern history. Overnight, literally, their income has gone to zero. That deflationary shock will ripple outwards through the economy. It will cause prices to fall, because people won’t have enough money to buy the same levels of stuff. Prices for what? For everything. For houses, food, cars, and so forth. That deflation probably won’t make the headlines, because they’ll be full of profiteering scandals. Of course profiteering will take place, but across the larger economy, the effect of deflationary shocks will be what it always is: depression. Depression means: After they lose their incomes Americans will then lose their savings, their homes, whatever other assets they had, like retirement and college and funds and so forth. They will struggle to afford the basics, even more than the already did — remember, America was already an economy in which 75% struggled to pay basic bills, like food, housing, and utilities, even before Coronavirus. Now imagine them being even poorer than that. The stage has now been set for a depression. Precisely because idea that a danger from the government supporting people during a catastrophe is “inflation” is backwards — the real danger is deflation. That deflationary shock is taking place as we speak, like a mega-earthquake, an extinction level event, which is making millions of Americans go from a relatively paltry income to…zero income. That is why a $1200 payment to people isn’t nearly enough. Those jobs aren’t suddenly going to magically come back. Why not? That brings me to the second reason America’s Coronavirus response is inadequate. Businesses are already going bankrupt. How many can you count? Just take a look down your block. How many small or medium sized businesses are shuttering their doors, or on the verge? Your local bakery, brewer, butcher — if you even had one left? America’s stimulus program offers little real support to the economy. It gives mega-corporations huge bailouts. But for everyone else, it offers little to no real support. Maybe — and I stress maybe — your average business gets a small loan or a tax break from the government. But what good is a loan or a tax break when the basis of your business has simply fallen apart? Think of a supply chain: it’s a complex web of businesses. Like an ecosystem, the shock of losing customers suddenly ripples outwards and upwards. Sure, all these businesses can take on loans and get minor-league tax breaks. So what? That doesn’t solve the problem of no income at all. Those businesses will all still soon fold, as their debt spirals out of control, while their revenues plunge to near zero — and no amount of tax breaks can fix that, either. Loans are not really a “stimulus.” The Fed doesn’t give banks “loans” during a crisis — it simply throws free money at them. It literally simply puts money in their accounts in the central bank. Yes, really. That is precisely what America should have done for businesses, too. It should have guaranteed their incomes, just as it should have guaranteed personal incomes. That’s what Italy and Germany did: businesses at risk don’t get loans, they get grants. And in Spain and France, they get government guaranteed funds, in which “guaranteed” means that any debt will probably be written off after the crisis. Just as the sudden loss of income for people creates an extinction level deflationary shock, so too does the sudden loss of income for businesses. That deflationary shock — business’s revenues suddenly falling to zero — will rip through the economy, causing mass layoffs, bankruptcies, and the extinction of whole sectors. Again: the stage for a historic depression has now been set. That brings me to the third and biggest reason. What’s missing from this “stimulus” package? Take a look at those brave doctors and nurses. They’re fashioning masks out of pizza boxes. They’re desperately trying to get patients to share scarce ventilators. What’s missing from this stimulus package is…stimulus. As in the real thing. What does that mean? A massive, historic, generational wave of investment in healthcare like America’s never seen before. Isn’t it obvious that’s what’s necessary right about now? That America’s barely functional healthcare system — and economy — can hardly cope with the magnitude of this shock? And yet, on the same day as it announced this stimulus package, the government also proclaimed it couldn’t spend a billion dollars on…ventilators. Wait, what? Perhaps you see the problem. Let me put it more plainly. This stimulus bill isn’t really one. It doesn’t put, say, a trillion dollars towards building new hospitals, clinics, care centers…and another trillions to new labs, research facilities, university research programs. It doesn’t recruit a million people or ten to do the sudden work of gearing a whole economy towards building the missing resources a society crippled by disease now urgently needs. What kind of work is that? This stimulus doesn’t create institutions like a Works Progress Administration — only this time for people to work in factories suddenly building ventilators and masks, or a million bright young people researching pandemics harder, or an army of everyday people visiting the elderly and making sure they’re ok, or legions making films about the pandemic, or writing about it — things which are the equivalent of digging ditches during a pandemic. Yet think about how much of that is the necessary, crucial work of this moment. Think how much work there is to really do — from building the resources we need, whether simple things like ventilators and masks, to doing new research and development, fast, to manning and managing it all, to chronicling this moment in literature and film, to building whole new hospitals and clinics, to creating a whole new sector of crisis planning. This stimulus doesn’t do any of that. It doesn’t even have a billion dollars for the scarcest and most urgently necessary resource of all — ventilators, for Pete’s sake — let alone new hospitals and clinics, or staffing existing ones better. The result is that America’s economy is still scarce of the resources it needs most to fight this pandemic, like ventilators and masks. This stimulus isn’t one because it doesn’t invest in anything new at all.

Related: Pandemic Protocol: Proven Steps to Prevent Infection Let me put all that in more formal, technical terms. A stimulus is not a stimulus when it doesn’t create any resources, lead to any larger surplus, in society. A stimulus is a stimulus when it suddenly, massively invests in society, so that new resources can be created. Often, whole new institutions must be built — like the Depression’s WPA or Reconstruction Finance Corporation — to coordinate and manage those investments. The whole point of a stimulus is to suddenly, rapidly expand society’s surplus of resources — especially desperately necessary ones — or it isn’t a stimulus at all. Those desperately necessary resources differ from crisis to crisis. What are they this time around? Ventilators. Masks. Hospitals. Care workers. Factories. Transportation. Meanwhile, mass unemployment has set in. See the obvious solution? The government can and should employ” people who are suddenly unemployed and broke to balance that equation — to create those desperately necessary resources. If it needs to create new institutions to do that — A Healthcare Crisis Agency, a Pandemic Response Bank, a Reconstruction Finance Corporation — all the better: even more people are employed to create another scarce resource, planning and coordinating. That is what a stimulus is — when we genuinely take collective action to invest together to create a surplus of critical resources that we suddenly, desperately lack. This bill literally does none of that. As in: zero. And in that way, it’s not a stimulus at all. What it is is a bailout. It’s a rescue of corporations and Wall St and the same old. It’s a bailout of capitalism — at the expense of the economy, people, and life itself. What’s a depression? A society in desperate scarcity — whether of money, homes, income, medicine, and so on, the basics — usually, as the result of a sudden, catastrophic shock. The correct result is a real stimulus — as Keynes discovered a century ago — precisely so that society can have a surplus of those critical resources. Otherwise, a deflationary spiral sets in: wages and prices fall in tandem, and people get sharply poorer in real terms, fast. The prices of these few critical resources rise, of course — but only amidst fresh and terrible poverty.

But that poverty is disaster added to catastrophe. Because depression results from some shock — the loss of a war, natural calamity, in this case, pandemic. Poverty is a consequence of inaction, folly, negligence — the lack of collective action and shared investment. America’s response to Coronavirus is as flawed and inadequate as you probably think. Compared to other rich countries, America is essentially doing next to nothing. It sets the stage for depression — by being a bailout of capitalism’s mega-rich, who already have too much, while the average person and his or her small business have long had too little. Instead of massively investing to create a surplus of critical resources, it…doesn’t invest in anything at all. That is why we will go on hearing surreal horror stories about doctors making masks from pizza boxes and nurses dying because they treated the sick without protective gear…even as we lose our own jobs and incomes…while the mega-rich go on laughing all the way to the bank. Don’t get me wrong. This stimulus is better than nothing. But what it isn’t is nearly good enough for a society as broken as America to be able to cope with catastrophe — much less grow as an improbable result of it. There’s another, harder, way to put all that. Did you really expect a ruthlessly capitalist society to be able to save itself from a pandemic? Or was it always just going to use it as a way to exploit people even harder? Sadly, the answer, my friends, is one every country but America knows by now.

https://hostileliving.home.blog/2020/04/02/the-new-great-depression-why-americas-response-to-coronavirus-adds-disaster-to-catastrophe/ 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (third word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::]

etc. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. etc.

:: 4-2-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Retail stores in large cities appear to be preparing for MASS RIOTS by boarding up their windows

Thursday, April 02, 2020 by: Franz Walker

(Natural News) As cities all over America have placed stay-at-home orders in response to the coronavirus, high-end retailers are worrying about potential civil unrest. Several shops, including those in one of Hollywood’s most famous shopping districts, are taking measures to protect themselves against possible looters. Shops on or around Beverly Hills’ Rodeo Drive seem to be preparing for the worse possible scenario during this current outbreak. Photographs have surfaced online of several of these stores having their doors and storefront windows boarded up with giant slabs of plywood. This is in addition to said stores clearing out their shelves of expensive merchandise.  When interviewed by TMZ, construction workers boarding up the Pottery Barn off Beverly Drive and Dayton Way, right near Rodeo, stated that what they were doing was only a temporary measure to protect that specific branch from bad actors. However, other photographs have now come in showing other stores in other major cities also doing the same. The defensive measures by retailers come after police departments have been hit hard by the ongoing pandemic. In some cities, hundreds of police officers have tested positive for the disease, while thousands have called in sick or are in isolation. High-end stores anticipating looting and civic unrest all over Rodeo Drive isn’t the only high-end shopping district that’s seeing it stores board up due to fears of possible looting and civil unrest. Numerous photographs have popped up over Twitter, showing shopping districts in cities around the country such as Chicago, San Francisco and more boarding up their windows. Closures of high-end retailers such as Dolce & Gabbana and Hermes at Chicago’s Magnificent Mile have prompted Luigi Zingales, professor of finance at the University of Chicago’s Booth School of Business, to compare the situation to the 2019-20 Chilean protests where rioters looted shops and even churches in the capital of Santiago and other cities. Other cities where shops have been photographed boarding up include Kansas City and New York City. The latter is currently facing shortages of police officers due to the coronavirus. A shortage of police officers is a worry in the U.S. While open civic unrest and rioting have yet to happen in the U.S., retailers aren’t taking any chances. One of the reasons for this is that police departments themselves are being walloped by the coronavirus. A survey of over 40 law enforcement agencies done by the Associated Press shows that over 690 officers nationwide have been quarantined because of the virus. The New York City Police Department (NYPD) has been the hardest hit of all the departments surveyed. When the survey was conducted, 512 NYPD police officers had tested as positive for the virus. City officials, however, now expect the number to have ballooned to over 900 NYPD officers by March 30. (Related: Police officers are starting to die from coronavirus in US cities… what will happen if law enforcement can’t function?) One of the officers who tested positive has since died over the weekend, bringing the total of NYPD officers who’ve succumbed to it to three. Meanwhile, an even larger number of officers are in out sick or in isolation, with NYPD Police Commissioner Dermot Shea confirming that 5,000 officers were out sick as of Sunday. With police being hit as hard as they are, it’s no wonder that business owners are looking to other means to protect their stores. Should any mass riots occur, police departments may be too depleted to handle them. As such, more businesses are likely to follow suit and board up their storefronts to protect themselves.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-04-02-retail-stores-in-large-cities-preparing-for-mass-riots-boarding-up.html 

:: 4-2-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Something Very Strange Going On With Conflicting COVID-19 Coronavirus Reports As ‘Every Day Things Just Keep Getting Weirder’

by Susan Duclos · Published April 2, 2020 · Updated April 2, 2020

Conflicting reports, fake and inaccurate numbers, bizarre claims, nations in lockdown, and a virus that is acting differently now than when it began in Wuhan, China. Many believe there is much more going on behind the scenes than we know about, and with each new report and conflicting coverage, that belief is looking more probable every day. Along with discussion regarding each of the aforementioned areas, as part of a reader request, we want to hear from you about what you think is going on, how dealing with this stressful time is affecting each individual while cooped up in the home or yard. With so much coverage about COVID-19, is there something else going on that is weighing on your mind? Reader thoughts to all the above are encouraged in the comment section below.

CONFLICTING REPORTS AND NUMBERS Let us provide clear examples of conflicting reports and numbers.

Using Avast Secure browser, which uses the Bing search engine, when searching for “COVID-19” a information box comes up which shows the “official” numbers of confirmed cases, deaths and recovered, in the U.S. A screen shot of that information box is shown below: On Eve Of Small Business Bailout, Biggest US Bank Says It’s Not Ready To Accept Applications Those are the numbers we see quoted by some establishment media outlets, while Wall Street Journal reports how Italy’s numbers, which are included in the “official” global numbers, are completely off and their death toll is far higher than what they have reported to date.  In the areas worst hit by the pandemic, Italy is undercounting thousands of deaths caused by the virus, a Wall Street Journal analysis shows, indicating that the pandemic’s human toll may end up being much greater, and infections far more widespread, than official data indicate. It has also been reported that China has been manipulating not only their numbers of infected but also the “recovery” numbers. But civil servants tell Caixan that businesses are actually faking these numbers. Beijing had started checking Zhejiang businesses’ electricity consumption levels, so district officials ordered the companies to start leaving their lights and machinery on all day to drive the numbers up, one civil servant said. Businesses have reportedly falsified staff attendance logs as well — they “would rather waste a small amount of money on power than irritate local officials,” Caixan writes. In Wuhan, officials have tried to make it appear that recovery efforts are going smoothly. But when “central leaders” personally survey disinfecting regimens and food delivery, local officials “make a special effort” for them and them alone, one resident told Caixan. And in a video circulating on social media, residents can be seen shouting at visiting leaders from the apartments where they’re being quarantined — “Fake, it’s all fake.” Even the Washington Post, has started questioning the numbers coming out of Wuhan itself, where the virus reportedly originated. Other recent reports confirm China has been rigging the numbers and covering up the truth, since the beginning. Physical Silver Update 4220 – What’s Available / What Price? Here in America, ANP has been informed by medical professionals that deaths that have occurred before they were tested have list cause of death as “acute respiratory failure,” and other causes due to the lack of testing or resources. The point here is none of the numbers are accurate and there is a good chance that we will never have accurate numbers, yet the establishment media continues to cite those “official” numbers even as other headlines from the same sources, provides information that contradicts their own reports. They expect people to not notice or to wave it away because they themselves are refusing to acknowledge just how bizarre the MSM’s reporting on this has been since the beginning. We also have seen readers mention another tidbit of strangeness that the general public, those that still seem to trust the MSM, completely ignores. Pastors in Florida and Louisiana are being arrested for refusing to cancel church. Also in the headlines, inmates across the U.S. are being released from prison because of coronavirus.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/04/02/something-very-strange-going-on-with-conflicting-covid-19-coronavirus-reports-as-every-day-things-just-keep-getting-weirder/ 

:: 4-2-20 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NYC: 10,000 HOSPITALIZED, 1500+ DEAD - ILLEGAL ALIENS TAKING AMERICAN HOSPITAL BEDS

Nation News Desk 02 April 2020

Natural-born Americans who live in New York City are finding themselves unable to be admitted into the hospital because . . . ILLEGAL ALIENS are occupying so many hospital beds in the city, as the coronavirus outbreak continues to grow. New York City’s coronavirus death toll topped 1,500 on Thursday, with more than 10,000 people now hospitalized with the illness, city data shows. Over 24 hours, 188 deaths from COVID-19 were recorded in the Big Apple, bringing the total to 1,562 as of 5 p.m. on Thursday. The number of people infected inched toward 50,000, as 4,000 more cases were tallied. About 21 percent of the cases, or 10,590 patients, required hospitalization. Of the 49,707 diagnosed with the virus in the city, 16,819 were in Queens, the hardest-hit borough. Brooklyn had 13,290 cases, followed by The Bronx with 9,343, Manhattan with 7,398 and Staten Island with 2,822. In boroughs outside Manhattan, the number of ILLEGAL ALIENS who are hospitalized is even larger than in Manhattan. How many of the liberals in New York who screamed for years demanding illegals be allowed to stay in America, will now themselves DIE because those illegals have hospital beds needed by the liberals? Some might call that poetic justice.

https://admin.halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/nyc-10-000-hospitalized-1500-dead-illegal-aliens-taking-american-hospital-beds 

:: 4-2-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive line at Florida food bank as unemployment sky rockets

•Apr 2, 2020

Shocking scenes in Orlando where half-mile line of cars wait for food bank after theme parks' shutdown put thousands out of work - as government reveals coronavirus has so far made 10 million Americans unemployed.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sBB4j5RI2Q8 

:: 4-2-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Failed Alliances and the Globalist Three-Pronged Attack on America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Thursday, April 2, 2020 - 16:59.

Many of my colleagues have come to very similar conclusions. The United States is under attack and it is a three-pronged attack. These three areas consists of the following:

The Coronavirus is wreaking havoc with the economy. The intent is to inhibit the peacetime to wartime conversion of our resources (eg auto manufacturers to tanks).  The TET offensive of simultaneous and continuous domestic terrorism, including bio and chemical attacks as well as mass public shootings. This is why Trump has let Democratic mayors so severely limit public exposure with ridiculous shelter in place policies in blue cities.  A Red Dawn invasion spurred by UN and globalist banking interests which will be launched when America is sufficiently . President Trump has tried repeatedly tried to align with the Presidents of China and Russia against the globalists. Each country has its own Deep State which blocks, to some degree the effectiveness of the efforts to align against the old Rothschild empire and their minion forces which is headquartered within the European Union. And as it turned out French President Macron and Canadian leader, Trudeau, have been spearheading an effort to take down any partnerships between countries with nation interests. Here is what I discovered in early 2019.  As Merkel decries the nation-state, France’s President Emmanuel Macron hammers Trump-inspired “nationalism” in the U.S. and beyond. “Europe” — not European nations — “must be stronger…and win more sovereignty,Macron has claimed. EU members must give up their national overweight to Brussels as it pertains to “foreign affairs, migration, and development,” as well as “an increasing part of our budgets and even fiscal resources.” The globalist’s drive for a Euro-superstate is in full swing.  Putin and Trump, as previously stated here on the CSS, would very much like to establish a solid military alliance against the NWO. Conversely, French President Macron has repeatedly criticized both Trump and Putin for being nationalists. In fact, Macron has called for the creation of an European army to oppose Russian, China and the United States. The sides are being drawn into a future war between nationalists and globalists. The globalists are determined and desperate to keep the US and Russia apart. With the unleashing of the virus, that was has commenced in earnest. This is the reason behind Mueller's Russian-collusion-delusion. It is the reason that underlies Macron's call for a European army. First, we must ask the question: is America friend or foe to China? The accuracy of your answer depends solely on your perspective. In early 2019, I wrote the following, it has now come to fruition:  French leader Macron stated that a EU Army is needed to combat the nationalist desires of Russia, China and the Americans. On one hand, this makes the three super-powers de facto allies. However, the wild card here is whether or not Trump can control his administration. The same can be said for the leader of China, who Trump’s intelligence save him from a Deep State coup almost two years ago. If you look at China as being schizophrenic, first they make a pro-peace positive move only to undermine with another war-mongering move by China or by it ally in North Korea, now you know. Both Paul Preston and myself have independently come across information that demonstrates that China is partly under the control of the globalist-controlled Deep State and partly under control of the President China. Even the CCP is divided as is the military. China is ripe for a major civil war, however, the globalists are trying to hold China together as they attempt to dismantle Russia and the United States. I have learned that at least some of our intelligence sources believes that the embedded CHICOM forces in America and Mexico are now under the control of the Chinese Deep State and this makes the three pronged attack against America very volatile and unpredictable. I have also learned that China’s Deep State has a face to it, just America does. In the US, Schumer, Pelosi, Feinstein, Schiff, etc., form the operation entity that is bringing a Bolshevik Revolution to America. That is the face of our Deep State. In China, it is Wei Fenghe, the Defense Minister. He has gone rogue and is untouchable. Fenghe was the official, in a speech to the CCP last year who made a speech calling for bio-warfare against the United States. He advocates for the use of race-specific (white European) bioweapons to greatly lessen the population of the United States prior to invasion. China, he says, can only survive with our resources. I wrote a five part series last July based on a leaked transcript of his speech. To say that China is in a highly volatile positionn would be an extreme understatement. The Deep State is in China is desperate because their globalist master are very desperate. Everyone is in an extreme struggle for survival, including you, whether you realize it or not. Macron’s comments about going after Russia, China and the US are very revealing about the emerging war between the nationalists and the globalists and their proxy forces. From an American perspective, I would say the following:

EVERYTHING THAT IS HAPPENING AT THE BORDER, AS WELL AS THE FUTURE RED DAWN INVASION EMANATING FROM CENTRAL AMERICA INVOLVES FOUR GROUPS: (1) THE UNITED NATIONS; (2) GEORGE SOROS AND THE GLOBALISTS WHO ARE FUNDING THE MIGRANT INVASION (3) CHINESE CONTROL OF THE VARIOUS BORDER FACTIONS INCLUDING THE DRUG CARTELS AND THEIR MIDDLE EAST TERRORIST PARTNERS; (4) KEY MEMBERS OF THE DEMOCRATIC PARTY WHO INCLUDE, BUT ARE LIMITED TO KAMALA HARRIS, DIANE FEINSTEIN, CHUCK SCHUMER, FORMER PRESIDENT OBAMA, NANCY PELOSI, ERIC HOLDER, COREY BOOKER, JOE BIDEN, THE SO-CALLED SQUAD HEADED BY AOC, BERNIE SANDERS, THE "JUSTICE DEMOCRATS" AND MOST OF ALL HILLARY CLINTON AND THE CLINTON FOUNDATION. THEY WANT WORLD WAR III AND THEY WANT TO BE AT THE VANGUARD OF THE DESTRUCTION OF AMERICA AND THE USHERING IN OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-health-radio-shows/failed-alliances-and-globalist-three-pronged-attack-america 

:: 3--20 Station Gossip :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Outrage as Vegas homeless are corralled into an empty parking lot and made to sleep on the bare concrete in boxed-off areas less than six feet apart

09:39 - News

Homeless people in Las Vegas have been corralled into a disused parking lot and made to sleep less than six feet apart on the concrete after a resident at their shelter caught coronavirus. Last week a homeless man at the Catholic Charities' homeless shelter tested positive for Covid-19, forcing it to close and leaving 500 people without a place to sleep. The City of Las Vegas provided the vacant parking lot of Cashman Center on Saturday night. They rolled out a thin layer of carpet for one section of the concrete, but another has been left bare. Furthermore, in contravention of CDC guidelines on social distancing, the homeless are sleeping within painted boxes which do not keep them six feet apart. It comes as the number of people infected by the deadly contagion in Nevada reached 920, with 15 deaths, with a total of more than 142,000 cases in the US and 2,509 deaths. Las Vegas casinos have been shut down because of the outbreak and showbiz acts have cancelled appearances. In a statement on Saturday, Clark County Commissioner Justin Jones said, 'We're proud to be working in collaboration with the city to meet the needs of our homeless population and appreciate the quick response of the participants in standing up the facility so soon.' The fully open-air facility, which is open to the homeless from 6pm to 8am, is anticipated to remain until at least April 3 or however long it takes for the Catholic Charities shelter to re-open. Touro University medical students and physician assistant students volunteered at the parking lot over the weekend as the city authorities set up the temporary facility. County Commissioner Justin Jones told Fox: 'We're planning for seven days, but certainly that's really dependent on how quickly Catholic Charities gets reopened and how quickly the other facility is open.' Mayor Carolyn Goodman told the Reno Gazette Journal: 'The city wants to make this site available because we know the obligation we have to help ease the overflow of the Homeless Courtyard.' Freeman's Carpet Service, GES Exposition Services and the Teamsters were among those helping with provisions for the homeless. 'We've had Republic Services donating trash resources, Touro University med students will be over here doing screening, so we've really seen the community come together,' Jones told Fox. 'All the government agencies and other folks to make sure that we serve our homeless population.'

http://www.stationgossip.com/2020/03/outrage-as-vegas-homeless-are-corralled.html 

:: 3-30-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE: Number of people attending crisis kitchen at Los Angeles' Skid Row TRIPLES in wake of coronavirus pandemic as charities say they are overwhelmed and fear worse is coming The number of people visiting LA's notorious Skid Row for free meals has tripled since the city went on lockdown on March 19, DailyMail.com can disclose

Already, the area is home to 5,000 homeless people - 3,000 of whom sleep in shabby tents or on the sidewalk itself Now, photos taken exclusively by DailyMail.com reveal there has been no decline in the number of rough sleepers in the area Local charities say they are being overwhelmed by the extra demand – which comes as donations decline Large crowds could also be seen outside other Skid Row non-profits at mealtimes when DailyMail.com visited last Wednesday and Thursday

Georgia Berkovich, of Skid Row's Midnight Mission which provides three meals a day to the area's homeless, says the crisis has seen the numbers shoot up

She said: 'We would normally see 400 to 600 a meal... This week, we've been seeing 1700 a meal'

The spike in demand for free meals came as it was announced that 3.3m people have signed up for unemployment benefits nationwide last week

The US has the highest number of cases, with 39,700 and more than 2,400 deaths. LA has 32 deaths and 1,817 cases

Coronavirus symptoms: what are they and should you see a doctor?

By Ruth Styles In Los Angeles, California, For Dailymail.com

Published: 09:00 EDT, 30 March 2020 | Updated: 11:23 EDT, 30 March 2020

The number of people visiting Los Angeles' notorious Skid Row for free meals has tripled since the city went on lockdown two weeks ago, DailyMail.com can disclose.

Skid Row is home to 5,000 homeless people – 3,000 of whom sleep in shabby tents or wrapped in blankets on the sidewalk itself. LA Mayor Eric Garcetti said the city would add thousands of temporary shelter beds to get the population off the streets to protect them from coronavirus on March 19. But photos taken exclusively by DailyMail.com reveal there has been no decline in the number of rough sleepers in the area, while local charities say they are being overwhelmed by the extra demand – which comes as donations decline. Georgia Berkovich, of Skid Row's Midnight Mission which provides three meals a day to the area's homeless, says the crisis has seen the numbers coming to them for food shoot up. She said: 'Around this time of the month, we would normally see 400 to 600 a meal, sometimes as it gets closer to the end of the month, we might go as high as 1.000 a meal. 'This week, we've been seeing 1,700 a meal. We're still serving three meals a day but we're seeing three times the number of people.' Large crowds could also be seen outside other Skid Row non-profits, including The Weingart Center and Fred Jordan Missions, at mealtimes when DailyMail.com visited last Wednesday and Thursday.  The spike in demand for free meals came as it was announced that 3.3 million people had signed up for unemployment benefits nationwide last week. Governor Gavin Newsom said last week that 1 million of those claims were made in California alone – parts of which have been shut down for weeks.

But for California's 151,000 homeless community, life has continued as normal despite the lockdown - and in spite of official attempts to help. In Los Angeles, which is home to 60,000 homeless people, Mayor Eric Garcetti has announced plans to spend $20 million on 1,600 extra shelter beds, with a further 6,000 to be delivered by the American Red Cross. Garcetti has also said he plans to put santizer stations around the city and increase the number of Porta Potty units available for the homeless to use. In a statement released on March 18, he said: 'We are taking immediate, urgent action to slow the spread of COVID-19 by helping people who are experiencing homelessness come indoors.' But when DailyMail.com visited Skid Row, hundreds of homeless people could be seen out on the street – virtually all with little or no protective equipment.  Some were clustered chatting together in groups, while others were slumped over in doorways or passed out under quilts on the sidewalk. Most shocking of all were the crowds that gathered at mealtimes outside the missions, crammed in on the sidewalk and far less than the recommended six feet apart. Approached by DailyMail.com about what the city is doing to control the crowds of people on Skid Row, a member of Garcetti's public affairs team said she had no explanation but would ask a member of the operations team to reach out with further information. At the time of publication, DailyMail.com was still waiting for a response. The homeless are among the most vulnerable people in Los Angeles with many suffering from underlying health conditions, as well as drink and drug addiction. According to a report released last year by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health, heart disease is the third biggest cause of death among the homeless. It is also one of the serious underlying conditions that can produce a worse outcome in those who are infected with COVID-19.  Overdoses are a regular occurrence on Skid Row, with EMTs seen arriving three times in one hour on Wednesday.  Other hazards of life on Skid Row include low-level crime, traffic danger and violence – the same LA County report noted that murder accounts for six percent of deaths among residents every year. As a result, coronavirus could prove especially deadly if it is allowed to run rampant among California's homeless community. Berkovich thinks it may already be too late to stop it, telling DailyMail.com: 'There have not been any cases in the homeless community [officially] but I don't know…  'There hasn't been enough testing done to have a number and I suspect that there may be some who do test positive but we won't know because there are not enough tests right now.' Berkovich added: 'It's impossible to keep six feet apart in Skid Row. If you look at the homeless encampments, the tents are side by side. 'If it hits the community, there's going to be no way from stopping it from spreading.' But unlike the rest of Los Angeles, the residents of Skid Row cannot ride out the storm at home because – despite Garcetti's pledge of more beds – they have nowhere to go. Charities working in the area are attempting to stem the tide by insisting that all volunteers and staff have their temperatures checked before arriving for work each day. Cleaning has been stepped up, both in the missions and on the street itself where gaggles of street cleaners have been seen attempting to disinfect the area. And the hand sanitizer stations and extra Porta Potty units promised by Garcetti have materialized in small numbers. But there was little sign of any efforts to inform the homeless of the situation, with Berkovich saying they are more isolated than ever after being stripped of their usual opportunities to see the news in restaurants or cafes. The one tent on Skid Row that had a red cross on it was being used for religious rather than medical purposes, with lists of Bible reading times written on the side. Like Garcetti, Newsom has also pledged help and said last week that he plans to spend $150 million on housing the homeless in hotels and trailers for the duration of the crisis. On March 18, he said the state has already purchased 1,309 trailers and leased two hotels.

He said: 'California is deploying massive resources to get these vulnerable residents safely into shelter, removing regulatory barriers and securing trailers and hotels to provide immediate housing options for those most at risk.

'Helping these residents is critical to protecting public health, flattening the curve and slowing the spread of COVID-19.' But with 151,000 homeless people living in California, the extra beds already in place are far from being enough. Berkovich said: 'There is no Safer At Home for the people who have no home. This Safer At Home initiative just seems especially cruel for them.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8161433/LAs-Skid-Row-TRIPLE-number-locals-lining-food-city-went-lockdown.html 

:: 3-29-20 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID-19: Distancing is no solution to a spiritual problem

By Herbert W. Titus and William J. Olson March 29, 2020

As the great Titanic continued to sink in the frigid waters of the North Atlantic, bringing certain death to the men remaining on board, some safety boat survivors remembered hearing the big ship’s string quartet playing the hymn Nearer My God to Thee. In that last dark hour, there was no one left to turn to. The title words from that moving hymn were most fitting, as James, the half-brother of Jesus had already reassured the passengers: “Draw near to God and He will draw near to you.” James 4:8 (NAS). This lesson, having been well taught and understood in 1912, remains equally true for all generations everywhere. “For that which is known about God is evident within them; for God made it evident to them.” Romans 1:19-20. The current risk of infection and the risk of mortality and morbidity is tiny compared to being on a sinking ship, but on March 14, 2020, President Trump boldly called for focus on the spiritual, seeking God’s help in his message to the nation, and calling for a National Day of Prayer on the COVID-19 threat. It was disappointing that President Trump made no call to national repentance for the sins of the nation, but that was likely a bridge too far for large segments of the people. Indeed, in response to his call for prayer, the President received mocking from many, and there have been few references to an Almighty God since then. Instead, the rest of his Administration’s efforts have been earthly -- what we the American people, and our state and federal governments, can do in our own power. Foremost among the concrete steps urged, if not enforced, upon the general public is to practice social distancing, that is, stay home and wash your hands. But distancing is no solution to a spiritual problem. And it certainly does not work for everyone. Distancing does not protect persons who must work for a living in close proximity with others, who cannot risk losing a job, a car, or a house. It is not on option for those who provide necessary assisted living for the elderly or infirm. Nor is it available to first-responders, much less for those living and working inside our woefully over-populated prisons. And, although long-distance learning alleviates the burden of supervision, teachers are not yet robots-in-waiting, eliminating all need of actual classrooms for human interchange. At best, distancing modulates the behavior of those who enjoy the best of health, and those who would otherwise act presumptuously. But on the other hand, isolation and loneliness is said to deplete the immune system and increase susceptibility to illness. While there are no doubt benefits from the nation’s current distancing containment policy and practices, they fall short of attaining one necessary objective: the defeat of paralyzing and mind-clouding fear of falling prey of the influenza. “For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind.” 2 Timothy 1:7. Fear produces a confused mind, rather than a sound, sober one. Fear will cause us to pull up the covers and hide in bed. Fear will result in accepting, even welcoming, sometimes demanding, assertions of government power which exceed constitutional limits. The virus will pass, but fear of it could destroy the foundations of our constitutional republic.

Defeating fear is possible, but only if the American people draw near to God. As Moses wrote: And [God] said, “if you will give ear to the voice of the Lord, and do what is right in his sight, and give ear to his commandments, and keep all of His statutes, I will put none of the diseases on you which I put on the Egyptians for I, the Lord, am your healer.” Exodus 15:16. Many would dismiss this Biblical admonition on the ground that it is limited to its specific context, applicable only to Israel and her people. Ontologically, they are mistaken. There is not one disease, not one people, not one nation outside the healing power of God. As The Gospel of Matthew attests: [J]esus healed all who were ill. This was to fulfill what was spoken through Isaiah the prophet: HE, HIMSELF TOOK OUR INFIRMITIES AND CARRIED AWAY OUR DISEASES. Matthew 8:16(b)-17. "God's Light of Hope," licensed in the public domain by Robert Knacke Rather than focusing exclusively on running away one from another, distancing ourselves from friends and family in fear of COVID-19, we also ought to be running to Jesus, that “we might die to sin and live to righteousness; for by his wounds [we] were healed.” 1 Peter 2:24. We know from Daniel 2:17 that “the Most High rules in the kingdom of men.” But we must come to the Lord on His terms, not ours. He has the power to remove temporal judgments from the people, but repeatedly in Scripture we see His precondition of repentance -- a change of mind, and a change of behavior. See 2 Peter 3. There is no repentance inherent in simply asking God to remove the current “plague.” Where are the calls from the Ministers of God to both believers and nonbelievers to repent? If repentance is ignored, why should we expect a righteous God to end the plague? How should we expect Him to respond to executive orders issued by some Governors to shut down all elective surgeries, except for the one procedure which is murderous? To the Lord, we sound like the people who “cursed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, but they refused to repent of what they had done.” Revelation 16:11 (NIV). Not long after the nation saw God’s hand move as this nation was given its independence from a British Empire wielding the greatest military power on earth, our first President showed no reluctance to declare America’s utter dependence on our Creator God, as he entreated the Hebrew Congregations of Savanah, Georgia: May the same wonder-working Deity, who long since delivering the Hebrews from their Egyptian Oppressors planted them in the promised land, whose providential agency has lately been conspicuous in establishing these United States as an independent Nation, still continue to water them with the dews of Heaven and to make the inhabitants of every denomination participate in the temporal and spiritual blessings of that people whose God is Jehovah. May we Americans, individually and collectively, draw near to God in this time of crisis, “for He is a rewarder of those who diligently seek Him.” Hebrews 11:6. Herbert W. Titus taught constitutional law for 26 years, concluding his academic career as founding dean of Regent Law School. William J. Olson held three positions in the Reagan Administration. They now practices constitutional law together, defending against government excess, at William J. Olson, P.C., Vienna, Virginia. E-mail wjo@mindspring.com , visit www.lawandfreedom.com , or follow www.Twitter.com/OlsonLaw .

https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2020/03/covid19_distancing_is_no_solution_to_a_spiritual_problem.html 

:: 3-19-20 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alasdair Macleod – Panic And The End Of Fiat Currencies

March 19, 2020

Alasdair Macleod discusses the current panic and the end of fiat currencies.

Panic And The End Of Fiat Currencies

March 19 (King World News) – Alasdair Macleod: The unilateral response from governments to the coronavirus is to helicopter money to people and their businesses in unlimited quantities. Their priority is to keep the debt-driven Keynesian show on the road, and policy makers are approaching the task with unseemly gusto. There was evidence that the credit cycle was already on the turn with the global economy entering its regular period of financial and economic crisis even before the coronavirus hit. Thinking it is only a matter of dealing with the pandemic before returning to normal is therefore a common and fatal mistake. The combination of current events is leading to an infinite problem: central banks, and the Fed in particular, are trying to backstop everything and they will undoubtedly fail. The central issue is the dawning inability of the Fed, in charge of the world’s reserve currency, to keep financial markets under control. The quantities of money required to rescue the US economy and dollar-centric supply chains abroad are potentially far greater than anyone realizes and will destroy not just the dollar, but the whole fiat money system of rigged financial markets upon which debt financing depends. The EU is in a similar but more parochial fix with the addition of a banking system visibly on the verge of collapse. The timescale for the demise of unsound fiat currencies is likely to be very short, by the end of 2020 – exactly three centuries since a similar fiat currency experiment failed in John Law’s Mississippi bubble. Introduction Doubting Thomases must surely realise by now that the central banks are in danger of losing control over financial market prices, not just for a short period of time, but more drastically than that. Besides a new round of quantitative easing announced last Sunday – $500bn into Treasuries and $200bn into agency debt – the new target for the Fed funds rate was lowered to 0 – ¼ %. This 1% cut followed an earlier reduction in the funds rate of ½ % as well as last Thursday’s announcement of a $1.5 trillion cap on three-month and one-month repos. To these sums we must add the $60bn in purchases of coupon-bearing securities also announced last Thursday. Taken together, that is a liquidity injection into the American banking system of $2.206 trillion, which in context will be the equivalent of a 59% increase in the Fed’s balance sheet since the repo crisis started in September. A further source of monetary inflation is in the dollar swap lines with the Bank of Canada, Bank of England, Bank of Japan, the ECB and the Swiss National Bank. Clearly, the Fed is doing everything it can to achieve a number of objectives simultaneously. It needs to ensure the funding is in place for the US Government, which is dramatically increasing its spending. It must ensure the banks have sufficient reserves so as not to foreclose on its customers, thereby preventing a deflationary contraction of bank credit. It needs to inject liquidity into wholesale money markets to ensure no financial entity becomes insolvent. It is trying to anticipate future negative effects of the coronavirus, which are likely to be far greater than anyone dares admit in public. Heroically, the Fed’s public mission is to rescue the American economy single-handedly by providing the money required. And last but not least, it must retain control over financial market pricing to deliver these objectives. Over the last fortnight that control was demonstrably lost. Equities crashed and government bonds soared, but values of the latter were somewhat false, because in the absence of liquidity market makers increased their bid/offer spreads and reduced their size; that is to say the quantity of bonds they were prepared to deal in on the widened quote were nominal. As well as volatility, the market makers, being brokerage subsidiaries of the banks, were restricted in the amount of liquidity provided by their parents, reflecting a wider systemic shortage. The Fed hopes that by providing an unprecedented quantity of dollar liquidity that normality will return, and all its objectives listed in the penultimate paragraph above can be achieved. But, returning to a theme of recent Goldmoney Insights, the relationship between the dollar and financial assets has become eerily similar to that between John Law’s livres and his Mississippi bubble three-hundred years ago. The massive printing of livres and livres bank credit to support Law’s asset bubble failed, firstly by undermining the purchasing power of his livres to zero measured against gold and silver, and then by failing to prevent a collapse in the targeted financial asset, his Mississippi venture. Today, the situation is only different in that the Fed is trying to save the status quo rather than construct a new one. But from December 2015 the gold price began to rise from $1050 to current levels, which is the appropriate non-fiat measure of the dollar’s purchasing power. This fact says much about gold and silver’s reaction last week and this, which was to fall heavily in paper form, while physical demand led to shortages and premiums everywhere. And now we have credible reports of refinery output being curtailed, particularly in Switzerland’s Ticino canton where three of the large Swiss refiners are based.

After the mid-eighties, gold was used as a low interest rate form of collateral for the purchase of other higher-yielding assets. In recent years that function has ceased, and it has become a plaything of bullion banks, skilled at using futures and forwards to soak up speculative demand in a highly profitable fleecing of speculative interest. The continuance of this game depended entirely on the Fed and other central banks setting the framework for prices of financial assets in the wider context by retaining an iron control over markets. Recent events have shown that that has almost certainly come to an end and increasingly the bullion banks see a logic in getting out of the gold and silver paper business by squaring their books. Estimating dollar liquidity requirements It is worth noting that the global economy as well as that of the US is on the cusp of a credit cycle that was turning into its regular contractionary stage, even before the coronavirus exploded onto the world stage. The massive expansion of both base money and bank credit since the Lehman crisis coupled with American trade protectionism replicates the situation in late-1929 when the Wall Street crash began, the Dow fell 89% and the great depression followed. The twin vectors behind those events are of different relative force today. Then, trade tariffs were jacked up 30% on average by the Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act, more than today’s American protectionism against Chinese imports. But this time, the expansion of money and bank credit over recent decades is far, far larger, and we are entitled to expect a synergistic effect between these two factors leading towards a similar result. That being the case, the coronavirus is an added burden on the world’s economy which was already tipping into a slump, and will be particularly damaging for its reserve currency, the dollar. The disruptions the pandemic brings to supply chains are a dramatic advancement and escalation of what would have happened over time anyway. Across all businesses there are those which have assets that can be sold and have cash at the bank to draw down, and there are those whose cash and liquid assets are limited or barely exist. When the former category draws down on cash reserves, deposits at the banks are reduced. The banks then have to either borrow the difference in money markets or reduce their holdings of assets, usually in the form of loans, Treasury bills, Treasury bonds, commercial bills or commercial bonds. Inevitably, the choice will devolve down to a reduction in the banks’ individual balance sheets, satisfied by reducing their loan books and by asset sales. On the other hand, there are businesses running on overdrafts, which will find out if their banks are still good for pre-agreed overdraft ceilings. Given the drawdowns on business deposits from their more liquid customers, it is likely they will seek to reduce overdraft ceilings to help balance their books. But businesses also face decisions as to whether they and their customers will survive the pandemic. Government promises to help is usually offered in loans, in which case they will have to be repaid, merely putting off the evil day. Many SMEs will choose to close in order for their owners to rescue what they can rather than face a drift into bankruptcy. Some will try to survive by cutting costs, such as airlines laying off staff on unpaid leave, or by lengthening payment times, passing the problem to their suppliers. The notional exposure of America’s banks to this aspect of difficulties faced by private sector businesses is illustrated in outstanding loans and leases, which according to the St Louis’s FRED database stands at $10.12 trillion. FRED’s chart above shows how the last credit crisis caused a contraction in outstanding loans and leases, and we know that this crisis is bound to do so again. But what will be the scale of the developing credit crisis, given that by bunching payment issues the coronavirus has increased the impact and its suddenness? To estimate a ballpark figure, we should look at gross output (GO). Unlike GDP, which captures final sales value, GO includes the payments between production stages, and is illustrated in FRED’s chart below. The effect of the last credit crisis in 2008-2009 was significant, knocking about $4 trillion off the total. This time, with the added burden of widespread supply chain payment failures it obviously will be far larger. We can only guess what a national shutdown will do. If, as in Italy and France, Americans end up only being able to buy pharmaceuticals and food, that would preserve only 8% of GO. Payment failures will therefore be a significant part of the remaining $36 trillion of the GO statistic. Not only are all goods, but services are affected as well. And supply chains are not as simple as the term might suggest with a one-dimensional series of inputs leading to a final product. Inputs from many other sources are required in each step of the way. It is no exaggeration to say that the interconnectedness of all these processes accounts for nearly all of private sector GO. That payment failures are beginning to have an impact is seen in the enhanced level of repo facilities daily extended by the Fed. It can only escalate from here. Dollar payments in supply chains are not confined to US domestic manufacturing but apply to dollar-denominated chains of imported goods in other jurisdictions, of which Apple’s iPhone manufacturing supply chain is a prime example. All it takes is one small delivery hitch and suddenly expected payments that do not materialise have to be covered all down the line, We cannot know the true extent of the likely problem, but with major economies being disrupted by the virus for more than a month or two and with everyone working on a just-in-time basis the banking system will end up with deposit drawdowns, demands for increased overdraft facilities and non-performing loans totalling as much as two or three times FRED’s total loans and leases outstanding from businesses, not just in America, but in dollar trade settlement chains abroad as well. No wonder there are emerging liquidity issues in the system. But with the Fed and the US government promising to underwrite all businesses facing difficulties as a consequence of the virus, the inflationary consequences for the dollar will be staggering. The responsibility of the dollar being the world’s reserve currency is that the Fed’s remit must also cover both domestic and foreign dollar settlements if it is to continue to maintain control over pricing in American financial markets. Realistically, the chances of success are close to nil, partly because the Fed will be slow to offer facilities to those parts of dollar-settling supply chains outside the countries with existing currency swap agreements. China, South Korea and Taiwan, and others will have to resort to liquidation of dollar reserves, including US Treasuries. And then there are those that rely on dollar funding in the broader sense: Credit Suisse’s Zoltan Pozsar highlights Scandinavia, Southeast Asia, Australia and South America, to which we can add the entire shadow banking systems in London and all other non-US financial centres. [i] Unless it implements Section 133.3 of the Federal Reserve Act (which allows the Fed to lend directly to non-banks) the only channel for liquidity flows is through commercial banks in the federal system. Even if the Fed makes infinite liquidity available to them, the Fed will be unable to stop banks from managing their risks as they see fit. Banks will at the margin reduce their balance sheet leverage and collectively risk descending into a cycle whereby collateral liquidation leads to falling values for financial assets, forcing further liquidation of collateral when formally secure lending becomes uncovered. This was one of the evils of fractional reserve banking identified by Irving Fisher in the great depression. And logic simply tells us liquidity provided by the Fed will be readily absorbed by the banks and not passed to many of their riskier customers, particularly in the SME sector. We should be in no doubt that while it is easy for the government and its central bank to promise funds to businesses so they can continue to trade, it is virtually impossible in practice for them to do so in a timely manner. But if, as hopefully this article has demonstrated, payment disruption and failure is likely to be on a scale far greater than outstanding loans and leases, the debauchment of the currency will without doubt undermine its purchasing power. As we have shown above, the total settlement chain at risk onshore in the US is captured in GO, which officially stands at $38 trillion. For comparison, the amount of money in public hands, that is cash, checkable deposits and savings deposits, is just under $14 trillion, the bulk of which is matched by bank credit, which will almost certainly contract. If the US Government and the Fed are to make good on their promise to rescue businesses from the coronavirus, they are committing themselves potentially to helicopter considerably more money through the banks than is currently held in public hands. It cannot happen in one hit: that would be absurd. It is more likely that it will be dispensed in tranches, of which last week’s $2.206 trillion is the first. Whether Mnuchin’s announcement of $1.2 trillion being helicoptered nationwide is part of or additional to that announced by the Fed is immaterial. Once that is absorbed, not only would markets depend on further tranches being rapidly announced and rapidly delivered, but they will begin to discount the consequences as well. Given that the Fed is backstopping it all by expanding its own balance sheet, in a matter of a few months its monetary base will have to expand to unknowable multiples of the current $3.44 trillion, shown in FRED’s chart, above. The government funding problem It will be impossible for the Fed to dramatically expand the monetary base without undermining the purchasing power of the currency, particularly since it had already been expanded by an unprecedented 350% in the wake of the Lehman crisis eleven years ago. The principal method deployed is expected to be the same, that is to say quantitative easing. The advantage to the Fed is QE funds the government borrowing requirement and bolsters commercial bank reserves at the same time. Before the current hiatus the Congressional Budget Office forecast a Federal Government budget deficit of just over a trillion dollars. Government spending, not least on coronavirus related issues, is likely to be greater than forecast, and tax revenues, if they are not merely put into abeyance will fall considerably. Consequently, the deficit will rise, and it is conceivable it will be running at twice the forecast level. When markets settle down from recent events, traders will be asking themselves who else, other than the Fed, will buy US Treasury bonds. And then there will be a further question: with banks, non-banks and foreigners dashing for dollar liquidity, who will buy their existing holdings of Treasury debt? The funding problem can only be estimated in an omnibus fashion, by wrapping up government borrowing needs, bolstering bank balance sheets, dealing with global payment failures etc. into one solution. Before the coronavirus hit and began dislocating the entire financial system, credit cycle analysis assumed a slump could double the budget deficit, adding a further trillion or so to existing government funding requirements. Rarely has consideration been given to additional systemic issues because they were unknown. That is no longer the case. Given that through QE or asset purchase programmes all the funding and liquidity problems highlighted in this article are likely to be addressed, it is no exaggeration to say that by the year-end that could involve doubling or tripling the quantity of US Treasury bonds and bills in the secondary market, perhaps taking them from $16.7 trillion currently to over $40 trillion. Then there is a secondary problem: of the existing pile of $16.7 trillion, $9.8 trillion is owned by foreigners, likely to be forced to sell them down in the search for liquidity or simply to avoid portfolio losses. Since we are focused on the dollar as reserve currency, we have not even scratched the surface of problems in other currencies. The eurozone in particular has banking problems, which given the likely economic and financial effects of the coronavirus will see major bank failures in a matter of months, if not in weeks. Only last night the ECB announced a further €750bn stimulus to its existing asset purchase programmes, from which individual nations will fund their promises to subsidise industry and employment. The British and European governments stand ready to shower their populations with money. The British this week announced a package of support amounting to an estimated £320bn, helicoptering money and bridging loan facilities to small businesses everywhere. Echoing Mario Draghi, in the words of both Boris Johnson and his Chancellor Rishi Sunak repeated multiple times, whatever it takes. France announced a similar €300bn package as well, Germany has promised €500bn, and others are following suit. The ECB’s €750bn is already too little. Everywhere, the fiat currency solution is print, print, print. With interest rates at or below the zero bound it is all that central banks can do, while their governments will face declining tax revenues as well as increasing welfare commitments. Thus far, there is no recognition yet of the pan-European supply chain problem. The EU’s GO is similar in scale to that of US GO, additional to all announced inflationary support allocated so far. It is suddenly becoming clear that the global Keynesian experiment of the last ninety years faces an existential crisis. The explosion of funding requirements can only be satisfied so long as bond markets maintain current valuation levels. In other words, we have become dependent and complicit on markets rigged by the state and are facing the same fate as that of John Law’s France exactly three hundred years ago. Once the problems started, his unbacked currency became valueless in about ten months. As then, the fate of financial markets today depends entirely on fiat currencies, because their issuers are becoming the only buyers of their own debt. Price inflation; myth and reality  Government statisticians have succeeded in goal-seeking a two per cent rate of price inflation by statistical method. Part of the market control mechanism has been for this and other government statistics to be accepted by investors as true. That being the case, a low-growth outlook, in other words one that does not threaten a rise in price inflation, broadly justifies the current pricing levels of government bonds. Given their personal experience that the rate of price inflation is actually considerably higher, one would think that managers of bond funds would realise the deceit, but the fact is that they are blind to it. Being prepared to ignore the reality of their own experience and accept the authorities’ version of the rate of price inflation is central to government control over price levels in financial markets. If, as independent sources such as Shadowstats.com and the Chapwood Index conclude, prices are rising at approximately a ten per cent clip then a 10-year maturity US Treasury bond should have a gross redemption yield of at least that, implying a market price below well below fifty cents on the dollar. A collapse in US Treasury prices of that magnitude would be a disaster for government finances, and the whole Keynesian scheme. The cost of debt funding would rapidly spiral out of control. Given our thesis that funding payment failures and other objectives will require a veritable explosion in the quantity of government debt forced on the market, it is almost certain the dollar’s value in terms of purchasing power will be fatally compromised. It will initially be reflected in the dollar price of gold, as described in the introduction to this article… Supplies of the basics that people buy for their day to day existence are already in short supply with supermarket shelves empty, which tells us that following the initial stages of the current economic and financial dislocation prices will rise, even before taking into account the acceleration of monetary debasement already in the works. Price rises of these staples could lead to price controls, which will only make things worse, a playbook seen throughout history from the time of Diocletian (284-305AD) onwards. But this inflation is different in many ways. Instead of being primarily a collapse of purchasing power driven by the public’s rejection of their state’s fiat currency, it will be driven by a matching, but slightly lagging collapse of the whole panoply of financial asset values. That at least is the lesson of the only other recorded instance of it happening, John Law’s pre-Keynesian scheme. The outlook for gold and silver

The current market hiatus has seen a breakdown between financial markets and physical bullion, with supplies of coin and small bars sold out. To add to supply problems, it is rumoured that the three major Swiss refiners based in the Ticino canton are either in lockdown or having logistical problems. The dichotomy is between the world of financial assets and the real world of people. Events over the last few weeks have raised the possibility that the central banks, particularly the Fed in whose dollars everything is priced, are losing control over the whole financial system. Normally scared into financial submission, ordinary people are not buying the establishment’s Kool-Aid anymore. They know nothing, they do not understand what is happening, but at the margin they want precious metals at any price.

The monetary find this behaviour unacceptable. They have routinely killed off embarrassing price rises in gold and silver as the means of subduing public interest. The prospect of monetary inflation following a coronavirus lockdown will make it impossible to repeat the exercise successfully, because of the monetary inflation involved. Meanwhile, bullion banks are in a bind, having far greater gold and silver obligations than their access to physical gold for cover. These obligations are overwhelmingly in paper, futures and forwards, as well as liabilities to customers with unallocated accounts. Anecdotal evidence also suggests that customers with allocated accounts have already had difficulties getting physical delivery in recent years. Therefore, while public demand for physical bullion has been increasing, the bullion establishment has become badly exposed to the monetary consequences of the coronavirus pandemic. Central banks and the Bank for International Settlements cannot afford to see a bullion bank blow-up, and doubtless have been working behind the scenes to prevent one. Gold is likely being leased to the bullion banks, giving them some liquidity on paper, but in practice it never leaves the central bank’s vault and therefore its possession. Futures are sold with the purpose of triggering the speculators’ stops, creating an avalanche effect on the price. The intention is for bullion banks to either get at least square in their positions or preferably long, because they know that when the suppression exercise is over, the price of gold and silver will rise dramatically in the face of fiat money expansion. What they don’t know yet is the fate of fiat currency. We know from analysing John Law’s experience in 1720 that in 2020 we are likely to see the end of it very soon. Conventionally expressed, that gives gold and silver prices of infinity, and moves of a hundred bucks or so are immaterial.

Also of importance…

Eric King: “John, people look around at the carnage in the mining sector and ask themselves, ‘What should I be buying?’ And your company has the most powerful fundamentals in terms of massive growth in production, high grade ounces, and dramatically expanding cash flow of any gold producer in the world.”

Massive Growth In Production And Cash Flow

John Lewins, CEO: “First and foremost you mentioned production growth. We produced 47,000 ounces of gold in 2018, and 82,000 ounces in 2019, both of which beat guidance. The guidance for this year is 110,000-120,000 ounces of production. And we are conservatively targeting 140,000 of production for 2021. But, Eric, K92 is also one of the lowest cost producers in the world in terms of cash costs and all-in sustaining costs of sub-$700 an ounce. So we have huge margins with the gold price today near $1,500.

A Staggering $100 Million Of Cash Flow

And even more exciting is the fact that all of this growth is being funded with existing cash flow. Meaning, there will be no dilution, and our cash on hand will expand from $20 million to $40-50 million by the end of the year, even with our aggressive expansion plans. And, importantly, in 2021 we expect our cash flow to be a staggering $100 million, even at today’s gold price. High Grade Production Will Increase To 250,000-300,000 Ounces And, Eric, we currently have a resource of 2.8 million ounces of gold, but we are about to release a new resource estimate that includes 18 months of drilling. That will dramatically expand our resource to roughly the 5 million ounce level. Every time we drill it, we expand it. Our hit rate from our drilling has been 100%, and we currently have 5 drill rigs continuing to expand that resource. It’s open at depth. It’s 1,100 meters at depth so far, and we haven’t drilled a hole at depth that hasn’t hit the system. And we haven’t drilled a hole to the south that hasn’t hit the system. So it’s open to the south and at depth. That is why we are planning to ramp up production to 250,000-300,000 ounces a year in the future. This will more than double our already ramped up production guidance for 2020. One Of The Greatest Growth Stories In The World We have already bought the equipment and committed the capital for that growth. And, again, we are using our existing cash flow for all of this future growth, while dramatically expanding our cash balance. So yes, Eric, K92 is one of the greatest and most exciting growth stories in the mining world, and this pullback in the mining space has created a tremendous opportunity for investors. K92, symbol KNT in Canada and KNTNF in the US.

***Also Released: Emergency Actions, Plus A Look At Gold & Silver CLICK HERE.

Global Market Panic  To listen to legendary billionaire Pierre Lassonde discuss what he is doing with his own money right now, how the global panic will unfold as well where he believes the gold price is headed from here CLICK HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

https://kingworldnews.com/alasdair-macleod-panic-and-the-end-of-fiat-currencies/ 

:: 3-20-20 Rebel Planet Dispatch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Friday, March 20, 2020

As America Falls We All Suffer  God Abases the Proud, but Exalts the Righteous.

To the Chief Musician; set to [the tune of] “Do Not Destroy.” A Psalm of Asaph. A Song.

We give thanks and praise to You, O God, we give thanks,

For Your [wonderful works declare that Your] name is near;

People declare Your wonders.

2 “When I select an appointed time,

I will judge with equity,” [says the Lord].

3 “The earth and all the inhabitants of it melt [in tumultuous times].

It is I who will steady its pillars. Selah.

4 “I said to the arrogant, ‘Do not boast;’

And to the wicked, ‘Do not lift up the horn [of self-glorification].

5 ‘Do not lift up your [defiant and aggressive] horn on high,

Do not speak with a stiff neck.’”

6 For not from the east, nor from the west,

Nor from the desert comes exaltation.

7 But God is the Judge;

He puts down one and lifts up another.

8 For a cup [of His wrath] is in the hand of the Lord, and the wine foams;

It is well mixed and fully spiced, and He pours out from it;

And all the wicked of the earth must drain it and drink down to its dregs.

9 But as for me, I will declare it and rejoice forever;

I will sing praises to the God of Jacob.

10 All the horns of the wicked He will cut off,

But the horns of the righteous will be lifted up.

Psalm 7

°°°°°°°°

Pride goes before destruction and a haughty spirit before a fall. Proverbs 16:18

Three pillars of Trump’s case for reelection are collapsing all at once

Feb. 4 was probably the pinnacle of Donald Trump’s presidency.

A few minutes past 9 p.m. ET, Trump entered the ornate House Chamber and then glad-handed his way down the aisle, all to the sound of thundering applause from Republicans, who chanted “four more years.” This was Trump’s third State of the Union address. The 90-minute speech Trump delivered was packed with the confidence, self-flattery and showmanship that have become hallmarks of his tenure. Trump campaigned on “draining the swamp” of big government. Now he wants Americans to trust in big government to fight coronavirus and save the economy. godless Communist China was a backwards economy before Empire America Babylon got involved in the early 70's. This is a fact that you will never hear from greedy, corrupt Washington and the lying media. They moved nearly all US manufacturing, production and factories over there because it was cheaper and fit the agenda of the globalists. The corrupt Washington politician's took $$$ campaign contributions, PAC money and every bribe to allow a Communist government to become a diabolical threat to America. That is why corrupt Democrat Presidential candidate Joe Biden and his corrupt son Hunter Biden are not in Federal Prison for taking $$$ millions from China, Ukraine, etc as well as evil, greedy, corrupt, pervert Bill & Hillary Clinton with their money laundering, pay to play corrupt Global Initiative foundation.

The delusion and false hope 'Pride Before Destruction' Trump and his deep state AG Barr and deep state FBI Director Wray will never deliver any justice because evil America is too corrupt to fix. They're all corrupt as hell ! Another words - America cut its own throat and now America pays the Piper as we see California shut down as well as NY, etc. Much of the money the greedy US companies made over decades of cheap China labor has disappeared in a matter of days. Can anyone see the hand of God in judging the greedy, evil empire that worships Mammon $$$ and has turned far away from Him ?

~~~

Right after the elite$ of planet earth in rebellion against the Creator met in Davos, Switzerland @ the World Economic Forum where they plan and implement their satan inspired agenda we immediately have a global pandemic and global pandemonium strikes. They don't try and hide their agenda like they used to. It's more out in the open now. This is not a coincidence as we see China after 2 or 3 months rise from the Bat poop plague they delivered to the nations and we here in the US are being told it will be more long term, (18 months) and destructive to our $ (NWO agenda) and Italy, Europe suffering even more then the China dragon did. The US Dollar $ has to collapse for the Phoenix to arise from the ashes and that is what Congress, the Senate & President Trump are doing now. Notice how China did not destroy their economy and weathered their China Bat Virus much smoother than we are ! THE DEVIL IS IN THE DETAILS !

Hat tip samson7able

BROTHERS, The Davos WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM of 2019, attended by Bill Gates and friends, set in motion a personal global ID, digital, financial, and for ALL peoples on the earth, including the "unbanked" peoples. There are strong indications that it will be connected to a MANDATORY VACCINE. . .

Here is one quote:  "BIG PHARMA AND MICROSOFT ARE TEAMING UP IN SOMETHING CALLED THE ‘ID2020 ALLIANCE’ THAT WILL COMBINE VACCINATIONS WITH IMPLANTABLE MICROCHIPS TO CREATE YOUR DIGITAL ID."

Here is the link to this article on a Christian site, which also has a link to a secular site with the same article published

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/id2020-announces-certification-mark-complete-kiva-protocol-gravity-earth-coronavirus-vaccine-digital-id/ 

Here is a link to the DAVOS 2019 WEF information:

https://www.cnbc.com/2019/01/15/world-economic-forum-2019-who-is-going-to-davos-this-year.html 

It is time to make our calling and election sure. The mark of the beast is coming. It is coming as a SNARE , a trap to test everyone on the face of the whole earth. It is time to BE AWARE that the mark of the beast is coming cloaked in all manner of "good-for-humanity" clothing. Health, digital birth records, digital financial records, digital buying and selling. And it is being programmed for every person on the face of the whole earth. AGAIN... It is time to BE AWARE that the mark of the beast is coming cloaked in all manner of "good-for-humanity" clothing. Health, digital birth records, digital financial records, digital buying and selling. And it is being programmed for every person on this earth, no matter the tribe or culture.

The LORD JESUS said, " What I+ say unto you, I+ say unto ALL: WATCH."

https://rebelplanetdispatch.blogspot.com/2020/03/as-america-falls-we-all-suffer.html?m=1 

:: 3--20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ann Coulter: Cheap TVs, Expensive Flu

Here’s a thought: While self-quarantining with their families in multimillion-dollar Manhattan co-ops, Wall Street wives ought to have a chat with their Master of the Universe husbands about China, globalism and political correctness. Those are the vectors of their robber-baron wealth. Thanks to “globalism” — i.e., cheap goods from China — we’ve gotten many wondrous things, for example: — Toothpaste on American shelves made with a poison found in antifreeze.

Toxic Chinese drywall installed in about 100,000 U.S. homes, emitting noxious fumes that destroyed electrical wiring and metal fixtures and sickened homeowners. Replacement of the drywall, pipes and wiring cost Americans billions of dollars.

Hundreds, possibly thousands, of American dogs killed by melamine-laced Chinese dog food in 2007.

— The loss of about 200,000 beautiful maple trees lining the streets of small New England towns, eaten by Asian long-horned beetles that arrived on Chinese cargo ships in 1996. The U.S. taxpayer spends hundreds of millions of dollars to eradicate the repeated outbreaks that continue to this day, despite promises from the Chinese to do better.

Viral pandemics — H1N1 (from China), bird flu (from China), SARS (from China) and now the Wuhan virus (from China).

Is it really worth paying $3 for a T-shirt at Walmart, rather than $9? The precise reason Chinese goods are so cheap is that they skip the crucial quality-control step.

The media’s reaction to this latest pandemic out of China is to say …

LET’S GET ONE THING STRAIGHT: THE CHINESE HAVE NOTHING TO DO WITH THIS!

Well, like most animal-to-human viruses, this one did originate in China and then spread across the globe when Chinese tourists infected people in other countries. As described by Melinda Liu in Smithsonian Magazine, the Chinese wet markets, “often poorly ventilated, with multiple species jammed together — create ideal conditions for spreading disease through shared water utensils or airborne droplets of blood and other secretions.” This 2017 article was titled: “Is China Ground Zero for a Future Pandemic?” When the pandemic arrived, at least the World Health Organization leapt to action. First step: Find a cure? Develop a vaccine? Demand protections for the elderly? NO!

WHO officials got together and worked on coming up with a new name for the “Wuhan virus” that sounded less Asian. Next, the WHO put out a “Fact Sheet” to ensure that those with Kung Flu would not be stigmatized. It instructed: “DO — talk about people ‘acquiring’ or ‘contracting’ #COVID-19.

“DON’T — talk about people ‘transmitting COVID-19,’ ‘infecting others’ or “spreading the virus’ as it implies intentional transmission & assigns blame.As fear of the Chinese virus spread, Gloria Allred brought a lawsuit against a Los Angeles school for sending an Asian student to the school nurse after he coughed in class. Americans are cowering in their homes. Airlines, restaurants, beaches, ski resorts, professional sports, colleges and stores have been shut down. But we must never violate the fundamental civil right of an Asian to cough in class and refuse to see the nurse! The New York Times has also been on the racism beat, with these pressing stories:

As Chinese Grapple With a New Illness, an Old Stigma Is Revived

An Outbreak of Racist Sentiment as Coronavirus Reaches Australia

As Coronavirus Spreads, So Does Anti-Chinese Sentiment

And there’s more! Virus Fuels Anti-Chinese Sentiment Overseas

Coronavirus Outbreak Risks Reviving Stigma for China Wait – here’s another: For a Chinese Traveler, Even Paradise Comes With Prejudice

A few weeks ago — before a trillion dollars in wealth was destroyed by the coronavirus panic and we learned the real disease was racismeveryone, including the Times, admitted that the virus was brought to Italy by two Chinese tourists. “[T]here had not yet been any confirmed cases in Italy,” the Times reported, until Jan. 30, “when the government announced the first two cases.” The scientific director of an infectious diseases hospital in Rome identified them: “two Chinese tourists visiting Rome.” The Times buried this fact in an article perversely titled: “Cruise Passengers Are Held at Italian Port in False Alarm Over Coronavirus.” On one hand, a bunch of cruise passengers were inconvenienced for 12 hours; on the other hand, a viral pandemic that could kill millions was introduced to Italy. You write the headline. Lombardy is the Italian region most devastated by the Wuhan virus. As far back as 2003, a Library of Congress report cited Lombardy as having the highest concentration of Chinese immigrants in Italy. Our media refuses to tell us this fact today — or any day.

No hard feelings, but why not relieve people’s minds? West Virginians who have no contact with anyone visiting from China can rest easy! No need to stockpile toilet paper. While we’re at it, when will the media and the “medical community” get around to informing Americans that this latest Chinese pandemic poses little danger to anyone under 70 without certain chronic medical conditions? Italy has been ravaged by the Wuhan virus, but the average age of the dead is 81. According to the dire estimates of the Imperial College of London — whose assessment we are following — excepting those with underlying medical conditions, the new coronavirus could be less deadly than the seasonal flu to anyone under 60 years old and no worse than the 2017-18 flu season for those in their 60s. But it’s five to 10 times more deadly than the regular flu for those in their 70s and 80s, respectively. We ought to surround old folks homes with the National Guard and call it a day. It would probably save more lives and wouldn’t destroy the economy. But there’s no time to think about saving lives. The important thing is to stamp out the idea that a virus that originated in China has anything to do China.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2020/03/18/ann-coulter-cheap-tvs-expensive-flu/ 

:: 3-20-20 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Many Americans Are Not Prepared To Deal With Depression Level Living: How Will You Cope With A Lower Standard Of Living?: Casey believes we are headed for what he calls a’ super depression’ created by the ending of a debt super cycle.

Gabi BB Uncategorized March 20, 2020

The forces are mounting that will eventually overwhelm most Americans and send their standard of living to unknown depths. Americans that have only known the post WWII prosperity are ill equipped and educated to deal with depression level living. Easy credit and instant gratification have created a nation of whining, self absorbed, entitlement minded people with no moral or mental toughness. Doug Casey believes we are headed for what he calls a super depression created by the ending of a debt super cycle. The bigger the debt cycle the bigger the depression that follows. That’s how reality works and most people are not prepared for reality. When this depression, which has already started, gets momentum, it will overwhelm the plans of a society that is expecting to get things like social security, pensions and payouts from retirement plans they have paid into for many years. All of those things will disappear almost overnight and leave society gasping and stupefied over what to do. Their reactions will be to yell and scream and try to identify who to blame but the only person they should blame is the one in the mirror. Many very smart people have raised the alarm and done their best to warn the sleeping public, but those slumbering masses have ignored the warnings and hit the snooze button one more time. The masses do not understand economics, do not want to understand economics and they will pay dearly for that ignorance in the coming days. When the real unemployment rate becomes common knowledge as it increases substantially, people will be left to survive on what resources they have saved up outside the banking system that cannot be stolen by the politicians and bankers. That is a key point here. The assets you have outside the system that cannot be stolen from you with a few key strokes on some computer. Those hoping for some miraculous event that will send the U.S. back to the days of manufacturing might and jobs for all will never see it happen. Those days are gone. The west line theory tells us our economy will slow down and become more modest as the shipping center of the world moves west to the next powerhouse region which is Asia. This is what history teaches us. When people suddenly wake up one morning and they have no job, their retirement is gone and they need to care for their family, what will they do? When government services have collapsed and they suddenly realize they are now living in a third world country with few government services, what will they do? When the banks are closed and only a select few connected people have any type of money or access to goods, what will they do? This is the reality that many people will face in the future and they have no idea how bad it can get. They refuse to contemplate the harsh reality they will be living in and take steps to mitigate the effects. To do so would be to acknowledge it could happen and they are taking personal responsibility. Personal responsibility is a dirty phrase in today’s entitlement society. To see some of the effects one only has to look at the collapse of society in Venezuela today to see what awaits. When it happens it will all fall back to you to take responsibility for your family and take care of them for the duration. To do that you need to plan now for that eventuality and build up the resources you will need to provide food, shelter, clothing and security when the system fails to do it for you. You need to be Noah on his ark not the people watching as he floated away. Having resources stored up is a must but it may not get you all the way through if the situation lasts for many years. That is why you need some type of plan to replace those resources as time goes by and have some way to generate some type of income or at least items to trade. Usable goods are for the short term and things like gold ,silver and production equipment are for the long term to help you get through the crisis with the least amount of pain. Even with proper planning the days ahead will not be easy as the standard of living of society will fall substantially to levels only seen in failed third world countries or old pictures. The assets actually owned by people today is very small compared to how they live. They will default on their home loan, their car loan, and their credit card debt leaving them with very few real possessions and few ways to move what they have left even if they have some place to go. Ultimately these people will become the new serfs to the wealthy class that will take possession of anything of value. Feudalism will once again rule. The lack of planning by society will make this a reality if it is allowed. What will you do when everything you have worked a lifetime for is suddenly taken away? Do you have a plan to keep what you have? Do you have a plan to make money when you cannot find a job? Do you have a way to take care of your family until things stabilize? Do you have a home you will not lose if the whole system breaks down? What will you do if electricity or fuel is too expensive to buy or not available to the general population? These are the questions you should be asking yourself now and you better have a good answer because your family will be asking them when the greater depression sets in.

https://survivalnews1.wordpress.com/2020/03/20/many-americans-are-not-prepared-to-deal-with-depression-level-living-how-will-you-cope-with-a-lower-standard-of-livingcasey-believes

-we-are-headed-for-what-he-calls-a-super-depression-created-b/ 

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 1-10-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. it shall not be a good week, many things shall take place.  Watch the stock market, and if you have money hoarded up in there, you are going to lose it, you are going to lose it.  Listen carefully, pay attention, place your money where you know that it is safe etc.

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 3--20 The Great Recession Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Dead is the Fed?

You can only be so dead, and that’s just “plain dead.” But there is also Feddy Krueger dead. The kind of dead that keeps on happening like a demonic death that won’t stay dead. It is in that nightmarish Elm St. light that I’m going to review the Federal Reserve’s death. It’s happened via face-plant failures over past month that I’m going to lay out to show how savagely the Fed is dying a perpetual-motion death.

Let me pause to assure you, I’m not saying Feddy Krueger is down for the count and will not rise again. He always revives by inventing powers over market death never seen before. Feddy will return with extraordinary and permanent powers beyond those he once used to bring counterfeit salvation from the Great Recession. Feddy gets more empowered by scared government politicians each time the economy crashes. You can’t get rid of Feddy. At least, it seems. What I am saying in calling him “dead” is that all of his old powers are completely dead. Maybe “impotent” would be a better word, but I wish him dead. He is, for the moment, fangless and mangled. He has been able to accomplish nothing for a month, and he has never tried harder! That’s right where I said the Fed would be when markets returned to reality. Reality is a hard teacher. While looking dead on the ground at the moment, Feddy’s first resurrection will come from bringing back to life massive bailouts, which he is already working on in his laboratory (and which will be the subject of the next article I’m working on). Feddy will do all of this with full, desperate and almost unquestioning government support. Of course there will be a few obligatory questions in congress as window dressing just so politicians can look like they’re not asleep. Then congress will grant the powers Feddy wants because almost no one in society will speak out against these new powers, for even the masses want anything that will save them.

Screams of bank death already heard around the world Let us set the scene for Feddy’s death with screams in a dark nigh. These are the screams of central banksters and treasurers heard around the world, as they plead for life in a suddenly apocalyptic world. Nothing chills a banskter’s spine and brings a scream like the sight of massive red ink, pouring out of the arteries of banks through their ATMs. We call these “bank runs.” They only belong with the worst of crashes — cash crashes:

Speaking to journalists in Vienna, central bank governor Robert Holzmann said that Austrians have been far more active in pulling money from their banks, and have withdrawn more cash from ATMs last week, double to triple the normal average daily volume of €200MM. However, hoping to forestall a full blown bank-run, Holzmann said that the central bank has enough cash reserves for ATMs, companies, banks, that “deposits are safe because banks have made homework, built capital reserves”, and that he “doesn’t expect a bank run.” Zero Hedge That one sounds like just a close call; but, with smart words like that from a central bankster, Austria should have a nice bank run by tomorrow. And if Austria has a run, then Germany’s Deutche Bank HAS TO run, and if DB has to run, look for a runs at any bank near you. The screams from Austria’s lead bankster call to mind that surreal moment in December, 2018, when US Treasurer Steven Munchkin let the world know by tweeting from his floatie beside his lovely wife (the kind at greatest risk whenever Feddy is around a swimming pool) somewhere in the Caribbean that he had just called all the largest banks in the US to make sure they had enough capital to survive the storm (when the market dropped FAR less than now), so he could assure us everything was fine! Storm? What storm? Oh, Just a minute. The same article about potential Austrian bank runs actually continues (and I truly had not read this far before inserting the above Munchkin reminder, as I can barely keep up with the cascading crash now): Meanwhile, in the US, eager to avoid any such discussion, US Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin told CNBC that “nobody has to pull money out of banks.” Well, that’s a grand way to avoid any such discussion. How chillingly reassuring! Just when I thought all was well, the scary music started playing behind the robotic Munchkin. Once again, the Treasury Secretary has alerted the world to a prospect we all possibly should consider with a shudder — “not pulling our money out of banks.” His comment makes me wonder if there was a reason I was supposed to be thinking of doing that. We’ve already seen toilet-paper runs all over the United States. And if people will go that crazy to get toilet paper before it runs out, maybe that will extend to other paper. Given the shortage in commercially available paper and the secretary’s concern about bank runs, maybe it will soon be more economical to withdraw all our bank funds in dollars bills and use them for toilet paper … if there are any more bills left in the vaults than there are rolls of TP on the shelves. Can the US central bank save us from the Munchkin’s chirpy tweets?

Feddy Krueger’s dramatic death throes

All of Feddy’s old tricks that strung the US stock market up for a decade are so far down the backside of the diminishing returns curve (yeah, economic laws are a bitch, but they still work as I said they would) that the Fed’s operations now create the inverse of everything those operations once accomplished. Let’s start with just a look at the Fed’s thrill ride of failed interventions this past weekend because it was wild: $1.5 Trillion in longer term repos. The Fed greatly increased the repo deluge and extended the length of those repos (as I explained was necessary in an earlier article: “Big Bond Bubble Begins to Blow!”). Because it knew that would not be enough, it also

Clearly announced that it was spreading its treasury purchases from their short-term restrictions to buying treasuries all across the maturity spectrum, putting to death its former argument that none of its salvation efforts are QE. Knowing that move would also not be grand enough, the Fed even promised to buy at least, $500 billion in Treasury securities and $200 billion in mortgage-backed securities over the coming months So, the Fed promised a total of $2.2 trillion worth of intervention in repos and outright purchases of US treasuries and mangy mortgage-backed securities in one weekend! And the stock market’s response the next day was what? It threw up! That’s what the victims do in a gory Feddy Krueger film. The market crashed down the longest set of stairs in terms of total points in its long beleaguered history. It was the third-biggest highest fall even if measured as a percentage of the total market, and that’s after the market had set several other records of similar violent upheaval. This past weekend, the Fed’s biggest economic stimulus efforts in history — surpassing any QE ever promised during the Great Recessiongot nothing but a market barf. So, yes, as I’ve long said, when the Fed tried to return to QE after tightening, it would find itself so far down the backside of the diminishing returns curve that results will be steeply negative. Not a little negative but  screaming–in-the-trenches-because-you-just-got-belly-shot negative! Blow-your-legs-off negative. Feddy-Krueger-hacking-gore negative. Never in its history has the Fed gotten such a violently negative reaction to the promise of giving out free money! Yes, that was to the promise of free money … boatloads of free money! And the market said, “We don’t want your damned money!” Would you pause to take a bankroll from Feddie Krueger? Even after Feddy slashed interest down to the ground and made all the promises above, overnight repo interest still looked choppy. It did not want to stay down on the ground of the zero bound where the Fed set its own Fed Funds rate (which it uses to persuade overnight repos between banks to crawl that low, too): Feddy hacked repo down, and it got back up. So, he hacked again, and it got up again. So, the Fed temporarily spared the market — or tried to — by quickly throwing in another half a trillion of manic-money green on St. Patty’s Day in order to bring stability. As the Fed explained the extra repo offering it laid on the altar, the additional half a trillion step was merely “taken to ensure that the supply of reserves remains ample and to support the smooth functioning of short-term U.S. dollar funding markets.” Sounds as good as any other reason. Just taking care of a little half-trillion glitch in operations the day after the last half-trillion offering didn’t didn’t solve the last glitch; but the market would have none of it, and tumbled again today (Wednesday) — badly — down another long flight of steps. Secretly, the Fed’s real reason it needed to whirl up this monetary storm was to start unwinding that twisted, writhing mess of rehypothecated bonds that I described in my last article, “Big Bond Bubble Begins to Blow!” The Fed is fighting to prevent the bursting of the bond bubble, which is now unable to avoid the stresses being pressed upon it by the coronacrisis and is passing those stresses into the repo market. (That’s what happens when black swans crash in on a corrupt economy, haunted by its own demons that it has never exorcised.) What’s a villain to do? According to Credit Swiss’s Zoltan Pozsar, to whom the Feddy listens, all that’s needed now is a multi-faceted solution — just open lines of free or cheap funds that include all the swaps and repos needed without limits and as much QE as necessary. End all the caps, and we’ll be OK. In other words, say, “You banks and hedge funds and other financial operators just tell us whatever you need, and we’ll do it!” That should be confidence building. (And that’s why I’ve been saying since September this is QE4ever — meaning all limits off if we’re going to get any more fix out of the Fed’s old dinosaur medicine.) Are you starting to feel yet like the Repocalypse is “the little crisis that roared,” as I said it was way back last fall?

Just sayin’. And that was all just over the past weekend. Now look back at the Fed’s full list of recently spectacular fails: Fantastic Fed Failures How bad was the Fed failing before its final death throes this past weekend? Did I mention the $2.2 trillion in Fed follies that have been scheduled? Ah, I did …. but that was just the weekend turnover! The total of everything tbe Fed threatened to do to us comes to about 5-trillion free Fed dollars stitched together from all the old tricks Feddy could think of over the pasts couple of weeks. That amount, if all the offers were taken, would be equal to all the QE done over the entire seven-year course of balance-sheet expansion that started during the Great Recession. Only it’s been offered in less than a month!

Didn’t I also say something many times over in past years about the next recession being a return back into the belly of the Great Recession? That was certain to happen because the Fed and its pocket politicians hadn’t fixed ANYTHING that was corrupt and flawed that took us into the Great Recession in the first place. If all you do is cover cancer with makeup, it spreads and becomes worse. Remember all those times of everyone in congress talking about kicking the can down the road? Well, this is what “down the road” looks like when you get to the end of the road!

The nice thing about all the Fed’s new actions is that we are already starting down the road once more toward doing the whole last ten years all over again. Rinse and repeat. It’s not going to work, but they’ll invent bigger solutions like the ones I’ve been laying out for my patrons; but I want everyone to, at least, have a clear picture of the trouble that is coming.

We have wound up here as a result of piling up higher mountains of worse debt because we just pushed everything down the road, piling it ahead of us, while providing money for all the corrupt greed to run way out ahead of the rests of the economy. You see, Feddy creates all of his money out of debt. Somebody takes out debt for every penny Feddy makes. Usually that’s the US government. Feddy funds the Feds.

Now we’re seeing the emergence of the real flaws under the economy that I’ve been talking about — the garbage on the sea floor that all gets exposed when the water runs out of the bay just before the tsunami crashes in. It’s this stuff — like those rehypothecated bonds — that leaves us too weak to weather bad events because the substance that makes our financial world work all starts to unravel when we need to rely on it under pressure.

The Fed has been flopping around in useless spasms for weeks now as one can tell from the following long list of face flops that helped pound the stock market down like a pile driver every time the Fed screwed up with the wrong solution because its old play book doesn’t work anymore. Here’s the full list of all the major responses I’m aware of that the Fed has undertaken since the coronacrisis hit:

Bolted back to ZIRP, slashing interest rates from from a pathetic 1.25% straight to 0% in an emergency meeting for the first time since the Great Recession!

Pledged over $700 billion in Quantitative Easing (QE) through $500 billion in outright US treasury purchases and $200 billion in Mortgage-Backed Security purchases! (Yeah, all that garbage is upchucking again!)

Spread its treasury purchases from short-term only to full-spectrum, ending the “it’s temporary and short-term” argument the Fed used to claim last Fall this is “not QE.”

Offered a $1.5 TRILLION repo lending program that has already failed multiple times! (In half-trillion installments with one- and three-month terms every week to the end of March.)

Launched another $1 trillion repo program that also failed.

Allowed primary treasury dealers to start parking non-treasury assets at the Fed, including stocks, as collateral in exchange for short-term credit. (As a back door into essentially buying stocks through others to keep them from dumping them in a falling market, taking losses and pushing the market down harder.)

Opened Euro-Dollar swaps, implying systemically important banks in Europe like Deutsche Bank (?) are in danger of collapse. CBs involved in coordination with the Fed include the Bank of Canada, the Bank of England, the Bank of Japan, the European Central Bank, and the Swiss National Bank.

Is that not thermonuclear Fed already? These moves have been historic — bigger than anything the Fed tried during the Great Recession! Fed ammo SPENT! Dry powder LONG GONE! And the stock market is still falling and burning like a meteor in the earth’s now apocalyptic atmosphere. So, the Fed took another stab at it, which I’m coming to, but first …

There is now no question that the Fed cannot save this market with more of its old-style pumping. The stock market is dumping as I said it would at this point and chasing the economy down into the basement and the sub-basement … because reality rules. Reality always rules eventually. And that is why you must always be looking at and dealing with economic reality … or one day it bites you in the butt.

The economic crisis is now going full economic collapse. Let’s hope this, at least, breaks through the economic denial I’ve been trying futilely to break through for a decade. Otherwise, we will get to rinse and repeat the Great Recession all over again.

The Fed’s recovery died along with it. That failure burst into daylight with the Repo Crisis that resulted from the Fed tightening all the way into last summer, which caused an instant turn-around on the Fed’s part that did, as I said it would, come too little too late (even as big as their efforts appeared to be last fall, causing even me to think maybe they would do enough in time to forestall the recession anyway … until they got a shove from a deadly virus).

Have no fear. Good ol’ Ben BurnTheBanky and Grandma Yellen are here. They were just quoted in the Financial Times today as recommending EXACTLY what I said in my last Patron Post would most likely be the Fed’s first recourse in assuming new powers under the mantle of the Federal Government.

They have urged the Fed to begin buying stocks directly. Yes, the Fed will be enabled at last save its rigged market under any circumstances if the government will grant it this power to use its infinite money machine to buy stocks up to any price it wants. The Fed can print enough money to buy all the stocks in the world, except that it does not … yet … have the power to do this because it is not allowed under The Federal Reserve Act. Never let a good crisis go to waste.

Once this practice is allowed, it will probably be a good time to jump back into the most hated and rigged stock market on earth because the Fed will be able to print any price on any stock it wants until money, itself, collapses; and, when that happens, all bets for everything are off, except maybe those good ol’ precious metals, but I’ll give some warning below on that, too.

Gentle Ben and Grandma Yellen also urged the Fed today to do something I already wrote in the first draft of this article yesterday the Fed was working on. They’re using their august prestige to publicly and politically build the case for that which is already fully in motion. I’m referring to Feddy’s resurrection of an old commercial paper laundering “facility,” which will find little resistance from Trump and congress who want salvation at any price.

The evils beneath the surface

Wasn’t I saying something awhile back about the blowing up of the Everything Bubble being an event so broad it would leave the Fed with more wobbling plates than it could keep spinning. Here we are, and who knows what the knock-on effect will be if just one of the plates below hits the ground and shatters?

Zoltan Pozsar who in his latest note published this morning, writes that “all segments of funding markets – secured, unsecured and FX swaps – continue to show growing signs of stress”, prompting him to conclude that “the Fed may have to do more still.”

Zero Hedge

Let me cut to the chase on Pozsar’s recommended solutions (whose solutions, by the way, the Fed has always grasped at in a hurry because Pozsar is their repo guru): the Fed needs to become the dealer and funder of last resort on anything to anyone, from US CDs to Scandinavian bank credit-default swaps for banks and non-banks. Does that sound like a lot of plate spinning to you? I may be overstating the breadth of his solution a little, but not much! The Fed is pretty much up to now needing to throw in the whole kitchen and pantry and not just the sink. As Mark Cabana, formerly of the NY Fed, recently said, “the Fed has been on fire.” On fire and under fire, and it’s firing up even hotter. The results of the Fed Follies are in and ugly and they give evidence of where the economy is most foul:

The Repo Crisis will not die. First, it was oversubscribed … … then finally ignored as being apparently useless in the present catastrophe. Repos are useless now because they are temporary solutions to a longterm problem. That is why I said they would have to be rolled over forever UNTIL the Fed moved to full-on QE, which is why I claimed repos were just a falsified form of QE in the first place. Even with the massive overnight repos the Fed has been offering of $500 billion each operation, the repo rate has looked anything but stable: Obviously, we’ve passed that crisis! Don’t worry about it. Clearly the Fed has this under control, but you might want to walk a little faster past the graveyard on your way to the ATM because $2.2 trillion doesn’t seem to stretch far right now. If it needs to, the Fed can always print 220 trillion. Just add a zero now that we’re sliding down the backside of the results curve. The Fed describes commercial paper — business-to-business loans — as follows:

Commercial paper markets directly finance a wide range of economic activity, supplying credit and funding for auto loans and mortgages as well as liquidity to meet the operational needs of a range of companies. By ensuring the smooth functioning of this market, particularly in times of strain, the Federal Reserve is providing credit that will support families, businesses, and jobs across the economy.

Federal Reserve

One line there notes that CP is the loans businesses use to get emergency loans in times of strain from other businesses to carry out their immediate operating needs — like the loan a stressed bond fund might try to obtain from another financial institution or another business to meet the outflow demands coming from the fund’s fleeing investors.

Don’t worry. The Fed is getting this one under control, too. This is the part I had written in an earlier draft of this article that I said Ben and Janet were yellin’ about today in order to prepare the way. Feddy is resurrecting an old paper shredder in the basement for disposing of some toxic trash. It was last used in the pit of the Great Recession. After all the recent hacks by the Fed that failed, the Fed coughed up an old plan to solve the CP problems … and so did the Federal government’s chief treasurer.

Oh, first let me comfort you by saying there is clearly nothing to worry about here:

TD Economics warns:

Shortly after the collapse in the stock market into bear territory in December 2018, we produced analysis to argue against fearing stock market volatility….

Zero Hedge

Whoa! Stop! Did I hear right? Someone is finally admitting that the stock market DID crash into a mini bear market in December 2018, an event where I seemed to be the loan voice in calling it a bear ever since? OK, moving right along to the comfort I wanted to give, TD Economics was just saying you needn’t fear any of this stock market volatility because …

Granted the recent rout that dialed the S&P 500 Index back to late 2018 levels in a short period is not common.

Why fear anything that is highly uncommon? The sharp move corresponds to a 7 standard deviation from historical norms. Oh, that kind of “not common.” Only a standard deviation of 7. Isn’t that supposed to represent something like a one-in-seven-quintillion-billion chance? OK. Nothing to be concerned about then. A volatile roll-back of the stock market that had about the same chance of ever actually happening as being aborbed into a black hole tomorrow … just happened. Pretty standard, really.

However, our eyebrows have been raised at the broadening of financial stress across multiple bond, credit, liquidity and corporate indicators. This is a cause for concern of a possible larger negative credit-event.

Eyebrows raised? Oh, so maybe we should be afraid just as they were telling us not to be? Well, I’m glad something caught their attention! Didn’t I just write something about a threatening break-up in the bond market over the weekend? Of course, I should have noted in that article the problem extends to the leveraged-loan sector of the credit world, too. Anyway, it may be nothing more than “a possible larger negative credit-event” that you needn’t fear.  That credit event also involves a lot of “commercial paper,” hence Freddy’s need to get the shredder in the basement running again.

OK, but with all this extra liquidity now starting to flow in, financial conditions surely must be loosening up a little bit, right? Oops. Guess not. Fed actions failed in that market, too. Meanwhile, how has the Fed been doing at getting that non-fearworthy volatility in the stock market back down? Nice score. Slightly higher than the worst spike in the Great Recession! I guess that’s why they said this is standard-deviation 7 move!

Getting back to my original point in this section, all those signs of trouble are why the Fed over the weekend scrubbed up a recycled invention it is codeveloping with the US treasury to gobble up commercial paper. It announced it is creating a commercial paper (CP) bailout facility. There’s a favorite word coming back into play! Of course, they didn’t call it a bailout, they used more words, (and you’ll have to read all abut that in my next article because this one is running long.) That’s the shredder.

Before we close this tale, you need to hear the audience scream … just for fun.

Shrieks of dread were heard everywhere

Albeit not in today’s empty movie theaters.

Bearmageddon’ for stocks appears to be upon us, strategist says.

The stock market’s worst-case “Bearmageddon” scenario appears to have occurred … when the economy rolls over at a time of “maximum level” of easy monetary policy, while asset values like stocks are still expensive. “That combination of events becomes toxic because investors begin to express concern that the [Federal Reserve’s] monetary policy has become impotent. All of us have just witnessed a central bank expend all of its conventional and unconventional tools to support an equity market that is less than a month from all time highs…. The central bank continues to intervene without ever giving markets an opportunity to clear,” O’Rourke wrote. “This will only extend the length of time it takes for the market to stabilize.”

MarketWatch

“This is a break-the-glass moment” for the Fed, said Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics. “They are throwing everything they’ve got at this. My sense is they must be nervous about the credit system not functioning properly. They are trying to shore up confidence.”

Associated Press

“The Fed has thrown most its weight behind this move, offering almost everything it has to give, which raises the inevitable question — if this doesn’t work, what will?” said Seema Shah, chief strategist at Principal Global Investors….

When you have folks in power acting in a very panicky way, doing off-scheduled meetings and throwing everything they can at the situation, that doesn’t send a very reassuring signal to the general population.” said Max Gokhman, head of asset allocation at Pacific Life Fund Advisors, in an interview.

MarketWatch

After firing the biggest emergency “shock and awe” bazooka in Fed history, one which was meant to restore not just partial but full normalcy to asset and funding markets, Emini futures are not only not higher, but tumbling by the -5% limit down.

Zero Hedge

This is all coming to a head very rapidly,” said Brian Barish, chief investment officer in Denver at Cambiar Investors…. “At this point, no sane investor should be concerned with 2020 earnings – they are cooked! – but with getting through to the other side of this.”

“The toxic fallout from the coronavirus pandemic’s bursting of the Fed’s ‘everything bubble’ has collided with the grotesquely over-leveraged and vulnerable U.S. corporate sector — this puts equity markets in an even more vulnerable position,” said Albert Edwards, a strategist at Societe Generale SA

“While the market may have been disappointed that Trump did not break out the bazooka last night, the reality is the Fed came close to doing that today — though the market remained unimpressed,” said RBC Capital Markets LLC economists Tom Porcelli and Jacob Oubina. “We continue to hear that liquidity is terrible in off-the-run Treasuries.”

Yahoo!

The U.S. economy could contract by a whopping 4% in the second quarter…. That’s the most recent guesswork by Capital Economics.

MarketWatch

Goldman Takes Out The Chainsaw: Cuts US Q2 GDP To -5%; Says Recession Has Begun.

Zero Hedge

We just witnessed a global collapse in asset prices the likes we haven’t seen before. Not even in 2008 or 2000. All these prior beginnings of bear markets happened over time, relatively slowly at first, then accelerating to the downside. This collapse here has come from some of the historically most stretched valuations ever setting the stage for the biggest bull trap ever.

Northman Trader

“The level of uncertainty is even beyond what we saw in 2008 immediately after Lehman Brothers collapsed,” Dan Galai, a professor at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, said. “It’s more violent, and it’s more persistent.”

Bloomberg

History is riddled with disastrous outcomes born of really good intentions.. and I think we’re seeing it now…. It all started in the 80s with Fed Chair Greenspan…. Everybody got lazy … because they bought back stock, they paid their dividends, and off they went…. It’s freaking people out…. There’s nothing normal about this. The Federal Reserve ‘s job is not to make the stock market go higher” Some people apparently can learn and are willing to avoid using the coronavirus as an excuse for the market’s crash, but the rest at CNBC still don’t get it and are begging for salvation from themselves:

“Just Close The Whole Thing Up”: CNBC Anchors Beg For Market Closures

Few are dealing with the economic and market turmoil with more chaos and less class and resolve than the expert “buy and hold” class over at CNBC….

After the Fed bazooka failed to calm markets, it sent the popular talking heads into a typing panic.

Zero Hedge

“Buy and hold” has morphed into “close and hold” now that the bull is DEAD! How dead? Fed dead! That’s how dead the Fed is! (Or how impotent right now.) Markets, you see, should only be open and free when they are rising and when the Fed is control! And clearly it has totally lost control. So…

“Close Twitter, too”, they bellowed from their bullish hideaways. Shut ‘er down! lest news of how bad things are brings the markets down more”: Ya think! And, yet, I still get accosted on other sites from diehard bulls who are staying with the buy-and-hold mantra. OK. Then enjoy the crash! Maybe the new bull mantra should be “scream and hold on!”

And ABOVE ALL ELSE, BAIL US OUT, they are yelling:

The Federal Reserve’s (Fed) attempt to go for shock and awe seems to have been made with the idea that doing something unusual on Sunday night, after the market closed out strong on Friday, would be good for confidence. Of course, the market didn’t take it that way…. The market seemingly responded as if the Fed knows something we don’t know and it’s actually worse than we think.… It’s going to take some major firepower to resolve the forthcoming problems or the slide will continue.…

Our best estimates are that the Chinese economy is contracting in excess of 15 percent at an annualized rate, and I’ve seen numbers as big as negative 40 percent. Europe is probably already in a fairly severe recession at this moment. If the United States is not already in a recession, it will enter one shortly…. The risk is that for the first time since the 1930s we are facing the possibility of a downward spiral into something akin to a global depression … if policymakers don’t act quickly.

Guggenheim’s Scott Minerd

Well, that’s comforting.

(I’ll get into what Guggenheim is actually baiting policy makers to do as recommended solutions in the upcoming “Bailout Bonanza” article. There is just too much to cover in fully describing the Fed’s drawn-out death scenes.)

The market’s response today (Wednesday)? Another staircase down, and a lot more blood.

So, I think this pretty well shows that declarations of the Fed’s death are just about unanimous … at least when it it comes to the Fed’s expected life-giving power imputation to the stock market or any salvation from recession. It’s got nothing that works anymore. That’s because the market is now paying attention to one thing only — the economy. It’s rushing to catch down to where the entire global economy is running. Even free Fed funds are meaningless in this recession.

In conclusion

I know, at last! But Feddy Krueger’s don’t die in one fall. They don’t really die at all. They just keep dying. In this case, an unforeseeable little virus (a true “black swan”) lit everything on fire, but the forest was filled up with years of dead wood and a nice pile of tinder, gun powder and gasoline was laid by the master planners at the windward side of the forest for the virus to hit like a match. The Fed and other financial wizards of Wonderland and corporate CEOs created so much garbage throughout the economy over the past decade, that one little virus now owns the entire forest, and its taking it quickly! The Fed can be blamed in large part for that. So can anyone else who willingly played along.

That’s why I write this blog — not to advise people on how to invest — but to say, “Stop doing this!” Kill the Fed. (Not the people in the Fed, just the institution.) Stop bailouts for banksters, laying up moral hazards in the forest for the future. Stop all the share buybacks that were illegal for decades. Stop kicking the can down the road. Stop saving ourselves by piling up debts for our grandchildren to bear. Stop thinking we are generous to the needy because we give them welfare our children and grandchildren will have to pay for. Stop fighting wars all over the world that out children get the bill for. Stop saving the world with aid that we aren’t paying for when we cannot even save ourselves. Start revising corporate laws to hold the feet of corporate executives to the fire by putting all of their own personal wealth at stake when their company’s downfall is due to their own negligence or illegal activity. Start looking for who is at fault now and do put them in prison this time. Reinstate Glass-Steagall. Stop hiding the financial rubbish up in the attic or down in the basement. Stop saying the economy is strong when it clearly is riddled with cracks everywhere. Start planning for hard times and laying up stores for times like these. Be prudent. Stop hyperventilating the stock market into rarified atmosphere by being a stupid permabull. Start pricing your market bets based on the actual profits of businesses. Stop being a talking television head who says what everyone else says. And NOW keep the Fed from now going into buying stocks directly to pump the market up all over again. Let the market price to reality! Don’t let the Fed obtain new powers.

Along the way forward, if I can see any way you can save yourself from the crashing of the Everything Bubble where there are no safe havens anymore, I’ll let you know in my Patron Posts, but I haven’t figured that out yet. At least, I will scout the lay of the land as it is appearing before us if I have your continued support; but I’ll warn you, it is not a rosy picture.

While I know what transformative cures the economy needs, I don’t necessarily know how you can save your personal economy from what the general economy all around you is now going to do to you if you haven’t already taken the precautions I’ve given over the years of just being ready for hard times. If reading my blog got you to stop being a permabull a couple of months ago when I ripped into how dangerous the runaway bull market was (if you ever were a permabull), then I’ve already helped you a lot.

It’s time to act to stop the stupidity before it’s all repeated because the Fed is working on its resurrection now. We need to become a country of PRUDENT business people again. We need to stop the bailouts that are forming so as not to rerun the entire Great Recession! Stop the rinse-and-repeat massive recession cycles that result from Fed bubbles. Stop the greed!

Those behind the bailouts were all capitalists when the cash was rolling in and the credit was cheap. Now, they’re all socialists as soon as everything turns to loss. They are already pleading with the government to socialize their losses onto the back of the government, the Fed, and ultimately the tax payer. It’s time to Beat the Establishment before it beats all of us into the ground because the replay of the Great Recession has already begun. A step you can take for your own protection

There are no safe havens any longer, though gold is looking safer than anything, but just remember central banks own a lot of it to protect their currencies because they know people like it as a safe haven when they want to run from CB currencies. So, they own it as ballast to throw off if their own currency starts sinking — as a way to suppress the price and appeal of gold.

They own their governments too, and governments have put price controls and even possession controls on gold in the past. A case in point came from one of my regular readers this morning (Chris P):

The price of silver got hammered down this past week and none of the dealers have any in stock and the people you contact that are supposed to be reputable are asking $18-$19 and oz. So there is a $7 premium on silver since in my opinion the Fed didn’t want any competition with their $ or market.

The banks essentially own the COMEX where precious metals are traded. As Chris further noted, the COMEX looks broken because it appears recently to be pricing metals the opposite way from where they should be going when the economy is crashing; but that’s why central banks own hoards of PMs; so they can crash the metals market when they need to save their own proprietary product — money.

Still, precious metals look safer than other options at the moment, even at today’s heady prices, and prices of precious metals usually eventually return to their high. They will never go bankrupt or insolvent on you if you physically hold them (so long as they don’t get stolen, which is another risk). So, if you want to convert your 401Ks into gold, knowing full well that even precious metals are not guaranteed safety, you might investigate Perpetual Assets to see what is involved.

It’s not easy to convert your 401Ks into gold, though Perpetual Assets can guide you if you are thinking about doing that.

Full disclosure: I do get a commission from any business that comes their way due to that ad in my site’s left sidebar, and I haven’t used them yet myself. That means I cannot recommend them from personal experience. The reason I haven’t used them is that they are expensive, but the process of doing things legally is a bit involved, which is why I probably would use them if I were going to convert our 401Ks to precious metals.

However, losing half the value of your 401K is expensive, too. So, my failure to use them is inertia on my part, I guess. That said, see the ad at the bottom of the left sidebar if you want some help with converting 401Ks to precious metals. Even at today’s precious prices, their approach is becoming more tempting to me, and that’s why I’ve kept their ad around, even though I’ve never made a dime off of it so far. Do let all of us know how it goes if you use their services, as no one has gone to them from this blog so far and actually used them. If it’s not worthwhile based on your actual experience, I’ll take down the ad. But it may be worth an inquiry because there is a lot more market pain coming from many directions … in my opinion. I don’t think anything is safe with the Everything Bubble breaking all over the place.

Liked it? Take a second to support David Haggith on Patreon!

https://thegreatrecession.info/blog/how-dead-is-the-fed/ 

:: 3-18-20 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ammo Seller Reports 276% Sales Increase Amid Coronavirus

Delaware alone triggers sales growth of 4,529% in numbers by state, according to Ammo.com

Kit Daniels | Infowars.com - March 18, 2020

A discount ammo seller reported a 276% sales increase in the past several weeks.

Ammo.com says the sales spike first started in late Feb., with a 53% sales increase, and it exploded in March with a 276% increase by March 15. A gun news outlet, Bearing Arms, crunched the sales numbers and reported that, obviously, it was due to the Coronavirus hype. “Much of the online traffic appears to be coming from states that either have reported a high number of COVID-19 cases, or states that border others where clusters have been reported,” reported Bearing Arms. “Delaware has seen a sales growth of 4,529%. The state’s own numbers are low, but it’s surrounded by a high concentration of cases in New Jersey and the Philadelphia area.”Oklahoma saw a growth of 1,081% in sales and borders states like Texas and Colorado, both of which have been hit hard with COVID-19.” As expected, Texans overall were the biggest customers, with a 338% sales increase of already-large purchases.

“The most popular ammo at the moment seems to be 9mm, followed closely by .223/5.56, and .45 ACP,” Bearing Arms continued. “Other popular calibers at the moment include 7.62×39, 40 caliber, and 12-gauge shotgun shells.Brick-and-mortar stores have also experienced a sales surge with the same rounds, popular with preppers, typically sold out. Local gun shops have also been stripped clean of in-stock firearms and ammunition. One gun shop in Austin, Texas, Central Texas Gun Works, suffered from its online store crashing due to high demand, and on Monday only had a handful of firearms left in stock at its physical location. Fortunately, however, other less-popular-but-still-popular rounds are readily available across the country.

Gun buyers, especially first-timers, would be well advised to buy handguns and long arms chambered in cartridges they can still readily buy.

https://www.infowars.com/ammo-seller-reports-276-sales-increase-amid-coronavirus/ 

:: 3--20 The New York Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus Outbreak: A Cascade of Warnings, Heard but Unheeded

David E. Sanger, Eric Lipton, Eileen Sullivan and Michael Crowley

WASHINGTON — The outbreak of the respiratory virus began in China and was quickly spread around the world by air travelers, who ran high fevers. In the United States, it was first detected in Chicago, and 47 days later, the World Health Organization declared a pandemic. By then it was too late: 110 million Americans were expected to become ill, leading to 7.7 million hospitalized and 586,000 dead. That scenario, code-named “Crimson Contagion,” was simulated by the Trump administration’s Department of Health and Human Services in a series of exercises that ran from last January to August. The simulation’s sobering results — contained in a draft report dated October 2019 that has not previously been reported — drove home just how underfunded, underprepared and uncoordinated the federal government would be for a life-or-death battle with a virus for which no treatment existed. The draft report, marked “not to be disclosed,” laid out in stark detail repeated cases of “confusion” in the exercise. Federal agencies jockeyed over who was in charge. State officials and hospitals struggled to figure out what kind of equipment was stockpiled or available. Cities and states went their own ways on school closings. Many of the potentially deadly consequences of a failure to address the shortcomings are now playing out in all-too-real fashion across the country. And it was hardly the first warning for the nation’s leaders. Three times over the past four years the U.S. government, across two administrations, had grappled in depth with what a pandemic would look like, identifying likely shortcomings and in some cases recommending specific action. In 2016, the Obama administration produced a comprehensive report on the lessons learned by the government from battling Ebola. In January 2017, outgoing Obama administration officials ran an extensive exercise on responding to a pandemic for incoming senior officials of the Trump administration. The full story of the Trump administration’s response to the coronavirus is still playing out. Government officials, health professionals, journalists and historians will spend years looking back on the muddled messages and missed opportunities of the past three months, as President Trump moved from dismissing the coronavirus as a few cases that would soon be “under control” to his revisionist announcement on Monday that he had known all along that a pandemic was on the way. What the scenario makes clear, however, is that his own administration had already modeled a similar pandemic and understood its potential trajectory. The White House defended its record, saying it responded to the 2019 exercise with an executive order to improve the availability and quality of flu vaccines, and that it moved early this year to increase funding for the Department of Health and Human Services’ program that focuses on global pandemic threats. But officials have declined to say why the administration was so slow to roll out broad testing or to move faster, as the simulations all indicated it should, to urge social distancing and school closings. Asked at his news briefing on Thursday about the government’s preparedness, Mr. Trump responded: “Nobody knew there would be a pandemic or epidemic of this proportion. Nobody has ever seen anything like this before.” The work done over the past five years, however, demonstrates that the government had considerable knowledge about the risks of a pandemic and accurately predicted the very types of problems Mr. Trump is now scrambling belatedly to address. Crimson Contagion, the exercise conducted last year in Washington and 12 states including New York and Illinois, showed that federal agencies under Mr. Trump continued the Obama-era effort to think ahead about a pandemic. But the planning and thinking happened many layers down in the bureaucracy. The knowledge and sense of urgency about the peril appear never to have gotten sufficient attention at the highest level of the executive branch or from Congress, leaving the nation with funding shortfalls, equipment shortages and disorganization within and among various branches and levels of government. The October 2019 report in particular documents that officials at the Departments of Homeland Security and Health and Human Services, and even at the White House’s National Security Council, were aware of the potential for a respiratory virus outbreak originating in China to spread quickly to the United States and overwhelm the nation. “Nobody ever thought of numbers like this,’’ Mr. Trump said on Wednesday, at a news conference. In fact, they had.  From Ebola, Lessons Learned

As early as the George W. Bush administration, homeland security and health officials focused on big gaps in the American response to a biological attacks and the growing risk of pandemics. The first test came in April 2009, just a few months after the start of President Barack Obama’s first term. A 10-year-old California girl was diagnosed with a contagious disease that would be called swine flu or H1N1, the first flu pandemic in more than 40 years. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates that ultimately there were about 60.8 million cases in the United States, along with 274,304 hospitalizations and 12,469 deaths associated with H1N1. The virus turned out to be less deadly than first expected. But it was a warning shot that officials in the Obama administration said they took seriously, kicking off a planning effort that escalated in early 2014, with the outbreak of Ebola in West Africa and ensuing fear that it could spread to the United States. Ebola was less contagious than the flu, but far more deadly. It killed 11,000 people in Africa. But it could have been far worse. The United States sent nearly 3,000 troops to Africa to help keep the disease from spreading. While the containment effort was considered a success, inside the White House, officials sensed that the United States had gotten lucky — and that the response had revealed gaps in preparedness. Christopher Kirchhoff, a national security aide who moved from the Pentagon to the White House to deal with the Ebola crisis, was given the job of putting together a “lessons learned” report, with input from across the government. The weaknesses Mr. Kirchhoff identified were early warning signals of what has unfolded in the past three months. His report concluded that the United States assumed more ability on the part of the World Health Organization than the agency actually had. The United States had its own issues. There was no airplane in the U.S. fleet capable of evacuating an American doctor who was infected while treating patients in Liberia. The Pentagon was largely unprepared for the intervention that Mr. Obama ordered. While the United States rapidly developed a way to screen air passengers coming into the country — borrowing from intelligence tools developed after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks to track possible terrorists — Mr. Kirchhoff found deficiencies in even measuring how fast the virus was spreading. On the plus side, the Obama White House had created an Ebola Task Force, run by Ron Klain, Vice President Joseph R. Biden Jr.’s former chief of staff, before a single case emerged in the United States. Congress allocated $5.4 billion in emergency funding to pay for Ebola treatment and prevention efforts in the United States and West Africa. The money helped fund a little-known agency inside the Department of Health and Human Services in charge of preparing for future contagious disease outbreaks, the same office that in 2019 ran the Crimson Contagion exercise and other similar events in the years since. After a man named Thomas Duncan, a Liberian citizen, became the first person given a diagnosis of Ebola on American territory in September 2014, errors resulted in the infection of two nurses and fear of a wider spread in the United States. (Mr. Duncan died, but the two nurses recovered.) What is striking in reading Mr. Kirchhoff’s account today, however, is how few of the major faults he found in the American response resulted in action — even though the report was filled with department-by-department recommendations. There were deficiencies “in personal protective equipment use, disinfection” and “social services for those placed under quarantine.”

There was confusion over travel restrictions, and the need “for a smoother sliding scale of escalation of government response, from local authorities acting on their own to local authorities acting with some federal assistance” to the full activation of the federal government. The report concluded that “a minimum planning benchmark might be an epidemic an order of magnitude or two more difficult than that presented by the outbreak of Ebola in West Africa, with much more significant domestic spread.”

But one big change did come out of the study: The creation of a dedicated office at the National Security Council to coordinate responses and raise the alarm early. “What I learned most is that we had to stand up a global biosecurity and health directorate, and get it enshrined for the next administration,” said Lisa Monaco, Mr. Obama’s homeland security adviser. Getting the Trump Team’s Attention After Mr. Trump’s election, Ms. Monaco arranged an extensive exercise for high-level incoming officials — including Rex W. Tillerson, the nominee for secretary of state; John F. Kelly, designated to become homeland security secretary; and Rick Perry, who would become energy secretary — gaming out the response to a deadly flu outbreak. She asked Tom Bossert, who was preparing to come in as Mr. Trump’s homeland security adviser, to run the event alongside her. “We modeled a new strain of flu in the exercise precisely because it’s so communicable,” Ms. Monaco said.There is no vaccine, and you would get issues like nursing homes being particularly vulnerable, shortages of ventilators.” Ms. Monaco was impressed by how seriously Mr. Bossert, her successor, appeared to take the threat, as did many of the 30 or so Trump team members who participated in the exercise, details of which were reported by Politico. But by the time the current crisis hit, almost all of the leaders at the table — Mr. Tillerson, Mr. Kelly and Mr. Perry among them — had been fired or moved on. In 2018, Mr. Trump’s national security adviser at the time, John R. Bolton, ousted Mr. Bossert and eliminated the National Security Council directorate, folding it into an office dedicated to weapons of mass destruction in what Trump officials called a logical consolidation. Asked about that shift on March 13, Mr. Trump told a reporter that it was “a nasty question,” before adding: “I don’t know anything about it.” Writing on Twitter the next day, Mr. Bolton lashed out at critics who said the shift had reflected disinterest in pandemic threats. “Claims that streamlining NSC structures impaired our nation’s bio defense are false,” Mr. Bolton tweeted. “Global health remained a top NSC priority.” In a statement, the National Security Council said it “has directors and staff whose full-time job it is to monitor, plan for, and respond to pandemics, including an infectious disease epidemiologist and a virologist.” But in testimony to Congress last week, Dr. Anthony S. Fauci, the director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, suggested that ending the stand-alone directorate was ill-advised. “It would be nice if the office was still there,” he said. On Feb. 10, nearly three weeks after the first coronavirus case was diagnosed in the United States, Mr. Trump submitted a 2021 budget proposal that called for a $693.3 million reduction in funding for the C.D.C., or about 9 percent, although there was a modest increase for the division that combats global pandemics.  ‘Crimson Contagion’ The Crimson Contagion planning exercise run last year by the Department of Health and Human Services involved officials from 12 states and at least a dozen federal agencies. They included the Pentagon, the Department of Veterans Affairs and the National Security Council. Groups like the American Red Cross and American Nurses Association were invited to join, as were health insurance companies and major hospitals like the Mayo Clinic. The war game-like exercise was overseen by Robert P. Kadlec, a former Air Force physician who has spent decades focused on biodefense issues. After stints on the Bush administration’s Homeland Security Council and the staff of the Senate Intelligence Committee, he was appointed assistant secretary of Health and Human Services for Preparedness and Response. “He recognized early that we have a big problem and we needed much bigger budgets to prepare,” said Richard Danzig, the secretary of the Navy in the Clinton administration, who had worked with Mr. Kadlec. The exercise played out in four separate stages, starting in January 2019. The events were supposedly unspooling in real time — with the worst-case scenario underway as of Aug. 13, 2019 — when, according to the script, 12,100 cases had already been reported in the United States, with the largest number in Chicago, which had 1,400. The fictional outbreak involved a pandemic flu, which the Department of Health and Human Services says was “very different than the novel coronavirus.” The staged outbreak had started when a group of 35 tourists visiting China were infected and then flew home to Australia, Kuwait, Malaysia, Thailand, Britain and Spain, as well as to the United States, with some developing respiratory symptoms and fevers en route.  A 52-year-old man from Chicago, who was on the tour, had “low energy and a dry cough” upon his return home. His 17-year-old son on that same day went out to a large public event in Chicago, and the chain of illnesses in the United States started. Many of the moments during the tabletop exercise are now chillingly familiar. In the fictional pandemic, as the virus spread quickly across the United States, the C.D.C. issued guidelines for social distancing, and many employees were told to work from home.

But federal and state officials struggled to identify which employees were essential and what equipment was needed to effectively work from home. There also was confusion over how to handle school children. The C.D.C. recommended that states delay school openings — the exercise took place toward the end of the summer. But some school districts decided to go ahead with the start of school while others followed the federal advice, causing the same types of confusion and discrepancies that have marked the response to the coronavirus. The exercise from last year then went on to predict how the situation on the ground in the United States would worsen as the weeks passed. Confusion emerged as state governments began to turn in large numbers to Washington for help to address shortages of antiviral medications, personal protective equipment and ventilators. Then states started to submit requests to different branches of the federal government, leading to bureaucratic chaos.

Friction also emerged between the Federal Emergency Management Agency, which is traditionally in charge of disaster response, and the Department of Health and Human Services, another scenario playing out now. But the problems were larger than bureaucratic snags. The United States, the organizers realized, did not have the means to quickly manufacture more essential medical equipment, supplies or medicines, including antiviral medications, needles, syringes, N95 respirators and ventilators, the agency concluded. Congress was briefed in December on some of these findings, including the inability to quickly replenish certain medical supplies, given that much of the product comes from overseas. These concerns turned more urgent at a hearing last Thursday on Capitol Hill, as lawmakers peppered officials with the Department of Health and Human Services with questions that sounded almost as if they had read the script from the fictional exercise, reflecting the shortage of respirators and protective gear. Senator Mitt Romney, Republican of Utah, said last week that he blamed Congress and prior administrations for not increasing stockpiles of this type of equipment.

“That is an area we ought to consider making an investment in,” he added, making a point, apparently unknown to him, that the administration’s own simulation had made clear five months earlier.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/politics/coronavirus-outbreak-a-cascade-of-warnings-heard-but-unheeded/ar-BB11pYY1 

:: 3-19-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TONIGHT ON THE HAGMANN REPORT: TOM HORN & AND STEVE QUAYLE—IS THE DEEP STATE USING CORONAVIRUS TO ESTABLISH ANTICHRIST’S FINAL KINGDOM?

March 19, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

Something’s wrong – you can feel it. You can sense it. Never before have we seen a global lockdown like today, al allegedly due to a reportedly aggressive virus – the Wuhan Coronavirus or COVID-19. Somewhere along the way, and quickly, it has stopped being about a virus and has become about control. To what end? Steve Quayle and Tom Horn have been far ahead of everyone else in the identification of the structure being built for total global control – the very structure to be used by a world leader under a one-world government. Could we be bearing witness to the rise of the “Antichrist’s final kingdom?” Listen TODAY to this extremely important broadcast! (LINKS TO TONIGHT’S EMERGENCY PROGRAM HERE!)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/03/19/tonight-on-the-hagmann-report-tom-horn-and-steve-quayle-is-the-deep-state-using-coronavirus-to-establish-antichrists-final-kingdom/ 

:: 3-21-20 News Thud :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WATCH: Truck found filled with 18,000 pounds of stolen toilet paper and other paper products

written by Paul Goldberg March 21, 2020 NewsUS News

WATCH: Truck found filled with 18,000 pounds of stolen toilet paper and other paper products

written by Paul Goldberg March 21, 2020 Kiro7 reports a truck that had been reported stolen was recovered Wednesday and was filled with 18,000 pounds of toilet paper and other commercial paper products, investigators said. Deputies started following a tractor-trailer to a warehouse facility for a motor vehicle violation, the Guilford County Sheriff’s Office said.

https://newsthud.com/watch-truck-found-filled-with-18000-pounds-of-stolen-toilet-paper-and-other-paper-products/ 

:: 3--20 New York Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I’m a Doctor in Britain. We’re Heading Into the Abyss.

How many people will die because we’ve been working on the brink of collapse for too long?

By Jessica Potter March 18, 2020

Dr. Potter is a respiratory specialist in Britain’s National Health Service.

LONDON — Ten days ago, I was asked to see a patient. I’m a respiratory specialist in an intensive-care unit at a hospital in London, so it wasn’t surprising that the patient needed a ventilator. It seemed fairly typical. But the patient turned out to have the coronavirus — our hospital’s first case and one of nearly 2,000 people who have so far tested positive in Britain. I hadn’t worn a mask. Soon I developed a cough.  Though I experienced neither fever nor breathlessness, I was told to self-isolate for 14 days. That’s where I am now, in self-isolation. And I’m not the only one from my hospital. After just one patient with Covid-19, a quarter of our junior staff are off with coughs and sniffles we would normally work through. A single case of the coronavirus has wreaked havoc in our hospital. It’s a microcosm of what may come. Britain has fewer intensive-care beds than most other European countries. Occupancy rates are high, and there’s a daily struggle to discharge enough people to make space for new patients. Even when a bed is available, we do not have the nurses to staff it. A decade of cuts and underfunding has left us dangerously exposed. This is the perpetual winter of the N.H.S. For the past week I have been watching from the sidelines. Watching while my colleagues gear up for the long road ahead, resting when they can, shoring up procedures for managing infected patients, training one another, and making plans for illness and ways to isolate themselves from their families. Watching while plans are made to cancel nonemergency care and move staff members to the front line. It’s all hands on deck. Rotations to new departments and hospitals have been canceled: I will stay on in intensive care, and doctors in other departments will come join me on the front line. My plans to work part-time have gone out of the window. But this is my vocation — we are never not doctors. When we are called upon to step up, there is only one answer. As people with the coronavirus flood our corridors, hospitals will be pushed to the breaking point. Britain is a rich country and may fare better than others. But the N.H.S. is creaking at the seams after years of underfunding. A decade of cuts by successive Conservative governments has stripped the service of resources. Staff morale is low and retention is poor. We are already working at capacity. When our hospitals are overwhelmed and we have to decide how to allocate scarce resources, how do we choose whom to ventilate and whom not to? Italy is nearly at that point, and its health service has many more intensive-care beds per person than Britain’s. Will I have to tell someone we can’t treat a loved one because we’re out of ventilators, oxygen, tubes, masks, hospitals, staff? Will we then impose an age limit, as some hospitals in Italy are considering, or will some notion of “deservingness” come into play? The government’s strategy centers on flattening the peak of the epidemic while ensuring the public doesn’t give up on self-isolation at just the wrong moment and head outside into the eye of the storm. So unlike some other countries, we are not yet in full shutdown. After a week of cabin fever, I can understand not wanting to enforce isolation sooner than necessary. But I worry about how we know where we are on the epidemic curve. Have we tested enough people? What if lockdown comes too late? Will we be overwhelmed too soon? Across the N.H.S. this winter there have been patients in corridors and canceled surgeries. How many people will die because we’ve been working on the brink of collapse for too long? I am not an epidemiologist. I do not pretend to know the right strategy. But if Britain experiences anything like what we’ve seen elsewhere, we’re on our way to tragedy. What’s certain is that with 100,000 job vacancies already, the N.H.S. will not survive this crisis without protecting and respecting its staff. In 2018, two-thirds of doctors in their second year of training chose not to pursue specialty jobs. We are being asked to do more with little compensation while colleagues are hung out to dry because the system failed them. To add insult to injury, we have been provided with out-of-date masks with which to protect ourselves. We already know that our counterparts in Italy, China and elsewhere have given their lives to the vocation they chose. For years, health care workers have been raising the alarm that the N.H.S. is in crisis — calling on the government for better funding for our hospitals and better working conditions for ourselves. As the coronavirus crisis intensifies, we must be given the means to protect ourselves and our patients, particularly those most vulnerable. We deserve transparency. We demand honesty. Without that, I don’t know how many people will stick around after this is all over. And right now, it feels like we’re heading into the abyss.

Jessica Potter (@DrJessPotter) is a respiratory specialist doctor working in London and a member of EveryDoctor, an organization that campaigns for the working rights of doctors.

https://www.nytimes.com/2020/03/18/opinion/coronavirus-uk-nhs.html

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

:: 3-19-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

M5.2 Earthquakes Hits Off Petrolia Where The Cascadia Subduction Zone Meets The San Andreas Fault

By Strange Sounds - Mar 19, 2020

A M5.2 earthquake struck about 8 miles west of Petrolia shortly after 3 p.m. on March 18, 2020, rattling much of Humboldt County.  The quake hit where the Cascadia Subduction Zone links to the San Andreas Fault at the Mendocino Triple Junction. Yesterday, the Pacific Northwest was seismically very active. Just a few hours after a M5.7 earthquake rattled Utah, a M5.2 earthquake hit off petrolia in California. The shallow earthquake hit at a depth of about 17 miles. The U.S. Tsunami Warning Centers indicated there were no current tsunami watches or warnings. Although offshore, more than 1,800 people reported feeling the earthquake that rattled much of Humbolt County in California. What is the dangerous Mendocino Triple Jonction? The Mendocino Triple Junction is the point where the Gorda plate, the North American plate, and the Pacific plate meet, in the Pacific Ocean near Cape Mendocino in northern California. This triple junction is the location of a change in the broad plate motions which dominate the west coast of North America, linking convergence of the northern Cascadia subduction zone and translation of the southern San Andreas Fault system. It has been reently shown that the an earthquake on the Cascadia Subduction Zone could trigger a similar shaker on the San Andreas fault to the south and thus create a giant seismic event along the U.S. West Coast. By the way you can download a new documentary film about Cascadia Below… It’s really worth your money! This M5.2 earthquake off Petrolia follows a M5.8 last week. More earthquake news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [USGS, Tsunami.gov]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/03/petrolia-earthquake-cascadia-san-andreas-map.html 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 3-18-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

De Blasio Says "Military Assistance Needed" To Combat NYC Outbreak

by Tyler Durden Wed, 03/18/2020 - 09:39

New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio said Wednesday that NYC needs "military assistance" to combat the outbreak. His comment marks the first time that a mayor of a major American city has called for direct intervention from the military. Though it's not exactly surprising: NY Gov. Andrew Cuomo has been calling on the Army Corp of Engineers to assist the state with building temporary shelters (like MASH field hospitals) and retrofit other buildings to expand hospital bad capacity, which could help the state save hundreds, if not thousands of lives. De Blasio has said he believes the number of cases in NYC would exceed 1,000 on Wednesday, up from 923 cases the day before. Trump said during yesterday's White House press conference that the administration was in talks with the Army Corp of Engineers to see how they could best help the states. Shortly after, though, Defense Secretary Mark Esper said he hadn't been consulted, and added that such activities would be "better left to the states." Instead, Esper said the Pentagon would share millions of pieces of vital medical equipment with hospitals across the country, while also deploying two Navy hospital ships to states in the most dire need.  De Blasio added that he's "almost at the point" of "recommending" a 'shelter in place' order to Gov. Cuomo, despite Cuomo's insistence that he wasn't planning to impose widespread quarantine measures. During an interview with Rachel Maddow last night, the mayor slammed the Trump Administration for keeping troops at the border during the crisis, suggesting they should be pulled to assist with the response. Of course, with NYC streets practically empty and bars and restaurants finally closed thanks to his order, some analysts dared to suggest that the mayor might be overreacting. Cuomo has slammed de Blasio for being a little too aggressive with the 'shelter in place' talk. This begs the question: Is de Blasio now the country's 'alarmist in chief'?

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/de-blasio-says-military-assistance-needed-combat-nyc-outbreak 

:: 3-19-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With Billionaire Warning Of 'The End Of America As We Know It', Coronavirus Is A Shortcut To The Globalists End Game

- Truth Now 'Quarantined', America Has Been Set Up For Disaster

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 19, 2020

When watching  with the state of California possibly about to declare martial lawthe unfolding 'coronavirus curve' in America that's already bringing pandemonium as millions lose their jobs, entire industries are shuttered, the civil liberties of some Americans possibly about to be severely restricted as MSN reports in this new story, there's no doubt COVID-19 is bringing about 'the end of the world as we know it' and may be the beast that leads to the rollout of a new economic system with the virus found to be able to survive on 'cash money'. Yet as Michael Snyder reports in this new story at The Most Important News, while we here at ANP strongly agree with the US government's recommendations that Americans prepare to 'shelter within their own homes' for an extended period of time to help vanquish this virus from America, it also has the very real potential of transforming our 'free society' into a totalitarian nation. As Susan Duclos has mentioned to me numerous times, once people lose certain rights, it's often very difficult to get them back. So we'll be taking a look within this story at a warning coming from a billionaire hedge fund manager that this pandemic could actually lead to the end of America if dire actions aren't soon taken but first, from Michael Snyder's important story titled "Are You Ready To Have Your Civil Liberties Severely Restricted? Because That Is Where This Thing Is Headed…": One of the things that sets the United States apart from the rest of the world is that we are supposed to have certain civil liberties guaranteed to us by the U.S. Constitution. Of course the U.S. Constitution has been absolutely trampled on by many of our leaders for decades, but most Americans still deeply cherish the basic rights which are enshrined in our founding document. Unfortunately, many of our politicians are convinced that all of those rights can be taken away during a “national emergency”, and these days the bar for declaring a “national emergency” has been set very low. Yes, this coronavirus pandemic is a major threat, and experts are warning that millions of Americans could die. But in the process of fighting this virus, we don’t want to relinquish the freedoms that previous generations of Americans fought so hard to secure for us. As history has demonstrated, once certain freedoms are gone they can be exceedingly difficult to get back. We are now being warned that this pandemic could last 18 months or longer, and losing any of our freedoms for that long is absolutely unthinkable.

Unfortunately, some of our politicians are apparently thinking about the unthinkable. I would like for you to consider something that California Governor Gavin Newsom just told the media very carefully…

California Gov. Gavin Newsom in a Sunday presser said that martial law was not necessary to combat coronavirus in his state. “If you want to establish a framework of martial law, which is ultimate authority and enforcement, we have the capacity to do that, but we are not feeling at this moment that is a necessity,” Newsom said. At this moment? Does that mean that later on it may become “a necessity”? And while we strongly feel that the best thing that we can do to help our families and loved ones while helping 1st responders in the process is to 'shelter in place' within our own homes for an extended period of time, what happens if that 'period of time' becomes 18 months or longer? As we hear in the final video at the bottom of this story featuring Mike Adams interviewing Steve Quayle, between the phenomenal ignorance of the general public and 'truth' forever being quarantined, America has been set up for disaster.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP! Due to unforseen medical expenses following Susan Duclos' heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) Back on February 1st we published this story on ANP titled "Locking Down America & The Globalists End Game: Due To The 'Nature Of The Beast', Completely Stopping A Coronavirus Pandemic May Require 'Shutting Down Society' - Imagine An America Where You're No Longer Able To Travel Freely" within which we argued a complete shutdown was probably necessary to contain the spread of this virus and now we learn that billionaire hedge fund manager Bill Ackman is warning the same thing with world changing consequences if we don't.

Ackman didn't mince his words in his message to President Trump while warning that America can surely survive a 30-day nationwide shutdown but could never survive a shutdown that goes on for 18 months or more, with the hotel and restaurant industries already hard hit along with the entertainment industry. From this Daily Mail story. Billionaire Bill Ackman has warned that 'America will end as we know it' unless President Trump immediately shuts down the entire country for 30 days.

Hedge fund manager Ackman made the dismal predictions in a Twitter post Wednesday and in an interview with CNBC, in which he urged President Trump and other global leaders to 'shut the world for 30 days'. He said urgent action is needed now if the economy is to survive and if lives are to be spared amid the rapidly escalating coronavirus pandemic. The 'gradual roll-out' of closures and measures being taken now are not enough to stop the crisis which is already bankrupting the economy, starting with hotels and restaurants, he said. Ackman made the somber prediction that 'hell is coming' and warned that the US as we now know it is ending. 'America will end as we know it. I'm sorry to say so, unless we take this option,' he said in an interview with CNBC Tuesday afternoon. 'Hell is coming,' he warned. The 'only answer for the world is to shut the world for 30 days,' he told CNBC. 'We have an invisible, silent, deadly enemy. How do we kill it? Everyone just goes home.' The stark warning followed his desperate bid to President Trump earlier on Wednesday to shut the US down with an extended Spring Break holiday, saying it is the 'only answer' to spare the nation from economic catastrophe.  'Mr. President, the only answer is to shut down the country for the next 30 days and close the borders. Tell all Americans that you are putting us on an extended Spring Break at home with family. Keep only essential services open. The government pays wages until we reopen,' Ackman said in a Twitter post Wednesday morning. And while we've urged in our stories for nearly two months now that ANP readers prepare to 'shelter in place' to both minimize our own exposure to the virus as well as make the lives of our 1st responders a little bit easier, as Brandon Smith reports in this new story over at Alt Market, the 'average American' is totally in a daze, completely unprepared for any kind of an extended shutdown with many running around supermarkets attempting to prepare like chickens with their heads cut off.  With it long warned that only 9 meals separate a civilized society from total anarchy and many of America's store shelves already going empty as Susan Duclos had reported in this March 18th ANP story and we also hear in the 1st video at the bottom of this story from 'Ice Age Farmer', we pray that everybody is completely prepared should an 'extended shutdown' of America soon be announced with that possibly being the only way to finally put an end to this Chinese virus. From Brandon Smith's story.

America is in a haze right now. It seems like half the country is in denial of the danger while the other half is awaking from apathy and frantically trying to prepare. This is creating a fog of confusion as one side screams “it's nothing but the flu, stop buying up the grocery store...!”, and the other side just keeps stocking goods, though in an inexperienced way that prioritizes comfort over practicality. The other day I went by the grocery store to grab a few peripheral items while they still exist on sale, and this was the first time since the Covid-19 situation began that people in my area actually seemed...different. The usual carefree obliviousness was gone from their faces and they all had a deer-in-the-headlights look, their eyes wide as saucers as they nervously scrambled around the store. None of them were absorbed into their cell phones. All of them were alert as many people huddled over their cart, quickly snatching items from the shelves as if protecting themselves from potential thieves. It seems that reality is finally hitting the masses square in the face like a sucker punch. Suddenly, the prepper movement doesn't look so “crazy” after all, and average people are now turning to prepper forums and websites to ask us for information on how to plan more effectively. Instead of stacking piles of toilet paper for psychological comfort, they are now buying food supplies. The people who used to accuse us of being “chicken littles” and “doom mongers” are eerily silent. I almost miss them. At the very least, everyone is now concerned about the situation, if not for different reasons. This is a far cry from the past two months, when governments around the world as well as the UN's WHO continually downplayed the pandemic threat and offered the public nothing in terms of usable advice. The establishment consistently kept the public in the dark, not just on the virus and its capabilities but also on the vast weaknesses in the global economy. Abruptly in the past week they suggest that a threat is ahead and now millions of people are scrambling to prepare however they can. As I have noted in previous articles, there is a reason why the establishment refused to inform the citizenry of the instabilities inherent in the pandemic scenario; the more unknowns there are for the public the more panic will set it, chaos ensues, and it is chaos that can be exploited to push forward numerous agendas. These agendas include global centralization as well as the erasure of constitutional liberties. So with an unknown future ahead of us and the very real possibility that this crisis will be used to push a curtailment of civil liberties as we had also warned on March 16th in this story titled "Heads Up! American Preparedness Radio Network Warns Of 'Coronavirus Checkpoints' Coming To American Roadways - Prepare For Months Of Madness In America!", a federal study suggesting this pandemic will last for 18 months and warning of major shortages in supplies ahead is a warning to buckle in for the bumpy ride ahead. In the 2nd video below, we hear Bill Ackman on CNBC warning that absolutely dramatic measures must be taken NOW to stop the spread of this virus because America won't be able to survive an 18-month shutdown while in the 3rd and final video below, Steve Quayle joins Mike Adams to talk about the origins of COVID-19 while exposing how all of this is a huge part of the 'globalists end game'.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Coronavirus_Crazy_Madness_In_The_Air_Calm_Down.php 

:: 3-19-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Although the Coronavirus Is Deadly, the People Must Not Allow Government to Eliminate Civil Liberties

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Thursday, March 19, 2020 - 14:23.

There are some in the alt media that are saying that as more dramatic quarantine policies are put into place, that civil liberties will erode. That is a correct statement. Some of these same pundits also profess that “sacrificing liberty for security”, as Ben Franklin warned Americans not to do is very dangerous territory. Again, I agree with the expressed concerns. However, some of these same people are creating a cavalier attitude which strongly implies to their followers that it is ok to engage in any activity that ones deem appropriate, or entertaining. This is a completely irresponsible example of poor journalism. The videos and tweets out of China and Italy are not faked. These people are dying from something. We can debate the transmission rate, the death rate, the composition of who is really vulnerable to succumbing to the virus and we can definitely debate whether this is a bioweapon or not (it is), however, it is irresponsible and these sources do their followers a disservice to minimize the seriousness of what we are dealing with. If everyone adopts the same cavalier attitude as some of these so-called experts, and people abandon all sense of social distancing, we run the distinct risk of becoming our own worst enemy! We could turn a moderate spread of the coronavirus into a pandemic by our own recklessness. Until this virus is fully contained, we should be following the mandates for good hygiene and practicing effective social distancing. The Dangers of Martial Law and Quarantine Centers Having admonished alt media sources for being irresponsible, there is merit to the expressed concerns that the final and biggest casualty of this bioweapons attack upon America will be the Constitution and the America we knew in 2019 is the not the new Amerika of 2020. There are some long-standing truths about the nature of government: The first goal of government is to procure power in as many areas as the people will let them without a major pushback. The longer a government is in power, the more power it seeks to obtain and individual rights of all citizens eventually becomes a target of a government. Eventually, a tyrannical regime will come to power at some point in time. This usually happens in the midst of an upheaval. False flag events normally accompany the negative circumstances that is consuming a country. This is when tyrants, such as Mao, Hitler and Stalin come to power. This is when great genocides take place and this is when gun confiscation precedes every single genocide. That is not my judgment, this is the unmistakable verdict rendered by history. When “continuity of government” is in jeopardy, the government will entirely abandon serving the will and welfare of the people and will eventually forsake all public safety and move into self-preservation mode. From personal observation and from information fathered from trusted insider sources, the government has seized and will continue to seize unwarranted power over the people. The founding fathers understood these dangers and this is why they tried the system of federalism and the separation of powers. However, history shows that in times of emergency, the power to abuse citizens usually resides in what Americans calls the Executive Branch. Managing the Present Crisis From a federal law enforcement agent, I have learned that the ATF is preparing to deny all requests for gun registration background checks. This will paralyze new gun purchases. This is a complete violation of the Second Amendment. Why would the government mind if the citizens are preparing to defend their homes and families from rioters seeking resources at any cost? The only reason is that the erasure of civil liberties is in place in these instances is because the government does not plan and giving civil liberties back to the people when the crisis is abated. It is common knowlege that the government is preparing to control all food and food distribution. This activity should be privatized through a public-private-partnership, at worst because when government gains control of the food supply, they use it as a weapon to force citizen compliance to a new level of tyranny. History is quite clear on this point. John Moore has published a copy a "permission to travel" paper which enables the holder to avoid all checkpoints. What checkpoints you may ask? From multiple sources, the government is moving to a "papers please" society and will restrict travel between states without the proper clearance. Additionally, it is becoming known that the new vaccines contain a biometric marker that can be scanned by vaccine compliance at key checkpoints. Many, including myself, belive that the Coronavirus vaccine, effective or not, will be mandated under penalty of law. An Amerikan future could easily contain, no Constitution, no civil liberties, forced vaccination, limited travel, a collapsed economy and a form of serfdom servitude. This must be resisted by all American and it will be at some point. America is ready to enter a phase of civil war if the Coronavirus does not completely collapse our govdernment and economy. What will our society look like at that point? That will be the topic of Part Two of this series.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-economics-health/although-coronavirus-deadly-people-must-not-allow-government-eliminate-civil-liberties 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?
Verse 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

:: 3--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Covid-19 Economic Crisis Will Change Everything: Short Term and Long Term Effects

by Daisy Luther

Whether you think the global pandemic is “just the flu” or you realize it’s the real deal, one thing is difficult to debatemany Americans are already feeling the economic pain being caused by the outbreak and the measures taken to stop it. Unemployment claims skyrocketed this week as businesses laid-off employees in an attempt to weather the storm. More than 281,000 people filed for unemployment and those numbers would have been even higher if the influx of claims had not crashed the systems in several states. In a news release, the Department of Labor said: During the week ending March 14, the increase in initial claims are clearly attributable to impacts from the COVID-19 virus. A number of states specifically cited COVID-19 related layoffs, while many states reported increased layoffs in service-related industries broadly and in the accommodation and food services industries specifically, as well as in the transportation and warehousing industry, whether COVID-19 was identified directly or not. (source) At the same time as employees are filing claims, businesses are trying to figure out how to stay afloat. Restaurants are switching to carry-out only. Bars are closed. Retail sales are down unless the business happens to be selling vital supplies like medications, food, and the new gold standard, toilet paper and Lysol wipes. The Covid-19 pandemic is causing an economic crisis that will have both short-term and long-term effects. This will challenge your adaptability skills, but I want to stress something: life will be different, but that doesn’t mean life is over. Here’s what you need to know. Recession or Depression? This is just the beginning of the economic crisis bearing down on us. As social distancing measures become more widespread, less and less money will be in play – both earned and spent. Oh, and don’t forget, the stock market is setting record lows that haven’t been seen since the Great Depression. (And this isn’t just in the United States – it’s happening across the globe.) Fortune reports that we’re heading straight into a recession.

…the next Great Recession began this past week, as the U.S. virtually shut down its economy to prevent further spread of COVID-19. First, the NBA suspended its season, followed in rapid succession by the NHL, the MLS, the MLB, and most recently, the PGA’s cancellation of the 2020 Masters golf tournament. Then Broadway closed down, followed by cancellations at nearly all major venues. Businesses told their employees to work from home. In Minneapolis, the normally-packed Mall of America parking garages are virtually empty. In New York City, Mayor Bill de Blasio just limited all restaurants, cafes, and bars, to takeout and delivery. (source) Others suggest what’s coming is going to be more of a depression than a recession. What’s the difference? It’s all about the length of time the economic downturn lasts. A recession is the contraction phase of the business cycle. A common rule of thumb for recessions is two quarters of negative GDP growth. A depression is a prolonged period of economic recession marked by a significant decline in income and employment. (source)

Considering the fact that the US government is preparing for a Covid-19 siege that could last 18 months, it appears we’re looking at the D-word. Our immediate financial problems While this economic crisis looks as though it may continue for quite some time, let’s break this up into immediate and long-term issues. Currently, many people are facing an abrupt loss of income. And it’s likely that a lot of the folks losing their income don’t have the safety net of a large emergency fund – 60% of Americans are only one missed paycheck away from disaster. At the same time as this downturn in income, people have been spending a fortune on food and other supplies to get through a potential quarantine that could last anywhere from 2 weeks to multiple months. This is not an extravagance – it’s a necessity. And there are fewer goods to buy, leading people to purchase whatever is left rather than whatever is the most affordable. Our supply chain is broken because of our heavy reliance on Chinese goods. There are shortages, whether the government wants to admit it or not. You need only to walk into the nearest grocery store in most towns in the US to see large bare spots on the shelves. Instead of canned goods being lined up all the way to the back of the shelves, they’re perhaps two-deep to make the shelves look fuller. Meat coolers are half empty. There’s no bleach, no toilet paper, no Lysol wipes, no rice, and no beans to be had in many areas. Our immediate concerns are the loss of income, paying current bills that are due, and getting enough food and supplies to see our families through whatever quarantine or isolation measures are demanded by the government. I wrote more about the cost of a Covid-19 quarantine here. And unfortunately, this is just the beginning.

Our long-term problems As the economy continues to plummet because people are only purchasing the bare necessities, we’ll see other issues arise. How will you pay your rent or mortgage if your job qualifications are in a field that is now considered a luxury? How will you keep your utilities on when you’re not making any money? How will you feed your family, keep a roof over your head, pay for medical care, and maintain a vehicle? If you’ve never been through personal financial hardship before, you could be in for a terrible reality check when the cost of your most basic essentials is out of reach. But many of us have been there. We can tell you that it often makes you feel powerless – it’s difficult and humiliating, but you can get through it. If you’re a business owner, how will you keep operating if you have no working capital? How can you hire people if you don’t know whether you’ll be able to keep them on board for more than a couple of pay periods? How can you buy more inventory and can you even acquire that inventory anymore? Will you be able to get the parts you need to repair items if you run a repair service business? As you can see, there are more questions than answers. The future is quite uncertain. If you have prepped for disruptions, you’ll be okay…for a while. You will have used up a lot of your stored goods getting through the quarantines, should they occur, and making up for the shortages in stores. This certainly gives you a jump on the crisis, but do you actually have enough for the 18 months to two years of disruption being predicted? It’s scary to think about surviving an economic depression, especially after we in America have been more or less pampered for most of our lives. But it’s better to face reality now than to be shocked by it later. Knowing ahead of time can prevent financial mistakes you’ll regret for years. Things are going to look a lot different in 2021 than they did in 2019. Remember that we are the children and grandchildren of those who survived the Great Depression. We will get through this. How do you survive in an economy like this? I know the things I’ve laid out here are alarming, maybe even terrifying. You may be wondering how in the world you can survive. Well, you can. This has happened before, maybe not on such a massive scale, but there have been other recessions and depressions. People have lived through drastic changes in their circumstances. I’m not suggesting it’s easy but it is possible. Right now, cut your expenses. You need to stop making purchases that are frivolous. You need to get rid of gym memberships, third phones, and subscription boxes. Make these cuts now. Ignore anyone who tells you that you are further damaging the economy by these cuts – they aren’t the ones who are going to feed your family. Look at your living situation. I’m not suggesting you move right this minute – on the contrary, that would be a nightmare with quarantines and curfews looming. But begin to consider whether or not you are living in the most economical way. It’s likely that you will soon see more extended families and friends living together to save on bills. You may need to relocate or you may need to allocate space in your home to others. Again – don’t do it right this second, but start to think about your options. Go back to basic skills. Now’s the time to start some seeds and begin figuring out a garden, even if it’s just a few plants on your patio or balcony. Learn to mend and repair things instead of throwing them out and replacing them. Cook from scratch instead of buying processed food or ordering out. Start now to live more simply and focus your spending on the tools required for that.

Practice hardcore frugality. I’ve written a lot about living inexpensively. You can find the archives here. You need to embrace a thrifty state of mind instead of railing against the system that means you can no longer afford a $6 coffee every morning on your way to work. This may be difficult – anger is a normal response to a change in circumstances that is beyond your control. But the faster you can get past the anger, the sooner you can find a new normal and some peace of mind. Help others. That probably sounds crazy after I just said to cut your expenses, but helping others builds a sense of community and that is essential during difficult times. If you have elderly neighbors, take over a hearty, filling meal or visit with them (once it’s safe to do this.) See if they need anything picked up from the store. Offer a hard-working mom some free babysitting one afternoon so she can just take a nap. If you’re shoveling your own snow, go a little further and shovel somebody else’s walk too.

Create some odd jobs for yourself. When things get to the point where we can get out and do things again, you may find that working a regular job is no longer possible. If you can’t find work, you can come up with odd jobs you can do.

Stay in contact with creditors. As this all unfolds, staying in touch with the people to whom you owe money is the best way to protect your credit rating and your possessions. They realize everyone is in the same position right now, and many of them will be happy to help if they know you intend to pay them.  Understand there could be a point when you simply can’t pay your bills. You may end up with the terrible realization that you can’t afford to pay your bills. Of course, you took out credit cards or loans with the full intention of paying the money back, but sometimes circumstances are beyond our control and we have to prioritize survival: keeping a roof over your head, keeping the power on, and having food to eat. If you reach that point, check out this article on how to survive when you can’t pay your bills. We could be looking at an entirely different version normal when this all shakes out. You can’t completely close down an economy and expect everything to just start back up again in a few months like nothing ever happened. But you and your family can survive this.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/covid-19-economic-crisis/ 

:: 3-19-20 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California Governor issues ‘stay at home’ lockdown order to 40 million as coronavirus spreads

California Governor Gavin Newsom (Office of the Governor of California)

March 19, 2020 Editorial Staff

Effective Thursday night, March 19, 2020, California Governor Newsom issued a “stay at home” order for all 40 million Californians in a press conference that was live streamed on Twitter. Citizens are ordered to only leave their homes for essential trips and is in place until further notice. It is unclear what enforcement measures will be taken for those that disobey the order. Essential businesses like banks, gas stations, grocery stories, pharmacies, some take out restaurants and others are allowed to remain open. Public events and gatherings are banned. However, Newsom says California needs to “bend the curve” and that coronavirus cases are increasing rapidly. “There’s a social contract here, people I think recognize the need to do more. They will adjust and adapt as they have.” he continued.

Newsom explained his numbers saying, “We believe the virus will impact about 56% of California’s population…You do the math, that’s a particularly large number…We believe with a 20% hospitalization rate, that’s about 19,543 people that would need to be hospitalizedabove the existing capacity of our system.” Newsom caveated the announcement with, “Home isolation is not my preferred choice…but it is a necessary one. This is not a permanent state, it is a moment in time.” This order comes as the U.S. Senate unveiled a trillion dollar bailout plan and U.S. deaths from the coronavirus hit 200. The bailout is the third bailout after the first two packages totaled over $110 billion. A patchwork of closings, lockdowns and social distance orders are springing up all over the country which is creating a more or less state of voluntary semi-lockdown around the country. Today, the U.S. State Department told citizens that international travel plans “may be severely disrupted, and you may be forced to remain outside of the United States for an indefinite timeframe.” To date, John Hopkins University is reporting there are a little over 14,000 U.S. reported cases of the virus and 205 deaths. Globally, roughly 242,000 has reportedly been infected, with more than 9,800 having died.

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2020/03/california-governor-issues-stay-at-home-order-to-40-million-as-coronavirus-spreads/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_medium=facebook 

:: 3-17-20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In the Pandemic, It’s Every Nation for Itself

Administrator Posted on March 17,

For most men, the claims of the heart are superior to those of the mind… In a crisis, people put families, friends and country first.  “The lamps are going out all over Europe, we shall not see them lit again in our life-time,” said Foreign Secretary Sir Edward Grey to a friend on the eve of Britain’s entry into the First World War. Observing from afar as the coronavirus pandemic ravages the Old Continent, Grey’s words return to mind. And as the Great War changed Europe forever, the COVID-19 pandemic seems to be changing the way European peoples see each other. “All for one and one for all!” These were the words by which “The Three Musketeers” of Alexandre Dumas lived their lives. This was the ideal upon which the EU and NATO were built. An attack against one is an attack against all. The Schengen Agreement by which citizens of Europe are as free to travel through the countries of their continent as Americans are to travel from Maryland to Virginia is rooted in that ideal. Yet, suddenly, all that seems to belong to yesterday. How the EU’s nation-states are reacting to the coronavirus crisis brings to mind another phrase, a French phrase, “Sauve qui peut,” a rough translation of which is, “Every man for himself.” The New York Times has written of the new reality. In Sunday’s top story, “Europe Locks Up and Faces Crisis as Virus Spread,” the Times wrote: “While some European leaders, like President Emmanuel Macron of France, have called for intensifying cooperation across nations, others are trying to close their countries off. “From Denmark to Slovakia, governments went into aggressive virus-fighting mode with border closings.”  Describing a host of countries heeding the call of tribalism and nationalism, the Times laments Monday: “Today, Europeans are… erecting borders between countries, inside their cities and neighborhoods, around their homes — to protect themselves from their neighbors, even from their own grandchildren.”T “Confronting a virus that knows no borders, this modern Europe without borders is building them everywhere.” In a few days, the Europe of open borders has become history. Have something to say about this column?

Visit Gab – The social network that champions free speech – Comment without Censorship!

Or visit Pat’s FaceBook page and post your comments….

As the pandemic spreads from Italy to Spain, France, Germany,” reports the Times, “there is a growing sense of the need for harsh, even authoritarian methods, many of them taken from China. “Europe has been terrified by Italy. Suddenly, many of the continent’s countries are trying to lock down, to protect themselves and their citizens. The idea of European solidarity, and of a borderless Europe where citizens are free to travel and work, seems very far away.” Italy, hardest-hit country after China, is on lockdown. Germany is closing its borders with Austria, Denmark, France, Luxembourg and Switzerland. The Czech Republic, Cyprus, Denmark, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland and Slovakia have announced they will close borders to all foreigners. President Donald Trump has expanded his travel ban on Europe to include two of America’s oldest friends, Britain and Ireland. Slovenia has closed its border with Italy. Norway is on lockdown. International travelers who arrive in Norway risk a mandatory 14-day quarantine, regardless of their health. Prime Minister Justin Trudeau has announced that Canada is barring entry to all travelers who are not citizens or permanent residents. The only exceptions are air crews, diplomats, and, “at this time,” U.S. citizens. What we are witnessing is the clash of the claims of human nature and of ideology. Through history, most men have put attachments of family, tribe, faith, country, race and nation above the claims of liberal ideology. But while all citizens may have the same God-given right to life and constitutional right to “equal protection of the laws,” all people do not have equal rights to our affections or concerns. For most men, the claims of the heart are superior to those of the mind. Foreign folks do not have the same claims upon us as our own. In a crisis, people put families, friends and country first. In the Declaration of Independence, Jefferson declares that, “all men are created equal.” Yet, what truly seems to enrage him and to justify the rebellion against George III are the crimes the king had committed and that he had been “deaf to the voice of justice and of consanguinity.” The king had violated the claims of our common blood while we Americans had not been “wanting in attentions to our British brethren.” Closing borders is a grievous offense against liberalism that is supposedly rooted in the sin of xenophobia. But what governments in Europe are saying by closing their borders, what Americans are saying by banning travel from Europe, is that while all men may be created equal, we will always put our own people first, ahead of the rest. When a crisis comes, be it a war in which the survival of the nation is at stake or an epidemic where the health and survival of our people is at stake , we take care of our own first.

This is human nature. This is the way the world works.

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/03/17/in-the-pandemic-its-every-nation-for-itself/ 

:: 3--20 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New York orders every non-essential worker to stay home as coronavirus cases more than double overnight

New York is enacting a mandatory stay-at-home order for all non-essential workforce, Gov. Andrew Cuomo announced Friday morning. Cuomo made the announcement in a press conference, noting the order was “the most drastic action we can take.” He also tweeted, “I will sign an Executive Order mandating that 100% of workforce must stay home, excluding essential services. This order excludes pharmacies, grocery stores, and others.” Cuomo noted the order was not a “shelter-in-place” order because residents are not prohibited from shopping and exercising. “If the number (of cases) doesn’t slow down, we have to tighten the valve. If they still don’t slow down, we tighten the valve. Now we are closing the valve,” he said. Cuomo had said on Tuesday night that New York City would not be undergoing a mandatory quarantine, despite NYC Mayor Bill de Blasio saying it was under consideration. “That cannot happen. It cannot happen legally,” Cuomo told reporters of a possible quarantine. “No city in this state can quarantine itself without state approval and I have no interest whatsoever, and no plan whatsoever, to quarantine any city.” The announcement on Friday comes after New York state’s number of coronavirus cases more than doubled overnight, surging from 2,950 to 7,102. New York currently has 53,000 hospital beds, though Cuomo said the state could need double that amount when the coronavirus reaches its peak in an estimated 45 days. The state also has just 3,000 intensive care beds, but could need over 37,000. On Friday, Cuomo also announced an order prohibiting residential and commercial evictions for 90 days.

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2020/03/new-york-orders-every-non-essential-worker-to-stay-home-as-coronavirus-cases-more-than-double-overnight/?utm_source=quayle&utm_

campaign=alt&utm_medium=facebook 

:: 3--20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

See that picture above, taken by ANP reader Sheep Herder, sent to us along with more than a dozen others?

Get used to that sight because in the midst of a nation panic shopping and emptying shelves faster than many can restock them, we see that truckers, the lifeblood of America, the men and women that keep the supply chain moving and our families fed, are now facing a number of 'hurdles' because of the COVID-19 Coronavirus pandemic spreading across the globe. Before detailing those hurdles, a couple points:

1) Don't panic. Not only does it cause people to make very bad choices, but it literally has already killed a man.

Here is the headline from Africa.Press: "Man killed in Kwale after ‘showing’ coronavirus symptoms." The "symptoms they are talking about is the poor man sneezed. That is it. He sneezed...... and a mob attacked him and beat him to death. George Kotini Hezron, 35, a resident of Kibundani area was on Tuesday night accosted by a group of youth while heading home.  The man who was sneezing passed a group of youths seated by the roadside. His sneezing attracted their attention and it was then they wrestled him to the ground. They questioned his sneezing, likening it to that of a coronavirus patient.  The man tried to fight back but was overpowered. They mob reigned terror on him, telling him that he should be isolated to avoid spreading the virus.  Police said preliminary investigations indicate that the deceased was drunk and had no signs of the disease. So, prepare for long term shortages, because if you are prepared there is no need to panic. Start learning how to make "perpetual soups," and baking your own goods, making each meal stretch as far as it can go, and read up on surviving any type of catastrophic event. Better to be prepared and have nothing happen than to have disaster strike and be unprepared.

2) Killing a man because of panic is one end of the "extreme" spectrum, and then we have the other end of it, and those are the people living in denial. Newsflash for those folks: Denial kills as well.

I am noting a number of usually level-headed people in complete denial that this COVID-19 is a pandemic, and is dangerous and deadly. One of the most common defense for that denial is "but the flu kills more people each year." Exactly how do they know that? They don't, but since the media first spent their time downplaying COVID-19, then freaking out over it in a complete 180, and citing only the official numbers without explaining why those numbers are basically worthless, it is understandable that they wouldn't see how severe the situation is. One of our nurses here, a regular who has been reading and commenting at ANP for years, informed us that people dying from this new coronavirus, but have not been officially tested for it, are having the cause of death listed as "acute respiratory failure." Those people are not even being listed as part of the official death count. As I said above, the official numbers are worthless. What we do know is that it is very contagious, and yes, it does kill quickly, as we see a new report about a New Jersey family that has just lost three members to COVID-19 , and 19 others are being quarantined, because they attended the same family get-together.

[Update] The New Jersey family has lost a fourth member to the coronavirus, reported by New York Post. So, yes, we know it is highly contagious and deadly. What else do we know? Only what officials are telling us, but by watching the reactions of hospitals, hearing firsthand accounts from nurses, and seeing the level of "freak out" by multiple governments, we can safely make a couple of assumptions with a high degree of confidence. We also have a doctor, a surgeon, stating outright "The sky is falling," while she prays that she is wrong about the severity. We are living in a global public health crisis moving at a speed and scale never witnessed by living generations. The cracks in our medical and financial systems are being splayed open like a gashing wound. No matter how this plays out, life will forever look a little different for all of us. On the front lines, patients are lining up outside of our emergency rooms and clinics looking to us for answers — but we have few. Only on Friday did coronavirus testing become more readily available in New York, and the tests are still extremely limited. Right next to my office in the hospital, a lab is being repurposed with hopes of a capability to run 1,000 tests a day. But today, and likely tomorrow, even M.D.s do not have straightforward access to testing across the country. Furthermore, the guidelines and criteria for testing are changing almost daily. Our health care system is mired in situational uncertainty. The leadership of our hospital is working tirelessly — but doctors on the ground are pessimistic about our surge capacity. It is worse than what we are being told, but taking the appropriate measures on our own, such as self-quarantining in order to stay healthy and away from groups of people, and doing it on our own, because no one wants the government mandating it. Once you lose a right, there is a good chance you will never get it back. If the pandemic itself is not bad enough, we now have the one industry that delivers our foods and other products to the stores so consumers can obtain them, facing hurdle after hurdle, just to do their job. (ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP! Due to recent medical expenses, All News Pipeline will need financial help in the months ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) TRUCKERS, AMERICA'S LIFEBLOOD, FACING HURDLES IN DELIVERING GOODS

Our nation's truckers, the very people responsible for food, water, in fact everything in a store, any store, is transported mostly by truck. Many deliveries do go across state lines and now those truckers are having obstacles thrown in their way from every direction. From travel restrictions to truck stop diners closing their dining rooms, to states closing rest areas to providing less space for parking along logistic corridors, all of which will effect multiple industries, including grocery stores that are already seeing a run on their products. Truck-stop restaurants in some states have shut dining rooms and switched to takeout service to comply with health orders aimed at controlling the spread of the virus. On Tuesday, Pennsylvania closed its state-run rest stops, cutting back significant parking space along key logistics corridors. Some customers are asking drivers to stay in their trucks or switch from paper to electronic methods to document pickups and deliveries, trucking companies and freight brokers said. Additionally, some trucking companies said their drivers are facing new restrictions at receiving docks if they have been in states considered coronavirus hot zones. “Some of the shippers and receivers are asking drivers to sign affidavits that they are not sick,” said Linda Allen, owner of Hardcore Trucking, a trucking company based in Spring Hill, Fla., that hauls refrigerated loads. “They are not allowed to use the restroom, not allowed to use the building,” Ms. Allen said. “They don’t want drivers in the facilities.” Nice way to treat the people we depend on to survive, eh? The trucking industry is requesting some exemptions and for rest areas to remain open, facilitating their ability to do their jobs. An older infographic titled "If Trucks STOPPED," shown below, gives a great visual representation of how much we truly depend on truckers and the trucking industry. BOTTOM LINE The increasing frequency of stories, with visual proof by way of pictures, of store shelves stripped bare, while others aren't even bothering to restock, they are simply wheeling the full pallets out and letting people take their products right off of it, and that is if they have what they need to restock at all, is indicative of a broken supply chain. With all that said, let me reiterate the points above, don't panic and don't live in denial, it won't do you any good and is detrimental to good decision making. Find a middle ground and act accordingly. Prepare. Get what you can in moderation, where you can, and when you can. Do not try to get everything all at once, you never know who is watching how much supplies you are buying and by dividing up your purchases you are leaving something for the next person. Thanks again to everyone that has been updating us all about what is happening in your area and those that are sending pictures. Be smart and be safe.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Things_Just_Got_Worse_Truckers_Lifeblood_Of_America.php 

:: 3-20-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Amazon halts grocery orders in the US so it can restock amid huge demand sparked by coronavirus panic-buying - but does not say when the service will be back

Increasing grocery demand in the US has led Amazon to shut down its pantry

The online retailer said it needs to restock after online coronavirus panic-buying

Amazon did not say when the service would be up-and-running again

Coronavirus symptoms: what are they and should you see a doctor?

By Ryan Fahey For Mailonline Published: 04:14 EDT, 20 March 2020 | Updated: 05:06 EDT, 20 March 2020

Amazon.com Inc said today it has halted its Prime Pantry delivery service in the United States to restock groceries, following a surge in online orders by shoppers worried about the coronavirus pandemic. 'Amazon Pantry is not accepting new orders at this time while we work to fulfill open orders and restock items following increased demand,' a company spokesperson said. The service, which sells non-perishable groceries from cereals to soaps, has seen huge demand despite consumers thronging supermarkets and grocery stores for everything from toilet papers and canned foods. Amazon did not say when the service will be back, but said it was working with partners to get the items back in stock as quickly as possible. The move comes after the company resorted to receive only vital supplies at its U.S. and UK and other European warehouses until April 5, as it tries to free up space for medical and household goods in high demand. Merchants send products to Amazon to store in their warehouses until a shopper buys it. Amazon then packages the item and dispatches it to the customer.  These outlets can still sell phones, toys, bread makers, and other non-essentials on the website, but they will have to organise delivery themselves. Items already in their warehouses - and those en route - will still be delivered, meaning consumers awaiting an order should still receive it providing it is already stocked. But third-party retailers, which sell 60 per cent of all products on the platform, have warned that a lack of their own personal storage space will likely see a fall in stock over the coming weeks. The new measures, which also apply in the United States, came as Amazon employees were asked to work overtime to keep up with panic-buying deliveries. In a statement, the Seattle-based website said: 'We are seeing increased online shopping and as a result some products such as household staples and medical supplies are out of stock. 'With this in mind, we are temporarily prioritizing household staples, medical supplies and other high-demand products coming into our fulfillment centers so that we can more quickly receive, restock, and ship these products to customers.' High-demand products that will now be prioritized include: baby products, health and household items, beauty and personal care products, groceries, industrial items and pet supplies.   Online shopping is ramping up as officials impose curfews and lockdowns on areas most hit by the virus. Yesterday, Boris Johnson ramped up the government's response to the crisis by urging people to avoid social contact. The over-70s, who are particularly vulnerable to the virus, were also told to stay at home. Impending self-isolation has fanned a torrent of panic-buying, with chaotic scenes at stores. But online retailers such as Amazon have also been bombarded with orders. Amazon has already run out of many cleaning supplies and is facing hefty delivery delays amid the mass panic, warning shoppers that orders may take longer than two days to deliver. The coronavirus outbreak has already posed a difficult time for sellers, many of which relied on Chinese factories that shut down at the height of the country's crisis. Michael Michelini, a partner at Alpha Rock Capital, which sells around 10 brands on Amazon, told the Wall Street Journal that the latest move 'makes things nerve-racking' because the firm won't know where to stock its shipments of shoe and car accessories coming in this week. This comes as Amazon revealed plans on Monday to hire 100,000 more workers in the US to help deal with 'the surge in demand from people relying on Amazon's service during this stressful time.' 

MONOLOGUE WRITTEN BY CLYDE LEWIS FROM groundzeromedia.org  I have been seeing a lot of speculation in social media that showcase a number of theories about what is next for the United States as we are seeing more of a crackdown on social distancing and shelter in place. There are many that are worried that the next step is martial law and there are those, mostly who do not know how to spell the word martial telling people that we are already in a state of martial law.  Now I am not surprised that this is happening because when you see many national guard Humvees move through the neighborhood it is a chilling reminder of what has been seen in movies like The Siege and The Stand. As of Tuesday, more than 1,500 Guard personnel in 22 states were called up to aid efforts to stop the spread of COVID-19 as the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus a pandemic on March 11, with President Donald Trump following two days later to classify the virus as a national emergency. At the moment there is no reason to set up what is called the martial law framework and therefore we are not in a state of martial law. In simple terms, martial law is the replacement of civil rule with temporary military authority in a time of crisis. While its imposition is rare, the United States does have several noteworthy instances where martial law came into play, including in times of war, natural disasters and civic disputes. Though there is no precise definition of martial law, the precedent in the United States holds that under it, “certain civil liberties may be suspended, such as the right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures, freedom of association, freedom of movement, and the writ of habeas corpus – the right to a trial before imprisonment may be suspended. Legally speaking, we are not under martial law but we seem to be implementing it in spirit, meaning that if local governments wish to impose many of the privileges they have without checks and balances you may see the rise of many state dictators who are using COVID-19 as an excuse to enact unconstitutional laws. (see the bottom of this article) Martial law can be declared by both the president and Congress. The governor of a state may also declare martial law if it is included in that state’s constitution. However, Congress has never solely imposed it. Americans who seem to be clamoring for it do not know enough about it to demand anything but what is being handled by law enforcement at this time. Also read: Are You Prepared For Quarantine? 6 Steps For Quick Quarantine Preparedness Plus 2 Weeks Menu Plans Suggesting In extreme circumstances, there is an exception: the Insurrection Act, which allows the use of active-duty or National Guard troops for federal law enforcement in cases when “rebellion against the authority of the U.S. makes it impracticable to enforce the laws of the U.S. by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings,” according to U.S. Northern Command. The president has named the coronavirus a “major disaster” under the Stafford Act, which enumerates how the federal government can handle emergency responses, which no president has ever done before in response to a health epidemic. While much of the coronavirus response falls under the purview of the federal government, “enforcing” laws relating to public health and safety falls squarely within the powers of the states under the Tenth Amendment.

What NAVY Seals Will Do During This Coronavirus Disaster…

This is probably the most counter-intuitive aspect of survival. One that very few newbie preppers know about… but do you know what the military, navy seals, expert preppers, hardcore bushcraft survivalists and all of their families will do during the next disaster? Will they head for the woods? No…

Will they load their bug-out vehicles with supplies and storm off? Nope. Will they go to their bug-out retreat? Not a chance. 99% of them will bug in. That’s what they’re prepping for right now, and so should you. Why? Because bugging out is flat-out dangerous. You’ll be out there, in the wild or on a highway, vulnerable, with no shelter, limited supplies, and dangers at every step. Dan F. Sullivan, one of the top survival experts, has put together a fantastic video that answers some tough questions. I recommend you watch it right now: The Tenth Amendment was included in the Bill of Rights to further define the balance of power between the federal government and the states. The amendment says that the federal government has only those powers specifically granted by the Constitution. These powers include the power to declare war, to collect taxes, to regulate interstate business activities and others that are listed in the articles. Any power not listed, says the Tenth Amendment, is left to the states or the people. We reported that most of what is being carried out is at the discretion of state governmentall other declarations would be from the president with approval from Congress. The president has named the coronavirus a “major disaster” under the Stafford Act, which enumerates how the federal government can handle emergency responses, which no president has ever done before in response to a health epidemic. While much of the coronavirus response falls under the purview of the federal government, “[enforcing] laws relating to public health and safety falls squarely within the powers of the states under the Tenth Amendment,” The Atlantic reported. As such, states would most likely need to put in requests for Stafford Act declarations for COVID-19 relief. For now, no major mobilizations have occurred, and the power to call up the National Guard remains with the states, including for drill weekends and other duties. That can change of course, as we are in a partial martial law condition, things can certainly go south quickly. President Trump now claims the power to quarantine individuals suspected of being infected by the virus and, “stop and seize any plane, train or automobile to stymie the spread of contagious disease.” He can even call out the military to cordon off a US city or state. Now, as I had predicted there are local authoritarians that are taking advantage of their new powers. The mayor of Champaign, Illinois, signed an executive order declaring the power to ban the sale of guns and alcohol and cut off gas, water, or electricity to any citizen. The governor of Ohio just essentially closed his entire state. The Mayor of New Orleans signed a couple of emergency orders that can restrict the sale or transportation of alcohol and firearms. The Second Amendment Foundation isn’t thrilled with state officials that are using a virus to specifically infringe the second amendment. The SAF penned a response to the mayor’s office, informing them that if they don’t fix that language in the new declaration then they’ll be taken to court: “The presence of a nasty disease does not suspend any part of the Bill of Rights, no matter what some municipal, state or even federal politician may think. While we certainly recognize the seriousness of this virus and its ability to spread rapidly, treating Covid-19 and taking steps to prevent it from infecting more people has nothing at all to do with the exercise of the right to keep and bear arms under the Second Amendment.”

Governments love crises because when the people are fearful they are more willing to give up freedoms for promises that the government will take care of them. In the wake of the COVID 19 outbreak, it is impossible to know the attitudes of everyone in the chaos; however, the mainstream media has captured an overall attitude of dissonance that could echo for more than the initial 15 days of hell that the government has imposed on the entire country. For example, Anthony Fauci, the head of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases at the National Institutes of Health is now reporting to congress that the death rate for the coronavirus is ten times that of the seasonal flu.

It was reported on CNN this morning that 1 in 10 people who are elderly can die from coronavirus.

The population of Americans age 65 or older is around 52 million. The expectation that a “majority” of a population will become infected reflects a worst-case scenario about who encounters whom, something modelers call “homogeneous mixing.” But even the more realistic assumption that not everyone mixes with everyone else means that “at least a quarter to a half of the population will very likely become infected. This does not bode well for the young who have decided to run to the beaches for spring break. Many have thrown caution to the wind to be irresponsible and partying, however, ethics is one of those things that have not learned in their young adulthood. With all of the virtue signaling of the young and the liberal, you would think that they would be more considerate of others – but as we can see the cancel culture and the young virtuous are hypocrites. It all boils down to entitlement and while the young have been in control with their hashtag activism—it may be time to put in check the so-called “wisdom of the young” when it comes to the situation we are in now.  This would be an excuse to implement martial law, a way to clear the beaches to cancel the cancel culture. Ignoring the government at this time while they are allegedly going easy on us will certainly embolden lawmakers to push for more controls on the public at large. Are we now at a point in the United States where we don’t understand the implications of what martial law is or what Executive Orders and lists of American citizens marked for death means to the very liberty and well-being of the country? I wonder if we have been desensitized to the idea that we would never implement an authoritarian rule that the fix is in. Martial law is not simply an emergency declaration. It is the suspension of civil rights and assumption of all authority by the police or military, which in a democracy are supposed to be under civilian control. The measure is so extreme that, on the national level, it has been imposed exactly once by Abraham Lincoln. Despite the obvious calamity posed by the Civil War, Lincoln’s imposition of martial law and suspension of habeas corpus remains controversial to this day. It can get much worse on an international level as well. The head of the Atlantic Council wrote an editorial this week urging NATO to pass an Article 5 declaration of war against the COVID-19 virus. This would be unnecessary but of course, we see that there are some that are not satisfied until there are tanks in streets flexing their muscles against a tiny virus. President Donald Trump announced in a March 18 White House briefing that he was invoking the Defense Production Act (DPA) to expand the supply of resources available to deal with the COVID-19 outbreak. The DPA allows the president to direct the production of private sector firms of critical manufactured goods to meet urgent national security needs. Trump’s move seeks to marshal additional resources for America’s emergency response to COVID-19. This will hopefully increase the production of masks, ventilators, and respirators, as well as expand hospital capacity to combat the outbreak. This will hopefully increase the production of masks, ventilators, and respirators, as well as expand hospital capacity to combat the outbreak. Trump said he is signing the DPA measure, adding that it was being deployed “just in case” and that it “could do a lot of good things, if we need it.” Again his statement sounds like he is hopeful that this will all burn out eventually. Similar to Morphine: The Best Natural Painkiller that Grows in Your Backyard Wild Lettuce is also Known as Opium Lettuce. For a good reason. While it doesn’t contain any opiates, it has similar side effects when used – it acts directly on the central nervous system (CNS) to lessen the feeling of pain, just like morphine. Watch this video and learn a quick recipe (wild lettuce extract) for the best natural painkiller. Over 23 million Patriots have already seen It. Giving you a quick, easy way to make your own life-saving painkiller, ready for when you need it. Click Here To Discover More. The media, of course, criticizes Trump for his words that they feel are undermining the concern that Americans should have about the pandemic. However, the CDC and the World Health Organization seems to delight in telling us the death tolls and stoking the fear that renders us incapable of movement. It also gives an excuse for power-hungry mayors and governors to abuse their authority with threats and unconstitutional decisions. The reason many people are panicking is that with no information on what is next – people will do nothing – the best they can do is hunker down until the all-clear is issued and what is sick is that this crisis can be milked for whatever can be gained for the production of a vaccine or even the implementation of emergency socialism.  The medical surveillance state is certainly in the cards and more reason to implement the new national ID card. This is all on the table –and many people feel that the vaccine in production will be mandatory leading to thoughts of apocalyptic fantasies. What is the most difficult thing right now is trying to get your head around the idea that 40 to 70 percent of the population will be infected within the next few months. What the CDC won’t tell you and what opportunist authoritarians won’t concede is that this virus could peter out with the warmer temperatures that are coming this spring. We could also see a full-on infection of the entire country and then we will see the virus die because there is nowhere for it to go. There is always a vaccine – or a cocktail of antivirals that will kill it along with sunshine and fresh air – but there are no guarantees. President Trump has been widely mocked for framing the outbreak, at least early on, as a problem that would disappear when the snow melts. But he wasn’t entirely off-base, experts have said. Based on the epidemiological evidence currently available, there’s reason to believe that “with warmer, more humid weather” the virus will spread less efficiently, leading to a drop in cases, said Jeffrey Klausner, an adjunct professor of epidemiology at the University of California Los Angeles who previously worked for the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. With a reduction in cases, anxiety and panic will go down,” he added. “Severe illness will decrease, and we can go back to business as usual.” Another ray of hope is that the Coronavirus diagnosis in China is declining and they may have found a drug that can help reduce the suffering.

A drug used in Japan to treat influenza seems to be effective at treating COVID-19, according to news reports. The antiviral drug, called Favipiravir or Avigan, showed positive outcomes in clinical trials involving 340 individuals in Wuhan and Shenzhen, said Zhang Xinmin, of China’s science and technology ministry. Patients in Shenzhen who had tested positive for COVID-19 and who were given the drug got a negative virus test back four days later, as a median (half showed a negative test earlier and half later than four days). That was compared with a negative test about 11 days later, as a median, for patients not on the drug, according to news reports. In that same trial, lung conditions (as shown in X-rays) improved in about 91% of patients taking Favipiravir, compared with just 62% who weren’t taking the antiviral drug. In the Wuhan trial, the drug also seemed to shorten the duration of a patient’s fever from an average of 4.2 days to 2.5 days, according to Pharmaceutical Technology.

If this is a ray of hope then perhaps someone should notify our leaders to look into the possibility of giving this drug to those who can tolerate it … otherwise, we can continue down this road of economic ruin. Otherwise, the pandemic could spread consistently through the summer— everyone who can get the virus does get it until there’s no one left to infect—that is a worst-case scenario.

This would mean that early every aspect of life—business, education, cultural activity, agriculture, productivity, mental health would be hit by likely irreparable damage. Without public gatherings, and at those numbers, it might be hard to even conduct funerals. If the infection spreads widely enough, there are no more people to become infected. This is why we are seeing a decline in the number of infected in China… the virus is burning through its fuel. Meanwhile, Remdesivir, which was created by Gilead Sciences, has been reported as the most promising possible treatment for the virus because it is a “broad spectrum” drug that has shown effectiveness against various viral targets in lab testing.

Officials expect outcome data on remdesivir as early as April, and there have been promising studies in cell culture and animal models. Once the data is available and presented to the FDA, you can expect that FDA approval would be within a few days to a couple of weeks. That does not mean, that government officials with their new lust for power won’t bring back your rights anytime soon.

Manipulated data was an insurance policy for China to round up dissidents and I can imagine Americans cashing their checks provided them by the government finding out that they owe fines or back taxes or have outstanding warrants. Don’t think that getting money from the government is a “no questions asked’ operation. It looks as if the new sense of American entitlement is the same age-old American Exceptionalism that now has become an excuse for denial. It needs to be said that the Constitution is not some magical document that somehow has the power to zap away any and all enemies of it. It has no magical power and yet we as Americans believe that for some reason that it will always prevail when there is a demand that old fashioned fascism should step in and imprison and corporatize the state into a dark despotism. The Constitution is no longer a safeguard from tyranny. Obviously, the fear of a virus has shown this. Some American leaders see it as a necessity to suspend human rights despite the warnings of the founding fathers about what happens when this is accomplished. The media also finds it within its scope of judgment not to question the motives of our elected officials even though we now know that some of our government leaders have now descended into the abyss of psychopathic oligarchy and will not stop until they control everything including what you eat, where you eat, who you have sex with, what drugs you take and what jobs you are destined for when they open up the new genetically monitored medical surveillance state. We can understand a self-imposed quarantine – it is an ethical thing to do but self-imposed slavery and self-serving socialism, is what will give America it’s a death sentence.

Editors note: In Romania, Europe as this article is being published it has been declared a ”state of emergency” (that can be translated martial law) for 30 days by President Klaus Iohannis to combat the spreading of coronavirus and approved by Congress. The decree that has been adopted includes the removal of most fundamental rights (to keep in mind that Romania today 20.03.2020 have 277 infected, of witch 25 declared cured, and NO DEATHS)

The right to free circulation; (for a good reason)

The right to intimacy, private and familial life (why??)

The right to inviolability of the home; (why??)

The right to education; (understandable at some level)

The right to freedom of gatherings; ( for a good reason)

The right to private property; (why??)

The right to strike; (understandable at some level)

The right to economic freedom; (why??)

Italy Europe: yesterday 19.03.2020 another 70 military trucks have been loaded with corpses as the crematories can’t keep up with the incoming corpses. (the number of deaths is way beyond the declared) expect the worst from this worldwide situation and expect the worst from the people when facing the famine, lack of medications and government support. Brace for impact and prepare as much as you possibly can.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8133873/Amazon-halts-grocery-orders-restock.html 

:: 3-19-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus live updates: Californians ordered to stay home; Italy surpasses China's death toll; US death toll tops 200

John Bacon and Jorge L. Ortiz, USA TODAY Published 6:07 a.m. ET March 19, 2020 | Updated 12:57 a.m. ET March 20, 2020

On a day of relentless and sobering news about the coronavirus, California Gov. Gavin Newsom unveiled an alarming projection: More than half the 40-plus million people in his state will contract COVID-19 in the next eight weeks. That statement was part of Newsom's appeal to President Donald Trump asking for federal help. Newsom also wrote to Congress requesting $1 billion in funding to stem the crisis. By Thursday evening, Newsom ordered Californians to stay home. Earlier on Thursday, Italy's death toll surpassed China's, Saints coach Sean Payton became the first known case of COVID-19 in the NFL and U.S. health officials warned the coronavirus can be dangerous for young people too, as the life-altering pandemic continued to rattle the world. The hunt for a medical remedy intensified. Food and Drug Administration Commissioner Stephen Hahn said it could take “three to six months” to develop new therapies to fight the coronavirus. The agency is also scouring several currently approved drugs. The global death toll passed 10,000; there were nearly 245,000 confirmed cases. In the U.S., deaths jumped to 205 across 25 states – including the first reported fatalities in Maryland, Mississippi and Oklahoma. There were more than 14,200 confirmed cases, up from about 1,600 a week earlier, when there were 40 reported deaths. Our live blog on the coronavirus is being updated throughout the day. Refresh for the latest news. More headlines: Newsom: 25 million Californians will be infected, orders residents to stay home The stunning figure Newsom revealed is based on state estimates he outlined in a letter sent to Trump on Wednesday. "We project that roughly 56 percent of our population -- 25.5 million people -- will be infected with the virus over an eight week period," Newsom wrote, asking Trump to station the USNS Mercy Hospital Ship in Los Angeles immediately and keep it there until September to ease strains on hospitals. Thursday evening, Newsom ordered all residents to stay home. Newsom said how long the order is in place depends on people's behaviors and how well the state is able to contain the virus. "There's a social contract here, people I think recognize the need to do more to meet this situation," he said, adding that experts have been doing pandemic planning in California for more than a decade. In a separate letter to congressional leaders Thursday, Newsom said California would likely need more than $1 billion in federal assistance as the number of coronavirus cases in the state continue to multiply. As of Wednesday evening, 675 people in California had tested positive for coronavirus and 16 had died, according to the California Department of Public Health.

– Sam Metz, Palm Springs (Calif.) Desert Sun

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/health/2020/03/19/coronavirus-updates-us-china-nyc-cases-testing-unemployment-cdc/2866751001/ 

:: 3-19-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israeli scientists: 'In a few weeks, we will have coronavirus vaccine'

Once the vaccine is developed, it will take at least 90 days to complete the regulatory process and potentially more to enter the marketplace.

By MAAYAN JAFFE-HOFFMAN MARCH 15, 2020 14:18

Israeli scientists are on the cusp of developing the first vaccine against the novel coronavirus, according to Science and Technology Minister Ofir Akunis. If all goes as planned, the vaccine could be ready within a few weeks and available in 90 days, according to a release.

Congratulations to MIGAL [The Galilee Research Institute] on this exciting breakthrough,” Akunis said. “I am confident there will be further rapid progress, enabling us to provide a needed response to the grave global COVID-19 threat,” Akunis said, referring to the disease caused by the novel coronavirus.

Read More Related Articles

Swarms of locusts expected to plague Africa and Middle East, UN group say

Could the Bible have predicted today's worldwide coronavirus outbreak?

For the past four years, a team of MIGAL scientists has been developing a vaccine against infectious bronchitis virus (IBV), which causes a bronchial disease affecting poultry. The effectiveness of the vaccine has been proven in preclinical trials carried out at the Veterinary Institute.   MIGAL is located in the Galilee.

Our basic concept was to develop the technology and not specifically a vaccine for this kind or that kind of virus,” said Dr. Chen Katz, MIGAL’s biotechnology group leader. “The scientific framework for the vaccine is based on a new protein expression vector, which forms and secretes a chimeric soluble protein that delivers the viral antigen into mucosal tissues by self-activated endocytosis, causing the body to form antibodies against the virus.” Endocytosis is a cellular process in which substances are brought into a cell by surrounding the material with cell membrane, forming a vesicle containing the ingested material. In preclinical trials, the team demonstrated that the oral vaccination induces high levels of specific anti-IBV antibodies, Katz said. “Let’s call it pure luck,” he said. “We decided to choose coronavirus as a model for our system just as a proof of concept for our technology.” But after scientists sequenced the DNA of the novel coronavirus causing the current worldwide outbreak, the MIGAL researchers examined it and found that the poultry coronavirus has high genetic similarity to the human one, and that it uses the same infection mechanism, which increases the likelihood of achieving an effective human vaccine in a very short period of time, Katz said. “All we need to do is adjust the system to the new sequence,” he said. “We are in the middle of this process, and hopefully in a few weeks we will have the vaccine in our hands. Yes, in a few weeks, if it all works, we would have a vaccine to prevent coronavirus.” MIGAL would be responsible for developing the new vaccine, but it would then have to go through a regulatory process, including clinical trials and large-scale production, Katz said. Akunis said he has instructed his ministry’s director-general to fast-track all approval processes with the goal of bringing the human vaccine to market as quickly as possible.

“Given the urgent global need for a human coronavirus vaccine, we are doing everything we can to accelerate development,” MIGAL CEO David Zigdon said. The vaccine could “achieve safety approval in 90 days,” he said. It will be an oral vaccine, making it particularly accessible to the general public, Zigdon said. “We are currently in intensive discussions with potential partners that can help accelerate the in-human trials phase and expedite completion of final-product development and regulatory activities,” he said.

https://www.jpost.com/HEALTH-SCIENCE/Israeli-scientists-In-three-weeks-we-will-have-coronavirus-vaccine-619101 

:: 3-19-20 KSWB Fox 5 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gov. Newsom issues statewide ‘stay at home’ order

California

by: FOX 5 Digital Team, Meghan Roos, Liberty Zabala

Posted: Mar 19, 2020 / 06:47 PM PDT / Updated: Mar 20, 2020 / 06:05 AM PDT

SAN DIEGO -- Governor Gavin Newsom on Thursday evening issued a statewide "stay at home" order effective immediately as the state's latest effort to combat the spread of the coronavirus. The order will be in effect "until further notice," state officials said. According to the state's instructions on the order, "Everyone is required to stay home except to get food, care for a relative or friend, get necessary health care, or go to an essential job." Anyone who does leave their home must leave at least 6 feet between themselves and others, according to the state's guidelines. Exceptions will be made for services deemed essential, including food stores and distribution centers (such as grocery stores, farmers markets, food banks, convenience stores, and restaurants that offer take-out and deliver options), pharmacies, banks, gas stations and laundromats. State and local services that provide other necessary services, like law enforcement and government programs, will also remain open.

The decision came on the heels of a letter Newsom sent to President Donald Trump asking that a U.S. Navy hospital ship, the Mercy, dock in Los Angeles to help ease the demand on health care in Southern California. In the same letter, Newsom projected that as many as 56% of all California residents will contract the coronavirus within the span of two months if the state did not significantly curb the virus' spread.

https://fox5sandiego.com/news/california-news/gov-newsom-issues-statewide-stay-at-home-order/ 

:: 3-19-20 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus - and a Dam That's Been Broken

What we don’t know -- and a frightening reality we know for sure.

Thu Mar 19, 2020 Dennis Prager

As of this writing, 6,400 people all over the world have died from the coronavirus. In the United States, 68 people have died. Some perspective: Chinese deaths (3,217) account for half of the worldwide total. If you add Italy (1,441) and Iran (724), two countries where many Chinese were allowed in until recently, that totals another 2,165. In other words, outside of China, Italy and Iran — with 5,382 deaths collectively — 1,018 people have died. There are 7.8 billion people in the world. Regarding Italy, the Jerusalem Post of March 16 reported that according to Nobel Prize-winning chemist Michael Levitt, “Italy’s higher death rate was likely due to the fact that elderly people make up a greater percentage of the population than they do in other countries such as China or France.” As former CBS correspondent Sharyl Attkisson further explained: “Italy has the oldest population in Europe and more elderly per capita than the U.S. Most of the Italian deaths are in patients in their 80s and 90s. In addition, Italy has a great number of direct China contacts. Italy was the first to join China’s ‘silk road’ economic partnership project … (Italy’s) deaths are out of a population of 60 million people.” Regarding Iran, the Wall Street Journal reported on March 11: “Iranian officials trace the origins of the country’s coronavirus epidemic to the holy city of Qom, home to … a number of Chinese-backed infrastructure projects built by scores of workers and technicians from China … ‘(China has) turned into a very toxic bomb,’ said Sanam Vakil, deputy Middle East director at Chatham House, a think tank in London.”

Meanwhile, President Donald Trump announced a ban on flights from China on Jan. 31 — for which he was denounced by leading Democrats and throughout the left. The very next day, presidential candidate and former Vice President Joe Biden declared, “This is no time for Donald Trump’s record of hysteria and xenophobia — hysterical xenophobia — and fearmongering.” On Feb. 2, the American Civil Liberties Union announced, “These measures are extraordinary incursions on liberty and fly in the face of considerable evidence that travel bans and quarantines can do more harm than good.”

The current consensus favors near-total social isolation, or “social distancing,” as it is now called. The thinking is that we must shut down the Western world to prevent the exponential growth of the virus. If we don’t, our hospital systems will be overwhelmed. Many thousands, maybe more, would die, as doctors have to make grisly triage decisions as to who gets care and who doesn’t. This latter scenario is reported to have already happened in Italy. Though there is no longer an exponential growth in the United States, they may otherwise be right. Is this thinking correct? The truth is we don’t know. We have no idea how many people carry the COVID-19 coronavirus. Therefore, the rates of either critical illness or death are completely unknown. Perhaps millions of people have the virus and nothing serious develops, in which case we would have rates of death similar to (or even below) the flu virus. On the other hand, perhaps not many people carry the virus, but the rates of illness demanding intensive care and of death are much greater than those of the flu. We can only be certain that shutting down virtually every part of society will result in a large number of people economically ruined, life savings depleted, decades of work building a restaurant or some other small business destroyed. As if that were not bad enough, the ancillary effects would include increased depression and divorce and other personal tragedies. The effects of closing schools for weeks or months will include family chaos, vast numbers of bored young people, health care providers who will have to stay home and more. Yet young people are the least likely people to become ill from the virus. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention released this statement regarding closing schools: Available modeling data indicate … that other mitigation efforts (e.g., handwashing, home isolation) have more impact on both spread of disease and health care measures. In other countries, those places who (sic) closed school (e.g., Hong Kong) have not had more success in reducing spread than those that did not (e.g., Singapore). But the longer-term ripple effects are potentially far worse. Economic disasters rarely remain only economic disasters. To give a particularly dramatic example, the Nazis came to power because of economics more than any other single reason, including Germany’s defeat in World War I, the Versailles Treaty or anti-Semitism. Nazi success at the polls was almost entirely related to the Weimar economy. Communist parties don’t fare well in robust economies, but they’re very tempting when people are in dire economic straits. Only God knows what economic dislocation the shutting down of American and other Western economies will lead to. I am not predicting a Nazi or communist ascendancy, but economic and political disaster may be as likely, or even more likely, than a health disaster. But here is a prediction: If the government can order society to cease functioning, from restaurants and other businesses to schools, due to a possible health disaster, it is highly likely that a Democratic president and Congress will similarly declare emergency and assert authoritarian rule in order to prevent what they consider the even greater “existential threat” to human life posed by global warming. The dam has been broken. Maybe it was necessary. But when dams break, flooding follows.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2020/03/coronavirus-and-dam-thats-been-broken-dennis-prager/ 

:: 3-19-20 P J Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Study Reveals How Deadly China’s Coronavirus Cover-Up Was

By Matt Margolis March 19, 2020

The coronavirus was already spreading around the world before China acted to combat its spread for approximately three weeks, according to a timeline generated by Axios. And those three weeks were extremely consequential. A study by the University of Southampton published this month tells us how China’s cover-up affected the spread of the virus: The study estimates that by the end of February 2020 there was a total of 114, 325 COVID-19 cases in China. It shows that without non-pharmaceutical interventions – such as early detection, isolation of cases, travel restrictions and cordon sanitaire – the number of infected people would have been 67 times larger than that which actually occurred.  The research also found that if interventions in the country could have been conducted one week, two weeks, or three weeks earlier, cases could have been reduced by 66 percent, 86 percent and 95 percent respectively – significantly limiting the geographical spread of the disease. A recent poll from Rasmussen Reports shows that 42 percent of Americans “feel that China should pay at least some of the world’s coronavirus bills.” Unfortunately, there are some in the media and the Democratic Party who are more outraged by people calling the coronavirus the "Chinese coronavirus" or the "Wuhan virus" because, they say, it's xenophobic and racist. China needs to be held accountable for their failure to curb the spread of the virus at its onset, but based on the current climate in the United States, blaming Trump is far more politically convenient.

https://pjmedia.com/trending/study-reveals-how-deadly-chinas-coronavirus-cover-up-was/ 

:: 3-19-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food service workers were main carriers of coronavirus on Diamond Princess

By Amanda Woods March 19, 2020 | 11:03am

Food service workers on board the coronavirus-stricken Diamond Princess cruise ship inadvertently became the primary carriers of the deadly bug aboard the vessel, a new CDC study revealed. The first detected cases on board the ship — which was quarantined off the coast of Yokohama for nearly four weeks — were reported among passengers, but then the virus spread to members of the crew, according to the study published Tuesday. A food service worker who developed a fever on Feb. 2 became the first COVID-19 case among crew members on the cruise. By Feb. 9, a total of 20 cases were laboratory-confirmed among crew members, including three who reported close contact with other members who had previously tested positive before the quarantine began, the study reveals. Seven ill crew members began experiencing symptoms three days into the quarantine, indicating that the transmission likely began even earlier, according to the study. The earliest laboratory-confirmed COVID-19 cases in crew members occurred among food service workers — with 15 of the 20 confirmed cases among workers occurring in those who prepared food for other members, the findings reveal.  Sixteen of the 20 cases occurred among those with cabins on deck 3, where the food service workers lived. The study also uncovered a failure to implement “systematic testing” for the infectious disease on board the Diamond Princess until Feb. 6. “Only crew members who visited the medical clinic with symptoms were tested, and information on the total number of tests administered is not available,” the CDC found. The report did not indicate how many of the nearly 700 coronavirus cases reported among Diamond Princess passengers were traceable to food service workers. But the CDC investigation “underscores the need for swift epidemiologic investigation as soon as a COVID-19 case is detected in an area or group where a large number of persons gather in a closed or crowded setting,” the federal agency said. Besides cruise ships, those settings include clubs, sports arenas and gyms, according to the CDC. A total of 696 out of about 3,700 Diamond Princess passengers and crew ultimately tested positive for COVID-19, of whom eight have died. Last week, four major cruise lines, Carnival — the operator of the Diamond Princess — Royal Caribbean, Norwegian and MSC, all agreed to suspend outbound cruises for 30 days at President Trump’s request.

https://nypost.com/2020/03/19/food-service-workers-were-main-carriers-of-coronavirus-on-diamond-princess/ 

:: 3-19-20 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tulsi Gabbard ends presidential run, endorses Biden

Gabbard announced her White House bid in January of last year and was the first female combat veteran to run for president.

March 19, 2020, 10:55 AM EDT / Updated March 19, 2020, 11:06 AM EDT By Julia Jester

Rep. Tulsi Gabbard, D-Hawaii, has suspended her campaign for president. In a video posted to Twitter on Thursday, she said was endorsing Joe Biden for president. "It's clear that Democratic primary voters have chosen, Vice President Joe Biden, to be the person who will take on President Trump in the general election," she said, adding that, "I'm confident that he will lead our country, guided by the spirit of aloha respect and compassion, and thus help heal the divisiveness that has been tearing our country apart." Gabbard, 38, announced her White House bid in January of last year and was the first female combat veteran to run for president. In her announcement on Thursday, she noted she would continue her military service. “The best way that I can be of service at this time is to continue to work for the health and well-being of the people of Hawaii and our country in Congress, and to stand ready to serve in uniform should the Hawaii National Guard be activated," she said. The Hawaii congresswoman ran on a foreign policy-focused message of ending endless wars and taking on America’s military industrial complex, and promoting non-interventionism. Although she supported other progressive ideas such as a “single payer-plus” health care proposal and marijuana legalization, she did not release detailed policy proposals during her presidential campaign. Gabbard last qualified for a Democratic debate in November. Her meeting with Syrian dictator Bashar al Assad and past anti-LGBT beliefs faced scrutiny from both her Democratic rivals and debate moderators. Gabbard ran an unconventional campaign, in which she employed fewer than a dozen full-time staffers, relied largely on an unpaid volunteer network and invested heavily in billboard advertising. After Hillary Clinton suggested Gabbard was a Russian asset in a podcast interview, Gabbard filed a $50 million defamation lawsuit against the former secretary of state. “It should have been for $50 billion,” she told NBC News. “This is who I am. And so to so directly dismiss the value, the honor, the loyalty and sacrifices, not only for me, but for any service member in this country, it can't go unchecked.” As Gabbard made national headlines by suing Clinton and voting “present” on the impeachment of President Donald Trump, she leaned into local retail politics, particularly in New Hampshire, where she held more than 100 town halls and business visits. She stayed active on the trail by posting her workouts on Instagram, surfing in winter weather and snowboarding with supporters. “They appreciate being able to meet a presidential candidate out and having some fun, and going where people are hanging out, rather than just the usual traditional political haunts,” Gabbard said on the slopes in New Hampshire. Gabbard recently started a podcast featuring voters she met on the campaign trail. She announced in the fall that she would not seek reelection to a fifth term in the House of Representatives, but rather would focus on her presidential aspirations. The last female candidate to exit the primary, Gabbard left the race with just two delegates.

Julia Jester

https://www.nbcnews.com/politics/2020-election/tulsi-gabbard-ends-presidential-run-endorses-biden-n1163851 

:: 3-18-20 New Orleans Public Radio :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2 Members Of Congress Test Positive For COVID-19, Others Quarantine After Contact

By Bobby Allyn • Mar 18, 2020 Originally published on March 19, 2020 7:05 am Updated 8:00 a.m. ET Thursday

Reps. Mario Diaz-Balart and Ben McAdams each said Wednesday evening that they have tested positive for COVID-19. They are the first two members of Congress to announce positive tests for the novel coronavirus. They both said they experienced symptoms and have been self-quarantining. Diaz-Balart, 58, and McAdams, 45, both voted on the House floor as recently as early Saturday morning, when lawmakers passed a coronavirus relief package. At least five other members of Congress said Wednesday evening they would self-quarantine because they were in contact with the lawmakers or others who tested positive. Rep. Steve Scalise, the No. 2 Republican in the House, said he is self-quarantining because he had an extended meeting with Rep. Mario Diaz-Balart late last week. Scalise says he is not experiencing symptoms and will continue to work remotely on Congress' coronavirus response. He says he decided to self-quarantine based on guidance from the attending physician of the congress. Rep. Drew Ferguson also said he is self-quarantining after Congress' attending physician informed him he came into contact with a member of Congress who has tested positive for Covid-19, but did not specify who. Reps. Ann Wagner, Stephanie Murphy and Kathleen Rice also said they came into contact with lawmakers or others who tested positive. A GOP leadership aide said the attending physician for Congress, Dr. Brian Monahan, is connecting with members who might have been exposed. Monahan is working with lawmakers who are getting tested, and in the result of a positive test, he consults with the lawmaker to map out who they came in contact with in order to advise them to self-quarantine. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi's office also shared an update from the attending physician to lawmakers saying the members who tested positive are "ill, but in good condition. They are following CDC specified self-isolation guidelines at their homes." The office also says it has identified and cleaned areas at risk. McAdams, a Democrat representing Utah's 4th Congressional District encompassing parts of Salt Lake City, said he developed "mild, cold-like symptoms" on Saturday evening, which then worsened into a fever, cough and labored breathing. He says he "immediately isolated" in his home. Diaz-Balart, a Republican who represents Florida's 25th Congressional District, which includes Miami-Dade County, said in a statement that on Saturday evening he developed symptoms, including a fever and a headache. He had already been in self-quarantine in Washington, D.C., something he said he started "in an abundance of caution" after his vote on the coronavirus relief package. He said he had not returned to South Florida because his wife, Tia, has a preexisting condition that makes her at high-risk of developing severe disease if she contracts the virus. On Wednesday, Diaz-Balart was notified that he has a confirmed case of the virus that is quickly spreading across the United States. Diaz-Balart and McAdams are now among more than 7,700 coronavirus cases in the country. "I want everyone to know that I am feeling much better. However, it is important that everyone take this extremely seriously and follow CDC guidelines in order to avoid getting sick and mitigate the spread of this virus," Diaz-Balart said in a statement. "We must continue to work together to emerge stronger as a country during these trying times," he said. Seven other members of Congress had previously announced they would self-quarantine after exposure in various places and three Hill staffers had tested positive for COVID-19. Susan Davis and Claudia Grisales contributed to this report.

https://www.wwno.org/post/rep-diaz-balart-becomes-1st-member-congress-announce-positive-covid-19-test 

:: 3-16-20 Head Topics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tourists to Spanish resorts are told to stay inside

Spain is placed on lockdown as Prime Minister bans people leaving home except for work or food shopping

Dailymail, News Source Daily Mail Online 16.3.2020

Spain 's 47 million citizens have been placed under a nation-wide lockdown as the Prime Minister moves to ban people from leaving homes except for work or to buy groceries.

Prime Minister banning people from leaving homes except for work or to buy groceries under new measures. Confirmed cases of coronavirus in Spain increased by more than 1,500 in 24 hours and 120 people have died. 3,000 new diagnoses in Madrid alone as health authorities stopped testing people with only mild symptoms. The Spanish government announced 15-day state of emergency due to the spread of coronavirus yesterday. Seven Jet2 flights apparently did a U-turn over France this morning, including flights to Malaga and Alicante. Coronavirus symptoms: what are they and should you see a doctor? Read more: Daily Mail Online

https://headtopics.com/uk/tourists-to-spanish-resorts-are-told-to-stay-inside-11877338 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 3-14-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biblical Floods Kill at Least 21 in Egypt and Israel (Videos)

By Strange Sounds - Mar 14, 2020

Storms and floods of biblical proportions have engulfed Egypt, Israel and the Middle East for the second day in a row on Friday.  The rare and unusually powerful surface cyclone and frontal system hit the Middle East on Thursday afternoon, delivering torrential rain, destructive winds, and sandstorms and killing at least 21. Thunderstorms packing heavy rains, lightnings and sandstorms caused widespread flooding across Egypt on Thursday and Friday, killing at least 21 people. The apocalyptic storms interrupted daily life in much of the country, including the capital Cairo. Most of the victims were in rural areas and slums. At least six children died either from electrocution or when their houses collapsed and buried them. The satellite imagery from March 13, 3030 of this rare cyclone features an impressive frontal system and huge sandstorms engulfing northern Saudi Arabia:

egypt israel flooding march 2020, egypt israel flooding march 2020 video, egypt israel flooding march 2020 pictures The Egyptian government advised Egyptians to stay home and declared a state of emergency until Saturday, shutting down schools, government offices, Luxor International Airport, Nile River cruises and three seaports (Alexandria, Sharm el-Sheikh and Hurghada). The floods also forced the country’s railway authorities to suspend train service nationwide. Late on Thursday, Cairo’s Water Authority announced it had suspended water service to the entire megacity because heavy rain had overwhelmed the vast sewage system. By Friday morning water had returned to some parts of the city.

Power outages were also reported in several parts of the country, including parts of Cairo.

Authorities in neighbouring Israel have issued flooding and strong wind warnings (over 100 km/h or 62 mph). More destructive weathe event news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [Inquirer, AAWSat, Times of Israel, Egypt Today]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/03/biblical-floods-egypt-israel-video-march2020.html 

:: 3-14-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake Swarm on Fish Lake Valley Fault Zone in Nevada Prompts Fear About A Big One in Las Vegas (Video)

By Strange Sounds - Mar 14, 2020

A swarm of 21 earthquakes is currently shaking the Fish Lake Valley Fault Zone near Goldfield in Nevada. This earthquake series on the very active Fish Lake Valley – Furnace Creek – Death Valley fault system at the California-Nevada border could affect the Las Vegas and Clark County metro area, according to simulations. The earthquake swarm has started on March 13, 2020, 12.39 p.m. local time (7:39 p.m. UTC) and ended March 13, 2020, 11.07 p.m. local time (6.07 a.m., March 14, 2020). Big Earthquake in Las Vegas The biggest potential problem for Southern Nevada are the faults near the California-Nevada border in Death Valley. The Death Valley fault system at the California-Nevada border is composed of the very active Fish Lake Valley Fault Zone, Furnace Creek Fault Zone and Death Valley fault Fault Zone. If they link together, it’s about a magnitude 7.8. And oddly, if it ruptures from north to south, then it funnels a lot of energy into the Las Vegas basin in a way similar to Mexico City, which is not a good outcome. As shown in the simulation below, if the combination of 3 magnitude 6.8 to 7.3 rips toward Las Vegas, then the cities will experience strong to severe seismic shaking, with light to heavy potential damage. On the other hand, if the faults rip away from Las Vegas, the shaking would be light to moderate with little potential for damage. Seismologists cannot predict which way it will rip, and exactly when it will happen. But the community has to be ready. If Earthquake Early Warning could be implemented for Las Vegas, there could be one whole minute of warning before the most dangerous shaking hits Las Vegas. That is enough time to take cover, and shut down any vulnerable systems. These different earthquake scenarios for Las Vegas were computed by the Nevada ShakeZoning facility at the University of Nevada, Reno. More earthquake news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

https://strangesounds.org/2020/03/earthquake-swarm-nevada-fish-lake-fault-zone-big-one-las-vegas-simulation.html 

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, oh even the big earthquake and you shall see the division before long from one end of the states to another that you cannot cross for that fault shall be opened.  You shall see the stock market as it crashes, for I have warned you and yet the world has mocked me, your President has mocked me, both parties have mocked me and judgment day is coming fast. etc

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 3-13-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nomura: "The Market Has Only Just Begun Staring Into The Abyss"

by Tyler Durden Fri, 03/13/2020 - 20:31

While many post-mortems will be written on what, despite Friday's torrid 9% rebound, has been a historic, unforgettable week which saw the US stock market plunge the most since the worst days of the global financial crisis, one of the more detailed and impactful was that of Nomura's quant Masanari Takada who put the week's events in simple, easy to understand context: "In little more than the blink of an eye, the situation has come to look like the 2008 Lehman Brothers crisis all over again."  Below we repost some of the key points from his note as we brace for another historic week, especially since something tells us - perhaps the Fed's failure to normalize the funding situation - that the events from next week will be even more memorable. The plunge in US equities yesterday (12 March) pushed weekly returns down to 7.7 standard deviations below the norm. In statistical science, the odds of a greater-than seven-sigma event of this kind are astronomical to the point of being comical (about one such event every 160 billion years). Setting aside legitimate quibbles over the statistical significance of this, we can say with confidence that we are witnessing a history-making market disaster in real-time. Looking back at the performance of the DJIA since 1900, market shocks have exceeded the current rout in magnitude on only three occasions: in 1914 (when a growing financial crisis caused trading in US equities to be halted), in 1929 (the historic market crash that led to the Great Depression), and in 1987 (the Black Monday event). US stock market sentiment has also seen a jarringly swift collapse, as equity sentiment has now gone beyond the low point marked during the 2015 renminbi shock. In little more than the blink of an eye, the situation has come to look like the 2008 Lehman Brothers crisis all over again. The Fed has resumed its QE-in-all-but-name in response to the financial market meltdown. Many observers have questioned how effective the aid will actually be, given that there seems to be no way to put a conclusive stop to COVID-19. Expanded QE did help lift sentiment in 2015-2016, and therefore think that the Fed can at least help limit the risk of an extreme credit crunch. However, the paralysis in the international circulation of people and goods already being observed will almost inevitably undermine the market. DM equities worldwide are in bear markets now. Going by our own data analysis, the pace of the present sell-off has broken all norms. When a downshift in the market is characterized by unusually steep declines, the usual driver is an outflow from longer-term investments. The present market rout is unconventional in that major hedge funds (global macro hedge funds, CTAs) appear to be behind the curve in their selling [ZH: just as Goldman warned this week]. If anything, we see a risk that short-term players may mount an attack on the downside, ramping up their selling in an attempt to push the market down further. For example, global macro hedge funds’ net exposure to DM equities (estimated from 30- day rolling beta) is still currently flat or even slightly long. It may be that these investors had been unable to fully imagine a pandemic-driven recession scenario, having no experience in that vein to draw upon. Global macro hedge funds may have taken this week’s abnormal market movements as their cue to simply offload their long positions in DM equities in their entirety. There is a growing risk that global macro hedge funds, after liquidating their long positions, will proceed to aggressively build up short positions. Global macro hedge funds tend not to make spur-of-the-moment trades, but they do tend to stake out positions that are consistent with the macroeconomic outlook. In that respect, the S&P 500 dividend yield appears to already reflect market expectations for a slowdown in the US economy. If the ISM Purchasing Managers Index (average of the readings for manufacturers and non-manufacturers) were to drop to the level recorded around July 2009—as the dividend yield seems to imply—there is a high likelihood that global macro hedge funds would then (with some confidence) start expanding their short positions in pursuit of the market downside. Similarly, CTAs appear to have failed to fully keep up with the drop in share prices in major countries. CTAs have of course been selling futures to unwind their long positions during this downward move in share prices. But when share prices shift downward abruptly, the short-term surge in volatility can often hinder trend-followers' ability to participate in short-selling. This is because systematic trend-following strategies tend to build positions that balance: (1) the strength or weakness of trends; and (2) the level of volatility. This means that CTAs often wind up following one step behind when trends shift suddenly. CTAs have turned short on DJIA futures. Because of the rapid pace of the Dow's drop, CTAs have been able to build sufficient short positions. As they had already preferred short positions with the DJIA below 28,000, CTAs look likely to build short positions rapidly at current share price levels. It may be, then, that the market has only just begun staring into the abyss.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/77-sigma-move-nomura-says-market-has-only-just-begun-staring-abyss 

Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? 
7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)


:: 3-14-20 Express Informer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ghost town NYC: Big Apple’s streets are deserted due to coronavirus outbreak

March 14, 2020 Express Informer

New York City has turned into a ghost town with typically-packed subways cars left completely empty and tourist-filled hot spots like Times Square and Central Park eerily deserted. On Friday President Donald Trump declared a national emergency and ordered that $50billion in federal resources be allocated to combat the contagious outbreak that has impacted 49 states. The Big Apple, usually buzzing with traffic and tourists, has transformed into an shockingly silent city as many workers have been ordered to work from home and some business have temporarily shut down. The state reported that the number of coronavirus cases surged from 325 to 421 on Friday, with 154 of those cases in New York City. New York Mayor Bill de Blasio declared a state of emergency last week, closing down Broadway and banning gatherings of more than 500 people. ‘Going to this level is not done lightly, but it has reached the point where it is necessary,’ de Blasio said. New York City has turned into a ghost town with typically-packed subways cars left completely empty and tourist filled hot spots like Times Square and Central Park completely deserted. Empty Times Square pictured above Thursday night New York Mayor Bill de Blasio declared a state of emergency last week, closing down Broadway and banning gatherings of more than 500 people. The shuttered Minskoff Theater pictured above On Thursday Broadway went dark for at least a month following the restrictions on public gatherings, hitting the theater industry hard. All 41 Broadway theaters have at least 500 seats, in fact most accommodate over 1,000 The state reported that the number of coronavirus cases surged from 325 to 421 on Friday, with 154 of those cases in New York City. The empty Hudson Yards train station in Manhattan pictured above In the US there are over 2,300 cases of coronavirus and at least 50 deaths as of Saturday morning This graph shows how the number of cases in the US of the killer virus have leaped from January to March The subway system has seen a major plunge in riders. On Wednesday ridership fell by nearly 20 percent on subways and 15 percent on buses compared with a similar day last year. Typically each day the subway system sees around 5.5million riders each weekday. On Thursday ridership was down on the Long Island Rail Road by 31 percent and on the Metro-North Railroad, which travels through the northern suburbs of New York, was down 48 percent. Ridership on the subway was down 18.5 percent, about 1 million riders, compared to March 2019, when the subways handled about 5.39 million. New Yorkers have also gone into a panic over stocking up on food, toilet paper, and hand sanitizers as they prepare to bunker down as the government calls for ‘social distancing’. Many businesses have shut down in light of the outbreak and to prevent further spread of COVID-19. On Thursday Broadway went dark for at least a month following the restrictions on public gatherings, hitting the theater industry hard. All 41 Broadway theaters have at least 500 seats, in fact most accommodate over 1,000. The subway system has seen a major plunge in riders. On Wednesday ridership fell by nearly 20 percent on subways and 15 percent on buses compared with a similar day last year. A view of the empty 15th Street Subway Station in Brooklyn pictured above on Friday Volunteers pack free groceries for distribution to the elderly at Hope Community Services on Friday in New Rochelle, NY New York landmarks such as the Metropolitan Museum, the Metropolitan Opera and Carnegie hall also announced they would be suspending visits and performances. While de Blasio has not ordered schools to close, as other states have, public-school attendance plummeted last week over coronavirus concerns. The United Federation of Teachers and a dozen City Council members urged de Blasio to close school. ‘We understand the immense disruption this will create for our families,’ UFT President Michael Mulgrew said. ‘But right now, more than a million students and staff crisscross the city every day on their way to schools, putting themselves and others at risk of exposure and increasing the likelihood of bringing exposure into their homes and communities.’ There are 1.1 million students in New York City’s public schools, many of whom depend on the schools for free or reduced-price meals. While the streets of New York seem empty, governor Andrew Cuomo warned that the state’s hospital system could be overwhelmed by coronavirus cases. etc While New York officials are urging the elderly and people with compromised immune systems to avoid large crowds, de Blasio told New Yorkers that if they feel healthy they should ‘not avoid restaurants’. An empty restaurant in Manhattan pictured above While New York officials are urging the elderly and people with compromised immune systems to avoid large crowds, de Blasio told New Yorkers that if they feel healthy they should ‘not avoid restaurants’. Broadway is CLOSED: Governor Cuomo says lights will go out on NY shows Starting Friday at 5pm, gatherings with 500 people or more will not be permitted in NYS. Additionally, for facilities with an occupancy of 500 or fewer, we are reducing the legal capacity by 50%.’ This ban includes Broadway theaters in Manhattan, New York City, which all seat upwards of 500 people and where the ban will start at 5pm Thursday and continue until April 12 – dwarfing the theater district’s two-day closure after the 9/11 terrorist attacks on the city. Broadway theaters in Manhattan, New York City all seat upwards of 500 people ‘For Broadway theaters in Manhattan, these rules will go into effect at 5pm TODAY,’ Cuomo tweeted. ‘We have already spoken to the theaters about these new measures and they agreed.’ Cuomo also said the state is taking measures to create a ‘reserve workforce of health care professionals in the event of a staffing shortage’. On Wednesday it emerged that an usher who worked two theaters on the Great White Way had tested positive for coronavirus. The usher had worked performances of ‘Who’s Afraid of Virginia Woolf?’ at the Booth Theatre and ‘SIX’ at the Brooks Atkinson Theater, meaning thousands of theater-goers may have been exposed to the deadly virus. ‘If you’re not sick, you should be going about your life,’ he said. Restaurants and bars have been ordered to cut their occupancy by 50 percent. Restaurants are shutting their doors after sales fell up to 70 percent in the last week and the state issued rules demanding they cut customer numbers by half, leaving the roughly 10 percent of the New York working population reliant on the industry in limbo. Brooklyn’s Chinatown of Sunset Park shut down with no clear reopening timelines. New York’s largest Chinese restaurant Jing Fong, which has been in business for 48 years and is known for its classic dim sum carts, closed temporarily. ‘Business there is down 30% to 40% but that is acceptable for now until further notice. But Chinatown has closed,’ Claudia Leo, the restaurant’s marketing director, said to the New York Post. ‘It is all happening very fast. We were trying to take it all in. It is the best decision for everyone’s sake.’  Jeremy Merrin, who operates the city’s chain of Havana Central Cuban eateries, said his restaurants will also close this weekend. ‘I’ve lost over $100,000 in catering and events through August, business that I won’t make up again,’ Merrin said to the Post. ‘The biggest question right now is whether I stay open or close to preserve my cash.’ Now restaurant trade groups are urging the government to provide relief including rent subsidies, no-interest loans, 90-extensions on monthly sales tax payments and eliminating penalties for paying propety taxes late. According to Resy, a national reservation platform for high-end restaurants, business on Wednesday night plunged 20 percent across the United States from a year ago. New York City specifically saw business dip by 30 percent with a cancellation rate 45 percent higher than normal.

https://expressinformer.com/ghost-town-nyc-big-apples-streets-are-deserted-due-to-coronavirus-outbreak/ 

:: 3-13-20 Q 13 Fox TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Travel restrictions for Washington state? Trump says it’s possible ‘if an area gets too hot’

Posted 9:29 AM, March 13, 2020, by Q13 News Staff

A day after President Trump announced a partial ban on travel from Europe in response to the growing coronavirus crisis, he was asked by a reporter if domestic travel restrictions are possible for hard hit areas like Washington state and California. According to The New York Times, the president said it hasn't been discussed, but "if somebody gets a little bit out of control, if an area gets too hot," then it's possible. The off-the-cuff remarks had some people on high alert, but it's too soon to know whether those kinds of restrictions will be necessary as the situation evolves. A spokesperson for Gov. Jay Inslee's office said they are regularly communicating with Vice President Mike Pence's office, and there has been no talk of travel restrictions to Washington state. But our own members of Congress, who are in session even though the Capitol is closed to the public, acknowledged the risk of frequent travel between D.C. and Washington state. "Flying back and forth is not the smartest thing for us to be doing," U.S. Rep. Pramila Jayapal, a Seattle Democrat, said. For now, officials are hopeful that the social distancing efforts in place -- school closures, telecommuting, quarantines and isolation -- will stave off the virus's rapid spread and help to "flatten the curve" and not overwhelm our hospitals and health care systems. Only time will tell.

https://q13fox.com/2020/03/13/travel-restrictions-for-washington-state-trump-says-its-possible-if-an-area-gets-too-hot/ 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 3-13-20 The Babylon Bee :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CNN's Ratings Collapse As Coronavirus Fears Empty American Airports

March 13th, 2020

U.S.—CNN's ratings have somehow tanked even worse than they previously had as Americans began to quarantine themselves and stopped taking commercial flights, emptying American airports and robbing the cable channel of its captive audience. While CNN is usually able to claim millions of captive viewers every day, their audience dropped to almost nothing overnight. With airports completely devoid of weary travelers with dead smartphones and nothing to look at but CNN, the core of the channel's audience has disappeared overnight. Screens at airports across the country continued to play CNN to empty airports, creating a spooky, dystopian atmosphere as hosts ranted to no one in particular. On-air personalities were quick to blame the ratings dive on President Donald Trump, suggesting that he had a hand in creating the virus specifically so that CNN would implode. "This is clearly a Trump and Fox News plot to destroy us," said Brian Stelter. "The anti-science, racist Trump administration wants you to believe this started in China, but it was clearly created in a U.S. government lab to stop the extremely popular CNN!" Overcome with rage, Stelter then transformed into his alternate personality, a raging, hulking, green monster who breaks things and rants against Trump and Fox News all the time, which is indistinguishable from his other ego except he's green and looks a little less like George Costanza.

https://babylonbee.com/news/cnns-ratings-collapse-to-zero-as-coronavirus-fears-empty-american-airports/ 

:: 3-13-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MSM Lies About COVID-19 Coronavirus - Panic Shopping Freakouts Would Not Be Happening Had The Media Been Honest From The Start

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine March 13, 2020

I thought long and hard about how to start this piece and finally decided to begin it with a question and an answer to said question.

Question: "What is the difference between those that get their news from the liberal establishment media, aka the MSM, and those that regularly read Independent Media?"

Answer: "The panic and freakouts being seen at the stores right now over the COVID-19 Coronavirus pandemic is coming from MSM audiences, not IM readers."

Watching the hundreds upon hundreds of comments on ANP articles, we see Independent Media readers simply "topping off" supplies so they can self-isolate during the coronavirus pandemic, compared to watching the masses, that have been told by the mainstream media for months that it was nothing to worry about, absolutely freaking out now that the establishment media has been forced to admit the situation is truly serious. The differences are very stark between the two sets of people.  Topping off supplies generally means they are prepared for any issue that comes along, and are just picking up a few extras, versus that outright chaos being seen in the stores across the country by people that have no supplies to top off and think they can all rush to store and get everything they need to self-quarantine, all at once, and then losing their minds when they see that everyone else did it too, so shelves are empty. At least today the latest images show empty food shelves in the canned goods area rather than only paper products from people too worried about wiping their butts and forgetting they also have to eat, but that is neither here nor there for the purposes of this article. THE ESTABLISHMENT MEDIA HAS MUCH TO ANSWER FOR Independent Media did not just hear about COVID-19 and think, lets panic!!!! No, we watched the reaction from the Chinese government, the lock down, not only of people but of information, along with the videos from scared Chinese people begging for help. We watched other countries face the spread and how they handled it. We warned Independent Media readers to prepare, to stay calm, but to get ready to face the same thing. Those readers did exactly that. They "topped off" supplies, they got a little extra of this, a little extra of that, but they didn't need to "panic shop," because they were already prepared. Those that still trust the establishment media, on the other hand, didn't prepare early, did not understand the seriousness of what we were watching happen across the globe and certainly did not put themselves in a position where they could survive months of self-quarantine or total isolation from the public. They weren't prepared and are now rushing around emptying whatever is left on shelves and freaking out, waiting in lines out the door, because the media failed in their one and only job: To report the news and keep the public informed.  The media is responsible for every single person that listened to their assurances about how the hype was all overblown, and now cannot survive a home quarantine because the MSM actively hid the truth from their audience Seeing those commenting at ANP, describing what things the shelves look like, how people are acting when they head out to see what is going on, we note a couple of patterns. One reader described how the people at his job were scared now, yet when he told them previously how bad it was about to get, they didn't believe him. That fear they are now feeling is on the MSM because had they been preparing over the past few months, they wouldn't have to be scared now. Another reader shared a picture of the toilet paper section of her local store in California. Good thing she didn't actually need any, because she was already prepared and only at the store to get a couple of extra things. The MSM is also responsible for the empty shelves because had they prepared the public for this day, starting two months ago when Independent Media was preparing their readers, we would not be seeing the outright, last minute panic shopping we are seeing today. Every person that cannot get any food because of the last minute freakout, are all on the MSM. First the establishment media hid the extent of the spread, then they downplayed it, and then, all of a sudden they started freaking people out by acting like the extent of the spread is "new" news, sending them in a mad rush to the stores, which as can be seen above from a store in New York, found over at Daily Mail, has nothing left for them.  Below are a couple more exclusive reader images sent from Colorado, including a Kroger sign limiting the purchase of certain items and another empty paper goods section. THE STARK DIFFERENCE EBWTEEN INDEPENDENT MEDIA READERS AND MSM AUDIENCES It is amazing watching the videos and reading the articles on how panicked Americans are, but what those articles don't show, is how calm, cool and collected regular Independent Media readers have been and still are, because the latter are already prepared and have been preparing, not just with material goods, but mentally for this day.  As states are closing schools and courts, DC is locking down as are a multitude of states, orders for no large gathers being implemented, and other steps that are being taken across the country, were expected by IM readers, and the possibility reported on a month or more ago. Independent Media readers have been offering up what they have been seeing with panic shopping, empty shelves, freaked out people and family members just now getting "scared" because the truth had been hidden from them for so long, this is all coming as a surprise. Independent Media readers, while understanding how serious this issue is, are still able to laugh and joke with each other, while at the same time reporting conditions in their neck of the woods. Look to those that depend only on the MSM for news.... the MSM is responsible for that as well. BOTTOM LINE The only reason people are panicking and having a freakfest is because they are not prepared. Those that are prepared are going about their business, ready, willing and able to self-quarantine and isolate themselves and their family from the general public, but that sense of fear seen by those that have only been getting their news from the MSM, is nowhere to be found. The media failed spectacularly during this crisis and every store fight over toilet paper, every stabbing over hand sanitizer, every screaming Mimi shoving, pushing and threatening others, is on the establishment media.

Below Steve Quayle joined Greg Hunter, published on March 7, 2020. They discussed a variety of issues, as well as covering the now-acknowledged COVID-19 pandemic, and the ramifications, not only for life, but for the food chain going forward.

https://allnewspipeline.com/MSM_Responsible_For_Panic_Coronavirus.php 

:: 3--20 Defense One :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pentagon Halts Domestic Travel by Troops to Slow Coronavirus Spread

The late-Friday edict goes much farther than Wednesday's limits on international travel.

Correction: An earlier version of this story incorrectly described travel restrictions on DoD civilians and dependents. U.S. servicemembers have been forbidden to travel beyond the “local area” of their assigned base, while DoD civilian employees and the families of troops and civilians are barred from using “government-funded transportation” to do so, according to a Department of Defense memo issued Friday night. As well, the department will not hire any civilian who does not already live within commuting distance of the job they’re applying for. The new rules, intended to help slow the spread of COVID-19, were approved on Friday by Deputy Defense Secretary David L. Norquist. “This restriction will halt all domestic travel, including Permanent Change of Station, and Temporary Duty,” said an unsigned press statement released with the memo. “Additionally, service members will be authorized local leave only.” The restrictions apply from March 16 to May 11. Exceptions include travel that is “mission-essential, for humanitarian reasons, or warranted due to extreme hardship,” the statement said. The statement implied that dependents and DoD civilians were also being forbidden to travel. But the memo indicated that they are merely being denied “government-funded” travel. But the memo indicated that they are merely being denied “government-funded” transportation to do so: “All DoD military personnel will stop movement while this memorandum is in effect. In addition, DoD civilian personnel and DoD family members, whose transportation is government-funded, will also stop movement.” The edict broadens restrictions announced Wednesday by Defense Secretary Mark Esper, which forbid troops, DoD civilians and their families to travel “to, from, or through” countries designated as a Level 3 risk by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. At the time of the announcement, the CDC list included only Italy, South Korea, China, and Iran. But within hours, the CDC updated its Level 3 list to include 29 European countries affected by the virus, including thousands of troops and families in Germany. Servicemembers’ families are also banned from traveling to Level 2 countries, which at the time of the announcement included the UK and Bahrain, but those countries were removed from the list by Thursday morning.

Here is the full text of the statement:

“Today, the Deputy Secretary of Defense David L. Norquist approved new travel restrictions for service members, DoD civilians, and their families assigned to DoD installations, facilities and surrounding areas within the United States and its territories. This restriction will halt all domestic travel, including Permanent Change of Station, and Temporary Duty. This restriction will also pause civilian hiring at DoD installations and components for persons who do not reside within the hiring entity’s local comminuting [sic] area. “Additionally, service members will be authorized local leave only, following Service guidelines. This new guidance is effective March 16 and continues through May 11. “Similar to other travel guidance regarding COVID-19, travel exceptions may be granted for compelling cases where the travel is mission-essential, for humanitarian reasons, or warranted due to extreme hardship. Approval authority for these exceptions belongs to the Combatant Commander, the Service Secretaries, the Chief Management Officer, or the Director of the Joint Staff, but may be delegated.   “The Department will continue to issue additional guidance with regard to the COVID-19 as conditions warrant. Our goal is to remain ahead of the virus spread so our military force remains effective and ready. “For more information on the CDC travel restrictions, visit https://wwwnc.cdc.gov/travel/notices/ .

“We encourage all DOD personnel to visit Coronavirus: DOD Response for information on staying healthy during the outbreak. The Department will issue follow-on guidance on this directive prior to implementation.” Kevin Baron contributed to this report.

https://www.defenseone.com/threats/2020/03/dod-halts-domestic-travel-troops-dependents/163783/?oref=d-topstory 

:: 7-15-2015  Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Catastrophic Blunder

The Bible contains many vivid descriptions of something that did not exist until the middle of the 20th century — thermonuclear war. Led by the United States, the world just took a huge step toward that predicted nuclear apocalypse, the days of Antichrist, and “the time of Jacob’s trouble.” The deal with Iran is that bad. When I began to study Bible prophecy over 60 years ago, I saw signs even then that we were approaching the end of the age. I knew that I might very well live to see days like this one — days when my own beloved country would help usher in and facilitate unthinkable evil. But knowing in advance doesn’t mitigate the pain of seeing it before my own eyes. Many of those who believe the P5+1 deal with Iran is a mistake, take solace in the fact that in the United States, the deal must pass Congress. To keep the U.S. sanctions intact will require a supermajority voting to keep them. Opponents of the deal have a chance to get enough votes to keep America’s sanctions in place. But in the big picture, it probably matters very little. Sanctions only work if they are done in concert with other nations, and I think this deal effectively ends Iranian sanctions for most nations. Iran has a long history of simply disregarding parts of agreements that it doesn’t want to follow. And the P5+1 nations have a history of ignoring such violations. I don’t expect Iran to follow the agreement, but they’re getting an amazingly good deal. It will allow them to have nuclear weapons whether they cheat or not. If they follow the agreement, they can prepare for nuclear weapons production now, and start actually building their nuclear arsenal in just ten years. And we must keep in mind that it is an arsenal we’re talking about, not just a single bomb. President Barrack Obama today said, “We have stopped the spread of nuclear weapons in this region.” I’m sure he hopes that’s true, and that his will be a legacy of peace. But this agreement would only stop the spread of nuclear weapons in the region if it stops Iran, and if the other nations in that region believe that it will stop Iran. But there’s nothing in this agreement to make them think that. Their interpretation will be that, sometime in the near future, their aggressively antagonistic neighbor will become a nuclear power. What are they going to do? What can they do? Even ten years is a blink of history’s eye. The other nations of the region will see ten years as the outermost deadline for building their own nuclear arsenals. Because they knew this was coming, several have already been at work on the project. But the existence of an actual agreement will spur them on. Sunni nations like Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Turkey, Jordan, the UAE, and Qatar feel threatened by Iran. And it’s not just paranoia. Iran has been exporting their Shia Muslim revolution for decades now, and it’s beginning to really take hold. With Syria, Iraq, Lebanon, and now Yemen largely under Iran’s control, Saudi Arabia is almost surrounded. With President Bashar al-Assad now in Iran’s pocket, and Hezbollah dependant on them, Iran is already at Israel’s door. In May, Haaretz reported, “As-Safir, known for its pro-Hezbollah stance, revealed that the terrorist group has large amounts of forces stationed near the Israel-Lebanon border, as well as numerous tunnels, bunkers and surveillance equipment, in addition to tens of thousands of rockets.” Who built those tens of thousands of rockets, and gave them to Hezbollah? IRAN. Iran already partially controls the world’s two most vulnerable oil choke points — the Strait of Hormuz and the Gulf of Aden. When Iranian oil is suddenly dumped into the world marketplace, we can expect oil prices to drop dramatically. But they already have the ability to choke off a huge part of the world’s oil supply of they choose. In a few months, you may be driving with $2-a-gallon gas. But in a few years, you may be taking out a second mortgage just to get a fill-up. We need to see that the Iranian threat is not just to Israel, but to civilization itself across the globe. The thermonuclear threat now looms large over the Middle East. But we shouldn’t be surprised. The Bible warned us. Zechariah 14:12 gives one of the more memorable prophecies. How would a person in the 6th century BC describe a nuclear blast’s effect on a human body? Like this. “Now this will be the plague with which the Lord will strike all the peoples who have gone to war against Jerusalem; their flesh will rot while they stand on their feet, and their eyes will rot in their sockets, and their tongue will rot in their mouth.” The Great Tribulation is obviously close. Christians can count on the LORD taking us out before the extreme trouble comes. Since in the Bible’s timetable, the Rapture comes before that, we should be looking up with renewed expectancy. We should be praying fervently, and witnessing with urgency. We need to be busy doing those things that matter most. We don’t have much time left. Thank God that before nuclear weapons destroy Israel, the LORD will miraculously save Israel from destruction. That is promised by the LORD in these verses; Zechariah 12:7-15 and 13:8-9. GOD KEEPS HIS WORD!

https://www.hallindsey.com/hlr-7-15-2015/ 

:: 3-13-20 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastors Weigh-In on Why They Are Keeping Their Church's Doors Open despite Coronavirus Fears

Maina Mwaura | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, March 13, 2020

As America begins to settle into the new norm of uncertainty amid the coronavirus outbreak, church life as we know it is changing. Many churches across the American landscape are temporarily closing their doors. Dunwoody Baptist Church is located on the outskirts of Atlanta, Georgia, and like most churches, they’re having to deal with what Sunday will look like. Christian Headlines sat down with church leaders Allen Taliaferro and Robert Comeaux, to discuss the new changes that their church members will see on Sunday. As soon as the interview begins, one glance at Taliaferro’s face reveals that for this executive pastor this has not been a normal week. He currently has 48 voicemails and text messages that need returning. When asked when he started preparing response protocols, he's quick to point out the teamwork of the staff and church members. "One of our members on our leadership team called me last week to ask what our plan would be. At the time I didn't think much of it, but by the end of the week we had a plan ready to go,” Taliaferro said. Comeaux, who is the church’s worship pastor, jumped right in, explaining, “We are in a new season of church life in America as we know it.”  Dunwoody has a plan in place for Sunday and practical directives for its members. Taliaferro shared that everything from who holds the door to the Lord's supper will look different. "Our plan for Sunday will be, for example, only a few people will hold the door open with lots of hand sanitizer." The church will also refrain from passing the offering plate and the Lord's supper will be individually wrapped, compared to the typically shared community of partaking of the Lord’s Supper. Despite implementing these practical steps, Comeaux knows that many church members will be coming to church with fear and anxiety over what is to come. "I think every church leader needs to go with what God has placed in their heart for this Sunday," Comeaux asserted. The two church leaders are aware that one size doesn't fit all, and every church needs to decide what is best for them. But, like any leader who has concerns that people who are sick may not stay home, Taliaferro has made it clear that if he senses that someone may be sick, in his compacity as a church leader, he has no issue with confronting that person. While Comeaux and Taliaferro are trying to simply think through this Sunday, it is clear that they’re also thinking about what the future will look like if the virus persists. Comeaux shared, "We've taken a look at our online process, and the pastor has asked me to start thinking through what an online service will look like. “We have upgraded our speed capability online,” Comeaux added. Both men would agree that we are living in uncharted times; they also agree that God is in control, and he is the one who knows what's best for his Church.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/maina-mwaura/blank.html 

:: 3-14-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

House Passes Aid Bill After Trump Declares Virus Emergency

Saturday, 14 March 2020 08:50 AM

The House approved legislation early Saturday to provide direct relief to Americans suffering physically, financially and emotionally from the coronavirus pandemic. President Donald Trump praised the bill on Twitter Saturday, and is expected to sign it if it passes the Senate. Trump on Friday declared the outbreak a national emergency, freeing up money and resources to fight it, then threw his support behind the congressional aid package. From the Rose Garden, Trump said, “I am officially declaring a national emergency," unleashing as much as $50 billion for state and local governments to respond to the crisis. Trump also announced a range of executive actions, including a new public-private partnership to expand coronavirus testing capabilities with drive-through locations, as Washington tries to subdue the new virus whose spread is roiling markets, shuttering institutions and disrupting the lives of everyday Americans. But he denied any responsibility for delays in making testing available as his administration has come under criticism for being too slow to respond. Trump said, “I don't take responsibility at all" for the slow rollout of testing. As the House prepared to vote late Friday, Speaker Nancy Pelosi trumpeted the hard-fought package that will provide free testing, sick pay for workers, enhanced unemployment benefits and bolstered food programs. “We did what we said we were going to do: Put families first,” said Pelosi, flanked by Democratic lawmakers, including many freshmen. The House passed the bill after midnight on a bipartisan vote, 363-40. It now goes to the Senate. Trump's tweet of approval instilled fresh energy in the package, all but ensuring that wary Republicans would join with a robust vote. “I encourage all Republicans and Democrats to come together and VOTE YES!” Trump wrote, “Look forward to signing the final Bill, ASAP!” The crush of late-day activity capped a tumultuous week in Washington as the fast-moving virus left ordinary Americans suddenly navigating self-quarantines, school closures and a changed way of life. The White House was under enormous pressure, dealing with the crisis on multiple fronts as it encroached ever closer on the president. Trump has been known to flout public health advice — and was eagerly shaking hands during the more than hour-long afternoon event — but acknowledged he “most likely” will be tested soon after exposures to individuals who have tested positive for the virus. The White House physician indicated later his interactions were low-risk and testing is not necessary.  Still, Trump said officials don't want people taking the test unless they have certain symptoms. "We don't want people without symptoms to go and do that test," Trump said, adding, “It's totally unnecessary." Additionally, Trump took a number of other actions to bolster energy markets, ease the financial burden for Americans with student loans and give medical professionals additional “flexibility” in treating patients during the public health crisis. “Through a very collective action and shared sacrifice, national determination, we will overcome the threat of the virus,” Trump said. Central to the aid package from Congress, which builds on an emergency $8.3 billion measure approved last week, are the free testing, sick pay and family leave provisions. Providing sick pay for workers is a crucial element of federal efforts to stop the rapid spread of the infection. Officials warn that the nation’s healthcare system could quickly become overwhelmed with gravely sick patients, as suddenly happened in Italy, one of the countries hardest hit by the virus. The ability to ensure paychecks will keep flowing — for people self-quarantining or caring for others — can help assure Americans they will not fall into financial hardship. The legislation also offers three months of paid family and medical leave. Small and mid-sized employers will be reimbursed through tax credits.    Pelosi negotiated the deal with Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin in days of around-the-clock negotiations with cross-town phone calls, even as Trump was speaking at the White House.  Voting in the Senate is not yet set, with senators out of town for the weekend. But Senate Leader Mitch McConnell canceled a plan recess week and senators were scheduled to return Monday. He said he expects most senators will want to “act swiftly.” Both Mnuchin and Pelosi, who said she did not speak directly to Trump during the negotiations, promised a third coronavirus package will follow soon, with more aggressive steps to boost the U.S. economy, which economists fear has already slipped into recession. The financial markets closed on an upswing after one of the worst nosedives since the 1987 downturn. For most people, the new coronavirus causes only mild or moderate symptoms, such as fever and cough. For some, especially older adults and people with existing health problems, it can cause more severe illness, including pneumonia. The vast majority of people recover. According to the World Health Organization, people with mild illness recover in about two weeks, while those with more severe illness may take three to six weeks to be over it. Trump said he was gratified that Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro tested negative for the virus, after the pair sat next to each other for an extended period of time last weekend at Trump's Mar-a-Lago club. A senior aide to Bolsonaro tested positive. The White House physician said in a memo late Friday that Trump was also exposed to a second guest at the club dinner, "sharing the table with the president," who has since tested positive for the virus. Still despite the incidents, the physician said Trump had only “LOW risk” interactions and testing "is not currently indicated.” Trump's daugher, Ivanka Trump, worked from home Friday after meeting with Australian Home Affairs Minister Peter Dutton, now in isolation at a hospital after testing positive for the coronavirus. White House spokesman Judd Deere said she was evaluated by the White House Medical Unit. Attorney General William Barr, who also met with the Australian official, stayed home Friday, though he “felt great and wasn't showing any symptoms,” according to his spokeswoman Kerri Kupec. Several lawmakers, including some close to Trump, have also been exposed to people who tested positive for the virus, and are self-isolating. Among them are Republican Sens. Lindsey Graham and Rick Scott, who were at Trump’s club on the weekend. Graham announced Friday that he also met with the Australian official who has now tested positive. And GOP Sen. Ted Cruz of Texas, who had previously isolated himself after a potential exposure at a conservative conference in Washington, said Friday he met with a Spanish official and is now self-quarantining. Hospitals welcomed Trump’s emergency declaration, which they and lawmakers in Congress had been requesting. It allows the Health and Human Services Department to temporarily waive certain federal rules that can make it harder for hospitals and other health care facilities to respond to an emergency. The American Medical Association said the emergency declaration would help ensure America's health care system has sufficient resources to properly respond to the ongoing outbreak.

Dr. Anthony Fauci, infectious disease chief at the National Institutes of Health, said more tests would be available over the next week, but warned, “We still have a long way to go.”

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/virus-outbreak-washington/2020/03/14/id/958320/ 

:: 3--20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus pandemic: All the latest updates

US President Donald Trump declares national emergency over COVID-19 as WHO chief calls Europe new epicentre of pandemic.

by Ted Regencia, Tamila Varshalomidze & Saba Aziz

22 hours ago

United States President Donald Trump has declared a national emergency over the coronavirus pandemic, opening the door to providing what he said was about $50bn in federal aid to fight the disease. On Friday, the World Health Organization warned that Europe has now become the "epicentre" for the pandemic, called COVID-19, reporting more daily cases than China did at the height of its outbreak. The pandemic's global death toll has reached almost 5,000, while the global number of cases has surpassed 132,000, according to the WHO, which is the health agency of the United Nations. About 68,000 victims have recovered, according to Johns Hopkins University, which is tracking the virus. The WHO declared the outbreak a pandemic as Italy tightened its strict quarantine and the US imposed a ban on flights to Europe. Meanwhile, the virus has spread to at least 18 countries on the African continent, with Kenya, Ethiopia, Sudan and Guinea all confirming their first cases on Friday.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/03/stocks-collapse-coronavirus-global-pandemic-live-200312235606108.html 

:: 3-14-20 Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gaza terrorist groups on high alert amid fears of Israeli attack - report

Even though the situation is currently relatively calm, the terrorist groups believe that Israel intends to surprise Gaza.

By JERUSALEM POST STAFF MARCH 14, 2020 11:38

Terrorist groups in the Gaza Strip are on high alert amid fears that the current calm could deteriorate, reported Al-Araby Al-Jadeed (The New Arab) on Friday. Checkpoints have been set up throughout the Strip where security forces are inspecting passing cars in measures that have only been used twice in Gaza: once after the head of Hamas's Al-Qassam Brigades was assassinated and again after the failed Khan Yunis operation. Even though the situation is relatively calm, the terrorist groups believe that Israel intends to surprise Gaza. They are considering a number of difference scenarios, according to Al Araby. Training exercises in the Strip have also increased recently. The terrorist groups, especially the Al-Qassam Brigades, have called on members to be cautious, to raise the level of their personal security and not to approach the border with Israel. The groups fear that assassinations could be carried out by Palestinian collaborators or that "other infiltration" into Gaza could occur, according to Al-Araby. The groups fear that Israel could carry out kidnappings of Gaza officials as well.   Security measures along the coast and the borders have been increased as well amid fears of an Israeli infiltration. Yahya Sinwar, a leader of the Hamas terrorist group, has remained out of sight for over four months, according to Al-Araby, except for a meeting with the Qatari envoy Mohammad Al-Emadi about three weeks ago, which was not covered by the press. According to Al-Araby, this could indicate that Hamas is concerned about Sinwar and other leaders being targeted. Egypt and the United Nations have been mediating discussions about a long-term "calm agreement" between Israel and Gaza terrorist groups in recent months. In February, over 60 rockets were fired in a round of fighting between Israel and the Gaza Strip, after the Jewish state killed a Palestinian Islamic Jihad terrorist who was placing an explosive along the border.

https://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Gaza-terrorist-groups-on-high-alert-amid-fears-of-Israeli-attack-report-620871 

:: 3-13-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CP Current Page: U.S. | Friday, March 13, 2020

New York state changes policy, allows minors to change sex on birth certificates

New York state changes policy, allows minors to change sex on birth certificates

By Brandon Showalter, CP Reporter

The state of New York is now permitting minors who self-identify as something other than their biological sex to alter their birth certificates. Officials in the Empire state announced this week that young people ages 16 and under who assert that they are transgender or nonbinary will be able to alter their sex marker on their birth certificate to reflect their "gender identity." Medical affidavits are not required to make the change. Proponents of the new policy hailed the move. “The actions announced today rid the state of a discriminatory and outdated policy and keeps New York rightly among the states leading the country with policies that respect the lives of transgender people,” said Omar Gonzalez-Pagan, senior attorney for Lambda Legal, calling the announcement a "victory." "It shouldn’t take a minor and his family suing the state to get their rights recognized, but with this announcement, New York state eliminates an outdated and unjust barrier to transgender minors’ ability to be themselves and have accurate, essential identity documents.” The office of New York Attorney General Letitia James said the policy change would take effect immediately. The change in policy came about as a result of a lawsuit from a resident in Houston, Texas, who was born in New York. The plaintiff in the case is biologically female, goes by M.H.W., and identifies as a boy. New York has allowed adults to alter their birth records since 2014. According to Dallas Voice, it now joins a handful of other states and cities that permit minors to do it: New York City, Oregon, Washington state, Massachusetts, Alaska and Washington, D.C. Critics say that birth certificates serve a necessary public function containing vital information necessary for recordkeeping and for measuring statistics where biological sex is relevant and ought not be experimented on with self-declared identity categories. In an interview with The Christian Post last January about New York City's allowance of a third gender marker on birth certificates, philosopher Daniel Moody, author of The Flesh Made Word, stressed that the purpose of a birth certificate is to capture truth in language, thereby connecting persons to laws — not only for the sake of the individual but for society as a whole. Permitting a gender-neutral "X" in place of "M" for male or "F" for female renders biological sex obsolete, he said. "No legal regime can contain within itself two versions of human identity. Law cannot tolerate a situation in which some people are fundamentally a sex (body) while other people are essentially a gender (mind). The two challengers for the crown of most essential identity will eventually come into conflict with one another, at which point something has to give," he explained at the time, calling this the crux of the matter. He continued: "In law, bedrock identity can only be sex for everybody or sex for nobody. And given that X provides a vehicle by which to avoid having one's sex registered in law, the situation is now sex for nobody." "As is the case with its bogus scientific claims, gender wears the words male and female as an effective and efficient disguise."

https://www.christianpost.com/news/new-york-state-changes-policy-allows-minors-to-change-sex-on-birth-certificates.html 

:: 3-13-20 AOL :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sophie Grégoire Trudeau tested positive for the coronavirus after a massive event in London where she posed for pictures with Idris Elba and Lewis Hamilton

Business Insider

Mia Jankowicz Mar 13th 2020 9:38AM

The wife of Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau has tested positive for the coronavirus and is in quarantine.

Sophie Grégoire Trudeau's symptoms developed after she spoke at a huge event at London's SSE Arena, Wembley, which was attended by high-profile guests including actor Idris Elba and Formula 1 driver Lewis Hamilton.  She had also posed for pictures with Elba and Hamilton. It's not clear if they have tested for the disease.   Other speakers at the London event included British chef Jamie Oliver, singer Leona Lewis, actor Gwendoline Christie, and former Canadian First Lady Margaret Trudeau.  Prime Minister Trudeau is self-isolating but has not been tested.  Visit Business Insider's homepage for more stories. Sophie Grégoire Trudeau, the wife of Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, tested positive for the coronavirus after speaking at massive event in London and posing for pictures alongside numerous celebrities including Idris Elba and Lewis Hamilton.

Grégoire Trudeau's symptoms — a fever and mild flu — developed back in Canada after her attendance on March 4 at WE Day 2020 at The SSE Arena, Wembley.

This was a youth empowerment event where she addressed around 18,000 young people from the stage and potentially had contact with numerous of the event's high-profile speakers. Other speakers at the event included Idris Elba, the British TV chef Jamie Oliver, Formula One driver Lewis Hamilton, the model Adwoa Aboah, and the actor Gwendoline Christie, who played Brienne of Tarth from "Game of Thrones." At the event she posed for a picture alongside several others, including former Canadian First Lady Margaret Trudeau, Idris Elba, and Lewis Hamilton, which she later posted to Instagram. The conditions of other celebrities and guests at the event are not known. Grégoire Trudeau had spoken on a panel on women's empowerment alongside former Australian Prime Minister Julia Gillard and singer Leona Lewis. Justin Trudeau announced on Thursday that Grégoire Trudeau had tested positive, has mild symptoms, and is in quarantine. He also said that he would self-isolate for 14 days and will continue to conduct business, including meetings about the coronavirus crisis response, over digital channels. He currently has no plans to be tested for the virus, the BBC reported. A number of high-ranking politicians, including Australian Home Minister Peter Dutton and UK Health Minister Nadine Dorries, have tested positive for the coronavirus. Some top officials in Iran have also died of the disease. There are currently 117 confirmed cases of the coronavirus in Canada. WE Charity, which organizes the WE Day events, posted a statement saying it has canceled all forthcoming events including those planned in Illinois, Baltimore and California and will continue its mission through online events.

https://www.aol.com/article/news/2020/03/13/sophie-gregoire-trudeau-tested-positive-for-the-coronavirus-after-a-massive-event-in-london-where-she-posed-for-pictures-with-idris-elba

-and-lewis-hamilton/23949184/?guccounter=1&guce_referrer=aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuaGFsbGluZHNleS5jb20v&guce_referrer_sig=AQAAAAg1RGb4aSb8btBAkHZxWC7AdfXXshiFi90xwc

D7LHY2zMlDa2jg0p7Pv1cIYPWcew3-AejFB_er5zWEtf2nFLRg6jq0oXFJ-0DkPgsDmdrTsOx8P36CeH-IaeGfLWtPF892PCKiPMC2P7JgOKqVxcrhePYN_YKVfntlynjyQPf- 

:: 3-13-20 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump declares national emergency over coronavirus

Published Fri, Mar 13 202010:58 AM EDTUpdated Fri, Mar 13 20208:51 PM EDT

Dan Mangan @_DanMangan Christina Wilkie @christinawilkie

President Donald Trump declared a national emergency over the coronavirus pandemic.

The declaration frees up as much as $50 billion in financial resources to assist Americans affected by the outbreak. Stock marked indices sharply rallied during Trump’s press conference , posting their largest single-day gain since October 2008. The Dow Jones Industrial Average had its biggest-ever one-day point gain. President Donald Trump on Friday declared a national emergency over the coronavirus pandemic, and announced a set of specific measures aimed at stemming the effects of the outbreak. Stock marked indices sharply rallied during Trump’s press conference , posting their largest single-day gain since October 2008. The Dow Jones Industrial Average closed 1,985 points higher, or 9.4%, at 23,185.62., the index’s biggest-ever point gain on a single day. The emergency declaration will free up as much as $50 billion in financial resources to efforts by states and U.S. territories to assist Americans affected by the outbreak. But Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, warned, “There will be many more cases” of coronavirus in coming weeks. As of Friday, the number of positive tests for people in the United States with coronavirus had reached 2,006, according to NBC News. At least 42 people in the country have died after contracting the virus. Trump announced the national emergency declaration at a news conference in the Rose Garden at the White House, where he was joined by Vice President Mike Pence, who is leading the administration’s coronavirus task force. Also with president were members of that task force and the CEOs of Target and Walmart, who met with Trump earlier in the day. “To unleash the full power of the federal government ... I am officially declaring a national emergency,” Trump said. “Two very big words.” “The next eight weeks are critical,” the president said. Officials announced a web questionnaire set up by Google that people can fill out to determine if they have symptoms or risk factors that warrant them getting a test for coronavirus. If they should be tested, under the website’s criteria, they will be directed to “drive-thru” sites, so so that people can stay in their cars when they are screened for the virus, according to officials. Trump said Google has 1,700 engineers working on the effort now. But Trump and his officials appear to have overstated the current state of the tool, which is being developed by Verily, the life sciences sister company to Google. Both are Alphabet companies.  Google’s communications team said in a statement, “We are developing a tool to help triage individuals for Covid-19 testing.” “Verily is in the early stages of development, and planning to roll testing out in the Bay Area, with the hope of expanding more broadly over time,” the statement said.  Trump said he expected the U.S. to have 1.4 million coronavirus test kits available within a week, and a total of 5 million kits within the next month. He then said he doubted the country will “need anywhere near” 5 million kits. Trump was asked by a reporter if he took responsbility for what Fauci earlier in the week called “a failing,” in reference to the lag so far in testing Americans. The president replied, “No, I don’t take responsibility at all.” “Because we were given a ... set of circumstances, and we were given rules, regulations and specifications from a different time,” Trump said. “It wasn’t meant for this kind of an event with the kind of numbers that we’re talking about.” Trump said he had ordered all states to set up emergency operation centers, and urged hospitals to engage emergency operation plans. But, Trump said, “we don’t want people to take a test if we feel that they shouldn’t be doing it, and we don’t want everyone running out and taking. Only if you have certain symptoms.” Trump said he “most likely” will himself undergo testing for coronavirus, but noted that he does not have any symptoms.  Trump last week posed for a photo at his Mar-a-Lago resort in Florida with the press secretary for Brazil’s president, Jair Bolsonaro, who has tested positive for the virus. m Bolsonaro, who had dined with Trump during that visit, tested negative for coronavirus, his son announced Friday. Trump said the emergency declaration will grant new authority to Health and Human Service Secretary Alex Azar to waive rules governing how hospitals take in patients, and how long they can stay. Seema Verma, the administrator of the federal, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, announced that all visitations to nursing homes would be suspended except in certain cases, such as a resident dying.  Trump also announced that he was waiving all interest on student loan debt held by the federal government. Trump dismissed as “a nasty question” a query from a reporter about how he can claim he is not responsible for a lag in testing people for coronavirus when his administration in 2018 dissolved a National Security Council group that was tasked with preparing for pandemics. “I didn’t do it,” Trump said of the group being disbanded. “You say we did that. I don’t know anything about it.” But Fauci only two days ago had publicly commented on negative impact from the dissolution of the group.

We worked very well with that office. It would be nice if it were still there,” Fauci said at a House Oversight and Reform Committee hearing In 2018, Trump fired Tom Bossert as the NSC’s homeland security adviser, whose responsibilities included coordinating the response to global pandemics. Bossert was not replaced. As Trump ended the press conference, which lasted more than an hour, he walked away without answering as a reporter asked if he could explain why his recent prediction that the number of coronavirus cases would soon go down to close to zero had not come true. The Senate’s top Democrat, Sen. Chuck Schumer of New York, said, “I’m pleased the president heeded our calls to invoke the Stafford Act to extend vital financial assistance to help keep communities safe from the coronavirus outbreak.” “I urge New York and other states to immediately request these newly available funds and for the Trump administration to approve these requests without delay,” Schumer said. “As other steps are considered, the president must not overstep his authority or indulge his autocratic tendencies for purposes not truly related to this public health crisis.” Trump’s emergency designation under the Stafford Act allows for two types of presidential declarations. The first is an emergency, which Trump declared. The second is a major disaster, which gives emergency management even more access to resources. Both designations place FEMA in charge of what happens. French President Emmanuel Macron said earlier Friday that he, Trump and the rest of leaders of the Group of 7 economic giant nations have “agreed to organize an extraordinary Leaders Summit by videoconference on Monday on Covid-19.” “We will coordinate research efforts on a vaccine and treatments, and work on an economic and financial response,” Macron announced in a tweet. The announcement of a U.S. national emergency came just a day after Trump said he was not yet ready to make such a declaration. “We have very strong emergency powers under the Stafford Act, and we are — we have it — I mean, I have it memorized, practically, as to the powers in that act. If I need to do something, I’ll do it,” Trump had said in an Oval Office meeting on Thursday with Ireland’s prime minister, Leo Varadkar. “I have the right to do a lot of things that people don’t even know about,” Trump said. An emergency declaration puts to rest weeks of debate within the White House, where different factions of Trump’s top aides disagreed about whether a Stafford Act declaration is necessary. Those opposed to making the declaration, which had included Trump himself, worried that it would cause financial markets to panic. They also feared political fallout if it appeared Trump was sending the opposite message about coronavirus, namely that it is an emergency, from the one he had consistently delivered so far. Trump has claimed that coronavirus is no more dangerous than the common flu, and that it will likely disappear quickly and without a significant impact on American life. Health officials say neither of these statements is accurate. New York Mayor Bill de Blasio declared a state of emergency in the city on Thursday. New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo on the same day banned gatherings of 500 or more in the state “for the forseeable future.Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin told CNBC earlier Friday the White House and Congress are nearing a deal that would provide stimulus to the U.S. economy amid the coronavirus outbreak. “I think we’re very close to getting this done,” Mnuchin said in a “Squawk on the Street” interview. “The president is absolutely committed that this will be an entire government effort, that we will be working with the House and Senate.” But during the press conference, Trump said he problems with the plan announced Friday afternoon by House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif. There was no deal between Congress and the White House as of early Friday evening. As of Friday, there were more than 135,000 known cases of coronavirus globally, including nearly 5,000 deaths, according to data compiled by Johns Hopkins University. In the United States, there have been at least 1,700 known cases, with at least 40 deaths, according to Johns Hopkins University. Correction: An earlier version misstated when the mayor declared an emergency in New York City. It was Thursday.

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/03/13/trump-will-hold-a-press-conference-at-3-pm-et-to-discuss-coronavirus-response.html 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 3-10-20 Lew Rockwell    :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vitamin C Clinical Trials For Coronavirus Underway In China – Latest Updates

By Arjun Walia March 10, 2020

Collective Evolution

Does vitamin C cure Coronavirus? No? Can vitamin C treat Coronavirus? We can’t say it does, but at the same time, we can’t say it doesn’t either. This is why multiple clinical trials are underway in China to investigate whether or not vitamin C infusion has any effect against Coronavirus and those infected with it. The idea that vitamin C may help in treating the Coronavirus, at least here in the west, seems to be dubbed as ‘fake news,’ which is odd given the fact that authorities should be mentioning that at this point it’s inconclusive. There remains to be a clear yes or no answer but researchers are hypothesizing that it might have a positive effect which is why in Shanghai, China, vitamin C is being named as part of their overall treatment plan, with official clinical trials underway. Last month, the US National Library of Medicine posted the information about their clinical trials on their website. The title of one of the trials is “Vitamin C Infusion for the Treatment of Severe 2019-nCoV Infected Pneumonia.” The sponsor is ZhiYong Peng, and the responsible party is Zhongnan Hospital in Wuhan University (ZNWU). 2019 new coronavirus (2019-nCoV) infected pneumonia, namely severe acute respiratory infection (SARI) has caused global concern and emergency. There is a lack of effective targeted antiviral drugs, and symptomatic supportive treatment is still the current main treatment for SARI. Vitamin C is significant to human body and plays a role in reducing inflammatory response and preventing common cold. In addtion, a few studies have shown that vitamin C deficiency is related to the increased risk and severity of influenza infections. We hypothize that Vitamin C infusion can help improve the prognosis of patients with SARI. Therefore, it is necessary to study the clinical efficacy and safety of vitamin C for the clinical management of SARI through randomized controlled trials during the current epidemic of SARI. Vitamin C, also known as ascorbic acid, has antioxidant properties. When sepsis happens, the cytokine surge caused by sepsis is activated, and neutrophils in the lungs accumulate in the lungs, destroying alveolar capillaries. Early clinical studies have shown that vitamin C can effectively prevent this process. In addition, vitamin C can help to eliminate alveolar fluid by preventing the activation and accumulation of neutrophils, and reducing alveolar epithelial water channel damage. At the same time, vitamin C can prevent the formation of neutrophil extracellular traps, which is a biological event of vascular injury caused by neutrophil activation. Vitamins can effectively shorten the duration of the common cold. In extreme conditions (athletes, skiers, art workers, military exercises), it can effectively prevent the common cold. And whether vitamin C also has a certain protective effect on influenza patients, only few studies have shown that vitamin C deficiency is related to the increased risk and severity of influenza infections. In a controlled but non-randomized trial, 85% of the 252 students treated experienced a reduction in symptoms in the high-dose vitamin C group (1g / h at the beginning of symptoms for 6h, followed by 3 * 1g / day). Among patients with sepsis and ARDS, patients in the high-dose vitamin group did not show a better prognosis and other clinical outcomes. There are still some confounding factors in the existing research, and the conclusions are different. Therefore, during the current epidemic of SARI, it is necessary to study the clinical efficacy and safety of vitamin C for viral pneumonia through randomized controlled trials.

The study has an estimated enrolment of 140 participants, it started on the 10th of February and is scheduled to be completed at the end of September. (source)

Latest Updates Dr. Richard Cheng, MD, PhD, a US board-certified anti-aging specialist, from Shanghai, China is currently in China providing updates on the situation as well as potential treatments via his YouTube channel. His latest claim is that high-dose Vitamin C has been officially included in the Shanghai Government Covid-19 treatment plan. He is also claiming that the initial results from the IVC trial on Covid-19 is positive. Dr. Cheng served in the United States Army as a commissioned officer (Major) and an Army physician and completed his Army duty in Dec. 2006. While in the Army, Dr. Cheng served in various positions including Chief and Medical Director of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Member of Risk Management Committee, Credentialing Committee, and Staff Physician of Soldier Readiness Program, Consultant to the Shaw Air Force Base Laboratory, and College of American Pathologist Inspection Team Leader for the Greenville SC Hospital Lab Inspection. Prior to serving the United States Army, Dr. Cheng was a senior physician scientist at Variagenics, a research organization affiliated with MIT and Harvard Medical School, in Cambridge, MA. Variagenics later merged with Hyseq.

You can view his full bio here. You can access his YouTube channel here, where he has provided multiple updates that you won’t see within the mainstream media. The Takeaway The idea that IVC may be useful in treating the Coronavirus is not fake news. Nobody can really claim it does for sure, at the same time, nobody can claim that it doesn’t. Mainstream media should be bringing attention to the clinical trials that are underway, as well as updating people on the situation. We should be able to explore all possible options with regards to this virus, and simply implying that vitamin C has potential is ‘fake news’ is simply irresponsible. If it didn’t have potential, clinical trials would not be underway. It’s going to be interesting to see the results. On a final note, I personally don’t think fear is an appropriate response for anybody, as I believe it can weaken the immune system. Outbreaks are a part of our reality, and in today’s day in age it’s important to keep our immune systems healthy with proper nutrition and exercise. We’ve been through many scares, like the swine flu, Ebola, SARS, the Zika virus, the West Nile virus and more. Hopefully, this one passes just as the others did, I personally don’t think there is much to worry about. Reprinted with permission from Collective Evolution.

https://www.lewrockwell.com/2020/03/no_author/vitamin-c-clinical-trials-for-coronavirus-underway-in-china-latest-updates/ 

:: 3-10-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 10 March 2020

Avian Flu Virus: Vietnam culls 137,000 birds to contain avian influenza outbreaks just months after it culled 1.2 million farmed pigs infected with African swine fever

Vietnam culls 137,000 birds to contain avian influenza outbreaks Vietnam has so far this year culled 137,180 birds to contain the spreading of bird flu outbreaks, the government said on Thursday. The outbreaks, including 38 outbreaks of H5N6 and five outbreaks of H5N1, have been detected in 13 out of Vietnam's 63 provinces this year, the government said in a statement. All of the bird flu outbreaks have happened at farms where the birds have not been vaccinated, it said, adding that, in several provinces, only 10%-20% of the birds were vaccinated. Vietnam has a poultry flock of 460 million, and small-sized bird flu outbreaks have not been uncommon in the country during the past five years. TJP

African swine fever hits Vietnam

Vietnam culled more than 1.2 million farmed pigs infected with African swine fever in May. Pork accounts for three-quarters of total meat consumption in Vietnam, a country of 95 million people where most of its 30 million farm-raised pigs are consumed domestically. The virus was first detected in Vietnam in February and has spread to 29 provinces, including Dong Nai, which supplies around 40% of the pork consumed in Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam's southern economic hub. "The risk of the virus spreading further is very high and the evolution of the outbreak is complicated," the government said in a statement. It said many provinces had failed to detect outbreaks and cull infected pigs properly due to a lack of funds and the space needed for burying the dead pigs. The United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) in March advised Vietnam to declare the swine fever outbreak as a national emergency. Full story Disease

Posted by Gary Walton at 1:22 pm

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/03/avian-flu-virus-vietnam-culls-137000.html 

:: 3-10-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coronavirus Is Actually the 2nd Attempt to Use the Virus As a Pretext to Install Extreme Martial Law-What Did We Learn the 1st Time?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, March 10, 2020 - 17:09.

Regardless, how bad the Coronavirus gets, the end game intent is obvious. Even if this virus has minimal impact, say no worse than the flu, or if the virus wipes out 80% of all humanity, the end game is the same. The end game as it is emergingis the total subjugation of the planet and to turn it into a militarized police state which initially uses the Coronavirus(es) as the excuse in order to scare the public into complete compliance as we trade our liberty for the fake promise of security. This scam was tried before in 2008-2009 and I was on the frontlines covering the event. It was called the HINI scare. During this time frame, was contacted by two former schoolmates who were in Colorado law enforcement. They had just participated in drills near Trinidad, Colorado and Grand Junction, Colorado with crisis actors. The following protocols were observed and previously printed on Freedoms Phoenix. I also did 5 radio broadcasts on the subject.

1. A DUI style roadblock was set up, with chase cars to either side.

2. Motorists were stopped and subjected to a mock scanning device which supposedly was able to determine whether someone had taken the vaccine for the H1N1. I did not understand this technology in 2009, I do now and will elaborate in Part Two.

3. If Motorists were noncompliant, they were removed from their cars (drill only) and men would go on one bus, women another and children, yet another. The thinking was this fear of being removed from your car under threat of being sent to what we would call, today, a medical martial law FEMA camp, would scare the people into compliance to take the vaccine and they would be on their way. Also during this time, the ingredients of the Baxter-developed vaccine became public and the abnormal amount of squalene and other adjuvants were doing damage to the central nervous system and the public outcries began and the members of the medical community got involved and we turned back these globalists who tried to do in 2008 what they are trying to do today. Here are some excerpts from this story. H1N1 and the Weaponized Vaccine In the country of H1N1’s purported origin, Mexico, only 85 deaths have occurred from the outbreak. In the United States only 127 deaths have occurred and a mere 311 people have died worldwide. And for this, the news media is whipped into a state of swine flu hysteria and various governmental agencies are expending massive amounts of resources to engage in disaster preparedness qand martial law drills, ostensibly in anticipation of the over-hyped swine flu outbreak this fall. And if this were a real threat, wouldn’t health officials have moved to suspend air travel at the time of the outbreak? Of course they would have, if containment and public safety were the true objective. Aren't these the same questions that we are asking now? Same playbook with some revisions. " Since I first interviewed vaccine expert, Dr. Rebecca Carley and medical researcher, Pat Jordan, on The Common Sense Show, in April 2009, I have been contacted by several medical researchers and physicians who reinforce what Carley and Jordan stated on my show in which they specifically state that the H1N1 virus has been genetically engineered into a weaponized virus. Extensive analysis of H1N1 has found that it contains the original 1918 H1N1 flu virus, the avian flu virus (i.e., bird flu), and two new H3N2 virus genes from Eurasia. H1N1 has gone through a definitive genetic shift, as opposed to a genetic drift, and has skipped countless numbers of generational mutations. This is not mutation, this is bioengineering. Again, are we not seeing the questioning of the mutations as unnatural and bioengineered with the Coronavirus? The World Health Organization (WHO) has awarded contracts to Baxter Pharmaceuticals and Novartis Pharmaceuticals to engage in a race to produce the H1N1 vaccine. A brief look at their relative safety track record is in order.

The Bastards From Baxter It is very surprising that WHO and the U.S. government would award Baxter, as one of the two Pharmaceuticals who would be entrusted to develop a vaccine in this supposed massive threat to humanity in light of their track record of safety and utter disregard for the safety of future patients. Baxter has been associated with two deadly instances involving malfeasance and scandal which has served to endanger the public. In 2006, hemophiliac treatment elements were contaminated with the HIV virus which was injected into thousands of patients. In a complete disregard for human safety and welfare, Baxter continued to sell and subsequently dispense the HIV infected vaccine even after the contamination was discovered. In even a more egregious act in this past winter, Baxter released a traditional seasonal flu vaccine contaminated with the Avian (bird) flu virus. Fortunately, some alert Czech Republic lab workers discovered the contamination in the nick of time and stopped the imminent shipments, headed for 18 countries which would have easily developed into a world pandemic. What makes this story particularly disturbing lies in the fact that level 3 containment protocols, which is a WHO requirement for the handling of toxic materials, mandates that these materials were to be kept separate. And this was totally ignored by Baxter. The only question remains, was this a case of gross and unimaginable incompetence or was this a deliberate and planned event? Gifted researchers like Mike Adams have clearly documented the issue of overall vaccine safety. In 2009, the awareness was just coming to light that some vaccines and kill and disable its recipients. It is not just Baxter, but it is a multitude of the pharmaceuticals that are dangerous and this should be the questions that we are asking of Bill Gates and his patners at the CDC. Trust nobody, given the track record.

Novartis and its Nefarious Track Record In a classic case of faking with the right and then unleashing a devastating overhand left handed punch, Novartis s has quietly emerged as the leading contender, to develop the H1N1 vaccine also has an agreement with WHO, and they appear to have won the race in developing a pandemic vaccine. The H1N1 vaccines contain ingredients called adjuvants which are strongly associated with causing life-threatening autoimmune disorders, including MS. Animal studies using this adjuvant have found them to be nearly 100% deadly in a series of repeated studies. In a disturbing development, Novartis has acquired the scandal ridden Chiron Company which has specialized in the development of the adjuvant, MF-59, which has been strongly implicated in the explosion of Gulf War I autoimmune illnesses suffered by American GI’s, who took the infamous anthrax vaccination (Google Joyce Riley for more details). The dangerous ingredient in MF-59 is squalene, when used in vaccines, is associated with every dangerous autoimmune disease in existence. Novartis has incorporated MF-59 into its H1N1 vaccine which also includes tetanus, diphtheria and mercury. And WHO and our very own government thinks this is acceptable medical practice and is preparing to unleash this nightmare upon an unsuspecting American public? On August 23rd, from 930-11pm (Central) as I interview Dr. Carley and medical researcher and author Patrick Jordan. Their documentation and systematic presentation of the fact should put to rest any doubts as to the deadly seriousness of this coming threat. Unfortunately, the owner of Republic Broadcasting took down the broadcast and will not surrender it to me when I decided to go independent for a variety of reasons. In the interview, the safety of the vaccines were called into question and this interview provided a blueprint for us to follow when the CDC comes out with its profit-driven vaccine in the near future. I will publish these concerns in Part Two where the overwhelming evidence is offered. Mandatory Enforcement of the Coming Mandatory H1N1 Vaccine If the coming H1N1 vaccine was an option, available to the public, and not going to be mandatory, then this piece would represent the ramblings of paranoid conspiracy theorist. However, there are voices, quieter voices from law enforcement which are warning us that we should be on guard for what is coming.

On July 5, 2009, on The Common Sense Show, Annie DeRiso and I interviewed Scott Wagner, the director of the Columbus, Ohio Police Training Academy, and he was adamant that high ranking police, everywhere, are privately arming themselves to the teeth for what is coming (i.e., martial law). Martial law? In response to what? Retired Kansas State Trooper, the late Greg Evensen, has provided even more detail as he states that he is privy to information, through his high level law enforcement contacts, which has detailed how the flu vaccine administration is going to be enforced. This fall, DUI roadblocks will be used to scan motorists RFID wristbands, or medical RFID ID medical cards to ensure the required vaccination has been administered to each individual in the car. According to Evensen, those who are not inoculated will be taken to a holding area and are given the choice to take the vaccination. If at this point, the person still refuses, they will be forced on to a bus and transported to a “quarantine center.” Americans, this revelation from Greg was in 2009. Similar to Scott Wagner, aren't we getting insiders coming forward decrying how the Coronavirus scandal is being handled? Again in 2019, and as a result of one my recent shows on the coming deadly vaccine, I have been contacted by law enforcement personnel, from three different states, which have, in effect, confirmed the Evensen account. I can unequivocally state that each of the law enforcement personnel were genuinely frightened and were hopeful that the dissemination of their private accounts could forestall the coming events through exposure. I don’t normally put stock in anonymous accounts by individuals who are too afraid to go on the record, unless you consider that I have known one law enforcement source since childhood. Conclusion There is a lot to be learned from these accounts from 11 years ago. This was clearly an attempt to by the authorities to employ martial techniques, using H1N1 as a cover for their attempted installation of a police state that would never disappear. However, we generated so much heat in the alt media and with the public, the globalists backed down. I maintain that we are facing the same danger. The CDC is lying. The World Bank has sold pandemic insurance since 2017 and the parallels to this crisis, as compared to today, are mind numbing Now, if you are not convinced, please come back to Part Two. Part Two will present documentation which validate my greatest fears beginning with the intention to distribute home test kits, courtesy of a Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation donation of a $100 million. This has UN support and this leads down a documentable rabbit hole that will shock you. Remember, this is the globalists second attempt at using this strategy. From my perspective, this second attempt is much more sophisticated than the first. Their attempt turned to beta test, produced some clever revisions and they have also gained control over social media in that time in order to prevent vaccine opposition.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/coronavirus-actually-2nd-attempt-use-virus-pretext-install-extreme-martial-law-what-did-we-learn 

:: 3-10-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: State of Washington about to go under medical martial law to stop the virus from infecting 64,000 by May, warns Gov. Inslee

Tuesday, March 10, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Just as we’ve modeled and predicted, medical martial law is now beginning to be implemented across America to contain the spread of the coronavirus. As of this writing, there are now 804 confirmed infections across America, and the number is rising by over 100 per day (which we also warned about two weeks ago, rather precisely). Earlier today, NY Gov. Cuomo activated the National Guard to create a “containment zone” around an infected community there (New Rochelle). And now we’re getting word from Washington state that Gov. Inslee fully recognizes that unless they issue a mandatory quarantine order there, up to 64,000 new coronavirus infections will occur by May. This is unfolding exactly as we’ve been modeling in our “pandemic projection model” spreadsheet which can be downloaded and shared by anyone. If you’re wondering why we can “see the future,” it’s because we are just following the mathematics of exponential spread. By the end of next week, there will be thousands of confirmed infections in America. Via KOMOnews.com: Up to 64,000 people could be infected with coronavirus in Washington state within two months if actions aren’t taken now to stop its spread, Gov. Inslee said Tuesday. Although the number of confirmed cases is now 162, Inslee said experts believe the actual number could be 1,000 or more at the present time. “What the experts are telling us is … the number of people who are infected will double in anywhere from 5 to 8 days … unless we take some real action,” the governor said at a morning news conference. “And if you do the math, it gets very disturbing. … If it’s 1,000 (infections) today, in seven to eight weeks there could be 64,000 people infected in the state of Washington if we don’t somehow slow down this epidemic. And in the next week it could be 120,000, and in the next week a quarter of a million.” “We need to look forward and get ahead of the curve in Washington state. If we’re going to stop this epidemic or seriously slow it down, we need to focus on what’s coming – not what’s here today,” Inslee added. He then outlined a number of steps the state is taking to slow the spread of the coronavirus including new rules for nursing homes and an expansion of unemployment benefits. These could be followed by more dramatic actions later, Inslee said. We’ve finally discovered a political leader who can do math

On the positive side of things, it’s refreshing to find a government leader who can do math. Currently Trump can’t do the math, and Pence can’t do the math, and Rush Limbaugh most certainly can’t do math. But Gov. Inslee (Democrat) can do math! As our pandemic projection models show, strict quarantine is the only thing that works to stop the spread of the virus right now (that, and recommending widespread anti-viral nutraceuticals, but we’re not holding our breath that anyone from government will know anything about nutrition). Here’s the current NYT map of infections across America. Note the high density hubs? They’re all left-wing cities, exactly as our model predicted: Every day that Trump delays issuing a nationwide 30-day “shelter in place” order might cost an additional 10,000 lives down the road, depending on how long Trump denies reality and fails to act. Ultimately, the only way to stop this in America is to close the borders, halt all flights, shut down the roads and declare a 30-day “shelter in place” order for the entire country, much like what Italy just did yesterday. Trump can stop the virus in 30 days, but it requires shutting down the entire country (and the borders and all international flights). The ramifications will be ugly, no matter how you slice it. But the cost of doing nothing and continuing with this pathetic streak of stupid denialism is only going to lead to a catastrophic outcome for America and the end of the Trump administration. If you want to live, read Pandemic.news. If you want to die, listen to Rush Limbaugh or Dr. Drew.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-03-10-state-of-washington-about-to-go-under-medical-martial-law-stop-virus-gov-inslee.html 

:: 3--20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NJ Announces 1st COVID-19 Death; NY Deploys National Guard to New Rochelle | News 4 Now

5,079 views

•Premiered 17 hours ago

NBC New York

108K subscribers

New Jersey has reported its first COVID-19-related death — a 69-year-old man from Bergen County — as New York unveils its most stringent measures yet to combat the surge in coronavirus cases in Westchester County.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vnqo7CECzVk 

:: 3-10-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: New analysis reveals President Trump must lock down the USA just like Italy in order to break the chain of exponential spread of the coronavirus… all air traffic and road traffic must be halted

Tuesday, March 10, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Last night, we published a new pandemic projection model with a downloadable spreadsheet so you can run your own scenarios and see all the math and methodology behind the projection. You can download that spreadsheet from this article on Natural News. That model introduced a new factor called the “social distancing suppression factor” which describes what percentage of infections are prevented due to social distancing: people staying home from work, closing schools, banning air travel, etc. Using this tool, we’ve been able to run different scenarios that examine the R0 values of the virus vs. the social distancing suppression factor required to stop the virus from exponentially exploding across the country. This has revealed some fascinating data that speaks to the urgent need for the USA to follow Italy with a nationwide quarantine of everyone. It is the only way this pandemic can be stopped, it turns out. For background the R0 value describes how many new people get infected by an infected carrier. Normally the R0 value would encompass social distancing factors itself (i.e. the R0 would change as human behavior changes), but we have introduced the social distancing suppression factor as a separate variable in order to independently test the results of quarantines, air traffic lockdowns and so on. Here’s what the projections now show:

If the coronavirus has an R0 value of 2.0, social distancing measures must achieve a 48% suppression of new infections to stop the coronavirus from exploding across America.

If the coronavirus has an R0 value of 3.0, social distancing measures must achieve a 54% suppression of new infections to stop the coronavirus from exploding across America.

If the coronavirus has an R0 value of 4.0, social distancing measures must achieve a 74% suppression of new infections to stop the coronavirus from exploding across America.

If the coronavirus has an R0 value of 5.0, social distancing measures must achieve a 79% suppression of new infections to stop the coronavirus from exploding across America.

If the coronavirus has an R0 value of 6.0, social distancing measures must achieve a 83% suppression of new infections to stop the coronavirus from exploding across America.

In other words, the higher the R0 value of the virus, the more aggressive the containment strategies must be in order to stop its exponential spread. Current scientific studies estimate the coronavirus R0 value to be somewhere between 4.5 and 6.6, although these numbers surely vary across the many different strains that have already mutated and spread across the world.  These suppression factors are “tipping points” that MUST be reached, or the exponential spread continues What really shocked me in running these projections is how a very tiny difference in the suppression values can result in long-term differences that describe millions of lives lost or saved. The suppression percentages described above are “tipping points” after which the virus get largely contained and stops its exponential spread. But merely getting close to that tipping point isn’t enough. You have to meet or exceed those percentages or the virus continues to replicate beyond your control.

If the coronavirus has an R0 value of 6.0, in other words, the importance of enforcing lockdowns and medical martial law becomes critical. Even a few people breaking quarantine can sustain the exponential spread of the virus. It’s clear that China realized this early on, which is why they resorted to draconian crackdown measures that saw people literally welded into their apartment buildings under armed guard. Trump must now shut down all US air traffic, roadways and cities, or the virus will continue to exponentially spread across America The upshot is that until President Trump declares a national emergency and locks down the USA in the same way Italy has just done — a nationwide quarantine of everyone — the virus will continue to exponentially spread across America.

In order to break the exponential cycle of the virus spread, Trump would have to:

Block all international flights into the USA from all countries

Close all borders and stop cross-border traffic

Shut down all domestic commercial air travel

Order all public schools, universities, government offices and churches to close

Cancel all public events, including concerts, conferences, etc.

Quarantine all US cities, block all highways in and out

Shut down all public transportation, including subways, buses, taxis and rail

Enact nationwide medical martial law and prevent people from leaving their homes or gathering in groups of any kind

These efforts might achieve a 90% suppression factor, which would break the cycle of the coronavirus within 3-4 weeks. In other words, America would have to endure a month of hell to stop the virus in its tracks. We know this works from a medical standpoint. The question is at what cost to society and human freedom. For starters, Americans have basic civil liberties that do not exist in China. Declaring medical martial law in America may not go over very well in terms of compliance among the people.

Secondly, the economic consequences would be catastrophic. Imagine shutting down the entire US economy for a full month. What would that do to the stock market? The GDP? How would Americans survive without paychecks for a month? But if you don’t shut down the country, sooner or later your hospitals are overrun with infections and you end up with a national health crisis that gets even worse than just shutting everything down for a month in the early weeks of the pandemic.

So far, Trump has chosen the “catastrophic” track for America, which begins with DENIAL and ends with DISASTER So far, it seems that Trump has chosen to kick the coronavirus can down the road and wait for this thing to explode into a nationwide health crisis. According to our calculations, if nothing is done to stop the exponential spread of the virus in the USA, the hospitals will be overrun around the end of May. It also means that Trump can continue to play his “denial” game for about six more weeks, after which the denial gambit collapses into a national crisis and the Trump administration is probably done for. Put another way, President Trump has perhaps only a few more weeks to save his presidency and save America from an exploding national crisis, and he must take aggressive quarantine / lockdown actions, not just pump more counterfeit money into the stock market. You can’t solve this problem with more Fed pumping. Sooner or later, you have to deal with the actual virus and how to stop it from replicating in the lungs of the American people. If Trump does nothing, millions will die. Our current projections, now using a 25% social distancing suppression factor, puts the estimated number of deaths in America at 1.1 million by July 4th if Trump does nothing to stop this. This number can be reduced to just 1,322 deaths if Trump takes aggressive action to lock down the USA. In other words, we can stop this. But decisive, aggressive action must begin very soon, and we must all be willing to live in isolation for about 30 days to break the cycle of the coronavirus. So the good news is we have a solution for the coronavirus. The bad news is the solution might crater the US economy and cause unimaginable disruptions nationwide, including shortages of food, medicine, water and so on.  The bad news is that if we aren’t willing to go through that hell, a far worse nationwide crisis eventually unfolds due to the laws of mathematics and biology, and the US hospital system turns into a hellzone of mass disease and death, during which the mortality rate for the infection will skyrocket to 10% or more, multiplying the casualties even further. The even worse news is that Trump currently has us on the “catastrophic” track, which begins with denial and ends with disaster. Stay informed by reading Pandemic.news.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-03-10-lock-down-president-trump-must-quarantine-usa-like-italy-stop-coronavirus.html 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

[ :: 6-16-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Therefore, I say unto you, fear not, fear not the warnings, but I must speak to my people that they flee the places that I have told them to flee, that they move from the ocean at least seventy five miles, that they do the things that I have already told them etc

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period.  Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break.  For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.  

:: 3--20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cluster of 10 earthquakes rattles northern California coastal towns. Largest is 5.8

By Mark Price, The Charlotte Observer

1 day ago

Stocks plunge again as wild trading streak continues

This Pacific island just became the world’s first Dark Sky Nation

A 5.8-magnitude earthquake reported Sunday 53 miles west of Petrolia, California, was one of 10 recorded in the area in 24 hours, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. The other nine ranged from a 2.5-magnitude quake to a 4.9, and people from hundreds of miles away reported feeling them, the survey said. Mapping showed the first nine occurred in an elliptical shape that was growing to the west. USGS data shows the most recent was a 3.3 magnitude that occurred around 7 a.m. Monday off Ferndale, about 46 miles west of Petrolia. The 5.8 quake happened around 8 p.m. Sunday and more than 2,600 people reported feeling light to strong shaking, according to a survey page set up to take reports. Petrolia is a coastal town about 270 miles northwest of Sacramento. Experts say the epicenter of the 5.8-magnitude quake was 1.3 miles beneath a part of the Pacific where multiple tectonic plates scrape against each other, according to a report by the Berkeley Seismology Lab. The other nine quakes ranged in depth from a half mile to nearly six miles from the surface, the USGS said. Petrolia is well known to the state’s geologists. It was 2.5 miles from the epicenter of one of the strongest quakes ever to hit California: a 7.2 on April 25, 1992, that injured 350 people, according to the Berkeley Seismology Lab. “The region around Petrolia, Cape Mendocino, and Punta Gorda, which are all just 10 miles from each other, is not only the northern terminus of the San Andreas Fault,” the lab reports. “There the interaction between the Pacific and the North American plates fundamentally changes its character.” Visit The Charlotte Observer (Charlotte, N.C.) at www.charlotteobserver.com

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/weather/cluster-of-10-earthquakes-rattles-northern-california-coastal-towns-largest-is-5-8/ar-BB10XaLI 

:: 3-10-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Discover the 3 Major Earthquake Risks For Seattle And the Millions of People Living in the Emerald City Area

By Strange Sounds - Mar 10, 2020

The western half of Washington state is considered earthquake country, with the potential for very large quakes. Discover in this article the most dangerous earthquake zones for Seattle and its area: The Cascadia Subduction Zone, the Seattle Fault and the South Whidbey Island Fault As shown in the map below, Seattle and its region is constantly being rattled by small earthquakes and tremors. While the seismic activity seems to increase in that area, it is worth coming back on the three major earthquake faults that could affect this portion of the Pacific Northwest dangerously: The Cascadia Subduction Zone running roughly parallel to the Pacific Coast from northern California past the northern tip of Canada’s Vancouver Island.

The Seattle Fault, which runs east to west just south of downtown Seattle. It ends up near the Cascade Mountains and west onto the Olympic Peninsula.

The South Whidbey Island Fault running from northwest to southeast of the southern tip of the island. Now let’s visit the 3 most dangerous earthquake faults for Seattle:

1. Cascadia Subduction Zone

The Cascadia Subduction Zone is a giant fault running from Cape Mendocino, Calif. past Oregon and Washington and doesn’t end until it’s north of Vancouver Island in Canada. By the way, in recent days the southern part of the Cascadia was hit by several earthquakes.

You saw its potential in the 9.1 magnitude Tohuku earthquake and tsunami that hit northeastern Japan in March 2011. Tohoku killed nearly 16,000 people; most died as a result of drowning or being crushed in the tsunami. Because Japan was so well prepared, most retrofitted buildings outside of the tsunami zone survived. This part of the Japanese coast had not seen this type of seismic rupture in some 800 years, and what failed was that walls built to keep tsunami waves were not high enough. In Washington, we do not have tsunami walls. Along the coast residents may have between 20 and 30 minutes to get to higher ground. The Westport area is now the first in North America to have a community vertical evacuation structure, a building strong enough to resist earthquake and tsunami wave forces and give people a platform above the expected wave heights. That place is the Ocosta School. But the Cascadia Subduction Zone isn’t just a fault; it’s an overlapping joint between tectonic plates, parts of the Earth’s crust that float on layers of molten rock. There’s a reason the lands around the Pacific Ocean are called the “Ring of Fire.” The earthquakes, tsunamis, and the proximity of volcanos are all part of the same system. The coast is now the home of one of the state’s largest network of warning sirens called All Hazard Alert Broadcast (AHABs). But Forson says you also need to know what to do when the shaking happens. There are also tsunami evacuation signs on the highways. Westport currently is the only location with a vertical evacuation structure designed for a tsunami. “We do not encourage people to evacuate in vehicles. We’re working on pedestrian evacuation maps that show the best routes for pedestrians to take to evacuate,” said Forson. “You just need one person to crash or a power line to fall over the road, and the roads are unusable.” “That’s why we’re pushing for a lot of vertical evacuation structures to be built – hotels or schools, because it’s not an easy problem to solve,” he said. Resources on tsunami danger and preparedness in Westport, Grays Harbor County, Long Beach Peninsula, and Coastal evacuation maps. 2. Seattle Fault Moving inland, the Seattle Fault is capable of a magnitude 7. That may not sound like much more than the magnitude 6.8 quake of 2001 based on the numbers, but that the Nisqually quake occurred some 30 miles underground. Then consider that the Seattle Fault is a complex of faults with various branches that run at or just below the surface. “The risk is complicated, but there are millions of people who live in the Seattle area,” said Forson. “What we know about this fault is that it’s ruptured may times in the past…it will happen again. We just don’t know when.” Across the northern portion of Bainbridge Island, light radar or lidar images taken from airplanes clearly show the Seattle Fault running right on the surface. Another piece can be seen under the elevated lanes of northbound Interstate 5 in South Seattle not far from the Rainier brewery. The Seattle Fault is also likely to create a tsunami that would inundate Harbor Island and much of SODO, Interbay, and the waterfront. It could also create dangerous currents and hazards to the north including Everett. What scientists don’t know is its timing interval. “The last time was 1,000 years ago between 900 and 903 A.D.,” said Forson. “It will happen; we don’t know when.” What about the localized tsunami risk? In the 1990’s, scientists produced an animation that shows inundation, and people won’t have much time to run to higher ground. In some areas getting up a hill to higher ground will be difficult. Some people in places like SODO and Harbor Island may have to flee to higher floors in a building. You can look at different geological hazard maps on the website of the Department of Natural Resources. 3. South Whidbey Island Fault The South Whidbey Island Fault is also dangerous. It’s significantly larger than the Seattle Fault, and South Whidbey could hand us a magnitude 7.5 earthquake. That could spell trouble not only for its namesake island but for south and north King County and further west. “The crustal faults – the Seattle Fault, the South Whidbey Island Fault, the Tacoma Fault – those are less well known,” said Forson. And while scientists keep digging for more information and more situational awareness of what we face, the other problem is human. “A lot of people are transplants,” Forson said. “They didn’t grow up here, they haven’t heard this story. So they don’t necessarily know the threats they face.” Earthquakes. Volcanic eruptions. Devastating wind storms. Floods. Mudslides. Why is Strange Sounds focusing so much on disaster preps? It’s certainly not to scare you. Emergency planners all had a simple message: It’s not IF a disaster will happen, it’s WHEN. The experts say few are ready. And being ready means being able to support yourself, your loved ones, your neighborhood for 2 weeks. Because after a region-wide event, it could take that long for help to come from the rest of the country and world. Seismologists estimate that such quakes and tsunami waves occur roughly every 500 years on average on the Cascadia Subduction Zone. There’s approximately a 14% chance of another approximately M9 earthquake occurring in the next 50 years. There’s a must-see documentary film called ‘Cascadia The Big One’ that exposes what’s currently going on in this region of the Cascade volcanoes and the Pacific NorthWest. Learning earthquake faults around where we live is a first good way to prepare the next devastating earthquake. Be prepared and read more on [DNR, USGS, King5]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/03/seattle-earthquake-fault-lines-threats-map-video.html 

:: 3-10-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dangerous Inland Earthquake Destroys Homes and Schools near Jakarta, Indonesia

By Strange Sounds - Mar 10, 2020

A shallow M5.0 hit 12km WSW of Cicurug, West Java, Indonesia on March 10, 2020.

The inland quake destroyed homes and other infrastructures around 78km (48 miles) south of Jakarta. The following pictures and videos just reminds you that relatively small and shallow earthquakes can also trigger massive damage to buildings and infrastructure if they aren’t built properly: The earthquake, which was centered in Sukabumi, also shook parts of Bogor Regency in the District of Pamijahan: Let’s hope your house is better built and be strong enough to manage a New Madrid or Cascadia earthquake! Get ready and be prepared!

https://strangesounds.org/2020/03/jakarta-earthquake-destruction-photo-video-gempa-sukabumi.html 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 3-10-20 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New York Gov. Cuomo deploys National Guard to New Rochelle, establishes containment center to stem coronavirus

Published Tue, Mar 10 202012:36 PM EDTUpdated an hour ago

Noah Higgins-Dunn @higginsdunn William Feuer @WillFOIA

New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo has deployed the National Guard to New Rochelle, a coronavirus hot spot just north of New York City. “This is unique in the United States of America, we haven’t seen this anywhere else. Think about it, New Rochelle has double the cases of New York City, it’s true, it’s a phenomenon,” Cuomo told reporters Tuesday in announcing the deployment. Westchester County, where New Rochelle is located, had 108 COVID-19 cases out of the 173 confirmed infections across the state, according to state health department data Tuesday. Cuomo compared the number of cases in New York to Washington state, where officials said an outbreak has spread to at least 162 people, killing 22 mostly elderly residents. Across the U.S., at least 25 people have died, but none in New York so far. A man in his 60s died from COVID-19 in Bergen County, New Jersey, state officials confirmed Monday. Fourteen New Yorkers are hospitalized with COVID-19, Cuomo said, adding “most of the 14 are members of that vulnerable community.” New York National Guard troops have already been dispatched to a health department command post in New Rochelle “to assist with the outbreak,” according to a slide he presented at a news briefing. “We have moved from a containment strategy to more of a mitigation strategy,” NY state Health Commissioner Dr. Howard Zucker said. Cuomo stressed that the state isn’t restricting people from leaving the area. “You’re not containing people, it’s facilities. Somebody who lives in that containment area could be in this room today. There’s nothing you can do about that,” he said. Cuomo said schools in New Rochelle will be closed for two weeks beginning Thursday, and officials are adding a satellite testing facility within the containment area to test residents for the virus. Northwell Health received the approval from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention on Monday night to run automated testing, Cuomo said. “This will be a period of disruption for the local community. I understand that,” he added.

Correction: This article was updated to correct that Cuomo deployed the New York National Guard to New Rochelle.

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/03/10/new-york-gov-cuomo-to-deploy-national-guard-to-new-rochelle-establishes-containment-center-to-stem-coronavirus.html 

:: 3-10-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

180 North Korean Soldiers Said Killed by Coronavirus

Read more: 180 North Korean Soldiers Said Killed by Coronavirus | Newsmax.com

By Brian Freeman | Tuesday, 10 March 2020 01:15 PM

The coronavirus has killed 180 North Korean soldiers and another 3,700 have been quarantined in January and February, according to the Daily NK. The dead soldiers were reportedly stationed on or near the North Korean border with China according to the report, with the military thoroughly disinfecting the corpses. This apparently contradicts the North Korean government's order that hospitals cremate all corpses, with the Daily NK's military source explaining "There's just too many bodies [to be cremated in the military], and they didn't want news [of the cremations] to leak outside the military." The military has also reportedly threatened to punish unit commanders who do not carry out proper disease control measures in an attempt to prevent coronavirus outbreaks. As part of the military efforts to ensure that soldiers are strong enough to resist the disease, the troops are being given three meals of pureed soybean soup per day to eat, instead of the usual one daily," according to the Daily NK. Although North Korea has not confirmed any cases of coronavirus, experts are concerned Pyongyang is covering up cases amid reports the regime recently placed at least 7,000 people under quarantine, The Epoch Times reported. Pyongyang has also reportedly implemented severe measures to prevent coronavirus infections, including not allowing the entrance of foreign tourists, bolstering border checks, and halting most air and rail travel within and out of the country.

https://www.newsmax.com/world/globaltalk/soldiers-dictatorship-death-military/2020/03/10/id/957704/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 3-8-20 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who's Attacking Palestinian Christians?

by Bassam Tawil March 8, 2020 at 5:00 am

The plight of Christians living under the Palestinian Authority in the West Bank and Hamas in the Gaza Strip is one that is often ignored by the international community and foreign journalists based in the Middle East. It is worth noting that that the Christian population in the Bethlehem area has dropped from 86% in 1950 to less than 12% today. Across the West Bank, Christians now account for less than 2% of the population.... In the Hamas-ruled Gaza Strip, the situation of Christians is even worse.  Instead of raising their voices against the persecution of Christians by the Palestinian Authority and Hamas, these Christian leaders are busy trying to blame Israel. They want the world to believe that Christians are fleeing Bethlehem and the Gaza Strip because of Israeli security measures against terrorists, and not because of the brutalities perpetrated by the Palestinian authorities and Muslims in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. If their claim were true, why aren't Muslims also fleeing as a result of the purported Israeli measures? While Christian leaders are busy condemning Israel and spreading blood libels against it, Christians in Bethlehem are again being targeted by hoodlums and punks. The latest victim of this anti-Christian violence is Dr. Salameh Qumsiyeh, a gynecologist from Bethlehem who was brutally attacked by unidentified thugs as he was driving his car in the center of the city on February 18. Four masked assailants intercepted Qumsiyeh's car, eyewitnesses said, and beat him with clubs and sharp tools before fleeing the scene. Qumsiyeh was rushed to hospital, where medics said that the wounds he had suffered were serious. The doctor's family, one of the biggest Christian clans in the Bethlehem area, issued a statement harshly criticizing the assault, dubbing it a "sinful and despicable attack by a group of cowards and violators of laws and national and social norms." The clan went on to express shock over the attack and was careful to claim that it had been carried out by "mercenaries." It urged the Palestinian Authority (PA) security forces to do their utmost to "arrest the cowards and bring them to justice." Palestinian factions in the Bethlehem area also denounced the "brutal and cowardly" attack on Qumsiyeh. "We strongly condemn this cowardly and suspicious act, which is alien to our traditions," the factions said in a statement. The Holy Family Hospital in Bethlehem further condemned the assault on Qumsiyeh and urged the Palestinian security forces to apprehend the perpetrators and bring them to justice. The attack on Qumsiyeh came only weeks after a Christian woman from the town of Bet Jala, near Bethlehem, died when Palestinian police officers raided her home to arrest her son, Yusef, for unpaid debts. The woman was identified as 63-year-old Terez Ta'amneh. Ta'amneh's daughter, Marian al-Hajal, accused the Palestinian security forces of "killing my mother" and said that as a Christian, she has no confidence in the Palestinian law and police. "The seven police officers who raided our home," she said, "were led by Jamal Hmeid, a nephew of Kamel Hmeid, the Palestinian governor of Bethlehem." On the eve of last Christmas, 76-year-old Fairouz Ijha, a Christian woman from Bethlehem, complained that she has been in court for the past two years, fighting to attain family-owned land illegally seized by Muslims. "Each time I ask the judge for permission to speak, he tells me, 'it's not your turn yet,'" Fairouz said. "If I were a Muslim, I would have been treated differently." A Christian schoolteacher who identified herself as "Diana" emphasized that discrimination against Christians was not new and has in fact increased. "The [Palestinian] police have separate rules for Muslims and Christians," she maintained. "If, for example, there's a car accident involving a Christian and a Muslim, the police always side with the Muslim." The plight of Christians living under the Palestinian Authority in the West Bank and Hamas in the Gaza Strip is one that is often ignored by the international community and foreign journalists based in the Middle East. It is worth noting that that the Christian population in the Bethlehem area has dropped from 86% in 1950 to less than 12% today. Across the West Bank, Christians now account for less than 2% of the population, though in the 1970s they were 5%. In the Hamas-ruled Gaza Strip, the situation of Christians is even worse. The number of Christians living there has dropped from 4,200 in 2007, to only a few hundred today. "The Hamas people took over my house and turned it into a war room," said Kamal Teresi, a Christian who recently fled the Gaza Strip. "I was put in a number of prisons, and the Hamas prison is nothing but beating and psychological torture. We Christians are not bystanders in Palestine; we have been in Palestine for 2000 years; we are not guests. They [Hamas] are harassing and hurting the Christian public and Christian institutions, churches and associations. I can't go back to Gaza; returning would be a death sentence." While ordinary Christians are saying they no longer feel safe living under the Palestinian Authority and Hamas, their leaders continue to lie to the world about the predicament of their community. Instead of raising their voices against the persecution of Christians by the Palestinian Authority and Hamas, these Christian leaders are busy trying to blame Israel. These Christian leaders, possibly to avoid being targeted themselves, seem to want the world to believe that Christians are fleeing Bethlehem and the Gaza Strip because of Israeli security measures against terrorists, and not because of the brutalities perpetrated by the Palestinian authorities and Muslims in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. If that were true, why aren't Muslims also fleeing as a result of the purported Israeli measures? Israel's security measures, by the way, are usually not directed against Christians but against Palestinian Muslims for their involvement in terrorism. If anyone has good reason to flee from Israeli security, it is the Muslim terrorists and their families, and not peaceful and vulnerable Christians, most of whom are not involved in anti-Israel activities or terrorism. What are Palestinian Christian leaders doing to defend their community? Unfortunately, nothing. Some even join the Muslims who spread blood libels against Israel. One such cleric is the head of the Sebastia Diocese of the Greek Orthodox Church in Jerusalem, Archbishop Atallah Hanna, who recently claimed that Israel had "poisoned" him in an apparent failed assassination attempt. Hanna, who is known for his vicious anti-Israel incitement, alleged that he had inhaled a dangerous amount of poison when a gas canister was fired through the window of his room at the church. It later turned out that Hanna's accusations were completely unfounded and simply the continuation of a despicable defamation campaign against Israel. An investigation by the Israeli authorities revealed that the church had invited an Israeli company to spray the church with pesticide. "We expect a clergyman to adhere to the truth," the Israeli Foreign Ministry responded to Hanna's blood libel, "and that clergymen around the world denounce these outrageous false proclamations and refrain from distributing this libel." Hanna, like other Palestinian Christian leaders, is not just a liar; he is a traitor to his own community. Hanna has not spoken a word against the attack on Qumsiyeh and other Christians in Bethlehem. He does not care about the suffering of his people under the oppressive Islamist rule of Hamas in the Gaza Strip. By ignoring the real reason why Christians are fleeing from the West Bank and Gaza Strip, leaders such as Hanna are emboldening the anti-Christian Muslims and allowing them to continue their attacks on Christians living there. As for the international community and Christian institutions around the world, it is their most far-reaching duty to look into these blood libels by Palestinian Christian leaders to check if there is factual accuracy. If they fail to do so, the day will come when not a single Christian will be left in Bethlehem, the Gaza Strip, and most likely the Middle East, with the exception of Israel, where numbers are on the rise. Bassam Tawil is based in the Middle East.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15690/attacking-palestinian-christians 

:: 3-9-20 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ITALY QUARANTINES ***ENTIRE COUNTRY *** - TANKS ON THE STREETS ! ! ! CORONAVIRUS

World News Desk 09 March 2020

The Prime Minister of Italy has just gone on national television and announced the government is extending the "Red Zone" for coronavirus outbreak, to the ENTIRE COUNTRY of Italy. The ENTIRE COUNTRY is now ordered under Lockdown. UPDATE: TANKS DEPLOYING ON CITY STREETS ! ! !

This is a developing story, check back for updates. UPDATE 5:07 PM EDT --

The Prime Minister has told the Italian people they should ALL stay home. It is the only sure way to end the spread of the virus. If they do not stop the virus immediately, the country's health system will be so overloaded it will collapse, then no one gets care. Staying home will save lives. Italian Prime Minister Giuseppe Conte said Monday he will sign a decree that extends the lockdown of the Lombardy region to the entire country as Italy’s COVID-19 death toll continues to rise. Around 60 million people will now effectively be placed under quarantine by the strict measures which had already been introduced in northern and some central areas over the weekend. People throughout the country should not leave their homes other than for work and emergencies, Conte said. He added that all public gatherings will be banned and sporting events suspended. The decision was made to protect the most vulnerable people in the country, he said, and the measures will take effect Tuesday. “Stay at home,” Conte told reporters. Schools and universities all over the country will remain closed until April 3, he said, but public transit will remain operational. All schools in the country were previously closed until March 15.

Italian officials previously announced a lockdown of the Lombardy region, which is the hardest-hit part of the country by COVID-19. The drastic expansion of the measures to encompass the entire country come after nationwide COVID-19 deaths jumped by 97 to 463. Italy is the hardest-hit country in Europe by the virus, with a total of at least 9,172 confirmed cases, according to Johns Hopkins University.

Scribe note: Hal Turner needs your support click on the link below

Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site. When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/breaking-news-italy-quarantines-entire-country-coronavirus 

:: 3-9-20 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Italy expands its quarantine to the entire country as coronavirus cases and deaths surge

Published Mon, Mar 9 20204:58 PM EDTUpdated Tue, Mar 10 202011:18 AM EDT

William Feuer @WillFOIA

Key points Italy will expand the lockdown of the Lombardy region to the entire country, Prime Minister Giuseppe Conte said Monday.

People throughout the country should not leave their homes other than for work or emergencies, Conte said.

He added that all public gatherings will be banned and sporting events suspended.

Italy will expand the lockdown of the Lombardy region to the entire country, Prime Minister Giuseppe Conte said Monday as Italy’s case count surged, making it the country with the most COVID-19 cases outside of China.

People throughout the country of 60 million should not travel other than for work or emergencies, Conte said. He added that all public gatherings will be banned and sporting events suspended. The decision was made to protect the most vulnerable people in the country, he said, and the measures will take effect Tuesday and last until April 3. “The right decision today is to stay at home,” Conte said. “Our future and the future of Italy is in our hands. These hands have to be more responsible today than ever before.” The nationwide lockdown is an expansion of quarantine measures rolled out over the weekend that applied to an area of the country that encompassed about 16 million people. Schools and universities all over the country will remain closed until April 3, he said, but public transit will remain operational. All schools in the country were previously closed until March 15. He also said all restaurants and bars across the country will have to close at 6 p.m. The announcement marks the most extensive efforts taken by a government outside of China to curb the spread of COVID-19. “We don’t have any time. The numbers are showing that there has been a significant growth in infections, people in intensive care and deaths,” he said.Our habits have to change right now. We must give things up for Italy.” Italian officials previously announced a lockdown of the Lombardy region, which is the part of the country hardest hit by COVID-19. The drastic expansion of the measures to encompass the entire country come after nationwide COVID-19 deaths jumped by 97 on Monday to 463. Italy also reported a surge of 1,807 confirmed cases nationwide, bringing the total to at least 9,172 confirmed cases, which is the largest daily increase in Italy in terms of absolute numbers since the contagion first came to light on Feb. 21. While the spread of the virus is slowing in China, where it originated in December, it’s picking up pace across other parts of the world, including Italy. World Health Organization officials said Monday it’s reassuring that the virus appears to have been controlled in China and other countries such as Singapore. However, the virus is now present in more than 100 countries around the world and global cases have surpassed 100,000. “It is in our hands. ... In many countries, it will get worse before it gets better,” said Dr. Maria Van Kerkhove, the technical lead of WHO’s emergencies program. Roughly 93% of the global cases are concentrated in four countries: China, Korea, Italy and Iran, WHO officials said. “Absolutely, we see a light at the end of the tunnel, but how quickly we get there depends on what countries do.

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/03/09/italy-extends-its-quarantine-to-the-entire-country-pm-asks-residents-to-stay-at-home.html 

:: 3-2-20 Hard wire news  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Un Head of Global Communications Says America Has No Right to Protect Its Own Borders, The Coming Tribulation

March 2, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/7 Comments

Featured Story

Our social media platforms continue to hide the truth from the American people, by shadow banning. The blood of people are on their hands enjoy reprobates… What the…? the Un Head of Global Communications Says America Has No Right to Protect Its Own Borders and That Migrants Should Be Permitted to Cross If They Want This life is passing away, and our focus should be on the new heavens and earth to come. Our “holy and godly” lives should be a testimony to those who do not know the Savior, and we should tell others about Him so they can escape the terrible fate that awaits those who reject Him. We wait in eager anticipation for God’s “Son from heaven, whom He raised from the dead, even Jesus who delivers us from the wrath to come” (1 Thessalonians 1:10). For the better part of Western existence, most people have understood one basic principle of statehood: That countries are sovereign, and as such, they have a right and even a duty to protect the integrity of their borders. That means if necessary, they can and should build barriers, pass laws against illegal entry, and enforce those laws against anyone caught breaking them. But we’re in what talk show giant Mark Levin calls a “post-constitutional” period in the United States, where “statists” and big government Leftists shun the long-held principles of sovereignty, independence, and liberty in favor of a Marxist free-for-all world they seek to control. Since the United States is the world’s sole impediment to the kind of authoritarian nightmare these people want to impose on the globe, their objective is to destroy our country by any means possible. One way they believe they can do that is by inundating us with tens of millions of people who don’t know or share our history, values, traditions, and culture — to water us down into a conglomerate of nationless people who have no loyalties to anything other than their own immediate welfare. That helps explain why a United Nations official would dare to suggest that America and Americans have no right to block people from entering our country if they want to come here. (Related: UN official actually ADMITS that ‘global warming’ is a scam designed to ‘change world’s economic model’.) As noted by Summit News, U.N. global communications chief Melissa Fleming wrote on Facebook that “the right to seek asylum is enshrined in Article 14 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights & was made binding by the 1951 Refugee Convention.” As such, she added, “It is never a crime to seek asylum in another country even if one enters a country irregularly.” Notice how she couldn’t bring herself to use the word “illegally.” Because, again, there is no such thing as ‘illegal entry’ into a country in her mind. And Flemming is an American, by the way. She is also the spokesperson for the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, the very organization anti-Semitic Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.) said should take over control of the U.S.-Mexico border late last month. When one knows the truth and refuses to obey it, he is subject to any lie, any deception, any untruth that man can conjure up. “For although they knew God, they neither glorified Him nor gave thanks to Him, but their thinking became futile and their foolish hearts were darkened.

The world will explode if America ever falls “We should do what any other country does by dealing with this situation in a serious way,” Omar said. “So, we have to bring in the United Nations high commissioner on refugees, an agency that has the expertise and the training to handle massive flows of refugees humanely.” The thing is, the U.S. isn’t just any other country. We are a superpower charged with the responsibility, by our law and treaties, to protect nearly half the globe from the perspective tyranny of the other half. It’s why so many people want to come to the U.S. in the first place: We are not a tyrannical government (yes, even under President Donald Trump — insert heavy sarcasm here).

Ryan Saavedra✔@RealSaavedra Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-MN) says the *United Nations* must be brought in to handle the immigration crisis on America’s southern border

Omar, who was accused this week of having an affair with a married man, lectured the audience about the “moral high ground”8,2566:44 PM – Aug 28, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy4,902 people are talking about this

But the problem is, realistically, even America, with our monster economy, cannot take in the whole of the impoverished world. There simply aren’t enough resources to do so, not enough jobs, and not enough opportunities. And besides, our government’s first responsibility is to maintain the Constitution and provide for the American people — then, if we can, help others. Having the U.N. dictate our border and asylum policies is akin to surrendering our sovereignty — no nation, even much smaller states, wants to do that. As long as America remains powerful, wealthy, and (relatively) free, then half the world will continue to live free of the yoke of tyranny. But should we ever fall, the world will explode in conflict. Fox News Talking Heads are dangerous The people spreading concrete information on the dangers of globalism are accomplishing far more than those sitting around buying bitcoin or passing around Q-cult nonsense. There is no doubt that world war will be a part of the future. Christ plainly taught that there would be war prior to His return (Matthew 24:4-31). Some hold that He spoke generally of the Church age in verses 4-14 and spoke of the tribulation period starting at its mid-point in verses 15-31. Others believe that Christ spoke of only the seven-year period known as the tribulation in verses 4-31. Though verses 4-14 do seem to be giving general descriptions, they parallel the description given early in Revelation 6, which records details concerning the beginning of the tribulation. Matthew 24:6-7 says there will be “wars and rumors of wars…For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, and in various places, there will be famines and earthquakes.” Here, Christ makes it very clear that war will play a significant role in the last seven years prior to His return. To be more specific, the future does hold at least one more world war. There is nothing in Scripture that says there will be only a certain number of world wars. World Wars I and II are not explicitly mentioned in Scripture, nor is a possible third World War. It is only the last war that is mentioned in detail, which allows the interpretation that there may be others before the final conflict.   UN to America: We’re the Boss “Unless God has raised you up for this very thing, you will be worn out by the opposition of man and devils”… I’m not a conspiracy theorist. I investigate conspiracy theories and I gather the evidence before I believe anything anyone purports to be true. 15-20 years ago this New World Order topic came to my attention, and along with it, the One World Government plans. At the time, I remember reading that the American mainstream media was calling the New World Order a “conspiracy theory” and denied that any such thing existed. They pooh-poohed the idea of a One World Government, as well. Despite globalism-skeptic President Donald Trump being in the White House, the United Nations is behaving more and more like the global government it seeks to become. Indeed, in recent years, the UN has continued escalating its attacks on America on subjects ranging from immigration policy and border security to abortion, healthcare, and the protection of God-given rights. It is now at the point where senior UN officials are barking orders at the U.S. government as if America were a mere administrative unit in what globalists describe as the “New World Order.” And the battle may be heating up. In a recent pro-abortion screed, for example, a spokesman for the UN “human rights” apparatus said the global body was “very concerned” about state laws proliferating across the United States that regulate or restrict the killing of pre-born babies. Killing babies is a human right, according to the UN. More recently, the leader of the UN’s refugee bureaucracy said the agency was “deeply concerned” the United States is trying to slow the immigration influx. And in August, a top UN official teamed up with the “fake news” propagandists at CNN to describe the nuclear family as a “fantasy” that the government must actively subvert. In short, if the UN gets its way, America will resemble Communist Cuba and Communist China far more than the self-governing Christian republic envisioned by her Founders. As part of that shift, the traditional American understanding of God-given rights protected by government will give way to the UN’s vision of “human rights” — a vision that includes slaughtering unborn children and being cared for (and controlled) by government as if people were cattle, without the freedom to think, speak, and act autonomously. And all of it is advancing quickly thanks to a seemingly endless supply of American tax money. The agenda has powerful supporters in the United States — very much including globalists inside the Trump administration. And the actual and ideological links between subversives in the United States and globalists within the UN are becoming clearer and clearer. For instance, the top UN human rights official recently praised the coalition of far-left extremists in Congress that includes Representative Alexandra Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.) and Representative Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.) as “fantastic” for their criticisms of the United States. That same UN official is currently in hot water for involvement in the Latin America-wide scandal involving public money looted from state companies such as Petrobras being used to finance communists and socialists across the region. And the Somalia-born Omar showed her true allegiances, calling for the UN to take over management of America’s borders much as it does in her homeland of Somalia. Those that are aware of the machinations unfolding in America today see a potentially deadly situation beginning to unfold. The talk of detention camps and foreign soldiers being prepositioned. The Stalinist purge of many top-ranking military officers and arming of government agencies to insane levels. The slow deterioration of our industrial capability and ability of families to feed themselves. The erosion of civil liberties and government attacks on patriotic Americans. The massive spy network established to contain and control the population. For those who think that a financial collapse causing the loss of their savings and livelihood are the worst that could happen, they might want to consider this possibility. The global elite that has their hands on all the switches know how individualistic and enterprising many Americans are. If this country were destroyed economically and our infrastructure was destroyed we have the ability to rebuild it all over time. Many of the global players know that a small core of Americans can never be subjugated and could cause many problems for years to come if left to their own devices. In a country as big as America it would be almost impossible to round up all of them so something more drastic may be needed. Let us not forget the goal of some to return the Earth to a population of 500 million. This means the eradication of 7,2 billion people. Why would Americans think they are exempt from this depopulation event. It has been said before that the goal of economic collapse would be to not only take America down to third world levels but even lower so Americans would have no chance to rebuild and cause the globalists any serious problems in the future. Even with a collapse much of our infrastructure and knowledge and raw materials would still be available to rebuild. The goal of Agenda 21 is to return large portions of the land to the wilderness and eliminate the human element in these places. When you start to look at the things that some want to happen here a frightening picture begins to form.

Destroy economy and peoples wealth

– Destroy infrastructure and return the land to wilderness

– Destroy peoples ability to rebuild

– Destroy population to return to sustainable global levels only things under human control that could do all of these things is a global pandemic of biblical proportions or a major world war. Either or both could be in the works at this time.

The elite has made no secret that they wish to destroy American hegemony at all costs. A pandemic would certainly accomplish many of the goals listed but it is not guaranteed. Even some survivors would be capable of rebuilding some of the nations and that possibility is not acceptable. The other option is a major war. As any person who knows the history of WWII and the destruction of Europe knows, the destruction of people and materials through warfare is very effective. The end of WWII saw the U.S. as the most powerful nation left standing because we came out of it relatively unscathed. Our vaults were full of gold and our factories were second to none. That cannot be allowed to happen again in America so the next war must bring total destruction to this land. America will likely be exposed to an attack so fierce that nothing will remain to rebuild. A force that occupies the nation and systematically reduces the population through a series of initiatives from bullets to chemical weapons to starvation will help to accomplish the Agenda 21 result. If the globalists really want to reduce the world population do you really think they will leave all Americans standing?

StevieRay Hansen Editor, HNewsWire.com

Let Me Make This Abundantly Clear. (I Am Apolitical) While I Have a General Distaste for Politicians No Matter the Party They Belong To, I Am Unashamedly Politically a Bible Believing Conservative Christian. I Have a Severe Distrust of Government. I Believe It Is the Most Inefficient and Ineffective Way to Accomplish Most Things. While I Strongly Disagree with Liberals/Progressives and Conservative on Most Political Issues, and While I Believe Liberals/Progressives and Most Politicians Are Terribly Misguided and Naive About What Big Government Will Eventually Result In, I Strive to Not Question Their Motives. at the Same Time, While I Find Myself in Agreement with Conservative Politicians on Some Issues, I Do Not Believe Electing Republicans Is the Answer to Everything. for Me, Very Sadly, the Main Difference Between Republicans and Democrats Is How Quickly They Want to Drive the Car Towards the Cliff. Simply Put, I Do Not Believe the Government Is the Solution for Everything. I Do Not Place Any Faith, Trust, or Hope in Any Politicians to Fix What Is Wrong with the World. “Come Lord Jesus!” (Revelation 22:20) Education is useless without the bible (Daniel Webster) Usually, the Lord doth no great thing for or against his people, without giving warning of it before it comes. John Wesley who said that what we tolerate in our generation, will be embraced by the next. Wesley is 100% correct! We are living in sick times. Evil Exists So Spiritual Warfare Becomes Necessary!

Corinthians 4:8-11 New King James Version (NKJV)

We are hard-pressed on every side, yet not crushed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; 9. persecuted, but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed— 10. always carrying about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our body. 11. For we who live are always delivered to death for Jesus’ sake, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our mortal flesh. Satan has power over (LGBTQE-TRANS PEOPLE). The “sons of disobedience” referred to in Ephesians 2:2 are those who have not trusted Christ as Lord and Savior (cf. Acts 26:18; 2 Corinthians 4:4; Revelation 13:12). The demons are also under the rule of Satan (Matthew 12:24), and one of his titles is “prince of demons” (Matthew 9:34). Satan has a kingdom (Matthew 12:26) and a throne (Revelation 2:13). Satan is called a prince because he is a ruler and possesses the power to manifest evil in the world through influencing people and commanding demons.

HNewsWire- “All political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable.” Just look at some of our modern-day examples: torture is “enhanced interrogation techniques”; murder is “collateral damage”; the aggression initiation of war is a “pre-emptive strike”; the theft of taxpayers’ money is a “bailout”, and the theft of depositors’ money in a bank is a “haircut” or “bail-in”.  In a blatant example of Newspeak, the New World Order controllers (through the psychiatric DSM V) have tried to rename pedophiles as “minor-attracted persons” and redefine pedophilia as “sexual orientation”. This makes no sense since sexual orientation has to do with gender, not age, with whether you are attracted to males or females, not how old they are. There are even organizations (like B4UAct.org) which are claiming that pedophiles are being unfairly stigmatized for their feelings!

The Cult of LGBTQ is often a cover for child-molesting perverts

Sources include Summit.news NewsTarget.comFacebookTwittergoogle_plusShare

HNewsWire Logo Bottom Menu

Tagged Under: America, Asylum, border crossing, border security, Donald Trump, global communications, Ilhan Omar, Illegal aliens, illegal immigration, invasion, left cult, migrants, national sovereignty, Open Borders, President Trump, sovereignty, superpower, Twisted, Tyranny, United Nations, United States

https://hnewswire.com/the-un-head-of-global-communications-says-america-has-no-right-to-protect-its-own-borders-the-coming-tribulation/ 

:: 3--20 Polish Forums :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Immigration Free Poland is Not Being Racist

Every thread on the P.F. concerning Muslim immigration has been closed.

I do not believe because what the Polish people have witnessed happening in other country's with Muslim immigration problems makes Poland a racist country but a smart country.

Going back as far as 7 years the people on the Polish Forum saw this coming and discussed this rationally.

ie: Closed: Mass immigration to Poland - article and response 2 3 4 ... 15 16

477 - It will be a disaster...

I found that thread most interesting (located on page 376)(started in 2009) as what was discussed came true.

The hand writing was on the wall and the Polish people took it seriously.

Unfortunately that thread got closed also.

These Muslim immigrants have cost the world Trillions of dollars and many lives.

It has become apparent that they have no desire to assimilate to the countries that they have invaded so how is Poland and the rest of the world being racist by not wanting them ?

Poland just saw ANOTHER bombing in the United States (New York) over the week end.

They also see a pattern of WHO was responsible and that is why Poland is not being racist for not wanting these people in Poland.

https://polishforums.com/life/poland-immigration-free-racist-78862/ 

Why do most Polish people feel the Muslim culture would be a deterrent within the Polish culture ?

Would Poland soon lose the society that they now enjoy because of the demands that the Muslims have made in other countries that they have immigrated to ?

How tolerant would the Polish people be to these demands and changes forced upon them ?

Would Muslim's Islamic immigration destroy Polands Christian culture ?

As Poland sees what is happening in other countries with large Muslim immigration are they ready for the negative consequences in their country ?

https://polishforums.com/life/poland-muslims-seen-deterrent-75084/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 3-2-20 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Spy vs spy as China eyes US-Oz sea defense moves

China conducts deepwater surveys near secretive base US and Australian subs and ships use in South China Sea

by Alan Boyd March 2, 2020

SYDNEY – China has stepped up its surveillance of strategic sea routes in the western Pacific only weeks after Australia announced a major upgrade of its northern air defenses that will help the United States to project more force into the region, including in the South China Sea. Australia’s Defense Department confirmed it had been tracking a Chinese oceanographic ship for the past two months as it conducted deepwater surveys on a course from eastern China to the coast of Western Australia.  The route, which took the vessel through the Java Sea in the Indonesian archipelago to waters near the Australian territory of Christmas Island, is used regularly by Australian submarines transiting to the South China Sea. “Beijing is keen to know as much as it can about … these submarine routes, and it would also be wanting to test and monitor the Australian response to the presence of a high-tech Chinese vessel that’s loitering off its coast,” a defense official told the Australian Broadcasting Commission. Identified as the Xiang Yang Hong 01, the ship anchored in international waters off Naval Communication Station Harold E Holt, a secretive base on the North West Cape that sends very low frequency radio transmissions to Australian and American ships and submarines in the Indo-Pacific. Formerly run by US defense agencies, it also houses a Space Surveillance Telescope, part of the US global Space Surveillance Network, that can track space traffic and debris. It is said to be operated remotely from an air force base. USS Texas, an American fast attack submarine, was on a routine visit to the Stirling naval base near Perth during the Chinese ship’s activities. The Xiang Yang Hong 01 was detected in the territorial waters of Palau in 2018, one of three Chinese ships that were then operating in the region. It withdrew when Palau’s government lodged an official protest in Beijing. Two other Chinese ships appeared off Papua New Guinea’s naval facility at Manus Island, which Australia and the US are upgrading and will jointly operate as a forward base for the South China Sea and Western Pacific. Australia also confirmed late last month that it will spend A$1.1 billion (US$717 million) to upgrade the Tindal airbase in its Northern Territory so it can handle larger planes, including refueling aircraft and long-range US bombers. Some Australian F-35 joint strike fighters will be based at Tindal, reports said. Naval assets are undergoing similar improvements, with plans to spend A$715 million (US$466 million) at Coonawarra naval base and support facilities near Darwin so the US Navy can dock more warships. Due to be opened in 2023, it will include a wharf that can handle helicopter carriers.  The US is reportedly spending US$8 billion itself over the next decade to beef up Northern Territory facilities to be used by a rotating detachment of marines for training and weapons testing. Australian officials have hinted that the detachment, now at its full strength of 2,500, could be increased.  Pentagon analysts fear that China is building a sphere of influence in the Western Pacific to support its so-called Third Island Chain, a line pivoting south from the Aleutian Islands to Tonga and New Zealand. Beijing’s First Island Chain covers the South China Sea and nearby East China Sea, as well as Taiwan, Japan and much of Southeast Asia, and is designed to secure sea routes for the delivery of its Middle East oil supplies. The Second Island Chain extends from Japan’s Ogasawara Islands and the Mariana Islands to Micronesia, Palau and West Papua, which is controlled by Indonesia. This chain includes an important US military base at Guam. Analysts believe China has sights on securing fourth and fifth island chains, leveraging into a new base Beijing established in Djibouti and port facilities in has helped to build in South Asia. A Pentagon map appears to confirm the heightened Chinese naval activity. Included in the FY2021 Defense Budget Overview, the map shows a dense concentration of activity in a zone that ranges from the South China Sea passageway to Indonesia, Papua New Guinea and northwestern Australia. One issue raised in the Pentagon report was China’s potential control of undersea telecommunication cables that run on a west-east axis through the region. Chinese control of the cables could paralyze some regional economies in the event of a conflict.Almost the entire internet and trillions of dollars in trade are carried today on a largely unsecured network of undersea cables,” the report noted. Admiral Philip Davidson, commander of the US Indo-Pacific Command, said during a visit to Australia last month: “The Communist Party of China seeks to control the flow of trade, finance, communications, politics and the way of life in the Indo-Pacific.”  Beijing insists that its intentions are entirely peaceful. Foreign Ministry spokesman Lu Kang said last year that China’s “scientific research” in the Western Pacific was “totally in line with the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea and made contributions to maritime scientific study.”

https://asiatimes.com/2020/03/spy-vs-spy-as-china-eyes-us-oz-sea-defense-moves/ 

:: 3-1-20 https://www.patreon.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mar 1 at 5:47pm

COVID-19: A Biological 9/11 Happening Now

Celeste Solum - "COVID-19: A Biological 9/11 Happening Now" - Patrons Update 3/1/20

Remember! Plans were my cup of tea and I am referred to as the document lady. One thing I forgot to mention is there is a swath of Bio Patriot Acts already passed into regulation and law. These have been activated, some for many years and decades.

Blessings of safety and health, Celeste Bio 911, COVID19

https://www.patreon.com/posts/34495723 

:: 3--20 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ten Plagues: Countdown to Cannibalism with Plague of Locust

by Celeste B. February 01, 2019

A Special Thank You to my Patrons who made this article possible As We Depart the Plague of Hail

When the tempest of hail ceased Pharaoh hardened, and then strengthened his heart, against God. In ancient thought stubbornness is derived from the liver, our detoxification organ. Bile, which is produced by the liver, is associated with anger. Pharaoh's heart had taken on the characteristic of the liver. We must not forget that during the Exodus God projected a different pattern, unlinked to the natural order, and made manifest wondrous effects and evident sustained miracles associated with His Name. We know this truth and frown upon the behavior of Pharaoh, but in all honesty, at times we all forget or harden our heart to some of the faith lessons God is teaching us.  Pharaoh stood in bold defiance of God for the third time.  By means of three sets of three plagues it compels the Egyptians to three cardinal aspects of true doctrine:  My signs which I had placed among them  You will know that I am the Lord  All knowledge and supervision is from God  The Plague of Locust Locusts a symbol of the judgment of the Lord, Heaven's displeasure at human behavior, or some natural event stimulated visions of an apocalyptic moment in time. For when you hear of the Plague of Locusts it should lead your mind to cannibalism. Locust invasions were truly seen as plagues that could destroy a country's economy and bring the population to the brink of starvation. The word cannibalism is quietly being spread in certain circles, that due to global conditions that will soon visit the earth that a famine will occur. In those conditions, it will only take seven days for people to begin cannibalizing their own flesh and that of their offspring.  Robbery, Debauchery, and Cannibalism Current climatic conditions are being engineered to favor a global plague of locusts that brought terror to the minds and lives of ancient peoples. One of the grievous sins of Sodom and Gomorrah not only was sexual debauchery but also robbery. Today our lives are filled with robbery: relationships, taxes, removal of biblical living and teachings, health, and so many other things. We are laid bare and naked as we are robbed blind, poised for cannibalism.  Before we examine the Plague of Locusts in Exodus let us take a quick peek at some verses from the prophets. Due to the sin of robbery, locusts emerge, and famine prevails, and people eat the flesh of their sons and daughters, as it is stated: “Hear this word, you cows of Bashan, that are in the mountain of Samaria, that oppress the poor, that crush the needy, that say unto their lords: Bring, that we may feast” Amos 4:1. Afterward it says: And I also have given you cleanness of teeth in all your cities, and want of bread in all your places Amos 4:6 which refers to starvation. Recall at the end of the Plague of Hail as a consequence of the hail, blight sets in on the remaining few crops. It is written: I have smitten you with blight and mildew; the multitude of your gardens and your vineyards and your fig trees and your olive trees has the palmerworm devoured Amos 4:9. The prophet Amos reports how God brought about a plague of locusts among other disasters including many species, in order to bring the people to repentance ‑ all to no avail. The Book of Joel refers repeatedly to the day of the Lord as a time of doom and terror. It is written: That which the palmerworm has left the locust has eaten; and that which the locust has left the cankerworm has eaten; and that which the cankerworm has left the caterpillar has eaten Joel 1:4. One may observe that the central horror of the Book of Joel is a plague of locusts, one species, the cutter. Joel 1 and 2 presents us with a graphic depiction of an unprecedented locust plague, which attacks like a raving enemy that wipes out the food supply of the people 1:2-­7,10‑12, 16‑19. The prophet urges the people, the elders, and the priests to don sackcloth and beseech God’s mercy through repentance, fasting, and prayer. He tells the people to rend their hearts and turn back to their gracious Lord‑for out of compassion He may turn and relent. If we have learned anything from the Ten Plagues thus far, it should be to examine our hearts and fully submit them to God.

Even in the darkest hours of judgment God provides His people with compassion and hope, if they will but follow Him: He tells them that: He will provide new grain, wine, and oil in abundance 2:18‑19.

Rains will come; the threshing floors will fill to overflowing 2:23‑24. God will manifest His presence... 2:27.

In Joel 3 and 4, goes on to speak of the end of days: there will be a renewal of prophecy 3: 1‑2, but soon a great and terrible day of the Lord comes v. 3, when the sun shall turn into darkness and the moon into blood v. 4. Only those who invoke the name of the Lord shall escape v. 5.

The leitmotif of disaster in both parts is a day when the land’s bounty is laid waste and the lights of heaven go out. By contrast, God’s grace is a time of flowing water and healthy fields. The poles of death and life are starkly registered: the dependence of human life upon divine care for existence is manifest. Raw Cannibalism It is written: And one snatches on the right hand, and is hungry; and he eats on the left hand, and is not satisfied; they eat every man the flesh of his own arm. Isaiah 9:19.  When we read these passages about eating our own arm we should consider that this also can mean the flesh of our own offspring. This is even more poignant when we consider that in antiquity the right hand was considered the clean hand that one would offer in greeting, serve normal food, take an oath and such. The left hand was used for unclean business such as attending to excrement or other dirty tasks.  This has happened in history such as when Jerusalem was besieged and described in the Book of Lamentations. Apocalyptic Imagery and Hopes for National Revival LOCUST APOCALYPSE A locust swarm descends on, and will destroy, a wheat field in this drawing from an 1874 Missouri entomologist’s report. Giant swarms were one of the most feared disasters of frontier life. C.V. Riley/The Locust Plague of the United States 1877 Does America have a sacred cow? The biblical liturgy and language of this plague suggests a time when an apocalyptic fantasy commingles with more than a trace of the smoldering hopes for national revival and the imagined collapse of the foreign rulers. We can see this clearly in our own country, a fantastical illusion that government will solve the plight of the human condition exclusive of God and that our enemies foreign and domestic will be eradicated with our prowess. This is pure delusion, to believe that in a state of defiant wickedness, that we can see justice without the True Judge. I have good-hearted, Christian friends, who acknowledge the sins of our nation but think that we are under a revival of blessing. Rather, we should be falling on our faces in repentance, fasting and pleading His mercy while looking over our shoulder for a Plague of Locusts. Locust Plague’s Ravaging of the Land God beckoned Moses to come to Pharaoh when he was sitting on his throne, the seat of his authority. That I might set these signs of Mine in his midst…here is another time that God hints to the next plague. This type of language is used in Isaiah 16:3 Set your shade (as dark) as the night, alluding to the plague of darkness So that I might set is spelled defectively in the Hebrew and is understood as two. This can mean a couple of things to us: an allusion to two more plagues, excluding the death of the firstborn and the two witnesses as spoken of in Revelation. God mentions only the second and third generation, ears of son and grandson, acknowledging human tendency to extend mercy to ones descendants. The Blood When the biblical narrative states, the evil intent is opposite your faces, the final letters of the word in the original language spells the blood. Pharaoh who practiced astrology saw a star of blood rising to confront the Hebrews. This star's name was Ra'ah (literally evil), which symbolizes the blood. He was correct in what he saw, but that which Pharaoh interpreted as the blood of death, was in reality the blood of redemption. This phrase hearkens back to the narrative about the sin of the Golden Calf when Moses prayed, Why should Egypt say the following" 'With evil intent did He take them out," and can be read as, "Under what sign of evil did He take them out." One commentator identifies with the red star as the red planet Mars whose name is related to red and blood. Of course, Ra, is also the Egyptian sun god who is being confronted. You will be confronted with evil or evil will come back upon you. This is one reason my grandmother always said, "What you cast upon the waters, will come back to you in waves." The East wind, a shamal, is the burning desert wind that often blows from Saudi Arabia but can also blow from Iran, Pakistan, to India carrying locusts, Of the Nature of Animals, 3:12. It is often an atmospheric agent for conveying natural phenomena in a plague. Today we do see swarms of Desert Locusts practicing for future incursions. It will be implemented again during the war of Gog and Magog.  In verses 5-6 they will cover the eye of the earth, the locusts will cover the sun and prevent it from illuminating the earth, and then they consume. Locust and Egypt's Infanticide Plan  The locust ate all the bountiful fruit. And it will eat… embedded within this small phrase is an interesting biblical nugget. According to Legend Jethro, Moses' father-in-law was asked to advise Pharaoh on his infanticide plan, he flatly refused and fled. Jethro later provided hospitality of food and drink to Moses. Although upside down we may glean insights into some players in the Book of Revelation for we see a False Prophet mentioned in Kings who fed the man of God, he merited to have God speak to him. And in 1 Kings 21:10 when men become base two witnesses called to testify against Naboth. If nothing else, as we see infanticide in the news we should know that the season of the false prophet and two witnesses is not far off. One trivia thing about locusts is that they prefer arid conditions, the same conditions as demons and howling spirits. Locusts to this degree were not known in the moist Nile delta. I have discovered this to be true in my own gardens, that when dampened, it deters a locust invasion. Because of the rot and stench they will fill your houses with mold and decay, until you cry out remove this death from me. One wonders was this a toxic form of mold that lets off volatile organic gasses which poisoned the people. Walking Out Then he [Moses] turned and left Pharaoh's presence… Customarily when one is withdrawing from the presence of a king one walks backwards (oftentimes on bended knee) but instead Moses turned about face and exited as if Pharaoh were a commoner. God brings many experiences into our lives. For a season I was a small agricultural lobbyist. There was an important hearing to be conducted in the Senate. People traveled from distant and remote locations to testify. Two hours was allotted for this hearing. What met us was an Asian Trade Delegation who caught the eye and attention of the Agricultural Chair. For one hour and fifty five minutes the Chair engaged the delegation, literally prostrating herself before the delegation. She sighed when she saw the time and allowed one person a three minute testimony. I was sitting in the front row. In a hearing it is protocol and etiquette to remain seated until the end of the hearing. The Lord quickened me to stand up, grab my brief case, and walk out as a clear and evident sign to this Chair of my disrespect for all that she stood for, which was certainly not American values.

The Plague of Locusts arrived in terrifying hordes of grasshoppers that swarmed ancient Egypt, stripping it bare of all greenery; fully destroying its agriculturally based economy. This plague will be so unique that they will speak of to their children in the future, for it made a mockery of the Pharaohmore than any of the other plagues, that such a small creature could devastate an Empire. He in the heaven smiles, the Eternal mocks them Psalm 2:4. It also was directed at the Egyptian god Serapis, a god, that supposedly protected Egypt from locusts. These winged invaders densely darkened the skies, God's troops of judgment In verse 13 we see that the Lord propelled…Stressing that this wind was not the outcome of a natural factor but the Lord propelled, implying direction by force (in contrast to guidance) Image: Courtesy BBC These locusts came up and covered the eye of the earth meaning while suspended in mid-air in many layers expending to a thickness of a few cubits, once again we see that the locusts darkened the face of the sun, consequently the land was darkened. They settled upon Egypt and consumed everything in sight that remained from the hail to the degree that nothing green remained. Desert Locusts, which change color as they develop, can devour their own weight - 2g - in fresh food in 24 hours. A ton of locusts, which is a tiny part of the average swarm, eats the same amount of food in a single day as 10 elephants, 25 camels or 2,500 people. Image: Courtesy BBC  Imagine billions of locusts covering everything for hundreds of miles. Wherever you look, there are locusts. Wherever you walk, there are locusts. There are at least five different words in Hebrew that are translated into English as locust. In reality, each of these Hebrew words refers to a precise and distinct type or species of the locust family. Even Wikipedia describes the Rocky Mountain locust was a grasshopper species that occasionally built up such numbers that they massed together and flew in giant, ravenous swarms a terrifying time. Several years ago we had a locust invasion although nothing like this plague. I went out to change the hoses and I had on my flip-flops. I felt this cold green slime between my feet and my flip-flop. Upon closer examination the locust had sandwiched in-between my shoes and my feet and as I walked I was squishing them. Ewww….The heat, eerie shadows, swarms of locusts, the smoke, and the dry air made for a surreal hellish landscape that year.  The scope of the invasion of locusts of the exodus plagues was so unprecedented that it was never reproduced in human history. Darkness Over the Land I would humbly submit to you that the last set of plagues was a dismantling of creation of sorts to thwart the practitioners of the forbidden Dark Arts embedded within the Egyptian culture. The beginning of the Bible describes how God's first creative act was to bring light into the world. Until now, the sun and the moon gave light regularly, according to the Divine command. Suddenly, God overturns nature itself to punish the Egyptians. Indeed, the plagues represent nothing less than the dismantling of creation itself: The plague of locusts, the plague of darkness, and the plague of the killing of the firstborn all come from the air and all darken the earth. By the plague of locusts, it states, "And the locusts went up over all the land of Egypt, and rested in all the borders of Egypt; very grievous were they; before them there were no such locusts as they, neither after them shall be such. For they covered the face of the whole earth, so that the land was darkened." By the plague of darkness, it states, "And there was darkness over all the land of Egypt."

By the plague of the first-born, it states, "It was in the middle of the night" "He placed them in darkness, like the eternally dead, (paraphrasing Lamentations 3:6). The common thread among their approaches is that just as the Bible began with God's creation of the universe and the division of the world into clear, identifiable categories such as light vs. dark, water vs. land, different beings according to each one's kind and place; the plagues represent more than just the destruction of Egypt's resources, but the very unraveling of the tapestry of creation. All previous known boundaries disappear. As day becomes darkness, we sense that the very light that began creation has slipped away. At the end, only God himself remains. With this approach, the Exodus has become something more than merely the release of a people from bondage. As the Hebrews leave Egypt, we sense that even the world itself is restarting, much as in the days of Noah. Insincere Repentance

Pharaoh hastened …when the stench was to a degree of danger for an epidemic Pharaoh states that he had sinned, asks for their forgiveness, and begs their intercession. With this a west wind blew and carried the locusts and plunged them into the sea, not a single locust was left. Fifth Trumpet The star opened the pit of the Abyss, and smoke rose out of it like the smoke of a great furnace, and the sun and the air were darkened by the smoke from the pit. And out of the smoke, locusts came forth unto the earth, and power was given to them, like the scorpions of the earth have power. They were told not to harm the grass of the earth or any plant or tree, but only those who did not have the seal of God on their foreheads.…Revelation 9:2-4 In this plague we see locusts coming from the Abyss, the belly of the earth. Will technology or a spiritual gateway be breached we do not yet know. These will be locusts will not devour the green of the earth as normal locusts consume but have a supernatural imbued lust for people who do not have the seal of God on their forehead. Humans will be the hunted instead of greens. These locusts also have the power of a scorpion which seems to indicates some type of venomous activity. One thing that caught my eye when contrasting this event with the Plague of Locust of the Exodus is that in Revelation it was not the mass of locust that darkened the sky but the smoke. Are these 'locusts' very small, such as nano-locusts (with no mass), or are they the ether of magic, or the vaporous spirits of the nephilim seeking embodiment? What is known is that these locust accompany the smoke from the Pit darkening the earth. As these locust emanate from the Abyss will we see a surge to cannibalism? Time will tell. Eternal Truths The retelling of the story of these plagues, and of the plagues in our lives, must be conveyed to future generations about the power of God's deeds and mastery. You are a continuum. No individual stands on his own, but you are a by product of the lives of your parents, grandparents, and all previous generations. What did we learn during our sojourn here on earth? What eternal truths are we passing down to the generations? A loving parent does not bequeath a false legacy to a child. Before you leave this earthly existence, you as a parent or even a mentor, must carefully weigh every gesture and nuance would can be indelibly ingrained in the heart and mind of your attentive child. Your heavenly Father wants to bestow this upon you, His children.  He desires to redeem you. Instead of being a node in the BlockChain of slavery, He desires each of us to be a written in His Book the Lambs Book of Life for eternal freedom. Such is the legacy that God!

https://westernrifleshooters.wordpress.com/2020/03/01/so-i-am-supposed-to-take-a-shot-from-the-same-schmucks-who-allowed-wuflu-into-north-america/ 

:: 2-14-20 Discover Wildlife :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

81 dangerous substances found in salmon caught in Seattle

New research has found that Chinook salmon in the Puget Sound contain a huge amount of harmful chemicals and drugs, posing a threat to wildlife.

By Bethany Sewell February 14, 2020 at 8:00 am

Chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha) have been found to contain up to 81 drugs from the contaminated Puget Sound, along the coast of Washington state. During research, drugs including Prozac, Advil, Lipitor and even cocaine were discovered within the salmon’s flesh. Supposedly, these substance levels have rocketed due to high drug use within the local area. Nonetheless it is thought that nearby waste water plants are not filtering the chemicals properly. Leaky septic tanks are also to blame for this chemical cocktail consumed by the salmon, a species listed as endangered on the Endangered Species Act. In the search for evidence, samples were collected over a two-day period, and both chinook salmon and local staghorn sculpin were tested. “We analysed samples for 150 compounds, and we had 61% of them detected in effluent,” says Jim Meador, environmental toxicologist at The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) Northwest fisheries science centre in Seattle. Not only that, but substances found within the salmon from these tests include Valium, nicotine, caffeine, antiseptics and a lot of antibiotics. Furthermore, it is thought that there may be more highly concentrated substances in deeper waters and areas close to outfall pipes. However, scientists are not concerned about the effect these chemicals are having on humans. The concern is with wildlife. Other research by Meador has shown that the mortality rate for juvenile Chinook salmon migrating through the contaminated Puget Sound is double than of fish elsewhere.

Read the paper in Environmental Pollution.

https://www.discoverwildlife.com/news/substances-salmon-seattle/ 

:: 3-2-20 Canada Free Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Society will tear itself apart! The root causes will remain the same. We have no clue about what we are doing, but we are the best at telling others what to do!

Posted by Venessa Anderson 2nd Mar 2020Posted in SHTF

There is a putrid stench fermenting just beneath the surface of 21st-century society. Will this change in the next 150 years? Probably not. To be able to understand the future, you must know the past. So what has taken us to where we are today and what has changed along the way?  The world has changed a lot in the last 150 years, but we humans are driven by the same basic needs as we were 150 years ago, food, sleep, sex, the feeling of being appreciated and loved. However, it seems these days that there is this omnipresent feeling that the world is going fucking crazy. You would think by now we would all realize that we have to live together. That we are all racist following policies that encourage racism, inequality, that waste of half of the food produced worldwide resulting in wars. But the world isn’t as bad as it was a century ago. It’s just that we’re more aware of all of the bad things than ever before. The violence is not new; it’s the cameras that are new. Cameras, the internet, and most importantly, social media. This is what’s new. This is what’s different. How we’re getting information, what information is reaching us, and most importantly, what information and views we are most rewarded for sharing. We feel desensitized and dejected from the seemingly constant carnage raging across the planet. The internet has generated a platform where apocalyptic beliefs are celebrated and spread, and moderation and reason is something that becomes too arduous and boring to stand.  It is what is causing this constant feeling of a chaotic and insecure world that doesn’t actually exist. And then: it’s this feeling that is the cause of the renewed xenophobia and nationalism across the western world. It’s this feeling that has consumed the consciousness of millions of people and caused them to look at their country through the lens of a surreal world exaggerating all that is wrong and minimizing all that is right. Despite living with more safety and wealth and access to information than anyone in human history, we feel as though the world is going crazy and something drastic must be changed. By now, we’re all familiar with the tech world circle-jerk about how we’re connecting the planet and the world is getting smaller and we’re all becoming one big Kum Ba Ya global community and how this is amazing because starving people in Yahem to a mass shooting in El Paso can each have their own iPad, and blah, blah, blah, the internet is cool. Outrageous news and information spread faster and further than any other form of information, dominating our daily attention. On the other hand, the rise of the internet and social media has accelerated social progress in many ways. It’s helped herald a breakthrough in LGBT rights, it’s raised awareness about discrimination against women and minorities, and fomented the populist overthrow of a number of repressive governments worldwide. Activists and concerned citizens can quickly mobilize to spread the word and hold the appropriate authorities accountable for change. This is our brave new world. When all information is freely available at the click of a mouse, our attention naturally nosedives into the sickest and most grotesque we can find, ignoring the reality of climate change. To protect ourselves from the overreaching judgments of others, we consolidate into our own clans and tribes, we take refuge in our own precious identity politics and we buy more and more into a worldview that is disconnected from cold data and hard facts. We become only exposed to the most extreme negative aspects of certain groups of people, giving us a skewed view of how other people in the world really think, act, and live. We demonize each other. We judge groups of people by their weakest and most depraved members.  Take Brexit, for example, presently being sold as taking back sovereignty to gain freedom from the EU.  Freedom can only exist when you are willing to tolerate views that oppose your own when you’re willing to give up some of your desires for the sake of a safe and healthy community when you’re willing to compromise and accept that sometimes things don’t go your way and that’s fine. The only way to beat the attention economy is to opt-out of it. Instead, I am attempting to go back to learning about the world only through long-form journalism that has been thoroughly researched and vetted before being published. I’m exercising the muscles in my brain responsible for focus, depth, and concentration. I’m stretching out my logic, trying to challenge my own beliefs and always holding on to a healthy amount of doubt. In a weird sense, true freedom doesn’t exist. Because the only way for human rights to persist is for everyone to collectively agree to accept that things don’t have to go their way 100% of the time. They want a freedom to express themselves but they don’t want to have to deal with views that may upset or offend them in some way. They want a freedom to enterprise but they don’t want to pay taxes to support the legal machinery that makes it possible. They want a freedom to elect representatives to the government but they don’t want to compromise when they’re on the losing side. A free and functioning democracy demands a populace that is able to sustain discomfort, that is able to tolerate dissatisfaction, that is able to be charitable and forgiving of groups whose views stand in contrast to one’s own, and most importantly, that is able to remain unswayed in the face of some violent threat. We’re seeing a lazy entitlement wash over the world where everyone feels as though they deserve what they want from their government the second they want it, without thought of repercussions or the rest of the population. It seems like people don’t actually want democracy anymore, they want a dictator who agrees with them. The choice is, do you and I consume what is here now and change the planet to something unknown and different for the next generations? Or do you and I slow our consumption to a regenerative rate, ensuring the same planet we live on now is here for the generations to come? This is a personal choice. It isn’t something an outside party, such as the government is going to fix. You and I are the consumers. You and I are the ones making the choices.  What choice will you and I make in the future? They will be governed by Climate change. You will not find these choices in the cloud. I believe in the next ten years, science will prove that too much technology (e.g . heads always in our phones) is actually a negative thing for the mind and longevity.  I believe we’ll be forced by climate change to find a sustainable balance between technology use and real-life experiences. All too often, problems being solved in tech are first world problems. Many of us forget that there are some huge global problems, particularly in the developing world, that need to be solved for the benefit of us all. But we have to take charge soon and make it so. UNFORTUNATELY, OUR HISTORICAL FOOTPRINT TELL US THAT THIS IS A TOTAL IMPOSSIBILITY. Society will tear itself apart! The root causes will remain the same. We have no clue about what we are doing, but we are the best at  telling others what to do!

https://freedom21.home.blog/2020/03/02/society-will-tear-itself-apart-the-root-causes-will-remain-the-same/ 

:: 3-2-20 Law Enforcment Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reality star only gets 9 months for raping boy and giving him HIV. You read that right – 9 months.

Posted by: James E. Lewis|March 2, 2020 |Categories Featured, Investigations, News

SHELBY COUNTY, TN– We have to shake our collective heads on this one. The staff at MTO News informs us that four years ago, Lifetime’s ‘Bring It’ dance coach John Conner III was arrested after police say the former reality star had sex with a 16-year-old boy and gave him HIV. Now, MTO News has learned that the Memphis district attorney agreed to a plea deal which gave the reality star only 9 months in jail for those crimes. John Conner was diagnosed with HIV in 2012. He allegedly met the 16-year-old boy in 2015 on social media, at which time Conner was 26-years-old. Then, according to police, he invited the child to join his “Infamous Dancerettes” dance troupe – which was featured on the Lifetime show “Bring It.” Eventually, police say that Conner began having unprotected sex with the young boy, several times in Conner’s car. The two also exchanged nude photos via text message. Conner did not tell the child that he had HIV. In August of 2016, the boy told his parents about his sexual relationship with Conner, and they advised him to get tested knowing his history. The boy tested positive for HIV, and police allege that it was due to Conner infecting him with it. The district attorney has decided that his crimes were “minor” and is only giving the accused HIV infecting child predator a sentence of nine months in prison and four years’ probation. He must also register as a sex offender for life. Back in November, Conner pleaded guilty to charges of criminal exposure to HIV, statutory rape by an authority figure, and solicitation of a minor. The response on social media was swift – and brutal. Many are offering to protest the Memphis District Attorney General Amy Weirich and to ask for her removal from office. MTO News contacted the Memphis District Attorney’s office to ask for comment but has not received a response. John Conner III also has two similar cases pending with young men aged 17 and 24. Of course, this short nine-month sentence is right on par for what democrats are looking to do. LET Brought you the story earlier this week. Under the latest chapter in liberal lunacy, we present the State of Washington. Democrats in the state are trying to reduce the crime of intentionally transmitting HIV to a sexual partner from a felony to a misdemeanor. Under the proposal, HB 1551, the punishment would be downgraded to no more than 90 days in jail or a fine of less than $1,000. This, for intentionally exposing someone to a potentially fatal disease. It would seem that with everything going on in the world such as the coronavirus perhaps Democrats in Washington would have better things to concern themselves with. However, they consider themselves paragons of virtue and claim that this bill would “kill the stigma” attached to HIV. House Representative Nicole Macri (D-Seattle) said that HIV is “a treatable, chronic illness, not a moral failing or criminal justice issue.” The bill is sponsored by Rep. Ellen Cody, however Macri has become the public defender for the bill in the media. They claim that they are trying to protect people living with HIV from being stigmatized. “The stigma around HIV continues to intrude on the privacy of what should be known as consensual sex. Non-consensual sex is not the issue here, we need to stop allowing for the stigmatization of LGBTQ people,” Macri said in a statement to KING 5. “There are provisions in the bill before us that address disclosure concerns and allow for practical means to address prosecution.” It is interesting that an “open-minded” Democrat is making the implication that only LGBTQ people have HIV. How very closed minded of Ms. Macri. Macri makes the implication that by punishing someone for giving someone HIV, it treats HIV as a negative, therefore since people with HIV shouldn’t be treated negatively, we have to take away any negative connotations with the disease they’re living with. This is truly like the Twilight Zone. It is a false equivalency. The current law has been on the books in Washington for decades. Republicans are claiming that by lowering the punishment, in puts the public at risk. However, supporters of the measure say that the current law is outdated, and increases stigma surrounding HIV. The law as it sits was enacted in the ‘80’s and was updated with some minor changes over the years. Besides lowering the penalties for intentionally exposing a partner to HIV, the bill also makes changes regarding mandatory testing for HIV, what public health departments can and cannot do in investigations and allowing minors to get HIV prevention treatment without parental consent. Of course, just like abortion, let’s cut parents out of the decision-making process for THEIR children. According to a report published in 2016 from the “End AIDS” steering committee, the criminalization of HIV has increased the stigma of the disease. “Criminalizing us with a felony A for having a disease state…that’s not a banner I can get behind anymore, and frankly that doesn’t make people want to rush out and get engaged with public health,” said Scott Bertani, an HIV positive man and Lifelong AIDS Alliance member in a statement to lawmakers last session. Lauren Fanning with the Washington HIV Justice Alliance said:  HIV is not the same disease as it was over 30 years ago. The law contributes to stigma so many people with HIV feel by how others treat them like they are dirty, and they have a great deal of difficulty overcoming that in their lives.” She also testified at last year’s committee hearing, saying: “The law creates fear of being tested, fear of accessing healthcare, and undermines the trust and prevention care and treatment systems impacting our marginalized communities the most.” Still, Republicans remain unconvinced, arguing that the crime and penalty for intentional infliction of the HIV virus would be tantamount to stealing a candy bar. Rep. Michelle Calder says that the bill also might have unintended consequences, such as removing a tool that prosecutors use as a means to convict rapists. “Those rape victims deserve a choice. And what’s going to happen to all those rape victims where they were able to prosecute this?” she asked. “And now we’re going to reduce the sentence. We’re going to let those rapists go free. I’m not OK with that! And it breaks my heart that so many people on this floor are.” Jason Rantz is a talk show host on KTTH 770 in Seattle. He says that HIV is not longer the stigma that it was and is disingenuous for Democrats to act like it’s still the 1980’s, when HIV was stigmatized. Rantz said that this particular bill would actually increase the stigma. He continues that the bill basically creates a defense against charges if someone withholds their HIV status from a sexual partner, but they were lucky enough not to contract it; if someone lies when a sexual partner asks about HIV, it is just labeled a misdemeanor. He also worries that proponents of the bill downplay the significance of contracting the disease, which still can be deadly. Rantz says that proponents of the bill give the illusion that if someone is intentionally infected with HIV, it is an inconvenience and they are not a victim. “For the vast majority of people with HIV it is treated in outpatient clinics and with once-a-day medications. People living with HIV how have nearly normal life expectancies. These advancements are amazing, but our laws have not caught up. Not changing these laws make the job of public health that much harder and continues the stigma. Criminalizing people with a disease state is not a banner we can support. We will end HIV through treatment not by threatening people with prison.  Undetectable means un-transmittable. Some provisions do not go far enough, but this bill does many good things and will help end HIV in Washington.” Rantz notes that lawmakers give the impression that being HIV-positive is criminal. He says it IS criminal—and it should be—to intentionally transmit HIV to a partner. He says, and we agree that if you knowingly have HIV and choose not to inform your partner, you should be treated as a rapist and be subject to more than just a few days in jail or a small fine.  Rantz tells the story of his friend Chad Felix Greene who lives with HIV. He told Rantz this past week:  Ten years ago, my diagnosis was a death sentence. Five years ago, it meant living a limited life. Today medication has given me my life back. But I am always a month supply away from 10 years ago. Giving this burden to someone else, without them even knowing the risk? I just cannot imagine it.” This bill in Washington is nothing but feel-good political correctness. Want to make sure you never miss a story from Law Enforcement Today? With so much “stuff” happening in the world on social media, it’s easy for things to get lost.

https://www.lawenforcementtoday.com/reality-star-only-gets-9-months-for-raping-boy-and-giving-him-hiv-you-read-that-right-9-months/ 

:: 3-2-20 https://jonsnewplace.wordpress.com  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Adviser to Iran’s Supreme leader dies from coronavirus, as other top officials infected

Uncategorized March 2, 2020 David Aaro

An adviser to Iran’s Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei has died from the new coronavirus, as other top officials in the country are confirmed to be infected, according to multiple reports on Monday. The Iranian Health Ministry recorded 523 new cases in the past 24 hours, bringing the country’s known total to 1,501. They mark a 53 percent increase since the day before.   Mohammad Mirmohammadi, 71, was an Expediency Council member who advised Khamenei and settled disputes between him and parliament. COVID-19 has already infected Iran’s vice president and deputy health minister. His death comes after the government on Monday rejected help from Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, who announced last week the U.S. was concerned Iran may have covered up details on the spread of the virus. Pedestrians wearing face masks walk on the sidewalks in northern Tehran, Iran, Sunday, March 1, 2020. While the new coronavirus has extended its reach across the world, geographic clusters of infections were emerging, with Iran, Italy and South Korea seeing rising cases. (AP Photo/Vahid Salemi) “We neither count on such help nor are we ready to accept verbal help,” Foreign Ministry spokesman Abbas Mousavi said during a briefing on Monday. He added the country has always been “suspicious” over American intentions, and that the U.S. government was trying to weaken Iranians’ spirits over the outbreak. Iran’s mortality rate from the virus is roughly 5.5 percent, compared to an overall fatality rate of about 2 percent in China. The difference in rates has led people to suggest the number of infections in Iran is higher than what the country has officially reported. The country’s first case was reported less than two weeks ago. IRAN PREPARES TO TEST ‘TENS OF THOUSANDS’ FOR CORONAVIRUS AS NUMBER OF CONFIRMED CASES SPIKES

The virus has killed at least 66 people in Iran, the highest death toll outside of China. The majority of 1,150 cases throughout the Middle East are linked back to the country. Iran was preparing the possibility of testing “tens of thousands” of people following a spike of cases on Saturday. The country has closed schools and universities due to COVID-19, but religious Shiite shrines have remained open. Last week, Iranians were captured licking some of the shrines in defiance of the coronavirus.

CLICK HERE FOR FULL CORONAVIRUS COVERAGE

Most countries in the Middle East have limited or ceased travel to the country. It has the 4th highest infected total outside of China, South Korea, and Italy. READ THE REST

via Adviser to Iran’s Supreme leader dies from coronavirus, as other top officials infected | Fox News

https://jonsnewplace.wordpress.com/2020/03/02/adviser-to-irans-supreme-leader-dies-from-coronavirus-as-other-top-officials-infected/ 

:: 3-2-20 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

San Antonio: CDC "Accidentally" Releases Man Positive with COVID-19

02 March 2020

The CDC has mistakenly released a patient from the Texas Center for Infectious Disease whose test later came back positive for COVID-19, says San Antonio Mayor Ron Nirenberg. The patient was part of the group that came back from Wuhan, China over two weeks ago via a State Department chartered flight. According to the CDC, the patient was asymptomatic and had met all of the CDC's criteria for release. Two tests, taken 24 hours apart, had tested negative for the virus and the CDC cleared the patient. However, a later test sample came back and was determined to be "weakly" positive for COVID-19.

Mayor Ron Nirenberg @Ron_Nirenberg

Today we learned that the CDC mistakenly released a patient from the Texas Center for Infectious Disease who later returned a positive COVID-19 reading.

The fact that the CDC allowed the public to be exposed to a patient with a positive COVID-19 reading is unacceptable. Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.

When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/san-antonio-cdc-accidentally-releases-man-positive-with-covid-19 

:: 3-3-20 STG Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Covid-19 Containment Efforts Appear to Have Failed: What Happens Next?

March 3, 2020 by Daisy Luther, The Organic Prepper:

As confirmed cases of Covid-19 pop up around the United States, it appears that containment efforts have failed. Over the weekend, the number of confirmed cases in the United States rose to 88. People have tested positive for coronavirus in the following states: Washington, California, Illinois, Rhode Island, New York, Florida, Texas, and Oregon. Two people in Washington have died and it is believed that the virus may have been spreading through the state undetected for six weeks now. The case in Texas is an evacuee who was “mistakenly” released from a quarantine facility by the CDC. The case in New York is a woman who resides in Manhattan who had recently visited Iran. Diamond Princess evacuees who have tested negative are due to be released from quarantine today, but some cases with incubation that lasted as long as 27 days have many wondering if the 14-day quarantine is long enough. The virus has prompted some school closures in Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and Rhode Island. Thousands of Americans are self-quarantined. California, Washington, and Oregon have reported “community spread,” which means that investigators are unable to figure out where patients have contracted the virus. Community spread is generally a turning point in an outbreak that means the illness is uncontained. An explosion in purchases of essential items like food and toilet paper took place all over the country this weekend as people began to become more aware of the need to be prepared to stay home for a period of time. (If you need more information about getting prepared for quarantines, read this article and get this book.) A series of errors by the CDC is part of the failure  The CDC failed to follow guidelines laid out by the World Health Organization and developed its own test. Unfortunately, that test was faulty, putting the nation weeks behind in detected cases.  As a result, until Wednesday the CDC and the Food and Drug Administration only allowed those state labs to use the test — a decision with potentially significant consequences. The lack of a reliable test prevented local officials from taking a crucial first step in coping with a possible outbreak — “surveillance testing” of hundreds of people in possible hotspots. Epidemiologists in other countries have used this sort of testing to track the spread of the disease before large numbers of people turn up at hospitals. (source)

According to ProPublica, the CDC promised on February 14 to begin surveillance testing in New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and Seattle, but this testing has not yet begun. As I wrote last week, I don’t believe the official numbers are reflective of the actual cases because of narrow guidelines about who can be tested, the faulty tests, and the complete lack of tests in many areas.  Vice President Pence said over the weekend that 75,000 more testing kits will be made available this week. He also seems to be loosening the criteria to be tested, telling Jake Tapper in an interview, “…we’ve established a process in a number of cities across the country where if somebody presents at the local hospital with a respiratory ailment, we want them also tested for coronavirus.” Don’t be surprised to see a sharp increase in cases once more tests become available. This won’t necessarily mean that the illness is spreading faster – it just means that people will be diagnosed instead of being told they have the flu and getting sent home to spread it further. What happens next Federal and local governments will try to mitigate the spread. Expect to see more quarantines, workplace and school closures, and cancellations of public gatherings. As other countries hard hit by coronavirus cancel public activities and shutter schools, HHS Secretary Azar said such measures could be part of the containment toolkit here, if needed. Keeping kids home from school and running workplaces on a skeleton staff is part of what experts call “social distancing,” a way to keep people from passing disease to one another. As recently as 2009, a flu pandemic led to school closures in many U.S. communities. “It can be indicated under certain circumstances that it might make sense to close a school or schools, or take other measures like that,” said Azar. In the U.S. that would be a decision made at the local level. (source) There will be a lot of personal economic ramifications to this.

First, it means that there could be a lot of people not getting paid. Here’s some information on how to prepare for the financial consequences of a potential quarantine or workplace closure. If you are quarantined and your workplace isn’t closed, you may have some protection under the law to be sure that you keep your job according to this article on Forbes. It will also mean childcare issues for those who still need to be at work but whose children are unable to attend school.   Shortages will become more obvious soon.

N-95 masks won’t be the only thing in short supply soon. As people clear the shelves in supermarkets and general merchandise stores across the country, some of that inventory may not be replaced quickly. Mainstream sources suggest we could see bare shelves in mid-April, but I suspect after the weekend’s buying frenzy, our just-in-time supply chain could begin to fray as early as this week. Part of this is the fact that so much of our merchandise originates in China. (Here’s a list of things that could soon be in short supply.) The problem is two-fold. First, factories have been shuttered as millions of Chinese people in numerous cities have been quarantined for more than a month, so production has ground to a halt. Secondly, shipping has seriously declined – world ports are already seeing an impact.

So even those who have money could soon have difficulty finding the products they want. If you haven’t stocked up, now is the time to do so. The supply chain is showing its first signs of wear and it could be months (at the least) before it bounces back. The economy shows all the signs of a pending recession. Investors are bracing themselves for a bad week in the market. The travel sector and shipping industry are due to lose billions if the current trends continue. Economists warn we could be looking at a full-blown recession. Consumer spending, says the Washington Post, has propped up the US economy for a decade. With potential job losses and income interruptions, people will (wisely) pull back from non-essential spending. Read More @ TheOrganicPrepper.ca

https://www.sgtreport.com/2020/03/covid-19-containment-efforts-appear-to-have-failed-what-happens-next/ 

:: 1992  Steve Quayle Prophecy  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

https://www.stevequayle.com/index.php?s=592 

:: 3-2-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Worried families blast Washington nursing home where one man has died from coronavirus and 50 more are ill for 'not testing patients and ignoring phone calls' - as it emerges facility has history of failing to control the spread of illness

A nursing facility where the second man in the US to die of coronavirus was a patient has been blasted by the families of residents

Distraught relatives say they have been kept in the dark over the situation and ill relatives lie untested

Bonnie Holstad said her calls to Life Care center in Kirkland, Washington, have gone unanswered as she is desperate for news that her husband Ken is okay after he had a cough

Bridget Parkhill said her elderly mother, 77, has been sick for several days, but has not been taken to hospital

Pat Herrick said she is concerned her 89-year-old mother could die if the virus spreads further at the facility

The facility has a history of failing to control the spread of illness

In 2019, a state investigation blasted Life Care after two influenza outbreaks swept the care home, affecting 17 residents and seven employees

Two individuals - a resident and an employee at the care home - had been diagnosed with the infection on Saturday. More than 50 staff and residents were also showing some symptoms

By Rachel Sharp For Dailymail.com Published: 01:10 EST, 2 March 2020 | Updated: 02:26 EST, 2 March 2020

The Washington state nursing home where the second US man to die from coronavirus was a resident has been slammed by worried families who claim they are not being kept informed about the conditions of their loved ones. Six coronavirus cases have been confirmed at the Life Care Center in Kirkland, including one resident in his 70s who later died at hospital, while more than 50 staff and residents have shown symptoms and will be tested. It has also emerged that the facility has been slammed for failing to control the spread of viruses in the past. One distraught woman has come forward blasting the facility's handling of the outbreak, telling how she has been kept in the dark over her husband’s condition and treatment at the home. Bonnie Holstad said her husband Ken was staying at the facility after a fall caused by a broken hip but staff were refusing to speak to her about his condition. She says her calls to the center have gone repeatedly unanswered as she is desperate for news that he is okay after he had a cough. He also suffers from Parkinson's disease and dementia.

Holstad stood outside the facility on Sunday with a sign saying: 'No one at Life Care is answering the phones. He needs to be attended to ... what is his temperature?' The Life Care facility provides 24-hour care for residents, including physician and nurse coverage, many of whom have long-term and chronic conditions. Around 27 of the 108 residents and 25 of the 180 staff have shown some symptoms of the virus, including some cases where individuals had contracted pneumonia. On Sunday, four new cases were confirmed, including the deceased male, taking the infection rate at the facility to six and counting. The man in his 70s with underlying health conditions died at the EvergreenHealth hospital in Kirkland on Saturday. This is the same hospital where a man in his 50s died on Friday night - the US's first coronavirus-related death. Holstad told CNN that after she protested, a nurse did then check on him and told her he doesn't have a fever. 'I was so angry. How can this be that I have to do this, make a sign and go down there?' Holstad said. 'I'm very worried for my husband,' Holstad said. 'He's one of the vulnerable people,' because of his age and his Parkinson's disease. 'I have real problems with how they're handling the interface with family,' she said, remarking it was 'sort of like a movie about an epidemic in a little town, and they don't know how to handle the situation.' Holstad told how she only found out about the potential outbreak in the home when she arrived for a visit on Saturday and was turned away by a sign on the door saying no visitors allowed. She then got a message from the center telling her about the confirmed cases. Before then she had been told staff were wearing masks because some residents had colds. Holstad also said her husband had not been tested for coronavirus because he doesn't have all of the symptoms required for testing. Fears over the safety and care of residents now on lockdown within the care home come as it is revealed that the facility has a history of failing to take adequate steps to control the spread of illness. In 2019, a state investigation blasted Life Care after two influenza outbreaks swept the care home, affecting 17 residents and seven employees. Investigators said the facility had failed to ensure staff were trained in and followed 'transmission-based precautions' required under federal regulation. The nursing home pledged to provide training for staff on transmission precautions, controlling infections and hand hygiene and two months later said it was compliant with regulations. However, a Medicare health inspection rating ranked the facility just three out of five stars. Other concerned relatives of residents at the Life Care Center told The New York Times that the center is refusing to test sick patients for the deadly disease. Many of the residents are elderly and have pre-existing health conditions, meaning they are at greater risk of the virus turning serious. Bridget Parkhill has spoken out saying that her elderly mother, a 77-year-old resident, has been sick for several days, but has not been taken to hospital or been tested for the virus. She said her mother has been ruled out of being tested because she does not have a fever or respiratory distress. 'I'm extremely worried,' she said. Her sister, Carmen Gray, said their mother told them Sunday morning that people were wearing masks and protective gear when they brought her meals, but she had still not been tested. She said they could not understand why the facility would deny their mother a test for the infection. 'Since she has been sick for days and been around all these people, I don't understand why she's not being tested, if for nothing else to rule her out,' said Gray. The daughter of another Life Care resident said she is concerned her elderly mother could die if the virus spreads further throughout the home. 'The level of danger for her could be significant,' said Pat Herrick. 'She is 89 years old. It could take her.' One resident who is awaiting the results of his coronavirus test told the Times of his 'nightmare' ordeal since he had fallen ill at the nursing home around two weeks ago. From his hospital bed at EvergreenHealth Medical Center in Kirkland, where two people have died from coronavirus, Kenny McMillan, 60, said he was in rehab at the center for a broken foot when he developed flu-like symptoms back in February. McCillan has a history of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and physical injuries from his life's work in warehouses and assembly lines, so is at greater risk than most of contracting the disease. He took a turn for the worse around two weeks ago. 'All of a sudden one night, they came in and they couldn't revive me, because I was out of it,' he said. 'If they hadn't have revived me, I probably would've been gone. That's the only reason I'm here.' McCillan said he was transferred to EvergreenHealth Medical Center and moved in and out of the intensive-care unit. However, it was several weeks before he was considered a possible coronavirus case when the news broke of the first two cases testing positive at the home. He was finally tested Saturday night and is awaiting results - two weeks on from him first falling ill. Life Care's executive director Ellie Basham said in a statement that the facility is monitoring the situation closely.

'Current residents and associates are being monitored closely. As is normal this time of year, there are various cold and flu-like symptoms being exhibited from residents and associates,' the statement emailed to DailyMail.com read. 'The health department has advised us to monitor for an elevated temperature, cough and shortness of breath. We're consulting with the health department and possibly sending patients to a local hospital for formal COVID-19 testing.' A spokesperson for Life Care told DailyMail.com on Saturday that the facility was not accepting any visitors or new admissions, and was monitoring all residents and associates for the virus. They said the restricted access had only been put in place that morning. Medical staff wearing protective clothing and masks were pictured transporting a patient on a stretcher into an ambulance at the Life Care facility on Saturday. Other photos have emerged of more patients being taken from the home to hospital. The CDC and local health officials sent in an emergency response team to the Life Care facility on Sunday to try to control the escalating situation. One-quarter of Kirkland firefighters have also been quarantined after they responded to Life Care facility over the last week. First patient confirmed in New York City as nationwide cases rise to at least 77 Gov. Andrew Cuomo has confirmed the first coronavirus patient in New York, as the number of cases nationwide reached at least 77. Reports said that the woman is currently in Manhattan and is isolated inside her home. A statement from the Cuomo's office reveals that the patient, an unidentified woman in her late 30s, contracted COVID-19 while traveling abroad in Iran. 'The positive test was confirmed by New York's Wadsworth Lab in Albany, underscoring the importance of the ability for our state to ensure efficient and rapid turnaround,' Cuomo wrote. The Center for Disease Control and Prevention will now confirm the case. It's unclear when the woman was in Iran and when she returned to the U.S. At least 77 patients in the US have now been confirmed to have coronavirus, after one was reported in Rhode Island and a fifth 'unknown' origin case was found in Chicago on Sunday. Gov. Andrew Cuomo admitted that the deadly virus' entrance into New York's population of 19 million was a 'matter of when, not if.' He went on to say that there is a $40million emergency management authorization legislature that has been proposed to government officials and is anticipating it's quick approval. 'There is no reason for undue anxiety -- the general risk remains low in New York. We are diligently managing this situation and will continue to provide information as it becomes available,' he wrote. New York's first positive coronavirus case comes after officials confirmed new coronavirus cases on Sunday. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex Azar confirmed the latest infection in Chicago during an appearance on Fox News Sunday, saying that authorities are now working to trace the source of the latest instance. So far, there are at least five reported cases nationwide where authorities do not know how the virus was contracted, according to the federal government - one in Chicago, one in Washington State, one in Oregon, and two in California -

The Chicago Tribune on Sunday reported that the third case of coronavirus was confirmed in Illinois.

A suburban Cook County resident was found to be a ‘presumptive case of novel coronavirus,’ the Illinois Department of Public Health announced. The patient is hospitalized in isolation, and protocols by the Centers for Disease Control have been implemented. Illinois Governor J.B. Pritzker has asked hospitals across the state to do more testing to improve surveillance for the virus.  Alex Azar, the secretary of health and human services, said on Sunday that a new case of coronavirus was confirmed overnight in Chicago +25 Alex Azar, the secretary of health and human services, said on Sunday that a new case of coronavirus was confirmed overnight in Chicago The state was the first in the nation to provide for testing, according to the Tribune. The governor announced on Friday that there were now three labs in the state that could test for coronavirus - one in Cook County, one in Springfield, and a third in Carbondale. Officials said that the two other Illinois patients found to have the coronavirus have since made a full recovery. Also on Sunday, the Rhode Island Department of Health announced the first presumptive positive case of coronavirus. The patient is in their 40s and had traveled to Italy in mid-February, the state agency said. 'RIDOH is coordinating closely with the hospital where this person is currently being treated and all infection control protocols are being followed,' the department said in a statement. 'The Rhode Island Department of Health has been preparing for weeks to ensure that we have a structure in place to, to the best of our ability, limit or prevent the spread of COVID-19 in Rhode Island,' said Nicole Alexander-Scott, the director of the department. 'We fully anticipated having a first case of COVID-19. 'We are not seeing widespread community transmission in Rhode Island, and the general level of risk for Rhode Islanders is still low. 'However, everyone in Rhode Island has a role to play in helping us prevent the spread of viruses, just like the flu. 'It is very important that people wash their hands regularly, cover their coughs and sneezes, and stay home if they are sick.' On Sunday Night, the Florida Department of Health confirmed two patients have tested 'presumptive positive' for coronavirus. One is a resident of Hillsborough County, while the other is from of Manatee County. Both have been isolated. The Trump administration on Saturday announced measures aimed at curbing the spread of coronavirus, including new restrictions on Americans and other who have traveled to Iran. The government is also advising citizens against travel to certain parts of Italy and South Korea, where significant outbreaks of the pathogen have been reported. Coronavirus has been spreading in Washington State for more than six weeks and HUNDREDS could be undiagnosed, say experts A scientist in Washington State believes coronavirus may have been spreading for six weeks before it was detected, and there could be a 'few hundred' people currently infected amid an 'already substantial outbreak'. At least 77 confirmed cases of COVID-19 had been reported as of Sunday afternoon with the majority being on the west coast of the United States but new cases were confirmed in Rhode Island - where a patient in their 40s had traveled to Italy in mid-February - and Illinois where the third ‘presumptive case of novel coronavirus,’ was announced. Two people have made full recoveries in Illinois. But anxious shoppers descended on supermarkets, stocking up on supplies like bottled water, canned food and Clorox wipes after more than half a dozen California residents were diagnosed with the disease in recent days. The number of confirmed infections in Washington reached eight Sunday as two men in their 60s - both with underlying health conditions - were in critical condition. One was stable at Valley Medical Center in Renton, the other was at Virginia Mason. Trevor Bedford of the University of Washington said the illness has likely spread within the community as none of the people confirmed to be infected had recently traveled. Bedford said a team at the Seattle Flu Study had compared the first reported case of COVID-19 in the United States to the second case, and found that it was on the same evolutionary tree.  Sharing a diagram, Bedford tweeted Saturday: 'This strongly suggests that there has been cryptic transmission in Washington State for the past 6 weeks.' Bedford posted on social media that case WA2 is likely to have come from case WA2 as they appear almost identical in make-up. The academic also noted that they were discovered in the same area of Washington State, Snohomish County, as he put the probability value at 0.3. Anything less than 0.5 is statistically significant and effectively rules out the chance the findings are random. 'It's possible that this genetic similarity is a coincidence and these are separate introductions. However, I believe this is highly unlikely. The WA1 case had a variant at site 18060. This variant is only present in 2/59 viruses from China,' Bedford continued. 'I'd assess the p-value for this coincidence at 2/59=0.03 and so is statistically significant. Additionally, these two cases are geographically proximal, both residing in Snohomish County. 'I believe we're facing an already substantial outbreak in Washington State that was not detected until now due to narrow case definition requiring direct travel to China.' Bedford said they will be working closely with Public Health Seattle and King County as well as the Washington Department of Health to fully investigate the outbreak. The virus, immunity and evolution expert added that they hope to provide an update on the number of infections in Washington State soon. 'An update, because I see people overly speculating on total outbreak size. Our best current expectation is a few hundred current infections,' Bedford tweeted Saturday. 'Expect more analyses tomorrow.' Scientists not affiliated with the research said the results did not necessarily surprise them and pointed out that for many people - especially younger, healthier ones - the symptoms are not much worse than a flu or bad cold. 'We think that this has a pretty high rate of mild symptoms and can be asymptomatic. The symptoms are pretty non-specific and testing criteria has been pretty strict, so those combinations of factors means that it easily could have been circulating for a bit without us knowing,' said Justin Lessler, an associated professor of epidemiology at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health. 'And that was what a lot of us was thinking was likely.' Virus claims more than 3,000 lives worldwide as flights from US to Italy are suspended Worldwide, the outbreak that began in Wuhan, China has sickened at least 88,583 people and killed more than 3,000 in 54 countries. The US will start screening travelers for coronavirus and ramp up production of masks and test kits as the government scrambles to reassure Americans while the disease spreads and businesses cancel conferences and flights. Donald Trump said on Sunday that travelers to the United States from countries at high risk of coronavirus would be screened before boarding and upon arrival, without specifying which countries. Delta Air Lines on Sunday said it is suspending until May flights to Milan in northern Italy where most of that country's coronavirus cases have been reported. Flights will continue to Rome. American Airlines Group Inc announced a similar move late on Saturday. The United States has imposed limits on travelers who have visited Iran and recommended against travel to hard-hit areas of Italy and South Korea. Trump said on Saturday that the United States was also considering shutting the country's southern border with Mexico to control the spread of the virus, adding, 'We hope we won't have to do that.' Mexico has reported four coronavirus cases. Its foreign ministry said on Saturday that both governments are in 'close and effective communication, especially the health authorities .' Meanwhile in Australia, the first human-to-human transfer of COVID-19 has been confirmed as the number of cases in the country hit 31. Tasmania has also confirmed its first case of the virus. Vice President Mike Pence said the government had contracted 3M Co to produce an extra 35 million respiratory masks a month. He urged Americans not to buy the masks, which he said were only needed by healthcare workers. Honeywell International Inc is the other major U.S. mask producer. U.S. Surgeon General Jerome Adams asked the public to stop buying masks, saying they're ineffective against coronavirus. Pence, named by the president to be the point-person overseeing the government's response, said more than 15,000 virus testing kits had been released over the weekend. And, the administration is working with a commercial provider to distribute 50,000 more, he said. The vice president said testing was among the first issues raised by governors he's spoken with so far. Several states have begun their own testing, including Washington state, Oregon and Illinois. 'We're leaning into it,' Pence said. U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex Azar said more than 3,600 people already have been tested for coronavirus and the capability exists to test 75,000 people. He forecast a "radical expansion of that" in the coming weeks. The United States has 75,000 test kits for coronavirus and will expand that number 'radically' in coming weeks, Azar told ABC's This Week on Sunday. He also told Fox News that clinical trials of a coronavirus vaccine would start in six weeks but that a vaccine will likely not be available this season. Democrats, who will challenge Trump for the presidency in the November 3 election, have criticized his administration for downplaying the crisis and not preparing for the disease to spread in the United States. Pence, whom Trump appointed last week to run the White House's coronavirus response, said Americans should brace for more cases, but that the 'vast majority' of those who contracted the disease would recover. 'Other than in areas where there are individuals that have been infected with the coronavirus, people need to understand that for the average American, the risk does remain low. We're ready,' Pence told NBC's 'Meet the Press'.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8063979/Worried-families-blast-nursing-home-one-man-died-coronavirus-not-testing-patients.html 

:: 3-1-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus may have been spreading in Washington state for weeks: experts

By Jackie Salo March 1, 2020 | 12:06pm

Washington state’s coronavirus outbreak that claimed a life over the weekend suggests that the bug has been spreading there for nearly six weeks, according to experts. Trevor Bedford, an associate professor at the University of Washington, said that one of the state’s recent cases appears to be linked to a Snohomish County man who was identified Jan. 19 as the country’s first coronavirus patient, the New York Times reported. Bedford and a research team found similarities while comparing the genetic sequence of the two samples that indicated the recent case had been descended from the other, suggesting that there has been community spread throughout the region, the outlet reported.  I believe we’re facing an already substantial outbreak in Washington State that was not detected until now due to narrow case definition requiring direct travel to China,” Bedford tweeted. His findings come after officials confirmed a patient who died at a Seattle-area hospital was the first coronavirus death in the US. There were also two presumptive cases in the same suburb linked to a longterm care facility, Life Care Center of Kirkland. “In addition, over 50 individuals associated with Life Care are reportedly ill with respiratory symptoms or hospitalized with pneumonia or other respiratory conditions of unknown cause and are being tested for COVID-19,” Seattle and King County officials said.

The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said Saturday that there have been 22 coronavirus cases detected across the country through the public health system. Meanwhile, there have been more than 86,000 people infected across the world and at least 2,900 deaths.

https://nypost.com/2020/03/01/coronavirus-may-have-been-spreading-in-washington-state-for-weeks-experts/ 

:: 3-1-20 Longroom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Suddenly Emerging Coronavirus 'Hot Zones' Across America Suggest The 'Big Event' Is Happening Now & Many Americans Still Don't See The Tsunami About To Crash Down Upon Them!

allnewspipeline.com | 3/1/2020 | Staff

Now over 2 months into the coronavirus outbreak that apparently began in China (though Russia's claims it was a US bioweapon, Dr. Francis Boyle's claims it is an offensive Chinese bioweapon and the possibility COVID-19 was engineered to be a depopulation weapon by the 'global elite' cannot be dismissed), we're getting new signs that it's full arrival in America is something the 'average American' is completely unprepared for and something that, should the worst case scenario unfold here, something that changes everything in America in 2020. With 'hot zones' beginning to break out in more than one location across the country where a person with no ties to China or someone who had recently been to China has caught the disease with the route of transmission being unknown, proving to us that if it can happen to one person, it can happen to many more, as we had asked within this February 13th story, how many more 'walking time bombs' are walking the streets of America having no clue that they've caught the virus, spreading it to others unknowingly?

ANP - Readers - 'preppers - America - Start

So with ANP readers and 'preppers' across America getting a head start and stocking up on a month's worth (or hopefully more) of food, water and other necessities before 'the real panic shopping' begins, we'll be taking a look in this story at all of the latest news and signs that nothing may be able to stop the spread of this outbreak in America and while praying for and working towards the best, preparing for the worst. According to this new story over at Market Watch, this coronavirus outbreak is driving massive sales of face masks, "I Survived Coronavirus 2020" t-shirts and the virus-themed online game 'Plague Inc' in which the players strategize how to bring about the end of human history...

https://www.longroom.com/discussion/1814947/suddenly-emerging-coronavirus-hot-zones-across-america-suggest-the-big-event-is-happening-now-many-americans-still-dont-see-the-tsunami

-about-to-crash-down-upon-them 

:: 2-29-20 https://grandmageri422.me/2020/02/29/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Luciferian Worship at the United Nations Will Usher in ANTICHRIST

On February 29, 2020 By Geri UngureanIn Antichristi system in UN agenda

This article was originally written in 2015. I believe that we are seeing God’s prophetic Word being fulfilled at such great speed – I felt the need to bring this piece back for the brethren to read and understand. Many believe that the U.N. is just a gathering of representatives from the nations of the world – who are there to keep peace among the nations. Brethren – this evil organization is not just anti-Israel, but they are guided by their deep belief in the New Age movement. They worship Lucifer, whom they believe is the enlightened one. This explains the bitter hatred of Israel and the Jewish people at the U.N. After all, Satan hates the Jews. The United Nations is waiting for a supreme teacher who goes by many names. We Christians call him by the name given to him by God Himself – and that name is Antichrist. Original article: Months ago, I wrote a two part article on the origins of the occult in the United Nations. I explained what is called the “Lucis Trust” and gave a brief history of Alice Bailey who was instrumental in bringing Luciferian worship to the U.N. In light of rapidly changing events concerning the United Nations; particularly the scheduled address by Pope Francis on Climate Change and world depopulation, I felt that it would be good to update the prior articles. Christians need to know what is happening and why it is happening. We need to be able to explain to the unsaved how the United Nations will be used by Satan to bring about the NWO – One World Government, and eventually the Antichrist himself. “Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto him, That ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand. Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God” (2 Thessalonians 2: 1-4). The Beginning Alice Ann Bailey, a leading disciple of the Russian theosophist Madame Helena Blavatsky, formed the Lucifer Trust in 1920. In 1922, the name was changed to Lucis Trust. I can only imagine that this was done after realizing that the name of Lucifer would certainly alarm many who read and love the Word of God. But make no mistake, the inner workings and thrust of this group remained the same. Madame Helena Blavatsky is known as the “mother” of the New Age movement and modern occultism. In her “Secret Doctrine” she taught that Lucifer was higher and older than the God of the Bible, and that Lucifer had to be sacrificed and sent to earth, because of the coming dogma of the Church. She taught that Satan was truly “good” and that he was known by many names, but mainly as God of Wisdom — the cosmic reflection of God. She also called him “Son of the morning” and in many writings, called him Son of God. After years of contact with her so-called spirit masters,( we know they are demons) Blavatsky published “Isis Unveiled” in 1877; a hugely successful writing, followed by “Secret Doctrine” in 1888. She also established an Occult magazine in London, called “Lucifer.” By this time, Blavatsky had acquired a huge following. EXPOSED! Lucis Trust President Speaks ~ Satan, Lucifer, & the UN While Christianity teaches that Lucifer is the essence of evil, the New Age teachers embrace him as enlightened, and one to be worshiped. As he is adored, our God is detested. In occultism and New Age philosophy, Lucifer is regarded as an agent of intellectual and spiritual freedom. We who are born-again from above, know that Lucifer was cast from heaven by our God, after Lucifer had determined to be like the most high God: “How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! [how] art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit.” – Isaiah 14:12-15 Alice Ann Bailey received her knowledge from “Ascended Masters” departed spirits. As Christians, we know that these spirits are merely demons, doing the bidding of their master – the devil. We know that Lucifer’s name was changed to Satan after being cast from heaven, the Luciferians continue to refer to him as Lucifer. What does this have to do with the UN? The Lucis Trust has been for years, the philosophical and religious consulting firm to all members of the U.N. It is interwoven into the fabric of the United Nations, and done so in such a deceptive way. The average person knows little to nothing of the Lucis Trust. “We have meditations at the United Nations a couple of times a week. The meditation leader is Sri Chin, and this is what he said about this situation: “… The United Nations is the chosen instrument of God; to be a chosen instrument means to be a divine messenger carrying the banner of God’s inner vision and outer manifestation. One day, the world will treasure and cherish the soul of the United Nations as its very own with pride, for this soul is all-loving, all-nourishing, and all-fulfilling.” – Donald Keys, president of Planetary Citizens and author of Earth At Omega “The United Nations is steadily becoming the center of a syncretic new world religion, a weird and diabolical convergence of New Age mysticism, pantheism, aboriginal animism, atheism, communism, socialism, Luciferian occultism, apostate Christianity, Islam, Taoism, Buddhism, and Hinduism. The devotees and apostles of this new faith include the kind of strange admixture of crystal worshipers, astrologers, radical feminists, environmentalists, cabalists, human potentialists, Eastern mystics, pop psychologists, and “liberal” clergymen one would normally tend to associate with the off-beat, sandals-and-beads counterculture of the 1960s. But today’s worshipers in this rapidly expanding movement are as likely to be scientists, diplomats, corporate presidents, heads of state, international bankers, and leaders of mainstream Christian churches.” source

As frightening and bizarre as this all may seem to us, it makes perfect sense that Satan would establish an institution such as the U.N. to unleash his diabolical deception and delusion upon the lost world. It is said “Knowledge is power.” For believers, having this knowledge of the U.N., and what is REALLY happening there, will help us to discern the times, and perhaps even to open the eyes of some of the unbelieving unsuspecting world. “Woe unto them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light, and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter!” (Isaiah 5:20).

The Theosophical society’s mission is divulged in this statement: “To oppose every form of dogmatic theology, especially the Christian, which the Chiefs of the Society regard as particularly pernicious … to counteract, as far as possible, the effects of missionaries to delude the so-called “Heathen” and “Pagans” as to the real origin and dogmas of Christianity and the practical effects of the latter upon public and private character in so-called Christian countries.”-source

Satan has used God’s Word, but has twisted it and placed it upside down. Good is evil, evil good, just as the Prophet Isaiah said would happen. The Age of Enlightenment is seen by the elite as higher – loftier — more appropriate for a group of representatives from all over the globe. They look to their Ascended Masters for Enlightenment, not realizing that they are being played by their precious Lucifer. He is sending his minions of fallen angels (demons) to communicate with the leaders of mediation and psychic readings groups. Most people would be shocked to know that the U.N. is the largest gathering of Occult and New Age followers on the planet. Various quotes by Alice Ann Bailey on NWO:  “The new world order must meet the immediate need and not be an attempt to satisfy some distant, idealistic vision. The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience. The new world order must lay the foundation for a future world order which will be possible only after a time of recovery, of reconstruction, and of rebuilding.” “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation. The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis.” “We are concerned with only one subject, the ushering in of the new world order….the present world order (which is today largely disorder) can be so modified and changed that a new world and a new race of men can gradually come into being. Renunciation and the use of the sacrificial will should be the keynote for the interim period after the war (WWII), prior to the inauguration of the New Age.”

As you can see, clearly the goal of the United Nations is the establishment of the New World Order. This NWO sets the global stage for the coming of someone. We will see who this long awaited person will be.  For whom are they waiting? Knowing that the Lucis Trust was built upon a Satanic foundation, it is not difficult to surmise their ultimate goal. They are waiting for the “Lord Maitreya”, or as they call him “The Christ.” But don’t be fooled. This is beyond a shadow of a doubt not our Messiah, Jesus Christ.

Maitreya – A New World Order “This ‘end of an age’ inevitably produces a certain number of natural disasters such as floods and earthquakes, and we are seeing a dramatic climax in the number of disasters taking place around the world….Maitreya says: ‘The last time I came, as Jesus, it was written in the Bible that when I appeared again the very elements of nature would be disturbed.’ ” “…After the disasters have peaked there will come a period of calm -the violence and destruction will come to an end. As people gain awareness, their guilt will recede…”

Maitreya’s Mission, Volume Two, Benjamin Creme, Share International Foundation, 1993, pp186-187

When I read “their guilt will recede” I thought about the guilt of sin, and repentance. However, occultists do not speak of the need to repent of sin. They only speak of enlightenment. “The bible predicts many catastrophes in the book of Revelation, beginning with the polar shift of the sixth seal ( http://www.redmoonrising.com/list.htm , Section II), and including a meteor impact into the ocean (8:8), major famines and plagues (6:8), intense heat from the sun (16:8), and many others.” These Occultists use the Word of God when it is convenient, but invariably change and corrupt it for their purposes. There are millions of people involved in New Age practices, worldwide. Kabbalah, practiced in Israel, and all over the world, is New Age. There are even well respected Rabbis in Israel who are known as “Kabbalist Rabbis.” Undoubtably, the Antichrist will be New Age. It is not surprising that Israel will be deceived by this man of perdition during the first 3 /12 years of the tribulation. source – Lord Maitreya’s predictions Maitreya predicts the collapse of the current financial system. “When the US’s “oasis of prosperity” begins to dry up, as it must in the current global financial crisis, stock markets in the West will plunge. This collapse will provide an opportunity for governments to re-evaluate their economic priorities, says futurist Benjamin Creme. The nations of the world will meet together to discuss how to cope with the future in an orderly fashion.” – from the Share International websites. –source This is absolutely counterfeit and demonic. All we need to know is found in the Word of God. Satan is desperate to deceive as many people as he can. He knows what our Word says about the End Times, but he also knows that there are more people who do not believe God’s Word than do believe it. He wants to keep it that way. Brethren, there is so much more to write, but this article would be immense. I encourage you to go to the sources referenced in this piece. There you will find names of individuals and corporations who take part in the Lucis Trust, and many of the names will shock you.

I felt an urgency to write about these things. We who love the Lord Jesus Christ, need to know how the Strong Delusion will come upon the peoples of the earth. Now, with Pope Francis becoming the key note speaker at the U.N. in September on so-called Global Warming, the plot certainly thickens. This Pope is also a true Marxist and believes in a “global political authority.” He believes in redistribution of wealth. Incredibly, he also believes in depopulating the earth by almost 95%! Remember, Pope Francis is a Jesuit. The Jesuits have been called the Vatican’s army. They never thought that one of them would become the Pope himself! We are all watching these events, but Christians know what God’s prophetic Word says. We are blessed who know THE TRUTH. JESUS is TRUTH. “Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me.” (John 14:6)

DO NOT BE DECEIVED! How Can I Be Saved? Shalom b’Yeshua MARANATHA!

To see the actual Lucis Trust website: http://www.lucistrust.org/ 

https://grandmageri422.me/2020/02/29/luciferian-worship-at-the-united-nations-will-usher-in-antichrist-2/ 

:: 3-2-20 I Know all news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

United Airlines to cut more flights amid coronavirus fears

Posted on : March 2, 2020

United Airlines boss warns domestic and transatlantic flights will be cut after coronavirus fears leave planes empty of passengers

In an email to employees on Sunday, Oscar Munoz said the airline had been hit by sagging demand for flights as passengers avoid travel amid coronavirus fears

United already cut flights to Asia, mainland China and Hong Kong

On Friday, it then sharply slashed flights to Japan and South Korea

Short-term demand for its trans-Pacific routes was also down by 75%

This marks the latest blow for the airline industry as industry analysts warned that the impact of coronavirus on the airline industry was ‘worse than 9/11’

Coronavirus fears have intensified as the US recorded its first two deaths

United Airlines boss Oscar Munoz has said that the US airline will likely need to cut more flights as fears over the rapid spread of coronavirus are leaving planes empty. In an email sent to employees late on Sunday, Munoz said the airline had been hit by sagging demand for flights, as passengers avoid travel due to the coronavirus outbreak. ‘We are strategically managing our Atlantic and domestic service, mindful of travel directives from the federal government, fluctuating demand and of course, the advice of public health experts,’ the chief executive wrote. ‘Based on current trends, it is likely that additional schedule reductions will be necessary.’ United Airlines boss Oscar Munoz (pictured) sent an email to employees late on Sunday saying the airline will likely need to cut more flights as it had been hit by sagging demand for flights, as passengers avoid travel due to the coronavirus outbreak United had already cut flights to Asia and suspended services to mainland China and Hong Kong through April 30 and on Friday slashed flights to Japan and South Korea United had already cut flights to Asia and suspended services to mainland China and Hong Kong through April 30. On Friday, it then sharply slashed flights to Japan and South Korea. Munoz did not specify which routes would next face the chop. However, the Chicago-based company revealed last Monday that short-term demand for its trans-Pacific routes was down by 75% – excluding China where demand has almost disappeared. Among US airlines, United has the biggest international exposure, drawing about 40 percent of its revenues from overseas flights. The Chicago-based company revealed last Monday that short-term demand for its trans-Pacific routes was down by 75% – excluding China where demand has almost disappeared On Friday, United canceled its investor day that was set for March 5, saying it is not ‘practical to expect that it can have a productive conversation focused on its long-term strategy next week.’ That same day, it ended the day down 5.2 percent on Friday and down more than 22 percent over the last week. This marks the latest blow for the industry as industry analysts warned last week that the global coronavirus outbreak had left airlines some of the hardest hit. The reduction in global airline capacity, measured by how many seats remain grounded, is now greater than after the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, according to the industry group IATA. After 9/11, airline revenue dropped an estimated $19.6 billion in 2002 dollars. The coronavirus crisis could cost the industry an estimated $29.3 billion in lost revenue for 2020, analysts said on Friday. This marks the latest blow for the industry as industry analysts warned last week that the global coronavirus outbreak had left airlines some of the hardest hit. A flight attendant from Denver with Frontier Airlines posted this photo of an empty plane on Wednesday as passengers avoid flying amid the global virus outbreak A traveler posted this picture from an empty flight on Tuesday They said countries with confirmed virus cases in excess of 90 — China, Italy, Iran, Japan, Singapore and South Korea — represent 25 per cent of global airline passenger numbers and 20 per cent of global passenger revenues. ‘Back after 9/11 at the end of 2001, it really took about nine months before we saw the industry recover from the impact of the events,’ said Wall Street Journal aviation correspondent Benjamin Katz. ‘Now, with the coronavirus, it’s a very different situation and it’s difficult to give an assessment, but analysts are expecting with the coronavirus this could actually last quite a bit longer,’ he continued. With the extent of the crisis still unknown, experts cautioned that the full impact on airlines remains to be seen. ‘If we look back in ten years time, will this be seen as a blip or a game changer?’ IBA Aviation Consultancy CEO Phil Seymour told the Journal. Several other airlines have been forced to cancel flights as the spread of coronavirus ramps up across the globe. Last week, Delta cut its South Korea flights in half, citing the outbreak and plummeting demand. Airlines have been forced to cancel flights as the spread of coronavirus ramps up across the globe. Last week, Delta cut its South Korea flights in half, citing the outbreak and plummeting demand Los Angeles International airport looks eerily quiet on February 27 as workers and passengers alike continue to take perecautionary measures against the spread of the virus South Korean soldiers wear protective gear spray disinfectant as part of preventive measures against the spread of coronavirus on March 2. Airlines are even feeling the squeeze on domestic US flights as companies reconsider the need for business travel and conferences. On Friday, Amazon deferred all non-essential travel, within the US and beyond, and Google set new restrictions for travel to South Korea and other places, as corporations moved to protect their employees from the spread of coronavirus. Canada’s TD Bank Group told Reuters it was suspending all non-essential business travel to China, Iran, Italy, Japan, South Korea and Singapore. Its peer Bank of Nova Scotia has also reportedly halted non-essential travel. JetBlue which flies in the United States, the Caribbean and Latin America, became the first US airline to offer waivers for all travel on Wednesday, announcing it would suspend change and cancellation fees for new flight bookings between February 27 and March 11 this year. Facebook also said it would cancel its annual developer conference in May because of the virus.

Coronavirus fears have intensified in recent days as the US has recorded its first two deaths from the disease and more than 89,000 people have been infected worldwide. Source: Read Full Article

https://iknowallnews.com/world-news/united-airlines-to-cut-more-flights-amid-coronavirus-fears/ 

:: 3-1-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus Potentially Spreading for 6 Weeks in Washington

By Eric Mack | Sunday, 01 March 2020 01:59 PM

The coronavirus reportedly might have gone unreported and undetected for six weeks in Washington state, where the first U.S. death occurred this weekend and a nursing home has multiple cases. Genetic analysis from a Snohomish County carrier matches that of the first known carrier in the U.S., who traveled from China in January, according to The Washington Post. Researchers suggests the cases are a result of community transmission, which has been going for weeks. Washington Gov. Jay Inslee declared a state of emergency after a Seattle-area nursing home reported a 70-year-old woman and a 40-something care giver have contracted the coronavirus. Also, Saturday the first U.S. death came in Washington, a 50-something man with no recent travel or connection to those known to have been infected, but he did have underlying health issues, according to the report. The elderly and those with underlying health issues are most vulnerable to dying from the coronavirus, according to scientists. There have been around 3,000 deaths globally from the outbreak, although just one reported to date in the U.S. Related Stories:

Stavridis: Coronavirus a 'Crisis, Not Apocalypse'

US Surgeon General Pleads: 'Stop Buying Masks!'

https://www.newsmax.com/us/washington-virus-containment-outbreak/2020/03/01/id/956414/ 

:: 3-2-20 Money Control :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Last Updated : Mar 02, 2020 10:19 AM IST | Source: PTI

North Korea fires two unidentified projectiles: South's military

The two devices were fired eastwards over the sea from the Wonsan area on the east coast, the South's Joint Chiefs of Staff said.

https://www.moneycontrol.com/news/world/north-korea-fires-two-unidentified-projectiles-souths-military-4991411.html 

:: 3-1-20 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Syria war: Turkey intensifies Idlib onslaught after air strike

1 March 2020

Turkey shot down two Syrian fighter jets on Sunday as it intensified military action in northern Syria.  The pilots parachuted to safety over Idlib province, where Turkish troops and rebels have been clashing with Syrian government forces. Turkey, which backs the opposition, said it had also targeted Syrian air defence systems and dozens of tanks. Tensions in Idlib escalated sharply last week when at least 33 Turkish soldiers were killed in an air strike. The incident sparked fears of a major escalation involving Turkey and Syria's main military ally, Russia. But, on Sunday, Turkish Defence Minister Hulusi Akar said the country did not want conflict with Russia. "We expect Russia to stop the regime's attacks," he said in a televised statement. "We don't have the desire or intention to clash with Russia."

Brutal endgame in Idlib risks spilling over

Why does the battle for Idlib matter?

Dozens of Turkish troops killed in Idlib

Mr Akar dubbed the latest operation against the Syrian army "Spring Shield". He said it had destroyed a drone, eight helicopters, 103 tanks, as well as rocket launchers and other military equipment. He added that 2,212 members of the Syrian forces had been "neutralised", a term used to mean killed, wounded or captured. But the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights, a UK-based war monitor, said 74 Syrian government troops and pro-Damascus fighters had been killed since 27 February. The latest developments have strained relations between Ankara and Moscow. But Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan is expected to meet Russian President Vladimir Putin next week. Meanwhile, the EU has called an emergency foreign ministers' meeting over the conflict. What's the context? Syrian government forces, supported by Russia, have been trying to retake Idlib from jihadist groups and Turkish-backed rebel factions. Idlib is the last Syrian province where Syrian rebel groups still control significant territory. The Syrian government advance has displaced nearly a million civilians who have fled to areas near the Turkish border. Turkey says it is already hosting millions of refugees and does not have the resources to let more enter. Turkey has some troops in observation points in Idlib under a 2018 agreement with Russia. President Erdogan had earlier threatened to confront Syrian government forces if they did not withdraw from positions near the Turkish observation posts.

The attack on Turkish troops last week came after Turkish-backed rebels retook the key town of Saraqeb, north-east of Balyun. Russia denies its own forces were involved in the fighting in the Balyun area. But Russia and Turkey are backing opposing sides in the civil war. Turkey is opposed to the government of Bashar al-Assad and supports some rebel groups. Russia has rejected calls in the UN Security Council for a humanitarian ceasefire in northern Syria, saying the only solution is to chase what it calls terrorists from the country. The Syrian government, which has regularly been accused of committing atrocities against civilians, says it is liberating Idlib from "terrorism". The Turkish and Russian presidents spoke by phone on Friday. They both expressed concern and agreed on the need for "additional measures" to normalise the situation. Why is Turkey so deeply involved in Syria? Its long border with Syria has brought it into close contact with the civil war and its strong opposition to the Assad government has made it a natural destination for refugees. But President Erdogan has said it cannot deal with the amount of people fleeing the civil war. Turkey has vowed to open its doors for migrants to travel to the EU. Turkey is also actively trying to prevent Syria's Kurdish community establishing control over the border region, fearing that this would encourage Kurdish separatism within Turkey itself. It has been accused of seeking to drive Kurds away from the border in order to establish a safe area within Syria to rehouse two million of the refugees it is hosting.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-51697980 

:: 3-1-20 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Police fire tear gas at migrants trying to enter Greece from Turkey

By Zack Budryk - 03/01/20 04:19 PM EST

Greek police at the nation’s border with Turkey fired tear gas Sunday on migrants who attempted to cross the border after Turkey relaxed restrictions on their movement. Witnesses told Reuters police deployed tear gas against hundreds of migrants, many of whom were throwing stones, at the border crossing by the northeastern Greek town of Kastanies, according to the news service. Turkey announced late last week that it would no longer restrict asylum seekers passing through Turkey from traveling to Europe, which the nation previously agreed to under a 2016 agreement with the European Union, after 33 Turkish soldiers in northwestern Syria were killed in an airstrike. Ankara has also threatened to relax restrictions if the EU was not speedier in deliver of promised funds to deal with the influx of refugees, according to Reuters. EU officials have called for emergency meetings of migration ministers, while Frontex, the EU’s border enforcement agency, said negotiations with Greece to help add to its border defense are ongoing. Greece was the primary point of entry for asylum seekers into Europe during the 2015-2016 migrant crisis and tens of thousands remain in squalid conditions in crowded camps on the Aegean islands, according to Reuters. Greek officials have accused Ankara of aiding and abetting the migrants, with deputy defense minister Alkiviadis Stefanis telling Skai TV “Yesterday there were 9,600 attempts to violate our borders, and all were dealt with successfully … not only are they not stopping them, but they are helping them.”

https://thehill.com/policy/international/europe/485385-police-fire-tear-gas-at-migrants-trying-to-enter-greece-from 

:: 2-24-20 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Behind the Scenes with Celeste

by Celeste Solum February 24, 2020

Government

Your data is the new oil of the emerging final empire of Global Governance. Using the Novel Corona Virus the "Regulators" are going to get your data if you travel and use enforcement measures if necessary to pry privacy from your hands whether you are alive or from your cold, dead hands. It begins with airlines and as the virus moves through the population, it will expand. This is in the pipeline: CDC requires airlines to collect and submit via electronic means to CDC, beginning within 24 hours of an order from the Director, certain data regarding passengers and crew arriving on flights arriving in the United States from foreign countries. CDC believes that this is the only mechanism by which it can efficiently obtain the information it needs for a public health response to outbreaks of communicable disease and that current regulatory requirements are not sufficient, especially in public health emergencies. CDC will exercise enforcement discretion where appropriate. We note that implementation of this interim final rule will entail technical and logistical difficulties for airlines. We are confident that all airlines will make every effort to comply with it. CDC, and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) more broadly, will in the exercise of its enforcement discretion take into account the good faith attempts at the compliance of any airline which may have difficulty in implementing the interim final rule in a timely fashion. Read more

~~~

If you die abroad from Novel Coronavirus or other reasons, can your remains come home?

In the regulatory pipeline:

HHS/CDC's role is to ensure that human remains imported into the United States do not contain a communicable disease or an infectious biological agent that could threaten public health. In recent years, HHS/CDC has received an increased number of notifications regarding the importation of body parts that are improperly packaged (e.g., contained in garbage bags or coolers susceptible of leaking fluid) or that lack proper documentation (e.g., importers stating only that the remains are to be used for “training.”). In some cases, importers have misrepresented the contents of the package or the remains were found to be leaking. Read more

~~~

Enhancing Privacy in Today's Internet of Things

People navigating the digital landscape of today's internet are bombarded with notices about how their data is being collected. But in the physical world — where the internet of things (IoT) technologies increasingly track our activities — few, if any, notices are provided. A team of researchers has created an app and an entire infrastructure to change that. Read more

https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/behind-the-scenes-with-celeste/behind-the-scenes-with-celeste-30 

:: 2-25-20 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Don’t Mess With God! The Seven Plagues of Communist China

Photo of David L Brockett David L Brockett February 25, 2020

Some Old Testament Smackdown

Depending on your religious background you may, or may not, remember the plagues of Egypt that befell the Pharaoh until he allowed the Israelites to leave. I’m guessing Xi must feel a little bit like the Old Testament Pharaoh, as calamity after calamity befalls his reign as China’s Central Party president.  To communists there is no God but the state, and Deities are not allowed to influence the party faithful. Religion is to be countered in any form. One of Chairman Mao’s Cultural Revolution goals was the eradication of all religion. Xi is certainly doing everything he can to accomplish that goal. Intensifying religious persecution of Christians and creating a new translation of the Bible, bringing it in line with Communism. Thus, the Plagues are falling upon their heads You can’t have a good biblical story without a central character working on behalf of God. Now, it may be pretty difficult to see Donald Trump as a savior come down out of the heavens, but he is the first president in many decades to sincerely promote Judeo-Christian values. Whether it’s his stance on abortion, or his determination to stop Muslims from destroying Israel, he stands tall with an unshakeable faith in God and this nation. Plague One 

President Trump’s election was Xi’s first test. The Chinese could no longer count on buying political and economic loyalty from Washington. Trump campaigned on reworking bad trade agreements, and he followed up immediately upon taking office.

Plague Two By taking a hard line on trade with China, Trump forced them to come to his terms, or pay dearly with tariffs. As Xi dragged his feet hoping Trump would be curtailed, or our economy would suffer from the tariffs (it didn’t), China’s economy began to tank. Eventually they gave in to Trump’s “America First” demands.

Plague Three

Enter the Army Worm and its Moth which has decimated hundreds of thousands of acres of corn and sugar cane. This creature can fly sixty miles in a night, carrying with it total destruction of crops. Xi was too slow to respond and now it has to run its course, forcing China to import almost all of their corn from the US.

Plague Four

African Swine fever has killed over half the pig population in the country. Pork is a staple for China, and they have had to kill hundreds of thousands of these animals to try and keep it contained. Once again they are now having to import pork from the US and other nations.

Plague Five

Rebellion in Hong Kong spreading to the mainland is one of the Central Party’s biggest fears. The Democracy movement threatens the foundation of the Communist Party. Once their people taste freedom, it will be hard to bring them back. The internet and social media make it impossible to completely contain the movement. Few outside of China realize this, but China depends on their military strength more to control their own people, than for defense. As long as there is a modicum of contentment among their 1.4 billion people, the Party is safe. Add stresses like we’ve already mentioned, and you have a potential powder keg.

Plague Six

Coronavirus is bringing sickness and death as it spreads across all of China and neighboring communist countries, revealing how inept dishonest, and powerless the Central party is. By now the Chinese people realize it was their own government, not a food market, responsible for this killer virus escaping. As the pandemic worsens, the government has increased controls over the populace. Meanwhile, government goons have been looting village markets, taking what few supplies remain, and causing more discontent and rage.

Plague Seven

Unemployment and hunger have followed their faltering economy. Transportation of goods across China is restricted and villages have become isolated, creating scenarios like what came to light this week as scientists sell lab animals to people for food. With no work for their people, and no goods to export, China will have to come up with the money to bail out their industries and either forgive individual debts or suffer massive bank defaults. Consequences of the Coronavirus are coming to light. The American people (and the world) now realize how dependent they are on China for pharmaceuticals and other products. This will lead to an immediate drawback of manufacturing to the US and other countries, something President Trump has advocated from day one. Trump outraged that his order to leave coronavirus-infected Americans in quarantine aboard luxury liner IGNORED as they were flown back to the USA, cross-infecting other air passengers Chinese officials loot local stores for supplies, leaving citizens empty handed… this same scene may be coming to your nation soon 7 NWO Agendas Accompanying the Coronavirus Outbreak Add the world-wide economic devastation brought on by this pandemic—the weeks lost in Chinese manufacturing and exporting materials to other dependent nations, and what will evolve is a decentralization of manufacturing—away from China. China’s “Belt and Road” plan, luring other nations into financial dependence, won’t work without the wealth to pull it off. For at least a decade China will be tightening its belt on a long road to recovery as they watch billions of dollars in potential trade go out the window. Imagine what kind of shape the US would be in during the global crisis, had Hillary Clinton been president! While you are here, take a minute and click one or both of the links below and visit our sister sites for “fresh daily” news and opinion. We appreciate our loyal readers! DC Dirty Laundry and DC Clothesline

David Brockett is a Vietnam Veteran and former Marine aviator. He writes fiction and historical fiction, as well as articles on politics, religion, gun-rights, preparedness, and current events. For more articles from this author visit these sites: David L Brockett

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/dont-mess-with-god-the-seven-plagues-of-communist-china/ 

:: 2--20 Steve Quayle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Flashback to Ancient Egypt:

THE PLAGUES OF THE OLD TESTAMENT ARE UPON US!

Hi Darrin,

Steve Quayle: "FOR THE FIRST TIME IN CONTEMPORARY HISTORY, THE 10 PLAGUES OF GOD’S VISIBLE JUDGMENT (AS PRESENTED IN THE BOOK OF EXODUS 10: 1-18) HAVE COME TO THE FOREFRONT OF WORLD HEADLINES -- IN REAL TIME! MEANWHILE, PULPITS IN THE USA AND WESTERN NATIONS HAVE AVOIDED THE IMPORTANCE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT PROPHETS, THE WORDS OF JESUS, AND THE UNFOLDING EVENTS AS DETAILED IN THE BOOK OF REVELATIONS. NOW, THEY ARE UNABLE TO EXPLAIN THE CATACLYSMS AND CATASTROPHES BEING MULTIPLIED DAILY ACROSS THE WORLD AND IN THEIR OWN APOSTATE, "ICHABODIAN INSTITUTIONS” (THEIR SO-CALLED CHURCHES). THIS HORRIFYING MULTI-CONTINENT LOCUST PLAGUE WILL BRING FAMINE TO AFRICA, CHINA AND ASIA -- AND THE VOLCANIC EMISSION BY THE WORLDS LARGEST VOLCANOS ERUPTING IN UNISON WILL EXPEL A MASSIVE AMOUNT OF ASH INTO OUR UPPER ATMOSPHERE, STRIKING TERROR IN HEARTS OF MANKIND. THE RESULT: A PLAGUE OF DARKNESS THAT BRINGS WITH IT AN UNPRECEDENTED ENVIRONMENT OF PANIC, DEATH AND DESTRUCTION! THIS YEAR’S BRANSON CONFERENCE WILL PREPARE YOU SPIRITUALLY, MENTALLY AND PHYSICALLY TO OVERCOME DURING THE TIME PERIOD THAT JESUS SPOKE ABOUT WHEN HE STATED THAT 'MEN'S HEARTS WOULD FAIL THEM FOR LOOKING AFTER THOSE THINGS COMING UPON THE EARTH'. PLEASE DON'T MISS TRUE LEGENDS THIS YEAR, OR OUR LIMITED TIME '2 FREE DVDS' GIVE-AWAY: TrueLegends2020_Tickets

Luke 21:25-26 King James Version (KJV)

25 And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring;

26 Men's hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.

https://mailchi.mp/gensix/true-legends-branson-2020-conference-invitation-to-register-1002145?e=7b8a8b75d3 

:: 2-24-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thousands of people queue to buy face masks in astonishing drone footage from South Korea as the country is gripped by coronavirus outbreak

South Korea has highest number of coronavirus cases outside China, at 830

City of Daegu is at the centre of the outbreak after disease spread among a cult

Hundreds of people were pictured queuing up to buy face masks in the city

President Moon Jae-in declared a national 'red alert' on Sunday as daycare centres were shut, school holidays extended and public gatherings banned

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline Published: 06:35 EST, 24 February 2020 | Updated: 12:35 EST, 24 February 2020

Thousands of people have been filmed queuing up to buy face masks in the city at the centre of South Korea's coronavirus outbreak. A long line of people snaked out the doors of a supermarket in the city of Daegu on Monday as people tried to protect themselves against the spread of the disease amid fears of a global pandemic. South Korea now has the largest number of confirmed cases outside of mainland China after infections spiked at the weekend, standing at 830 by Monday morning Eight people have also died from the disease in the Asian country. The astonishing scenes outside the supermarket were captured by South Korean newspaper Maeil Shinmun. More than 140 of South Korea's new cases were in and near Daegu, the city of 2.5 million people where most of the country's infections have occurred. Five of the deaths were linked to a hospital in Cheongdo, near Daegu, where a slew of infections were confirmed among patients in a psychiatric ward. While officials have expressed hope they could contain the outbreak to the region surrounding Daegu, some experts noted signs of the virus circulating nationwide. They pointed to a number of cases in the capital, Seoul, and elsewhere that were not immediately traceable. 'In Daegu, the number of new cases that are being confirmed by tests is quite large, and if we fail to effectively stem community transmissions in this area, there would be a large possibility (that the illness) spreads nationwide,' South Korean vice health minister Kim Gang-lip said. He said that health officials plan to test all of the city's residents exhibiting cold-like symptoms, which he said would be about 28,000 people. Health workers are also screening some 9,000 followers of the Daegu branch of the Shincheonji Church of Jesus, where a woman in her 60s attended two services before testing positive for the virus. Of the country's 161 new cases, 129 were related to the church. Officials are also investigating a possible link between churchgoers and the spike in infections at a hospital in nearby Cheongdo. Worldwide, cases have now topped 80,000 with more than 2,600 deaths as experts warned the globe is on the brink of a pandemic. A pandemic occurs when the same disease threatens different parts of the globe simultaneously. Until this weekend, the spread of coronavirus had been largely isolated to mainland China, with most foreign cases being linked to travellers from the country. But a wave of infections in northern Italy - which has been placed on lockdown - and in Iran, where 50 deaths were reported Monday, suggested the disease was spreading freely elsewhere. Several countries reported cases connected to travel to Iran.

Kuwait confirmed its first cases on Monday in three people who had travelled from Iran, while Bahrain and Iraq reported their first cases, also linked to Iran. The United Arab Emirates said new cases there included Iranian tourists. A number of countries have closed their borders with Iran or effectively barred travellers from there, a similar step to the actions numerous countries have taken to ward off the spread of the illness from China. On Monday, Italy's northern Lombardy region, which includes the nation's financial capital, Milan, reported the death of the fourth victim. Authorities said they had registered 38 more cases beyond the 152 reported nationwide late on Sunday, bringing Italy's total to at least 190. Venice, which is full of tourists for carnival events, reported its first two cases. As Italy scrambled to check the spread of the virus, authorities announced that all carnival events had been called off as well as major league football matches in the stricken region. Cinemas and theatres were also ordered shuttered, including Milan's legendary La Scala. Warning that China's virus epidemic is 'still grim and complex,' President Xi Jinping called for more efforts to stop the outbreak, revive industry and prevent the disease from disrupting spring planting of crops. Mr Xi defended the ruling Communist Party's response as 'timely and effective' in a video conference with officials in charge of anti-disease work, according to the official Xinhua News Agency.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8037595/Coronavirus-Thousands-queue-buy-face-masks-South-Korea.html 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 2-25-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 25 February 2020

One Maine Theme In February: (Apart from the coronavirus and locusts plagues) Floods. Flooding around the world broke record after record during the 2nd month of 2020

After months of bushfires drought and heatwaves, NSW receives record rainfall in February credit ABC

Indonesia

Torrential rain flooded Indonesia’s overpopulated capital on Tuesday for the second time this year, paralyzing wide areas and prompting rescue workers to evacuate people by boat from murky, brown waterways. Jakarta was hit by some of the heaviest rain since records began at the beginning of the year, causing floods that killed more than 60 people and displaced about 175,000. Several other minor floods have hit different parts of the city since. Indonesia’s weather agency linked the rains to tropical cyclones, but the agency head also said such extreme weather events were happening with greater intensity and more frequently. Jakarta and surrounding areas are home to more than 30 million people and extremely vulnerable to flooding. Parts of the city are below sea level and uncontrolled population growth has exacerbated the problem. Reuters

Peru

Massive mudslides and flooding in the Cusco Department of Peru have left at least 3 people dead, 20 missing and 300 homes destroyed. The tragedy follows weeks of severe weather in Peru. Days earlier at least 3 people died in flash flooding and mudslides in Tacna Department. Peru’s disaster authority, Centro de Operaciones de Emergencia Nacional (COEN), said that heavy rain caused a sudden increase of the Salkantay River, triggering flooding and mudslides in Santa Teresa district, La Convention province, Cusco, on 23 February 2020. Floodlist

Bolivia

Bolivians clean up after river flood forces evacuation The Bolivian town of Tipuipaya in the central region of Cochabamba was evacuated after intense precipitations led the Taquina River to overflow. Several residents trapped by the floods had to be flown out by helicopters. The area was affected two years ago by a similar disaster which was attributed to deforestation work carried out to clear out land to build housing. EuroNews

Sweden

Flood warning: Swedish towns on high alert after rivers burst their banks. Halmstad in south-western Sweden has called for national aid as flood warnings rise to the highest level possible. A total of 15,000 sandbags and 1,500 metres of barriers were being sent to the Halland region by Sweden's Civil Contingencies Agency on Monday, as the region braced itself for rising water levels. The Local

Samoa

Residents stranded after Cyclone Wasi floods rivers in Samoa. Some residents on the Samoan island of Savai'i are stranded due to rivers flooded by the weekend's Cyclone Wasi. Although there were no casualties or major building damage reported due to the cyclone, some rivers and roads remained flooded. The Samoa Observer reported two rivers on Savai'i, Mali'oli'o River and Sasina Fiord rose to dangerously high levels and have cut off-road access. Residents from Letui and Aopo - who attended a church gathering at Faletagaloa Safune on Sunday - were stranded and unable to travel home because the water at Sasina Fiord was so high after the heavy rain. RNZ

Malawi

Streets of the capital were flooded up to 1.5 metres deep, causing severe traffic disruption. The severe weather also caused major damage to a newly built hospital in the city. Police in Malawi report that 3 people died in the Lilongwe River in the Kawale area of the city. Floodlist

South Africa

The government of KwaZulu-Natal (KZN) province in South Africa reports that thunderstorms have caused widespread damage in the province, and one person has died in flash floods. KZN Cooperative Governance and Traditional Affairs (Cogta) said it has dispatched disaster management teams to several areas in the province following severe thunderstorms. The storms uprooted trees, damaged roofs and caused localised flooding in multiple locations across the province. Cogta said Disaster Management teams responded to a number of incidents in Umuziwabantu, Umgeni, Ndwedwe, Umvoti, Kokstad, Umzumbe, Newcastle, Ubuhlebezwe and Umzimkhulu municipalities. Floodlist

Texas

Last week, days of heavy rain caused rivers and dams in Mississippi and Tennessee to rise, prompting evacuations and some flood rescues. Among the worst-hit areas in Jackson, Mississippi, where the Pearl River exceeded Major Flood stage and reached 36.67 feet on 17 February 2020, its third-highest level on record. The state government of Mississippi moved quickly in anticipation of the flooding and declared a state of emergency on 15 February. Mississippi Governor Tate Reeves said: “This is a historic, unprecedented flood. With projections showing the potential of this being the 3rd worst flood in our state’s history, I’ve declared a state of emergency to deploy the necessary resources to take care of all Mississippians impacted…Protect yourself and your family — have a plan in place and evacuate if and when you are asked.” TBW

Europe

Last week Storm Dennis Bomb Cyclone Update: Record wind gust of 255.6 km/h (159 mph) hit Iceland: The Met Office issued a 'Danger to life' warning: 2nd most intense storm in the North Atlantic ever: All-time-lowest pressure on record for a North Atlantic storm. Two people drowned as Storm Dennis brought more chaos to North-Western Europe with 70mph winds and further flood misery and hundreds of flights were cancelled. The Army was drafted into towns still reeling from last week's Storm Ciara. The powerful cyclone combined forces with another intense storm currently that pounded Iceland and Greenland, bringing extreme waves and hurricane-force winds. This storm-battered northwestern Europe just days after Storm Ciara pounded several countries with high winds and torrential rain and killed at least eight people. Storm Dennis, named by the U.K. Met Office, rapidly intensified over the North Atlantic Ocean and the U.K and Iceland. It is the second most intense winter storm in the North Atlantic since records began more than 150 years ago. Already, the United Kingdom has received wind gusts as high as 87 mph and several inches of rain. TBW

European storms continue: the UK has 6 weeks rain in 24 hours: 15-meter / 50-feet waves hit Ireland and the UK: winds as high as 200 kph (124 mph): Up to 500,000 without power. A storm-battered Europe faced hurricane-force winds and heavy rains, killing at least seven people and causing severe travel disruptions as the latest storm moved eastward across the continent and bore down on Germany. After striking Britain and Ireland on Sunday, the storm moved on, leaving a trail of damage including power cuts for tens of thousands of homes across Europe. A woman and her 15-year-old daughter died in Poland after the storm ripped off the roof of a ski rental equipment building in the mountain resort of Bukowina Tatrzanska and sent it hurtling into people standing near a ski lift, police said. Three people also were injured in the incident. TBW

UK

The homes and businesses flooded in the UK are now in the thousands after three once-in-a-lifetime storms have hit the UK in the first two months of 2020, with yet another storm rolling in from the Atlantic today. Almost 2,000 homes had been flooded by Storm Dennis more than a week ago, and the rain has been relentless since last October.

More people have been rescued by fire crews as river levels continue to rise in Shropshire. Two severe "danger to life" flood warnings are in place for the River Severn at Shrewsbury and Ironbridge. Shaun Davies, leader of Telford and Wrekin Council, said it looked "like the barriers will be breached at some point over the next 24 hours". Shrewsbury's three main shopping centres have been closed "for the safety of staff and customers". TBW

Australia

There are currently two tropical systems along northern Australia, the Severe Tropical Cyclone #Ferdinand and remnants of the Tropical Cyclone #Esther. Both look quite interesting on the satellite. While Ferdinand is very intense and should remain over the open waters this week, remnants of Esther are likely to organize back into a Tropical Cyclone when it ejects back to the sea this weekend. SWE  After months of heat, drought and bushfires New South Wales was battered by rain, wind and flooding which plagued the state on the 11th of Feb. Sydney suffered the worst downpour in recent history. At least 134,000 NSW households were left without power on as utility companies scrambled to deal with the rain, wind and flooding plaguing the state. Ausgrid tweeted Sunday night that power was out for more than 110,000 of its customers across Sydney, the Central Coast and Newcastle." Crews worked in the rain and storms to make areas safe and restore power. TBW

Egypt

Heavy rains pummeled the Egyptian capital of Cairo and other parts of the country Monday, causing massive traffic jams and flooding on many key roads. The downpour also forced authorities to suspend classes the following day at schools and universities across the country, from Alexandria in the north to Aswan in the south. Egyptians shared scenes of the rain and flooding on social media, including submerged cars and snarled traffic. Parts of Cairo were left impassable, and trucks were seen fanning out to drain water from flooded areas of the city, home to some 20 million people. People also took to social media to criticize the government's lack of preparedness for the downpour. Nearly every year, the capital or other major cities are crippled by flooding from a rainstorm. Last October, heavy rains left eight people dead. RSOE

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/02/one-maine-theme-in-february-apart-from.html 

:: 2-24-20 Raymond Ibrahim :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Terrorism-Linked CAIR Protests My Scheduled Talk at US Army War College — Again

02/24/2020 by Raymond Ibrahim

The Council on American-Islamic Relations (“CAIR”)—also known as an “unindicted co-conspirator” in the largest terrorist funding case in U.S. history and a designated “terrorist organization” for nations allied to America—is again vehemently protesting my forthcoming appearance at the U.S. Army War College, urging the latter to “reconsider its decision and disinvite Ibrahim,” since my presentation will no doubt be “hypocritical, ahistorical and hateful.” This, of course, is all déjà vu—a repeat of events from eight months ago. As CAIR itself notes in its new press release, which appeared on February 21, 2020,

Last summer [June 2019], CAIR and its allies launched an online campaign highlighting Ibrahim’s Islamophobic views and their negative impact.

Led by CAIR-Philadelphia and MPower Change, and supported by Community Responders Network, About Face, and Common Defense, the campaign drew more than 1800 signatures and received widespread support from its interfaith allies.  The referenced “petition” (see here) was essentially a hysterical screed; it claimed that if I, a supposed “racist” and enabler of “white nationalism”—despite my Egyptian heritage—am given a chance to speak before a supposedly already “racist” U.S. military, I would incite American servicemen to randomly start murdering Muslims both at home and abroad (see near the middle of petition).  In retrospect, it’s interesting to learn now that this CAIR/MPower petition from last summer received a mere 1,800 signatures—despite its insistence that supporters sign it. By contrast, the much more reputable National Association of Scholars, which delivered a petition in my support to the White House, received three times as many signatures (5,349), many from well-respected scholars affiliated with numerous universities.

CAIR’s new press release continues by boasting how,

Last year, the college postponed a similar speaking engagement with Ibrahim in response to widespread criticism [a false claim based on the paltry numbers above]. In response to postponement of his 2019 lecture, Ibrahim restated his bigoted claim that “Islamic terrorism and ‘extremism’ are intrinsic to Islam, and have been from its first contact with Western civilization in the seventh century.” Yes, I restated this fact (not a “claim”) because it is true—whether or not CAIR whines, and whether or not I speak here or there. Temporal circumstances have no bearing on the articulation of transcendent truths.

CAIR continues:  Ibrahim’s writings advance a discredited theory known as the “Clash of Civilizations” and argues that “Islam and the West” have been engaged in a centuries-long war. The lecture is based on Ibrahim’s 2018 book “Sword and Scimitar: Fourteen Centuries of War between Islam and the West.” That book promotes the unsubstantiated thesis that Islam, since its beginning, has “terrorized the West.” For the record, my lecture will revolve around my book, per the War College’s request—hence why CAIR regularly targets it. As such, here one must ask: if the book’s findings are so “unsubstantiated,” why does CAIR fear it so much? Does CAIR have such a low opinion of the intellectual capacity of the U.S. Army War College and its students, as to expect them to believe anything they are told, without adequate evidence? Or could it be that CAIR is terrified at just how well-documented and substantiated the book’s thesis really is—so that, once made known, there is no rebutting it? Rather tellingly, for example, in none of CAIR’s and its allies’ long press releases and screeds—past and present—do they once highlight a certain passage or excerpt from Sword and Scimitar to support the accusation that it “is based on poor research.” The reason is simple: although long suppressed, the history presented in the book—and which will be presented in condensed form at the War College lecture—is ironclad, verifiable, and beyond well documented; with about a thousand end-notes, the 352-page book is heavily based on primary sources, many of which are Islamic, and from eyewitnesses. And this history makes abundantly clear that—to reiterate my supposedly self-incriminating words—Islamic terrorism and extremism are intrinsic to Islam, and have been from its first contact with Western civilization in the seventh century. Think of the atrocities committed by the Islamic State but on an exponential scale—and for over a millennium—bombarding every corner of Europe, and even America, so that the latter’s very first war as a nation was with jihad-practicing Muslims. These facts are precisely what CAIR is afraid of. As such, and because CAIR concludes its press release by urging its followers “to call the U.S. Army War College at 717-245-3972 to register their concerns,” so too do I conclude by saying that, if you disagree with CAIR, call that same number and voice your concerns against those who would quash free speech on Islam at such a critical juncture as this.

https://www.raymondibrahim.com/2020/02/24/terrorism-linked-cair-protests-my-scheduled-talk-at-us-army-war-college-again/ 

:: 2-24-20 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ancient woman with ‘ALIEN-LIKE' SKULL unearthed in Russia (VIDEO)

24 Jan, 2019 19:14 / Updated 1 year ago

The remains of a woman, believed to be from antiquity, with an elongated alien-like skull has been found during excavations of an ancient burial site in southern Russia. Since 2017 bones belonging to humans and numerous wild and domestic animals, along with a large number of ceramics, ornaments and bronze arrowheads have been discovered at the remarkable Gamurzievsky settlement in the city of Nazran, Ingushetia. However this week’s discovery of a woman’s skeleton – which dates back to between the 4th and 6th century – is particularly unique because of the fascinating intentional deformation of her skull and neck. The practice of changing the shape of one’s head, scientifically known as artificial cranial deformation (ACD), is a known tradition among many peoples of the world. Today, the result resembles Hollywood’s perception of what a alien from outer space might look like.  “History knows many examples of purposeful change in the shape of the head,” said a representative from the Yevgeny Krupnov Archaeological Center carrying out the dig. Skulls were elongated from infancy using rings and repeated bandaging for the first few years of life as a sign of a special status to command certain privileges in society. Remains of elite ancestors from various tribes including the Sarmatians, Alans, Huns have also been found to have elongated skulls. Last year scientists finally identified the 1,500-year-old remains of several high-ranking “treaty brides” from Bulgaria and Romania discovered with tower-shaped skulls. In Peru some 38 high-ranking members of the pre-Inca population were also found with teardrop-shaped heads that represented their prestige and social rank.

https://www.rt.com/russia/449641-elongated-skull-woman-russia/ 

[ :: 11-13-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For many signs are in the sky, many things I am doing that the world may see and know and understand the hour is very late. etc

:: 2-25-20 Meteor Shower Tonight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Meteor Fireballs Explode in the Night Sky Over Spain, Russia and the Caribbean (Videos)

By MeteorShowerTonight - February 25, 2020

The sky is on fire!

Within the last few days, large meteor fireballs have been caught disintegrating in the sky over Spain, Russia and the Dominican Republic. Here are the videos: Bright fireball explodes over Andalusia on February 23, 2020 The sky event lit up the night sky on Feb. 23rd, around 00:22 a.m. local time. According to first measurements it was generated by a rock from an asteroid that hit the atmosphere at about 43,000 km/h. The disintegration began at an altitude of 70 km over Almería (Andalusia) and ended at 29 km over the Mediterranean Sea. Cameras at Calar Alto (Almería), Sierra Nevada (Granada), La Hita (Toledo), and Sevilla recorded the bright meteor disintegration. On Feb. 18th and 19th, two other bright space objects were reported shooting across the night sky of Andalusia. Huge meteor changes night into days in Karelia, Russia on Feb. 21st A huge meteor fireball changed night into day on February 21, 2020 at 4:35 local time in the Segezhsky district of the Russian Republic of Karelia. A loud booming noise was heard after the bright flash of light. Large fireball over the caribbean on February 11, 2020 On Feb. 21st, a small space rock exploded over the Caribbean. The explosion was so bright it was captured by cameras in Puerto Rico: As well as an all-sky camera operated by the Sociedad de Astronomia del Caribe in Puerto Rico: According to satellite pictures, the bright meteor disintegrated over the Dominican Republic at 07:30 UTC (Feb. 21st): I bet there is a good change of finding some meteorites. What do yout think? Here the next meteor showers that will light up the night sky in February 2020: Meteor showers in February 2020. Sorry I am a bit late for February... But here are the meteor showers you will see peaking in the February sky as of tomorrow night. Enjoy the shows! Manuel Chi Capricornids, minor, peaks on February 13... See More Keep your eyes to the sky and send us your meteor fireball videos.

https://meteorshowertonight.org/meteor-fireball-spain-russia-caribbean-video/ 

:: 2-24-20 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists Discover How Earthquakes Distort Earth's Gravity - Report

While the researcher’s findings may eventually help predict the emergence of such destructive phenomena as tsunamis, the new study’s coordinator warns that there’s still plenty of work to be done.  It appears that researchers at the GFZ German Research Centre for Geosciences have come up with a concept that might help improve mankind’s capability to detect earthquakes early. According to a GFZ news release published by EurekAlert!, this new algorithm is based on the fact that earthquakes emit the so called Prompt Elasto-Gravity Signals (PEGS), that are essentially "sudden changes in gravity caused by a shift in the earth’s internal mass", which travel "at the speed of light"much faster than seismic waves whose speed is only about 8 kilometers per second. Therefore, if one was able to detect these signals, it would be possible to detect earthquakes before the arrival of the destructive tremors or tsunami waves. "Since the gravity that can be measured locally depends on the mass distribution in the vicinity of the measuring point, every earthquake generates a small but immediate change in gravity", scientific of the new study Rongjiang Wang explained. The algorithm devised by Wang’s team allows calculating "PEGS signals with high accuracy and without much effort for the first time", with Sebastian Heimann, data analyst at GFZ, revealing that they first applied said algorithm to the 2011 Tohoku earthquake in Japan where "measurements on the strength of the PEGS signal were already available", and "the consistency was perfect". The researchers hope that, in the future, examining the changes in gravity caused by earthquakes might help determine whether these tremors may cause a tsunami, for example. As Wang himself has noted, however, there’s still plenty of work to be done, as "today’s measuring instruments are not yet sensitive enough, and the environmentally induced interference signals are too great for the PEGS signals to be directly integrated into a functioning tsunami early warning system."

https://sputniknews.com/science/202002241078395462-scientists-discover-how-earthquakes-distort-earths-gravity/ 

:: 2-24-20 South China Morning Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tamu Massif even more massive: world’s largest volcano almost same size as Japan, widest in solar system

Joint China-US team hails its birth as one of the most spectacular events in earth’s history, says it is larger than Olympus Mons on Mars by surface area, describes its creation as ‘a miracle’

Stephen Chen in Beijing Published: 8:31am, 24 Mar, 2016

The biggest volcano on earth is larger than was previously thought, with a surface area unmatched by any in our solar system, according to a joint study by researchers from China and the United States.  They hailed its birth as one of the most spectacular events in the history of our planet, and a “miracle” of creation given its rarity. Tamu Massif, an extinct submarine shield volcano formed about 145 million years ago during the Late Jurassic period, is located 2 kilometres below sea level between Japan and Hawaii in the Pacific Ocean. Although there is still some dispute as to whether it can be classified as a single volcano, the possibility of this was first suggested in September 2013 and corroborated by William Sager, a marine geophysicist from the department of earth and atmospheric sciences at the University of Houston. But after analysing more seismic data and mapping the volcano’s underlying structure, the same team found they may have underestimated the volcano’s actual size. They put the total area of the Shatsky Rise, an elevated oceanic plateau created after the Tamu Massif erupted, at 533,000 sq km. Tamu Massif is the largest mountain on the Shatsky Rise. Previously, the volcano was considered to be smaller overall by 20 per cent than Olympus Mons on Mars, long hailed as the largest volcano discovered in our solar system. Tamu Massif reaches a height of 4km while Olympus Mons is 22km WATCH: Dr William Sager returns to Tamu Massif in October 2015 But the new study, led by the Chinese Academy of Sciences’ South China Sea Institute of Oceanology in Guangzhou, in southern China’s Guangdong province, claims that the surface area of Tamu Massif should now be 80 per cent larger than its Martian relative. “Tamu Massif created a much wider dome. It surpasses every other known volcano in the solar system in terms of surface area,” said Dr Zhang Jinchang, lead scientist of the new study, adding that it was hard to say for certain which one is larger overall in terms of mass. Tamu Massif is about the size of Japan, larger than Olympus Mons, Zhang said. The latest study was published in the journal Earth and Planetary Science Letters. Professor Jun Korenaga, a geologist at Yale University in the United States, co-authored the paper. Volcanos of such magnitude are extremely rare, and were previously considered impossible on earth. The largest active volcano today is Mauna Loa in Hawaii, which has a base measuring about 5,000 sq km. It is only one seventieth the size of Tamu Massif WATCH: the eruption of Hawaii’s Mauna Loa, the world’s largest active volcano Moreover, of the two ways volcanoes were known to be formed, neither was considered able to generate enough substance from the earth’s mantle - a silicate rocky shell measuring thousands of kilometres thick - to form one of such magnitude as Tamu Massif. Scab theory posits that a volcano is created after the earth’s crust is torn open by the shifting of tectonic plates, allowing lava to bubble up to the surface; pimple theory states that magma moves up through a tunnel in the crust and piles in a heap on the surface. “We are speculating that Tamu Massif may have been formed by the two mechanisms working together,” Zhang said. “The effect would be similar to pricking the same pimple with a knife again and again for several million years,” he said. “The chance of such an event occurring is very low - no more than one in a thousand, so it’s something of a miracle.” Tamu Massif became extinct sometime during the Early Cretaceous period, which ended 100 million years ago, meaning it “died” just a few million years after it was born. Fossils of marine creatures found in the underwater dome suggest its peak may, at the time, have been above the surface of the water. As such, dinosaurs could have witnessed its spectacular eruption. But Zhang said there is no chance of the volcano coming back to life. His study found that the Mohorovic Discontinuity (often abbreviated to Moho), a boundary between the earth’s crust and mantle, descended over 30km below the base of Tamu Massif. This would create an almost impenetrable barrier between deposits of magma and the ocean floor, he said. Professor Zhai Shikui, a marine geologist with the Ocean University of China in Qingdao, Shandong province, praised the study for mapping the internal structure of the Shatsky Rise for the first time, but said more solid evidence would be needed to support any claim that it is a single volcano. “Seismic analysis cannot completely rule out the possibility that [its] unique structure was created by more than one volcano. The most direct and solid evidence would need to be rock samples,” he said.

https://www.scmp.com/tech/science-research/article/1929458/tamu-massif-even-more-massive-worlds-largest-volcano-almost 

:: 2-24-20 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wow: Trump Given Incredible Welcome in India

Leah Barkoukis @LeahBarkoukis Posted: Feb 24, 2020 8:10 AM

To say President Trump was welcomed in India is an understatement. While thousands of people lined the streets to greet America’s 45th president, that was just the beginning. Trump and Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi spoke in Motera Stadium, the world’s largest cricket stadium, to an electrified crowd. The 110,000-seat arena was completely filled, and many were donning white caps that read “Namaste Trump” with the Indian and American flags on the brim. “The First Lady and I have just traveled 8,000 miles around the globe to deliver a message to every citizen across this nation: America loves India — America respects India — and Americans will always be true and loyal friends to the Indian people,” Trump said in Gujarat. He thanked India for the incredibly warm welcome they were given, saying they "will remember it forever." "From this day on, India will always hold a very special place in our heart," he said. The president is in the country to discuss bilateral trade and security issues. The trip comes amid a tit-for-tat trade dispute between the two countries. Negotiators worked to try to secure a deal before Trump's visit, but talks fizzled over India’s protectionist policies and a scope of differences including e-commerce and digital trade, according to a senior administration official who briefed reporters ahead of the trip. The U.S. wants more access to Indian markets on agricultural products and medical devices while India is aiming to restore its preferential status in a trade program for developing countries. Trump said he planned to continue trade discussions with Modi during his visit, calling the prime minister a "tough" negotiator. He said he planned to make a "very very major - among the biggest ever - trade deals," but added talks were in "the early stages. (USA Today) "I think that the Prime Minister and I can reach a fantastic deal that is good and even great for our two countries…except he's a very tough negotiator," Trump said.

The president also announced a $3 billion defense deal. “The United States looks forward to providing India with the best and most feared military equipment on the planet. We make the greatest weapons ever made – airplanes, missiles, rockets, ships. We make the best, and we are dealing now with India,” Trump said. “I am pleased to announce that tomorrow our representatives will sign deals to sell over $3 billion in the absolute finest, state-of-the-art military helicopters and other equipment to the Indian armed forces,” he added. As he wrapped up his speech, he again thanked the country for the "phenomenal welcome." "God bless India, God bless the United States of America. We love you India, we love you very much!" Catch up on the entire event below:

https://townhall.com/tipsheet/leahbarkoukis/2020/02/24/trump-india-n2561780 

:: 2-24-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Julian Assange put US sources at ‘grave and imminent risk,’ prosecutors say

By Lee Brown February 24, 2020 | 12:23pm | Updated

WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange needs to face justice in the US, because his leaks put secret sources at “grave and imminent risk” — with some even disappearing, prosecutors said during opening statements in his extradition case Monday. Assange’s attorney said in the UK court hearing that the journalist would not get a fair trial in the US, where he faces a maximum sentence of 175 years for violating espionage laws and poses a clear suicide risk. However, James Lewis, representing the US government, insisted Assange should not be protected as a free-speech champion but treated as a “straightforward” criminal who put lives at risk with “one of the largest compromises of classified information in the history of the United States.Assange’s work also helped America’s enemies — with WikiLeaks documents found in al Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden’s compound after he was killed in Pakistan, Woolwich Crown Court was told. “What Mr. Assange seems to defend by freedom of speech is not the publication of the classified materials but the publication of the names of the sources, the names of people who had put themselves at risk to assist the United States and its allies,” Lewis told the court. Hundreds of people across the world had to be warned after the 2010 dump of hundreds of thousands of secret military documents and diplomatic cables, Lewis said. Some were relocated, while others “subsequently disappeared,” Lewis claimed, conceding that it had not been proven to be a direct result of the disclosures. It is not the role of the British court to determine whether Assange is guilty, he reminded the hearing. “This is an extradition hearing, not a trial,” he said. “The guilt or innocence of Mr. Assange will be determined at trial in the United States, not in this court.”

Assange watched the proceedings from the dock in the courtroom — brought there from Belmarsh Prison next door, where he has been held for 10 months. The hearing brought out a large show of support — so much so that Assange complained about not being able to hear all the testimony because of the chants from outside. Celebrity supporters there included fashion designer Vivienne Westwood, who wore a headband with the word “angel” on it and said she was “the angel of democracy.” “It is not a crime to publish American war crimes,” she said. “It’s in the public interest, it is democracy, that he is allowed to do this.”

https://nypost.com/2020/02/24/julian-assange-put-us-sources-at-grave-and-imminent-risk-prosecutors-say/ 

:: 2-25-20 Express Informer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Woman is diagnosed with coronavirus after testing negative EIGHT TIMES during quarantine

February 25, 2020 Express Informer

Hotel worker, 56, is diagnosed with coronavirus after testing negative EIGHT TIMES in 17 days during quarantine

The 56-year-old from Sichuan Province went into isolation earlier this month

Medical workers gave her eight tests, and none of them came back positive

She was found to be infected yesterday after doctors performed further tests

The incubation period is typically 14 days, but can be up to 24 days in rare cases

By Tracy You For Mailonline Published: 15:16 GMT, 25 February 2020 | Updated: 16:15 GMT, 25 February 2020

A hotel worker in China has been diagnosed with the novel coronavirus after eight consecutive tests failed to detect her condition when she was in quarantine, officials revealed. The 56-year-old from Sichuan Province went into isolation earlier this month after one of her colleagues had been infected with the virus, a report said. She was confirmed to have the deadly disease yesterday after being put under quarantine for three weeks. The 56-year-old woman from Sichuan was confirmed to have the deadly disease yesterday after being put under quarantine for three weeks. The above photo shows a woman wearing a mask and goggles to protect herself while riding a bicycle on a street in Beijing on February 25 The case was revealed by health officials in Anyue County, Sichuan, and reported by Sichuan Online today. It is said that the patient, known by her surname Tang, works in a hotel in Chongqing as a dishwasher. She returned to her hometown in Anyue on January 23 to celebrate the Lunar New Year with her family. After one of her colleagues was diagnosed with the coronavirus, Ms Tang was taken to a quarantine camp by the authority on February 2. The report said Ms Tang had visited her local clinic the day earlier but did not explain why she had gone there. The novel coronavirus has killed at least 2,705 people and infected more than 80,320 globally During February 7 and 23, medical workers gave her eight tests by taking throat swabs. The medics carried out nucleic acid detection tests using ‘polymerase chain reaction’ (PCR) techniques – a method for amplifying specific sequences of DNA – to see if Ms Tang was carrying the virus. All of the eight tests came back negative. The woman was classified as a suspected patient on February 16 while being quarantined at the People’s Hospital of Anyue County. She was transferred to the No. 1 People’s Hospital of Ziyang on February 21. Doctors there yesterday diagnosed her with the coronavirus after combining the results from further clinical and laboratory tests. The new coronavirus – known as COVID-19 – has killed at least 2,663 and infected more than 77,660 people inside China. The picture shows medics disinfecting themselves after coming back from the severe pneumonia inpatient wards at a hospital in Chongqing on February 1 Hubei, situated in central China, accounts for more than 80 per cent of the confirmed cases and 95 per cent of the deaths worldwide. The picture shows a medical worker treats a patient at an isolation ward at a hospital in Chongqing on February 1

The local health officials are currently looking for people who have been in close contact with Ms Tang.

The typical incubation period of the virus is two weeks, but Chinese experts previously said it could be as long as 24 days in rare cases.

The new coronavirus – known as COVID-19 – has killed at least 2,663 and infected more than 77,660 people inside China.

Hubei, situated in central China, accounts for more than 80 per cent of the confirmed cases and 95 per cent of the deaths worldwide.

Wuhan, the provincial capital with 11 million residents, went into lockdown on January 23 in the wake of the outbreak. The majority part of Hubei then followed suit.

Overnight, the Hubei health officials reported 499 new cases out of a nationwide total of 508 and 68 of the 71 new deaths across China.

Globally, the coronavirus epidemic has killed at least 2,705 people, infected more than 80,340 and spread to at least two dozen countries.

https://expressinformer.com/woman-is-diagnosed-with-coronavirus-after-testing-negative-eight-times-during-quarantine/ 

:: 2-25-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

8,000 Californians Under "Self-Imposed Quarantine", South Korea Locks Down City Of 2.5 Million People: 

Virus Updates by Tyler Durden Tue, 02/25/2020 - 04:39  Summary:

Stocks slide as CDC releases new US case numbers

The number of cases worldwide topping 80,000.

Italy reports 7th death, 200+ confirmed cases

Spain reports 3rd case

WHO says outbreak not yet a 'pandemic'

WH reportedly considering expulsion of Chinese journalists in retaliation for WSJ reporters

US consulate in Milan temporarily halts visas

California has 8,000 under 'self-imposed quarantine'

CDC warns Americans against travel to South Korea

Italian finance minister suspends tax payments in virus-hit areas

First cases reported in Oman, Bahrain

WHO kowtows to China in statement

Wuhan issues order to loosen lockdown, then U-turns

NHC says outbreak is fading, though situation remains "grim"

2 new cases confirmed in Canada

China approves crackdown on wildlife trade after WHO says virus likely came from bats

Iranian lawmaker says more than 50 deaths in Qom; officials say 12

Hong Kong bars South Koreans

South Korean cases rise 60 to 893, Daegu city locked down.

* * *

Update (2000ET): The number of cases worldwide topping 80,000...

In their latest update, South Korea has admitted 60 more cases, making a total of 893. And, as the virus spreads, South Korea is about to go 'full China' on its people as Yonhap reports the cities of Daegu and Gyeongbuk, where the virus is spreading rapidly, have been designated as special disease management areas for infectious diseases. Simply put, this means that, as Democratic Party spokesman Hong Ik-pyo explained, "A blockade is being considered by the government, and we are considering using some administrative power in areas such as movement."

Locals have called this a strategy to "enforce the maximum containment policy" - in other words, full lockdown of a city of 2.5 million people (the 4th largest in the country).

* * *

Update (1845ET): The CDC has outmaneuvered the State Department and issued a travel warning on South Korea. CDC WARNS AMERICANS ON TRAVEL TO SOUTH KOREA

This just hours after President Trump tweeted that it's time to buy stocks because the crisis is under control.

* * *

Update (1825ET): As we mentioned earlier, the state of California has thousands of individuals under a 'self-imposed quarantine'. But what, exactly, does this mean? As the SF Chronicle points out, this figure is up from 6,700 last week. The Press Democrat reports that all of the people under self-imposed quarantine recently visited China, but have no other connection to a sick individual, and have shown no other signs of the virus. These people returned to the US either on or after Feb. 2 as countries started tightening borders. While making a case for full-on quarantine might be difficult, Italy and SK have identified cases where the chain of infection is murky. Some haven't traveled abroad. Some visited hot zones weeks ago and are just beginning to show symptoms. It's certainly something to think about consider that, as we reported earlier, the CDC only has only tested about 400 individuals.

* * *

Update (1745ET): Here's more news while we wait for the new China and South Korea numbers to hit.

In the latest virus-related update out of Europe, Spain just reported its third case, according to Spanish newspaper El Pais.

According the report, the individual is a "traveler" from Italy.

SPAIN REPORTS 3RD CASE OF COVID-19 TRAVELER FROM ITALY - EL PAIS NEWS

In other virus news, two companies, UAL withdrew its 2020 forecasts on Monday night, citing a "~100%" decline in near-term demand from China. Mastercard also forecast lower revenue growth, citing the virus impact.

* * *

Update (1450ET): We spotted an interesting tidbit at the bottom of a recent update to the Monday's NYT coronavirus liveblog:

The new virus presents Europe with perhaps its greatest challenge since the 2015 migration crisis. It could test the principle of open borders within much of Europe and the vaunted but strained European public health systems. Could the outbreak present an opening for Matteo Salvini as he struggles to displace the Five Star-PD coalition and become prime minister? In a country as badly in need of revenue as Italy, it would take a true disaster to suspend tax collection. Alas, it looks like that has finally happened, as Italy's finance minister suspended tax payments in regions hard-hit by the virus.

* * *

Update (1425ET): Following the CDC confirming 18 new cases in the US, including two that were non-Diamond Princess related, Canadian public health officials have just confirmed that two individuals have tested positive for the virus, bringing the total number of infected in the US's northern neighbor to 11, the Washington Post reports.

Like their American counterparts, Canadian officials insisted that the overall risk to the population remains "low".  In British Columbia, a man in his 40s tested positive for the virus, provincial health officer Bonnie Henry told reporters. He is a close contact of a woman who health officials said last week tested positive for the virus after traveling to Iran, and is in stable condition at home.

Henry described the woman’s case as a “sentinel event” because it indicated that there could be “more widespread transmission” of the virus since she had not traveled to China or its neighboring countries.

Earlier Monday, Eileen de Villa, Toronto’s medical officer of health, said that a woman in her 20s who recently traveled to China also tested positive for the virus. She arrived in Toronto on Friday and had spent some time in Wuhan, the city at the epicenter of the outbreak.

Earlier, WaPo reported that the White House is alarmed by gaps in the American supply chain that could impact the response to the coronavirus if the outbreak becomes an out-of-control catastrophe.

The US insists that all of the cases in the country so far were infected in China, excerpt for 2, according to the NYT:

All the new cases reported Monday occurred among people who were flown back from Asia to the United States by the State Department, the C.D.C. reported, and nearly all involve former passengers on the Diamond Princess cruise ship docked in Japan. They are in quarantine on military bases in California and Texas.

Twelve other cases occurred in people who had traveled to China, returned on their own and became ill after arriving back in the United States. Two of their close contacts also became infected.

Those 14 people are either isolating at home (under supervision from health officials), being treated at hospitals, or have already done so. Four of those infected people have recovered, been through the quarantine periods and are back out in the world.

* * *

Update (1420ET): We're noting some new info from the CDC about the latest cases diagnosed in the US. Of the 14 non-Diamond Princess-related cases cited earlier, two of them are new: One is in Humboldt County, and the other in Sacramento County, both in California, per the Guardian.

The CDC added that it's preparing for outbreaks that could warrant the closure of schools and universities in the US.

* * *

Update (1350ET): Reports claim Washington is weighing a decision to expel Chinese journalists after Beijing cancelled the press credentials of 3 WSJ reporters over an allegedly 'racist' opinion column.

In response to Beijing's decision, the State Department published an official condemnation. By expelling Chinese journalists, the US would be seeking to show Beijing that it won't stand idly by and tolerate these press restrictions. For President Trump, whose administration has been characterized by a deep and abiding animosity toward the press, it marks an unusual example of Trump siding with the American media. It also comes after the State Department last week designed five Chinese media organizations as "foreign missions": these included Xinhua and the PD. Also, it's notable that the meeting where the administration officials reportedly discussed the retaliation was led by Matt Pottinger, a deputy national security advisor and former WSJ reporter who is purportedly the administration's point man on Asia policy.  The administration’s options were to be discussed in a meeting of senior administration leaders at the White House later Monday led by Matt Pottinger, the deputy national security adviser who was once a Wall Street Journal reporter in Beijing, according to U.S. officials familiar with the deliberations.  There’s an intense debate over how severely to respond to the expulsions last week. Some advocate ordering dozens -- and perhaps hundreds -- of Chinese reporters to leave, while others say that’s not legally possible or in keeping with American values on freedom of the press, according to several of the officials.

While declining to comment on specific actions under consideration, John Ullyot, a spokesman for the National Security Council, said Friday that China’s move against the American reporters was an “egregious act.”

It's also notable that WSJ is owned by Trump ally Rupert Murdoch.

In other news, the American consulate in Milan has said it will halt visa approvals until March 2 as the outbreak in Italy worsens. Can't say we blame them: Here's an update of our chart of the cases in four of the countries with the largest outbreaks outside China. Update (1340ET): A Chinese airline is reopening domestic flights as Chinese officials start to lower their crisis-level outbreak standards, while UAL said Monday that it wouldn't cancel flights between the US and South Korea.

As China tries to encourage its people to get back to work, it looks like the CCP is now telling villagers that only obedience to The Party will cure the virus. Update (1220ET): US stocks took another leg lower, falling to their lowest levels of the session with the Dow down 1,000 points, following the latest headlines out of the CDC confirming 39 cases of the virus have been detected among the rest of the ~300 individuals from the 'Diamond Princess'.

The CDC reportedly opposed the State Department's decision to allow 14 individuals who were confirmed to be infected to travel on the evac flight after their cases were confirmed just before takeoff, thanks to one of the many botched, drop-the-ball moments attributed to Japanese health officials.

This is exactly what they warned about: In addition to the 14 people who were already infected, it appears another 25 were infected on the flight back - where the sick individuals were separated by the rest using duct tape and a thin tarp-like sheet.

That brings total US cases to 53.

Meanwhile, the CD isolated 14 cases outside those who caught the virus aboard the DP.

U.S. CDC SAYS 14 CONFIRMED CASES OF COVID-19 AS OF FEB. 24, 39 CASES AMONG THOSE REPATRIATED TO U.S.

Six of these cases are believed to be in San Antonio, according to local press reports.

* * *

Update (1215ET): Just figured we'd point out: While WHO warns that there's nothing to fear, Beijing is trying to force its population back to work after six provinces outside Hubei lowered their emergency ratings earlier. * * *

Update (1115ET): Shortly before it voted to postpone its annual national congress, the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress in China passed legislation approving a crackdown on the illegal wildlife trade on Monday.

Though SJWs have insisted that criticizing Chinese practices like eating 'bat soup' is 'racist', WHO scientists warned Monday morning that initial research suggests that the virus was transmitted to the first human cases via consumption of a bat, or possibly a pangolin that had been exposed to the virus via a bat, WaPo reports. We published an explainer about how the wildlife trade, which has been illegal on paper for years, managed to flourish in the Chinese countryside as a king of grey market due to its immense profitability. Now, it appears local farmers will be forced to return to growing crops, a far less lucrative trade than hawking bats and snakes, apparently.

* * *

Update (1015ET): As the White House prepares to request an emergency spending package from Congress as soon as this week - a package that could seek close to $1 billion, as we've previously noted - WHO's Dr. Tedros said during the organization's Monday morning press briefing that the outbreak isn't yet a true "pandemic" because the world hasn't seen "large-scale deaths". That's right: On the same morning that the Chinese government is marching people back to work, warning them that if they get infected, they're on their own, as if the entire country was one giant concentration camp, the WHO - which has repeatedly run interference for the regime - is insisting that the outbreak isn't really that bad. The cases in Italy and South Korea are definitely concerning he said, but are we seeing an uncontrolled outbreak? No. An Iranian lawmaker just blew the whistle on some 50 deaths in Iran, and now suddenly cases are popping up all over the Middle East and Europe, and the situation isn't really that bad. But Tedros says we're not witnessing "uncontained global spread" and that "using the word pandemic does not fit the facts. We must focus on containment while preparing for a potential pandemic." All nations battling the outbreak should prioritize three areas, Dr. Tedros added. These include: the safety of hospital workers, communities most at risk like the elderly, and others with co-occurring health conditions. "This is a shared threat," Tedros said. "We can only face it together, and we can only overcome it together." This comes nearly one month after the WHO declared the outbreak a global public-health emergency. And this is what the curve looks like for cases outside China: Nothing to see here, gentlemen. Please, focus on the excellent dip-buying opportunity in front of you.

Finally, repeating some of his florid praise from the early days of the outbreak, Tedros said "other countries need to learn from China's response". Which we presume means that medieval lockdown is the way to go - but if you can tweak one thing, maybe try to get on top of the situation a little sooner.

Meanwhile, as Stars & Stripes reported earlier, US soldiers in South Korea are doing everything in their power to prevent an outbreak on an American base - a huge risk for US national security officials and the Pentagon - after the widow of a retired soldier who recently visited stores on a base in the southeastern part of South Korea.

* * *

Update (1000ET): Following this morning's WHO circle-jerk, where the team of foreign doctors and experts refused to challenge Beijing's narrative despite widespread skepticism and criticism of the government's early decision to censor information about the outbreak, the Global Times editor-in-chief has just declared that the "risk of the virus spreading widely in China" has passed. Update (0925ET): ANSA reports a 7th death in Italy as the situation looks increasingly grim.

Here's the latest chart: * * *

Update (0910ET): The coronavirus is already forcing Iranians to tweak certain practices, including their daily greetings. Meanwhile, the first indications that the virus has already spread from Iran to some of its regional neighbors have already emerged: Oman has reported the first two confirmed coronavirus cases. The two cases are individuals who recently visited Iran.

This follows Bahrain reporting its first case overnight. * * *

Update (0835ET): As the WHO team wrapped up its Monday press conference with what was essentially tantamount to a global confidence-building exercise in China's response, a senior official from China's National Health Commission said the coronavirus risk from Wuhan had gone 'way down.' Of course, if that's true, then why did officials cancel a planned easing of the lockdown? The official added that China has managed to stop the 'rapid rise' of infections in Wuhan, though they haven't stopped the epidemic yet, and that the situation remains "grim and complex" - as President Xi said over the weekend. Meanwhile, over in Italy, ANSA reports that a sixth person has died. Even more alarming for futbal fans across the country: Four Serie A matches were postponed on Sunday, while others on Saturday went ahead.

* * *

When American traders logged off on Friday, they might have noticed a few suspicious headlines out of Italy reporting a sudden spike in cases. But anybody who spent the weekend away from their desks and Twitter might be surprised to find that the Europe's third-largest economy is now host to a genuine crisis. As we reported over the weekend, more than a dozen towns in Lombardy - the hardest hit region with 167 confirmed cases and 4 deaths - are on complete lockdown. According to the latest update, there are now 219 confirmed cases in Italy, as well as five deaths. Angelo Borrelli, head of the country's civil protection agency, said Monday during a press briefing that another 91 people are currently in isolation inside their homes. Following the weekend spike, Italy's neighbors are getting nervous. Austria is exploring border controls, though Germany said Monday that it's not currently considering closing its borders with Italy, an obvious attempt by the de facto leader of the EU to try and quell a continent-wide panic. Elsewhere, more countries are tightening restrictions on South Koera. Hong Kong on Monday declared that it would stop non-residents from South Korea from entering Hong Kong. This has sparked a bemused response from Hong Kongers on twitter: A recent poll showed that a majority of the people in Hong Kong don't trust the data provided by the Chinese government or the WHO.

* * *

In Italy, it seems like most of the dead fit the profile of elderly patients with co-occurring health problems. One of the two most recent deaths was reported to be a man from the village of Val Alzano Lombardo. He died at the Papa Giovanni XXIII hospital in Bergamo, near Milan. The hospital said the 83-year-old man (reports on his age differ) had a serious underlying health problem, but it didn't specify what it was, according to CNN. As WHO officials finished off preparations for their big press conference Monday morning, Beijing announced that it would delay the National People's Congress, which had been set for early March. The move was telegraphed by leaked media reports well in advance. Officials said Monday the key political meetings, originally due to take place from March 5, would be rescheduled. Analysts said the government in Beijing was worried about the optics of holding a large-scale public event while millions are living under lockdown. We agree - that would not be a good look for the CCP right now, especially after all of those videos of police rounding up violators of the lockdown who were probably just trying to find something to eat. President Xi said one day earlier that China is in a "crisis" that would inevitably impact the country's economy. But whatever the fallout, he promised it would be brief and manageable. Following the departure of the WHO team from Wuhan, local authorities made an extraordinary decision: all of a sudden, the cities' most senior officials announced a loosening of the city's lockdown. Millions rejoiced. But they were soon disappointed: Because three hours later, the order was reversed, we assume, after Beijing caught wind of it. According to the SCMP, the retracted announcement was issued by a 'subordinate working group' that didn't have official approval from their superiors. The individuals responsible will be 'reprimanded'. The lockdown has been in effect since Jan. 23. The order would have allowed non-residents with no symptoms and no contact with infected patients to leave, a decision that would have freed thousands of foreign students. In other news, Guangdong, China's second worst-hit province, has downgraded its level of alert, with local officials saying the outbreak has mostly been contained to Hubei. As we reported last night, figures released early Monday in China reported 409 new cases of the novel coronavirus and 150 new deaths from the outbreak on Sunday. That brings the total number of confirmed cases to 77,150, with a death toll of 2,592 (which will be higher if the Iran deaths are confirmed). The majority of new cases, 398, were in Hubei. In Israel, PM Benjamin Netanyahu is fighting for his political future in a critical upcoming election that could see him jailed if he doesn't hang on to power. So the heavy-handed measures to contain foreigners suspected of carrying the virus are hardly a surprise. In the latest step to contain the virus, Israel will send hundreds of East Asian nationals back to their home countries in the coming days, according to the Israel Airport Authority. While Iran remains the epicenter of the outbreak in the Middle East, and several neighbors have already closed their borders, the first confirmed case was detected in Bahrain overnight. Now, just imagine if Trump did that. Vietnamese airline Bamboo Airways is suspending all flights to South Korea starting from Feb. 26. In closing, we bring you comments made by Warren Buffett in an interview with CNBC, a clip of which was released on Monday. The 'Oracle of Omaha' said the virus is 'scary stuff'. But it shouldn't impact humans' decisions about whether to buy or sell stocks, Buffett said, alluding to the old Ben Graham axiom that stocks should be bought and held based on the fundamental value of the underlying company. But as twitter's Mark Spiegel joked, Buffett's remarks had an unexpected connotation:

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/wuhan-eases-lockdown-then-retracts-order-3-hours-later-italy-cases-soar-past-200-live 

:: 2-24-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Three Earthquakes Rattle Dangerous New Madrid While Two Rare Tremors Hit Maine

By Strange Sounds - Feb 24, 2020

Yesterday, two rare earthquakes were felt in Maine. A few hours later, 3 other quakes hit within the New Madrid Seismic Zone. The New Madrid Fault is one of the most dangerous earthquake zone in the U.S. and is best known for its massive jolts in 1811-1812. In comparison, there are no known geologically active fault zones in Maine. So when a quake hit, it’s quite a sensation! Yesterday, both zones recorded minor but shallow tremors that were felt widely.  2 earthquakes near Sabattus, Maine The two earthquakes were felt and heard by residents of Sabattus and nearby cities, around 6 p.m. on Sunday evening. M2.2 – 1km WSW of Sabattus, Maine; reported by 180 people M 1.5 – 1km SSE of Sabattus, Main; reported by 13 people The depth of the strongest quake was just over 3 miles and this also the reason so many people felt it, despite its M2.2. Maine sits in the middle of the North American Plate, which slightly moves every year. The motion puts stress on the entire crust of North America and when it is released, it creates some small earthquakes and rumbling noises like those people felt and heard around Sabattus, yesterday. 3 earthquakes rattle the New Madrid Fault Zone Just a few hours later, 3 minor and shallow earthquakes also rattle the New Madrid Fault. 2 right in the ‘red zone’ of the fault line and one a bit aside.

M2.8 – 11km SE of El Dorado, Arkansas, reported by 18 people

M2.7 – 6km ENE of Malden, Missouri, reported by 11 people

M2.2 – 5km SSE of Manila, Arkansas, no reports

While those earthquakes aren’t extravagant at all, they just remind us that we are overdue for a giant eruption of this very active seismic fault zone. This means that a devastating ‘Big One’ could occur any time now. More earthquake news on Strange Sounds or Steve Quayle. [News Center Maine]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/02/earthquakes-new-madrid-maine-usa.html

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 2-24-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Monday, 24 February 2020

Thousands of homes flooded after three once-in-a-lifetime storms have hit the UK in the first two months of 2020: Some areas expecting a months rainfall today

The English Bridge may have to close if barriers breach at Coleham, Shropshire Council said, credit BBC The homes and businesses flooded in the UK are now in the thousands after three once-in-a-lifetime storms have hit the UK in the first two months of 2020, with yet another storm rolling in from the Atlantic today. Almost 2,000 homes had been flooded by Storm Dennis more than a week ago, and the rain has been relentless since last October. Flooding in Shrewsbury could reach its "highest ever" level and will close off the city centre today as another one month worth of rainfall is expected. The Met Office has today issued almost a hundred flood warnings and two hundred flood alerts, with some areas expecting another 50 mm of rain to an already soddened ground.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/02/thousands-of-homes-flooded-after-three.html?m=1 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 2--20 What the Finger :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Typhoid Mary' Infected 51 People Without Showing Symptoms: Now We Have Evidence 'Coronavirus Mary's' Are On The Loose And 'Untraceable Outbreaks' Are Happening Around The World – Was This Pandemic Forecast In The Apocalyptic Denver International Airport Murals? allnewspipeline.com

Susan Duclos 2 days ago in Opinion

Two stories published within the last few days underscore why this Coronavirus 'pandemic' can be the stuff of medical, political and humanitarian nightmares. While officially as of this moment, this 'outbreak' has not been labeled a 'pandemic', these two stories show us why it soon will be. According to this new story at the NY Post, 'untraceable' coronavirus cases have emerged in three countries; cases where people have fallen ill to the virus but authorities have been unable to trace it back to anyone who had either lived in or visited China recently or had met with someone who recently had visited China. The second story from the International Business Times proves that the world may have a number of 'super spreaders' on the loose as we had reported in this February 11th ANP story, but with a ghastly addition. As the IBT story reported, while 10 towns in Italy have now been quarantined (now up to 12 and that number sure to grow in the days ahead) with all public gatherings banned completely, including church services, carnivals, dances and sporting events, after a cluster of coronavirus cases emerged among a group of people who had attended a bar together, including 5 doctors, one member of that group had dinner earlier this month with a man who had visited China in January, and had later shown flu-like symptoms, but has since tested negative for the virus, Italian media said. It had already reported that doctors had confirmed that 'asymptomatic' people could have this virus, be contagious to others while showing no symptoms themselves or even know they are sick. With what's happening in Italy reminding us immediately of 'Typhoid Mary', who was the first person in the United States identified as an asymptomatic carrier of the pathogen associated with typhoid fever, of note: Mary Mallon was presumed to have infected 51 people, three of whom died, over the course of her career as a cook. She was twice forcibly isolated by public health authorities and died after a total of nearly three decades in isolation. So with evidence out of Italy that a man who had visited China, was testing negative for the virus, but he was also the likely source of 15 people getting infected by the outbreak in Italy, and now untraceable coronavirus cases in South Korea, Singapore and Iran, those who aren't paying attention to what's now happening should listen to the words of those now being struck by it and outside of China with quarantines now in Europe. Codogno mayor Francesco Passerini said the news of the cases "has sparked alarm" throughout the town south of Milan. The 38-year old, who works for Unilever in Lodi, was in a serious condition in intensive care. A football friend of his, the son of a bar owner in Codogno, has also tested positive, along with three regulars at the bar. The three, all of whom are retired, live in the small town of Castiglione d'Adda. The mayor there said the locals were "extremely worried" about the spread of the deadly disease.

https://magazine.whatfinger.com/story/typhoid-mary-infected-51-people-without-showing-symptoms-now-we-have-evidence-coronavirus-marys-are-on-the-loose-and-untraceable-outbreaks

-are-happeni/ 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 2-24-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dow Futures Plunge 800 Points. Now Comes the 25% Crash, Warns Analyst

875 views

•Feb 24, 2020

Cryptocurrency News

Please change your life!!! Click on the link! http://youtube.com+watch=@3162039724/ ...

Can you afford this thing?: http://youtube.com+watch=@3162039724/ ...

Software at the best prices: http://amzn.com@3162039724/f3ANs 

The U. S. stock market looks set for a disastrous open with Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA) futures down 800 points on Monday morning. Investors are finally taking the coronavirus seriously as the deadly virus spread rapidly in Italy and South Korea over the weekend. Speaking to CNBC, Sunaina Sinha Haldea of Cebile Capital warned a major stock market correction is now on the cards. You’re now finally seeing [financial markets] price in the downside scenario of the economic impacts. I think you can see stocks come down 20-25% at this point from where we are today if the economic news and repercussions in the real world continue. Bank of America strategists also weighed in, saying the chance of recession is now significantly higher. Dow futures contracts took an immediate hit overnight as China’s Xi Jinping said his country still didn’t have the virus under control and admitted “shortcomings” in the government’s response. The market continued to bleed out into the early hours of U. S. premarket trading. S&P 500 futures and Nasdaq Composite futures were down 2.56% and 3% respectively. The deadly coronavirus took a turn for the worse over the weekend with cases ramping up outside China. Italy confirmed a total 152 cases on Monday and locked down 50,000 people in northern regions near Milan. South Korea raised its alert to the highest level after numbers shot up to 600 cases. The economic impact of the coronavirus going global is impossible to predict. But investors are cashing out and heading for safety. Vishnu Varathan, head of economics and strategy at Mizuho Bank Ltd., Singapore stated: With cases of COVID-19 still rising, it is hard to tell when manufacturing will bottom, potentially setting the stage for prolonged weakness … This is a safe-haven trade – you’re getting rid of risk in your portfolio –That flight to safe havens is happening at a blistering pace with gold up to $1,700 this morning. The stock market selloff is unnerving, but the biggest warning sign is the bond market. The 30-year Treasury yield hit a record low overnight on high demand. Even more telling is the 10-year yield. Last week, Bank of America warned that a drop below 1.4% would be a breaking point for potential recession. Indeed, breaking 1.4% in an on-hold context for the Fed creates a significant inversion of the curve, pushes recession signals higher. Well, it broke overnight, falling to 1.39%. Despite predicting a 25% fall in stocks, Sunaina Sinha Haldea pointed to some buying opportunities around the world. There are certain geographies that are benefiting from the coronavirus news cycle. India might be one of them, Vietnam is another, as you see supply chain diversification, as you see other economies start to look a little bit better in the light of China weakness, which is not just trade troubles but now real economy troubles and slowdown. According to her analysis, the most bearish sectors remain travel and leisure. [Investors will be] staying away and potential shorting leisure, travel, discretionary consumer and so on. Even conservative estimates put the potential economic impact of the coronavirus at trillions of U. S. dollars. Experts came up with the rough estimate by extrapolating the economic impact of the SARS outbreak in 2003. The full impact of the latest COVID-19 outbreak on global trade, travel, healthcare and logistics is so far unknown.

All data is taken from the source: https://www.ccn.com/ 

Article Link: https://www.ccn.com/dow-plunge-800-po ...

#market #news2you #financialtimessubscription #news #nytimes #cnn #newsnow

Dow Futures Plunge 800 Points. Now Comes the 25% Crash, Warns Analyst: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZoB6B... 

:: 2--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Prince of Planet Earth

By Hal Lindsey

When a person or a nation runs from God, that person or nation may think they are running toward atheism. But it doesn’t work out that way. Human beings are religious by nature. Pascal spoke of a God-shaped void within every person. In fact, a person without Christ is his own God-shaped void. We are made in God’s image. Nothing less than God can fulfill us. But people try anyway. They attempt to fill the void with everything else. The emptiness within reaches out to money, drugs, relationships… you name it. The world today is running from God but starving for deity. Those two things make a dangerous mix.  Karl Marx envisioned a communist nation as being utterly free of religion. In Russia, the Bolsheviks tried to put that into practice. They basically outlawed the worship of God and the preaching of His word. In doing so, they made the state their religion. Look at the life of Lenin. Look at the eternal life they tried to give him in the mausoleum on Red Square. The Soviet Union became one of the most “religious” nations in history. Stalin saw to it that everyone worshipped Lenin, the state, and himself.  For some, science becomes the religion. An article in Quartz magazine by Jamie Holmes, said, “A small group of contemporary psychologists have published a series of provocative experiments showing that faith in science can serve the same mentally-stabilizing function as religious beliefs.” But science is not meant to be stable. It changes with every new discovery. Despite the inherent variability of scientific thought, many of today’s scientists have formed a priesthood and formulated a creed. If you do not strictly adhere to the creed of scientism, you are shut out from academic success in certain fields. Older climate scientists often question the creed of global warming. But younger scientists can’t afford to question the creed if they ever intend to enter that field of study at a high level. I hear evolutionists brag that only a few esteemed biologists disagree with Darwinian evolution. But that’s like bragging that all Tibetan monks believe in the benefits of meditation. If you don’t believe the basic tenants of the religion, you’ll never be invited to a high-ranking position in that religion. One of the best ways to see that these things have turned into religion is to look at the rage of adherents when you disagree with them. Recently, French intellectual Renaud Camus was given a 2-month suspended sentence for pointing out the danger that mass immigration poses for France. He said present-day French immigration policies will cause, “The replacement of the population.” Camus said, “The ethnic substitution, the great replacement, is the most important event in the history of our nation since it has existed; as with other people, if the story continues, it will not be that of France.” You would expect his alarming, yet logical statement to be debated. But instead, they convicted of a crime. Present attitudes on Muslim immigration in Europe do not allow for discussion. And enforced silence is a hallmark of religion. Turning away from God does not equal a turn from religion. And a turn toward religion is not the same as turning toward God. He is interested in personal relationships. Yes, He wants us to be part of a larger fellowship of like-minded people. But the core relationship must be One-to-one.

In John 12:31 and elsewhere, Jesus called Satan, “the prince of this world.” On “Hal Lindsey Presents,” we’ve been studying the Book of Revelation. If you’ve joined me for that study, you know that Satan’s future is a bleak one. But for now, he’s still “the prince of this world.That means a turn away from God amounts to a turn toward the devil. And a turn toward the devil means pain, heartbreak, despair, and, eventually, death. Jesus is all about life. In John 6:35, He said, “I am the bread of life; he who comes to Me shall not hunger, and he who believes in Me shall never thirst.” In Revelation 3:20, He said, “Behold, I stand at the door and knock; if anyone hears My voice and opens the door, I will come in to him, and will dine with him, and he with Me.” That invitation remains open.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-13-2020/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 2-24-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rocket fire continues after Islamic Jihad announces unilateral ceasefire

Israeli security official says Jerusalem "skeptical" about PIJ's ceasefire announcement.

By ANNA AHRONHEIM, LAHAV HARKOV FEBRUARY 25, 2020 17:07

Incoming rocket sirens continued to wail after Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ) announced it would stop firing rockets toward Israel on Monday evening. More than 100 rockets were fired by PIJ on Monday during several barrages from the Gaza Strip toward southern Israel in a second day of violence with the Iranian-backed terrorist group.

Read More Related Articles

Berlin cancels auto show for Iran rally to destroy Israel

Where did the Gaza rockets fall? An interactive map

Al-Quds Brigades [Islamic Jihad’s military wing] announces that it has finished its military response to the assassination crimes in Khan Yunis and Damascus,” PIJ said in a statement. “It promises our people and nation that it will continue its struggle and that it will respond to any continued [aggression] by the occupation against our people and land.” Nevertheless, an Israeli security official said Jerusalem has received “messages from various ranks within the PIJ regarding a desire for an immediate ceasefire,” but Israel was skeptical of the claims and only would believe actions on the ground rather than words. “The IDF will continue to act until quiet is restored to the south,” the official said. Of the 100 rockets fired toward Israel, 90% were intercepted by the Iron Dome missile-defense system, the IDF said. While the majority of rockets struck open fields, some fell in residential communities. One landed near a playground in Sderot, as well as in the yard of a home. In Netivot, rocket shrapnel fell near a house. The IDF carried out retaliatory strikes against PIJ targets across the Gaza Strip throughout Monday, including a military compound in Khan Yunis used for training and to store weapons, as well as underground infrastructure and rocket launchpads used to fire rockets into Israel. Following the PIJ ceasefire announcement, an incoming rocket siren was activated around 8 p.m. in Kissufim after a mortar was fired from Gaza. One wave of rocket fire from Gaza just before 4 p.m. lasted more than 90 minutes. Sirens wailed in Ashkelon, Sderot and Netivot and surrounding communities. The Coordinator of Government Activities in the Territories (COGAT) announced that due to the rocket fire, the Erez crossing with Gaza would be closed, no merchants would be able to cross into Israel, and the fishing zone would be reduced to six nautical miles. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who was in Ariel with US Ambassador David Friedman, warned that Israel may launch a broader campaign against Hamas in Gaza if rockets are not totally stopped. “Last night, we attacked in Gaza and in Syria,” he said. “I don’t plan to let up... Beyond the hard strikes on our enemies, Hamas and Islamic Jihad need to understand: This won’t continue. If they do not completely stop, we will have to activate the plan we prepared for a broad campaign.” Netanyahu said these are not just words, and the plan goes beyond the past three IDF operations in Gaza. However, he said, war is the final option.  I am not hurrying into war,” Netanyahu said. “I know the price that our soldiers and the families of the fallen pay... Woe to Hamas and Islamic Jihad when that day comes. It’s their choice.” “We will do what it takes to bring back total security for the residents of the South,” he said. Netanyahu visited an Iron Dome battery in Ashdod, where he said: “Yesterday, we attacked on several fronts, in Syria and in Gaza, and we are continuing to strike now, with planes, tanks and helicopters. We will continue to strike until it is quiet again. We have a message to the heads of terrorist organizations: If the quiet doesn’t return, you’re next.” Defense Minister Naftali Bennett met with citizens and council heads in Sderot and the Gaza border communities on Monday. “We are not interested in a broad campaign, but we are preparing a plan, and if there is no choice, we will put it into action,” he said. “We won’t tell the enemy when and where.” UN Special Coordinator for the Middle East Peace Process Nickolay Mladenov called on Hamas and Islamic Jihad to halt its rocket and mortar fire against Israel, which “only risk dragging Gaza into another round of hostilities with no end in sight.” In a video briefing to the UN Security Council in New York, he said: “The indiscriminate launching of rockets against civilian population centers violates international law and must end.” “The past 48 hours have once again showed us how fragile the situation in Gaza is,” Mladenov said. “Its population suffers under Hamas’s rule and Israeli closures, while militant activity forces Israeli communities to live in constant fear of the next rocket attack. No amount of humanitarian or economic support on its own will resolve either the situation in Gaza or the broader conflict. Gaza ultimately requires a political solution.” “The situation is escalating as we speak,” he said. “The UN team is in contact with Egyptian officials on the ground. We call for a cessation of rocket fire against a civilian population, which violates international law.” UN Ambassador Danny Danon contacted UNSC members ahead of the meeting, telling them that the 50-plus rockets fired into Israel “indicate a clear intention by terrorist organizations in the Gaza Strip to escalate the situation. Israel is acting with determination and resolve to end the threat to its citizens. We will not hesitate to continue our defensive actions.” He called on the international community to condemn the rocket fire from Gaza and to take action against the terrorist organizations shooting at Israel. Al-Quds Brigades warned earlier on Monday that it was “ready to confront any aggression. The enemy should know that if it continues [to carry out aggression], we will respond with force.”  Earlier in the day, Netanyahu spoke with Sderot Mayor Alon Davidi and Ashkelon Mayor Tomer Glam, updating them on the security situation. He also held a telephone security consultation with the heads of the security establishment. Shortly before a barrage of rocket fire in the early afternoon, Bennett said that Israel is “preparing a plan to fundamentally change the situation in the Gaza Strip. I really understand the situation of the people of the South. They deserve peace and security.”  “We have eliminated at least six terrorists over the last day – not only in Gaza,” Bennett said during a conference in Jerusalem on Monday. “But we have also made progress in hurting the source of the problem. But deterrence is not built in a moment.” The hostilities began on Sunday when the IDF killed a PIJ terrorist who planted an explosive device and prevented Palestinians from retrieving his body. Israel then came under an intense barrage of 26 rockets, 13 of which were intercepted by Iron Dome.

On Sunday night, Israel carried out retaliatory airstrikes against PIJ targets in Syria and throughout the Gaza Strip following earlier rocket fire, killing at least six terrorists. Amid fears of violence, IDF Home Front Command announced that roads, schools and the railroad line to Beersheba near the Gaza Strip would be closed. The areas and roads that are blocked are all agricultural access routes west of Route 232. Highway 4 will be closed from Zikim Junction to the intersection of Kibbutz Netiv Haasara in both directions, Route 34 from Yad Mordechai Junction to Kibbutz Nir Am and Route 232 from Kibbutz Mefalsim to Kfar Aza Junction will also be closed. In addition, Kobe Hill in Sderot, Black Arrow Memorial, Bells Hill, Nazeemite Hill and Lone Horseshoe Hill will also be prohibited. Zikim Beach is closed to the public. Israel Railways said trains between Ashkelon and Beersheba would stop operating, and the stations in Sderot, Netivot and Ofakim would be closed. Hamas and PIJ had earlier threatened to avenge the killing of a terrorist by the IDF after he tried to plant explosives along the Gaza border fence early Sunday morning. Graphic footage from the scene showed an armored IDF bulldozer driving at high speed toward a group of Palestinian youth throwing stones to prevent them from retrieving the body. Several people were seen carrying one individual, but the bulldozer was seen lifting the body of the deceased suspect from the ground before it returned to Israel along with an IDF Merkava tank that had been guarding it. The dead terrorist was identified as Muhammed Ali al-Na’im, 27, a Quds Brigade commander in the Khan Yunis area. In response to the ongoing criticism of how the IDF took the body, Bennett on Monday said his goal was not to release terrorists until the bodies of the fallen IDF soldiers are returned to Israel. “I have a goal: to bring the bodies of Hadar Goldin and Oron Shaul home, not by releasing murderers. I sent them both to fight in Protective Edge, and the way to get them back is by increasing the pain for Hamas.” Tovah Lazaroff contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Breaking-News/IDF-hits-Palestinian-Islamic-Jihad-targets-in-Gaza-and-Syria-618547

:: 2--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Modern Rise of an Ancient Evil

By Hal Lindsey

The March 2020 issue of The Atlantic carries a sad, but fascinating story headlined, “Why Witchcraft Is on the Rise.” In the print edition, it’s called “The Witching Hour.” The magazine takes a sometimes bemused, mostly respectful approach to the topic of witchcraft. The sub headline reads, “Americans’ interest in spell-casting tends to wax as instability rises and trust in establishment ideas plummets.”  According to the article, “A 2014 Pew Research Center report suggested that the United States’ adult population of pagans and Wiccans was about 730,000 — on par with the number of Unitarians. But Wicca represents just one among many approaches to witchery, and not all witches consider themselves pagan or Wiccan. These days, Diaz told me, ‘everyone calls themselves witches.’” The “Diaz” mentioned is one Juliet Diaz. The article says she “describes herself as a seer capable of reading auras and connecting with ‘the other side’… one in a long line of healers in her family, which traces its roots to Cuba and the indigenous Taíno people, who settled in parts of the Caribbean. She is also a professional witch: Diaz sells anointing oils and ‘intention infused’ body products in her online store, instructs more than 8,900 witches enrolled in her online school, and leads witchy workshops that promise to leave attendees ‘feeling magical af!’ In 2018, Diaz, the author of the best-selling book Witchery: Embrace the Witch Within, earned more than half a million dollars from her magic work and was named Best Witch — yes, there are rankings — by Spirit Guides Magazine.” Diaz said that when she was growing up, “her family’s spellwork felt taboo. But over the past few years, witchcraft, long viewed with suspicion and even hostility, has transmuted into a mainstream phenomenon. The coven is the new squad.” When I released Satan is Alive and Well on Planet Earth back in 1973, satanism, witchcraft, and other forms of the occult were exploding onto the American scene. But they were still viewed with shock and suspicion. Today, they permeate society, and no one is shocked. Last year, Wired Magazine ran a story with the headline, “Trump's Presidency Has Spawned a New Generation of Witches.” Whatever you think of President Trump, it ought to be surprising that thousands of people have turned to witchcraft and the occult in order to oppose him. This is supposedly an era of science and enlightenment, and these people are sticking pins in orange-haired dolls. People feel powerless and afraid. The world seems out of control. Many have a sense that something awful looms on the horizon and they feel desperate to shield and empower themselves. They’re trying to prepare for what they think may be coming by turning to an ancient evil — Satan. 2 Corinthians 4:4 calls him “the god of this world.” Ephesians 2:2 refers to him as “the prince of the power of the air.” Those things are attractive to a fallen human nature. Galatians 5:19 says, “The deeds of the flesh are evident.” Verse 20 lists two of the deeds as “idolatry” and “sorcery.” But Satan gives only an illusion of empowerment and independence. In reality, he crushes and kills. He empowers humans in order to enslave them. His name means “adversary.” In John 8:44, Jesus called him the father of lies. The Spirit of God works in opposite ways. Instead of death and destruction, God brings life and joy. After Galatians 5 tells us about the “deeds of the flesh,” it speaks of the Holy Spirit’s fruit in our lives. “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, self-control” (Galatians 5:22-23).

Want power? That’s power!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-19-2020/ 

:: 2-24-20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Confessions of a Teenage Witch

By Sarah Anne Sumpolec Guest Writer

– When I opened the door, he turned and leveled the shotgun at me. The bedroom was ice cold and he stood inside of a wooden laundry hamper wrapped from head to toe in a blanket. All I could see were his eyes and the gun. I threw up my hands in surrender. “Dad! It’s me. Sarah.” He kept the gun leveled at me. “What are you doing here? Go! Go outside! He’s hiding in the trees.” He gestured with the gun. “Go look in the trees!” I turned and ran downstairs, out the back door and into the frigid air. I looked up at my parent’s bedroom window where the gun barrel now rested on the windowsill and the blanket shaped figure peered out. I looked up in the trees thinking I’d see my father’s hallucination. Thinking that my father couldn’t be wrong about intruders living in our attic and outside in the trees. Suddenly, he disappeared from the window and I shivered. My mother had left me there while she took my sister somewhere safer. I had nowhere to go but back inside. That was the day my whole world shifted. I was fifteen and I had grown up as “daddy’s girl”. In my eyes, there was nothing he couldn’t do. Until that horrible day. The cocaine made my father a different person, someone I could no longer trust, and even though I was far from grown up, I felt like I was all on my own. So I became a witch. Just like that. Witchcraft was something my father had introduced me to through an old book he once gave me. I dabbled in it for years, but never really took it seriously until I realized that I needed more help than I was getting. (And I think a small part of me wanted to do something that I knew my father would approve of). My encounter with the barrel of that gun made me wonder what life was really about. I began visiting New Age bookshops, reading books on witchcraft, and looking for answers. Within months I had collected crystals, conducted séances, and built an altar in my room to worship the god and goddess I had chosen. I read incantations, used Tarot, cast spells and took on a brand new identity. I was a witch, and proud of it. Resources were a little harder to come by back in the pre-Internet days, but it never stopped me. My mom was more than willing to shell out money to buy the stuff I wanted. My father eventually got clean, but our relationship was severely damaged. Things were a mess at home, they were a mess at school, and I became more and more depressed. I wanted out, and I began to believe that the answer was to kill myself. In fact, my “spirit guide” seemed to confirm that this was the very thing I was supposed to do. I desperately wanted things to change, but no matter what I tried, things just got worse. So one night I drove away in my car intending to never come home again. As I was driving on the back roads, waiting for the carbon monoxide leak in my car to do its work, I remember feeling relieved. Perhaps now, I thought, I can finally escape. All I remember now is that I woke up face down in a small park some time later. I don’t remember parking the car, or getting out, but there I was – very much alive. I felt like a failure, I couldn’t even kill myself. Yet because I had failed, and college was just a few months away, I figured I would just stick it out till then. Maybe if I got away from my family, I’d be able to get my head cleared. I continued to practice the witchcraft, though not as enthusiastically. I moved into my freshman dorm and to my utter horror, I was placed in a room with two Christian roommates. I was not amused. I was completely dumbfounded by these two girls who talked about God and carried their Bibles around. They could even quote things out of it. At first, I thought they were just weird, but they were totally serious about it. They didn’t swear or smoke or drink – which meant that our room was a no-party zone. Which I was also not happy about. But I couldn’t deny that they had a peace and security about life that I had never experienced. Despite being a witch, I was intrigued by their faith and began to eavesdrop on their Bible studies. And it wasn’t long before I accepted their weekly invitation to the Friday night Intervarsity meeting. It was there that I heard a message that made me think that I could get a fresh start on life after all. I made God an offer that night, right before Thanksgiving. I told him that if he was real, and if he really wanted me, then I was his. He took me up on the offer. Things shifted in my world once again, but this time, I wasn’t alone. It took me a while to get my footing with God, but even though my parents hated that I had become a Christian, I knew that it was exactly what I was missing all along. Many people assume that witches are the fake sort with pointy hats and brooms that we see every year around this time. But they aren’t. They are people just like you and me. People who are searching for answers. They just happen to be searching in the wrong place. Gretchen, a character in my book The Alliance said, “It’s like a religion without the rules.” The practice of witchcraft is very open-ended, allowing you to practice in any way you choose, so it can be very fascinating to some. But it’s deadly – it nearly killed me. And there is also the fact that God strictly forbids it. Most of you probably know that. So instead, I want to look at why. Why is witchcraft such a dangerous activity? It’s the wrong power source. Any supernatural power that does not come directly from God comes from Satan. Satan is a real being (see Job 1:6) that likes to masquerade as an “angel of light” (2 Cor. 11:14). So even though most witches do not believe in Satan, they are playing in his playground rather than God’s. That’s always a dangerous place to be. It’s real. Since the power source that witchcraft taps into comes from Satan, a lot of stuff actually happens. I don’t even like to think about the things I saw. Yet, just because “stuff happens” doesn’t mean that it’s truth. Satan does have some limited power on earth, so that’s why psychics are sometimes right and why witchcraft seems to “work”. Don’t mistake Satan’s power for God’s. They can’t even compare! It’s an assault on God’s nature. Think about it this way. God gave us his most precious gift when he sent Jesus so that we wouldn’t have to pay the price for our sins. He doesn’t withhold any good thing from us (Psalm 84:11). So if we go elsewhere to get guidance or power or entertainment, then we are basically telling God that he’s not enough for us. We act like he is keeping something from us. When he is really trying to keep us from being led astray by a very convincing enemy. Satan is an enemy of God. When we dabble in witchcraft, we are playing with a very real predator. Most predators don’t simply grab someone off the street by force. They tempt and lure us with innocent questions or pleas for help or even offers of gifts. Once the predator lures you close enough, it’s only then that he can snatch you away. Satan works the same way. He uses innocent looking activities to lure us farther and farther away from the truth. (Check out 1 Peter 5:8)  The truth – God’s Word – is really your best weapon against the enemy. The more familiar you are with God’s Word, then the easier it will be for you to tell when Satan tempts you with something fake. So you don’t need to become an expert on witchcraft in order to talk to someone involved in it. You just need to know God, and His Word. It’s all the ammunition you’ll need. After I became a Christian, I gathered all of my materials, the idols, crystals, books and candles I had used, and burned them all in a big bonfire. I know God was pleased with that. I had traded a whole lot of nothing for a whole lot of God. It was a pretty good deal if you ask me. Sarah Anne Sumpolec is the author of the YA series, Becoming Beka and lives in Virginia with her husband and three little girls. She speaks to teens and parents and continues to write both fiction and non-fiction that deals with the tough issues that young adults face today. She is one of the founders and a contributing author to Girls, God and the Good Life ( www.girlsgodgoodlife.blogspot.com ), a daily blog ministry for teen girls designed to encourage them to grow in their faith and is active online through her own website www.sarahannesumpolec.com  and blog, www.girlsandgod.blogspot.com .

https://www.cbn.com/family/youth/sumpolec_teenwitch.aspx?mobile=false&u=1 

:: 3-5-19  Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Witch doctor killed his cousin, mother, wife, and son — then he met Jesus

By Mark Ellis, CP Guest Contributor CP Current Page: World | Tuesday, March 05, 2019

Following the death of his grandfather, Jacob was next in line to assume the position of chief witch doctor in his village. During the initiation rites with other witch doctors, he was forced to ingest harsh substances that promised immense supernatural power. Overwhelmed at first, he wondered how could he walk in the footsteps of such a great witch doctor, without his presence to guide? “As it turns out, he had nothing to be concerned about. Jacob became so famous that people traveled from other nations to witness his power. His spells could bring either healing or death; his words could calm the tortured mind or drive people mad,” according to a report by The Timothy Initiative. In order to attain power within his profession, a blood sacrifice was required. To gain the greatest power, human blood must be shed. Stunningly, the witch doctor community demanded he sacrifice the lives of those closest to him. Following their counsel, he killed his cousin, mother, wife, and even his own son.  This brought him even greater supernatural power, but guilt began to gnaw away at his soul. To find solace, he turned to alcohol and began drinking heavily. It was the only way to dull the pain he felt inside day after day. One day at the bar, he overheard people talking about a movie that was to be shown in the village that night. Curious, he decided to attend. As he watched the JESUS Film, grief flooded his heart as the Holy Spirit brought conviction. MORE

https://www.christianpost.com/news/witch-doctor-killed-his-cousin-mother-wife-and-son-then-he-met-jesus.html 

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 2-16-20 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Japan’s GDP Is Collapsing, And Experts Are Warning That China Will Be Next

February 16, 2020 by Michael Snyder

Global economic conditions are really starting to deteriorate quite rapidly. Economists were projecting that Japan’s GDP would shrink by 3.8 percent on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter, but instead it greatly surpassed expectations by plunging 6.3 percent. If Japan’s GDP falls again during the first quarter of 2020, and thanks to the coronavirus outbreak that seems very likely, then the world’s third largest economy will officially be in a recession. But of course the outlook for China is even worse. At this point, economic activity in China has come to a standstill, and this has thrown global supply chains into a state of chaos. It certainly appears that the entire global economy will shrink during the first quarter, and that will be the very first time that has happened in more than a decade. And if this coronavirus outbreak continues to intensify in the months ahead, the economic consequences are going to be absolutely catastrophic. Even though the experts were anticipating a slowdown in Japan, nobody had any idea that it would be this bad… Japan’s gross domestic product shrank at an annualized pace of 6.3 percent from the previous quarter in the three months through December, according to a preliminary estimate by the Cabinet Office released Monday. Economists surveyed had predicted a fall of 3.8 percent, flagging the adverse impact of a sales tax increase, weak global demand and typhoon disruption. The sales tax increase is being primarily blamed for this collapse in GDP, and without a doubt consumer spending in Japan was way down last quarter…

Consumer spending fell 11.1% after the national sales tax was raised in October to 10% from 8%. During the same month, Typhoon Hagibis ravaged a large swathe of the country. Capital spending declined 14.1% and exports slipped 0.4% due to the fallout from the U.S.-China trade war. Japanese officials were hoping that GDP would bounce back this quarter, but now the coronavirus outbreak has changed everything. At this point it is very difficult to be positive about the immediate future of the Japanese economy, and an increasing number of experts are now anticipating a recession. Here is one example… “I’m getting ready for another contraction in Japan’s first quarter. There just aren’t any positive factors to build a positive growth forecast,” said Mari Iwashita, chief market economist at Daiwa Securities Co., flagging her view that the economy is likely falling into recession. The Japanese economy greatly benefits from the horde of tourists that usually come over from China, and the two nations have developed a very close trading relationship. Now that those two factors are being disrupted, the outlook for the second quarter is decidedly grim… “There is a good chance of Japan’s economy falling into a recession,” Yoshiki Shinke, chief economist at Dai-ichi Life Research Institute, said before Monday’s data was released. He flagged the risks of supply chains being affected if the outbreak was prolonged. The coronavirus is taking a toll on the number of Chinese tourists to Japan and manufacturing activity due to the economy’s close ties with China, prompting some economists to forecast a contraction lasting two quarters. Ultimately, it is going to be exceedingly difficult for Japan to avoid a recession. But if Chinese GDP also plunges into recession territory this year, that will be even bigger news. According to the New York Times, “the entire global economy could suffer from a prolonged shock in China”, and so investors will be watching the development of this crisis very carefully. The number of confirmed cases and the official death toll both continue to rise, and the draconian measures that the Chinese have taken to contain the outbreak have slowed the Chinese economy to a crawl. The following is how Zero Hedge summarized the recent economic data that we have seen come out of China… While not perfect, and certainly not a comprehensive view of what is really taking place “on the ground”, the above data is a useful real-time indicator of how the people in China perceive the threat of the coronavirus pandemic, and one thing is abundantly clear: as the pandemic spreads further without containment, and as the charts above flatline, so will China’s economy, which means that while Goldman’s draconian view of what happens to Q1 GDP is spot on, the expectation for a V-shaped recovery in Q2 and onward will vaporize faster than a vial of ultra-biohazardaous viruses in a Wuhan virology lab. Of course many in the financial world are still hoping that things won’t be too bad. For example, Dun and Bradstreet is hoping that the crisis in China will only “cause a drag of approximately one percentage point on global GDP”… China, the world’s second largest economy after US, contributes about 20 percent to the world’s gross domestic product (GDP). However, according to a report by Dun and Bradstreet, the Chinese economy might cause a drag of approximately one percentage point on global GDP if prevention of Coronavirus gets delayed beyond the summer of 2020. That is a wildly optimistic projection, but hopefully they are right. Hopefully the coronavirus will fizzle out with the arrival of warmer weather and the global economy can start to get back to normal. Unfortunately, a return to “normal” is probably not in the cards. Even before this coronavirus outbreak, the global economy was really starting to slow down. Economic numbers were absolutely dismal all over the world, and many experts were warning that we were right on the verge of the next global recession. Now that this outbreak has erupted, we definitely have much more momentum in a downward direction. Very challenging times are ahead, although most people in the western world still don’t understand what is happening. As far as the coronavirus is concerned, the key will be what happens to the number of confirmed cases outside of China. Over the past week that number has roughly doubled, and if that keeps happening every week we will soon have a full-blown global pandemic on our hands. There are now 75 confirmed cases in Singapore, 59 confirmed cases in Japan and 57 confirmed cases in Hong Kong. It is becoming increasingly difficult to keep this virus contained, and we are rapidly approaching a major tipping point.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/japans-gdp-is-collapsing-and-experts-are-warning-that-china-will-be-next 

:: 2-18-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

HSBC To Cut 35,000 Jobs, Shed $100 Billion In Assets As Profits Plunge

by Tyler Durden Tue, 02/18/2020 - 07:04

Banks around the world are supposed to benefit the most from central banks inflating assets, and hyperinflating stock markets, but over the past few years, central banks have instead caused some of the biggest bank job cuts in half a decade. HSBC, Europe's largest bank and troubled lender, although not nearly as troubled as Deutsche Bank, said it would cut upwards of 35,000 jobs, shed $100 billion in assets, and take a massive $7.3 billion hit to goodwill as part of a major overhaul under Chairman Mark Tucker, the company said in a press release on Tuesday morning. This comes months after HSBC's interim CEO Noel Quinn unveiled plans to "remodel" large parts of the bank. The restructuring of the London-based bank is being led by Quinn, who replaced John Flint in August on an interim basis. Quinn is vying for the permanent role of CEO, which the bank said will be decided this year. Europe's biggest bank by assets is expected to focus more on Asia and the Middle East, while it winds down operations in Europe and the US; HSBC derives at least 50% of its revenue in Asia. The bank said net profit plunged 53% to $5.97 billion last year, due to the $7.3BN goodwill hit and also thanks to the record low interest rates and NIRP unleashed by central banks. Tucker said the bank faces substantial challenges in the UK, Hong Kong, and mainland China. He also issued a warning over the Covid-19 outbreak in China and quickly spreading across Asia to Europe, indicating that the virus could impact the bank's performance this year. Quinn confirmed the bank would cut 15% of its workforce over the next two-three years. This is on top of the 10,000 jobs it axed in Oct. "The totality of this program is that our headcount is likely to go from 235,000 to closer to 200,000 over the next three years," Quinn told Reuters. adding that "HSBC will be “exiting businesses where necessary." “Around 30% of our capital is currently allocated to businesses that are delivering returns below their cost of equity, largely in global banking and markets in Europe and the U.S.,” he noted. In its long-struggling U.S. arm, Quinn said HSBC will cut assets in investment banking and markets by almost half, and shut around 70 of its 229 branches. As of September, HSBC was the U.S.’s 14th largest commercial bank according to Federal Reserve data, with around $181 billion assets. Mr. Quinn said he had considered putting the unit up for sale but decided against it because the U.S. is a crucial part of the bank’s global network. The benefits of the restructuring will be evident largely from 2023 onward, said Citigroup analyst Ronit Ghose, who recommended investors sell HSBC shares. And to think it was only last year when 50 banks laid off 77,780 jobs, the most since 91,448 in 2015. With the global economy quickly decelerating, and a virus shock that could tilt the world into recession, if we had to guess, tens of thousands of more banking jobs will be slashed this year.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/hsbc-cut-35000-jobs-profits-plunge 

:: 2-15-20 Long Room :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Convoluted Thinking Of The Left Creates Dictators, Genocides & Death On An Industrial Scale - Americans Should Never Give Up Our Right To Defend Ourselves Against Such Evils!

allnewspipeline.com | 2/15/2020 | Staff

"The Best Mix Of Hard-Hitting REAL News & Cutting-Edge Alternative News On The Web"

The Convoluted Thinking Of The Left Creates Dictators, Genocides & Death On An Industrial Scale - Americans Should Never Give Up Our Right To Defend Ourselves Against Such Evils!

Speech - Laws - Are - Democrats - Attempt

'Hate Speech Laws' Are Democrats Attempt To Do Away With The 1st Amendment

Apparently, two wrongs now make a “right”, stealing is now a “right” and might makes “right”. How did I arrive at these conclusions? Let me elucidate my reasoning.

Bygone - Days - Years - People - America

In bygone days, more than a hundred years ago now, “some” people in America had slaves. Those who had them lived largely in the South (By the way, a lot of white men in the North died to set the slaves free. Do they get compensation?). Some who held slaves were white and some were black. The slaves were largely black, although some might consider indentured white servants to have also been slaves. It doesn’t matter. We must punish ALL white people today for actions (which by the way were not considered crimes in their time period) for the actions of very few. I will not (and do not) condone slavery. So do not impute any animus to my statement above. It is a simple fact. It was not a crime in the South at the period in time. Nor was it a crime throughout most of humanity’s history. Was it right? No, it was not. But it was prevalent throughout most of our past. Guess what? It wasn’t limited to black people either. Every ethnicity on the planet has been a slave at one point or another in humanity’s history. At no point did any of them receive any kind of compensation and every single one of the other groups managed to pull themselves out of the...

(Excerpt) Read more at: allnewspipeline.com 

https://www.longroom.com/discussion/1798822/the-convoluted-thinking-of-the-left-creates-dictators-genocides-death-on-an-industrial-scale-americans-should-never-give-up-our-right-to-

defend-ourselves-against-such-evils 

:: 2-18-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DEVISING PSYCHOTRONIC WEAPONS FOR ANTICHRIST: Redefining Neuroweapons Is New Focus Of Emerging Capabilities In Neuroscience And Neurotechnology

February 18, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

As global conflicts assume increasingly asymmetric and “gray zone” forms, the ability to employ current and newly developing techniques and tools of neurocognitive science to manipulate human thought and behavior must be viewed as a present and increasing challenge. Ongoing developments in neuroscience and technology, which trend toward 5 to 10 year trajectories of progression, make the brain sciences valid, viable, and of growing value for operational use in warfare, intelligence, and national security (WINS) applications […] particular advances in neuroscience-tech have an increased potential for dual use and direct use in… applicability of gene editing methods, nanoparticles, and other tools that can modify the central nervous system… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2020/02/18/devising-psychotronic-weapons-for-antichrist-redefining-neuroweapons-is-new-focus-of-emerging-capabilities-in-neuroscience-and-neurotechnology/ 

:: 2-20-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Author Archives: SkyWatch Editor

SHADOWLAND—PART 12: Jeffrey Epstein and ‘Brothers of the Shadow’ (OR: Earth Temples, Magic Circles, Sorcerers, And The Fine Art Of Demon Conjuring)

February 20, 2020

Having a long history predating the time of Christ by thousands of years, ritual locations like Epstein’s Orgy Island typically employed three main componentsa temple (often domed like the one on Epstein’s island as documented in Shadowland), a second area where ceremonials— frequently elaborate—were performed, and a third geometric pattern area (circle, square or rectangle) where the main sacrificial altar was located.

According To This Attorney, The New Book SHADOWLAND Is On To Something—FBI Has Been Lying About The Murder Of Seth Rich… Obama, Hillary, Comey, Clapper, Brennan Implicated In Cover Up

February 20, 2020

An attorney has uncovered heavily redacted emails from the FBI, which indicated the agency has been providing false testimony on former DNC staffer Seth Rich who was murdered in 2016. One America’s Caitlin Sinclair has more from New York.

Israel’s Top Rabbi: “I’m Currently In Discussions With The MESSIAH Himself”

February 20, 2020

A Haredi rabbi, privy to secrets concerning the Messiah, was sworn to silence for several decades by hidden righteous men but they have now ordered him for the first time to publicize their messages about current events and the imminent arrival of the Messiah. They tell him that it is literally a matter of life or death. Rabbi Zissholtz explained that he had been charged by these hidden righteous men to break his silence and to begin informing the public of the imminent arrival of the Messiah. “Getting the word out now that the Messiah is closer than ever is a matter of life and death,” Rabbi Zissholtz said. “Haven’t you heard of…

Convention Of ‘Christian Witches’ To Gather In Salem On Easter Sunday To Use Bible For Casting Spells

February 20, 2020

A group of “Christian witches” will be holding their annual convention on Easter in Salem, Massachusetts. The gathering of “Witches, Sorcerers/Soceresses, Wizards, Warlocks, Necromancers, Readers” and “like-minded Magickal Beings” is being organized by Rev. Valerie Love (aka KAISI). Scheduled for April 10-12, it will coincide with the Christian holiday of Easter and feature elements of witchcraft as well as Christian prayers. Love bills herself as a spiritual life coach and “ordained Minister of Spiritual Consciousness.” On her website, Love claims to have been born a witch, and, as a child, “saw spirits and communed with otherworldly entities.” She also claims to be a practicing Christian Witch and founded the Covenant of Christian Witches Mystery School which she claims is in the “Solomonic tradition.” In an Instagram post, Love stated that the Book of Psalms “is really a book of spells…

Sanhedrin Assembly On Third Temple Brings Representatives From Sons Of Ishmael

February 20, 2020

On Sunday night, the Sanhedrin hosted a conference to discuss the role of the Arabs and Muslims in the Third Temple. The conference featured a lecture by Dr. Mordechai Kedar, a senior lecturer in the Department of Arabic at Bar-Ilan University. Dr. Kedar has frequently referred to the claim that Jerusalem is holy to the Muslims as “fake news.”

Is The Prophesied End-Times Apostasy Happening Right Before Our Eyes?

February 20, 2020

I listened as a man “deconstructed” his Christian faith for nearly 1 million podcast subscribers, saying, “I have jumped ship,” taking his wife and children with him “into the waters.” A local pastor resigned following his own deconstruction of the faith. What prior generations called “a crisis of faith,” this generation terms “deconstruction,” stemming from hard faith questions that seem to have no answers (or perhaps the answers are too hard to bear). The Bible calls it abandoning, falling away or departing from the faith (Matt. 24:10) and it is one of the signs Jesus said we would see prior to His return. The signs are not only prominent today, but converging…

https://www.skywatchtv.com/author/skywatch-editor/ 

:: 2-15-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food Supply to Collapse after Outbreak? Billionaires Predict "Global Problems"

74,703 views  •Feb 15, 2020

Ice Age Farmer  56.7K subscribers

A 2015 Soros-funded think tank predicted a 2020 breakdown of the global food supply following an outbreak -- just as Bill Gates' 2019 "event 201" simulated a global pandemic. Why are multiple billionaires been speaking to outbreaks and food insecurity in 2020? Because Agenda 21/2030 isn't just a name: it's a war on all of us, and it has gone HOT.

FULL SHOW NOTES: http://www.iceagefarmer.com/2020/02/1... 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wBDZVexL3RQ 

:: 2-17-20 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AMERICA: This is Why YOU need to prepare, RIGHT NOW, over Coronavirus: Quarantine=No Trucking

Nation News Desk 17 February 2020

Most Americans remain grossly uninformed about the coming MEDICAL QUARANTINES over the continuing - and worsening - Coronavirus outbreak. Those who are keeping up to date, think they still have time to prepare "if things get bad." They're wrong. Your time is almost up. You have only DAYS left. Here's why . . . When the government finally cannot hide the spread here in the United States, they will be forced to utterly lock down the country. There simply won't be any other choice because this virus -- which is actually a military Bio-Weapon that escaped China's only Level 4 Bio-Lab (Story Here) -- is so contagious. It spreads by AIR, Coughing, Sneezing, Urination, Bowel movements. The virus can live on surfaces for up to 28 days, which means door handles, public toilets, cashier counters in stores and supermarkets, computer keyboards and most everything else. It flows through public sewer lines from toilet flushes, then can evaporate up out of manhole covers. The virus has an eighty-three percent (83%) Infection rate. That means if 100 people get EXPOSED to it, 83 of them will get sick. About half of those who get sick, develop serious pneumonia, requiring hospitalization. Of those, about half require Intensive care, intubation and a respirator to breathe. Of the people who get hospitalized, fifteen percent DIE. And that's __if__ they get top-notch hospital care. For those who do not get hospital care, about sixty-five percent die. Now, some quick math: In the United States, there are about 2.4 hospital beds for every 1,000 population. Yes, you read that correctly: 2.4 hospital beds for every 1,000 people. Here's the math: If 1,000 people get exposed, 830 will get sick (83%). About half will need hospitalization. So about 400 people will need a hospital bed. But there are only 2.4 hospital beds for them . . . . So the rest will NOT be able to get care. Certainly not "top-notch" care. 15% of those 2.4 people will die. 65% of the 398 remaining sick people, will die. That converts to 258 people DEAD out of every 1,000 INFECTED. Those are the real world statistics for this virus. The numbers claiming otherwise from inside China are completely false. They are intentionally lying about the number of deaths to make it APPEAR the Communist regime is still in control. It is not. That's why, as of today, 17 February, 2020, a total of seven-hundred-sixty MILLION people in 70 cities in China, are under Quarantine. Health officials here in the USA are already concealing the number of confirmed infections. From officials at the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta, who are concealing "over 1,000 cases" as of two weeks ago (Story Here), to the local county Health Commissioner in Erie County, New York (Near Buffalo, Rochester and Watertown) who issued a GAG ORDER preventing police, fire and EMS from talking to anyone about Coronavirus cases, (Story Here), the people in the USA are NOT being told the truth. Officials fear mass-panic will occur if people find out, so they are INTENTIONALLY keeping the whole thing "hush-hush." Now, here's the uglier part . . . Quarantines mean no one in, and no one out. That means no trucks for deliveries. According to an analysis of the United States transportation network, performed by the American Trucking Association, here's what "No trucks" turns into: You must prepare right now while you still can. Here are suggestions: The best strategy for this is NOT to be exposed. Fat chance of that; we ALL go out: Work, school, shopping, recreation, and so forth. So how might we protect ourselves while we're out? Well, the fact this virus can be spread by air, in addition to staying alive on surfaces like counter tops, desks, water fountains, door handles, inside cars and buses, product packages on store shelves that someone else handled, or sneezed-on or coughed-on, - including ones that get delivered by mail, FedEx, UPS, etc. -- complicates things greatly.

Step One: Stay home. Do not go out unless you absolutely MUST.

Step Two: Presuming you have to go out (we ALL do) wear a filter mask eye and hand protective gear (below). The N-95 filter masks are almost completely sold out already, nationwide. So you can get a better mask rated as N-100 or P-100 for the time being until THEY sell out. Links to various suppliers are HERE-N-95 and HERE N-100. (I am NOT the seller)

You can also get the VASTLY AVAILABLE 3M 7500 (HERE) which uses 3M 2091 filters (HERE) This mask system is more expensive, but it works and is widely still available. (Again, I am NOT the seller)

Get Eye Protection, either cheap swimmer goggles (HERE) or better safety goggles (HERE)

Get a box of rubber/nitrile Gloves (Here) Wear this gear when you go out. Yes, you'll look and feel ridiculous. But you are much more likely to have the last laugh because YOU are protecting yourself.

THIS IS URGENTLY IMPORTANT: The absolute moment you get home, take off your shoes and leave them in the foyer. DO NOT WALK AROUND YOUR HOUSE IN SHOES YOU WORE OUTSIDE. You may have walked on a large amount of infected material as you were out and if you wear those shoes in the house, the virus will spread in the house. Next: Go into the bathroom, take off your clothing, put it in a hamper or plastic bag, and take a shower. You HAVE TO WASH OFF any virus that may have landed on your body or hair, while you were out. Put on clean garments. You cannot go sit in your chair or lay on your couch or bed in clothing you wore outside. The virus will come off the clothing, onto the furniture and pow, someone in the house catches it. Make every person in your household do this the absolute moment they come home. This virus is HIGHLY CONTAGIOUS and it KILLS people. We cannot skimp or get lazy protecting ourselves. Eat right, take vitamins (I use Centrum), and, I don't want to sound hokey, or like some Bible thumper, pray to Almighty God that you be protected by Him during this crisis. I'm not kidding. I mean it: PRAY. Even if you haven't prayed in decades, start now. "Hi God, it's me (so and so). I know I haven't prayed to you in a long time, but I'm coming back to you now. . . . ." And then talk honestly and earnestly to him, in a very quiet voice. Just remember, this is God, not a magician to be summoned to do tricks or render services at our beckon call. He made us. We are HIS to do with a HE sees fit. OTHER "PREPS" with Links Have Emergency food (HERE, HERE, and HERE) in the house in case Quarantine gets implemented, so you and your family can eat for the 6 weeks or so such Quarantines are likely to last.

Have Emergency Water (HERE) stored up in case the water supply gets contaminated.

Here is a complete list of "Preps" that folks might consider for themselves. RELATED:

CORONA VIRUS PROVEN TO BE MILITARY BIO-WEAPON

I am doing what I can to help YOU survive. Please help ME, my radio show and this web site survive with a donation using the donate button below or click an ad to generate revenue from advertisers to my site. If you cannot or will not use online financial transactions, please mail cash, check or money order Payable to: HAROLD TURNER

1906 Paterson Plank Road 1-A North Bergen, NJ 07047-1902 USA

Those in foreign countries can mail cash from their country and I will have it converted to US Dollars once it arrives. Thanks!

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/america-this-is-why-you-need-to-prepare-right-now-over-coronavirus-quarantine-no-trucking 

:: 2-18-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If Apple is hurting due to the coronavirus, its suppliers and rivals likely are too

[Reuters] By Stephen Nellis and Josh Horwitz Reuters February 18, 2020

SAN FRANCISCO/SHANGHAI (Reuters) - Apple Inc's <AAPL.O> surprise warning that it will likely fall short of this quarter's sales target due to the coronavirus epidemic points to much pain for its chip and other suppliers as well as for rivals who also rely on China to build their products. Revising guidance set just three weeks ago, the world's most valuable tech company said while many factories that make iPhones have reopened for work, they were ramping up more slowly than anticipated. The outbreak, which has infected more than 72,000 and prevented many employees from returning to work due to travel and quarantine restrictions, was reverberating throughout the U.S. firm's supply chain, a source familiar with Apple's operations in China said. "If one component factory stays closed and they're the only supplier, then everyone has to stop and wait. And if there are two suppliers and one is shut down, then we need the other to do more," said the source who was not authorized to speak to media and declined to be identified. Stacy Rasgon, a Bernstein analyst, said Apple's woes probably also mean fewer chips will be sold throughout the mobile device industry because the overwhelming majority are made in China. "Maybe this is the wake up call. I would be astonished if Apple is the only one," he said. "Every electronic supply chain runs through China in a big way.  "Research firm Canalys estimates both Apple, which outsources much of its manufacturing to Taiwan's Foxconn <2317.TW>, and rival Huawei Technologies [HWT.UL] have 99% of their production in China. The world's No. 1 smartphone market is likely see sales halve in the first quarter due to the virus, analysts have said.

Chinese rivals Oppo, Xiaomi Corp <1810.HK> and Vivo have 83%, 72%, and 65% of their production in China respectively. Reuters reported last week that roughly 10% of Foxconn's workers in China have resumed production, while other plants in the country remain largely shuttered. Foxconn denied the reports in a company filing without elaborating. A SLEW OF SUPPLIERS Shares of Apple's chip suppliers fell on the news on Tuesday, with Samsung Electronics <005930.KS> losing 2.8%, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co (TSMC) <2330.TW> down 2.9% and SK Hynix <000660.KS> shedding 2.9%. Analysts at ANZ noted Qualcomm Inc <QCOM.O> was vulnerable to disruptions caused by the epidemic as it supplies mobile modem chips to almost all major smartphone makers and generates nearly half of its sales from China. U.S.-based suppliers that do a lot of business with Apple include Broadcom Inc <AVGO.O>, Qorvo Inc <QRVO.O> and Skyworks Solutions Inc <SWKS.O>.

Broadcom makes a range of wireless components for iPhones and said last month it had signed a deal to supply Apple for contracts worth as much as $15 billion. Sales to Apple accounted for 20% of its annual revenue in fiscal 2019. Qorvo, which sells parts that help phones connect to wireless data networks, generated around one third of its revenue from Apple in fiscal 2019. Skyworks, another wireless component supplier, got more than 10% of its annual revenue from Apple. Other U.S. suppliers to Apple include Texas Instruments Inc <TXN.O>. Its battery charging chips have been found in iPhone teardowns, although the company sells across a broad spectrum of the electronics industry. In Europe, the Netherlands' NXP Semiconductors <NXPI.O> supplies Apple with the near-field communications chips used in the iPhone's Apple Pay contactless payments feature, according to TechInsights teardowns and industry analysts. Chips made by Franco-Italian firm STMicroelectronics <STM.MI> <STM.PA> are used for wireless battery charging and for infrared cameras in iPhones, according to teardowns. Its shares lost 3.5% in morning trade. Investors in chipmakers have until now have been willing to look past temporary coronavirus disruptions, hoping for a sales recovery in the second half, said Bernstein's Rasgon. Mike Fawkes, who previously ran supply chain operations for Hewlett-Packard, said even if it wanted to, Apple was unlikely to find alternative production sources soon. "They're stuck with China for some period of time," he said. "It's very hard when you're managing a big battleship like they are." (Reporting by Stephen Nellis in San Francisco and Josh Horwitz in Shanghai; Additional reporting by Hyunjoo Jin in Seoul; Editing by Greg Mitchell, Miyoung Kim and Edwina Gibbs)

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/apple-hurting-due-coronavirus-suppliers-100627015.html 

:: 2-17-20 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

10 Plagues That Are Hitting Our Planet Simultaneously

February 17, 2020 by Michael Snyder

All of a sudden, really crazy things are starting to happen all over the world. Giant swarms of locusts are absolutely devastating entire regions, extremely unusual storms are confounding meteorologists, earthquake and volcanic activity are both on the rise, and five very dangerous diseases are sweeping across the globe. So far in 2020, it has just been one thing after another, and many are speculating about what could be ahead if events continue to escalate. The other day my wife mentioned that one of her friends suggested that I should put together a list of all the weird stuff that has been taking place, and so that is what I have decided to do. The following is a list of 10 plagues that are hitting our planet simultaneously… #1 Armies Of LocustsAs I detailed the other day, swarms of locusts the size of major cities have been devouring entire farms in Africa in as little as 30 seconds. These swarms have also been spreading throughout the Middle East, and now we have learned that they have even reached China…

A gigantic swarm of locusts that belong to a plague that has ravaged millions of acres of crops across east Africa has been spotted reaching the Chinese border.

Billions of the insects have destroyed food supplies across Kenya, Somalia and Ethiopia in what has been described as the worst plague for decades.

#2 Extremely Bizarre Weather Patterns – It is almost as if virtually all of the old rules have suddenly been thrown out the window. An all-time record 209 mph wind gust just hit Calfiornia, and absolutely crazy storms are happening all over the planet. For example, just check out what just took place in Australia… Sydney has been thrown into chaos by a devastating storm that saw two months of rainfall in just two days – forcing mass evacuations, leaving 150,000 homes without power, and prompted warnings not to drive to work. The storm dumped 400mm of rain on the city over the weekend, causing mayhem for commuters on Monday morning with roads blocked, ferries canceled and trains suffering major delays across the network.

#3 Unprecedented Flooding – We are seeing unusual flooding all over the world right now, and the flooding that is devastating the southern U.S. at this moment is being called “unprecedented”…

In Jackson, Mississippi, hundreds of residents either watched their homes flood over the weekend or worried their residence would soon be drenched as the Pearl River crested Monday at 36.8 feet, its third-highest level ever recorded – behind only 1979 and 1983.

Calling the Jackson floods “historic” and “unprecedented,” Mississippi Gov. Tate Reeves said in a Sunday press conference that “we do not anticipate this situation to end anytime soon. It will be days before we are out of the woods and the waters recede.”

#4 Major Earthquakes Really big earthquakes are happening with such frequency now that it is very difficult for me to write about them all. For example, a magnitude 7.7 quake recently struck off of the coast of Jamaica, but I have been so busy writing about other disasters that I have not even mentioned it until now… A magnitude 7.7 earthquake struck Tuesday about 80 miles from Jamaica, shaking people in the Caribbean and as far away as Miami.

A tsunami of 0.4 feet was recorded in the Cayman Islands at George Town, but no tsunami was observed at Port Royal, Jamaica, or Puerto Plata, Dominican Republic.

#5 Unusual Volcanic Eruptions – Seismic activity has been rising all over the globe, and over the past couple of months we have seen volcanoes all over the world pop off like firecrackers. One of the most notable eruptions that we have seen in recent days was the most powerful eruption of Mount Merapi in 90 years…

One of Indonesia’s most active volcanoes, Mount Merapi just experienced its most powerful eruption since 1930! The eruption reportedly took place on Thursday and was caught on video displaying a powerful and terrifying eruption showing the moment the crater exploded and launched lava and ash an estimated 2,000 meters into the air forcing local residents to stay outside of the designated no-go zone 3km (1.8 miles) from the crater.

#6 The Coronavirus – Needless to say, the coronavirus outbreak in China has been getting more headlines than anything else on this list. The numbers continue to rise, and many are speculating that this could potentially become the worst global pandemic since the Spanish Flu pandemic of 1918. In a desperate attempt to keep the truth from getting out, the World Health Organization is asking the major social media companies to censor their users… The World Health Organization has held talks with tech giants to stop the spread of coronavirus “misinformation,” despite the fact that some things once labeled “misinformation” have since turned out to be true.

The meeting was organized by the WHO but hosted by Facebook at its Menlo Park campus in California. Attendees included representatives from Amazon, Twilio, Dropbox, Google, Verizon, Salesforce, Twitter, YouTube, Airbnb, Kinsa and Mapbox.

#7 The African Swine Fever – “Pig Ebola” has already wiped out millions upon millions of pigs in China, and it has now spread to more than 40 other countries. The price of pork is absolutely skyrocketing in China right now, and to help fill the demand the Chinese are increasingly importing pork from U.S. sources…

Tyson Foods Inc. says it’s just starting to see the benefits of the African swine fever outbreak in China, which includes a 600% year-over-year increase in pork orders to China in the fiscal first quarter.

#8 The H1N1 Swine Flu – Unlike the African Swine Fever, the H1N1 Swine Flu can actually kill humans. In fact, it has already killed more people outside of China than the coronavirus outbreak has. For instance, 13 people in Taiwan died from the virus in one recent week alone…

As of now, the H1N1 virus is posing a great threat once again as it has claimed 13 lives in Taiwan in the last week. This virus is highly contagious and is known to spread from human to human. It is especially dangerous for those with a compromised immune system like those suffering from chronic medical conditions and long-term health conditions.

#9 The H5N1 Bird FluThis strain of the bird flu caused a massive global scare a number of years ago, and now it is experiencing a stunning resurgence. China has had to kill thousands of chickens so far, and experts are warning that this outbreak could be just getting started…

China also is reportedly dealing with an outbreak of the deadly H5N1 bird flu in chickens in the Hunan province, an area that borders the province where the coronavirus emerged, according to the South China Morning Post.

As of Feb. 1, local authorities had culled 17,828 poultry after the H5NI outbreak, according to a statement by China’s Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs.

#10 The H5N8 Bird FluThis strain is different from the H5N1 bird flu, but many believe that it is even more frightening. It has started to pop up in numerous places around the globe, and experts were really surprised when it recently made an appearance in Germany…

Germany has reported an outbreak of the highly pathogenic H5N8 bird flu virus in a backyard in the southwestern part of the country, the World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE) said on Monday.

The virus killed 44 birds out of a flock of 69 in Bretzfeld, in the Baden-Wurttemberg region, the Paris-based OIE said, citing a report from Germany’s food and agriculture ministry.

Can any of you remember a time when we have been hit by crisis after crisis like this all at once?

2020 has certainly started off with quite a bang, and many expect global events to continue to accelerate.

So hold on to your hats, because things are likely to get even crazier in the months ahead.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/10-plagues-that-are-hitting-our-planet-simultaneously 

:: 2--20 Coercion Code :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mitt Romney Caught Taking Big Money Donations from George Soros

Mitt Romney has taken big money donations from George Soros Anti-Trump Republican Sen. Mitt Romney (R-UT) has been caught taking large donations from liberal billionaire George Soros, financial records have revealed.  The globalist financier’s Soros Fund Management invests heavily in political figures, including Democrat powerhouses such as former President Barack Obama, Sen. Chuck Schumer, twice-failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton, John Kerry, and others. Back in 2012

George Soros stated that he saw little difference between Mitt Romney and Barack Obama.

According to political donations records, it has now been revealed that Romney is now also on the George Soros’ payroll. The Utah senator left his Republican colleagues stunned when he sided with Democrats to shun his own party and vote to convict President Donald Trump in the partisan impeachment trial. Records show Mitt Romney took $17,250 from George Soros via Soros Fund Management According to OpenSecrets.org, Romney has accepted at least $17,500 from Soros Fund Management.  The organization is a left-wing influence operation funded by George Soros. The donations listed are the ones made by publically by Soros, who has a track record for “immoral” financial activity.  Hungarian-born Soros is widely regarded as the man who broke the Bank of England in 1992. He was also declared a “financial terrorist” in Malaysia and found guilty of insider trading in Europe. George Soros has a reputation for having little respect for the law and no interest in playing by the rules. By accepting money from Soros, the move will surely raise further questions regarding Romney’s credibility. Remarkably for a Republican, Romney actually makes the top 20 of politicians who have accepted money from Soros Fund Management. Mitt Romney shunned his Republican colleagues to side with Democrats in their anti-Trump impeachment campaign Romney’s vote during the Democrats’ impeachment campaign has certainly ruffled the feathers of his fellow-Republicans.

First, he was notified by a tweet from the chair of the Conservative Political Action Conference (CPAC) Matt Schlapp that he was “not invited” to the annual conference.  Schlapp’s decision came after Romney became one of two Republicans in the Senate to vote to call additional witnesses in the impeachment trial of President Donald Trump.  “The ‘extreme conservative’ and Junior Senator from the great state of Utah, @SenatorRomney is formally NOT invited to #CPAC2020,” Schlapp tweeted. And now a lawmaker has filed a bill to allow Utah citzens to recall an elected United States senator. The lawmaker, Rep. Tim Quinn, R-Heber City, told the Deseret News in an interview shortly after the bill was made public that it’s not meant to target any specific sitting Utah senator — but it comes amid heightened national attention on Sen. Mitt Romney, who has been among the few Republican senators publicly critical of President Donald Trump.  While Quinn said his bill isn’t aimed at Romney or any specific senator, he acknowledged his bill comes at a time that people will likely construe it that way.   “I know that’s what’s going to be the narrative,” Quinn said.  “If it were, then it might make sense to have a sunset on it.”

https://coercioncode.com/2020/02/18/mitt-romney-caught-taking-big-money-donations-from-george-soros/ 

:: 2-17-20 South China Morning Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two arrested after armed gang makes run for toilet rolls in HK$1,600 heist as coronavirus panic shows no signs of easing

Masked men struck outside Wellcome store in Mong Kok around 6am, escaping with about 50 packets holding 600 rolls

Barrister says case is serious and toilet paper in current circumstances can be considered valuable

Chan Ho-him

Published: 11:26am, 17 Feb, 2020

Armed robbers stole about HK$1,600 worth of toilet paper from outside a Hong Kong supermarket on Monday morning, as panic over the spread of the coronavirus showed little signs of easing. Three masked men stole 600 rolls in about 50 packets from a delivery man outside a Wellcome store in Mong Kok, at around 6am on Monday. Police said one of the men was armed with two knives. Two people, aged 49 and 54, had been arrested by midday on Monday, and the force said they were hunting down three more people thought to be aged between 20 and 30. The stolen toilet rolls were found in a guest house on Sai Yee Street, not far from where it was taken. Detectives from the Mong Kok criminal investigation unit are handling the case. Wellcome said its staff were threatened and robbed while they were unloading a delivery of toilet rolls from a lorry at the store. No one was injured. “This is a senseless act and we are shocked,” a spokeswoman from the supermarket chain said. She added all Wellcome stores had sufficient supply of toilet rolls with regular supply coming in, as she urged customers not to bulk purchase in panic. “A temporary shortage was caused by a sudden and unusual surge in demand. We will do our utmost to speed up replenishment in our stores until the situation stabilises,” she said. etc.

https://www.scmp.com/news/hong-kong/society/article/3050862/coronavirus-do-not-hoard-toilet-paper-rolls-they-can-get 

:: 2--20 What Finger News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bloomberg Bloomies: Elitist racist Democrat billionaire Michael Bloomberg wants to be your nanny fellowshipoftheminds.com 

Dr Eowyn 3 days ago in Politics 0

Bloomy (adj.): covered with fruit; fruity.

Michael Bloomberg, 78, the 12th richest person in the world with a net worth of $64 billion, is spending $millions in his quest to be the Democrat Party’s 2020 presidential nominee. But Bloomberg is an elitist who has only contempt for the “little people”. Here’s the damning evidence.

https://magazine.whatfinger.com/story/bloomberg-bloomies-elitist-racist-democrat-billionaire-michael-bloomberg-wants-to-be-your-nanny/ 

:: 2-19-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Japan Releases First 500 'Diamond Princess' Passengers As 14-Day Quarantine Ends

by Tyler Durden Wed, 02/19/2020 - 04:49

Summary:

Death toll passes 2,000 as Hubei reports 132 deaths for Tuesday

Japan to release first wave of 500 passengers + crew at 10:30 am in Tokyo

Florida health officials mysteriously refuse to share virus info with reporters

Russia bars all Chinese from entering

NYT notes signs of impending economic distress

South Korea announces "emergency steps" to prepare for outbreak.

South Korea announces 15 new cases

* * *

Update (1940ET): It's Wednesday morning in Yokohama. So you know what that means.

Japanese health authorities are beginning the process of offloading the remaining 2,000+ passengers and crew aboard the 'Diamond Princess', a ship that has been under quarantine for 14 days. The offloading will take place in phases over three days, finally wrapping up on Friday. The first 500 people are set to leave at around 10:30 am Tokyo time on Wednesday. There will be no preference given to different nationalities, according to Japan's Ministry of Health. Many who depart will be subject to another 14 days of quarantine, including any Americans who elected to stay on the ship instead of traveling back to the US on the evac flight. Roughly 40 Americans were also excluded from that flight because they were being treated for the virus in a Japanese hospital. So far, 542 people - including at least 14 of the 300 or so Americans who traveled back to the US on Monday in Japan - have tested positive for the virus. And while Japan says it has tested everybody aboard, doctors and experts say there's no way to certain that people being released won't be carrying the virus - hence the quarantines when they return home. But where will they go between now and then? And with no immediate after-care plans - at least none that have been publicly disclosed, it looks like Japan is about to set thousands of people aboard the most infected environment outside China loose in Tokyo.  Of course, Japanese authorities are so paranoid about the Olympics, one would think they would be doing everything in their power to stop an outbreak in Tokyo, especially at such a sensitive time.  About 500 people are set to leave the ship from around 10:30 a.m. Tokyo time on Wednesday, with no preference given to any particular nationality, Japan’s Health Ministry said. Hopefully, health officials will manage to convince the world that they successfully screened for the virus. The ship was first quarantined on Feb. 5 more than a week after a man who tested positive for the virus in Hong Kong disembarked. Journalists have shared stories of desperation and paranoia from those trapped on the ship, making it sound like such a nightmare that many who read those stories may never want to travel on a cruise. In other news, Yonhap reported minutes ago that South Korea has another 15 cases, increasing the countries total by roughly one-third to 46 one day after the country's president warned of an "economic emergency" as companies like Hyundai suffer from supply shortages from China. The South Korean government has already announced a fiscal stimulus package to help companies hurt by the virus.

* * *

Update (1720ET): Health officials in Hubei reported a big jump in deaths on Tuesday, shattering the state's narrative that the virus is being beaten because the number of confirmed cases and deaths were falling. And with the new figures, the China death toll has hit 2,000 exactly, up from 1,868 deaths as of the end of Monday, according to China's NHC. HUBEI REPORTS 1,693 NEW CORONAVIRUS CASES, 132 DEATHS FEB. 18 CHINA'S CORONAVIRUS DEATH TOLL HITS 2,000

Meanwhile, state officials in Florida are refusing to release any information about the state's efforts to contain a coronavirus outbreak, including data about the number of patients who have been tested for the virus, according to the Tampa Bay Times. "The goal of this public health response is containment," said state Surgeon General Scott Rivkees, who presented to the Senate Health Policy committee Tuesday. "And if there’s a confirmed case, it will absolutely be reported." Rivkees added that the state wasn't allowed to release the information because of "privacy concerns" - likely a rule about patient confidentiality codified in the federal HIPPA guidelines. However, veteran journalists in the state pressed the surgeon general: These numbers were shared with the public during Zika, and since the numbers don't include any personalized details, there shouldn't be any conflict with HIPPA.

Despite their protests, the state simply deferred to the Department of Health, which has created a 700-person incident management team to liaise with states and help the country prepare for the potential outbreak. Certain protocols have been shared with officials in every state. Though if not sharing this information is part of some kind of federal 'protocol', then how come Washington State is sharing some of this information directly on a Department of Public Health website? Also in the US: the CDC said earlier that the State Department is planning to bar any Americans who were aboard the Diamond Princess but didn't return with the evacuees from returning to the country until next month.

* * *

Update (1600ET): Writing in the latest update to its coronavirus live blog, the New York Times points out that more signs of economic pain from the outbreak have emerged on Tuesday. It cites HSBC's bloodletting, Jaguar's warning about looming production problems and Apple's latest production warning as worrying signs of corporate blowback even as the Nasdaq closed at a record high.

Economic fallout from the new coronavirus epidemic continued to spread on Tuesday, with new evidence emerging in manufacturing, financial markets, commodities, banking and other sectors.

HSBC, one of the most important banks in Hong Kong, said it plans to cut 35,000 jobs and $4.5 billion in costs as it faces headwinds that include the coronavirus outbreak and months of political strife in Hong Kong. The bank, based in London, had come to depend increasingly on China for growth.

Jaguar Land Rover warned that the coronavirus could soon begin to create production problems at its assembly plants in Britain. Like many carmakers, Jaguar Land Rover uses parts made in China, where many factories have shut down or slowed production; Fiat Chrysler, Renault and Hyundai have already reported interruptions as a result.

U.S. stocks declined on Tuesday, a day after Apple warned that it would miss its sales forecasts due to disruption in China, as concerns about the impact of the outbreak weighed on the outlook for the global economy.

Stocks tied to the near-term ups and downs of the economy slumped, with energy, financials and industrial shares the leading losers. The S&P 500 index was down 0.5 percent at midafternoon in New York trading. Bond yields declined, with the 10-year Treasury note yielding 1.55 percent, suggesting investors are lowering their expectations for economic growth and inflation. With much of the Chinese economy stalled, demand for oil has fallen and prices were down on Tuesday, with a barrel of West Texas Intermediate selling for roughly $52.

In Germany, where the economy depends heavily on global demand for machinery and automobiles, a key indicator showed economic sentiment has tumbled this month, as the economic outlook has weakened.

You know it's bad when CNBC's unspoken economics 'Word of the Day' is 'one-off'.

Meanwhile, America's 'paper of record' reported that at least 150 million people in China are living under severe lockdown restrictions confining them largely to their homes. That's one-tenth of China's population, and 1% of the global population.

Kind of hard to work and consume when you can't leave the house.

* * *

Update (1410ET): In an interview with Fox News, the CDC's Dr. Anthony Fauci said the risk to Americans of contracting COVID-19 is relatively low right now, but that "could change" given the chaotic and unpredictable situation. "The risk clearly is relatively low right now, but that could change. So we're telling our American citizens to not be fearful, to not be afraid, but to keep an eye on it." Dr. Fauci added that the federal government has quarantined every known case of the virus. "The people in this country that were aware of being infected they've been contacted, isolated and made aware that this is the case." Just in case any get through, the US is starting 'sentinel surveillance' of patients around the country who go to the hospital to report flu-like symptoms, as we reported yesterday. "That will give us a better idea of whether there are any cases that we haven't identified or noticed," the doctor added. Watch the clip below: Update (1300ET): In a landmark decision, Russia has temporarily banned Chinese from entry as of Feb. 20, becoming the first country to ban all Chinese from entry in response to the coronavirus outbreak, according to Russian news agency TASS. This is only the latest step from Russia, which has already closed most entry points along its 4,200-kilometer border, suspended e-visas and work visas for Chinese nationals. Russia has already reported two cases of coronavirus - the only cases confirmed in the country so far - both involving Chinese nationals. Though there haven't been many cases, there have been a number of interesting virus-related headlines out of Russia in recent weeks. Two men in the city of Chelyabinsk were fined for hooliganism after they filmed a prank video where they pretended to shoot a man infected with the virus in a park. The men wore white hazmat suits and face masks while simulating the shooting of the third person, who wasn't actually infected.

Russia discharged a Chinese national from the hospital in the Siberian city of Chita on Wednesday after he recovered from a coronavirus infection, the second of Russia's two confirmed cases of coronavirus to recover. The other victim, also a Chinese national, was also said by authorities to have recovered and been released from quarantine in Siberia's Tyumen region.

Meanwhile,apropos of nothing, BNO News shared one of the latest videos out of Hubei Province, which we'd like to now share with you.

Video from Hubei province shows doctors running across the street to take patients who are critically ill with coronavirus to a new ICU unit. It took 30 minutes per patient, 10 in total - Xinhua pic.twitter.com/16XLrYzB8l 

— BNO Newsroom (@BNODesk) February 18, 2020

This could be an Olympic Sport (if they don't cancel the Olympics, that is).

As a handful of brave foreign correspondents continue to report on the outbreak inside mainland China, the Epoch Times' reporter Jennifer Zeng revealed on Tuesday that 71 people from one workplace in Beijing have been placed under quarantine after one employee was infected by COVID-19.  We're glad to see China's shift back to work is going so well.

* * *

Update (0840ET): Global Times editor Hu Xijin, a government mouthpiece whose tweets were closely followed during the 'Phase 1' trade-deal negotiations, is touting China's dubious data as a sign that the Communist Party is winning the 'People's War' against COVID-19. * * *

Last night, the western press exposed the Americans for breaking Japan's quarantine on the 'Diamond Princess' by ferrying some 14 infected individuals to the US. But with one day left to go before the Japanese government ends its quarantine and releases thousands of terrified and paranoid passengers into the streets of Tokyo. On Tuesday, another 88 passengers from the Diamond Princess were diagnosed with the virus, bringing the total to 542. Japan has completed tests for all passengers and crew aboard the ship as of Monday, but the results for the last batch of tests aren't expected until Wednesday, the day that the quarantine is slated to end. So far, results are back for 2,404 passengers and crew, out of the 3,711 who were on board the ship when the quarantine began on Feb. 5. Japanese Health Minister Katsunobu Kato said Tuesday that people who have tested negative for the virus would start leaving on Wednesday, but that the process of releasing passengers and crew won't be finished until Friday, according to the Washington Post. The remaining 61 American passengers on the DP who opted not to join the evacuation will not be allowed to return to the US until March 4, according to the American embassy in Tokyo. The governments of Australia, Hong Kong and Canada have also said they would evacuate passengers. Elsewhere, Japan confirmed three more cases of the virus. This time, they were confirmed in Wakayama, a prefecture in eastern Japan. In the latest indication that the 14-day quarantine simply wasn't enough to kill the virus, a British couple has tested positive for the virus just one day before Japanese authorities are set to release everybody from quarantine, according to the Guardian. "David and Sally Abel, a British couple onboard the Diamond Princess cruise liner in Japan, have tested positive for coronavirus, a day before passengers who tested negative were due to start leaving the ship after spending two weeks in quarantine." Including all of the cases announced overnight, there are now 73,336 confirmed cases of the virus worldwide, compared with 1,874 deaths. As the battle against the virus rages in Wuhan, Liu Zhiming, 51, a neurosurgeon and the director of the Wuchang Hospital in Wuhan, became the latest high-profile medical worker to succumb to the virus, as we noted last night. Late last week, China confirmed that nearly 2,000 medical workers had been infected. The Commission overseeing China's virus response has released a statement commemorating Liu's life and honoring his death. "From the start of the outbreak, Comrade Liu Zhiming, without regard to his personal safety, led the medical staff of Wuchang Hospital at the front lines of the fight against the epidemic," the commission said. Dr. Liu "made significant contributions to our city’s fight to prevent and control the novel coronavirus," it added. In Beijing, senior officials including President Xi continued to play down the economic blowback from the virus. During remarks on Tuesday, Xi insisted that China could still meet its 2020 economic targets - which called for a doubling of the size of the Chinese economy in 10 years - despite the outbreak. Of course, China' goalseeked economic data has never offered a truly accurate reflection of the world's second-largest economy. And a report by PitchBook warns that Chinese startups are struggling to raise money as the epidemic complicates deal talks an deals a serious blow to the country's 'venture capital' scene.  From the start of the year through Feb. 12, venture capital activity in China fell from 381 to 137 deals, and the capital raised declined from $4.05 billion to $1.37 billion, compared to the same period last year. Prior outbreaks like SARS and swine flu also weighed on investment activity. Moving south to Seoul, South Korean President Moon Jae-in called for South Korea to take "emergency steps" to prepare for a more widespread outbreak of COVID-19. In contrast to Xi, Moon warned the coronavirus could have a "bigger and longer-lasting impact" on his country's economy than the 2015 MERS outbreak, which prompted South Korea to roll out a supplemental budget while the central bank cut rates, WaPo reports. Speculators are now betting on a rate cut at the Bank of Korea's meeting next week. Singapore also announced on Tuesday that it had earmarked $2.8 billion for virus relief measures to help stabilize its economy and assist workers. Over in the Philippines, 25,000 stranded workers can now return to work. French Health Minister Olivier Veran said Tuesday there was a "credible risk" that the virus could transform into a pandemic, Reuters reports. "This is both a working assumption and a credible risk," Veran told France Info radio, when asked about the possibility of the coronavirus spreading globally. Taking a brief break from the news, our disturbing video of the day comes from Xinjiang, the far-flung province that's home to millions of Uyghur Muslims.  In this video, shared by the Epoch Times' Jennifer Zeng, a police officer suddenly collapses while walking. His current status is unknown. Offering a lesson in contrasts, the Global Times, a mainland tabloid, has continued to tweet lighthearted human interest stories from the heart of the outbreak. Today's story: A health-care worker getting married in the heart of the outbreak. The GT also reported that officials in Hubei are continuing with a "comprehensive search" for patients with fevers, and have even started tracking down every individual who has purchased fever or cough medicine since Jan. 20. As we reported last night, Apple published a press release admitting it "does not expect to meet the revenue guidance we provided for the March quarter" due to coronavirus-related issues.

Since we haven't reported a full breakdown of cases in a while, here's a complete list and breakdown of infections by country and territory, courtesy of the AP:

Mainland China: 1,868 deaths among 72,436 cases, chiefly in Hubei

Hong Kong: 58 cases, 1 death

Macao: 10

Japan: 607 cases, including 542 from a cruise ship docked in Yokohama, 1 death

Singapore: 77 cases

Thailand: 35

South Korea: 31

Malaysia: 22

Taiwan: 22 cases, 1 death

Vietnam: 16 cases

Germany: 16

United States: 15 cases; separately, 1 US citizen died in China

Australia: 14 cases

France: 12 cases, 1 death

United Kingdom: 9 cases

United Arab Emirates: 9

Canada: 8

Philippines: 3 cases, 1 death

India: 3 cases

Italy: 3

Russia: 2

Spain: 2

Belgium: 1

Nepal: 1

Sri Lanka: 1

Sweden: 1

Cambodia: 1

Finland: 1

Egypt: 1

In a recent study, China's CCDC found that the virus's fatality rate - 14.8% - is for people aged 80 or older with co-occurring medical conditions. Young and healthy people, meanwhile, typically experience much more mild symptoms, according to the BBC. Along those same lines, the WHO confirmed on Tuesday that the virus manifests as only a minor infection in four out of five people who contract it, according to the Guardian. For everybody still saying that the virus is no more dangerous than the annual flu outbreak, here's some food for thought: An analysis of 44,672 coronavirus patients in China whose diagnoses were confirmed by laboratory testing has found that 1,023 had died by Feb. 11, a fatality rate of 2.3%. That's far higher than the mortality rate for the seasonal flu. Finally, the New York Times has reviewed lockdown conditions across China, and confirmed that more than 760 million people are living in neighborhoods or villages with at least some imposed strictures regulating residents' comings and goings. That represents half of China's population, and one out of every ten people on the planet. Some neighborhoods only require residents to show ID, sign in and have their temperature checked. Other villages prohibit bringing in guests. In places with more stringent restrictions, households are only allowed to send one person out at a time - and often not even every day. Last night, Zeng reported that in some parts of Wuhan the lockdown has become so strict that people aren't allowed to come outside at all.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/japan-confirms-88-more-cases-aboard-diamond-princess-one-day-quarantine-set-end 

:: 2-17-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Huge Wake-Up Call - Coronavirus & Prepping Go Hand-In-Hand: Reader Recommendations And Preparing For Supply Chain Disruptions As We Learn In China Some Cannot Leave Their Homes, Even For Groceries

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine February 17, 2020

While Stefan Stanford has been doing an outstanding job updating readers on new information about the Coronavirus, from "super spreaders" to possible martial law as we are seeing in parts of China, where the virus originated, there is another aspect that I would like to cover. ANP readers have also, as always, been a wonderful source of information, from suggestions, to links sharing every and any new report as they find it, to help other readers stay fully informed, as well as recommendations to help others get and stay prepared. Before we touch on certain points such as what ANP readers are utilizing the most, and then the need to prepare for what is assuredly going to be a supply chain disruption, whether large or small, and the need for prevention and protections, there are a few points we would like to make.

• One: While we do provide Amazon affiliate links, which we do make pennies on the dollar for, if a reader has the means to get the same product from a store close to their location, for a better price, we encourage the readers to do so.

It does not matter where readers get what they need to protect themselves from this virus or even just colds and flu during the season, all that matters is that they have that protection. If like us, and there is no access to a store without a long drive, the ease of delivery may be handy.

• Two: While we can access the products bought from the affiliate links we do not have access to any personal information i.e. CC information, address or name of buyer. The whole reason we use affiliate systems is because we do not want your personal information. Heck, companies with far bigger websites than ours, with the ability for the best protections, have seen data breaches over the past few years, so we don't want responsibility for keeping personal information.

• Three: Last but not least, we are listing the products that readers have gravitated to, have bought, in bulk at times, using their favoring one over another as our basis for recommendation. Many ANP readers are preppers, some newer and some have been prepping for years, so who better to recommend certain products than them? HEALTH: PREVENTION AND PROTECTION

The most ordered products, by far, are the ones used to prevent the spread, and protect against, the Coronavirus (or colds and flu) should it appear in a city or neighborhood near you, from cleaning products to masks and gloves. This is not as unlikely as some might think as we have a reader lives within miles of one of the people in the U.S. tested for the Coronavirus. The top recommendations from purchased products are, hands down, the disinfectants, refills, masks, gloves and disposable body suits. Links below listed in order of appearance in reader recommendation list. Some of the products listed were not on our original lists, but were recommended by purchase from the "related" list, so we made sure they were the same and chose the least expensive but still the same quality. In other words, there different links to the same exact product, all within dollars of each other, so we choose the least expensive to share below. If readers have ordered and tried any of the products below, please share your opinion on which is best in your opinion, in the comment section. PureGreen24 (32oz) Disinfectant, Kills Deadly Germs Including 2019 Flu & MRSA Without The Use of Toxic Chemicals

PureGreen24 (32oz 2 Pack) Disinfectant, Kills Deadly Germs Including 2020 Flu & NoroVirus Without The Use of Toxic Chemicals PureGreen24 (Gallon) Disinfectant, Kills Deadly Germs Including 2020 Flu & NoroVirus Without The use of Toxic Chemicals Clorox Hydrogen Peroxide Disinfecting Cleaner Refill, 128 Ounce DuPont Industrial & Scientific 1414 Large TY122S Large EACH Disposable Elastic Wrist, Bootie and Hood Tyvek Coverall Suit 1414 White

Spray Nine 26801 Heavy Duty Cleaner/Degreaser and Disinfectant - 1 Gallon

PURELL Hand Sanitizing Wipes, Alcohol Formula, Fragrance Free, 300 Count Individually Wrapped Hand Wipes

Coleman Dish and Hands Camp Soap Sheets, 50 sheets

Note: Makes absolutely no sense, but the gloves listed below have a less expensive price (and the same) for small and large than for medium, which is almost $15 more.

MedPride Powder-Free Nitrile Exam Gloves, Small, Case/1000 (10 Boxes of 100)

MedPride Powder-Free Nitrile Exam Gloves, Medium, Case/1000 (10 Boxes of 100)

MedPride Powder-Free Nitrile Exam Gloves, Large, 100 Count, Pack of 10

Uvex Stealth OTG Safety Goggles with Anti-Fog/Anti-Scratch Coating (S3970DF ) - 19369, Navy Body, Clear Lens

Organic Vapor Full Face Respirator Safety Mask, IVSUN Double Activated Carbon Respirator Paint Respirator Gas Chemical Dustproof Mask

(ANP FUNDRAISER! Due to recent medical expenses, All News Pipeline will need financial help in the months ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) SUPPLY CHAIN DISRUPTION - HYDROPONICS, SUPER FOODS AND INDOOR GROWING Recently Stefan covered the likelihood of supply chain disruptions especially since so many products are "made in China," and where they also supply the majority of medications to the U.S., so while other top links were a variety of Emergency Survival Foods, and Water Filtration Systems, we would prefer to think about long term as in, what would we do if we ran out of those supplies after a few months, or maybe the first year. That brings us to super foods, hydroponics, being able to grow and maintain a garden indoors all year round so when winter hits, no one will starve. Back in May 2019, Steve Quayle, who has been a proponent of prepping since before it became a thing, made some suggestions to us when asked what he thought was important but rarely addressed, and his suggestions were sprouting, hydroponics and stocking up on protein powders.

All excellent suggestions that we at ANP had never addressed either, proving that we can all learn something new. Via that article:

• We'll start with sprouts, often described as a "miracle food" as they are healthy and nutrious, offer vitamin, mineral, amino acid and protein boosts, are affordable, requires no soil (perfect for apartment preppers with a limited amount of space), and offer a large variety, sprout seeds, beans, legumes or grains, and more. The information on sprouting is out there if one knows what to look for and the easy process "involves germinating seeds and legumes, and then eating them raw," so they don't even have to be cooked, and most can be added to soups, stews, salads, among a number of other foods. In researching sprouts we found that they can be grown in simple mason jars, or sprouting trays that barely take up any room and some sprouts can be ready to eat within a week. (Note - Some can take 10-20 days to harvest) Hydroponics is a method of growing nutritious sprouts and other greens and vegetables that doesn't require soil. While researching this method, we were amazed to see how many different herbs, vegetables and greens can be grown using a hydroponics system. Lettuces, tomatoes, cucumbers, spinach and much more can offer decent yields, with no messy soil or the need for a full outside garden, and they can be grown all year round. While the systems themselves range from larger hydroponic growing systems, to smaller ones for those that take up much less space, we found the majority of them to be relatively inexpensive. The great part of being able to grow sprouts, vegetables, fruits and greens indoors using hydroponics is that one is not limited by season or weather and can be harvested more rapidly than traditional gardening. The best part is using non-GMO seeds and growing your own food, you always know exactly what is in the food you are eating and how fresh it is. With the massive amounts of food recalls in recent years due to listeria, salmonella and ecoli, growing your own food is also safer.

Protein Powders: One of the best tips Steve offered in our email communications (although I found them all important) was the need to accumulate protein powders, which in hindsight should have been common sense, but it is something we rarely see addressed when talking about prepping and survival.  We have often linked to freeze dried meat packages, and with the long shelf life, they are still an awesome investment for survival, but when talking about long-term survival, when the possibility of no longer being able to refresh your supply due to food shortages, having a large accumulation of protein powders to simply mix up and drink, is not only imperative but is also an answer for those without a lot of storage space for those large emergency survival food buckets. From organic, plant based, to flavored powders, to gluten free whey powders, to any other number of powders available, one can accumulate enough to last years, or even a decade using a limited amount of space for storage.

Indoor growing: Don't wait until it is too late, learn about indoor growing and start now. Even if nothing ever happens, which is doubtful at this point, to our ability to obtain food, growing your own is healthier, and one knows exactly where it has been and who has touched it! Some books with excellent review scores: Year-Round Indoor Salad Gardening: How to Grow Nutrient-Dense, Soil-Sprouted Greens in Less Than 10 days Indoor Edible Garden: Creative Ways to Grow Herbs, Fruits, and Vegetables in Your Home

Other items for growing food indoors: (Related: The 8 Best Vegetables to Grow Indoors)

900W LED Grow Light Full Spectrum, with 100pcs Dual Chips LEDs, Double Switch, Adjustable Rope Hanger, Grow Bags, Daisy Chain Plant Growing Lamp for Hydroponic Greenhouse Indoor Plants Veg and Flower AeroGarden Sprout LED - Black Burpee Organic Premium Potting Mix, 8 Quart

CicoYinG 2-Pack 10 Gallon Potato Grow Bags - Plant Growing Bags w/Drainage Holes & Access Flap & Handles, Garden Bag Plant Pot for Grow Vegetables, Plant Bags Fabric Pots w/4Pcs Plant Labels

For those that absolutely have to have a little meat in with their foods, it might come in handy to have some freeze dried or canned meats to add to your homegrown vegetables, for stews, soups or other meals. Freeze Dried Chicken Freeze Dried Sausage Crumbles

Freeze Dried Ground Beef BOTTOM LINE - THIS CORONAVIRUS SCARE SHOULD BE A WAKE UP CALL

They could announce a cure for the recent COVID-19, which is what they named the recent Coronavirus, today and we would still consider this whole example of how fast a virus can spread and get out of control, as a huge wake up call. Back in the pioneer days, everyone was a prepper, they grew much of their own foods, baked their own breads and didn't have a grocery store to run over to for food. Today, the majority of the country would not survive if that ability was removed. This wake up call should teach all of us that preparing to protect and prevent from catching a virus, any virus, is just a smart, common sense thing to do, but that also preparing for any type of event that could disrupt our food supply chain, should also be a priority. No one is suggesting going out and spending every penny you have.... but getting a little here, a little there is better than having nothing if SHTF.

Below the Patriot Nurse has some excellent suggestions on staying healthy, not just from this Coronavirus but during cold and flu season. Look to China, at least two cities have banned people from leaving their homes, even to buy groceries, as we hear below from DW, German news.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Corona_Virus_And_Prepping_Hand_In_Hand.php 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 2-18-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 'Wipe Out Humans To Save The Earth' Insanity Now Being Babbled By 'Elite Leftists' Another Hint Coronavirus May Really Be A Depopulation Weapon

- As Flu-Like Illnesses Explode Across America, One Homeless Coronavirus Carrier Could Cause Havoc

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die February 18, 2020

While much of the mainstream media continues to sound like a broken record playing within an echo chamber with the Washington Post joining Foreign Policy, Wikipedia, Fact Check, PolitiFact and numerous others recently putting out stories echoing the same globalist talking point, that this coronavirus outbreak was not caused by a bioweapon or linked to any labs in Wuhan, China and such reports are 'conspiracy theories' or 'disinformation', stories like this new one over at the Daily Mail directly from China and the South China University of Technology beg to differ. As the Daily Mail story reports, following a lengthy study into this coronavirus outbreak, Beijing-sponsored South China University of Technology concluded that 'the killer coronavirus probably originated from a laboratory in Wuhan' while pointing out that research on bats and respiratory diseases carried by the animals at the Wuhan Center for Disease Control and the Wuhan Institute of Virology happened only 300 yards away from the seafood market originally blamed for the outbreak. And with a leading medical journal now reporting this outbreak is highly contagious and much more deadly than originally estimated according to this linked study by the Los Alamos National Laboratory which we've also embedded at the bottom of this story, each of us needs to decide what information we're going to believe and how we're going to prepare for this outbreak, what the mainstream media is reporting or what we're learning from the independent media. And now we learn from Senator Tom Cotton that China is refusing to hand over any evidence or information the US had requested about the Wuhan biolab in question. With Mike Adams reporting in this new story over at Natural News that a pandemic could achieve all of the globalists satanic objectives, including depopulation and the kind of authoritarian government being implemented in China being rolled out in America and across the planet, we learn in this important new Zero Hedge story that even those who've been infected and recover from coronavirus are not safe and in fact, those who become re-infected often die sudden deaths from total heart failure. From Zero Hedge.: Doctors working on the front lines of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak have told the Taiwan Times that it's possible to become reinfected by the virus, leading to death from sudden heart failure in some cases. "It’s highly possible to get infected a second time. A few people recovered from the first time by their own immune system, but the meds they use are damaging their heart tissue, and when they get it the second time, the antibody doesn’t help but makes it worse, and they die a sudden death from heart failure," reads a message forwarded to Taiwan News from a relative of one of the doctors living in the United Kingdom. The source also said the virus has “outsmarted all of us,” as it can hide symptoms for up to 24 days. This assertion has been made independently elsewhere, with Chinese pulmonologist Zhong Nanshan (鍾南山) saying the average incubation period is three days, but it can take as little as one day and up to 24 days to develop symptoms. Also, the source said that false negative tests for the virus are fairly common. It can fool the test kit there were cases that they found, the CT scan shows both lungs are fully infected but the test came back negative four times. The fifth test came back positive. -Taiwan Times So when we read stories about people coming back from China who are testing negative, that doesn't really mean that they really are negative for coronavirus and as has been reported again and again, those who aren't even showing symptoms can still spread the virus to others. And with a locust plague like 'something out of the Book of Exodus' devouring entire farms in Kenya within as little as 30 seconds, it's easy to understand why some warn it feels like we're moving towards the 'end times' as Michael Snyder reports in this Charisma News story.

(ANP FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the months ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) As has been reported previously, coronavirus presents to many with very few symptoms, with a sore throat the only symptom one carrier of the virus was showing according to the CDC who has warned the disease can be spread by those who show no symptoms at all, so the map we see above from the Flu Near You website gives us another very good reason to avoid the big cities across America if possible where among the large homeless population should it arrive, it could spread like wildfire.  With many of the large clusters of those reporting either flu-like symptoms or any symptoms at all this very moment near the large East-coast megalopolis that stretches from Washington DC north towards New York and Boston, concerning is this Los Angeles Times story which reports coronavirus is spreading as readily as the 1918 Spanish flu, an outbreak which ended up killing between 20 and 50 million after infecting 1/3 of the world's population. Even this story over at The Atlantic had reported that Medeival diseases are now running rampant among the homeless in the big cities of California, diseases such as typhus and tuberculosis, so imagine just one carrier of coronavirus getting loose in one of the massive homeless encampment's in San Francisco or Los Angeles or even here on the East coast in Baltimore, Atlanta, New York city or even Washington DC. And as we see in the map below from the CDC's flu tracker website, so called 'influenza-like illnesses' are in the high range all across America right now with only a few states in moderate to low yet with coronavirus presenting with a full range of different symptoms that are very similar to the flu, it's understandable that hospitals in 5 different US cities are testing people for coronavirus if they show up with flu-like symptoms. Those cities are Seattle, San Francisco, Chicago, New York, and Los Angeles. Yet with many 'false negatives' coming back in tests of people who had coronavirus as we previously mentioned had been reported in this Zero Hedge story, all bets are off about how far it has already spread in America with some not showing symptoms for up to 24 days. As we had mentioned within our opening segment, Mike Adams points out in this must-read story as also heard in the final video at the bottom of this story just how 'fortuitous' this coronavirus outbreak could be for the globalists, allowing them to 'kill many birds with one stone'. While the globalists depopulation agenda has long been called 'conspiracy theory', how many other leftists think just like Cambridge Professor Patricia MacCormack who just wrote a book about how 'only human extinction can save the planet'? Actually writing in her book that the only answer to 'climate change' would be for the human race to be wiped out, calls for MacCormack to be the first to volunteer for that honor have gone unanswered. Yet as Mike Adams points out in this story, such a sinister plan may be coming together perfectly for the globalists. If the Wuhan coronavirus (CoVid-19) pandemic began from an “accidental” release, it sure was a happy accident for the globalists. Everything the pandemic is achieving just happens to perfectly fit the top priorities of the globalist agenda. Consider the following:

– The coronavirus pandemic is currently on track to infect 60% – 80% of the world population and kill up to 15% of those infected, according to an increasing number of doctors and scientists. Conservatively, this could kill up to half a billion people (500 million people), which would go a long way toward accomplishing the globalist goal of depopulation.

The pandemic allows governments to declare medical martial law, with gunpoint-enforced quarantines, mandatory vaccinations and government kidnapping of children from parents who refuse to go along with the medical tyranny. It’s a dream come true for the CDC and the vaccine industry.

– Simultaneously, the pandemic also allows Big Tech to justify total censorship and de-platforming of “anti-vaxxers,” who will of course be immediately blamed for every infection and every death, as soon as a commercial vaccine is available.

Make no mistake, this CoVid-19 Wuhan coronavirus outbreak is almost the perfect weapon against humanity that keeps the globalists in power and even increases their tyranny on a global scale.

It’s almost as if — dare we say — the virus was intelligently designed with these goals in mind…

Also mentioning within his story the possibility of coronavirus being used to both crash the US economy as well as used to defeat President Trump in November, would you put it past them to do such evil things?

http://allnewspipeline.com/Coronavirus_Locust_Plague_Imagine_If_You_Will.php 

:: 2-18-20 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Washington State Monitoring 712 People for Coronavirus Symptoms

By Zachary Stieber February 18, 2020 Updated: February 18, 2020

Hundreds of people in Washington state are under public health supervision for the novel coronavirus, state officials said on Feb. 17. The 712 people being monitored are at risk of having been exposed to the virus, the Washington State Department of Health said. “The number of people under public health supervision includes those at risk of having been exposed to Novel Coronavirus who are monitoring their health under the supervision of public health officials. This number includes close contacts of laboratory-confirmed cases, as well as people who have returned from China in the past 14 days and are included in federal quarantine guidance,” the department said in an update on its website. The first confirmed case of the COVID-19 virus in the United States was in Washington; the Snohomish County man was treated and has been released from the hospital. Twenty-four others have tested negative for the virus. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, close contact means being within about six feet of a person who has the virus for a prolonged period of time. Close contact can also mean direct contact with secretions from a person with a confirmed case.

While hundreds are being monitored in the state, there are no persons under investigation (PUIs), the department said. A person under investigation is an ill patient who might have the new coronavirus. Because there are no PUIs, there are no pending test results. Still, testing for the virus is occurring in Seattle, one of five major cities where people who show flu-like symptoms will be tested for the new virus if they test negative for the flu. “This is an extra layer of our response that will help us detect if and when this virus is spreading in the community,” Dr. Nancy Messonnier, director of the Centers for Disease Control’s (CDC) National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases, said last week. “All of our efforts now are to prevent the sustained spread of the virus in our community, but we need to be prepared for the possibility that it will spread.” Coronaviruses typically circulate among animals but can, in rare cases, jump from animals to humans before starting to spread from person to person. Some viruses are man-made. Officials in China or at agencies elsewhere have not confirmed the origins of the new virus, and the World Health Organization has left open the possibility of the virus not originating with an animal. Coronaviruses spread to humans through the air when an infected person coughs or sneezes, through close personal contact, and through touching an object or surface with the virus on it and then touching the mouth, nose, or eyes. A fourth way, which occurs rarely, is fecal contamination. Symptoms of the new virus are similar to symptoms of the flu and include fever, coughing, and a headache. Other symptoms, such as confusion, have also been reported in some cases. Experts recommend washing hands often as a way to stave off infection. People should also not touch their eyes, nose, or mouth with unwashed hands; avoid close contact with people who are sick; and clean and disinfect objects and surfaces. If people are feeling sick, they should self-isolate at home. Sick people are also asked to use a tissue when they cough or sneeze and throw the tissue in the trash before washing their hands. And they should wear masks if they are going out in public, such as going to a doctor. There are no known treatments for the new virus, and no vaccine. While some people who became infected with the new virus have recovered, it has also killed hundreds of people, primarily in China. The virus emerged in Wuhan, China, in December 2019.

https://www.theepochtimes.com/712-people-in-washington-state-being-monitored-for-coronavirus-symptoms_3241628.html 

:: 2-18-20 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COMPLETE LOCKDOWN OF WUHAN CHINA; NO ONE ALLOWED OUT OF HOUSE -- NOT EVEN TO BUY FOOD OR WATER

Nation News Desk 18 February 2020

Yesterday, February 17, Drone robots began going door-to-door in Wuhan informing residents via audio recordings they are no longer allowed out of their homes FOR ANY REASON; not even to buy food once a week, until further notice. We have video of the Drone making the announcement, below. It seems the outbreak has gotten so terrible, that the government of China is now willing to let the citizens of Wuhan literally starve or dehydrate TO DEATH. That this is happening in China, just 6 weeks into their outbreak, necessarily means it can happen here in America as well. Will YOU be one of those who starve or dehydrate to death? Prepare now using the links below. Here is the video, with English language translation: What the Chinese have done is unprecedented in human history. They have literally enacted "cordon sanitaire" for whole cities totally at least 760+ million people. Cordon sanitiare is what they did during medieval times when the Black Plague hit Europe. In those cases, first they locked up potentially infected family together in their homes for a period, which all but guaranteed death as each in succumb to illness and ultimately could not feed themselves and ran out of water. Dehydration kills most. Then they realized the disease was coming in due to trade, so they would hunt down merchants and barbaric violence occurred. The cities were walled and under guard so there was no foot traffic or carts in and out of the city. Watch the Tudors TV series and during such a plague, Henry the VIII fled to a small fortification with some soldiers until the disease burned out.

In postmodern times with Ebola, soldiers cordoned off the sick or possibly infected, and so these folks would often die from an inability to get to the village well and so would die from dehydration. China has a horrendous issue with the city water being polluted and contaminated with likely pathogens, so no one drinks it, but buys drinking water. Now they are not allowed to leave their homes, so dehydration will cause desperation and some will drink the water and get sick. You will have crews who later incinerate the dead, but that will collapse due to logistics, and so mass graves. Hardly a nothing burger. See, America may have lousy tap water, but despite tasting bad, people can survive on it. And so as long as they have supplies, even if the supply chain goes down and people are unemployed, then this is likely survivable. But in 12-14 days, all city water utilities will run out of chlorine, so the supply chain issues will catch up then. Imagine 320 million on city water of some kind all trying simultaneously trying to acquire chlorine. That is first obstacle to overcome. If I were a strategic planner, that would be my primary goal and then ensuring coal to electric plants and that natural gas is readily available as I believe 35% of electric generation is through natural gas. In a month, we would see pharmaceutical supply to chronic patients about 43% of Americans) begin to falter. Then issues with heart and respiratory problems as their conditions are not being mitigated. Some diabetics will run of insulin. Anyone with mood altering drugs will start acting squirrelly. Riots will break out as if people are EBT cards, they may not be able to resupply groceries plus just ordinary folks can't source groceries either. But the former likely won't have freezers or pantries so they will be in bad shape.

Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site. When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/complete-lockdown-of-wuhan-china-no-one-allowed-out-of-house-not-even-to-buy-food-or-water 

:: 2-18-20 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus: Largest study suggests elderly and sick are most at risk

18 February 2020

Health officials in China have published the first details of more than 44,000 cases of Covid-19, in the biggest study since the outbreak began. Data from the Chinese Centre for Disease Control and Prevention (CCDC) finds that more than 80% of the cases have been mild, with the sick and elderly most at risk. The research also points to the high risk to medical staff. A hospital director in the city of Wuhan died from the virus on Tuesday. Liu Zhiming, 51, was the director of the Wuchang Hospital in Wuhan - one of the leading hospitals in the virus epicentre. He is one of the most senior health officials to die so far. Hubei, whose capital is Wuhan, is the worst affected province in the country. The report by the CCDC shows the province's death rate is 2.9% compared with 0.4% in the rest of the country.

The findings put the overall death rate of the Covid-19 virus at 2.3%. China's latest official figures released on Tuesday put the overall death toll at 1,868 and 72,436 infections.

Are coronavirus tests flawed?  Watching loved ones die without care in Wuhan

Why Singapore is so vulnerable to virus spread

Officials reported 98 new deaths and 1,886 new cases in the past day, with 93 of those deaths and 1,807 infections in Hubei province - the epicentre of the outbreak. More than 12,000 people have recovered, according to Chinese authorities. What does the study tell us? The paper by the CCDC, released on Monday and published in the Chinese Journal of Epidemiology, looked at more than 44,000 confirmed cases of Covid-19 in China as of 11 February. While the results largely confirm previous descriptions of the virus and patterns of infection, the study includes a detailed breakdown of the 44,672 confirmed cases across all of China. It finds that 80.9% of infections are classified as mild, 13.8% as severe and only 4.7% as critical. The number of deaths among those infected, known as the fatality rate, remains low but rises among those over 80 years old. Coronavirus fatality rate in China Source: Chinese Centre for Disease Control Looking at the sex ratio, men are more likely to die (2.8%) than women (1.7%). The study also identifies which existing illnesses put patients at risk. It puts cardiovascular disease at number one, followed by diabetes, chronic respiratory disease and hypertension. Pointing out the risk to medical staff, the paper says that a total of 3,019 health workers have been infected, 1,716 of which were confirmed cases. Five had died by 11 February, which was the last day of data included in the research. On 13 February, China broadened its definition of how to diagnose people, including "clinically diagnosed cases" which previously were counted separate from "confirmed cases". This is by far the most detailed study of the coronavirus outbreak within China. It gives us incredible insight into what is happening, but the picture is far from complete. You can study only the cases you find, and other scientists have estimated there could be 10 times as many people infected as are ending up in the official statistics. That means the overall death rate is likely to be lower than the one reported in this study. The report also suggests the outbreak peaked in late January, but it is too soon to know for sure. What this analysis clearly describes is a "highly contagious" virus that spreads "extremely rapidly" even in the face of an "extreme response" by China. That should be a warning to the rest of the world. What does it say about the future? Looking forward, the paper finds that "the epidemic curve of onset of symptoms" peaked around 23-26 January before declining up to 11 February. What are the symptoms? 'No change' in virus outbreak despite China spike Apple warns coronavirus will hurt iPhone supplies The study suggests that the downward trend in the overall epidemic curve could mean that "isolation of whole cities, broadcast of critical information (e.g., promoting hand washing, mask wearing, and care seeking) with high frequency through multiple channels, and mobilization of a multi-sector rapid response teams is helping to curb the epidemic".

But the authors also warn that with many people returning from a long holiday, the country "needs to prepare for the possible rebound of the epidemic". China's response to the virus has seen the lockdown of Wuhan - the largest city in Hubei - and the rest of the province as well as severe travel restrictions on movements across the country. What's happening with the cruise ships? The virus has spread beyond mainland China to countries around the globe and two cruise ships are now confirmed to have been affected. The Diamond Princess was quarantined in the Japanese port of Yokohama on 3 February, after a man from Hong Kong tested positive. More than 450 of the 3,700 people on board have since become infected. The US has begun evacuating its citizens from the vessel. On Tuesday South Korea joined the list of the countries and territories also planning to get their residents out which already includes Canada, Australia, the UK, Israel and Hong Kong. A second ship, the MS Westerdam, was turned away by multiple ports around Asia over fears it could be carrying the virus. It was finally cleared to dock in Sihanoukville, Cambodia, after no cases were found on board. Disembarking passengers were personally welcomed by Prime Minister Hun Sen. No one was quarantined. However, days later, a woman who had been on the ship tested positive after arriving in Malaysia. Huge efforts are now being made to track down the passengers, who have moved on to many different countries including Malaysia and Thailand, but also further afield to the US and Canada.

Several countries have said they will not admit foreign visitors who were on the ship.

There are still 255 guests and 747 crew on board the MS Westerdam, while more than 400 passengers have been sent to a hotel in the Cambodian capital, Phnom Penh, to await test results.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-china-51540981 

:: 2-17-20 Hagmann Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID 19 – Slow Rollout of a New 9/11 & Potential Bio-Patriot Act – Dr. Paul Cottrell – 2/17/2020

Douglas Hagmann February 17, 2020 7:00 pm

Special Guest: Dr. Paul Cottrell The Studio-Reykjavic. Dr. Paul Cottrell provides extensive and alarming insight into COVID19, or what is commonly known as the Novel Coronavirus (Wuhan) – it’s origins, it’s spread and why we need to be concerned – but perhaps, not for the reasons you think.

Important Information on virus – timeline – PDF documents: http://the-studio-reykjavik.com/medicine 

Support Dr. Cottrell’s important work HERE

**********

Our Patreon Site – Thank you for your support! – Please Click HERE

Click HERE for News & Show Prep: ( www.HagmannReport.com  ) 

Like us on Facebook HERE: ( www.facebook.com/HagmannReport )

Follow us on Twitter HERE( https://twitter.com/HagmannReport )

Doug Hagmann’s PERSONAL Facebook Page HERE: https://www.facebook.com/douglas.hagmann/ 

DOUG’S personal TWITTER PAGE (HERE): https://twitter.com/HagmannPI 

https://www.hagmannreportlive.com/20200217cottrell/ 

:: 2-16-20 Discerning The End Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

News, commentary, and analysis for Bible believing Christians seeking truth in the greatest time of deception in history, exposing corruption in the church, state, and the world. "Have nothing to do with the fruitless deeds of darkness, but rather expose them." Eph. 5:11 "He that is not zealous against error, is not likely to be zealous for truth."

J.C. Ryle Sunday, February 16, 2020

Is Chinese Coronavirus Tyranny the Blueprint for America?

Plus other coronavirus updates. Pentagon approves quarantining Americans against their will on military bases amid Corona virus outbreak The Pentagon has approved quarantine camps, a.k.a. death camps, in the United States, to house American detainees suspected of being infected with the 2019-nCov Coronavirus or merely coming in contact with someone who was. However, the camps are not limited to people who have traveled from overseas as most media outlets make it out to be. One report from CBS Sacramento reveals how the military will be snatching and grabbing regular everyday citizens off the streets. The real truth of the matter is that just like in China when the camps become full or overwhelmed many people in them start dying. In fact, the Chinese military had to build motes around the camps in an effort to detour detainees from escaping. Keep in mind, wargaming such a scenario, one could simply be eating lunch at their favorite fast food place sometime in the near future when the military arrives and grabs everyone inside after an infected person was reported to have entered the establishment. Detainees would then be taken to a camp where if not infected already they will likely then become infected. Especially, being packed in with other sick and unruly people, anything could happen. A good example of this is how people have been quarantined on cruise ships where the virus just keeps spreading adding to the number of infections until nobody is left.

More

https://www.intellihub.com/pentagon-approves-quarantining-americans-aginst-their-will-on-military-bases-amid-corona-virus-outbreak/ 

DoD: The military has mass quarantine camps set up in the United States

The United States military has set up mass quarantine camps in the United States to hoard people into. The Department of Defense has confirmed that the U.S. is following in China's footsteps.

https://www.intellihub.com/dod-the-military-has-mass-quarantine-camps-set-up-in-the-united-states/ 

Approximately 400 Americans will be put into forced quarantine at CONUS military installations

https://www.intellihub.com/approximately-400-americans-will-be-put-into-forced-quarantine-at-conus-military-installations/ 

Door to door sweeps now happening in North-Eastern China as Coronavirus spreads rapidly

https://www.intellihub.com/door-to-door-sweeps-now-happening-in-northeastern-china-as-coronavirus-spreads-rapidly/ 

Video montage shows what is really happening in China amid Coronavirus pandemic

https://www.intellihub.com/video-montage-shows-what-is-really-happing-in-china-amid-coronavirus-pandemic/ 

Some Wuhan Evacuees Ask Why They Aren't Being Tested for the Coronavirus

https://news.yahoo.com/wuhan-evacuees-ask-why-arent-125442404.html 

at 7:21 PM Email ThisBlogThis!Share to TwitterShare to FacebookShare to Pinterest

:: 2--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deception and the Bible

By Hal Lindsey

In Matthew 24, when Jesus taught about the end of the age, He began with a stark warning. “See to it that no one misleads you.” (Matthew 24:4 NASB) Deception has been a primary part of human character since Adam and Eve sinned. But it is worse today. That’s partly because evil people tend to become more evil over time. 2 Timothy 3:13 says, “But evil men and impostors will grow worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived.” (NKJV) The other thing that makes deception worse today isn’t about human character, but the technology that amplifies human character — whether good or bad.  Today, we think of radio and television as old communications media. But in the sweep of history, they’re new. In fact, the development of the printing press is a relatively new event in the overall human experience. Think about how much the ability to deceive grew with each of these advances. Mass producing printed material instead of copying documents one at a time, took deception to a whole new level. The telegraph made communication instantaneous across vast distances. The completion of the transatlantic cable in 1858 made that communication available from one continent to another, changing the world in a fundamental way. After that, came the telephone, allowing people to speak and be heard from one side of the world to the other. Radio and television allowed a few people to talk to the masses, and without a connecting wire — creating another communications revolution. With the advent of the internet, it all changed again. Today, a television program can be created, edited, and made available to the world using one, pocket-sized device — a smartphone. Social media found a way to harness the power of the internet for the masses. These tools did good things, but they also threw rocket fuel on the fires of deception. And since deceiving is a deeply ingrained part of humanity, that spells trouble. From “fake news” websites to the mainstream media, technology amplifies lying to a whole new level. Jesus showed the human condition without Him in John 8:42 and 44. After some ultra-religious types told Jesus that they were children of God, He answered, “If God were your Father, you would love Me.… You are of your father the devil, and you want to do the desires of your father. He was a murderer from the beginning, and does not stand in the truth, because there is no truth in him. Whenever he speaks a lie, he speaks from his own nature; for he is a liar, and the father of lies.” (NASB) The devil and deception go hand in hand. Satan is at war with God. And in any military campaign, armies try to destroy their enemy’s command and control. For Christians and the Church, God’s command and control comes primarily from the Bible. It makes sense then that the devil works to diminish God’s word at every turn. In an age of deception, expect the Bible to be attacked in every way possible. One of Satan’s most successful ploys against the Bible has been to make Bible-reading subjective instead of objective. In churches, seminaries, Sunday Schools, and Bible study groups across the land, people are being taught to read into the Bible their own feelings and prejudices. Many Bible teachers don’t teach. Instead, they ask questions. They read a scripture, then ask, “How does this make you feel?” or, “What does this mean to you?” But in reading anything, the first question should always be, “What meaning did the author intend?” If we give other authors that consideration, shouldn’t we extend the same courtesy to God? The Bible will address your feelings, and it will give you feelings. But that’s not how we interpret it. We primarily interpret the Bible by reading the words, and studying the context. But you will never understand it unless you choose to make God’s thoughts paramount. He is God, after all. Psalms 100:3 says, “It is He who has made us, and not we ourselves.” (NASB) Hebrews 1:1-2 says, “God, who at various times and in various ways spoke in time past to the fathers by the prophets, has in these last days spoken to us by His Son.” (NKJV) It’s an amazing thing to realize that “God… has… spoken.” Speaking is a means of imparting one person’s thoughts to another. The Bible is God’s word. It imparts the very thoughts of God to human beings like you and me. What a privilege! Today, many see the Church as an institution whose primary function is to make people feel good. It follows that they try to limit the Bible to this same role. But that totally misses the point. We have the honor of bringing into our minds the very thoughts of God. Should we relegate those thoughts to self-help, or self-esteem building? Psalms 107:20 says, “He sent His word, and healed them, and delivered them from their destructions.” (KJV) People around the world are starving for the healing and deliverance of His word. And in a sea of babbling voices, they’re also starving for truth — not touchy-feely stuff — but built-upon-the-rock truth. And in the Bible, we have it.

Let’s use the powerful communications tools of today to export God’s unadulterated word across the world.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-10-2016/ 

:: 2--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Big Brother Goes Global

by Hal Lindsey

On September 25th, Pope Francis gave an address to the United Nations General Assembly. In it, he presented a list of what he called UN accomplishments. Then he said, “Without all those interventions on the international level, mankind would not have been able to survive.” It was a bizarre moment to hear this man, famous for his faith, praising the UN as mankind’s savior over the last 70 years. Because he sees the UN in such a lofty role, it’s only natural that he wants to give it more power — even to the point of world governance. He said, “The experience of these seventy years since the founding of the United Nations in general, and in particular the experience of these first fifteen years of the third millennium, reveal both the effectiveness of the full application of international norms and the ineffectiveness of their lack of enforcement.” In other words, he sees the UN as highly effective, except where it has lacked the ability to enforce its will. The implication is obvious. He believes the UN should be given the teeth to enforce its edicts on everyone. People sometimes see the United Nations for what it should be, and forget what it is. It has two power centers. The weaker of those two is the General Assembly where third-world nations hold sway. In general, those countries tend to be anti-American and anti-Semitic. But the most powerful part of the UN is its Security Council — especially the five permanent members, each of which has full veto power. Two of the five, Russia and China, have no freedom of the press, little freedom of religion, and a high disregard for human rights in general. On paper, the UN sounds like a noble idea. But in reality, it is a hot mess. And now, Pope Francis and others want to give that hot mess, power over all our lives. With the skillful use of public relations, they have engendered a worldwide fear of global warming. The UN has used this “problem” to uniquely situate itself on the world stage. It is now poised for the greatest power grab in history. That power grab is called “The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.” In his UN speech, Francis called the 2030 Agenda “an important sign of hope.” We don’t know the extent to which the nations of the earth will actually comply with the 2030 Agenda. But all 193 member states of the General Assembly voted for it. We also know that every nation in the world is at least giving lip-service to the proposal. Simply put, the 2030 Agenda is a plan to completely rearrange the power structure of Planet Earth between now and the year 2030. That’s just fifteen years. This is huge! There are various estimates on the 2030 Agenda’s cost, but it will probably be between 5 and 7 trillion dollars per year. That’s double the entire annual budget of the United States government. That’s almost half of the annual Gross Domestic Product of the United States. Over the 15 years of the 2030 Agenda, we’re talking about a hundred trillion dollars. If money is power — and it is — imagine putting that kind of power in the hands of one of the most corrupt and hypocritical organizations in history. The UN describes Agenda 2030 in utopian terms. “We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path. As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind.” “No one will be left behind” means “No one will be able to opt out.” The 2030 Agenda is a plan for every man, woman, and child on the face of the earth, like it or not. The Agenda consists of 17 items. Let’s look at a couple of them. Number 1 says, “End poverty in all its forms everywhere.” This goal is something like a mirage in the desert. It looks like water, but it’s just sand. The UN can chase this objective all the way to an economic takeover of the entire world, and the poor will still be with us. But to those who want to run the world, failure to achieve the stated goal won’t matter. To them it only matters that they will have taken Planet Earth another step closer to world government. Item Number 10 says, “Reduce inequality within and among countries.” This contains two huge, but very different ideas rolled into one. Reducing inequality “within” countries, puts the UN at the doorstep of local businesses, schools, and governments — all in an effort to redistribute wealth. It might well become an excuse to raid private bank accounts and confiscate property. Reducing inequality “among countries,” puts the UN in charge of an even bigger wealth redistribution scheme — that of nations. The people behind this do not believe a decent standard of living is “sustainable.” Therefore, equality “within and among countries” cannot mean prosperity for all. It means prosperity for no one… except an elite ruling class. Some will say that it’s all a pipedream, that the UN has no chance of meeting these goals. But meeting the goals will not be the problem. The problem will come from the havoc wreaked by the pursuit of those goals. I have said this before, but I am charged by the LORD to say it repeatedly. We must continue to believe one of Gods most solemn promises that He made right after destroying mankind by water, “… I will never again curse the ground on account of man … and I will never again destroy every living thing, as I have done. While the earth remains, Seedtime and Harvest, And Cold and Heat, And Summer and Winter, And Day and Night, SHALL NOT CEASE.” (Genesis 8:21b-22 NASB) Believe what the LORD promised. Global warming destroying the earth is a lie of Satan to give a reason for man to set up a one-world-government so that the “elite” can rule it. God is coming soon to take out His own. Keep trusting in Him.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-15-2015/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 2-11-20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

February 11, 2020 / 11:00 AM / 7 days ago

Tehran-backed Hezbollah steps in to guide Iraqi militias in Soleimani's wake

(Reuters) - Shortly after Iranian Major General Qassem Soleimani was killed in a U.S. drone strike in Iraq, the Tehran-backed Lebanese organization Hezbollah urgently met with Iraqi militia leaders, seeking to unite them in the face of a huge void left by their powerful mentor’s death, two sources with knowledge of the meetings told Reuters. The meetings were meant to coordinate the political efforts of Iraq’s often-fractious militias, which lost not only Soleimani but also Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis, a unifying Iraqi paramilitary commander, in the Jan. 3 attack at Baghdad airport, the sources said. While offering few details, two additional sources in a pro-Iran regional alliance confirmed that Hezbollah, which is sanctioned as a terrorist group by the United States, has stepped in to help fill the void left by Soleimani in guiding the militias. All sources in this article spoke on condition of anonymity to address sensitive political activities rarely addressed in public. Officials with the governments of Iraq and Iran did not respond to requests for comment, nor did a spokesperson for the militia groups. The discussions shed light on how Iran and its allied groups are trying to cement control in the unstable Middle East, especially in the wake of the devastating U.S. attack on a revered Iranian military leader.  The Tehran-backed militias are critical to Iran’s efforts to maintain control over Iraq, where the U.S. still maintains some 5,000 troops. The country has experienced years of civil war since U.S. forces toppled Saddam Hussein and more recently, the government - and the militias - have faced growing protests against Iran’s influence in the country. Iran helped found some Iraqi militia groups. In the months ahead of his death, Soleimani had waded ever deeper into the Iraq crisis, holding meetings with the Iraqi militias in Baghdad as Tehran sought to defend its allies and interests in its power struggle with the United States, one of the two Iraqi sources said. Hezbollah’s involvement marks an expansion of its role in the region. The Shi’ite group, founded by Iran’s Revolutionary Guards in 1982, has been at the heart of Iran’s regional strategy for years, helping Soleimani to train paramilitary groups in both Iraq and Syria. One pro-Iran regional official said Hezbollah’s guidance of the militias would continue until the new leadership in the Quds Force – a unit of the Revolutionary Guards led by Soleimani since 1998 – gets a handle on the political crisis in Iraq. The meetings between Hezbollah and Iraqi militia leaders began in January, just days after Soleimani’s assassination, the two Iraqi sources said. Reuters couldn’t confirm the number of meetings or where they took place. One source said they were in Beirut and the other said they were either in Lebanon or Iran. Sheikh Mohammad al-Kawtharani, the Hezbollah representative in Iraq who worked closely with Soleimani for years to guide the Iraqi militias, hosted the meetings, the Iraqi sources said. Kawtharani picked up where Soleimani left off, the Iraqi sources said. The sources said Kawtharani berated the groups, as Soleimani had done in one of his final meetings with them, for failing to come up with a unified plan to contain popular protests against the Baghdad government and the paramilitaries that dominate it. The government and militia groups have killed hundreds of protesters but not managed to contain the rebellion.

Kawatharani also urged a united front in picking a new Iraqi prime minister, the Iraqi sources said. Since then, former Iraqi communications minister Mohammed Tawfiq Allawi has been named - a development welcomed by Iran and accepted by the militia-linked parties it backs but opposed by protesters. BIG SHOES TO FILL For now, Kawtharani is seen as the most suitable figure to direct Iraqi militias until a permanent Iranian successor can be chosen, although he possesses nowhere near Soleimani’s clout and charisma, according to the two Iraqi sources and a senior Iraqi Shi’ite Muslim leader. “Kawtharani has connections with the militia groups,” the Shi’ite leader said, noting that he was born in Najaf, lived in Iraq for decades and speaks Iraqi dialect. “He was trusted by Soleimani, who used to depend and call on him to help him in crises and in meetings in Baghdad.” One of the Iraqi sources close to the militias said that Kawtharani also met with the Iraqi populist cleric Moqtada al-Sadr, a powerful but unpredictable figure, to convince him to support the new Iraqi prime minister. As Reuters has reported, Sadr has given Allawi his support. Kawtharani will face serious - perhaps insurmountable- challenges in filling the shoes of the leaders killed in the drone attack, the Iraqi sources close to the militias told Reuters. “A lot of faction leaders see themselves as too big and important to take orders from “ one Iraqi source said. “For now, because of pressure from Iran, they’re cooperating with him, but I doubt that will continue and the Iranians know that.” One of the pro-Iran sources, a military commander, said Hezbollah’s involvement would consist of political guidance but stop short of providing manpower and materiel to retaliate for the Solemani killing. The militias “do not need Hezbollah’s intervention because they have the strength in numbers, combat experience and firepower,” the commander said. Those groups are difficult to control while Hezbollah is seen as more disciplined. But like the rest of Iran’s network, Hezbollah risks stretching itself thin, a senior U.S. official in the region and an Iraqi political leader said. In recent years, Hezbollah’s role has grown considerably. It has fought in support of President Bashar Al-Assad in Syria and extended political support to the Iran-allied Houthis of Yemen in their war with a Saudi-led military alliance. Iran is likely to rely partly on the clout Nasrallah, a figure who commands deep respect among Iran’s allies across the region, the U.S. official said. Nasrallah is seen as overseeing Kawtharani’s efforts, according to a senior Shi’ite Iraqi leader. “I think ideologically, religiously, he’s seen as a charismatic figure to many of the Iraqi Shia militias,” the U.S. official said, requesting anonymity because he was not authorized to speak on the record. In two lengthy televised addresses, Nasrallah has paid homage to Soleimani and vowed to avenge his death. He has also declared it a goal of Hezbollah and its allies to eject U.S. forces from the region once and for all. U.S. forces have been in Iraq since 2014 as part of a coalition fighting against Islamic State. If the Iraqi militias have their way, sources close to them say, these troops will be the first to depart. Editing by Julie Marquis

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-iran-iraq-hezbollah-insight/tehran-backed-hezbollah-steps-in-to-guide-iraqi-militias-in-soleimanis-wake-idUSKBN20520Y 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 2--20 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pregnant woman and baby among 30 killed, burned to death by Boko Haram

By Samuel Smith, CP Reporter

Boko Haram militants are suspected to have burned and killed no less than 30 people and abducted others Sunday night as the extremist faction continues to terrorize northeast Nigeria and the Lake Chad region. A spokesperson for Borno Gov. Babagana Umara Zulum told CNN that at least 30 people, including a pregnant woman and her baby, are now dead after suspected Boko Haram militants set sleeping travelers on fire in the Auno village of the Borno state. The travelers were camping out in the village for the night as they missed a 5 p.m. curfew in the state capital of Maiduguri, about 10 miles away. Sources reported to Vanguard that while most counts say that at least 30 have died, the death toll could be as high as 40. That would include the death of six militants. According to the state government, militants burned 18 vehicles. Some of the destroyed vehicles included trucks loaded up with food to be taken to the markets the following day. State government spokesman Ahmad Abdurrahman Bundi told AFP that militants stormed Auno village with trucks and mounted weapons. The militants killed, looted and burned. Village resident Shehu Tanko told CNN that the bodies of the pregnant woman and her baby were among the corpses recovered. "They burn everywhere. The fire was still on till this morning,” Tanko explained. “We are still looking for many people around here."  A source told Vanguard that the pregnant woman was likely raped before she was burned to death and that the baby’s head was crushed. Boko Haram is an Islamic militant insurgency responsible for killing tens of thousands and displacing millions in the last decade-plus. The terrorist group pledged allegiance to the Islamic State in 2016 but soon splintered after Islamic State leadership tried to replace Boko Haram’s leader, Abubakar Shekau. Although the Nigerian government claims to have defeated Boko Haram militarily, Boko Haram and its offshoot Islamic State West Africa Province continue to carry out attacks in Borno. “We have to be brutal in telling the truth. I am pushed to the wall to say the truth. Since I was inaugurated as governor of Borno State, Boko Haram has attacked Auno six times,” Zulum said in a statement, according to Vanguard. “Another thing is that the military has been withdrawn from Auno town. I am not undermining the capacity of the military but we have made repeated appeals for the military to establish their unit in Auno.” Gov. Zulum recently gave a guest lecture at the National Defence College in Abuja in which he detailed the challenges of the Boko Haram insurgency in the Borno state. Zulum alleged that the insurgency is responsible for making 59,311 orphans and 59,213 widows. Boko Haram over the years has abducted hundreds of school girls. The group has also abducted pastors and others in attempts to raise funds through ransom payments. Last month, Boko Haram executed Rev. Lawan Andimi, chairman of the Christian Association of Nigeria’s chapter in the Michika Local Government Area of Adamawa State. Andimi was kidnapped in early January and was seen in a ransom video praising God before his death. Also in January, the Islamic State released a propaganda video purporting to show the killing of a Nigerian Christian university student by a child soldier. In December, the Islamic State faction claimed to have killed 11 Christian aid workers in Nigeria in retaliation for the killing of Islamic State leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi. In a statement Monday, Nigerian President Muhammadu Buhari declared that the Nigerian government is “combating frontally the dreadful activities of terrorist groups like Boko Haram and the so-called Islamic State.” Buhari and his administration have faced international scrutiny over their inability to thwart extremist attacks by Boko Haram, ISWAP and radical Fulani herdsmen in the country’s Middle Belt. Last December, the U.S. State Department listed Nigeria for the first time on its special watch list for countries that engage or tolerate severe religious freedom violations. Nigeria was placed on the list because of the “lack of effective government response” to increasing violence. Follow Samuel Smith on Twitter: @IamSamSmith or Facebook: SamuelSmithCP

https://www.christianpost.com/news/pregnant-woman-and-baby-among-30-killed-burned-to-death-by-boko-haram.html 

:: 2-17-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Armed robbers steal hundreds of rolls of toilet paper amid Hong Kong coronavirus panic

By Yaron Steinbuch February 17, 2020 | 6:32am | Updated

Armed robbers in Hong Kong held up a delivery driver Monday, wiping him clean of hundreds of rolls of toilet paper in a city facing acute shortages amid the coronavirus outbreak, according to reports.  “A deliveryman was threatened by three knife-wielding men who took toilet paper worth more than HK$1,000 ($130),” a police spokesman told Agence France-Presse. Two suspects were later collared and the missing rolls recovered, though it was not immediately clear if they were involved in the TP caper outside a supermarket in the Mong Kok district, a police source told AFP. Video broadcast by Now TV showed investigators milling around crates of toilet paper outside the Wellcome Supermarket in the district, which has a history of “triad” crime gangs. Toilet rolls have become a hot commodity, with stores struggling to keep them in stock as residents make runs to clean them off the shelves during panic-buying sprees. One woman passing by the scene of the heist told local TV station iCable that “I’d steal faces masks, but no toilet roll,” according to AFP. Authorities in the financial hub — where there have been 58 confirmed cases of COVID-19, the official name of the illness – insist that the supply of household goods and foods remain stable, though face masks have been hard to come by. And yet, images shared online have shown people hoarding toilet paper rolls in their tiny apartments – prompting officials to warn that they could develop mold in the humid climate. The supermarket chain denounced the “senseless” robbery and called on residents not to buy toilet paper in bulk. “We want to emphasize that we have sufficient toilet roll supply to meet demand,” Wellcome said in a statement. “The temporary shortage was caused by the sudden and unusual surge in demand.”

https://nypost.com/2020/02/17/armed-robbers-steal-hundreds-of-rolls-of-toilet-paper-amid-hong-kong-coronavirus-panic/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 2-17-20 Al Jazeerz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dozens killed in church attack in Burkina Faso

Local pastor among 24 dead as armed men target Protestant church in Yagha province as religious attacks continue.

17 Feb 2020

At least 24 people were killed after unidentified gunmen attacked a church in northern Burkina Faso, officials said on Monday, in the latest assault against places of worship in the West African nation.  The attack took place on Sunday during a weekly service at a Protestant church in the village of Pansi in Yagha, a volatile province near the border with Niger. A group of "armed terrorists attacked the peaceful local population after having identified them and separated them from non-residents", Colonel Salfo Kabore, the regional governor, told AFP news agency. "The provisional toll is 24 killed, including the pastor... 18 wounded and individuals who were kidnapped," he added. A resident of the nearby town of Sebba said Pansi villagers fled there for safety. "It hurt me when I saw the people," Sihanri Osangola Brigadie, the mayor of Boundore commune, told The Associated Press news agency after visiting victims in the hospital in Dori town, 180km (110 miles) from the attack. The attackers looted oil and rice from shops and forced three youth they kidnapped to help transport it on their motorbikes, he said. 'Alarming rate' Christians and churches have become frequent targets in the north of the country. Last week, also in Yagha province, a retired pastor was killed and another pastor abducted by gunmen, according to an internal security report for aid workers. Violence has dramatically escalated in the once-peaceful West African nation. Analysts are concerned that attacks against civilians, including Christians, are increasing "at an alarming rate". "Perpetrators use victims' links to government or their faith to justify the killings, while others appear to be reprisal killings for killings by the government security forces," Corinne Dufka, West Africa director for Human Rights Watch, said. More than 1,300 civilians were killed in targeted attacks last year in Burkina Faso, more than seven times the previous year, according to Armed Conflict Location and Event Data Project, which collects and analyses conflict information. The insecurity has created a humanitarian crisis with more than 760,000 people internally displaced, according to the government.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/02/dozens-killed-church-attack-burkina-faso-200217095720721.html 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 2--20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian Scientist At Center Of Chinese Bio-Espionage Probe Found Dead In Africa?

by Tyler Durden Sat, 02

Update (1135ET): It seems that Mr. Plummer made a habit of getting the biological material he was working on "stolen," as we found a report from 2009 in the Winnepeg Free Press that details the theft of 22 vials of biological material was "confirmed by scientific director Dr. Frank Plummer." Plummer, allegedly, alerted authorities to the missing material on the same day a former vaccine researcher was arrested by FBI special agents after U.S. Customs discovered the vials stuffed in a glove in the trunk of his car at the Manitoba-North Dakota border crossing. Some of the vials included genes from the deadly Ebola virus, but local scientists say the material is not infectious. But more than a week after the theft came to light, police said no one from the lab has reported the incident. Plummer has said the researcher signed a form declaring he did not steal anything from the lab and understood he was not allowed to. The national lab does not conduct searches of staff when they exit the lab and does not routinely take inventory of the thousands of vials containing non-infectious biological substances. However, court documents allege the former researcher stole the vials on his last day of work at the virology lab in January because "he did not want to start his research over from the beginning when he entered into his next fellowship" with the National Institutes of Health at the Biodefense Research Laboratory in Maryland. All very curious.

* * *

As GreatGameIndia.com detailed earlier, in a very strange turn of events, renowned scientist Frank Plummer who received Saudi SARS Coronavirus sample and was working on Coronavirus (HIV) vaccine in the Winnipeg based Canadian lab from where the virus was smuggled by Chinese Biowarfare agents and weaponized as revealed in GreatGameIndia investigation, has died in mysterious conditions. According to CBC, Plummer, 67, was in Kenya, where he was a keynote speaker at the annual meeting of the University of Nairobi’s collaborative centre for research and training in HIV/AIDS/STIs. Dr. Larry Gelmon, who helped set up that meeting, said Plummer collapsed and was taken to hospital in Nairobi, where he was pronounced dead on arrival. No confirmed cause of death has yet been released. Plummer was born and raised in Winnipeg, where he headed up Canada’s National Microbiology Laboratory for several years. He was also involved in an innovative research partnership between the University of Manitoba and the University of Nairobi, established before the world was very aware of HIV/AIDS. “He helped to identify a lot of the key factors that are involved in HIV transmission in the early days,” said Keith Fowke, a professor in the medical microbiology and infectious diseases department at the University of Manitoba. “He was so hopeful that he was on the path that would end with discovery of the HIV vaccine — the road he had started down almost 30 years ago,” said Plummer’s colleague, Dr. Allan Ronald. What is not mentioned in the CBC report however is that Plummer worked in the same National Microbiology Laboratory (NML) in Winnipeg, Canada from where Chinese Biowarfare agent Xiangguo Qiu and her colleagues smuggled SARS Coronavirus to China’s Wuhan Institute of Virology where it is believed to have been weaponized and leaked. Infact, as GreatGameIndia reported in our exclusive report on Coronavirus Bioweapon, as Scientific Director Frank Plummer was the one who acquired the SARS Coronavirus sample of the Saudi patient at the NML Winnipeg Lab from Ron Fouchier, a leading virologist at the Erasmus Medical Center (EMC) in Rotterdam, the Netherlands who was sent the virus by Egyptian virologist Dr. Ali Mohamed Zaki who isolated and identified a previously unknown type of Coronavirus from the Saudi patient’s lungs.

Fouchier sequenced the virus from a sample sent by Zaki using a broad-spectrum “pan-coronavirus” real-time polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) method to test for distinguishing features of a number of known coronaviruses known to infect humans. This Coronavirus sample arrived at Canada’s NML Winnipeg facility on May 4, 2013 from the Dutch lab received by Frank Plummer. The Canadian lab grew up stocks of the virus and used it to assess diagnostic tests being used in Canada. Winnipeg scientists worked to see which animal species can be infected with the new virus. Research was done in conjunction with the Canadian Food Inspection Agency’s national lab, the National Centre for Foreign Animal Diseases which is housed in the same complex as the National Microbiology Laboratory. This Winnipeg based Canadian lab was targeted by Chinese agents in what could be termed as Biological Espionage. The viruses was reportedly stolen from the Canadian lab by Chinese Biowarfare agent Xiangguo Qiu and her colleagues and smuggled to none other than the Wuhan Institute of Virology where the virus is believed to be weaponized and leaked. Further, Frank Plummer was also working on HIV vaccine and interesting recently published study be Indian scientists found HIV-like injections in Wuhan Coronavirus – the key that made the jump to people possible. The Indian Scientists came under massive online criticism by Social Media experts and were forced to withdraw their study, in retaliation of which now the Indian authorities have opened an investigation against China’s Wuhan Institute of Virology. Although it should be noted that now China has started using HIV vaccine to cure Coronavirus. Frank Plummer was the key to the entire investigation on the origins of Coronavirus Bioweapon. But will the Canadian government open an investigation into this matter? Unlike their American counterparts who have charged the Chinese Biowarfare agents trying to smuggle deadly viruses from Harvard University, the deatils of the Canadian investigation on the Winnipeg Biological Espionage case is shrouded in secrecy.

* * *

We need your support to carry on our independent and investigative research based journalism on the external and internal threats facing India. Your contribution however small helps us keep afloat. Kindly consider donating to GreatGameIndia.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/canadian-scientist-center-chinese-bio-espionage-probe-found-dead-africa 

:: 2-11-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supervolcano in Utah: The Eruption of Wah Wah Springs and 20 Others Ancient Supervolcanoes Discovered Near the Utah-Nevada Border Was 5,000 Times Larger Than the 1980 Mount St. Helens Eruption

By Strange Sounds - Feb 11, 2020

For 30 years, BYU geologists have searched for the volcano that produced thousands of cubic kilometers of pyroclastic flow on the Utah-Nevada border. Piecing together the geologic evidence from five different mountain ranges across hundreds of miles, they report the discovery of a massive 30-million-year-old supervolcano in Utah. Utah-Nevada supervolcanoes near Wah Wah Springs. This map shows locations of at least 20 ancient supervolcanoes in Utah and Nevada. Image credit: Geosphere One of the largest documented supervolcanoes worldwide sits in Utah. And I am pretty sure you didn’t know about it. The ancient caldera, which would have been several miles deep, is no longer visible as it has eroded and filled with pyroclastic flow many years ago. The original Wah Wah Springs pyroclastic deposit associated with this caldera covered an area of ~12,000 square miles and had a volume of 5,900 cubic kilometers or ~1,400 cubic miles. That is 5,000 times the size of the Mount St. Helens eruption that emitted just one cubic kilometer of material. Meanwhile, it seems that a super-eruption is actually overdue. Discovery of the supervolcanoes in Utah-Nevada Brigham Young University geologists found evidence of some of the largest volcanic eruptions in earth’s history right in their own backyard. These supervolcanoes aren’t active today, but 30 million years ago, more than 5,500 cubic kilometers of magma erupted during a one-week period near a place called WahWah Springs. By comparison, this eruption was about 5,000 times larger than the 1980 Mount St. Helens eruption. “In southern Utah, deposits from this single eruption are 13,000 feet thick,” said Eric Christiansen, the lead author for the BYU study. “Imagine the devastation! it would have been catastrophic to anything living within hundreds of miles.“ Wah Wah Springs Supervolcano and 20 others As described in their impressive science paper, the research group found that the Wah Wah Springs eruption buried a vast region extending from central Utah to central Nevada and from Fillmore on the north to Cedar City on the south. They even found traces of ash as far away as Nebraska.

But this wasn’t an isolated event; the BYU geologists found evidence of fifteen super-eruptions and twenty large calderas. Despite their enormous size, the supervolcanoes have been hidden in plain sight for millions of years. The ravages of erosion and later deformation have largely erased them from the landscape. What are supervolcanoes? Supervolcanoes are different from the more familiar stratovolcanoes – like Mount St. Helens – because they aren’t as obvious to the naked eye and they affect enormous areas. Supervolcanoes as we’ve seen are some of earth’s largest volcanic edifices, and yet they don’t stand as high cones. At the heart of a supervolcano instead, is a large collapse. Those collapses in supervolcanoes occur with the eruption and form enormous holes in the ground in plateaus, known as calderas. Not many people know that there are still active supervolcanoes today. Yellowstone National Park in Wyoming is home to one roughly the same size as the Wah Wah Springs caldera, which was about 25 miles across and 3 miles deep when it first formed. [Geosphere, BYU]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/02/supervolcano-utah-nevada-geology-video.html 

:: 2-12-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Caspian Sea Turns Blood Red in Kazakhstan

By Strange Sounds - Feb 12, 2020

The water and ice along the shore of Aktau, Kazakhstan, have turned blood red, worrying locals. Meanwhile, officials are investigating the strange phenomenon. The water and snow along the Caspian Sea along the beach of Primorsky, Aktau, Kazakhstan turned blood red on February 9, 2020, baffling and frightening local residents. According to local officials, the blood red water is due to at least 25 different types of algae that bloom from January to March. On week ago, black snow fell over another city in Kazakhstan, during a power blizzard that turned the country upside-down. So what behind this biblical red water? Pollution? Algae? Another sign of the End Time? More biblical headlines on Strange Sounds or Steve Quayle. [Lada.kz]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/02/caspian-sea-blood-red-video-kazakhstan-pictures.html 

:: 2--20 Meteor Showers Tonight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Blue-Green fireball Turns Night Into Day Over Israel and Lebanon (Videos)

February 11, 2020

Israel residents were left baffled when a lager meteor fireball turned night into day.

The blue meteor was so bright it was seen in neighboring Lebanon and Cyprus. Here some videos of the amazing space rock disintegration: Suddenly the whole sky turned vibrant blue. According to the Israeli Astronomical Association, more than 200 skywatchers reported the bright fireball across the three countries. According to the scientists, the object was probably very large and part of it may have fall down to Earth as meteorite.

https://meteorshowertonight.org/fireball-israel-lebanon-cyprus-video/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 2-12-20 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Anti-Christ UK Court: Bible Is Incompatible with Human Dignity “Tribulation”

February 12, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/8 Comments

Featured Story

In another sign that Britain has officially entered a post-Christian age of barbarism, a judge in the United Kingdom just ruled that belief in the Bible is “incompatible with human dignity.” In reality, the only reason that “human dignity” exists is that God–the author of the Bible–made man in His image. Without God, there can be no inherent value to human life at all. The crazy case in the U.K. involved a self-proclaimed “transgender” man who wanted his doctor to refer to using objectively incorrect pronouns of the opposite sex. Citing Genesis 1:27, though, which states the fact that God created people male and female, Dr. David Mackereth refused to play along with the delusion. Of course, Romans 1 makes clear that certain truths–the fact that God exists, for instance–are obvious, even without the Bible and divine revelation. The fact that there are men and women is another one of those facts: Nobody needs a Bible to realize that God created people as male and female. Indeed, every strand of DNA testifies to this truth. In his court filings with the Employment Tribunal, Dr. Mackereth said he “holds to the principles of the Great Reformation of the 16th Century including a commitment to the supremacy of the Bible as the infallible, inerrant word of God as his final authority in all matters of faith and practice.”As such, the good doctor argued that authorities discriminated against him and his religious beliefs. However, the court ruled that “belief in Genesis 1:27, lack of belief in transgenderism and conscientious objection to transgenderism in our judgment are incompatible with human dignity.” (Emphasis added) The court also claimed that adhering to one’s belief in the Bible would “conflict with the fundamental rights of others, specifically here, transgender individuals.”And so, unable to play along with the patient’s dangerous and objectively false delusion, Mackereth lost his job at the Department for Work and Pensions. The Christian Legal Center, which represented Mackereth in the legal case, warned that the ruling against the Bible and Christians would have “serious ramifications” for Christian professionals and all others.  “The judgment dictates the language that professionals must use in the workplace,” the Center said, adding that the ruling contradicts scientific reality and will undermine freedom of speech. It was not immediately clear whether doctors might also be forced to play along with the dangerous delusions of bulimics and anorexics–potentially even to the point of being forced to provide liposuction. But that would be just as reasonable, or just as ridiculous, depending on one’s views on truth and reality. Christian Legal Center attorney Michael Phillips noted that this ruling officially excludes Christians from legal protections. It also puts the Bible and Christianity on par with neo-Nazi ideology as far as government is concerned, Phillips added.  Dr. Mackereth promised to appeal the ruling.“I believe that I have to appeal in order to fight for the freedom of Christians to speak the truth,” he said. “If they cannot, then freedom of speech has died in this country, with serious ramifications for the practice of medicine in the UK.  ”No doctor, or researcher, or philosopher, can demonstrate or prove that a person can change sex,” Mackereth added. “Without intellectual and moral integrity, medicine cannot function and my 30 years as a doctor are now considered irrelevant compared to the risk that someone else might be offended.  ”In Sweden, “Justice Ombudsman” authorities investigated the Bible in 2008. They concluded that God’s Word was a violation of Swedish “hate speech” laws, but that it was impractical to ban it at this time. Today, across the United Kingdom and Sweden, two once-great Christian nations, Christians can be and are being literally arrested and jailed for stating the truth about marriage, sexuality, and gender as revealed in Holy Scripture. On the bright side, the Church tends to grow under persecution. God will not be mocked. And Christ is already victorious. Source Jeremiah 30:7 says, “That day is great so that none is like it.” The only time period that fits this description is the period of the Tribulation. This time is unparalleled in history. Jesus described the Tribulation using some of the same imagery as Jeremiah. In Matthew 24:6-8, He stated that the appearance of false Christs, wars, and rumors of wars, famines, and earthquakes are “the beginning of birth pains.” Paul, too, described the Tribulation as birth pains. First Thessalonians 5:3 says, “While people are saying, ‘Peace and safety,’ destruction will come on them suddenly, as labor pains on a pregnant woman, and they will not escape.” This event follows the Rapture and the removal of the Church, in 4:13-18. In 5:9, Paul reemphasizes the absence of the Church from this time period by saying, “For God has not destined us for wrath, but for obtaining salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ.” The wrath spoken of here is God’s judgment on the unbelieving world and His discipline of Israel during the Tribulation. These “birth pains” are described in detail in Revelation 6-12 Part of the purpose of the Tribulation is to bring Israel back to the Lord.

Torben Søndergaard and his family fled Denmark for America this year like refugees fleeing a war zone, leaving with only what they could carry in eight suitcases. Torben is the founder of The Last Reformation, a worldwide movement that seeks to return Christianity to the Book of Acts. He also began the Jesus Center in Denmark, which trained disciples from 30 nations to spread this message around the world. A Series of Attacks Against Him Attacks against his ministry in Denmark began in 2016 when the Jesus Center was investigated by six different Danish government agencies for everything from food safety to unpaid taxes. Officials found nothing wrong. Then last year, the government began to investigate their family when they began homeschooling. Then they put their daughter back into public school, but that didn’t stop the investigations. But the worst was yet to come. Torben Søndergaard’s life and ministry would take a dramatic turn when Danish TV approached him and said it wanted to profile his ministry. It sounded like it could be very positive. It wasn’t. Danish TV Investigates Him Danish TV not only sent a film crew. Torben says they also sent two undercover reporters, one who said that he wanted to follow Jesus and was even baptized, and another who pretended to be mentally ill. The resulting documentary on national TV, called “God’s Best Children,” lumped Torben in with other so-called “radical Christian” ministries that had had serious moral or ethical failures or even criminal activity. Torben said, “When I saw that I was like, ‘I’m finished. No one will ever trust me again.’” Portrayed as a Liar, Abuser, and a ‘Quack’ Torben watched in horror as he saw himself depicted on national TV as a liar, as an abuser of children and the mentally unstable through healings and so-called “exorcisms,” and as a quack who takes medicine away from the sick, something he says he has never done. “I’ve been doing my ministry for 18 years. I never had a problem, I never had complaints,” Torben said. “Of course, there were misunderstandings. Maybe people got hurt and so on, like every other church and every other ministry. But when these programs started it just changed the whole atmosphere in Denmark. We were like, ‘We need to leave Denmark. This is not going to stop.’” Source

UP-DATE: 10-3-2019 Name: Randy Message: Hi. And thank you for your work. I\’ll make this short.

I know you value integrity and truth, so I\’ll just make a brief comment on an article you wrote about a new law in Denmark. In short, Torben Sondergaard claims a law has been proposed and passed (and because of him). There is no such law. There is a law – that was initiated before Torben Sondergaard got media exposure – about defending vulnerable people from harm from family members and close relatives. Torben Sondergaard is not the cause of this law, as he claims. And the law was passed – with no reference to religion or exorcism or anything similar whatsoever in it – after Torben Sondergaard had arrived at in the USA. In other words, the passed law was not the reason he fled. The facts are that Torben Sondergaard has made several million euros in the past few years and he didn’t have to pay such taxes in Denmark, and he received financial support from the government as well. He conveniently became “persecuted” when someone started asking how he used the money and how he treated people. So, there is no law against Christianity and nobody else in Denmark has made a claim of persecution like Torben Sondergaard has. Because there is no persecution. Torben Sondergaard is simply a guy who always causes problems for himself, others and makes new enemies – especially among those close to him – so he has “restarted” his ministry multiple times. Just a portion of truth for the day. All the best.

…………………………………………………..

The majority of Americans are Christians, but we’re not treated with respect by the culture, the schools, or by our politicians. “Vengeance” may be the Lord’s to dish out, but that doesn’t mean Christians have to support the people who are attacking us or meekly stand by when other followers of Christ are denigrated and oppressed for their faith. The habitual wimpiness of so many Christians is particularly grating because when Christians shine a spotlight on these attacks and say, “That’s enough,” more often than not we win. So, if Christians across the country were consistently willing to speak out and take action, you’d be surprised at how quickly our culture would begin to change. If that happens, instead of seeing this many incidents every year (All of these happened in 2013), they’d be a once in a blue moon occurrence.

1) Florida Ministry Told To Choose Between Jesus And Helping The Poor: “For the past 31 years, the Christian ministry has been providing food to the hungry in Lake City, Fla. without any problems. But all that changed when they said a state government worker showed up to negotiate a new contract. …(A) state agriculture department official told them they would not be allowed to receive USDA food unless they removed portraits of Christ, the Ten Commandments, a banner that read ‘Jesus is Lord’ and stopping giving Bibles to the needy.” When the government tells the Christian Service Center it has to give up on Christ or quit using USDA food to help the poor, that’s religious discrimination.

2) Billy Graham Evangelistic Association: Obama’s IRS Was “Targeting and Attempting to Intimidate Us:” It’s well known that the IRS targeted Obama’s political enemies in the Tea Party, but the IRS also targeted his Christian enemies in the Billy Graham Evangelistic Association.

Franklin Graham, the president of the Billy Graham Evangelistic Association and the family’s international humanitarian organization Samaritan’s Purse, said that the IRS notified the organizations in September that it was conducting a “review” of their activities for tax year 2010.

…“While these audits not only wasted taxpayer money, they wasted money contributed by donors for ministry purposes as we had to spend precious resources servicing the IRS agents in our offices,” Graham wrote in the letter, which was shared with POLITICO. “I believe that someone in the administration was targeting and attempting to intimidate us. This is morally wrong and unethical – indeed some would call it ‘un-American.’”

Graham said that “in light” of the IRS admission that it targeted tea party groups for added scrutiny, “I do not believe that the IRS audit of our two organizations last year is a coincidence – or justifiable.”

The IRS would certainly deny targeting Graham’s group because it’s a Christian organization, but of course, the IRS would deny that it targeted the Tea Party groups for political reasons as well.

3) California Christians Found “Not Guilty” of Reading Bible Near Government Offices: “A court has said that a pair of Christians were ‘allowed’ to read the Bible aloud outside the Department of Motor Vehicles in Hemet, California. Wasn’t it kind of the government courts in California to say that these Christians were allowed to have their rights to free religious expression? …Back in 2011 Mark Mackey and Bret Coronado were arrested and charged with misdemeanor offenses for reading the Bible outside the DMV location. … But on August 13, Superior Court Judge Timothy Freer found the men ‘not guilty’ of any offenses. …Interestingly, the judge also pointed out that the law prosecutors tried to invoke was likely unconstitutional as it gave law enforcement overbroad powers to quash public gatherings in the first place. Sadly, this case did not go toward settling the constitutionality of the law, but it was a victory of sorts to have the judge even mention the fact.” Yes, there were actually Americans arrested for reading the Bible on public property. What do you think the chances are that two Muslims reading the Quran would have been arrested under the same circumstances?

4) Colorado Baker Faces Year In Jail For Refusing To Make Cake For Gay Wedding: You can support gay marriage or you can be Christian, but you can’t do both. You can pretend to do both, but you’re giving up your Christian beliefs to be more palatable to people who are hostile to Christianity. The folks at Masterpiece Cakeshop simply declined to make a cake for a gay wedding because it conflicted with their Christian beliefs. They learned that’s now illegal. According to attorney Nicolle Martin, the owners of a Colorado bakery could face a year in prison for refusing to make a cake for a gay wedding, Jim Hoft reported at the Gateway Pundit Monday. “The complainants can sue him civilly in the regular court’s system or he can potentially be prosecuted by the district attorney for up to twelve months in jail,” Martin told Hoft. In June, the Advocate said the Colorado Attorney General’s office filed a discrimination complaint against the owners of Masterpiece Cakeshop in Denver after the bakers refused to bake a cake for Dave Mullins and Charlie Craig, a Denver area gay couple, last year.

But Jack Phillips, one of the owners, declined to make the cake citing his Christian beliefs.

“We would close down the bakery before we compromised our beliefs,” he told KCNC, adding that protests and petitions will not make him change his mind. We have Americans being threatened with jail time for doing nothing more than refusing to affirmatively sanction an event that goes against Christianity. In other words, liberals aren’t just trying to make gay marriage legal; they’re trying to make opposition to gay marriage illegal.

5) Airforce Veteran Faces A Court Martial For Opposing Gay Marriage: Under Barack Obama, the military has become aggressively anti-Christian and pro-gay to such an extent that the troops are no longer even allowed to privately oppose gay marriage. Senior Master Sgt. Phillip Monk found himself at odds with his Lackland Air Force Base commander after he objected to her plans to severely punish an instructor who had expressed religious objections to homosexuality. During the conversation, his commander ordered him to share his personal views on homosexuality. “I was relieved of my position because I don’t agree with my commander’s position on gay marriage,” he told me. “We’ve been told that if you publicly say that homosexuality is wrong, you are in violation of Air Force policy.”

…Last week, Monk was supposed to meet with an Air Force investigator tasked with gathering facts about the complaint. But when he arrived, Monk was immediately read his Miranda Rights and accused of providing false statements in a conversation Monk had with (Fox’s Todd Starnes). After he was relieved of his duties, the Liberty Institute filed a religious discrimination complaint on his behalf.

…“I immediately got the sense that this was retaliation against me for coming forward with my religious discrimination complaint,” he said.

The accusations against Monk are a court-martial offense in the Air Force – and it’s quite possible that the 19-year veteran with a spotless record could be booted out of the military because of his Christian beliefs. And he’s not the only Christian at Lackland Air Force Base facing persecution for opposing gay marriage, according to Monk’s pastor. If you think the military has problems recruiting soldiers now, let the military keep persecuting Christians for their faith and see how well it does over the long haul. Of course, that wouldn’t upset the Left one bit, but the rest of us should be concerned.

Recommended Oh My, So That’s Why Christine Blasey Ford’s Father Didn’t Come to Her Defense Against Kavanaugh Katie Pavlich

6) Government Forces Churches To Get Permits For Baptisms: Nevertheless, the Park Service recently began a new policy requiring churches that wished to hold baptisms in public waters to apply for a special permit at least 48 hours in advance of the baptism. The Park Service justified this recent demand by saying that the permits were necessary to “maintain park natural/cultural resources and quality visitor experiences, specific terms and conditions have been established.”

…On August 21, Rep. Jason Smith (Missouri, R) heeded the complaints of his constituents and wrote a letter to the NPS asking what the heck was going on…

…Between citizen outrage and Rep. Smith’s threat to bring the matter before the full Congress, however, the Park Service quickly reversed its new policy, writing to the Congressman that, “As of today, the park’s policy has been clarified to state that no permit will be required for baptisms within the Riverways. I can assure you the National Park Service has no intention of limiting the number of baptisms performed within the park.” When the government demands that a church get a permit to do baptisms, it’s also tacitly saying it has the right to deny that permit. That’s not acceptable.

7) Florida Professor Demands Student Stomp On Jesus: It all started with a conflict between an antagonistic professor and one brave student at Florida Atlantic University. Ryan Rotela was told by his professor to write Jesus Christ’s name on a piece of paper and stomp on it. Rotela defiantly refused and in retaliation, formal disciplinary action was started against him. But, before the system could roll over Rotela, a funny thing happened. The word about what was happening to him got out, Christians became outraged, and suddenly the university’s tune quickly changed. “FAU’s Senior Vice President for Student Affairs, Dr. Charles Brown, has since issued a groveling formal apology.” Next thing you know, the disciplinary action was waved off. Now, comes word that the professor, Deandre Poole, has been put on administrative leave following a withering public response, that included complaints from the Governor of Florida, Rick Scott. Unfortunately, that story didn’t have a happy ending. Even after the governor got involved, Deandre Poole still kept his job. However, had Christians not risen up, the student who refused to stomp on Jesus would have been the one punished while the professor would have paid no price at all. Moreover, you can be sure there won’t be any more Jesus stomping going on in the classrooms at Florida Atlantic University any time soon. If there’s a lesson here, it’s that when Christians refuse to back down, we usually win. What that means is if enough Christians stand up for our faith, you’ll be surprised how fast the people in power lose their nerve about going after us. Source

Google has a frightening amount of control over the internet, and although one of their past mottos was “Don’t be evil,” they seem to have a different set of rules when it comes to dealing with Christians and conservatives. The firm recently informed the CEO of Concordia Publishing House, Bruce Kintz, that they were banning ads related to their cph.org domain, which sells religious books, music, and other items related to their conservative Lutheran denomination. He was told that the problem was related to the fact that items featured in the ad and on their website refer to the Bible and/or Jesus and that such references would need to be removed before they could be considered for reinclusion.

Kintz posted on Facebook: “[A CPH associate] was told, as an example, that things like our bible challenge on our [Vacation Bible School] webpage would clearly need to come down before they could consider us for ads.” Interestingly, the ad type in question is remarketing ads, which are shown to people who once visited a website but didn’t buy anything later on in hopes of attracting them back. In other words, the people who saw these ads in the first place would have already visited their site and presumably don’t find the idea of Jesus or the Bible offensive. A steadfast Kintz said his firm refuses to compromise their beliefs to meet Google’s demands. On the contrary, he feels it’s now even more important than ever to spread the word as society’s hostility toward Christians grows. This is all pretty typical behavior for Google, who regularly abuses its power in this and many other ways. They might not be able to remove websites they don’t agree with from the internet entirely, but they can certainly ensure these sites are buried so far down the search results that few people ever see them. Google also likes to wield its power to bury conservative sites, and this bias is also seen in its corporate culture. The firm is currently facing a class-action lawsuit filed by former employees for discrimination based on political views and the fact that they were white males. One engineer said he was fired after he wrote a memo expressing concerns about the firm “alienating conservatives” at its head office. The suit also indicates that managers at the firm created blacklists of employees known to have conservative beliefs so they could avoid working with them on projects and pass them over for promotions. Earlier this year, they were accused of censoring conservative media sites like Breitbart and WND by giving them “fake news” warnings. Last year, Google blacklisted Natural News from its search results for six days without justification; it was only restored after very vocal backlash. Christianity under attack in California In California, where Google’s headquarters are situated, lawmakers are considering a new bill that could essentially criminalize the Bible. The amendment would outlaw goods like religious texts that deal with topics related to gender and sexual orientation. Presumably, if certain sections were not edited out of the Bible, it would become illegal to sell it there. It will be interesting to see if something like this can pass because it looks like a clear violation of the constitutional freedom of religion. Kintz is right: Christianity is indeed under attack, and the great irony is that those who accuse Christians of being intolerant are not practicing what they preach. See Antichrist.news for more stories about attacks on Christianity. A piece of legislation known as the Equality Act is expected to be introduced soon by House Democrats. The bill’s provisions add the categories of “sexual orientation” and “gender identity” to the list of protected classes in the 1964 Civil Rights Act. As I wrote in 2015, when the Equality Act was first introduced, the bill represents the most invasive threat to religious liberty ever proposed in America. Given that it touches areas of education, public accommodation, employment, and federal funding were it to pass, its sweeping effects on religious liberty, free speech, and freedom of conscience would be both historic and also chilling.

The bill represents the most invasive threat to religious liberty ever proposed in America.

Its passage would sound the death knell for hopes of détente in the culture wars that pit conservative Christians against their LGBT neighbors. For progressives, it would be winner-take-all. Virtually no area of American life would emerge unscathed from the Equality Act’s reach. No less significant would be the long-term effects of how the law would shape the moral imagination of future generations.

Supporting the Sexual Revolution To be clear, Christians reject all forms of invidious discrimination. We believe all persons, including those who identify as LGBT, are made in God’s image and deserve respect, kindness, and neighborliness. But this truth does not necessitate Christian capitulation to the sexual revolution. No Christian who believes that the Bible’s depiction of created reality is both sacred and also authoritative can accept the Equality Act’s underlying tenets. By codifying the ideas that (1) sexuality has no core ethical limits other than consent and that (2) male and female definitions are psychologically based, rather than biologically based, the Equality Act must be interpreted as an assault on Christian institutions and especially on parental rights—since public education will be transformed to follow the law’s provisions. It will further lead to the corrosion of our public discourse, the type of discourse that breeds zero-sum outcomes. One only has to look to Tim Gill (who infamously remarked that he intends to “punish the wicked”—those who fail to endorse LGBT politics) or Harvard law professor Mark Tushnet (who compared those who fail to endorse LGBT policies to Nazis) to see how fraught this conversation has become. For progressives, the Equality Act is the rallying cry that would forever cement the legitimacy of sexual-revolution ethics into federal law. For progressives, the Equality Act is the rallying cry that would forever cement the legitimacy of sexual-revolution ethics into federal law. The Equality Act will not only accelerate the number of conflicts pitting Christians against their conscience, it will also shift the Overton Window to accelerate the pace of anti-Christian bias in society. Of course, Christians expect persecution and anti-Christian bias. Our Lord Jesus predicted as much. But our Lord’s words need not mean we hasten persecution. The tragedy of the moment is that many progressives, sensing the cultural winds at their backs, have signaled no interest in playing nice with those who disagree with them when it comes to matters of sexuality and gender. Consider the scathing opinion editorial by actress Cynthia Nixon, who took to the pages of The Washington Post to call Vice President Mike Pence “insidious” because he holds to a culturally conservative worldview on matters of sexuality and gender. According to Nixon, not only do Christians hold views she personally disagrees with; she also can’t understand how a group of people could hold to views she considers so innately toxic and immoral. Culturally Disfavored ≠ Morally Repugnant

But at the level of public policy, why is support for the Equality Act completely unacceptable? Here’s why: It’s not viewpoint neutral. It communicates that Christian beliefs about what it means to be male and female, and how marriage ought to be defined, are incompatible with what U.S. law considers to be decent, reasonable, goodwill convictions. The Equality Act fails to make meaningful status/conduct distinctions. It treats the Christian baker who objects to using her creative talent to design a same-sex wedding cake the same as an individual who would stupidly, and bigotedly, deny an LGBT person a booth at a restaurant. In short, the Equality Act equates Christian ethics with hatred and bigotry. Moreover, if the new bill is the same bill as previously introduced, it has a specific—and stunningly audacious—provision that guts the Religious Freedom Restoration Act from being appealed to in situations where the Equality Act applies. It specifically defenestrates and subjugates constitutional and statutory precedent beneath the ever-evolving norms of “gender identity” and “sexual orientation.” The Equality Act equates Christian ethics with hatred and bigotry.

Christians need to do a much better job of explaining the rationale and merits of their beliefs around gender and sexuality. We do not believe these are sectarian truths applicable only to Christians. Rather, we believe how God patterned creation in Genesis is the blueprint for human flourishing. If we don’t contend for the legitimacy and rationality of our views, they’ll end up being sidelined as intolerant and harmful—to the detriment of all. Some beliefs and viewpoints within society—for example, racism—are morally repugnant. Even so, our constitutional framework allows such attitudes to exist on the margins of society where they belong, and when deemed necessary, impeded upon for the sake of equal treatment under the law. There are also viewpoints, held in goodwill, by millions of Americans that are culturally disfavored, especially views concerning the definition of male and female and the definition of marriage. But what is culturally disfavored is not necessarily synonymous with what is morally repugnant. Opinions or viewpoints that don’t enjoy cultural support can be held with sincere goodwill. It’s important that legislation that aims to protect all sides understand this point. Any piece of federal legislation that fails to differentiate culturally disfavored views from morally repugnant views, or implies that culturally disfavored views are necessarily morally repugnant, is legislation that evangelicals cannot support. The Equality Act not only fails to do so, but it also contributes to the decline of understanding and civic pluralism. What is culturally disfavored is not necessarily synonymous with what is morally repugnant. The concerns expressed here say nothing of the absurdities of the bill itself. As one panelist at the Heritage Foundation suggested, the Equality Act should be called the “Female Erasure Act,” since in codifying the transgender worldview into law, it defines womanhood (and manhood) as little more than psychological fantasy.

Opposing the Equality Act The Equality Act must be opposed. Any Christian legislator or conservative legislator who understands the vital urgency of religious liberty must oppose it. Or else, with the stroke of a pen, pillars of human history—the ideas that marriage is a complementary union of a man and a woman, and that male and female are immutable, biological realities—would be thrown into the dustbin of history. If progressives get their wish, the Equality Act would usher in “the Right Side of History” to which they constantly appeal. The timing of the Equality Acts release comes at a providential time. Just last week, Christian baker Jack Phillips—of the infamous “Masterpiece Cakes” legal case—had complaints of discrimination against him dismissed in Colorado. The reason? Colorado’s Civil Rights Commission was deemed as treating Phillips’s religious convictions with contempt. Just as one hopes that the government would learn a lesson in refusing to punish individuals like Phillips, who hold their faith with charity and goodwill toward all, the Equality Act is coming along to cement the same type of anti-Christian bias into American law. StevieRay Hansen

Editor, HNewsWire.com

Unless God has raised you up for this very thing, you will be worn out by the opposition of man and devils”… Let Me Make This Abundantly Clear. (I Am Apolitical) While I Have a General Distaste for Politicians No Matter the Party They Belong To, I Am Unashamedly Politically a Bible Believing Conservative Christian. I Have a Severe Distrust of Government. I Believe It Is the Most Inefficient and Ineffective Way to Accomplish Most Things. While I Strongly Disagree with Liberals/Progressives and Conservative on Most Political Issues, and While I Believe Liberals/Progressives and Most Politicians Are Terribly Misguided and Naive About What Big Government Will Eventually Result In, I Strive to Not Question Their Motives. at the Same Time, While I Find Myself in Agreement with Conservative Politicians on Some Issues, I Do Not Believe Electing Republicans Is the Answer to Everything. for Me, Very Sadly, the Main Difference Between Republicans and Democrats Is How Quickly They Want to Drive the Car Towards the Cliff. Simply Put, I Do Not Believe the Government Is the Solution for Everything. I Do Not Place Any Faith, Trust, or Hope in Any Politicians to Fix What Is Wrong with the World. “Come Lord Jesus!” (Revelation 22:20) Our government has been overthrown. As evidenced by Trump’s capitulation on the border, his recent servitude to the GMO industry and his acquiescence to the warmongers, our President has been compromised. Our liberties are being eliminated one by one. Gun confiscation is next. The Constitution is gasping its last breaths. Our borders are destroyed and our culture has been turned upside down by every perversion known to man. John Wesley who said that what we tolerate in our generation, will be embraced by the next. Wesley is 100% correct! We are living in sick times. The Left, a broad term for Liberal Socialist Democrats that can only be explained fully by using the Bible explanation of the human race is as follows. A servant of Satan, because you are either saved or lost. This election has brought out the true nature of who you serve. Simply put, it’s Donald Trump, Conservatives, and Christians against the rest of the world. The Left’s Love applies only to those who believe as they do. They Love evil and commit Anarchy against those who love good. They are governed by lies and never tell the truth. On this Friday, Inaugural Day for the swearing-in of Donald Trump as the 45th President of the United States the Left wants to commit widespread Anarchy to shut down the swearing-in ceremony. Their goal of transforming America, which was founded in Judea Christian values into a Pagan Nation is almost complete. Their goal has always been the total removal of God from American society and the downfall of America. Donald Trump says he is a Presbyterian, but he left off the USA, an apostate church. Corinthians 4:8-11 New King James Version (NKJV)

We are hard-pressed on every side, yet not crushed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; 9. persecuted, but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed— 10. always carrying about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our body. 11. For we who live are always delivered to death for Jesus’ sake, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our mortal flesh. Satan has power over (LGBTQE-TRANS PEOPLE). The “sons of disobedience” referred to in Ephesians 2:2 are those who have not trusted Christ as Lord and Savior (cf. Acts 26:18; 2 Corinthians 4:4; Revelation 13:12). The demons are also under the rule of Satan (Matthew 12:24), and one of his titles is “prince of demons” (Matthew 9:34). Satan has a kingdom (Matthew 12:26) and a throne (Revelation 2:13). Satan is called a prince because he is a ruler and possesses the power to manifest evil in the world through influencing people and commanding demons. HNewsWire- “All political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable.” Just look at some of our modern-day examples: torture is “enhanced interrogation techniques”; murder is “collateral damage”; the aggression initiation of war is a “pre-emptive strike”; the theft of taxpayers’ money is a “bailout”, and the theft of depositors’ money in a bank is a “haircut” or “bail-in”.In a blatant example of Newspeak, the New World Order controllers (through the psychiatric DSM V) have tried to rename pedophiles as “minor-attracted persons” and redefine pedophilia as “sexual orientation”. This makes no sense since sexual orientation has to do with gender, not age, with whether you are attracted to males or females, not how old they are. There are even organizations (like B4UAct.org) which are claiming that pedophiles are being unfairly stigmatized for their feelings! If homosexuality has been posed as healthy, good and normal, in the face of overwhelming evidence to the contrary, so can pedophilia. Pro-pedophilic articles are making their way into academia. The Cult of LGBTQE-E for EVIL and is often a cover for child-molesting perverts Tagged Under: abuse, children’s health, gender-confused, gender issues, gender madness, the left cult, LGBTQE-E For Evil un-godly Mob, Lunacy, mutilation, transgender, Child molesting perverts LGBTQE- E For Evil, drag queens, perverts

Unfortunately, not all alternative sources are reliable, even some Major Christian (and I use Christian loosely) news sources have been corrupted. They will NOT tell the truth. They just parrot the deceptive narratives perpetrated by those who currently control our government and media. Even those who are honestly trying to present the truth can miss it sometimes. There is so much deception out there. In these last days, you must be wise as serpents and gentle as lambs. It is no time to sleep or slumber. Diligence and vigilance are required. It is critical that you think for yourself and not be a Lemming. Tagged Under: antichrist, antichrists, Apple, Bible, Big Tech, bigotry, Christian baker, Christianity, Christians, Colorado, Colorado Civil Rights Commission, conservatives, deep state, demonic assault, end of days, end times, Facebook, First Amendment, free speech, Google, hate groups, Hate speech, hatred, hostility, insanity, Instagram, intolerance, Jack Phillips, jesus, Jesus Christ, left cult, Leftists, LGBT mafia, Liberal Mob, lunatics, persecution, Pinterest, prophecy, Southern Poverty Law Center, SPLC, Tribulation, Twitter

https://hnewswire.com/the-anti-christ-uk-court-bible-is-incompatible-with-human-dignity-tribulation/ 

:: 2-11-20 Breaking News Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope Pushes One World Religion on Israel’s Independence Day

By Adam Eliyahu Berkowitz February 11, 2020 , 2:51 pm

They have said: ‘Come, and let us cut them off from being a nation; that the name of Israel may be no more in remembrance.’ For they have consulted together with one consent; against Thee do they make a covenant; The tents of Edom and the Ishmaelites.” Psalms 83:5-7 (The Israel Bible™) Historically, the Vatican was no friend to the Jews but its new initiative aligns the Catholic Church with Islam in a one-world religion that may be the biggest threat ever to the Jewish People. A major event to advance the project will take place on the anniversary of the birth of the State of Israel which, according to one rabbi, is fitting since Judaism is the last bastion, entirely incompatible with a New World Order. At an address to Vatican diplomats last month, Pope Francis announced that the Vatican will be hosting a global event with titled, “Reinventing the Global Compact on Education.” “A global educational pact is needed to educate us in universal solidarity and a new humanism,” the Pope said when he first proposed the summit. A Vatican-backed website to promote the pact added: “Educating young people in fraternity, in learning to overcome divisions and conflicts, promote hospitality, justice and peace: Pope Francis has invited everyone who cares about the education of the young generation to sign a Global Pact, to create a global change of mentality through education.” The Pope described the need for the global alliance. “‘Never before has there been such need to unite our efforts in a broad educational alliance, to form mature individuals capable of overcoming division and antagonism, and to restore the fabric of relationships for the sake of a more fraternal humanity,’” he said. The Pope cited the aphorism “It takes a village to raise a child,” explaining its place in his global vision. “All change, like the epochal change we are now experiencing, calls for a process of education and the creation of an educational village capable of forming a network of open and human relationships,” he said. “Education is not limited to school and university classrooms,” the Pope said at the address last month. “[It is] principally ensured by strengthening and reinforcing the primary right of the family to educate, and the right of Churches and social communities to support and assist families in raising their children.” The education initiative is a continuation of the Pope’s global vision as laid out in his Document on the Human Brotherhood for World Peace and Common Living Together signed by Pope Francis and Sheikh Ahmed el-Tayeb, Grand Imam of Al-Azhar, in February 2019 in Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. The agreement between the two religious leaders was criticized for its stance on the diversity of religions. “The fact that people are forced to adhere to a certain religion or culture must be rejected,” the document read. “As too the imposition of a cultural way of life that others do not accept.”   Rabbi Pinchas Winston, a prolific end-of-times author, noted that in many surprising respects, the Vatican is now practically indistinguish able from secularism. “It used to be that the Catholic Church was the bastion that stood against liberalism in every way, denouncing it as heresy,” Rabbi Winston said. “This was the case for as long as the Vatican could impose its will on its people and influence the rest of the world. That reality has changed because they don’t have that power anymore. Pope Francis is a result of this change. He is a ‘man of the people.’” Rabbi Winston noted that traditional values in the Catholic Church are indeed changing in ways that would have been inconceivable not so long ago.

“They used to say that secular values and liberalism were bad but when the people changed and liberalism became widespread, the Vatican reversed that position.,” Rabbi Winston said. “How can a religion claim to be from God when a man can decide to change it?” Rabbi Winston noted that the theme of one-world order as presented by the Pope was presented several times in the Bible. “Seeing the world as one is how it was in the days before the Tower of Babel,” Rabbi Winston said. “This was when men joined together to take over the world and kick God out.” Rabbi Winston noted that the counterintuitive mix of secular intellectualism and religion appeared later in Genesis. “According to Midrash, Esau impressed his father, Isaac, with questions that seemed to relate to religion but were only leveled on the intellectual level. The real intent of the questions was to generate chaos and division. The erev rav (mixed multitude) works this way, by making it appear that their intentions are pure and that they are good people. But their real intent is destructive; to disable truth.” “The secular present universalism as the source of all brotherhood but it is exactly the opposite. There is more diversity in the world than ever before in human history. To have one way to worship God before Moshiach (Messiah) comes and brings everyone up to speed is not realistic and harmful to anyone who does not conform. The Pope should be smart enough to realize that there are very good reasons for the differences. People are different. This new initiative by the Vatican is classic liberalism in the garb of religion.” The date of the global educational summit is May 14, precisely 72 years after Israel proclaimed its independence. Rabbi Winston suggested that this could have a deeper meaning, indicating the inherent conflict between the Jewish People and universal religion. “They can’t get rid of the Jews and what they represent anymore by simply attacking us, which was how it was done for 2,000 years,” Rabbi Winston said. “Are they trying to get rid of the Jews and the Torah by creating one world religion? Anyone who wants a one-world order has to get rid of the Jews because all of human history has proven that the core of Torah Judaism doesn’t change, even, when necessary, and the cost of death. We are still the same people in the same land with the same Torah.”

https://www.breakingisraelnews.com/145012/pope-pushes-one-world-religion-on-israels-independence-day/ 

:: 2-10-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Domestic Terrorism In Portland, Oregon! Antifa Terrorists Attack Journalist, Woman, Deface War Memorials & More

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine February 10, 2020

There is only one way to handle a thug and a bully. Put them on their butt, hard and fast. Make it clear that if they get in your face that you will knock them out of it. If they touch you, you will punch them. If they punch you, then you will put them in the hospital. Lastly, if they put you or someone else in the hospital, you will put them in the ground. Self defense is a God-given right and unless "we the people" fight back, soy-boy Antifa thugs that form mobs to attack innocent people will win, every time.  Notice how Antifa members, supposedly "anti-fascists," yet more fascist than anyone they accuse of being, never attack groups or events that have armed attendants, or bikers' rallies, or other types of large patriot groups, or cities where it is legal to openly carry weapons? Because they are cowards that can only terrorize people by forming mobs and harassing them, and getting violent the majority of the time. PORTLAND, OREGON ANTIFA GET VIOLENT AGAIN One specific city has more of a problem with Antifa groups, violence and riots than any other in the United States. That is Portland, Oregon. The reason Portland has such an issue is because the Mayor is a liberal coward, scared to death of facing off with Antifa members, and is known for forcing the police to stand down. We have seen videos of Antifa members literally taking over the streets, harassing motorists, forcing them to detour and cursing and yelling at motorists that refuse to allow them to direct traffic. We have seen journalists attacked, even hospitalized from violent mob attacks. Just a quick search over at YouTube for "Antifa Portland Oregon" brings up a cornucopia of videos from three years ago, two years ago, one year ago, nine months, seven months , six months..... Pretty sure you all get the point. Antifa owns Portland, Oregon because of a cowardly mayor and law enforcement that stands around and watches the majority of the time, without offering any help to the victims. On Saturday, that happened again. A journalist from Stumptown Matters went to document an rumored rally by the Ku Klux Klan (KKK), and Antifa groups were planning a protest against the KKK. On the Stumptown Matters' YouTube channel the journalist explains what happens in the details of the 2 minute video. On Saturday February 8th 2020, Stumptown Matters went into Downtown Portland Oregon to film and document the protest of a KKK rally that was reported to take place that day. When I arrived at the scene, I learned that the KKK cancelled their event. I despise the KKK and racism in general. I was actually looking forward to siding with Antifa on this day. For they had real and legit racists to confront had the KKK followed through with their initial plans. So ultimately I stood across the street from the Antifa Gathering and gazed upon them just to estimate the number of their turnout. which was probably 300 to 500 people. I was planning on leaving and I hadn't even begun filming yet. Then Luis Marquez called me out by name. I said hello and then I raised my camera to start filming the commotion. Then a masked group of 20 or more people began to spread out and cross the street from where Luis was standing and began to walk fast toward me. They had concealed objects or weapons in their hands. One of which was approaching me while shaking a can of pepper spray. I wanted no part of whatever intentions they had for me so I immediately abandoned my camera duties and sprinted to safety. I didnt want to be hurt or pepper sprayed and I didn't want to hurt any of them either. So running was the only sensible action to me at that moment. People can call me a pussy all day long until they are blue in the face. That's perfectly fine with me. I simply did not want to play and I got away unharmed. My safe space happened to be the justice center where the riot police confronted me and told me that if I go back out where I was, then they wouldnt protect me. Implying once again that masked thugs run the streets of portland Oregon and if you are targeted by them, then you are the problem according to portland police.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Due to the recent unforeseen medical expenses, All News Pipeline will need financial help in the months ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) Independent journalist Andy Ngo, who has been documenting Antifa's terrorizing Portland citizens for years, and who had to be hospitalized for a brain injury after Antifa attacked him in 2019, explains the liquid that was sprayed on the Stumptown Matters' journalist. Ngo tweeted "The “orange liquid” sprayed over Brandon Brown’s face was bear mace. It’s an oil that burns & doesn’t easily wash off. Antifa have been using it as a weapon of choice in attacks against journalists they dislike. Brown did nothing to provoke this violence." Here is a partial video from a different angle, where you can see the journalist who was attacked. If that is not domestic terrorism, what is? Out of the dozens of Antifa domestic terrorists seen causing trouble at different locations and times during the event, shown in the last video at the end of this article, the police managed to arrest just three. In that video below, it shows Antifa goons attacking a woman and pushing her around into the street, and she was there protesting president Trump's acquittal. So, basically we now have leftists goons attacking leftists protesters. We never claimed they were very smart! ANTIFA DEFACES WAR MEMORIALS

Since there was no KKK event to protest, Antifa members didn't disburse, they went and found trouble elsewhere by deciding to deface war memorials. Some of the messages spray painted on the memorials include "All cops are B*stards," "Punch Cops" and "Kill Cops," as can be seen in the image below. BOTTOM LINE Portland residents need to replace Mayor Ted Wheeler who has allowed Antifa domestic terrorists to literally take over the streets of Portland, Oregon, and elect someone that will clean up the mess Wheeler's liberal policies have allowed. Below is a compilation of some of the violent events Wheeler and the Portland Police allowed on Saturday.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Antifa_Madness_In_Portland_Again.php 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 2-11-20 Inquirer.net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN warns of ‘major shock’ as Africa locust outbreak spreads

Associated Press / 08:18 AM February 11, 2020

JOHANNESBURG — Uganda scrambled to respond to the arrival of the biggest locust outbreak that parts of East Africa have seen in decades, while the United Nations warned Monday that “we simply cannot afford another major shock” to an already vulnerable region. An emergency government meeting hours after the locusts were spotted inside Uganda on Sunday decided to deploy military forces to help with ground-based pesticide spraying, while two planes for aerial spraying will arrive as soon as possible, a statement said. Aerial spraying is considered the only effective control. The swarms of billions of locusts have been destroying crops in Kenya, which hasn’t seen such an outbreak in 70 years, as well as Somalia and Ethiopia, which haven’t seen this in a quarter-century.  The insects have exploited favorable wet conditions after unusually heavy rains, and experts say climate change is expected to bring more of the same. Keith Cressman, the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organizations senior locust forecasting officer, said Kenya has received “waves and waves of swarms” since the beginning of the year from the Horn of Africa, and “over the weekend they moved on the side of Mount Kilimanjaro across the border into Tanzania.” “Also over the weekend they moved into northeastern Uganda,” he told a news conference at U.N. headquarters in New York. “We’re expecting any day they will move across the border into the southeast corner of South Sudan,” where another several million people face hunger as the country struggles to emerge from civil war. A medium-size swarm of locusts can eat the same amount of food as the entire population of Kenya, Cressman said, and “that swarm in one day can eat the same amount of food as everybody here in the tri-state area, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and New York. So not taking action in time — you can see the consequences.” U.N. officials warn that immediate action is needed before more rainfall in the weeks ahead brings fresh vegetation to feed new generations of locusts. If left unchecked, their numbers could grow up to 500 times before drier weather arrives, they say. “There is the risk of a catastrophe,” U.N. humanitarian chief Mark Lowcock told a briefing in New York on Monday, warning that 13 million people already face severe food insecurity 10 million in places affected by locusts — and the region can’t afford another jolt. Dominique Burgeon, the FAO’s emergency and resilience director, warned at the U.N. briefing that another 20 million people in the region are in danger of becoming food insecure. Without enough aerial spraying to stop the swarms, the locust outbreak could turn into a plague, “and when you have a plague, it takes years to control,” Burgeon told The Associated Press last week. The U.N. has asked for $76 million in immediate aid. So far just under $20 million is in hand, including $10 million released by Lowcock from the U.N. emergency relief fund and $3.8 million from FAO, officials said. The United States said Monday it has released $800,000 and the European Union has released 1 million euros. “The response today is not gonna work, unless there’s a big scale-up,” Lowcock said. The locusts are eating the vegetation that supports vibrant herder communities in the region, and Kenyan Ambassador Lazarus Amayo warned of the “inherent risk of communal conflict over pastures.” The outbreak is so severe it might even disrupt the planting of crops in the coming weeks, he said, adding that the locusts “do wanton damage.”

Read more: https://newsinfo.inquirer.net/1227030/un-warns-of-major-shock-as-africa-locust-outbreak-spreads#ixzz6DqheeeGb 

Follow us: @inquirerdotnet on Twitter | inquirerdotnet on Facebook

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 2-3-20 Armageddon News blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Will Have To Make Some Tough Choices On How They’ll Go About Surviving When Basic Necessities Become Nearly Unaffordable

grekalbert Alternative 3rd Feb 2020 8 Minutes

A group of influential economic experts has discovered what they call a” frightening pattern” that they say will be unlike anything ever seen. They have presented their findings to the U.N. and a long list of world governments and indicate that this collapse could happen before the November elections in the U.S One member of the team, Chris Martenson, stated, “We found an identical pattern in our debt, total credit market, and money supply that guarantees they’re going to fail. This pattern is nearly the same as in any pyramid scheme, one that escalates exponentially fast before it collapses. Governments around the globe are chiefly responsible.” “And what’s really disturbing about these findings is that the pattern isn’t limited to our economy. We found the same catastrophic pattern in our energy, food, and water systems as well. For 30 years – from the 1940s through the 1970s – our total credit market debt was moderate and entirely reasonable,” he says. “But then in seven years, from 1970 to 1977, it quickly doubled. And then it doubled again in seven more years. Then five years to double a third time. And then it doubled two more times after that. Where we were sitting at a total credit market debt that was 158% larger than our GDP in the early 1940s… By 2011 that figure was 357%.” “Most frightening of all is how this exact same pattern keeps appearing in virtually every system critical to our society and way of life,” Dr. Moors stated. “It’s a pattern that’s hard to see unless you understand the way a catastrophe like this gains traction. At first, it’s almost impossible to perceive. Everything looks fine, just like in every pyramid scheme. Yet the insidious growth of the virus keeps doubling in size, over and over again – in shorter and shorter periods of time – until it hits unsustainable levels. And it collapses the system.” Fitz-Gerald says, “If our research is right, Americans will have to make some tough choices on how they’ll go about surviving when basic necessities become nearly unaffordable and the economy becomes dangerously unstable. People need to begin to make preparations with their investments, retirement savings, and personal finances before it’s too late”. When everything collapses at the same time the primary need will be food. The disruption of transportation and distribution systems will create a nation of very desperate people that may be capable of anything. When the distribution of food stops the only way to feed yourself is to already have food stores and/or the ability to grow your own. The worst time for a collapse of the food system is in the fall and winter months. During the spring and summer months it is possible to grow some food locally just about anywhere but when the weather turns cold, if you do not already have food stores or a winter garden in place, you are more likely to starve. The winter weather will not only prevent local food production in most areas of the country but the lack of systems to provide fuel and keep the roads clear of snow and ice can prevent the relocation of people to other areas making them prisoners wherever they are. People will be without food at the time of year when their bodies need even more to keep warm. This is only one aspect of a complete collapse and does not even get into the lack of heat for warmth and cooking, water , power and security issues that will be prevalent everywhere. While a collapse will stretch your coping ability to new limits, it will be far worse if it happens in the colder months of the year. The lack of preparations by a majority of the population will be nothing short of catastrophic because those people have simply refused to listen to the warnings up to now. For those that have prepared it will be difficult to have sympathy for those that ignored the warnings and continued life as usual. Once the system collapses it will be difficult to restart and will probably be led by the local production and distribution of food and water. This will likely follow a massive die off of the sick, elderly and very young that will have a difficult time coping until things improve. If you are in one of these groups you may not get another chance to stock up on the critical items you need to live so use this time wisely. As dire as this sounds, the situation will in all likelihood be much more severe and dangerous for the unprepared and prepared alike. If you have not done so yet, prepare now. Simply having supplies piled up in preparation for some occurrence is not enough to insure your survival. There are several other things you must keep in mind and balance out among your preparations.

You must imagine the potential catastrophic possibilities

You must prepare yourself mentally to deal with whatever happens

You must have knowledge of how best to employ your resources

You need to use your imagination to think outside the box

You must be able to improvise, adapt and overcome obstacles

You must have a flexible plan to guide you

Many people have spewed hateful rhetoric at preppers over the years and today some are finding themselves in dire circumstances as infrastructure and supplies are cut off for an indefinite period of time. Those unprepared individuals have few options and now rely on the actions of others to insure their survival. As many in the Caribbean can now attest to, having to wait for help to come from hundreds or even thousands of miles away is slow and stressful to those who wait. They do not know when help will arrive and what resources will be available when they arrive. It could take years for many locations to return to some type of normalcy and this is at a time when help is available and forthcoming. What happens when that help is not available following an event? In the world we now live in the bulk of the population is conditioned to wait for help to come. They are not encouraged to perform self help to minimize their suffering. This leads to many more victims to deal with overloading services and resources available to the public. This is happening in good times. What happens when things deteriorate and no help is available to communities or cities? What will happen when people and equipment do not come because damage is wide scale? What happens when all expendable resources are exhausted and cannot be replaced? Preppers already know the answers to those questions and that is why they prepare. They know that someday an event could happen where no help will be available and they will be on their own for weeks or months. They know if something happens, what they have on hand is all they will likely have to work with for the duration. They know those that have not planned will be victims and most will expect someone to help them and their family. This creates a difficult situation for preppers and victims alike. The act of learned helplessness is the only thing many people know today and that will lead to a reduced chance of survival for many depending on the depth of the event. A prepper can only do so much to help others in this type of situation but the main thing they possess are the leadership qualities and survival skills the masses need to come through the situation. Following an event there will be a certain number of survivors that will see the light and understand what preppers have been trying to tell them for years. These people will differ from those that will still have the entitlement mentality and expect others to care for them and provide resources they need. These newly enlightened individuals are the ones that preppers will be able to help the most. The true leaders in society will be able to direct these individuals on courses of action that will allow them to slowly recover and build up some resilience over time. These are the actions that will be necessary to reduce the chaos in society and provide some stabilization. These people will help provide a buffer between preppers and the hostile unprepared masses that manage to survive. Make no mistake about it. There will be groups with varying mindsets roaming about following an event and it is advantageous to have as many of them on your side as possible. There is little you can do about the entitled victims except defend against their actions. In this case, there will be safety in numbers. While a prepper cannot foresee every problem, they can plan ahead and set aside some resources that can help solidify your leadership among those you are able to work with. This could take the form of setting aside a few drums of bulk grains like oats or beans that can be purchased cheaply now but will allow you to feed a small group of people a basic meal for several weeks. The small price of a few drums of grain could buy a lot of goodwill. Being able to provide clean drinking water to a small group by purchasing a good spare water filter will help eliminate the spread of disease among the group. Having a few medications that can help a few individuals that do manage to become sick will mean a lot to their families. Having a few extra radios that the group can share will help with security for everyone. Having a means to provide a small power source for lighting or battery recharging could mean a great deal to those with no power. In some locations having an extra wood stove to share and some wood will provide these people with heat and cooking ability. There are many little things that could be worth a great deal to unprepared survivors that will help to stabilize their situation and insure they do not become a hostile force you would eventually have to deal with. You may not be able to help everyone or provide everything they need but being able to help a few can have long term benefits. In a survival situation there will be many that become threats to you no matter what you do but the more you can eliminate from that potential pool the safer life will be for you. No matter what type of event takes place or how long the effects last eventually there will come a time of stabilization. The type of people in control of that stable situation could be a good thing or a very bad thing. As a prepper you could have a lot of influence over the outcome.

https://armageddon.news.blog/2020/02/03/when-basic-necessities-become-nearly-unaffordable/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 2-10-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Turkey Deploys Hundreds Of Tanks, APCs And Commandos To Idlib; Attacks Syrian Army

by Tyler Durden Mon, 02/10/2020 - 17:05

With the geopolitical situation now firmly on the backburner, we remind readers that the last time we checked into the flurry of recent events in Syria over the weekend, we found that the Syrian Army was making major gains inside Idlib in a military offensive condemned by Turkey and the United States, capturing the key town of Saraqib from al-Qaeda linked Hayat Tahrir al-Sham. Amid the military advance, in the latest embarrassment to the US State Department, the Syrian and Russian governments said they've recovered proof of US support for the anti-Assad al-Qaeda insurgent terrorists, publishing photographs of crates of weapons and supplies to state-run SANA. In any case, the growing feud between Russia and Turkey over control of Syria last remaining rebel holdout in Idlib province escalated overnight, and as Bloomberg reports, Turkey sent hundreds of tanks, armored personnel carriers and commandos to the Syrian province of Idlib as preparations continue for a likely attempt to break the siege of some of its outposts by Bashar al-Assad’s forces. The massive buildup over the weekend included the deployment of howitzers, multiple-rocket launchers, ambulances and trucks loaded with munitions, according to Turkey's state-run Anadolu Agency.  Meanwhile, Turkey resumed talks with a Russian delegation in Ankara on Monday after failure to reach an agreement on Idlib on Saturday, Foreign Minister Mevlut Cavusoglu said, adding that President Recep Tayyip Erdogan and Russia’s Vladimir Putin may meet if no deal can be reached Turkey dramatically reinforced its forces across the border since Syrian troops killed five Turkish soldiers and a civilian in Idlib on Feb. 3 as they closed in on the country’s last major rebel holdout. "Five of our troops were killed and five others were injured in the shelling by the Syrian regime,” the Turkish Defense Ministry said on Monday, adding that “return fire was opened." It wasn't the first shelling incident between Turkish and Syrian forces in Idlib. A week ago, six Turkish troops were killed by Syrian artillery fire in an incident that Russia said was a result of miscommunication. The casualties could have been avoided if Ankara properly notified Damascus that it was moving troops in a border area where Damascus was holding an anti-terrorist operation at the time, Moscow said. Turkey's Daily Sabah reported that in response to the alleged death of Turkish soldiers, 115 regime targets have been struck, 101 regime soldiers have been neutralized (i.e. killed), and 3 tanks and 2 mortars have been destroyed, as the conflict is rapidly devolving into an all out war between Syria and Turkey. Turkey also called on Moscow to put pressure on Damascus to halt its offensive in Idlib. Meanwhile, Syria’s government has been using Russian air support to vanquish onetime al-Qaeda affiliates and Turkey-backed rebels in the province. Erdogan last week threatened to use force to break the siege of military outposts in Idlib unless Syrian forces withdraw before the end of February. At least three of 12 Turkish outposts were confirmed to be cut off by Syrian forces in the area. Feigning humanitarian concern, Turkish Defense Minister Hulusi Akar told Hurriuet newspaper that Turkey's main goal was "to prevent a refugee exodus and humanitarian drama" adding that "we’re trying to reach a cease-fire and stop the bloodshed." However, he then made it quickly clear that the fight over northern Syria is all about strategic positioning, noting that if the violation of the Sochi and Astana agreements, which were signed by Turkey, Russia and Iran to curtail fighting in northern Syria, "continued, then we have plans B and C," Akar said. “We keep telling them not to force us” to implement those plans. Ankara was expected to use its influence on anti-government militants to prevent fighting with Damascus troops in order to create the basis for a peaceful resolution. However, jihadist groups in Idlib continue hostile activities, with Russia saying there were several thousand attacks in the last two months alone, in which hundreds of Syrian troops and civilians died.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/turkey-deploys-hundreds-tanks-apcs-and-commandos-idlib-attacks-syrian-army 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 2-10-20 KOM0 news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mudslides, washouts block access to Mt. Rainier National Park 'indefinitely'

by Carleen Johnson & KOMO News StaffMonday, February 10th 2020

ASHFORD, Wash. — Landslides, washouts and floodwaters will keep roads into Mount Rainier National Park closed until further notice, state transportation officials said. The damage, triggered by last week's driving rain, has essentially cut off people who live in the town of Ashford, with portions of State Route 706 buried in soupy debris up to six feet deep. Several hundred people live in the affected area, according to local residents. Access to the park itself, including the Nisqually entrance, Longmire and Paradise, also is shut down - and may remain shut for days or weeks. Doug Adamson, spokesman for the state Department of Transportation, says a U.S. Forest Service road above the highway collapsed and a creek has diverted down onto the main road. "Generally whenever (there are) slides, our expert maintenance crews go out there and work diligently with heavy equipment to scoop aside the debris (but) this is a much different situation. This slide is much more dangerous," he said. "The plan going forward is we have to get that running water off the highway before we can do anything." Troy Cowan, assistant regional transportation administrator, said removing debris from the highway isn't possible right now because that could trigger more slides. "That could put lives – both of crews and travelers – in danger," he said. In addition to clearing the slide when it is safe to do so, state transportation engineers also will work with the National Park Service to begin the process to determine a long-term fix to stabilize the hillside. The Park Service has been running an escort convoy each day over a Forest Service back road for residents dealing with the landslide, so they can get supplies. Historic structures, including the National Park Inn and other buildings within the Longmire National Historic District have also been damaged by floodwaters. To the north and east of the national park, State Route 410 was blocked by multiple slides, but crews planned to reopen the roadway Monday evening. Great news for skiers and the people who run the Crystal Mountain Ski Resort. State road crews late Monday reopened all of State Route 410 by removing the last of four landslides. Greenwater just down the road from Crystal is finally freed from the isolation of being behind those massive mudslides. “It’s been very difficult,” said Carol Haines who lives in Greenwater. “We’ve gone through the floods in the past and this one was unusual because we had such a high snowpack and then relentless rains.” Haines and the rest of the hundred or so people who live and vacation here have been without power and phones. “It does wear on you after a couple of day,” she said. “Especially when you lose all of your groceries in your refrigerator and then you kind of have to scramble and make stuff on the wood stove like the old days.” The slide just east of town was cleared away Sunday night which allowed Jessica Atherton to finally get back to her cabin. “So you’re obviously anxious when you can’t get up there and you want to, but not overly anxious because we’ve just felt that all of the information has been forth coming and it’s been great," Atherton said. "Great community effort.” The closure came at a tough time for the ski resort because they say, even though we had a lot of rain, it led to a lot of snow. They say conditions up are no perfect. From Air 4 you could see the new snow that has fallen since Friday night. Some Crystal Mountain employees and guests have been trapped at the resort since Thursday. But they say it’s a resort, after all, and everyone was kept warm, fed and fine. They said thanks to the quick work of the state transportation crews in safely clearing away the last remaining massive mudslide, operations can be up and running tomorrow between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. For the folks at Wapiti Outfitters in Greenwater that’s great news. “We fully anticipate that to pick up and everyone to be fully back at it and skiing and snowshoeing and doing all of the things that they love this weekend,” said John Clark.  King County Emergency Management is asking property and business owners to submit flood damage reports in response to recent winter storms. Those who suffered property damage or other losses since Jan. 20 may be eligible for financial assistance. Eligibility is determined through a damage assessment process, now underway, that takes into account the total reported losses within King County. Individuals and businesses in King County are encouraged to submit reports of losses to King County Emergency Management online HERE or by phone at 1-800-523-5044 from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. beginning Feb. 11.

https://komonews.com/news/local/mudslides-flooding-block-access-to-mt-rainier-national-park-indefinitely 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 2--20 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cruise Ship Rejected by Five Ports Runs Out of Options

K. Oanh Ha 2 days ago

(Bloomberg) -- The 2,257 passengers and crew onboard the Westerdam luxury liner are in limbo once again after Thailand became the latest country to turn the ship away from its ports, leaving guests desperate to disembark after almost two weeks at sea. Fearing that some passengers aboard the Westerdam may be infected with the deadly new coronavirus, Thailand’s Public Health Minister Anutin Charnvirakul announced Tuesday in a Facebook post that he’s directed authorities not to let them disembark. The statement was confirmed by other Thai officials. The ship’s operator has said it has no reason to believe there are any cases of coronavirus on board. The World Health Organization seemed to offer a ray of hope -- saying that health authorities may try to board the ship to assess the passengers’ health to see whether they may be allowed to get off the ship in Thailand. Operated by Holland America Line, a brand owned by Miami-based cruise giant Carnival Corp., the ship has been refused entry by five countries or territories, according to the WHO. Ports in Taiwan, Japan, the Philippines and Guam have also sent it away on concerns over the virus, which has killed more than 1,000 people since it was first reported late last year in Wuhan, China. The refusal and quarantine of cruise ships are the latest stepped-up measures by governments around the world struggling to contain the outbreak. Carnival’s Diamond Princess and its 3,700 passengers are quarantined in the port of Yokohama, Japan, as authorities battle an increasing number of infections onboard.  The WHO said Thai officials have indicated that if the ship enters the country’s waters, “authorities may seek to board the ship to determine the health status of passengers and crew, to determine whether they would be allowed to eventually disembark in Thailand,” according to a statement. The ship is currently off the southern coast of Vietnam, according to the WHO and Bloomberg data. On board the Westerdam, passenger Stephen Hansen said he was relieved when travelers were initially told Monday that they would be allowed to disembark in Thailand. Guests scrambled to rebook flights home and everyone had their temperatures taken. By Tuesday morning, they learned from media reports that Thailand had refused the ship. ‘Back in Limbo’ “To have that snatched away at the last minute with no other solution at hand was very upsetting,” said Hansen, who is traveling with his wife. “So we are back in limbo again.” Hansen called on the governments of passengers’ home countries to seek a solution, saying medicine, food and other supplies would soon run short. Others on the Westerdam took to social media after learning about Thailand’s refusal. The cruise ship operator hasn’t had much news to offer passengers.

a large ship in a body of water: The Holland America Line Inc. Westerdam cruise ship passes through the West Arm of Glacier Bay, Alaska, U.S., on Tuesday, July 9, 2019. © Bloomberg The Holland America Line Inc. Westerdam cruise ship passes through the West Arm of Glacier Bay, Alaska, U.S., on Tuesday, July 9, 2019.

(Bloomberg) -- The 2,257 passengers and crew onboard the Westerdam luxury liner are in limbo once again after Thailand became the latest country to turn the ship away from its ports, leaving guests desperate to disembark after almost two weeks at sea. Fearing that some passengers aboard the Westerdam may be infected with the deadly new coronavirus, Thailand’s Public Health Minister Anutin Charnvirakul announced Tuesday in a Facebook post that he’s directed authorities not to let them disembark. The statement was confirmed by other Thai officials. The ship’s operator has said it has no reason to believe there are any cases of coronavirus on board. The World Health Organization seemed to offer a ray of hope -- saying that health authorities may try to board the ship to assess the passengers’ health to see whether they may be allowed to get off the ship in Thailand.

Related: Cruise ship's virus outbreak leaves crew nowhere to hide

Operated by Holland America Line, a brand owned by Miami-based cruise giant Carnival Corp., the ship has been refused entry by five countries or territories, according to the WHO. Ports in Taiwan, Japan, the Philippines and Guam have also sent it away on concerns over the virus, which has killed more than 1,000 people since it was first reported late last year in Wuhan, China. The refusal and quarantine of cruise ships are the latest stepped-up measures by governments around the world struggling to contain the outbreak. Carnival’s Diamond Princess and its 3,700 passengers are quarantined in the port of Yokohama, Japan, as authorities battle an increasing number of infections onboard. The WHO said Thai officials have indicated that if the ship enters the country’s waters, “authorities may seek to board the ship to determine the health status of passengers and crew, to determine whether they would be allowed to eventually disembark in Thailand,” according to a statement. The ship is currently off the southern coast of Vietnam, according to the WHO and Bloomberg data.

In pictures: Coronavirus outbreak (Photos)

Slide 1 of 49: QINGDAO, Feb. 12, 2020 -- Workers make face masks in the workshop of a textile company in Jimo District of Qingdao, east China's Shandong Province, Feb. 12, 2020. Qingdao Municipal Bureau of Industry and Information Technology has mobilized two large textile companies to produce face masks to help the fight against the novel coronavirus epidemic. With the help and coordination of local authorities, the companies have retrofitted their production equipment and modified the assembly lines to produce face masks. It's expected that an average of 60,000 face masks could be produced per day in the first phase of production. (Photo by Liang Xiaopeng/Xinhua via Getty) (Xinhua/Liang Xiaopeng via Getty Images)

Slide 2 of 49: Passengers on board the MS Westerdam watch as Cambodian officials board the ship in the Cambodian port town of Sihanoukville, where it has been granted permission to dock following nearly two weeks at sea after being turned away by five countries over fears that someone aboard may have the coronavirus, February 13, 2020. Mandatory credit Angela Jones/Handout via REUTERS ATTENTION EDITORS - THIS IMAGE HAS BEEN SUPPLIED BY A THIRD PARTY. NO RESALES. NO ARCHIVES. MANDATORY CREDIT - RC2GZE9E703O

Slide 3 of 49: A quarantine area is seen at a cruise ship terminal, following the outbreak of the coronavirus in China, in Port Klang, Malaysia February 13, 2020. REUTERS/Lim Huey Teng - RC2HZE9ORSAY

Slide 4 of 49: YOKOHAMA, JAPAN - FEBRUARY 13: Workers gather before removing machinery stored on the dock next to the Diamond Princess cruise ship at Daikoku Pier where it is being resupplied and newly diagnosed COVID-19 cases taken for treatment as it remains in quarantine after a number of the 3,700 people on board were diagnosed with coronavirus, on February 13, 2020 in Yokohama, Japan. At least 219 passengers and crew onboard the Diamond Princess cruise ship have tested positive for COVID-19 making it the biggest centre of the virus outside China. Japan has also so far diagnosed 28 other people with the illness, some of whom are evacuees from Wuhan, and has announced measures to ban entry to foreign travelers from Zhejiang alongside an existing ban on non-Japanese nationals coming from Hubei. (Photo by Carl Court/Getty Images)

Slide 5 of 49: Workers install a banner with hygiene recommendations outside the Mobile World Congress MWC venue on February 12, 2020 at the Fira Barcelona Montjuic centre in Barcelona. - Organisers of the World Mobile Congress were holding urgent talks today over the fate of the world's top mobile fair after a string of industry heavyweights withdrew over novel coronavirus, COVID-19, fears, a source close to the meeting said. (Photo by LLUIS GENE / AFP) (Photo by LLUIS GENE/AFP via Getty Images)

Slide 6 of 49: An Indonesian health official checks body temperature of a foreign tourist arriving from Bali island heading to tourist area Gili Trawangan at the Bangsal port in Pemenang Lombok island on February 12, 2020. - The COVID-19 coronavirus that emerged in central China at the end of last year has now killed more than 1,100 people and spread around the world. (Photo by MOH EL SASAKY / AFP) (Photo by MOH EL SASAKY/AFP via Getty Images)

Slide 7 of 49: A man pushes a man on wheelchair past a propaganda banner on a wall in a hutong, following an outbreak of the novel coronavirus in the country, in Beijing, China February 11, 2020. The Chinese characters on the banner read, "Strengthen self-protection, do not panic, believe in science, do not spread rumours". Picture taken February 11, 2020. REUTERS/Tingshu Wang

Slide 8 of 49: TIANJIN, CHINA - 2020/02/11: In a residential district, disinfection personnel wearing protective clothing , are spreading high dense anti-virus spray, to kill the virus on roads and public areas. As of February 10th, 42638 NCP cases ( Novel coronavirus pneumonia) were diagnosed in China. (Photo by Zhang Peng/LightRocket via Getty Images)

Slide 9 of 49: This photo taken on February 11, 2020 shows medical staff members (R) collecting samples from Chinese paramilitary police officer to be tested for the COVID-19 coronavirus as they return from holidays in Shenzhen in China's southern Guangdong province. - The number of fatalities from China's new coronavirus epidemic jumped to 1,113 nationwide on February 12 after another 97 deaths were reported by the national health commission. (Photo by STR / AFP) / China OUT (Photo by STR/AFP via Getty Images)

Slide 10 of 49: A woman wearing a protective facemask walks behind Saint Valentine's decorations in a shopping mall in Bangkok on February 11, 2020. - The death toll from the novel coronavirus outbreak surged past 1,000 in China on February 11 as the World Health Organization warned that the epidemic poses a "very grave" global threat. The WHO is holding a conference in Geneva on combatting the virus as Beijing struggles to contain a disease that has now infected more than 42,000 and reached some 25 countries. (Photo by Mladen ANTONOV / various sources / AFP) (Photo by MLADEN ANTONOV/AFP via Getty Images)

Slide 11 of 49: This photo taken on February 11, 2020 shows a sanitation vehicle disinfecting the street in Tengzhou in China's eastern Shandong province. - The number of fatalities from China's COVID-19 coronavirus epidemic jumped to 1,113 nationwide on February 12 after another 97 deaths were reported by the national health commission. (Photo by STR / AFP) / China OUT (Photo by STR/AFP via Getty Images)

Slide 12 of 49: CHONGQING, CHINA - FEBRUARY 11: -- Medical team members pose for a group photo before leaving for Xiaogan City of Hubei Province at Chongqing Jiangbei International Airport on February 11, 2020 in southwest China's Chongqing. A team comprised of 159 medical workers from Chongqing left for Xiaogan City of Hubei Province on Tuesday to aid the novel coronavirus control efforts there. They will work together with the first batch of medical workers who were dispatched there on Jan. 26. (Photo by Huang Wei/Xinhua via Getty)

Slide 13 of 49: Mandatory Credit: Photo by CHINE NOUVELLE/SIPA/Shutterstock (10553957i) Medical team members of the First Affiliated Hospital of Fujian Medical University prepare to leave for Yichang of central China's Hubei Province. Coronavirus Outbreak, Fuzhou, China - 11 Feb 2020 A 158-member medical team of Fujian Province departed on Tuesday for Yichang, central China's Hubei Province to aid the novel coronavirus control efforts there.

Slide 14 of 49: Vietnamese people repatriated from Chinese city of Wuhan wearing protective suits arrive at Van Don airport, Quang Ninh province, Vietnam February 10, 2020. Picture taken February 10, 2020. REUTERS/Stringer NO RESALES NO ARCHIVES - RC24YE9IC0TO

Slide 15 of 49: Mandatory Credit: Photo by WU HONG/EPA-EFE/Shutterstock (10553716y) A passenger wearing protective mask and holding an umbrella to hang plastic bags to cover herself and her chid's body as protection from Coronavirus, at Beijing railway station in Beijing, China, 11 February 2020. The new study, conducted by prominent Chinese epidemiologist Zhong Nan-shan, shows the 2019 novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV) incubation period can be as long as 24 days, based on the recent analysis from about 1,000 confirmed patients in China. Media reports that the novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV), which originated in the Chinese city of Wuhan, has so far killed 1,017 people, infected 42,717 others, with 21,675 suspected cases mostly in China. Novel coronavirus incubation period is as long as 24 days according to recent study, Beijing, China - 11 Feb 2020

Slide 16 of 49: A woman wearing a face mask walks through a device that sprays disinfectant at an entrance to a residential compound, following an outbreak of the novel coronavirus in the country, in Tianjin, China February 11, 2020. cnsphoto via REUTERS ATTENTION EDITORS - THIS IMAGE WAS PROVIDED BY A THIRD PARTY. CHINA OUT. - RC28YE9UNU1Q

Slide 17 of 49: Police in protective gear wait to evacuate residents from a public housing building, following the outbreak of the novel coronavirus, in Hong Kong, China February 11, 2020. REUTERS/Tyrone Siu

Slide 18 of 49: Family members of passengers onboard the cruise ship Diamond Princess, where dozens of passengers were tested positive for coronavirus, wave and talk to them on the phone at Daikoku Pier Cruise Terminal in Yokohama, Japan February 11, 2020. REUTERS/Issei Kato TPX IMAGES OF THE DAY

Slide 19 of 49: A Malaysian Royal Guard wears a protective mask while he stands guard outside National Palace, following the outbreak of a new coronavirus in China, in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, February 10, 2020. REUTERS/Lim Huey Teng

Slide 20 of 49: Passers-by in Times Square interact with a Promobot robot that informs the public about the symptoms of coronavirus and how to prevent it from spreading, in this still frame obtained from video, in New York City, U.S. February 10, 2020. REUTERS/Reuters TV

Slide 21 of 49: A man wears a protective mask as he watches a movie, following the outbreak of the new coronavirus, in Hong Kong, China February 10, 2020. REUTERS/Tyrone Siu

Slide 22 of 49: A closed Apple store is seen as the country is hit by an outbreak of the novel coronavirus, in Shanghai, China February 10, 2020. REUTERS/Aly Song

Slide 23 of 49: In this picture taken on February 10, 2020 Indian artist Sudarsan Pattnaik puts some final touches as he makes a sand sculpture depicting people wearing protective facemasks with a message reading 'Fight against coronavirus, We stand with China' at Puri beach in Puri. - The number of fatalities from China's new coronavirus epidemic jumped to 1,011 nationwide on February 11 after hard-hit Hubei province reported 103 new deaths. (Photo by - / AFP) (Photo by -/AFP via Getty Images)

Slide 24 of 49: A woman wearing a mask is seen as the country is hit by an outbreak of the novel coronavirus in Shanghai, China February 10, 2020. REUTERS/Aly Song

Slide 25 of 49: A passenger gestures after hanging a banner reading please broadcast this on TV (R) next to banners reading thank you for reporting this (C) and shortage of medicine (L) on the Diamond Princess cruise ship at Daikoku Pier where it is being resupplied and newly diagnosed coronavirus cases taken for treatment as it remains in quarantine after a number of the 3,700 people on board were diagnosed with coronavirus, on February 10, 2020 in Yokohama, Japan. 70 passengers are now confirmed to be infected with coronavirus as Japanese authorities continue treating people on board. The new cases bring the total number of confirmed infections to 96 in Japan, the largest number outside of China.

Slide 26 of 49: In this photo released by Xinhua News Agency, Chinese President Xi Jinping, centre, wearing a protective face mask waves as he inspects the novel coronavirus pneumonia prevention and control work at a neighbourhoods in Beijing, Monday, Feb. 10, 2020. China reported a rise in new virus cases on Monday, possibly denting optimism that its disease control measures like isolating major cities might be working, while Japan reported dozens of new cases aboard a quarantined cruise ship.

Slide 27 of 49: Signs warning patients about the 2019-nCoV strain of the novel coronavirus, are pictured at The County Oak Medical Centre in Brighton, Southern England on February 10, 2020, after it closed for "urgent operational health and safety reasons", following reports a member of staff was infected with the virus. - The British government on Monday warned the outbreak of novel coronavirus was a "serious and imminent threat" and reported four new cases that brought the total recorded in the country to eight. Two hospitals The Royal Free and Guys and St Thomas', have both been designated as "isolation" facilities, with both currently housing Britons who have returned from Wuhan, the Chinese city at the centre of the outbreak.

Slide 28 of 49: Workers and army officers wearing protective suits walk away from the cruise ship Diamond Princess, as they prepare to transfer passengers tested positive for the novel coronavirus, at Daikoku Pier Cruise Terminal in Yokohama, south of Tokyo, Japan February 10, 2020.

Slide 29 of 49: PARIS, FRANCE - FEBRUARY 10: Passengers coming from China wearing protective masks leave the Terminal after landing in Charles De Gaulle Airport on February 10, 2020 in Roissy-en-France. The Coronavirus was first detected in December in Wuhan, the capital of Hubei province, and has left at least 908 dead in mainland China, where the number of infected people exceeds 40,000, according to today’s report by the Chinese authorities. The epidemic is spreading worldwide with confirmed cases in more than 25 countries and territories.

Slide 30 of 49: A woman wearing a face mask walks on the Qianmen pedestrian street in the morning after the extended Lunar New Year holiday caused by the novel coronavirus outbreak, in Beijing, China February 10, 2020.

Slide 31 of 49: A men wears a mask to protect himself against a new coronavirus at the Seoul Railway Station in Seoul, South Korea, February 10, 2020.

Slide 32 of 49: The Royal Free NHS hospital is pictured in London on February 10, 2020, where some of the UK nationals that have been confirmed to have the 2019-nCoV strain of the novel coronavirus have been taken. - The British government on Monday warned the outbreak of novel coronavirus was a "serious and imminent threat" and reported four new cases that brought the total recorded in the country to eight. Two hospitals The Royal Free and Guys and St Thomas', have both been designated as "isolation" facilities, with both currently housing Britons who have returned from Wuhan, the Chinese city at the centre of the outbreak.

Slide 33 of 49: TOPSHOT - Officials (C) check details of Vietnamese citizens repatriated from Wuhan, where the SARS-like novel coronavirus originated, upon their arrival at the Van Don airport in Vietnam's Quang Ninh province on February 10, 2020.

Slide 34 of 49: A couple wearing protective face masks hug at a railway station in Shanghai on February 10, 2020. - The death toll from the novel coronavirus surged past 900 in mainland China on February 10, overtaking global fatalities in the 2002-03 SARS epidemic, even as the World Health Organization said the outbreak appeared to be stabilising.

Slide 35 of 49: Traders wearing face masks are seen on the trading floor at a flower auction trading centre following an outbreak of the novel coronavirus in the country, in Kunming, Yunnan province, China February 10, 2020.

Slide 36 of 49: Military personnel set up a covered walkway next to the Diamond Princess cruise ship, with around 3,600 people quarantined onboard due to fears of the new coronavirus, at the Daikoku Pier Cruise Terminal in Yokohama port on February 10, 2020. - Around 60 more people on board the quarantined Diamond Princess cruise ship moored off Japan have been diagnosed with novel coronavirus, the country's national broadcaster said on February 10, raising the number of infected passengers and crew to around 130.

Slide 37 of 49: People wearing face masks ride a subway in the morning after the extended Lunar New Year holiday caused by the novel coronavirus outbreak, in Shanghai, China February 10, 2020.

Slide 38 of 49: ANAPOLIS, BRAZIL - FEBRUARY 9: Brazilian citizens coming from the Chinese city of Wuhan land and disembark at the Air Force base of Anapolis, State of Goias, on February 9, 2020, Goias, Brazil. The rescued will stay in a kind of hotel inside the Air Base for 18 days. Those who show any symptoms of coronavirus go to another building still on the air base, and if necessary they will be transferred to the armed forces hospital in Brasilia. (Photo by Andressa Anholete / Getty Images)

Slide 39 of 49: Figure Skating - ISU Four Continents Figure Skating Championships 2020 - Exhibition Gala - Waikiki Mokdong Ice Rink, Seoul, South Korea - February 9, 2020 Spectators wear masks amid concerns of coronavirus infections REUTERS/Kim Hong-Ji

Slide 40 of 49: Passengers wearing masks and covered with plastic bags walk outside the Shanghai railway station in Shanghai, China, as the country is hit by an outbreak of a new coronavirus, February 9, 2020. REUTERS/Aly Song

Slide 41 of 49: A group of 20 Germans evacuated from China's coronavirus epicentre Wuhan arrive at the Red Cross Hospital in Berlin Koepenick, Germany, February 9, 2020. REUTERS/Annegret Hilse

Slide 42 of 49: A passenger wearing a mask walks outside the Shanghai railway station in Shanghai, China, as the country is hit by an outbreak of the new coronavirus, February 8, 2020. REUTERS/Aly Song

Slide 43 of 49: A woman wearing a face mask takes selfies after snowfall outside the Forbidden City, as the country is hit by an outbreak of the new coronavirus, in Beijing, China February 6, 2020. REUTERS/Carlos Garcia Rawlins SEARCH "CHINA GHOST" FOR THIS STORY. SEARCH "WIDER IMAGE" FOR ALL STORIES. TPX IMAGES OF THE DAY

Slide 44 of 49: Medical workers in protective suits attend to a novel coronavirus patient at an isolated ward of a designated hospital in Wuhan, Hubei province, China February 6, 2020. Picture taken February 6, 2020. China Daily via REUTERS ATTENTION EDITORS - THIS IMAGE WAS PROVIDED BY A THIRD PARTY. CHINA OUT. - RC2UWE9G8346

Slide 45 of 49: Staff from the U.S. embassy board a cargo plane, chartered by the U.S. State Department to evacuate Americans and Canadians from China due to the outbreak of novel Coronavirus, during the boarding process at Wuhan Tianhe International Airport in Wuhan, China Feb. 7.

Slide 46 of 49: Family members of passengers from the cruise ship "World Dream" docked at Kai Tak cruise terminal, wave on shore in Hong Kong, Saturday, Feb. 8, 2020. The cruise ship "World Dream" with approximately 1,800 passengers remained quarantined in Hong Kong's Victoria Harbour on Saturday. Several passengers from mainland China on a previous World Dream cruise were found to have the new coronavirus on returning home.

Slide 47 of 49: Thai people line up to receive face-masks from Thai officials at a handout station in the Chatuchak weekend market on February 8, 2020 in Bangkok, Thailand. As Thailand confirms its 32nd case of the 2019 Novel Coronavirus and face mask supplies dwindle in stores, Thailand's Ministry of Defence assigned the Army's Medical Department, Phramongkutklao Hospital and the Royal Thai Army Nursing College to send officials to distribute masks to people in crowded tourist areas of Bangkok which are deemed most at risk for spread of the virus.

Slide 48 of 49: An epidemic prevention worker in a protective suit stands by to get on board the cruise ship SuperStar Aquarius docked at Keelung port in New Taipei City, Taiwan, Saturday, Feb, 8, 2020. The cruise ship that was denied the right to dock by Japanese harbor authorities amid fears of the spread of the virus which originated in China spreading across parts of Asia was on Saturday allowed to return to Taiwan.

Slide 49 of 49: Health officials wearing protective clothing carry medical waste out of an isolation ward at the Ernakulam Medical College in Kochi on February 8, 2020. - The new coronavirus that emerged in a Chinese market at the end of last year has killed more than 700 people and spread around the world.

Slide 1 of 49: QINGDAO, Feb. 12, 2020 -- Workers make face masks in the workshop of a textile company in Jimo District of Qingdao, east China's Shandong Province, Feb. 12, 2020. Qingdao Municipal Bureau of Industry and Information Technology has mobilized two large textile companies to produce face masks to help the fight against the novel coronavirus epidemic. With the help and coordination of local authorities, the companies have retrofitted their production equipment and modified the assembly lines to produce face masks. It's expected that an average of 60,000 face masks could be produced per day in the first phase of production. (Photo by Liang Xiaopeng/Xinhua via Getty) (Xinhua/Liang Xiaopeng via Getty Images)

1/49 SLIDES © Xinhua/Liang Xiaopeng/Getty Images

Workers make face masks in the workshop of a textile company in Jimo District of Qingdao, east China's Shandong Province, on Feb. 12. Qingdao Municipal Bureau of Industry and Information Technology has mobilized two large textile companies to produce face masks to help the fight against the novel coronavirus epidemic. On board the Westerdam, passenger Stephen Hansen said he was relieved when travelers were initially told Monday that they would be allowed to disembark in Thailand. Guests scrambled to rebook flights home and everyone had their temperatures taken. By Tuesday morning, they learned from media reports that Thailand had refused the ship. ‘Back in Limbo’

To have that snatched away at the last minute with no other solution at hand was very upsetting,” said Hansen, who is traveling with his wife. “So we are back in limbo again.”

Hansen called on the governments of passengers’ home countries to seek a solution, saying medicine, food and other supplies would soon run short. Others on the Westerdam took to social media after learning about Thailand’s refusal.

The cruise ship operator hasn’t had much news to offer passengers.

Related: Life on board a coronavirus-hit cruise ship (Reuters)

a group of people near a sign: Passengers take a walk around the cruise ship Diamond Princess at Daikoku Pier Cruise Terminal in Yokohama, south of Tokyo, Japan February 12, 2020. Around 3,700 people are facing at least two weeks locked away on a cruise liner anchored off Japan after health officials confirmed 175 people on the ship had tested positive for coronavirus and more cases were possible. REUTERS/Kim Kyung-hoon

“We are actively working this matter and will provide an update when we are able,” Holland America Line said, adding it’s aware of the reports about Thailand’s refusal. “We know this is confusing for our guests and their families and we greatly appreciate their patience.”

I can understand how despair can set in when hope is dashed. Ive never been one to accept Helplessness. As of now our ship hasn't told us we are not going to Thailand to disembark. First time this morning laughter was heard that has again quieted #westerdam @HALcruises

— AJ (@Mountain_AJ) February 11, 2020

In a blog post Monday evening, the operator announced the ship was headed to Laem Chabang port -- about 50 miles east of Bangkok -- where passengers would disembark and end their journey on Feb. 13.

The ship’s plight is adding to Carnival’s woes sparked by the virus.

The Westerdam departed Hong Kong on Feb. 1 on a 14-day Taiwan and Japan cruise. The 1,455 guests, traveling with 802 crew members, were originally scheduled to disembark at Yokohama Feb. 15, according to blog posts on Holland America Line’s website. The ship has sufficient fuel and food provisions to last until the end of the voyage, according to an earlier Holland America Line blog post on its website. While passengers wait for news, Christina Kerby said she’s been killing time learning how to fold bath towels into decorative shapes. The Northern California resident kept her posts upbeat and humorous: Here’s a science fiction plot line for ya. Amidst a global epidemic that wipes out the earth’s population, it’s up to the people aboard one cruise ship- the only safe place on earth- to repopulate the planet. **Passengers onboard the #Westerdam begin eyeing each other nervously**

— Christina Kerby (@ChristinaKerby) February 9, 2020

https://www.msn.com/en-gb/news/world/cruise-ship-rejected-by-five-ports-runs-out-of-options/ar-BBZSRfd?li=AAnZ9Ug 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 2-12-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The South gets soaked! 17 MILLION are on flood alert as slow moving storm dumps rain from Texas to North Carolina and six inches of snow is expected in the Great Lakes and New England

The slow-moving storm system will continue dropping rain on the south through the middle of the week

Due to an already saturated soil, flash flooding and washed out roads will be a concern for millions this week

Meanwhile a band of snow will hit the Great Lakes and New England through Friday, forecasters have said

By Keith Griffith For Dailymail.com and Associated Press Published: 01:12 EST, 12 February 2020 | Updated: 11:19 EST, 12 February 2020

A slow-moving storm system threatens millions of people with flooding in the Deep South, while up to six inches of snow is forecast for parts of the Great Lakes and New England. The National Weather Service on Tuesday issued flood alerts for a region stretching from east Texas to Tennessee and North Carolina, covering some 17 million people at risk of flooding. The slow-moving system could drop an additional two to three inches of rain into Wednesday on already-saturated ground, raising the risk of floods, the NWS said. In Tennessee, a hillside collapsed, roads were flooded and rivers were rising on Tuesday after a day of heavy rains, and in Mississippi a dam threatened to fail. The National Weather Service said minor to moderate flooding was expected from central Mississippi to north Georgia following downpours. The Tennessee River was predicted to crest about 7 feet (2.1 meters) above flood level at Perryville, Tennessee, on Sunday. Near Great Smoky Mountains National Park in eastern Tennessee, tons of rock and soil slid off a 70-foot (21-meter) hillside and blocked the northbound side of a U.S. 441 spur linking the tourist towns of Gatlinburg and Pigeon Forge, the National Park Service said. At least 45 dump truck loads will be required to clear the road, officials estimated, but no injuires were reported. Multiple roads were covered with water or washed out because of rainfall that exceeded 5 inches in spots across central Alabama, and forecasters said totals could reach 6 inches by nightfall. Schools opened late or closed in parts of Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana because of flash flooding. A flood watch stretched from eastern Texas to Mississippi, and parts of Alabama were under flood warnings. North of Birmingham in Cullman, the sheriff's office said Deputy Adam Clark and his police dog were badly injured in a wreck during heavy rains overnight. The cause of the crash was under investigation. In eastern Mississippi, officials in Starkville said the water at Oktibbeha County Lake had once again reached a critical level just weeks after heavy rains caused a mudslide that put the earthen dam in danger of failing. Pumps had been used to lower the lake level by about eight feet since mid-January, but officials said the water had risen to an even higher than before because of recent storms. 'It has risen over 8.5 feet from our low elevation during pumping and continues to rise,' said a statement by Kristen Campanella, emergency management director in Oktibbeha County. Officials also were monitoring the site of a potential dam failure in Yazoo County, where the Mississippi Emergency Management Agency said a 40-acre lake in a subdivision was leaking around a culvert and washing away dirt, threatening four homes and a church. Five homes were evacuated after a levee breach in Leake. Elsewhere in Mississippi, 25 homes had been damaged and four people were hurt in wrecks caused by vehicles hydroplaning on wet roads, according to the state. The damage was worst in Yazoo, where a dozen people were displaced from homes. In addition, the National Weather Service confirmed Tuesday that an EF-1 tornado touched down Monday about 2.5 miles northwest of Piave, Mississippi, in Greene County. The twister caused minor roof damage and uprooted several trees, the weather agency said. The Tennessee Valley region has received 550 per cent of its normal rainfall during the past seven days, James Everett, senior manager of the Tennessee Valley Authority's River Forecast Center, said in a briefing. Rainfall averaged around 6 inches across the valley, but some places got as much as nine inches. 'We're getting a brief break in rainfall today, but we expect it to pick up tomorrow through Thursday,' Everett said. To manage all of the water, the TVA will continue storing water in large mountain reservoirs to help reduce flooding downstream, Everett said. The agency plans to adjust its strategy for water storage and flows depending on how much more water falls on the already saturated ground, he said. Isolated tornadoes and winds in excess of 60mph are possible in some areas of the South after nightfall Wednesday, the National Weather Service said. With the weather system moving eastward, West Virginia Governor Jim Justice instructed emergency officials to be ready for flooding in addition to high water that already had led to school closures in the state.  Meanwhile, the same system threatens to disrupt air travel and make roads dangerous farther north. Winter weather alerts are in affect from Kansas City to Syracuse, New York. On Wednesday, an area of snow, or a rain-and-snow mixture, is possible from north-central Oklahoma northeast as far as western Pennsylvania. Less than six inches of total snow is predicted for most other areas from the Texas Panhandle to the Midwest. However some six-plus-inch totals are possible from central Illinois, central Indiana and northern Ohio into the higher elevations of upstate New York and central New England.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7994333/Flood-alerts-effect-17-MILLION-slow-moving-storm-dumps-rain-Deep-South.html 

:: 2-11-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Many 'Super Spreaders' Are On The Loose With Millions Escaping Wuhan Before The Lockdown And Experts Now Warning 60% Of The Global Population Might Eventually Be Infected?

Preparing To Survive TEOTWAWKI With No Life Saving Medications

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die February 11, 2020

On Monday in this ANP story titled "Bioweapons Expert Warns ANP: The 'Nazi Death Science Biological Warfare Work' Going On In America MUST Be Stopped! This Is What YOU Can Do To Help Protect America - In A 'Worst Case Scenario', Coronavirus Could Collapse America's Heathcare System" we reported that we'd be taking a look at some alternatives to some of the major medications that Americans use with coronavirus a threat to the world's pharmaceutical supply chain and China supplying the majority of drugs in America so we'll be doing that in this story as well as taking a look at some very concerning news out in the last few days. While the mainstream media and others have called this coronavirus possibly being a bioweapon a 'conspiracy theory', time will certainly tell. With a new warning from an expert that coronavirus could eventually infect 60% of the world's population another sign of just how far this outbreak could spread, we get more proof from this story over at Focus Taiwan that we're really only seeing the 'tip of the iceberg' in the number of coronavirus deaths and just how lethal this 'virus' really is from medical experts who've been studying the outbreak there. And the following paragraphs from their story both confirm what we had reported in this January 30th ANP story titled "Weathering The Coming Storm: How To Overcome Our Own Bodies Immune System's Attempts To Kill Us - Understanding The Deadly 'Cytokine Storm" as well as add a chilling new dimension to reports of people with the disease being cured; it often comes back with a frightening vengeance! From Focus Taiwan.: Experts have blamed a form of systemic inflammatory response syndrome called "cytokine storm" for killing some novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV)-infected patients who were not very sick in the early stage of infection but eventually died of multiple organ failure, according to Chinese media reports. The epidemic, which started mid-December in Wuhan, in China's Hubei Province, had claimed more than 800 lives in China as of Feb. 8, including Li Wenliang (李文亮), a 34-year-old ophthalmologist at Wuhan Central Hospital who tried to issue the first warning about the deadly coronavirus outbreak late last year but was silenced by the Chinese authorities. Li was confirmed Feb. 1 to have been infected after treating a patient who later tested positive for coronavirus. He died on Friday. While most victims have been middle-aged, elderly or suffering from chronic disease according to official Chinese data, Li's death, as well as that of a 39-year-old man in Hong Kong, drew media attention as the epidemic has attacked more than 37,000 people in 28 countries around the world. According to Chinese media reports, Zhong Ming (鍾鳴), a physician at the department of critical care medicine of Zhongshan Hospital in Shanghai, warned that in some novel coronavirus cases, patients who developed only moderate symptoms at the onset of the disease later fell seriously ill and died of multiple organ failure. He termed the condition a "storm of inflammations"   And with this story over at the Guardian reporting that a 'super spreader' of the virus had unknowingly infected at least 11 others in 3 different countries, a perfect example of how quickly this disease can spread without people even knowing they had it, how many more such 'super spreaders' are now on the loose across the world with even the Associated Press reporting millions had escaped Wuhan before the quarantine was launched? As mentioned previously above, this new story over at the Guardian is absolutely mind-blowing with a coronavirus expert warning that 60% of the world's population could eventually be infected by the 'virus', hinting at something not only straight out of our worst nightmares but helping us to understand why the US Department of Defense is now setting up mass quarantine camps across the US as Mac Slavo reports in this new story over at SHTFPlan. It appears that things are about to 'get real'. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days and weeks ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) Once again reminding us of the movie "12 Monkeys" where one person intentionally flew with a killer virus to numerous cities to infect and eventually kill off most of the world's population with a 'novel virus', just imagine how much damage might be caused all across the planet with over a million people from Wuhan 'on the loose', with authorities having no idea where they have gone! And with reports coming out now from CNN of all places that that the first US evacuee infected with coronavirus was mistakenly released from the hospital because the initial tests performed on him didn't detect the virus, how many more such cases are there across the US, of people returning from China being tested with those tests not detecting the virus even though the person might be infected? Mike Adams over at Natural News had warned near the beginning of this outbreak that the proper tests to detect it weren't available due to the numerous mutations it was going through and now he reports that between 50% and 70% of the test kits rushed out to detect coronavirus are failing! So how many positive coronavirus patients are walking around right now in America freely due to inaccurate test results, possibly spreading the disease to others who'll do the same with many not showing symptoms for up to 14 days? Before we go on, two recent stories from the South China Morning Post give us the latest looks at what's happening there as China's capital city of Beijing is locked down and as we see in the gif image above taken from this 2nd SCMP story titled "Coronavirus: Everything You Need To Know In A Visual Explainer", the prices of medical supplies such as masks are skyrocketing and the lines are incredibly long. And if nothing else, seeing that gif image gives us every reason to avoid the cities and mass population centers all across America, if possible, while this beast is on the loose. Before we continue below, we must emphasize here that we ARE NOT medical doctors, we're simply looking out for what we as Americans may have to do should TEOTWAWKI unfold here in America and Americans dependent upon crucial medication no longer able to get their medications. This content is not intended to be a substitute for professional medical advice, diagnosis, or treatment. Always seek the advice of your physician or other qualified health provider with any questions you may have regarding a medical condition. In addition, as always we open up our comment section below to all of you and your suggestions on this topic as we truly believe that the very best sources of information are all of you and your own experiences, suggestions and sources, so PLEASE weigh in with whatever you think might help others. Your advice might save someone else's life. With 'a storm of inflammations' from a cytokine storm killing many victims of coronavirus according to medical doctors, with their bodies own immune systems quite literally attacking and killing them, we'll first take a look here at natural ways to deal with inflammation. As Natural News had reported in this 2018 story, scientists have confirmed that inflammation is the cause of almost all diseases and they had some great suggestions on how to help treat that inflammation naturally. ANP is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. Fortunately, inflammation can be avoided or prevented in natural ways. One of these is by including naturally powerful, anti-inflammatory herbs. These include turmeric, ginger, Manuka honey, green tea, white willow bark, olive leaf extract, cloves, chili peppers, black peppers, frankincense, bark from maritime pine tree, cat’s claw, pepper, rosemary and cinnamon. These herbs will help reverse chronic inflammation in the body very fast. Another natural way to fight chronic inflammation is by adhering to an anti-inflammatory diet. In this diet, refined sugar and processed oils like corn and canola oil, are eliminated as these two things worsen chronic inflammation. Including fresh organic fruits and vegetables, seeds, beans, sprouts, whole grains, and healthy oils that are rich in omega 3s – coconut oil or hemp seed oil, helps in reducing inflammation. According to this 2017 story over at Medscapes titled "From Folk to Pharma: Natural Remedies That Became Medications", up to 25% or more of 'big pharma' medications were derived from plants and other natural sources. With 97% of America's antibiotics coming from China according to this story over at ABC 7, we're going to be starting here with all-natural antibiotics, with garlic and honey absolutely being our favorites here at ANP, having used them numerous times to help get rid of tooth infections, etc. And as this story at Natural News had reported, garlic is not only 'antibiotic' but can kill off parasites, viruses, bacterial infections, is anti-fungal and is a great source of antioxidants so garlic is absolutely our #1 go-to though as this story over at Medical News Today reports, there are a number of other all-natural antibiotics available as well. This extended excerpt from their story. The scientific jury is still out concerning natural antibiotics. While people have used remedies like these for hundreds of years, most treatments have not been thoroughly tested. However, some show promising results under medical review, and further studies are underway. With an ongoing increase in drug-resistant bacteria, scientists are looking to nature when developing new medications.

Here, we examine the science behind seven natural antibiotics.

1. Garlic Cultures across the world have long recognized garlic for its preventive and curative powers. Research has found that garlic can be an effective treatment against many forms of bacteria, including Salmonella and Escherichia coli (E. coli). Garlic has even been considered for use against multi-drug resistant tuberculosis.

2. Honey Since the time of Aristotle, honey has been used as an ointment that helps wounds to heal and prevents or draws out infection. Healthcare professionals today have found it helpful in treating chronic wounds, burns, ulcers, bedsores, and skin grafts. For example, results of a study from 2016 demonstrate that honey dressings can help to heal wounds. The antibacterial effects of honey are usually attributed to its hydrogen peroxide content. However, manuka honey fights off bacteria, though it has a lower hydrogen peroxide content. A 2011 study reported that the best-known type of honey inhibits approximately 60 kinds of bacteria. It also suggests that honey successfully treats wounds infected with methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). Antibacterial properties aside, honey may help wounds to heal by providing a protective coating that fosters a moist environment. (ANP: We'll swear by Manuka Honey as well from personal experience as being an excellent antibiotic.)

3. Ginger The scientific community also recognizes ginger as a natural antibiotic. Several studies, including one published in 2017, have demonstrated ginger's ability to fight many strains of bacteria. Researchers are also exploring ginger's power to combat seasickness and nausea and to lower blood sugar levels.

4. Echinacea Native American and other traditional healers have used echinacea for hundreds of years to treat infections and wounds. Researchers are beginning to understand why. A study published in the Journal of Biomedicine and Biotechnology reports that extract of Echinacea purpurea can kill many different kinds of bacteria, including Streptococcus pyogenes (S. pyogenes). S. pyogenes is responsible for strep throat, toxic shock syndrome, and the "flesh-eating disease" known as necrotizing fasciitis. Echinacea may also fight inflammation associated with bacterial infection. It is available to purchase in health stores or online.

5. Goldenseal Goldenseal is usually consumed in tea or capsules to treat respiratory and digestive problems. However, it may also combat bacterial diarrhea and urinary tract infections. In addition, results of a recent study support the use of goldenseal to treat skin infections. In a lab, goldenseal extracts were used to prevent MRSA from damaging tissue. A person taking prescription medications should check with a doctor before taking goldenseal, as this supplement can cause interference. Goldenseal also contains berberine, an important component of natural antibiotics. This alkaloid is not safe for infants, or women who are pregnant or breastfeeding. Goldenseal capsules are available to purchase in health stores or online.

6. Clove Clove has traditionally been used in dental procedures. Research is now finding that clove water extract may be effective against many different kinds of bacteria, including E. coli.

7. Oregano Some believe that oregano boosts the immune system and acts as an antioxidant. It may have anti-inflammatory properties. While researchers have yet to verify these claims, some studies show that oregano is among the more effective natural antibiotics, particularly when it is made it into an oil. And while we'll re-emphasize here once again that we are not medical doctors and this content is not intended to be a substitute for medical advice, should coronavirus along with SHTF arrive here in earnest in America and our supply lines for medications are cut off as some are now warning may happen, people will be doing whatever they possibly can to survive so we'll be taking a look in part 2 of this story at attempting to replace other life saving medications that millions of Americans use daily.

In the 3rd video below, Mike Adams identifies 3 molecules that might help to inhibit coronavirus replication as also reported in this new Natural News story while in the final video below, Adams argues why it's time to start thinking beyond 'containment' with all signs emerging this could get very ugly, very quickly as we're now seeing in China.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Prepare_For_No_Pharma_Coronavirus_Charts.php 

:: 2-10-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Meanwhile In Brazil... Scientists Discover 'Puzzling' Virus Of Unknown Origins Without Recognizable Genes

by Tyler Durden Mon, 02/10/2020 - 23:45

The findings of a new virus by Brazilian researchers have 'puzzled' the scientific community, consisting of unrecognizable genes, a new study revealed, published in bioRxiv. The "mysterious" virus was discovered in amoebas in an artificial lake in Brazil has been considered the world's smallest lifeforms, because none can survive and reproduce without a host, some scientists have questioned whether they should even be considered living creatures. Researcher, Jônatas Abrahão, a virologist at the Federal University of Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte, called the new virus "yaravirus," a character from Brazilian mythology that means "mother of all waters." When Abrahão and his team sequenced the new virus genome, they discovered that 90% of the DNA sequence was from unknown origins. Elodie Ghedin of New York University, who sequences viruses in sewage, said the finding of yaravirus isn't surprising. Ghedin said 95% of viruses in sewage have "no matches to reference genomes [in databases]," adding that, in Abrahão's case, new viruses are found all the time.  Researchers were unclear about the impact of the new virus on human health. Future tests could include making those connections. The approach "is an important tool to learn the distribution of hundreds or thousands of viral genomes," Abrahão said. Curtis Suttle, an environmental virologist at the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, said that some viruses that are found within humans keep us healthy, and others are essential for keeping ecosystems humming smoothly. "We could not survive without [them]," Suttle said. "There are enormous benefits to the discovery and characterization of viruses." The recent finding by Abrahão and his team shows just how much modern science lacks in their characterization of viruses found on Earth. This is currently the case in Nigeria, where the government has warned about a "strange epidemic" of a mystery virus that has claimed the life of 15 people in less than one week. The outbreak of coronavirus in China and across the world has also shown just how underprepared governments and the scientific community are to emerging infectious diseases.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/yaravirus-scientist-discover-puzzling-virus-unknown-origins-without-recognizable-genes 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 2--20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Japan is rattled by 5.2-magnitude earthquake near Fukushima

The earthquake struck around 20 miles off the coast of Fukushima province

Witnesses said they had felt a 10-second long shake during the tremor today

No tsunami warning has been put in place by Japan's meteorological agency

By Tim Stickings For Mailonline Published: 06:35 EST, 12 February 2020 | Updated: 07:17 EST, 12 February 2020

Japan was rattled by a 5.2-magnitude earthquake off the coast of Fukushima province today.

The quake struck just over 50 miles from the city of Fukushima where the nuclear disaster occurred in 2011. Witnesses said they had felt a 10-second long shake during the tremor at around 7.30pm local time. No tsunami warning has been put in place by Japan's meteorological agency. The US Geological Survey said today's earthquake had struck at a depth of around 50 miles under the sea. One witness told earthquake monitoring service EMSC that the quake produced a 'weak but long shake' lasting about 10 seconds. Another said their heater had moved around on its four wheels while making a sound. Officials in Fukushima prefecture warned residents that there could be aftershocks and directed them to official public safety advice. Energy company TEPCO, which runs four nuclear power plants in the prefecture, said it was awaiting further information about the earthquake's impact. In 2011, Fukushima was the site of the world's worst nuclear disaster since Chernobyl when a 9.1-magnitude earthquake caused a tsunami. The wave flooded the nuclear power plant and caused a massive meltdown, spewing out radiation that forced 160,000 people to flee their homes. Japan is located on the Pacific 'Ring of Fire' and is one of the world's most earthquake-prone countries.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7995301/Japan-rattled-5-2-magnitude-earthquake-near-Fukushima.html 

:: 2--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coronavirus Outbreak Could Affect the Availability (and Cost) of THESE Essential Products from China

by Daisy Luther

The effects of the Wuhan coronavirus could end up being far more widespread than the illness itself. It is already affecting China’s economy, potentially to the tune of $60 billion. Other predictions are even less optimistic, suggesting that if the outbreak isn’t rapidly contained, Chinese banks could face a $6 trillion disaster. And the fallout won’t stop with China. The United States and China are intimately linked economically. The coronavirus outbreak could directly affect our economy, as well as the availability of many essential products that are made in China. How the Wuhan coronavirus outbreak could affect economies Zero Hedge reports that it has “all the hallmarks of a true Black Swan event.” If you’re not familiar with that term, it is a market-related term that describes a severe and unexpected event that cannot be predicted beforehand but could potentially cause catastrophic damage to the economy. (You can learn more about the term “black swan” here.) A report on GnS suggests that it isn’t just the US and China that could suffer economically. Tuomas Malinen writes that this could trigger a global economic catastrophe. The first shoe to drop outside China is likely to be the export-and China-dependent Eurozone. And, as we have warned on several occasions, many European banks will be unable to withstand a recession (see also Q-Review 3/2019 and Q-Review 4/2019). When the European banking crisis, driven by the ensuing recession, resumes it will “go-global” fast as Europe holds the biggest concentration of globally systemically important banks, or G-SIBs. It is also unlikely that hyper-valued U.S. stock markets will be able to endure the impact of a global recession. This is even more the case if the Fed tapers its term repo-operations in February, as planned. Global recession, a European banking crisis and a crash in the U.S. capital markets will produce a global economic collapse which will almost certainly overwhelm any attempts—massive and coordinated as they may be—to turn the tide by over-stretched central banks and over-indebted governments. This is, why the coronavirus outbreak should be treated for what it is: a potential harbinger of human and economic calamity. (source) Currently, at least, global stocks are rising in optimism of a slowdown of the spread of the virus, but the Federal Reserve is monitoring the risk of economic disruption. What does this mean for us? All this market stuff is a whole bunch of big numbers that don’t feel very personally relatable. But that doesn’t mean we won’t suffer financially as a result of the outbreak. Getting down to nuts and bolts, how will this affect us here in the United States personally? There are a few different ways. First of all, we import a crapton of stuff from China. The cost of goods could go up as China attempts to recover from its own economic crisis. The availability of goods could decrease since 400 million people are currently locked down in China. It’s a pretty safe guess that manufacturing is not ticking along as it has been in the past. And it goes even deeper than that. Even products that are “made in China” have components that are made in the United States. A lot of the research and development is done in the states, and of course, the retail aspect also takes place here. In fact, 56% of what you pay for an item “made in China” goes to American workers and businesses. And with the latest news that the virus can live up to 9 days on surfaces and that the actual incubation period is 24 days and not 14, well, bringing stuff in from China no longer seems like such a great idea now, does it?

So you can see how the ripple effect could cause a lot of problems on our side of the ocean. Here are the products we currently import from China Last April, the US and China were involved in a trade war that resulted in tariffs being added to products we were importing from China. At that time, my friend Marilyn Matthews compiled a very thorough list of the products that could see a price increase due to import tariffs. That list is useful today in that we can use it to predict the products that could soon increase in price, be in short supply, or even be completely unavailable. You can use this list to foresee the things that could become a problem. Some things you could stock up on – like medications – but others are items you won’t know you need until you actually need them – like parts to repair your furnace.

Tires, tire retreading products, all rubber products including but not limited to stoppers, caps, lids, hoses, belts, tubes, pipes, etc. This will affect everything that rolls or is contained.

Antifreeze and de-icing fluids

Iron and iron alloys and steel products

Aluminum and alloys

Nuclear reactors and parts

Central heating units and parts, furnace burners and all parts, furnaces, ovens, and water heaters,

Turbines of all kinds, combustion piston engines, ignitions, compressors

Hydraulic engines, pneumatic engines, turbo engines

Pumps of all kinds

Machinery for food production commercial and home use

Papermaking and bookmaking, anything printed

Cartons, boxes, containers for mailing and shipping

Textile machines, any and everything to do with needlework of any kind in textiles

Metalworks: Anything to do with machinery involved in this industry, drilling, milling, grinding, smoothing, shaping, punching, polishing, etc.

Woodworking machinery of any all kinds

Cast iron parts and products

Chainsaws and parts

Cash registers

Anything to do with computers, electronics, magnetic storage, whole or in parts

Medical devices

Microwaves

TVs

Car computer components,

Concrete mixers

Earthmoving, crushing, grinding, and sorting machinery of all kinds

Glass optic machinery

Assembly machinery of all kinds

Vacuum molding machinery

Thermoforming machinery

Rope and cable manufacturing machinery, both metal and fiber

Floor polishers,

Trash compactors

Pulleys

Ball bearings

Welders

Electric motors

Generators of all applications from large to small

Electromagnetics

Lab equipment for all applications

Broadcast equipment

Safety control equipment (flight record data box for example)

Railway and shipping equipment of any and all types

Tractors

Motor vehicles of all kinds. If it rolls it’s on the list.

If it flies it’s on the list as well as the parts to repair or assemble

If it floats it’s on the list.

Satellites of all kinds and all parts

And it isn’t just mechanical goods and electronics. A large number of medications and medical supplies will be affected:

Coenzyme Q10 (ubidecarenone) heart health supplement increases oxygen

Quinone drugs including Malaria testing kits

Aromatic drugs derived from carboxylic acids with additional oxygen function, and their derivatives

Amfetamine (INN) benzfetamine (INN), dexamfetamine (INN), etilamfetamine used to treat ADHD, hyperactivity, narcolepsy, athletic performance and cognitive enhancer

antidepressants, tranquilizers and other psychotherapeutic agents, monoamine drugs

cardiovascular drugs of amino-compounds with oxygen function

dermatological agents and local anesthetics

Lidocaine

oxygen increase breathing drugs for cardio patients and asthmatics

Anesthesia drugs

Thyroid drugs, hormone drugs

TB drugs

Anti-malaria drugs

Immunological products and drugs

Vaccines for human medicine

Vaccines for veterinary medicine

Human blood; animal blood prepared for therapeutic, prophylactic, diagnostic uses; toxins, cultures of micro-organisms

Antibiotics

Diabetes drugs, testing strips, syringes

Asthma drugs

Ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, norephedrine – vasodilators

Other medications containing alkaloids or derivatives

Medicaments containing vitamin B2 synthesized from aromatic or mod. aromatic compounds, in dosage form or packed for retail

Medicaments containing vitamin B12 synthesized from aromatic or mod. aromatic compounds, in dosage form or packed for retail

Medicaments containing vitamin E synthesized from aromatic or mod. aromatic compounds, in dosage form or packed

Adhesive dressings and other articles having an adhesive layer, coated or impregnated with pharmaceutical substances, packed for retail

Herbicides

Triethanolamine will affect surfactants (any detergent), emulsifiers, and cosmetics

Sterile surgical catgut, suture materials, tissue adhesives for wound closure, laminaria, laminaria tents, and absorbable hemostatic.

Algins used as thickening or stabilizing agents in foodstuffs and other products.

Drugs used to dilate the cervix

Blood-grouping reagents – medical blood tests

Opacifying preparation for X-ray examination; diagnostic reagent designed to be administered to the patient such as Barium for GI series, dyes, and stains for other radiologic tests

Antigens or antisera antiserum. A serum containing antibodies that are specific for one or more antigens. Also called immune serum. Human or animal serum containing one or more antibodies that are specific for one or more antigens and are administered to confer immunity.

Thorium – coats tungsten filaments used in old-fashioned light bulbs, TVs, electronics, etc.

Dental cement and other dental fillings; bone reconstruction cement

Chemical contraceptive preparations based on hormones or spermicides, birth control

Gel preparation use human/veterinary medicine lubricant in surgical operations, physical exam, or coupling agent between body & medical instrument, such as KY Jelly

Appliances identifiable for ostomy use

That’s a whole lot of stuff – and much of it is incredibly vital, like medications, medical supplies, and essential components of things that we use every day.

Conclusion It’s impossible to say whether the items in the list above will become unavailable, just like it’s impossible to truly predict how far and fast the Wuhan coronavirus will spread. Like the virus, we just don’t know enough yet and the situation is rapidly evolving. If nothing else, your awareness of the possible economic and supply ramifications is a tool in your arsenal. Preparing for the economic fallout is just as important as preparing for the virus itself. You won’t be caught totally by surprise like most of the other folks in this country. At this point, 2020 has certainly been full of surprises. It would be difficult not to wonder with a certain amount of dread, what’s next?

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/coronavirus-products-from-china/ 

:: 2--20 Texas Department of State Health Services :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus-Novel

Data FAQs Immunization Investigation Reporting Resources

For current 2019 novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV) guidance documents and information please see the DSHS Novel Coronavirus website: https://www.dshs.texas.gov/coronavirus/ .

Disease Condition

Novel coronavirus causing severe acute respiratory disease.

Organism

Two novel coronaviruses have been identified—SARS coronavirus (SARS-CoV) and MERS coronavirus (MERS-CoV).

SARS-CoV (the coronavirus that causes Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS) was first recognized in China in 2002, and it caused a worldwide outbreak from 2002 to 2003. Since 2004, there have not been any known cases of SARS-CoV infection reported anywhere in the world.

MERS-CoV (the coronavirus that causes Middle East Respiratory Syndrome, or MERS) was first reported in Saudi Arabia in 2012, and it continues to circulate and cause illness. Between 2012 and June 30, 2018, 2,229 MERS-CoV cases has been reported to the World Health Organization (WHO), 83% of whom were reported by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. In total, cases have been reported from 27 countries in the Middle East, North Africa, Europe, the United States, and Asia.

In addition to novel coronaviruses, there are four “seasonal” (non-novel) coronaviruses—alpha coronaviruses 229E and NL63, and beta coronaviruses OC43 and HKU1—that commonly circulate and that most people get some time in their lives. In contrast to the novel coronaviruses, seasonal coronaviruses typically cause mild to moderate upper-respiratory illness of short duration.

Transmission

The ways that common human coronaviruses spread have not been studied very much. It is likely that human coronaviruses spread from an infected person to others through–

The air by coughing and sneezing,

Close personal contact, such as touching or shaking hands,

Touching an object or surface with germs on it, then touching your mouth, nose, or eyes before washing your hands, or

Rarely, fecal contamination.

MERS-CoV has repeatedly entered the human population via direct or indirect contact with infected dromedary camels in the Arabian Peninsula. Limited, non-sustained human-to-human spread mainly in health care settings continues to occur, primarily in Saudi Arabia. The risk of exported cases to areas outside of the Middle East due to travel remains significant. There is no evidence of sustained human-to-human spread in the community.

Symptoms

Based on current information, the time between when a person is exposed to MERS-CoV and when they start to have symptoms is usually 5 or 6 days, but can range from 2-14 days. Most people confirmed to have MERS-CoV infection have had severe acute respiratory illness with symptoms of fever, cough, and shortness of breath. Some people also had gastrointestinal symptoms including diarrhea and nausea or vomiting. For many people with MERS, more severe complications followed, such as pneumonia and kidney failure. About 3 to 4 out of every 10 people reported with MERS have died. Most of the people who died had an underlying medical condition. Some infected people had mild symptoms (such as cold-like symptoms) or no symptoms at all; they recovered. Based on what researchers know so far, people with pre-existing medical conditions—such as diabetes, cancer, and chronic lung, heart, and kidney disease—may be more likely to become infected with MERS, or have a severe case. Individuals with weakened immune systems are also at higher risk for getting MERS or having a severe case.

Prevention

Currently, there are no vaccines to prevent coronavirus infections, including infections with MERS-CoV. General preventive measures to protect yourself from respiratory illness—including novel coronavirus disease—including the following:

Wash your hands often with soap and water for 20 seconds, and help young children do the same. If soap and water are not available, use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer.

Cover your nose and mouth with a tissue when you cough or sneeze, and then throw the tissue in the trash.

Avoid touching your eyes, nose, and mouth with unwashed hands.

Avoid personal contact—such as kissing, or sharing cups or eating utensils—with sick people.

Clean and disinfect frequently touched surfaces such as toys and doorknobs.

In addition to the measures listed above, the following preventive measures are recommended for travelers to countries in the Arabian Peninsula:

Wash your hands often with soap and water. If soap and water are not available, use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer.

Avoid touching your eyes, nose, and mouth. Germs spread this way.

Avoid close contact with sick people.

Be sure you are up-to-date with all of your shots and, if possible, see your healthcare provider at least 4–6 weeks before travel to get any additional shots.

Visit CDC’s Travelers’ Health website for more information on healthy travel.

Practice general hygiene measures, including regular handwashing before and after touching animals, and avoid contact with sick animals.

For more information about World Health Organization (WHO) general precautions for anyone visiting farms, markets, barns, or other places where animals are present, please see http://www.who.int/csr/disease/coronavirus_infections/faq/en/ .

People who are traveling to provide health care services in the Arabian Peninsula should review CDC's recommendations for infection control of confirmed or suspected MERS cases.

Avoid contact with camels if you are at a higher risk of severe illness.

If you are sick:

Cover your mouth with a tissue when you cough or sneeze, and throw the used tissue in the trash.

Avoid contact with other people to keep from infecting them. This might mean delaying your travel until you are well.

Call a doctor if you develop a fever and symptoms of lower respiratory illness, such as cough or shortness of breath, within 14 days after traveling from countries in or near the Arabian Peninsula. You should tell the doctor about your recent travel before you go in for an appointment.

Tell people who have been in close contact with you to monitor their health for 14 days after the last time they were around you.

They should call a doctor and tell them about your illness and travel history and their current symptoms.

If you get sick while you are traveling, see Getting Health Care Abroad for information about how to locate medical services overseas.

Persons who are confirmed to have, or being evaluated for, MERS-CoV infection should do the following to prevent transmission of illness:

Stay home, except for getting medical care (if needed)

Separate yourself from other people in your home

Call ahead before visiting your doctor

Wear a facemask

Cover your coughs and sneezes

Wash your hands

Avoid sharing household items

Monitor your symptoms

Recent Texas Trends

No cases of novel coronavirus (including MERS-CoV) have been identified in Texas residents.

Public health departments continue to work with healthcare providers to identify, evaluate, and test persons with suspected novel coronavirus disease. Three Texas public health laboratories are able to perform testing for MERS-CoV on persons who meet certain illness and exposure criteria as defined by CDC.

Texas Trends image Last updated January 27, 2020

https://dshs.texas.gov/coronavirus/ 

:: 2-11-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US celebrates withdrawal of UN Security Council resolution against peace plan

After Palestinian-spearheaded measure is pulled, Trump official says the world body has ‘demonstrated that the old way of doing things is over’

By Eric Cortellessa and Raphael Ahren 11 February 2020, 9:18 pm

WASHINGTON — After a rancorous UN Security Council debate Tuesday, during which every member nation except the United States and Israel distanced themselves from President Donald Trump’s peace plan, the White House celebrated the withdrawal of a resolution rejecting the proposal. The administration reportedly put heavy pressure on critics to drop the measure, introduced by Indonesia and Tunisia, and diplomats gave up when it risked not having the necessary nine out of 15 votes to secure its passage and necessitate a US veto. “By not putting forward a polarizing resolution, the United Nations Security Council demonstrated that the old way of doing things is over,” a senior Trump official told The Times of Israel. “For the first time on the Israeli-Palestinian issue, the Council was willing to think outside the conventional box, and not reflexively fall back on the calcified Palestinian position, which has only allowed the failed status quo to continue.” Palestinian officials insist that they may still propose a resolution at the Security Council, possibly later this week. The text’s initial draft, which said the plan violated international law, had been softened to say it departs from accepted parameters of an Israeli-Palestinian settlement. “The Palestinians’ inability to put forward a vote tonight shows the change that the international community has gone through in recent years,” Ron Prosor, a former Israeli ambassador to the UN, told The Times of Israel on Tuesday. Two years ago, the Palestinians easily recruited many countries willing to vote in favor of a resolution condemning the US recognition of Jerusalem as Israel’s capital. The US vetoed the decision. “This time they don’t have nine countries behind them,” Prosor said. “It shows that countries have different priorities now and they put their own interests first. Sure, they will probably go to the General Assembly where they have an automatic majority to pass a resolution, but the majority might not be as large as it was after the Jerusalem declaration.” At Tuesday’s Security Council session, representatives of all 15 member states spoke, all of whom — except the Israeli and the American envoys — declared their respective support for the traditionally accepted parameters of an Israeli-Palestinian peace accord. Some welcomed the American initiative, saying it injected a new impetus into the stalled peace process. Still, all made clear that their positions have not changed. “Germany remains firmly committed to a negotiated two-state solution, based on 4 June 1967 lines, with equivalent land swaps as may be agreed between the parties, with Jerusalem as future capital of both states,” said Jürgen Schulz, Germany’s deputy ambassador to the UN. The UK’s ambassador, Karen Pierce, said that Britain’s longstanding position have not changed: “We support a negotiated settlement leading to a safe and secure Israel living alongside a viable and sovereign Palestinian state, based on 1967 borders with agreed land swaps, Jerusalem as the shared capital of both states, and a just, fair, agreed and realistic settlement for refugees,” she said. Breaking with past US administrations, the Trump plan envisions the creation of a Palestinian state in about 70 percent of the West Bank, a small handful of neighborhoods in East Jerusalem, most of Gaza and some areas of southern Israel — if the Palestinians recognize Israel as a Jewish state, disarm Hamas and other terror groups in the coastal enclave, and fulfill other conditions. The plan also allows Israel to annex settlements, grants the Jewish state sovereignty over the Jordan Valley and overriding security control west of the Jordan River, and bars Palestinian refugees from settling in Israel. The European members of the council all expressed their deep concern over Israel’s plan to apply sovereignty over large swaths of the West Bank. “The annexation of any part of the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem, constitutes a breach of international law, undermines the viability of the two-state solution and challenges the prospects for just, comprehensive and lasting peace,” the Belgian foreign minister said, speaking on behalf of his own county, as well as Estonia, France Germany and Poland. “In line with international law and relevant UN Security Council resolutions, we do not recognize Israel’s sovereignty over the territories occupied since 1967.” The representatives of Indonesia, Tunisia, South Africa, Vietnam, China, Russia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, the UK, and the Dominican Republic, in their respective statements likewise insisted that the basis for peace talks must remain the two-state solution leading to a Palestinian state on the 1967-lines, with mutually agreed swaps, and Jerusalem as shared capital of Palestine and Israel.  The senior Trump official said that Washington was “optimistic that countries are keeping an open mind with regard to our Vision for Peace, and are willing to have an honest and open discussion on it as a possible basis to restart negotiations for a realistic two-state solution. As we’ve said all along, our plan is the start of a process, not the end.” Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas firmly rejected the US plan before the Council on Tuesday, but said he would be willing to open negotiations with Israel under the patronage of the Quartet and on the basis of international resolutions. The Quartet is composed of the US, Russia, the UN and the European Union. “I came to all of you today to affirm the Palestinian position which rejects the American-Israeli deal,” Abbas said. “It legalized what is illegal: settlement building and confiscation and annexation of Palestinian lands. I affirm, here, that it is necessary that this deal or any part of it not be considered an international reference for negotiations.”

https://www.timesofisrael.com/us-celebrates-withdrawal-of-un-security-council-resolution-against-peace-plan/ 

:: 2-11-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Abbas: Palestinian state in Trump’s plan is ‘like Swiss cheese’

Danon says Abbas would go to Jerusalem, not New York, if he really wanted to negotiate peace.

By LAHAV HARKOV FEBRUARY 11, 2020 19:23

Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas unequivocally rejected the Trump administration’s peace plan in the UN Security Council on Tuesday.

“This plan should not be considered an international reference for negotiations. It is an Israeli-American preemptive plan to put an end to the question of Palestine,” he argued. Abbas said of the plan allowing for a demilitarized Palestinian state on 70% of the West Bank: “This plan violates international legitimacy… It annuls the legitimacy of Palestinian rights, our right to self-determination, freedom and independence of our own state.” The Palestinian Authority delayed their vote on a UNSC resolution against the US plan, but the meeting continued as scheduled. The delay came amid US pressure to soften the language of the resolution towards the US and Israel. There has been speculation that the delay was a way of pulling the resolution because it lacked the requisite support of nine members for passage, as several countries were expected to abstain. Even if it had passed, the US had been expected to veto the original text put forward last week by UNSC members Tunisia and Indonesia. In his address, Abbas referred to the part of the plan allowing Israel to annex 30% of the West Bank, saying: “It legitimized what is illegal, settlements and confiscation of land and annexation of Palestinian land.” The plan is “the entrenchment of occupation and confiscation of occupying force by military regime… strengthening the apartheid regime,” he stated. Abbas called the map in US President Donald Trump’s plan “like Swiss cheese,” referring to Israeli enclaves within the Palestinian state and vice-versa. The PA president also lamented that according to the plan, “Jerusalem is no longer under the sovereignty of the state of Palestine,” although it never was and such a state never existed. “Jerusalem is occupied land. Who has the right to give this as a gift to one state or another? We came before you,” Abbas said. Abbas also held up a series of maps commonly used by anti-Israel groups to claim Israel has stolen land, which falsely claims the Ottoman Empire and the British Mandate were a Palestinian state and that Israel is built on land that belonged to the state that did not exist. As violence against Israelis roiled the West Bank and Jerusalem, Abbas commended those who “took to the streets by thousands and hundreds of thousands in the West Bank and Gaza, although it’s freezing outside.” Abbas argued that the problem is not with Trump, but the “terrible advice” that he has received. He rejected the criticism of the US president's special adviser, Jared Kushner, who he called “the son-in-law,” for saying the Palestinians have missed opportunity after opportunity for peace. The PA president also called for the Palestinians and Israelis to be allowed to reach peace on their own, rather than it be imposed from the outside. “We have reached peace without the intervention of anyone, in Oslo. We were willing to commit to that agreement, until we reach a solution. However, they killed [former prime minister Yitzhak] Rabin,” Abbas said. He implied Rabin’s death was the reason the accords did not bring about peace, though Palestinian terrorists bombed 10 Israeli buses, killing 38 people, between when the Oslo Accords were signed and when Rabin was assassinated. Israeli Ambassador to the UN Danny Danon also called for direct negotiations between Israel and the Palestinians, saying that Abbas is being disingenuous when he says he wants peace.  If Abbas was truly interested in peace, he wouldn’t be here, he would be in Jerusalem,” Danon said, referring to former Egyptian president Anwar Sadat speaking in the Knesset before signing a peace treaty with Israel. Abbas should “use this opportunity to start direct negotiations,” the ambassador stated. “Complaining instead of action – that is not leadership. Abbas says he wants sovereignty for the Palestinian people, but he has done everything to avoid it. The call for sovereignty has become a battle call, rather than an actual goal, a way to keep the conflict alive.” Danon accused the international community of encouraging Abbas’s “rejectionism” by way of their UN voting patterns and by calling for pre-1967 lines to be the basis of negotiations. “They apply preconditions that directly contradict previous agreements between the sides,” he said, pointing out that Israel and the PLO agreed in the past that future borders would be determined via negotiations. “Why should he negotiate for us, when you’re negotiating for him?” Danon also praised Trump’s “sane approach” in trying a different way to make peace and not “accept[ing] out-of-date concepts… [and] a formula that has failed for over 70 years.” “Even if you have criticism of the specifics of the plan should embrace its spirit, a new pragmatic approach to solving this conflict,” he stated. “Abbas refuses to be pragmatic [and] refuses to negotiate… Only when he steps down can Israel and the Palestinians step forward. He will never be a partner for real peace,” Danon concluded. Earlier, in remarks to the media, Danon accused Abbas of being “well-versed in the art of double-speak,” in that he will come to the UN and say he wants peace, while he “remains committed to incitement at home… encouraging Palestinian violence against Israelis.” The ambassadors of the EU countries in the UNSC – Belgium, Estonia, Germany and France – came out against the Trump plan in their statement prior to the meeting. They reiterated the EU’s commitment to transatlantic partnership and commended “efforts taken by the US towards resolving this conflict.” However, their statement said the EU “remains committed to a two-state solution based on 1967 borders with land swaps,” allowing for a “contiguous, viable state of Palestine living side-by-side [with Israel] in peace, sovereignty and material recognition.” “The US plan,” they added, “departs from these internationally recognized parameters.” They also expressed concern about Israeli plans to annex parts of the West Bank, saying that doing so would breach international law and make a two-state solution unviable. The US and Israel worked hard in recent days to ensure that the Palestinian resolution would not pass. “In recent days, great pressure has been brought to bear on council members. Those efforts bore fruit,” an Israeli source told The Jerusalem Post after the Palestinians’ resolution was pulled from Tuesday’s agenda The “Palestinians had realized they would not have much support, and they took it off the table,” the source added. It is still unclear if the matter will be brought back to the Security Council or to the General Assembly.

Tovah Lazaroff and Omri Nahmias contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Abbas-Palestinian-state-in-Trumps-plan-is-like-Swiss-cheese-617266 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 2-11-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

First US evacuee from China to develop coronavirus was MISTAKENLY released from San Diego hospital after initial test was negative as it becomes 13th case in the US as global death toll tops 1,000

An evacuee who landed in the US last week from Wuhan was confirmed to have coronavirus on Monday evening in San Diego, California

This marks the 13th confirmed case of coronavirus in the US

The patient was one of 232 American citizens flown from Wuhan to the US on a charter flight arranged by the State Department last week

Details on patient's gender and age are not yet known

The patient is being treated at the San Diego UC San Diego Medical Center

Hospital said the patient is 'doing well and has minimal symptoms'

Coronavirus has been confirmed in at least 24 countries and the global death toll stood at 1,013 by Monday evening

By Marlene Lenthang For Dailymail.com Published: 21:38 EST, 10 February 2020 | Updated: 06:43 EST, 11 February 2020

The first American rescued from Wuhan who has been confirmed to have coronavirus was mistakenly discharged from hospital after he initially tested negative. After the patient was airlifted from the locked-down Hubei province, China, last week, they were quarantined with 231 fellow evacuees at the University of California health department, where they will remain for two weeks. They and three others who were displaying possible signs of infection were bundled into isolation at San Diego hospital for immediate probing - but doctors dismissed the suspected symptoms as a false alarm and released them back to the quarantine compound. However, on Monday, the city's health authority announced that further testing revealed that this patient was suffering from coronavirus, marking the 13th case on United States soil. University of California, San Diego Health said in a statement: 'CDC officials advised San Diego Public Health that further testing revealed that one of the four patients tested positive. 'The confirmed positive patient was returned to UC San Diego Health for observation and isolation until cleared by the CDC for release.' The highly contagious virus has a 14-day incubation period of no visible symptoms where a carrier can still spread infection. Since the outbreak spawned in Wuhan late last year, it has infected over 42,000 and killed over 1,000 worldwide, the overwhelming majority of which in China. The American patient is being treated in isolation at the UC San Diego Medical Center in Hillcrest. The patient who tested positive is 'doing well and has minimal symptoms,' hospital officials confirmed to DailyMail.com. Last week, two planes arrived at MCAS Miramar with American evacuees from Wuhan, China, escaping the epicenter of the deadly fast-spreading virus. The first flight carrying 167 Americans landed on Wednesday February 5 and five of those passengers were hospitalized for coronavirus-like symptoms. A second plane carrying 65 more US citizens landed Friday morning after a stopover in Vancouver, British Columbia. They were all placed in a 14-day federal quarantine. No one else who is currently under evaluation for coronavirus from the flights that arrived at MCAS Miramar has tested positive, according to the CDC. At first four patients under evaluation were tested for coronavirus and their results came back negative on Sunday, San Diego Public Health officials said. Those four patients were then discharged and returned to quarantine. But on Monday, additional testing confirmed one of those four did in fact contract coronavirus. Another person quarantined at the base was also isolated at UC San Diego Medical Center for further evaluation on Monday. Monday's San Diego case is the first confirmed case in San Diego County since the deadly outbreak began. Seven of the US coronavirus cases are in California.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7989545/Evacuee-Wuhan-treated-San-Diego-confirmed-coronavirus.html 

:: 2-11-20 TheLiveFeeds.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus could infect SIXTY PER CENT per cent of the global population if it cannot be controlled, top Hong Kong medical official warns Professer Gabriel Leung said authorities need to establish the spread of the virus A one per cent death rate could result in hundreds of thousands of deaths There are 43,000 cases worldwide so far, with more than 42,000 in China By Luke Andrews For Mailonline Published: 04:45 EST, 11 February 2020 | Updated: 06:31 EST, 11 February 2020 

Coronavirus could infect more than 60 per cent of the global population if containment methods fail, a top Hong Kong medical official has warned. Professor Gabriel Leung, chair of public health medicine in the city, also said that even if the death rate reaches just one per cent, the potential spread means it could still kill thousands of people. There are more than 43,000 cases reported in the world so far, with more than 1,000 deaths due to the virus. Professor Gabriel Leung, chair of public health medicine in Hong Kong and pictured at the University of Hong Kong last month, made the comments on a visit to London There are more than 43,000 cases worldwide so far and more than 1,000 deaths Prof Leung told The Guardian during a visit to London that the priority now is to establish the size and shape of the ‘epidemic iceberg’. READ ALSO: Coronavirus labs to begin testing in Scotland - BBC News Most experts believe that each infected person has gone on to transmit the virus to around 2.5 people, giving an ‘attack rate’ of 60 to 80 per cent. The death rate, however, is thought to be much lower. Prof Leung expects it to be around one per cent once milder cases, that have not been diagnosed, are taken into account. ‘Is 60 to 80 per cent of the world’s population going to get infected?,’ he asked, ‘Maybe not. Maybe this virus will come in waves. ‘Maybe the virus is going to attenuate its lethality because it certainly doesn’t help it if it kills everybody in its path, because it will get killed as well.’ Even if the virus reaches just one per cent, many people could still die. Pictured above are emergency workers evacuating residents from public housing in Hong Kong After establishing the epidemic’s scale, he said they would then need to establish whether containment methods being used are effective at stopping the spread of the virus. Governments worldwide are currently focusing on containment to prevent the spread of the virus but, if it fails, this response will switch to mitigation. China locked-down cities infected by coronavirus, including Wuhan at the virus’s epicentre, in a desperate effort to stop the disease spreading. Cruise ships such as the Diamond Princess off the coast of Japan have been isolated after coronavirus cases were identified, and many countries have isolated travellers returning from Wuhan and other areas of China. There have been allegations that China has not accurately reported the spread of coronavirus and the number of people killed by it, making the virus’s ‘infection iceberg’ harder to figure out. Wuhan medic Jeisi Luo, not his real name, warned that there are likely many more infections than reported due to limited test kits and the fact that people are dying before they are diagnosed. Prof Leung pictured talking to journalists during a press conference in Hong Kong in January ‘When preliminary tests determine that a patient has a lung sickness, the nucleic acid test which detects the virus, cannot always be carried out because the waiting list is too long,’ he said. ‘The patient is therefore not diagnosed.’ Medics are instead dealing with the crisis by sending people home with medicine and advising them to ‘self-isolate’. Social media reports have also alleged that China’s body burning facilities in Wuhan are working flat out, suggesting that the death toll from the virus may be significantly higher than the country has reported.

Continue reading at https://www.thelivefeeds.com/coronavirus-could-infect-sixty-per-cent-of-the-global-population-if-it-cannot-be-controlled-daily-mail/  | TheLiveFeeds.com

:: 2--20 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

End of Freedom of Speech or Stopping Discrimination? Switzerland Votes on Anti-Homophobia Law

Europe

14:01 GMT 09.02.2020Get short URL by Polina Strelnikova

The Alpine country is having a referendum on widening the legislation that prohibits discrimination or inciting hatred against any group on the basis of religion or ethnicity. It will ban denigrating gay people in text, images, or gestures. As opponents of the bill argue, it could censor free speech and open the way to legalising same-sex marriage. The Swiss have reportedly supported a bill that outlaws discrimination and fomenting hatred against gay people, dubbed the anti-homophobia legislation by its supporters and the “censorship law” by its opponents. According to the preliminary results, 62% voted to include the LGBTQ community in the existing legislation that bans discriminating people on ethnic or religious grounds, Nau.ch reports. The new law does not criminalise comments made in a family circle or among friends but outlaws the public denigration or discrimination of gay people or fomenting hatred against them in text, speech, images, or gestures. Jokes are said not to be banned, as well, however as long as they are off-colour. So the government insists that it will not hamper opinionated debates on same-sex marriage, for example. The results have prompted regret in the right-wing Swiss People's Party (SVP), which is the biggest political force in the country’s parliament and staunch opponents of the legislation. In their communiqué, dedicated to the results of the referendum, the SVP’s youth wing lamented that a “yes” to this anti-discrimination bill opens the door for "terrorism of the mind" and the "massive restriction of freedom of expression". Earlier similar fears were voiced in the Federal Democratic Union of Switzerland (EDU), whose platform is based on Christian values. Member Marc Frueh even dubbed the bill a "censorship law". In addition, one of the SVP’s local lawmakers in Geneva, Eric Bertinat, described the changes as a "part of an LGBT plan to slowly move towards same-sex marriage and medically assisted reproduction" for gay people. Resistance also came from gay rights campaigners. The group called "No to Special Rights!" insisted that there is no need for special protection for the LGBTQ community. However, apart from the SVP, all of the country’s major parties, including the Green, left-wing and centrists, supported a law that was passed by parliament in 2018. However, its opponents argued that it could end up censoring free thought and insisted on holding a referendum. As one of the supporters of the new law, founder of an association of gay teachers Jean-Pierre Sigrist, told AFP it would stop intolerance against gay people. He noted that he backs freedom of expression, "but not the freedom to say anything at all".

https://sputniknews.com/europe/202002091078267856-discrimination-switzerland-referendum-anti-homophobia-law/ 

:: 2-10-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Jews have reason to fear in America

Opinion: Much of the rhetoric that is feeding the present day anti-Semitism is coming from the Left.

Joseph Frager, MD, 10/02/20 00:12

The 75th anniversary of the Liberation of Auschwitz was just highlighted and given special attention around the globe. Unfortunately, the lessons of the Holocaust have not sunk in. American Jews have a right to be frightened by the turn of events and the blatant acts of anti-Semitism that have increased exponentially. To make matters worse much of the rhetoric that is feeding the present day anti-Semitism is coming from the Left. The Democratic Party, whether it wants to admit it or not, is being held hostage by Alexandra Ocasio Cortez, Ilhan Omar and Elaine Taibi. The Democratic Debate held this past week in New Hampshire made it patently clear that the New Democratic Party has broken away from the traditional Democratic Party of yesteryear. Mr. Tom Steyer said he would reverse President Trump’s decision to move the Embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. Mr. Steyer, Bernie Sanders, and Elizabeth Warren said they would put strong conditions on any military aid to Israel. Ms. Warren said, “Today, the continued expansion of Israeli settlements and the increasing normalization of proposals for Israel to annex parts or all of the West Bank are the most immediate dangers to the two-state solution.” Elizabeth Warren went a lot further at a separate function on 2/6 when she nodded along, smiled and said ‘Yeah” as a questioner slandered AIPAC as an “unholy alliance” of “Islamophobes”, “Anti-Semites” and “white nationalists” that perpetuates bigotry. Without blinking Warren then agreed to boycott this year’s AIPAC Conference. Elizabeth Warren had attended at least four AIPAC events in the past. It is bewildering and frightening how fast the political world can change. It can literally change overnight. This is what scares American Jews. Unfortunately, the Jewish People have been down this road before. It started in Biblical times when “A new King arose over Egypt, who did not know of Joseph” and continued in modern times with the rise of Hitler in Germany. I am sure there is a great deal of soul searching going on in the Democratic Party today but the lurch to the Radical Left and towards Anti-Israel sentiments is a recipe for disaster. American Jews have good reason to be afraid.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/275768 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 2-10-20 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian diplomat warns alleged Israeli strikes in Syria could lead to 'conflict'

i24NEWS

February 10, 2020, 11:57 AM - latest revision February 11, 2020, 9:18 AM

Russian envoy to Syria denounces attacks on pro-Iranian militias as violations of its sovereignty   The alleged Israeli strikes on pro-Iran militias in Syria are "provocative" and increase the odds of a "conflict" flaring up, Russia's envoy to Syria Alexandr Yefimov warned Monday. In his interview for Sputnik.Arabic, Yefimov said that the air campaign went deep into Syria, covering not just the Golan Heights area, but also targets as remote as in Damascus. He claimed that civilians fell prey to the strikes and denounced the attacks as a violation of Syria's sovereignty. Yefimov also reiterated the allegations voiced earlier by the Russian Defense Ministry, which said a passenger jet had to change course and land at a Russian base in Syria because Israeli fighter jets were trying to use it as a shield. In the recent months, Syria saw a string of attacks on Iran-backed assets in the country, including Thursday's attack on three separate militia positions that left some 23 fighters dead, as reported by the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights. The attacks were routinely attributed to Israel as it sought to turn the tide on Iran's encroachment in Syria amid the war in the country. Israel rarely acknowledged such raids, however, preferring to ambiguity on the matter.

https://www.i24news.tv/en/news/israel/diplomacy-defense/1581353813-russian-diplomat-warns-alleged-israeli-strikes-in-syria-could-lead-to-conflict 

:: 2-10-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sanctuary City Challenge: US Goes to Court for Denver Records

Monday, 10 February 2020 04:50 PM

U.S. immigration officials are asking a federal judge to force Denver to turn over information about four men accused of crimes who are subject to deportation after the city refused to comply with its order to do so. In a continued escalation of the conflict between federal officials and so-called sanctuary cities, U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement filed a complaint in Denver federal court Thursday asking that a judge enforce administrative subpoenas it issued to the Denver's sheriff department last month for information such as addresses, identification and arrest reports on the three Mexicans and a Honduran. Accusing ICE of seeking the information for “political reasons," Denver said it would not comply unless a judge determined that the orders were appropriate. Denver officials declined to comment on the latest move by ICE on Monday, as did the U.S. Attorney's Office for Colorado, which is representing ICE in court. According to ICE, all four men have been deported multiple times. One of the men from Mexico was arrested in Denver for sexual assault, another for vehicular homicide and a third for child abuse and strangulation assault. The Honduran man was arrested on domestic violence charges. Three of the men have been released from the jail, and one was still being held. Denver jail officials notified ICE before the three were released. But there was not enough time for ICE agents to get to the jail before they were freed, according to the ICE court filing.  In a letter last week explaining the city's refusal to comply with the subpoenas, Chad Sublet, the attorney for Denver's Department of Safety, said that ICE already had access to the state and federal database to which the city feeds information. He pointed out that ICE had already accessed biometric data like fingerprints about the men that the Denver jail had shared when the four men were booked. Three of the men have been released from the jail, and one was still being held. Denver jail officials notified ICE before the three were released. But there was not enough time for ICE agents to get to the jail before they were freed, according to the ICE court filing. In a letter last week explaining the city's refusal to comply with the subpoenas, Chad Sublet, the attorney for Denver's Department of Safety, said that ICE already had access to the state and federal database to which the city feeds information. He pointed out that ICE had already accessed biometric data like fingerprints about the men that the Denver jail had shared when the four men were booked.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/immigration-denver/2020/02/10/id/953459/ 

:: 2-5-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pestilence Rising

By Hal Lindsey

When it comes to the coronavirus, we have more questions than answers. But one thing we know for certain — health officials around the world are very much afraid. China normally downplays these kinds of events. But Chinese President Xi Jinping calls this outbreak a “grave situation.” For many Americans, it seemed to hit home when the Shanghai Disneyland closed. The original Disneyland in California has had only two unplanned all-day closures — after the assassination of John Kennedy and after 9-11. Not only did Disney in China close, but so did other regional tourist attractions. Even MacDonald’s and Starbucks closed along with other well-known restaurant chains. As of this writing, there have been 4,100 confirmed cases in China, with at least 106 deaths. 56 million people in China have had their travel restricted. This adds a great deal to people’s fear and anxiety. Residents have said they feel trapped — locked in with a dangerous virus. In much of China, trains are either unoccupied or not running at all. Train and bus terminals are eerily empty. The US State Department is evacuating its personnel from the city of Wuhan. But another thousand Americans live in that city, and they have been told that the United States cannot get them all out of the hot zone. The State Department has issued a travel warning to Americans considering a trip to China. Despite the flight restrictions and intense passenger screening, confirmed cases of the virus have popped up in 13 countries so far. That includes, as of this writing, five confirmed cases in the United States. Five Americans out 327 million may not seem like much. But the point is, it’s here! Then we learned why the passenger screening process has not always been effective. According to China’s health minister, people with the virus may be contagious before they show symptoms. Testing people for fever doesn’t help if they are contagious before they get a fever. Dr. William Schaffner, an adviser to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, said this would mean “the infection is much more contagious than we originally thought.”  Yes, health officials are afraid. They know that this virus has the potential of becoming a global pandemic. But we’ve heard that before. Do you remember the SARS and MERS viruses? They, too, were coronaviruses and had the potential to ravage the earth. We still don’t have vaccinations against them, but they have largely disappeared. That’s what happens with these kinds of diseases. Even without human intervention, they rise and then they lose strength. The current outbreak may turn out to be even less destructive than SARS or MERS. Or it could be worse. The question is how much damage the disease will do while it is most active. The Spanish flu pandemic of 1918 and 1919 infected one-third of the world’s population. It killed more Americans than World War I, World War II, Korea, and Viet Nam combined. Jesus said that the last days would be marked by pestilences. Revelation tells about specific pestilences that will arise during the tribulation period. As we get closer to the beginning of the tribulation, the world seems to be primed for a series of massive global pandemics. The ease and speed of global travel is one of the big factors here. The other great danger is the rise of superbugs. Over the last hundred years or so, we humans have been inadvertently developing bacteria, viruses, and fungi that are stronger than anything in history. We call them superbugs because they are resistant to antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungal medications. By the extensive use of such drugs, we have made it so that only the strongest of each species survives. And the strong bugs are increasingly difficult to kill. This is what the UK’s Chief Medical Officer, Dame Sally Davies, was talking about when she warned of a coming “superbug apocalypse.” Here’s the amazing thing. The Bible predicted this almost two thousand years ago. It’s just another example of something that should be crucially important to everyone. The Bible is true! We can trust it. We can trust its warnings and its promises. Even bleak news like this should remind us that our faith in God and heaven is built on a firm foundation.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-28-2020/ 

:: 2-10-20 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

West Point Tackles 'Toxic Masculinity'

“I’m being taught how not to be a man.”

Mon Feb 10, 2020 Mark Tapson

Mark Tapson is the Shillman Fellow on Popular Culture for the David Horowitz Freedom Center. If you are a good, committed cultural Marxist and your mission is to help dismantle the cultural, economic, and power structures in the capitalist West from within, how do you undertake such a grand task? How do you subvert an entire civilization? You undermine its foundations, and the most basic building block of all is the nuclear family. To deconstruct the family successfully, you must subvert masculinity, because masculinity is the warrior spirit of that nuclear family. To emasculate a civilization, you indoctrinate its youth to believe that the natural traits typically associated with masculinity – such as aggression, competitiveness, and emotional self-control – are poisonous to society and even to boys and men themselves. You convince men – especially society’s warriors – to reject their very nature altogether. This January, cadets at West Point, the United States Military Academy, were required to attend educational events for “Honorable Living Day,” the academy’s third such day hosted during the short tenure of Superintendent Lt. Gen. Darryl A. Williams. The first was held last February and focused on eliminating sexual assault and harassment at the academy, which has been co-ed since 1976. The second, held last semester, called upon cadets, staff and faculty to improve the culture in order to combat sexual assault further. At this most recent Honorable Living Day, the goal was to “expand the discussion beyond sexual assault and talk about how all aspects of the community can come together and promote an atmosphere of honorable living to include diversity, inclusion and acceptance of people from differing backgrounds, races and genders.” Lt. Gen. Williams described the curriculum as being “connected” to improving combat readiness. Eradicating any sexual assaults or harassment at West Point is a worthy goal. They shouldn’t be tolerated in any work or study environment. Encouraging cadets to live with personal integrity and to treat others according to the content of their character and not the color of their skin are also vital aims. But if reports from several male West Point cadets are true, there appears to be more going on in this past Honorable Living Day than meets the eye. Breitbart News reported that it received comments from some cadets, on condition of anonymity, complaining that the program went beyond merely discouraging sexual harassment. As one cadet put it: “I’m being taught how not to be a man.” The day’s schedule included discussion groups led by upper-class cadets who referred to “toxic masculinity,” which is the notion, rapidly becoming a household phrase, that our traditional understanding of masculinity is a sexist, violent social construct that is harmful to men themselves as well as to others, and must be acculturated out of existence. Those who push this concept insist that the label does not mean that masculinity itself is toxic, but in fact that is exactly what they mean, because they never concede that there are any positive characteristics of masculinity, and their only solution for it is to replace it with characteristics stereotypically attributed to women: empathetic, emotionally open, and conciliatory. The whole aim of indoctrinating young men about their “toxic masculinity” is to convince them that their very nature is problematic for society and therefore they must act more feminine (meanwhile, our culture pushes women to adopt all the character traits of the most “toxic” men: aggression, hyper-competitiveness, crudity, and promiscuity). West Point cadets were required to view Miss Representation and The Mask You Live In, two documentary films produced by Jennifer Siebel Newsom, the wife of Gavin Newsom, a California Governor so leftist he makes former Governor Jerry “Moonbeam” Brown look like former Governor Ronald Reagan. I have seen both these films. Miss Representation examines “the ways in which mainstream media and culture contribute to the underrepresentation of women in positions of power and influence,” according to its website. It features commentary from such experts on masculinity as Cory “Spartacus” Booker, Nancy Pelosi, Katie Couric, Jane Fonda, Rachel Maddow, Rosie O’Donnell, and Gloria Steinem. Needless to say, these far-left ideologues have no inspirational insights to offer West Point’s male cadets (or the female cadets, for that matter). The Mask You Live In focuses on the false “masks” of masculinity that boys and young men are pressured to wear in order to be considered men. Masculinity is presented as emotionally repressive. “We’ve constructed an idea of masculinity in the United States that doesn’t give young boys a way to feel secure in their masculinity, some make them go prove it all the time,” declares Stony Brook University professor Michael Kimmel, a prominent male feminist, in the film. There is absolutely no discussion of traditional masculinity as a positive force. “Masculinity is not organic,” claims Occidental University professor Caroline Heldman in The Mask You Live In. “It’s reactive. It’s not something that just develops. It’s a rejection of everything that is feminine… through our popular culture, through our parenting styles, through our educational style, and through assumptions of natural manhood and maleness.” In other words, femininity is the baseline nature of humanity, and masculinity exists only in opposition to it, like darkness exists only in opposition to light. It is an unnatural, false social construction that is oppressive and damaging. Afterward, Breitbart News was told, cadets attended workshops in which they were questioned about the films’ content. They were also addressed by featured speaker Bruce Stewart, a self-described “leading thought leader in the field of inclusive diversity,” who told them, “This whole thing around sexual harassment, sexual assault, discriminating and saying racist things has got to stop.” Below are a few other activities presented in the day’s curriculum: Session 1 (gender-based Discussion):

Cadets will bring a 3×5 card identifying 3 things that make them feel included/valued and 3 things that make feel excluded/no [sic] valued

Cadets will discuss their gender socialization and how that socialization affects behavior and relationships

Live Honorably Lunch:

Facilitators will invite cadets to share their thoughts from the morning discussion and examine how society/culture/West point, etc. shapes their gender norms and expectations

Session 2 (Role Play Scenario Development)

Cadets will select from 8 topics per company and create role play scenarios

Settings or topics for role play scenarios: Sexism, Racism, Cyber bullying, Alcohol, Mental Health, Sexual harassment or Sexual assault, Discrimination based no [sic] Sexual orientation, Cadet choice (other topic)

According to the complaints Breitbart News received, Honorable Living Day didn’t have quite the effect it should have. “I’m going to quit West Point. It’s no longer teaching me to be a leader of men. It’s teaching me how to be a victim,” said one cadet. “I’m being taught how not to be a man,” another added. “The real bias we need to talk about [is] why it’s scandalous to be conservative in a professional environment but ‘brave’ to follow the crowd and be liberal,” yet another cadet wrote. A fourth reported that “The guest speaker had us all make a black power sign and yell, ‘Fight the power!'” “Fight the power” is, of course, a call to revolution against society’s purportedly oppressive power structures. What does that have to do with living honorably, eradicating sexual harassment or improving combat readiness? The answer is: nothing. It is an act of subversion, pure and simple. Asked about the Black Power salute, West Point responded to Breitbart News that it was unaware of any speaker encouraging it. The stated mission of West Point is to produce graduates who are “leaders of character committed to the values of Duty, Honor, Country.” God knows we need such leaders today, but you produce them – among the male cadets, anyway – by empowering their masculinity, not vilifying it, and channeling it toward virtuous, honorable ends. You don’t produce them through propagandistic, feminist-driven documentaries that make young men feel devalued and dishonorable, through role-playing scenarios concocted by social justice academics, through deconstructing and demonizing “gender norms,” or through racially-charged revolutionary chants led by diversity “thought leaders.”

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2020/02/west-point-tackles-toxic-masculinity-mark-tapson/ 

:: 2-10-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mahmoud Abbas makes noise at UN again rather than try to negotiate peace

By Danny Danon February 9, 2020 | 6:53pm

Someone in the Palestinian Authority should get President Mahmoud Abbas a map — because he seems to be lost and confused. You’d think he’d respond to President Trump’s “Peace to Prosperity” plan by traveling to Jerusalem or Washington to negotiate ­directly with Israel. Instead, he’s coming to the Big Apple. On Tuesday, he will speak before the UN Security Council and seek a vote condemning the American plan. This isn’t the first time Abbas has taken a very wrong turn. After receiving an Israeli peace offer in 2008, he continued down the well-trodden path of Palestinian rejectionism and never delivered a response. Four years later, Abbas evidently lost his way to the ­Obama White House, refusing to respond to Israeli gestures and explore ways to break an impasse in ­negotiations. Instead, he ended up petitioning the UN General Assembly to grant the PA “non-state-observer” status. Two years ago, the Trump ­administration recognized Jerusalem as the capital of Israel — in recognition of historical fact, present-day political reality and US law. Abbas again ran to Turtle Bay to denounce the administration’s decision instead of negotiating. As in the past, Abbas is combining his pleas for international sympathy with incitement back home. To generate attention for his dramatics at Turtle Bay, he is inciting violence and calling for the habitual Palestinian “Day of Rage.” This time, he said he would thwart Trump’s plan “no matter who the victims might be.” As usual, it is Israelis and Palestinians who will pay the price of such incendiary rhetoric. Perhaps the reason Abbas so often tucks tail and runs to New York is that Palestinians can find a semblance of support only at antiquated international organizations. Like a mother shielding a child fearful of facing reality, the Arab League, the Organization of Islamic Cooperation, the United Nations and other such institutions still try to shield the Palestinians and their agenda. And they still speak with a fairly unified, anti-Israel voice.

But the diplomatic traditions and bureaucratic mechanisms of these organizations move at glacial paces compared to the rapid transformation of the world outside. Things have changed dramatically — in the Middle East and beyond. The more accurate barometer of international patience for ­Abbas’ antics is to be found in national statements and bilateral relations. Here, it is clear that many countries have stopped buying into the lie that Abbas is interested in a peaceful resolution with Israel. Crucially, that includes many Arab and Muslim countries, which are increasingly weary of Abbas. They are choosing to downgrade the Palestinian issue to refocus on other national priorities, such as guarding against the Iranian threat, thawing relations with Israel to access our defense and tech capabilities and so on. Hence why Bahrain, Oman and the United Arab Emirates sent their ambassadors to the White House for President Trump’s ­unveiling of his long-awaited plan. Saudi Arabia, Egypt and Morocco, meanwhile, urged both sides to entertain the plan. While international organizations may stand with Abbas, their individual member states and other nations around the world are seeing through continued Palestinian intransigence and rejectionism. They prefer to entertain a more realistic path that could lead to a peaceful resolution, which Trump’s vision represents. Yet Abbas and his PA remain uninterested in this path forward, choosing instead to seek refuge in the plush halls of the United Nations. Abbas’ performances may resonate with his sycophants at Turtle Bay, but they won’t help the Palestinians living in Jenin, Tulkarm or Qalqilyah. And while his news cycle will be brief, the lasting impact of direct negotiations can be just that: lasting. Seventy-three years ago, Jewish leaders said “Yes” and never looked back. In the same time, Palestinian Arab leaders have repeatedly said “No” and never stopped looking back. With his scheduled trip to New York, Abbas is committing the Palestinian people to living in the past. His repeated rejections throughout his decade and a half in office have held his people back from a prosperous future. As Trump, like his predecessors, explained last week, the path toward a brighter future begins with negotiations in Jerusalem. Someone with the best interests of the Palestinian people in mind would do well to remind Abbas of this fact — and point him in the right direction. Danny Danon is Israel’s ­ambass­ador to the United Nations.

https://nypost.com/2020/02/09/mahmoud-abbas-makes-noise-at-un-again-rather-than-try-to-negotiate-peace/ 

:: 2-10-20 Ynet :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palestinians withdraw UN vote on Trump plan

Diplomatic sources say Palestinian Authority withdraws request due to proposal lacking 'sufficient support'; Abbas to appear before Security Council Tuesday as scheduled

AFP | Published: 02.10.20 , 20:27

The Palestinians have abandoned their request for a vote at the UN Security Council Tuesday on rejecting the U.S. Mideast plan, over a lack of international support, diplomats said.

Follow Ynetnews on Facebook and Twitter

After the resolution was introduced by Indonesia and Tunisia, fears had risen that it would fail to muster nine out of 15 votes in its favor, the minimum required, provided there is no veto by a permanent member, the diplomats told AFP. Palestinian Authority President Mahmud Abbas is set to take part Tuesday in a session on U.S. President Donald Trump's peace outline, which paves the way for Israeli annexation of much of the West Bank but also allows for a demilitarized Palestinian state.  The sudden Palestinian withdrawal of their request came after the United States - which enjoys veto power as a permanent member - proposed a series of amendments that could come for a vote at the session attended by Abbas. In proposals seen by AFP, the United States would significantly alter the text to remove references to 1967 lines being the basis of peace. It would also cut out a line stating that West Bank settlements are illegal, a position taken by virtually every country except the U.S. and Israel.  The United States is also seeking to eliminate language that equated East Jerusalem with the West Bank. The Trump plan calls for recognition of the holy city as Israel's undivided capital while establishing a Palestinian capital on its eastern outskirts. While recognizing that the Trump plan "departs from the internationally endorsed terms of reference and parameters," the U.S. wants the resolution to state that the Security Council "welcomes discussion on this proposal to advance the cause of peace." "Discussions are continuing on the text," a diplomat said on condition of anonymity.  Other diplomats cast doubt on whether a vote could take place at a later date, considering the wide divergences in positions.

https://www.ynetnews.com/article/HyC00hzkQL 

:: 2-2-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Shocking Footage Inside China's Newly-Constructed Hospitals, 'Like Jail Cells Where You Go To Die'

by Tyler Durden Sun, 02/02/2020 - 08:45

China has gone from constructing ghost cities to now erecting hospitals to treat coronavirus patients. As we've reported, China could be hiding the true number of confirmed cases and deaths, and in some cases, not reporting the deaths at all, and "immediately" hauling the bodies down the street to a local crematorium, effectively burning the evidence. The government's official death toll on Saturday night topped 300, with more than 14,550 cases reported globally. China is attempting to show the world, it has been proactive and responsible during the outbreak, and in one way that it can optically please everyone that it has everything under control, is to build a hospital in Wuhan, the epicenter of where the deadly virus supposedly began. UK researchers have warned upwards of 75,000 could be infected in Wuhan, as more than 137,600 have been placed under observation across China. While China and the World Health Organization (WHO) attempt to calm fears of a deadly virus outbreak, the actions by Beijing in locking down dozens of cities and quarantining 50 million people or more, suggest the situation remains severe. RT News reports that Wuhan's new 25,000-square-meter hospital, one of two new facilities commissioned in response to the coronavirus outbreak, has been completed. Construction started on Jan. 24, has made national press and headlines across the world for China's quick response in handling the epidemic. Though as we've noted before, China stalled for weeks if not a month, with minimal action in attempting to contain the virus and notify world health officials about the developing incident, hence why confirmed cases are now seen across the world. State-owned China Global Television Network (CGTN) published satellite images of the facility's construction, declaring the hospital was completed on Saturday and can start receiving patients next week. It would appear Chinese media has been told to promote the rapid building of this facility as we are seeingit across many outlets... Allegedly, a video from inside the hospital is circulating social media channels on Sunday morning. Each room appears to be airtight, with bars on the windows so the infected patients cannot escape. If the patients die from coronavirus, state-owned Global Times said, "victims should be cremated close by and immediately. Burials or transfer of the bodies not allowed. Funerals not allowed to avoid the spread of the virus: National Health Commission." We noted Thursday night that over 100,000 Chinese had been placed under observation for suspected coronavirus. The virus has uncontrollably spread across China, forcing the Trump administration on Friday to restrict entry into the US from the outbreak area. The 8th US coronavirus case was confirmed on Saturday in Massachusetts, and a suspected one is being tested in New York City. Putting the coronavirus in the context of the deadly SARS epidemic, the coronavirus pandemic has now officially exceeded SARS in cumulative cases in just two weeks.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/shocking-footage-inside-chinas-newly-constructed-hospitals-jail-cells-where-you-go-die 

:: 2-2-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Terrifying' moment thousands of black birds swarm the parking lot of a Texas shopping center, resembling iconic scene from 1963 Alfred Hitchcock film The Birds

Grackles are seen soaring over the sky for an extended period of time January 24

The clip evokes reminders of Alfred Hitchcock film The Birds, where townsfolk are attacked by them at a gas station

Videographer Tracy Miller says: 'This is just [expletive] crazy. Look at these birds, they're like everywhere. Just thousands and thousands and thousands…'

Grackles had taken over this parking lot for several days prior to the recording

Miller said: 'It was truly terrifying with them swarming like flies. They were everywhere: rooftops, cars, on the ground, in the trees'

She added that the sky was 'abuzz with them all' and 'they were so loud!'

Grackles 'prefer shopping centers and fast-food store parking lots where there's trash for food and trees or light posts for perching,' Houston Audubon states

By Leah Simpson For Dailymail.com Published: 11:11 EST, 2 February 2020 | Updated: 13:28 EST, 2 February 2020

Thousands of birds are seen taking over a Texas parking lot, leaving the area practically deserted in a video that evokes flashbacks to the 1963 Alfred Hitchcock film The Birds. One clip shows the swarm of grackles dominating the area in Fort Worth suburb Burleston on January 24, with a woman recording the moment later calling it 'terrifying'. 'This is just [expletive] crazy. Look at these birds, they're like everywhere,' the amateur videographer says. 'Just thousands and thousands and thousands…' As the camera pans, it shows many of the black birds soaring over the sky for an extended period of time. Some are also seen taking over areas on the ground where vehicles are positioned in bays and no people are seen walking through the lot. The footage evokes reminders of Alfred Hitchcock film The Birds. In the 1963 motion picture starring Tippi Hedren, an iconic scene shows birds attack townsfolk at a gas station. It had been a similar scene in the days prior to the video being captured. 'The grackles had taken over this parking lot for several days prior to me shooting the video,' Tracy Miller told Storyful. 'It was truly terrifying with them swarming like flies. They were everywhere: rooftops, cars, on the ground, in the trees. The sky was abuzz with them all, and they were so loud!' Great-tailed grackles are one of North America's fastest-expanding bird species. Houston Audubon says that since the 1960s, they have followed the spread of irrigated agriculture and urban development into the Great Plains and West. The birds are a permanent sight in Houston and can be found in any area inhabited by humans that has some trees, according to the website. 'They tend to congregate in large flocks and prefer shopping centers and fast-food store parking lots where there's trash for food and trees or light posts for perching,' Houston Audubon states. The website also explains why Miller found them to be so loud. 'Great-tailed Grackles have a wide repertory of songs and sounds including piercing whistles and creaks,' Houston Audubon states online. 'In the evening, raucous flocks pack neighborhood trees creating noisy roosting aggregations.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7958227/Terrifying-moment-thousands-black-grackle-birds-swarm-parking-lot-Texas-shopping-center.html 

:: 8-26-17  Prophecy Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gary Stearman: The Prophecy of the Wolf

August 26, 2017

There are two men in the Bible who share the same first name—King Saul and Saul of Tarsus, the man we call the Apostle Paul. Though they share the same first name, their spiritual choices led them in opposite directions. Little did they know that God built their triumphs and tragedies into an end-times prophecy—The Prophecy of the Wolf. Track the lives of these two men across a span of 1,000 years and see how even their names interconnect in remarkable ways. Paul, once a ravening wolf who hunted down members of the early church, became God’s messenger to the New Testament church. Looking ahead to a future prophecy, his brethren from the Tribe of Benjamin will once again find themselves face-to-face with another “Wolf.” Watch Gary Stearman travel through the biblical timeline to deliver this important prophetic message.

https://prophecywatchers.com/videos/gary-stearman-prophecy-wolf/ 

:: 2-1-20 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

40 Privacy Groups Warn That Facial Recognition is Threatening Democracy

TOPICS: Derrick Brozefacial recognitionPrivacy February 1, 2020

By Derrick Broze

On Monday, forty organizations signed a letter calling on an independent government watchdog to recommend a ban on U.S. government use of facial recognition technology. The letter was drafted by the digital privacy advocacy group Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC) and signed by organizations including the Electronic Frontier Foundation, Color of Change, Fight for the Future, Popular Resistance, and the Consumer Federation of America. The letter calls on the Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board (PCLOB) to “recommend to the President and the Secretary of Homeland Security the suspension of facial recognition systems, pending further review.” The PCLOB was originally created in 2004, as an independent agency that advises the administration on privacy issues. “The Congress specifically found that new surveillance powers ‘calls for an enhanced system of checks and balances to protect the precious liberties that are vital to our way of life and to ensure that the Government uses its powers for the purposes for which the powers were given’,” the letter states. The organizations challenge the PCLOB to “examine the more significant public concerns about the use of facial recognition in public spaces.” They also call on the board to address concerns that facial recognition software can be used by “authoritarian governments to control minority populations and limit dissent could spread quickly to democratic societies.” The letter from EPIC mentions a recent New York Times investigation of a facial recognition service used by more than 600 law enforcement agencies across the country. As the Mind Unleashed recently reported, Manhattan-based Clearview AI is collecting data from unsuspecting social media users and the Chicago Police Department (CPD) is using the controversial facial recognition tool to pinpoint the identity of unknown suspects. The Times investigation shows that the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security are also using the controversial tool. MIT Technology Review believes EPIC’s letter is “one of the biggest efforts so far in the fight to stem the use of facial recognition technologies.” And while these 40 organizations call on the PCLOB to make an official recommendation, there are already examples of pushback against facial recognition. San Francisco, CA and Somerville, Massachusetts recently became the first local governments to ban the use of facial recognition tools. The European Commission is also considering a ban on facial recognition in public for five years. In June 2019, the Georgetown Law Center on Privacy & Technology released a report titled “America Under Watch: Face Surveillance in the United States” which calls for a moratorium on facial recognition technology. In June 2019, I also noted that “the editorial board of the Guardian also recently spoke out about the privacy threats, calling the technology ‘especially inaccurate and prone to bias.’ The editorial board also noted that a recent test of Amazon’s facial recognition software by the American Civil Liberties Union found that it falsely identified 28 members of Congress as known criminal.” Whether or not the PCLOB or some other government agency chooses to take action on a moratorium on facial recognition, it is imperative that consumers begin educating themselves about the technology and take steps to protect their privacy. While we are limited in how often our faces are scanned in public, we can voluntarily opt-out of facial scanning at airports, grocery stores, and other locations. We cannot depend on the government to protect our privacy and liberty. We must take action and guard what little privacy remains before it’s too late.

https://www.activistpost.com/2020/02/40-privacy-groups-warn-that-facial-recognition-is-threatening-democracy.html 

:: 2-1-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California’s nightmare is spreading nationally

by The Daily Coin · Published February 1, 2020 · Updated February 1, 2020

California’s nightmare is spreading nationally By Lloyd Marcus for American Thinker

I recently returned home to West Virginia from filming my Trump Train 2020 song music video in California. It was exciting and fun — a sound stage; green screen; lights; cameras; and the director yelling, “Action!” With the mixed bag of enthusiastic locals we used as extras, the atmosphere in the studio felt like a Trump rally. They love Trump and eagerly want to do their part to help him “Keep America Great.” The Trump Train 2020 song official music video will be released early February.  Folks, it is pretty crazy out there in California. We were not in San Francisco, where they give tourists maps to avoid piles of human excrement. We rode past a private home with a rainbow sign stating that all gender identities were welcomed. The restrooms at the San Diego airport car rental center had signs assuring gender-confused men that they are welcome into women’s restrooms. The average gasoline price was around $4.60 per gallon. We pay around $2.40 in West Virginia. While in California, Robert Kirk, the director of the music video, gave me a sneak peek at his comedy short film, Nightmare in Paradise. Robert’s hilarious movie is about a transgender who shows up for a job interview. The interviewer must handle the transgender with kid gloves and extreme caution to avoid breaking laws. Robert is a former prosecutor. The scary thing about his brilliant script is that it is based on existing California laws. Here is a link to watch Robert Kirk’s Nightmare in Paradise. While turning down a pro-life Super Bowl ad featuring abortion survivors, Fox proudly announced its plan to feature the first drag queen Super Bowl ad. Drag queens are a minuscule percentage of the population. Pro-lifers are a huge segment of the population. Why are so many major corporations giving mainstream America their middle finger while bending over backwards to please an extreme tiny minority of counter-culturists? Even Democrat presidential candidates say, “Screw you, mainstream America; we’re pandering to transgenders.” Joe Biden tweeted, “transphobia is the paramount civil rights issue of the current era.” As a proud American who happens to be black, it offends the heck out of me that a behavior is absurdly deemed the same as the racial discrimination fought by my late dad and his fellow black civil rights pioneers.

https://thedailycoin.org/2020/02/01/californias-nightmare-is-spreading-nationally/ 

:: 2-2-20 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“WOKE” U.S. Military Academy at West Point is force-feeding cadets cultural Marxist propaganda about gender and masculinity

February 2, 2020 by BareNakedIslam

America’s premiere military academy West Point is adopting the far left cultural Marxist propaganda in which cadets are being forced to accept so-called new “gender norms” and reject “evil toxic masculinity,” leading one cadet to comment, “I’m being taught how NOT to be a man.” Breitbart West Point cadets attended mandatory eventsframed by the military academy as educational curriculum — on “inclusion,” “diversity,” and “gender norms,” Breitbart News has learned. The programming included discussion groups led by upper-class cadets, labeled “facilitators,” making references to “toxic masculinity.” This was the military academy’s third “Honorably Living Day” hosted by West Point Superintendent Lt. Gen. Darryl A. Williams,” reported the Military Times, describing West Post’s characterization of “honorable living” as including “diversity, inclusion and acceptance of people from differing backgrounds, races and genders.” Williams described the event as relevant to the development of “combat readiness.” Cadets were obligated to view Miss Representation and The Mask You Live In, two documentary films produced by Jennifer Siebel Newsom, first lady of California and wife of Gov. Gavin Newsom (D-CA). Miss Representation features commentary from assorted left-wing and partisan Democrat figures, including Sen. Cory Booker (D-NJ), Rep. Nancy Pelosi (D-CA), Gov. Gavin Newsom (D-CA), Katie Couric, Rosario Dawson, Jane Fonda, Rachel Maddow, Rosie O’Donnell, and Gloria Steinem. Debuted by the Oprah Winfrey Network (OWN), Miss Representation frames American society as broadly pathologized by anti-woman sexism. The Mask You Live In derides “hypermasculinity,” and masculinity more broadly, as stultifying boys’ and men’s emotional development. Its features commentary critiques what its speakers characterize as arbitrarily socialized “gender roles” associated with manhood. “Be a man,’ that’s one of the most destructive phrases in this culture, I believe,” stated Joe Ehrmann, former NFL defensive lineman. “Masculinity is not organic,” claimed Caroline Heldman, a professor of politics at Occidental University. “It’s reactive. It’s not something that just develops. It’s a rejection of everything that is feminine … through our popular culture, through our parenting styles, through our educational style, and through assumptions of natural manhood and maleness.” Breitbart News received comments from several West Point cadets on condition of anonymity. Cadets are prohibited from speaking with the press without the school’s authorization under threat of disciplinary action. “I’m being taught how not to be a man,” said one cadet “I’m going to quit West Point. It’s no longer teaching me to be a leader of men. It’s teaching me how to be a victim,” said another cadet. “The real bias we need to talk about [is] why it’s scandalous to be conservative in a professional environment by ‘brave’ to follow the crowd and be liberal,” a third cadet wrote. A fourth cadet said, “The guest speaker had us all make a black power sign a yell, ‘Fight the power!’” Instead of developing leaders, West Point is taking time to attack masculinity. The program even questions the phrase “be a man.” Yet, by attacking masculinity, mandatory trainings such as Honorably Living Day undermines the very characteristics our military desperately needs.  Patriot Post General Boykin quoted George Orwell, who fought in the Spanish Civil War and observed the hardships of battle first-hand: “Orwell said, ‘We rest well in our beds at night because rough men stand ready to do violence against those who would threaten us.’” General Boykin argues that the campaign against masculinity inflicts a great deal of damage on society beyond the military. “This whole idea of ‘hypermasculinity,’ which is one of the phrases that they’ve coined now… is absolute nonsense, has nothing to do with reality. It is about destroying men because they are the foundations of the family… Remember when the U.S. Army FORCED ROTC cadets to wear high heels to promote a feminist-linked campaign on sexual violence against women? ROTC cadets are complaining on message boards that they were pressured to walk in high heels on Monday for an Arizona State University campus event designed to raise awareness of sexual violence against women. (Because this is so much more important than learning how to kill Muslim terrorists) U.S. Army Lt. Col. Doug Pietrowski, 7th Sustainment Brigade deputy commanding officer, wears a pair of women’s high heels while participating in the Walk a Mile in Her Shoes event at Fort Eustis, Va., April, 10, 2013. The event is one of many that are meant to bring awareness to sexual assault and gender violence. (U.S. Air Force photo by Staff Sgt. Wesley Farnsworth/Released) Washington Times The Army openly encouraged participating in April’s “Walk A Mile in Her Shoes” events in 2014, but now it appears as though ROTC candidates at ASU were faced with a volunteer event that became mandatory.Attendance is mandatory and if we miss it we get a negative counseling and a ‘does not support the battalion sharp/EO mission’ on our CDT OER for getting the branch we want. So I just spent $16 on a pair of high heels that I have to spray paint red later on only to throw them in the trash after about 300 of us embarrass the U.S. Army tomorrow,” one anonymous cadet wrote on the social media sharing website Imgr, IJReview reported Monday. The Army has not tried to hide from the event. It promoted similar events in 2014 on its website, saying “Walk a Mile in Her Shoes is open to everyone. We are trying to get maximum participation and even if they can’t be there, we still encourage them to make a donation.”

https://barenakedislam.com/2020/02/02/woke-u-s-military-academy-at-west-point-is-force-feeding-cadets-cultural-marxist-propaganda-about-gender-and-masculinity/ 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 2-3-20 www.lighthousetrailsresearch.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian Prime Minister Hoping to Force News Websites to Have Government License

February 3, 2020 by Lighthouse Trails Editors

“Trudeau Minister Proposes Forcing News Websites to Have Govt Licence”

By Chris Tomlinson Breitbart

Canadian Heritage Minister Steven Guilbeault has stated that news websites, along with social media companies, could be forced to obtain government licences to operate in Canada. The minister, who has been tasked with updating Canada’s broadcasting laws using the Canadian Radio-Television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC), stated that internet news sites will be “asked” to obtain a government-approved licence, broadcaster CTV reports. The report, entitled “Canada’s communications future: Time to act”, was released on January 29th and included 97 recommendations. It details how the CRTC would be vastly expanded to not only regulate radio and television broadcasters but news websites as well. Click here to continue reading.

Related Article: Letter to the Editor: Freedom of Religion Being Seriously Challenged in Canada

Canadian Government Says Lighthouse Trails Transgender Booklet “Hate Propaganda” – Will Not Allow It In Their Country

https://www.lighthousetrailsresearch.com/blog/?p=31430 

:: 2-3-20 CNBC news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI warns of new online threat to personal, credit card information

Published Fri, Jan 31 20208:05 AM ESTUpdated Mon, Feb 3 20209:14 AM EST

@in/rahel-solomon-6b4ba929 @RahelSolomonJournalist @RahelCNBC

Jennifer Schlesinger @jennyanne211

Companies including Macy’s, British Airways, Puma and Ticketmaster have been hit by a new form of personal and credit card hacking, known as e-skimming or magecart, which steals information from websites.  Never using a debit card online and asking a company for a virtual credit card are among steps that consumers can take to protect themselves. Federal authorities have a consumer warning for shoppers. Hidden skimming devices (commonly thought to be attached to gas station pumps and ATMs) have gone high-tech. “It’s hard to put really — definite numbers around it. But one thing we know for sure is that millions of credit card numbers have been stolen, even over the course of the past two years,” Herb Stapleton, section chief for the FBI’s cyber division told CNBC. This new type of skimming is called e-skimming or Magecart. Cybercriminals can gain access to your personal and credit card information in a number of ways. They can break into a web server directly or break into a common server that supports many online shopping websites to compromise them all and once a site has been compromised, the shopper can’t spot the difference. “It’s nearly impossible for a consumer to detect that this has happened to them before the actual occurrence. The site that they would look at, which is already infected, would look no different to a consumer,” Stapleton said. Randy Pargman is the senior director for threat hunting and counterintelligence at Binary Defense, an Ohio-based cybersecurity company that monitors companies’ computers for signs of attacks. The company won’t disclose its clients but says many are in the retail sector. “Any retailer that has a significant online presence that accepts online orders is definitely concerned about e-skimming,” Pargman said.

For consumers, there are several things you can do to protect yourself when shopping online.

1. Always shop with a credit card instead of a debit card online. This lessens the inconvenience if your card is compromised, Pargman said. Credit card users usually have a lower liability for fraud. In addition, getting money returned to your debit card can take some time.

2. Consider asking your bank or credit card company for a virtual credit card. Not all banks offer it but many do. The virtual credit card is a unique credit card number to be used for specific transactions and for a specific merchant. If this number is compromised, other charges will be declined.

3. Monitor their cards for any unusual activity and report it right away.

While the FBI’s Stapleton said e-skimming has been on its radar for nearly seven years, he said the crimes are growing because cybercriminals are sharing the malware online and becoming more sophisticated. “If we put up a wall,” Stapleton said, “they’re building a ladder or a tunnel or a way to go around it.”

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/01/31/fbi-warns-of-new-online-threat-to-personal-credit-card-info.html 

:: 2--20 https://www.reddit.com  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted byu/autotldr

4 days ago

Posting anti-vaccine propaganda on social media could become criminal offence, Law Commissioner says

This is the best tl;dr I could make, original reduced by 76%. (I'm a bot) Posting anti-vaccine propaganda on social media could become a criminal offence - even if those promoting it believe the pseudoscience, the UK's new criminal Law Commissioner has said. In her first interview since taking up the role, Penney Lewis, revealed she is considering whether laws should be amended to "Lower the threshold" of criminality for posting false information online that endangers lives. Prof. Lewis became one of the Law Commission's five commissioners last month, and will lead its work drawing up reforms to modernise swathes of the UK's criminal law over her five-year term, starting a wide-ranging review of how Britain's communications laws function in the social media age. The Law Commission is set to release its proposals on modernising communication laws for public consultation later this year.  Prof. Lewis will then draw up recommendations, which will be signed off by four other law commissioners, before going to the Government. One model the new law commissioner is looking at for modernising the UK's laws is New Zealand's approach of criminalising online messages based on the harm they cause, with harm largely defined as emotional distress.

https://www.reddit.com/r/autotldr/comments/eyofqm/posting_antivaccine_propaganda_on_social_media/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 2-2-20 Cryptogon.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Britons Airlifted from Wuhan Ride to Quarantine on Four “Horseman” Buses

February 2nd, 2020

Via: Daily Mail: The bus drivers for the 83 British evacuees suspected of carrying the deadly coronavirus spent an entire 172-mile journey with them without wearing face masks. Although none of the passengers rescued from Wuhan have been confirmed infected, the virus is highly contagious and they are being bundled into quarantine in Arrowe Park Hospital, Wirral, for 14 days. Yet, the men behind the wheel of the buses spent hours cooped up in the vehicles without protective clothing.  Earlier this afternoon, they even greeted the suspected patients with handshakes at RAF Brize Norton in Oxfordshire before embarking on their long-haul drive across the country to the North West. The coronavirus, which has infected nearly 10,000 people and killed 213, is known to spread easily through coughs and sneezes and close contact, and people may be contagious even if they feel well. The Department of Health said coach drivers – who will not be quarantined, MailOnline understands – would be wearing ‘appropriate protective equipment’, but images have emerged of them wearing none, despite being sat beside hazmat-wearing medical workers. The drivers will also spend 14 days in isolation themselves. They were asked to drive those brought back from China without any masks or specialist clothing – and will now take a period of paid leave away from others. A spokesman for Horseman Coaches said their staff had been reassured by Government officials that they did not need to wear masks for the 180-mile journey because passengers had been quarantined for eight days in China and only allowed on the flight because they were clear of any symptoms.

https://www.cryptogon.com/?p=57296 

:: 2-3-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Giant Flocks of Crows and Huge Mosquitoes Invade Skies and Cities Around Coronavirus Ground Zero Zone in China

By Strange Sounds - Feb 3, 2020

Chinese social media users around the country have reported unusual sightings of dense flocks of crows and a mass of giant overwintering mosquitoes… And all they want to know is if those unusual animal phenomena are somehow related to the coronavirus and its outbreak. Someone from the online community provided a possible answer: “The crow is an eater of carrion. The elderly say that crows seem to anticipate death because they can smell it, even before a person dies. In other words, they can smell the odor of a dying person; but we humans cannot. They will then circle around this person waiting for him to die. That is why in Chinese culture crows are considered inauspicious and are always linked with death.” Most of the videos, all filmed and posted online on January 28, 2020, show flocks of crows are from Yichang, Jingzhou, and Hanchuan, cities situated in Hubei Province, the epicenter of the Wuhan coronavirus. In the Hanchuan City video, a large, dense flock of crows was videotaped flying around and cawing loudly. One observer said, “This situation has never occurred before.” In a similar video from Yichang City, a man exclaimed, “Oh my God, it is said that abnormal scenes predict something unusual is about to happen.” After those videos were viewed on the internet, netizens from other cities, including Jiaozuo and Puyang, in Hunan Province; and Beijing and Tianjin cities, wrote that they had observed similar phenomena recently. A netizen from Beijing wrote: “I saw an even larger flock of crows in Beijing’s Haidian district last month. There were at least 1,000 crows.” Meanwhile, thousands of black birds – aka grackles – also took over parking lot in Houston, Texas: Meanwhile, a resident of Beijing noticed a large number of oversized mosquitoes clustered underneath a highway ramp in the city’s Haidian District on Jan. 25. “This has never been seen before. It is very abnormal indeed. Can a research team in the related field come and examine it?” he asked.  Beijing is very cold in winter and adult mosquitoes, like the ones in the video, usually don’t emerge until April. Ancient Chinese wisdom tells us that when there are a large number of overwintering mosquitoes or when they emerge in the early spring, they will likely bring about an outbreak of contagious diseases. More than 2 million deaths? Meanwhile, a new research estimates that up to 75,800 individuals in the Chinese city of Wuhan may have been infected with 2019 novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV) as of Jan. 25, 2020. But the number of newly infected patients will reach maximum, about 200,000 per day, in April, while other cities like Chongqing, Guangzhou, and Shenzhen, will peak in May. In the following months, the total number of coronavirus infected people across China could reach 18 million, and the total number of deaths would be 1 to 2 million. So yes, those strange animal events may be some really bad signs for the future of this coronavirus outbreak, or even for humanity. Be ready and prepared! More Endtime news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [ET]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/02/crows-mosquitoes-invade-coronavirus-effection-areas-china-video.html 

:: 2-2-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You Prepared To Shelter-In-Place Today? Imagine Turning On The News To Learn Coronavirus Had Arrived In Your City! Getting Ready For The Worst Case Scenario

February 2, 2020 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

The "official" number of those infected with Coronavirus is 13,000 worldwide, but the actual numbers are unknown because news from China, where the 2019-nCoV is believed to have begun, must be state approved and no one really knows if they have been totally forthcoming with their data, but it is unlikely that they have been. What we do know if that the virus has now been confirmed in nearly 20 countries, including the U.S. The latest "suspected" case in the U.S. is in New York City, with a population of over 8 million people. This follows the recently confirmed case of a college student in Boston, which was the 8th to be confirmed in the U.S. The World Health Organization has declared a global emergency, while the U.S. government has imposed travel restrictions and mandatory quarantines over Coronavirus outbreak. Major corporations are taking their own preventative measures, such as WalMart that has temporarily limited all non-business critical travel to, from, and within mainland China, and conducting all planned meetings virtually, according to their press release. Apple is closing all it's stores and corporate offices in China. The U.S. Defense Department has indicated they are prepared to offer quarantine facilities if need be. (That information is provided in the news clip at the bottom of this article.) The U.S. government, wisely is cautioning people not to panic, as it should, but panicking and preparing are two different things. While Stefan Stanford has done an excellent job updating readers on the spread of the Coronavirus and provided a number of suggestions, and links, to items that can help protect from and fight the virus should it be reported in your state or city, as it spreads we thought it might be a smart idea to prepare to shelter-in-place if need be. Make no mistake, we never want to see the government order it, that is too much like Martial Law, but Americans are smart and understand the best way to prevent catching any type of cold, flu or virus is to stay away from any body or anything carrying the virus. I won't reinvent the wheel here but will Copy and paste those suggestions and links at the very end of the article, because I would like to focus on whether readers are prepared, today, right now if it came to that, to shelter themselves in place to ride this out.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Due to the recent unforeseen medical expenses, All News Pipeline will need financial help in the months ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.)

February 2, 2020 Are You Prepared To Shelter-In-Place Today? Imagine Turning On The News To Learn Coronavirus Had Arrived In Your City! Getting Ready For The Worst Case Scenario CORONACONFIRMEDUS.jpg

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

The "official" number of those infected with Coronavirus is 13,000 worldwide, but the actual numbers are unknown because news from China, where the 2019-nCoV is believed to have begun, must be state approved and no one really knows if they have been totally forthcoming with their data, but it is unlikely that they have been. What we do know if that the virus has now been confirmed in nearly 20 countries, including the U.S. The latest "suspected" case in the U.S. is in New York City, with a population of over 8 million people. This follows the recently confirmed case of a college student in Boston, which was the 8th to be confirmed in the U.S. The World Health Organization has declared a global emergency, while the U.S. government has imposed travel restrictions and mandatory quarantines over Coronavirus outbreak. Major corporations are taking their own preventative measures, such as WalMart that has temporarily limited all non-business critical travel to, from, and within mainland China, and conducting all planned meetings virtually, according to their press release. Apple is closing all it's stores and corporate offices in China. The U.S. Defense Department has indicated they are prepared to offer quarantine facilities if need be. (That information is provided in the news clip at the bottom of this article.) The U.S. government, wisely is cautioning people not to panic, as it should, but panicking and preparing are two different things. While Stefan Stanford has done an excellent job updating readers on the spread of the Coronavirus and provided a number of suggestions, and links, to items that can help protect from and fight the virus should it be reported in your state or city, as it spreads we thought it might be a smart idea to prepare to shelter-in-place if need be. Make no mistake, we never want to see the government order it, that is too much like Martial Law, but Americans are smart and understand the best way to prevent catching any type of cold, flu or virus is to stay away from any body or anything carrying the virus. I won't reinvent the wheel here but will Copy and paste those suggestions and links at the very end of the article, because I would like to focus on whether readers are prepared, today, right now if it came to that, to shelter themselves in place to ride this out.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Due to the recent unforeseen medical expenses, All News Pipeline will need financial help in the months ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.)

shelter-in-place-img.jpg IMAGINE TURNING ON THE NEWS AND FINDING OUT CORONAVIRUS IS IN YOUR CITY

Now, imagine turning on your TV or opening your favorite news sources online and seeing a map like the one at the top of this article, and seeing your state as having a confirmed case of this new global threat, then hunting where in the state and seeing your city, town or village....are you ready or do you need to put on your face masks, grab you anti-bacterial wipes and run to the store real quick to get ready? The smart thing to do is prepare now. For those capable of sheltering themselves in place, just hunkering down and waiting until everything is under control, they are far more likely to come out on the other side without having gotten close to anyone that could be infected. For those that absolutely have to work outside the home, well, some of the suggestions at the bottom of this article from Stefan's previous piece can help you protest yourself to the best of your ability. Many ANP readers are already preppers in one form or another, and others are just starting, so a quick run-down of items not often mentioned in prepping pieces, enough to allow for an extended amount of time, might be handy, and we always encourage readers to list anything we didn't that they see as important to help guarantee that no family member needs to leave the house unless absolutely necessary. Food and water goes without saying. What kinds of food depends on each individual, some may want a stock of meats because we aren't talking about an EMP or losing electricity, so a full freezer can't hurt, the food will eventually get eaten. Other may want to have a month or two worth of emergency survival food, if they don't have it already. (Note: Stay away from items made in China for now!) VARIETY PACKS WITH MEAT

One of the main warnings that we have seen in our comment section and others is that many of those pails or buckets do not include meat, forcing consumers to buy meat separately if they want meat and more protein in their meal. For those that already have those, meat items alone will be linked as well.

First a few choices freeze dried foods that include do meat.

Mountain House Classic Bucket | Freeze Dried Backpacking & Camping Food

Mountain House Essential Bucket

Mountain House Breakfast Bucket

Guardian Survival Kits 3 Month Food Supply

Emergency Food Supply 3 Months (90 Days)

For those that have already bought those larger quantities just to find out there is no meat, a selection of seperate meats:

Freeze Dried Chicken

Freeze Dried Sausage Crumbles

Freeze Dried Ground Beef

Nutristore Freeze-Dried Meat Assorted Premium Pack (Beef Dices, Chicken Dices, Ground Beef and Sausage Crumbles) | 80 Large Servings

These freeze dried products require cooking after rehydrating.

Yoders Single Canned Freeze Dried Foods For Emergency And Long Term Storage Foods - Pork Chops

Yoders Single Canned Freeze Dried Foods For Emergency And Long Term Storage Foods - Chicken Breast

Yoders Single Canned Freeze Dried Foods For Emergency And Long Term Storage Foods - Hamburger Patties

Vegetables & Fruits

Augason Farms Freeze Dried Vegetable Variety Pack 10 lbs 10.1 oz 4 Gallon Kit

Augason Farms Dehydrated Potato Slices 1 lb 4 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Tomato Powder Emergency Food Storage 3 lbs 10 oz No. 10 Can

Freeze Dried Broccoli by Nutristore | Pack of 2

Augason Farms Dehydrated Spinach Flakes 8 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Dehydrated Diced Carrots 2 lbs 6 oz No. 10 Can

Wise Company, Emergency Food Supply, Freeze-Dried Fruit and Snack Bucket, 120 Servings

Augason Farms Fruit Variety Pail Long Term Food Storage Camping Everyday Meal Prep 6 Gallon Pail

Breakfast foods:

Augason Farms 5-90158 Scrambled Egg Mix, 2 lbs, 4 oz. No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Dehydrated Potato Shreds 1 lb 7 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Dried Whole Egg Product 2 lbs 1 oz No. 10 Can

Nutristore Freeze Dried Cheddar Cheese Shredded

Augason Farms Freeze Dried Shredded Mozzarella Cheese 1 lb 14.19 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Buttermilk Pancake Mix 3 lbs 4 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Banana Chips 2 lbs 1 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Peanut Butter Powder 2 lbs No. 10 Can

Paper Products:

Toilet Paper

Paper Towels - Bundle

BOTTOM LINE While we all hope and pray that this deadly Coronavirus doesn't continue to spread, there is never any way to guarantee the final outcome nor how far and wide it will spread, so being as prepared as you can be, without panicking, just making sure all your bases are covered, is simply the common sense thing to do. For those that do notwant to wait the few days it takes for delivery from the links above... head to the grocery store, learn how to freeze milks and other perishables, stock up on foods you usually buy and like, just much more of them and prepare that way. At the very bottom of this page we are providing the list of protective and preventative items that Stefan Stanford first published on January 25, 2020.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Shelter_In_Place_Coronavirus.php 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 2-2-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CHICOMS and the Democrats Are Making Their Final Push to Take Down America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, February 2, 2020 - 09:00.

This mutlpart series will demonstrate that the CHICOMS are in league with each other to remove Donald Trump from office. This is a globalist plot endorsed at the highest levels. There are presently 40% of the nations of the world who are in some level of rebellion against the New World Order. Trump is the face of this populist rebellion. Trump must be removed at any cost, according to the globalists who control the Deep State and the Democratic Party. China has been chosen to takeover the plan to bring America down from the Deep State who has failed to remove Trump and slow down and reverse the rising tide of populism across America and the world. The Chinese are in the process of unleashing a multitude of bioengineered viruses designed to thin out their own population, and as such lessen their food procurement burden. Also, Chinese trade will be enhanced with Donald Trump out of office. This article will demonstrate how the Chinese will use a series of bio-attacks upon America to remove Trump. However, once the American government is replaced by the Bolsheviks, formerly the Democratic Party, then China will fulfill its foreign policy mandate and unleash a massive and genocidal attack upon America (see the five part Wei Fenghe analysis referenced below). China has declared war upon the United States. They are already killing tens of thousands of Americans and nobody is holding them accountable, through the shipping of Fentanyl into the United States, but should be surprised? No, this is not genetic specific genetic bioweapons that I previously wrote about back in July of 2019. This was the beta test for what is happening now. The real attack upon America has moved beyond Fentanyl. We do not have to fear a Chinese nuclear attack and that is the long and the short of the good news. Early in the summer of 2019, I reported that, not only did Chinese Defense Minister, Wei Fenghe, state this openly in a leaked government document which expressed Chinese war plans intended to utterly devastate the United States, he stated that genetic specific bioweapons would be used to commit mass genocide against the United States while leaving the infrastructure and the 12 million Chinese alive in which only non -Chinese would perish and that the origin of the attack is coming from the Chinese biolab in Wuhan. Even Senator Cotton has said he doubts that this release was an accident. Wei Fenghe's private declaration of war was made by him as he spoke to the planning committee of the Communist Chinese Party (CCP) in which he called for genocide against the United States and announced their intention to create hundreds of millions of Chinese colonists the opportunity to become "good Americans". As I established in this five part series, the Chinese had ample motivation and the means to carry out such an attack. If you missed the five part series, you will want to review the major points prior to reading the following content. How Serious Is the Wei Fenghe Plan to Commit Genocide Against America? The Experts Weigh In I have several sources that I rely on to provide me with reliable information and quality interpretation of the facts. One source had direct knowledge of this plot to attack America as had possession of the same document that I referenced earlier this past summer in print on the CSS. The other three sources of information had no direct knowledge but they all agree that if any nation on Earth were to invoke such a vicious battle plan, it would be the Chicoms. In fact, my most experienced covert source said "If I were still at the Pentagon and advising the Joint Chiefs, I would be telling them to expect China to kill tens of thousands of people in Hong Kong and import Chinese peasants into Hong Kong to take their place. To the Chinese government, human life and the loss of human life means nothing, on any scale." THE CHINESE UNLEASHED THE FIRST PART OF THEIR BIOWEAPONS ATTACK UPON THE UNITED STATES THROUGH THE CARTELS BRINGING IN FENTANYL WHILE USING MASS IMMIGRATION FOR COVER. NOW THAT THE DEMOCRATIC PARTY HAS FAILED TO REMOVE DONALD TRUMP, THE CHICOMS ARE TAKING OVER THE PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY FOR REMOVING TRUMP FROM POWER. WITH THE ADVENT OF THE CORONAVIRUS, THE WEI FENGHE PLAN IS IN FULL EFFECT AND WE SEE EVIDENCE THAT IT IS BEING UNFOLDED IN PHASES. All of my sources felt that it was possible that China would pursue the Wei Fenghe course of action, they all thought it more like, that they first attack America using more covert means. I have also detailed how the Chinese are prepared to unleash a massive 5th column attack inside of the United States when circumstances sufficiently weaken America such as massive domestic disturbance such as the type that Antifa is escalating towards. As the biolengineered biovirus arrives in the United States, the weakening of America has begun in earnest. The CHICOM's goals are being followed on behalf of the globalists who want to take out the American government and Donald Trump:  The detabilizing of the American economy will occur here, just as it is in China due to the release of the virus. China has lost $75 billion from its economy as many manufacturing plants have been shut down. Taking down the American economy gives the Democrats a fighting chance to defeat Trump in November.

The destabilizing of America has begun. There was just an announcement of 17 quarantine zone in America, on Friday. In many areas of China, people are ordered to stay in their homes. One person, per family, every two days, by select neighborhoods is allowed to go outside the home and to procure food. The same is about to happen here.

Chinese children are not going to school. People are not shopping or eating out. The Chinese economy is in free fall. By the way, many of our medicines in America are manufactured in China. Better learn to go natural and stock up NOW!!!

According to Chinese cultural and political experts, the virus is being directed at areas where the people are more progressive in their approach to government and they actually oppose the Communist Party. Wuhan is just such a place.

Hospitals are becoming one big hospice and are ultimately becoming crematoriums. The same will soon be happening here in America.

Many of my insider sources fear that when American is sufficiently crippled, as they are in China, the terrorist/RED DAWN TET-style-offensive will be unleashed against America. The detabilizing effect could bring about a coup against the American government or certain make Trump more vulnerable to removal from office, either administratively or through the election process. At this point it is critical to mention that this is only the preliminary attack by the CHICOMS upon America. This early phase is only designed to remove Trump from power. This also satisfies the mandate by the United Nations that the CHICOMS are replacing the United States as the world's globalist policeman. Taking out America is the CHICOMS first goal. The next phase of the CHICOMS attack upon America will seek to kill as many Americans as possible through the release of an even more deadly pathogen..

The CSS has already shown that the Democrats, former DNC head Congresswoman Wasserman-Schultz Awan brother terrorists, the Clinton Foundation's "pay for play" and Ukrainian arms dealers illegally shipped arms to Iran via Pakistan. It has been shown that the Awan brothers were, at one time or another, were on the payroll of 80 Democrats including Schiff, Pelosi, Feinstein, etc. What else could we possibly conclude that the Democrats are using the CHICOMS bio-attack upon the US as their doomsday device since their efforts to remove Trump and effect a Bolshevik Revolution has failed. These notions are further bolstered by the fact that the CHICOMS are being allowed to take over the assault upon America. We have also demonstrated that key Democrats (eg Pelosi, Kamala Harris, Feinstein, Schiff, et al., have been in bed with the CHICOMS military for decades (eg VP Al Gore and the DNC shipping Silkworm technology to the CHICOMS for dark money campaign contributions in 1996 to Hunter/Joe Biden shipping F-35 technology to the CHICOMS in 2014-15). It is the operating hypothesis and presumption of the CSS that we will find that the CHICOM biolab was shipped the technology to manufacture the very bizarre Coronavirus. Paul Preston and myself believe that we know who the delivery agent is, however, we are working on procuring the details along with Alexandra Daley. Further, I am going to withhold any release of the identity of this group until it is determined that Attorney General Barr is not going to prosecute this group, located inside of California, and is under the control of the Governor of California, When it appears, that nothing is going to be done in this matter by the Trump adminstration, a full release of information will be authorized. Dead man switches are already in play. In a later article, the CSS will clearly demonstrate that all quarantine camps are disguised medical camps and they will be run by HHS and the United Nations. To conclude, the accuracy of these claims are embedded in the following quote by Wei Fenghe:

"The central committee believes, as long as we resolve the United States problem at one blow, our domestic problems will all be readily solved. Therefore, our military battle preparation appears to aim at Taiwan, but in fact is aimed at the United States, and the preparation is far beyond the scope of attacking aircraft carriers or satellites. - Chinese Defense Minister Gen. Wei Fenghe

When one eliminates the traditional military goals of the CHICOM government, there is not much left but the use of bioweapons and this is exactly what we see. It is the belief of the the CSS that we will remember the CHICOM so-called Coronavirus as the good ole days. What is coming next is the fulfillment of the Wei Fenghe strategy. The goal of the CHICOMS is genocide and as stated last July, race-specific bioweapons will be used. As Wei Fenghe stated in his speech, the only way China can survive is to procure the assets and resources of America and they have no interest in joint occupancy.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/chicoms-and-democrats-are-making-their-final-push-take-down-america 

:: 2-1-20 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Are Liberal Cities Such a Mess?

By Steve Feinstein February 1, 2020

Many major U.S. cities run by liberal Democrats are in rough shape. They are afflicted by the problems of homelessness, violent crime, gangs, and unemployment to a far greater degree than the country as a whole. Consider the following: Chicago's violence and gang-related drug problems are well-known. What’s less well-known is that the city hasn’t had a Republican mayor since 1927. The city’s finances -- like most Democratically-run major cities -- are in shambles. At the end of 2015, according to a 2017 report by the Fiscal Times, Chicago had assets of just $4.7 billion against liabilities of more than $14 billion, a funded ratio of barely 33%. The homeless population in Los Angeles has risen from a staggering 33,000 in 2010 to over 55,000 in 2018. The city -- already dominated by a liberal super-majority of legislators -- has just recently pushed through massive local tax increases designed to address the homeless crisis. San Francisco actually has maps so people can track where the worst incidences of human waste are on the sidewalks. The homeless population now approaches 7000 and there is no law prohibiting sleeping on the streets, sidewalks, or other public places. Discarded syringes are everywhere. San Francisco’s property crime rate is the highest in the nation and “smash and grab” thefts involving broken car windows are so commonplace that repair shops have waiting lists. The DA’s office no longer prosecutes “victimless” crimes like prostitution or drug possession, resulting in a massive influx of drug dealers into the city. Frighteningly similar situations exist is nearly every other major Democrat-run city, all around the nation: In New York City, Detroit, St. Louis, Baltimore, Hartford, CT, Newark, Philadelphia and on and on, the story follows the same pattern: Homelessness, high crime, underwater finances, soft policing, lax immigration control (often sanctuary cities), high taxes, and business-averse regulations. It’s a guaranteed formula for failure.  As Investors Business Daily put it: When Democrats are in control, cities tend to go soft on crime, reward cronies with public funds, establish hostile business environments, heavily tax the most productive citizens and set up fat pensions for their union friends. Simply put, theirs is a Blue State blueprint for disaster. The question, of course, is why? Why do they choose to govern like that? Can anything about the efficacy and propriety of liberal governing doctrine be extrapolated from these examples? The answer is a resounding “yes.” To boil down the essential difference between conservative and liberal governing philosophy into the simplest terms, it would be this: Conservatives believe in equal opportunity. Liberals believe in equal outcome. The conservative’s view of government’s role in society (after fulfilling its fundamental responsibilities of national defense, common-sense safety/liability regulations, environmental protections and providing a basic social safety net for those in a temporarily disadvantageous situation) is to set up the game pieces such that those choosing to participate have a reasonably equal chance of winning. Not perfectly equal, perhaps, but a reasonable shot at success. In the conservative paradigm, individual initiative, hard work and a bit of luck can eliminate almost all the barriers to educational, professional and financial achievement. In contrast, liberal doctrine stipulates an equal outcome for all people. Their view of government is that its responsibility is to ensure that every individual has at least a minimally acceptable share of society’s spoils (that share being quite arbitrarily determined by liberal politicians, according to their whims and the political exigencies in effect at the time). Liberal governing practices of wealth redistribution, punitive taxation, excessive regulations designed to impede runaway capitalistic profits and “cover every contingency” individual benefit programs all combine to produce -- in many instances -- the unintended consequence of short-circuiting personal initiative and ambition. Instead, these excessive giveaway programs essentially “teach” some people how to game the system and get the government to pay for their existence in society. That’s not the original intent, but that’s how it ends up playing out in many cases. Liberal cities are governed by the guiding tenets of softness, misplaced “compassion,” and individual unaccountability. Examples include: Hands-off policing style (NYC has long since abandoned the highly successful stop-and-frisk practices of the Giuliani years that led to low street crime).  Sanctuary cities, which give rise to higher incidents of crime, poverty, unemployment, and the wasting of taxpayer-funded public resources because of the undocumented population’s draining effect on the community.  The inexplicable decision of cities like Boston to no longer prosecute crimes such as shoplifting and breaking and entering, leading to urban stores not being able to remain open and be profitable (thus denying the community of a valuable resource).

Widespread locally approved abuse of the SNAP/EBT program, allowing its acceptance for alcohol and other nonessential items.

Explicit sanctioning of sleeping on the street or other common public areas and unrestricted public loitering. Liberal policies have worked almost perfectly to degrade the quality of inner-city life for their residents to the point of abject unacceptability. Instead of raising the standard of living for all the city’s inhabitants, excessive giveaways (too often offered without requiring adequate, verifiable proof-of-need) and lax or missing enforcement of local laws and edicts have the opposite effect -- such governmental practice only teaches people that they are forever unaccountable as regards the purported norms of society and that they will be given their daily sustenance for free, without putting forth any commensurate effort on their part. In short, overindulgence by local city governments denies the notion of ownership over their own lives to the lower strata of society. That notion of self-ownership over the control and ultimate destiny of one’s life is absolutely critical to a well-functioning society. Without that sense of personal responsibility, there is no civilized order. There is an old cliché that speaks perfectly to the societal dangers inherent when the individual does not feel the responsibility of ownership: “No one ever washes a rented car.” Liberal cities are strewn with the abandoned, rusted hulks of rented cars, their rotting carcasses a blight on the landscape, indisputable testimony to failed Democratic policy.

https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2020/02/why_are_liberal_cities_such_a_mess.html 

:: 1-30-20 News with Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Great Displacement of Americans: Devolving Western Civilization

By Frosty Wooldridge|January 30th, 2020

In an interview with my longtime friend, top immigration specialist Fred Elbel, he gave a frightening look at America’s future. He said, “In the United States, the culture war can loosely be defined as the battle between those who adhere to conservative, traditional, and constitutional views and leftists who espouse political correctness, diversity identity group politics, and belief in more than two biological sexes. (www.Cairco.org) “Mass immigration is a tool of the global elites and of the Left – that is, of the Democrat party – to fragment American society and to displace those who adhere to traditional American values and the foundational premise of our Constitutional Republic. In other words, to disempower Whites, who will become a minority in their own country by mid-century. This isn’t a slur on Blacks or any other nationality, but in essence it is White Europeans who invented and perpetuated Western Civilization. This great displacement of Whites is therefore synonymous with the displacement of Western Civilization.If you don’t think this displacement isn’t going on right under your eyes, take a trip to Detroit, Michigan; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Miami, Florida; New York City; Los Angeles, Atlanta, Georgia and most other large cities with welfare offices and refugee centers. Be prepared to see a deformation of American culture into strange and incompatible cultures taking root. “In Canada, it’s the same, only worse,” said Elbel. “There is no fundamental protection of freedom of speech as there is in the U.S. Indeed, Canada has hate speech laws which are readily interpreted to restrict criticism of mass immigration and the agenda of political Islam.” (Trudeau has his country’s free speech by the throat.) One trip to Vancouver, British Columba, now known as “Hongcouver”, 65 percent pure Chinese have run native Canadians out of that city and, in time, will run them out of that province. Soon enough, the Chinese will secede from Canada. At that point, you will see millions immigrate from China to newly named “Chinese Columbia.” “Western Europe is much like Canada, only worse still,” said Elbel. “European nations have been systematically overwhelmed with hostile, unassimilable Islamists – Muslims. For the most part, individuals are prohibited from discussing and objecting to the invasion. “In all of these nations, the outcome is converging on displacing the native population (e.g., Whites) who perpetuate Western Civilization. The fabric of Western Civilization is under significant threat. While we like to think that the great works of art, music, and architecture of Western Civilization will be revered and preserved forever, all of it is on the chopping block.” In the January 25, 2020 American Greatness article, In the Global Culture War, People and Paintings Are Both at Risk, Karl Spence explains how much is at stake. The article is well worth reading in its entirety. Here are a few excerpts: “The global war we face today puts everything—both civilian lives and cultural artifacts at grave risk. (Has anyone noticed what Muslims do to artifacts? Answer: they blow them up or destroy them no matter what their importance to humanity.) “This war is not properly called a “Global War on Terror.” What we’re up against is the world’s largest and most violent religion: Islam. I doubt that anyone understands Islam better than the men who had been living and breathing it all their lives and killed 3,000 of us in a single morning on 9/11. “I call it a cultural war because it is a struggle over whose values, beliefs and practices will prevail.” In the end, who wins such cultural wars? Answer: the army with the most people and religious fervor. Who might that be? Answer: Muslims! And, we aren’t winning it in America because we continue importing them to increase their numbers and powers. It’s purely America’s suicide death march in action, all in the name of, “We’re a nation of immigrants.” Would Muslims destroy the Sistine Chapel? Yes! How about the Mona Lisa? Yes! Would they destroy “David” in the city of Florence? How about Notre Dame Cathedral? Without a doubt, they would destroy every statue and painting of every classic in the known world if they gained power. How about the Lincoln Memorial? You betcha! Once in control of any country, Muslims destroy any artifact that fails to honor Allah. That means: everything. Then, they install Sharia Law, the most barbaric practices under the sun against women, children, animals, free speech, free thought and anything rational. And yet, the Canadian and American people, as well as all Europeans—work for their own suicides as cultures, religions and languages. It’s curious to watch. It’s curious to see the speed of it. It’s painfully curious that it occurred in my short lifetime on this planet. It’s sickening how a barbaric 6th century religion could topple Western humanity, Western civilization, Western thought and Western Law. But day by day, city by city, that’s what’s happening to Europe, Canada, Australia and Americas. How can we stop this accelerating destruction of Western Culture and society? Answer:

Rescind the 1965 Immigration Reform Act and shutdown all immigration immediately.

Enforce E-Verify documentation of an employee applications.

Outlaw and deport all illegal alien pregnant woman who are here to birth their “anchor baby.”

Stop all chain migration and diversity migrations.

Stop all welfare, food stamps, medical care and schooling for all illegal aliens within the United States.

Enforce US Code 8, Section 1324 in order to take jobs away or the ability to live in the USA by anyone in violation of our laws. The estimated 25 million illegal aliens would have no other choice but to leave on their own dime.

https://newswithviews.com/the-great-displacement-of-americans-devolving-western-civilization/ 

:: 2-2-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California 'Nanny State Prisoner' Has Dire Warning About The 'Nightmare In Paradise' That Will Be A 'Model For America' If President Trump Doesn't Win In November

- Medieval Diseases, Loss Of Parental Rights And Unlimited Illegal Immigration Await Us

By Robert Kirk - All News Pipeline February 2, 2020

I’m a California Nanny State prisoner. I yearn to break free to what remains of the land of the free but family obligations keep me moored to a one party progressive state whose signature achievements are oppressive taxation, business killing regulation coupled with massive immigration of a welfare dependent class. As Victor Davis Hanson has pointed out, the cherry on top are virtue signaling utopian projects such as the bullet train to nowhere and feel good environmental policies and over-regulation of public utilities which have led to the worst wildfires in the State’s history and the “necessity” of shutting off the power to large segments of the population during high winds as an Orwellian third-world solution to government waste and mismanagement. So. I’m stuck here. One way I try to cope with it is humor. Of course, in today’s politically correct culture, even humor is becoming verboten under the influence of the Lefto-Natzis. That is especially true in the media and entertainment industry which is dominated and controlled by the left. Awhile back I was encouraged by the overwhelmingly positive response of the right wing low brow unwashed Cretans who read All News Pipeline to my article published on ANP a few years back about a nightmare a business owner/émigré from Kansas has about the rules and regulations in his adopted state of California.   So I decided to bring my story to the silver screen. Well, “silver screen” is a bit of an exaggeration. My forte is not only “independent” but also low budget film making. A more apt description would be that I decided to bring my short film as a thrust into the culture war by way of the internet and your computer screens. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days and weeks ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) My short film, based on my earlier ANP story is titled "Nightmare in Paradise". My film ends with an ironic twist underlined by the classic song, “California Here I Come” playing during the end titles. Though I filmed Nightmare in Paradise this past October, I held it for release until now because the classic song “California Here I Come”, written by Joseph Meyers and Buddy DeSylva in 1924, just come into the public domain this January. Waiting two months for release saved me the cost of having to purchase the composition rights. Also it gave me an opportunity to record our own performance of “California Here I Come” when Lloyd Marcus came out to my home during our filming of his current music video, Trump Train 2020. In mid-January Lloyd Marcus and seven of his fellow Deplorable Chorus members flew out to my neck of the woods so we could finish the studio shoot of the soon to be release music video. On January 11th, after our studio shoot, I had Lloyd and his fellow Chorus members over to the house for dinner and they graciously agreed to belt out a few bars of “California Here I Come.” Another friend and acquaintance, Lance Roettger, did the musical score and also joined in the chorus so that we could finish up Nightmare in Paradise and release it on January 31st. Lloyd published an excellent article in American Thinker not only about his experience coming out to California but most importantly, about the issues which pertain to the culture and political war we are currently engaged in. As Lloyd stated in part in his American Thinker article: California is a state that seeks to remove all parental rights and ban homeschooling, forcing parents to surrender their children for LGBT, socialist/progressive, and anti-American indoctrination. This is a state that coddles illegal aliens, showering them with freebies unavailable to legal residents, while legal residents struggle to survive. This is a state that has ushered in the resurgence of medieval diseases because vagrants are allowed to set up tent cities and defecate on the streets. Criminals who steal under a thousand dollars’ worth of products are not charged. If Bloomberg or any of his fellow wacko Democrats is elected president, Americans will immediately fall backward, resuming the economic, cultural, and world leadership decline of the Obama years. … Trump must be re-elected in 2020. Meanwhile, laugh a bit. Please enjoy Robert Kirk’s Nightmare in Paradise. Yes, I second Lloyd’s opinion. We need to keep both our sense of humor and our focus on victory in 2020. Gold help us if Trump is not re-elected and California becomes the model and the norm for the rest of the Country! Robert Kirk, a retired Prosecutor, suffers from a rare malady that only afflicts a tiny percentage of his fellow Californians – common sense conservative thought. To contact go to: www.alienanthro.com 

http://allnewspipeline.com/A_Nightmare_In_Paradise.php 

:: 1-31-20 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Dobson Asks Why Fox Says 'Yes' to Drag Queens, 'No' to Abortion Survivors in Super Bowl Ads

01-31-2020 Steve Warren

Lyric Gillett, director of Faces of Choice appeared on the Friday afternoon edition of CBN's Newswatch to talk about Fox's dealings with her group and their response to her television commercial. Newswatch can be seen weekdays on the CBN News Channel. For a programming schedule, click here.  After Fox Sports declined to air a pro-life advocacy group's television commercial during the Super Bowl this Sunday, Dr. James Dobson, the founder and president of the James Dobson Family Institute, asked the network, "Why are you saying 'yes' to drag queens and 'no' to abortion survivors?" As CBN News reported, Lyric Gillett, director of Faces of Choice and producer of the ad, claimed earlier this week that Fox is essentially censoring their commercial after stringing her group along since last July. According to the Washington Times, Fox said they did not accept the commercial because their ad spaces sold out early. Yet just six days ago, the network announced it had additional ad slots available, according to Variety. "Fox's response would have been acceptable in November but we have been working with their legal team since July, so executives claiming ad space was not available is intentionally deceptive. And it's such an uninventive excuse to say they ran out of space, which is easily disprovable," Gillet said in a statement. "Faces of Choice provided every answer and documentation the legal team requested, and though the network has every right to decide which advertisers to accept, stringing along an eager advertiser who met every demand is professionally shady." "The ad features several people who survived abortions, a part of the population whose voices are rarely heard, so what bigger stage to allow them to speak than on a Super Bowl commercial?" Gillet continued. "In an era where voices that have previously been silenced are allowed to be heard, this particular rejection by Fox Sports seems like a more calculated decision to deem abortion survivors worthy of being ignored." She also announced her group has already started discussions with CBS for airing a commercial in the network's presentation of the Super Bowl in 2021.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/entertainment/2020/january/dr-dobson-asks-why-fox-says-yes-to-drag-queens-no-to-abortion-survivors-in-super-bowl-ads 

:: 2-3-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Monday, 3 February 2020

Coronavirus: Day 35: Hundreds of hospital workers in Hong Kong strike: Coronavirus fears wipe $400 BILLION off the value of China's stocks: Almost 20,000 infected in China Prof believes more like 100,000

STRIKE: Hundreds of hospital workers in Hong Kong have gone on strike, demanding the border with mainland China be completely closed to reduce the risk of the coronavirus spreading. BBC

Philippines races to trace those linked to first coronavirus death outside China. Guardian

Desperate search for up to 480 Wuhan travellers 'lost' in Britain Officials are trying to trace 480 travellers from the coronavirus-hit city of Wuhan who arrived in the UK nine days ago Mirror

Victims refused funerals Business Insider STOCKS TANKING: Fears over the coronavirus have triggered a sharp fall in Chinese shares as markets reopened after the Lunar New Year holiday. Coronavirus fears wipe $400 BILLION off the value of China's stocks in first trading session since extended Lunar New Year break BBC Credit: National Health Commission of the People's Republic of China Timeline

30–31 December 2019 On 30 December 2019, an "urgent notice on the treatment of pneumonia of unknown cause" was issued by the Medical Administration and Medical Administration of Wuhan Municipal Health Committee. 27 people with pneumonia of an unknown cause were reported to the WHO on 31 December. Most were stallholders from the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market, seven of whom were in critical condition.

1 January 2020 Hunan Seafood Wholesale Market, the source of the initial pneumonia cases, was closed on 1 January 2020 for cleaning and disinfection.

2 January 41 admitted hospital patients were identified as laboratory-confirmed 2019-nCoV infection in Wuhan. 27 (66%) patients had direct exposure to Hunan Seafood Wholesale Market.

3 January Thailand began screening passengers arriving from Wuhan at four different airports. Singapore began screening passengers at Changi Airport on the same day.

5 January Early investigations into the cause of pneumonia ruled out seasonal flu, SARS, MERS and bird flu. The number of suspected cases reached 59 with seven in a critical condition. All were quarantined and 163 contacts commenced monitoring. At this time, there were no reported cases of human-to-human transmission or presentations in healthcare workers.

Projected outbreak credit muskie? @abuforlife1

6 January Wuhan's city Lianghui started. City representatives met until its closure on January 9. The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) issued a travel watch at Level 1 ("Practice usual precautions") on 6 January, with recommendations on washing hands and more specifically advising avoiding animals, animal markets, and contact with unwell people if travelling to Wuhan

9 January The WHO confirmed that a novel

coronavirus had been isolated from one person who was hospitalised. The first death from the virus occurred in a 61-year-old man who was a regular customer at the market. He had several significant medical conditions, including chronic liver disease, and died from heart failure and pneumonia.

10 January The gene sequencing data of the isolated Wuhan coronavirus, a virus from the same family as the SARS coronavirus, was posted on Virological.org by researchers from Fudan University, Shanghai. A further three sequences from the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention, one from the Chinese Academy of Medical Sciences, and one from Jinyintan Hospital.

11–12 January In China, more than 700 close contacts of the 41 confirmed cases, including more than 400 healthcare workers, had been monitored, with no new cases reported in China since 5 January. The WHO published initial guidance on travel advice, testing in the laboratory and medical investigation.

13 January The CDC announced that the genome had been posted on the NIH genetic sequence database, GenBank. On the same day, Thailand witnessed the first confirmed case of 2019-nCoV, first outside China. The affected 61-year-old Chinese woman, who is a resident of Wuhan, had not visited the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market but was noted to have been to other markets. She had arrived in Bangkok on 8 January.

14–15 January On 14 January, two of the 41 confirmed cases in Wuhan were reported to include a married couple, raising the possibility of human-to-human transmission. A second death occurred in a 69-year-old man in China on 15 January.

16–17 January On 16 January, the WHO was alerted by Japan's Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare that a 30-year-old male Chinese national had tested positive to 2019-nCoV during a hospital stay between 10 and 15 January. He had not visited the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market, but possibly had close contact with an affected person in Wuhan. On 17 January, Thailand's second confirmed case was reported in a 74-year-old woman who arrived in Bangkok on a flight from Wuhan. The number of laboratory-confirmed cases rose to 45 in China. The Big Wobble's first report on the virus A second person has died in China from a mystery virus that has stricken dozens and has appeared in Thailand and Japan: Human-to-human transmission "cannot be excluded"

18 January After the first 41 laboratory-confirmed cases were identified on January 2, 2020, 16 days elapsed with no further confirmed cases before China reported 17 additional laboratory-confirmed cases, with three cases in critical condition. The number of laboratory-confirmed cases rose to 62 in China, with the ages ranging from 30 to 79, of which 19 were discharged and eight remain critical. On the same day, the Wuhan government organised an annual banquet of forty thousand families. They shared meals and ate together. The Big Wobble reports New Chinese virus infected hundreds: "I am substantially more concerned than I was a week ago," disease outbreak scientist: Actual number could be over 2,000 infected NOT 45 confirmed cases

20 January Chinese premier Li Keqiang has urged decisive and effective efforts to prevent and control the epidemic. First confirmed case reported in South Korea. Beijing and Guangdong reported an additional three and thirteen laboratory-confirmed cases, respectively. Shanghai confirms its first case, bringing the total number of laboratory-confirmed cases in China to 218. The investigation team from China's National Health Commission confirmed that the coronavirus can be transmitted between humans. At least two people had become infected whilst living hundreds of miles from Wuhan.

21 January The World Health Organization announced that it would hold an emergency meeting on the virus the following day to determine if the virus is a "public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC)". Confirmed cases were reported in several new locations in China. The total number of laboratory-confirmed cases in China increased to 312 and the death toll increased to six. 15 Wuhan medical staff infections were reported, of which 14 were from a suspected super-spreader. Taiwan reported its first laboratory-confirmed case, and the United States reported its first laboratory-confirmed case in the state of Washington, the first in North America.

22 January New cases: Macau and Hong Kong reported their first laboratory-confirmed cases, with Hong Kong reporting its second on the evening of 22 January. The total number of laboratory-confirmed cases in China increased to 571 and the death toll to 17. In response, the government announced a quarantine until further notice, cancelling outgoing flights and trains from Wuhan, and suspending public transportation in Wuhan. However, statistics compiled by the Chinese Railway Administration showed that on the same day approximately 100,000 people had already departed from Wuhan Train Station by the deadline. Furthermore, many Wuhan residents bypassed the checkpoints by taking antipyretics, having seen tips shared on Sina Weibo. Internationally, two more laboratory-confirmed cases were reported in Thailand, raising the total number of laboratory-confirmed cases in Thailand to four. New data showed indications of the current rapid spread of the disease and an increase in the rate of transmission.

23 January In all, the total number of laboratory-confirmed cases in mainland China increased to 628 while the death toll remained at 17. Singapore reported its first laboratory-confirmed case, a 66-year-old man from China. Vietnam confirms its first two laboratory-confirmed cases, a 66-year-old father and 28-year-old son from China. Wuhan suspended all public transportation from 10 a.m. onwards, including all bus, metro and ferry lines. Additionally, all outbound trains and flights were halted. In Wuhan, construction began near midnight for a specialist emergency hospital, modelled after the Xiaotangshan Hospital during the 2003 SARS outbreak in Beijing, after it was proposed earlier in the afternoon. The new Huoshenshan Hospital is expected to open by 3 February with a capacity of at least 1,000 beds.

24 January Singapore confirmed its second and third cases. Thailand confirmed its fifth case. Hong Kong confirmed three additional cases, bringing the total number to five. Nepal confirmed its first case, a student who returned from Wuhan. France reported its first three confirmed cases, the first occurrences in the EU. The first confirmed incidence of human-to-human transmission outside of China was documented by the WHO in Vietnam. A study by Chinese researchers indicates that people can be symptom-free for several days while the coronavirus is incubating, increasing the risk of contagious infection without forewarning signs.

25 January Australia confirmed its first four cases, one in Victoria and three in New South Wales. Malaysia reported its first three cases in Johor Bahru, and a fourth case later. Japan confirmed its third case. Canada confirmed its first case in Toronto. Thailand added two new cases for a total of seven. Singapore confirmed its fourth case. A 62-year-old doctor reportedly died in the Hubei province from the coronavirus. Wuhan announced building a second emergency speciality hospital, named Leishenshan Hospital, with a planned capacity of 1,300 beds, to be in use in half a month. The United States announces plans to evacuate US citizens out of Wuhan by charter jet. Beijing announced it will halt all inter-provincial bus and train services starting January 26. Xi Jinping, general secretary of the CPC Central Committee, stated that the country is facing a "grave situation" as the number of infected people is accelerating. Hong Kong declares a state of emergency. Hong Kong announced it would close schools until 17 February. A Chinese and a Sri Lankan suspected with the infection were admitted to a hospital in Sri Lanka.

The Big Wobble reports The Wuhan National Biosafety Laboratory is the only lab in China designated for studying dangerous pathogens like SARS and Ebola and had its annual safety drill days before outbreak!

26 January Shanghai reported its first death, an 88-year-old man. China banned all wildlife trade with immediate effect. The United States confirmed its third, fourth, and fifth cases: two in California and one in Arizona. Macau confirmed three additional cases, bringing its total to five. Hong Kong has confirmed its sixth, seventh, and eighth cases. Thailand has confirmed its eighth case. There are another 39 suspected cases awaiting confirmation. Health officials are dealing with a suspected case of coronavirus in Ivory Coast, the country's health ministry has announced. The Beijing Government stated it will not lock-down the city. The death toll has now climbed to above three per cent.

The Big Wobble reports 3 glaringly obvious coincidences missed by the MSM: Flu virus killed 200 million pigs in China last year: The Wuhan Biosafety Lab is the only one in China: Situated just 20 miles from Huanan Seafood Market and none of these points is being discussed or even mentioned by governments or the media, why?

27 January Mongolia closes border with China, shuts down schools until 2 March, and calls for all public gatherings to be cancelled. Wuhan suspends visa, passports services for Chinese citizens until 30 January. The Shanghai government has said companies in the city are not allowed to resume operations before February 9. Canada reported its first confirmed case and another presumptive case. Health officials have confirmed the fifth case of coronavirus in Australia, and have suspected an additional 5. The Sri Lankan Health Ministry confirms its first case of coronavirus, a 43-year-old Chinese woman. Cambodia confirms its first case of the virus, a Chinese man who came with his family to Sihanoukville. Singapore confirms a fifth case, a 56-year-old Chinese national who arrived from Wuhan on 18 January. First confirmed case in Germany, a man in Bavaria had been confirmed to have coronavirus. Three new suspected cases in Austria. 'Matei Balș' Institute reports the first possible case in Romania. Ecuador reported a suspected case of coronavirus. Fiji authorities are holding six Chinese travellers in quarantine in Nadi as a precaution after they failed to gain entry to Samoa due to Samoa's quarantine requirements that were implemented Friday. In Poland, two children were admitted to the Kraków hospital with the suspicion of coronavirus. In Mongolia a 14-year-old girl who was studying in China had fallen ill with a suspected case of pneumonia and laryngitis; she was pronounced dead on the same day. Two Mongolian students returning from Taiwan to Chinggis Khaan International Airport have shown symptoms of high fever and rising temperature and were put into quarantine after landing in Mongolia. In Samoa, two men were put in quarantine over coronavirus fears. In Switzerland, two people are under quarantine at the Triemli Hospital in Zurich, both had previously been to China. Beijing reports first death from coronavirus. The mayor of Wuhan acknowledges criticism over his handling of the crisis, admitting that information was not released quickly enough. The Big Wobble Reports The virus is impossible to contain: Actual number infected thought to be up to 200,000: Virus can spread before symptoms show: Towns around Wuhan barricading roads and motorways to stop people entering.

28 January The Philippines suspends issuance of visa on arrival to Chinese nationals. The CDC stated it was boosting staffing at 20 US airports that have quarantine facilities. Germany confirms the first case of infection. Death toll climbs to 106 as China tightens measures. The number of total cases confirmed by China rose to 4,515 as of 27 January, up from 2,835 a day earlier an incredible surge of 91%. Japan is sending a plane to Wuhan to evacuate its citizens, as efforts to repatriate foreign nationals from the city at the epicentre of the outbreak gather pace. Thailand confirms six more cases, bringing the total infected there to 14. Thailand starts scanning all travellers from China with immediate effect. The virus has spread across China and to at least 16 countries globally...MORE and more patients in the Philippines have been placed under investigation (PUI) for the 2019 novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV), said the Department of Health (DOH) Tuesday, January 28, 2020. In a press briefing, DOH Secretary Francisco Duque III said that as of 12 p.m. Tuesday, a total of 27 PUIs have been recorded Japan confirms 2 additional cases, bringing the total infected there to six. Singapore confirms two more cases, bringing the total infected there to seven.

29 January Tibet reported its first suspected case identified on the previous day and declared a level 1 health emergency in the evening, the last mainland provincial division to do so. Suspected cases have now been reported in all 31 mainland provincial divisions. Companies in Hubei are required not to resume services before 13 February, and schools in Hubei are to postpone the reopening of schools. Chinese police drop their case against eight people, accused on 1 January of spreading "false rumours" about a new SARS-like virus, who have been referred to as "the eight brave (八勇士)" by some on Chinese social media. The UAE confirms its first case. Shortly afterwards, an Emirates' news agency confirmed four people from a Chinese family to be infected. Finland reports its first case of the virus in Lapland, found in a tourist who left Wuhan before Wuhan was locked down. Singapore confirms three more cases of the virus, bringing the total infected to 10 cases. Malaysia confirmed three additional cases, bringing its total to seven. Japan reports four additional cases, including a tour bus guide that was on the same bus as one of the cases confirmed on 28 January and three evacuated from Wuhan. France confirmed a 5th case, the daughter of the patient in the fourth case. Two Chinese nationals were placed in isolation wards in Armenia amid the first suspected case of coronavirus in the country. The Chinese nationals were tourists travelling to Armenia from neighbouring Georgia. Liana Torosyan, the head of the Department of Infectious Diseases, advised that samples will be sent to European labs, as Armenia does not have the capacity to test for the novel coronavirus. Brazil now reports a total of 6 suspected cases in the country.

30 January Tibet confirms its first case, which was previously suspected. Cases have now been confirmed in all 31 provincial divisions of mainland China. India confirms its first case of coronavirus in a student who had returned from Wuhan University to the Indian state of Kerala. The Philippines confirms its first case of coronavirus in a female Chinese national who arrived in Manila via Hong Kong on 21 January. Singapore confirms three more cases, bringing the total to 13. South Korea confirms two more cases, with one of them being the first human-to-human transmission there. Vietnam confirms three new cases, bringing the total to 5. The three became infected during a training trip to Wuhan. France confirms its sixth case. Italy confirms its first two cases in a press conference by the Prime Minister, Giuseppe Conte. Germany confirms its fifth case, an employee of the company where the four previously known cases are also employed. The United States confirmed its sixth case, the spouse of another patient in Chicago. This is the first confirmed case of human to human transmission within the United States. The Huanggang Communist Party committee announced the dismissal of its health chief, Tang Zhihong.

31 January The United Kingdom confirms two patients have tested positive for the coronavirus. Italy suspends air travel to and from mainland China for 6 months. Thailand confirmed 5 more cases with first time human-to-human virus transmission inside the country on a local taxi driver, bringing the total to 19. First Swedish and Spanish cases were confirmed. A seventh confirmed case in the U.S. is in Santa Clara County, California. The fourth case of coronavirus in Canada has been confirmed in London, Ontario. Thailand confirmed 5 more cases with the first human-to-human virus transmission inside the country of a local taxi driver, bringing the total to 19. Chinese health experts warn the public that coronavirus patients can become reinfected. China starts repatriating citizens to Wuhan.

1 February Vietnam confirmed its sixth case in Khánh Hòa Province, another domestic transmission in direct contact. Singapore had two more coronavirus cases, bringing their total to 18. Australia reported another three cases, including the first two cases in South Australia, bringing their total to 12. Japan reported two more cases, increasing their total to 15. South Korea confirmed the twelfth case of the coronavirus: a 49-year-old Chinese man who works as a Japanese tour guide in western Seoul. The United States reported the 8th case in a man from Boston who recently returned to college after travelling to Wuhan.

2 February Vietnam announced its seventh case positive to nCoV, a Vietnamese-American with 2-hour transitting in Wuhan Airport. South Korea reported three more cases, currently 15 in total. The first confirmed death from 2019-nCoV outside mainland China was announced in the Philippines. The case was that of a 44-year-old male who is the companion of the first confirmed case in the country. He was in stable condition prior to his death on 1 February. Wuhan's Epidemic Prevention and Control Headquarters arranged for Jointown Pharmaceutical to overtake the warehouse management of Wuhan Red Cross after days of scandals and controversies regarding the Red Cross' incompetence, extreme delays in allocating donation resources, and unexplained apparent misallocation of crucial medical supplies. Wenzhou, Zhejiang announces implementing the same measure as Huanggang, where every household may send one person every two days outside for purchases, from 00:00 on 2 February to 24:00 on 8 February. Huoshenshan Hospital completed construction in the morning and was transferred to the military, half a day earlier than scheduled. Hubei allows imported and re-imported masks that are unlisted in China to be sold in the provincial market. The Ministry of Transport extended the cut-off time for the minibus toll-free period of the 2020 Spring Festival to 24:00 on 8 February 2020. Meituan starts an initiative to disinfect all shared bikes in eight mainland cities regardless of the brand. With immediate effect, Wuhan's government announced the quarantining of "all suspected patients and those known to have been in close contact with a confirmed case." It stated "Patients shall cooperate. Whoever refuses to cooperate will be subject to enforcement by the police." Chinese Premier Li Keqiang has asked the European Union to facilitate the sale of medical supplies “through commercial channels”. According to a Chinese government statement, the President of the European Commission Ursula von der Leyen said the European Union will try its best and coordinate all necessary resources to provide assistance to China. A new mask factory has started production in Beijing, after only seven days of being proposed and having all licenses on the 31st of January. According to Beijing Daily, the new factory is "capable of producing tens of millions of masks per month". It is located in the Yizhuang Economic-Technological Development Area in southeast Beijing.

3 February In Wuhan, the Chinese military takes over supplies delivery to local citizens

Big Thanks Wikipedia Disease Front Page

Posted by Gary Walton at 10:04 am Email ThisBlogThis!Share to TwitterShare to FacebookShare to Pinterest

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/02/coronavirus-day-35-hundreds-of-hospital.html 

:: 2-2-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Freak Double Bombogenesis Cyclone Engulfs Alaska Just Five Days After Another Explosive Cyclogenesis Exploded in Heavy Winterstorm

By Strange Sounds - Feb 2, 2020

Bomb cyclone after Bombogenesis and explosive cyclogenesis… Is that the new normal for Alaska?

Just five days after a violent North Pacific cyclone exploded in a vicious winterstorm in Alaska, another extra-tropical cyclone is undergoing Bombogenesis. But it’s not just a Bomb… No, it’s a double bomb cyclone, after its center pressure dopped by more than 59 mbar in 48 hours! Pretty amazing video isn’t it. And in the next tweet, windspeed of more than 90mph measured! The first rapid cyclogenesis took place south of Kamchatka peninsula on January 31, 2020:

1005 mbar at 00 UTC, Jan. 31

994 mbar at 06 UTC, Jan. 31

987 mbar at 12 UTC, Jan. 31

978 mbar at 18 UTC, Jan. 31

967 mbar at 00 UTC, Feb. 1

The second rapid intensification happened on February 1, 2020 as the system was growing in power towards the Aleutian Islands (Alaska) and the Bering Sea: 978 mbar at 18 UTC, Jan. 31

967 mbar at 00 UTC, Feb. 1

955 mbar at 06 UTC, Feb. 1

948 mbar at 12 UTC, Feb. 1

946 mbar at 18 UTC, Feb. 1

Alaska double bombogenesis in February 2020

When taking all the data together (from the beginning of the storm on January 31, 2020 to the end of the rapid cyclogenesis on February 1, 2020), there is an amazing drop of 59mbar of the center pressure. That’s indeed a Rare Double Bomb Cyclone!

1005 mbar at 00 UTC, Jan. 31

994 mbar at 06 UTC, Jan. 31

987 mbar at 12 UTC, Jan. 31

978 mbar at 18 UTC, Jan. 31

967 mbar at 00 UTC, Feb. 1

955 mbar at 06 UTC, Feb. 1

948 mbar at 12 UTC, Feb. 1

946 mbar at 18 UTC, Feb. 1

Although the cyclone has stopped growing in power, it is still growing in size! This giant bouble bomb cyclone will bring some powerful windstorms across the Aleutian Islands. Be ready! Read more on Strange Sounds or Steve Quayle

https://strangesounds.org/2020/02/alaska-bombogenesis-bomb-cyclone-aleutian-islands-february-2020-video-pictures.html 

:: 2-1-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Corpses Taken Directly To Crematorium' - New Accounts Detail Grisly Operation At Wuhan's Fifth Hospital

by Tyler Durden Sat, 02/01/2020 - 16:00

Radio Free Asia (RFA) has tweeted a disturbing video on its Twitter account on Saturday morning detailing how those who died of coronavirus in Wuhan, the outbreak area in China, were loaded up on a bus and taken "directly to the crematorium." RFA said (in a translated tweet): "[Latest Situation of Wuhan Fifth Hospital] Some Wuhan citizens entered Wuhan Fifth Hospital on February 1st and found many patients who died of pneumonia. The corpses were packed directly to the crematorium. Paramedics are busy rescuing the dying patient." RFA's video is in line with our report from Friday that said those who died of the deadly virus were hauled off to a crematorium in Wuhan by Chinese authorities. DW News East Asia correspondent William Yang cited a report from the Chinese-language news outlet Initium, which said cremation facilities in Wuhan were receiving bodies directly from hospitals without proper identification and were excluded from the official record. "So, there are reasons to remain skeptical about what China has been sharing with the world because while they have been more transparent about certain things related to the virus, they continue to be sketchy and unreliable in other aspects," said Yang. "Without properly identifying these patients, which means there are patients who died from the virus but not adding to the official record. That shows the current death toll of 133 that we are seeing is way too low," he said. The closest funeral home/ alleged crematorium is right down the street from Wuhan Fifth Hospital. We noted Thursday night that over 100,000 Chinese had been placed under observation for suspected coronavirus. The virus has uncontrollably spread across China, forcing the Trump administration on Friday to restrict entry into the US from the outbreak area. Putting the coronavirus in the context of the deadly SARS epidemic, the coronavirus pandemic has now officially exceeded SARS in cumulative cases in just two weeks.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/corpses-taken-directly-crematorium-new-accounts-wuhans-fifth-hospital-detail 

:: 2--20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin Sends Air Force To Evacuate Hundreds Of Russian Citizens From China

by Tyler Durden Sun, 02/02/2020 - 11:45

As the list of countries both shutting their borders to China and canceling major carrier flights in and out of the country grows, Russia is set to take drastic action by airlifting its nationals out of the country via Air Force planes. "The evacuation of Russian nationals from China on the Aerospace Force’s aircraft is scheduled for February 3-4, Kremlin Spokesman Dmitry Peskov said on Saturday," reports TASS news agency, which further indicated the evacuation order came directly from President Putin. This also after the first two cases of coronavirus in Russia were confirmed on Friday. Two Chinese nationals have been quarantined in the Siberian region of Tyumen and the far eastern Zabaykalsky region, and are expected to recover. Russian authorities promptly restricted direct flights to China and shut the massive land border with China, which extends over 4,000km. No doubt this will have significant economic impact for both countries, given China remains Russia's largest and most important trading partner. Peskov announced further in the Kremlin statement: "Due to the fact that it has taken certain time to finalize the coordination of flight information by the Chinese side, the evacuation of Russian nationals from China by planes of the Aerospace Force will be carried out on February 3-4." Russian media reports have indicated there remain 300 Russians in Wuhan, with another 341 across Hubei province. Peskov also indicated Saturday that while all Russian nationals will be taken out by Monday and Tuesday, "They will start carrying out [evacuation] flights as of today." And Russia's embassy in China said in a Sunday statement: "We have established contact with 202 fellow countrymen and 130 of them have expressed readiness to leave the Hubei province." Russia joins a growing list of others who have sent emergency charter flights or military aircraft to take evacuate their citizens trapped in quarantined Wuhan, including the US, France, Germany, Britain, Canada, Japan, Spain and others. But then a crucial question remains: at this late point could the evacuation flights set to commence Monday simply be unwittingly be bringing the deadly virus back into Russia? Russian authorities have said they will take extreme precautions, including making each returnee spend at least 14 days in quarantine.

https://www.zerohedge.com/health/putin-sends-air-force-evacuate-hundreds-russian-citizens-china

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

Matt 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? (KJV)

Matt 24:7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 2--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pestilence Rising

By Hal Lindsey

When it comes to the coronavirus, we have more questions than answers. But one thing we know for certain — health officials around the world are very much afraid. China normally downplays these kinds of events. But Chinese President Xi Jinping calls this outbreak a “grave situation.” For many Americans, it seemed to hit home when the Shanghai Disneyland closed. The original Disneyland in California has had only two unplanned all-day closures — after the assassination of John Kennedy and after 9-11. Not only did Disney in China close, but so did other regional tourist attractions. Even MacDonald’s and Starbucks closed along with other well-known restaurant chains. As of this writing, there have been 4,100 confirmed cases in China, with at least 106 deaths. 56 million people in China have had their travel restricted. This adds a great deal to people’s fear and anxiety. Residents have said they feel trapped — locked in with a dangerous virus. In much of China, trains are either unoccupied or not running at all. Train and bus terminals are eerily empty. The US State Department is evacuating its personnel from the city of Wuhan. But another thousand Americans live in that city, and they have been told that the United States cannot get them all out of the hot zone. The State Department has issued a travel warning to Americans considering a trip to China. Despite the flight restrictions and intense passenger screening, confirmed cases of the virus have popped up in 13 countries so far. That includes, as of this writing, five confirmed cases in the United States. Five Americans out 327 million may not seem like much. But the point is, it’s here! Then we learned why the passenger screening process has not always been effective. According to China’s health minister, people with the virus may be contagious before they show symptoms. Testing people for fever doesn’t help if they are contagious before they get a fever. Dr. William Schaffner, an adviser to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, said this would mean “the infection is much more contagious than we originally thought.  Yes, health officials are afraid. They know that this virus has the potential of becoming a global pandemic. But we’ve heard that before. Do you remember the SARS and MERS viruses? They, too, were coronaviruses and had the potential to ravage the earth. We still don’t have vaccinations against them, but they have largely disappeared. That’s what happens with these kinds of diseases. Even without human intervention, they rise and then they lose strength. The current outbreak may turn out to be even less destructive than SARS or MERS. Or it could be worse. The question is how much damage the disease will do while it is most active. The Spanish flu pandemic of 1918 and 1919 infected one-third of the world’s population. It killed more Americans than World War I, World War II, Korea, and Viet Nam combined. Jesus said that the last days would be marked by pestilences. Revelation tells about specific pestilences that will arise during the tribulation period. As we get closer to the beginning of the tribulation, the world seems to be primed for a series of massive global pandemics. The ease and speed of global travel is one of the big factors here. The other great danger is the rise of superbugs. Over the last hundred years or so, we humans have been inadvertently developing bacteria, viruses, and fungi that are stronger than anything in history. We call them superbugs because they are resistant to antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungal medications. By the extensive use of such drugs, we have made it so that only the strongest of each species survives. And the strong bugs are increasingly difficult to kill. This is what the UK’s Chief Medical Officer, Dame Sally Davies, was talking about when she warned of a coming “superbug apocalypse.” Here’s the amazing thing. The Bible predicted this almost two thousand years ago. It’s just another example of something that should be crucially important to everyone. The Bible is true! We can trust it. We can trust its warnings and its promises. Even bleak news like this should remind us that our faith in God and heaven is built on a firm foundation.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-28-2020/ 

:: 2--20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. confirms its eighth case of coronavirus; Pentagon to provide quarantine housing

Brad Brooks

(Reuters) - U.S. health officials on Saturday confirmed an eighth case of the fast-spreading new coronavirus in the United States and the Pentagon said it would provide housing for people arriving from overseas who might need to be quarantined. The latest U.S. patient, who is in Massachusetts, recently returned from Hubei province in central China, the epicenter of the outbreak, a spokeswoman for the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) said in an emailed statement. The person was not identified and no other details were provided. The flu-like coronavirus, which is believed to have originated in a market that traded illegally in wildlife in Hubei’s provincial capital Wuhan, has so far resulted in 304 deaths in China, state broadcaster CCTV said early on Sunday in China. Confirmed cases of the virus have been reported in 27 other nations, according to the CDC. All but one of the patients in the United States was believed to have contracted the disease while they were traveling in the Wuhan area. U.S. officials this week reported the first human-to-human transmission of the disease in the United States in Illinois. Concerns about the virus spurred the Trump administration to declare a public health emergency and bar entry to the United States for foreign nationals who have recently visited China. In addition, U.S. citizens who have traveled within the past two weeks to Hubei will be subject to a mandatory quarantine of 14 days, believed to be the incubation period of the virus, officials said. Americans who visited other parts of mainland China will undergo special health screening upon their return, followed by up to 14 days of “monitored self-quarantine,” under the temporary restrictions. In a statement on Saturday, the Pentagon said Defense Secretary Mark Esper approved a request for assistance from the Department of Health and Human Services for housing support for 1,000 people who may be subject to quarantine on arrival from overseas. Health officials had asked the Defense Department to provide several facilities capable of housing at least 250 people in individual rooms through Feb. 29. The Pentagon said four military installations have been selected: two in California, one in Colorado, and one in Texas. It said Defense Department personnel would only provide housing support and HHS would be responsible for all care and transportation. “DOD personnel will not be directly in contact with the evacuees and evacuees will not have access to any base location other than their assigned housing,” the Pentagon said. QUARANTINE PROCEDURES  The first quarantines of U.S. citizens potentially exposed to coronavirus in China began hours before the White House announcement on Friday. Nearly 200 Americans evacuated earlier this week from Wuhan and voluntarily confined to a California military air base for 72 hours of health screenings were placed under a mandatory 14-day quarantine on Friday. By Saturday afternoon, none of those quarantined showed any symptoms of having the virus, said Jose Arballo, a spokesman for the public health department in Riverside County, where the air base is located. He said test results were still pending. The order to keep the Americans on the base marked the CDC’s first mandatory quarantine for decades. “Since this hasn’t been done in 51 years there’s quite the scramble to work through all the procedures,” a Department of Homeland Security (DHS) official said, adding that the last mandatory quarantine was ordered to fight smallpox. The official, who requested anonymity because they are not authorized to speak publicly about the matter, said DHS personnel would take over running medical screenings at airports this weekend to free up their CDC counterparts for other tasks.  State and local authorities will likely play a role with mandatory quarantines, the official said, which could mean “a lot of variance across the country for how it gets implemented.” A DHS spokeswoman denied the department was scrambling and said it has been working on these plans since last summer, when it began contracting medical professionals and readying quarantine and health screening plans in case it had to ramp up for the Ebola outbreak. “We were able to quickly tailor those plans and contracts to the coronavirus,” said the spokeswoman, Heather Swift. Swift said state and local officials are always involved in public health and emergency response, but that there is a uniform standard. “All passengers who receive a positive symptoms screening will be placed in quarantine. Those who show no symptoms will be sent home on self-quarantine,” she said. Nearly 12,000 people have been infected globally by the virus, according to the WHO, with all but just over 130 of those cases occurring in China. U.S. health officials have said risks to the United States remain low.

Reporting by Brad Brooks in Austin, Texas; Additional reporting by Idrees Ali, Lucia Mutikani and Ted Hesson in Washington; Editing by Bill Berkrot, Sonya Hepinstall and Daniel Wallis

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-china-health-usa/u-s-confirms-its-eighth-case-of-coronavirus-quarantine-in-effect-idUSKBN1ZV3XV 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 2-2-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ISIS claims attacked Egypt-Israel gas line, gas flow undisrupted

ISIS claimed that it had detonated a number of explosives next to a pipeline linking "the Jews" and "the apostate Egyptian government."

By TZVI JOFFRE FEBRUARY 3, 2020 18:46

Militants attacked a gas pipeline in Egypt’s northern Sinai Peninsula on Sunday night, reportedly aiming to disrupt gas flow between Israel and Egypt. Israeli authorities said gas supply between the countries remained unaffected. The Islamic State’s Sinai Province affiliate claimed responsibility on Monday for the attack on the pipeline. Local sources told Paris-based AFP that the gas pipeline targeted was in fact a domestic supply line for a local power station. In a statement, the Sinai affiliate said it had detonated a number of explosives next to a pipeline linking “the Jews” and “the apostate Egyptian government,” and had caused damage to the pipeline. The attack happened near the city of El-Arish, with initial reports claiming that the targeted pipeline was a line carrying gas from Israel’s Leviathan gas platform to Egypt. The partners operating the offshore platform stated that no damage had been caused to the EMG pipeline connecting the countries, and gas flow was continuing as usual.  Energy Minister Yuval Steinitz’s office stated on Sunday night that gas was continuing to flow from Israel to Egypt and it was working with relevant authorities to investigate the nature of the incident.   Reports on Monday morning stated that the pipeline that was hit by the attack was actually a domestic one that leads to a power station in El-Arish, which supplies electricity to homes and factories in the central Sinai, according to AFP. Israel started exporting natural gas to its southern neighbor last month from the Leviathan field, which commenced operations on January 6. Exports follow a $15 billion, decade-long deal, signed by energy firms Delek Drilling and Houston-based Noble Energy in February 2018, to supply 64 billion cubic meters of natural gas to Egypt from the Leviathan and Tamar gas fields, located off Israel’s coast. Gas will be supplied to Egypt’s Dolphinus Holdings via a 90 km. subsea pipeline, connecting the southern Israeli city of Ashkelon to the Egyptian network near El-Arish.  Delek Drilling CEO Yossi Abu told an investors’ conference on Monday that the project had a “very significant security system,” Reuters reported. “We are not blind to the risk and are prepared for every scenario,” said Abu, citing the presence of an alternative pipeline system, a quick response mechanism and insurance covering damage impacting gas exports to Egypt and Jordan.  Last year, Egypt paid a $500m. fine to Israel for backing out of an agreement to provide natural gas, following jihadist attacks on the pipeline in the Sinai Peninsula. Previous militant attacks closed the long-dormant pipeline, then-operated by Egyptian gas transport company Gasco, a subsidiary of the national gas company EGAS, for weeks. At the time that the gas supply was halted in 2012, gas flow in the opposite direction from Egypt to Israel was supplying the latter with more than 40% of its natural gas needs to produce electricity. Terrorists blew up the gas line in the Sinai three times during the first six months of 2011.  Eytan Halon and JTA contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Breaking-News/Egypt-Israel-gas-line-blown-up-by-unidentified-assailants-616286 

:: 1-23-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Light in the Darkness

By Hal Lindsey

Two facts about our times stand in stark contrast. The first is just how well things are going. With dangers growing on every side, the world seems to be doing amazingly well. There are some rough spots, but generally people are rising out of poverty, living longer, and living more comfortably. In the United States, life expectancy has dropped slightly over the last few years, but is holding relatively steady. The economy continues to grow, wages continue to rise, and more people are working than ever. We are the beneficiaries of astounding technological advances that impact every area of our lives. The obvious conclusion is that things are great. People should be happier than ever. But they’re not. I just said that life expectancy in the US has dipped slightly in recent years. Stop and think about that. We spend almost 18% of the nation’s gross domestic product on health care. Every year, scientists make tremendous advances in medicine and medical technology. Yet life expectancy has been falling since 2015. How is that possible? The answer is that, in the midst of these “good times,” people are stressed and miserable. The folks at the Centers for Disease Control don’t say it like that. They blame the drop in life expectancy primarily on three things — suicide, drug overdoses, and liver disease due primarily to growing levels of alcoholism. Think about those three things. Each one is a symptom of hopelessness. You see the contradiction. Things are going well. So why do so many people feel stressed, hopeless, and miserable? There are many answers to this question. But it can be summarized by something Jesus said. In Matthew 7:24-25, He said, “Everyone who hears these words of Mine, and acts upon them, may be compared to a wise man, who built his house upon the rock. And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and burst against that house; and yet it did not fall, for it had been founded upon the rock.” For a long time, most Americans including those who did not consider themselves Christians, held God’s word in high esteem. However imperfectly, they tried to live by things like the Golden Rule. In court, they swore to tell the truth with a hand on the Bible. But today, influential Americans primarily in the media and academics hold the Bible up to ridicule.  To them, it’s good for a laugh. And that brings us to the rest of the Lord’s statement. In verses 26 and 27, He said, “And everyone who hears these words of Mine, and does not act upon them, will be like a foolish man, who built his house upon the sand. And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and burst against that house; and it fell, and great was its fall.” No wonder people are miserable. They feel the early trembling of an imminent fall. They have cut themselves off from the Source of life, joy, and fulfillment. Terrible as the situation is, it has created an amazing opportunity for followers of Jesus. In John 12:36, Jesus called His followers “the children of light.” In every way we can — using television, the internet, and every part of our everyday lives — we must let the light of Jesus shine out into a dark and forbidding world. And we must do so with urgency.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-23-2020/ 

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, etc

:: 2-2-20 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two people stabbed, police shoot knifeman in London ‘terrorist-related incident’

2 Feb, 2020 15:11 / Updated 21 hours ago

London police have shot a man dead in the city’s Streatham area in a “terrorist” incident. Two people have been stabbed, and the incident has been described as "Islamist-related." Armed police officers descended on the London suburb of Streatham on Sunday afternoon, and shot a knife-wielding criminal dead. The Metropolitan Police said on Twitter that the perpetrator stabbed and injured two people, and that the incident has been declared “terrorist-related.” Police later clarified that the incident was "part of a proactive Counter Terrorism operation," and that the stabbing attack was likely "Islamist-related." One of the victims is in hospital with life-threatening injuries. Another victim was stabbed and is in less serious condition. A third was injured by glass following the police shooting.  Video footage shared on social media shows a man lying on the ground outside a shuttered pharmacy, as armed police officers train their weapons on his unmoving body. The man was wearing what looked like a suicide vest, but police later declared it a "hoax device." Police have advised the public to avoid the scene of Sunday’s shooting while emergency services deal with the aftermath. Patrols in the area will be stepped up following the attack. London’s mayor, Sadiq Khan, thanked police for their swift response, and said “Terrorists seek to divide us and destroy our way of life - here in London we will never let them succeed.” The incident comes two months after police in London shot a jihadist terrorist dead on London Bridge, after he stabbed two people to death. The murderer had a history of terror offenses and was described by a judge several years earlier as a “serious jihadi.” He was on parole at the time of his stabbing spree.

https://www.rt.com/uk/479904-police-shoot-knifeman-london-streatham/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, etc

[ :: 12-31-12/1-1-13 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You will see Russia as she begins to move even more clearly than she has in the past. Syria, it will be gone such as you know it and the Muslims will have total control along with the nerve gas, along with the poison gas, along with their nuclear weapons. etc..

:: 2-2-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia and Turkey standoff over Syria fighting

According to reports the Syrian regime forces have successfully taken ground against various extremist groups in Idlib in recent weeks, capturing Ma’arat al-Numan.

By SETH J. FRANTZMAN FEBRUARY 2, 2020 20:45

Hundreds have been killed in Syria in fighting that spanned around 50 km. from western Aleppo to the town of Saraqib in Syria’s Idlib province. The fighting appears to pit Russian-backed Syrian regime forces against areas where Turkish-backed Syrian rebels and extremists are located.  But Turkey and Russia are also working on an S-400 air-defense deal and energy deals, making the Idlib fighting a depressing sideshow to the real agenda of Moscow and Ankara. According to reports, Syrian regime forces have successfully taken ground against various extremist groups in Idlib in recent weeks, capturing Ma’arat al-Numan. This caps months of fighting in which the Syrian regime and Russian airpower have slowly strangled Idlib, where many hundreds of thousands of Syrians have fled over the years. Idlib is dominated by Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), a group that was once Syria’s version of al-Qaeda. In September 2018, Turkey and Russia signed a deal in Idlib to create a demilitarized zone between the two sides. Turkey has set up a dozen observation points in Syria. But its real goal in Syria is to defeat the Kurdistan Workers Party (PKK), and it has recruited Syrians from Idlib to fight in Afrin and other areas where hundreds of thousands of Kurds have been driven from their homes. Turkey is trying to send Syrian rebels to fight in Libya, hoping to remove them before the regime takes back their areas. Millions of Syrians live in Turkey and hope the Turkish government will do more to stop the Russian-backed offensive. Russia has been backing the Syrian regime for years and hopes to help it retake most of Syria. But Turkey occupies part of northern Syria, meaning that the fighting in Idlib now brings the two countries closer to a mistake that could lead to wider tensions. Ankara and Moscow are jostling for control of the narrative. The UN, which has watched some 12 million people being displaced and made refugees in Syria’s fighting over the years, is calling once again for an end to the hostilities. Meanwhile, the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights says 205 people have been killed in the last week, UNICEF says 6,500 children are fleeing daily, and 300,000 people have fled since December. A Turkish military convoy has entered Syria’s Idlib, Russia’s TASS news agency and the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights (SOHR) both reported. These dozens of vehicles could help hammer out a new ceasefire line with Russia and new Turkish observation points. Russia says Idlib is controlled by “illegal armed groups,” and it seems to distinguish between Turkish-backed militants and the extremists in Idlib. The reality is more complex. Turkey likely is watching Russia decimate HTS with hopes that the Syrians in Idlib will run to Turkish-controlled Kurdish areas of Afrin and be resettled where Kurds once lived, becoming dependent on Turkey for protection. The concept is to move Syrian Arab rebels to areas where Kurds were to create a buffer. Turkey claims it is threatened by the Kurdish PKK, which it views as terrorists. It says the US has backed the PKK in eastern Syria, which it invaded last October. Then, Turkey and Russia signed a deal in eastern Syria. This means Turkey and Russia have effectively partitioned Syria. Syria’s government is not happy about this and wants the Turks to leave. Turkey wants the US to end support for the Kurds in Eastern Syria. Russia wants to sell Turkey S-400s while using Idlib as leverage. Idlib is also home to some ISIS members, as well as people who fled ISIS-held areas in Baghouz last year. ISIS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi was killed in a US raid in Idlib last year. Additionally, ISIS took Yazidi captives to Idlib from 2017 to 2019. If Idlib falls to the regime, Turkey will be pressured to take in many people fleeing the province.  The fighting and pressure brought by the regime has led Syrian opposition groups to launch their own minor offensive near Aleppo, a city they lost in 2016. They hope to take pressure off other areas in Idlib. The overall picture is not of a massive battle across all of Idlib’s long front line, but of small battles in certain areas. This is likely because of some deals that have been made between Turkey and Russia regarding certain sectors that the Syrian regime will operate in. Syrian regime forces and Russian air-force commanders have been careful to avoid harming Turkish forces in Idlib and neighboring areas.  The question now is whether the fighting will grow and boil over to other parts of Idlib or rebel-held areas. Turkey hopes that UN, EU and US pressure might get Russia and the regime to pause. But Turkey is in an awkward position. It needs S-400s to keep its prestige as much as it does not want its observation points in Syria humiliated. It must continue to work with Russia and Iran regarding Syria, as it has done since 2017. And Turkey needs to deal with Russia in Libya, where the countries back opposing sides. Turkey also wants to be a champion of the Palestinian issue, hosting Hamas over the weekend. The hundreds of thousands of Syrians fleeing the regime’s offensive are therefore not a priority. But they cannot be allowed to flood into Turkey, and their displacement must be managed. Syria’s regime knows this and operates slowly and consistently, pressuring and then stopping, pressuring and stopping, to give Turkey time to release the pressure each time.  Turkish pro-government media reflects Ankara’s narrative. It generally ignores Idlib fighting, only noting that the Turkish-backed Syrian rebels are trying to retake ground near Aleppo.  Turkey’s Daily Sabah reminds readers this is an area that Turkey took in 2016 in northern Syria. Anadolu, another pro-government news agency, does not even mention Idlib. Turkey hopes the whole thing will just go away with a new deal in Moscow.

https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Russia-and-Turkey-standoff-over-Syria-fighting-616233 

:: 2-1-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top Democrats fume after Trump expands travel ban to six new countries

By Adam Shaw | Fox News

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi was one of a number of top Democrats to rip into President Trump’s decision to expand the travel ban to include six more countries on Friday -- with Pelosi describing it as “discrimination disguised as policy.” “The Trump administration’s expansion of its outrageous, un-American travel ban threatens our security, our values and the rule of law," she said in a statement. "The sweeping rule, barring more than 350 million individuals from predominantly African nations from traveling to the United States, is discrimination disguised as policy." TRUMP ADMINISTRATION EXPANDS TRAVEL BAN TO SIX MORE COUNTRIES The Trump administration is expanding .  The initial ban was branded by critics as a “Muslirestrictions to include Burma, Eritrea, Kyrgyzstan, Nigeria, Tanzania and Sudan. Those are added to the current seven countries already included in the ban: Iran, Libya, North Korea, Somalia, Syria, Venezuela and Yemenm ban,” noting that President Trump had promised such a ban during his campaign and that the initial countries (which did not include North Korea and Venezuela, but did include Chad) were Muslim-majority countries. But after multiple court challenges, the Supreme Court upheld its constitutionality in 2018. For Burma, Eritrea, Kyrgyzstan and Nigeria, the restrictions will apply to immigrant visas -- for those seeking to live or work in the U.S. permanently. For Sudan and Tanzania, the restrictions are being placed on diversity visas -- that come from the controversial diversity lottery program that grants visas to prospective immigrants randomly each year. The initial seven countries have restrictions on both immigrant and non-immigrant visas, but Acting Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Secretary Chad Wolf told reporters that the six countries announced Friday are very different from the current seven, which is why the restrictions are lighter. “These countries, for the most part, want to be helpful, want to do the right thing, have relationships with the U.S. and are in some cases improving relations, but for a variety of different reasons failed to meet those minimum requirements that we laid out,” he said. Criteria considered when judging countries included to what extent the countries share information on passports and prospective bad actors, as well as whether or not the country poses an elevated national security risk in relation to crime, terrorism and illegal immigration. But the more nuanced approach did not appear to soften Democratic complaints about the move. “With this latest callous decision, the President has doubled down on his cruelty and further undermined our global leadership, our Constitution and our proud heritage as a nation of immigrants,” Pelosi said. IRANIAN STUDENT WHOSE DEPORTATION SPURRED DEM OUTCRY HAS FAMILY TIES TO IRGC, HEZBOLLAH: DHS OFFICIAL Pelosi pledged that Democrats will oppose the ban in the courts and in Congress. She said that the House Judiciary Committee will mark up and send the “NO BAN Act” to the House floor. That legislation prohibits religious discrimination in immigration-related decisions. It also imposes restrictions on the president’s authority to restrict immigration -- forcing the administration to provide evidence of such a need to Congress for that restriction. Some 2020 candidates also weighed in on the ban's expansion. Sen. Elizabeth Warren called it a “racist, xenophobic” ban, and called on Congress to pass the NO BAN Act while also pledging to reverse what she called the “Muslim ban” on the first day of her presidency, if elected. Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., meanwhile, called it a “racist travel policy that dehumanizes immigrants and their families for [Trump’s] own political purposes." Former Vice President Joe Biden said Trump was "adding more countries to his list of who's not welcome in America" and promised to end the ban if elected. Later, Biden wrote on Twitter that the ban was a "disgrace." The expanded travel restrictions are one of a number of ways the administration is trying to enhance efforts to better vet potential immigrants. The administration announced Thursday that the public charge rule -- which restricts green cards to immigrants deemed likely to rely on welfare -- will go into effect in February after the Supreme Court allowed it. That rule too has seen significant Democratic opposition.

Adam Shaw is a reporter covering U.S. and European politics for Fox News.. He can be reached here.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/top-democrats-fume-after-trump-expands-travel-restrictions-six-new-countries 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 2-1-20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Australia's capital lifts state of emergency as fire threat subsides

Jonathan Barrett, Will Ziebell 3 Min Read

SYDNEY/MELBOURNE (Reuters) - Wildfires that threatened Australia’s capital, Canberra, over the weekend have been brought under control as containment lines held and hot and windy conditions eased, prompting authorities to lift a state of emergency. While fire in the Australian Capital Territory (ACT), home to the capital city, has spread to more than 55,000 hectares (136,000 acres), close to a quarter of the territory’s entire landmass, the heat fuelling the danger is subsiding. ACT Chief Minister Andrew Barr said the threat was not yet over and that there may be weeks of firefighting ahead. “We may need to return to a state of emergency if the situation requires it,” he said on Sunday. The ACT declared a state of emergency leading into the weekend, which gave authorities greater powers to order evacuations, close roads and take control of properties as fire threatened suburban areas. It was the first time an emergency was declared in Australia’s capital since 2003 when fires destroyed almost 500 houses and led to four deaths. But containment lines supported by airdrops of fire retardant helped keep the blaze back over the weekend, even in the face of wild winds and elevated temperatures which only fell in the capital overnight on Saturday, according to Australia’s Bureau of Meteorology. The dangerous conditions started to ease on Sunday, and there is favorable weather - and even rain - forecast for the rest of the week in the nation’s capital. Australia’s prolonged bushfire season has killed 33 people and an estimated 1 billion native animals since September. About 2,500 homes have been destroyed and more than 11.7 million hectares of tinder-dry bushland have been razed. The fire in the southern tip of the ACT also crossed into the state of New South Wales (NSW) and destroyed some homes, authorities said on Sunday. Seventy fires were burning across NSW late on Sunday afternoon, with 30 of those not contained. NSW Health issued a statement saying air quality would be poor in parts of the state, including Sydney, due to a combination of bushfire smoke and dust blowing in from drought-hit areas. Affected residents were urged to stay indoors and minimize physical activity, NSW Health said, adding those with chronic respiratory and cardiovascular conditions are particularly at risk. Parts of NSW were struck by thunderstorms late on Sunday which helped douse flames, although authorities said storms could also trigger new fires. “Widespread thunderstorms and lightning strikes today may produce new ignitions,” the NSW Rural Fire Service said in a tweet. “Cooler conditions have seen reduced fire activity across most firegrounds today.”

Reporting by Jonathan Barrett in Sydney and Will Ziebell in Melbourne; Editing by Christopher Cushing

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-australia-bushfires-capital/australias-capital-on-fire-alert-as-smoke-and-dust-trigger-health-warnings-idUSKBN1ZW01S 

:: 2-1-20 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. killed a top al-Qaida leader in Yemen, reports say

Sean D. NaylorNational Security Correspondent ,Yahoo News•January 31, 2020

The leader of al-Qaida’s Yemen branch is believed to have been killed in a U.S. airstrike earlier this year. The New York Times said three current or former U.S. officials “expressed confidence” that Qasim al-Raymi, the emir of al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP), was killed in Yemen, although there was no official confirmation. U.S. forces had been tracking al-Raymi for months, and there was a $10 million price on his head. It is unclear whether the strike was carried out by the U.S. military or the CIA. Spokespersons for U.S. Central Command, the National Security Council and the CIA declined to comment. For more than five years, al-Raymi, a native of Yemen, had eluded U.S. forces as he led what experts sometimes refer to as al-Qaida’s “most dangerous franchise.” If confirmed, his death would be “very significant,” said Mick Mulroy, who was deputy assistant secretary of defense for the Middle East until late last year. “He’s a real bad actor,” said Mulroy, who is also a retired CIA paramilitary operations officer and an ABC news analyst. “This is a big win for us.” Al-Raymi, 41, had been on the United States’ radar for years. After training other militants in al-Qaida training camps in Afghanistan during the 1990s, he returned to Yemen and became a commander of AQAP, according to the U.S. government’s Rewards for Justice website. In 2005 he was sentenced to five years in prison for planning to assassinate the U.S. ambassador, but he escaped the following year. Since then he has been linked to some of AQAP’s highest-profile attacks, including a September 2008 assault on the U.S. Embassy in the Yemeni capital, Sanaa, that killed 10 Yemeni guards and six civilians. After swearing allegiance to al-Qaida leader Ayman al-Zawahiri, al-Raymi was named the emir of AQAP in 2015. The United States offered a $5 million reward for information on his whereabouts in 2014 and raised it to $10 million in 2018. This was not the first time the United States had tried to get al-Raymi. He was the target of the Jan. 29, 2017, special operations raid in which Navy SEAL Ryan Owens was killed, according to Mulroy. “The United States never forgets,” he said.

https://www.yahoo.com/news/us-killed-a-top-al-qaeda-leader-in-yemen-reports-say-215555178.html 

[ :: 12-31-04/1-1-05 New Years Eve Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

earthquakes, in the shifting, in the shifting of the earth, earth has turned on its axis and it has drawn closer to the sun, for it moved out of orbit and it moved into a new circling orbit

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 1-27-20 Nexux news feed :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

M 6.3 - 105km WNW of Kirakira, Solomon Islands

Time  2020-01-27 05:02:01 UTC  2020-01-27 16:02:01 +11:00 at epicenter

Location  10.106°S 161.024°E

Depth  17.68 km (10.99 mi)

For the rest of this article please go to source link below.

https://www.nexusnewsfeed.com/article/self-sufficiency/m-6-3-105km-wnw-of-kirakira-solomon-islands/ 

:: 1-26-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sunday, 26 January 2020

Bone-Chilling! New cold records set in Russia: Magadan and Yakutia region suffer temperatures of -56C (-68.8F). ‘The wind chill sensation could go to -61°C

Earthwindmap

Not much ice will be melting a -56C (-68.8F). Every day of the past week in the Magadan region the frosts grew stronger, and over the past day, the air temperature dropped below the norm by 8.5 degrees. But in continental areas, temperature set new records. In the village of Talon, on January 24, the temperature dropped to -46.2C (-51.1 F), which is 0.2 degrees below the previous record set in 1978. But these are not the lowest temperatures in Russia. In the east of Yakutia last night, frosts intensified to -56C (-68.8F). ‘The wind chill sensation could go to -61°C in this region.’ Ice Age Now

Thanks to Martin Siebert for this link

Extreme Weather 2020 Front Page Posted by Gary Walton at 10:59 am

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/01/bone-chilling-new-cold-records-set-in.html 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 1-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Biblical' Locust Plague With Mega-Swarms The Size Of Cities Descends On East Africa

by Tyler Durden Mon, 01/27/2020 - 02:45

As if the world's facing a looming new global pandemic weren't enough, here's yet another rare occurrence of apocalyptic proportions threatening to devastate the economy and way of life on an entire continent: the worse outbreak of desert locusts in seventy years is ravaging East Africaspecifically Kenya as hundreds of millions have swarmed in from Somolia and Ethiopia, reports the Associated Press. The hum of millions of locusts on the move is broken by the screams of farmers and the clanging of pots and pans. But their noise-making does little to stop the voracious insects from feasting on their crops in this rural community. The by all accounts "huge" infestation is threatening to devastate communities and a region already long struggling with food security. One news source likened it to a Biblical Locust Plague With Swarms the Size of Cities. The invading locusts are "deadly" in the sense that these 'mega-swarms' devour crops at incredibly rapid pace — at a faster rate of destruction than other natural disasters. The numbers and immediate destructive force are staggering, according to quotes in the AP:

About 70,000 hectares (172,973 acres) of land in Kenya are already infested.

A single swarm can contain up to 150 million locusts per square kilometer of farmland, an area the size of almost 250 football fields, regional authorities say.

One especially large swarm in northeastern Kenya measured 60 kilometers long by 40 kilometers wide (37 miles long by 25 miles wide).

Farmers are afraid to let their cattle out for grazing, and their crops of millet, sorghum and maize are vulnerable, but there is little they can do.

Even cows are wondering what is happening,” one local farmer laments in the AP report. “Corn, sorghum, cowpeas, they have eaten everything.” This as the mega-swarms consume the very fodder the livestock survive on. There's additional concern that new rains after March could bring another explosion of the fast breeding locusts prior to the dry season taking their numbers back down. The UN Food and Agricultural Organization is reportedly mobilizing an emergency response, given even small swarms can wipe out crop fields at sizes constituting enough food that could have fed tens of thousands of people in a single day, which makes it a humanitarian disaster in the making. It's both the nature of their small size (about a finger's length) and the fact that they swarm in millions at a time that make preventative measures nearly impossible. The UN agency listed some creative but futile methods suggested and/or initiated in the past: “Although giant nets, flamethrowers, lasers and huge vacuums have been proposed in the past, these are not in use for locust control.” It added, “People and birds often eat locusts but usually not enough to significantly reduce population levels over large areas.”

https://www.zerohedge.com/health/biblical-locust-plague-worst-mega-swarms-70-years-devastate-east-africa 

:: 1-26-20 Occasion 2B :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Uncontrolled Swarms of Devouring Locusts to Hit East Africa, Middle East, and Southwest Asia IN NO TIME Leaving Behind Barren Earth

Uncontrolled Swarms of Devouring Locusts to Hit East Africa, Middle East, and Southwest Asia IN NO TIME Leaving Behind Barren Earth In just one day, a swarm of locusts the size of Paris could eat the same amount of food as half the population of France. And that’s pretty much exactly what has been forecast for an enormous region reaching from Somalia, Ethiopia and Kenya (hit right now) to Egypt, Sudan, Eritrea, Saudi Arabia, and Yemen. […] The post Uncontrolled Swarms of Devouring Locusts to Hit East Africa, Middle East, and Southwest Asia IN NO TIME Leaving Behind Barren Earth appeared first on Strange Sounds. Source: Uncontrolled Swarms of Devouring Locusts to Hit East Africa, Middle East, and Southwest Asia IN NO TIME Leaving Behind Barren Earth

https://occasion-to-be.com/forum/index.php?topic=383601.0 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 1-26-20 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cruelty to Animals Gets More Media Coverage than Beheaded Christians

by Giulio Meotti January 26, 2020 at 5:00 am

The Bishops' Conference of Nigeria described the area as "killing fields", like the ones the Khmer Rouge created in Cambodia to exterminate the population.

"We are Aramaic people and we don't have this right to have anyone protect us? Look upon us as frogs, we'll accept that -- just protect us so we can stay in our land". — Nicodemus Daoud Sharaf, the Syrian Orthodox Archbishop of Mosul the capital of Iraqi Kurdistan, home to many of the Christians who fled jihadis, National Catholic Register, April 7, 2017.

In an era of round-the-clock information... the abominations suffered by Christians have been left without images, while the brutality against the Chinese pig was streamed all over. Christians are an endangered species; pigs are not.

One of the last Nigerian Christians was executed by an Islamic State child soldier. Slaughterhouses' workers go on trial in France for abuses to animals. But the same France has already repatriated more than 250 ISIS fighters, the same people who turn Iraqi churches into slaughterhouses.

First there was the beheading of 11 Nigerian Christians during the recent Christmas celebration. The next day, a Catholic woman, Martha Bulus, was beheaded in the Nigerian state of Borno with her bridesmaids, five days before the wedding. Then there was a raid on the village of Gora-Gan in the Nigerian state of Kaduna, where terrorists shot anyone they met in the square where the evangelical community had gathered, killing two young Christian women. There was also a Christian student killed by Islamic extremists who recorded his execution. Then pastor Lawan Andimi, a local leader of the Christian Association of Nigeria, was beheaded. "Every day", says Father Joseph Bature Fidelis, of the Diocese of Maiduguri, "Our brothers and sisters are slaughtered in the streets. Please help us not be silent in the face of this immense extermination that is taking place in silence". The Bishops' Conference of Nigeria described the area as "killing fields", like the ones the Khmer Rouge created in Cambodia to exterminate the population. Most of the 4,300 Christians killed for their faith during the last year came from Nigeria. Nina Shea, an expert in Religious Freedom, recently wrote: "An ongoing Islamic extremist project to exterminate Christians in sub-Saharan Africa is even more brutal and more consequential for the Church than it is in the Middle East, the place where Christians suffered ISIS 'genocide', as the U.S. government officially designated." Unfortunately, the murder of these Christians during the last month has been largely ignored by the Western media. "A slow-motion war is under way in Africa's most populous country. It's a massacre of Christians, massive in scale and horrific in brutality and the world has hardly noticed", wrote the French philosopher, Bernard Henri Lévy. While Christians were murdered in Nigeria, the global media ran a story of a pig being tied up and shoved off a bungee tower at a new theme park in China. The story went viral on BBC, The Independent, The New York Times, Sky News, Deutsche Welle and many other mainstream media outlets. The Chinese pig got more media coverage than any of these murdered Christians in Nigeria. You often have to search for these martyrs on local African sites. "Pig Bungee Jumping Stunt In China Prompts Global Outcry", wrote the Huffington Post. Where has been the global outcry for the serial butchering of Christians just because they are Christians? The killing of a gorilla in a Cincinnati zoo, committed to save a child's life, triggered more emotion and media coverage than the beheading of 21 Christians on a beach in Libya while they invoked the name of Jesus in Arabic and whispered prayers. ABC, CBS and NBC devoted six times more coverage to the death of one gorilla than they did on the mass execution of Christians. "The world prefers to worry about pandas rather than about us, threatened with extinction in the land where we were born", said Nicodemus Daoud Sharaf, the Syrian Orthodox Archbishop of Mosul as well as a refugee in Erbil, the capital of Iraqi Kurdistan, home to many of the Christians who fled jihadis. When the Archbishop said that four years ago, it looked as if it were just provocation to shock Western public opinion. But Archbishop Sharaf was right. The French-Lebanese writer Amin Maalouf also noted "threats to pandas cause more emotion" than threats to Christians. Archbishop Sharaf gave another example: "In Australia they take care of frogs. One of our Syriac citizens, who's a builder, bought land, took money from a bank and wanted to build houses and sell them. Then when he wanted to get a certificate to build, in the middle of the land, he came across a hole with eight frogs in it. The government of Sydney told him: 'You can't build on this land'. He said: 'But I've taken money from the bank and I must get to work' and they pushed him to build in another place, making him pay $1.4 million to build a different place for these eight frogs. And yet we are the last people who speak Jesus' language. We are Aramaic people and we don't have this right to have anyone protect us? Look upon us as frogs, we'll accept that — just protect us so we can stay in our land". In an era of round-the-clock information on our mobile phones, computers, televisions and social media, the abominations suffered by Christians have been left without images, while the brutality against the Chinese pig was streamed all over. Christians are an endangered species; pigs are not. "The International Union for the Conservation of Nature has several categories to define the danger of extinction that various species face today", according to Benedict Kiely, the founder of Nasarean.org, which helps the Christians of the Middle East. "Using a percentage of population decline, the categories range from 'vulnerable species' (a 30-50 per cent decline), to 'critically endangered' (80-90 per cent) and finally to extinction. The Christian population of Iraq has shrunk by 83 per cent, putting it in the category of 'critically endangered'". If you search for a cover dedicated to this extinction you have to go on the confessional media, such as the British weekly Catholic Herald, which just noted "The end of Iraqi Christianity?" Or the French Catholic media, La Croix, telling the story of Syrian Christians: "Before the start of the civil war in 2012, 20,000 Assyrians populated the banks of the Khabur, a river that crosses northeastern Syria and flows into the Euphrates. The occupation of part of the region by Isis in 2015 forced the majority into exile. The Khabur is today a dead valley". One of the last Nigerian Christians was executed by an Islamic State child soldier. Slaughterhouses' workers go on trial in France for abuses to animals. But the same France has already repatriated more than 250 ISIS fighters, the same people who turn Iraqi churches into slaughterhouses. Western media stirred global indignation about Russia's laws against "homosexual propaganda" prior to the Winter Olympics in Sochi. But the same Western media never protested the Islamist regimes that punish people with the death for converting to Christianity or countries where Christians are threatened with death if they do not convert to Islam. Mauro Armanino, a priest of the Society for African Missions in Niger, who describes a situation of open genocide, writes: "The repeated threats to the Christian communities in the border area with Burkina Faso have achieved the aim they set: to decapitate the communities and then fall prey to the fear of professing faith in Sunday prayers in the chapels....On Tuesday, January 14, in a village not far from Bomoanga, which, for over a year, has helplessly witnessed the kidnapping of Father Pierluigi Maccalli, a group of criminals who went to settle the scores with the chief nurse who works in a dispensary in the area, took the nephew from his home and was beheaded. In Bomoanga people no longer go to church on Sunday". These persecuted Christians feel more and more alone in a world that sees them as intruders. They are as if suspended in a limbo, between an amnesic and weak West and a rising radical Islam. There seems to be no way to push the Western world to become aware of this tragedy that no one talks about and which could have fatal consequences for the future of our civilization. "Out of fatigue or shame, or both, we close our eyes", writes Franz-Olivier Giesbert. "Does the life of Christians from East, Africa or Asia count for a negligible amount? This is a question that we have the right to ask when we see the place that our dear media give to the killings and discrimination that Catholics and Protestants are subjected to on the planet: nothing or almost nothing, with a few happy exceptions. It is our hypocrisy that feeds the clash of civilizations". So, shall we now return to our hypocritical indignation about the cruelty inflicted on Chinese pigs? Giulio Meotti, Cultural Editor for Il Foglio, is an Italian journalist and author.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15483/animal-cruelty-beheaded-christians 

:: 1-27-20 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UFOpen for business: Britain’s Royal Air Force to declassify X-Files kept in secret for years

27 Jan, 2020 09:52 / Updated 2 days ago

After decades of secrecy, the UK’s Royal Air Force (RAF) will now publish its entire record of UFO sightings above British territory, in an unprecedented move which is sure to spark even more conspiracy theories. The RAF closed down its ‘UFO desk’ in 2009 after 50 years of reports in which no serious threat was identified. Records from this RAF unit were traditionally sent to the National Archives, where they were kept as classified documents. Now, however, the most recent reports will be placed in an online archive on a dedicated gov.uk page, according to a Freedom of Information request submitted by the PA news agency. “It had been assessed that it would be better to publish these records, rather than continue sending documents to the National Archives, and so they are looking to put them onto a dedicated gov.uk web page,” a spokesperson for the RAF said. The declassification clearance process is already under way and the spokesperson expects they will be published online “some time within the first quarter of 2020.” The archives are comprised entirely of correspondence with members of the public, who have had to file UFO sighting reports with local police since the RAF closed its UFO desk. The RAF spokesperson was careful not to confirm or deny the existence of aliens, however, merely stating that: “The MoD has no opinion on the existence or otherwise of extra terrestrial life and does not investigate UFO reports.” As recently as January 21, there were UFO sightings over London, in broad daylight no less, so the new archives are likely to be a hotspot for X-Files enthusiasts and internet sleuths alike. “When I worked on the MoD’s ‘UFO desk’ we didn’t find definitive proof of extraterrestrial visitation, but there were so many bizarre and unexplained sightings that we didn’t entirely rule it out,” said Nick Pope, who used to investigate reports of UFO sightings for the MoD. As expected, many weren’t buying the upcoming disclosure and instead fell back on old conspiracy theories.

https://www.rt.com/uk/479267-raf-declassify-ufo-archives/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 1-26-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dead Hand: Russian Real-Life Doomsday Machine

by Tyler Durden Sun, 01/26/2020 - 23:25

Submitted by SouthFront,

The existing system of international relations and arms control treaties is slowly, but steadily crumbling. The Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces Treaty is dead, with both Washington and Moscow publicly developing previously banned short-to-medium range missiles. The New START (Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty) is also moving towards its end in 2021, and it is likely that New START will not be renewed. The United States, China and Russia are developing hypersonic weapons, which are not limited by any existing arms control treaties. The major powers are preparing for a possible global conflict. The dismantlement of the system of international treaties is another factor increasing military tensions around the world. Russia is actively working towards restoring lost Soviet capabilities and developing new strategic deterrence projects. One of them is the Dead Hand, also known as the Perimeter. This Cold War-era automatic nuclear weapons-control system is one of the most protected secrets and most important deterrence tools of the USSR and Russia. The Dead Hand is the last line of deterrence in the event of a crippling nuclear strike. It entered into service in 1985, shortly after a major escalation in 1983, which had almost led to war between the US and the Soviet Union. It has been likened to a real-life doomsday machine. Upon activation and determination of an ongoing nuclear strike, the system sends out command missiles with special warheads that pass encrypted launch commands to all nuclear weapon carriers of the sea, air and ground components of the Russian Strategic Nuclear Forces. In peacetime conditions, the system slumbers, waiting for a turn-on command or an alarm signal from the missile attack early-warning system. It has a human “firewall,” for example, an on-duty officer who would switch it into the fully automated mode. Therefore, there is no risk of an accidental or unauthorized missile launch. Having received a command or signal about missiles being launched from the territory of other countries, this Dead Hand goes into an automated combat mode. Through a wide-scale sensor network, it monitors signs of an incoming nuclear strike. The decision to launch command missiles is made by an autonomous control and command system – a complex pseudo-artificial intelligence system. The system receives and analyzes a variety of information about seismic activity, radiation, atmospheric pressure, and the intensity of chatter on military radio frequencies. It monitors telemetry from the observation posts of the strategic missile force and data from early warning systems. Before launching, the system reportedly checks for four conditions: Once the system is activated it first determines if a nuclear explosion has taken place on Russian territory; If this is determined, the system will then check the communication link with the General Staff operation center; If a connection is established the system will After some time – from 15 minutes to 1 hour – passing without any further signs of an attack, it will assume that a number of the officials with the authority to give the order to strike are still alive and the system will shut down; If the General Staff operation center does not respond, the system sends a request to Kazbek, the automatic system for command and control of the Strategic Nuclear Forces. If there is no response there either, the system automatically transfers launch authority to the command bunker personnel and launches the retaliatory strike. All of the channels through which the Dead Hand receives its information are backed up multiple times, to remove the possibility of false information being fed to it. According to openly available data, the Dead Hand is an integral part of the “Zveno” system of air command posts, the development of which was carried out in the Soviet Union. The “Zveno” includes the airborne command and control post on the Il-86VKP aircraft, airborne radio relay on the Il-76RT aircraft, silo-based command missiles ‘Perimeter’ and mobile command missiles ‘Gorn’. In a period of threat, three Il-86VKPs would have the Supreme Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces, the Defense Minister and the Chief of the General Staff respectively on board. The Il-86VKP is able to launch an 8 km long antenna, which not even impulses from nuclear explosions can affect. Using this antenna the aircraft can transmit commands to launch all the country’s intercontinental missiles even if all underground command posts are destroyed by the aggressor’s nuclear strike. The radio relay aircraft Il-76RT would transmit commands to launch missiles in distant regions, including those deployed on submarines. In this way, the Dead Hand guarantees a devastating retaliatory strike in the event of communications disruption and the destruction of command posts after the first-strike surprise nuclear attack by the enemy. Its command missiles launch their warheads into space, where no hostile satellite or nuclear explosions can reach them and from there “wake up” nuclear forces to strike the aggressor. The dissolution of the USSR in 1991 led to a deep social and economic crisis on the territory of the former Soviet republics. The Russian Armed Forces also entered a period of crisis. In 1995, the Dead Hand was removed from combat duty. After the start of the ‘Putin era’ and the restoration of proper funding for the Russian Armed Forces in the 2000s, national security once again became one of the key priorities of the Russian leadership. In 2011, it was officially confirmed that the Dead Hand had been put on combat duty. The successful test launch of the 15Yu75 missile took place in Plesetsk in 2016. Furthermore, the Dead Hand is also being modernized. In December 2019, the Russian Ministry of Defense announced plans to sign a contract for the new Sirena-M missile complex. The Sirena-M is the most modern variant of the “command missile system” and “command missile” for the Dead Hand. The tests of the Sirena-M missile, which is based on the first version of the Topol intercontinental ballistic missile, began in 1990. All of them were carried out successfully. The Sirena-M system will enter service in the period up to 2025.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/dead-hand-russian-real-life-doomsday-machine 

:: 1-25-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Coronavirus Hits 15% Fatality Rate, 83% Infection Rate for Those Exposed; Lancet Publishes Early Study That Points to Alarming Consequences for Humanity

Saturday, January 25, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) BREAKING: The U.S. news media is currently running about one to two days behind the Chinese media in covering the bombshell revelations surrounding the coronavirus pandemic. Natural News has Chinese-speaking investigators on the ground in Taiwan, and they’re scanning the Chinese media for the most important announcements. Earlier today, the Taiwan media began reporting on a new mainland Chinese study that specifically looked at the individuals involved in this Wuhan coronavirus outbreak. We have a partial translation and link below. According to this news, which is widely circulating in the Taiwan press and is based on a study published in The Lancet, the Wuhan coronavirus fatality rate has leaped to 15%, and the infection rate among those exposed is 83%. These numbers are virtually unheard of in the world of microbiology and infectious disease transmission. It means that 15 out of every 100 infected people will die. It also means that 83 out of 100 exposed people will become infected and able to transmit the disease to others. So for every 100 people who are exposed, around 12 will die (15% of 83). The only criticism of this study is that its sample size was relatively small, given that it’s still very early in the outbreak of this disease. The study looked at 41 cases of individuals who were exposed. If the infection rate stands at 83%, this pandemic will be impossible to contain The story is from TaiwanDaily.net and says this (translated): Hong Kong and Chinese researchers published the latest research on “New Coronavirus 2019” (referred to as “Wuhan pneumonia”) in the medical journal “Lancet” on the 24th. Chinese experts pointed directly to the disease. The [fatality] rate is fifteen percent. Hong Kong experts confirmed for the first time that Wuhan pneumonia can be transmitted from person to person, and patients may not have surface symptoms. Taking a Shenzhen seven-person home with six people as an example, the analysis shows that the attack rate is as high as 83% and the incubation period is three to six days It is expected that a large number of cases will break out in China within a week, and the next two weeks will be a crucial period to prevent any place from becoming “another Wuhan”. The same article also reveals the recorded rate of symptoms among those who are infected: Overall, 98% of the symptoms were fever, 76% coughing, 44% muscle pain or feeling tired. With 98% showing fever, this means that one out of 50 people infected will show no fever and therefore easily bypass current screening methods that are practiced by health officials. If one in 50 infected people is able to get through screening that’s primarily looking for fever and respiratory symptoms, it means this outbreak is highly unlikely to be contained. The article from Taiwan also describes the slow progression of symptoms, in some cases taking as long as eight days to appear: As a result, one person had fever and diarrhea in Wuhan one day; many relatives they visited also began to have fever and cough on the fourth day; another did not go to Wuhan, but lived with four family members who were subsequently diagnosed, and the eighth day also began Found physical discomfort and confirmed the illness. The Lancet publishes the study: More details As we were working on this story, The Lancet study appeared, providing more details and a direct link to the research article. You can find it here:

https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(20)30183-5/ fulltext

The findings:

By Jan 2, 2020, 41 admitted hospital patients had been identified as having laboratory-confirmed 2019-nCoV infection. Most of the infected patients were men (30 [73%] of 41); less than half had underlying diseases (13 [32%]), including diabetes (eight [20%]), hypertension (six [15%]), and cardiovascular disease (six [15%]). Median age was 49·0 years (IQR 41·0–58·0). 27 (66%) of 41 patients had been exposed to Huanan seafood market. One family cluster was found. Common symptoms at onset of illness were fever (40 [98%] of 41 patients), cough (31 [76%]), and myalgia or fatigue (18 [44%]); less common symptoms were sputum production (11 [28%] of 39), headache (three [8%] of 38), haemoptysis (two [5%] of 39), and diarrhoea (one [3%] of 38). Dyspnoea developed in 22 (55%) of 40 patients (median time from illness onset to dyspnoea 8·0 days [IQR 5·0–13·0]). 26 (63%) of 41 patients had lymphopenia. All 41 patients had pneumonia with abnormal findings on chest CT. Complications included acute respiratory distress syndrome (12 [29%]), RNAaemia (six [15%]), acute cardiac injury (five [12%]) and secondary infection (four [10%]). 13 (32%) patients were admitted to an ICU and six (15%) died. Compared with non-ICU patients, ICU patients had higher plasma levels of IL2, IL7, IL10, GSCF, IP10, MCP1, MIP1A, and TNF?.

Interpretation: The 2019-nCoV infection caused clusters of severe respiratory illness similar to severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus and was associated with ICU admission and high mortality. Major gaps in our knowledge of the origin, epidemiology, duration of human transmission, and clinical spectrum of disease need fulfilment by future studies. Note the language saying there are “major gaps in our knowledgeabout the “duration of human transmission.”

Also note the more detailed list of symptoms offered by The Lancet:

Fever: 98%

Cough: 76%

Fatigue: 44%

Sputum production: 28%

Headache: 8%

Haemoptysis: 5%

Diarrhea: 3%

Also note it took eight days to develop dyspnoea, or difficulty breathing.

Also notice that 12% suffered “acute cardiac injury” which means permanent damage to the heart.

Sadly, through policies such as open borders, filthy liberal cities and biosludge “recycling” of human sewage onto food farms, humanity has created the “perfect storm” for a pandemic wipeout that cannot be stopped: Brighteon.com/0aaf4243-1dfe-47e9-9c56-32232a96cdfc

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-01-25-coronavirus-hits-15-fatality-rate-83-infection-rate.html 

:: 1-24-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Coronavirus a stealth strain that can be carried by people who show NO fever or coughing symptoms… detection almost impossible under current government guidelines

Friday, January 24, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Coronavirus is spreading among people who show non-respiratory symptoms. This means detection of the carriers of the virus is going to be extremely difficult, given that nearly all health officials around the world are looking for respiratory symptoms such as coughing, sneezing and breathing difficulties. Some carriers of this rapidly spreading strain of coronavirus show no fever and no coughing, but instead are exhibiting symptoms of diarrhea, vomiting and chest pains.

“Thus far, official guidance on the symptoms of the Wuhan virus has been limited to fever and symptoms of respiratory illness, such as coughing, difficulty breathing or shortness of breath,” reports The Epoch Times: However, according to local media a report by doctors and experts from Renmin Hospital of Wuhan University on Friday noted the appearance of initial symptoms not related to the respiratory system. It said that many patients who contracted the virus did not have a fever. Therefore simply taking the temperatures of passengers at transport hubs is not enough to screen for the virus. Three confirmed cases in the USA, total secrecy about which hospitals have the patients  Human-to-human transmission of this novel coronavirus has already been confirmed, and according to multiple sources, there are now three confirmed cases in the United States. As we expected, the CDC and local health officials are refusing to release the names of the hospitals in which these coronavirus-infected patients are being treated and quarantined. The secrecy has begun. Meanwhile, the World Health Organization so far refuses to declare this a global pandemic, even as they were rapidly declaring faked, hoax pandemics in years past, such as the “Zika virus” hoax. What Americans need to know is that this coronavirus situation is far worse than what’s being reported by the controlled media, and that carriers are going to slip past even the best detection methods, because those methods are all based on looking for fevers and respiratory problems.

Stay tuned. More updates coming soon.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-01-24-coronavirus-stealth-strain-carried-by-people-who-show-no-fever-symptoms.html 

:: 1-26-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5 Million Potential Carriers Have Left Wuhan As Coronavirus Appears To Mutate Into ‘More Transmissable’ Form

Communist government fails to contain spread due to lack of symptoms in some cases

Zero Hedge - January 26, 2020

Over the weekend, there were numerous media reports published in hopes of easing fears that the coronavirus spread was uncontained, and informing the general public just how seriously China takes its quarantine of no less than 17 cities and roughly 60 million people. Take this report from AFP, according to which Police at a roadblock on the outskirts of Wuhan turned away cars trying to leave the virus-stricken epicenter on Saturday, as other anxious residents trapped inside spent the Lunar New Year stocking up on masks and medical supplies. “Authorities have prevented anyone from leaving Wuhan, the city of 11 million people at the heart of the viral outbreak which has so far infected nearly 1,300 people and killed 41 others” AFP writes adding that its reporters saw “a steady trickle of cars approaching the roadblocks around 20 kilometres (12 miles) east of the city centre on Saturday morning, only for police in fluorescent jackets wearing masks to tell them to turn around.” The barricade, at one of the tolls for highways exiting the city, was blocked with red and yellow plastic barriers and cones. “Nobody can leave,” a policeman told AFP. Yet, but… there is just one problem: the much needed quarantine and lockdown were far too late, because as Wuhan’s mayor Zhou Xianwang revealed on Sunday during a press conference, about 5 million residents had already left Wuhan before the lockdown because of the deadly coronavirus epidemic and the Spring Festival holiday. As the SCMP reports, many of Wuhan’s residents had already left the city for the holiday, while others rushed out after the lockdown was announced on Wednesday night. As a result, only 9 million people were remaining in the city after the lockdown, with roughly a third of it, including countless cases of coronavirus, having already spread across China. Meanwhile, in Chinese health officials ­warned the virus’ ­ability to spread was ­getting ­stronger, and in the worst possible news for China, Ma Xiaowei, the minister in charge of China’s National Health Commission (NHC), told a press conference that battling the outbreak had become especially complicated, after it was discovered that the new virus could be transmitted even during incubation period, which did not happen with Sars (severe acute respiratory syndrome). In other words, as many as tens if not hundreds of thousands of Coronavirus carriers quietly fled, and may have infected as many as 3-4 other people each, depending on the R0 of the virus.

From observations, the virus is capable of transmission even during incubation period,” Ma said, adding that the incubation period lasted from one to 14 days. “Some patients have normal temperatures and there are many milder cases. There are hidden carriers,” he said. As for the piece de resistance, Ma said also that the virus had adapted to humans and appeared to have become more transmissible: “There are signs showing the virus is becoming more transmissible. These walking ‘contagious agents’ [hidden carriers] make controlling the outbreak a lot more difficult.” Even China’s authorities sounds like they are giving up: Li Bin, deputy minister of the NHC said the authorities that the severe measures they had taken to control the spread of the virus – such as issuing travel bans and locking down cities – would at least delay the peak and “buy time to combat the next stage of the outbreak”, according to SCMP. Yes, China is already bracing for “the next stage of the outbreak.” To help tackle the epidemic, which has closed off 17 cities, Ma said that 2,360 military and civilian doctors and nurses had been sent to Wuhan, the city in which the outbreak was first detected at the end of last month. As the pressure has mounted on the city’s hospitals, the medical system has moved ever closer to collapse. Many people who developed feverish symptoms were turned away by hospitals earlier in the week because there were not enough beds, local residents said earlier. Medical practitioners are also running seriously short of protective kits and are being forced to recycle goggles and masks. Ma said 2,400 hospital beds had been added in Wuhan, and the government was planning to add 5,000 more over the next three days. Wang Jiangping, China’s vice-minister of industry and information technology, said China had the capacity to produce a maximum of 30,000 protective outfits per day, but that was less than a third of what was needed in Hubei. Meanwhile, the hunt for the real source of the pandemic continues. China imposed a nationwide ban on wildlife trade on Sunday, as the outbreak was originally suspecteded to have originated at a seafood market in Wuhan, which also sold wild animals. However, a research paper published by medical journal The Lancet on Saturday said the first confirmed case of the viral infection was a person who had not been to that market. Which begs the question we asked on Saturday: Did China Steal Coronavirus From Canada And Weaponize It?

https://www.infowars.com/5-million-potential-carriers-have-left-wuhan-as-coronavirus-appears-to-mutate-into-more-transmissable-form/ 

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

:: 1-26-20 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – Richard Russell, Jim Sinclair, China, Massive Inflation And $50,000 Gold

January 26, 2020

As the world edges closer to the next crisis, today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals spoke with King World News about Richard Russell, Jim Sinclair, China, massive inflation and $50,000 gold.

Richard Russell’s “Inflate Or Die”

January 26 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: “Inflate or die” was coined by the legendary and extremely wise Richard Russell of Dow Theory Letters. He understood the necessity of permanent central bank money printing already at the beginning of this century. Richard died in 2015, so sadly he didn’t live to see how right he was. After three decades of massive money printing and credit expansion, “inflate or die” has artificially kept the world economy going. But we are now in the 2020s moving in to the next stage which will be INFLATE AND DIE. Because, as stock and credit bubbles implode and money printing accelerates, the world will soon realize that not only is the freshly printed money worthless, but also most of the manufactured money from the last 20 years. But before we look at the consequences of inflate and die, last week 117 billionaires attended a Weather conference in Davos. They were joined by another 2,900 CEOs, political leaders, climate activists and other self-important people. It is quite surprising that so many “important” people get together to talk about the weather. With Swedish Greta (not Garbo) telling everyone “how dare you, the entire eco-system is collapsing, people are dying” etc., not just every Davos VIP but also all major central banks must now have a green agenda. For example, Lagarde, the ECB Chief, has made a strategic review of the bank’s purpose and stated that action on climate is a fundamental component of monetary policy. Climate change action will be a “mission critical” priority for the ECB. Would be better if she controlled the EU financial system rather than getting involved in controlling temperatures. Never before has such a crowd met up to discuss the climate, traveling there by 309 private jets plus hundreds of commercial flights and either helicopter or car from Zurich to Davos. I haven’t seen a Davos CO2 calculation yet but someone will most probably produce that. The organizers have made some politically correct and contrived calculation to justify this extravaganza to say that the WEF conference is carbon neutral. Hmmm!… Of course the globalists didn’t go there to only talk about the weather. But no one dared to attend Davos, except for Trump, without being totally behind the only Politically Correct position which states that humans are now in control of the earth’s temperature. So climate cycles are no longer valid as humans have raised the temperature recently and must now limit the increase to 1.5º C by 2050. The earth was formed 4.5 billion years ago and since then the climate cycles have taken care of themselves just as they will in the next few billion years. It is today compulsory to be committed to controlling the climate even though it can never be achieved. But this is today at the top of the global agenda for the West. Using young people to threaten the world with these Hobgoblins is working very effectively. The American writer Henry Louis Menken understood the purpose of these actions: The world will soon forget about the climate hobgoblins as much more dangerous trolls emerge. The Davos conference should have focused on these trolls rather than the climate hobgoblins. The trolls I am talking about is obviously the unprecedented level of economic, financial and political risk that the world is now facing. I produced the time-bomb above some time ago with 3 dozen reasons to worry with the main risk being global debt. For every day that passes new risks are emerging like the Coronavirus in Wuhan. Unofficial reports state that China is not telling the whole story and that there may be as many as 10,000 dead in Wuhan. Viruses have ravaged the world before and the Black Death or the Pest killed up to 200 million people in the 14th century. 50% of Europe’s population perished and around 35% in the rest of the world. We have most probably not seen the end of the Iran situation and there is a major risk that this could evolve to a global conflict involving the US and Russia. With the current US administration being extremely capricious, catastrophic events are near at hand. Very little was discussed in Davos in regard to global risk. Also, around the world, MSM (main stream media) have barely covered the warnings of a global debt crisis from the World Bank: “Low global interest rates provide only a precarious protection against financial crises,” said Ayhan Kose, a World Bank official. “The history of past waves of debt accumulation shows that these waves tend to have unhappy endings.” The World Bank is obviously right, there will be an “unhappy ending.” And as has been the case historically, the majority of the world will be totally unprepared. The graph below shows that investors haven’t got a clue and live in a world of fantasy and euphoria. The statements and actions by central banks since late August 2019 were the clearest sign of severe problems in the system that the world could receive. But the graph below shows that the “Don’t Worry Be Happy” attitude of investors is unperturbed. So more money printing due to a serious liquidity and solvency crisis in the financial system is only seen as good news for stock investors. As money printing to save the system accelerates so does the stock market. But profits have virtually stagnated since 2011 as the graph below shows. The gap between share price growth and profit has become much bigger than in 2000 and 2007 when we saw the big falls in stocks. The coming fall will be substantially bigger. Commodities, including precious metals, are still at historically low prices to stocks. The reversal will start in 2020 and be devastating for the world. Stock investors will in coming years lose up to 95% in real terms. Food prices will surge and so will gold and silver. High food prices and shortages will cause major problems. China knows what will happen since they are likely to trigger a financial event that leads to a dollar collapse and gold revaluation. As the chart below shows, China as a whole has bought 19,000 tonnes of gold since 2006. The real level of China’s gold reserves are not public but the estimate is that this could be as high as 20,000 tonnes. At some point China will declare their hand and the US will be forced to prove if they have even half of the 8,000 tonnes that they officially declare. The Russian Central Bank has also been preparing for the fall of the US and the dollar. Their gold holdings are up almost 6x since 2006. The individual who knows gold better than anyone living today is Mr Gold, Jim Sinclair. He has accurately predicted the gold market for 1/2 century. What Jim calls Emancipated Gold will reach $50,000 by 2025 according to his forecast. I believe this is similar to Freegold, which I wrote about in Dec 2018. Freegold is physical gold free from official money systems, owned free of all other claims and freely traded. Of course Jim’s forecast can be wrong. But only a foolish man would bet against him. For two decades I have been writing about gold and discussing the importance of holding physical gold outside the banking system. Gold is up 5 to 7 times since then in the major currencies and a lot more against other currencies. Still, the world financial system is still standing. But that is likely to change soon. Our technical indicators for stocks and gold indicate that a major turn in markets should be imminent. In my article two weeks ago I indicated that the Dow/Gold ratio spells trouble ahead. The correction up in the ratio since 2011 most probably finished in 2018. In the chart below I show that the quarterly MACD has just turned down. This is a very important long term trending indicator and spells trouble ahead for the world. But the Dow/Gold ratio will only move down with force once the stock market has turned down. Our proprietary cycle theory, called MAMCYCLE, forecast already in 2018 that the Dow would top in January 2020 and most probably in the second week. The top January 17th fits that forecast perfectly. So based on MAMCYCLE, the January monthly close should not be overtaken in a subsequent monthly close. Instead, a secular bear market in stocks is now likely to start. The turn down in the Dow will also be the start of a rapid fall in the Dow/Gold ratio and thus a very strong move up in gold. For information, the MAMCYCLE system forecasted the top in gold in September 2011 which I mentioned in a published article, well before the top, in the spring of 2011. So the 2020s will be a dramatic decade starting at any time. The financial system will not survive in its present form and nor will any currency. This is why we will see inflate and die as a depressionary hyperinflation takes hold of the world. Gold will reflect the coming cataclysm and probably reach Jim Sinclair’s $50,000 or much higher in hyperinflationary money. So I urge investors to hold physical gold because: Gold is money, gold is insurance and gold is financial survival…For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-richard-russell-jim-sinclair-china-massive-inflation-and-50000-gold/ 

:: 1-27-20 JG-TC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World stocks skid as virus fears spook markets, hit tourism

By ELAINE KURTENBACH AP Business Writer Jan 27, 2020 Updated 21 hrs ago

BANGKOK (AP) — Stock markets and the price of oil tumbled Monday after China announced sharp increases in the number of people infected with a potentially deadly virus. In Paris, the CAC 40 lost 2.2% to 5,889 while Germany's DAX skidded 2.3% to 13,271. Britain's FTSE 100 gave up 2.3% to 7,414. Shares also looked set for declines on Wall Street, where the future contracts for the S&P 500 and the Dow Jones Industrial Average both sank 1.5%. China announced it was extending its week-long public holiday by an extra three days as a precaution against having the virus spread still further. By midnight Sunday, the National Health Commission said 80 people had died out of 2,744 cases that were confirmed. Various governments have announced plans to evacuate people from Wuhan, the central Chinese city at the center of the pandemic. China halted outbound tours and Wuhan and some other cities stopped public transport, obliging tens of millions of people to stay where they are at the time of the country's peak travel season. Many Asian markets, including China's, were closed for Lunar New Year holidays, while Australia was closed for Australia Day. Tokyo's Nikkei 225 index sank 2% to 23,343.51. India's Sensex lost 1% to 41,204.15, while the benchmark in Thailand dropped 3.1%. Indonesia's share benchmark was 1.8% lower. Apart from the direct impact on tourism and travel, “any economic shock to China's colossal industrial and consumption engines will spread rapidly to other countries through the increased trade and financial linkages associated with globalization," Stephen Innes of AxiCorp said in a commentary. The virus that has spread to a dozen countries in addition to Hong Kong and Macau can cause pneumonia and other severe respiratory symptoms. The World Health Organization has not yet declared the situation a global emergency, which would bring more money and resources to fight it, but could trigger still more economically damaging restrictions on trade and travel. On Friday, the S&P 500 had its worst day since early October, dropping 0.9% as health care stocks saw steep losses. The sell-off followed news that a Chicago woman had become the second U.S. patient diagnosed with the new virus from China. Investors have been shifting money into safe-play, high-dividend stocks and government bonds. The surge in bond-buying has sent yields lower. Investors also are digging through the latest batch of company earnings reports, including strong results from chipmaker Intel and American Express. This week is shaping up to be the busiest week for earnings, with roughly 40% of the companies in the S&P 500 due to issue their results for the last three months of 2019. Benchmark U.S. crude gave up $1.71 to $52.48 per barrel in electronic trading on the New York Mercantile Exchange. It lost $1.40 to $54.19 per barrel on Friday. Brent crude, the international standard, declined $2.63 to $58.06 per barrel. It shed $1.39 to $59.89 per barrel on Friday. In currency trading, the dollar weakened to 108.94 Japanese yen from 109.28 yen. The euro was steady at $1.1020.

https://jg-tc.com/news/world/asian-stocks-fall-as-virus-fears-spook-markets-hit-tourism/article_c47bbc46-b851-5fc5-af51-191812ef6ba1.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 1-25-20 AOL :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Death toll stands at 22 in Turkish earthquake; 1,000 hurt

The Associated Press ANDREW WILKS Jan 25th 2020 9:43AM

ANKARA, Turkey (AP) — The death toll from a strong earthquake that rocked eastern Turkey climbed to 22 Saturday, with more than 1,000 people injured, officials said. Interior Minister Suleyman Soylu, speaking at a televised news conference near the epicenter of the quake, said 39 people had been rescued from the rubble of collapsed buildings, including a woman recovered 14 hours after the main tremor. Rescue workers were continuing to search for people buried under the rubble of collapsed buildings in Elazig province and neighboring Malatya, Health Minister Fahrettin Koca said earlier. Emergency workers and security forces distributed tents, beds and blankets as overnight temperatures dropped below freezing in the affected areas. Mosques, schools, sports halls and student dormitories were opened for hundreds who left their homes after the quake. “The earthquake was very severe, we desperately ran out (of our home),” Emre Gocer told the state-run Anadolu news agency as he sheltered with his family at a sports hall in the town of Sivrice in Elazig. “We don’t have a safe place to stay right now.” The quake hit Friday at 8:55 p.m. local time (1755 GMT) at a depth of 6.7 kilometers (around 4 miles) near Sivrice, the Disaster and Emergency Management Presidency, or AFAD, said. Various earthquake monitoring centers gave magnitudes ranging from 6.5 to 6.8. AFAD said it was followed by 228 aftershocks, the strongest with magnitudes 5.4 and 5.1. At least five buildings in Sivrice and 25 in Malatya province were destroyed, said Environment and Urbanization Minister Murat Kurum. Hundreds of other structures were damaged and made unsafe. Soylu said 18 people were killed in Elazig and four in Malatya. Some 1,030 people were hurt. Speaking at the same news conference, Koca said 34 people remain in intensive care. Television footage showed emergency workers removing two people from the wreckage of a collapsed building in the town of Gezin. Another person was saved in the city of Elazig, the provincial capital, and two more from a house in Doganyol, Malatya. A prison in Adiyaman, 110 kilometers (70 miles) southwest of the epicenter, was evacuated after being damaged in the quake. AFAD said 28 rescue teams had been working around the clock. More than 2,600 personnel from 39 of Turkey’s 81 provinces were sent to the disaster site. “Our biggest hope is that the death toll does not rise,” Parliament Speaker Mustafa Sentop said. Communication companies announced free telephone and internet services for residents in the quake-hit region, while Turkish Airlines announced extra flights. Soylu said emergency work was proceeding under the threat of aftershocks. Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan said on Twitter overnight that all measures were being taken to "ensure that the earthquake that occurred in Elazig and was felt in many provinces is overcome with the least amount of loss." Neighboring Greece, which is at odds with Turkey over maritime boundaries and gas exploitation rights, offered to send rescue crews should they be needed. Elazig is some 565 kilometers (350 miles) east of the Turkish capital, Ankara. Turkey sits on top of two major fault lines and earthquakes are frequent. Two strong earthquakes struck northwest Turkey in 1999, killing around 18,000 people. A magnitude 6 earthquake killed 51 people in Elazig in 2010. More from Aol.com:

https://www.aol.com/article/news/2020/01/25/death-toll-stands-22-in-turkish-earthquake-1000-hurt/23908543/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

:: 1-24-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Under Trump deal, Israel said to retain security control over Palestinian state

Offering ostensible new details of imminent plan, TV report says US expects Palestinians to reject it, would encourage them to rethink; Trump says reports on content ‘speculative’

By TOI staff 24 January 2020, 10:02 pm

Under the terms of the soon-to-be released Trump administration peace plan, Israel would retain overall security control of the entire West Bank even if a Palestinian state is established in parts of it, Israeli TV reports said Friday night. Adding fresh ostensible details regarding the content of the plan, Channel 13 said it ultimately provides for a demilitarized Palestinian state in some 80 percent of the West Bank, under overall Israeli control. That state would not be empowered to maintain an army and sign military treaties, and Israel would control its borders, further reports on Friday said. The Channel 13 report said the US expects the Palestinians to reject the plan, but would encourage them to think again, and would say that the 80% of West Bank territory intended for their state would be kept for them for several years. The various Israeli reports on the plan to date have made no mention of the intended fate of the Hamas-controlled Gaza Strip. US President Donald Trump, who said Thursday that he has invited Israel’s Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and rival Benny Gantz to the White House next Tuesday to discuss the plan, and that he would likely release it before that meeting, has dismissed reports on its ostensible content as “purely speculative.” Israeli reports have described the deal as the “most pro-Israel plan ever presented” by a US administration. In the Clinton era, prime minister Ehud Barak offered to relinquish over 90% of the West Bank to the Palestinians; in 2008, prime minister Ehud Olmert offered what amounted to 100% of the West Bank with one-for-one land swaps, a capital in East Jerusalem, and the Old City under international control. Based on what it said were briefings given by US Ambassador to Israel David Friedman to various Israeli politicians in recent days, the Channel 13 report also said the Jordan Valley will be defined in the plan as Israel’s eastern security border. If Israel wants to annex that area, however, it would have to give the Palestinians territory in return in the Negev close to the Gaza Strip. Elaborating on a Channel 12 report Thursday, the Channel 13 item said Israel would annex all 100-plus settlements, but that minor settlements among them would not expand further; building there would be frozen. Dozens of illegal outposts would be evacuated. Again echoing Thursday’s report, Channel 13 said Israel would be sovereign in Jerusalem — though it added that several Arab neighborhoods formally inside Jerusalem that are located on the West Bank side of the security barrier would go to the Palestinians. Israel would be sovereign at the Temple Mount and other Old City holy sites, but the Palestinians would have a role in their administration, it said. Quoting sources in Gantz’s Blue and White party, Channel 13 reported that Israel would not be allowed to start annexing West Bank settlements and other areas unless it accepted the full plan. Gantz, who initially was inclined to accept Trump’s invitation to the White House, is now leaning against going, Friday night TV reports said, regarding the timing of the plan’s release as a “trap,” with the trip likely to be utilized to boost Netanyahu and undermine him ahead of the March 2 elections. Gantz is to make a statement on the issue on Saturday evening. The Palestinian Authority has preemptively rejected the plan, and is reportedly threatening to cancel its security coordination with Israel in the West Bank if it moves ahead. The PA has had no substantive dealings with the US administration since Trump recognized Jerusalem as Israel’s capital in December 2017.

The US is seeking to encourage allied Arab foreign ministers to attend Tuesday’s White House meeting, thus far to no avail, Channel 12 said. In its report on the plan Thursday, Channel 12 said it provides for full Israeli sovereignty throughout Jerusalem, for Israel to annex all 100-plus West Bank settlements, and for no significant “return” to Israel of Palestinian refugees. It provides for the establishment of a Palestinian state, but on condition that the Hamas terror group gives up its weapons and the Palestinians recognize Israel as a Jewish state with Jerusalem as its capital. It also said if Israel accepts the plan and the Palestinians reject it, Israel would have US support to begin annexing settlements unilaterally — a detail contradicted in Friday’s Channel 13 report. https://www.timesofisrael.com/under-trump-deal-israel-said-to-retain-security-control-over-palestinian-state/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 1-26-20 Charles Hugh Smith :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sunday, January 26, 2020

Some Practical Questions about the Coronavirus Epidemic

Restrictions that allow a significant number of people to move about, either with official approval or unsanctioned "black market" activity, cannot stop the spread of contagious diseases.

Like everyone else, I've been reading the mainstream media reports on the Coronavirus epidemic. I haven't found any information about the practicalities that immediately occur to me, such as:

1. When public transportation is halted and commerce grinds to a halt as people avoid public places and gatherings, thousands of employees no longer go to work. Who pays their wages while the city is locked down? The employers? Then who compensates the employers, since their income has also gone to zero? Does China have a universal unemployment insurance system that can quickly issue payments to all people who are no longer going to work and getting a paycheck from an employer?

What about the thousands of migrant workers who don't have regular employers? Who pays them? If they're technically not officially sanctioned residents of the city, they don't exist in government records.

2. If people idled by the lockdown are supposed to live off savings, what about all the marginal workers with few resources? What are they going to live on once their meager savings are gone?

3. Given the choice of obeying the lockdown rules and starving or slipping out of the city to find paid work somewhere else, how many migrant workers will choose to slip away?

4. Unlike the developed West, many people in China still have ancestral villages to return to, rural towns where their grandparents or or other close relatives live. If work has dried up and you're fearful of catching a potentially lethal virus, wouldn't it make sense to slip out of the city and make your way back to the village where you can hunker down until the epidemic blows over?

Since people who caught the virus may not know they're a carrier, how will this migration not spread the disease to rural areas with few medical resources?

5. The typical city has about a week's supply of food, fuel, etc. at best. If the lockdown runs longer than a few days, scarcities of essentials will ignite hoarding, and remaining supplies will be snapped up.

Since the city's residents need food, fuel, etc., it must be brought in regardless of the lockdown. This brings outside workers into the city and provides residents desperate to flee avenues to escape the lockdown. Every individual involved in this system is potentially exposed to the virus or is a potential asymptomatic carrier of the virus leaving the city.

These realities leave officials with an impossible choice: either truly isolate the city, which isn't possible for more than a few days, or allow the stupendous flow of goods required to sustain millions of city residents, thereby creating uncontrollable avenues for the virus to spread beyond the city as transport workers and those fleeing the lockdown travel to other cities.

6. The only way to end a contagion is to identify every carrier of the disease and immediately isolate them in full hazmat mode, and then track down every individual they had contact with during the incubation/asymptomatic period of the disease--up to two weeks--and isolate all these individuals until they either develop the disease or pass through the crisis unharmed.

This was the basic procedure used to end the SARS epidemic in 2003. As this article from the The New England Journal of Medicine explains (Another Decade, Another Coronavirus, (via correspondent Cheryl A.), the Wuhan Coronavirus shares characteristics with SARS and cannot be dismissed as just another run-of-the-mill flu virus.

During this process of isolating / quarantining everyone with the disease and everyone they had close contact with, all healthcare workers caring for these people must also remain isolated from the general populace lest they become infected and spread the disease outside the quarantine.

Treating people in crowded hospitals where hundreds of people are coming and going and moving freely into the rest of the city won't stop a contagion from spreading.

If the only way to end a contagion is to identify every carrier of the disease and immediately isolate them, and then track down every individual they had contact with during the incubation/asymptomatic period of the disease--is this even possible in China now?

Please study the map below before claiming it's still possible. 7. China is making a big show about sending 1,000 doctors to Wuhan, but precisely what medical treatments are available for this virus, how effective are these treatments, and do they require a physician to be administered? If the answers are: there are no effective targeted medical treatments for this virus, and doctors are not required to administer what is available, then why expose a scarce resource--physicians--to the disease since they really can't do much to halt it or heal the patients?

Isn't sending 1,000 doctors to Wuhan more a PR move than anything else? And if it's basically a PR stunt to appear to be "doing something," doesn't that call the entire official response into question?

If there is no targeted treatment available, then the recovery of the patient is a function of their immune system. Building tent hospitals that are porous--healthcare workers returning home after their shift, relatives visiting the stricken, workers moving supplies in and out of other facilities, etc.--will do little to isolate carriers and potential carriers. And since complete isolation is the only way to stem the contagion, these porous tent hospitals won't do much to limit the contagion.

8. Are the travel bans on tours and other travel restriction measures 100%, in other words, not a single individual is being allowed in or out? If the travel restrictions are haphazard, then what's stopping asymptomatic carriers of the virus from traveling freely around the world?

There are many other practical questions about the epidemic and China's response that aren't being addressed in the conventional media. While we don't know precisely how contagious and lethal the virus is at this point--and it could mutate into a more contagious and lethal variation within a carrier at any moment--we do know complete isolation of every carrier and everyone they had close contact with is the only way to end the contagion.

We also know cities can't truly be isolated for longer than a few days, and we know people can't live without food, water, fuel, etc. and money to buy these essentials. We also know that restrictions that allow a significant number of people to move about, either with official approval or unsanctioned "black market" activity, cannot stop the spread of contagious diseases.

https://charleshughsmith.blogspot.com/2020/01/some-practical-questions-about.html 

:: 1--20 List Verse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top 10 Mass Graves

Ryan Thomas

Revering the dead is a purely human ideal; unfortunately, it is only an ideal. There have been many occasions – scattered like ashes throughout history – where the dead have been treated less than favorably, sometimes downright improperly. Bodies were, in these haphazard and callous instances, not placed in a finished mahogany beneath a smooth slab of granite, but rather piled up like stacks of rotten meat. Each of these dead, lying like sardines in unlabeled cans, seem to die into a form of irrevocable anonymity. Perhaps though, remembering these individuals as part of a larger number is a way of remembering these individuals as one part of history we hope never repeats itself. In doing so, here are the top ten mass graves: Just 3 years ago, the most brutal mass-murder in journalistic history took place, in which at least 34 journalists were deliberately killed as casualties of political terrorism. There was tension in Maguindanao (a province of an island in the Philippines) as an election was underway; two rivaling members of the same party running for the same office. Vice Mayor Esmael “Toto” Mangudadatu, who was filing his certificate of candidacy, received threats that his rivals (supporters of the Andal Ampatuan, Sr. family) would cut him up into little piece afterwards. Thinking a battalion of journalists would prevent such things from occurring, he invited 37 of them to accompany him. Unfortunately, they were no deterrent, as his caravan was stopped by 100 armed men who went on to slaughter all or most of Mangudadatu’s group in the most heinous of ways (e.g. women, some who were journalists, were raped and shot in the genitals). They were all set to be buried in a mass grave dug two days earlier (along with their vehicles), until they were caught in the act by a helicopter. A shovel found near the site bore the name Ampatuan. A total of 58 people were killed, a count which included – aside from an exceptionally high journalist count – Mangudadatu’s wife (who sent him a text upon recognizing the attackers as Ampatuan’s men), his two sisters, as well as some lawyers and aides. This sports stadium was just one casualty of a Sri Lankan civil war that was responsible for over 65,000 deaths. It was damaged structurally and abandoned during conflict, and its renovation – this was back in 1999 – should have been a sign of comfort. That was until some workers digging into the foundation collided with boney remains. What was discovered was the compacted, skeletal remains of 25 bodies, two of which were children. While there is some mystery about the circumstances surrounding this mass grave – and apparently proper forensic methods weren’t used in the uncovering and could have destroyed necessary evidence – 12,000 civilians are said to have gone missing since the start of the conflict, and a number of residents are still looking for their missing family members, hoping this grave might put their minds at (relative) ease. This island situated on upstate New York’s Lake Champlain was used as a hospital during the 1814 Battle of Plattsburgh for American and British troops. Being the nearest island to the ground where actual conflict took place, the dead – some of whom washed up on shore – were packed in rows in a mass grave-site south of the hospital. All but respected officers – who received proper graves – were lumped together in nameless piles. Only in 1908 were these men, who indeed had names and distinct identities, commemorated by way of a Congress-commissioned granite obelisk. Although, still no one’s gone so far as to memorialize these men individually. As if we need more proof of how sinister this world and the people in it can be, the Vukovar massacre stands as one more testament to the existence of human evil. Taking place in 1991 just outside the city of Vukovar, which was winding down from battle, the 264 mostly Croatian victims were largely civilians and hospital patients shipped into the prison camp of the Serb militants. Most were executed by shooting, while some were beaten to death-, the bodies were crudely dumped in an unearthed trench and bull-dozed back over. Seven men deemed responsible have since been charged with committing these horrific war crimes by the International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia (Yugoslav military leaders Veselin Šljivančanin and Mile Mrkšić have been convicted, while a few others died before trial and/or committed suicide). The island was used as a Prisoner of War camp during the Civil War in 1865, and Confederates who died there were buried on the island, along with Union soldiers whose remains were eventually relocated. But the real morbid stuff is that which follows the war; after New York City bought the island in 1869, they decided to use the grounds to unload their dead. A particularly chilling New York Times article titled “Where the Unknown Dead Rest” from 1874 goes on to delineate the procedure by which the deceased are handled, and just how stolidly: unidentified bodies and remains of adults and children are dumped in “common trenches,” but not without a photograph taken at a time when “the process of decomposition is not too far advanced.” Photographs and plots were given corresponding numbers so potential relatives could, upon identifying a body, provide a proper burial. But often times these faceless corpses were presumed friendless (some having died by suicide), while other relatives were simply too poor to afford a traditional (and much more respectful) burial. When the Bubonic plague (a.k.a. “Black Death”) ravaged Europe in the 14th century, traditional burial methods had collapsed under the weight of one-to-two-thirds of Europe in corpses. Traditional procession were reserved for the wealthy, or else just deemed too ridiculous with a pile-up that overwhelming. This kind of practice became standard procedure in times of plague, such as when plague struck again in England in the form of the Great Plague of 1665 (this time killing 100,000 people, which is about 20% of London’s population). Iraq is basically one big mass burial ground; since the 1980s it has provided pockets of earth in which victims of genocide (mostly against Kurds, as in 1983), massacre, and execution have been laid to waste. There are 250 reported mass grave-sites (40 of which have been confirmed), and a million missing Iraqis – a hundred-thousand of which are presumed to be in one of these collective plots. Some of the most notorious Iraqi auto-atrocities include the rounding up of 8,000 Kurds in 1983 and their execution in the middle of some remote desert; chemical attacks between 1986 and 1988 where the Iraqi Air Force dropped poison on Kurdish villages, killing 5,000 outright (with many more suffering long-term corrosive health defects); and 1988’s Anfal Campaign which resulted in 182,000 missing Kurdi families, with the remains of many wives and children turning up in mass graves. Mass graves in Chechnya have started turning up by the bushel since the start of the Chechen War in 1994. As of 2008, 57 mass burial sites have been located, which may contain thousands of bodies, 5,000 of which are civilians who disappeared amidst the Second Chechen War in 1999. The largest mass grave of them all is in Grozny and contains 800 bodies (from the First Chechen War). While some countries might go so far as to try to help identify the various bodies for grieving relatives, Russia has a general “Do Not Exhume” policy. Amidst a totalitarian Soviet Union, and under the crushing hammer of Joseph Stalin, great numbers of Soviet citizens as well as foreigners were executed outright by the famous “secret police” – most popularly via a bullet to the base of the skull – in numbers that reached 700,000 (all dumped in mass graves) by the time of the Great Purge of 1937-1938, whereby all of Stalin’s political opponents were effectively silenced. This was the ultimate means to put the fear of Stalin into the Soviet people’s hearts – fear which can quite easily be fashioned into a crude, desperate kind of loyalty by those who wish to not meet the fates of their neighbors. The graves which are scattered all about the former U.S.S.R. are turning up all the time, with horrifying body counts – in Bykivnia, 120,000-250,000; Kurapaty, 30,000 to 200,000; Butovo, more than 20,000; and Sandarmokh, more than 9,000 dead. Pol Pot is one more name to add to a list which includes the likes of Adolf Hitler and Joseph Stalin, as genocide by the staggering numbers was what he was best known for. He has 20,000 mass grave-sites in his name, containing a minimum of 1.38 million bodies. Amongst them are: anyone associated with (or even suspected of) the former government, intellectuals/professionals, and a variety of ethnic/religious groups his regime singled out. His Kmer Rouge regime only lasted from the end of the Cambodian Civil War (1975) to 1979, but in that time he accomplished a great deal of evil.

https://listverse.com/2012/06/15/top-10-mass-graves/ 

:: 1-26-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus quarantine centre is FIRE-BOMBED: Hong Kong rioters torch housing complex as city BANS anyone who has set foot in Hubei in last 14 days from entering

Protesters hurled molotov cocktails at a public housing complex Sunday night

It had been earmarked to become a temporary quarantine zone for coronavirus

Hong Kong - which so far has six confirmed cases - is braced for infections

But dozens of local residents are opposed to having the facility in their area

By Ross Ibbetson For Mailonline and Afp Published: 10:21 EST, 26 January 2020 | Updated: 12:02 EST, 26 January 2020

Hong Kong protesters have fuelled coronavirus chaos by lobbing petrol bombs at an empty housing complex in fury over it being designated as a quarantine zone. Molotov cocktails were launched on Sunday night at the empty block which had been earmarked to become a temporary facility after the city confirmed six cases. Among other ramped-up measures to reduce the risk of further infections, officials proposed using the building to house suspected victims, as well as front-line medical staff worried about infecting their families. But dozens of angry local residents and protesters opposed to the measures set up roadblocks outside the complex before riot police moved in with tear gas. An AFP photographer on the scene saw fierce flames coming from the entrance of two apartment blocks before firefighters got the blaze under control. Riot police were controlling the area and protesters had left, although some local residents were arguing with officers who used pepper spray. The Centre for Health Protection said the plan to turn the housing estate into a quarantine zone would be suspended. The agency has already turned a holiday park in an isolated rural area into a working quarantine facility. Two other holiday parks located away from major housing estates are also ready to be used as similar facilities. But officials say they have struggled to find hotels and spare rooms for doctors and nurses working on the isolation wards where patients are being treated. The virus outbreak comes at a time when Hong Kong is already boiling with widespread anti-government sentiment after seven months of often violent pro-democracy protests. The city's pro-Beijing leader Carrie Lam boasts record-low approval ratings while the police force is loathed in many neighbourhoods. The frequency and ferocity of protests have died down in the last six weeks, but sporadic clashes still take place. Police fired tear gas on Saturday night - the first day of the Lunar New Year - at small groups of masked protesters in Mongkok. Nearly 300 people were killed by SARS in 2003, a tragedy that left a profound psychological impact on one of the most densely populated places on earth. The city's ability to combat the crisis was hampered by moves in mainland China to cover up and play down the outbreak, leaving a lasting legacy of distrust among many Hong Kongers. Animosity towards China has intensified in recent years as Beijing tightens political control over the semi-autonomous territory and as mainlanders compete with locals for jobs, property and goods in the pricey city.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7931447/Hong-Kong-protesters-fuel-coronavirus-chaos-lobbing-petrol-bombs-housing-complex.html

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 1-26-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHO's Pandemic Specialist Suddenly Dies Amid the Present Crisis

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, January 26, 2020 - 11:18.

Video click link below

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-health-radio-shows/whos-pandemic-specialist-suddenly-dies-amid-present-crisis 

:: 1-26-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UPDATES! 4th Coronavirus Case Confirmed In The US - Like Scenes From The Walking Dead, Chinese Doctor's Twitter Shows Chaos Unfolding - Photographs & Videos Show Food Gone, Checkpoints Everywhere & People Dropping Dead In The Streets

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 26, 2020

ANP received a reader tip on Saturday from 'Logical American' who has been following the FluTrackers website as well as the twitter pages of several people from China, including a doctor who has posted numerous photographs, videos and updates of what's happening now, and with this new Reuters story confirming a rapidly strengthening virus, things appear to be much worse in China than we're being told. While the Chinese government immediately hit back at a video by a nurse believed to be in Wuhan who claimed that 90,000 people in the city were already infected as the Daily Mail reports in this new story, posts being made over at FluTrackers as well as by Harry Chen PhD on twitter seem to confirm the nurse's reports of things being much worse there than government and media are letting the people know. That video is the 1st video at the bottom of this story. So we'll be taking a look within this story at numerous photographs, videos and updates that we've found on twitter, FluTrackers and elsewhere online which we hope helps to paint a much better picture of what's happening now in China, and with the world interconnected like never before, thus across the entire planet. UPDATE! 4th coronavirus case confirmed in the US in California. With confirmed reports now out that there is a 14-day incubation period for coronavirus with the Wall Street Journal reporting that means it could take roughly two weeks for someone infected with the virus to develop symptoms although it's possible they could be contagious before showing symptoms, Harvard epidemiologist Dr. Eric Feigl-Ding warns that not only is he "deeply worried about this new coronavirus outbreak because the virus seemed to have an upward infection trajectory curve much steeper than SARS" but "this is thermonuclear, pandemic-level bad". So while some claim that this is all a massive hoax, as ANP reader 'Icy Peacemaker' mentioned in a comment on this ANP story on Saturday: "It should also be noted that this is a manufactured virus whose patent is owned by Bill Melinda Gates Foundation. There are those asserting this is a hoax. Would you be willing to bet your life on that? That said, and the globalist train of thought, I'm considering that the banksters who've been wanting a war to mask their perfidy, this may be the perfect opportunity to crash the system. In any event, it would behoove us all to keep an ear to the ground and be vigilant. Prepare to hunker down for at least a month or more." So the rest of this story will be taking a look at pictures, videos and updates posted online by people in China which paint a much different picture of what is unfolding there now than we are being told by authorities.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days and weeks ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) With checkpoints like the one seen above being rolled out across parts of China while in other locations such as the two seen in the photograph at the top of this story showing the Chinese people having to step up to prevent coronavirus carriers from coming into their communities, as we had reported within our January 25th story, we should all be prepared to self-quarantine ourselves here in America should this outbreak explode here. With another case of coronavirus confirmed in Orange County, California and US hospitals absolutely NOT ready for coronavirus as the Wall Street Journal reports in this new story, we'll be on our own should this beast arrive here in its totality. And not surprisingly as we see from the next image from Dr. Chen below, food is being bought up like there will be no more food tomorrow, giving us all another reason to purchase long term survival food that will get us through a 3 to 4 week 'self-quarantine' just in case SHTF arrives in America as well. Those who are taking medications should also stock up on as much as possible as we see in the next image below, what Dr. Chen calls a 'swarm of crows' has lined up to buy medicine as the virus spreads there. Though as he also points out, millions are completely unprepared in China and soon to be 'sitting ducks'as the entire city is quarantined. Something out of an apocalyptic disaster movie? And the next 2 photographs from China help to confirm the 'apocalyptic disaster movie' theme with Dr. Chen claiming the photographs look just like scenes from The Walking Dead as transportation between cities is banned, with many places having no power and no food. Just imagine that same scenario unfolding here in America! Would you be prepared? A bizarre phenomenon that Dr. Chen has pointed out in numerous posts on twitter show people simply falling dead in the streets of China as seen in the photo below and the 2nd video at the bottom of this story. So we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that armed guards are being stationed at hospitals there. While ANP is unable to confirm the numbers being thrown around in the FluTrackers post seen below, there have been reports of a death rate from this outbreak of a staggering 40%, a number also reported in this SQAlert and a number which would be not only 20 times higher than the 2% death rate of the Spanish flu but almost guarantee that the virus was weaponized. With a death rate of even 38%, as the poster mentions, he doesn't expect the CDC to reveal the true numbers due to that possibility causing mass panic though as he also points out, "the fact the CDC is not revealing this number scares the bejesus out of me". So with it looking more likely that coronavirus will be something that could spread in America and it possibly being a weaponized virus, we urge all of our readers to prepare to self-quarantine at some point in time in the days ahead, especially with a 14-day incubation period and potentially alarming consequences for humanity as Mike Adams reports in this new story over at Natural News. Many more photographs and videos of what's unfolding now in China from Dr. Harry Chen's twitter account here.

And in another update, trucks apparently full of villagers escaped roadblocks in Wuhan, China.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Chinese_Dr_Twitter_Page_Shows_Martial_Law_Unfolding.php 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 1-26-20 CNN Health :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China says coronavirus can spread before symptoms show -- calling into question US containment strategy

By Elizabeth Cohen, CNN Senior Medical Correspondent Updated 5:23 PM ET, Sun January 26, 2020

(CNN) China's health minister Ma Xiaowei made a startling statement Sunday about the Wuhan coronavirus: He said people can spread it before they become symptomatic.

"This is a game changer," said Dr. William Schaffner, a longtime adviser to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. It's much harder to contain a virus -- to track down a patient's contacts and quarantine them immediately -- if the patient was spreading the disease for days or weeks before they even realized they had it. "It means the infection is much more contagious than we originally thought," said Schaffner, an infectious disease specialist at Vanderbilt University Medical Center. "This is worse than we anticipated." Ma didn't explain why he thinks the virus can be spread before someone has symptoms. If the Chinese health minister is right -- and there are those who doubt him -- that means the five confirmed cases in the United States might have been infectious while traveling from Wuhan to Arizona, California, Illinois and Washington state, even if they had no symptoms at the time. On Sunday, Dr. Nancy Messonnier, director of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases, said the risk to the American public for contracting this virus continues to be low. "We at CDC don't have clear evidence that patients are infectious before symptom onset, but we are actively investigating that possibility," Messonnier said. "We need to be preparing as if this is a pandemic, but I continue to hope that it is not," she added. The Wuhan coronavirus has killed more than 50 people in China and infected thousands there, and spread as far as the US, France and Canada. 'We're going to have to reevaluate our strategy' US health officials believe the Wuhan virus has an incubation period of about two weeks, CDC officials said Friday during a media briefing. "Based on what we know now about this virus, our concern for transmission before symptoms develop is low, so that is reassuring," Dr. Jennifer Layden, an epidemiologist with the Illinois Department of Health, said at the Friday briefing. The update on Sunday from the Chinese health minister should encourage health officials to change that thinking, some infectious disease experts told CNN. "Assuming that Ma is correct, we're going to have to re-evaluate our strategy, that's for sure," Schaffner said. Dr. Paul Offit, another longtime CDC adviser, said given Ma's news, he thinks health officials should alert people on the flights that the three US patients took from Wuhan that they might have traveled with someone who was infectious. "I think the conservative thing to do would be to cast a wider net," he said. NIH doctor wants US to inspect Chinese data The United States' top infectious disease doctor wants a team of CDC disease detectives to go to China and check on these crucial questions about how the Wuhan coronavirus is spreading. But there's something stopping them: China first has to invite the CDC. "Up to now, to my knowledge, we have not been invited," Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases at the US National Institutes of Health, said Sunday. NIH and CDC are separate divisions of the US Department of Health and Human Services. The implications of Ma's statement that the coronavirus is transmissible before symptoms are so important "that in my mind it's absolutely critical that we ourselves see the data, because what goes on over there has implications for what happens here," Fauci said. He added that to his knowledge, the Chinese did not tell US health authorities that the virus could spread before someone is symptomatic, a crucial aspect of any disease investigation. He said he learned about it after reading a CNN reporter's email.  Fauci said that CDC disease detectives would need to see precisely how Chinese health authorities have gathered their data and how they came to their conclusion. "To my knowledge, we have not seen the precise minute, granular data and how they collected it," he said. "We need to get to the real bottom line of how they collected their data and see if it's valid." "The Chinese have good people. I don't want to impugn their capabilities," Fauci added. "But when it's something as important as this, our people who are trained epidemiologists need to go over their data and the best way to do that is go there and see how they're collecting it." CDC's Messonnier said Sunday the CDC has staff in China, but the team is not directly involved in the Wuhan coronavirus response. The agency hopes to have "additional engagement" on the outbreak in China in the coming days, she said. In a tweet on Sunday, World Health Organization Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said, "I am on my way to Beijing, [China] to meet with the Government & health experts supporting the #coronavirus response. My @WHO colleagues & I would like to understand the latest developments & strengthen our partnership with [China] in providing further protection against the outbreak." Are Chinese officials right? In a fast-spreading, evolving outbreak like this one, information often changes. Some experts are skeptical because of the lack of data from China. "I seriously doubt that the Chinese public officials have any data supporting this statement," said Michael Osterholm, director of the Center for Infectious Disease Research and Policy at the University of Minnesota. "I know of no evidence in 17 years of working with coronaviruses -- SARS and MERS -- where anyone has been found to be infectious during their incubation period." Severe acute respiratory syndrome and Middle East respiratory syndrome are both caused by coronaviruses. While each has killed hundreds of people worldwide, together they amounted to only a handful of cases and no deaths in the United States.

Offit, on the other hand, said it wouldn't surprise him if the Chinese health minister is right and the Wuhan coronavirus can be spread while people are asymptomatic. Measles, mumps, rubella and chicken pox all spread that way, he said. Despite that, he said he's optimistic that the US can control the outbreak before it gets out of hand, as it has in China. That's because the spread of the outbreak doesn't just rely on the time period of contagiousness. It also relies on how easily the virus spreads. Some viruses, such as measles, spread easily even to people on the other side of a room. Other viruses spread only with much closer contact. "My gut says we're going to be able to contain this real quick -- we're going to be able to put a moat around this fire," said Offit, a pediatric infectious disease expert at the Perelman School of Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania. "I think this is going to be much more like SARS or MERS than the movie 'Contagion.' " "But then," the Philadelphia-based doctor said, "I'm an Eagles fan, so I tend to be optimistic about things." CNN's Steven Jiang contributed to this report.

https://www.cnn.com/2020/01/26/health/coronavirus-spread-symptoms-chinese-officials/index.html 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc. 

:: 1--20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rockets 'hit US embassy' in Iraq capital amid anti-gov't protests

Washington calls on Iraq to protect US embassy after third against the diplomatic facility this month.

10 hours ago

The US embassy in Baghdad's heavily fortified Green Zone came under attack from rocket fire on Sunday evening. Five rockets crashed into a riverbank near the embassy in the Iraqi capital without causing any injuries, the US Joint Operations Command said in a statement, but AFP news agency citing a security source said three of the rockets "directly hit the US embassy". One slammed into a cafeteria at dinner time, it added. If confirmed, the attack would mark the first time the complex had been directly hit in the third attack against the embassy this month. Caretaker Prime Minister Adel Abdul Mahdi swiftly condemned the attack in a statement, calling it an "aggression" that could "drag Iraq into becoming a war zone". In a statement, the United States urged Iraq to protect the embassy.  "We call on the Government of Iraq to fulfill its obligations to protect our diplomatic facilities," a State Department spokesperson said in a statement. Wathiq al-Hashemi, an Iraqi political analyst, told Al Jazeera that the attack was an "embarrassment" for the government of Abdul Mahdi, who resigned in November under pressure from Iraq's months-long protest movement demanding an overhaul of the country's political system. "Abdul Mahdi's position is not one to envy. He had told armed groups to stop these kinds of attacks on the US embassy, but to no avail," al-Hashemi said. "What is interesting to note is that the pro-Iranian militias have denied any role in this attack, saying they did not target the embassy and that it could have been other armed groups. I expect there will be a US response but it remains to be seen whether it will be a military one or not." Protesters killed Meanwhile, one protester was killed in Baghdad and another in the southern city of Nasiriyah as security forces tried to clear sit-in protest camps, medical sources told Al Jazeera. Scores of protesters were wounded. More than 500 demonstrators have been killed since the protest movement began in October, with rights groups accusing security forces of using excessive force. The protesters are demanding the removal of what they consider a corrupt ruling elite and an end to foreign interference in Iraqi politics. Unrest resumed last week, after a lull of several weeks, following the January 3 US drone strike that killed Iranian General Qassem Soleimani and Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis, an Iraqi commander of the pro-Iranian Hashd al-Shaabi militia group. The killing, to which Iran responded with ballistic missile attacks on two Iraqi bases hosting US troops, has revived tensions in Iraqi politics and delayed the formation of a new government. Amid growing calls for an end to interference, the Iraqi Parliament on January 5 backed a nonbinding resolution for all foreign troops - including 5,200 US soldiers - to leave the country. Shia leader cancels march Meanwhile, leading Shia leader Moqtada al-Sadr had called for renewed demonstrations against the US in Baghdad and other cities on Sunday but cancelled them with his office giving "avoiding internal strife" as the reason. On Friday, tens of thousands protested against the US military presence in Iraq in a march. Sadr, who has millions of supporters in Baghdad and the south, said on Saturday he would end his involvement in the anti-government unrest. Al-Sadr's supporters have bolstered the protesters and at times helped shield them from attacks by security forces and unidentified gunmen, but began withdrawing from sit-in camps on Saturday following his announcement. The Iraqi High Commission on Human Rights called on all sides to exercise self-restraint and keep the demonstrations peaceful. Additional reporting by Linah Alsaafin in Baghdad

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2020/01/iraq-rockets-hit-baghdad-green-zone-anti-gov-protests-200126195616176.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

:: 1-26-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palestinian factions call ‘day of rage’ on day of Trump peace plan

Palestinians often mark “days of rage” by initiating clashes with IDF soldiers in the West Bank and Israeli policemen in east Jerusalem.

By KHALED ABU TOAMEH JANUARY 26, 2020 20:24

Palestinian factions on Sunday called for a “day of rage” for the day US President Donald Trump releases his long-awaited plan for Mideast peace. Parts of the plan are expected to be publicized during separate meetings in Washington this week between Trump, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Blue and White chairman Benny Gantz. Palestinians often mark “days of rage” by initiating clashes with IDF soldiers in the West Bank and Israeli policemen in east Jerusalem.  The latest call for a “day of rage” came as the Palestinian Authority continued to threaten that Trump’s upcoming plan, also known as the “Deal of the Century,” would ignite mass protests in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. PA officials have also hinted that the Palestinian leadership may renounce all signed agreements with Israel and halt security coordination between the Palestinians and Israel in the West Bank. The factions, in a statement signed by the National and Islamic Forces in Ramallah and El-Bireh, called on Palestinians to consider the day the peace plan is announced as a “day of popular rage” against the “deal of shame.” The group urged Palestinians to unanimously state their rejection of Trump’s plan. The group called on Palestinians to express their anger toward the US administration by removing all street signs concerning US funding for various Palestinian projects. It also called for boycotting US goods, the same way Palestinians have been boycotting settlement products.

https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Palestinian-factions-call-day-of-rage-on-day-of-Trump-peace-plan-615430 

:: 1-26-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dershowitz changes his mind on impeachment requirements, argues crime must be committed

By Andrew O'Reilly | Fox News

As President Trump’s impeachment trial moves into the defense phases, attorney Alan Dershowitz on Sunday said that he has changed his mind on whether a crime is needed to remove a president from office -- a reversal of his stance during the impeachment of President Bill Clinton in 1999. Dershowitz, who recently joined Trump’s impeachment defense team, argued that a crime needs to be committed to impeach a president – a 180-degree shift from his previous thinking – and added that even after lengthy arguments by the House managers last week, he still sees Democrats' arguments falling far short of swaying the Senate to remove Trump from office. “The conduct has to be criminal in nature -- it can’t be abuse of power; it can’t be obstruction of Congress,” he said. “Those are precisely the arguments that the framers rejected.” NEW UKRAINE CHARGES FLY AMID GIULIANI 'EVIDENCE,' SECRET TRUMP TAPE The Harvard Law School professor said that he changed his thinking after doing more research on the matter. During an interview in the midst of the Clinton impeachment, Dershowitz said, “you don’t need a technical crime” to impeach a president. “I did say that then, and then I’ve done all the extensive research,” Dershowitz said on Sunday. “I’ve been immersing myself in dusty old books, and I’ve concluded that no, it has to be crime.” Dershowitz called the charges of abuse of power and obstruction of Congress, which the House impeached Trump on in December, “vague” and “open-ended.” “Even if the factual allegations are true -- which are highly disputed and which the defense team will show contrary evidence -- but even if true, they did not allege impeachable offenses,” Dershowitz said on “Fox News Sunday.” “So there can’t be a constitutionally authorized impeachment.”  Dershowitz is expected to argue next week that an impeachable offense requires criminal-like conduct, even though many legal scholars say that's not true. Defense lawyers say Trump was a victim not only of Democratic rage but also of overzealous agents and prosecutors. One of Trump’s lawyers, Jay Sekulow, cited mistakes made by the FBI in its surveillance of a former Trump campaign aide in the now-concluded Trump-Russia election investigation, and referred to the multimillion-dollar cost of that probe. The Senate is heading next week toward a pivotal vote on Democratic demands for testimony from top Trump aides, including Acting Chief of Staff Mick Mulvaney and former National Security Adviser John Bolton, who refused to appear before the House. It would take four Republican senators to join the Democratic minority to seek witnesses, and so far the numbers appear lacking. The Associated Press contributed to this report.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/dershowitz-says-hes-changed-mind-on-impeachment-requirements-argues-crime-must-be-committed 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 1-17-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It's Time Democrats Are Charged With Treason & Sedition And Held Accountable For Their High Crimes Upon America With Their Entire 'Coup Attempt' Based Upon 'Fruit Of The Poisonous Tree'

January 17, 2020  By John C. Velisek, US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline

On January 28, 2018, Adam Schiff presented his lie-filled memo entitled "Correcting the Record-The Russia Investigation." It was a memo that was disseminated to all the media and progressive socialists that was an attempt to defend the deceptive tactics used by the FBI to obtain a warrant on Carter Page, and from there, the entire Trump campaign. The information that has come forward since then has proven that the memo was basically false and contradicted the truth that has been shown. It was nothing more than a smear campaign of his predecessor, Republican Rep. Devin Nines. His lies even went so far as to try to remove Rep. Nunes from being the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee. The memo was meant to perform two services for the lying Adam Schiff. One was to discredit Chairman Nunes, and the second was to claim that the manipulation and lies sent to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court were lies to facilitate the illegal spying on the Trump campaign. It has since been proven that Christopher Steele was in contact with top FBI officials well before Adam Schiff claimed and showed the bias and motivations of Christopher Steel had for candidate Trump. Adam Schiff neglected to mention that Bruce Ohr met with Steele on July 30, 2016. Also, at the meeting was Nellie Ohr, who had been hired by Fusion GPS head Glen Simpson in late 2015. The next day, July 31, Bruce Ohr met with Deputy Director Andrew McCabe and Lisa Page. He was referred to Peter Strozk, who was a crucial figure in the Trump- Russia collusion hoax. In August Ohr briefed Senior Justice Officials including the Steele dossier to Andrew Weissman, a soon to be member of the Mueller witchhunt. A portion of the memo that Adam Schiff fabricated mischaracterized the dates and significance of the meetings described, and the media made full use of the lies in the Schiff memo. None of this was corrected until Bruce Ohr’s testimony proved that Schiff was lying. In typical Adam Schiff, there has never been any explanation for the lies he put forth. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days and weeks ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruttpion) Another lie in the Schiff memo was the claim that magazine articles such as a Yahoo news article by Michal Isikoff was independently corroborated and was not provided the information in the Steele dossier by Steele. Isikoff has confirmed that a meeting between Isikoff, Steele, and Glenn Simpson from Fusion GPS was the impetus for the story. Schiff should amend his memo, and publically apologize for misleading the American public. Another lie in the Shiff memo was that the FBI "independently corroborated" that Carter Page had traveled to Moscow in July 2016 to meet with two Putin associated and was offered bribes to work to ease sanctions that the U.S. has implemented. This lie was never mentioned in the Mueller report. To this day, and after all the lies and smears that pencil-neck Schiff pushed to the American public about Carter Page, no charges against Carter Page have ever been filed. Never explained by the ethically challenged Adam Schiff was his meeting in Aspen with Fusion GPS founder Glenn Simpson. Simpson was an integral witness in the House Intelligence Committee, whose chairman was Adam Schiff. It was supposedly a brief meeting and did not discuss the investigation. Because of a photo taken in Aspen, Schiff could not hide the meeting. Never explained was Simpson, who is at the heart of the Steele dossier that was used to go directly after Carter Page with a lie and was used in the quest of Adam Schiff to find any semblance of collusion. It is now known that Glenn Simpson lied to Congress about his meeting with DOJ official Bruce Ohr. What did Schiff know about that? When Schiff was made the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee in November 2018, his first act shut down all the investigations into the fraud and innuendo that were a part of the FISA warrant. It was Schiff, as chairman of the House Intelligence Committee, who went to great lengths to hide the fact the Fusion GPS was hired through a law firm at the direction of the Hillary Clinton campaign and the Democratic National Committee. Pencil neck Adam Schiff went out of his way to obstruct the investigation to identify the funding. It took going to court to get the information that Adam Schiff was trying to hide. In an unprecedented move, Schiff even went further and asked Glenn Simpson about his suggestions of where the investigation should go. It is informative that the chairman of the investigation would ask for direction from a biased witness who had lied to Congress, being paid by Schiff’s party to collect unverified opposition research. The media, complicit with the progressive socialist talking points, have since March of 2017 have continually pushed the talking points of Adam Schiff about there being “more than circumstantial evidence now.” He stopped mentioning this only when the Senate House Intelligence has shown publicly, that no evidence had been found. They are now attempting to zero in supposed financial dealings in the Trump family. Once again, Schiff has worked with Glenn Simpson, that was an integral part of the Trump-Russia collusion hoax. Schiff, throughout that Russian hoax, has smeared innocent men and women of being Russian agents. He lied about calls before the Trump tower meeting that Don Jr. made. Schiff lied about the FBI probe that was based on the Steele dossier. He lied about Trump’s lawyer Michael Cohen being told by President Trump to lie. The Russian collusion hoax is primarily based on the fact that the hacked e-mails that were put out through Wikipedia were hacked by the Russians. The only sign that this was true was an investigation by a third-party investigator, and Adam Schiff can not show a link between Trump and the hacking. Even the 13 Russians that were indicted and will never see the inside of a courtroom do not show any corroboration between anyone in the Trump campaign. General Flynn was indicted on a process crime that even the FBI agents who interviewed Gen. Flynn said that Gen. Flynn did not lie contrary to Schiffs assertions. It is Adam Schiff who can not see what is plain sight and uses his self serving lies to mislead the American people. Gen. Flynn was the incoming administration's national security advisor and had every right to discuss with a foreign counterpart regarding sanction. We can not take whatever Adam Schiff says at face value owing to the massive amount of leaks that Schiff leaked during the hearings. Nor can we ignore the classified information that Schiff intentionally placed in his memo so that he could whine about being silenced when the information was redacted for being a danger to national security. Adam Schiff has yet to explain why he met with Michael Cohen for 10 hours before his testimony before Schiff’s committee. Cohen admitted that they discussed topics that were to be raised in the hearing. The question then becomes, did Schiff coach Cohen to get the answers he was looking for? Patrick Boland, a Schiff schill, declared that there was nothing nefarious about the meeting with Cohen and said Schiff welcomed the opportunity to meet with potential witnesses to determine relevant topics to cover to make productive use of their time. It also informed Schiff to go to the media, “This Week with George Stephanopoulos," to say he expected Cohen to disclose alleged crimes, including money laundering and obstruction of justice. This boils down to demanding what a witness will say, an actual obstruction of justice that deserves to be prosecuted. When the conservatives take the House back in the next election, there will be a possibility to have some questions answered. The House Ethics committee should push for an investigation of Adam Schiff for witness tampering, obstruction of justice, illegal leaks of non-public information misleading Congress, and character assassination of Devin Nunes.

#sjspecialist John Veliseks’ new book “One Patriots Opinion- for the Forgotten Men and Women of America” is now available on Kindle/Nook. Patriots! It is time to fight back.https://www.amazon.com/One-Patriots-Opinion-Forgotten-America-ebook/dp/B07KRW56SB

http://allnewspipeline.com/Profiles_In_Treason_Schiff_Part_2.php 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 1-16-20 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Mysterious New “SARS-Like Virus” That Is Killing People In China Has Now Spread To Japan

January 16, 2020 by Michael Snyder

On top of everything else that has happened so far in 2020, a very mysterious “SARS-like virus” that doctors have never seen before is causing grave concern among global health officials. It has been identified as “a coronavirus”, but that category covers a very broad range of illnesses. If you have a common cold right now, it was caused by a coronavirus. But SARS and MERS also came from the same virus family, and those two outbreaks made headlines all over the world. In 2002 and 2003, SARS infected more than 8,000 people worldwide, and more than 700 of them ended up dying. Global health officials are hoping that what we are now facing won’t be any worse than that, but at this point they just don’t know enough about this mysterious new virus to make any firm projections. What we do know is that this outbreak just started, and China has just announced that this virus has claimed a second life. The following comes from the BBC… A second person has died in China from a new, pneumonia-like virus, local officials have announced. They say the death was recorded in the eastern city of Wuhan, where the outbreak began in December. And we also know that there have been at least two cases where people have transported the virus outside of China via airplane. The first case happened earlier this week when a woman flew from China to Thailand… The new virus, known for now as 2019-nCoV, was first identified on Jan. 7, about a week after officials first reported a cluster of pneumonia cases in Wuhan, WHO said. Recently, officials reported the first “exported” case of the virus in Thailand. In that case, a resident of Wuhan got on a direct flight to Thailand along with several members of her family and a tour group, according to WHO. When the 61-year-old woman arrived at the airport, she was found to have a fever, and she was taken to the hospital where she tested positive for 2019-nCoV.  Subsequently, on Thursday we learned that a man that flew from China to Japan had also contracted the virus. The following comes from Time Magazine… Japan’s government said Thursday a man treated for pneumonia after returning from China has tested positive for the new coronavirus identified as a possible cause of an outbreak in the Chinese city of Wuhan. The man developed a fever and coughs on Jan. 3 while in Wuhan, returned to Japan on Jan. 6, and was hospitalized four days later due to persistent coughs and fever, with his X-ray image showing signs of pneumonia, the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare said. At first, global health officials were greatly downplaying the possibility of human-to-human transmission. But now even the World Health Organization has been forced to admit that “limited human-to-human transmission” may be happening… There may have been limited human-to-human transmission of a new coronavirus in China within families, and it is possible there could be a wider outbreak, the World Health Organization (WHO) said on Tuesday.  In other words, the evidence has forced them to change their tune, but they are still trying to not alarm the general public too much. Unfortunately, the truth is that this outbreak is still very new, they have never seen this virus before, and they are still trying to figure out exactly how dangerous it is. Hopefully this is not going to develop into a major pandemic. Without a doubt, it is certainly possible that this whole thing could fizzle out even faster than the bird flu scare did. But let us not forget that a horrific pandemic about 100 years ago killed between 50 million and 100 million people. The following comes from Wikipedia… The 1918 influenza pandemic (January 1918 – December 1920; colloquially known as Spanish flu) was an unusually deadly influenza pandemic, the first of the two pandemics involving H1N1 influenza virus.[1] It infected 500 million people around the world,[2] including people on remote Pacific islands and in the Arctic. Probably 50 million, and possibly as high as 100 million (three to five percent of Earth’s population at the time) died, making it one of the deadliest epidemics in human history.[3][4][5] Bill Gates has identified pandemics as one of the three greatest threats that humanity is facing, and he says that we are woefully unprepared if one were to break out today. In fact, he says that we should be preparing for one right now as if we were preparing for war… “In the case of biological threats, that sense of urgency is lacking,” Gates said in a 2018 presentation hosted by the New England Journal of Medicine. “The world needs to prepare for pandemics in the same serious way it prepares for war.” Sadly, authorities will probably never make preparation a true priority until a major pandemic has already begun. The symptoms of this new mystery virus include congestion, headache, cough and fever. Of course those exact same symptoms are associated with the common cold. If you have shortness of breath, chills or body aches in addition to the other symptoms, that could be an indication that you should get checked out. But there have been no reports of this virus reaching the United States yet, and hopefully we won’t see that happen at all. For the Chinese, this outbreak comes at a particularly bad time, because their Lunar New Year celebration is on January 25th. Hundreds of millions of people will be traveling around China, and that could potentially accelerate the spread of the virus. It may have been prudent for Chinese officials to completely cancel all of the festivities, but at this point there are absolutely no plans to do that. So we will watch and see what happens. If this particular virus doesn’t become a pandemic, scientists assure us that it is only a matter of time before some other virus does. And considering the hour in which we live, we are certainly very vulnerable to a potential pandemic right now. Once again, I want to stress that there is no need for people in the U.S. to start freaking out about this virus just yet. Only two people have died, and there have been no reported cases in the U.S. so far. But as we have seen in the past, global air travel can spread a virus around the world very quickly, and authorities are still trying to figure out how dangerous this new mystery disease really is.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/the-mysterious-new-sars-like-virus-that-is-killing-people-in-china-has-now-spread-to-japan 

:: 1-18-20 DC Closeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Colorado Getting Non-Citizens Off The Public Welfare Dole — By Making Them Cops!

By Dean Garrison - January 18, 2020

Things get more bizarre by the day in America. People in Colorado have evidently smoked too much of their legal weed because serving and protecting no longer requires citizenship. Here are the job requirements from Colorado.gov: Hiring Requirements These are the minimum requirements to be hired in the state of Colorado. Each agency’s requirements differ. By law, an individual must pass a Colorado POST basic academy, a certification examination administered by the POST Board, a physical and psychological examination, and a background check before they may serve as a peace officer in Colorado. Provisional certification is available for out-of-state officers. Please note that students in training to be law enforcement officers and those whose certification has expired are ineligible to serve as police officers in the state of Colorado. Background Checks Under Rule 14 – Fingerprint-Based Criminal History Record Check, every applicant must be fingerprinted and cleared through the Colorado Bureau of Investigation and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The fingerprints can be complete by an out-of-state law enforcement agency but must be done on the Colorado POST fingerprint card. The academy, agency or the individual may send the fingerprint card to the Colorado Bureau of Investigation, 690 Kipling, Suite 3000, Denver, CO 80215 with the $39.50 processing fee (certified check or money orders only – made out to CBI). Alternatively, applicants can submit fingerprints digitally through the CBI CABS system, using a CBI approved vendor. For full instructions about how to submit fingerprints either via fingerprint card or digitally, click here: Fingerpint Card Sumission Instructions. Contact Information Joe Piccinetti Compliance Specialist 720-508-6724

Click to email. Rule 14 – Fingerprint-Based Criminal History Record Check State law prohibits POST certification of any person who has been convicted of a felony or certain misdemeanors. For more information about this topic, please refer to the Basic Certification page. Additionally, individuals with domestic violence convictions may not be eligible to serve as peace officers, due to federal laws. Upon passing the basic academy, POST certification exam, and background check, an applicant for Basic certification under Board Rule 10 – Basic Peace Officer Certification will receive a certificate allowing them to seek employment as a Colorado peace officer. Additional Requirements After receiving POST certification, an individual must meet additional requirements before being appointed as a peace officer. State law requires a physical examination and a psychological evaluation of an applicant be completed before any such applicant may be appointed. The hiring agency determines the scope of the examination and evaluation. The hiring agency also determines standards of acceptability of such results. In addition, please note that individual law enforcement agencies may evaluate a variety of additional factors as part of their own hiring process. Some of these factors may include:

Written employment test Oral board interview Physical agility test Polygraph test Minimum age (usually 21) Clean driving record Additional college education Complete background investigation, including fingerprint check, interviews of neighbors and employers Be sure to check with individual agencies to determine their particular employment requirements. POST does not determine agency employment requirements. Non-United States Citizens Each agency is responsible for determining the employment eligibility of applicants, including matters regarding citizenship. Employment ctiizenship requirements and peace officer certification citizenship requirements are not necessarily the same. Click here if you would like information about what is required for a non-United States citizen to become certified. I just noticed the typo. Colorado can’t even spell the word citizenship on their own official state website. Why? Because how would the non-citizens running and maintaining their website be expected to know how to spell a word that is so foreign to them? This is where our country is headed. Baltimore: Illegal Alien Hired by Church as Van Driver Faces 19 Charges Stemming from Molesting 13 yo Girl New York: Illegal Aliens Line Up Around The Block For Driver’s Licenses Under New Law CA governor Newsom pardons 3 convicted illegal aliens to prevent their deportation Fifth Illegal Alien Accused of Rape Arrested in Maryland County in LESS THAN A MONTH Worst Serial Killer EVER? — Illegal Alien From Kenya Now Being Investigated in 750 Deaths Willingly putting guns in the hands of non-citizens and giving them a license to kill isn’t as horrible as it sounds. It’s just a good step in the right direction toward population control. How in the hell can Colorado think non-citizen cops is a rational idea? Maybe I’m just a little closed-minded. Seriously, what could possibly go wrong?

Dean Garrison is Publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry

https://www.dcclothesline.com/2020/01/18/colorado-getting-non-citizens-off-the-public-welfare-dole-by-making-them-cops/ 

:: 1-18-20 Investment Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Garbage Crisis In Venezuela: Sanitation Issues For When The SHTF

January 18, 2020 by IWB by J.G. Martinez via The Organic Prepper

It´s surprising how bad news related to situations generated by the collapse doesn´t stop. I have some ties to a relatively small town. It´s located not so close to any major city, not so far away neither. It´s not so rural, and it still has some of the charms of small towns, while being big enough to not be boring. That being said, let´s proceed with the most important news I´ve received from my sources there. With the lack of income, as all of the few money produced is going to someplace (which is not exactly the majority of the Venezuelan people´s pockets but to some tax haven, or maybe private accounts in Turkey, Iran, Andorra or God knows where). Managing a 30 million people country is not exactly easy. And with such a stressed economy, our country is a real mess. But it´s the only one I´ve got, and have to love it. There’s a sanitation crisis. As in most of the cities, the collapse has impeded to the (not elected but imposed by the ruling mafia) “authorities” to handle properly some crucial aspects like city sanitation and public garbage collection system. Collector trucks are no longer functional in almost any city. This originates a huge business for private “spontaneous” entrepreneurs, who swiftly prompt to offer their garbage collection to the communities. Of course, the city employees in charge of the trucks have (very likely) been previously bribed to sabotage the trucks and equipment. No surprises there. Otherwise, those trucks would be working flawlessly, those things are built for heavy-duty. I know what I´m talking about. These “entrepreneurs” hire a few young men to collect and make their routes in the communities. When these brave, generous and kind souls (and yes, I´m being sarcastic as heck) don´t show, garbage starts to pile up. This is exactly what has been happening these last few weeks. For some reason, from November to after Mardi Gras in February, fires in some places suddenly start. Wild bushes are burning to the ground. Entire mountains that otherwise would be covered in green, are desolated and sad. It´s something unexplainable, and it´s just one of the most outstanding pieces of evidence we could have been populated with the wrong kind of seed. Because many of the areas surrounding the places where fires appear, are the same blocking the roads with violence demanding “the government” to install water pipelines (instead of banding together and work for one month digging a pond to collect some rain water…but maybe I´m wrong by thinking this way).

Trash is being improperly handled and people are getting sick. When the “private” garbage collection system does not work, people have to deal with the waste. When the town is over 20k people…this can start to become uphill. Especially if it´s a small valley. So people started to select random places to pile up the garbage bags, throw some fuel on, and burn them. My friends living in that town reported that, after two months of such treatment, there was a thick layer of smoke, almost every day since they began. The person submitting this report was sick with pneumonia, indeed. This is a strong alert. He was in bed, and unable to work. All of the garbage must be properly selected for disposal. It´s not healthy to send such amounts of chemicals into the atmosphere!! That person reported to me feeling his nostrils burn, and a few hours later his throat and even his eyes were swollen. This and other symptoms, like sudden weakening and being tired, was what made him look for medical care. Thanks to God, it’s a small town, and good doctors (many of them known by my parents since they were kids) have been able to survive the crisis without running away, as many nurses in the private practice.  You just can´t burn plastics, polymers and all kinds of similar stuff and expect the wind to take it away harmlessly. It´s going to some other place, and deposit itself there. It´s heavier than air! What were you expecting? I am not a specialist on this. But some useful lessons can be learned. Those of you in the bigger countries with more industries, have already a huge advantage at your favor: a fully developed industry, and a recycling culture dating from decades ago. An entire industry surrounding the recycling, indeed. That is wonderful, and one of the best things we should learn all over the world. Most of the South American countries have barely an incipient industry of this kind, at best. Why, if this is an industry with so much potential? I really don´t know. But in the 5 countries, I´ve been, it´s not easy to find a well-tuned recycling facility. Some exceptions, of course, but we could do much better. The worst thing is, this is happening in some other parts of the country. Waste is being openly burned, without any consideration for the inhabitants of the nearby communities. This is generating already some diseases in the breathing apparatus of people. We all know already how antibiotics are scarce and expensive, so getting sick because of a totally avoidable cause is…well, unfair. So to speak. People are burning here and there the trash, using empty lots, without too much control nor care and the smoke is getting people sick. Biodigesters are one answer. Most people don´t have the habit of selecting the waste to dispose of in a more environmentally friendly manner. That´s why biodigesters are one of my priorities. Using all of the fruits and vegetable residues to generate fuel for my kitchen in a country where you have to get on a 5 hours line to buy bottled gas? Priceless. (F*** u, Commies. Pardon my French, people) It´s quite interesting to learn this. One could suppose that, under the current circumstances, less food and consumables available because of the collapsing economy would mean much less waste. But as I´ve mentioned in some other articles, something odd seems to be happening with the economy: over 120 fancy, luxury places have been opened, and almost all of them with ties traceable straight to people related to the ruling mafia. And this, somehow, added to the recent Christmas season, ended up increasing the amount of waste. However, people found some creative ways to “recycle” some stuff, especially with the lack of toilet paper. There is a lot of options with this. But let´s keep talking about waste disposal. Biodigesters would take care of most of our vegetable residues. Used TP (and anything used to replace it) can be burned in a small, and dedicated firepit dug into the ground. However, polymers need some other treatment to decompose properly, just like metals. It´s not all that bad, after all. If we choose wisely, we should be in a position generating a small amount of waste, manageable enough without harming our patch of land and consequently affecting the surrounding ecosystem. Be sure to have masks. After this story, I find quite important to have in our BOB a good gas or dust protection mask. I´d have to select carefully what to carry because an Israeli type mask would mean a huge problem if some commies get their nose inside my bag. Those guys have been brainwashed to the extreme, and just by showing off to their superiors (although this attitude is universally found, really) they are doing their work, could make someone go through a hard time just for fun. Roaming on a bike, and getting into a dense cloud product of wildfires (this has already happened to me, and it´s quite dangerous and scary). I even saw many (deadly) accidents because of stupid drivers launching inside a dense cloud next to wildfires at the side of the road, without any visibility. Gene Pool cleaning, though. A side effect of the garbage piles, other than suffocating the population, is the increasing amount of vermin like rats and mice. This collapse has not been something easy to deal with. It has affected millions of people, my family included in one way or another. It´s not something you wish to get into, but you just can´t avoid it. You can be prepared, or partially prepared as I thought I was. If my financial situation in the good times would have been better, my cottage would have been ready. It´s a shame family situation got into all of this and messed up with the plans. Should I have known how things were abroad, I´d thought twice about being here for so long and spending all of my hard-earned money paying rent, instead of investing in my cottage. However, some reports of improvement have been showing up. However, this is going to need a careful review, with boots on the ground to assess properly the degree of the devastation. People with businesses can´t just pack and leave behind their lifetime efforts. This is something that many people seem not to understand when I talk about coming back, even for a short time. There are a lot of patrimonies I have to take care of. Not just mine but my kiddo’s. That will be covered in more detail in the next few weeks. So please stay tuned. Thanks for your reading, and I appreciate a lot all of your donations!

See you soon, and be safe! Jose. About Jose

Jose is an upper middle class professional. He is a former worker of the oil state company with a Bachelor’s degree from one of the best national Universities. He has a small 4 members family, plus two cats and a dog. An old but in good shape SUV, a good 150 square meters house in a nice neighborhood, in a small but (formerly) prosperous city with two middle size malls. Jose is a prepper and shares his eyewitness accounts and survival stories from the collapse of his beloved Venezuela. Thanks to your help Jose has gotten his family out of Venezuela. They are currently setting up a new life in another country. Follow Jose on YouTube and gain access to his exclusive content on Patreon. Donations: paypal.me/JoseM151

https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/the-garbage-crisis-in-venezuela-sanitation-issues-for-when-the-shtf/ 

:: 1-17-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TEPCO says new leak has spilt 20,000 litres of radioactive coolant at the stricken Fukushima Nuclear Plant: It is now almost 7 years since Prime Minister Shinzo Abe declared everything is "under control,"

Friday, 17 January 2020

Radiation-contaminated debris and soil are stockpiled for disposal near the Tokyo Electric Power Company's embattled Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant. (Photo: Christopher Furlong / Getty Images) Tokyo Electric Power Company says coolant has seeped out from an underground frozen soil wall built around its crippled Fukushima Daiichi nuclear plant. The frozen soil wall came into operation four years ago. It was built to keep groundwater from flowing into reactor buildings. They were damaged by the March 2011 earthquake, tsunami and subsequent nuclear meltdowns. The utility firm, TEPCO, says it found coolant leaking at three locations from components that connect pipes in the wall. The company had noticed a reduction in coolant in its tank earlier this month and was searching for the cause. TEPCO says it believes 20,000 of 1.1 million litres of the coolant has leaked, but that this will not affect the operation of the wall. The company says it will replace the components in the wall and repair another leak that was found in December. nhk.org Almost six years after Prime Minister Shinzo Abe famously declared the contaminated water problem at the Fukushima No. 1 nuclear plant "under control," today it remains anything but. Tokyo Electric Power Co. (TEPCO) continues to face difficulties in dealing with water contaminated with radioactive substances at its crippled plant. About 18,000 tons of highly contaminated water remains accumulated in reactor buildings and other places. Abe made the "under control," declaration in September 2013 while Tokyo was bidding to win the 2020 Summer Games. In reality, however, the situation is not under control even now. In a meeting of the Nuclear Regulation Authority (NRA) in June, one of its members, Nobuhiko Ban, told TEPCO officials, "I want you to show whether you have a prospect (for the reduction of contaminated water) or you have given up." The water level did not fall as planned in an area of a basement floor at the No. 3 reactor building for two months. Asked why the level did not drop, TEPCO officials offered only vague explanations in the meeting. Ban made the remark out of irritation. Highly contaminated water that has accumulated in reactor buildings and turbine buildings is a major concern at the Fukushima plant. In addition to water that was used to cool melted nuclear fuel at the No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 reactors, groundwater also has flowed into those buildings through cracks. The concentration of radioactive substances in highly contaminated water is about 100 million times that of the contaminated water that has been processed and stored in tanks. Immediately after the nuclear accident at the Fukushima plant in March 2011, highly contaminated water leaked into the sea through underground tunnels. As a result, radioactive substances whose concentrations were higher than allowable standards were detected in fish and other seafood. After the nuclear accident, about 100,000 tons of water initially accumulated in the basement portions of buildings that housed the No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4 reactors and buildings that accommodated turbines. TEPCO has removed groundwater through wells. It also created "frozen walls" in the ground by freezing soil around the buildings. Using those methods, the company has decreased the flow of groundwater into the buildings and, as a result, the level of highly contaminated water has dropped there. Nine years since the nuclear accident occurred, the volume of highly contaminated water in the buildings has fallen to 18,000 tons. TEPCO aims to reduce the volume further to 6,000 tons by the end of fiscal 2020. Fairwinds.org

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/01/tepco-says-new-leak-has-spilled-20000.html 

:: 1-13-20 The Most Important News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Robots Are Coming, And They Are Going To Take Over Millions Of Jobs

January 13, 2020 When we get to a point where literally just about everything can be done more cheaply and more efficiently by robots, the elite won’t have any use for the rest of us at all. For most of human history, the wealthy have needed the poor to do the work that is necessary to run their businesses and make them even wealthier. In this day and age we like to call ourselves “employees”, but in reality we are their servants. Some of us may be more well paid than others, but the vast majority of us are expending our best years serving their enterprises so that we can pay the bills. Unfortunately, that paradigm is rapidly changing, and many of the jobs that humans are doing today will be done by robots in the not too distant future. In fact, millions of human workers have already been displaced, and as you will see below experts are warning that the job losses are likely to greatly accelerate in the years to come. Competition with technology is one of the reasons why wage growth has been so stagnant over the past couple of decades. The only way it makes sense for an employer to hire you is if you can do a job less expensively than some form of technology can do it. As a result, close to two-thirds of the jobs that have been created in the United States over the past couple of decades have been low wage jobs, and the middle class is being steadily hollowed out. But as robots continue to become cheaper and more efficient, even our lowest paying jobs will be vanishing in enormous numbers. For example, it is being reported that executives at Walmart plan to greatly increase the size of their “robot army”… Walmart Inc.’s robot army is growing. The world’s largest retailer will add shelf-scanning robots to 650 more U.S. stores by the end of the summer, bringing its fleet to 1,000. The six-foot-tall Bossa Nova devices, equipped with 15 cameras each, roam aisles and send alerts to store employees’ handheld devices when items are out of stock, helping to solve a vexing problem that costs retailers nearly a trillion dollars annually, according to researcher IHL Group. In addition to scanning shelves, Walmart already has a whole host of robots doing such things as scrubbing floors, unloading trucks and gathering grocery orders… The new robots, designed by San Francisco-based Bossa Nova Robotics Inc., join the ranks of Walmart’s increasingly automated workforce which also includes devices to scrub floors, unload trucks and gather online-grocery orders. Meanwhile, Walmart has been testing “a new employee structure” which is intended to “cut down the size of its store management staff”… Walmart is testing out a new employee structure within its stores in an attempt to cut down the size of its store management staff. The nation’s biggest employer is looking to see if it can have fewer midlevel store managers overseeing workers, with these managers seeing both their responsibilities and their pay increase. So the employees that survive will get a “pay increase” to go with a huge increase in responsibility, but what about all the others that are having their jobs eliminated? Don’t worry, because in an interview about this new initiative one Walmart executive assured us that their employees “like smaller teams”… “Associates like smaller teams, and they like having a connection with a leader. They want something they can own and to know if they are winning or losing every day. And today that does not always happen,” Drew Holler, U.S. senior vice president of associate experience, said in an interview. Today, Wal-Mart is the largest employer in the United States by a wide margin. But these coming changes will ultimately mean a lot more robot workers and a lot less human workers. Of course countless other heartless corporations are implementing similar measures. And considering the fact that one recent survey found that 97 percent of U.S. CFOs believe that a recession is coming in 2020, we are likely to see a “thinning of the ranks” in company after company as this year rolls along. Sadly, even if there was no economic downturn coming we would continue to lose jobs to robots. According to one study, a whopping 45 percent of our current jobs “can be automated”… Here’s the truth: Robots are already starting to take jobs from hourly human workers, and it’s going to continue. Research from McKinsey found that 45% of current jobs can be automated. We need to stop avoiding the situation and create real solutions to help displaced workers. In this day and age, no worker is safe. I know someone that gave his heart and soul to a big corporation for many years, and then one day he was called into the office when he arrived for work and he was out of a job by lunch. He hadn’t done anything wrong at all. It is just that his heartless corporate bosses had decided to eliminate his position throughout the entire company. If you think that they actually care about you, then you are just fooling yourself. Unfortunately, the job losses are just going to keep accelerating. In fact, it is being projected that approximately 20 million manufacturing jobs around the globe could be taken over by robots by the year 2030… Robots could take over 20 million manufacturing jobs around the world by 2030, economists claimed Wednesday. According to a new study from Oxford Economics, within the next 11 years there could be 14 million robots put to work in China alone. And as wealthy executives lay off low wage workers in staggering numbers, that will make the growing gap between the rich and the poor even worse… “As a result of robotization, tens of millions of jobs will be lost, especially in poorer local economies that rely on lower-skilled workers. This will therefore translate to an increase in income inequality,” the study’s authors said. The good news is that the full extent of this ominous scenario is not likely to completely play out. The bad news is that this is because our society is rapidly moving toward complete and utter collapse. I wish that there was an easy solution to this growing problem. In a free market system, should anyone be trying to mandate that employers must hire human workers? But if millions upon millions of men and women can’t feed their families because they don’t have jobs, that will create the sort of social nightmare that we cannot even imagine right now. This is something that all of the 2020 presidential candidates should be talking about, because this is a crisis that is spinning out of control, and it is getting worse with each passing day.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.

http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/the-robots-are-coming-and-they-are-going-to-take-over-millions-of-jobs 

:: 1-16-20 Life Site News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Transgender propaganda is media’s way of making you believe 2 plus 2 equals 5

Once the media have us believing that trangenderism is real, what else will they have us believe?

Thu Jan 16, 2020 - 9:23 pm EST By Andrea Widberg

January 16, 2020 (American Thinker) — George Orwell knew that totalitarian dictatorships retain power by compelling people to agree that 2+2=5. But what happens if it's not the government, but the media that lie? With the American media pushing transgenderism, we're finding out. With accelerating force, the media insist that biological sex is meaningless and that people's sex is determined by their feelings. We are told to accept that people, through wishing, hormones, and surgery, can magically become the opposite sex. Over the years, the homosexual rights movement has made people realize that, in a free society, no one should be penalized for a sexual preference. Today, the transgender movement, using the homosexual movement, is working with the media to force us to give it the same rights and respect. This ignores that homosexuality is different from so-called transgenderism. Homosexuality does not force us to deny biology. Homosexual men are still men, and homosexual women are still women. Their differences are behavioral. Transgenderism, however, is not about behavioral choices or biology. It's about denying fundamental biological realities. The saddest thing is that those who have accepted the media's drumbeat, often as an antidote to deep depression, are discovering to their cost that it's a lie. Those committed to individual liberty will let people claim to be the opposite sex, or a camel or a Martian. But while the First Amendment ensures that our government can neither tell us that these beliefs are true nor punish us for denying those beliefs, our media are subtly trying to recalibrate our brains. The latest shot fired in this media war to have us accept that 2+2=5 is an NBC article bemoaning women suffering from periods. Wait. That's wrong. It's not about the fact that, since the dawn of humankind, periods have been a pain in the tuchis. Instead, the article is about the psychic suffering of women who think they're men but, in relentless fealty to biological reality, still have periods: When transgender model and activist Kenny Ethan Jones experienced his [sic] first period, he [sic] faced both physical and psychological pain. Initially, Jones, who had not yet come out as trans at the time, felt like he [sic] was losing control and didn't understand what was happening to his [sic] body. However, one thing was clear: He [sic] didn't feel like himself. "I didn't believe that having periods would be a part of my lived experience," Jones told NBC News. "I felt isolated; everything about periods was tailored to girls, yet me, a boy [sic], was experiencing this and nothing in the world documented that." He [sic] currently experiences a wide range of challenges with his [sic] monthly bleeding, especially when it comes to getting his [sic] hands on menstrual hygiene products. Women all have a wide range of challenges when it comes to periods. They are painful, messy, and inconvenient, and they alienate women from their own bodies. You're not different, Kenny. You just think you are. The real horror for Kenny, though, is that the companies who make tampons, pads, and other products for menstruation keep marketing them as if their customer base is...get this...female: Some transgender and gender-nonconforming people who menstruate, like Jones, say when the products are categorized as women's products, they can feel alienated — and may even avoid purchasing them altogether. The same women who believe they're men also believe they deserve special price breaks on menstrual products...because they're not really women. They're just men who every month have a period just like women: The hurdles some trans men [sic] and gender-nonconforming people who menstruate say they face include the high cost of period supplies[.] The article demonstrates that our media are relentlessly using the transgender movement to force Americans to believe that 2+2=5. Once the media have us believing that trangenderism is real, what else will they have us believe? Perhaps they'll have us believe that, when Iran shot down a passenger jet flying out of Tehran Airport, Donald Trump was responsible for the 176 innocent people who died. What's sad is that, even in Iran, a tyrannical nation in which lies are government currency, the people aren't buying that story. Published with permission from the American Thinker.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/opinion/transgender-propaganda-is-medias-way-of-making-you-believe-2-plus-2-equals-5 

:: 1-17-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIRGINIA GUN CONFISCATION IS DESIGNED TO BECOME THE PRETEXT FOR CIVIL WAR! BOB GRISWOLD & DAVE HODGES

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Friday, January 17, 2020 - 11:06.

ANTIFA, PATRIOTS , GOV NORTHAM, 2A SANCTUARIES & CIVIL WAR! BOB GRISWOLD AND DAVE HODGES

it is true that the Deep State and their Democratic Party minions want to disarm America because it will make much easier to implement the Soviet-style government that the globalists desire. However, gun confiscation is also a means to an end. Gun confiscation could very easily lead to civil war and that is what the Deep State and their globalist controlles desire because they know that they cannot win an election against Donald J. Trump. Bob Griswold and Dave Hodges recently discussed the means to execute the coup that is presently in process. Some of the topics covered in this interview include the following:

Bernie Sanders campaign espousing FEMA camps for Trump supporters and burning down cities if Trump is elected in November  Persecution of conservatives  The game plan of the Deep State  Personal Preparation for what is coming

Robert Griswold, owener of Ready Made Resources, will be a speaker at the Branson True Legends Conference, July 10-12.

Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-martial-law-radio-shows/virginia-gun-confiscation-designed-become-pretext-civil-war-bob-griswold-dave-hodges 

:: 1-16-20 Sputnik News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds Seek Free Firearms Training for US Church Security Teams - Gun Rights Group

18:10 16.01.2020

WASHINGTON (Sputniks) - An offer from an Ohio sheriff’s office for free gun training and firearms permits for church security teams elicited hundreds of responses within days, the National Rifle Association (NRA) reported in an article on the organisation’s website on Thursday. "Probably within two days we had 200 people that sent emails in. We’ve been inundated with people from other states and counties as well", Butler County Sheriff Richard Jones told the NRA publication titled "America’s 1st Freedom". "We’re only going to train those the church hierarchy wants trained and we’re going to help them set up security, big or large churches, we’re going to make this happen", Jones said. Jones pointed out that his office has two classes scheduled for February with room for about 50 trainees in each class. More than a dozen deadly shootings have hit houses of worship in recent years, including a church shooting in the state of Texas last month that killed three people. The attack was halted within seconds when a legally armed congregant shot and killed the gunman. In one of the deadliest attacks - a November 2017 shooting also in Texas that killed 26 and wounded 20 - a nearby resident shot and wounded the gunman as he drove away. The shooter later committed suicide.

https://sputniknews.com/us/202001161078053715-hundreds-seek-free-firearms-training-for-us-church-security-teams/ 

:: 1-16-20 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIDEO: US special operations just purchased Sig Sauer’s new machine gun – here’s what it can do

The Sig Sauer MG 338 machine gun. (Sig Sauer/Released)

January 16, 2020 Ryan Morgan

The U.S. Special Operations Command (USSOCOM) has completed its safety certifications of Sig Sauer’s latest machine gun offering, the MG 338, and has begun purchasing the weapons systems. In a press release, the firearms company confirmed it had passed the certifications and delivered the first of its machine guns to the U.S. military’s elite military command on Wednesday. The new machine gun is touted as a lightweight new weapon that can bridge the gap between the U.S. military’s current M240 (7.62x51cal) medium machine guns and its Browning M2 (.50cal) heavy machine guns.  Click the video below to watch: The MG 338 was approved along with Sig Sauer’s new .338 Norma Mag Ammunition and a new suppressor system. According to Sig Sauer, the certifications represent the first time in decades that the U.S. military has approved a new machine gun, ammunition and suppressor at the same time. “For the first time in decades the U.S. military certified a new machine gun, ammunition, and suppressor at the same time, bringing new innovation, portability, and increased lethality to our ground forces, with all components coming from one company,” said Sig Sauer President and CEO Ron Cohen. Among its features, the MG 338 also touts a significant weight reduction to the M240, coming in at only 20 pounds. On top of its M240 predecessor, Sig Sauer claims the MG 338 has increased range the .338 ammunition can deliver greater lethality. The MG 338 touts an effective range of 2,000 meters, a distance of over 1.2 miles. The weapon’s proprietary recoil mitigation system, and free-floating barrel are meant to further assist the accuracy of the weapon, while reducing the fatigue a user may experience from heavy and repeated weapon recoil. The new machine gun is also designed with ambidextrous controls, allowing both right-handed and left-handed users to easily operate the weapons system. Further, the machine gun has a quick change barrel, allowing operators to easily remove a damaged or overheated barrel. The machine gun also has a built-in folding stock. The new suppressor system, described by Sig Sauer as the Next Generation Suppressor, “drastically reduces the impact of harmful toxic fumes and signature, making the operator less vulnerable.” Sig Sauer won another U.S. military contract in 2017, to produce the Modular Handgun System. The 10-year, $580 million U.S. Army handgun contract conferred Sig Sauer the right to produce the services’ replacements for its existing Beretta M9 pistols.

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2020/01/video-us-special-operations-just-purchased-sig-sauers-new-machine-gun-heres-what-it-can-do/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=

alt&utm_medium=facebook 

:: 1-17-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin's Now Purged The West From The Kremlin

by Tyler Durden Fri, 01/17/2020 - 05:00

Authored by Tom Luongo via Gold, Goats, 'n Guns blog,

It came as the biggest shock of the day on Wednesday. The Russian government resigned. The day before President Vladimir Putin gave his State of the Nation address and outlined a slate of constitutional changes. That speech prompted an overhaul of Russia’s government. Putin’s plan is to devolve some of the President’s overwhelming power to the legislature and the State Council, while beefing up the Constitutional Court’s ability to provide checks on legislation. From TASS:

In Wednesday’s State of the Nation Address, Putin put forward a number of initiatives changing the framework of power structures at all levels, from municipal authorities to the president. The initiatives particularly stipulate that the powers of the legislative and judicial branches, including the Constitutional Court, will be expanded. The president also proposed to expand the role of the Russian State Council. Putin suggested giving the State Duma (the lower house of parliament) the right to approve the appointment of the country’s prime minister, deputy prime ministers and ministers.

The bigger shock was that in response to this Prime Minister Dmitri Medvedev dissolved the current government willingly and resigned as Prime Minister. Within hours Putin recommended Federal Tax Service chief, Mikhail Mishustin as Prime Minister. The State Duma approved Putin’s recommendation and Mishustin was sworn in by Putin all within a day. While this came on suddenly it also shouldn’t be a surprise. These changes have been discussed for months leading up to Putin’s speech. And it’s been clear for the past few years that Putin has been engaged in the second phase of his long-term plan to first rebuild and then remake Russia during his time in office. The first phase was rescuing Russia from economic, societal and demographic collapse. It was in serious danger of this when Putin took over from Boris Yeltsin. It meant regaining control over strategic state resources, rebuilding Russia’s economy and defense, stabilizing its population, getting some semblance of political control within the Kremlin and bringing hope back to a country in desperate need of it. Hostile analysts, both domestic and foreign, criticized Putin constantly for his tactics. Russia’s reliance on its base commodities sectors to revive its economy was seen as a structural weakness. But, an honest assessment of the situation begs the question, “How else was Putin going to back Russia away from the edge of that abyss?” These same experts never seem to have an answer. And when those critics were able to answer, since they were people connected to monied interests in the West who Putin stymied from continuing to loot Russia’s natural wealth, their answer was usually to keep doing that. Don’t kid yourself, most of the so-called Russia experts out there are deeply back to Wall St. through one William Browder and his partner-in-crime Mikhail Khordokovsky. Nearly all of them in the U.S. Senate are severely compromised or just garden variety neocons still hell-bent on subjugating Russia to their hegemonic plans. Their voices should be discounted heavily since they are the same criminals actively destroying U.S. and European politics today. In the West these events were spun to suggest Putin is consolidating power. The initial reports were that he would remove the restraint on Presidential service of two consecutive terms. And that this would pave the way to his staying in office after his current term expires in 2024. That, as always when regarding Russia, is the opposite of the truth. Putin’s recommendation is to remove the word “consecutive” from the Constitution making it clear that a President can only ever serve two terms. Moreover, that president will have had to have lived in Russia for the previous 25 years. No one will be allowed to rule Russia like he has after he departs the office. Because Putin understands that the Russian presidency under the current constitution is far too powerful and leaves the country vulnerable to a man who isn’t a patriot being corrupted by that power. There are a number of issues that most commentators and analysts in the West do not understand about Putin. Their insistence on presenting Putin only in the worst possible terms is tired and nonsensical to anyone who spends even a cursory amount of time studying him.

These events of the past couple of days in Russia are the end result of years of work on Putin’s part to purge the Russian government and the Kremlin of what The Saker calls The Atlanticist Fifth Column.

And they have been dug in like ticks in a corrupt bureaucracy that has taken Putin the better part of twenty years to tame. It’s been a long and difficult road that even I only understand the surface details of. But it’s clear that beginning in 2012 or so, Putin began making the shift towards the next phase of Russia’s strategic comeback. And that second phase is about taking a stable Russia and elevating its institutions to a more sustainable model. Once birth rates improved and demographic collapse was averted, the next thing to do was to reform an economy rightly criticized for being too heavily dependent on oil and gas revenues. And that is a much tougher task. It meant getting control over the Russian central bank and the financial sector. Putin was given that opportunity during the downturn in oil prices in 2014. Using the crisis as an opportunity Putin began the decoupling of Russia’s economy from the West. During the early boom years of his Presidency oil revenue strengthened both the Russian state coffers and the so-called oligarchs who Putin was actively fighting for control. He warned the CEO’s of Gazprom, Rosneft and Sberbank that they were too heavily exposed to the U.S. dollar this way in the years leading up to the crash in oil prices in 2014-16. And when the U.S. sanctioned Russia in 2014 over the reunification with Crimea these firms all had to come to Putin for a bailout. Their dollar-denominated debt was swapped out for euro and ruble debt through the Bank of Russia and he instructed the central bank to allow the ruble to fall, to stop defending it. Taking the inflationary hit was dangerous but necessary if Russia was to become a truly independent economic force. Since then it’s been a tug of war with the IMF-trained bureaucracy within the Bank of Russia to set monetary policy in accordance with Russia’s needs not what the international community demanded. That strong Presidency was a huge boon. But, now that the job is mostly done, it can be an albatross. Putin understands that a Russia flush with too much oil money is a Russia ruled by that money and becomes lazy because of that money. Contrary to popular opinion, Putin doesn’t want to see oil prices back near $100 per barrel. Because Russia’s comparative advantage in oil and gas is so high relative to everyone else on the world stage and to other domestic industries that money retards innovation and investment in new technologies and a broadening of the Russian domestic economy.  And this has been Putin’s focus for a while now. Oil and gas are geostrategic assets used to shore up Russia’s position as a regional power, building connections with its new partners while opening up new markets for Russian businesses. But it isn’t the end of the Russian story of the future, rather the beginning. And the slow privatization of those industries is happening, with companies like Gazprom and Rosneft selling off excess treasury shares to raise capital and put a larger share of them into public hands. Again, this is all part of the next stage of Russia’s development and democratizing some of the President’s power has to happen if Russia is going to survive him leaving the stage. Because it is one thing to have a man of uncommon ability and patriotism wielding that power responsibly. It’s another to believe Russia can get another man like Putin to take his place. So, Putin is again showing his foresight and prudence in pushing for these changes now. It shows that he feels comfortable that this new structure will insulate Russia from external threats while strengthening the domestic political scene. Gilbert Doctorow has an excellent early reaction to this dramatic turn by Putin which I encourage everyone to read in full. The subtle point he makes is: To understand what comes next, you have to take into account a vitally important statement which Putin made a few moments before he set out his proposed constitutional reforms. He told his audience that his experience meeting with the leaders of the various Duma parties at regular intervals every few weeks showed that all were deeply patriotic and working for the good of the country. Accordingly, he said that all Duma parties should participate in the formation of the cabinet. And so, we are likely to see in the coming days that candidates for a number of federal ministries in the new, post-Medvedev cabinet will be drawn precisely from parties other than United Russia. In effect, without introducing the word “coalition” into his vocabulary, Vladimir Putin has set the stage for the creation of a grand coalition to succeed the rule of one party, United Russia, over which Dimitri Medvedev was the nominal chairman. The end result of this move to devolve the cabinet appointments to the whole of the Duma is to ensure that a strong President which Putin believes is best for Russia is tempered by a cabinet drawn from the whole of the electorate, including the Prime Minister. That neither opens the door to dysfunctional European parliamentary systems nor closes it from a strong President leading Russia during crisis periods. Once the amendments to the constitution are finalized Putin will put the whole package to a public vote. This is the early stage of this much-needed overhaul of Russia’s constitutional order and the neocons in the West are likely stunned into silence knowing that they can no longer just wait Putin out and sink their hooks into his most likely successor. Sometimes the most important changes occur right under our noses, right out in the open. Contrast that with the skullduggery and open hostility of the political circus in D.C. and you can which direction the two countries are headed.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/putins-now-purged-west-kremlin   

:: 1-16-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Be Aware Next Week In Virginia! Signs Point To A 'Dark State Trap' To Demonize The 2nd Amendment & Disarm Americans As 2020 Becomes 'Do Or Die' For Globalists

- A Well-Armed People Will NEVER Be Put Into 'Gulags' To Be 'Re-Educated'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 16, 2020

As talk of Civil War fills the air and the state of Virginia is looked at as potentially America's new 'ground zero', Virginia Democrats learned partially about what they are up against on Monday as Breitbart reports in this story; after thousands of NRA members and supporters showed up in Richmond, Virginia, Democrats withdrew an AR-15 confiscation bill. With the NRA urging members to show up to drown out the voices of those calling for more gun control laws in the state, and their members responding in huge numbers, as NRA-ILA Virginia Director Daniel Spiker made clear, one small victory is not enough in a state that seems dead set in leading the country into globalist tyranny. With gun confiscations threatened by Virginia's Democrats, history provides us with a record that gun confiscations nearly always lead to horrific genocide carried out by 'the state' against their real or perceived political opponents. And with 2020 shaping up to be one for the record books with Democrats sure to riot in the streets and attempt to burn down cities should President Trump be re-elected in November while most certainly, any Democrat victory in 2020 would lead to the full-scale implementation of the globalists tyrannical agenda in America, the destruction of the US Constitution and the 1st and 2nd Amendment's and the full-scale loss of American sovereignty, we pray for President Trump and America at this time of great potential danger all around us. So as we'll explore within this story, with baby-butchering Virginia governor Ralph Northam already declaring a state of emergency to ban guns and other 'weapons' from Virginia's Capitol Square ahead of the gun rights rally next week, more and more signs have been emerging that the globalists/democrats are growing more desperate by the day and will potentially resort to carrying out 'false flag' acts as former US Navy Seal Matt Bracken warns in the 1st video at the bottom of this story. And with Virginia now in the spotlight, the globalists will try to not only demonize the 2nd Amendment and gun right supporters by manufacturing a false flag event to cause outright chaos in America, but might eventually even resort to mass murder as all Communists/totalitarian government's eventually resort to. With unconfirmed reports coming from the AR-15 Forum that FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, had recently signed a purchase agreement with Beijing-based weapon manufacturer Norinco that will deliver into the agency’s rapacious hands 5,000 CQ-A rifles, a clone of the M4A1 carbine used by U.S. military and various law enforcement agencies, are FEMA or any other US government agencies secretly buying sniper rifles from China that can't be traced? We already know that there is a rogue anti-America cell within the US State Department; how many more are there in different US government agencies? We'll explore that AR-15 forum thread later in this story but first, from the Breitbart story.: The Washington Free Beacon reports the presence of thousands of NRA members “appeared to have an impact.” Democrats withdrew a bill aimed at AR-15 confiscation and moderated other gun control proposals. But NRA-ILA Virginia state director Daniel Spiker made clear the changes, though good, were not enough. He said, “While there were some improvements to some of these bills, overall, it’s still bad legislation. Putting in more regulations and making it more onerous on the law-abiding citizens of Virginia is not something we stand for.Richard Cosner, a Chester, Virginia, preacher, was present to oppose new gun controls. He pointed out attempts to legislate gun control serve as a way to usurp the Constitution: “The Constitution is specific; it ‘shall not be infringed.’ If somebody wants to restrict those rights then they need to follow it by altering the Constitution, not by putting in place legislation that is in conflict with the Constitution.” (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days and weeks ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) While Virginia's Attorney General Mark Herring recently claimed that there was no 'legal force' behind the still-growing 2nd Amendment Sanctuary movement in Virginia, as was perfectly laid out in the US Constitution by America's Founding Fathers, the 2nd Amendment and the United States Constitution are THEMSELVES a 'legal force', a 'force' that guarantees Americans won't ever be sent to Gulags like a bunch of completely insane leftists want to do to Trump supporters and Conservatives, or be powerless against tyranny. Who in their right minds would attempt to 'round up' tens of millions of very, very well-armed and law-abiding Americans and put them in 'Gulags' to 're-educate them' into the 'leftist mindset'? Such people attempting to carry out a mass round-up probably wouldn't last very long in a still-free America. As the Guardian reports in this story, while only 3% of Americans own a collective 133 million weapons with more guns in America than people according to this Washington Post story (saved at archive), an unverified legend states that during the American Revolution, the active forces in the field against the King’s tyranny never amounted to more than 3% of the colonists, thus born the 'Three Percenters'. And with America's Founding Fathers only enshrining into writing our God-given rights to protect ourselves and our families and loved ones when they are being threatened, why would leftists actually cheer the thought of Conservatives and President Trump supporters being thrown into Gulags and 'dragged into the streets and lit on fire' as Susan Duclos had reported in this January 15th ANP story? With Bernie Sanders staffer Kyle Jurek becoming one of the best selling gun salesmen in America after his insane remarks about putting Conservatives into Gulags, remarks cheered on by the dumbed down Bernie voters, as we'd reported in this January 14th ANP story, only the insane would give up their means of defending themselves with leftists calling for violence against people for merely supporting President Trump. And all of those remarks by Jurek have practically confirmed what we all thought when Hillary Clinton suggested throwing Conservatives into 'fun camps' to be 're-educated'. From this new story over at the Burning Platform titled "2020 - Year Of Living Dangerously", we see why things are heating up to the boiling point in Virginia, America and across the world, with a great risk of boiling over. The Trump team is now poised to go on the offensive as this Constitutional crisis intensifies and hurtles towards a violent conclusion. Barr and Durham are busy building a case against the Obama administration and their illegal activities before and after the election. As the election approaches and Durham concludes his investigation, indictments handed down on Clapper, Brennan, Comey or any of the other conspirators would lead to turmoil not seen since the Civil War. No matter the result of the upcoming election, neither side will accept the outcome. This country is irretrievably broken and there will be no compromise or negotiated agreements. With Virginia Governor “Blackface” Northam attempting to overturn the 2nd Amendment and forcefully confiscate lawfully owned firearms from his citizens a modern-day Harper’s Ferry confrontation could be in the offing. There are no viable political solutions to our current dilemmas. It’s just a matter of when and where the conflict goes hot and blood is spilled.

The domestic turmoil and disintegration of societal norms is a big enough risk by itself, but the international conflicts swirling across the globe add a particularly dire dimension to the twelfth year of this Fourth Turning. As we entered 2019 I thought the likely global recession would lead to further international tensions and possible military conflict. The flooding of the entire world with central bank produced liquidity has continued to shroud the deteriorating economic conditions in the U.S, EU, China and Japan. As mentioned within our opening segment, according to still-unconfirmed reports coming from the AR-15 Forum as was also reported within this story at Investment Watch Blog, FEMA had recently signed a purchase agreement with Chinese weapons manufacturer Norinco that would deliver a whole lot of sniper rifles to that agency. While a search of recent government purchase orders found no such orders for FEMA, as we were warned by 'behind the scenes eyes' that if true, the reasons for that could be extremely sinister with the weapons being untraceable, not registered with official government agencies and no way to track them back to US sources. And with the Democrats/globalists under Barack Obama until today bowing to Communist China and China the world's largest exporter of the 'surveillance state', is it really out of the realm of possibility that some rogue current or former employees of some 3-letter government agency might bring in thousands of untraceable sniper weapons to cause mass chaos and havoc in America? With Democrats/globalists and their 'win at all costs' attitude in 2020, we shouldn't put anything past them, even mass murder.

In fact, as mentioned previously, Communists/socialists are very good at that kind of thing, brutally slaughtering hundreds of millions of their own people over the past 100+ years. And with Democrats in Congress now looking exactly like the traitors America's Founding Fathers long ago warned us about, any thought of turning America into a Communist/Socialist nation gives Americans another great reason to never, ever give up their guns nor the 2nd Amendment. A well armed people will NEVER be sent to gulags! So between what's going on now nationally in the US with a very real Constitutional crisis unfolding before us and 'impeachment' finally going to the US Senate, we should all get ourselves prepared for absolutely anything in 2020 with the left pushing further and further towards a political philosophy that has led to the deaths of hundreds of millions. As Susan Duclos had pointed out in this January 16th ANP story titled "Can You Protect And Defend Your Family When SHTF? Part Three In The Survival Series: Prevention And Protection", with leftists pushing America closer and closer to the edge every day, law-abiding Americans best prepare to defend our families and loved ones with leftists hoping to bring America a poltical system that has brought the deaths of a countless number of people globally the past 100+ years. And with the dumbed-down leftists actually laughing about locking up Conservatives in gulags for their political beliefs and now radical leftists advocating the burning of Americans in the streets as Susan Duclos had reported in this January 15th ANP story, with the self-defense and the protection of our friends, families and loved ones on our minds in these days of mass Democratic insanity, we've gone ahead and put together a list of ways to defend ourselves as close by as an internet order and just a one or two day delivery away.

DPMS Crosman SBR CO₂ 4.5mm BB Air Rifle with Dual Action Capability

DPMS SBR Full Auto Spare Magazine

Sig Sauer MCX .177 Cal Co2 Powered (30 Rounds) Air Rifle, Black

SIG Sauer MCX .177 Cal CO2 Powered Advanced Air Rifle with CO2 90 Gram (2 Pack) and 500 Lead Pellets Bundle

Bushmaster MPW Full Auto with Red dot (Black/FDE)

Umarex Steel-Force Automatic .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Rifle

GLOCK 17 Blowback .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Pistol

Sig Sauer MPX .177 Air Rifle, 30 Rounds, Black

Heckler & Koch MP5 Silver Storm (H&K MP5-PDW) air Rifle

Crosman SNR357 (Black/Grey)

Taser Pulse + Self-Defense Tool with Noonlight Mobile Integration, Black

Mace Police Strength Pepper Spray Pepper Gun (Blue)

Mace Brand Self Defense Pepper Spray Gun 2.0, Accurate, Powerful Mace Spray Delivery with 20-Foot Range, Integrated LED Light, Refillable Cartridge

Umarex XBG .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Pistol

PepperBall LifeLite Personal Defense Launcher

B&MF Trekking Pole Multifunction Outdoor Walking Stick Aluminum Alloy Telescopic Self Defense Weapon Wild Survival Supplies

Cold Steel (92BSTZ Brooklyn Shorty Mini Bat, Black

Tactical Pen for Self Defense Weapons Survival Military Pen with LED Tactical Flashlight Pen Emergency Window Breaker Bottle Opener for Police SWAT EDC Multitool 2 ink Refill 6 Batteries in Gift Box

VIPERTEK VTS-T03 - Aluminum Series 53 Billion Heavy Duty Stun Gun - Rechargeable with LED Tactical Flashlight, Green

FURY Tactical Griffin GRIP Concealable Control Device

In the 1st video below, former US Navy Seal Matt Bracken joins Infowars to warn why he believes that the 2nd Amendment rally in Virginia next week on January 20th is a trap being set by the 'deep state' to demonize the 2nd Amendment and gun rights supporters while both the 2nd and 3rd videos below explore the recent remarks made by Bernie Sanders staffer Kyle Jurek and what that potentially means about Bernie Sanders having him as a staffer, still employed as of the publishing of this story despite him recently being arrested but then released according to this James O'Keefe tweet.

http://allnewspipeline.com/VA_Democrats_Learn_What_They_Are_Up_Against.php 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 1-17-20 The DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

King Northam’s Wall—Afraid of His Subjects!

David L Brockett - January 17, 2020

Under siege would be an understatement

With over 90 percent of his counties rebelling against his draconian gun law proposals and thousands of pissed off Virginia citizens prepared to storm the castle, Gov. Northam is frantically erecting physical barriers to contain the riff-raff. Imperious and lordly, this little tyrant strikes a comedic pose as he struts around the castle walls, daring his subjects to defy him. Watch: Virginia’s “Representatives” Conspire Against The People They Serve Northam has buttressed his capitol police force with city cops and state troopers and he is having barriers erected around the capitol building and statehouse. Streets immediately surrounding Capitol grounds will be closed and there’s going to be additional fencing around the Capitol building. On Monday, there will only be one public entrance at the gate near N 9th Street and Grace Street, where all visitors will have to go through a security checkpoint with metal detectors. Setting a tone of fear and paranoia, he is flapping around like Henny Pen-Pen screeching about the militia, white supremacists, and out of state troublemakers. Only it isn’t the sky that’s falling in Virginia, it’s the Constitutional rights of Old Dominion citizens—and they aren’t having any of it! King Northam has decreed that no weapons will be allowed on the capitol grounds, not even helmets or shields! Does this remind anyone else of the 1775 British army’s march on Lexington and Concord to seize colonial weapons? Didn’t that officially touch off the Revolutionary War? Does the dwarf tyrant really believe law-abiding citizens would try to assassinate him, or fire on the legislature–or is he attempting to touch off a shooting war between his troops and those who refuse to disarm? That would be a colossal mistake. By instilling an “us vs them” attitude among Virginia troopers, Northam appears to be intentionally setting the stage for bloodshed. In an attempt to justify his alarmism, the governor clucked to the media: “We’re seeing threats of armed confrontation and assault on our Capitol!” It appears he is also trying to gin up outrage among the race-baiters. Northam painted the specter of White Nationalists at the gate and swore he would never allow another Charlottesville, as if being a 2ndAmendment advocate meant you were also racist. Like a good neighbor, West Virginia is there Always sympathetic to their cousins, West Virginians have invited as many Virginia counties to join their state as wish to. The West Virginia state government just drew up this bill to officially welcome new territories: “Whereas, Article VI, Section 11 of The Constitution of the State of West Virginia explicitly permits additional territory to be admitted into, and become part of this state, with the consent of the Legislature and of a majority of the qualified voters of the state; and  Whereas, In a spirit of conciliation, the Legislature of West Virginia hereby extends an invitation to our fellow Virginians who wish to do so, to join us in our noble experiment of 156 years of separation from the government at Richmond; and, we extend an invitation to any constituent county or city of the Commonwealth of Virginia to be admitted to the body politic of the State of West Virginia, under the conditions set forth in our state Constitution, specifically, with the consent of a majority of the voters of such county or city voting upon such proposition; and we hereby covenant that their many grievances shall be addressed, and, we further covenant with them that their firearms rights shall be protected to the fullest extent possible under our Federal and State Constitution.” Virgexit? King Northam is powerless! Ouch! Here is what would have to happen for the above to be official. The West Virginia legislature would have to approve the bill and the governor sign it into law. Then the Virginia counties who wished to would have to vote on leaving. Those counties which voted to leave would then have to be voted on by the good people of West Virginia to be accepted. Then it’s a done deal. All Northam and his liberal toadies could do about it is watch that revenue and representation in Washington walk away. Let’s play what-if. What if Virginia counties make their move? Will that trigger further rebellion across the US? According to the Annexation agreement of 1845 when Texas joined the Union, it retains the right to further divide into a total of five states. As the Texas border region turns dark blue, many Texans in more rural areas fear the state will turn into another California. There are many other states like Colorado, and California that have regions unhappy with their state’s politics. Will Northam go down in history as the man that started a nation-wide rebellion against liberal government? Oh God! Even the clergy have abandoned him. Jerry Falwell Jr. made this statement: “I’m pretty sure I’m going to call for civil disobedience if the Democrats go through with this (gun control legislation).” Uh oh! The extremely popular Falwell has seen a lot of governors come and go, and he knows when he’s looking at a bad one. Who will administer the last rites to Humpty Dumpty when he falls from the castle wall? While you are here, take a minute and click one or both of the links below and visit our sites for “fresh daily” news and opinion. DC Dirty Laundry and DC Clothesline

David Brockett is a Vietnam Veteran and former Marine aviator. He writes fiction and historical fiction, as well as articles on politics, religion, gun-rights, preparedness, and current events.

For more articles from this author visit these sites: David L Brockett

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/king-northams-wall-afraid-of-his-subjects/ 

:: 1-17-20 Your News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SHERIFF’S DEPUTY VOWS TO DEFY ‘UNCONSTITUTIONAL’ GUN CONTROL

Jan 17, 2020U.S.

Tripp Kester, a sheriff’s deputy in North Carolina’s Davidson County, channeled the civic sentiment of many American patriots this week at a meeting of his county’s board of commissioners, which voted unanimously to adopt Second Amendment “sanctuary county” status. In neighboring Virginia, Democrat lawmakers are touting sweeping gun control proposals that could create a constitutional crisis. The Democrat-controlled Virginia Senate passed three gun control bills Thursday which ban multiple gun purchases per month, mandate background checks for private gun sales, and compel local government gun bans for public events. Though Democrats decided not to press forward with a proposed assault rifle transfer ban, Democrat governor Ralph Northam issued an executive order banning guns at a Jan. 20 Second Amendment rally in Richmond and is expected to sign the new Senate gun control bills into law if they pass the Democrat-controlled General Assembly. The Virginia Democrats’ increasingly radicalized plans leave patriots scrambling for solutions. That patriotic movement has clearly spread to North Carolina, where Democrat Roy Cooper reigns as governor.

“The Constitution needs no explanation. It’s been enforced for several hundred years now. It’s easy to understand. It says what it means. It means what it says,” Tripp Kester stated in his remarks at the meeting in Davidson County, North Carolina on Tuesday.

Kester’s speech citing the Declaration of Independence’s promise of inalienable rights in convincing the Board to join with five nearby “sister counties” is inspiring patriots online. Watch it here:

1776@1776Attitude

Sheriff: I WILL NOT ENFORCE ANY UNCONSTITUTIONAL LAW. We are behind you all the way #Virginia #NRA #Trump #VirginiaRally #America

pIy0O-bJ_bigger SHERIFF’S DEPUTY VOWS TO DEFY ‘UNCONSTITUTIONAL’ GUN CONTROL [your]NEWS

4,845 2:48 PM – Jan 16, 2020 Twitter Ads info and privacy

https://yournews.com/2020/01/17/1405049/sheriffs-deputy-vows-to-defy-unconstitutional-gun-control/

[ :: 5-26-02 At the altar after the pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Now concerning the terrorists and the terrorist’s attacks, there is no way in the natural that man can stop this. For you have two borders, Mexico, Canada, you have open traffic from Cuba to Florida, you have freighters, you have oil tankers, they come into the harbor daily, sometimes in large numbers. Realize that your prayers cannot turn this back, it is part of the end-time events that shall take place. But your prayers can save lives, your prayers can warn people, but realize that this is going to be part of a lifestyle until the anti-christ establishes a peace treaty throughout the world. etc

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, oh even the big earthquake and you shall see the division before long from one end of the states to another that you cannot cross for that fault shall be opened.  etc

[ :: 7-17-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. This area will be far more safe than other areas.  Stay out of Texas, that is not the state that you think that it is, that has the largest terrorist group in the United States, stay out of there, regardless if you plan fifteen ways to go and come, stay out of there, stay out of there. etc

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 1--20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Operation Blackjack (Full Slide Show)

111,092 views MaKaElectric  20.2K subscribers

Operation Blackjack - The story of a series of terrorist nuclear attacks on major western cities and the aftermath.

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/culture/cu... 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Uvd91OU_Jbo 

Operation Blackjack - The story of a series of terrorist nuclear attacks on major western cities and the aftermath.MUST LISTEN TO HAWK TONIGHT! https://www.gsradio.net/shows/hawk/

:: 1-16-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

REVEALED: US military lost contact with drones overhead during Iranian ballistic missile strike on Iraqi bases after fire severed command link

US Army was flying seven drones over Iraq during Iran's strike on January 8

One missile struck fiber optic line that linked pilots to satellite antennas

Soldiers scrambled to lay new fiber after the missile attack ended

All drones landed safely after the command link was restored

By Afp Published: 00:11 EST, 16 January 2020 | Updated: 02:00 EST, 16 January 2020

Moments after volleys of Iranian missiles began to batter Iraq's Ain al-Asad airbase, US soldiers at the desert facility lost contact with their ultra-powerful - and expensive - eyes in the sky. At the time the attack was launched at 1.35am on January 8, the US Army was flying seven unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) over Iraq to monitor bases where US-led coalition forces are deployed. They included MQ-1C Gray Eagles, advanced surveillance drones that can fly for as long as 27 hours and carry a payload of up to four Hellfire missiles. 'We thought it may lead to a ground assault, so we kept the aircraft up,' said one of the pilots, 26-year-old Staff Sergeant Costin Herwig. Herwig was flying a Gray Eagle when the first Iranian missile struck the base, retaliation for the January 3 killing of top Iranian general Qasem Soleimani in a US drone strike in Baghdad. Most of the other 1,500 US soldiers had been tucked away in bunkers for two hours, after advance warning from superiors. But 14 pilots had stayed in dark containers-turned-cockpits to remotely fly the 'birds' and monitor essential feeds from their high-powered cameras. The first missile blasted dust into their shelter but the pilots stayed put, Herwig told AFP during a press tour of the base organized by the coalition. The next rounds came closer and closer, and the light-haired soldier recalled that he had 'accepted fate'. 'We thought we were basically done,' he said. But the real crisis was yet to come. The volleys of missiles, which soldiers said lasted about three hours, slammed into sleeping quarters directly adjacent to the pilots' operations rooms. 'No more than a minute after the last round hit, I was heading over to the bunkers on the far back side and saw the fire was burning all through our fiber lines,' said First Sergeant Wesley Kilpatrick. Those lines link the virtual cockpits to antennas then satellites that send signals to the Gray Eagles and pull the cameras' feeds back onto the screens at Ain al-Asad. 'With the fiber lines burnt, there was no control,' said Kilpatrick. 'It's a pretty big deal, because it's so expensive and there's a lot of stuff on them that we don't want other people to have or the enemy to get,' said Herwig. A single Gray Eagle costs around $7 million, according to 2019 army budget estimates. They have been used in Iraq since at least 2017 by the coalition to help fight the Islamic State jihadist group. The coalition is required to get a green light from the Iraqi government to fly drones and planes, but those permissions had expired several days before the Iran attacks. The US army had kept the drones in the air anyway, a senior American defense official told reporters, after months of rocket attacks on Iraqi bases where their forces are based. As the bombs crashed closer on January 8 and with the drones unaccounted for, the pilots finally clambered into bunkers. But as soon as the blasts stopped, they rushed back out, now facing a race against time to get their signals up and running so they could find - and land - the Gray Eagles. As dawn started to break, soldiers scrambled to replace 500 yards of melted fiber cables and reprogrammed satellites so they could reconnect to the UAVs. 'The airfield was shut down so we had to land without talking to anybody. We didn't know where any (other) aircraft was. That part was pretty stressful,' said Herwig. The priority was one Grey Eagle that had been scheduled to land just as the missile attack began, and which stayed flying throughout until it was worryingly low on fuel. The pilots worked for hours to land each drone one by one, their adrenaline pumping even as other soldiers were recovering, showering and assessing the damage. At around 9am, the final drone was brought down to earth. 'We landed all our own birds back on site,' said Kilpatrick, smiling in relief and pride. 'It was quite a feat.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7893435/US-military-lost-contact-drones-overhead-Iranian-ballistic-missile-strike.html 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids.  Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 1-14-20 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

7 Major Earth Changes That Are Happening Right Now That Everyone Needs To Know About

January 14, 2020 by Michael Snyder

There has never been a time in modern human history when our planet has been changing as rapidly as it is changing right now. The sun is behaving very strangely, freakishly cold weather is breaking out all over the world, ocean temperatures continue to rise, volcanoes all over the globe are shooting ash miles into the air, Australia is experiencing the worst wildfires that they have ever seen, and the north magnetic pole has been moving at a pace that is deeply alarming scientists. Could it be possible that all of this bizarre activity is leading up to some sort of a crescendo? Sadly, most people don’t even realize what is happening, and that is because the mainstream media only emphasizes stories that fit with the particular narratives that they are currently pushing. But it has gotten to the point where nobody can deny that really weird things are happening. The following are 7 major earth changes that are happening right now that everyone needs to know about…

#1 According to NASA, solar activity has dropped to the lowest level in 200 years. The following comes from the official NASA website… The forecast for the next solar cycle says it will be the weakest of the last 200 years. The maximum of this next cycle – measured in terms of sunspot number, a standard measure of solar activity level – could be 30 to 50% lower than the most recent one. The results show that the next cycle will start in 2020 and reach its maximum in 2025. Of course NASA insists that everything will be just fine, but others are wondering if this lack of solar activity could potentially spawn another “Little Ice Age”… When solar activity gets really low, it can have the effect of a “mini ice age.” The period between 1645 and 1715 was marked by a prolonged sunspot minimum, and this corresponded to a downturn in temperatures in Europe and North America. Named after astronomers Edward Maunder and his wife Annie Russell Maunder, this period became known as the Maunder Minimum. It is also known as “The Little Ice Age.”

#2 When solar activity gets very low, it has traditionally meant very cold and very snowy winters, and right now we are seeing snow in places that are extremely unusual… The Egyptian capital, Cairo, was also turned white at the start of the month, despite the city not having snow in 112 years, and experiencing less than an inch of rain each year. Many parts of Greece were covered in snow in early January, with low temperatures and strong frost. The cold front named ‘Hephaestion’, after an Ancient Greek army general, thrashed the Greek landscape, bringing rain, sleet and ice in the east.

#3 Meanwhile, the oceans of the world just keep getting hotter and hotter. In fact, ocean temperatures off the California coast have been setting new all-time record highs. It is odd that this is taking place at a time of such low solar activity, but according to NBC News this is definitely happening… The world’s oceans hit their warmest level in recorded history in 2019, according to a study published Monday that provides more evidence that Earth is warming at an accelerated pace. The analysis, which also found that ocean temperatures in the last decade have been the warmest on record, shows the impact of human-caused warming on the planet’s oceans and suggests that sea-level rise, ocean acidification and extreme weather events could worsen as the oceans continue to absorb so much heat.

#4 There have always been wildfires, but we have never seen anything like this. During the summer, countless catastrophic fires burned millions upon millions of acres in the Amazon rainforest, and this winter Australia’s fires have actually been a total of 46 percent larger than the fires that we witnessed in the Amazon. Australia has never seen anything like this before, and according to NASA the smoke from these fires will completely circle the Earth… Once was bad enough, but smoke from Australia’s devastating bushfires is set to return to the country to complete a round-the-world trip that has seen it impact on air quality as far away as South America. By Jan. 8, the smoke had made its way halfway around the world and will make at least one full circuit, according to scientists at NASA, citing satellite tracking data. New Zealand experienced severe air quality issues, while hazy skies and colorful sunsets and sunrises were seen in parts of Chile and Argentina.

#5 During the first half of 2020, volcanoes all over the world have been roaring to life and have been shooting giant clouds of hot ash miles into the sky. For example, in the Philippines the Taal volcano shot ash nine miles into the air on Sunday, it has also been shooting scorching hot lava half a mile into the air, and the ground around the volcano is starting to crack wide open. But even after all the devastation that we have already seen, authorities are warning that it could “re-explode at any moment”… The gray ash is knee-deep. It covers the homes, the bloated cadavers of cows and horses, their limbs protruding at unnatural angles in the shadow of a sulking volcano that could re-explode at any moment. “My home is now gone,” said Melvin Mendoza, 39, a boatman who returned on Tuesday to Taal, the volcanic island in the middle of a freshwater lake just 40 miles south of Manila, which erupted on Sunday like an atomic bomb mushroom cloud. Let us hope that this volcanic activity does not spread throughout that general area, because the largest super volcano caldera in the entire world has been discovered not too far from the Philippines… A team including members from GNS Science have identified an ancient mega-volcano that could have the largest known caldera on Earth. The 150km (93.2 miles) wide feature is on the crest of Benham Rise, an oceanic plateau off the Philippines coast. In comparison, the caldera at Taupō is about 35km (21.8 miles) wide, and that at Yellowstone about 60km (37.3 miles).

#6 All of this is taking place while the north magnetic pole is moving toward Russia at a very rapid pace. The following comes from CNN… The north magnetic pole has been slowly moving across the Canadian Arctic toward Russia since 1831, but its swift pace toward Siberia in recent years at a rate of around 34 miles per year has forced scientists to update the World Magnetic Model — used by civilian navigation systems, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, and US and British militaries — a year ahead of schedule.

#7 On top of everything else, the Earth’s magnetic field has been steadily weakening over time, and this has some experts extremely concerned… In a forum on Quora, science fiction writer and journalist C Stuart Hardwick revealed that satellite data, such as those collected by the European Space Agency’s SWARM mission, revealed that the magnetic field has been weakening for about 5 percent each century. He noted that currently, the strength of the magnetic field is at 29.5 microteslas, which is 14 percent weaker than its previous state three centuries ago. According to Hardwick, the SWARM satellites detected increased deterioration within regions of the magnetic field over North America. He said these regions weakened by about 3.5 percent over the span of just three years. Without our magnetic field, life on Earth could not exist for long. And it doesn’t have to disappear completely to be a massive problem. If it simply gets weak enough, dwelling on the surface is going to become exceedingly difficult. As I keep warning, our planet is becoming increasing unstable, and what we have experienced so far is just the beginning. The demands of life can often cause us to focus on things that don’t really matter. Hopefully we can get more people to wake up while there is still time, because the clock is ticking for humanity and for our planet as a whole.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/7-major-earth-changes-that-are-happening-right-now-that-everyone-needs-to-know-about 

:: 1-16-20 Fox 22 WFVX Bangor channel 7 ABC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thursday, January 16, 2020 17:02 By Christopher Carbone | Fox News

The Taal Volcano eruption in the Philippines on Sunday blasted ash plumes 9 miles into the air, amazing new satellite imagery reveals. The volcano's eruption, which had not happened in 40 years, caused travel disruptions and extreme weather events in and around its location, south of the capital city of Manila, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

https://foxbangor.com/national-news/massive-philippines-volcano-eruption-sends-ash-9-miles-up-stunning-images-reveal/ 

:: 1-14-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 14 January 2020

Almost 600 quakes of all magnitudes up to a 6.5 struck Puerto Rico in the last 7 days with 1,500 since Dec 28th 2019: Thousands still sleeping outside: Puerto Rico still recovering from Hurricane Maria

Map USGS. Almost 600 quakes of all magnitudes up to a 6.5 have struck Puerto Rico in the last 7 days and a further 1,500 since Dec 28th 2019. Some in Puerto Rico are beginning to fear the ground will never stop shaking. The island has been pummeled by hundreds of earthquakes in recent weeks, including Saturday’s 5.9 magnitude temblor, where there were reports of landslides in the town of Peñuelas along the southern coast, rattling residents already on edge from last Tuesday’s massive 6.4 magnitude quake. That was the largest to strike the island in more than a century causing hundreds of structures to crumble, forcing thousands from their homes and leaving millions without power.

Puerto Rico’s public utility, PREPA, tweeted some welcome news Monday: that nearly all of the homes and businesses it serves have had electric power restored. Still, it is urging customers to conserve energy. Reporting from the port city of Ponce, NPR’s Adrian Florido said the Costa Sur Plant, which produces more than 40% of Puerto Rico’s electricity, was badly damaged in last week’s quake. It remains offline indefinitely. He also reports many residents are still reeling from the devastation caused by Hurricane Maria, a deadly Category 4 storm that battered the island in September 2017. The storm exposed the fact that buildings across the island were not up to code. The series of earthquakes are only amplifying fears that structures have been further weakened. wmfe.org 

Thousands still sleeping outside Puerto Rico's recovery following the devastating Hurricane Maria was slow and uneven. And then last week, the largest earthquake to hit the island in a century made things worse. Thousands of people in Puerto Rico are sleeping outdoors nearly a week after a 6.4 magnitude earthquake struck the island. The fear of aftershocks as people in tents or under tarps. NPR's Adrian Florido reports from Puerto Rico's southern coast. npr.org Map USGS

According to USGS, more than 4,000 small to mid-sized quakes have rattled the tiny island of Purto Rico since January the 1st 2019. Full Story

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/01/almost-600-quakes-of-all-magnitudes-up.html 

:: 1--20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Monday, 1 January 2018

2000 to 2018 recorded a staggering 2,697 more major quakes than in the same period 1900 to 1918 but 2017 records the lowest amount this century

Graph Gary Walton/ Stats USGS

It is not the expected narrative we have come to expect but for the second year running major quakes (mag 6 or greater) are down on the previous year with 2017 recording the lowest total this century and the lowest total since the 1980's. With 110 recorded major quakes and a mag 6.3 thought to have been caused by a nuclear test in North Korea bringing the yearly total to 111 that figure is 50 down on this century's average of 161. The biggest quake was the historical magnitude 8.2 struck the west coast of Mexico which was the biggest Mexican earthquake in 100 years, however, that quake which struck in September was the only mag 8+ recorded this year. Apart from the mag 8.2 above, only 6 more quakes in the whole year managed mag 7+ with a 7.9 which struck Papua New Guinea in January being the largest. Another massive mag 7.1 struck Mexico three weeks after the mag 8.2 struck in September. 2017 saw Yellowstone becoming a concern as an ongoing earthquake swarm at Yellowstone volcano was one of the biggest ever recorded, with over 2,400 tremors since it began in June.

As of August 30, 2,357 earthquakes had been recorded. The most powerful in recent was magnitude 3.3; it took place on August 21, The most powerful in the current swarm was a magnitude 4.4, which was recorded on June 15. Septembers mag 5.3 is by far the biggest. Graph Gary Walton stats USGS

If the major quakes have been down a little over recent years the overall big picture is much different of course, between the years 1900 to 1918 just 107 major quakes were recorded (mag 6 or higher) that 17 year period produced 4 major quakes less than 2017 produced in just one year, see below. USGS

In the same period, 2000 to 2018; 2,804 major quakes were recorded, a staggering 2,697 more than 1900 to 1919. USGS The increase in major quakes since 1900 is staggering, see below. USGS

Researched and compiled by Gary Walton

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2018/01/2017.html 

:: 1-17-20 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CHOO-NAMI Moment huge wave smashes train window as 161 flood alerts issued across Britain before -4C plunge tomorrow

Alex Matthews 17 Jan 2020, 11:39Updated: 17 Jan 2020, 16:07

PASSENGERS were left injured when a huge wave smashed a train window as Britain got battered by the tail end of Storm Brendan. The water crashed through the service from Exeter to Paignton in Devon, while 161 flood alerts were issued across the country. Flooding is not all that’s in store with forecasters warning of a temperature plunge to -4C over the weekend. But today is expected to reach highs of 11C in certain parts of the country while most people will enjoy mild conditions of 10C. Great Western Railway said its 10.57 service from Exeter was "damaged by sea debris". Passenger Gill Garratt said: “Huge wave smashes into moving train and breaks windows passing through Dawlish, several passengers injured. “Two trains stuck and ours abandoned at Newton Abbot.' Huge wave smashes into moving train and breaks windows passing through Dawlish, several passengers injured. Passenger Phil Garratt

After the train terminated at Newton Abbot, customers were transferred to a Cross Country service.

Paramedics were called to Dawlish Railway Station at about 12pm and treated one person for a minor injury. A spokeswoman for South Western Ambulance Service said: "The caller reported to us that someone was injured after a wave hit a train. "Our crew treated one patient at the scene for a minor injury. The patient did not need to be taken to hospital." FLOOD WARNINGS Brits have been warned of rivers bursting their banks with alerts in Kent, Devon, West London and as far North as the Lake District.

But Met Office meteorologist Luke Miall said temperatures today will not be as chilly as recent days.

He said: “We have another low pressure storm coming in bringing strong winds and heavy rain. Rain is likely to be heaviest in the west of the country. “Going into the weekend there is a big area of high pressure, so most places in the country will see a nice day but also some frost, which we haven't seen so far this winter. It will be mostly sunny skies although cold and clear.”

We have another low pressure storm coming in bringing strong winds and heavy rain. Rain is likely to be heaviest in the west of the country. Luke Miall BRENDAN'S BITE Parts of the UK are dealing with the fallout from Storm Brendan that sparked travel chaos on air, land and sea. In Christchurch, Dorset, high tides flooded car parks by the quay, with the same happening in nearby Mudeford. Inland, the River Avon burst its bank in places on Wednesday morning, spilling on to roads near Chippenham, Wiltshire, and leaving some vehicles stranded. Clear-up work has continued in Slough, Berkshire, after high winds blew a roof off a building on to the High Street on Tuesday. Taxi driver Haris Baig, 30, said he had to slam on his brakes as a large section of roof crashed in front of him, saying: "It was a disaster. It was a miracle no one was killed." A ten storey scaffolding tower also fell from a block of flats in Orpington, Kent, while an uprooted tree crushed a Kia Sorento at Dartford train station. On Tuesday, a car was pictured in the sea during rising tides in Starr Gate near Blackpool, Lancashire, but was later recovered by the Coastguard.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/10758433/moment-huge-wave-smashes-train-window/

:: 1--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iranian security forces purportedly fire live ammunition to disperse protesters despite Trump's warning

By Edmund DeMarche | Fox News

Videos emerged online Monday that purportedly show Iranian police and security forces firing live ammunition to disperse demonstrators protesting against the Islamic Republic after the country mistakenly downed a Ukrainian airline plane shortly after takeoff from Tehran. There was no immediate report in Iranian state-run media on the incident near Azadi, or Freedom, Square in Tehran, but, if true, could be seen as an act of defiance against President Trump who warned the regime against the use of deadly force. Trump late Sunday tweeted in Farsi that a combination of protests and sanctions have "choked off" Iran and said Tehran will be forced to the negotiation table. STEVE HILTON GOES OFF ON 'ESTABLISHMENT REPUBLICANS' Trump insisted that he "couldn’t care less" if the regime negotiates, but he appeared to lay down non-negotiable issues that included the development of nuclear weapons and the use of deadly force against protesters. "Don't kill your protesters," he tweeted. Videos were sent to the New York-based Center for Human Rights in Iran and later verified by The Associated Press. They show a crowd of demonstrators fleeing as a tear gas canister landed among them. People cough and sputter while trying to escape the fumes, with one woman calling out in Farsi: “They fired tear gas at people! Azadi Square. Death to the dictator!” Another video shows a woman being carried away in the aftermath as a blood trail can be seen on the ground. Those around her cry out that she has been shot by live ammunition in the leg. “Oh my God, she’s bleeding nonstop!” one person shouts. Another shouts: “Bandage it!” Photos and video after the incident show pools of blood on the sidewalk. Hossein Rahimi, the head of the Tehran police, said in a statement seen by Reuters that police "absolutely did not shoot" due to orders to show restraint. US TROOPS PRAISE GENERAL'S KILLING, COTTON SAYS The tweet in Farsi appears to be an attempt by Trump to speak directly to the Iranian people. Tehran has experienced upheaval after the missile strike on a Ukrainian airline flight out of the country's capital that the country called a mistake. Still, the mishap was seen as an international display of military ineptitude. Many of the country’s protesters chanted "death to the Dictator," referring to Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei. Another group near a university in Tehran chanted, “They are lying that our enemy is America, our enemy is right here," Reuters reported

Trump, who says he is not interested in ousting the Iranian regime, reinstated economic sanctions on Iran after withdrawing from the nuke deal. He said it gave Tehran too many economic benefits without doing enough to prevent Iran from eventually developing a nuclear weapon. Brig. Gen. Amir Ali Hajizadeh, the head of the Revolutionary Guard's aerospace division, said his unit accepts "full responsibility.” Iranian officials had earlier denied that it had shot down the jet. Gen. Hossein Salami, commander of Iran’s Revolutionary Guards, apologized, according to CBS News, citing Iran's state TV.  “I swear to almighty God that I wished I were in that plane and had crashed with them and had burned, and had not witnessed this tragic incident,” Salami said. Alam Saleh, an Iran expert, told the Wall Street Journal that the state’s legitimacy has been “severely challenged by the people.Trump, hours earlier, again warned Tehran not to kill protesters, saying, “Thousands have already been killed or imprisoned by you, and the World is watching. More importantly, the USA is watching."

Karen Pierce, British ambassador to the United Nations, echoed Trump's message to Iran.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-tweets-again-in-farsi-says-iran-has-been-choked-off-by-sanctions-protests 

:: 1-13-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Iran’s Only Female Olympic Medalist Defects to the Netherlands

Iran’s sole female Olympic medalist has defected from her country and reportedly fled to the Netherlands, according to a post on her Instagram account Saturday. Taekwondo athlete Kimia Alizadeh stated that her decision was difficult but something she had to do, according to the AP. Alizadeh also said Iranian officials forced her to wear the hijab headscarf and accused them of sexism and mistreatment. She continued: I am one of the millions of oppressed women in Iran who have been playing with me for years. They took me wherever they wanted. Whatever they said I wore. Every sentence they ordered I repeated. Whenever they saw fit, they exploited me. They put my medals on the obligatory veil and attributed it to their management and tact. My troubled spirit does not fit into your dirty economic channels and tight political lobbies. I have no other wish except for Taekwondo, security and a happy and healthy life. She concluded by stating that she would “remain a daughter of Iran wherever I am.” Initially, news outlets reported that Alizadeh was missing, which caused Iranian politician Abdolkarim Hosseinzadeh to blame “incompetent officials” for allowing the Islamic Republic’s “human capital to flee,” according to the BBC. In a statement, U.S. State Department spokesperson Morgan Ortagus praised Alizadeh’s decision and said it showed she had “rejected the regime’s oppression of women.”Iran will continue to lose more strong women unless it learns to empower and support them,” Ortagus commented. In recent years, several Iranian athletes also left the country because they felt pressured by the government, according to the AP. “In September, Saeed Mollaei, an Iranian judoka, left the country for Germany. He said Iranian officials had forced him to not compete with Israeli judoka,” the report said. Alizadeh won a bronze medal during the 2016 Olympics in Rio de Janeiro and is reportedly training to compete in the 2020 Summer Olympics scheduled to take place in Tokyo, Japan. However, she will not do so under the Iranian flag.

https://www.breitbart.com/middle-east/2020/01/12/report-irans-only-female-olympic-medalist-defects-netherlands/ 

:: 1-12-20 Newsmax World :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian PM Trudeau Tells Iran Crash Vigil He Will Pursue Justice

Sunday, 12 January 2020 06:18 PM

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, his voice sometimes breaking, on Sunday told a vigil for some of those killed in an Iranian plane disaster that he would "pursue justice and accountability" for what happened. Iran says it mistakenly shot down a Ukrainian airliner on Wednesday, killing 176 people. At least 57 Canadians died, most of them of Iranian descent, in one of the biggest single losses of life Canada has suffered in 40 years. "You may feel unbearably lonely, but you are not alone. Your entire country stands with you, tonight, tomorrow, and in all the years to come," Trudeau told a crowd of 1,700 in a basketball gymnasium in Edmonton, Alberta, home to 13 of the victims. Most had direct links to the University of Alberta. As Trudeau spoke, young children could be heard in the audience, and boxes of tissues were passed among those present. Black-rimmed photos of the dead stood on the stage, where mourners had placed rose petals, candles and plates of dates. "This tragedy should have never occurred, and I want to assure you that you have my full support during this extraordinarily difficult time ... you give us purpose to pursue justice and accountability for you," said Trudeau, who has demanded Canada take part in the crash probe. "We will not rest until there are answers." Family and friends wept and hugged before the vigil started. "Still I'm in shock, still I can't believe it," said Vahid Rezania, a friend of engineering professor Pedram Mousavi, who was killed. "I am always thinking, 'He is going to come. This hasn't happened'. It is very hard to accept." Alberta Premier Jason Kenney, a prominent political Trudeau foe, lamented an "epic demonstration of human folly" and told the vigil he had confidence the prime minister would give his all to find out what happened. Edmonton's Iranian community is collecting funds to pay funeral and other expenses for the victims' families. Earlier in the day about 2,000 people packed into a Toronto university hall, voicing grief and rage. "There is no justice in this world," said Masoud Niknam, mourning his brother Farhad, a dentist and married father of two children. "I don't believe in anything anymore. We will have a hole in our hearts forever and that cannot be filled with anything." The memorials follow several days of grief in Canada, including candlelight vigils in many cities.

Read more: Canadian PM Trudeau Tells Iran Crash Vigil He Will Pursue Justice | Newsmax.com

https://www.newsmax.com/world/globaltalk/iran-crash-trudeau-canada/2020/01/12/id/949474/ 

:: 1-13-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The elite narrative on Iran brushes aside the fury of the Iranian people

By Post Editorial Board January 12, 2020 | 8:07pm

In case you missed it, Tehran’s admission that it shot down that civilian Ukrainian plane triggered massive anti-regime protests, complete with fresh denunciations of the late Gen. Qassem Soleimani. Plus, Iran’s only female Olympic medalist just defected, denouncing the regime for its brutal oppression of women. And you might well have missed either story — because much of the US media is downplaying this news, simply because it doesn’t fit their pre-existing narratives. It’s not just Trump Derangement Syndrome, but part of the outlook of much of the Western elite, which tends to assume that the West’s past sins are the root of all the world’s evils — and that any anti-Western regime, however oppressive, still has a fundamental legitimacy, and popularity. Thus, the blatant glossing over, amid all the fallout from the droning of Qassem Soleimani, of the unpopularity of the Iranian regime as well as the perils it poses to its neighbors and the world. A vast wave of “news analysis,” commentary and even straight reporting suggests that President Trump is to blame not just for Iran’s downing of that plane, but even for the dozens of trampling deaths at Soleimani’s funeral. That’s insane: No matter what the context, both were the result of horrible screw-ups by Iranian officials.   Same for the absurd media treatment of public reactions in Tehran and other Iranian cities after the Soleimani killing — taking the anti-US demonstrations at face value as real signs of public anger, and thus supposedly proof that Trump had rallied Iranians around the government. In fact, they closely resembled the rent-a-mob “fury” the regime has staged for decades. Such anti-Trump analyses also conveniently ignored the spontaneous celebrations that broke out in Tehran and elsewhere as soon as word broke of Soleimani’s deathgenuine public anger at the Iranian government, which also surfaced when the regime admitted the obvious, that Iran’s own “defenses” had shot down the Ukrainian plane. Because the regime and its supporters have all the guns, we don’t pretend that the huge discontent (also seen in months of massive demonstrations late in 2019) makes it sensible for Washington to put all, or many of, its Iran-policy chips on “regime change.” But it’s even more foolish to act as if that anger doesn’t exist, because it greatly limits the options of Iran’s leaders — and means that, for just one example, killing Soleimani was far less risky that Trump’s critics pretend. How broad is this anger — and how extensive the regime’s efforts to conceal it from the world? Consider the letter the Olympian, 21-year-old Kimia Alizadeh posted on Instagram on Saturday to explain her flight to the West, calling herself “one of the millions of oppressed women in Iran who [Iran’s rulers] have been playing with for years.” “They took me wherever they wanted. I wore whatever they said. Every sentence they ordered me to say, I repeated. Whenever they saw fit, they exploited me,” she wrote.  ”I wasn’t important to them. None of us mattered to them, we were tools.” She “didn’t want to sit at the table of hypocrisy, lies, injustice and flattery” any longer, she wrote, nor remain complicit with the regime’s “corruption and lies.” And: “My troubled spirit does not fit with your dirty economic ties and tight political lobbies.” Apologists for the Obama nuclear deal don’t want to think about this reality, because it begins to expose how unreal the deal’s assumptions always were. They also don’t want to talk about how the hundreds of billions of dollars the deal meant for Tehran went for military adventurism in Syria and Iraq as well as Lebanon, Gaza and Yemen — not to make Iran a better place. That’s another common theme for Iranian protesters — and more proof that the deal didn’t make the world safer. “How Trump brought us to the brink of war” is the headline for one major piece still up on The New York Times site — a story that sticks to the delusion-ridden elite understanding of Iran’s relations with its own people, including the refusal to recognize that Iran’s been quietly, carefully at war with America ever since the revolution. As we say, regime change can’t be the center of US policy on Iran. But that policy is still at its wisest when it sides with the Iranian people — and not with their despised rulers.

https://nypost.com/2020/01/12/the-elite-narrative-on-iran-brushes-aside-the-fury-of-the-iranian-people/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-13-20 Breaking News Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court Allows Muslims to Build Mosque on Temple Mount

By David Sidman January 13, 2020 , 10:08 am

I will bring them to My sacred mount And let them rejoice in My house of prayer. Their burnt offerings and sacrifices Shall be welcome on My mizbayach; For My House shall be called A house of prayer for all peoples.” Isaiah 56:7 (The Israel Bible™)

As if the massive Al-Aksa Mosque wasn’t enough, Israel’s Supreme Court has rejected a petition by the Regavim movement to prevent the construction of a mosque at the Gate of Mercy on the Temple Mount reports 0404. The court claimed that they “don’t get involved” in these types of disputes unless it is regarding “extreme circumstances”. This is not the first time that the Muslim Waqf has illegally built structures at the expense of ancient relics on the Temple Mount that they eventually converted into mosques. In the past, the Waqf has done the same type of thing at Solomon’s Stables as well and the Huldah Gates. The Regavim movement appealed to the Supreme Court stressing that the state itself allowed this to happen despite the fact that “the Waqf Council as well as Hamas operatives illegally broke into the compound and operated hostile activities” from there and asked for a court order to close the compound but the state didn’t enact any such measure. Regavim responded to the decision saying: “Regarding basic laws of human dignity, the Supreme Court has nullified laws passed by the legislative branch. They have nullified the law of ‘Welcoming Committees’ which destroyed flourishing Jewish towns because they would not allow any sort of discrimination in Israel. But when there is discrimination of human dignity on a daily basis against Jews on the Temple Mount, that’s fine as far as they’re concerned. This time, the Supreme Court has decided not to be activists, has abandoned the Jewish right to worship in their holiest place.”

https://www.breakingisraelnews.com/143215/supreme-court-allows-muslims-to-build-mosque-on-temple-mount/ 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them etc

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 1-13-20 NJ.com True Jersey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jersey City shooters had massive bomb that could have killed people 500 yards away, feds say

Updated Jan 13, 2020;Posted Jan 13, 2020

By Joe Atmonavage | NJ Advance Media for NJ.com and Blake Nelson | NJ Advance Media for NJ.com

The man and woman who killed four people in Jersey City last month in a hate-filled assault on a kosher market had broader plans to sow violence and fear in New Jersey’s Jewish community and harbored hatred toward police, authorities said Monday. An explosive device that had the capacity to kill or injure people up to 500 yards away was found in van of the suspects, authorities said. David Anderson, 47, and Francine Graham, 50, prepared for months before carrying out the attack, which included the killing of a Jersey City police detective on Dec. 10 followed by a rampage at a kosher grocery store that took the lives of three civilians, authorities said. Anderson and Graham were killed in a shootout with police at the Jersey City market. Fueled by a radical ideology loosely affiliated with the Black Hebrew Israelites, the pair purchased a cache of weapons and trained to use them in Ohio, authorities said. Before the Jersey City attack, they researched another attack on a Jewish community center in Bayonne, officials said. State and federal authorities disclosed new details of their ongoing investigation Monday, one month after the horrific spree of violence, saying that they are confident Anderson and Graham were motivated by hatred of Jews and law enforcement. U.S. Attorney Craig Carpenito described the Jersey City attacks as “profoundly un-American” and a “senseless, evil and cowardly act,” but said the broader plan was thwarted. “We know now that they planned greater acts of mayhem on both communities,” he said. Video from inside the kosher supermarket captured Anderson saying: “They stole our heritage, they stole our birthright, and they hired these guys to stop us,” Carpenito said. Authorities also provided more information on what happened at the Bayview Cemetery where Jersey City detective Joseph Seals was killed shortly before the attack on the grocery story. Seals, who had gone to the Bayview Cemetery to meet with a man whose vehicle had been impounded in an unrelated matter, apparently had a chance encounter with Anderson and Graham.  “He was just there doing his job,” Carpenito said Monday. Authorities said they aren’t sure what prompted the interaction, but Carpenito said a notice had been issued for officers to be on the lookout for a U-Haul van, like the one Anderson and Graham had rented. He said investigators have speculated that is why Seals approached the pair. Carpenito said the detective’s interaction with Anderson and Graham threw them off of their “broader plan” of potentially more violence. An explosive device found in the U-Haul van Anderson and Graham had rented could have killed or injured people up to five football fields, or 500 yards, away, said FBI special agent in charge Greg Ehrie. The two also had enough materials to construct a second deadly explosive device, but Ehrie said it may never be known what they intended. Surveillance video showed Anderson and Graham, both wearing tactical gear and armed with a total of five firearms, arrive outside of the kosher grocery store in Jersey City’s Greenville neighborhood after they had killed Seals in the cemetery, authorities said. The video shows them shooting as they moved into the store. Inside, the two killed Mindel Ferencz, 33, who owned the store, Moshe Deutsch, 24, of Brooklyn and Miguel Douglas Rodriguez, 47, who worked at the store. Authorities said they recovered five guns inside the store, including a “possibly self-manufactured” AR-15-style weapon believed to be used by Anderson and a Mossberg 12-gauge shotgun that Graham was carrying.  Investigators also found at least two handwritten notes in the Anderson’s pockets. One note read: “FBIs war on black America 35:45,” referencing the title of a 1990 documentary and a moment in the film, in which Fred Hampton, the Black Panther leader, describes law enforcement officers as “fascist pig cops.” The other note had the phone number of a Keyport man who was charged with illegally possessing 12 firearms after FBI agents interviewed him a few days after the attack. In the U-Haul van, authorities found a pipe bomb and a note that read: “I do this because my creator makes me do this and I hate who he hates,” law enforcement sources told the New York Post, and later confirmed by others close to the investigation. Authorities confirmed Monday that Anderson and Graham were suspects in two other incidents leading up to the deadly Jersey City attack. A week before, on Dec. 3, two shots were fired at a vehicle driven by a person clearly identified as of the Jewish faith, Carpenito said, on Route 1 and 9 near Newark and Elizabeth. The rear window was shot out and no one was injured. Investigators determined Graham’s phone was in the area at the time of the shooting, and the ballistics matched a gun linked to the pair, authorities said. Days later, on Dec. 7, authorities said Anderson and Graham killed Michael Rumberger, a Bayonne taxi driver by bludgeoning him and then shooting him in the head. They left Rumberger’s body in the trunk of the Lincoln Town Car he was driving. Officials said Monday that Rumberger’s blood was found on a bible that belonged to the attackers and that his DNA was on their clothes and at least one weapon. Carpenito said he could not say if Rumberger was targeted, but he said Anderson and Graham Googled the meaning of the surname “Rumberger” after killing the 34-year-old. Ehrie, the FBI agent, said Anderson and Graham were not on the radar of law enforcement before the Jersey City shooting. Anderson, who served in the Army reserves, had a lengthy criminal record for a number of gun charges and served time in prison. He met Graham in 2017, and neighbors of the woman said she began to change after her relationship with Anderson began. Drake Serge, who lived next door to Graham in an Elizabeth housing development, said after Graham met Anderson, "everything went downhill from there.”

Authorities said one of the guns used in the shooting were purchased legally in Ohio by Graham in 2018. As a convicted felon, Anderson could not legally purchase a firearm.

https://www.nj.com/news/2020/01/jersey-city-kosher-market-shooters-planned-other-attack-on-jewish-center-feds-say.html 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

:: 1-14-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Shooting at Pensacola Navy base was 'act of terrorism,' attorney general says

Kevin Johnson and Kristine Phillips, USA TODAY Published 2:15 p.m. ET Jan. 13, 2020 | Updated 10:37 a.m. ET Jan. 14, 2020

WASHINGTON – A shooting by a Saudi pilot on a Navy base in Pensacola, Florida, in December was an act of terrorism motivated by "jihadist ideology," Attorney General William Barr said Monday. The Justice Department's findings were announced about a month after the Saudi pilot, 2nd Lt. Mohammed Alshamrani, fired on service members at Naval Air Station Pensacola. The 21-year-old shooter, who was part of a U.S. training program for the Saudi military, was killed in the rampage Dec. 6 that also killed three American service members and injured eight others. Investigators found that on Sept. 11 last year, the shooter posted on social media that "the countdown has begun." He visited the 9/11 Memorial in New York City over Thanksgiving weekend, and he posted "anti-American, anti-Israeli and jihadi messages" on social media two hours before the attack, Barr said. Days after the attack, the Navy grounded more than 300 Saudi nationals who were training to be pilots. Deputy Defense Secretary David Norquist ordered Defense intelligence officials to review and strengthen vetting procedures. Shooter praised American-born al-Qaida cleric Alshamrani began his three-year course in August 2017 with English, basic aviation and initial pilot training. He was one of 5,180 foreign students, including 852 Saudi nationals, from 153 countries in the USA for military training. Many operate U.S. military hardware that foreign governments buy from the United States. Saudi Arabia is the world’s largest customer for arms, and many of those are American-made. FBI Deputy Director David Bowdich said Monday there was "no indication" that others were involved in the attack. While no single ideology is believed to have motivated the assault, Bowdich said the shooter posted messages echoing the teachings of al-Qaida cleric Anwar al-Awlaki.  The American-born al-Awlaki was killed by an American drone strike in 2011. Prosecutors have found that suspects in several terror investigations drew inspiration from the radical cleric subsequent to his death. Barr debunked reports that the shooter may have been assisted by other Saudi cadets. The Saudi cadets happened to be in the area and took videos of the chaos after the shooting. They cooperated with investigators, Barr said. 21 other Saudi cadets removed from U.S. Although there's no evidence that members of the Saudi military training in the USA were involved in the attack or had advance knowledge of it, Barr said investigators learned that 21 trainees expressed derogatory sentiments about the United States. At least 15 of them had been found in possession of child pornography during the investigation. The 21 trainees will not face charges, but Saudi Arabia removed them from training, Barr said, after finding their conduct to be "unbecoming" of an officer. The trainees were sent back to Saudi Arabia on Monday. The attorney general said federal authorities reviewed evidence found in the cadets' possession, including images of child pornography. The volume of material, however, did not trigger thresholds for prosecution. "The (Saudi) kingdom has assured us that, if we later decide to charge any of those being sent back to Saudi Arabia in connection with this counter-terrorism investigation, it will return them for trial," Barr said. Barr praised American military members who responded during the shooting and helped victims. Sgt. Ryan Maisel and Staff Sgt. Samuel Mullins, both U.S. Marines, were outside the building when they heard gunfire and ran inside to confront the shooter. Barr said the two were armed with only a fire extinguisher they pulled off a wall. The two performed CPR on victims. Navy Airman Ryan Blackwell was shot five times. "Yet Ryan still managed to jump on top of a fellow sailor to keep her from being shot. He further assisted other students and helped them escape, while taking additional fire from the shooter," Barr said. Blackwell was shot in the right arm and pelvis, and his intestines were severed by ricocheting bullets. "Airman Blackwell's heroic acts also save countless lives that day," Barr said. 'He just shot through the door': Injured airman describes Pensacola Navy base shooting Law enforcement vs. data privacy: DOJ says Apple hasn't helped unlock Pensacola shooter's iPhones. Apple says it only asked a week ago. Investigators can't access shooter's iPhones The investigation revived a longstanding dispute with Apple over law enforcement's efforts to crack the encrypted passwords used to lock suspects' iPhones. Investigators recovered two heavily-damaged iPhones from the deceased shooter. The gunman is believed to have shot one of them in an effort to render it unusable. Investigators rebuilt both phones, but they have been unable to bypass the encrypted passwords to gain access to the data. "We have asked Apple for their help in unlocking the shooter's iPhones," Barr said. "So far, Apple has not given us any substantive assistance. This situation perfectly illustrates why it is critical that investigators be able to get access to digital evidence once they have obtained a court order based on probable cause." In a statement released Monday night, Apple disputed Barr's account.  "We reject the characterization that Apple has not provided substantive assistance in the Pensacola investigation," the company said. "Our responses to their many requests since the attack have been timely, thorough and are ongoing. "Within hours of the FBI’s first request on Dec 6, we produced a wide variety of information associated with the investigation," the company said. That included data backed up to iCloud, account information and "transactional data for multiple accounts." The company said it only learned Jan. 6 that the FBI needed "additional assistance" to access the iPhones. "Only then did we learn about the existence of a second iPhone associated with the investigation and the FBI's inability to access either iPhone," Apple said. The dispute mirrors a standoff between the FBI and Apple involving an iPhone recovered in a 2015 mass shooting in San Bernardino, California, which left 14 people dead. In that case, the FBI went to court with a demand that Apple assist investigators. That case was dropped after the FBI secured the assistance of an outside contractor who was successful in bypassing the passcode. Barr declined to say whether the Justice Department would file a similar suit against the technology giant. Questions raised over vetting The Pensacola case has touched off a separate dispute about how foreign nationals are vetted before they come to the U.S. for military training programs. Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis said the shooter had "deep-seated hatred for the United States," which needs to make sure foreign nationals are vetted. Foreign military trainees are vetted before traveling to the USA. U.S. Embassy personnel research databases for activities such as support for terrorism, drug trafficking, corruption and other criminal behavior. Travel orders are denied to those who fail to pass the screening. Contributing: Ryan Mills, Pensacola News Journal

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/politics/2020/01/13/naval-air-station-pensacola-shooting-act-terrorism-attorney-general-says/4454574002/ 

:: 1-13-20 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Virginia Couple Threatened with Eviction for Hosting Bible Study Reaches Settlement with Apartment Complex

Amanda Casanova | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Monday, January 13, 2020

A Virginia couple who say they were threatened with eviction for holding Bible studies in their apartment has settled their lawsuit with the apartment complex. According to Faithwire, Kenneth and Liv Hauge can now host Bible studies in the community room or in their apartment in their Virginia senior living community. As Christian Headlines previously reported, the couple said their apartment had threatened to evict them for hosting the Bible studies in 2018. First Liberty filed a lawsuit on behalf of the couple, saying such a ban violated their right to freedom of religion. The couple signed a new lease as part of the settlement. “The settlement provides that the policy that prohibited any religious activities from occurring in the community room is rescinded so that means anyone, not just the Bible study, that wants to have an event has equal access regardless of the religious content,” the couple’s lawyer, Lea Patterson, told reporters. The apartment complex did not comment on the settlement, but previously a released statement said the eviction was “no way based on [the couple’s] religious beliefs and/or practices.” In a notice to the couple, the apartment said the Hauges “breached the terms of your lease by engaging in conduct which has caused, and continues to cause, serious and substantial disturbances with other residents of the community...." The notice calls on the Hauges to "cease conducting any business operations" in their home and the community, including Bible study class, religious movie screenings and "counseling" sessions as banned "business operations.” In July, Kenneth said he was disappointed “that the company would develop such a discriminatory policy against the community of especially Christian faith.” But this week, Kenneth, who is a former minister, said he is pleased with the settlement. “It’s just a great relief to have this behind us and be able to move forward,” he said. Photo courtesy: ©Getty Images/Monkey Business Images  Amanda Casanova is a writer living in Dallas, Texas. She has covered news for ChristianHeadlines.com since 2014. She has also contributed to The Houston Chronicle, U.S. News and World Report and IBelieve.com. She blogs at The Migraine Runner.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/blog/virginia-couple-threatened-with-eviction-for-hosting-bible-study-reaches-settlement-with-apartment-complex.html

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. etc

[ :: 12-23-18 am service  (sixth word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc etc you plot right now to divide my land again when I told you not to do that, etc.. etc you will do what you should not do next week and then your doom will be sealed.

:: 1--20 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Details Leaked From Jared Kushner’s ‘Deal Of The Century’ Peace Plan Shows Israel Sharing Control Of Jerusalem With A Newly-Created State Of Palestine

The unconfirmed reported draft details the timetable and methods of the plan. The parts that were released by the TV channel, which is based in Lebanon and affiliated with Hezbollah, discuss a trilateral peace agreement between the Palestinian Authority, Hamas and Israel in which a "new Palestinian state" would be established in the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, excluding the settlement blocs which would remain as a part of Israel. Jerusalem will remain united under mostly Israeli control with some responsibilities shared with a Palestinian state including the West Bank and Gaza, according to a purported draft copy of US President Donald Trump’s “Deal of the Century” peace plan for the Middle East published by the Lebanese Al-Mayadeen TV channel on Monday. Stunning new details have been leaked, purposely of course, regarding the ‘Deal Of The Century’ that Donald Trump has tasked Jared Kushner with working out. West Bank and the Gaza Strip would form the nucleus of the new Palestinian State, and this new state would share control of an undivided Jerusalem with Israel. Deal or no deal? That’s the question. And what is the answer to that question? Jerusalem. It has always been about Jerusalem.

“Then answered I them, and said unto them, The God of heaven, he will prosper us; therefore we his servants will arise and build: but ye have no portion, nor right, nor memorial, in Jerusalem.” Nehemiah 2:20 (KJV)

I will say that, after reading the proposal below, even if it fails it is probably the most well thought out peace plan that anyone has come up with so far. If it was any other nation than Israel, and any other city than Jerusalem, it would almost assuredly be a slam-dunk. But my King James Bible tells me that Israel is not numbered among the nations and Jerusalem is not like any other city. It is the place where God has put His own name. If Jared Kushner and the rest were Bible believers, they would know that Jerusalem is the key in all of this. Jerusalem is God’s city and Satan wants it. The center of Bible prophecy is Israel and the center of Israel is Jerusalem.

“Yea, every pot in Jerusalem and in Judah shall be holiness unto the LORD of hosts: and all they that sacrifice shall come and take of them, and seethe therein: and in that day there shall be no more the Canaanite in the house of the LORD of hosts.” Zechariah 14:21 (KJV)

An interesting twist in the fine print is that Saudi Arabia would control the Al-Aqsa mosque in Jerusalem instead of Jordan who is doing it now. Now we are starting to see why President Trump has spent so much time and energy wooing the Saudi kingdom. It’s all beginning to make sense.

Jerusalem To Remain United In ‘Deal of the Century’

FROM THE JERUSALEM POST: The unconfirmed reported draft details the timetable and methods of the plan. The parts that were released by the TV channel, which is based in Lebanon and affiliated with Hezbollah, discuss a trilateral peace agreement between the Palestinian Authority, Hamas and Israel in which a “new Palestinian state” would be established in the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, excluding the settlement blocs which would remain as a part of Israel. Hamas and the Palestinian Authority are currently in talks to hold overarching elections for the West Bank, Gaza Strip and Jerusalem. Jerusalem will not be split up in the agreement, but instead will be “shared” between Israel and the Palestinian state, with the Arab population of the city becoming residents of the Palestinian state, according to the reported draft. Al-Aqsa Mosque will be put under Saudi Arabian control instead of Jordanian control, according to the reported draft. The mosque is currently administered by the Waqf, an arm of the Jordanian Ministry of Sacred Properties. It is unclear whether the rules currently prohibiting non-Muslim prayer at the site would change under Saudi Arabian control. It is also unclear why this change would take place. The Jerusalem municipality would become responsible for the entire city of Jerusalem, but the Palestinian state would be responsible for education and would pay the Israeli municipality taxes and utilities. Jews will not be allowed to purchase Arab homes and Arab won’t be able to purchase Jewish home – and no additional areas will be annexed to Jerusalem. Holy sites in the city will remain as they are today, according to the report. In the Gaza Strip, Egypt would grant land to the new Palestinian state in order to build an airport and industrial facilities. Palestinians would not be able to live in the lands provided by Egypt. A highway and a pipeline for treated water would be built between Gaza and the West Bank, according to the reported draft. The United States, the European Union and the Gulf states would help implement the agreement and sponsor it economically. “An amount of $30 billion will be allocated over a period of 5 years for projects related to the new Palestinian state,” reported Al-Mayadeen. The United States will provide 20% of the funds in the agreement, while the EU will provide 10% and the Gulf nations will provide 70%. The contribution provided by the Gulf nations will be split between them according to their oil producing capabilities.

According to the draft, an agreement will be signed between Israel and the new Palestinian state, with Israel providing protection to the state from “external aggression,” while the Palestinians pay for it. The amount that the Palestinians will need to pay for this protection will be negotiated between the Arab nations and Israel. The Al-Mayadeen report detailed a timetable provided in the draft copy of the agreement. Upon the signing of the agreement, Hamas will hand over its weapons and armaments to Egypt, and members of Hamas will receive monthly salaries from Arab nations. The borders of the Gaza Strip will be opened to international trade through the crossings with Israel and Egypt and by sea. Trade will also open between Gaza and the West Bank. A year after the agreement is signed, democratic elections will be held for the Palestinian state, with all Palestinian citizens being able to run as candidates. Around that time, all prisoners would begin being released, to be completed over a period of three years. Within five years, a seaport and airport will be established for the Palestinian state. Until that point, Palestinians will be able to use Israeli ports. The borders between the Palestinian state and Israel will be open to the passage of civilians and goods. A highway that rises 30 meters above the ground will connect Gaza to the West Bank. The highway would be built by a Chinese company. The Jordan Valley would remain under Israeli control, according to the report. Highway 90 will be expanded and will link the Palestinian state with Jordan. The highway will be supervised by the Palestinians. If Hamas and the PLO reject the deal, the United States will end all financial support they provide to the Palestinians and will try to prevent other countries from providing support to the Palestinians. If the PLO accepts the agreement and Hamas or the Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ) terrorist groups don’t accept, then the two organizations would bear the responsibility of their decision. In any military confrontation between Israel and Hamas, the US will support Israel in order to harm the leaders of Hamas and PIJ, as the US won’t accept a situation in which dozens of people control the fate of millions. If Israel rejects the deal, the US will end economic support to the state, according to Al-Mayadeen. Although Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas has said that the US is biased, one of his chief advisers reportedly said they would not reject Trump’s plan outright.

A letter published in The Guardian by former EU officials, including six prime ministers and 25 foreign ministers, called for postponing the “Deal of the Century” because it is unfair to the Palestinians.

In the letter, which was sent to the European Union and EU governments, the former leaders argue that Europe must stand by the two-state solution and condemn the Trump administration’s policy, which they claim is unilaterally in favor of Israel. READ MORE

US Unveils First Step in Israeli-Palestinian ‘Deal of the Century’ 6/28/19

Since this video was made back in June, a Palestinian state which was not part of the original peace plan, now is.

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/deal-of-the-century-israel-jerusalem-palestinian-state-jared-kushner/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 1-3-20 Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Foreigners to American Government Continue to Illegally Strip the People of their RIGHTS, Illegals Can Now Vote, Get licenses, Welfare & Tax Refunds Without Question

Written by: Bradlee Dean Published on: January 3, 2020

Look at who is behind the “smoke and mirrors,” the “dog and pony show” and the clowns acting out in the “circus of politics.” Look at their purposed diversions that they are playing out through their fabricated and contrived impeachment process taking place today (2 Corinthians 11:14-15).

Soon, the show will be over, and when it is over, remember that it is the same show that has been shown over and over to the American people decade after decade. The same show that will go on in the future because the same people refuse to learn from the suffrages of the past. Also, take notice of the fact that the alleged guilty parties are never prosecuted, it just all goes away as if it never happened until the next up and coming generation only then to repeat the same show.

Trending: Soleimani’s 28-Year-Old Daughter Is An American Citizen - Threatens Death To American Soldiers

It is true that every country deserves the government that it gets. In America “We the People” are the government and corrupt politicians are our reflection. If the government is corrupt, which it is, it is because the people are corrupt. “Now more than ever before, the people are responsible for the character of their Congress. If that body be ignorant, reckless, and corrupt, it is because the people tolerate ignorance, recklessness and corruption.” -President James Garfield It is true that every country deserves the government that it gets. In America “We the People” are the government and corrupt politicians are our reflection. If the government is corrupt, which it is, it is because the people are corrupt. “Now more than ever before, the people are responsible for the character of their Congress. If that body be ignorant, reckless, and corrupt, it is because the people tolerate ignorance, recklessness and corruption.” -President James Garfield

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/as-foreigners-to-american-government-continue-to-illegally-strip-the-people-of-their-rights-illegals-can-now-vote-get-licenses-welfare-tax-refunds-without-question/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 1-3-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Operation 2020': Full-Scale Information Warfare Launched Upon Americans As United Nations Preps Free Speech Crackdown & Globalists Pull Out All Stops In Attempt To Take Back America

- Socialism Is A 'Hate Crime' Against Humanity That Must Be Forever Vanquished

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  January 3, 2020

With reports that the United Nations is moving towards handing control of the internet over to dictatorial regimes such as China, thus 'legitimizing' the censorship of free speech and ensuring internet blackouts whenever the 'globalist overlords' see fit as Paul Joseph Watson reported in this recent story over at Summit News, we get a small taste of what America and the world may face in 2020 with globalist-tied US intelligence agencies and the 'weaponized' mainstream media sure to launch 'all out information warfare' upon America and the world in 2020 as we hear from videographer 'Spiro' in the 1st video at the bottom of this story. As 'Spiro' warns us in his video, America CANNOT remain a 'free nation' while allowing US 'intelligence agencies' and the 'deep state' to remain 'above the law' and take control over this nation by what we've been witnessing over the past 3 years via: the Russian collusion hoax, the attempted impeachment coup and Democrats in Congress who clearly also see themselves as 'above the law' pushing it all. Yet with many Democrat voters still believing every lie spouted by CNN, MSNBC and the mainstream media and many more lies to come as Susan Duclos reported in this ANP story, for a Democrat to win the election in 2020, not only will they have to regain control of the masses by somehow 'reinstalling' the MSM as the main source of factual information, but they'll also have to completely shut down the independent media, something that won't be possible without all-out censorship in 2020. And right on time as 2020 arrives, in a move many Democrats who want truth forever vanquished will likely applaud, as Ethan Huff reports in this January 1st story at Natural News, with Russia’s help, communist China has convinced the United Nations to pass a new resolution that threatens to further restrict online free speech in the name of fighting “cybercrime.” With tyrannical governments throughout history using 'security' as an excuse to clamp down upon 'individual liberty', Huff's story warns that still-free societies such as the US could be transformed into 'communist utopias' with the full implementation of this resolution. The General Assembly has agreed to set up a new committee of “international experts” in 2020, the job of which will be to establish “a comprehensive international convention on countering the use of information and communications technologies for criminal purposes.” In essence, Russia and China are hoping to police the global internet by redefining the term “criminal.” Since criticizing the government is considered a “crime” in China, as one example, this new resolution would apply the same “criminal” standards to other countries like the United States – and human rights advocates are deeply concerned about this.  Currently, the United States, Japan, and several other nations are bound by the 2001 Budapest Convention, which details a code of international rules for curbing real crimes like copyright violations, fraud, and child pornography. But if this new U.N. resolution is adopted, it could nullify the Budapest Convention and turn the U.S., Japan, and the others into communist “utopias” just like China.  Human Rights Watch (HRW) has warned that the nation sponsors of this new UN resolution are “a rogue’s gallery of some of the earth’s most repressive governments, pointing also to countries like India and Iran, both of which in the past have interfered with the internet access of their citizens and residents. With Barack Obama's entire term in office and Democrats in Congress to this very day a brutal reminder that the corrupt in power will never 'investigate themselves' and find any wrongdoing and a still ongoing example of why so many believe that when it comes to the 'deep state' and Congress, there really is no 'due process' as everything to them is a political game that can be manipulated to their advantage, as we'll explore within this story, 2020 may very well be the most important year in the lives of many of us with a very clear fork in the road ahead, one that keeps America on the road towards freedom and one that leads to slavery. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days and weeks ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) As the American Partisan reports in this new story, with what is now happening in the state of Virginia a loud and clear warning to ALL Americans across the country about the Democrats plans for America, and gun confiscations and socialism leading hand over hand to genocide and the mass deaths of hundreds of millions over the past 100+ years, NC Renegade recently warned that we're now watching the globalists and the United Nations plans to take over the United States, damn President Trump and the 'Will of the American People', happening now before our eyes. And with Virgina and baby-butchering governor Ralph Northam the 'flashpoint' for what the globalists hope to unfold here having absolutely no 'moral high ground' considering Northam actually proved just how evil he is by attempting to legalize the brutal-murders of live babies as even USA Today reported in this February of 2019 story, it's quite clear who'll be holding the moral high ground in any upcoming face off between law-abiding Virginia citizens and a tyrannical governor who insanely wanted to legalize the murders of live human children. As Mike Adams recently reported in this story over at Natural News titled "ANALYSIS: Virginia Gov. Northam may soon need ten thousand body bags for his State Police and National Guard troops, since “Biblical MAYHEM” will be unleashed following any gun confiscation attempt" hinting at what could happen in a worst case scenario in Virginia, a scenario that we pray never plays out because it would mean an America at physical war with itself and likely mass deaths on all sides, far worse than such a war would be Americans as slaves to globalist tyrants who think themselves 'above the law' and believe themselves to be the creators of it. But as Sheriff Scott Jenkins of Culpeper County, Virginia clearly pointed out in a comment that needs to be drilled through the heads of leftists, the right to protect one's self is a GOD-given right, not a right given to us by 'government', and it's a right that ALL living creatures have, to protect one's life when threatened! Whether that threat be a wolf, a snake in the grass or Ralph Northam (and one could argue those last two are one and the same), Sheriff Jenkins and most Virginia Counties understand what Ralph Northam and most Democrats NEVER will. With what Democrats/globalists want for America in 2021 now coming into sharp and clear focus and looking an awful lot like 'tyranny', the next year will easily be one of the most important year's in our lifetimes with Democrats pushing for outright socialism and the disarmament of law-abiding American citizens and socialism historically leading to Communism, slavery, mass starvation, forced obedience to government and massive numbers of 'death by government' as seen in the chart at the top of this story section. From this story at the New Criterion which presents a strong argument why 'socialism' should be declared a 'hate crime'. A single death is a tragedy; a million deaths is a statistic. –Joseph Stalin It is a great irony that at a time when Facebook and Twitter are closing accounts of conservatives for allegedly promoting “hate,” and conservative speakers are banned from college campuses for (as it is charged) “peddling hate,” opinion polls suggest that socialism is more popular than ever among college students and in progressive precincts of the Democratic Party. Bernie Sanders, a self-proclaimed socialist, is the most popular figure among progressive Democrats, while Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez has emerged from the Bronx as the newest socialist celebrity and is traveling the country singing the virtues of socialism, as if no one has heard those songs before. Which raises the question: given our loose standards on the subject, why isn’t socialism a “hate crime”? After all, the evidence for its malignant effects is obvious to anyone with sufficient curiosity to look at the historical record. The socialist movement has been responsible for the murder, imprisonment, and torture of many millions, and perhaps hundreds of millions, of innocent people during its heyday in the twentieth century. That history of murder and tyranny continues on a smaller scale today in the handful of countries living under the misfortune of socialism—for example, Cuba, North Korea, Vietnam, and (more recently) Venezuela. How do socialists escape the indictment that, in view of the historical record, they are purveyors of tyranny and mass murder? Many deny that Stalin, Mao, and the others were true socialists and, indeed, that socialism has never really been tried—a manifest absurdity. Senator Sanders and others claim that they are for something called “democratic socialism,” a popular and peaceful version of the doctrine, but that’s what Lenin, Mao, and Castro said until they seized power and immediately began to sing a different tune. Democracy and diversity are what they say when out of power; tyranny and authoritarianism are what they practice once in power. That is the tried-and-true technique of all socialist movements.

As Reason had reported in this July of 2018 story, socialism throughout history has led to nothing but death and misery with socialism arguably the leading 'man-made cause of death' in world history. And while Democrats and the mainstream media will surely still insanely scream 'Russia Russia Russia' until there is no one left to listen to them, we finally got some proof over the New Year's holiday of 'Russian interference' in America that should make your blood boil. As KHQ-Q6 in Spokane, Washington reports, what officials are calling 'Tumble-geddon' recently struck State Route 240 in Washington, causing a 10-hour closure and trapping drivers in their cars for hours due to tumbleweeds causing a 12 mile closure with 20 to 30 feet of tumbleweeds taking over the highway. What does 'Tumble-geddon' have to do with 'Russian collusion' or 'Russian interference in America' you might ask? With Democrats grasping at straws ever since the 2016 election, going so far as to have their propaganda arm, the Washington Post, labeling 'yours truly, ANP', as Russian propaganda despite the fact that my family has been here in America for over 400 years, the Mother Nature Network clears up this proven 'Russian interference' for us.: Like cowboys, wagon trains and buffalo, tumbleweeds are icons of the Old West. These twisted balls of dead foliage rolling across deserts and the open range are staples of Western movies and the American imagination. But the truth about tumbleweeds isn’t so simple. They may be romantic symbols of our national love affair with the Wild West, but tumbleweeds are also invasive weeds called Russian thistle, and many modern-day Westerners fear they’re taking over.

How they got here In 1873, Russian immigrants arrived in South Dakota carrying flax seed that was apparently contaminated with Russian thistle seeds (Salsola tragus). Once sown, these invaders from another continent quickly sprouted, unhampered by natural predators and diseases to keep them in check. Each winter after Russian thistle plants die, the brittle bushy parts snap off at the roots and blow away, dispersing seeds wherever they tumble (about 250,000 per plant). Because Russian thistle thrives on little precipitation and easily exploits disturbed land stripped of native species, it was able to quickly take hold in the vast agricultural fields and overgrazed rangelands of the arid West. By the end of the 1800s, this intruder had already rolled its way across most western states and into Canada, carried by wind and even railroad cars. A government botanist sent to investigate in the early 1890s could barely believe his eyes: "One almost continuous area of about 35,000 square miles has become more or less covered with the Russian thistle in the comparatively brief period of twenty years."

With what happened along State Route 240 in Washington about the most 'Russian interference' that we've had in America in the last several years and our own US intelligence agencies well known to interfere in foreign elections, having done so in at least 85 countries since 1945 according to this story over at Global Research, as videographer Spiro warns in this 1st video, expect all-out information warfare to be continued against Americans in 2020 as the globalists/democrats grow desperate in their bid to destroy America. And with democrats surely understanding that if they lose in 2020, globalism could very well be vanquished from America by 2024 and another devastating loss like Hillary's defeat in 2016 will leave the Democrat party completely shattered, we should expect them to cheat, lie and even kill to win the presidency in 2020. The depths of the Democrat tyrants evil in America knows no bounds. In the 2nd video below, Infowars goes over the United Nations plans to confiscate guns within the United States and the tyranny and insanity that will be unleashed upon America by global government planning on terrorizing law-abiding American citizens while in the 3rd and final video is titled "RED ALERT! Deep State Plan To Trigger Civil War In Virginia Discovered" takes another look at the globalists plans for America.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Expect_All_Out_Information_Warfare_In_2020.php 

:: 1-3-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exclusive – Dershowitz: Trump Had Even More Legal Justification Eliminating Soleimani than Obama Had with Osama Bin Laden

by Robert Kraychik 3 Jan 2020

Harvard Law School Professor Emeritus Alan Dershowitz said Thursday evening that President Donald Trump had even more legal authority to eliminate Qassem Soleimani than former President Barack Obama had to take out Osama bin Laden in 2011. Dershowitz, speaking with host Joel Pollak and guest host John Hayward on SiriusXM’s Breitbart News Tonight, dismissed arguments that Trump lacked constitutional authority to act against General Soleimani, the commander of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) Quds Force. Presidents have lawful authority to direct the killing of enemy combatants, explained Dershowitz. “[Soleimani] was a combatant,” explained Dershowitz. “There’s no doubt that he fit the description of ‘combatant.’ He [was] a uniformed member of an enemy military who was actively planning to kill Americans; American soldiers and probably, as well, American civilians.” “It was the right thing to do,” he added. “It was legally justified, and I think we should applaud the president for his decision. We send a very powerful message to the Iranian government that we will not stand by as the American embassy is attacked — which is an act of war — and we will not stand by as plans are being made to attack and kill American soldiers. Dershowitz continued, “I think every president who had any degree of courage would do the same thing, and I applaud our president for doing it, and the members of the military who carried it out, risking their own lives and safety. I think this is an action that will have saved lives in the end.”President Obama would have done the same thing if the shoe were on the other foot, if he could prevent the killing of American soldiers by killing a combatant,” estimated Dershowitz. “[The president doesn’t] need congressional authorization, or any legal authorization … The president, as the commander-in-chief of the army is entitled to take preventative actions to save the lives of the American military. [Donald Trump] didn’t threaten a war. He didn’t start a war.” Asked to respond to criticism of the attack by the likes of former Obama national security aide Ben Rhodes, Dershowitz said, “This is very similar to what Barack Obama did with Ben Rhodes’s authorization and approval — without Congress’s authorization — in killing Osama bin Laden. “In fact, that was worse, in some ways, because that was a revenge act. There was no real threat that Osama bin Laden would carry out any future terrorist acts. Moreover, he was not a member of an official armed forces in uniform, so it’s a fortiori from what [Barack Obama] did and Ben Rhodes did that President Trump has complete legal authority in a much more compelling way to have taken the military action that was taken today.”

https://www.breitbart.com/radio/2020/01/03/exclusive-alan-dershowitz-president-trump-had-even-more-legal-justification-in-taking-out-iran-soleimani-than-obama-had-with-osama-bin-laden/ 

:: 1-3-20 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NO WARNING Downing Street livid with Trump for endangering Brit troops by assassinating Iran general Qasem Soleiman without warning

Tom Newton Dunn, Political Editor 3 Jan 2020, 22:00Updated: 6 Jan 2020, 13:53

DOWNING Street was livid last night with Donald Trump for endangering British troops by assassinating Iranian military chief Qasem Soleimani without warning. In a serious breach of protocol between key allies, the US president did not tell Boris Johnson about the Baghdad missile strike on the terror mastermind. The attack sparked immediate overnight concern for the safety of 400 British troops stationed in Iraq and fears they could be targeted for revenge. In a snub to the White House, the British Government refused to give any public support for the killing yesterday. As fears also rose for the precarious deal with Tehran to stop it building a nuclear arsenal, one angry senior British official even accused Mr Trump of behaving “like a mafia boss”. In a pattern that has alarmed military bosses, The Sun can also reveal the US administration also gave London no warning about the raid to kill ISIS chief Abū Bakr al-Baghdadi in October. Defence chiefs were forced to issue urgent orders in the middle of the night to halt movement in the country, as well as hike base security. The UK service personnel are based in three locations across Iraq – at Camp Taji north of Baghdad on a traning mission, in the capital itself and in the Kurdish city of Erbil. A further 500 British troops and airmen are operating in and around Syria, on Operation Shader. While condemning terror mastermind Soleimani’s long and murderous career, the Foreign Secretary did not condone the attack in a terse public statement.  Instead, Dominic Raab called for calm, alongside France and Germany. Mr Raab said: “We have always recognised the aggressive threat posed by the Iranian Quds force led by Qasem Soleimani. “Following his death, we urge all parties to de-escalate. Further conflict is in none of our interests.” The PM’s New Year holiday on the Caribbean island of Mustique was interrupted for a series of phone briefings throughout yesterday. But the PM decided not to cut short his holiday after Mr Raab and Defence Secretary Ben Wallace both rushed back to London yesterday morning to handle the crisis instead.  Mr Johnson is expected back in the country by Sunday morning. FRAGILE SITUATION Senior officials held a rolling meeting of the government’s emergency committee COBRA through out the day to closely monitor Iran’s response to the killing. Dubbing it “a very fragile situation”, a No10 source added: “We are watching things very closely and the PM will intervene if and when we think we can help”. Commons Foreign Affairs Committee chair Tom Tugendhat dubbed the White House’s failure to inform No10 of the assassination plan as “a concern”. The senior Tory MP and former Army officer added: “Having allies means we can surprise our enemies not each other. I would urge our US allies to share more with us”. Asked whether UK troops based in the region are in danger, former Foreign Office minister Alistair Burt said: “Any of the actions that have been taken in the region could have had a consequence of starting a direct confrontation, and therefore military personnel in the region could have been at risk. “But there’s no doubt that risks and consequences are much greater this morning than they were before.” In a bid to defuse a full blown war, the government carefully coordinated its response with Paris and Berlin. Mr Raab also called US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to urge restraint. German Foreign Minister Heiko Mass added: “The US military operation followed a series of dangerous provocations by Iran. “However, this action has not made it easier to reduce tensions. I made this point clearly to Secretary Pompeo as well.” No10 also dismissed some Labour MPs’ demands for Parliament to be recalled, as its due back from the Christmas holiday on Tuesday anyway. But a series of Labour leadership contenders leaped on the crisis to attack the US. Rebecca Long-Bailey accused President Trump of pushing the world “to the brink of another disastrous war that would cost countless lives, further destabilise the region and make us all less safe”. Another, Jess Philips, tweeted: “Reckless foreign policy does not show strength. It’s not a game.” Labour boss Jeremy Corbyn urged the PM to “stand up to the belligerent actions and rhetoric coming from the United States”.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/10667726/trump-iran-news-qasem-soleiman/ 

:: 1-4-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deeo Cover Insider Reveals the Deep-State-End-Game Plot to Remove "WAR CRIMINAL" Trump From Office

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Saturday, January 4, 2020 - 13:50.

Both parties connected to the following important interview were traveling cross-country to their respective destinations when world events forced a conversation. The two parties were Dave Hodges, the host of The Common Sense Show and a proven source, a "Deep-Cover-Insider" (DCI) (aka "Wrecker") with both high-level military and agency experience. The information is so sensitive that Youtube demonitized the interview before it was even completed! The interview is so voluminous in intelligence-rich material, it had to be explanded into a second hour of revelations and as such, is being presented two very well-defined parts. Parallel Paths That Result In the Same Conclusion

As good-luck would have it, the first part of this interview with the DCI coincides with an investigative effort that the CSS has undertaken which links the remaining and corrupt elements of the FBI, Fusion Centers, Ukraine, Iranian terrorists and key Democratic Party members and their intention to firmly place the United Nations, in a military capacity, on American soil, in order to achieve permanent regime change. The CSS will be releasing its initial report in this area within the next 24-48 hours. The DCI and the CSS did not talk to the same sources, but the outcome of parallel investigations was exactly the same as if there had been collaboration in one of the parts of the interview. The coinciding events are nation-changing and world-changing. The CSS plans to release both parts of the interview with the DCI before publishing some bombshell discoveries. These coincidences cover only one of the three major points in this particular interview. The data dump contained in this interview is enormous.The Three Major Elements of Part One The three major areas of intelligence information presented in this interview are as follows: The Democrats plan to approach the United Nations and have President Trump tried under international law. There is a plan to initiate Operation "Nitro Zeus" which would take out Iranian nuclear facilities. This high-risk, low-reward operation would put the U.S. into direct conflict with Russian fighter planes and the Chinese Navy. An attack upon the grid is guaranteed. How complete the attack will be is a point of conjecture, but a grid attack against the United States is guaranteed. The point of agreement between DCI and the ongoing investigation of the CSS has to do with the treason being committed by Deep State, Democratic Party interests in order to facilitate a regime change and a complete overthrow of the U.S, government and its existing structure.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/deeo-cover-insider-reveals-deep-state-end-game-plot-remove-war-criminal-trump-office 

:: 1-3-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ebola? Congolese Woman Dies In Texas After Crossing Southern Border

Woman ‘vomited’ before dying from ‘acute kidney failure’

Kelen McBreen | Infowars.com - January 3, 2020

A 41-year-old woman from the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) died in Border Patrol custody last week after entering America with “a pre-existing medical condition.” “During initial processing, she was medically screened to include a review of paperwork she provided highlighting a previous medical condition, cleared by on-site contracted medical personnel, and transferred to the Lincoln Juarez Bridge for additional immigration processing and overnight holding,” the CBP website states.

The following day, on Christmas morning, “the individual notified CBP officers that she was suffering from abdominal pain and had vomited.” “CBP contacted EMS immediately,” and the individual was subsequently transported to the Laredo Medical Center for a medical evaluation. “The subject’s health declined rapidly and she passed away at the hospital,” but the Webb County Medical Examiner’s Office (WCMEO) determined the death was not suspicious, as the individual had a pre-existing medical condition. While the CBP has not identified what the woman’s illness was, an anonymous CBP employee reportedly told a congressional aide she was diagnosed with acute kidney failure. Meanwhile, it has been widely reported that the DRC is currently in the middle of the second-largest Ebola outbreak in the country’s history. It just so happens that acute kidney failure is common among individuals infected with Ebola. he National Center for Biotechnology Information says, “The Ebola virus disease (EVD) is a serious illness characterized by fever, severe vomiting and diarrhea, and, in severe cases, multi-organ failure requiring mechanical ventilation and renal replacement therapy.”  Remember, CBP said the Congolese woman was vomiting and “suffering from abdominal pain,” and “renal replacement therapy” is “therapy that replaces the normal blood-filtering function of the kidneys.” According to Reuters, “People who survive Ebola virus infection face a dramatically higher risk of dying – probably from severe kidney damage – within a year of leaving hospital.” So, it’s possible the Congolese woman’s kidney damage came as a result of an Ebola infection she was ultimately cured of, but just two weeks ago, the first documented relapse of an Ebola patient was recorded. “In early December, Congolese health authorities reported that a survivor in Mabalako, North Kivu province, had fallen ill with the virus again,” Reuters reported. “Preliminary tests have since classified it as a relapse, the WHO said in a weekly report.” Infowars contacted Webb County Public Information Officer Larry Sanchez for a comment and has not received a response. Alex Jones breaks down the government’s plan to inject Americans with live Ebola virus via vaccines.

https://www.infowars.com/ebola-congolese-woman-dies-in-texas-after-crossing-southern-border/ 

:: 1--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Could Roe v. Wade be overturned? Hundreds of members of Congress sign amicus brief ahead of key SCOTUS case

By Gregg Re | Fox News

Several hundred members of Congress filed "amicus," or supporting, briefs in a closely watched upcoming Supreme Court case that could decide the future of abortion access. The brief from 207 mostly GOPers included signatures from Sens. Mitt Romney, John Cornyn, Marco Rubio and Reps Steve Scalise and Liz Cheney. The opposing brief was signed by 197 members of Congress -- a mostly Democratic group that included Sens. Chuck Schumer and Dianne Feinstein, as well as Reps. Nancy Pelosi and Jerry Nadler. The mostly Republican signatories -- 39 senators and 168 representatives -- argued that Louisiana clinics are rife with safety violations -- and that the time is ripe to reconsider the legal underpinnings of Roe v. Wade, the seminal 1973 Supreme Court case that established a constitutional right to an abortion. All were Republicans except Democratic Reps. Dan Lipinski and Collin Peterson. "Roe's jurisprudence has been characterized by Delphic confusion and protean change," the members wrote. WHY ARE PRO-LIFE DOCTORS CASTING DOUBT ON ABORTION STUDY? They argued that Roe claimed to establish a fundamental right to abortion -- only for the 1992 Supreme Court case Planned Parenthood v. Casey to establish a new standard, which required that the government not impose an "undue burden" on abortion rights. Multiple incoherent exceptions and balancing tests have since been employed by the courts, according to the amicus brief. For example, one Supreme Court case post-Casey defined a law as an "undue burden" on abortion rights if in a "large fraction of the cases in which [the law] is relevant, it will operate as a substantial obstacle" -- a test later abandoned. then revived by the high court. Meanwhile, the Democrats primarily argued that stare decisis, the principle through which existing Supreme Court cases are given deference, dictated that Roe should remain good law. The high court will hear arguments in March on the case, which involves a Louisiana law that requires doctors who perform abortions to have admitting privileges at a nearby hospital. The Louisiana statute is virtually identical to a Texas law that the Supreme Court struck down in 2016. That decision came when Justice Anthony Kennedy was on the bench and before President Donald Trump’s two high court picks, Justices Neil Gorsuch and Brett Kavanaugh, joined the court. ILLINOIS REPEALS BAN ON PARTIAL BIRTH ABORTIONS, AS PRO-LIFE GROUPS LAMENT 'DEATH PENALTY' FOR THE UNBORN At least one justice is likely to find the amicus brief agreeable. Last summer, in a concurring opinion in a Supreme Court case, Justice Clarence Thomas issued a lengthy call for his colleagues to overturn "demonstrably erroneous decisions" even if they have been upheld for decades -- prompting legal observers to say Thomas was laying the groundwork to overturn Roe. The 5th Circuit Court of appeals recently lifted an injunction issued by a lower court against the Louisiana law, but the Supreme Court quickly restored the injunction. The Supreme Court's upcoming decision comes as abortion has taken center stage in legal battles across the United States, with numerous states passing stricter limits on abortion. Last August, Planned Parenthood announced that it was pulling out of the Title X federal family planning program rather than abide by a new Trump administration rule prohibiting participants from referring patients for abortions.

Fox News' Bill Mears, Shannon Bream and The Associated Press contributed to this report.

Gregg Re is a lawyer and editor based in Los Angeles. Follow him on Twitter @gregg_re or email him at gregory.re@foxnews.com.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/congress-members-file-competing-legal-briefs-in-key-scotus-abortion-case 

:: 1-3-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Physicists Just Achieved Quantum Teleportation Between Computer Chips For The First Time

by Tyler Durden Fri, 01/03/2020 - 22:25

Authored by Manuel Garcia Aguilar via TheMindUnleashed.com,

“Quantum” may possibly have been one of the most common words we’ve been reading, listening to, and even writing about last year - and there is a big reason for that... quantum is no longer the future, quantum is now. A few years ago, we were just beginning to understand the main aspects of quantum physics. Even Albert Einstein died not agreeing with a lot of the theories enclosing this new world for physics because in some aspects it was not “matching” the special relativity theory (that’s one of the reasons why the “theory of everything,” explaining how everything was created in a physical perspective hasn’t been published yet). But not understanding everything about quantum physics doesn’t mean we can’t take advantage of its amazing properties, one of them being entanglement. Entanglement describes how when a pair or group of particles is generated, interact, or share spatial proximity and the quantum state of each particle cannot be described independently, this is one of the fundamental contrasts between classical and quantum physics. Scientists from the University of Bristol, in collaboration with the Technical University of Denmark (DTU), have successfully developed chip-scale devices that are able to exploit the application of quantum physics by generating and manipulating single particles of light within programmable nano-scale circuits. These chips encode quantum information in light generated inside the circuits and can process information with high efficiency and extremely low noise. This could be translated into an ability to create more complex quantum circuits that nowadays are required in quantum computing and communications, that in the present, are the most powerful supercomputers that exist. Quantum teleportation offers quantum state transfer of a quantum particle from one place to another by utilizing entanglement. Establishing this entangled communication in the lab was not easy stuff. “We were able to demonstrate a high-quality entanglement link across two chips in the lab, where photons on either chip share a single quantum state,” Bristol Co-author Dan Llewellyn said. “Each chip was then fully programmed to perform a range of demonstrations which utilize the entanglement… the flagship demonstration was a two-chip teleportation experiment, whereby the individual quantum state of a particle is transmitted across the two chips after a quantum measurement is performed. This measurement utilizes the strange behavior of quantum physics, which simultaneously collapses the entanglement link and transfers the particle state to another particle already on the receiver chip.” “Based on our previous result of on-chip high-quality single-photon sources, we have built an even more complex circuit containing four sources… all of these sources are tested and found to be nearly identical emitting nearly identical photons, which is an essential criterion for the set of experiments we had performed, such as entanglement swapping.” The results showed efficiency in the quantum teleportation of 91 percent and other important features such as entanglement swapping used for quantum repeaters and networks and four-photon GHZ states, required in quantum computing and quantum internet.

These developments are predicted to have immense impacts on modern society, quantum physics is here to stay.

https://www.zerohedge.com/technology/physicists-just-achieved-quantum-teleportation-between-computer-chips-first-time 

:: 1-3-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The race to Mars: USA, Europe, Russia, China and the United Arab Emirates are all launching missions to the Red Planet in 2020 to search for ALIEN life

America, Europe/Russia, China and the United Arab Emirates are going to Mars

They are all launching in 2020 as Earth and Mars are best placed for a landing

Three of the missions will be searching for life on the surface of the Red Planet

Richard Branson is also expected to fly to space on board a Virgin Galactic flight

By Ryan Morrison For Mailonline Published: 09:25 EST, 2 January 2020 | Updated: 05:43 EST, 3 January 2020

There are four major missions bound for Mars this year, with the USA, Europe, China and the United Arab Emirates all preparing to depart in the summer. The flurry of Martian launches are due to the fact that, in July 2020, Earth and Mars are ideally positioned relative to each other for spaceships to land.  Three of the four missions will see rovers landing on the planet in search of ancient signs of life, the other mission will see a UAE-built orbiter study the atmosphere. There are hundreds of other space missions in 2020 not going to Mars, including the first commercially operated flights to the International Space Station. There will also be hundreds of new satellites sent into space by SpaceX and OneWeb as part of their 'clusters'. Here are the big launches to watch out for in 2020. NASA Mars 2020 rover launch By July all the talk will be of Mars, as rovers destined for the Red Planet are launched by by Europe, America and China. NASA is launching the Mars 2020 Rover and the Mars Helicopter Scout to gather rock samples for an eventual return to Earth. The rover will leave for Mars in July or August 2020 from the Cape Canaveral Air Force Base and will travel aboard the two-stage Atlas V-541 rocket, provided by the United Launch Alliance. NASA's robotic vehicle passed its 'driving test' last week and won't move again until it arrives on the Red Planet in mid-February 2021. The semi-autonomous vehicle will search for signs of ancient microbial life within the Jezero crater, which contains a dried up lake once filled with water. During its mission, the rover will drive about 650ft a day collecting rock and soil samples, depositing them in small tubes and leaving them for later collection.  ESA and Roscosmos ExoMars mission The European Space Agency (ESA) are working with the Russian Space Agency (Roscosmos) to launch the Rosalind Franklin rover using the Kazachok lander. The Rosalind Franklin, previously called the ExoMars rover, is named after the English chemist who made key contributions to the understanding of the molecular structures of DNA, RNA, viruses, coal and graphite. Like the NASA Mars 2020 rover, the Rosalind Franklin's goal is to find out whether life has ever existed on the Red Planet. The British-built rover will head out on an eight month mission that will see it travel 330ft per day as part of its study of the surface of the Red Planet. The Trace Gas Orbiter, which has been at Mars since October 2016, will act as a relay station for the mission that also includes the Russian stationary service platform. China's Mars Global Remote Sensing Orbiter, Lander and Small Rover mission China are sending the Mars Global Remote Sensing Orbiter and Small Rover to the planet - the first Chinese mission to another planet using its own delivery vehicle. The Chinese mission will launch in July 2020 on board the Long March 5 heavy lift rocket in search for evidence of past life and to assess the planet's environment. On December 27 China successfully tested the Long March 5 by launching a test satellite into low Earth orbit. The solar-powered rover will carry ground-penetrating radar, multi spectral camera, a Laser Induced Breakdown Spectroscopy instrument and payloads for detecting the climate and magnetic environment. UAE's Hope Mars Mission The United Arab Emirates are also planning to launch for the Red Planet. They are launching the Hope Mars Mission orbiter on a Japanese rocket in July 2020. The probe will study the climate of the Red Planet every day and through seasonal cycles to better asses weather events in the lower atmosphere such as dust storms. It's the first planetary space mission led by an Arab-Islamic country and will arrive in 2021, the 50th anniversary of the UAE's formation. It was built in collaboration with the University of Colorado Boulder, University of California Berkeley and Arizona State University. All four missions are due to arrive at the Red Planet in February 2021 and have the search for ancient signs of life as part of their objectives. ESA and NASA Solar Orbiter launch In February the European Space Agency are launching the Solar Orbiter on board an Atlas V from Cape Canaveral in the USA. Its goal is to help astronomers understand how our star creates and controls the giant bubble of plasma that surrounds the whole solar system. The mission in collaboration with NASA, will investigate how this solar fired plasma bubble influences the planets within it. Once in space the craft will repeatedly use the gravity of Venus and Earth to raise its orbit above the poles of the Sun. ESA says this will provide new perspectives on our star, including the first images of the Sun’s polar regions ever captured.

NASA Orion lunar spacecraft launch The first flight of the Orion lunar spacecraft is also due to happen in 2020 - launching on the new NASA Space Launch System (SLS) rockets. The SLS will be the largest rocket ever built and will get the Artemis astronauts to the moon, carry parts into space for the Lunar Gateway space station, and launch future some commercial International Space Station missions.  Artemis 1 will see the uncrewed Orion craft spend three weeks in space including a six day retrograde orbit around the moon. The launch, expected for November 2020, is designed as a test of the module that will take astronauts back to the moon in 2024. There is speculation the SLS and first uncrewed Artemis flight around the moon could slip until 2021, but at the time of writing it was scheduled for 2020. ISS astronaut launches It’s not just the rovers and uncrewed modules having all the fun – there will be crewed missions from Virgin Galactic, China, SpaceX and Boeing in 2020. There will also be a crew change on board the International Space Station as Russian and American crew change over on the space station. The first two missions there and back will be on board Russian owned Soyuz crafts but NASA says a commercial ship will take crew to the ISS in May. The SpaceX Dragon 2 module is due to take Expedition 64 and 65 to the station in May as part of the NASA Commercial Crew program - including two American and a Japanese astronaut. It will be the first time a craft other than the Russian Built Soyuz has been used to transfer people to the station since the Space Shuttle Atlantis made its final trip in November 2009. Then in December 2020 the Boeing Starliner CST-100 will take expedition 66 and 67 crew to the station – including two Americans, a European and a Russian. That mission will be only the fourth US Spaceflight with a female commander. Boeing's Starliner ran into issues during its uncrewed test flight in December when a timing glitch meant it couldn't dock with the ISS. This is likely going to have to be repeated before a crewed mission, although NASA said if there were crew aboard the issue could have been resolved to allow the docking to happen. Chinese Tianhe-1 space station launch The first part of the Chinese space station is due to be launched in 2020 - the core module is known as Tianhe-1 or Harmony of the Heavens. The first module is being launched by the heavy-lift rocket Long March 5. The complete Chinese space station will be assembled in orbit from pieces launched from Earth on separate missions. The final, complete Chinese space station will be about a fifth the mass of the International Space Station and is due to be completed and occupied by 2023. Japan’s Hayabusa2 asteroid sample-return mission We will also get some samples of an asteroid returned to Earth as Japan’s Hayabusa-2 is expected to drop its samples of the Ryugu asteroid in the Australian desert. Hayabusa-2 was launched in 2014 by the Japanese Space Agency JAXA with the aim of bringing samples from under the soil of an asteroid back to Earth. The probe was sent 186 million miles from Earth to the asteroid Ryugu, whose name means 'Dragon Palace' in Japanese. The return of the samples should happen in December, so any delay could see it slip to 2021, according to the Japanese space agency JAXA. China's Chang’e 5 sample return mission China is also launching the Chang’e 5 sample return mission to the Moon where it will collect sample and bring them back to Earth for study. It will launch on the Long March 5 heavy-lift rocket from the Wenchang Satellite Launch Centre on Hainan island late in 2020. The aim of China's space agency is to bring back about 4lb of lunar samples from a site near a volcanic formation on the western edge of the near side of the moon. In another sample return mission, OSIRIS-Rex by NASA will sample Bennu in July although the samples won't return to Earth until after 2021. Commercial launches including Virgin Galactic  Other launches in 2020 will see hundreds of small communications satellites launched by OneWeb and SpaceX as part of their 'constellations'. These have proved controversial as astronomers claim they interfere with observations, creating a streak that obscures the view of stars and planets. Both companies say they are working to ensure their satellites have minimal impact on the sky as viewed from Earth. Richard Branson is due to make his first flight to space in 2020 - he will be the first commercial passenger on the first commercial flight of the space liner. The billionaire entrepreneur will fly to space on board the VSS Unity as the company begins taking fee-paying passengers out of the atmosphere for the first time. Launches will be happening all over the world - from Russia and the USA to China and India - it's going to be a busy year for space ports. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT NASA'S MARS 2020 ROVER? Nasa's Mars 2020 rover will search for signs of ancient life on Mars in a bid to help scientists better understand how life evolved on our own planet. The machine will explore an ancient river delta within the Jezero Crater, which was once filled with a 1,600-foot (500-meter) deep lake. It is believed that the region hosted microbial life some 3.5 to 3.9 billion years ago. The $2.5 billion (£1.95 billion) Mars 2020 is planned to launch in July 2020, and land in February 2021. Mars 2020 is designed to land inside the crater and collect samples that will eventually be returned to Earth for further analysis. Nasa says a second mission will need to fly to the planet and return the samples, perhaps by the later 2020s.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-7822275/Four-missions-Mars-trip-moon-hundreds-space-launches-2020.html 

:: 1-4-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrat Sympathy For The Devil & Murderous Terrorists Proves The Enemies Of America Are Among Us & Likely Guilty of Treason

- Flashback: Barack Obama Loved The Islamic Terrorist Element Now Embraced By The Left

By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline January 4, 2019

(ANP: This new story by John Velisek includes a lengthy flashback proving that under Barack Obama, America moved closer to our terrorist enemies as the left now apologizes to Iran for the recent strike upon Iranian General Qassem Soleimani.) The progressive socialist Democrat Party and the media (both are the same partisan hacks that are destroying the sovereignty of our country) continue to work against our country. CNN journalists have compared Iran's terror boss Qassem Soleimani to Charles DeGaulle and have honored the sustained terror caused by this animal. Below are two columns written back during the Obama administration which point out the position that we now find ourselves in this country. Ben Rhodes, an Obama flak, watched and allowed this to happen. I do not doubt that all the progressive socialists will continue to wring their hands and whine about not consulting Congress or our allies. These same people were silent when Obama took us into Libya. The patriots of this country will continue to back this President and will be prepared for where the opposition takes us. The progressive socialists can continue to put forth their lies and hypocrisy but no one is listening. The Enemies Among Us Part 1 Having written about the group Jamaat al-Fuqra, now known as Muslims of America, once before and considering the election of Donald Trump as President, there is more to investigated by our administration and made available to the general public. Different sources, including many within the Muslims of America organization, have made clear that they expect the members of this jihadist organization to arm themselves purportedly in anticipation of raids by the new administration. The group is waiting for a violent confrontation with law enforcement on the jihad bases they have in this country listed somewhere between 22 and 34. They are attempting to stockpile automatic weapons in what they consider the start of the end time. They consider the reopening of FBI investigations proving them to be a homegrown terrorist organization that was set aside by Obama as a spark to the violence that they have spent these past years training for. Sheikh Gilani, based in Pakistan and running the operation from there, has made clear to his followers here in our country that Donald Trump is part of an anti-Zionist conspiracy to destroy Islam. The FBI, as early as 1988, identified Jamaat Al-furqa (MOA) as an Islamist paramilitary group which believes the Islamic faith will dominate the world within the century through violent confrontations. In an NCIS investigation since closed because of funding, it was shown that all of these MOA compounds have specific individuals involved in criminal scams to raise money, including insurance fraud, mail fraud, credit card fraud, workers compensation fraud, and straw purchase of weapons. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.)

Whatfinger: Frontpage For Conservative News Founded By Veterans

"The Best Mix Of Hard-Hitting REAL News & Cutting-Edge Alternative News On The Web" Share This

January 4, 2019

Democrat Sympathy For The Devil & Murderous Terrorists Proves The Enemies Of America Are Among Us & Likely Guilty of Treason

- Flashback: Barack Obama Loved The Islamic Terrorist Element Now Embraced By The Left

By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline

(ANP: This new story by John Velisek includes a lengthy flashback proving that under Barack Obama, America moved closer to our terrorist enemies as the left now apologizes to Iran for the recent strike upon Iranian General Qassem Soleimani.) The progressive socialist Democrat Party and the media (both are the same partisan hacks that are destroying the sovereignty of our country) continue to work against our country. CNN journalists have compared Iran's terror boss Qassem Soleimani to Charles DeGaulle and have honored the sustained terror caused by this animal. Below are two columns written back during the Obama administration which point out the position that we now find ourselves in this country. Ben Rhodes, an Obama flak, watched and allowed this to happen. I do not doubt that all the progressive socialists will continue to wring their hands and whine about not consulting Congress or our allies. These same people were silent when Obama took us into Libya. The patriots of this country will continue to back this President and will be prepared for where the opposition takes us. The progressive socialists can continue to put forth their lies and hypocrisy but no one is listening. The Enemies Among Us Part 1 Having written about the group Jamaat al-Fuqra, now known as Muslims of America, once before and considering the election of Donald Trump as President, there is more to investigated by our administration and made available to the general public. Different sources, including many within the Muslims of America organization, have made clear that they expect the members of this jihadist organization to arm themselves purportedly in anticipation of raids by the new administration. The group is waiting for a violent confrontation with law enforcement on the jihad bases they have in this country listed somewhere between 22 and 34. They are attempting to stockpile automatic weapons in what they consider the start of the end time.

They consider the reopening of FBI investigations proving them to be a homegrown terrorist organization that was set aside by Obama as a spark to the violence that they have spent these past years training for. Sheikh Gilani, based in Pakistan and running the operation from there, has made clear to his followers here in our country that Donald Trump is part of an anti-Zionist conspiracy to destroy Islam. The FBI, as early as 1988, identified Jamaat Al-furqa (MOA) as an Islamist paramilitary group which believes the Islamic faith will dominate the world within the century through violent confrontations. In an NCIS investigation since closed because of funding, it was shown that all of these MOA compounds have specific individuals involved in criminal scams to raise money, including insurance fraud, mail fraud, credit card fraud, workers compensation fraud, and straw purchase of weapons. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.)

Sheikh Gelani, founder of the MOA on November 14th stated: ”I foretold the disastrous results should this man be elected as the American President. He has come as a test and trial for faithful adherents of the holy books.” Gilani has prophesied to his followers that a “tyrant” would be in the White House during the end times before the battle of victory for Islam. This is the same Sheikh Gelani that Wall Street Journal Daniel Pearl was going to see when he was abducted and murdered. Sheikh Gelani also distributed a videotape in 1992 that was sent to all the compounds that discussed “Advanced Training Courses in IslamicMilitary Training” with contacts in International Quranic Open Universities in the U.S., ( In New York, Michigan, South Carolina), Canada and the Caribbean. Those who finish the training are designated "soldiers of Allah," an international jihad force affiliated with the MOA. A good portion of the training is explicitly fighting Jews and Israelis. They continue to train without government interference and consider any attack on MOA as an assault on Islam and enough reason to start Islamic Jihad countrywide. Declaring all the arms training and bomb-making activities are for self-defense while planning to take offensive action. Khalifa Hussain Abdallah (K1) is the man responsible for the preparations being made for armed conflict. AN FBI report from 2007 has found MOA to be involved in at least ten murders, three firebombings. It also stated that the “soldiers of Allah” are sent to Pakistan to receive terrorist training that allows these compounds to become capable of planning and instigating terrorist campaigns within the U.S. This group is known for an attack that ended with the assassination of Arizona Imam Rashid Khalifa in Arizona in 1990. In Islamburg, outside Hancock, New York, the MOA headquarters in New York, have been shown to be training women in guerilla tactics in 2002, and continues to this day. There is a history of terrorism, criminal activity including weapons trafficking, and a policy of violence against "enemies of Islam," including the U.S. Government. At the "Red House" compound in Virginia, law enforcement attempted to arrest Traci Upshur for a straw purchase of firearms for her husband, who was convicted of a felony. Police were threatened by the "Mayor" of the Islamic village. Matthew Gardner, who goes by the name Muhammed Ali, threatened the officers by claiming there were 200 armed followers on the compound that was ready to defend Ms. Upshur should the police attempt to arrest her. There are also MOA members who have been arrested for the distribution of drugs, weapons charges, welfare fraud, and counterfeiting. These members have been told by MOA to stay off the compounds and to minimize meetings with other MOA members. As parolees, those convicted of felonies can be searched at any time by local law enforcement. The compounds do not want local law enforcement to be able to enter these compounds, and so these parolees are silent jihadists away from the compounds. There are sources that can prove the MOA affiliated funds are collected to be sent to “mujahideen” in Pakistan and Kashmir. Children of the members of these camps have been indoctrinated into the Jihad terrorism taught in these compounds In 1991 a Colorado investigation described MOA as "the most significant terrorist group in the United States". On the terrorist training camp located outside of Buena Vista in Colorado, it was found that the intimidation of local law enforcement and violence perpetrated by its members to achieve their jihadist agenda was not terrorism because terrorism was not defined in state or federal statutes.

The State Department includes MOA it the annual Patterns of Global Terrorism but does not designate at as a terrorist organization. It does describe MOA as an Islamic sect that seeks to purify Islam through violence. They were included in this report as a group that has carried acts of terrorism not formally designated as such by the State Department. The reason given by the State Department for this non-designation is that they consider MOA a domestic group, rather than a foreign organization. Never discussed is if past violence that was instigated by this organization has been checked so as not to draw attention to the policies and objectives of violent jihad in the U.S. when the time is right.

The Center for Policing Terrorism has stated : “it is only a matter of time before Al-Fuqra (MOA) assists an organization in an assault on U.S. soil." MOA can blend into the background and still conduct terrorist operations. The funding that they receive is questionable at best, and many of the members wok in transportation in the major cities of this country, making it simple to plant explosive devices and achieve workarounds of any and all security protocols. The Department of Homeland Security in 2005 has discussed MOA as a possible sponsor of a terrorist attack in the U.S. It has listed this group as a group that requires continual monitoring, agreeing that MOA is adept at concealing its activities and its preparations for a confrontation with U.S. authorities. There are also links to Al Quaeda that have been proven. To be shown in the next column is the ties from MOA to Lashkar-e-Tabir, the Blind Sheikh, and the front groups that are able to collect firearms, training and give the MOA the ability to launder finances.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Enemies_Of_America_Are_Among_Us.php 

:: 1-4-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American and British spy planes appear in the skies over the Middle East to hoover up electronic messages and phone calls from Iranian forces and their allies

A pair of US and UK spy planes were spotted operating in the Middle East today

The US Air Force RC-R135W 'Rivet Joint' was spotted circling west of Lebanon

An RAF Sentinel R1 was tracked from RAF Akrotiri in Cyprus to Jordan

Both aircraft can provide early warning for possible missile attacks in the region

By Darren Boyle for MailOnline Published: 09:42 EST, 4 January 2020 | Updated: 12:46 EST, 4 January 2020

US and UK electronic surveillance aircraft have been operational this morning along the eastern Mediterranean and Middle East, according to online flight tracking enthusiasts. A US Air Force RC-135W 'Rivet Joint' aircraft was spotted for several hours flying a 'race track' pattern off the coast of Lebanon.

While an RAF Sentinel R1 was spotted leaving RAF Akrotiri in Cyprus before overflying Israel and Jordan. Both aircraft are used in an electronic warfare role to monitor communications and potential threats such as missile launches According to the RAF, the Sentinel 'provides long-range, wide-area battlefield surveillance, delivering critical intelligence and target tracking information to British and coalition forces'. The surveillance aircraft uses a 'powerful multi-mode radar' which offers 'time-critical' intelligence to commanders. However, the Sentinel is due to be decommissioned next year.

The US RC-135 first flew in 1964 but has undergone constant upgrades and improvement during its service life. It is capable of carrying a crew of up to 30 and can provide advance warning of potential attacks.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7851293/American-British-spyplanes-appear-skies-Middle-East.html 

:: 1-3-20 Breitart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islamic Groups ‘Thrilled’ About Governors Approving More Refugees

By John Binder3 Jan 2020

Islamic organizations say they are “thrilled” about nearly 40 state governors, including 17 Republicans, approving more refugee resettlement for their states thus far. For fiscal year 2020, President Donald Trump will continue cutting refugee admissions by reducing former President Barack Obama’s refugee inflow by at least 80 percent. This reduction would mean a maximum of 18,000 refugees can be resettled in the U.S. between October 1, 2019, and September 30, 2020. This is merely a numerical limit and not a goal federal officials are supposed to reach. Coupled with the refugee reduction, Trump signed an executive order that gives localities, counties, and states veto power over the resettlement of refugees in their communities. After Republican Gov. Larry Hogan announced that he would accept refugees in the state of Maryland, the Islamic Circle of North America Relief USA and the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) applauded the decision, saying in statements: “They are a great asset to Baltimore and to Maryland,” said Ibrahim Abusway, community development of Islamic Circle of North America Relief USA. [Emphasis added] “We are thrilled with this decision,” said Zainab Chaudry, director of CAIR Maryland outreach. [Emphasis added] CAIR has been declared a terrorist organization by the United Arab Emirates and was named by federal prosecutors as an unindicted co-conspirator in a Hamas-funding operation. CAIR has also repeatedly defended suspected terrorists. As Breitbart News reported, there are now 17 Republican governors who have approved more refugee resettlement in their states — including Tennessee’s Bill Lee, Iowa’s Kim Reynolds, Indiana’s Eric Holcomb, and South Dakota’s Kristi Noem. Refugee contractors have a vested interest in making sure as many refugees are resettled across the U.S. as possible because their annual federally funded budgets are contingent on the number of refugees they resettle. Those refugee contractors include: Church World Service (CWS), Ethiopian Community Development Council (ECDC), Episcopal Migration Ministries (EMM), Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society (HIAS), International Rescue Committee (IRC), U.S. Committee for Refugees and Immigrants (USCRI), Lutheran Immigration and Refugee Services (LIRS), U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops (USCCB), and World Relief Corporation (WR). The federally mandated refugee resettlement program has brought more than 718,000 refugees to the U.S. since January 2008a group larger than the entire state population of Wyoming, which has 577,000 residents. In the last decade, about 73,000 refugees have been resettled in California, 71,500 resettled in Texas, nearly 43,000 resettled in New York, and more than 36,000 resettled in Michigan. Refugee resettlement costs American taxpayers nearly $9 billion every five years, according to the latest research. Over the course of five years, an estimated 16 percent of all refugees admitted will need housing assistance paid for by taxpayers. John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2020/01/03/islamic-groups-thrilled-governors-approving-more-refugees/ 

:: 1-4-20 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Not Only Did Trump Kill Soleimani, He Also Killed Another Terror Mastermind That Few Are Talking About

Mark Sidney - January 4, 2020

At the direction of the President, the U.S. military has taken decisive defensive action to protect U.S. personnel abroad by killing Qasem Soleimani, the head of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps-Quds Force, a U.S.-designated Foreign Terrorist Organization. General Soleimani was actively developing plans to attack American diplomats and service members in Iraq and throughout the region. General Soleimani and his Quds Force were responsible for the deaths of hundreds of American and coalition service members and the wounding of thousands more. He had orchestrated attacks on coalition bases in Iraq over the last several months – including the attack on December 27th – culminating in the death and wounding of additional American and Iraqi personnel. General Soleimani also approved the attacks on the U.S. Embassy in Baghdad that took place this week. This strike was aimed at deterring future Iranian attack plans. The United States will continue to take all necessary action to protect our people and our interests wherever they are around the world. As the head of the Quds Force, Soleimani was commanding Iranian-backed terrorists conducting proxy attacks throughout the Mideast. (Associated Press) … Citing a Revolutionary Guard statement, Iranian state television said Soleimani was “martyred” in an attack by U.S. helicopters near the airport, without elaborating. […] A senior Iraqi politician and a high-level security official confirmed to The Associated Press that Soleimani and [Abu Mahdi] al-Muhandis were among those killed in the attack shortly after midnight. Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis was the deputy commander of Iran-backed militias in Iraq that used violence to foment discord against America-backing Iraqis. Think of al Muhandis as Antifa on steroids. While he’s reported to have been killed in last night’s strike, as of writing this his body has not been recovered. All signs have been pointing to the military-industrial complex trying to draw the United States into another war in the Mideast. Deep State actors readily accept war as a necessary condition of extracting trillions more dollars from American taxpayers. President Trump ran against these endless wars that have cost trillions of dollars and destroyed the lives of America’s best young warriors. The president is working to circumvent that loss of life and treasure by cutting off the heads of the numerous terrorist organizations operating in the region rather than listening to advisors who view ground fighters as assets rather than human beings. Aside from the obvious financial motivations, these Deep State advisors see a political advantage as well. For them, embroiling the United States in another war, would be damaging to President Trump’s reelection chances. The pro-war contingent only presents binary choices to the sitting Commander-in-Chief in order to force him into a corner. Fortunately, President Trump is more cunning than they are and has ordered the military to target terrorist leaders, only. October… down goes al Baghdadi: Julie Lenarz is an AJC Global analyst. It took two previous administration’s a decade to hunt down and kill 9/11 mastermind Osama Bin Laden. In less than three years, President Trump’s strategy has become clear. He has started systematically cutting off the heads of the most dangerous terrorist organizations, thereby destroying their command and control and making the likelihood of war less appealing to Iran’s mullahs. “He should have been taken out years ago.” Five years ago, Kuwaiti newspaper, Al Jaridi reported that former U.S. President Barack Obama provided Iran with intelligence detailing an Israeli plot to assassinate Soleimani. That plot was successfully thwarted because of the information Obama had supplied. Until President Trump took office you really couldn’t tell the players without a scorecard.

This article originally appeared at We Are Biased OPINION Blog and was republished with permission.

Scroll down to leave a comment! Join us at SPREELY if you want REAL NEWS without the leftist censorship! Also join us at MUMBLIT! Dean James at Right Wing Tribune God Bless.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/not-only-did-trump-kill-soleimani-he-also-killed-another-terror-mastermind-that-few-are-taking-about/ 

:: 1-3-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The New Axis of Evil: Democrat Leaders & Muslim Brotherhood & Deep State Holdovers & Radicalized Iran-NOBODY IS SAFE!!!

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Friday, January 3, 2020 - 14:30.

There needs to be one over-arching statement made at the beginning of this article. A few years ago, Trevor Louden documented (ie Enemies Within) 80 Democratic members of Congress who belong to front groups for the Muslim Brotherhood and/or the American Communist Party. This was confirmed by Cynthia McKinney and Alan West. This fact is undeniable and needs to be considered as major parameter in this article. On final thought on this point, look at the conversion of former CIA Director Brennan. As the world is all-too-aware, the Pentagon says the U.S. military has killed General Qassem Soleimani, the head of Iran’s elite Quds Force, at the direction of President Donald Trump. The attack was motivated by the strong evidence which implicated Soleimani in the attack upon the U.S. embassy in Iraq by Iranian controlled forces. The Assassination of Soleimani Is Understated The effects of the assassination of Soleimani cannot be overstated. He was highly revered and a man of immense power and he possessed a reach that frightened Americans at the highest leels of power in our government and military. Look at the following tweets in reaction to to Soleimani's assassination as well as the text Soleimani sent to General Patraeus, then commanding General: Drone Assassination Strikes to Become Common After the assassination of Soleimani, the world is waking up to the fact that drone assassinations are about to become very common and ulitimately, nobody is safe. This believe is in clear evidence in Communist China. On December 30, 2019, The Common Sense Show published a broadcast in which I noted a reported that stated that the CHICOMS were uncoupling from the US GPS system. Initially, I thought this was odd because the CHICOMS were able to save a lot of money and effort by piggy-backing on the American system. Although this move by the CHICOM government was one day before the Iranian attack on the embssy in Iraq, this move by the Chicoms speaks strongly to the fact that their security systems are certain under review and moves are being made to protect CHICOM leadership. In the publication, I wondered outloud if this move by the CHICOM government was a protective manuever that would better protect their military, corporate and governmental leaders and leave them less vulnerable to attack through GPS targeting. As providence would have it, it appears that this was a correct assumption and this notion has direct bearing on every world leader including President Trump. A top General in the Taiwan military died mysteriously in a Blackhawk helicopter crash. Soleimani is assassinated. The Chinese uncouple from the American GPS. Some would interpret this as war is expected and leaders will be targeted. No leader is safe and that includes Trump. Ominous Implications There is one bit of good news to consider: Iran will not be launching a ground war. This form of retaliation that we can rule out unless Putin is ready to go to full scale war and it does not appear to be the case. The Iranian people are in a passive state of rebellion with its government, who periodically shuts down the internet. Because of the lack of popular support from its own people, Iran cannot sustain any kind of ground action given the lack of support from the people.  The net is filled with dire predictions of suitcase nukes and bio attacks being initiated by Iran. There is no need to elaborate on these disaster scenarios, they are everywhere. What is not everywhere is that it is entirely possible that key Democrats and Deep State holdovers from the Obama administration could very easily be aligned. Have the Democrats, QUDS and the Deep State Combining Forces?  The obvious conclusion is that nobody is safe in public. Any kind of terror can be expected. What is different about this time is that world leaders are not safe. It is clear that leaders are less safe and this leads to the unfolding of many fluid scenarios. What we can expect is that the insane leadership in Iran is looking for a way to target President Trump and other political/military leaders. I have published accounts of several conversations I have had with many federal LEO's. They do not believe that Trump will be assassinated in the "traditional manner" should impeachment fail. To a person, they all reason that the people will not find the lone-nut-assassin explanation to be believable one more time. The most popular theory going forward with regard to taking Trump out has to do with initiating a mass casualty event in which the President is collateral damage. The event does not look like an assassination, but that is indeed the net effect hidden within a mass casualty event. This solves a lot of problems. The Deep State is rid of Trump. Iran continues selling oil for gold to the BRICS and the Democrats get out from underneath Ukraine! Don't think it is possible, it is, I have already covered this possibility expensively. Deep State holdovers all allied to Iran and the Democratic Party. Maybe there really are conspiracies. We know that Obama appointed multiple members of the Muslim Brotherhood to sensitive positions in the U.S. government (eg DHS, FBI). It is assumed that many of these would-be Deep State holdovers would still be in their positions of power. If they collaborated with the radicalized Iranian government, one would have a plausible assassination event to be concerned about. My hope is that by publishing this suspicion here, we make this event less likely by shining the light of day upon it. Let me be clear about the possible aligned enemies of Trump and the American people:  1. Democrats 2. Iranians 3. Democrats who are aligned with the Muslim Brotherhood 4. Deep State resources

Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-martial-law/new-axis-evil-democrat-leaders-muslim-brotherhood-deep-state-holdovers-radicalized-iran-nobody 

[ :: 1-5-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

But let your heart be filled with joy, let excitement be there.  Do not be concerned about the war of Iran, for Iran is a defeated foe.  For I, your Father God, shall defeat them, Israel shall defeat them, you will not need to worry, that is not the war that you should be worrying about.  But keep your eyes on Russia, keep your eyes on North Korea, keep your eyes on the things that I have told you, not the things that I have not told you. etc.

:: 1-1-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Round Two: US Drone Airstrikes Kill Six Pro-Iran Militia Commanders

By Tyler Durden Sat, 01

Whether he is eating ice cream or not, Trump appears to be on a rampage to recreate the end of The Godfather. Less than 24 hours after a US drone shockingly killed the top Iranian military leader, Qasem Soleimani, resulting in equity markets groaning around the globe in fear over Iranian reprisals (and potentially, World War III), the US has gone for round two with Reuters and various other social media sources reporting that US air strikes targeting Iraq’s Popular Mobilization Units umbrella grouping of Iran-backed Shi’ite militias near camp Taji north of Baghdad, have killed six people and critically wounded three, an Iraqi army source said late on Friday. Iraqi official media has also confirm that two vehicles were targeted north of Baghdad, carrying commanders of the pro-Iran militias in the PMUs. Two of the three vehicles making up a militia convoy were found burned, a Reuters source said, as well as six burned corpses. According to unconfirmed reports, a US MQ-9 Reaper drone targeted a convoy carrying several high ranking officials of PMU (Hashd al-Shaabi) in Taji, North of Baghdad. The casualties are said to be mostly among members of the IRGC-backed Asaib Ahl al-Haq. It is not known whether Qais al-Khazali is dead or alive. Separate reports claim that Shibl al-Zaidi, a commander of Kataib Imam Ali brigades, an Iranian-backed militia and the PMU's 40th Brigade, is among those the six who were killed in the strike. That said there are conflicting reports, with some noting that a Twitter account allegedly belonging to al-Zaidi tweeted that he is alive after the attack. Additionally, Hamad al-Jazairi, the deputy leader of Saraya al-Khorasani, was also reprotedly among those killed tonight.

In separate, unconfirmed reports, yet another airstrike is said to have targeted a convoy in Iraq's Nineveh governorate. ... to the objectively concerned, with some wondering how much further is Iraq going to let US operate freely in country before they decide to kick their assets out? These airstrikes really make the Iraqi government look weak like they can't deal with their problems by themselves, which may or may not be true, but the point stands." Of course, the other point is when and how will Iran respond, as it is now clear that if Tehran does nothing it will only embolden the US to pick off its top generals one at a time, while any substantial escalation could ignite a regional war with even more dire consequences.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/round-two-us-drone-airstrikes-kill-six-pro-iran-militia-commanders 

:: 1-3-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Should tourists flee the Middle East? Experts warn Westerners to get out of Dubai and Israel as tensions mount after US drone strike kills top general

President Donald Trump had Qassem Soleimani destroyed in a strike in Baghdad

The move this morning has seen a dramatic rise in tensions across Middle East

State Department and other western countries urged citizens to get out of Iraq

Analyst Mohammad Marandi said 'it's best for Westerners to flee places like UAE'

Yoel Guzansky, expert on Iran, said Iranian retaliation against US targets likely

By James Gant For Mailonline Published: 12:06 EST, 3 January 2020 | Updated: 17:45 EST, 3 January 2020

Tourists should leave the United Arab Emirates immediately after the US killed a top Iranian general, experts have warned. President Donald Trump had Qassem Soleimani destroyed in a drone strike near Baghdad International Airport this morning. It has seen a dramatic rise in tensions in the Middle East, with the State Department - as well as other western countries - urging citizens to get out of Iraq and Iran. Tehran-based analyst Mohammad Marandi said the US has 'declared war' against the two countries and 'it's best for Westerners to evacuate countries like UAE and Iraq immediately'. He added: 'It is best for all American citizens to leave the region immediately. US occupiers will be forced to leave Iraq.' Yoel Guzansky, an expert on Iran at the Tel Aviv-based Institute for National Strategic Studies, also said Iranian retaliation against US or Israeli targets was likely in the short term. Guzansky said the killing struck a huge blow to Iran and restored American deterrence in the region. It comes as Tehran announced three days of national mourning for the terrorist general Soleimani. Iran's supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei warned of 'jihad' against the 'criminals who bloodied their foul hands with his blood'. Iraq's prime minister Adil Abdul-Mahdi predicted a 'devastating war' will ravage his country. An Iranian presenter embraced army spokesman Ramezan Sharif during a tearful live broadcast as they announced Soleimani's death, the general responsible for shaping Iran's foreign policy throughout the Middle East, he was revered and loved in his homeland. The drone strike also killed Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis, the deputy commander of Iran-backed militias in Iraq known as the Popular Mobilization Forces (PMF), which besieged the US embassy in Baghdad on Tuesday. Iraqi prime minister Mahdi decried the assault by the US as 'a brazen violation of Iraq's sovereignty and blatant attack on the nation's dignity.' The Pentagon said President Donald Trump had ordered the 'decisive action to protect US personnel abroad by killing Soleimani' who was 'actively developing plans to attack American diplomats and service members in Iraq and throughout the region.'

Khamenei tweeted earlier: 'All friends—& enemies—know that Jihad of Resistance will continue with more motivation & definite victory awaits the fighters on this blessed path. The loss of our dear General is bitter. The continuing fight & ultimate victory will be more bitter for the murderers & criminals.' His Defense Minister Amir Hatami vowed a 'crushing revenge' for the 'unjust assassination.'  Tehran has said it will announce its official position on Soleimani's death in the coming hours.  The administration spokesman telling state TV: 'We will teach such a lesson to the US that Donald Trump and all future presidents of the United States will never forget.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7849243/Experts-warn-Westerners-Dubai-Israel-Iraq.html 

[ :: 12-31-04/1-1-05 New Years Eve Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

earthquakes, in the shifting, in the shifting of the earth, earth has turned on its axis and it has drawn closer to the sun, for it moved out of orbit and it moved into a new circling orbit

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes,

Water supplies cost of living people trying to sneak into this country - plates have shifted

:: 1-2-20 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

4.5-magnitude earthquake hits Puerto Rico amid rare seismic activity

Updated on: January 2, 2020 / 7:18 PM / AP

A 4.5-magnitude earthquake hit Puerto Rico on Thursday in the latest of a rare string of quakes that has frightened many in the U.S. territory. The most recent quake occurred eight miles south of Guayanilla at a shallow depth of four miles and was felt in the capital of San Juan and elsewhere in Puerto Rico, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. No immediate damage was reported. "We haven't stopped shaking," said Ángel Vázquez, emergency management director for the southern coastal town of Ponce. "It's the first time something like this happens." The flurry of quakes began the night of December 28, with a 4.7-magnitude quake followed by a 5.1-magnitude one that hit near Puerto Rico's south coast and sent dozens of panicked people into the streets. Goods fell off supermarket shelves, cracks in homes were reported in some coastal towns, and a large rock fell and blocked a road. No injuries were reported. Since then, more than 1,100 earthquakes have occurred in that region. The majority have not been felt, except for the 4.2-magnitude one that hit December 31 and the one on Thursday. "I've spent 29 years with Puerto Rico's Seismic Network, and it's the first time I observe this kind of activity," director Víctor Huérfano told The Associated Press. "There's no way to predict when it's going to end, or if it's going to lead to a major event." He said the flurry of quakes have been extremely superficial and have occurred along three faults in Puerto Rico's southwest region: Lajas Valley, Montalva Point and the Guayanilla Canyon. "In general, the force behind all of this is the North American plate and the Caribbean plate squeezing Puerto Rico," he said. A similar cluster of quakes occurred last year along Puerto Rico's northwest coast following a 6.0-magnitude earthquake in late September that led to more than 1,200 quakes in that area, Huérfano said. One of the largest and most damaging earthquakes to hit Puerto Rico occurred in October 1918, when a 7.3-magnitude quake struck near the island's northwest coast, unleashing a tsunami and killing 116 people.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/puerto-rico-earthquake-rare-seismic-activity-hits-today-2020-01-02/ 

[ :: 1-5-20 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

But let your heart be filled with joy, let excitement be there.  Do not be concerned about the war of Iran, for Iran is a defeated foe.  For I, your Father God, shall defeat them, Israel shall defeat them, you will not need to worry, that is not the war that you should be worrying about.  But keep your eyes on Russia, keep your eyes on North Korea, keep your eyes on the things that I have told you, not the things that I have not told you. etc.

:: 1-3-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How could Iran crisis lead to World War Three? Tehran could hit back with cyber attacks or terror attacks on US forces and Israel - provoking Donald Trump to retaliate in tit-for-tat that could drag in Saudi Arabia, Russia, China and Turkey

Iran has vowed to extract a 'crushing revenge' on America after Qassem Soleimani was killed in a drone strike

Ayatollah Khamenei is personally overseeing meeting of the security council in Tehran to consider a response

Likely targets will include US bases in Iraq and Syria, allies including Saudi Arabia and Israel, and oil tankers

Fighting could drag in Russian and Turkish forces in Syria, and ally China which has ships in Gulf of Oman

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline Published: 12:22 EST, 3 January 2020 | Updated: 14:49 EST, 3 January 2020

Iran has vowed to exact a 'crushing revenge' on American forces in retaliation for the killing of Quds commander Qassem Soleimani - leaving the Middle East on the brink of a conflict that could quickly spiral into World War 3. The Iranian National Security Council is currently meeting in Tehran - chaired by Ayatollah Khamenei himself for the first time ever - to consider its response. At their disposal is the world's 13th most powerful military, a host of militia groups spread across the Middle East, proxy-forces such as Lebanon's Hezbollah and Yemen's Houthi rebels, and allies like Syria's Bashar al-Assad.

Targets in their crosshairs are likely to include US troops and military bases in Iraq and Syria, Israeli forces in the Golan Heights, tankers in the Strait of Hormuz, and Saudi Arabia's oil infrastructure. While initial strikes are likely to be limited, they could herald a tit-for-tat series of events - drawing in Russian forces stationed in Syria defending a key Iranian ally in Bashar al-Assad, and Turkish forces fighting in the country's north. China also has ships stationed in the Gulf of Oman and recently carried out joint naval drill with both Iran and Russia, raising the prospect that they could also become involved. Saudi Arabia is already engaged in a conflict with Iran-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen, and any escalation by Tehran would be met with a response from Riyadh. Turkish strongman Recep Erdogan's troops are deployed in northern Syria and he is close to Russia and Iran as well as being a member of NATO - making his actions unpredictable if a conflict escalates across the region. The US, China, Russia and Israel all have nuclear weapons - with at least three of those possessing next-generation hypersonic missiles capable of breaching all defense systems. Israel is also armed with nuclear weapons and is an obvious target for any Iranian attacks, but Benjamin Netanyahu and the IDF will not hesitate to defend themselves and have recently struck Iran-backed Hezbollah forces in Syria. If Iran decides to blockade the Strait of Hormuz, as it has often threatened to do in the past, a host of world powers including European nations which rely on the oil which flows through the waterway could find themselves having to defend their interests. Ultimately, if the tit-for-tat exchanges between these countries escalated far enough it is conceivable but unlikely that it would end with a nuclear exchange - and destruction on a global scale. Country by country, here is how the conflict could play out: IRAN The country has an army which is thought to number around half a million active servicemen, along with a population of some 82million from which to draw reserves. At the military's disposal is an arsenal of ballistic missiles, tanks, attack helicopters, fast jets and gunboats. While Iranian forces are unlikely to be involved in initial fighting, if the situation escalates then they could be dragged into a ground war with the US. In the event that US forces are deployed into Iran itself, the country's biggest asset is geography: Surrounded on three sides by mountains, a fourth by ocean, and with a vast desert at its center, it poses a formidable obstacle - even for the US Army. There are a number of non-military actions that Iran could take within its own borders which would threaten the US, including ramping up its nuclear program. The country has breached Uranium stockpile limits and been enriching to above energy-grade levels since Trump tore up the deals, but could begin enriching to weapons-grade levels in response to the latest threat. If that is the case, then US warships, bombers, and cruise missiles could be used to take out the facilities, having prepared plans to do so many times in the past. Cyber attacks have also become an increasingly popular method of warfare and could be used by both Iran, America and their allies to attempt to win an early upper hand. Targets would likely include Iranian nuclear facilities - which were successfully targeted with the Stuxnet virus in the past - communications equipment, radar, power networks and other key infrastructure. To nullify the threat of American drones, Iran could use anti-aircraft missiles to shoot them down, as it did in June last year.  Iranian missiles could also be trained on US warships around the Arabian Peninsula, including the Lincoln Carrier Strike Group, but this would be an extreme option and likely only taken after a ground invasion. China also has ships stationed in the Gulf of Oman and recently carried out joint exercises with Iran and Russia, potentially dragging them into any conflict at sea. IRAQ There are some 5,000 US troops currently stationed around Iraq, with more on the way, all of whom are now targets for Shia militias which have fought for Iran - and in some cases directly with Soleimani - in the past. The embassy in Baghdad, which has been the target of attacks in recent days, is likely to see renewed action, while military patrols and bases could be hit by ground troops and IEDs - Soleimani's weapon of choice against US forces during the 2003 invasion. Missile attacks of the kind which killed a US military contractor last week, sparking the escalation that ended in Soleimani's death, are also likely.  The Quds Force, which Solemani controlled for almost two decades, will orchestrate the attacks from behind the scenes and may become directly involved in order to avenge their beloved leader's death.  In the past, questions have been raised over whether Quds Forces operate independently of the regime in Tehran, raising the prospect of attacks even if not directly ordered by Tehran.

SYRIA Bashar al-Assad is a close ally of Iran, and owes the continued existence of his regime in large part to the personal intervention of Soleimani, who helped him turn the tide of Syria's years-long civil war along with Russia. While Assad is not likely to be involved in fighting directly, he could be persuaded to turn a blind eye to attacks by pro-Iran militias against several hundred US troops and Kurds remaining in the country after Donald Trump ordered a withdrawal. Iran has also spent time establishing its own military infrastructure in Iran, complete with missile bases which Israel has previously said could be used against its territory. If Tehran decides to strike the staunch US ally, then the hammer will likely fall on the embattled Golan Heights region, though Tel Aviv has warned that Iranian missiles can range much further across its borders. If fighting escalates here, then Russian forces stationed across the country could quickly become embroiled, along with Turkish forces currently deployed in the north. ISIS will also likely exploit the situation to try and pit the sides against each-other, allowing them to seize back territory they lost in recent years. LEBANON The country is controlled by Hezbollah, an Iranian proxy fighting force, which has vowed 'worldwide resistance' following Soleimani's death. The group could launch rocket attacks against targets in Israel, as well as anti-aircraft attacks against Israeli jets and drones operating in the region. If Iranian forces inside Syria decide to launch an attack on the Israeli-controlled Golan Heights, then Hezbollah could provide support. Iran also exerts control over Palestinian Islamic Jihad and Hamas, both of which operate in the Gaza Strip and could be used to cause further problems for Israel. SAUDI ARABIA Another key US ally in the region, Riyadh has seen attacks against its oil infrastructure in recent months which were blamed on Tehran. Iran could choose to harass, disable or destroy oil tankers sailing in the Persian Gulf which separates it from the Arabia Peninsula, potentially disrupting a key source of income for the Saudis. Tehran could also attempt a repeat of the audacious attack which knocked out the country's oil facilities in the summer, though security was massively ramped up afterwards, making success far from a sure thing. One of the most extreme option available to Iran would be closing the Strait of Hormuz completely, cutting off a fifth of the world's daily oil supply. While Tehran has often threatened to close the waterway, such a move would almost certainly prompt a response from US carrier groups in the region as well as dragging in other world powers who rely on the oil. YEMEN  Iran has been fighting a proxy-war in Yemen using Houthi rebels, fighting against Saudi forces which are allied to the ruling regime. Attacks against the Saudis could increase, and Iran could use Houthi drones and guided missiles to launch attacks against pipelines in Saudi Arabia and other infrastructure as it has done in the past. AFGHANISTAN The US has just reached a ceasefire agreement with the Taliban in Afghanistan in an attempt to put an end to the longest war it has ever fought.  But, as in Iraq and Syria, Iran has links with Shia militias across the region which it could leverage in an attempt to derail the process and plunge the region back into conflict, further extending US engagement there. QATAR The country houses the largest American military base in the Middle East, at Al Udeid, which is home to some 10,000 troops and dozens of fighters and bombers including F-22 fighters and B-52 bombers. If all-out war breaks out with Iran, then Al Udeid will be at the center of efforts to establish air superiority, and as such will also be a major target for Iran and its allies. HOW U.S. COULD BIT BACK The United States has a vast array of military hardware in the Middle East and Persian Gulf. Among the military options are F22 Raptor fighters based in Dubai, cruise missile-armed Ohio class submarines and aircraft carriers and US Special Forces who are still based in northern Iraq and Syria. Strategic assets such as B2 Stealth bombers can also strike by flying over from the US mainland, and - in the ultimate event - America can also field nuclear weapons fired from silos on the mainland at virtually anywhere in the world. HOW RUSSIA COULD BE DRAGGED IN Tens of thousands of Russian troops and aircraft are based in Syria in support of Bashar al-Assad's regime. They include special forces and the feared S400 anti-aircraft missile - the most advanced missile system in the world. If the conflict escalates, Russia could feel compelled to defend its ally or Iran or retaliate if its troops are killed as collateral damage by the US. It could also use strategic assets based in Russia such long range missiles and long-range bombers, along with ships and submarines based in the Mediterranean at Sevastopol. HOW ISRAEL COULD RETALIATE If Israel is attacked by Iran it is sure to retaliate. It has nuclear weapons and an array of advanced fighter jets capable of launching strikes at Iran and Iranian forces in Syria, as it has done in the past. Its special forces are also among the most feared in the world, and stationed across the region.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7848703/How-Iran-crisis-lead-World-War-Three.html 

:: 1-2-20 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Horror New Year

Hanukkah Five stabbing victim in grave condition as authorities block information on suspect.

Thu Jan 2, 2020 Lloyd Billingsley

Hanukkah stabbing victim’s ‘dire’ condition revealed,” headlined the January 1, 2020 Fox News story by Travis Fedschun. The victim was Josef Neumann and according to a statement from his family, “the 70-year-old was stabbed multiple times during the attack, sustaining injuries that included three cuts to the head, one cut to the neck, a shattered right arm, and a knife that penetrated his skull directly into the brain.Doctors are not optimistic about Neumann’s chances to regain consciousness, and “if our father does miraculously recover partially, doctors expect that he will have permanent damage to the brain; leaving him partially paralyzed and speech impaired for the rest of his life.” A photo released Wednesday by the Orthodox Jewish Public Affairs Council in Hudson Valley showed the unconscious Neuman with his bloodied and bruised head heavily sutured. The 70-year old was one of five victims of an attack in Monsey, New York, last Saturday at the home of Rabbi Chaim Rottenberg. Shortly before 10 p.m., as the rabbi was lighting the candle on the seventh night of Hanukkah, a man with face partially covered burst into the home and began stabbing people with a machete. The attack claimed five victims, including the rabbi’s son. The suspect was covered in blood when police arrested him in New York City on December 22. The suspect was identified as Grafton Thomas, 37, an African American from Greenwood Lake, New York. News reports said the suspect’s arrest record had been sealed and the mystery about possible motive continued into 2020. “Judge mum on why suspect was set free last year,” read the second half of the Fox News headline. As Fedschun revealed, Thomas had “multiple run-ins with law enforcement” including an arrest for “assaulting a police horse.” The judge assigned to the case refused comment, calling it a “sealed case.” After the attack, New York’s Democrat attorney general Letitia James, proclaimed “zero tolerance for acts of hate of any kind and we will continue to monitor this horrific situation.” At this writing, James has offered no explanation why the prior case was sealed and district attorneys have declined comment. After the Hanukkah stabbings, New York governor Andrew Cuomo cited recent attacks, “motivated by hate. They are doing mass attacks. These are terrorists in our country perpetrating terrorism on other Americans, and that’s how we should treat it and that's how I want the laws in this state to treat it.” At this writing, the governor has made no public demand that the suspect’s previous cases be unsealed. In similar style, New York authorities have announced no plans to prosecute the case as terrorism. The Southern District of New York is charging Thomas with five counts of obstruction of free exercise of religious beliefs involving an attempt to kill and use of a dangerous weapon, and resulting in bodily injury. NBC News describes the counts as “federal hate crimes charges.” As Fedschun’s story noted, in journals recovered from his home Thomas questioned, “why ppl mourned for anti-Semitism when there is Semitic genocide,” along with a page with drawings of a Star of David and a swastika. Thomas’ phone revealed repeated internet searches for “Why did Hitler hate the Jews” as well as “German Jewish Temples near me” and “Prominent companies founded by Jews in America.” Thomas’ court-appointed attorney Susanne Brody claimed the suspect has struggled with bipolar disorder and schizophrenia. Attorney Michael Sussman, retained by the family, told reporters Thomas had been hearing voices and may have stopped taking psychiatric medications. According to Sussman, nothing found in Thomas’ home pointed to “an anti-Semitic motive.” According to a statement from Thomas’ family, the suspect has no history of violent acts, no history of anti-Semitism and is not a member of any hate groups. The family did cite a long history of mental illness but an insanity defense could prove difficult. Such a defense shifts the burden of proof to the accused, who must prove beyond reasonable doubt that he did not know the difference between right and wrong at the time of the crime. The suspect has already exhibited evidence of planning the attack, and according to victims he covered his face with a scarf. His flight from the scene also betrays knowledge of criminal intent. In 2002, Grafton Thomas joined the U.S. Marine Corps but left the service within a month. Marine Captain Karoline Foote told reporters the Corps was required to keep the details private. President Trump commander in chief of U.S. Armed Forces, might give Capt. Foote a call. President Trump condemned the “horrific” attack at the rabbi’s home and tweeted: “We must all come together to fight, confront, and eradicate the evil scourge of anti-Semitism. Melania and I wish the victims a quick and full recovery.” At this writing, recovery looks unlikely for Josef Neumann. Meanwhile, after the attack, New York City mayor Bill de Blasio told Fox News, “An atmosphere of hate has been developing in this country over the last few years. A lot of it is emanating from Washington and it’s having an effect on all of us.” Also after the attack, California Democrat Eric Swalwell tweeted “Anti-Semitism is on the rise in America. And it’s being stoked by @realDonaldTrump who won’t condemn it.”

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2020/01/horror-new-year-lloyd-billingsley/ 

:: 1-2-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019 — Under Threatening Skies

By Hal Lindsey

The year 2019 ends under darkening clouds. We often refer to the sky before a storm as “threatening.” That’s how things look as we transition from 2019 to 2020. Jesus rebuked the Pharisees and Sadducees for their ability to read the weather, but not discern the times. “When it is evening, you say, ‘It will be fair weather, for the sky is red.’ And in the morning, ‘There will be a storm today, for the sky is red and threatening.’ Do you know how to discern the appearance of the sky, but cannot discern the signs of the times?” (Matthew 16:2-3) Jesus also expects us to be discerners of our time. A quick look around the world tells us that these times are not ordinary. Unrest has broken out onto the streets in a wide variety of places. They include Paris, Hong Kong, Iran, Iraq, Moscow, Bolivia, Serbia, Ukraine, Brazil, Ecuador, Albania, Amsterdam, Venezuela, Britain, and Chile. This has happened before, but did it ever happen to so much of the world at once? 2019 also marks a year when paganism made a massive comeback. Revelation 9:20 speaks of people in the coming tribulation who “worship demons, and the idols of gold and of silver and of brass and of stone and of wood, which can neither see nor hear nor walk.” Literal idol worship where people pray to sculpted images is making a comeback in the western world. Part of the shift to paganism has to do with extremism in the environmental movement. Recently, a New York seminary brought plants into the school chapel. Faculty members told students to “confess” their environmental sins to the plants and ask “forgiveness.” The seminary was founded in 1836 by nine ministers. Imagine the horror those founders would have felt if you told them that one day their chapel would be used for prayer to plants. The world also inched closer to global economic collapse. You’ve probably heard about the dangers of a high national debt all your life. But there has never been anything like the debt of governments around the world at the end of 2019. The global economy is running on fumes. And don’t forget the massive problem of personal debt. In the United States, student loan debt has become a crisis so large that it is affecting the birth rate. College educated young people are waiting later and later to have children because they don’t feel they can afford to pay the expenses associated with rearing children while still under the massive burden of their student loans. I could go on and on about the events of 2019 and Bible prophecy. But I want to focus on one more area that seems to have become much more severe this year. The Bible says that as the end of the age comes closer, both Christians and Jews will come under increased persecution. The communists in China are ordering that the Bible be rewritten to reflect “socialist values.” And they are continuing their campaign of harassment as they jail pastors and close churches. But it’s not just China. Christians are under extreme pressure in much of the world. According to the ministry OpenDoors, 2019 saw “Over 245 million Christians living in places where they experience high levels of persecution.” They also count “4,305 Christians killed for their faith, 1,847 churches and other Christian buildings attacked, and 3,150 believers detained without trial, arrested, sentenced or imprisoned.” Anti-Semitism has been around for thousands of years, but after World War II, many sociologists pronounced it dead — at least in the west. Yet the irrational hatred of Jews keeps coming back. As 2019 ended, six died in a terrorist attack on a kosher market in Jersey City. Less than a week later, a man was arrested in Jersey City for threatening to “bomb all Jews.” Then, on the evening of December 28th, a man with a machete stormed a rabbi’s home in Monsey, New York. He stabbed five people who had gathered to celebrate the last day of Hanukkah. Jews in New York now face attacks on almost a daily basis. In New York and New Jersey, many young people are afraid to show outward signs of their Jewish faith for fear of attack, either physically or verbally. On college campuses, anti-Semitic attacks have increased 70%. Early in the year, the New York Times had to apologize for running what it later admitted was an anti-Semitic cartoon. In July, a CNN photo editor tweeted about “Jewish pigs.”

But even more astounding than continued anti-Semitism is the glorious fact that there are Jews left in the world for people to hate. It’s an absolute miracle that these people still exist. For most of two millennia they were without a homeland. Yet they survived and thrived, just as the Bible said they would. Many came back to their homeland, and they’re still coming. Israel was a nation reborn in a day back in 1948. If you ever start to doubt God’s veracity or the Bible’s validity, remember the Jews. God keeps His word. His promises are absolute. That means Jesus really saves and heaven is real. It means you can trust Him with whatever you’re facing. He’s there to help. His hand is outstretched to you.

May you have a wonderful new year in Him!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-2-2020/ 

:: 1-2-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019: What's Next?

By Hal Lindsey

A New Year’s Day Politico headline encapsulated the dread filling the political world: “Yes, 2019 Is the Year You Were Worrying About.” Markets are rattled by a looming trade war with China, a Fed that seems determined to relegate prosperity to America’s rearview mirror, and a level of instability in Washington rivaled in American history only by the runup to the Civil War…. Any of these things could translate into a full-blown recession…. Meanwhile, the rest of the world remains dependent on the teetering American economy for their prosperity. The North Korea denuclearization deal seems to be falling apart before it even begins…. China is building weapons designed to destroy US aircraft carriers…. The overall buildup of the Chinese military is one of the largest ever undertaken. It includes a heavy emphasis on space weapons and the destruction of the digital infrastructure that America and the West depend on for their very survival…. Russia remains a nuclear superpower, and its President, Vladimir Putin, seems determined to build a new generation of exotic superweapons. In Washington, a power base entrenched for generations is intent on bringing down this President. They may or may not have legitimate legal arguments against him. We will see as reports finally surface in 2019. But instability in Washington — with fault on both sides — was the hallmark of 2018 and looks to grow even worse in the new year. Bible prophecy is being fulfilled in dramatic, even spectacular ways. That’s good news because it means that the return of Jesus is getting closer. But the Bible makes it clear that the buildup to Christ’s return will be anything but pleasant. At some point, those of us who are in Christ will be raptured out of here. But between now and the rapture, difficulties will increase. America’s power and influence may be destroyed even sooner than we had imagined. What about you? What about your family, neighbors, and friends? What about your church and community? What happens now? What happens to you and those you love? Here’s the thing to remember. Psalm 23 still applies. “The Lord is my shepherd.” He’s still my shepherd, even in the end times. “I shall not want.” He still provides for my needs even in economic hard times. “He makes me lie down in green pastures; He leads me beside quiet waters. He restores my soul; He guides me in the paths of righteousness For His name’s sake.” It’s all still true. And if things become extremely bad, remember verses 4-6. “Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me; Your rod and Your staff, they comfort me. You prepare a table before me in the presence of my enemies; You have anointed my head with oil; My cup overflows. Surely goodness and lovingkindness will follow me all the days of my life.” I don’t know what will happen in 2019. But I know goodness and mercy will follow me. And if you’re in Christ, they will follow you, too. I believe we will continue to see a fulfillment of the general trends laid out in scripture. Yet, even with that, Jesus said there would be an ebb and flow like with the labor pains of childbirth. That means we can’t make precise, year-by-year predictions. But if you are in Christ, I know a great deal about your future. The big one is this. You’re headed for heaven! The 23rd Psalm ends with an eternal beginning. “And I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-5-2019/ 

:: 1-2-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Revolutionary Resolution

By Hal Lindsey

A new year seems to always bring with it a renewed sense of optimism. It carries the feeling of a fresh start and a new beginning. We see it as a clean slate, and see the future as a place of boundless possibilities. That’s why so many people make New Year’s resolutions. We sense that as we turn to a new page in our calendars, we can fill those pages with what ought to be, and not what used to be. We know we can’t change the whole world, but we think we can change ourselves because that’s what we think we can control. New Year’s resolutions can be good. A few people have had significant life changes because of them. Maybe they quit smoking or improved their diets. But let’s face it. Most of those kinds of resolutions don’t last a day, much less a year. Throwing away an old calendar does not remove the events, choices, and habits of days gone by. We enter the new year with the same tendencies, feelings, behaviors, and attitudes we had in the old year. Many of those things were self-destructive last year, and they will be again this year. Real and lasting change takes more than a firm resolve. It requires a course correction that involves thousands of what we might call “micro-decisions.” According to the Laboratory of Neuro Imaging at the University of Southern California, we have about 70,000 thoughts per day. (Some scientists believe the real number is much higher.) Many of those thoughts involve decisions. Among our most important decisions is a choice that we make countless times a day. We decide what we will think about. Modern science is beginning to see the tremendous significance of our thought choices. In other words, modern medicine is beginning to see the wisdom of words written 2000 years ago. Philippians 4:8 says, “Finally, brethren, whatever is true, whatever is honorable, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is of good repute, if there is any excellence and if anything worthy of praise, let your mind dwell on these things.” (NASB) The King James Version goes through that list, then says, “Think on these things.” We now know that the direction of our thoughts has an immediate impact on brain chemistry and a long-term impact on the physical structure of the brain. Neuroplasticity, sometimes called “brain plasticity,” speaks of the malleability of the brain throughout life. The brain changes according to our thoughts. Healthy thinking makes for a healthy brain. Children’s brains are more malleable than those of adults. The brain continues to grow until at least age 18. Obviously, if it’s still growing, it has greater flexibility. That’s why the scripture says, “Train up a child in the way he should go: and when he is old, he will not depart from it.” (Proverbs 22:6 KJV) But even though most of the shaping of the mind takes place in early years, modern medical science shows that neuroplasticity lasts for your whole life. This understanding is one of the reasons stroke patients recover so much better now than in the past. Physical therapy forces the brain to create new neural pathways. Even badly damaged brains can be trained so that healthy parts take over the functions previously handled by the now damaged areas.  In the same way, you and I are never too old to change how we think. But as adults, we have a major challenge. We carry the accumulation of years of the old thinking. And we fight our old, fallen nature every time we move toward a more godly life. But if you are in Christ, you have Help. Your greatest Ally for positive change is the Holy Spirit in your life. The best example of this is salvation itself. I know of cases where people in their seventies and eighties came to Christ and received a whole new outlook on life. Their thoughts changed and their actions changed. That’s not just brain plasticity. That’s the work of the Holy Spirit! But salvation is not the end of His work in us. It is only the beginning Resolutions rarely work because years of use have created patterns in your brain. You can doggedly resolve — determine with your whole might — but it usually won’t work because you have limited control of the tens of thousands of micro-decisions that are the real determiners of your life’s direction. Romans 8:26 gives us hope. It says, “The Spirit also helps our weakness.” (NASB) That doesn’t mean He makes decisions and forces them on us. He doesn’t act like demons — evil spiritual entities that can possess and control humans. The Holy Spirit doesn’t work that way at all! He’s no puppeteer. Rather, He empowers us to make the right choices we have wanted to make, but that were impossible for us. Galatians 5:23 lists “self-control” (NASB) as one of His fruits in our lives. Can’t quite get a handle on your life? Struggling to get things under control? Jesus said, “I will ask the Father, and He will give you another Helper, that He may be with you forever; that is the Spirit of truth.” (John 14:16-17 NASB) Resolve now… to let the Holy Spirit help you.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-5-2017/ 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 1--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iranian activist Masih Alinejad: The people of Iran did not mourn Qassem Soleimani's death

By Julia Musto | Fox News

Iranian journalist and activist Masih Alinejad told Fox News Friday that the people of Iran did not mourn the death of Iranian General Qassem Soleimani. Appearing on "America's Newsroom" with host Sandra Smith, Alinejad said that the Iranian media staunches "freedom of expression" in the country. "So, all you see in Iranian state television -- state media -- [is], like, showing some people took to the street mourning and showing their sympathy [towards] Qassem Soleimani," she told Smith. "But, the fact is this: many Iranians do not see him as a hero and if you go to social media, that they are very happy."

SOLEIMANI'S TAKEDOWN FUELS NEW PARTISAN WARFARE ON CAPITOL HILL "Why?" she questioned. "Because they have been witnessing how [the] Revolutionary Guard killed people in the streets across Iran." Alinejad added that to many Iranians, Soleimani and the Revolutionary Guard are killers and torturers, responsible for acts of terror in much of the Middle East. Soleimani, the head of the Revolutionary Guard Corps' elite Quds Force, was killed in a U.S. airstrike near Baghdad's airport on Thursday. Iranian President Hassan Rouhani took to Twitter, promising to "take revenge for this heinous crime."

Hassan Rouhani @HassanRouhani

The flag of General Soleimani in defense of the country's territorial integrity and the fight against terrorism and extremism in the region will be raised, and the path of resistance to US excesses will continue. The great nation of Iran will take revenge for this heinous crime.

33.9K 3:08 AM - Jan 3, 2020

U.S. TO SEND 3,000 MORE TROOPS TO MIDDLE EAST FOLLOWING SOLEIMANI DEATH: OFFICIALS

Alinejad explained that supporters of the Tehran regime are living "in their own bubbles" and "not even in touch with ordinary people." "And, most important[ly]...[the media are] only allowed to cover the story where the ministry of culture tells them to cover," added Alinejad. "Otherwise, they will lose their connection. So, for most of the media, it's important to have [a] connection with [Foreign Minister Mohammad] Javad Zarif, with our political leaders, and that is why they cannot tell you that how much people are actually angry, frustrated, because of these terrorist warmongers." Alinejad said that while the people of Iran "do not want war or any kind of military confrontation," their leaders have the power and are imprisoning people -- including her own brother -- in order to keep it. "My brother is in prison arrested by [the] Revolutionary Guard. Why? Am I a warmonger? So, this is the Revolutionary Guard and Qassem Soleimani," she stated. Smith asked Alinejad how she reacted to news of Soleimani's death on Thursday. The journalist said that while her dream was to see Soleimani and his cohorts in court, "this is what they had to face" because they are responsible for the "misery" in Iraq and Syria.

https://www.foxnews.com/media/iranian-journalist-reacts-qassem-soleimani-airstrike-death 

:: 1-3-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Soleimani's successor threatens US

Brig. Gen. Esmail Ghaani, new head of Quds Force: Be patient and you will see the bodies of American soldiers all over the Middle East.

Elad Benari, Canada, 03/01/20 20:20

Brig. Gen. Esmail Ghaani, who was named the replacement of Qassem Soleimani as the Commander of the Quds Force of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps, on Friday issued a warning to the US following the air strike in which Soleimani was eliminated. "Everyone should be patient a little to see the bodies of American soldiers all over the Middle East," said Ghaani, according to a report in the Al Jazeera network. Ghaani was appointed earlier on Friday by Iran’s Supreme Leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, to replace Soleimani. Khamenei said in a statement that quoted by Reuters that the program of the Quds Force, the military unit responsible for projecting Iran’s influence via proxies across the Middle East, “will be unchanged from the time of his predecessor.” Ghaani became deputy commander of the Quds Force in 1997 when Soleimani became the Force’s chief commander. Khamenei on Friday mourned Soleimani's death and promised to enact revenge on the "criminals" and "murderers" who perpetrated it. Iranian President Hassan Rouhani said, "Soleimani's martyr's death will make Iran more determined in its opposition to US imperialism, and in the protection of Islamic values." "Without a doubt, Iran and other peace-loving countries in the area will take revenge," he promised.

(Arutz Sheva’s North American desk is keeping you updated until the start of Shabbat in New York. The time posted automatically on all Arutz Sheva articles, however, is Israeli time.)

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/274059 

:: 1-2-20 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Can No Longer Rely on Shia Militias to Fight its Wars

by Con Coughlin January 2, 2020 at 5:00 am

The President's robust response to the recent upsurge in Iranian-sponsored violence in Iraq and elsewhere in the Middle East certainly appears at odds with the perception that he has no interest in conducting military operations in the Middle East, and that his main objective is to reduce Washington's military presence in the region ahead of this year's presidential election contest. And it should also send a clear signal to Tehran that its reliance on Shia militias to carry out attacks on its behalf will no longer be tolerated. The intense pressure Iran is facing over its continued meddling in Iraq is the key factor behind the recent upsurge of violence in the Middle East that has resulted in American warplanes carrying out their biggest attack in a decade on Iran-backed militias. Ever since the ayatollahs came to power more than 40 years ago, they have sought to distract attention away from their domestic unpopularity by getting Iran-backed Shia militias to carry out high profile attacks.  From the devastating car bomb attacks the Iranian-backed Hizbollah militia carried out against American bases in Beirut in the 1980s to the more recent attacks on Saudi Arabia's Aramco oil facilities in October 2019, the Iranian regime has repeatedly used its proxy Shia militias to great effect to distract attention away from its domestic travails. The beauty of this arrangement, so far as the ayatollahs are concerned, is that, by relying on Shia militias to do their dirty work, whether it is firing missiles at Israel or carrying out assassinations in Europe, Tehran is able to deny any involvement in wrongdoing. No longer. By launching a series of air strikes against Iranian-backed militias in Iraq and Syria on Sunday night, the Trump administration has made it abundantly clear that it will no longer tolerate Tehran's denials of its involvement in attacks against the US and its allies. Moreover, after Washington accused Iran of being responsible for the subsequent attacks against the US Embassy in Baghdad that followed the air strikes, Tehran is risking a direct military confrontation with the US if it persists with the underhand tactic of employing proxies to carry out attacks on its behalf. US officials believe the recent upsurge in Iranian-sponsored violence in Iraq has been caused by Iran's desire to distract attention from the wave of anti-Iran protests that have taken place recently in the country over its continued meddling in the Iraqi government's affairs. U.S. President Donald J. Trump certainly left no one in any doubt that he held Tehran directly responsible for the American Embassy attack earlier this week, when hundreds of protesters breached the outer wall of the embassy compound in the heavily fortified green zone. In a chilling echo of the attack on the US Embassy in Tehran in 1979 that resulted in the long-running American hostage crisis, protesters chanting "Death to America" and "Death to Israel", set fire to a sentry box, pulled security cameras away from walls and hurled projectiles, including Molotov cocktails. Writing on Twitter shortly after the attack, Mr Trump declared that Iran was responsible for carrying out the attack: "....Iran will be held fully responsible for lives lost, or damage incurred, at any of our facilities. They will pay a very BIG PRICE! This is not a Warning, it is a Threat..." Nor has the President been taken in by Iran's claims that it had nothing to do with last week's rocket attack against a military base used by American and Iraqi troops on the outskirts of the Iraqi city of Kirkuk, in which one American contractor was killed. The actual attacks were carried out by the Iranian-backed militia Kataib Hezbollah, which operates in both Iraq and Syria, and the Pentagon's military response was directed at destroying a number of the militia's bases. Mr Trump, however, has blamed Iran directly for carrying out the Kirkuk attacks, writing, "Iran killed an American contractor, wounding many. We strongly responded, and always will..." The President's robust response to the recent upsurge in Iranian-sponsored violence in Iraq and elsewhere in the Middle East certainly appears at odds with the perception that he has no interest in conducting military operations in the Middle East, and that his main objective is to reduce Washington's military presence in the region ahead of this year's presidential election contest. It should also send a clear signal to Tehran that its reliance on Shia militias to carry out attacks on its behalf will no longer be tolerated.

Con Coughlin is the Telegraph's Defence and Foreign Affairs Editor and a Distinguished Senior Fellow at Gatestone Institute.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15368/iran-shia-militias-iraq 

:: 1-3-20 Religious News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

United Methodist leaders propose plan to split church over LGBTQ ordination, marriage

(RNS) — Bishops and leaders of a number of United Methodist groups have announced a proposed agreement to split the United Methodist Church. The proposal, called the Protocol of Reconciliation & Grace Through Separation, would create a new conservative “traditionalist” Methodist denomination that would receive $25 million over the next four years. “The undersigned, in recognition of the regional contexts and divergent points of view within the global United Methodist Church, propose separation as a faithful step with the possibility of continued cooperation around matters of shared interest, enabling each of us to authentically live out our faith,” the proposal reads. Pressure to split one of the largest denominations in the United States has grown since last year's special session of the United Methodist General Conference approved the so-called Traditional Plan strengthening the church's bans on the ordination and marriage of LGBTQ United Methodists. Approval of the plan has been met with resistance from progressive and moderate members of the second-largest Protestant denomination in the United States. And several groups have proposed legislation to split the denomination for consideration at the next regular meeting of the General Conference this May in Minneapolis. But members of the unofficial group of leaders who wrote and signed the agreement that was announced Friday (Jan. 3) say their proposal is the only one that includes representatives of all different theological viewpoints within the church, as well as clergy from across the global denomination. It also is signed by both the outgoing and incoming presidents of the United Methodist Council of Bishops. The proposal is “the most comprehensive in terms of representation and leadership caliber,” according to the Rev. Keith Boyette, who leads the conservative Wesleyan Covenant Association. “They've all committed to work for the adoption of this plan and to persuade the groups that they are leaders of to likewise support this plan," Boyette said. "So it's the most hopeful plan that has yet been proposed because of those things.” The proposal to split the denomination still needs the approval of the General Conference, United Methodists’ global decision-making body. “All of us are servants of the church and realize that we are not the primary decision makers on these matters,” Bishop John Yambasu of Sierra Leone said in a written statement on behalf of the group that wrote the proposal. “Instead, we humbly offer to the delegates of the 2020 General Conference the work which we have accomplished in the hopes that it will help heal the harms and conflicts within the body of Christ and free us to be more effective witnesses to God’s Kingdom.” Yambasu helped organize a meeting in Chicago over the summer that included representatives of conservative, moderate and progressive groups and bishops from outside the United States, according to an FAQ on the United Methodist Council of Bishops website. Sixteen United Methodist leaders then negotiated the proposal with the help of mediator Kenneth Feinberg, the attorney who oversaw the compensation fund for victims of the 9/11 terrorist attacks. They reached an agreement Dec. 17. Among the signers of the proposal were Bishop Kenneth H. Carter, outgoing president of the Council of Bishops, and Bishop Cynthia Fierro Harvey, who recently was elected to succeed Carter. Boyette also signed, as did Patricia Miller, the executive director of the conservative United Methodist Confessing Movement. Other signers include Janet Lawrence, the Rev. David Meredith and Randall Miller, leaders of progressive, LGBTQ-affirming United Methodist groups, such as Affirmation, Methodist Federation for Social Action, Reconciling Ministries Network and the United Methodist Queer Clergy Caucus. And they include leaders of moderate or mainstream United Methodist groups like UMCNext, Mainstream UMC and Uniting Methodists. “I think that many United Methodists are longing for an end to the conflict over this question, and I believe this protocol will provide that,” said the Rev. Thomas Berlin, one of the moderate voices in the group.

RELATED: The ’Splainer: What happened at the United Methodist General Conference?

Under the proposal, conferences and individual churches can vote to leave the United Methodist Church. Those churches would be allowed to keep their properties and other assets and liabilities.

Eventually, the “post-separation United Methodist Church” would hold a special session of its General Conference to repeal the denomination’s existing ban on LGBTQ ordination and marriage. “If a local church or an annual conference wants to remain United Methodist, all they have to do is continue to do what they're doing,” Berlin said. The proposal also allocates $39 million to ensure continued support for the denomination’s ministries to “communities historically marginalized by racism.”

RELATED: 'In this to the end': LGBT United Methodists express hurt, hope after vote

Lawrence, executive director of the LGBTQ-affirming Reconciling Ministries Network, acknowledged the proposal wasn't perfect. In the end, she said in a written statement, the proposal “is as imperfect as the table and process, but it provides an opportunity to move at long last into a period of broad reform in The United Methodist Church.” And Boyette said it will bring an end to the conflict and chaos among United Methodists, who have argued over sexuality for decades. “We can continue as we have for 47 years to have a conflict that is destructive and harmful to local churches, to our witness, to the denomination as a whole, by trying to hold these irreconcilable groups together," he said. "Or we can say we're going to bless each other, and we're going to send each other forth. We don't have to war against each other. We'll go out into the mission field and share the message that God has entrusted to each of us.” Not all United Methodists are pleased with the idea of separation.

Will Willimon, a professor of the practice of Christian ministry at Duke Divinity School and a bishop in the United Methodist Church, said in a written statement the agreement shows United Methodists’ “unwillingness to stay in conversation with fellow Christians with whom we disagree” and that they love their “take on the issues” more than the continuance of the denomination.

"Schism is always sad for a church,” Willimon said.

https://religionnews.com/2020/01/03/leaders-announce-plan-to-split-united-methodist-church-over-lgbtq-ordination-marriage/

 

[The Fulfillment of Today's Prophetic Word]